Miscellanies
The whole work on one page. Select a passage number to open that passage with its notes, Scripture references, and citation.
Miscellanies 1, chapter 1
1.1.1Stählin 2:4
ἵνα ὑπὸ χεῖρα ἀναγινώσκῃς αὐτὰς καὶ δυνηθῇς φυλάξαι αὐτάς. πότερον δʼ οὐδʼ ὅλως ἢ τισὶ καταλειπτέον συγγράμματα; καὶ εἰ μὲν τὸ πρότερον, τίς ἡ τῶν γραμμάτων χρεία; εἰ δὲ τὸ ἕτερον, ἤτοι τοῖς σπουδαίοις ἢ τοῖς μή; γελοῖον μεντἂν εἴη τὴν τῶν σπουδαίων ἀποδοκιμάζοντα γραφὴν τοὺς μὴ τοιούτους ἀποδέχεσθαι συντάττοντας. ἀλλʼ ἄρα θεοπόμπῳ μὲν καὶ Τιμαίῳ μύθους καὶ βλασφημίας συντάττουσιν, πρὸς δὲ καὶ Ἐπικούρῳ ἀθεότητος κατάρχοντι, ἔτι δὲ Ἱππώνακτι καὶ Ἀρχιλόχῳ αἰσχρῶς οὕτως ἐπιτρεπτέον γράφειν, τὸν δὲ τὴν ἀλήθειαν κηρύσσοντα κωλυτέον τοῖς ὕστερον ἀνθρώποις ὠφέλειαν ἀπολιπεῖν; καλὸν δʼ οἶμαι καὶ παῖδας ἀγαθοὺς τοῖς ἔπειτα καταλείπειν. οἱ μέν γε παῖδες σωμάτων, ψυχῆς δὲ ἔγγονοι οἱ λόγοι. αὐτίκα πατέρας τοὺς κατηχήσαντάς φαμεν, κοινωνικὸν δὲ ἡ σοφία καὶ φιλάνθρωπον. λέγει γοῦν ὁ Σολομών· υἱέ, ἐὰν δεξάμενος ῥῆσιν ἐντολῆς ἐμῆς κρύψῃς παρὰ σεαυτῷ, ὑπακούσεται σοφίας τὸ οὖς σου. σπειρόμενον τὸν λόγον κρύπτεσθαι μηνύει καθάπερ ἐν γῇ τῇ τοῦ μανθάνοντος ψυχῇ, καὶ αὕτη πνευματικὴ φυτεία.
hina hypo cheira anaginōskę̄s autas kai dynēthę̄s phylaxai autas. poteron dʼ oudʼ holōs ē tisi kataleipteon syngrammata? kai ei men to proteron, tis hē tōn grammatōn chreia? ei de to heteron, ētoi tois spoudaiois ē tois mē? geloion mentan eiē tēn tōn spoudaiōn apodokimazonta graphēn tous mē toioutous apodechesthai syntattontas. allʼ ara theopompǭ men kai Timaiǭ mythous kai blasphēmias syntattousin, pros de kai Epikourǭ atheotētos katarchonti, eti de Hippōnakti kai Archilochǭ aischrōs houtōs epitrepteon graphein, ton de tēn alētheian kēryssonta kōlyteon tois hysteron anthrōpois ōpheleian apolipein? kalon dʼ oimai kai paidas agathous tois epeita kataleipein. hoi men ge paides sōmatōn, psychēs de engonoi hoi logoi. autika pateras tous katēchēsantas phamen, koinōnikon de hē sophia kai philanthrōpon. legei goun ho Solomōn; huie, ean dexamenos rhēsin entolēs emēs krypsę̄s para seautǭ, hypakousetai sophias to ous sou. speiromenon ton logon kryptesthai mēnyei kathaper en gę̄ tę̄ tou manthanontos psychę̄, kai hautē pneumatikē phyteia.
… so that you may read them at hand and be able to keep them. Should writings not be left behind at all, or should they be left to some? And if the former, what is the use of writing? If the latter, is it to the earnest or to those who are not? It would be absurd to disapprove of the writing of the earnest and approve of those who are not such when they compose. Are Theopompus and Timaeus, then, to compose myths and blasphemies, and Epicurus too, the leader of atheism, and further Hipponax and Archilochus, to be permitted to write so shamefully, while the one who proclaims the truth is to be prevented from leaving benefit to later generations? It is good, I think, to leave good children to those who come after. Children are the offspring of bodies, but words are the offspring of the soul. Thus we call those who instructed us fathers; and wisdom is sociable and loves humanity. At any rate Solomon says, “My son, if you receive the utterance of my commandment and hide it with you, your ear will listen to wisdom.” He shows that the word, when sown, is hidden as in earth in the soul of the learner; and this is a spiritual planting.
1.1.2Stählin 2:4
διὸ καὶ ἐπιφέρει· καὶ παραβαλεῖς καρδίαν σου εἰς σύνεσιν, παραβαλεῖς δὲ αὐτὴν εἰς νουθέτησιν τῷ υἱῷ σου. ψυχὴ γάρ, οἶμαι, ψυχῇ καὶ πνεῦμα πνεύματι συναπτόμενα κατὰ τὴν τοῦ λόγου σπορὰν αὔξει τὸ καταβληθὲν καὶ ζῳογονεῖ· υἱὸς δὲ πᾶς ὁ παιδευόμενος καθʼ ὑπακοὴν τοῦ παιδεύοντος. υἱέ, φησίν, ἐμῶν θεσμῶν μὴ ἐπιλανθάνου. εἰ δὲ μὴ πάντων ἡ γνῶσις, ὄνος λύρας, ᾗ φασιν οἱ παροιμιαζόμενοι, τοῖς πολλοῖς τὰ συγγράμματα. ὕες γοῦν βορβόρῳ ἥδονται μᾶλλον ἢ καθαρῷ ὕδατι. διὰ τοῦτο, φησὶν ὁ κύριος, ἐν παραβολαῖς αὐτοῖς λαλῶ. ὅτι βλέποντες οὐ βλέπουσι καὶ ἀκούοντες οὐκ ἀκούουσι καὶ οὐ συνιᾶσι. τὴν ἄγνοιαν αὐτοῖς ὡς μὴ παρέχοντος τοῦ κυρίου (μὴ γὰρ οὐ θεμιτὸν οὕτω φρονεῖν), ἀλλὰ τὴν ὑπάρχουσαν διελέγξαντος προφητικῶς καὶ ἀσυνέτους τῶν λεγομένων ἐσομένους μηνύσαντος.
dio kai epipherei; kai parabaleis kardian sou eis synesin, parabaleis de autēn eis nouthetēsin tǭ huiǭ sou. psychē gar, oimai, psychę̄ kai pneuma pneumati synaptomena kata tēn tou logou sporan auxei to katablēthen kai zǭogonei; huios de pas ho paideuomenos kathʼ hypakoēn tou paideuontos. huie, phēsin, emōn thesmōn mē epilanthanou. ei de mē pantōn hē gnōsis, onos lyras, hę̄ phasin hoi paroimiazomenoi, tois pollois ta syngrammata. hyes goun borborǭ hēdontai mallon ē katharǭ hydati. dia touto, phēsin ho kyrios, en parabolais autois lalō. hoti blepontes ou blepousi kai akouontes ouk akouousi kai ou syniasi. tēn agnoian autois hōs mē parechontos tou kyriou (mē gar ou themiton houtō phronein), alla tēn hyparchousan dielenxantos prophētikōs kai asynetous tōn legomenōn esomenous mēnysantos.
That is why he adds, “And you will apply your heart to understanding, and apply it for the admonition of your son.” For, I think, soul joined with soul and spirit with spirit in the sowing of the word makes what is sown grow and come alive; and everyone who is instructed is a son in obedience to the one who instructs. “My son,” he says, “do not forget my laws.” But if knowledge is not for all, writings are to the many, as those who quote the proverb say, “an ass with a lyre.” At any rate pigs delight in mud rather than in clean water. That is why, says the Lord, “I speak to them in parables, because seeing they do not see and hearing they do not hear, and they do not understand”; not as though the Lord caused their ignorance (for it is not lawful to think so), but as having exposed prophetically the ignorance that existed and indicated that they would not understand what was said.
1.1.3Stählin 2:4
Ἤδη δὲ καταφαίνεται ἐκ περιουσίας ὁ σωτὴρ αὐτός, κατὰ τὴν τοῦ λαμβάνοντος δύναμιν, ἣν δεῖ ἐκ συνασκήσεως αὔξειν, τοῖς δούλοις τὰ ὑπάρχοντα διανείμας, αὖθις ἐπανελθὼν τιθέναι λόγον μετʼ αὐτῶν. ὁπηνίκα τοὺς μὲν αὐξήσαντας τὸ ἀργύριον αὐτοῦ, τοὺς ἐν ὀλίγῳ πιστούς, ἀποδεξάμενος καὶ ἐπαγγειλάμενος ἐπὶ πολλῶν καταστήσειν εἰς τὴν τοῦ κυρίου χαρὰν προσέταξεν εἰσελθεῖν. τῷ δὲ ἀποκρυψαμένῳ τὸ πιστευθὲν ἀργύριον εἰς τὸ ἐκδανεῖσαι καὶ αὐτὸ ὅπερ ἔλαβεν ἀποδιδόντι ἀργόν, πονηρὲ δοῦλε εἶπεν καὶ ὀκνηρέ, ἔδει σε βαλεῖν τὸ ἀργύριόν μου τοῖς τραπεζίταις, καὶ ἐλθὼν ἐγὼ ἐκομισάμην ἂν τὸ ἐμόν· ἐπὶ τούτοις ὁ ἀχρεῖος δοῦλος εἰς τὸ ἐξώτερον ἐμβληθήσεται σκότος. σὺ οὖν ἐνδυναμοῦ, καὶ Παῦλος λέγει, ἐν χάριτι τῇ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, καὶ ἃ ἤκουσας παρʼ ἐμοῦ διὰ πολλῶν μαρτύρων. ταῦτα παράθου πιστοῖς ἀνθρώποις, οἵτινες ἱκανοὶ ἔσονται καὶ ἑτέρους διδάξαι. καὶ πάλιν· σπούδασον σεαυτὸν δόκιμον παραστῆσαι τῷ θεῷ. ἐργάτην ἀνεπαίσχυντον, ὀρθοτομοῦντα τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας.
Ēdē de kataphainetai ek periousias ho sōtēr autos, kata tēn tou lambanontos dynamin, hēn dei ek synaskēseōs auxein, tois doulois ta hyparchonta dianeimas, authis epanelthōn tithenai logon metʼ autōn. hopēnika tous men auxēsantas to argyrion autou, tous en oligǭ pistous, apodexamenos kai epangeilamenos epi pollōn katastēsein eis tēn tou kyriou charan prosetaxen eiselthein. tǭ de apokrypsamenǭ to pisteuthen argyrion eis to ekdaneisai kai auto hoper elaben apodidonti argon, ponēre doule eipen kai oknēre, edei se balein to argyrion mou tois trapezitais, kai elthōn egō ekomisamēn an to emon; epi toutois ho achreios doulos eis to exōteron emblēthēsetai skotos. sy oun endynamou, kai Paulos legei, en chariti tę̄ en Christǭ Iēsou, kai ha ēkousas parʼ emou dia pollōn martyrōn. tauta parathou pistois anthrōpois, hoitines hikanoi esontai kai heterous didaxai. kai palin; spoudason seauton dokimon parastēsai tǭ theǭ. ergatēn anepaischynton, orthotomounta ton logon tēs alētheias.
Now the Savior himself appears abundantly, distributing his goods to the servants according to the capacity of the one who receives, which must be increased by exercise, and returning again to settle accounts with them. Then he welcomed those who had increased his money, those faithful in little, and, promising to set them over much, commanded them to enter into the joy of the Lord; but to the one who had hidden the money entrusted to him for lending and returned idle the very sum he had received, he said, “Wicked and slothful servant, you ought to have put my money with the bankers, and when I came I would have received my own.” On this account the useless servant will be cast into the outer darkness. “You, then, be strong,” Paul also says, “in the grace that is in Christ Jesus, and what you have heard from me through many witnesses, entrust these to faithful men, who will be able to teach others as well.” And again: “Be diligent to present yourself approved to God, a workman who does not need to be ashamed, rightly handling the word of truth.”
1.1.4Stählin 2:4–5
Εἰ τοίνυν ἄμφω κηρύττουσι τὸν λόγον, ὃ μὲν τῇ γραφῇ, ὃ δὲ τῇ φωνῇ, πῶς οὐκ ἄμφω ἀποδεκτέοι, ἐνεργὸν τὴν πίστιν διὰ τῆς ἀγάπης πεποιημένοι; τῇ δὲ αἰτίᾳ τοῦ μὴ τὸ βέλτιστον ἑλομένου θεὸς ἀναίτιος. αὐτίκα τῶν μὲν ἐκδανεῖσαι τὸν λόγον ἔργον ἐστίν. τῶν δὲ δοκιμάσαι καὶ ἤτοι ἑλέσθαι ἢ μή. ἡ κρίσις δὲ ἐν αὐτοῖς κρίνεται. ἀλλʼ ἡ μὲν κηρυκικὴ ἐπιστήμη ἤδη πως ἀγγελική, ὁποτέρως ἂν ἐνεργῇ, διά τε τῆς χειρὸς διά τε τῆς γλώττης, ὠφελοῦσα· ὅτι ὁ σπείρων εἰς τὸ πνεῦμα ἐκ τοῦ πνεύματος θερίσει ζωὴν αἰώνιον· τὸ δὲ καλὸν ποιοῦντες μὴ ἐκκακῶμεν· συμβάλλεται γοῦν τὰ μέγιστα τῷ περιτυχόντι κατὰ τὴν θείαν πρόνοιαν, ἀρχὴν πίστεως, πολιτείας προθυμίαν, ὁρμὴν τὴν ἐπὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν, κίνησιν ζητητικήν. ἴχνος γνώσεως. συνελόντι εἰπεῖν ἀφορμὰς δίδωσι σωτηρίας. οἱ δὲ ἐντραφέντες γνησίως τοῖς τῆς ἀληθείας λόγοις ἐφόδια ζωῆς ἀιδίου λαβόντες εἰς οὐρανὸν πτεροῦνται. θαυμασιώτατα τοίνυν ὁ ἀπόστολος ἐν παντὶ φησὶ συνιστάντες ἑαυτοὺς ὡς θεοῦ διάκονοι, ὡς πτωχοί, πολλοὺς δὲ πλουτίζοντες. ὡς μηδὲν ἔχοντες καὶ πάντα κατέχοντες· τὸ στόμα ἡμῶν ἀνέῳγε πρὸς ὑμᾶς. διαμαρτύρομαι δέ, τῷ Τιμοθέῳ φησὶν ἐπιστέλλων, ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ καὶ τῶν ἐκλεκτῶν ἀγγέλων, ἵνα ταῦτα φυλάξῃς χωρὶς προκρίματος, μηδὲν ποιῶν κατὰ πρόσκλισιν.
Ei toinyn amphō kēryttousi ton logon, ho men tę̄ graphę̄, ho de tę̄ phōnę̄, pōs ouk amphō apodekteoi, energon tēn pistin dia tēs agapēs pepoiēmenoi? tę̄ de aitią tou mē to beltiston helomenou theos anaitios. autika tōn men ekdaneisai ton logon ergon estin. tōn de dokimasai kai ētoi helesthai ē mē. hē krisis de en autois krinetai. allʼ hē men kērykikē epistēmē ēdē pōs angelikē, hopoterōs an energę̄, dia te tēs cheiros dia te tēs glōttēs, ōphelousa; hoti ho speirōn eis to pneuma ek tou pneumatos therisei zōēn aiōnion; to de kalon poiountes mē ekkakōmen; symballetai goun ta megista tǭ peritychonti kata tēn theian pronoian, archēn pisteōs, politeias prothymian, hormēn tēn epi tēn alētheian, kinēsin zētētikēn. ichnos gnōseōs. synelonti eipein aphormas didōsi sōtērias. hoi de entraphentes gnēsiōs tois tēs alētheias logois ephodia zōēs aidiou labontes eis ouranon pterountai. thaumasiōtata toinyn ho apostolos en panti phēsi synistantes heautous hōs theou diakonoi, hōs ptōchoi, pollous de ploutizontes. hōs mēden echontes kai panta katechontes; to stoma hēmōn aneǭge pros hymas. diamartyromai de, tǭ Timotheǭ phēsin epistellōn, enōpion tou theou kai Christou Iēsou kai tōn eklektōn angelōn, hina tauta phylaxę̄s chōris prokrimatos, mēden poiōn kata prosklisin.
If, then, both proclaim the word, the one by writing, the other by voice, how are both not to be welcomed, having made faith active through love? But God is not to blame for the fault of the one who did not choose the best. Thus it is the task of some to lend out the word, and of others to test it and either choose it or not; and the judgment is decided in them. But the knowledge of proclaiming is already in a way angelic, benefiting whichever way it works, by hand or by tongue; for “the one who sows to the Spirit will reap eternal life from the Spirit; and let us not grow weary in doing good.” At any rate, by divine providence it contributes the greatest things to the one who meets with it: the beginning of faith, eagerness for right living, the impulse toward truth, a searching movement, a trace of knowledge; in short, it gives the starting points of salvation. And those who have been genuinely nourished on the words of truth, receiving provisions for eternal life, are given wings for heaven. Most wonderfully, then, the apostle says, “In everything commending ourselves as ministers of God, as poor yet making many rich, as having nothing and yet possessing everything; our mouth is open to you.” “I charge you,” he says, writing to Timothy, “before God and Christ Jesus and the elect angels, that you keep these things without prejudging, doing nothing by partiality.”
1.1.5Stählin 2:5
Ἀνάγκη τοίνυν ἄμφω τούτω δοκιμάζειν σφᾶς αὐτούς, τὸν μὲν εἰ ἄξιος λέγειν τε καὶ ὑπομνήματα καταλιμπάνειν, τὸν δὲ εἰ ἀκροᾶσθαί τε καὶ ἐντυγχάνειν δίκαιος· ᾗ καὶ τὴν εὐχαριστίαν τινὲς διανείμαντες, ὡς ἔθος, αὐτὸν δὴ ἕκαστον τοῦ λαοῦ λαβεῖν τὴν μοῖραν ἐπιτρέπουσιν. ἀρίστη γὰρ πρὸς τὴν ἀκριβῆ αἵρεσίν τε καὶ φυγὴν ἡ συνείδησις, θεμέλιος δὲ αὐτῆς βέβαιος ὀρθὸς βίος ἅμα μαθήσει τῇ καθηκούσῃ τό τε ἕπεσθαι ἑτέροις δοκιμασθεῖσιν ἤδη καὶ κατωρθωκόσιν ἄριστον πρός τε τῆς ἀληθείας τὴν νόησιν καὶ τὴν κατάπραξιν τῶν ἐντολῶν. ὥστε ὃς ἂν ἐσθίῃ τὸν ἄρτον καὶ πίνῃ τὸ ποτήριον τοῦ κυρίου ἀναξίως, ἔνοχος ἔσται τοῦ σώματος καὶ τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ κυρίου. δοκιμαζέτω δὲ ἄνθρωπος ἑαυτὸν καὶ οὕτως ἐκ τοῦ ἄρτου ἐσθιέτω καὶ ἐκ τοῦ ποτηρίου πινέτω.
Anankē toinyn amphō toutō dokimazein sphas autous, ton men ei axios legein te kai hypomnēmata katalimpanein, ton de ei akroasthai te kai entynchanein dikaios; hę̄ kai tēn eucharistian tines dianeimantes, hōs ethos, auton dē hekaston tou laou labein tēn moiran epitrepousin. aristē gar pros tēn akribē hairesin te kai phygēn hē syneidēsis, themelios de autēs bebaios orthos bios hama mathēsei tę̄ kathēkousę̄ to te hepesthai heterois dokimastheisin ēdē kai katōrthōkosin ariston pros te tēs alētheias tēn noēsin kai tēn katapraxin tōn entolōn. hōste hos an esthię̄ ton arton kai pinę̄ to potērion tou kyriou anaxiōs, enochos estai tou sōmatos kai tou haimatos tou kyriou. dokimazetō de anthrōpos heauton kai houtōs ek tou artou esthietō kai ek tou potēriou pinetō.
Both of these, then, must test themselves: the one whether he is worthy to speak and to leave written records, the other whether he is fit to hear and to read. So too, when some have divided the Eucharist, as is the custom, they allow each one of the people himself to take his portion. For the best guide to exact choice and avoidance is conscience; and its firm foundation is a right life together with fitting instruction; and to follow others who have already been tested and have succeeded is best both for understanding the truth and for carrying out the commandments. So “whoever eats the bread and drinks the cup of the Lord unworthily will be guilty of the body and the blood of the Lord. But let a man examine himself, and so let him eat of the bread and drink of the cup.”
1.1.6Stählin 2:5–6
σκοπεῖσθαι οὖν ἀκόλουθον ἂν εἴη τῷ τὴν ὠφέλειαν τῶν πλησίον ἐπανῃρημένῳ, εἰ μὴ θρασέως καί τισιν ἀντιζηλούμενος ἐπεπήδησεν τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ, εἰ μὴ φιλόδοξος ἡ κοινωνία τοῦ λόγου, εἰ τοῦτον μόνον καρποῦται τὸν μισθόν, τὴν σωτηρίαν τῶν ἐπαϊόντων, τό τε μὴ πρὸς χάριν ὁμιλεῖν δωροδοκίας τε αὖ διαβολὴν διαπέφευγεν ὁ διʼ ὑπομνημάτων λαλῶν· οὔτε γάρ ποτε ἐν λόγῳ κολακείας ἐγενήθημεν, καθὼς οἴδατε, φησὶν ὁ ἀπόστολος, οὔτε προφάσει πλεονεξίας, θεὸς μάρτυς, οὔτε ζητοῦντες ἐξ ἀνθρώπων δόξαν, οὔτε ἀφʼ ὑμῶν οὔτε ἀπʼ ἄλλων. δυνάμενοι ἐν βάρει εἶναι ὡς Χριστοῦ ἀπόστολοι· ἀλλʼ ἐγενήθημεν ἤπιοι ἐν μέσῳ ὑμῶν, ὡς ἂν τροφὸς θάλπῃ τὰ ἑαυτῆς τέκνα. κατὰ ταὐτὰ δὲ καὶ τοὺς τῶν θείων μεταλαμβάνοντας λόγων παραφυλακτέον, εἰ μὴ περιεργίας ἕνεκεν ἱστορήσοντες, ὥσπερ τῶν πόλεων τὰ οἰκοδομήματα, εἰς τόδε ἀφικνοῦνται, εἰ μὴ μεταλήψεως χάριν τῶν κοσμικῶν προσίασιν κοινωνικοὺς τῶν ἐπιτηδείων μαθόντες τοὺς καθωσιωμένους τῷ Χριστῷ. ἀλλʼ οἳ μὲν ὑποκριταί, καὶ δὴ ἐάσθωσαν· εἰ δέ τις οὐ δοκεῖν δίκαιος, ἀλλʼ εἶναι θέλει, συνειδέναι τὰ κάλλιστα τοῦτον αὑτῷ προσήκει.
skopeisthai oun akolouthon an eiē tǭ tēn ōpheleian tōn plēsion epanę̄rēmenǭ, ei mē thraseōs kai tisin antizēloumenos epepēdēsen tę̄ didaskalią, ei mē philodoxos hē koinōnia tou logou, ei touton monon karpoutai ton misthon, tēn sōtērian tōn epaïontōn, to te mē pros charin homilein dōrodokias te au diabolēn diapepheugen ho diʼ hypomnēmatōn lalōn; oute gar pote en logǭ kolakeias egenēthēmen, kathōs oidate, phēsin ho apostolos, oute prophasei pleonexias, theos martys, oute zētountes ex anthrōpōn doxan, oute aphʼ hymōn oute apʼ allōn. dynamenoi en barei einai hōs Christou apostoloi; allʼ egenēthēmen ēpioi en mesǭ hymōn, hōs an trophos thalpę̄ ta heautēs tekna. kata tauta de kai tous tōn theiōn metalambanontas logōn paraphylakteon, ei mē periergias heneken historēsontes, hōsper tōn poleōn ta oikodomēmata, eis tode aphiknountai, ei mē metalēpseōs charin tōn kosmikōn prosiasin koinōnikous tōn epitēdeiōn mathontes tous kathōsiōmenous tǭ Christǭ. allʼ hoi men hypokritai, kai dē easthōsan; ei de tis ou dokein dikaios, allʼ einai thelei, syneidenai ta kallista touton hautǭ prosēkei.
It would follow, then, for the one who has undertaken to benefit his neighbors to consider whether he has leapt into teaching rashly, out of rivalry with some; whether his sharing of the word is for glory; whether he reaps only this reward, the salvation of his hearers; and whether the one who speaks through written records has avoided speaking to please and the charge of taking bribes. “For we never came with words of flattery, as you know,” says the apostle, “nor with a pretext for greed, God is witness; nor seeking glory from men, either from you or from others, though we could have been a burden as apostles of Christ; but we were gentle among you, as a nurse cherishes her own children.” In the same way, those who partake of the divine words must be watched, whether they come to this out of curiosity, to inspect it like the buildings of cities, or whether they approach to receive worldly goods, having learned that those consecrated to Christ share their necessities. But let the hypocrites go; if anyone wishes not to seem righteous but to be so, it befits him to be conscious of the best in himself.
1.1.7Stählin 2:6
Εἰ γοῦν ὁ μὲν θερισμὸς πολύς, οἱ δὲ ἐργάται βραχεῖς, τῷ ὄντι δεῖσθαι καθήκει, ὅπως ὅτι μάλιστα πλειόνων ἡμῖν ἐργατῶν εὐπορία γένηται. ἡ γεωργία δὲ διττή· ἣ μὲν γὰρ ἄγραφος, ἣ δʼ ἔγγραφος. ὁποτέρως δʼ ἂν ὁ τοῦ κυρίου ἐργάτης σπείρῃ τοὺς εὐγενεῖς πυροὺς καὶ τοὺς στάχυς αὐξήσῃ τε καὶ θερίσῃ, θεῖος ὄντως ἀναφανήσεται γεωργός. ἐργάζεσθε, φησὶν ὁ κύριος, μὴ τὴν ἀπολλυμένην βρῶσιν ἀλλὰ τὴν μένουσαν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον. τροφὴ δὲ καὶ ἢ διὰ σιτίων καὶ ἢ διὰ λόγων λαμβάνεται. καὶ τῷ ὄντι μακάριοι οἱ εἰρηνοποιοί, οἱ τοὺς ἐνταῦθα κατὰ τὸν βίον καὶ τὴν πλάνην πρὸς τῆς ἀγνοίας πολεμουμένους μεταδιδάσκοντες καὶ μετάγοντες εἰς εἰρήνην τὴν ἐν λόγῳ καὶ βίῳ τῷ κατὰ τὸν θεὸν καὶ τοὺς πεινῶντας δικαιοσύνην τρέφοντες τῇ τοῦ ἄρτου διανομῇ. εἰσὶ γὰρ καὶ ψυχαὶ ἰδίας ἔχουσαι τροφάς, αἳ μὲν κατʼ ἐπίγνωσιν καὶ ἐπιστήμην αὔξουσαι, αἳ δὲ κατὰ τὴν Ἑλληνικὴν νεμόμεναι φιλοσοφίαν, ἧς καθάπερ καὶ τῶν καρύων οὐ τὸ πᾶν ἐδώδιμον. ὁ φυτεύων δὲ καὶ ὁ ποτίζων, τοῦ αὔξοντος ὄντες διάκονοι, ἕν εἰσι κατὰ τὴν διακονίαν. ἕκαστος δὲ τὸν ἴδιον μισθὸν λήψεται κατὰ τὸν ἴδιον κόπον. θεοῦ γάρ ἐσμεν συνεργοί· θεοῦ γεώργιον, θεοῦ οἰκοδομή ἐστε, κατὰ τὸν ἀπόστολον.
Ei goun ho men therismos polys, hoi de ergatai bracheis, tǭ onti deisthai kathēkei, hopōs hoti malista pleionōn hēmin ergatōn euporia genētai. hē geōrgia de dittē; hē men gar agraphos, hē dʼ engraphos. hopoterōs dʼ an ho tou kyriou ergatēs speirę̄ tous eugeneis pyrous kai tous stachys auxēsę̄ te kai therisę̄, theios ontōs anaphanēsetai geōrgos. ergazesthe, phēsin ho kyrios, mē tēn apollymenēn brōsin alla tēn menousan eis zōēn aiōnion. trophē de kai ē dia sitiōn kai ē dia logōn lambanetai. kai tǭ onti makarioi hoi eirēnopoioi, hoi tous entautha kata ton bion kai tēn planēn pros tēs agnoias polemoumenous metadidaskontes kai metagontes eis eirēnēn tēn en logǭ kai biǭ tǭ kata ton theon kai tous peinōntas dikaiosynēn trephontes tę̄ tou artou dianomę̄. eisi gar kai psychai idias echousai trophas, hai men katʼ epignōsin kai epistēmēn auxousai, hai de kata tēn Hellēnikēn nemomenai philosophian, hēs kathaper kai tōn karyōn ou to pan edōdimon. ho phyteuōn de kai ho potizōn, tou auxontos ontes diakonoi, hen eisi kata tēn diakonian. hekastos de ton idion misthon lēpsetai kata ton idion kopon. theou gar esmen synergoi; theou geōrgion, theou oikodomē este, kata ton apostolon.
If, then, “the harvest is great but the workers are few,” we truly ought to pray that we may have an abundance of as many workers as possible. Farming is twofold: one kind unwritten, the other written. Whichever way the Lord's worker sows the noble wheat and grows and reaps the ears, he will appear a truly divine farmer. “Work,” says the Lord, “not for the food that perishes but for that which endures to eternal life.” And nourishment is received either through food or through words. And truly “blessed are the peacemakers,” who teach otherwise and bring over to peace, in word and in a life according to God, those who are here at war in life and error because of ignorance, and who feed those who hunger for righteousness by the distribution of bread. For there are souls too that have their own foods: some grow by knowledge and understanding, others feed on Greek philosophy, of which, as of nuts, not all is edible. “He who plants and he who waters,” being ministers of the one who gives growth, “are one” in their ministry; “and each will receive his own reward according to his own labor. For we are God's fellow workers; you are God's field, God's building,” according to the apostle.
1.1.8Stählin 2:6–7
οὔκουν οὐδὲ ἀπὸ συγκρίσεως τὸ δοκίμιον ποιεῖσθαι τοῖς ἀκροωμένοις ἐπιτρεπτέον οὐδὲ εἰς ἐξέτασιν ἔκδοτον παραδοτέον τὸν λόγον τοῖς ἐντεθραμμένοις λόγων παντοδαπῶν τέχναις καὶ δυνάμεσιν ἐπιχειρημάτων ὠγκωμένων, τοῖς προκατειλημμένοις ἤδη τὴν ψυχὴν καὶ μὴ προκεκενωμένοις. ὅταν δʼ ἐκ πίστεως ἕληταί τις ἑστιᾶσθαι, βέβαιος οὗτος εἰς θείων λόγων παραδοχήν, κρίσιν εὔλογον τὴν πίστιν κεκτημένος. ἕπεται δὲ ἐνθένδε αὐτῷ ἡ πειθὼ ἐκ περιουσίας. καὶ τοῦτʼ ἦν ἄρα τὸ προφητικὸν ἐκεῖνο· ἐὰν μὴ πιστεύσητε, οὐδὲ μὴ συνῆτε. ἄρʼ οὖν ὡς καιρὸν ἔχομεν, ἐργαζώμεθα τὸ ἀγαθὸν πρὸς πάντας, μάλιστα δὲ πρὸς τοὺς οἰκείους τῆς πίστεως. ἕκαστος δὲ τούτων κατὰ τὸν μακάριον Δαβὶδ εὐχαριστῶν ψαλλέτω· ῥαντιεῖς με ὑσσώπῳ καὶ καθαρισθήσομαι, πλυνεῖς με καὶ ὑπὲρ χιόνα λευκανθήσομαι. ἀκουτιεῖς με εὐφροσύνην καὶ ἀγαλλίασιν· ἀγαλλιάσονται ὀστᾶ τεταπεινωμένα. ἀπόστρεψον τὸ πρόσωπόν σου ἀπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν μου, καὶ τὰς ἀνομίας μου ἐξάλειψον. καρδίαν καθαρὰν κτίσον ἐν ἐμοί, ὁ θεός, καὶ πνεῦμα εὐθὲς ἐγκαίνισον ἐν τοῖς ἐγκάτοις μου. μὴ ἀπορρίψῃς με ἀπὸ τοῦ προσώπου σου, καὶ τὸ πνεῦμά σου τὸ ἅγιον μὴ ἀντανέλῃς ἀπʼ ἐμοῦ. ἀπόδος μοι τὴν ἀγαλλίασιν τοῦ σωτηρίου σου, καὶ πνεύματι ἡγεμονικῷ στήριξόν με.
oukoun oude apo synkriseōs to dokimion poieisthai tois akroōmenois epitrepteon oude eis exetasin ekdoton paradoteon ton logon tois entethrammenois logōn pantodapōn technais kai dynamesin epicheirēmatōn ōnkōmenōn, tois prokateilēmmenois ēdē tēn psychēn kai mē prokekenōmenois. hotan dʼ ek pisteōs helētai tis hestiasthai, bebaios houtos eis theiōn logōn paradochēn, krisin eulogon tēn pistin kektēmenos. hepetai de enthende autǭ hē peithō ek periousias. kai toutʼ ēn ara to prophētikon ekeino; ean mē pisteusēte, oude mē synēte. arʼ oun hōs kairon echomen, ergazōmetha to agathon pros pantas, malista de pros tous oikeious tēs pisteōs. hekastos de toutōn kata ton makarion Dabid eucharistōn psalletō; rhantieis me hyssōpǭ kai katharisthēsomai, plyneis me kai hyper chiona leukanthēsomai. akoutieis me euphrosynēn kai agalliasin; agalliasontai osta tetapeinōmena. apostrepson to prosōpon sou apo tōn hamartiōn mou, kai tas anomias mou exaleipson. kardian katharan ktison en emoi, ho theos, kai pneuma euthes enkainison en tois enkatois mou. mē aporripsę̄s me apo tou prosōpou sou, kai to pneuma sou to hagion mē antanelę̄s apʼ emou. apodos moi tēn agalliasin tou sōtēriou sou, kai pneumati hēgemonikǭ stērixon me.
So we must not allow the hearers to make their test by comparison, nor hand over the word for examination to those reared in the arts of every kind of speech and in the powers of inflated arguments, whose souls are already preoccupied and have not first been emptied. But when someone chooses from faith to be feasted, he is firm for the reception of the divine words, having faith as a reasonable judgment. And persuasion follows him abundantly from this. And this, then, was that prophetic saying: “If you do not believe, neither will you understand.” “So then, as we have opportunity, let us do good to all, and especially to those of the household of faith.” And let each of these, according to the blessed David, sing with thanksgiving: “You will sprinkle me with hyssop and I shall be clean; you will wash me and I shall be whiter than snow. You will make me hear joy and gladness; the bones that were humbled will rejoice. Turn your face from my sins and blot out my iniquities. Create in me a clean heart, O God, and renew a right spirit within me. Do not cast me away from your presence, and do not take your Holy Spirit from me. Restore to me the joy of your salvation, and strengthen me with a guiding spirit.”
1.1.9Stählin 2:7
Ὁ μὲν οὖν πρὸς παρόντας λέγων καὶ χρόνῳ δοκιμάζει καὶ κρίσει δικάζει καὶ διακρίνει τῶν ἄλλων τὸν οἷόν τε ἀκούειν, ἐπιτηρῶν τοὺς λόγους, τοὺς τρόπους, τὰ ἤθη, τὸν βίον, τὰς κινήσεις, τὰς σχέσεις, τὸ βλέμμα, τὸ φθέγμα, τὴν τρίοδον, τὴν πέτραν, τὴν πατουμένην ὁδόν, τὴν καρποφόρον γῆν, τὴν ὑλομανοῦσαν χώραν, τὴν εὔφορον καὶ καλὴν καὶ γεωργουμένην, τὴν πολυπλασιάσαι τὸν σπόρον δυναμένην. ὁ δὲ διʼ ὑπομνημάτων λαλῶν πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ἀφοσιοῦται ταῦτα κεκραγὼς ἐγγράφως, μὴ κέρδους ἕνεκα, μὴ κενοδοξίας χάριν, μὴ προσπαθείᾳ νικᾶσθαι, μὴ φόβῳ δουλοῦσθαι, μὴ ἡδονῇ ἐπαίρεσθαι, μόνης δὲ τῆς τῶν ἐντυγχανόντων ἀπολαύειν σωτηρίας, ἧς οὐδὲ κατὰ τὸ παρὸν μεταλαμβάνει, ἀλλὰ ἐλπίδι ἀπεκδεχόμενος τὴν ἀποδοθησομένην πάντως ἀμοιβὴν παρὰ τοῦ τὸν μισθὸν τοῖς ἐργάταις κατʼ ἀξίαν ἀποδώσειν ὑπεσχημένου. ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ἀντιμισθίας ἐφίεσθαι χρὴ τῷ εἰς ἄνδρας ἐγγραφομένῳ. οὐ γὰρ ὁ μὲν καυχησάμενος εὐποιίαν τὴν ἀμοιβὴν ἀπείληφεν διʼ εὐδοξίας, ὁ δὲ τῶν προσηκόντων διʼ ἀντιμισθίαν πράσσων τι, ἤτοι ὡς εὐεργὸς σπεύδων ἀπολαβεῖν ἢ ὡς κακοεργὸς τὴν ἀμοιβὴν περιιστάμενος, οὐχὶ τῇ κοσμικῇ ἐνέχεται συνηθεία; δεῖ δὲ ὡς οἷόν τε τὸν κύριον μιμεῖσθαι. οὗτος δʼ ἂν εἴη ὁ τῷ θελήματι τοῦ θεοῦ ἐξυπηρετῶν, δωρεὰν λαβών, δωρεὰν διδούς, μισθὸν ἀξιόλογον ἀπολαμβάνων τὴν πολιτείαν αὐτήν οὐκ εἰσελεύσεται δὲ εἰς τὰ ἅγια μίσθωμα πόρνης φησίν.
Ho men oun pros parontas legōn kai chronǭ dokimazei kai krisei dikazei kai diakrinei tōn allōn ton hoion te akouein, epitērōn tous logous, tous tropous, ta ēthē, ton bion, tas kinēseis, tas scheseis, to blemma, to phthegma, tēn triodon, tēn petran, tēn patoumenēn hodon, tēn karpophoron gēn, tēn hylomanousan chōran, tēn euphoron kai kalēn kai geōrgoumenēn, tēn polyplasiasai ton sporon dynamenēn. ho de diʼ hypomnēmatōn lalōn pros ton theon aphosioutai tauta kekragōs engraphōs, mē kerdous heneka, mē kenodoxias charin, mē prospatheią nikasthai, mē phobǭ doulousthai, mē hēdonę̄ epairesthai, monēs de tēs tōn entynchanontōn apolauein sōtērias, hēs oude kata to paron metalambanei, alla elpidi apekdechomenos tēn apodothēsomenēn pantōs amoibēn para tou ton misthon tois ergatais katʼ axian apodōsein hypeschēmenou. allʼ oude antimisthias ephiesthai chrē tǭ eis andras engraphomenǭ. ou gar ho men kauchēsamenos eupoiian tēn amoibēn apeilēphen diʼ eudoxias, ho de tōn prosēkontōn diʼ antimisthian prassōn ti, ētoi hōs euergos speudōn apolabein ē hōs kakoergos tēn amoibēn periistamenos, ouchi tę̄ kosmikę̄ enechetai synētheia? dei de hōs hoion te ton kyrion mimeisthai. houtos dʼ an eiē ho tǭ thelēmati tou theou exypēretōn, dōrean labōn, dōrean didous, misthon axiologon apolambanōn tēn politeian autēn ouk eiseleusetai de eis ta hagia misthōma pornēs phēsin.
The one who speaks to those present tests them by time and judges by discernment, and distinguishes from the others the one able to hear, watching their words, manners, characters, life, movements, bearing, look, and voice: the crossroads, the rock, the trodden path, the fruitful land, the overgrown ground, the fertile, fair, and cultivated soil that can multiply the seed. But the one who speaks through written records consecrates himself to God, crying out in writing: not for gain, not for vainglory, not to be overcome by partiality, not to be enslaved by fear, not to be elated by pleasure, but only to enjoy the salvation of those who read, which he does not even share at present, but awaiting in hope the recompense that will surely be given by the one who has promised to pay the workers their wages according to their worth. But the one enrolled among men should not seek a return either. For has not the one who boasts of his good deed received his reward in good repute? And the one who does any of his duties for a reward, either as a doer of good eager to get it back or as an evildoer avoiding retribution, is he not held fast by worldly custom? One must imitate the Lord as far as possible. And this would be the one who serves the will of God, having received freely and giving freely, receiving as a worthy reward his way of life itself. “The hire of a harlot,” it says, “will not enter into the holy place.”
1.1.10Stählin 2:7–8
ἀπείρηται γοῦν προσφέρειν τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ ἄλλαγμα κυνός· ὅτῳ δὲ ἀπήμβλυται κακῇ τροφῇ τε καὶ διδασκαλίᾳ τὸ τῆς ψυχῆς ὄμμα πρὸς τὸ οἰκεῖον φῶς, βαδιζέτω ἐπὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν τὴν ἐγγράφως τὰ ἄγραφα δηλοῦσαν· οἱ διψῶντες, πορεύεσθε ἐφʼ ὕδωρ, Ἡσαΐας λέγει, καὶ πῖνε τὸ ὕδωρ ἀπὸ σῶν ἀγγείων, ὁ Σολομὼν παραινεῖ. ἐν γοῦν τοῖς Νόμοις ὁ ἐξ Ἑβραίων φιλόσοφος Πλάτων κελεύει τοὺς γεωργοὺς μὴ ἐπαρδεῦσαι μηδὲ λαμβάνειν ὕδωρ παρʼ ἑτέρων, ἐὰν μὴ πρότερον ὀρύξαντες παρʼ αὑτοῖς ἄχρι τῆς παρθενίου καλουμένης ἄνυδρον εὕρωσι τὴν γῆν. ἀπορίᾳ γὰρ ἐπαρκεῖν δίκαιον, ἀργίαν δὲ ἐφοδιάζειν οὐ καλόν· ᾗ καὶ φορτίον συνεπιτιθέναι μὲν εὔλογον, συγκαθαιρεῖν δὲ οὐ προσήκειν ὁ Πυθαγόρας ἔλεγεν. συνεξάπτει δὲ ἡ γραφὴ τὸ ζώπυρον τῆς ψυχῆς καὶ συντείνει τὸ οἰκεῖον ὄμμα πρὸς θεωρίαν, τάχα μέν τι καὶ ἐντιθεῖσα, οἷον ὁ ἐγκεντρίζων γεωργός, τὸ δὲ ἐνυπάρχον ἀνακινοῦσα. πολλοὶ γὰρ ἐν ἡμῖν κατὰ τὸν θεῖον ἀπόστολον ἀσθενεῖς καὶ ἄρρωστοι, καὶ κοιμῶνται ἱκανοί. εἰ δὲ ἑαυτοὺς διεκρίνομεν, οὐκ ἂν ἐκρινόμεθα.
apeirētai goun prospherein tǭ thysiastēriǭ allagma kynos; hotǭ de apēmblytai kakę̄ trophę̄ te kai didaskalią to tēs psychēs omma pros to oikeion phōs, badizetō epi tēn alētheian tēn engraphōs ta agrapha dēlousan; hoi dipsōntes, poreuesthe ephʼ hydōr, Hēsaïas legei, kai pine to hydōr apo sōn angeiōn, ho Solomōn parainei. en goun tois Nomois ho ex Hebraiōn philosophos Platōn keleuei tous geōrgous mē epardeusai mēde lambanein hydōr parʼ heterōn, ean mē proteron oryxantes parʼ hautois achri tēs partheniou kaloumenēs anydron heurōsi tēn gēn. aporią gar eparkein dikaion, argian de ephodiazein ou kalon; hę̄ kai phortion synepitithenai men eulogon, synkathairein de ou prosēkein ho Pythagoras elegen. synexaptei de hē graphē to zōpyron tēs psychēs kai synteinei to oikeion omma pros theōrian, tacha men ti kai entitheisa, hoion ho enkentrizōn geōrgos, to de enyparchon anakinousa. polloi gar en hēmin kata ton theion apostolon astheneis kai arrōstoi, kai koimōntai hikanoi. ei de heautous diekrinomen, ouk an ekrinometha.
At any rate, it is forbidden to bring to the altar the price of a dog. But the one whose soul's eye has been dimmed toward its proper light by bad nourishment and teaching, let him go to the truth that shows in writing what is unwritten. “You who thirst, come to the water,” says Isaiah; and “Drink water from your own vessels,” Solomon advises. Indeed in the Laws, Plato, the philosopher from the Hebrews, commands farmers not to irrigate or take water from others unless they have first dug on their own land down to what is called the virgin earth and found the ground dry. For it is right to supply want, but it is not good to furnish idleness with provisions; as Pythagoras too said that it is reasonable to help load a burden, but not fitting to help take it off. And Scripture kindles the spark of the soul and directs its proper eye to contemplation, perhaps implanting something, like the farmer who grafts, but also stirring up what is already there. For “many among us,” according to the divine apostle, “are weak and sick, and a good number sleep. But if we judged ourselves, we would not be judged.”
1.1.11Stählin 2:8–9
Ἤδη δὲ οὐ γραφὴ εἰς ἐπίδειξιν τετεχνασμένη ἥδε ἡ πραγματεία. ἀλλά μοι ὑπομνήματα εἰς γῆρας θησαυρίζεται, λήθης φάρμακον, εἴδωλον ἀτεχνῶς καὶ σκιογραφία τῶν ἐναργῶν καὶ ἐμψύχων ἐκείνων, ὧν κατηξιώθην ἐπακοῦσαι, λόγων τε καὶ ἀνδρῶν μακαρίων καὶ τῷ ὄντι ἀξιολόγων. τούτων ὃ μὲν ἐπὶ τῆς Ἑλλάδος, ὁ Ἰωνικός, οἳ δὲ ἐπὶ τῆς μεγάλης Ἑλλάδος (τῆς κοίλης θάτερος αὐτῶν Συρίας ἦν, ὃ δὲ ἀπʼ Αἰγύπτου). ἄλλοι δὲ ἀνὰ τὴν ἀνατολήν· καὶ ταύτης ὃ μὲν τῆς τῶν Ἀσσυρίων. ὃ δὲ ἐν Παλαιστίνῃ Ἑβραῖος ἀνέκαθεν· ὑστάτῳ δὲ περιτυχὼν (δυνάμει δὲ οὗτος πρῶτος ἦν) ἀνεπαυσάμην. ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ θηράσας λεληθότα. Σικελικὴ τῷ ὄντι ἡ μέλιττα προφητικοῦ τε καὶ ἀποστολικοῦ λειμῶνος τὰ ἄνθη δρεπόμενος ἀκήρατόν τι γνώσεως χρῆμα ταῖς τῶν ἀκροωμένων ἐνεγέννησε ψυχαῖς. Ἀλλʼ οἳ μὲν τὴν ἀληθῆ τῆς μακαρίας σῴζοντες διδασκαλίας παράδοσιν εὐθὺς ἀπὸ Πέτρου τε καὶ Ἰακώβου Ἰωάννου τε καὶ Παύλου τῶν ἁγίων ἀποστόλων, παῖς παρὰ πατρὸς ἐκδεχόμενος (ὀλίγοι δὲ οἱ πατράσιν ὅμοιοι), ἧκον δὴ σὺν θεῷ καὶ εἰς ἡμᾶς τὰ προγονικὰ ἐκεῖνα καὶ ἀποστολικὰ καταθησόμενοι σπέρματα.
Ēdē de ou graphē eis epideixin tetechnasmenē hēde hē pragmateia. alla moi hypomnēmata eis gēras thēsaurizetai, lēthēs pharmakon, eidōlon atechnōs kai skiographia tōn enargōn kai empsychōn ekeinōn, hōn katēxiōthēn epakousai, logōn te kai andrōn makariōn kai tǭ onti axiologōn. toutōn ho men epi tēs Hellados, ho Iōnikos, hoi de epi tēs megalēs Hellados (tēs koilēs thateros autōn Syrias ēn, ho de apʼ Aigyptou). alloi de ana tēn anatolēn; kai tautēs ho men tēs tōn Assyriōn. ho de en Palaistinę̄ Hebraios anekathen; hystatǭ de peritychōn (dynamei de houtos prōtos ēn) anepausamēn. en Aigyptǭ thērasas lelēthota. Sikelikē tǭ onti hē melitta prophētikou te kai apostolikou leimōnos ta anthē drepomenos akēraton ti gnōseōs chrēma tais tōn akroōmenōn enegennēse psychais. Allʼ hoi men tēn alēthē tēs makarias sǭzontes didaskalias paradosin euthys apo Petrou te kai Iakōbou Iōannou te kai Paulou tōn hagiōn apostolōn, pais para patros ekdechomenos (oligoi de hoi patrasin homoioi), hēkon dē syn theǭ kai eis hēmas ta progonika ekeina kai apostolika katathēsomenoi spermata.
This treatise is not a writing artfully composed for display; but my notes are stored up for old age, a remedy against forgetfulness, simply an image and outline of those vivid and living words that I was counted worthy to hear, and of blessed and truly remarkable men. Of these, one was in Greece, the Ionian; others in Magna Graecia (one of them was from Coele-Syria, the other from Egypt); others in the East, and of these one was from the land of the Assyrians, the other a Hebrew in Palestine by origin. When I met the last (he was first in power), having hunted him out hidden in Egypt, I found rest. He, the true Sicilian bee, gathering the flowers of the prophetic and apostolic meadow, produced in the souls of his hearers an undefiled treasure of knowledge. These men, preserving the true tradition of the blessed teaching directly from Peter and James, John and Paul, the holy apostles, son receiving it from father (but few are like their fathers), came by God's will even to us, to deposit those ancestral and apostolic seeds.
1.1.12Stählin 2:9
καὶ εὖ οἶδʼ ὅτι ἀγαλλιάσονται, οὐχὶ τῇ ἐκφράσει ἡσθέντες λέγω τῇδε, μόνῃ δὲ τῇ κατὰ τὴν ὑποσημείωσιν τηρήσει. ποθούσης γὰρ οἶμαι ψυχῆς τὴν μακαρίαν παράδοσιν ἀδιάδραστον φυλάττειν ἡ τοιάδε ὑποτύπωσις· ἀνδρὸς δὲ φιλοῦντος σοφίαν εὐφρανθήσεται πατήρ. τὰ φρέατα ἐξαντλούμενα διειδέστερον ὕδωρ ἀναδίδωσι, τρέπεται δὲ εἰς φθορὰν ὧν μεταλαμβάνει οὐδείς. καὶ τὸν σίδηρον ἡ χρῆσις καθαρώτερον φυλάσσει, ἡ δὲ ἀχρηστία ἰοῦ τούτῳ γεννητική. συνελόντι γὰρ φάναι ἡ συγγυμνασία ἕξιν ἐμποιεῖ ὑγιεινὴν καὶ πνεύμασι καὶ σώμασιν. οὐδεὶς ἅπτει λύχνον καὶ ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον τίθησιν, ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ τῆς λυχνίας φαίνει τοῖς τῆς ἑστιάσεως τῆς αὐτῆς κατηξιωμένοις. τί γὰρ ὄφελος σοφίας μὴ σοφιζούσης τὸν οἷόν τε ἐπαΐειν; ἔτι τε καὶ ὁ σωτὴρ σῴζει αἰεὶ καὶ αἰεὶ ἐργάζεται, ὡς βλέπει τὸν πατέρα. διδάσκων τις μανθάνει πλεῖον καὶ λέγων συνακροᾶται πολλάκις τοῖς ἐπακούουσιν αὐτοῦ· εἷς γὰρ ὁ διδάσκαλος καὶ τοῦ λέγοντος καὶ τοῦ ἀκροωμένου, ὁ ἐπιπηγάζων καὶ τὸν νοῦν καὶ τὸν λόγον.
kai eu oidʼ hoti agalliasontai, ouchi tę̄ ekphrasei hēsthentes legō tę̄de, monę̄ de tę̄ kata tēn hyposēmeiōsin tērēsei. pothousēs gar oimai psychēs tēn makarian paradosin adiadraston phylattein hē toiade hypotypōsis; andros de philountos sophian euphranthēsetai patēr. ta phreata exantloumena dieidesteron hydōr anadidōsi, trepetai de eis phthoran hōn metalambanei oudeis. kai ton sidēron hē chrēsis katharōteron phylassei, hē de achrēstia iou toutǭ gennētikē. synelonti gar phanai hē syngymnasia hexin empoiei hygieinēn kai pneumasi kai sōmasin. oudeis haptei lychnon kai hypo ton modion tithēsin, allʼ epi tēs lychnias phainei tois tēs hestiaseōs tēs autēs katēxiōmenois. ti gar ophelos sophias mē sophizousēs ton hoion te epaïein? eti te kai ho sōtēr sǭzei aiei kai aiei ergazetai, hōs blepei ton patera. didaskōn tis manthanei pleion kai legōn synakroatai pollakis tois epakouousin autou; heis gar ho didaskalos kai tou legontos kai tou akroōmenou, ho epipēgazōn kai ton noun kai ton logon.
And I know well that they will rejoice; I do not mean pleased with this exposition, but only with its preservation in outline. For such a sketch is, I think, the work of a soul longing to keep the blessed tradition from escaping. “The father of a man who loves wisdom will be glad.” Wells, when drawn from, give clearer water, but those from which no one takes turn foul. Use keeps iron cleaner, but disuse breeds rust in it. In short, joint exercise produces a healthy condition in both spirits and bodies. “No one lights a lamp and puts it under the measure, but on the lampstand,” where it gives light to those counted worthy of the same feast. For what use is wisdom that does not make wise the one able to hear? And further, the Savior always saves and always works, as he sees the Father. The one who teaches learns more, and in speaking often listens together with those who hear him; for the teacher of both speaker and hearer is one, who is the fountain of both mind and word.
1.1.13Stählin 2:9–10
ᾗ καὶ οὐ κεκώλυκεν ὁ κύριος ἀπὸ ἀγαθοῦ † σαββατίζειν, μεταδιδόναι δὲ τῶν θείων μυστηρίων καὶ τοῦ φωτὸς ἐκείνου τοῦ ἁγίου τοῖς χωρεῖν δυναμένοις συγκεχώρηκεν. αὐτίκα οὐ πολλοῖς ἀπεκάλυψεν ἃ μὴ πολλῶν ἦν, ὀλίγοις δέ, οἷς προσήκειν ἠπίστατο, τοῖς οἵοις τε ἐκδέξασθαι καὶ τυπωθῆναι πρὸς αὐτά· τὰ δὲ ἀπόρρητα, καθάπερ ὁ θεός, λόγῳ πιστεύεται, οὐ γράμματι. κἄν τις λέγῃ γεγράφθαι οὐδὲν κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ φανερωθήσεται, οὐδὲ κεκαλυμμένον ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται, ἀκουσάτω καὶ παρʼ ἡμῶν, ὅτι τῷ κρυπτῶς ἐπαΐοντι τὸ κρυπτὸν φανερωθήσεσθαι διὰ τοῦδε προεθέσπισεν τοῦ λογίου, καὶ τῷ παρακεκαλυμμένως τὰ παραδιδόμενα οἵῳ τε παραλαμβάνειν δηλωθήσεται τὸ κεκαλυμμένον ὡς ἡ ἀλήθεια, καὶ τὸ τοῖς πολλοῖς κρυπτόν, τοῦτο τοῖς ὀλίγοις φανερὸν γενήσεται· ἐπεὶ διὰ τί μὴ πάντες ἴσασι τὴν ἀλήθειαν; διὰ τί δὲ μὴ ἠγαπήθη ἡ δικαιοσύνη, εἰ πάντων ἡ δικαιοσύνη; ἀλλὰ γὰρ τὰ μυστήρια μυστικῶς παραδίδοται, ἵνα ᾖ ἐν στόματι λαλοῦντος καὶ ᾧ λαλεῖται, μᾶλλον δὲ οὐκ ἐν φωνῇ, ἀλλʼ ἐν τῷ νοεῖσθαι. δέδωκεν δὲ ὁ θεὸς τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ τοὺς μὲν ἀποστόλους, τοὺς δὲ προφήτας, τοὺς δὲ εὐαγγελιστάς, τοὺς δὲ ποιμένας καὶ διδασκάλους, πρὸς τὸν καταρτισμὸν τῶν ἁγίων, εἰς ἔργον διακονίας, εἰς οἰκοδομὴν τοῦ σώματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ.
hę̄ kai ou kekōlyken ho kyrios apo agathou † sabbatizein, metadidonai de tōn theiōn mystēriōn kai tou phōtos ekeinou tou hagiou tois chōrein dynamenois synkechōrēken. autika ou pollois apekalypsen ha mē pollōn ēn, oligois de, hois prosēkein ēpistato, tois hoiois te ekdexasthai kai typōthēnai pros auta; ta de aporrēta, kathaper ho theos, logǭ pisteuetai, ou grammati. kan tis legę̄ gegraphthai ouden krypton ho ou phanerōthēsetai, oude kekalymmenon ho ouk apokalyphthēsetai, akousatō kai parʼ hēmōn, hoti tǭ kryptōs epaïonti to krypton phanerōthēsesthai dia toude proethespisen tou logiou, kai tǭ parakekalymmenōs ta paradidomena hoiǭ te paralambanein dēlōthēsetai to kekalymmenon hōs hē alētheia, kai to tois pollois krypton, touto tois oligois phaneron genēsetai; epei dia ti mē pantes isasi tēn alētheian? dia ti de mē ēgapēthē hē dikaiosynē, ei pantōn hē dikaiosynē? alla gar ta mystēria mystikōs paradidotai, hina ę̄ en stomati lalountos kai hǭ laleitai, mallon de ouk en phōnę̄, allʼ en tǭ noeisthai. dedōken de ho theos tę̄ ekklēsią tous men apostolous, tous de prophētas, tous de euangelistas, tous de poimenas kai didaskalous, pros ton katartismon tōn hagiōn, eis ergon diakonias, eis oikodomēn tou sōmatos tou Christou.
Hence the Lord did not forbid … to rest from good, but permitted sharing the divine mysteries and that holy light with those able to receive them. Thus he did not reveal to many what did not belong to many, but to few, to whom he knew it was fitting, those able to receive them and be molded by them. But the secret things, like God himself, are entrusted to speech, not to writing. And if someone says it is written, “There is nothing hidden that will not be revealed, nor covered that will not be uncovered,” let him hear from us too that by this saying he foretold that the hidden would be revealed to the one who hears in secret, and that what is covered, like the truth, would be shown to the one able to receive in a veiled way what is handed on; and what is hidden from the many will become plain to the few. For why do not all know the truth? And why was righteousness not loved, if righteousness belongs to all? But the mysteries are handed on mystically, so that they may be in the mouth of the speaker and of the one to whom he speaks, or rather not in the voice but in the understanding. “And God has given to the church some as apostles, some as prophets, some as evangelists, some as shepherds and teachers, for the equipping of the saints, for the work of ministry, for the building up of the body of Christ.”
1.1.14Stählin 2:10–11
Ἡ μὲν οὖν τῶνδέ μοι τῶν ὑπομνημάτων γραφὴ ἀσθενὴς μὲν εὖ οἶδʼ ὅτι παραβαλλομένη πρὸς τὸ πνεῦμα ἐκεῖνο τὸ κεχαριτωμένον, οὗ κατηξιώθημεν ὑπακοῦσαι, εἰκὼν δʼ ἂν εἴη ἀναμιμνῄσκουσα τοῦ ἀρχετύπου τὸν θύρσῳ πεπληγότα· σοφῷ γάρ, φησί, λάλει, καὶ σοφώτερος ἔσται, καὶ τῷ ἔχοντι δὲ προστεθήσεται. ἐπαγγέλλεται δὲ οὐχ ὥστε ἑρμηνεῦσαι τὰ ἀπόρρητα ἱκανῶς, πολλοῦ γε καὶ δεῖ, μόνον δὲ τὸ ὑπομνῆσαι, εἴτε ὁπότε ἐκλαθοίμεθα εἴτε ὅπως μηδʼ ἐκλανθανώμεθα. πολλὰ δὲ εὖ οἶδα παρερρύηκεν ἡμᾶς χρόνου μήκει ἀγράφως διαπεσόντα. ὅθεν τὸ ἀσθενὲς τῆς μνήμης τῆς ἐμῆς ἐπικουφίζων, κεφαλαίων συστηματικὴν ἔκθεσιν μνήμης ὑπόμνημα σωτήριον πορίζων ἐμαυτῷ, ἀναγκαίως κέχρημαι τῇδε τῇ ὑποτυπώσει. ἔστι μὲν οὖν τινα μηδὲ ἀπομνημονευθέντα ἡμῖν (πολλὴ γὰρ ἡ παρὰ τοῖς μακαρίοις δύναμις ἦν ἀνδράσιν), ἔστιν δὲ καὶ ἃ ἀνυποσημείωτα μεμενηκότα τῷ χρόνῳ ἃ νῦν ἀπέδρα, τὰ δὲ ὅσα ἐσβέννυτο ἐν αὐτῇ μαραινόμενα τῇ διανοίᾳ, ἐπεὶ μὴ ῥᾴδιος ἡ τοιάδε διακονία τοῖς μὴ δεδοκιμασμένοις, ταῦτα δὲ ἀναζωπυρῶν ὑπομνήμασι τὰ μὲν ἑκὼν παραπέμπομαι ἐκλέγων ἐπιστημόνως, φοβούμενος γράφειν ἃ καὶ λέγειν ἐφυλαξάμην, οὔ τί που φθορῶν (οὐ γὰρ θέμις), δεδιὼς δὲ ἄρα περὶ τῶν ἐντυγχανόντων, μή πῃ ἑτέροσε σφαλεῖεν καὶ παιδὶ μάχαιραν, ᾗ φασιν οἱ παροιμιαζόμενοι, ὀρέγοντες εὑρεθῶμεν. οὐ γὰρ ἔστι τὰ γραφέντα μὴ οὐκ ἐκπεσεῖν καίτοι ἀνέκδοτα ὑπό γʼ ἐμοῦ μεμενηκότα. κυλιόμενα δὲ ἀεὶ μόνῃ μιᾷ χρώμενα τῇ ἐγγράφῳ φωνῇ πρὸς τὸν ἐπανερόμενον οὐδὲν πλέον παρὰ τὰ γεγραμμένα ἀποκρίνεται· δεῖται γὰρ ἐξ ἀνάγκης βοηθοῦ ἤτοι τοῦ συγγραψαμένου ἢ καὶ ἄλλου του εἰς τὸ αὐτὸ ἴχνος ἐμβεβηκότος.
Hē men oun tōnde moi tōn hypomnēmatōn graphē asthenēs men eu oidʼ hoti paraballomenē pros to pneuma ekeino to kecharitōmenon, hou katēxiōthēmen hypakousai, eikōn dʼ an eiē anamimnę̄skousa tou archetypou ton thyrsǭ peplēgota; sophǭ gar, phēsi, lalei, kai sophōteros estai, kai tǭ echonti de prostethēsetai. epangelletai de ouch hōste hermēneusai ta aporrēta hikanōs, pollou ge kai dei, monon de to hypomnēsai, eite hopote eklathoimetha eite hopōs mēdʼ eklanthanōmetha. polla de eu oida parerryēken hēmas chronou mēkei agraphōs diapesonta. hothen to asthenes tēs mnēmēs tēs emēs epikouphizōn, kephalaiōn systēmatikēn ekthesin mnēmēs hypomnēma sōtērion porizōn emautǭ, anankaiōs kechrēmai tę̄de tę̄ hypotypōsei. esti men oun tina mēde apomnēmoneuthenta hēmin (pollē gar hē para tois makariois dynamis ēn andrasin), estin de kai ha anyposēmeiōta memenēkota tǭ chronǭ ha nyn apedra, ta de hosa esbennyto en autę̄ marainomena tę̄ dianoią, epei mē rhądios hē toiade diakonia tois mē dedokimasmenois, tauta de anazōpyrōn hypomnēmasi ta men hekōn parapempomai eklegōn epistēmonōs, phoboumenos graphein ha kai legein ephylaxamēn, ou ti pou phthorōn (ou gar themis), dediōs de ara peri tōn entynchanontōn, mē pę̄ heterose sphaleien kai paidi machairan, hę̄ phasin hoi paroimiazomenoi, oregontes heurethōmen. ou gar esti ta graphenta mē ouk ekpesein kaitoi anekdota hypo gʼ emou memenēkota. kyliomena de aei monę̄ mią chrōmena tę̄ engraphǭ phōnę̄ pros ton epaneromenon ouden pleon para ta gegrammena apokrinetai; deitai gar ex anankēs boēthou ētoi tou syngrapsamenou ē kai allou tou eis to auto ichnos embebēkotos.
The writing of these notes of mine, I know well, is weak compared with that grace-filled spirit which we were counted worthy to hear; but it would be an image recalling the archetype to one who has been struck by the thyrsus. “For speak to a wise man,” it says, “and he will become wiser”; and “to the one who has, more will be given.” It promises not to interpret the secret things adequately (far from it), but only to remind, whether when we forget or so that we may not forget. Many things, I know well, have slipped away from us through length of time, having fallen away unwritten. Hence, relieving the weakness of my memory, and providing myself with a systematic exposition of chief points as a saving reminder, I have necessarily used this sketch. There are some things we did not even remember (for great was the power of those blessed men); there are also things that, left unnoted over time, have now escaped; and others were being extinguished, withering in the mind itself, since such a ministry is not easy for those not approved. These I rekindle in my notes; some I deliberately pass over, choosing with understanding, afraid to write what I refrained even from saying, not out of grudging (for that is not lawful), but fearing for my readers, lest they stumble in another direction and we be found, as the proverb says, holding out a sword to a child. For it is impossible for what has been written not to get out, even if it remains unpublished by me. And being always rolled out, using only the one written voice, it answers nothing more than what is written to the one who questions it; for of necessity it needs a helper, either its author or someone else who has walked in the same track.
1.1.15Stählin 2:11
ἔστι δὲ ἃ καὶ αἰνίξεταί μοι γραφή, καὶ τοῖς μὲν παραστήσεται, τὰ δὲ μόνον ἐρεῖ, πειράσεται δὲ καὶ λανθάνουσα εἰπεῖν καὶ ἐπικρυπτομένη ἐκφῆναι καὶ δεῖξαι σιωπῶσα. τά τε παρὰ τῶν ἐπισήμων δογματιζόμενα αἱρέσεων παραθήσεται, καὶ τούτοις ἀντερεῖ πάνθʼ ὅσα προοικονομηθῆναι καθήκει τῆς κατὰ τὴν ἐποπτικὴν θεωρίαν γνώσεως, ἣ προβήσεται ἡμῖν κατὰ τὸν εὐκλεῆ καὶ σεμνὸν τῆς παραδόσεως κανόνα ἀπὸ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου γενέσεως προϊοῦσιν, τὰ ἀναγκαίως ἔχοντα προδιαληφθῆναι τῆς φυσικῆς θεωρίας προπαρατιθεμένη καὶ τὰ ἐμποδὼν ἱστάμενα τῇ ἀκολουθίᾳ προαπολυομένη, ὡς ἑτοίμους ἔχειν τὰς ἀκοὰς πρὸς τὴν παραδοχὴν τῆς γνωστικῆς παραδόσεως προκεκαθαρμένης τῆς γῆς ἀπό τε τῶν ἀκανθῶν καὶ τῆς πόας ἁπάσης γεωργικῶς εἰς καταφύτευσιν ἀμπελῶνος. ἀγὼν γὰρ καὶ ὁ προαγὼν καὶ μυστήρια τὰ πρὸ μυστηρίων, οὐδὲ ὀκνήσει συγχρήσασθαι φιλοσοφίας καὶ τῆς ἄλλης προπαιδείας τοῖς καλλίστοις τὰ ὑπομνήματα ἡμῖν. οὐ γὰρ μόνον διʼ Ἑβραίους καὶ τοὺς ὑπὸ νόμον κατὰ τὸν ἀπόστολον εὔλογον Ἰουδαῖον γενέσθαι, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τοὺς Ἕλληνας Ἕλληνα, ἵνα πάντας κερδάνωμεν. κἀν τῇ πρὸς Κολασσαεῖς ἐπιστολῇ νουθετοῦντες γράφει πάντα ἄνθρωπον καὶ διδάσκοντες ἐν πάσῃ σοφίᾳ, ἵνα παραστήσωμεν πάντα ἄνθρωπον τέλειον ἐν Χριστῷ.
esti de ha kai ainixetai moi graphē, kai tois men parastēsetai, ta de monon erei, peirasetai de kai lanthanousa eipein kai epikryptomenē ekphēnai kai deixai siōpōsa. ta te para tōn episēmōn dogmatizomena haireseōn parathēsetai, kai toutois anterei panthʼ hosa prooikonomēthēnai kathēkei tēs kata tēn epoptikēn theōrian gnōseōs, hē probēsetai hēmin kata ton eukleē kai semnon tēs paradoseōs kanona apo tēs tou kosmou geneseōs proïousin, ta anankaiōs echonta prodialēphthēnai tēs physikēs theōrias proparatithemenē kai ta empodōn histamena tę̄ akolouthią proapolyomenē, hōs hetoimous echein tas akoas pros tēn paradochēn tēs gnōstikēs paradoseōs prokekatharmenēs tēs gēs apo te tōn akanthōn kai tēs poas hapasēs geōrgikōs eis kataphyteusin ampelōnos. agōn gar kai ho proagōn kai mystēria ta pro mystēriōn, oude oknēsei synchrēsasthai philosophias kai tēs allēs propaideias tois kallistois ta hypomnēmata hēmin. ou gar monon diʼ Hebraious kai tous hypo nomon kata ton apostolon eulogon Ioudaion genesthai, alla kai dia tous Hellēnas Hellēna, hina pantas kerdanōmen. kan tę̄ pros Kolassaeis epistolę̄ nouthetountes graphei panta anthrōpon kai didaskontes en pasę̄ sophią, hina parastēsōmen panta anthrōpon teleion en Christǭ.
There are also things that my writing will hint at; with some it will linger, others it will only mention; it will try to speak while escaping notice, to reveal while concealing, and to show while keeping silent. It will set out the doctrines of the notable heresies and answer them with everything that must be prepared in advance for the knowledge that belongs to the highest contemplation, which will advance for us, according to the glorious and venerable rule of the tradition, as we proceed from the creation of the world. It will first set out what needs to be discussed beforehand of natural science and clear away first what stands in the way of the sequence, so as to have ears ready to receive the tradition of knowledge, the ground having first been cleared, as by a farmer, of thorns and every weed, for the planting of a vineyard. For there is a contest before the contest and mysteries before mysteries. Nor will our notes hesitate to make use of the finest parts of philosophy and of other preliminary education. For, according to the apostle, it is reasonable to become a Jew not only because of the Hebrews and those under the law, but also a Greek because of the Greeks, “that we may gain all.” And in the letter to the Colossians he writes, “admonishing every man and teaching in all wisdom, that we may present every man perfect in Christ.”
1.1.16Stählin 2:11–12
ἁρμόζει δὲ καὶ ἄλλως τῇ τῶν ὑπομνημάτων ὑποτυπώσει τὸ γλαφυρὸν τῆς θεωρίας. αὐτίκα καὶ ἡ τῆς χρηστομαθίας περιουσία οἷον ἥδυσμά τί ἐστιν παραπεπλεγμένον ἀθλητοῦ βρώματι, οὐ τρυφητιῶντος, ὄρεξιν δὲ ἀγαθὴν φιλοτιμίᾳ λαμβάνοντος. ψάλλοντες γοῦν τὸ ὑπέρτονον τῆς σεμνότητος ἐμμελῶς ἀνίεμεν. καθάπερ δὲ οἱ βουλόμενοι δήμῳ προσομιλῆσαι διὰ κήρυκος τοῦτο πολλάκις ποιοῦσιν ὡς μᾶλλον ἐξάκουστα γενέσθαι τὰ λεγόμενα, οὕτω κἀνταῦθα (πρὸς πολλοὺς γὰρ ἡμῖν ὁ λόγος ὁ πρὸ αὐτῆς τῆς παραδόσεως λεγόμενος) τὰς συνήθεις διὸ δὴ παραθετέον δόξας τε καὶ φωνὰς τὰς ἐμβοώσας παρʼ ἕκαστα αὐτοῖς διʼ ὧν μᾶλλον οἱ ἀκούοντες ἐπιστραφήσονται. καὶ δὴ συνελόντι φάναι (ἐν πολλοῖς γὰρ τοῖς μαργαρίταις τοῖς μικροῖς ὁ εἷς, ἐν δὲ πολλῇ τῇ τῶν ἰχθύων ἄγρᾳ ὁ κάλλιχθυς) χρόνῳ τε καὶ πόνῳ τἀληθὲς ἐκλάμψει ἀγαθοῦ παρατυχόντος βοηθοῦ· διʼ ἀνθρώπων γὰρ θεόθεν αἱ πλεῖσται εὐεργεσίαι χορηγοῦνται.
harmozei de kai allōs tę̄ tōn hypomnēmatōn hypotypōsei to glaphyron tēs theōrias. autika kai hē tēs chrēstomathias periousia hoion hēdysma ti estin parapeplegmenon athlētou brōmati, ou tryphētiōntos, orexin de agathēn philotimią lambanontos. psallontes goun to hypertonon tēs semnotētos emmelōs aniemen. kathaper de hoi boulomenoi dēmǭ prosomilēsai dia kērykos touto pollakis poiousin hōs mallon exakousta genesthai ta legomena, houtō kantautha (pros pollous gar hēmin ho logos ho pro autēs tēs paradoseōs legomenos) tas synētheis dio dē paratheteon doxas te kai phōnas tas emboōsas parʼ hekasta autois diʼ hōn mallon hoi akouontes epistraphēsontai. kai dē synelonti phanai (en pollois gar tois margaritais tois mikrois ho heis, en de pollę̄ tę̄ tōn ichthyōn agrą ho kallichthys) chronǭ te kai ponǭ talēthes eklampsei agathou paratychontos boēthou; diʼ anthrōpōn gar theothen hai pleistai euergesiai chorēgountai.
The elegance of learning also suits, in another way, the sketch of the notes. Thus the abundance of liberal learning is like a sauce mixed with an athlete's food, an athlete not given to luxury, but taking a good appetite with ambition. At any rate, in singing we harmoniously relax the overstrained tone of solemnity. And as those who wish to address a people often do so through a herald, so that what is said may be better heard, so here too (for our word, spoken before the tradition itself, is to many) we must set out the familiar opinions and sayings that ring out to them on each point, by which the hearers will be more readily turned. And in short (for among many small pearls there is the one, and in a great catch of fish the beautiful fish), with time and labor the truth will shine out, if a good helper is at hand; for most benefits are supplied from God through human beings.
1.1.17Stählin 2:12
πάντες μὲν οὖν ὅσοι ταῖς ὄψεσι κεχρήμεθα, θεωροῦμεν τὰ προσπίπτοντα αὐταῖς, ἄλλοι δὲ ἄλλων ἕνεκα. αὐτίκα οὐχ ὁμοίως θεωρεῖ τὸ πρόβατον ὁ μάγειρός τε καὶ ὁ ποιμήν· ὃ μὲν γὰρ εἰ πῖόν ἐστι πολυπραγμονεῖ, ὃ δὲ εἰς εὐγονίαν τηρεῖ. τὸ γάλα τοῦ προβάτου ὃ μέν τις ἀμελξάτω, εἰ χρῄζει τροφῆς, τὸν μαλλὸν κειράτω, εἰ σκέπης δεῖται. ὧδέ μοι καὶ τῆς Ἑλληνικῆς χρηστομαθίας ὁ καρπὸς προχωρείτω. οὐκ οἶμαι γάρ τινα οὕτως εὐτυχῆ γραφὴν ἡγεῖσθαι ᾗ μηδεὶς ἀντερεῖ, ἀλλʼ ἐκείνην εὔλογον νομιστέον ᾗ μηδεὶς εὐλόγως ἀντερεῖ. καὶ πρᾶξιν ἄρα καὶ αἵρεσιν ἀποδεκτέον οὐ τὴν ἀμεμφῆ, ἀλλʼ ἣν οὐδεὶς εὐλόγως καταμέμψεται. οὐκ εὐθὺς δʼ εἴ τις μὴ προηγουμένως ἐπιτελεῖ, κατὰ περίστασιν αὐτὸ ποιεῖ, ἀλλὰ οἰκονομούμενός τι θεοσόφως καὶ συμπεριφερόμενος ἐνεργήσει. οὔτε γὰρ ὁ ἔχων τὴν ἀρετὴν χρῄζει τῆς ἐπὶ τὴν ἀρετὴν ἔτι ὁδοῦ οὔθʼ ὁ ἐρρωμένος ἀναλήψεως. καθάπερ δʼ οἱ γεωργοὶ προαρδεύσαντες τὴν γῆν, οὕτω δὴ καὶ ἡμεῖς τῷ ποτίμῳ τῶν παρʼ Ἕλλησι λόγων προαρδεύομεν τὸ γεῶδες αὐτῶν, ὡς παραδέξασθαι τὸ καταβαλλόμενον σπέρμα πνευματικὸν καὶ τοῦτο εὐμαρῶς ἐκθρέψαι δύνασθαι.
pantes men oun hosoi tais opsesi kechrēmetha, theōroumen ta prospiptonta autais, alloi de allōn heneka. autika ouch homoiōs theōrei to probaton ho mageiros te kai ho poimēn; ho men gar ei pion esti polypragmonei, ho de eis eugonian tērei. to gala tou probatou ho men tis amelxatō, ei chrę̄zei trophēs, ton mallon keiratō, ei skepēs deitai. hōde moi kai tēs Hellēnikēs chrēstomathias ho karpos prochōreitō. ouk oimai gar tina houtōs eutychē graphēn hēgeisthai hę̄ mēdeis anterei, allʼ ekeinēn eulogon nomisteon hę̄ mēdeis eulogōs anterei. kai praxin ara kai hairesin apodekteon ou tēn amemphē, allʼ hēn oudeis eulogōs katamempsetai. ouk euthys dʼ ei tis mē proēgoumenōs epitelei, kata peristasin auto poiei, alla oikonomoumenos ti theosophōs kai symperipheromenos energēsei. oute gar ho echōn tēn aretēn chrę̄zei tēs epi tēn aretēn eti hodou outhʼ ho errōmenos analēpseōs. kathaper dʼ hoi geōrgoi proardeusantes tēn gēn, houtō dē kai hēmeis tǭ potimǭ tōn parʼ Hellēsi logōn proardeuomen to geōdes autōn, hōs paradexasthai to kataballomenon sperma pneumatikon kai touto eumarōs ekthrepsai dynasthai.
All of us who use our eyes see what falls before them, but different people for different purposes. Thus the cook and the shepherd do not view a sheep in the same way: the one inquires whether it is fat, the other watches it for good breeding. Let someone milk the sheep if he needs food, and shear its fleece if he needs covering. In this way let the fruit of Greek learning come forward for me. For I do not think anyone considers a writing so fortunate that no one will speak against it; but that one must be thought reasonable which no one will reasonably speak against. And so the action and choice to be approved is not the one without blame, but the one no one will reasonably blame. And if someone does not do a thing as his primary aim, it does not immediately follow that he does it under constraint; rather, he will act, managing something with divine wisdom and accommodating himself. For neither does the one who has virtue still need the road to virtue, nor does the healthy man need recovery. And as farmers first water the ground, so we too first water the earthy part of the Greeks with the drinkable water of their own writings, so that they may receive the spiritual seed that is sown and be able easily to nourish it.
1.1.18Stählin 2:13
Περιέξουσι δὲ οἱ Στρωματεῖς ἀναμεμιγμένην τὴν ἀλήθειαν τοῖς φιλοσοφίας δόγμασι, μᾶλλον δὲ ἐγκεκαλυμμένην καὶ ἐπικεκρυμμένην, καθάπερ τῷ λεπύρῳ τὸ ἐδώδιμον τοῦ καρύου· ἁρμόζει γάρ, οἶμαι, τῆς ἀληθείας τὰ σπέρματα μόνοις φυλάσσεσθαι τοῖς τῆς πίστεως γεωργοῖς. οὐ λέληθεν δέ με καὶ τὰ θρυλούμενα πρός τινων ἀμαθῶς ψοφοδεῶν χρῆναι λεγόντων περὶ τὰ ἀναγκαιότατα καὶ συνέχοντα τὴν πίστιν καταγίνεσθαι, τὰ δὲ ἔξωθεν καὶ περιττὰ ὑπερβαίνειν μάτην ἡμᾶς τρίβοντα καὶ κατέχοντα περὶ τοῖς οὐδὲν συμβαλλομένοις πρὸς τὸ τέλος. οἳ δὲ καὶ πρὸς κακοῦ οὖσαν τὴν φιλοσοφίαν εἰσδεδυκέναι τὸν βίον νομίζουσιν ἐπὶ λύμῃ τῶν ἀνθρώπων πρός τινος εὑρετοῦ πονηροῦ. ἐγὼ δὲ ὅτι μὲν ἡ κακία κακὴν φύσιν ἔχει καὶ οὔποτʼ ἂν καλοῦ τινος ὑποσταίη γεωργὸς γενέσθαι, παρʼ ὅλους ἐνδείξομαι τοὺς Στρωματεῖς, αἰνισσόμενος ἁμῇ γέ πῃ θείας ἔργον προνοίας καὶ φιλοσοφίαν.
Periexousi de hoi Strōmateis anamemigmenēn tēn alētheian tois philosophias dogmasi, mallon de enkekalymmenēn kai epikekrymmenēn, kathaper tǭ lepyrǭ to edōdimon tou karyou; harmozei gar, oimai, tēs alētheias ta spermata monois phylassesthai tois tēs pisteōs geōrgois. ou lelēthen de me kai ta thryloumena pros tinōn amathōs psophodeōn chrēnai legontōn peri ta anankaiotata kai synechonta tēn pistin kataginesthai, ta de exōthen kai peritta hyperbainein matēn hēmas tribonta kai katechonta peri tois ouden symballomenois pros to telos. hoi de kai pros kakou ousan tēn philosophian eisdedykenai ton bion nomizousin epi lymę̄ tōn anthrōpōn pros tinos heuretou ponērou. egō de hoti men hē kakia kakēn physin echei kai oupotʼ an kalou tinos hypostaiē geōrgos genesthai, parʼ holous endeixomai tous Strōmateis, ainissomenos hamę̄ ge pę̄ theias ergon pronoias kai philosophian.
The Stromata will contain the truth mixed with the doctrines of philosophy, or rather covered and hidden in them, as the edible part of the nut is in the shell; for it is fitting, I think, that the seeds of the truth be kept for the farmers of faith alone. I am not unaware of what is bandied about by some who are ignorantly timid, who say that we should occupy ourselves with what is most necessary and what holds the faith together, and pass over what is external and superfluous, which wears us out in vain and detains us with things that contribute nothing to the end. Others even think that philosophy entered life for evil, for the ruin of mankind, by some wicked inventor. But I will show throughout the Stromata that vice has an evil nature and could never become a farmer of anything good, hinting at the same time that philosophy too is in some way the work of divine providence.
Miscellanies 1, chapter 2
1.2.19Stählin 2:13
ὑπὲρ δὲ τῶν ὑπομνημάτων τῶν περιειληφότων κατὰ τοὺς ἀναγκαίους καιροὺς τὴν Ἑλληνικὴν δόξαν τοσοῦτόν φημι τοῖς φιλεγκλήμοσι· πρῶτον μὲν εἰ καὶ ἄχρηστος εἴη φιλοσοφία, εἰ εὔχρηστος ἡ τῆς ἀχρηστίας βεβαίωσις, εὔχρηστος· ἔπειτα οὐδὲ καταψηφίσασθαι τῶν Ἑλλήνων οἷόν τε ψιλῇ τῇ περὶ τῶν δογματισθέντων αὐτοῖς χρωμένους φράσει, μὴ συνεμβαίνοντας εἰς τὴν κατὰ μέρος ἄχρι συγγνώσεως ἐκκάλυψιν. πιστὸς γὰρ εὖ μάλα ὁ μετʼ ἐμπειρίας ἔλεγχος, ὅτι καὶ τελειοτάτη ἀπόδειξις εὑρίσκεται ἡ γνῶσις τῶν κατεγνωσμένων. πολλὰ δʼ οὖν καὶ μὴ συμβαλλόμενα εἰς τέλος συγκοσμεῖ τὸν τεχνίτην. καὶ ἄλλως ἡ πολυμαθία διασυστατικὴ τυγχάνει τοῦ παρατιθεμένου τὰ κυριώτατα τῶν δογμάτων πρὸς πειθὼ τῶν ἀκροωμένων καὶ θαυμασμὸν ἐγγεννῶσα τοῖς κατηχουμένοις καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἀλήθειαν συνίστησιν.
hyper de tōn hypomnēmatōn tōn perieilēphotōn kata tous anankaious kairous tēn Hellēnikēn doxan tosouton phēmi tois philenklēmosi; prōton men ei kai achrēstos eiē philosophia, ei euchrēstos hē tēs achrēstias bebaiōsis, euchrēstos; epeita oude katapsēphisasthai tōn Hellēnōn hoion te psilę̄ tę̄ peri tōn dogmatisthentōn autois chrōmenous phrasei, mē synembainontas eis tēn kata meros achri syngnōseōs ekkalypsin. pistos gar eu mala ho metʼ empeirias elenchos, hoti kai teleiotatē apodeixis heurisketai hē gnōsis tōn kategnōsmenōn. polla dʼ oun kai mē symballomena eis telos synkosmei ton technitēn. kai allōs hē polymathia diasystatikē tynchanei tou paratithemenou ta kyriōtata tōn dogmatōn pros peithō tōn akroōmenōn kai thaumasmon engennōsa tois katēchoumenois kai pros tēn alētheian synistēsin.
About my notes, which at the necessary times include Greek opinion, I say this much to the fault-finders. First, even if philosophy were useless, if the demonstration of its uselessness is useful, it is useful. Next, one cannot even condemn the Greeks using bare statement about their doctrines, without entering into a detailed exposure of them to the point of understanding. For refutation with experience is very trustworthy, since knowledge of what is condemned is found to be the most perfect proof. Many things, even if they do not contribute to the end, adorn the craftsman. And besides, wide learning commends the one who sets out the chief doctrines, for the persuasion of his hearers, and, producing admiration in the catechumens, it also recommends the truth.
1.2.20Stählin 2:13–14
ἀξιόπιστος δὲ ἡ τοιαύτη ψυχαγωγία, διʼ ἧς κεκαλυμμένην οἱ φιλομαθεῖς παραδέχονται τὴν ἀλήθειαν, πρὸς τὸ μήτε αὐτοὺς δοκεῖν τὴν φιλοσοφίαν λυμαίνεσθαι τὸν βίον, ψευδῶν πραγμάτων καὶ φαύλων ἔργων δημιουργὸν ὑπάρχουσαν, ᾗ τινες διαβεβλήκασιν, ἀληθείας οὖσαν εἰκόνα ἐναργῆ, θείαν δωρεὰν Ἕλλησι δεδομένην, μήτε ἡμᾶς ἀποσπᾶσθαι τῆς πίστεως, οἷον ὑπό τινος ἀπατηλοῦ τέχνης καταγοητευομένους, ἀλλʼ ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν, περιβολῇ πλείονι χρωμένους, ἁμῇ γέ πῃ συγγυμνασίαν τινὰ πίστεως ἀποδεικτικὴν ἐκπορίζεσθαι. ναὶ μὴν καὶ ἡ συναφὴ τῶν δογμάτων διὰ τῆς ἀντιπαραθέσεως τὴν ἀλήθειαν μνηστεύεται, διʼ ἧς ἐξηκολούθηκεν ἡ γνῶσις, οὐ κατὰ προηγούμενον λόγον τῆς φιλοσοφίας παρεισελθούσης, διὰ δὲ τὸν ἀπὸ τῆς γνώσεως καρπόν ἡμῶν βέβαιον λαμβανόντων πεῖσμα τῆς ἀληθοῦς καταλήψεως διὰ τῆς τῶν ὑπονοουμένων ἐπιστήμης. σιωπῶ γὰρ ὅτι οἱ Στρωματεῖς τῇ πολυμαθίᾳ σωματοποιούμενοι κρύπτειν ἐντέχνως τὰ τῆς γνώσεως βούλονται σπέρματα.
axiopistos de hē toiautē psychagōgia, diʼ hēs kekalymmenēn hoi philomatheis paradechontai tēn alētheian, pros to mēte autous dokein tēn philosophian lymainesthai ton bion, pseudōn pragmatōn kai phaulōn ergōn dēmiourgon hyparchousan, hę̄ tines diabeblēkasin, alētheias ousan eikona enargē, theian dōrean Hellēsi dedomenēn, mēte hēmas apospasthai tēs pisteōs, hoion hypo tinos apatēlou technēs katagoēteuomenous, allʼ hōs epos eipein, peribolę̄ pleioni chrōmenous, hamę̄ ge pę̄ syngymnasian tina pisteōs apodeiktikēn ekporizesthai. nai mēn kai hē synaphē tōn dogmatōn dia tēs antiparatheseōs tēn alētheian mnēsteuetai, diʼ hēs exēkolouthēken hē gnōsis, ou kata proēgoumenon logon tēs philosophias pareiselthousēs, dia de ton apo tēs gnōseōs karpon hēmōn bebaion lambanontōn peisma tēs alēthous katalēpseōs dia tēs tōn hyponooumenōn epistēmēs. siōpō gar hoti hoi Strōmateis tę̄ polymathią sōmatopoioumenoi kryptein entechnōs ta tēs gnōseōs boulontai spermata.
Such attraction is trustworthy, by which lovers of learning receive the truth veiled; so that they do not think philosophy ruins life as a maker of false things and base deeds, as some have slandered it, when it is a clear image of the truth, a divine gift given to the Greeks; and so that we are not drawn away from the faith, as though bewitched by some deceitful art, but, so to speak, using a wider circuit, may at the same time provide a certain joint exercise of faith that is demonstrative. Indeed, the connection of doctrines through comparison woos the truth, and knowledge follows from it; not that philosophy came in as the primary reason, but because of the fruit that comes from knowledge, as we receive firm persuasion of true apprehension through the understanding of what is hinted at. I say nothing of the fact that the Stromata, embodied in wide learning, wish artfully to hide the seeds of knowledge.
1.2.21Stählin 2:14
καθάπερ οὖν ὁ τῆς ἄγρας ἐρωτικὸς ζητήσας, ἐρευνήσας, ἀνιχνεύσας, κυνοδρομήσας αἱρεῖ τὸ θηρίον, οὕτω καὶ τἀληθὲς γλυκύτητι φαίνεται ζητηθὲν καὶ πόνῳ πορισθέν. τί δή ποτʼ οὖν ὧδε διατετάχθαι φίλον ἔδοξεν εἶναι τοῖς ὑπομνήμασιν; ὅτι μέγας ὁ κίνδυνος τὸν ἀπόρρητον ὡς ἀληθῶς τῆς ὄντως φιλοσοφίας λόγον ἐξορχήσασθαι τούτοις, οἳ ἀφειδῶς πρὸς πάντα μὲν ἀντιλέγειν ἐθέλουσιν οὐκ ἐν δίκῃ, πάντα δὲ ὀνόματα καὶ ῥήματα ἀπορρίπτουσιν οὐδαμῶς κοσμίως, αὑτούς τε ἀπατῶντες καὶ τοὺς ἐχομένους αὐτῶν γοητεύοντες. Ἑβραῖοι μὲν γὰρ σημεῖα αἰτοῦσιν, ᾗ φησιν ὁ ἀπόστολος, Ἕλληνες δὲ σοφίαν ζητοῦσι.
kathaper oun ho tēs agras erōtikos zētēsas, ereunēsas, anichneusas, kynodromēsas hairei to thērion, houtō kai talēthes glykytēti phainetai zētēthen kai ponǭ poristhen. ti dē potʼ oun hōde diatetachthai philon edoxen einai tois hypomnēmasin? hoti megas ho kindynos ton aporrēton hōs alēthōs tēs ontōs philosophias logon exorchēsasthai toutois, hoi apheidōs pros panta men antilegein ethelousin ouk en dikę̄, panta de onomata kai rhēmata aporriptousin oudamōs kosmiōs, hautous te apatōntes kai tous echomenous autōn goēteuontes. Hebraioi men gar sēmeia aitousin, hę̄ phēsin ho apostolos, Hellēnes de sophian zētousi.
As, then, one passionate about hunting takes his quarry after seeking, searching, tracking, and running with hounds, so the truth appears sweet when it has been sought and procured with labor. Why, then, did it seem good to arrange the notes in this way? Because it is a great danger to divulge the truly secret word of the true philosophy to those who wish to contradict everything without restraint and unjustly, and who throw out all names and words in no orderly way, deceiving themselves and bewitching those who follow them. “For the Jews ask for signs,” as the apostle says, “and the Greeks seek wisdom.”
Miscellanies 1, chapter 3
1.3.22Stählin 2:14–15
Πολὺς δὲ ὁ τοιόσδε ὄχλος· οἳ μὲν αὐτῶν, ἡδοναῖς δεδουλωμένοι, ἀπιστεῖν ἐθέλοντες, γελῶσι τὴν ἁπάσης σεμνότητος ἀξίαν ἀλήθειαν, τὸ βάρβαρον ἐν παιδιᾷ τιθέμενοι, οἳ δέ τινες σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ἐπαίροντες διαβολὰς τοῖς λόγοις ἐξευρίσκειν βιάζονται, ζητήσεις ἐριστικὰς ἐκπορίζοντες, λεξειδίων θηράτορες, ζηλωταὶ τεχνυδρίων, ἐριδαντέες καὶ ἱμαντελικτέες, ὡς ὁ Ἀβδηρίτης ἐκεῖνός φησιν· στρεπτὴ γὰρ γλῶσσα, φησί, βροτῶν· πολέες δʼ ἔνι μῦθοι· παντοίων ἐπέων δὲ πολὺς νομὸς ἔνθα καὶ ἔνθα. καί· ὁπποῖόν κʼ εἴπῃσθα ἔπος, τοῖόν κʼ ἐπακούσαις. ταύτῃ γοῦν ἐπαιρόμενοι τῇ τέχνῃ οἱ κακοδαίμονες σοφισταὶ τῇ σφῶν αὐτῶν στωμυλλόμενοι τερθρείᾳ, ἀμφὶ τὴν διάκρισιν τῶν ὀνομάτων καὶ τὴν ποιὰν τῶν λέξεων σύνθεσίν τε καὶ περιπλοκὴν τὸν πάντα πονούμενοι βίον τρυγόνων ἀναφαίνονται λαλίστεροι· κνήθοντες καὶ γαργαλίζοντες οὐκ ἀνδρικῶς, ἐμοὶ δοκεῖν, τὰς ἀκοὰς τῶν κνήσασθαι γλιχομένων, ποταμὸς ἀτεχνῶς ῥημάτων, νοῦ δὲ σταλαγμός. ἀμέλει καὶ καθάπερ τῶν παλαιῶν ὑποδημάτων τὰ μὲν ἄλλα αὐτοῖς ἀσθενεῖ καὶ διαρρεῖ, μόνη δὲ ἡ γλῶσσα ὑπολείπεται.
Polys de ho toiosde ochlos; hoi men autōn, hēdonais dedoulōmenoi, apistein ethelontes, gelōsi tēn hapasēs semnotētos axian alētheian, to barbaron en paidią tithemenoi, hoi de tines sphas autous epairontes diabolas tois logois exeuriskein biazontai, zētēseis eristikas ekporizontes, lexeidiōn thēratores, zēlōtai technydriōn, eridantees kai himanteliktees, hōs ho Abdēritēs ekeinos phēsin; streptē gar glōssa, phēsi, brotōn; polees dʼ eni mythoi; pantoiōn epeōn de polys nomos entha kai entha. kai; hoppoion kʼ eipę̄stha epos, toion kʼ epakousais. tautę̄ goun epairomenoi tę̄ technę̄ hoi kakodaimones sophistai tę̄ sphōn autōn stōmyllomenoi terthreią, amphi tēn diakrisin tōn onomatōn kai tēn poian tōn lexeōn synthesin te kai periplokēn ton panta ponoumenoi bion trygonōn anaphainontai lalisteroi; knēthontes kai gargalizontes ouk andrikōs, emoi dokein, tas akoas tōn knēsasthai glichomenōn, potamos atechnōs rhēmatōn, nou de stalagmos. amelei kai kathaper tōn palaiōn hypodēmatōn ta men alla autois asthenei kai diarrei, monē de hē glōssa hypoleipetai.
Great is the crowd of this kind. Some of them, enslaved to pleasures and wishing to disbelieve, laugh at the truth that is worthy of all reverence, treating the barbarian as a joke. Others, exalting themselves, strive to invent slanders against our words, producing contentious questions, hunters of trifling phrases, zealots for petty arts, wranglers and strap-twisters, as the famous Abderite says. For “twisting is the tongue of mortals,” he says, “and many are the words in it; wide is the range of words of every kind, this way and that”; and “whatever word you speak, such will you hear.” Elated, then, by this art, the wretched sophists, babbling with their own chicanery, laboring their whole life over the distinction of names and the composition and interweaving of words, appear more talkative than turtledoves; tickling and titillating, not manfully, in my opinion, the ears of those who long to be tickled; simply a river of words, but a drop of sense. Indeed, as with old shoes, all the rest of them is weak and falling apart, and only the tongue is left.
1.3.23Stählin 2:15
παγκάλως ὁ Ἀθηναῖος ἀποτείνεται καὶ γράφει Σόλων· εἰς γὰρ γλῶσσαν ὁρᾶτε καὶ εἰς ἔπη αἱμύλου ἀνδρός· ὑμῶν δὲ εἷς μὲν ἕκαστος ἀλώπεκος ἴχνεσι βαίνει, σύμπασιν δὲ ὑμῖν χαῦνος ἔνεστι νόος. τοῦτό που αἰνίσσεται ἡ σωτήριος ἐκείνη φωνή· αἱ ἀλώπεκες φωλεοὺς ἔχουσιν, ὁ δὲ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου οὐκ ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνῃ· μόνῳ γάρ, οἶμαι, τῷ πιστεύοντι, διακεκριμένῳ τέλεον τῶν ἄλλων τῶν πρὸς τῆς γραφῆς θηρίων εἰρημένων, ἐπαναπαύεται τὸ κεφάλαιον τῶν ὄντων. ὁ χρηστὸς καὶ ἥμερος λόγος. ὁ δρασσόμενος τοὺς σοφοὺς ἐν τῇ πανουργίᾳ αὐτῶν· κύριος γὰρ μόνος γινώσκει τοὺς διαλογισμοὺς τῶν σοφῶν, ὅτι εἰσὶ μάταιοι, σοφοὺς δή που τοὺς σοφιστὰς τοὺς περὶ τὰς λέξεις καὶ τὰς τέχνας περιττοὺς καλούσης τῆς γραφῆς.
pankalōs ho Athēnaios apoteinetai kai graphei Solōn; eis gar glōssan horate kai eis epē haimylou andros; hymōn de heis men hekastos alōpekos ichnesi bainei, sympasin de hymin chaunos enesti noos. touto pou ainissetai hē sōtērios ekeinē phōnē; hai alōpekes phōleous echousin, ho de huios tou anthrōpou ouk echei pou tēn kephalēn klinę̄; monǭ gar, oimai, tǭ pisteuonti, diakekrimenǭ teleon tōn allōn tōn pros tēs graphēs thēriōn eirēmenōn, epanapauetai to kephalaion tōn ontōn. ho chrēstos kai hēmeros logos. ho drassomenos tous sophous en tę̄ panourgią autōn; kyrios gar monos ginōskei tous dialogismous tōn sophōn, hoti eisi mataioi, sophous dē pou tous sophistas tous peri tas lexeis kai tas technas perittous kalousēs tēs graphēs.
Very finely does Solon the Athenian inveigh against them and write: “For you look to the tongue and the words of a wily man; each one of you walks in the tracks of a fox, but in all of you together there is an empty mind.” This, I think, is what that saving word hints at: “The foxes have holes, but the Son of Man has nowhere to lay his head.” For only on the believer, I think, who is completely distinguished from the others called beasts by Scripture, does the Head of all things rest: the kind and gentle Word, “who catches the wise in their craftiness.” “For the Lord alone knows the reasonings of the wise, that they are futile,” Scripture calling “wise” the sophists who are excessive about words and arts.
1.3.24Stählin 2:15–16
ὅθεν οἱ Ἕλληνες καὶ αὐτοὶ τοὺς περὶ ὁτιοῦν πολυπράγμονας σοφοὺς ἅμα καὶ σοφιστὰς παρωνύμως κεκλήκασι. Κρατῖνος γοῦν ἐν τοῖς Ἀρχιλόχοις ποιητὰς καταλέξας ἔφη· οἷον σοφιστῶν σμῆνος ἀνεδιφήσατε. Ἰοφῶν τε ὁμοίως ὡς ὁ κωμικὸς ἐν Αὐλῳδοῖς σατύροις ἐπὶ ῥαψῳδῶν καὶ ἄλλων τινῶν λέγει· καὶ γὰρ εἰσελήλυθεν πολλῶν σοφιστῶν ὄχλος ἐξηρτυμένος. ἐπὶ τούτων καὶ τῶν παραπλησίων ὅσοι τοὺς κενοὺς μεμελετήκασι λόγους ἡ θεία γραφὴ παγκάλως λέγει· ἀπολῶ τὴν σοφίαν τῶν σοφῶν, καὶ τὴν σύνεσιν τῶν συνετῶν ἀθετήσω.
hothen hoi Hellēnes kai autoi tous peri hotioun polypragmonas sophous hama kai sophistas parōnymōs keklēkasi. Kratinos goun en tois Archilochois poiētas katalexas ephē; hoion sophistōn smēnos anediphēsate. Iophōn te homoiōs hōs ho kōmikos en Aulǭdois satyrois epi rhapsǭdōn kai allōn tinōn legei; kai gar eiselēlythen pollōn sophistōn ochlos exērtymenos. epi toutōn kai tōn paraplēsiōn hosoi tous kenous memeletēkasi logous hē theia graphē pankalōs legei; apolō tēn sophian tōn sophōn, kai tēn synesin tōn synetōn athetēsō.
Hence the Greeks themselves have called those who busy themselves about anything both “wise” and, by a related name, “sophists.” At any rate Cratinus, in his Archilochuses, listing poets, said, “What a swarm of sophists you have stirred up!” And Iophon too, just like the comic poet, in The Flute-Singing Satyrs says of rhapsodes and some others, “For a crowd of many sophists has come in, all equipped.” About these and those like them, who have practiced empty words, divine Scripture says very finely, “I will destroy the wisdom of the wise, and the understanding of the prudent I will set aside.”
Miscellanies 1, chapter 4
1.4.25Stählin 2:16
Ὅμηρος δὲ καὶ τέκτονα σοφὸν καλεῖ καὶ περὶ τοῦ Μαργίτου, εἰ δὴ αὐτοῦ, ὧδέ πως γράφει· τὸν δʼ οὔτʼ ἂρ σκαπτῆρα θεοὶ θέσαν οὔτʼ ἀροτῆρα, οὔτʼ ἄλλως τι σοφόν, πάσης δʼ ἡμάρτανε τέχνης. Ἡσίοδος γὰρ τὸν κιθαριστὴν Λίνον παντοίας σοφίας δεδαηκότα εἰπὼν καὶ ναύτην οὐκ ὀκνεῖ λέγειν σοφόν, οὔτε τι ναυτιλίης σεσοφισμένον γράφων. Δανιὴλ δὲ ὁ προφήτης τὸ μυστήριον φησὶν ὃ ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐρωτᾷ, οὐκ ἔστι σοφῶν, μάγων, ἐπαοιδῶν, Γαζαρηνῶν δύναμις τοῦ ἀναγγεῖλαι τῷ βασιλεῖ, ἀλλʼ ἔστι θεὸς ἐν οὐρανῷ ἀποκαλύπτων. καὶ δὴ τοὺς Βαβυλῶνος σοφοὺς προσαγορεύει. ὅτι δὲ σοφίαν ὁμωνύμως καλεῖ ἡ γραφὴ πᾶσαν τὴν κοσμικὴν εἴτε ἐπιστήμην εἴτε τέχνην, πολλαὶ δέ εἰσιν αἱ κατʼ ἐπισύνθεσιν ἀνθρωπίνῳ λογισμῷ ἐπινενοημέναι, καὶ ὡς θεόθεν ἡ τεχνικὴ καὶ ἡ σοφὴ ἐπίνοια, σαφὲς ἔσται παραθεμένοις τήνδε τὴν λέξιν· καὶ ἐλάλησεν κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγων· ἰδοὺ ἀνακέκληκα τὸν Βεσελεὴλ τὸν τοῦ Οὐρί, τὸν Ὤρ, τῆς φυλῆς Ἰούδα, καὶ ἐνέπλησα αὐτὸν πνεῦμα θεῖον σοφίας καὶ συνέσεως καὶ ἐπιστήμης ἐν παντὶ ἔργῳ, διανοεῖσθαι καὶ ἀρχιτεκτονῆσαι, ἐργάζεσθαι τὸ χρυσίον καὶ τὸ ἀργύριον καὶ τὸν χαλκόν, καὶ τὴν ὑάκινθον καὶ τὴν πορφύραν καὶ τὸ κόκκινον, καὶ τὰ λιθουργικὰ καὶ τεκτονικὴν τῶν ξύλων, ἐργάζεσθαι ἕως κατὰ πάντα τὰ ἔργα.
Homēros de kai tektona sophon kalei kai peri tou Margitou, ei dē autou, hōde pōs graphei; ton dʼ outʼ ar skaptēra theoi thesan outʼ arotēra, outʼ allōs ti sophon, pasēs dʼ hēmartane technēs. Hēsiodos gar ton kitharistēn Linon pantoias sophias dedaēkota eipōn kai nautēn ouk oknei legein sophon, oute ti nautiliēs sesophismenon graphōn. Daniēl de ho prophētēs to mystērion phēsin ho ho basileus erōtą, ouk esti sophōn, magōn, epaoidōn, Gazarēnōn dynamis tou anangeilai tǭ basilei, allʼ esti theos en ouranǭ apokalyptōn. kai dē tous Babylōnos sophous prosagoreuei. hoti de sophian homōnymōs kalei hē graphē pasan tēn kosmikēn eite epistēmēn eite technēn, pollai de eisin hai katʼ episynthesin anthrōpinǭ logismǭ epinenoēmenai, kai hōs theothen hē technikē kai hē sophē epinoia, saphes estai parathemenois tēnde tēn lexin; kai elalēsen kyrios pros Mōysēn legōn; idou anakeklēka ton Beseleēl ton tou Ouri, ton Ōr, tēs phylēs Iouda, kai eneplēsa auton pneuma theion sophias kai syneseōs kai epistēmēs en panti ergǭ, dianoeisthai kai architektonēsai, ergazesthai to chrysion kai to argyrion kai ton chalkon, kai tēn hyakinthon kai tēn porphyran kai to kokkinon, kai ta lithourgika kai tektonikēn tōn xylōn, ergazesthai heōs kata panta ta erga.
Homer calls even a carpenter wise, and of Margites, if the poem is really his, he writes something like this: “The gods made him neither a digger nor a plowman, nor wise in anything else; he failed in every art.” And Hesiod, having said that Linus the lyre-player was “skilled in every kind of wisdom,” does not hesitate to call a sailor wise, writing, “not at all wise in seamanship.” And Daniel the prophet says, “The mystery that the king asks, it is not in the power of the wise, the magi, the enchanters, the Gazarenes to declare to the king; but there is a God in heaven who reveals.” And indeed he calls the Babylonians “wise.” That Scripture calls every worldly science or art by the common name “wisdom” (and there are many devised by combination through human reasoning), and that artistic and wise invention comes from God, will be clear if we set out this passage: “And the Lord spoke to Moses, saying, ‘See, I have called Bezalel the son of Uri, son of Hur, of the tribe of Judah, and I have filled him with the divine spirit of wisdom and understanding and knowledge in every work, to devise and to direct the building, to work gold and silver and bronze, blue, purple, and scarlet, and stonework and carpentry in wood, to work in all kinds of works.’”
1.4.26Stählin 2:16–17
ἔπειτα ἐπιφέρει καθολικὸν δὴ λόγον· καὶ παντὶ τῷ συνετῷ καρδίᾳ δέδωκα σύνεσιν, τουτέστιν τῷ οἵῳ τε ἐπιδέξασθαι πόνῳ καὶ συνασκήσει. πάλιν τε αὖ διαρρήδην ἐξ ὀνόματος κυρίου γέγραπται· καὶ σὺ λάλησον πᾶσι τοῖς σοφοῖς τῇ διανοίᾳ, οὓς ἐνέπλησα πνεῦμα αἰσθήσεως· ἔχουσι μέν τι οἰκεῖον φύσεως ἰδίωμα οἱ σοφοὶ τῇ διανοίᾳ, λαμβάνουσι δὲ πνεῦμα αἰσθήσεως παρὰ τῆς κυριωτάτης σοφίας διττόν, ἐπιτηδείους σφᾶς αὐτοὺς παραστήσαντες. οἱ μὲν γὰρ τὰς βαναύσους μετιόντες τέχνας τοῦ περὶ τὰς αἰσθήσεις ἀπολαύουσι περιττοῦ, ἀκοῆς μὲν ὁ κοινῶς λεγόμενος μουσικός, ἁφῆς δὲ ὁ πλαστικός, καὶ φωνῆς ὁ ᾠδικός, ὀσφρήσεως ὁ μυρεψικός, ὄψεως ὁ τῶν ἐν ταῖς σφραγῖσιν ἐντυπωμάτων τορευτικός. οἱ δὲ ἀμφὶ τὴν παιδείαν διατρίβοντες τὴν συναίσθησιν χορηγοῦνται, καθʼ ἣν τῶν μέτρων οἱ ποιηταὶ καὶ τῆς λέξεως οἱ σοφισταὶ καὶ τῶν συλλογισμῶν οἱ διαλεκτικοὶ καὶ οἱ φιλόσοφοι τῆς κατʼ αὐτοὺς θεωρίας ἀντιλαμβάνονται. εὑρετικὸν γὰρ καὶ ἐπινοητικὸν ἡ συναίσθησις ἐπιβάλλειν πιθανῶς ἀναπείθουσα, συναύξει δὲ τὴν ἐπιβολὴν ἡ εἰς ἐπιστήμην συνάσκησις.
epeita epipherei katholikon dē logon; kai panti tǭ synetǭ kardią dedōka synesin, toutestin tǭ hoiǭ te epidexasthai ponǭ kai synaskēsei. palin te au diarrēdēn ex onomatos kyriou gegraptai; kai sy lalēson pasi tois sophois tę̄ dianoią, hous eneplēsa pneuma aisthēseōs; echousi men ti oikeion physeōs idiōma hoi sophoi tę̄ dianoią, lambanousi de pneuma aisthēseōs para tēs kyriōtatēs sophias ditton, epitēdeious sphas autous parastēsantes. hoi men gar tas banausous metiontes technas tou peri tas aisthēseis apolauousi perittou, akoēs men ho koinōs legomenos mousikos, haphēs de ho plastikos, kai phōnēs ho ǭdikos, osphrēseōs ho myrepsikos, opseōs ho tōn en tais sphragisin entypōmatōn toreutikos. hoi de amphi tēn paideian diatribontes tēn synaisthēsin chorēgountai, kathʼ hēn tōn metrōn hoi poiētai kai tēs lexeōs hoi sophistai kai tōn syllogismōn hoi dialektikoi kai hoi philosophoi tēs katʼ autous theōrias antilambanontai. heuretikon gar kai epinoētikon hē synaisthēsis epiballein pithanōs anapeithousa, synauxei de tēn epibolēn hē eis epistēmēn synaskēsis.
Then he adds a general statement: “And to everyone understanding in heart I have given understanding,” that is, to the one able to receive it through labor and exercise. And again it is written expressly in the name of the Lord: “And you, speak to all who are wise in mind, whom I have filled with the spirit of perception.” Those wise in mind have some proper natural quality, and, when they have made themselves fit, they receive from the supreme wisdom a twofold spirit of perception. For those who pursue the mechanical arts enjoy a surplus in the senses: the one commonly called a musician in hearing, the modeler in touch, the singer in voice, the perfumer in smell, the engraver of images on seals in sight. And those occupied with education are supplied with a shared perception, by which the poets grasp meters, the sophists style, the dialecticians syllogisms, and the philosophers their own kind of contemplation. For perception is inventive and creative, persuasively urging one to apply oneself; and exercise toward knowledge increases the application.
1.4.27Stählin 2:17
εἰκότως τοίνυν ὁ ἀπόστολος πολυποίκιλον εἴρηκεν τὴν σοφίαν τοῦ θεοῦ, πολυμερῶς καὶ πολυτρόπως, διὰ τέχνης, διὰ ἐπιστήμης, διὰ πίστεως, διὰ προφητείας, τὴν ἑαυτῆς ἐνδεικνυμένην δύναμιν εἰς τὴν ἡμετέραν εὐεργεσίαν, ὅτι πᾶσα σοφία παρὰ κυρίου καὶ μετʼ αὐτοῦ ἐστιν εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, ᾗ φησιν ἡ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ σοφία. ἐὰν γὰρ τὴν φρόνησιν τήν τε αἴσθησιν ἐπικαλέσῃ μεγάλῃ τῇ φωνῇ καὶ ζητήσῃς αὐτὴν ὥσπερ ἀργυρίου θησαυροὺς καὶ προθύμως ἐξιχνιάσῃς, νοήσεις θεοσέβειαν καὶ αἴσθησιν θείαν εὑρήσεις, πρὸς ἀντιδιαστολὴν τῆς κατὰ φιλοσοφίαν αἰσθήσεως εἴρηκεν ὁ προφήτης, ἣν μεγαλοφυῶς καὶ μεγαλοπρεπῶς ἐξερευνᾶν διδάσκει εἰς τὴν ἐπὶ τὴν θεοσέβειαν προκοπήν. ἀντέθηκεν οὖν αὐτῇ τὴν ἐν θεοσεβείᾳ αἴσθησιν, τὴν γνῶσιν αἰνισσόμενος καὶ τάδε λέγων· ὁ γὰρ θεὸς δίδωσι σοφίαν ἐκ τοῦ ἑαυτοῦ στόματος αἴσθησίν τε ἅμα καὶ φρόνησιν, καὶ θησαυρίζει δικαίοις βοήθειαν· τοῖς γὰρ ὑπὸ φιλοσοφίας δεδικαιωμένοις βοήθεια θησαυρίζεται καὶ ἡ εἰς θεοσέβειαν συναίσθησις.
eikotōs toinyn ho apostolos polypoikilon eirēken tēn sophian tou theou, polymerōs kai polytropōs, dia technēs, dia epistēmēs, dia pisteōs, dia prophēteias, tēn heautēs endeiknymenēn dynamin eis tēn hēmeteran euergesian, hoti pasa sophia para kyriou kai metʼ autou estin eis ton aiōna, hę̄ phēsin hē tou Iēsou sophia. ean gar tēn phronēsin tēn te aisthēsin epikalesę̄ megalę̄ tę̄ phōnę̄ kai zētēsę̄s autēn hōsper argyriou thēsaurous kai prothymōs exichniasę̄s, noēseis theosebeian kai aisthēsin theian heurēseis, pros antidiastolēn tēs kata philosophian aisthēseōs eirēken ho prophētēs, hēn megalophyōs kai megaloprepōs exereunan didaskei eis tēn epi tēn theosebeian prokopēn. antethēken oun autę̄ tēn en theosebeią aisthēsin, tēn gnōsin ainissomenos kai tade legōn; ho gar theos didōsi sophian ek tou heautou stomatos aisthēsin te hama kai phronēsin, kai thēsaurizei dikaiois boētheian; tois gar hypo philosophias dedikaiōmenois boētheia thēsaurizetai kai hē eis theosebeian synaisthēsis.
Fittingly, then, the apostle has called the wisdom of God “manifold,” showing its power for our benefit “in many parts and in many ways”: through art, through knowledge, through faith, through prophecy. For “all wisdom is from the Lord and is with him forever,” as the Wisdom of Jesus says. “For if you call for prudence and perception with a loud voice, and seek it like treasures of silver and eagerly track it out, you will understand godliness and find divine perception.” The prophet said this by contrast with the perception that comes by philosophy, which he teaches us to search out magnanimously and magnificently for advancement toward godliness. He set against it, then, the perception that is in godliness, hinting at knowledge, and saying this: “For God gives wisdom from his own mouth, perception together with prudence, and stores up help for the righteous.” For to those justified by philosophy, help is stored up, the perception that leads to godliness.
Miscellanies 1, chapter 5
1.5.28Stählin 2:17–18
Ἦν μὲν οὖν πρὸ τῆς τοῦ κυρίου παρουσίας εἰς δικαιοσύνην Ἕλλησιν ἀναγκαία φιλοσοφία, νυνὶ δὲ χρησίμη πρὸς θεοσέβειαν γίνεται, προπαιδεία τις οὖσα τοῖς τὴν πίστιν διʼ ἀποδείξεως καρπουμένοις, ὅτι ὁ πούς σου φησὶν οὐ μὴ προσκόψῃ, ἐπὶ τὴν πρόνοιαν τὰ καλὰ ἀναφέροντος, ἐάν τε Ἑλληνικὰ ᾖ ἐάν τε ἡμέτερα. πάντων μὲν γὰρ αἴτιος τῶν καλῶν ὁ θεός, ἀλλὰ τῶν μὲν κατὰ προηγούμενον ὡς τῆς τε διαθήκης τῆς παλαιᾶς καὶ τῆς νέας, τῶν δὲ κατʼ ἐπακολούθημα ὡς τῆς φιλοσοφίας. τάχα δὲ καὶ προηγουμένως τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ἐδόθη τότε πρὶν ἢ τὸν κύριον καλέσαι καὶ τοὺς Ἕλληνας· ἐπαιδαγώγει γὰρ καὶ αὕτη τὸ Ἑλληνικὸν ὡς ὁ νόμος τοὺς Ἑβραίους εἰς Χριστόν. προπαρασκευάζει τοίνυν ἡ φιλοσοφία προοδοποιοῦσα τὸν ὑπὸ Χριστοῦ τελειούμενον. αὐτίκα τὴν σοφίαν ὁ Σολομὼν περιχαράκωσον φησίν, καὶ ὑπερυψώσει σε· στεφάνῳ δὲ τρυφῆς ὑπερασπίσει σε, ἐπεὶ κἂν σὺ τῷ θριγκῷ ὑπεροχυρώσας αὐτὴν διὰ φιλοσοφίας καὶ πολυτελείας ὀρθῆς ἀνεπίβατον τοῖς σοφισταῖς τηρήσαις.
Ēn men oun pro tēs tou kyriou parousias eis dikaiosynēn Hellēsin anankaia philosophia, nyni de chrēsimē pros theosebeian ginetai, propaideia tis ousa tois tēn pistin diʼ apodeixeōs karpoumenois, hoti ho pous sou phēsin ou mē proskopsę̄, epi tēn pronoian ta kala anapherontos, ean te Hellēnika ę̄ ean te hēmetera. pantōn men gar aitios tōn kalōn ho theos, alla tōn men kata proēgoumenon hōs tēs te diathēkēs tēs palaias kai tēs neas, tōn de katʼ epakolouthēma hōs tēs philosophias. tacha de kai proēgoumenōs tois Hellēsin edothē tote prin ē ton kyrion kalesai kai tous Hellēnas; epaidagōgei gar kai hautē to Hellēnikon hōs ho nomos tous Hebraious eis Christon. proparaskeuazei toinyn hē philosophia proodopoiousa ton hypo Christou teleioumenon. autika tēn sophian ho Solomōn pericharakōson phēsin, kai hyperypsōsei se; stephanǭ de tryphēs hyperaspisei se, epei kan sy tǭ thrinkǭ hyperochyrōsas autēn dia philosophias kai polyteleias orthēs anepibaton tois sophistais tērēsais.
Before the Lord's coming, then, philosophy was necessary to the Greeks for righteousness; and now it becomes useful for godliness, being a kind of preliminary training for those who reap faith through demonstration. For “your foot will not stumble,” it says, if you refer good things to providence, whether they are Greek or ours. For God is the cause of all good things, but of some primarily, like the old and the new covenant, and of others consequentially, like philosophy. And perhaps it was given primarily to the Greeks at that time, before the Lord called the Greeks too; for it too was a schoolmaster to bring the Greek mind to Christ, as the law was for the Hebrews. Philosophy, then, is a preparation, paving the way for the one who is being perfected by Christ. Thus Solomon says, “Fortify wisdom, and it will exalt you; and it will shield you with a crown of delight”; since you too, having fortified it with a wall through philosophy and right expenditure, may keep it unassailable by the sophists.
1.5.29Stählin 2:18–19
μία μὲν οὖν ἡ τῆς ἀληθείας ὁδός, ἀλλʼ εἰς αὐτὴν καθάπερ εἰς ἀέναον ποταμὸν ἐκρέουσι τὰ ῥεῖθρα ἄλλα ἄλλοθεν. ἐνθέως οὖν ἄρα εἴρηται· ἄκουε, υἱέ μου, καὶ δέξαι ἐμοὺς λόγους, φησίν, ἵνα σοι γένωνται πολλαὶ ὁδοὶ βίου· ὁδοὺς γὰρ σοφίας διδάσκω σε, ὅπως μὴ ἐκλίπωσίν σε αἱ πηγαί, αἱ τῆς αὐτῆς ἐκβλύζουσαι γῆς. οὐ δὴ μόνον ἑνός τινος δικαίου ὁδοὺς πλείονας σωτηρίους κατέλεξεν, ἐπιφέρει δὲ ἄλλας πολλῶν πολλὰς δικαίων ὁδούς, μηνύων ὧδέ πως· αἱ δὲ ὁδοὶ τῶν δικαίων ὁμοίως φωτὶ λάμπουσιν. εἶεν δʼ ἂν καὶ αἱ ἐντολαὶ καὶ αἱ προπαιδεῖαι ὁδοὶ καὶ ἀφορμαὶ τοῦ βίου. Ἱερουσαλὴμ Ἱερουσαλήμ, ποσάκις ἠθέλησα ἐπισυναγαγεῖν τὰ τέκνα σου ὡς ὄρνις τοὺς νεοσσούς. Ἱερουσαλὴμ δὲ ὅρασις εἰρήνης ἑρμηνεύεται. δηλοῖ τοίνυν προφητικῶς τοὺς εἰρηνικῶς ἐποπτεύσαντας πολυτρόπως εἰς κλῆσιν πεπαιδαγωγῆσθαι. τί οὖν; ἠθέλησε μέν, οὐκ ἠδυνήθη δέ· ποσάκις δὲ ἢ ποῦ; δίς, διά τε προφητῶν καὶ διὰ τῆς παρουσίας. πολύτροπον μὲν οὖν τὴν σοφίαν ἡ ποσάκις ἐνδείκνυται λέξις, καὶ καθʼ ἕνα ἕκαστον τρόπον ποιότητός τε καὶ ποσότητος πάντως σῴζει τινὰς ἔν τε τῷ χρόνῳ ἔν τε τῷ αἰῶνι, ὅτι πνεῦμα κυρίου πεπλήρωκε τὴν οἰκουμένην. κἄν τις βιαζόμενος λέγῃ· μὴ πρόσεχε φαύλῃ γυναικί, μέλι γὰρ ἀποστάζει ἀπὸ χειλέων γυναικὸς πόρνης, τὴν Ἑλληνικὴν εἶναι παιδείαν, ἐπακουσάτω τῶν ἑξῆς· ἣ πρὸς καιρὸν λιπαίνει σὸν φάρυγγα, φησί, φιλοσοφία δὲ οὐ κολακεύει. τίνα τοίνυν αἰνίσσεται τὴν ἐκπορνεύσασαν; ἐπιφέρει ῥητῶς· τῆς γὰρ ἀφροσύνης οἱ πόδες κατάγουσι τοὺς χρωμένους αὐτῇ μετὰ θανάτου εἰς Ἅιδην, τὰ δὲ ἴχνη αὐτῆς οὐκ ἐρείδεται. μακρὰν οὖν ποίησον ἀπὸ τῆς ἄφρονος ἡδονῆς τὴν σὴν ὁδόν, μὴ ἐπιστῇς θύραις οἴκων αὐτῆς, ἵνα μὴ προῇ ἄλλοις τὴν σὴν ζωήν. καὶ ἐπιμαρτυρεῖ· εἶτα μεταμελήσει σοι ἐπὶ γήρως, ἡνίκα ἂν κατατριβῶσί σου σάρκες σώματος. τοῦτο γὰρ τέλος τῆς ἄφρονος ἡδονῆς. καὶ ταῦτα μὲν ταύτῃ· ὁπηνίκα δʼ ἂν φῇ· μὴ πολὺς ἴσθι πρὸς ἀλλοτρίαν, χρῆσθαι μέν, οὐκ ἐνδιατρίβειν δὲ καὶ ἐναπομένειν τῇ κοσμικῇ παιδείᾳ παραινεῖ· προπαιδεύει γὰρ τῷ κυριακῷ λόγῳ τὰ κατὰ τοὺς προσήκοντας καιροὺς ἑκάστῃ γενεᾷ συμφερόντως δεδομένα. ἤδη γάρ τινες τοῖς φίλτροις τῶν θεραπαινίδων δελεασθέντες ὠλιγώρησαν τῆς δεσποίνης, φιλοσοφίας, καὶ κατεγήρασαν οἳ μὲν αὐτῶν ἐν μουσικῇ, οἳ δὲ ἐν γεωμετρίᾳ, ἄλλοι δὲ ἐν γραμματικῇ, οἱ πλεῖστοι δὲ ἐν ῥητορικῇ.
mia men oun hē tēs alētheias hodos, allʼ eis autēn kathaper eis aenaon potamon ekreousi ta rheithra alla allothen. entheōs oun ara eirētai; akoue, huie mou, kai dexai emous logous, phēsin, hina soi genōntai pollai hodoi biou; hodous gar sophias didaskō se, hopōs mē eklipōsin se hai pēgai, hai tēs autēs ekblyzousai gēs. ou dē monon henos tinos dikaiou hodous pleionas sōtērious katelexen, epipherei de allas pollōn pollas dikaiōn hodous, mēnyōn hōde pōs; hai de hodoi tōn dikaiōn homoiōs phōti lampousin. eien dʼ an kai hai entolai kai hai propaideiai hodoi kai aphormai tou biou. Hierousalēm Hierousalēm, posakis ēthelēsa episynagagein ta tekna sou hōs ornis tous neossous. Hierousalēm de horasis eirēnēs hermēneuetai. dēloi toinyn prophētikōs tous eirēnikōs epopteusantas polytropōs eis klēsin pepaidagōgēsthai. ti oun? ēthelēse men, ouk ēdynēthē de; posakis de ē pou? dis, dia te prophētōn kai dia tēs parousias. polytropon men oun tēn sophian hē posakis endeiknytai lexis, kai kathʼ hena hekaston tropon poiotētos te kai posotētos pantōs sǭzei tinas en te tǭ chronǭ en te tǭ aiōni, hoti pneuma kyriou peplērōke tēn oikoumenēn. kan tis biazomenos legę̄; mē proseche phaulę̄ gynaiki, meli gar apostazei apo cheileōn gynaikos pornēs, tēn Hellēnikēn einai paideian, epakousatō tōn hexēs; hē pros kairon lipainei son pharynga, phēsi, philosophia de ou kolakeuei. tina toinyn ainissetai tēn ekporneusasan? epipherei rhētōs; tēs gar aphrosynēs hoi podes katagousi tous chrōmenous autę̄ meta thanatou eis Haidēn, ta de ichnē autēs ouk ereidetai. makran oun poiēson apo tēs aphronos hēdonēs tēn sēn hodon, mē epistę̄s thyrais oikōn autēs, hina mē proę̄ allois tēn sēn zōēn. kai epimartyrei; eita metamelēsei soi epi gērōs, hēnika an katatribōsi sou sarkes sōmatos. touto gar telos tēs aphronos hēdonēs. kai tauta men tautę̄; hopēnika dʼ an phę̄; mē polys isthi pros allotrian, chrēsthai men, ouk endiatribein de kai enapomenein tę̄ kosmikę̄ paideią parainei; propaideuei gar tǭ kyriakǭ logǭ ta kata tous prosēkontas kairous hekastę̄ geneą sympherontōs dedomena. ēdē gar tines tois philtrois tōn therapainidōn deleasthentes ōligōrēsan tēs despoinēs, philosophias, kai kategērasan hoi men autōn en mousikę̄, hoi de en geōmetrią, alloi de en grammatikę̄, hoi pleistoi de en rhētorikę̄.
There is, then, one way of truth, but streams flow into it, as into an ever-flowing river, from different places. So it is said inspiredly: “Hear, my son, and receive my words, that you may have many ways of life. For I teach you the ways of wisdom, that the fountains may not fail you,” the fountains that gush from the same earth. He did not enumerate many saving ways of one righteous man only, but adds many other ways of many righteous, indicating something like this: “But the ways of the righteous shine like light.” And the commandments and the preliminary trainings would be ways and starting points of life. “Jerusalem, Jerusalem, how often I wished to gather your children as a hen her chicks.” Jerusalem is interpreted “vision of peace.” He shows prophetically, then, that those who have peacefully contemplated have been trained in many ways for their calling. What then? He wished, but was not able. How often, or where? Twice: through the prophets and through his coming. The words “how often” show that wisdom is manifold; and in each way, of quality and of quantity, it surely saves some, both in time and in eternity, since “the Spirit of the Lord has filled the world.” And if someone forcibly says that “Do not give heed to a worthless woman, for honey drips from the lips of a harlot” means Greek education, let him listen to what follows: “who for a time smooths your throat,” it says; but philosophy does not flatter. Whom, then, does he hint at as the one who has played the harlot? He adds expressly: “For the feet of folly lead those who use her down with death to Hades, and her tracks are not firmly set.” “So keep your way far from foolish pleasure; do not stand at the doors of her house, lest you give your life to others.” And he adds the witness: “Then you will repent in old age, when the flesh of your body is worn out.” For this is the end of foolish pleasure. So much for this. But when he says, “Do not be much with a strange woman,” he advises us to use worldly education, but not to linger and remain in it; for the things given at the proper times to each generation for its benefit are a preliminary training for the Lord's word. For already some, lured by the charms of the maidservants, have neglected their mistress, philosophy, and have grown old, some in music, others in geometry, others in grammar, and most in rhetoric.
1.5.30Stählin 2:19–20
Ἀλλʼ ὡς τὰ ἐγκύκλια μαθήματα συμβάλλεται πρὸς φιλοσοφίαν τὴν δέσποιναν αὐτῶν, οὕτω καὶ φιλοσοφία αὐτὴ πρὸς σοφίας κτῆσιν συνεργεῖ. ἔστι γὰρ ἡ μὲν φιλοσοφία ἐπιτήδευσις σοφίας, ἡ σοφία δὲ ἐπιστήμη θείων καὶ ἀνθρωπίνων καὶ τῶν τούτων αἰτίων. κυρία τοίνυν ἡ σοφία τῆς φιλοσοφίας ὡς ἐκείνη τῆς προπαιδείας. εἰ γὰρ ἐγκράτειαν φιλοσοφία ἐπαγγέλλεται γλώσσης τε καὶ γαστρὸς καὶ τῶν ὑπὸ γαστέρα, καὶ ἔστιν διʼ αὑτὴν αἱρετή, σεμνοτέρα φανεῖται καὶ κυριωτέρα, εἰ θεοῦ τιμῆς τε καὶ γνώσεως ἕνεκεν ἐπιτηδεύοιτο. τῶν εἰρημένων μαρτυρίαν παρέξει ἡ γραφὴ διὰ τῶνδε· Σάρρα στεῖρα ἦν πάλαι, Ἀβραὰμ δὲ γυνή. μὴ τίκτουσα ἡ Σάρρα τὴν ἑαυτῆς παιδίσκην ὀνόματι Ἄγαρ τὴν Αἰγυπτίαν εἰς παιδοποιίαν ἐπιτρέπει τῷ Ἀβραάμ. ἡ σοφία τοίνυν ἡ τῷ πιστῷ σύνοικος (πιστὸς δὲ ἐλογίσθη Ἀβραὰμ καὶ δίκαιος) στεῖρα ἦν ἔτι καὶ ἄτεκνος κατὰ τὴν γενεὰν ἐκείνην, μηδέπω μηδὲν ἐνάρετον ἀποκυήσασα τῷ Ἀβραάμ, ἠξίου δὲ εἰκότως τὸν ἤδη καιρὸν ἔχοντα προκοπῆς τῇ κοσμικῇ παιδείᾳ (Αἴγυπτος δὲ ὁ κόσμος ἀλληγορεῖται) συνευνασθῆναι πρότερον, ὕστερον δὲ καὶ αὑτῇ προσελθόντα κατὰ τὴν θείαν πρόνοιαν γεννῆσαι τὸν Ἰσαάκ.
Allʼ hōs ta enkyklia mathēmata symballetai pros philosophian tēn despoinan autōn, houtō kai philosophia autē pros sophias ktēsin synergei. esti gar hē men philosophia epitēdeusis sophias, hē sophia de epistēmē theiōn kai anthrōpinōn kai tōn toutōn aitiōn. kyria toinyn hē sophia tēs philosophias hōs ekeinē tēs propaideias. ei gar enkrateian philosophia epangelletai glōssēs te kai gastros kai tōn hypo gastera, kai estin diʼ hautēn hairetē, semnotera phaneitai kai kyriōtera, ei theou timēs te kai gnōseōs heneken epitēdeuoito. tōn eirēmenōn martyrian parexei hē graphē dia tōnde; Sarra steira ēn palai, Abraam de gynē. mē tiktousa hē Sarra tēn heautēs paidiskēn onomati Agar tēn Aigyptian eis paidopoiian epitrepei tǭ Abraam. hē sophia toinyn hē tǭ pistǭ synoikos (pistos de elogisthē Abraam kai dikaios) steira ēn eti kai ateknos kata tēn genean ekeinēn, mēdepō mēden enareton apokyēsasa tǭ Abraam, ēxiou de eikotōs ton ēdē kairon echonta prokopēs tę̄ kosmikę̄ paideią (Aigyptos de ho kosmos allēgoreitai) syneunasthēnai proteron, hysteron de kai hautę̄ proselthonta kata tēn theian pronoian gennēsai ton Isaak.
But as the encyclical studies contribute to philosophy, their mistress, so philosophy itself works together for the acquisition of wisdom. For philosophy is the pursuit of wisdom, and wisdom is the knowledge of things divine and human and their causes. Wisdom, then, is mistress of philosophy, as philosophy is of preliminary education. For if philosophy promises control of the tongue, the belly, and what is below the belly, and is to be chosen for its own sake, it will appear more venerable and more sovereign if it is pursued for the honor and knowledge of God. Scripture will provide testimony to what has been said in these words: Sarah was long barren, the wife of Abraham. Sarah, not bearing, allows her own maidservant, named Hagar the Egyptian, to Abraham for the begetting of children. Wisdom, then, the companion of the faithful man (and Abraham was reckoned faithful and righteous), was still barren and childless in that generation, having not yet borne anything virtuous to Abraham; and she fittingly thought it right that he, being already at the time for advancement, should first lie with worldly education (Egypt is allegorized as the world), and afterward, coming to her too, according to divine providence, beget Isaac.
1.5.31Stählin 2:20–21
ἑρμηνεύει δὲ ὁ Φίλων τὴν μὲν Ἄγαρ παροίκησιν (ἐνταῦθα γὰρ εἴρηται· μὴ πολὺς ἴσθι πρὸς ἀλλοτρίαν), τὴν Σάραν δὲ ἀρχήν μου. ἔνεστιν οὖν προπαιδευθέντα ἐπὶ τὴν ἀρχικωτάτην σοφίαν ἐλθεῖν, ἀφʼ ἧς τὸ Ἰσραηλιτικὸν γένος αὔξεται. ἐξ ὧν δείκνυται διδακτικὴν εἶναι τὴν σοφίαν, ἣν μετῆλθεν Ἀβραάμ, ἐκ τῆς τῶν οὐρανίων θέας μετιὼν εἰς τὴν κατὰ θεὸν πίστιν τε καὶ δικαιοσύνην. Ἰσαὰκ δὲ τὸ αὐτομαθὲς ἐνδείκνυται· διὸ καὶ Χριστοῦ τύπος εὑρίσκεται. οὗτος μιᾶς γυναικὸς ἀνὴρ τῆς Ῥεβέκκας, ἣν ὑπομονὴν μεταφράζουσιν. πλείοσι δὲ συνέρχεσθαι ὁ Ἰακὼβ λέγεται ὡς ἂν ἀσκητὴς ἑρμηνευόμενος (διὰ πλειόνων δὲ καὶ διαφερόντων αἱ ἀσκήσεις δογμάτων), ὅθεν καὶ Ἰσραὴλ οὗτος μετονομάζεται ὁ τῷ ὄντι διορατικὸς ὡς ἂν πολύπειρός τε καὶ ἀσκητικός. εἴη δʼ ἄν τι καὶ ἄλλο δηλούμενον διὰ τῶν τριῶν προπατόρων, κυρίαν εἶναι τὴν σφραγῖδα τῆς γνώσεως, ἐκ φύσεως καὶ μαθήσεως καὶ ἀσκήσεως συνεστῶσαν. ἔχοις δʼ ἂν καὶ ἄλλην εἰκόνα τῶν εἰρημένων τὴν Θάμαρ ἐπὶ τριόδου καθεσθεῖσαν καὶ πόρνης δόξαν παρασχοῦσαν, ἣν ὁ φιλομαθὴς Ἰούδας (δυνατὸς δὲ ἑρμηνεύεται) ὁ μηδὲν ἄσκεπτον καὶ ἀδιερεύνητον καταλιπὼν ἐπεσκέψατο καὶ πρὸς αὐτὴν ἐξέκλινεν, σῴζων τὴν πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ὁμολογίαν.
hermēneuei de ho Philōn tēn men Agar paroikēsin (entautha gar eirētai; mē polys isthi pros allotrian), tēn Saran de archēn mou. enestin oun propaideuthenta epi tēn archikōtatēn sophian elthein, aphʼ hēs to Israēlitikon genos auxetai. ex hōn deiknytai didaktikēn einai tēn sophian, hēn metēlthen Abraam, ek tēs tōn ouraniōn theas metiōn eis tēn kata theon pistin te kai dikaiosynēn. Isaak de to automathes endeiknytai; dio kai Christou typos heurisketai. houtos mias gynaikos anēr tēs Rhebekkas, hēn hypomonēn metaphrazousin. pleiosi de synerchesthai ho Iakōb legetai hōs an askētēs hermēneuomenos (dia pleionōn de kai diapherontōn hai askēseis dogmatōn), hothen kai Israēl houtos metonomazetai ho tǭ onti dioratikos hōs an polypeiros te kai askētikos. eiē dʼ an ti kai allo dēloumenon dia tōn triōn propatorōn, kyrian einai tēn sphragida tēs gnōseōs, ek physeōs kai mathēseōs kai askēseōs synestōsan. echois dʼ an kai allēn eikona tōn eirēmenōn tēn Thamar epi triodou kathestheisan kai pornēs doxan paraschousan, hēn ho philomathēs Ioudas (dynatos de hermēneuetai) ho mēden askepton kai adiereunēton katalipōn epeskepsato kai pros autēn exeklinen, sǭzōn tēn pros ton theon homologian.
Philo interprets Hagar as “sojourning” (for here it is said, “Do not be much with a strange woman”), and Sarah as “my rule.” So it is possible, after preliminary training, to come to the most sovereign wisdom, from which the race of Israel grows. From this it is shown that the wisdom Abraham pursued is teachable, as he passed from contemplating the heavens to faith and righteousness according to God. Isaac shows what is self-taught; that is why he is found to be a type of Christ. He is the husband of one wife, Rebekah, whose name they translate “patience.” Jacob is said to have been with several, since he is interpreted “the one who exercises” (and exercises are through many and different doctrines); hence he is renamed Israel, the truly clear-sighted one, as experienced and practiced. There might be something else shown through the three forefathers: that the seal of knowledge is sovereign, composed of nature, learning, and exercise. You might also have another image of what has been said in Tamar, who sat at the crossroads and gave the appearance of a harlot; whom Judah, a lover of learning (the name is interpreted “powerful”), who left nothing unexamined and uninvestigated, looked upon and turned aside to her, keeping his confession to God.
1.5.32Stählin 2:21
διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὁ Ἀβραάμ, παραζηλούσης τῆς Σάρρας τὴν Ἄγαρ παρευδοκιμοῦσαν αὐτήν, ὡς ἂν τὸ χρήσιμον ἐκλεξάμενος μόνον τῆς κοσμικῆς φιλοσοφίας, ἰδοὺ ἡ παιδίσκη ἐν ταῖς χερσί σου, χρῶ αὐτῇ ὡς ἄν σοι ἀρεστὸν ᾖ φησί, δηλῶν ὅτι ἀσπάζομαι μὲν τὴν κοσμικὴν παιδείαν καὶ ὡς νεωτέραν καὶ ὡς σὴν θεραπαινίδα, τὴν δὲ ἐπιστήμην τὴν σὴν ὡς τελείαν δέσποιναν τιμῶ καὶ σέβω. καὶ ἐκάκωσεν αὐτὴν Σάρρα ἴσον τῷ ἐσωφρόνισε καὶ ἐνουθέτησεν. εὖ γοῦν εἴρηται παιδείας θεοῦ, υἱέ, μὴ ὀλιγώρει, μηδὲ ἐκλύου ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ ἐλεγχόμενος· ὃν γὰρ ἀγαπᾷ κύριος παιδεύει, μαστιγοῖ δὲ πάντα υἱὸν ὃν παραδέχεται. κατʼ ἄλλους μέντοι γε τόπους ἐξεταζόμεναι αἱ προειρημέναι γραφαὶ ἄλλα μυστήρια μηνύουσαι παρίστανται. Φαμὲν τοίνυν ἐνθένδε γυμνῷ τῷ λόγῳ τὴν φιλοσοφίαν ζήτησιν ἔχειν περὶ ἀληθείας καὶ τῆς τῶν ὄντων φύσεως (ἀλήθεια δὲ αὕτη, περὶ ἧς ὁ κύριος αὐτὸς εἶπεν ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἀλήθεια), τήν τε αὖ προπαιδείαν τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ ἀναπαύσεως γυμνάζειν τὸν νοῦν καὶ διεγείρειν τὴν σύνεσιν ἀγχίνοιαν γεννῶσαν ζητητικὴν διὰ φιλοσοφίας ἀληθοῦς. ἣν εὑρόντες, μᾶλλον δὲ εἰληφότες παρʼ αὐτῆς τῆς ἀληθείας, ἔχουσιν οἱ μύσται.
dia touto kai ho Abraam, parazēlousēs tēs Sarras tēn Agar pareudokimousan autēn, hōs an to chrēsimon eklexamenos monon tēs kosmikēs philosophias, idou hē paidiskē en tais chersi sou, chrō autę̄ hōs an soi areston ę̄ phēsi, dēlōn hoti aspazomai men tēn kosmikēn paideian kai hōs neōteran kai hōs sēn therapainida, tēn de epistēmēn tēn sēn hōs teleian despoinan timō kai sebō. kai ekakōsen autēn Sarra ison tǭ esōphronise kai enouthetēsen. eu goun eirētai paideias theou, huie, mē oligōrei, mēde eklyou hypʼ autou elenchomenos; hon gar agapą kyrios paideuei, mastigoi de panta huion hon paradechetai. katʼ allous mentoi ge topous exetazomenai hai proeirēmenai graphai alla mystēria mēnyousai paristantai. Phamen toinyn enthende gymnǭ tǭ logǭ tēn philosophian zētēsin echein peri alētheias kai tēs tōn ontōn physeōs (alētheia de hautē, peri hēs ho kyrios autos eipen egō eimi hē alētheia), tēn te au propaideian tēs en Christǭ anapauseōs gymnazein ton noun kai diegeirein tēn synesin anchinoian gennōsan zētētikēn dia philosophias alēthous. hēn heurontes, mallon de eilēphotes parʼ autēs tēs alētheias, echousin hoi mystai.
That is why Abraham too, when Sarah was jealous because Hagar was preferred to her, as one who chose only what is useful in worldly philosophy, said, “Behold, the maidservant is in your hands; use her as is pleasing to you,” showing: I welcome worldly education as younger and as your handmaid, but your knowledge I honor and revere as the perfect mistress. “And Sarah afflicted her,” which is equivalent to “chastened and admonished her.” It is well said, then: “My son, do not despise the instruction of God, nor faint when you are reproved by him; for whom the Lord loves he disciplines, and he scourges every son whom he receives.” In other places, however, the passages of Scripture just quoted, when examined, appear to show other mysteries. We say, then, from this plainly, that philosophy is an inquiry into truth and the nature of things (and this is the truth of which the Lord himself said, “I am the truth”); and that the preliminary training for the rest in Christ exercises the mind and rouses the understanding, producing an inquiring sharpness through true philosophy. Having found it, or rather having received it from the Truth itself, the initiated possess it.
Miscellanies 1, chapter 6
1.6.33Stählin 2:21–22
πολλὰ δʼ ἡ ἑτοιμότης πρὸς τὸ τὰ δέοντα ὁρᾶν διὰ τῆς προγυμνασίας συμβάλλεται. εἴη δʼ ἂν γυμνασία τῷ νῷ τὰ νοητά. τριττὴ δὲ ἡ τούτων φύσις, ἔν τε ποσοῖς καὶ πηλίκοις καὶ λεκτοῖς θεωρουμένη. ὁ γὰρ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀποδείξεων λόγος ἀκριβῆ πίστιν ἐντίθησι τῇ ψυχῇ τοῦ παρακολουθοῦντος, ὥστε μηδʼ ἂν ἄλλως ἔχειν τὸ ἀποδειχθὲν οἴεσθαι, τοῖς τε αὖ διʼ ἀπάτην ὑποτρέχουσιν ἡμῖν ὑποπίπτειν οὐκ ἐᾷ. ἐν τούτοις οὖν τοῖς μαθήμασιν ἐκκαθαίρεταί τε τῶν αἰσθητῶν καὶ ἀναζωπυρεῖται ἡ ψυχή, ἵνα δή ποτε ἀλήθειαν διιδεῖν δυνηθῇ. τροφὴ γὰρ καὶ ἡ παίδευσις ἡ χρηστὴ σῳζομένη φύσεις ἀγαθὰς ποιεῖ, καὶ αἱ φύσεις αἱ χρησταὶ τοιαύτης παιδείας ἀντιλαμβανόμεναι ἔτι βελτίους τῶν πρότερον φύονται εἴς τε τὰ ἄλλα καὶ εἰς τὸ γεννᾶν, ὥσπερ καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἄλλοις ζῴοις. διὸ καί φησιν· ἴσθι πρὸς τὸν μύρμηκα, ὦ ὀκνηρέ, καὶ γενοῦ ἐκείνου σοφώτερος, ὃς πολλὴν καὶ παντοδαπὴν ἐν τῷ ἀμήτῳ παρατίθεται πρὸς τὴν τοῦ χειμῶνος ἀπειλὴν τὴν τροφήν, ἢ πορεύθητι πρὸς τὴν μέλισσαν καὶ μάθε ὡς ἐργάτις ἐστί· καὶ αὐτὴ γὰρ πάντα τὸν λειμῶνα ἐπινεμομένη ἓν κηρίον γεννᾷ.
polla dʼ hē hetoimotēs pros to ta deonta horan dia tēs progymnasias symballetai. eiē dʼ an gymnasia tǭ nǭ ta noēta. trittē de hē toutōn physis, en te posois kai pēlikois kai lektois theōroumenē. ho gar apo tōn apodeixeōn logos akribē pistin entithēsi tę̄ psychę̄ tou parakolouthountos, hōste mēdʼ an allōs echein to apodeichthen oiesthai, tois te au diʼ apatēn hypotrechousin hēmin hypopiptein ouk eą. en toutois oun tois mathēmasin ekkathairetai te tōn aisthētōn kai anazōpyreitai hē psychē, hina dē pote alētheian diidein dynēthę̄. trophē gar kai hē paideusis hē chrēstē sǭzomenē physeis agathas poiei, kai hai physeis hai chrēstai toiautēs paideias antilambanomenai eti beltious tōn proteron phyontai eis te ta alla kai eis to gennan, hōsper kai en tois allois zǭois. dio kai phēsin; isthi pros ton myrmēka, ō oknēre, kai genou ekeinou sophōteros, hos pollēn kai pantodapēn en tǭ amētǭ paratithetai pros tēn tou cheimōnos apeilēn tēn trophēn, ē poreuthēti pros tēn melissan kai mathe hōs ergatis esti; kai autē gar panta ton leimōna epinemomenē hen kērion genną.
Readiness for seeing what is needed contributes much through preliminary exercise. The intelligible things would be exercise for the mind; and their nature is threefold, contemplated in quantities, magnitudes, and propositions. For reasoning from demonstrations implants exact conviction in the soul of the one who follows it, so that he cannot think that what has been demonstrated is otherwise, and it does not let us fall to those who creep in by deceit. In these studies, then, the soul is purified from sensible things and rekindled, so that at some time it may be able to see through to the truth. For nourishment and good education, when preserved, make good natures; and good natures, receiving such education, grow better than those before, both in other respects and in begetting, as among other living creatures too. That is why it says, “Go to the ant, you sluggard, and become wiser than it,” which at harvest lays up much food of every kind against the threat of winter; “or go to the bee and learn how industrious it is”; for it too, feeding on the whole meadow, produces one honeycomb.
1.6.34Stählin 2:22–23
Εἰ δὲ ἐν τῷ ταμείῳ εὔχῃ, ὡς ὁ κύριος ἐδίδαξε, πνεύματι προσκυνῶν, οὐκέτι περὶ τὸν οἶκον εἴη ἂν μόνον ἡ οἰκονομία, ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ τὴν ψυχήν, τίνα τε ἐπινεμητέον αὐτῇ καὶ ὅπως καὶ ὁπόσον, τίνα τε ἀποθετέον καὶ ἀποθησαυριστέον εἰς αὐτήν, καὶ ὅτε ταῦτα προκομιστέον, καὶ πρὸς οὕστινας. οὐ γὰρ φύσει, μαθήσει δὲ οἱ καλοὶ κἀγαθοὶ γίνονται, καθάπερ ἰατροὶ καὶ κυβερνῆται. ὁρῶμεν γοῦν κοινῶς οἱ πάντες τὴν ἄμπελον καὶ τὸν ἵππον, ἀλλʼ ὁ μὲν γεωργὸς εἴσεται, εἰ ἀγαθὴ πρὸς καρποφορίαν ἢ κακὴ ἡ ἄμπελος, καὶ ὁ ἱππικὸς ἄθυμον ἢ ταχὺν διακρινεῖ ῥᾳδίως. τὸ δʼ ἄλλους παρʼ ἄλλους εὖ πεφυκέναι πρὸς ἀρετὴν ἐπιτηδεύματα μέν τινα τῶν οὕτω πεφυκότων παρὰ τοὺς ἑτέρους ἐνδείκνυται, τελειότητα δὲ κατʼ ἀρετὴν οὐδʼ ἡντινοῦν τῶν ἄμεινον φύντων κατηγορεῖ, ὁπότε καὶ οἱ κακῶς πεφυκότες πρὸς ἀρετὴν τῆς προσηκούσης παιδείας τυχόντες ὡς ἐπίπαν καλοκἀγαθίας ἤνυσαν, καὶ αὖ τὰ ἐναντία οἱ ἐπιτηδείως φύντες ἀμελείᾳ γεγόνασι κακοί. φύσει δʼ αὖ κοινωνικοὺς καὶ δικαίους ὁ θεὸς ἡμᾶς ἐδημιούργησεν.
Ei de en tǭ tameiǭ euchę̄, hōs ho kyrios edidaxe, pneumati proskynōn, ouketi peri ton oikon eiē an monon hē oikonomia, alla kai peri tēn psychēn, tina te epinemēteon autę̄ kai hopōs kai hoposon, tina te apotheteon kai apothēsauristeon eis autēn, kai hote tauta prokomisteon, kai pros houstinas. ou gar physei, mathēsei de hoi kaloi kagathoi ginontai, kathaper iatroi kai kybernētai. horōmen goun koinōs hoi pantes tēn ampelon kai ton hippon, allʼ ho men geōrgos eisetai, ei agathē pros karpophorian ē kakē hē ampelos, kai ho hippikos athymon ē tachyn diakrinei rhądiōs. to dʼ allous parʼ allous eu pephykenai pros aretēn epitēdeumata men tina tōn houtō pephykotōn para tous heterous endeiknytai, teleiotēta de katʼ aretēn oudʼ hēntinoun tōn ameinon phyntōn katēgorei, hopote kai hoi kakōs pephykotes pros aretēn tēs prosēkousēs paideias tychontes hōs epipan kalokagathias ēnysan, kai au ta enantia hoi epitēdeiōs phyntes ameleią gegonasi kakoi. physei dʼ au koinōnikous kai dikaious ho theos hēmas edēmiourgēsen.
If you pray in your inner room, as the Lord taught, worshiping in spirit, your management would no longer be of the house only, but also of the soul: what must be given it, and how and how much; what must be laid up and stored in it; and when these must be brought out, and to whom. For people become noble and good not by nature but by learning, like physicians and pilots. We all see the vine and the horse alike, but the farmer will know whether the vine is good or bad for bearing fruit, and the horseman will easily distinguish the spiritless horse from the swift. That some are better suited by nature to virtue than others shows that those so gifted have certain aptitudes compared with others, but it does not prove perfection in virtue in any of those better endowed, since those badly suited to virtue, when they receive the fitting education, have generally attained excellence, and on the other hand those naturally fit have become bad through neglect. But by nature God created us sociable and just.
1.6.35Stählin 2:23
ὅθεν οὐδὲ τὸ δίκαιον ἐκ μόνης φαίνεσθαι τῆς θέσεως ῥητέον, ἐκ δὲ τῆς ἐντολῆς ἀναζωπυρεῖσθαι τὸ τῆς δημιουργίας ἀγαθὸν νοητέον, μαθήσει παιδευθείσης τῆς ψυχῆς ἐθέλειν αἱρεῖσθαι τὸ κάλλιστον. ἀλλὰ καθάπερ καὶ ἄνευ γραμμάτων πιστὸν εἶναι δυνατόν φαμεν, οὕτως συνιέναι τὰ ἐν τῇ πίστει λεγόμενα οὐχ οἷόν τε μὴ μαθόντα ὁμολογοῦμεν. τὰ μὲν γὰρ εὖ λεγόμενα προσίεσθαι, τὰ δὲ ἀλλότρια μὴ προσίεσθαι οὐχ ἁπλῶς ἡ πίστις, ἀλλʼ ἡ περὶ τὴν μάθησιν πίστις ἐμποιεῖ. εἰ δʼ ἡ ἄγνοια ἀπαιδευσία τε ἅμα καὶ ἀμαθία, τὴν ἐπιστήμην τῶν θείων καὶ ἀνθρωπίνων ἐντίθησιν ἡ διδασκαλία. ἀλλʼ ὡς ἐν πενίᾳ βίου ὀρθῶς ἔστι βιοῦν, οὕτω δὲ καὶ ἐν περιουσίᾳ ἔξεστιν, καὶ ῥᾷον ἅμα καὶ θᾶττον σὺν τῇ προπαιδείᾳ θηρᾶσαι ἄν τινα τὴν ἀρετὴν ὁμολογοῦμεν οὐδὲ δίχα τούτων ἀθήρατον οὖσαν, πλὴν καὶ τότε τοῖς μεμαθηκόσι καὶ τὰ αἰσθητήρια συγγεγυμνασμένοις. μῖσος μὲν γάρ φησὶν ὁ Σολομών, ἐγείρει νεῖκος, ὁδοὺς δὲ ζωῆς φυλάσσει παιδεία, ὡς μὴ ἀπατηθῆναι, ὡς μὴ κλαπῆναι πρὸς τῶν ἐπὶ βλάβῃ τῶν ἀκροωμένων κακοτεχνίαν ἠσκηκότων. παιδεία δὲ ἀνεξέλεγκτος πλανᾶται, φησίν, καὶ χρὴ μετεῖναι τὸ ἐλεγκτικὸν εἶδος ἕνεκα τοῦ τὰς δόξας τὰς ἀπατηλὰς διακρούεσθαι τῶν σοφιστῶν.
hothen oude to dikaion ek monēs phainesthai tēs theseōs rhēteon, ek de tēs entolēs anazōpyreisthai to tēs dēmiourgias agathon noēteon, mathēsei paideutheisēs tēs psychēs ethelein haireisthai to kalliston. alla kathaper kai aneu grammatōn piston einai dynaton phamen, houtōs synienai ta en tę̄ pistei legomena ouch hoion te mē mathonta homologoumen. ta men gar eu legomena prosiesthai, ta de allotria mē prosiesthai ouch haplōs hē pistis, allʼ hē peri tēn mathēsin pistis empoiei. ei dʼ hē agnoia apaideusia te hama kai amathia, tēn epistēmēn tōn theiōn kai anthrōpinōn entithēsin hē didaskalia. allʼ hōs en penią biou orthōs esti bioun, houtō de kai en periousią exestin, kai rhąon hama kai thatton syn tę̄ propaideią thērasai an tina tēn aretēn homologoumen oude dicha toutōn athēraton ousan, plēn kai tote tois memathēkosi kai ta aisthētēria syngegymnasmenois. misos men gar phēsin ho Solomōn, egeirei neikos, hodous de zōēs phylassei paideia, hōs mē apatēthēnai, hōs mē klapēnai pros tōn epi blabę̄ tōn akroōmenōn kakotechnian ēskēkotōn. paideia de anexelenktos planatai, phēsin, kai chrē meteinai to elenktikon eidos heneka tou tas doxas tas apatēlas diakrouesthai tōn sophistōn.
Hence we must not say that justice appears from the mere enactment of law, but must understand that the good of creation is rekindled by the commandment, the soul being trained by learning to choose willingly what is best. But as we say it is possible to be a believer even without letters, so we acknowledge that it is not possible to understand what is said in the faith without having learned. For to accept what is well said and not accept what is alien is produced not simply by faith, but by faith joined with learning. If ignorance is lack of education and learning, teaching implants the knowledge of things divine and human. But as it is possible to live rightly in poverty, so also in abundance; and we acknowledge that one may hunt virtue more easily and quickly with preliminary training, though it can be caught without it too, but even then by those who have learned and whose senses have been exercised. “For hatred,” says Solomon, “stirs up strife, but instruction guards the ways of life,” so that we may not be deceived or robbed by those who have practiced evil arts to harm their hearers. “Instruction without reproof goes astray,” it says; and the element of refutation must be present in order to repel the deceitful opinions of the sophists.
1.6.36Stählin 2:23–24
Εὖ γοῦν καὶ Ἀνάξαρχος ὁ Εὐδαιμονικὸς ἐν τῷ περὶ βασιλείας γράφει· πολυμαθίη κάρτα μὲν ὠφελεῖ, κάρτα δὲ βλάπτει τὸν ἔχοντα· ὠφελέει μὲν τὸν δεξιὸν ὄντα, βλάπτει δὲ τὸν ῥηιδίως φωνέοντα πᾶν ἔπος καὶ ἐν παντὶ δήμῳ. χρὴ δὲ καιροῦ μέτρα εἰδέναι· σοφίης γὰρ οὗτος ὅρος. ὅσοι δὲ καὶ θύρησιν ἀείδουσιν, κἤν πῃ † πεπνυμένην ἀείδωσιν, οὐ † τιθέμενοι ἐν σοφίῃ, γνώμην δʼ ἔχουσι μωρίης. καὶ Ἡσίοδος· Μουσάων, αἵτʼ ἄνδρα πολυφραδέοντα τιθεῖσι θέσπιον, αὐδήεντα· εὔπορον μὲν γὰρ ἐν λόγοις τὸν πολυφράδμονα λέγει, δεινὸν δὲ τὸν αὐδήεντα, καὶ θέσπιον τὸν ἔμπειρον καὶ φιλόσοφον καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐπιστήμονα.
Eu goun kai Anaxarchos ho Eudaimonikos en tǭ peri basileias graphei; polymathiē karta men ōphelei, karta de blaptei ton echonta; ōpheleei men ton dexion onta, blaptei de ton rhēidiōs phōneonta pan epos kai en panti dēmǭ. chrē de kairou metra eidenai; sophiēs gar houtos horos. hosoi de kai thyrēsin aeidousin, kēn pę̄ † pepnymenēn aeidōsin, ou † tithemenoi en sophię̄, gnōmēn dʼ echousi mōriēs. kai Hēsiodos; Mousaōn, haitʼ andra polyphradeonta titheisi thespion, audēenta; euporon men gar en logois ton polyphradmona legei, deinon de ton audēenta, kai thespion ton empeiron kai philosophon kai tēs alētheias epistēmona.
Well, then, does Anaxarchus the Eudaemonist write in his work On Kingship: “Much learning greatly benefits and greatly harms its possessor: it benefits the one who is clever, but harms the one who readily utters every word before every crowd. One must know the measures of the right moment; for this is the definition of wisdom. But those who sing at doors, even if they sing something sensible, are not counted among the wise, but have the reputation of folly.” And Hesiod: “of the Muses, who make a man of many words, inspired, eloquent”; for by “of many words” he means one fluent in speech, by “eloquent” one who is skilled, and by “inspired” one who is experienced, a lover of wisdom, and knowledgeable of the truth.
Miscellanies 1, chapter 7
1.7.37Stählin 2:24–25
Καταφαίνεται τοίνυν προπαιδεία ἡ Ἑλληνικὴ σὺν καὶ αὐτῇ φιλοσοφίᾳ θεόθεν ἥκειν εἰς ἀνθρώπους οὐ κατὰ προηγούμενον, ἀλλʼ ὃν τρόπον οἱ ὑετοὶ καταρρήγνυνται εἰς τὴν γῆν τὴν ἀγαθὴν καὶ εἰς τὴν κοπρίαν καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ δώματα. βλαστάνει δʼ ὁμοίως καὶ πόα καὶ πυρός, φύεται δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν μνημάτων συκῆ καὶ εἴ τι τῶν ἀναιδεστέρων δένδρων, καὶ τὰ φυόμενα ἐν τύπῳ προκύπτει τῶν ἀληθῶν, ὅτι τῆς αὐτῆς τοῦ ὑετοῦ ἀπέλαυσε δυνάμεως, ἀλλʼ οὐ τὴν αὐτὴν ἔσχηκε χάριν τοῖς ἐν τῷ πίονι φυεῖσιν ἤτοι ξηρανθέντα ἢ ἀποτιλθέντα. καὶ δὴ κἀνταῦθα χρησιμεύει ἡ τοῦ σπόρου παραβολή, ἣν ὁ κύριος ἡρμήνευσεν. εἷς γὰρ ὁ τῆς ἐν ἀνθρώποις γῆς γεωργὸς ὁ ἄνωθεν σπείρων ἐκ καταβολῆς κόσμου τὰ θρεπτικὰ σπέρματα, ὁ τὸν κύριον καθʼ ἕκαστον καιρὸν ἐπομβρίσας λόγον, οἱ καιροὶ δὲ καὶ οἱ τόποι οἱ δεκτικοὶ τὰς διαφορὰς ἐγέννησαν. ἄλλως τε ὁ γεωργὸς οὐ πυροὺς μόνον (καίτοι καὶ τούτων πλείους εἰσι διαφοραί), σπείρει δὲ καὶ τὰ ἄλλα σπέρματα, κριθάς τε καὶ κυάμους καὶ πίσον καὶ ἄρακα καὶ τὰ κηπευόμενα καὶ τὰ ἀνθητικὰ σπέρματα· τῆς αὐτῆς δὲ γεωργίας καὶ ἡ φυτουργία, ἐργάζεσθαι ὅσα εἰς αὐτά τε τὰ φυτώρια καὶ εἰς παραδείσους καὶ τὰ ὡραῖα καὶ ὅλως παντοίων δένδρων φύσιν καὶ τροφήν. ὡσαύτως δὲ οὐχ ἡ ποιμενικὴ μόνη, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ βουκολικὴ ἱπποτροφική τε καὶ κυνοτροφικὴ καὶ μελισσουργικὴ τέχναι πᾶσαι, συνελόντι δʼ εἰπεῖν ἀγελοκομική τε καὶ ζῳοτροφικὴ ἀλλήλων μὲν τῷ μᾶλλον καὶ ἧττον διαφέρουσι, πλὴν αἱ πᾶσαι βιωφελεῖς. φιλοσοφίαν δὲ οὐ τὴν Στωικὴν λέγω οὐδὲ τὴν Πλατωνικὴν ἢ τὴν Ἐπικούρειόν τε καὶ Ἀριστοτελικήν, ἀλλʼ ὅσα εἴρηται παρʼ ἑκάστῃ τῶν αἱρέσεων τούτων καλῶς, δικαιοσύνην μετὰ εὐσεβοῦς ἐπιστήμης ἐκδιδάσκοντα, τοῦτο σύμπαν τὸ ἐκλεκτικὸν φιλοσοφίαν φημί. ὅσα δὲ ἀνθρωπίνων λογισμῶν ἀποτεμόμενοι παρεχάραξαν, ταῦτα οὐκ ἄν ποτε θεῖα εἴποιμʼ ἄν.
Kataphainetai toinyn propaideia hē Hellēnikē syn kai autę̄ philosophią theothen hēkein eis anthrōpous ou kata proēgoumenon, allʼ hon tropon hoi hyetoi katarrēgnyntai eis tēn gēn tēn agathēn kai eis tēn koprian kai epi ta dōmata. blastanei dʼ homoiōs kai poa kai pyros, phyetai de kai epi tōn mnēmatōn sykē kai ei ti tōn anaidesterōn dendrōn, kai ta phyomena en typǭ prokyptei tōn alēthōn, hoti tēs autēs tou hyetou apelause dynameōs, allʼ ou tēn autēn eschēke charin tois en tǭ pioni phyeisin ētoi xēranthenta ē apotilthenta. kai dē kantautha chrēsimeuei hē tou sporou parabolē, hēn ho kyrios hērmēneusen. heis gar ho tēs en anthrōpois gēs geōrgos ho anōthen speirōn ek katabolēs kosmou ta threptika spermata, ho ton kyrion kathʼ hekaston kairon epombrisas logon, hoi kairoi de kai hoi topoi hoi dektikoi tas diaphoras egennēsan. allōs te ho geōrgos ou pyrous monon (kaitoi kai toutōn pleious eisi diaphorai), speirei de kai ta alla spermata, krithas te kai kyamous kai pison kai araka kai ta kēpeuomena kai ta anthētika spermata; tēs autēs de geōrgias kai hē phytourgia, ergazesthai hosa eis auta te ta phytōria kai eis paradeisous kai ta hōraia kai holōs pantoiōn dendrōn physin kai trophēn. hōsautōs de ouch hē poimenikē monē, alla kai hē boukolikē hippotrophikē te kai kynotrophikē kai melissourgikē technai pasai, synelonti dʼ eipein agelokomikē te kai zǭotrophikē allēlōn men tǭ mallon kai hētton diapherousi, plēn hai pasai biōpheleis. philosophian de ou tēn Stōikēn legō oude tēn Platōnikēn ē tēn Epikoureion te kai Aristotelikēn, allʼ hosa eirētai parʼ hekastę̄ tōn haireseōn toutōn kalōs, dikaiosynēn meta eusebous epistēmēs ekdidaskonta, touto sympan to eklektikon philosophian phēmi. hosa de anthrōpinōn logismōn apotemomenoi parecharaxan, tauta ouk an pote theia eipoimʼ an.
It appears, then, that Greek preliminary education, together with philosophy itself, came to human beings from God, not primarily, but in the way that showers burst upon the good land, on the dunghill, and on the housetops. Grass and wheat spring up alike; the fig tree grows even on tombs, and any of the more shameless trees, and what grows puts forth a likeness of the true, because it enjoyed the same power of the rain; but it did not have the same grace as what grew in rich soil, being either withered or plucked up. Here too the parable of the sowing, which the Lord interpreted, is useful. For there is one farmer of the soil that is in human beings, who from the foundation of the world sows the nourishing seeds from above, who has rained down the Lord, the Word, at each season; but the times and the receiving places produced the differences. Besides, the farmer does not sow wheat alone (though there are many varieties of it too), but also other seeds: barley, beans, peas, vetch, garden vegetables, and flower seeds. And planting belongs to the same husbandry: working what goes into nurseries, gardens, and orchards, and in general the growing and tending of trees of every kind. Likewise not only shepherding, but also cattle-herding, horse-breeding, dog-breeding, and beekeeping, all the arts, in short herding and animal husbandry, differ from one another in more and less, but all are useful for life. And by philosophy I do not mean the Stoic, or the Platonic, or the Epicurean and Aristotelian, but whatever has been well said by each of these schools, teaching righteousness with pious knowledge: this whole selection I call philosophy. But whatever they have cut off from human reasonings and falsified, I would never call divine.
1.7.38Stählin 2:25
Ἤδη δὲ κἀκεῖνο σκοπῶμεν, ὡς εἴ ποτε οἱ μὴ ἐπιστάμενοι διαβιοῦσι καλῶς † εὖ ποιεῖν· εὐποιίᾳ γὰρ περιπεπτώκασιν, ἔνιοι δὲ καὶ εὐστοχοῦσι διὰ συνέσεως εἰς τὸν περὶ ἀληθείας λόγον, Ἀβραὰμ δὲ οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη, ἀλλʼ ἐκ πίστεως. οὐδὲν οὖν ὄφελος αὐτοῖς μετὰ τὴν τελευτὴν τοῦ βίου, κἂν εὐεργεῖς ὦσι νῦν, εἰ μὴ πίστιν ἔχοιεν. διὰ τοῦτο γὰρ Ἑλλήνων φωνῇ ἡρμηνεύθησαν αἱ γραφαί, ὡς μὴ πρόφασιν ἀγνοίας προβάλλεσθαι δυνηθῆναί ποτε αὐτούς, οἵους τε ὄντας ἐπακοῦσαι καὶ τῶν παρʼ ἡμῖν, ἢν μόνον ἐθελήσωσιν. ἄλλως τις περὶ ἀληθείας λέγει, ἄλλως ἡ ἀλήθεια ἑαυτὴν ἑρμηνεύει. ἕτερον στοχασμὸς ἀληθείας, ἕτερον ἡ ἀλήθεια, ἄλλο ὁμοίωσις, ἄλλο αὐτὸ τὸ ὄν, καὶ ἣ μὲν μαθήσει καὶ ἀσκήσει περιγίνεται, ἣ δὲ δυνάμει καὶ πίστει. δωρεὰ γὰρ ἡ διδασκαλία τῆς θεοσεβείας, χάρις δὲ ἡ πίστις. ποιοῦντες γὰρ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ τὸ θέλημα γινώσκομεν. ἀνοίξατε οὖν, φησὶν ἡ γραφή, πύλας δικαιοσύνης, ἵνα ἐν αὐταῖς εἰσελθὼν ἐξομολογήσωμαι τῷ κυρίῳ. ἀλλʼ αἱ μὲν εἰς δικαιοσύνην ὁδοί, πολυτρόπως σῴζοντος τοῦ θεοῦ (ἀγαθὸς γάρ), πολλαί τε καὶ ποικίλαι καὶ φέρουσαι εἰς τὴν κυρίαν ὁδόν τε καὶ πύλην. ἐὰν δὲ τὴν βασιλικήν τε καὶ αὐθεντικὴν εἴσοδον ζητῇς, ἀκούσῃ· αὕτη ἡ πύλη τοῦ κυρίου, δίκαιοι εἰσελεύσονται ἐν αὐτῇ. πολλῶν τοίνυν ἀνεῳγμένων πυλῶν ἡ ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ αὕτη ἦν ἐν Χριστῷ, ἐν ᾗ μακάριοι πάντες οἱ εἰσελθόντες καὶ κατευθύνοντες τὴν πορείαν αὐτῶν ἐν ὁσιότητι γνωστικῇ. αὐτίκα ὁ Κλήμης ἐν τῇ πρὸς Κορινθίους ἐπιστολῇ κατὰ λέξιν φησὶ τὰς διαφορὰς ἐκτιθέμενος τῶν κατὰ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν δοκίμων· ἤτω τις πιστός, ἤτω δυνατὸς γνῶσιν ἐξειπεῖν, ἤτω σοφὸς ἐν διακρίσει λόγων, ἤτω γοργὸς ἐν ἔργοις.
Ēdē de kakeino skopōmen, hōs ei pote hoi mē epistamenoi diabiousi kalōs † eu poiein; eupoiią gar peripeptōkasin, enioi de kai eustochousi dia syneseōs eis ton peri alētheias logon, Abraam de ouk ex ergōn edikaiōthē, allʼ ek pisteōs. ouden oun ophelos autois meta tēn teleutēn tou biou, kan euergeis ōsi nyn, ei mē pistin echoien. dia touto gar Hellēnōn phōnę̄ hērmēneuthēsan hai graphai, hōs mē prophasin agnoias proballesthai dynēthēnai pote autous, hoious te ontas epakousai kai tōn parʼ hēmin, ēn monon ethelēsōsin. allōs tis peri alētheias legei, allōs hē alētheia heautēn hermēneuei. heteron stochasmos alētheias, heteron hē alētheia, allo homoiōsis, allo auto to on, kai hē men mathēsei kai askēsei periginetai, hē de dynamei kai pistei. dōrea gar hē didaskalia tēs theosebeias, charis de hē pistis. poiountes gar to thelēma tou theou to thelēma ginōskomen. anoixate oun, phēsin hē graphē, pylas dikaiosynēs, hina en autais eiselthōn exomologēsōmai tǭ kyriǭ. allʼ hai men eis dikaiosynēn hodoi, polytropōs sǭzontos tou theou (agathos gar), pollai te kai poikilai kai pherousai eis tēn kyrian hodon te kai pylēn. ean de tēn basilikēn te kai authentikēn eisodon zētę̄s, akousę̄; hautē hē pylē tou kyriou, dikaioi eiseleusontai en autę̄. pollōn toinyn aneǭgmenōn pylōn hē en dikaiosynę̄ hautē ēn en Christǭ, en hę̄ makarioi pantes hoi eiselthontes kai kateuthynontes tēn poreian autōn en hosiotēti gnōstikę̄. autika ho Klēmēs en tę̄ pros Korinthious epistolę̄ kata lexin phēsi tas diaphoras ektithemenos tōn kata tēn ekklēsian dokimōn; ētō tis pistos, ētō dynatos gnōsin exeipein, ētō sophos en diakrisei logōn, ētō gorgos en ergois.
Let us also consider this: if ever those who do not know live well … to do good (for they have happened upon good deeds, and some even aim well, through understanding, at the account of truth), yet “Abraham was justified not by works but by faith.” So there is no benefit to them after the end of life, even if they do good now, unless they have faith. That is why the Scriptures were translated into the language of the Greeks, so that they might never be able to put forward the excuse of ignorance, being able to hear also what we have, if only they are willing. One speaks about the truth in one way, and the truth interprets itself in another. A guess at the truth is one thing, the truth another; likeness is one thing, the being itself another; the one is attained by learning and exercise, the other by power and faith. For the teaching of godliness is a gift, and faith is grace. “For by doing the will of God we know the will.” “Open, then,” says Scripture, “the gates of righteousness, that entering them I may give thanks to the Lord.” But the ways to righteousness, since God saves in many ways (for he is good), are many and varied, and lead to the Lord's way and gate. If you seek the royal and authoritative entrance, you will hear: “This is the gate of the Lord; the righteous will enter by it.” Of the many gates that are open, then, the one in righteousness is the one in Christ, in which blessed are all who enter and direct their course in the holiness of knowledge. Thus Clement, in his letter to the Corinthians, setting out the differences among those approved in the church, says word for word: “Let one be faithful, let one be able to utter knowledge, let one be wise in the discernment of words, let one be energetic in deeds.”
Miscellanies 1, chapter 8
1.8.39Stählin 2:25–26
Ἡ δὲ σοφιστικὴ τέχνη, ἣν ἐζηλώκασιν Ἕλληνες, δύναμίς ἐστι φανταστική, διὰ λόγων δοξῶν ἐμποιητικὴ ψευδῶν ὡς ἀληθῶν· παρέχει γὰρ πρὸς μὲν πειθὼ τὴν ῥητορικήν, πρὸς τὸ ἀγωνιστικὸν δὲ τὴν ἐριστικήν, αἱ τοίνυν τέχναι αὗται ἐὰν μὴ μετὰ φιλοσοφίας γένωνται, βλαβερώτεραι παντί που εἶεν ἄν. ἄντικρυς γοῦν ὁ Πλάτων κακοτεχνίαν προσεῖπεν τὴν σοφιστικὴν ὅ τε Ἀριστοτέλης ἑπόμενος κλεπτικήν τινα αὐτὴν ἀποφαίνεται, ἅτε τὸ ὅλον τῆς σοφίας ἔργον πιθανῶς ὑφαιρουμένην καὶ ἐπαγγελλομένην σοφίαν ἣν οὐκ ἐμελέτησεν. ἐν βραχεῖ δὲ εἰπεῖν, καθάπερ τῆς ῥητορικῆς ἀρχὴ μὲν τὸ πιθανόν, ἔργον δὲ τὸ ἐπιχείρημα καὶ τέλος ἡ πειθώ. οὕτω τῆς ἐριστικῆς ἀρχὴ μὲν τὸ δόξαν, ἔργον δὲ τὸ ἀγώνισμα καὶ τέλος ἡ νίκη. τὸν αὐτὸν γὰρ τρόπον καὶ τῆς σοφιστικῆς ἀρχὴ μὲν τὸ φαινόμενον, ἔργον δὲ διττόν, τὸ μὲν ἐκ ῥητορικῆς διεξοδικόν φαινόμενον, τὸ δὲ ἐκ διαλεκτικῆς ἐρωτητικόν, τέλος δὲ αὐτῆς ἡ ἔκπληξις. ἥ τε αὖ θρυλουμένη κατὰ τὰς διατριβὰς διαλεκτικὴ γύμνασμα φιλοσόφου περὶ τὸ ἔνδοξον δείκνυται ἀντιλογικῆς ἕνεκεν δυνάμεως· οὐδαμοῦ δʼ ἐν τούτοις ἡ ἀλήθεια.
Hē de sophistikē technē, hēn ezēlōkasin Hellēnes, dynamis esti phantastikē, dia logōn doxōn empoiētikē pseudōn hōs alēthōn; parechei gar pros men peithō tēn rhētorikēn, pros to agōnistikon de tēn eristikēn, hai toinyn technai hautai ean mē meta philosophias genōntai, blaberōterai panti pou eien an. antikrys goun ho Platōn kakotechnian proseipen tēn sophistikēn ho te Aristotelēs hepomenos kleptikēn tina autēn apophainetai, hate to holon tēs sophias ergon pithanōs hyphairoumenēn kai epangellomenēn sophian hēn ouk emeletēsen. en brachei de eipein, kathaper tēs rhētorikēs archē men to pithanon, ergon de to epicheirēma kai telos hē peithō. houtō tēs eristikēs archē men to doxan, ergon de to agōnisma kai telos hē nikē. ton auton gar tropon kai tēs sophistikēs archē men to phainomenon, ergon de ditton, to men ek rhētorikēs diexodikon phainomenon, to de ek dialektikēs erōtētikon, telos de autēs hē ekplēxis. hē te au thryloumenē kata tas diatribas dialektikē gymnasma philosophou peri to endoxon deiknytai antilogikēs heneken dynameōs; oudamou dʼ en toutois hē alētheia.
The sophistic art, which the Greeks have zealously pursued, is a power of appearances, producing through words false opinions as though true. For it provides rhetoric for persuasion and eristic for contention; and so these arts, unless joined with philosophy, would be harmful to everyone. At any rate Plato plainly called sophistry an evil art, and Aristotle, following him, declares it a kind of thievery, since it plausibly steals the whole work of wisdom and professes a wisdom it has not practiced. In short, as the beginning of rhetoric is the plausible, its work the argument, and its end persuasion, so the beginning of eristic is opinion, its work the contest, and its end victory. In the same way the beginning of sophistry is the apparent; its work is twofold, the continuous discourse that comes from rhetoric and the questioning that comes from dialectic; and its end is astonishment. And the dialectic so talked of in the schools is shown to be the exercise of a philosopher about what is probable, for the sake of skill in contradiction; but nowhere in these is the truth.
1.8.40Stählin 2:26–27
εἰκότως τοίνυν ὁ γενναῖος ἀπόστολος, ἐκφαυλίζων τὰς περιττὰς ταύτας τῶν λέξεων τέχνας, εἴ τις μὴ προσέρχεται ὑγιαίνουσι λόγοις φησί, διδασκαλίᾳ δέ τινι τετύφωται μηδὲν ἐπιστάμενος, ἀλλὰ νοσῶν περὶ ζητήσεις καὶ λογομαχίας, ἐξ ὧν γίνεται ἔρις, φθόνος, βλασφημία, ὑπόνοιαι πονηραί, διαπαρατριβαὶ διεφθαρμένων ἀνθρώπων τὸν νοῦν καὶ ἀπεστερημένων τῆς ἀληθείας. ὁρᾷς ὅπως πρὸς αὐτοὺς κεκίνηται, νόσον ὀνομάζων τὴν λογικὴν τέχνην αὐτῶν, ἐφʼ ᾗ σεμνύνονται οἷς φίλη ἡ στωμύλος αὕτη κακοτεχνία, εἴτε Ἕλληνες εἶεν εἴτε καὶ βάρβαροι σοφισταί. παγκάλως οὖν ὁ τραγικὸς Εὐριπίδης ἐν ταῖς Φοινίσσαις λέγει· ὁ δὲ ἄδικος λόγος νοσῶν ἐν αὑτῷ φαρμάκων δεῖται σοφῶν. ὑγιαίνων μὲν γὰρ ὁ σωτήριος εἴρηται λόγος αὐτὸς ὢν ἀλήθεια. καὶ τὸ ὑγιαῖνον αἰεὶ ἀθάνατον μένει, ἡ δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὑγιεινοῦ τε καὶ θείου διάκρισις ἀθεότης τε καὶ πάθος θανατηφόρον. λύκοι οὗτοι ἅρπαγες προβάτων κῳδίοις ἐγκεκρυμμένοι, ἀνδραποδισταί τε καὶ ψυχαγωγοὶ εὔγλωσσοι, κλέπτοντες μὲν ἀφανῶς, διελεγχόμενοι δὲ λῃσταί, αἱρεῖν ἀγωνιζόμενοι καὶ δόλῳ καὶ βίᾳ ἡμᾶς δὴ τοὺς ἀπερίττους, ὡς ἂν εἰπεῖν ἀδυνατωτέρους.
eikotōs toinyn ho gennaios apostolos, ekphaulizōn tas perittas tautas tōn lexeōn technas, ei tis mē proserchetai hygiainousi logois phēsi, didaskalią de tini tetyphōtai mēden epistamenos, alla nosōn peri zētēseis kai logomachias, ex hōn ginetai eris, phthonos, blasphēmia, hyponoiai ponērai, diaparatribai diephtharmenōn anthrōpōn ton noun kai apesterēmenōn tēs alētheias. horąs hopōs pros autous kekinētai, noson onomazōn tēn logikēn technēn autōn, ephʼ hę̄ semnynontai hois philē hē stōmylos hautē kakotechnia, eite Hellēnes eien eite kai barbaroi sophistai. pankalōs oun ho tragikos Euripidēs en tais Phoinissais legei; ho de adikos logos nosōn en hautǭ pharmakōn deitai sophōn. hygiainōn men gar ho sōtērios eirētai logos autos ōn alētheia. kai to hygiainon aiei athanaton menei, hē de apo tou hygieinou te kai theiou diakrisis atheotēs te kai pathos thanatēphoron. lykoi houtoi harpages probatōn kǭdiois enkekrymmenoi, andrapodistai te kai psychagōgoi euglōssoi, kleptontes men aphanōs, dielenchomenoi de lę̄stai, hairein agōnizomenoi kai dolǭ kai bią hēmas dē tous aperittous, hōs an eipein adynatōterous.
Fittingly, then, the noble apostle, disparaging these superfluous verbal arts, says: “If anyone does not come to sound words, but is puffed up with some teaching, knowing nothing, but sick about questions and disputes about words, from which come strife, envy, slander, evil suspicions, constant friction among people corrupted in mind and deprived of the truth.” You see how he is moved against them, calling their logical art, on which they pride themselves, a sickness; they who love this babbling evil art, whether they are Greek or barbarian sophists. Very finely, then, does the tragic poet Euripides say in the Phoenician Women: “The unjust word, being sick in itself, needs wise remedies.” For the saving word is called “sound,” being itself truth. And what is sound remains always immortal; but separation from what is healthy and divine is godlessness and a deadly disease. These are ravening wolves hidden in sheepskins, slave-dealers and smooth-tongued seducers of souls, stealing secretly but, when exposed, robbers, striving to catch by deceit and force us who are simple, so to speak, and less capable.
1.8.41Stählin 2:27–28
ἀγλωσσίᾳ δὲ πολλάκις ληφθεὶς ἀνὴρ δίκαια λέξας ἧσσον εὐγλώσσου φέρει. νῦν δʼ εὐρόοισι στόμασι τἀληθέστατα κλέπτουσιν, ὥστε μὴ δοκεῖν ἃ χρὴ δοκεῖν. ἡ τραγῳδία λέγει. τοιοῦτοι δὲ οἱ ἐριστικοὶ οὗτοι εἴτε αἱρέσεις μετίοιεν εἴτε καὶ διαλεκτικὰ συνασκοῖεν τεχνύδρια, οὗτοι οἱ τὰ κατάρτια κατασπῶντες καὶ μηθὲν ὑφαίνοντες, φησὶν ἡ γραφή, ματαιοπονίαν ἐζηλωκότες, ἣν κυβείαν ἀνθρώπων ὁ ἀπόστολος ἐκάλεσεν καὶ πανουργίαν, πρὸς τὴν μεθοδείαν τῆς πλάνης ἐπιτήδειον. εἰσὶ γάρ, φησί, πολλοὶ ἀνυπότακτοι, ματαιολόγοι, φρεναπατοῦντες. οὔκουν οὐ πᾶσιν εἴρηται· ὑμεῖς ἐστε οἱ ἅλες τῆς γῆς. εἰσὶ γάρ τινες τῶν καὶ τοῦ λόγου ἐπακηκοότων τοῖς ἰχθύσι τοῖς θαλασσίοις ἐοικότες, οἳ δὴ ἐν ἅλμῃ ἐκ γενετῆς τρεφόμενοι ἁλῶν ὅμως πρὸς τὴν σκευασίαν δέονται. ἐγὼ γοῦν καὶ πάνυ ἀποδέχομαι τὴν τραγῳδίαν λέγουσαν· ὦ παῖ, γένοιντʼ ἂν εὖ λελεγμένοι λόγοι ψευδεῖς, ἐπῶν δὲ κάλλεσιν νικῷεν ἂν τἀληθές· ἀλλʼ οὐ τοῦτο τἀκριβέστατον, ἀλλʼ ἡ φύσις καὶ τοὐρθόν· ὃς δὲ εὐγλωσσίᾳ νικᾷ, σοφὸς μέν, ἀλλὰ γὰρ τὰ πράγματα κρείσσω νομίζω τῶν λόγων ἀεί ποτε. οὔποτε ἄρα ὀρεκτέον τοῖς πολλοῖς ἀρέσκειν. ἃ μὲν γὰρ ἐκείνους ἥδει, οὐκ ἀσκοῦμεν ἡμεῖς· ἃ δὲ ἡμεῖς ἴσμεν, μακράν ἐστι τῆς ἐκείνων διαθέσεως. μὴ γινώμεθα κενόδοξοι, φησὶν ὁ ἀπόστολος, ἀλλήλους προκαλούμενοι, ἀλλήλους φθονοῦντες.
aglōssią de pollakis lēphtheis anēr dikaia lexas hēsson euglōssou pherei. nyn dʼ eurooisi stomasi talēthestata kleptousin, hōste mē dokein ha chrē dokein. hē tragǭdia legei. toioutoi de hoi eristikoi houtoi eite haireseis metioien eite kai dialektika synaskoien technydria, houtoi hoi ta katartia kataspōntes kai mēthen hyphainontes, phēsin hē graphē, mataioponian ezēlōkotes, hēn kybeian anthrōpōn ho apostolos ekalesen kai panourgian, pros tēn methodeian tēs planēs epitēdeion. eisi gar, phēsi, polloi anypotaktoi, mataiologoi, phrenapatountes. oukoun ou pasin eirētai; hymeis este hoi hales tēs gēs. eisi gar tines tōn kai tou logou epakēkootōn tois ichthysi tois thalassiois eoikotes, hoi dē en halmę̄ ek genetēs trephomenoi halōn homōs pros tēn skeuasian deontai. egō goun kai pany apodechomai tēn tragǭdian legousan; ō pai, genointʼ an eu lelegmenoi logoi pseudeis, epōn de kallesin nikǭen an talēthes; allʼ ou touto takribestaton, allʼ hē physis kai tourthon; hos de euglōssią niką, sophos men, alla gar ta pragmata kreissō nomizō tōn logōn aei pote. oupote ara orekteon tois pollois areskein. ha men gar ekeinous hēdei, ouk askoumen hēmeis; ha de hēmeis ismen, makran esti tēs ekeinōn diatheseōs. mē ginōmetha kenodoxoi, phēsin ho apostolos, allēlous prokaloumenoi, allēlous phthonountes.
“Often a man caught by lack of eloquence, though he says what is just, fares worse than the eloquent. But now with flowing mouths they steal the truest things, so that what ought to seem right does not seem so,” says the tragedy. Such are these contentious people, whether they pursue heresies or practice dialectical tricks: those who pull down the finished work and weave nothing, says Scripture, zealous for futile labor, which the apostle called “the dice-playing of men” and “craftiness,” suited “to the scheming of error.” “For there are,” he says, “many insubordinate, empty talkers and deceivers.” So it was not said to all, “You are the salt of the earth.” For there are some even among those who have heard the word who are like sea fish, which, though reared from birth in brine, still need salt for cooking. I, at any rate, fully accept the tragedy that says: “My child, false words may be well spoken, and by the beauties of verse may conquer the truth; but this is not the most exact thing, but nature and what is right; he who conquers by eloquence is clever, but I always consider deeds better than words.” So we must never aim to please the many. For what pleases them we do not practice, and what we know is far from their disposition. “Let us not become vainglorious,” says the apostle, “provoking one another, envying one another.”
1.8.42Stählin 2:28
ταύτῃ τοι ὁ φιλαλήθης Πλάτων οἷον θεοφορούμενος ὡς ἐγὼ τοιοῦτος φησίν, ὁποῖος οὐδενὶ ἄλλῳ ἢ τῷ λόγῳ πείθεσθαι, ὃς ἄν μοι σκοπουμένῳ βέλτιστος φαίνηται. αἰτιᾶται γοῦν τοὺς ἄνευ νοῦ καὶ ἐπιστήμης δόξαις πιστεύοντας, ὡς μὴ προσῆκον ἀφεμένους τοῦ ὀρθοῦ καὶ ὑγιοῦς λόγου τῷ κοινωνοῦντι τοῦ ψεύδους πιστεύειν. τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἐψεῦσθαι τῆς ἀληθείας κακόν ἐστι, τὸ δὲ ἀληθεύειν καὶ τὰ ὄντα δοξάζειν ἀγαθόν. τῶν δὲ ἀγαθῶν ἀκουσίως μὲν στέρονται ἄνθρωποι, στέρονται δὲ ὅμως ἢ κλαπέντες ἢ γοητευθέντες ἢ βιασθέντες καὶ † μὴ πιστεύσαντες. ὁ μὲν † δὴ πιστεύσας ἑκὼν ἤδη † παραναλίσκεται· κλέπτεται δὲ ὁ μεταπεισθεὶς καὶ ὁ ἐκλαθόμενος, ὅτι τῶν μὲν ὁ χρόνος, τῶν δὲ ὁ λόγος ἐξαιρούμενος λανθάνει· βιάζεταί τε πολλάκις ὀδύνη τε καὶ ἀλγηδὼν φιλονεικία τε αὖ καὶ θυμὸς μεταδοξάσαι, καὶ ἐπὶ πᾶσι γοητεύονται οἱ ἤτοι ὑφʼ ἡδονῆς κηληθέντες ἢ ὑπὸ φόβου δείσαντες· πᾶσαι δὲ ἀκούσιοι τροπαί, καὶ τούτων οὐδὲν ἄν ποτε ἐπιστήμην ἐκβάλοι.
tautę̄ toi ho philalēthēs Platōn hoion theophoroumenos hōs egō toioutos phēsin, hopoios oudeni allǭ ē tǭ logǭ peithesthai, hos an moi skopoumenǭ beltistos phainētai. aitiatai goun tous aneu nou kai epistēmēs doxais pisteuontas, hōs mē prosēkon aphemenous tou orthou kai hygious logou tǭ koinōnounti tou pseudous pisteuein. to men gar epseusthai tēs alētheias kakon esti, to de alētheuein kai ta onta doxazein agathon. tōn de agathōn akousiōs men sterontai anthrōpoi, sterontai de homōs ē klapentes ē goēteuthentes ē biasthentes kai † mē pisteusantes. ho men † dē pisteusas hekōn ēdē † paranalisketai; kleptetai de ho metapeistheis kai ho eklathomenos, hoti tōn men ho chronos, tōn de ho logos exairoumenos lanthanei; biazetai te pollakis odynē te kai algēdōn philoneikia te au kai thymos metadoxasai, kai epi pasi goēteuontai hoi ētoi hyphʼ hēdonēs kēlēthentes ē hypo phobou deisantes; pasai de akousioi tropai, kai toutōn ouden an pote epistēmēn ekbaloi.
In this way the truth-loving Plato, as if inspired, says: “I am such as to obey nothing else but the reason that seems best to me when I consider.” At any rate he blames those who trust opinions without mind and knowledge, as though they wrongly abandoned right and sound reason to trust what shares in falsehood. For to be deceived about the truth is evil, but to speak truth and to hold opinions about what is, is good. People are deprived of good things unwillingly, but they are deprived nonetheless, either robbed, or bewitched, or forced, and … not believing. The one who has … believed willingly is now consumed …; the one who is persuaded to change his mind and the one who forgets are robbed, because time takes away from the one and argument from the other without their noticing; and pain and suffering, contentiousness and anger often force a change of opinion; and above all those are bewitched who are charmed by pleasure or terrified by fear. All these changes are involuntary, and none of them could ever drive out knowledge.
Miscellanies 1, chapter 9
1.9.43Stählin 2:28–29
Ἔνιοι δὲ εὐφυεῖς οἰόμενοι εἶναι ἀξιοῦσι μήτε φιλοσοφίας ἅπτεσθαι μήτε διαλεκτικῆς, ἀλλὰ μηδὲ τὴν φυσικὴν θεωρίαν ἐκμανθάνειν, μόνην δὲ καὶ ψιλὴν τὴν πίστιν ἀπαιτοῦσιν, ὥσπερ εἰ μηδεμίαν ἠξίουν ἐπιμέλειαν ποιησάμενοι τῆς ἀμπέλου εὐθὺς ἐξ ἀρχῆς τοὺς βότρυας λαμβάνειν. ἄμπελος δὲ ὁ κύριος ἀλληγορεῖται, παρʼ οὗ μετʼ ἐπιμελείας καὶ τέχνης γεωργικῆς τῆς κατὰ τὸν λόγον τὸν καρπὸν τρυγητέον. κλαδεῦσαι δεῖ, σκάψαι, ἀναδῆσαι καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ ποιῆσαι, δρεπάνου τε, οἶμαι, καὶ μακέλλης καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὀργάνων τῶν γεωργικῶν πρὸς τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν τῆς ἀμπέλου χρεία, ἵνα ἡμῖν τὸν ἐδώδιμον καρπὸν ἐκφήνῃ. καθάπερ δὲ ἐν γεωργίᾳ οὕτω καὶ ἐν ἰατρικῇ χρηστομαθὴς ἐκεῖνος ὁ ποικιλωτέρων μαθημάτων ἁψάμενος, ὡς βέλτιον γεωργεῖν τε καὶ ὑγιάζειν δύνασθαι, οὕτω κἀνταῦθα χρηστομαθῆ φημι τὸν πάντα ἐπὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἀναφέροντα, ὥστε καὶ ἀπὸ γεωμετρίας καὶ μουσικῆς καὶ ἀπὸ γραμματικῆς καὶ φιλοσοφίας αὐτῆς δρεπόμενον τὸ χρήσιμον ἀνεπιβούλευτον φυλάσσειν τὴν πίστιν. παρορᾶται δὲ καὶ ὁ ἀθλητής, † ὡς προείρηται, ἀλλʼ εἰς τὴν σύνταξιν συμβαλλόμενος.
Enioi de euphyeis oiomenoi einai axiousi mēte philosophias haptesthai mēte dialektikēs, alla mēde tēn physikēn theōrian ekmanthanein, monēn de kai psilēn tēn pistin apaitousin, hōsper ei mēdemian ēxioun epimeleian poiēsamenoi tēs ampelou euthys ex archēs tous botryas lambanein. ampelos de ho kyrios allēgoreitai, parʼ hou metʼ epimeleias kai technēs geōrgikēs tēs kata ton logon ton karpon trygēteon. kladeusai dei, skapsai, anadēsai kai ta loipa poiēsai, drepanou te, oimai, kai makellēs kai tōn allōn organōn tōn geōrgikōn pros tēn epimeleian tēs ampelou chreia, hina hēmin ton edōdimon karpon ekphēnę̄. kathaper de en geōrgią houtō kai en iatrikę̄ chrēstomathēs ekeinos ho poikilōterōn mathēmatōn hapsamenos, hōs beltion geōrgein te kai hygiazein dynasthai, houtō kantautha chrēstomathē phēmi ton panta epi tēn alētheian anapheronta, hōste kai apo geōmetrias kai mousikēs kai apo grammatikēs kai philosophias autēs drepomenon to chrēsimon anepibouleuton phylassein tēn pistin. paroratai de kai ho athlētēs, † hōs proeirētai, allʼ eis tēn syntaxin symballomenos.
Some, thinking themselves naturally gifted, think they should touch neither philosophy nor dialectic, nor even learn the study of nature, but demand faith alone and bare, as if they expected to gather grapes right from the start without taking any care of the vine. The Lord is allegorized as the vine, from whom the fruit is to be gathered with care and the art of husbandry according to reason. One must prune, dig, tie up, and do the rest; there is need, I think, of the pruning hook and the mattock and the other tools of husbandry for the care of the vine, so that it may show us its edible fruit. And as in farming, so in medicine, the one who has acquired a variety of studies is well educated, so as to be better able to farm and to heal; so here too I call the well-educated person the one who refers everything to the truth, so as to gather what is useful from geometry, music, grammar, and philosophy itself, and to guard the faith against attack. The athlete too is looked down on, as has been said, though he contributes to the arrangement.
1.9.44Stählin 2:29
αὐτίκα καὶ κυβερνήτην τὸν πολύπειρον ἐπαινοῦμεν, ὃς πολλῶν ἀνθρώπων εἶδεν ἄστεα, καὶ ἰατρὸν τὸν ἐν πείρᾳ πολλῶν γεγενημένον· ᾗ τινες καὶ τὸν ἐμπειρικὸν ἀναπλάττουσιν. ὁ δὲ πρὸς τὸν βίον ἀναφέρων ἕκαστα τὸν ὀρθὸν ἔκ τε τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν καὶ τῶν βαρβαρικῶν ὑποδείγματα κομίζων πολύπειρος οὗτος τῆς ἀληθείας ἰχνευτὴς καὶ τῷ ὄντι πολύμητις, δίκην τῆς βασάνου λίθου (ἣ δʼ ἐστὶ Λυδὴ διακρίνειν πεπιστευμένη τὸ νόθον ἀπὸ τοῦ ἰθαγενοῦς χρυσίου) καὶ ἱκανὸς ὢν χωρίζειν, ὁ πολύιδρις ἡμῶν καὶ γνωστικός, σοφιστικὴν μὲν φιλοσοφίας, κομμωτικὴν δὲ γυμναστικῆς καὶ ὀψοποιικὴν ἰατρικῆς καὶ ῥητορικὴν διαλεκτικῆς καὶ μαγείας ἄλλας τε κατὰ τὴν βάρβαρον φιλοσοφίαν αἱρέσεις αὐτῆς τῆς ἀληθείας. πῶς δὲ οὐκ ἀναγκαῖον περὶ νοητῶν φιλοσοφοῦντα διαλαβεῖν τὸν ἐπιποθοῦντα τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ δυνάμεως ἐπήβολον γενέσθαι; πῶς δὲ οὐχὶ καὶ διαιρεῖσθαι χρήσιμον τάς τε ἀμφιβόλους φωνὰς τάς τε ὁμωνύμως ἐκφερομένας κατὰ τὰς διαθήκας; παρʼ ἀμφιβολίαν γὰρ ὁ κύριος τὸν διάβολον κατὰ τὸν τοῦ πειρασμοῦ σοφίζεται χρόνον, καὶ οὐκέτι ἔγωγε ἐνταῦθα συνορῶ, ὅπως ποτὲ ὁ τῆς φιλοσοφίας καὶ τῆς διαλεκτικῆς εὑρετής, ὥς τινες ὑπολαμβάνουσιν, παράγεται τῷ κατʼ ἀμφιβολίαν ἀπατώμενος τρόπῳ.
autika kai kybernētēn ton polypeiron epainoumen, hos pollōn anthrōpōn eiden astea, kai iatron ton en peirą pollōn gegenēmenon; hę̄ tines kai ton empeirikon anaplattousin. ho de pros ton bion anapherōn hekasta ton orthon ek te tōn Hellēnikōn kai tōn barbarikōn hypodeigmata komizōn polypeiros houtos tēs alētheias ichneutēs kai tǭ onti polymētis, dikēn tēs basanou lithou (hē dʼ esti Lydē diakrinein pepisteumenē to nothon apo tou ithagenous chrysiou) kai hikanos ōn chōrizein, ho poluidris hēmōn kai gnōstikos, sophistikēn men philosophias, kommōtikēn de gymnastikēs kai opsopoiikēn iatrikēs kai rhētorikēn dialektikēs kai mageias allas te kata tēn barbaron philosophian haireseis autēs tēs alētheias. pōs de ouk anankaion peri noētōn philosophounta dialabein ton epipothounta tēs tou theou dynameōs epēbolon genesthai? pōs de ouchi kai diaireisthai chrēsimon tas te amphibolous phōnas tas te homōnymōs ekpheromenas kata tas diathēkas? parʼ amphibolian gar ho kyrios ton diabolon kata ton tou peirasmou sophizetai chronon, kai ouketi egōge entautha synorō, hopōs pote ho tēs philosophias kai tēs dialektikēs heuretēs, hōs tines hypolambanousin, paragetai tǭ katʼ amphibolian apatōmenos tropǭ.
Thus we praise the much-experienced pilot, who “saw the cities of many men,” and the physician who has had experience of many cases; hence some even invent the empiric. The one who refers each thing to right living, bringing examples from Greek and barbarian sources, is a much-experienced tracker of the truth and truly “of many counsels”; like the touchstone (the Lydian stone, trusted to distinguish counterfeit from genuine gold), our man of wide learning and knowledge is able to separate sophistry from philosophy, cosmetics from gymnastics, cookery from medicine, rhetoric from dialectic, and magic and other heresies from the truth itself according to the barbarian philosophy. How is it not necessary for one who longs to attain the power of God to discuss intelligible things philosophically? How is it not useful to distinguish the ambiguous words and those used with the same name in the Testaments? For by an ambiguity the Lord outwitted the devil at the time of the temptation; and I no longer see here how the inventor of philosophy and dialectic, as some suppose, is led astray, deceived by the way of ambiguity.
1.9.45Stählin 2:30
Εἰ δὲ οἱ προφῆται καὶ οἱ ἀπόστολοι οὐ τὰς τέχνας ἐγνώκεσαν, διʼ ὧν τὰ κατὰ φιλοσοφίαν ἐμφαίνεται γυμνάσματα, ἀλλʼ ὁ νοῦς γε τοῦ προφητικοῦ καὶ τοῦ διδασκαλικοῦ πνεύματος ἐπικεκρυμμένως λαλούμενος διὰ τὸ μὴ πάντων εἶναι τὴν συνιεῖσαν ἀκοήν, τὰς ἐντέχνους ἀπαιτεῖ πρὸς σαφήνειαν διδασκαλίας. ἀσφαλῶς γὰρ ἐγνώκεσαν τὸν νοῦν ἐκεῖνον οἱ προφῆται καὶ οἱ τοῦ πνεύματος μαθηταί· ἐκ γὰρ πίστεως καὶ ὡς οὐχ οἷόν τε ῥᾳδίως ὡς τὸ πνεῦμα εἴρηκεν. ἀλλʼ οὐχ οἷόν τε οὕτως ἐκδέξασθαι μὴ μεμαθηκότας. τὰς δὲ ἐντολάς, φησίν, ἀπόγραψαι δισσῶς βουλήσει καὶ γνώσει τοῦ ἀποκρίνασθαι λόγους ἀληθείας τοῖς προβαλλομένοις σοι. τίς οὖν ἡ γνῶσις τοῦ ἀποκρίνασθαι; ἥτις καὶ τοῦ ἐρωτᾶν· εἴη δʼ ἂν αὕτη διαλεκτική. τί δʼ; οὐχὶ καὶ τὸ λέγειν ἔργον ἐστὶ τὸ ποιεῖν ἐκ τοῦ λόγου γίνεται; εἰ γὰρ μὴ λόγῳ πράττοιμεν, ἀλόγως ποιοῖμεν ἄν. τὸ λογικὸν δὲ ἔργον κατὰ θεὸν ἐκτελεῖται· καὶ οὐδὲν χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο, φησί, τοῦ λόγου τοῦ θεοῦ. ἢ οὐχὶ καὶ ὁ κύριος λόγῳ πάντα ἔπρασσεν; ἐργάζεται δὲ καὶ τὰ κτήνη ἐλαυνόμενα ἀναγκάζοντι τῷ φόβῳ. οὐχὶ δὲ καὶ οἱ ὀρθοδοξασταὶ καλούμενοι ἔργοις προσφέρονται καλοῖς, οὐκ εἰδότες ἃ ποιοῦσιν;
Ei de hoi prophētai kai hoi apostoloi ou tas technas egnōkesan, diʼ hōn ta kata philosophian emphainetai gymnasmata, allʼ ho nous ge tou prophētikou kai tou didaskalikou pneumatos epikekrymmenōs laloumenos dia to mē pantōn einai tēn synieisan akoēn, tas entechnous apaitei pros saphēneian didaskalias. asphalōs gar egnōkesan ton noun ekeinon hoi prophētai kai hoi tou pneumatos mathētai; ek gar pisteōs kai hōs ouch hoion te rhądiōs hōs to pneuma eirēken. allʼ ouch hoion te houtōs ekdexasthai mē memathēkotas. tas de entolas, phēsin, apograpsai dissōs boulēsei kai gnōsei tou apokrinasthai logous alētheias tois proballomenois soi. tis oun hē gnōsis tou apokrinasthai? hētis kai tou erōtan; eiē dʼ an hautē dialektikē. ti dʼ? ouchi kai to legein ergon esti to poiein ek tou logou ginetai? ei gar mē logǭ prattoimen, alogōs poioimen an. to logikon de ergon kata theon ekteleitai; kai ouden chōris autou egeneto, phēsi, tou logou tou theou. ē ouchi kai ho kyrios logǭ panta eprassen? ergazetai de kai ta ktēnē elaunomena anankazonti tǭ phobǭ. ouchi de kai hoi orthodoxastai kaloumenoi ergois prospherontai kalois, ouk eidotes ha poiousin?
If the prophets and apostles did not know the arts by which the exercises of philosophy are displayed, yet the meaning of the prophetic and teaching Spirit, spoken in a hidden way because the understanding ear is not for all, requires skilled teaching for clarity. For the prophets and the disciples of the Spirit knew that meaning surely; for they knew it by faith, in a way not easy for others, as the Spirit spoke. But those who have not learned cannot receive it in that way. “Write the commandments,” it says, “in a twofold way, with will and knowledge, to answer words of truth to those who put questions to you.” What, then, is the knowledge of answering? That which is also of asking; and this would be dialectic. What then? Is not speaking also a work? Doing comes from reason; for if we did not act by reason, we would act irrationally. And the rational work is carried out according to God: “and nothing came into being without him,” it says, the Word of God. Or did not the Lord too do everything by the Word? Cattle also work, driven by compelling fear. And do not those called “right believers” apply themselves to good works, not knowing what they do?
Miscellanies 1, chapter 10
1.10.46Stählin 2:30–31
Διὰ τοῦτο οὖν ὁ σωτὴρ ἄρτον λαβὼν πρῶτον ἐλάλησεν καὶ εὐχαρίστησεν· εἶτα κλάσας τὸν ἄρτον προέθηκεν, ἵνα δὴ φάγωμεν λογικῶς, καὶ τὰς γραφὰς ἐπιγνόντες πολιτευσώμεθα καθʼ ὑπακοήν. καθάπερ δὲ οἱ λόγῳ χρώμενοι πονηρῷ οὐδὲν τῶν ἔργῳ χρωμένων πονηρῷ διαφέρουσιν (ἡ γὰρ διαβολὴ ξίφους διάκονος, καὶ λύπην ἐμποιεῖ βλασφημία, ἐξ ὧν αἱ τοῦ βίου ἀνατροπαί· ἔργα τοῦ πονηροῦ λόγου εἶεν ἂν ταῦτα), οὕτω καὶ οἱ λόγῳ ἀγαθῷ κεχρημένοι συνεγγίζουσι τοῖς τὰ καλὰ τῶν ἔργων ἐπιτελοῦσιν. ἀνακτᾶται γοῦν καὶ ὁ λόγος τὴν ψυχὴν καὶ ἐπὶ καλοκἀγαθίαν προτρέπει· μακάριος δὲ ὁ περιδέξιος. οὔτʼ οὖν βλασφημητέος ὁ εὐποιητικὸς πρὸς τοῦ εὖ λέγειν δυναμένου οὐδὲ μὴν κακιστέος ὁ οἷός τε εὖ λέγειν πρὸς τοῦ εὖ ποιεῖν ἐπιτηδείου· πρὸς δὲ ὃ ἑκάτερος πέφυκεν ἐνεργούντων. ὃ δʼ οὖν τὸ ἔργον δείκνυσιν, τοῦτο ἅτερος λαλεῖ, οἷον ἑτοιμάζων τῇ εὐποιίᾳ τὴν ὁδὸν καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν εὐεργεσίαν ἄγων τοὺς ἀκούοντας. ἔστι γὰρ καὶ σωτήριος λόγος ὡς καὶ ἔργον σωτήριον. ἡ δικαιοσύνη γοῦν οὐ χωρὶς λόγου συνίσταται.
Dia touto oun ho sōtēr arton labōn prōton elalēsen kai eucharistēsen; eita klasas ton arton proethēken, hina dē phagōmen logikōs, kai tas graphas epignontes politeusōmetha kathʼ hypakoēn. kathaper de hoi logǭ chrōmenoi ponērǭ ouden tōn ergǭ chrōmenōn ponērǭ diapherousin (hē gar diabolē xiphous diakonos, kai lypēn empoiei blasphēmia, ex hōn hai tou biou anatropai; erga tou ponērou logou eien an tauta), houtō kai hoi logǭ agathǭ kechrēmenoi synengizousi tois ta kala tōn ergōn epitelousin. anaktatai goun kai ho logos tēn psychēn kai epi kalokagathian protrepei; makarios de ho peridexios. outʼ oun blasphēmēteos ho eupoiētikos pros tou eu legein dynamenou oude mēn kakisteos ho hoios te eu legein pros tou eu poiein epitēdeiou; pros de ho hekateros pephyken energountōn. ho dʼ oun to ergon deiknysin, touto hateros lalei, hoion hetoimazōn tę̄ eupoiią tēn hodon kai epi tēn euergesian agōn tous akouontas. esti gar kai sōtērios logos hōs kai ergon sōtērion. hē dikaiosynē goun ou chōris logou synistatai.
That is why the Savior, taking bread, first spoke and gave thanks; then, breaking the bread, he set it before them, so that we might eat rationally and, recognizing the Scriptures, live in obedience. And as those who use evil speech are no different from those who do evil deeds (for slander is the servant of the sword, and blasphemy causes grief, from which come the overturnings of life; these would be the works of evil speech), so those who use good speech draw near to those who accomplish good deeds. At any rate, speech restores the soul and urges it to goodness; and blessed is the one who is skillful with both hands. So neither should the doer of good be reviled by the one able to speak well, nor should the one able to speak well be disparaged by the one fitted to do good; let each act according to his nature. What the one shows by deed, the other speaks, as it were preparing the way for good deeds and leading the hearers to beneficence. For there is saving speech as there is a saving deed. Righteousness, at any rate, is not constituted without the word.
1.10.47Stählin 2:31
ὡς δὲ τὸ εὖ πάσχειν περιαιρεῖται, ἐὰν τὸ εὖ ποιεῖν ἀφέλωμεν, οὕτως ἡ ὑπακοὴ καὶ πίστις ἀναιρεῖται μήτε τῆς ἐντολῆς μήτε τοῦ τὴν ἐντολὴν σαφηνιοῦντος συμπαραλαμβανομένων. νυνὶ δὲ ἀλλήλων ἕνεκα εὐποροῦμεν καὶ λόγων καὶ ἔργων. τὴν δὲ ἐριστικήν τε καὶ σοφιστικὴν τέχνην παραιτητέον παντελῶς, ἐπεὶ καὶ αἱ λέξεις αὐταὶ τῶν σοφιστῶν οὐ μόνον γοητεύουσι καὶ κλέπτουσι τοὺς πολλούς, βιαζόμεναι δὲ ἔσθʼ ὅτε Καδμείαν νίκην ἀπηνέγκαντο. παντὸς γὰρ μᾶλλον ἀληθὴς ὁ ψαλμὸς ἐκεῖνος· ὁ δίκαιος ζήσεται εἰς τέλος, ὅτι οὐκ ὄψεται καταφθοράν, ὅταν ἴδῃ σοφοὺς ἀποθνῄσκοντας. τίνας δὴ σοφοὺς λέγει; ἄκουσον ἐκ τῆς σοφίας Ἰησοῦ· οὐκ ἔστι σοφία πονηρίας ἐπιστήμη. ταύτην δὴ λέγει, ἣν ἐπενόησαν τέχναι λεκτικαί τε καὶ διαλεκτικαί. ζητήσεις οὖν σοφίαν παρὰ κακοῖς καὶ οὐχ εὑρήσεις. κἂν πύθῃ πάλιν· ποίαν ταύτην; στόμα δικαίου φήσει σοι ἀποστάξει σοφίαν. σοφία δὲ ὁμωνύμως τῇ ἀληθείᾳ ἡ σοφιστικὴ λέγεται τέχνη.
hōs de to eu paschein periaireitai, ean to eu poiein aphelōmen, houtōs hē hypakoē kai pistis anaireitai mēte tēs entolēs mēte tou tēn entolēn saphēniountos symparalambanomenōn. nyni de allēlōn heneka euporoumen kai logōn kai ergōn. tēn de eristikēn te kai sophistikēn technēn paraitēteon pantelōs, epei kai hai lexeis autai tōn sophistōn ou monon goēteuousi kai kleptousi tous pollous, biazomenai de esthʼ hote Kadmeian nikēn apēnenkanto. pantos gar mallon alēthēs ho psalmos ekeinos; ho dikaios zēsetai eis telos, hoti ouk opsetai kataphthoran, hotan idę̄ sophous apothnę̄skontas. tinas dē sophous legei? akouson ek tēs sophias Iēsou; ouk esti sophia ponērias epistēmē. tautēn dē legei, hēn epenoēsan technai lektikai te kai dialektikai. zētēseis oun sophian para kakois kai ouch heurēseis. kan pythę̄ palin; poian tautēn? stoma dikaiou phēsei soi apostaxei sophian. sophia de homōnymōs tę̄ alētheią hē sophistikē legetai technē.
As receiving benefit is removed if we take away doing good, so obedience and faith are destroyed if neither the commandment nor the one who explains the commandment is received. As it is, we are well supplied with words and deeds for the sake of one another. But the eristic and sophistic art must be rejected completely, since the very words of the sophists not only bewitch and rob the many, but, using force, sometimes win a Cadmean victory. For that psalm is truer than anything: “The righteous will live to the end, for he will not see corruption, when he sees the wise dying.” Which wise does he mean? Hear from the Wisdom of Jesus: “The knowledge of wickedness is not wisdom.” He means the wisdom that the arts of speech and dialectic invented. “You will seek wisdom among the wicked and will not find it.” And if you ask again, “What kind is this?” “The mouth of the righteous,” it will tell you, “will drip wisdom.” The sophistic art is called wisdom only by sharing the name with the truth.
1.10.48Stählin 2:31–32
ἐμοὶ δὲ εἰκότως, οἶμαι, πρόκειται βιοῦν μὲν κατὰ τὸν λόγον καὶ νοεῖν τὰ σημαινόμενα, εὐγλωττίαν δὲ μή ποτε ζηλοῦντα ἀρκεῖσθαι μόνῳ τῷ αἰνίξασθαι τὸ νοούμενον. ὁποίῳ δὲ ὀνόματι δηλοῦται τοῦτο ὅπερ παραστῆσαι βούλομαι, οὐθέν μοι μέλει. σωθῆναι γὰρ εὖ οἶδʼ ὅτι καὶ συνάρασθαι τοῖς σῴζεσθαι γλιχομένοις βέλτιστόν ἐστιν, οὐχὶ συνθεῖναι τὰ λεξείδια καθάπερ τὰ κόσμια. κἂν φυλάξῃς, φησὶν ὁ Πυθαγόρειος ἐν τῷ Πλάτωνος Πολιτικῷ, τὸ μὴ σπουδάζειν ἐπὶ τοῖς ὀνόμασι, πλουσιώτερος εἰς γῆρας ἀναφανήσῃ φρονήσεως. καὶ ἔν γε τῷ Θεαιτήτῳ εὕροις ἂν πάλιν· τὸ δὲ εὐχερὲς τῶν ὀνομάτων τε καὶ ῥημάτων καὶ μὴ διʼ ἀκριβείας ἐξεταζόμενον τὰ μὲν πολλὰ οὐκ ἀγεννές, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον τὸ τούτου ἐναντίον ἀνελεύθερον, ἔστιν δʼ ὅτε ἀναγκαῖον. ταῦτα ὡς ἔνι μάλιστα διὰ βραχέων ἐξήνεγκεν ἡ γραφή, μὴ πολὺς ἐν ῥήμασι γίνου λέγουσα· ἡ μὲν γὰρ λέξις οἷον ἐσθὴς ἐπὶ σώματος, τὰ δὲ πράγματα σάρκες εἰσὶ καὶ νεῦρα. οὐ χρὴ τοίνυν τῆς ἐσθῆτος πρὸ τῆς τοῦ σώματος σωτηρίας κήδεσθαι. εὐτελῆ γὰρ οὐ μόνον δίαιταν, ἀλλὰ καὶ λόγον ἀσκητέον ἀπέριττόν τε καὶ ἀπερίεργον τῷ τὸν ἀληθῆ βίον ἐπανῃρημένῳ, εἴ γε τὴν τρυφὴν ὡς δολεράν τε καὶ ἄσωτον παραιτοίμεθα, καθάπερ τὸ μύρον καὶ τὴν πορφύραν οἱ παλαιοὶ Λακεδαιμόνιοι, δολερὰ μὲν τὰ εἵματα, δολερὰ δὲ τὰ χρίσματα ὑπολαβόντες ὀρθῶς καὶ ὀνομάσαντες, ἐπεὶ μήτε ἐκείνη καλὴ σκευασία τροφῆς ἡ πλείω τῶν τρεφόντων ἔχουσα τὰ ἡδύσματα μήτε λόγου χρῆσις ἀστεία ἡ τέρπειν μᾶλλον ἢ ὠφελεῖν τοὺς ἀκούοντας δυναμένη. Μούσας Σειρήνων ἡδίους ἡγεῖσθαι Πυθαγόρας παραινεῖ, τὰς σοφίας ἀσκεῖν μὴ μετὰ ἡδονῆς διδάσκων, ἀπατηλὸν δὲ τὴν ἄλλην διελέγχων ψυχαγωγίαν. Σειρῆνας δὲ παραπλεύσας εἷς ἀρκεῖ, καὶ τῇ Σφιγγὶ ἀποκρινάμενος ἄλλος εἷς, εἰ δὲ βούλεσθε μηδὲ εἷς.
emoi de eikotōs, oimai, prokeitai bioun men kata ton logon kai noein ta sēmainomena, euglōttian de mē pote zēlounta arkeisthai monǭ tǭ ainixasthai to nooumenon. hopoiǭ de onomati dēloutai touto hoper parastēsai boulomai, outhen moi melei. sōthēnai gar eu oidʼ hoti kai synarasthai tois sǭzesthai glichomenois beltiston estin, ouchi syntheinai ta lexeidia kathaper ta kosmia. kan phylaxę̄s, phēsin ho Pythagoreios en tǭ Platōnos Politikǭ, to mē spoudazein epi tois onomasi, plousiōteros eis gēras anaphanēsę̄ phronēseōs. kai en ge tǭ Theaitētǭ heurois an palin; to de eucheres tōn onomatōn te kai rhēmatōn kai mē diʼ akribeias exetazomenon ta men polla ouk agennes, alla mallon to toutou enantion aneleutheron, estin dʼ hote anankaion. tauta hōs eni malista dia bracheōn exēnenken hē graphē, mē polys en rhēmasi ginou legousa; hē men gar lexis hoion esthēs epi sōmatos, ta de pragmata sarkes eisi kai neura. ou chrē toinyn tēs esthētos pro tēs tou sōmatos sōtērias kēdesthai. eutelē gar ou monon diaitan, alla kai logon askēteon aperitton te kai aperiergon tǭ ton alēthē bion epanę̄rēmenǭ, ei ge tēn tryphēn hōs doleran te kai asōton paraitoimetha, kathaper to myron kai tēn porphyran hoi palaioi Lakedaimonioi, dolera men ta heimata, dolera de ta chrismata hypolabontes orthōs kai onomasantes, epei mēte ekeinē kalē skeuasia trophēs hē pleiō tōn trephontōn echousa ta hēdysmata mēte logou chrēsis asteia hē terpein mallon ē ōphelein tous akouontas dynamenē. Mousas Seirēnōn hēdious hēgeisthai Pythagoras parainei, tas sophias askein mē meta hēdonēs didaskōn, apatēlon de tēn allēn dielenchōn psychagōgian. Seirēnas de parapleusas heis arkei, kai tę̄ Sphingi apokrinamenos allos heis, ei de boulesthe mēde heis.
For me, I think, it is fitting to live according to reason and to understand what is meant, never striving for eloquence but content only to hint at what is understood. By what word what I wish to present is shown matters nothing to me. For I know well that to be saved and to help those eager to be saved is best, not to compose little phrases like ornaments. “And if you guard against being serious about names,” says the Pythagorean in Plato's Statesman, “you will appear richer in wisdom in old age.” And in the Theaetetus you might find again: “Ease with names and words and not examining them with exactness is mostly not ignoble; rather the opposite is unworthy of a free man, though sometimes it is necessary.” Scripture expressed this as briefly as possible, saying, “Do not be abundant in words.” For style is like clothing on the body, while the substance is flesh and sinews. One must not, then, care for the clothing before the health of the body. For the one who has undertaken the true life must practice not only a frugal diet but also a speech that is unadorned and not elaborate, if indeed we reject luxury as treacherous and prodigal, as the ancient Spartans rejected perfume and purple, rightly considering and calling the garments treacherous and the ointments treacherous; since neither is that preparation of food good which has more seasonings than nourishment, nor is that use of speech elegant which can delight the hearers more than benefit them. Pythagoras advises us to consider the Muses sweeter than the Sirens, teaching us to practice wisdom not with pleasure, and exposing the other kind of attraction as deceitful. One man is enough who sailed past the Sirens, and another one who answered the Sphinx; and, if you like, not even one.
1.10.49Stählin 2:32
οὔκουν πλατύνειν τὰ φυλακτήρια χρή ποτε κενοδοξίαν ζηλοῦντας, ἀρκεῖ τῷ γνωστικῷ κἂν εἶς μόνος ἀκροατὴς εὑρεθῇ. ἔστι γοῦν ἀκοῦσαι καὶ Πινδάρου τοῦ Βοιωτίου γράφοντος· μὴ πρὸς ἅπαντας ἀναρρῆξαι τὸν ἀρχαῖον λόγον· ἔσθʼ ὅτε πιστόταται σιγᾶς ὁδοί, κέντρον δὲ μάχας ὁ κρατιστεύων λόγος. διατείνεται οὖν εὖ μάλα ὁ μακάριος ἀπόστολος παραινῶν ἡμῖν μὴ λογομαχεῖν τε διʼ οὐδὲν χρήσιμον ἐπὶ καταστροφῇ τῶν ἀκουόντων, τὰς δὲ βεβήλους κενοφωνίας περιίστασθαι. ἐπὶ πλεῖον γὰρ προκόπτουσιν ἀσεβείας, καὶ ὁ λόγος αὐτῶν ὡς γάγγραινα νομὴν ἕξει.
oukoun platynein ta phylaktēria chrē pote kenodoxian zēlountas, arkei tǭ gnōstikǭ kan eis monos akroatēs heurethę̄. esti goun akousai kai Pindarou tou Boiōtiou graphontos; mē pros hapantas anarrēxai ton archaion logon; esthʼ hote pistotatai sigas hodoi, kentron de machas ho kratisteuōn logos. diateinetai oun eu mala ho makarios apostolos parainōn hēmin mē logomachein te diʼ ouden chrēsimon epi katastrophę̄ tōn akouontōn, tas de bebēlous kenophōnias periistasthai. epi pleion gar prokoptousin asebeias, kai ho logos autōn hōs gangraina nomēn hexei.
So we must never broaden our phylacteries out of zeal for vainglory; for the one who knows, it is enough if even a single hearer is found. We can hear Pindar the Boeotian too, writing: “Do not blurt out the ancient word before all; sometimes the paths of silence are most trustworthy, and the word that prevails is a goad to battle.” So the blessed apostle insists very strongly, exhorting us not to fight about words, to no profit, to the ruin of the hearers, and to avoid profane empty chatter. “For they will advance further in ungodliness, and their word will spread like gangrene.”
Miscellanies 1, chapter 11
1.11.50Stählin 2:32–33
Αὕτη οὖν ἡ σοφία τοῦ κόσμου μωρία παρὰ θεῷ ἐστιν, καὶ τούτων τῶν σοφῶν κύριος γινώσκει τοὺς διαλογισμοὺς ὅτι εἰσὶ μάταιοι. μηδεὶς τοίνυν καυχάσθω ἐν ἀνθρωπίνῃ προανέχων διανοίᾳ. εὖ γάρ τοι ἐν τῷ Ἱερεμίᾳ γέγραπται· μὴ καυχάσθω ὁ σοφὸς ἐν τῇ σοφίᾳ αὐτοῦ, καὶ μὴ καυχάσθω ὁ ἰσχυρὸς ἐν τῇ ἰσχύι αὐτοῦ, καὶ μὴ καυχάσθω ὁ πλούσιος ἐν τῷ πλούτῳ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλʼ ἢ ἐν τούτῳ καυχάσθω ὁ καυχώμενος, συνιέναι καὶ γινώσκειν ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι κύριος ὁ ποιῶν ἔλεος καὶ κρίμα καὶ δικαιοσύνην ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ὅτι ἐν τούτοις τὸ θέλημά μου, λέγει κύριος. ἵνα μὴ πεποιθότες ὦμεν ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῖς, ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ τῷ θεῷ τῷ ἐγείροντι τοὺς νεκρούς, ὁ ἀπόστολός φησιν, ὃς ἐκ τηλικούτου θανάτου ἐρρύσατο ἡμᾶς, ἵνα ἡ πίστις ἡμῶν μὴ ᾖ ἐν σοφίᾳ ἀνθρώπων, ἀλλʼ ἐν δυνάμει θεοῦ. ὁ γὰρ πνευματικὸς ἀνακρίνει πάντα, αὐτὸς δὲ ὑπʼ οὐδενὸς ἀνακρίνεται. ἐπαΐω δὲ κἀκείνων αὐτοῦ· ταῦτα δὲ λέγω, ἵνα μηδεὶς ὑμᾶς παραλογίζηται ἐν πιθανολογίᾳ μηδὲ ὑπεισέρχηται ὁ συλαγωγῶν. καὶ πάλιν· βλέπετε οὖν μή τις ἔσται ὑμᾶς ὁ συλαγωγῶν διὰ τῆς φιλοσοφίας καὶ κενῆς ἀπάτης κατὰ τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, κατὰ τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου καὶ οὐ κατὰ Χριστόν; φιλοσοφίαν μὲν οὐ πᾶσαν, ἀλλὰ τὴν Ἐπικούρειον, ἧς καὶ μέμνηται ἐν ταῖς Πράξεσιν τῶν ἀποστόλων ὁ Παῦλος, διαβάλλων, πρόνοιαν ἀναιροῦσαν καὶ ἡδονὴν ἐκθειάζουσαν, καὶ εἰ δή τις ἄλλη τὰ στοιχεῖα ἐκτετίμηκεν μὴ ἐπιστήσασα τὴν ποιητικὴν αἰτίαν τούτοις, μηδὲ ἐφαντάσθη τὸν δημιουργόν.
Hautē oun hē sophia tou kosmou mōria para theǭ estin, kai toutōn tōn sophōn kyrios ginōskei tous dialogismous hoti eisi mataioi. mēdeis toinyn kauchasthō en anthrōpinę̄ proanechōn dianoią. eu gar toi en tǭ Hieremią gegraptai; mē kauchasthō ho sophos en tę̄ sophią autou, kai mē kauchasthō ho ischyros en tę̄ ischui autou, kai mē kauchasthō ho plousios en tǭ ploutǭ autou, allʼ ē en toutǭ kauchasthō ho kauchōmenos, synienai kai ginōskein hoti egō eimi kyrios ho poiōn eleos kai krima kai dikaiosynēn epi tēs gēs, hoti en toutois to thelēma mou, legei kyrios. hina mē pepoithotes ōmen ephʼ heautois, allʼ epi tǭ theǭ tǭ egeironti tous nekrous, ho apostolos phēsin, hos ek tēlikoutou thanatou errysato hēmas, hina hē pistis hēmōn mē ę̄ en sophią anthrōpōn, allʼ en dynamei theou. ho gar pneumatikos anakrinei panta, autos de hypʼ oudenos anakrinetai. epaïō de kakeinōn autou; tauta de legō, hina mēdeis hymas paralogizētai en pithanologią mēde hypeiserchētai ho sylagōgōn. kai palin; blepete oun mē tis estai hymas ho sylagōgōn dia tēs philosophias kai kenēs apatēs kata tēn paradosin tōn anthrōpōn, kata ta stoicheia tou kosmou kai ou kata Christon? philosophian men ou pasan, alla tēn Epikoureion, hēs kai memnētai en tais Praxesin tōn apostolōn ho Paulos, diaballōn, pronoian anairousan kai hēdonēn ektheiazousan, kai ei dē tis allē ta stoicheia ektetimēken mē epistēsasa tēn poiētikēn aitian toutois, mēde ephantasthē ton dēmiourgon.
This “wisdom of the world,” then, “is foolishness with God,” and of these wise “the Lord knows the reasonings, that they are futile.” So let no one boast, priding himself on human thought. For it is well written in Jeremiah: “Let not the wise man boast in his wisdom, and let not the strong man boast in his strength, and let not the rich man boast in his riches; but let him who boasts boast in this, that he understands and knows that I am the Lord who does mercy and judgment and righteousness on the earth; for in these is my will, says the Lord.” “So that we may not trust in ourselves but in God who raises the dead,” says the apostle, “who delivered us from so great a death, so that our faith may not be in the wisdom of men but in the power of God.” “For the spiritual man judges all things, but he himself is judged by no one.” I also hear those words of his: “I say this so that no one may deceive you with persuasive speech,” nor may the one who carries off as spoil creep in. And again: “See that there be no one who carries you off as spoil through philosophy and empty deceit, according to the tradition of men, according to the elements of the world, and not according to Christ.” He does not mean all philosophy, but the Epicurean, which Paul also mentions in the Acts of the Apostles, disparaging it, since it abolishes providence and deifies pleasure; and any other that has honored the elements without setting the efficient cause over them and has not even imagined the Creator.
1.11.51Stählin 2:33
ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ Στωϊκοί, ὧν καὶ αὐτῶν μέμνηται, σῶμα ὄντα τὸν θεὸν διὰ τῆς ἀτιμοτάτης ὕλης πεφοιτηκέναι λέγουσιν, οὐ καλῶς. παράδοσιν δὲ ἀνθρωπίνην τὴν λογικὴν τερθρείαν λέγει. διὸ κἀκεῖνα ἐπιστέλλει· τὰς νεωτέρας ζητήσεις φεύγετε· μειρακιώδεις γὰρ αἱ τοιαῦται φιλονεικίαι. ἀρετὴ δὲ οὐ φιλομειράκιον, ὁ φιλόσοφος λέγει Πλάτων· καὶ τὸ ἀγώνισμα ἡμῶν κατὰ τὸν Λεοντῖνον Γοργίαν διττῶν δὲ ἀρετῶν δεῖται, τόλμης καὶ σοφίας· τόλμης μὲν τὸ κίνδυνον ὑπομεῖναι, σοφίας δὲ τὸ αἴνιγμα γνῶναι. ὁ γάρ τοι λόγος καθάπερ τὸ κήρυγμα τὸ Ὀλυμπίασι καλεῖ μὲν τὸν βουλόμενον, στεφανοῖ δὲ τὸν δυνάμενον. Ἀκίνητον μὲν οὖν πρὸς ἀλήθειαν καὶ τῷ ὄντι ἀργὸν οὐ βούλεται εἶναι τὸν πιστεύσαντα ὁ λόγος· ζητεῖτε γὰρ καὶ εὑρήσετε λέγει, ἀλλὰ τὴν ζήτησιν εἰς εὕρεσιν περαιοῖ, τὴν κενὴν ἐξελάσας φλυαρίαν, ἐγκρίνων δὲ τὴν ὀχυροῦσαν τὴν πίστιν ἡμῖν θεωρίαν. τοῦτο δὲ λέγω, ἵνα μή τις ὑμᾶς παραλογίζηται ἐν πιθανολογίᾳ, φησὶν ὁ ἀπόστολος, διακρίνειν δηλονότι τὰ ὑπʼ αὐτῶν λεγόμενα μεμαθηκόσι καὶ ἀπαντᾶν πρὸς τὰ ἐπιφερόμενα δεδιδαγμένοις.
alla kai hoi Stōïkoi, hōn kai autōn memnētai, sōma onta ton theon dia tēs atimotatēs hylēs pephoitēkenai legousin, ou kalōs. paradosin de anthrōpinēn tēn logikēn terthreian legei. dio kakeina epistellei; tas neōteras zētēseis pheugete; meirakiōdeis gar hai toiautai philoneikiai. aretē de ou philomeirakion, ho philosophos legei Platōn; kai to agōnisma hēmōn kata ton Leontinon Gorgian dittōn de aretōn deitai, tolmēs kai sophias; tolmēs men to kindynon hypomeinai, sophias de to ainigma gnōnai. ho gar toi logos kathaper to kērygma to Olympiasi kalei men ton boulomenon, stephanoi de ton dynamenon. Akinēton men oun pros alētheian kai tǭ onti argon ou bouletai einai ton pisteusanta ho logos; zēteite gar kai heurēsete legei, alla tēn zētēsin eis heuresin peraioi, tēn kenēn exelasas phlyarian, enkrinōn de tēn ochyrousan tēn pistin hēmin theōrian. touto de legō, hina mē tis hymas paralogizētai en pithanologią, phēsin ho apostolos, diakrinein dēlonoti ta hypʼ autōn legomena memathēkosi kai apantan pros ta epipheromena dedidagmenois.
But the Stoics too, whom he also mentions, say, not rightly, that God, being body, pervades the most dishonorable matter. And by “human tradition” he means logical hair-splitting. That is why he also writes: “Flee youthful questions”; for such contentions are childish. “And virtue is not a lover of boys,” says the philosopher Plato; and our contest, according to Gorgias of Leontini, “needs two virtues, daring and wisdom: daring to endure the danger, wisdom to know the riddle.” For the word, like the proclamation at Olympia, calls whoever wishes, but crowns whoever is able. The Word does not wish the believer to be unmoved toward truth and truly idle; for it says, “Seek and you will find”; but it brings seeking to the goal of finding, driving out empty babble and approving the contemplation that fortifies our faith. “This I say, so that no one may deceive you with persuasive speech,” says the apostle, meaning for those who have learned to distinguish what these people say and have been taught to meet what they put forward.
1.11.52Stählin 2:33–34
ὡς οὖν παρελάβετε Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν τὸν κύριον, ἐν αὐτῷ περιπατεῖτε, ἐρριζωμένοι καὶ ἐποικοδομούμενοι ἐν αὐτῷ καὶ βεβαιούμενοι ἐν τῇ πίστει, πειθὼ δὲ ἡ βεβαίωσις τῆς πίστεως· βλέπετε μή τις ὑμᾶς ἔσται ὁ συλαγωγῶν ἀπὸ τῆς πίστεως τῆς εἰς τὸν Χριστὸν διὰ τῆς φιλοσοφίας καὶ κενῆς ἀπάτης, τῆς ἀναιρούσης τὴν πρόνοιαν, κατὰ τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν ἀνθρώπων· ἡ γὰρ κατὰ τὴν θείαν παράδοσιν φιλοσοφία ἵστησι τὴν πρόνοιαν καὶ βεβαιοῖ, ἧς ἀναιρεθείσης μῦθος ἡ περὶ τὸν σωτῆρα οἰκονομία φαίνεται, κατὰ τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου καὶ οὐ κατὰ Χριστὸν φερομένων ἡμῶν. ἡ γὰρ ἀκόλουθος Χριστῷ διδασκαλία καὶ τὸν δημιουργὸν ἐκθειάζει καὶ τὴν πρόνοιαν μέχρι τῶν κατὰ μέρος ἄγει καὶ τρεπτὴν καὶ γενητὴν οἶδεν τὴν τῶν στοιχείων φύσιν καὶ πολιτεύεσθαι εἰς δύναμιν ἐξομοιωτικὴν τῷ θεῷ διδάσκει καὶ τὴν οἰκονομίαν ὡς ἡγεμονικὸν τῆς ἁπάσης προσίεσθαι παιδείας. στοιχεῖα δὲ σέβουσι Διογένης μὲν τὸν ἀέρα, Θαλῆς δὲ τὸ ὕδωρ, Ἵππασος δὲ τὸ πῦρ, καὶ οἱ τὰς ἀτόμους ἀρχὰς ὑποτιθέμενοι, φιλοσοφίας ὄνομα ὑποδυόμενοι, ἄθεοί τινες ἀνθρωπίσκοι καὶ φιλήδονοι.
hōs oun parelabete Iēsoun Christon ton kyrion, en autǭ peripateite, errizōmenoi kai epoikodomoumenoi en autǭ kai bebaioumenoi en tę̄ pistei, peithō de hē bebaiōsis tēs pisteōs; blepete mē tis hymas estai ho sylagōgōn apo tēs pisteōs tēs eis ton Christon dia tēs philosophias kai kenēs apatēs, tēs anairousēs tēn pronoian, kata tēn paradosin tōn anthrōpōn; hē gar kata tēn theian paradosin philosophia histēsi tēn pronoian kai bebaioi, hēs anairetheisēs mythos hē peri ton sōtēra oikonomia phainetai, kata ta stoicheia tou kosmou kai ou kata Christon pheromenōn hēmōn. hē gar akolouthos Christǭ didaskalia kai ton dēmiourgon ektheiazei kai tēn pronoian mechri tōn kata meros agei kai treptēn kai genētēn oiden tēn tōn stoicheiōn physin kai politeuesthai eis dynamin exomoiōtikēn tǭ theǭ didaskei kai tēn oikonomian hōs hēgemonikon tēs hapasēs prosiesthai paideias. stoicheia de sebousi Diogenēs men ton aera, Thalēs de to hydōr, Hippasos de to pyr, kai hoi tas atomous archas hypotithemenoi, philosophias onoma hypodyomenoi, atheoi tines anthrōpiskoi kai philēdonoi.
“As, then, you received Christ Jesus the Lord, walk in him, rooted and built up in him and confirmed in the faith”; and persuasion is the confirmation of faith. “See that there be no one who carries you off as spoil” from faith in Christ “through philosophy and empty deceit,” which abolishes providence, “according to the tradition of men.” For the philosophy that follows the divine tradition establishes and confirms providence; if providence is abolished, the plan of salvation concerning the Savior appears a myth, as we are carried along “according to the elements of the world and not according to Christ.” For the teaching that follows Christ both honors the Creator as divine and carries providence down to particulars, knows that the nature of the elements is changeable and created, teaches us to live so as to be made like God as far as possible, and to accept the plan of salvation as the governing principle of all education. The elements are worshiped: air by Diogenes, water by Thales, fire by Hippasus, and by those who propose atoms as first principles, who put on the name of philosophy, some godless and pleasure-loving little men.
1.11.53Stählin 2:34–35
διὰ τοῦτο προσεύχομαι, φησίν, ἵνα ἡ ἀγάπη ὑμῶν ἔτι μᾶλλον καὶ μᾶλλον περισσεύῃ ἐν ἐπιγνώσει καὶ πάσῃ αἰσθήσει, εἰς τὸ δοκιμάζειν ὑμᾶς τὰ διαφέροντα· ἐπεὶ ὅτε ἦμεν νήπιοι, φησὶν ὁ αὐτὸς ἀπόστολος, ὑπὸ τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου ἦμεν δεδουλωμένοι. ὁ δὲ νήπιος, κἂν κληρονόμος ᾖ, οὐδὲν δούλου διαφέρει ἄχρι τῆς προθεσμίας τοῦ πατρός. νήπιοι οὖν καὶ οἱ φιλόσοφοι, ἐὰν μὴ ὑπὸ τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἀπανδρωθῶσιν. εἰ γὰρ οὐ κληρονομήσει ὁ υἱὸς τῆς παιδίσκης μετὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ τῆς ἐλευθέρας, ἀλλὰ γοῦν σπέρμα ἐστὶν Ἀβραάμ, τὸ μὴ ἐξ ἐπαγγελίας τὸ ἴδιον εἰληφὸς δωρεάν. τελείων δέ ἐστιν ἡ στερεὰ τροφή τῶν διὰ τὴν ἕξιν τὰ αἰσθητήρια γεγυμνασμένα ἐχόντων πρὸς διάκρισιν καλοῦ τε καὶ κακοῦ. πᾶς γὰρ ὁ μετέχων γάλακτος ἄπειρος λόγου δικαιοσύνης, νήπιος ὢν καὶ μηδέπω ἐπιστάμενος τὸν λόγον καθʼ ὃν πεπίστευκέ τε καὶ ἐνεργεῖ, μηδὲ ἀποδοῦναι δυνάμενος τὴν αἰτίαν ἐν αὑτῷ. πάντα δὲ δοκιμάζετε, ὁ ἀπόστολός φησι, καὶ τὸ καλὸν κατέχετε, τοῖς πνευματικοῖς λέγων τοῖς ἀνακρίνουσι πάντα κατὰ ἀλήθειαν τὰ λεγόμενα, πότερον δοκεῖ ἢ ὄντως ἔχεται τῆς ἀληθείας.
dia touto proseuchomai, phēsin, hina hē agapē hymōn eti mallon kai mallon perisseuę̄ en epignōsei kai pasę̄ aisthēsei, eis to dokimazein hymas ta diapheronta; epei hote ēmen nēpioi, phēsin ho autos apostolos, hypo ta stoicheia tou kosmou ēmen dedoulōmenoi. ho de nēpios, kan klēronomos ę̄, ouden doulou diapherei achri tēs prothesmias tou patros. nēpioi oun kai hoi philosophoi, ean mē hypo tou Christou apandrōthōsin. ei gar ou klēronomēsei ho huios tēs paidiskēs meta tou huiou tēs eleutheras, alla goun sperma estin Abraam, to mē ex epangelias to idion eilēphos dōrean. teleiōn de estin hē sterea trophē tōn dia tēn hexin ta aisthētēria gegymnasmena echontōn pros diakrisin kalou te kai kakou. pas gar ho metechōn galaktos apeiros logou dikaiosynēs, nēpios ōn kai mēdepō epistamenos ton logon kathʼ hon pepisteuke te kai energei, mēde apodounai dynamenos tēn aitian en hautǭ. panta de dokimazete, ho apostolos phēsi, kai to kalon katechete, tois pneumatikois legōn tois anakrinousi panta kata alētheian ta legomena, poteron dokei ē ontōs echetai tēs alētheias.
“That is why I pray,” he says, “that your love may abound still more and more in knowledge and all perception, so that you may approve what is excellent”; since “when we were infants,” says the same apostle, “we were enslaved under the elements of the world.” “And the infant, though he is heir, differs in nothing from a slave until the time appointed by the father.” The philosophers too, then, are infants, unless they are made men by Christ. For if “the son of the slave woman will not inherit with the son of the free woman,” yet he is at any rate the seed of Abraham, having received his own gift not by promise. “But solid food is for the perfect, who through practice have their senses exercised to distinguish good and evil. For everyone who partakes of milk is inexperienced in the word of righteousness,” being an infant and not yet knowing the word by which he has believed and acts, nor able to give the reason in himself. “But test all things,” says the apostle, “and hold fast what is good,” speaking to the spiritual, who judge everything said according to truth, whether it merely seems or truly holds to the truth.
1.11.54Stählin 2:35
παιδεία δὲ ἀνεξέλεγκτος πλανᾶται, καὶ αἱ πληγαὶ καὶ οἱ ἔλεγχοι διδόασι παιδείαν σοφίας, οἱ μετʼ ἀγάπης δηλονότι ἔλεγχοι· καρδία γὰρ εὐθεῖα ἐκζητεῖ γνῶσιν, ὅτι ὁ ζητῶν τὸν θεὸν εὑρήσει γνῶσιν μετὰ δικαιοσύνης, οἱ δὲ ὀρθῶς ζητήσαντες αὐτὸν εἰρήνην εὗρον. καὶ γνώσομαι, φησίν, οὐ τὸν λόγον τῶν πεφυσιωμένων, ἀλλὰ τὴν δύναμιν, τοὺς δοκησισόφους καὶ οἰομένους εἶναι, οὐκ ὄντας δὲ σοφοὺς ἐπιρραπίζων γράφει. οὐ γὰρ ἐν λόγῳ ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ, οὐ τῷ ἀληθεῖ, ἀλλὰ καθʼ ὑπόληψιν πιθανῷ, ἐν δυνάμει δὲ εἶπεν· μόνη γὰρ ἡ ἀλήθεια δυνατή. καὶ πάλιν· εἴ τις δοκεῖ ἐγνωκέναι τι, οὔπω ἔγνω καθὸ δεῖ γνῶναι· οὐ γάρ ποτε ἡ ἀλήθεια οἴησις, ἀλλʼ ἡ μὲν ὑπόληψις τῆς γνώσεως φυσιοῖ καὶ τύφου ἐμπίπλησιν, οἰκοδομεῖ δὲ ἡ ἀγάπη, μὴ περὶ τὴν οἴησιν, ἀλλὰ περὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἀναστρεφομένη. ὅθεν εἴ τις ἀγαπᾷ, οὗτος ἔγνωσται λέγει.
paideia de anexelenktos planatai, kai hai plēgai kai hoi elenchoi didoasi paideian sophias, hoi metʼ agapēs dēlonoti elenchoi; kardia gar eutheia ekzētei gnōsin, hoti ho zētōn ton theon heurēsei gnōsin meta dikaiosynēs, hoi de orthōs zētēsantes auton eirēnēn heuron. kai gnōsomai, phēsin, ou ton logon tōn pephysiōmenōn, alla tēn dynamin, tous dokēsisophous kai oiomenous einai, ouk ontas de sophous epirrapizōn graphei. ou gar en logǭ hē basileia tou theou, ou tǭ alēthei, alla kathʼ hypolēpsin pithanǭ, en dynamei de eipen; monē gar hē alētheia dynatē. kai palin; ei tis dokei egnōkenai ti, oupō egnō katho dei gnōnai; ou gar pote hē alētheia oiēsis, allʼ hē men hypolēpsis tēs gnōseōs physioi kai typhou empiplēsin, oikodomei de hē agapē, mē peri tēn oiēsin, alla peri tēn alētheian anastrephomenē. hothen ei tis agapą, houtos egnōstai legei.
“Instruction without reproof goes astray,” and “stripes and reproofs give the instruction of wisdom,” reproofs, clearly, given with love. For “an upright heart seeks knowledge,” since “the one who seeks God will find knowledge with righteousness,” and “those who have sought him rightly have found peace.” “And I will know,” he says, “not the word of those who are puffed up, but their power,” writing to rebuke those who think themselves wise and suppose they are, but are not. “For the kingdom of God is not in word,” not the true word, but the one plausible according to opinion, “but in power,” he said; for only the truth is powerful. And again: “If anyone thinks he knows something, he does not yet know as he ought to know.” For truth is never conceit; but the supposition of knowledge puffs up and fills with pride, while love builds up, being occupied not with conceit but with truth. Hence he says, “If anyone loves, he is known.”
Miscellanies 1, chapter 12
1.12.55Stählin 2:35
Ἐπεὶ δὲ μὴ κοινὴ ἡ παράδοσις καὶ πάνδημος τῷ γε αἰσθομένῳ τῆς μεγαλειότητος τοῦ λόγου, ἐπικρυπτέον οὖν τὴν ἐν μυστηρίῳ λαλουμένην σοφίαν, ἣν ἐδίδαξεν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ. ἤδη γοῦν καὶ Ἡσαΐας ὁ προφήτης πυρὶ καθαίρεται τὴν γλῶτταν, ὡς εἰπεῖν δυνηθῆναι τὴν ὅρασιν, καὶ οὐδὲ τὴν γλῶτταν μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς ἀκοὰς ἁγνίζεσθαι προσήκει ἡμῖν, εἴ γε τῆς ἀληθείας μεθέκται εἶναι πειρώμεθα. ταῦτα ἦν ἐμποδὼν τοῦ γράφειν ἐμοί, καὶ νῦν ἔτι εὐλαβῶς ἔχω, ᾗ φησιν, ἔμπροσθεν τῶν χοίρων τοὺς μαργαρίτας βάλλειν, μή ποτε καταπατήσωσι τοῖς ποσὶ καὶ στραφέντες ῥήξωσιν ὑμᾶς. χαλεπὸν γὰρ τοὺς περὶ τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ φωτὸς καθαροὺς ὄντως καὶ διαυγεῖς ἐπιδεῖξαι λόγους ἀκροατῶν τοῖς ὑώδεσί τε καὶ ἀπαιδεύτοις· σχεδὸν γὰρ οὐκ ἔστι τούτων πρὸς τοὺς πολλοὺς καταγελαστότερα ἀκούσματα, οὐδʼ αὖ πρὸς τοὺς εὐφυεῖς θαυμασιώτερά τε καὶ ἐνθουσιαστικώτερα.
Epei de mē koinē hē paradosis kai pandēmos tǭ ge aisthomenǭ tēs megaleiotētos tou logou, epikrypteon oun tēn en mystēriǭ laloumenēn sophian, hēn edidaxen ho huios tou theou. ēdē goun kai Hēsaïas ho prophētēs pyri kathairetai tēn glōttan, hōs eipein dynēthēnai tēn horasin, kai oude tēn glōttan monon, alla kai tas akoas hagnizesthai prosēkei hēmin, ei ge tēs alētheias methektai einai peirōmetha. tauta ēn empodōn tou graphein emoi, kai nyn eti eulabōs echō, hę̄ phēsin, emprosthen tōn choirōn tous margaritas ballein, mē pote katapatēsōsi tois posi kai straphentes rhēxōsin hymas. chalepon gar tous peri tou alēthinou phōtos katharous ontōs kai diaugeis epideixai logous akroatōn tois hyōdesi te kai apaideutois; schedon gar ouk esti toutōn pros tous pollous katagelastotera akousmata, oudʼ au pros tous euphyeis thaumasiōtera te kai enthousiastikōtera.
Since the tradition is not common and public, at least for one who perceives the majesty of the Word, the wisdom spoken in a mystery, which the Son of God taught, must be hidden. Already the prophet Isaiah has his tongue cleansed with fire, so as to be able to tell the vision; and not only the tongue, but the ears too must be purified by us, if we try to be partakers of the truth. These things hindered me from writing, and even now I am cautious, as it says, of casting the pearls before swine, lest they trample them under their feet and turn and tear you. For it is difficult to show words that are truly pure and transparent about the true light to hearers who are swinish and uneducated; for there are hardly any teachings more ridiculous to the many than these, nor, on the other hand, more wonderful and inspiring to the gifted.
1.12.56Stählin 2:35–36
ψυχικὸς δὲ ἄνθρωπος οὐ δέχεται τὰ τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ θεοῦ μωρία γὰρ αὐτῷ ἐστιν. σοφοὶ δὲ οὐκ ἐκφέρουσιν ἐκ στόματος, ἃ διαλογίζονται ἐν συνεδρίῳ. ἀλλʼ ὃ ἀκούετε εἰς τὸ οὖς, φησὶν ὁ κύριος, κηρύξατε ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων, τὰς ἀποκρύφους τῆς ἀληθοῦς γνώσεως παραδόσεις ὑψηλῶς καὶ ἐξόχως ἑρμηνευομένας ἐκδέχεσθαι κελεύων, καὶ καθάπερ ἠκούσαμεν εἰς τὸ οὖς, οὕτω καὶ παραδιδόναι οἷς δέον, οὐχὶ δὲ πᾶσιν ἀνέδην ἐκδιδόναι τὰ ἐν παραβολαῖς εἰρημένα πρὸς αὐτοὺς παραγγέλλων. ἀλλʼ ἔστι τῷ ὄντι ἡ τῶν ὑπομνημάτων ὑποτύπωσις † ὅσα διασποράδην καὶ διερριμμένως ἐγκατεσπαρμένην ἔχουσι τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ὅπως ἂν λάθοι τοὺς δίκην κολοιῶν σπερμολόγους. ἐπὰν δὲ ἀγαθοῦ τύχῃ γεωργοῦ, ἐκφύσεται ἕκαστον αὐτῶν καὶ τὸν πυρὸν ἀναδείξει.
psychikos de anthrōpos ou dechetai ta tou pneumatos tou theou mōria gar autǭ estin. sophoi de ouk ekpherousin ek stomatos, ha dialogizontai en synedriǭ. allʼ ho akouete eis to ous, phēsin ho kyrios, kēryxate epi tōn dōmatōn, tas apokryphous tēs alēthous gnōseōs paradoseis hypsēlōs kai exochōs hermēneuomenas ekdechesthai keleuōn, kai kathaper ēkousamen eis to ous, houtō kai paradidonai hois deon, ouchi de pasin anedēn ekdidonai ta en parabolais eirēmena pros autous parangellōn. allʼ esti tǭ onti hē tōn hypomnēmatōn hypotypōsis † hosa diasporadēn kai dierrimmenōs enkatesparmenēn echousi tēn alētheian, hopōs an lathoi tous dikēn koloiōn spermologous. epan de agathou tychę̄ geōrgou, ekphysetai hekaston autōn kai ton pyron anadeixei.
“But the natural man does not receive the things of the Spirit of God; for they are foolishness to him.” The wise do not utter with their mouth what they reason out in council. “But what you hear in the ear,” says the Lord, “proclaim on the housetops,” commanding us to receive the secret traditions of true knowledge, interpreted loftily and excellently, and, as we heard them in the ear, so to hand them on to whom it is right, not to give out freely to all what was said to them in parables. But the sketch of these notes is truly … having the truth sown scattered and dispersed, so that it may escape those who, like jackdaws, pick up seeds; but when it meets with a good farmer, each of them will sprout and show forth the wheat.
Miscellanies 1, chapter 13
1.13.57Stählin 2:36–37
Μιᾶς τοίνυν οὔσης τῆς ἀληθείας (τὸ γὰρ ψεῦδος μυρίας ἐκτροπὰς ἔχει), καθάπερ αἱ βάκχαι τὰ τοῦ Πενθέως διαφορήσασαι μέλη αἱ τῆς φιλοσοφίας τῆς τε βαρβάρου τῆς τε Ἑλληνικῆς αἱρέσεις, ἑκάστη ὅπερ ἔλαχεν ὡς πᾶσαν αὐχεῖ τὴν ἀλήθειαν· φωτὸς δʼ, οἶμαι, ἀνατολῇ πάντα φωτίζεται. ξύμπαντες οὖν Ἕλληνές τε καὶ βάρβαροι, ὅσοι τἀληθοῦς ὠρέχθησαν, οἳ μὲν οὐκ ὀλίγα, οἳ δὲ μέρος τι, εἴπερ ἄρα, τοῦ τῆς ἀληθείας λόγου ἔχοντες ἂν δειχθεῖεν. ὁ γοῦν αἰὼν τοῦ χρόνου τὸ μέλλον καὶ τὸ ἐνεστός, ἀτὰρ δὴ καὶ τὸ παρῳχηκὸς ἀκαριαίως συνίστησι, πολὺ δὲ πλέον δυνατωτέρα τοῦ αἰῶνος ἡ ἀλήθεια συναγαγεῖν τὰ οἰκεῖα σπέρματα, κἂν εἰς τὴν ἀλλοδαπὴν ἐκπέσῃ γῆν. πάμπολλα γὰρ τῶν παρὰ ταῖς αἱρέσεσι δοξαζομένων εὕροιμεν ἄν (ὅσαι μὴ τέλεον ἐκκεκώφηνται μηδὲ ἐξετμήθησαν τὴν φυσικὴν ἀκολουθίαν, καθάπερ τὸν ἄνδρα αἱ γυναικωνίτιδες ἀποκοψάμεναι τὸν λόγον), εἰ καὶ ἀλλήλοις ἀνόμοια εἶναι δοκεῖ, τῷ γένει γε καὶ ὅλῃ τῇ ἀληθείᾳ ὁμολογοῦντα· ἢ γὰρ ὡς μέλος ἢ ὡς μέρος ἢ ὡς εἶδος ἢ ὡς γένος εἰς ἓν συνάπτεται. ἤδη δὲ καὶ ἡ ὑπάτη ἐναντία τῇ νεάτῃ οὖσα, ἀλλʼ ἄμφω γε ἁρμονία μία, ἔν τε ἀριθμοῖς ὁ ἄρτιος τῷ περιττῷ διαφέρεται, ὁμολογοῦσι δὲ ἄμφω τῇ ἀριθμητικῇ, ὡς τῷ σχήματι ὁ κύκλος καὶ τὸ τρίγωνον καὶ τὸ τετράγωνον καὶ ὅσα τῶν σχημάτων ἀλλήλων διενήνοχεν. ἀτὰρ καὶ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ παντὶ τὰ μέρη σύμπαντα, κἂν διαφέρηται πρὸς ἄλληλα, τὴν πρὸς τὸ ὅλον οἰκειότητα διαφυλάττει. οὕτως οὖν ἥ τε βάρβαρος ἥ τε Ἑλληνικὴ φιλοσοφία τὴν ἀίδιον ἀλήθειαν σπαραγμόν τινα, οὐ τῆς Διονύσου μυθολογίας, τῆς δὲ τοῦ λόγου τοῦ ὄντος ἀεὶ θεολογίας πεποίηται. ὁ δὲ τὰ διῃρημένα συνθεὶς αὖθις καὶ ἑνοποιήσας τέλειον τὸν λόγον ἀκινδύνως εὖ ἴσθʼ ὅτι κατόψεται τὴν ἀλήθειαν.
Mias toinyn ousēs tēs alētheias (to gar pseudos myrias ektropas echei), kathaper hai bakchai ta tou Pentheōs diaphorēsasai melē hai tēs philosophias tēs te barbarou tēs te Hellēnikēs haireseis, hekastē hoper elachen hōs pasan auchei tēn alētheian; phōtos dʼ, oimai, anatolę̄ panta phōtizetai. xympantes oun Hellēnes te kai barbaroi, hosoi talēthous ōrechthēsan, hoi men ouk oliga, hoi de meros ti, eiper ara, tou tēs alētheias logou echontes an deichtheien. ho goun aiōn tou chronou to mellon kai to enestos, atar dē kai to parǭchēkos akariaiōs synistēsi, poly de pleon dynatōtera tou aiōnos hē alētheia synagagein ta oikeia spermata, kan eis tēn allodapēn ekpesę̄ gēn. pampolla gar tōn para tais hairesesi doxazomenōn heuroimen an (hosai mē teleon ekkekōphēntai mēde exetmēthēsan tēn physikēn akolouthian, kathaper ton andra hai gynaikōnitides apokopsamenai ton logon), ei kai allēlois anomoia einai dokei, tǭ genei ge kai holę̄ tę̄ alētheią homologounta; ē gar hōs melos ē hōs meros ē hōs eidos ē hōs genos eis hen synaptetai. ēdē de kai hē hypatē enantia tę̄ neatę̄ ousa, allʼ amphō ge harmonia mia, en te arithmois ho artios tǭ perittǭ diapheretai, homologousi de amphō tę̄ arithmētikę̄, hōs tǭ schēmati ho kyklos kai to trigōnon kai to tetragōnon kai hosa tōn schēmatōn allēlōn dienēnochen. atar kai en tǭ kosmǭ panti ta merē sympanta, kan diapherētai pros allēla, tēn pros to holon oikeiotēta diaphylattei. houtōs oun hē te barbaros hē te Hellēnikē philosophia tēn aidion alētheian sparagmon tina, ou tēs Dionysou mythologias, tēs de tou logou tou ontos aei theologias pepoiētai. ho de ta dię̄rēmena syntheis authis kai henopoiēsas teleion ton logon akindynōs eu isthʼ hoti katopsetai tēn alētheian.
Since, then, truth is one (for falsehood has countless byways), just as the Bacchants tore apart the limbs of Pentheus, so the schools of philosophy, both barbarian and Greek, each boasts that the part it obtained is the whole truth; but at the rising of the light, I think, all things are illuminated. All, then, Greeks and barbarians, who have reached out for the truth, would be shown to have, some not a little, others some part, if indeed any, of the word of truth. Eternity, at any rate, instantly unites in itself the future and the present, and indeed the past; but much more powerful than eternity is truth to gather its own seeds, even if they have fallen in a foreign land. For we would find very many of the opinions held by the schools (those which have not become completely deaf, nor cut off the natural sequence, as the women cut off the man, cutting off reason), even if they seem unlike one another, agreeing in kind and with the whole truth; for they are joined into one either as limb, or part, or species, or genus. Thus the highest string is opposite to the lowest, yet both make one harmony; and in numbers the even differs from the odd, yet both agree in arithmetic, as in shape do the circle, the triangle, the square, and all the shapes that differ from one another. And in the whole universe all the parts, even if they differ from one another, preserve their kinship with the whole. So, then, barbarian and Greek philosophy has torn off a fragment of the eternal truth, not from the mythology of Dionysus, but from the theology of the ever-existing Word. And the one who puts together again what has been divided and makes the Word one and complete, be sure, will behold the truth without danger.
1.13.58Stählin 2:37
γέγραπται γοῦν ἐν τῷ Ἐκκλησιαστῇ· καὶ προσέθηκα σοφίαν ἐπὶ πᾶσιν, οἳ δὴ ἐγένοντο ἔμπροσθέν μου ἐν Ἱερουσαλήμ· καὶ ἡ καρδία μου εἶδεν πολλά, σοφίαν καὶ γνῶσιν, παραβολὰς καὶ ἐπιστήμην ἔγνων. ὅτι καί γε τοῦτό ἐστι προαίρεσις πνεύματος, ὅτι ἐν πλήθει σοφίας πλῆθος γνώσεως. ὁ δὲ τῆς παντοδαπῆς σοφίας ἔμπειρος, οὗτος κυρίως ἂν εἴη γνωστικός. αὐτίκα γέγραπται· περισσεία γνώσεως τῆς σοφίας ζωοποιήσει τὸν παρʼ αὐτῆς. πάλιν τε αὖ βεβαιοῖ σαφέστερον τὰ εἰρημένα ἥδε ἡ ῥῆσις· πάντα ἐνώπια τοῖς νοοῦσι (τὰ δὲ πάντα Ἑλληνικά ἐστι καὶ βαρβαρικά, θάτερα δὲ οὐκέτι πάντα), ὀρθὰ δὲ τοῖς βουλομένοις ἀπενέγκασθαι αἴσθησιν. ἀνθαιρεῖσθε παιδείαν καὶ μὴ ἀργύριον, καὶ γνῶσιν ὑπὲρ χρυσίον δεδοκιμασμένον, ἀνθαιρεῖσθε δὲ καὶ αἴσθησιν χρυσίου καθαροῦ· κρείσσων γὰρ σοφία λίθων πολυτελῶν, πᾶν δὲ τίμιον οὐκ ἄξιον αὐτῆς.
gegraptai goun en tǭ Ekklēsiastę̄; kai prosethēka sophian epi pasin, hoi dē egenonto emprosthen mou en Hierousalēm; kai hē kardia mou eiden polla, sophian kai gnōsin, parabolas kai epistēmēn egnōn. hoti kai ge touto esti proairesis pneumatos, hoti en plēthei sophias plēthos gnōseōs. ho de tēs pantodapēs sophias empeiros, houtos kyriōs an eiē gnōstikos. autika gegraptai; perisseia gnōseōs tēs sophias zōopoiēsei ton parʼ autēs. palin te au bebaioi saphesteron ta eirēmena hēde hē rhēsis; panta enōpia tois noousi (ta de panta Hellēnika esti kai barbarika, thatera de ouketi panta), ortha de tois boulomenois apenenkasthai aisthēsin. anthaireisthe paideian kai mē argyrion, kai gnōsin hyper chrysion dedokimasmenon, anthaireisthe de kai aisthēsin chrysiou katharou; kreissōn gar sophia lithōn polytelōn, pan de timion ouk axion autēs.
At any rate it is written in Ecclesiastes: “And I added wisdom beyond all who were before me in Jerusalem; and my heart saw many things, wisdom and knowledge; I knew parables and understanding. And this too is a choice of the spirit, that in abundance of wisdom is abundance of knowledge.” The one experienced in wisdom of every kind would properly be the one who knows. Thus it is written: “The abundance of the knowledge of wisdom will give life to the one who has it.” And again this saying confirms more clearly what has been said: “All things are plain to those who understand” (and all things are Greek and barbarian; the one without the other is no longer all), “and right to those who wish to receive perception. Choose instruction and not silver, and knowledge above tested gold; choose also perception rather than pure gold; for wisdom is better than precious stones, and nothing of value is worthy of it.”
Miscellanies 1, chapter 14
1.14.59Stählin 2:37–38
Φασὶ δὲ Ἕλληνες μετά γε Ὀρφέα καὶ Λίνον καὶ τοὺς παλαιοτάτους παρὰ σφίσι ποιητὰς ἐπὶ σοφίᾳ πρώτους θαυμασθῆναι τοὺς ἑπτὰ τοὺς ἐπικληθέντας σοφούς, ὧν τέσσαρες μὲν ἀπὸ Ἀσίας ἦσαν, Θαλῆς τε ὁ Μιλήσιος καὶ Βίας ὁ Πριηνεὺς καὶ Πιττακὸς ὁ Μιτυληναῖος καὶ Κλεόβουλος ὁ Λίνδιος, δύο δὲ ἀπὸ Εὐρώπης, Σόλων τε ὁ Ἀθηναῖος καὶ Χίλων ὁ Λακεδαιμόνιος, τὸν δὲ ἕβδομον οἳ μὲν Περίανδρον εἶναι λέγουσιν τὸν Κορίνθιον, οἳ δὲ Ἀνάχαρσιν τὸν Σκύθην, οἳ δὲ Ἐπιμενίδην τὸν Κρῆτα (ὃν Ἑλληνικὸν οἶδε προφήτην, οὗ μέμνηται ὁ ἀπόστολος Παῦλος ἐν τῇ πρὸς Τίτον ἐπιστολῇ, λέγων οὕτως· εἶπέν τις ἐξ αὐτῶν ἴδιος προφήτης οὕτως· Κρῆτες ἀεὶ ψεῦσται, κακὰ θηρία, γαστέρες ἀργαί· καὶ ἡ μαρτυρία αὕτη ἐστὶν ἀληθής. ὁρᾷς ὅπως κἂν τοῖς Ἑλλήνων προφήταις δίδωσί τι τῆς ἀληθείας καὶ οὐκ ἐπαισχύνεται πρὸς τε οἰκοδομὴν καὶ πρὸς ἐντροπὴν διαλεγόμενός τινων Ἑλληνικοῖς συγχρῆσθαι ποιήμασι; πρὸς γοῦν Κορινθίους, οὐ γὰρ ἐνταῦθα μόνον, περὶ τῆς τῶν νεκρῶν ἀναστάσεων διαλεγόμενος ἰαμβείῳ συγκέχρηται τραγικῷ τί μοι ὄφελος; λέγων, εἰ νεκροὶ οὐκ ἐγείρονται, φάγωμεν καὶ πίωμεν· αὔριον γὰρ ἀποθνῄσκομεν. μὴ πλανᾶσθε· φθείρουσιν ἤθη χρηστὰ ὁμιλίαι κακαί)· οἳ δὲ Ἀκουσίλαον τὸν Ἀργεῖον ἐγκατέλεξαν τοῖς ἑπτὰ σοφοῖς, ἄλλοι δὲ Φερεκύδην τὸν Σύριον. Πλάτων δὲ ἀντὶ Περιάνδρου ὡς ἀναξίου σοφίας διὰ τὸ τετυραννηκέναι ἀντικατατάττει Μύσωνα τὸν Χηνέα.
Phasi de Hellēnes meta ge Orphea kai Linon kai tous palaiotatous para sphisi poiētas epi sophią prōtous thaumasthēnai tous hepta tous epiklēthentas sophous, hōn tessares men apo Asias ēsan, Thalēs te ho Milēsios kai Bias ho Priēneus kai Pittakos ho Mitylēnaios kai Kleoboulos ho Lindios, dyo de apo Eurōpēs, Solōn te ho Athēnaios kai Chilōn ho Lakedaimonios, ton de hebdomon hoi men Periandron einai legousin ton Korinthion, hoi de Anacharsin ton Skythēn, hoi de Epimenidēn ton Krēta (hon Hellēnikon oide prophētēn, hou memnētai ho apostolos Paulos en tę̄ pros Titon epistolę̄, legōn houtōs; eipen tis ex autōn idios prophētēs houtōs; Krētes aei pseustai, kaka thēria, gasteres argai; kai hē martyria hautē estin alēthēs. horąs hopōs kan tois Hellēnōn prophētais didōsi ti tēs alētheias kai ouk epaischynetai pros te oikodomēn kai pros entropēn dialegomenos tinōn Hellēnikois synchrēsthai poiēmasi? pros goun Korinthious, ou gar entautha monon, peri tēs tōn nekrōn anastaseōn dialegomenos iambeiǭ synkechrētai tragikǭ ti moi ophelos? legōn, ei nekroi ouk egeirontai, phagōmen kai piōmen; aurion gar apothnę̄skomen. mē planasthe; phtheirousin ēthē chrēsta homiliai kakai); hoi de Akousilaon ton Argeion enkatelexan tois hepta sophois, alloi de Pherekydēn ton Syrion. Platōn de anti Periandrou hōs anaxiou sophias dia to tetyrannēkenai antikatatattei Mysōna ton Chēnea.
The Greeks say that after Orpheus and Linus and their most ancient poets, the first to be admired for wisdom were the seven called the Wise Men. Of these four were from Asia: Thales of Miletus, Bias of Priene, Pittacus of Mitylene, and Cleobulus of Lindus; two from Europe: Solon of Athens and Chilon of Sparta. The seventh some say was Periander of Corinth, others Anacharsis the Scythian, others Epimenides the Cretan (whom he knows as a Greek prophet, and whom the apostle Paul mentions in the letter to Titus, speaking thus: “One of them, a prophet of their own, said: Cretans are always liars, evil beasts, lazy bellies; and this testimony is true.” You see how he gives some truth even to the prophets of the Greeks, and is not ashamed, in speaking for the edification and shaming of some, to use Greek poems. At any rate, to the Corinthians too (not only here), discussing the resurrection of the dead, he uses a tragic iambic line, saying: “What is the benefit to me? If the dead are not raised, let us eat and drink, for tomorrow we die. Do not be deceived: bad company corrupts good morals”). Others have listed Acusilaus of Argos among the Seven Wise Men, and others Pherecydes of Syros. Plato, instead of Periander, whom he considered unworthy of wisdom because he had been a tyrant, puts in Myson of Chen.
1.14.60Stählin 2:38
ὡς μὲν οὖν κάτω που τῆς Μωυσέως ἡλικίας οἱ παρʼ Ἕλλησι σοφοὶ γεγόνασι, μικρὸν ὕστερον δειχθήσεται· ὁ δὲ τρόπος τῆς παρʼ αὐτοῖς φιλοσοφίας, ὡς Ἑβραϊκὸς καὶ αἰνιγματώδης, ἤδη ἐπισκεπτέος. βραχυλογίαν γοῦν ἠσπάζοντο τὴν παραινετικήν, τὴν ὠφελιμωτάτην. αὐτίκα Πλάτων πάλαι τὸ διὰ σπουδῆς γεγονέναι τόνδε τὸν τρόπον λέγει, κοινῶς μὲν πᾶσιν Ἕλλησιν, ἐξαιρέτως δὲ Λακεδαιμονίοις καὶ Κρησὶ τοῖς εὐνομωτάτοις. Τὸ μὲν οὖν γνῶθι σαυτὸν οἳ μὲν Χίλωνος ὑπειλήφασι, Χαμαιλέων δὲ ἐν τῷ περὶ θεῶν Θαλοῦ, Ἀριστοτέλης δὲ τῆς Πυθίας. δύναται δὲ τὴν γνῶσιν ἐγκελεύεσθαι μεταδιώκειν. οὐκ ἔστι γὰρ ἄνευ τῆς τῶν ὅλων οὐσίας εἰδέναι τὰ μέρη· δεῖ δὴ τὴν γένεσιν τοῦ κόσμου πολυπραγμονῆσαι, διʼ ἧς καὶ τὴν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου φύσιν καταμαθεῖν ἐξέσται.
hōs men oun katō pou tēs Mōyseōs hēlikias hoi parʼ Hellēsi sophoi gegonasi, mikron hysteron deichthēsetai; ho de tropos tēs parʼ autois philosophias, hōs Hebraïkos kai ainigmatōdēs, ēdē episkepteos. brachylogian goun ēspazonto tēn parainetikēn, tēn ōphelimōtatēn. autika Platōn palai to dia spoudēs gegonenai tonde ton tropon legei, koinōs men pasin Hellēsin, exairetōs de Lakedaimoniois kai Krēsi tois eunomōtatois. To men oun gnōthi sauton hoi men Chilōnos hypeilēphasi, Chamaileōn de en tǭ peri theōn Thalou, Aristotelēs de tēs Pythias. dynatai de tēn gnōsin enkeleuesthai metadiōkein. ouk esti gar aneu tēs tōn holōn ousias eidenai ta merē; dei dē tēn genesin tou kosmou polypragmonēsai, diʼ hēs kai tēn tou anthrōpou physin katamathein exestai.
That the wise men of the Greeks lived somewhat later than the age of Moses will be shown a little later. But the manner of their philosophy, as Hebrew and enigmatic, must be examined now. They welcomed a brevity of exhortation, the most useful. Thus Plato says that this manner was pursued of old, by all Greeks in common, but especially by the Spartans and Cretans, the best governed. “Know yourself” some have supposed to be Chilon's, Chamaeleon in his work On the Gods attributes it to Thales, and Aristotle to the Pythia. It can exhort us to pursue knowledge. For it is not possible to know the parts without the substance of the whole; one must investigate the origin of the world, through which one can also learn the nature of man.
1.14.61Stählin 2:38–39
πάλιν αὖ Χίλωνι τῷ Λακεδαιμονίῳ ἀναφέρουσι τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν· Στράτων δὲ ἐν τῷ περὶ εὑρημάτων Σωδάμῳ τῷ Τεγεάτῃ προσάπτει τὸ ἀπόφθεγμα, Δίδυμος δὲ Σόλωνι αὐτὸ ἀνατίθησιν, ὥσπερ ἀμέλει Κλεοβούλῳ τὸ μέτρον ἄριστον. τὸ δʼ ἐγγύα, πάρα δʼ ἄτα Κλεομένης μὲν ἐν τῷ περὶ Ἡσιόδου Ὁμήρῳ φησὶ προειρῆσθαι διὰ τούτων· δειλαί τοι δειλῶν γε καὶ ἐγγύαι ἐγγυάασθαι· οἳ δὲ περὶ Ἀριστοτέλη Χίλωνος αὐτὸ νομίζουσι, Δίδυμος δὲ Θαλοῦ φησιν εἶναι τὴν παραίνεσιν. ἔπειτα ἑξῆς τὸ πάντες ἄνθρωποι κακοὶ ἢ οἱ πλεῖστοι τῶν ἀνθρώπων κακοὶ (διχῶς γὰρ ἐκφέρεται τὸ αὐτὸ ἀπόφθεγμα) οἱ περὶ Σωτάδαν τὸν Βυζάντιον Βίαντος λέγουσιν εἶναι, καὶ τὸ μελέτη πάντα καθαιρεῖ Περιάνδρου τυγχάνειν βούλονται, ὁμοίως δὲ τὴν γνῶθι καιρὸν παραίνεσιν Πιττακοῦ καθεστάναι. ὁ μὲν οὖν Σόλων Ἀθηναίοις, Πιττακὸς δὲ Μιτυληναίοις ἐνομοθέτησαν. ὀψὲ δὲ Πυθαγόρας ὁ Φερεκύδου γνώριμος φιλόσοφον ἑαυτὸν πρῶτος ἀνηγόρευσεν.
palin au Chilōni tǭ Lakedaimoniǭ anapherousi to mēden agan; Stratōn de en tǭ peri heurēmatōn Sōdamǭ tǭ Tegeatę̄ prosaptei to apophthegma, Didymos de Solōni auto anatithēsin, hōsper amelei Kleoboulǭ to metron ariston. to dʼ engya, para dʼ ata Kleomenēs men en tǭ peri Hēsiodou Homērǭ phēsi proeirēsthai dia toutōn; deilai toi deilōn ge kai engyai engyaasthai; hoi de peri Aristotelē Chilōnos auto nomizousi, Didymos de Thalou phēsin einai tēn parainesin. epeita hexēs to pantes anthrōpoi kakoi ē hoi pleistoi tōn anthrōpōn kakoi (dichōs gar ekpheretai to auto apophthegma) hoi peri Sōtadan ton Byzantion Biantos legousin einai, kai to meletē panta kathairei Periandrou tynchanein boulontai, homoiōs de tēn gnōthi kairon parainesin Pittakou kathestanai. ho men oun Solōn Athēnaiois, Pittakos de Mitylēnaiois enomothetēsan. opse de Pythagoras ho Pherekydou gnōrimos philosophon heauton prōtos anēgoreusen.
Again, they attribute “Nothing in excess” to Chilon of Sparta; Strato in his work On Inventions attaches the saying to Sodamus of Tegea, and Didymus assigns it to Solon, as indeed “Measure is best” to Cleobulus. “Give surety, and ruin is near” Cleomenes in his work on Hesiod says was said earlier by Homer in these words: “Poor are the sureties even for the poor to be given.” Aristotle's followers think it Chilon's, and Didymus says the advice is Thales'. Next, “All men are bad” or “Most men are bad” (for the same saying is given in two ways), the followers of Sotades of Byzantium say is Bias's; and “Practice masters everything” they wish to be Periander's; likewise the advice “Know the right moment” to be Pittacus's. Solon gave laws to the Athenians, Pittacus to the Mitylenaeans. Later Pythagoras, the pupil of Pherecydes, was the first to call himself a philosopher.
1.14.62Stählin 2:39
Φιλοσοφίας τοίνυν μετὰ τοὺς προειρημένους ἄνδρας τρεῖς γεγόνασι διαδοχαὶ ἐπώνυμοι τῶν τόπων περὶ οὓς διέτριψαν, Ἰταλικὴ μὲν ἡ ἀπὸ Πυθαγόρου, Ἰωνικὴ δὲ ἡ ἀπὸ Θαλοῦ, Ἐλεατικὴ ἡ ἀπὸ Ξενοφάνους. Πυθαγόρας μὲν οὖν Μνησάρχου Σάμιος, ὥς φησιν Ἱππόβοτος, ὡς δὲ Ἀριστόξενος ἐν τῷ Πυθαγόρου βίῳ καὶ † Ἀρίσταρχος καὶ Θεόπομπος, Τυρρηνὸς ἦν. ὡς δὲ Νεάνθης, Σύριος ἢ Τύριος, ὥστε εἶναι κατὰ τοὺς πλείστους τὸν Πυθαγόραν βάρβαρον τὸ γένος. ἀλλὰ καὶ Θαλῆς, ὡς Λέανδρος καὶ Ἡρόδοτος ἱστοροῦσι, Φοῖνιξ ἦν, ὡς δέ τινες ὑπειλήφασι, Μιλήσιος. μόνος οὗτος δοκεῖ τοῖς τῶν Αἰγυπτίων προφήταις συμβεβληκέναι, διδάσκαλος δὲ αὐτοῦ οὐδεὶς ἀναγράφεται, ὥσπερ οὐδὲ Φερεκύδου τοῦ Συρίου, ᾧ Πυθαγόρας ἐμαθήτευσεν.
Philosophias toinyn meta tous proeirēmenous andras treis gegonasi diadochai epōnymoi tōn topōn peri hous dietripsan, Italikē men hē apo Pythagorou, Iōnikē de hē apo Thalou, Eleatikē hē apo Xenophanous. Pythagoras men oun Mnēsarchou Samios, hōs phēsin Hippobotos, hōs de Aristoxenos en tǭ Pythagorou biǭ kai † Aristarchos kai Theopompos, Tyrrēnos ēn. hōs de Neanthēs, Syrios ē Tyrios, hōste einai kata tous pleistous ton Pythagoran barbaron to genos. alla kai Thalēs, hōs Leandros kai Hērodotos historousi, Phoinix ēn, hōs de tines hypeilēphasi, Milēsios. monos houtos dokei tois tōn Aigyptiōn prophētais symbeblēkenai, didaskalos de autou oudeis anagraphetai, hōsper oude Pherekydou tou Syriou, hǭ Pythagoras emathēteusen.
After the men already named, there have been three successions of philosophy, named after the places where they spent their time: the Italian, from Pythagoras; the Ionian, from Thales; and the Eleatic, from Xenophanes. Pythagoras, son of Mnesarchus, was a Samian, as Hippobotus says; but according to Aristoxenus in his Life of Pythagoras, and … Aristarchus and Theopompus, he was a Tyrrhenian; according to Neanthes, a Syrian or Tyrian; so that according to most, Pythagoras was a barbarian by race. And Thales too, as Leander and Herodotus relate, was a Phoenician, or, as some have supposed, a Milesian. He alone seems to have met with the prophets of the Egyptians; no teacher of his is recorded, as none is for Pherecydes of Syros, whose pupil Pythagoras was.
1.14.63Stählin 2:39–40
ἀλλʼ ἡ μὲν ἐν Μεταποντίῳ τῆς Ἰταλίας ἡ κατὰ Πυθαγόραν φιλοσοφία ἡ Ἰταλικὴ κατεγήρασεν. Ἀναξίμανδρος δὲ Πραξιάδου Μιλήσιος Θαλῆν διαδέχεται, τοῦτον δὲ Ἀναξιμένης Εὐρυστράτου Μιλήσιος, μεθʼ ὃν Ἀναξαγόρας Ἡγησιβούλου Κλαζομένιος. οὗτος μετήγαγεν ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰωνίας Ἀθήναζε τὴν διατριβήν. τοῦτον διαδέχεται Ἀρχέλαος, οὗ Σωκράτης διήκουσεν. ἐκ δʼ ἄρα τῶν ἀπέκλινε λαοξόος, ἐννομολέσχης, Ἑλλήνων ἐπαοιδός, ὁ Τίμων φησὶν ἐν τοῖς Σίλλοις διὰ τὸ ἀποκεκλικέναι ἀπὸ τῶν φυσικῶν ἐπὶ τὰ ἠθικά. Σωκράτους δὲ ἀκούσας Ἀντισθένης μὲν ἐκύνισε, Πλάτων δὲ εἰς τὴν Ἀκαδημίαν ἀνεχώρησε. παρὰ Πλάτωνι Ἀριστοτέλης φιλοσοφήσας μετελθὼν εἰς τὸ Λύκειον κτίζει τὴν Περιπατητικὴν αἵρεσιν. τοῦτον διαδέχεται Θεόφραστος, ὃν Στράτων, ὃν Λύκων, εἶτα Κριτόλαος, εἶτα Διόδωρος. Σπεύσιππος δὲ Πλάτωνα διαδέχεται. τοῦτον δὲ Ξενοκράτης, ὃν Πολέμων. Πολέμωνος δὲ ἀκουσταὶ Κράτης τε καὶ Κράντωρ, εἰς οὓς ἡ ἀπὸ Πλάτωνος κατέληξεν ἀρχαία Ἀκαδημία. Κράντορος δὲ μετέσχεν Ἀρκεσίλαος, ἀφʼ οὗ μέχρι Ἡγησίνου ἤνθησεν Ἀκαδημία ἡ μέση.
allʼ hē men en Metapontiǭ tēs Italias hē kata Pythagoran philosophia hē Italikē kategērasen. Anaximandros de Praxiadou Milēsios Thalēn diadechetai, touton de Anaximenēs Eurystratou Milēsios, methʼ hon Anaxagoras Hēgēsiboulou Klazomenios. houtos metēgagen apo tēs Iōnias Athēnaze tēn diatribēn. touton diadechetai Archelaos, hou Sōkratēs diēkousen. ek dʼ ara tōn apekline laoxoos, ennomoleschēs, Hellēnōn epaoidos, ho Timōn phēsin en tois Sillois dia to apokeklikenai apo tōn physikōn epi ta ēthika. Sōkratous de akousas Antisthenēs men ekynise, Platōn de eis tēn Akadēmian anechōrēse. para Platōni Aristotelēs philosophēsas metelthōn eis to Lykeion ktizei tēn Peripatētikēn hairesin. touton diadechetai Theophrastos, hon Stratōn, hon Lykōn, eita Kritolaos, eita Diodōros. Speusippos de Platōna diadechetai. touton de Xenokratēs, hon Polemōn. Polemōnos de akoustai Kratēs te kai Krantōr, eis hous hē apo Platōnos katelēxen archaia Akadēmia. Krantoros de meteschen Arkesilaos, aphʼ hou mechri Hēgēsinou ēnthēsen Akadēmia hē mesē.
The Italian philosophy of Pythagoras grew old at Metapontum in Italy. Anaximander of Miletus, son of Praxiades, succeeded Thales; Anaximenes of Miletus, son of Eurystratus, succeeded him; and after him Anaxagoras of Clazomenae, son of Hegesibulus. He moved the school from Ionia to Athens. Archelaus succeeded him, whom Socrates heard. “From these turned aside the stone-cutter, the prater about laws, the enchanter of the Greeks,” says Timon in his Silloi, because he turned aside from natural philosophy to ethics. Of those who heard Socrates, Antisthenes became a Cynic, and Plato withdrew to the Academy. Aristotle, having studied philosophy with Plato, moved to the Lyceum and founded the Peripatetic school. Theophrastus succeeded him, then Strato, then Lycon, then Critolaus, then Diodorus. Speusippus succeeded Plato; Xenocrates him, and Polemo him. The hearers of Polemo were Crates and Crantor, in whom the Old Academy of Plato ended. Arcesilaus studied with Crantor, and from him until Hegesinus the Middle Academy flourished.
1.14.64Stählin 2:40–41
εἶτα Καρνεάδης διαδέχεται Ἡγησίνουν καὶ οἱ ἐφεξῆς· Κράτητος δὲ Ζήνων ὁ Κιτιεὺς ὁ τῆς Στωικῆς ἄρξας αἱρέσεως γίνεται μαθητής. τοῦτον διαδέχεται Κλεάνθης, ὃν Χρύσιππος καὶ οἱ μετʼ αὐτόν. τῆς δὲ Ἐλεατικῆς ἀγωγῆς Ξενοφάνης ὁ Κολοφώνιος κατάρχει, ὃν φησι Τίμαιος κατὰ Ἱέρωνα τὸν Σικελίας δυνάστην καὶ Ἐπίχαρμον τὸν ποιητὴν γεγονέναι, Ἀπολλόδωρος δὲ κατὰ τὴν † τεσσαρακοστὴν ὀλυμπιάδα γενόμενον παρατετακέναι ἄχρι τῶν Δαρείου τε καὶ Κύρου χρόνων. Παρμενίδης τοίνυν Ξενοφάνους ἀκουστὴς γίνεται, τούτου δὲ Ζήνων, εἶτα Λεύκιππος, εἶτα Δημόκριτος. Δημοκρίτου δὲ ἀκουσταὶ Πρωταγόρας ὁ Ἀβδηρίτης καὶ Μητρόδωρος ὁ Χῖος, οὗ Διογένης ὁ Σμυρναῖος, οὗ Ἀνάξαρχος, τούτου δὲ Πύρρων, οὗ Ναυσιφάνης. τούτου φασὶν ἔνιοι μαθητὴν Ἐπίκουρον γενέσθαι. Καὶ ἡ μὲν διαδοχὴ τῶν παρʼ Ἕλλησι φιλοσόφων ὡς ἐν ἐπιτομῇ ἥδε, οἱ χρόνοι δὲ τῶν προκαταρξάντων τῆς φιλοσοφίας αὐτῶν ἑπομένως λεκτέοι, ἵνα δὴ ἐν συγκρίσει ἀποδείξωμεν πολλαῖς γενεαῖς πρεσβυτέραν τὴν κατὰ Ἑβραίους φιλοσοφίαν.
eita Karneadēs diadechetai Hēgēsinoun kai hoi ephexēs; Kratētos de Zēnōn ho Kitieus ho tēs Stōikēs arxas haireseōs ginetai mathētēs. touton diadechetai Kleanthēs, hon Chrysippos kai hoi metʼ auton. tēs de Eleatikēs agōgēs Xenophanēs ho Kolophōnios katarchei, hon phēsi Timaios kata Hierōna ton Sikelias dynastēn kai Epicharmon ton poiētēn gegonenai, Apollodōros de kata tēn † tessarakostēn olympiada genomenon paratetakenai achri tōn Dareiou te kai Kyrou chronōn. Parmenidēs toinyn Xenophanous akoustēs ginetai, toutou de Zēnōn, eita Leukippos, eita Dēmokritos. Dēmokritou de akoustai Prōtagoras ho Abdēritēs kai Mētrodōros ho Chios, hou Diogenēs ho Smyrnaios, hou Anaxarchos, toutou de Pyrrōn, hou Nausiphanēs. toutou phasin enioi mathētēn Epikouron genesthai. Kai hē men diadochē tōn parʼ Hellēsi philosophōn hōs en epitomę̄ hēde, hoi chronoi de tōn prokatarxantōn tēs philosophias autōn hepomenōs lekteoi, hina dē en synkrisei apodeixōmen pollais geneais presbyteran tēn kata Hebraious philosophian.
Then Carneades succeeded Hegesinus, and those after him. Zeno of Citium, the founder of the Stoic school, became a pupil of Crates. Cleanthes succeeded him, then Chrysippus and those after him. Xenophanes of Colophon founded the Eleatic school; Timaeus says he lived in the time of Hiero, the ruler of Sicily, and of Epicharmus the poet, while Apollodorus says that, born about the … fortieth Olympiad, he lived on to the times of Darius and Cyrus. Parmenides was a hearer of Xenophanes, Zeno of him, then Leucippus, then Democritus. The hearers of Democritus were Protagoras of Abdera and Metrodorus of Chios, whose pupil was Diogenes of Smyrna; his was Anaxarchus, and his Pyrrho, and his Nausiphanes. Some say that Epicurus was his pupil. This, then, is the succession of the philosophers among the Greeks in summary; the dates of the founders of their philosophy must be given next, so that we may show by comparison that the philosophy of the Hebrews is many generations older.
1.14.65Stählin 2:41
καὶ περὶ μὲν Ξενοφάνους εἴρηται, ὃς τῆς Ἐλεατικῆς ἦρξε φιλοσοφίας, Θαλῆν δὲ Εὔδημος ἐν ταῖς Ἀστρολογικαῖς ἱστορίαις τὴν γενομένην ἔκλειψιν τοῦ ἡλίου προειπεῖν φησι καθʼ οὓς χρόνους συνῆψαν μάχην πρὸς ἀλλήλους Μῆδοί τε καὶ Λυδοὶ βασιλεύοντος Κυαξάρους μὲν τοῦ Ἀστυάγους πατρὸς Μήδων, Ἀλυάττου δὲ τοῦ Κροίσου Λυδῶν. συνᾴδει δὲ αὐτῷ καὶ Ἡρόδοτος ἐν τῇ πρώτῃ. εἰσὶ δὲ οἱ χρόνοι ἀμφὶ τὴν πεντηκοστὴν ὀλυμπιάδα. Πυθαγόρας δὲ κατὰ Πολυκράτη τὸν τύραννον περὶ τὴν ἑξηκοστὴν δευτέραν ὀλυμπιάδα εὑρίσκεται. Σόλωνος δὲ ζηλωτὴς Μνησίφιλος ἀναγράφεται, ᾧ Θεμιστοκλῆς συνδιέτριψεν. ἤκμασεν οὖν ὁ Σόλων κατὰ τὴν τεσσαρακοστὴν ἕκτην ὀλυμπιάδα. Ἡράκλειτος γὰρ ὁ Βλύσωνος Μελαγκόμαν τὸν τύραννον ἔπεισεν ἀποθέσθαι τὴν ἀρχήν. οὗτος βασιλέα Δαρεῖον παρακαλοῦντα ἥκειν εἰς Πέρσας ὑπερεῖδεν.
kai peri men Xenophanous eirētai, hos tēs Eleatikēs ērxe philosophias, Thalēn de Eudēmos en tais Astrologikais historiais tēn genomenēn ekleipsin tou hēliou proeipein phēsi kathʼ hous chronous synēpsan machēn pros allēlous Mēdoi te kai Lydoi basileuontos Kyaxarous men tou Astyagous patros Mēdōn, Alyattou de tou Kroisou Lydōn. synądei de autǭ kai Hērodotos en tę̄ prōtę̄. eisi de hoi chronoi amphi tēn pentēkostēn olympiada. Pythagoras de kata Polykratē ton tyrannon peri tēn hexēkostēn deuteran olympiada heurisketai. Solōnos de zēlōtēs Mnēsiphilos anagraphetai, hǭ Themistoklēs syndietripsen. ēkmasen oun ho Solōn kata tēn tessarakostēn hektēn olympiada. Hērakleitos gar ho Blysōnos Melankoman ton tyrannon epeisen apothesthai tēn archēn. houtos basilea Dareion parakalounta hēkein eis Persas hypereiden.
Xenophanes, who began the Eleatic philosophy, has been discussed. Eudemus in his Astronomical Histories says that Thales foretold the eclipse of the sun that occurred at the time when the Medes and Lydians joined battle with each other, when Cyaxares, father of Astyages, ruled the Medes and Alyattes, father of Croesus, the Lydians. Herodotus too agrees with him in his first book. These times are about the fiftieth Olympiad. Pythagoras is found to be in the time of Polycrates the tyrant, about the sixty-second Olympiad. Mnesiphilus is recorded as a follower of Solon, and Themistocles spent time with him; Solon therefore flourished about the forty-sixth Olympiad. Heraclitus, son of Bloson, persuaded Melancomas the tyrant to lay down his rule. He disdained King Darius when he invited him to come to Persia.
Miscellanies 1, chapter 15
1.15.66Stählin 2:41–42
οἵδε μὲν οἱ χρόνοι τῶν παρʼ Ἕλλησι πρεσβυτάτων σοφῶν τε καὶ φιλοσόφων. ὡς δὲ οἱ πλεῖστοι αὐτῶν βάρβαροι τὸ γένος καὶ παρὰ βαρβάροις παιδευθέντες, τί δεῖ καὶ λέγειν, εἴ γε Τυρρηνὸς ἢ Τύριος ὁ Πυθαγόρας ἐδείκνυτο, Ἀντισθένης δὲ Φρὺξ ἦν καὶ Ὀρφεὺς Ὀδρύσης ἢ Θρᾷξ; Ὅμηρον γὰρ οἱ πλεῖστοι Αἰγύπτιον φαίνουσιν. Θαλῆς δὲ Φοῖνιξ ὢν τὸ γένος καὶ τοῖς Αἰγυπτίων προφήταις συμβεβληκέναι εἴρηται, καθάπερ καὶ ὁ Πυθαγόρας αὐτοῖς γε τούτοις, διʼ οὓς καὶ περιετέμετο, ἵνα δὴ καὶ εἰς τὰ ἄδυτα κατελθὼν τὴν μυστικὴν παρʼ Αἰγυπτίων ἐκμάθοι φιλοσοφίαν, Χαλδαίων τε καὶ Μάγων τοῖς ἀρίστοις συνεγένετο καὶ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τὴν νῦν οὕτω καλουμένην τὸ παρʼ αὐτῷ ὁμακοεῖον αἰνίττεται. Πλάτων δὲ οὐκ ἀρνεῖται τὰ κάλλιστα εἰς φιλοσοφίαν παρὰ τῶν βαρβάρων ἐμπορεύεσθαι εἴς τε Αἴγυπτον ἀφικέσθαι ὁμολογεῖ. δύνασθαι γοῦν ἐν τῷ Φαίδωνί φησι πανταχόθεν τὸν φιλόσοφον ὠφελεῖσθαι γράφων· πολλὴ μὲν ἡ Ἑλλάς, ἔφη, ὦ Κέβης, ἦ δʼ ὅς, ἐν ᾗ εἰσι πάμπαν ἀγαθοὶ ἄνδρες, πολλὰ δὲ καὶ τὰ τῶν βαρβάρων γένη.
hoide men hoi chronoi tōn parʼ Hellēsi presbytatōn sophōn te kai philosophōn. hōs de hoi pleistoi autōn barbaroi to genos kai para barbarois paideuthentes, ti dei kai legein, ei ge Tyrrēnos ē Tyrios ho Pythagoras edeiknyto, Antisthenēs de Phryx ēn kai Orpheus Odrysēs ē Thrąx? Homēron gar hoi pleistoi Aigyption phainousin. Thalēs de Phoinix ōn to genos kai tois Aigyptiōn prophētais symbeblēkenai eirētai, kathaper kai ho Pythagoras autois ge toutois, diʼ hous kai perietemeto, hina dē kai eis ta adyta katelthōn tēn mystikēn parʼ Aigyptiōn ekmathoi philosophian, Chaldaiōn te kai Magōn tois aristois synegeneto kai tēn ekklēsian tēn nyn houtō kaloumenēn to parʼ autǭ homakoeion ainittetai. Platōn de ouk arneitai ta kallista eis philosophian para tōn barbarōn emporeuesthai eis te Aigypton aphikesthai homologei. dynasthai goun en tǭ Phaidōni phēsi pantachothen ton philosophon ōpheleisthai graphōn; pollē men hē Hellas, ephē, ō Kebēs, ē dʼ hos, en hę̄ eisi pampan agathoi andres, polla de kai ta tōn barbarōn genē.
These are the dates of the most ancient sages and philosophers among the Greeks. That most of them were barbarians by race and educated among barbarians, what need is there to say, if Pythagoras was shown to be a Tyrrhenian or Tyrian, Antisthenes was a Phrygian, and Orpheus an Odrysian or Thracian? Most show that Homer was an Egyptian. Thales, a Phoenician by race, is said to have met the prophets of the Egyptians, as did Pythagoras with these same men, for whose sake he was even circumcised, so that he might go down into the inner sanctuaries and learn the mystic philosophy from the Egyptians; he associated with the best of the Chaldeans and Magi; and his common auditory hints at what is now called the church. Plato does not deny that he imported the finest things into philosophy from the barbarians, and admits that he went to Egypt. At any rate in the Phaedo he says that the philosopher can be benefited from every quarter, writing: “Greece is large, Cebes,” he said, “in which there are very good men, and many are the races of the barbarians.”
1.15.67Stählin 2:42
οὕτως οἴεται ὁ Πλάτων καὶ βαρβάρων φιλοσόφους τινὰς εἶναι, ὁ δὲ Ἐπίκουρος ἔμπαλιν ὑπολαμβάνει μόνους φιλοσοφῆσαι Ἕλληνας δύνασθαι. ἔν τε τῷ Συμποσίῳ ἐπαινῶν Πλάτων τοὺς βαρβάρους ὡς διαφερόντως ἀσκήσαντας † μόνους ἀληθῶς φησι καὶ ἄλλοι ἄλλοθι πολλαχοῦ καὶ ἐν Ἕλλησι καὶ βαρβάροις, ὧν καὶ ἱερὰ πολλὰ ἤδη γέγονε διὰ τοὺς τοιούτους παῖδας. δῆλοι δέ εἰσιν οἱ βάρβαροι διαφερόντως τιμήσαντες τοὺς αὐτῶν νομοθέτας τε καὶ διδασκάλους θεοὺς προσειπόντες. ψυχὰς γὰρ ἀγαθὰς κατὰ Πλάτωνα καταλιπούσας τὸν ὑπερουράνιον τόπον ὑπομεῖναι ἐλθεῖν εἰς τόνδε τὸν τάρταρον καὶ σῶμα ἀναλαβούσας τῶν ἐν γενέσει κακῶν ἁπάντων μετασχεῖν ὑπολαμβάνουσι, κηδομένας τοῦ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένους, αἳ νόμους τε ἔθεσαν καὶ φιλοσοφίαν ἐκήρυξαν, οὗ μεῖζον ἀγαθὸν τῷ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένει οὔτʼ ἦλθέν ποτε ἐκ θεῶν οὔτʼ ἀφίξεται.
houtōs oietai ho Platōn kai barbarōn philosophous tinas einai, ho de Epikouros empalin hypolambanei monous philosophēsai Hellēnas dynasthai. en te tǭ Symposiǭ epainōn Platōn tous barbarous hōs diapherontōs askēsantas † monous alēthōs phēsi kai alloi allothi pollachou kai en Hellēsi kai barbarois, hōn kai hiera polla ēdē gegone dia tous toioutous paidas. dēloi de eisin hoi barbaroi diapherontōs timēsantes tous autōn nomothetas te kai didaskalous theous proseipontes. psychas gar agathas kata Platōna katalipousas ton hyperouranion topon hypomeinai elthein eis tonde ton tartaron kai sōma analabousas tōn en genesei kakōn hapantōn metaschein hypolambanousi, kēdomenas tou tōn anthrōpōn genous, hai nomous te ethesan kai philosophian ekēryxan, hou meizon agathon tǭ tōn anthrōpōn genei outʼ ēlthen pote ek theōn outʼ aphixetai.
So Plato thinks that there are philosophers among the barbarians too, while Epicurus, on the contrary, supposes that only Greeks can philosophize. And in the Symposium, praising the barbarians as having practiced it outstandingly, Plato says … “and others elsewhere in many places, among Greeks and among barbarians, for whom many temples have already arisen on account of such children.” The barbarians have clearly especially honored their lawgivers and teachers, calling them gods. For they suppose, according to Plato, that good souls, leaving the region above the heavens, endured to come into this Tartarus, and, taking a body, shared in all the evils of generation, caring for the human race; and they laid down laws and proclaimed philosophy, “than which no greater good ever came or will come to the human race from the gods.”
1.15.68Stählin 2:42–43
καὶ μοι δοκοῦσιν αἰσθόμενοι τῆς μεγάλης εὐποιίας τῆς διὰ τῶν σοφῶν σεβασθῆναί τε τοὺς ἄνδρας καὶ δημοσίᾳ φιλοσοφῆσαι. Βραχμᾶνές τε σύμπαντες καὶ Ὀδρύσαι καὶ Γέται καὶ τὸ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων γένος ἐθεολόγησαν ἀκριβῶς τὰ ἐκείνων, Χαλδαῖοί τε καὶ Ἀράβιοι οἱ κληθέντες εὐδαίμονες καὶ ὅσοι γε τὴν Παλαιστίνην κατῴκησαν καὶ τοῦ Περσικοῦ γένους οὐ τὸ ἐλάχιστον μέρος καὶ ἄλλα πρὸς τούτοις γένη μυρία. ὁ δὲ Πλάτων δῆλον ὡς σεμνύνων αἰεὶ τοὺς βαρβάρους εὑρίσκεται, μεμνημένος αὐτοῦ τε καὶ Πυθαγόρου τὰ πλεῖστα καὶ γενναιότατα τῶν δογμάτων ἐν βαρβάροις μαθόντος. διὰ τοῦτο καὶ γένη βαρβάρων εἶπεν, γένη φιλοσόφων ἀνδρῶν βαρβάρων γινώσκων, ἔν τε τῷ Φαίδρῳ τὸν Αἰγύπτιον βασιλέα καὶ τοῦ Θωὺθ ἡμῖν σοφώτερον δείκνυσιν, ὅντινα Ἑρμῆν οἶδεν ὄντα. ἀλλὰ κἀν τῷ Χαρμίδῃ Θρᾷκάς τινας ἐπιστάμενος φαίνεται, οἳ λέγονται ἀθανατίζειν τὴν ψυχήν.
kai moi dokousin aisthomenoi tēs megalēs eupoiias tēs dia tōn sophōn sebasthēnai te tous andras kai dēmosią philosophēsai. Brachmanes te sympantes kai Odrysai kai Getai kai to tōn Aigyptiōn genos etheologēsan akribōs ta ekeinōn, Chaldaioi te kai Arabioi hoi klēthentes eudaimones kai hosoi ge tēn Palaistinēn katǭkēsan kai tou Persikou genous ou to elachiston meros kai alla pros toutois genē myria. ho de Platōn dēlon hōs semnynōn aiei tous barbarous heurisketai, memnēmenos autou te kai Pythagorou ta pleista kai gennaiotata tōn dogmatōn en barbarois mathontos. dia touto kai genē barbarōn eipen, genē philosophōn andrōn barbarōn ginōskōn, en te tǭ Phaidrǭ ton Aigyption basilea kai tou Thōyth hēmin sophōteron deiknysin, hontina Hermēn oiden onta. alla kan tǭ Charmidę̄ Thrąkas tinas epistamenos phainetai, hoi legontai athanatizein tēn psychēn.
And it seems to me that, perceiving the great benefit that comes through the wise, they both revered these men and philosophized publicly. All the Brahmins, the Odrysians, the Getae, and the race of the Egyptians theologized exactly about their teachings, as did the Chaldeans and the Arabians called Happy, and those who lived in Palestine, and not the least part of the Persian race, and countless other races besides. Plato is clearly found always honoring the barbarians, remembering that both he and Pythagoras learned most and the noblest of their doctrines among barbarians. That is why he spoke of “races of barbarians,” knowing of races of barbarian philosophers; and in the Phaedrus he shows the Egyptian king wiser even than Thoth, whom he knows to be Hermes. And in the Charmides he shows that he knows certain Thracians who are said to make the soul immortal.
1.15.69Stählin 2:43–44
Ἱστορεῖται δὲ Πυθαγόρας μὲν Σώγχιδι τῷ Αἰγυπτίῳ ἀρχιπροφήτῃ μαθητεῦσαι, Πλάτων δὲ Σεχνούφιδι τῷ Ἡλιοπολίτῃ, Εὔδοξος δὲ ὁ Κνίδιος Κονούφιδι τῷ καὶ αὐτῷ Αἰγυπτίῳ. ἐν δὲ τῷ περὶ ψυχῆς Πλάτων πάλιν προφητείαν γνωρίζων φαίνεται, προφήτην εἰσάγων τὸν τῆς Λαχέσεως λόγον ἐξαγγέλλοντα πρὸς τὰς κληρουμένας ψυχὰς καὶ προθεσπίζοντα. κἀν τῷ Τιμαίῳ τὸν σοφώτατον Σόλωνα μανθάνοντα εἰσάγει πρὸς τοῦ βαρβάρου. ἔχει δὲ τὰ τῆς λέξεως ὧδε· ὦ Σόλων, Σόλων, Ἕλληνες ὑμεῖς αἰεὶ παῖδές ἐστε, γέρων δὲ Ἕλλην οὐδείς· οὐ γὰρ ἔχετε μάθημα χρόνῳ πολιόν. Δημόκριτος γὰρ τοὺς Βαβυλωνίους λόγους † ἠθικοὺς πεποίηται· λέγεται γὰρ τὴν Ἀκικάρου στήλην ἑρμηνευθεῖσαν τοῖς ἰδίοις συντάξαι συγγράμμασι κἄστιν ἐπισημήνασθαι παρʼ αὐτοῦ, τάδε λέγει Δημόκριτος γράφοντος. ναὶ μὴν καὶ περὶ αὑτοῦ ᾗ σεμνυνόμενός φησί που ἐπὶ τῇ πολυμαθίᾳ· ἐγὼ δὲ τῶν κατʼ ἐμαυτὸν ἀνθρώπων γῆν πλείστην ἐπεπλανησάμην, ἱστορέων τὰ μήκιστα, καὶ ἀέρας τε καὶ γέας πλείστας εἶδον, καὶ λογίων ἀνθρώπων πλείστων ἐπήκουσα, καὶ γραμμέων συνθέσι μετὰ ἀποδείξεως οὐδείς κώ με παρήλλαξεν, οὐδʼ οἱ Αἰγυπτίων καλεόμενοι Ἁρπεδονάπται, σὺν τοῖς δʼ ἐπὶ πᾶσιν ἐπʼ ἔτεα ὀγδώκοντα ἐπὶ ξείνης ἐγενήθην. ἐπῆλθε γὰρ Βαβυλῶνά τε καὶ Περσίδα καὶ Αἴγυπτον τοῖς τε Μάγοις καὶ τοῖς ἱερεῦσι μαθητεύων. Ζωροάστρην δὲ τὸν Μάγον τὸν Πέρσην ὁ Πυθαγόρας ἐζήλωσεν, καὶ βίβλους ἀποκρύφους τἀνδρὸς τοῦδε οἱ τὴν Προδίκου μετιόντες αἵρεσιν αὐχοῦσι κεκτῆσθαι.
Historeitai de Pythagoras men Sōnchidi tǭ Aigyptiǭ archiprophētę̄ mathēteusai, Platōn de Sechnouphidi tǭ Hēliopolitę̄, Eudoxos de ho Knidios Konouphidi tǭ kai autǭ Aigyptiǭ. en de tǭ peri psychēs Platōn palin prophēteian gnōrizōn phainetai, prophētēn eisagōn ton tēs Lacheseōs logon exangellonta pros tas klēroumenas psychas kai prothespizonta. kan tǭ Timaiǭ ton sophōtaton Solōna manthanonta eisagei pros tou barbarou. echei de ta tēs lexeōs hōde; ō Solōn, Solōn, Hellēnes hymeis aiei paides este, gerōn de Hellēn oudeis; ou gar echete mathēma chronǭ polion. Dēmokritos gar tous Babylōnious logous † ēthikous pepoiētai; legetai gar tēn Akikarou stēlēn hermēneutheisan tois idiois syntaxai syngrammasi kastin episēmēnasthai parʼ autou, tade legei Dēmokritos graphontos. nai mēn kai peri hautou hę̄ semnynomenos phēsi pou epi tę̄ polymathią; egō de tōn katʼ emauton anthrōpōn gēn pleistēn epeplanēsamēn, historeōn ta mēkista, kai aeras te kai geas pleistas eidon, kai logiōn anthrōpōn pleistōn epēkousa, kai grammeōn synthesi meta apodeixeōs oudeis kō me parēllaxen, oudʼ hoi Aigyptiōn kaleomenoi Harpedonaptai, syn tois dʼ epi pasin epʼ etea ogdōkonta epi xeinēs egenēthēn. epēlthe gar Babylōna te kai Persida kai Aigypton tois te Magois kai tois hiereusi mathēteuōn. Zōroastrēn de ton Magon ton Persēn ho Pythagoras ezēlōsen, kai biblous apokryphous tandros toude hoi tēn Prodikou metiontes hairesin auchousi kektēsthai.
It is recorded that Pythagoras was a pupil of Sonchis, the Egyptian chief prophet; Plato of Sechnuphis of Heliopolis; and Eudoxus of Cnidus of Conuphis, also an Egyptian. And in his work on the soul, Plato again appears to know of prophecy, introducing a prophet who announces the word of Lachesis to the souls drawing their lots and foretells. And in the Timaeus he introduces the most wise Solon learning from the barbarian. The words run thus: “O Solon, Solon, you Greeks are always children, and there is no old Greek; for you have no learning gray with time.” Democritus made the Babylonian … ethical teachings his own; for he is said to have added to his own writings a translation of the stele of Acicarus, and one can note it by his writing “Thus says Democritus.” Indeed, somewhere, priding himself on his wide learning, he says of himself: “I have wandered over more of the earth than any man of my time, investigating the most distant things; I have seen the most climates and lands, and heard the most learned men; and in the composition of lines with demonstration no one ever surpassed me, not even the Egyptians called rope-stretchers; with all these I spent eighty years abroad.” For he went to Babylon, Persia, and Egypt, studying with the Magi and the priests. Pythagoras emulated Zoroaster the Persian Magus; and the followers of the heresy of Prodicus boast that they possess secret books of this man.
1.15.70Stählin 2:44–45
Ἀλέξανδρος δὲ ἐν τῷ περὶ Πυθαγορικῶν συμβόλων Ζαράτῳ τῷ Ἀσσυρίῳ μαθητεῦσαι ἱστορεῖ τὸν Πυθαγόραν (Ἰεζεκιὴλ τοῦτον ἡγοῦνταί τινες, οὐκ ἔστι δέ, ὡς ἔπειτα δηλωθήσεται), ἀκηκοέναι τε πρὸς τούτοις Γαλατῶν καὶ Βραχμάνων τὸν Πυθαγόραν βούλεται. Κλέαρχος δὲ ὁ Περιπατητικὸς εἰδέναι φησί τινα Ἰουδαῖον, ὃς Ἀριστοτέλει συνεγένετο. Ἡράκλειτος γὰρ οὐκ ἀνθρωπίνως φησίν, ἀλλὰ σὺν θεῷ τὸ μέλλον Σιβύλλῃ πεφάνθαι. φασὶ γοῦν ἐν Δελφοῖς παρὰ τὸ βουλευτήριον δείκνυσθαι πέτραν τινά, ἐφʼ ἧς λέγεται καθίζεσθαι τὴν πρώτην Σίβυλλαν ἐκ τοῦ Ἑλικῶνος παραγενομένην ὑπὸ τῶν Μουσῶν τραφεῖσαν. ἔνιοι δέ φασιν ἐκ Μαλιέων ἀφικέσθαι Λαμίας οὖσαν θυγατέρα τῆς Ποσειδῶνος. Σαραπίων δὲ ἐν τοῖς ἔπεσι μηδὲ ἀποθανοῦσαν λῆξαι μαντικῆς φησι τὴν Σίβυλλαν, καὶ τὸ μὲν εἰς ἀέρα χωρῆσαν αὐτῆς μετὰ τελευτήν, τοῦτʼ εἶναι τὸ ἐν φήμαις καὶ κληδόσι μαντευόμενον, ἐκ δὲ τοῦ εἰς γῆν μεταβαλόντος σώματος πόας ὡς εἰκὸς ἀναφυείσης, ὅσα ἂν αὐτὴν ἐπινεμηθῇ θρέμματα κατʼ ἐκεῖνον δήπουθεν γενόμενα τὸν τόπον, ἀκριβῆ τὴν διὰ τῶν σπλάγχνων τοῖς ἀνθρώποις προφαίνειν τοῦ μέλλοντος δήλωσιν γράφει, τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν αὐτῆς εἶναι τὸ ἐν τῇ σελήνῃ φαινόμενον πρόσωπον οἴεται.
Alexandros de en tǭ peri Pythagorikōn symbolōn Zaratǭ tǭ Assyriǭ mathēteusai historei ton Pythagoran (Iezekiēl touton hēgountai tines, ouk esti de, hōs epeita dēlōthēsetai), akēkoenai te pros toutois Galatōn kai Brachmanōn ton Pythagoran bouletai. Klearchos de ho Peripatētikos eidenai phēsi tina Ioudaion, hos Aristotelei synegeneto. Hērakleitos gar ouk anthrōpinōs phēsin, alla syn theǭ to mellon Sibyllę̄ pephanthai. phasi goun en Delphois para to bouleutērion deiknysthai petran tina, ephʼ hēs legetai kathizesthai tēn prōtēn Sibyllan ek tou Helikōnos paragenomenēn hypo tōn Mousōn trapheisan. enioi de phasin ek Malieōn aphikesthai Lamias ousan thygatera tēs Poseidōnos. Sarapiōn de en tois epesi mēde apothanousan lēxai mantikēs phēsi tēn Sibyllan, kai to men eis aera chōrēsan autēs meta teleutēn, toutʼ einai to en phēmais kai klēdosi manteuomenon, ek de tou eis gēn metabalontos sōmatos poas hōs eikos anaphyeisēs, hosa an autēn epinemēthę̄ thremmata katʼ ekeinon dēpouthen genomena ton topon, akribē tēn dia tōn splanchnōn tois anthrōpois prophainein tou mellontos dēlōsin graphei, tēn de psychēn autēs einai to en tę̄ selēnę̄ phainomenon prosōpon oietai.
Alexander, in his work on the Pythagorean symbols, records that Pythagoras was a pupil of Zaratus the Assyrian (some think this is Ezekiel, but it is not, as will be shown later), and holds that Pythagoras also heard the Galatians and the Brahmins. Clearchus the Peripatetic says he knew a Jew who associated with Aristotle. And Heraclitus says that it was not by human means but with God that the future was revealed to the Sibyl. At any rate they say that at Delphi, beside the council house, a rock is shown on which the first Sibyl is said to have sat, having come from Helicon, reared by the Muses. Some say she came from the Malians, being the daughter of Lamia, daughter of Poseidon. Serapion in his verses says that the Sibyl did not cease prophesying even when she died, and that what went into the air from her after death is what prophesies in rumors and omens; and from her body, changed into earth, grass naturally sprang up, and whatever animals fed on it, born in that very place, give men an exact indication of the future through their entrails; and he thinks that her soul is the face that appears in the moon.
1.15.71Stählin 2:45–46
Τάδε μὲν περὶ Σιβύλλης· Νουμᾶς δὲ ὁ Ῥωμαίων βασιλεὺς Πυθαγόρειος μὲν ἦν, ἐκ δὲ τῶν Μωυσέως ὠφεληθεὶς διεκώλυσεν ἀνθρωποειδῆ καὶ ζῳόμορφον εἰκόνα θεοῦ Ῥωμαίους κτίζειν. ἐν γοῦν ἑκατὸν καὶ ἑβδομήκοντα τοῖς πρώτοις ἔτεσι ναοὺς οἰκοδομούμενοι ἄγαλμα οὐδὲν οὔτε πλαστὸν οὔτε μὴν γραπτὸν ἐποιήσαντο. ἐπεδείκνυτο γὰρ αὐτοῖς ὁ Νουμᾶς διʼ ἐπικρύψεως ὡς οὐκ ἐφάψασθαι τοῦ βελτίστου δυνατὸν ἄλλως ἢ μόνῳ τῷ νῷ. Φιλοσοφία τοίνυν πολυωφελές τι χρῆμα πάλαι μὲν ἤκμασε παρὰ βαρβάροις κατὰ τὰ ἔθνη διαλάμψασα, ὕστερον δὲ καὶ εἰς Ἕλληνας κατῆλθεν. προέστησαν δʼ αὐτῆς Αἰγυπτίων τε οἱ προφῆται καὶ Ἀσσυρίων οἱ Χαλδαῖοι καὶ Γαλατῶν οἱ Δρυΐδαι καὶ Σαμαναῖοι Βάκτρων καὶ Κελτῶν οἱ φιλοσοφήσαντες καὶ Περσῶν οἱ Μάγοι (οἳ μαγείᾳ καὶ τοῦ σωτῆρος προεμήνυσαν τὴν γένεσιν, ἀστέρος αὐτοῖς καθηγουμένου εἰς τὴν Ἰουδαίαν ἀφικνούμενοι γῆν) Ἰνδῶν τε οἱ γυμνοσοφισταί, ἄλλοι γε φιλόσοφοι βάρβαροι. διττὸν δὲ τούτων τὸ γένος, οἳ μὲν Σαρμᾶναι αὐτῶν, οἳ δὲ Βραχμᾶναι καλούμενοι. καὶ τῶν Σαρμανῶν οἱ ὑλόβιοι προσαγορευόμενοι οὔτε πόλεις οἰκοῦσιν οὔτε στέγας ἔχουσιν, δένδρων δὲ ἀμφιέννυνται φλοιοῖς καὶ ἀκρόδρυα σιτοῦνται καὶ ὕδωρ ταῖς χερσὶ πίνουσιν, οὐ γάμον, οὐ παιδοποιίαν ἴσασιν, ὥσπερ οἱ νῦν Ἐγκρατηταὶ καλούμενοι. εἰσὶ δὲ τῶν Ἰνδῶν οἱ τοῖς Βούττα πειθόμενοι παραγγέλμασιν, ὃν διʼ ὑπερβολὴν σεμνότητος ὡς θεὸν τετιμήκασι.
Tade men peri Sibyllēs; Noumas de ho Rhōmaiōn basileus Pythagoreios men ēn, ek de tōn Mōyseōs ōphelētheis diekōlysen anthrōpoeidē kai zǭomorphon eikona theou Rhōmaious ktizein. en goun hekaton kai hebdomēkonta tois prōtois etesi naous oikodomoumenoi agalma ouden oute plaston oute mēn grapton epoiēsanto. epedeiknyto gar autois ho Noumas diʼ epikrypseōs hōs ouk ephapsasthai tou beltistou dynaton allōs ē monǭ tǭ nǭ. Philosophia toinyn polyōpheles ti chrēma palai men ēkmase para barbarois kata ta ethnē dialampsasa, hysteron de kai eis Hellēnas katēlthen. proestēsan dʼ autēs Aigyptiōn te hoi prophētai kai Assyriōn hoi Chaldaioi kai Galatōn hoi Dryïdai kai Samanaioi Baktrōn kai Keltōn hoi philosophēsantes kai Persōn hoi Magoi (hoi mageią kai tou sōtēros proemēnysan tēn genesin, asteros autois kathēgoumenou eis tēn Ioudaian aphiknoumenoi gēn) Indōn te hoi gymnosophistai, alloi ge philosophoi barbaroi. ditton de toutōn to genos, hoi men Sarmanai autōn, hoi de Brachmanai kaloumenoi. kai tōn Sarmanōn hoi hylobioi prosagoreuomenoi oute poleis oikousin oute stegas echousin, dendrōn de amphiennyntai phloiois kai akrodrya sitountai kai hydōr tais chersi pinousin, ou gamon, ou paidopoiian isasin, hōsper hoi nyn Enkratētai kaloumenoi. eisi de tōn Indōn hoi tois Boutta peithomenoi parangelmasin, hon diʼ hyperbolēn semnotētos hōs theon tetimēkasi.
So much about the Sibyl. Numa, the king of the Romans, was a Pythagorean, and, benefiting from the writings of Moses, prevented the Romans from making an image of God in human or animal form. At any rate, in the first hundred and seventy years, though they built temples, they made no statue, either sculpted or painted. For Numa showed them in a hidden way that it is not possible to lay hold of the best except by the mind alone. Philosophy, then, a thing of great benefit, flourished long ago among the barbarians, shining through the nations, and later came down to the Greeks as well. Its leaders were the prophets of the Egyptians, the Chaldeans of the Assyrians, the Druids of the Galatians, the Samanaeans of the Bactrians, the philosophers of the Celts, the Magi of the Persians (who by their magic foretold the birth of the Savior, coming to the land of Judea led by a star), the gymnosophists of the Indians, and other barbarian philosophers. Of these there are two kinds, some called Sarmanae and others Brahmins. Of the Sarmanae, those called forest-dwellers neither live in cities nor have roofs, but clothe themselves in the bark of trees, eat fruits, and drink water with their hands; they know neither marriage nor begetting of children, like those now called Encratites. There are also among the Indians those who obey the precepts of Boutta, whom they have honored as a god because of his extraordinary holiness.
1.15.72Stählin 2:46
Σκύθης δὲ καὶ Ἀνάχαρσις ἦν, καὶ πολλῶν παρʼ Ἕλλησι διαφέρων οὗτος ἀναγράφεται φιλοσόφων. τοὺς δὲ Ὑπερβορέους Ἑλλάνικος ὑπὲρ τὰ Ῥίπαια ὄρη οἰκεῖν ἱστορεῖ, διδάσκεσθαι δὲ αὐτοὺς δικαιοσύνην μὴ κρεοφαγοῦντας, ἀλλʼ ἀκροδρύοις χρωμένους. τοὺς ἑξηκονταετεῖς οὗτοι ἔξω πυλῶν ἄγοντες ἀφανίζουσιν. εἰσὶ δὲ καὶ παρὰ Γερμανοῖς αἱ ἱεραὶ καλούμεναι γυναῖκες, αἳ ποταμῶν δίναις προσβλέπουσαι καὶ ῥευμάτων ἑλιγμοῖς καὶ ψόφοις τεκμαίρονται καὶ προθεσπίζουσι τὰ μέλλοντα. αὗται γοῦν οὐκ εἴασαν αὐτοὺς τὴν μάχην θέσθαι πρὸς Καίσαρα πρὶν ἐπιλάμψαι σελήνην τὴν νέαν. τούτων ἁπάντων πρεσβύτατον μακρῷ τὸ Ἰουδαίων γένος, καὶ τὴν παρʼ αὐτοῖς φιλοσοφίαν ἔγγραπτον γενομένην προκατάρξαι τῆς παρʼ Ἕλλησι φιλοσοφίας διὰ πολλῶν ὁ Πυθαγόρειος ὑποδείκνυσι Φίλων, οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ Ἀριστόβουλος ὁ Περιπατητικὸς καὶ ἄλλοι πλείους, ἵνα μὴ κατʼ ὄνομα ἐπιὼν διατρίβω. φανερώτατα δὲ Μεγασθένης ὁ συγγραφεὺς ὁ Σελεύκῳ τῷ Νικάτορι συμβεβιωκὼς ἐν τῇ τρίτῃ τῶν Ἰνδικῶν ὧδε γράφει· ἅπαντα μέντοι τὰ περὶ φύσεως εἰρημένα παρὰ τοῖς ἀρχαίοις λέγεται καὶ παρὰ τοῖς ἔξω τῆς Ἑλλάδος φιλοσοφοῦσι, τὰ μὲν παρʼ Ἰνδοῖς ὑπὸ τῶν Βραχμάνων, τὰ δὲ ἐν τῇ Συρίᾳ ὑπὸ τῶν καλουμένων Ἰουδαίων.
Skythēs de kai Anacharsis ēn, kai pollōn parʼ Hellēsi diapherōn houtos anagraphetai philosophōn. tous de Hyperboreous Hellanikos hyper ta Rhipaia orē oikein historei, didaskesthai de autous dikaiosynēn mē kreophagountas, allʼ akrodryois chrōmenous. tous hexēkontaeteis houtoi exō pylōn agontes aphanizousin. eisi de kai para Germanois hai hierai kaloumenai gynaikes, hai potamōn dinais prosblepousai kai rheumatōn heligmois kai psophois tekmairontai kai prothespizousi ta mellonta. hautai goun ouk eiasan autous tēn machēn thesthai pros Kaisara prin epilampsai selēnēn tēn nean. toutōn hapantōn presbytaton makrǭ to Ioudaiōn genos, kai tēn parʼ autois philosophian engrapton genomenēn prokatarxai tēs parʼ Hellēsi philosophias dia pollōn ho Pythagoreios hypodeiknysi Philōn, ou mēn alla kai Aristoboulos ho Peripatētikos kai alloi pleious, hina mē katʼ onoma epiōn diatribō. phanerōtata de Megasthenēs ho syngrapheus ho Seleukǭ tǭ Nikatori symbebiōkōs en tę̄ tritę̄ tōn Indikōn hōde graphei; hapanta mentoi ta peri physeōs eirēmena para tois archaiois legetai kai para tois exō tēs Hellados philosophousi, ta men parʼ Indois hypo tōn Brachmanōn, ta de en tę̄ Syrią hypo tōn kaloumenōn Ioudaiōn.
Anacharsis too was a Scythian, and he is recorded as surpassing many philosophers among the Greeks. Hellanicus relates that the Hyperboreans live beyond the Rhipaean mountains and are taught righteousness, not eating meat but using fruits. They lead those who are sixty years old outside the gates and put them away. Among the Germans too there are the so-called holy women, who, looking at the eddies of rivers and judging by the windings and sounds of the streams, foretell the future. These at any rate did not let them join battle with Caesar before the new moon had shone. Far the oldest of all these is the race of the Jews, and Philo the Pythagorean shows at length that their philosophy, written down, preceded the philosophy of the Greeks; so does Aristobulus the Peripatetic, and many others, so that I need not go through them by name. Most clearly, Megasthenes the historian, who lived with Seleucus Nicator, writes thus in the third book of his Indica: “All that was said about nature by the ancients is said also by those who philosophize outside Greece, some among the Indians by the Brahmins, others in Syria by those called Jews.”
1.15.73Stählin 2:46–47
τινὲς δὲ μυθικώτερον τῶν Ἰδαίων καλουμένων δακτύλων σοφούς τινας πρώτους γενέσθαι λέγουσιν, εἰς οὓς ἥ τε τῶν Ἐφεσίων λεγομένων γραμμάτων καὶ ἡ τῶν κατὰ μουσικὴν εὕρεσις ῥυθμῶν ἀναφέρεται· διʼ ἣν αἰτίαν οἱ παρὰ τοῖς μουσικοῖς δάκτυλοι τὴν προσηγορίαν εἰλήφασι. Φρύγες δὲ ἦσαν καὶ βάρβαροι οἱ Ἰδαῖοι δάκτυλοι. Ἡρόδωρος δὲ τὸν Ἡρακλέα μάντιν καὶ φυσικὸν γενόμενον ἱστορεῖ παρὰ Ἄτλαντος τοῦ βαρβάρου τοῦ Φρυγὸς διαδέχεσθαι τοὺς τοῦ κόσμου κίονας, αἰνιττομένου τοῦ μύθου τὴν τῶν οὐρανίων ἐπιστήμην μαθήσει διαδέχεσθαι. ὁ δὲ Βηρύτιος Ἕρμιππος Χείρωνα τὸν Κένταυρον σοφὸν καλεῖ, ἐφʼ οὗ καὶ ὁ τὴν Τιτανομαχίαν γράψας φησίν, ὡς πρῶτος οὗτος εἴς τε δικαιοσύνην θνητῶν γένος ἤγαγεν δείξας ὅρκους καὶ θυσίας ἱλαρὰς καὶ σχήματα Ὀλύμπου. παρὰ τούτῳ Ἀχιλλεὺς παιδεύεται ὁ ἐπʼ Ἴλιον στρατεύσας, Ἱππὼ δὲ ἡ θυγάτηρ τοῦ Κενταύρου συνοικήσασα Αἰόλῳ ἐδιδάξατο αὐτὸν τὴν φυσικὴν θεωρίαν, τὴν πάτριον ἐπιστήμην. μαρτυρεῖ καὶ Εὐριπίδης περὶ τῆς Ἱπποῦς ὧδέ πως· ἣ πρῶτα μὲν τὰ θεῖα προὐμαντεύσατο χρησμοῖσι σαφέσιν ἀστέρων ἐπʼ ἀντολαῖς. παρὰ τῷ Αἰόλῳ τούτῳ Ὀδυσσεὺς μετὰ τὴν Ἰλίου ἅλωσιν ξενίζεται. παρατήρει μοι τοὺς χρόνους εἰς σύγκρισιν τῆς Μωυσέως ἡλικίας καὶ τῆς κατʼ αὐτὸν ἀρχαιοτάτης φιλοσοφίας.
tines de mythikōteron tōn Idaiōn kaloumenōn daktylōn sophous tinas prōtous genesthai legousin, eis hous hē te tōn Ephesiōn legomenōn grammatōn kai hē tōn kata mousikēn heuresis rhythmōn anapheretai; diʼ hēn aitian hoi para tois mousikois daktyloi tēn prosēgorian eilēphasi. Phryges de ēsan kai barbaroi hoi Idaioi daktyloi. Hērodōros de ton Hēraklea mantin kai physikon genomenon historei para Atlantos tou barbarou tou Phrygos diadechesthai tous tou kosmou kionas, ainittomenou tou mythou tēn tōn ouraniōn epistēmēn mathēsei diadechesthai. ho de Bērytios Hermippos Cheirōna ton Kentauron sophon kalei, ephʼ hou kai ho tēn Titanomachian grapsas phēsin, hōs prōtos houtos eis te dikaiosynēn thnētōn genos ēgagen deixas horkous kai thysias hilaras kai schēmata Olympou. para toutǭ Achilleus paideuetai ho epʼ Ilion strateusas, Hippō de hē thygatēr tou Kentaurou synoikēsasa Aiolǭ edidaxato auton tēn physikēn theōrian, tēn patrion epistēmēn. martyrei kai Euripidēs peri tēs Hippous hōde pōs; hē prōta men ta theia proumanteusato chrēsmoisi saphesin asterōn epʼ antolais. para tǭ Aiolǭ toutǭ Odysseus meta tēn Iliou halōsin xenizetai. paratērei moi tous chronous eis synkrisin tēs Mōyseōs hēlikias kai tēs katʼ auton archaiotatēs philosophias.
Some say, more mythically, that certain wise men of the so-called Idaean Dactyls were the first, to whom the invention of the so-called Ephesian letters and of musical rhythms is referred; for which reason dactyls among musicians have received their name. And the Idaean Dactyls were Phrygians and barbarians. Herodorus relates that Heracles, having become a seer and a natural philosopher, received the pillars of the world from Atlas the barbarian, the Phrygian, the myth hinting that he received the knowledge of heavenly things by learning. Hermippus of Berytus calls Chiron the Centaur wise; of him the author of the Titanomachy too says that he first “led the race of mortals to righteousness, showing oaths and cheerful sacrifices and the figures of Olympus.” Achilles, who fought against Ilium, was educated by him; and Hippo, the Centaur's daughter, who lived with Aeolus, taught him natural philosophy, her ancestral knowledge. Euripides too testifies about Hippo in some such way: “She first foretold divine things with clear oracles at the risings of the stars.” With this Aeolus Odysseus was entertained after the capture of Ilium. Note the dates for me, for comparison with the age of Moses and the most ancient philosophy of his time.
Miscellanies 1, chapter 16
1.16.74Stählin 2:47–48
Οὐ μόνης δὲ φιλοσοφίας, ἀλλὰ καὶ πάσης σχεδὸν τέχνης εὑρεταὶ βάρβαροι. Αἰγύπτιοι γοῦν πρῶτοι ἀστρολογίαν εἰς ἀνθρώπους ἐξήνεγκαν, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ Χαλδαῖοι. Αἰγύπτιοι λύχνους τε αὖ καίειν πρῶτοι κατέδειξαν καὶ τὸν ἐνιαυτὸν εἰς δώδεκα μῆνας διεῖλον καὶ ἐν ἱεροῖς μίσγεσθαι γυναιξὶν ἐκώλυσαν μηδʼ εἰς ἱερὰ εἰσιέναι ἀπὸ γυναικὸς ἀλούτους ἐνομοθέτησαν γεωμετρίας τε αὖ εὑρεταὶ οἱ αὐτοὶ γεγόνασιν. εἰσὶν δὲ οἳ Κᾶρας οἳ τὴν διʼ ἀστέρων πρόγνωσιν ἐπινενοηκέναι λέγουσιν. πτήσεις δὲ ὀρνίθων παρεφυλάξαντο πρῶτοι Φρύγες, καὶ θυτικὴν ἠκρίβωσαν Τοῦσκοι, Ἰταλίας γείτονες. Ἴσαυροι δὲ καὶ Ἄραβες ἐξεπόνησαν τὴν οἰωνιστικήν, ὥσπερ ἀμέλει Τελμισεῖς τὴν διʼ ὀνείρων μαντικήν. Τυρρηνοὶ δὲ σάλπιγγα ἐπενόησαν καὶ Φρύγες αὐλόν· Φρύγες γὰρ ἤστην Ὄλυμπός τε καὶ Μαρσύας.
Ou monēs de philosophias, alla kai pasēs schedon technēs heuretai barbaroi. Aigyptioi goun prōtoi astrologian eis anthrōpous exēnenkan, homoiōs de kai Chaldaioi. Aigyptioi lychnous te au kaiein prōtoi katedeixan kai ton eniauton eis dōdeka mēnas dieilon kai en hierois misgesthai gynaixin ekōlysan mēdʼ eis hiera eisienai apo gynaikos aloutous enomothetēsan geōmetrias te au heuretai hoi autoi gegonasin. eisin de hoi Karas hoi tēn diʼ asterōn prognōsin epinenoēkenai legousin. ptēseis de ornithōn parephylaxanto prōtoi Phryges, kai thytikēn ēkribōsan Touskoi, Italias geitones. Isauroi de kai Arabes exeponēsan tēn oiōnistikēn, hōsper amelei Telmiseis tēn diʼ oneirōn mantikēn. Tyrrēnoi de salpinga epenoēsan kai Phryges aulon; Phryges gar ēstēn Olympos te kai Marsyas.
The barbarians were inventors not only of philosophy but of almost every art. The Egyptians, at any rate, were the first to introduce astronomy to mankind, and likewise the Chaldeans. The Egyptians first showed how to burn lamps, divided the year into twelve months, forbade intercourse with women in temples, and legislated that no one should enter temples from a woman unwashed; the same were inventors of geometry. Some say the Carians devised prediction by the stars. The Phrygians first observed the flights of birds, and the Tuscans, neighbors of Italy, perfected the inspection of sacrifices. The Isaurians and Arabians worked out augury, as indeed the Telmessians did divination by dreams. The Tyrrhenians invented the trumpet and the Phrygians the flute; for Olympus and Marsyas were Phrygians.
1.16.75Stählin 2:48–49
Κάδμος δὲ Φοῖνιξ ἦν ὁ τῶν γραμμάτων Ἕλλησιν εὑρετής, ὥς φησιν Ἔφορος, ὅθεν καὶ Φοινικήια τὰ γράμματα Ἡρόδοτος κεκλῆσθαι γράφει· οἳ δὲ Φοίνικας καὶ Σύρους γράμματα ἐπινοῆσαι πρώτους λέγουσιν. ἰατρικὴν δὲ Ἆπιν Αἰγύπτιον αὐτόχθονα πρὶν εἰς Αἴγυπτον ἀφικέσθαι τὴν Ἰώ, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα Ἀσκληπιὸν τὴν τέχνην αὐξῆσαι λέγουσιν. Ἄτλας δὲ ὁ Λίβυς πρῶτος ναῦν ἐναυπηγήσατο καὶ τὴν θάλασσαν ἔπλευσεν. Κέλμις τε αὖ καὶ Δαμναμενεὺς οἱ τῶν Ἰδαίων δάκτυλοι πρῶτοι σίδηρον εὗρον ἐν Κύπρῳ, Δέλας δὲ ἄλλος Ἰδαῖος εὗρε χαλκοῦ κρᾶσιν, ὡς δὲ Ἡσίοδος, Σκύθης. ναὶ μὴν Θρᾷκες πρῶτοι τὴν καλουμένην ἅρπην εὗρον (ἔστι δὲ μάχαιρα καρπύλη) καὶ πρῶτοι πέλταις ἐπὶ τῶν ἵππων ἐχρήσαντο. ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ Ἰλλυριοὶ τὴν καλουμένην πάρμην ἐξεῦρον. ἔτι φασὶ Τουσκανοὺς πλαστικὴν ἐπινοῆσαι, Ἴτανόν τε (Σαυνίτης οὗτος ἦν) πρῶτον θυρεὸν κατασκευάσαι. Κάδμος γὰρ ὁ Φοῖνιξ λιθοτομίαν ἐξεῦρεν καὶ μέταλλα χρυσοῦ τὰ περὶ τὸ Πάγγαιον ἐπενόησεν ὄρος. ἤδη δὲ καὶ ἄλλο ἔθνος Καππάδοκες πρῶτοι εὗρον τὸν νάβλαν καλούμενον, ὃν τρόπον καὶ τὸ δίχορδον Ἀσσύριοι. Καρχηδόνιοι γὰρ πρῶτοι τετρήρη κατεσκεύασαν, ἐναυπήγησε δὲ αὐτὴν Βόσπορος αὐτοσχέδιον.
Kadmos de Phoinix ēn ho tōn grammatōn Hellēsin heuretēs, hōs phēsin Ephoros, hothen kai Phoinikēia ta grammata Hērodotos keklēsthai graphei; hoi de Phoinikas kai Syrous grammata epinoēsai prōtous legousin. iatrikēn de Apin Aigyption autochthona prin eis Aigypton aphikesthai tēn Iō, meta de tauta Asklēpion tēn technēn auxēsai legousin. Atlas de ho Libys prōtos naun enaupēgēsato kai tēn thalassan epleusen. Kelmis te au kai Damnameneus hoi tōn Idaiōn daktyloi prōtoi sidēron heuron en Kyprǭ, Delas de allos Idaios heure chalkou krasin, hōs de Hēsiodos, Skythēs. nai mēn Thrąkes prōtoi tēn kaloumenēn harpēn heuron (esti de machaira karpylē) kai prōtoi peltais epi tōn hippōn echrēsanto. homoiōs de kai Illyrioi tēn kaloumenēn parmēn exeuron. eti phasi Touskanous plastikēn epinoēsai, Itanon te (Saunitēs houtos ēn) prōton thyreon kataskeuasai. Kadmos gar ho Phoinix lithotomian exeuren kai metalla chrysou ta peri to Pangaion epenoēsen oros. ēdē de kai allo ethnos Kappadokes prōtoi heuron ton nablan kaloumenon, hon tropon kai to dichordon Assyrioi. Karchēdonioi gar prōtoi tetrērē kateskeuasan, enaupēgēse de autēn Bosporos autoschedion.
Cadmus, the inventor of letters for the Greeks, was a Phoenician, as Ephorus says; hence Herodotus writes that the letters were called Phoenician; others say that the Phoenicians and Syrians first devised letters. They say that Apis, a native Egyptian, invented medicine before Io came to Egypt, and that afterward Asclepius advanced the art. Atlas the Libyan first built a ship and sailed the sea. Celmis and Damnameneus, the Idaean Dactyls, first found iron in Cyprus; Delas, another Idaean, found the alloy of bronze, or, as Hesiod says, a Scythian. The Thracians first invented the so-called harpe (a curved sword), and were the first to use light shields on horseback. Likewise the Illyrians invented the so-called parma. They say too that the Tuscans devised sculpture, and that Itanus (he was a Samnite) first made the oblong shield. Cadmus the Phoenician discovered stone-cutting and devised the gold mines around Mount Pangaeus. And another nation, the Cappadocians, first invented the instrument called the nabla, as the Assyrians did the two-stringed lyre. The Carthaginians first built the quadrireme, and Bosporus built it on the spot.
1.16.76Stählin 2:49–50
Μήδειά τε ἡ Αἰήτου ἡ Κολχὶς πρώτη βαφὴν τριχῶν ἐπενόησεν. ἀλλὰ καὶ Νώροπες (ἔθνος ἐστὶ Παιονικόν, νῦν δὲ Νωρικὸν καλοῦνται) κατειργάσαντο χαλκὸν καὶ σίδηρον ἐκάθηραν πρῶτοι. Ἄμυκός τε ὁ Βεβρύκων βασιλεὺς ἱμάντας πυκτικοὺς πρῶτος εὗρεν. περί τε μουσικὴν Ὄλυμπος ὁ Μυσὸς τὴν Λύδιον ἁρμονίαν ἐφιλοτέχνησεν· οἵ τε Τρωγλοδύται καλούμενοι σαμβύκην εὗρον, ὄργανον μουσικόν. φασὶ δὲ καὶ τὴν πλαγίαν σύριγγα Σάτυρον εὑρεῖν τὸν Φρύγα· τρίχορδον δὲ ὁμοίως καὶ τὴν διάτονον ἁρμονίαν Ἄγνιν τὸν καὶ αὐτὸν Φρύγα· κρούματα δὲ Ὄλυμπον ὁμοίως τὸν Φρύγα, καθάπερ Φρύγιον ἁρμονίαν καὶ μιξοφρύγιον καὶ μιξολύδιον Μαρσύαν, τῆς αὐτῆς ὄντα τοῖς προειρημένοις χώρας, καὶ τὴν Δώριον Θάμυριν ἐπινοῆσαι τὸν Θρᾷκα. Πέρσας τε πρώτους ἀκηκόαμεν ἀπήνην καὶ κλίνην καὶ ὑποπόδιον ἐργάσασθαι τούς τε Σιδονίους τρίκροτον ναῦν κατασκευάσαι. Σικελοί τε οἱ πρὸς τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ πρῶτοι φόρμιγγα εὗρον οὐ πολὺ τῆς κιθάρας λειπομένην καὶ κρόταλα ἐπενόησαν. ἐπί τε † Σεμιράμεως βασιλέως Αἰγυπτίων τὰ βύσσινα ἱμάτια εὑρῆσθαι ἱστοροῦσιν. καὶ πρώτην ἐπιστολὰς συντάξαι Ἄτοσσαν τὴν Περσῶν βασιλεύσασάν φησιν Ἑλλάνικος.
Mēdeia te hē Aiētou hē Kolchis prōtē baphēn trichōn epenoēsen. alla kai Nōropes (ethnos esti Paionikon, nyn de Nōrikon kalountai) kateirgasanto chalkon kai sidēron ekathēran prōtoi. Amykos te ho Bebrykōn basileus himantas pyktikous prōtos heuren. peri te mousikēn Olympos ho Mysos tēn Lydion harmonian ephilotechnēsen; hoi te Trōglodytai kaloumenoi sambykēn heuron, organon mousikon. phasi de kai tēn plagian syringa Satyron heurein ton Phryga; trichordon de homoiōs kai tēn diatonon harmonian Agnin ton kai auton Phryga; kroumata de Olympon homoiōs ton Phryga, kathaper Phrygion harmonian kai mixophrygion kai mixolydion Marsyan, tēs autēs onta tois proeirēmenois chōras, kai tēn Dōrion Thamyrin epinoēsai ton Thrąka. Persas te prōtous akēkoamen apēnēn kai klinēn kai hypopodion ergasasthai tous te Sidonious trikroton naun kataskeuasai. Sikeloi te hoi pros tę̄ Italią prōtoi phorminga heuron ou poly tēs kitharas leipomenēn kai krotala epenoēsan. epi te † Semirameōs basileōs Aigyptiōn ta byssina himatia heurēsthai historousin. kai prōtēn epistolas syntaxai Atossan tēn Persōn basileusasan phēsin Hellanikos.
Medea, daughter of Aeetes, the Colchian, first devised the dyeing of hair. And the Noropes (a Paeonian people, now called Norici) worked bronze and first refined iron. Amycus, king of the Bebryces, first invented boxing thongs. In music, Olympus the Mysian cultivated the Lydian mode; and the so-called Troglodytes invented the sambuca, a musical instrument. They say that Satyrus the Phrygian invented the transverse pipe; likewise Agnis, also a Phrygian, the three-stringed lyre and the diatonic mode; Olympus, likewise a Phrygian, instrumental notes; Marsyas, of the same country as those just named, the Phrygian, Mixophrygian, and Mixolydian modes; and Thamyris the Thracian devised the Dorian. We have heard that the Persians first made the carriage, the couch, and the footstool, and that the Sidonians built the trireme. The Sicilians near Italy first invented the phorminx, not much inferior to the cithara, and devised castanets. They record that linen garments were invented in the time of … Semiramis, queen of the Egyptians; and Hellanicus says that Atossa, who reigned over the Persians, first composed letters.
1.16.77Stählin 2:50
Σκάμων μὲν οὖν ὁ Μιτυληναῖος καὶ Θεόφραστος ὁ Ἐρέσιος Κύδιππός τε ὁ Μαντινεύς, ἔτι τε Ἀντιφάνης καὶ Ἀριστόδημος καὶ Ἀριστοτέλης, πρὸς τούτοις δὲ Φιλοστέφανος, ἀλλὰ καὶ Στράτων ὁ περιπατητικὸς ἐν τοῖς Περὶ εὑρημάτων ταῦτα ἱστόρησαν. παρεθέμην δὲ αὐτῶν ὀλίγα εἰς σύστασιν τῆς παρὰ βαρβάροις εὑρετικῆς καὶ βιωφελοῦς φύσεως, παρʼ ὧν Ἕλληνες τὰ ἐπιτηδεύματα ὠφέληνται. Εἰ δέ τις τὴν φωνὴν διαβάλλει τὴν βάρβαρον, ἐμοὶ δέ, φησὶν ὁ Ἀνάχαρσις, πάντες Ἕλληνες σκυθίζουσιν. οὗτος ἦν ὁ παρʼ Ἕλλησι θαυμασθεὶς ὁ φήσας ἐμοὶ περίβλημα χλαῖνα, δεῖπνον γάλα, τυρός. ὁρᾷς φιλοσοφίαν βάρβαρον ἔργα ἐπαγγελλομένην, οὐ λόγους.
Skamōn men oun ho Mitylēnaios kai Theophrastos ho Eresios Kydippos te ho Mantineus, eti te Antiphanēs kai Aristodēmos kai Aristotelēs, pros toutois de Philostephanos, alla kai Stratōn ho peripatētikos en tois Peri heurēmatōn tauta historēsan. parethemēn de autōn oliga eis systasin tēs para barbarois heuretikēs kai biōphelous physeōs, parʼ hōn Hellēnes ta epitēdeumata ōphelēntai. Ei de tis tēn phōnēn diaballei tēn barbaron, emoi de, phēsin ho Anacharsis, pantes Hellēnes skythizousin. houtos ēn ho parʼ Hellēsi thaumastheis ho phēsas emoi periblēma chlaina, deipnon gala, tyros. horąs philosophian barbaron erga epangellomenēn, ou logous.
Scamon of Mitylene, Theophrastus of Eresus, Cydippus of Mantinea, and further Antiphanes, Aristodemus, and Aristotle, and besides these Philostephanus, and also Strato the Peripatetic, recorded these things in their works On Inventions. I have set out a few of them to establish the inventive and life-benefiting nature of the barbarians, from whom the Greeks have benefited in their pursuits. And if anyone disparages the barbarian tongue, “For me,” says Anacharsis, “all the Greeks speak Scythian.” He was the one admired among the Greeks who said, “My covering is a cloak, my supper milk and cheese.” You see barbarian philosophy professing deeds, not words.
1.16.78Stählin 2:50–51
ὁ δὲ ἀπόστολος οὕτω φησὶν καὶ ὑμεῖς διὰ τῆς γλώσσης ἐὰν μὴ εὔσημον λόγον δῶτε, πῶς γνωσθήσεται τὸ λαλούμενον; ἔσεσθε γὰρ εἰς ἀέρα λαλοῦντες. τοσαῦτα, εἰ τύχοι, γένη φωνῶν εἰσιν ἐν κόσμῳ, καὶ οὐδὲν ἄφωνον· ἐὰν οὖν μὴ εἰδῶ τὴν δύναμιν τῆς φωνῆς, ἔσομαι τῷ λαλοῦντι βάρβαρος καὶ ὁ λαλῶν ἐμοὶ βάρβαρος. καὶ ὁ λαλῶν γλώσσῃ προσευχέσθω, ἵνα διερμηνεύῃ. Ναὶ μὴν ὀψέ ποτε εἰς Ἕλληνας ἡ τῶν λόγων παρῆλθε διδασκαλία τε καὶ γραφή. Ἀλκμαίων γοῦν Περίθου Κροτωνιάτης πρῶτος φυσικὸν λόγον συνέταξεν. οἳ δὲ Ἀναξαγόραν Ἡγησιβούλου Κλαζομένιον πρῶτον διὰ γραφῆς ἐκδοῦναι βιβλίον ἱστοροῦσιν. μέλος τε αὖ πρῶτος περιέθηκε τοῖς ποιήμασι καὶ τοὺς Λακεδαιμονίων νόμους ἐμελοποίησε Τέρπανδρος ὁ Ἀντισσαῖος, διθύραμβον δὲ ἐπενόησεν Λᾶσος Ἑρμιονεύς, ὕμνον Στησίχορος Ἱμεραῖος, χορείαν Ἀλκμὰν Λακεδαιμόνιος, τὰ ἐρωτικὰ Ἀνακρέων Τήιος. ὑπόρχησιν Πίνδαρος Θηβαῖος νόμους τε πρῶτος ᾖσεν ἐν χορῷ καὶ κιθάρᾳ Τιμόθεος ὁ Μιλήσιος.
ho de apostolos houtō phēsin kai hymeis dia tēs glōssēs ean mē eusēmon logon dōte, pōs gnōsthēsetai to laloumenon? esesthe gar eis aera lalountes. tosauta, ei tychoi, genē phōnōn eisin en kosmǭ, kai ouden aphōnon; ean oun mē eidō tēn dynamin tēs phōnēs, esomai tǭ lalounti barbaros kai ho lalōn emoi barbaros. kai ho lalōn glōssę̄ proseuchesthō, hina diermēneuę̄. Nai mēn opse pote eis Hellēnas hē tōn logōn parēlthe didaskalia te kai graphē. Alkmaiōn goun Perithou Krotōniatēs prōtos physikon logon synetaxen. hoi de Anaxagoran Hēgēsiboulou Klazomenion prōton dia graphēs ekdounai biblion historousin. melos te au prōtos periethēke tois poiēmasi kai tous Lakedaimoniōn nomous emelopoiēse Terpandros ho Antissaios, dithyrambon de epenoēsen Lasos Hermioneus, hymnon Stēsichoros Himeraios, choreian Alkman Lakedaimonios, ta erōtika Anakreōn Tēios. hyporchēsin Pindaros Thēbaios nomous te prōtos ę̄sen en chorǭ kai kitharą Timotheos ho Milēsios.
And the apostle says thus: “So you too, unless you give an intelligible word by the tongue, how will what is spoken be known? For you will be speaking into the air. There are, it may be, so many kinds of languages in the world, and none is without meaning. If, then, I do not know the meaning of the language, I shall be a barbarian to the speaker, and the speaker a barbarian to me.” And “let the one who speaks in a tongue pray that he may interpret.” Indeed, the teaching and writing of prose came late to the Greeks. Alcmaeon of Croton, son of Perithus, first composed a treatise on nature; others record that Anaxagoras of Clazomenae, son of Hegesibulus, first published a book in writing. Terpander of Antissa first set poems to music and put the laws of the Spartans into song; Lasus of Hermione devised the dithyramb, Stesichorus of Himera the hymn, Alcman of Sparta the choral dance, Anacreon of Teos love songs; Pindar of Thebes the dance song; and Timotheus of Miletus first sang nomes with chorus and cithara.
1.16.79Stählin 2:51–52
ναὶ μὴν ἴαμβον μὲν ἐπενόησεν Ἀρχίλοχος ὁ Πάριος, χωλὸν δὲ ἴαμβον Ἱππῶναξ ὁ Ἐφέσιος, καὶ τραγῳδίαν μὲν Θέσπις ὁ Ἀθηναῖος, κωμῳδίαν δὲ Σουσαρίων ὁ Ἰκαριεύς. τοὺς χρόνους τούτων παῖδες παραδιδόασι γραμματικῶν, μακρὸν δʼ ἂν εἴη τούτους ἀκριβολογούμενον παραθέσθαι αὐτοῦ δεικνυμένου τοῦ Διονύσου, διʼ ὃν καὶ Διονυσιακαὶ θέαι, μεταγενεστέρου Μωυσέως ἢ αὐτίκα μάλα. φασὶ δὲ καὶ τοὺς κατὰ διατριβὴν λόγους καὶ τὰ ῥητορικὰ ἰδιώματα εὑρεῖν καὶ μισθοῦ συνηγορῆσαι πρῶτον δικανικὸν λόγου εἰς ἔκδοσιν γραψάμενον Ἀντιφῶντα Σωφίλον Ῥαμνούσιον, ὥς φησι Διόδωρος, Ἀπολλόδωρος δὲ ὁ Κυμαῖος πρῶτος τοῦ γραμματικοῦ ἀντὶ τοῦ κριτικοῦ εἰσηγήσατο τοὔνομα καὶ γραμματικὸς προσηγορεύθη, ἔνιοι δὲ Ἐρατοσθένη τὸν Κυρηναῖόν φασιν, ἐπειδὴ ἐξέδωκεν οὗτος βιβλία δύο γραμματικὰ ἐπιγράψας. ὠνομάσθη δὲ γραμματικός, ὡς νῦν ὀνομάζομεν, πρῶτος Πραξιφάνης Διονυσοφάνους Μιτυληναῖος. Ζάλευκός τε ὁ Λοκρὸς πρῶτος ἱστόρηται νόμους θέσθαι, οἳ δὲ Μίνω τὸν Διὸς ἐπὶ Λυγκέως. οὗτος μετὰ Δαναὸν γίνεται ἑνδεκάτῃ ἄνωθεν ἀπὸ Ἰνάχου καὶ Μωσέως γενεᾷ, ὡς ὀλίγον ὑποβάντες δείξομεν. Λυκοῦργος δὲ μετὰ πολλὰ τῆς Ἰλίου ἁλώσεως γεγονὼς ἔτη πρὸ τῶν ὀλυμπιάδων ἔτεσιν ἑκατὸν πεντήκοντα νομοθετεῖ Λακεδαιμονίοις· Σόλωνος γὰρ τοὺς χρόνους προειρήκαμεν.
nai mēn iambon men epenoēsen Archilochos ho Parios, chōlon de iambon Hippōnax ho Ephesios, kai tragǭdian men Thespis ho Athēnaios, kōmǭdian de Sousariōn ho Ikarieus. tous chronous toutōn paides paradidoasi grammatikōn, makron dʼ an eiē toutous akribologoumenon parathesthai autou deiknymenou tou Dionysou, diʼ hon kai Dionysiakai theai, metagenesterou Mōyseōs ē autika mala. phasi de kai tous kata diatribēn logous kai ta rhētorika idiōmata heurein kai misthou synēgorēsai prōton dikanikon logou eis ekdosin grapsamenon Antiphōnta Sōphilon Rhamnousion, hōs phēsi Diodōros, Apollodōros de ho Kymaios prōtos tou grammatikou anti tou kritikou eisēgēsato tounoma kai grammatikos prosēgoreuthē, enioi de Eratosthenē ton Kyrēnaion phasin, epeidē exedōken houtos biblia dyo grammatika epigrapsas. ōnomasthē de grammatikos, hōs nyn onomazomen, prōtos Praxiphanēs Dionysophanous Mitylēnaios. Zaleukos te ho Lokros prōtos historētai nomous thesthai, hoi de Minō ton Dios epi Lynkeōs. houtos meta Danaon ginetai hendekatę̄ anōthen apo Inachou kai Mōseōs geneą, hōs oligon hypobantes deixomen. Lykourgos de meta polla tēs Iliou halōseōs gegonōs etē pro tōn olympiadōn etesin hekaton pentēkonta nomothetei Lakedaimoniois; Solōnos gar tous chronous proeirēkamen.
Archilochus of Paros devised the iambic, Hipponax of Ephesus the limping iambic, Thespis of Athens tragedy, and Susarion of Icaria comedy. The sons of the grammarians hand down their dates; it would be long to set them out exactly, since Dionysus himself, from whom the Dionysiac spectacles come, is shown to be much later than Moses. They say that Antiphon of Rhamnus, son of Sophilus, first invented school discourses and rhetorical figures, and was the first to plead for a fee and to write a forensic speech for publication, as Diodorus says. Apollodorus of Cumae first introduced the name “grammarian” instead of “critic” and was called a grammarian; some say Eratosthenes of Cyrene, since he published two books entitled Grammatica. But the first to be called a grammarian as we now use the word was Praxiphanes of Mitylene, son of Dionysophanes. Zaleucus the Locrian is recorded as the first to make laws; others say Minos, son of Zeus, in the time of Lynceus. He lived after Danaus, in the eleventh generation from Inachus and Moses, as we shall show a little further on. Lycurgus, living many years after the capture of Ilium, gave laws to the Spartans a hundred and fifty years before the Olympiads; the dates of Solon we have given already.
1.16.80Stählin 2:52
Δράκων δὲ ὁ καὶ αὐτὸς νομοθέτης περὶ τὴν τριακοστὴν καὶ ἐνάτην ὀλυμπιάδα γεγονὼς εὑρίσκεται. Ἀντίλοχος δὲ αὖ ὁ τοὺς ἵστορας πραγματευσάμενος ἀπὸ τῆς Πυθαγόρου ἡλικίας ἐπὶ τὴν Ἐπικούρου τελευτήν, γαμηλιῶνος δὲ δεκάτῃ ἱσταμένου γενομένην, ἔτη φέρει τὰ πάντα τριακόσια δώδεκα. ἔτι φασὶ τὸ ἡρῷον τὸ ἑξάμετρον Φανοθέαν τὴν γυναῖκα Ἰκαρίου, οἳ δὲ Θέμιν μίαν τῶν Τιτανίδων εὑρεῖν. Δίδυμος δʼ ἐν τῷ περὶ Πυθαγορικῆς φιλοσοφίας Θεανὼ τὴν Κροτωνιᾶτιν πρώτην γυναικῶν φιλοσοφῆσαι καὶ ποιήματα γράψαι ἱστορεῖ. Ἡ μὲν οὖν Ἑλληνικὴ φιλοσοφία, ὡς μέν τινες, κατὰ περίπτωσιν ἐπήβολος τῆς ἀληθείας ἁμῇ γέ πῃ, ἀμυδρῶς δὲ καὶ οὐ πάσης, γίνεται· ὡς δὲ ἄλλοι βούλονται, ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου τὴν κίνησιν ἴσχει. ἔνιοι δὲ δυνάμεις τινὰς ὑποβεβηκυίας ἐμπνεῦσαι τὴν πᾶσαν φιλοσοφίαν ὑπειλήφασιν. ἀλλʼ εἰ καὶ μὴ καταλαμβάνει ἡ Ἑλληνικὴ φιλοσοφία τὸ μέγεθος τῆς ἀληθείας, ἔτι δὲ ἐξασθενεῖ πράττειν τὰς κυριακὰς ἐντολάς, ἀλλʼ οὖν γε προκατασκευάζει τὴν ὁδὸν τῇ βασιλικωτάτῃ διδασκαλίᾳ, ἁμῇ γέ πῃ σωφρονίζουσα καὶ τὸ ἦθος προτυποῦσα καὶ προστύφουσα εἰς παραδοχὴν τῆς ἀληθείας τὸν τὴν πρόνοιαν δοξάζοντα.
Drakōn de ho kai autos nomothetēs peri tēn triakostēn kai enatēn olympiada gegonōs heurisketai. Antilochos de au ho tous historas pragmateusamenos apo tēs Pythagorou hēlikias epi tēn Epikourou teleutēn, gamēliōnos de dekatę̄ histamenou genomenēn, etē pherei ta panta triakosia dōdeka. eti phasi to hērǭon to hexametron Phanothean tēn gynaika Ikariou, hoi de Themin mian tōn Titanidōn heurein. Didymos dʼ en tǭ peri Pythagorikēs philosophias Theanō tēn Krotōniatin prōtēn gynaikōn philosophēsai kai poiēmata grapsai historei. Hē men oun Hellēnikē philosophia, hōs men tines, kata periptōsin epēbolos tēs alētheias hamę̄ ge pę̄, amydrōs de kai ou pasēs, ginetai; hōs de alloi boulontai, ek tou diabolou tēn kinēsin ischei. enioi de dynameis tinas hypobebēkuias empneusai tēn pasan philosophian hypeilēphasin. allʼ ei kai mē katalambanei hē Hellēnikē philosophia to megethos tēs alētheias, eti de exasthenei prattein tas kyriakas entolas, allʼ oun ge prokataskeuazei tēn hodon tę̄ basilikōtatę̄ didaskalią, hamę̄ ge pę̄ sōphronizousa kai to ēthos protypousa kai prostyphousa eis paradochēn tēs alētheias ton tēn pronoian doxazonta.
Draco too, also a lawgiver, is found to have lived about the thirty-ninth Olympiad. Antilochus, who wrote about the sages, reckons from the age of Pythagoras to the death of Epicurus, which occurred on the tenth of Gamelion, three hundred and twelve years in all. They also say that Phanothea, the wife of Icarius, invented the heroic hexameter; others, Themis, one of the Titanesses. Didymus, in his work on Pythagorean philosophy, relates that Theano of Croton was the first woman to philosophize and write poems. Greek philosophy, then, as some say, lays hold of the truth by chance in some way, dimly and not of the whole; as others would have it, it gets its impulse from the devil. Some have supposed that certain inferior powers inspired all philosophy. But even if Greek philosophy does not comprehend the greatness of the truth, and further is too weak to carry out the Lord's commandments, yet it prepares the way for the most royal teaching, in some way making one self-controlled, molding the character beforehand, and preparing the one who believes in providence to receive the truth.
Miscellanies 1, chapter 17
1.17.81Stählin 2:52–53
Ναί φασι γεγράφθαι· πάντες οἱ πρὸ τῆς παρουσίας τοῦ κυρίου κλέπται εἰσὶ καὶ λῃσταί. πάντες μὲν οὖν οἱ ἐν λόγῳ, οὗτοι δὴ οἱ πρὸ τῆς τοῦ λόγου σαρκώσεως, ἐξακούονται καθολικώτερον. ἀλλʼ οἱ μὲν προφῆται, ἅτε ἀποσταλέντες καὶ ἐμπνευσθέντες ὑπὸ τοῦ κυρίου, οὐ κλέπται, ἀλλὰ διάκονοι. φησὶ γοῦν ἡ γραφή· ἀπέστειλεν ἡ σοφία τοὺς ἑαυτῆς δούλους, συγκαλοῦσα μετὰ ὑψηλοῦ κηρύγματος ἐπὶ κρατῆρα οἴνου. φιλοσοφία δὲ οὐκ ἀπεστάλη ὑπὸ κυρίου, ἀλλʼ ἦλθε, φησί, κλαπεῖσα ἢ παρὰ κλέπτου δοθεῖσα, εἴτʼ οὖν δύναμις ἢ ἄγγελος μαθών τι τῆς ἀληθείας καὶ μὴ καταμείνας ἐν αὐτῇ, ταῦτα ἐνέπνευσε καὶ κλέψας ἐδίδαξεν, οὐχὶ μὴ εἰδότος τοῦ κυρίου τοῦ καὶ τὰ τέλη τῶν ἐσομένων πρὸ καταβολῆς τοῦ κόσμου καὶ τοῦ ἕκαστον εἶναι ἐγνωκότος, ἀλλὰ μὴ κωλύσαντος· εἶχεν γάρ τινα ὠφέλειαν τότε ἡ εἰς ἀνθρώπους ἐρχομένη κλοπή, οὐ τοῦ ὑφελομένου τὸ συμφέρον σκοπουμένου, κατευθυνούσης δὲ εἰς τὸ συμφέρον τῆς προνοίας τὴν ἔκβασιν τοῦ τολμήματος.
Nai phasi gegraphthai; pantes hoi pro tēs parousias tou kyriou kleptai eisi kai lę̄stai. pantes men oun hoi en logǭ, houtoi dē hoi pro tēs tou logou sarkōseōs, exakouontai katholikōteron. allʼ hoi men prophētai, hate apostalentes kai empneusthentes hypo tou kyriou, ou kleptai, alla diakonoi. phēsi goun hē graphē; apesteilen hē sophia tous heautēs doulous, synkalousa meta hypsēlou kērygmatos epi kratēra oinou. philosophia de ouk apestalē hypo kyriou, allʼ ēlthe, phēsi, klapeisa ē para kleptou dotheisa, eitʼ oun dynamis ē angelos mathōn ti tēs alētheias kai mē katameinas en autę̄, tauta enepneuse kai klepsas edidaxen, ouchi mē eidotos tou kyriou tou kai ta telē tōn esomenōn pro katabolēs tou kosmou kai tou hekaston einai egnōkotos, alla mē kōlysantos; eichen gar tina ōpheleian tote hē eis anthrōpous erchomenē klopē, ou tou hyphelomenou to sympheron skopoumenou, kateuthynousēs de eis to sympheron tēs pronoias tēn ekbasin tou tolmēmatos.
Yes, they say it is written, “All who came before the Lord's coming are thieves and robbers.” All, then, who came before the incarnation of the Word are to be understood more generally. But the prophets, since they were sent and inspired by the Lord, are not thieves but servants. At any rate Scripture says, “Wisdom sent her servants, calling with a lofty proclamation to the bowl of wine.” But philosophy, they say, was not sent by the Lord, but came stolen or given by a thief; whether, then, some power or angel, having learned something of the truth and not remaining in it, inspired these things and, having stolen them, taught them. Not that the Lord did not know, who knew the ends of what would be before the foundation of the world and each thing's being; but he did not prevent it. For the theft that came to human beings then had some benefit, not because the one who stole looked to what was profitable, but because providence directed the outcome of the daring deed to what was profitable.
1.17.82Stählin 2:53
Οἶδα πολλοὺς ἀδιαλείπτως ἐπιφυομένους ἡμῖν καὶ τὸ μὴ κωλῦον αἴτιον εἶναι λέγοντας· φασὶ γὰρ αἴτιον εἶναι κλοπῆς τὸν μὴ φυλάξαντα ἢ τὸν μὴ κωλύσαντα, ὡς τοῦ ἐμπρησμοῦ τὸν σβέσαντα τὸ δεινὸν ἀρχόμενον καὶ τοῦ ναυαγίου τὸν κυβερνήτην μὴ στείλαντα τὴν ὀθόνην. αὐτίκα κολάζονται πρὸς τοῦ νόμου οἱ τούτων αἴτιοι. ᾧ γὰρ κωλῦσαι δύναμις ἦν, τούτῳ καὶ ἡ αἰτία τοῦ συμβαίνοντος προσάπτεται. φαμὲν δὴ πρὸς αὐτοὺς τὸ αἴτιον ἐν τῷ ποιεῖν καὶ ἐνεργεῖν καὶ δρᾶν νοεῖσθαι, τὸ δὲ μὴ κωλῦον κατά γε τοῦτο ἀνενέργητον εἶναι. ἔτι τὸ μὲν αἴτιον πρὸς τῇ ἐνεργείᾳ ἐστί, καθάπερ ὁ μὲν ναυπηγὸς πρὸς τῷ γίγνεσθαι τὸ σκάφος, ὁ δὲ οἰκοδόμος πρὸς τῷ κτίζεσθαι τὴν οἰκίαν· τὸ δὲ μὴ κωλῦον κεχώρισται τοῦ γινομένου. διὰ τοῦτο γοῦν ἐπιτελεῖται, ὅτι τὸ κωλῦσαι δυνάμενον οὐκ ἐνεργεῖ οὐδὲ κωλύει. τί γὰρ ἐνεργεῖ ὁ μὴ κωλύων; ἤδη δὲ καὶ εἰς ἀπέμφασιν αὐτοῖς ὁ λόγος χωρεῖ, εἴ γε τῆς τρώσεως οὐχὶ τὸ βέλος, ἀλλὰ τὴν ἀσπίδα τὴν μὴ κωλύσασαν τὸ βέλος διελθεῖν αἰτιάσονται· οὐδὲ γὰρ τὸν κλέπτην, ἀλλὰ τὸν μὴ κωλύσαντα τὴν κλοπὴν καταμέμψονται.
Oida pollous adialeiptōs epiphyomenous hēmin kai to mē kōlyon aition einai legontas; phasi gar aition einai klopēs ton mē phylaxanta ē ton mē kōlysanta, hōs tou emprēsmou ton sbesanta to deinon archomenon kai tou nauagiou ton kybernētēn mē steilanta tēn othonēn. autika kolazontai pros tou nomou hoi toutōn aitioi. hǭ gar kōlysai dynamis ēn, toutǭ kai hē aitia tou symbainontos prosaptetai. phamen dē pros autous to aition en tǭ poiein kai energein kai dran noeisthai, to de mē kōlyon kata ge touto anenergēton einai. eti to men aition pros tę̄ energeią esti, kathaper ho men naupēgos pros tǭ gignesthai to skaphos, ho de oikodomos pros tǭ ktizesthai tēn oikian; to de mē kōlyon kechōristai tou ginomenou. dia touto goun epiteleitai, hoti to kōlysai dynamenon ouk energei oude kōlyei. ti gar energei ho mē kōlyōn? ēdē de kai eis apemphasin autois ho logos chōrei, ei ge tēs trōseōs ouchi to belos, alla tēn aspida tēn mē kōlysasan to belos dielthein aitiasontai; oude gar ton kleptēn, alla ton mē kōlysanta tēn klopēn katamempsontai.
I know that many continually attack us, saying that what does not prevent is a cause. For they say that the one who did not guard or did not prevent is the cause of the theft, as the one who did not put out the fire at its beginning is the cause of the burning, and the pilot who did not shorten sail is the cause of the shipwreck. Thus the causes of these are punished by the law; for to the one who had the power to prevent, the blame for what happens is attached. We say to them that the cause is understood in making, acting, and doing, but that what does not prevent is in this respect inactive. Further, the cause is concerned with the activity, as the shipbuilder with the ship coming to be and the builder with the house being built; but what does not prevent is separate from what happens. It is accomplished for this reason, that what could prevent does not act or prevent. For what does the one who does not prevent do? And their argument even leads to absurdity, if they will blame for the wound not the arrow but the shield that did not prevent the arrow from passing through; for they will blame not the thief but the one who did not prevent the theft.
1.17.83Stählin 2:53–54
καὶ τὰς ναῦς τοίνυν τῶν Ἑλλήνων μὴ τὸν Ἕκτορα ἐμπρῆσαι λεγόντων, ἀλλὰ τὸν Ἀχιλλέα, διότι κωλῦσαι τὸν Ἕκτορα δυνάμενος οὐ κεκώλυκεν· ἀλλʼ ὃ μὲν διὰ μῆνιν (ἐπʼ αὐτῷ δὲ ἦν καὶ μηνίειν καὶ μὴ) καὶ μὴν οὐκ ἀπεῖρξε τὸ πῦρ, καὶ ἴσως συναίτιος· ὁ δὲ διάβολος αὐτεξούσιος ὢν καὶ μετανοῆσαι οἷός τε ἦν καὶ κλέψαι, καὶ ὁ αἴτιος αὐτὸς τῆς κλοπῆς, οὐχ ὁ μὴ κωλύσας κύριος. ἀλλʼ οὐδʼ ἐπιβλαβὴς ἡ δόσις ἦν, ἵνα ἡ κώλυσις παρέλθῃ. εἰ δὲ χρὴ ἀκριβολογεῖσθαι πρὸς αὐτούς, ἴστωσαν τὸ μὲν μὴ κωλυτικόν, ὅπερ φαμὲν ἐπὶ τῆς κλοπῆς γεγονέναι, μηδʼ ὅλως αἴτιον εἶναι. τὸ δὲ κωλυτικὸν ἐνέχεσθαι τῷ τοῦ αἰτίου ἐγκλήματι. ὁ γὰρ προασπίζων αἴτιός ἐστι τῷ προασπιζομένῳ τοῦ μὴ τιτρώσκεσθαι κωλύων τὸ τρωθῆναι αὐτόν, καὶ τῷ Σωκράτει τὸ δαιμόνιον αἴτιον ἦν οὐχὶ μὴ κωλῦον, ἀλλʼ ἀποτρέπον, εἰ καὶ μὴ προέτρεπεν. οὔτε δὲ οἱ ἔπαινοι οὔτε οἱ ψόγοι οὔθʼ αἱ τιμαὶ οὔθʼ αἱ κολάσεις δίκαιαι, μὴ τῆς ψυχῆς ἐχούσης τὴν ἐξουσίαν τῆς ὁρμῆς καὶ ἀφορμῆς.
kai tas naus toinyn tōn Hellēnōn mē ton Hektora emprēsai legontōn, alla ton Achillea, dioti kōlysai ton Hektora dynamenos ou kekōlyken; allʼ ho men dia mēnin (epʼ autǭ de ēn kai mēniein kai mē) kai mēn ouk apeirxe to pyr, kai isōs synaitios; ho de diabolos autexousios ōn kai metanoēsai hoios te ēn kai klepsai, kai ho aitios autos tēs klopēs, ouch ho mē kōlysas kyrios. allʼ oudʼ epiblabēs hē dosis ēn, hina hē kōlysis parelthę̄. ei de chrē akribologeisthai pros autous, istōsan to men mē kōlytikon, hoper phamen epi tēs klopēs gegonenai, mēdʼ holōs aition einai. to de kōlytikon enechesthai tǭ tou aitiou enklēmati. ho gar proaspizōn aitios esti tǭ proaspizomenǭ tou mē titrōskesthai kōlyōn to trōthēnai auton, kai tǭ Sōkratei to daimonion aition ēn ouchi mē kōlyon, allʼ apotrepon, ei kai mē proetrepen. oute de hoi epainoi oute hoi psogoi outhʼ hai timai outhʼ hai kolaseis dikaiai, mē tēs psychēs echousēs tēn exousian tēs hormēs kai aphormēs.
And let them say, then, that not Hector burned the ships of the Greeks, but Achilles, because, being able to prevent Hector, he did not prevent him. But he, out of wrath (and it was in his power to be wrathful or not), did not keep off the fire, and is perhaps a joint cause; whereas the devil, having free will, was able both to repent and to steal, and he himself is the cause of the theft, not the Lord who did not prevent it. Nor was the gift harmful, so that prevention was needed. If we must be exact with them, let them know that what does not prevent, which we say happened in the case of the theft, is no cause at all; but what prevents is liable to the charge of being a cause. For the one who holds a shield before another is the cause of his not being wounded, preventing him from being wounded; and Socrates' divine sign was a cause, not by not preventing, but by turning him away, even if it did not urge him on. Neither praises nor blames, neither honors nor punishments would be just if the soul did not have the power of impulse and aversion.
1.17.84Stählin 2:54–55
ἀλλʼ ἀκουσίου τῆς κακίας οὔσης. ὅθεν ὁ μὲν κωλύσας αἴτιος, ὁ δὲ μὴ κωλύσας τὴν αἵρεσιν τῆς ψυχῆς κρίνει δικαίως, ἵνʼ ὅτι μάλιστα ὁ θεὸς μένῃ ἡμῖν κακίας ἀναίτιος. ἐπεὶ δὲ τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων προαίρεσις καὶ ὁρμὴ κατάρχει, διημαρτημένη δὲ ὑπόληψις ἔσθʼ ὅτε κρατεῖ, ἧς, ἀγνοίας καὶ ἀμαθίας οὔσης, ὀλιγωροῦμεν ἀποστῆναι, εἰκότως ἂν κολάσειε (καὶ γὰρ τὸ πυρέττειν ἀκούσιον· ἀλλʼ ὅταν διʼ ἑαυτόν τις καὶ διʼ ἀκρασίαν πυρέττῃ, αἰτιώμεθα τοῦτον) ὣς δὲ καὶ τῆς κακίας ἀκουσίου οὔσης· οὐ γὰρ αἱρεῖταί τις κακὸν ᾗ κακόν, τῇ δὲ περὶ αὐτὸ ἡδονῇ συναπαγόμενος, ἀγαθὸν ὑπολαβών, ληπτὸν ἡγεῖται. ὧν οὕτως ἐχόντων τὸ ἀπαλλάττεσθαι τῆς τε ἀγνοίας τῆς τε αἱρέσεως τῆς φαύλης καὶ ἐπιτερποῦς καὶ πρὸ τούτων τὸ μὴ συγκατατίθεσθαι ταῖς ἀπατηλαῖς ἐκείναις φαντασίαις ἀπόκειται ἐφʼ ἡμῖν. λῃστὴς δὲ καὶ κλέπτης ὁ διάβολος λέγεται ψευδοπροφήτας ἐγκαταμίξας τοῖς προφήταις, καθάπερ τῷ πυρῷ τὰ ζιζάνια. πάντες οὖν οἱ πρὸ κυρίου κλέπται καὶ λῃσταί, οὐχ ἁπλῶς πάντες ἄνθρωποι, πάντες δὲ οἱ ψευδοπροφῆται καὶ πάντες οἱ μὴ κυρίως ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ ἀποσταλέντες.
allʼ akousiou tēs kakias ousēs. hothen ho men kōlysas aitios, ho de mē kōlysas tēn hairesin tēs psychēs krinei dikaiōs, hinʼ hoti malista ho theos menę̄ hēmin kakias anaitios. epei de tōn hamartēmatōn proairesis kai hormē katarchei, diēmartēmenē de hypolēpsis esthʼ hote kratei, hēs, agnoias kai amathias ousēs, oligōroumen apostēnai, eikotōs an kolaseie (kai gar to pyrettein akousion; allʼ hotan diʼ heauton tis kai diʼ akrasian pyrettę̄, aitiōmetha touton) hōs de kai tēs kakias akousiou ousēs; ou gar haireitai tis kakon hę̄ kakon, tę̄ de peri auto hēdonę̄ synapagomenos, agathon hypolabōn, lēpton hēgeitai. hōn houtōs echontōn to apallattesthai tēs te agnoias tēs te haireseōs tēs phaulēs kai epiterpous kai pro toutōn to mē synkatatithesthai tais apatēlais ekeinais phantasiais apokeitai ephʼ hēmin. lę̄stēs de kai kleptēs ho diabolos legetai pseudoprophētas enkatamixas tois prophētais, kathaper tǭ pyrǭ ta zizania. pantes oun hoi pro kyriou kleptai kai lę̄stai, ouch haplōs pantes anthrōpoi, pantes de hoi pseudoprophētai kai pantes hoi mē kyriōs hypʼ autou apostalentes.
nor if vice were involuntary. Hence the one who prevents is a cause, but the one who does not prevent justly judges the choice of the soul, so that God may remain as far as possible without responsibility for vice for us. And since choice and impulse begin sins, and sometimes a mistaken supposition prevails, from which, since it is ignorance and lack of learning, we neglect to withdraw, he would fittingly punish (for having a fever is involuntary too; but when someone has a fever through his own fault and intemperance, we blame him), so too, though vice is involuntary. For no one chooses evil as evil, but, carried away by the pleasure connected with it, supposing it good, he considers it worth taking. This being so, it rests with us to be freed from ignorance and from the base and pleasurable choice, and, before these, not to assent to those deceitful impressions. The devil is called a robber and a thief because he mixed false prophets in among the prophets, like tares among the wheat. “All, then, who came before the Lord are thieves and robbers”: not simply all human beings, but all the false prophets and all who were not properly sent by him.
1.17.85Stählin 2:55
Εἶχον δὲ καὶ οἱ ψευδοπροφῆται τὸ κλέμμα, τὸ ὄνομα τὸ προφητικόν, προφῆται ὄντες, ἀλλὰ τοῦ ψεύστου. λέγει γὰρ ὁ κύριος· ὑμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν τοῦ διαβόλου ἐστὲ καὶ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν θέλετε ποιεῖν. ἐκεῖνος ἀνθρωποκτόνος ἦν ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς, καὶ ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ οὐχ ἕστηκεν, ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν ἀλήθεια ἐν αὐτῷ. ὅταν λαλῇ τὸ ψεῦδος, ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων λαλεῖ, ὅτι ψεύστης ἐστὶ καὶ ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ. ἐν δὲ τοῖς ψεύδεσι καὶ ἀληθῆ τινα ἔλεγον οἱ ψευδοπροφῆται, καὶ τῷ ὄντι οὗτοι ἐν ἐκστάσει προεφήτευον ὡς ἂν ἀποστάτου διάκονοι. λέγει δὲ καὶ ὁ ποιμήν, ὁ ἄγγελος τῆς μετανοίας τῷ Ἑρμᾷ περὶ τοῦ ψευδοπροφήτου· τινὰ γὰρ ῥήματα ἀληθῆ λαλεῖ· ὁ γὰρ διάβολος αὐτὸν πληροῖ τῷ ἑαυτοῦ πνεύματι, εἴ τινα δυνήσεται ῥῆξαι τῶν δικαίων. πάντα μὲν οὖν οἰκονομεῖται ἄνωθεν εἰς καλόν, ἵνα γνωρισθῇ διὰ τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἡ πολυποίκιλος σοφία τοῦ θεοῦ, κατὰ πρόγνωσιν τῶν αἰώνων ἣν ἐποίησεν ἐν Χριστῷ. τῷ θεῷ δὲ οὐδὲν ἀντίκειται οὐδὲ ἐναντιοῦταί τι αὐτῷ, κυρίῳ καὶ παντοκράτορι ὄντι.
Eichon de kai hoi pseudoprophētai to klemma, to onoma to prophētikon, prophētai ontes, alla tou pseustou. legei gar ho kyrios; hymeis ek tou patros hymōn tou diabolou este kai tas epithymias tou patros hymōn thelete poiein. ekeinos anthrōpoktonos ēn apʼ archēs, kai en tę̄ alētheią ouch hestēken, hoti ouk estin alētheia en autǭ. hotan lalę̄ to pseudos, ek tōn idiōn lalei, hoti pseustēs esti kai ho patēr autou. en de tois pseudesi kai alēthē tina elegon hoi pseudoprophētai, kai tǭ onti houtoi en ekstasei proephēteuon hōs an apostatou diakonoi. legei de kai ho poimēn, ho angelos tēs metanoias tǭ Hermą peri tou pseudoprophētou; tina gar rhēmata alēthē lalei; ho gar diabolos auton plēroi tǭ heautou pneumati, ei tina dynēsetai rhēxai tōn dikaiōn. panta men oun oikonomeitai anōthen eis kalon, hina gnōristhę̄ dia tēs ekklēsias hē polypoikilos sophia tou theou, kata prognōsin tōn aiōnōn hēn epoiēsen en Christǭ. tǭ theǭ de ouden antikeitai oude enantioutai ti autǭ, kyriǭ kai pantokratori onti.
The false prophets too had what was stolen, the prophetic name, being prophets, but of the liar. For the Lord says: “You are of your father the devil, and you wish to do your father's desires. He was a murderer from the beginning, and does not stand in the truth, because there is no truth in him. When he speaks falsehood, he speaks from his own, for he is a liar and the father of it.” And among their lies the false prophets spoke some truths too, and indeed they prophesied in ecstasy, as servants of the apostate. The Shepherd, the angel of repentance, also says to Hermas about the false prophet: “For he speaks some true words; for the devil fills him with his own spirit, to see if he can break any of the righteous.” All things, then, are ordered from above for good, “that the manifold wisdom of God might be made known through the church, according to the foreknowledge of the ages, which he made in Christ.” And nothing opposes God or is contrary to him, since he is Lord and Almighty.
1.17.86Stählin 2:55
ἀλλὰ καὶ αἱ τῶν ἀποστατησάντων βουλαί τε καὶ ἐνέργειαι, μερικαὶ οὖσαι, γίνονται μὲν ἐκ φαύλης διαθέσεως, καθάπερ καὶ αἱ νόσοι αἱ σωματικαί· κυβερνῶνται δὲ ὑπὸ τῆς καθόλου προνοίας ἐπὶ τέλος ὑγιεινόν, κἂν νοσοποιὸς ᾖ ἡ αἰτία. μέγιστον γοῦν τῆς θείας προνοίας τὸ μὴ ἐᾶσαι τὴν ἐξ ἀποστάσεως ἑκουσίου φυεῖσαν κακίαν ἄχρηστον καὶ ἀνωφελῆ μένειν μηδὲ μὴν κατὰ πάντα βλαβερὰν αὐτὴν γενέσθαι· τῆς γὰρ θείας σοφίας καὶ ἀρετῆς καὶ δυνάμεως ἔργον ἐστὶν οὐ μόνον τὸ ἀγαθοποιεῖν (φύσις γὰρ ὡς εἰπεῖν αὕτη τοῦ θεοῦ ὡς τοῦ πυρὸς τὸ θερμαίνειν καὶ τοῦ φωτὸς τὸ φωτίζειν), ἀλλὰ κἀκεῖνο μάλιστα τὸ διὰ κακῶν τῶν ἐπινοηθέντων πρός τινων ἀγαθόν τι καὶ χρηστὸν τέλος ἀποτελεῖν καὶ ὠφελίμως τοῖς δοκοῦσι φαύλοις χρῆσθαι καθάπερ καὶ τῷ ἐκ πειρασμοῦ μαρτυρίῳ.
alla kai hai tōn apostatēsantōn boulai te kai energeiai, merikai ousai, ginontai men ek phaulēs diatheseōs, kathaper kai hai nosoi hai sōmatikai; kybernōntai de hypo tēs katholou pronoias epi telos hygieinon, kan nosopoios ę̄ hē aitia. megiston goun tēs theias pronoias to mē easai tēn ex apostaseōs hekousiou phyeisan kakian achrēston kai anōphelē menein mēde mēn kata panta blaberan autēn genesthai; tēs gar theias sophias kai aretēs kai dynameōs ergon estin ou monon to agathopoiein (physis gar hōs eipein hautē tou theou hōs tou pyros to thermainein kai tou phōtos to phōtizein), alla kakeino malista to dia kakōn tōn epinoēthentōn pros tinōn agathon ti kai chrēston telos apotelein kai ōphelimōs tois dokousi phaulois chrēsthai kathaper kai tǭ ek peirasmou martyriǭ.
But the counsels and activities of the apostates too, being partial, arise from a bad disposition, like bodily diseases; but they are steered by universal providence to a healthy end, even if the cause produces disease. At any rate, the greatest thing of divine providence is not to allow the vice that sprang from a voluntary apostasy to remain useless and unprofitable, nor to become harmful in every respect. For it is the work of divine wisdom, virtue, and power not only to do good (for this, so to speak, is God's nature, as it is fire's to warm and light's to give light), but especially this: to bring about some good and useful end through the evils devised by some, and to use profitably what seems bad, as in the case of the martyrdom that comes from temptation.
1.17.87Stählin 2:55–56
ἔστιν οὖν κἀν φιλοσοφίᾳ, τῇ κλαπείσῃ καθάπερ ὑπὸ Προμηθέως, πῦρ ὀλίγον εἰς φῶς ἐπιτήδειον χρησίμως ζωπυρούμενον, ἴχνος τι σοφίας καὶ κίνησις περὶ θεοῦ. ταύτῃ δʼ ἂν εἶεν κλέπται καὶ λῃσταὶ οἱ παρʼ Ἕλλησι φιλόσοφοι, καὶ πρὸ τῆς τοῦ κυρίου παρουσίας παρὰ τῶν Ἑβραϊκῶν προφητῶν μέρη τῆς ἀληθείας οὐ κατʼ ἐπίγνωσιν λαβόντες, ἀλλʼ ὡς ἴδια σφετερισάμενοι δόγματα, καὶ τὰ μὲν παραχαράξαντες, τὰ δὲ ὑπὸ περιεργίας ἀμαθῶς σοφισάμενοι, τὰ δὲ καὶ ἐξευρόντες· ἴσως γὰρ καὶ πνεῦμα αἰσθήσεως ἐσχήκασιν. ὡμολόγησε δὲ καὶ Ἀριστοτέλης τῇ γραφῇ, κλεπτικὴν σοφίας τὴν σοφιστικὴν εἰπών, ὡς προεμηνύσαμεν. ὁ δὲ ἀπόστολος ἃ καὶ λαλοῦμεν λέγει οὐκ ἐν διδακτοῖς ἀνθρωπίνης σοφίας λόγοις, ἀλλʼ ἐν διδακτοῖς πνεύματος. ἐπὶ μὲν γὰρ τῶν προφητῶν πάντες φησὶν ἐκ τοῦ πληρώματος αὐτοῦ ἐλάβομεν, δηλονότι τοῦ Χριστοῦ. ὥστε οὐ κλέπται οἱ προφῆται. καὶ ἡ διδαχὴ ἡ ἐμὴ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὴ ὁ κύριος λέγει, ἀλλὰ τοῦ πέμψαντός με πατρός. ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν κλεπτόντων ὁ δὲ ἀφʼ ἑαυτοῦ φησὶ λαλῶν τὴν δόξαν τὴν ἰδίαν ζητεῖ. τοιοῦτοι δὲ οἱ Ἕλληνες φίλαυτοι καὶ ἀλαζόνες. σοφοὺς δὲ αὐτοὺς λέγουσα ἡ γραφὴ οὐ τοὺς ὄντως σοφοὺς διαβάλλει, ἀλλὰ τοὺς δοκησισόφους.
estin oun kan philosophią, tę̄ klapeisę̄ kathaper hypo Promētheōs, pyr oligon eis phōs epitēdeion chrēsimōs zōpyroumenon, ichnos ti sophias kai kinēsis peri theou. tautę̄ dʼ an eien kleptai kai lę̄stai hoi parʼ Hellēsi philosophoi, kai pro tēs tou kyriou parousias para tōn Hebraïkōn prophētōn merē tēs alētheias ou katʼ epignōsin labontes, allʼ hōs idia spheterisamenoi dogmata, kai ta men paracharaxantes, ta de hypo periergias amathōs sophisamenoi, ta de kai exeurontes; isōs gar kai pneuma aisthēseōs eschēkasin. hōmologēse de kai Aristotelēs tę̄ graphę̄, kleptikēn sophias tēn sophistikēn eipōn, hōs proemēnysamen. ho de apostolos ha kai laloumen legei ouk en didaktois anthrōpinēs sophias logois, allʼ en didaktois pneumatos. epi men gar tōn prophētōn pantes phēsin ek tou plērōmatos autou elabomen, dēlonoti tou Christou. hōste ou kleptai hoi prophētai. kai hē didachē hē emē ouk estin emē ho kyrios legei, alla tou pempsantos me patros. epi de tōn kleptontōn ho de aphʼ heautou phēsi lalōn tēn doxan tēn idian zētei. toioutoi de hoi Hellēnes philautoi kai alazones. sophous de autous legousa hē graphē ou tous ontōs sophous diaballei, alla tous dokēsisophous.
There is, then, in philosophy too, stolen as if by Prometheus, a little fire usefully kindled into light, a trace of wisdom and a movement toward God. In this way the philosophers among the Greeks would be thieves and robbers, since, before the Lord's coming, they took portions of the truth from the Hebrew prophets, not with full knowledge, but appropriating them as their own doctrines; some they falsified, some they cleverly elaborated out of curiosity but without understanding, and some they discovered; for perhaps they too had “the spirit of perception.” Aristotle too agreed with Scripture, calling sophistry a thievery of wisdom, as we showed before. And the apostle says, “which things we also speak, not in words taught by human wisdom, but in those taught by the Spirit.” For of the prophets he says, “We have all received from his fullness,” that is, from Christ's. So the prophets are not thieves. “And my teaching is not mine,” says the Lord, “but the Father's who sent me.” But of those who steal he says, “He who speaks from himself seeks his own glory.” Such are the Greeks, self-loving and boastful. And Scripture, calling them “wise,” does not disparage the truly wise, but those who think themselves wise.
Miscellanies 1, chapter 18
1.18.88Stählin 2:56–57
καὶ τούτων, φησίν, ἀπολῶ τὴν σοφίαν τῶν σοφῶν καὶ τὴν σύνεσιν τῶν συνετῶν ἀθετήσω. ἐπιφέρει γοῦν ὁ ἀπόστολος· ποῦ σοφός; ποῦ γραμματεύς; ποῦ συζητητὴς τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου; πρὸς ἀντιδιαστολὴν τῶν γραμματέων τοὺς τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου ζητητάς, τοὺς ἐξ ἐθνῶν φιλοσόφους τάξας. οὐχὶ ἐμώρανεν ὁ θεὸς τὴν σοφίαν τοῦ κόσμου; ἐπʼ ἴσης τῷ μωρὰν ἔδειξε καὶ οὐκ ἀληθῆ, ὡς ᾤοντο. κἂν πύθῃ τὴν αἰτίαν τῆς δοξοσοφίας αὐτῶν, διὰ τὴν πώρωσιν τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν ἐρεῖ. ἐπειδὴ ἐν τῇ σοφίᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ, τουτέστι διὰ τῶν προφητῶν κατηγγελμένῃ, οὐκ ἔγνω ὁ κόσμος διὰ τῆς σοφίας, τῆς διὰ τῶν προφητῶν λαλούσης, αὐτόν, δηλονότι τὸν θεόν, εὐδόκησεν οὗτος ὁ θεὸς διὰ τοῦ κηρύγματος τῆς μωρίας, τῆς δοκούσης Ἕλλησιν εἶναι μωρίας, σῶσαι τοὺς πιστεύοντας· ἐπειδὴ Ἰουδαῖοι, φησί, σημεῖα αἰτοῦσι πρὸς πίστιν, Ἕλληνες δὲ σοφίαν ζητοῦσι, τοὺς ἀναγκαστικοὺς καλουμένους λόγους καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους συλλογισμοὺς δηλονότι, ἡμεῖς δὲ κηρύσσομεν Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν ἐσταυρωμένον, Ἰουδαίοις μὲν σκάνδαλον διὰ τὸ εἰδότας τὴν προφητείαν μὴ πιστεύειν τῇ ἐκβάσει, Ἕλλησι δὲ μωρίαν· μυθῶδες γὰρ ἡγοῦνται οἱ δοκησίσοφοι διά τε ἀνθρώπου υἱὸν θεοῦ λαλεῖν υἱόν τε ἔχειν τὸν θεὸν καὶ δὴ καὶ πεπονθέναι τοῦτον· ὅθεν αὐτοὺς ἡ πρόληψις τῆς οἰήσεως ἀναπείθει ἀπιστεῖν· ἡ γὰρ παρουσία τοῦ σωτῆρος οὐ μωροὺς ἐποίησεν καὶ σκληροκαρδίους καὶ ἀπίστους, ἀλλὰ συνετοὺς καὶ εὐπειθεῖς καὶ πρὸς ἔτι πιστούς. ἐδείχθησαν δὲ ἐκ τῆς τῶν ὑπακουσάντων ἑκουσίου προσκλίσεως χωρισθέντες οἱ μὴ ἐθελήσαντες πείθεσθαι ἀσύνετοί τε καὶ ἄπιστοι καὶ μωροί· αὐτοῖς δὲ τοῖς κλητοῖς Ἰουδαίοις τε καὶ Ἕλλησι Χριστὸς θεοῦ δύναμίς ἐστι καὶ θεοῦ σοφία.
kai toutōn, phēsin, apolō tēn sophian tōn sophōn kai tēn synesin tōn synetōn athetēsō. epipherei goun ho apostolos; pou sophos? pou grammateus? pou syzētētēs tou aiōnos toutou? pros antidiastolēn tōn grammateōn tous tou aiōnos toutou zētētas, tous ex ethnōn philosophous taxas. ouchi emōranen ho theos tēn sophian tou kosmou? epʼ isēs tǭ mōran edeixe kai ouk alēthē, hōs ǭonto. kan pythę̄ tēn aitian tēs doxosophias autōn, dia tēn pōrōsin tēs kardias autōn erei. epeidē en tę̄ sophią tou theou, toutesti dia tōn prophētōn katēngelmenę̄, ouk egnō ho kosmos dia tēs sophias, tēs dia tōn prophētōn lalousēs, auton, dēlonoti ton theon, eudokēsen houtos ho theos dia tou kērygmatos tēs mōrias, tēs dokousēs Hellēsin einai mōrias, sōsai tous pisteuontas; epeidē Ioudaioi, phēsi, sēmeia aitousi pros pistin, Hellēnes de sophian zētousi, tous anankastikous kaloumenous logous kai tous allous syllogismous dēlonoti, hēmeis de kēryssomen Iēsoun Christon estaurōmenon, Ioudaiois men skandalon dia to eidotas tēn prophēteian mē pisteuein tę̄ ekbasei, Hellēsi de mōrian; mythōdes gar hēgountai hoi dokēsisophoi dia te anthrōpou huion theou lalein huion te echein ton theon kai dē kai peponthenai touton; hothen autous hē prolēpsis tēs oiēseōs anapeithei apistein; hē gar parousia tou sōtēros ou mōrous epoiēsen kai sklērokardious kai apistous, alla synetous kai eupeitheis kai pros eti pistous. edeichthēsan de ek tēs tōn hypakousantōn hekousiou proskliseōs chōristhentes hoi mē ethelēsantes peithesthai asynetoi te kai apistoi kai mōroi; autois de tois klētois Ioudaiois te kai Hellēsi Christos theou dynamis esti kai theou sophia.
And of these, it says, “I will destroy the wisdom of the wise, and the understanding of the prudent I will set aside.” At any rate the apostle adds: “Where is the wise man? Where is the scribe? Where is the debater of this age?” by contrast with the scribes placing the inquirers of this age, the philosophers from the Gentiles. “Has not God made foolish the wisdom of the world?” Equivalent to: he showed it to be foolish and not true, as they thought. And if you ask the cause of their pretended wisdom, he will say, “because of the hardness of their heart.” “Since in the wisdom of God,” that is, proclaimed through the prophets, “the world did not know through wisdom,” the wisdom that spoke through the prophets, “him,” that is, God, “God was pleased through the foolishness of preaching,” which seemed foolishness to the Greeks, “to save those who believe. For the Jews,” he says, “ask for signs” for belief, “and the Greeks seek wisdom,” that is, the so-called compelling arguments and other syllogisms, “but we preach Christ crucified, a stumbling block to the Jews,” because, though they knew the prophecy, they did not believe its fulfillment, “and foolishness to the Greeks”; for those who think themselves wise consider it a myth that the Son of God speaks through a man, and that God has a Son, and further that he suffered. Hence the prejudice of their conceit persuades them to disbelieve. For the Savior's coming did not make people foolish, hard-hearted, and unbelieving, but understanding, obedient, and moreover faithful; but those who were unwilling to obey, separated from those who obeyed by voluntary choice, were shown to be without understanding, unbelieving, and foolish. “But to those who are called, Jews and Greeks, Christ is the power of God and the wisdom of God.”
1.18.89Stählin 2:57
μή τι οὖν, ὅπερ καὶ ἄμεινον, ἀποφατικὸν ἡγητέον τὸ οὐχὶ ἐμώρανεν ὁ θεὸς τὴν σοφίαν τοῦ κόσμου ἐπʼ ἴσης τῷ οὐκ ἐμώρανεν, ἵνα μὴ ἡ αἰτία τῆς σκληροκαρδίας αὐτοῖς παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ φαίνηται γενομένη, τοῦ μωράναντος τὴν σοφίαν· ἔμπαλιν γὰρ καίτοι σοφοὶ ὄντες ἐν μείζονι αἰτίᾳ γεγόνασι μὴ πιστεύσαντες τῷ κηρύγματι· ἑκούσιος γὰρ ἥ τε αἵρεσις ἥ τε τῆς ἀληθείας ἐκτροπή. ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ ἀπολῶ τὴν σοφίαν τῶν σοφῶν τῇ τῆς καταφρονουμένης καὶ ὑπερορωμένης βαρβάρου φιλοσοφίας ἀντιπαραθέσει καταλάμψαι φησίν, ὡς καὶ ὁ λύχνος ὑπὸ τοῦ ἡλίου καταλαμπόμενος ἀπολωλέναι λέγεται τῷ μὴ τὴν ἴσην ἐκτελεῖν ἐνέργειαν. πάντων τοίνυν ἀνθρώπων κεκλημένων οἱ ὑπακοῦσαι βουληθέντες κλητοὶ ὠνομάσθησαν. οὐ γάρ ἐστιν ἀδικία παρὰ τῷ θεῷ. αὐτίκα ἐξ ἑκατέρου γένους οἱ πιστεύσαντες, οὗτοι λαὸς περιούσιος. κἀν ταῖς Πράξεσι τῶν ἀποστόλων εὕροις ἂν κατὰ λέξιν· οἱ μὲν οὖν ἀποδεξάμενοι τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ ἐβαπτίσθησαν, οἱ δὲ μὴ θελήσαντες πείθεσθαι ἑαυτοὺς ἀπέστησαν δηλαδή.
mē ti oun, hoper kai ameinon, apophatikon hēgēteon to ouchi emōranen ho theos tēn sophian tou kosmou epʼ isēs tǭ ouk emōranen, hina mē hē aitia tēs sklērokardias autois para tou theou phainētai genomenē, tou mōranantos tēn sophian; empalin gar kaitoi sophoi ontes en meizoni aitią gegonasi mē pisteusantes tǭ kērygmati; hekousios gar hē te hairesis hē te tēs alētheias ektropē. alla kai tǭ apolō tēn sophian tōn sophōn tę̄ tēs kataphronoumenēs kai hyperorōmenēs barbarou philosophias antiparathesei katalampsai phēsin, hōs kai ho lychnos hypo tou hēliou katalampomenos apolōlenai legetai tǭ mē tēn isēn ektelein energeian. pantōn toinyn anthrōpōn keklēmenōn hoi hypakousai boulēthentes klētoi ōnomasthēsan. ou gar estin adikia para tǭ theǭ. autika ex hekaterou genous hoi pisteusantes, houtoi laos periousios. kan tais Praxesi tōn apostolōn heurois an kata lexin; hoi men oun apodexamenoi ton logon autou ebaptisthēsan, hoi de mē thelēsantes peithesthai heautous apestēsan dēladē.
Or should “Has not God made foolish the wisdom of the world?” rather (which is better) be taken as a denial, equivalent to “He did not make it foolish,” so that the cause of their hardness of heart may not appear to come from God, who would have made the wisdom foolish? On the contrary, though they were wise, they have come under greater blame by not believing the preaching; for both the choice and the turning away from the truth are voluntary. And by “I will destroy the wisdom of the wise” he means that it will be outshone by comparison with the despised and disdained barbarian philosophy, as a lamp outshone by the sun is said to be destroyed because it does not perform the same function. All human beings, then, having been called, those who were willing to obey were named “called.” “For there is no injustice with God.” Thus those from each race who believed are “a people for his own possession.” And in the Acts of the Apostles you might find word for word: “Those, then, who received his word were baptized”; but those unwilling to obey clearly withdrew themselves.
1.18.90Stählin 2:57–58
πρὸς τούτους ἡ προφητεία λέγει· κἂν θέλητε καὶ εἰσακούσητέ μου, τὰ ἀγαθὰ τῆς γῆς φάγεσθε, ἐφʼ ἡμῖν κείμενα διελέγχουσα καὶ τὴν αἵρεσιν καὶ τὴν ἐκτροπήν· θεοῦ δὲ σοφίαν εἴρηκεν ὁ ἀπόστολος τὴν κατὰ τὸν κύριον διδασκαλίαν, σοφίαν ἵνα δείξῃ τὴν ἀληθῆ φιλοσοφίαν διʼ υἱοῦ παραδιδομένην. ἀλλὰ γὰρ καὶ ὁ δοκησίσοφος παραινέσεις ἔχει τινὰς τὰς παρὰ τῷ ἀποστόλῳ κελευούσας ἐνδύσασθαι τὸν καινὸν ἄνθρωπον τὸν κατὰ θεὸν κτισθέντα ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ καὶ ὁσιότητι τῆς ἀληθείας. διὸ ἀποθέμενοι τὸ ψεῦδος λαλεῖτε ἀλήθειαν· μὴ δίδοτε τόπον τῷ διαβόλῳ. ὁ κλέπτων μηκέτι κλεπτέτω, μᾶλλον δὲ κοπιάτω ἐργαζόμενος τὸ ἀγαθόν. ἐργάζεσθαι δέ ἐστι τὸ προσεκπονεῖν ζητοῦντα τὴν ἀλήθειαν, σὺν γὰρ τῇ λογικῇ εὐποιίᾳ, ἵνα ἔχητε μεταδοῦναι τῷ χρείαν ἔχοντι καὶ τῆς κοσμικῆς περιουσίας καὶ τῆς θείας σοφίας. βούλεται γὰρ ἐκδιδάσκεσθαι τὸν λόγον καὶ εἰς τὰς τραπέζας τὸ ἀργύριον βάλλεσθαι δεδοκιμασμένον ἀκριβῶς εἰς τὸ ἐκδανείζεσθαι. ὅθεν ἐπιφέρει· λόγος σαπρὸς ἐκ τοῦ στόματος ὑμῶν μὴ ἐκπορευέσθω, σαπρὸς λόγος οὗτος ὁ ἐξ οἰήσεως, ἀλλʼ εἴ τις ἀγαθὸς πρὸς οἰκοδομὴν τῆς χρείας, ἵνα δῷ χάριν τοῖς ἀκούουσιν. ἀγαθοῦ δʼ ἂν ἀνάγκη θεοῦ ἀγαθὸν εἶναι τὸν λόγον. πῶς δὲ οὐκ ἀγαθὸς ὁ σῴζων;
pros toutous hē prophēteia legei; kan thelēte kai eisakousēte mou, ta agatha tēs gēs phagesthe, ephʼ hēmin keimena dielenchousa kai tēn hairesin kai tēn ektropēn; theou de sophian eirēken ho apostolos tēn kata ton kyrion didaskalian, sophian hina deixę̄ tēn alēthē philosophian diʼ huiou paradidomenēn. alla gar kai ho dokēsisophos paraineseis echei tinas tas para tǭ apostolǭ keleuousas endysasthai ton kainon anthrōpon ton kata theon ktisthenta en dikaiosynę̄ kai hosiotēti tēs alētheias. dio apothemenoi to pseudos laleite alētheian; mē didote topon tǭ diabolǭ. ho kleptōn mēketi kleptetō, mallon de kopiatō ergazomenos to agathon. ergazesthai de esti to prosekponein zētounta tēn alētheian, syn gar tę̄ logikę̄ eupoiią, hina echēte metadounai tǭ chreian echonti kai tēs kosmikēs periousias kai tēs theias sophias. bouletai gar ekdidaskesthai ton logon kai eis tas trapezas to argyrion ballesthai dedokimasmenon akribōs eis to ekdaneizesthai. hothen epipherei; logos sapros ek tou stomatos hymōn mē ekporeuesthō, sapros logos houtos ho ex oiēseōs, allʼ ei tis agathos pros oikodomēn tēs chreias, hina dǭ charin tois akouousin. agathou dʼ an anankē theou agathon einai ton logon. pōs de ouk agathos ho sǭzōn?
To these the prophecy says, “If you are willing and listen to me, you will eat the good things of the land,” showing that both choice and turning away rest with us. And the apostle called the teaching according to the Lord “the wisdom of God,” to show that the true philosophy is handed down through the Son. But the one who thinks himself wise has certain exhortations from the apostle too, which command him “to put on the new man, created according to God in righteousness and holiness of truth. Therefore, putting away falsehood, speak truth; do not give place to the devil. Let the thief steal no longer, but rather let him labor, working what is good,” and to work is to labor further in seeking the truth, together with rational beneficence, “so that you may have something to share with the one in need,” both of worldly abundance and of divine wisdom. For he wishes the word to be taught, and the money, carefully tested, to be put with the bankers for lending. Hence he adds: “Let no rotten word come out of your mouth”; the rotten word is the one from conceit; “but whatever is good for building up as the need may be, that it may give grace to those who hear.” And the word of the good God must necessarily be good. How is the one who saves not good?
Miscellanies 1, chapter 19
1.19.91Stählin 2:58–59
Ὅτι οὖν μαρτυροῦνται ἀληθῆ τινα δογματίζειν καὶ Ἕλληνες, ἔξεστι κἀντεῦθεν σκοπεῖν. ὁ Παῦλος ἐν ταῖς Πράξεσι τῶν ἀποστόλων ἀναγράφεται λέγων πρὸς τοὺς Ἀρεοπαγίτας· δεισιδαιμονεστέρους ὑμᾶς θεωρῶ. διερχόμενος γὰρ καὶ ἱστορῶν τὰ σεβάσματα ὑμῶν εὗρον βωμὸν ἐν ᾧ ἀνεγέγραπτο· ἀγνώστῳ θεῷ. ὃν οὖν ἀγνοοῦντες εὐσεβεῖτε, τοῦτον ἐγὼ καταγγέλλω ὑμῖν. ὁ θεὸς ὁ ποιήσας τὸν κόσμον καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐν αὐτῷ, οὗτος οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς ὑπάρχων κύριος οὐκ ἐν χειροποιήτοις ναοῖς κατοικεῖ οὐδὲ ὑπὸ χειρῶν ἀνθρωπίνων θεραπεύεται προσδεόμενός τινος, αὐτὸς δοὺς πᾶσι ζωὴν καὶ πνοὴν καὶ τὰ πάντα· ἐποίησέ τε ἐξ ἑνὸς πᾶν γένος ἀνθρώπων κατοικεῖν ἐπὶ παντὸς προσώπου τῆς γῆς, ὁρίσας προστεταγμένους καιροὺς καὶ τὰς ὁροθεσίας τῆς κατοικίας αὐτῶν, ζητεῖν τὸ θεῖον, εἰ ἄρα ψηλαφήσειαν ἢ εὕροιεν ἄν, καίτοι οὐ μακρὰν ἀπὸ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου ἡμῶν ὑπάρχοντος· ἐν αὐτῷ γὰρ ζῶμεν καὶ κινούμεθα καὶ ἐσμέν, ὡς καί τινες τῶν καθʼ ὑμᾶς ποιητῶν εἰρήκασιν· τοῦ γὰρ καὶ γένος ἐσμέν. ἐξ ὧν δῆλον ὅτι καὶ ποιητικοῖς χρώμενος παραδείγμασιν ἐκ τῶν Ἀράτου Φαινομένων δοκιμάζει τὰ παρʼ Ἕλλησι καλῶς εἰρημένα καὶ διὰ τοῦ ἀγνώστου θεοῦ τιμᾶσθαι μὲν κατὰ περίφρασιν πρὸς τῶν Ἑλλήνων τὸν δημιουργὸν θεὸν ᾐνίξατο, κατʼ ἐπίγνωσιν δὲ δεῖν διʼ υἱοῦ παραλαβεῖν τε καὶ μαθεῖν.
Hoti oun martyrountai alēthē tina dogmatizein kai Hellēnes, exesti kanteuthen skopein. ho Paulos en tais Praxesi tōn apostolōn anagraphetai legōn pros tous Areopagitas; deisidaimonesterous hymas theōrō. dierchomenos gar kai historōn ta sebasmata hymōn heuron bōmon en hǭ anegegrapto; agnōstǭ theǭ. hon oun agnoountes eusebeite, touton egō katangellō hymin. ho theos ho poiēsas ton kosmon kai panta ta en autǭ, houtos ouranou kai gēs hyparchōn kyrios ouk en cheiropoiētois naois katoikei oude hypo cheirōn anthrōpinōn therapeuetai prosdeomenos tinos, autos dous pasi zōēn kai pnoēn kai ta panta; epoiēse te ex henos pan genos anthrōpōn katoikein epi pantos prosōpou tēs gēs, horisas prostetagmenous kairous kai tas horothesias tēs katoikias autōn, zētein to theion, ei ara psēlaphēseian ē heuroien an, kaitoi ou makran apo henos hekastou hēmōn hyparchontos; en autǭ gar zōmen kai kinoumetha kai esmen, hōs kai tines tōn kathʼ hymas poiētōn eirēkasin; tou gar kai genos esmen. ex hōn dēlon hoti kai poiētikois chrōmenos paradeigmasin ek tōn Aratou Phainomenōn dokimazei ta parʼ Hellēsi kalōs eirēmena kai dia tou agnōstou theou timasthai men kata periphrasin pros tōn Hellēnōn ton dēmiourgon theon ę̄nixato, katʼ epignōsin de dein diʼ huiou paralabein te kai mathein.
That the Greeks too are attested to teach some truths can be seen from this as well. Paul, in the Acts of the Apostles, is recorded as saying to the Areopagites: “I see that you are very religious. For as I passed through and looked at the objects of your worship, I found an altar on which was inscribed: To an unknown god. What you worship as unknown, this I proclaim to you. The God who made the world and all things in it, being Lord of heaven and earth, does not dwell in temples made with hands, nor is he served by human hands, as though he needed anything, since he himself gives to all life and breath and all things. And he made from one every race of men to dwell on all the face of the earth, having determined appointed seasons and the boundaries of their habitation, to seek the divine, if perhaps they might feel after it or find it, though it is not far from each one of us; for in him we live and move and have our being, as some of your own poets have said: For we are also his offspring.” From this it is clear that, using poetic examples from the Phaenomena of Aratus, he approves what was well said among the Greeks, and hinted that through the unknown god the Greeks honored, by a roundabout way, God the Creator, but that one must receive and learn him with full knowledge through the Son.
1.19.92Stählin 2:59
ἀπέστειλα οὖν διὰ τοῦτό σε εἰς τὰ ἔθνη, ἀνοῖξαι, φησίν, ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν, τοῦ ἐπιστρέψαι ἀπὸ σκότους εἰς φῶς καὶ τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ σατανᾶ ἐπὶ θεόν, τοῦ λαβεῖν αὐτοὺς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν καὶ κλῆρον ἐν τοῖς ἡγιασμένοις πίστει τῇ εἰς ἐμέ. οὗτοι οὖν οἱ ἀνοιγόμενοι τυφλῶν ὀφθαλμοὶ ἡ διʼ υἱοῦ ἐπίγνωσίς ἐστι τοῦ πατρός, ἡ τῆς περιφράσεως τῆς Ἑλληνικῆς κατάληψις, τό τε ἀπὸ τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ σατανᾶ ἐπιστρέψαι τὸ ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας ἐστὶ μεταβάλλεσθαι, διʼ ἣν ἡ δουλεία ἐγεγόνει. οὐ μὴν ἁπλῶς πᾶσαν φιλοσοφίαν ἀποδεχόμεθα, ἀλλʼ ἐκείνην περὶ ἧς καὶ ὁ παρὰ Πλάτωνι λέγει Σωκράτης· εἰσὶ γὰρ δή, ὥς φασι οἱ περὶ τὰς τελετάς, ναρθηκοφόροι μὲν πολλοί, βάκχοι δέ τε παῦροι, πολλοὺς μὲν τοὺς κλητούς, ὀλίγους δὲ τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς αἰνιττόμενος. ἐπιφέρει γοῦν σαφῶς· οὗτοι δέ εἰσι κατὰ τὴν ἐμὴν δόξαν οὐκ ἄλλοι ἢ οἱ πεφιλοσοφηκότες ὀρθώς. ὧν δὴ κἀγὼ κατά γε τὸ δυνατὸν οὐδὲν ἀπέλιπον ἐν τῷ βίῳ, ἀλλὰ παντὶ τρόπῳ προὐθυμήθην γενέσθαι. εἰ δὲ ὀρθῶς προὐθυμήθην καί τι ἠνύσαμεν, ἐκεῖσε ἐλθόντες τὸ σαφὲς εἰσόμεθα, ἐὰν θεὸς θέλῃ, ὀλίγον ὕστερον.
apesteila oun dia touto se eis ta ethnē, anoixai, phēsin, ophthalmous autōn, tou epistrepsai apo skotous eis phōs kai tēs exousias tou satana epi theon, tou labein autous aphesin hamartiōn kai klēron en tois hēgiasmenois pistei tę̄ eis eme. houtoi oun hoi anoigomenoi typhlōn ophthalmoi hē diʼ huiou epignōsis esti tou patros, hē tēs periphraseōs tēs Hellēnikēs katalēpsis, to te apo tēs exousias tou satana epistrepsai to apo tēs hamartias esti metaballesthai, diʼ hēn hē douleia egegonei. ou mēn haplōs pasan philosophian apodechometha, allʼ ekeinēn peri hēs kai ho para Platōni legei Sōkratēs; eisi gar dē, hōs phasi hoi peri tas teletas, narthēkophoroi men polloi, bakchoi de te pauroi, pollous men tous klētous, oligous de tous eklektous ainittomenos. epipherei goun saphōs; houtoi de eisi kata tēn emēn doxan ouk alloi ē hoi pephilosophēkotes orthōs. hōn dē kagō kata ge to dynaton ouden apelipon en tǭ biǭ, alla panti tropǭ prouthymēthēn genesthai. ei de orthōs prouthymēthēn kai ti ēnysamen, ekeise elthontes to saphes eisometha, ean theos thelę̄, oligon hysteron.
“For this reason, then, I have sent you to the Gentiles,” it says, “to open their eyes, so that they may turn from darkness to light and from the power of Satan to God, that they may receive forgiveness of sins and a share among those sanctified by faith in me.” These opened eyes of the blind, then, are the knowledge of the Father through the Son, the grasp of what the Greeks expressed in a roundabout way; and to turn from the power of Satan is to change from sin, through which slavery had come about. We do not, however, simply accept all philosophy, but that of which Socrates too speaks in Plato: “For there are, as those concerned with the initiations say, many thyrsus-bearers, but few Bacchants,” hinting at many called and few chosen. At any rate he adds clearly: “And these, in my opinion, are none other than those who have philosophized rightly. Of whom I too, as far as possible, left nothing undone in my life, but in every way was eager to become one. Whether I was rightly eager and accomplished anything, we shall know clearly when we come there, if God wills, a little later.”
1.19.93Stählin 2:59–60
ἆρʼ οὐ δοκεῖ σοι πίστεως ἐκ τῶν Ἑβραϊκῶν γραφῶν τὴν μετὰ θάνατον ἐλπίδα τοῦ δικαίου σαφηνίζειν; κἀν τῷ Δημοδόκῳ, εἰ δὴ τοῦ Πλάτωνος τὸ σύγγραμμα, μὴ οὐκ ᾖ τοῦτο φιλοσοφεῖν λέγει, περὶ τὰς τέχνας κυπτάζοντα ζῆν οὐδὲ πολυμαθοῦντα, ἀλλὰ ἄλλο τι, ἐπεὶ ἔγωγε ᾤμην καὶ ὄνειδος εἶναι. ᾔδει γὰρ, οἶμαι, ὡς ἄρα ἤδη πολυμαθίη νόον ἔχειν οὐ διδάσκει καθʼ Ἡράκλειτον. ἔν τε τῷ πέμπτῳ τῆς Πολιτείας τούτους οὖν πάντας φησὶ καὶ ἄλλους τοιούτων τινῶν μαθηματικοὺς καὶ τοὺς τῶν τεχνυδρίων φιλοσόφους θήσομεν; οὐδαμῶς, εἶπον, ἀλλʼ ὁμοίους μὲν φιλοσόφοις. τοὺς δʼ ἀληθινούς, ἔφη, τίνας λέγεις; τοὺς τῆς ἀληθείας, ἦν δʼ ἐγώ, φιλοθεάμονας. οὐ γὰρ ἐν γεωμετρίᾳ αἰτήματα καὶ ὑποθέσεις ἐχούσῃ φιλοσοφία, οὐδʼ ἐν μουσικῇ, στοχαστικῇ γε οὔσῃ, οὐδʼ ἐν ἀστρονομίᾳ, φυσικῶν καὶ ῥεόντων καὶ εἰκότων βεβυσμένῃ λόγων, ἀλλʼ αὐτοῦ τἀγαθοῦ δὴ ἐπιστήμη καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας, ἐκείνων ἑτέρων μὲν ὄντων τἀγαθοῦ, ὁδῶν ὥσπερ δὲ ἐπὶ τἀγαθόν. ὥστʼ οὐδʼ αὐτὸς τὴν ἐγκύκλιον παιδείαν συντελεῖν πρὸς τἀγαθὸν δίδωσι, συνεργεῖν δὲ πρὸς τὸ διεγείρειν καὶ συγγυμνάζειν πρὸς τὰ νοητὰ τὴν ψυχήν.
arʼ ou dokei soi pisteōs ek tōn Hebraïkōn graphōn tēn meta thanaton elpida tou dikaiou saphēnizein? kan tǭ Dēmodokǭ, ei dē tou Platōnos to syngramma, mē ouk ę̄ touto philosophein legei, peri tas technas kyptazonta zēn oude polymathounta, alla allo ti, epei egōge ǭmēn kai oneidos einai. ę̄dei gar, oimai, hōs ara ēdē polymathiē noon echein ou didaskei kathʼ Hērakleiton. en te tǭ pemptǭ tēs Politeias toutous oun pantas phēsi kai allous toioutōn tinōn mathēmatikous kai tous tōn technydriōn philosophous thēsomen? oudamōs, eipon, allʼ homoious men philosophois. tous dʼ alēthinous, ephē, tinas legeis? tous tēs alētheias, ēn dʼ egō, philotheamonas. ou gar en geōmetrią aitēmata kai hypotheseis echousę̄ philosophia, oudʼ en mousikę̄, stochastikę̄ ge ousę̄, oudʼ en astronomią, physikōn kai rheontōn kai eikotōn bebysmenę̄ logōn, allʼ autou tagathou dē epistēmē kai tēs alētheias, ekeinōn heterōn men ontōn tagathou, hodōn hōsper de epi tagathon. hōstʼ oudʼ autos tēn enkyklion paideian syntelein pros tagathon didōsi, synergein de pros to diegeirein kai syngymnazein pros ta noēta tēn psychēn.
Does he not seem to you, from the Hebrew Scriptures, to make clear the hope of the righteous after death, which belongs to faith? And in the Demodocus, if the work is really Plato's, he says that to philosophize is not this, to live bent over the arts or learning many things, but something else, since I at least thought that a reproach. For he knew, I think, that “much learning does not teach one to have sense,” according to Heraclitus. And in the fifth book of the Republic he says: “Shall we call all these, then, and others learned in such things, and those of the petty arts, philosophers? Not at all, I said, but like philosophers. And whom do you call the true ones? he said. Those, I said, who love to behold the truth.” For philosophy is not in geometry, which has postulates and hypotheses, nor in music, which is a matter of guesswork, nor in astronomy, stuffed with physical, fluctuating, and probable arguments, but it is knowledge of the good itself and of the truth, those other things being different from the good, but like roads toward the good. So he himself does not grant that encyclical education contributes to the good itself, but that it works together to rouse the soul and to exercise it together toward intelligible things.
1.19.94Stählin 2:60–61
Εἴτʼ οὖν κατὰ περίπτωσίν φασιν ἀποφθέγξασθαί τινα τῆς ἀληθοῦς φιλοσοφίας τοὺς Ἕλληνας, θείας οἰκονομίας ἡ περίπτωσις (οὐ γὰρ ταὐτόματον ἐκθειάσει τις διὰ τὴν πρὸς ἡμᾶς φιλοτιμίαν), εἴτε κατὰ συντυχίαν, οὐκ ἀπρονόητος ἡ συντυχία· εἴτʼ αὖ φυσικὴν ἔννοιαν ἐσχηκέναι τοὺς Ἕλληνας λέγοι, τὸν τῆς φύσεως δημιουργὸν ἕνα γινώσκομεν, καθὸ καὶ τὴν δικαιοσύνην φυσικὴν εἰρήκαμεν, εἴτε μὴν κοινὸν ἐσχηκέναι νοῦν, τίς ὁ τούτου πατὴρ καὶ τῆς κατὰ τὴν τοῦ νοῦ διανομὴν δικαιοσύνης σκοπήσωμεν. ἂν γὰρ προαναφώνησίν τις εἴπῃ καὶ συνεκφώνησιν αἰτιάσηται, προφητείας εἴδη λέγει. ναὶ μὴν κατʼ ἔμφασιν ἀληθείας ἄλλοι θέλουσιν εἰρῆσθαί τινα τοῖς φιλοσόφοις. ὁ μὲν οὖν θεσπέσιος ἀπόστολος ἐφʼ ἡμῶν γράφει· βλέπομεν γὰρ νῦν ὡς διʼ ἐσόπτρου, κατʼ ἀνάκλασιν ἐπʼ αὐτοῦ ἑαυτοὺς γινώσκοντες κἀκ τοῦ ἐν ἡμῖν θείου τὸ ποιητικὸν αἴτιον ὡς οἷόν τε συνθεωροῦντες· εἶδες γάρ, φησί, τὸν ἀδελφόν σου, εἶδες τὸν θεόν σου. τὸν σωτῆρα οἶμαι θεὸν εἰρῆσθαι ἡμῖν τὰ νῦν· μετὰ δὲ τὴν τῆς σαρκὸς ἀπόθεσιν πρόσωπον πρὸς πρόσωπον, τότε ἤδη ὁριστικῶς καὶ καταληπτικῶς, ὅταν καθαρὰ ἡ καρδία γένηται. καὶ κατʼ ἔμφασιν δὲ καὶ διάφασιν οἱ ἀκριβῶς παρʼ Ἕλλησι φιλοσοφήσαντες διορῶσι τὸν θεόν· τοιαῦται γὰρ αἱ κατʼ ἀδυναμίαν φαντασίαι ἀληθεῖς, ὡς φαντασία καθορᾶται ἐν τοῖς ὕδασιν καὶ ὁρῶμεν τὰ διὰ τῶν διαφανῶν καὶ διαυγῶν σωμάτων.
Eitʼ oun kata periptōsin phasin apophthenxasthai tina tēs alēthous philosophias tous Hellēnas, theias oikonomias hē periptōsis (ou gar tautomaton ektheiasei tis dia tēn pros hēmas philotimian), eite kata syntychian, ouk apronoētos hē syntychia; eitʼ au physikēn ennoian eschēkenai tous Hellēnas legoi, ton tēs physeōs dēmiourgon hena ginōskomen, katho kai tēn dikaiosynēn physikēn eirēkamen, eite mēn koinon eschēkenai noun, tis ho toutou patēr kai tēs kata tēn tou nou dianomēn dikaiosynēs skopēsōmen. an gar proanaphōnēsin tis eipę̄ kai synekphōnēsin aitiasētai, prophēteias eidē legei. nai mēn katʼ emphasin alētheias alloi thelousin eirēsthai tina tois philosophois. ho men oun thespesios apostolos ephʼ hēmōn graphei; blepomen gar nyn hōs diʼ esoptrou, katʼ anaklasin epʼ autou heautous ginōskontes kak tou en hēmin theiou to poiētikon aition hōs hoion te syntheōrountes; eides gar, phēsi, ton adelphon sou, eides ton theon sou. ton sōtēra oimai theon eirēsthai hēmin ta nyn; meta de tēn tēs sarkos apothesin prosōpon pros prosōpon, tote ēdē horistikōs kai katalēptikōs, hotan kathara hē kardia genētai. kai katʼ emphasin de kai diaphasin hoi akribōs parʼ Hellēsi philosophēsantes diorōsi ton theon; toiautai gar hai katʼ adynamian phantasiai alētheis, hōs phantasia kathoratai en tois hydasin kai horōmen ta dia tōn diaphanōn kai diaugōn sōmatōn.
Whether, then, they say that the Greeks uttered some things of the true philosophy by chance, the chance is of the divine plan (for no one, out of rivalry with us, will deify accident); or by coincidence, the coincidence is not without providence; or if someone should say that the Greeks had a natural conception, we know that the Creator of nature is one, just as we have called righteousness natural; or if they had a common mind, let us consider who is its father and the father of the righteousness that corresponds to the distribution of mind. For if someone speaks of foretelling and attributes it to joint utterance, he is speaking of forms of prophecy. Others would have it that some things were said by the philosophers by a reflection of the truth. The divine apostle writes of us: “For now we see as through a mirror,” knowing ourselves by reflection in him and contemplating, as far as possible, the efficient cause from the divine in us. “For you have seen your brother,” it says, “you have seen your God.” I think the Savior is here called God for us; but after putting off the flesh, “face to face,” then definitely and comprehensively, when the heart has become pure. And by reflection and transparency those who philosophized accurately among the Greeks see God; for such are the true impressions because of our weakness, as an image is seen in water and we see things through transparent and clear bodies.
1.19.95Stählin 2:61
καλῶς οὖν ὁ Σολομὼν ὁ σπείρων φησὶ δικαιοσύνην ἐργάζεται πίστιν. εἰσὶ δὲ οἱ τὰ ἴδια σπείροντες οἳ πλείονα ποιοῦσιν. καὶ πάλιν· ἐπιμελοῦ τῶν ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ χλωρῶν καὶ κερεῖς πόαν, καὶ συνάγαγε χόρτον ὥριμον, ἵνα ἔχῃς πρόβατα εἰς ἱματισμόν. ὁρᾷς ὅπως καὶ τῆς ἔξωθεν σκέπης τε καὶ φυλακῆς φροντιστέον. γνωστῶς δὲ ἐπιγνώσῃ ψυχὰς ποιμνίου σου. ὅταν γὰρ ἔθνη τὰ μὴ νόμον ἔχοντα φύσει τὰ τοῦ νόμου ποιῶσιν, οὗτοι νόμον μὴ ἔχοντες ἑαυτοῖς εἰσι νόμος, τῆς ἀκροβυστίας τὰ δικαιώματα τοῦ νόμου φυλασσούσης κατὰ τὸν ἀπόστολον καὶ πρὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ πρὸ τῆς παρουσίας. οἱονεὶ δὲ σύγκρισιν ποιούμενος ὁ λόγος τῶν ἀπὸ φιλοσοφίας πρὸς τοὺς αἱρετικοὺς καλουμένους, ἐμφανῶς πάνυ κρείσσων φησὶ φίλος ἐγγὺς ἢ ἀδελφὸς μακρὰν οἰκῶν· ὃς δὲ ἐρείδεται ἐπὶ ψεύδεσιν, οὗτος ποιμαίνει ἀνέμους καὶ διώκει ὄρνεα πτερωτά. οὐκ οἶμαι φιλοσοφίαν λέγειν τὰ νῦν τὸν λόγον. καίτοι ἐν πολλοῖς τὰ εἰκότα ἐπιχειρεῖ καὶ πιθανεύεται φιλοσοφία, ἀλλὰ τὰς αἱρέσεις ἐπιρραπίζει. ἐπιφέρει γοῦν· ἀπέλιπεν γὰρ ὁδοὺς τοῦ ἑαυτοῦ ἀμπελῶνος, τὰς δὲ τροχιὰς τοῦ ἰδίου γεωργίου πεπλάνηται. αὗται δέ εἰσιν αἱ τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἀπολείπουσαι ἐκκλησίαν. αὐτίκα ὁ εἰς αἵρεσιν ὑποπεσὼν διέρχεται διʼ ἐρημίας ἀνύδρου, τὸν ὄντως ὄντα θεὸν καταλιπών, ἔρημος θεοῦ, ὕδωρ ἄνυδρον ζητῶν, τὴν ἀοίκητον καὶ δίψιον ἐπερχόμενος γῆν, συνάγων χερσὶν ἀκαρπίαν.
kalōs oun ho Solomōn ho speirōn phēsi dikaiosynēn ergazetai pistin. eisi de hoi ta idia speirontes hoi pleiona poiousin. kai palin; epimelou tōn en tǭ pediǭ chlōrōn kai kereis poan, kai synagage chorton hōrimon, hina echę̄s probata eis himatismon. horąs hopōs kai tēs exōthen skepēs te kai phylakēs phrontisteon. gnōstōs de epignōsę̄ psychas poimniou sou. hotan gar ethnē ta mē nomon echonta physei ta tou nomou poiōsin, houtoi nomon mē echontes heautois eisi nomos, tēs akrobystias ta dikaiōmata tou nomou phylassousēs kata ton apostolon kai pro tou nomou kai pro tēs parousias. hoionei de synkrisin poioumenos ho logos tōn apo philosophias pros tous hairetikous kaloumenous, emphanōs pany kreissōn phēsi philos engys ē adelphos makran oikōn; hos de ereidetai epi pseudesin, houtos poimainei anemous kai diōkei ornea pterōta. ouk oimai philosophian legein ta nyn ton logon. kaitoi en pollois ta eikota epicheirei kai pithaneuetai philosophia, alla tas haireseis epirrapizei. epipherei goun; apelipen gar hodous tou heautou ampelōnos, tas de trochias tou idiou geōrgiou peplanētai. hautai de eisin hai tēn ex archēs apoleipousai ekklēsian. autika ho eis hairesin hypopesōn dierchetai diʼ erēmias anydrou, ton ontōs onta theon katalipōn, erēmos theou, hydōr anydron zētōn, tēn aoikēton kai dipsion eperchomenos gēn, synagōn chersin akarpian.
Well, then, does Solomon say, “He who sows righteousness works faith.” “And there are those who sow their own and make more.” And again: “Take care of the green things in the field, and you will shear the grass, and gather ripe hay, that you may have sheep for clothing.” You see how care must be taken also for outward covering and protection. “And you will know the souls of your flock well.” “For when Gentiles who do not have the law do by nature the things of the law, these, not having the law, are a law to themselves,” the uncircumcision keeping the ordinances of the law, according to the apostle, both before the law and before the coming. As if comparing those from philosophy with the so-called heretics, the Word says very plainly, “Better is a friend near than a brother living far off. But the one who leans on falsehoods feeds the winds and chases winged birds.” I do not think the Word here means philosophy, though in many things philosophy argues and persuades what is probable; rather he rebukes the heresies. At any rate he adds: “For he has left the ways of his own vineyard and has wandered from the tracks of his own field.” These are the heresies that leave the church that existed from the beginning. Thus the one who has fallen into heresy “passes through a waterless desert,” abandoning the God who truly is, deserted by God, seeking waterless water, coming to the uninhabited and thirsty land, “gathering fruitlessness with his hands.”
1.19.96Stählin 2:61–62
καὶ τοῖς ἐνδεέσι φρενῶν παρακελεύομαι λέγουσα, φησὶν ἡ σοφία, τοῖς ἀμφὶ τὰς αἱρέσεις δηλονότι, ἄρτων κρυφίων ἡδέως ἅψασθε, καὶ ὕδατος κλοπῆς γλυκεροῦ, ἄρτον καὶ ὕδωρ οὐκ ἐπʼ ἄλλων τινῶν, ἀλλʼ ἢ ἐπὶ τῶν ἄρτῳ καὶ ὕδατι κατὰ τὴν προσφορὰν μὴ κατὰ τὸν κανόνα τῆς ἐκκλησίας χρωμένων αἱρέσεων ἐμφανῶς ταττούσης τῆς γραφῆς. εἰσὶ γὰρ οἳ καὶ ὕδωρ ψιλὸν εὐχαριστοῦσιν. ἀλλὰ ἀποπήδησον, μὴ χρονίσῃς ἐν τῷ τόπῳ αὐτῆς. τόπον τὴν συναγωγήν, οὐχὶ δὲ ἐκκλησίαν ὁμωνύμως προσεῖπεν. εἶτα ἐπιφωνεῖ· οὕτω γὰρ διαβήσῃ ὕδωρ ἀλλότριον, τὸ βάπτισμα τὸ αἱρετικὸν οὐκ οἰκεῖον καὶ γνήσιον ὕδωρ λογιζομένη. καὶ ὑπερβήσῃ ποταμὸν ἀλλότριον τὸν παραφέροντα καὶ κατασύροντα εἰς θάλασσαν, εἰς ἣν ἐκδίδοται ὁ παρεκτραπεὶς ἐκ τῆς κατʼ ἀλήθειαν ἑδραιότητος, συνεκρυεὶς αὖθις εἰς τὰ ἐθνικὰ καὶ ἄτακτα τοῦ βίου κύματα.
kai tois endeesi phrenōn parakeleuomai legousa, phēsin hē sophia, tois amphi tas haireseis dēlonoti, artōn kryphiōn hēdeōs hapsasthe, kai hydatos klopēs glykerou, arton kai hydōr ouk epʼ allōn tinōn, allʼ ē epi tōn artǭ kai hydati kata tēn prosphoran mē kata ton kanona tēs ekklēsias chrōmenōn haireseōn emphanōs tattousēs tēs graphēs. eisi gar hoi kai hydōr psilon eucharistousin. alla apopēdēson, mē chronisę̄s en tǭ topǭ autēs. topon tēn synagōgēn, ouchi de ekklēsian homōnymōs proseipen. eita epiphōnei; houtō gar diabēsę̄ hydōr allotrion, to baptisma to hairetikon ouk oikeion kai gnēsion hydōr logizomenē. kai hyperbēsę̄ potamon allotrion ton parapheronta kai katasyronta eis thalassan, eis hēn ekdidotai ho parektrapeis ek tēs katʼ alētheian hedraiotētos, synekryeis authis eis ta ethnika kai atakta tou biou kymata.
“And I exhort those who lack sense,” says Wisdom, meaning those involved in the heresies, “Touch hidden bread with pleasure, and sweet stolen water,” Scripture plainly applying bread and water to none other than the heresies that use bread and water in the offering not according to the rule of the church. For there are those who even celebrate the Eucharist with plain water. “But leap away, do not linger in her place”; “place” means the synagogue, not calling it “church” by the same name. Then it adds: “For so you will pass through strange water,” reckoning heretical baptism not proper and genuine water, “and you will cross a strange river,” which carries one along and sweeps one down into the sea, into which the one who has turned aside from the firm foundation of truth is poured out, flowing back again into the heathen and disorderly waves of life.
Miscellanies 1, chapter 20
1.20.97Stählin 2:62
Ὡς δὲ οἱ πολλοὶ ἄνθρωποι οἱ καθέλκοντες τὴν ναῦν οὐ πολλὰ αἴτια λέγοιντʼ ἄν, ἀλλʼ ἐκ πολλῶν αἴτιον ἕν (οὐκ ἔστι γὰρ αἴτιος ἕκαστος τοῦ καθέλκεσθαι τὴν ναῦν, ἀλλὰ σὺν τοῖς ἄλλοις), οὕτω καὶ ἡ φιλοσοφία πρὸς κατάληψιν τῆς ἀληθείας, ζήτησις οὖσα ἀληθείας, συλλαμβάνεται, οὐκ αἰτία οὖσα καταλήψεως, σὺν δὲ τοῖς ἄλλοις αἰτία καὶ συνεργός. τάχα δὲ καὶ τὸ συναίτιον αἴτιον. ὡς δὲ, ἑνὸς ὄντος τοῦ εὐδαιμονεῖν, αἴτιαι τυγχάνουσιν αἱ ἀρεταὶ πλείονες ὑπάρχουσαι. καὶ ὡς τοῦ θερμαίνεσθαι ὅ τε ἥλιος τό τε πῦρ βαλανεῖόν τε καὶ ἐσθής, οὕτω μιᾶς οὔσης τῆς ἀληθείας πολλὰ τὰ συλλαμβανόμενα πρὸς ζήτησιν αὐτῆς, ἡ δὲ εὕρεσις διʼ υἱοῦ. εἰ γοῦν σκοποῖμεν, μία κατὰ δύναμίν ἐστιν ἡ ἀρετή, ταύτην δὲ συμβέβηκεν τούτοις μὲν τοῖς πράγμασιν ἐγγενομένην λέγεσθαι φρόνησιν, ἐν τούτοις δὲ σωφροσύνην, ἐν τούτοις δὲ ἀνδρείαν ἢ δικαιοσύνην. ἀνὰ τὸν αὐτὸν οὖν λόγον, καὶ μιᾶς οὔσης ἀληθείας, ἐν γεωμετρίᾳ μὲν γεωμετρίας ἀλήθεια, ἐν μουσικῇ δὲ μουσικῆς, κἀν φιλοσοφίᾳ τῇ ὀρθῇ Ἑλληνικὴ εἴη ἂν ἀλήθεια. μόνη δὲ ἡ κυρία αὕτη ἀλήθεια ἀπαρεγχείρητος, ἣν παρὰ τῷ υἱῷ τοῦ θεοῦ παιδευόμεθα.
Hōs de hoi polloi anthrōpoi hoi kathelkontes tēn naun ou polla aitia legointʼ an, allʼ ek pollōn aition hen (ouk esti gar aitios hekastos tou kathelkesthai tēn naun, alla syn tois allois), houtō kai hē philosophia pros katalēpsin tēs alētheias, zētēsis ousa alētheias, syllambanetai, ouk aitia ousa katalēpseōs, syn de tois allois aitia kai synergos. tacha de kai to synaition aition. hōs de, henos ontos tou eudaimonein, aitiai tynchanousin hai aretai pleiones hyparchousai. kai hōs tou thermainesthai ho te hēlios to te pyr balaneion te kai esthēs, houtō mias ousēs tēs alētheias polla ta syllambanomena pros zētēsin autēs, hē de heuresis diʼ huiou. ei goun skopoimen, mia kata dynamin estin hē aretē, tautēn de symbebēken toutois men tois pragmasin engenomenēn legesthai phronēsin, en toutois de sōphrosynēn, en toutois de andreian ē dikaiosynēn. ana ton auton oun logon, kai mias ousēs alētheias, en geōmetrią men geōmetrias alētheia, en mousikę̄ de mousikēs, kan philosophią tę̄ orthę̄ Hellēnikē eiē an alētheia. monē de hē kyria hautē alētheia aparencheirētos, hēn para tǭ huiǭ tou theou paideuometha.
As the many men who drag a ship down to the sea would not be called many causes, but one cause from many (for each is not the cause of the ship being dragged, but with the others), so philosophy too, being an inquiry into truth, helps toward the apprehension of truth, not being the cause of apprehension, but a cause together with the others and a fellow worker. Perhaps a joint cause is also a cause. And as, happiness being one, the virtues that are many are its causes; and as the sun, fire, the bath, and clothing are causes of being warmed; so, truth being one, many things help toward seeking it, but the finding is through the Son. At any rate, if we consider, virtue is one in power; but it happens that, arising in these matters, it is called prudence, in these self-control, in these courage or justice. By the same reasoning, since truth is one, in geometry there is the truth of geometry, in music that of music, and in right philosophy there would be Greek truth. But the sovereign truth alone is unassailable, which we learn from the Son of God.
1.20.98Stählin 2:62–63
τοῦτόν φαμεν τὸν τρόπον μιᾶς καὶ τῆς αὐτῆς δραχμῆς τῷ μὲν ναυκλήρῳ δοθείσης λέγεσθαι ναῦλον, τῷ δὲ τελώνῃ τέλος καὶ ἐνοίκιον μὲν τῷ σταθμούχῳ, μισθὸν δὲ τῷ διδασκάλῳ καὶ τῷ πιπράσκοντι ἀρραβῶνα. ἑκάστη δὲ εἴτε ἀρετὴ εἴτε καὶ ἀλήθεια συνωνύμως καλουμένη μόνου τοῦ καθʼ ἑαυτὴν ἀποτελέσματός ἐστιν αἰτία. κατὰ σύγχρησιν δὲ τούτων γίνεται τὸ εὐδαιμόνως ζῆν (μὴ γὰρ δὴ εὐδαιμονῶμεν πρὸς τὰ ὀνόματα), ὅταν τὸν ὀρθὸν βίον εὐδαιμονίαν λέγωμεν καὶ εὐδαίμονα τὸν κεκοσμημένον τὴν ψυχὴν ἐναρέτως. εἰ δὲ καὶ πόρρωθεν συλλαμβάνεται φιλοσοφία πρὸς τὴν ἀληθείας εὕρεσιν, κατὰ διαφόρους ἐπιβολὰς διατείνουσα ἐπὶ τὴν προσεχῶς ἁπτομένην τῆς ἀληθείας τὴν καθʼ ἡμᾶς εἴδησιν, ἀλλὰ συλλαμβάνεταί γε τῷ λογικῶς ἐπιχειρεῖν ἐσπουδακότι ἀνθάπτεσθαι γνώσεως. χωρίζεται δὲ ἡ Ἑλληνικὴ ἀλήθεια τῆς καθʼ ἡμᾶς, εἰ καὶ τοῦ αὐτοῦ μετείληφεν ὀνόματος, καὶ μεγέθει γνώσεως καὶ ἀποδείξει κυριωτέρᾳ καὶ θείᾳ δυνάμει καὶ τοῖς ὁμοίοις· θεοδίδακτοι γὰρ ἡμεῖς, ἱερὰ ὄντως, γράμματα παρὰ τῷ υἱῷ τοῦ θεοῦ παιδευόμενοι· ἔνθεν οὐδʼ ὡσαύτως κινοῦσι τὰς ψυχάς, ἀλλὰ διαφόρῳ διδασκαλίᾳ.
touton phamen ton tropon mias kai tēs autēs drachmēs tǭ men nauklērǭ dotheisēs legesthai naulon, tǭ de telōnę̄ telos kai enoikion men tǭ stathmouchǭ, misthon de tǭ didaskalǭ kai tǭ pipraskonti arrabōna. hekastē de eite aretē eite kai alētheia synōnymōs kaloumenē monou tou kathʼ heautēn apotelesmatos estin aitia. kata synchrēsin de toutōn ginetai to eudaimonōs zēn (mē gar dē eudaimonōmen pros ta onomata), hotan ton orthon bion eudaimonian legōmen kai eudaimona ton kekosmēmenon tēn psychēn enaretōs. ei de kai porrōthen syllambanetai philosophia pros tēn alētheias heuresin, kata diaphorous epibolas diateinousa epi tēn prosechōs haptomenēn tēs alētheias tēn kathʼ hēmas eidēsin, alla syllambanetai ge tǭ logikōs epicheirein espoudakoti anthaptesthai gnōseōs. chōrizetai de hē Hellēnikē alētheia tēs kathʼ hēmas, ei kai tou autou meteilēphen onomatos, kai megethei gnōseōs kai apodeixei kyriōterą kai theią dynamei kai tois homoiois; theodidaktoi gar hēmeis, hiera ontōs, grammata para tǭ huiǭ tou theou paideuomenoi; enthen oudʼ hōsautōs kinousi tas psychas, alla diaphorǭ didaskalią.
In the same way we say that one and the same drachma, given to the shipmaster, is called fare; to the tax collector, tax; to the landlord, rent; to the teacher, fee; and to the seller, deposit. And each virtue, or truth, called by the same name, is the cause only of its own result; and from their joint use comes living happily (for we are not made happy by names), when we call the right life happiness and the one whose soul is adorned with virtue happy. And if philosophy helps from afar toward the finding of truth, reaching by various approaches toward our knowledge, which touches the truth directly, yet it does help the one who is eager to lay hold of knowledge rationally. But Greek truth is distinct from ours, even if it has received the same name, both by the greatness of knowledge, by more authoritative demonstration, by divine power, and the like; for we are taught by God, learning truly sacred letters from the Son of God. Hence they do not move souls in the same way, but by different teaching.
1.20.99Stählin 2:63
εἰ δὲ καὶ διαστέλλεσθαι ἡμᾶς διὰ τοὺς φιλεγκλήμονας δεήσει, συναίτιον τὴν φιλοσοφίαν καὶ συνεργὸν λέγοντες τῆς ἀληθοῦς καταλήψεως, ζήτησιν οὖσαν ἀληθείας, προπαιδείαν αὐτὴν ὁμολογήσομεν τοῦ γνωστικοῦ οὐκ αἴτιον τιθέμενοι τὸ συναίτιον οὐδὲ μὴν τὸ συνεργὸν συνεκτικὸν οὐδʼ ὡς οὗ οὐκ ἄνευ τὴν φιλοσοφίαν, ἐπεὶ σχεδὸν οἱ πάντες ἄνευ τῆς ἐγκυκλίου παιδείας καὶ φιλοσοφίας τῆς Ἑλληνικῆς, οἳ δὲ καὶ ἄνευ γραμμάτων, τῇ θείᾳ καὶ βαρβάρῳ κινηθέντες φιλοσοφίᾳ, δυνάμει τὸν περὶ θεοῦ διὰ πίστεως παρειλήφαμεν λόγον, αὐτουργῷ σοφίᾳ πεπαιδευμένοι. ὃ δὲ μεθʼ ἑτέρου ποιεῖ, ἀτελὲς ὂν καθʼ αὑτὸ ἐνεργεῖν, συνεργόν φαμεν καὶ συναίτιον ἀπὸ τοῦ σὺν αἰτίῳ αἴτιον ὑπάρχειν ἢ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἑτέρῳ συνελθὸν αἴτιον γίγνεσθαι ὠνομασμένον, καθʼ ἑαυτὸ δὲ μὴ δύνασθαι τὸ ἀποτέλεσμα τὸ κατʼ ἀλήθειαν παρέχειν. καίτοι καὶ καθʼ ἑαυτὴν ἐδικαίου ποτὲ καὶ ἡ φιλοσοφία τοὺς Ἕλληνας, οὐκ εἰς τὴν καθόλου δὲ δικαιοσύνην, εἰς ἣν εὑρίσκεται συνεργός (καθάπερ καὶ ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ δεύτερος βαθμὸς τῷ εἰς τὸ ὑπερῷον ἀνιόντι καὶ γραμματιστὴς τῷ φιλοσοφήσοντι), οὐδʼ ὡς κατὰ τὴν ἀφαίρεσιν αὐτῆς ἤτοι ἐλλείπειν τῷ καθόλου λόγῳ ἢ ἀναιρεῖσθαι τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ἐπεὶ ἡ ὄψις συμβάλλεται καὶ ἡ ἀκοὴ καὶ ἡ φωνὴ πρὸς ἀλήθειαν, νοῦς δὲ ὁ γνωρίζων αὐτὴν προσφυῶς. ἀλλὰ τῶν συνεργῶν τὰ μὲν πλείονα, τὰ δʼ ἐλάσσονα προσφέρεται δύναμιν. ἡ γοῦν σαφήνεια συνεργεῖ πρὸς τὴν παράδοσιν τῆς ἀληθείας καὶ ἡ διαλεκτικὴ πρὸς τὸ μὴ ὑποπίπτειν ταῖς κατατρεχούσαις αἱρέσεσιν.
ei de kai diastellesthai hēmas dia tous philenklēmonas deēsei, synaition tēn philosophian kai synergon legontes tēs alēthous katalēpseōs, zētēsin ousan alētheias, propaideian autēn homologēsomen tou gnōstikou ouk aition tithemenoi to synaition oude mēn to synergon synektikon oudʼ hōs hou ouk aneu tēn philosophian, epei schedon hoi pantes aneu tēs enkykliou paideias kai philosophias tēs Hellēnikēs, hoi de kai aneu grammatōn, tę̄ theią kai barbarǭ kinēthentes philosophią, dynamei ton peri theou dia pisteōs pareilēphamen logon, autourgǭ sophią pepaideumenoi. ho de methʼ heterou poiei, ateles on kathʼ hauto energein, synergon phamen kai synaition apo tou syn aitiǭ aition hyparchein ē apo tou heterǭ synelthon aition gignesthai ōnomasmenon, kathʼ heauto de mē dynasthai to apotelesma to katʼ alētheian parechein. kaitoi kai kathʼ heautēn edikaiou pote kai hē philosophia tous Hellēnas, ouk eis tēn katholou de dikaiosynēn, eis hēn heurisketai synergos (kathaper kai ho prōtos kai ho deuteros bathmos tǭ eis to hyperǭon anionti kai grammatistēs tǭ philosophēsonti), oudʼ hōs kata tēn aphairesin autēs ētoi elleipein tǭ katholou logǭ ē anaireisthai tēn alētheian, epei hē opsis symballetai kai hē akoē kai hē phōnē pros alētheian, nous de ho gnōrizōn autēn prosphyōs. alla tōn synergōn ta men pleiona, ta dʼ elassona prospheretai dynamin. hē goun saphēneia synergei pros tēn paradosin tēs alētheias kai hē dialektikē pros to mē hypopiptein tais katatrechousais hairesesin.
If we must also make distinctions because of the fault-finders, calling philosophy a joint cause and fellow worker in the true apprehension, being an inquiry into truth, we will acknowledge it as a preliminary training of the one who knows, not making the joint cause a cause, nor the fellow worker a sustaining cause, nor philosophy that without which it cannot be; since almost all of us, without the encyclical education and Greek philosophy, and some even without letters, moved by the divine and barbarian philosophy, have received in power the word about God through faith, taught by a wisdom that works by itself. What acts together with another, being incomplete to act by itself, we call a fellow worker and joint cause, named from being a cause with a cause, or from becoming a cause by joining another, but unable by itself to produce the true result. Yet philosophy once justified the Greeks even by itself, though not to the whole righteousness, toward which it is found a fellow worker (as the first and second step are for one going up to the upper room, and the schoolmaster for one who will philosophize); nor does its removal make the whole account deficient or destroy the truth, since sight, hearing, and voice contribute to truth, but it is the mind that knows it naturally. But among fellow workers some contribute more power, others less. Clarity at any rate works together for the handing on of truth, and dialectic for not falling to the heresies that attack.
1.20.100Stählin 2:63–64
αὐτοτελὴς μὲν οὖν καὶ ἀπροσδεὴς ἡ κατὰ τὸν σωτῆρα διδασκαλία, δύναμις οὖσα καὶ σοφία τοῦ θεοῦ, προσιοῦσα δὲ φιλοσοφία ἡ Ἑλληνικὴ οὐ δυνατωτέραν ποιεῖ τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ἀλλʼ ἀδύνατον παρέχουσα τὴν κατʼ αὐτῆς σοφιστικὴν ἐπιχείρησιν καὶ διακρουομένη τὰς δολερὰς κατὰ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐπιβουλὰς φραγμὸς οἰκείως εἴρηται καὶ θριγκὸς εἶναι τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος. καὶ ἣ μὲν ὡς ἄρτος ἀναγκαία πρὸς τὸ ζῆν, ἡ κατὰ τὴν πίστιν ἀλήθεια· ἡ προπαιδεία δὲ προσοψήματι ἔοικεν καὶ τραγήματι, δείπνου δὲ λήγοντος γλυκὺ τρωγάλιον κατὰ τὸν Θηβαῖον Πίνδαρον. ἄντικρυς δὲ ἐξεῖπεν ἡ γραφή· πανουργότερος ἔσται ἄκακος συνίων, ὁ δὲ σοφὸς δέξεται γνῶσιν. καὶ ὁ μὲν ἀφʼ ἑαυτοῦ λαλῶν τὴν δόξαν τὴν ἰδίαν ζητεῖ, φησὶν ὁ κύριος, ὁ δὲ ζητῶν τὴν δόξαν τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτὸν ἀληθής ἐστι καὶ ἀδικία οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτῷ. ἔμπαλιν οὖν ἀδικεῖ ὁ σφετερισάμενος τὰ βαρβάρων καὶ ὡς ἴδια αὐχῶν, τὴν ἑαυτοῦ δόξαν αὔξων καὶ ψευδόμενος τὴν ἀλήθειαν. οὗτος κλέπτης ὑπὸ τῆς γραφῆς εἴρηται. φησὶ γοῦν· υἱέ, μὴ γίνου ψεύστης· ὁδηγεῖ γὰρ τὸ ψεῦσμα πρὸς τὴν κλοπήν. ἤδη δὲ ὁ κλέπτης ὅπερ ὑφελόμενος ἔχει ἀληθῶς κἂν χρυσίον ᾖ κἂν ἄργυρος κἂν λόγος κἂν δόγμα. ἐκ μέρους τοίνυν, ἃ κεκλόφασιν, ἀληθῆ μέν, στοχαστικῶς δὲ καὶ ταῖς τῶν λόγων ἀνάγκαις ἴσασι. μαθητευθέντες οὖν καταληπτικῶς ἐπιγνώσονται.
autotelēs men oun kai aprosdeēs hē kata ton sōtēra didaskalia, dynamis ousa kai sophia tou theou, prosiousa de philosophia hē Hellēnikē ou dynatōteran poiei tēn alētheian, allʼ adynaton parechousa tēn katʼ autēs sophistikēn epicheirēsin kai diakrouomenē tas doleras kata tēs alētheias epiboulas phragmos oikeiōs eirētai kai thrinkos einai tou ampelōnos. kai hē men hōs artos anankaia pros to zēn, hē kata tēn pistin alētheia; hē propaideia de prosopsēmati eoiken kai tragēmati, deipnou de lēgontos glyky trōgalion kata ton Thēbaion Pindaron. antikrys de exeipen hē graphē; panourgoteros estai akakos syniōn, ho de sophos dexetai gnōsin. kai ho men aphʼ heautou lalōn tēn doxan tēn idian zētei, phēsin ho kyrios, ho de zētōn tēn doxan tou pempsantos auton alēthēs esti kai adikia ouk estin en autǭ. empalin oun adikei ho spheterisamenos ta barbarōn kai hōs idia auchōn, tēn heautou doxan auxōn kai pseudomenos tēn alētheian. houtos kleptēs hypo tēs graphēs eirētai. phēsi goun; huie, mē ginou pseustēs; hodēgei gar to pseusma pros tēn klopēn. ēdē de ho kleptēs hoper hyphelomenos echei alēthōs kan chrysion ę̄ kan argyros kan logos kan dogma. ek merous toinyn, ha keklophasin, alēthē men, stochastikōs de kai tais tōn logōn anankais isasi. mathēteuthentes oun katalēptikōs epignōsontai.
The teaching according to the Savior, then, is complete in itself and needs nothing, being “the power and wisdom of God”; and Greek philosophy, coming to it, does not make the truth more powerful, but, making the sophistic attack against it powerless and repelling the treacherous plots against the truth, it has fittingly been called the hedge and wall of the vineyard. The truth according to faith is necessary for life like bread; preliminary training is like relish and dessert, “a sweet sweetmeat at the end of dinner,” according to Pindar of Thebes. Scripture has said outright: “The innocent who understands will be more shrewd, and the wise will receive knowledge.” And “he who speaks from himself seeks his own glory,” says the Lord, “but he who seeks the glory of the one who sent him is true, and there is no unrighteousness in him.” Conversely, then, the one who appropriates the things of the barbarians and boasts of them as his own does wrong, increasing his own glory and falsifying the truth. Scripture calls him a thief. At any rate it says, “My son, do not be a liar; for lying leads to theft.” Yet the thief really has what he has taken, whether gold, silver, word, or doctrine. What they have stolen, then, is partly true, but they know it by guesswork and the necessities of argument. When they become disciples, then, they will know it with understanding.
Miscellanies 1, chapter 21
1.21.101Stählin 2:64–65
Καὶ περὶ μὲν τοῦ παρʼ Ἑβραίων τὰ τῶν φιλοσόφων ἐσκευωρῆσθαι δόγματα μικρὸν ὕστερον διαληψόμεθα, πρότερον δέ, ὅπερ ἀκόλουθον ἦν, περὶ τῶν κατὰ Μωυσέα χρόνων ἤδη λεκτέον, διʼ ὧν δειχθήσεται ἀναμφηρίστως πάσης σοφίας ἀρχαιοτάτη ἡ κατὰ Ἑβραίους φιλοσοφία. εἴρηται μὲν οὖν περὶ τούτων ἀκριβῶς Τατιανῷ ἐν τῷ Πρὸς Ἕλληνας, εἴρηται δὲ καὶ Κασσιανῷ ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ τῶν Ἐξηγητικῶν· ἀπαιτεῖ δὲ ὅμως τὸ ὑπόμνημα καὶ ἡμᾶς ἐπιδραμεῖν τὰ κατὰ τὸν τόπον εἰρημένα. Ἀπίων τοίνυν ὁ γραμματικός, ὁ Πλειστονίκης ἐπικληθείς, ἐν τῇ τετάρτῃ τῶν Αἰγυπτιακῶν ἱστοριῶν, καίτοι φιλαπεχθημόνως πρὸς Ἑβραίους διακείμενος, ἅτε Αἰγύπτιος τὸ γένος, ὡς καὶ κατὰ Ἰουδαίων συντάξασθαι βιβλίον, Ἀμώσιος τοῦ Αἰγυπτίων βασιλέως μεμνημένος καὶ τῶν κατʼ αὐτὸν πράξεων, μάρτυρα παρατίθεται Πτολεμαῖον τὸν Μενδήσιον. καὶ τὰ τῆς λέξεως αὐτοῦ ὧδε ἔχει· κατέσκαψε δὲ τὴν Ἀουαρίαν Ἄμωσις κατὰ τὸν Ἀργεῖον γενόμενος Ἴναχον, ὡς ἐν τοῖς Χρόνοις ἀνέγραφεν ὁ Μενδήσιος Πτολεμαῖος. ὁ δὲ Πτολεμαῖος οὗτος ἱερεὺς μὲν ἦν, τὰς δὲ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων βασιλέων πράξεις ἐν τρισὶν ὅλαις ἐκθέμενος βίβλοις κατὰ Ἄμωσίν φησιν Αἰγύπτου βασιλέα Μωυσέως ἡγουμένου γεγονέναι Ἰουδαίοις τὴν ἐξ Αἰγύπτου πορείαν, ἐξ ὧν συνῶπται κατὰ Ἴναχον ἠκμακέναι τὸν Μωσέα.
Kai peri men tou parʼ Hebraiōn ta tōn philosophōn eskeuōrēsthai dogmata mikron hysteron dialēpsometha, proteron de, hoper akolouthon ēn, peri tōn kata Mōysea chronōn ēdē lekteon, diʼ hōn deichthēsetai anamphēristōs pasēs sophias archaiotatē hē kata Hebraious philosophia. eirētai men oun peri toutōn akribōs Tatianǭ en tǭ Pros Hellēnas, eirētai de kai Kassianǭ en tǭ prōtǭ tōn Exēgētikōn; apaitei de homōs to hypomnēma kai hēmas epidramein ta kata ton topon eirēmena. Apiōn toinyn ho grammatikos, ho Pleistonikēs epiklētheis, en tę̄ tetartę̄ tōn Aigyptiakōn historiōn, kaitoi philapechthēmonōs pros Hebraious diakeimenos, hate Aigyptios to genos, hōs kai kata Ioudaiōn syntaxasthai biblion, Amōsios tou Aigyptiōn basileōs memnēmenos kai tōn katʼ auton praxeōn, martyra paratithetai Ptolemaion ton Mendēsion. kai ta tēs lexeōs autou hōde echei; kateskapse de tēn Aouarian Amōsis kata ton Argeion genomenos Inachon, hōs en tois Chronois anegraphen ho Mendēsios Ptolemaios. ho de Ptolemaios houtos hiereus men ēn, tas de tōn Aigyptiōn basileōn praxeis en trisin holais ekthemenos biblois kata Amōsin phēsin Aigyptou basilea Mōyseōs hēgoumenou gegonenai Ioudaiois tēn ex Aigyptou poreian, ex hōn synōptai kata Inachon ēkmakenai ton Mōsea.
We shall discuss a little later how the doctrines of the philosophers were devised from the Hebrews; but first, as was fitting, we must now speak about the times of Moses, by which it will be shown beyond dispute that the philosophy of the Hebrews is the most ancient of all wisdom. This has been discussed accurately by Tatian in his work To the Greeks, and also by Cassian in the first book of his Exegetica; nevertheless our record requires us too to run over what has been said on the subject. Apion the grammarian, surnamed Pleistonices, in the fourth book of his Egyptian Histories, though he was hostile to the Hebrews, being an Egyptian by race, so that he even composed a book against the Jews, when mentioning Amosis, king of the Egyptians, and his deeds, cites as witness Ptolemy of Mendes. His words run thus: “Amosis destroyed Avaris, having lived in the time of Inachus of Argos, as Ptolemy of Mendes wrote in his Chronicles.” This Ptolemy was a priest, and, setting out the deeds of the Egyptian kings in three whole books, he says that it was in the time of Amosis, king of Egypt, that the Jews made their departure from Egypt, led by Moses; from which it is seen that Moses flourished in the time of Inachus.
1.21.102Stählin 2:65–66
παλαίτατα δὲ τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν τὰ Ἀργολικά, τὰ ἀπὸ Ἰνάχου λέγω, ὡς Διονύσιος ὁ Ἁλικαρνασσεὺς ἐν τοῖς Χρόνοις διδάσκει, τούτων δὲ † τεσσαράκοντα μὲν γενεαῖς νεώτερα τὰ Ἀττικὰ τὰ ἀπὸ Κέκροπος τοῦ διφυοῦς δὴ καὶ αὐτόχθονος, ὥς φησι κατὰ λέξιν ὁ Τατιανός, ἐννέα δὲ τὰ Ἀρκαδικὰ τὰ ἀπὸ Πελασγοῦ· λέγεται δὲ καὶ οὗτος αὐτόχθων. τούτων δὲ ἄλλαιν δυοῖν νεώτερα τὰ Φθιωτικὰ τὰ ἀπὸ Δευκαλίωνος. εἰς δὲ τὸν χρόνον τῶν Τρωϊκῶν ἀπὸ Ἰνάχου γενεαὶ μὲν εἴκοσι ἢ μιᾷ πλείους διαριθμοῦνται, ἔτη δέ, ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν, τετρακόσια καὶ πρόσω. εἰ δὲ τὰ Ἀσσυρίων πολλοῖς ἔτεσι πρεσβύτερα τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν ἀφʼ ὧν Κτησίας λέγει, φανήσεται τῷ δευτέρῳ καὶ τετρακοσιοστῷ ἔτει τῆς Ἀσσυρίων ἀρχῆς, τῆς δὲ Βηλούχου τοῦ ὀγδόου δυναστείας τῷ δευτέρῳ καὶ τριακοστῷ ἡ Μωυσέως κατὰ Ἄμωσιν τὸν Αἰγύπτιον καὶ κατὰ Ἴναχον τὸν Ἀργεῖον ἐξ Αἰγύπτου κίνησις. ἦν δὲ κατὰ τὴν Ἑλλάδα κατὰ μὲν Φορωνέα τὸν μετὰ Ἴναχον ὁ ἐπὶ Ὠγύγου κατακλυσμὸς καὶ ἡ ἐν Σικυῶνι βασιλεία, πρώτου μὲν Αἰγιαλέως, εἶτα Εὔρωπος, εἶτα Τελχῖνος, καὶ ἡ Κρητὸς ἐν Κρήτῃ. Ἀκουσίλαος γὰρ Φορωνέα πρῶτον ἄνθρωπον γενέσθαι λέγει· ὅθεν καὶ ὁ τῆς Φορωνίδος ποιητὴς εἶναι αὐτὸν ἔφη πατέρα θνητῶν ἀνθρώπων.
palaitata de tōn Hellēnikōn ta Argolika, ta apo Inachou legō, hōs Dionysios ho Halikarnasseus en tois Chronois didaskei, toutōn de † tessarakonta men geneais neōtera ta Attika ta apo Kekropos tou diphyous dē kai autochthonos, hōs phēsi kata lexin ho Tatianos, ennea de ta Arkadika ta apo Pelasgou; legetai de kai houtos autochthōn. toutōn de allain dyoin neōtera ta Phthiōtika ta apo Deukaliōnos. eis de ton chronon tōn Trōïkōn apo Inachou geneai men eikosi ē mią pleious diarithmountai, etē de, hōs epos eipein, tetrakosia kai prosō. ei de ta Assyriōn pollois etesi presbytera tōn Hellēnikōn aphʼ hōn Ktēsias legei, phanēsetai tǭ deuterǭ kai tetrakosiostǭ etei tēs Assyriōn archēs, tēs de Bēlouchou tou ogdoou dynasteias tǭ deuterǭ kai triakostǭ hē Mōyseōs kata Amōsin ton Aigyption kai kata Inachon ton Argeion ex Aigyptou kinēsis. ēn de kata tēn Hellada kata men Phorōnea ton meta Inachon ho epi Ōgygou kataklysmos kai hē en Sikyōni basileia, prōtou men Aigialeōs, eita Eurōpos, eita Telchinos, kai hē Krētos en Krētę̄. Akousilaos gar Phorōnea prōton anthrōpon genesthai legei; hothen kai ho tēs Phorōnidos poiētēs einai auton ephē patera thnētōn anthrōpōn.
The oldest of Greek history is that of Argos, I mean from Inachus, as Dionysius of Halicarnassus teaches in his Chronicles; the Attic, from Cecrops, the two-natured and earthborn, is younger than these by … forty generations, as Tatian says word for word, and the Arcadian, from Pelasgus, by nine (he too is said to be earthborn). Younger than these by two more is the Phthiotic, from Deucalion. From Inachus to the time of the Trojan War, twenty generations or one more are counted, and roughly four hundred years or more. If the Assyrian history is many years older than the Greek, from what Ctesias says, it will appear that the departure of Moses from Egypt, in the time of Amosis the Egyptian and Inachus the Argive, was in the four hundred and second year of the Assyrian empire and the thirty-second of the reign of Beluchus the eighth. In Greece, in the time of Phoroneus, who came after Inachus, there was the flood in the time of Ogyges and the kingdom in Sicyon, first of Aegialeus, then of Europs, then of Telchis, and that of Cres in Crete. For Acusilaus says that Phoroneus was the first man; hence the poet of the Phoronis too said that he was “father of mortal men.”
1.21.103Stählin 2:66–67
ἐντεῦθεν ὁ Πλάτων ἐν Τιμαίῳ κατακολουθήσας Ἀκουσιλάῳ γράφει· καί ποτε προαγαγεῖν βουληθεὶς αὐτοὺς περὶ τῶν ἀρχαίων εἰς λόγους τῶν τῇδε τῇ πόλει τὰ ἀρχαιότατα λέγειν ἐπιχειρεῖ, περὶ Φορωνέως τε τοῦ πρώτου λεχθέντος καὶ Νιόβης, καὶ τὰ μετὰ τὸν κατακλυσμόν. κατὰ δὲ Φόρβαντα Ἀκταῖος, ἀφʼ οὗ Ἀκταία ἡ Ἀττική. κατὰ δὲ Τριόπαν Προμηθεὺς καὶ Ἄτλας καὶ Ἐπιμηθεὺς καὶ ὁ διφυὴς Κέκροψ καὶ Ἰώ. κατὰ δὲ Κρότωπον ἡ ἐπὶ Φαέθοντος ἐκπύρωσις καὶ ἡ ἐπὶ Δευκαλίωνος ἐπομβρία. κατὰ δὲ Σθένελον ἥ τε Ἀμφικτυόνος βασιλεία καὶ ἡ εἰς Πελοπόννησον Δαναοῦ παρουσία καὶ ἡ ὑπὸ Δαρδάνου τῆς Δαρδανίας κτίσις, ὃν πρῶτον, φησὶν Ὅμηρος, τέκετο νεφεληγερέτα Ζεύς, ἥ τε τῆς Εὐρώπης εἰς Κρήτην ἐκ Φοινίκης ἀνακομιδή. κατὰ δὲ Λυγκέα τῆς κόρης ἡ ἁρπαγὴ καὶ ἡ τοῦ ἐν Ἐλευσῖνι τεμένους καθίδρυσις Τριπτολέμου τε γεωργία καὶ ἡ Κάδμου εἰς Θήβας παρουσία Μίνωός τε βασιλεία. κατὰ δὲ Προῖτον ὁ Εὐμόλπου πρὸς Ἀθηναίους πόλεμος. κατὰ δὲ Ἀκρίσιον Πέλοπος ἀπὸ Φρυγίας διάβασις καὶ Ἴωνος εἰς Ἀθήνας ἄφιξις καὶ ὁ δεύτερος Κέκροψ αἵ τε Περσέως καὶ Διονύσου πράξεις Ὀρφεύς τε καὶ Μουσαῖος.
enteuthen ho Platōn en Timaiǭ katakolouthēsas Akousilaǭ graphei; kai pote proagagein boulētheis autous peri tōn archaiōn eis logous tōn tę̄de tę̄ polei ta archaiotata legein epicheirei, peri Phorōneōs te tou prōtou lechthentos kai Niobēs, kai ta meta ton kataklysmon. kata de Phorbanta Aktaios, aphʼ hou Aktaia hē Attikē. kata de Triopan Promētheus kai Atlas kai Epimētheus kai ho diphyēs Kekrops kai Iō. kata de Krotōpon hē epi Phaethontos ekpyrōsis kai hē epi Deukaliōnos epombria. kata de Sthenelon hē te Amphiktyonos basileia kai hē eis Peloponnēson Danaou parousia kai hē hypo Dardanou tēs Dardanias ktisis, hon prōton, phēsin Homēros, teketo nephelēgereta Zeus, hē te tēs Eurōpēs eis Krētēn ek Phoinikēs anakomidē. kata de Lynkea tēs korēs hē harpagē kai hē tou en Eleusini temenous kathidrysis Triptolemou te geōrgia kai hē Kadmou eis Thēbas parousia Minōos te basileia. kata de Proiton ho Eumolpou pros Athēnaious polemos. kata de Akrision Pelopos apo Phrygias diabasis kai Iōnos eis Athēnas aphixis kai ho deuteros Kekrops hai te Perseōs kai Dionysou praxeis Orpheus te kai Mousaios.
Following Acusilaus, Plato writes in the Timaeus: “And once, wishing to lead them on to talk about ancient things, he tried to tell the most ancient things of this city, about Phoroneus, who was called the first, and Niobe, and what happened after the flood.” In the time of Phorbas was Actaeus, from whom Attica was called Actaea. In the time of Triopas were Prometheus, Atlas, Epimetheus, Cecrops the two-natured, and Io. In the time of Crotopus, the conflagration under Phaethon and the deluge under Deucalion. In the time of Sthenelus, the reign of Amphictyon, the coming of Danaus to the Peloponnese, and the founding of Dardania by Dardanus, “whom first,” says Homer, “cloud-gathering Zeus begot,” and the carrying of Europa from Phoenicia to Crete. In the time of Lynceus, the rape of the Maiden, the founding of the precinct at Eleusis, the agriculture of Triptolemus, the coming of Cadmus to Thebes, and the reign of Minos. In the time of Proetus, the war of Eumolpus against the Athenians. In the time of Acrisius, the crossing of Pelops from Phrygia, the arrival of Ion at Athens, the second Cecrops, the deeds of Perseus and Dionysus, and Orpheus and Musaeus.
1.21.104Stählin 2:67
κατὰ δὲ τὸ ὀκτωκαιδέκατον ἔτος τῆς Ἀγαμέμνονος βασιλείας Ἴλιον ἑάλω, Δημοφῶντος τοῦ Θησέως βασιλεύοντος Ἀθήνησι τῷ πρώτῳ ἔτει, θαργηλιῶνος μηνὸς δευτέρᾳ ἐπὶ δέκα, ὥς φησι Διονύσιος ὁ Ἀργεῖος, Ἀγίας δὲ καὶ Δερκύλος ἐν τῇ τρίτῃ μηνὸς πανήμου ὀγδόῃ φθίνοντος, Ἑλλάνικος γὰρ δωδεκάτῃ θαργηλιῶνος μηνός. καί τινες τῶν τὰ Ἀττικὰ συγγραψαμένων ὀγδόῃ φθίνοντος, βασιλεύοντος τὸ τελευταῖον ἔτος Μενεσθέως, πληθυούσης σελήνης· νὺξ μὲν ἔην, φησὶν ὁ τὴν μικρὰν Ἰλιάδα πεποιηκώς, μεσάτα, λαμπρὰ δὲ ἐπέτελλε σελάνα· ἕτεροι δὲ σκιροφοριῶνος τῇ αὐτῇ ἡμέρᾳ. Θησεὺς δὲ ὁ Ἡρακλέους ζηλωτὴς ὢν πρεσβύτερός ἐστι τῶν Τρωϊκῶν μιᾷ γενεᾷ. τοῦ γοῦν Τληπολέμου, ὃς ἦν υἱὸς Ἡρακλέους, Ὅμηρος μέμνηται ἐπὶ Ἴλιον στρατεύσαντος.
kata de to oktōkaidekaton etos tēs Agamemnonos basileias Ilion healō, Dēmophōntos tou Thēseōs basileuontos Athēnēsi tǭ prōtǭ etei, thargēliōnos mēnos deuterą epi deka, hōs phēsi Dionysios ho Argeios, Agias de kai Derkylos en tę̄ tritę̄ mēnos panēmou ogdoę̄ phthinontos, Hellanikos gar dōdekatę̄ thargēliōnos mēnos. kai tines tōn ta Attika syngrapsamenōn ogdoę̄ phthinontos, basileuontos to teleutaion etos Menestheōs, plēthyousēs selēnēs; nyx men eēn, phēsin ho tēn mikran Iliada pepoiēkōs, mesata, lampra de epetelle selana; heteroi de skirophoriōnos tę̄ autę̄ hēmerą. Thēseus de ho Hērakleous zēlōtēs ōn presbyteros esti tōn Trōïkōn mią geneą. tou goun Tlēpolemou, hos ēn huios Hērakleous, Homēros memnētai epi Ilion strateusantos.
Ilium was taken in the eighteenth year of Agamemnon's reign, in the first year of Demophon son of Theseus as king at Athens, on the twelfth of the month Thargelion, as Dionysius of Argos says; Agias and Dercylus in their third book say on the eighth day before the end of the month Panemus; Hellanicus says the twelfth of Thargelion. And some of those who wrote Attic histories say the eighth day before the end, in the last year of Menestheus' reign, at full moon: “It was midnight,” says the author of the Little Iliad, “and the bright moon was rising”; others say the same day of Scirophorion. Theseus, an emulator of Heracles, is one generation older than the Trojan War. At any rate Homer mentions Tlepolemus, a son of Heracles, as having fought against Ilium.
1.21.105Stählin 2:67–68
Προτερεῖν ἄρα Μωυσῆς ἀποδείκνυται τῆς μὲν Διονύσου ἀποθεώσεως ἔτη ἑξακόσια τέσσαρα, εἴ γε τῆς Περσέως βασιλείας τῷ τριακοστῷ δευτέρῳ ἔτει ἐκθεοῦται, ὥς φησιν Ἀπολλόδωρος ἐν τοῖς Χρονικοῖς. ἀπὸ δὲ Διονύσου ἐπὶ Ἡρακλέα καὶ τοὺς περὶ Ἰάσονα ἀριστεῖς τοὺς ἐν τῇ Ἀργοῖ πλεύσαντας συνάγεται ἔτη ἑξήκοντα τρία· Ἀσκληπιός τε καὶ Διόσκουροι συνέπλεον αὐτοῖς, ὡς μαρτυρεῖ ὁ Ῥόδιος Ἀπολλώνιος ἐν τοῖς Ἀργοναυτικοῖς. ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς Ἡρακλέους ἐν Ἄργει βασιλείας ἐπὶ τὴν Ἡρακλέους αὐτοῦ καὶ Ἀσκληπιοῦ ἀποθέωσιν ἔτη συνάγεται τριάκοντα ὀκτὼ κατὰ τὸν χρονογράφον Ἀπολλόδωρον. ἐντεῦθεν δὲ ἐπὶ τὴν Κάστορος καὶ Πολυδεύκους ἀποθέωσιν ἔτη πεντήκοντα τρία. ἐνταῦθά που καὶ ἡ Ἰλίου κατάληψις. εἰ δὲ χρὴ πείθεσθαι καὶ Ἡσιόδῳ τῷ ποιητῇ, ἀκούσωμεν αὐτοῦ· Ζηνὶ δʼ ἄρα Ἀτλαντὶς Μαίη τέκε κύδιμον Ἑρμῆν, κήρυκʼ ἀθανάτων, ἱερὸν λέχος εἰσαναβᾶσα· Καδμείη δʼ ἄρα οἱ Σεμέλη τέκε φαίδιμον υἱόν, μιχθεῖσʼ ἐν φιλότητι, Διώνυσον πολυγηθῆ.
Proterein ara Mōysēs apodeiknytai tēs men Dionysou apotheōseōs etē hexakosia tessara, ei ge tēs Perseōs basileias tǭ triakostǭ deuterǭ etei ektheoutai, hōs phēsin Apollodōros en tois Chronikois. apo de Dionysou epi Hēraklea kai tous peri Iasona aristeis tous en tę̄ Argoi pleusantas synagetai etē hexēkonta tria; Asklēpios te kai Dioskouroi synepleon autois, hōs martyrei ho Rhodios Apollōnios en tois Argonautikois. apo de tēs Hērakleous en Argei basileias epi tēn Hērakleous autou kai Asklēpiou apotheōsin etē synagetai triakonta oktō kata ton chronographon Apollodōron. enteuthen de epi tēn Kastoros kai Polydeukous apotheōsin etē pentēkonta tria. entautha pou kai hē Iliou katalēpsis. ei de chrē peithesthai kai Hēsiodǭ tǭ poiētę̄, akousōmen autou; Zēni dʼ ara Atlantis Maiē teke kydimon Hermēn, kērykʼ athanatōn, hieron lechos eisanabasa; Kadmeiē dʼ ara hoi Semelē teke phaidimon huion, michtheisʼ en philotēti, Diōnyson polygēthē.
Moses, then, is shown to precede the deification of Dionysus by six hundred and four years, if he is deified in the thirty-second year of the reign of Perseus, as Apollodorus says in his Chronicles. From Dionysus to Heracles and the heroes with Jason who sailed in the Argo, sixty-three years are reckoned; Asclepius and the Dioscuri sailed with them, as Apollonius of Rhodes testifies in the Argonautica. From the reign of Heracles at Argos to the deification of Heracles himself and Asclepius, thirty-eight years are reckoned, according to the chronographer Apollodorus; from then to the deification of Castor and Pollux, fifty-three years. About this time too was the capture of Ilium. And if we must believe Hesiod the poet too, let us hear him: “To Zeus, Maia, daughter of Atlas, bore glorious Hermes, herald of the immortals, having gone up into his holy bed; and Cadmean Semele, joined in love, bore him a splendid son, Dionysus of many joys.”
1.21.106Stählin 2:68
Κάδμος μὲν ὁ Σεμέλης πατὴρ ἐπὶ Λυγκέως εἰς Θήβας ἔρχεται καὶ τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν γραμμάτων εὑρετὴς γίνεται, Τριόπας δὲ συγχρονεῖ Ἴσιδι ἑβδόμῃ γενεᾷ ἀπὸ Ἰνάχου (Ἶσιν δὲ τὴν καὶ Ἰώ φασιν διὰ τὸ ἰέναι αὐτὴν διὰ πάσης τῆς γῆς πλανωμένην), ταύτην δὲ Ἴστρος ἐν τῷ περὶ τῆς Αἰγυπτίων ἀποικίας Προμηθέως θυγατέρα φησί. Προμηθεὺς δὲ κατὰ Τριόπαν ἑβδόμῃ γενεᾷ μετὰ Μωυσέα, ὥστε καὶ πρὸ τῆς καθʼ Ἕλληνας ἀνθρωπογονίας ὁ Μωυσῆς ἠκμακέναι φαίνεται. Λέων δὲ ὁ τὰ περὶ τῶν κατʼ Αἴγυπτον θεῶν πραγματευσάμενος τὴν Ἶσιν ὑπὸ Ἑλλήνων Δήμητρα καλεῖσθαί φησιν, ἣ κατὰ Λυγκέα γίνεται ἑνδεκάτῃ ὕστερον Μωυσέως γενεᾷ. Ἆπίς τε ὁ Ἄργους βασιλεὺς Μέμφιν οἰκίζει, ὥς φησιν Ἀρίστιππος ἐν πρώτῃ Ἀρκαδικῶν. τοῦτον δὲ Ἀριστέας ὁ Ἀργεῖος ἐπονομασθῆναί φησι Σάραπιν καὶ τοῦτον εἶναι ὃν Αἰγύπτιοι σέβουσιν, Νυμφόδωρος δὲ ὁ Ἀμφιπολίτης ἐν τρίτῳ Νομίμων Ἀσίας τὸν Ἆπιν τὸν ταῦρον τελευτήσαντα καὶ ταριχευθέντα εἰς σορὸν ἀποτεθεῖσθαι ἐν τῷ ναῷ τοῦ τιμωμένου δαίμονος. κἀντεῦθεν Σορόαπιν κληθῆναι καὶ Σάραπιν συνηθείᾳ τινὶ τῶν ἐγχωρίων ὕστερον.
Kadmos men ho Semelēs patēr epi Lynkeōs eis Thēbas erchetai kai tōn Hellēnikōn grammatōn heuretēs ginetai, Triopas de synchronei Isidi hebdomę̄ geneą apo Inachou (Isin de tēn kai Iō phasin dia to ienai autēn dia pasēs tēs gēs planōmenēn), tautēn de Istros en tǭ peri tēs Aigyptiōn apoikias Promētheōs thygatera phēsi. Promētheus de kata Triopan hebdomę̄ geneą meta Mōysea, hōste kai pro tēs kathʼ Hellēnas anthrōpogonias ho Mōysēs ēkmakenai phainetai. Leōn de ho ta peri tōn katʼ Aigypton theōn pragmateusamenos tēn Isin hypo Hellēnōn Dēmētra kaleisthai phēsin, hē kata Lynkea ginetai hendekatę̄ hysteron Mōyseōs geneą. Apis te ho Argous basileus Memphin oikizei, hōs phēsin Aristippos en prōtę̄ Arkadikōn. touton de Aristeas ho Argeios eponomasthēnai phēsi Sarapin kai touton einai hon Aigyptioi sebousin, Nymphodōros de ho Amphipolitēs en tritǭ Nomimōn Asias ton Apin ton tauron teleutēsanta kai taricheuthenta eis soron apotetheisthai en tǭ naǭ tou timōmenou daimonos. kanteuthen Soroapin klēthēnai kai Sarapin synētheią tini tōn enchōriōn hysteron.
Cadmus, the father of Semele, came to Thebes in the time of Lynceus and became the inventor of Greek letters. Triopas was contemporary with Isis, in the seventh generation from Inachus (they say that Isis is also Io, because she went wandering through the whole earth); Ister, in his work on the colonization of the Egyptians, says she was the daughter of Prometheus. And Prometheus, in the time of Triopas, was in the seventh generation after Moses, so that Moses appears to have flourished even before the origin of man according to the Greeks. Leon, who wrote about the gods of Egypt, says that Isis is called Demeter by the Greeks; she lived in the time of Lynceus, eleven generations after Moses. Apis, king of Argos, founded Memphis, as Aristippus says in the first book of his Arcadica. Aristeas of Argos says that he was surnamed Sarapis and that he is the one the Egyptians worship; Nymphodorus of Amphipolis, in the third book of his Customs of Asia, says that the bull Apis, when it died and was embalmed, was placed in a coffin in the temple of the honored god; hence it was called Soroapis, and later, by a certain usage of the natives, Sarapis.
1.21.107Stählin 2:68–69
Ἆπις δὲ τρίτος ἐστὶν ἀπὸ Ἰνάχου. ναὶ μὴν ἡ Λητὼ κατὰ Τιτυὸν γίνεται, Λητὼ γὰρ ἥλκησε, Διὸς κυδρὴν παράκοιτιν, Τιτυὸς δὲ συνεχρόνισεν Ταντάλῳ. εἰκότως ἄρα καὶ ὁ Βοιώτιος Πίνδαρος γράφει· ἐν χρόνῳ δὲ γένετʼ Ἀπόλλων, καὶ οὐδὲν θαυμαστόν, ὅπου γε καὶ Ἀδμήτῳ θητεύων εὑρίσκεται σὺν καὶ Ἡρακλεῖ μέγαν εἰς ἐνιαυτόν. Ζῆθος δὲ καὶ Ἀμφίων οἱ μουσικῆς εὑρεταὶ περὶ τὴν Κάδμου γεγόνασιν ἡλικίαν. κἄν τις ἡμῖν λέγῃ Φημονόην πρώτην χρησμῳδῆσαι Ἀκρισίῳ, ἀλλʼ ἴστω γε ὅτι μετὰ Φημονόην ἔτεσιν ὕστερον εἴκοσι ἑπτὰ οἱ περὶ Ὀρφέα καὶ Μουσαῖον καὶ Λίνον τὸν Ἡρακλέους διδάσκαλον. Ὅμηρος δὲ καὶ Ἡσίοδος πολλῷ νεώτεροι τῶν Ἰλιακῶν, μεθʼ οὓς μακρῷ νεώτεροι οἱ παρʼ Ἕλλησι νομοθέται, Λυκοῦργός τε καὶ Σόλων, καὶ οἱ ἑπτὰ σοφοί, οἵ τε ἀμφὶ τὸν Σύριον Φερεκύδην καὶ Πυθαγόραν τὸν μέγαν κάτω που περὶ τὰς ὀλυμπιάδας γενόμενοι, ὡς παρεστήσαμεν. καὶ θεῶν ἄρα τῶν πλείστων παρʼ Ἕλλησιν, οὐ μόνον τῶν λεγομένων σοφῶν τε καὶ ποιητῶν, ὁ Μωυσῆς ἡμῖν ἀποδέδεικται πρεσβύτερος.
Apis de tritos estin apo Inachou. nai mēn hē Lētō kata Tityon ginetai, Lētō gar hēlkēse, Dios kydrēn parakoitin, Tityos de synechronisen Tantalǭ. eikotōs ara kai ho Boiōtios Pindaros graphei; en chronǭ de genetʼ Apollōn, kai ouden thaumaston, hopou ge kai Admētǭ thēteuōn heurisketai syn kai Hēraklei megan eis eniauton. Zēthos de kai Amphiōn hoi mousikēs heuretai peri tēn Kadmou gegonasin hēlikian. kan tis hēmin legę̄ Phēmonoēn prōtēn chrēsmǭdēsai Akrisiǭ, allʼ istō ge hoti meta Phēmonoēn etesin hysteron eikosi hepta hoi peri Orphea kai Mousaion kai Linon ton Hērakleous didaskalon. Homēros de kai Hēsiodos pollǭ neōteroi tōn Iliakōn, methʼ hous makrǭ neōteroi hoi parʼ Hellēsi nomothetai, Lykourgos te kai Solōn, kai hoi hepta sophoi, hoi te amphi ton Syrion Pherekydēn kai Pythagoran ton megan katō pou peri tas olympiadas genomenoi, hōs parestēsamen. kai theōn ara tōn pleistōn parʼ Hellēsin, ou monon tōn legomenōn sophōn te kai poiētōn, ho Mōysēs hēmin apodedeiktai presbyteros.
Apis is third from Inachus. Leto too lived in the time of Tityus, for “he assaulted Leto, the glorious consort of Zeus,” and Tityus was contemporary with Tantalus. Fittingly, then, does Pindar the Boeotian write: “In time was Apollo born”; and it is no wonder, since he is found serving Admetus along with Heracles “for a great year.” Zethus and Amphion, the inventors of music, lived about the age of Cadmus. And if anyone tells us that Phemonoe first gave oracles to Acrisius, let him know that twenty-seven years after Phemonoe came Orpheus, Musaeus, and Linus, the teacher of Heracles. Homer and Hesiod are much younger than the Trojan War, and much younger again than they are the Greek lawgivers, Lycurgus and Solon, and the Seven Wise Men, and Pherecydes of Syros and the great Pythagoras, who lived somewhere about the Olympiads, as we have shown. So Moses has been shown to be older than most of the gods among the Greeks, not only than their so-called wise men and poets.
1.21.108Stählin 2:69–70
Καὶ οὔτι γε μόνος οὗτος, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ Σίβυλλα Ὀρφέως παλαιοτέρα· λέγονται γὰρ καὶ περὶ τῆς ἐπωνυμίας αὐτῆς καὶ περὶ τῶν χρησμῶν τῶν καταπεφημισμένων ἐκείνης εἶναι λόγοι πλείους, Φρυγίαν τε οὖσαν κεκλῆσθαι Ἄρτεμιν καὶ ταύτην παραγενομένην εἰς Δελφοὺς ᾆσαι· ὦ Δελφοί, θεράποντες ἑκηβόλου Ἀπόλλωνος, ἦλθον ἐγὼ χρήσουσα Διὸς νόον αἰγιόχοιο, αὐτοκασιγνήτῳ κεχολωμένη Ἀπόλλωνι. ἔστι δὲ καὶ ἄλλη Ἐρυθραία Ἡροφίλη καλουμένη· μέμνηται τούτων Ἡρακλείδης ὁ Ποντικὸς ἐν τῷ Περὶ χρηστηρίων. ἐῶ δὲ τὴν Αἰγυπτίαν καὶ τὴν Ἰταλήν, ἣ τὸ ἐν Ῥώμῃ Κάρμαλον ᾤκησεν, ἧς υἱὸς Εὔανδρος ὁ τὸ ἐν Ῥώμῃ τοῦ Πανὸς ἱερὸν τὸ Λουπέρκιον καλούμενον κτίσας.
Kai outi ge monos houtos, alla kai hē Sibylla Orpheōs palaiotera; legontai gar kai peri tēs epōnymias autēs kai peri tōn chrēsmōn tōn katapephēmismenōn ekeinēs einai logoi pleious, Phrygian te ousan keklēsthai Artemin kai tautēn paragenomenēn eis Delphous ąsai; ō Delphoi, therapontes hekēbolou Apollōnos, ēlthon egō chrēsousa Dios noon aigiochoio, autokasignētǭ kecholōmenē Apollōni. esti de kai allē Erythraia Hērophilē kaloumenē; memnētai toutōn Hērakleidēs ho Pontikos en tǭ Peri chrēstēriōn. eō de tēn Aigyptian kai tēn Italēn, hē to en Rhōmę̄ Karmalon ǭkēsen, hēs huios Euandros ho to en Rhōmę̄ tou Panos hieron to Louperkion kaloumenon ktisas.
Not only he, but the Sibyl too is older than Orpheus. For there are several accounts of her name and of the oracles attributed to her: that, being a Phrygian, she was called Artemis, and that she came to Delphi and sang: “O Delphians, servants of far-shooting Apollo, I have come to declare the mind of aegis-bearing Zeus, angry with my own brother Apollo.” There is also another, the Erythraean, called Herophile; Heraclides of Pontus mentions them in his work On Oracles. I pass over the Egyptian and the Italian, who lived in the Carmalum at Rome, whose son Evander founded at Rome the shrine of Pan called the Lupercal.
1.21.109Stählin 2:70
Ἄξιον δὴ ἐνταῦθα γενομένους διερευνῆσαι καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν μετὰ Μωσέα παρὰ τοῖς Ἑβραίοις προφητῶν τοὺς χρόνους. Μετὰ τὴν Μωυσέως τοῦ βίου τελευτὴν διαδέχεται τὴν ἡγεμονίαν τοῦ λαοῦ Ἰησοῦς πολεμῶν μὲν ἔτη † ξε΄, ἐν δὲ τῇ γῇ τῇ ἀγαθῇ ἄλλα πέντε καὶ εἴκοσι ἀναπαυσάμενος. ὡς δὲ τὸ βιβλίον τοῦ Ἰησοῦ περιέχει, διεδέξατο τὸν Μωυσέα ὁ προειρημένος ἀνὴρ ἔτη κζ΄. ἔπειτα ἁμαρτόντες οἱ Ἑβραῖοι παραδίδονται Χουσαχὰρ βασιλεῖ Μεσοποταμίας ἔτεσιν ὀκτώ, ὡς ἡ τῶν Κριτῶν ἱστορεῖ βίβλος· δεηθέντες δὲ ὕστερον τοῦ θεοῦ λαμβάνουσιν ἡγεμόνα Γοθονιὴλ τὸν ἀδελφὸν τοῦ Χαλὲβ τὸν νεώτερον ἐκ φυλῆς Ἰούδα, ὃς ἀποκτείνας τὸν τῆς Μεσοποταμίας βασιλέα ἦρξε τοῦ λαοῦ ἔτεσιν ἐφεξῆς ν΄. καὶ πάλιν ἁμαρτόντες παρεδόθησαν Αἰγλὼμ βασιλεῖ Μωαβιτῶν ἔτεσιν ὀκτωκαίδεκα, ἐπιστρεψάντων δὲ αὐτῶν αὖθις ἡγήσατο αὐτῶν Ἀὼδ ἔτεσιν ὀγδοήκοντα, ἀνὴρ ἀμφοτεροδέξιος ἐκ φυλῆς Ἐφραΐμ· οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἀνελὼν τὸν Αἰγλώμ.
Axion dē entautha genomenous diereunēsai kai tōn allōn tōn meta Mōsea para tois Hebraiois prophētōn tous chronous. Meta tēn Mōyseōs tou biou teleutēn diadechetai tēn hēgemonian tou laou Iēsous polemōn men etē † xe΄, en de tę̄ gę̄ tę̄ agathę̄ alla pente kai eikosi anapausamenos. hōs de to biblion tou Iēsou periechei, diedexato ton Mōysea ho proeirēmenos anēr etē kz΄. epeita hamartontes hoi Hebraioi paradidontai Chousachar basilei Mesopotamias etesin oktō, hōs hē tōn Kritōn historei biblos; deēthentes de hysteron tou theou lambanousin hēgemona Gothoniēl ton adelphon tou Chaleb ton neōteron ek phylēs Iouda, hos apokteinas ton tēs Mesopotamias basilea ērxe tou laou etesin ephexēs n΄. kai palin hamartontes paredothēsan Aiglōm basilei Mōabitōn etesin oktōkaideka, epistrepsantōn de autōn authis hēgēsato autōn Aōd etesin ogdoēkonta, anēr amphoterodexios ek phylēs Ephraïm; houtos estin ho anelōn ton Aiglōm.
Having come here, it is worth examining the times of the other prophets among the Hebrews after Moses. After the end of Moses' life, Joshua succeeded to the leadership of the people, fighting for … years and resting in the good land another twenty-five. As the book of Joshua contains, the man just mentioned succeeded Moses for twenty-seven years. Then the Hebrews, having sinned, were handed over to Chushan, king of Mesopotamia, for eight years, as the book of Judges relates; and afterward, having prayed to God, they received as leader Othniel, the younger brother of Caleb, of the tribe of Judah, who killed the king of Mesopotamia and ruled the people for fifty years. And again, having sinned, they were handed over to Eglon, king of the Moabites, for eighteen years; and when they turned back, Ehud led them for eighty years, a man ambidextrous, of the tribe of Ephraim; he is the one who killed Eglon.
1.21.110Stählin 2:70–71
τελευτήσαντος δὲ Ἀὼδ ἁμαρτήσαντες αὖθις παρεδόθησαν βασιλεῖ Χαναὰν Ἰαβεὶμ ἔτεσιν εἴκοσι· ἐπὶ τούτου προφητεύει Δεββώρα γυνὴ Λαβιδὼθ ἐκ φυλῆς Ἐφραΐμ, καὶ ἦν ἀρχιερεὺς Ὀζιοῦς ὁ τοῦ Ῥιησοῦ. διὰ ταύτης ἡγησάμενος τῆς στρατιᾶς Βαρὰκ ὁ τοῦ Βεννὴρ ἐκ φυλῆς Νεφθαλὶμ παραταξάμενος Σισάρᾳ τῷ ἀρχιστρατήγῳ τοῦ Ἰαβεὶμ ἐνίκησε, καὶ ἦρξεν ἐντεῦθεν τοῦ λαοῦ διακρίνουσα ἡ Δεββώρα ἔτη τεσσαράκοντα. τελευτησάσης δὲ αὐτῆς ἁμαρτὼν αὖθις ὁ λαὸς παραδίδοται Μαδιηναίοις ἔτη ἑπτά. ἐπὶ τούτοις Γεδεὼν ἐκ φυλῆς Μανασσῆ ὁ τοῦ Ἰωὰς τριακοσίους ἐκστρατεύσας καὶ δώδεκα μυριάδας, αὐτῶν ἀπολέσας ἦρξεν ἔτη τεσσαράκοντα. μεθʼ ὃν ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ Ἀβιμέλεχ ἔτη τρία. διαδέχεται τοῦτον Βωλεᾶς υἱὸς Βηδᾶν υἱοῦ Χαρρὰν ἐκ φυλῆς Ἐφραῒμ ἄρξας ἔτη τρία πρὸς τοῖς εἴκοσι. μεθʼ ὃν ἐξαμαρτὼν πάλιν ὁ λαὸς ἔτεσιν ὀκτωκαίδεκα Ἀμμανίταις παραδίδοται.
teleutēsantos de Aōd hamartēsantes authis paredothēsan basilei Chanaan Iabeim etesin eikosi; epi toutou prophēteuei Debbōra gynē Labidōth ek phylēs Ephraïm, kai ēn archiereus Ozious ho tou Rhiēsou. dia tautēs hēgēsamenos tēs stratias Barak ho tou Bennēr ek phylēs Nephthalim parataxamenos Sisarą tǭ archistratēgǭ tou Iabeim enikēse, kai ērxen enteuthen tou laou diakrinousa hē Debbōra etē tessarakonta. teleutēsasēs de autēs hamartōn authis ho laos paradidotai Madiēnaiois etē hepta. epi toutois Gedeōn ek phylēs Manassē ho tou Iōas triakosious ekstrateusas kai dōdeka myriadas, autōn apolesas ērxen etē tessarakonta. methʼ hon ho huios autou Abimelech etē tria. diadechetai touton Bōleas huios Bēdan huiou Charran ek phylēs Ephraïm arxas etē tria pros tois eikosi. methʼ hon examartōn palin ho laos etesin oktōkaideka Ammanitais paradidotai.
When Ehud died, they sinned again and were handed over to Jabin, king of Canaan, for twenty years. In his time Deborah, the wife of Lappidoth, of the tribe of Ephraim, prophesied, and the high priest was Uzzi, son of Rhiesus. Through her, Barak, son of Benner, of the tribe of Naphtali, leading the army, drew up against Sisera, Jabin's commander, and conquered; and from then Deborah ruled the people as judge for forty years. When she died, the people sinned again and were handed over to the Midianites for seven years. After these, Gideon, son of Joash, of the tribe of Manasseh, marching out with three hundred men and destroying a hundred and twenty thousand of them, ruled forty years. After him his son Abimelech, three years. Boleas (that is, Tola), son of Bedan, son of Charran, of the tribe of Ephraim, succeeded him, ruling twenty-three years. After him the people, sinning again, were handed over to the Ammonites for eighteen years.
1.21.111Stählin 2:71
μετανοησάντων δὲ αὐτῶν ἡγεῖται Ἰεφθαὲ ὁ Γαλααδίτης ἐκ φυλῆς Μανασσῆ καὶ ἦρξεν ἔτη ἕξ, μεθʼ ὃν ἦρξεν Ἀβατθὰν ὁ ἐκ Βηθλεὲμ φυλῆς Ἰούδα ἔτη ἑπτά, ἔπειτα Ἑβρὼν ὁ Ζαβουλωνίτης ἔτη ὀκτώ, ἔπειτα Ἐγλὼμ Ἐφραῒμ ἔτη ὀκτώ. ἔνιοι δὲ τοῖς τοῦ Ἀβατθὰν ἔτεσιν ἑπτὰ συνάπτουσι τὰ Ἑβρὼν ὀκτὼ ἔτη. καὶ μετὰ τοῦτον ἐξαμαρτὼν πάλιν ὁ λαὸς ὑπὸ ἀλλοφύλοις γίνεται τοῖς Φυλιστιεὶμ ἔτη τεσσαράκοντα. ἐπιστρεψάντων δὲ αὐτῶν Σαμψὼν ἡγεῖται ἐκ φυλῆς Δάν, νικήσας ἐν πολέμῳ τοὺς ἀλλοφύλους. οὗτος ἦρξεν ἔτεσιν εἴκοσι. καὶ μετὰ τοῦτον ἀναρχίας οὔσης διέκρινε τὸν λαὸν Ἠλὶ ὁ ἱερεὺς τεσσαράκοντα ἔτη. τοῦτον δὲ διαδέχεται Σαμουὴλ ὁ προφήτης, σὺν οἷς Σαοὺλ ἐβασίλευσεν, ἔτη εἴκοσι ἑπτὰ κατασχών. οὗτος καὶ τὸν Δαβὶδ ἔχρισεν.
metanoēsantōn de autōn hēgeitai Iephthae ho Galaaditēs ek phylēs Manassē kai ērxen etē hex, methʼ hon ērxen Abatthan ho ek Bēthleem phylēs Iouda etē hepta, epeita Hebrōn ho Zaboulōnitēs etē oktō, epeita Eglōm Ephraïm etē oktō. enioi de tois tou Abatthan etesin hepta synaptousi ta Hebrōn oktō etē. kai meta touton examartōn palin ho laos hypo allophylois ginetai tois Phylistieim etē tessarakonta. epistrepsantōn de autōn Sampsōn hēgeitai ek phylēs Dan, nikēsas en polemǭ tous allophylous. houtos ērxen etesin eikosi. kai meta touton anarchias ousēs diekrine ton laon Ēli ho hiereus tessarakonta etē. touton de diadechetai Samouēl ho prophētēs, syn hois Saoul ebasileusen, etē eikosi hepta kataschōn. houtos kai ton Dabid echrisen.
When they repented, Jephthah the Gileadite, of the tribe of Manasseh, led them and ruled six years; after him Ibzan of Bethlehem, of the tribe of Judah, ruled seven years; then Elon the Zebulunite, eight years; then Abdon of Ephraim, eight years. Some join Elon's eight years to Ibzan's seven. After him the people, sinning again, came under foreigners, the Philistines, for forty years. When they turned back, Samson of the tribe of Dan led them, having conquered the foreigners in war; he ruled twenty years. After him, there being no ruler, Eli the priest judged the people forty years. Samuel the prophet succeeded him, with whom Saul reigned, holding power twenty-seven years. He also anointed David.
1.21.112Stählin 2:71
ἐτελεύτα δὲ Σαμουὴλ δυοῖν ἐτῶν πρότερος τοῦ Σαοὺλ ἐπὶ ἀρχιερέως Ἀβιμέλεχ. οὗτος τὸν Σαοὺλ εἰς βασιλέα ἔχρισεν, ὃς πρῶτος ἐβασίλευσεν ἐπὶ Ἰσραὴλ μετὰ τοὺς κριτάς, ὧν ὁ πᾶς ἀριθμὸς ἕως τοῦ Σαμουὴλ γίνεται ἔτη τετρακόσια ἑξήκοντα τρία μῆνες ἑπτά. ἔπειτα διὰ τῆς πρώτης βίβλου τῶν Βασιλειῶν τοῦ Σαοὺλ ἔτη εἴκοσι, ἐπεὶ ἀνακαινισθεὶς ἐβασίλευσε. μετὰ δὲ τὴν τελευτὴν Σαοὺλ βασιλεύει Δαβὶδ τὸ δεύτερον ἐν Χεβρὼν ὁ τοῦ Ἰεσσαὶ ἐκ φυλῆς Ἰούδα ἔτη τεσσαράκοντα, ὡς περιέχει ἡ δευτέρα τῶν Βασιλειῶν, καὶ ἦν ἀρχιερεὺς Ἀβιάθαρ ὁ τοῦ Ἀβιμέλεχ ἐκ συγγενείας Ἠλί, προφητεύουσι δὲ Γὰδ καὶ Νάθαν ἐπʼ αὐτοῦ. γίνονται οὖν ἀπὸ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Ναυῆ ἕως παρέλαβε τὴν βασιλείαν Δαβίδ, ὡς μέν τινες, ἔτη τετρακόσια πεντήκοντα, ὡς δὲ ἡ προκειμένη δείκνυσι χρονογραφία, συνάγονται ἔτη πεντακόσια εἴκοσι τρία μῆνες ἑπτὰ εἰς τὴν τοῦ Δαβὶδ τελευτήν.
eteleuta de Samouēl dyoin etōn proteros tou Saoul epi archiereōs Abimelech. houtos ton Saoul eis basilea echrisen, hos prōtos ebasileusen epi Israēl meta tous kritas, hōn ho pas arithmos heōs tou Samouēl ginetai etē tetrakosia hexēkonta tria mēnes hepta. epeita dia tēs prōtēs biblou tōn Basileiōn tou Saoul etē eikosi, epei anakainistheis ebasileuse. meta de tēn teleutēn Saoul basileuei Dabid to deuteron en Chebrōn ho tou Iessai ek phylēs Iouda etē tessarakonta, hōs periechei hē deutera tōn Basileiōn, kai ēn archiereus Abiathar ho tou Abimelech ek syngeneias Ēli, prophēteuousi de Gad kai Nathan epʼ autou. ginontai oun apo Iēsou tou Nauē heōs parelabe tēn basileian Dabid, hōs men tines, etē tetrakosia pentēkonta, hōs de hē prokeimenē deiknysi chronographia, synagontai etē pentakosia eikosi tria mēnes hepta eis tēn tou Dabid teleutēn.
Samuel died two years before Saul, when Abimelech was high priest. He anointed Saul as king, who was the first to reign over Israel after the judges, whose whole number up to Samuel comes to four hundred and sixty-three years and seven months. Then, according to the first book of Kingdoms, Saul reigned twenty years after he was renewed as king. After Saul's death David, son of Jesse, of the tribe of Judah, reigned a second time in Hebron, forty years, as the second book of Kingdoms contains; the high priest was Abiathar, son of Abimelech, of the family of Eli, and Gad and Nathan prophesied in his time. From Joshua son of Nun until David received the kingdom, then, there are, as some say, four hundred and fifty years; but, as the chronology given above shows, five hundred and twenty-three years and seven months are reckoned to David's death.
1.21.113Stählin 2:71–72
καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα ἐβασίλευσε Σολομὼν υἱὸς Δαβὶδ ἔτη τεσσαράκοντα. διαμένει ἐπὶ τούτου Νάθαν προφητεύων, ὃς καὶ παρεκάλει αὐτὸν περὶ τῆς τοῦ ναοῦ οἰκοδομῆς· ὁμοίως καὶ Ἀχίας ἐκ Σηλὼμ προφητεύει, ἦσαν δὲ καὶ οἱ βασιλεῖς ἄμφω, ὃ τε Δαβὶδ ὅ τε Σολομών, προφῆται. Σαδὼν δὲ ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς πρῶτος ἐν τῷ ναῷ, ὃν ᾠκοδόμησε Σολομών, ἱεράτευσεν, ὄγδοος ὢν ἀπὸ Ἀαρὼν τοῦ πρώτου ἀρχιερέως. γίνονται οὖν ἀπὸ Μωυσέως ἐπὶ τὴν Σολομῶνος ἡλικίαν, ὡς μέν τινές φασιν, ἔτη πεντακόσια ἐνενήκοντα πέντε, ὡς δὲ ἕτεροι, πεντακόσια ἑβδομήκοντα ἕξ. εἰ δέ τις τοῖς ἀπὸ Ἰησοῦ μέχρι Δαβὶδ τετρακοσίοις πεντήκοντα ἔτεσι συγκαταριθμήσαι τὰ τῆς Μωυσέως στρατηίας τεσσαράκοντα καὶ τὰ ἄλλα τὰ ὀγδοήκοντα ἔτη, ἃ γεγόνει ὁ Μωυσῆς πρὸ τοῦ τὴν ἔξοδον τοῖς Ἑβραίοις ἀπὸ Αἰγύπτου γεγονέναι, προσθείη τε τούτοις τὰ τῆς βασιλείας τῆς Δαβὶδ τεσσαράκοντα ἔτη, συνάξει ἔτη τὰ πάντα ἑξακόσια δέκα.
kai meta tauta ebasileuse Solomōn huios Dabid etē tessarakonta. diamenei epi toutou Nathan prophēteuōn, hos kai parekalei auton peri tēs tou naou oikodomēs; homoiōs kai Achias ek Sēlōm prophēteuei, ēsan de kai hoi basileis amphō, ho te Dabid ho te Solomōn, prophētai. Sadōn de ho archiereus prōtos en tǭ naǭ, hon ǭkodomēse Solomōn, hierateusen, ogdoos ōn apo Aarōn tou prōtou archiereōs. ginontai oun apo Mōyseōs epi tēn Solomōnos hēlikian, hōs men tines phasin, etē pentakosia enenēkonta pente, hōs de heteroi, pentakosia hebdomēkonta hex. ei de tis tois apo Iēsou mechri Dabid tetrakosiois pentēkonta etesi synkatarithmēsai ta tēs Mōyseōs stratēias tessarakonta kai ta alla ta ogdoēkonta etē, ha gegonei ho Mōysēs pro tou tēn exodon tois Hebraiois apo Aigyptou gegonenai, prostheiē te toutois ta tēs basileias tēs Dabid tessarakonta etē, synaxei etē ta panta hexakosia deka.
After this Solomon, son of David, reigned forty years. In his time Nathan continued prophesying, who also exhorted him about the building of the temple; likewise Ahijah of Shiloh prophesied; and both kings, David and Solomon, were prophets. Zadok the high priest was the first to serve as priest in the temple Solomon built, being eighth from Aaron, the first high priest. From Moses to the age of Solomon, then, there are, as some say, five hundred and ninety-five years, or, as others say, five hundred and seventy-six. If someone adds to the four hundred and fifty years from Joshua to David the forty years of Moses' leadership and the other eighty years that Moses lived before the Hebrews' exodus from Egypt, and adds to these the forty years of David's reign, he will reckon six hundred and ten years in all.
1.21.114Stählin 2:72
ἀκριβέστερον δὲ ἡ καθʼ ἡμᾶς χρονογραφία πρόεισιν, εἰ τοῖς πεντακοσίοις εἴκοσι καὶ τρισὶ καὶ μησὶν ἑπτὰ μέχρι τῆς Δαβὶδ τελευτῆς προσθείη τις τά τε τοῦ Μωυσέως ἑκατὸν εἴκοσι ἔτη τά τε τοῦ Σολομῶνος τεσσαράκοντα· συνάξει γὰρ τὰ πάντα ἐπὶ τὴν Σολομῶνος τελευτὴν ἔτη ἑξακόσια ὀγδοήκοντα τρία μῆνας ἑπτά. Εἴραμος τὴν ἑαυτοῦ θυγατέρα Σολομῶνι δίδωσι καθʼ οὓς χρόνος μετὰ τὴν Τροίας ἅλωσιν Μενελάῳ εἰς Φοινίκην ἄφιξις, ὥς φησι Μένανδρος ὁ Περγαμηνὸς καὶ Λαῖτος ἐν τοῖς Φοινικικοῖς. μετὰ δὲ Σολομῶνα βασιλεύει Ῥοβοὰμ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἔτη ἑπτακαίδεκα, καὶ ἦν ἀρχιερεὺς Ἀβιμέλεχ ὁ τοῦ Σαδώκ. ἐπὶ τούτου μερισθείσης τῆς βασιλείας ἐν Σαμαρείᾳ βασιλεύει Ἱεροβοὰμ ἐκ φυλῆς Ἐφραῒμ ὁ δοῦλος Σολομῶνος, προφητεύει δὲ ἔτι Ἀχίας ὁ Σηλωνίτης καὶ Σαμαίας υἱὸς Αἰλὰμ καὶ ὁ ἐξ Ἰούδα ἀπελθὼν ἐπὶ Ἱεροβοὰμ καὶ προφητεύσας ἐπὶ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου.
akribesteron de hē kathʼ hēmas chronographia proeisin, ei tois pentakosiois eikosi kai trisi kai mēsin hepta mechri tēs Dabid teleutēs prostheiē tis ta te tou Mōyseōs hekaton eikosi etē ta te tou Solomōnos tessarakonta; synaxei gar ta panta epi tēn Solomōnos teleutēn etē hexakosia ogdoēkonta tria mēnas hepta. Eiramos tēn heautou thygatera Solomōni didōsi kathʼ hous chronos meta tēn Troias halōsin Menelaǭ eis Phoinikēn aphixis, hōs phēsi Menandros ho Pergamēnos kai Laitos en tois Phoinikikois. meta de Solomōna basileuei Rhoboam huios autou etē heptakaideka, kai ēn archiereus Abimelech ho tou Sadōk. epi toutou meristheisēs tēs basileias en Samareią basileuei Hieroboam ek phylēs Ephraïm ho doulos Solomōnos, prophēteuei de eti Achias ho Sēlōnitēs kai Samaias huios Ailam kai ho ex Iouda apelthōn epi Hieroboam kai prophēteusas epi tou thysiastēriou.
But our chronology proceeds more exactly, if one adds to the five hundred and twenty-three years and seven months up to David's death the hundred and twenty years of Moses and the forty of Solomon; for he will reckon in all, to Solomon's death, six hundred and eighty-three years and seven months. Hiram gave his daughter to Solomon at the time when Menelaus arrived in Phoenicia after the capture of Troy, as Menander of Pergamum and Laetus say in their Phoenician Histories. After Solomon, Rehoboam his son reigned seventeen years, and the high priest was Abimelech, son of Zadok. In his time, when the kingdom was divided, Jeroboam, of the tribe of Ephraim, Solomon's servant, reigned in Samaria; and Ahijah the Shilonite still prophesied, and Shemaiah son of Elam, and the man who came from Judah to Jeroboam and prophesied against the altar.
1.21.115Stählin 2:72–73
μετὰ τοῦτον βασιλεύει Ἀβιοὺμ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἔτη εἴκοσι τρία, καὶ ὁμοίως ὁ τούτου υἱὸς Ἄσα μά· οὗτος ἐπὶ γήρως ἐποδάγρησε, προφητεύει δὲ ἐπʼ αὐτοῦ Ἰοὺ υἱὸς Ἀνανίου. μετὰ τοῦτον βασιλεύει Ἰωσαφὰτ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἔτη κέ· ἐπὶ τούτου προφητεύουσιν Ἠλίας ὁ Θεσβίτης καὶ Μιχαίας υἱὸς Ἰεβλᾶ καὶ Ἀβδίας υἱὸς Ἀνανίου. ἐπὶ δὲ Μιχαίου καὶ ψευδοπροφήτης ἦν Σεδεκίας ὁ τοῦ Χαναάν. ἕπεται τούτοις ἡ βασιλεία Ἰωρὰμ τοῦ υἱοῦ Ἰωσαφὰτ ἐπὶ ἔτη ὀκτώ, ἐφʼ οὗ προφητεύει Ἠλίας καὶ μετὰ Ἠλίαν Ἐλισσαῖος ὁ τοῦ Σαφάτ. ἐπὶ τούτου οἱ ἐν Σαμαρείᾳ κόπρον ἔφαγον περιστερᾶς καὶ τὰ τέκνα τὰ ἑαυτῶν. ὁ δὲ χρόνος Ἰωσαφὰτ ἀπὸ τῶν ὑστάτων τῆς τρίτης τῶν Βασιλειῶν ἄχρι τῆς τετάρτης ἐπεκτείνει. ἐπὶ δὲ τοῦ Ἰωρὰμ ἀνελήφθη μὲν Ἠλίας, ἤρξατο δὲ προφητεύειν Ἐλισσαῖος υἱὸς Σαφὰτ ἔτη ἕξ, ὢν ἐτῶν τεσσαράκοντα. εἶτα Ὀχοζίας ἐβασίλευσεν ἔτος ἕν, ἐπὶ τούτου ἔτι προφητεύει Ἐλισσαῖος καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ Ἀβδαδωναῖος.
meta touton basileuei Abioum huios autou etē eikosi tria, kai homoiōs ho toutou huios Asa ma; houtos epi gērōs epodagrēse, prophēteuei de epʼ autou Iou huios Ananiou. meta touton basileuei Iōsaphat huios autou etē ke; epi toutou prophēteuousin Ēlias ho Thesbitēs kai Michaias huios Iebla kai Abdias huios Ananiou. epi de Michaiou kai pseudoprophētēs ēn Sedekias ho tou Chanaan. hepetai toutois hē basileia Iōram tou huiou Iōsaphat epi etē oktō, ephʼ hou prophēteuei Ēlias kai meta Ēlian Elissaios ho tou Saphat. epi toutou hoi en Samareią kopron ephagon peristeras kai ta tekna ta heautōn. ho de chronos Iōsaphat apo tōn hystatōn tēs tritēs tōn Basileiōn achri tēs tetartēs epekteinei. epi de tou Iōram anelēphthē men Ēlias, ērxato de prophēteuein Elissaios huios Saphat etē hex, ōn etōn tessarakonta. eita Ochozias ebasileusen etos hen, epi toutou eti prophēteuei Elissaios kai syn autǭ Abdadōnaios.
After him Abijam his son reigned twenty-three years, and likewise his son Asa forty-one years; he had gout in his old age, and Jehu son of Hanani prophesied in his time. After him Jehoshaphat his son reigned twenty-five years; in his time Elijah the Tishbite prophesied, and Micaiah son of Imlah, and Obadiah son of Hanani. In Micaiah's time there was also a false prophet, Zedekiah son of Chenaanah. There follows the reign of Joram son of Jehoshaphat for eight years, in whose time Elijah prophesied and, after Elijah, Elisha son of Shaphat. In his time those in Samaria ate dove's dung and their own children. The time of Jehoshaphat extends from the last part of the third book of Kingdoms into the fourth. In the time of Joram, Elijah was taken up, and Elisha son of Shaphat began to prophesy, and prophesied six years, being forty years old. Then Ahaziah reigned one year; in his time Elisha still prophesied, and Abdadonaeus with him.
1.21.116Stählin 2:73
μετὰ τοῦτον ἡ μήτηρ Ὀζίου Γοθολία βασιλεύει ἔτη ὀκτώ, κατακτείνασα τὰ τέκνα τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτῆς· ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ γένους ἦν Ἀχαάβ. ἡ δὲ ἀδελφὴ Ὀζίου Ἰωσαβαία ἐξέκλεψε τὸν υἱὸν Ὀζίου Ἰωὰν καὶ τούτῳ περιέθηκεν ὕστερον τὴν βασιλείαν. ἐπὶ τῆς Γοθολίας ταύτης ἔτι ὁ Ἐλισσαῖος προφητεύει, μεθʼ ἣν βασιλεύει, ὡς προεῖπον, Ἰωὰς ὁ περισωθεὶς ὑπὸ Ἰωσαβαίας τῆς Ἰωδαὲ τοῦ ἀρχιερέως γυναικός, καὶ τὰ πάντα γίνεται ἔτη τεσσαράκοντα. συνάγεται οὖν ἀπὸ Σολομῶνος ἐπὶ Ἐλισσαίου τοῦ προφήτου τελευτήν ἔτη, ὡς μέν τινές φασιν, ἑκατὸν έ, ὡς δὲ ἕτεροι, ἑκατὸν δύο, ὡς δὲ ἡ προκειμένη δηλοῖ χρονογραφία, ἀπὸ βασιλείας τῆς Σολομῶνος ἔτη ἑκατὸν ὀγδοήκοντα ἕν.
meta touton hē mētēr Oziou Gotholia basileuei etē oktō, katakteinasa ta tekna tou adelphou autēs; ek gar tou genous ēn Achaab. hē de adelphē Oziou Iōsabaia exeklepse ton huion Oziou Iōan kai toutǭ periethēken hysteron tēn basileian. epi tēs Gotholias tautēs eti ho Elissaios prophēteuei, methʼ hēn basileuei, hōs proeipon, Iōas ho perisōtheis hypo Iōsabaias tēs Iōdae tou archiereōs gynaikos, kai ta panta ginetai etē tessarakonta. synagetai oun apo Solomōnos epi Elissaiou tou prophētou teleutēn etē, hōs men tines phasin, hekaton e, hōs de heteroi, hekaton dyo, hōs de hē prokeimenē dēloi chronographia, apo basileias tēs Solomōnos etē hekaton ogdoēkonta hen.
After him Athaliah, the mother of Ahaziah, reigned eight years, having killed the children of her brother; for she was of the family of Ahab. But Jehosheba, the sister of Ahaziah, stole away Joash, the son of Ahaziah, and later put the kingdom on him. In the time of this Athaliah Elisha still prophesied; after her, as I said before, reigned Joash, who was saved by Jehosheba, the wife of Jehoiada the high priest, and the whole comes to forty years. From Solomon to the death of the prophet Elisha, then, are reckoned, as some say, a hundred and five years, as others, a hundred and two; but, as the chronology given above shows, a hundred and eighty-one years from the reign of Solomon.
1.21.117Stählin 2:73–74
Ἀπὸ δὲ τῶν Τρωϊκῶν ἐπὶ τὴν Ὁμήρου γένεσιν κατὰ μὲν Φιλόχορον ἑκατὸν ὀγδοήκοντα ἔτη γίνεται ὕστερον τῆς Ἰωνικῆς ἀποικίας· Ἀρίσταρχος δὲ ἐν τοῖς Ἀρχιλοχείοις ὑπομνήμασι κατὰ τὴν Ἰωνικὴν ἀποικίαν φησὶ φέρεσθαι αὐτόν, ἣ ἐγένετο μετὰ ἑκατὸν τεσσαράκοντα ἔτη τῶν Τρωϊκῶν. Ἀπολλόδωρος δὲ μετὰ ἔτη ἑκατὸν τῆς Ἰωνικῆς ἀποικίας Ἀγησιλάου τοῦ Δορυσσαίου Λακεδαιμονίων βασιλεύοντος, ὥστε ἐπιβαλεῖν αὐτῷ Λυκοῦργον τὸν νομοθέτην ἔτι νέον ὄντα. Εὐθυμένης δὲ ἐν τοῖς Χρονικοῖς συνακμάσαντα Ἡσιόδῳ ἐπὶ Ἀκάστου ἐν Χίῳ γενέσθαι περὶ τὸ διακοσιοστὸν ἔτος ὕστερον τῆς Ἰλίου ἁλώσεως. ταύτης δέ ἐστι τῆς δόξης καὶ Ἀρχέμαχος ἐν Εὐβοϊκῶν τρίτῳ· ὡς εἶναι αὐτόν τε καὶ τὸν Ἡσίοδον καὶ Ἐλισσαίου τοῦ προφήτου νεωτέρους. κἂν ἕπεσθαί τις βουληθῇ τῷ γραμματικῷ Κράτητι καὶ λέγῃ περὶ τὴν Ἡρακλειδῶν κάθοδον Ὅμηρον γεγονέναι μετὰ ἔτη ὀγδοήκοντα τῆς Ἰλίου ἁλώσεως, εὑρεθήσεται πάλιν Σολομῶνος μεταγενέστερος, ἐφʼ οὗ ἡ Μενελάου εἰς Φοινίκην ἄφιξις, ὡς προείρηται. Ἐρατοσθένης δὲ μετὰ τὸ ἑκατοστὸν ἔτος τῆς Ἰλίου ἁλώσεως τὴν Ὁμήρου ἡλικίαν φέρει. ναὶ μὴν Θεόπομπος μὲν ἐν τῇ τεσσαρακοστῇ τρίτῃ τῶν Φιλιππικῶν μετὰ ἔτη πεντακόσια τῶν ἐπὶ Ἰλίῳ στρατευσάντων γεγονέναι τὸν Ὅμηρον ἱστορεῖ. Εὐφορίων δὲ ἐν τῷ περὶ Ἀλευαδῶν κατὰ Γύγην αὐτὸν τίθησι γεγονέναι, ὃς βασιλεύειν ἤρξατο ἀπὸ τῆς ὀκτωκαιδεκάτης ὀλυμπιάδος, ὃν καὶ φησι πρῶτον ὠνομάσθαι τύραννον. Σωσίβιος δὲ ὁ Λάκων ἐν χρόνων ἀναγραφῇ κατὰ τὸ ὄγδοον ἔτος τῆς Χαρίλλου τοῦ Πολυδέκτου βασιλείας Ὅμηρον φέρει. βασιλεύει μὲν οὖν Χάριλλος ἔτη ἐξήκοντα τέσσαρα, μεθʼ ὃν υἱὸς Νίκανδρος ἔτη τριάκοντα ἐννέα· τούτου κατὰ τὸ τριακοστὸν τέταρτον ἔτος τεθῆναί φησι τὴν πρώτην ὀλυμπιάδα. ὡς εἶναι ἐνενήκοντά που ἐτῶν πρὸ τῆς τῶν Ὀλυμπίων θέσεως Ὅμηρον.
Apo de tōn Trōïkōn epi tēn Homērou genesin kata men Philochoron hekaton ogdoēkonta etē ginetai hysteron tēs Iōnikēs apoikias; Aristarchos de en tois Archilocheiois hypomnēmasi kata tēn Iōnikēn apoikian phēsi pheresthai auton, hē egeneto meta hekaton tessarakonta etē tōn Trōïkōn. Apollodōros de meta etē hekaton tēs Iōnikēs apoikias Agēsilaou tou Doryssaiou Lakedaimoniōn basileuontos, hōste epibalein autǭ Lykourgon ton nomothetēn eti neon onta. Euthymenēs de en tois Chronikois synakmasanta Hēsiodǭ epi Akastou en Chiǭ genesthai peri to diakosioston etos hysteron tēs Iliou halōseōs. tautēs de esti tēs doxēs kai Archemachos en Euboïkōn tritǭ; hōs einai auton te kai ton Hēsiodon kai Elissaiou tou prophētou neōterous. kan hepesthai tis boulēthę̄ tǭ grammatikǭ Kratēti kai legę̄ peri tēn Hērakleidōn kathodon Homēron gegonenai meta etē ogdoēkonta tēs Iliou halōseōs, heurethēsetai palin Solomōnos metagenesteros, ephʼ hou hē Menelaou eis Phoinikēn aphixis, hōs proeirētai. Eratosthenēs de meta to hekatoston etos tēs Iliou halōseōs tēn Homērou hēlikian pherei. nai mēn Theopompos men en tę̄ tessarakostę̄ tritę̄ tōn Philippikōn meta etē pentakosia tōn epi Iliǭ strateusantōn gegonenai ton Homēron historei. Euphoriōn de en tǭ peri Aleuadōn kata Gygēn auton tithēsi gegonenai, hos basileuein ērxato apo tēs oktōkaidekatēs olympiados, hon kai phēsi prōton ōnomasthai tyrannon. Sōsibios de ho Lakōn en chronōn anagraphę̄ kata to ogdoon etos tēs Charillou tou Polydektou basileias Homēron pherei. basileuei men oun Charillos etē exēkonta tessara, methʼ hon huios Nikandros etē triakonta ennea; toutou kata to triakoston tetarton etos tethēnai phēsi tēn prōtēn olympiada. hōs einai enenēkonta pou etōn pro tēs tōn Olympiōn theseōs Homēron.
From the Trojan War to the birth of Homer, according to Philochorus, is a hundred and eighty years, later than the Ionian colonization. Aristarchus, in his Commentaries on Archilochus, says he is placed at the time of the Ionian colonization, which took place a hundred and forty years after the Trojan War. Apollodorus says a hundred years after the Ionian colonization, when Agesilaus son of Doryssus was king of the Spartans, so that Lycurgus the lawgiver, while still young, overlapped with him. Euthymenes in his Chronicles says that he flourished with Hesiod and was born in Chios in the time of Acastus, about two hundred years after the capture of Ilium. Archemachus too, in the third book of his Euboean History, is of this opinion; so that he and Hesiod are younger than the prophet Elisha. And if anyone wishes to follow Crates the grammarian and say that Homer lived about the return of the Heraclidae, eighty years after the capture of Ilium, he will again be found later than Solomon, in whose time Menelaus came to Phoenicia, as has been said. Eratosthenes puts Homer's age after the hundredth year from the capture of Ilium. Theopompus, in the forty-third book of his Philippica, relates that Homer lived five hundred years after those who fought against Ilium. Euphorion, in his work on the Aleuadae, puts him in the time of Gyges, who began to reign from the eighteenth Olympiad, and who, he says, was the first to be called “tyrant.” Sosibius the Spartan, in his Chronological Record, puts Homer in the eighth year of the reign of Charillus son of Polydectes. Charillus reigned sixty-four years, and after him his son Nicander thirty-nine; in the thirty-fourth year of his reign, he says, the first Olympiad was established; so that Homer lived about ninety years before the institution of the Olympic games.
1.21.118Stählin 2:74–75
Μετὰ δὲ τὸν Ἰωὰν διαδέχεται τὴν βασιλείαν Ἀμασίας ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἔτη τριάκοντα ἐννέα, τοῦτον Ὀζίας ὁμοίως ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ ἔτη πεντήκοντα δύο, καὶ λεπρῶν οὗτος ἐτελεύτα· προφητεύουσι δὲ ἐπʼ αὐτοῦ Ἀμῶς καὶ Ἡσαΐας ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ καὶ Ὠσηὲ ὁ τοῦ Βεηρὶ καὶ Ἰωνᾶς ὁ τοῦ Ἀμαθὶ ὁ ἐκ Γὲθ Χοβὲρ ὁ κηρύξας Νινευίταις, ὁ ἐκ τοῦ κήτους προελθών. ἔπειτα βασιλεύει Ἰωναθὰν ὁ υἱὸς Ὀζίου ἔτη ἑκκαίδεκα· ἐπὶ τούτου ἔτι Ἡσαΐας προφητεύει καὶ Ὠσηὲ καὶ Μιχαίας ὁ Μωρασθίτης καὶ Ἰωὴλ ὁ τοῦ Βαθουήλ.
Meta de ton Iōan diadechetai tēn basileian Amasias ho huios autou etē triakonta ennea, touton Ozias homoiōs ho huios autou epi etē pentēkonta dyo, kai leprōn houtos eteleuta; prophēteuousi de epʼ autou Amōs kai Hēsaïas ho huios autou kai Ōsēe ho tou Beēri kai Iōnas ho tou Amathi ho ek Geth Chober ho kēryxas Nineuitais, ho ek tou kētous proelthōn. epeita basileuei Iōnathan ho huios Oziou etē hekkaideka; epi toutou eti Hēsaïas prophēteuei kai Ōsēe kai Michaias ho Mōrasthitēs kai Iōēl ho tou Bathouēl.
After Joash his son Amaziah succeeded to the kingdom for thirty-nine years; Uzziah his son likewise succeeded him for fifty-two years, and he died a leper. In his time Amos prophesied, and Isaiah his son, and Hosea son of Beeri, and Jonah son of Amittai of Gath-hepher, who preached to the Ninevites and came out of the whale. Then Jotham son of Uzziah reigned sixteen years; in his time Isaiah still prophesied, and Hosea, and Micah the Morasthite, and Joel son of Bathuel.
1.21.119Stählin 2:75
τοῦτον διαδέχεται ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ Ἄχαζ ἐπὶ ἔτη ἑκκαίδεκα· ἐπὶ τούτου πεντεκαιδεκάτῳ ἔτει ὁ Ἰσραὴλ εἰς Βαβυλῶνα ἀπήχθη Σαλμανασάρ τε ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἀσσυρίων μετῴκισε τοὺς ἐν Σαμαρείᾳ εἰς Μήδους καὶ Βαβυλῶνα. πάλιν τὸν Ἄχαζ διαδέχεται Ὠσηὲ ἐπὶ ἔτη ὀκτώ, εἶτα Ἐζεκίας ἐπὶ ἔτη εἴκοσι ἐννέα. τούτῳ διʼ ὁσιότητα πρὸς τῷ τέλει τοῦ βίου γενομένῳ διὰ Ἡσαΐου δωρεῖται ὁ θεὸς ἄλλα ἔτη βιῶσαι πεντεκαίδεκα διʼ ἀναποδισμοῦ ἡλίου. μέχρι τούτου διατείνουσι προφητεύοντες Ἡσαΐας καὶ Ὠσηὲ καὶ Μιχαίας. λέγονται δὲ οὗτοι μετὰ τὴν Λυκούργου τοῦ νομοθέτου Λακεδαιμονίων ἡλικίαν γεγονέναι· Διευχίδας γὰρ ἐν τετάρτῳ Μεγαρικῶν περὶ τὸ διακοσιοστὸν ἐνενηκοστὸν ἔτος ὕστερον τῆς Ἰλίου ἁλώσεως τὴν ἀκμὴν Λυκούργου φέρει· Ἡσαΐας δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς Σολομῶντος βασιλείας, ἐφʼ οὗ Μενέλεως εἰς Φοινίκην γενόμενος ἐδείχθη, τριακοσιοστῷ ἔτει προφητεύων ἔτι φαίνεται Μιχαίας τε σὺν αὐτῷ καὶ Ὠσηὲ καὶ Ἰωὴλ ὁ τοῦ Βαθουήλ.
touton diadechetai ho huios autou Achaz epi etē hekkaideka; epi toutou pentekaidekatǭ etei ho Israēl eis Babylōna apēchthē Salmanasar te ho basileus tōn Assyriōn metǭkise tous en Samareią eis Mēdous kai Babylōna. palin ton Achaz diadechetai Ōsēe epi etē oktō, eita Ezekias epi etē eikosi ennea. toutǭ diʼ hosiotēta pros tǭ telei tou biou genomenǭ dia Hēsaïou dōreitai ho theos alla etē biōsai pentekaideka diʼ anapodismou hēliou. mechri toutou diateinousi prophēteuontes Hēsaïas kai Ōsēe kai Michaias. legontai de houtoi meta tēn Lykourgou tou nomothetou Lakedaimoniōn hēlikian gegonenai; Dieuchidas gar en tetartǭ Megarikōn peri to diakosioston enenēkoston etos hysteron tēs Iliou halōseōs tēn akmēn Lykourgou pherei; Hēsaïas de apo tēs Solomōntos basileias, ephʼ hou Meneleōs eis Phoinikēn genomenos edeichthē, triakosiostǭ etei prophēteuōn eti phainetai Michaias te syn autǭ kai Ōsēe kai Iōēl ho tou Bathouēl.
His son Ahaz succeeded him for sixteen years; in the fifteenth year of his reign Israel was carried away to Babylon, and Shalmaneser king of the Assyrians transported those in Samaria to the Medes and Babylon. Hoshea again succeeded Ahaz for eight years, then Hezekiah for twenty-nine years. To him, because of his holiness, when he was at the end of his life, God granted through Isaiah to live another fifteen years, by the sun's going back. Isaiah, Hosea, and Micah continued prophesying until this time. These are said to have lived after the age of Lycurgus, the lawgiver of the Spartans; for Dieuchidas, in the fourth book of his Megarian History, puts the prime of Lycurgus about the two hundred and ninetieth year after the capture of Ilium; while Isaiah is shown still prophesying in the three hundredth year from the reign of Solomon, in whose time Menelaus was shown to have come to Phoenicia, and with him Micah, Hosea, and Joel son of Bathuel.
1.21.120Stählin 2:75–76
μετὰ δὲ Ἐζεκίαν ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ Μανασσῆς βασιλεύει ἔτη πεντήκοντα πέντε, ἔπειτα ὁ τούτου υἱὸς Ἀμὼς ἔτη δύο, μεθʼ ὃν Ἰωσίας ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ὁ νομικώτατος ἔτη τριάκοντα καὶ ἕν. οὗτος ἐπέθηκε τὰ κῶλα τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐπὶ τὰ κῶλα τῶν εἰδώλων, καθὼς ἐν τῷ Λευιτικῷ γέγραπται. ἐπὶ τούτου ὀκτωκαιδεκάτῳ ἔτει τὸ πάσχα ἤχθη, ἐξ οὗ † ἀπὸ Σαμουήλ, μήτε ἐν τῷ μεταξὺ χρόνῳ τελεσθέν. τότε καὶ Χελκίας ὁ ἱερεὺς τοῦ προφήτου Ἱερεμίου πατὴρ περιτυχὼν τῷ τοῦ νόμου βιβλίῳ ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ ἀποκειμένῳ ἀναγνοὺς ἐτελεύτησεν. ἐπὶ τούτου προφητεύει Ὀλδᾶ καὶ Σοφονίας καὶ Ἱερεμίας. ἐπὶ δὲ Ἱερεμίου ψευδοπροφήτης γίνεται Ἀνανίας. ὁ Ἰωσίας οὗτος παρακούσας Ἱερεμίου τοῦ προφήτου ὑπὸ Νεχαὼ βασιλέως Αἰγύπτου ἀνῃρέθη κατὰ ποταμὸν Εὐφράτην, ὁρμῶντι αὐτῷ πρὸς Ἀσσυρίους ἀπαντήσας.
meta de Ezekian ho huios autou Manassēs basileuei etē pentēkonta pente, epeita ho toutou huios Amōs etē dyo, methʼ hon Iōsias ho huios autou ho nomikōtatos etē triakonta kai hen. houtos epethēke ta kōla tōn anthrōpōn epi ta kōla tōn eidōlōn, kathōs en tǭ Leuitikǭ gegraptai. epi toutou oktōkaidekatǭ etei to pascha ēchthē, ex hou † apo Samouēl, mēte en tǭ metaxy chronǭ telesthen. tote kai Chelkias ho hiereus tou prophētou Hieremiou patēr peritychōn tǭ tou nomou bibliǭ en tǭ hierǭ apokeimenǭ anagnous eteleutēsen. epi toutou prophēteuei Olda kai Sophonias kai Hieremias. epi de Hieremiou pseudoprophētēs ginetai Ananias. ho Iōsias houtos parakousas Hieremiou tou prophētou hypo Nechaō basileōs Aigyptou anę̄rethē kata potamon Euphratēn, hormōnti autǭ pros Assyrious apantēsas.
After Hezekiah his son Manasseh reigned fifty-five years, then his son Amon two years, after whom Josiah his son, most faithful to the law, thirty-one years. He laid the carcasses of men on the carcasses of the idols, as is written in Leviticus. In the eighteenth year of his reign the Passover was held, which had not been celebrated since … Samuel, nor in the time between. Then too Hilkiah the priest, the father of Jeremiah the prophet, finding the book of the law laid up in the temple, read it and died. In his time Huldah, Zephaniah, and Jeremiah prophesied. In Jeremiah's time Hananiah was a false prophet. This Josiah, disobeying Jeremiah the prophet, was killed by Neco, king of Egypt, at the river Euphrates, having gone out to meet him as he marched against the Assyrians.
1.21.121Stählin 2:76
Ἰωσίαν διαδέχεται Ἰεχωνίας, ὁ καὶ Ἰωάχας, ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ μῆνας τρεῖς καὶ ἡμέρας δέκα. τοῦτον Νεχαὼ βασιλεὺς Αἰγύπτου δήσας ἀπήγαγεν εἰς Αἴγυπτον, καταστήσας ἀντʼ αὐτοῦ βασιλέα τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ Ἰωακεὶμ ἐπὶ φόρῳ τῆς γῆς ἔτη ἕνδεκα. μετὰ τοῦτον ὁ ὁμώνυμος αὐτοῦ Ἰωακεὶμ τρίμηνον βασιλεύει, εἶτα Σεδεκίας ἔτη ἕνδεκα. καὶ μέχρι τούτου προφητεύων διατείνει Ἱερεμίας, προφητεύουσι δὲ καὶ Βουζὶ καὶ Οὐρίας ὁ υἱὸς Σαμαίου καὶ Ἀμβακοὺμ σὺν αὐτῷ, καὶ τέλος ἔχει τὰ τῶν Ἑβραϊκῶν βασιλέων. γίνονται οὖν ἀπὸ μὲν τῆς Μωυσέως γενέσεως ἕως τῆς μετοικεσίας ταύτης ἔτη, ὡς μέν τινες, ἐννακόσια ἑβδομήκοντα δύο, κατὰ δὲ τὴν ἀκριβῆ χρονογραφίαν χίλια ὀγδοήκοντα πέντε μῆνες ἕξ ἡμέραι δέκα· ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς Δαβὶδ βασιλείας ἕως τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας τῆς ὑπὸ Χαλδαίων γενομένης ἔτη τετρακόσια πεντήκοντα δύο μῆνες ἕξ, ὡς δὲ ἡ καθʼ ἡμᾶς τῶν χρόνων ἀκρίβεια συνάγει, ἔτη τετρακόσια ὀγδοήκοντα δύο μῆνες ἓξ ἡμέραι δέκα.
Iōsian diadechetai Iechōnias, ho kai Iōachas, ho huios autou mēnas treis kai hēmeras deka. touton Nechaō basileus Aigyptou dēsas apēgagen eis Aigypton, katastēsas antʼ autou basilea ton adelphon autou Iōakeim epi phorǭ tēs gēs etē hendeka. meta touton ho homōnymos autou Iōakeim trimēnon basileuei, eita Sedekias etē hendeka. kai mechri toutou prophēteuōn diateinei Hieremias, prophēteuousi de kai Bouzi kai Ourias ho huios Samaiou kai Ambakoum syn autǭ, kai telos echei ta tōn Hebraïkōn basileōn. ginontai oun apo men tēs Mōyseōs geneseōs heōs tēs metoikesias tautēs etē, hōs men tines, ennakosia hebdomēkonta dyo, kata de tēn akribē chronographian chilia ogdoēkonta pente mēnes hex hēmerai deka; apo de tēs Dabid basileias heōs tēs aichmalōsias tēs hypo Chaldaiōn genomenēs etē tetrakosia pentēkonta dyo mēnes hex, hōs de hē kathʼ hēmas tōn chronōn akribeia synagei, etē tetrakosia ogdoēkonta dyo mēnes hex hēmerai deka.
Jeconiah, also called Jehoahaz, his son, succeeded Josiah for three months and ten days. Neco king of Egypt bound him and carried him to Egypt, setting up in his place as king his brother Jehoiakim, under tribute of the land, for eleven years. After him his namesake Jehoiakim reigned three months, then Zedekiah eleven years. And Jeremiah continued prophesying until his time, and Buzi and Uriah son of Shemaiah and Habakkuk prophesied with him; and the history of the Hebrew kings ends. From the birth of Moses to this deportation, then, there are, as some say, nine hundred and seventy-two years, but according to the exact chronology, a thousand and eighty-five years, six months, and ten days; and from the reign of David to the captivity by the Chaldeans, four hundred and fifty-two years and six months, but as our exact reckoning of the times gathers, four hundred and eighty-two years, six months, and ten days.
1.21.122Stählin 2:76–77
Ἐν δὲ τῷ δωδεκάτῳ ἔτει τῆς Σεδεκίου βασιλείας Ναβουχοδονόσορ πρὸ τῆς Περσῶν ἡγεμονίας ἔτεσιν ἑβδομήκοντα ἐπὶ Φοίνικας καὶ Ἰουδαίους ἐστράτευσεν, ὥς φησι Βήρωσσος ἐν ταῖς Χαλδαϊκαῖς ἱστορίαις. Ἰόβας δὲ περὶ Ἀσσυρίων γράφων ὁμολογεῖ τὴν ἱστορίαν παρὰ Βηρώσσου εἰληφέναι, μαρτυρῶν τὴν ἀλήθειαν τἀνδρί. ὁ τοίνυν Ναβουχοδονόσορ τυφλώσας τὸν Σεδεκίαν εἰς Βαβυλῶνα ἀπάγει καὶ τὸν λαὸν πάντα μετοικίζει (καὶ γίνεται ἡ αἰχμαλωσία ἐπὶ ἔτη ἑβδομήκοντα) πλὴν ὀλίγων, οἳ εἰς Αἴγυπτον κατέφυγον. προφητεύουσι δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ Σεδεκίου ἔτι Ἱερεμίας καὶ Ἀμβακούμ, ἐν δὲ τῷ πέμπτῳ ἔτει τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ ἐν Βαβυλῶνι προφητεύει Ἰεζεκιήλ, μεθʼ ὃν Ναοὺμ ὁ προφήτης, ἔπειτα Δανιήλ, πάλιν αὖ μετὰ τοῦτον προφητεύουσιν Ἀγγαῖος καὶ Ζαχαρίας ἐπὶ Δαρείου τοῦ πρώτου ἔτη δύο, μεθʼ ὃν ὁ ἐν τοῖς δώδεκα Ἄγγελος.
En de tǭ dōdekatǭ etei tēs Sedekiou basileias Nabouchodonosor pro tēs Persōn hēgemonias etesin hebdomēkonta epi Phoinikas kai Ioudaious estrateusen, hōs phēsi Bērōssos en tais Chaldaïkais historiais. Iobas de peri Assyriōn graphōn homologei tēn historian para Bērōssou eilēphenai, martyrōn tēn alētheian tandri. ho toinyn Nabouchodonosor typhlōsas ton Sedekian eis Babylōna apagei kai ton laon panta metoikizei (kai ginetai hē aichmalōsia epi etē hebdomēkonta) plēn oligōn, hoi eis Aigypton katephygon. prophēteuousi de kai epi Sedekiou eti Hieremias kai Ambakoum, en de tǭ pemptǭ etei tēs basileias autou en Babylōni prophēteuei Iezekiēl, methʼ hon Naoum ho prophētēs, epeita Daniēl, palin au meta touton prophēteuousin Angaios kai Zacharias epi Dareiou tou prōtou etē dyo, methʼ hon ho en tois dōdeka Angelos.
In the twelfth year of Zedekiah's reign, seventy years before the Persian supremacy, Nebuchadnezzar marched against the Phoenicians and Jews, as Berossus says in his Chaldean History. Juba, writing about the Assyrians, admits that he took his history from Berossus, testifying to the man's truthfulness. Nebuchadnezzar, then, blinded Zedekiah and carried him to Babylon, and deported all the people (and the captivity lasted seventy years), except a few who fled to Egypt. In Zedekiah's time Jeremiah and Habakkuk still prophesied; in the fifth year of his reign Ezekiel prophesied in Babylon; after him Nahum the prophet, then Daniel; and again after him Haggai and Zechariah prophesied in the time of Darius the First, for two years; and after him the Angel among the Twelve.
1.21.123Stählin 2:77
μετὰ δὲ Ἀγγαῖον καὶ Ζαχαρίαν Νεεμίας ὁ ἀρχιοινοχόος Ἀρταξέρξου, υἱὸς δὲ Ἀχηλὶ τοῦ Ἰσραηλίτου, οἰκοδομεῖ τὴν πόλιν Ἱερουσαλὴμ καὶ τὸν νεὼν ἐπισκευάζει. ἐν τῇ αἰχμαλωσίᾳ ταύτῃ γίνεται Ἐσθὴρ καὶ Μαρδοχαῖος, οὗ φέρεται βιβλίον ὡς καὶ τὸ τῶν Μακκαβαϊκῶν. κατὰ τὴν αἰχμαλωσίαν ταύτην τῇ εἰκόνι λατρεῦσαι μὴ θελήσαντες Μισαὴλ Ἀνανίας τε καὶ Ἀζαρίας εἰς κάμινον ἐμβληθέντες πυρὸς διʼ ἐπιφανείας ἀγγέλου σῴζονται. τότε διὰ δράκοντα Δανιὴλ εἰς λάκκον λεόντων βληθεὶς ὑπὸ Ἀμβακοὺμ προνοίᾳ θεοῦ τραφεὶς ἑβδομαῖος ἀνασῴζεται. ἐνταῦθα καὶ τὸ σημεῖον ἐγένετο Ἰωνᾶ, καὶ Τωβίας διὰ Ῥαφαὴλ τοῦ ἀγγέλου Σάρραν ἄγεται γυναῖκα, τοῦ δαίμονος αὐτῆς ἑπτὰ τοὺς πρώτους μνηστῆρας ἀνελόντος, καὶ μετὰ τὸν γάμον Τωβίου ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ Τωβὶτ ἀναβλέπει.
meta de Angaion kai Zacharian Neemias ho archioinochoos Artaxerxou, huios de Achēli tou Israēlitou, oikodomei tēn polin Hierousalēm kai ton neōn episkeuazei. en tę̄ aichmalōsią tautę̄ ginetai Esthēr kai Mardochaios, hou pheretai biblion hōs kai to tōn Makkabaïkōn. kata tēn aichmalōsian tautēn tę̄ eikoni latreusai mē thelēsantes Misaēl Ananias te kai Azarias eis kaminon emblēthentes pyros diʼ epiphaneias angelou sǭzontai. tote dia drakonta Daniēl eis lakkon leontōn blētheis hypo Ambakoum pronoią theou trapheis hebdomaios anasǭzetai. entautha kai to sēmeion egeneto Iōna, kai Tōbias dia Rhaphaēl tou angelou Sarran agetai gynaika, tou daimonos autēs hepta tous prōtous mnēstēras anelontos, kai meta ton gamon Tōbiou ho patēr autou Tōbit anablepei.
After Haggai and Zechariah, Nehemiah, the chief cupbearer of Artaxerxes, son of Achel (Hachaliah) the Israelite, built the city of Jerusalem and restored the temple. In this captivity lived Esther and Mordecai, whose book is current, as is that of the Maccabees. In this captivity Mishael, Hananiah, and Azariah, refusing to worship the image, were thrown into the furnace of fire and were saved by the appearance of an angel. Then Daniel, cast into the lions' den because of the dragon, was fed by Habakkuk by God's providence and was rescued on the seventh day. Here too the sign of Jonah took place; and Tobias, through the angel Raphael, took Sarah as wife, the demon having killed her first seven suitors; and after the marriage of Tobias his father Tobit recovered his sight.
1.21.124Stählin 2:77–78
ἐνταῦθα Ζοροβάβελ σοφίᾳ νικήσας τοὺς ἀνταγωνιστὰς τυγχάνει παρὰ Δαρείου ὠνησάμενος ἀνανέωσιν Ἱερουσαλὴμ καὶ μετὰ Ἔσδρα εἰς τὴν πατρῴαν γῆν ἀναζεύγνυσι· διʼ ὃν γίνεται ἡ ἀπολύτρωσις τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ ὁ τῶν θεοπνεύστων ἀναγνωρισμὸς καὶ ἀνακαινισμὸς λογίων καὶ τὸ σωτήριον ἄγεται πάσχα καὶ λύσις ὀθνείας ἐπιγαμβρείας. προκεκηρύχει δὲ καὶ Κῦρος τὴν Ἑβραίων ἀποκατάστασιν, τελεσθείσης δὲ ἐπὶ Δαρείου τῆς ὑποσχέσεως ἡ τῶν ἐγκαινίων ἄγεται ἑορτή, καθὼς καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς σκηνῆς. καὶ γίνεται τὰ πάντα ἔτη σὺν τοῖς τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας μέχρι τῆς ἀποκαταστάσεως τοῦ λαοῦ ἀπὸ μὲν τῆς Μωυσέως γενέσεως ἔτη χίλια ἑκατὸν νε΄ μῆνες ἓξ ἡμέραι δέκα, ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς Δαβὶδ βασιλείας ἔτη, ὡς μέν τινες, πεντακόσια πεντήκοντα δύο, ὡς δὲ ἀκριβέστερον, πεντακόσια ἑβδομήκοντα δύο μῆνες ἓξ ἡμέραι δέκα.
entautha Zorobabel sophią nikēsas tous antagōnistas tynchanei para Dareiou ōnēsamenos ananeōsin Hierousalēm kai meta Esdra eis tēn patrǭan gēn anazeugnysi; diʼ hon ginetai hē apolytrōsis tou laou kai ho tōn theopneustōn anagnōrismos kai anakainismos logiōn kai to sōtērion agetai pascha kai lysis othneias epigambreias. prokekērychei de kai Kyros tēn Hebraiōn apokatastasin, telestheisēs de epi Dareiou tēs hyposcheseōs hē tōn enkainiōn agetai heortē, kathōs kai epi tēs skēnēs. kai ginetai ta panta etē syn tois tēs aichmalōsias mechri tēs apokatastaseōs tou laou apo men tēs Mōyseōs geneseōs etē chilia hekaton ne΄ mēnes hex hēmerai deka, apo de tēs Dabid basileias etē, hōs men tines, pentakosia pentēkonta dyo, hōs de akribesteron, pentakosia hebdomēkonta dyo mēnes hex hēmerai deka.
Here Zerubbabel, having conquered his rivals in wisdom, obtained from Darius the renewal of Jerusalem as his reward, and returned with Ezra to his ancestral land; through him came the redemption of the people, the recognition and renewal of the inspired oracles, the celebration of the saving Passover, and the dissolution of foreign marriages. Cyrus had already proclaimed the restoration of the Hebrews; and when the promise was fulfilled under Darius, the feast of dedication was held, as also for the tabernacle. And the whole comes, with the years of captivity, up to the restoration of the people, from the birth of Moses, to one thousand one hundred and fifty-five years, six months, and ten days; from the reign of David, as some say, five hundred and fifty-two years, or, more exactly, five hundred and seventy-two years, six months, and ten days.
1.21.125Stählin 2:78
Πεπλήρωται τοίνυν ἐκ τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας τῆς ἐπὶ Ἱερεμίου τοῦ προφήτου εἰς Βαβυλῶνα γενομένης τὰ ὑπὸ Δανιὴλ τοῦ προφήτου εἰρημένα οὕτως ἔχοντα· ἑβδομήκοντα ἑβδομάδες συνετμήθησαν ἐπὶ τὸν λαόν σου καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν πόλιν τὴν ἁγίαν τοῦ συντελεσθῆναι ἁμαρτίαν, καὶ τοῦ σφραγίσαι ἁμαρτίας καὶ τοῦ ἀπαλεῖψαι τὰς ἀδικίας, καὶ τοῦ ἐξιλάσασθαι καὶ τοῦ ἀγαγεῖν δικαιοσύνην αἰώνιον, καὶ τοῦ σφραγίσαι ὅρασιν καὶ προφήτην, καὶ τοῦ χρῖσαι ἅγιον ἁγίων. καὶ γνώσῃ καὶ συνήσεις ἀπὸ ἐξόδου λόγου τοῦ ἀποκρίνασθαι καὶ τοῦ οἰκοδομῆσαι Ἱερουσαλὴμ ἕως χριστοῦ ἡγουμένου ἑβδομάδες ἑπτὰ καὶ ἑβδομάδες ἑξήκοντα δύο, καὶ ἐπιστρέψει καὶ οἰκοδομηθήσεται πλατεία καὶ τεῖχος, καὶ κενωθήσονται οἱ καιροί. καὶ μετὰ τὰς ἑξήκοντα δύο ἑβδομάδας ἐξολοθρευθήσεται χρῖσμα, καὶ κρίμα οὐκ ἔστιν αὐτῷ. καὶ τὴν πόλιν καὶ τὸ ἅγιον διαφθερεῖ σὺν τῷ ἡγουμένῳ τῷ ἐρχομένῳ· ἐκκοπήσονται ἐν κατακλυσμῷ· καὶ ἕως τέλους πολέμου συντετμημένου ἀφανισμοῖς. καὶ δυναμώσει διαθήκην πολλοῖς ἑβδομὰς μία· καὶ ἡμίσει τῆς ἑβδομάδος ἀρθήσεταί μου θυσία καὶ σπονδή· καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ ἱερὸν βδέλυγμα τῶν ἐρημώσεων, καὶ ἕως συντελείας καιροῦ συντέλεια δοθήσεται ἐπὶ τὴν ἐρήμωσιν. καὶ ἥμισυ τῆς ἑβδομάδος καταπαύσει θυμίαμα θυσίας καὶ πτερυγίου ἀφανισμοῦ ἕως συντελείας καὶ σπουδῆς τάξιν ἀφανισμοῦ.
Peplērōtai toinyn ek tēs aichmalōsias tēs epi Hieremiou tou prophētou eis Babylōna genomenēs ta hypo Daniēl tou prophētou eirēmena houtōs echonta; hebdomēkonta hebdomades synetmēthēsan epi ton laon sou kai epi tēn polin tēn hagian tou syntelesthēnai hamartian, kai tou sphragisai hamartias kai tou apaleipsai tas adikias, kai tou exilasasthai kai tou agagein dikaiosynēn aiōnion, kai tou sphragisai horasin kai prophētēn, kai tou chrisai hagion hagiōn. kai gnōsę̄ kai synēseis apo exodou logou tou apokrinasthai kai tou oikodomēsai Hierousalēm heōs christou hēgoumenou hebdomades hepta kai hebdomades hexēkonta dyo, kai epistrepsei kai oikodomēthēsetai plateia kai teichos, kai kenōthēsontai hoi kairoi. kai meta tas hexēkonta dyo hebdomadas exolothreuthēsetai chrisma, kai krima ouk estin autǭ. kai tēn polin kai to hagion diaphtherei syn tǭ hēgoumenǭ tǭ erchomenǭ; ekkopēsontai en kataklysmǭ; kai heōs telous polemou syntetmēmenou aphanismois. kai dynamōsei diathēkēn pollois hebdomas mia; kai hēmisei tēs hebdomados arthēsetai mou thysia kai spondē; kai epi to hieron bdelygma tōn erēmōseōn, kai heōs synteleias kairou synteleia dothēsetai epi tēn erēmōsin. kai hēmisy tēs hebdomados katapausei thymiama thysias kai pterygiou aphanismou heōs synteleias kai spoudēs taxin aphanismou.
So from the captivity to Babylon, which took place in the time of Jeremiah the prophet, what was said by Daniel the prophet was fulfilled, as follows: “Seventy weeks have been decreed for your people and for the holy city, to finish sin, to seal up sins, to wipe out iniquities, to make atonement, to bring in everlasting righteousness, to seal up vision and prophet, and to anoint a holy of holies. And you will know and understand: from the going out of the word to answer and to build Jerusalem until an anointed leader, seven weeks and sixty-two weeks; and it will return and the street and wall will be built, and the times will be emptied. And after the sixty-two weeks the anointing will be destroyed, and there is no judgment for him. And he will destroy the city and the sanctuary with the leader who is coming; they will be cut off in a flood; and until the end of the war cut short with desolations. And one week will confirm a covenant with many; and in half of the week my sacrifice and libation will be taken away; and on the temple an abomination of desolations, and until the end of the time an end will be given to the desolation. And half of the week will stop the incense of sacrifice, and the wing of destruction until the end, and the order of destruction with haste.”
1.21.126Stählin 2:78–79
Ὅτι μὲν οὖν ἐν ἑπτὰ ἑβδομάσιν ᾠκοδομήθη ὁ ναός, τοῦτο φανερόν ἐστι· καὶ γὰρ ἐν τῷ Ἔσδρᾳ γέγραπται, καὶ οὕτως ἐγένετο χριστὸς βασιλεὺς Ἰουδαίων ἡγούμενος πληρουμένων τῶν ἑπτὰ ἑβδομάδων ἐν Ἱερουσαλήμ, καὶ ἐν ταῖς ἑξήκοντα δύο ἑβδομάσιν ἡσύχασεν ἅπασα ἡ Ἰουδαία καὶ ἐγένετο ἄνευ πολέμων, καὶ ὁ κύριος ἡμῶν Χριστός, ἅγιος τῶν ἁγίων, ἐλθὼν καὶ πληρώσας τὴν ὅρασιν καὶ τὸν προφήτην ἐχρίσθη τὴν σάρκα τῷ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ πνεύματι ἐν ταύταις ταῖς ἑξήκοντα δύο ἑβδομάσι, καθὼς εἶπεν ὁ προφήτης. καὶ ἐν τῇ μιᾷ ἑβδομάδι, ἧς ἑβδομάδος τὸ ἥμισυ κατέσχεν Νέρων βασιλεύων καὶ ἐν τῇ ἁγίᾳ πόλει Ἱερουσαλὴμ ἔστησεν τὸ βδέλυγμα, καὶ ἐν τῷ ἡμίσει τῆς ἑβδομάδος ἀνῃρέθη καὶ αὐτὸς καὶ Ὄθων καὶ Γάλβας καὶ Οὐιτέλλιος, Οὐεσπεσιανὸς δὲ ἐκράτησε καὶ καθεῖλεν τὴν Ἱερουσαλὴμ καὶ τὸ ἅγιον ἠρήμωσεν. καὶ ὡς ταῦθʼ οὕτως ἔχει, τῷ γε συνιέναι δυναμένῳ δῆλον καθʼ ἃ καὶ ὁ προφήτης εἴρηκεν.
Hoti men oun en hepta hebdomasin ǭkodomēthē ho naos, touto phaneron esti; kai gar en tǭ Esdrą gegraptai, kai houtōs egeneto christos basileus Ioudaiōn hēgoumenos plēroumenōn tōn hepta hebdomadōn en Hierousalēm, kai en tais hexēkonta dyo hebdomasin hēsychasen hapasa hē Ioudaia kai egeneto aneu polemōn, kai ho kyrios hēmōn Christos, hagios tōn hagiōn, elthōn kai plērōsas tēn horasin kai ton prophētēn echristhē tēn sarka tǭ tou patros autou pneumati en tautais tais hexēkonta dyo hebdomasi, kathōs eipen ho prophētēs. kai en tę̄ mią hebdomadi, hēs hebdomados to hēmisy kateschen Nerōn basileuōn kai en tę̄ hagią polei Hierousalēm estēsen to bdelygma, kai en tǭ hēmisei tēs hebdomados anę̄rethē kai autos kai Othōn kai Galbas kai Ouitellios, Ouespesianos de ekratēse kai katheilen tēn Hierousalēm kai to hagion ērēmōsen. kai hōs tauthʼ houtōs echei, tǭ ge synienai dynamenǭ dēlon kathʼ ha kai ho prophētēs eirēken.
That the temple was built in seven weeks is clear; for it is written in Ezra. And so an anointed one became king of the Jews, their leader, when the seven weeks were completed in Jerusalem; and in the sixty-two weeks all Judea was at peace and was without wars; and our Lord Christ, the Holy of holies, having come and fulfilled the vision and the prophet, was anointed in his flesh by the Spirit of his Father within these sixty-two weeks, as the prophet said. And in the one week, half of which Nero held as king, he set up the abomination in the holy city of Jerusalem; and in the half of the week he was killed, and Otho, Galba, and Vitellius too; and Vespasian prevailed, destroyed Jerusalem, and made the sanctuary desolate. And that this is so is clear to anyone who can understand, according to what the prophet has said.
1.21.127Stählin 2:79
Τοῦ ἑνδεκάτου τοίνυν ἔτους πληρουμένου κατὰ τὴν ἀρχὴν τοῦ ἑπομένου βασιλεύοντος Ἰωακεὶμ ἡ αἰχμαλωσία εἰς Βαβυλῶνα γίνεται ὑπὸ βασιλέως Ναβουχοδονόσορ τῷ ἑβδόμῳ ἔτει βασιλεύοντος αὐτοῦ Ἀσσυρίων, Αἰγυπτίων δὲ Οὐαφρηοῦς βασιλεύοντος τῷ δευτέρῳ ἔτει, Φιλίππου δὲ Ἀθήνησιν ἄρχοντος τῷ πρώτῳ ἔτει τῆς ὀγδόης καὶ τεσσαρακοστῆς ὀλυμπιάδος, καὶ ἔμεινεν ἡ αἰχμαλωσία ἐπὶ ἔτη ἑβδομήκοντα καταλήξασα εἰς τὸ δεύτερον ἔτος τῆς Δαρείου τοῦ Ὑστάσπου τοῦ Περσῶν καὶ Ἀσσυρίων καὶ Αἰγυπτίων γεγενημένου βασιλέως, ἐφʼ οὗ, ὡς προεῖπον, Ἀγγαῖος καὶ Ζαχαρίας καὶ ὁ ἐκ τῶν δώδεκα Ἄγγελος προφητεύουσι, καὶ ἦν ἀρχιερεὺς Ἰησοῦς ὁ τοῦ Ἰωσεδέκ. κἀν τῷ δευτέρῳ ἔτει τῆς Δαρείου βασιλείας, ὃν φησιν Ἡρόδοτος καταλῦσαι τὴν τῶν Μάγων ἀρχήν, ἀποστέλλεται Ζοροβάβελ ὁ τοῦ Σαλαθιὴλ ἐγεῖραι καὶ ἐπικοσμῆσαι τὸν νεὼν τὸν ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις.
Tou hendekatou toinyn etous plēroumenou kata tēn archēn tou hepomenou basileuontos Iōakeim hē aichmalōsia eis Babylōna ginetai hypo basileōs Nabouchodonosor tǭ hebdomǭ etei basileuontos autou Assyriōn, Aigyptiōn de Ouaphrēous basileuontos tǭ deuterǭ etei, Philippou de Athēnēsin archontos tǭ prōtǭ etei tēs ogdoēs kai tessarakostēs olympiados, kai emeinen hē aichmalōsia epi etē hebdomēkonta katalēxasa eis to deuteron etos tēs Dareiou tou Hystaspou tou Persōn kai Assyriōn kai Aigyptiōn gegenēmenou basileōs, ephʼ hou, hōs proeipon, Angaios kai Zacharias kai ho ek tōn dōdeka Angelos prophēteuousi, kai ēn archiereus Iēsous ho tou Iōsedek. kan tǭ deuterǭ etei tēs Dareiou basileias, hon phēsin Hērodotos katalysai tēn tōn Magōn archēn, apostelletai Zorobabel ho tou Salathiēl egeirai kai epikosmēsai ton neōn ton en Hierosolymois.
When the eleventh year was completed, at the beginning of the following one, in the reign of Jehoiakim, the captivity to Babylon took place under King Nebuchadnezzar, in the seventh year of his reign over the Assyrians, in the second year of Vaphres' reign over the Egyptians, and in the first year of the forty-eighth Olympiad, when Philip was archon at Athens; and the captivity lasted seventy years, ending in the second year of Darius son of Hystaspes, who had become king of the Persians, Assyrians, and Egyptians. In his time, as I said before, Haggai, Zechariah, and the Angel of the Twelve prophesied, and the high priest was Jeshua son of Jozadak. And in the second year of the reign of Darius, who, Herodotus says, overthrew the rule of the Magi, Zerubbabel son of Shealtiel was sent to raise up and adorn the temple in Jerusalem.
1.21.128Stählin 2:79–80
Συνάγονται οὖν καὶ τῶν Περσῶν οἱ χρόνοι οὕτως· Κῦρος ἔτη τριάκοντα, Καμβύσης δεκαεννέα, Δαρεῖος ἓξ καὶ τεσσαράκοντα, Ξέρξης ἓξ καὶ εἴκοσι, Ἀρταξέρξης ἓν καὶ τεσσαράκοντα, Δαρεῖος ὀκτώ, Ἀρταξέρξης τεσσαράκοντα δύο, Ὦχος η΄, Ἀρσὴς τρία. συνάγεται ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ τῶν Περσικῶν ἔτη διακόσια τριάκοντα πέντε. καθελὼν δὲ τὸν Δαρεῖον τοῦτον Ἀλέξανδρος ὁ Μακεδὼν κατὰ τὰ προκείμενα ἔτη βασιλεύειν ἄρχεται. ὁμοίως οὖν καὶ τῶν Μακεδονικῶν βασιλέων οἱ χρόνοι οὕτω κατάγονται. Ἀλέξανδρος ἔτη δεκαοκτώ, Πτολεμαῖος ὁ Λάγου ἔτη τεσσαράκοντα, Πτολεμαῖος ὁ Φιλάδελφος ἔτη εἴκοσι ἑπτά, εἶτα ὁ Εὐεργέτης ἔτη πέντε καὶ εἴκοσι, εἶτα ὁ Φιλοπάτωρ ἔτη ἑπτακαίδεκα, μεθʼ ὃν ὁ Ἐπιφανὴς ἔτη τέσσαρα καὶ εἴκοσι· τοῦτον διαδέχεται ὁ Φιλομήτωρ καὶ βασιλεύει ἔτη πέντε καὶ τριάκοντα, μεθʼ ὃν ὁ Φύσκων ἔτη ἐννέα καὶ εἴκοσι, εἶτα ὁ Λάθουρος ἔτη ἓξ καὶ τριάκοντα, εἶτα ὁ ἐπικληθεὶς Διόνυσος ἔτη ἐννέα καὶ εἴκοσι.
Synagontai oun kai tōn Persōn hoi chronoi houtōs; Kyros etē triakonta, Kambysēs dekaennea, Dareios hex kai tessarakonta, Xerxēs hex kai eikosi, Artaxerxēs hen kai tessarakonta, Dareios oktō, Artaxerxēs tessarakonta dyo, Ōchos ē΄, Arsēs tria. synagetai epi to auto tōn Persikōn etē diakosia triakonta pente. kathelōn de ton Dareion touton Alexandros ho Makedōn kata ta prokeimena etē basileuein archetai. homoiōs oun kai tōn Makedonikōn basileōn hoi chronoi houtō katagontai. Alexandros etē dekaoktō, Ptolemaios ho Lagou etē tessarakonta, Ptolemaios ho Philadelphos etē eikosi hepta, eita ho Euergetēs etē pente kai eikosi, eita ho Philopatōr etē heptakaideka, methʼ hon ho Epiphanēs etē tessara kai eikosi; touton diadechetai ho Philomētōr kai basileuei etē pente kai triakonta, methʼ hon ho Physkōn etē ennea kai eikosi, eita ho Lathouros etē hex kai triakonta, eita ho epiklētheis Dionysos etē ennea kai eikosi.
The dates of the Persians are reckoned thus: Cyrus thirty years, Cambyses nineteen, Darius forty-six, Xerxes twenty-six, Artaxerxes forty-one, Darius eight, Artaxerxes forty-two, Ochus eight, Arses three. The Persian years together come to two hundred and thirty-five. When Alexander the Macedonian had overthrown this Darius, he began to reign, according to the years set out. Likewise the dates of the Macedonian kings are brought down thus: Alexander eighteen years, Ptolemy son of Lagus forty years, Ptolemy Philadelphus twenty-seven years, then Euergetes twenty-five years, then Philopator seventeen years, after whom Epiphanes twenty-four years; Philometor succeeded him and reigned thirty-five years, after whom Physcon twenty-nine years, then Lathyrus thirty-six years, then the one surnamed Dionysus twenty-nine years.
1.21.129Stählin 2:80
ἐπὶ πᾶσιν ἡ Κλεοπάτρα ἐβασίλευσεν ἔτη δύο καὶ εἴκοσι, μεθʼ ἣν ἡ τῶν Κλεοπάτρας παίδων βασιλεία ἡμερῶν ὀκτωκαίδεκα. γίνονται τοίνυν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ καὶ οἱ τῶν Μακεδόνων βασιλέων χρόνοι ἔτη τριακόσια δώδεκα ἡμέραι ὀκτωκαίδεκα. ἀποδείκνυνται τοίνυν οἱ ἐπὶ Δαρείου τοῦ Ὑστάσπου προφητεύσαντες κατὰ τὸ δεύτερον ἔτος τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ Ἀγγαῖος καὶ Ζαχαρίας καὶ ὁ ἐκ τῶν δώδεκα Ἄγγελος κατὰ τὸ πρῶτον ἔτος τῆς ὀγδόης καὶ τεσσαρακοστῆς ὀλυμπιάδος προφητεύσαντες πρεσβύτεροι εἶναι Πυθαγόρου τοῦ κατὰ τὴν δευτέραν καὶ ἑξηκοστὴν ὀλυμπιάδα φερομένου καὶ τοῦ πρεσβυτάτου τῶν παρʼ Ἕλλησι σοφῶν Θαλοῦ περὶ τὴν πεντηκοστὴν ὀλυμπιάδα γενομένου. συνεχρόνισαν δὲ οἱ συγκαταλεγέντες σοφοὶ τῷ Θαλεῖ, ὥς φησιν Ἄνδρων ἐν τῷ Τρίποδι. Ἡράκλειτος γὰρ μεταγενέστερος ὢν Πυθαγόρου μέμνηται αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ συγγράμματι.
epi pasin hē Kleopatra ebasileusen etē dyo kai eikosi, methʼ hēn hē tōn Kleopatras paidōn basileia hēmerōn oktōkaideka. ginontai toinyn epi to auto kai hoi tōn Makedonōn basileōn chronoi etē triakosia dōdeka hēmerai oktōkaideka. apodeiknyntai toinyn hoi epi Dareiou tou Hystaspou prophēteusantes kata to deuteron etos tēs basileias autou Angaios kai Zacharias kai ho ek tōn dōdeka Angelos kata to prōton etos tēs ogdoēs kai tessarakostēs olympiados prophēteusantes presbyteroi einai Pythagorou tou kata tēn deuteran kai hexēkostēn olympiada pheromenou kai tou presbytatou tōn parʼ Hellēsi sophōn Thalou peri tēn pentēkostēn olympiada genomenou. synechronisan de hoi synkatalegentes sophoi tǭ Thalei, hōs phēsin Andrōn en tǭ Tripodi. Hērakleitos gar metagenesteros ōn Pythagorou memnētai autou en tǭ syngrammati.
Last of all Cleopatra reigned twenty-two years, after whom the reign of Cleopatra's children lasted eighteen days. The dates of the Macedonian kings together come to three hundred and twelve years and eighteen days. So those who prophesied under Darius son of Hystaspes in the second year of his reign, Haggai, Zechariah, and the Angel of the Twelve, prophesying in the first year of the forty-eighth Olympiad, are shown to be older than Pythagoras, who is placed in the sixty-second Olympiad, and than Thales, the oldest of the wise men among the Greeks, who lived about the fiftieth Olympiad. And the wise men listed with Thales were contemporary with him, as Andron says in his Tripod. Heraclitus, being later than Pythagoras, mentions him in his writing.
1.21.130Stählin 2:80
ὅθεν ἀναμφιλέκτως τῆς τῶν προειρημένων προφητῶν ἡλικίας σὺν καὶ τοῖς ἑπτὰ λεγομένοις σοφοῖς προγενεστέρα ἂν εἴη ἡ ὀλυμπιὰς ἡ πρώτη, ἣ καὶ ὑστέρα τῶν Ἰλιακῶν δείκνυται ἔτεσι τετρακοσίοις ἑπτά. ῥᾴδιον τοίνυν συνιδεῖν Σολομῶνα τὸν κατὰ Μενέλαον γενόμενον (ὃ δὲ κατὰ Ἰλιακὰ ἦν) πολλοῖς ἔτεσι πρεσβύτερον τῶν παρʼ Ἕλλησι σοφῶν. τούτου δʼ αὖ ὁπόσοις ἔτεσι Μωυσῆς προτερεῖ, ἐν τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν ἡμῖν δεδήλωται. Ἀλέξανδρος δὲ ὁ Πολυίστωρ ἐπικληθεὶς ἐν τῷ περὶ Ἰουδαίων συγγράμματι ἀνέγραψέν τινας ἐπιστολὰς Σολομῶνος μὲν πρός τε Οὐάφρην τὸν Αἰγύπτου βασιλέα πρός τε τὸν Φοινίκης Τυρίων τάς τε αὐτῶν πρὸς Σολομῶντα, καθʼ ἃς δείκνυται ὁ μὲν Οὐάφρης ὀκτὼ μυριάδας ἀνδρῶν Αἰγυπτίων ἀπεσταλκέναι αὐτῷ εἰς οἰκοδομὴν τοῦ νεώ, ἅτερος δὲ τὰς ἴσας σὺν ἀρχιτέκτονι Τυρίῳ ἐκ μητρὸς Ἰουδαίας ἐκ τῆς φυλῆς Δαβίδ, ὡς ἐκεῖ γέγραπται, Ὑπέρων τοὔνομα.
hothen anamphilektōs tēs tōn proeirēmenōn prophētōn hēlikias syn kai tois hepta legomenois sophois progenestera an eiē hē olympias hē prōtē, hē kai hystera tōn Iliakōn deiknytai etesi tetrakosiois hepta. rhądion toinyn synidein Solomōna ton kata Menelaon genomenon (ho de kata Iliaka ēn) pollois etesi presbyteron tōn parʼ Hellēsi sophōn. toutou dʼ au hoposois etesi Mōysēs proterei, en tois emprosthen hēmin dedēlōtai. Alexandros de ho Poluistōr epiklētheis en tǭ peri Ioudaiōn syngrammati anegrapsen tinas epistolas Solomōnos men pros te Ouaphrēn ton Aigyptou basilea pros te ton Phoinikēs Tyriōn tas te autōn pros Solomōnta, kathʼ has deiknytai ho men Ouaphrēs oktō myriadas andrōn Aigyptiōn apestalkenai autǭ eis oikodomēn tou neō, hateros de tas isas syn architektoni Tyriǭ ek mētros Ioudaias ek tēs phylēs Dabid, hōs ekei gegraptai, Hyperōn tounoma.
Hence without dispute the first Olympiad would be earlier than the age of the prophets just named together with the so-called Seven Wise Men; and it is shown to be later than the Trojan War by four hundred and seven years. It is easy, then, to see that Solomon, who lived in the time of Menelaus (who was at the time of the Trojan War), was many years older than the wise men among the Greeks. And by how many years Moses precedes him has been shown by us above. Alexander, surnamed Polyhistor, in his work on the Jews recorded certain letters of Solomon to Vaphres, king of Egypt, and to the king of the Tyrians in Phoenicia, and theirs to Solomon; according to them Vaphres sent him eighty thousand Egyptian men for the building of the temple, and the other the same number with a Tyrian master builder, whose mother was a Jewess of the tribe of David, as is written there, named Hyperon.
1.21.131Stählin 2:81–82
Ναὶ μὴν Ὀνομάκριτος ὁ Ἀθηναῖος, οὗ τὰ εἰς Ὀρφέα φερόμενα ποιήματα λέγεται εἶναι, κατὰ τὴν τῶν Πεισιστρατιδῶν ἀρχὴν περὶ τὴν πεντηκοστὴν ὀλυμπιάδα εὑρίσκεται, Ὀρφεὺς δὲ, ὁ συμπλεύσας Ἡρακλεῖ, Μουσαίου διδάσκαλος· Ἀμφίων γὰρ δυσὶ προάγει γενεαῖς τῶν Ἰλιακῶν, Δημόδοκος δὲ καὶ Φήμιος μετὰ τὴν Ἰλίου ἅλωσιν (ὃ μὲν γὰρ παρὰ τοῖς Φαίαξιν, ὃ δὲ παρὰ τοῖς μνηστῆρσι) κατὰ τὸ κιθαρίζειν εὐδοκίμουν. καὶ τοὺς μὲν ἀναφερομένους εἰς Μουσαῖον χρησμοὺς Ὀνομακρίτου εἶναι λέγουσι, τὸν Κρατῆρα δὲ τὸν Ὀρφέως Ζωπύρου τοῦ Ἡρακλεώτου τήν τε Εἰς Ἅιδου κατάβασιν Προδίκου τοῦ Σαμίου. Ἴων δὲ ὁ Χῖος ἐν τοῖς Τριαγμοῖς καὶ Πυθαγόραν εἰς Ὀρφέα ἀνενεγκεῖν τινα ἱστορεῖ. Ἐπιγένης δὲ ἐν τοῖς Περὶ τῆς εἰς Ὀρφέα ποιήσεως Κέρκωπος εἶναι λέγει τοῦ Πυθαγορείου τὴν Εἰς Ἅιδου κατάβασιν καὶ τὸν Ἱερὸν λόγον, τὸν δὲ Πέπλον καὶ τὰ Φυσικὰ Βροντίνου. ναὶ μὴν καὶ Τέρπανδρον ἀρχαΐζουσί τινες· Ἑλλάνικος γοῦν τοῦτον ἱστορεῖ κατὰ Μίδαν γεγονέναι, Φανίας δὲ πρὸ Τερπάνδρου τιθεὶς Λέσχην τὸν Λέσβιον Ἀρχιλόχου νεώτερον φέρει τὸν Τέρπανδρον, διημιλλῆσθαι δὲ τὸν Λέσχην Ἀρκτίνῳ καὶ νενικηκέναι· Ξάνθος δὲ ὁ Λυδὸς περὶ τὴν ὀκτωκαιδεκάτην ὀλυμπιάδα (ὡς δὲ Διονύσιος, περὶ τὴν πεντεκαιδεκάτην) Θάσον ἐκτίσθαι, ὡς εἶναι συμφανὲς τὸν Ἀρχίλοχον μετὰ τὴν εἰκοστὴν ἤδη γνωρίζεσθαι ὀλυμπιάδα. μέμνηται γοῦν καὶ τῆς Μαγνήτων ἀπωλείας προσφάτως γεγενημένης. Σιμωνίδης μὲν οὖν κατὰ Ἀρχίλοχον φέρεται, Καλλῖνος δὲ πρεσβύτερος οὐ μακρῷ· τῶν γὰρ Μαγνήτων ὁ μὲν Ἀρχίλοχος ἀπολωλότων, ὃ δὲ εὐημερούντων μέμνηται· Εὔμηλος δὲ ὁ Κορίνθιος πρεσβύτερος ὢν ἐπιβεβληκέναι Ἀρχίᾳ τῷ Συρακούσας κτίσαντι.
Nai mēn Onomakritos ho Athēnaios, hou ta eis Orphea pheromena poiēmata legetai einai, kata tēn tōn Peisistratidōn archēn peri tēn pentēkostēn olympiada heurisketai, Orpheus de, ho sympleusas Hēraklei, Mousaiou didaskalos; Amphiōn gar dysi proagei geneais tōn Iliakōn, Dēmodokos de kai Phēmios meta tēn Iliou halōsin (ho men gar para tois Phaiaxin, ho de para tois mnēstērsi) kata to kitharizein eudokimoun. kai tous men anapheromenous eis Mousaion chrēsmous Onomakritou einai legousi, ton Kratēra de ton Orpheōs Zōpyrou tou Hērakleōtou tēn te Eis Haidou katabasin Prodikou tou Samiou. Iōn de ho Chios en tois Triagmois kai Pythagoran eis Orphea anenenkein tina historei. Epigenēs de en tois Peri tēs eis Orphea poiēseōs Kerkōpos einai legei tou Pythagoreiou tēn Eis Haidou katabasin kai ton Hieron logon, ton de Peplon kai ta Physika Brontinou. nai mēn kai Terpandron archaïzousi tines; Hellanikos goun touton historei kata Midan gegonenai, Phanias de pro Terpandrou titheis Leschēn ton Lesbion Archilochou neōteron pherei ton Terpandron, diēmillēsthai de ton Leschēn Arktinǭ kai nenikēkenai; Xanthos de ho Lydos peri tēn oktōkaidekatēn olympiada (hōs de Dionysios, peri tēn pentekaidekatēn) Thason ektisthai, hōs einai symphanes ton Archilochon meta tēn eikostēn ēdē gnōrizesthai olympiada. memnētai goun kai tēs Magnētōn apōleias prosphatōs gegenēmenēs. Simōnidēs men oun kata Archilochon pheretai, Kallinos de presbyteros ou makrǭ; tōn gar Magnētōn ho men Archilochos apolōlotōn, ho de euēmerountōn memnētai; Eumēlos de ho Korinthios presbyteros ōn epibeblēkenai Archią tǭ Syrakousas ktisanti.
Indeed, Onomacritus of Athens, whose are said to be the poems attributed to Orpheus, is found in the time of the rule of the Pisistratids, about the fiftieth Olympiad; Orpheus, who sailed with Heracles, was the teacher of Musaeus; Amphion precedes the Trojan War by two generations; Demodocus and Phemius were famous for playing the cithara after the capture of Ilium (the one among the Phaeacians, the other among the suitors). And they say that the oracles attributed to Musaeus are by Onomacritus, the Crater of Orpheus by Zopyrus of Heraclea, and the Descent to Hades by Prodicus of Samos. Ion of Chios in his Triagmi relates that Pythagoras too attributed some works to Orpheus. Epigenes, in his work on the poetry attributed to Orpheus, says the Descent to Hades and the Sacred Discourse are by Cercops the Pythagorean, and the Robe and the Physics by Brontinus. Some also make Terpander ancient; Hellanicus relates that he lived in the time of Midas, and Phanias, putting Lesches of Lesbos before Terpander, makes Terpander younger than Archilochus, and says Lesches competed with Arctinus and won. Xanthus the Lydian says that Thasos was founded about the eighteenth Olympiad (Dionysius says about the fifteenth), so that it is clear that Archilochus was already known after the twentieth Olympiad. He mentions the destruction of the Magnesians as recent. Simonides is placed in the time of Archilochus, and Callinus not much earlier; for Archilochus mentions the Magnesians as destroyed, Callinus as prospering. Eumelus of Corinth, being older, overlapped with Archias, the founder of Syracuse.
1.21.132Stählin 2:82
Καὶ ταῦτα μὲν προήχθημεν εἰπεῖν, ὅτι μάλιστα ἐν τοῖς πάνυ παλαιοῖς τοὺς τοῦ Κύκλου ποιητὰς τιθέασιν. ἤδη δὲ καὶ παρʼ Ἕλλησι χρησμολόγοι συχνοὶ γεγονέναι φέρονται, ὡς οἱ Βάκιδες (ὃ μὲν Βοιώτιος, ὃ δὲ Ἀρκάς), πολλὰ πολλοῖς προαγορεύσαντες. τῇ δὲ τοῦ Ἀθηναίου Ἀμφιλύτου συμβουλῇ καὶ Πεισίστρατος ἐκράτυνε τὴν τυραννίδα τὸν καιρὸν τῆς ἐπιθέσεως δηλώσαντος. σιγάσθω γὰρ Κομήτης ὁ Κρής, Κινύρας ὁ Κύπριος, Ἄδμητος ὁ Θετταλός, Ἀρισταῖος ὁ Κυρηναῖος, Ἀμφιάραος ὁ Ἀθηναῖος, Τιμόξενος ὁ Κερκυραῖος, Δημαίνετος ὁ Φωκαεύς, Ἐπιγένης ὁ Θεσπιεύς, Νικίας ὁ Καρύστιος, Ἀρίστων ὁ Θετταλός, Διονύσιος ὁ Καρχηδόνιος, Κλεοφῶν ὁ Κορίνθιος, Ἱππώ τε ἡ Χείρωνος καὶ Βοιὼ καὶ Μαντὼ καὶ τῶν Σιβυλλῶν τὸ πλῆθος, ἡ Σαμία ἡ Κολοφωνία ἡ Κυμαία ἡ Ἐρυθραία ἡ Φυτὼ ἡ Ταραξάνδρα ἡ Μακέτις ἡ Θετταλὴ Θεσπρωτίς, Κάλχας τε αὖ καὶ Μόψος, οἳ κατὰ τὰ Τρωϊκὰ γεγόνασι, πρεσβύτερος δὲ ὁ Μόψος, ὡς ἂν συμπλεύσας τοῖς Ἀργοναύταις.
Kai tauta men proēchthēmen eipein, hoti malista en tois pany palaiois tous tou Kyklou poiētas titheasin. ēdē de kai parʼ Hellēsi chrēsmologoi sychnoi gegonenai pherontai, hōs hoi Bakides (ho men Boiōtios, ho de Arkas), polla pollois proagoreusantes. tę̄ de tou Athēnaiou Amphilytou symboulę̄ kai Peisistratos ekratyne tēn tyrannida ton kairon tēs epitheseōs dēlōsantos. sigasthō gar Komētēs ho Krēs, Kinyras ho Kyprios, Admētos ho Thettalos, Aristaios ho Kyrēnaios, Amphiaraos ho Athēnaios, Timoxenos ho Kerkyraios, Dēmainetos ho Phōkaeus, Epigenēs ho Thespieus, Nikias ho Karystios, Aristōn ho Thettalos, Dionysios ho Karchēdonios, Kleophōn ho Korinthios, Hippō te hē Cheirōnos kai Boiō kai Mantō kai tōn Sibyllōn to plēthos, hē Samia hē Kolophōnia hē Kymaia hē Erythraia hē Phytō hē Taraxandra hē Maketis hē Thettalē Thesprōtis, Kalchas te au kai Mopsos, hoi kata ta Trōïka gegonasi, presbyteros de ho Mopsos, hōs an sympleusas tois Argonautais.
We have been led to say this because they put the poets of the Epic Cycle among the very ancient. Among the Greeks too there are said to have been many oracle-mongers, like the Bacides (one Boeotian, the other Arcadian), who foretold many things to many. By the advice of Amphilytus of Athens Pisistratus strengthened his tyranny, since he showed him the right moment to attack. Let me pass over in silence Cometes the Cretan, Cinyras the Cyprian, Admetus the Thessalian, Aristaeus of Cyrene, Amphiaraus the Athenian, Timoxenus of Corcyra, Demaenetus of Phocaea, Epigenes of Thespiae, Nicias of Carystus, Ariston the Thessalian, Dionysius the Carthaginian, Cleophon of Corinth, and Hippo, daughter of Chiron, and Boeo and Manto, and the multitude of Sibyls: the Samian, the Colophonian, the Cumaean, the Erythraean, Phyto, Taraxandra, the Macedonian, the Thessalian, the Thesprotian; and Calchas and Mopsus, who lived at the time of the Trojan War, Mopsus being older, since he sailed with the Argonauts.
1.21.133Stählin 2:82–83
φασὶ δὲ τὴν Μόψου καλουμένην Μαντικὴν συντάξαι τὸν Κυρηναῖον Βάττον, Δωρόθεός τε ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ πανδέκτῃ ἀλκυόνος καὶ κορώνης ἐπακοῦσαι τὸν Μόψον ἱστορεῖ. προγνώσει δὲ καὶ Πυθαγόρας ὁ μέγας προσανεῖχεν αἰεὶ Ἄβαρίς τε ὁ Ὑπερβόρειος καὶ Ἀριστέας ὁ Προκοννήσιος Ἐπιμενίδης τε ὁ Κρής, ὅστις εἰς Σπάρτην ἀφίκετο, καὶ Ζωροάστρης ὁ Μῆδος Ἐμπεδοκλῆς τε ὁ Ἀκραγαντῖνος καὶ Φορμίων ὁ Λάκων, ναὶ μὴν Πολυάρατος ὁ Θάσιος Ἐμπεδότιμός τε ὁ Συρακούσιος ἐπί τε τούτοις Σωκράτης ὁ Ἀθηναῖος μάλιστα· ἔστι γάρ μοι, φησὶν ἐν τῷ Θεάγει, ἐκ παιδὸς ἀρξάμενον θείᾳ μοίρᾳ παραγινόμενον δαιμόνιον σημεῖον, τοῦτο δέ ἐστι φωνή, ἣ ὅταν γένηται, ἐπίσχει τοῦτο ὃ μέλλω πράττειν, προτρέπει δὲ οὐδέποτε. Ἐξήκεστός τε ὁ Φωκέων τύραννος δύο δακτυλίους φορῶν γεγοητευμένους τῷ ψόφῳ τῷ πρὸς ἀλλήλους διῃσθάνετο τοὺς καιροὺς τῶν πράξεων, ἀπέθανεν δὲ ὅμως δολοφονηθείς, καίτοι προσημήναντος τοῦ ψόφου, ὥς φησιν Ἀριστοτέλης ἐν τῇ Φωκέων πολιτείᾳ.
phasi de tēn Mopsou kaloumenēn Mantikēn syntaxai ton Kyrēnaion Batton, Dōrotheos te en tǭ prōtǭ pandektę̄ alkyonos kai korōnēs epakousai ton Mopson historei. prognōsei de kai Pythagoras ho megas prosaneichen aiei Abaris te ho Hyperboreios kai Aristeas ho Prokonnēsios Epimenidēs te ho Krēs, hostis eis Spartēn aphiketo, kai Zōroastrēs ho Mēdos Empedoklēs te ho Akragantinos kai Phormiōn ho Lakōn, nai mēn Polyaratos ho Thasios Empedotimos te ho Syrakousios epi te toutois Sōkratēs ho Athēnaios malista; esti gar moi, phēsin en tǭ Theagei, ek paidos arxamenon theią moirą paraginomenon daimonion sēmeion, touto de esti phōnē, hē hotan genētai, epischei touto ho mellō prattein, protrepei de oudepote. Exēkestos te ho Phōkeōn tyrannos dyo daktylious phorōn gegoēteumenous tǭ psophǭ tǭ pros allēlous dię̄sthaneto tous kairous tōn praxeōn, apethanen de homōs dolophonētheis, kaitoi prosēmēnantos tou psophou, hōs phēsin Aristotelēs en tę̄ Phōkeōn politeią.
They say that Battus of Cyrene composed the so-called Divination of Mopsus, and Dorotheus, in the first book of his Pandects, relates that Mopsus understood the kingfisher and the crow. The great Pythagoras always devoted himself to foreknowledge, and Abaris the Hyperborean, Aristeas of Proconnesus, Epimenides the Cretan, who came to Sparta, Zoroaster the Mede, Empedocles of Acragas, Phormion the Spartan, and indeed Polyaratus of Thasos and Empedotimus of Syracuse, and besides these especially Socrates of Athens. “For I have,” he says in the Theages, “from childhood, by divine fate, a certain daemonic sign; this is a voice, which, when it comes, stops what I am about to do, but never urges me on.” And Execestus, tyrant of the Phocians, wearing two enchanted rings, perceived the right times for actions by the sound they made against each other; yet he died murdered by treachery, though the sound had warned him, as Aristotle says in his Constitution of the Phocians.
1.21.134Stählin 2:83
ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν παρʼ Αἰγυπτίοις ἀνθρώπων ποτέ, γενομένων δὲ ἀνθρωπίνῃ δόξῃ θεῶν, Ἑρμῆς τε ὁ Θηβαῖος καὶ Ἀσκληπιὸς ὁ Μεμφίτης, Τειρεσίας τε αὖ καὶ Μαντὼ ἐν Θήβαις, ὥς φησιν Εὐριπίδης, Ἕλενος ἤδη καὶ Λαοκόων καὶ Οἰνώνη Κεβρῆνος ἐν Ἰλίῳ· † Κρῆνος γὰρ εἷς τῶν Ἡρακλειδῶν ἐπιφανὴς φέρεται μάντις καὶ Ἴαμος ἄλλος ἐν Ἤλιδι, ἀφʼ οὗ οἱ Ἰαμίδαι, Πολύιδός τε ἐν Ἄργει καὶ ἐν Μεγάροις, οὗ μέμνηται ἡ τραγῳδία. τί μοι Τήλεμον καταλέγειν, ὃς Κυκλώπων μάντις ὢν Πολυφήμῳ θεσπίζει τὰ κατὰ τὴν Ὀδυσσέως πλάνην, ἢ τὸν Ἀθήνησιν Ὀνομάκριτον ἢ τὸν Ἀμφιάρεων τὸν σὺν τοῖς ἑπτὰ τοῖς ἐπὶ Θήβας στρατεύσασι μιᾷ γενεᾷ τῆς Ἰλίου ἁλώσεως πρεσβύτερον φερόμενον ἢ Θεοκλύμενον ἐν Κεφαλληνίᾳ ἢ Τελμησσὸν ἐν Καρίᾳ ἢ Γαλεὸν ἐν Σικελίᾳ; εἶεν δʼ ἂν καὶ ἕτεροι πρὸς τούτοις, Ἴδμων ὁ σὺν τοῖς Ἀργοναύταις, Φημονόη Δελφίς, Μόψος ὁ Ἀπόλλωνος καὶ Μαντοῦς ἐν Παμφυλίᾳ καὶ Κιλικίᾳ, Ἀμφίλοχος Ἀμφιαράου ἐν Κιλικίᾳ, Ἀλκμέων ἐν Ἀκαρνᾶσιν, Ἄνιος ἐν Δήλῳ Ἀρίστανδρός τε ὁ Τελμησσεὺς ὁ σὺν Ἀλεξάνδρῳ γενόμενος. ἤδη δὲ καὶ Ὀρφέα Φιλόχορος μάντιν ἱστορεῖ γενέσθαι ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ Περὶ μαντικῆς.
alla kai tōn parʼ Aigyptiois anthrōpōn pote, genomenōn de anthrōpinę̄ doxę̄ theōn, Hermēs te ho Thēbaios kai Asklēpios ho Memphitēs, Teiresias te au kai Mantō en Thēbais, hōs phēsin Euripidēs, Helenos ēdē kai Laokoōn kai Oinōnē Kebrēnos en Iliǭ; † Krēnos gar heis tōn Hērakleidōn epiphanēs pheretai mantis kai Iamos allos en Ēlidi, aphʼ hou hoi Iamidai, Poluidos te en Argei kai en Megarois, hou memnētai hē tragǭdia. ti moi Tēlemon katalegein, hos Kyklōpōn mantis ōn Polyphēmǭ thespizei ta kata tēn Odysseōs planēn, ē ton Athēnēsin Onomakriton ē ton Amphiareōn ton syn tois hepta tois epi Thēbas strateusasi mią geneą tēs Iliou halōseōs presbyteron pheromenon ē Theoklymenon en Kephallēnią ē Telmēsson en Karią ē Galeon en Sikelią? eien dʼ an kai heteroi pros toutois, Idmōn ho syn tois Argonautais, Phēmonoē Delphis, Mopsos ho Apollōnos kai Mantous en Pamphylią kai Kilikią, Amphilochos Amphiaraou en Kilikią, Alkmeōn en Akarnasin, Anios en Dēlǭ Aristandros te ho Telmēsseus ho syn Alexandrǭ genomenos. ēdē de kai Orphea Philochoros mantin historei genesthai en tǭ prōtǭ Peri mantikēs.
And among the Egyptians there were men who were once men but became gods by human opinion, Hermes of Thebes and Asclepius of Memphis; and further Tiresias and Manto at Thebes, as Euripides says; Helenus, Laocoon, and Oenone, daughter of Cebren, at Ilium; … for Crenus, one of the Heraclidae, is reported a famous seer, and Iamus another in Elis, from whom the Iamidae come; and Polyidus in Argos and in Megara, whom tragedy mentions. Why should I list Telemus, who, being the seer of the Cyclopes, foretold to Polyphemus the wandering of Odysseus; or Onomacritus at Athens; or Amphiaraus, who marched with the Seven against Thebes, said to be a generation older than the capture of Ilium; or Theoclymenus in Cephallenia, or Telmessus in Caria, or Galeus in Sicily? There might be others besides these: Idmon, who sailed with the Argonauts; Phemonoe of Delphi; Mopsus, son of Apollo and Manto, in Pamphylia and Cilicia; Amphilochus, son of Amphiaraus, in Cilicia; Alcmaeon among the Acarnanians; Anius in Delos; and Aristander of Telmessus, who was with Alexander. Philochorus even relates, in the first book of his On Divination, that Orpheus was a seer.
1.21.135Stählin 2:83–84
Θεόπομπος δὲ καὶ Ἔφορος καὶ Τίμαιος Ὀρθαγόραν τινὰ μάντιν ἀναγράφουσι, καθάπερ ὁ Σάμιος Πυθοκλῆς ἐν τετάρτῳ Ἰταλικῶν Γάιον Ἰούλιον Νέπωτα. ἀλλʼ οἳ μὲν κλέπται πάντες καὶ λῃσταί, ὥς φησιν ἡ γραφή, τὰ πλεῖστα ἐκ παρατηρήσεως καὶ ἐξ εἰκότων προειρηκότες, καθάπερ οἱ φυσιογνωμονοῦντες ἰατροί τε καὶ μάντεις, οἳ δὲ καὶ ὑπὸ δαιμόνων κινηθέντες ἢ ὑδάτων καὶ θυμιαμάτων καὶ ἀέρος ποιοῦ ἐκταραχθέντες· παρὰ Ἑβραίοις δὲ οἱ προφῆται δυνάμει θεοῦ καὶ ἐπιπνοίᾳ, πρὸ μὲν τοῦ νόμου Ἀδὰμ ἐπί τε τῆς γυναικὸς ἐπί τε τῆς ζῴων ὀνομασίας προθεσπίσας καὶ Νῶε μετάνοιαν κηρύξας Ἀβραάμ τε καὶ Ἰσαὰκ καὶ Ἰακὼβ ἄντικρυς οὐκ ὀλίγα τῶν μελλόντων καὶ ἤδη ἐνεστώτων προφαίνοντες. σὺν δὲ τῷ νόμῳ Μωυσῆς τε καὶ Ἀαρών, μεθʼ οὓς προφητεύουσιν Ἰησοῦς ὁ τοῦ Ναυῆ, Σαμουήλ, Γάδ, Νάθαν, Ἀχίας, Σαμαίας, Ἰού, Ἠλία, Μιχαίας, Ἀβδιού, Ἐλισσαῖος, Ἀβδαδωναΐ, Ἀμώς, Ἡσαΐας, Ὠσηέ, Ἰωνᾶς, Ἰωήλ, Ἱερεμίας, Σοφονίας, Βουζί, Ἰεζεκιήλ, Οὐρίας, Ἀμβακούμ, Ναούμ, Δανιήλ, Μισαήλ, ὁ τοὺς συλλογισμούς, Ἀγγαῖος, Ζαχαρίας καὶ ὁ ἐν τοῖς δώδεκα Ἄγγελος.
Theopompos de kai Ephoros kai Timaios Orthagoran tina mantin anagraphousi, kathaper ho Samios Pythoklēs en tetartǭ Italikōn Gaion Ioulion Nepōta. allʼ hoi men kleptai pantes kai lę̄stai, hōs phēsin hē graphē, ta pleista ek paratērēseōs kai ex eikotōn proeirēkotes, kathaper hoi physiognōmonountes iatroi te kai manteis, hoi de kai hypo daimonōn kinēthentes ē hydatōn kai thymiamatōn kai aeros poiou ektarachthentes; para Hebraiois de hoi prophētai dynamei theou kai epipnoią, pro men tou nomou Adam epi te tēs gynaikos epi te tēs zǭōn onomasias prothespisas kai Nōe metanoian kēryxas Abraam te kai Isaak kai Iakōb antikrys ouk oliga tōn mellontōn kai ēdē enestōtōn prophainontes. syn de tǭ nomǭ Mōysēs te kai Aarōn, methʼ hous prophēteuousin Iēsous ho tou Nauē, Samouēl, Gad, Nathan, Achias, Samaias, Iou, Ēlia, Michaias, Abdiou, Elissaios, Abdadōnaï, Amōs, Hēsaïas, Ōsēe, Iōnas, Iōēl, Hieremias, Sophonias, Bouzi, Iezekiēl, Ourias, Ambakoum, Naoum, Daniēl, Misaēl, ho tous syllogismous, Angaios, Zacharias kai ho en tois dōdeka Angelos.
Theopompus, Ephorus, and Timaeus record a seer named Orthagoras, as Pythocles of Samos, in the fourth book of his Italian History, records Gaius Julius Nepos. But these are all “thieves and robbers,” as Scripture says, having foretold most things from observation and probability, like the physiognomists, physicians, and seers; others were moved by demons or disturbed by waters, incense, and a certain kind of air. But among the Hebrews the prophets spoke by the power and inspiration of God. Before the law, Adam prophesied about the woman and the naming of the animals; Noah preached repentance; and Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob plainly revealed not a few things to come and already present. With the law were Moses and Aaron, after whom prophesied Joshua son of Nun, Samuel, Gad, Nathan, Ahijah, Shemaiah, Jehu, Elijah, Micaiah, Obadiah, Elisha, Abdadonai, Amos, Isaiah, Hosea, Jonah, Joel, Jeremiah, Zephaniah, Buzi, Ezekiel, Uriah, Habakkuk, Nahum, Daniel, Mishael, the one who wrote the syllogisms, Haggai, Zechariah, and the Angel among the Twelve.
1.21.136Stählin 2:84–85
γίνονται δὲ οἱ πάντες προφῆται πέντε καὶ τριάκοντα. γυναικῶν δὲ (καὶ γὰρ καὶ αὗται προεφήτευον) Σάρρα τε καὶ Ῥεβέκκα καὶ Μαριὰμ Δεββώρα τε καὶ Ὀλδά. ἔπειτα περὶ τοὺς αὐτοὺς χρόνους Ἰωάννης προφητεύει μέχρι τοῦ σωτηρίου βαπτίσματος, μετὰ δὲ τὴν γένεσιν τοῦ Χριστοῦ Ἄννα καὶ Συμεών· Ζαχαρίας γὰρ ὁ Ἰωάννου πατὴρ καὶ πρὸ τοῦ παιδὸς προφητεύειν ἐν τοῖς εὐαγγελίοις λέγεται. Ἄνωθεν οὖν ἀπὸ Μωυσέως συναγάγωμεν τὴν καθʼ Ἕλληνας χρονογραφίαν· ἀπὸ τῆς Μωυσέως γενέσεως ἐπὶ τὴν ἐξ Αἰγύπτου τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἔξοδον ἔτη ὀγδοήκοντα καὶ τὰ μέχρι τῆς τελευτῆς αὐτοῦ ἄλλα τεσσαράκοντα γίνεται ἡ ἔξοδος κατὰ Ἴναχον πρὸ τῆς Σωθιακῆς περιόδου ἐξελθόντος ἀπʼ Αἰγύπτου Μωυσέως ἔτεσι πρότερον τριακοσίοις τεσσαράκοντα ε΄. ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς Μωυσέως στρατηγίας καὶ Ἰνάχου ἐπὶ τὸν Δευκαλίωνος κατακλυσμόν, τὴν δευτέραν λέγω ἐπομβρίαν, καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν Φαέθοντος ἐμπρησμόν, ἃ δὴ συμβαίνει κατὰ Κρότωπον, γενεαὶ † τεσσαράκοντα ἀριθμοῦνται· εἰς μέντοι τὰ ἑκατὸν ἔτη τρεῖς ἐγκαταλέγονται γενεαί. ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ κατακλυσμοῦ ἐπὶ τὸν Ἴδης ἐμπρησμὸν καὶ τὴν εὕρεσιν τοῦ σιδήρου καὶ Ἰδαίους δακτύλους ἔτη ἑβδομήκοντα τρία, ὥς φησι Θράσυλλος. καὶ ἀπὸ Ἴδης ἐμπρησμοῦ Γανυμήδους ἁρπαγὴν ἔτη ἐξήκοντα πέντε.
ginontai de hoi pantes prophētai pente kai triakonta. gynaikōn de (kai gar kai hautai proephēteuon) Sarra te kai Rhebekka kai Mariam Debbōra te kai Olda. epeita peri tous autous chronous Iōannēs prophēteuei mechri tou sōtēriou baptismatos, meta de tēn genesin tou Christou Anna kai Symeōn; Zacharias gar ho Iōannou patēr kai pro tou paidos prophēteuein en tois euangeliois legetai. Anōthen oun apo Mōyseōs synagagōmen tēn kathʼ Hellēnas chronographian; apo tēs Mōyseōs geneseōs epi tēn ex Aigyptou tōn Ioudaiōn exodon etē ogdoēkonta kai ta mechri tēs teleutēs autou alla tessarakonta ginetai hē exodos kata Inachon pro tēs Sōthiakēs periodou exelthontos apʼ Aigyptou Mōyseōs etesi proteron triakosiois tessarakonta e΄. apo de tēs Mōyseōs stratēgias kai Inachou epi ton Deukaliōnos kataklysmon, tēn deuteran legō epombrian, kai epi ton Phaethontos emprēsmon, ha dē symbainei kata Krotōpon, geneai † tessarakonta arithmountai; eis mentoi ta hekaton etē treis enkatalegontai geneai. apo de tou kataklysmou epi ton Idēs emprēsmon kai tēn heuresin tou sidērou kai Idaious daktylous etē hebdomēkonta tria, hōs phēsi Thrasyllos. kai apo Idēs emprēsmou Ganymēdous harpagēn etē exēkonta pente.
All the prophets come to thirty-five. Of women (for they too prophesied), Sarah, Rebekah, Miriam, Deborah, and Huldah. Then about the same times John prophesied until the Savior's baptism, and after the birth of Christ, Anna and Simeon; for Zechariah, the father of John, is said in the Gospels to have prophesied even before his son. Let us gather the chronology according to the Greeks from Moses onward. From the birth of Moses to the exodus of the Jews from Egypt, eighty years, and to his death another forty; the exodus took place in the time of Inachus, Moses having left Egypt three hundred and forty-five years before the Sothic period. From the leadership of Moses and Inachus to the flood of Deucalion, I mean the second deluge, and the conflagration of Phaethon, which occurred in the time of Crotopus, … forty generations are counted; and three generations are reckoned in a hundred years. From the flood to the burning of Ida and the discovery of iron and the Idaean Dactyls, seventy-three years, as Thrasyllus says; and from the burning of Ida to the rape of Ganymede, sixty-five years.
1.21.137Stählin 2:85
ἐντεῦθεν δὲ ἐπὶ τὴν Περσέως στρατείαν, ὅτε καὶ Γλαῦκος ἐπὶ Μελικέρτῃ τὰ Ἴσθμια ἔθηκεν, ἔτη πεντεκαίδεκα. ἀπὸ δὲ Περσέως στρατείας ἐπὶ Ἰλίου κτίσιν ἔτη τριάκοντα τέσσαρα. ἐντεῦθεν ἐπὶ τὸν ἔκπλουν τῆς Ἀργοῦς ἔτη ἐξήκοντα τέσσαρα. ἐκ τούτου ἐπὶ Θησέα καὶ Μινώταυρον ἔτη τριάκοντα δύο, εἶτα ἐπὶ τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἐπὶ Θήβαις ἔτη δέκα, ἐπὶ δὲ τὸν Ὀλυμπίασιν ἀγῶνα, ὃν Ἡρακλῆς ἔθηκεν ἐπὶ Πέλοπι, ἔτη τρία, εἴς τε τὴν Ἀμαζόνων εἰς Ἀθήνας στρατείαν καὶ τὴν Ἑλένης ὑπὸ Θησέως ἁρπαγὴν ἔτη ἐννέα. ἐντεῦθεν ἐπὶ Ἡρακλέους ἀποθέωσιν ἔτη ἕνδεκα, εἶτα ἐπὶ τὴν Ἑλένης ὑπὸ Ἀλεξάνδρου ἁρπαγὴν ἔτη τέσσαρα. εἶτα ἐπὶ τὴν Τροίας ἅλωσιν ἔτη εἴκοσι. ἀπὸ δὲ Τροίας ἁλώσεως ἐπὶ τὴν Αἰνείου κάθοδον καὶ κτίσιν Λαουινίου ἔτη δέκα, ἐπί τε τὴν Ἀσκανίου ἀρχὴν ἔτη ὀκτώ, καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν Ἡρακλειδῶν κάθοδον ἔτη ἐξήκοντα ἕν, ἐπί τε τὴν Ἰφίτου ὀλυμπιάδα ἔτη τριακόσια τριάκοντα ὀκτώ.
enteuthen de epi tēn Perseōs strateian, hote kai Glaukos epi Melikertę̄ ta Isthmia ethēken, etē pentekaideka. apo de Perseōs strateias epi Iliou ktisin etē triakonta tessara. enteuthen epi ton ekploun tēs Argous etē exēkonta tessara. ek toutou epi Thēsea kai Minōtauron etē triakonta dyo, eita epi tous hepta epi Thēbais etē deka, epi de ton Olympiasin agōna, hon Hēraklēs ethēken epi Pelopi, etē tria, eis te tēn Amazonōn eis Athēnas strateian kai tēn Helenēs hypo Thēseōs harpagēn etē ennea. enteuthen epi Hērakleous apotheōsin etē hendeka, eita epi tēn Helenēs hypo Alexandrou harpagēn etē tessara. eita epi tēn Troias halōsin etē eikosi. apo de Troias halōseōs epi tēn Aineiou kathodon kai ktisin Laouiniou etē deka, epi te tēn Askaniou archēn etē oktō, kai epi tēn Hērakleidōn kathodon etē exēkonta hen, epi te tēn Iphitou olympiada etē triakosia triakonta oktō.
From then to the expedition of Perseus, when Glaucus founded the Isthmian games in honor of Melicertes, fifteen years. From the expedition of Perseus to the founding of Ilium, thirty-four years. From then to the sailing of the Argo, sixty-four years. From this to Theseus and the Minotaur, thirty-two years; then to the Seven against Thebes, ten years; to the Olympic contest, which Heracles founded in honor of Pelops, three years; to the expedition of the Amazons against Athens and the rape of Helen by Theseus, nine years. From then to the deification of Heracles, eleven years; then to the rape of Helen by Alexander, four years; then to the capture of Troy, twenty years. From the capture of Troy to the return of Aeneas and the founding of Lavinium, ten years; to the rule of Ascanius, eight years; to the return of the Heraclidae, sixty-one years; and to the Olympiad of Iphitus, three hundred and thirty-eight years.
1.21.138Stählin 2:85–86
Ἐρατοσθένης δὲ τοὺς χρόνους ὧδε ἀναγράφει· ἀπὸ μὲν Τροίας ἁλώσεως ἐπὶ Ἡρακλειδῶν κάθοδον ἔτη ὀγδοήκοντα· ἐντεῦθεν δὲ ἐπὶ τὴν Ἰωνίας κτίσιν ἔτη ἑξήκοντα· τὰ δὲ τούτοις ἑξῆς ἐπὶ μὲν τὴν ἐπιτροπίαν τὴν Λυκούργου ἔτη ἑκατὸν πεντήκοντα ἐννέα· ἐπὶ δὲ τὸ προηγούμενον ἔτος τῶν πρώτων ὀλυμπίων ἔτη ἑκατὸν ὀκτώ· ἀφʼ ἧς ὀλυμπιάδος ἐπὶ τὴν Ξέρξου διάβασιν ἔτη διακόσια ἐνενήκοντα ἑπτά· ἀφʼ ἧς ἐπὶ τὴν ἀρχὴν τοῦ Πελοποννησιακοῦ πολέμου ἔτη τεσσαράκοντα ὀκτώ· καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν κατάλυσιν καὶ Ἀθηναίων ἧτταν ἔτη εἴκοσι ἑπτά· καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν ἐν Λεύκτροις μάχην ἔτη τριάκοντα τέσσαρα· μεθʼ ἣν ἐπὶ τὴν Φιλίππου τελευτὴν ἔτη τριάκοντα πέντε· μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα ἐπὶ τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρου μεταλλαγὴν ἔτη δώδεκα. Πάλιν ἀπὸ τῆς πρώτης ὀλυμπιάδος ἔνιοί φασιν ἐπὶ Ῥώμης κτίσιν συνάγεσθαι ἔτη εἴκοσι τέσσαρα. ἐντεῦθεν ἐπὶ τὴν βασιλέων ἀναίρεσιν, ὅτε ὕπατοι ἐγένοντο, ἐπὶ ἔτη διακόσια τεσσαράκοντα τρία, ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς βασιλέων ἀναιρέσεως ἐπὶ τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρου τελευτὴν ἔτη ἑκατὸν ὀγδοήκοντα ἕξ.
Eratosthenēs de tous chronous hōde anagraphei; apo men Troias halōseōs epi Hērakleidōn kathodon etē ogdoēkonta; enteuthen de epi tēn Iōnias ktisin etē hexēkonta; ta de toutois hexēs epi men tēn epitropian tēn Lykourgou etē hekaton pentēkonta ennea; epi de to proēgoumenon etos tōn prōtōn olympiōn etē hekaton oktō; aphʼ hēs olympiados epi tēn Xerxou diabasin etē diakosia enenēkonta hepta; aphʼ hēs epi tēn archēn tou Peloponnēsiakou polemou etē tessarakonta oktō; kai epi tēn katalysin kai Athēnaiōn hēttan etē eikosi hepta; kai epi tēn en Leuktrois machēn etē triakonta tessara; methʼ hēn epi tēn Philippou teleutēn etē triakonta pente; meta de tauta epi tēn Alexandrou metallagēn etē dōdeka. Palin apo tēs prōtēs olympiados enioi phasin epi Rhōmēs ktisin synagesthai etē eikosi tessara. enteuthen epi tēn basileōn anairesin, hote hypatoi egenonto, epi etē diakosia tessarakonta tria, apo de tēs basileōn anaireseōs epi tēn Alexandrou teleutēn etē hekaton ogdoēkonta hex.
Eratosthenes records the dates thus: from the capture of Troy to the return of the Heraclidae, eighty years; from then to the founding of Ionia, sixty years; after these, to the guardianship of Lycurgus, a hundred and fifty-nine years; to the year before the first Olympic games, a hundred and eight years; from that Olympiad to the crossing of Xerxes, two hundred and ninety-seven years; from which to the beginning of the Peloponnesian War, forty-eight years; to its end and the defeat of the Athenians, twenty-seven years; to the battle at Leuctra, thirty-four years; after which to the death of Philip, thirty-five years; and after this to the death of Alexander, twelve years. Again, from the first Olympiad some say twenty-four years are reckoned to the founding of Rome; from then to the abolition of the kings, when consuls began, two hundred and forty-three years; and from the abolition of the kings to the death of Alexander, a hundred and eighty-six years.
1.21.139Stählin 2:86
ἐντεῦθεν ἐπὶ τὴν Αὐγούστου νίκην, ὅτε Ἀντώνιος ἀπέσφαξεν ἑαυτὸν ἐν Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ, ἔτη διακόσια ἐνενήκοντα τέσσαρα, ὅτε ὑπάτευεν Αὔγουστος τὸ τέταρτον. ἀφʼ οὗ χρόνου ἐπὶ τὸν ἀγῶνα, ὃν ἔθηκε Δομετιανὸς ἐν Ῥώμῃ, ἔτη ἑκατὸν δεκατέσσαρα, ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ πρώτου ἀγῶνος ἐπὶ τὴν Κομόδου τελευτὴν ἔτη ἑκατὸν ἕνδεκα. Εἰσὶ δὲ οἳ ἀπὸ Κέκροπος μὲν ἐπὶ Ἀλέξανδρον τὸν Μακεδόνα συνάγουσιν ἔτη χίλια † ὀκτακόσια εἴκοσι ὀκτώ, ἀπὸ δὲ Δημοφῶντος χίλια διακόσια πεντήκοντα, καὶ ἀπὸ Τροίας ἁλώσεως ἐπὶ τὴν Ἡρακλειδῶν κάθοδον ἔτη ἑκατὸν εἴκοσι ἢ ἑκατὸν ὀγδοήκοντα. ἀπὸ τούτου ἐπὶ Εὐαίνετον ἄρχοντα, ἐφʼ οὗ φασιν Ἀλέξανδρον εἰς τὴν Ἀσίαν διαβῆναι, ὡς μὲν Φανίας ἔτη ἑπτακόσια δεκαπέντε, ὡς δὲ Ἔφορος ἑπτακόσια τριάκοντα πέντε, ὡς δὲ Τίμαιος καὶ Κλείταρχος ὀκτακόσια εἴκοσι, ὡς δὲ Ἐρατοσθένης ἑπτακόσια ἑβδομήκοντα τέσσαρα, ὡς δὲ Δοῦρις ἀπὸ Τροίας ἁλώσεως ἐπὶ τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρου εἰς Ἀσίαν διάβασιν ἔτη χίλια. ἐντεῦθεν ἐπὶ † Εὐαίνετον τὸν Ἀθήνησιν ἄρχοντα, ἐφʼ οὗ θνῄσκει Ἀλέξανδρος, ἔτη ια΄. ἐντεῦθεν ἐπὶ τὴν ἡγεμονίαν Γερμανικοῦ Κλαυδίου Καίσαρος ἔτη τριακόσια ἑξήκοντα πέντε, ἀφʼ οὗ χρόνου δῆλα γίνεται καὶ τὰ ἐπὶ τὴν Κομόδου τελευτὴν ἔτη ὅσα γε συνάγεται.
enteuthen epi tēn Augoustou nikēn, hote Antōnios apesphaxen heauton en Alexandreią, etē diakosia enenēkonta tessara, hote hypateuen Augoustos to tetarton. aphʼ hou chronou epi ton agōna, hon ethēke Dometianos en Rhōmę̄, etē hekaton dekatessara, apo de tou prōtou agōnos epi tēn Komodou teleutēn etē hekaton hendeka. Eisi de hoi apo Kekropos men epi Alexandron ton Makedona synagousin etē chilia † oktakosia eikosi oktō, apo de Dēmophōntos chilia diakosia pentēkonta, kai apo Troias halōseōs epi tēn Hērakleidōn kathodon etē hekaton eikosi ē hekaton ogdoēkonta. apo toutou epi Euaineton archonta, ephʼ hou phasin Alexandron eis tēn Asian diabēnai, hōs men Phanias etē heptakosia dekapente, hōs de Ephoros heptakosia triakonta pente, hōs de Timaios kai Kleitarchos oktakosia eikosi, hōs de Eratosthenēs heptakosia hebdomēkonta tessara, hōs de Douris apo Troias halōseōs epi tēn Alexandrou eis Asian diabasin etē chilia. enteuthen epi † Euaineton ton Athēnēsin archonta, ephʼ hou thnę̄skei Alexandros, etē ia΄. enteuthen epi tēn hēgemonian Germanikou Klaudiou Kaisaros etē triakosia hexēkonta pente, aphʼ hou chronou dēla ginetai kai ta epi tēn Komodou teleutēn etē hosa ge synagetai.
From then to the victory of Augustus, when Antony killed himself at Alexandria, two hundred and ninety-four years, when Augustus was consul for the fourth time. From that time to the games that Domitian founded at Rome, a hundred and fourteen years; and from the first of those games to the death of Commodus, a hundred and eleven years. There are some who reckon from Cecrops to Alexander the Macedonian one thousand … eight hundred and twenty-eight years; from Demophon one thousand two hundred and fifty; and from the capture of Troy to the return of the Heraclidae a hundred and twenty or a hundred and eighty years. From this to the archonship of Euaenetus, in which they say Alexander crossed into Asia, according to Phanias seven hundred and fifteen years, according to Ephorus seven hundred and thirty-five, according to Timaeus and Clitarchus eight hundred and twenty, according to Eratosthenes seven hundred and seventy-four, and according to Duris, from the capture of Troy to Alexander's crossing into Asia, a thousand years. From then to … Euaenetus, archon at Athens, in whose time Alexander died, eleven years. From then to the reign of Germanicus Claudius Caesar, three hundred and sixty-five years; from which time the years that are reckoned to the death of Commodus are also clear.
1.21.140Stählin 2:87
Μετὰ δὲ τὰ Ἑλληνικὰ καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν κατὰ τοὺς βαρβάρους χρόνων ἀποδοτέον κατὰ τὰ μέγιστα διαστήματα. ἀπὸ μὲν Ἀδὰμ ἕως τοῦ κατακλυσμοῦ συνάγεται ἔτη δισχίλια ἑκατὸν τεσσαράκοντα ὀκτὼ ἡμέραι τέσσαρες, ἀπὸ δὲ Σὴμ ἕως Ἀβραὰμ ἔτη χίλια διακόσια ν΄, ἀπὸ δὲ Ἰσαὰκ ἕως τῆς κληροδοσίας ἔτη ἑξακόσια δέκα ἕξ. ἔπειτα ἀπὸ κριτῶν ἕως Σαμουὴλ ἔτη τετρακόσια ἑξήκοντα τρία μῆνες ἑπτά. καὶ μετὰ τοὺς κριτὰς βασιλειῶν ἔτη πεντακόσια ἑβδομήκοντα δύο μῆνες ἕξ ἡμέραι δέκα. μεθʼ οὓς χρόνους Περσικῆς βασιλείας ἔτη διακόσια τριάκοντα πέντε, ἔπειτα τῆς Μακεδονικῆς ἕως Ἀντωνίου ἀναιρέσεως ἔτη τριακόσια δώδεκα ἡμέραι δεκαοκτώ. μεθʼ ὃν χρόνον ἡ Ῥωμαίων βασιλεία ἕως τῆς Κομόδου τελευτῆς ἔτη διακόσια εἴκοσι δύο. πάλιν τε αὖ ἀπὸ τῆς ἑβδομηκονταετοῦς αἰχμαλωσίας καὶ τῆς τοῦ λαοῦ εἰς πατρῴαν γῆν ἀποκαταστάσεως εἰς τὴν αἰχμαλωσίαν τὴν ἐπὶ Οὐεσπεσιανοῦ ἔτη συνάγεται τετρακόσια δέκα, τελευταῖα δὲ ἀπὸ Οὐεσπεσιανοῦ ἕως τῆς Κομόδου τελευτῆς εὑρίσκεται ἔτη ἑκατὸν εἴκοσι ἕν μῆνες ἕξ ἡμέραι εἴκοσι τέσσαρες.
Meta de ta Hellēnika kai apo tōn kata tous barbarous chronōn apodoteon kata ta megista diastēmata. apo men Adam heōs tou kataklysmou synagetai etē dischilia hekaton tessarakonta oktō hēmerai tessares, apo de Sēm heōs Abraam etē chilia diakosia n΄, apo de Isaak heōs tēs klērodosias etē hexakosia deka hex. epeita apo kritōn heōs Samouēl etē tetrakosia hexēkonta tria mēnes hepta. kai meta tous kritas basileiōn etē pentakosia hebdomēkonta dyo mēnes hex hēmerai deka. methʼ hous chronous Persikēs basileias etē diakosia triakonta pente, epeita tēs Makedonikēs heōs Antōniou anaireseōs etē triakosia dōdeka hēmerai dekaoktō. methʼ hon chronon hē Rhōmaiōn basileia heōs tēs Komodou teleutēs etē diakosia eikosi dyo. palin te au apo tēs hebdomēkontaetous aichmalōsias kai tēs tou laou eis patrǭan gēn apokatastaseōs eis tēn aichmalōsian tēn epi Ouespesianou etē synagetai tetrakosia deka, teleutaia de apo Ouespesianou heōs tēs Komodou teleutēs heurisketai etē hekaton eikosi hen mēnes hex hēmerai eikosi tessares.
After the Greek dates, those of the barbarians must also be given, by the largest intervals. From Adam to the flood are reckoned two thousand one hundred and forty-eight years and four days; from Shem to Abraham, one thousand two hundred and fifty years; from Isaac to the division of the inheritance, six hundred and sixteen years. Then from the judges to Samuel, four hundred and sixty-three years and seven months; and after the judges, of the kingdoms, five hundred and seventy-two years, six months, and ten days. After these times, of the Persian kingdom, two hundred and thirty-five years; then of the Macedonian, to the death of Antony, three hundred and twelve years and eighteen days. After this time the Roman empire to the death of Commodus, two hundred and twenty-two years. Again, from the seventy years' captivity and the people's restoration to their ancestral land to the captivity under Vespasian are reckoned four hundred and ten years; and lastly, from Vespasian to the death of Commodus are found a hundred and twenty-one years, six months, and twenty-four days.
1.21.141Stählin 2:87–88
Δημήτριος δέ φησιν ἐν τῷ Περὶ τῶν ἐν τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ βασιλέων τὴν Ἰούδα φυλὴν καὶ Βενιαμεὶν καὶ Λευὶ μὴ αἰχμαλωτισθῆναι ὑπὸ τοῦ Σεναχηρείμ, ἀλλʼ εἶναι ἀπὸ τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας ταύτης εἰς τὴν ἐσχάτην, ἣν ἐποιήσατο Ναβουχοδονόσορ ἐξ Ἱεροσολύμων, ἔτη ἑκατὸν εἴκοσι ὀκτὼ μῆνας ἔξ. ἀφʼ οὗ δὲ αἱ φυλαὶ αἱ δέκα ἐκ Σαμαρείας αἰχμάλωτοι γεγόνασιν ἕως Πτολεμαίου τετάρτου ἔτη πεντακόσια ἑβδομήκοντα τρία μῆνας ἐννέα, ἀφʼ οὗ δὲ ἐξ Ἱεροσολύμων ἔτη τριακόσια τριάκοντα ὀκτὼ μῆνας τρεῖς. Φίλων δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς ἀνέγραψε τοὺς βασιλεῖς τοὺς Ἰουδαίων διαφώνως τῷ Δημητρίῳ. ἔτι δὲ καὶ Εὐπόλεμος ἐν τῇ ὁμοίᾳ πραγματείᾳ τὰ πάντα ἔτη φησὶν ἀπὸ Ἀδὰμ ἄχρι τοῦ πέμπτου ἔτους Δημητρίου βασιλείας Πτολεμαίου τὸ δωδέκατον βασιλεύοντος Αἰγύπτου συνάγεσθαι ἔτη ερμθ΄. ἀφʼ οὗ δὲ χρόνου ἐξήγαγε Μωυσῆς τοὺς Ἰουδαίους ἐξ Αἰγύπτου ἐπὶ τὴν προειρημένην προθεσμίαν συνάγεσθαι ἔτη δισχίλια πεντακόσια ὀγδοήκοντα. ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ χρόνου τούτου ἄχρι τῶν ἐν Ῥώμῃ ὑπάτων Γναίου Δομετίου καὶ Ἀσινίου συναθροίζεται ἔτη ἑκατὸν εἴκοσι.
Dēmētrios de phēsin en tǭ Peri tōn en tę̄ Ioudaią basileōn tēn Iouda phylēn kai Beniamein kai Leui mē aichmalōtisthēnai hypo tou Senachēreim, allʼ einai apo tēs aichmalōsias tautēs eis tēn eschatēn, hēn epoiēsato Nabouchodonosor ex Hierosolymōn, etē hekaton eikosi oktō mēnas ex. aphʼ hou de hai phylai hai deka ek Samareias aichmalōtoi gegonasin heōs Ptolemaiou tetartou etē pentakosia hebdomēkonta tria mēnas ennea, aphʼ hou de ex Hierosolymōn etē triakosia triakonta oktō mēnas treis. Philōn de kai autos anegrapse tous basileis tous Ioudaiōn diaphōnōs tǭ Dēmētriǭ. eti de kai Eupolemos en tę̄ homoią pragmateią ta panta etē phēsin apo Adam achri tou pemptou etous Dēmētriou basileias Ptolemaiou to dōdekaton basileuontos Aigyptou synagesthai etē ermth΄. aphʼ hou de chronou exēgage Mōysēs tous Ioudaious ex Aigyptou epi tēn proeirēmenēn prothesmian synagesthai etē dischilia pentakosia ogdoēkonta. apo de tou chronou toutou achri tōn en Rhōmę̄ hypatōn Gnaiou Dometiou kai Asiniou synathroizetai etē hekaton eikosi.
Demetrius, in his work On the Kings in Judea, says that the tribes of Judah, Benjamin, and Levi were not taken captive by Sennacherib, but that from this captivity to the last, which Nebuchadnezzar carried out from Jerusalem, there were a hundred and twenty-eight years and six months; and from the time the ten tribes were taken captive from Samaria to Ptolemy the Fourth, five hundred and seventy-three years and nine months; and from the captivity from Jerusalem, three hundred and thirty-eight years and three months. Philo too recorded the kings of the Jews, differing from Demetrius. Further, Eupolemus, in a similar work, says that all the years from Adam to the fifth year of the reign of Demetrius, when Ptolemy was reigning in Egypt in his twelfth year, come to five thousand one hundred and forty-nine; and from the time when Moses led the Jews out of Egypt to the date just mentioned, two thousand five hundred and eighty years. From this time to the consuls at Rome Gnaeus Domitius and Asinius, a hundred and twenty years are gathered.
1.21.142Stählin 2:88
Ἔφορος δὲ καὶ ἄλλοι πολλοὶ τῶν ἱστορικῶν καὶ ἔθνη καὶ γλώσσας πέντε καὶ ἑβδομήκοντα λέγουσιν εἶναι, ἐπακούσαντες τῆς φωνῆς Μωυσέως λεγούσης· ἦσαν δὲ πᾶσαι αἱ ψυχαὶ ἐξ Ἰακὼβ πέντε καὶ ἑβδομήκοντα αἱ εἰς Αἴγυπτον κατελθοῦσαι. φαίνονται δὲ εἶναι καὶ κατὰ τὸν ἀληθῆ λόγον αἱ γενικαὶ διάλεκτοι δύο καὶ ἑβδομήκοντα ὡς αἱ ἡμέτεραι παραδιδόασι γραφαί, αἱ δὲ ἄλλαι αἱ πολλαὶ ἐπὶ κοινωνίᾳ διαλέκτων δύο ἢ τριῶν ἢ καὶ πλειόνων γίνονται. διάλεκτος δέ ἐστι λέξις ἴδιον χαρακτῆρα τόπου ἐμφαίνουσα, ἢ λέξις ἴδιον ἢ κοινὸν ἔθνους ἐπιφαίνουσα χαρακτῆρα. φασὶ δὲ οἱ Ἕλληνες διαλέκτους εἶναι τὰς παρὰ σφίσι ε΄, Ἀτθίδα, Ἰάδα, Δωρίδα, Αἰολίδα καὶ πέμπτην τὴν κοινήν, ἀπεριλήπτους δὲ οὔσας τὰς βαρβάρων φωνὰς μηδὲ διαλέκτους, ἀλλὰ γλώσσας λέγεσθαι.
Ephoros de kai alloi polloi tōn historikōn kai ethnē kai glōssas pente kai hebdomēkonta legousin einai, epakousantes tēs phōnēs Mōyseōs legousēs; ēsan de pasai hai psychai ex Iakōb pente kai hebdomēkonta hai eis Aigypton katelthousai. phainontai de einai kai kata ton alēthē logon hai genikai dialektoi dyo kai hebdomēkonta hōs hai hēmeterai paradidoasi graphai, hai de allai hai pollai epi koinōnią dialektōn dyo ē triōn ē kai pleionōn ginontai. dialektos de esti lexis idion charaktēra topou emphainousa, ē lexis idion ē koinon ethnous epiphainousa charaktēra. phasi de hoi Hellēnes dialektous einai tas para sphisi e΄, Atthida, Iada, Dōrida, Aiolida kai pemptēn tēn koinēn, aperilēptous de ousas tas barbarōn phōnas mēde dialektous, alla glōssas legesthai.
Ephorus and many other historians say that there are seventy-five nations and languages, having heard the words of Moses, which say, “All the souls from Jacob who went down into Egypt were seventy-five.” But according to the true account, the generic languages appear to be seventy-two, as our Scriptures hand down; and the many others arise from the combination of two or three or more languages. A dialect is a form of speech showing the peculiar character of a place, or a form of speech showing the peculiar or common character of a nation. The Greeks say that there are five dialects among them, Attic, Ionic, Doric, Aeolic, and fifth the Common; and that the languages of the barbarians, being innumerable, are not called dialects but tongues.
1.21.143Stählin 2:88–89
ὁ Πλάτων δὲ καὶ τοῖς θεοῖς διάλεκτον ἀπονέμει τινά, μάλιστα μὲν ἀπὸ τῶν ὀνειράτων τεκμαιρόμενος καὶ τῶν χρησμῶν, ἄλλως δὲ καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν δαιμονώντων, οἳ τὴν αὑτῶν οὐ φθέγγονται φωνὴν οὐδὲ διάλεκτον, ἀλλὰ τὴν τῶν ὑπεισιόντων δαιμόνων. οἴεται δὲ καὶ ἀλόγων ζῴων διαλέκτους εἶναι, ὧν τὰ ὁμογενῆ ἐπακούειν. ἐλέφαντος γοῦν ἐμπεσόντος εἰς βόρβορον καὶ βοήσαντος παρών τις ἄλλος καὶ τὸ συμβὰν θεωρήσας ὑποστρέψας μετʼ οὐ πολὺ ἄγει μεθʼ ἑαυτοῦ ἀγέλην ἐλεφάντων καὶ σῴζει τὸν ἐμπεπτωκότα. φασὶ δὲ καὶ ἐν τῇ Λιβύῃ σκορπίον, ἐὰν μὴ ἐφικνῆται παίειν τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἀπιόντα μετὰ πλειόνων ἀναστρέφειν, ἐξαρτώμενον δὲ θάτερον θατέρου ἁλύσεως δίκην, οὕτως δὴ φθάνειν ἐπιχειροῦντα τῇ ἐπιβουλῇ, οὐ δή που νεύματι ἀφανεῖ τῶν ἀλόγων ζῴων κεχρημένων οὐδὲ μὴν τῷ σχήματι μηνυόντων σφίσιν, ἀλλʼ, οἶμαι, τῇ οἰκείᾳ διαλέκτῳ. φασὶ δὲ καὶ ἄλλοι τινές, ὡς εἴ τις ἰχθὺς ἀνασπώμενος τῆς μηρίνθου ἀπορραγείσης ἀποδράσει, οὐκέτʼ ἂν ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ τόπῳ τοῦ αὐτοῦ εἴδους ἰχθὺς αὐτῆς ἐκείνης εὑρεθήσεται τῆς ἡμέρας. αἱ δὲ πρῶται καὶ γενικαὶ διάλεκτοι βάρβαροι μέν, φύσει δὲ τὰ ὀνόματα ἔχουσιν, ἐπεὶ καὶ τὰς εὐχὰς ὁμολογοῦσιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι δυνατωτέρας εἶναι τὰς βαρβάρῳ φωνῇ λεγομένας. καὶ Πλάτων δὲ ἐν Κρατύλῳ τὸ πῦρ ἑρμηνεῦσαι βουλόμενος βαρβαρικόν φησιν εἶναι τὸ ὄνομα. μαρτυρεῖ γοῦν τοὺς Φρύγας οὕτω καλοῦντας μικρόν τι παρακλίνοντας.
ho Platōn de kai tois theois dialekton aponemei tina, malista men apo tōn oneiratōn tekmairomenos kai tōn chrēsmōn, allōs de kai apo tōn daimonōntōn, hoi tēn hautōn ou phthengontai phōnēn oude dialekton, alla tēn tōn hypeisiontōn daimonōn. oietai de kai alogōn zǭōn dialektous einai, hōn ta homogenē epakouein. elephantos goun empesontos eis borboron kai boēsantos parōn tis allos kai to symban theōrēsas hypostrepsas metʼ ou poly agei methʼ heautou agelēn elephantōn kai sǭzei ton empeptōkota. phasi de kai en tę̄ Libyę̄ skorpion, ean mē ephiknētai paiein ton anthrōpon, apionta meta pleionōn anastrephein, exartōmenon de thateron thaterou halyseōs dikēn, houtōs dē phthanein epicheirounta tę̄ epiboulę̄, ou dē pou neumati aphanei tōn alogōn zǭōn kechrēmenōn oude mēn tǭ schēmati mēnyontōn sphisin, allʼ, oimai, tę̄ oikeią dialektǭ. phasi de kai alloi tines, hōs ei tis ichthys anaspōmenos tēs mērinthou aporrageisēs apodrasei, ouketʼ an en tǭ autǭ topǭ tou autou eidous ichthys autēs ekeinēs heurethēsetai tēs hēmeras. hai de prōtai kai genikai dialektoi barbaroi men, physei de ta onomata echousin, epei kai tas euchas homologousin hoi anthrōpoi dynatōteras einai tas barbarǭ phōnę̄ legomenas. kai Platōn de en Kratylǭ to pyr hermēneusai boulomenos barbarikon phēsin einai to onoma. martyrei goun tous Phrygas houtō kalountas mikron ti paraklinontas.
Plato assigns a certain language even to the gods, judging especially from dreams and oracles, and besides from the possessed, who do not utter their own voice or language but that of the demons who have entered them. He thinks that irrational animals too have languages, which those of the same kind understand. At any rate, when an elephant fell into mud and cried out, another that was present and saw what had happened went away and returned not long after, bringing a herd of elephants with it, and saved the one that had fallen. They say too that in Libya a scorpion, if it cannot reach a man to sting him, goes away and comes back with more, and they hang on to one another like a chain and so succeed in their plot; the irrational animals do not use some invisible nod, nor inform one another by gestures, but, I think, by their own language. Some others say that if a fish being drawn up escapes when the line breaks, no fish of the same kind will be found in that place on that same day. The first and generic languages are barbarian, but they have their names by nature, since people admit that prayers spoken in a barbarian tongue are more powerful. And Plato in the Cratylus, wishing to explain the word “fire,” says that the name is barbarian; at any rate he testifies that the Phrygians call it so, changing it a little.
1.21.144Stählin 2:89–90
Οὐδὲν δὲ οἶμαι ἐπὶ τούτοις χεῖρον καὶ τοὺς χρόνους τῶν Ῥωμαϊκῶν βασιλέων παραθέσθαι εἰς ἐπίδειξιν τῆς τοῦ σωτῆρος γενέσεως· Αὔγουστος ἔτη τεσσαράκοντα τρία, Τιβέριος ἔτη κβ΄, Γάιος ἔτη δ΄, Κλαύδιος ἔτη ιδ΄, Νέρων ἔτη ιδ΄, Γάλβας ἔτος ἕν, Οὐεσπεσιανὸς ἔτη ι΄, Τίτος ἔτη γ΄, Δομιτιανὸς ἔτη ιε΄, Νέρβας ἔτος α΄, Τραϊανὸς ἔτη ιθ΄, Ἀδριανὸς ἔτη κα΄, Ἀντωνῖνος ἔτη κγ΄, ὁμοίως πάλιν Ἀντωνῖνος καὶ Κόμοδος ἔτη λβ΄. γίνεται τὰ πάντα ἀπὸ Αὐγούστου ἕως Κομόδου τελευτῆς ἔτη σκβ΄, καὶ τὰ ἀπὸ Ἀδὰμ ἕως Κομόδου τελευτῆς ἔτη εψπδ΄ μῆνες δύο ἡμέραι δώδεκα. τινὲς μέντοι τοὺς χρόνους τῶν Ῥωμαϊκῶν βασιλέων οὕτως ἀναγράφουσι· Γάιος Ἰούλιος Καῖσαρ ἔτη γ΄ μῆνας δ΄ ἡμέρας ς΄, μεθʼ ὃν Αὔγουστος ἐβασίλευσεν ἔτη μς΄ μῆνας δ΄ ἡμέραν μίαν, ἔπειτα Τιβέριος ἔτη κς΄ μῆνας ς΄ ἡμέρας ιθ΄, ὃν διαδέχεται Γάιος Καῖσαρ ἔτη τρία μῆνας ι΄ ἡμέρας ὀκτώ· τοῦτον Κλαύδιος ἔτη ιγ΄ μῆνας η΄ ἡμέρας κη΄, Νέρων ἔτη ιγ΄ μῆνας ὀκτὼ ἡμέρας κη΄, Γάλβας μῆνας ἑπτὰ ἡμέρας ς΄, Ὄθων μῆνας ε΄ ἡμέραν α΄, Οὐιτέλλιος μῆνας ἑπτὰ ἡμέραν α΄, Οὐεσπεσιανὸς ἔτη ια΄ μῆνας ια΄ ἡμέρας κβ΄, Τίτος ἔτη β΄ μῆνας β΄ Δομιτιανὸς ἔτη ιε΄ μῆνας η΄ ἡμέρας ε΄, Νέρβας ἔτος α΄ μῆνας δ΄ ἡμέρας ι΄, Τραϊανὸς ἔτη ιθ΄ μῆνας ζ΄ ἡμέρας ιε΄, Ἀδριανὸς ἔτη κ΄ μῆνας ι΄ ἡμέρας κη΄, Ἀντωνῖνος ἔτη κβ΄ μῆνας τρεῖς ἡμέρας ζ΄, Μάρκος Αὐρήλιος Ἀντωνῖνος ἔτη ιθ΄ ἡμέρας ια΄, Κόμοδος ἔτη ιβ΄ μῆνας θ΄ ἡμέρας ιδ΄. ἀπὸ Ἰουλίου τοίνυν Καίσαρος ἕως Κομόδου τελευτῆς γίνονται ἔτη σλς΄ μῆνες ς΄. συνάγεται δὲ πάντα τὰ ἀπὸ Ῥωμύλου τοῦ κτίσαντος Ῥώμην ἕως Κομόδου τελευτῆς μγ΄ μῆνες ς΄.
Ouden de oimai epi toutois cheiron kai tous chronous tōn Rhōmaïkōn basileōn parathesthai eis epideixin tēs tou sōtēros geneseōs; Augoustos etē tessarakonta tria, Tiberios etē kb΄, Gaios etē d΄, Klaudios etē id΄, Nerōn etē id΄, Galbas etos hen, Ouespesianos etē i΄, Titos etē g΄, Domitianos etē ie΄, Nerbas etos a΄, Traïanos etē ith΄, Adrianos etē ka΄, Antōninos etē kg΄, homoiōs palin Antōninos kai Komodos etē lb΄. ginetai ta panta apo Augoustou heōs Komodou teleutēs etē skb΄, kai ta apo Adam heōs Komodou teleutēs etē epspd΄ mēnes dyo hēmerai dōdeka. tines mentoi tous chronous tōn Rhōmaïkōn basileōn houtōs anagraphousi; Gaios Ioulios Kaisar etē g΄ mēnas d΄ hēmeras s΄, methʼ hon Augoustos ebasileusen etē ms΄ mēnas d΄ hēmeran mian, epeita Tiberios etē ks΄ mēnas s΄ hēmeras ith΄, hon diadechetai Gaios Kaisar etē tria mēnas i΄ hēmeras oktō; touton Klaudios etē ig΄ mēnas ē΄ hēmeras kē΄, Nerōn etē ig΄ mēnas oktō hēmeras kē΄, Galbas mēnas hepta hēmeras s΄, Othōn mēnas e΄ hēmeran a΄, Ouitellios mēnas hepta hēmeran a΄, Ouespesianos etē ia΄ mēnas ia΄ hēmeras kb΄, Titos etē b΄ mēnas b΄ Domitianos etē ie΄ mēnas ē΄ hēmeras e΄, Nerbas etos a΄ mēnas d΄ hēmeras i΄, Traïanos etē ith΄ mēnas z΄ hēmeras ie΄, Adrianos etē k΄ mēnas i΄ hēmeras kē΄, Antōninos etē kb΄ mēnas treis hēmeras z΄, Markos Aurēlios Antōninos etē ith΄ hēmeras ia΄, Komodos etē ib΄ mēnas th΄ hēmeras id΄. apo Iouliou toinyn Kaisaros heōs Komodou teleutēs ginontai etē sls΄ mēnes s΄. synagetai de panta ta apo Rhōmylou tou ktisantos Rhōmēn heōs Komodou teleutēs mg΄ mēnes s΄.
It is no harm, I think, to add to these the dates of the Roman emperors, to show the birth of the Savior. Augustus forty-three years, Tiberius twenty-two, Gaius four, Claudius fourteen, Nero fourteen, Galba one, Vespasian ten, Titus three, Domitian fifteen, Nerva one, Trajan nineteen, Hadrian twenty-one, Antoninus twenty-three, and again Antoninus and Commodus thirty-two. From Augustus to the death of Commodus comes to two hundred and twenty-two years in all, and from Adam to the death of Commodus five thousand seven hundred and eighty-four years, two months, and twelve days. Some, however, record the dates of the Roman emperors thus: Gaius Julius Caesar three years, four months, six days; after whom Augustus reigned forty-six years, four months, one day; then Tiberius twenty-six years, six months, nineteen days; Gaius Caesar succeeded him, three years, ten months, eight days; then Claudius thirteen years, eight months, twenty-eight days; Nero thirteen years, eight months, twenty-eight days; Galba seven months, six days; Otho five months, one day; Vitellius seven months, one day; Vespasian eleven years, eleven months, twenty-two days; Titus two years, two months; Domitian fifteen years, eight months, five days; Nerva one year, four months, ten days; Trajan nineteen years, seven months, fifteen days; Hadrian twenty years, ten months, twenty-eight days; Antoninus twenty-two years, three months, seven days; Marcus Aurelius Antoninus nineteen years, eleven days; Commodus twelve years, nine months, fourteen days. From Julius Caesar to the death of Commodus, then, are two hundred and thirty-six years and six months. And all the years from Romulus, the founder of Rome, to the death of Commodus come to … forty-three years and six months.
1.21.145Stählin 2:90
Ἐγεννήθη δὲ ὁ κύριος ἡμῶν τῷ ὀγδόῳ καὶ εἰκοστῷ ἔτει, ὅτε πρῶτον ἐκέλευσαν ἀπογραφὰς γενέσθαι ἐπὶ Αὐγούστου. ὅτι δὲ τοῦτʼ ἀληθές ἐστιν, ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ τῷ κατὰ Λουκᾶν γέγραπται οὕτως· ἔτει δὲ πεντεκαιδεκάτῳ ἐπὶ Τιβερίου Καίσαρος ἐγένετο ῥῆμα κυρίου ἐπὶ Ἰωάννην τὸν Ζαχαρίου υἱόν. καὶ πάλιν ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ· ἦν δὲ Ἰησοῦς ἐρχόμενος ἐπὶ τὸ βάπτισμα ὡς ἐτῶν λ΄. καὶ ὅτι ἐνιαυτὸν μόνον ἔδει αὐτὸν κηρῦξαι, καὶ τοῦτο γέγραπται οὕτως· ἐνιαυτὸν δεκτὸν κυρίου κηρῦξαι ἀπέστειλέν με. τοῦτο καὶ ὁ προφήτης εἶπεν καὶ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον. πεντεκαίδεκα οὖν ἔτη Τιβερίου καὶ πεντεκαίδεκα Αὐγούστου, οὕτω πληροῦται τὰ τριάκοντα ἔτη ἕως οὗ ἔπαθεν. ἀφʼ οὗ καὶ ἔπαθεν ἕως τῆς καταστροφῆς Ἱερουσαλὴμ γίνονται ἔτη μβ΄ μῆνες γ΄, καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς καταστροφῆς Ἱερουσαλὴμ ἕως Κομόδου τελευτῆς ἔτη ρκβ΄ μῆνες ι΄ ἡμέραι ιγ΄. γίνονται οὖν ἀφʼ οὗ ὁ κύριος ἐγεννήθη ἕως Κομόδου τελευτῆς τὰ πάντα ἔτη ρςδ΄ μὴν εἷς ἡμέραι ιγ΄. εἰσὶ δὲ οἱ περιεργότερον τῇ γενέσει τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν οὐ μόνον τὸ ἔτος, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν ἡμέραν προστιθέντες, ἣν φασιν ἔτους κή Αὐγούστου ἐν πέμπτῃ Παχὼν καὶ εἰκάδι.
Egennēthē de ho kyrios hēmōn tǭ ogdoǭ kai eikostǭ etei, hote prōton ekeleusan apographas genesthai epi Augoustou. hoti de toutʼ alēthes estin, en tǭ euangeliǭ tǭ kata Loukan gegraptai houtōs; etei de pentekaidekatǭ epi Tiberiou Kaisaros egeneto rhēma kyriou epi Iōannēn ton Zachariou huion. kai palin en tǭ autǭ; ēn de Iēsous erchomenos epi to baptisma hōs etōn l΄. kai hoti eniauton monon edei auton kēryxai, kai touto gegraptai houtōs; eniauton dekton kyriou kēryxai apesteilen me. touto kai ho prophētēs eipen kai to euangelion. pentekaideka oun etē Tiberiou kai pentekaideka Augoustou, houtō plēroutai ta triakonta etē heōs hou epathen. aphʼ hou kai epathen heōs tēs katastrophēs Hierousalēm ginontai etē mb΄ mēnes g΄, kai apo tēs katastrophēs Hierousalēm heōs Komodou teleutēs etē rkb΄ mēnes i΄ hēmerai ig΄. ginontai oun aphʼ hou ho kyrios egennēthē heōs Komodou teleutēs ta panta etē rsd΄ mēn heis hēmerai ig΄. eisi de hoi periergoteron tę̄ genesei tou sōtēros hēmōn ou monon to etos, alla kai tēn hēmeran prostithentes, hēn phasin etous kē Augoustou en pemptę̄ Pachōn kai eikadi.
Our Lord was born in the twenty-eighth year, when they first ordered registrations to be made, in the time of Augustus. That this is true is written in the Gospel according to Luke thus: “In the fifteenth year of Tiberius Caesar the word of the Lord came to John the son of Zechariah.” And again in the same: “And Jesus was coming to the baptism about thirty years old.” And that he had to preach for only one year is also written thus: “He has sent me to preach the acceptable year of the Lord.” The prophet said this, and the gospel. Fifteen years of Tiberius, then, and fifteen of Augustus: so the thirty years are completed until he suffered. From his suffering to the destruction of Jerusalem there are forty-two years and three months; and from the destruction of Jerusalem to the death of Commodus, a hundred and twenty-two years, ten months, and thirteen days. From the birth of the Lord to the death of Commodus, then, there are a hundred and ninety-four years, one month, and thirteen days in all. And there are those who, more curiously, add to the Savior's birth not only the year but also the day, which they say was in the twenty-eighth year of Augustus, on the twenty-fifth of Pachon.
1.21.146Stählin 2:90–91
Οἱ δὲ ἀπὸ Βασιλείδου καὶ τοῦ βαπτίσματος αὐτοῦ τὴν ἡμέραν ἑορτάζουσι προδιανυκτερεύοντες ἐν ἀναγνώσεσι. φασὶ δὲ εἶναι τὸ πεντεκαιδέκατον ἔτος Τιβερίου Καίσαρος τὴν πεντεκαιδεκάτην τοῦ Τυβὶ μηνός, τινὲς δὲ αὖ τὴν ἑνδεκάτην τοῦ αὐτοῦ μηνός. τό τε πάθος αὐτοῦ ἀκριβολογούμενοι φέρουσιν οἳ μέν τινες τῷ ἑκκαιδεκάτῳ ἔτει Τιβερίου Καίσαρος Φαμενὼθ κε΄, οἳ δὲ Φαρμουθὶ κε΄· ἄλλοι δὲ Φαρμουθὶ ιθ΄ πεπονθέναι τὸν σωτῆρα λέγουσιν. ναὶ μήν τινες αὐτῶν φασι Φαρμουθὶ γεγενῆσθαι κδ΄ ἢ κε΄. Ἔτι δὲ κἀκεῖνα τῇ χρονογραφίᾳ προσαποδοτέον, τὰς ἡμέρας λέγω, ἃς αἰνίττεται Δανιὴλ ἀπὸ τῆς ἐρημώσεως Ἱερουσαλήμ, τὰ Οὐεσπεσιανοῦ ἔτη ζ΄ μῆνας ια΄. τὰ γὰρ δύο ἔτη προσλαμβάνεται τοῖς Ὄθωνος καὶ Γάλβα καὶ Οὐιτελλίου μησὶ ιζ΄ ἡμέραις η΄ καὶ οὕτω γίνεται ἔτη τρία καὶ μῆνες ς΄, ὅ ἐστι τὸ ἥμισυ τῆς ἑβδομάδος, καθὼς εἴρηκε Δανιὴλ ὁ προφήτης. εἴρηκεν δὲ βτ΄ ἡμέρας γενέσθαι ἀφʼ οὗ ἔστη τὸ βδέλυγμα ὑπὸ Νέρωνος εἰς τὴν πόλιν τὴν ἁγίαν μέχρι τῆς καταστροφῆς αὐτῆς. οὕτω γὰρ τὸ ῥητὸν τὸ ὑποτεταγμένον δείκνυσιν· ἕως πότε ἡ ὅρασις στήσεται, ἡ θυσία ἡ ἀρθεῖσα καὶ ἡ ἁμαρτία ἐρημώσεως ἡ δοθεῖσα, καὶ ἡ δύναμις καὶ τὸ ἅγιον συμπατηθήσεται; καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, ἕως ἑσπέρας καὶ πρωί, ἡμέραι βτ΄, καὶ καθαρθήσεται τὸ ἅγιον. αὗται οὖν αἱ βτ΄ ἡμέραι γίνονται ἔτη ς΄, μῆνες δ΄, ὧν τὸ ἥμισυ κατέσχε Νέρων βασιλεύων, καὶ ἐγένετο ἥμισυ ἑβδομάδος· τὸ δὲ ἥμισυ Οὐεσπεσιανὸς σὺν Ὄθωνι καὶ Γάλβᾳ καὶ Οὐιτελλίῳ. καὶ διὰ τοῦτο λέγει Δανιήλ· μακάριος ὁ φθάσας εἰς ἡμέρας ατλε΄. μέχρι γὰρ τούτων τῶν ἡμερῶν ὁ πόλεμος ἦν, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα ἐπαύσατο.
Hoi de apo Basileidou kai tou baptismatos autou tēn hēmeran heortazousi prodianyktereuontes en anagnōsesi. phasi de einai to pentekaidekaton etos Tiberiou Kaisaros tēn pentekaidekatēn tou Tybi mēnos, tines de au tēn hendekatēn tou autou mēnos. to te pathos autou akribologoumenoi pherousin hoi men tines tǭ hekkaidekatǭ etei Tiberiou Kaisaros Phamenōth ke΄, hoi de Pharmouthi ke΄; alloi de Pharmouthi ith΄ peponthenai ton sōtēra legousin. nai mēn tines autōn phasi Pharmouthi gegenēsthai kd΄ ē ke΄. Eti de kakeina tę̄ chronographią prosapodoteon, tas hēmeras legō, has ainittetai Daniēl apo tēs erēmōseōs Hierousalēm, ta Ouespesianou etē z΄ mēnas ia΄. ta gar dyo etē proslambanetai tois Othōnos kai Galba kai Ouitelliou mēsi iz΄ hēmerais ē΄ kai houtō ginetai etē tria kai mēnes s΄, ho esti to hēmisy tēs hebdomados, kathōs eirēke Daniēl ho prophētēs. eirēken de bt΄ hēmeras genesthai aphʼ hou estē to bdelygma hypo Nerōnos eis tēn polin tēn hagian mechri tēs katastrophēs autēs. houtō gar to rhēton to hypotetagmenon deiknysin; heōs pote hē horasis stēsetai, hē thysia hē artheisa kai hē hamartia erēmōseōs hē dotheisa, kai hē dynamis kai to hagion sympatēthēsetai? kai eipen autǭ, heōs hesperas kai prōi, hēmerai bt΄, kai katharthēsetai to hagion. hautai oun hai bt΄ hēmerai ginontai etē s΄, mēnes d΄, hōn to hēmisy katesche Nerōn basileuōn, kai egeneto hēmisy hebdomados; to de hēmisy Ouespesianos syn Othōni kai Galbą kai Ouitelliǭ. kai dia touto legei Daniēl; makarios ho phthasas eis hēmeras atle΄. mechri gar toutōn tōn hēmerōn ho polemos ēn, meta de tauta epausato.
The followers of Basilides celebrate the day of his baptism too, spending the preceding night in readings. They say that it was in the fifteenth year of Tiberius Caesar, on the fifteenth of the month Tybi, or, as some say, the eleventh of the same month. And those of them who are exact about his passion put it, some in the sixteenth year of Tiberius Caesar, on the twenty-fifth of Phamenoth, others on the twenty-fifth of Pharmuthi; others say that the Savior suffered on the nineteenth of Pharmuthi. Some of them indeed say that he was born on the twenty-fourth or twenty-fifth of Pharmuthi. We must also add to the chronology the days, I mean, which Daniel hints at, from the desolation of Jerusalem, the seven years and eleven months of Vespasian. For the two years are added to the seventeen months and eight days of Otho, Galba, and Vitellius, and so it comes to three years and six months, which is half of the week, as Daniel the prophet said. For he said that two thousand three hundred days would pass from the time the abomination was set up by Nero in the holy city until its destruction. So the following passage shows: “How long will the vision stand, the sacrifice taken away and the sin of desolation given, and the power and the sanctuary be trampled? And he said to him, Until evening and morning, two thousand three hundred days, and the sanctuary will be cleansed.” These two thousand three hundred days make six years and four months, half of which Nero held as emperor, and it was half a week; and the other half Vespasian with Otho, Galba, and Vitellius. That is why Daniel says, “Blessed is he who comes to one thousand three hundred and thirty-five days.” For until these days there was war, and after them it ceased.
1.21.147Stählin 2:91–92
δείκνυται δὲ καὶ οὗτος ὁ ἀριθμὸς ἐκ τοῦ ὑποτεταγμένου κεφαλαίου ἔχοντος ὧδε· καὶ ἀπὸ καιροῦ παραλλάξεως τοῦ ἐνδελεχισμοῦ καὶ δοθῆναι βδέλυγμα ἐρημώσεως ἡμέρας ασϙ΄, μακάριος ὁ ὑπομένων καὶ φθάσας εἰς ἡμέρας ατλε΄. Φλαύιος δὲ Ἰώσηπος ὁ Ἰουδαῖος ὁ τὰς Ἰουδαϊκὰς συντάξας ἱστορίας καταγαγὼν τοὺς χρόνους φησὶν ἀπὸ Μωυσέως ἕως Δαβὶδ ἔτη γίγνεσθαι φπε΄, ἀπὸ δὲ Δαβὶδ ἕως Οὐεσπεσιανοῦ δευτέρου ἔτους αροθ΄. εἶτα ἀπὸ τούτου μέχρι Ἀντωνίνου δεκάτου ἔτους ἔτη οζ΄, ὡς εἶναι ἀπὸ Μωυσέως ἐπὶ τὸ δέκατον ἔτος Ἀντωνίνου πάντα ἔτη αωλγ΄. ἄλλοι δὲ μέχρι τῆς Κομόδου τελευτῆς ἀριθμήσαντες ἀπὸ Ἰνάχου καὶ Μωυσέως ἔτη ἔφησαν γίνεσθαι αωμβ΄, οἳ δὲ ἁ̣̣̓κα΄, ἐν δὲ τῷ κατὰ Ματθαῖον εὐαγγελίῳ ἡ ἀπὸ Ἀβραὰμ γενεαλογία μέχρι Μαρίας τῆς μητρὸς τοῦ κυρίου περαιοῦται· γίνονται γάρ, φησίν, ἀπὸ Ἀβραὰμ ἕως Δαβὶδ γενεαὶ ιδ΄, καὶ ἀπὸ Δαβὶδ ἕως τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος γενεαὶ ιδ΄, καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος ἕως τοῦ Χριστοῦ ὁμοίως ἄλλαι γενεαὶ ιδ΄, τρία διαστήματα μυστικὰ ἓξ ἑβδομάσι τελειούμενα.
deiknytai de kai houtos ho arithmos ek tou hypotetagmenou kephalaiou echontos hōde; kai apo kairou parallaxeōs tou endelechismou kai dothēnai bdelygma erēmōseōs hēmeras asϙ΄, makarios ho hypomenōn kai phthasas eis hēmeras atle΄. Phlauios de Iōsēpos ho Ioudaios ho tas Ioudaïkas syntaxas historias katagagōn tous chronous phēsin apo Mōyseōs heōs Dabid etē gignesthai phpe΄, apo de Dabid heōs Ouespesianou deuterou etous aroth΄. eita apo toutou mechri Antōninou dekatou etous etē oz΄, hōs einai apo Mōyseōs epi to dekaton etos Antōninou panta etē aōlg΄. alloi de mechri tēs Komodou teleutēs arithmēsantes apo Inachou kai Mōyseōs etē ephēsan ginesthai aōmb΄, hoi de haka΄, en de tǭ kata Matthaion euangeliǭ hē apo Abraam genealogia mechri Marias tēs mētros tou kyriou peraioutai; ginontai gar, phēsin, apo Abraam heōs Dabid geneai id΄, kai apo Dabid heōs tēs metoikesias Babylōnos geneai id΄, kai apo tēs metoikesias Babylōnos heōs tou Christou homoiōs allai geneai id΄, tria diastēmata mystika hex hebdomasi teleioumena.
This number is also shown from the following chapter, which runs thus: “And from the time of the change of the daily sacrifice, and the abomination of desolation being given, one thousand two hundred and ninety days. Blessed is he who waits and comes to one thousand three hundred and thirty-five days.” Flavius Josephus the Jew, who composed the Jewish histories, bringing down the dates, says that from Moses to David there are five hundred and eighty-five years, and from David to the second year of Vespasian one thousand one hundred and seventy-nine; then from this to the tenth year of Antoninus seventy-seven years; so that from Moses to the tenth year of Antoninus there are one thousand eight hundred and thirty-three years in all. Others, counting to the death of Commodus from Inachus and Moses, said there were one thousand eight hundred and forty-two years, and others …. And in the Gospel according to Matthew the genealogy from Abraham is carried down to Mary the mother of the Lord; for, it says, “from Abraham to David are fourteen generations, and from David to the deportation to Babylon fourteen generations, and from the deportation to Babylon to Christ likewise another fourteen generations,” three mystic intervals completed in six sevens.
Miscellanies 1, chapter 22
1.22.148Stählin 2:92
Καὶ τὰ μὲν περὶ τῶν χρόνων διαφόρως πολλοῖς ἱστορηθέντα καὶ πρὸς ἡμῶν ἐκτεθέντα ὧδε ἐχέτω, ἑρμηνευθῆναι δὲ τὰς γραφὰς τάς τε τοῦ νόμου καὶ τὰς προφητικὰς ἐκ τῆς τῶν Ἑβραίων διαλέκτου εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα γλῶττάν φασιν ἐπὶ βασιλέως Πτολεμαίου τοῦ Λάγου ἢ ὥς τινες ἐπὶ τοῦ Φιλαδέλφου ἐπικληθέντος, τὴν μεγίστην φιλοτιμίαν εἰς τοῦτο προσενεγκαμένου, Δημητρίου τοῦ Φαληρέως καὶ τὰ περὶ τὴν ἑρμηνείαν ἀκριβῶς πραγματευσαμένου· ἔτι γὰρ Μακεδόνων τὴν Ἀσίαν κατεχόντων φιλοτιμούμενος ὁ βασιλεὺς τὴν ἐν Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ πρὸς αὐτοῦ γενομένην βιβλιοθήκην πάσαις κατακοσμῆσαι γραφαῖς ἠξίωσε καὶ τοὺς Ἱεροσολυμίτας τὰς παρʼ αὐτοῖς προφητείας εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα διάλεκτον ἑρμηνεῦσαι.
Kai ta men peri tōn chronōn diaphorōs pollois historēthenta kai pros hēmōn ektethenta hōde echetō, hermēneuthēnai de tas graphas tas te tou nomou kai tas prophētikas ek tēs tōn Hebraiōn dialektou eis tēn Hellada glōttan phasin epi basileōs Ptolemaiou tou Lagou ē hōs tines epi tou Philadelphou epiklēthentos, tēn megistēn philotimian eis touto prosenenkamenou, Dēmētriou tou Phalēreōs kai ta peri tēn hermēneian akribōs pragmateusamenou; eti gar Makedonōn tēn Asian katechontōn philotimoumenos ho basileus tēn en Alexandreią pros autou genomenēn bibliothēkēn pasais katakosmēsai graphais ēxiōse kai tous Hierosolymitas tas parʼ autois prophēteias eis tēn Hellada dialekton hermēneusai.
Let what has been recorded by many differently about the dates and set out by us stand thus. They say that the Scriptures, both of the law and the prophets, were translated from the language of the Hebrews into the Greek tongue under King Ptolemy son of Lagus, or, as some say, under the one surnamed Philadelphus, who brought the greatest zeal to this, Demetrius of Phalerum also carefully managing the work of translation. For while the Macedonians still held Asia, the king, ambitious to adorn with all writings the library he had founded at Alexandria, asked the people of Jerusalem too to translate their prophecies into the Greek language.
1.22.149Stählin 2:92
οἳ δὲ ἅτε ἔτι ὑπακούοντες Μακεδόσι τῶν παρὰ σφίσιν εὐδοκιμωτάτων περὶ τὰς γραφὰς ἐμπείρους καὶ τῆς Ἑλληνικῆς διαλέκτου εἰδήμονας ἑβδομήκοντα πρεσβυτέρους ἐκλεξάμενοι ἀπέστειλαν αὐτῷ μετὰ καὶ τῶν θείων βίβλων. ἑκάστου δὲ ἐν μέρει κατʼ ἰδίαν ἑκάστην ἑρμηνεύσαντος προφητείαν συνέπνευσαν αἱ πᾶσαι ἑρμηνεῖαι συναντιβληθεῖσαι καὶ τὰς διανοίας καὶ τὰς λέξεις· θεοῦ γὰρ ἦν βούλημα μεμελετημένον εἰς Ἑλληνικὰς ἀκοάς. οὐ δὴ ξένον ἐπιπνοίᾳ θεοῦ τοῦ τὴν προφητείαν δεδωκότος καὶ τὴν ἑρμηνείαν οἱονεὶ Ἑλληνικὴν προφητείαν ἐνεργεῖσθαι, ἐπεὶ κἀν τῇ ἐπὶ Ναβουχοδονόσορ αἰχμαλωσίᾳ διαφθαρεισῶν τῶν γραφῶν κατὰ τοὺς Ἀρταξέρξου τοῦ Περσῶν βασιλέως χρόνους ἐπίπνους Ἔσδρας ὁ Λευίτης ὁ ἱερεὺς γενόμενος πάσας τὰς παλαιὰς αὖθις ἀνανεούμενος προεφήτευσε γραφάς.
hoi de hate eti hypakouontes Makedosi tōn para sphisin eudokimōtatōn peri tas graphas empeirous kai tēs Hellēnikēs dialektou eidēmonas hebdomēkonta presbyterous eklexamenoi apesteilan autǭ meta kai tōn theiōn biblōn. hekastou de en merei katʼ idian hekastēn hermēneusantos prophēteian synepneusan hai pasai hermēneiai synantiblētheisai kai tas dianoias kai tas lexeis; theou gar ēn boulēma memeletēmenon eis Hellēnikas akoas. ou dē xenon epipnoią theou tou tēn prophēteian dedōkotos kai tēn hermēneian hoionei Hellēnikēn prophēteian energeisthai, epei kan tę̄ epi Nabouchodonosor aichmalōsią diaphthareisōn tōn graphōn kata tous Artaxerxou tou Persōn basileōs chronous epipnous Esdras ho Leuitēs ho hiereus genomenos pasas tas palaias authis ananeoumenos proephēteuse graphas.
And they, since they were still subject to the Macedonians, chose seventy elders from among the most esteemed of their people, experienced in the Scriptures and skilled in the Greek language, and sent them to him with the divine books. When each separately had translated each prophecy, all the translations, compared together, agreed both in sense and in words; for it was the will of God, devised for Greek ears. Indeed it is not strange that by the inspiration of God, who had given the prophecy, the translation too should be produced as a kind of Greek prophecy; since also, when the Scriptures had been destroyed in the captivity under Nebuchadnezzar, in the times of Artaxerxes king of the Persians, Ezra the Levite, the priest, became inspired and prophesied all the ancient Scriptures again, restoring them.
1.22.150Stählin 2:92–93
Ἀριστόβουλος δὲ ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ τῶν πρὸς τὸν Φιλομήτορα κατὰ λέξιν γράφει· κατηκολούθηκε δὲ καὶ ὁ Πλάτων τῇ καθʼ ἡμᾶς νομοθεσίᾳ, καὶ φανερός ἐστι περιειργασμένος ἕκαστα τῶν ἐν αὐτῇ λεγομένων. διηρμήνευται δὲ πρὸ Δημητρίου ὑφʼ ἑτέρων, πρὸ τῆς Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Περσῶν ἐπικρατήσεως, τά τε κατὰ τὴν ἐξ Αἰγύπτου ἐξαγωγὴν τῶν Ἑβραίων τῶν ἡμετέρων πολιτῶν καὶ ἡ τῶν γεγονότων ἁπάντων αὐτοῖς ἐπιφάνεια καὶ κράτησις τῆς χώρας καὶ τῆς ὅλης νομοθεσίας ἐπεξήγησις· ὥστε εὔδηλον εἶναι τὸν προειρημένον φιλόσοφον εἰληφέναι πολλά (γέγονε γὰρ πολυμαθής), καθὼς καὶ Πυθαγόρας πολλὰ τῶν παρʼ ἡμῖν μετενέγκας εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ δογματοποιίαν. Νουμήνιος δὲ ὁ Πυθαγόρειος φιλόσοφος ἄντικρυς γράφει· τί γάρ ἐστι Πλάτων ἢ Μωυσῆς ἀττικίζων; οὗτος ὁ Μωυσῆς θεολόγος καὶ προφήτης, ὡς δέ τινες νόμων ἱερῶν ἑρμηνεὺς ἦν. τὸ γένος αὐτοῦ καὶ τὰς πράξεις καὶ τὸν βίον ἀξιόπιστοι κηρύσσουσαι αὐταὶ αἱ γραφαί, λεκτέον δὲ ὅμως καὶ ἡμῖν ὡς ὅτι μάλιστα διʼ ὀλίγων.
Aristoboulos de en tǭ prōtǭ tōn pros ton Philomētora kata lexin graphei; katēkolouthēke de kai ho Platōn tę̄ kathʼ hēmas nomothesią, kai phaneros esti perieirgasmenos hekasta tōn en autę̄ legomenōn. diērmēneutai de pro Dēmētriou hyphʼ heterōn, pro tēs Alexandrou kai Persōn epikratēseōs, ta te kata tēn ex Aigyptou exagōgēn tōn Hebraiōn tōn hēmeterōn politōn kai hē tōn gegonotōn hapantōn autois epiphaneia kai kratēsis tēs chōras kai tēs holēs nomothesias epexēgēsis; hōste eudēlon einai ton proeirēmenon philosophon eilēphenai polla (gegone gar polymathēs), kathōs kai Pythagoras polla tōn parʼ hēmin metenenkas eis tēn heautou dogmatopoiian. Noumēnios de ho Pythagoreios philosophos antikrys graphei; ti gar esti Platōn ē Mōysēs attikizōn? houtos ho Mōysēs theologos kai prophētēs, hōs de tines nomōn hierōn hermēneus ēn. to genos autou kai tas praxeis kai ton bion axiopistoi kēryssousai autai hai graphai, lekteon de homōs kai hēmin hōs hoti malista diʼ oligōn.
Aristobulus, in the first book of his work addressed to Philometor, writes word for word: “Plato too followed our legislation, and he has clearly studied carefully each of the things said in it. It was translated by others before Demetrius, before the conquest of Alexander and the Persians: the account of the leading out of the Hebrews our fellow citizens from Egypt, the manifestation of all that happened to them, the conquest of the land, and the exposition of the whole legislation; so that it is plain that the philosopher just mentioned took many things (for he was very learned), as Pythagoras too transferred many of our things into his own system of doctrines.” And Numenius the Pythagorean philosopher writes outright: “For what is Plato but Moses speaking Attic Greek?” This Moses was a theologian and prophet, and, as some say, an interpreter of sacred laws. The Scriptures themselves, worthy of trust, proclaim his race, his deeds, and his life; yet we too must speak of them as briefly as possible.
Miscellanies 1, chapter 23
1.23.151Stählin 2:93–94
Μωυσῆς οὖν ἄνωθεν τὸ γένος Χαλδαῖος ὢν ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ γεννᾶται, τῶν προγόνων αὐτοῦ διὰ πολυχρόνιον λιμὸν ἐκ Βαβυλῶνος εἰς Αἴγυπτον μεταναστάντων. ἑβδόμῃ γενεᾷ γεννηθεὶς καὶ τραφεὶς βασιλικῶς περιστάσει κέχρηται τοιαύτῃ. εἰς πολυανθρωπίαν ἐπιδεδωκότων ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ τῶν Ἑβραίων δείσας ὁ βασιλεὺς τῆς χώρας τὴν ἐκ τοῦ πλήθους ἐπιβουλὴν τῶν γεννωμένων ἐκ τῶν Ἑβραίων κελεύει τὰ μὲν θήλεα τρέφειν αὐτούς (ἀσθενὲς γὰρ εἰς πόλεμον γυνή), διαφθείρειν δὲ τὰ ἄρρενα εὐαλκῆ νεότητα ὑφορώμενος. εὐπατρίδην δὲ τὸν παῖδα ὄντα τρεῖς ἐφεξῆς κρύπτοντες ἔτρεφον μῆνας οἱ γονεῖς νικώσης τῆς φυσικῆς εὐνοίας τὴν τυραννικὴν ὠμότητα, δείσαντες δὲ ὕστερον μὴ συναπόλωνται τῷ παιδί, ἐκ βίβλου τῆς ἐπιχωρίου σκεῦός τι ποιησάμενοι τὸν παῖδα ἐνθέμενοι ἐκτιθέασι παρὰ τὰς ὄχθας τοῦ ποταμοῦ ἑλώδους ὄντος, ἐπετήρει δὲ τὸ ἀποβησόμενον ἄπωθεν ἑστῶσα τοῦ παιδὸς ἡ ἀδελφή.
Mōysēs oun anōthen to genos Chaldaios ōn en Aigyptǭ gennatai, tōn progonōn autou dia polychronion limon ek Babylōnos eis Aigypton metanastantōn. hebdomę̄ geneą gennētheis kai trapheis basilikōs peristasei kechrētai toiautę̄. eis polyanthrōpian epidedōkotōn en Aigyptǭ tōn Hebraiōn deisas ho basileus tēs chōras tēn ek tou plēthous epiboulēn tōn gennōmenōn ek tōn Hebraiōn keleuei ta men thēlea trephein autous (asthenes gar eis polemon gynē), diaphtheirein de ta arrena eualkē neotēta hyphorōmenos. eupatridēn de ton paida onta treis ephexēs kryptontes etrephon mēnas hoi goneis nikōsēs tēs physikēs eunoias tēn tyrannikēn ōmotēta, deisantes de hysteron mē synapolōntai tǭ paidi, ek biblou tēs epichōriou skeuos ti poiēsamenoi ton paida enthemenoi ektitheasi para tas ochthas tou potamou helōdous ontos, epetērei de to apobēsomenon apōthen hestōsa tou paidos hē adelphē.
Moses, then, was a Chaldean by ancestry, born in Egypt, his forefathers having migrated from Babylon to Egypt because of a long famine. Born in the seventh generation and reared royally, he met with the following circumstance. When the Hebrews had increased to a great multitude in Egypt, the king of the country, fearing a plot from their numbers, ordered them to rear the female children of the Hebrews (for a woman is weak for war), but to destroy the males, suspecting a strong youth. But his parents, since the child was of noble birth, hid him and reared him for three months in succession, natural affection conquering tyrannical cruelty; but fearing later that they would perish with the child, they made a vessel of the native papyrus, put the child in it, and exposed him beside the banks of the river, which was marshy; and the child's sister, standing far off, watched what would happen.
1.23.152Stählin 2:94–95
ἐνταῦθα ἡ θυγάτηρ τοῦ βασιλέως, συχνῷ χρόνῳ μὴ κυΐσκουσα, τέκνων δὲ ἐπιθυμοῦσα, ἐκείνης ἀφικνεῖται τῆς ἡμέρας ἐπὶ τὸν ποταμὸν λουτροῖς καὶ περιρραντηρίοις χρησομένη, ἐπακούσασα δὲ κλαυθμυριζομένου τοῦ παιδὸς κελεύει προσενεχθῆναι αὐτῇ καὶ κατοικτείρασα ἐζήτει τροφόν. ἐνταῦθα προσδραμοῦσα ἡ ἀδελφὴ τοῦ παιδὸς ἔχειν ἔφασκεν Ἑβραίαν γυναῖκα μὴ πρὸ πολλοῦ τετοκυῖαν παραστῆσαι αὐτῇ τροφόν, εἰ βούλοιτο· τῆς δὲ συνθεμένης καὶ δεηθείσης παρήνεγκε τὴν μητέρα τὴν τοῦ παιδὸς τροφὸν ἐσομένην ὥς τινα ἄλλην οὖσαν ἐπὶ ῥητῷ μισθῷ. εἶτα τίθεται τῷ παιδίῳ ὄνομα ἡ βασιλὶς Μωυσῆν ἐτύμως διὰ τὸ ἐξ ὕδατος ἀνελέσθαι αὐτό (τὸ γὰρ ὕδωρ μῶυ ὀνομάζουσιν Αἰγύπτιοι), εἰς ὃ ἐκτέθειται τεθνηξόμενος. καὶ γάρ τοι Μωυσῆν τὸν ἀποπνεύσαντα τῷ ὕδατι προσαγορεύουσι.
entautha hē thygatēr tou basileōs, sychnǭ chronǭ mē kyïskousa, teknōn de epithymousa, ekeinēs aphikneitai tēs hēmeras epi ton potamon loutrois kai perirrantēriois chrēsomenē, epakousasa de klauthmyrizomenou tou paidos keleuei prosenechthēnai autę̄ kai katoikteirasa ezētei trophon. entautha prosdramousa hē adelphē tou paidos echein ephasken Hebraian gynaika mē pro pollou tetokuian parastēsai autę̄ trophon, ei bouloito; tēs de synthemenēs kai deētheisēs parēnenke tēn mētera tēn tou paidos trophon esomenēn hōs tina allēn ousan epi rhētǭ misthǭ. eita tithetai tǭ paidiǭ onoma hē basilis Mōysēn etymōs dia to ex hydatos anelesthai auto (to gar hydōr mōy onomazousin Aigyptioi), eis ho ektetheitai tethnēxomenos. kai gar toi Mōysēn ton apopneusanta tǭ hydati prosagoreuousi.
Then the king's daughter, who for a long time had not conceived but longed for children, came that day to the river to use its baths and ablutions; and hearing the child crying, she ordered it brought to her, and, taking pity, sought a nurse. Then the child's sister ran up and said that she had a Hebrew woman who had given birth not long before to present to her as a nurse, if she wished; and when she agreed and asked for it, she brought the child's mother to be his nurse, as if she were someone else, for a stated wage. Then the princess gave the child the name Moses, appropriately, because she had taken him out of the water (for the Egyptians call water mōu), into which he had been exposed to die. And indeed they call Moses the one who breathes his last in the water.
1.23.153Stählin 2:95–96
δῆλον οὖν ὡς ἐν τῷ ἔμπροσθεν χρόνῳ περιτμηθέντι τῷ παιδίῳ οἱ γονεῖς ἔθεντο ὄνομά τι, ἐκαλεῖτο δὲ Ἰωακείμ. ἔσχεν δὲ καὶ τρίτον ὄνομα ἐν οὐρανῷ μετὰ τὴν ἀνάληψιν, ὥς φασιν οἱ μύσται, Μελχί. ἐν δὲ ἡλικίᾳ γενόμενος ἀριθμητικήν τε καὶ γεωμετρίαν ῥυθμικήν τε καὶ ἁρμονικὴν ἔτι τε μετρικὴν ἅμα καὶ μουσικὴν παρὰ τοῖς διαπρέπουσιν Αἰγυπτίων ἐδιδάσκετο καὶ προσέτι τὴν διὰ συμβόλων φιλοσοφίαν, ἣν ἐν τοῖς ἱερογλυφικοῖς γράμμασιν ἐπιδείκνυνται. τὴν δὲ ἄλλην ἐγκύκλιον παιδείαν Ἕλληνες ἐδίδασκον ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ, ὡς ἂν βασιλικὸν παιδίον, ᾗ φησι Φίλων ἐν τῷ Μωυσέως βίῳ, προσεμάνθανε δὲ τὰ Ἀσσυρίων γράμματα καὶ τὴν τῶν οὐρανίων ἐπιστήμην παρά τε Χαλδαίων παρά τε Αἰγυπτίων, ὅθεν ἐν ταῖς Πράξεσι πᾶσαν σοφίαν Αἰγυπτίων πεπαιδεῦσθαι φέρεται. Εὐπόλεμος δὲ ἐν τῷ περὶ τῶν ἐν τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ βασιλέων τὸν Μωυσῆ φησι πρῶτον σοφὸν γενέσθαι καὶ γραμματικὴν πρῶτον τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις παραδοῦναι καὶ παρὰ Ἰουδαίων Φοίνικας παραλαβεῖν, Ἕλληνας δὲ παρὰ Φοινίκων. εἰς δὲ τὴν ἀνδρῶν φύσιν ᾄξας ἐπέτεινε τὴν φρόνησιν, τὴν συγγενικὴν καὶ προγονικὴν ζηλώσας παιδείαν, ἄχρι καὶ τὸν Αἰγύπτιον τὸν τῷ Ἑβραίῳ ἀδίκως ἐπιθέμενον πατάξας ἀποκτεῖναι.
dēlon oun hōs en tǭ emprosthen chronǭ peritmēthenti tǭ paidiǭ hoi goneis ethento onoma ti, ekaleito de Iōakeim. eschen de kai triton onoma en ouranǭ meta tēn analēpsin, hōs phasin hoi mystai, Melchi. en de hēlikią genomenos arithmētikēn te kai geōmetrian rhythmikēn te kai harmonikēn eti te metrikēn hama kai mousikēn para tois diaprepousin Aigyptiōn edidasketo kai proseti tēn dia symbolōn philosophian, hēn en tois hieroglyphikois grammasin epideiknyntai. tēn de allēn enkyklion paideian Hellēnes edidaskon en Aigyptǭ, hōs an basilikon paidion, hę̄ phēsi Philōn en tǭ Mōyseōs biǭ, prosemanthane de ta Assyriōn grammata kai tēn tōn ouraniōn epistēmēn para te Chaldaiōn para te Aigyptiōn, hothen en tais Praxesi pasan sophian Aigyptiōn pepaideusthai pheretai. Eupolemos de en tǭ peri tōn en tę̄ Ioudaią basileōn ton Mōysē phēsi prōton sophon genesthai kai grammatikēn prōton tois Ioudaiois paradounai kai para Ioudaiōn Phoinikas paralabein, Hellēnas de para Phoinikōn. eis de tēn andrōn physin ąxas epeteine tēn phronēsin, tēn syngenikēn kai progonikēn zēlōsas paideian, achri kai ton Aigyption ton tǭ Hebraiǭ adikōs epithemenon pataxas apokteinai.
It is clear, then, that earlier, when the child was circumcised, his parents gave him a name, and he was called Joachim. He also had a third name in heaven after his assumption, as the initiated say: Melchi. When he came of age, he was taught arithmetic, geometry, rhythm, harmony, and further meter and music by the most distinguished of the Egyptians, and besides the philosophy expressed through symbols, which they display in hieroglyphic letters. The rest of the general education Greeks taught him in Egypt, as a royal child, as Philo says in the Life of Moses; and he also learned the letters of the Assyrians and the knowledge of heavenly things from the Chaldeans and the Egyptians; hence in the Acts he is said to have been “educated in all the wisdom of the Egyptians.” Eupolemus, in his work on the kings in Judea, says that Moses was the first wise man, and first handed on grammar to the Jews, that the Phoenicians received it from the Jews, and the Greeks from the Phoenicians. When he reached manhood, he increased his prudence, zealous for the education of his kin and ancestors, even to striking and killing the Egyptian who was unjustly attacking the Hebrew.
1.23.154Stählin 2:96
φασὶ δὲ οἱ μύσται λόγῳ μόνῳ ἀνελεῖν τὸν Αἰγύπτιον, ὥσπερ ἀμέλει ὕστερον Πέτρος ἐν ταῖς Πράξεσι φέρεται τοὺς νοσφισαμένους τῆς τιμῆς τοῦ χωρίου καὶ ψευσαμένους λόγῳ ἀποκτείνας. Ἀρτάπανος γοῦν ἐν τῷ περὶ Ἰουδαίων συγγράμματι ἱστορεῖ κατακλεισθέντα εἰς φυλακὴν Μωυσέα ὑπὸ Χενεφρέους τοῦ Αἰγυπτίων βασιλέως ἐπὶ τῷ παραιτεῖσθαι τὸν λαὸν ἐξ Αἰγύπτου ἀπολυθῆναι, νύκτωρ ἀνοιχθέντος τοῦ δεσμωτηρίου κατὰ βούλησιν τοῦ θεοῦ ἐξελθόντα καὶ εἰς τὰ βασίλεια παρελθόντα ἐπιστῆναι κοιμωμένῳ τῷ βασιλεῖ καὶ ἐξεγεῖραι αὐτόν, τὸν δὲ καταπλαγέντα τῷ γεγονότι κελεῦσαι τῷ Μωυσεῖ τὸ τοῦ πέμψαντος εἰπεῖν ὄνομα θεοῦ καὶ τὸν μὲν προσκύψαντα πρὸς τὸ οὖς εἰπεῖν, ἀκούσαντα δὲ τὸν βασιλέα ἄφωνον πεσεῖν, διακρατηθέντα δὲ ὑπὸ τοῦ Μωυσέως πάλιν ἀναβιῶναι.
phasi de hoi mystai logǭ monǭ anelein ton Aigyption, hōsper amelei hysteron Petros en tais Praxesi pheretai tous nosphisamenous tēs timēs tou chōriou kai pseusamenous logǭ apokteinas. Artapanos goun en tǭ peri Ioudaiōn syngrammati historei katakleisthenta eis phylakēn Mōysea hypo Chenephreous tou Aigyptiōn basileōs epi tǭ paraiteisthai ton laon ex Aigyptou apolythēnai, nyktōr anoichthentos tou desmōtēriou kata boulēsin tou theou exelthonta kai eis ta basileia parelthonta epistēnai koimōmenǭ tǭ basilei kai exegeirai auton, ton de kataplagenta tǭ gegonoti keleusai tǭ Mōysei to tou pempsantos eipein onoma theou kai ton men proskypsanta pros to ous eipein, akousanta de ton basilea aphōnon pesein, diakratēthenta de hypo tou Mōyseōs palin anabiōnai.
The initiated say that he killed the Egyptian by a word alone, as indeed later Peter in the Acts is said to have killed by a word those who kept back part of the price of the field and lied. Artapanus, at any rate, in his work on the Jews, relates that Moses was shut up in prison by Chenephres, king of the Egyptians, for asking that the people be released from Egypt; and that at night, when the prison was opened by God's will, he went out, came into the palace, stood over the sleeping king, and woke him; and the king, astonished at what had happened, ordered Moses to tell the name of the God who had sent him; and he, bending down, said it into his ear; and the king, hearing it, fell speechless, but, held by Moses, came to life again.
1.23.155Stählin 2:96–98
Περὶ δὲ τῆς ἀνατροφῆς τοῦ Μωυσέως συνᾴσεται ἡμῖν καὶ ὁ Ἐζεκίηλος ὁ τῶν Ἰουδαϊκῶν τραγῳδιῶν ποιητὴς ἐν τῷ ἐπιγραφομένῳ δράματι Ἐξαγωγὴ γράφων ὧδε ἐκ προσώπου Μωυσέως· ἰδὼν γὰρ ἡμῶν γένναν ἅλις ηὐξημένην δόλον καθʼ ἡμῶν πολὺν ἐμηχανήσατο βασιλεὺς Φαραώ, τοὺς μὲν ἐν πλινθεύμασιν οἰκοδομίαις τε βαρέσιν αἰκίζων βροτούς, πόλεις τʼ ἐπύργου, σφῶν ἕκητι δυσμόρων· ἔπειτʼ ἐκήρυσʼ ἡμῖν, Ἑβραίων γένει, τἀρσενικὰ ῥίπτειν ποταμὸν ἐς βαθύρροον. ἐνταῦθα μήτηρ ἡ τεκοῦσʼ ἔκρυπτέ με τρεῖς μῆνας, ὡς ἔφασκεν· οὐ λαθοῦσα δὲ ὑπεξέθηκε, κόσμον ἀμφιθεῖσά μοι, παρʼ ἄκρα ποταμοῦ, λάσιον εἰς ἕλος βαθύ. Μαριὰμ δʼ ἀδελφή μου κατώπτευεν πέλας· κἄπειτα θυγάτηρ βασιλέως ἅβραις ὁμοῦ κατῆλθε λουτροῖς χρῶτα φαιδρῦναι νέον. ἰδοῦσά δʼ εὐθὺς κἀλεοῦσʼ ἀνείλετο, ἔγνω δʼ Ἑβραῖον ὄντα· καὶ λέγει τάδε Μαριὰμ ἀδελφὴ προσδραμοῦσα βασιλίδι· θέλεις τροφόν σοι παιδὶ τῷδʼ εὕρω ταχὺ ἐκ τῶν Ἑβραίων; ἡ δʼ ἐπέσπευσεν κόρην. μολοῦσα δʼ εἶπεν μητρί, καὶ παρῆν ταχὺ αὐτή τε μήτηρ κἄλαβέν μʼ εἰς ἀγκάλας. εἶπεν δὲ θυγάτηρ βασιλέως· τοῦτον, γύναι, τρόφευε, κἀγὼ μισθὸν ἀποδώσω σέθεν. ὄνομα δὲ Μωυσῆν ὠνόμαζʼ, ὅτου χάριν ὑγρᾶς ἀνεῖλε ποταμίας ἀπʼ ᾐόνος. ἐπεὶ δὲ καιρὸς νηπίων παρῆλθέ μοι, ἦγέν με μήτηρ βασιλίδος πρὸς δώματα, ἅπαντα μυθεύσασα καὶ λέξασά μοι, γένος πατρῷον καὶ θεοῦ δωρήματα. ἕως μὲν οὖν τὸν παιδὸς εἴχομεν χρόνον, τροφαῖσι βασιλικαῖσι καὶ παιδεύμασιν ἅπανθʼ ὑπισχνεῖτο, ὡς ἀπὸ σπλάγχνων ἑῶν· ἐπεὶ δὲ πλήρης κύκλος ἡμερῶν παρῆν, ἐξῆλθον οἴκων βασιλικῶν.
Peri de tēs anatrophēs tou Mōyseōs synąsetai hēmin kai ho Ezekiēlos ho tōn Ioudaïkōn tragǭdiōn poiētēs en tǭ epigraphomenǭ dramati Exagōgē graphōn hōde ek prosōpou Mōyseōs; idōn gar hēmōn gennan halis ēuxēmenēn dolon kathʼ hēmōn polyn emēchanēsato basileus Pharaō, tous men en plintheumasin oikodomiais te baresin aikizōn brotous, poleis tʼ epyrgou, sphōn hekēti dysmorōn; epeitʼ ekērysʼ hēmin, Hebraiōn genei, tarsenika rhiptein potamon es bathyrroon. entautha mētēr hē tekousʼ ekrypte me treis mēnas, hōs ephasken; ou lathousa de hypexethēke, kosmon amphitheisa moi, parʼ akra potamou, lasion eis helos bathy. Mariam dʼ adelphē mou katōpteuen pelas; kapeita thygatēr basileōs habrais homou katēlthe loutrois chrōta phaidrynai neon. idousa dʼ euthys kaleousʼ aneileto, egnō dʼ Hebraion onta; kai legei tade Mariam adelphē prosdramousa basilidi; theleis trophon soi paidi tǭdʼ heurō tachy ek tōn Hebraiōn? hē dʼ epespeusen korēn. molousa dʼ eipen mētri, kai parēn tachy autē te mētēr kalaben mʼ eis ankalas. eipen de thygatēr basileōs; touton, gynai, tropheue, kagō misthon apodōsō sethen. onoma de Mōysēn ōnomazʼ, hotou charin hygras aneile potamias apʼ ę̄onos. epei de kairos nēpiōn parēlthe moi, ēgen me mētēr basilidos pros dōmata, hapanta mytheusasa kai lexasa moi, genos patrǭon kai theou dōrēmata. heōs men oun ton paidos eichomen chronon, trophaisi basilikaisi kai paideumasin hapanthʼ hypischneito, hōs apo splanchnōn heōn; epei de plērēs kyklos hēmerōn parēn, exēlthon oikōn basilikōn.
About the upbringing of Moses, Ezekiel too, the poet of Jewish tragedies, will agree with us, in the drama entitled The Exodus, writing thus in the person of Moses: “For seeing our race greatly increased, King Pharaoh devised much guile against us, tormenting men with brickwork and heavy building, and fortifying cities by the labor of us wretched ones. Then he proclaimed to us, the Hebrew race, to throw the males into the deep-flowing river. Then the mother who bore me hid me three months, as she used to say; but, not escaping notice, she put me out, dressing me in fine clothes, by the edge of the river, into a thick, deep marsh. Miriam my sister watched nearby. And then the king's daughter came down with her maidens to refresh her young body in the bath. Seeing me, at once pitying, she took me up, and knew that I was a Hebrew. And Miriam my sister, running to the princess, says this: ‘Do you wish me to find you quickly a nurse for this child from among the Hebrews?’ And she urged the girl on. She went and told our mother, and quickly my mother herself came and took me in her arms. And the king's daughter said: ‘Woman, nurse this child, and I will pay you your wage.’ And she called me by the name Moses, because she took me up from the wet bank of the river. When my time as an infant had passed, my mother brought me to the princess's palace, having first told and explained everything to me, my ancestral race and God's gifts. So as long as we had the time of boyhood, with royal nurture and education she provided everything, as if from her own womb; but when the full circle of days had come, I went out from the royal house.”
1.23.156Stählin 2:98
ἔπειτα τὴν διαμάχην τοῦ θʼ Ἑβραίου καὶ τοῦ Αἰγυπτίου διηγησάμενος καὶ τὴν ταφὴν τὴν ἐν τῇ ψάμμῳ τοῦ Αἰγυπτίου, ἐπὶ τῆς ἑτέρας μάχης φησὶν οὕτως· τί τύπτεις ἀσθενέστερον σέθεν; ὃ δʼ εἶπεν· ἡμῖν τίς σʼ ἀπέστειλεν κριτὴν ἢπιστάτην ἐνταῦθα; μὴ κτενεῖς δέ με ὥσπερ τὸν ἐχθὲς ἄνδρα; καὶ δείσας ἐγὼ ἔλεξα· πῶς ἐγένετο συμφανὲς τόδε; φεύγει δὴ ἐντεῦθεν καὶ ποιμαίνει πρόβατα προδιδασκόμενος εἰς ἡγεμονίαν ποιμενικῇ· προγυμνασία γὰρ βασιλείας τῷ μέλλοντι τῆς ἡμερωτάτης τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐπιστατεῖν ἀγέλης ἡ ποιμενικὴ καθάπερ καὶ τοῖς πολεμικοῖς τῇ φύσει ἡ θηρευτική. ἄγει δὲ αὐτὸν ἐντεῦθεν ὁ θεὸς ἐπὶ τὴν τῶν Ἑβραίων στρατηγίαν.
epeita tēn diamachēn tou thʼ Hebraiou kai tou Aigyptiou diēgēsamenos kai tēn taphēn tēn en tę̄ psammǭ tou Aigyptiou, epi tēs heteras machēs phēsin houtōs; ti typteis asthenesteron sethen? ho dʼ eipen; hēmin tis sʼ apesteilen kritēn ēpistatēn entautha? mē kteneis de me hōsper ton echthes andra? kai deisas egō elexa; pōs egeneto symphanes tode? pheugei dē enteuthen kai poimainei probata prodidaskomenos eis hēgemonian poimenikę̄; progymnasia gar basileias tǭ mellonti tēs hēmerōtatēs tōn anthrōpōn epistatein agelēs hē poimenikē kathaper kai tois polemikois tę̄ physei hē thēreutikē. agei de auton enteuthen ho theos epi tēn tōn Hebraiōn stratēgian.
Then, having told of the fight between the Hebrew and the Egyptian and the burial of the Egyptian in the sand, he says of the second fight: “Why do you strike one weaker than yourself? And he said: Who sent you as judge or ruler over us here? Will you not kill me as you did the man yesterday? And I, afraid, said: How did this become known?” He fled from there and tended sheep, being trained beforehand for leadership by shepherding; for shepherding is a preparation for kingship for one who is to rule the tamest flock, that of human beings, just as hunting is for those warlike by nature. From there God led him to the command of the Hebrews.
1.23.157Stählin 2:98–99
ἔπειτα νουθετοῦνται μὲν Αἰγύπτιοι πολλάκις οἱ πολλάκις ἀσύνετοι, θεαταὶ δὲ Ἑβραῖοι ἐγίνοντο ὧν ἕτεροι κακῶν ὑπέμενον ἀκινδύνως ἐκμανθάνοντες τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ θεοῦ. ἔτι δὲ Αἰγύπτιοι ἀκοῇ μὴ παραδεχόμενοι τὰ τῆς δυνάμεως ἀποτελέσματα, διʼ ἀφροσύνην οἱ νήπιοι ἀπιστοῦντες, τότε, ὡς εἴρηται, ῥεχθὲν δέ τε οἱ νήπιοι ἔγνωσαν ὕστερόν τε ἐξιόντες οἱ Ἑβραῖοι πολλὴν λείαν τῶν Αἰγυπτίων ἐκφορήσαντες ἀπῄεσαν, οὐ διὰ φιλοχρηματίαν, ὡς οἱ κατήγοροί φασιν (οὐδὲ γὰρ ἀλλοτρίων αὐτοὺς ἀνέπειθεν ἐπιθυμεῖν ὁ θεός), ἀλλὰ πρῶτον μὲν ὧν παρὰ πάντα τὸν χρόνον ὑπηρέτησαν τοῖς Αἰγυπτίοις μισθὸν ἀναγκαῖον κομιζόμενοι, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ τρόπον τινὰ ἠμύναντο ἀντιλυποῦντες ὡς φιλαργύρους Αἰγυπτίους τῇ τῆς λείας ἐκφορήσει, καθάπερ ἐκεῖνοι τοὺς Ἑβραίους τῇ καταδουλώσει. εἴτʼ οὖν ὡς ἐν πολέμῳ φαίη τις τοῦτο γεγονέναι, τὰ τῶν ἐχθρῶν φέρειν ἠξίουν νόμῳ τῶν κεκρατηκότων ὡς κρείττονες ἡττόνων (καὶ τοῦ πολέμου ἡ αἰτία δικαία· ἱκέται διὰ λιμὸν Ἑβραῖοι ἧκον πρὸς Αἰγυπτίους· οἳ δὲ τοὺς ξένους καταδουλωσάμενοι τρόπον αἰχμαλώτων ὑπηρετεῖν ἠνάγκασαν σφίσι μηδὲ τὸν μισθὸν ἀποδιδόντες), εἴτε ὡς ἐν εἰρήνῃ, μισθὸν ἔλαβον τὴν λείαν παρὰ ἀκόντων τῶν πολὺν χρόνον οὐκ ἀποδιδόντων, ἀλλὰ ἀποστερούντων.
epeita nouthetountai men Aigyptioi pollakis hoi pollakis asynetoi, theatai de Hebraioi eginonto hōn heteroi kakōn hypemenon akindynōs ekmanthanontes tēn dynamin tou theou. eti de Aigyptioi akoę̄ mē paradechomenoi ta tēs dynameōs apotelesmata, diʼ aphrosynēn hoi nēpioi apistountes, tote, hōs eirētai, rhechthen de te hoi nēpioi egnōsan hysteron te exiontes hoi Hebraioi pollēn leian tōn Aigyptiōn ekphorēsantes apę̄esan, ou dia philochrēmatian, hōs hoi katēgoroi phasin (oude gar allotriōn autous anepeithen epithymein ho theos), alla prōton men hōn para panta ton chronon hypēretēsan tois Aigyptiois misthon anankaion komizomenoi, epeita de kai tropon tina ēmynanto antilypountes hōs philargyrous Aigyptious tę̄ tēs leias ekphorēsei, kathaper ekeinoi tous Hebraious tę̄ katadoulōsei. eitʼ oun hōs en polemǭ phaiē tis touto gegonenai, ta tōn echthrōn pherein ēxioun nomǭ tōn kekratēkotōn hōs kreittones hēttonōn (kai tou polemou hē aitia dikaia; hiketai dia limon Hebraioi hēkon pros Aigyptious; hoi de tous xenous katadoulōsamenoi tropon aichmalōtōn hypēretein ēnankasan sphisi mēde ton misthon apodidontes), eite hōs en eirēnę̄, misthon elabon tēn leian para akontōn tōn polyn chronon ouk apodidontōn, alla aposterountōn.
Then the Egyptians, often without understanding, were often warned; and the Hebrews were spectators of the evils that others suffered, learning the power of God without danger. And further the Egyptians, not accepting by hearing the effects of his power, disbelieving through folly, then, as it is said, “the fools knew it when it was done.” And afterward, when the Hebrews went out, they departed carrying off much booty from the Egyptians, not from love of money, as the accusers say (for God did not persuade them to desire what belonged to others), but first receiving a necessary wage for the service they had rendered the Egyptians throughout the whole time, and then in some way avenging themselves by grieving the money-loving Egyptians in return, by carrying off the booty, as they had grieved the Hebrews by enslaving them. Whether, then, one should say that this took place as in war, they thought it right to take the goods of their enemies by the law of the victors, as the stronger over the weaker (and the cause of the war was just: the Hebrews came as suppliants to the Egyptians because of famine, and they enslaved the strangers and forced them to serve them like captives, not even paying them a wage); or as in peace, they took the booty as a wage from those unwilling to pay, who had for a long time not paid it but defrauded them.
Miscellanies 1, chapter 24
1.24.158Stählin 2:99–100
Ἔστιν οὖν ὁ Μωυσῆς ἡμῖν προφητικός, νομοθετικός, τακτικός, στρατηγικός, πολιτικός, φιλόσοφος. ὅπως μὲν οὖν ἦν προφητικός, μετὰ ταῦτα λεχθήσεται, ὁπηνίκα ἂν περὶ προφητείας διαλαμβάνωμεν· τὸ τακτικὸν δὲ μέρος ἂν εἴη τοῦ στρατηγικοῦ, τὸ στρατηγικὸν δὲ τοῦ βασιλικοῦ· πάλιν τε αὖ τὸ νομοθετικὸν μέρος ἂν εἴη τοῦ βασιλικοῦ, καθάπερ καὶ τὸ δικαστικόν. τοῦ δὲ βασιλικοῦ τὸ μὲν θεῖον μέρος ἐστίν, οἷον τὸ κατὰ τὸν θεὸν καὶ τὸν ἅγιον υἱὸν αὐτοῦ, παρʼ ὧν τά τε ἀπὸ γῆς ἀγαθὰ καὶ τὰ ἐκτὸς καὶ ἡ τελεία εὐδαιμονία χορηγεῖται· αἰτεῖσθε γάρ, φησί, τὰ μεγάλα, καὶ τὰ μικρὰ ὑμῖν προστεθήσεται. δεύτερον δέ ἐστιν εἶδος βασιλείας μετὰ τὴν ἀκραιφνῶν λογικὴν καὶ θείαν διοίκησιν τὸ μόνῳ τῷ θυμοειδεῖ τῆς ψυχῆς εἰς βασιλείαν συγχρώμενον, καθʼ ὃ εἶδος Ἡρακλῆς μὲν Ἄργους, Ἀλέξανδρος δὲ Μακεδόνων ἐβασίλευσε. τρίτον δὲ τὸ ἑνὸς ἐφιέμενον τοῦ νικῆσαι μόνον καὶ καταστρέψασθαι (τὸ δὲ πρὸς κακὸν ἢ ἀγαθὸν τὴν νίκην ποιεῖσθαι τῷ τοιούτῳ οὐ πρόσεστιν). ᾧ Πέρσαι ἐπὶ τὴν Ἑλλάδα στρατεύσαντες συνεχρήσαντο. τοῦ γὰρ θυμοῦ τὸ μὲν φιλόνικον μόνον ἐστιν, αὐτοῦ τοῦ κρατεῖν ἕνεκα τὴν δυναστείαν πεποιημένον, τὸ δὲ φιλόκαλον, εἰς καλὸν καταχρωμένης τῆς ψυχῆς τῷ θυμῷ.
Estin oun ho Mōysēs hēmin prophētikos, nomothetikos, taktikos, stratēgikos, politikos, philosophos. hopōs men oun ēn prophētikos, meta tauta lechthēsetai, hopēnika an peri prophēteias dialambanōmen; to taktikon de meros an eiē tou stratēgikou, to stratēgikon de tou basilikou; palin te au to nomothetikon meros an eiē tou basilikou, kathaper kai to dikastikon. tou de basilikou to men theion meros estin, hoion to kata ton theon kai ton hagion huion autou, parʼ hōn ta te apo gēs agatha kai ta ektos kai hē teleia eudaimonia chorēgeitai; aiteisthe gar, phēsi, ta megala, kai ta mikra hymin prostethēsetai. deuteron de estin eidos basileias meta tēn akraiphnōn logikēn kai theian dioikēsin to monǭ tǭ thymoeidei tēs psychēs eis basileian synchrōmenon, kathʼ ho eidos Hēraklēs men Argous, Alexandros de Makedonōn ebasileuse. triton de to henos ephiemenon tou nikēsai monon kai katastrepsasthai (to de pros kakon ē agathon tēn nikēn poieisthai tǭ toioutǭ ou prosestin). hǭ Persai epi tēn Hellada strateusantes synechrēsanto. tou gar thymou to men philonikon monon estin, autou tou kratein heneka tēn dynasteian pepoiēmenon, to de philokalon, eis kalon katachrōmenēs tēs psychēs tǭ thymǭ.
Moses, then, is for us a prophet, a lawgiver, a tactician, a general, a statesman, and a philosopher. How he was a prophet will be said later, when we discuss prophecy. The tactical would be part of the art of generalship, and generalship part of kingship; and again lawgiving would be part of kingship, as is judging. Of kingship, one part is divine, such as that according to God and his holy Son, from whom the good things of the earth, external goods, and perfect happiness are supplied; for “ask,” he says, “for great things, and the small will be added to you.” The second kind of kingship, after the pure rational and divine administration, is that which uses only the spirited part of the soul for rule, by which kind Heracles reigned over Argos and Alexander over the Macedonians. The third is that which aims at one thing only, to conquer and subdue (whether to win victory for evil or for good does not concern such a one); this the Persians used when they marched against Greece. For of spiritedness one part is merely contentious, having made its power for the sake of ruling itself, the other is noble, when the soul uses spiritedness for what is good.
1.24.159Stählin 2:100
τετάρτη δὲ ἡ πασῶν κακίστη ἡ κατὰ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας τάττεται βασιλεία, ὡς ἡ Σαρδαναπάλλου καὶ τῶν τὸ τέλος ποιουμένων ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις ὡς πλεῖστα χαρίζεσθαι. τοῦ δὴ βασιλικοῦ τοῦ τε κατʼ ἀρετὴν νικῶντος καὶ τοῦ κατὰ βίαν ὄργανον τὸ τακτικόν, ἄλλο δὲ κατʼ ἄλλην φύσιν τε καὶ ὕλην. ἐν μέν γε ὅπλοις καὶ τοῖς μαχίμοις ζῴοις διʼ ἐμψύχων τε καὶ ἀψύχων ψυχὴ τὸ τάττον ἐστὶ καὶ νοῦς, ἐν δὲ τοῖς τῆς ψυχῆς πάθεσιν, ὧν ἐπικρατοῦμεν τῇ ἀρετῇ, λογισμός ἐστι τὸ τακτικόν, ἐπισφραγιζόμενος ἐγκράτειαν καὶ σωφροσύνην μεθʼ ὁσιότητος καὶ γνῶσιν ἀγαθὴν μετʼ ἀληθείας, τὸ τέλος εἰς εὐσέβειαν ἀναφέρων θεοῦ. οὕτω γὰρ τῇ ἀρετῇ χρωμένοις φρόνησις ἡ τάττουσά ἐστι, τὰ μὲν θεῖα ἡ σοφία, τὰ ἀνθρώπεια δὲ ἡ πολιτική, σύμπαντα δὲ ἡ βασιλική. βασιλεὺς τοίνυν ἐστὶν ὁ ἄρχων κατὰ νόμους ὁ τὴν τοῦ ἄρχειν ἑκόντων ἐπιστήμην ἔχων, οἷός ἐστιν ὁ κύριος τοὺς εἰς αὐτὸν καὶ διʼ αὐτοῦ πιστεύοντας προσιέμενος. πάντα γὰρ παρέδωκεν ὁ θεὸς καὶ πάντα ὑπέταξεν Χριστῷ τῷ βασιλεῖ ἡμῶν, ἵνα ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ πᾶν γόνυ κάμψῃ ἐπουρανίων καὶ ἐπιγείων καὶ καταχθονίων, καὶ πᾶσα γλῶσσα ἐξομολογήσηται ὅτι κύριος Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς εἰς δόξαν θεοῦ πατρός.
tetartē de hē pasōn kakistē hē kata tas epithymias tattetai basileia, hōs hē Sardanapallou kai tōn to telos poioumenōn tais epithymiais hōs pleista charizesthai. tou dē basilikou tou te katʼ aretēn nikōntos kai tou kata bian organon to taktikon, allo de katʼ allēn physin te kai hylēn. en men ge hoplois kai tois machimois zǭois diʼ empsychōn te kai apsychōn psychē to tatton esti kai nous, en de tois tēs psychēs pathesin, hōn epikratoumen tę̄ aretę̄, logismos esti to taktikon, episphragizomenos enkrateian kai sōphrosynēn methʼ hosiotētos kai gnōsin agathēn metʼ alētheias, to telos eis eusebeian anapherōn theou. houtō gar tę̄ aretę̄ chrōmenois phronēsis hē tattousa esti, ta men theia hē sophia, ta anthrōpeia de hē politikē, sympanta de hē basilikē. basileus toinyn estin ho archōn kata nomous ho tēn tou archein hekontōn epistēmēn echōn, hoios estin ho kyrios tous eis auton kai diʼ autou pisteuontas prosiemenos. panta gar paredōken ho theos kai panta hypetaxen Christǭ tǭ basilei hēmōn, hina en tǭ onomati Iēsou pan gony kampsę̄ epouraniōn kai epigeiōn kai katachthoniōn, kai pasa glōssa exomologēsētai hoti kyrios Iēsous Christos eis doxan theou patros.
The fourth and worst of all is the kingship ranked according to the desires, like that of Sardanapalus and of those who make it their end to gratify their desires as much as possible. For the kingly art, both that which conquers by virtue and that which conquers by force, the tactical art is an instrument, different according to different nature and material. In arms and fighting animals, the arranging power working through living and lifeless things is soul and mind; but in the passions of the soul, which we master by virtue, the arranging power is reason, setting its seal on self-control and temperance with holiness, and on good knowledge with truth, referring the end to the piety of God. For in those who use virtue, prudence is what arranges: wisdom arranges divine things, statesmanship human things, and kingship all things. The king, then, is the one who rules according to laws, who has the knowledge of ruling over the willing, such as the Lord is, who receives those who believe in him and through him. For God has handed over all things and subjected all things to Christ our King, “so that at the name of Jesus every knee should bow, of those in heaven, on earth, and under the earth, and every tongue confess that Jesus Christ is Lord, to the glory of God the Father.”
1.24.160Stählin 2:100–101
Ἰδέαις δὲ ἐνέχεται τὸ στρατήγημα τρισίν, ἀσφαλεῖ, παραβόλῳ καὶ τῷ ἐκ τούτων μικτῷ· συντίθεται δὲ τούτων ἕκαστον ἐκ τριῶν, ἢ διὰ λόγου ἢ διʼ ἔργων ἢ καὶ διʼ ἀμφοτέρων ἅμα τούτων. ταῦτα δὲ ὑπάρξει πάντα ἐπιτελεῖν ἢ πείθοντας ἢ βιαζομένους ἢ ἀδικοῦντας ἐν τῷ ἀμύνασθαι, οἷς ἐμπεριέχεται ἢ τὰ δίκαια ποιοῦντας ἢ ψευδομένους ἢ ἀληθεύοντας, ἢ καὶ τούτων ἅμα τισὶ χρωμένους κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν καιρόν. ταῦτα δὲ σύμπαντα καὶ τὸ πῶς δεῖ χρῆσθαι τούτων ἑκάστῳ παρὰ Μωυσέως λαβόντες Ἕλληνες ὠφέληνται. τύπου δὲ ἕνεκεν ἑνὸς ἢ καὶ δευτέρου ἐπιμνησθήσομαι παραδείγματος στρατηγικοῦ. Μωυσῆς τὸν λαὸν ἐξαγαγὼν ὑποπτεύσας ἐπιδιώξειν τοὺς Αἰγυπτίους τὴν ὀλίγην καὶ σύντομον ἀπολιπὼν ὁδὸν ἐπὶ τὴν ἔρημον ἐτρέπετο καὶ νύκτωρ τὰ πολλὰ τῇ πορείᾳ ἐκέχρητο. ἑτέρα γὰρ ἦν οἰκονομία, καθʼ ἣν ἐπαιδεύοντο Ἑβραῖοι διʼ ἐρημίας πολλῆς καὶ χρόνου μακροῦ, εἰς μόνον τὸ πιστεύειν τὸν θεὸν εἶναι διʼ ὑπομονῆς ἐθιζόμενοι σώφρονος.
Ideais de enechetai to stratēgēma trisin, asphalei, parabolǭ kai tǭ ek toutōn miktǭ; syntithetai de toutōn hekaston ek triōn, ē dia logou ē diʼ ergōn ē kai diʼ amphoterōn hama toutōn. tauta de hyparxei panta epitelein ē peithontas ē biazomenous ē adikountas en tǭ amynasthai, hois emperiechetai ē ta dikaia poiountas ē pseudomenous ē alētheuontas, ē kai toutōn hama tisi chrōmenous kata ton auton kairon. tauta de sympanta kai to pōs dei chrēsthai toutōn hekastǭ para Mōyseōs labontes Hellēnes ōphelēntai. typou de heneken henos ē kai deuterou epimnēsthēsomai paradeigmatos stratēgikou. Mōysēs ton laon exagagōn hypopteusas epidiōxein tous Aigyptious tēn oligēn kai syntomon apolipōn hodon epi tēn erēmon etrepeto kai nyktōr ta polla tę̄ poreią ekechrēto. hetera gar ēn oikonomia, kathʼ hēn epaideuonto Hebraioi diʼ erēmias pollēs kai chronou makrou, eis monon to pisteuein ton theon einai diʼ hypomonēs ethizomenoi sōphronos.
Strategy has three forms: the safe, the daring, and a mixture of these; and each of these is made up of three: by word, by deeds, or by both together. All these it will be possible to accomplish by persuading, or compelling, or wronging in self-defense, which includes acting justly, or lying, or telling the truth, or using some of these together at the same time. The Greeks benefited by taking all these, and how each should be used, from Moses. For the sake of illustration I will mention one or two examples of strategy. Moses, having led the people out, suspecting that the Egyptians would pursue, left the short and direct road and turned toward the desert, and for the most part traveled at night. For there was another plan, by which the Hebrews were trained through much desert and a long time, being accustomed through self-controlled endurance to believe only that God exists.
1.24.161Stählin 2:101
τὸ γοῦν στρατήγημα τοῦ Μωυσέως διδάσκει πρὸ τῶν κινδύνων δεῖν τὰ χρήσιμα συνιδεῖν καὶ οὕτως ἐπιβαλεῖν. ἀμέλει γέγονεν ὅπερ καὶ ὑπώπτευσεν· ἐπεδίωξαν γὰρ οἱ Αἰγύπτιοι ἐφʼ ἵππων καὶ ὀχημάτων, ἀλλʼ ἀπώλοντο θᾶττον ῥαγείσης τῆς θαλάσσης καὶ σὺν ἵπποις καὶ ἅρμασιν αὐτοὺς κατακλυσάσης, ὡς μηδὲ λείψανον αὐτῶν ἀπολειφθῆναι. μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα στῦλος πυρὸς ἑπόμενος (ὡδήγει γὰρ ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν) ἦγε νύκτωρ τοὺς Ἑβραίους διʼ ἀβάτου, ἐν πόνοις καὶ ὁδοιπορίαις εἴς τε ἀνδρίαν εἴς τε καρτερίαν γυμνάζων καὶ συμβιβάζων αὐτούς, ἵνα καὶ χρηστὰ τὰ τῆς χώρας μετὰ τὴν πεῖραν τῶν δοκούντων δεινῶν φανῇ, εἰς ἣν ἐξ ἀνοδίας παρέπεμπεν αὐτούς.
to goun stratēgēma tou Mōyseōs didaskei pro tōn kindynōn dein ta chrēsima synidein kai houtōs epibalein. amelei gegonen hoper kai hypōpteusen; epediōxan gar hoi Aigyptioi ephʼ hippōn kai ochēmatōn, allʼ apōlonto thatton rhageisēs tēs thalassēs kai syn hippois kai harmasin autous kataklysasēs, hōs mēde leipsanon autōn apoleiphthēnai. meta de tauta stylos pyros hepomenos (hōdēgei gar emprosthen autōn) ēge nyktōr tous Hebraious diʼ abatou, en ponois kai hodoiporiais eis te andrian eis te karterian gymnazōn kai symbibazōn autous, hina kai chrēsta ta tēs chōras meta tēn peiran tōn dokountōn deinōn phanę̄, eis hēn ex anodias parepempen autous.
The strategy of Moses, at any rate, teaches that before dangers one must see what is useful and so act. Indeed what he suspected happened: the Egyptians pursued with horses and chariots, but perished quickly when the sea broke and flooded them with their horses and chariots, so that not even a remnant of them was left. After this a pillar of fire following (for it guided them in front) led the Hebrews at night through trackless country, training and bringing them to courage and endurance in labors and journeys, so that the good things of the land might appear good after the experience of apparent hardships, the land into which he conducted them out of the trackless country.
1.24.162Stählin 2:101–102
ναὶ μὴν καὶ τοὺς πολεμίους τοὺς τῆς χώρας προκαθεζομένους τροπωσάμενος ἀπέκτεινεν ἐξ ἐρήμου καὶ τραχείας ὁδοῦ (τοιαύτη γὰρ ἡ ἀρετὴ τοῦ στρατηγικοῦ) ἐπιθέμενος αὐτοῖς. ἐμπειρίας γὰρ καὶ στρατηγίας ἔργον ἦν τὸ τὴν χώραν τῶν πολεμίων λαβεῖν. Τοῦτο συνιδὼν Μιλτιάδης ὁ τῶν Ἀθηναίων στρατηγὸς ὁ τῇ ἐν Μαραθῶνι μάχῃ νικήσας τοὺς Πέρσας ἐμιμήσατο τόνδε τὸν τρόπον· ἤγαγε τοὺς Ἀθηναίους νύκτωρ διʼ ἀνοδίας βαδίσας καὶ πλανήσας τοὺς τηροῦντας αὐτὸν τῶν βαρβάρων· ὁ γὰρ Ἱππίας ὁ τῶν Ἀθηναίων ἀποστὰς ἐπήγαγε τοὺς βαρβάρους εἰς τὴν Ἀττικὴν καὶ τοὺς ἐπικαίρους τῶν τόπων προκαταλαβόμενος ἐφύλαττεν διὰ τὸ τῆς χώρας ἔχειν τὴν ἐμπειρίαν. ἔργον μὲν οὖν ἦν τὸν Ἱππίαν λαθεῖν, ὅθεν εἰκότως ὁ Μιλτιάδης συγχρησάμενος ἀνοδίᾳ τε καὶ νυκτὶ ἐπιθέμενος τοῖς Πέρσαις, ὧν Δᾶτις ἡγεῖτο, τὰ τὸν ἀγῶνα μετʼ ἐκείνων ὧν αὐτὸς ἡγεῖτο κατώρθωσεν.
nai mēn kai tous polemious tous tēs chōras prokathezomenous tropōsamenos apekteinen ex erēmou kai tracheias hodou (toiautē gar hē aretē tou stratēgikou) epithemenos autois. empeirias gar kai stratēgias ergon ēn to tēn chōran tōn polemiōn labein. Touto synidōn Miltiadēs ho tōn Athēnaiōn stratēgos ho tę̄ en Marathōni machę̄ nikēsas tous Persas emimēsato tonde ton tropon; ēgage tous Athēnaious nyktōr diʼ anodias badisas kai planēsas tous tērountas auton tōn barbarōn; ho gar Hippias ho tōn Athēnaiōn apostas epēgage tous barbarous eis tēn Attikēn kai tous epikairous tōn topōn prokatalabomenos ephylatten dia to tēs chōras echein tēn empeirian. ergon men oun ēn ton Hippian lathein, hothen eikotōs ho Miltiadēs synchrēsamenos anodią te kai nykti epithemenos tois Persais, hōn Datis hēgeito, ta ton agōna metʼ ekeinōn hōn autos hēgeito katōrthōsen.
Indeed, he also routed and killed the enemies who occupied the land, attacking them from a desert and rough road (for such is the excellence of the general). For it was a work of experience and generalship to take the land of the enemy. Miltiades, the general of the Athenians, who conquered the Persians in the battle at Marathon, having understood this, imitated this method: he led the Athenians at night by a trackless way and deceived the barbarians who were watching him. For Hippias, the renegade from the Athenians, had brought the barbarians into Attica and, having seized the strategic places in advance, was guarding them because he knew the country. It was a task, then, to escape Hippias' notice; hence Miltiades, fittingly using a trackless way and night, attacked the Persians, whom Datis led, and won the contest with those he led.
1.24.163Stählin 2:102
Ἀλλὰ καὶ Θρασυβούλῳ τοὺς ἐκπεσόντας ἀπὸ Φυλῆς καταγαγόντι καὶ βουλομένῳ λαθεῖν στῦλος ὁδηγὸς γίνεται διὰ τῶν ἀτριβῶν ἰόντι. τῷ Θρασυβούλῳ νύκτωρ ἀσελήνου καὶ δυσχειμέρου τοῦ καταστήματος γεγονότος πῦρ ἑωρᾶτο προηγούμενον, ὅπερ αὐτοὺς ἀπταίστως προπέμψαν κατὰ τὴν Μουνυχίαν ἐξέλιπεν, ἔνθα νῦν ὁ τῆς Φωσφόρου βωμός ἐστι. πιστὰ τοίνυν τὰ ἡμέτερα κἂν ἐντεῦθεν γενέσθω τοῖς Ἕλλησιν, ὅτι ἄρα δυνατὸν τῷ παντοκράτορι θεῷ προηγεῖσθαι ποιῆσαι τοῖς Ἑβραίοις νύκτωρ στῦλον πυρὸς τὸν καὶ καθηγησάμενον αὐτοῖς τῆς ὁδοῦ. λέγεται δὲ καὶ ἐν χρησμῷ τινι· στῦλος Θηβαίοισι Διώνυσος πολυγηθής, ἐκ τῆς παρʼ Ἑβραίοις ἱστορίας. ἀλλὰ καὶ Εὐριπίδης ἐν Ἀντιόπῃ φησίν· ἔνδον δὲ θαλάμοις βουκόλων κομῶντα κισσῷ στῦλον Εὐίου θεοῦ. σημαίνει δὲ ὁ στῦλος τὸ ἀνεικόνιστον τοῦ θεοῦ, ὁ δὲ πεφωτισμένος στῦλος πρὸς τῷ τὸ ἀνεικόνιστον σημαίνειν δηλοῖ τὸ ἑστὸς καὶ μόνιμον τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τὸ ἄτρεπτον αὐτοῦ φῶς καὶ ἀσχημάτιστον.
Alla kai Thrasyboulǭ tous ekpesontas apo Phylēs katagagonti kai boulomenǭ lathein stylos hodēgos ginetai dia tōn atribōn ionti. tǭ Thrasyboulǭ nyktōr aselēnou kai dyscheimerou tou katastēmatos gegonotos pyr heōrato proēgoumenon, hoper autous aptaistōs propempsan kata tēn Mounychian exelipen, entha nyn ho tēs Phōsphorou bōmos esti. pista toinyn ta hēmetera kan enteuthen genesthō tois Hellēsin, hoti ara dynaton tǭ pantokratori theǭ proēgeisthai poiēsai tois Hebraiois nyktōr stylon pyros ton kai kathēgēsamenon autois tēs hodou. legetai de kai en chrēsmǭ tini; stylos Thēbaioisi Diōnysos polygēthēs, ek tēs parʼ Hebraiois historias. alla kai Euripidēs en Antiopę̄ phēsin; endon de thalamois boukolōn komōnta kissǭ stylon Euiou theou. sēmainei de ho stylos to aneikoniston tou theou, ho de pephōtismenos stylos pros tǭ to aneikoniston sēmainein dēloi to hestos kai monimon tou theou kai to atrepton autou phōs kai aschēmatiston.
And Thrasybulus too, when he was bringing back the exiles from Phyle and wished to escape notice, had a pillar as guide as he went through untrodden ways. For Thrasybulus, at night, when there was no moon and the weather was stormy, a fire was seen going before, which, having escorted them safely, disappeared near Munychia, where the altar of the Light-Bearer now stands. So let our accounts be credible to the Greeks from this at least, that it is possible for God Almighty to make a pillar of fire go before the Hebrews at night, which also guided them on the way. It is also said in an oracle, “A pillar to the Thebans is Dionysus of many joys,” from the history among the Hebrews. And Euripides too says in the Antiope, “Within the chambers of the herdsmen, a pillar of the Evian god, crowned with ivy.” The pillar signifies that God cannot be represented by an image; and the luminous pillar, besides signifying this, shows the stability and permanence of God and his unchanging and formless light.
1.24.164Stählin 2:102–103
πρὶν γοῦν ἀκριβωθῆναι τὰς τῶν ἀγαλμάτων σχέσεις κίονας ἱστάντες οἱ παλαιοὶ ἔσεβον τούτους ὡς ἀφιδρύματα τοῦ θεοῦ. γράφει γοῦν ὁ τὴν Φορωνίδα ποιήσας· Καλλιθόη κλειδοῦχος Ὀλυμπιάδος βασιλείης, Ἥρης Ἀργείης, ἣ στέμμασι καὶ θυσάνοισι πρώτη ἐκόσμησεν περὶ κίονα μακρὸν ἀνάσσης. ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁ τὴν Εὐρωπίαν ποιήσας ἱστορεῖ τὸ ἐν Δελφοῖς ἄγαλμα Ἀπόλλωνος κίονα εἶναι διὰ τῶνδε· ὄφρα θεῷ δεκάτην ἀκροθίνιά τε κρεμάσαιμεν σταθμῶν ἐκ ζαθέων καὶ κίονος ὑψηλοῖο. Ἀπόλλων μέντοι μυστικῶς κατὰ στέρησιν τῶν πολλῶν νοούμενος ὁ εἶς ἐστι θεός. ἀλλʼ οὖν τὸ πῦρ ἐκεῖνο τὸ ἐοικὸς στύλῳ καὶ πῦρ τὸ διὰ βάτου σύμβολόν ἐστι φωτὸς ἁγίου τοῦ διαβαίνοντος ἐκ γῆς καὶ ἀνατρέχοντος αὖθις εἰς οὐρανὸν διὰ τοῦ ξύλου, διʼ οὗ καὶ τὸ βλέπειν ἡμῖν νοητῶς δεδώρηται.
prin goun akribōthēnai tas tōn agalmatōn scheseis kionas histantes hoi palaioi esebon toutous hōs aphidrymata tou theou. graphei goun ho tēn Phorōnida poiēsas; Kallithoē kleidouchos Olympiados basileiēs, Hērēs Argeiēs, hē stemmasi kai thysanoisi prōtē ekosmēsen peri kiona makron anassēs. alla kai ho tēn Eurōpian poiēsas historei to en Delphois agalma Apollōnos kiona einai dia tōnde; ophra theǭ dekatēn akrothinia te kremasaimen stathmōn ek zatheōn kai kionos hypsēloio. Apollōn mentoi mystikōs kata sterēsin tōn pollōn nooumenos ho eis esti theos. allʼ oun to pyr ekeino to eoikos stylǭ kai pyr to dia batou symbolon esti phōtos hagiou tou diabainontos ek gēs kai anatrechontos authis eis ouranon dia tou xylou, diʼ hou kai to blepein hēmin noētōs dedōrētai.
Before the forms of statues were perfected, the ancients set up pillars and worshiped them as images of the god. At any rate the author of the Phoronis writes: “Callithoe, key-bearer of the Olympian queen, Argive Hera, who first adorned with garlands and tassels the tall pillar of the queen.” And the author of the Europia relates that the statue of Apollo at Delphi was a pillar, in these words: “that we might hang up the tithe and first-fruits to the god, from the sacred pegs and the high pillar.” Apollo, however, understood mystically by the negation of the many, is the one God. But that fire like a pillar and the fire through the bush are a symbol of the holy light that passes from earth and returns again to heaven through the wood, through which the power of seeing spiritually has been given to us.
Miscellanies 1, chapter 25
1.25.165Stählin 2:103
Πλάτων δὲ ὁ φιλόσοφος ἐκ τῶν Μωυσέως τὰ περὶ τὴν νομοθεσίαν ὠφεληθεὶς ἐπετίμησε μὲν τῇ Μίνωος καὶ Λυκούργου πολιτείᾳ πρὸς ἀνδρείαν μόνην ἀποβλεπομέναις, ἐπῄνεσε δὲ ὡς σεμνοτέραν τὴν ἕν τι λέγουσαν καὶ πρὸς δόγμα ἓν νεύουσαν αἰεί· καὶ γὰρ ἰσχύι καὶ σεμνότητι καὶ φρονήσει πρέπειν ἂν μᾶλλον φιλοσοφεῖν ἡμᾶς λέγει πρὸς τὸ ἀξίωμα τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἀμετανοήτως χρωμένους γνώμῃ τῇ αὐτῇ καὶ περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν. ἆρʼ οὐ τὰ κατὰ τὸν νόμον ἑρμηνεύει νεύει πρὸς ἕνα θεὸν ἀφορῶν καὶ δικαιοπραγεῖν ἐντελλόμενος; τοῦ δὲ πολιτικοῦ δύο εἴδη λέγει, τὸ μὲν νομικόν, τὸ δὲ πολιτικὸν ὁμωνύμως ὠνομασμένον, καὶ πολιτικὸν μὲν κυρίως αἰνίττεται τὸν δημιουργὸν ἐν τῷ ὁμωνύμῳ βιβλίῳ τούς τε εἰς αὐτὸν ἀφορῶντας καὶ βιοῦντας ἐνεργῶς καὶ δικαίως σὺν καὶ τῇ θεωρίᾳ αὐτοὺς πολιτικοὺς ὀνομάζει, τὸ δὲ ἐπʼ ἴσης τῷ νομικῷ κεκλημένον πολιτικὸν εἴς τε κοσμικὴν μεγαλόνοιαν διαιρεῖ εἴς τε ἰδιωτικὴν σύνταξιν, ἣν κοσμιότητα καὶ ἁρμονίαν καὶ σωφροσύνην ὠνόμασαν, ὅταν ἄρχοντες μὲν πρέπωσι τοῖς ἀρχομένοις, πειθήνιοι δὲ οἱ ἀρχόμενοι τοῖς ἄρχουσι γίγνωνται, ὅπερ ἡ κατὰ Μωυσέα πραγματεία διὰ σπουδῆς ἔχει γενέσθαι.
Platōn de ho philosophos ek tōn Mōyseōs ta peri tēn nomothesian ōphelētheis epetimēse men tę̄ Minōos kai Lykourgou politeią pros andreian monēn apoblepomenais, epę̄nese de hōs semnoteran tēn hen ti legousan kai pros dogma hen neuousan aiei; kai gar ischui kai semnotēti kai phronēsei prepein an mallon philosophein hēmas legei pros to axiōma tou ouranou ametanoētōs chrōmenous gnōmę̄ tę̄ autę̄ kai peri tōn autōn. arʼ ou ta kata ton nomon hermēneuei neuei pros hena theon aphorōn kai dikaiopragein entellomenos? tou de politikou dyo eidē legei, to men nomikon, to de politikon homōnymōs ōnomasmenon, kai politikon men kyriōs ainittetai ton dēmiourgon en tǭ homōnymǭ bibliǭ tous te eis auton aphorōntas kai biountas energōs kai dikaiōs syn kai tę̄ theōrią autous politikous onomazei, to de epʼ isēs tǭ nomikǭ keklēmenon politikon eis te kosmikēn megalonoian diairei eis te idiōtikēn syntaxin, hēn kosmiotēta kai harmonian kai sōphrosynēn ōnomasan, hotan archontes men prepōsi tois archomenois, peithēnioi de hoi archomenoi tois archousi gignōntai, hoper hē kata Mōysea pragmateia dia spoudēs echei genesthai.
Plato the philosopher, having benefited from the writings of Moses in legislation, criticized the constitutions of Minos and Lycurgus as looking only to courage, and praised as more venerable the one that speaks of one thing and always tends toward one doctrine; for he says it would befit us more to philosophize with strength, dignity, and prudence toward the dignity of heaven, using the same judgment about the same things without change. Does he not interpret the things of the law, looking toward one God and commanding just action? He speaks of two kinds of statesmanship, one legal, and the other called statesmanship by the same name. He hints that the Creator is the statesman properly speaking, in the book of that name; and he calls those who look to him and live actively and justly, together with contemplation, statesmen; and the statesmanship called equally legal he divides into worldly magnanimity and private arrangement, which they have called orderliness, harmony, and self-control, when rulers are fitting for those ruled, and those ruled become obedient to their rulers; which the work of Moses earnestly aims to bring about.
1.25.166Stählin 2:103–104
ἔτι τὸ μὲν νομικὸν πρὸς γενέσεως εἶναι, τὸ πολιτικὸν δὲ πρὸς φιλίας καὶ ὁμονοίας ὁ Πλάτων ὠφεληθείς, τοῖς μὲν Νόμοις τὸν φιλόσοφον τὸν ἐν τῇ Ἐπινομίδι συνέταξεν, τὸν τὴν διέξοδον πάσης γενέσεως τῆς διὰ τῶν πλανωμένων εἰδότα, φιλόσοφον δὲ ἄλλον τὸν Τίμαιον, ὄντα ἀστρονομικὸν καὶ θεωρητικὸν τῆς ἐκείνων φορᾶς συμπαθείας τε καὶ κοινωνίας τῆς πρὸς ἄλληλα, ἑπομένως τῇ Πολιτείᾳ συνάπτει, ἔπειτα. τέλος γὰρ οἶμαι τοῦ τε πολιτικοῦ τοῦ τε κατὰ νόμον βιοῦντος ἡ θεωρία· ἀναγκαῖον γοῦν τὸ πολιτεύεσθαι ὀρθῶς, ἄριστον δὲ τὸ φιλοσοφεῖν. ὁ γὰρ νοῦν ἔχων πάντα τὰ αὑτοῦ εἰς γνῶσιν συντείνας βιώσειεν ἄν, κατευθύνας μὲν τὸν βίον ἔργοις ἀγαθοῖς, ἀτιμάσας δὲ τὰ ἐναντία τά τε πρὸς ἀλήθειαν συλλαμβανόμενα μεθέπων μαθήματα. νόμος δέ ἐστιν οὐ τὰ νομιζόμενα (οὐδὲ γὰρ τὰ ὁρώμενα ὅρασις) οὐδὲ δόξα πᾶσα (οὐ γὰρ καὶ ἡ πονηρά), ἀλλὰ νόμος ἐστὶ χρηστὴ δόξα, χρηστὴ δὲ ἡ ἀληθής, ἀληθὴς δὲ ἡ τὸ ὂν εὑρίσκουσα καὶ τούτου τυγχάνουσα· ὁ ὢν δὲ ἐξαπέσταλκέν με, φησὶν ὁ Μωυσῆς. ᾗ τινες ἀκολούθως δηλονότι τῇ χρηστῇ δόξῃ λόγον ὀρθὸν τὸν νόμον ἔφασαν, προστακτικὸν μὲν ὧν ποιητέον, ἀπαγορευτικὸν δὲ ὧν οὐ ποιητέον.
eti to men nomikon pros geneseōs einai, to politikon de pros philias kai homonoias ho Platōn ōphelētheis, tois men Nomois ton philosophon ton en tę̄ Epinomidi synetaxen, ton tēn diexodon pasēs geneseōs tēs dia tōn planōmenōn eidota, philosophon de allon ton Timaion, onta astronomikon kai theōrētikon tēs ekeinōn phoras sympatheias te kai koinōnias tēs pros allēla, hepomenōs tę̄ Politeią synaptei, epeita. telos gar oimai tou te politikou tou te kata nomon biountos hē theōria; anankaion goun to politeuesthai orthōs, ariston de to philosophein. ho gar noun echōn panta ta hautou eis gnōsin synteinas biōseien an, kateuthynas men ton bion ergois agathois, atimasas de ta enantia ta te pros alētheian syllambanomena methepōn mathēmata. nomos de estin ou ta nomizomena (oude gar ta horōmena horasis) oude doxa pasa (ou gar kai hē ponēra), alla nomos esti chrēstē doxa, chrēstē de hē alēthēs, alēthēs de hē to on heuriskousa kai toutou tynchanousa; ho ōn de exapestalken me, phēsin ho Mōysēs. hę̄ tines akolouthōs dēlonoti tę̄ chrēstę̄ doxę̄ logon orthon ton nomon ephasan, prostaktikon men hōn poiēteon, apagoreutikon de hōn ou poiēteon.
Further, Plato, having benefited from the teaching that the legal concerns generation and statesmanship concerns friendship and concord, joined to the Laws the philosopher of the Epinomis, who knows the course of all generation through the planets; and another philosopher, Timaeus, an astronomer and contemplator of their motion and of their sympathy and communion with one another, he joins in sequence to the Republic. For the end, I think, both of the statesman and of the one who lives by law is contemplation. To live as a citizen rightly is necessary, but to philosophize is best. For the one who has sense would live directing all his efforts to knowledge, guiding his life by good works, despising their opposites, and pursuing the studies that help toward truth. And law is not what is customary (for what is seen is not sight), nor every opinion (for not the evil one), but law is good opinion, and good opinion is true opinion, and true opinion is that which finds what is and attains it: “He who is has sent me,” says Moses. Consistently with this good opinion some have said that law is right reason, commanding what must be done and forbidding what must not be done.
Miscellanies 1, chapter 26
1.26.167Stählin 2:104
Ὅθεν ὁ νόμος εἰκότως εἴρηται διὰ Μωυσέως δεδόσθαι, κανὼν τυγχάνων δικαίων τε καὶ ἀδίκων. καὶ τοῦτον κυρίως θεσμὸν ἂν εἴποιμεν τὸν ὑπὸ θεοῦ διὰ Μωυσέως παραδεδομένον. ἔχει γοῦν τὴν ἀγωγὴν εἰς τὸ θεῖον. λέγει δὲ καὶ ὁ Παῦλος· ὁ νόμος τῶν παραβάσεων χάριν ἐτέθη, ἄχρις ἂν ἔλθῃ τὸ σπέρμα ᾧ ἐπήγγελται. εἶτα οἱονεὶ ἐπεξηγούμενος τὴν διάνοιαν ἐπιφέρει· πρὸ τοῦ δὲ ἐλθεῖν τὴν πίστιν ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα συγκεκλεισμένοι, φόβῳ δηλαδὴ ἀπὸ ἁμαρτιῶν, εἰς τὴν μέλλουσαν πίστιν ἀποκαλυφθήσεσθαι. ὥστε ὁ νόμος παιδαγωγὸς ἡμῶν ἐγίνετο εἰς Χριστόν, ἵνα ἐκ πίστεως δικαιωθῶμεν. ὁ νομοθετικὸς δέ ἐστιν ὁ τὸ προσῆκον ἑκάστῳ μέρει τῆς ψυχῆς καὶ τοῖς τούτων ἔργοις ἀπονέμων, Μωυσῆς δὲ συνελόντι εἰπεῖν νόμος ἔμψυχος ἦν τῷ χρηστῷ λόγῳ κυβερνώμενος.
Hothen ho nomos eikotōs eirētai dia Mōyseōs dedosthai, kanōn tynchanōn dikaiōn te kai adikōn. kai touton kyriōs thesmon an eipoimen ton hypo theou dia Mōyseōs paradedomenon. echei goun tēn agōgēn eis to theion. legei de kai ho Paulos; ho nomos tōn parabaseōn charin etethē, achris an elthę̄ to sperma hǭ epēngeltai. eita hoionei epexēgoumenos tēn dianoian epipherei; pro tou de elthein tēn pistin hypo nomon ephrouroumetha synkekleismenoi, phobǭ dēladē apo hamartiōn, eis tēn mellousan pistin apokalyphthēsesthai. hōste ho nomos paidagōgos hēmōn egineto eis Christon, hina ek pisteōs dikaiōthōmen. ho nomothetikos de estin ho to prosēkon hekastǭ merei tēs psychēs kai tois toutōn ergois aponemōn, Mōysēs de synelonti eipein nomos empsychos ēn tǭ chrēstǭ logǭ kybernōmenos.
Hence the law is fittingly said to have been given through Moses, being a rule of just and unjust things. And this we might properly call an ordinance, handed down by God through Moses. At any rate it leads to the divine. And Paul says: “The law was added because of transgressions, until the seed should come to whom the promise was made.” Then, as if explaining his meaning, he adds: “Before faith came we were guarded under the law, shut up,” by fear, clearly, from sins, “for the faith that was to be revealed. So the law became our schoolmaster to Christ, that we might be justified by faith.” The lawgiver is one who assigns what is fitting to each part of the soul and to their works; and Moses, in short, was a living law, governed by good reason.
1.26.168Stählin 2:104–105
πολιτείαν γοῦν διηκόνησεν ἀγαθήν· ἣ δέ ἐστι τροφὴ ἀνθρώπων καλὴ κατὰ κοινωνίαν. αὐτίκα τὴν δικαστικὴν μετεχειρίζετο, ἐπιστήμην οὖσαν διορθωτικὴν τῶν ἁμαρτανομένων ἕνεκεν τοῦ δικαίου. σύστοιχος δὲ αὐτῇ ἡ κολαστική, τοῦ κατὰ τὰς κολάσεις μέτρου ἐπιστημονική τις οὖσα. κόλασις δὲ δικαία οὖσα διόρθωσίς ἐστι ψυχῆς. ἔστι δὲ ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν τῷ Μωυσεῖ ἡ πᾶσα ἀγωγὴ παιδευτικὴ μὲν τῶν οἵων τε γενέσθαι καλῶν κἀγαθῶν ἀνδρῶν, θηρευτικὴ δὲ τῶν ὁμοίων τούτοις, ἥτις ἂν εἴη στρατηγική. ἡ δὲ χρηστικὴ τοῖς θηρευθεῖσι λόγῳ κατὰ τρόπον σοφία εἴη ἂν νομοθετική· κτᾶσθαί τε γὰρ καὶ χρῆσθαι ταύτης ἴδιον βασιλικωτάτης οὔσης. μόνον γοῦν τὸν σοφὸν οἱ φιλόσοφοι βασιλέα, νομοθέτην, στρατηγόν, δίκαιον, ὅσιον, θεοφιλῆ κηρύττουσιν. εἰ δὲ ταῦτα περὶ τὸν Μωυσέα εὕροιμεν, ὡς ἐξ αὐτῶν δείκνυται τῶν γραφῶν, εὖ μάλα πεπεισμένως ἂν ἀγορεύοιμεν σοφόν τῷ ὄντι τὸν Μωυσέα.
politeian goun diēkonēsen agathēn; hē de esti trophē anthrōpōn kalē kata koinōnian. autika tēn dikastikēn metecheirizeto, epistēmēn ousan diorthōtikēn tōn hamartanomenōn heneken tou dikaiou. systoichos de autę̄ hē kolastikē, tou kata tas kolaseis metrou epistēmonikē tis ousa. kolasis de dikaia ousa diorthōsis esti psychēs. esti de hōs epos eipein tǭ Mōysei hē pasa agōgē paideutikē men tōn hoiōn te genesthai kalōn kagathōn andrōn, thēreutikē de tōn homoiōn toutois, hētis an eiē stratēgikē. hē de chrēstikē tois thēreutheisi logǭ kata tropon sophia eiē an nomothetikē; ktasthai te gar kai chrēsthai tautēs idion basilikōtatēs ousēs. monon goun ton sophon hoi philosophoi basilea, nomothetēn, stratēgon, dikaion, hosion, theophilē kēryttousin. ei de tauta peri ton Mōysea heuroimen, hōs ex autōn deiknytai tōn graphōn, eu mala pepeismenōs an agoreuoimen sophon tǭ onti ton Mōysea.
At any rate he served a good constitution; and a constitution is a good rearing of human beings in community. Thus he practiced the judicial art, which is a knowledge corrective of wrongdoing for the sake of justice. Coordinate with it is the punitive art, a knowledge of the measure of punishments. And punishment, when it is just, is a correction of the soul. In a word, the whole training of Moses is educative of those able to become noble and good men, and a hunting for those like them, which would be generalship. And the wisdom that uses properly, by reason, those who have been caught would be legislative; for to acquire and to use it belongs to this, which is the most kingly. At any rate the philosophers proclaim only the wise man king, lawgiver, general, just, holy, and dear to God. If we find these in Moses, as is shown from the Scriptures themselves, we would say with great conviction that Moses was truly wise.
1.26.169Stählin 2:105
καθάπερ οὖν τὴν ποιμενικὴν τὸ τῶν προβάτων προνοεῖν φαμεν, οὕτω γὰρ ὁ ἀγαθὸς ποιμὴν τὴν ψυχὴν τίθησιν ὑπὲρ τῶν προβάτων, οὕτω γε καὶ τὴν νομοθετικὴν τὸ τὴν ἀνθρώπων ἀρετὴν κατασκευάζειν ἐροῦμεν, τὸ ἀνθρώπινον κατὰ δύναμιν ἀγαθὸν ἀναζωπυροῦσαν, ἐπιστατικὴν οὖσαν καὶ κηδεμονικὴν τῆς ἀνθρώπων ἀγέλης. εἰ δὲ ἡ ποίμνη ἡ ἀλληγορουμένη πρὸς τοῦ κυρίου οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἢ ἀγέλη τις ἀνθρώπων ἐστίν, ὁ αὐτὸς ἔσται ποιμήν τε καὶ νομοθέτης ἀγαθὸς μιᾶς τῆς ἀγέλης τῶν αὐτοῦ ἐπαϊόντων προβάτων, ὁ εἷς κηδεμών, ὁ τὸ ἀπολωλὸς ἐπιζητῶν τε καὶ εὑρίσκων νόμῳ καὶ λόγῳ, εἴ γε ὁ νόμος πνευματικὸς καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν εὐδαιμονίαν ἄγων· ὁ γὰρ πνεύματι ἁγίῳ γενόμενος πνευματικός. οὗτος δὲ ὁ τῷ ὄντι νομοθέτης, ὃς οὐ μόνον ἐπαγγέλλεται τὰ ἀγαθά τε καὶ καλά, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπίσταται. τούτου καὶ ὁ νόμος τοῦ τὴν ἐπιστήμην ἔχοντος τὸ σωτήριον πρόσταγμα, μᾶλλον δὲ ἐπιστήμης πρόσταγμα ὁ νόμος, δύναμις γὰρ καὶ σοφία ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ. νόμων τε αὖ ἐξηγητὴς οὗτος αὐτός, διʼ οὗ ὁ νόμος ἐδόθη, ὁ πρῶτος ἐξηγητὴς τῶν θείων προσταγμάτων, ὁ τὸν κόλπον τοῦ πατρός ἐξηγούμενος υἱὸς μονογενής.
kathaper oun tēn poimenikēn to tōn probatōn pronoein phamen, houtō gar ho agathos poimēn tēn psychēn tithēsin hyper tōn probatōn, houtō ge kai tēn nomothetikēn to tēn anthrōpōn aretēn kataskeuazein eroumen, to anthrōpinon kata dynamin agathon anazōpyrousan, epistatikēn ousan kai kēdemonikēn tēs anthrōpōn agelēs. ei de hē poimnē hē allēgoroumenē pros tou kyriou ouden allo ē agelē tis anthrōpōn estin, ho autos estai poimēn te kai nomothetēs agathos mias tēs agelēs tōn autou epaïontōn probatōn, ho heis kēdemōn, ho to apolōlos epizētōn te kai heuriskōn nomǭ kai logǭ, ei ge ho nomos pneumatikos kai epi tēn eudaimonian agōn; ho gar pneumati hagiǭ genomenos pneumatikos. houtos de ho tǭ onti nomothetēs, hos ou monon epangelletai ta agatha te kai kala, alla kai epistatai. toutou kai ho nomos tou tēn epistēmēn echontos to sōtērion prostagma, mallon de epistēmēs prostagma ho nomos, dynamis gar kai sophia ho logos tou theou. nomōn te au exēgētēs houtos autos, diʼ hou ho nomos edothē, ho prōtos exēgētēs tōn theiōn prostagmatōn, ho ton kolpon tou patros exēgoumenos huios monogenēs.
As we say, then, that shepherding is providing for sheep (for so the good shepherd lays down his life for the sheep), so we shall say that legislation is forming the virtue of human beings, rekindling the human good as far as possible, being a guardian and protector of the flock of human beings. And if the flock allegorized by the Lord is nothing other than a herd of human beings, the same will be the good shepherd and lawgiver of the one flock of his sheep who listen, the one guardian, who seeks and finds the lost by law and word, if indeed the law is spiritual and leads to happiness; for the one who has come to be in the Holy Spirit is spiritual. And this is the true lawgiver, who not only proclaims good and noble things, but also knows them. Of him who has knowledge the law is the saving command; or rather the law is a command of knowledge, for the Word of God is power and wisdom. And he himself is the interpreter of the laws, through whom the law was given, the first interpreter of the divine commands, the only-begotten Son who explains the bosom of the Father.
1.26.170Stählin 2:105–106
ἔπειτα οἱ μὲν πειθόμενοι τῷ νόμῳ τῷ τε γνῶσιν ἔχειν τινὰ αὐτοῦ οὔτʼ ἀπιστεῖν οὔτʼ ἀγνοεῖν δύνανται τὴν ἀλήθειαν, οἱ δὲ ἀπιστοῦντες ἥκιστά τε ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις εἶναι βεβουλημένοι, εἴπερ τινὲς ἄλλοι καὶ οὗτοι ἀγνοεῖν ὁμολογοῦνται τὴν ἀλήθειαν. τίς τοίνυν ἡ ἀπιστία τῶν Ἑλλήνων; μή πῃ βούλεσθαι πείθεσθαι τῇ ἀληθείᾳ φασκούσῃ θεόθεν διὰ Μωυσέως δεδόσθαι τὸν νόμον, ὁπότε γε καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐκ τῶν παρὰ σφίσι τιμῶσι Μωυσῆ. τόν τε Μίνω παρὰ Διὸς διʼ ἐνάτου ἔτους λαμβάνειν τοὺς νόμους ἱστοροῦσι φοιτῶντα εἰς τὸ τοῦ Διὸς ἄντρον, τόν τε αὖ Λυκοῦργον τὰ νομοθετικὰ εἰς Δελφοὺς πρὸς τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα συνεχὲς ἀπιόντα παιδεύεσθαι γράφουσι Πλάτων τε καὶ Ἀριστοτέλης καὶ Ἔφορος, Χαμαιλέων τε ὁ Ἡρακλεώτης ἐν τῷ Περὶ μέθης καὶ Ἀριστοτέλης ἐν τῇ Λοκρῶν πολιτείᾳ Ζάλευκον τὸν Λοκρὸν παρὰ τῆς Ἀθηνᾶς τοὺς νόμους λαμβάνειν ἀπομνημονεύουσιν. οἳ δὲ τὸ ἀξιόπιστον τῆς παρʼ Ἕλλησι νομοθεσίας, ὡς οἷόν τε αὐτοῖς, ἐπαίροντες εἰς τὸ θεῖον κατʼ εἰκόνα τῆς κατὰ τὸν Μωυσέα προφητείας ἀγνώμονες, οὐκ αὐτόθεν ὁμολογοῦντες τήν τε ἀλήθειαν καὶ τὸ ἀρχέτυπον τῶν παρὰ σφίσιν ἱστορουμένων.
epeita hoi men peithomenoi tǭ nomǭ tǭ te gnōsin echein tina autou outʼ apistein outʼ agnoein dynantai tēn alētheian, hoi de apistountes hēkista te en tois ergois einai beboulēmenoi, eiper tines alloi kai houtoi agnoein homologountai tēn alētheian. tis toinyn hē apistia tōn Hellēnōn? mē pę̄ boulesthai peithesthai tę̄ alētheią phaskousę̄ theothen dia Mōyseōs dedosthai ton nomon, hopote ge kai autoi ek tōn para sphisi timōsi Mōysē. ton te Minō para Dios diʼ enatou etous lambanein tous nomous historousi phoitōnta eis to tou Dios antron, ton te au Lykourgon ta nomothetika eis Delphous pros ton Apollōna syneches apionta paideuesthai graphousi Platōn te kai Aristotelēs kai Ephoros, Chamaileōn te ho Hērakleōtēs en tǭ Peri methēs kai Aristotelēs en tę̄ Lokrōn politeią Zaleukon ton Lokron para tēs Athēnas tous nomous lambanein apomnēmoneuousin. hoi de to axiopiston tēs parʼ Hellēsi nomothesias, hōs hoion te autois, epairontes eis to theion katʼ eikona tēs kata ton Mōysea prophēteias agnōmones, ouk autothen homologountes tēn te alētheian kai to archetypon tōn para sphisin historoumenōn.
Then those who obey the law, through having some knowledge of it, can neither disbelieve nor be ignorant of the truth; but those who disbelieve and do not wish to be engaged in its works, these, if any, admittedly do not know the truth. What, then, is the unbelief of the Greeks? Not wishing to trust the truth that says the law was given by God through Moses, when they themselves, from their own accounts, honor Moses. They relate that Minos received the laws from Zeus every ninth year, going to the cave of Zeus; and Plato, Aristotle, and Ephorus write that Lycurgus was taught his legislation by continually going to Apollo at Delphi; and Chamaeleon of Heraclea in his work On Drunkenness, and Aristotle in his Constitution of the Locrians, record that Zaleucus the Locrian received his laws from Athena. Those who, as far as they can, raise the authority of Greek legislation to the divine, in imitation of the prophecy of Moses, are ungrateful, not admitting outright the truth and the archetype of what is related among them.
Miscellanies 1, chapter 27
1.27.171Stählin 2:106
Μὴ τοίνυν κατατρεχέτω τις τοῦ νόμου διὰ τὰς τιμωρίας ὡς οὐ καλοῦ κἀγαθοῦ· οὐ γὰρ ὁ μὲν τὴν τοῦ σώματος νόσον ἀπάγων εὐεργέτης δόξει, ψυχὴν δὲ ἀδικίας ὁ πειρώμενος ἀπαλλάττειν οὐ μᾶλλον ἂν εἴη κηδεμών, ὅσῳπερ ψυχὴ σώματος ἐντιμότερον. ἀλλʼ ἄρα τῆς μὲν τοῦ σώματος ὑγείας ἕνεκα καὶ τομὰς καὶ καύσεις καὶ φαρμακοποσίας ὑφιστάμεθα καὶ ὁ ταῦτα προσάγων σωτήρ τε καὶ ἰατρὸς τε καλεῖται, οὐ φθόνῳ τινὶ οὐδὲ δυσμενείᾳ τῇ πρὸς τὸν πάσχοντα, ὡς δʼ ἂν ὁ τῆς τέχνης ὑπαγορεύοι λόγος, καὶ μέρη τινὰ ἀποτέμνων, ὡς μὴ τὰ ὑγιαίνοντα συνδιαφθείρεσθαι αὐτοῖς, καὶ οὐκ ἄν τις πονηρίας αἰτιάσαιτο τοῦ ἰατροῦ τὴν τέχνην· τῆς δὲ ψυχῆς ἕνεκα οὐχ ὁμοίως ὑποστησόμεθα ἐάν τε φεύγειν ἐάν τε ἐκτίνειν ζημίας ἐάν τε δεσμά, εἰ μέλλοι τις μόνον ἐξ ἀδικίας ποτὲ δικαιοσύνην κτᾶσθαι; ὁ γὰρ νόμος κηδόμενος τῶν ὑπηκόων πρὸς μὲν τὴν θεοσέβειαν παιδεύει καὶ ὑπαγορεύει τὰ ποιητέα εἴργει τε ἕκαστον τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων, δίκας ἐπιτιθεὶς τοῖς μετρίοις αὐτῶν, ὅταν δέ τινα οὕτως ἔχοντα κατίδῃ ὡς ἀνίατον δοκεῖν εἰς ἔσχατον ἀδικίας ἐλαύνοντα, τότε ἤδη τῶν ἄλλων κηδόμενος ὅπως ἂν μὴ διαφθείρωνται πρὸς αὐτοῦ, ὥσπερ μέρος τι τοῦ παντὸς σώματος ἀποτεμὼν οὕτω που τὸν τοιοῦτον ὑγιέστατα ἀποκτείννυσι.
Mē toinyn katatrechetō tis tou nomou dia tas timōrias hōs ou kalou kagathou; ou gar ho men tēn tou sōmatos noson apagōn euergetēs doxei, psychēn de adikias ho peirōmenos apallattein ou mallon an eiē kēdemōn, hosǭper psychē sōmatos entimoteron. allʼ ara tēs men tou sōmatos hygeias heneka kai tomas kai kauseis kai pharmakoposias hyphistametha kai ho tauta prosagōn sōtēr te kai iatros te kaleitai, ou phthonǭ tini oude dysmeneią tę̄ pros ton paschonta, hōs dʼ an ho tēs technēs hypagoreuoi logos, kai merē tina apotemnōn, hōs mē ta hygiainonta syndiaphtheiresthai autois, kai ouk an tis ponērias aitiasaito tou iatrou tēn technēn; tēs de psychēs heneka ouch homoiōs hypostēsometha ean te pheugein ean te ektinein zēmias ean te desma, ei melloi tis monon ex adikias pote dikaiosynēn ktasthai? ho gar nomos kēdomenos tōn hypēkoōn pros men tēn theosebeian paideuei kai hypagoreuei ta poiētea eirgei te hekaston tōn hamartēmatōn, dikas epititheis tois metriois autōn, hotan de tina houtōs echonta katidę̄ hōs aniaton dokein eis eschaton adikias elaunonta, tote ēdē tōn allōn kēdomenos hopōs an mē diaphtheirōntai pros autou, hōsper meros ti tou pantos sōmatos apotemōn houtō pou ton toiouton hygiestata apokteinnysi.
Let no one, then, attack the law because of its punishments as not noble and good. For if the one who removes a disease of the body will be thought a benefactor, will not the one who tries to free the soul from injustice be even more a protector, by as much as the soul is more precious than the body? For the sake of the body's health we submit to cuttings, burnings, and the drinking of medicines, and the one who applies these is called savior and physician, not out of envy or hostility toward the patient, but as the principle of the art dictates, even cutting off some parts, so that the healthy parts may not be destroyed with them; and no one would accuse the physician's art of wickedness. Shall we not in the same way, for the sake of the soul, submit to exile, fines, or bonds, if only one may at some time acquire righteousness in place of injustice? For the law, caring for its subjects, educates them in piety, dictates what must be done, and restrains each from sins, imposing penalties on the lesser of them; but when it sees someone in such a state as to seem incurable, driven to the extreme of injustice, then, caring for the others, so that they may not be corrupted by him, it puts such a person to death, as if cutting off a part from the whole body, and so most healthfully.
1.27.172Stählin 2:106–107
κρινόμενοι δὲ ὑπὸ τοῦ κυρίου, φησὶν ὁ ἀπόστολος, παιδευόμεθα, ἵνα μὴ σὺν τῷ κόσμῳ κατακριθῶμεν. προεῖπεν γὰρ ὁ προφήτης· παιδεύων ἐπαίδευσέν με ὁ κύριος, τῷ δὲ θανάτῳ οὐ παρέδωκέν με· ἕνεκα γὰρ τοῦ διδάξαι σε τὴν δικαιοσύνην αὐτοῦ ἐπαίδευσέν σε, φησί, καὶ ἐπείρασέν σε καὶ ἐλιμαγχόνησέν σε καὶ διψῆν ἐποίησέν σε ἐν γῇ ἐρήμῳ, ἵνα γνωσθῇ πάντα τὰ δικαιώματα καὶ τὰ κρίματα αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου ὅσα ἐγὼ ἐντέλλομαί σοι σήμερον, καὶ γνώσῃ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου ὅτι ὡς εἴ τις παιδεύσει ἄνθρωπος τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ, οὕτω παιδεύσει σε κύριος ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν.
krinomenoi de hypo tou kyriou, phēsin ho apostolos, paideuometha, hina mē syn tǭ kosmǭ katakrithōmen. proeipen gar ho prophētēs; paideuōn epaideusen me ho kyrios, tǭ de thanatǭ ou paredōken me; heneka gar tou didaxai se tēn dikaiosynēn autou epaideusen se, phēsi, kai epeirasen se kai elimanchonēsen se kai dipsēn epoiēsen se en gę̄ erēmǭ, hina gnōsthę̄ panta ta dikaiōmata kai ta krimata autou en tę̄ kardią sou hosa egō entellomai soi sēmeron, kai gnōsę̄ en tę̄ kardią sou hoti hōs ei tis paideusei anthrōpos ton huion autou, houtō paideusei se kyrios ho theos hēmōn.
“But when we are judged by the Lord,” says the apostle, “we are disciplined, so that we may not be condemned with the world.” For the prophet said earlier: “The Lord has disciplined me severely, but he has not given me over to death.” “For in order to teach you his righteousness he disciplined you,” it says, “and tested you, and let you hunger and made you thirst in a desert land, so that all his ordinances and judgments might be known in your heart, all that I command you today; and you will know in your heart that as a man disciplines his son, so the Lord our God will discipline you.”
1.27.173Stählin 2:107
ὅτι δὲ τὸ ὑπόδειγμα σωφρονίζει αὐτίκα φησί· πανοῦργος ἰδὼν τιμωρούμενον πονηρὸν κραταιῶς αὐτὸς παιδεύεται, ἐπεὶ γενεὰ σοφίας φόβος κυρίου. μέγιστον δὲ καὶ τελεώτατον ἀγαθόν, ὅταν τινὰ ἐκ τοῦ κακῶς πράττειν εἰς ἀρετήν τε καὶ εὐπραγίαν μετάγειν δύνηταί τις, ὅπερ ὁ νόμος ἐργάζεται. ὥστε καὶ ὅταν ἀνηκέστῳ τινὶ κακῷ περιπέσῃ τις ὑπό τε ἀδικίας καὶ πλεονεξίας καταληφθείς, εὐεργετοῖτʼ ἂν ὁ ἀποκτειννύμενος· εὐεργέτης γὰρ ὁ νόμος τοὺς μὲν δικαίους ἐξ ἀδίκων ποιεῖν δυνάμενος, ἢν μόνον ἐπαΐειν ἐθελήσωσιν αὐτοῦ, τοὺς δὲ ἀπαλλάττων τῶν παρόντων κακῶν. τοὺς γὰρ σωφρόνως καὶ δικαίως βιοῦν ἑλομένους ἀθανατίζειν ἐπαγγέλλεται. τὸ δὲ γνῶναι νόμον διανοίας ἐστὶν ἀγαθῆς. καὶ πάλιν· ἄνδρες κακοὶ οὐ νοοῦσι νόμον, οἱ δὲ ζητοῦντες τὸν κύριον συνήσουσιν ἐν παντὶ ἀγαθῷ. δεῖ δὴ τὴν διοικοῦσαν πρόνοιαν κυρίαν τε εἶναι καὶ ἀγαθήν. ἀμφοῖν γὰρ ἡ δύναμις οἰκονομεῖ σωτηρίαν, ἣ μὲν κολάσει σωφρονίζουσα ὡς κυρία, ἣ δὲ διʼ εὐποιίας χρηστευομένη ὡς εὐεργέτις. ἔξεστι δὲ μὴ εἶναι ἀπειθείας υἱόν, ἀλλὰ μεταβαίνειν ἐκ τοῦ σκότους εἰς ζωὴν καὶ παραθέντα τῇ σοφίᾳ τὴν ἀκοὴν νόμιμον εἶναι θεοῦ δοῦλον μὲν τὰ πρῶτα, ἔπειτα δὲ πιστὸν γενέσθαι θεράποντα, φοβούμενον κύριον τὸν θεόν, εἰ δέ τις ἐπαναβαίη, τοῖς υἱοῖς ἐγκαταλέγεσθαι, ἐπὰν δὲ ἀγάπη καλύψῃ πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν, μακαρίας ἐλπίδος τελείωσιν αὐξηθέντα ἐν ἀγάπῃ ἐκδέχεσθαι τοῦ τὸν ἐγκαταταγέντα τῇ ἐκλεκτῇ υἱοθεσίᾳ τῇ φίλῃ κεκλημένῃ τοῦ θεοῦ, ᾄδοντα ἤδη τὴν εὐχὴν καὶ λέγοντα· γενέσθω μοι κύριος εἰς θεόν.
hoti de to hypodeigma sōphronizei autika phēsi; panourgos idōn timōroumenon ponēron krataiōs autos paideuetai, epei genea sophias phobos kyriou. megiston de kai teleōtaton agathon, hotan tina ek tou kakōs prattein eis aretēn te kai eupragian metagein dynētai tis, hoper ho nomos ergazetai. hōste kai hotan anēkestǭ tini kakǭ peripesę̄ tis hypo te adikias kai pleonexias katalēphtheis, euergetoitʼ an ho apokteinnymenos; euergetēs gar ho nomos tous men dikaious ex adikōn poiein dynamenos, ēn monon epaïein ethelēsōsin autou, tous de apallattōn tōn parontōn kakōn. tous gar sōphronōs kai dikaiōs bioun helomenous athanatizein epangelletai. to de gnōnai nomon dianoias estin agathēs. kai palin; andres kakoi ou noousi nomon, hoi de zētountes ton kyrion synēsousin en panti agathǭ. dei dē tēn dioikousan pronoian kyrian te einai kai agathēn. amphoin gar hē dynamis oikonomei sōtērian, hē men kolasei sōphronizousa hōs kyria, hē de diʼ eupoiias chrēsteuomenē hōs euergetis. exesti de mē einai apeitheias huion, alla metabainein ek tou skotous eis zōēn kai parathenta tę̄ sophią tēn akoēn nomimon einai theou doulon men ta prōta, epeita de piston genesthai theraponta, phoboumenon kyrion ton theon, ei de tis epanabaiē, tois huiois enkatalegesthai, epan de agapē kalypsę̄ plēthos hamartiōn, makarias elpidos teleiōsin auxēthenta en agapę̄ ekdechesthai tou ton enkatatagenta tę̄ eklektę̄ huiothesią tę̄ philę̄ keklēmenę̄ tou theou, ądonta ēdē tēn euchēn kai legonta; genesthō moi kyrios eis theon.
That example brings to self-control it says at once: “A cunning man, seeing a wicked man punished, is himself strongly instructed,” since “the fear of the Lord is the source of wisdom.” The greatest and most perfect good is when one can bring someone from doing evil to virtue and well-being, which the law accomplishes. So even when someone falls into an incurable evil, seized by injustice and greed, the one who is put to death would be benefited; for the law is a benefactor, able to make some just from unjust, if only they are willing to listen to it, and to release others from present evils. For it promises immortality to those who choose to live temperately and justly. To know the law belongs to a good mind. And again: “Evil men do not understand the law, but those who seek the Lord will understand in every good thing.” The providence that governs must be both sovereign and good. For the power of both arranges salvation, the one bringing to self-control by punishment as sovereign, the other showing kindness by good deeds as benefactor. It is possible not to be a son of disobedience, but to pass from darkness into life, and, lending one's ear to wisdom, to be lawful: at first a servant of God, then to become a faithful attendant, fearing the Lord God; and if one rises further, to be enrolled among the sons; and when love covers a multitude of sins, growing in love, to await the completion of blessed hope, as one ranked in the chosen adoption called the friendship of God, singing already the prayer and saying, “Let the Lord be my God.”
1.27.174Stählin 2:107–108
τοῦ νόμου δὲ τὴν εὐποιίαν διὰ τῆς πρὸς τοὺς Ἰουδαίους περικοπῆς δεδήλωκεν ὁ ἀπόστολος γράφων ὧδέ πως· εἰ δὲ σὺ Ἰουδαῖος ἐπονομάζῃ καὶ ἐπαναπαύῃ νόμῳ καὶ καυχᾶσαι ἐν θεῷ καὶ γιγνώσκεις τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ δοκιμάζεις τὰ διαφέροντα κατηχούμενος ἐκ τοῦ νόμου, πέποιθάς τε σεαυτὸν ὁδηγὸν εἶναι τυφλῶν, φῶς τῶν ἐν σκότει, παιδευτὴν ἀφρόνων, διδάσκαλον νηπίων, ἔχοντα τὴν μόρφωσιν τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐν τῷ νόμῳ. ταῦτα γὰρ δύνασθαι τὸν νόμον ὁμολογεῖται, κἂν οἱ κατὰ νόμον μὴ πολιτευόμενοι ὡς ἐν νόμῳ ἀλαζονεύωνται βιοῦντες· μακάριος δὲ ἀνὴρ ὃς εὗρεν σοφίαν, καὶ θνητὸς ὃς εἶδεν φρόνησιν, ἐκ δὲ τοῦ στόματος αὐτῆς, τῆς σοφίας δηλονότι, δικαιοσύνη ἐκπορεύεται, νόμον δὲ καὶ ἔλεον ἐπὶ γλώσσης φορεῖ. ἑνὸς γὰρ κυρίου ἐνέργεια, ὅς ἐστι δύναμις καὶ σοφία τοῦ θεοῦ, ὅ τε νόμος τό τε εὐαγγέλιον, καὶ ὃν ἐγέννησε φόβον ὁ νόμος, ἐλεήμων οὗτος εἰς σωτηρίαν. ἐλεημοσύναι δὲ καὶ πίστεις καὶ ἀλήθεια μὴ ἐκλιπέτωσάν σε, ἄφαψαι δὲ αὐτὰς περὶ σῷ τραχήλῳ.
tou nomou de tēn eupoiian dia tēs pros tous Ioudaious perikopēs dedēlōken ho apostolos graphōn hōde pōs; ei de sy Ioudaios eponomazę̄ kai epanapauę̄ nomǭ kai kauchasai en theǭ kai gignōskeis to thelēma tou theou kai dokimazeis ta diapheronta katēchoumenos ek tou nomou, pepoithas te seauton hodēgon einai typhlōn, phōs tōn en skotei, paideutēn aphronōn, didaskalon nēpiōn, echonta tēn morphōsin tēs gnōseōs kai tēs alētheias en tǭ nomǭ. tauta gar dynasthai ton nomon homologeitai, kan hoi kata nomon mē politeuomenoi hōs en nomǭ alazoneuōntai biountes; makarios de anēr hos heuren sophian, kai thnētos hos eiden phronēsin, ek de tou stomatos autēs, tēs sophias dēlonoti, dikaiosynē ekporeuetai, nomon de kai eleon epi glōssēs phorei. henos gar kyriou energeia, hos esti dynamis kai sophia tou theou, ho te nomos to te euangelion, kai hon egennēse phobon ho nomos, eleēmōn houtos eis sōtērian. eleēmosynai de kai pisteis kai alētheia mē eklipetōsan se, aphapsai de autas peri sǭ trachēlǭ.
The apostle has shown the beneficence of the law through the passage addressed to the Jews, writing somewhat thus: “But if you call yourself a Jew and rest on the law and boast in God and know his will and approve what is excellent, being instructed from the law, and are confident that you are a guide to the blind, a light to those in darkness, an instructor of the foolish, a teacher of infants, having in the law the form of knowledge and of truth.” For it is acknowledged that the law can do these things, even if those who do not live according to the law boast as though living in the law. “Blessed is the man who has found wisdom, and the mortal who has seen understanding”; and “from her mouth,” that is, wisdom's, “righteousness proceeds, and she bears law and mercy on her tongue.” For the law and the gospel are the working of one Lord, who is “the power and wisdom of God”; and the fear that the law begot is merciful for salvation. “Let not almsgiving and faith and truth forsake you, but bind them about your neck.”
1.27.175Stählin 2:108
ὁμοίως δὲ τῷ Παύλῳ ἡ προφητεία ὀνειδίζει τὸν λαὸν ὡς μὴ συνιέντα τὸν νόμον. σύντριμμα καὶ ταλαιπωρία ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν, καὶ ὁδὸν εἰρήνης οὐκ ἔγνωσαν, οὐκ ἔστι φόβος θεοῦ ἀπέναντι τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν. φάσκοντες εἶναι σοφοὶ ἐμωράνθησαν. οἴδαμεν δὲ ὅτι καλὸς ὁ νόμος, ἐάν τις αὐτῷ νομίμως χρήσηται· οἱ δὲ θέλοντες εἶναι νομοδιδάσκαλοι οὐ νοοῦσι, φησὶν ὁ ἀπόστολος, οὔτε ἃ λέγουσιν οὔτε περὶ τίνων διαβεβαιοῦνται, τὸ δὲ τέλος τῆς παραγγελίας ἀγάπη ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας καὶ συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς καὶ πίστεως ἀνυποκρίτου.
homoiōs de tǭ Paulǭ hē prophēteia oneidizei ton laon hōs mē synienta ton nomon. syntrimma kai talaipōria en tais hodois autōn, kai hodon eirēnēs ouk egnōsan, ouk esti phobos theou apenanti tōn ophthalmōn autōn. phaskontes einai sophoi emōranthēsan. oidamen de hoti kalos ho nomos, ean tis autǭ nomimōs chrēsētai; hoi de thelontes einai nomodidaskaloi ou noousi, phēsin ho apostolos, oute ha legousin oute peri tinōn diabebaiountai, to de telos tēs parangelias agapē ek katharas kardias kai syneidēseōs agathēs kai pisteōs anypokritou.
Likewise with Paul, the prophecy reproaches the people as not understanding the law: “Destruction and misery are in their ways, and the way of peace they have not known; there is no fear of God before their eyes. Claiming to be wise, they became fools.” “And we know that the law is good, if one uses it lawfully”; but “those who wish to be teachers of the law do not understand,” says the apostle, “either what they say or the things about which they make confident assertions”; “but the aim of the commandment is love from a pure heart and a good conscience and sincere faith.”
Miscellanies 1, chapter 28
1.28.176Stählin 2:108–109
Ἡ μὲν οὖν κατὰ Μωυσέα φιλοσοφία τετραχῇ τέμνεται, εἴς τε τὸ ἱστορικὸν καὶ τὸ κυρίως λεγόμενον νομοθετικόν, ἅπερ ἂν εἴη τῆς ἠθικῆς πραγματείας ἴδια, τὸ τρίτον δὲ εἰς τὸ ἱερουργικόν, ὅ ἐστιν ἤδη τῆς φυσικῆς θεωρίας· καὶ τέταρτον ἐπὶ πᾶσι τὸ θεολογικὸν εἶδος, ἡ ἐποπτεία, ἣν φησιν ὁ Πλάτων τῶν μεγάλων ὄντως εἶναι μυστηρίων, Ἀριστοτέλης δὲ τὸ εἶδος τοῦτο μετὰ τὰ φυσικὰ καλεῖ. καὶ ἥ γε κατὰ Πλάτωνα διαλεκτική, ὥς φησιν ἐν τῷ Πολιτικῷ, τῆς τῶν ὄντων δηλώσεως εὑρετική τίς ἐστιν ἐπιστήμη, κτητὴ δὲ αὕτη τῷ σώφρονι οὐχ ἕνεκα τοῦ λέγειν τε καὶ πράττειν τι τῶν πρὸς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, ὥσπερ οἱ νῦν διαλεκτικοὶ περὶ τὰ σοφιστικὰ ἀσχολούμενοι ποιοῦσιν, ἀλλὰ τοῦ τῷ θεῷ κεχαρισμένα μὲν λέγειν δύνασθαι, κεχαρισμένα δὲ πράττειν, τὸ πᾶν εἰς δύναμιν.
Hē men oun kata Mōysea philosophia tetrachę̄ temnetai, eis te to historikon kai to kyriōs legomenon nomothetikon, haper an eiē tēs ēthikēs pragmateias idia, to triton de eis to hierourgikon, ho estin ēdē tēs physikēs theōrias; kai tetarton epi pasi to theologikon eidos, hē epopteia, hēn phēsin ho Platōn tōn megalōn ontōs einai mystēriōn, Aristotelēs de to eidos touto meta ta physika kalei. kai hē ge kata Platōna dialektikē, hōs phēsin en tǭ Politikǭ, tēs tōn ontōn dēlōseōs heuretikē tis estin epistēmē, ktētē de hautē tǭ sōphroni ouch heneka tou legein te kai prattein ti tōn pros tous anthrōpous, hōsper hoi nyn dialektikoi peri ta sophistika ascholoumenoi poiousin, alla tou tǭ theǭ kecharismena men legein dynasthai, kecharismena de prattein, to pan eis dynamin.
The philosophy according to Moses, then, is divided into four parts: the historical and the properly legislative, which would belong to ethics; the third, the priestly, which already belongs to natural contemplation; and fourth, above all, the theological kind, the vision, which Plato says belongs to the truly great mysteries, and which Aristotle calls metaphysics. And dialectic according to Plato, as he says in the Statesman, is a knowledge that discovers the explanation of the things that are; and it is to be acquired by the self-controlled not for speaking and doing any of the things that concern human beings, as the present dialecticians do, busy with sophistries, but in order to be able to say what is pleasing to God and to do what is pleasing, everything as far as possible.
1.28.177Stählin 2:109
μικτὴ δὲ φιλοσοφίᾳ οὖσα τῇ ἀληθεῖ ἡ ἀληθὴς διαλεκτικὴ ἐπισκοποῦσα τὰ πράγματα καὶ τὰς δυνάμεις καὶ τὰς ἐξουσίας δοκιμάζουσα ὑπεξαναβαίνει ἐπὶ τὴν πάντων κρατίστην οὐσίαν τολμᾷ τε ἐπέκεινα ἐπὶ τὸν τῶν ὅλων θεόν, οὐκ ἐμπειρίαν τῶν θνητῶν, ἀλλʼ ἐπιστήμην τῶν θείων καὶ οὐρανίων ἐπαγγελλομένη, ᾗ συνέπεται καὶ ἡ περὶ τῶν ἀνθρωπείων περί τε τοὺς λόγους καὶ τὰς πράξεις οἰκεία χρῆσις. εἰκότως ἄρα καὶ ἡ γραφὴ τοιούτους τινὰς ἡμᾶς διαλεκτικοὺς οὕτως ἐθέλουσα γενέσθαι παραινεῖ· γίνεσθε δὲ δόκιμοι τραπεζῖται, τὰ μὲν ἀποδοκιμάζοντες, τὸ δὲ καλὸν κατέχοντες· αὕτη γὰρ τῷ ὄντι ἡ διαλεκτικὴ φρόνησίς ἐστι περὶ τὰ νοητὰ διαιρετική, ἑκάστου τῶν ὄντων ἀμίκτως τε καὶ εἰλικρινῶς τοῦ ὑποκειμένου δεικτική, ἢ δύναμις περὶ τὰ τῶν πραγμάτων γένη διαιρετική, μέχρι τῶν ἰδικωτάτων καταβαίνουσα, παρεχομένη ἕκαστον τῶν ὄντων καθαρὸν οἷον ἔστι φαίνεσθαι.
miktē de philosophią ousa tę̄ alēthei hē alēthēs dialektikē episkopousa ta pragmata kai tas dynameis kai tas exousias dokimazousa hypexanabainei epi tēn pantōn kratistēn ousian tolmą te epekeina epi ton tōn holōn theon, ouk empeirian tōn thnētōn, allʼ epistēmēn tōn theiōn kai ouraniōn epangellomenē, hę̄ synepetai kai hē peri tōn anthrōpeiōn peri te tous logous kai tas praxeis oikeia chrēsis. eikotōs ara kai hē graphē toioutous tinas hēmas dialektikous houtōs ethelousa genesthai parainei; ginesthe de dokimoi trapezitai, ta men apodokimazontes, to de kalon katechontes; hautē gar tǭ onti hē dialektikē phronēsis esti peri ta noēta diairetikē, hekastou tōn ontōn amiktōs te kai eilikrinōs tou hypokeimenou deiktikē, ē dynamis peri ta tōn pragmatōn genē diairetikē, mechri tōn idikōtatōn katabainousa, parechomenē hekaston tōn ontōn katharon hoion esti phainesthai.
True dialectic, being mixed with true philosophy, examines things, tests powers and authorities, and rises step by step to the best essence of all, and dares beyond, to the God of the universe, professing not experience of mortal things but knowledge of divine and heavenly things; and the proper use of human matters in words and deeds follows from it. Fittingly, then, Scripture, wishing us to become such dialecticians, exhorts: “Become approved money-changers, rejecting some things and holding fast what is good.” For this truly is dialectic: prudence that divides intelligible things, showing each of the things that are purely and unmixed as it is in its substrate; or a power that divides the genera of things, descending to the most specific, presenting each of the things that are to appear pure as it is.
1.28.178Stählin 2:109
διὸ καὶ μόνη αὕτη ἐπὶ τὴν ἀληθῆ σοφίαν χειραγωγεῖ, ἥτις ἐστὶ δύναμις θεία, τῶν ὄντων ὡς ὄντων γνωστική, τὸ τέλειον ἔχουσα, παντὸς πάθους ἀπηλλαγμένη, οὐκ ἄνευ τοῦ σωτῆρος τοῦ καταγαγόντος ἡμῶν τῷ θείῳ λόγῳ τοῦ ὁρατικοῦ τῆς ψυχῆς τὴν ἐπιχυθεῖσαν ἐκ φαύλης ἀναστροφῆς ἄγνοιαν ἀχλυώδη καὶ τὸ βέλτιστον ἀποδεδωκότος, ὄφρʼ εὖ γινώσκοιμεν ἠμὲν θεὸν ἠδὲ καὶ ἄνδρα. οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τῷ ὄντι δείξας ὅπως τε γνωστέον ἑαυτούς, οὗτος ὁ τῶν ὅλων τὸν πατέρα ἐκκαλύπτων, ᾧ ἂν βούληται, καὶ ὡς οἷόν τε τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην φύσιν χωρῆσαι νοεῖν· οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἔγνω τὸν υἱὸν εἰ μὴ ὁ πατήρ, οὐδὲ τὸν πατέρα εἰ μὴ ὁ υἱὸς καὶ ᾧ ἂν ὁ υἱὸς ἀποκαλύψῃ.
dio kai monē hautē epi tēn alēthē sophian cheiragōgei, hētis esti dynamis theia, tōn ontōn hōs ontōn gnōstikē, to teleion echousa, pantos pathous apēllagmenē, ouk aneu tou sōtēros tou katagagontos hēmōn tǭ theiǭ logǭ tou horatikou tēs psychēs tēn epichytheisan ek phaulēs anastrophēs agnoian achlyōdē kai to beltiston apodedōkotos, ophrʼ eu ginōskoimen ēmen theon ēde kai andra. houtos estin ho tǭ onti deixas hopōs te gnōsteon heautous, houtos ho tōn holōn ton patera ekkalyptōn, hǭ an boulētai, kai hōs hoion te tēn anthrōpinēn physin chōrēsai noein; oudeis gar egnō ton huion ei mē ho patēr, oude ton patera ei mē ho huios kai hǭ an ho huios apokalypsę̄.
That is why this alone leads by the hand to true wisdom, which is a divine power, knowing the things that are as they are, having the perfect, freed from every passion; not without the Savior, who by the divine Word removed from the soul's power of sight the misty ignorance poured over it by evil conduct, and gave back the best, “so that we may know well both God and man.” He it is who truly showed how we should know ourselves; he reveals the Father of the universe to whom he wishes, and as far as human nature can understand. “For no one knows the Son except the Father, nor the Father except the Son and he to whom the Son reveals him.”
1.28.179Stählin 2:109–110
εἰκότως ἄρα ὁ ἀπόστολος κατὰ ἀποκάλυψιν φησὶν ἐγνωκέναι τὸ μυστήριον, καθὼς προέγραψα ἐν ὀλίγῳ, πρὸς ὃ δύνασθε ἀναγινώσκοντες νοῆσαι τὴν σύνεσίν μου ἐν τῷ μυστηρίῳ τοῦ Χριστοῦ. πρὸς ὃ δύνασθε εἶπεν, ἐπεὶ ᾔδει τινὰς γάλα μόνον εἰληφότας, οὐδέπω δὲ καὶ βρῶμα, αὐτίκα οὐχ ἁπλῶς γάλα. τριχῶς δὲ ἡμῖν ἐκληπτέον τοῦ νόμου τὴν βούλησιν, ἢ ὡς σημεῖον ἐμφαίνουσαν ἢ ὡς ἐντολὴν κυροῦσαν εἰς πολιτείαν ὀρθὴν ἢ θεσπίζουσαν ὡς προφητείαν. ἀνδρῶν δὲ εὖ οἶδʼ ὅτι τὰ τοιαῦτα διακρίνειν τε καὶ λέγειν· οὐ γὰρ δὴ μία Μύκονος ἡ πᾶσα πρὸς νόησιν γραφή, ᾗ φασιν οἱ παροιμιαζόμενοι· διαλεκτικώτερον δὲ ὡς ἔνι μάλιστα προσιτέον αὐτῇ, τὴν ἀκολουθίαν τῆς θείας διδασκαλίας θηρωμένοις.
eikotōs ara ho apostolos kata apokalypsin phēsin egnōkenai to mystērion, kathōs proegrapsa en oligǭ, pros ho dynasthe anaginōskontes noēsai tēn synesin mou en tǭ mystēriǭ tou Christou. pros ho dynasthe eipen, epei ę̄dei tinas gala monon eilēphotas, oudepō de kai brōma, autika ouch haplōs gala. trichōs de hēmin eklēpteon tou nomou tēn boulēsin, ē hōs sēmeion emphainousan ē hōs entolēn kyrousan eis politeian orthēn ē thespizousan hōs prophēteian. andrōn de eu oidʼ hoti ta toiauta diakrinein te kai legein; ou gar dē mia Mykonos hē pasa pros noēsin graphē, hę̄ phasin hoi paroimiazomenoi; dialektikōteron de hōs eni malista prositeon autę̄, tēn akolouthian tēs theias didaskalias thērōmenois.
Fittingly, then, the apostle says that he knew the mystery by revelation: “as I wrote before briefly, by which, when you read, you can perceive my understanding in the mystery of Christ.” He said “you can,” since he knew that some had received only milk, and not yet solid food, and not simply milk. We must take the meaning of the law in three ways: as showing a sign, as establishing a commandment for right living, or as foretelling as prophecy. And I know well that it belongs to men to distinguish and speak of such things; for the whole of Scripture is not, as the proverb-makers say, “one Myconos” to understanding; but one must approach it as dialectically as possible, hunting the sequence of the divine teaching.
Miscellanies 1, chapter 29
1.29.180Stählin 2:110
Ὅθεν παγκάλως ὁ παρὰ τῷ Πλάτωνι Αἰγύπτιος ἱερεύς· ὦ Σόλων, Σόλων, εἶπεν, Ἕλληνες ὑμεῖς αἰεὶ παῖδές ἐστε, οὐδʼ ἡντινοῦν ἐν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ἔχοντες διʼ ἀρχαίαν ἀκοὴν παλαιὰν δόξαν, γέρων δὲ Ἑλλήνων οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδείς· γέροντας, οἶμαι, εἰπὼν τοὺς τὰ πρεσβύτερα, τουτέστι τὰ ἡμέτερα, εἰδότας, ὡς ἔμπαλιν νέους τοὺς τὰ νεώτερα καὶ ὑπὸ Ἑλλήνων ἐπιτετηδευμένα, τὰ χθὲς καὶ πρῴην γενόμενα, ὡς παλαιὰ καὶ ἀρχαῖα ἱστοροῦντας. ἐπήγαγεν οὖν μάθημα χρόνῳ πολιόν, κατὰ βαρβαρικόν τινα τρόπον ἀπλάστῳ καὶ οὐκ εὐκρινεῖ χρωμένων ἡμῶν τῇ μεταφορᾷ. ἀτεχνῶς γοῦν οἱ εὐγνώμονες ὅλῳ τῷ πλάσματι τῷ τῆς ἑρμηνείας προσίασιν· ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν Ἑλλήνων φησὶ τὴν οἴησιν αὐτῶν παίδων βραχύ τι διαφέρειν μύθων· οὐ γὰρ μύθων παιδικῶν ἐξακουστέον οὐδὲ μὴν τῶν τοῖς παισὶ γενομένων μύθων· παῖδας δὲ εἴρηκεν αὐτούς γε τοὺς μύθους, ὡς ἂν μικρὸν διορώντων τῶν παρʼ Ἕλλησιν οἰησισόφων, αἰνιττόμενος τὸ μάθημα τὸ πολιόν, τὴν παρὰ βαρβάροις προγενεστάτην ἀλήθειαν, ᾧ ῥήματι ἀντέθηκε τὸ παῖς μῦθος, τὸ μυθικὸν τῆς τῶν νεωτέρων ἐπιβολῆς διελέγχων ὡς δίκην παίδων μηδὲν πρεσβύτερον ἐχούσης, ἄμφω κοινῶς τοὺς μύθους αὐτῶν καὶ τοὺς λόγους παιδικοὺς εἶναι παριστάς.
Hothen pankalōs ho para tǭ Platōni Aigyptios hiereus; ō Solōn, Solōn, eipen, Hellēnes hymeis aiei paides este, oudʼ hēntinoun en tais psychais echontes diʼ archaian akoēn palaian doxan, gerōn de Hellēnōn ouk estin oudeis; gerontas, oimai, eipōn tous ta presbytera, toutesti ta hēmetera, eidotas, hōs empalin neous tous ta neōtera kai hypo Hellēnōn epitetēdeumena, ta chthes kai prǭēn genomena, hōs palaia kai archaia historountas. epēgagen oun mathēma chronǭ polion, kata barbarikon tina tropon aplastǭ kai ouk eukrinei chrōmenōn hēmōn tę̄ metaphorą. atechnōs goun hoi eugnōmones holǭ tǭ plasmati tǭ tēs hermēneias prosiasin; epi de tōn Hellēnōn phēsi tēn oiēsin autōn paidōn brachy ti diapherein mythōn; ou gar mythōn paidikōn exakousteon oude mēn tōn tois paisi genomenōn mythōn; paidas de eirēken autous ge tous mythous, hōs an mikron diorōntōn tōn parʼ Hellēsin oiēsisophōn, ainittomenos to mathēma to polion, tēn para barbarois progenestatēn alētheian, hǭ rhēmati antethēke to pais mythos, to mythikon tēs tōn neōterōn epibolēs dielenchōn hōs dikēn paidōn mēden presbyteron echousēs, amphō koinōs tous mythous autōn kai tous logous paidikous einai paristas.
Hence very finely did the Egyptian priest in Plato say: “O Solon, Solon, you Greeks are always children, having in your souls no ancient opinion from ancient tradition; and there is no old man among the Greeks.” By “old men” he meant, I think, those who know the more ancient things, that is, ours; and conversely by “young” those who relate as old and ancient the newer things practiced by the Greeks, things of yesterday and the day before. He added, then, “learning gray with time,” we using the metaphor in a barbarian way, unaffected and not precise. Indeed the right-minded approach the whole fiction of the interpretation simply. Of the Greeks he says that their conceit differs little from children's myths; for we must not understand children's myths, nor myths made for children; but he called the myths themselves children, as the Greeks who think themselves wise see little, hinting at the “learning gray with time,” the most ancient truth among the barbarians; to which word he opposed the “child myth,” exposing the mythical character of the attempts of the moderns as, like children, having nothing older, and showing that both their myths and their reasonings are alike childish.
1.29.181Stählin 2:111
θείως τοίνυν ἡ δύναμις ἡ τῷ Ἑρμᾷ κατὰ ἀποκάλυψιν λαλοῦσα τὰ ὁράματα φησὶ καὶ τὰ ἀποκαλύμματα διὰ τοὺς διψύχους, τοὺς διαλογιζομένους ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν, εἰ ἄρα ἔστι ταῦτα ἢ οὐκ ἔστιν. ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ αἱ ἐκ τῆς πολυμαθοῦς περιουσίας ἀποδείξεις ἰσχυροποιοῦσι καὶ βεβαιοῦσι καὶ θεμελιοῦσι τοὺς λόγους τοὺς ἀποδεικτικούς, ὅσον ἔτι αἱ αὐτῶν ὡς νέων φρένες ἠερέθονται. λαμπτὴρ ἄρα ἐντολὴ ἀγαθή, κατὰ τὴν γραφήν, νόμος δὲ φῶς ὁδοῦ· ὁδοὺς γὰρ βιότητος ἐλέγχει παιδεία. νόμος ὁ πάντων βασιλεὺς θνατῶν τε καὶ ἀθανάτων, λέγει Πίνδαρος. ἐγὼ δὲ τὸν θέμενον τὸν νόμον διὰ τούτων ἐξακούω καὶ τό γε Ἡσιόδειον ἐπὶ τοῦ πάντων λελέχθαι θεοῦ λαμβάνω, εἰ καὶ στοχαστικῶς εἴρηται τῷ ποιητῇ, ἀλλʼ οὐ καταληπτικῶς· τόνδε γὰρ ἀνθρώποισι νόμον διέταξε Κρονίων, ἰχθύσι μὲν καὶ θηρσὶ καὶ οἰωνοῖς πετεηνοῖς, ἐσθέμεν ἀλλήλους, ἐπεὶ οὐ δίκη ἐστὶ μετʼ αὐτῶν· ἀνθρώποισι δʼ ἔδωκε δίκην, ἣ πολλὸν ἀρίστη.
theiōs toinyn hē dynamis hē tǭ Hermą kata apokalypsin lalousa ta horamata phēsi kai ta apokalymmata dia tous dipsychous, tous dialogizomenous en tais kardiais autōn, ei ara esti tauta ē ouk estin. homoiōs de kai hai ek tēs polymathous periousias apodeixeis ischyropoiousi kai bebaiousi kai themeliousi tous logous tous apodeiktikous, hoson eti hai autōn hōs neōn phrenes ēerethontai. lamptēr ara entolē agathē, kata tēn graphēn, nomos de phōs hodou; hodous gar biotētos elenchei paideia. nomos ho pantōn basileus thnatōn te kai athanatōn, legei Pindaros. egō de ton themenon ton nomon dia toutōn exakouō kai to ge Hēsiodeion epi tou pantōn lelechthai theou lambanō, ei kai stochastikōs eirētai tǭ poiētę̄, allʼ ou katalēptikōs; tonde gar anthrōpoisi nomon dietaxe Kroniōn, ichthysi men kai thērsi kai oiōnois peteēnois, esthemen allēlous, epei ou dikē esti metʼ autōn; anthrōpoisi dʼ edōke dikēn, hē pollon aristē.
Divinely, then, the power that spoke to Hermas by revelation says: “The visions and revelations are for the double-minded, who reason in their hearts whether these things are or are not.” Likewise the demonstrations from abundant learning strengthen, confirm, and establish the demonstrative arguments, as long as the minds of such people, like those of the young, are fluttering. “The commandment is a lamp,” according to Scripture, “and the law a light for the way; for instruction reproves the ways of life.” “Law, king of all, mortals and immortals,” says Pindar. I understand by these words the one who gave the law, and I take Hesiod's saying too as said of the God of all, even if the poet said it by guesswork and not with understanding: “For this law the son of Cronus ordained for men: fish, beasts, and winged birds should eat one another, since there is no justice among them; but to men he gave justice, which is by far the best.”
1.29.182Stählin 2:111–113
εἴτʼ οὖν τὸν ἅμα τῇ γενέσει φησὶ νόμον εἴτε καὶ τὸν αὖθις, δοθέντα, πλὴν ἐκ θεοῦ ὅ τε τῆς φύσεως ὅ τε τῆς μαθήσεως νόμος, εἷς ὤν, ὡς καὶ Πλάτων ἐν τῷ Πολιτικῷ ἕνα τὸν νομοθέτην φησίν, ἐν δὲ τοῖς Νόμοις ἕνα τὸν συνήσοντα τῶν μουσικῶν, διὰ τούτων διδάσκων τὸν λόγον εἶναι ἕνα καὶ τὸν θεὸν ἕνα. Μωυσῆς δὲ φαίνεται τὸν κύριον διαθήκην καλῶν, ἰδοὺ ἐγώ, λέγων, ἡ διαθήκη μου μετὰ σοῦ· ἐπεὶ καὶ πρότερον εἶπεν διαθήκην, † μὴ ζητεῖν αὐτὴν ἐν γραφῇ. ἔστι γὰρ διαθήκη ἣν ὁ αἴτιος τοῦ παντὸς θεὸς τίθεται, θεὸς δὲ παρὰ τὴν θέσιν εἴρηται καὶ τάξιν, τὴν διακόσμησιν. ἐν δὲ τῷ Πέτρου Κηρύγματι εὕροις ἂν νόμον καὶ λόγον τὸν κύριον προσαγορευόμενον. Ἀλλʼ ὁ μὲν κατὰ τὴν ἀληθῆ φιλοσοφίαν γνωστικῶν ὑπομνημάτων πρῶτος ἡμῖν Στρωματεὺς ἐνταυθοῖ περιγεγράφθω.
eitʼ oun ton hama tę̄ genesei phēsi nomon eite kai ton authis, dothenta, plēn ek theou ho te tēs physeōs ho te tēs mathēseōs nomos, heis ōn, hōs kai Platōn en tǭ Politikǭ hena ton nomothetēn phēsin, en de tois Nomois hena ton synēsonta tōn mousikōn, dia toutōn didaskōn ton logon einai hena kai ton theon hena. Mōysēs de phainetai ton kyrion diathēkēn kalōn, idou egō, legōn, hē diathēkē mou meta sou; epei kai proteron eipen diathēkēn, † mē zētein autēn en graphę̄. esti gar diathēkē hēn ho aitios tou pantos theos tithetai, theos de para tēn thesin eirētai kai taxin, tēn diakosmēsin. en de tǭ Petrou Kērygmati heurois an nomon kai logon ton kyrion prosagoreuomenon. Allʼ ho men kata tēn alēthē philosophian gnōstikōn hypomnēmatōn prōtos hēmin Strōmateus entauthoi perigegraphthō.
Whether, then, he means the law given together with birth or the one given later, both the law of nature and the law of learning are from God, being one; as Plato too says in the Statesman that the lawgiver is one, and in the Laws that the one who understands music is one, teaching by these words that the Word is one and God is one. And Moses appears to call the Lord a covenant, saying, “Behold, I, my covenant is with you”; since he said “covenant” earlier too, … not to seek it in writing. For a covenant is what God, the cause of all, sets; and God (θεός) is so called from setting (θέσις) and order, the arrangement of the world. And in the Preaching of Peter you would find the Lord called Law and Word. But let the first Stromateus of our gnostic notes according to the true philosophy end here.
Miscellanies 2, chapter 1
2.1.1Stählin 2:114
Ἑξῆς δʼ ἂν εἴη διαλαβεῖν, ἐπεὶ κλέπτας τῆς βαρβάρου φιλοσοφίας Ἕλληνας εἶναι προσεῖπεν ἡ γραφή, ὅπως τοῦτο διʼ ὀλίγων δειχθήσεται. οὐ γὰρ μόνον τὰ παράδοξα τῶν παρʼ ἡμῖν ἱστορουμένων ἀπομιμουμένους ἀναγράφειν αὐτοὺς παραστήσομεν, πρὸς δὲ τὰ κυριώτατα τῶν δογμάτων σκευωρουμένους καὶ παραχαράσσοντας, προγενεστέρων οὐσῶν τῶν παρʼ ἡμῖν γραφῶν, ὡς ἀπεδείξαμεν, διελέγξομεν ἔν τε τοῖς περὶ πίστεως περί τε σοφίας γνώσεώς τε καὶ ἐπιστήμης ἐλπίδος τε καὶ πίστεως περί τε μετανοίας καὶ ἐγκρατείας καὶ δὴ καὶ φόβου θεοῦ (σμῆνος ἀτεχνῶς τῶν ἀληθείας ἀρετῶν, ὧν ὅσα γε ἀπαιτήσει ἡ κατὰ τὸν τόπον τὸν προκείμενον ὑποσημείωσις, περιληφθήσεται) καὶ ὡς τὰ μάλιστα τὸ ἐπικεκρυμμένον τῆς βαρβάρου φιλοσοφίας, τὸ συμβολικὸν τοῦτο καὶ αἰνιγματῶδες εἶδος, ἐζήλωσαν οἱ πραγματικῶς τὰ τῶν ἀρχαίων φιλοσοφήσαντες, χρησιμώτατον, μᾶλλον δὲ ἀναγκαιότατον τῇ γνώσει τῆς ἀληθείας ὑπάρχον.
Hexēs dʼ an eiē dialabein, epei kleptas tēs barbarou philosophias Hellēnas einai proseipen hē graphē, hopōs touto diʼ oligōn deichthēsetai. ou gar monon ta paradoxa tōn parʼ hēmin historoumenōn apomimoumenous anagraphein autous parastēsomen, pros de ta kyriōtata tōn dogmatōn skeuōroumenous kai paracharassontas, progenesterōn ousōn tōn parʼ hēmin graphōn, hōs apedeixamen, dielenxomen en te tois peri pisteōs peri te sophias gnōseōs te kai epistēmēs elpidos te kai pisteōs peri te metanoias kai enkrateias kai dē kai phobou theou (smēnos atechnōs tōn alētheias aretōn, hōn hosa ge apaitēsei hē kata ton topon ton prokeimenon hyposēmeiōsis, perilēphthēsetai) kai hōs ta malista to epikekrymmenon tēs barbarou philosophias, to symbolikon touto kai ainigmatōdes eidos, ezēlōsan hoi pragmatikōs ta tōn archaiōn philosophēsantes, chrēsimōtaton, mallon de anankaiotaton tę̄ gnōsei tēs alētheias hyparchon.
Next it would be fitting to discuss how it will be shown briefly, since Scripture has called the Greeks thieves of the barbarian philosophy. For we shall show not only that they wrote imitating the marvels recorded among us, but we shall also prove that they falsified and counterfeited the most important of the doctrines, since our Scriptures are older, as we have shown: concerning faith, wisdom, knowledge and understanding, hope and faith, repentance and self-control, and indeed the fear of God (simply a swarm of the virtues of truth, of which as many will be included as the sketch of the present subject requires); and that those who philosophized in earnest about the teachings of the ancients especially emulated the hidden element of the barbarian philosophy, this symbolic and enigmatic form, which is most useful, or rather most necessary, for the knowledge of the truth.
2.1.2Stählin 2:114
ἐπὶ τούτοις ἀκόλουθον οἶμαι ὑπὲρ ὧν κατατρέχουσιν ἡμῶν Ἕλληνες ἀπολογήσασθαι ὀλίγαις συγχρωμένους γραφαῖς. εἴ πως ἠρέμα καὶ ὁ Ἰουδαῖος ἐπαΐων ἐπιστρέψαι δυνηθείη ἐξ ὧν ἐπίστευσεν εἰς ὃν οὐκ ἐπίστευσεν. διαδέξεται δὲ εἰκότως τοὺς γενναίους τῶν φιλοσόφων ἔλεγχος ἀγαπητικὸς τοῦ βίου τε αὐτῶν καὶ τῆς εὑρέσεως τῶν καινῶν δογμάτων, οὐκ ἀμυνομένων ἡμῶν τοὺς κατηγόρους (πολλοῦ γε καὶ δεῖ, τοὺς εὐλογεῖν μεμαθηκότας τοὺς καταρωμένους, κἂν βλασφήμους κενῶς καταφέρωσιν ἡμῶν λόγους), ἀλλʼ εἰς ἐπιστροφὴν τὴν ἐκείνων αὐτῶν, εἴ πως ἐπαισχυνθεῖεν οἱ πάνσοφοι διʼ ἐλέγχου βαρβάρου σωφρονισθέντες, ὡς διιδεῖν ὀψὲ γοῦν δυνηθῆναι, ὁποῖα ἄρα εἴη τὰ μαθήματα, ἐφʼ ἃ στέλλονται τὰς ἀποδημίας τὰς διαποντίους. ὧν μὲν γὰρ δὴ κλέπται, καὶ δὴ καὶ ταῦτα ἀποδεικτέα περιαιρεθείσης αὐτοῖς τῆς φιλαυτίας, ἃ δὲ αὐτοὶ διζησάμενοι ἑαυτοὺς ἐξευρηκέναι φρυάττονται, τούτων ὁ ἔλεγχος· κατʼ ἐπακολούθημα δὲ καὶ περὶ τῆς ἐγκυκλίου καλουμένης παιδείας, εἰς ὅσα εὔχρηστος, περί τε ἀστρολογικῆς καὶ μαθηματικῆς καὶ μαγικῆς γοητείας τε ἐπιδραμητέον. αὐχοῦσι γὰρ δὴ καὶ ἐπὶ ταῖσδε οἱ Πανέλληνες ὡς μεγίσταις ἐπιστήμαις. ὃς δʼ ἐλέγχει μετὰ παρρησίας εἰρηνοποιεῖ.
epi toutois akolouthon oimai hyper hōn katatrechousin hēmōn Hellēnes apologēsasthai oligais synchrōmenous graphais. ei pōs ērema kai ho Ioudaios epaïōn epistrepsai dynētheiē ex hōn episteusen eis hon ouk episteusen. diadexetai de eikotōs tous gennaious tōn philosophōn elenchos agapētikos tou biou te autōn kai tēs heureseōs tōn kainōn dogmatōn, ouk amynomenōn hēmōn tous katēgorous (pollou ge kai dei, tous eulogein memathēkotas tous katarōmenous, kan blasphēmous kenōs katapherōsin hēmōn logous), allʼ eis epistrophēn tēn ekeinōn autōn, ei pōs epaischyntheien hoi pansophoi diʼ elenchou barbarou sōphronisthentes, hōs diidein opse goun dynēthēnai, hopoia ara eiē ta mathēmata, ephʼ ha stellontai tas apodēmias tas diapontious. hōn men gar dē kleptai, kai dē kai tauta apodeiktea periairetheisēs autois tēs philautias, ha de autoi dizēsamenoi heautous exeurēkenai phryattontai, toutōn ho elenchos; katʼ epakolouthēma de kai peri tēs enkykliou kaloumenēs paideias, eis hosa euchrēstos, peri te astrologikēs kai mathēmatikēs kai magikēs goēteias te epidramēteon. auchousi gar dē kai epi taisde hoi Panellēnes hōs megistais epistēmais. hos dʼ elenchei meta parrēsias eirēnopoiei.
After this I think it follows to defend ourselves, using a few Scriptures, against the charges the Greeks bring against us, in case the Jew too, listening quietly, might be able to turn from what he has believed to him in whom he has not believed. A loving refutation of the life of the noble philosophers and of their invention of new doctrines will fittingly follow, not to take revenge on our accusers (far from it; we have learned to bless those who curse, even if they hurl empty blasphemous words at us), but for their own conversion, if perhaps these all-wise men, brought to their senses by a barbarian refutation, might feel shame, so as at least late to see what kind of studies those are for which they undertake journeys across the sea. What they have stolen must be shown, their self-love being stripped away; and what they boast of having discovered by searching themselves must be refuted. Following on this, we must also run through the so-called encyclical education, for what it is useful, and astrology, mathematics, magic, and sorcery. For the Pan-Hellenes boast of these too as the greatest sciences. “But he who rebukes boldly makes peace.”
2.1.3Stählin 2:114
ἔφαμεν δὲ πολλάκις ἤδη μήτε μεμελετηκέναι μήτε μὴν ἐπιτηδεύειν ἑλληνίζειν· ἱκανὸν γὰρ δὴ τοῦτο ἀποδημαγωγεῖν τῆς ἀληθείας τοὺς πολλούς, τὸ δὲ τῷ ὄντι φιλοσόφημα οὐκ εἰς τὴν γλῶσσαν, ἀλλʼ εἰς τὴν γνώμην ὀνήσει τοὺς ἐπαΐοντας. δεῖ δʼ, οἶμαι, τὸν ἀληθείας κηδόμενον οὐκ ἐξ ἐπιβολῆς καὶ φροντίδος τὴν φράσιν συνθεῖναι, πειρᾶσθαι δὲ ὀνομάζειν μόνον ὡς δύναται ὃ βούλεται· τοὺς γὰρ τῶν λέξεων ἐχομένους καὶ περὶ ταύτας ἀσχολουμένους διαδιδράσκει τὰ πράγματα. γεωργοῦ μὲν οὖν ἴδιον τὸ ἐν ἀκάνθαις φυόμενον ῥόδον ἀβλαβῶς λαβεῖν καὶ τεχνίτου τὸν ἐν ὀστρείου σαρκὶ κατορωρυγμένον μαργαρίτην ἐξευρεῖν, φασὶ δὲ καὶ τὰς ὄρνιθας ἡδίστην ἔχειν τὴν σαρκὸς ποιότητα, ὅτε οὐκ ἀφθόνου τροφῆς παρατεθείσης αὐταὶ αἱ δὲ σκαλεύουσαι τοῖς ποσὶν ἐκλέγονται μετὰ πόνου τὰς τροφάς. εἴ τις οὖν τοῦ ὁμοίου θεωρητικὸς ἐν πολλοῖς τοῖς πιθανοῖς τε καὶ Ἑλληνικοῖς τὸ ἀληθὲς διαλεληθέναι † ποθεῖ, καθάπερ ὑπὸ τοῖς μορμολυκείοις τὸ πρόσωπον τὸ ἀληθινόν, πολυπραγμονήσας θηράσεται. φησὶ γὰρ ἐν τῷ ὁράματι τῷ Ἑρμᾷ ἡ δύναμις ἡ φανεῖσα· ὃ ἐὰν ἐνδέχηταί σοι ἀποκαλυφθῆναι, ἀποκαλυφθήσεται.
ephamen de pollakis ēdē mēte memeletēkenai mēte mēn epitēdeuein hellēnizein; hikanon gar dē touto apodēmagōgein tēs alētheias tous pollous, to de tǭ onti philosophēma ouk eis tēn glōssan, allʼ eis tēn gnōmēn onēsei tous epaïontas. dei dʼ, oimai, ton alētheias kēdomenon ouk ex epibolēs kai phrontidos tēn phrasin syntheinai, peirasthai de onomazein monon hōs dynatai ho bouletai; tous gar tōn lexeōn echomenous kai peri tautas ascholoumenous diadidraskei ta pragmata. geōrgou men oun idion to en akanthais phyomenon rhodon ablabōs labein kai technitou ton en ostreiou sarki katorōrygmenon margaritēn exeurein, phasi de kai tas ornithas hēdistēn echein tēn sarkos poiotēta, hote ouk aphthonou trophēs paratetheisēs autai hai de skaleuousai tois posin eklegontai meta ponou tas trophas. ei tis oun tou homoiou theōrētikos en pollois tois pithanois te kai Hellēnikois to alēthes dialelēthenai † pothei, kathaper hypo tois mormolykeiois to prosōpon to alēthinon, polypragmonēsas thērasetai. phēsi gar en tǭ horamati tǭ Hermą hē dynamis hē phaneisa; ho ean endechētai soi apokalyphthēnai, apokalyphthēsetai.
We have often said that we have neither practiced nor pursue writing good Greek; for this is enough to lead the many away from the truth, while the truly philosophical work will benefit the hearers not in their tongue but in their mind. The one who cares for truth, I think, should not compose his phrasing with design and effort, but try only to name, as well as he can, what he means; for things escape those who cling to words and busy themselves about them. It is the farmer's task to pick without harm the rose growing among thorns, and the craftsman's to find the pearl buried in the flesh of the oyster; and they say that birds have the sweetest flesh when, not being given abundant food, they scratch with their feet and pick out their food with labor. If, then, someone who contemplates the same thing … longs for the truth, which has escaped notice among many plausible Greek things, like the true face under masks, he will hunt it out with much searching. For the power that appeared to Hermas in the vision says: “Whatever can be revealed to you will be revealed.”
Miscellanies 2, chapter 2
2.2.4Stählin 2:114–115
Ἐπὶ δὲ σῇ σοφίᾳ μὴ ἐπαίρου, αἱ Παροιμίαι λέγουσιν, ἐν πάσαις δὲ ὁδοῖς γνώριζε αὐτήν, ἵνα ὀρθοτομῇ τὰς ὁδούς σου· ὁ δὲ πούς σου οὐ μὴ προσκόπτῃ. βούλεται μὲν γὰρ διὰ τούτων δεῖξαι ἀκόλουθα δεῖν γενέσθαι τῷ λόγῳ τὰ ἔργα, ἤδη δὲ ἐμφαίνειν χρῆναι τὸ ἐξ ἁπάσης παιδείας χρήσιμον ἐκλεγομένους ἡμᾶς ἔχειν. αἱ δὴ ὁδοὶ σοφίας ποικίλαι ὀρθοτομεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν ὁδὸν τῆς ἀληθείας, ὁδὸς δὲ ἡ πίστις· ὁ δὲ πούς σου μὴ προσκοπτέτω, λέγει περί τινων ἐναντιοῦσθαι δοκούντων τῇ μιᾷ καὶ θείᾳ τῇ προνοητικῇ διοικήσει. ὅθεν ἐπάγει· μὴ ἴσθι φρόνιμος παρὰ σεαυτῷ, κατὰ τοὺς ἀθέους λογισμοὺς τοὺς ἀντιστασιώδεις τῇ οἰκονομίᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ, φοβοῦ δὲ τὸν μόνον δυνατὸν θεόν, ᾧ ἕπεται μηδὲν ἀντικεῖσθαι τῷ θεῷ. ἄλλως τε καὶ ἡ ἐπαγωγὴ διδάσκει σαφῶς, ὅτι ὁ θεῖος φόβος ἔκκλισίς ἐστι κακοῦ. φησὶ γάρ· καὶ ἔκκλινον ἀπὸ παντὸς κακοῦ. αὕτη παιδεία σοφίας· ὃν γάρ ἀγαπᾷ κύριος παιδεύει, ἀλγεῖν μὲν ποιῶν εἰς σύνεσιν, ἀποκαθιστὰς δὲ εἰς εἰρήνην καὶ ἀφθαρσίαν.
Epi de sę̄ sophią mē epairou, hai Paroimiai legousin, en pasais de hodois gnōrize autēn, hina orthotomę̄ tas hodous sou; ho de pous sou ou mē proskoptę̄. bouletai men gar dia toutōn deixai akoloutha dein genesthai tǭ logǭ ta erga, ēdē de emphainein chrēnai to ex hapasēs paideias chrēsimon eklegomenous hēmas echein. hai dē hodoi sophias poikilai orthotomein epi tēn hodon tēs alētheias, hodos de hē pistis; ho de pous sou mē proskoptetō, legei peri tinōn enantiousthai dokountōn tę̄ mią kai theią tę̄ pronoētikę̄ dioikēsei. hothen epagei; mē isthi phronimos para seautǭ, kata tous atheous logismous tous antistasiōdeis tę̄ oikonomią tou theou, phobou de ton monon dynaton theon, hǭ hepetai mēden antikeisthai tǭ theǭ. allōs te kai hē epagōgē didaskei saphōs, hoti ho theios phobos ekklisis esti kakou. phēsi gar; kai ekklinon apo pantos kakou. hautē paideia sophias; hon gar agapą kyrios paideuei, algein men poiōn eis synesin, apokathistas de eis eirēnēn kai aphtharsian.
“Do not be elated at your own wisdom,” Proverbs says, “but in all your ways know it, that it may make your ways straight; and your foot will not stumble.” By this he wishes to show that deeds must follow speech, and also to indicate that we must choose and keep what is useful from all education. The ways of wisdom are various, making straight toward the way of truth, and the way is faith. “And let your foot not stumble,” he says, about some things that seem to oppose the one divine providential government. Hence he adds: “Do not be wise in your own eyes,” according to the godless reasonings that rebel against God's plan, “but fear” the only powerful God; from which it follows that nothing opposes God. Moreover the sequel teaches clearly that divine fear is turning away from evil; for he says, “and turn away from every evil.” This is the instruction of wisdom; “for whom the Lord loves he disciplines,” causing pain for understanding, but restoring to peace and incorruption.
2.2.5Stählin 2:115
ἡ μὲν οὖν βάρβαρος φιλοσοφία, ἣν μεθέπομεν ἡμεῖς, τελεία τῷ ὄντι καὶ ἀληθής. φησὶ γοῦν ἐν τῇ Σοφίᾳ· αὐτὸς γάρ μοι δέδωκεν τῶν ὄντων γνῶσιν ἀψευδῆ, εἰδέναι σύστασιν κόσμου καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς ἕως καὶ δυνάμεις ῥιζῶν. ἐν τούτοις ἅπασι τὴν φυσικὴν ἐμπεριείληφε θεωρίαν τὴν κατὰ τὸν αἰσθητὸν κόσμον ἁπάντων τῶν γεγονότων. ἑξῆς δὲ καὶ περὶ τῶν νοητῶν αἰνίττεται διʼ ὧν ἐπάγει· ὅσα τέ ἐστι κρυπτὰ καὶ ἐμφανῆ ἔγνων· ἡ γὰρ πάντων τεχνῖτις ἐδίδαξέ με σοφία. ἔχεις ἐν βραχεῖ τὸ ἐπάγγελμα τῆς καθʼ ἡμᾶς φιλοσοφίας. ἀνάγει δὲ ἡ τούτων μάθησις, μετὰ ὀρθῆς πολιτείας ἀσκηθεῖσα, διὰ τῆς πάντων τεχνίτιδος σοφίας ἐπὶ τὸν ἡγεμόνα τοῦ παντός, δυσάλωτόν τι χρῆμα καὶ δυσθήρατον, ἐξαναχωροῦν ἀεὶ καὶ πόρρω ἀφιστάμενον τοῦ διώκοντος. ὁ δὲ αὐτὸς μακρὰν ὢν ἐγγυτάτω βέβηκεν, θαῦμα ἄρρητον· θεὸς ἐγγίζων ἐγώ, φησὶ κύριος· πόρρω μὲν κατʼ οὐσίαν (πῶς γὰρ ἂν συνεγγίσαι ποτὲ τὸ γεννητὸν ἀγεννήτῳ;), ἐγγυτάτω δὲ δυνάμει, ᾗ τὰ πάντα ἐγκεκόλπισται. εἰ ποιήσει τις κρύφα, φησί, τι, καὶ οὐκ ἐπόψομαι αὐτόν; καὶ δὴ πάρεστιν ἀεὶ τῇ τε ἐποπτικῇ τε εὐεργετικῇ τῇ τε παιδευτικῇ ἁπτομένη ἡμῶν δυνάμει δύναμις τοῦ θεοῦ.
hē men oun barbaros philosophia, hēn methepomen hēmeis, teleia tǭ onti kai alēthēs. phēsi goun en tę̄ Sophią; autos gar moi dedōken tōn ontōn gnōsin apseudē, eidenai systasin kosmou kai ta hexēs heōs kai dynameis rhizōn. en toutois hapasi tēn physikēn emperieilēphe theōrian tēn kata ton aisthēton kosmon hapantōn tōn gegonotōn. hexēs de kai peri tōn noētōn ainittetai diʼ hōn epagei; hosa te esti krypta kai emphanē egnōn; hē gar pantōn technitis edidaxe me sophia. echeis en brachei to epangelma tēs kathʼ hēmas philosophias. anagei de hē toutōn mathēsis, meta orthēs politeias askētheisa, dia tēs pantōn technitidos sophias epi ton hēgemona tou pantos, dysalōton ti chrēma kai dysthēraton, exanachōroun aei kai porrō aphistamenon tou diōkontos. ho de autos makran ōn engytatō bebēken, thauma arrēton; theos engizōn egō, phēsi kyrios; porrō men katʼ ousian (pōs gar an synengisai pote to gennēton agennētǭ?), engytatō de dynamei, hę̄ ta panta enkekolpistai. ei poiēsei tis krypha, phēsi, ti, kai ouk epopsomai auton? kai dē parestin aei tę̄ te epoptikę̄ te euergetikę̄ tę̄ te paideutikę̄ haptomenē hēmōn dynamei dynamis tou theou.
The barbarian philosophy, then, which we follow, is truly perfect and true. At any rate it says in Wisdom: “For he himself has given me unerring knowledge of the things that are, to know the constitution of the world,” and so on, up to “and the powers of roots.” In all these he has included the natural contemplation of all things that have come into being in the sensible world. And next he hints also at intelligible things, by what he adds: “All things hidden and manifest I knew; for wisdom, the artisan of all, taught me.” You have in brief the profession of our philosophy. The learning of these things, practiced with right living, leads up through wisdom, the artisan of all, to the ruler of the universe, a thing hard to grasp and hard to hunt, always withdrawing and standing far off from the one who pursues it. But the same, being far away, has come very near, an unspeakable wonder: “I am a God who draws near,” says the Lord. Far off in essence (for how could the begotten ever come near the unbegotten?), but very near in power, by which all things are held in his bosom. “If someone does something in secret,” he says, “shall I not see him?” And indeed the power of God is always present, touching us with its power of watching, of doing good, and of instructing.
2.2.6Stählin 2:115–116
ὅθεν ὁ Μωσῆς οὔποτε ἀνθρωπίνῃ σοφίᾳ γνωσθήσεσθαι τὸν θεὸν πεπεισμένος, ἐμφάνισόν μοι σεαυτὸν φησὶ καὶ εἰς τὸν γνόφον, οὗ ἦν ἡ φωνὴ τοῦ θεοῦ, εἰσελθεῖν βιάζεται, τουτέστιν εἰς τὰς ἀδύτους καὶ ἀειδεῖς περὶ τοῦ ὄντος ἐννοίας· οὐ γὰρ ἐν γνόφῳ ἢ τόπῳ ὁ θεός, ἀλλʼ ὑπεράνω καὶ τόπου καὶ χρόνου καὶ τῆς τῶν γεγονότων ἰδιότητος. διὸ οὐδʼ ἐν μέρει καταγίνεταί ποτε οὔτε περιέχων οὔτε περιεχόμενος ἢ κατὰ ὁρισμόν τινα ἢ κατὰ ἀποτομήν. ποῖον γὰρ οἶκον οἰκοδομήσετέ μοι; λέγει κύριος· ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ἑαυτῷ ᾠκοδόμησεν ἀχώρητος ὤν, κἂν ὁ οὐρανὸς θρόνος αὐτοῦ λέγηται, οὐδʼ οὕτω περιέχεται, ἐπαναπαύεται δὲ τερπόμενος τῇ δημιουργίᾳ. δῆλον οὖν ἡμῖν ἐπικεκρύφθαι τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ᾗ καὶ ἐξ ἑνὸς παραδείγματος ἤδη δέδεικται, μικρὸν δʼ ὕστερον καὶ διὰ πλειόνων παραστήσομεν.
hothen ho Mōsēs oupote anthrōpinę̄ sophią gnōsthēsesthai ton theon pepeismenos, emphanison moi seauton phēsi kai eis ton gnophon, hou ēn hē phōnē tou theou, eiselthein biazetai, toutestin eis tas adytous kai aeideis peri tou ontos ennoias; ou gar en gnophǭ ē topǭ ho theos, allʼ hyperanō kai topou kai chronou kai tēs tōn gegonotōn idiotētos. dio oudʼ en merei kataginetai pote oute periechōn oute periechomenos ē kata horismon tina ē kata apotomēn. poion gar oikon oikodomēsete moi? legei kyrios; allʼ oude heautǭ ǭkodomēsen achōrētos ōn, kan ho ouranos thronos autou legētai, oudʼ houtō periechetai, epanapauetai de terpomenos tę̄ dēmiourgią. dēlon oun hēmin epikekryphthai tēn alētheian, hę̄ kai ex henos paradeigmatos ēdē dedeiktai, mikron dʼ hysteron kai dia pleionōn parastēsomen.
Hence Moses, persuaded that God would never be known by human wisdom, says, “Show yourself to me,” and forces himself to enter into the darkness where the voice of God was, that is, into the inaccessible and formless conceptions about Being. For God is not in darkness or in place, but above both place and time and the character of created things. That is why he is never found in a part, neither containing nor contained, either by definition or by division. “For what house will you build for me?” says the Lord. But he has not built one even for himself, since he cannot be contained; and though heaven is called his throne, not even so is he contained, but he rests, delighting in his creation. It is clear, then, that the truth has been hidden from us, as has already been shown by one example, and a little later we shall present it by more.
2.2.7Stählin 2:116
πῶς δʼ οὐχὶ ἀποδοχῆς ἄξιοι οἵ τε μαθεῖν ἐθέλοντες οἵ τε δυνάμενοι κατὰ τὸν Σολομῶντα γνῶναι σοφίαν καὶ παιδείαν νοῆσαί τε λόγους φρονήσεως δέξασθαί τε στροφὰς λόγων νοῆσαί τε δικαιοσύνην ἀληθῆ (ὡς οὔσης καὶ ἑτέρας τῆς μὴ κατὰ τὴν ἀλήθειαν διδασκομένης πρὸς τῶν νόμων τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν φιλοσόφων) καὶ κρίματα, φησίν, εὐθῦναι, οὐ τὰ δικαστικά, ἀλλὰ τὸ κριτήριον τὸ ἐν ἡμῖν ὑγιὲς καὶ ἀπλανὲς ἔχειν δεῖν μηνύει, ἵνα δῷ ἀκάκοις πανουργίαν, παιδὶ δὲ νέῳ αἴσθησίν τε καὶ ἔννοιαν. τῶνδε γὰρ ἀκούσας σοφός, ὁ ὑπακούειν ταῖς ἐντολαῖς πεπεισμένος, σοφώτερος ἔσται κατὰ τὴν γνῶσιν, ὁ δὲ νοήμων κυβέρνησιν κτήσεται νοήσει τε παραβολὴν καὶ σκοτεινὸν λόγον ῥήσεις τε σοφῶν καὶ αἰνίγματα. οὐ γὰρ κιβδήλους οἱ ἔπιπνοι ἐκ θεοῦ λόγους προφέρουσιν οὐδʼ οἱ παρὰ τούτων ἐμπορευόμενοι οὐδὲ μὴν πάγας, αἷς οἱ πολλοὶ τῶν σοφιστῶν τοὺς νέους ἐμπλέκουσι πρὸς οὐδὲν ἀληθὲς σχολάζοντες, ἀλλʼ οἱ μὲν τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα κεκτημένοι ἐρευνῶσι τὰ βάθη τοῦ θεοῦ, τουτέστι τῆς περὶ τὰς προφητείας ἐπικρύψεως ἐπήβολοι γίνονται· τῶν δὲ ἁγίων μεταδιδόναι τοῖς κυσὶν ἀπαγορεύεται, ἔστʼ ἂν μένῃ θηρία· οὐ γάρ ποτε ἐγκιρνάναι προσήκει φθονεροῖς καὶ τεταραγμένοις ἀπίστοις τε ἔτι ἤθεσιν, εἰς ὑλακὴν ζητήσεως ἀναιδέσι, τοῦ θείου καὶ καθαροῦ νάματος, τοῦ ζῶντος ὕδατος.
pōs dʼ ouchi apodochēs axioi hoi te mathein ethelontes hoi te dynamenoi kata ton Solomōnta gnōnai sophian kai paideian noēsai te logous phronēseōs dexasthai te strophas logōn noēsai te dikaiosynēn alēthē (hōs ousēs kai heteras tēs mē kata tēn alētheian didaskomenēs pros tōn nomōn tōn Hellēnikōn kai tōn allōn tōn philosophōn) kai krimata, phēsin, euthynai, ou ta dikastika, alla to kritērion to en hēmin hygies kai aplanes echein dein mēnyei, hina dǭ akakois panourgian, paidi de neǭ aisthēsin te kai ennoian. tōnde gar akousas sophos, ho hypakouein tais entolais pepeismenos, sophōteros estai kata tēn gnōsin, ho de noēmōn kybernēsin ktēsetai noēsei te parabolēn kai skoteinon logon rhēseis te sophōn kai ainigmata. ou gar kibdēlous hoi epipnoi ek theou logous propherousin oudʼ hoi para toutōn emporeuomenoi oude mēn pagas, hais hoi polloi tōn sophistōn tous neous emplekousi pros ouden alēthes scholazontes, allʼ hoi men to hagion pneuma kektēmenoi ereunōsi ta bathē tou theou, toutesti tēs peri tas prophēteias epikrypseōs epēboloi ginontai; tōn de hagiōn metadidonai tois kysin apagoreuetai, estʼ an menę̄ thēria; ou gar pote enkirnanai prosēkei phthonerois kai tetaragmenois apistois te eti ēthesin, eis hylakēn zētēseōs anaidesi, tou theiou kai katharou namatos, tou zōntos hydatos.
How are they not worthy of acceptance who wish to learn, and are able, according to Solomon, “to know wisdom and instruction, and to perceive words of prudence, and to receive subtleties of words, and to understand true righteousness” (as there is also another, not taught according to the truth, by the laws of the Greeks and of the other philosophers); “and to direct judgments,” he says, meaning not judicial ones, but that we must have the criterion within us sound and unerring; “that he may give shrewdness to the innocent, and to the young child perception and understanding.” “For the wise man who hears these things,” the one persuaded to obey the commandments, “will be wiser” in knowledge; “and the understanding man will acquire direction, and will understand a parable and a dark saying, the words of the wise and riddles.” For those inspired by God do not bring forth counterfeit words, nor do those who trade in them, nor snares, with which most of the sophists entangle the young, spending their time on nothing true; but those who have the Holy Spirit “search the depths of God,” that is, they attain to the hidden meaning of the prophecies. But it is forbidden to share holy things with the dogs, as long as they remain beasts. For it is never fitting to mix for envious and disturbed characters, still unbelieving, shameless in barking out inquiries, the divine and pure stream of living water.
2.2.8Stählin 2:116–117
μὴ δὴ ὑπερεκχείσθω σοι ὕδατα ἔξω πηγῆς σου, εἰς δὲ σὰς πλατείας διαπορευέσθω σὰ ὕδατα. οὐ γὰρ φρονέουσι τοιαῦτα οἱ πολλοὶ ὁκοίοισʼ ἐγκυρέουσιν οὐδὲ μαθόντες γινώσκουσι, ἑωυτοῖσι δὲ δοκέουσι, κατὰ τὸν γενναῖον Ἡράκλειτον. ἆρʼ οὐ δοκεῖ σοι καὶ οὗτος τοὺς μὴ πιστεύοντας ψέγειν; ὁ δὲ δίκαιός μου ἐκ πίστεως ζήσεται, ὁ προφήτης εἴρηκεν. λέγει δὲ καὶ ἄλλος προφήτης· ἐὰν μὴ πιστεύσητε, οὐδὲ μὴ συνῆτε. πῶς γὰρ τούτων ὑπερφυᾶ θεωρίαν χωρήσαι ποτʼ ἂν ψυχὴ διαμαχομένης ἔνδον τῆς περὶ τὴν μάθησιν ἀπιστίας; πίστις δέ, ἣν διαβάλλουσι κενὴν καὶ βάρβαρον νομίζοντες Ἕλληνες, πρόληψις ἑκούσιός ἐστι, θεοσεβείας συγκατάθεσις, ἐλπιζομένων ὑπόστασις, πραγμάτων ἔλεγχος οὐ βλεπομένων, κατὰ τὸν θεῖον ἀπόστολον· ταύτῃ γὰρ μάλιστα ἐμαρτυρήθησαν οἱ πρεσβύτεροι· χωρὶς δὲ πίστεως ἀδύνατόν ἐστιν εὐαρεστῆσαι θεῷ.
mē dē hyperekcheisthō soi hydata exō pēgēs sou, eis de sas plateias diaporeuesthō sa hydata. ou gar phroneousi toiauta hoi polloi hokoioisʼ enkyreousin oude mathontes ginōskousi, heōytoisi de dokeousi, kata ton gennaion Hērakleiton. arʼ ou dokei soi kai houtos tous mē pisteuontas psegein? ho de dikaios mou ek pisteōs zēsetai, ho prophētēs eirēken. legei de kai allos prophētēs; ean mē pisteusēte, oude mē synēte. pōs gar toutōn hyperphya theōrian chōrēsai potʼ an psychē diamachomenēs endon tēs peri tēn mathēsin apistias? pistis de, hēn diaballousi kenēn kai barbaron nomizontes Hellēnes, prolēpsis hekousios esti, theosebeias synkatathesis, elpizomenōn hypostasis, pragmatōn elenchos ou blepomenōn, kata ton theion apostolon; tautę̄ gar malista emartyrēthēsan hoi presbyteroi; chōris de pisteōs adynaton estin euarestēsai theǭ.
“Let not your waters overflow outside your spring, but let your waters pass through your own streets.” “For the many do not think such things as they meet with, nor do they know them when they have learned, but they think they do,” according to the noble Heraclitus. Does he not seem to you too to blame those who do not believe? “And my righteous one will live by faith,” the prophet has said. And another prophet says: “If you do not believe, neither will you understand.” For how could a soul ever contain the transcendent contemplation of these things while unbelief about learning fights within? And faith, which the Greeks slander, thinking it empty and barbarian, is a voluntary preconception, an assent of piety, “the substance of things hoped for, the proof of things not seen,” according to the divine apostle; “for by it especially the elders were attested. And without faith it is impossible to please God.”
2.2.9Stählin 2:117–118
ἄλλοι δʼ ἀφανοῦς πράγματος ἐννοητικὴν συγκατάθεσιν ἀπέδωκαν εἶναι τὴν πίστιν, ὥσπερ ἀμέλει τὴν ἀπόδειξιν ἀγνοουμένου πράγματος φανερὰν συγκατάθεσιν. εἰ μὲν οὖν προαίρεσίς ἐστιν, ὀρεκτική τινος οὖσα, ἡ ὄρεξις νῦν διανοητική, ἐπεὶ δὲ πράξεως ἀρχὴ ἡ προαίρεσις, πίστις εὑρίσκεται ἀρχὴ γὰρ πράξεως, θεμέλιος ἔμφρονος προαιρέσεως προαποδεικνύντος τινὸς αὐτῷ διὰ τῆς πίστεως τὴν ἀπόδειξιν. ἐθελοντὴν δὲ συνέπεσθαι τῷ συμφέροντι συνέσεως ἀρχή. μεγάλην γοῦν εἰς γνῶσιν ῥοπὴν ἀπερίσπαστος παρέχει προαίρεσις. αὐτίκα ἡ μελέτη τῆς πίστεως ἐπιστήμη γίνεται θεμελίῳ βεβαίῳ ἐπερηρεισμένη. τὴν γοῦν ἐπιστήμην ὁρίζονται φιλοσόφων παῖδες ἕξιν ἀμετάπτωτον ὑπὸ λόγου. ἔστιν οὖν ἄλλη τις τοιαύτη κατάστασις ἀληθὴς θεοσεβείας αὐτῆς, ἧς μόνος διδάσκαλος ὁ λόγος; οὐκ ἔγωγε οἶμαι. Θεόφραστος δὲ τὴν αἴσθησιν ἀρχὴν εἶναι πίστεώς φησιν· ἀπὸ γὰρ ταύτης αἱ ἀρχαὶ πρὸς τὸν λόγον τὸν ἐν ἡμῖν καὶ τὴν διάνοιαν ἐκτείνονται. ὁ πιστεύσας τοίνυν ταῖς γραφαῖς ταῖς θείαις, τὴν κρίσιν βεβαίαν ἔχων, ἀπόδειξιν ἀναντίρρητον τὴν τοῦ τὰς γραφὰς δεδωρημένου φωνὴν λαμβάνει θεοῦ. οὐκέτʼ οὖν πίστις γίνεται διʼ ἀποδείξεως ὠχυρωμένη. μακάριοι τοίνυν οἱ μὴ ἰδόντες καὶ πιστεύσαντες. αἱ γοῦν τῶν Σειρήνων ἐπικηλήσεις δύναμιν ὑπεράνθρωπον ἐνδεικνύμεναι ἐξέπληττον τοὺς παρατυγχάνοντας πρὸς τὴν τῶν λεγομένων παραδοχὴν σχεδὸν ἄκοντας εὐτρεπίζουσαι.
alloi dʼ aphanous pragmatos ennoētikēn synkatathesin apedōkan einai tēn pistin, hōsper amelei tēn apodeixin agnooumenou pragmatos phaneran synkatathesin. ei men oun proairesis estin, orektikē tinos ousa, hē orexis nyn dianoētikē, epei de praxeōs archē hē proairesis, pistis heurisketai archē gar praxeōs, themelios emphronos proaireseōs proapodeiknyntos tinos autǭ dia tēs pisteōs tēn apodeixin. ethelontēn de synepesthai tǭ sympheronti syneseōs archē. megalēn goun eis gnōsin rhopēn aperispastos parechei proairesis. autika hē meletē tēs pisteōs epistēmē ginetai themeliǭ bebaiǭ eperēreismenē. tēn goun epistēmēn horizontai philosophōn paides hexin ametaptōton hypo logou. estin oun allē tis toiautē katastasis alēthēs theosebeias autēs, hēs monos didaskalos ho logos? ouk egōge oimai. Theophrastos de tēn aisthēsin archēn einai pisteōs phēsin; apo gar tautēs hai archai pros ton logon ton en hēmin kai tēn dianoian ekteinontai. ho pisteusas toinyn tais graphais tais theiais, tēn krisin bebaian echōn, apodeixin anantirrēton tēn tou tas graphas dedōrēmenou phōnēn lambanei theou. ouketʼ oun pistis ginetai diʼ apodeixeōs ōchyrōmenē. makarioi toinyn hoi mē idontes kai pisteusantes. hai goun tōn Seirēnōn epikēlēseis dynamin hyperanthrōpon endeiknymenai exeplētton tous paratynchanontas pros tēn tōn legomenōn paradochēn schedon akontas eutrepizousai.
Others have defined faith as an intellectual assent to an unseen thing, just as indeed demonstration is a clear assent to a thing not known. If, then, it is choice, being desirous of something, the desire here is intellectual; and since choice is the beginning of action, faith is found to be the beginning of action, the foundation of a rational choice, when someone first shows a demonstration to himself through faith. To follow what is advantageous voluntarily is the beginning of understanding. At any rate, an undistracted choice gives a great impulse toward knowledge. Thus the practice of faith becomes knowledge, resting on a firm foundation. The children of the philosophers define knowledge as a state not shaken by reason. Is there, then, any other such true condition than that of piety itself, whose only teacher is the Word? I at least think not. Theophrastus says that sense-perception is the beginning of faith; for from it the first principles extend to the reason and the mind within us. The one, then, who has believed the divine Scriptures, having a firm judgment, receives as an irrefutable demonstration the voice of God, who has given the Scriptures. So faith is no longer something that becomes fortified by demonstration. “Blessed, then, are those who have not seen and have believed.” At any rate, the charms of the Sirens, displaying a superhuman power, astonished those who came near, preparing them, almost against their will, to accept what was said.
Miscellanies 2, chapter 3
2.3.10Stählin 2:118
Ἐνταῦθα φυσικὴν ἡγοῦνται τὴν πίστιν οἱ ἀμφὶ τὸν Βασιλείδην, καθὸ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς ἐκλογῆς τάττουσιν αὐτήν, τὰ μαθήματα ἀναποδείκτως εὑρίσκουσαν καταλήψει νοητικῇ. οἱ δὲ ἀπὸ Οὐαλεντίνου τὴν μὲν πίστιν τοῖς ἁπλοῖς ἀπονείμαντες ἡμῖν, αὑτοῖς δὲ τὴν γνῶσιν, τοῖς φύσει σῳζομένοις κατὰ τὴν τοῦ διαφέροντος πλεονεξίαν σπέρματος ἐνυπάρχειν βούλονται, μακρῷ δὴ κεχωρισμένην πίστεως, ᾗ τὸ πνευματικὸν τοῦ ψυχικοῦ, λέγοντες. ἔτι φασὶν οἱ ἀπὸ Βασιλείδου πίστιν ἅμα καὶ ἐκλογὴν οἰκείαν εἶναι καθʼ ἕκαστον διάστημα, κατʼ ἐπακολούθημα δʼ αὖ τῆς ἐκλογῆς τῆς ὑπερκοσμίου τὴν κοσμικὴν ἁπάσης φύσεως συνέπεσθαι πίστιν κατάλληλόν τε εἶναι τῇ ἑκάστου ἐλπίδι καὶ τῆς πίστεως τὴν δωρεάν.
Entautha physikēn hēgountai tēn pistin hoi amphi ton Basileidēn, katho kai epi tēs eklogēs tattousin autēn, ta mathēmata anapodeiktōs heuriskousan katalēpsei noētikę̄. hoi de apo Oualentinou tēn men pistin tois haplois aponeimantes hēmin, hautois de tēn gnōsin, tois physei sǭzomenois kata tēn tou diapherontos pleonexian spermatos enyparchein boulontai, makrǭ dē kechōrismenēn pisteōs, hę̄ to pneumatikon tou psychikou, legontes. eti phasin hoi apo Basileidou pistin hama kai eklogēn oikeian einai kathʼ hekaston diastēma, katʼ epakolouthēma dʼ au tēs eklogēs tēs hyperkosmiou tēn kosmikēn hapasēs physeōs synepesthai pistin katallēlon te einai tę̄ hekastou elpidi kai tēs pisteōs tēn dōrean.
At this point the followers of Basilides consider faith to be natural, and so they also assign it to election, as finding the doctrines without demonstration, by an intellectual apprehension. The followers of Valentinus, assigning faith to us, the simple, and knowledge to themselves, who are saved by nature by the superiority of the superior seed, would have it that knowledge is far separated from faith, as the spiritual from the psychic. Further, the followers of Basilides say that faith and election are proper to each stage, and that, as a consequence of the supramundane election, the worldly faith of every nature follows, and that the gift of faith corresponds to each one's hope.
2.3.11Stählin 2:118–119
οὐκέτʼ οὖν προαιρέσεως κατόρθωμα ἡ πίστις, εἰ φύσεως πλεονέκτημα, οὐδὲ ἀμοιβῆς δικαίας τεύξεται ἀναίτιος ὢν ὁ μὴ πιστεύσας, καὶ οὐκ αἴτιος ὁ πιστεύσας, πᾶσα δὲ ἡ τῆς πίστεως καὶ ἀπιστίας ἰδιότης καὶ διαφορότης οὔτʼ ἐπαίνῳ οὔτε μὴν ψόγῳ ὑποπέσοι ἂν ὀρθῶς λογιζομένοις, προηγουμένην ἔχουσα τὴν ἐκ τοῦ τὰ πάντα δυνατοῦ φυσικὴν ἀνάγκην γενομένην· νευροσπαστουμένων δὲ ἡμῶν ἀψύχων δίκην φυσικαῖς ἐνεργείαις τό τε ἑκούσιον καὶ τὸ ἀκούσιον παρέλκει ὁρμή τε ἡ προκαθηγουμένη τούτων. καὶ οὐκέτι ἔγωγε ἐννοῶ ζῷον τοῦτο, οὗ τὸ ὁρμητικὸν ἀνάγκην λέλογχεν ὑπὸ τῆς ἔξωθεν αἰτίας κινούμενον. ποῦ δὲ ἔτι ἡ τοῦ ποτὲ ἀπίστου μετάνοια, διʼ ἣν ἄφεσις ἁμαρτιῶν; ὥστε οὐδὲ βάπτισμα ἔτι εὔλογον οὐδὲ μακαρία σφραγὶς οὐδὲ ὁ υἱὸς οὐδὲ ὁ πατήρ· ἀλλὰ θεός, οἶμαι, ἡ τῶν φύσεων αὐτοῖς εὑρίσκεται διανομή, τὸν θεμέλιον τῆς σωτηρίας, τὴν ἑκούσιον πίστιν, οὐκ ἔχουσα.
ouketʼ oun proaireseōs katorthōma hē pistis, ei physeōs pleonektēma, oude amoibēs dikaias teuxetai anaitios ōn ho mē pisteusas, kai ouk aitios ho pisteusas, pasa de hē tēs pisteōs kai apistias idiotēs kai diaphorotēs outʼ epainǭ oute mēn psogǭ hypopesoi an orthōs logizomenois, proēgoumenēn echousa tēn ek tou ta panta dynatou physikēn anankēn genomenēn; neurospastoumenōn de hēmōn apsychōn dikēn physikais energeiais to te hekousion kai to akousion parelkei hormē te hē prokathēgoumenē toutōn. kai ouketi egōge ennoō zǭon touto, hou to hormētikon anankēn lelonchen hypo tēs exōthen aitias kinoumenon. pou de eti hē tou pote apistou metanoia, diʼ hēn aphesis hamartiōn? hōste oude baptisma eti eulogon oude makaria sphragis oude ho huios oude ho patēr; alla theos, oimai, hē tōn physeōn autois heurisketai dianomē, ton themelion tēs sōtērias, tēn hekousion pistin, ouk echousa.
Faith, then, is no longer the achievement of choice, if it is an advantage of nature; nor will the one who does not believe receive a just recompense, being not responsible, nor is the one who believes responsible; and the whole distinctiveness and difference of faith and unbelief would fall neither under praise nor blame, if one reasons rightly, having as its antecedent a natural necessity coming from the one who can do all things. And if we are pulled by strings like lifeless puppets by natural forces, the voluntary and the involuntary become superfluous, and so does the impulse that leads them. I no longer understand this to be a living being, whose impulse has been allotted necessity, moved by an external cause. Where, further, is the repentance of the one who was once unbelieving, through which comes forgiveness of sins? So neither is baptism reasonable any longer, nor the blessed seal, nor the Son, nor the Father; but God, I think, turns out for them to be the distribution of natures, lacking the foundation of salvation, voluntary faith.
Miscellanies 2, chapter 4
2.4.12Stählin 2:119
Ἡμεῖς δὲ οἱ τὴν αἵρεσιν καὶ φυγὴν δεδόσθαι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις αὐτοκρατορικὴν παρὰ τοῦ κυρίου διὰ τῶν γραφῶν παρειληφότες ἀμεταπτώτῳ κριτηρίῳ τῇ πίστει ἐπαναπαυώμεθα, τὸ πνεῦμα πρόθυμον ἐνδειξάμενοι, ὅτι εἱλόμεθα τὴν ζωὴν καὶ τῷ θεῷ διὰ τῆς ἐκείνου φωνῆς πεπιστεύκαμεν· καὶ ὁ τῷ λόγῳ πιστεύσας οἶδεν τὸ πρᾶγμα ἀληθές· ἀλήθεια γὰρ ὁ λόγος· ὁ δὲ ἀπιστήσας τῷ λέγοντι ἠπίστησε τῷ θεῷ. πίστει νοοῦμεν κατηρτίσθαι τοὺς αἰῶνας ῥήματι θεοῦ εἰς τὸ μὴ ἐκ φαινομένων τὸ βλεπόμενον γεγονέναι, φησὶν ὁ ἀπόστολος· πίστει πλείονα θυσίαν Ἄβελ παρὰ Κάιν προσήνεγκε, διʼ ἧς ἐμαρτυρήθη εἶναι δίκαιος, μαρτυροῦντος ἐπὶ τοῖς δώροις αὐτῷ τοῦ θεοῦ· καὶ διʼ αὐτῆς ἀποθανὼν ἔτι λαλεῖ καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς ἕως ἢ πρόσκαιρον ἔχειν ἁμαρτίας ἀπόλαυσιν. τούτους μὲν οὖν καὶ πρὸ νόμου ἡ πίστις δικαιώσασα κληρονόμους κατέστησε τῆς θείας ἐπαγγελίας.
Hēmeis de hoi tēn hairesin kai phygēn dedosthai tois anthrōpois autokratorikēn para tou kyriou dia tōn graphōn pareilēphotes ametaptōtǭ kritēriǭ tę̄ pistei epanapauōmetha, to pneuma prothymon endeixamenoi, hoti heilometha tēn zōēn kai tǭ theǭ dia tēs ekeinou phōnēs pepisteukamen; kai ho tǭ logǭ pisteusas oiden to pragma alēthes; alētheia gar ho logos; ho de apistēsas tǭ legonti ēpistēse tǭ theǭ. pistei nooumen katērtisthai tous aiōnas rhēmati theou eis to mē ek phainomenōn to blepomenon gegonenai, phēsin ho apostolos; pistei pleiona thysian Abel para Kain prosēnenke, diʼ hēs emartyrēthē einai dikaios, martyrountos epi tois dōrois autǭ tou theou; kai diʼ autēs apothanōn eti lalei kai ta hexēs heōs ē proskairon echein hamartias apolausin. toutous men oun kai pro nomou hē pistis dikaiōsasa klēronomous katestēse tēs theias epangelias.
But we, who have received from the Lord through the Scriptures that choice and avoidance have been given to human beings with sovereign freedom, rest on faith as an unshakable criterion, having shown a willing spirit, because we have chosen life and have believed God through his voice. And the one who has believed the Word knows the matter to be true; for the Word is truth. But the one who disbelieved the speaker disbelieved God. “By faith we understand that the ages were framed by the word of God, so that what is seen came into being from what does not appear,” says the apostle. “By faith Abel offered a greater sacrifice than Cain, through which he was attested to be righteous, God bearing witness to his gifts; and through it, though he died, he still speaks,” and so on, down to “than to have the passing enjoyment of sin.” These, then, faith justified even before the law and made heirs of the divine promise.
2.4.13Stählin 2:119
τί οὖν ἔτι τὰ τῆς πίστεως ἐκ τῆς παρʼ ἡμῖν ἱστορίας ἀναλεγόμενος παρατίθεμαι μαρτύρια; ἐπιλείψει γάρ με διηγούμενον ὁ χρόνος περὶ Γεδεών, Βαράκ, Σαμψών, Ἰεφθάε Δαβίδ τε καὶ Σαμουὴλ καὶ τῶν προφητῶν καὶ τὰ τούτοις ἑπόμενα. τεσσάρων δὲ ὄντων ἐν οἷς τὸ ἀληθές, αἰσθήσεως, νοῦ, ἐπιστήμης, ὑπολήψεως, φύσει μὲν πρῶτος ὁ νοῦς, ἡμῖν δὲ καὶ πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἡ αἴσθησις, ἐκ δὲ αἰσθήσεως καὶ τοῦ νοῦ ἡ τῆς ἐπιστήμης συνίσταται οὐσία, κοινὸν δὲ νοῦ τε καὶ αἰσθήσεως τὸ ἐναργές. ἀλλʼ ἡ μὲν αἴσθησις ἐπιβάθρα τῆς ἐπιστήμης, ἡ πίστις δὲ διὰ τῶν αἰσθητῶν ὁδεύσασα ἀπολείπει τὴν ὑπόληψιν, πρὸς δὲ τὰ ἀψευδῆ σπεύδει καὶ εἰς τὴν ἀλήθειαν καταμένει. εἰ δέ τις λέγοι τὴν ἐπιστήμην ἀποδεικτικὴν εἶναι μετὰ λόγου, ἀκουσάτω ὅτι καὶ αἱ ἀρχαὶ ἀναπόδεικτοι· οὔτε γὰρ τέχνῃ οὔτε μὴν φρονήσει γνωσταί. ἣ μὲν γὰρ περὶ τὰ ἐνδεχόμενά ἐστιν ἄλλως ἔχειν, ἣ δὲ ποιητικὴ μόνον, οὐχὶ δὲ καὶ θεωρητική.
ti oun eti ta tēs pisteōs ek tēs parʼ hēmin historias analegomenos paratithemai martyria? epileipsei gar me diēgoumenon ho chronos peri Gedeōn, Barak, Sampsōn, Iephthae Dabid te kai Samouēl kai tōn prophētōn kai ta toutois hepomena. tessarōn de ontōn en hois to alēthes, aisthēseōs, nou, epistēmēs, hypolēpseōs, physei men prōtos ho nous, hēmin de kai pros hēmas hē aisthēsis, ek de aisthēseōs kai tou nou hē tēs epistēmēs synistatai ousia, koinon de nou te kai aisthēseōs to enarges. allʼ hē men aisthēsis epibathra tēs epistēmēs, hē pistis de dia tōn aisthētōn hodeusasa apoleipei tēn hypolēpsin, pros de ta apseudē speudei kai eis tēn alētheian katamenei. ei de tis legoi tēn epistēmēn apodeiktikēn einai meta logou, akousatō hoti kai hai archai anapodeiktoi; oute gar technę̄ oute mēn phronēsei gnōstai. hē men gar peri ta endechomena estin allōs echein, hē de poiētikē monon, ouchi de kai theōrētikē.
Why, then, should I go on collecting and setting out the testimonies to faith from our history? For “time would fail me to tell of Gideon, Barak, Samson, Jephthah, David and Samuel and the prophets,” and what follows. There being four things in which truth lies, sense, mind, knowledge, and opinion, mind is first by nature, but sense is first for us and in relation to us; from sense and mind the essence of knowledge is composed; and what is evident is common to mind and sense. But sense is the stepping stone to knowledge; and faith, having traveled through sensible things, leaves opinion behind, hastens to what is free from falsehood, and remains in the truth. If someone says that knowledge is demonstrative with reason, let him hear that first principles are indemonstrable; for they are known neither by art nor by prudence; for prudence concerns what can be otherwise, and art is only productive, not also contemplative.
2.4.14Stählin 2:119–120
πίστει οὖν ἐφικέσθαι μόνῃ οἷόν τε τῆς τῶν ὅλων ἀρχῆς. πᾶσα γὰρ ἐπιστήμη διδακτή ἐστι· τὸ δὲ διδακτὸν ἐκ προγινωσκομένου. οὐ προεγινώσκετο δὲ ἡ τῶν ὅλων ἀρχὴ τοῖς Ἕλλησιν, οὔτʼ οὖν Θαλῇ ὕδωρ ἐπισταμένῳ τὴν πρώτην αἰτίαν οὔτε τοῖς ἄλλοις τοῖς φυσικοῖς τοῖς ἑξῆς· ἐπεὶ εἰ καὶ Ἀναξαγόρας πρῶτος ἐπέστησε τὸν νοῦν πράγμασιν, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ οὗτος ἐτήρησε τὴν αἰτίαν τὴν ποιητικήν, δίνους τινὰς ἀνοήτους ἀναζωγραφῶν σὺν τῇ τοῦ νοῦ ἀπραξίᾳ τε καὶ ἀνοίᾳ. διὸ καί φησιν ὁ λόγος· μὴ εἴπητε ἑαυτοῖς διδάσκαλον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς· ἡ μὲν γὰρ ἐπιστήμη ἕξις ἀποδεικτική, ἡ πίστις δὲ χάρις ἐξ ἀναποδείκτων εἰς τὸ καθόλου ἀναβιβάζουσα τὸ ἁπλοῦν, ὃ οὔτε σὺν ὕλῃ ἐστὶν οὔτε ὕλη οὔτε ὑπὸ ὕλης.
pistei oun ephikesthai monę̄ hoion te tēs tōn holōn archēs. pasa gar epistēmē didaktē esti; to de didakton ek proginōskomenou. ou proeginōsketo de hē tōn holōn archē tois Hellēsin, outʼ oun Thalę̄ hydōr epistamenǭ tēn prōtēn aitian oute tois allois tois physikois tois hexēs; epei ei kai Anaxagoras prōtos epestēse ton noun pragmasin, allʼ oude houtos etērēse tēn aitian tēn poiētikēn, dinous tinas anoētous anazōgraphōn syn tę̄ tou nou apraxią te kai anoią. dio kai phēsin ho logos; mē eipēte heautois didaskalon epi tēs gēs; hē men gar epistēmē hexis apodeiktikē, hē pistis de charis ex anapodeiktōn eis to katholou anabibazousa to haploun, ho oute syn hylę̄ estin oute hylē oute hypo hylēs.
So only by faith is it possible to reach the first principle of the universe. For all knowledge can be taught, and what can be taught comes from what is already known. But the first principle of the universe was not known beforehand to the Greeks; not to Thales, who thought water the first cause, nor to the other natural philosophers after him. For even if Anaxagoras was the first to set mind over things, even he did not keep to the efficient cause, painting some senseless vortexes, together with the inactivity and folly of mind. That is why the Word says, “Call no one on earth your teacher.” For knowledge is a demonstrative state, but faith is a grace that raises from indemonstrable things to the universal, the simple, which is neither with matter, nor matter, nor subject to matter.
2.4.15Stählin 2:120
οἱ δὲ ἄπιστοι, ὡς ἔοικεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἀοράτου πάντα ἕλκουσιν εἰς γῆν, ταῖς χερσὶν ἀτεχνῶς πέτρας καὶ δρῦς περιλαμβάνοντες κατὰ τὸν Πλάτωνα· τῶν γὰρ τοιούτων ἐφαπτόμενοι πάντων διισχυρίζονται τοῦτʼ εἶναι μόνον, ὃ παρέχει προσβολὴν καὶ ἐπαφήν τινα, ταὐτὸν σῶμα καὶ οὐσίαν ὁριζόμενοι. οἱ δὲ πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἀμφισβητοῦντες μάλα εὐλαβῶς ἄνωθεν, ἐξ ἀοράτου ποθὲν ἀμύνονται, νοητὰ ἄττα καὶ ἀσώματα εἴδη βιαζόμενοι τὴν ἀληθινὴν οὐσίαν εἶναι. ἰδοὺ δὴ ποιῶ καινά, ὁ λόγος φησίν, ἃ ὀφθαλμὸς οὐκ εἶδεν οὐδὲ οὖς ἤκουσεν οὐδὲ ἐπὶ καρδίαν ἀνθρώπου ἀνέβη· καινῷ ὀφθαλμῷ, καινῇ ἀκοῇ, καινῇ καρδίᾳ ὅσα ὁρατὰ καὶ ἀκουστὰ καὶ καταληπτὰ διὰ τῆς πίστεως καὶ συνέσεως, πνευματικῶς λεγόντων, ἀκουόντων, πραττόντων τῶν τοῦ κυρίου μαθητῶν. ἔστι γὰρ δόκιμον νόμισμα καὶ ἄλλο κίβδηλον, ὅπερ οὐδὲν ἔλαττον ἀπατᾷ τοὺς ἰδιώτας, οὐ μὴν τοὺς ἀργυραμοιβούς, οἳ ἴσασι μαθόντες τό τε παρακεχαραγμένον καὶ τὸ δόκιμον χωρίζειν καὶ διακρίνειν. οὕτως ὁ ἀργυραμοιβὸς τῷ ἰδιώτῃ τὸ νόμισμα τοῦτο μόνον, ὅτι κίβδηλόν ἐστι, φησί· τὸ δὲ πῶς, μόνος ὁ τοῦ τραπεζίτου γνώριμος καὶ ὁ ἐπὶ τοῦτο ἀλειφόμενος μανθάνει. Ἀριστοτέλης δὲ τὸ ἑπόμενον τῇ ἐπιστήμῃ κρῖμα, ὡς ἀληθὲς τόδε τι, πίστιν εἶναί φησι. κυριώτερον οὖν τῆς ἐπιστήμης ἡ πίστις καὶ ἔστιν αὐτῆς κριτήριον.
hoi de apistoi, hōs eoiken, ex ouranou kai tou aoratou panta helkousin eis gēn, tais chersin atechnōs petras kai drys perilambanontes kata ton Platōna; tōn gar toioutōn ephaptomenoi pantōn diischyrizontai toutʼ einai monon, ho parechei prosbolēn kai epaphēn tina, tauton sōma kai ousian horizomenoi. hoi de pros autous amphisbētountes mala eulabōs anōthen, ex aoratou pothen amynontai, noēta atta kai asōmata eidē biazomenoi tēn alēthinēn ousian einai. idou dē poiō kaina, ho logos phēsin, ha ophthalmos ouk eiden oude ous ēkousen oude epi kardian anthrōpou anebē; kainǭ ophthalmǭ, kainę̄ akoę̄, kainę̄ kardią hosa horata kai akousta kai katalēpta dia tēs pisteōs kai syneseōs, pneumatikōs legontōn, akouontōn, prattontōn tōn tou kyriou mathētōn. esti gar dokimon nomisma kai allo kibdēlon, hoper ouden elatton apatą tous idiōtas, ou mēn tous argyramoibous, hoi isasi mathontes to te parakecharagmenon kai to dokimon chōrizein kai diakrinein. houtōs ho argyramoibos tǭ idiōtę̄ to nomisma touto monon, hoti kibdēlon esti, phēsi; to de pōs, monos ho tou trapezitou gnōrimos kai ho epi touto aleiphomenos manthanei. Aristotelēs de to hepomenon tę̄ epistēmę̄ krima, hōs alēthes tode ti, pistin einai phēsi. kyriōteron oun tēs epistēmēs hē pistis kai estin autēs kritērion.
But the unbelievers, it seems, drag everything from heaven and the invisible to earth, literally grasping rocks and oaks with their hands, according to Plato; for, laying hold of all such things, they insist that only that exists which offers resistance and touch, defining body and essence as the same. And those who dispute with them defend themselves very cautiously from above, from somewhere invisible, compelling that certain intelligible and bodiless forms are the true essence. “Behold, I make new things,” says the Word, “which eye has not seen, nor ear heard, nor has it entered into the heart of man”: with a new eye, a new hearing, a new heart, whatever can be seen, heard, and grasped through faith and understanding, when the Lord's disciples speak, hear, and act spiritually. For there is genuine coin and another counterfeit, which deceives the unskilled no less, but not the money-changers, who have learned to separate and distinguish the counterfeit from the genuine. So the money-changer tells the unskilled only that the coin is counterfeit; but how, only the banker's apprentice, trained for this, learns. Aristotle says that the judgment following knowledge, that this particular thing is true, is faith. Faith, then, is more authoritative than knowledge and is its criterion.
2.4.16Stählin 2:120–121
Ὑποκρίνεται δὲ τὴν πίστιν ἡ εἰκασία, ἀσθενὴς οὖσα ὑπόληψις, καθάπερ ὁ κόλαξ τὸν φίλον καὶ ὁ λύκος τὸν κύνα. ἐπειδὴ δὲ ὁρῶμεν ὅτι ὁ τέκτων ὅτι μαθών τινα τεχνίτης γίνεται καὶ ὁ κυβερνήτης παιδευθεὶς τὴν τέχνην κυβερνᾶν δυνήσεται, οὐκ ἀπαρκεῖν λογιζόμενος τὸ βούλεσθαι καλὸν γενέσθαι κἀγαθόν, ἀνάγκη δὲ ἄρα πειθόμενον μαθεῖν· τὸ δὲ πείθεσθαι τῷ λόγῳ, ὃν διδάσκαλον ἀνηγορεύσαμεν, αὐτῷ ἐκείνῳ πιστεῦσαί ἐστι κατʼ οὐδὲν ἀντιβαίνοντα. πῶς γὰρ οἷόν τε ἀντεφίστασθαι τῷ θεῷ; πιστὴ τοίνυν ἡ γνῶσις, γνωστὴ δὲ ἡ πίστις θείᾳ τινὶ ἀκολουθίᾳ τε καὶ ἀντακολουθίᾳ γίνεται. ναὶ μὴν καὶ ὁ Ἐπίκουρος, ὁ μάλιστα τῆς ἀληθείας προτιμήσας τὴν ἡδονήν, πρόληψιν εἶναι διανοίας τὴν πίστιν ὑπολαμβάνει· πρόληψιν δὲ ἀποδίδωσιν ἐπιβολὴν ἐπί τι ἐναργὲς καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν ἐναργῆ τοῦ πράγματος ἐπίνοιαν· μὴ δύνασθαι δὲ μηδένα μήτε ζητῆσαι μήτε ἀπορῆσαι μηδὲ μὴν δοξάσαι, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ἐλέγξαι χωρὶς προλήψεως.
Hypokrinetai de tēn pistin hē eikasia, asthenēs ousa hypolēpsis, kathaper ho kolax ton philon kai ho lykos ton kyna. epeidē de horōmen hoti ho tektōn hoti mathōn tina technitēs ginetai kai ho kybernētēs paideutheis tēn technēn kybernan dynēsetai, ouk aparkein logizomenos to boulesthai kalon genesthai kagathon, anankē de ara peithomenon mathein; to de peithesthai tǭ logǭ, hon didaskalon anēgoreusamen, autǭ ekeinǭ pisteusai esti katʼ ouden antibainonta. pōs gar hoion te antephistasthai tǭ theǭ? pistē toinyn hē gnōsis, gnōstē de hē pistis theią tini akolouthią te kai antakolouthią ginetai. nai mēn kai ho Epikouros, ho malista tēs alētheias protimēsas tēn hēdonēn, prolēpsin einai dianoias tēn pistin hypolambanei; prolēpsin de apodidōsin epibolēn epi ti enarges kai epi tēn enargē tou pragmatos epinoian; mē dynasthai de mēdena mēte zētēsai mēte aporēsai mēde mēn doxasai, allʼ oude elenxai chōris prolēpseōs.
Conjecture, being a weak opinion, counterfeits faith, as the flatterer counterfeits the friend and the wolf the dog. And since we see that the carpenter becomes a craftsman by learning something, and the pilot, having been taught the art, will be able to steer, reckoning that merely wishing to become noble and good is not enough, one must learn by obeying; and to obey the Word, whom we have proclaimed Teacher, is to believe him, opposing him in nothing. For how is it possible to stand against God? Knowledge, then, is worthy of faith, and faith worthy of knowledge, by a certain divine sequence and reciprocity. Indeed Epicurus too, who most of all preferred pleasure to truth, supposes faith to be a preconception of the mind; and he defines preconception as an application to something evident and to the evident notion of the thing; and says that no one can inquire, or doubt, or even hold an opinion, or even refute, without preconception.
2.4.17Stählin 2:121
πῶς δʼ ἂν μὴ ἔχων τις πρόληψιν οὗ ἐφίεται μάθοι περὶ οὗ ζητεῖ; ὁ μαθὼν δὲ ἤδη κατάληψιν ποιεῖ τὴν πρόληψιν. εἰ δὲ ὁ μανθάνων οὐκ ἄνευ προλήψεως μανθάνει τῆς τῶν λεγομένων παραδεκτικῆς, αὐτὸς μὲν ὦτα ἔχει τὰ ἀκουστικὰ τῆς ἀληθείας· μακάριος δὲ ὁ λέγων εἰς ὦτα ἀκουόντων, ὥσπερ ἀμέλει μακάριος καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ τῆς ὑπακοῆς. τὸ δὲ κατακοῦσαι συνεῖναί ἐστιν. εἰ τοίνυν ἡ πίστις οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἢ πρόληψίς ἐστι διανοίας περὶ τὰ λεγόμενα καὶ τοῦτο ὑπακοή τε εἴρηται σύνεσίς τε καὶ πειθώ, οὐ μὴ μαθήσεταί τις ἄνευ πίστεως, ἐπεὶ μηδὲ ἄνευ προλήψεως. ἀληθὲς δʼ οὖν ὂν παντὸς μᾶλλον ἀποδείκνυται τὸ ὑπὸ τοῦ προφήτου εἰρημένον· ἐὰν μὴ πιστεύσητε, οὐδὲ μὴ συνῆτε. τοῦτο καὶ Ἡράκλειτος ὁ Ἐφέσιος τὸ λόγιον παραφράσας εἴρηκεν· ἐὰν μὴ ἔλπηται ἀνέλπιστον, οὐκ ἐξευρήσει, ἀνεξερεύνητον ἐὸν καὶ ἄπορον.
pōs dʼ an mē echōn tis prolēpsin hou ephietai mathoi peri hou zētei? ho mathōn de ēdē katalēpsin poiei tēn prolēpsin. ei de ho manthanōn ouk aneu prolēpseōs manthanei tēs tōn legomenōn paradektikēs, autos men ōta echei ta akoustika tēs alētheias; makarios de ho legōn eis ōta akouontōn, hōsper amelei makarios kai autos ho tēs hypakoēs. to de katakousai syneinai estin. ei toinyn hē pistis ouden allo ē prolēpsis esti dianoias peri ta legomena kai touto hypakoē te eirētai synesis te kai peithō, ou mē mathēsetai tis aneu pisteōs, epei mēde aneu prolēpseōs. alēthes dʼ oun on pantos mallon apodeiknytai to hypo tou prophētou eirēmenon; ean mē pisteusēte, oude mē synēte. touto kai Hērakleitos ho Ephesios to logion paraphrasas eirēken; ean mē elpētai anelpiston, ouk exeurēsei, anexereunēton eon kai aporon.
How could anyone who has no preconception of what he seeks learn about what he inquires into? The one who has learned has already turned the preconception into apprehension. And if the learner does not learn without a preconception that receives what is said, he has ears to hear the truth; and “blessed is he who speaks into the ears of those who hear,” as indeed the one who obeys is blessed too. To hear attentively is to understand. If, then, faith is nothing but a preconception of the mind about what is said, and this is called obedience, understanding, and persuasion, no one will learn without faith, since not without preconception either. So what was said by the prophet is shown to be true above all: “If you do not believe, neither will you understand.” Heraclitus of Ephesus too, paraphrasing this oracle, said: “If one does not hope for the unhoped-for, one will not find it, since it is unsearchable and trackless.”
2.4.18Stählin 2:121–122
ἀλλὰ καὶ Πλάτων ὁ φιλόσοφος ἐν τοῖς Νόμοις τὸν μέλλοντα μακάριόν τε καὶ εὐδαίμονα γενέσθαι τῆς ἀληθείας ἐξ ἀρχῆς εὐθὺς εἶναι μέτοχον χρῆναι φησίν, ἵνʼ ὡς πλεῖστον χρόνον ἀληθὴς ὢν διαβιῴη· πιστὸς γάρ. ὃ δὲ ἄπιστος, ᾧ φίλον ψεῦδος ἑκούσιον· ὅτῳ δὲ ἀκούσιον, ἄνους· ὧν οὐ ζῷον οὐδέτερον οὖν ζηλωτόν· ἄφιλος γὰρ πᾶς ὅ γε ἄπιστος καὶ ἀμαθής. καὶ μή τι ταύτην σοφίαν βασιλικὴν ἐν Εὐθυδήμῳ ἐπικεκρυμμένως λέγει. ἐν γοῦν τῷ Πολιτικῷ πρὸς λέξιν φησίν· ὥστε ἡ τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ βασιλέως ἐπιστήμη βασιλική, καὶ ὁ ταύτην κεκτημένος, ἐάν τε ἄρχων ἐάν τε ἰδιώτης ὢν τυγχάνῃ, πάντως κατά γε τὴν τέχνην αὐτὴν βασιλικὸς ὀρθῶς προσαγορευθήσεται. αὐτίκα οἱ εἰς τὸν Χριστὸν πεπιστευκότες χρηστοί τε εἰσὶ καὶ λέγονται, ὡς τῷ ὄντι βασιλικοὶ οἱ βασιλεῖ μεμελημένοι. ὡς γὰρ οἱ σοφοὶ σοφίᾳ εἰσὶ σοφοὶ καὶ οἱ νόμιμοι νόμῳ νόμιμοι. οὕτως οἱ Χριστῷ βασιλεῖ βασιλικοὶ Χριστοῦ οἱ Χριστιανοί. εἶθʼ ὑποβὰς ἐπιφέρει σαφῶς· τὸ μὲν ὀρθὸν ἂν εἴη νόμιμον καὶ νόμος φύσει ὢν ὁ λόγος ὁ ὀρθὸς καὶ οὐκ ἐν γράμμασιν οὐδὲ ἑτέροις. ὅ τε Ἐλεάτης ξένος τὸν βασιλικὸν καὶ πολιτικὸν ἄνδρα νόμον ἔμψυχον ἀποφαίνεται.
alla kai Platōn ho philosophos en tois Nomois ton mellonta makarion te kai eudaimona genesthai tēs alētheias ex archēs euthys einai metochon chrēnai phēsin, hinʼ hōs pleiston chronon alēthēs ōn diabiǭē; pistos gar. ho de apistos, hǭ philon pseudos hekousion; hotǭ de akousion, anous; hōn ou zǭon oudeteron oun zēlōton; aphilos gar pas ho ge apistos kai amathēs. kai mē ti tautēn sophian basilikēn en Euthydēmǭ epikekrymmenōs legei. en goun tǭ Politikǭ pros lexin phēsin; hōste hē tou alēthinou basileōs epistēmē basilikē, kai ho tautēn kektēmenos, ean te archōn ean te idiōtēs ōn tynchanę̄, pantōs kata ge tēn technēn autēn basilikos orthōs prosagoreuthēsetai. autika hoi eis ton Christon pepisteukotes chrēstoi te eisi kai legontai, hōs tǭ onti basilikoi hoi basilei memelēmenoi. hōs gar hoi sophoi sophią eisi sophoi kai hoi nomimoi nomǭ nomimoi. houtōs hoi Christǭ basilei basilikoi Christou hoi Christianoi. eithʼ hypobas epipherei saphōs; to men orthon an eiē nomimon kai nomos physei ōn ho logos ho orthos kai ouk en grammasin oude heterois. ho te Eleatēs xenos ton basilikon kai politikon andra nomon empsychon apophainetai.
And Plato the philosopher too says in the Laws that the one who is to become blessed and happy must share in the truth right from the beginning, so as to live as long a time as possible being true; for he is trustworthy. But the untrustworthy is he to whom voluntary falsehood is dear, and the one to whom it is involuntary is senseless; neither of these is to be envied; for everyone untrustworthy and ignorant is friendless. And perhaps he speaks of this as the kingly wisdom in a veiled way in the Euthydemus. At any rate in the Statesman he says word for word: “So the knowledge of the true king is kingly, and the one who possesses it, whether he happens to be a ruler or a private person, will rightly be called kingly according to the art itself.” Thus those who have believed in Christ are and are called good (chrēstoi), as those cared for by the king are truly kingly. For as the wise are wise by wisdom and the lawful lawful by law, so those who belong to Christ the King are kingly, the Christians. Then, further on, he adds clearly: “What is right would be lawful, and law, being by nature right reason, and not in writings or other things.” And the Eleatic Stranger declares the kingly and political man to be a living law.
2.4.19Stählin 2:122–123
τοιοῦτος δὲ ὁ πληρῶν μὲν τὸν νόμον, ποιῶν δὲ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πατρός, ἀναγεγραμμένος δὲ ἄντικρυς ἐπὶ ξύλου τινὸς ὑψηλοῦ παράδειγμα θείας ἀρετῆς τοῖς διορᾶν δυναμένοις ἐκκείμενος. ἴσασι δὲ Ἕλληνες τὰς τῶν ἐν Λακεδαίμονι ἐφόρων σκυτάλας νόμῳ ἐπὶ ξύλων ἀναγεγραμμένας· ὁ δὲ ἐμὸς νόμος, ὡς προείρηται, βασιλικός τέ ἐστι καὶ ἔμψυχος καὶ λόγος ὁ ὀρθός· νόμος ὁ πάντων βασιλεὺς θνατῶν τε καὶ ἀθανάτων, ὡς ὁ Βοιώτιος ᾄδει Πίνδαρος. Σπεύσιππος γὰρ ἐν τῷ πρὸς Κλεοφῶντα πρώτῳ τὰ ὅμοια τῷ Πλάτωνι ἔοικε διὰ τούτου γράφειν· εἰ γὰρ ἡ βασιλεία σπουδαῖον ὅ τε σοφὸς μόνος βασιλεὺς καὶ ἄρχων, ὁ νόμος λόγος ὢν ὀρθὸς σπουδαῖος· ἃ καὶ ἔστιν. τούτοις ἀκόλουθα οἱ Στωϊκοὶ φιλόσοφοι δογματίζουσιν, βασιλείαν, ἱερωσύνην, προφητείαν, νομοθετικήν, πλοῦτον, κάλλος ἀληθινόν, εὐγένειαν, ἐλευθερίαν μόνῳ προσάπτοντες τῷ σοφῷ· ὃ δὲ δυσεύρετος πάνυ σφόδρα καὶ πρὸς αὐτῶν ὁμολογεῖται.
toioutos de ho plērōn men ton nomon, poiōn de to thelēma tou patros, anagegrammenos de antikrys epi xylou tinos hypsēlou paradeigma theias aretēs tois dioran dynamenois ekkeimenos. isasi de Hellēnes tas tōn en Lakedaimoni ephorōn skytalas nomǭ epi xylōn anagegrammenas; ho de emos nomos, hōs proeirētai, basilikos te esti kai empsychos kai logos ho orthos; nomos ho pantōn basileus thnatōn te kai athanatōn, hōs ho Boiōtios ądei Pindaros. Speusippos gar en tǭ pros Kleophōnta prōtǭ ta homoia tǭ Platōni eoike dia toutou graphein; ei gar hē basileia spoudaion ho te sophos monos basileus kai archōn, ho nomos logos ōn orthos spoudaios; ha kai estin. toutois akoloutha hoi Stōïkoi philosophoi dogmatizousin, basileian, hierōsynēn, prophēteian, nomothetikēn, plouton, kallos alēthinon, eugeneian, eleutherian monǭ prosaptontes tǭ sophǭ; ho de dyseuretos pany sphodra kai pros autōn homologeitai.
Such is the one who fulfills the law and does the will of the Father, inscribed plainly on a high wood, set out as an example of divine virtue to those able to see. The Greeks know the scytales of the ephors in Sparta, inscribed with the law on wooden staffs; but my law, as has been said, is kingly and living and right reason: “Law, king of all, mortals and immortals,” as Pindar the Boeotian sings. Speusippus, in the first book of his work against Cleophon, seems to write things like Plato in this: “For if kingship is good, and the wise man alone is king and ruler, the law, being right reason, is good”; which is so. Consistently with these, the Stoic philosophers teach, attributing kingship, priesthood, prophecy, legislation, wealth, true beauty, nobility, and freedom only to the wise man; who is admitted even by them to be very hard to find.
Miscellanies 2, chapter 5
2.5.20Stählin 2:123
Πάντα τοίνυν τὰ προειρημένα φαίνεται παρὰ Μωυσέως τοῦ μεγάλου ἐπὶ τοὺς Ἕλληνας διαδεδόσθαι δόγματα. πάντα μὲν οὖν τοῦ σοφοῦ ὑπάρχειν διὰ τούτων διδάσκει· καὶ διότι ἠλέησέν με ὁ θεός, ἔστι μοι πάντα. θεοφιλῆ δὲ αὐτὸν μηνύει λέγων· θεὸς Ἀβραάμ, θεὸς Ἰσαάκ, θεὸς Ἰακώβ. ὃ μὲν γὰρ φίλος ἄντικρυς κεκλημένος εὑρίσκεται, ὃ δὲ ὁρῶν τὸν θεὸν μετωνομασμένος δείκνυται· τόν τε Ἰσαὰκ ὡς καθωσιωμένον ἱερεῖον ἀλληγορήσας ἐξελέξατο ἑαυτῷ τύπον ἐσόμενον ἡμῖν οἰκονομίας σωτηρίου. παρά τε Ἕλλησιν ᾄδεται ὁ Μίνως ἐννέωρος βασιλεὺς ὀαριστὴς Διός, ἀκηκοότων αὐτῶν, ὅπως ποτὲ μετὰ Μωυσέως διελέγετο ὁ θεός, ὡς εἴ τις λαλήσαι πρὸς τὸν ἑαυτοῦ φίλον.
Panta toinyn ta proeirēmena phainetai para Mōyseōs tou megalou epi tous Hellēnas diadedosthai dogmata. panta men oun tou sophou hyparchein dia toutōn didaskei; kai dioti ēleēsen me ho theos, esti moi panta. theophilē de auton mēnyei legōn; theos Abraam, theos Isaak, theos Iakōb. ho men gar philos antikrys keklēmenos heurisketai, ho de horōn ton theon metōnomasmenos deiknytai; ton te Isaak hōs kathōsiōmenon hiereion allēgorēsas exelexato heautǭ typon esomenon hēmin oikonomias sōtēriou. para te Hellēsin ądetai ho Minōs enneōros basileus oaristēs Dios, akēkootōn autōn, hopōs pote meta Mōyseōs dielegeto ho theos, hōs ei tis lalēsai pros ton heautou philon.
All the doctrines mentioned above appear, then, to have been handed down from the great Moses to the Greeks. He teaches that all things belong to the wise man by these words: “And because God has had mercy on me, I have all things.” And he shows him to be dear to God, saying: “The God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, the God of Jacob.” For the one is found expressly called a friend, the other is shown to have been renamed “the one who sees God”; and Isaac, allegorized as a consecrated sacrifice, he chose for himself to be a type for us of the plan of salvation. And among the Greeks Minos is sung as a king “who at nine years old conversed with Zeus,” since they had heard how God once talked with Moses, “as one would speak to his own friend.”
2.5.21Stählin 2:123–124
ἦν δʼ οὖν ὁ μὲν Μωυσῆς σοφός, βασιλεύς, νομοθέτης· ὁ σωτὴρ δὲ ἡμῶν ὑπερβάλλει πᾶσαν ἀνθρωπίνην φύσιν· καλὸς μὲν ὡς ἀγαπᾶσθαι μόνος πρὸς ἡμῶν τὸ καλὸν τὸ ἀληθινὸν ἐπιποθούντων, ἦν γὰρ τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινόν, βασιλεὺς δὲ καὶ ὑπὸ παίδων ἀπείρων ἔτι καὶ ὑπὸ Ἰουδαίων ἀπιστούντων καὶ ἀγνοούντων ἀναγορευόμενος καὶ πρὸς αὐτῶν προφητῶν ἀνακηρυττόμενος δείκνυται· πλούσιος δὲ εἰς τοσοῦτον, ὡς πᾶσαν τὴν καὶ τὸ ὑπὲρ γῆς καὶ ὑπʼ αὐτὴν χρυσίον ὑπερηφάνησεν σὺν καὶ δόξῃ πάσῃ διδόμενα αὐτῷ πρὸς τοῦ ἀντικειμένου. τί δεῖ λέγειν, ὡς μόνος ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς ὁ μόνος ἐπιστήμων τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ θεραπείας βασιλεὺς εἰρήνης Μελχισεδέκ, ὁ πάντων ἱκανώτατος ἀφηγεῖσθαι τοῦ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένους; νομοθέτης δὲ ὡς ἂν διδοὺς τὸν νόμον ἐν τῷ στόματι τῶν προφητῶν τά τε πρακτέα καὶ μὴ σαφέστατα ἐντελλόμενός τε καὶ διδάσκων.
ēn dʼ oun ho men Mōysēs sophos, basileus, nomothetēs; ho sōtēr de hēmōn hyperballei pasan anthrōpinēn physin; kalos men hōs agapasthai monos pros hēmōn to kalon to alēthinon epipothountōn, ēn gar to phōs to alēthinon, basileus de kai hypo paidōn apeirōn eti kai hypo Ioudaiōn apistountōn kai agnoountōn anagoreuomenos kai pros autōn prophētōn anakēryttomenos deiknytai; plousios de eis tosouton, hōs pasan tēn kai to hyper gēs kai hypʼ autēn chrysion hyperēphanēsen syn kai doxę̄ pasę̄ didomena autǭ pros tou antikeimenou. ti dei legein, hōs monos ho archiereus ho monos epistēmōn tēs tou theou therapeias basileus eirēnēs Melchisedek, ho pantōn hikanōtatos aphēgeisthai tou tōn anthrōpōn genous? nomothetēs de hōs an didous ton nomon en tǭ stomati tōn prophētōn ta te praktea kai mē saphestata entellomenos te kai didaskōn.
Moses, then, was wise, king, and lawgiver; but our Savior surpasses all human nature. He is beautiful, so as alone to be loved by us who long for the true beauty, for he was the true light; he is shown to be king, proclaimed both by children still innocent and by unbelieving and ignorant Jews, and heralded by the prophets themselves; so rich that he despised all the gold above and below the earth, together with all the glory offered him by the adversary. What need is there to say that he alone is the high priest, alone knowing the worship of God, Melchizedek, king of peace, the most fit of all to lead the human race? He is the lawgiver, giving the law in the mouth of the prophets, commanding and teaching most clearly what must and must not be done.
2.5.22Stählin 2:124–125
τίς δʼ ἂν τούτου εὐγενέστερος, οὗ μόνος πατὴρ ὁ θεός; φέρε δὴ καὶ Πλάτωνα τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἐπιβάλλοντα παραστησώμεθα δόγμασιν· πλούσιον μὲν τὸν σοφὸν εἴρηκεν ἐν τῷ Φαίδρῳ, ὦ φίλε Πὰν λέγων καὶ ὅσοι ἄλλοι τῇδε θεοί, δοίητέ μοι καλῷ γενέσθαι τἄνδοθεν· ἔξωθεν δὲ ὅσα ἔχω, τοῖς ἐντὸς εἶναί μοι φίλα· πλούσιον δὲ νομίζοιμι τὸν σοφόν. καταμεμφόμενος δὲ ὁ Ἀθηναῖος ξένος τῶν οἰομένων πλουσίους εἶναι τοὺς πολλὰ κεκτημένους χρήματα ὧδε λέγει· πλουσίους δʼ αὖ σφόδρα εἶναι καὶ ἀγαθοὺς ἀδύνατον, οὕς γε δὴ πλουσίους οἱ πολλοὶ καταλέγουσι· λέγουσι δὲ τοὺς κεκτημένους ἐν ὀλίγοις τῶν ἀνθρώπων πλείστου νομίσματος ἄξια κτήματα, ἃ καὶ κακός τις κέκτηται. τοῦ πιστοῦ ὅλος ὁ κόσμος τῶν χρημάτων, ὁ Σολομὼν λέγει, τοῦ δὲ ἀπίστου οὐδὲ ὀβολός. πειστέον οὖν πολλῷ μᾶλλον τῇ γραφῇ λεγούσῃ θᾶττον κάμηλον διὰ τρυπήματος βελόνης διελεύσεσθαι ἢ πλούσιον φιλοσοφεῖν· μακαρίζει δʼ ἔμπαλιν τοὺς πένητας, ὡς συνῆκεν Πλάτων λέγων· πενίαν δὲ ἡγητέον οὐ τὸ τὴν οὐσίαν ἐλάττω ποιεῖν, ἀλλὰ τὸ τὴν ἀπληστίαν πλείω. οὐ γάρ ποτε ἡ ὀλιγοχρηματία, ἀλλʼ ἡ ἀπληστία, ἧς φροῦδος ὁ ἀγαθὸς ὢν καὶ πλούσιός γʼ ἂν εἴη. ἔν τε τῷ Ἀλκιβιάδῃ δουλοπρεπὲς μὲν τὴν κακίαν προσαγορεύει, ἐλευθεροπρεπὲς δὲ τὴν ἀρετήν. ἄρατε, φησίν, ἀφʼ ὑμῶν τὸν βαρὺν ζυγὸν καὶ λάβετε τὸν πρᾶον, ἡ γραφή φησι, καθάπερ καὶ οἱ ποιηταὶ δούλειον καλοῦσι ζυγόν. καὶ τὸ ἐπράθητε ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν τοῖς προειρημένοις συνᾴδει. πᾶς μὲν οὖν ὁ ποιῶν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν δοῦλός ἐστιν. ὁ δὲ δοῦλος οὐ μένει ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα. ἐὰν δὲ ὁ υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ, ἐλεύθεροι ἔσεσθε, καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια ἐλευθερώσει ὑμᾶς. καλὸν δʼ αὖ εἶναι τὸν σοφὸν ὁ Ἀθηναῖος ὡδὶ λέγει· ὡς εἴ τις διισχυρίζοιτο εἶναι τοὺς δικαίους, ἂν καὶ τυγχάνωσιν ὄντες αἰσχροὶ τὰ σώματα, κατά γε τὸ δικαιότατον ἦθος ταύτῃ παγκάλους εἶναι, σχεδὸν οὐδεὶς ἂν λέγων οὕτω πλημμελῶς δόξειεν λέγειν· καὶ τὸ εἶδος αὐτοῦ ἐκλεῖπον παρὰ πάντας τοὺς υἱοὺς τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἦν ἡ προφητεία προηγόρευσεν. Πλάτων δὲ βασιλέα τὸν σοφόν εἴρηκεν ἐν τῷ Πολιτικῷ, καὶ πρόκειται ἡ λέξις.
tis dʼ an toutou eugenesteros, hou monos patēr ho theos? phere dē kai Platōna tois autois epiballonta parastēsōmetha dogmasin; plousion men ton sophon eirēken en tǭ Phaidrǭ, ō phile Pan legōn kai hosoi alloi tę̄de theoi, doiēte moi kalǭ genesthai tandothen; exōthen de hosa echō, tois entos einai moi phila; plousion de nomizoimi ton sophon. katamemphomenos de ho Athēnaios xenos tōn oiomenōn plousious einai tous polla kektēmenous chrēmata hōde legei; plousious dʼ au sphodra einai kai agathous adynaton, hous ge dē plousious hoi polloi katalegousi; legousi de tous kektēmenous en oligois tōn anthrōpōn pleistou nomismatos axia ktēmata, ha kai kakos tis kektētai. tou pistou holos ho kosmos tōn chrēmatōn, ho Solomōn legei, tou de apistou oude obolos. peisteon oun pollǭ mallon tę̄ graphę̄ legousę̄ thatton kamēlon dia trypēmatos belonēs dieleusesthai ē plousion philosophein; makarizei dʼ empalin tous penētas, hōs synēken Platōn legōn; penian de hēgēteon ou to tēn ousian elattō poiein, alla to tēn aplēstian pleiō. ou gar pote hē oligochrēmatia, allʼ hē aplēstia, hēs phroudos ho agathos ōn kai plousios gʼ an eiē. en te tǭ Alkibiadę̄ douloprepes men tēn kakian prosagoreuei, eleutheroprepes de tēn aretēn. arate, phēsin, aphʼ hymōn ton baryn zygon kai labete ton praon, hē graphē phēsi, kathaper kai hoi poiētai douleion kalousi zygon. kai to eprathēte tais hamartiais hymōn tois proeirēmenois synądei. pas men oun ho poiōn tēn hamartian doulos estin. ho de doulos ou menei en tę̄ oikią eis ton aiōna. ean de ho huios hymas eleutherōsę̄, eleutheroi esesthe, kai hē alētheia eleutherōsei hymas. kalon dʼ au einai ton sophon ho Athēnaios hōdi legei; hōs ei tis diischyrizoito einai tous dikaious, an kai tynchanōsin ontes aischroi ta sōmata, kata ge to dikaiotaton ēthos tautę̄ pankalous einai, schedon oudeis an legōn houtō plēmmelōs doxeien legein; kai to eidos autou ekleipon para pantas tous huious tōn anthrōpōn ēn hē prophēteia proēgoreusen. Platōn de basilea ton sophon eirēken en tǭ Politikǭ, kai prokeitai hē lexis.
Who could be of nobler birth than he, whose only Father is God? Come, let us present Plato too as approaching the same doctrines. He called the wise man rich in the Phaedrus, saying: “O dear Pan and all you other gods of this place, grant me to become beautiful within; and that whatever I have outside may be friendly to what is within. And may I consider the wise man rich.” And the Athenian Stranger, blaming those who think that those who possess much money are rich, says this: “It is impossible for people to be very rich and good, at least those whom the many count rich; and they mean those who possess, among a few people, possessions worth the most money, which even a bad man may possess.” “The whole world of wealth belongs to the believer,” says Solomon, “but to the unbeliever not even an obol.” Much more, then, must we believe Scripture, which says that a camel will pass through the eye of a needle sooner than a rich man will philosophize. On the other hand it blesses the poor, as Plato understood when he said: “Poverty must be thought to be not diminishing one's property but increasing one's greed.” For it is never lack of money but insatiability, from which the good man is free, that makes poverty; and he would be rich. And in the Alcibiades he calls vice slavish and virtue fit for a free man. “Take off from yourselves the heavy yoke and take the gentle one,” Scripture says, as the poets too speak of a “yoke of slavery.” And “you were sold by your sins” agrees with what has been said. “Everyone who commits sin is a slave. And the slave does not remain in the house forever. But if the Son sets you free, you will be free, and the truth will set you free.” And the Athenian Stranger says that the wise man is beautiful, in this way: “As if someone should insist that the just, even if they happen to be ugly in body, are altogether beautiful in respect of their most just character, hardly anyone would seem to speak amiss in saying so.” And “his form was lacking beyond all the sons of men,” the prophecy foretold. And Plato called the wise man king in the Statesman, and the passage has been quoted.
2.5.23Stählin 2:125
Τούτων δὴ ἐπιδεδειγμένων ἀναδράμωμεν αὖθις ἐπὶ τὸν περὶ τῆς πίστεως λόγον. ναὶ μὴν μετὰ πάσης ἀποδείξεως ὁ Πλάτων ὅτι πίστεως χρεία πανταχοῦ, ὧδέ πως παρίστησιν, ἐξυμνῶν ἅμα τὴν εἰρήνην· πιστὸς μὲν γὰρ καὶ ὑγιὴς ἐν στάσεσιν οὐκ ἄν που γένοιτο ἄνευ ξυμπάσης ἀρετῆς· μαχητικοὶ δὲ καὶ ἐθελονταὶ ἀποθνῄσκειν ἐν πολέμῳ τῶν μισθοφόρων εἰσὶν πάμπολλοι, ὧν πλεῖστοι γίνονται θρασεῖς καὶ ἄδικοι ὑβρισταί τε καὶ ἄφρονες, ἐκτὸς δή τινων μάλα ὀλίγων. εἰ δὴ ταῦτα ὀρθῶς λέγεται, πᾶς νομοθέτης, οὗ καὶ σμικρὸν ὄφελος, παρὰ τὴν μεγίστην ἀρετὴν ἀποβλέπων μάλιστα θήσεται τοὺς νόμους. αὕτη δέ ἐστι πιστότης, ἧς κατὰ πάντα καιρὸν χρῄζομεν ἔν τε εἰρήνῃ καὶ παντὶ πολέμῳ κἀν τῷ ἄλλῳ σύμπαντι βίῳ. συλλαβοῦσα γὰρ ἔοικε τὰς ἄλλας περιέχειν. τὸ δὲ ἄριστον οὔθʼ ὁ πόλεμος οὔτε ἡ στάσις· ἀπευκτὸν γὰρ τὸ δεηθῆναι τούτων, εἰρήνη δὲ πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἅμα καὶ φιλοφροσύνη τὸ κράτιστον. ἐκ δὴ τούτων καταφαίνεται μεγίστη μὲν εὐχὴ τὸ εἰρήνην ἔχειν κατὰ Πλάτωνα, μεγίστη δὲ ἀρετῶν μήτηρ ἡ πίστις.
Toutōn dē epidedeigmenōn anadramōmen authis epi ton peri tēs pisteōs logon. nai mēn meta pasēs apodeixeōs ho Platōn hoti pisteōs chreia pantachou, hōde pōs paristēsin, exymnōn hama tēn eirēnēn; pistos men gar kai hygiēs en stasesin ouk an pou genoito aneu xympasēs aretēs; machētikoi de kai ethelontai apothnę̄skein en polemǭ tōn misthophorōn eisin pampolloi, hōn pleistoi ginontai thraseis kai adikoi hybristai te kai aphrones, ektos dē tinōn mala oligōn. ei dē tauta orthōs legetai, pas nomothetēs, hou kai smikron ophelos, para tēn megistēn aretēn apoblepōn malista thēsetai tous nomous. hautē de esti pistotēs, hēs kata panta kairon chrę̄zomen en te eirēnę̄ kai panti polemǭ kan tǭ allǭ sympanti biǭ. syllabousa gar eoike tas allas periechein. to de ariston outhʼ ho polemos oute hē stasis; apeukton gar to deēthēnai toutōn, eirēnē de pros allēlous hama kai philophrosynē to kratiston. ek dē toutōn kataphainetai megistē men euchē to eirēnēn echein kata Platōna, megistē de aretōn mētēr hē pistis.
Having shown these things, let us run back again to the discussion of faith. Plato, then, with every demonstration, presents somewhat thus that faith is needed everywhere, praising peace at the same time: “For no one would be faithful and sound in civil strife without the whole of virtue; but there are very many mercenaries who are warlike and willing to die in war, most of whom become bold and unjust, insolent and senseless, except a very few. If this is rightly said, every lawgiver who is of the least use will make his laws looking above all to the greatest virtue. And this is faithfulness, which we need at every time, in peace, in every war, and in all the rest of life; for it seems to contain the others by embracing them. The best is neither war nor civil strife, for it is to be prayed against that there should be need of these; but peace with one another together with friendliness is the best.” From these it appears that according to Plato the greatest prayer is to have peace, and the greatest mother of the virtues is faith.
2.5.24Stählin 2:125–126
εἰκότως οὖν εἴρηται παρὰ τῷ Σολομῶντι σοφία ἐν στόματι πιστῶν, ἐπεὶ καὶ Ξενοκράτης ἐν τῷ Περὶ φρονήσεως τὴν σοφίαν ἐπιστήμην τῶν πρώτων αἰτίων καὶ τῆς νοητῆς οὐσίας εἶναί φησι, τὴν φρόνησιν ἡγούμενος διττήν, τὴν μὲν πρακτικήν, τὴν δὲ θεωρητικήν, ἣν δὴ σοφίαν ὑπάρχειν ἀνθρωπίνην. διόπερ ἡ μὲν σοφία φρόνησις, οὐ μὴν πᾶσα φρόνησις σοφία. δέδεικται δὲ τῆς τῶν ὅλων ἀρχῆς ἐπιστήμη πίστις, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἀπόδειξις εἶναι. καὶ γὰρ ἄτοπον, τοὺς μὲν Πυθαγόρου τοῦ Σαμίου ζηλωτὰς τῶν ζητουμένων τὰς ἀποδείξεις παραιτουμένους τὸ αὐτὸς ἔφα πίστιν ἡγεῖσθαι καὶ ταύτῃ ἀρκεῖσθαι μόνῃ τῇ φωνῇ πρὸς τὴν βεβαίωσιν ὧν ἀκηκόασι, τοὺς δὲ τῆς ἀληθείας φιλοθεάμονας, ἀπιστεῖν ἐπιχειροῦντας ἀξιοπίστῳ διδασκάλῳ, τῷ μόνῳ σωτῆρι θεῷ, βασάνους τῶν λεγομένων ἀπαιτεῖν παρʼ αὐτοῦ. ὃ δὲ ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν ἀκουέτω λέγει. καὶ τίς οὗτος; Ἐπίχαρμος εἰπάτω· νοῦς ὁρῇ καὶ νοῦς ἀκούει, τἄλλα κωφὰ καὶ τυφλά. ἀπίστους εἶναί τινας ἐπιστύφων Ἡράκλειτός φησιν, ἀκοῦσαι οὐκ ἐπιστάμενοι οὐδʼ εἰπεῖν, ὠφεληθεὶς δήπουθεν παρὰ Σολομῶντος, ἐὰν ἀγαπήσῃς ἀκούειν, ἐκδέξῃ, καὶ ἐὰν κλίνῃς τὸ οὖς σου, σοφὸς ἔσῃ.
eikotōs oun eirētai para tǭ Solomōnti sophia en stomati pistōn, epei kai Xenokratēs en tǭ Peri phronēseōs tēn sophian epistēmēn tōn prōtōn aitiōn kai tēs noētēs ousias einai phēsi, tēn phronēsin hēgoumenos dittēn, tēn men praktikēn, tēn de theōrētikēn, hēn dē sophian hyparchein anthrōpinēn. dioper hē men sophia phronēsis, ou mēn pasa phronēsis sophia. dedeiktai de tēs tōn holōn archēs epistēmē pistis, allʼ ouk apodeixis einai. kai gar atopon, tous men Pythagorou tou Samiou zēlōtas tōn zētoumenōn tas apodeixeis paraitoumenous to autos epha pistin hēgeisthai kai tautę̄ arkeisthai monę̄ tę̄ phōnę̄ pros tēn bebaiōsin hōn akēkoasi, tous de tēs alētheias philotheamonas, apistein epicheirountas axiopistǭ didaskalǭ, tǭ monǭ sōtēri theǭ, basanous tōn legomenōn apaitein parʼ autou. ho de ho echōn ōta akouein akouetō legei. kai tis houtos? Epicharmos eipatō; nous horę̄ kai nous akouei, talla kōpha kai typhla. apistous einai tinas epistyphōn Hērakleitos phēsin, akousai ouk epistamenoi oudʼ eipein, ōphelētheis dēpouthen para Solomōntos, ean agapēsę̄s akouein, ekdexę̄, kai ean klinę̄s to ous sou, sophos esę̄.
Fittingly, then, it is said in Solomon, “Wisdom is in the mouth of the faithful,” since Xenocrates too, in his work On Prudence, says that wisdom is the knowledge of first causes and of intelligible substance, considering prudence twofold, the practical and the contemplative, which is human wisdom. So wisdom is prudence, but not all prudence is wisdom. It has been shown that the knowledge of the first principle of the universe is faith, not demonstration. For it is absurd that the followers of Pythagoras of Samos, renouncing demonstrations of what is inquired into, should consider “He himself said it” as faith, and be satisfied with this voice alone for the confirmation of what they had heard, while those who love to behold the truth, attempting to disbelieve the trustworthy Teacher, the only Savior God, should demand from him proofs of what is said. But he says, “He who has ears to hear, let him hear.” And who is this? Let Epicharmus say: “Mind sees and mind hears; all else is deaf and blind.” Heraclitus, rebuking some as unbelievers, says, “knowing neither how to hear nor how to speak,” benefiting no doubt from Solomon: “If you love to hear, you will receive; and if you incline your ear, you will be wise.”
Miscellanies 2, chapter 6
2.6.25Stählin 2:126
Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν; Ἡσαΐας φησίν. ἡ μὲν γὰρ πίστις ἐξ ἀκοῆς, ἡ δὲ ἀκοὴ διὰ ῥήματος θεοῦ, φησὶν ὁ ἀπόστολος. πῶς οὖν ἐπικαλέσονται εἰς ὃν οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν; πῶς δὲ πιστεύσουσιν οὗ οὐκ ἤκουσαν; πῶς δὲ ἀκούσουσι χωρὶς κηρύσσοντος; πῶς δὲ κηρύξωσιν, ἐὰν μὴ ἀποσταλῶσι; καθὼς γέγραπται· ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες τῶν εὐαγγελιζομένων τὰ ἀγαθά. ὁρᾷς πῶς ἀνάγει τὴν πίστιν διʼ ἀκοῆς καὶ τῆς τῶν ἀποστόλων κηρύξεως ἐπὶ τὸ ῥῆμα κυρίου καὶ τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ; οὐδέπω συνίεμεν ἀπόδειξιν εἶναι τὸ ῥῆμα κυρίου; ὥσπερ οὖν τὸ σφαιρίζειν οὐκ ἐκ τοῦ κατὰ τέχνην πέμποντος τὴν σφαῖραν ἤρτηται μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦ εὐρύθμως ἀποδεχομένου προσδεῖ αὐτῷ, ἵνα δὴ κατὰ νόμους τοὺς σφαιριστικοὺς τὸ γυμνάσιον ἐκτελῆται, οὕτω καὶ τὴν διδασκαλίαν ἀξιόπιστον εἶναι συμβέβηκεν, ὅταν ἡ πίστις τῶν ἀκροωμένων, τέχνη τις ὡς εἰπεῖν ὑπάρχουσα φυσική, πρὸς μάθησιν συλλαμβάνῃ.
Kyrie, tis episteusen tę̄ akoę̄ hēmōn? Hēsaïas phēsin. hē men gar pistis ex akoēs, hē de akoē dia rhēmatos theou, phēsin ho apostolos. pōs oun epikalesontai eis hon ouk episteusan? pōs de pisteusousin hou ouk ēkousan? pōs de akousousi chōris kēryssontos? pōs de kēryxōsin, ean mē apostalōsi? kathōs gegraptai; hōs hōraioi hoi podes tōn euangelizomenōn ta agatha. horąs pōs anagei tēn pistin diʼ akoēs kai tēs tōn apostolōn kēryxeōs epi to rhēma kyriou kai ton huion tou theou? oudepō syniemen apodeixin einai to rhēma kyriou? hōsper oun to sphairizein ouk ek tou kata technēn pempontos tēn sphairan ērtētai monon, alla kai tou eurythmōs apodechomenou prosdei autǭ, hina dē kata nomous tous sphairistikous to gymnasion ektelētai, houtō kai tēn didaskalian axiopiston einai symbebēken, hotan hē pistis tōn akroōmenōn, technē tis hōs eipein hyparchousa physikē, pros mathēsin syllambanę̄.
“Lord, who has believed our report?” says Isaiah. “For faith comes from hearing, and hearing through the word of God,” says the apostle. “How then will they call on him in whom they have not believed? And how will they believe in him of whom they have not heard? And how will they hear without a preacher? And how will they preach unless they are sent? As it is written: How beautiful are the feet of those who preach good news.” You see how he leads faith up through hearing and the preaching of the apostles to the word of the Lord and the Son of God? Do we not yet understand that the word of the Lord is a demonstration? As playing ball depends not only on the one who throws the ball skillfully, but also requires the one who catches it well, so that the game may be carried out by the rules of ball-playing; so teaching too is trustworthy when the faith of the hearers, being, so to speak, a natural art, helps toward learning.
2.6.26Stählin 2:126–127
συνεργεῖ οὖν καὶ γῆ γόνιμος ὑπάρχουσα πρὸς τὴν τῶν σπερμάτων καταβολήν. οὔτε γὰρ τῆς ἀρίστης παιδεύσεως ὄφελός τι ἄνευ τῆς τοῦ μανθάνοντος παραδοχῆς οὔτε μὴν προφητείας οὔτε, τῆς τῶν ἀκουόντων εὐπειθείας μὴ παρούσης. καὶ γὰρ τὰ κάρφη τὰ ξηρά, ἕτοιμα ὄντα καταδέχεσθαι τὴν δύναμιν τὴν καυστικήν, ῥᾷον ἐξάπτεται, καὶ ἡ λίθος ἡ θρυλουμένη ἕλκει τὸν σίδηρον διὰ συγγένειαν, ὥσπερ καὶ τὸ δάκρυον τὸ σούχειον ἐπισπᾶται τὰ κάρφη καὶ τὸ ἤλεκτρον τὰς ἀχυρμιὰς ἀνακινεῖ· πείθεται δὲ αὐτοῖς τὰ ἑλκόμενα ἀρρήτῳ ἑλκόμενα πνεύματι οὐχ ὡς αἴτια, ἀλλʼ ὡς συναίτια. διπλοῦ τοίνυν ὄντος τοῦ τῆς κακίας εἴδους, τοῦ μὲν μετὰ ἀπάτης καὶ τοῦ λανθάνειν, τοῦ δὲ μετὰ βίας ἄγοντος καὶ φέροντος, ὁ θεῖος λόγος κέκραγεν πάντας συλλήβδην καλῶν, εἰδὼς μὲν καὶ μάλιστα τοὺς μὴ πεισθησομένους, ὅμως δʼ οὖν, ὅτι ἐφʼ ἡμῖν τὸ πείθεσθαί τε καὶ μή, ὡς μὴ ἔχειν ἄγνοιαν προφασίσασθαί τινας, δικαίαν τὴν κλῆσιν πεποίηται, τὸ κατὰ δύναμιν δὲ ἑκάστου ἀπαιτεῖ. τοῖς μὲν γὰρ ὁμοῦ τῷ θέλειν καὶ τὸ δύνασθαι πάρεστιν, ἐκ συνασκήσεως ηὐξηκόσι τοῦτο καὶ κεκαθαρμένοις· οἳ δέ, εἰ καὶ μήπω δύνανται, τὸ βούλεσθαι ἤδη ἔχουσιν. ἔργον δὲ τὸ μὲν βούλεσθαι ψυχῆς, τὸ πράττειν δὲ οὐκ ἄνευ σώματος. οὐδὲ μὴν τῷ τέλει παραμετρεῖται μόνῳ τὰ πράγματα, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῇ ἑκάστου κρίνεται προαιρέσει, εἰ ῥᾳδίως εἵλετο, εἰ ἐφʼ οἷς ἥμαρτεν μετενόησεν, εἰ σύνεσιν ἔλαβεν ἐφʼ οἷς ἔπταισεν, καὶ μετέγνω, ὅπερ ἐστὶ μετὰ ταῦτα ἔγνω· βραδεῖα γὰρ γνῶσις μετάνοια, γνῶσις δὲ ἡ πρώτη ἀναμαρτησία.
synergei oun kai gē gonimos hyparchousa pros tēn tōn spermatōn katabolēn. oute gar tēs aristēs paideuseōs ophelos ti aneu tēs tou manthanontos paradochēs oute mēn prophēteias oute, tēs tōn akouontōn eupeitheias mē parousēs. kai gar ta karphē ta xēra, hetoima onta katadechesthai tēn dynamin tēn kaustikēn, rhąon exaptetai, kai hē lithos hē thryloumenē helkei ton sidēron dia syngeneian, hōsper kai to dakryon to soucheion epispatai ta karphē kai to ēlektron tas achyrmias anakinei; peithetai de autois ta helkomena arrētǭ helkomena pneumati ouch hōs aitia, allʼ hōs synaitia. diplou toinyn ontos tou tēs kakias eidous, tou men meta apatēs kai tou lanthanein, tou de meta bias agontos kai pherontos, ho theios logos kekragen pantas syllēbdēn kalōn, eidōs men kai malista tous mē peisthēsomenous, homōs dʼ oun, hoti ephʼ hēmin to peithesthai te kai mē, hōs mē echein agnoian prophasisasthai tinas, dikaian tēn klēsin pepoiētai, to kata dynamin de hekastou apaitei. tois men gar homou tǭ thelein kai to dynasthai parestin, ek synaskēseōs ēuxēkosi touto kai kekatharmenois; hoi de, ei kai mēpō dynantai, to boulesthai ēdē echousin. ergon de to men boulesthai psychēs, to prattein de ouk aneu sōmatos. oude mēn tǭ telei parametreitai monǭ ta pragmata, alla kai tę̄ hekastou krinetai proairesei, ei rhądiōs heileto, ei ephʼ hois hēmarten metenoēsen, ei synesin elaben ephʼ hois eptaisen, kai metegnō, hoper esti meta tauta egnō; bradeia gar gnōsis metanoia, gnōsis de hē prōtē anamartēsia.
So too fertile soil works together for the sowing of seeds. For there is no benefit from the best teaching without the learner's reception, nor from prophecy, if the hearers' ready obedience is not present. For dry twigs, being ready to receive the power of fire, are kindled more easily; and the famous stone attracts iron through kinship, as the amber tear draws twigs and amber stirs chaff; and the things drawn obey them, drawn by an unspeakable spirit, not as causes but as joint causes. Since, then, the form of vice is twofold, one with deceit and escaping notice, the other leading and carrying off by force, the divine Word has cried out, calling all together, knowing well especially those who will not obey; but nevertheless, since obeying or not rests with us, so that none may plead ignorance, he has made the calling just, and demands from each according to his ability. For some have both willing and power together, having increased this by practice and been purified; others, even if they are not yet able, already have the will. Willing is a work of the soul, but doing is not without the body. Nor are actions measured by the result alone; they are also judged by each one's choice: whether he chose easily, whether he repented of his sins, whether he gained understanding of his failures and changed his mind, that is, came to know afterward. For repentance is slow knowledge, but the first knowledge is sinlessness.
2.6.27Stählin 2:127
πίστεως οὖν καὶ ἡ μετάνοια κατόρθωμα· ἐὰν γὰρ μὴ πιστεύσῃ ἁμάρτημα εἶναι ᾧ προκατείχετο, οὐδὲ μεταθήσεται· κἂν μὴ πιστεύσῃ κόλασιν μὲν ἐπηρτῆσθαι τῷ πλημμελοῦντι, σωτηρίαν δὲ τῷ κατὰ τὰς ἐντολὰς βιοῦντι, οὐδʼ οὕτως μεταβαλεῖται. ἤδη δὲ καὶ ἡ ἐλπὶς ἐκ πίστεως συνέστηκεν. ὁρίζονται γοῦν οἱ ἀπὸ Βασιλείδου τὴν πίστιν ψυχῆς συγκατάθεσιν πρός τι τῶν μὴ κινούντων αἴσθησιν διὰ τὸ μὴ παρεῖναι. ἐλπὶς δὲ προσδοκία κτήσεως ἀγαθοῦ· πιστὴν δὲ ἀνάγκη τὴν προσδοκίαν εἶναι. πιστὸς δὲ ὁ ἀπαραβάτως τηρητικὸς τῶν ἐγχειρισθέντων· ἐγχειρίζονται δὲ ἡμῖν οἱ περὶ θεοῦ λόγοι καὶ οἱ θεῖοι λόγοι, αἱ ἐντολαί, σὺν τῇ καταπράξει τῶν παραγγελμάτων. οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ δοῦλος ὁ πιστός, ὁ πρὸς τοῦ κυρίου ἐπαινούμενος. ἐπὰν δὲ εἴπῃ πιστὸς ὁ θεός, ᾧ ἀποφαινομένῳ πιστεύειν ἄξιον, μηνύει· ἀποφαίνεται δὲ ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ, καὶ αὐτὸς ἂν εἴη πιστὸς ὁ θεός. πῶς οὖν εἰ τὸ πιστεύειν ὑπολαμβάνειν ἐστί, βέβαια τὰ παρʼ αὐτῶν οἱ φιλόσοφοι νομίζουσιν; οὐ γάρ ἐστιν ὑπόληψις ἡ ἑκούσιος πρὸ ἀποδείξεως συγκατάθεσις, ἀλλὰ συγκατάθεσις ἰσχυρῷ τινι.
pisteōs oun kai hē metanoia katorthōma; ean gar mē pisteusę̄ hamartēma einai hǭ prokateicheto, oude metathēsetai; kan mē pisteusę̄ kolasin men epērtēsthai tǭ plēmmelounti, sōtērian de tǭ kata tas entolas biounti, oudʼ houtōs metabaleitai. ēdē de kai hē elpis ek pisteōs synestēken. horizontai goun hoi apo Basileidou tēn pistin psychēs synkatathesin pros ti tōn mē kinountōn aisthēsin dia to mē pareinai. elpis de prosdokia ktēseōs agathou; pistēn de anankē tēn prosdokian einai. pistos de ho aparabatōs tērētikos tōn encheiristhentōn; encheirizontai de hēmin hoi peri theou logoi kai hoi theioi logoi, hai entolai, syn tę̄ katapraxei tōn parangelmatōn. houtos estin ho doulos ho pistos, ho pros tou kyriou epainoumenos. epan de eipę̄ pistos ho theos, hǭ apophainomenǭ pisteuein axion, mēnyei; apophainetai de ho logos autou, kai autos an eiē pistos ho theos. pōs oun ei to pisteuein hypolambanein esti, bebaia ta parʼ autōn hoi philosophoi nomizousin? ou gar estin hypolēpsis hē hekousios pro apodeixeōs synkatathesis, alla synkatathesis ischyrǭ tini.
Repentance too, then, is an achievement of faith. For if someone does not believe that what he was held by is a sin, he will not change; and if he does not believe that punishment hangs over the offender and salvation over the one who lives by the commandments, not even so will he change. Hope too is constituted from faith. The followers of Basilides define faith as the assent of the soul to something that does not stir the senses because it is not present. Hope is the expectation of possessing a good; and the expectation must be faithful. The faithful man is one who keeps unswervingly what has been entrusted to him; and what is entrusted to us are the words about God and the divine words, the commandments, together with the carrying out of the precepts. This is “the faithful servant” praised by the Lord. And when it says “God is faithful,” it shows that he is worthy to be believed when he declares something; and his Word declares, and God himself would be faithful. How, then, if believing is supposing, do the philosophers think their own teachings firm? For voluntary assent before demonstration is not supposition, but assent to something strong.
2.6.28Stählin 2:127–128
τίς δʼ ἂν εἴη δυνατώτερος θεοῦ; ἡ δὲ ἀπιστία ὑπόληψις τοῦ ἀντικειμένου ἀσθενὴς ἀποφατική, καθάπερ ἡ δυσπιστία ἕξις δυσπαράδεκτος πίστεως. καὶ ἡ μὲν πίστις ὑπόληψις ἑκούσιος καὶ πρόληψις εὐγνώμων πρὸ καταλήψεως, προσδοκία δὲ δόξα μέλλοντος· ἡ δὲ τῶν ἄλλων προσδοκία δόξα ἀδήλου· πεποίθησις δὲ διάληψις βεβαία περί τινος. διὸ πιστεύομεν, ᾧ ἂν πεποιθότες ὦμεν, εἰς δόξαν θείαν καὶ σωτηρίαν· πεποίθαμεν δὲ τῷ μόνῳ θεῷ, ὃν γινώσκομεν ὅτι οὐ παραβήσεται τὰ καλῶς ἡμῖν ἐπηγγελμένα καὶ διὰ ταῦτα δεδημιουργημένα καὶ δεδωρημένα ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ ἡμῖν εὐνοϊκῶς. εὔνοια δέ ἐστι βούλησις ἀγαθῶν ἑτέρῳ ἕνεκεν αὐτοῦ ἐκείνου. ὃ μὲν γάρ ἐστιν ἀνενδεής· εἰς ἡμᾶς δὲ ἡ εὐεργεσία καὶ ἡ παρὰ τοῦ κυρίου εὐμένεια καταλήγει, εὔνοια θεία οὖσα καὶ εὔνοια πρὸς τὸ εὖ ποιεῖν οὖσα. εἰ δὲ τῷ Ἀβραὰμ πιστεύσαντι ἐλογίσθη εἰς δικαιοσύνην, σπέρμα δὲ Ἀβραὰμ ἡμεῖς διʼ ἀκοῆς, καὶ ἡμῖν πιστευτέον. Ἰσραηλῖται γὰρ ἡμεῖς οἱ μὴ διὰ σημείων, διʼ ἀκοῆς δὲ εὐπειθεῖς. διὰ τοῦτο εὐφράνθητι, στεῖρα ἡ οὐ τίκτουσα, ῥῆξον καὶ βόησον, φησίν, ἡ οὐκ ὠδίνουσα· ὅτι πολλὰ τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἐρήμου μᾶλλον ἢ τῆς ἐχούσης τὸν ἄνδρα. ἐβίωσας εἰς τὸ περίφραγμα τοῦ λαοῦ, ἐνευλογήθησαν τὰ τέκνα σου εἰς τὰς σκηνὰς τῶν πατέρων. εἰ δὲ αἱ αὐταὶ αἱ μοναὶ ὑπὸ τῆς προφητείας ἡμῖν τε αὖ καὶ τοῖς πατριάρχαις καταγγέλλονται, εἷς ἀμφοῖν ταῖν διαθήκαιν δείκνυται ὁ θεός.
tis dʼ an eiē dynatōteros theou? hē de apistia hypolēpsis tou antikeimenou asthenēs apophatikē, kathaper hē dyspistia hexis dysparadektos pisteōs. kai hē men pistis hypolēpsis hekousios kai prolēpsis eugnōmōn pro katalēpseōs, prosdokia de doxa mellontos; hē de tōn allōn prosdokia doxa adēlou; pepoithēsis de dialēpsis bebaia peri tinos. dio pisteuomen, hǭ an pepoithotes ōmen, eis doxan theian kai sōtērian; pepoithamen de tǭ monǭ theǭ, hon ginōskomen hoti ou parabēsetai ta kalōs hēmin epēngelmena kai dia tauta dedēmiourgēmena kai dedōrēmena hypʼ autou hēmin eunoïkōs. eunoia de esti boulēsis agathōn heterǭ heneken autou ekeinou. ho men gar estin anendeēs; eis hēmas de hē euergesia kai hē para tou kyriou eumeneia katalēgei, eunoia theia ousa kai eunoia pros to eu poiein ousa. ei de tǭ Abraam pisteusanti elogisthē eis dikaiosynēn, sperma de Abraam hēmeis diʼ akoēs, kai hēmin pisteuteon. Israēlitai gar hēmeis hoi mē dia sēmeiōn, diʼ akoēs de eupeitheis. dia touto euphranthēti, steira hē ou tiktousa, rhēxon kai boēson, phēsin, hē ouk ōdinousa; hoti polla ta tekna tēs erēmou mallon ē tēs echousēs ton andra. ebiōsas eis to periphragma tou laou, eneulogēthēsan ta tekna sou eis tas skēnas tōn paterōn. ei de hai autai hai monai hypo tēs prophēteias hēmin te au kai tois patriarchais katangellontai, heis amphoin tain diathēkain deiknytai ho theos.
And who could be stronger than God? Unbelief is a weak negative supposition of the opposite, as incredulity is a state that hardly admits faith. Faith is a voluntary supposition and a well-disposed preconception before apprehension; expectation is an opinion about the future, while the expectation of others is an opinion about what is uncertain; confidence is a firm judgment about something. That is why we believe in whom we have confidence, for divine glory and salvation. And we have confidence in God alone, whom we know will not transgress what he has nobly promised us, and what he has created and given us for these ends out of goodwill. Goodwill is wishing good things to another for his own sake. For he needs nothing; but the benefaction and the kindness from the Lord end in us, being divine goodwill and goodwill directed to doing good. And if “Abraham believed and it was reckoned to him as righteousness,” and we are the seed of Abraham through hearing, we too must believe. For we are Israelites, obedient not through signs but through hearing. That is why it says: “Rejoice, barren one who does not bear; break forth and shout, you who are not in labor; for the children of the desolate are more than those of her who has a husband.” “You have lived in the enclosure of the people; your children were blessed in the tents of the fathers.” And if the same dwellings are proclaimed by the prophecy to us and to the patriarchs, the one God of both covenants is shown.
2.6.29Stählin 2:128–129
ἐπιφέρει γοῦν σαφέστερον· ἐκληρονόμησας τὴν διαθήκην τοῦ Ἰσραήλ, τῇ ἐξ ἐθνῶν κλήσει λέγων, τῇ στείρᾳ ποτὲ τούτου τοῦ ἀνδρός, ὅς ἐστιν ὁ λόγος, τῇ ἐρήμῳ πρότερον τοῦ νυμφίου. ὁ δὲ δίκαιος ἐκ πίστεως ζήσεται, τῆς κατὰ τὴν διαθήκην καὶ τὰς ἐντολάς, ἐπειδὴ δύο αὗται ὀνόματι καὶ χρόνῳ, καθʼ ἡλικίαν καὶ προκοπὴν οἰκονομικῶς δεδομέναι, δυνάμει μία οὖσαι, ἣ μὲν παλαιά, ἣ δὲ καινή, διὰ υἱοῦ παρʼ ἑνὸς θεοῦ χορηγοῦνται. ᾗ καὶ ὁ ἀπόστολος ἐν τῇ πρὸς Ῥωμαίους ἐπιστολῇ λέγει· δικαιοσύνη γὰρ θεοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ ἀποκαλύπτεται ἐκ πίστεως εἰς πίστιν, τὴν μίαν τὴν ἐκ προφητείας εἰς εὐαγγέλιον τετελειωμένην διʼ ἑνὸς καὶ τοῦ αὐτοῦ κυρίου διδάσκων σωτηρίαν. ταύτην, ἔφη, παρατίθεμαί σοι τὴν παραγγελίαν, τέκνον Τιμόθεε, κατὰ τὰς προαγούσας ἐπὶ σὲ προφητείας, ἵνα στρατεύσῃ ἐν αὐταῖς τὴν καλὴν στρατείαν, ἔχων πίστιν καὶ ἀγαθὴν συνείδησιν, ἥν τινες ἀπωσάμενοι περὶ τὴν πίστιν ἐναυάγησαν, ὅτι τὴν θεόθεν ἥκουσαν συνείδησιν ἀπιστίᾳ κατεμίαναν.
epipherei goun saphesteron; eklēronomēsas tēn diathēkēn tou Israēl, tę̄ ex ethnōn klēsei legōn, tę̄ steirą pote toutou tou andros, hos estin ho logos, tę̄ erēmǭ proteron tou nymphiou. ho de dikaios ek pisteōs zēsetai, tēs kata tēn diathēkēn kai tas entolas, epeidē dyo hautai onomati kai chronǭ, kathʼ hēlikian kai prokopēn oikonomikōs dedomenai, dynamei mia ousai, hē men palaia, hē de kainē, dia huiou parʼ henos theou chorēgountai. hę̄ kai ho apostolos en tę̄ pros Rhōmaious epistolę̄ legei; dikaiosynē gar theou en autǭ apokalyptetai ek pisteōs eis pistin, tēn mian tēn ek prophēteias eis euangelion teteleiōmenēn diʼ henos kai tou autou kyriou didaskōn sōtērian. tautēn, ephē, paratithemai soi tēn parangelian, teknon Timothee, kata tas proagousas epi se prophēteias, hina strateusę̄ en autais tēn kalēn strateian, echōn pistin kai agathēn syneidēsin, hēn tines apōsamenoi peri tēn pistin enauagēsan, hoti tēn theothen hēkousan syneidēsin apistią katemianan.
At any rate he adds more clearly: “You have inherited the covenant of Israel,” speaking to the calling from the Gentiles, once barren of this husband, who is the Word, formerly deserted by the Bridegroom. “And the righteous will live by faith,” the faith according to the covenant and the commandments, since these, two in name and time, given by the divine plan according to age and progress, but one in power, the one old, the other new, are supplied through the Son by one God. As the apostle too says in the letter to the Romans: “For the righteousness of God is revealed in it from faith to faith,” teaching the one salvation, perfected from prophecy to gospel through one and the same Lord. “This charge I commit to you,” he said, “my child Timothy, according to the prophecies that went before about you, that by them you may wage the good warfare, having faith and a good conscience, which some have rejected and made shipwreck of the faith,” because they defiled with unbelief the conscience that came from God.
2.6.30Stählin 2:129
οὔκουν † ἔτʼ εἰκότως πρόχειρον τὴν πίστιν διαβλητέον ὡς εὔκολόν τε καὶ πάνδημον καὶ προσέτι τῶν τυχόντων. εἰ γὰρ ἀνθρώπινον ἦν τὸ ἐπιτήδευμα, ὡς Ἕλληνες ὑπέλαβον, κἂν ἀπέσβη· ἣ δὲ αὔξει καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἔνθα οὐκ ἔστιν. φημὶ τοίνυν τὴν πίστιν, εἴτε ὑπὸ ἀγάπης ἐθεμελιώθη εἴτε καὶ ὑπὸ φόβου, ᾗ φασιν οἱ κατήγοροι, θεῖόν τι εἶναι, μήτε ὑπὸ ἄλλης φιλίας κοσμικῆς διασπωμένην μήτε ὑπὸ φόβου παρόντος διαλυομένην. ἡ μὲν γὰρ ἀγάπη τῇ πρὸς τὴν πίστιν φιλίᾳ τοὺς πιστοὺς ποιεῖ, ἡ δὲ πίστις ἕδρασμα ἀγάπης ἀντεπάγουσα τὴν εὐποιίαν, ὅτε καὶ ὁ τοῦ νόμου παιδαγωγὸς φόβος ἀφʼ ὧν πιστεύεται. καὶ φόβος εἶναι πιστεύεται. εἰ γὰρ ἐν τῷ ἐνεργεῖν τὸ εἶναι δείκνυται. ὃ δὲ μέλλων καὶ ἀπειλῶν, οὐχὶ δὲ ἐνεργῶν καὶ παρών, πιστεύεται καὶ τὸ εἶναι πιστευόμενος οὐκ αὐτὸς τῆς πίστεως γεννητικός, ὅ γε πρὸς αὐτῆς ἀξιόπιστος εἶναι δοκιμασθείς.
oukoun † etʼ eikotōs procheiron tēn pistin diablēteon hōs eukolon te kai pandēmon kai proseti tōn tychontōn. ei gar anthrōpinon ēn to epitēdeuma, hōs Hellēnes hypelabon, kan apesbē; hē de auxei kai ouk estin entha ouk estin. phēmi toinyn tēn pistin, eite hypo agapēs ethemeliōthē eite kai hypo phobou, hę̄ phasin hoi katēgoroi, theion ti einai, mēte hypo allēs philias kosmikēs diaspōmenēn mēte hypo phobou parontos dialyomenēn. hē men gar agapē tę̄ pros tēn pistin philią tous pistous poiei, hē de pistis hedrasma agapēs antepagousa tēn eupoiian, hote kai ho tou nomou paidagōgos phobos aphʼ hōn pisteuetai. kai phobos einai pisteuetai. ei gar en tǭ energein to einai deiknytai. ho de mellōn kai apeilōn, ouchi de energōn kai parōn, pisteuetai kai to einai pisteuomenos ouk autos tēs pisteōs gennētikos, ho ge pros autēs axiopistos einai dokimastheis.
So we must not … fittingly slander faith as something ready to hand, easy, and common, belonging to ordinary people. For if the pursuit were human, as the Greeks supposed, it would have been extinguished; but it grows, and there is no place where it is not. I say, then, that faith, whether founded by love or by fear, as its accusers say, is something divine, neither torn away by other worldly friendship nor dissolved by present fear. For love makes believers by friendship toward faith, and faith, the foundation of love, brings in turn good deeds; when fear too, the law's schoolmaster, is believed from its effects. Fear too is believed to exist. For if existence is shown in acting, then fear, which is about to act and threatens, not acting and present, is believed; and, believed to exist, it is not itself the begetter of faith, since it is by faith that it is proved trustworthy.
2.6.31Stählin 2:129–130
θεία τοίνυν ἡ τοσαύτη μεταβολὴ ἐξ ἀπιστίας πιστόν τινα γενόμενον καὶ τῇ ἐλπίδι καὶ τῷ φόβῳ πιστεῦσαι. καὶ δὴ ἡ πρώτη πρὸς σωτηρίαν νεῦσις ἡ πίστις ἡμῖν ἀναφαίνεται, μεθʼ ἣν φόβος τε καὶ ἐλπὶς καὶ μετάνοια σύν τε ἐγκρατείᾳ καὶ ὑπομονῇ προκόπτουσαι ἄγουσιν ἡμᾶς ἐπί τε ἀγάπην ἐπί τε γνῶσιν. εἰκότως οὖν ὁ ἀπόστολος Βαρνάβας ἀφʼ οὗ φησὶν ἔλαβον, μέρος ἐσπούδασα κατὰ μικρὸν ὑμῖν πέμψαι, ἵνα μετὰ τῆς πίστεως ὑμῶν τελείαν ἔχητε καὶ τὴν γνῶσιν. τῆς μὲν οὖν πίστεως ἡμῶν εἰσιν οἱ συλλήπτορες φόβος καὶ ὑπομονή, τὰ δὲ συμμαχοῦντα ἡμῖν μακροθυμία καὶ ἐγκράτεια. τούτων οὖν, φησί, τὰ πρὸς τὸν κύριον μενόντων ἁγνῶς, συνευφραίνονται αὐτοῖς σοφία, σύνεσις, ἐπιστήμη, γνῶσις. στοιχείων γοῦν οὐσῶν τῆς γνώσεως τῶν προειρημένων ἀρετῶν στοιχειωδεστέραν εἶναι συμβέβηκε τὴν πίστιν, οὕτως ἀναγκαίαν τῷ γνωστικῷ ὑπάρχουσαν, ὡς τῷ κατὰ τὸν κόσμον τόνδε βιοῦντι πρὸς τὸ ζῆν τὸ ἀναπνεῖν· ὡς δʼ ἄνευ τῶν τεσσάρων στοιχείων οὐκ ἔστι ζῆν, οὐδʼ ἄνευ πίστεως γνῶσιν ἐπακολουθῆσαι. αὕτη τοίνυν κρηπὶς ἀληθείας.
theia toinyn hē tosautē metabolē ex apistias piston tina genomenon kai tę̄ elpidi kai tǭ phobǭ pisteusai. kai dē hē prōtē pros sōtērian neusis hē pistis hēmin anaphainetai, methʼ hēn phobos te kai elpis kai metanoia syn te enkrateią kai hypomonę̄ prokoptousai agousin hēmas epi te agapēn epi te gnōsin. eikotōs oun ho apostolos Barnabas aphʼ hou phēsin elabon, meros espoudasa kata mikron hymin pempsai, hina meta tēs pisteōs hymōn teleian echēte kai tēn gnōsin. tēs men oun pisteōs hēmōn eisin hoi syllēptores phobos kai hypomonē, ta de symmachounta hēmin makrothymia kai enkrateia. toutōn oun, phēsi, ta pros ton kyrion menontōn hagnōs, syneuphrainontai autois sophia, synesis, epistēmē, gnōsis. stoicheiōn goun ousōn tēs gnōseōs tōn proeirēmenōn aretōn stoicheiōdesteran einai symbebēke tēn pistin, houtōs anankaian tǭ gnōstikǭ hyparchousan, hōs tǭ kata ton kosmon tonde biounti pros to zēn to anapnein; hōs dʼ aneu tōn tessarōn stoicheiōn ouk esti zēn, oudʼ aneu pisteōs gnōsin epakolouthēsai. hautē toinyn krēpis alētheias.
Divine, then, is so great a change, that someone from unbelief should become a believer and believe both in hope and in fear. Faith appears to us as the first inclination toward salvation, after which fear, hope, and repentance, advancing together with self-control and endurance, lead us to love and to knowledge. Fittingly, then, the apostle Barnabas says: “From what I have received, I have been eager to send you a little at a time, so that with your faith you may also have perfect knowledge. The helpers of our faith, then, are fear and endurance, and our allies long-suffering and self-control. While these remain pure,” he says, “in what concerns the Lord, wisdom, understanding, knowledge, and insight rejoice with them.” Since the virtues just mentioned are the elements of knowledge, faith turns out to be more elementary still, as necessary to the one who knows as breathing is to life for one living in this world; and as without the four elements it is not possible to live, so without faith knowledge cannot follow. This, then, is the foundation of truth.
Miscellanies 2, chapter 7
2.7.32Stählin 2:130
Οἱ δὲ τοῦ φόβου κατηγοροῦντες κατατρέχουσι τοῦ νόμου, εἰ δὲ τοῦ νόμου, δῆλόν που ὡς καὶ τοῦ δεδωκότος τὸν νόμον θεοῦ. τρία γὰρ ταῦτα ἐξ ἀνάγκης ὑφέστηκεν περὶ τὸ ὑποκείμενον, ὁ διοικῶν, ἡ διοίκησις, τὸ διοικούμενον. εἰ γοῦν καθʼ ὑπόθεσιν ἐξέλοιεν τὸν νόμον, ἀνάγκη δήπου ἕκαστον ὃς ἄγεται ὑπὸ ἐπιθυμίας, ἡδονῇ χαριζόμενον ἀμελεῖν μὲν τοῦ καλῶς ἔχοντος, ὑπερφρονεῖν δὲ τοῦ θείου, ἀσεβεῖν δὲ ἅμα καὶ ἀδικεῖν ἀδεῶς ἀποσκιρτήσαντα τῆς ἀληθείας. ναί, φασίν, ἄλογος ἔκκλισις ὁ φόβος ἐστὶ καὶ πάθος. τί σὺ λέγεις; καὶ πῶς ἄν σοι ἔτι σῴζοιτο οὗτος ὁ ὅρος διὰ λόγου δοθείσης μοι τῆς ἐντολῆς; ἐντολὴ δὲ ἀπαγορεύει, τὸν φόβον ἐπαρτῶσα διὰ παιδείαν τῶν οὕτως ἐπιδεχομένων νουθετεῖσθαι. οὐ τοίνυν ἄλογος ὁ φόβος, λογικὸς μὲν οὖν· πῶς γὰρ οὔ, παραινῶν οὐ φονεύσεις, οὐ μοιχεύσεις, οὐ κλέψεις, οὐ ψευδομαρτυρήσεις; ἀλλʼ εἰ σοφίζονται τὰ ὀνόματα, εὐλάβειαν καλούντων οἱ φιλόσοφοι τὸν τοῦ νόμου φόβον.
Hoi de tou phobou katēgorountes katatrechousi tou nomou, ei de tou nomou, dēlon pou hōs kai tou dedōkotos ton nomon theou. tria gar tauta ex anankēs hyphestēken peri to hypokeimenon, ho dioikōn, hē dioikēsis, to dioikoumenon. ei goun kathʼ hypothesin exeloien ton nomon, anankē dēpou hekaston hos agetai hypo epithymias, hēdonę̄ charizomenon amelein men tou kalōs echontos, hyperphronein de tou theiou, asebein de hama kai adikein adeōs aposkirtēsanta tēs alētheias. nai, phasin, alogos ekklisis ho phobos esti kai pathos. ti sy legeis? kai pōs an soi eti sǭzoito houtos ho horos dia logou dotheisēs moi tēs entolēs? entolē de apagoreuei, ton phobon epartōsa dia paideian tōn houtōs epidechomenōn noutheteisthai. ou toinyn alogos ho phobos, logikos men oun; pōs gar ou, parainōn ou phoneuseis, ou moicheuseis, ou klepseis, ou pseudomartyrēseis? allʼ ei sophizontai ta onomata, eulabeian kalountōn hoi philosophoi ton tou nomou phobon.
Those who accuse fear attack the law; and if the law, then clearly also God who gave the law. For these three things necessarily exist in relation to the subject: the one who governs, the governing, and the governed. If, then, by hypothesis they should take away the law, it would necessarily follow that each one who is led by desire, gratifying pleasure, would neglect what is right, despise the divine, and at the same time act impiously and unjustly without fear, having leapt away from the truth. “Yes,” they say, “fear is an irrational avoidance and a passion.” What are you saying? And how will this definition still hold for you, when the commandment has been given me through the Word? The commandment forbids, hanging fear over us for the training of those who thus accept being admonished. Fear, then, is not irrational; it is rational. For how could it not be, when it exhorts, “You shall not murder, you shall not commit adultery, you shall not steal, you shall not bear false witness”? But if they quibble about names, let the philosophers call the fear of the law “caution,”
2.7.33Stählin 2:130
εὔλογον οὖσαν ἔκκλισιν. ὀνοματομάχους τούτους οὐκ ἄπο τρόπου ὁ Φασηλίτης ἐκάλει Κριτόλαος. ἀστεία μὲν οὖν ἤδη καὶ καλλίστη πέφηνε τοῖς ἐγκαλοῦσιν ἡμῖν ἡ ἐντολὴ ὀνόματος ἐναλλαγῇ νοηθεῖσα. ἡ οὖν εὐλάβεια λογικὴ δείκνυται, τοῦ βλάπτοντος ἔκκλισις οὖσα, ἐξ ἧς ἡ μετάνοια τῶν προημαρτημένων φύεται. ἀρχὴ γὰρ σοφίας φόβος κυρίου, σύνεσις δὲ ἀγαθὴ πᾶσι τοῖς ποιοῦσιν αὐτήν. τὴν σοφίας λέγει ποίησιν, ἥ ἐστι φόβος θεοῦ ὁδοποιῶν εἰς σοφίαν. εἰ δὲ ὁ νόμος φόβου ἐμποιητικός, ἀρχὴ σοφίας γνῶσις νόμου, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἄνευ νόμου σοφός. ἄσοφοι τοίνυν οἱ παραιτούμενοι τὸν νόμον, ᾧ ἕπεται ἀθέους αὐτοὺς λογίζεσθαι. παιδεία δὲ ἀρχὴ σοφίας. σοφίαν δὲ καὶ παιδείαν ἀσεβεῖς ἐξουθενήσουσιν, λέγει ἡ γραφή.
eulogon ousan ekklisin. onomatomachous toutous ouk apo tropou ho Phasēlitēs ekalei Kritolaos. asteia men oun ēdē kai kallistē pephēne tois enkalousin hēmin hē entolē onomatos enallagę̄ noētheisa. hē oun eulabeia logikē deiknytai, tou blaptontos ekklisis ousa, ex hēs hē metanoia tōn proēmartēmenōn phyetai. archē gar sophias phobos kyriou, synesis de agathē pasi tois poiousin autēn. tēn sophias legei poiēsin, hē esti phobos theou hodopoiōn eis sophian. ei de ho nomos phobou empoiētikos, archē sophias gnōsis nomou, kai ouk estin aneu nomou sophos. asophoi toinyn hoi paraitoumenoi ton nomon, hǭ hepetai atheous autous logizesthai. paideia de archē sophias. sophian de kai paideian asebeis exouthenēsousin, legei hē graphē.
since it is a reasonable avoidance. Critolaus of Phaselis not inappropriately called such people “fighters about names.” So the commandment has now appeared elegant and most beautiful even to those who accuse us, once understood by a change of name. Caution, then, is shown to be rational, being an avoidance of what harms; and from it springs repentance for sins previously committed. For “the fear of the Lord is the beginning of wisdom, and good understanding belongs to all who practice it.” He speaks of the practice of wisdom, which is the fear of God making a road to wisdom. And if the law produces fear, the knowledge of the law is the beginning of wisdom, and there is no one wise without law. Those who reject the law, then, are without wisdom, and it follows that they are to be counted godless. And “instruction is the beginning of wisdom.” “But the ungodly will despise wisdom and instruction,” says Scripture.
2.7.34Stählin 2:130–131
Τίνα δὲ τὰ φοβερὰ ὁ νόμος καταγγέλλει, θεασώμεθα. εἰ μὲν τὰ μεταξὺ ἀρετῆς καὶ κακίας, οἷον πενίαν καὶ νόσον καὶ ἀδοξίαν καὶ δυσγένειαν καὶ ὅσα παραπλήσια, ταῦτα μὲν καὶ οἱ κατὰ πόλιν νόμοι προτείνοντες ἐπαινοῦνται, καὶ τοῖς ἐκ Περιπάτου τρία γένη τῶν ἀγαθῶν εἰσηγουμένοις καὶ τὰ τούτων ἐναντία λογιζομένοις εἶναι κακὰ ἁρμόνιος ἥδε ἡ δόξα· ἡμῖν δὲ ὁ δοθεὶς νόμος τὰ τῷ ὄντι κακὰ ἀποφεύγειν προστάττει, μοιχείαν, ἀσέλγειαν, παιδεραστίαν, ἄγνοιαν, ἀδικίαν, νόσον ψυχῆς, θάνατον, οὐ τὸν διαλύοντα ψυχὴν ἀπὸ σώματος, ἀλλὰ τὸν διαλύοντα ψυχὴν ἀπὸ ἀληθείας· δειναὶ γὰρ καὶ φοβεραὶ τῷ ὄντι κακίαι αὗται καὶ αἱ ἀπὸ τούτων ἐνέργειαι· οὐ μὴν ἀδίκως ἐκτείνεσθαι δίκτυα πτερωτοῖς λέγουσιν οἱ χρησμοὶ οἱ θεῖοι, αὐτοὶ γὰρ αἱμάτων μετέχοντες θησαυρίζουσιν ἑαυτοῖς κακά· πῶς οὖν ἔτι οὐκ ἀγαθὸς ὁ νόμος πρός τινων αἱρέσεων λέγεται ἐπιβοωμένων τὸν ἀπόστολον λέγοντα διὰ γὰρ νόμου γνῶσις ἁμαρτίας; πρὸς οὕς φαμεν· ὁ νόμος οὐκ ἐποίησεν, ἀλλʼ ἔδειξεν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν· προστάξας γὰρ ἃ ποιητέον ἤλεγξε τὰ μὴ ποιητέα. ἀγαθοῦ δὲ τὸ μὲν σωτήριον ἐκδιδάξαι, τὸ δὲ δηλητήριον ἐπιδεῖξαι, καὶ τῷ μὲν χρῆσθαι συμβουλεῦσαι, τὸ δὲ ἀποφυγεῖν κελεῦσαι.
Tina de ta phobera ho nomos katangellei, theasōmetha. ei men ta metaxy aretēs kai kakias, hoion penian kai noson kai adoxian kai dysgeneian kai hosa paraplēsia, tauta men kai hoi kata polin nomoi proteinontes epainountai, kai tois ek Peripatou tria genē tōn agathōn eisēgoumenois kai ta toutōn enantia logizomenois einai kaka harmonios hēde hē doxa; hēmin de ho dotheis nomos ta tǭ onti kaka apopheugein prostattei, moicheian, aselgeian, paiderastian, agnoian, adikian, noson psychēs, thanaton, ou ton dialyonta psychēn apo sōmatos, alla ton dialyonta psychēn apo alētheias; deinai gar kai phoberai tǭ onti kakiai hautai kai hai apo toutōn energeiai; ou mēn adikōs ekteinesthai diktya pterōtois legousin hoi chrēsmoi hoi theioi, autoi gar haimatōn metechontes thēsaurizousin heautois kaka; pōs oun eti ouk agathos ho nomos pros tinōn haireseōn legetai epiboōmenōn ton apostolon legonta dia gar nomou gnōsis hamartias? pros hous phamen; ho nomos ouk epoiēsen, allʼ edeixen tēn hamartian; prostaxas gar ha poiēteon ēlenxe ta mē poiētea. agathou de to men sōtērion ekdidaxai, to de dēlētērion epideixai, kai tǭ men chrēsthai symbouleusai, to de apophygein keleusai.
Let us see what fearful things the law announces. If they are the things between virtue and vice, such as poverty, disease, lack of reputation, low birth, and the like, the laws of cities are praised for holding these out, and this view is in harmony with the Peripatetics, who introduce three kinds of goods and reckon their opposites to be evils. But the law given to us commands us to flee what are truly evils: adultery, licentiousness, the corruption of boys, ignorance, injustice, disease of the soul, death, not the death that separates the soul from the body, but the one that separates the soul from the truth. For these vices are truly terrible and fearful, and the actions that come from them. “Not unjustly are nets spread for birds,” say the divine oracles; “for they themselves, sharing in blood, treasure up evils for themselves.” How, then, is the law still said by certain heresies not to be good, when they cry out the apostle's words, “For through the law comes the knowledge of sin”? To them we say: the law did not make sin, but showed it. For by commanding what must be done it exposed what must not be done. And it is the mark of a good thing to teach what saves and to point out what harms, to counsel the use of the one and to command flight from the other.
2.7.35Stählin 2:131
αὐτίκα ὁ ἀπόστολος, ὃν οὐ συνιᾶσι, γνῶσιν εἶπεν ἁμαρτίας διὰ νόμου πεφανερῶσθαι, οὐχὶ ὑπόστασιν εἰληφέναι. πῶς δʼ οὐκ ἀγαθὸς ὁ παιδεύων νόμος, ὁ παιδαγωγὸς εἰς Χριστὸν δοθείς, ἵνα δὴ ἐπιστρέψωμεν διὰ φόβου παιδευτικῶς κατευθυνόμενοι πρὸς τὴν διὰ Χριστοῦ τελείωσιν; οὐ βούλομαι, φησίν, τὸν θάνατον τοῦ ἁμαρτωλοῦ ὡς τὴν μετάνοιαν αὐτοῦ. μετάνοιαν δὲ ἐντολὴ ποιεῖ, κωλυτικὴ μὲν τῶν μὴ ποιητέων, ἐπαγγελτικὴ δὲ τῶν εὐεργεσιῶν. θάνατον, οἶμαι, τὴν ἄγνοιαν λέγει· καὶ ὁ ἐγγὺς κυρίου πλήρης μαστίγων· ὁ συνεγγίζων δηλονότι τῇ γνώσει κινδύνων, φόβων, ἀνιῶν, θλίψεων διὰ τὸν πόθον τῆς ἀληθείας ἀπολαύει· υἱὸς γὰρ πεπαιδευμένος σοφὸς ἀπέβη, καὶ διεσώθη ἀπὸ καύματος υἱὸς νοήμων, υἱὸς δὲ νοήμων δέξεται ἐντολάς. καὶ Βαρνάβας ὁ ἀπόστολος οὐαὶ οἱ συνετοὶ παρʼ ἑαυτοῖς καὶ ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν ἐπιστήμονες προτάξας ἐπήγαγεν· πνευματικοὶ γενώμεθα, ναὸς τέλειος τῷ θεῷ. ἐφʼ ὅσον ἐστὶν ἐφʼ ἡμῖν, μελετῶμεν τὸν φόβον τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ φυλάσσειν ἀγωνιζώμεθα τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ, ἵνα ἐν τοῖς δικαιώμασιν αὐτοῦ εὐφρανθῶμεν. ὅθεν ἀρχὴ σοφίας φόβος θεοῦ θείως λέλεκται.
autika ho apostolos, hon ou syniasi, gnōsin eipen hamartias dia nomou pephanerōsthai, ouchi hypostasin eilēphenai. pōs dʼ ouk agathos ho paideuōn nomos, ho paidagōgos eis Christon dotheis, hina dē epistrepsōmen dia phobou paideutikōs kateuthynomenoi pros tēn dia Christou teleiōsin? ou boulomai, phēsin, ton thanaton tou hamartōlou hōs tēn metanoian autou. metanoian de entolē poiei, kōlytikē men tōn mē poiēteōn, epangeltikē de tōn euergesiōn. thanaton, oimai, tēn agnoian legei; kai ho engys kyriou plērēs mastigōn; ho synengizōn dēlonoti tę̄ gnōsei kindynōn, phobōn, aniōn, thlipseōn dia ton pothon tēs alētheias apolauei; huios gar pepaideumenos sophos apebē, kai diesōthē apo kaumatos huios noēmōn, huios de noēmōn dexetai entolas. kai Barnabas ho apostolos ouai hoi synetoi parʼ heautois kai enōpion autōn epistēmones protaxas epēgagen; pneumatikoi genōmetha, naos teleios tǭ theǭ. ephʼ hoson estin ephʼ hēmin, meletōmen ton phobon tou theou kai phylassein agōnizōmetha tas entolas autou, hina en tois dikaiōmasin autou euphranthōmen. hothen archē sophias phobos theou theiōs lelektai.
Indeed the apostle, whom they do not understand, said that the knowledge of sin was made manifest through the law, not that sin received its existence from it. And how is the law not good, which trains, which was given as a “schoolmaster to Christ,” so that, being set straight through fear in the way of training, we might turn to the perfection that comes through Christ? “I do not wish,” he says, “the death of the sinner so much as his repentance.” And the commandment produces repentance, forbidding what must not be done and promising benefits. By death, I think, he means ignorance. And “the one who is near the Lord is full of stripes”: clearly the one who draws near to knowledge enjoys dangers, fears, troubles, and afflictions because of his longing for the truth. For “an instructed son turned out wise,” and “an understanding son was saved from the burning heat,” and “an understanding son will receive commandments.” And Barnabas the apostle, after first saying, “Woe to those who are wise in their own sight and understanding before themselves,” added: “Let us become spiritual, a perfect temple to God. As far as it lies with us, let us practice the fear of God and strive to keep his commandments, so that we may rejoice in his ordinances.” Hence “the fear of God is the beginning of wisdom” has been divinely said.
Miscellanies 2, chapter 8
2.8.36Stählin 2:131–132
Ἐνταῦθα οἱ ἀμφὶ τὸν Βασιλείδην τοῦτο ἐξηγούμενοι τὸ ῥητὸν αὐτόν φασιν Ἄρχοντα ἐπακούσαντα τὴν φάσιν τοῦ διακονουμένου πνεύματος ἐκπλαγῆναι τῷ τε ἀκούσματι καὶ τῷ θεάματι παρʼ ἐλπίδας εὐηγγελισμένον, καὶ τὴν ἔκπληξιν αὐτοῦ φόβον κληθῆναι ἀρχὴν γενόμενον σοφίας φυλοκρινητικῆς τε καὶ διακριτικῆς καὶ τελεωτικῆς καὶ ἀποκαταστατικῆς· οὐ γὰρ μόνον τὸν κόσμον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν ἐκλογὴν διακρίνας ὁ ἐπὶ πᾶσι προπέμπει, ἔοικε δὲ καὶ Οὐαλεντῖνος ἔν τινι ἐπιστολῇ τοιαῦτά τινα ἐν νῷ λαβὼν αὐταῖς γράφειν ταῖς λέξεσι· καὶ ὡσπερεὶ φόβος ἐπʼ ἐκείνου τοῦ πλάσματος ὑπῆρξε τοῖς ἀγγέλοις, ὅτε μείζονα ἐφθέγξατο τῆς πλάσεως διὰ τὸν ἀοράτως ἐν αὐτῷ σπέρμα δεδωκότα τῆς ἄνωθεν οὐσίας καὶ παρρησιαζόμενον· οὕτω καὶ ἐν ταῖς γενεαῖς τῶν κοσμικῶν ἀνθρώπων φόβοι τὰ ἔργα τῶν ἀνθρώπων τοῖς ποιοῦσιν ἐγένετο, οἷον ἀνδριάντες καὶ εἰκόνες καὶ πάνθʼ ἃ χεῖρες ἀνύουσιν εἰς ὄνομα θεοῦ· εἰς γὰρ ὄνομα Ἀνθρώπου πλασθεὶς Ἀδὰμ φόβον παρέσχεν προόντος Ἀνθρώπου. ὡς δὴ αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ καθεστῶτος καὶ κατεπλάγησαν καὶ ταχὺ τὸ ἔργον ἠφάνισαν.
Entautha hoi amphi ton Basileidēn touto exēgoumenoi to rhēton auton phasin Archonta epakousanta tēn phasin tou diakonoumenou pneumatos ekplagēnai tǭ te akousmati kai tǭ theamati parʼ elpidas euēngelismenon, kai tēn ekplēxin autou phobon klēthēnai archēn genomenon sophias phylokrinētikēs te kai diakritikēs kai teleōtikēs kai apokatastatikēs; ou gar monon ton kosmon, alla kai tēn eklogēn diakrinas ho epi pasi propempei, eoike de kai Oualentinos en tini epistolę̄ toiauta tina en nǭ labōn autais graphein tais lexesi; kai hōsperei phobos epʼ ekeinou tou plasmatos hypērxe tois angelois, hote meizona ephthenxato tēs plaseōs dia ton aoratōs en autǭ sperma dedōkota tēs anōthen ousias kai parrēsiazomenon; houtō kai en tais geneais tōn kosmikōn anthrōpōn phoboi ta erga tōn anthrōpōn tois poiousin egeneto, hoion andriantes kai eikones kai panthʼ ha cheires anyousin eis onoma theou; eis gar onoma Anthrōpou plastheis Adam phobon pareschen proontos Anthrōpou. hōs dē autou en autǭ kathestōtos kai kateplagēsan kai tachy to ergon ēphanisan.
Here the followers of Basilides, interpreting this saying, say that the Ruler himself, having heard the declaration of the ministering Spirit, was astonished at what he heard and saw, having received good news beyond his hopes; and that his astonishment was called fear, which became the beginning of a wisdom that separates the races, distinguishes, perfects, and restores. For the God over all sends forth, having distinguished not only the world but also the elect. Valentinus too seems to have had something of the kind in mind when he writes in a letter in these very words: “And just as fear came upon the angels in the presence of that formed man, because he uttered things greater than his formation, owing to the one who had invisibly placed in him a seed of the substance from above and who spoke boldly; so also in the generations of worldly men, the works of men become objects of fear to those who made them, such as statues and images and everything that hands fashion in the name of a god. For Adam, formed in the name of Man, inspired fear of the preexisting Man, since that very one stood in him; and they were terrified and quickly destroyed the work.”
2.8.37Stählin 2:132–133
Μιᾶς δʼ οὔσης ἀρχῆς, ὡς δειχθήσεται ὕστερον, τερετίσματα καὶ μινυρίσματα ἀναπλάσσοντες οἵδε οἱ ἄνδρες φανήσονται. ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἐκ νόμου καὶ προφητῶν προπαιδεύεσθαι διὰ κυρίου τῷ θεῷ συμφέρειν ἔδοξεν, ἀρχὴ σοφίας φόβος εἴρηται κυρίου, παρὰ κυρίου διὰ Μωυσέως δοθεὶς τοῖς ἀπειθοῦσι καὶ σκληροκαρδίοις· οὓς γὰρ οὐχ αἱρεῖ λόγος, τιθασεύει τούτους φόβος. ὃ καὶ προϊδὼν ἄνωθεν ὁ παιδεύων λόγος ἑκατέρῳ τῶν τρόπων, ἐκκαθαίρων οἰκείως εἰς θεοσέβειαν, ἥρμοσεν ὄργανον. ἔστι μὲν οὖν ἡ μὲν ἔκπληξις φόβος ἐκ φαντασίας ἀσυνήθους ἢ ἐπʼ ἀπροσδοκήτῳ φαντασίᾳ, † ἅτε καὶ ἀγγελίας. φόβος δὲ ὡς γεγονότι ἢ ὄντι ἢ θαυμασιότης ὑπερβάλλουσα. οὐ συνορῶσι τοίνυν ἐμπαθῆ ποιήσαντες διʼ ἐκπλήξεως τὸν μέγιστον καὶ πρὸς αὐτῶν ἀνυμνούμενον θεὸν καὶ πρὸ τῆς ἐκπλήξεως ἐν ἀγνοίᾳ γενόμενον. εἰ δὴ ἄγνοια προκατῆρξε τῆς ἐκπλήξεως, ἡ δʼ ἔκπληξις καὶ ὁ φόβος ἀρχὴ σοφίας φόβος τοῦ θεοῦ γεγένηται, κινδυνεύει τῆς τε σοφίας τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τῆς κοσμοποιίας ἁπάσης, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς ἀποκαταστάσεως αὐτῆς τῆς ἐκλογῆς ἄγνοια προκατάρχειν αἰτιωδῶς.
Mias dʼ ousēs archēs, hōs deichthēsetai hysteron, teretismata kai minyrismata anaplassontes hoide hoi andres phanēsontai. epeidē de ek nomou kai prophētōn propaideuesthai dia kyriou tǭ theǭ sympherein edoxen, archē sophias phobos eirētai kyriou, para kyriou dia Mōyseōs dotheis tois apeithousi kai sklērokardiois; hous gar ouch hairei logos, tithaseuei toutous phobos. ho kai proïdōn anōthen ho paideuōn logos hekaterǭ tōn tropōn, ekkathairōn oikeiōs eis theosebeian, hērmosen organon. esti men oun hē men ekplēxis phobos ek phantasias asynēthous ē epʼ aprosdokētǭ phantasią, † hate kai angelias. phobos de hōs gegonoti ē onti ē thaumasiotēs hyperballousa. ou synorōsi toinyn empathē poiēsantes diʼ ekplēxeōs ton megiston kai pros autōn anymnoumenon theon kai pro tēs ekplēxeōs en agnoią genomenon. ei dē agnoia prokatērxe tēs ekplēxeōs, hē dʼ ekplēxis kai ho phobos archē sophias phobos tou theou gegenētai, kindyneuei tēs te sophias tou theou kai tēs kosmopoiias hapasēs, alla kai tēs apokatastaseōs autēs tēs eklogēs agnoia prokatarchein aitiōdōs.
But since there is one first principle, as will be shown later, these men will be seen to be inventing chirpings and warblings. Since it seemed good to God that people should be trained beforehand by the Lord through the law and the prophets, “the fear of the Lord is the beginning of wisdom” was said, given by the Lord through Moses to the disobedient and hard of heart; for those whom reason does not win, fear tames. The instructing Word, foreseeing this from above, fitted an instrument to each of the two ways, purifying each appropriately for godliness. Astonishment, then, is fear arising from an unusual impression, or at an unexpected impression, … such as news; while fear is excessive wonder at something that has happened or exists. They do not see, then, that by making him subject to passion through astonishment, they have made the greatest God, praised by them too, to have been in ignorance before the astonishment. And if ignorance preceded the astonishment, and the astonishment and fear, the beginning of wisdom, has become the fear of God, then ignorance runs the risk of being the originating cause of the wisdom of God and of the whole creation of the world, and indeed of the restoration of the elect itself.
2.8.38Stählin 2:133
πότερον οὖν τῶν καλῶν ἢ φαύλων ἡ ἄγνοια; ἀλλʼ εἰ μὲν τῶν καλῶν, τί παύεται ἐκπλήξει; καὶ παρέλκει ὁ διάκονος αὐτοῖς καὶ τὸ κήρυγμα καὶ τὸ βάπτισμα. εἰ δὲ τῶν φαύλων, πῶς τῶν καλλίστων αἴτιον τὸ κακόν; εἰ μὴ γὰρ προϋπῆρχεν ἄγνοια, οὐκ ἂν ὁ διάκονος κατῆλθεν, οὐδʼ ἂν ἔκπληξις εἷλε τὸν Ἄρχοντα, ὡς αὐτοὶ λέγουσιν, οὐδʼ ἂν ἀρχὴν σοφίας ἐκ τοῦ φόβου ἔλαβεν εἰς τὴν φυλοκρίνησιν τῆς τε ἐκλογῆς τῶν τε κοσμικῶν. εἰ δὲ ὁ φόβος τοῦ προόντος Ἀνθρώπου ἐπιβούλους τοῦ σφετέρου πλάσματος πεποίηκε τοὺς ἀγγέλους, ὡς ἐνιδρυμένου τῷ δημιουργήματι ἀοράτου τοῦ σπέρματος τῆς ἄνωθεν οὐσίας, ἢ ὑπολήψει κενῇ παρεζήλωσαν, ὅπερ ἀπίθανον, ἀγγέλους δημιουργίας ἧς ἐπιστεύθησαν οἷον τέκνου τινὸς αὐθέντας γενέσθαι, ἄγνοιαν πᾶσαν κατεγνωσμένους· ἢ προγνώσει ἐνεχόμενοι κεκίνηνται, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἂν ἐπεβούλευσαν διʼ οὗ ἐπεχείρησαν, ᾧ προέγνωσαν, οὐδʼ ἂν κατεπλάγησαν τὸ ἔργον τὸ αὑτῶν, ἐκ προγνώσεως τὸ ἄνωθεν σπέρμα νενοηκότες· ἢ τὸ τελευταῖον γνώσει πεποιθότες ἐτόλμησαν· ὃ καὶ αὐτὸ ἀδύνατον, μαθόντας τὸ διαφέρον τὸ ἐν πληρώματι Ἀνθρώπῳ ἐπιβουλεύειν, ἔτι καὶ τὸ κατʼ εἰκόνα, ἐν ᾧ καὶ τὸ ἀρχέτυπον καὶ τὸ σὺν τῇ γνώσει τῇ λοιπῇ ἄφθαρτον παρειλήφεσαν.
poteron oun tōn kalōn ē phaulōn hē agnoia? allʼ ei men tōn kalōn, ti pauetai ekplēxei? kai parelkei ho diakonos autois kai to kērygma kai to baptisma. ei de tōn phaulōn, pōs tōn kallistōn aition to kakon? ei mē gar proÿpērchen agnoia, ouk an ho diakonos katēlthen, oudʼ an ekplēxis heile ton Archonta, hōs autoi legousin, oudʼ an archēn sophias ek tou phobou elaben eis tēn phylokrinēsin tēs te eklogēs tōn te kosmikōn. ei de ho phobos tou proontos Anthrōpou epiboulous tou spheterou plasmatos pepoiēke tous angelous, hōs enidrymenou tǭ dēmiourgēmati aoratou tou spermatos tēs anōthen ousias, ē hypolēpsei kenę̄ parezēlōsan, hoper apithanon, angelous dēmiourgias hēs episteuthēsan hoion teknou tinos authentas genesthai, agnoian pasan kategnōsmenous; ē prognōsei enechomenoi kekinēntai, allʼ ouk an epebouleusan diʼ hou epecheirēsan, hǭ proegnōsan, oudʼ an kateplagēsan to ergon to hautōn, ek prognōseōs to anōthen sperma nenoēkotes; ē to teleutaion gnōsei pepoithotes etolmēsan; ho kai auto adynaton, mathontas to diapheron to en plērōmati Anthrōpǭ epibouleuein, eti kai to katʼ eikona, en hǭ kai to archetypon kai to syn tę̄ gnōsei tę̄ loipę̄ aphtharton pareilēphesan.
Is ignorance, then, among good things or bad? If among good things, why does it cease through astonishment? And the minister, the preaching, and the baptism are superfluous for them. But if among bad things, how is evil the cause of the best things? For if ignorance had not existed before, the minister would not have come down, nor would astonishment have seized the Ruler, as they themselves say, nor would he have received a beginning of wisdom from fear for the separating of the elect and of the worldly. And if fear of the preexisting Man made the angels plot against their own formation, because the invisible seed of the substance from above was set in the thing created, then either they were jealous from an empty supposition, which is unlikely, since angels would then have become the destroyers of the creation entrusted to them, as of a child of their own, and would stand convicted of complete ignorance; or they were moved as being held by foreknowledge, but then they would not have plotted against what they foreknew, when they made the attempt, nor would they have been terrified at their own work, having understood the seed from above by foreknowledge; or, finally, they dared it trusting in knowledge. But this too is impossible: that, having learned the difference, they should plot against the Man in the Pleroma, and moreover against the one after the image, in whom they had received the archetype, and, together with the rest of the knowledge, incorruptibility.
2.8.39Stählin 2:133–134
Τούτοις τε οὖν αὐτοῖς καὶ ἑτέροις τισί, μάλιστα δὲ τοῖς ἀπὸ Μαρκίωνος ἐμβοᾷ οὐκ ἐπαΐουσιν ἡ γραφή· ὁ δὲ ἐμοῦ ἀκούων ἀναπαήσεται ἐπʼ εἰρήνης πεποιθώς, καὶ ἡσυχάσει ἀφόβως ἀπὸ παντὸς κακοῦ. τί τοίνυν τὸν νόμον βούλονται; κακὸν μὲν οὖν οὐ φήσουσι, δίκαιον δέ, διαστέλλοντες τὸ ἀγαθὸν τοῦ δικαίου. ὁ δὲ κύριος φοβεῖσθαι τὸ κακὸν προστάττων οὐ κακῷ τὸ κακὸν ἀπαλλάττει, τῷ δὲ ἐναντίῳ τὸ ἐναντίον καταλύει. ἀγαθῷ δὲ κακὸν ἐναντίον, ὡς δίκαιον ἀδίκῳ. εἰ τοίνυν κακῶν ἀποχὴν ἀφοβίαν εἴρηκεν ἣν ὁ τοῦ κυρίου φόβος ἐργάζεται, ἀγαθὸν ὁ φόβος, καὶ ὁ ἐκ τοῦ νόμου φόβος οὐ μόνον δίκαιος, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀγαθὸς κακίαν ἀναιρῶν· φόβῳ δὲ ἀφοβίαν εἰσάγων οὐ πάθει ἀπάθειαν, παιδείᾳ δὲ μετριοπάθειαν ἐμποιεῖ. ἐπὰν οὖν ἀκούσωμεν· τίμα τὸν κύριον καὶ ἰσχύσεις, πλὴν δὲ αὐτοῦ μὴ φοβοῦ ἄλλον, τὸ φοβεῖσθαι ἁμαρτάνειν, ἕπεσθαι δὲ ταῖς ὑπὸ θεοῦ δοθείσαις ἐντολαῖς τιμὴν εἶναι τοῦ θεοῦ ἐκδεχόμεθα.
Toutois te oun autois kai heterois tisi, malista de tois apo Markiōnos emboą ouk epaïousin hē graphē; ho de emou akouōn anapaēsetai epʼ eirēnēs pepoithōs, kai hēsychasei aphobōs apo pantos kakou. ti toinyn ton nomon boulontai? kakon men oun ou phēsousi, dikaion de, diastellontes to agathon tou dikaiou. ho de kyrios phobeisthai to kakon prostattōn ou kakǭ to kakon apallattei, tǭ de enantiǭ to enantion katalyei. agathǭ de kakon enantion, hōs dikaion adikǭ. ei toinyn kakōn apochēn aphobian eirēken hēn ho tou kyriou phobos ergazetai, agathon ho phobos, kai ho ek tou nomou phobos ou monon dikaios, alla kai agathos kakian anairōn; phobǭ de aphobian eisagōn ou pathei apatheian, paideią de metriopatheian empoiei. epan oun akousōmen; tima ton kyrion kai ischyseis, plēn de autou mē phobou allon, to phobeisthai hamartanein, hepesthai de tais hypo theou dotheisais entolais timēn einai tou theou ekdechometha.
To these very people, then, and to certain others, especially the followers of Marcion, Scripture cries out, though they do not listen: “He who hears me will rest in peace, confident, and will be quiet without fear of any evil.” What, then, do they want the law to be? They will not call it evil, but just, distinguishing the good from the just. But the Lord, in commanding us to fear evil, does not rid us of evil by evil, but destroys the opposite by its opposite. And evil is the opposite of good, as the just is of the unjust. If, then, he has called abstinence from evils “fearlessness,” which the fear of the Lord produces, fear is good; and the fear that comes from the law is not only just but also good, since it takes away vice. And introducing fearlessness by fear, it produces not freedom from passion by passion, but moderation of passion by training. When, then, we hear, “Honor the Lord and you will be strong, and apart from him fear no other,” we understand that to fear to sin and to follow the commandments given by God is honor to God.
2.8.40Stählin 2:134
δέος δέ ἐστι φόβος θείου. ἀλλʼ εἰ καὶ πάθος ὁ φόβος, ὡς βούλονταί τινες, ὅτι φόβος ἐστὶ πάθος, οὐχ ὁ πᾶς φόβος πάθος. ἡ γοῦν δεισιδαιμονία πάθος, φόβος δαιμόνων οὖσα ἐκπαθῶν τε καὶ ἐμπαθῶν· ἔμπαλιν οὖν ὁ τοῦ ἀπαθοῦς θεοῦ φόβος ἀπαθής· φοβεῖται γάρ τις οὐ τὸν θεόν, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἀποπεσεῖν τοῦ θεοῦ· ὁ δὲ τοῦτο δεδιὼς τὸ τοῖς κακοῖς περιπεσεῖν φοβεῖται καὶ δέδιεν τὰ κακά· ὁ δεδιὼς δὲ τὸ πτῶμα ἄφθαρτον ἑαυτὸν καὶ ἀπαθῆ εἶναι βούλεται. σοφὸς φοβηθεὶς ἐξέκλινεν ἀπὸ κακοῦ, ὁ δὲ ἄφρων μίγνυται πεποιθώς, ἡ γραφὴ λέγει· αὖθίς τε ἐν φόβῳ κυρίου ἐλπὶς ἰσχύος φησίν.
deos de esti phobos theiou. allʼ ei kai pathos ho phobos, hōs boulontai tines, hoti phobos esti pathos, ouch ho pas phobos pathos. hē goun deisidaimonia pathos, phobos daimonōn ousa ekpathōn te kai empathōn; empalin oun ho tou apathous theou phobos apathēs; phobeitai gar tis ou ton theon, alla to apopesein tou theou; ho de touto dediōs to tois kakois peripesein phobeitai kai dedien ta kaka; ho dediōs de to ptōma aphtharton heauton kai apathē einai bouletai. sophos phobētheis exeklinen apo kakou, ho de aphrōn mignytai pepoithōs, hē graphē legei; authis te en phobǭ kyriou elpis ischyos phēsin.
Awe is fear of the divine. But even if fear is a passion, as some would have it, because fear is a passion, not every fear is a passion. Superstition, at any rate, is a passion, being fear of demons who are frenzied and subject to passion; conversely, then, fear of the God who is free from passion is free from passion. For one fears not God, but falling away from God; and the one who dreads this fears falling into evils, and dreads evils; and the one who dreads falling wishes himself to be incorruptible and free from passion. “The wise man, fearing, turned aside from evil, but the fool mingles with it, confident,” says Scripture; and again it says, “In the fear of the Lord is the hope of strength.”
Miscellanies 2, chapter 9
2.9.41Stählin 2:134–135
Ἀνάγει γοῦν ὁ τοιοῦτος φόβος ἐπί τε τὴν μετάνοιαν ἐπί τε τὴν ἐλπίδα. ἐλπὶς δὲ προσδοκία ἀγαθῶν ἢ ἀπόντος ἀγαθοῦ εὔελπις. ἀμέλει καὶ ἡ εὐεμπτωσία λαμβάνεται εἰς ἐλπίδα, ἣν ἐπὶ τὴν ἀγάπην χειραγωγεῖν μεμαθήκαμεν. ἀγάπη δὲ ὁμόνοια ἂν εἴη τῶν κατὰ τὸν λόγον καὶ τὸν βίον καὶ τὸν τρόπον ἢ συνελόντι φάναι κοινωνία βίου ἢ ἐκτένεια φιλίας καὶ φιλοστοργίας μετὰ λόγου ὀρθοῦ περὶ χρῆσιν ἑταίρων. ὁ δὲ ἑταῖρος ἕτερος ἐγώ· ᾗ καὶ ἀδελφοὺς τοὺς τῷ αὐτῷ λόγῳ ἀναγεννηθέντας προσαγορεύομεν. παράκειται δὲ τῇ ἀγάπῃ ἥ τε φιλοξενία, φιλοτεχνία τις οὖσα περὶ χρῆσιν ξένων· ξένοι δὲ ὧν ξένα τὰ κοσμικά. κοσμικοὺς γὰρ τοὺς εἰς γῆν ἐλπίζοντας καὶ τὰς σαρκικὰς ἐπιθυμίας ἐξακούομεν· μὴ συσχηματίζεσθε, φησὶν ὁ ἀπόστολος, τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ, ἀλλὰ μεταμορφοῦσθε τῇ ἀνακαινώσει τοῦ νοός, εἰς τὸ δοκιμάζειν ὑμᾶς τί τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ, τὸ ἀγαθὸν καὶ εὐάρεστον καὶ τέλειον. ἀναστρέφει τοίνυν ἡ φιλοξενία περὶ τὸ ὠφέλιμον τοῖς ξένοις, ξένοι δὲ οἱ ἐπίξενοι, ἐπίξενοι δὲ οἱ φίλοι, φίλοι δὲ οἱ ἀδελφοί· φίλε κασίγνητε φησὶν Ὅμηρος, ἥ τε φιλανθρωπία, διʼ ἣν καὶ ἡ φιλοστοργία, φιλικὴ χρῆσις ἀνθρώπων ὑπάρχουσα, ἥ τε φιλοστοργία, φιλοτεχνία τις οὖσα περὶ στέρξιν φίλων ἢ οἰκείων, συμπαρομαρτοῦσιν ἀγάπῃ.
Anagei goun ho toioutos phobos epi te tēn metanoian epi te tēn elpida. elpis de prosdokia agathōn ē apontos agathou euelpis. amelei kai hē euemptōsia lambanetai eis elpida, hēn epi tēn agapēn cheiragōgein memathēkamen. agapē de homonoia an eiē tōn kata ton logon kai ton bion kai ton tropon ē synelonti phanai koinōnia biou ē ekteneia philias kai philostorgias meta logou orthou peri chrēsin hetairōn. ho de hetairos heteros egō; hę̄ kai adelphous tous tǭ autǭ logǭ anagennēthentas prosagoreuomen. parakeitai de tę̄ agapę̄ hē te philoxenia, philotechnia tis ousa peri chrēsin xenōn; xenoi de hōn xena ta kosmika. kosmikous gar tous eis gēn elpizontas kai tas sarkikas epithymias exakouomen; mē syschēmatizesthe, phēsin ho apostolos, tǭ aiōni toutǭ, alla metamorphousthe tę̄ anakainōsei tou noos, eis to dokimazein hymas ti to thelēma tou theou, to agathon kai euareston kai teleion. anastrephei toinyn hē philoxenia peri to ōphelimon tois xenois, xenoi de hoi epixenoi, epixenoi de hoi philoi, philoi de hoi adelphoi; phile kasignēte phēsin Homēros, hē te philanthrōpia, diʼ hēn kai hē philostorgia, philikē chrēsis anthrōpōn hyparchousa, hē te philostorgia, philotechnia tis ousa peri sterxin philōn ē oikeiōn, symparomartousin agapę̄.
Such fear, then, leads up both to repentance and to hope. Hope is the expectation of good things, or a confident expectation of an absent good. Indeed a good disposition is also taken into hope, which we have learned leads by the hand to love. Love would be agreement in matters of reason, of life, and of manner, or, to put it briefly, fellowship of life, or the intensity of friendship and affection with right reason in the treatment of companions. And a companion is another self; which is why we call brothers those who have been reborn by the same Word. Close to love lies hospitality, which is a certain skill in the treatment of strangers; and strangers are those to whom worldly things are strange. For by the worldly we understand those who hope in the earth and in fleshly desires. “Do not be conformed,” says the apostle, “to this age, but be transformed by the renewal of the mind, so that you may prove what is the will of God, the good, acceptable, and perfect.” Hospitality, then, is concerned with what benefits strangers; and strangers are guests, and guests are friends, and friends are brothers: “Dear brother,” says Homer. Philanthropy too, through which also affection, being a friendly treatment of human beings, and affection, being a certain skill in loving friends or kinsfolk, accompany love.
2.9.42Stählin 2:135
εἰ δʼ ὁ τῷ ὄντι ἄνθρωπος ὁ ἐν ἡμῖν ἐστιν ὁ πνευματικός, φιλαδελφία ἡ φιλανθρωπία τοῖς τοῦ αὐτοῦ πνεύματος κεκοινωνηκόσιν· στέρξις δʼ αὖ τήρησίς ἐστιν εὐνοίας ἢ ἀγαπήσεως, ἀγάπησις δὲ ἀπόδεξις παντελής, καὶ τὸ ἀγαπᾶν ἀρέσκεσθαι τῷ ἤθει, ἀγόμενόν τε καὶ ἀπαγόμενον· ἄγονται δὲ εἰς ταὐτότητα διʼ ὁμόνοιαν, ἐπιστήμην οὖσαν κοινῶν ἀγαθῶν· καὶ γὰρ ἡ ὁμογνωμοσύνη συμφωνία γνωμῶν. καὶ ἡ ἀγάπη φησὶν ἀνυπόκριτος ἔστω ἡμῖν, αὐτοί τε ἀποστυγοῦντες τὸ πονηρὸν γινώμεθα, κολλώμενοι τῷ ἀγαθῷ τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ τε καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς ἕως εἰ δυνατόν, τὸ ἐξ ὑμῶν, μετὰ πάντων ἀνθρώπων εἰρηνεύοντες. ἔπειτα μὴ νικῶ λέγει ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ, ἀλλὰ νίκα ἐν τῷ ἀγαθῷ τὸ κακόν. Ἰουδαίοις τε ὁ αὐτὸς ἀπόστολος μαρτυρεῖν ὁμολογεῖ ὅτι ζῆλον θεοῦ ἔχουσιν, ἀλλʼ οὐ κατʼ ἐπίγνωσιν· ἀγνοοῦντες γὰρ τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην, καὶ τὴν ἰδίαν ζητοῦντες στῆσαι, τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ τοῦ θεοῦ οὐχ ὑπετάγησαν· οὐ γὰρ τὸ βούλημα τοῦ νόμου ἔγνωσάν τε καὶ ἐποίησαν, ἀλλʼ ὃ ὑπέλαβον αὐτοί, τοῦτο καὶ βούλεσθαι τὸν νόμον ᾠήθησαν· οὐδʼ ὡς προφητεύοντι τῷ νόμῳ ἐπίστευσαν, λόγῳ δὲ ψιλῷ καὶ φόβῳ, ἀλλʼ οὐ διαθέσει καὶ πίστει ἠκολούθησαν· τέλος γὰρ νόμου Χριστὸς εἰς δικαιοσύνην, ὁ ὑπὸ νόμου προφητευθείς, παντὶ τῷ πιστεύοντι.
ei dʼ ho tǭ onti anthrōpos ho en hēmin estin ho pneumatikos, philadelphia hē philanthrōpia tois tou autou pneumatos kekoinōnēkosin; sterxis dʼ au tērēsis estin eunoias ē agapēseōs, agapēsis de apodexis pantelēs, kai to agapan areskesthai tǭ ēthei, agomenon te kai apagomenon; agontai de eis tautotēta diʼ homonoian, epistēmēn ousan koinōn agathōn; kai gar hē homognōmosynē symphōnia gnōmōn. kai hē agapē phēsin anypokritos estō hēmin, autoi te apostygountes to ponēron ginōmetha, kollōmenoi tǭ agathǭ tę̄ philadelphią te kai ta hexēs heōs ei dynaton, to ex hymōn, meta pantōn anthrōpōn eirēneuontes. epeita mē nikō legei hypo tou kakou, alla nika en tǭ agathǭ to kakon. Ioudaiois te ho autos apostolos martyrein homologei hoti zēlon theou echousin, allʼ ou katʼ epignōsin; agnoountes gar tēn tou theou dikaiosynēn, kai tēn idian zētountes stēsai, tę̄ dikaiosynę̄ tou theou ouch hypetagēsan; ou gar to boulēma tou nomou egnōsan te kai epoiēsan, allʼ ho hypelabon autoi, touto kai boulesthai ton nomon ǭēthēsan; oudʼ hōs prophēteuonti tǭ nomǭ episteusan, logǭ de psilǭ kai phobǭ, allʼ ou diathesei kai pistei ēkolouthēsan; telos gar nomou Christos eis dikaiosynēn, ho hypo nomou prophēteutheis, panti tǭ pisteuonti.
And if the true man within us is the spiritual one, philanthropy is brotherly love toward those who share the same Spirit. Affection, again, is the preservation of goodwill or of loving; and loving is complete acceptance; and to love is to be pleased with a character, being drawn and drawn along; and people are drawn into sameness through concord, which is the knowledge of common goods; for like-mindedness too is agreement of judgments. “Let love,” it says, “be without hypocrisy” for us; and let us ourselves be “abhorring what is evil, holding fast to the good in brotherly love,” and so on, until “if possible, as far as it depends on you, living at peace with all people.” Then it says, “Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil with good.” And the same apostle confesses that he bears witness to the Jews “that they have a zeal for God, but not according to knowledge. For, not knowing the righteousness of God, and seeking to establish their own, they did not submit to the righteousness of God.” For they neither knew nor did the intention of the law, but what they themselves supposed, this they thought the law also intended. Nor did they believe the law as prophesying; they followed the bare word and fear, but not disposition and faith. “For Christ is the end of the law for righteousness,” he who was prophesied by the law, “to everyone who believes.”
2.9.43Stählin 2:135–136
ὅθεν εἴρηται τούτοις παρὰ Μωυσέως· ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς ἐπʼ οὐκ ἔθνει, ἐπʼ ἔθνει ἀσυνέτῳ παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς, τῷ εἰς ὑπακοὴν δηλονότι εὐτρεπεῖ γενομένῳ. καὶ διὰ Ἡσαΐου εὑρέθην λέγει τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ζητοῦσιν, ἐμφανὴς ἐγενόμην τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ἐπερωτῶσι, πρὸ τῆς τοῦ κυρίου παρουσίας δηλαδή, μεθʼ ἣν καὶ τῷ Ἰσραὴλ ἐκεῖνα τὰ προφητευθέντα οἰκείως λέγεται νῦν· ἐξεπέτασα τὰς χεῖράς μου ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν ἐπὶ λαὸν ἀπειθοῦντα καὶ ἀντιλέγοντα. ὁρᾷς τὴν αἰτίαν τῆς ἐξ ἐθνῶν κλήσεως σαφῶς πρὸς τοῦ προφήτου ἀπείθειαν τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ ἀντιλογίαν εἰρημένην; εἶθʼ ἡ ἀγαθότης καὶ ἐπὶ τούτοις δείκνυται τοῦ θεοῦ· φησὶ γὰρ ὁ ἀπόστολος· ἀλλὰ τῷ αὐτῶν παραπτώματι ἡ σωτηρία τοῖς ἔθνεσιν εἰς τὸ παραζηλῶσαι αὐτοὺς καὶ μετανοῆσαι βουληθῆναι. ὁ Ποιμὴν δὲ ἁπλῶς ἐπὶ τῶν κεκοιμημένων θεὶς τὴν λέξιν δικαίους οἶδέ τινας ἐν ἔθνεσι καὶ ἐν Ἰουδαίοις οὐ μόνον πρὸ τῆς τοῦ κυρίου παρουσίας, ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸ νόμου κατὰ τὴν πρὸς θεὸν εὐαρέστησιν, ὡς Ἄβελ, ὡς Νῶε, ὡς εἴ τις ἕτερος δίκαιος.
hothen eirētai toutois para Mōyseōs; egō parazēlōsō hymas epʼ ouk ethnei, epʼ ethnei asynetǭ parorgiō hymas, tǭ eis hypakoēn dēlonoti eutrepei genomenǭ. kai dia Hēsaïou heurethēn legei tois eme mē zētousin, emphanēs egenomēn tois eme mē eperōtōsi, pro tēs tou kyriou parousias dēladē, methʼ hēn kai tǭ Israēl ekeina ta prophēteuthenta oikeiōs legetai nyn; exepetasa tas cheiras mou holēn tēn hēmeran epi laon apeithounta kai antilegonta. horąs tēn aitian tēs ex ethnōn klēseōs saphōs pros tou prophētou apeitheian tou laou kai antilogian eirēmenēn? eithʼ hē agathotēs kai epi toutois deiknytai tou theou; phēsi gar ho apostolos; alla tǭ autōn paraptōmati hē sōtēria tois ethnesin eis to parazēlōsai autous kai metanoēsai boulēthēnai. ho Poimēn de haplōs epi tōn kekoimēmenōn theis tēn lexin dikaious oide tinas en ethnesi kai en Ioudaiois ou monon pro tēs tou kyriou parousias, alla kai pro nomou kata tēn pros theon euarestēsin, hōs Abel, hōs Nōe, hōs ei tis heteros dikaios.
That is why it was said to them through Moses: “I will make you jealous by those who are not a nation; by a senseless nation I will provoke you to anger,” that is, by the nation that has become ready for obedience. And through Isaiah he says: “I was found by those who did not seek me; I became manifest to those who did not ask for me,” clearly before the Lord's coming; after which those prophesied words are now fittingly said to Israel too: “I stretched out my hands all day long to a disobedient and contrary people.” Do you see that the cause of the calling from the Gentiles is clearly said by the prophet to be the disobedience and contrariness of the people? Then the goodness of God is shown even toward them; for the apostle says: “But by their trespass salvation has come to the Gentiles, to make them jealous” and wish to repent. And the Shepherd, using the expression simply of those who had fallen asleep, knows that some among the Gentiles and among the Jews were righteous, not only before the Lord's coming but even before the law, by being well pleasing to God, like Abel, like Noah, like any other righteous person.
2.9.44Stählin 2:136
φησὶ γοῦν τοὺς ἀποστόλους καὶ διδασκάλους τοὺς κηρύξαντας τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ κοιμηθέντας τῇ δυνάμει καὶ τῇ πίστει κηρῦξαι τοῖς προκεκοιμημένοις. εἶτα ἐπιφέρει· καὶ αὐτοὶ ἔδωκαν αὐτοῖς τὴν σφραγῖδα τοῦ κηρύγματος. κατέβησαν οὖν μετʼ αὐτῶν εἰς τὸ ὕδωρ καὶ πάλιν ἀνέβησαν. ἀλλʼ οὗτοι ζῶντες κατέβησαν καὶ πάλιν ζῶντες ἀνέβησαν· ἐκεῖνοι δὲ οἱ προκεκοιμημένοι νεκροὶ κατέβησαν, ζῶντες δὲ ἀνέβησαν, διὰ τούτων οὖν ἐζωοποιήθησαν καὶ ἐπέγνωσαν τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ. διὰ τοῦτο καὶ συνανέβησαν μετʼ αὐτῶν καὶ συνήρμοσαν εἰς τὴν οἰκοδομὴν τοῦ πύργου καὶ ἀλατόμητοι συνῳκοδομήθησαν· ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ γὰρ ἐκοιμήθησαν καὶ ἐν μεγάλῃ ἁγνείᾳ, μόνην δὲ τὴν σφραγῖδα ταύτην οὐκ ἔσχον. ὅταν γὰρ ἔθνη τὰ μὴ νόμον ἔχοντα φύσει τὰ τοῦ νόμου ποιῶσιν, οὗτοι νόμον μὴ ἔχοντες ἑαυτοῖς εἰσι νόμος κατὰ τὸν ἀπόστολον.
phēsi goun tous apostolous kai didaskalous tous kēryxantas to onoma tou huiou tou theou kai koimēthentas tę̄ dynamei kai tę̄ pistei kēryxai tois prokekoimēmenois. eita epipherei; kai autoi edōkan autois tēn sphragida tou kērygmatos. katebēsan oun metʼ autōn eis to hydōr kai palin anebēsan. allʼ houtoi zōntes katebēsan kai palin zōntes anebēsan; ekeinoi de hoi prokekoimēmenoi nekroi katebēsan, zōntes de anebēsan, dia toutōn oun ezōopoiēthēsan kai epegnōsan to onoma tou huiou tou theou. dia touto kai synanebēsan metʼ autōn kai synērmosan eis tēn oikodomēn tou pyrgou kai alatomētoi synǭkodomēthēsan; en dikaiosynę̄ gar ekoimēthēsan kai en megalę̄ hagneią, monēn de tēn sphragida tautēn ouk eschon. hotan gar ethnē ta mē nomon echonta physei ta tou nomou poiōsin, houtoi nomon mē echontes heautois eisi nomos kata ton apostolon.
At any rate he says that the apostles and teachers who preached the name of the Son of God and fell asleep preached, in power and faith, to those who had fallen asleep before them. Then he adds: “And they gave them the seal of the preaching. They went down with them, then, into the water and came up again. But these went down alive and came up again alive; while those who had fallen asleep before went down dead, but came up alive. Through these, then, they were made alive and came to know the name of the Son of God. That is why they also came up with them and were fitted into the building of the tower, and were built in with them without being hewn; for they had fallen asleep in righteousness and in great purity, and lacked only this seal.” For “when Gentiles who do not have the law do by nature the things of the law, these, not having the law, are a law to themselves,” according to the apostle.
2.9.45Stählin 2:136–137
Ὡς μὲν οὖν ἀντακολουθοῦσιν ἀλλήλαις αἱ ἀρεταί, τί χρὴ λέγειν, ἐπιδεδειγμένου ἤδη ὡς πίστις μὲν ἐπὶ μετανοίᾳ ἐλπίδι τε, εὐλάβεια δὲ ἐπὶ πίστει, καὶ ἡ ἐν τούτοις ἐπιμονή τε καὶ ἄσκησις ἅμα μαθήσει συμπεραιοῦται εἰς ἀγάπην, ἣ δὲ τῇ γνώσει τελειοῦται; ἐκεῖνο δὲ ἐξ ἀνάγκης παρασημειωτέον ὡς μόνον τὸ θεῖον σοφὸν εἶναι φύσει νοεῖσθαι χρή· διὸ καὶ ἡ σοφία δύναμις θεοῦ ἡ διδάξασα τὴν ἀλήθειαν· κἀνταῦθά που εἴληπται ἡ τελείωσις τῆς γνώσεως. φιλεῖ δὲ καὶ ἀγαπᾷ τὴν ἀλήθειαν ὁ φιλόσοφος, ἐκ τοῦ θεράπων εἶναι γνήσιος διʼ ἀγάπην ἤδη φίλος νομισθείς. ταύτης δὲ ἀρχὴ τὸ θαυμάσαι τὰ πράγματα, ὡς Πλάτων ἐν Θεαιτήτῳ λέγει, καὶ Ματθίας ἐν ταῖς Παραδόσεσι παραινῶν θαύμασον τὰ παρόντα, βαθμὸν τοῦτον πρῶτον τῆς ἐπέκεινα γνώσεως ὑποτιθέμενος· ᾗ κἀν τῷ καθʼ Ἑβραίους εὐαγγελίῳ ὁ θαυμάσας βασιλεύσει γέγραπται καὶ ὁ βασιλεύσας ἀναπαήσεται. ἀδύνατον οὖν τὸν ἀμαθῆ, ἔστʼ ἂν μένῃ ἀμαθής, φιλοσοφεῖν δέ, τόν γε μὴ ἔννοιαν σοφίας εἰληφότα, φιλοσοφίας οὔσης ὀρέξεως τοῦ ὄντως ὄντος καὶ τῶν εἰς τοῦτο συντεινόντων μαθημάτων. κἂν τὸ ποιεῖν καλῶς ᾖ τισιν ἐξησκημένον, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἐπίστασθαι, ὡς χρηστέον καὶ ποιητέον, καὶ συνεκπονητέον, καθὸ καὶ ὁμοιοῦταί τις θεῷ, θεῷ λέγω τῷ σωτῆρι, θεραπεύων τὸν τῶν ὅλων θεὸν διὰ τοῦ ἀρχιερέως λόγου, διʼ οὗ καθορᾶται τὰ κατʼ ἀλήθειαν καλὰ καὶ δίκαια. εὐσέβεια ἔστι πρᾶξις ἑπομένη καὶ ἀκόλουθος θεῷ.
Hōs men oun antakolouthousin allēlais hai aretai, ti chrē legein, epidedeigmenou ēdē hōs pistis men epi metanoią elpidi te, eulabeia de epi pistei, kai hē en toutois epimonē te kai askēsis hama mathēsei symperaioutai eis agapēn, hē de tę̄ gnōsei teleioutai? ekeino de ex anankēs parasēmeiōteon hōs monon to theion sophon einai physei noeisthai chrē; dio kai hē sophia dynamis theou hē didaxasa tēn alētheian; kantautha pou eilēptai hē teleiōsis tēs gnōseōs. philei de kai agapą tēn alētheian ho philosophos, ek tou therapōn einai gnēsios diʼ agapēn ēdē philos nomistheis. tautēs de archē to thaumasai ta pragmata, hōs Platōn en Theaitētǭ legei, kai Matthias en tais Paradosesi parainōn thaumason ta paronta, bathmon touton prōton tēs epekeina gnōseōs hypotithemenos; hę̄ kan tǭ kathʼ Hebraious euangeliǭ ho thaumasas basileusei gegraptai kai ho basileusas anapaēsetai. adynaton oun ton amathē, estʼ an menę̄ amathēs, philosophein de, ton ge mē ennoian sophias eilēphota, philosophias ousēs orexeōs tou ontōs ontos kai tōn eis touto synteinontōn mathēmatōn. kan to poiein kalōs ę̄ tisin exēskēmenon, alla to epistasthai, hōs chrēsteon kai poiēteon, kai synekponēteon, katho kai homoioutai tis theǭ, theǭ legō tǭ sōtēri, therapeuōn ton tōn holōn theon dia tou archiereōs logou, diʼ hou kathoratai ta katʼ alētheian kala kai dikaia. eusebeia esti praxis hepomenē kai akolouthos theǭ.
How the virtues follow one another, what need is there to say, since it has already been shown that faith rests on repentance and hope, caution on faith, and that perseverance and exercise in these, together with learning, are completed in love, and love is perfected in knowledge? But this must of necessity be noted in passing: that only the divine must be understood to be wise by nature. That is why wisdom, which taught the truth, is also a power of God; and somewhere here the perfection of knowledge has been grasped. The philosopher loves and cherishes the truth, having now come to be regarded as a friend through love, from being a true servant. Its beginning is to wonder at things, as Plato says in the Theaetetus, and as Matthias, exhorting in the Traditions, says, “Wonder at what is before you,” laying this down as the first step of the knowledge beyond. So also in the Gospel according to the Hebrews it is written: “He who wonders will reign, and he who has reigned will rest.” It is impossible, then, for the unlearned, as long as he remains unlearned, to philosophize, at least one who has not received a conception of wisdom, since philosophy is a longing for what truly is and for the studies that contribute to it. And even if some have trained themselves to do well, yet to know how one must use, act, and work together is the means by which one becomes like God, God, I mean, the Savior, serving the God of the universe through the high priest, the Word, through whom what is truly beautiful and just is beheld. Godliness is conduct that follows and conforms to God.
Miscellanies 2, chapter 10
2.10.46Stählin 2:137–138
Τριῶν τοίνυν τούτων ἀντέχεται ὁ ἡμεδαπὸς φιλόσοφος, πρῶτον μὲν τῆς θεωρίας, δεύτερον δὲ τῆς τῶν ἐντολῶν ἐπιτελέσεως, τρίτον ἀνδρῶν ἀγαθῶν κατασκευῆς· ἃ δὴ συνελθόντα τὸν γνωστικὸν ἐπιτελεῖ. ὅ τι δʼ ἂν ἐνδέῃ τούτων, χωλεύει τὰ τῆς γνώσεως. ὅθεν θείως ἡ γραφή φησι· καὶ εἶπεν κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγων· λάλησον τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραὴλ καὶ ἐρεῖς πρὸς αὐτούς· ἐγὼ κύριος ὁ θεὸς ὑμῶν· κατὰ τὰ ἐπιτηδεύματα γῆς Αἰγύπτου, ἐν ᾗ κατῳκήσατε ἐν αὐτῇ, οὐ ποιήσετε· καὶ κατὰ τὰ ἐπιτηδεύματα γῆς Χαναάν, εἰς ἣν ἐγὼ εἰσάγω ὑμᾶς ἐκεῖ, οὐ ποιήσετε· καὶ τοῖς νομίμοις αὐτῶν οὐ πορεύσεσθε· τὰ κρίματά μου ποιήσετε καὶ τὰ προστάγματά μου φυλάξεσθε, πορεύεσθαι ἐν αὐτοῖς· ἐγὼ κύριος ὁ θεὸς ὑμῶν. καὶ φυλάξεσθε πάντα τὰ προστάγματά μου, καὶ ποιήσετε αὐτά. ὁ ποιήσας αὐτὰ ἄνθρωπος ζήσεται ἐν αὐτοῖς· ἐγὼ κύριος ὁ θεὸς ὑμῶν.
Triōn toinyn toutōn antechetai ho hēmedapos philosophos, prōton men tēs theōrias, deuteron de tēs tōn entolōn epiteleseōs, triton andrōn agathōn kataskeuēs; ha dē synelthonta ton gnōstikon epitelei. ho ti dʼ an endeę̄ toutōn, chōleuei ta tēs gnōseōs. hothen theiōs hē graphē phēsi; kai eipen kyrios pros Mōysēn legōn; lalēson tois huiois Israēl kai ereis pros autous; egō kyrios ho theos hymōn; kata ta epitēdeumata gēs Aigyptou, en hę̄ katǭkēsate en autę̄, ou poiēsete; kai kata ta epitēdeumata gēs Chanaan, eis hēn egō eisagō hymas ekei, ou poiēsete; kai tois nomimois autōn ou poreusesthe; ta krimata mou poiēsete kai ta prostagmata mou phylaxesthe, poreuesthai en autois; egō kyrios ho theos hymōn. kai phylaxesthe panta ta prostagmata mou, kai poiēsete auta. ho poiēsas auta anthrōpos zēsetai en autois; egō kyrios ho theos hymōn.
Our philosopher, then, holds fast to these three things: first, contemplation; second, the fulfilling of the commandments; third, the forming of good men. When these come together they make the one who knows perfect; whatever of them is lacking, the things of knowledge limp. That is why Scripture divinely says: “And the Lord spoke to Moses, saying: Speak to the sons of Israel and say to them: I am the Lord your God. You shall not act according to the practices of the land of Egypt, in which you lived; and you shall not act according to the practices of the land of Canaan, into which I am bringing you; and you shall not walk in their customs. You shall do my judgments and keep my ordinances, to walk in them: I am the Lord your God. And you shall keep all my ordinances and do them. The man who does them will live in them: I am the Lord your God.”
2.10.47Stählin 2:138
εἴτʼ οὖν κόσμου καὶ ἀπάτης εἴτε παθῶν καὶ κακιῶν σύμβολον Αἴγυπτος καὶ ἡ Χανανῖτις γῆ, ὧν μὲν ἀφεκτέον, ὁποῖα δὲ ἐπιτηδευτέον ὡς θεῖα καὶ οὐ κοσμικά, ἐπιδείκνυσιν ἡμῖν τὸ λόγιον. ὅταν δὲ εἴπῃ ὁ ποιήσας ἄνθρωπος ζήσεται ἐν αὐτοῖς, τήν τε Ἑβραίων αὐτῶν ἐπανόρθωσιν τήν τε τῶν πέλας, ἡμῶν αὐτῶν, συνάσκησίν τε καὶ προκοπὴν ζωὴν λέγει αὐτῶν τε καὶ ἡμῶν. οἱ γὰρ νεκροὶ τοῖς παραπτώμασι συζωοποιοῦνται Χριστῷ διὰ τῆς ἡμετέρας διαθήκης. πολλάκις δὲ ἐπαναλαμβάνουσα ἡ γραφὴ τὸ ἐγὼ κύριος ὁ θεὸς ὑμῶν δυσωπεῖ μὲν διατρεπτικώτατα, ἕπεσθαι διδάσκουσα τῷ τὰς ἐντολὰς δεδωκότι θεῷ, ὑπομιμνῄσκει δὲ ἠρέμα ζητεῖν τὸν θεὸν καὶ ὡς οἷόν τε γινώσκειν ἐπιχειρεῖν, ἥτις ἂν εἴη θεωρία μεγίστη, ἡ ἐποπτική, ἡ τῷ ὄντι ἐπιστήμη, ἡ ἀμετάπτωτος λόγῳ γινομένη. αὕτη ἂν εἴη μόνη ἡ τῆς σοφίας γνῶσις, ἧς οὐδέποτε χωρίζεται ἡ δικαιοπραγία.
eitʼ oun kosmou kai apatēs eite pathōn kai kakiōn symbolon Aigyptos kai hē Chananitis gē, hōn men aphekteon, hopoia de epitēdeuteon hōs theia kai ou kosmika, epideiknysin hēmin to logion. hotan de eipę̄ ho poiēsas anthrōpos zēsetai en autois, tēn te Hebraiōn autōn epanorthōsin tēn te tōn pelas, hēmōn autōn, synaskēsin te kai prokopēn zōēn legei autōn te kai hēmōn. hoi gar nekroi tois paraptōmasi syzōopoiountai Christǭ dia tēs hēmeteras diathēkēs. pollakis de epanalambanousa hē graphē to egō kyrios ho theos hymōn dysōpei men diatreptikōtata, hepesthai didaskousa tǭ tas entolas dedōkoti theǭ, hypomimnę̄skei de ērema zētein ton theon kai hōs hoion te ginōskein epicheirein, hētis an eiē theōria megistē, hē epoptikē, hē tǭ onti epistēmē, hē ametaptōtos logǭ ginomenē. hautē an eiē monē hē tēs sophias gnōsis, hēs oudepote chōrizetai hē dikaiopragia.
Whether, then, Egypt and the land of Canaan are a symbol of the world and deceit, or of passions and vices, the oracle shows us what must be avoided and what must be practiced as divine and not worldly. And when it says, “The man who does them will live in them,” it calls both the correction of the Hebrews themselves and the training and progress of their neighbors, ourselves, life, theirs and ours. For those “dead in trespasses” are “made alive together with Christ” through our covenant. And Scripture, by often repeating “I am the Lord your God,” shames us most effectively, teaching us to follow God who gave the commandments; and it quietly reminds us to seek God and try, as far as possible, to know him, which would be the greatest contemplation, the contemplation of the initiated, the knowledge that truly is, which becomes unshakable by reason. This alone would be the knowledge of wisdom, from which just action is never separated.
Miscellanies 2, chapter 11
2.11.48Stählin 2:138
Ἀλλʼ ἡ μὲν τῶν οἰησισόφων, εἴτε αἱρέσεις εἶεν βάρβαροι εἴτε οἱ παρʼ Ἕλλησι φιλόσοφοι, γνῶσις φυσιοῖ κατὰ τὸν ἀπόστολον· πιστὴ δὲ ἡ γνῶσις ἥτις ἂν εἴη ἐπιστημονικὴ ἀπόδειξις τῶν κατὰ τὴν ἀληθῆ φιλοσοφίαν παραδιδομένων. φήσαιμεν δʼ ἂν αὐτὴν λόγον εἶναι τοῖς ἀμφισβητουμένοις ἐκ τῶν ὁμολογουμένων ἐκπορίζοντα τὴν πίστιν. πίστεως δʼ οὔσης διττῆς, τῆς μὲν ἐπιστημονικῆς, τῆς δὲ δοξαστικῆς, οὐθὲν κωλύει ἀπόδειξιν ὀνομάζειν διττήν, τὴν μὲν ἐπιστημονικήν, τὴν δὲ δοξαστικήν. ἐπεὶ καὶ ἡ γνῶσις καὶ ἡ πρόγνωσις διττὴ λέγεται, ἣ μὲν ἀπηκριβωμένην ἔχουσα τὴν ἑαυτῆς φύσιν, ἣ δὲ ἐλλιπῆ. καὶ μή τι ἡ παρʼ ἡμῖν ἀπόδειξις μόνη ἂν εἴη ἀληθής, ἅτε ἐκ θείων χορηγουμένη γραφῶν, τῶν ἱερῶν γραμμάτων καὶ τῆς θεοδιδάκτου σοφίας κατὰ τὸν ἀπόστολον. μάθησις γοῦν καὶ τὸ πείθεσθαι ταῖς ἐντολαῖς, ὅ ἐστι πιστεύειν τῷ θεῷ. καὶ ἡ πίστις δύναμίς τις τοῦ θεοῦ, ἰσχὺς οὖσα τῆς ἀληθείας.
Allʼ hē men tōn oiēsisophōn, eite haireseis eien barbaroi eite hoi parʼ Hellēsi philosophoi, gnōsis physioi kata ton apostolon; pistē de hē gnōsis hētis an eiē epistēmonikē apodeixis tōn kata tēn alēthē philosophian paradidomenōn. phēsaimen dʼ an autēn logon einai tois amphisbētoumenois ek tōn homologoumenōn ekporizonta tēn pistin. pisteōs dʼ ousēs dittēs, tēs men epistēmonikēs, tēs de doxastikēs, outhen kōlyei apodeixin onomazein dittēn, tēn men epistēmonikēn, tēn de doxastikēn. epei kai hē gnōsis kai hē prognōsis dittē legetai, hē men apēkribōmenēn echousa tēn heautēs physin, hē de ellipē. kai mē ti hē parʼ hēmin apodeixis monē an eiē alēthēs, hate ek theiōn chorēgoumenē graphōn, tōn hierōn grammatōn kai tēs theodidaktou sophias kata ton apostolon. mathēsis goun kai to peithesthai tais entolais, ho esti pisteuein tǭ theǭ. kai hē pistis dynamis tis tou theou, ischys ousa tēs alētheias.
But the knowledge of those who are wise in their own conceit, whether barbarian heresies or the philosophers among the Greeks, “puffs up,” according to the apostle. But faithful knowledge would be a scientific demonstration of what is handed down according to the true philosophy. We would say that it is reasoning that provides faith in disputed matters from what is agreed. And since faith is twofold, the one scientific, the other based on opinion, nothing prevents us from calling demonstration twofold too, the one scientific, the other based on opinion; since knowledge and foreknowledge are also said to be twofold, the one having its own nature exact, the other defective. And may not our demonstration alone be true, since it is supplied from the divine Scriptures, the sacred writings, and the wisdom taught by God, according to the apostle? Learning, at any rate, is also obeying the commandments, which is believing God. And faith is a certain power of God, being the strength of the truth.
2.11.49Stählin 2:138–139
αὐτίκα φησίν· ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως, μεταστήσετε τὸ ὄρος· καὶ πάλιν· κατὰ τὴν πίστιν σου γενηθήτω σοι· καὶ ὃ μὲν θεραπεύεται προσλαβὼν τῇ πίστει τὴν ἴασιν, ὃ δὲ νεκρὸς ἀνίσταται διὰ τὴν τοῦ πιστεύσαντος ὅτι ἀναστήσεται ἰσχύν. ἡ δὲ δοξαστικὴ ἀπόδειξις ἀνθρωπική τέ ἐστι καὶ πρὸς τῶν ῥητορικῶν γινομένη ἐπιχειρημάτων ἢ καὶ διαλεκτικῶν συλλογισμῶν. ἡ γὰρ ἀνωτάτω ἀπόδειξις, ἣν ᾐνιξάμεθα ἐπιστημονικήν, πίστιν ἐντίθησι διὰ τῆς τῶν γραφῶν παραθέσεώς τε καὶ διοίξεως ταῖς τῶν μανθάνειν ὀρεγομένων ψυχαῖς, ἥτις ἂν εἴη γνῶσις. εἰ γὰρ τὰ παραλαμβανόμενα πρὸς τὸ ζητούμενον ἀληθῆ λαμβάνεται, ὡς ἂν θεῖα ὄντα καὶ προφητικά, δῆλόν που ὡς καὶ τὸ συμπέρασμα τὸ ἐπιφερόμενον αὐτοῖς ἀκολούθως ἀληθὲς ἐπενεχθήσεται· καὶ εἴη ἂν ὀρθῶς ἡμῖν ἀπόδειξις ἡ γνῶσις.
autika phēsin; ean echēte pistin hōs kokkon sinapeōs, metastēsete to oros; kai palin; kata tēn pistin sou genēthētō soi; kai ho men therapeuetai proslabōn tę̄ pistei tēn iasin, ho de nekros anistatai dia tēn tou pisteusantos hoti anastēsetai ischyn. hē de doxastikē apodeixis anthrōpikē te esti kai pros tōn rhētorikōn ginomenē epicheirēmatōn ē kai dialektikōn syllogismōn. hē gar anōtatō apodeixis, hēn ę̄nixametha epistēmonikēn, pistin entithēsi dia tēs tōn graphōn paratheseōs te kai dioixeōs tais tōn manthanein oregomenōn psychais, hētis an eiē gnōsis. ei gar ta paralambanomena pros to zētoumenon alēthē lambanetai, hōs an theia onta kai prophētika, dēlon pou hōs kai to symperasma to epipheromenon autois akolouthōs alēthes epenechthēsetai; kai eiē an orthōs hēmin apodeixis hē gnōsis.
For example, he says: “If you have faith like a grain of mustard seed, you will move the mountain”; and again: “According to your faith let it be done to you.” And one is healed, receiving healing by faith, and another who is dead is raised through the strength of the one who believed that he would be raised. But demonstration based on opinion is human, and comes from rhetorical arguments or even dialectical syllogisms. For the highest demonstration, which we have hinted is scientific, implants faith, through the setting forth and opening up of the Scriptures, in the souls of those who long to learn; and this would be knowledge. For if what is taken up for the question is accepted as true, being divine and prophetic, it is clear that the conclusion drawn from them will also consequently be true; and knowledge would rightly be for us a demonstration.
2.11.50Stählin 2:139–140
Ἡνίκα γοῦν τῆς οὐρανίου καὶ θείας τροφῆς τὸ μνημόσυνον ἐν στάμνῳ χρυσῷ καθιεροῦσθαι προσετάττετο, τὸ γόμορ φησὶ τὸ δέκατον τῶν τριῶν μέτρων ἦν. ἐν ἡμῖν γὰρ αὐτοῖς τρία μέτρα, τρία κριτήρια μηνύεται, αἴσθησις μὲν αἰσθητῶν, λεγομένων δὲ καὶ ὀνομάτων καὶ ῥημάτων ὁ λόγος, νοητῶν δὲ νοῦς. ὁ τοίνυν γνωστικὸς ἀφέξεται μὲν τῶν κατὰ λόγον καὶ τῶν κατὰ διάνοιαν καὶ τῶν κατὰ αἴσθησιν καὶ ἐνέργειαν ἁμαρτημάτων, ἀκηκοὼς ὅπως ὁ ἰδὼν πρὸς ἐπιθυμίαν ἐμοίχευσεν, λαβών τε ἐν νῷ ὡς μακάριοι οἱ καθαροὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ, ὅτι αὐτοὶ τὸν θεὸν ὄψονται, κἀκεῖνο ἐπιστάμενος ὅτι οὐ τὰ εἰσερχόμενα εἰς τὸ στόμα κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἀλλὰ τὰ ἐξερχόμενα διὰ τοῦ στόματος ἐκεῖνα κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον· ἐκ γὰρ τῆς καρδίας ἐξέρχονται διαλογισμοί. τοῦτʼ, οἶμαι, τὸ κατὰ θεὸν ἀληθινὸν καὶ δίκαιον μέτρον, ᾧ μετρεῖται τὰ μετρούμενα, ἡ τὸν ἄνθρωπον συνέχουσα δεκάς, ἣν ἐπὶ κεφαλαίων τὰ προειρημένα τρία ἐδήλωσεν μέτρα. εἴη δʼ ἂν σῶμά τε καὶ ψυχὴ αἵ τε πέντε αἰσθήσεις καὶ τὸ φωνητικὸν καὶ σπερματικὸν καὶ τὸ διανοητικὸν ἢ πνευματικὸν ἢ ὅπως καὶ βούλει καλεῖν.
Hēnika goun tēs ouraniou kai theias trophēs to mnēmosynon en stamnǭ chrysǭ kathierousthai prosetatteto, to gomor phēsi to dekaton tōn triōn metrōn ēn. en hēmin gar autois tria metra, tria kritēria mēnyetai, aisthēsis men aisthētōn, legomenōn de kai onomatōn kai rhēmatōn ho logos, noētōn de nous. ho toinyn gnōstikos aphexetai men tōn kata logon kai tōn kata dianoian kai tōn kata aisthēsin kai energeian hamartēmatōn, akēkoōs hopōs ho idōn pros epithymian emoicheusen, labōn te en nǭ hōs makarioi hoi katharoi tę̄ kardią, hoti autoi ton theon opsontai, kakeino epistamenos hoti ou ta eiserchomena eis to stoma koinoi ton anthrōpon, alla ta exerchomena dia tou stomatos ekeina koinoi ton anthrōpon; ek gar tēs kardias exerchontai dialogismoi. toutʼ, oimai, to kata theon alēthinon kai dikaion metron, hǭ metreitai ta metroumena, hē ton anthrōpon synechousa dekas, hēn epi kephalaiōn ta proeirēmena tria edēlōsen metra. eiē dʼ an sōma te kai psychē hai te pente aisthēseis kai to phōnētikon kai spermatikon kai to dianoētikon ē pneumatikon ē hopōs kai boulei kalein.
When, at any rate, it was commanded that the memorial of the heavenly and divine food should be consecrated in a golden jar, “the gomor,” it says, “was the tenth of the three measures.” For in ourselves three measures, three criteria, are indicated: sense for things perceived by the senses; speech for things said, both names and words; mind for things known by the intellect. The one who knows, then, will abstain from sins of speech, of thought, and of sense and action, having heard how “he who looks with desire has committed adultery,” and taking to heart that “blessed are the pure in heart, for they will see God,” and knowing this too, that “it is not what goes into the mouth that defiles a person, but what comes out through the mouth, that defiles a person; for out of the heart come thoughts.” This, I think, is the true and just measure according to God, by which what is measured is measured: the decad that holds the human being together, which the three measures just mentioned showed in summary. It would be body and soul, the five senses, the power of speech, the power of generation, and the intellectual or spiritual power, or whatever you wish to call it.
2.11.51Stählin 2:140–141
χρὴ δὲ ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν τῶν ἄλλων πάντων ὑπεραναβαίνοντας ἐπὶ τὸν νοῦν ἵστασθαι, ὥσπερ ἀμέλει κἀν τῷ κόσμῳ τὰς ἐννέα μοίρας ὑπερπηδήσαντας, πρώτην μὲν τὴν διὰ τῶν τεσσάρων στοιχείων ἐν μιᾷ χώρᾳ τιθεμένων διὰ τὴν ἴσην τροπήν, ἔπειτα δὲ τὰς ἑπτὰ τὰς πλανωμένας τήν τε ἀπλανῆ ἐνάτην, ἐπὶ τὸν τέλειον ἀριθμὸν τὸν ὑπεράνω τῶν ἐννέα, τὴν δὲ δεκάτην μοῖραν, ἐπὶ τὴν γνῶσιν ἀφικνεῖσθαι τοῦ θεοῦ, συνελόντι φάναι μετὰ τὴν κτίσιν τὸν ποιητὴν ἐπιποθοῦντας. διὰ τοῦτο αἱ δεκάται τοῦ τε οἶφι τῶν τε ἱερείων τῷ θεῷ προσεκομίζοντο, καὶ ἡ τοῦ πάσχα ἑορτὴ ἀπὸ δεκάτης ἤρχετο, παντὸς πάθους καὶ παντὸς αἰσθητοῦ διάβασις οὖσα. πέπηγεν οὖν τῇ πίστει ὁ γνωστικός, ὁ δὲ οἰησίσοφος ἑκὼν τῆς ἀληθείας οὐχ ἅπτεται, ἀστάτοις καὶ ἀνιδρύτοις ὁρμαῖς κεχρημένος. εἰκότως οὖν γέγραπται· ἐξῆλθεν δὲ Κάιν ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ ᾤκησεν ἐν γῇ Ναὶδ κατέναντι Ἐδέμ· ἑρμηνεύεται δὲ ἡ μὲν Ναὶδ σάλος, ἡ δὲ Ἐδὲμ τρυφή· πίστις δὲ καὶ γνῶσις καὶ εἰρήνη ἡ τρυφή, ἧς ὁ παρακούσας ἐκβάλλεται, ὁ δὲ οἰησίσοφος τὴν ἀρχὴν οὐδὲ ἐπαίειν βούλεται τῶν θείων ἐντολῶν, ἀλλʼ οἷον αὐτομαθὴς ἀφηνιάσας εἰς σάλον κυμαινόμενον ἑκὼν μεθίσταται. εἰς τὰ θνητά τε καὶ γεννητὰ καταβαίνων ἐκ τῆς τοῦ ἀγεννήτου γνώσεως, ἄλλοτε ἀλλοῖα δοξάζων. οἷς δὲ μὴ ὑπάρχει κυβέρνησις, πίπτουσιν ὥσπερ φύλλα· ὁ λογισμὸς καὶ τὸ ἡγεμονικὸν ἄπταιστον μένον καὶ καθηγούμενον τῆς ψυχῆς κυβερνήτης αὐτῆς εἴρηται· ὄντως γὰρ ἀτρέπτῳ πρὸς τὸ ἄτρεπτον ἡ προσαγωγή.
chrē de hōs epos eipein tōn allōn pantōn hyperanabainontas epi ton noun histasthai, hōsper amelei kan tǭ kosmǭ tas ennea moiras hyperpēdēsantas, prōtēn men tēn dia tōn tessarōn stoicheiōn en mią chōrą tithemenōn dia tēn isēn tropēn, epeita de tas hepta tas planōmenas tēn te aplanē enatēn, epi ton teleion arithmon ton hyperanō tōn ennea, tēn de dekatēn moiran, epi tēn gnōsin aphikneisthai tou theou, synelonti phanai meta tēn ktisin ton poiētēn epipothountas. dia touto hai dekatai tou te oiphi tōn te hiereiōn tǭ theǭ prosekomizonto, kai hē tou pascha heortē apo dekatēs ērcheto, pantos pathous kai pantos aisthētou diabasis ousa. pepēgen oun tę̄ pistei ho gnōstikos, ho de oiēsisophos hekōn tēs alētheias ouch haptetai, astatois kai anidrytois hormais kechrēmenos. eikotōs oun gegraptai; exēlthen de Kain apo prosōpou tou theou kai ǭkēsen en gę̄ Naid katenanti Edem; hermēneuetai de hē men Naid salos, hē de Edem tryphē; pistis de kai gnōsis kai eirēnē hē tryphē, hēs ho parakousas ekballetai, ho de oiēsisophos tēn archēn oude epaiein bouletai tōn theiōn entolōn, allʼ hoion automathēs aphēniasas eis salon kymainomenon hekōn methistatai. eis ta thnēta te kai gennēta katabainōn ek tēs tou agennētou gnōseōs, allote alloia doxazōn. hois de mē hyparchei kybernēsis, piptousin hōsper phylla; ho logismos kai to hēgemonikon aptaiston menon kai kathēgoumenon tēs psychēs kybernētēs autēs eirētai; ontōs gar atreptǭ pros to atrepton hē prosagōgē.
We must, so to speak, rise above all the others and stand upon the mind, just as, of course, in the universe too we must leap over the nine portions: first the one made of the four elements, set in one place because of their equal change; then the seven wandering stars; and the ninth, the fixed sphere; and so reach the perfect number, above the nine, the tenth portion, the knowledge of God; in short, longing for the Maker after the creation. That is why the tithes of the ephah and of the sacrifices were brought to God, and the feast of the Passover began from the tenth day, being a passing over from every passion and every object of sense. The one who knows is fixed in faith; but the one wise in his own conceit willingly does not lay hold of the truth, using unstable and unsettled impulses. Fittingly, then, it is written: “And Cain went out from the presence of God and dwelt in the land of Nod, opposite Eden.” Nod is interpreted “tossing,” and Eden “delight”; and the delight is faith, knowledge, and peace, from which the one who disobeys is cast out. But the one wise in his own conceit does not wish even to begin to listen to the divine commandments; but like a self-taught man who has thrown off the reins, he willingly moves into the heaving swell, going down to what is mortal and begotten from the knowledge of the unbegotten, holding different opinions at different times. “Those who have no guidance fall like leaves.” Reason and the ruling faculty, which remain unstumbling and lead the soul, are called its pilot; for truly the approach to the unchangeable is by what is unchangeable.
2.11.52Stählin 2:141
οὕτως Ἀβραὰμ ἑστὼς ἦν ἀπέναντι κυρίου καὶ ἐγγίσας εἶπεν· καὶ τῷ Μωυσεῖ λέγεται σὺ δὲ αὐτοῦ στῆθι μετʼ ἐμοῦ. οἱ δὲ ἀμφὶ τὸν Σίμωνα τῷ Ἑστῶτι, ὃν σέβουσιν, ἐξομοιοῦσθαι τὸν τρόπον βούλονται. ἡ πίστις οὖν ἥ τε γνῶσις τῆς ἀληθείας αἰεὶ κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ καὶ ὡσαύτως ἔχειν κατασκευάζουσι τὴν ἑλομένην αὐτὰς ψυχήν. συγγενεῖς δὲ τῷ ψεύδει μετάβασις καὶ ἐκτροπὴ καὶ ἀπόστασις, ὥσπερ τῷ γνωστικῷ ἠρεμία καὶ ἀνάπαυσις καὶ εἰρήνη. καθάπερ οὖν τὴν φιλοσοφίαν ὁ τῦφος καὶ ἡ οἴησις διαβέβληκεν, οὕτως καὶ τὴν γνῶσιν ἡ ψευδὴς γνῶσις, ἡ τε ὁμωνύμως καλουμένη, περὶ ἧς ὁ ἀπόστολος γράφων ὦ Τιμόθεε, φησίν, τὴν παραθήκην φύλαξον, ἐκτρεπόμενος τὰς βεβήλους κενοφωνίας καὶ ἀντιθέσεις τῆς ψευδωνύμου γνώσεως, ἥν τινες ἐπαγγελλόμενοι περὶ τὴν πίστιν ἠστόχησαν. ὑπὸ ταύτης ἐλεγχόμενοι τῆς φωνῆς οἱ ἀπὸ τῶν αἱρέσεων τὰς πρὸς Τιμόθεον ἀθετοῦσιν ἐπιστολάς. φέρε οὖν εἰ ὁ κύριος ἀλήθεια καὶ σοφία καὶ δύναμις θεοῦ, ὥσπερ οὖν ἐστι, δειχθείη ἂν ὅτι τῷ ὄντι γνωστικὸς ὁ τοῦτον ἐγνωκὼς καὶ τὸν πατέρα τὸν διʼ αὐτοῦ· συναίσθεται γὰρ τοῦ λέγοντος· χείλη δικαίων ἐπίσταται ὑψηλά.
houtōs Abraam hestōs ēn apenanti kyriou kai engisas eipen; kai tǭ Mōysei legetai sy de autou stēthi metʼ emou. hoi de amphi ton Simōna tǭ Hestōti, hon sebousin, exomoiousthai ton tropon boulontai. hē pistis oun hē te gnōsis tēs alētheias aiei kata ta auta kai hōsautōs echein kataskeuazousi tēn helomenēn autas psychēn. syngeneis de tǭ pseudei metabasis kai ektropē kai apostasis, hōsper tǭ gnōstikǭ ēremia kai anapausis kai eirēnē. kathaper oun tēn philosophian ho typhos kai hē oiēsis diabeblēken, houtōs kai tēn gnōsin hē pseudēs gnōsis, hē te homōnymōs kaloumenē, peri hēs ho apostolos graphōn ō Timothee, phēsin, tēn parathēkēn phylaxon, ektrepomenos tas bebēlous kenophōnias kai antitheseis tēs pseudōnymou gnōseōs, hēn tines epangellomenoi peri tēn pistin ēstochēsan. hypo tautēs elenchomenoi tēs phōnēs hoi apo tōn haireseōn tas pros Timotheon athetousin epistolas. phere oun ei ho kyrios alētheia kai sophia kai dynamis theou, hōsper oun esti, deichtheiē an hoti tǭ onti gnōstikos ho touton egnōkōs kai ton patera ton diʼ autou; synaisthetai gar tou legontos; cheilē dikaiōn epistatai hypsēla.
So Abraham was standing before the Lord, and drawing near he spoke; and to Moses it is said, “But you stand here with me.” The followers of Simon wish to be made like in character to the Standing One whom they worship. Faith, then, and the knowledge of the truth make the soul that has chosen them always the same and in the same state. Change, turning aside, and falling away are akin to falsehood, as quiet, rest, and peace are to the one who knows. As, then, conceit and self-importance have brought philosophy into disrepute, so false knowledge, which is called by the same name, has brought knowledge into disrepute; of which the apostle writes, “O Timothy, guard the deposit, avoiding the profane empty talk and contradictions of what is falsely called knowledge, which some have professed and so missed the mark concerning the faith.” Convicted by this saying, those of the heresies reject the letters to Timothy. Come, then: if the Lord is truth and wisdom and power of God, as indeed he is, it would be shown that the one who has known him, and the Father through him, is truly the one who knows. For he perceives the one who says, “The lips of the righteous know high things.”
Miscellanies 2, chapter 12
2.12.53Stählin 2:141–142
Τῆς δὲ πίστεως καθάπερ τοῦ χρόνου διττῶν ὄντων εὕροιμεν ἂν διττὰς ἀρετὰς συνοικούσας ἀμφοῖν. τοῦ γὰρ χρόνου τῷ μὲν παρῳχηκότι ἡ μνήμη, τῷ δὲ μέλλοντι ἐλπίς ἐστι· πιστεύομεν δὲ τὰ παρῳχηκότα γεγονέναι καὶ τὰ μέλλοντα ἔσεσθαι· ἀγαπῶμέν τε αὖ, οὕτως ἔχειν τὰ παρῳχηκότα πίστει πεπεισμένοι, τὰ μέλλοντα ἐλπίδι ἀπεκδεχόμενοι. διὰ πάντων γὰρ ἡ ἀγάπη τῷ γνωστικῷ πεφοίτηκεν ἕνα θεὸν εἰδότι· καὶ ἰδού, πάντα ὅσα δεδημιούργηκε λίαν καλὰ οἶδέν τε καὶ θαυμάζει· θεοσέβεια δὲ προστίθησι μῆκος βίου καὶ φόβος κυρίου προστίθησιν ἡμέρας. ὡς οὖν αἱ ἡμέραι μόριον βίου τοῦ κατʼ ἐπανάβασιν, οὕτω καὶ ὁ φόβος τῆς ἀγάπης ἀρχή, κατὰ παραύξησιν πίστις γινόμενος, εἶτα ἀγάπη· ἀλλʼ οὐχ ὡς φοβοῦμαι τὸ θηρίον καὶ μισῶ (διττοῦ τυγχάνοντος τοῦ φόβου), ὡς δὲ καὶ τὸν πατέρα δέδια, ὃν φοβοῦμαι ἅμα καὶ ἀγαπῶ· πάλιν, φοβούμενος μὴ κολασθῶ, ἐμαυτὸν ἀγαπῶ, αἱρούμενος τὸν φόβον· ὁ δὲ φοβούμενος προσκόψαι τῷ πατρὶ ἀγαπᾷ αὐτόν. μακάριος οὖν ὃς πιστὸς γίνεται, ἀγάπῃ καὶ φόβῳ κεκραμένος· πίστις δὲ ἰσχὺς εἰς σωτηρίαν καὶ δύναμις εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον.
Tēs de pisteōs kathaper tou chronou dittōn ontōn heuroimen an dittas aretas synoikousas amphoin. tou gar chronou tǭ men parǭchēkoti hē mnēmē, tǭ de mellonti elpis esti; pisteuomen de ta parǭchēkota gegonenai kai ta mellonta esesthai; agapōmen te au, houtōs echein ta parǭchēkota pistei pepeismenoi, ta mellonta elpidi apekdechomenoi. dia pantōn gar hē agapē tǭ gnōstikǭ pephoitēken hena theon eidoti; kai idou, panta hosa dedēmiourgēke lian kala oiden te kai thaumazei; theosebeia de prostithēsi mēkos biou kai phobos kyriou prostithēsin hēmeras. hōs oun hai hēmerai morion biou tou katʼ epanabasin, houtō kai ho phobos tēs agapēs archē, kata parauxēsin pistis ginomenos, eita agapē; allʼ ouch hōs phoboumai to thērion kai misō (dittou tynchanontos tou phobou), hōs de kai ton patera dedia, hon phoboumai hama kai agapō; palin, phoboumenos mē kolasthō, emauton agapō, hairoumenos ton phobon; ho de phoboumenos proskopsai tǭ patri agapą auton. makarios oun hos pistos ginetai, agapę̄ kai phobǭ kekramenos; pistis de ischys eis sōtērian kai dynamis eis zōēn aiōnion.
As faith, like time, is twofold, we would find two virtues dwelling with both. For of time, memory belongs to the past and hope to the future. We believe that past things have happened and that future things will be; and again we love, persuaded by faith that past things are so, and awaiting future things in hope. For love has passed through everything for the one who knows, since he knows one God; and “behold, all things” that he has made are “very good,” he knows and wonders at them. And godliness adds length of life, and “the fear of the Lord adds days.” As, then, days are a part of life that advances, so fear too is the beginning of love, becoming faith by growth, and then love. But not as I fear a wild beast and hate it (for fear is twofold), but as I also stand in awe of my father, whom I fear and love at the same time. Again, fearing lest I be punished, I love myself, choosing fear; but the one who fears to offend his father loves him. Blessed, then, is the one who becomes faithful, blended of love and fear. And faith is strength for salvation and power for eternal life.
2.12.54Stählin 2:142
πάλιν ἡ προφητεία πρόγνωσίς ἐστιν, ἡ δὲ γνῶσις προφητείας νόησις, οἷον γνῶσις τῶν ἐκείνοις προεγνωσμένων ὑπὸ τοῦ προφαίνοντος τὰ πάντα κυρίου. ἡ τοίνυν γνῶσις τῶν προαγορευθέντων τριττὴν ἐνδείκνυται τὴν ἔκβασιν, ἢ γεγονυῖαν πάλαι ἢ ἐνεστηκυῖαν ἤδη ἢ ἔσεσθαι μέλλουσαν. εἶθʼ αἱ μὲν ἀκρότητες ὑποπεπτώκασι πίστει ἢ τελεσθέντων ἢ ἐλπιζομένων, πειθὼ δὲ παρέχει ἡ ἐνεστηκυῖα ἐνέργεια πρὸς τὴν βεβαίωσιν ἀμφοῖν τοῖν ἄκροιν. εἰ γὰρ μιᾶς οὔσης τῆς προφητείας τὸ μὲν ἤδη τελεῖται, τὸ δὲ πεπλήρωται, πιστὸν ἐντεῦθεν καὶ τὸ ἐλπιζόμενον καὶ τὸ παρῳχηκὸς ἀληθές. πρότερον γὰρ ἐνεστὸς ἦν, εἶτα ἡμῖν παρῴχηκεν, ὡς εἶναι καὶ τὴν τῶν παρῳχηκότων πίστιν κατάληψιν παρῳχηκότος, καὶ τὴν τῶν ἐσομένων ἐλπίδα κατάληψιν ἐσομένου πράγματος. τὰς δὲ συγκαταθέσεις οὐ μόνον οἱ ἀπὸ Πλάτωνος, ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς Στοᾶς ἐφʼ ἡμῖν εἶναι λέγουσιν.
palin hē prophēteia prognōsis estin, hē de gnōsis prophēteias noēsis, hoion gnōsis tōn ekeinois proegnōsmenōn hypo tou prophainontos ta panta kyriou. hē toinyn gnōsis tōn proagoreuthentōn trittēn endeiknytai tēn ekbasin, ē gegonuian palai ē enestēkuian ēdē ē esesthai mellousan. eithʼ hai men akrotētes hypopeptōkasi pistei ē telesthentōn ē elpizomenōn, peithō de parechei hē enestēkuia energeia pros tēn bebaiōsin amphoin toin akroin. ei gar mias ousēs tēs prophēteias to men ēdē teleitai, to de peplērōtai, piston enteuthen kai to elpizomenon kai to parǭchēkos alēthes. proteron gar enestos ēn, eita hēmin parǭchēken, hōs einai kai tēn tōn parǭchēkotōn pistin katalēpsin parǭchēkotos, kai tēn tōn esomenōn elpida katalēpsin esomenou pragmatos. tas de synkatatheseis ou monon hoi apo Platōnos, alla kai hoi apo tēs Stoas ephʼ hēmin einai legousin.
Again, prophecy is foreknowledge, and knowledge is the understanding of prophecy, that is, knowledge of what was foreknown by the prophets from the Lord, who reveals all things beforehand. The knowledge of what was foretold, then, shows a threefold outcome: either one that happened long ago, or one already present, or one that is to come. Then the extremes fall under faith, either of things accomplished or of things hoped for, while the present working supplies persuasion for the confirmation of both extremes. For if, prophecy being one, part is now being fulfilled and part has been fulfilled, then from this the thing hoped for is trustworthy and the thing past is true. For it was first present, then it has passed for us; so that faith in past things is the apprehension of a past thing, and hope in future things the apprehension of a future thing. And not only the Platonists but also the Stoics say that assents rest with us.
2.12.55Stählin 2:142–143
πᾶσα οὖν δόξα καὶ κρίσις καὶ ὑπόληψις καὶ μάθησις, οἷς ζῶμεν καὶ σύνεσμεν αἰεὶ τῷ γένει τῶν ἀνθρώπων, συγκατάθεσίς ἐστιν· ἣ δʼ οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἢ πίστις εἴη ἄν, ἥ τε ἀπιστία, ἀπόστασις οὖσα τῆς πίστεως, δυνατὴν δείκνυσι τὴν συγκατάθεσίν τε καὶ πίστιν· ἀνυπαρξίας γὰρ στέρησις οὐκ ἂν λεχθείη. κἄν τις τἀληθὲς σκοπῇ, εὑρήσει τὸν ἄνθρωπον φύσει διαβεβλημένον μὲν πρὸς τὴν τοῦ ψεύδους συγκατάθεσιν, ἔχοντα δὲ ἀφορμὰς πρὸς πίστιν τἀληθοῦς. ἡ τοίνυν συνέχουσα τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, ὥς φησιν ὁ Ποιμήν, ἀρετὴ ἡ πίστις ἐστί, διʼ ἧς σῴζονται οἱ ἐκλεκτοὶ τοῦ θεοῦ· ἡ δὲ ἀνδριζομένη ἐγκράτεια. ἕπεται δʼ αὐταῖς ἁπλότης, ἐπιστήμη, ἀκακία, σεμνότης, ἀγάπη. πᾶσαι δὲ αὗται πίστεώς εἰσι θυγατέρες. καὶ πάλιν· προηγεῖται μὲν πίστις, φόβος δὲ οἰκοδομεῖ, τελειοῖ δὲ ἡ ἀγάπη. φοβητέον οὖν τὸν κύριον, λέγει, εἰς οἰκοδομήν, ἀλλʼ οὐ τὸν διάβολον εἰς καταστροφήν. ἔμπαλιν δέ· τὰ μὲν ἔργα τοῦ κυρίου, τουτέστι τὰς ἐντολάς, ἀγαπητέον καὶ ποιητέον, τὰ δὲ ἔργα τοῦ διαβόλου φοβητέον καὶ οὐ ποιητέον· ὁ μὲν γὰρ τοῦ θεοῦ φόβος παιδεύει καὶ εἰς ἀγάπην ἀποκαθίστησιν, ὁ δὲ τῶν τοῦ διαβόλου ἔργων μῖσος ἔχει σύνοικον. ὁ δὲ αὐτὸς καὶ τὴν μετάνοιαν σύνεσιν εἶναί φησι μεγάλην· μετανοῶν γὰρ ἐφʼ οἷς ἔδρασεν οὐκέτι ποιεῖ ἢ λέγει, βασανίζων δὲ ἐφʼ οἷς ἥμαρτεν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ψυχὴν ἀγαθοεργεῖ. ἄφεσις τοίνυν ἁμαρτιῶν μετανοίας διαφέρει, ἄμφω δὲ δείκνυσι τὰ ἐφʼ ἡμῖν.
pasa oun doxa kai krisis kai hypolēpsis kai mathēsis, hois zōmen kai synesmen aiei tǭ genei tōn anthrōpōn, synkatathesis estin; hē dʼ ouden allo ē pistis eiē an, hē te apistia, apostasis ousa tēs pisteōs, dynatēn deiknysi tēn synkatathesin te kai pistin; anyparxias gar sterēsis ouk an lechtheiē. kan tis talēthes skopę̄, heurēsei ton anthrōpon physei diabeblēmenon men pros tēn tou pseudous synkatathesin, echonta de aphormas pros pistin talēthous. hē toinyn synechousa tēn ekklēsian, hōs phēsin ho Poimēn, aretē hē pistis esti, diʼ hēs sǭzontai hoi eklektoi tou theou; hē de andrizomenē enkrateia. hepetai dʼ autais haplotēs, epistēmē, akakia, semnotēs, agapē. pasai de hautai pisteōs eisi thygateres. kai palin; proēgeitai men pistis, phobos de oikodomei, teleioi de hē agapē. phobēteon oun ton kyrion, legei, eis oikodomēn, allʼ ou ton diabolon eis katastrophēn. empalin de; ta men erga tou kyriou, toutesti tas entolas, agapēteon kai poiēteon, ta de erga tou diabolou phobēteon kai ou poiēteon; ho men gar tou theou phobos paideuei kai eis agapēn apokathistēsin, ho de tōn tou diabolou ergōn misos echei synoikon. ho de autos kai tēn metanoian synesin einai phēsi megalēn; metanoōn gar ephʼ hois edrasen ouketi poiei ē legei, basanizōn de ephʼ hois hēmarten tēn heautou psychēn agathoergei. aphesis toinyn hamartiōn metanoias diapherei, amphō de deiknysi ta ephʼ hēmin.
Every opinion, then, and judgment, supposition, and learning, by which we live and are always in company with the human race, is an assent; and this would be nothing other than faith. And unbelief, being a departure from faith, shows that assent and faith are possible; for a privation of what does not exist could not be spoken of. And if one examines the truth, he will find that man is by nature misled into assenting to falsehood, but has starting points for faith in the truth. The virtue, then, that holds the church together, as the Shepherd says, is faith, through which the elect of God are saved; and the manly one is self-control. And following them are simplicity, knowledge, innocence, reverence, love; and all these are daughters of faith. And again: “Faith leads, fear builds up, and love perfects.” The Lord, then, he says, must be feared for building up, but not the devil for destruction. And conversely: the works of the Lord, that is, the commandments, must be loved and done; but the works of the devil must be feared and not done. For the fear of God trains and restores to love; but the fear of the works of the devil has hatred dwelling with it. The same writer also says that repentance is great understanding; for the one who repents of what he has done no longer does or says it, but, tormenting his own soul for the sins he committed, he does good. Forgiveness of sins, then, differs from repentance; but both show what rests with us.
Miscellanies 2, chapter 13
2.13.56Stählin 2:143
Τὸν οὖν εἰληφότα τὴν ἄφεσιν τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν οὐκέτι ἁμαρτάνειν χρή. ἐπὶ γὰρ τῇ πρώτῃ καὶ μόνῃ μετανοίᾳ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν (αὕτη ἂν εἴη τῶν προϋπαρξάντων κατὰ τὸν ἐθνικὸν καὶ πρῶτον βίον, τὸν ἐν ἀγνοίᾳ λέγω) αὐτίκα τοῖς κληθεῖσι πρόκειται μετάνοια ἡ καθαίρουσα τὸν τόπον τῆς ψυχῆς ἀπὸ τῶν πλημμελημάτων, ἵνα ἡ πίστις θεμελιωθῇ. καρδιογνώστης δὲ ὢν ὁ κύριος καὶ τὰ μέλλοντα προγινώσκων τό τε εὐμετάβολον τοῦ ἀνθρώπου καὶ τὸ παλίμβολον καὶ πανοῦργον τοῦ διαβόλου ἄνωθεν ἀρχῆθεν προεῖδεν, ὡς ζηλώσας ἐπὶ τῇ ἀφέσει τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν τὸν ἄνθρωπον προστρίψεταί τινας αἰτίας τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων τοῖς δούλοις τοῦ θεοῦ, φρονίμως πονηρευόμενος, ὅπως δὴ καὶ αὐτοὶ συνεκπέσοιεν αὐτῷ.
Ton oun eilēphota tēn aphesin tōn hamartiōn ouketi hamartanein chrē. epi gar tę̄ prōtę̄ kai monę̄ metanoią tōn hamartiōn (hautē an eiē tōn proÿparxantōn kata ton ethnikon kai prōton bion, ton en agnoią legō) autika tois klētheisi prokeitai metanoia hē kathairousa ton topon tēs psychēs apo tōn plēmmelēmatōn, hina hē pistis themeliōthę̄. kardiognōstēs de ōn ho kyrios kai ta mellonta proginōskōn to te eumetabolon tou anthrōpou kai to palimbolon kai panourgon tou diabolou anōthen archēthen proeiden, hōs zēlōsas epi tę̄ aphesei tōn hamartiōn ton anthrōpon prostripsetai tinas aitias tōn hamartēmatōn tois doulois tou theou, phronimōs ponēreuomenos, hopōs dē kai autoi synekpesoien autǭ.
The one who has received the forgiveness of sins, then, must sin no longer. For as to the first and only repentance for sins (this would be for sins committed before, in the first, pagan life, I mean the life in ignorance), at once there is set before those who have been called this repentance, which cleanses the place of the soul from offenses, so that faith may be founded. But the Lord, who knows the heart and foreknows the future, foresaw from the beginning both the changeableness of man and the treachery and cunning of the devil: how, jealous of man for the forgiveness of sins, he would contrive occasions of sin for the servants of God, wickedly and shrewdly, so that they too might fall together with him.
2.13.57Stählin 2:143–144
ἔδωκεν οὖν ἄλλην ἔτι τοῖς κἀν τῇ πίστει περιπίπτουσί τινι πλημμελήματι πολυέλεος ὢν μετάνοιαν δευτέραν, ἵνʼ, εἴ τις ἐκπειρασθείη μετὰ τὴν κλῆσιν, βιασθεὶς δὲ καὶ κατασοφισθείς, μίαν ἔτι μετάνοιαν ἀμετανόητον λάβῃ. ἑκουσίως γὰρ ἁμαρτανόντων ἡμῶν μετὰ τὸ λαβεῖν τὴν ἐπίγνωσιν τῆς ἀληθείας, οὐκέτι περὶ ἁμαρτιῶν ἀπολείπεται θυσία, φοβερὰ δέ τις ἐκδοχὴ κρίσεως καὶ πυρὸς ζῆλος ἐσθίειν μέλλοντος τοὺς ὑπεναντίους. αἱ δὲ συνεχεῖς καὶ ἐπάλληλοι ἐπὶ τοῖς ἁμαρτήμασι μετάνοιαι οὐδὲν τῶν καθάπαξ μὴ πεπιστευκότων διαφέρουσιν ἢ μόνῳ τῷ συναίσθεσθαι ὅτι ἁμαρτάνουσι· καὶ οὐκ οἶδʼ ὁπότερον αὐτοῖν χεῖρον, ἢ τὸ εἰδότα ἁμαρτάνειν ἢ μετανοήσαντα ἐφʼ οἷς ἥμαρτεν πλημμελεῖν αὖθις· τῷ ἐλέγχεσθαι γὰρ ἑκατέρωθεν ἡ ἁμαρτία φαίνεται, ἣ μὲν ἐπὶ τῷ πραχθῆναι καταγινωσκομένη πρὸς τοῦ ἐργάτου τῆς ἀνομίας, ἣ δὲ τὸ πραχθησόμενον προγινώσκοντος ὡς φαῦλον ἐπιχειροῦντος. καὶ ὃ μὲν θυμῷ χαρίζεται ἴσως καὶ ἡδονῇ, οὐκ ἀγνοῶν τίσι χαρίζεται· ὃ δὲ ἐφʼ οἷς ἐχαρίσατο μετανοῶν, εἶτα παλινδρομῶν αὖθις εἰς ἡδονήν, συνάπτει τῷ τὴν ἀρχὴν ἑκουσίως ἐξαμαρτάνοντι· ἐφʼ ᾧ γάρ τις μετενόησεν, αὖθις τοῦτο ποιῶν, οὗ πράσσει κατεγνωκώς.
edōken oun allēn eti tois kan tę̄ pistei peripiptousi tini plēmmelēmati polyeleos ōn metanoian deuteran, hinʼ, ei tis ekpeirastheiē meta tēn klēsin, biastheis de kai katasophistheis, mian eti metanoian ametanoēton labę̄. hekousiōs gar hamartanontōn hēmōn meta to labein tēn epignōsin tēs alētheias, ouketi peri hamartiōn apoleipetai thysia, phobera de tis ekdochē kriseōs kai pyros zēlos esthiein mellontos tous hypenantious. hai de synecheis kai epallēloi epi tois hamartēmasi metanoiai ouden tōn kathapax mē pepisteukotōn diapherousin ē monǭ tǭ synaisthesthai hoti hamartanousi; kai ouk oidʼ hopoteron autoin cheiron, ē to eidota hamartanein ē metanoēsanta ephʼ hois hēmarten plēmmelein authis; tǭ elenchesthai gar hekaterōthen hē hamartia phainetai, hē men epi tǭ prachthēnai kataginōskomenē pros tou ergatou tēs anomias, hē de to prachthēsomenon proginōskontos hōs phaulon epicheirountos. kai ho men thymǭ charizetai isōs kai hēdonę̄, ouk agnoōn tisi charizetai; ho de ephʼ hois echarisato metanoōn, eita palindromōn authis eis hēdonēn, synaptei tǭ tēn archēn hekousiōs examartanonti; ephʼ hǭ gar tis metenoēsen, authis touto poiōn, hou prassei kategnōkōs.
He therefore, being very merciful, gave to those who, even in faith, fall into some offense, a second repentance, so that if anyone should be tempted after the calling, being overpowered and deceived, he might receive one more repentance not to be repented of. “For if we sin willfully after receiving the knowledge of the truth, there no longer remains a sacrifice for sins, but a fearful expectation of judgment and a zeal of fire that will consume the adversaries.” But continual and repeated repentances for sins differ in nothing from those who have not believed at all, except only in being aware that they sin. And I do not know which of the two is worse, to sin knowingly, or, having repented of one's sins, to offend again. For in both cases sin appears by being convicted: in the one it is condemned by the worker of lawlessness in the act itself; in the other, by one who foreknows what he is about to do and undertakes it as bad. And the one perhaps gratifies anger and pleasure, not ignorant of what he gratifies; but the one who, repenting of what he gratified, then runs back again to pleasure, is joined with the one who sins willfully from the beginning. For the one who does again what he repented of, having condemned what he does,
2.13.58Stählin 2:144
τοῦτο ἑκὼν ἐπιτελεῖ. ὁ μὲν οὖν ἐξ ἐθνῶν καὶ τῆς προβιότητος ἐκείνης ἐπὶ τὴν πίστιν ὁρμήσας, ἅπαξ ἔτυχεν ἀφέσεως ἁμαρτιῶν· ὁ δὲ καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα ἁμαρτήσας, εἶτα μετανοῶν, κἂν συγγνώμης τυγχάνῃ, αἰδεῖσθαι ὀφείλει, μηκέτι λουόμενος εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν. δεῖ γὰρ οὐ τὰ εἴδωλα μόνον καταλιπεῖν ἃ πρότερον ἐξεθείαζεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ ἔργα τοῦ προτέρου βίου τὸν οὐκ ἐξ αἱμάτων οὐδὲ ἐκ θελήματος σαρκός, ἐν πνεύματι δὲ ἀναγεννώμενον· ὅπερ εἴη ἂν τὸ μὴ εἰς ταὐτὸν ὑπενεχθέντα πλημμέλημα μετανοῆσαι· μελέτη γὰρ ἔμπαλιν ἁμαρτιῶν τὸ πολλάκις μετανοεῖν καὶ ἐπιτηδειότης εἰς εὐτρεψίαν ἐξ ἀνασκησίας.
touto hekōn epitelei. ho men oun ex ethnōn kai tēs probiotētos ekeinēs epi tēn pistin hormēsas, hapax etychen apheseōs hamartiōn; ho de kai meta tauta hamartēsas, eita metanoōn, kan syngnōmēs tynchanę̄, aideisthai opheilei, mēketi louomenos eis aphesin hamartiōn. dei gar ou ta eidōla monon katalipein ha proteron exetheiazen, alla kai ta erga tou proterou biou ton ouk ex haimatōn oude ek thelēmatos sarkos, en pneumati de anagennōmenon; hoper eiē an to mē eis tauton hypenechthenta plēmmelēma metanoēsai; meletē gar empalin hamartiōn to pollakis metanoein kai epitēdeiotēs eis eutrepsian ex anaskēsias.
does this willingly. The one, then, who has come to faith from the Gentiles and that former life has obtained forgiveness of sins once. But the one who has sinned after this and then repents, even if he obtains pardon, ought to feel shame, since he is no longer washed for the forgiveness of sins. For the one who is born, “not of blood nor of the will of the flesh,” but anew in the Spirit, must abandon not only the idols he formerly deified, but also the works of his former life. And this would mean not falling again into the same offense and repenting of it. For repenting often is, on the contrary, a practice of sins and a readiness for fickleness from lack of discipline.
2.13.59Stählin 2:144–145
δόκησις τοίνυν μετανοίας, οὐ μετάνοια, τὸ πολλάκις αἰτεῖσθαι συγγνώμην ἐφʼ οἷς πλημμελοῦμεν πολλάκις· δικαιοσύνη δὲ ἀμώμους ὀρθοτομεῖ ὁδούς, κέκραγεν ἡ γραφή. καὶ πάλιν αὖ· ἡ τοῦ ἀκάκου δικαιοσύνη κατορθώσει τὴν ὁδὸν αὐτοῦ. ναὶ μὴν καθὼς οἰκτείρει πατὴρ υἱούς, ᾠκτείρησεν κύριος τοὺς φοβουμένους αὐτὸν ὁ Δαβὶδ γράφει· οἱ σπείροντες οὖν ἐν δάκρυσιν ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει θεριοῦσι τῶν ἐν μετανοίᾳ ἐξομολογουμένων· μακάριοι γὰρ πάντες οἱ φοβούμενοι τὸν κύριον. ὁρᾷς τὸν τοῖς ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ ἐμφερῆ μακαρισμόν; μὴ φοβοῦ, φησίν, ὅταν πλουτήσῃ ἄνθρωπος, καὶ ὅταν πληθυνθῇ ἡ δόξα τοῦ οἴκου αὐτοῦ· ὅτι οὐκ ἐν τῷ ἀποθνῄσκειν αὐτὸν λήψεται τὰ πάντα, οὐδὲ συγκαταβήσεται αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα αὐτοῦ. ἐγὼ δὲ ἐν τῷ ἐλέει σου εἰσελεύσομαι εἰς τὸν οἶκόν σου, προσκυνήσω πρὸς ναὸν ἅγιόν σου ἐν φόβῳ σου. κύριε, ὁδήγησόν με ἐν τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ σου. Ὁρμὴ μὲν οὖν φορὰ διανοίας ἐπί τι ἢ ἀπό του· πάθος δὲ πλεονάζουσα ὁρμὴ ἢ ὑπερτείνουσα τὰ κατὰ τὸν λόγον μέτρα, ἢ ὁρμὴ ἐκφερομένη καὶ ἀπειθὴς λόγῳ· παρὰ φύσιν οὖν κίνησις ψυχῆς κατὰ τὴν πρὸς τὸν λόγον ἀπείθειαν τὰ πάθη (ἡ δʼ ἀπόστασις καὶ ἔκστασις καὶ ἀπείθεια ἐφʼ ἡμῖν, ὥσπερ καὶ ἡ ὑπακοὴ ἐφʼ ἡμῖν· διὸ καὶ τὰ ἑκούσια κρίνεται)· αὐτίκα καθʼ ἓν ἕκαστον τῶν παθῶν εἴ τις ἐπεξίοι, ἀλόγους ὀρέξεις εὕροι ἂν αὐτά.
dokēsis toinyn metanoias, ou metanoia, to pollakis aiteisthai syngnōmēn ephʼ hois plēmmeloumen pollakis; dikaiosynē de amōmous orthotomei hodous, kekragen hē graphē. kai palin au; hē tou akakou dikaiosynē katorthōsei tēn hodon autou. nai mēn kathōs oikteirei patēr huious, ǭkteirēsen kyrios tous phoboumenous auton ho Dabid graphei; hoi speirontes oun en dakrysin en agalliasei theriousi tōn en metanoią exomologoumenōn; makarioi gar pantes hoi phoboumenoi ton kyrion. horąs ton tois en tǭ euangeliǭ empherē makarismon? mē phobou, phēsin, hotan ploutēsę̄ anthrōpos, kai hotan plēthynthę̄ hē doxa tou oikou autou; hoti ouk en tǭ apothnę̄skein auton lēpsetai ta panta, oude synkatabēsetai autǭ hē doxa autou. egō de en tǭ eleei sou eiseleusomai eis ton oikon sou, proskynēsō pros naon hagion sou en phobǭ sou. kyrie, hodēgēson me en tę̄ dikaiosynę̄ sou. Hormē men oun phora dianoias epi ti ē apo tou; pathos de pleonazousa hormē ē hyperteinousa ta kata ton logon metra, ē hormē ekpheromenē kai apeithēs logǭ; para physin oun kinēsis psychēs kata tēn pros ton logon apeitheian ta pathē (hē dʼ apostasis kai ekstasis kai apeitheia ephʼ hēmin, hōsper kai hē hypakoē ephʼ hēmin; dio kai ta hekousia krinetai); autika kathʼ hen hekaston tōn pathōn ei tis epexioi, alogous orexeis heuroi an auta.
The appearance of repentance, then, not repentance, is to ask often for pardon for the offenses we often commit. “But righteousness cuts straight blameless ways,” Scripture has cried out. And again: “The righteousness of the innocent will set his way straight.” Yes indeed, “As a father pities his sons, the Lord has pitied those who fear him,” David writes. “Those who sow in tears will reap in joy,” those who confess in repentance; “for blessed are all who fear the Lord.” Do you see the blessing like those in the Gospel? “Do not be afraid,” it says, “when a man becomes rich, and when the glory of his house is increased; for when he dies he will take nothing with him, nor will his glory go down with him.” “But I, in your mercy, will enter your house; I will worship toward your holy temple in fear of you. Lord, lead me in your righteousness.” Impulse, then, is a movement of the mind toward or away from something; and passion is an excessive impulse, or one exceeding the measures of reason, or an impulse carried away and disobedient to reason. Passions, then, are a movement of the soul contrary to nature, in disobedience to reason (and departure, frenzy, and disobedience rest with us, as obedience also rests with us; which is why voluntary acts are judged). Indeed, if one should go through each of the passions one by one, he would find them to be irrational desires.
Miscellanies 2, chapter 14
2.14.60Stählin 2:145–146
Τὸ γοῦν ἀκούσιον οὐ κρίνεται (διττὸν δὲ τοῦτο, τὸ μὲν γινόμενον μετʼ ἀγνοίας, τὸ δὲ ἀνάγκῃ)· ἐπεὶ πῶς ἂν καὶ δικάσειας περὶ τῶν κατὰ τοὺς ἀκουσίους τρόπους ἁμαρτάνειν λεγομένων; ἢ γὰρ αὑτόν τις ἠγνόησεν, ὡς Κλεομένης καὶ Ἀθάμας οἱ μανέντες, ἢ τὸ πρᾶγμα ὃ πράσσει, ὡς Αἰσχύλος τὰ μυστήρια ἐπὶ σκηνῆς ἐξειπὼν ἐν Ἀρίῳ πάγῳ κριθεὶς οὕτως ἀφείθη ἐπιδείξας αὑτὸν μὴ μεμυημένον, ἢ τὸ περὶ ὃν πράττεται ἀγνοήσαι ἄν τις, ὥσπερ ὁ τὸν ἀντίπαλον ἀφεὶς καὶ ἀποκτείνας οἰκεῖον ἀντὶ τοῦ πολεμίου, ἢ τὸ ἐν τίνι πράττεται, καθάπερ ὁ ταῖς ἐσφαιρωμέναις λόγχαις γυμναζόμενος καὶ ἀποκτείνας τινὰ τοῦ δόρατος ἀποβαλόντος τὴν σφαῖραν, ἢ τὸ παρὰ τὸ πῶς, ὡς ὁ ἐν σταδίῳ ἀποκτείνας τὸν ἀνταγωνιστήν (οὐ γὰρ θανάτου, ἀλλὰ νίκης χάριν ἠγωνίζετο), ἢ τὸ οὗ ἕνεκα πράττεται, οἷον ὁ ἰατρὸς δέδωκεν ἀντίδοτον ὑγιεινὴν καὶ ἀπέκτεινεν, ὃ δὲ οὐ τούτου χάριν δέδωκεν, ἀλλὰ τοῦ σῶσαι.
To goun akousion ou krinetai (ditton de touto, to men ginomenon metʼ agnoias, to de anankę̄); epei pōs an kai dikaseias peri tōn kata tous akousious tropous hamartanein legomenōn? ē gar hauton tis ēgnoēsen, hōs Kleomenēs kai Athamas hoi manentes, ē to pragma ho prassei, hōs Aischylos ta mystēria epi skēnēs exeipōn en Ariǭ pagǭ kritheis houtōs apheithē epideixas hauton mē memyēmenon, ē to peri hon prattetai agnoēsai an tis, hōsper ho ton antipalon apheis kai apokteinas oikeion anti tou polemiou, ē to en tini prattetai, kathaper ho tais esphairōmenais lonchais gymnazomenos kai apokteinas tina tou doratos apobalontos tēn sphairan, ē to para to pōs, hōs ho en stadiǭ apokteinas ton antagōnistēn (ou gar thanatou, alla nikēs charin ēgōnizeto), ē to hou heneka prattetai, hoion ho iatros dedōken antidoton hygieinēn kai apekteinen, ho de ou toutou charin dedōken, alla tou sōsai.
The involuntary, at any rate, is not judged (and it is twofold: what happens with ignorance, and what happens by necessity). For how could you judge those said to sin in involuntary ways? For either someone was ignorant of himself, like Cleomenes and Athamas, who went mad; or of the act he does, as Aeschylus, who divulged the mysteries on the stage, was tried on the Areopagus and acquitted when he showed that he had not been initiated; or one might be ignorant of the one toward whom it is done, like the man who let fly at his opponent and killed a kinsman instead of the enemy; or of the thing with which it is done, like the man exercising with spears tipped with buttons who killed someone when the spear shed its button; or of the manner, like the man who killed his competitor in the stadium (for he was contending not for death but for victory); or of the purpose for which it is done, as when a physician gave a healthful remedy and killed, but gave it not for this purpose but to save.
2.14.61Stählin 2:146
Ἐκράτει μὲν οὖν ὁ νόμος τότε καὶ τὸν ἀκουσίως φονεύσαντα ὡς τὸν ἀκουσίως γονορρυῆ, ἀλλʼ οὐ κατʼ ἴσον τῷ ἑκουσίως. καίτοι κἀκεῖνος ὡς ἐπὶ ἑκουσίῳ κολασθήσεται, εἴ τις μεταγάγοι τὸ πάθος ἐπὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν· τῷ ὄντι γὰρ κολαστέος ὁ ἀκρατὴς τοῦ γονίμου λόγου. ὃ καὶ αὐτὸ πάθος ἐστὶ ψυχῆς ἄλογον, ἐγγὺς ἀδολεσχίας ἰόν· πιστὸς δὲ ᾕρηται πνοῇ κρύπτειν πράγματα. τὰ προαιρετικὰ τοίνυν κρίνεται. κύριος γὰρ ἐτάζει καρδίας καὶ νεφρούς· καὶ ὁ ἐμβλέψας πρὸς ἐπιθυμίαν κρίνεται. διὸ μηδὲ ἐπιθυμήσῃς λέγει καὶ ὁ λαὸς οὗτος τοῖς χείλεσί με τιμᾷ φησίν, ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἐστὶν ἀπʼ ἐμοῦ. εἰς αὐτὴν γὰρ ἀφορᾷ τὴν γνώμην ὁ θεός, ἐπεὶ καὶ τὴν Λὼτ γυναῖκα ἐπιστραφεῖσαν μόνον ἑκουσίως ἐπὶ τὴν κακίαν τὴν κοσμικὴν κατέλιπεν ἀναίσθητον, ὡς λίθον δείξας ἁλατίνην καὶ στήσας εἰς τὸ μὴ πρόσω χωρεῖν, οὐ μωρὰν καὶ ἄπρακτον εἰκόνα, ἀρτῦσαι δὲ καὶ στῦψαι τὸν πνευματικῶς διορᾶν δυνάμενον.
Ekratei men oun ho nomos tote kai ton akousiōs phoneusanta hōs ton akousiōs gonorryē, allʼ ou katʼ ison tǭ hekousiōs. kaitoi kakeinos hōs epi hekousiǭ kolasthēsetai, ei tis metagagoi to pathos epi tēn alētheian; tǭ onti gar kolasteos ho akratēs tou gonimou logou. ho kai auto pathos esti psychēs alogon, engys adoleschias ion; pistos de hę̄rētai pnoę̄ kryptein pragmata. ta proairetika toinyn krinetai. kyrios gar etazei kardias kai nephrous; kai ho emblepsas pros epithymian krinetai. dio mēde epithymēsę̄s legei kai ho laos houtos tois cheilesi me timą phēsin, hē de kardia autōn porrō estin apʼ emou. eis autēn gar aphorą tēn gnōmēn ho theos, epei kai tēn Lōt gynaika epistrapheisan monon hekousiōs epi tēn kakian tēn kosmikēn katelipen anaisthēton, hōs lithon deixas halatinēn kai stēsas eis to mē prosō chōrein, ou mōran kai aprakton eikona, artysai de kai stypsai ton pneumatikōs dioran dynamenon.
The law at that time held liable even the one who killed involuntarily, as it did the one who had an involuntary emission, but not equally with the one who acted voluntarily. And yet even he will be punished as for a voluntary act, if one transfers the condition to the truth; for truly the one who has no control over the generative word is to be punished. This too is an irrational passion of the soul, bordering on idle talk; but “the faithful one has chosen to hide matters in his breath.” Deliberate acts, then, are judged. For “the Lord examines hearts and kidneys”; and “the one who looks with desire” is judged. That is why it says, “You shall not desire”; and “This people honors me with their lips,” it says, “but their heart is far from me.” For God looks at the intention itself, since also Lot's wife, who only turned back willingly toward worldly vice, he left without sense, showing her as a pillar of salt and fixing her so that she could not go farther, not a foolish and useless image, but one to season and preserve the one able to see spiritually.
Miscellanies 2, chapter 15
2.15.62Stählin 2:146
Τὸ δʼ ἑκούσιον ἢ τὸ κατʼ ὄρεξίν ἐστιν ἢ τὸ κατὰ προαίρεσιν ἢ τὸ κατὰ διάνοιαν. αὐτίκα παράκειταί πως ταῦτα ἀλλήλοις, ἁμάρτημα, ἀτύχημα, ἀδίκημα. καὶ ἔστιν ἁμάρτημα μὲν φέρε εἰπεῖν τὸ τρυφητικῶς καὶ ἀσελγῶς βιοῦν, ἀτύχημα δὲ τὸ φίλον ὡς πολέμιον ὑπʼ ἀγνοίας βαλεῖν, ἀδίκημα δὲ ἡ τυμβωρυχία ἢ ἡ ἱεροσυλία. τὸ δὲ ἁμαρτάνειν ἐκ τοῦ ἀγνοεῖν κρίνειν ὅ τι χρὴ ποιεῖν συνίσταται, ἢ τοῦ ἀδυνατεῖν ποιεῖν, ὥσπερ ἀμέλει καὶ βόθρῳ περιπίπτει τις ἤτοι ἀγνοήσας ἢ ἀδυνατήσας ὑπερβῆναι διʼ ἀσθένειαν σώματος. ἀλλʼ ἐφʼ ἡμῖν γε ἥ τε πρὸς τὴν παιδείαν ἡμῶν παράστασις ἥ τε πρὸς τὰς ἐντολὰς ὑπακοή.
To dʼ hekousion ē to katʼ orexin estin ē to kata proairesin ē to kata dianoian. autika parakeitai pōs tauta allēlois, hamartēma, atychēma, adikēma. kai estin hamartēma men phere eipein to tryphētikōs kai aselgōs bioun, atychēma de to philon hōs polemion hypʼ agnoias balein, adikēma de hē tymbōrychia ē hē hierosylia. to de hamartanein ek tou agnoein krinein ho ti chrē poiein synistatai, ē tou adynatein poiein, hōsper amelei kai bothrǭ peripiptei tis ētoi agnoēsas ē adynatēsas hyperbēnai diʼ astheneian sōmatos. allʼ ephʼ hēmin ge hē te pros tēn paideian hēmōn parastasis hē te pros tas entolas hypakoē.
The voluntary is either what is according to appetite, or according to choice, or according to thought. Now these lie somehow close to one another: a sin, a mishap, a wrong. A sin, for example, is living luxuriously and licentiously; a mishap is striking a friend, through ignorance, as an enemy; a wrong is robbing tombs or temples. Sinning arises from ignorance in judging what one ought to do, or from inability to do it, as indeed someone falls into a pit either not knowing of it or unable to get over it through bodily weakness. But it rests with us, at any rate, to present ourselves for our training and to obey the commandments.
2.15.63Stählin 2:146–147
ὧν εἰ μὴ μετέχειν βουληθείημεν θυμῷ τε καὶ ἐπιθυμίᾳ ἐκδότους σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ἐπιδόντες, ἁμαρτησόμεθα, μᾶλλον δὲ ἀδικήσομεν τὴν ἑαυτῶν ψυχήν. ὁ μὲν γὰρ Λάιος ἐκεῖνος κατὰ τὴν τραγῳδίαν φησίν· λέληθεν δέ με οὐθὲν τῶνδε ὧν σὺ νουθετεῖς, γνώμην δʼ ἔχοντά με ἡ φύσις βιάζεται· τουτέστι τὸ ἔκδοτον γεγενῆσθαι τῷ πάθει. ἡ Μήδεια δὲ καὶ αὐτὴ ὁμοίως ἐπὶ τῆς σκηνῆς βοᾷ· καὶ μανθάνω μὲν οἶα δρᾶν μέλλω κακά, θυμὸς δὲ κρείσσων τῶν ἐμῶν βουλευμάτων. ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ Αἴας σιωπᾷ, μέλλων δὲ ἑαυτὸν ἀποσφάττειν κέκραγεν· οὐδὲν οὖν ἦν πῆμα ἐλευθέρου ψυχὴν δάκνον οὕτως ἀνδρὸς ὡς ἀτιμία· οὕτως πέπονθα καί με † συμφοροῦσα βαθεῖα κηλὶς ἐκ βυθῶν ἀναστρέφει λύσσης πικροῖς κέντροισιν ἠρεθισμένον.
hōn ei mē metechein boulētheiēmen thymǭ te kai epithymią ekdotous sphas autous epidontes, hamartēsometha, mallon de adikēsomen tēn heautōn psychēn. ho men gar Laios ekeinos kata tēn tragǭdian phēsin; lelēthen de me outhen tōnde hōn sy noutheteis, gnōmēn dʼ echonta me hē physis biazetai; toutesti to ekdoton gegenēsthai tǭ pathei. hē Mēdeia de kai autē homoiōs epi tēs skēnēs boą; kai manthanō men oia dran mellō kaka, thymos de kreissōn tōn emōn bouleumatōn. allʼ oude Aias siōpą, mellōn de heauton aposphattein kekragen; ouden oun ēn pēma eleutherou psychēn daknon houtōs andros hōs atimia; houtōs pepontha kai me † symphorousa batheia kēlis ek bythōn anastrephei lyssēs pikrois kentroisin ērethismenon.
If we are unwilling to take part in these, giving ourselves up to anger and desire, we will sin, or rather we will wrong our own soul. For that famous Laius, according to the tragedy, says: “None of these things you warn me of escapes me; but though I have judgment, nature forces me”; that is, he has become given over to passion. And Medea likewise cries out on the stage: “I understand what evils I am about to do, but anger is stronger than my plans.” Nor is Ajax silent, but, about to slay himself, he cries out: “No pain, then, so bites the soul of a free man as dishonor. So I have suffered, and a deep stain … stirs me up from the depths, provoked by the bitter goads of madness.”
2.15.64Stählin 2:147–148
τούτους μὲν οὖν ὁ θυμός, μυρίους δὲ ἄλλους ἡ ἐπιθυμία τραγῳδεῖ, τὴν Φαίδραν, τὴν Ἄνθειαν, τὴν Ἐριφύλην, ἣ χρυσὸν φίλου ἀνδρὸς ἐδέξατο τιμήεντα. τὸν γὰρ κωμικὸν ἐκεῖνον Θρασωνίδην ἄλλη σκηνὴ παιδισκάριόν με φησὶν εὐτελὲς καταδεδούλωκεν. Ἀτύχημα μὲν οὖν παράλογός ἐστιν ἁμαρτία, ἡ δὲ ἁμαρτία ἀκούσιος ἀδικία, ἀδικία δὲ ἑκούσιος κακία. ἔστιν οὖν ἡ μὲν ἁμαρτία ἐμὸν ἀκούσιον. διὸ καί φησιν· ἁμαρτία γὰρ ὑμῶν οὐ κυριεύσει· οὐ γάρ ἐστε ὑπὸ νόμον, ἀλλʼ ὑπὸ χάριν, τοῖς ἤδη πεπιστευκόσι λέγων, ὅτι τῷ μώλωπι αὐτοῦ ἡμεῖς ἰάθημεν. ἀτυχία δέ ἐστιν ἄλλου εἰς ἐμὲ πρᾶξις ἀκούσιος, ἡ δὲ ἀδικία μόνη εὑρίσκεται ἑκούσιος εἴτε ἐμὴ εἴτε ἄλλου.
toutous men oun ho thymos, myrious de allous hē epithymia tragǭdei, tēn Phaidran, tēn Antheian, tēn Eriphylēn, hē chryson philou andros edexato timēenta. ton gar kōmikon ekeinon Thrasōnidēn allē skēnē paidiskarion me phēsin euteles katadedoulōken. Atychēma men oun paralogos estin hamartia, hē de hamartia akousios adikia, adikia de hekousios kakia. estin oun hē men hamartia emon akousion. dio kai phēsin; hamartia gar hymōn ou kyrieusei; ou gar este hypo nomon, allʼ hypo charin, tois ēdē pepisteukosi legōn, hoti tǭ mōlōpi autou hēmeis iathēmen. atychia de estin allou eis eme praxis akousios, hē de adikia monē heurisketai hekousios eite emē eite allou.
Anger, then, makes tragedy of these, and desire of countless others: Phaedra, Anthea, Eriphyle, “who accepted precious gold for her dear husband.” And another stage has that comic Thrasonides saying, “A cheap little slave girl has enslaved me.” A mishap, then, is an unexpected sin; a sin is an involuntary wrong; and a wrong is voluntary vice. Sin, then, is my own involuntary act. That is why he says, “For sin will not have dominion over you, for you are not under law but under grace,” speaking to those who have already believed, that “by his wound we were healed.” A mishap is another's involuntary act against me; but a wrong alone is found to be voluntary, whether mine or another's.
2.15.65Stählin 2:148
Ταύτας δʼ αἰνίσσεται τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν τὰς διαφορὰς ὁ ψαλμῳδὸς μακαρίους λέγων ὧν ὁ θεὸς τὰς μὲν ἀπήλειψεν ἀνομίας, τὰς δὲ ἐπεκάλυψεν ἁμαρτίας, οὐκ ἐλογίσατό τε τὰς ἄλλας καὶ ἀφῆκε τὰς λοιπάς. γέγραπται γάρ· ›μακάριοι ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι, καὶ ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι· μακάριος ἀνὴρ ᾧ οὐ μὴ λογίσηται κύριος ἁμαρτίαν, οὐδὲ ἔστιν ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ δόλος·‹ οὗτος ὁ μακαρισμὸς ἐγένετο ἐπὶ τοὺς ἐκλελεγμένους ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν. καλύπτει μὲν γὰρ ἀγάπη πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν, ἀπαλείφει δὲ ὁ τὴν μετάνοιαν μᾶλλον τοῦ ἁμαρτωλοῦ ἢ τὸν θάνατον αἱρούμενος.
Tautas dʼ ainissetai tōn hamartiōn tas diaphoras ho psalmǭdos makarious legōn hōn ho theos tas men apēleipsen anomias, tas de epekalypsen hamartias, ouk elogisato te tas allas kai aphēke tas loipas. gegraptai gar; ›makarioi hōn aphethēsan hai anomiai, kai hōn epekalyphthēsan hai hamartiai; makarios anēr hǭ ou mē logisētai kyrios hamartian, oude estin en tǭ stomati autou dolos;‹ houtos ho makarismos egeneto epi tous eklelegmenous hypo tou theou dia Iēsou Christou tou kyriou hēmōn. kalyptei men gar agapē plēthos hamartiōn, apaleiphei de ho tēn metanoian mallon tou hamartōlou ē ton thanaton hairoumenos.
The psalmist hints at these differences among sins when he calls blessed those some of whose lawless acts God has wiped out, some of whose sins he has covered, others he has not counted, and the rest he has forgiven. For it is written: “Blessed are those whose lawless acts are forgiven and whose sins are covered; blessed is the man to whom the Lord will not count sin, and in whose mouth there is no deceit.” This blessing came upon those who have been chosen by God through Jesus Christ our Lord. For “love covers a multitude of sins,” and he who chooses the repentance of the sinner rather than his death wipes them out.
2.15.66Stählin 2:148
οὐ λογίζονται δὲ ὅσαι μὴ κατὰ προαίρεσιν συνίστανται· ὁ γὰρ ἐπιθυμήσας ἤδη μεμοίχευκε φησίν. ἀφίησί τε τὰς ἁμαρτίας ὁ φωτίζων λόγος· καὶ ἐν τῷ καιρῷ ἐκείνῳ, φησὶν ὁ κύριος, ζητήσουσιν τὴν ἀδικίαν Ἰσραήλ, καὶ οὐχ ὑπάρξει, καὶ τὰς ἁμαρτίας Ἰούδα, καὶ οὐ μὴ εὑρεθῶσιν, ὅτι τίς ὥσπερ ἐγώ; καὶ τίς ἀντιστήσεται κατὰ πρόσωπόν μου; ὁρᾷς ἕνα θεὸν καταγγελλόμενον ἀγαθόν, τῶν κατʼ ἀξίαν ἀπονεμητικόν τε καὶ ἀφετικὸν ἁμαρτημάτων. φαίνεται δὲ καὶ Ἰωάννης ἐν τῇ μείζονι ἐπιστολῇ τὰς διαφορὰς τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἐκδιδάσκων ἐν τούτοις· ἐάν τις ἴδῃ τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ ἁμαρτάνοντα ἁμαρτίαν μὴ πρὸς θάνατον, αἰτήσει, καὶ δώσει αὐτῷ ζωήν, τοῖς ἁμαρτάνουσι μὴ πρὸς θάνατον εἶπεν· ἔστι γὰρ ἁμαρτία πρὸς θάνατον· οὐ περὶ ἐκείνης λέγω, ἵνα ἐρωτήσῃ τις. πᾶσα ἀδικία ἁμαρτία ἐστί.
ou logizontai de hosai mē kata proairesin synistantai; ho gar epithymēsas ēdē memoicheuke phēsin. aphiēsi te tas hamartias ho phōtizōn logos; kai en tǭ kairǭ ekeinǭ, phēsin ho kyrios, zētēsousin tēn adikian Israēl, kai ouch hyparxei, kai tas hamartias Iouda, kai ou mē heurethōsin, hoti tis hōsper egō? kai tis antistēsetai kata prosōpon mou? horąs hena theon katangellomenon agathon, tōn katʼ axian aponemētikon te kai aphetikon hamartēmatōn. phainetai de kai Iōannēs en tę̄ meizoni epistolę̄ tas diaphoras tōn hamartiōn ekdidaskōn en toutois; ean tis idę̄ ton adelphon autou hamartanonta hamartian mē pros thanaton, aitēsei, kai dōsei autǭ zōēn, tois hamartanousi mē pros thanaton eipen; esti gar hamartia pros thanaton; ou peri ekeinēs legō, hina erōtēsę̄ tis. pasa adikia hamartia esti.
Those are not counted that do not arise from choice; for “he who has desired,” it says, “has already committed adultery.” And the Word who enlightens forgives sins: “And in that time,” says the Lord, “they will seek the injustice of Israel, and it will not exist, and the sins of Judah, and they will not be found. For who is like me? And who will stand against my face?” You see one God proclaimed as good, rendering what is deserved and forgiving sins. And John too, in his larger letter, is seen teaching the differences among sins in these words: “If anyone sees his brother sinning a sin not unto death, he will ask, and he will give him life,” he said, for those who sin not unto death; “for there is a sin unto death; I do not say that one should ask about that. All injustice is sin,
2.15.67Stählin 2:148–149
καὶ ἔστιν ἁμαρτία μὴ πρὸς θάνατον. ἀλλὰ καὶ Δαβὶδ καὶ πρὸ Δαβὶδ ὁ Μωυσῆς τῶν τριῶν δογμάτων τὴν γνῶσιν ἐμφαίνουσιν διὰ τούτων· μακάριος ἀνὴρ ὃς οὐκ ἐπορεύθη ἐν βουλῇ ἀσεβῶν, καθὼς οἱ ἰχθύες πορεύονται ἐν σκότει εἰς τὰ βάθη· οἱ γὰρ λεπίδα μὴ ἔχοντες· ὧν ἀπαγορεύει Μωυσῆς ἐφάπτεσθαι, κάτω τῆς θαλάσσης νέμονται· οὐδὲ ἐν ὁδῷ ἁμαρτωλῶν ἔστη, καθὼς οἱ δοκοῦντες φοβεῖσθαι τὸν κύριον ἁμαρτάνουσιν ὡς ὁ χοῖρος· πεινῶν γὰρ κραυγάζει, πληρωθεὶς δὲ τὸν δεσπότην οὐ γνωρίζει· οὐδὲ ἐπὶ καθέδραν λοιμῶν ἐκάθισεν, καθὼς τὰ πτηνὰ εἰς ἁρπαγὴν ἕτοιμα. παρῄνεσε δὲ Μωυσῆς· οὐ φάγεσθε χοῖρον οὐδὲ ἀετὸν οὐδὲ ὀξύπτερον οὐδὲ κόρακα οὐδὲ πάντʼ ἰχθὺν ὃς οὐκ ἔχει λεπίδα ἐν αὑτῷ. ταῦτα μὲν ὁ Βαρνάβας. ἀκήκοα δʼ ἔγωγε σοφοῦ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἀνδρὸς βουλὴν μὲν ἀσεβῶν τὰ ἔθνη λέγοντος, ὁδὸν δὲ ἁμαρτωλῶν τὴν Ἰουδαϊκὴν ὑπόληψιν καὶ καθέδραν λοιμῶν τὰς αἱρέσεις ἐκλαμβάνοντος.
kai estin hamartia mē pros thanaton. alla kai Dabid kai pro Dabid ho Mōysēs tōn triōn dogmatōn tēn gnōsin emphainousin dia toutōn; makarios anēr hos ouk eporeuthē en boulę̄ asebōn, kathōs hoi ichthyes poreuontai en skotei eis ta bathē; hoi gar lepida mē echontes; hōn apagoreuei Mōysēs ephaptesthai, katō tēs thalassēs nemontai; oude en hodǭ hamartōlōn estē, kathōs hoi dokountes phobeisthai ton kyrion hamartanousin hōs ho choiros; peinōn gar kraugazei, plērōtheis de ton despotēn ou gnōrizei; oude epi kathedran loimōn ekathisen, kathōs ta ptēna eis harpagēn hetoima. parę̄nese de Mōysēs; ou phagesthe choiron oude aeton oude oxypteron oude koraka oude pantʼ ichthyn hos ouk echei lepida en hautǭ. tauta men ho Barnabas. akēkoa dʼ egōge sophou ta toiauta andros boulēn men asebōn ta ethnē legontos, hodon de hamartōlōn tēn Ioudaïkēn hypolēpsin kai kathedran loimōn tas haireseis eklambanontos.
and there is sin not unto death.” But David too, and before David Moses, show knowledge of the three doctrines in these words: “Blessed is the man who has not walked in the counsel of the ungodly,” as the fish go in darkness into the depths; for those that do not have scales, which Moses forbids us to touch, feed at the bottom of the sea; “nor stood in the way of sinners,” as those who seem to fear the Lord sin like the pig, for when hungry it squeals, but when full it does not know its master; “nor sat in the seat of the pestilent,” as the birds ready for plunder. And Moses exhorted: “You shall not eat the pig, nor the eagle, nor the hawk, nor the raven, nor any fish that has no scales on it.” So says Barnabas. But I myself have heard a wise man explaining such things, taking “the counsel of the ungodly” to be the Gentiles, “the way of sinners” the Jewish belief, and “the seat of the pestilent” the heresies.
2.15.68Stählin 2:149
ἕτερος δὲ κυριώτερον ἔλεγεν τὸν μὲν πρῶτον μακαρισμὸν τετάχθαι ἐπὶ τῶν μὴ κατακολουθησάντων ταῖς γνώμαις ταῖς πονηραῖς, ταῖς ἀποστατησάσαις τοῦ θεοῦ, τὸν δεύτερον δὲ ἐπὶ τῶν τῇ εὐρυχώρῳ καὶ πλατείᾳ ὁδῷ οὐκ ἐμμενόντων, ἢ τῶν ἐν νόμῳ τραφέντων ἢ καὶ τῶν ἐξ ἐθνῶν μετανενοηκότων· καθέδρα δὲ λοιμῶν καὶ τὰ θέατρα καὶ τὰ δικαστήρια εἴη ἂν ἤ, ὅπερ καὶ μᾶλλον, ἡ ἐξακολούθησις ταῖς πονηραῖς καὶ ταῖς λυμαντικαῖς ἐξουσίαις καὶ ἡ κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν κοινωνία. ἀλλʼ ἢ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ κυρίου τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ· ὁ Πέτρος ἐν τῷ Κηρύγματι νόμον καὶ λόγον τὸν κύριον προσεῖπεν. δοκεῖ καὶ ἄλλως τριῶν ἀποχὴν ἁμαρτίας τρόπων διδάσκειν ὁ νομοθέτης, τῶν μὲν ἐν λόγῳ διὰ τῶν ἰχθύων τῶν ἀναύδων· ἔστι γὰρ τῷ ὄντι οὗ σιγὴ λόγου διαφέρει· ἔστι καὶ σιγῆς ἀκίνδυνον γέρας· τῶν δὲ ἐν ἔργῳ διὰ τῶν ἁρπακτικῶν καὶ σαρκοβόρων ὀρνέων· χοῖρος βορβόρῳ ἥδεται καὶ κόπρῳ·
heteros de kyriōteron elegen ton men prōton makarismon tetachthai epi tōn mē katakolouthēsantōn tais gnōmais tais ponērais, tais apostatēsasais tou theou, ton deuteron de epi tōn tę̄ eurychōrǭ kai plateią hodǭ ouk emmenontōn, ē tōn en nomǭ traphentōn ē kai tōn ex ethnōn metanenoēkotōn; kathedra de loimōn kai ta theatra kai ta dikastēria eiē an ē, hoper kai mallon, hē exakolouthēsis tais ponērais kai tais lymantikais exousiais kai hē kata ta erga autōn koinōnia. allʼ ē en tǭ nomǭ kyriou to thelēma autou; ho Petros en tǭ Kērygmati nomon kai logon ton kyrion proseipen. dokei kai allōs triōn apochēn hamartias tropōn didaskein ho nomothetēs, tōn men en logǭ dia tōn ichthyōn tōn anaudōn; esti gar tǭ onti hou sigē logou diapherei; esti kai sigēs akindynon geras; tōn de en ergǭ dia tōn harpaktikōn kai sarkoborōn orneōn; choiros borborǭ hēdetai kai koprǭ;
Another said more properly that the first blessing is set down for those who have not followed the evil opinions that have fallen away from God; the second for those who do not remain on the broad and wide way, whether those brought up in the law or those from the Gentiles who have repented; while “the seat of the pestilent” would be the theaters and the law courts, or, what is more likely, following the evil and destructive powers and sharing in their works. “But his will is in the law of the Lord.” Peter, in the Preaching, called the Lord “Law and Word.” The lawgiver also seems to teach, in another way, abstinence from three kinds of sin: sins in word, through the voiceless fish (for there is indeed a case where silence is better than speech; “there is also a safe reward for silence”); sins in deed, through the rapacious and flesh-eating birds; the pig delights in mud and dung,
2.15.69Stählin 2:149–150
καὶ χρὴ μηδὲ τὴν συνείδησιν ἔχειν μεμολυσμένην. εἰκότως οὖν φησιν ὁ προφήτης· οὐχ οὕτως, φησίν, οἱ ἀσεβεῖς, ἀλλʼ ἢ ὡσεὶ χνοῦς ὃν ἐκρίπτει ὁ ἄνεμος ἀπὸ προσώπου τῆς γῆς. διὰ τοῦτο οὐκ ἀναστήσονται ἀσεβεῖς ἐν κρίσει (οἱ ἤδη κατακεκριμένοι, ἐπεὶ ὁ μὴ πιστεύων ἤδη κέκριται), οὐδὲ οἱ ἁμαρτωλοὶ ἐν βουλῇ δικαίων (οἱ ἤδη κατεγνωσμένοι εἰς τὸ μὴ ἑνωθῆναι τοῖς ἀπταίστως βεβιωκόσιν), ὅτι γινώσκει κύριος ὁδὸν δικαίων, καὶ ὁδὸς ἀσεβῶν ἀπολεῖται. πάλιν ὁ κύριος δείκνυσιν ἄντικρυς ἐφʼ ἡμῖν καὶ τὰ παραπτώματα καὶ τὰ πλημμελήματα, τρόπους θεραπείας καταλλήλους τοῖς πάθεσιν ὑποτιθέμενος, πρὸς τῶν ποιμένων ἐπανορθοῦσθαι βουλόμενος ἡμᾶς διὰ Ἰεζεκιήλ, αἰτιώμενος αὐτῶν, οἶμαι, τινὰς ἐφʼ οἷς οὐκ ἐτήρησαν τὰς ἐντολάς· τὸ ἠσθενηκὸς οὐκ ἐνισχύσατε καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς ἕως καὶ οὐκ ἦν ὁ ἐπιζητῶν οὐδὲ ὁ ἀποστρέφων· μεγάλη γὰρ χαρὰ παρὰ τῷ πατρὶ ἑνὸς ἁμαρτωλοῦ σωθέντος, ὁ κύριός φησι. ταύτῃ πλέον ἐπαινετὸς ὁ Ἀβραὰμ ὅτι ἐπορεύθη καθάπερ ἐλάλησεν αὐτῷ ὁ κύριος.
kai chrē mēde tēn syneidēsin echein memolysmenēn. eikotōs oun phēsin ho prophētēs; ouch houtōs, phēsin, hoi asebeis, allʼ ē hōsei chnous hon ekriptei ho anemos apo prosōpou tēs gēs. dia touto ouk anastēsontai asebeis en krisei (hoi ēdē katakekrimenoi, epei ho mē pisteuōn ēdē kekritai), oude hoi hamartōloi en boulę̄ dikaiōn (hoi ēdē kategnōsmenoi eis to mē henōthēnai tois aptaistōs bebiōkosin), hoti ginōskei kyrios hodon dikaiōn, kai hodos asebōn apoleitai. palin ho kyrios deiknysin antikrys ephʼ hēmin kai ta paraptōmata kai ta plēmmelēmata, tropous therapeias katallēlous tois pathesin hypotithemenos, pros tōn poimenōn epanorthousthai boulomenos hēmas dia Iezekiēl, aitiōmenos autōn, oimai, tinas ephʼ hois ouk etērēsan tas entolas; to ēsthenēkos ouk enischysate kai ta hexēs heōs kai ouk ēn ho epizētōn oude ho apostrephōn; megalē gar chara para tǭ patri henos hamartōlou sōthentos, ho kyrios phēsi. tautę̄ pleon epainetos ho Abraam hoti eporeuthē kathaper elalēsen autǭ ho kyrios.
and one must not have a defiled conscience either. Fittingly, then, the prophet says: “Not so the ungodly, but like the chaff that the wind drives away from the face of the earth. Therefore the ungodly will not rise in judgment” (those already condemned, since “he who does not believe is already judged”), “nor sinners in the counsel of the righteous” (those already condemned so as not to be united with those who have lived without stumbling), “for the Lord knows the way of the righteous, and the way of the ungodly will perish.” Again the Lord shows plainly that both trespasses and offenses rest with us, setting out ways of healing suited to the passions, wishing us to be corrected by the shepherds through Ezekiel, blaming some of them, I think, for not keeping the commandments: “You have not strengthened the weak,” and so on until, “and there was none who sought or turned back.” For “there is great joy with the Father when one sinner is saved,” says the Lord. In this way Abraham is more praiseworthy, because “he went as the Lord had told him.”
2.15.70Stählin 2:150
ἐντεῦθεν ἀρυσάμενός τις τῶν παρʼ Ἕλλησι σοφῶν τὸ ἕπου θεῷ ἀπεφθέγξατο. οἱ δὲ εὐσεβεῖς φησὶν Ἡσαΐας συνετὰ ἐβουλεύσαντο. βουλὴ δέ ἐστι ζήτησις περὶ τοῦ πῶς ἂν ἐν τοῖς παροῦσι πράγμασιν ὀρθῶς διεξάγοιμεν, εὐβουλία δὲ φρόνησις πρὸς τὰ βουλεύματα. τί δέ; οὐχὶ καὶ ὁ θεὸς μετὰ τὴν ἐπὶ τῷ Κάιν συγγνώμην ἀκολούθως οὐ πολλῷ ὕστερον τὸν μετανοήσαντα Ἐνὼχ εἰσάγει δηλῶν ὅτι συγγνώμην μετάνοια πέφυκε γεννᾶν; ἡ συγγνώμη δὲ οὐ κατὰ ἄφεσιν, ἀλλὰ κατὰ ἴασιν συνίσταται. τὸ δʼ αὐτὸ γίνεται κἀν τῇ κατὰ τὸν Ἀαρὼν τοῦ λαοῦ μοσχοποιίᾳ. ἐντεῦθέν τις τῶν παρʼ Ἕλλησι σοφῶν συγγνώμη τιμωρίας κρείσσων ἀπεφθέγξατο, ὥσπερ ἀμέλει καὶ τὸ ἐγγύα, πάρα δʼ ἄτα ἀπὸ τῆς Σολομῶντος φωνῆς λεγούσης· υἱέ, ἐὰν ἐγγυήσῃ σὸν φίλον, παραδώσεις σὴν χεῖρα ἐχθρῷ· παγὶς γὰρ ἀνδρὶ ἰσχυρὰ τὰ ἴδια χείλη, καὶ ἁλίσκεται ῥήμασιν ἰδίου στόματος. μυστικώτερον δὲ ἤδη τὸ γνῶθι σαυτὸν ἐκεῖθεν εἴληπται· εἶδες τὸν ἀδελφόν σου, εἶδες τὸν θεόν σου.
enteuthen arysamenos tis tōn parʼ Hellēsi sophōn to hepou theǭ apephthenxato. hoi de eusebeis phēsin Hēsaïas syneta ebouleusanto. boulē de esti zētēsis peri tou pōs an en tois parousi pragmasin orthōs diexagoimen, euboulia de phronēsis pros ta bouleumata. ti de? ouchi kai ho theos meta tēn epi tǭ Kain syngnōmēn akolouthōs ou pollǭ hysteron ton metanoēsanta Enōch eisagei dēlōn hoti syngnōmēn metanoia pephyke gennan? hē syngnōmē de ou kata aphesin, alla kata iasin synistatai. to dʼ auto ginetai kan tę̄ kata ton Aarōn tou laou moschopoiią. enteuthen tis tōn parʼ Hellēsi sophōn syngnōmē timōrias kreissōn apephthenxato, hōsper amelei kai to engya, para dʼ ata apo tēs Solomōntos phōnēs legousēs; huie, ean engyēsę̄ son philon, paradōseis sēn cheira echthrǭ; pagis gar andri ischyra ta idia cheilē, kai halisketai rhēmasin idiou stomatos. mystikōteron de ēdē to gnōthi sauton ekeithen eilēptai; eides ton adelphon sou, eides ton theon sou.
From this one of the wise among the Greeks drew the saying, “Follow God.” “But the godly,” says Isaiah, “have counseled wise things.” Counsel is inquiry into how we might conduct ourselves rightly in present circumstances, and good counsel is prudence regarding our counsels. What then? Does not God too, after his pardon of Cain, fittingly introduce not long afterward Enoch, who repented, showing that repentance naturally begets pardon? And pardon consists not in remission but in healing. The same thing happens in the people's making of the calf under Aaron. From this one of the wise among the Greeks said, “Pardon is better than punishment,” as indeed also “Give a pledge, and ruin is at hand” comes from the saying of Solomon: “Son, if you become surety for your friend, you will deliver your hand to an enemy; for a man's own lips are a strong snare, and he is caught by the words of his own mouth.” And more mystically “Know yourself” has been taken from there: “You have seen your brother, you have seen your God.”
2.15.71Stählin 2:150–151
ταύτῃ που ἀγαπήσεις κύριον τὸν θεόν σου, ἐξ ὅλης καρδίας καὶ τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν· ἐν ταύταις λέγει ταῖς ἐντολαῖς ὅλον τὸν νόμον καὶ τοὺς προφήτας κρέμασθαί τε καὶ ἐξηρτῆσθαι. συνᾴδει τούτοις κἀκεῖνα· ταῦτα λελάληκα ὑμῖν, ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ πληρωθῇ. αὕτη δέ ἐστιν ἡ ἐντολὴ ἡ ἐμή, ἵνα ἀγαπᾶτε ἀλλήλους καθὼς ἠγάπησα ὑμᾶς· ἐλεήμων γὰρ καὶ οἰκτίρμων ὁ κύριος, καὶ χρηστὸς κύριος τοῖς σύμπασι. σαφέστερον δὲ τὸ γνῶθι σαυτὸν παρεγγυῶν ὁ Μωυσῆς λέγει πολλάκις· πρόσεχε σεαυτῷ. ἐλεημοσύναις οὖν καὶ πίστεσιν ἀποκαθαίρονται ἁμαρτίαι· τῷ δὲ φόβῳ κυρίου ἐκκλίνει πᾶς ἀπὸ κακοῦ. φόβος δὲ κυρίου παιδεία καὶ σοφία.
tautę̄ pou agapēseis kyrion ton theon sou, ex holēs kardias kai ton plēsion sou hōs seauton; en tautais legei tais entolais holon ton nomon kai tous prophētas kremasthai te kai exērtēsthai. synądei toutois kakeina; tauta lelalēka hymin, hina hē chara hē emē plērōthę̄. hautē de estin hē entolē hē emē, hina agapate allēlous kathōs ēgapēsa hymas; eleēmōn gar kai oiktirmōn ho kyrios, kai chrēstos kyrios tois sympasi. saphesteron de to gnōthi sauton parengyōn ho Mōysēs legei pollakis; proseche seautǭ. eleēmosynais oun kai pistesin apokathairontai hamartiai; tǭ de phobǭ kyriou ekklinei pas apo kakou. phobos de kyriou paideia kai sophia.
In this way, I suppose, “You shall love the Lord your God with all your heart, and your neighbor as yourself.” On these commandments, he says, the whole law and the prophets hang and depend. With these the following agree: “These things I have spoken to you, that my joy may be fulfilled. And this is my commandment, that you love one another as I have loved you.” “For the Lord is merciful and compassionate, and the Lord is kind to all.” And Moses, enjoining “Know yourself” more clearly, often says, “Take heed to yourself.” “By acts of mercy and faithfulness, then, sins are purged; and by the fear of the Lord everyone turns away from evil.” And the fear of the Lord is instruction and wisdom.
Miscellanies 2, chapter 16
2.16.72Stählin 2:151
Ἐνταῦθα πάλιν ἐπιφύονται οἱ κατήγοροι χαρὰν καὶ λύπην πάθη ψυχῆς λέγοντες· τὴν μὲν γὰρ χαρὰν εὔλογον ἔπαρσιν ἀποδιδόασι καὶ τὸ ἀγάλλεσθαι χαίρειν ἐπὶ καλοῖς, τὸ δὲ ἔλεος λύπην ἐπὶ ἀναξίως κακοπαθοῦντι, τροπὰς δὲ εἶναι ψυχῆς καὶ πάθη τὰ τοιαῦτα. ἡμεῖς δέ, ὡς ἔοικεν, οὐ παυόμεθα τὰ τοιαῦτα σαρκικῶς νοοῦντες τὰς γραφὰς καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἡμετέρων παθῶν ἀναγόμενοι, τὸ βούλημα τοῦ ἀπαθοῦς θεοῦ ὁμοίως τοῖς ἡμεδαποῖς κινήμασιν ἀπεκδεχόμενοι· ὡς δʼ ἡμεῖς ἀκοῦσαι δυνατοί, οὕτως ἔχειν ἐπὶ τοῦ παντοκράτορος ὑπολαμβάνοντες, ἀθέως πλανώμεθα. οὐ γὰρ ὡς ἔχει τὸ θεῖον, οὕτως οἷόν τε ἦν λέγεσθαι· ἀλλʼ ὡς οἷόν τε ἦν ἐπαΐειν ἡμᾶς σαρκὶ πεπεδημένους, οὕτως ἡμῖν ἐλάλησαν οἱ προφῆται συμπεριφερομένου σωτηρίως τῇ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀσθενείᾳ τοῦ κυρίου.
Entautha palin epiphyontai hoi katēgoroi charan kai lypēn pathē psychēs legontes; tēn men gar charan eulogon eparsin apodidoasi kai to agallesthai chairein epi kalois, to de eleos lypēn epi anaxiōs kakopathounti, tropas de einai psychēs kai pathē ta toiauta. hēmeis de, hōs eoiken, ou pauometha ta toiauta sarkikōs noountes tas graphas kai apo tōn hēmeterōn pathōn anagomenoi, to boulēma tou apathous theou homoiōs tois hēmedapois kinēmasin apekdechomenoi; hōs dʼ hēmeis akousai dynatoi, houtōs echein epi tou pantokratoros hypolambanontes, atheōs planōmetha. ou gar hōs echei to theion, houtōs hoion te ēn legesthai; allʼ hōs hoion te ēn epaïein hēmas sarki pepedēmenous, houtōs hēmin elalēsan hoi prophētai symperipheromenou sōtēriōs tę̄ tōn anthrōpōn astheneią tou kyriou.
Here again the accusers fasten on us, saying that joy and grief are passions of the soul. For they define joy as a reasonable elation, and exultation as rejoicing at good things, and pity as grief at one suffering undeservedly; and such things, they say, are changes and passions of the soul. But we, it seems, do not stop understanding such things in the Scriptures in a fleshly way, and, starting from our own passions, taking the will of the passionless God to be like our own movements; and, supposing that it is with the Almighty as we are able to hear, we err godlessly. For the divine could not be spoken of as it is; but as we, fettered by flesh, were able to listen, so the prophets spoke to us, the Lord accommodating himself for our salvation to human weakness.
2.16.73Stählin 2:151–152
ἐπεὶ τοίνυν βούλημά ἐστι τοῦ θεοῦ σῴζεσθαι τὸν ταῖς ἐντολαῖς πειθήνιον τόν τε ἐκ τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων μετανοοῦντα, χαίρομεν δὲ ἡμεῖς ἐπὶ τῇ σωτηρίᾳ ἡμῶν, τὸ χαρτὸν ἡμῶν ἐξιδιοποιήσατο ὁ διὰ τῶν προφητῶν λαλήσας κύριος, καθάπερ ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ φιλανθρώπως λέγων· ἐπείνασα καὶ ἐδώκατέ μοι φαγεῖν, ἐδίψησα καὶ ἐδώκατέ μοι πιεῖν· ὃ γὰρ ἑνὶ τούτων τῶν ἐλαχίστων πεποιήκατε, ἐμοὶ πεποιήκατε. ὥσπερ οὖν τρέφεται μὴ τρεφόμενος διὰ τὸ τεθράφθαι ὅνπερ βούλεται, οὕτως ἐχάρη μὴ τραπεὶς διὰ τὸ ἐν χαρᾷ γεγονέναι τὸν μετανενοηκότα ὡς ἐβούλετο. ἐπεὶ δὲ πλουσίως ἐλεεῖ ἀγαθὸς ὢν ὁ θεὸς τάς τε ἐντολὰς διδοὺς διὰ νόμου, διὰ προφητῶν καὶ προσεχέστερον ἤδη διὰ τῆς τοῦ υἱοῦ παρουσίας σῴζων καὶ ἐλεῶν, ὡς εἴρηται, τοὺς ἠλεημένους, κυρίως τε ἐλεεῖ ὁ κρείττων τὸν ἐλάσσω, καὶ κρείττων μὲν ἄνθρωπος ἀνθρώπου οὐκ ἂν εἴη, καθὸ ἄνθρωπος πέφυκεν, κρείττων δὲ ὁ θεὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου κατὰ πάντα, εἰ τοίνυν ὁ κρείττων τὸν ἥσσω ἐλεεῖ, μόνος ἡμᾶς ὁ θεὸς ἐλεήσει. κοινωνικὸς μὲν γὰρ ἄνθρωπος ὑπὸ δικαιοσύνης γίνεται καὶ μεταδίδωσιν ὧν ἔλαβεν παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ διά τε φυσικὴν εὔνοιαν καὶ σχέσιν διά τε τὰς ἐντολὰς αἷς πείθεται·
epei toinyn boulēma esti tou theou sǭzesthai ton tais entolais peithēnion ton te ek tōn hamartēmatōn metanoounta, chairomen de hēmeis epi tę̄ sōtērią hēmōn, to charton hēmōn exidiopoiēsato ho dia tōn prophētōn lalēsas kyrios, kathaper en tǭ euangeliǭ philanthrōpōs legōn; epeinasa kai edōkate moi phagein, edipsēsa kai edōkate moi piein; ho gar heni toutōn tōn elachistōn pepoiēkate, emoi pepoiēkate. hōsper oun trephetai mē trephomenos dia to tethraphthai honper bouletai, houtōs echarē mē trapeis dia to en charą gegonenai ton metanenoēkota hōs ebouleto. epei de plousiōs eleei agathos ōn ho theos tas te entolas didous dia nomou, dia prophētōn kai prosechesteron ēdē dia tēs tou huiou parousias sǭzōn kai eleōn, hōs eirētai, tous ēleēmenous, kyriōs te eleei ho kreittōn ton elassō, kai kreittōn men anthrōpos anthrōpou ouk an eiē, katho anthrōpos pephyken, kreittōn de ho theos tou anthrōpou kata panta, ei toinyn ho kreittōn ton hēssō eleei, monos hēmas ho theos eleēsei. koinōnikos men gar anthrōpos hypo dikaiosynēs ginetai kai metadidōsin hōn elaben para tou theou dia te physikēn eunoian kai schesin dia te tas entolas hais peithetai;
Since, then, it is the will of God that the one who obeys the commandments and the one who repents of his sins should be saved, and we rejoice at our salvation, the Lord who spoke through the prophets has made our joy his own, as in the Gospel he says in his love for humankind: “I was hungry and you gave me to eat; I was thirsty and you gave me to drink. For what you have done to one of these least, you have done to me.” As, then, he is fed without being fed, because the one he wishes has been fed, so he rejoiced without being changed, because the one who repented has come to be in joy, as he wished. And since God, being good, shows mercy richly, giving the commandments through the law and the prophets, and more closely now through the coming of the Son, saving and showing mercy, as has been said, to those who have received mercy; and since properly the greater shows mercy to the lesser, and a man could not be greater than a man, insofar as he is a man, but God is greater than man in every way; if, then, the greater shows mercy to the lesser, God alone will show us mercy. For a man becomes sociable through righteousness and shares what he has received from God, both through natural goodwill and relationship and through the commandments he obeys.
2.16.74Stählin 2:152
ὁ θεὸς δὲ οὐδεμίαν ἔχει πρὸς ἡμᾶς φυσικὴν σχέσιν, ὡς οἱ τῶν αἱρέσεων κτίσται θέλουσιν, (οὔτʼ εἰ ἐκ μὴ ὄντων ποιοίη οὔτʼ εἰ ἐξ ὕλης δημιουργοίη, ἐπεὶ τὸ μὲν οὐδʼ ὅλως ὄν, ἣ δὲ κατὰ πάντα ἑτέρα τυγχάνει τοῦ θεοῦ) εἰ μή τις μέρος αὐτοῦ καὶ ὁμοουσίους ἡμᾶς τῷ τολμήσει λέγειν· καὶ οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅπως ἀνέξεταί τις ἐπαΐων τούτου θεὸν ἐγνωκώς, ἀπιδὼν εἰς τὸν βίον τὸν ἡμέτερον, ἐν ὅσοις φυρόμεθα κακοῖς. εἴη γὰρ ἂν οὕτως, ὃ μηδʼ εἰπεῖν θέμις, μερικῶς ἁμαρτάνων ὁ θεός, εἴ γε τὰ μέρη τοῦ ὅλου μέρη καὶ συμπληρωτικὰ τοῦ ὅλου, εἰ δὲ μὴ συμπληρωτικά, οὐδὲ μέρη εἴη ἄν. ἀλλὰ γὰρ φύσει πλούσιος ὢν ὁ θεὸς ἐν ἐλέῳ διὰ τὴν αὐτοῦ ἀγαθότητα κήδεται ἡμῶν μήτε μορίων ὄντων αὐτοῦ μήτε φύσει τέκνων.
ho theos de oudemian echei pros hēmas physikēn schesin, hōs hoi tōn haireseōn ktistai thelousin, (outʼ ei ek mē ontōn poioiē outʼ ei ex hylēs dēmiourgoiē, epei to men oudʼ holōs on, hē de kata panta hetera tynchanei tou theou) ei mē tis meros autou kai homoousious hēmas tǭ tolmēsei legein; kai ouk oidʼ hopōs anexetai tis epaïōn toutou theon egnōkōs, apidōn eis ton bion ton hēmeteron, en hosois phyrometha kakois. eiē gar an houtōs, ho mēdʼ eipein themis, merikōs hamartanōn ho theos, ei ge ta merē tou holou merē kai symplērōtika tou holou, ei de mē symplērōtika, oude merē eiē an. alla gar physei plousios ōn ho theos en eleǭ dia tēn autou agathotēta kēdetai hēmōn mēte moriōn ontōn autou mēte physei teknōn.
But God has no natural relationship to us, as the founders of the heresies would have it (neither if he made us from what does not exist, nor if he fashioned us from matter, since the one does not exist at all, and the other is in every way different from God), unless someone will dare to say that we are a part of him and of the same substance with him. And I do not know how anyone who has known God will bear to hear this, when he looks at our life and at the evils in which we are mixed up. For in that case God would, which it is not lawful even to say, sin in part, if indeed the parts of the whole are parts and complete the whole; and if they do not complete it, they would not be parts either. But God, being by nature “rich in mercy,” cares for us through his goodness, though we are neither parts of him nor his children by nature.
2.16.75Stählin 2:152
καὶ δὴ ἡ μεγίστη τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ ἀγαθότητος ἔνδειξις αὕτη τυγχάνει, ὅτι οὕτως ἐχόντων ἡμῶν πρὸς αὐτὸν καὶ φύσει ἀπηλλοτριωμένων παντελῶς ὅμως κήδεται. φυσικὴ μὲν γὰρ ἡ πρὸς τὰ τέκνα φιλοστοργία τοῖς ζῴοις ἥ τε ἐκ συνηθείας τοῖς ὁμογνώμοσι φιλία, θεοῦ δὲ ὁ ἔλεος εἰς ἡμᾶς πλούσιος τοὺς κατὰ μηδὲν αὐτῷ προσήκοντας, τῇ οὐσίᾳ ἡμῶν λέγω ἢ φύσει ἢ δυνάμει τῇ οἰκείᾳ τῆς οὐσίας ἡμῶν, μόνῳ δὲ τῷ ἔργον εἶναι τοῦ θελήματος αὐτοῦ· καὶ δὴ τὸν ἑκόντα μετὰ ἀσκήσεως καὶ διδασκαλίας τὴν γνῶσιν τῆς ἀληθείας ἐπανῃρημένον εἰς υἱοθεσίαν καλεῖ, τὴν μεγίστην πασῶν προκοπήν. παρανομίαι δὲ ἄνδρα ἀγρεύουσι, σειραῖς δὲ τῶν ἑαυτοῦ ἁμαρτιῶν ἕκαστος σφίγγεται, καὶ ἔστιν ὁ θεὸς ἀναίτιος· καὶ τῷ ὄντι μακάριος ἀνὴρ ὃς καταπτήσσει πάντα διʼ εὐλάβειαν.
kai dē hē megistē tēs tou theou agathotētos endeixis hautē tynchanei, hoti houtōs echontōn hēmōn pros auton kai physei apēllotriōmenōn pantelōs homōs kēdetai. physikē men gar hē pros ta tekna philostorgia tois zǭois hē te ek synētheias tois homognōmosi philia, theou de ho eleos eis hēmas plousios tous kata mēden autǭ prosēkontas, tę̄ ousią hēmōn legō ē physei ē dynamei tę̄ oikeią tēs ousias hēmōn, monǭ de tǭ ergon einai tou thelēmatos autou; kai dē ton hekonta meta askēseōs kai didaskalias tēn gnōsin tēs alētheias epanę̄rēmenon eis huiothesian kalei, tēn megistēn pasōn prokopēn. paranomiai de andra agreuousi, seirais de tōn heautou hamartiōn hekastos sphingetai, kai estin ho theos anaitios; kai tǭ onti makarios anēr hos kataptēssei panta diʼ eulabeian.
And indeed this is the greatest demonstration of God's goodness: that, though we are so related to him and wholly estranged by nature, he nevertheless cares for us. For the love of animals for their young is natural, and so is friendship among the like-minded from familiarity; but God's mercy toward us is rich, though we are in no way related to him, I mean in our substance or nature or in the power proper to our substance, but only in being the work of his will. And he calls to adoption, the greatest advance of all, the one who willingly, with discipline and teaching, has taken up the knowledge of the truth. “Lawless deeds ensnare a man, and each one is bound with the cords of his own sins”; and God is not responsible. And truly “blessed is the man who is in awe of all things” through reverence.
Miscellanies 2, chapter 17
2.17.76Stählin 2:152–153
Ὡς οὖν ἡ ἐπιστήμη ἐπιστητική ἐστιν ἕξις, ἀφʼ ἧς τὸ ἐπίστασθαι συμβαίνει, γίνεται δὲ ἡ κατάληψις αὐτῇ ἀμετάπτωτος ὑπὸ λόγου, οὕτω καὶ ἡ ἄγνοια φαντασία ἐστὶν εἴκουσα, μεταπτωτικὴ ὑπὸ λόγου, τὸ δὲ μεταπῖπτον ὡς καὶ τὸ συνασκούμενον ἐκ λόγου ἐφʼ ἡμῖν. παράκειται δὲ τῇ ἐπιστήμῃ ἥ τʼ ἐμπειρία καὶ ἡ εἴδησις σύνεσίς τε καὶ νόησις καὶ γνῶσις. καὶ ἡ μὲν εἴδησις ἐπιστήμη τῶν καθʼ ὅλου κατʼ εἶδος εἴη ἄν· ἡ δὲ ἐμπειρία ἐπιστήμη περιληπτική, ὥστε καὶ οἷόν ἐστιν ἕκαστον πολυπραγμονεῖν· νόησις δὲ ἐπιστήμη νοητοῦ· καὶ σύνεσις ἐπιστήμη συμβλητοῦ ἢ σύμβλησις ἀμετάπτωτος ἢ συμβλητικὴ δύναμις ὧν φρόνησίς ἐστι καὶ ἐπιστήμη. καὶ ἑνὸς καὶ ἑκάστου καὶ πάντων τῶν εἰς ἕνα λόγον γνῶσις δὲ ἐπιστήμη τοῦ ὄντος αὐτοῦ ἢ ἐπιστήμη σύμφωνος τοῖς γινομένοις· ἀλήθειά τε ἐπιστήμη ἀληθοῦς, ἡ δὲ ἕξις τῆς ἀληθείας ἐπιστήμη ἀληθῶν.
Hōs oun hē epistēmē epistētikē estin hexis, aphʼ hēs to epistasthai symbainei, ginetai de hē katalēpsis autę̄ ametaptōtos hypo logou, houtō kai hē agnoia phantasia estin eikousa, metaptōtikē hypo logou, to de metapipton hōs kai to synaskoumenon ek logou ephʼ hēmin. parakeitai de tę̄ epistēmę̄ hē tʼ empeiria kai hē eidēsis synesis te kai noēsis kai gnōsis. kai hē men eidēsis epistēmē tōn kathʼ holou katʼ eidos eiē an; hē de empeiria epistēmē perilēptikē, hōste kai hoion estin hekaston polypragmonein; noēsis de epistēmē noētou; kai synesis epistēmē symblētou ē symblēsis ametaptōtos ē symblētikē dynamis hōn phronēsis esti kai epistēmē. kai henos kai hekastou kai pantōn tōn eis hena logon gnōsis de epistēmē tou ontos autou ē epistēmē symphōnos tois ginomenois; alētheia te epistēmē alēthous, hē de hexis tēs alētheias epistēmē alēthōn.
As, then, knowledge is a state that knows, from which knowing results, and its apprehension is unshakable by reason; so ignorance is a yielding impression, shakable by reason. And what can be shaken, like what is trained by reason, rests with us. Close to knowledge lie experience and cognizance, understanding, intellection, and knowing. Cognizance would be knowledge of universals by species; experience is comprehensive knowledge, so as to inquire into what each thing is like; intellection is knowledge of what is intelligible; understanding is knowledge of what can be compared, or unshakable comparison, or the power of comparing things of which there is prudence and knowledge, both of each one and of all that fall under one account. Knowing is knowledge of the thing itself, or knowledge in agreement with what happens; and truth is knowledge of what is true, and the state of truth is knowledge of true things.
2.17.77Stählin 2:153
ἡ δὲ ἐπιστήμη διὰ τοῦ λόγου συνίσταται καὶ ἀμετάπτωτός ἐστιν ἄλλῳ λόγῳ. ἐνταῦθα τὴν γνῶσιν πολυπραγμονεῖ. Ἃ δὲ μὴ ποιοῦμεν, ἤτοι διὰ τὸ μὴ δύνασθαι οὐ ποιοῦμεν ἢ διὰ τὸ μὴ βούλεσθαι ἢ διʼ ἀμφότερα. οὐχ ἱπτάμεθα μὲν οὖν, ἐπειδὴ οὔτε δυνάμεθα οὔτε βουλόμεθα· οὐ νηχόμεθα δὲ φέρʼ εἰπεῖν ἄρτι, ἐπειδὴ δυνάμεθα μέν, οὐ βουλόμεθα δέ· οὐκ ἐσμὲν δὲ ὡς ὁ κύριος, ἐπειδὴ βουλόμεθα μέν, οὐ δυνάμεθα δέ. οὐδεὶς γὰρ μαθητὴς ὑπὲρ τὸν διδάσκαλον, ἀρκετὸν δὲ ἐὰν γενώμεθα ὡς ὁ διδάσκαλος, οὐ κατʼ οὐσίαν, ἀδύνατον γὰρ ἴσον εἶναι πρὸς τὴν ὕπαρξιν τὸ θέσει τῷ φύσει, τῷ δὲ ἀιδίους γεγονέναι καὶ τὴν τῶν ὄντων θεωρίαν ἐγνωκέναι καὶ υἱοὺς προσηγορεῦσθαι καὶ τὸν πατέρα ἀπὸ τῶν οἰκείων καθορᾶν μόνον. προηγεῖται τοίνυν πάντων τὸ βούλεσθαι· αἱ γὰρ λογικαὶ δυνάμεις τοῦ βούλεσθαι διάκονοι πεφύκασι· θέλε, φησί, καὶ δυνήσῃ· τοῦ γνωστικοῦ δὲ καὶ ἡ βούλησις καὶ ἡ κρίσις καὶ ἡ ἄσκησις ἡ αὐτή. εἰ γὰρ αἱ αὐταὶ αἱ προθέσεις, τὰ αὐτὰ καὶ τὰ δόγματα καὶ αἱ κρίσεις, ἵνα δὴ ὦσιν αὐτῷ καὶ οἱ λόγοι καὶ ὁ βίος καὶ ὁ τρόπος ἀκόλουθοι τῇ ἐνστάσει· καρδία δὲ εὐθεῖα ἐκζητεῖ γνώσεις καὶ ἐκείνων ἐπαΐει. ὁ θεὸς δεδίδαχέν με σοφίαν καὶ γνῶσιν ἁγίων ἔγνωκα.
hē de epistēmē dia tou logou synistatai kai ametaptōtos estin allǭ logǭ. entautha tēn gnōsin polypragmonei. Ha de mē poioumen, ētoi dia to mē dynasthai ou poioumen ē dia to mē boulesthai ē diʼ amphotera. ouch hiptametha men oun, epeidē oute dynametha oute boulometha; ou nēchometha de pherʼ eipein arti, epeidē dynametha men, ou boulometha de; ouk esmen de hōs ho kyrios, epeidē boulometha men, ou dynametha de. oudeis gar mathētēs hyper ton didaskalon, arketon de ean genōmetha hōs ho didaskalos, ou katʼ ousian, adynaton gar ison einai pros tēn hyparxin to thesei tǭ physei, tǭ de aidious gegonenai kai tēn tōn ontōn theōrian egnōkenai kai huious prosēgoreusthai kai ton patera apo tōn oikeiōn kathoran monon. proēgeitai toinyn pantōn to boulesthai; hai gar logikai dynameis tou boulesthai diakonoi pephykasi; thele, phēsi, kai dynēsę̄; tou gnōstikou de kai hē boulēsis kai hē krisis kai hē askēsis hē autē. ei gar hai autai hai protheseis, ta auta kai ta dogmata kai hai kriseis, hina dē ōsin autǭ kai hoi logoi kai ho bios kai ho tropos akolouthoi tę̄ enstasei; kardia de eutheia ekzētei gnōseis kai ekeinōn epaïei. ho theos dedidachen me sophian kai gnōsin hagiōn egnōka.
Knowledge is formed through reason and cannot be shaken by another argument. Here it inquires into knowing. What we do not do, we do not do either because we cannot, or because we do not wish to, or for both reasons. We do not fly, since we neither can nor wish to; we do not swim right now, say, since we can but do not wish to; and we are not like the Lord, since we wish to but cannot. “For no disciple is above the teacher, but it is enough if we become like the teacher”: not in substance, for it is impossible for what is by adoption to be equal in existence to what is by nature, but in having become eternal, having come to know the contemplation of what exists, being called sons, and beholding the Father alone through what is his own. Willing, then, precedes everything; for the rational powers are by nature the servants of willing. “Will,” it says, “and you will be able.” For the one who knows, willing, judging, and practice are the same. For if the purposes are the same, the doctrines and judgments are the same too, so that his words, life, and manner may be consistent with his stance. “An upright heart seeks knowledge,” and hears it. “God has taught me wisdom, and I have come to know the knowledge of the holy.”
Miscellanies 2, chapter 18
2.18.78Stählin 2:153–154
Προφανεῖς μὲν οὖν καὶ πᾶσαι αἱ ἄλλαι ἀρεταί, αἱ παρὰ τῷ Μωυσεῖ ἀναγεγραμμέναι, ἀρχὴν Ἕλλησι παντὸς τοῦ ἠθικοῦ τόπου παρασχόμεναι, ἀνδρείαν λέγω καὶ σωφροσύνην καὶ φρόνησιν καὶ δικαιοσύνην καρτερίαν τε καὶ ὑπομονὴν καὶ τὴν σεμνότητα καὶ ἐγκράτειαν τήν τε ἐπὶ τούτοις εὐσέβειαν. ἀλλʼ ἡ μὲν εὐσέβεια παντί που δήλη τὸ ἀνωτάτω καὶ πρεσβύτατον αἴτιον σέβειν καὶ τιμᾶν καὶ διδάσκουσα. καὶ δικαιοσύνην δὲ αὐτὸς ὁ νόμος παρίστησι παιδεύων τήν τε φρόνησιν διὰ τῆς τῶν αἰσθητῶν εἰδώλων ἀποχῆς καὶ τῆς πρὸς τὸν ποιητὴν καὶ πατέρα τῶν ὅλων προσκληρώσεως, ἀφʼ ἧς δόξης οἷον πηγῆς πᾶσα σύνεσις αὔξεται.
Prophaneis men oun kai pasai hai allai aretai, hai para tǭ Mōysei anagegrammenai, archēn Hellēsi pantos tou ēthikou topou paraschomenai, andreian legō kai sōphrosynēn kai phronēsin kai dikaiosynēn karterian te kai hypomonēn kai tēn semnotēta kai enkrateian tēn te epi toutois eusebeian. allʼ hē men eusebeia panti pou dēlē to anōtatō kai presbytaton aition sebein kai timan kai didaskousa. kai dikaiosynēn de autos ho nomos paristēsi paideuōn tēn te phronēsin dia tēs tōn aisthētōn eidōlōn apochēs kai tēs pros ton poiētēn kai patera tōn holōn prosklērōseōs, aphʼ hēs doxēs hoion pēgēs pasa synesis auxetai.
All the other virtues recorded by Moses are plain, which supplied the Greeks with the beginning of the whole field of ethics: I mean courage, self-restraint, prudence, and justice, endurance and patience, reverence and self-control, and godliness in addition to these. Godliness is evident to everyone, teaching to worship and honor the highest and oldest cause. And the law itself presents justice, training it, and prudence, through abstaining from idols perceived by the senses and attaching oneself to the Maker and Father of the universe; from which belief, as from a spring, all understanding grows.
2.18.79Stählin 2:154
θυσίαι γὰρ ἀνόμων βδέλυγμα κυρίῳ, εὐχαὶ δὲ κατευθυνόντων δεκταὶ παρʼ αὐτῷ. ἐπεὶ τοιαῦτα καὶ τὰ παρὰ Ἡσαΐᾳ· τί μοι πλῆθος τῶν θυσιῶν ὑμῶν; λέγει κύριος, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περικοπή· λῦε πάντα σύνδεσμον ἀδικίας· αὕτη γὰρ θυσία θεῷ δεκτή, καρδία συντετριμμένη καὶ ζητοῦσα τὸν πεπλακότα. ζυγὰ δόλια βδέλυγμα ἔναντι θεοῦ, στάθμιον δὲ δίκαιον δεκτὸν αὐτῷ. ἐντεῦθεν ζυγὸν μὴ ὑπερβαίνειν Πυθαγόρας παραινεῖ. δικαιοσύνη δὲ δολία εἴρηται ἡ τῶν αἱρέσεων ἐπαγγελία, καὶ γλῶσσα μὲν ἀδίκων ἐξολεῖται, στόμα δὲ δικαίων ἀποστάζει σοφίαν. ἀλλὰ γὰρ τοὺς σοφοὺς καὶ φρονίμους φαύλους καλοῦσιν. μακρὸν δʼ ἂν εἴη περὶ τῶν ἀρετῶν τούτων μαρτυρίας παρατίθεσθαι, ἁπάσης ταύτας ἐξυμνούσης τῆς γραφῆς. ἐπεὶ δʼ οὖν τὴν μὲν ἀνδρείαν ὁρίζονται ἐπιστήμην δεινῶν καὶ οὐ δεινῶν καὶ τῶν μεταξύ, τὴν δὲ σωφροσύνην ἕξιν ἐν αἱρέσει καὶ φυγῇ σῴζουσαν τὰ τῆς φρονήσεως κρίματα, παράκειται τε τῇ μὲν ἀνδρείᾳ ἥ τε ὑπομονή, ἣν καρτερίαν καλοῦσιν, ἐπιστήμην ἐμμενετέων καὶ οὐκ ἐμμενετέων, ἥ τε μεγαλοψυχία, ἐπιστήμη τῶν συμβαινόντων ὑπεραίρουσα, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῇ σωφροσύνῃ ἡ εὐλάβεια, ἔκκλισις οὖσα σὺν λόγῳ.
thysiai gar anomōn bdelygma kyriǭ, euchai de kateuthynontōn dektai parʼ autǭ. epei toiauta kai ta para Hēsaïą; ti moi plēthos tōn thysiōn hymōn? legei kyrios, kai pasa hē perikopē; lye panta syndesmon adikias; hautē gar thysia theǭ dektē, kardia syntetrimmenē kai zētousa ton peplakota. zyga dolia bdelygma enanti theou, stathmion de dikaion dekton autǭ. enteuthen zygon mē hyperbainein Pythagoras parainei. dikaiosynē de dolia eirētai hē tōn haireseōn epangelia, kai glōssa men adikōn exoleitai, stoma de dikaiōn apostazei sophian. alla gar tous sophous kai phronimous phaulous kalousin. makron dʼ an eiē peri tōn aretōn toutōn martyrias paratithesthai, hapasēs tautas exymnousēs tēs graphēs. epei dʼ oun tēn men andreian horizontai epistēmēn deinōn kai ou deinōn kai tōn metaxy, tēn de sōphrosynēn hexin en hairesei kai phygę̄ sǭzousan ta tēs phronēseōs krimata, parakeitai te tę̄ men andreią hē te hypomonē, hēn karterian kalousin, epistēmēn emmeneteōn kai ouk emmeneteōn, hē te megalopsychia, epistēmē tōn symbainontōn hyperairousa, alla kai tę̄ sōphrosynę̄ hē eulabeia, ekklisis ousa syn logǭ.
For “the sacrifices of the lawless are an abomination to the Lord, but the prayers of the upright are acceptable to him.” Since such too are the words in Isaiah: “What to me is the multitude of your sacrifices? says the Lord,” and the whole passage; “Loose every bond of injustice.” For this is a sacrifice acceptable to God: a broken heart that seeks the One who formed it. “Deceitful scales are an abomination before God, but a just weight is acceptable to him.” From this Pythagoras exhorts, “Do not step over a balance.” And the profession of the heresies is called deceitful justice; and “the tongue of the unjust will be destroyed, but the mouth of the righteous drips wisdom.” Yet they call the wise and prudent worthless. It would be long to set out testimonies about these virtues, since the whole of Scripture sings their praises. Since, then, they define courage as knowledge of what is fearful, what is not fearful, and what is between, and self-restraint as a state that preserves the judgments of prudence in choosing and avoiding; and since patience, which they call endurance, lies close to courage, being knowledge of what to persist in and what not, and magnanimity, knowledge that rises above what happens; and caution, which is avoidance with reason, lies close to self-restraint:
2.18.80Stählin 2:154–155
Φυλακὴ δὲ τῶν ἐντολῶν, τήρησις οὖσα αὐτῶν ἀβλαβής, περιποίησίς ἐστιν ἀσφαλείας βίου. καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἄνευ ἀνδρείας καρτερικὸν εἶναι οὐδὲ μὴν ἄνευ σωφροσύνης ἐγκρατῆ. ἀντακολουθοῦσι δὲ ἀλλήλαις αἱ ἀρεταί, καὶ παρʼ ᾧ αἱ τῶν ἀρετῶν ἀκολουθίαι, παρὰ τούτῳ καὶ ἡ σωτηρία, τήρησις οὖσα τοῦ εὖ ἔχοντος. εἰκότως ἔτι περὶ τούτων διαλαβόντες τῶν ἀρετῶν περὶ πασῶν ἂν εἴημεν ἐσκεμμένοι, ὅτι ὁ μίαν ἔχων ἀρετὴν γνωστικῶς πάσας ἔχει διὰ τὴν ἀντακολουθίαν. αὐτίκα ἡ ἐγκράτεια διάθεσίς ἐστιν ἀνυπέρβατος τῶν κατὰ τὸν ὀρθὸν λόγον φανέντων. ἐγκρατεύεται δὲ ὁ κατέχων τὰς παρὰ τὸν ὀρθὸν λόγον ὁρμὰς ἢ ὁ κατέχων αὑτὸν ὥστε μὴ ὁρμᾶν παρὰ τὸν ὀρθὸν λόγον. σωφροσύνη δὲ αὕτη οὐκ ἄνευ ἀνδρείας, ἐπειδὴ ἐξ ἐντολῶν γίνεται ἑπομένη τῷ διατεταγμένῳ θεῷ φρόνησίς τε καὶ ἡ μιμητικὴ τῆς θείας διαθέσεως δικαιοσύνη, καθʼ ἣν ἐγκρατευόμενοι καθαροὶ πρὸς εὐσέβειαν καὶ τὴν ἑπομένην ἀκολούθως τῷ θεῷ πρᾶξιν στελλόμεθα, ἐξομοιούμενοι τῷ κυρίῳ κατὰ τὸ δυνατὸν ἡμῖν, ἐπικήροις τὴν φύσιν ὑπάρχουσιν.
Phylakē de tōn entolōn, tērēsis ousa autōn ablabēs, peripoiēsis estin asphaleias biou. kai ouk estin aneu andreias karterikon einai oude mēn aneu sōphrosynēs enkratē. antakolouthousi de allēlais hai aretai, kai parʼ hǭ hai tōn aretōn akolouthiai, para toutǭ kai hē sōtēria, tērēsis ousa tou eu echontos. eikotōs eti peri toutōn dialabontes tōn aretōn peri pasōn an eiēmen eskemmenoi, hoti ho mian echōn aretēn gnōstikōs pasas echei dia tēn antakolouthian. autika hē enkrateia diathesis estin anyperbatos tōn kata ton orthon logon phanentōn. enkrateuetai de ho katechōn tas para ton orthon logon hormas ē ho katechōn hauton hōste mē horman para ton orthon logon. sōphrosynē de hautē ouk aneu andreias, epeidē ex entolōn ginetai hepomenē tǭ diatetagmenǭ theǭ phronēsis te kai hē mimētikē tēs theias diatheseōs dikaiosynē, kathʼ hēn enkrateuomenoi katharoi pros eusebeian kai tēn hepomenēn akolouthōs tǭ theǭ praxin stellometha, exomoioumenoi tǭ kyriǭ kata to dynaton hēmin, epikērois tēn physin hyparchousin.
the keeping of the commandments, being their harmless observance, is the securing of safety in life. And it is not possible to be enduring without courage, nor self-controlled without self-restraint. The virtues follow one another; and with the one in whom the virtues follow one another is salvation too, being the preservation of what is well. Fittingly, then, having discussed these virtues, we would have examined them all, since the one who has one virtue in the way of knowledge has all, because they follow one another. For example, self-control is a disposition that does not transgress what appears according to right reason. The self-controlled person is one who restrains the impulses contrary to right reason, or restrains himself so as not to be moved contrary to right reason. And this self-restraint is not without courage, since from the commandments comes prudence, following God who has given the orders, and justice, which imitates the divine disposition; by which, exercising self-control, we are sent forth pure to godliness and to the conduct that follows God, being made like the Lord as far as is possible for us who are mortal by nature.
2.18.81Stählin 2:155
τοῦτο δέ ἐστι δίκαιον καὶ ὅσιον μετὰ φρονήσεως γενέσθαι. ἀνενδεὲς μὲν γὰρ τὸ θεῖον καὶ ἀπαθές, ὅθεν οὐδὲ ἐγκρατὲς κυρίως· οὐ γὰρ ὑποπίπτει πάθει ποτέ, ἵνα καὶ κρατήσῃ τοῦδε· ἡ δὲ ἡμετέρα φύσις ἐμπαθὴς οὖσα ἐγκρατείας δεῖται, διʼ ἧς πρὸς τὸ ὀλιγοδεὲς συνασκουμένη συνεγγίζειν πειρᾶται κατὰ διάθεσιν τῇ θείᾳ φύσει. ὁ γὰρ σπουδαῖος ὀλιγοδεής, ἀθανάτου καὶ θνητῆς φύσεως μεθόριος, τὸ μὲν ἐνδεὲς διά τε τὸ σῶμα διά τε τὴν γένεσιν αὐτὴν ἔχων, ὀλίγων δὲ διὰ τὴν λογικὴν ἐγκράτειαν δεῖσθαι δεδιδαγμένος. ἐπεὶ τίνα λόγον ἔχει τὸ ἀπειπεῖν τὸν νόμον ἀνδρὶ γυναικὸς ἀμπεχόνην ἀναλαμβάνειν; ἢ οὐχὶ ἀνδρεΐζεσθαι ἡμᾶς βούλεται μήτε κατὰ τὸ σῶμα καὶ τὰ ἔργα μήτε κατὰ τὴν διάνοιαν καὶ τὸν λόγον ἐκθηλυνομένους; ἠρρενῶσθαι γὰρ τὸν ἀληθείᾳ σχολάζοντα ἔν τε ὑπομοναῖς ἔν τε καρτερίαις κἀν τῷ βίῳ κἀν τῷ τρόπῳ κἀν τῷ λόγῳ κἀν τῇ ἀσκήσει νύκτωρ τε καὶ μεθʼ ἡμέραν καί, εἴ που μαρτυρίου διʼ αἵματος χωροῦντος ἐπικαταλάβοι χρεία, βούλεται.
touto de esti dikaion kai hosion meta phronēseōs genesthai. anendees men gar to theion kai apathes, hothen oude enkrates kyriōs; ou gar hypopiptei pathei pote, hina kai kratēsę̄ toude; hē de hēmetera physis empathēs ousa enkrateias deitai, diʼ hēs pros to oligodees synaskoumenē synengizein peiratai kata diathesin tę̄ theią physei. ho gar spoudaios oligodeēs, athanatou kai thnētēs physeōs methorios, to men endees dia te to sōma dia te tēn genesin autēn echōn, oligōn de dia tēn logikēn enkrateian deisthai dedidagmenos. epei tina logon echei to apeipein ton nomon andri gynaikos ampechonēn analambanein? ē ouchi andreïzesthai hēmas bouletai mēte kata to sōma kai ta erga mēte kata tēn dianoian kai ton logon ekthēlynomenous? ērrenōsthai gar ton alētheią scholazonta en te hypomonais en te karteriais kan tǭ biǭ kan tǭ tropǭ kan tǭ logǭ kan tę̄ askēsei nyktōr te kai methʼ hēmeran kai, ei pou martyriou diʼ haimatos chōrountos epikatalaboi chreia, bouletai.
And this is to become just and holy with prudence. For the divine is without need and without passion, which is why it is not, properly speaking, self-controlled; for it never falls under a passion, so as to master it. But our nature, being subject to passion, needs self-control, by which, being trained to need little, it tries to draw near in disposition to the divine nature. For the good man needs little, standing on the boundary between immortal and mortal nature: he has need because of the body and because of birth itself, but has been taught by rational self-control to need few things. For what reason does the law forbid a man to put on a woman's clothing? Is it not that it wishes us to be manly, not becoming effeminate either in body and actions or in mind and speech? For it wishes the one who gives himself to the truth to be manly in endurance and patience, in life, manner, speech, and discipline, night and day, and if ever the need should arise of a martyrdom that goes as far as blood.
2.18.82Stählin 2:156
πάλιν εἴ τις, φησί, νεωστὶ δειμάμενος οἰκίαν οὐκ ἔφθη εἰσοικίσασθαι, ἢ ἀμπελῶνα νεόφυτον ἐργασάμενος μηδέπω τοῦ καρποῦ μετείληφεν, ἢ παρθένον ἐγγυησάμενος οὐδέπω ἔγημεν, τούτους ἀφεῖσθαι τῆς στρατείας ὁ φιλάνθρωπος κελεύει νόμος, στρατηγικῶς μέν, ὡς μὴ περισπώμενοι πρὸς τὰς ἐπιθυμίας ἀπρόθυμοι τῷ πολέμῳ ἐξυπηρετῶμεν (ἐλεύθεροι γὰρ τὰς ὁρμὰς οἱ ἀπροφασίστως τοῖς δεινοῖς ἐπαποδυόμενοι), φιλανθρώπως δέ, ἐπειδὴ τὰ κατὰ τοὺς πολέμους ἄδηλα, ἄδικον εἶναι λογισάμενος τὸν μὲν μὴ ὄνασθαι τῶν αὑτοῦ πόνων, ἕτερον δὲ τὰ τῶν καμόντων ἀταλαιπώρως λαβεῖν.
palin ei tis, phēsi, neōsti deimamenos oikian ouk ephthē eisoikisasthai, ē ampelōna neophyton ergasamenos mēdepō tou karpou meteilēphen, ē parthenon engyēsamenos oudepō egēmen, toutous apheisthai tēs strateias ho philanthrōpos keleuei nomos, stratēgikōs men, hōs mē perispōmenoi pros tas epithymias aprothymoi tǭ polemǭ exypēretōmen (eleutheroi gar tas hormas hoi aprophasistōs tois deinois epapodyomenoi), philanthrōpōs de, epeidē ta kata tous polemous adēla, adikon einai logisamenos ton men mē onasthai tōn hautou ponōn, heteron de ta tōn kamontōn atalaipōrōs labein.
Again, it says, if anyone has recently built a house and has not yet moved into it, or has planted a new vineyard and has not yet shared in its fruit, or has become engaged to a virgin and has not yet married her, the humane law commands that these be released from military service: strategically, so that we may not serve half-heartedly in war, distracted by our desires (for those who strip for danger without excuses are free in their impulses); and humanely, since the outcomes of war are uncertain, considering it unjust that one should not enjoy his own labors, while another should take without toil what belongs to those who have toiled.
2.18.83Stählin 2:156–157
ἔοικεν δὲ ὁ νόμος καὶ τὴν τῆς ψυχῆς ἐμφαίνειν ἀνδρείαν, δεῖν νομοθετῶν τὸν φυτεύσαντα καρποῦσθαι καὶ τὸν οἰκοδομησάμενον οἰκεῖν καὶ τὸν μνώμενον γαμεῖν, οὐ γὰρ ἀτελεῖς τὰς ἐλπίδας τοῖς ἀσκήσασι κατὰ τὸν λόγον τὸν γνωστικὸν κατασκευάσει· τελευτήσαντος γὰρ καὶ ζῶντος ἀνδρὸς ἀγαθοῦ οὐκ ἀπόλλυται ἐλπίς. ἐγώ, φησί, τοὺς ἐμὲ φιλοῦντας ἀγαπῶ, ἡ σοφία λέγει, οἱ δὲ ἐμὲ ζητοῦντες εὑρήσουσιν εἰρήνην καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. τί δέ; οὐχὶ αἱ Μαδιηναίων γυναῖκες τῷ κάλλει τῷ σφῶν πολεμοῦντας τοὺς Ἑβραίους ἐκ σωφροσύνης διʼ ἀκρασίαν εἰς ἀθεότητα ὑπηγάγοντο; προσεταιρισάμεναι γὰρ αὐτοὺς ἐκ τῆς σεμνῆς ἀσκήσεως εἰς ἡδονὰς ἑταιρικὰς τῷ κάλλει δελεάσασαι ἐπί τε τὰς τῶν εἰδώλων θυσίας ἐπί τε τὰς ἀλλοδαπὰς ἐξέμηναν γυναῖκας· γυναικῶν δὲ ἅμα καὶ ἡδονῆς ἡττηθέντες ἀπέστησαν μὲν τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀπέστησαν δὲ καὶ τοῦ νόμου, καὶ μικροῦ δεῖν ὁ πᾶς λεὼς ὑποχείριος τοῖς πολεμίοις γυναικείῳ στρατηγήματι ἐγεγόνει, ἕως αὐτοὺς κινδυνεύοντας ἀνεχαίτισε νουθετήσας φόβος.
eoiken de ho nomos kai tēn tēs psychēs emphainein andreian, dein nomothetōn ton phyteusanta karpousthai kai ton oikodomēsamenon oikein kai ton mnōmenon gamein, ou gar ateleis tas elpidas tois askēsasi kata ton logon ton gnōstikon kataskeuasei; teleutēsantos gar kai zōntos andros agathou ouk apollytai elpis. egō, phēsi, tous eme philountas agapō, hē sophia legei, hoi de eme zētountes heurēsousin eirēnēn kai ta hexēs. ti de? ouchi hai Madiēnaiōn gynaikes tǭ kallei tǭ sphōn polemountas tous Hebraious ek sōphrosynēs diʼ akrasian eis atheotēta hypēgagonto? prosetairisamenai gar autous ek tēs semnēs askēseōs eis hēdonas hetairikas tǭ kallei deleasasai epi te tas tōn eidōlōn thysias epi te tas allodapas exemēnan gynaikas; gynaikōn de hama kai hēdonēs hēttēthentes apestēsan men tou theou, apestēsan de kai tou nomou, kai mikrou dein ho pas leōs hypocheirios tois polemiois gynaikeiǭ stratēgēmati egegonei, heōs autous kindyneuontas anechaitise nouthetēsas phobos.
The law seems also to indicate courage of soul, laying down that the one who planted should enjoy the fruit, the one who built should live in the house, and the one who wooed should marry; for it will not leave unfulfilled the hopes of those who have trained themselves according to the knowing Word. For when a good man dies, or lives, hope does not perish. “I love those who love me,” says Wisdom, “and those who seek me will find peace,” and so on. What then? Did not the women of the Midianites, by their beauty, lead the Hebrews, who were at war with them, from self-restraint through lack of self-control into godlessness? For making them their companions, enticing them by beauty from their reverent discipline into harlots' pleasures, they drove them mad for the sacrifices to idols and for foreign women. Overcome by women and pleasure together, they fell away from God and fell away from the law, and almost the whole people had come under the power of the enemy by a woman's stratagem, until fear, admonishing them, reined them in when they were in danger.
2.18.84Stählin 2:157
αὐτίκα οἱ περιλειφθέντες φιλοκινδύνως τὸν ὑπὲρ εὐσεβείας ἀγῶνα ἀράμενοι κύριοι κατέστησαν τῶν πολεμίων. ἀρχὴ οὖν σοφίας θεοσέβεια, σύνεσις δὲ ἁγίων προμήθεια, τὸ δὲ γνῶναι νόμον διανοίας ἐστὶν ἀγαθῆς. οἱ τοίνυν ἐμπαθοῦς φόβου περιποιητικὸν τὸν νόμον ὑπολαβόντες οὔτε ἀγαθοὶ συνιέναι οὔτε ἐνενόησαν τῷ ὄντι τὸν νόμον. φόβος γὰρ κυρίου ζωὴν ποιεῖ. ὁ δὲ πλανώμενος ὀδυνηθήσεται ἐν πόνοις οἷς οὐκ ἐπισκέπτεται γνῶσις. ἀμέλει μυστικῶς ὁ Βαρνάβας ὁ δὲ θεός, ὁ τοῦ παντὸς κόσμου κυριεύων, φησί, δῴη καὶ ὑμῖν σοφίαν καὶ σύνεσιν, ἐπιστήμην, γνῶσιν τῶν δικαιωμάτων αὐτοῦ, ὑπομονήν. γίνεσθε οὖν θεοδίδακτοι, ἐκζητοῦντες τί ζητεῖ ὁ κύριος ἀφʼ ὑμῶν, ἵνα εὕρητε ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως. τοὺς τούτων ἐπηβόλους ἀγάπης τέκνα καὶ εἰρήνης γνωστικῶς προσηγόρευσεν. περί τε τῆς μεταδόσεως καὶ κοινωνίας πολλῶν ὄντων λόγων ἀπόχρη μόνον τοῦτο εἰπεῖν, ὅτι ὁ νόμος ἀπαγορεύει ἀδελφῷ δανείζειν (ἀδελφὸν ὀνομάζων οὐ μόνον τὸν ἐκ τῶν αὐτῶν φύντα γονέων, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὃς ἂν ὁμόφυλος ᾖ ὁμογνώμων τε καὶ τοῦ αὐτοῦ λόγου κεκοινωνηκώς). οὐ δικαιῶν ἐκλέγειν τόκους ἐπὶ χρήμασιν, ἀλλὰ ἀνειμέναις χερσὶ καὶ γνώμαις χαρίζεσθαι τοῖς δεομένοις. θεὸς γὰρ ὁ κτίστης τοιᾶσδε χάριτος· ἤδη δὲ ὁ μεταδοτικὸς καὶ τόκους ἀξιολόγους λαμβάνει, τὰ τιμιώτατα τῶν ἐν ἀνθρώποις, ἡμερότητα, χρηστότητα, μεγαλόνοιαν, εὐφημίαν, εὔκλειαν.
autika hoi perileiphthentes philokindynōs ton hyper eusebeias agōna aramenoi kyrioi katestēsan tōn polemiōn. archē oun sophias theosebeia, synesis de hagiōn promētheia, to de gnōnai nomon dianoias estin agathēs. hoi toinyn empathous phobou peripoiētikon ton nomon hypolabontes oute agathoi synienai oute enenoēsan tǭ onti ton nomon. phobos gar kyriou zōēn poiei. ho de planōmenos odynēthēsetai en ponois hois ouk episkeptetai gnōsis. amelei mystikōs ho Barnabas ho de theos, ho tou pantos kosmou kyrieuōn, phēsi, dǭē kai hymin sophian kai synesin, epistēmēn, gnōsin tōn dikaiōmatōn autou, hypomonēn. ginesthe oun theodidaktoi, ekzētountes ti zētei ho kyrios aphʼ hymōn, hina heurēte en hēmerą kriseōs. tous toutōn epēbolous agapēs tekna kai eirēnēs gnōstikōs prosēgoreusen. peri te tēs metadoseōs kai koinōnias pollōn ontōn logōn apochrē monon touto eipein, hoti ho nomos apagoreuei adelphǭ daneizein (adelphon onomazōn ou monon ton ek tōn autōn phynta goneōn, alla kai hos an homophylos ę̄ homognōmōn te kai tou autou logou kekoinōnēkōs). ou dikaiōn eklegein tokous epi chrēmasin, alla aneimenais chersi kai gnōmais charizesthai tois deomenois. theos gar ho ktistēs toiasde charitos; ēdē de ho metadotikos kai tokous axiologous lambanei, ta timiōtata tōn en anthrōpois, hēmerotēta, chrēstotēta, megalonoian, euphēmian, eukleian.
At once those who were left, taking up boldly the contest for godliness, became masters of the enemy. “The beginning of wisdom,” then, is godliness, “and the understanding of the holy” is forethought, “and to know the law belongs to a good mind.” Those, then, who have supposed that the law produces a fear that is a passion are neither good at understanding nor have they truly understood the law. For “the fear of the Lord makes life; but the one who goes astray will suffer in toils that knowledge does not look upon.” Indeed Barnabas says mystically: “May God, who rules the whole world, give you too wisdom, understanding, knowledge, insight into his ordinances, patience. Be taught by God, then, seeking out what the Lord seeks from you, so that you may find it in the day of judgment.” Those who attain these things he called, in the way of knowledge, children of love and peace. Although much can be said about sharing and fellowship, it is enough to say only this: that the law forbids lending at interest to a brother (calling brother not only one born of the same parents, but also whoever is of the same race, of like mind, and has shared in the same Word), not thinking it right to collect interest on money, but to give to those in need with open hands and minds. For God is the creator of such grace; and the one who shares already receives worthy interest, the most precious things among men: gentleness, kindness, magnanimity, good report, and fame.
2.18.85Stählin 2:157–158
Ἆρʼ οὐ δοκεῖ σοι φιλανθρωπίας εἶναι τὸ παράγγελμα τοῦτο ὥσπερ κἀκεῖνο, μισθὸν πένητος αὐθημερὸν ἀποδιδόναι; ἀνυπερθέτως δεῖν διδάσκει ἐκτίνειν τὸν ἐπὶ ταῖς ὑπηρεσίαις μισθόν· παραλύεται γάρ, οἶμαι, ἡ προθυμία τοῦ πένητος ἀτροφήσαντος πρὸς τοὐπιόν. ἔτι, φησί, δανειστὴς μὴ ἐπιστῇ χρεώστου οἰκίᾳ, ἐνέχυρον μετὰ βίας ληψόμενος, ἀλλʼ ὃ μὲν ἔξω προφέρειν κελευέτω, ὃ δὲ ἔχων μὴ ἀναδυέσθω. ἔν τε τῷ ἀμήτῳ τὰ ἀποπίπτοντα τῶν δραγμάτων ἀναιρεῖσθαι κωλύει τοὺς κτήτορας, καθάπερ κἀν τῷ θερισμῷ ὑπολείπεσθαί τι παραινεῖ ἄτμητον, διὰ τούτου εὖ μάλα τοὺς μὲν κτήτορας εἰς κοινωνίαν καὶ μεγαλοφροσύνην συνασκῶν ἐκ τοῦ προϊέναι τι τῶν ἰδίων τοῖς δεομένοις, τοῖς πένησι δὲ ἀφορμὴν πορίζων τροφῶν.
Arʼ ou dokei soi philanthrōpias einai to parangelma touto hōsper kakeino, misthon penētos authēmeron apodidonai? anyperthetōs dein didaskei ektinein ton epi tais hypēresiais misthon; paralyetai gar, oimai, hē prothymia tou penētos atrophēsantos pros toupion. eti, phēsi, daneistēs mē epistę̄ chreōstou oikią, enechyron meta bias lēpsomenos, allʼ ho men exō propherein keleuetō, ho de echōn mē anadyesthō. en te tǭ amētǭ ta apopiptonta tōn dragmatōn anaireisthai kōlyei tous ktētoras, kathaper kan tǭ therismǭ hypoleipesthai ti parainei atmēton, dia toutou eu mala tous men ktētoras eis koinōnian kai megalophrosynēn synaskōn ek tou proïenai ti tōn idiōn tois deomenois, tois penēsi de aphormēn porizōn trophōn.
Does not this precept seem to you to belong to philanthropy, as does that one, to pay the poor man his wages the same day? It teaches that the wage for services must be paid without delay; for, I think, the poor man's eagerness is weakened when he goes without food for the next day. Again, it says, let the creditor not enter the debtor's house to take a pledge by force, but let him tell him to bring it out, and let the one who has it not hold back. And in harvest it forbids the owners to pick up what falls from the sheaves, as in reaping too it exhorts them to leave something uncut; by this training the owners very well in sharing and generosity, by giving up something of their own to those in need, and providing the poor with a means of food.
2.18.86Stählin 2:158–159
ὁρᾷς ὅπως ἡ νομοθεσία τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην ἅμα καὶ ἀγαθότητα καταγγέλλει, τοῦ πᾶσιν ἀφθόνως χορηγοῦντος τὰς τροφάς; ἔν τε αὖ τῇ τρυγῇ τὸ ἐπιέναι πάλιν τὰ καταλειφθέντα δρεπομένους καὶ τὸ τὰς ἀποπιπτούσας ῥῶγας συλλέγειν κεκώλυκεν· τὰ δʼ αὐτὰ καὶ τοῖς ἐλάας συλλέγουσι διατάσσεται. ναὶ μὴν καὶ αἱ δεκάται τῶν τε καρπῶν καὶ τῶν θρεμμάτων εὐσεβεῖν τε εἰς τὸ θεῖον καὶ μὴ πάντα εἶναι φιλοκερδεῖς, μεταδιδόναι δὲ φιλανθρωπίας καὶ τοῖς πλησίον ἐδίδασκον. ἐκ τούτων γάρ, οἶμαι, τῶν ἀπαρχῶν καὶ οἱ ἱερεῖς διετρέφοντο. ἤδη οὖν συνίεμεν εἰς εὐσέβειαν καὶ εἰς κοινωνίαν καὶ εἰς δικαιοσύνην καὶ εἰς φιλανθρωπίαν παιδευομένους ἡμᾶς πρὸς τοῦ νόμου; ἦ γάρ; οὐχὶ διὰ μὲν τοῦ ἑβδόμου ἔτους ἀργὴν ἀνίεσθαι τὴν χώραν προστάττει, τοὺς πένητας δὲ ἀδεῶς τοῖς κατὰ θεὸν φυεῖσι καρποῖς χρῆσθαι ἐκέλευεν, τῆς φύσεως τοῖς βουλομένοις γεωργούσης; πῶς οὖν οὐ χρηστὸς ὁ νόμος καὶ δικαιοσύνης διδάσκαλος; πάλιν τε αὖ τῷ πεντηκοστῷ ἔτει τὰ αὐτὰ ἐπιτελεῖν κελεύει, ἃ καὶ τῷ ἑβδόμῳ, προσαποδιδοὺς ἑκάστῳ τὸ ἴδιον εἴ τις ἐν τῷ μεταξὺ διά τινα περίστασιν ἀφῃρέθη χωρίον, τήν τε ἐπιθυμίαν τῶν κτᾶσθαι ποθούντων περιορίζων χρόνῳ μεμετρημένῳ καρπώσεως τούς τε πενίᾳ μακρᾷ ὑποσχόντας δίκην καὶ διὰ βίου κολαζομένους ἐλεῶν. ἐλεημοσύναι δὲ καὶ πίστεις φυλακαὶ βασιλικαί, εὐλογία δὲ εἰς κεφαλὴν τοῦ μεταδιδόντος καὶ ὁ ἐλεῶν πτωχοὺς μακαρισθήσεται, ὅτι τὴν ἀγάπην ἐνδείκνυται εἰς τὸν ὅμοιον διὰ τὴν ἀγάπην τὴν πρὸς τὸν δημιουργὸν τοῦ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένους.
horąs hopōs hē nomothesia tēn tou theou dikaiosynēn hama kai agathotēta katangellei, tou pasin aphthonōs chorēgountos tas trophas? en te au tę̄ trygę̄ to epienai palin ta kataleiphthenta drepomenous kai to tas apopiptousas rhōgas syllegein kekōlyken; ta dʼ auta kai tois elaas syllegousi diatassetai. nai mēn kai hai dekatai tōn te karpōn kai tōn thremmatōn eusebein te eis to theion kai mē panta einai philokerdeis, metadidonai de philanthrōpias kai tois plēsion edidaskon. ek toutōn gar, oimai, tōn aparchōn kai hoi hiereis dietrephonto. ēdē oun syniemen eis eusebeian kai eis koinōnian kai eis dikaiosynēn kai eis philanthrōpian paideuomenous hēmas pros tou nomou? ē gar? ouchi dia men tou hebdomou etous argēn aniesthai tēn chōran prostattei, tous penētas de adeōs tois kata theon phyeisi karpois chrēsthai ekeleuen, tēs physeōs tois boulomenois geōrgousēs? pōs oun ou chrēstos ho nomos kai dikaiosynēs didaskalos? palin te au tǭ pentēkostǭ etei ta auta epitelein keleuei, ha kai tǭ hebdomǭ, prosapodidous hekastǭ to idion ei tis en tǭ metaxy dia tina peristasin aphę̄rethē chōrion, tēn te epithymian tōn ktasthai pothountōn periorizōn chronǭ memetrēmenǭ karpōseōs tous te penią makrą hyposchontas dikēn kai dia biou kolazomenous eleōn. eleēmosynai de kai pisteis phylakai basilikai, eulogia de eis kephalēn tou metadidontos kai ho eleōn ptōchous makaristhēsetai, hoti tēn agapēn endeiknytai eis ton homoion dia tēn agapēn tēn pros ton dēmiourgon tou tōn anthrōpōn genous.
Do you see how the legislation proclaims God's justice and goodness together, since he supplies food to all ungrudgingly? And again, in the vintage it has forbidden those who gather to go back over what was left and to pick up the fallen grapes; the same is ordered for those gathering olives. Indeed, the tithes of the fruits and of the flocks taught people to be godly toward the divine and not to be wholly greedy for gain, but to share their humanity with their neighbors too. For from these, I think, and from the firstfruits the priests also were supported. Do we now understand that we are being trained by the law in godliness, fellowship, justice, and philanthropy? Is it not so? Does it not command that the land be left idle in the seventh year, and bid the poor use without fear the fruits that grow by God's doing, nature farming for those who wish? How, then, is the law not good and a teacher of justice? And again in the fiftieth year it commands the same things to be done as in the seventh, restoring to each his own, if anyone in the meantime had been deprived of land through some misfortune, limiting the desire of those eager to acquire by a measured time of enjoyment, and pitying those who have paid the penalty of long poverty and are punished for life. “Acts of mercy and faithfulness are royal guards”; “blessing is on the head of the one who shares”; and “the one who pities the poor will be blessed,” because he shows love to his like through love for the Creator of the human race.
2.18.87Stählin 2:159–160
Ἔχει μὲν οὖν καὶ ἄλλας † ἐκδόσεις τὰ προειρημένα φυσικωτέρας περί τε ἀναπαύσεως καὶ τῆς ἀπολήψεως τῆς κληρονομίας, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐν τῷ παρόντι λεκτέαι. ἀγάπη δὲ πολλαχῶς νοεῖται διὰ πραότητος, διὰ χρηστότητος, διʼ ὑπομονῆς, διʼ ἀφθονίας καὶ ἀζηλίας, διʼ ἀμισίας, διʼ ἀμνησικακίας· ἀμέριστός ἐστιν ἐν πᾶσιν, ἀδιάκριτος, κοινωνική. πάλιν ἐὰν ἴδῃς φησὶ τῶν οἰκείων ἢ φίλων ἢ καθόλου ὧν γνωρίζεις ἀνθρώπων ἐν ἐρημίᾳ πλανώμενον ὑποζύγιον, ἀπαγαγὼν ἀπόδος. κἂν οὖν τύχῃ μακρὰν ἀφεστὼς ὁ δεσπότης, μετὰ τῶν σαυτοῦ διαφυλάξας ἄχρις ἂν κομίσηται ἀπόδος. διὰ φυσικὴν κοινωνίαν διδάσκει τὸ εὕρημα παρακαταθήκην λογίζεσθαι μηδὲ μνησικακεῖν τῷ ἐχθρῷ.
Echei men oun kai allas † ekdoseis ta proeirēmena physikōteras peri te anapauseōs kai tēs apolēpseōs tēs klēronomias, allʼ ouk en tǭ paronti lekteai. agapē de pollachōs noeitai dia praotētos, dia chrēstotētos, diʼ hypomonēs, diʼ aphthonias kai azēlias, diʼ amisias, diʼ amnēsikakias; ameristos estin en pasin, adiakritos, koinōnikē. palin ean idę̄s phēsi tōn oikeiōn ē philōn ē katholou hōn gnōrizeis anthrōpōn en erēmią planōmenon hypozygion, apagagōn apodos. kan oun tychę̄ makran aphestōs ho despotēs, meta tōn sautou diaphylaxas achris an komisētai apodos. dia physikēn koinōnian didaskei to heurēma parakatathēkēn logizesthai mēde mnēsikakein tǭ echthrǭ.
The things just mentioned also have other, more natural … interpretations, about rest and the recovery of the inheritance; but they are not to be spoken of now. Love is understood in many ways: through gentleness, kindness, patience, freedom from envy and jealousy, freedom from hatred, freedom from resentment. It is undivided in all things, impartial, sharing. Again, it says, if you see a beast of burden wandering in the wilderness belonging to one of your family or friends, or in general to people you know, lead it back and return it. And if its owner happens to be far away, keep it with your own until he recovers it, and return it. Because of natural fellowship it teaches us to consider what we find as a deposit, and not to bear a grudge against an enemy.
2.18.88Stählin 2:160
πρόσταγμα κυρίου πηγὴ ζωῆς, ὡς ἀληθῶς, ποιεῖ ἐκκλίνειν ἐκ παγίδος θανάτου. τί δέ; οὐχὶ τοὺς ἐπήλυδας ἀγαπᾶν κελεύει, οὐ μόνον ὡς φίλους καὶ συγγενεῖς, ἀλλʼ ὡς ἑαυτούς, κατά τε σῶμα καὶ ψυχήν; ναὶ μὴν καὶ τὰ ἔθνη τετίμηκεν καὶ τοῖς γε κακῶς πεποιηκόσιν οὐ μνησιπονηρεῖ. ἄντικρυς γοῦν φησιν· οὐ βδελύξῃ Αἰγύπτιον, ὅτι πάροικος ἐγένου κατʼ Αἴγυπτον, ἤτοι τὸν ἐθνικὸν ἢ καὶ πάντα τὸν κοσμικὸν Αἰγύπτιον προσειπών· τούς τε πολεμίους, κἂν ἤδη τοῖς τείχεσιν ἐφεστῶτες ὦσιν ἑλεῖν τὴν πόλιν πειρώμενοι, μήπω νομίζεσθαι πολεμίους, ἄχρις ἂν αὐτοὺς ἐπικηρυκευσάμενοι προσκαλέσωνται πρὸς εἰρήνην. ναὶ μὴν καὶ τῇ αἰχμαλώτῳ οὐ πρὸς ὕβριν ὁμιλεῖν κελεύει, ἀλλὰ τὰς λ΄ ἡμέρας ἐπιτρέψας φησὶ πενθῆσαι οὓς βούλεται, μεταμφιάσας ὕστερον ὡς γαμετῇ νόμῳ συνέρχου· οὔτε γὰρ ἐφʼ ὕβρει τὰς συνουσίας οὐδὲ μὴν διὰ μισθαρνίαν ὡς ἑταίρας, ἀλλʼ ἢ διὰ μόνην τῶν τέκνων τὴν γένεσιν γίνεσθαι τὰς ὁμιλίας ἀξιοῖ.
prostagma kyriou pēgē zōēs, hōs alēthōs, poiei ekklinein ek pagidos thanatou. ti de? ouchi tous epēlydas agapan keleuei, ou monon hōs philous kai syngeneis, allʼ hōs heautous, kata te sōma kai psychēn? nai mēn kai ta ethnē tetimēken kai tois ge kakōs pepoiēkosin ou mnēsiponērei. antikrys goun phēsin; ou bdelyxę̄ Aigyption, hoti paroikos egenou katʼ Aigypton, ētoi ton ethnikon ē kai panta ton kosmikon Aigyption proseipōn; tous te polemious, kan ēdē tois teichesin ephestōtes ōsin helein tēn polin peirōmenoi, mēpō nomizesthai polemious, achris an autous epikērykeusamenoi proskalesōntai pros eirēnēn. nai mēn kai tę̄ aichmalōtǭ ou pros hybrin homilein keleuei, alla tas l΄ hēmeras epitrepsas phēsi penthēsai hous bouletai, metamphiasas hysteron hōs gametę̄ nomǭ synerchou; oute gar ephʼ hybrei tas synousias oude mēn dia mistharnian hōs hetairas, allʼ ē dia monēn tōn teknōn tēn genesin ginesthai tas homilias axioi.
“The commandment of the Lord is a fountain of life,” and truly “makes one turn aside from the snare of death.” What then? Does it not command us to love strangers, not only as friends and relatives, but as ourselves, in body and soul? Indeed it has honored the Gentiles too, and bears no grudge against those who have done it wrong. At any rate it says plainly: “You shall not abhor an Egyptian, because you were a sojourner in Egypt,” calling Egyptian either the Gentile or anyone of the world. And it commands that enemies, even if they are already standing at the walls trying to take the city, not yet be regarded as enemies until, sending heralds, they have invited them to peace. Indeed, it commands that the captive woman not be approached for outrage; but, allowing her thirty days to mourn whom she wishes, it says, after changing her clothes, “go in to her as a wife according to the law.” For it holds that intercourse should take place neither for outrage, nor for hire as with harlots, but only for the begetting of children.
2.18.89Stählin 2:160–161
ὁρᾷς φιλανθρωπίαν μετʼ ἐγκρατείας; τῷ ἐρῶντι κυρίῳ τῆς αἰχμαλώτου γεγονότι οὐκ ἐπιτρέπει χαρίζεσθαι τῇ ἡδονῇ, ἀνακόπτει δὲ τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν διαστήματι μεμετρημένῳ καὶ προσέτι ἀποκείρει τῆς αἰχμαλώτου καὶ τὰς τρίχας, ἵνα τὸν ἐφύβριστον δυσωπήσῃ ἔρωτα· εἰ γὰρ λογισμὸς ἀναπείθει γῆμαι, καὶ γενομένης αἰσχρᾶς ἀνθέξεται. ἔπειτα ἐάν τις τῆς ἐπιθυμίας κατάκορος γενόμενος μηκέτι κοινωνεῖν τῇ αἰχμαλώτῳ καταξιώσῃ, μηδὲ πιπράσκειν ταύτην ἐξεῖναι διατάττεται, ἀλλὰ μηδὲ ἔτι θεράπαιναν ἔχειν, ἐλευθέραν δὲ εἶναι καὶ τῆς οἰκετίας ἀπαλλάττεσθαι βούλεται, ὡς μὴ γυναικὸς ἑτέρας ἐπεισελθούσης πάθῃ τι τῶν κατὰ ζηλοτυπίαν ἀνηκέστων.
horąs philanthrōpian metʼ enkrateias? tǭ erōnti kyriǭ tēs aichmalōtou gegonoti ouk epitrepei charizesthai tę̄ hēdonę̄, anakoptei de tēn epithymian diastēmati memetrēmenǭ kai proseti apokeirei tēs aichmalōtou kai tas trichas, hina ton ephybriston dysōpēsę̄ erōta; ei gar logismos anapeithei gēmai, kai genomenēs aischras anthexetai. epeita ean tis tēs epithymias katakoros genomenos mēketi koinōnein tę̄ aichmalōtǭ kataxiōsę̄, mēde pipraskein tautēn exeinai diatattetai, alla mēde eti therapainan echein, eleutheran de einai kai tēs oiketias apallattesthai bouletai, hōs mē gynaikos heteras epeiselthousēs pathę̄ ti tōn kata zēlotypian anēkestōn.
Do you see philanthropy with self-control? It does not allow the lover who has become master of the captive to gratify his pleasure, but checks desire by a measured interval, and moreover cuts off the captive's hair, to shame an insolent passion; for if reason persuades him to marry, he will hold to her even when she has become unattractive. Then, if someone, sated with desire, no longer thinks fit to have relations with the captive, it is ordered that he may not sell her, nor even keep her as a servant; it wishes her to be free and released from the household, so that, when another wife comes in, she may not suffer any of the incurable things that come from jealousy.
2.18.90Stählin 2:161
Τί δέ; καὶ ἐχθρῶν ὑποζύγια ἀχθοφοροῦντα συνεπικουφίζειν καὶ συνεγείρειν προστάσσει πόρρωθεν διδάσκων ἡμᾶς ὁ κύριος ἐπιχαιρεκακίαν μὴ ἀσπάζεσθαι μηδὲ ἐφήδεσθαι τοῖς ἐχθροῖς, ἵνα τούτοις ἐγγυμνασαμένους ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐχθρῶν προσεύχεσθαι διδάξῃ. οὔτε γὰρ φθονεῖν καὶ ἐπὶ τοῖς τοῦ πέλας ἀγαθοῖς λυπεῖσθαι προσῆκεν οὐδὲ μὴν ἐπὶ τοῖς τοῦ πλησίον κακοῖς ἡδονὴν καρποῦσθαι. κἂν πλανώμενον μέντοι, φησίν, ἐχθροῦ τινος ὑποζύγιον εὕρῃς, τὰ τῆς διαφορᾶς παραλιπὼν ὑπεκκαύματα ἀπαγαγὼν ἀπόδος. τῇ γὰρ ἀμνηστίᾳ ἕπεται ἡ καλοκἀγαθία, καὶ ταύτῃ ἡ τῆς ἔχθρας διάλυσις. ἐντεῦθεν εἰς ὁμόνοιαν καταρτιζόμεθα, ἣ δὲ εἰς εὐδαιμονίαν χειραγωγεῖ. κἄν τινα ἐξ ἔθους ἐχθρὸν ὑπολάβῃς, παραλογιζόμενον δὲ τοῦτον ἀλόγως ἤτοι ἐπιθυμίᾳ ἢ καὶ θυμῷ καταλάβῃς, ἐπίστρεψον αὐτὸν εἰς καλοκἀγαθίαν.
Ti de? kai echthrōn hypozygia achthophorounta synepikouphizein kai synegeirein prostassei porrōthen didaskōn hēmas ho kyrios epichairekakian mē aspazesthai mēde ephēdesthai tois echthrois, hina toutois engymnasamenous hyper tōn echthrōn proseuchesthai didaxę̄. oute gar phthonein kai epi tois tou pelas agathois lypeisthai prosēken oude mēn epi tois tou plēsion kakois hēdonēn karpousthai. kan planōmenon mentoi, phēsin, echthrou tinos hypozygion heurę̄s, ta tēs diaphoras paralipōn hypekkaumata apagagōn apodos. tę̄ gar amnēstią hepetai hē kalokagathia, kai tautę̄ hē tēs echthras dialysis. enteuthen eis homonoian katartizometha, hē de eis eudaimonian cheiragōgei. kan tina ex ethous echthron hypolabę̄s, paralogizomenon de touton alogōs ētoi epithymią ē kai thymǭ katalabę̄s, epistrepson auton eis kalokagathian.
What then? It also commands us to help lighten and raise up the burdened beasts of our enemies, the Lord teaching us from afar not to welcome rejoicing at another's misfortune nor to take pleasure in our enemies' troubles, so that, having been trained in these things, he may teach us to pray for our enemies. For it is not fitting to envy and grieve at a neighbor's good things, nor to take pleasure in a neighbor's evils. “And if you find the beast of burden of some enemy of yours wandering,” it says, leaving aside the kindlings of the quarrel, “lead it back and return it.” For nobility follows forgetting wrongs, and from this comes the end of enmity. From this we are fitted for concord, and concord leads by the hand to happiness. And if you regard someone as an enemy from habit, but find him misled irrationally by desire or anger, turn him to nobility.
2.18.91Stählin 2:161–162
Ἆρα ἤδη καταφαίνεται φιλάνθρωπος καὶ χρηστὸς ὁ νόμος, ὁ εἰς Χριστὸν παιδαγωγῶν, θεός τε ὁ αὐτὸς ἀγαθὸς μετὰ δικαιοσύνης, ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς εἰς τέλος ἑκάστῳ γένει προσφυῶς εἰς σωτηρίαν κεχρημένος; ἐλεᾶτε, φησὶν ὁ κύριος, ἵνα ἐλεηθῆτε· ἀφίετε, ἵνα ἀφεθῇ ὑμῖν· ὡς ποιεῖτε, οὕτως ποιηθήσεται ὑμῖν· ὡς δίδοτε, οὕτως δοθήσεται ὑμῖν· ὡς κρίνετε, οὕτως κριθήσεσθε· ὡς χρηστεύεσθε, οὕτως χρηστευθήσεται ὑμῖν· ᾧ μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε, ἀντιμετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν. Ἔτι τοὺς ἐπὶ τροφῇ δουλεύοντας ἀτιμάζεσθαι κωλύει, τοῖς τε ἐκ δανείων καταδουλωθεῖσιν ἐκεχειρίαν τὴν εἰς πᾶν δίδωσιν ἐνιαυτῷ ἑβδόμῳ. ἀλλὰ καὶ ἱκέτας ἐκδιδόναι εἰς κόλασιν κωλύει. παντὸς οὖν μᾶλλον ἀληθὲς τὸ λόγιον ἐκεῖνο· ὥσπερ δοκιμάζεται χρυσὸς καὶ ἄργυρος εἰς κάμινον, οὕτως ἐκλέγεται καρδίας ἀνθρώπων κύριος. καὶ ὁ μὲν ἐλεήμων ἀνὴρ μακροθυμεῖ, ἐν παντί τε μεριμνῶντι ἔνεστι σοφία· ἐμπεσεῖται γὰρ μέριμνα ἀνδρὶ νοήμονι, φροντιστής τε ὢν ζωὴν ζητήσει· καὶ ὁ ζητῶν τὸν θεὸν εὑρήσει γνῶσιν μετὰ δικαιοσύνης, οἱ δὲ ὀρθῶς ζητήσαντες αὐτὸν εἰρήνην εὗρον.
Ara ēdē kataphainetai philanthrōpos kai chrēstos ho nomos, ho eis Christon paidagōgōn, theos te ho autos agathos meta dikaiosynēs, apʼ archēs eis telos hekastǭ genei prosphyōs eis sōtērian kechrēmenos? eleate, phēsin ho kyrios, hina eleēthēte; aphiete, hina aphethę̄ hymin; hōs poieite, houtōs poiēthēsetai hymin; hōs didote, houtōs dothēsetai hymin; hōs krinete, houtōs krithēsesthe; hōs chrēsteuesthe, houtōs chrēsteuthēsetai hymin; hǭ metrǭ metreite, antimetrēthēsetai hymin. Eti tous epi trophę̄ douleuontas atimazesthai kōlyei, tois te ek daneiōn katadoulōtheisin ekecheirian tēn eis pan didōsin eniautǭ hebdomǭ. alla kai hiketas ekdidonai eis kolasin kōlyei. pantos oun mallon alēthes to logion ekeino; hōsper dokimazetai chrysos kai argyros eis kaminon, houtōs eklegetai kardias anthrōpōn kyrios. kai ho men eleēmōn anēr makrothymei, en panti te merimnōnti enesti sophia; empeseitai gar merimna andri noēmoni, phrontistēs te ōn zōēn zētēsei; kai ho zētōn ton theon heurēsei gnōsin meta dikaiosynēs, hoi de orthōs zētēsantes auton eirēnēn heuron.
Does not the law now appear humane and kind, the law that is a schoolmaster to Christ, and God the same, good with justice, from the beginning to the end dealing with each generation fittingly for salvation? “Show mercy,” says the Lord, “that you may be shown mercy; forgive, that you may be forgiven; as you do, so it will be done to you; as you give, so it will be given to you; as you judge, so you will be judged; as you show kindness, so kindness will be shown to you; with the measure you measure, it will be measured back to you.” Further, it forbids dishonoring those who serve for their food, and gives those enslaved for debts a complete release in the seventh year. It also forbids handing over suppliants for punishment. More than anything, then, that oracle is true: “As gold and silver are tested in the furnace, so the Lord chooses the hearts of men.” And “the merciful man is long-suffering,” and “in everyone who takes thought there is wisdom”; for “care will fall on a man of understanding,” and, being thoughtful, “he will seek life”; and “the one who seeks God will find knowledge with righteousness, and those who have sought him rightly have found peace.”
2.18.92Stählin 2:162–163
Ἐμοὶ δὲ δοκεῖ καὶ Πυθαγόρας τὸ ἥμερον τὸ περὶ τὰ ἄλογα ζῷα παρὰ τοῦ νόμου εἰληφέναι. αὐτίκα τῶν γεννωμένων κατά τε τὰς ποίμνας κατά τε τὰ αἰπόλια καὶ βουκόλια τῆς παραχρῆμα ἀπολαύσεως, μηδὲ ἐπὶ προφάσει θυσιῶν λαμβάνοντας, ἀπέχεσθαι διηγόρευσεν, ἐκγόνων τε ἕνεκα καὶ μητέρων, εἰς ἡμερότητα τὸν ἄνθρωπον κάτωθεν ἀπὸ τῶν ἀλόγων ζῴων ἀνατρέφων. χάρισαι γοῦν, φησί, τῇ μητρὶ τὸ ἔκγονον κἂν ἑπτὰ τὰς πρώτας ἡμέρας. εἰ γὰρ μηδὲν ἀναιτίως γίνεται, γάλα δὲ ἐπομβρεῖται ταῖς τετοκυίαις εἰς διατροφὴν τῶν ἐκγόνων, ὁ ἀποσπῶν τῆς τοῦ γάλακτος οἰκονομίας τὸ τεχθὲν ἀτιμάζει τὴν φύσιν. δυσωπείσθωσαν οὖν Ἕλληνες καὶ εἴ τις ἕτερός ἐστι τοῦ νόμου κατατρέχων, εἰ ὃ μὲν καὶ ἐπʼ ἀλόγων ζῴων χρηστεύεται, οἳ δὲ καὶ τὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐκτιθέασιν ἔκγονα, καίτοι μακρόθεν καὶ προφητικῶς ἀνακόπτοντος αὐτῶν τὴν ἀγριότητα τοῦ νόμου διὰ τῆς προειρημένης ἐντολῆς. εἰ γὰρ τῶν ἀλόγων τὰ ἔκγονα διαζεύγνυσθαι τῆς τεκούσης πρὸ τῆς γαλακτουχίας ἀπαγορεύει, πολὺ πλέον ἐπʼ ἀνθρώπων τὴν ὠμὴν καὶ ἀτιθάσευτον προθεραπεύει γνώμην, ἵνʼ εἰ καὶ τῆς φύσεως, μαθήσεως γοῦν μὴ καταφρονῶσιν.
Emoi de dokei kai Pythagoras to hēmeron to peri ta aloga zǭa para tou nomou eilēphenai. autika tōn gennōmenōn kata te tas poimnas kata te ta aipolia kai boukolia tēs parachrēma apolauseōs, mēde epi prophasei thysiōn lambanontas, apechesthai diēgoreusen, ekgonōn te heneka kai mēterōn, eis hēmerotēta ton anthrōpon katōthen apo tōn alogōn zǭōn anatrephōn. charisai goun, phēsi, tę̄ mētri to ekgonon kan hepta tas prōtas hēmeras. ei gar mēden anaitiōs ginetai, gala de epombreitai tais tetokuiais eis diatrophēn tōn ekgonōn, ho apospōn tēs tou galaktos oikonomias to techthen atimazei tēn physin. dysōpeisthōsan oun Hellēnes kai ei tis heteros esti tou nomou katatrechōn, ei ho men kai epʼ alogōn zǭōn chrēsteuetai, hoi de kai ta tōn anthrōpōn ektitheasin ekgona, kaitoi makrothen kai prophētikōs anakoptontos autōn tēn agriotēta tou nomou dia tēs proeirēmenēs entolēs. ei gar tōn alogōn ta ekgona diazeugnysthai tēs tekousēs pro tēs galaktouchias apagoreuei, poly pleon epʼ anthrōpōn tēn ōmēn kai atithaseuton protherapeuei gnōmēn, hinʼ ei kai tēs physeōs, mathēseōs goun mē kataphronōsin.
It seems to me that Pythagoras too took his gentleness toward irrational animals from the law. For example, he forbade taking the young born in flocks of sheep, goats, and cattle for immediate enjoyment, not even on the pretext of sacrifices, for the sake of the young and the mothers, training man up to gentleness from below, from the irrational animals. “Grant the young,” it says, “to its mother at least for the first seven days.” For if nothing happens without a cause, and milk pours down in those who have given birth for the nourishment of the young, the one who tears the newborn from the provision of milk dishonors nature. Let the Greeks, then, be ashamed, and anyone else who runs down the law, if the law shows kindness even to irrational animals, while they expose even the offspring of human beings; though the law, from afar and prophetically, cut short their savagery through the commandment just mentioned. For if it forbids the young of irrational animals to be separated from the mother before weaning, much more does it treat in advance the cruel and untamed disposition in the case of human beings, so that, if they despise nature, they may at least not despise instruction.
2.18.93Stählin 2:163
ἐρίφων μὲν γὰρ καὶ ἀρνῶν ἐμφορεῖσθαι ἐπιτέτραπται, καί τις ἴσως ἀπολογία τῷ διαζεύξαντι τῆς τεκούσης τὸ ἔκγονον· ἡ δὲ τοῦ παιδίου ἔκθεσις τίνα τὴν αἰτίαν ἔχει; ἐχρῆν γὰρ μηδὲ τὴν ἀρχὴν γῆμαι τῷ μηδὲ παιδοποιεῖσθαι γλιχομένῳ ἢ διʼ ἡδονῆς ἀκρασίαν παιδοκτόνον γεγονέναι. πάλιν αὖ ὁ χρηστὸς νόμος ἀπαγορεύει ἡμέρᾳ τῇ αὐτῇ συγκαταθύειν ἔκγονον καὶ μητέρα. ἐντεῦθεν καὶ Ῥωμαῖοι, εἰ καί τις ἔγκυος καταδικασθείη τὴν ἐπὶ θανάτῳ, οὐ πρότερον ἐῶσιν ὑποσχεῖν τὴν τιμωρίαν πρὶν ἢ ἐκτεκεῖν. ἄντικρυς γοῦν καὶ ὅσα τῶν ζῴων κυοφορεῖ, ὁ νόμος οὐκ ἐπιτρέπει ἄχρις ἂν ἀποτέκῃ σφαγιάζεσθαι, μακρόθεν ἐπισχὼν τὴν εὐχέρειαν τῶν εἰς ἄνθρωπον ἀδικούντων. οὕτως ἄχρι καὶ τῶν ἀλόγων ζῴων τὸ ἐπιεικὲς ἀπέτεινεν, ἵνα ἐν τοῖς ἀνομογενέσιν ἀσκήσαντες πολλῇ τινι περιουσίᾳ φιλανθρωπίας ἐν τοῖς ὁμογενέσι χρησώμεθα.
eriphōn men gar kai arnōn emphoreisthai epitetraptai, kai tis isōs apologia tǭ diazeuxanti tēs tekousēs to ekgonon; hē de tou paidiou ekthesis tina tēn aitian echei? echrēn gar mēde tēn archēn gēmai tǭ mēde paidopoieisthai glichomenǭ ē diʼ hēdonēs akrasian paidoktonon gegonenai. palin au ho chrēstos nomos apagoreuei hēmerą tę̄ autę̄ synkatathyein ekgonon kai mētera. enteuthen kai Rhōmaioi, ei kai tis enkyos katadikastheiē tēn epi thanatǭ, ou proteron eōsin hyposchein tēn timōrian prin ē ektekein. antikrys goun kai hosa tōn zǭōn kyophorei, ho nomos ouk epitrepei achris an apotekę̄ sphagiazesthai, makrothen epischōn tēn euchereian tōn eis anthrōpon adikountōn. houtōs achri kai tōn alogōn zǭōn to epieikes apeteinen, hina en tois anomogenesin askēsantes pollę̄ tini periousią philanthrōpias en tois homogenesi chrēsōmetha.
For it is permitted to eat one's fill of kids and lambs, and perhaps there is some defense for the one who separates the young from its mother; but what reason does the exposure of a child have? For the one who did not wish to have children should not have married at all in the first place, rather than become a child-killer through lack of self-control in pleasure. Again, the good law forbids sacrificing the young and its mother on the same day. From this the Romans too, if a pregnant woman is condemned to death, do not allow her to undergo the punishment before she gives birth. Indeed the law plainly does not allow any animals that are pregnant to be slaughtered until they give birth, restraining from afar the recklessness of those who wrong human beings. So it extended fairness even to irrational animals, so that, having practiced on those of another kind, we might show an abundance of humanity toward those of our own kind.
2.18.94Stählin 2:163–164
οἳ δὲ καὶ περιλακτίζοντες τὰς γαστέρας πρὸ τῆς ἀποτέξεως ζῴων τινῶν, ἵνα δὴ γάλακτι ἀνακεκραμένην σάρκα θοινάζωνται, τάφον τῶν κυοφορουμένων τὴν εἰς γένεσιν κτισθεῖσαν μήτραν πεποιήκασι, διαρρήδην τοῦ νομοθέτου κελεύοντος ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ἑψήσεις ἄρνα ἐν γάλακτι μητρὸς αὐτοῦ· μὴ γὰρ γινέσθω ἡ τοῦ ζῶντος τροφὴ ἥδυσμα τοῦ ἀναιρεθέντος ζῴου, φησίν ἡ σάρξ, μηδὲ τὸ τῆς ζωῆς αἴτιον συνεργὸν τῇ τοῦ σώματος καταναλώσει γινέσθω. ὁ δὲ αὐτὸς νόμος διαγορεύει βοῦν ἀλοῦντα μὴ φιμοῦν· δεῖ γὰρ καὶ τὸν ἐργάτην τροφῆς ἀξιοῦσθαι. ἀπαγορεύει τε ἐν ταὐτῷ καταζευγνύναι πρὸς ἄροτον γῆς βοῦν καὶ ὄνον, τάχα μὲν καὶ τοῦ περὶ τὰ ζῷα ἀνοικείου στοχασάμενος, δηλῶν δʼ ἅμα μηδένα τῶν ἑτεροεθνῶν ἀδικεῖν καὶ ὑπὸ ζυγὸν ἄγειν, οὐδὲν ἔχοντας αἰτιάσασθαι ἢ ὅτι τὸ ἀλλογενές, ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἀναίτιον, μήτε κακία μήτε ἀπὸ κακίας ὁρμώμενον. ἐμοὶ δὲ δοκεῖ καὶ μηνύειν ἡ ἀλληγορία, μὴ δεῖν ἐπʼ ἴσης καθαρῷ καὶ ἀκαθάρτῳ, πιστῷ τε καὶ ἀπίστῳ τῆς τοῦ λόγου μεταδιδόναι γεωργίας, διότι τὸ μέν ἐστι καθαρόν, ὁ βοῦς, ὄνος δὲ τῶν ἀκαθάρτων λελόγισται.
hoi de kai perilaktizontes tas gasteras pro tēs apotexeōs zǭōn tinōn, hina dē galakti anakekramenēn sarka thoinazōntai, taphon tōn kyophoroumenōn tēn eis genesin ktistheisan mētran pepoiēkasi, diarrēdēn tou nomothetou keleuontos allʼ oude hepsēseis arna en galakti mētros autou; mē gar ginesthō hē tou zōntos trophē hēdysma tou anairethentos zǭou, phēsin hē sarx, mēde to tēs zōēs aition synergon tę̄ tou sōmatos katanalōsei ginesthō. ho de autos nomos diagoreuei boun alounta mē phimoun; dei gar kai ton ergatēn trophēs axiousthai. apagoreuei te en tautǭ katazeugnynai pros aroton gēs boun kai onon, tacha men kai tou peri ta zǭa anoikeiou stochasamenos, dēlōn dʼ hama mēdena tōn heteroethnōn adikein kai hypo zygon agein, ouden echontas aitiasasthai ē hoti to allogenes, hoper estin anaition, mēte kakia mēte apo kakias hormōmenon. emoi de dokei kai mēnyein hē allēgoria, mē dein epʼ isēs katharǭ kai akathartǭ, pistǭ te kai apistǭ tēs tou logou metadidonai geōrgias, dioti to men esti katharon, ho bous, onos de tōn akathartōn lelogistai.
But those who kick the bellies of certain animals before they give birth, so as to feast on flesh mixed with milk, have made the womb, created for birth, a tomb for the unborn, though the lawgiver expressly commands: “But you shall not boil a lamb in its mother's milk.” For let not the food of the living animal become a seasoning for the slain one, it says, the flesh; and let not the cause of life become a helper in the consuming of the body. The same law orders that an ox treading out grain not be muzzled; for the worker too must be counted worthy of food. And it forbids yoking an ox and a donkey together to plow the land, perhaps aiming at what is unsuitable between the animals, but at the same time showing that one must not wrong anyone of another nation and bring him under the yoke, when there is nothing to accuse him of except that he is of another race, which is no charge, being neither vice nor arising from vice. But to me the allegory also seems to indicate that one must not share the husbandry of the Word equally with the clean and the unclean, the faithful and the unfaithful; because the one, the ox, is clean, while the donkey has been reckoned among the unclean.
2.18.95Stählin 2:164–165
Δαψιλευόμενος δὲ τῇ φιλανθρωπίᾳ ὁ χρηστὸς λόγος μηδὲ ὅσα τῆς ἡμέρου ὕλης ἐστί, δενδροτομεῖν ταῦτα προσῆκον εἶναι διδάσκει, μηδὲ μὴν κείρειν ἐπὶ λύμῃ στάχυν πρὸ τοῦ θερισμοῦ, ἀλλὰ μηδὲ συνόλως καρπὸν ἥμερον διαφθείρειν μήτε τὸν γῆς μήτε τὸν τῆς ψυχῆς· οὐδὲ γὰρ τὴν τῶν πολεμίων χώραν τέμνειν ἐᾷ. ναὶ μὴν καὶ γεωργικοὶ παρὰ τοῦ νόμου καὶ ταῦτα ὠφέληνται· κελεύει γὰρ τὰ νεόφυτα τῶν δένδρων ἐπὶ τριετίαν ἑξῆς τιθηνεῖσθαι τάς τε περιττὰς ἐπιφύσεις ἀποτέμνοντας, ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ βαρυνόμενα πιέζεσθαι καὶ ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ κατακερματιζομένης τῆς τροφῆς διʼ ἔνδειαν ἐξασθενεῖν, γυροῦν τε καὶ περισκάπτειν, ὡς μηδὲν παραβλαστάνον κωλύῃ τὴν αὔξησιν. τόν τε καρπὸν οὐκ ἐᾷ δρέπεσθαι ἀτελῆ ἐξ ἀτελῶν, ἀλλὰ μετὰ τριετίαν ἔτει τετάρτῳ καθιερώσοντα τὴν ἀπαρχὴν τῷ θεῷ μετὰ τὸ τελεωθῆναι τὸ δένδρον.
Dapsileuomenos de tę̄ philanthrōpią ho chrēstos logos mēde hosa tēs hēmerou hylēs esti, dendrotomein tauta prosēkon einai didaskei, mēde mēn keirein epi lymę̄ stachyn pro tou therismou, alla mēde synolōs karpon hēmeron diaphtheirein mēte ton gēs mēte ton tēs psychēs; oude gar tēn tōn polemiōn chōran temnein eą. nai mēn kai geōrgikoi para tou nomou kai tauta ōphelēntai; keleuei gar ta neophyta tōn dendrōn epi trietian hexēs tithēneisthai tas te perittas epiphyseis apotemnontas, hyper tou mē barynomena piezesthai kai hyper tou mē katakermatizomenēs tēs trophēs diʼ endeian exasthenein, gyroun te kai periskaptein, hōs mēden parablastanon kōlyę̄ tēn auxēsin. ton te karpon ouk eą drepesthai atelē ex atelōn, alla meta trietian etei tetartǭ kathierōsonta tēn aparchēn tǭ theǭ meta to teleōthēnai to dendron.
The good Word, lavish in its humanity, teaches that it is not fitting to cut down even what belongs to cultivated trees, nor to crop the ear of grain for mischief before harvest, nor in general to destroy cultivated fruit, whether of the earth or of the soul; for it does not allow even the land of enemies to be ravaged. Indeed farmers too have been helped by the law in this: for it commands that newly planted trees be tended for three years in a row, cutting off the superfluous growths, so that they may not be weighed down and pressed, and may not weaken from lack when their nourishment is divided up; and that they be dug and trenched around, so that nothing sprouting beside them may hinder their growth. And it does not allow the fruit to be picked unripe from unripe trees, but after three years, in the fourth year, consecrating the firstfruits to God after the tree has matured.
2.18.96Stählin 2:165–166
εἴη δʼ ἂν οὗτος ὁ τῆς γεωργίας τύπος διδασκαλίας τρόπος, διδάσκων δεῖν τὰς παραφύσεις τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἐπικόπτειν καὶ τὰς συναναθαλλούσας τῷ γονίμῳ καρπῷ ματαίας τῆς ἐννοίας πόας, ἔστʼ ἂν τελειωθῇ καὶ βέβαιον γένηται τὸ ἔρνος τῆς πίστεως. τῷ τε γὰρ τετάρτῳ ἔτει, ἐπεὶ καὶ χρόνου χρεία τῷ κατηχουμένῳ βεβαίως, ἡ τετρὰς τῶν ἀρετῶν καθιεροῦται τῷ θεῷ, τῆς τρίτης ἤδη μονῆς συναπτούσης ἐπὶ τὴν τοῦ κυρίου τετάρτην ὑπόστασιν. Θυσία δὲ αἰνέσεως ὑπὲρ ὁλοκαυτώματα. οὗτος γάρ σοι, φησί, δίδωσιν ἰσχὺν ποιῆσαι δύναμιν. ἐὰν δὲ φωτισθῇ σοι τὰ πράγματα, λαβὼν καὶ κτησάμενος ἰσχὺν ἐν γνώσει ποίει δύναμιν. ἐμφαίνει γὰρ διὰ τούτων τά τε ἀγαθὰ τάς τε δωρεὰς παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ χορηγεῖσθαι καὶ δεῖν ἡμᾶς, διακόνους γενομένους τῆς θείας χάριτος, σπείρειν τὰς τοῦ θεοῦ εὐποιίας καὶ τοὺς πλησιάζοντας κατασκευάζειν καλούς τε καὶ ἀγαθούς, ἵνα ὡς ὅτι μάλιστα ὁ μὲν σώφρων τοὺς ἐγκρατεῖς, ὁ δὲ ἀνδρεῖος τοὺς γενναίους συνετούς τε ὁ φρόνιμος καὶ δίκαιος τοὺς δικαίους ἐκτελῇ.
eiē dʼ an houtos ho tēs geōrgias typos didaskalias tropos, didaskōn dein tas paraphyseis tōn hamartiōn epikoptein kai tas synanathallousas tǭ gonimǭ karpǭ mataias tēs ennoias poas, estʼ an teleiōthę̄ kai bebaion genētai to ernos tēs pisteōs. tǭ te gar tetartǭ etei, epei kai chronou chreia tǭ katēchoumenǭ bebaiōs, hē tetras tōn aretōn kathieroutai tǭ theǭ, tēs tritēs ēdē monēs synaptousēs epi tēn tou kyriou tetartēn hypostasin. Thysia de aineseōs hyper holokautōmata. houtos gar soi, phēsi, didōsin ischyn poiēsai dynamin. ean de phōtisthę̄ soi ta pragmata, labōn kai ktēsamenos ischyn en gnōsei poiei dynamin. emphainei gar dia toutōn ta te agatha tas te dōreas para tou theou chorēgeisthai kai dein hēmas, diakonous genomenous tēs theias charitos, speirein tas tou theou eupoiias kai tous plēsiazontas kataskeuazein kalous te kai agathous, hina hōs hoti malista ho men sōphrōn tous enkrateis, ho de andreios tous gennaious synetous te ho phronimos kai dikaios tous dikaious ektelę̄.
This figure of farming would be a way of teaching, teaching that we must cut off the outgrowths of sins and the vain weeds of thought that spring up with the fruitful crop, until the shoot of faith is perfected and made firm. For in the fourth year, since time is needed for the one being instructed to be firmly established, the tetrad of the virtues is consecrated to God, the third stage now joining on to the fourth, the Lord's own reality. “A sacrifice of praise is better than burnt offerings.” “For he,” it says, “gives you strength to do mighty things.” And if matters have been made clear to you, having received and acquired strength in knowledge, do mighty things. For by these words he shows that good things and gifts are supplied by God, and that we, having become ministers of divine grace, must sow God's benefits and make those who come near us noble and good; so that, as far as possible, the self-restrained may make others self-controlled, the courageous make them noble, the prudent make them understanding, and the just make them just.
Miscellanies 2, chapter 19
2.19.97Stählin 2:166
Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ κατʼ εἰκόνα καὶ ὁμοίωσιν, ὁ γνωστικός, ὁ μιμούμενος τὸν θεὸν καθʼ ὅσον οἷόν τε, μηδὲν παραλιπὼν τῶν εἰς τὴν ἐνδεχομένην ὁμοίωσιν, ἐγκρατευόμενος, ὑπομένων, δικαίως βιούς, βασιλεύων τῶν παθῶν, μεταδιδοὺς ὧν ἔχει, ὡς οἷός τέ ἐστιν, εὐεργετῶν καὶ λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ. οὗτος μέγιστος, φησίν, ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ ὃς ἂν ποιῇ καὶ διδάσκῃ μιμούμενος τὸν θεὸν τῷ παραπλήσια χαρίζεσθαι· κοινωφελεῖς γὰρ αἱ τοῦ θεοῦ δωρεαί. ὃς δʼ ἂν ἐγχειρῇ τι πράσσειν μεθʼ ὑπερηφανίας, τὸν θεὸν παροξύνει, φησίν· ἀλαζονεία γὰρ ψυχῆς ἐστι κακία, ἀφʼ ἧς καὶ τῶν ἄλλων κακιῶν μετανοεῖν κελεύει ἁρμοζομένοις τὸν βίον ἐξ ἀναρμοστίας πρὸς τὴν ἀμείνω μεταβολὴν διὰ τῶν τριῶν τούτων, στόματος, καρδίας, χειρῶν.
Houtos estin ho katʼ eikona kai homoiōsin, ho gnōstikos, ho mimoumenos ton theon kathʼ hoson hoion te, mēden paralipōn tōn eis tēn endechomenēn homoiōsin, enkrateuomenos, hypomenōn, dikaiōs bious, basileuōn tōn pathōn, metadidous hōn echei, hōs hoios te estin, euergetōn kai logǭ kai ergǭ. houtos megistos, phēsin, en tę̄ basileią hos an poię̄ kai didaskę̄ mimoumenos ton theon tǭ paraplēsia charizesthai; koinōpheleis gar hai tou theou dōreai. hos dʼ an encheirę̄ ti prassein methʼ hyperēphanias, ton theon paroxynei, phēsin; alazoneia gar psychēs esti kakia, aphʼ hēs kai tōn allōn kakiōn metanoein keleuei harmozomenois ton bion ex anarmostias pros tēn ameinō metabolēn dia tōn triōn toutōn, stomatos, kardias, cheirōn.
This is the one who is according to the image and likeness, the one who knows, who imitates God as far as possible, leaving out nothing that leads to the likeness that is attainable: exercising self-control, enduring, living justly, ruling over the passions, sharing what he has as far as he can, doing good both in word and in deed. “He is greatest in the kingdom,” it says, “who does and teaches,” imitating God by giving similar gifts; for the gifts of God are for the common good. “But whoever undertakes to do anything with arrogance provokes God,” it says; for pride is a vice of the soul, and from it, as from the other vices, it commands us to repent, bringing our life from disharmony into harmony for the change to the better through these three: mouth, heart, and hands.
2.19.98Stählin 2:166–167
σύμβολον δʼ ἂν εἴη ταῦτα, πράξεως μὲν αἱ χεῖρες, βουλῆς δὲ ἡ καρδία καὶ λόγου στόμα. καλῶς οὖν ἐπὶ τῶν μετανοούντων εἴρηται τὸ λόγιον ἐκεῖνο· τὸν θεὸν εἵλου σήμερον εἶναί σου θεόν, καὶ κύριος εἵλετό σε σήμερον γενέσθαι λαὸν αὐτῷ. τὸν γὰρ σπεύδοντα θεραπεύειν τὸ ὂν ἱκέτην ὄντα ἐξοικειοῦται ὁ θεός. κἂν εἷς τὸν ἀριθμόν, ἐπʼ ἴσης τῷ λαῷ τετίμηται· μέρος γὰρ ὢν τοῦ λαοῦ συμπληρωτικὸς αὐτοῦ γίνεται, ἀποκατασταθεὶς ἐξ οὗ ἦν, καλεῖται δὲ καὶ ἐκ μέρους τὸ πᾶν. αὕτη δὲ ἡ εὐγένεια ἐν τῷ ἑλέσθαι καὶ συνασκῆσαι τὰ κάλλιστα διαδείκνυται. ἐπεὶ τί τὸν Ἀδὰμ ὠφέλησεν ἡ τοσαύτη αὐτοῦ εὐγένεια; πατὴρ δὲ αὐτοῦ θνητὸς οὐδείς· αὐτὸς γὰρ ἀνθρώπων τῶν ἐν γενέσει πατήρ. τὰ μὲν αἰσχρὰ οὗτος προθύμως εἵλετο ἑπόμενος τῇ γυναικί, τῶν δὲ ἀληθῶν καὶ καλῶν ἠμέλησεν· ἐφʼ οἷς θνητὸν ἀθανάτου βίον, ἀλλʼ οὐκ εἰς τέλος, ἀνθυπηλλάξατο.
symbolon dʼ an eiē tauta, praxeōs men hai cheires, boulēs de hē kardia kai logou stoma. kalōs oun epi tōn metanoountōn eirētai to logion ekeino; ton theon heilou sēmeron einai sou theon, kai kyrios heileto se sēmeron genesthai laon autǭ. ton gar speudonta therapeuein to on hiketēn onta exoikeioutai ho theos. kan heis ton arithmon, epʼ isēs tǭ laǭ tetimētai; meros gar ōn tou laou symplērōtikos autou ginetai, apokatastatheis ex hou ēn, kaleitai de kai ek merous to pan. hautē de hē eugeneia en tǭ helesthai kai synaskēsai ta kallista diadeiknytai. epei ti ton Adam ōphelēsen hē tosautē autou eugeneia? patēr de autou thnētos oudeis; autos gar anthrōpōn tōn en genesei patēr. ta men aischra houtos prothymōs heileto hepomenos tę̄ gynaiki, tōn de alēthōn kai kalōn ēmelēsen; ephʼ hois thnēton athanatou bion, allʼ ouk eis telos, anthypēllaxato.
These would be symbols: the hands of action, the heart of counsel, the mouth of speech. Well, then, has that oracle been spoken about those who repent: “You have chosen God today to be your God, and the Lord has chosen you today to become his people.” For God makes his own the one who hastens to serve Him who Is, being a suppliant. And even if he is one in number, he is honored equally with the people; for being part of the people, he helps to complete it, restored to what he was; and the whole is also named from the part. This nobility is shown in choosing and practicing the best things. For what did his great nobility profit Adam? No mortal was his father; for he himself was the father of men who are born. He eagerly chose shameful things, following the woman, and neglected what is true and good; for which he exchanged immortal life for a mortal one, but not forever.
2.19.99Stählin 2:167
Νῶε δὲ ὁ μὴ οὕτω γενόμενος ὡς ὁ Ἀδὰμ ἐπισκοπῇ θείᾳ διασῴζεται· φέρων γὰρ αὑτὸν ἀνέθηκε τῷ θεῷ. τόν τε Ἀβραὰμ ἐκ τριῶν παιδοποιησάμενον γυναικῶν οὐ διʼ ἡδονῆς ἀπόλαυσιν, διʼ ἐλπίδα δέ, οἶμαι, τοῦ πληθῦναι τὸ γένος ἐν ἀρχῇ, εἷς μόνος διαδέχεται κληρονόμος τῶν πατρῴων ἀγαθῶν, οἱ δὲ ἄλλοι διῳκίσθησαν τῆς συγγενείας· ἔκ τε αὐτοῦ διδύμων γενομένων ὁ νεώτερος κληρονομεῖ εὐάρεστος τῷ πατρὶ γενόμενος, καὶ τὰς εὐχὰς λαμβάνει, δουλεύει δὲ ὁ πρεσβύτερος αὐτῷ· ἀγαθὸν γὰρ μέγιστον τῷ φαύλῳ τὸ μὴ αὐτεξούσιον. ἡ δὲ οἰκονομία αὕτη καὶ προφητικὴ καὶ τυπική. ὅτι δὲ τοῦ σοφοῦ πάντα ἐστί, σαφῶς μηνύει λέγων· διότι ἠλέησέν με ὁ θεός, ἔστι μοι πάντα. ἑνὸς γὰρ δεῖν ὀρέγεσθαι διδάσκει, διʼ οὗ τὰ πάντα γέγονεν καὶ τοῖς ἀξίοις τὰ ἐπηγγελμένα νέμεται.
Nōe de ho mē houtō genomenos hōs ho Adam episkopę̄ theią diasǭzetai; pherōn gar hauton anethēke tǭ theǭ. ton te Abraam ek triōn paidopoiēsamenon gynaikōn ou diʼ hēdonēs apolausin, diʼ elpida de, oimai, tou plēthynai to genos en archę̄, heis monos diadechetai klēronomos tōn patrǭōn agathōn, hoi de alloi diǭkisthēsan tēs syngeneias; ek te autou didymōn genomenōn ho neōteros klēronomei euarestos tǭ patri genomenos, kai tas euchas lambanei, douleuei de ho presbyteros autǭ; agathon gar megiston tǭ phaulǭ to mē autexousion. hē de oikonomia hautē kai prophētikē kai typikē. hoti de tou sophou panta esti, saphōs mēnyei legōn; dioti ēleēsen me ho theos, esti moi panta. henos gar dein oregesthai didaskei, diʼ hou ta panta gegonen kai tois axiois ta epēngelmena nemetai.
But Noah, who did not become like Adam, was saved by divine oversight; for he offered himself freely to God. And of Abraham, who had children by three women, not for the enjoyment of pleasure but, I think, in the hope of multiplying the race at the beginning, only one succeeded as heir of the father's goods, while the others were settled away from the family. And of the twins born from him, the younger inherits, having become pleasing to his father, and receives the blessings, while the elder serves him; for it is the greatest good for a worthless man not to be his own master. This arrangement is both prophetic and typical. And that all things belong to the wise man he clearly shows, saying: “Because God has had mercy on me, I have all things.” For he teaches that we must long for one thing, through which all things came to be and the promised things are distributed to the worthy.
2.19.100Stählin 2:167–168
κληρονόμον οὖν τὸν σπουδαῖον γενόμενον τῆς βασιλείας συμπολίτην διὰ τῆς θείας σοφίας ἀναγράφει καὶ τῶν πάλαι δικαίων, τῶν κατὰ τὸν νόμον καὶ πρὸ νόμου νομίμως βεβιωκότων, ὧν αἱ πράξεις νόμοι γεγόνασιν εἰς ἡμᾶς. πάλιν τε αὖ βασιλέα τὸν σοφὸν διδάσκων τοὺς μὴ ὁμοφύλους ποιεῖ λέγοντας αὐτῷ· βασιλεὺς παρὰ θεοῦ σὺ ἐν ἡμῖν εἶ, ἐθελουσίῳ γνώμῃ τῶν ἀρχομένων διὰ ζῆλον ἀρετῆς ὑπακουόντων τῷ σπουδαίῳ. Πλάτων δὲ ὁ φιλόσοφος, εὐδαιμονίαν τέλος τιθέμενος, ὁμοίωσιν θεῷ φησιν αὐτὴν εἶναι κατὰ τὸ δυνατόν, εἴτε καὶ συνδραμών πως τῷ δόγματι τοῦ νόμου (αἱ γὰρ μεγάλαι φύσεις καὶ γυμναὶ παθῶν εὐστοχοῦσί πως περὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ὥς φησιν ὁ Πυθαγόρειος Φίλων τὰ Μωυσέως ἐξηγούμενος), εἴτε καὶ παρά τινων τότε λογίων ἀναδιδαχθεὶς ἅτε μαθήσεως ἀεὶ διψῶν. φησὶ γὰρ ὁ νόμος· ὀπίσω κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ ὑμῶν πορεύεσθε καὶ τὰς ἐντολάς μου φυλάξετε. τὴν μὲν γὰρ ἐξομοίωσιν ὁ νόμος ἀκολουθίαν ὀνομάζει· ἡ δὲ τοιαύτη ἀκολουθία κατὰ δύναμιν ἐξομοιοῖ. γίνεσθε, φησὶν ὁ κύριος, ἐλεήμονες καὶ οἰκτίρμονες, ὡς ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος οἰκτίρμων ἐστίν.
klēronomon oun ton spoudaion genomenon tēs basileias sympolitēn dia tēs theias sophias anagraphei kai tōn palai dikaiōn, tōn kata ton nomon kai pro nomou nomimōs bebiōkotōn, hōn hai praxeis nomoi gegonasin eis hēmas. palin te au basilea ton sophon didaskōn tous mē homophylous poiei legontas autǭ; basileus para theou sy en hēmin ei, ethelousiǭ gnōmę̄ tōn archomenōn dia zēlon aretēs hypakouontōn tǭ spoudaiǭ. Platōn de ho philosophos, eudaimonian telos tithemenos, homoiōsin theǭ phēsin autēn einai kata to dynaton, eite kai syndramōn pōs tǭ dogmati tou nomou (hai gar megalai physeis kai gymnai pathōn eustochousi pōs peri tēn alētheian, hōs phēsin ho Pythagoreios Philōn ta Mōyseōs exēgoumenos), eite kai para tinōn tote logiōn anadidachtheis hate mathēseōs aei dipsōn. phēsi gar ho nomos; opisō kyriou tou theou hymōn poreuesthe kai tas entolas mou phylaxete. tēn men gar exomoiōsin ho nomos akolouthian onomazei; hē de toiautē akolouthia kata dynamin exomoioi. ginesthe, phēsin ho kyrios, eleēmones kai oiktirmones, hōs ho patēr hymōn ho ouranios oiktirmōn estin.
So the good man who has become an heir of the kingdom is enrolled, through divine wisdom, as a fellow citizen also of the righteous of old, those who lived lawfully under the law and before the law, whose actions have become laws for us. And again, teaching that the wise man is a king, it makes those not of his race say to him, “You are a king from God among us,” since those ruled obey the good man by a willing mind through zeal for virtue. And Plato the philosopher, setting happiness as the goal, says that it is likeness to God as far as possible; whether he in some way met with the doctrine of the law (for great natures, stripped of passions, somehow hit the mark concerning the truth, as the Pythagorean Philo says in expounding the books of Moses), or whether he was taught by certain oracles of that time, being always thirsty for learning. For the law says: “Walk after the Lord your God, and keep my commandments.” For the law calls likeness “following”; and such following makes one like, as far as possible. “Be merciful,” says the Lord, “and compassionate, as your heavenly Father is compassionate.”
2.19.101Stählin 2:168
ἐντεῦθεν καὶ οἱ Στωϊκοὶ τὸ ἀκολούθως τῇ φύσει ζῆν τέλος εἶναι ἐδογμάτισαν, τὸν θεὸν εἰς φύσιν μετονομάσαντες ἀπρεπῶς, ἐπειδὴ ἡ φύσις καὶ εἰς φυτὰ καὶ εἰς σπαρτὰ καὶ εἰς δένδρα καὶ εἰς λίθους διατείνει. Σαφῶς τοίνυν εἴρηται· ἄνδρες κακοὶ οὐ νοοῦσι νόμον, οἱ δὲ ἀγαπῶντες νόμον προβάλλουσιν ἑαυτοῖς τεῖχος. σοφία γὰρ πανούργων ἐπιγνώσεται τὰς ὁδοὺς αὐτῆς, ἄνοια δὲ ἀφρόνων ἐν πλάνῃ. ἐπὶ τίνα γὰρ ἐπιβλέψω ἀλλʼ ἢ ἐπὶ τὸν πρᾷον καὶ ἡσύχιον καὶ τρέμοντά μου τοὺς λόγους; ἡ προφητεία λέγει. Τριττὰ δὲ εἴδη φιλίας διδασκόμεθα, καὶ τούτων τὸ μὲν πρῶτον καὶ ἄριστον τὸ κατʼ ἀρετήν· στερρὰ γὰρ ἡ ἐκ λόγου ἀγάπη· τὸ δὲ δεύτερον καὶ μέσον τὸ κατʼ ἀμοιβήν· κοινωνικὸν δὲ τοῦτο καὶ μεταδοτικὸν καὶ βιωφελές· κοινὴ γὰρ ἡ ἐκ χάριτος φιλία· τὸ δὲ ὕστατον καὶ τρίτον ἡμεῖς μὲν τὸ ἐκ συνηθείας φαμέν, οἳ δὲ τὸ καθʼ ἡδονὴν τρεπτὸν καὶ μεταβλητόν.
enteuthen kai hoi Stōïkoi to akolouthōs tę̄ physei zēn telos einai edogmatisan, ton theon eis physin metonomasantes aprepōs, epeidē hē physis kai eis phyta kai eis sparta kai eis dendra kai eis lithous diateinei. Saphōs toinyn eirētai; andres kakoi ou noousi nomon, hoi de agapōntes nomon proballousin heautois teichos. sophia gar panourgōn epignōsetai tas hodous autēs, anoia de aphronōn en planę̄. epi tina gar epiblepsō allʼ ē epi ton prąon kai hēsychion kai tremonta mou tous logous? hē prophēteia legei. Tritta de eidē philias didaskometha, kai toutōn to men prōton kai ariston to katʼ aretēn; sterra gar hē ek logou agapē; to de deuteron kai meson to katʼ amoibēn; koinōnikon de touto kai metadotikon kai biōpheles; koinē gar hē ek charitos philia; to de hystaton kai triton hēmeis men to ek synētheias phamen, hoi de to kathʼ hēdonēn trepton kai metablēton.
From this the Stoics too laid down that the goal is to live consistently with nature, improperly renaming God “nature,” since nature extends to plants, to seeds, to trees, and to stones. Clearly, then, it has been said: “Evil men do not understand the law, but those who love the law put a wall around themselves.” “For the wisdom of the shrewd will recognize its ways, but the folly of fools is in error.” “For on whom shall I look, but on the one who is meek and quiet and trembles at my words?” says the prophecy. We are taught that there are three kinds of friendship. Of these the first and best is that according to virtue; for love that comes from reason is firm. The second and middle is that according to exchange; this is sociable, generous, and useful for life; for friendship from favor is shared. The last and third we call that from habit, while others call it the one according to pleasure, changeable and unstable.
2.19.102Stählin 2:168–169
καί μοι δοκεῖ παγκάλως Ἱππόδαμος ὁ Πυθαγόρειος γράφειν· τᾶν φιλιᾶν ἃ μὲν ἐπιστάμας θεῶν, ἃ δʼ ἐκ παροχᾶς ἀνθρώπων, ἃ δὲ ἐξ ἁδονᾶς ζῴων. οὐκοῦν ἣ μέν τίς ἐστι φιλοσόφου φιλία, ἣ δὲ ἀνθρώπου, ἣ δὲ ζῴου. τῷ γὰρ ὄντι εἰκὼν τοῦ θεοῦ ἄνθρωπος εὐεργετῶν, ἐν ᾧ καὶ αὐτὸς εὐεργετεῖται· ὥσπερ γὰρ ὁ κυβερνήτης ἅμα σῴζει καὶ σῴζεται. διὰ τοῦτο ὅταν τις αἰτῶν τύχῃ, οὔ φησι τῷ διδόντι· καλῶς ἔδωκας, ἀλλά· καλῶς εἴληφας. οὕτω λαμβάνει μὲν ὁ διδούς, δίδωσι δὲ ὁ λαμβάνων. δίκαιοι δὲ οἰκτείρουσι καὶ ἐλεοῦσι, χρηστοὶ δὲ ἔσονται οἰκήτορες γῆς, ἄκακοι δὲ ὑπολειφθήσονται ἐπʼ αὐτῆς, οἱ δὲ παρανομοῦντες ἐξολοθρευθήσονται ἀπʼ αὐτῆς. καὶ μοι δοκεῖ τὸν πιστὸν προμαντευόμενος Ὅμηρος εἰρηκέναι δὸς φίλῳ. φίλῳ μὲν κοινωνητέον, ἵνʼ ἔτι καὶ μᾶλλον περιμένῃ φίλος, ἐχθρῷ δὲ ἐπικουρητέον, ἵνα μὴ μείνῃ ἐχθρός· ἐπικουρίᾳ γὰρ εὔνοια μὲν συνδεῖται, λύεται δὲ ἔχθρα. ἀλλʼ εἰ καὶ προθυμία πρόκειται, καθὸ ἐὰν ἔχῃ εὐπρόσδεκτος, οὐ καθὸ οὐκ ἔχει. οὐ γὰρ ἵνα ἄλλοις ἄνεσις, ὑμῖν δὲ θλῖψις· ἀλλʼ ἐξ ἰσότητος ἐν τῷ νῦν καιρῷ καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. ἐσκόρπισεν, ἔδωκεν τοῖς πένησιν, ἡ δικαιοσύνη αὐτοῦ μένει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα ἡ γραφὴ λέγει. τῷ γὰρ κατʼ εἰκόνα καὶ ὁμοίωσιν, ὡς καὶ πρόσθεν εἰρήκαμεν, οὐ τὸ κατὰ σῶμα μηνύεται, οὐ γὰρ θέμις θνητὸν ἀθανάτῳ ἐξομοιοῦσθαι, ἀλλʼ ἢ κατὰ νοῦν καὶ λογισμόν, ᾧ καὶ τὴν πρὸς τὸ εὐεργετεῖν καὶ τὴν πρὸς τὸ ἄρχειν ὁμοιότητα προσηκόντως ὁ κύριος ἐνσφραγίζεται· οὐ γὰρ αἱ ἡγεμονίαι σωμάτων ποιότησιν, ἀλλὰ διανοίας κρίσεσι κατορθοῦνται· βουλαῖς γὰρ ἀνδρῶν (ὁσίων) εὖ μὲν οἰκοῦνται πόλεις, εὖ δʼ οἶκος.
kai moi dokei pankalōs Hippodamos ho Pythagoreios graphein; tan philian ha men epistamas theōn, ha dʼ ek parochas anthrōpōn, ha de ex hadonas zǭōn. oukoun hē men tis esti philosophou philia, hē de anthrōpou, hē de zǭou. tǭ gar onti eikōn tou theou anthrōpos euergetōn, en hǭ kai autos euergeteitai; hōsper gar ho kybernētēs hama sǭzei kai sǭzetai. dia touto hotan tis aitōn tychę̄, ou phēsi tǭ didonti; kalōs edōkas, alla; kalōs eilēphas. houtō lambanei men ho didous, didōsi de ho lambanōn. dikaioi de oikteirousi kai eleousi, chrēstoi de esontai oikētores gēs, akakoi de hypoleiphthēsontai epʼ autēs, hoi de paranomountes exolothreuthēsontai apʼ autēs. kai moi dokei ton piston promanteuomenos Homēros eirēkenai dos philǭ. philǭ men koinōnēteon, hinʼ eti kai mallon perimenę̄ philos, echthrǭ de epikourēteon, hina mē meinę̄ echthros; epikourią gar eunoia men syndeitai, lyetai de echthra. allʼ ei kai prothymia prokeitai, katho ean echę̄ euprosdektos, ou katho ouk echei. ou gar hina allois anesis, hymin de thlipsis; allʼ ex isotētos en tǭ nyn kairǭ kai ta hexēs. eskorpisen, edōken tois penēsin, hē dikaiosynē autou menei eis ton aiōna hē graphē legei. tǭ gar katʼ eikona kai homoiōsin, hōs kai prosthen eirēkamen, ou to kata sōma mēnyetai, ou gar themis thnēton athanatǭ exomoiousthai, allʼ ē kata noun kai logismon, hǭ kai tēn pros to euergetein kai tēn pros to archein homoiotēta prosēkontōs ho kyrios ensphragizetai; ou gar hai hēgemoniai sōmatōn poiotēsin, alla dianoias krisesi katorthountai; boulais gar andrōn (hosiōn) eu men oikountai poleis, eu dʼ oikos.
And Hippodamus the Pythagorean seems to me to write very finely: “Of friendships, some come from knowledge of the gods, some from the provision of men, some from the pleasure of animals.” So one is the friendship of a philosopher, another of a man, another of an animal. For truly the man who does good is an image of God, and in doing good he himself receives good; as the helmsman saves and is saved at once. That is why, when someone who asks receives, he does not say to the giver, “You gave well,” but, “You received well.” So the giver receives, and the receiver gives. “The righteous pity and show mercy”; “the kind will inhabit the earth, and the innocent will be left on it; but transgressors will be destroyed from it.” And Homer seems to me to have spoken prophetically of the believer when he said, “Give to a friend.” We must share with a friend, so that he may remain a friend still more; and we must help an enemy, so that he may not remain an enemy; for goodwill is bound by help, and enmity dissolved. But “if there is a ready will, it is acceptable according to what one has, not according to what one does not have. For it is not that others should have relief and you affliction, but out of equality at the present time,” and so on. “He scattered, he gave to the poor; his righteousness remains forever,” says Scripture. For “according to the image and likeness,” as we said before, does not refer to the body; for it is not lawful for the mortal to be made like the immortal; but to mind and reason, on which the Lord fittingly stamps the likeness both in doing good and in ruling. For governments are directed rightly not by qualities of bodies but by judgments of the mind; “for by the counsels of holy men cities are well governed, and a house too.”
Miscellanies 2, chapter 20
2.20.103Stählin 2:169–170
Ἥ γε μὴν καρτερία καὶ αὐτὴ εἰς τὴν θείαν ἐξομοίωσιν βιάζεται διʼ ὑπομονῆς ἀπάθειαν καρπουμένη, εἴ τῳ ἔναυλα τὰ ἐπὶ τῶν περὶ τὸν Ἀνανίαν ἱστορούμενα, ὧν εἷς καὶ Δανιὴλ ὁ προφήτης ἦν, θείας πίστεως πεπληρωμένος. Βαβυλῶνα ᾤκει Δανιήλ, καθάπερ ὁ μὲν Λὼτ τὰ Σόδομα, τὴν Χαλδαίων δὲ γῆν ὁ Ἀβραὰμ ὁ μετʼ ὀλίγον φίλος τοῦ θεοῦ. κατήγαγεν οὖν εἰς ὄρυγμα θηρίων ἔμπλεων τὸν Δανιὴλ ὁ Βαβυλωνίων βασιλεύς, ἀνήγαγε δὲ αὐτὸν ἀβλαβῆ ὁ ἁπάντων βασιλεὺς ὁ πιστὸς κύριος.
Hē ge mēn karteria kai autē eis tēn theian exomoiōsin biazetai diʼ hypomonēs apatheian karpoumenē, ei tǭ enaula ta epi tōn peri ton Ananian historoumena, hōn heis kai Daniēl ho prophētēs ēn, theias pisteōs peplērōmenos. Babylōna ǭkei Daniēl, kathaper ho men Lōt ta Sodoma, tēn Chaldaiōn de gēn ho Abraam ho metʼ oligon philos tou theou. katēgagen oun eis orygma thēriōn empleōn ton Daniēl ho Babylōniōn basileus, anēgage de auton ablabē ho hapantōn basileus ho pistos kyrios.
Endurance too presses on toward likeness to God, reaping freedom from passion through patience, if the story of Hananiah and his companions still rings in anyone's ears, one of whom was Daniel the prophet, filled with divine faith. Daniel lived in Babylon, as Lot lived in Sodom, and Abraham, soon to be the friend of God, in the land of the Chaldeans. The king of the Babylonians, then, cast Daniel down into a pit full of beasts; but the King of all, the faithful Lord, brought him up unharmed.
2.20.104Stählin 2:170
ταύτην κτήσεται τὴν ὑπομονὴν ὁ γνωστικὸς ᾗ γνωστικός, εὐλογήσει πειραζόμενος ὡς ὁ γενναῖος Ἰώβ, ὡς Ἰωνᾶς εὔξεται καταπινόμενος ὑπὸ κήτους, καὶ ἡ πίστις αὐτὸν ἀποκαταστήσει Νινευίταις προφητεύοντα· κἂν μετὰ λεόντων καθειρχθῇ, ἡμερώσει τὰ θηρία, κἂν εἰς πῦρ ἐμβληθῇ, δροσισθήσεται, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐκπυρωθήσεται· μαρτυρήσει νύκτωρ, μαρτυρήσει μεθʼ ἡμέραν· ἐν λόγῳ, ἐν βίῳ, ἐν τρόπῳ μαρτυρήσει· σύνοικος ὢν τῷ κυρίῳ ὀαριστής τε καὶ συνέστιος κατὰ τὸ πνεῦμα διαμενεῖ, καθαρὸς μὲν τὴν σάρκα, καθαρὸς δὲ τὴν καρδίαν, ἡγιασμένος τὸν λόγον, ὁ κόσμος τούτῳ, φησίν, ἐσταύρωται καὶ αὐτὸς τῷ κόσμῳ. οὗτος τὸν σταυρὸν τοῦ σωτῆρος περιφέρων ἕπεται κυρίῳ μετʼ ἴχνιον ὥστε θεοῖο, ἅγιος ἁγίων γενόμενος.
tautēn ktēsetai tēn hypomonēn ho gnōstikos hę̄ gnōstikos, eulogēsei peirazomenos hōs ho gennaios Iōb, hōs Iōnas euxetai katapinomenos hypo kētous, kai hē pistis auton apokatastēsei Nineuitais prophēteuonta; kan meta leontōn katheirchthę̄, hēmerōsei ta thēria, kan eis pyr emblēthę̄, drosisthēsetai, allʼ ouk ekpyrōthēsetai; martyrēsei nyktōr, martyrēsei methʼ hēmeran; en logǭ, en biǭ, en tropǭ martyrēsei; synoikos ōn tǭ kyriǭ oaristēs te kai synestios kata to pneuma diamenei, katharos men tēn sarka, katharos de tēn kardian, hēgiasmenos ton logon, ho kosmos toutǭ, phēsin, estaurōtai kai autos tǭ kosmǭ. houtos ton stauron tou sōtēros peripherōn hepetai kyriǭ metʼ ichnion hōste theoio, hagios hagiōn genomenos.
The one who knows, insofar as he knows, will acquire this patience. He will bless when tested, like the noble Job; like Jonah, he will pray when swallowed by the sea monster, and faith will restore him to prophesy to the Ninevites; and even if he is shut up with lions, he will tame the beasts; and if he is thrown into fire, he will be bedewed and not burned up. He will bear witness by night, he will bear witness by day; in word, in life, in manner he will bear witness. Dwelling with the Lord, he will remain his familiar friend and companion at table according to the Spirit, pure in flesh, pure in heart, sanctified in word. “The world,” it says, “has been crucified to him, and he to the world.” Carrying the Savior's cross, he follows the Lord, “stepping in the footprints as of a god,” having become holy among the holy.
2.20.105Stählin 2:170–171
Πάσης τοίνυν ἀρετῆς μεμνημένος ὁ θεῖος νόμος ἀλείφει μάλιστα τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐπὶ τὴν ἐγκράτειαν, θεμέλιον ἀρετῶν κατατιθέμενος ταύτην, καὶ δὴ προπαιδεύει ἡμᾶς εἰς τὴν περιποίησιν τῆς ἐγκρατείας ἀπὸ τῆς τῶν ζῴων χρήσεως, ἀπαγορεύων μεταλαμβάνειν τῶν ὅσα φύσει πίονα καθάπερ τὸ τῶν συῶν γένος εὐσαρκότατον τυγχάνον· τρυφητιῶσι γὰρ ἡ τοιαύτη χρῆσις χορηγεῖται. λέγεται γοῦν τινα τῶν φιλοσοφούντων ἐτυμολογοῦντα τὴν ὗν θῦν εἶναι φάναι, ὡς εἰς θύσιν καὶ σφαγὴν μόνον ἐπιτήδειον· δεδόσθαι γὰρ τῷδε τῷ ζῴῳ ψυχὴν πρὸς οὐδὲν ἕτερον ἢ ἕνεκα τοῦ τὰς σάρκας σφριγᾶν. τῶν τε ἰχθύων ὁμοίως ἀπηγόρευσε μεταλαμβάνειν, στέλλων ἡμῶν τὰς ἐπιθυμίας ἐκείνων οἷς μήτε πτερύγια μήτε λεπίδες εἰσίν· εὐσαρκίᾳ γὰρ καὶ πιότητι τῶν ἄλλων ἰχθύων οὗτοι διαφέρουσιν.
Pasēs toinyn aretēs memnēmenos ho theios nomos aleiphei malista ton anthrōpon epi tēn enkrateian, themelion aretōn katatithemenos tautēn, kai dē propaideuei hēmas eis tēn peripoiēsin tēs enkrateias apo tēs tōn zǭōn chrēseōs, apagoreuōn metalambanein tōn hosa physei piona kathaper to tōn syōn genos eusarkotaton tynchanon; tryphētiōsi gar hē toiautē chrēsis chorēgeitai. legetai goun tina tōn philosophountōn etymologounta tēn hyn thyn einai phanai, hōs eis thysin kai sphagēn monon epitēdeion; dedosthai gar tǭde tǭ zǭǭ psychēn pros ouden heteron ē heneka tou tas sarkas sphrigan. tōn te ichthyōn homoiōs apēgoreuse metalambanein, stellōn hēmōn tas epithymias ekeinōn hois mēte pterygia mēte lepides eisin; eusarkią gar kai piotēti tōn allōn ichthyōn houtoi diapherousin.
The divine law, then, mindful of every virtue, trains man above all for self-control, laying this down as the foundation of the virtues; and it trains us beforehand for the acquiring of self-control from our use of animals, forbidding us to partake of those that are naturally fat, like the race of pigs, which is the fleshiest; for such use is supplied to the luxurious. It is said, at any rate, that one of the philosophers, deriving the name, said that the pig (hys) is thys, as being fit only for sacrifice (thysis) and slaughter; for a soul was given to this animal for no other reason than to keep its flesh fresh. Likewise it forbade us to eat fish that have neither fins nor scales, restraining our desires for them; for these excel the other fish in fleshiness and fatness.
2.20.106Stählin 2:171
ἐντεῦθεν οἶμαι καὶ τὸν εὑρόντα τὰς τελετὰς οὐ μόνον τινῶν ζῴων ἀπαγορεύειν ἅπτεσθαι, ἀλλʼ ἔστιν ἃ καὶ τῶν καταθυομένων ὑπεξείλετο τῆς χρήσεως μέρη διʼ αἰτίας ἃς ἴσασιν οἱ μύσται. Εἰ δὴ γαστρὸς καὶ τῶν ὑπὸ γαστέρα κρατητέον, δῆλον ὡς ἄνωθεν παρειλήφαμεν παρὰ τοῦ κυρίου διὰ τοῦ νόμου τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν ἐκκόπτειν. γένοιτο δʼ ἂν τελείως τοῦτο, εἰ τοῦ ὑπεκκαύματος τῆς ἐπιθυμίας, τῆς ἡδονῆς λέγω, ἀνυποκρίτως καταγνοίημεν. φασὶ δὲ αὐτῆς εἶναι τὴν ἔννοιαν κίνησιν λείαν καὶ προσηνῆ μετά τινος αἰσθήσεως. ταύτῃ δουλεύοντα τὸν Μενέλεων μετὰ τὴν Ἰλίου ἅλωσιν φασὶν ὁρμήσαντα τὴν Ἑλένην ἀνελεῖν ὡς κακῶν τοσούτων αἰτίαν γενομένην, ὅμως οὐ κατισχῦσαι πρᾶξαι ἡττηθέντα τῷ κάλλει, διʼ οὗ ἐπὶ τὴν ἀνάμνησιν τῆς ἡδονῆς ἀφίκετο.
enteuthen oimai kai ton heuronta tas teletas ou monon tinōn zǭōn apagoreuein haptesthai, allʼ estin ha kai tōn katathyomenōn hypexeileto tēs chrēseōs merē diʼ aitias has isasin hoi mystai. Ei dē gastros kai tōn hypo gastera kratēteon, dēlon hōs anōthen pareilēphamen para tou kyriou dia tou nomou tēn epithymian ekkoptein. genoito dʼ an teleiōs touto, ei tou hypekkaumatos tēs epithymias, tēs hēdonēs legō, anypokritōs katagnoiēmen. phasi de autēs einai tēn ennoian kinēsin leian kai prosēnē meta tinos aisthēseōs. tautę̄ douleuonta ton Meneleōn meta tēn Iliou halōsin phasin hormēsanta tēn Helenēn anelein hōs kakōn tosoutōn aitian genomenēn, homōs ou katischysai praxai hēttēthenta tǭ kallei, diʼ hou epi tēn anamnēsin tēs hēdonēs aphiketo.
From this, I think, the one who founded the mysteries also not only forbade touching certain animals, but there are also parts of the sacrificed animals that he excluded from use for reasons the initiates know. If, then, the belly and what is below the belly must be mastered, it is clear that we have received from above, from the Lord through the law, the command to cut out desire. And this would be done perfectly if we should sincerely condemn the kindling of desire, I mean pleasure. They say that its concept is a smooth and gentle motion with some sensation. Serving this, they say, Menelaus, after the capture of Troy, rushed to kill Helen as the cause of so many evils, yet was not able to do it, overcome by her beauty, through which he came to remember pleasure.
2.20.107Stählin 2:171–172
ὅθεν ἐπισκώπτοντες οἱ τραγῳδοποιοὶ ὀνειδιστικῶς ἐπεβόησαν αὐτῷ· σὺ δʼ, ὡς ἐσεῖδες μαστόν, ἐκβαλὼν ξίφος φίλημʼ ἐδέξω, προδότιν αἰκάλλων κύνα. καὶ πάλιν· ἆρʼ εἰς τὸ κάλλος ἐκκεκώφηνται ξίφη; ἐγὼ δὲ ἀποδέχομαι τὸν Ἀντισθένη, τὴν Ἀφροδίτην λέγοντα κἂν κατατοξεύσαιμι, εἰ λάβοιμι, ὅτι πολλὰς ἡμῶν καλὰς καὶ ἀγαθὰς γυναῖκας διέφθειρεν. τόν τε ἔρωτα κακίαν φησὶ φύσεως· ἧς ἥττους ὄντες οἱ κακοδαίμονες θεὸν τὴν νόσον καλοῦσιν. δείκνυται γὰρ διὰ τούτων ἡττᾶσθαι τοὺς ἀμαθεστέρους διʼ ἄγνοιαν ἡδονῆς, ἣν οὐ χρὴ προσίεσθαι, κἂν θεὸς λέγηται, τουτέστι κἂν θεόθεν ἐπὶ τὴν τῆς παιδοποιίας χρείαν δεδομένη τυγχάνῃ. καὶ ὁ Ξενοφῶν ἄντικρυς κακίαν λέγων τὴν ἡδονήν φησιν· ὦ τλῆμον, τί δὲ σὺ ἀγαθὸν οἶσθα, ἢ τί καλὸν σκοπεῖς; ἥτις οὐδὲ τὴν τῶν ἡδέων ἐπιθυμίαν ἀναμένεις, πρὶν μὲν πεινῆν ἐσθίουσα, πρὶν δὲ διψῆν πίνουσα, καὶ ἵνα μὲν ἡδέως φάγῃς, ὀψοποιοὺς μηχανωμένη· ἵνα δὲ ἡδέως πίνῃς, οἴνους πολυτελεῖς παρασκευάζῃ, καὶ τοῦ θέρους χιόνα περιθέουσα ζητεῖς· ἵνα δὲ κατακοιμηθῇς ἡδέως, οὐ μόνον τὰς κλίνας μαλθακάς, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ ὑπόβαθρα ταῖς κλίναις παρασκευάζῃ.
hothen episkōptontes hoi tragǭdopoioi oneidistikōs epeboēsan autǭ; sy dʼ, hōs eseides maston, ekbalōn xiphos philēmʼ edexō, prodotin aikallōn kyna. kai palin; arʼ eis to kallos ekkekōphēntai xiphē? egō de apodechomai ton Antisthenē, tēn Aphroditēn legonta kan katatoxeusaimi, ei laboimi, hoti pollas hēmōn kalas kai agathas gynaikas diephtheiren. ton te erōta kakian phēsi physeōs; hēs hēttous ontes hoi kakodaimones theon tēn noson kalousin. deiknytai gar dia toutōn hēttasthai tous amathesterous diʼ agnoian hēdonēs, hēn ou chrē prosiesthai, kan theos legētai, toutesti kan theothen epi tēn tēs paidopoiias chreian dedomenē tynchanę̄. kai ho Xenophōn antikrys kakian legōn tēn hēdonēn phēsin; ō tlēmon, ti de sy agathon oistha, ē ti kalon skopeis? hētis oude tēn tōn hēdeōn epithymian anameneis, prin men peinēn esthiousa, prin de dipsēn pinousa, kai hina men hēdeōs phagę̄s, opsopoious mēchanōmenē; hina de hēdeōs pinę̄s, oinous polyteleis paraskeuazę̄, kai tou therous chiona peritheousa zēteis; hina de katakoimēthę̄s hēdeōs, ou monon tas klinas malthakas, alla kai ta hypobathra tais klinais paraskeuazę̄.
That is why the tragic poets, mocking him, cried out in reproach: “But you, when you saw her breast, threw away your sword and received her kiss, fawning on the traitorous bitch.” And again: “Have swords been blunted by beauty?” And I approve of Antisthenes, who said, “I would shoot Aphrodite if I could catch her, because she has corrupted many of our good and noble women.” And he says that love is a vice of nature; those overcome by it, the wretched, call the disease a god. For by these words it is shown that the more ignorant are overcome through ignorance by pleasure, which must not be admitted, even if it is called a god, that is, even if it has been given by God for the need of begetting children. And Xenophon, plainly calling pleasure vice, says: “Wretched one, what good do you know, or what noble thing do you consider? You who do not even wait for the desire for pleasant things, eating before you are hungry and drinking before you are thirsty; and to eat with pleasure you contrive cooks, and to drink with pleasure you provide costly wines and run about seeking snow in summer; and to sleep with pleasure you provide not only soft beds but also supports for the beds.”
2.20.108Stählin 2:172
ὅθεν ὡς ἔλεγεν Ἀρίστων πρὸς ὅλον τὸ τετράχορδον, ἡδονήν, λύπην, φόβον, ἐπιθυμίαν, πολλῆς δεῖ τῆς ἀσκήσεως καὶ μάχης, οὗτοι γάρ, οὗτοι καὶ σπλάγχνων ἔσω χωροῦσι καὶ κυκῶσιν ἀνθρώπων κέαρ. καὶ γὰρ τῶν σεμνῶν οἰομένων εἶναι τοὺς θυμοὺς ἡ ἡδονὴ κηρίνους ποιεῖ κατὰ Πλάτωνα, ὅτι ἑκάστη ἡδονή τε καὶ λύπη προσπασσαλοῖ τῷ σώματι τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ τε μὴ ἀφορίζοντος καὶ ἀποσταυροῦντος ἑαυτὸν τῶν παθῶν. ὁ ἀπολέσας τὴν ψυχὴν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ, φησὶν ὁ κύριος, σώσει αὐτήν, ἤτοι ῥιψοκινδύνως ὑπὲρ τοῦ σωτῆρος αὐτὴν ἐπιδιδούς, ὡς αὐτὸς ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν πεποίηκεν, ἢ ἀπολύσας αὐτὴν ἐκ τῆς πρὸς τὸν συνήθη βίον κοινωνίας. ἐὰν γὰρ ἀπολῦσαι καὶ ἀποστῆσαι καὶ ἀφορίσαι (τοῦτο γὰρ ὁ σταυρὸς σημαίνει) τὴν ψυχὴν ἐθελήσῃς τῆς ἐν τούτῳ τῷ ζῆν τέρψεώς τε καὶ ἡδονῆς, ἕξεις αὐτὴν ἐν τῇ ἐλπίδι τῇ προσδοκωμένῃ εὑρημένην καὶ ἀναπεπαυμένην.
hothen hōs elegen Aristōn pros holon to tetrachordon, hēdonēn, lypēn, phobon, epithymian, pollēs dei tēs askēseōs kai machēs, houtoi gar, houtoi kai splanchnōn esō chōrousi kai kykōsin anthrōpōn kear. kai gar tōn semnōn oiomenōn einai tous thymous hē hēdonē kērinous poiei kata Platōna, hoti hekastē hēdonē te kai lypē prospassaloi tǭ sōmati tēn psychēn tou te mē aphorizontos kai apostaurountos heauton tōn pathōn. ho apolesas tēn psychēn tēn heautou, phēsin ho kyrios, sōsei autēn, ētoi rhipsokindynōs hyper tou sōtēros autēn epididous, hōs autos hyper hēmōn pepoiēken, ē apolysas autēn ek tēs pros ton synēthē bion koinōnias. ean gar apolysai kai apostēsai kai aphorisai (touto gar ho stauros sēmainei) tēn psychēn ethelēsę̄s tēs en toutǭ tǭ zēn terpseōs te kai hēdonēs, hexeis autēn en tę̄ elpidi tę̄ prosdokōmenę̄ heurēmenēn kai anapepaumenēn.
Hence, as Ariston said, against the whole tetrachord, pleasure, grief, fear, desire, there is need of much training and fighting; “for these, these go within the entrails and stir up the heart of men.” For pleasure makes wax of the spirits even of those who think themselves serious, according to Plato, because each pleasure and pain nails the soul to the body of the one who does not separate and crucify himself from the passions. “He who loses his life,” says the Lord, “will save it,” either by giving it up at risk for the Savior, as he himself has done for us, or by releasing it from its fellowship with ordinary life. For if you are willing to release, withdraw, and separate (for this is what the cross signifies) your soul from the delight and pleasure of this life, you will have it found and at rest in the expected hope.
2.20.109Stählin 2:172–173
εἴη δʼ ἂν τοῦτο μελέτη θανάτου, εἰ μόναις ταῖς κατὰ φύσιν μεμετρημέναις ὀρέξεσι, μηδὲν ὑπεροριζούσαις τῶν κατὰ φύσιν ἐπὶ τὸ μᾶλλον ἢ παρὰ φύσιν, ἔνθα τὸ ἁμαρτητικὸν φύεται, ἀρκεῖσθαι βουλοίμεθα. ἐνδύσασθαι οὖν δεῖ τὴν πανοπλίαν τοῦ θεοῦ πρὸς τὸ δύνασθαι ἡμᾶς στῆναι πρὸς τὰς μεθοδείας τοῦ διαβόλου, ἐπεὶ τὰ ὅπλα τῆς στρατείας ἡμῶν οὐ σαρκικά, ἀλλὰ δυνατὰ τῷ θεῷ πρὸς καθαίρεσιν ὀχυρωμάτων, λογισμοὺς καθαιροῦντες καὶ πᾶν ὕψωμα ἐπαιρόμενον κατὰ τῆς γνώσεως τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ αἰχμαλωτίζοντες πᾶν νόημα εἰς τὴν ὑπακοὴν τοῦ Χριστοῦ, ὁ θεῖός φησιν ἀπόστολος. ἀνδρὸς δὴ χρεία ὅστις ἀθαυμάστως καὶ ἀσυγχύτως τοῖς πράγμασι χρήσεται ἀφʼ ὧν τὰ πάθη ὁρμᾶται, οἷον πλούτῳ καὶ πενίᾳ καὶ δόξῃ καὶ ἀδοξίᾳ, ὑγείᾳ καὶ νόσῳ, ζωῇ καὶ θανάτῳ, πόνῳ καὶ ἡδονῇ. ἵνα γὰρ ἀδιαφόρως τοῖς ἀδιαφόροις χρησώμεθα, πολλῆς ἡμῖν δεῖ διαφορᾶς, ἅτε προκεκακωμένοις ἀσθενείᾳ πολλῇ καὶ προδιαστροφῇ κακῆς ἀγωγῆς τε καὶ τροφῆς μετὰ ἀμαθίας προαπολελαυκόσιν.
eiē dʼ an touto meletē thanatou, ei monais tais kata physin memetrēmenais orexesi, mēden hyperorizousais tōn kata physin epi to mallon ē para physin, entha to hamartētikon phyetai, arkeisthai bouloimetha. endysasthai oun dei tēn panoplian tou theou pros to dynasthai hēmas stēnai pros tas methodeias tou diabolou, epei ta hopla tēs strateias hēmōn ou sarkika, alla dynata tǭ theǭ pros kathairesin ochyrōmatōn, logismous kathairountes kai pan hypsōma epairomenon kata tēs gnōseōs tou theou, kai aichmalōtizontes pan noēma eis tēn hypakoēn tou Christou, ho theios phēsin apostolos. andros dē chreia hostis athaumastōs kai asynchytōs tois pragmasi chrēsetai aphʼ hōn ta pathē hormatai, hoion ploutǭ kai penią kai doxę̄ kai adoxią, hygeią kai nosǭ, zōę̄ kai thanatǭ, ponǭ kai hēdonę̄. hina gar adiaphorōs tois adiaphorois chrēsōmetha, pollēs hēmin dei diaphoras, hate prokekakōmenois astheneią pollę̄ kai prodiastrophę̄ kakēs agōgēs te kai trophēs meta amathias proapolelaukosin.
This would be the practice of death: if we were willing to be content with the appetites measured by nature alone, which do not go beyond what is natural to excess or against nature, where sinfulness springs up. We must, then, “put on the whole armor of God, so that we may be able to stand against the schemes of the devil,” since “the weapons of our warfare are not fleshly, but powerful before God for the pulling down of strongholds, pulling down reasonings and every height raised up against the knowledge of God, and taking every thought captive to the obedience of Christ,” says the divine apostle. There is need, then, of a man who will use without admiration or confusion the things from which the passions arise, such as wealth and poverty, glory and disgrace, health and disease, life and death, toil and pleasure. For in order to use indifferent things indifferently, we need much discernment, since we have been corrupted beforehand by great weakness and by the distortion of bad upbringing and nurture, having indulged ourselves in ignorance.
2.20.110Stählin 2:173
ὁ μὲν οὖν ἁπλοῦς λόγος τῆς καθʼ ἡμᾶς φιλοσοφίας τὰ πάθη πάντα ἐναπερείσματα τῆς ψυχῆς φησιν εἶναι τῆς μαλθακῆς καὶ εἰκούσης καὶ οἷον ἐναποσφραγίσματα τῶν πνευματικῶν δυνάμεων, πρὸς ἃς ἡ πάλη ἡμῖν. ἔργον γάρ, οἶμαι, ταῖς κακούργοις δυνάμεσιν ἐνεργεῖν τι τῆς ἰδίας ἕξεως παρʼ ἕκαστα πειρᾶσθαι εἰς τὸ καταγωνίσασθαι καὶ ἐξιδιοποιήσασθαι τοὺς ἀπειπαμένους αὐτάς. ἕπεται δʼ εἰκότως τοὺς μὲν καταπαλαίεσθαι, ὅσοι δὲ ἀθλητικώτερον τὸν ἀγῶνα μεταχειρίζονται πάμμαχον ἀγωνισάμενοι καὶ μέχρι τοῦ στεφάνου χωρήσαντες, αἱ προειρημέναι δυνάμεις ἐν πολλῷ τῷ λύθρῳ τότε δὴ ἀπαυδῶσι θαυμάζουσαι τοὺς νικηφόρους. Τῶν γὰρ κινουμένων τὰ μὲν καθʼ ὁρμὴν καὶ φαντασίαν κινεῖται, ὡς τὰ ζῷα, τὰ δὲ κατὰ μετάθεσιν, ὡς τὰ ἄψυχα. κινεῖσθαι δὲ καὶ τῶν ἀψύχων τὰ φυτὰ μεταβατικῶς φασιν εἰς αὔξησιν, εἴ τις αὐτοῖς ἄψυχα εἶναι συγχωρήσει τὰ φυτά.
ho men oun haplous logos tēs kathʼ hēmas philosophias ta pathē panta enapereismata tēs psychēs phēsin einai tēs malthakēs kai eikousēs kai hoion enaposphragismata tōn pneumatikōn dynameōn, pros has hē palē hēmin. ergon gar, oimai, tais kakourgois dynamesin energein ti tēs idias hexeōs parʼ hekasta peirasthai eis to katagōnisasthai kai exidiopoiēsasthai tous apeipamenous autas. hepetai dʼ eikotōs tous men katapalaiesthai, hosoi de athlētikōteron ton agōna metacheirizontai pammachon agōnisamenoi kai mechri tou stephanou chōrēsantes, hai proeirēmenai dynameis en pollǭ tǭ lythrǭ tote dē apaudōsi thaumazousai tous nikēphorous. Tōn gar kinoumenōn ta men kathʼ hormēn kai phantasian kineitai, hōs ta zǭa, ta de kata metathesin, hōs ta apsycha. kineisthai de kai tōn apsychōn ta phyta metabatikōs phasin eis auxēsin, ei tis autois apsycha einai synchōrēsei ta phyta.
The simple account of our philosophy, then, says that all the passions are impressions on the soft and yielding soul, and as it were seal-marks of the spiritual powers against which our wrestling is. For it is the business, I think, of the evil-working powers to try at every point to produce something of their own state, so as to overcome and make their own those who have renounced them. Naturally, it follows that some are thrown in the wrestling; but those who carry on the contest more like athletes, fighting the whole fight and going on to the crown, then the powers mentioned, covered in much gore, give up, admiring the victors. For of things that move, some move by impulse and impression, like animals, others by transference, like lifeless things. And they say that among lifeless things plants too move by transition toward growth, if one will grant them that plants are lifeless.
2.20.111Stählin 2:173–174
ἕξεως μὲν οὖν οἱ λίθοι, φύσεως δὲ τὰ φυτά, ὁρμῆς δὲ καὶ φαντασίας τῶν τε αὖ δυεῖν τῶν προειρημένων καὶ τὰ ἄλογα μετέχει ζῷα. ἡ λογικὴ δὲ δύναμις, ἰδία οὖσα τῆς ἀνθρωπείας ψυχῆς, οὐχ ὡσαύτως τοῖς ἀλόγοις ζῴοις ὁρμᾶν ὀφείλει, ἀλλὰ καὶ διακρίνειν τὰς φαντασίας καὶ μὴ συναποφέρεσθαι αὐταῖς. Αἱ τοίνυν δυνάμεις, περὶ ὧν εἰρήκαμεν, κάλλη καὶ δόξας καὶ μοιχείας καὶ ἡδονὰς καὶ τοιαύτας τινὰς φαντασίας δελεαστικὰς προτείνουσι ταῖς εὐεπιφόροις ψυχαῖς, καθάπερ οἱ ἀπελαύνοντες τὰ θρέμματα θαλλοὺς προσείοντες, εἶτα, κατασοφισάμεναι τοὺς μὴ διακρίνειν δυνηθέντας τὴν ἀληθῆ ἀπὸ ψευδοῦς ἡδονὴν καὶ τὸ ἐπίκηρόν τε καὶ ἐφύβριστον ἀπὸ τοῦ ἁγίου κάλλους, ἄγουσιν δουλωσάμεναι. ἑκάστη δὲ ἀπάτη, συνεχῶς ἐναπερειδομένη τῇ ψυχῇ, τὴν φαντασίαν ἐν αὐτῇ τυποῦται. καὶ δὴ τὴν εἰκόνα ἔλαθε περιφέρουσα τοῦ πάθους ἡ ψυχή, τῆς αἰτίας ἀπό τε τοῦ δελέατος καὶ τῆς ἡμῶν συγκαταθέσεως γινομένης.
hexeōs men oun hoi lithoi, physeōs de ta phyta, hormēs de kai phantasias tōn te au dyein tōn proeirēmenōn kai ta aloga metechei zǭa. hē logikē de dynamis, idia ousa tēs anthrōpeias psychēs, ouch hōsautōs tois alogois zǭois horman opheilei, alla kai diakrinein tas phantasias kai mē synapopheresthai autais. Hai toinyn dynameis, peri hōn eirēkamen, kallē kai doxas kai moicheias kai hēdonas kai toiautas tinas phantasias deleastikas proteinousi tais euepiphorois psychais, kathaper hoi apelaunontes ta thremmata thallous proseiontes, eita, katasophisamenai tous mē diakrinein dynēthentas tēn alēthē apo pseudous hēdonēn kai to epikēron te kai ephybriston apo tou hagiou kallous, agousin doulōsamenai. hekastē de apatē, synechōs enapereidomenē tę̄ psychę̄, tēn phantasian en autę̄ typoutai. kai dē tēn eikona elathe peripherousa tou pathous hē psychē, tēs aitias apo te tou deleatos kai tēs hēmōn synkatatheseōs ginomenēs.
Stones, then, share in cohesion, plants in nature, and irrational animals in impulse and impression, as well as in the two already mentioned. But the rational power, being proper to the human soul, ought not to be moved in the same way as the irrational animals, but should also discern impressions and not be carried away with them. The powers we have spoken of, then, hold out beauties, glories, adulteries, pleasures, and such enticing impressions to souls that are easily swayed, like those who drive cattle by shaking branches at them; then, having deceived those unable to distinguish true pleasure from false, and perishable and insolent beauty from holy beauty, they lead them away enslaved. And each deception, pressing continually on the soul, stamps its impression on it. And the soul, without knowing it, carries about the image of the passion, the cause coming both from the bait and from our assent.
2.20.112Stählin 2:174
Οἱ δʼ ἀμφὶ τὸν Βασιλείδην προσαρτήματα τὰ πάθη καλεῖν εἰώθασι, πνεύματά τέ τινα ταῦτα κατʼ οὐσίαν ὑπάρχειν προσηρτημένα τῇ λογικῇ ψυχῇ κατά τινα τάραχον καὶ σύγχυσιν ἀρχικὴν ἄλλας τε αὖ πνευμάτων νόθους καὶ ἑτερογενεῖς φύσεις προσεπιφύεσθαι ταύταις, οἷον λύκου, πιθήκου, λέοντος, τράγου, ὧν τὰ ἰδιώματα περὶ τὴν ψυχὴν φανταζόμενα τὰς ἐπιθυμίας τῆς ψυχῆς τοῖς ζῴοις ἐμφερῶς ἐξομοιοῦν λέγουσιν· ὧν γὰρ ἰδιώματα φέρουσι, τούτων τὰ ἔργα μιμοῦνται, καὶ οὐ μόνον ταῖς ὁρμαῖς καὶ φαντασίαις τῶν ἀλόγων ζῴων προσοικειοῦνται, ἀλλὰ καὶ φυτῶν κινήματα καὶ κάλλη ζηλοῦσι διὰ τὸ καὶ φυτῶν ἰδιώματα προσηρτημένα φέρειν,
Hoi dʼ amphi ton Basileidēn prosartēmata ta pathē kalein eiōthasi, pneumata te tina tauta katʼ ousian hyparchein prosērtēmena tę̄ logikę̄ psychę̄ kata tina tarachon kai synchysin archikēn allas te au pneumatōn nothous kai heterogeneis physeis prosepiphyesthai tautais, hoion lykou, pithēkou, leontos, tragou, hōn ta idiōmata peri tēn psychēn phantazomena tas epithymias tēs psychēs tois zǭois empherōs exomoioun legousin; hōn gar idiōmata pherousi, toutōn ta erga mimountai, kai ou monon tais hormais kai phantasiais tōn alogōn zǭōn prosoikeiountai, alla kai phytōn kinēmata kai kallē zēlousi dia to kai phytōn idiōmata prosērtēmena pherein,
The followers of Basilides are accustomed to call the passions “appendages,” saying that these are in substance certain spirits attached to the rational soul through some original disturbance and confusion; and that other spurious and alien natures of spirits grow on to these again, such as those of a wolf, an ape, a lion, a goat; and they say that their characteristics, appearing around the soul, make the desires of the soul like those of the animals. For they imitate the deeds of those whose characteristics they bear; and they are assimilated not only to the impulses and impressions of irrational animals, but also emulate the movements and beauties of plants, because they bear the characteristics of plants attached to them,
2.20.113Stählin 2:174
ἔτι δὲ καὶ ἕξεως ἰδιώματα, οἷον ἀδάμαντος σκληρίαν. Ἀλλὰ πρὸς μὲν τὸ δόγμα τοῦτο διαλεξόμεθα ὕστερον, ὁπηνίκα περὶ ψυχῆς διαλαμβάνομεν· νῦν δὲ τοῦτο μόνον παρασημειωτέον, ὡς δουρείου τινὸς ἵππου κατὰ τὸν ποιητικὸν μῦθον εἰκόνα σῴζει ὁ κατὰ Βασιλείδην ἄνθρωπος, ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι τοσούτων πνευμάτων διαφόρων στρατὸν ἐγκεκολπισμένος. αὐτὸς γοῦν ὁ τοῦ Βασιλείδου υἱὸς Ἰσίδωρος ἐν τῷ Περὶ προσφυοῦς ψυχῆς συναισθόμενος τοῦ δόγματος οἷον ἑαυτοῦ κατηγορῶν γράφει κατὰ λέξιν· ἐὰν γάρ τινι πεῖσμα δῷς, ὅτι μὴ ἔστιν ἡ ψυχὴ μονομερής, τῇ δὲ τῶν προσαρτημάτων βίᾳ τὰ τῶν χειρόνων γίνεται πάθη, πρόφασιν οὐ τὴν τυχοῦσαν ἕξουσιν οἱ μοχθηροὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων λέγειν· ›ἐβιάσθην, ἀπηνέχθην, ἄκων ἔδρασα, μὴ βουλόμενος ἐνήργησα, τῆς τῶν κακῶν ἐπιθυμίας αὐτοὶ ἡγησάμενοι καὶ οὐ μαχεσάμενοι ταῖς τῶν προσαρτημάτων βίαις.
eti de kai hexeōs idiōmata, hoion adamantos sklērian. Alla pros men to dogma touto dialexometha hysteron, hopēnika peri psychēs dialambanomen; nyn de touto monon parasēmeiōteon, hōs doureiou tinos hippou kata ton poiētikon mython eikona sǭzei ho kata Basileidēn anthrōpos, en heni sōmati tosoutōn pneumatōn diaphorōn straton enkekolpismenos. autos goun ho tou Basileidou huios Isidōros en tǭ Peri prosphyous psychēs synaisthomenos tou dogmatos hoion heautou katēgorōn graphei kata lexin; ean gar tini peisma dǭs, hoti mē estin hē psychē monomerēs, tę̄ de tōn prosartēmatōn bią ta tōn cheironōn ginetai pathē, prophasin ou tēn tychousan hexousin hoi mochthēroi tōn anthrōpōn legein; ›ebiasthēn, apēnechthēn, akōn edrasa, mē boulomenos enērgēsa, tēs tōn kakōn epithymias autoi hēgēsamenoi kai ou machesamenoi tais tōn prosartēmatōn biais.
and also characteristics of cohesion, such as the hardness of adamant. But we will argue against this doctrine later, when we treat of the soul. For now only this must be noted: that the man according to Basilides preserves the image of a Trojan horse, as in the poetic myth, holding in the fold of one body an army of so many different spirits. At any rate Isidore himself, the son of Basilides, in his work On the Attached Soul, perceiving the problem with the doctrine, writes word for word as though accusing himself: “For if you persuade anyone that the soul is not undivided, but that the passions of the worse come about by the force of the appendages, the wicked among men will have no small excuse to say: ‘I was forced, I was carried away, I did it unwillingly, I acted without wishing to,’ though they themselves led the desire for evil and did not fight against the forces of the appendages.
2.20.114Stählin 2:174–175
δεῖ δέ, τῷ λογιστικῷ κρείττονας γενομένους, τῆς ἐλάττονος ἐν ἡμῖν κτίσεως φανῆναι κρατοῦντας. δύο γὰρ δὴ ψυχὰς ὑποτίθεται καὶ οὗτος ἐν ἡμῖν, καθάπερ οἱ Πυθαγόρειοι, περὶ ὧν ὕστερον ἐπισκεψόμεθα. ἀλλὰ καὶ Οὐαλεντῖνος πρός τινας ἐπιστέλλων αὐταῖς λέξεσι γράφει περὶ τῶν προσαρτημάτων· εἷς δέ ἐστιν ἀγαθός, οὗ παρρησία ἡ διὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ φανέρωσις, καὶ διʼ αὐτοῦ μόνου δύναιτο ἂν ἡ καρδία καθαρὰ γενέσθαι, παντὸς πονηροῦ πνεύματος ἐξωθουμένου τῆς καρδίας. πολλὰ γὰρ ἐνοικοῦντα αὐτῇ πνεύματα οὐκ ἐᾷ καθαρεύειν, ἕκαστον δὲ αὐτῶν τὰ ἴδια ἐκτελεῖ ἔργα πολλαχῶς ἐνυβριζόντων ἐπιθυμίαις οὐ προσηκούσαις. καί μοι δοκεῖ ὅμοιόν τι πάσχειν τῷ πανδοχείῳ ἡ καρδία· καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖνο κατατιτρᾶταί τε καὶ ὀρύττεται καὶ πολλάκις κόπρου πίμπλαται ἀνθρώπων ἀσελγῶς ἐμμενόντων καὶ μηδεμίαν πρόνοιαν ποιουμένων τοῦ χωρίου, καθάπερ ἀλλοτρίου καθεστῶτος. τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον καὶ ἡ καρδία, μέχρι μὴ προνοίας τυγχάνει, ἀκάθαρτος οὖσα, πολλῶν οὖσα δαιμόνων οἰκητήριον· ἐπειδὰν δὲ ἐπισκέψηται αὐτὴν ὁ μόνος ἀγαθὸς πατήρ, ἡγίασται καὶ φωτὶ διαλάμπει, καὶ οὕτω μακαρίζεται ὁ ἔχων τὴν τοιαύτην καρδίαν, ὅτι ὄψεται τὸν θεόν.
dei de, tǭ logistikǭ kreittonas genomenous, tēs elattonos en hēmin ktiseōs phanēnai kratountas. dyo gar dē psychas hypotithetai kai houtos en hēmin, kathaper hoi Pythagoreioi, peri hōn hysteron episkepsometha. alla kai Oualentinos pros tinas epistellōn autais lexesi graphei peri tōn prosartēmatōn; heis de estin agathos, hou parrēsia hē dia tou huiou phanerōsis, kai diʼ autou monou dynaito an hē kardia kathara genesthai, pantos ponērou pneumatos exōthoumenou tēs kardias. polla gar enoikounta autę̄ pneumata ouk eą kathareuein, hekaston de autōn ta idia ektelei erga pollachōs enybrizontōn epithymiais ou prosēkousais. kai moi dokei homoion ti paschein tǭ pandocheiǭ hē kardia; kai gar ekeino katatitratai te kai oryttetai kai pollakis koprou pimplatai anthrōpōn aselgōs emmenontōn kai mēdemian pronoian poioumenōn tou chōriou, kathaper allotriou kathestōtos. ton tropon touton kai hē kardia, mechri mē pronoias tynchanei, akathartos ousa, pollōn ousa daimonōn oikētērion; epeidan de episkepsētai autēn ho monos agathos patēr, hēgiastai kai phōti dialampei, kai houtō makarizetai ho echōn tēn toiautēn kardian, hoti opsetai ton theon.
We must, becoming stronger in the reasoning part, show ourselves masters of the lower creation within us.” For he too supposes two souls in us, like the Pythagoreans; we will examine them later. But Valentinus too, writing to certain people, writes in these very words about the appendages: “There is one who is good, whose free manifestation is the one through the Son; and through him alone could the heart become pure, every evil spirit being driven out of the heart. For the many spirits dwelling in it do not allow it to be pure; each of them carries out its own works, insulting it in many ways with unfitting desires. And the heart seems to me to experience something like an inn: for an inn is bored through and dug up and often filled with dung by men who stay in it licentiously and take no forethought for the place, since it belongs to someone else. In this way too the heart, as long as it receives no forethought, is unclean, being the dwelling place of many demons; but when the only good Father visits it, it is sanctified and shines with light; and so the one who has such a heart is blessed, for he will see God.”
2.20.115Stählin 2:175
Τίς οὖν ἡ αἰτία τοῦ μὴ προνοεῖσθαι ἐξ ἀρχῆς τὴν τοιαύτην ψυχήν, εἰπάτωσαν ἡμῖν. ἤτοι γὰρ οὐκ ἔστιν ἀξία (καὶ πῶς ὥσπερ ἐκ μετανοίας ἡ πρόνοια πρόσεισιν αὐτῇ); ἢ φύσις σῳζομένη, ὡς αὐτὸς βούλεται, τυγχάνει καὶ ἀνάγκη ταύτην ἐξ ἀρχῆς διὰ συγγένειαν προνοουμένην μηδεμίαν παρείσδυσιν τοῖς ἀκαθάρτοις παρέχειν πνεύμασιν, ἐκτὸς εἰ μὴ βιασθείη καὶ ἀσθενὴς ἐλεγχθείη. ἐὰν γὰρ δῷ μετανοήσασαν αὐτὴν ἑλέσθαι τὰ κρείττω, τοῦτʼ ἐκεῖνος ἄκων ἐρεῖ, ὅπερ ἡ παρʼ ἡμῖν ἀλήθεια δογματίζει, ἐκ μεταβολῆς πειθηνίου, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐκ φύσεως γίγνεσθαι τὴν σωτηρίαν. ὥσπερ γὰρ αἱ ἀναθυμιάσεις αἵ τε γῆθεν αἵ τε ἀπὸ τελμάτων εἰς ὁμίχλας συνίστανται καὶ νεφελώδεις συστροφάς, οὕτως αἱ τῶν σαρκικῶν ἐπιθυμιῶν ἀναδόσεις καχεξίαν προστρίβονται ψυχῇ, κατασκεδαννύουσαι τὰ εἴδωλα τῆς ἡδονῆς ἐπίπροσθε τῆς ψυχῆς.
Tis oun hē aitia tou mē pronoeisthai ex archēs tēn toiautēn psychēn, eipatōsan hēmin. ētoi gar ouk estin axia (kai pōs hōsper ek metanoias hē pronoia proseisin autę̄)? ē physis sǭzomenē, hōs autos bouletai, tynchanei kai anankē tautēn ex archēs dia syngeneian pronooumenēn mēdemian pareisdysin tois akathartois parechein pneumasin, ektos ei mē biastheiē kai asthenēs elenchtheiē. ean gar dǭ metanoēsasan autēn helesthai ta kreittō, toutʼ ekeinos akōn erei, hoper hē parʼ hēmin alētheia dogmatizei, ek metabolēs peithēniou, allʼ ouk ek physeōs gignesthai tēn sōtērian. hōsper gar hai anathymiaseis hai te gēthen hai te apo telmatōn eis homichlas synistantai kai nephelōdeis systrophas, houtōs hai tōn sarkikōn epithymiōn anadoseis kachexian prostribontai psychę̄, kataskedannyousai ta eidōla tēs hēdonēs epiprosthe tēs psychēs.
Let them tell us, then, what is the reason why such a soul is not cared for from the beginning. Either it is not worthy (and then how does providence come to it as if from repentance?), or it is a nature that is saved, as he would have it, and then, being cared for from the beginning because of its kinship, it necessarily gives no entry to the unclean spirits, unless it were forced and shown to be weak. For if he grants that it repented and chose the better things, he will unwillingly say what the truth among us teaches: that salvation comes from an obedient change, not from nature. For as exhalations from the earth and from marshes gather into mists and cloudy masses, so the vapors of fleshly desires bring an ill condition on the soul, spreading the images of pleasure before the soul.
2.20.116Stählin 2:175–176
ἐπισκοτοῦσι γοῦν τῷ φωτὶ τῷ νοερῷ ἐπισπωμένης τῆς ψυχῆς τὰς ἐκ τῆς ἐπιθυμίας ἀναδόσεις καὶ παχυνούσης τὰς συστροφὰς τῶν παθῶν ἐνδελεχείᾳ ἡδονῶν. χρυσοῦ δὲ ἀπὸ γῆς οὐκ αἴρεται βῶλος, ἀλλʼ ἀφεψόμενος διυλίζεται, ἔπειτα καθαρὸς γενόμενος χρυσὸς ἀκούει, γῆ κεκαθαρμένη. αἰτεῖσθε γὰρ καὶ δοθήσεται ὑμῖν τοῖς ἐξ ἑαυτῶν ἑλέσθαι τὰ κάλλιστα δυναμένοις λέγεται. ὅπως δʼ ἡμεῖς τοῦ διαβόλου τὰς ἐνεργείας καὶ τὰ πνεύματα τὰ ἀκάθαρτα εἰς τὴν τοῦ ἁμαρτωλοῦ ψυχὴν ἐπισπείρειν φαμέν, οὔ μοι δεῖ πλειόνων λόγων παραθεμένῳ μάρτυν τὸν ἀποστολικὸν Βαρνάβαν (ὃ δὲ τῶν ἑβδομήκοντα ἦν καὶ συνεργὸς τοῦ Παύλου) κατὰ λέξιν ὧδέ πως λέγοντα· πρὸ τοῦ ἡμᾶς πιστεῦσαι τῷ θεῷ ἦν ἡμῶν τὸ οἰκητήριον τῆς καρδίας φθαρτὸν καὶ ἀσθενές, ἀληθῶς οἰκοδομητὸς ναὸς διὰ χειρός· ὅτι ἦν πλήρης μὲν εἰδωλολατρείας καὶ ἦν οἶκος δαιμόνων, διὰ τὸ ποιεῖν ὅσα ἦν ἐναντία τῷ θεῷ.
episkotousi goun tǭ phōti tǭ noerǭ epispōmenēs tēs psychēs tas ek tēs epithymias anadoseis kai pachynousēs tas systrophas tōn pathōn endelecheią hēdonōn. chrysou de apo gēs ouk airetai bōlos, allʼ aphepsomenos diylizetai, epeita katharos genomenos chrysos akouei, gē kekatharmenē. aiteisthe gar kai dothēsetai hymin tois ex heautōn helesthai ta kallista dynamenois legetai. hopōs dʼ hēmeis tou diabolou tas energeias kai ta pneumata ta akatharta eis tēn tou hamartōlou psychēn epispeirein phamen, ou moi dei pleionōn logōn parathemenǭ martyn ton apostolikon Barnaban (ho de tōn hebdomēkonta ēn kai synergos tou Paulou) kata lexin hōde pōs legonta; pro tou hēmas pisteusai tǭ theǭ ēn hēmōn to oikētērion tēs kardias phtharton kai asthenes, alēthōs oikodomētos naos dia cheiros; hoti ēn plērēs men eidōlolatreias kai ēn oikos daimonōn, dia to poiein hosa ēn enantia tǭ theǭ.
At any rate they darken the light of the mind, the soul drawing in the vapors of desire and thickening the masses of the passions by continual pleasures. A lump of gold is not lifted from the earth, but is boiled and strained, and then, having become pure, it is called gold, earth purified. For “ask and it will be given to you” is said to those who are able to choose the best things of themselves. And as for how we say that the energies of the devil and the unclean spirits sow themselves in the sinner's soul, I need no more words, setting forth as witness the apostolic Barnabas (he was one of the Seventy and a fellow worker of Paul), who says word for word something like this: “Before we believed in God, the dwelling place of our heart was corrupt and weak, truly a temple built by hand; for it was full of idolatry and was a house of demons, because it did whatever was contrary to God.”
2.20.117Stählin 2:176
τὰς ἐνεργείας οὖν τὰς τοῖς δαιμονίοις καταλλήλους ἐπιτελεῖν φησι τοὺς ἁμαρτωλούς, οὐχὶ δὲ αὐτὰ τὰ πνεύματα ἐν τῇ τοῦ ἀπίστου κατοικεῖν ψυχῇ λέγει. διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἐπιφέρει· προσέχετε, ἵνα ὁ ναὸς τοῦ κυρίου ἐνδόξως οἰκοδομηθῇ. πῶς; μάθετε· λαβόντες τὴν ἄφεσιν τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν καὶ ἐλπίσαντες ἐπὶ τὸ ὄνομα γενώμεθα καινοί, πάλιν ἐξ ἀρχῆς κτιζόμενοι. οὐ γὰρ οἱ δαίμονες ἡμῶν ἀπελαύνονται, ἀλλʼ αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, φησίν, ἀφίενται, ἃς ὁμοίως ἐκείνοις ἐπετελοῦμεν πρὶν ἢ πιστεῦσαι. εἰκότως οὖν ἀντέθηκε τὰ ἐπιφερόμενα· διὸ ἐν τῷ κατοικητηρίῳ ἡμῶν ἀληθῶς ὁ θεὸς κατοικεῖ ἐν ἡμῖν. πῶς; ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ τῆς πίστεως, ἡ κλῆσις αὐτοῦ τῆς ἐπαγγελίας, ἡ σοφία τῶν δικαιωμάτων, αἱ ἐντολαὶ τῆς διδαχῆς. οἶδα ἐγὼ αἱρέσει τινὶ ἐντυχών, καὶ ὁ ταύτης προϊστάμενος διὰ τῆς χρήσεως ἔφασκεν τῆς ἡδονῆς ἡδονῇ μάχεσθαι, αὐτομολῶν πρὸς ἡδονὴν διὰ προσποιητοῦ μάχης ὁ γενναῖος οὗτος γνωστικός (ἔφασκε γὰρ δὴ αὑτὸν καὶ γνωστικὸν εἶναι), ἐπεὶ οὐδὲ μέγα ἔλεγεν τὸ ἀπέχεσθαι ἡδονῆς μὴ πεπειραμένον, ἐν αὐτῇ δὲ γενόμενον μὴ κρατεῖσθαι, ὅθεν γυμνάζεσθαι διʼ αὐτῆς ἐν αὐτῇ.
tas energeias oun tas tois daimoniois katallēlous epitelein phēsi tous hamartōlous, ouchi de auta ta pneumata en tę̄ tou apistou katoikein psychę̄ legei. dia touto kai epipherei; prosechete, hina ho naos tou kyriou endoxōs oikodomēthę̄. pōs? mathete; labontes tēn aphesin tōn hamartiōn kai elpisantes epi to onoma genōmetha kainoi, palin ex archēs ktizomenoi. ou gar hoi daimones hēmōn apelaunontai, allʼ hai hamartiai, phēsin, aphientai, has homoiōs ekeinois epeteloumen prin ē pisteusai. eikotōs oun antethēke ta epipheromena; dio en tǭ katoikētēriǭ hēmōn alēthōs ho theos katoikei en hēmin. pōs? ho logos autou tēs pisteōs, hē klēsis autou tēs epangelias, hē sophia tōn dikaiōmatōn, hai entolai tēs didachēs. oida egō hairesei tini entychōn, kai ho tautēs proïstamenos dia tēs chrēseōs ephasken tēs hēdonēs hēdonę̄ machesthai, automolōn pros hēdonēn dia prospoiētou machēs ho gennaios houtos gnōstikos (ephaske gar dē hauton kai gnōstikon einai), epei oude mega elegen to apechesthai hēdonēs mē pepeiramenon, en autę̄ de genomenon mē krateisthai, hothen gymnazesthai diʼ autēs en autę̄.
So he says that sinners carry out the energies corresponding to the demons, but he does not say that the spirits themselves dwell in the unbeliever's soul. That is why he adds: “Take heed, that the temple of the Lord may be built gloriously. How? Learn: having received the forgiveness of sins and having hoped on the Name, let us become new, created again from the beginning.” For it is not the demons that are driven out from us, he says, but the sins are forgiven, which we committed like them before we believed. Fittingly, then, he set against this what follows: “Therefore in our dwelling place God truly dwells in us. How? His word of faith, his calling of promise, the wisdom of the ordinances, the commandments of the teaching.” I know of meeting a certain heresy, and its leader said that he fought pleasure with pleasure by using it, this noble knower deserting to pleasure through a feigned battle (for he claimed to be one who knows, too); since, he said, it is no great thing to abstain from pleasure without having tried it, but, when one is in it, not to be mastered by it; and therefore one should train oneself through it and in it.
2.20.118Stählin 2:176–177
ἐλάνθανεν δὲ ἑαυτὸν κατασοφιζόμενος ὁ ἄθλιος τῇ φιληδόνῳ τέχνῃ. ταύτῃ δηλονότι τῇ δόξῃ καὶ Ἀρίστιππος ὁ Κυρηναῖος προσέβαλλεν τοῦ τὴν ἀλήθειαν αὐχοῦντος σοφιστοῦ. ὀνειδιζόμενος γοῦν ἐπὶ τῷ συνεχῶς ὁμιλεῖν τῇ ἑταίρᾳ τῇ Κορινθίᾳ, ἔχω γὰρ ἔλεγεν Λαΐδα καὶ οὐκ ἔχομαι ὑπʼ αὐτῆς. τοιοῦτοι δὲ καὶ οἱ φάσκοντες ἑαυτοὺς Νικολάῳ ἕπεσθαι, ἀπομνημόνευμά τι τἀνδρὸς φέροντες ἐκ παρατροπῆς τὸ δεῖν παραχρῆσθαι τῇ σαρκί. ἀλλʼ ὁ μὲν γενναῖος κολούειν δεῖν ἐδήλου τάς τε ἡδονὰς τάς τε ἐπιθυμίας καὶ τῇ ἀσκήσει ταύτῃ καταμαραίνειν τὰς τῆς σαρκὸς ὁρμάς τε καὶ ἐπιθέσεις. οἳ δὲ εἰς ἡδονὴν τράγων δίκην ἐκχυθέντες, οἷον ἐφυβρίζοντες τῷ σώματι, καθηδυπαθοῦσιν, οὐκ εἰδότες ὅτι τὸ μὲν ῥακοῦται φύσει ῥευστὸν ὄν, ἡ ψυχὴ δὲ αὐτῶν ἐν βορβόρῳ κακίας κατορώρυκται, δόγμα ἡδονῆς αὐτῆς, οὐχὶ δὲ ἀνδρὸς ἀποστολικοῦ μεταδιωκόντων. τίνι γὰρ οὗτοι Σαρδαναπάλλου διαφέρουσιν; οὗ τὸν βίον δηλοῖ τὸ ἐπίγραμμα· ταῦτʼ ἔχω ὅσσʼ ἔφαγον καὶ ἐφύβρισα καὶ μετʼ ἔρωτος τέρπνʼ ἔπαθον, τὰ δὲ πολλὰ καὶ ὄλβια κεῖνα λέλειπται. καὶ γὰρ ἐγὼ σποδός εἰμι, Νίνου μεγάλης βασιλεύσας. καθόλου γὰρ οὐκ ἀναγκαῖον τὸ τῆς ἡδονῆς πάθος, ἐπακολούθημα δὲ χρείαις τισὶ φυσικαῖς, πείνῃ, δίψει, ῥίγει, γάμῳ.
elanthanen de heauton katasophizomenos ho athlios tę̄ philēdonǭ technę̄. tautę̄ dēlonoti tę̄ doxę̄ kai Aristippos ho Kyrēnaios proseballen tou tēn alētheian auchountos sophistou. oneidizomenos goun epi tǭ synechōs homilein tę̄ hetairą tę̄ Korinthią, echō gar elegen Laïda kai ouk echomai hypʼ autēs. toioutoi de kai hoi phaskontes heautous Nikolaǭ hepesthai, apomnēmoneuma ti tandros pherontes ek paratropēs to dein parachrēsthai tę̄ sarki. allʼ ho men gennaios kolouein dein edēlou tas te hēdonas tas te epithymias kai tę̄ askēsei tautę̄ katamarainein tas tēs sarkos hormas te kai epitheseis. hoi de eis hēdonēn tragōn dikēn ekchythentes, hoion ephybrizontes tǭ sōmati, kathēdypathousin, ouk eidotes hoti to men rhakoutai physei rheuston on, hē psychē de autōn en borborǭ kakias katorōryktai, dogma hēdonēs autēs, ouchi de andros apostolikou metadiōkontōn. tini gar houtoi Sardanapallou diapherousin? hou ton bion dēloi to epigramma; tautʼ echō hossʼ ephagon kai ephybrisa kai metʼ erōtos terpnʼ epathon, ta de polla kai olbia keina leleiptai. kai gar egō spodos eimi, Ninou megalēs basileusas. katholou gar ouk anankaion to tēs hēdonēs pathos, epakolouthēma de chreiais tisi physikais, peinę̄, dipsei, rhigei, gamǭ.
But the wretch did not notice that he was deceiving himself by the pleasure-loving art. Aristippus of Cyrene, clearly, held this opinion too, the sophist who boasted of the truth. Reproached, at any rate, for constantly consorting with the Corinthian courtesan, he said, “I have Lais, and I am not had by her.” Such too are those who claim to follow Nicolaus, bringing forward a saying of the man, by a distortion, that one must “abuse the flesh.” But the noble man showed that one must cut back pleasures and desires and by this discipline wither the impulses and assaults of the flesh. They, however, pouring themselves into pleasure like goats, as though insulting the body, live in luxury, not knowing that the body wears out, being by nature fluid, while their soul is buried in the mire of vice, since they follow the teaching of pleasure itself, not of an apostolic man. For in what do they differ from Sardanapalus, whose life the epitaph shows: “I have what I ate and my wanton deeds and the delights I had with love; but those many prosperous things are left behind. For I too am dust, who ruled great Nineveh.” For in general the passion of pleasure is not necessary, but a consequence of certain natural needs: hunger, thirst, cold, marriage.
2.20.119Stählin 2:177–178
εἰ γοῦν ταύτης δίχα πιεῖν οἷόν τε ἦν ἢ τροφὴν προσίεσθαι ἢ παιδοποιεῖν, ἐδείχθη ἂν οὐδεμία ἑτέρα χρεία ταύτης. οὔτε γὰρ ἐνέργεια οὔτε διάθεσις οὐδὲ μὴν μέρος τι ἡμέτερον ἡ ἡδονή, ἀλλʼ ὑπουργίας ἕνεκα παρῆλθεν εἰς τὸν βίον, ὥσπερ τοὺς ἄλας φασὶ τῆς παραπέψεως τῆς τροφῆς χάριν. ἣ δὲ ἀφηνιάσασα καὶ τοῦ οἴκου κατακρατήσασα † πρώτην ἐπιθυμίαν γεννᾷ, ἔφεσιν καὶ ὄρεξιν οὖσαν ἄλογον τοῦ κεχαρισμένου αὐτῇ, ἣ καὶ τὸν Ἐπίκουρον τέλος εἶναι τοῦ φιλοσόφου ἀνέπεισε θέσθαι τὴν ἡδονήν, θειάζει γοῦν σαρκὸς εὐσταθὲς κατάστημα καὶ τὸ περὶ ταύτης πιστὸν ἔλπισμα. τί γὰρ ἕτερον ἡ τρυφὴ ἢ φιλήδονος λιχνεία καὶ πλεονασμὸς περίεργος πρὸς ἡδυπάθειαν ἀνειμένων; ἐμφαντικῶς ὁ Διογένης ἔν τινι τραγῳδίᾳ γράφει· οἱ τῆς ἀνάνδρου καὶ διεσκατωμένης τρυφῆς ὑφʼ ἡδοναῖσι σαχθέντες κέαρ πονεῖν θέλοντες οὐδὲ βαιά. καὶ τὰ ἐπὶ τούτοις ὅσα αἰσχρῶς μὲν εἴρηται, ἐπαξίως δὲ τῶν φιληδόνων.
ei goun tautēs dicha piein hoion te ēn ē trophēn prosiesthai ē paidopoiein, edeichthē an oudemia hetera chreia tautēs. oute gar energeia oute diathesis oude mēn meros ti hēmeteron hē hēdonē, allʼ hypourgias heneka parēlthen eis ton bion, hōsper tous alas phasi tēs parapepseōs tēs trophēs charin. hē de aphēniasasa kai tou oikou katakratēsasa † prōtēn epithymian genną, ephesin kai orexin ousan alogon tou kecharismenou autę̄, hē kai ton Epikouron telos einai tou philosophou anepeise thesthai tēn hēdonēn, theiazei goun sarkos eustathes katastēma kai to peri tautēs piston elpisma. ti gar heteron hē tryphē ē philēdonos lichneia kai pleonasmos periergos pros hēdypatheian aneimenōn? emphantikōs ho Diogenēs en tini tragǭdią graphei; hoi tēs anandrou kai dieskatōmenēs tryphēs hyphʼ hēdonaisi sachthentes kear ponein thelontes oude baia. kai ta epi toutois hosa aischrōs men eirētai, epaxiōs de tōn philēdonōn.
If, at any rate, it were possible without it to drink, take food, or beget children, it would be shown that there is no other need for it. For pleasure is neither an activity nor a disposition, nor indeed any part of us, but it entered life as a helper, as they say salt did, for the digestion of food. But it, throwing off the reins and taking control of the house, … first begets desire, which is an irrational longing and appetite for what gratifies it; and it persuaded even Epicurus to set pleasure as the goal of the philosopher. He deifies, at any rate, a stable condition of the flesh and the confident hope about it. For what else is luxury but pleasure-loving gluttony and a superfluous excess for the self-indulgence of the dissolute? Diogenes writes expressively in a tragedy: “Those whose hearts are crammed with the pleasures of unmanly and filthy luxury, not willing to toil even a little,” and what follows, which is said shamefully but worthily of lovers of pleasure.
2.20.120Stählin 2:178
Διό μοι δοκεῖ ὁ θεῖος νόμος ἀναγκαίως τὸν φόβον ἐπαρτᾶν, ἵνʼ εὐλαβείᾳ καὶ προσοχῇ τὴν ἀμεριμνίαν ὁ φιλόσοφος κτήσηταί τε καὶ τηρήσῃ, ἀδιάπτωτός τε καὶ ἀναμάρτητος ἐν πᾶσι διαμένων. οὐ γὰρ ἄλλως εἰρήνη καὶ ἐλευθερία περιγίνεται ἢ διὰ τῆς ἀπαύστου καὶ ἀναπαυδήτου πρὸς τῶν παθῶν ἡμῶν ἀντιμαχήσεως. οὗτοι γὰρ οἱ ἀνταγωνισταὶ παχεῖς καὶ Ὀλυμπικοὶ σφηκῶν ὡς εἰπεῖν εἰσι δριμύτεροι, καὶ μάλιστα ἡ ἡδονή, οὐ μόνον μεθʼ ἡμέραν, ἀλλὰ καὶ νύκτωρ ἐν αὐτοῖς τοῖς ἐνυπνίοις μετὰ γοητείας δελεαστικῶς ἐπιβουλεύουσα καὶ δάκνουσα. πῶς οὖν ἔτι δίκαιοι κατατρέχειν τοῦ νόμου Ἕλληνες, φόβῳ καὶ αὐτοὶ τὴν ἡδονὴν δουλοῦσθαι διδάσκοντες; ὁ γοῦν Σωκράτης φυλάσσεσθαι κελεύει τὰ ἀναπείθοντα μὴ πεινῶντας ἐσθίειν καὶ μὴ διψῶντας πίνειν καὶ τὰ βλέμματα καὶ τὰ φιλήματα τῶν καλῶν ὡς χαλεπώτερον σκορπίων καὶ φαλαγγίων ἰὸν ἐνιέναι πεφυκότα.
Dio moi dokei ho theios nomos anankaiōs ton phobon epartan, hinʼ eulabeią kai prosochę̄ tēn amerimnian ho philosophos ktēsētai te kai tērēsę̄, adiaptōtos te kai anamartētos en pasi diamenōn. ou gar allōs eirēnē kai eleutheria periginetai ē dia tēs apaustou kai anapaudētou pros tōn pathōn hēmōn antimachēseōs. houtoi gar hoi antagōnistai pacheis kai Olympikoi sphēkōn hōs eipein eisi drimyteroi, kai malista hē hēdonē, ou monon methʼ hēmeran, alla kai nyktōr en autois tois enypniois meta goēteias deleastikōs epibouleuousa kai daknousa. pōs oun eti dikaioi katatrechein tou nomou Hellēnes, phobǭ kai autoi tēn hēdonēn doulousthai didaskontes? ho goun Sōkratēs phylassesthai keleuei ta anapeithonta mē peinōntas esthiein kai mē dipsōntas pinein kai ta blemmata kai ta philēmata tōn kalōn hōs chalepōteron skorpiōn kai phalangiōn ion enienai pephykota.
That is why it seems to me that the divine law necessarily hangs fear over us, so that by caution and attention the philosopher may acquire and keep freedom from care, remaining unfailing and sinless in all things. For peace and freedom are gained in no other way than by unceasing and untiring struggle against our passions. For these opponents, stout and Olympic, are, so to speak, sharper than wasps, and pleasure most of all, plotting and stinging enticingly with witchcraft not only by day but also by night in our very dreams. How, then, can the Greeks justly still run down the law, when they themselves teach that pleasure is enslaved by fear? Socrates, at any rate, bids us guard against what persuades us to eat when not hungry and drink when not thirsty, and against the glances and kisses of the beautiful, as by nature injecting a poison more dangerous than scorpions and spiders.
2.20.121Stählin 2:178–179
καὶ Ἀντισθένης δὲ μανῆναι μᾶλλον ἢ ἡσθῆναι αἱρεῖται, ὅ τε Θηβαῖος Κράτης τῶν δὲ (φησὶ) κράτει ψυχῆς ἤθει ἀγαλλομένη· οὔθʼ ὑπὸ χρυσείων δουλουμένη οὔθʼ ὑπʼ ἐρώτων τηξιπόθων, οὐδʼ εἴ τι συνέμπορόν ἐστι φίλυβρι. καὶ τὸ ὅλον ἐπιλέγει· ἡδονῇ ἀνδραποδώδει ἀδούλωτοι καὶ ἄκναπτοι ἀθάνατον βασιλείαν ἐλευθερίαν τʼ ἀγαπῶσιν. οὗτος ἐν ἄλλοις εὐθυρημόνως γράφει τῆς εἰς τὰ ἀφροδίσια ἀκατασχέτου ὁρμῆς κατάπλασμα εἶναι λιμόν, εἰ δὲ μή, βρόχον. Ζήνωνι δὲ τῷ Στωϊκῷ τὴν διδασκαλίαν μαρτυροῦσι καίτοι διασύροντες οἱ κωμικοὶ ὧδέ πως· φιλοσοφίαν καινὴν γὰρ οὗτος φιλοσοφεῖ· πεινῆν διδάσκει καὶ μαθητὰς λαμβάνει· εἷς ἄρτος, ὄψον ἰσχάς, ἐπιπιεῖν ὕδωρ.
kai Antisthenēs de manēnai mallon ē hēsthēnai haireitai, ho te Thēbaios Kratēs tōn de (phēsi) kratei psychēs ēthei agallomenē; outhʼ hypo chryseiōn douloumenē outhʼ hypʼ erōtōn tēxipothōn, oudʼ ei ti synemporon esti philybri. kai to holon epilegei; hēdonę̄ andrapodōdei adoulōtoi kai aknaptoi athanaton basileian eleutherian tʼ agapōsin. houtos en allois euthyrēmonōs graphei tēs eis ta aphrodisia akataschetou hormēs kataplasma einai limon, ei de mē, brochon. Zēnōni de tǭ Stōïkǭ tēn didaskalian martyrousi kaitoi diasyrontes hoi kōmikoi hōde pōs; philosophian kainēn gar houtos philosophei; peinēn didaskei kai mathētas lambanei; heis artos, opson ischas, epipiein hydōr.
And Antisthenes chooses to go mad rather than to feel pleasure; and Crates of Thebes says, “Master these things, a soul rejoicing in character, neither enslaved by gold nor by loves that melt with longing, nor by anything that goes with insolence.” And he concludes the whole: “Unenslaved and unbent by slavish pleasure, they love an immortal kingdom and freedom.” He writes elsewhere, plainly, that the plaster for an uncontrollable urge toward sexual pleasures is hunger, and if not, the noose. And the comic poets bear witness to the teaching of Zeno the Stoic, though mocking him, in this way: “For this man philosophizes a new philosophy: he teaches hunger and gets disciples; one loaf, a dried fig for relish, water to drink after.”
2.20.122Stählin 2:179
Πάντες δὴ οὗτοι οὐκ αἰσχύνονται σαφῶς ὁμολογεῖν τὴν ἐκ τῆς εὐλαβείας ὠφέλειαν· ἡ δὲ ἀληθὴς καὶ οὐκ ἄλογος σοφία οὐ λόγοις ψιλοῖς καὶ θεσπίσμασι πεποιθυῖα, ἀλλὰ σκεπαστηρίοις ἀτρώτοις καὶ μυστηρίοις δραστικοῖς, ταῖς θείαις ἐντολαῖς, συγγυμνασίᾳ τε καὶ συνασκήσει μελετῶσα, δύναμιν θείαν κατὰ τὸ ἐμπνεόμενον μέρος αὐτῆς ὑπὸ τοῦ λόγου λαμβάνει. ἤδη γοῦν καὶ τοῦ ποιητικοῦ Διὸς τὴν αἰγίδα γράφουσι δεινήν, ἣν πέρι μὲν πάντῃ φόβος ἐστεφάνωται, ἐν δʼ Ἔρις, ἐν δʼ Ἀλκή, ἐν δὲ κρυόεσσα Ἰωκή· ἐν δέ τε Γοργείη κεφαλὴ δεινοῖο πελώρου, δεινή τε σμερδνή τε, Διὸς τέρας αἰγιόχοιο.
Pantes dē houtoi ouk aischynontai saphōs homologein tēn ek tēs eulabeias ōpheleian; hē de alēthēs kai ouk alogos sophia ou logois psilois kai thespismasi pepoithuia, alla skepastēriois atrōtois kai mystēriois drastikois, tais theiais entolais, syngymnasią te kai synaskēsei meletōsa, dynamin theian kata to empneomenon meros autēs hypo tou logou lambanei. ēdē goun kai tou poiētikou Dios tēn aigida graphousi deinēn, hēn peri men pantę̄ phobos estephanōtai, en dʼ Eris, en dʼ Alkē, en de kryoessa Iōkē; en de te Gorgeiē kephalē deinoio pelōrou, deinē te smerdnē te, Dios teras aigiochoio.
All these, then, are not ashamed to confess plainly the benefit of caution. But true and not irrational wisdom, trusting not in bare words and oracles but in invulnerable defenses and effective mysteries, the divine commandments, practicing in training and exercise together with them, receives divine power in the part of it inspired by the Word. Indeed they even describe the aegis of the poets' Zeus as terrible: “around which Fear is set as a crown on every side, and in it is Strife, in it Strength, in it chilling Pursuit; and in it the Gorgon's head of the dread monster, dread and terrible, a portent of aegis-bearing Zeus.”
2.20.123Stählin 2:180
τοῖς δὲ τὸ σωτήριον διορᾶν ὀρθῶς δυναμένοις οὐκ οἶδα εἴ τι φίλτερον φανήσεται τῆς τε σεμνότητος τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῆς θυγατρὸς αὐτοῦ εὐλαβείας. ἀλλὰ γὰρ ὅταν ὑπέρτονον ᾄδειν λέγηται, ὥσπερ καὶ ὁ κύριος ἐπί τινας, ἵνα μή τινες τῶν ζηλούντων αὐτὸν ἔκτονον καὶ ἀπόχορδον ᾄσωσιν, οὕτως ἀκούω, οὐχ ὡς ὑπέρτονον, ἀλλὰ τοῖς μὴ βουλομένοις ἀναλαβεῖν τὸν θεῖον ζυγόν, τούτοις ὑπέρτονον· τοῖς γὰρ ἀτόνοις καὶ ἀσθενικοῖς τὸ μέτριον ὑπέρτονον δοκεῖ, καὶ τοῖς ἀδίκοις ἀκροδίκαιον τὸ ἐπιβάλλον. ὅσους γὰρ διὰ τὸ φιλικῶς πρὸς ἁμαρτίας ἔχειν ἡ συγγνώμη παρεισέρχεται, οὗτοι τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἀπήνειαν ὑπολαμβάνουσιν καὶ τὴν αὐστηρίαν ἀποτομίαν, καὶ ἀνηλεῆ τὸν μὴ συναμαρτάνοντα μηδὲ συγκατασπώμενον.
tois de to sōtērion dioran orthōs dynamenois ouk oida ei ti philteron phanēsetai tēs te semnotētos tou nomou kai tēs thygatros autou eulabeias. alla gar hotan hypertonon ądein legētai, hōsper kai ho kyrios epi tinas, hina mē tines tōn zēlountōn auton ektonon kai apochordon ąsōsin, houtōs akouō, ouch hōs hypertonon, alla tois mē boulomenois analabein ton theion zygon, toutois hypertonon; tois gar atonois kai asthenikois to metrion hypertonon dokei, kai tois adikois akrodikaion to epiballon. hosous gar dia to philikōs pros hamartias echein hē syngnōmē pareiserchetai, houtoi tēn alētheian apēneian hypolambanousin kai tēn austērian apotomian, kai anēleē ton mē synamartanonta mēde synkataspōmenon.
But to those who can rightly discern what is saving, I do not know whether anything will appear dearer than the dignity of the law and its daughter, caution. But when someone is said to sing too high, as the Lord does toward some, so that some who emulate him may not sing out of tune and off the string, I understand it so: not that he is too high, but that to those unwilling to take up the divine yoke, to these he is too high. For to the slack and weak the moderate seems too high, and to the unjust what is due seems excessively just. For those whom pardon enters because they are friendly toward sins suppose the truth to be harshness, and strictness to be severity, and the one who does not sin with them and is not dragged down with them to be merciless.
2.20.124Stählin 2:180
εὖ γοῦν ἡ τραγῳδία ἐπὶ τοῦ Ἅιδου γράφει· πρὸς δʼ οἷον ἥξεις δαίμονα ὡς ἔρωτα, † ὃς οὔτε τοὐπιεικὲς οὔτε τὴν χάριν ᾔδει, μόνον δʼ ἔστεργε τὴν ἁπλῶς δίκην. καὶ γὰρ εἰ μηδέπω ποιεῖν τὰ μὴ προσταττόμενα ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου οἷοί τέ ἐστε, ἀλλά τοι συνορῶντες, ὡς ὑποδείγματα ἡμῖν ἔκκειται κάλλιστα ἐν αὐτῷ, τρέφειν καὶ αὔξειν τὸν ἔρωτα τῆς ἐλευθερίας δυνάμεθα· καὶ τῇδε ὠφελοίμεθʼ ἄν, κατὰ δύναμιν προθυμότερον τὰ μὲν προκαλούμενοι, τὰ δὲ μιμούμενοι, τὰ δὲ καὶ δυσωπούμενοι. οὔτε γὰρ οἱ παλαιοὶ δίκαιοι κατὰ νόμον βιώσαντες ἀπὸ δρυὸς ἦσαν παλαιφάτου οὐδʼ ἀπὸ πέτρης. τῷ γοῦν βουληθῆναι γνησίως φιλοσοφεῖν ὅλους αὑτοὺς φέροντες ἀνέθεσαν τῷ θεῷ καὶ εἰς πίστιν ἐλογίσθη.
eu goun hē tragǭdia epi tou Haidou graphei; pros dʼ hoion hēxeis daimona hōs erōta, † hos oute toupieikes oute tēn charin ę̄dei, monon dʼ esterge tēn haplōs dikēn. kai gar ei mēdepō poiein ta mē prostattomena hypo tou nomou hoioi te este, alla toi synorōntes, hōs hypodeigmata hēmin ekkeitai kallista en autǭ, trephein kai auxein ton erōta tēs eleutherias dynametha; kai tę̄de ōpheloimethʼ an, kata dynamin prothymoteron ta men prokaloumenoi, ta de mimoumenoi, ta de kai dysōpoumenoi. oute gar hoi palaioi dikaioi kata nomon biōsantes apo dryos ēsan palaiphatou oudʼ apo petrēs. tǭ goun boulēthēnai gnēsiōs philosophein holous hautous pherontes anethesan tǭ theǭ kai eis pistin elogisthē.
The tragedy, at any rate, writes well about Hades: “To what a god you will come … who knew neither fairness nor grace, but loved only justice pure and simple.” For even if you are not yet able to do what is not commanded by the law, yet, perceiving that the finest examples are set out for us in it, we can nourish and increase the love of freedom; and in this way we would be helped, as far as we can, more eagerly, being challenged by some, imitating others, and shamed by others. For the righteous of old who lived according to the law were not “from an oak of ancient story, nor from a rock.” At any rate, by their willingness to philosophize genuinely, they offered themselves wholly to God, and it was “counted to them as faith.”
2.20.125Stählin 2:180–181
Παγκάλως ὁ Ζήνων ἐπὶ τῶν Ἰνδῶν ἔλεγεν ἕνα Ἰνδὸν παροπτώμενον ἐθέλειν ἂν ἰδεῖν ἢ πάσας τὰς περὶ πόνου ἀποδείξεις μαθεῖν. ἡμῖν δὲ ἄφθονοι μαρτύρων πηγαὶ ἑκάστης ἡμέρας ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν θεωρούμεναι παροπτωμένων ἀνασκινδυλευομένων τὰς κεφαλὰς ἀποτεμνομένων. τούτους πάντας ὁ παρὰ τοῦ νόμου φόβος εἰς Χριστὸν παιδαγωγήσας συνήσκησε τὸ εὐλαβὲς καὶ διʼ αἱμάτων ἐνδείκνυσθαι. ὁ θεὸς ἔστη ἐν συναγωγῇ θεῶν, ἐν μέσῳ δὲ θεοὺς διακρινεῖ. τίνας τούτους; τοὺς ἡδονῆς κρείττονας, τοὺς τῶν παθῶν διαφέροντας, τοὺς ἕκαστον ὧν πράσσουσιν ἐπισταμένους, τοὺς γνωστικούς, τοὺς τοῦ κόσμου μείζονας. καὶ πάλιν ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε καὶ υἱοὶ ὑψίστου πάντες τίσι λέγει ὁ κύριος; τοῖς παραιτουμένοις ὡς οἷόν τε πᾶν τὸ ἀνθρώπινον. καὶ ὁ ἀπόστολος λέγει· ὑμεῖς γὰρ οὐκέτι ἐστὲ ἐν σαρκί, ἀλλʼ ἐν πνεύματι. καὶ πάλιν λέγει· ἐν σαρκὶ ὄντες οὐ κατὰ σάρκα στρατευόμεθα· σὰρξ γὰρ καὶ αἷμα βασιλείαν θεοῦ κληρονομῆσαι οὐ δύνανται, οὐδὲ ἡ φθορὰ τὴν ἀφθαρσίαν κληρονομεῖ· ἰδοὺ δὲ ὡς ἄνθρωποι ἀποθνῄσκετε διελέγχον ἡμᾶς τὸ πνεῦμα εἴρηκεν.
Pankalōs ho Zēnōn epi tōn Indōn elegen hena Indon paroptōmenon ethelein an idein ē pasas tas peri ponou apodeixeis mathein. hēmin de aphthonoi martyrōn pēgai hekastēs hēmeras en ophthalmois hēmōn theōroumenai paroptōmenōn anaskindyleuomenōn tas kephalas apotemnomenōn. toutous pantas ho para tou nomou phobos eis Christon paidagōgēsas synēskēse to eulabes kai diʼ haimatōn endeiknysthai. ho theos estē en synagōgę̄ theōn, en mesǭ de theous diakrinei. tinas toutous? tous hēdonēs kreittonas, tous tōn pathōn diapherontas, tous hekaston hōn prassousin epistamenous, tous gnōstikous, tous tou kosmou meizonas. kai palin egō eipa, theoi este kai huioi hypsistou pantes tisi legei ho kyrios? tois paraitoumenois hōs hoion te pan to anthrōpinon. kai ho apostolos legei; hymeis gar ouketi este en sarki, allʼ en pneumati. kai palin legei; en sarki ontes ou kata sarka strateuometha; sarx gar kai haima basileian theou klēronomēsai ou dynantai, oude hē phthora tēn aphtharsian klēronomei; idou de hōs anthrōpoi apothnę̄skete dielenchon hēmas to pneuma eirēken.
Zeno spoke very finely about the Indians: that he would rather see one Indian being burned than learn all the demonstrations about pain. But we have abundant springs of martyrs every day before our eyes, being burned, impaled, beheaded. The fear that comes from the law, leading them all like a schoolmaster to Christ, trained them to show their reverence even by their blood. “God stood in the assembly of gods; in the midst he judges gods.” Who are these? Those who are stronger than pleasure, who rise above the passions, who know each thing they do, those who know, those greater than the world. And again: “I said, you are gods, and all sons of the Most High.” To whom does the Lord say this? To those who reject, as far as possible, everything human. And the apostle says: “For you are no longer in the flesh, but in the Spirit.” And again he says: “Though we are in the flesh, we do not wage war according to the flesh.” “For flesh and blood cannot inherit the kingdom of God, nor does corruption inherit incorruption.” “But behold, you die like men,” the Spirit has said, reproving us.
2.20.126Stählin 2:181
χρὴ τοίνυν συνασκεῖν αὑτοὺς εἰς εὐλάβειαν τῶν ὑποπιπτόντων τοῖς πάθεσι, φυγαδεύοντας κατὰ τοὺς ὄντως φιλοσόφους τὰ πασχητιῶντα τῶν βρωμάτων καὶ τὴν παρὰ τὴν κοίτην ἔκλυτον ἄνεσιν καὶ τὴν τρυφὴν καὶ τὰ εἰς τρυφὴν πάθη, ἄλλοις εἶναι ἆθλον βαρύ, ἡμῖν δὲ οὐκέτι· δῶρον γὰρ τοῦ θεοῦ σωφροσύνη τὸ μέγιστον. αὐτὸς γὰρ εἴρηκεν, οὐ μή σε ἀνῶ οὐδʼ οὐ μή σε ἐγκαταλείπω, ἄξιον κρίνας διὰ τὴν γνησίαν αἵρεσιν. οὕτω τοίνυν ἡμᾶς εὐλαβῶς προσιέναι πειρωμένους ἐκδέξεται ὁ χρηστὸς τοῦ κυρίου ζυγός, ἐκ πίστεως εἰς πίστιν ἑνὸς ἡνιόχου κατὰ προκοπὴν ἐλαύνοντος ἕκαστον ἡμῶν εἰς σωτηρίαν, ὅπως ὁ προσήκων τῆς εὐδαιμονίας περιγένηται καρπός. γίνεται δὲ ἡ ἄσκησις κατὰ τὸν Κῷον Ἱπποκράτην οὐ μόνον τοῦ σώματος, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς ψυχῆς ὑγιείης ἀοκνίη πόνων, ἀκορίη τροφῆς.
chrē toinyn synaskein hautous eis eulabeian tōn hypopiptontōn tois pathesi, phygadeuontas kata tous ontōs philosophous ta paschētiōnta tōn brōmatōn kai tēn para tēn koitēn eklyton anesin kai tēn tryphēn kai ta eis tryphēn pathē, allois einai athlon bary, hēmin de ouketi; dōron gar tou theou sōphrosynē to megiston. autos gar eirēken, ou mē se anō oudʼ ou mē se enkataleipō, axion krinas dia tēn gnēsian hairesin. houtō toinyn hēmas eulabōs prosienai peirōmenous ekdexetai ho chrēstos tou kyriou zygos, ek pisteōs eis pistin henos hēniochou kata prokopēn elaunontos hekaston hēmōn eis sōtērian, hopōs ho prosēkōn tēs eudaimonias perigenētai karpos. ginetai de hē askēsis kata ton Kǭon Hippokratēn ou monon tou sōmatos, alla kai tēs psychēs hygieiēs aokniē ponōn, akoriē trophēs.
We must, then, train ourselves to caution about what falls under the passions, banishing, as true philosophers do, the foods that excite, and the loose indulgence in bed, and luxury, and the passions that lead to luxury; for others let this be a heavy contest, but for us no longer; for self-restraint is the greatest gift of God. For he himself has said, “I will never leave you nor forsake you,” judging one worthy because of a genuine choice. So the kind yoke of the Lord will receive us as we try to approach with caution, the one Charioteer driving each of us by advance “from faith to faith” to salvation, so that the fitting fruit of happiness may be gained. And training, according to Hippocrates of Cos, is not only of the body but also of the soul: “health: tirelessness in toil, not eating one's fill of food.”
Miscellanies 2, chapter 21
2.21.127Stählin 2:181–182
Ἐπίκουρος δέ, ἐν τῷ μὴ πεινῆν μηδὲ διψῆν μηδὲ ῥιγοῦν τὴν εὐδαιμονίαν τιθέμενος τὴν ἰσόθεον, ἐπεφώνησε φωνὴν ἀσεβῶς εἰπών, ἐν τούτοις κἂν Διὶ πατρὶ μάχεσθαι, ὥσπερ ὑῶν σκατοφάγων καὶ οὐχὶ τῶν λογικῶν καὶ φιλοσόφων τὴν μακαρίαν νίκην δογματίζων. τῶν γὰρ ἀπὸ τῆς ἡδονῆς ἀρχομένων τούς τε Κυρηναϊκοὺς εἶναι καὶ τὸν Ἐπίκουρον· τούτους γὰρ τέλος εἶναι λέγειν διαρρήδην τὸ ἡδέως ζῆν, τέλειον δὲ ἀγαθὸν μόνον τὴν ἡδονήν. ὁ δὲ Ἐπίκουρος καὶ τὴν τῆς ἀλγηδόνος ὑπεξαίρεσιν ἡδονὴν εἶναι λέγει· αἱρετὸν δὲ εἶναί φησιν ὃ πρῶτον ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ ἐφʼ ἑαυτὸ ἐπισπᾶται, πάντως δηλονότι ἐν κινήσει ὑπάρχον. Δεινόμαχος δὲ καὶ Καλλιφῶν τέλος εἶναι ἔφασαν πᾶν τὸ καθʼ αὑτὸν ποιεῖν ἕνεκα τοῦ ἐπιτυγχάνειν ἡδονῆς καὶ τυγχάνειν, ὅ τε Ἱερώνυμος ὁ Περιπατητικὸς τέλος μὲν εἶναι τὸ ἀοχλήτως ζῆν, τελικὸν δὲ ἀγαθὸν μόνον τὴν εὐδαιμονίαν. καὶ Διόδωρος ὁμοίως ἀπὸ τῆς αὐτῆς αἱρέσεως γενόμενος τέλος ἀποφαίνεται τὸ ἀοχλήτως καὶ καλῶς ζῆν.
Epikouros de, en tǭ mē peinēn mēde dipsēn mēde rhigoun tēn eudaimonian tithemenos tēn isotheon, epephōnēse phōnēn asebōs eipōn, en toutois kan Dii patri machesthai, hōsper hyōn skatophagōn kai ouchi tōn logikōn kai philosophōn tēn makarian nikēn dogmatizōn. tōn gar apo tēs hēdonēs archomenōn tous te Kyrēnaïkous einai kai ton Epikouron; toutous gar telos einai legein diarrēdēn to hēdeōs zēn, teleion de agathon monon tēn hēdonēn. ho de Epikouros kai tēn tēs algēdonos hypexairesin hēdonēn einai legei; haireton de einai phēsin ho prōton ex heautou ephʼ heauto epispatai, pantōs dēlonoti en kinēsei hyparchon. Deinomachos de kai Kalliphōn telos einai ephasan pan to kathʼ hauton poiein heneka tou epitynchanein hēdonēs kai tynchanein, ho te Hierōnymos ho Peripatētikos telos men einai to aochlētōs zēn, telikon de agathon monon tēn eudaimonian. kai Diodōros homoiōs apo tēs autēs haireseōs genomenos telos apophainetai to aochlētōs kai kalōs zēn.
Epicurus, placing godlike happiness in not being hungry, thirsty, or cold, uttered an impious saying, that in these things one could fight even with Father Zeus, as if laying down the blessed victory of dung-eating pigs and not of rational beings and philosophers. For among those who start from pleasure are the Cyrenaics and Epicurus; for these say expressly that the goal is to live pleasantly, and that pleasure alone is the perfect good. Epicurus also says that the removal of pain is pleasure; and he says that what is choiceworthy is that which first draws to itself from itself, being clearly entirely in motion. Dinomachus and Calliphon said that the goal was to do everything in one's power for the sake of attaining and enjoying pleasure; and Hieronymus the Peripatetic said that the goal was to live without disturbance, and that happiness alone is the final good. And Diodorus, from the same school, likewise declares that the goal is to live without disturbance and nobly.
2.21.128Stählin 2:182
Ἐπίκουρος μὲν οὖν καὶ οἱ Κυρηναϊκοὶ τὸ πρῶτον οἰκεῖόν φασιν ἡδονὴν εἶναι· ἕνεκα γὰρ ἡδονῆς παρελθοῦσα, φασίν, ἡ ἀρετὴ ἡδονὴν ἐνεποίησε. κατὰ δὲ τοὺς περὶ Καλλιφῶντα ἕνεκα μὲν τῆς ἡδονῆς παρεισῆλθεν ἡ ἀρετή, χρόνῳ δὲ ὕστερον τὸ περὶ αὐτὴν κάλλος κατιδοῦσα ἰσότιμον ἑαυτὴν τῇ ἀρχῇ, τουτέστι τῇ ἡδονῇ, παρέσχεν. Οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Ἀριστοτέλη τέλος ἀποδιδόασιν εἶναι τὸ ζῆν κατʼ ἀρετήν, οὔτε δὲ τὴν εὐδαιμονίαν οὔτε τὸ τέλος παντὶ τῷ τὴν ἀρετὴν ἔχοντι παρεῖναι· βασανιζόμενον γὰρ καὶ τύχαις ἀβουλήτοις περιπίπτοντα τὸν σοφὸν καὶ διὰ ταῦτα ἐκ τοῦ ζῆν ἀσμένως ἐθέλοντα διαφεύγειν μὴ εἶναι μήτε μακάριον μήτʼ εὐδαίμονα. δεῖ γὰρ καὶ χρόνου τινὸς τῇ ἀρετῇ· οὐ γὰρ ἐν μιᾷ ἡμέρᾳ περιγίνεται, ἣ καὶ ἐν τελείῳ συνίσταται, ἐπεὶ μὴ ἔστιν, ὥς φασι, παῖς εὐδαίμων ποτέ· τέλειος δʼ ἂν εἴη χρόνος ὁ ἀνθρώπινος βίος. συμπληροῦσθαι τοίνυν τὴν εὐδαιμονίαν ἐκ τῆς τριγενείας τῶν ἀγαθῶν. οὔτʼ οὖν ὁ πένης οὔθʼ ὁ ἄδοξος, ἀλλʼ οὐδʼ ὁ ἐπίνοσος, ἀλλʼ οὐδʼ ἂν οἰκέτης ᾖ τις, κατʼ αὐτοὺς.
Epikouros men oun kai hoi Kyrēnaïkoi to prōton oikeion phasin hēdonēn einai; heneka gar hēdonēs parelthousa, phasin, hē aretē hēdonēn enepoiēse. kata de tous peri Kalliphōnta heneka men tēs hēdonēs pareisēlthen hē aretē, chronǭ de hysteron to peri autēn kallos katidousa isotimon heautēn tę̄ archę̄, toutesti tę̄ hēdonę̄, pareschen. Hoi de peri ton Aristotelē telos apodidoasin einai to zēn katʼ aretēn, oute de tēn eudaimonian oute to telos panti tǭ tēn aretēn echonti pareinai; basanizomenon gar kai tychais aboulētois peripiptonta ton sophon kai dia tauta ek tou zēn asmenōs ethelonta diapheugein mē einai mēte makarion mētʼ eudaimona. dei gar kai chronou tinos tę̄ aretę̄; ou gar en mią hēmerą periginetai, hē kai en teleiǭ synistatai, epei mē estin, hōs phasi, pais eudaimōn pote; teleios dʼ an eiē chronos ho anthrōpinos bios. symplērousthai toinyn tēn eudaimonian ek tēs trigeneias tōn agathōn. outʼ oun ho penēs outhʼ ho adoxos, allʼ oudʼ ho epinosos, allʼ oudʼ an oiketēs ę̄ tis, katʼ autous.
Epicurus and the Cyrenaics, then, say that pleasure is the first thing proper to us; for virtue, they say, came in for the sake of pleasure and produced pleasure. According to Calliphon's followers, virtue entered for the sake of pleasure, but later, seeing its own beauty, made itself equal in honor to its origin, that is, to pleasure. Aristotle's followers declare that the goal is to live according to virtue, but that neither happiness nor the goal is present to everyone who has virtue; for the wise man who is tortured and falls into unwanted misfortunes, and for this reason gladly wishes to escape from life, is neither blessed nor happy. For virtue also needs some time; for it is not gained in one day, and it consists in a complete life, since, as they say, a child is never happy; and a complete time would be a human lifetime. Happiness, then, is completed from the three kinds of goods. So, according to them, neither the poor man nor the man without reputation, nor the sick man, nor anyone who is a slave, is happy.
2.21.129Stählin 2:183–184
Πάλιν δʼ αὖ Ζήνων μὲν ὁ Στωϊκὸς τέλος ἡγεῖται τὸ κατʼ ἀρετὴν ζῆν, Κλεάνθης δὲ τὸ ὁμολογουμένως τῇ φύσει ζῆν, Διογένης δὲ τὸ τέλος κεῖσθαι ἡγεῖτο ἐν τῷ εὐλογιστεῖν, ὃ ἐν τῇ τῶν κατὰ φύσιν ἐκλογῇ κεῖσθαι διελάμβανεν. ὅ τε Ἀντίπατρος ὁ τούτου γνώριμος τὸ τέλος κεῖσθαι ἐν τῷ διηνεκῶς καὶ ἀπαραβάτως ἐκλέγεσθαι μὲν τὰ κατὰ φύσιν, ἀπεκλέγεσθαι δὲ τὰ παρὰ φύσιν ὑπολαμβάνει. Ἀρχέδημός τε αὖ οὕτως ἐξηγεῖτο εἶναι τὸ τέλος, ζῆν ἐκλεγόμενον τὰ κατὰ φύσιν μέγιστα καὶ κυριώτατα, οὐχ οἷόν τε ὄντα ὑπερβαίνειν. πρὸς τούτοις ἔτι Παναίτιος τὸ ζῆν κατὰ τὰς δεδομένας ἡμῖν ἐκ φύσεως ἀφορμὰς τέλος ἀπεφήνατο· ἐπὶ πᾶσί τε ὁ Ποσειδώνιος τὸ ζῆν θεωροῦντα τὴν τῶν ὅλων ἀλήθειαν καὶ τάξιν καὶ συγκατασκευάζοντα αὑτὸν κατὰ τὸ δυνατόν, κατὰ μηδὲν ἀγόμενον ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀλόγου μέρους τῆς ψυχῆς. τινὲς δὲ τῶν νεωτέρων Στωϊκῶν οὕτως ἀπέδοσαν, τέλος εἶναι τὸ ζῆν ἀκολούθως τῇ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου κατασκευῇ. τί δή σοι Ἀρίστωνα ἂν καταλέγοιμι; τέλος οὗτος εἶναι τὴν ἀδιαφορίαν ἔφη, τὸ δὲ ἀδιάφορον ἁπλῶς ἀδιάφορον ἀπολείπει· ἢ τὰ Ἡρίλλου εἰς μέσον παράγοιμι; τὸ κατʼ ἐπιστήμην ζῆν τέλος εἶναι τίθησιν Ἥριλλος. τοὺς γὰρ ἐκ τῆς Ἀκαδημίας νεωτέρους ἀξιοῦσί τινες τέλος ἀποδιδόναι τὴν ἀσφαλῆ πρὸς τὰς φαντασίας ἐποχήν. ναὶ μὴν Λύκων ὁ Περιπατητικὸς τὴν ἀληθινὴν χαρὰν τῆς ψυχῆς τέλος ἔλεγεν εἶναι, ὡς † Λεύκιμος τὴν ἐπὶ τοῖς καλοῖς. Κριτόλαος δέ, ὁ καὶ αὐτὸς Περιπατητικός, τελειότητα ἔλεγεν κατὰ φύσιν εὐροοῦντος βίου, τὴν ἐκ τῶν τριῶν γενῶν συμπληρουμένην τριγενικὴν τελειότητα μηνύων.
Palin dʼ au Zēnōn men ho Stōïkos telos hēgeitai to katʼ aretēn zēn, Kleanthēs de to homologoumenōs tę̄ physei zēn, Diogenēs de to telos keisthai hēgeito en tǭ eulogistein, ho en tę̄ tōn kata physin eklogę̄ keisthai dielambanen. ho te Antipatros ho toutou gnōrimos to telos keisthai en tǭ diēnekōs kai aparabatōs eklegesthai men ta kata physin, apeklegesthai de ta para physin hypolambanei. Archedēmos te au houtōs exēgeito einai to telos, zēn eklegomenon ta kata physin megista kai kyriōtata, ouch hoion te onta hyperbainein. pros toutois eti Panaitios to zēn kata tas dedomenas hēmin ek physeōs aphormas telos apephēnato; epi pasi te ho Poseidōnios to zēn theōrounta tēn tōn holōn alētheian kai taxin kai synkataskeuazonta hauton kata to dynaton, kata mēden agomenon hypo tou alogou merous tēs psychēs. tines de tōn neōterōn Stōïkōn houtōs apedosan, telos einai to zēn akolouthōs tę̄ tou anthrōpou kataskeuę̄. ti dē soi Aristōna an katalegoimi? telos houtos einai tēn adiaphorian ephē, to de adiaphoron haplōs adiaphoron apoleipei; ē ta Hērillou eis meson paragoimi? to katʼ epistēmēn zēn telos einai tithēsin Hērillos. tous gar ek tēs Akadēmias neōterous axiousi tines telos apodidonai tēn asphalē pros tas phantasias epochēn. nai mēn Lykōn ho Peripatētikos tēn alēthinēn charan tēs psychēs telos elegen einai, hōs † Leukimos tēn epi tois kalois. Kritolaos de, ho kai autos Peripatētikos, teleiotēta elegen kata physin euroountos biou, tēn ek tōn triōn genōn symplēroumenēn trigenikēn teleiotēta mēnyōn.
Again, Zeno the Stoic considers the goal to be living according to virtue; Cleanthes, living in agreement with nature; Diogenes thought the goal lay in reasoning well, which he held lay in the selection of things according to nature. Antipater, his pupil, supposes the goal lies in continually and unswervingly selecting what is according to nature and rejecting what is against nature. Archedemus in turn explained the goal thus: to live selecting the greatest and most important things according to nature, which cannot be surpassed. In addition, Panaetius declared the goal to be living according to the starting points given us by nature; and last of all Posidonius, living in contemplation of the truth and order of the universe and forming himself accordingly as far as possible, being led in nothing by the irrational part of the soul. Some of the younger Stoics put it thus: the goal is to live consistently with the constitution of man. Why should I list Ariston for you? He said the goal was indifference, leaving the indifferent simply indifferent. Or should I bring forward the views of Herillus? Herillus sets living according to knowledge as the goal. Some think the younger Academics give as the goal a safe suspension of judgment toward impressions. Indeed, Lycon the Peripatetic said the goal was the true joy of the soul, as … Leucimus said, joy in noble things. And Critolaus, also a Peripatetic, spoke of the perfection of a life flowing well according to nature, meaning the threefold perfection completed from the three kinds.
2.21.130Stählin 2:184–185
Οὔκουν ἐπὶ τούτοις ἀρκουμένους καταπαυστέον, φιλοτιμητέον δὲ ὡς ἔνι μάλιστα καὶ τὰ πρὸς τῶν φυσικῶν δογματιζόμενα περὶ τοῦ προκειμένου παραθέσθαι. Ἀναξαγόραν μὲν γὰρ τὸν Κλαζομένιον τὴν θεωρίαν φάναι τοῦ βίου τέλος εἶναι καὶ τὴν ἀπὸ ταύτης ἐλευθερίαν λέγουσιν Ἡρακλειτόν τε τὸν Ἐφέσιον τὴν εὐαρέστησιν. Πυθαγόραν δὲ ὁ Ποντικὸς Ἡρακλείδης ἱστορεῖ τὴν ἐπιστήμην τῆς τελειότητος τῶν ἀριθμῶν τῆς ψυχῆς εὐδαιμονίαν εἶναι παραδεδωκέναι. ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ Ἀβδηρῖται τέλος ὑπάρχειν διδάσκουσι, Δημόκριτος μὲν ἐν τῷ Περὶ τέλους τὴν εὐθυμίαν, ἣν καὶ εὐεστὼ προσηγόρευσεν (καὶ πολλάκις ἐπιλέγει· τέρψις γὰρ καὶ ἀτερπίη οὖρος † τῶν περιηκμακότων), Ἑκαταῖος δὲ αὐτάρκειαν, καὶ δὴ Ἀπολλόδοτος ὁ Κυζικηνὸς τὴν ψυχαγωγίαν, καθάπερ Ναυσιφάνης τὴν ἀκαταπληξίαν· ταύτην γὰρ ἔφη ὑπὸ Δημοκρίτου ἀθαμβίην λέγεσθαι. ἔτι πρὸς τούτοις Διότιμος τὴν παντέλειαν τῶν ἀγαθῶν, ἣν εὐεστὼ προσαγορεύεσθαι, τέλος ἀπέφηνεν. πάλιν Ἀντισθένης μὲν τὴν ἀτυφίαν, οἱ δὲ Ἀννικέρειοι καλούμενοι ἐκ τῆς Κυρηναϊκῆς διαδοχῆς τοῦ μὲν ὅλου βίου τέλος οὐδὲν ὡρισμένον ἔταξαν, ἑκάστης δὲ πράξεως ἴδιον ὑπάρχειν τέλος τὴν ἐκ τῆς πράξεως περιγινομένην ἡδονήν. οὗτοι οἱ Κυρηναϊκοὶ τὸν ὅρον τῆς ἡδονῆς Ἐπικούρου, τουτέστι τὴν τοῦ ἀλγοῦντος ὑπεξαίρεσιν, ἀθετοῦσιν, νεκροῦ κατάστασιν ἀποκαλοῦντες· χαίρειν γὰρ ἡμᾶς μὴ μόνον ἐπὶ ἡδοναῖς, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ ὁμιλίαις καὶ ἐπὶ φιλοτιμίαις. ὁ δὲ Ἐπίκουρος πᾶσαν χαρὰν τῆς ψυχῆς οἴεται ἐπὶ πρωτοπαθούσῃ τῇ σαρκὶ γενέσθαι.
Oukoun epi toutois arkoumenous katapausteon, philotimēteon de hōs eni malista kai ta pros tōn physikōn dogmatizomena peri tou prokeimenou parathesthai. Anaxagoran men gar ton Klazomenion tēn theōrian phanai tou biou telos einai kai tēn apo tautēs eleutherian legousin Hērakleiton te ton Ephesion tēn euarestēsin. Pythagoran de ho Pontikos Hērakleidēs historei tēn epistēmēn tēs teleiotētos tōn arithmōn tēs psychēs eudaimonian einai paradedōkenai. alla kai hoi Abdēritai telos hyparchein didaskousi, Dēmokritos men en tǭ Peri telous tēn euthymian, hēn kai euestō prosēgoreusen (kai pollakis epilegei; terpsis gar kai aterpiē ouros † tōn periēkmakotōn), Hekataios de autarkeian, kai dē Apollodotos ho Kyzikēnos tēn psychagōgian, kathaper Nausiphanēs tēn akataplēxian; tautēn gar ephē hypo Dēmokritou athambiēn legesthai. eti pros toutois Diotimos tēn panteleian tōn agathōn, hēn euestō prosagoreuesthai, telos apephēnen. palin Antisthenēs men tēn atyphian, hoi de Annikereioi kaloumenoi ek tēs Kyrēnaïkēs diadochēs tou men holou biou telos ouden hōrismenon etaxan, hekastēs de praxeōs idion hyparchein telos tēn ek tēs praxeōs periginomenēn hēdonēn. houtoi hoi Kyrēnaïkoi ton horon tēs hēdonēs Epikourou, toutesti tēn tou algountos hypexairesin, athetousin, nekrou katastasin apokalountes; chairein gar hēmas mē monon epi hēdonais, alla kai epi homiliais kai epi philotimiais. ho de Epikouros pasan charan tēs psychēs oietai epi prōtopathousę̄ tę̄ sarki genesthai.
We must not stop, then, content with these, but must be eager, as far as possible, to set out also what the natural philosophers have taught on the subject. They say that Anaxagoras of Clazomenae said the goal of life is contemplation and the freedom that comes from it; and Heraclitus of Ephesus, contentment. Heraclides of Pontus relates that Pythagoras taught that the knowledge of the perfection of the numbers of the soul is happiness. The Abderites too teach that there is a goal: Democritus, in his On the Goal, cheerfulness, which he also called well-being (and he often adds: “For delight and lack of delight are the boundary … of those past their prime”); Hecataeus, self-sufficiency; Apollodotus of Cyzicus, the delighting of the soul; as Nausiphanes, imperturbability, for he said this was called by Democritus “fearlessness.” Besides these, Diotimus declared the goal to be the complete possession of goods, which he says is called well-being. Again, Antisthenes set it as freedom from vanity; the so-called Annicereans, of the Cyrenaic succession, set no fixed goal for the whole of life, but said that each action has its own goal, the pleasure that results from the action. These Cyrenaics reject Epicurus's definition of pleasure, that is, the removal of pain, calling it the condition of a corpse; for we rejoice, they say, not only in pleasures but also in company and in honors. Epicurus thinks that every joy of the soul arises from a prior experience of the flesh.
2.21.131Stählin 2:185
ὅ τε Μητρόδωρος ἐν τῷ Περὶ τοῦ μείζονα εἶναι τὴν παρʼ ἡμᾶς αἰτίαν πρὸς εὐδαιμονίαν τῆς ἐκ τῶν πραγμάτων ἀγαθὸν φησὶ ψυχῆς τί ἄλλο ἢ τὸ σαρκὸς εὐσταθὲς κατάστημα καὶ τὸ περὶ ταύτης πιστὸν ἔλπισμα;
ho te Mētrodōros en tǭ Peri tou meizona einai tēn parʼ hēmas aitian pros eudaimonian tēs ek tōn pragmatōn agathon phēsi psychēs ti allo ē to sarkos eustathes katastēma kai to peri tautēs piston elpisma?
And Metrodorus, in his work On the Cause of Happiness within Us Being Greater than That from Things, says: “What else is the good of the soul but the stable condition of the flesh and the confident hope about it?”
Miscellanies 2, chapter 22
2.22.131Stählin 2:185
Ναὶ μὴν Πλάτων ὁ φιλόσοφος διττὸν εἶναι τὸ τέλος φησίν, τὸ μὲν μεθεκτόν τε καὶ πρῶτον ἐν αὐτοῖς ὑπάρχον τοῖς εἴδεσιν, ὃ δὴ καὶ τἀγαθὸν προσονομάζει, τὸ δὲ μετέχον ἐκείνου καὶ τὴν ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ δεχόμενον ὁμοιότητα, ὃ περὶ ἀνθρώπους γίνεται τοὺς μεταποιουμένους ἀρετῆς τε καὶ τῆς ἀληθοῦς φιλοσοφίας. διὸ καὶ Κλεάνθης ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ Περὶ ἡδονῆς τὸν Σωκράτην φησὶ παρʼ ἕκαστα διδάσκειν ὡς ὁ αὐτὸς δίκαιός τε καὶ εὐδαίμων ἀνὴρ καὶ τῷ πρώτῳ διελόντι τὸ δίκαιον ἀπὸ τοῦ συμφέροντος καταρᾶσθαι ὡς ἀσεβές τι πρᾶγμα δεδρακότι· ἀσεβεῖς γὰρ τῷ ὄντι οἱ τὸ συμφέρον ἀπὸ τοῦ δικαίου τοῦ κατὰ νόμον χωρίζοντες. αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ Πλάτων τὴν εὐδαιμονίαν τὸ εὖ τὸν δαίμονα ἔχειν, δαίμονα δὲ λέγεσθαι τὸ τῆς ψυχῆς ἡμῶν ἡγεμονικόν, τὴν δὲ εὐδαιμονίαν τὸ τελειότατον ἀγαθὸν καὶ πληρέστατον λέγει. ἔσθʼ ὅτε δὲ βίον ὁμολογούμενον καὶ σύμφωνον αὐτὴν ἀποκαλεῖ, καὶ ἔσθʼ ὅτε τὸ κατʼ ἀρετὴν τελειότατον, τοῦτο δὲ ἐν ἐπιστήμῃ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ τίθεται καὶ ἐν ἐξομοιώσει τῇ πρὸς τὸν θεόν, ὁμοίωσιν ἀποφαινόμενος δίκαιον καὶ ὅσιον μετὰ φρονήσεως εἶναι. ἢ γὰρ οὐχ οὕτως τινὲς τῶν ἡμετέρων τὸ μὲν κατʼ εἰκόνα εὐθέως κατὰ τὴν γένεσιν εἰληφέναι τὸν ἄνθρωπον, τὸ καθʼ ὁμοίωσιν δὲ ὕστερον κατὰ τὴν τελείωσιν μέλλειν ἀπολαμβάνειν ἐκδέχονται;
Nai mēn Platōn ho philosophos ditton einai to telos phēsin, to men methekton te kai prōton en autois hyparchon tois eidesin, ho dē kai tagathon prosonomazei, to de metechon ekeinou kai tēn apʼ autou dechomenon homoiotēta, ho peri anthrōpous ginetai tous metapoioumenous aretēs te kai tēs alēthous philosophias. dio kai Kleanthēs en tǭ deuterǭ Peri hēdonēs ton Sōkratēn phēsi parʼ hekasta didaskein hōs ho autos dikaios te kai eudaimōn anēr kai tǭ prōtǭ dielonti to dikaion apo tou sympherontos katarasthai hōs asebes ti pragma dedrakoti; asebeis gar tǭ onti hoi to sympheron apo tou dikaiou tou kata nomon chōrizontes. autos de ho Platōn tēn eudaimonian to eu ton daimona echein, daimona de legesthai to tēs psychēs hēmōn hēgemonikon, tēn de eudaimonian to teleiotaton agathon kai plērestaton legei. esthʼ hote de bion homologoumenon kai symphōnon autēn apokalei, kai esthʼ hote to katʼ aretēn teleiotaton, touto de en epistēmę̄ tou agathou tithetai kai en exomoiōsei tę̄ pros ton theon, homoiōsin apophainomenos dikaion kai hosion meta phronēseōs einai. ē gar ouch houtōs tines tōn hēmeterōn to men katʼ eikona eutheōs kata tēn genesin eilēphenai ton anthrōpon, to kathʼ homoiōsin de hysteron kata tēn teleiōsin mellein apolambanein ekdechontai?
Plato the philosopher, indeed, says that the goal is twofold: the one that is shared in and exists first in the Ideas themselves, which he calls the Good; and the one that shares in that and receives likeness from it, which arises in men who lay claim to virtue and true philosophy. That is why Cleanthes too, in the second book of On Pleasure, says that Socrates taught on every occasion that the just man and the happy man are the same, and cursed the first who separated the just from the advantageous as having done an impious thing; for truly impious are those who separate the advantageous from the just according to law. And Plato himself says that happiness (eudaimonia) is having one's daimon well, and that the ruling part of our soul is called the daimon, and that happiness is the most perfect and complete good. Sometimes he calls it a life in agreement and harmony, and sometimes the most perfect life according to virtue; and he places this in the knowledge of the good and in likeness to God, declaring the likeness to be becoming just and holy with prudence. For do not some of our own writers understand that man received “according to the image” at once, at his creation, but will receive “according to the likeness” later, at his perfection?
2.22.132Stählin 2:185–186
αὐτίκα ὁ Πλάτων τὴν ὁμοίωσιν ταύτην μετὰ ταπεινοφροσύνης ἔσεσθαι τῷ ἐναρέτῳ διδάσκων ἐκεῖνό που ἑρμηνεύει· πᾶς ὁ ταπεινῶν ἑαυτὸν ὑψωθήσεται. λέγει γοῦν ἐν τοῖς Νόμοις· ὁ μὲν δὴ θεός, ὥσπερ καὶ ὁ παλαιὸς λόγος, ἀρχήν τε καὶ μέσα καὶ τελευτὴν τῶν πάντων ἔχων, εὐθείᾳ περαίνει κατὰ φύσιν περιπορευόμενος· τῷ δὲ αἰεὶ ξυνέπεται δίκη τῶν ἀπολειπομένων τοῦ θείου νόμου τιμωρός. ὁρᾷς ὅπως καὶ αὐτὸς εὐλάβειαν προσάγει τῷ θείῳ νόμῳ; ἐπιφέρει γοῦν· ἧς ὁ μὲν εὐδαιμονήσειν μέλλων ἐχόμενος ξυνέπεται ταπεινὸς καὶ κεκοσμημένος. εἶτα τούτοις τὰ ἀκόλουθα συνάψας καὶ τῷ φόβῳ νουθετήσας ἐπιφέρει· τίς οὖν δὴ πρᾶξις φίλη καὶ ἀκόλουθος θεῷ; μία καὶ ἕνα λόγον ἔχουσα ἀρχαῖον, ὅτι τῷ μὲν ὁμοίῳ τὸ ὅμοιον ὄντι μετρίῳ φίλον ἂν εἴη, τὰ δὲ ἄμετρα οὔτε ἀλλήλοις οὔτε τοῖς ἐμμέτροις. τὸν οὖν τῷ θεῷ προσφιλῇ γενησόμενον εἰς δύναμιν ὅτι μάλιστα καὶ αὐτὸν τοιοῦτον ἀναγκαῖον γίνεσθαι.
autika ho Platōn tēn homoiōsin tautēn meta tapeinophrosynēs esesthai tǭ enaretǭ didaskōn ekeino pou hermēneuei; pas ho tapeinōn heauton hypsōthēsetai. legei goun en tois Nomois; ho men dē theos, hōsper kai ho palaios logos, archēn te kai mesa kai teleutēn tōn pantōn echōn, eutheią perainei kata physin periporeuomenos; tǭ de aiei xynepetai dikē tōn apoleipomenōn tou theiou nomou timōros. horąs hopōs kai autos eulabeian prosagei tǭ theiǭ nomǭ? epipherei goun; hēs ho men eudaimonēsein mellōn echomenos xynepetai tapeinos kai kekosmēmenos. eita toutois ta akoloutha synapsas kai tǭ phobǭ nouthetēsas epipherei; tis oun dē praxis philē kai akolouthos theǭ? mia kai hena logon echousa archaion, hoti tǭ men homoiǭ to homoion onti metriǭ philon an eiē, ta de ametra oute allēlois oute tois emmetrois. ton oun tǭ theǭ prosphilę̄ genēsomenon eis dynamin hoti malista kai auton toiouton anankaion ginesthai.
For example, Plato, teaching that this likeness will come to the virtuous man with humility, interprets somewhere that saying, “Everyone who humbles himself will be exalted.” He says, at any rate, in the Laws: “God, as the ancient saying has it, holding the beginning, middle, and end of all things, goes straight to his goal, moving according to nature; and Justice always follows him, the avenger of those who fall short of the divine law.” Do you see how he too brings caution to the divine law? He adds, at any rate: “Holding fast to her, the one who is to be happy follows, humble and orderly.” Then, joining what follows to these and admonishing by fear, he adds: “What conduct, then, is dear to God and follows him? One, having one ancient principle: that like will be dear to like, when it is measured, while unmeasured things are dear neither to one another nor to the measured. The one who is to become dear to God, then, must necessarily become like this himself as far as possible.”
2.22.133Stählin 2:186–187
καὶ κατὰ τοῦτον δὴ τὸν λόγον ὁ μὲν σώφρων ἡμῶν θεῷ φίλος, ὅμοιος γάρ, ὅ τε μὴ σώφρων ἀνόμοιός τε καὶ διάφορος. τοῦτο ἀρχαῖον εἶναι φήσας τὸ δόγμα τὴν ἐκ τοῦ νόμου εἰς αὐτὸν ἥκουσαν διδασκαλίαν ᾐνίξατο. κἀν τῷ Θεαιτήτῳ τὰ κακὰ ἀμφὶ τὴν θνητὴν φύσιν καὶ τόνδε τὸν τόπον περιπολεῖν ἐξ ἀνάγκης δοὺς ἐπιφέρει· διὸ καὶ πειρᾶσθαι χρὴ ἐνθένδε ἐκεῖσε φεύγειν ὅτι τάχιστα· φυγὴ δὲ ὁμοίωσις θεῷ κατὰ τὸ δυνατόν· ὁμοίωσις δὲ δίκαιον καὶ ὅσιον μετὰ φρονήσεως γενέσθαι. Σπεύσιππός τε ὁ Πλάτωνος ἀδελφιδοῦς τὴν εὐδαιμονίαν φησὶν ἕξιν εἶναι τελείαν ἐν τοῖς κατὰ φύσιν ἔχουσιν ἢ ἕξιν ἀγαθῶν, ἧς δὴ καταστάσεως ἅπαντας μὲν ἀνθρώπους ὄρεξιν ἔχειν, στοχάζεσθαι δὲ τοὺς ἀγαθοὺς τῆς ἀοχλησίας. εἶεν δʼ ἂν αἱ ἀρεταὶ τῆς εὐδαιμονίας ἀπεργαστικαί. Ξενοκράτης τε ὁ Καλχηδόνιος τὴν εὐδαιμονίαν ἀποδίδωσι κτῆσιν τῆς οἰκείας ἀρετῆς καὶ τῆς ὑπηρετικῆς αὐτῇ δυνάμεως. εἶτα ὡς μὲν ἐν ᾧ γίνεται, φαίνεται λέγων τὴν ψυχήν· ὡς δʼ ὑφʼ ὧν, τὰς ἀρετάς· ὡς δʼ ἐξ ὧν ὡς μερῶν, τὰς καλὰς πράξεις καὶ τὰς σπουδαίας ἕξεις τε καὶ διαθέσεις καὶ κινήσεις καὶ σχέσεις· ὡς δʼ ὧν οὐκ ἄνευ, τὰ σωματικὰ καὶ τὰ ἐκτός. ὁ γὰρ Ξενοκράτους γνώριμος Πολέμων φαίνεται τὴν εὐδαιμονίαν αὐτάρκειαν εἶναι βουλόμενος ἀγαθῶν πάντων, ἢ τῶν πλείστων καὶ μεγίστων. δογματίζει γοῦν χωρὶς μὲν ἀρετῆς μηδέποτε ἂν εὐδαιμονίαν ὑπάρχειν, δίχα δὲ καὶ τῶν σωματικῶν καὶ τῶν ἐκτὸς τὴν ἀρετὴν αὐτάρκη πρὸς εὐδαιμονίαν εἶναι.
kai kata touton dē ton logon ho men sōphrōn hēmōn theǭ philos, homoios gar, ho te mē sōphrōn anomoios te kai diaphoros. touto archaion einai phēsas to dogma tēn ek tou nomou eis auton hēkousan didaskalian ę̄nixato. kan tǭ Theaitētǭ ta kaka amphi tēn thnētēn physin kai tonde ton topon peripolein ex anankēs dous epipherei; dio kai peirasthai chrē enthende ekeise pheugein hoti tachista; phygē de homoiōsis theǭ kata to dynaton; homoiōsis de dikaion kai hosion meta phronēseōs genesthai. Speusippos te ho Platōnos adelphidous tēn eudaimonian phēsin hexin einai teleian en tois kata physin echousin ē hexin agathōn, hēs dē katastaseōs hapantas men anthrōpous orexin echein, stochazesthai de tous agathous tēs aochlēsias. eien dʼ an hai aretai tēs eudaimonias apergastikai. Xenokratēs te ho Kalchēdonios tēn eudaimonian apodidōsi ktēsin tēs oikeias aretēs kai tēs hypēretikēs autę̄ dynameōs. eita hōs men en hǭ ginetai, phainetai legōn tēn psychēn; hōs dʼ hyphʼ hōn, tas aretas; hōs dʼ ex hōn hōs merōn, tas kalas praxeis kai tas spoudaias hexeis te kai diatheseis kai kinēseis kai scheseis; hōs dʼ hōn ouk aneu, ta sōmatika kai ta ektos. ho gar Xenokratous gnōrimos Polemōn phainetai tēn eudaimonian autarkeian einai boulomenos agathōn pantōn, ē tōn pleistōn kai megistōn. dogmatizei goun chōris men aretēs mēdepote an eudaimonian hyparchein, dicha de kai tōn sōmatikōn kai tōn ektos tēn aretēn autarkē pros eudaimonian einai.
“And according to this reasoning the self-restrained among us is a friend of God, for he is like him; while the one who is not self-restrained is unlike and different.” By saying that this doctrine is ancient, he hinted at the teaching that had come to him from the law. And in the Theaetetus, granting that evils necessarily haunt mortal nature and this place, he adds: “That is why we must try to flee from here to there as quickly as possible; and flight is likeness to God as far as possible; and likeness is to become just and holy with prudence.” And Speusippus, Plato's nephew, says that happiness is a perfect state in things according to nature, or a state of good things; a condition all men desire, while the good aim at freedom from disturbance; and the virtues would be productive of happiness. Xenocrates of Chalcedon defines happiness as the possession of one's proper virtue and of the power that serves it. Then he clearly says that that in which it arises is the soul; that by which, the virtues; that from which, as parts, noble actions and good states, dispositions, motions, and relations; that without which it cannot be, bodily and external things. And Polemon, Xenocrates' pupil, seems to wish happiness to be self-sufficiency in all goods, or in the most and greatest. He teaches, at any rate, that there could never be happiness without virtue, and that virtue, even without bodily and external goods, is sufficient for happiness.
2.22.134Stählin 2:187
Καὶ τὰ μὲν ὧδε ἐχέτω, αἱ δὲ ἀντιρρήσεις αἱ πρὸς τὰς εἰρημένας δόξας κατὰ καιρὸν τεθήσονται, ἡμῖν δὲ αὐτοῖς εἰς τέλος ἀτελεύτητον ἀφικέσθαι πρόκειται πειθομένοις ταῖς ἐντολαῖς, τουτέστι τῷ θεῷ, καὶ κατʼ αὐτὰς βιώσασιν ἀνεπιλήπτως καὶ ἐπιστημόνως διὰ τῆς τοῦ θείου θελήματος γνώσεως· ἥ τε πρὸς τὸν ὀρθὸν λόγον ὡς οἷόν τε ἐξομοίωσις τέλος ἐστὶ καὶ εἰς τὴν τελείαν υἱοθεσίαν διὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ ἀποκατάστασις, δοξάζουσαν ἀεὶ τὸν πατέρα διὰ τοῦ μεγάλου ἀρχιερέως τοῦ ἀδελφοὺς καὶ συγκληρονόμους καταξιώσαντος ἡμᾶς εἰπεῖν. καὶ ὁ μὲν ἀπόστολος συντόμως τὸ τέλος ἐν τῇ πρὸς Ῥωμαίους ἐπιστολῇ διαγράφων λέγει· νυνὶ δὲ ἐλευθερωθέντες ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, δουλωθέντες δὲ τῷ θεῷ, ἔχετε τὸν καρπὸν ὑμῶν εἰς ἁγιασμόν, τὸ δὲ τέλος ζωὴν αἰώνιον· διττὴν δὲ εἰδὼς τὴν ἐλπίδα, τὴν μὲν προσδοκωμένην, τὴν δὲ ἀπειλημμένην, ἤδη τέλος διδάσκει τὴν τῆς ἐλπίδος ἀποκατάστασιν· ἡ γὰρ ὑπομονή, φησί, δοκιμήν, ἡ δὲ δοκιμὴ ἐλπίδα· ἡ δὲ ἐλπὶς οὐ καταισχύνει, ὅτι ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ θεοῦ ἐκκέχυται ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν διὰ πνεύματος ἁγίου τοῦ δοθέντος ἡμῖν. διʼ ἣν ἀγάπην καὶ ἡ εἰς τὴν ἐλπίδα ἀποκατάστασις, ἣν ἀνάπαυσιν ἀλλαχοῦ λέγει ἀποκεῖσθαι ἡμῖν.
Kai ta men hōde echetō, hai de antirrēseis hai pros tas eirēmenas doxas kata kairon tethēsontai, hēmin de autois eis telos ateleutēton aphikesthai prokeitai peithomenois tais entolais, toutesti tǭ theǭ, kai katʼ autas biōsasin anepilēptōs kai epistēmonōs dia tēs tou theiou thelēmatos gnōseōs; hē te pros ton orthon logon hōs hoion te exomoiōsis telos esti kai eis tēn teleian huiothesian dia tou huiou apokatastasis, doxazousan aei ton patera dia tou megalou archiereōs tou adelphous kai synklēronomous kataxiōsantos hēmas eipein. kai ho men apostolos syntomōs to telos en tę̄ pros Rhōmaious epistolę̄ diagraphōn legei; nyni de eleutherōthentes apo tēs hamartias, doulōthentes de tǭ theǭ, echete ton karpon hymōn eis hagiasmon, to de telos zōēn aiōnion; dittēn de eidōs tēn elpida, tēn men prosdokōmenēn, tēn de apeilēmmenēn, ēdē telos didaskei tēn tēs elpidos apokatastasin; hē gar hypomonē, phēsi, dokimēn, hē de dokimē elpida; hē de elpis ou kataischynei, hoti hē agapē tou theou ekkechytai en tais kardiais hēmōn dia pneumatos hagiou tou dothentos hēmin. diʼ hēn agapēn kai hē eis tēn elpida apokatastasis, hēn anapausin allachou legei apokeisthai hēmin.
Let these things stand thus; refutations of the opinions mentioned will be set out in due time. But for us the aim is to reach an endless end by obeying the commandments, that is, God, and living by them blamelessly and with understanding through the knowledge of the divine will. And the goal is likeness, as far as possible, to right reason, and restoration to perfect adoption through the Son, always glorifying the Father through the great high priest who has thought us worthy to be called brothers and fellow heirs. And the apostle, briefly describing the goal in the letter to the Romans, says: “But now, having been freed from sin and enslaved to God, you have your fruit for sanctification, and the end, eternal life.” And knowing that hope is twofold, one expected, the other received, he teaches that the goal is the restoration of hope: “For endurance,” he says, “produces character, and character hope; and hope does not put to shame, because the love of God has been poured out in our hearts through the Holy Spirit who has been given to us.” Because of this love there is also the restoration to what is hoped for, which elsewhere he calls the rest laid up for us.
2.22.135Stählin 2:187–188
τὰ ὅμοια καὶ παρὰ τῷ Ἰεζεκιὴλ εὕροις ἂν οὕτως ἔχοντα· ἡ ψυχὴ ἁμαρτάνουσα αὕτη ἀποθανεῖται. καὶ ἀνὴρ ὃς ἂν γένηται δίκαιος καὶ ποιήσῃ κρῖμα καὶ δικαιοσύνην, ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη οὐκ ἔφαγεν, καὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἦρεν ἐπὶ τὰ εἴδωλα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ, καὶ τὴν γυναῖκα τοῦ πλησίον οὐκ ἐμίανεν, καὶ πρὸς γυναῖκα ἐν χωρισμῷ ἀκαθαρσίας αὐτῆς οὐ προσῆλθεν (οὐ γὰρ ἐφύβριστον τὴν ἀνθρώπου σπορὰν εἶναι βούλεται), καὶ ἄνδρα, φησί, μὴ κακώσῃ, ἐνεχύρασμα ὀφείλοντος ἀποδώσει, ἅρπαγμα οὐ μὴ ἁρπάσῃ, τὸν ἄρτον αὐτοῦ πεινῶντι δώσει, καὶ γυμνὸν περιβαλεῖ, τὸ ἀργύριον αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τόκῳ οὐ δώσει, καὶ πλεονασμὸν οὐ λήψεται, ἐξ ἀδικίας ἀποστρέψει τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ, κρῖμα ἀληθινὸν ποιήσει ἀνὰ μέσον ἀνδρὸς καὶ τοῦ πλησίον, ἐν τοῖς δικαιώμασί μου πορεύσεται καὶ τὰ δικαιώματά μου ἐφύλαξε τοῦ ποιῆσαι ἀλήθειαν· δίκαιός ἐστι, ζωῇ ζήσεται, λέγει ἀδωναῒ κύριος, ὅ τε Ἡσαΐας τὸν μὲν πιστεύσαντα εἰς σεμνότητα βίου, τὸν γνωστικὸν δὲ εἰς ἐπίστασιν παρακαλῶν, μὴ τὴν αὐτὴν εἶναι ἀρετὴν ἀνθρώπου καὶ θεοῦ παριστὰς ὧδέ φησι· ζητήσατε τὸν κύριον, καὶ ἐν τῷ εὑρίσκειν αὐτὸν ἐπικαλέσασθε· ἡνίκα δʼ ἂν ἐγγίζῃ ὑμῖν, ἀπολειπέτω ὁ ἀσεβὴς τὰς ὁδοὺς αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀνὴρ ἄνομος τὰς ὁδοὺς αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐπιστραφήτω πρὸς κύριον, καὶ ἐλεηθήσεται
ta homoia kai para tǭ Iezekiēl heurois an houtōs echonta; hē psychē hamartanousa hautē apothaneitai. kai anēr hos an genētai dikaios kai poiēsę̄ krima kai dikaiosynēn, epi ta orē ouk ephagen, kai tous ophthalmous autou ouk ēren epi ta eidōla oikou Israēl, kai tēn gynaika tou plēsion ouk emianen, kai pros gynaika en chōrismǭ akatharsias autēs ou prosēlthen (ou gar ephybriston tēn anthrōpou sporan einai bouletai), kai andra, phēsi, mē kakōsę̄, enechyrasma opheilontos apodōsei, harpagma ou mē harpasę̄, ton arton autou peinōnti dōsei, kai gymnon peribalei, to argyrion autou epi tokǭ ou dōsei, kai pleonasmon ou lēpsetai, ex adikias apostrepsei tēn cheira autou, krima alēthinon poiēsei ana meson andros kai tou plēsion, en tois dikaiōmasi mou poreusetai kai ta dikaiōmata mou ephylaxe tou poiēsai alētheian; dikaios esti, zōę̄ zēsetai, legei adōnaï kyrios, ho te Hēsaïas ton men pisteusanta eis semnotēta biou, ton gnōstikon de eis epistasin parakalōn, mē tēn autēn einai aretēn anthrōpou kai theou paristas hōde phēsi; zētēsate ton kyrion, kai en tǭ heuriskein auton epikalesasthe; hēnika dʼ an engizę̄ hymin, apoleipetō ho asebēs tas hodous autou kai anēr anomos tas hodous autou kai epistraphētō pros kyrion, kai eleēthēsetai
You would find similar things in Ezekiel too, thus: “The soul that sins, it shall die. And a man who is righteous and does judgment and righteousness has not eaten on the mountains, and has not lifted his eyes to the idols of the house of Israel, and has not defiled his neighbor's wife, and has not approached a woman in the separation of her uncleanness” (for he does not wish the seed of man to be insulted); “and he will not oppress a man,” it says; “he will return the debtor's pledge; he will not commit robbery; he will give his bread to the hungry and clothe the naked; he will not give his money at interest, and will not take increase; he will turn his hand away from injustice; he will do true judgment between a man and his neighbor; he will walk in my ordinances and has kept my judgments to do the truth: he is righteous, he shall surely live, says Adonai the Lord.” And Isaiah, exhorting the believer to dignity of life and the one who knows to understanding, and showing that the virtue of man and of God is not the same, says: “Seek the Lord, and when you find him call on him; and when he draws near to you, let the ungodly forsake his ways and the lawless man his ways, and let him turn to the Lord, and he will be shown mercy,”
2.22.136Stählin 2:188
ἕως καὶ τὰ διανοήματα ὑμῶν ἀπὸ τῆς διανοίας μου. ἡμεῖς τοίνυν κατὰ τὸν γενναῖον ἀπόστολον ἐκ πίστεως ἐλπίδα δικαιοσύνης ἀπεκδεχόμεθα. ἐν γὰρ Χριστῷ οὔτε περιτομή τι ἰσχύει οὔτε ἀκροβυστία, ἀλλὰ πίστις διʼ ἀγάπης ἐνεργουμένη. ἐπιθυμοῦμεν δὲ ἕκαστον ὑμῶν τὴν αὐτὴν ἐνδείκνυσθαι σπουδὴν πρὸς τὴν πληροφορίαν τῆς ἐλπίδος ἕως κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Μελχισεδὲκ ἀρχιερεὺς γενόμενος εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα. τὰ ὅμοια τῷ Παύλῳ καὶ ἡ πανάρετος σοφία λέγει· ὁ δὲ ἐμοῦ ἀκούων κατασκηνώσει ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι πεποιθώς· ἡ γὰρ τῆς ἐλπίδος ἀποκατάστασις ὁμωνύμως ἐλπὶς εἴρηται· διὸ τοῦ κατασκηνώσει τῇ λέξει παγκάλως προσέθηκε τὸ πεποιθώς, δεικνὺς τὸν τοιοῦτον ἀναπεπαῦσθαι ἀπολαβόντα ἣν ἤλπιζεν ἐλπίδα, διὸ καὶ ἐπιφέρει· καὶ ἡσυχάσει ἀφόβως ἀπὸ παντὸς κακοῦ. ἄντικρυς δὲ ὁ ἀπόστολος ἐν τῇ προτέρᾳ τῶν πρὸς Κορινθίους διαρρήδην φησί· μιμηταί μου γίνεσθε καθὼς κἀγὼ Χριστοῦ, ἵνα γένηται ἐκεῖνο· εἰ ὑμεῖς ἐμοῦ, ἐγὼ δὲ Χριστοῦ, ὑμεῖς οὖν μιμηταὶ Χριστοῦ γίνεσθε, Χριστὸς δὲ θεοῦ. τὴν ἐξομοίωσιν τοίνυν τῷ θεῷ εἰς ὅσον οἷόν τε ἦν δίκαιον καὶ ὅσιον μετὰ φρονήσεως γενέσθαι σκοπὸν τῆς πίστεως ὑποτίθεται, τέλος δὲ τὴν ἐπὶ τῇ πίστει τῆς ἐπαγγελίας ἀποκατάστασιν. ἐκ τούτων οὖν αἱ πηγαὶ τῶν περὶ τέλους δογματισάντων ἃς προειρήκαμεν βλύζουσιν. ἀλλὰ τούτων μὲν ἅλις
heōs kai ta dianoēmata hymōn apo tēs dianoias mou. hēmeis toinyn kata ton gennaion apostolon ek pisteōs elpida dikaiosynēs apekdechometha. en gar Christǭ oute peritomē ti ischyei oute akrobystia, alla pistis diʼ agapēs energoumenē. epithymoumen de hekaston hymōn tēn autēn endeiknysthai spoudēn pros tēn plērophorian tēs elpidos heōs kata tēn taxin Melchisedek archiereus genomenos eis ton aiōna. ta homoia tǭ Paulǭ kai hē panaretos sophia legei; ho de emou akouōn kataskēnōsei epʼ elpidi pepoithōs; hē gar tēs elpidos apokatastasis homōnymōs elpis eirētai; dio tou kataskēnōsei tę̄ lexei pankalōs prosethēke to pepoithōs, deiknys ton toiouton anapepausthai apolabonta hēn ēlpizen elpida, dio kai epipherei; kai hēsychasei aphobōs apo pantos kakou. antikrys de ho apostolos en tę̄ proterą tōn pros Korinthious diarrēdēn phēsi; mimētai mou ginesthe kathōs kagō Christou, hina genētai ekeino; ei hymeis emou, egō de Christou, hymeis oun mimētai Christou ginesthe, Christos de theou. tēn exomoiōsin toinyn tǭ theǭ eis hoson hoion te ēn dikaion kai hosion meta phronēseōs genesthai skopon tēs pisteōs hypotithetai, telos de tēn epi tę̄ pistei tēs epangelias apokatastasin. ek toutōn oun hai pēgai tōn peri telous dogmatisantōn has proeirēkamen blyzousin. alla toutōn men halis
as far as “and your thoughts from my thought.” We, then, according to the noble apostle, “by faith wait for the hope of righteousness. For in Christ neither circumcision nor uncircumcision avails anything, but faith working through love.” “And we desire each of you to show the same eagerness for the full assurance of hope,” as far as “having become a high priest forever according to the order of Melchizedek.” All-virtuous Wisdom says things like Paul's: “But the one who hears me will dwell confident in hope”; for the restoration of hope is called hope by the same name. That is why to the word “will dwell” it very finely added “confident,” showing that such a one is at rest, having received the hope he hoped for. That is why it adds: “And he will be quiet without fear of any evil.” And the apostle, in the first letter to the Corinthians, says plainly: “Be imitators of me, as I am of Christ,” so that this may come about: if you are imitators of me, and I of Christ, then you are imitators of Christ, and Christ of God. He sets forth, then, as the aim of faith likeness to God, as far as possible, becoming just and holy with prudence; and as the goal, the restoration of the promise upon faith. From these, then, flow the springs of the doctrines about the goal that we mentioned before. But enough of these.
Miscellanies 2, chapter 23
2.23.137Stählin 2:188–189
Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἡδονῇ καὶ ἐπιθυμίᾳ ὑποπίπτειν γάμος δοκεῖ, καὶ περὶ τούτου διαληπτέον. γάμος μὲν οὖν ἐστι σύνοδος ἀνδρὸς καὶ γυναικὸς ἡ πρώτη κατὰ νόμον ἐπὶ γνησίων τέκνων σπορᾷ. ὁ γοῦν κωμικὸς Μένανδρος παίδων (φησὶν) ἐπʼ ἀρότῳ γνησίων δίδωμί σοί γε τὴν ἐμαυτοῦ θυγατέρα. ζητοῦμεν δὲ εἰ γαμητέον, ὅπερ τῶν κατὰ τὸ πρός τί πως ἔχειν ὠνομασμένων ἐστίν. τίνι γὰρ γαμητέον ὅπερ καὶ πῶς ἔχοντι, καὶ τίνα καὶ πῶς ἔχουσαν; οὔτε γὰρ παντὶ γαμητέον οὔτε πάντοτε, ἀλλὰ καὶ χρόνος ἐστὶν ἐν ᾧ καθήκει, καὶ πρόσωπον ᾧ προσήκει, καὶ ἡλικία μέχρι τίνος. οὔτε οὖν παντὶ γαμητέον πᾶσαν οὔτε πάντοτε, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ παντελῶς καὶ ἀνέδην, ἀλλὰ τῷ πως ἔχοντι καὶ ὁποίαν καὶ ὁπότε δεῖ, καὶ χάριν παίδων καὶ κατὰ πάντα ὁμοίαν καὶ μὴ βίᾳ ἢ ἀνάγκῃ στέργουσαν τὸν ἀγαπῶντα ἄνδρα.
Epei de hēdonę̄ kai epithymią hypopiptein gamos dokei, kai peri toutou dialēpteon. gamos men oun esti synodos andros kai gynaikos hē prōtē kata nomon epi gnēsiōn teknōn sporą. ho goun kōmikos Menandros paidōn (phēsin) epʼ arotǭ gnēsiōn didōmi soi ge tēn emautou thygatera. zētoumen de ei gamēteon, hoper tōn kata to pros ti pōs echein ōnomasmenōn estin. tini gar gamēteon hoper kai pōs echonti, kai tina kai pōs echousan? oute gar panti gamēteon oute pantote, alla kai chronos estin en hǭ kathēkei, kai prosōpon hǭ prosēkei, kai hēlikia mechri tinos. oute oun panti gamēteon pasan oute pantote, allʼ oude pantelōs kai anedēn, alla tǭ pōs echonti kai hopoian kai hopote dei, kai charin paidōn kai kata panta homoian kai mē bią ē anankę̄ stergousan ton agapōnta andra.
Since marriage seems to fall under pleasure and desire, we must discuss it too. Marriage, then, is the first lawful union of a man and a woman for the sowing of legitimate children. The comic poet Menander, at any rate, says: “For the plowing of legitimate children I give you my own daughter.” We ask whether one should marry, which belongs among the things called relative. For who should marry, and in what condition? And whom, and in what condition? For not everyone should marry, nor at every time; but there is a time when it is fitting, a person to whom it is suitable, and an age up to which it is. So not everyone should marry every woman, nor always, nor altogether and without restraint; but the one in a certain condition, and the right kind of woman, and when it is necessary, and for the sake of children, and a woman alike in every way, who does not love the man who loves her by force or compulsion.
2.23.138Stählin 2:189
ὅθεν ὁ Ἀβραάμ φησιν ἐπὶ τῆς γυναικὸς σκηπτόμενος ὡς ἀδελφῆς· ἀδελφή μοί ἐστιν ἐκ πατρός, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐκ μητρός, ἐγένετο δέ μοι καὶ εἰς γυναῖκα, τὰς ὁμομητρίους μὴ δεῖν ἄγεσθαι πρὸς γάμον διδάσκων. Ἐπίωμεν δὲ ἐν βραχεῖ τὴν ἱστορίαν. Πλάτων μὲν ἐν τοῖς ἐκτὸς ἀγαθοῖς τάττει τὸν γάμον, ἐπισκευάσας τὴν ἀθανασίαν τοῦ γένους ἡμῶν καὶ οἱονεὶ διαμονήν τινα παισὶ παίδων μεταλαμπαδευομένην. Δημόκριτος δὲ γάμον καὶ παιδοποιίαν παραιτεῖται διὰ τὰς πολλὰς ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀηδίας τε καὶ ἀφολκὰς ἀπὸ τῶν ἀναγκαιοτέρων. συγκατατάττεται δὲ αὐτῷ καὶ Ἐπίκουρος καὶ ὅσοι ἐν ἡδονῇ καὶ ἀοχλησίᾳ, ἔτι δὲ καὶ ἀλυπίᾳ τἀγαθὸν τίθενται. ἔτι κατὰ μὲν τοὺς ἀπὸ τῆς Στοᾶς ἀδιάφορον ὅ τε γάμος ἥ τε παιδοτροφία, κατὰ δὲ τοὺς ἐκ τοῦ Περιπάτου ἀγαθόν. συλλήβδην οὗτοι μέχρι γλώττης ἀγαγόντες τὰ δόγματα ἡδοναῖς ἐδουλώθησαν. οἳ μὲν παλλακίσιν, οἳ δὲ ἑταίραις μειρακίοις τε οἱ πλεῖστοι κεχρημένοι. ἡ σοφὴ δὲ ἐκείνη τετρακτὺς ἐν τῷ κήπῳ μετὰ τῆς ἑταίρας ἔργοις ἐκύδαινον τὴν ἡδονήν.
hothen ho Abraam phēsin epi tēs gynaikos skēptomenos hōs adelphēs; adelphē moi estin ek patros, allʼ ouk ek mētros, egeneto de moi kai eis gynaika, tas homomētrious mē dein agesthai pros gamon didaskōn. Epiōmen de en brachei tēn historian. Platōn men en tois ektos agathois tattei ton gamon, episkeuasas tēn athanasian tou genous hēmōn kai hoionei diamonēn tina paisi paidōn metalampadeuomenēn. Dēmokritos de gamon kai paidopoiian paraiteitai dia tas pollas ex autōn aēdias te kai apholkas apo tōn anankaioterōn. synkatatattetai de autǭ kai Epikouros kai hosoi en hēdonę̄ kai aochlēsią, eti de kai alypią tagathon tithentai. eti kata men tous apo tēs Stoas adiaphoron ho te gamos hē te paidotrophia, kata de tous ek tou Peripatou agathon. syllēbdēn houtoi mechri glōttēs agagontes ta dogmata hēdonais edoulōthēsan. hoi men pallakisin, hoi de hetairais meirakiois te hoi pleistoi kechrēmenoi. hē sophē de ekeinē tetraktys en tǭ kēpǭ meta tēs hetairas ergois ekydainon tēn hēdonēn.
That is why Abraham, making the excuse that his wife was his sister, says: “She is my sister from my father, but not from my mother, and she became my wife,” teaching that sisters by the same mother must not be taken in marriage. Let us go briefly through the record of opinions. Plato places marriage among external goods, providing for the immortality of our race and, as it were, a kind of continuance handed on like a torch to children's children. Democritus refuses marriage and the begetting of children because of the many annoyances they bring and the distraction from more necessary things. Epicurus agrees with him, and all who place the good in pleasure and freedom from disturbance, and also in freedom from pain. Again, according to the Stoics marriage and the rearing of children are indifferent; according to the Peripatetics, good. In short, these, having carried their doctrines only as far as the tongue, were enslaved to pleasures, some using concubines, others courtesans, most of them boys. And that wise foursome in the Garden, with the courtesan, glorified pleasure in deeds.
2.23.139Stählin 2:189–190
οὐκ ἂν οὖν ἐκφύγοιεν τὴν Βουζύγιον ἀρὰν ὅσοι μὴ δοκιμάζοντες σφίσι συμφέρειν τινὰ ἑτέροις ταῦτα παρακελεύονται ποιεῖν, ἢ αὖ τοὔμπαλιν. τοῦτο βραχέως ἡ γραφὴ δεδήλωκεν εἰρηκυῖα· ὃ μισεῖς, ἄλλῳ οὐ ποιήσεις. πλὴν οἱ γάμον δοκιμάζοντες ἡ φύσις ἡμᾶς ἐποίησεν φασὶν εὐθέτους πρὸς γάμον, ὡς δῆλον ἐκ τῆς σωμάτων κατασκευῆς τῶν τε ἀρρένων καὶ τῶν θηλειῶν, καὶ τὸ αὐξάνεσθε καὶ πληθύνεσθε συνεχῶς ἐπιβοῶνται. εἰ δὲ καὶ ταῦθʼ οὕτως ἔχει, ἀλλʼ αἰσχρόν γε αὐτοῖς δοκείτω καὶ τῶν ἀλόγων ζῴων τὸν ὑπὸ θεοῦ δημιουργηθέντα ἄνθρωπον ἀκρατέστερον εἶναι, ἃ τὴν ἐπιμιξίαν οὐ ποιεῖται πρὸς πολλὰ καὶ ἀνέδην, ἀλλὰ πρὸς ἓν καὶ ὁμόφυλον, οἷαι αἱ πελιάδες καὶ αἱ φάσσαι καὶ τὸ τρυγόνων γένος καὶ ὅσα τούτοις παραπλήσια. ἔτι, φασίν, ὁ ἄτεκνος τῆς κατὰ φύσιν τελειότητος ἀπολείπεται ἅτε μὴ ἀντικαταστήσας τῇ χώρᾳ τὸν οἰκεῖον διάδοχον· τέλειος γὰρ ὁ πεποιηκὼς ἐξ αὑτοῦ τὸν ὅμοιον, μᾶλλον δὲ ἐπειδὰν κἀκεῖνον τὸ αὐτὸ πεποιηκότα ἐπίδῃ, τουτέστιν ὅταν εἰς τὴν αὐτὴν καταστήσῃ φύσιν τὸ τεκνωθὲν τῷ τεκνώσαντι.
ouk an oun ekphygoien tēn Bouzygion aran hosoi mē dokimazontes sphisi sympherein tina heterois tauta parakeleuontai poiein, ē au toumpalin. touto bracheōs hē graphē dedēlōken eirēkuia; ho miseis, allǭ ou poiēseis. plēn hoi gamon dokimazontes hē physis hēmas epoiēsen phasin euthetous pros gamon, hōs dēlon ek tēs sōmatōn kataskeuēs tōn te arrenōn kai tōn thēleiōn, kai to auxanesthe kai plēthynesthe synechōs epiboōntai. ei de kai tauthʼ houtōs echei, allʼ aischron ge autois dokeitō kai tōn alogōn zǭōn ton hypo theou dēmiourgēthenta anthrōpon akratesteron einai, ha tēn epimixian ou poieitai pros polla kai anedēn, alla pros hen kai homophylon, hoiai hai peliades kai hai phassai kai to trygonōn genos kai hosa toutois paraplēsia. eti, phasin, ho ateknos tēs kata physin teleiotētos apoleipetai hate mē antikatastēsas tę̄ chōrą ton oikeion diadochon; teleios gar ho pepoiēkōs ex hautou ton homoion, mallon de epeidan kakeinon to auto pepoiēkota epidę̄, toutestin hotan eis tēn autēn katastēsę̄ physin to teknōthen tǭ teknōsanti.
So those will not escape the curse of Bouzyges who, not judging something to be advantageous for themselves, urge others to do it, or the reverse. Scripture has shown this briefly, saying: “What you hate, you shall not do to another.” But those who approve of marriage say: “Nature made us fit for marriage, as is clear from the constitution of the bodies of male and female”; and they continually cry out, “Increase and multiply.” But even if this is so, let it seem shameful to them that the human being, created by God, should be less self-controlled than the irrational animals, which do not mate with many and without restraint, but with one of the same kind, such as pigeons, wood pigeons, the race of turtledoves, and the like. Further, they say, the childless man falls short of the perfection according to nature, since he has not put his own successor in his place; for he is perfect who has made his like from himself, and still more when he sees that one has done the same, that is, when he establishes the begotten in the same nature as the begetter.
2.23.140Stählin 2:190
Γαμητέον οὖν πάντως καὶ τῆς πατρίδος ἕνεκα καὶ τῆς τῶν παίδων διαδοχῆς καὶ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου τὸ ὅσον ἐφʼ ἡμῖν συντελειώσεως. ἐπεὶ καὶ γάμον τινὰ οἰκτείρουσιν οἱ ποιηταὶ ἡμιτελῆ καὶ ἄπαιδα, μακαρίζουσι δὲ τὸν ἀμφιθαλῆ. αἱ δὲ σωματικαὶ νόσοι μάλιστα τὸν γάμον ἀναγκαῖον δεικνύουσιν· ἡ γὰρ τῆς γυναικὸς κηδεμονία καὶ τῆς παραμονῆς ἡ ἐκτένεια τὰς ἐκ τῶν ἄλλων οἰκείων καὶ φίλων ἔοικεν ὑπερτίθεσθαι προσκαρτερήσεις, ὅσῳ τῇ συμπαθείᾳ διαφέρειν καὶ προσεδρεύειν μάλιστα πάντων προαιρεῖται, καὶ τῷ ὄντι κατὰ τὴν γραφὴν ἀναγκαία βοηθός.
Gamēteon oun pantōs kai tēs patridos heneka kai tēs tōn paidōn diadochēs kai tēs tou kosmou to hoson ephʼ hēmin synteleiōseōs. epei kai gamon tina oikteirousin hoi poiētai hēmitelē kai apaida, makarizousi de ton amphithalē. hai de sōmatikai nosoi malista ton gamon anankaion deiknyousin; hē gar tēs gynaikos kēdemonia kai tēs paramonēs hē ekteneia tas ek tōn allōn oikeiōn kai philōn eoiken hypertithesthai proskarterēseis, hosǭ tę̄ sympatheią diapherein kai prosedreuein malista pantōn proaireitai, kai tǭ onti kata tēn graphēn anankaia boēthos.
One should, then, certainly marry, both for the sake of one's country and for the succession of children and, as far as it rests with us, for the completion of the world. For the poets pity a marriage that is half-complete and childless, and bless the one blossoming on both sides. And bodily illnesses show most of all that marriage is necessary; for the care of a wife and the constancy of her presence seem to surpass the attentions of other relatives and friends, as much as she chooses to excel in sympathy and to sit by above all others; and truly, according to Scripture, she is a necessary helper.
2.23.141Stählin 2:190–191
ὁ γοῦν κωμικὸς Μένανδρος καταδραμὼν τοῦ γάμου, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ χρήσιμα ἀντιτιθεὶς ἀποκρίνεται τῷ εἰπόντι πρὸς τὸ πρᾶγμα ἔχω κακῶς. Β. ἐπαριστερῶς γὰρ αὐτὸ λαμβάνεις. εἶτʼ ἐπιφέρει· τὰ δυσχερῆ τε καὶ τὰ λυπήσοντά σε ὁρᾷς ἐν αὐτῷ, τὰ δὲ ἀγαθὰ οὐκ ἐπιβλέπεις καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. βοηθεῖ δὲ ὁ γάμος καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν προβεβηκότων τῷ χρόνῳ παριστὰς τὴν γαμετὴν ἐπιμελομένην καὶ τοὺς ἐκ ταύτης παῖδας γηροβοσκοὺς ἐκτρέφων. παῖδες δὲ ἀνδρὶ κατθανόντι κληδόνες γεγάασι· φελλοὶ δʼ ὣς ἄγουσι δίκτυον, τὸν ἐκ βυθοῦ καὶ κλωστῆρα σῴζοντες λίνου κατὰ τὸν τραγικὸν Σοφοκλέα. οἵ τε νομοθέται οὐκ ἐπιτρέπουσι τὰς μεγίστας ἀρχὰς τοῖς μὴ γαμήσασι μετιέναι. αὐτίκα ὁ τῶν Λακώνων νομοθέτης οὐκ ἀγαμίου μόνον ἐπιτίμιον ἔστησεν, ἀλλὰ κακογαμίου καὶ ὀψιγαμίου καὶ μονοδιαιτησίας· ὁ δὲ γενναῖος Πλάτων καὶ τροφὴν γυναικὸς ἀποτίνειν εἰς τὸ δημόσιον κελεύει τὸν μὴ γήμαντα καὶ τὰς καθηκούσας δαπάνας ἀποδιδόναι τοῖς ἄρχουσιν· εἰ γὰρ μὴ γήμαντες οὐ παιδοποιήσονται, τὸ ὅσον ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῖς ἀνδρῶν σπάνιν ποιήσουσιν καὶ καταλύσουσι τάς τε πόλεις καὶ τὸν κόσμον τὸν ἐκ τούτων.
ho goun kōmikos Menandros katadramōn tou gamou, alla kai ta chrēsima antititheis apokrinetai tǭ eiponti pros to pragma echō kakōs. B. eparisterōs gar auto lambaneis. eitʼ epipherei; ta dyscherē te kai ta lypēsonta se horąs en autǭ, ta de agatha ouk epiblepeis kai ta hexēs. boēthei de ho gamos kai epi tōn probebēkotōn tǭ chronǭ paristas tēn gametēn epimelomenēn kai tous ek tautēs paidas gēroboskous ektrephōn. paides de andri katthanonti klēdones gegaasi; phelloi dʼ hōs agousi diktyon, ton ek bythou kai klōstēra sǭzontes linou kata ton tragikon Sophoklea. hoi te nomothetai ouk epitrepousi tas megistas archas tois mē gamēsasi metienai. autika ho tōn Lakōnōn nomothetēs ouk agamiou monon epitimion estēsen, alla kakogamiou kai opsigamiou kai monodiaitēsias; ho de gennaios Platōn kai trophēn gynaikos apotinein eis to dēmosion keleuei ton mē gēmanta kai tas kathēkousas dapanas apodidonai tois archousin; ei gar mē gēmantes ou paidopoiēsontai, to hoson ephʼ heautois andrōn spanin poiēsousin kai katalysousi tas te poleis kai ton kosmon ton ek toutōn.
The comic poet Menander, at any rate, while running down marriage, also sets its advantages against this, answering the one who said, “I am badly off with regard to the matter”: “(B.) That is because you take it from the left side.” Then he adds: “You see the troubles and the things that will grieve you in it, but you do not look at the good things,” and so on. Marriage helps also those advanced in years, presenting a wife to care for them and raising the children from her to support them in old age. “Children are the glory of a man who has died; like corks they hold up the net, saving the twisted line of flax from the deep,” according to the tragic poet Sophocles. And lawgivers do not allow the highest offices to be held by the unmarried. For example, the lawgiver of the Spartans set a penalty not only for not marrying, but for marrying badly, marrying late, and living alone. And the noble Plato commands the one who does not marry to pay the cost of a wife's maintenance to the public treasury and to render the proper expenses to the magistrates. For if they do not marry and do not beget children, they will, as far as it rests with them, create a scarcity of men and destroy both cities and the world made up of them.
2.23.142Stählin 2:191
τὸ δὲ τοιοῦτον ἀσεβὲς θείαν γένεσιν καταλυόντων. ἤδη δὲ ἄνανδρον καὶ ἀσθενὲς τὴν μετὰ γυναικὸς καὶ τέκνων φεύγειν συμβίωσιν. οὗ γὰρ ἡ ἀποβολὴ κακόν ἐστι, τούτου πάντως ἡ κτῆσις ἀγαθόν· ἔχει δʼ οὕτω καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν λοιπῶν. ἀλλὰ μὴν ἡ τῶν τέκνων ἀποβολὴ τῶν ἀνωτάτω κακῶν ἐστι, φασίν. ἡ οὖν τῶν τέκνων κτῆσις ἀγαθόν. εἰ δὲ τοῦτο, καὶ ὁ γάμος. ἄνευ δὲ πατρὸς (φησὶ) τέκνον οὐκ εἴη ποτʼ ἄν, ἄνευ δὲ μητρὸς οὐδὲ συλλαβὴ τέκνου.
to de toiouton asebes theian genesin katalyontōn. ēdē de anandron kai asthenes tēn meta gynaikos kai teknōn pheugein symbiōsin. hou gar hē apobolē kakon esti, toutou pantōs hē ktēsis agathon; echei dʼ houtō kai epi tōn loipōn. alla mēn hē tōn teknōn apobolē tōn anōtatō kakōn esti, phasin. hē oun tōn teknōn ktēsis agathon. ei de touto, kai ho gamos. aneu de patros (phēsi) teknon ouk eiē potʼ an, aneu de mētros oude syllabē teknou.
And such conduct is impious, since it destroys divine generation. It is also unmanly and weak to flee a shared life with wife and children. For that whose loss is an evil, its possession is certainly a good; and so with the rest. But the loss of children is among the greatest evils, they say; so the possession of children is a good; and if so, marriage too. “Without a father,” it says, “there could never be a child, and without a mother not even the conception of a child.”
2.23.143Stählin 2:191–192
πατέρα δὲ γάμος ποιεῖ ὡς μητέρα ἀνήρ. εὐχὴν οὖν μεγίστην καὶ Ὅμηρος τίθεται ἄνδρα τε καὶ οἶκον, ἀλλʼ οὐχ ἁπλῶς, μετὰ ὁμοφροσύνης δὲ τῆς ἐσθλῆς· ὁ μὲν γὰρ τῶν ἄλλων γάμος ἐφʼ ἡδυπαθείᾳ ὁμονοεῖ, ὁ δὲ τῶν φιλοσοφούντων ἐπὶ τὴν κατὰ λόγον ὁμόνοιαν ἄγει, ὁ μὴ τὸ εἶδος, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἦθος ἐπιτρέπων ταῖς γυναιξὶ κοσμεῖσθαι μηδʼ ὡς ἐρωμέναις χρῆσθαι ταῖς γαμεταῖς προστάττων τοῖς ἀνδράσι σκοπὸν πεποιημένοις τὴν τῶν σωμάτων ὕβριν, ἀλλʼ εἰς βοήθειαν παντὸς τοῦ βίου καὶ τὴν ἀρίστην σωφροσύνην περιποιεῖσθαι τὸν γάμον. πυρῶν γὰρ οἶμαι καὶ κριθῶν τε αὖ κατὰ τοὺς οἰκείους καιροὺς καταβαλλομένων σπερμάτων τιμιώτερός ἐστιν ὁ σπειρόμενος ἄνθρωπος, ᾧ πάντα φύεται, κἀκεῖνά γε καὶ νήφοντες καταβάλλουσι τὰ σπέρματα οἱ γεωργοί. πᾶν οὖν εἴ τι ῥυπαρὸν καὶ μεμολυσμένον ἐπιτήδευμα ἀφαγνιστέον τοῦ γάμου, ὡς μὴ ὀνειδισθείημεν τὴν τῶν ἀλόγων ζῴων σύνοδον τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης συζυγίας συνᾴδουσαν τῇ φύσει μᾶλλον κατὰ τὸν ὁμολογούμενον ὅρον.
patera de gamos poiei hōs mētera anēr. euchēn oun megistēn kai Homēros tithetai andra te kai oikon, allʼ ouch haplōs, meta homophrosynēs de tēs esthlēs; ho men gar tōn allōn gamos ephʼ hēdypatheią homonoei, ho de tōn philosophountōn epi tēn kata logon homonoian agei, ho mē to eidos, alla to ēthos epitrepōn tais gynaixi kosmeisthai mēdʼ hōs erōmenais chrēsthai tais gametais prostattōn tois andrasi skopon pepoiēmenois tēn tōn sōmatōn hybrin, allʼ eis boētheian pantos tou biou kai tēn aristēn sōphrosynēn peripoieisthai ton gamon. pyrōn gar oimai kai krithōn te au kata tous oikeious kairous kataballomenōn spermatōn timiōteros estin ho speiromenos anthrōpos, hǭ panta phyetai, kakeina ge kai nēphontes kataballousi ta spermata hoi geōrgoi. pan oun ei ti rhyparon kai memolysmenon epitēdeuma aphagnisteon tou gamou, hōs mē oneidistheiēmen tēn tōn alogōn zǭōn synodon tēs anthrōpinēs syzygias synądousan tę̄ physei mallon kata ton homologoumenon horon.
Marriage makes a father, as a husband makes a mother. Homer too sets as the greatest prayer “a husband and a home,” but not simply, rather “with noble like-mindedness.” For the marriage of others agrees in self-indulgence, but that of those who philosophize leads to the like-mindedness that is according to reason; it bids wives adorn not their appearance but their character, and commands husbands not to treat their wives as mistresses, making bodily wantonness their aim, but to make marriage a help for the whole of life and a means of the best self-restraint. For more precious, I think, than wheat and barley sown in their proper seasons is the human being who is sown, for whom all things grow; and farmers sow those seeds when sober. Every filthy and polluted practice, then, must be purged from marriage, so that we may not be reproached that the union of irrational animals agrees with nature better than human wedlock, according to the accepted definition.
2.23.144Stählin 2:192
θορόντα γοῦν ἔνια αὐτῶν ᾧ κελεύεται καιρῷ εὐθέως ἀπαλλάττεται καταλιπόντα τὴν δημιουργίαν τῇ διοικήσει. τοῖς τραγῳδοποιοῖς δὲ ἡ Πολυξένη καίτοι ἀποσφαττομένη ἀναγέγραπται, ἀλλὰ καὶ θνῄσκουσα ὅμως πολλὴν πρόνοιαν πεποιῆσθαι τοῦ εὐσχημόνως πεσεῖν, κρύπτουσʼ ἃ κρύπτειν ὄμματα ἀρρένων ἐχρῆν. ἦν δὲ κἀκείνῃ γάμος ἡ συμφορά. τὸ ὑποπεσεῖν οὖν καὶ παραχωρῆσαι τοῖς πάθεσιν ἐσχάτη δουλεία, ὥσπερ ἀμέλει τὸ κρατεῖν τούτων ἐλευθερία μόνη. ἡ γοῦν θεία γραφὴ τοὺς παραβάντας τὰς ἐντολὰς πεπρᾶσθαι λέγει τοῖς ἀλλογενέσι, τουτέστιν ἁμαρτίαις ἀνοικείαις τῇ φύσει, ἄχρις ἂν ἐπιστρέψαντες μετανοήσωσι.
thoronta goun enia autōn hǭ keleuetai kairǭ eutheōs apallattetai kataliponta tēn dēmiourgian tę̄ dioikēsei. tois tragǭdopoiois de hē Polyxenē kaitoi aposphattomenē anagegraptai, alla kai thnę̄skousa homōs pollēn pronoian pepoiēsthai tou euschēmonōs pesein, kryptousʼ ha kryptein ommata arrenōn echrēn. ēn de kakeinę̄ gamos hē symphora. to hypopesein oun kai parachōrēsai tois pathesin eschatē douleia, hōsper amelei to kratein toutōn eleutheria monē. hē goun theia graphē tous parabantas tas entolas peprasthai legei tois allogenesi, toutestin hamartiais anoikeiais tę̄ physei, achris an epistrepsantes metanoēsōsi.
Some of them, at any rate, having mated at the appointed season, at once go away, leaving the fashioning to providence. And in the tragic poets Polyxena, though being slain, is recorded, even while dying, to have taken great care to fall decently, “hiding what should be hidden from the eyes of men.” And for her the calamity was a marriage. To fall under and yield to the passions, then, is the worst slavery, as indeed to master them is the only freedom. The divine Scripture, at any rate, says that those who transgress the commandments are sold to foreigners, that is, to sins alien to nature, until they turn back and repent.
2.23.145Stählin 2:192–193
Καθαρὸν οὖν τὸν γάμον ὥσπερ τι ἱερὸν ἄγαλμα τῶν μιαινόντων φυλακτέον, ἀνεγειρομένοις μὲν ἐκ τῶν ὕπνων μετὰ κυρίου, ἀπιοῦσι δὲ εἰς ὕπνον μετʼ εὐχαριστίας καὶ εὐχομένοις, ἠμὲν ὅτʼ εὐνάζῃ καὶ ὅτʼ ἂν φάος ἱερὸν ἔλθῃ, μαρτυρομένοις τὸν κύριον παρʼ ὅλον ἡμῶν τὸν βίον, τὸ μὲν θεοσεβεῖν τῇ ψυχῇ κεκτημένοις, τὸ σῶφρον δὲ μέχρι καὶ τοῦ σώματος ἄγουσιν. θεοφιλὲς γὰρ τῷ ὄντι ἀπὸ τῆς γλώττης ἐπὶ τὰ ἔργα τὸ κόσμιον διαχειραγωγεῖν, ὁδὸς δὲ ἐπʼ ἀναισχυντίαν ἡ αἰσχρολογία, καὶ τέλος ἀμφοῖν ἡ αἰσχρουργία. ὅτι δὲ γαμεῖν ἡ γραφὴ συμβουλεύει οὐδὲ ἀφίστασθαί ποτε τῆς συζυγίας ἐπιτρέπει, ἄντικρυς νομοθετεῖ· οὐκ ἀπολύσεις γυναῖκα πλὴν εἰ μὴ ἐπὶ λόγῳ πορνείας· μοιχείαν δὲ ἡγεῖται τὸ ἐπιγῆμαι ζῶντος θατέρου τῶν κεχωρισμένων.
Katharon oun ton gamon hōsper ti hieron agalma tōn miainontōn phylakteon, anegeiromenois men ek tōn hypnōn meta kyriou, apiousi de eis hypnon metʼ eucharistias kai euchomenois, ēmen hotʼ eunazę̄ kai hotʼ an phaos hieron elthę̄, martyromenois ton kyrion parʼ holon hēmōn ton bion, to men theosebein tę̄ psychę̄ kektēmenois, to sōphron de mechri kai tou sōmatos agousin. theophiles gar tǭ onti apo tēs glōttēs epi ta erga to kosmion diacheiragōgein, hodos de epʼ anaischyntian hē aischrologia, kai telos amphoin hē aischrourgia. hoti de gamein hē graphē symbouleuei oude aphistasthai pote tēs syzygias epitrepei, antikrys nomothetei; ouk apolyseis gynaika plēn ei mē epi logǭ porneias; moicheian de hēgeitai to epigēmai zōntos thaterou tōn kechōrismenōn.
Marriage, then, must be kept pure from what defiles it, like a sacred image: rising from sleep with the Lord, going to sleep with thanksgiving and prayer, “both when you go to bed and when the holy light comes,” bearing witness to the Lord throughout our whole life, possessing godliness in the soul and carrying self-restraint even to the body. For it is truly dear to God to guide decency from the tongue to deeds; and shameful talk is a road to shamelessness, and the end of both is shameful action. And that Scripture counsels marriage and never allows the union to be dissolved, it plainly lays down: “You shall not put away your wife except for the reason of sexual immorality.” And it considers it adultery to marry again while either of those who have separated is alive.
2.23.146Stählin 2:193
ἀνύποπτον δὲ εἰς διαβολὴν δείκνυσι γυναῖκα τὸ μὴ καλλωπίζεσθαι μηδὲ μὴν κοσμεῖσθαι πέρα τοῦ πρέποντος, εὐχαῖς καὶ δεήσεσι προσανέχουσαν ἐκτενῶς, τὰς μὲν ἐξόδους τῆς οἰκίας φυλαττομένην τὰς πολλάς, ἀποκλείουσαν δʼ ὡς οἷόν τε αὑτὴν τῆς πρὸς τοὺς οὐ προσήκοντας προσόψεως, προὐργιαίτερον τιθεμένην τῆς ἀκαίρου φλυαρίας τὴν οἰκουρίαν. ὁ δὲ ἀπολελυμένην λαμβάνων γυναῖκα μοιχᾶται, φησίν, ἐὰν γὰρ τις ἀπολύσῃ γυναῖκα, μοιχᾶται αὐτήν, τουτέστιν ἀναγκάζει μοιχευθῆναι. οὐ μόνον δὲ ὁ ἀπολύσας αἴτιος γίνεται τούτου, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁ παραδεξάμενος αὐτήν, ἀφορμὴν παρέχων τοῦ ἁμαρτῆσαι τῇ γυναικί· εἰ γὰρ μὴ δέχοιτο, ἀνακάμψει πρὸς τὸν ἄνδρα.
anypopton de eis diabolēn deiknysi gynaika to mē kallōpizesthai mēde mēn kosmeisthai pera tou prepontos, euchais kai deēsesi prosanechousan ektenōs, tas men exodous tēs oikias phylattomenēn tas pollas, apokleiousan dʼ hōs hoion te hautēn tēs pros tous ou prosēkontas prosopseōs, prourgiaiteron tithemenēn tēs akairou phlyarias tēn oikourian. ho de apolelymenēn lambanōn gynaika moichatai, phēsin, ean gar tis apolysę̄ gynaika, moichatai autēn, toutestin anankazei moicheuthēnai. ou monon de ho apolysas aitios ginetai toutou, alla kai ho paradexamenos autēn, aphormēn parechōn tou hamartēsai tę̄ gynaiki; ei gar mē dechoito, anakampsei pros ton andra.
What shows a wife to be above suspicion of slander is not beautifying herself nor adorning herself beyond what is fitting, devoting herself earnestly to prayers and supplications, avoiding frequent outings from the house, shutting herself off as far as possible from the sight of men who are not related to her, and considering the care of the home more important than untimely chatter. “And the one who takes a divorced woman commits adultery,” it says; “for if anyone divorces a wife, he commits adultery against her,” that is, he compels her to commit adultery. And not only does the one who divorced her become the cause of this, but also the one who receives her, giving the woman an occasion to sin; for if he did not receive her, she would go back to her husband.
2.23.147Stählin 2:193–195
τί οὖν ὁ νόμος; πρὸς ἀναστολὴν τῆς εὐεπιφορίας τῶν παθῶν ἀναιρεῖσθαι προστάττει τὴν μοιχευθεῖσαν καὶ ἐπὶ τούτῳ ἐλεγχθεῖσαν· ἐὰν δὲ ἱέρεια ᾖ, πυρὶ παραδίδοσθαι προστάττει. λιθοβολεῖται δὲ καὶ ὁ μοιχός, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ τόπῳ, ἵνα μηδὲ ὁ θάνατος αὐτοῖς κοινὸς ᾖ. οὐ δὴ μάχεται τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ ὁ νόμος, συνᾴδει δὲ αὐτῷ. πῶς γὰρ οὐχί, ἑνὸς ὄντος ἀμφοῖν χορηγοῦ τοῦ κυρίου; ἡ γάρ τοι πορνεύσασα ζῇ μὲν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, ἀπέθανεν δὲ ταῖς ἐντολαῖς, ἡ δὲ μετανοήσασα οἷον ἀναγεννηθεῖσα κατὰ τὴν ἐπιστροφὴν τοῦ βίου παλιγγενεσίαν ἔχει ζωῆς, τεθνηκυίας μὲν τῆς πόρνης τῆς παλαιᾶς, εἰς βίον δὲ παρελθούσης αὖθις τῆς κατὰ τὴν μετάνοιαν γεννηθείσης. μαρτυρεῖ τοῖς εἰρημένοις διὰ Ἰεζεκιὴλ τὸ πνεῦμα λέγον· οὐ βούλομαι τὸν θάνατον τοῦ ἁμαρτωλοῦ, ὡς τὸ ἐπιστρέψαι. αὐτίκα λιθόλευστοι γίνονται ὡς ἂν διὰ σκληροκαρδίαν ἀποθανόντες τῷ νόμῳ, ᾧ μὴ ἐπείσθησαν, τῇ δὲ ἱερείᾳ ἐπιτείνεται τὰ τῆς κολάσεως, ὅτι ᾧ πλεῖον ἐδόθη, οὗτος καὶ ἀπαιτηθήσεται. Περιγεγράφθω καὶ ὁ δεύτερος ἡμῖν ἐνθάδε Στρωματεὺς διὰ τὸ μῆκός τε καὶ πλῆθος τῶν κεφαλαίων.
ti oun ho nomos? pros anastolēn tēs euepiphorias tōn pathōn anaireisthai prostattei tēn moicheutheisan kai epi toutǭ elenchtheisan; ean de hiereia ę̄, pyri paradidosthai prostattei. lithoboleitai de kai ho moichos, allʼ ouk en tǭ autǭ topǭ, hina mēde ho thanatos autois koinos ę̄. ou dē machetai tǭ euangeliǭ ho nomos, synądei de autǭ. pōs gar ouchi, henos ontos amphoin chorēgou tou kyriou? hē gar toi porneusasa zę̄ men tę̄ hamartią, apethanen de tais entolais, hē de metanoēsasa hoion anagennētheisa kata tēn epistrophēn tou biou palingenesian echei zōēs, tethnēkuias men tēs pornēs tēs palaias, eis bion de parelthousēs authis tēs kata tēn metanoian gennētheisēs. martyrei tois eirēmenois dia Iezekiēl to pneuma legon; ou boulomai ton thanaton tou hamartōlou, hōs to epistrepsai. autika litholeustoi ginontai hōs an dia sklērokardian apothanontes tǭ nomǭ, hǭ mē epeisthēsan, tę̄ de hiereią epiteinetai ta tēs kolaseōs, hoti hǭ pleion edothē, houtos kai apaitēthēsetai. Perigegraphthō kai ho deuteros hēmin enthade Strōmateus dia to mēkos te kai plēthos tōn kephalaiōn.
What, then, of the law? To check the proneness of the passions, it commands that the woman who has committed adultery and been convicted of it be put to death; and if she is a priest's daughter, it commands that she be given to the fire. The adulterer too is stoned, but not in the same place, so that not even death may be shared by them. The law, then, does not fight with the gospel, but agrees with it. For how could it not, since the one Lord is the giver of both? For the woman who has committed sexual immorality lives in sin but has died to the commandments; while the one who has repented, as though born again by the conversion of her life, has a rebirth of life: the old harlot having died, and the one born by repentance having come to life again. The Spirit bears witness to what has been said through Ezekiel, saying: “I do not desire the death of the sinner so much as that he turn back.” So they are stoned, as having died to the law through hardness of heart, since they did not obey it; and the punishment is increased for the priest's daughter, because “to whom more was given, from him more will be required.” Let our second Miscellany be brought to a close here, because of its length and the number of its chapters.
Miscellanies 3, chapter 1
3.1.1Stählin 2:196
Οἱ μὲν οὖν ἀμφὶ τὸν Οὐαλεντῖνον ἄνωθεν ἐκ τῶν θείων προβολῶν τὰς συζυγίας καταγαγόντες εὐαρεστοῦνται γάμῳ, οἱ δὲ ἀπὸ Βασιλείδου πυθομένων φασὶ ἀποστόλων μή ποτε ἄμεινόν ἐστι τὸ μὴ γαμεῖν ἀποκρίνασθαι λέγουσι τὸν κύριον· οὐ πάντες χωροῦσι τὸν λόγον τοῦτον· εἰσὶ γὰρ εὐνοῦχοι, οἳ μὲν ἐκ γενετῆς, οἳ δὲ ἐξ ἀνάγκης. ἐξηγοῦνται δὲ τὸ ῥητὸν ὧδέ πως· φυσικήν τινες ἔχουσι πρὸς γυναῖκα ἀποστροφὴν ἐκ γενετῆς, οἵτινες τῇ φυσικῇ ταύτῃ συγκράσει χρώμενοι καλῶς ποιοῦσι μὴ γαμοῦντες. οὗτοι, φασίν, εἰσὶν οἱ ἐκ γενετῆς εὐνοῦχοι· οἱ δὲ ἐξ ἀνάγκης, ἐκεῖνοι οἱ θεατρικοὶ ἀσκηταί, οἵτινες διὰ τὴν ἀνθολκὴν τῆς εὐδοξίας κρατοῦσιν ἑαυτῶν, οἱ δὲ ἐκτετμημένοι κατὰ συμφορὰν εὐνοῦχοι γεγόνασι κατὰ ἀνάγκην. οἱ τοίνυν κατὰ ἀνάγκην οὐ κατὰ λόγον εὐνοῦχοι γίνονται. οἱ δὲ ἕνεκα τῆς αἰωνίου βασιλείας εὐνουχίσαντες ἑαυτοὺς διὰ τὰ ἐκ τοῦ γάμου, φασί, συμβαίνοντα τὸν ἐπιλογισμὸν τοῦτον λαμβάνουσι, τὴν περὶ τὸν πορισμὸν τῶν ἐπιτηδείων ἀσχολίαν δεδιότες.
Hoi men oun amphi ton Oualentinon anōthen ek tōn theiōn probolōn tas syzygias katagagontes euarestountai gamǭ, hoi de apo Basileidou pythomenōn phasi apostolōn mē pote ameinon esti to mē gamein apokrinasthai legousi ton kyrion; ou pantes chōrousi ton logon touton; eisi gar eunouchoi, hoi men ek genetēs, hoi de ex anankēs. exēgountai de to rhēton hōde pōs; physikēn tines echousi pros gynaika apostrophēn ek genetēs, hoitines tę̄ physikę̄ tautę̄ synkrasei chrōmenoi kalōs poiousi mē gamountes. houtoi, phasin, eisin hoi ek genetēs eunouchoi; hoi de ex anankēs, ekeinoi hoi theatrikoi askētai, hoitines dia tēn antholkēn tēs eudoxias kratousin heautōn, hoi de ektetmēmenoi kata symphoran eunouchoi gegonasi kata anankēn. hoi toinyn kata anankēn ou kata logon eunouchoi ginontai. hoi de heneka tēs aiōniou basileias eunouchisantes heautous dia ta ek tou gamou, phasi, symbainonta ton epilogismon touton lambanousi, tēn peri ton porismon tōn epitēdeiōn ascholian dediotes.
The followers of Valentinus, bringing down the unions in pairs from above, from the divine emanations, are pleased with marriage. But the followers of Basilides say that when the apostles asked whether it might not be better not to marry, the Lord answered: “Not all can receive this saying; for there are eunuchs, some from birth, others from necessity.” They explain the saying somewhat like this: “Some have a natural aversion to women from birth; these, following this natural constitution, do well not to marry. These,” they say, “are the eunuchs from birth. Those from necessity are those ascetics of the theater who master themselves because of the attraction of fame; and those who have been castrated by some misfortune have become eunuchs by necessity. Those, then, who are eunuchs by necessity do not become so by reason. But those who have made themselves eunuchs for the sake of the eternal kingdom,” they say, “take up this resolve because of what follows from marriage, fearing the preoccupation with providing necessities.”
3.1.2Stählin 2:196
καὶ τὸ ἄμεινον γαμῆσαι ἢ πυροῦσθαι μὴ εἰς πῦρ ἐμβάλῃς τὴν ψυχήν σου λέγειν τὸν ἀπόστολον, νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας ἀντέχων καὶ φοβούμενος μὴ τῆς ἐγκρατείας ἀποτίσῃς· πρὸς γὰρ τὸ ἀντέχειν γενομένη ψυχὴ μερίζεται τῆς ἐλπίδος. ἀντέχου τοίνυν, φησὶ κατὰ λέξιν ὁ Ἰσίδωρος ἐν τοῖς Ἠθικοῖς, μαχίμης γυναικός, ἵνα μὴ ἀποσπασθῇς τῆς χάριτος τοῦ θεοῦ, τό τε πῦρ ἀποσπερματίσας εὐσυνειδήτως προσεύχου. ὅταν δὲ ἡ εὐχαριστία σου, φησίν, εἰς αἴτησιν ὑποπέσῃ καὶ αἰτῇς τὸ λοιπὸν οὐ κατορθῶσαι, ἀλλὰ μὴ σφαλῆναι, γάμησον. ἀλλὰ νέος τίς ἐστιν ἢ πένης ἢ κατωφερὴς καὶ οὐ θέλει γῆμαι κατὰ τὸν λόγον, οὗτος τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ μὴ χωριζέσθω· λεγέτω ὅτι εἰσελήλυθα ἐγὼ εἰς τὰ ἅγια, οὐδὲν δύναμαι παθεῖν· ἐὰν δὲ ὑπόνοιαν ἔχῃ, εἰπάτω· ἀδελφέ, ἐπίθες μοι τὴν χεῖρα, ἵνα μὴ ἁμαρτήσω· καὶ λήψεται βοήθειαν καὶ νοητὴν καὶ αἰσθητήν. θελησάτω μόνον ἀπαρτίσαι τὸ καλὸν καὶ ἐπιτεύξεται.
kai to ameinon gamēsai ē pyrousthai mē eis pyr embalę̄s tēn psychēn sou legein ton apostolon, nyktos kai hēmeras antechōn kai phoboumenos mē tēs enkrateias apotisę̄s; pros gar to antechein genomenē psychē merizetai tēs elpidos. antechou toinyn, phēsi kata lexin ho Isidōros en tois Ēthikois, machimēs gynaikos, hina mē apospasthę̄s tēs charitos tou theou, to te pyr apospermatisas eusyneidētōs proseuchou. hotan de hē eucharistia sou, phēsin, eis aitēsin hypopesę̄ kai aitę̄s to loipon ou katorthōsai, alla mē sphalēnai, gamēson. alla neos tis estin ē penēs ē katōpherēs kai ou thelei gēmai kata ton logon, houtos tou adelphou mē chōrizesthō; legetō hoti eiselēlytha egō eis ta hagia, ouden dynamai pathein; ean de hyponoian echę̄, eipatō; adelphe, epithes moi tēn cheira, hina mē hamartēsō; kai lēpsetai boētheian kai noētēn kai aisthētēn. thelēsatō monon apartisai to kalon kai epiteuxetai.
And they say the apostle's words, “It is better to marry than to burn,” mean: do not throw your soul into the fire, holding out night and day and fearing lest you fall from self-control; for a soul given over to holding out is cut off from hope. “Hold fast, then,” says Isidore word for word in his Ethics, “to a woman who will fight with you, so that you may not be torn away from the grace of God; and when you have discharged the fire in seed, pray with a good conscience. But when your thanksgiving,” he says, “sinks to a petition, and you ask henceforth not that you may do right but that you may not stumble, marry. But suppose someone is young, or poor, or inclined to sensuality, and does not wish to marry according to the word; let him not separate from his brother. Let him say, ‘I have entered into the holy things; I can suffer nothing.’ And if he has a suspicion, let him say, ‘Brother, lay your hand on me, so that I may not sin’; and he will receive help both spiritual and sensible. Let him only wish to accomplish what is good, and he will attain it.
3.1.3Stählin 2:196–197
ἐνίοτε δὲ τῷ μὲν στόματι λέγομεν· οὐ θέλομεν ἁμαρτῆσαι, ἡ δὲ διάνοια ἔγκειται ἐπὶ τὸ ἁμαρτάνειν. ὁ τοιοῦτος διὰ φόβον οὐ ποιεῖ ὃ θέλει, ἵνα μὴ ἡ κόλασις αὐτῷ ἐλλογισθῇ· ἡ δὲ ἀνθρωπότης ἔχει τινὰ ἀναγκαῖα καὶ φυσικά, ἄλλα δὲ φυσικὰ μόνα. ἔχει τὸ περιβάλλεσθαι ἀναγκαῖον καὶ φυσικόν. φυσικὸν δὲ τὸ τῶν ἀφροδισίων, οὐκ ἀναγκαῖον δέ. Ταύτας παρεθέμην τὰς φωνὰς εἰς ἔλεγχον τῶν μὴ βιούντων ὀρθῶς Βασιλειδιανῶν, ὡς ἤτοι ἐχόντων ἐξουσίαν καὶ τοῦ ἁμαρτεῖν διὰ τὴν τελειότητα, ἢ πάντως γε σωθησομένων φύσει, κἂν νῦν ἁμάρτωσι, διὰ τὴν ἔμφυτον ἐκλογήν, ἐπεὶ μηδὲ ταὐτὰ αὐτοῖς πράττειν συγχωροῦσιν οἱ προπάτορες τῶν δογμάτων. μὴ τοίνυν ὑποδυόμενοι τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Χριστοῦ καὶ τῶν ἐν ἔθνεσιν ἀκρατεστάτων ἀκολαστότερον βιοῦντες βλασφημίαν τῷ ὀνόματι προστριβέσθωσαν· οἱ γὰρ τοιοῦτοι ψευδαπόστολοι, ἐργάται δόλιοι, ἕως ὧν τὸ τέλος ἔσται κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν.
eniote de tǭ men stomati legomen; ou thelomen hamartēsai, hē de dianoia enkeitai epi to hamartanein. ho toioutos dia phobon ou poiei ho thelei, hina mē hē kolasis autǭ ellogisthę̄; hē de anthrōpotēs echei tina anankaia kai physika, alla de physika mona. echei to periballesthai anankaion kai physikon. physikon de to tōn aphrodisiōn, ouk anankaion de. Tautas parethemēn tas phōnas eis elenchon tōn mē biountōn orthōs Basileidianōn, hōs ētoi echontōn exousian kai tou hamartein dia tēn teleiotēta, ē pantōs ge sōthēsomenōn physei, kan nyn hamartōsi, dia tēn emphyton eklogēn, epei mēde tauta autois prattein synchōrousin hoi propatores tōn dogmatōn. mē toinyn hypodyomenoi to onoma tou Christou kai tōn en ethnesin akratestatōn akolastoteron biountes blasphēmian tǭ onomati prostribesthōsan; hoi gar toioutoi pseudapostoloi, ergatai dolioi, heōs hōn to telos estai kata ta erga autōn.
Sometimes we say with the mouth, ‘We do not wish to sin,’ but the mind is set on sinning. Such a one does not do what he wishes because of fear, lest the punishment be counted against him. Human nature has some things that are necessary and natural, and others that are only natural. Being clothed is necessary and natural; sexual pleasure is natural but not necessary.” I have set out these words to refute those Basilidians who do not live rightly, as though they had authority even to sin because of their perfection, or would in any case be saved by nature even if they sin now, because of their innate election; since not even the forefathers of their doctrines allow them to do the same things. Let them not, then, put on the name of Christ and, living more licentiously than the most intemperate of the Gentiles, bring blasphemy on the name. For such are “false apostles, deceitful workers,” as far as “whose end will be according to their works.”
3.1.4Stählin 2:197
ἐγκράτεια τοίνυν σώματος ὑπεροψία κατὰ τὴν πρὸς θεὸν ὁμολογίαν. οὐ μόνον γὰρ περὶ τὰ ἀφροδίσια, ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ τὰ ἄλλα, ἃ ἐπιθυμεῖ ἡ ψυχὴ κακῶς οὐκ ἀρκουμένη τοῖς ἀναγκαίοις, ἡ ἐγκράτεια ἀναστρέφεται. ἔστι δὲ καὶ περὶ τὴν γλῶσσαν καὶ περὶ τὴν κτῆσιν καὶ περὶ τὴν χρῆσιν καὶ περὶ τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν ἐγκράτεια. οὐ διδάσκει δʼ αὕτη σωφρονεῖν μόνον, ἥ γε παρέχει σωφροσύνην ἡμῖν, δύναμις οὖσα καὶ θεία χάρις. τίνα οὖν τοῖς ἡμετέροις δοκεῖ περὶ τοῦ προκειμένου, λεκτέον· ἡμεῖς εὐνουχίαν μὲν καὶ οἷς τοῦτο δεδώρηται ὑπὸ θεοῦ μακαρίζομεν, μονογαμίαν δὲ καὶ τὴν περὶ τὸν ἕνα γάμον σεμνότητα θαυμάζομεν, συμπάσχειν δὲ δεῖν λέγοντες καὶ ἀλλήλων τὰ βάρη βαστάζειν, μή ποτέ τις δοκῶν καλῶς ἑστάναι καὶ αὐτὸς πέσῃ. περὶ δὲ τοῦ δευτέρου γάμου εἰ πυροῖ φησὶν ὁ ἀπόστολος, γάμησον.
enkrateia toinyn sōmatos hyperopsia kata tēn pros theon homologian. ou monon gar peri ta aphrodisia, alla kai peri ta alla, ha epithymei hē psychē kakōs ouk arkoumenē tois anankaiois, hē enkrateia anastrephetai. esti de kai peri tēn glōssan kai peri tēn ktēsin kai peri tēn chrēsin kai peri tēn epithymian enkrateia. ou didaskei dʼ hautē sōphronein monon, hē ge parechei sōphrosynēn hēmin, dynamis ousa kai theia charis. tina oun tois hēmeterois dokei peri tou prokeimenou, lekteon; hēmeis eunouchian men kai hois touto dedōrētai hypo theou makarizomen, monogamian de kai tēn peri ton hena gamon semnotēta thaumazomen, sympaschein de dein legontes kai allēlōn ta barē bastazein, mē pote tis dokōn kalōs hestanai kai autos pesę̄. peri de tou deuterou gamou ei pyroi phēsin ho apostolos, gamēson.
Self-control, then, is disregard of the body in accordance with our confession toward God. For self-control is concerned not only with sexual pleasures but also with the other things that the soul wrongly desires when it is not content with what is necessary. There is self-control of the tongue, of possessions, of use, and of desire. It does not only teach us to be self-restrained; it provides self-restraint for us, being a power and divine grace. What, then, our own people think on the subject must be said. We bless the eunuchate, and those to whom it has been given by God; we admire monogamy and the dignity of the one marriage, saying that we must suffer with one another and “bear one another's burdens,” lest anyone who thinks he stands firmly should himself fall. And about second marriage the apostle says, “If you burn, marry.”
Miscellanies 3, chapter 2
3.2.5Stählin 2:197
Οἱ δὲ ἀπὸ Καρποκράτους καὶ Ἐπιφάνους ἀναγόμενοι κοινὰς εἶναι τὰς γυναῖκας ἀξιοῦσιν, ἐξ ὧν ἡ μεγίστη κατὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος ἐρρύη βλασφημία. Ἐπιφάνης οὗτος, οὗ καὶ τὰ συγγράμματα κομίζεται, υἱὸς ἦν Καρποκράτους καὶ μητρὸς Ἀλεξανδρείας τοὔνομα, τὰ μὲν πρὸς πατρὸς Ἀλεξανδρεύς, ἀπὸ δὲ μητρὸς Κεφαλληνεύς, ἔζησε δὲ τὰ πάντα ἔτη ἑπτακαίδεκα, καὶ θεὸς ἐν Σάμῃ τῆς Κεφαλληνίας τετίμηται, ἔνθα αὐτῷ ἱερὸν ῥυτῶν λίθων, βωμοί, τεμένη, μουσεῖον ᾠκοδόμηταί τε καὶ καθιέρωται, καὶ συνιόντες εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν οἱ Κεφαλλῆνες κατὰ νουμηνίαν γενέθλιον ἀποθέωσιν θύουσιν Ἐπιφάνει, σπένδουσί τε καὶ εὐωχοῦνται καὶ ὕμνοι ᾄδονται. ἐπαιδεύθη μὲν οὖν παρὰ τῷ πατρὶ τήν τε ἐγκύκλιον παιδείαν καὶ τὰ Πλάτωνος, καθηγήσατο δὲ τῆς μοναδικῆς γνώσεως, ἀφʼ οὗ καὶ ἡ τῶν Καρποκρατιανῶν αἵρεσις.
Hoi de apo Karpokratous kai Epiphanous anagomenoi koinas einai tas gynaikas axiousin, ex hōn hē megistē kata tou onomatos erryē blasphēmia. Epiphanēs houtos, hou kai ta syngrammata komizetai, huios ēn Karpokratous kai mētros Alexandreias tounoma, ta men pros patros Alexandreus, apo de mētros Kephallēneus, ezēse de ta panta etē heptakaideka, kai theos en Samę̄ tēs Kephallēnias tetimētai, entha autǭ hieron rhytōn lithōn, bōmoi, temenē, mouseion ǭkodomētai te kai kathierōtai, kai syniontes eis to hieron hoi Kephallēnes kata noumēnian genethlion apotheōsin thyousin Epiphanei, spendousi te kai euōchountai kai hymnoi ądontai. epaideuthē men oun para tǭ patri tēn te enkyklion paideian kai ta Platōnos, kathēgēsato de tēs monadikēs gnōseōs, aphʼ hou kai hē tōn Karpokratianōn hairesis.
Those who derive from Carpocrates and Epiphanes think that wives should be held in common; from them the greatest blasphemy against the Name has flowed. This Epiphanes, whose writings are still in circulation, was the son of Carpocrates and of a mother named Alexandria; on his father's side he was an Alexandrian, on his mother's side from Cephallenia. He lived seventeen years in all, and he is honored as a god at Same in Cephallenia, where a temple of rough stones, altars, precincts, and a museum have been built and consecrated to him; and the Cephallenians, gathering at the temple at each new moon, sacrifice to Epiphanes on his birthday as a god, pour libations, feast, and sing hymns. He was educated by his father in general learning and in Plato, and he founded the knowledge of the Monad, from which the heresy of the Carpocratians also comes.
3.2.6Stählin 2:197–198
λέγει τοίνυν οὗτος ἐν τῷ Περὶ δικαιοσύνης τὴν δικαιοσύνην τοῦ θεοῦ κοινωνίαν τινὰ εἶναι μετʼ ἰσότητος. ἴσος γέ τοι πανταχόθεν ἐκταθεὶς οὐρανὸς κύκλῳ τὴν γῆν περιέχει πᾶσαν, καὶ πάντας ἡ νὺξ ἐπʼ ἴσης ἐπιδείκνυται τοὺς ἀστέρας, τόν τε τῆς ἡμέρας αἴτιον καὶ πατέρα τοῦ φωτὸς ἥλιον ὁ θεὸς ἐξέχεεν ἄνωθεν ἴσον ἐπὶ γῆς ἅπασι τοῖς βλέπειν δυναμένοις, οἳ δὲ κοινῇ πάντες βλέπουσιν, ἐπεὶ μὴ διακρίνει πλούσιον ἢ πένητα, δῆμον ἢ ἄρχοντα, ἄφρονάς τε καὶ τοὺς φρονοῦντας, θηλείας ἄρσενας, ἐλευθέρους δούλους. ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ τῶν ἀλόγων παρὰ τοῦτο ποιεῖταί τι, πᾶσι δὲ ἐπʼ ἴσης τοῖς ζῴοις κοινὸν αὐτὸν ἐκχέας ἄνωθεν ἀγαθοῖς τε καὶ φαύλοις τὴν δικαιοσύνην ἐμπεδοῖ μηδενὸς δυναμένου πλεῖον ἔχειν μηδὲ ἀφαιρεῖσθαι τὸν πλησίον, ἵνʼ αὐτὸς κἀκείνου τὸ φῶς διπλασιάσας ἔχῃ. ἥλιος κοινὰς τροφὰς ζῴοις ἅπασιν ἀνατέλλει, δικαιοσύνης τε τῆς κοινῆς ἅπασιν ἐπʼ ἴσης δοθείσης, καὶ εἰς τὰ τοιαῦτα βοῶν γένος ὁμοίως γίνεται ὡς αἱ βόες καὶ συῶν ὡς οἱ σύες καὶ προβάτων ὡς τὰ πρόβατα καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ πάντα· δικαιοσύνη γὰρ ἐν αὐτοῖς ἀναφαίνεται ἡ κοινότης. ἔπειτα κατὰ κοινότητα πάντα ὁμοίως κατὰ γένος σπείρεται, τροφή τε κοινὴ χαμαὶ νεμομένοις ἀνεῖται πᾶσι τοῖς κτήνεσι καὶ πᾶσιν ἐπʼ ἴσης, οὐδενὶ νόμῳ κρατουμένη, τῇ δὲ παρὰ τοῦ διδόντος καὶ κελεύσαντος χορηγίᾳ συμφώνως ἅπασι δικαιοσύνη παροῦσα.
legei toinyn houtos en tǭ Peri dikaiosynēs tēn dikaiosynēn tou theou koinōnian tina einai metʼ isotētos. isos ge toi pantachothen ektatheis ouranos kyklǭ tēn gēn periechei pasan, kai pantas hē nyx epʼ isēs epideiknytai tous asteras, ton te tēs hēmeras aition kai patera tou phōtos hēlion ho theos execheen anōthen ison epi gēs hapasi tois blepein dynamenois, hoi de koinę̄ pantes blepousin, epei mē diakrinei plousion ē penēta, dēmon ē archonta, aphronas te kai tous phronountas, thēleias arsenas, eleutherous doulous. allʼ oude tōn alogōn para touto poieitai ti, pasi de epʼ isēs tois zǭois koinon auton ekcheas anōthen agathois te kai phaulois tēn dikaiosynēn empedoi mēdenos dynamenou pleion echein mēde aphaireisthai ton plēsion, hinʼ autos kakeinou to phōs diplasiasas echę̄. hēlios koinas trophas zǭois hapasin anatellei, dikaiosynēs te tēs koinēs hapasin epʼ isēs dotheisēs, kai eis ta toiauta boōn genos homoiōs ginetai hōs hai boes kai syōn hōs hoi syes kai probatōn hōs ta probata kai ta loipa panta; dikaiosynē gar en autois anaphainetai hē koinotēs. epeita kata koinotēta panta homoiōs kata genos speiretai, trophē te koinē chamai nemomenois aneitai pasi tois ktēnesi kai pasin epʼ isēs, oudeni nomǭ kratoumenē, tę̄ de para tou didontos kai keleusantos chorēgią symphōnōs hapasi dikaiosynē parousa.
He says, then, in his work On Justice, that the justice of God is a kind of fellowship with equality. “The heaven, stretched out equally on every side, surrounds the whole earth in a circle, and the night shows all the stars equally; and God poured out from above the sun, the cause of the day and father of light, equally on the earth for all who are able to see, and they all see in common, since he does not distinguish rich or poor, people or ruler, fools and the wise, females, males, free, slaves. Nor does he do anything different for the irrational animals, but, pouring it out from above equally for all living things, he establishes justice for good and bad alike, since no one can have more or take from his neighbor, so as to double the light and have his neighbor's too. The sun makes common food spring up for all living things, justice in common being given to all equally; and for such purposes the race of oxen is born alike as the oxen, of pigs as the pigs, of sheep as the sheep, and so all the rest; for in them community appears as justice. Then all things are sown alike according to kind by community; and common food is released on the ground for all the cattle that graze, and for all equally, ruled by no law, justice being present to all harmoniously by the provision of the one who gives and commands.
3.2.7Stählin 2:198–199
ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ τὰ τῆς γενέσεως νόμον ἔχει γεγραμμένον (μετεγράφη γὰρ ἄν), σπείρουσι δὲ καὶ γεννῶσιν ἐπʼ ἴσης, κοινωνίαν ὑπὸ δικαιοσύνης ἔμφυτον ἔχοντες. κοινῇ πᾶσιν ἐπʼ ἴσης ὀφθαλμὸν εἰς τὸ βλέπειν ὁ ποιητής τε καὶ πατὴρ πάντων δικαιοσύνῃ νομοθετήσας τῇ παρʼ αὐτοῦ παρέσχεν, οὐ διακρίνας θήλειαν ἄρρενος, οὐ λογικὸν ἀλόγου, καὶ καθάπαξ οὐδενὸς οὐδέν, ἰσότητι δὲ καὶ κοινότητι μερίσας τὸ βλέπειν ὁμοίως ἑνὶ κελεύσματι πᾶσι κεχάρισται. οἱ νόμοι δέ, φησίν, ἀνθρώπων ἀμαθίαν κολάζειν μὴ δυνάμενοι παρανομεῖν ἐδίδαξαν· ἡ γὰρ ἰδιότης τῶν νόμων τὴν κοινωνίαν τοῦ θείου νόμου κατέτεμεν καὶ παρατρώγει, μὴ συνιεὶς τὸ τοῦ ἀποστόλου ῥητόν, λέγοντος διὰ νόμου τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἔγνων· τό τε ἐμὸν καὶ τὸ σόν φησι διὰ τῶν νόμων παρεισελθεῖν, μηκέτι εἰς καινότητα κοινά τε γὰρ καρπουμένων μήτε γῆν μήτε κτήματα, ἀλλὰ μηδὲ γάμον· κοινῇ γὰρ ἅπασιν ἐποίησε τὰς ἀμπέλους, αἳ μήτε στρουθὸν μήτε κλέπτην ἀπαρνοῦνται, καὶ τὸν σῖτον οὕτως καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους καρπούς. ἡ δὲ κοινωνία παρανομηθεῖσα καὶ τὰ τῆς ἰσότητος ἐγέννησε θρεμμάτων καὶ καρπῶν κλέπτην.
allʼ oude ta tēs geneseōs nomon echei gegrammenon (metegraphē gar an), speirousi de kai gennōsin epʼ isēs, koinōnian hypo dikaiosynēs emphyton echontes. koinę̄ pasin epʼ isēs ophthalmon eis to blepein ho poiētēs te kai patēr pantōn dikaiosynę̄ nomothetēsas tę̄ parʼ autou pareschen, ou diakrinas thēleian arrenos, ou logikon alogou, kai kathapax oudenos ouden, isotēti de kai koinotēti merisas to blepein homoiōs heni keleusmati pasi kecharistai. hoi nomoi de, phēsin, anthrōpōn amathian kolazein mē dynamenoi paranomein edidaxan; hē gar idiotēs tōn nomōn tēn koinōnian tou theiou nomou katetemen kai paratrōgei, mē synieis to tou apostolou rhēton, legontos dia nomou tēn hamartian egnōn; to te emon kai to son phēsi dia tōn nomōn pareiselthein, mēketi eis kainotēta koina te gar karpoumenōn mēte gēn mēte ktēmata, alla mēde gamon; koinę̄ gar hapasin epoiēse tas ampelous, hai mēte strouthon mēte kleptēn aparnountai, kai ton siton houtōs kai tous allous karpous. hē de koinōnia paranomētheisa kai ta tēs isotētos egennēse thremmatōn kai karpōn kleptēn.
Nor do the matters of generation have a written law (for it would have been rewritten); they sow and beget equally, having a fellowship implanted by justice. The Maker and Father of all, legislating by his own justice, gave the eye for seeing to all in common and equally, not distinguishing female from male, rational from irrational, nor, in short, anything from anything, but, distributing sight by equality and community, he has granted it alike to all by one command. But the laws,” he says, “being unable to punish men's ignorance, taught them to transgress. For the particularity of the laws cut up and gnaws away the fellowship of the divine law”; not understanding the apostle's saying, “Through the law I knew sin.” And he says that “mine” and “yours” came in through the laws, so that people no longer enjoy … in common either land or possessions, nor indeed marriage. “For he made the vines for all in common, which refuse neither sparrow nor thief, and the grain likewise, and the other fruits. But fellowship, once transgressed, and the rules of equality, begot the thief of flocks and fruits.
3.2.8Stählin 2:199
κοινῇ τοίνυν ὁ θεὸς ἅπαντα ἀνθρώπῳ ποιήσας καὶ τὸ θῆλυ τῷ ἄρρενι κοινῇ συναγαγὼν καὶ πάνθʼ ὁμοίως τὰ ζῷα κολλήσας τὴν δικαιοσύνην ἀνέφηνεν κοινωνίαν μετʼ ἰσότητος. οἳ δὲ γεγονότες οὕτω τὴν συνάγουσαν κοινωνίαν τὴν γένεσιν αὐτῶν ἀπηρνήθησαν καὶ φασιν· ὁ μίαν ἀγόμενος ἐχέτω, δυναμένων κοινωνεῖν ἁπάντων, ὥσπερ ἀπέφηνε τὰ λοιπὰ τῶν ζῴων. ταῦτα εἰπὼν κατὰ λέξιν πάλιν ὁμοίως αὐταῖς ταῖς λέξεσιν ἐπιφέρει· τὴν γὰρ ἐπιθυμίαν εὔτονον καὶ σφοδροτέραν ἐνεποίησε τοῖς ἄρρεσιν εἰς τὴν τῶν γενῶν παραμονήν, ἣν οὔτε νόμος οὔτε ἔθος οὔτε ἄλλο τι τῶν ὄντων ἀφανίσαι δύναται. θεοῦ γάρ ἐστι δόγμα. καὶ πῶς ἔτι οὗτος ἐν τῷ καθʼ ἡμᾶς ἐξετασθείη λόγῳ ἄντικρυς καὶ τὸν νόμον καὶ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον διὰ τούτων καθαιρῶν; ὃ μὲν γάρ φησιν· οὐ μοιχεύσεις. τὸ δὲ πᾶς ὁ προσβλέπων κατʼ ἐπιθυμίαν ἤδη ἐμοίχευσεν λέγει. τὸ γὰρ οὐκ ἐπιθυμήσεις πρὸς τοῦ νόμου λεγόμενον τὸν ἔνα δείκνυσι θεὸν διὰ νόμου καὶ προφητῶν καὶ εὐαγγελίου κηρυσσόμενον· λέγει γάρ· οὐκ ἐπιθυμήσεις τῆς τοῦ πλησίον. ὁ πλησίον δὲ οὐχ ὁ Ἰουδαῖος τῷ Ἰουδαίῳ, ἀδελφὸς γὰρ καὶ ταὐτότης τοῦ πνεύματος, λείπεται δὴ πλησίον τὸν ἀλλοεθνῆ λέγειν. πῶς γὰρ οὐ πλησίον ὁ οἷός τε κοινωνῆσαι τοῦ πνεύματος; οὐ γὰρ μόνων Ἑβραίων, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐθνῶν πατὴρ Ἀβραάμ.
koinę̄ toinyn ho theos hapanta anthrōpǭ poiēsas kai to thēly tǭ arreni koinę̄ synagagōn kai panthʼ homoiōs ta zǭa kollēsas tēn dikaiosynēn anephēnen koinōnian metʼ isotētos. hoi de gegonotes houtō tēn synagousan koinōnian tēn genesin autōn apērnēthēsan kai phasin; ho mian agomenos echetō, dynamenōn koinōnein hapantōn, hōsper apephēne ta loipa tōn zǭōn. tauta eipōn kata lexin palin homoiōs autais tais lexesin epipherei; tēn gar epithymian eutonon kai sphodroteran enepoiēse tois arresin eis tēn tōn genōn paramonēn, hēn oute nomos oute ethos oute allo ti tōn ontōn aphanisai dynatai. theou gar esti dogma. kai pōs eti houtos en tǭ kathʼ hēmas exetastheiē logǭ antikrys kai ton nomon kai to euangelion dia toutōn kathairōn? ho men gar phēsin; ou moicheuseis. to de pas ho prosblepōn katʼ epithymian ēdē emoicheusen legei. to gar ouk epithymēseis pros tou nomou legomenon ton ena deiknysi theon dia nomou kai prophētōn kai euangeliou kēryssomenon; legei gar; ouk epithymēseis tēs tou plēsion. ho plēsion de ouch ho Ioudaios tǭ Ioudaiǭ, adelphos gar kai tautotēs tou pneumatos, leipetai dē plēsion ton alloethnē legein. pōs gar ou plēsion ho hoios te koinōnēsai tou pneumatos? ou gar monōn Hebraiōn, alla kai ethnōn patēr Abraam.
God, then, having made all things in common for man, and having brought the female together with the male in common and joined all living things alike, declared justice to be fellowship with equality. But those who were born in this way denied the fellowship that brought about their birth, and say, ‘Let the one who has married one woman keep her,’ though all could share, as the rest of the living things show.” Having said this word for word, he adds again in the very same words: “For he implanted in males a vigorous and more violent desire for the continuance of the races, which neither law nor custom nor anything else can abolish. For it is God's decree.” And how could this man still be considered in our discussion, when he plainly destroys both the law and the gospel by these words? For the one says, “You shall not commit adultery”; the other says, “Everyone who looks with desire has already committed adultery.” For “You shall not covet,” said by the law, shows the one God proclaimed through the law, the prophets, and the gospel; for it says, “You shall not covet your neighbor's wife.” And the neighbor is not the Jew to the Jew, for he is a brother and of the same spirit; it remains, then, that “neighbor” means the foreigner. For how is one who is able to share in the Spirit not a neighbor? For Abraham is the father not only of Hebrews but also of Gentiles.
3.2.9Stählin 2:199–200
εἰ δὲ ἡ μοιχευθεῖσα καὶ ὁ εἰς αὐτὴν πορνεύσας θανάτῳ κολάζεται, δῆλον δήπου τὴν ἐντολὴν τὴν λέγουσαν οὐκ ἐπιθυμήσεις τὴν γυναῖκα τοῦ πλησίον περὶ τῶν ἐθνῶν διαγορεύειν, ἵνα τις κατὰ νόμον καὶ τῆς τοῦ πλησίον καὶ τῆς ἀδελφῆς ἀποσχόμενος ἄντικρυς ἀκούσῃ παρὰ τοῦ κυρίου· ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω, οὐκ ἐπιθυμήσεις· ἡ δὲ τοῦ ἐγὼ μορίου προσθήκη προσεχεστέραν δείκνυσι τῆς ἐντολῆς τὴν ἐνέργειαν, καὶ ὅτι θεομαχεῖ ὅ τε Καρποκράτης ὅ τʼ Ἐπιφάνης, ὃς ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ πολυθρυλήτῳ βιβλίῳ, τῷ Περὶ δικαιοσύνης λέγω, ὧδέ πως ἐπιφέρει κατὰ λέξιν· ἔνθεν ὡς γελοῖον εἰρηκότος τοῦ νομοθέτου ῥῆμα τοῦτο ἀκουστέον ›οὐκ ἐπιθυμήσεις‹ πρὸς τὸ γελοιότερον εἰπεῖν ›τῶν τοῦ πλησίον‹· αὐτὸς γὰρ ὁ τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν δοὺς ὡς συνέχουσαν τὰ τῆς γενέσεως ταύτην ἀφαιρεῖσθαι κελεύει μηδενὸς αὐτὴν ἀφελὼν ζῴου· τὸ δὲ ›τῆς τοῦ πλησίον γυναικὸς‹ ἰδιότητα τὴν κοινωνίαν ἀναγκάζων ἔτι γελοιότερον εἶπεν.
ei de hē moicheutheisa kai ho eis autēn porneusas thanatǭ kolazetai, dēlon dēpou tēn entolēn tēn legousan ouk epithymēseis tēn gynaika tou plēsion peri tōn ethnōn diagoreuein, hina tis kata nomon kai tēs tou plēsion kai tēs adelphēs aposchomenos antikrys akousę̄ para tou kyriou; egō de legō, ouk epithymēseis; hē de tou egō moriou prosthēkē prosechesteran deiknysi tēs entolēs tēn energeian, kai hoti theomachei ho te Karpokratēs ho tʼ Epiphanēs, hos en autǭ tǭ polythrylētǭ bibliǭ, tǭ Peri dikaiosynēs legō, hōde pōs epipherei kata lexin; enthen hōs geloion eirēkotos tou nomothetou rhēma touto akousteon ›ouk epithymēseis‹ pros to geloioteron eipein ›tōn tou plēsion‹; autos gar ho tēn epithymian dous hōs synechousan ta tēs geneseōs tautēn aphaireisthai keleuei mēdenos autēn aphelōn zǭou; to de ›tēs tou plēsion gynaikos‹ idiotēta tēn koinōnian anankazōn eti geloioteron eipen.
And if the adulteress and the man who committed sexual immorality with her are punished with death, it is clear that the commandment that says, “You shall not covet your neighbor's wife,” speaks about the Gentiles, so that one who, according to the law, abstains from his neighbor's wife and from his sister may hear plainly from the Lord: “But I say, you shall not desire.” The addition of the word “I” shows the more intense force of the commandment, and that Carpocrates and Epiphanes fight against God. In that much-talked-of book, I mean On Justice, Epiphanes adds, word for word: “Hence the saying ‘You shall not covet’ must be heard as spoken ridiculously by the lawgiver, and still more ridiculous is his saying ‘your neighbor's goods.’ For the very one who gave desire, as holding together what belongs to generation, commands it to be taken away, though he took it from no living thing. And ‘your neighbor's wife,’ which forces fellowship into private ownership, he said even more ridiculously.”
3.2.10Stählin 2:200
Καὶ ταῦτα μὲν οἱ γενναῖοι Καρποκρατιανοὶ δογματίζουσι. τούτους φασὶ καί τινας ἄλλους ζηλωτὰς τῶν ὁμοίων κακῶν εἰς τὰ δεῖπνα ἀθροιζομένους (οὐ γὰρ ἀγάπην εἴποιμʼ ἂν ἔγωγε τὴν συνέλευσιν αὐτῶν), ἄνδρας ὁμοῦ καὶ γυναῖκας, μετὰ δὴ τὸ κορεσθῆναι (ἐν πλησμονῇ τοι Κύπρις, ᾗ φασι) τὸ καταισχῦνον αὐτῶν τὴν πορνικὴν ταύτην δικαιοσύνην ἐκποδὼν ποιησαμένους φῶς τῇ τοῦ λύχνου περιτροπῇ, μίγνυσθαι, ὅπως ἐθέλοιεν, αἷς βούλοιντο, μελετήσαντας δὲ ἐν τοιαύτῃ ἀγάπῃ τὴν κοινωνίαν, μεθʼ ἡμέραν ἤδη παρʼ ὧν ἂν ἐθελήσωσι γυναικῶν ἀπαιτεῖν τὴν τοῦ Καρποκρατείου, οὐ γὰρ θέμις εἰπεῖν θείου, νόμου ὑπακοήν. τοιαῦτα δὲ οἶμαι ταῖς κυνῶν καὶ συῶν καὶ τράγων λαγνείαις νομοθετεῖν τὸν Καρποκράτην ἔδει. δοκεῖ δέ μοι καὶ τοῦ Πλάτωνος παρακηκοέναι ἐν τῇ Πολιτείᾳ φαμένου κοινὰς εἶναι τὰς γυναῖκας πάντων, κοινὰς μὲν τὰς πρὸ τοῦ γάμου τῶν αἰτεῖσθαι μελλόντων, καθάπερ καὶ τὸ θέατρον κοινὸν τῶν θεωμένων φάσκοντος, τοῦ προκαταλαβόντος δὲ ἑκάστην ἑκάστου εἶναι καὶ οὐκέτι κοινὴν τὴν γεγαμημένην.
Kai tauta men hoi gennaioi Karpokratianoi dogmatizousi. toutous phasi kai tinas allous zēlōtas tōn homoiōn kakōn eis ta deipna athroizomenous (ou gar agapēn eipoimʼ an egōge tēn syneleusin autōn), andras homou kai gynaikas, meta dē to koresthēnai (en plēsmonę̄ toi Kypris, hę̄ phasi) to kataischynon autōn tēn pornikēn tautēn dikaiosynēn ekpodōn poiēsamenous phōs tę̄ tou lychnou peritropę̄, mignysthai, hopōs etheloien, hais boulointo, meletēsantas de en toiautę̄ agapę̄ tēn koinōnian, methʼ hēmeran ēdē parʼ hōn an ethelēsōsi gynaikōn apaitein tēn tou Karpokrateiou, ou gar themis eipein theiou, nomou hypakoēn. toiauta de oimai tais kynōn kai syōn kai tragōn lagneiais nomothetein ton Karpokratēn edei. dokei de moi kai tou Platōnos parakēkoenai en tę̄ Politeią phamenou koinas einai tas gynaikas pantōn, koinas men tas pro tou gamou tōn aiteisthai mellontōn, kathaper kai to theatron koinon tōn theōmenōn phaskontos, tou prokatalabontos de hekastēn hekastou einai kai ouketi koinēn tēn gegamēmenēn.
These are the teachings of the noble Carpocratians. They say that these and certain others, emulators of similar evils, gathering for their dinners (for I would not call their meeting an agape), men and women together, after they have eaten their fill (“in satiety is Aphrodite,” as they say), overturn the lamp and so put out the light that would shame this harlots' justice of theirs, and then have intercourse as they wish with whom they wish; and having practiced fellowship in such an agape, by day they demand from whatever women they wish obedience to the law of Carpocrates, for it is not lawful to call it divine. Such laws, I think, Carpocrates should have laid down for the lusts of dogs, pigs, and goats. He seems to me also to have misunderstood Plato, who says in the Republic that the wives of all should be common: common before marriage, for those who are going to ask for them, as the theater is common to the spectators, he says, but each belonging to the one who first takes her, and the married woman no longer common.
3.2.11Stählin 2:200
Ξάνθος δὲ ἐν τοῖς ἐπιγραφομένοις Μαγικοῖς † μίγνυνται δὲ φησὶν οἱ Μάγοι μητράσι καὶ θυγατράσι καὶ ἀδελφαῖς μίγνυσθαι θεμιτὸν εἶναι κοινάς τε εἶναι τὰς γυναῖκας οὐ βίᾳ καὶ λάθρᾳ, ἀλλὰ συναινούντων ἀμφοτέρων, ὅταν θέλῃ γῆμαι ὁ ἕτερος τὴν τοῦ ἑτέρου. ἐπὶ τούτων οἶμαι καὶ τῶν ὁμοίων αἱρέσεων προφητικῶς Ἰούδαν ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολῇ εἰρηκέναι· ὁμοίως μέντοι καὶ οὗτοι ἐνυπνιαζόμενοι (οὐ γὰρ ὕπαρ τῇ ἀληθείᾳ ἐπιβάλλουσιν) ἕως καὶ τὸ στόμα αὐτῶν λαλεῖ ὑπέρογκα.
Xanthos de en tois epigraphomenois Magikois † mignyntai de phēsin hoi Magoi mētrasi kai thygatrasi kai adelphais mignysthai themiton einai koinas te einai tas gynaikas ou bią kai lathrą, alla synainountōn amphoterōn, hotan thelę̄ gēmai ho heteros tēn tou heterou. epi toutōn oimai kai tōn homoiōn haireseōn prophētikōs Ioudan en tę̄ epistolę̄ eirēkenai; homoiōs mentoi kai houtoi enypniazomenoi (ou gar hypar tę̄ alētheią epiballousin) heōs kai to stoma autōn lalei hyperonka.
And Xanthus, in the work entitled Magica, says: “The Magi … consider it lawful to have intercourse with mothers, daughters, and sisters, and hold wives in common, not by force and in secret, but with both consenting, when one wishes to marry the other's wife.” It is of these, I think, and of similar heresies that Jude spoke prophetically in his letter: “Likewise these too, dreaming” (for they do not lay hold of the truth awake), as far as “and their mouth speaks arrogant things.”
Miscellanies 3, chapter 3
3.3.12Stählin 2:200–201
Ἤδη δὲ εἰ αὐτός τε ὁ Πλάτων καὶ οἱ Πυθαγόρειοι καθάπερ οὖν ὕστερον καὶ οἱ ἀπὸ Μαρκίωνος κακὴν τὴν γένεσιν ὑπειλήφεσαν (πολλοῦ τε ἔδει κοινὰς αὐτὸν ὑποτίθεσθαι τὰς γυναῖκας), ἀλλʼ οἱ μὲν ἀπὸ Μαρκίωνος φύσιν κακὴν ἔκ τε ὕλης κακῆς καὶ ἐκ δικαίου γενομένην δημιουργοῦ· ᾧ δὴ λόγῳ, μὴ βουλόμενοι τὸν κόσμον τὸν ὑπὸ τοῦ δημιουργοῦ γενόμενον συμπληροῦν, ἀπέχεσθαι γάμου βούλονται, ἀντιτασσόμενοι τῷ ποιητῇ τῷ σφῶν καὶ σπεύδοντες πρὸς τὸν κεκληκότα ἀγαθόν, ἀλλʼ οὐ τὸν ὥς φασι θεὸν ἐν ἄλλῳ τρόπῳ, ὅθεν οὐδὲν ἴδιον καταλιπεῖν ἐνταῦθα βουλόμενοι οὐ τῇ προαιρέσει γίνονται ἐγκρατεῖς, τῇ δὲ πρὸς τὸν πεποιηκότα ἔχθρᾳ, μὴ βουλόμενοι χρῆσθαι τοῖς ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ κτισθεῖσιν. ἀλλʼ οὗτοί γε ἀσεβεῖ θεομαχίᾳ τῶν κατὰ φύσιν ἐκστάντες λογισμῶν, τῆς μακροθυμίας καὶ χρηστότητος τοῦ θεοῦ καταφρονοῦντες, εἰ καὶ μὴ γαμεῖν ἐθέλουσιν, ἀλλὰ τροφαῖς χρῶνται ταῖς κτισταῖς καὶ τὸν ἀέρα τοῦ δημιουργοῦ ἀναπνέουσιν, αὐτοῦ τε ὄντες ἔργα καὶ ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῦ καταμένοντες, τήν τε ξένην, ὥς φασι, γνῶσιν εὐαγγελίζονται, κἂν κατὰ τοῦτο χάριν ἐγνωκέναι τῷ κυρίῳ τοῦ κόσμου ὀφείλοντες καθʼ ὃ ἐνταῦθα εὐηγγελίσθησαν.
Ēdē de ei autos te ho Platōn kai hoi Pythagoreioi kathaper oun hysteron kai hoi apo Markiōnos kakēn tēn genesin hypeilēphesan (pollou te edei koinas auton hypotithesthai tas gynaikas), allʼ hoi men apo Markiōnos physin kakēn ek te hylēs kakēs kai ek dikaiou genomenēn dēmiourgou; hǭ dē logǭ, mē boulomenoi ton kosmon ton hypo tou dēmiourgou genomenon symplēroun, apechesthai gamou boulontai, antitassomenoi tǭ poiētę̄ tǭ sphōn kai speudontes pros ton keklēkota agathon, allʼ ou ton hōs phasi theon en allǭ tropǭ, hothen ouden idion katalipein entautha boulomenoi ou tę̄ proairesei ginontai enkrateis, tę̄ de pros ton pepoiēkota echthrą, mē boulomenoi chrēsthai tois hypʼ autou ktistheisin. allʼ houtoi ge asebei theomachią tōn kata physin ekstantes logismōn, tēs makrothymias kai chrēstotētos tou theou kataphronountes, ei kai mē gamein ethelousin, alla trophais chrōntai tais ktistais kai ton aera tou dēmiourgou anapneousin, autou te ontes erga kai en tois autou katamenontes, tēn te xenēn, hōs phasi, gnōsin euangelizontai, kan kata touto charin egnōkenai tǭ kyriǭ tou kosmou opheilontes kathʼ ho entautha euēngelisthēsan.
Now if Plato himself and the Pythagoreans, as later also the followers of Marcion, supposed birth to be evil (and Plato was far from proposing that wives be common), yet the Marcionites consider nature evil, made from evil matter and by a just Demiurge. For this reason, not wishing to fill up the world made by the Demiurge, they wish to abstain from marriage, opposing their own Maker and hastening to the Good One who called them, not to the one who, as they say, is God in another way. Hence, wishing to leave nothing of their own here, they become self-controlled not by choice, but through hatred of the one who made them, not wishing to use the things he created. But these, departing from natural reasoning in their impious fight against God, despising the patience and kindness of God, even if they do not wish to marry, still use the created foods and breathe the Creator's air, being his works and remaining among his things; and they preach, as they say, a foreign knowledge, though for this very reason they ought to be grateful to the Lord of the world, that here they received the gospel.
3.3.13Stählin 2:201
ἀλλὰ πρὸς μὲν τούτους, ὁπόταν τὸν περὶ ἀρχῶν διαλαμβάνωμεν λόγον, ἀκριβέστατα διαλεξόμεθα· οἱ φιλόσοφοι δὲ ὧν ἐμνήσθημεν, παρʼ ὧν τὴν γένεσιν κακὴν εἶναι ἀσεβῶς ἐκμαθόντες οἱ ἀπὸ Μαρκίωνος καθάπερ ἰδίῳ δόγματι φρυάττονται, οὐ φύσει κακὴν βούλονται ταύτην εἶναι, ἀλλὰ τῇ ψυχῇ τῇ τὸ ἀληθὲς διιδούσῃ· κατάγουσι γὰρ ἐνταῦθα τὴν ψυχὴν θείαν οὖσαν καθάπερ εἰς κολαστήριον τὸν κόσμον, ἀποκαθαίρεσθαι δὲ ταῖς ἐνσωματουμέναις ψυχαῖς προσήκει κατʼ αὐτούς. κἄστιν τὸ δόγμα τοῦτο οὐ τοῖς ἀπὸ Μαρκίωνος ἔτι, τοῖς δὲ ἐνσωματοῦσθαι καὶ μετενδεῖσθαι καὶ μεταγγίζεσθαι τὰς ψυχὰς ἀξιοῦσιν οἰκεῖον, πρὸς οὓς ἄλλος ἂν εἴη καιρὸς λέγειν, ὁπηνίκα ἂν περὶ ψυχῆς διαλαμβάνωμεν.
alla pros men toutous, hopotan ton peri archōn dialambanōmen logon, akribestata dialexometha; hoi philosophoi de hōn emnēsthēmen, parʼ hōn tēn genesin kakēn einai asebōs ekmathontes hoi apo Markiōnos kathaper idiǭ dogmati phryattontai, ou physei kakēn boulontai tautēn einai, alla tę̄ psychę̄ tę̄ to alēthes diidousę̄; katagousi gar entautha tēn psychēn theian ousan kathaper eis kolastērion ton kosmon, apokathairesthai de tais ensōmatoumenais psychais prosēkei katʼ autous. kastin to dogma touto ou tois apo Markiōnos eti, tois de ensōmatousthai kai metendeisthai kai metangizesthai tas psychas axiousin oikeion, pros hous allos an eiē kairos legein, hopēnika an peri psychēs dialambanōmen.
But we will argue against these most precisely when we treat of first principles. The philosophers we have mentioned, from whom the Marcionites impiously learned that birth is evil and then vaunt it as their own doctrine, do not hold that it is evil by nature, but evil for the soul that has seen through to the truth. For they bring the soul, which is divine, down here into the world as into a place of punishment; and according to them the souls embodied must be purified. And this doctrine belongs no longer to the Marcionites but to those who hold that souls are embodied, change bodies, and are poured from one vessel into another; against them there will be another occasion to speak, when we treat of the soul.
3.3.14Stählin 2:201–202
Ἡράκλειτος γοῦν κακίζων φαίνεται τὴν γένεσιν, ἐπειδὰν φῇ· γενόμενοι ζώειν ἐθέλουσι μόρους τʼ ἔχειν, μᾶλλον δὲ ἀναπαύεσθαι, καὶ παῖδας καταλείπουσι μόρους γενέσθαι. δῆλος δὲ αὐτῷ συμφερόμενος καὶ Ἐμπεδοκλῆς λέγων· κλαῦσά τε καὶ κώκυσα ἰδὼν ἀσυνήθεα χῶρον. καὶ ἔτι· ἐκ μὲν γὰρ ζωῶν ἐτίθει νεκρὰ εἴδεʼ ἀμείβων. καὶ πάλιν· ὢ πόποι, ὢ δειλὸν θνητῶν γένος, ὢ δυσάνολβον· οἵων ἐξ ἐρίδων ἔκ τε στοναχῶν ἐγένεσθε. λέγει δὲ καὶ ἡ Σίβυλλα· ἄνθρωποι θνητοὶ καὶ σάρκινοι, οὐδὲν ἐόντες, ὁμοίως τῷ ποιητῇ γράφοντι· οὐδὲν ἀκιδνότερον γαῖα τρέφει ἀνθρώποιο.
Hērakleitos goun kakizōn phainetai tēn genesin, epeidan phę̄; genomenoi zōein ethelousi morous tʼ echein, mallon de anapauesthai, kai paidas kataleipousi morous genesthai. dēlos de autǭ sympheromenos kai Empedoklēs legōn; klausa te kai kōkysa idōn asynēthea chōron. kai eti; ek men gar zōōn etithei nekra eideʼ ameibōn. kai palin; ō popoi, ō deilon thnētōn genos, ō dysanolbon; hoiōn ex eridōn ek te stonachōn egenesthe. legei de kai hē Sibylla; anthrōpoi thnētoi kai sarkinoi, ouden eontes, homoiōs tǭ poiētę̄ graphonti; ouden akidnoteron gaia trephei anthrōpoio.
Heraclitus, at any rate, clearly speaks ill of birth when he says: “Once born, they wish to live and to have their fates, or rather to rest; and they leave children behind to become fates.” And Empedocles clearly agrees with him, saying: “I wept and wailed when I saw the unfamiliar place.” And further: “For from living things he made dead ones, changing their forms.” And again: “Alas, wretched race of mortals, sorely unblessed, from what strifes and groanings you were born!” And the Sibyl says: “Mortal men and fleshly, being nothing,” as the poet writes likewise: “Earth nourishes nothing feebler than man.”
3.3.15Stählin 2:202
ναὶ μὴν καὶ Θέογνις τὴν γένεσιν δείκνυσι κακὴν ὧδέ πως λέγων· πάντων μὲν μὴ φῦναι ἐπιχθονίοισιν ἄριστον, μηδʼ ἐσορᾶν αὐγὰς ὀξέος ἠελίου· φύντα δʼ ὅπως ὤκιστα πύλας Ἀίδαο περῆσαι. ἀκόλουθα δʼ αὐτοῖς καὶ ὁ τῆς τραγῳδίας ποιητὴς Εὐριπίδης γράφει· ἔδει γὰρ ἡμᾶς σύλλογον ποιουμένους τὸν φύντα θρηνεῖν εἰς ὅσʼ ἔρχεται κακά· τὸν δʼ αὖ θανόντα καὶ πόνων πεπαυμένον χαίροντας εὐφημοῦντας ἐκπέμπειν δόμων. καὶ αὖθις τὰ ὅμοια οὕτως ἐρεῖ· τίς δʼ οἶδεν εἰ τὸ ζῆν μέν ἐστι κατθανεῖν, τὸ κατθανεῖν δὲ τὸ ζῆν;
nai mēn kai Theognis tēn genesin deiknysi kakēn hōde pōs legōn; pantōn men mē phynai epichthonioisin ariston, mēdʼ esoran augas oxeos ēeliou; phynta dʼ hopōs ōkista pylas Aidao perēsai. akoloutha dʼ autois kai ho tēs tragǭdias poiētēs Euripidēs graphei; edei gar hēmas syllogon poioumenous ton phynta thrēnein eis hosʼ erchetai kaka; ton dʼ au thanonta kai ponōn pepaumenon chairontas euphēmountas ekpempein domōn. kai authis ta homoia houtōs erei; tis dʼ oiden ei to zēn men esti katthanein, to katthanein de to zēn?
Indeed, Theognis too shows birth to be evil, speaking thus: “Best of all for those on earth is never to be born, nor to see the rays of the piercing sun; but, once born, to pass as quickly as possible through the gates of Hades.” And in agreement with them the tragic poet Euripides writes: “For we ought to gather and lament the one who is born, for the evils into which he comes; but the one who has died and ceased from toils we should send from the house with joy and blessings.” And again he will say similar things thus: “Who knows if living is dying, and dying living?”
3.3.16Stählin 2:202–203
ταὐτὸν δὴ τούτοις φαίνεται καὶ Ἡρόδοτος ποιῶν λέγοντα τὸν Σόλωνα· ὦ Κροῖσε, πᾶς ἄνθρωπός ἐστι συμφορή. καὶ ὁ μῦθος δὲ αὐτῷ σαφῶς ὁ περὶ τοῦ Κλεόβιδος καὶ Βίτωνος οὐκ ἄλλο τι βούλεται ἀλλʼ ἢ ψέγειν μὲν τὴν γένεσιν, τὸν θάνατον δὲ ἐπαινεῖν. οἵη περ φύλλων γενεή, τοίη δὲ καὶ ἀνδρῶν Ὅμηρος λέγει. Πλάτων δὲ ἐν Κρατύλῳ Ὀρφεῖ τὸν λόγον ἀνατίθησι τὸν περὶ τοῦ κολάζεσθαι τὴν ψυχὴν ἐν τῷ σώματι, λέγει δὲ ὧδε· καὶ γὰρ σῆμά τινές φασιν αὐτὸ εἶναι τῆς ψυχῆς, ὡς τεθαμμένης ἐν τῷ νῦν παρόντι· καὶ διότι τούτῳ σημαίνει ἃ ἂν σημαίνῃ ἡ ψυχή, καὶ ταύτῃ σῆμα ὀρθῶς καλεῖσθαι. δοκοῦσι μέντοι μάλιστα θέσθαι οἱ ἀμφὶ Ὀρφέα τοῦτο τὸ ὄνομα, ὡς δίκην διδούσης ὧν δὴ ἕνεκα δίδωσιν.
tauton dē toutois phainetai kai Hērodotos poiōn legonta ton Solōna; ō Kroise, pas anthrōpos esti symphorē. kai ho mythos de autǭ saphōs ho peri tou Kleobidos kai Bitōnos ouk allo ti bouletai allʼ ē psegein men tēn genesin, ton thanaton de epainein. hoiē per phyllōn geneē, toiē de kai andrōn Homēros legei. Platōn de en Kratylǭ Orphei ton logon anatithēsi ton peri tou kolazesthai tēn psychēn en tǭ sōmati, legei de hōde; kai gar sēma tines phasin auto einai tēs psychēs, hōs tethammenēs en tǭ nyn paronti; kai dioti toutǭ sēmainei ha an sēmainę̄ hē psychē, kai tautę̄ sēma orthōs kaleisthai. dokousi mentoi malista thesthai hoi amphi Orphea touto to onoma, hōs dikēn didousēs hōn dē heneka didōsin.
Herodotus seems to do the same, making Solon say: “O Croesus, every man is a misfortune.” And his story about Cleobis and Biton clearly means nothing else than to censure birth and praise death. “As is the generation of leaves, so is that of men,” says Homer. And Plato in the Cratylus attributes to Orpheus the account of the soul being punished in the body, and says this: “For some say that the body is the tomb (sēma) of the soul, as though it were buried in the present life; and because by it the soul signifies whatever it signifies, it is also rightly called a sign (sēma) for this reason. But the followers of Orpheus seem most of all to have given this name, as though the soul were paying the penalty for whatever it pays it.”
3.3.17Stählin 2:203–204
ἄξιον δὲ καὶ τῆς Φιλολάου λέξεως μνημονεῦσαι· λέγει γὰρ ὁ Πυθαγόρειος ὧδε· μαρτυρέονται δὲ καὶ οἱ παλαιοὶ θεολόγοι τε καὶ μάντιες, ὡς διά τινας τιμωρίας ἁ ψυχὰ τῷ σώματι συνέζευκται καὶ καθάπερ ἐν σήματι τούτῳ τέθαπται. ἀλλὰ καὶ Πίνδαρος περὶ τῶν ἐν Ἐλευσῖνι μυστηρίων λέγων ἐπιφέρει· ὄλβιος ὅστις ἰδὼν ἐκεῖνα κοινὰ εἶσʼ ὑπὸ χθόνα· οἶδε μὲν βίου τελευτάν, οἶδεν δὲ διόσδοτον ἀρχάν. Πλάτων τε ἀκολούθως ἐν Φαίδωνι οὐκ ὀκνεῖ γράφειν ὧδέ πως· καὶ οἱ τὰς τελετὰς δὲ ἡμῖν οὗτοι καταστήσαντες οὐκ ἄλλο τι ἕως μετὰ θεῶν τε οἰκήσει. τί δὲ ὅταν λέγῃ· ἕως ἂν τὸ σῶμα ἔχωμεν καὶ συμπεφυρμένη ἡμῶν ἡ ψυχὴ ᾖ μετὰ τοιούτου κακοῦ, οὐ μήποτε κτησώμεθα ἐκεῖνο ἱκανῶς οὗ ἐπιθυμοῦμεν; οὐχὶ αἰτίαν τῶν μεγίστων κακῶν τὴν γένεσιν αἰνίσσεται; κἀν τῷ Φαίδωνι ἐπιμαρτυρεῖ· κινδυνεύουσι γὰρ ὅσοι τυγχάνουσιν ὀρθῶς ἁπτόμενοι φιλοσοφίας λεληθέναι τοὺς ἄλλους, ὅτι οὐδὲν ἄλλο αὐτοὶ ἐπιτηδεύουσιν ἢ ἀποθνῄσκειν τε καὶ τεθνάναι.
axion de kai tēs Philolaou lexeōs mnēmoneusai; legei gar ho Pythagoreios hōde; martyreontai de kai hoi palaioi theologoi te kai manties, hōs dia tinas timōrias ha psycha tǭ sōmati synezeuktai kai kathaper en sēmati toutǭ tethaptai. alla kai Pindaros peri tōn en Eleusini mystēriōn legōn epipherei; olbios hostis idōn ekeina koina eisʼ hypo chthona; oide men biou teleutan, oiden de diosdoton archan. Platōn te akolouthōs en Phaidōni ouk oknei graphein hōde pōs; kai hoi tas teletas de hēmin houtoi katastēsantes ouk allo ti heōs meta theōn te oikēsei. ti de hotan legę̄; heōs an to sōma echōmen kai sympephyrmenē hēmōn hē psychē ę̄ meta toioutou kakou, ou mēpote ktēsōmetha ekeino hikanōs hou epithymoumen? ouchi aitian tōn megistōn kakōn tēn genesin ainissetai? kan tǭ Phaidōni epimartyrei; kindyneuousi gar hosoi tynchanousin orthōs haptomenoi philosophias lelēthenai tous allous, hoti ouden allo autoi epitēdeuousin ē apothnę̄skein te kai tethnanai.
It is worth recalling also the words of Philolaus; for the Pythagorean says this: “The ancient theologians and seers also bear witness that the soul has been yoked to the body as a punishment, and is buried in it as in a tomb.” And Pindar too, speaking of the mysteries at Eleusis, adds: “Blessed is he who, having seen those things, goes beneath the earth: he knows the end of life, and he knows its Zeus-given beginning.” And Plato, in agreement, does not hesitate to write thus in the Phaedo: “And those who established the initiations for us,” as far as “will dwell with the gods.” And what of when he says: “As long as we have the body, and our soul is mixed up with such an evil, we will never sufficiently gain what we desire”? Does he not hint that birth is the cause of the greatest evils? And in the Phaedo he further testifies: “For those who happen to touch philosophy rightly are likely to have escaped the notice of others, that they themselves practice nothing but dying and being dead.”
3.3.18Stählin 2:204
καὶ πάλιν· οὐκοῦν καὶ ἐνταῦθα ἡ τοῦ φιλοσόφου ψυχὴ μάλιστα ἀτιμάζει τὸ σῶμα καὶ φεύγει ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ, ζητεῖ δὲ αὐτὴ καθʼ αὑτὴν γίνεσθαι. καὶ μή τι συνᾴδει τῷ θείῳ ἀποστόλῳ λέγοντι· ταλαίπωρος ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπος, τίς με ῥύσεται ἐκ τοῦ σώματος τοῦ θανάτου τούτου; εἰ μὴ τὴν ὁμοφροσύνην τῶν εἰς κακίαν ὑποσεσυρμένων σῶμα θανάτου τροπικῶς λέγει. τήν τε συνουσίαν γενέσεως οὖσαν ἀρχὴν καὶ πρὸ τοῦ Μαρκίωνος ἀποστρεφόμενος φαίνεται ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ τῆς Πολιτείας ὁ Πλάτων. ἐπαινῶν γὰρ τὸ γῆρας ἐπιφέρει ὅτι εὖ ἴσθι ὅτι ἔμοιγε, ὅσον αἱ ἄλλαι αἱ κατὰ τὸ σῶμα ἡδοναὶ ἀπομαραίνονται, τοσοῦτον αὔξονται αἱ περὶ τοὺς λόγους ἐπιθυμίαι τε καὶ ἡδοναί· τῆς τε τῶν ἀφροδισίων χρήσεως ἐπιμνησθείς· εὐφήμει, ἄνθρωπε, ἀσμενέστατα μέντοι αὐτὸ ἀπέφυγον, ὥσπερ λυττῶντά τινα καὶ ἄγριον δεσπότην ἀποφυγών.
kai palin; oukoun kai entautha hē tou philosophou psychē malista atimazei to sōma kai pheugei apʼ autou, zētei de autē kathʼ hautēn ginesthai. kai mē ti synądei tǭ theiǭ apostolǭ legonti; talaipōros egō anthrōpos, tis me rhysetai ek tou sōmatos tou thanatou toutou? ei mē tēn homophrosynēn tōn eis kakian hyposesyrmenōn sōma thanatou tropikōs legei. tēn te synousian geneseōs ousan archēn kai pro tou Markiōnos apostrephomenos phainetai en tǭ prōtǭ tēs Politeias ho Platōn. epainōn gar to gēras epipherei hoti eu isthi hoti emoige, hoson hai allai hai kata to sōma hēdonai apomarainontai, tosouton auxontai hai peri tous logous epithymiai te kai hēdonai; tēs te tōn aphrodisiōn chrēseōs epimnēstheis; euphēmei, anthrōpe, asmenestata mentoi auto apephygon, hōsper lyttōnta tina kai agrion despotēn apophygōn.
And again: “So here too the philosopher's soul most dishonors the body and flees from it, and seeks to be by itself.” And does this not agree with the divine apostle when he says, “Wretched man that I am, who will deliver me from the body of this death?” unless he means figuratively by “body of death” the agreement of those who have been swept into vice. And Plato, even before Marcion, seems to turn away from sexual intercourse, which is the beginning of birth, in the first book of the Republic. For, praising old age, he adds: “Know well that for me, as much as the other pleasures of the body wither, so much do the desires and pleasures of discussion increase.” And recalling the use of sexual pleasures: “Hush, man! I have most gladly escaped it, as if I had escaped a raging and savage master.”
3.3.19Stählin 2:204
πάλιν δʼ ἐν τῷ Φαίδωνι τὴν γένεσιν κακίζων γράφει· ὁ μὲν οὖν ἐν ἀπορρήτοις λεγόμενος περὶ αὐτῶν λόγος, ὡς ἔν τινι φρουρᾷ ἐσμεν οἱ ἄνθρωποι. καὶ αὖθις· οἳ δὲ δὴ ἂν δόξωσι διαφερόντως πρὸς τὸ ὁσίως βιῶναι, οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ τῶνδε μὲν τῶν τόπων ἐν τῇ γῇ ἐλευθερούμενοί τε καὶ ἀπαλλαττόμενοι ὥσπερ δεσμωτηρίων, ἄνω δὲ εἰς τὴν καθαρὰν οἴκησιν ἀφικνούμενοι. ἀλλʼ ὅμως οὕτως ἔχων αἴσθεται τῆς διοικήσεως καλῶς ἐχούσης καί φησιν· οὐ δεῖ δὴ ἑαυτὸν ἐκ ταύτης λύειν οὐδὲ ἀποδιδράσκειν. καὶ συνελόντι εἰπεῖν τοῦ κακὴν λογίζεσθαι τὴν ὕλην ἀφορμὴν οὐ παρέσχεν τῷ Μαρκίωνι, εὐσεβῶς αὐτὸς εἰπὼν περὶ τοῦ κόσμου τάδε· παρὰ μὲν γὰρ τοῦ συνθέντος πάντα τὰ καλὰ κέκτηται· παρὰ δὲ τῆς ἔμπροσθεν ἕξεως ὅσα χαλεπὰ καὶ ἄδικα ἐν οὐρανῷ γίνεται, ταῦτα ἐξ ἐκείνης αὐτός τε ἔχει καὶ τοῖς ζῴοις ἐναπεργάζεται.
palin dʼ en tǭ Phaidōni tēn genesin kakizōn graphei; ho men oun en aporrētois legomenos peri autōn logos, hōs en tini phrourą esmen hoi anthrōpoi. kai authis; hoi de dē an doxōsi diapherontōs pros to hosiōs biōnai, houtoi eisin hoi tōnde men tōn topōn en tę̄ gę̄ eleutheroumenoi te kai apallattomenoi hōsper desmōtēriōn, anō de eis tēn katharan oikēsin aphiknoumenoi. allʼ homōs houtōs echōn aisthetai tēs dioikēseōs kalōs echousēs kai phēsin; ou dei dē heauton ek tautēs lyein oude apodidraskein. kai synelonti eipein tou kakēn logizesthai tēn hylēn aphormēn ou pareschen tǭ Markiōni, eusebōs autos eipōn peri tou kosmou tade; para men gar tou synthentos panta ta kala kektētai; para de tēs emprosthen hexeōs hosa chalepa kai adika en ouranǭ ginetai, tauta ex ekeinēs autos te echei kai tois zǭois enapergazetai.
Again, in the Phaedo, speaking ill of birth, he writes: “The account given about them in secret teachings, that we men are in a kind of prison.” And again: “Those who are judged to have been outstanding in living holily are the ones who are freed and released from these places in the earth as from prisons, and arrive above at the pure dwelling.” But nevertheless, holding this view, he perceives that the government of the world is good, and says: “One must not release oneself from it or run away.” And, to put it briefly, he gave Marcion no starting point for considering matter evil, since he himself spoke piously of the world thus: “From the one who put it together it has acquired all good things; but from its former state it has whatever is harsh and unjust in the heaven, and it has these from that and produces them in living things.”
3.3.20Stählin 2:204–205
ἔτι δὲ σαφέστερον ἐπιφέρει· τούτων δὲ αὐτῷ τὸ σωματοειδὲς τῆς συγκράσεως αἴτιον, τὸ τῆς πάλαι ποτὲ φύσεως σύντροφον, ὅτι πολλῆς ἦν μετέχον ἀταξίας πρὶν εἰς τὸν νῦν κόσμον ἀφικέσθαι. οὐδὲν δὲ ἧττον κἀν τοῖς Νόμοις ὀδύρεται τὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένος λέγων ὧδε· θεοὶ δὲ οἰκτείραντες τὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐπίπονον πεφυκὸς γένος ἀναπαύλας τε αὐτοῖς τῶν πόνων ἐτάξαντο τὰς τῶν ἑορτῶν ἀμοιβάς. ἔν τε τῇ Ἐπινομίδι καὶ τὰς αἰτίας τοῦ οἴκτου δίεισι καὶ τάδε λέγει· ὡς ἐξ ἀρχῆς τὸ γενέσθαι χαλεπὸν ἅπαντι ζῴῳ, πρῶτον μὲν τὸ μετασχεῖν τῆς τῶν κυουμένων ἕξεως, ἔπειτʼ αὖ τὸ γίνεσθαι καὶ ἔτι τρέφεσθαι καὶ παιδεύεσθαι, διὰ πόνων μυρίων γίγνεται ξύμπαντα, ὥς φαμεν ἅπαντες.
eti de saphesteron epipherei; toutōn de autǭ to sōmatoeides tēs synkraseōs aition, to tēs palai pote physeōs syntrophon, hoti pollēs ēn metechon ataxias prin eis ton nyn kosmon aphikesthai. ouden de hētton kan tois Nomois odyretai to tōn anthrōpōn genos legōn hōde; theoi de oikteirantes to tōn anthrōpōn epiponon pephykos genos anapaulas te autois tōn ponōn etaxanto tas tōn heortōn amoibas. en te tę̄ Epinomidi kai tas aitias tou oiktou dieisi kai tade legei; hōs ex archēs to genesthai chalepon hapanti zǭǭ, prōton men to metaschein tēs tōn kyoumenōn hexeōs, epeitʼ au to ginesthai kai eti trephesthai kai paideuesthai, dia ponōn myriōn gignetai xympanta, hōs phamen hapantes.
And he adds still more clearly: “The cause of these things for it is the bodily element of its mixture, native to its ancient nature, because it shared in much disorder before coming into the present world.” No less in the Laws does he lament the human race, speaking thus: “But the gods, pitying the race of men, born to toil, appointed for them as rests from their toils the alternation of festivals.” And in the Epinomis he goes through the causes of the pity, and says this: “How from the beginning birth is hard for every living thing: first sharing in the state of those carried in the womb, then being born, and further being nourished and educated, all of which come about through countless toils, as we all say.”
3.3.21Stählin 2:205
τί δέ; οὐχὶ καὶ Ἡράκλειτος θάνατον τὴν γένεσιν καλεῖ Πυθαγόρᾳ τε καὶ τῷ ἐν Γοργίᾳ Σωκράτει ἐμφερῶς ἐν οἷς φησι θάνατός ἐστιν ὁκόσα ἐγερθέντες ὁρέομεν, ὁκόσα δὲ εὕδοντες, ὕπνος; Ἀλλὰ τούτων μὲν ἅλις, ἐπειδὰν δὲ περὶ τῶν ἀρχῶν διαλαμβάνωμεν, τότε καὶ τὰς ἐναντιότητας ταύτας ἃς οἵ τε φιλόσοφοι αἰνίσσονται οἵ τε περὶ Μαρκίωνα δογματίζουσιν, ἐπισκεψόμεθα· πλὴν οὐκ ἀσαφῶς δεδεῖχθαι ἡμῖν νομίζω τὰς ἀφορμὰς τῶν ξένων δογμάτων τὸν Μαρκίωνα παρὰ Πλάτωνος ἀχαρίστως τε καὶ ἀμαθῶς εἰληφέναι.
ti de? ouchi kai Hērakleitos thanaton tēn genesin kalei Pythagorą te kai tǭ en Gorgią Sōkratei empherōs en hois phēsi thanatos estin hokosa egerthentes horeomen, hokosa de heudontes, hypnos? Alla toutōn men halis, epeidan de peri tōn archōn dialambanōmen, tote kai tas enantiotētas tautas has hoi te philosophoi ainissontai hoi te peri Markiōna dogmatizousin, episkepsometha; plēn ouk asaphōs dedeichthai hēmin nomizō tas aphormas tōn xenōn dogmatōn ton Markiōna para Platōnos acharistōs te kai amathōs eilēphenai.
What then? Does not Heraclitus too call birth death, like Pythagoras and like Socrates in the Gorgias, when he says: “Death is all that we see awake, and all that we see asleep is sleep”? But enough of these. When we treat of first principles, we will then examine these contradictions too, which the philosophers hint at and the Marcionites teach. Yet I think we have shown, not unclearly, that Marcion took the starting points of his strange doctrines from Plato, ungratefully and ignorantly.
3.3.22Stählin 2:205–206
Ὁ δὲ περὶ ἐγκρατείας ἡμῖν προβαινέτω λόγος. ἐφάσκομεν δὲ τὴν δυσχρηστίαν ὑφορωμένους Ἕλληνας πολλὰ εἰς τὴν γένεσιν τῶν παίδων ἀποφθέγξασθαι, ἀθέως δὲ ἐκδεξαμένους ταῦτα τοὺς περὶ Μαρκίωνα ἀχαριστεῖν τῷ δημιουργῷ. λέγει γὰρ ἡ τραγῳδία· τὸ μὴ γενέσθαι κρεῖττον ἢ φῦναι βροτούς. ἔπειτα παῖδας σὺν πικραῖς ἀλγηδόσι τίκτω· τεκοῦσα δʼ ἢν μὲν ἄφρονας τέκω, στένω ματαίως, εἰσορῶσα μὲν κακούς, χρηστοὺς δʼ ἀπολλῦσʼ· ἢν δὲ καὶ σεσωσμένους, τήκω τάλαιναν καρδίαν ὀρρωδίᾳ. τί τοῦτο δὴ τὸ χρηστόν; οὐκ ἀρκεῖ μίαν ψυχὴν ἀλύειν κἀπὶ τῇδʼ ἔχειν πόνους; καὶ ἔθʼ ὁμοίως· ἔμοιγε νῦν τε καὶ πάλαι δοκεῖν, παῖδας φυτεύειν οὔποτʼ ἀνθρώπους ἐχρῆν πόνους ὁρῶντας εἰς ὅσους φυτεύομεν. ἐν δὲ τοῖς αὖθις λεγομένοις καὶ τὴν αἰτίαν τῶν κακῶν ἐναργῶς ἐπὶ τὰς ἀρχὰς ἐπανάγει λέγων ὧδε· ὢ δυστυχεῖν φὺς καὶ κακῶς πεπραγέναι, ἄνθρωπος ἐγένου καὶ δυστυχὲς βίου ἐκεῖθεν ἔλαβες, ὅθεν ἅπασιν ἤρξατο τρέφειν ὅδʼ αἰθὴρ ἐνδιδοὺς θνητοῖς πνοὰς· μή τοι νυν τὰ θνητὰ θνητὸς ὢν ἀγνωμόνει.
Ho de peri enkrateias hēmin probainetō logos. ephaskomen de tēn dyschrēstian hyphorōmenous Hellēnas polla eis tēn genesin tōn paidōn apophthenxasthai, atheōs de ekdexamenous tauta tous peri Markiōna acharistein tǭ dēmiourgǭ. legei gar hē tragǭdia; to mē genesthai kreitton ē phynai brotous. epeita paidas syn pikrais algēdosi tiktō; tekousa dʼ ēn men aphronas tekō, stenō mataiōs, eisorōsa men kakous, chrēstous dʼ apollysʼ; ēn de kai sesōsmenous, tēkō talainan kardian orrōdią. ti touto dē to chrēston? ouk arkei mian psychēn alyein kapi tę̄dʼ echein ponous? kai ethʼ homoiōs; emoige nyn te kai palai dokein, paidas phyteuein oupotʼ anthrōpous echrēn ponous horōntas eis hosous phyteuomen. en de tois authis legomenois kai tēn aitian tōn kakōn enargōs epi tas archas epanagei legōn hōde; ō dystychein phys kai kakōs pepragenai, anthrōpos egenou kai dystyches biou ekeithen elabes, hothen hapasin ērxato trephein hodʼ aithēr endidous thnētois pnoas; mē toi nyn ta thnēta thnētos ōn agnōmonei.
Let our discussion of self-control go on. We were saying that the Greeks, seeing the troubles, said many things against the begetting of children, and that the Marcionites, taking these godlessly, are ungrateful to the Creator. For the tragedy says: “Not to be born is better for mortals than to be born. Then I bear children with bitter pains; and having borne them, if I bear fools, I groan in vain, seeing them bad, while losing the good; and if they are saved, I melt my wretched heart with dread. What good is this? Is it not enough for one soul to be distraught and have toils for it?” And again likewise: “To me it seems, now and long ago, that men should never beget children, seeing into how many toils we beget them.” And in what is said further he clearly traces the cause of evils back to the beginnings, saying thus: “You who were born to misfortune and to fare ill, you became a man and received the misfortune of life from the time when this ether began to nourish all, giving breath to mortals. Do not, then, being mortal, take mortal things amiss.”
3.3.23Stählin 2:206
πάλιν δʼ αὖ τὰ ὅμοια τούτοις ὧδε ἀποδίδωσι· θνητῶν δὲ ὄλβιος οὐδεὶς οὐδὲ εὐδαίμων· οὔπω γὰρ ἔφυ τις ἄλυπος. καὶ εἶτʼ αὖθις· φεῦ φεῦ, βροτείων πημάτων ὅσαι τύχαι. ὅσαι δὲ μορφαί, τέρμα δʼ οὐκ εἴποι τις ἄν. καὶ ἔθʼ ὁμοίως· τῶν γὰρ ἐν βροτοῖς οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδὲν διὰ τέλους εὐδαιμονοῦν.
palin dʼ au ta homoia toutois hōde apodidōsi; thnētōn de olbios oudeis oude eudaimōn; oupō gar ephy tis alypos. kai eitʼ authis; pheu pheu, broteiōn pēmatōn hosai tychai. hosai de morphai, terma dʼ ouk eipoi tis an. kai ethʼ homoiōs; tōn gar en brotois ouk estin ouden dia telous eudaimonoun.
Again he renders similar things thus: “No mortal is blessed or happy; for no one yet was born free from grief.” And then again: “Alas, alas, how many are the chances of mortal woes, how many their forms! No one could tell their end.” And likewise: “For of those among mortals there is none that is happy to the end.”
3.3.24Stählin 2:206–207
Ταύτῃ οὖν φασι καὶ τοὺς Πυθαγορείους ἀπέχεσθαι ἀφροδισίων. ἐμοὶ δὲ ἔμπαλιν δοκοῦσι γαμεῖν μὲν παιδοποιίας ἕνεκα, τῆς δὲ ἐξ ἀφροδισίων ἡδονῆς ἐθέλειν κρατεῖν μετὰ τὴν παιδοποιίαν. ταύτῃ μυστικῶς ἀπαγορεύουσι κυάμοις χρῆσθαι, οὐχ ὅτι πνευματοποιὸν καὶ δύσπεπτον καὶ τοὺς ὀνείρους τεταραγμένους ποιεῖ τὸ ὄσπριον, οὐδὲ μὴν ὅτι ἀνθρώπου κεφαλῇ ἀπείκασται κύαμος κατὰ τὸ ἐπύλλιον ἐκεῖνο, ἶσόν τοι κυάμους τρώγειν κεφαλάς τε τοκήων, μᾶλλον δὲ ὅτι κύαμοι ἐσθιόμενοι ἀτόκους ἐργάζονται τὰς γυναῖκας. Θεόφραστος γοῦν ἐν τῷ πέμπτῳ τῶν Φυτικῶν αἰτίων τὰ κελύφη τῶν κυάμων περὶ τὰς ῥίζας τῶν νεοφύτων δένδρων περιτιθέμενα ξηραίνειν τὰ φυόμενα ἱστορεῖ, καὶ αἱ κατοικίδιοι δὲ ὄρνιθες συνεχῶς ταῦτα σιτούμεναι ἄτοκοι γίνονται.
Tautę̄ oun phasi kai tous Pythagoreious apechesthai aphrodisiōn. emoi de empalin dokousi gamein men paidopoiias heneka, tēs de ex aphrodisiōn hēdonēs ethelein kratein meta tēn paidopoiian. tautę̄ mystikōs apagoreuousi kyamois chrēsthai, ouch hoti pneumatopoion kai dyspepton kai tous oneirous tetaragmenous poiei to osprion, oude mēn hoti anthrōpou kephalę̄ apeikastai kyamos kata to epyllion ekeino, ison toi kyamous trōgein kephalas te tokēōn, mallon de hoti kyamoi esthiomenoi atokous ergazontai tas gynaikas. Theophrastos goun en tǭ pemptǭ tōn Phytikōn aitiōn ta kelyphē tōn kyamōn peri tas rhizas tōn neophytōn dendrōn peritithemena xērainein ta phyomena historei, kai hai katoikidioi de ornithes synechōs tauta sitoumenai atokoi ginontai.
For this reason, they say, the Pythagoreans too abstain from sexual intercourse. But to me it seems, on the contrary, that they marry for the sake of begetting children, and after the begetting of children wish to master the pleasure of intercourse. For this reason they mystically forbid the use of beans: not because the pulse causes wind, is hard to digest, and makes dreams disturbed; nor because a bean is likened to a man's head, according to that little verse, “Eating beans is the same as eating your parents' heads”; but rather because beans, when eaten, make women barren. Theophrastus, at any rate, in the fifth book of his Causes of Plants, relates that bean husks placed around the roots of newly planted trees dry up the shoots; and domestic hens that feed on them continually become barren.
Miscellanies 3, chapter 4
3.4.25Stählin 2:207
Τῶν δὲ ἀφʼ αἱρέσεως ἀγομένων Μαρκίωνος μὲν τοῦ Ποντικοῦ ἐπεμνήσθημεν διʼ ἀντίταξιν τὴν πρὸς τὸν δημιουργὸν τὴν χρῆσιν τῶν κοσμικῶν παραιτουμένου. γίνεται δὲ αὐτῷ τῆς ἐγκρατείας αἴτιος, εἴ γε τοῦτο ἐγκράτειαν ῥητέον, αὐτὸς ὁ δημιουργός, πρὸς ὃν ὁ θεομάχος οὗτος γίγας ἀνθεστάναι οἰόμενος ἄκων ἐστὶν ἐγκρατὴς κατατρέχων καὶ τῆς κτίσεως καὶ τοῦ πλάσματος. κἂν συγχρήσωνται τῇ τοῦ κυρίου φωνῇ λέγοντος τῷ Φιλίππῳ· ἄφες τοὺς νεκροὺς θάψαι τοὺς ἑαυτῶν νεκρούς, σὺ δὲ ἀκολούθει μοι, ἀλλʼ ἐκεῖνο σκοπείτωσαν ὡς τὴν ὁμοίαν τῆς σαρκὸς πλάσιν καὶ Φίλιππος φέρει, νεκρὸν οὐκ ἔχων μεμιαμμένον. πῶς οὖν σαρκίον ἔχων νεκρὸν οὐκ εἶχεν; ὅτι ἐξανέστη τοῦ μνήματος τοῦ κυρίου τὰ πάθη νεκρώσαντος, ζήσαντος δὲ Χριστῷ. ἐπεμνήσθημεν δὲ καὶ τῆς κατὰ Καρποκράτην ἀθέσμου γυναικῶν κοινωνίας, περὶ δὲ τῆς Νικολάου ῥήσεως διαλεχθέντες ἐκεῖνο παρελίπομεν. ὡραίαν, φασί, γυναῖκα ἔχων οὗτος, μετὰ τὴν ἀνάληψιν τὴν τοῦ σωτῆρος πρὸς τῶν ἀποστόλων ὀνειδισθεὶς ζηλοτυπίαν, εἰς μέσον ἀγαγὼν τὴν γυναῖκα γῆμαι τῷ βουλομένῳ ἐπέτρεψεν. ἀκόλουθον γὰρ εἶναί φασι τὴν πρᾶξιν ταύτην ἐκείνῃ τῇ φωνῇ τῇ ὅτι παραχρήσασθαι τῇ σαρκὶ δεῖ, καὶ δὴ κατακολουθήσαντες τῷ τε γενομένῳ τῷ τε εἰρημένῳ ἁπλῶς καὶ ἀβασανίστως ἀνέδην ἐκπορνεύουσιν οἱ τὴν αἵρεσιν αὐτοῦ μετιόντες.
Tōn de aphʼ haireseōs agomenōn Markiōnos men tou Pontikou epemnēsthēmen diʼ antitaxin tēn pros ton dēmiourgon tēn chrēsin tōn kosmikōn paraitoumenou. ginetai de autǭ tēs enkrateias aitios, ei ge touto enkrateian rhēteon, autos ho dēmiourgos, pros hon ho theomachos houtos gigas anthestanai oiomenos akōn estin enkratēs katatrechōn kai tēs ktiseōs kai tou plasmatos. kan synchrēsōntai tę̄ tou kyriou phōnę̄ legontos tǭ Philippǭ; aphes tous nekrous thapsai tous heautōn nekrous, sy de akolouthei moi, allʼ ekeino skopeitōsan hōs tēn homoian tēs sarkos plasin kai Philippos pherei, nekron ouk echōn memiammenon. pōs oun sarkion echōn nekron ouk eichen? hoti exanestē tou mnēmatos tou kyriou ta pathē nekrōsantos, zēsantos de Christǭ. epemnēsthēmen de kai tēs kata Karpokratēn athesmou gynaikōn koinōnias, peri de tēs Nikolaou rhēseōs dialechthentes ekeino parelipomen. hōraian, phasi, gynaika echōn houtos, meta tēn analēpsin tēn tou sōtēros pros tōn apostolōn oneidistheis zēlotypian, eis meson agagōn tēn gynaika gēmai tǭ boulomenǭ epetrepsen. akolouthon gar einai phasi tēn praxin tautēn ekeinę̄ tę̄ phōnę̄ tę̄ hoti parachrēsasthai tę̄ sarki dei, kai dē katakolouthēsantes tǭ te genomenǭ tǭ te eirēmenǭ haplōs kai abasanistōs anedēn ekporneuousin hoi tēn hairesin autou metiontes.
Of those who are led by a heresy, we have mentioned Marcion of Pontus, who rejects the use of worldly things out of opposition to the Creator. For him the cause of his self-control, if one should call it self-control, is the Creator himself, against whom this giant who fights God, thinking to stand, is self-controlled against his will, running down both the creation and man's formation. Even if they use the Lord's saying to Philip, “Leave the dead to bury their own dead, but you follow me,” let them consider that Philip too bears the same formation of flesh, but not a polluted corpse. How, then, did he have flesh and not have a corpse? Because he rose from the tomb when the Lord put his passions to death, and he lived to Christ. We also mentioned the lawless community of wives according to Carpocrates; and in discussing the saying of Nicolaus we left this out. He had a beautiful wife, they say, and after the Savior's ascension, being reproached by the apostles for jealousy, he brought his wife into the middle and allowed anyone who wished to marry her. For they say that this act was consistent with that saying of his, that one must “abuse the flesh.” And following both what was done and what was said, simply and without examination, those who follow his heresy commit sexual immorality without restraint.
3.4.26Stählin 2:207–208
πυνθάνομαι δʼ ἔγωγε τὸν Νικόλαον μηδεμιᾷ ἑτέρᾳ παρʼ ἣν ἔγημεν κεχρῆσθαι γυναικὶ τῶν τʼ ἐκείνου τέκνων τὰς θηλείας μὲν καταγηρᾶσαι παρθένους, ἄφθορον δὲ διαμεῖναι τὸν υἱόν· ὧν οὕτως ἐχόντων ἀποβολὴ πάθους ἦν ἡ εἰς μέσον τῶν ἀποστόλων ἡ τῆς ζηλοτυπουμένης ἐκκύκλησις γυναικός, καὶ ἡ ἐγκράτεια τῶν περισπουδάστων ἡδονῶν τὸ παραχρῆσθαι τῇ σαρκὶ ἐδίδασκεν. οὐ γάρ, οἶμαι, ἐβούλετο κατὰ τὴν τοῦ σωτῆρος ἐντολὴν δυσὶ κυρίοις δουλεύειν, ἡδονῇ καὶ θεῷ. λέγουσι γοῦν καὶ τὸν Ματθίαν οὕτως διδάξαι, σαρκὶ μὲν μάχεσθαι καὶ παραχρῆσθαι μηθὲν αὐτῇ πρὸς ἡδονὴν ἀκόλαστον ἐνδιδόντα, ψυχὴν δὲ αὔξειν διὰ πίστεως καὶ γνώσεως.
pynthanomai dʼ egōge ton Nikolaon mēdemią heterą parʼ hēn egēmen kechrēsthai gynaiki tōn tʼ ekeinou teknōn tas thēleias men katagērasai parthenous, aphthoron de diameinai ton huion; hōn houtōs echontōn apobolē pathous ēn hē eis meson tōn apostolōn hē tēs zēlotypoumenēs ekkyklēsis gynaikos, kai hē enkrateia tōn perispoudastōn hēdonōn to parachrēsthai tę̄ sarki edidasken. ou gar, oimai, ebouleto kata tēn tou sōtēros entolēn dysi kyriois douleuein, hēdonę̄ kai theǭ. legousi goun kai ton Matthian houtōs didaxai, sarki men machesthai kai parachrēsthai mēthen autę̄ pros hēdonēn akolaston endidonta, psychēn de auxein dia pisteōs kai gnōseōs.
But I learn that Nicolaus had relations with no woman other than the one he married, and that of his children the daughters grew old as virgins and the son remained uncorrupted. This being so, his bringing his wife, of whom he was jealous, into the midst of the apostles was a casting off of passion; and self-control over the pleasures eagerly pursued taught him to “abuse the flesh.” For he did not wish, I think, contrary to the Savior's command, to serve two masters, pleasure and God. They say, at any rate, that Matthias too taught thus: to fight the flesh and abuse it, giving it nothing for licentious pleasure, but to make the soul grow through faith and knowledge.
3.4.27Stählin 2:208
Εἰσὶν δʼ οἳ τὴν πάνδημον Ἀφροδίτην κοινωνίαν μυστικὴν ἀναγορεύουσιν ἐνυβρίζοντες καὶ τῷ ὀνόματι· λέγεται γὰρ καὶ τὸ ποιεῖν τι κακὸν ἐργάζεσθαι, ὥσπερ οὖν καὶ τὸ ἀγαθόν τι ποιεῖν ὁμωνύμως ἐργάζεσθαι, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ ἡ κοινωνία ἀγαθὸν μὲν ἐν μεταδόσει ἀργυρίου καὶ τροφῆς καὶ στολῆς, οἳ δὲ καὶ τὴν ὁποίαν δήποτʼ οὖν ἀφροδισίων συμπλοκὴν κοινωνίαν ἀσεβῶς κεκλήκασιν. φασὶ γοῦν τινα αὐτῶν ἡμετέρᾳ παρθένῳ ὡραίᾳ τὴν ὄψιν προσελθόντα φάναι· γέγραπται ›παντὶ τῷ αἰτοῦντί σε δίδου‹, τὴν δὲ σεμνῶς πάνυ ἀποκρίνασθαι μὴ συνιεῖσαν τὴν τἀνθρώπου ἀσέλγειαν· ἀλλὰ περὶ γάμου τῇ μητρὶ διαλέγου. ὢ τῆς ἀθεότητος· καὶ τῶν τοῦ κυρίου φωνῶν διαψεύδονται οἱ τῆς ἀσελγείας κοινωνοί, οἱ τῆς λαγνείας ἀδελφοί, ὄνειδος οὐ φιλοσοφίας μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ παντὸς τοῦ βίου, οἱ παραχαράσσοντες τὴν ἀλήθειαν, μᾶλλον δὲ κατασκάπτοντες ὡς οἷόν τε αὐτοῖς· οἱ γὰρ τρισάθλιοι τὴν τε σαρκικὴν καὶ τὴν συνουσιαστικὴν κοινωνίαν ἱεροφαντοῦσι καὶ ταύτην οἴονται εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτοὺς ἀνάγειν τοῦ θεοῦ.
Eisin dʼ hoi tēn pandēmon Aphroditēn koinōnian mystikēn anagoreuousin enybrizontes kai tǭ onomati; legetai gar kai to poiein ti kakon ergazesthai, hōsper oun kai to agathon ti poiein homōnymōs ergazesthai, homoiōs de kai hē koinōnia agathon men en metadosei argyriou kai trophēs kai stolēs, hoi de kai tēn hopoian dēpotʼ oun aphrodisiōn symplokēn koinōnian asebōs keklēkasin. phasi goun tina autōn hēmeterą parthenǭ hōraią tēn opsin proselthonta phanai; gegraptai ›panti tǭ aitounti se didou‹, tēn de semnōs pany apokrinasthai mē synieisan tēn tanthrōpou aselgeian; alla peri gamou tę̄ mētri dialegou. ō tēs atheotētos; kai tōn tou kyriou phōnōn diapseudontai hoi tēs aselgeias koinōnoi, hoi tēs lagneias adelphoi, oneidos ou philosophias monon, alla kai pantos tou biou, hoi paracharassontes tēn alētheian, mallon de kataskaptontes hōs hoion te autois; hoi gar trisathlioi tēn te sarkikēn kai tēn synousiastikēn koinōnian hierophantousi kai tautēn oiontai eis tēn basileian autous anagein tou theou.
There are some who proclaim vulgar Aphrodite to be a mystical fellowship, insulting even the name. For doing something bad is called “working,” just as doing something good is called “working” by the same name; so too fellowship is good in the sharing of money, food, and clothing; but they have impiously called any kind of sexual coupling “fellowship.” They say, at any rate, that one of them approached a virgin of ours who was beautiful to look at and said, “It is written, ‘Give to everyone who asks you’”; and she, not understanding the man's licentiousness, answered very modestly, “But speak to my mother about marriage.” Oh, the godlessness! These partners in licentiousness, these brothers in lust, falsify even the Lord's words; a disgrace not only to philosophy but to all of life, counterfeiting the truth, or rather tearing it down as far as they can. For the thrice-wretched make a sacred mystery of carnal and sexual fellowship, and think that this leads them up to the kingdom of God.
3.4.28Stählin 2:208–209
εἰς τὰ χαμαιτυπεῖα μὲν οὖν ἡ τοιάδε εἰσάγει κοινωνία καὶ δὴ συμμέτοχοι εἶεν ἂν αὐτοῖς οἱ σύες καὶ οἱ τράγοι, εἶεν δʼ ἂν ἐν ταῖς μείζοσι παρʼ αὐτοῖς ἐλπίσιν αἱ προεστῶσαι τοῦ τέγους πόρναι ἀνέδην εἰσδεχόμεναι τοὺς βουλομένους ἅπαντας. ὑμεῖς δὲ οὐχ οὕτως ἐμάθετε τὸν Χριστόν, εἴ γε αὐτὸν ἠκούσατε καὶ ἐν αὐτῷ ἐδιδάχθητε, καθώς ἐστιν ἀλήθεια ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, ἀποθέσθαι ὑμᾶς τὰ κατὰ τὴν προτέραν ἀναστροφὴν τὸν παλαιὸν ἄνθρωπον τὸν φθειρόμενον κατὰ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας τῆς ἀπάτης· ἀνανεοῦσθε δὲ τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ νοὸς ὑμῶν καὶ ἐνδύσασθε τὸν καινὸν ἄνθρωπον τὸν κατὰ θεὸν κτισθέντα ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ καὶ ὁσιότητι τῆς ἀληθείας, κατὰ τὴν ἐξομοίωσιν τοῦ θείου. γίνεσθε οὖν μιμηταὶ τοῦ θεοῦ, ὡς τέκνα ἀγαπητά, καὶ περιπατεῖτε ἐν ἀγάπῃ, καθὼς καὶ ὁ Χριστὸς ἠγάπησεν ὑμᾶς καὶ παρέδωκεν ἑαυτὸν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν προσφορὰν καὶ θυσίαν τῷ θεῷ εἰς ὀσμὴν εὐωδίας. πορνεία δὲ καὶ πᾶσα ἀκαθαρσία ἢ πλεονεξία μηδὲ ὀνομαζέσθω ἐν ὑμῖν, καθὼς πρέπει ἁγίοις, καὶ αἰσχρότης καὶ μωρολογία. καὶ γὰρ ἀπὸ τῆς φωνῆς ἁγνεύειν μελετᾶν διδάσκων ὁ ἀπόστολος γράφει· τοῦτο γὰρ ἴστε γινώσκοντες, ὅτι πᾶς πόρνος καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς ἕως μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ ἐλέγχετε.
eis ta chamaitypeia men oun hē toiade eisagei koinōnia kai dē symmetochoi eien an autois hoi syes kai hoi tragoi, eien dʼ an en tais meizosi parʼ autois elpisin hai proestōsai tou tegous pornai anedēn eisdechomenai tous boulomenous hapantas. hymeis de ouch houtōs emathete ton Christon, ei ge auton ēkousate kai en autǭ edidachthēte, kathōs estin alētheia en Christǭ Iēsou, apothesthai hymas ta kata tēn proteran anastrophēn ton palaion anthrōpon ton phtheiromenon kata tas epithymias tēs apatēs; ananeousthe de tǭ pneumati tou noos hymōn kai endysasthe ton kainon anthrōpon ton kata theon ktisthenta en dikaiosynę̄ kai hosiotēti tēs alētheias, kata tēn exomoiōsin tou theiou. ginesthe oun mimētai tou theou, hōs tekna agapēta, kai peripateite en agapę̄, kathōs kai ho Christos ēgapēsen hymas kai paredōken heauton hyper hēmōn prosphoran kai thysian tǭ theǭ eis osmēn euōdias. porneia de kai pasa akatharsia ē pleonexia mēde onomazesthō en hymin, kathōs prepei hagiois, kai aischrotēs kai mōrologia. kai gar apo tēs phōnēs hagneuein meletan didaskōn ho apostolos graphei; touto gar iste ginōskontes, hoti pas pornos kai ta hexēs heōs mallon de kai elenchete.
Such fellowship leads into the brothels, and the pigs and goats would be their partners; and among them, in their greater hopes, the prostitutes who stand at the head of the house would be first, receiving without restraint all who wish. “But you did not so learn Christ, if indeed you heard him and were taught in him, as the truth is in Christ Jesus, to put off, according to your former way of life, the old man, which is corrupted according to the desires of deceit; and be renewed in the spirit of your mind, and put on the new man, created according to God in righteousness and holiness of truth,” according to likeness to the divine. “Be, then, imitators of God, as beloved children, and walk in love, as Christ also loved you and gave himself up for us, an offering and sacrifice to God for a fragrant aroma. But sexual immorality and all impurity or covetousness must not even be named among you, as is fitting for saints, nor shamefulness and foolish talk.” For, teaching us to practice purity even in speech, the apostle writes: “For know this well, that every sexually immoral person,” and so on, as far as “but rather even expose them.”
3.4.29Stählin 2:209
Ἐρρύη δὲ αὐτοῖς τὸ δόγμα ἔκ τινος ἀποκρύφου, καὶ δὴ παραθήσομαι τὴν λέξιν τὴν τῆς τούτων ἀσελγείας μητέρα· καὶ εἴτε αὐτοὶ τῆς βίβλου συγγραφεῖς (ὅρα τὴν ἀπόνοιαν, εἰ καὶ θεοῦ διαψεύδονται διʼ ἀκρασίαν), εἴτε ἄλλοις περιτυχόντες τὸ καλὸν τοῦτο ἐνόησαν δόγμα διεστραμμένως ἀκηκοότες· ἔχει δὲ οὕτως τὰ τῆς λέξεως· ἓν ἦν τὰ πάντα· ἐπεὶ δὲ ἔδοξεν αὐτοῦ τῇ ἑνότητι μὴ εἶναι μόνῃ, ἐξῆλθεν ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ ἐπίπνοια, καὶ ἐκοινώνησεν αὐτῇ καὶ ἐποίησεν τὸν ἀγαπητόν· ἐκ τούτου ἐξῆλθεν ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ ἐπίπνοια, ᾗ κοινωνήσας ἐποίησεν δυνάμεις μήτε ὁραθῆναι μήτε ἀκουσθῆναι δυναμένας ἕως ἐπʼ ὀνόματος ἰδίου ἑκάστην. εἰ γὰρ καὶ οὗτοι καθάπερ οἱ ἀπὸ Οὐαλεντίνου πνευματικὰς ἐτίθεντο κοινωνίας, ἴσως τις αὐτῶν τὴν ὑπόληψιν ἐπεδέξατʼ ἄν· σαρκικῆς δὲ ὕβρεως κοινωνίαν εἰς προφητείαν ἁγίαν ἀνάγειν ἀπεγνωκότος ἐστὶ τὴν σωτηρίαν.
Erryē de autois to dogma ek tinos apokryphou, kai dē parathēsomai tēn lexin tēn tēs toutōn aselgeias mētera; kai eite autoi tēs biblou syngrapheis (hora tēn aponoian, ei kai theou diapseudontai diʼ akrasian), eite allois peritychontes to kalon touto enoēsan dogma diestrammenōs akēkootes; echei de houtōs ta tēs lexeōs; hen ēn ta panta; epei de edoxen autou tę̄ henotēti mē einai monę̄, exēlthen apʼ autou epipnoia, kai ekoinōnēsen autę̄ kai epoiēsen ton agapēton; ek toutou exēlthen apʼ autou epipnoia, hę̄ koinōnēsas epoiēsen dynameis mēte horathēnai mēte akousthēnai dynamenas heōs epʼ onomatos idiou hekastēn. ei gar kai houtoi kathaper hoi apo Oualentinou pneumatikas etithento koinōnias, isōs tis autōn tēn hypolēpsin epedexatʼ an; sarkikēs de hybreōs koinōnian eis prophēteian hagian anagein apegnōkotos esti tēn sōtērian.
Their doctrine flowed from some apocryphal book, and I will set out the passage that is the mother of their licentiousness; whether they themselves are the authors of the book (see the madness, if they lie even about God because of their lack of self-control), or whether, coming upon others, they have understood this fine doctrine in a perverted way. The passage runs thus: “All things were one; but since it seemed good to its unity not to be alone, an Inspiration came out from it, and it had fellowship with her and made the Beloved. From this came out from him an Inspiration, with which he had fellowship and made powers that can be neither seen nor heard,” as far as “each by its own name.” For if these too, like the Valentinians, had posited spiritual fellowships, perhaps someone would have accepted their supposition; but to raise the fellowship of carnal outrage into a holy prophecy belongs to one who has despaired of salvation.
3.4.30Stählin 2:209–210
τοιαῦτα καὶ οἱ ἀπὸ Προδίκου ψευδωνύμως γνωστικοὺς σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ἀναγορεύοντες δογματίζουσιν, υἱοὺς μὲν φύσει τοῦ πρώτου θεοῦ λέγοντες αὑτούς· καταχρώμενοι δὲ τῇ εὐγενείᾳ καὶ τῇ ἐλευθερίᾳ ζῶσιν ὡς βούλονται· βούλονται δὲ φιληδόνως, κρατηθῆναι ὑπʼ οὐδενὸς νενομικότες ὡς ἂν κύριοι τοῦ σαββάτου καὶ ὑπεράνω παντὸς γένους πεφυκότες βασίλειοι παῖδες, βασιλεῖ δέ, φασί, νόμος ἄγραφος. πρῶτον μὲν οὖν οὐ ποιοῦσιν ἃ βούλονται πάντα, πολλὰ γὰρ αὐτοὺς κωλύσει καὶ ἐπιθυμοῦντας καὶ πειρωμένους, καὶ ἃ ποιοῦσι δέ, οὐχ ὡς βασιλεῖς, ἀλλʼ ὡς μαστιγίαι ποιοῦσι, λάθρᾳ γὰρ μοιχεύουσι τὸ ἁλῶναι δεδιότες καὶ τὸ καταγνωσθῆναι ἐκκλίνοντες καὶ φοβούμενοι τὸ κολασθῆναι. πῶς δὲ ἐλεύθερον ἡ ἀκρασία καὶ ἡ αἰσχρολογία; πᾶς γάρ, φησίν, ὁ ἁμαρτάνων δοῦλός ἐστιν, ὁ ἀπόστολος λέγει.
toiauta kai hoi apo Prodikou pseudōnymōs gnōstikous sphas autous anagoreuontes dogmatizousin, huious men physei tou prōtou theou legontes hautous; katachrōmenoi de tę̄ eugeneią kai tę̄ eleutherią zōsin hōs boulontai; boulontai de philēdonōs, kratēthēnai hypʼ oudenos nenomikotes hōs an kyrioi tou sabbatou kai hyperanō pantos genous pephykotes basileioi paides, basilei de, phasi, nomos agraphos. prōton men oun ou poiousin ha boulontai panta, polla gar autous kōlysei kai epithymountas kai peirōmenous, kai ha poiousi de, ouch hōs basileis, allʼ hōs mastigiai poiousi, lathrą gar moicheuousi to halōnai dediotes kai to katagnōsthēnai ekklinontes kai phoboumenoi to kolasthēnai. pōs de eleutheron hē akrasia kai hē aischrologia? pas gar, phēsin, ho hamartanōn doulos estin, ho apostolos legei.
Such things too are taught by the followers of Prodicus, who call themselves, falsely, Gnostics, saying that they are by nature sons of the first God; and, abusing their noble birth and freedom, they live as they wish; and they wish to live for pleasure, thinking themselves ruled by no one, as lords of the Sabbath and royal children born above every race; and for a king, they say, there is no written law. In the first place, then, they do not do all they wish; for many things will hinder them, even when they desire and try. And what they do, they do not as kings but as slaves who deserve the whip; for they commit adultery in secret, afraid of being caught, avoiding condemnation, and fearing punishment. How can lack of self-control and shameful talk be free? “For everyone who sins,” it says, “is a slave,” says the apostle.
3.4.31Stählin 2:210
ἀλλὰ πῶς κατὰ θεὸν πολιτεύεται ὁ πάσῃ ἐπιθυμίᾳ ἔκδοτον ἑαυτὸν παρασχὼν τοῦ κυρίου φήσαντος ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω, μὴ ἐπιθυμήσῃς; ἑκὼν δέ τις ἁμαρτάνειν βούλεται καὶ δόγμα τίθησι τὸ μοιχεύειν καὶ καθηδυπαθεῖν καὶ λυμαίνεσθαι τοὺς ἄλλων γάμους, ὅπου γε καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἄκοντας ἁμαρτάνοντας ἐλεοῦμεν; κἂν εἰς ξένον τὸν κόσμον ἀφιγμένοι ὦσι, πιστοὶ ἐν τῷ ἀλλοτρίῳ μὴ γενόμενοι, τὸ ἀληθὲς οὐχ ἕξουσιν. ὑβρίζει δέ τις ξένος πολίτας καὶ τούτους ἀδικεῖ, οὐχὶ δὲ ὡς παρεπίδημος τοῖς ἀναγκαίοις χρώμενος ἀπρόσκοπος τοῖς πολίταις διαβιοῖ; πῶς δὲ καὶ τοῖς ὑπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν μεμισημένοις διὰ τὸ μὴ πράσσειν τὰ ὑπὸ τῶν νόμων διηγορευμένα, τουτέστι τοῖς ἀδίκοις καὶ ἀκρατέσι καὶ πλεονέκταις καὶ μοιχοῖς τὰ αὐτὰ πράσσοντες θεὸν ἐγνωκέναι μόνοι λέγουσιν; ἐχρῆν γὰρ αὐτοὺς καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἀλλοτρίοις παρόντας καλῶς βιοῦν, ἵνα δὴ τῷ ὄντι τὸ βασιλικὸν ἐνδείξωνται.
alla pōs kata theon politeuetai ho pasę̄ epithymią ekdoton heauton paraschōn tou kyriou phēsantos egō de legō, mē epithymēsę̄s? hekōn de tis hamartanein bouletai kai dogma tithēsi to moicheuein kai kathēdypathein kai lymainesthai tous allōn gamous, hopou ge kai tous allous akontas hamartanontas eleoumen? kan eis xenon ton kosmon aphigmenoi ōsi, pistoi en tǭ allotriǭ mē genomenoi, to alēthes ouch hexousin. hybrizei de tis xenos politas kai toutous adikei, ouchi de hōs parepidēmos tois anankaiois chrōmenos aproskopos tois politais diabioi? pōs de kai tois hypo tōn ethnōn memisēmenois dia to mē prassein ta hypo tōn nomōn diēgoreumena, toutesti tois adikois kai akratesi kai pleonektais kai moichois ta auta prassontes theon egnōkenai monoi legousin? echrēn gar autous kai en tois allotriois parontas kalōs bioun, hina dē tǭ onti to basilikon endeixōntai.
But how does one live as a citizen according to God who has given himself over to every desire, when the Lord said, “But I say, do not desire”? And does anyone wish to sin willingly and make a doctrine of committing adultery, living in luxury, and corrupting others' marriages, when we pity even others who sin unwillingly? Even if they have come into the world as into a foreign land, if they have not been faithful in what belongs to another, they will not have what is true. Does a foreigner insult and wrong the citizens, and not rather live as a sojourner, using what is necessary, without offense to the citizens? And how, doing the same things as those whom the Gentiles hate for not doing what the laws command, that is, the unjust, the intemperate, the covetous, and adulterers, do they say that they alone have known God? For they should have lived well even while present among what belongs to others, so as to show truly their royal nature.
3.4.32Stählin 2:210
ἤδη δὲ καὶ τοῖς ἀνθρωπίνοις νομοθέταις καὶ τῷ θείῳ ἀπεχθάνονται παρανόμως βιοῦν ἐπανῃρημένοι. ὁ γοῦν ἐκκεντήσας τὸν πόρνον εὐλογούμενος πρὸς τοῦ θεοῦ δείκνυται ἐν τοῖς Ἀριθμοῖς. καὶ ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, φησὶν ὁ Ἰωάννης ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολῇ, ὅτι κοινωνίαν ἔχομεν μετʼ αὐτοῦ, τουτέστι μετὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ ἐν τῷ σκότει περιπατῶμεν, ψευδόμεθα καὶ οὐ ποιοῦμεν τὴν ἀλήθειαν· ἐὰν δὲ ἐν τῷ φωτὶ περιπατῶμεν ὡς αὐτὸς ἐν τῷ φωτί, κοινωνίαν ἔχομεν μετʼ αὐτοῦ καὶ τὸ αἷμα Ἰησοῦ τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ καθαρίζει ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας.
ēdē de kai tois anthrōpinois nomothetais kai tǭ theiǭ apechthanontai paranomōs bioun epanę̄rēmenoi. ho goun ekkentēsas ton pornon eulogoumenos pros tou theou deiknytai en tois Arithmois. kai ean eipōmen, phēsin ho Iōannēs en tę̄ epistolę̄, hoti koinōnian echomen metʼ autou, toutesti meta tou theou, kai en tǭ skotei peripatōmen, pseudometha kai ou poioumen tēn alētheian; ean de en tǭ phōti peripatōmen hōs autos en tǭ phōti, koinōnian echomen metʼ autou kai to haima Iēsou tou huiou autou katharizei hēmas apo tēs hamartias.
And they have made themselves hateful both to human lawgivers and to the divine lawgiver, having chosen to live lawlessly. The one who pierced the fornicator is shown in Numbers, at any rate, being blessed by God. And “if we say,” says John in his letter, “that we have fellowship with him,” that is, with God, “and walk in darkness, we lie and do not do the truth. But if we walk in the light as he is in the light, we have fellowship with him, and the blood of Jesus his Son cleanses us from sin.”
3.4.33Stählin 2:210–211
πόθεν οὖν κρείττους εἰσὶ τῶν κοσμικῶν οἱ τοιαῦτα πράσσοντες καὶ τοῖς χειρίστοις τῶν κοσμικῶν ὅμοιοι; ὅμοιοι γάρ, οἶμαι, τὰς φύσεις οἱ καὶ τὰς πράξεις ὅμοιοι. ὧν δὲ ὑπερφέρειν κατὰ τὴν εὐγένειαν ἀξιοῦσι, τούτων καὶ τοῖς ἤθεσιν ὑπερέχειν ὀφείλουσιν, ὅπως τὸν εἰς τὴν φυλακὴν συγκλεισμὸν διαφύγωσιν. ὄντως γὰρ ὡς ὁ κύριος ἔφη, ἐὰν μὴ περισσεύσῃ ἡ δικαιοσύνη ὑμῶν πλείω τῶν γραμματέων καὶ Φαρισαίων, οὐκ εἰσελεύσεσθε εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ, περὶ δὲ τῆς τῶν βρωμάτων ἐγκρατείας δείκνυται ἐν τῷ Δανιήλ. συνελόντι δʼ εἰπεῖν, περὶ ὑπακοῆς ὁ Δαβὶδ ψάλλων λέγει· ἐν τίνι κατορθώσει νεώτερος τὴν ὁδὸν αὐτοῦ; καὶ παραχρῆμα ἀκούει· ἐν τῷ φυλάσσεσθαι τὸν λόγον σου ἐν ὅλῃ καρδίᾳ. ὅ τε Ἱερεμίας φησί· τάδε λέγει κύριος· κατὰ τὰς ὁδοὺς τῶν ἐθνῶν μὴ πορεύσησθε.
pothen oun kreittous eisi tōn kosmikōn hoi toiauta prassontes kai tois cheiristois tōn kosmikōn homoioi? homoioi gar, oimai, tas physeis hoi kai tas praxeis homoioi. hōn de hyperpherein kata tēn eugeneian axiousi, toutōn kai tois ēthesin hyperechein opheilousin, hopōs ton eis tēn phylakēn synkleismon diaphygōsin. ontōs gar hōs ho kyrios ephē, ean mē perisseusę̄ hē dikaiosynē hymōn pleiō tōn grammateōn kai Pharisaiōn, ouk eiseleusesthe eis tēn basileian tou theou, peri de tēs tōn brōmatōn enkrateias deiknytai en tǭ Daniēl. synelonti dʼ eipein, peri hypakoēs ho Dabid psallōn legei; en tini katorthōsei neōteros tēn hodon autou? kai parachrēma akouei; en tǭ phylassesthai ton logon sou en holę̄ kardią. ho te Hieremias phēsi; tade legei kyrios; kata tas hodous tōn ethnōn mē poreusēsthe.
How, then, are those who do such things better than worldly people, when they are like the worst of the worldly? For those alike in their deeds are, I think, alike in their natures. Those whom they claim to surpass in noble birth they ought also to surpass in character, so as to escape being shut up in prison. For truly, as the Lord said, “Unless your righteousness exceeds that of the scribes and Pharisees, you will not enter the kingdom of God.” And self-control in food is shown in Daniel. To put it briefly, David, singing of obedience, says: “By what will a young man set his way straight?” and at once hears: “By keeping your word with his whole heart.” And Jeremiah says: “Thus says the Lord: Do not walk according to the ways of the Gentiles.”
3.4.34Stählin 2:211
Ἐντεῦθεν ἄλλοι τινὲς κινηθέντες μιαροὶ καὶ οὐτιδανοὶ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ὑπὸ διαφόρων δυνάμεων πλασθῆναι λέγουσι, καὶ τὰ μὲν μέχρις ὀμφαλοῦ θεοειδεστέρας τέχνης εἶναι, τὰ ἔνερθε δὲ τῆς ἥττονος, οὗ δὴ χάριν ὀρέγεσθαι συνουσίας. λέληθε δὲ αὐτοὺς ὅτι καὶ τὰ ἀνωτέρω μέρη τῆς τροφῆς ὀριγνᾶται καὶ λαγνεύει τισίν, ἐναντιοῦνται δὲ καὶ τῷ Χριστῷ πρὸς τοὺς Φαρισαίους εἰρηκότι τὸν αὐτὸν θεὸν καὶ τὸν ἐκτὸς ἡμῶν καὶ τὸν ἔσω ἄνθρωπον πεποιηκέναι. ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ ὄρεξις οὐ τοῦ σώματός ἐστι, κἂν διὰ τὸ σῶμα γίνηται. Ἄλλοι τινές, οὓς καὶ Ἀντιτάκτας καλοῦμεν, λέγουσιν ὅτι ὁ μὲν θεὸς ὁ τῶν ὅλων πατὴρ ἡμῶν ἐστι φύσει, καὶ πάνθʼ ὅσα πεποίηκεν ἀγαθά ἐστιν· εἷς δέ τις τῶν ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ γεγονότων ἐπέσπειρεν τὰ ζιζάνια τὴν τῶν κακῶν φύσιν γεννήσας, οἷς καὶ δὴ πάντας ἡμᾶς περιέβαλεν ἀντιτάξας ἡμᾶς τῷ πατρί. διὸ δὴ καὶ αὐτοὶ ἀντιτασσόμεθα τούτῳ εἰς ἐκδικίαν τοῦ πατρός, ἀντιπράσσοντες τῷ βουλήματι τοῦ δευτέρου. ἐπεὶ οὖν οὗτος οὐ μοιχεύσεις εἴρηκεν, ἡμεῖς, φασί, μοιχεύσωμεν ἐπὶ καταλύσει τῆς ἐντολῆς αὐτοῦ.
Enteuthen alloi tines kinēthentes miaroi kai outidanoi ton anthrōpon hypo diaphorōn dynameōn plasthēnai legousi, kai ta men mechris omphalou theoeidesteras technēs einai, ta enerthe de tēs hēttonos, hou dē charin oregesthai synousias. lelēthe de autous hoti kai ta anōterō merē tēs trophēs orignatai kai lagneuei tisin, enantiountai de kai tǭ Christǭ pros tous Pharisaious eirēkoti ton auton theon kai ton ektos hēmōn kai ton esō anthrōpon pepoiēkenai. alla kai hē orexis ou tou sōmatos esti, kan dia to sōma ginētai. Alloi tines, hous kai Antitaktas kaloumen, legousin hoti ho men theos ho tōn holōn patēr hēmōn esti physei, kai panthʼ hosa pepoiēken agatha estin; heis de tis tōn hypʼ autou gegonotōn epespeiren ta zizania tēn tōn kakōn physin gennēsas, hois kai dē pantas hēmas periebalen antitaxas hēmas tǭ patri. dio dē kai autoi antitassometha toutǭ eis ekdikian tou patros, antiprassontes tǭ boulēmati tou deuterou. epei oun houtos ou moicheuseis eirēken, hēmeis, phasi, moicheusōmen epi katalysei tēs entolēs autou.
Moved by this, certain others, vile and worthless, say that man was formed by different powers: the parts down to the navel are of a more godlike craft, the parts below of an inferior one, and that is why he longs for intercourse. But they fail to notice that the upper parts too crave food and lust for some things; and they contradict Christ, who said to the Pharisees that the same God made both our outer and our inner man. Besides, appetite is not of the body, even if it arises because of the body. Certain others, whom we also call Antitactae (“Opposers”), say that the God of the universe is our Father by nature, and all that he made is good; but one of those who came from him sowed the tares, begetting the nature of evils, in which he also wrapped us all, setting us against the Father. “That is why we too oppose him, to avenge the Father, acting against the will of the second. Since, then, he has said, ‘You shall not commit adultery,’ let us,” they say, “commit adultery to destroy his commandment.”
3.4.35Stählin 2:211–212
Φαίημεν δʼ ἂν καὶ πρὸς τούτους, ὅτι τοὺς ψευδοπροφήτας καὶ τοὺς ὅσοι τὴν ἀλήθειαν ὑποκρίνονται ἐξ ἔργων γινώσκεσθαι παρειλήφαμεν. διαβάλλεται δὲ ὑμῶν τὰ ἔργα· πῶς ἔτι τῆς ἀληθείας ἀντέχεσθαι ὑμᾶς ἐρεῖτε; ἢ γὰρ οὐδέν ἐστι κακὸν καὶ οὐκέτι μέμψεως ἄξιος ὃν αἰτιᾶσθε ὡς ἀντιτεταγμένον τῷ θεῷ, οὐδὲ κακοῦ τινος γέγονε ποιητικός (συναναιρεῖται γὰρ τῷ καρπῷ καὶ τὸ δένδρον), ἤ, εἰ ἔστι τὸ πονηρὸν ἐν ὑπάρξει, εἰπάτωσαν ἡμῖν, τί λέγουσιν εἶναι τὰς δοθείσας ἐντολὰς περὶ δικαιοσύνης, περὶ ἐγκρατείας, περὶ ὑπομονῆς, περὶ ἀνεξικακίας καὶ τῶν τούτοις ὁμοίων, φαύλας ἢ ἀστείας. καὶ εἰ μὲν φαύλη εἴη τὰ πλεῖστα ἀπαγορεύουσα ποιεῖν τῶν αἰσχρῶν ἡ ἐντολή, καθʼ ἑαυτῆς νομοθετήσει ἡ κακία ἐπὶ καταλύσει τῇ ἰδέᾳ, ὅπερ ἀδύνατον· εἰ δὲ ἀγαθή, ἀντιτασσόμενοι ταῖς ἀγαθαῖς ἐντολαῖς ἀγαθῷ ἀντιτάσσεσθαι καὶ τὰ κακὰ πράσσειν ὁμολογοῦσιν.
Phaiēmen dʼ an kai pros toutous, hoti tous pseudoprophētas kai tous hosoi tēn alētheian hypokrinontai ex ergōn ginōskesthai pareilēphamen. diaballetai de hymōn ta erga; pōs eti tēs alētheias antechesthai hymas ereite? ē gar ouden esti kakon kai ouketi mempseōs axios hon aitiasthe hōs antitetagmenon tǭ theǭ, oude kakou tinos gegone poiētikos (synanaireitai gar tǭ karpǭ kai to dendron), ē, ei esti to ponēron en hyparxei, eipatōsan hēmin, ti legousin einai tas dotheisas entolas peri dikaiosynēs, peri enkrateias, peri hypomonēs, peri anexikakias kai tōn toutois homoiōn, phaulas ē asteias. kai ei men phaulē eiē ta pleista apagoreuousa poiein tōn aischrōn hē entolē, kathʼ heautēs nomothetēsei hē kakia epi katalysei tę̄ ideą, hoper adynaton; ei de agathē, antitassomenoi tais agathais entolais agathǭ antitassesthai kai ta kaka prassein homologousin.
To these too we would say that we have received the teaching that false prophets and all who feign the truth are known by their works. Your works are condemned; how will you still say that you hold fast to the truth? For either there is no evil, and the one you accuse as opposed to God is no longer worthy of blame, nor has he become the maker of any evil (for the tree is destroyed together with its fruit); or, if evil exists, let them tell us what they say the commandments given about justice, self-control, patience, forbearance, and the like are: bad or good. If the commandment that forbids doing most shameful things were bad, vice would legislate against itself for the destruction of its own form, which is impossible. But if it is good, then, opposing the good commandments, they confess that they oppose the good and do evil.
3.4.36Stählin 2:212
ἤδη δὲ καὶ ὁ σωτὴρ αὐτός, ᾧ πείθεσθαι ἀξιοῦσιν μόνῳ, τὸ μισεῖν καὶ τὸ λοιδορεῖν κεκώλυκεν καὶ μετὰ τοῦ ἀντιδίκου βαδίζων φίλος αὐτοῦ πειράθητι ἀπαλλαγῆναι φησίν. ἢ τοίνυν καὶ τὴν Χριστοῦ παραίνεσιν ἀρνήσονται ἀντιτασσόμενοι τῷ ἀντιτεταγμένῳ, ἢ φίλοι γινόμενοι τούτῳ οὐκ ἀντιδικήσουσιν. τί δέ; οὐκ ἴστε, ὦ γεννάδαι (ὡς πρὸς παρόντας γὰρ εἴποιμʼ ἄν), ὅτι ταῖς καλῶς ἐχούσαις ἐντολαῖς μαχόμενοι τῇ ἰδίᾳ ἀνθίστασθε σωτηρίᾳ; οὐ γὰρ τὰ διαγορευθέντα χρησίμως, ἀλλʼ ἑαυτοὺς καταστρέφετε. καὶ ὁ μὲν κύριος τὰ ἀγαθὰ ὑμῶν ἔργα λαμψάτω ἔφη, ὑμεῖς δὲ τὰς ἀσελγείας ὑμῶν ἐκφανεῖς ποιεῖτε. ἄλλως τε εἰ τὰς ἐντολὰς καταλύειν τοῦ νομοθέτου θέλετε, τί δήποτε τὸ μὲν οὐ μοιχεύσεις καὶ οὐ παιδοφθορήσεις καὶ ὅσα εἰς ἐγκράτειαν συμβάλλεται, καταλύειν ἐπιχειρεῖτε διʼ ἀκρασίαν τὴν σφῶν, οὐ καταλύετε δὲ χειμῶνα τὸν ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ γενόμενον, ἵνα θέρος ποιήσητε μεσοῦντος ἔτι τοῦ χειμῶνος, οὐδὲ γῆν πλωτήν, βατὴν δὲ θάλασσαν ἐργάζεσθε, καθάπερ οἱ τὰς ἱστορίας συνταξάμενοι τὸν βάρβαρον ἐθελῆσαι Ξέρξην φασίν;
ēdē de kai ho sōtēr autos, hǭ peithesthai axiousin monǭ, to misein kai to loidorein kekōlyken kai meta tou antidikou badizōn philos autou peirathēti apallagēnai phēsin. ē toinyn kai tēn Christou parainesin arnēsontai antitassomenoi tǭ antitetagmenǭ, ē philoi ginomenoi toutǭ ouk antidikēsousin. ti de? ouk iste, ō gennadai (hōs pros parontas gar eipoimʼ an), hoti tais kalōs echousais entolais machomenoi tę̄ idią anthistasthe sōtērią? ou gar ta diagoreuthenta chrēsimōs, allʼ heautous katastrephete. kai ho men kyrios ta agatha hymōn erga lampsatō ephē, hymeis de tas aselgeias hymōn ekphaneis poieite. allōs te ei tas entolas katalyein tou nomothetou thelete, ti dēpote to men ou moicheuseis kai ou paidophthorēseis kai hosa eis enkrateian symballetai, katalyein epicheireite diʼ akrasian tēn sphōn, ou katalyete de cheimōna ton hypʼ autou genomenon, hina theros poiēsēte mesountos eti tou cheimōnos, oude gēn plōtēn, batēn de thalassan ergazesthe, kathaper hoi tas historias syntaxamenoi ton barbaron ethelēsai Xerxēn phasin?
Indeed the Savior himself, whom alone they claim to obey, has forbidden hating and reviling, and says: “When you go with your adversary, try to be released from him as his friend.” Either, then, they will deny Christ's exhortation by opposing the Opposer, or, becoming friends with him, they will not contend against him. What then? Do you not know, noble sirs (for I would speak as to those present), that by fighting against the good commandments you resist your own salvation? For you overturn not what was usefully enjoined, but yourselves. And the Lord said, “Let your good works shine,” but you make your licentious acts shine forth. Besides, if you wish to destroy the lawgiver's commandments, why do you try to destroy “You shall not commit adultery” and “You shall not corrupt boys” and whatever contributes to self-control, because of your own lack of self-control, but do not destroy the winter made by him, so as to make summer in the middle of winter, nor make the land navigable and the sea walkable, as the historians say the barbarian Xerxes wished to do?
3.4.37Stählin 2:212–213
τί δʼ οὐχὶ πάσαις ταῖς ἐντολαῖς ἀντιτάσσεσθε; εἰπόντος γὰρ αὐξάνεσθε καὶ πληθύνεσθε ὑμᾶς τοὺς ἀντιτεταγμένους ἐχρῆν μηδʼ ὅλως συνουσίᾳ χρῆσθαι, καὶ εἰπόντος ἔδωκα ὑμῖν πάντα εἰς τροφὰς καὶ ἀπολαύσεις ὑμᾶς ἐχρῆν μηδενὸς ἀπολαύειν. ἀλλὰ καὶ ὀφθαλμὸν ἀντὶ ὀφθαλμοῦ λέγοντος ὑμᾶς ἐχρῆν μὴ ἀποδιδόναι ἀντίταξιν ἀντιτάξει, καὶ τὸν κλέπτην κελεύσαντος τετραπλοῦν ἀποδιδόναι ὑμᾶς ἐχρῆν καὶ προσδοῦναι τῷ κλέπτῃ· ὁμοίως τε αὖ καὶ τῇ ἀγαπήσεις τὸν κύριον ἐντολῇ ἀντιτασσομένους ἔδει οὐδὲ τὸν τῶν ὅλων θεὸν ἀγαπῆσαι, καὶ πάλιν εἰπόντος οὐ ποιήσεις γλυπτὸν οὐδὲ χωνευτὸν ὑμᾶς ἀκόλουθον ἦν καὶ τὰ γλυπτὰ προσκυνεῖν. πῶς οὖν οὐκ ἀσεβεῖτε ἀντιτασσόμενοι μέν, ὥς φατε, τῷ δημιουργῷ, τὰ δὲ ὅμοια ταῖς πόρναις καὶ τοῖς μοιχοῖς ἐζηλωκότες; πῶς δὲ οὐκ αἰσθάνεσθε μείζονα ποιοῦντες ὃν ὡς ἀσθενῆ νομίζετε, εἴπερ ὃ βούλεται, τοῦτο γίνεται, ἀλλʼ οὐχὶ ἐκεῖνο ὅπερ ἠθέλησεν ὁ ἀγαθός; ἔμπαλιν γὰρ ἀσθενὴς δείκνυται πρὸς ὑμῶν αὐτῶν ὁ ὑμέτερος, ὥς φατε, πατήρ.
ti dʼ ouchi pasais tais entolais antitassesthe? eipontos gar auxanesthe kai plēthynesthe hymas tous antitetagmenous echrēn mēdʼ holōs synousią chrēsthai, kai eipontos edōka hymin panta eis trophas kai apolauseis hymas echrēn mēdenos apolauein. alla kai ophthalmon anti ophthalmou legontos hymas echrēn mē apodidonai antitaxin antitaxei, kai ton kleptēn keleusantos tetraploun apodidonai hymas echrēn kai prosdounai tǭ kleptę̄; homoiōs te au kai tę̄ agapēseis ton kyrion entolę̄ antitassomenous edei oude ton tōn holōn theon agapēsai, kai palin eipontos ou poiēseis glypton oude chōneuton hymas akolouthon ēn kai ta glypta proskynein. pōs oun ouk asebeite antitassomenoi men, hōs phate, tǭ dēmiourgǭ, ta de homoia tais pornais kai tois moichois ezēlōkotes? pōs de ouk aisthanesthe meizona poiountes hon hōs asthenē nomizete, eiper ho bouletai, touto ginetai, allʼ ouchi ekeino hoper ēthelēsen ho agathos? empalin gar asthenēs deiknytai pros hymōn autōn ho hymeteros, hōs phate, patēr.
Why do you not oppose all the commandments? For when he said, “Increase and multiply,” you who oppose him ought not to use intercourse at all; and when he said, “I have given you all things for food and enjoyment,” you ought to enjoy nothing. And when he said, “Eye for eye,” you ought not to return opposition for opposition; and when he ordered the thief to repay fourfold, you ought also to give something more to the thief. Likewise, opposing the commandment “You shall love the Lord,” you ought not to love even the God of the universe; and again, when he said, “You shall not make a carved or molten image,” it would follow that you should worship carved images. How, then, are you not impious, opposing the Creator, as you say, while emulating prostitutes and adulterers? And how do you not see that you make him greater whom you consider weak, if what he wishes comes about, and not what the good God wished? Conversely your “father,” as you call him, is shown by you yourselves to be weak.
3.4.38Stählin 2:213
Ἀναλέγονται δὲ καὶ οὗτοι ἔκ τινων προφητικῶν περικοπῶν λέξεις ἀπανθισάμενοι καὶ συγκαττύσαντες κακῶς κατʼ ἀλληγορίαν εἰρημένας ἐξ εὐθείας λαβόντες. γεγράφθαι γάρ φασιν· ἀντέστησαν θεῷ καὶ ἐσώθησαν. οἳ δὲ καὶ τῷ ἀναιδεῖ θεῷ προστιθέασι, δέχονται δὲ ὡς βουλὴν παρηγγελμένην τὸ λόγιον τοῦτο καὶ σωτηρίαν σφίσι λογίζονται τὸ ἀνθίστασθαι τῷ δημιουργῷ. τῷ μὲν οὖν ἀναιδεῖ θεῷ οὐ γέγραπται· εἰ δὲ καὶ οὕτως ἔχοι, τὸν κεκλημένον διάβολον, ὦ ἀνόητοι, ἐξακούσατε ἀναιδῆ ἢ ὡς διαβάλλοντα τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἢ ὡς κατήγορον τῶν ἁμαρτανόντων ἢ ὡς ἀποστάτην. ὁ γοῦν λαός, ἐφʼ οὗ εἴρηται ἡ περικοπή, παιδευόμενοι ἐφʼ οἷς ἥμαρτον βαρέως φέροντες καὶ στένοντες διεγόγγυζον τὴν εἰρημένην λέξιν, ὅτι τὰ μὲν ἄλλα ἔθνη παρανομοῦντα οὐ κολάζεται, αὐτοὶ δὲ μόνοι παρʼ ἕκαστα κολούονται, ὡς καὶ Ἱερεμίαν εἰρηκέναι, διὰ τί ὁδὸς ἀσεβῶν εὐοδοῦται; ὅμοιον τούτῳ τὸ παρὰ τῷ Μαλαχίᾳ, τὸ προειρημένον, ἀντέστησαν θεῷ καὶ ἐσώθησαν· χρηματιζόμενοι γὰρ οἱ προφῆται οὐ μόνον τινὰ ἀκούειν λέγουσι παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτοὶ διαγγέλλοντες δείκνυνται κατὰ ἀνθυποφορὰν τὰ πρὸς τοῦ λαοῦ θρυλούμενα, ὡς ἐπιζητήματά τινα ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀναφέροντες, ἐξ ὧν καὶ τὸ προκείμενον τυγχάνει ῥητόν.
Analegontai de kai houtoi ek tinōn prophētikōn perikopōn lexeis apanthisamenoi kai synkattysantes kakōs katʼ allēgorian eirēmenas ex eutheias labontes. gegraphthai gar phasin; antestēsan theǭ kai esōthēsan. hoi de kai tǭ anaidei theǭ prostitheasi, dechontai de hōs boulēn parēngelmenēn to logion touto kai sōtērian sphisi logizontai to anthistasthai tǭ dēmiourgǭ. tǭ men oun anaidei theǭ ou gegraptai; ei de kai houtōs echoi, ton keklēmenon diabolon, ō anoētoi, exakousate anaidē ē hōs diaballonta ton anthrōpon ē hōs katēgoron tōn hamartanontōn ē hōs apostatēn. ho goun laos, ephʼ hou eirētai hē perikopē, paideuomenoi ephʼ hois hēmarton bareōs pherontes kai stenontes diegongyzon tēn eirēmenēn lexin, hoti ta men alla ethnē paranomounta ou kolazetai, autoi de monoi parʼ hekasta kolouontai, hōs kai Hieremian eirēkenai, dia ti hodos asebōn euodoutai? homoion toutǭ to para tǭ Malachią, to proeirēmenon, antestēsan theǭ kai esōthēsan; chrēmatizomenoi gar hoi prophētai ou monon tina akouein legousi para tou theou, alla kai autoi diangellontes deiknyntai kata anthypophoran ta pros tou laou thryloumena, hōs epizētēmata tina hypo tōn anthrōpōn anapherontes, ex hōn kai to prokeimenon tynchanei rhēton.
These too collect words culled from certain prophetic passages and stitched badly together, taking literally what was said allegorically. For they say it is written: “They opposed God and were saved.” Some also add “the shameless God,” and they take this saying as advice given them, and count opposing the Creator as their salvation. Now “the shameless God” is not written; but even if it were so, you fools, understand the one called the devil as shameless, either as slandering man, or as accuser of sinners, or as apostate. At any rate the people about whom the passage is spoken, being chastised for their sins, bearing it hard and groaning, muttered the words cited: that the other nations transgress the law and are not punished, while they alone are cut down at every turn; as Jeremiah too said, “Why does the way of the ungodly prosper?” Similar to this is what is in Malachi, cited above: “They opposed God and were saved.” For the prophets, receiving oracles, not only say that they hear something from God, but are also shown reporting, by way of objection, what was being muttered among the people, bringing up, as it were, questions raised by men; and the saying in question is one of these.
3.4.39Stählin 2:213–214
καὶ μή τι πρὸς τούτους ὁ ἀπόστολος ἐν τῇ πρὸς Ῥωμαίους ἐπιστολῇ ἀποτεινόμενος γράφει· καὶ μὴ καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα καὶ καθώς φασί τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν, ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακά, ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθά; ὧν τὸ κρῖμα ἔνδικόν ἐστιν. οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ κατὰ τὴν ἀνάγνωσιν φωνῆς τόνῳ διαστρέφοντες τὰς γραφὰς πρὸς τὰς ἰδίας ἡδονάς, καί τινων προσῳδιῶν καὶ στιγμῶν μεταθέσει τὰ παραγγελθέντα σωφρόνως τε καὶ συμφερόντως βιαζόμενοι πρὸς ἡδυπαθείας τὰς ἑαυτῶν. οἱ παροξύνοντες τὸν θεὸν τοῖς λόγοις ὑμῶν· ὁ Μαλαχίας φησί, καὶ εἴπατε· ἐν τίνι παρωξύναμεν αὐτόν; ἐν τῷ λέγειν ὑμᾶς· πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν πονηρὸν ἀγαθὸς ἐνώπιον κυρίου, καὶ ἐν αὐτοῖς αὐτὸς ηὐδόκησεν· καί· ποῦ ἐστιν ὁ θεὸς τῆς δικαιοσύνης;
kai mē ti pros toutous ho apostolos en tę̄ pros Rhōmaious epistolę̄ apoteinomenos graphei; kai mē kathōs blasphēmoumetha kai kathōs phasi tines hēmas legein, hoti poiēsōmen ta kaka, hina elthę̄ ta agatha? hōn to krima endikon estin. houtoi eisin hoi kata tēn anagnōsin phōnēs tonǭ diastrephontes tas graphas pros tas idias hēdonas, kai tinōn prosǭdiōn kai stigmōn metathesei ta parangelthenta sōphronōs te kai sympherontōs biazomenoi pros hēdypatheias tas heautōn. hoi paroxynontes ton theon tois logois hymōn; ho Malachias phēsi, kai eipate; en tini parōxynamen auton? en tǭ legein hymas; pas ho poiōn ponēron agathos enōpion kyriou, kai en autois autos ēudokēsen; kai; pou estin ho theos tēs dikaiosynēs?
And is not the apostle aiming at these when he writes in the letter to the Romans: “And not, as we are slandered and as some say that we say, ‘Let us do evil that good may come’? Their condemnation is just.” These are the ones who, in reading, twist the Scriptures by the tone of voice toward their own pleasures, and by changing certain accents and punctuation force what was commanded wisely and usefully to their own self-indulgence. “You who have provoked God with your words,” says Malachi, “and you said, ‘How have we provoked him?’ In your saying, ‘Everyone who does evil is good in the sight of the Lord, and he has taken pleasure in them’; and, ‘Where is the God of justice?’”
Miscellanies 3, chapter 5
3.5.40Stählin 2:214
Ἵνʼ οὖν μὴ ἐπὶ πλεῖον ὀνυχίζοντες τὸν τόπον πλειόνων ἀτόπων αἱρέσεων ἐπιμεμνώμεθα μηδʼ αὖ καθʼ ἑκάστην αὐτῶν λέγειν πρὸς ἑκάστην ἀναγκαζόμενοι αἰσχυνώμεθά τε ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς καὶ ἐπὶ μήκιστον τὰ ὑπομνήματα προάγωμεν, φέρε εἰς δύο διελόντες τάγματα ἁπάσας τὰς αἱρέσεις ἀποκρινώμεθα αὐτοῖς. ἢ γάρ τοι ἀδιαφόρως ζῆν διδάσκουσιν, ἢ τὸ ὑπέρτονον ᾄδουσαι ἐγκράτειαν διὰ δυσσεβείας καὶ φιλαπεχθημοσύνης καταγγέλλουσι. πρότερον δὲ περὶ τοῦ προτέρου διαληπτέον τμήματος. εἰ πάντα ἔξεστιν ἑλέσθαι βίον, δῆλον ὅτι καὶ τὸν μετʼ ἐγκρατείας, καὶ εἰ πᾶς βίος ἀκίνδυνος ἐκλεκτῷ, δῆλον ὅτι ὁ μετὰ ἀρετῆς καὶ σωφροσύνης πολὺ μᾶλλον ἀκίνδυνος· δοθείσης γὰρ ἐξουσίας τῷ κυρίῳ τοῦ σαββάτου, εἴπερ ἀκολάστως βιώσαι, ἀνεύθυνον εἶναι, πολλῷ μᾶλλον ὁ κοσμίως πολιτευσάμενος οὐχ ὑπεύθυνος ἔσται· πάντα μὲν γὰρ ἔξεστιν, ἀλλʼ οὐ πάντα συμφέρει, φησὶν ὁ ἀπόστολος. εἰ δὲ καὶ πάντα ἔξεστι, δῆλον ὅτι καὶ τὸ σωφρονεῖν.
Hinʼ oun mē epi pleion onychizontes ton topon pleionōn atopōn haireseōn epimemnōmetha mēdʼ au kathʼ hekastēn autōn legein pros hekastēn anankazomenoi aischynōmetha te epʼ autois kai epi mēkiston ta hypomnēmata proagōmen, phere eis dyo dielontes tagmata hapasas tas haireseis apokrinōmetha autois. ē gar toi adiaphorōs zēn didaskousin, ē to hypertonon ądousai enkrateian dia dyssebeias kai philapechthēmosynēs katangellousi. proteron de peri tou proterou dialēpteon tmēmatos. ei panta exestin helesthai bion, dēlon hoti kai ton metʼ enkrateias, kai ei pas bios akindynos eklektǭ, dēlon hoti ho meta aretēs kai sōphrosynēs poly mallon akindynos; dotheisēs gar exousias tǭ kyriǭ tou sabbatou, eiper akolastōs biōsai, aneuthynon einai, pollǭ mallon ho kosmiōs politeusamenos ouch hypeuthynos estai; panta men gar exestin, allʼ ou panta sympherei, phēsin ho apostolos. ei de kai panta exesti, dēlon hoti kai to sōphronein.
So that we may not, by picking over the subject further, mention more absurd heresies, nor again be compelled to speak against each one of them, be ashamed on their account, and prolong these notes to great length, come, let us divide all the heresies into two classes and answer them. Either they teach living indifferently, or, singing too high a note, they proclaim self-control out of impiety and love of quarreling. First we must discuss the first division. If it is permitted to choose any life, clearly the life of self-control is permitted too; and if every life is without danger for the elect, clearly the life with virtue and self-restraint is much more without danger. For if the lord of the Sabbath has been given authority to be unaccountable if he lives licentiously, much more will the one who has lived decently not be accountable. “For all things are lawful, but not all things are profitable,” says the apostle. And if all things are lawful, clearly being self-restrained is lawful too.
3.5.41Stählin 2:214–215
ὥσπερ οὖν ὁ τῇ ἐξουσίᾳ εἰς τὸ κατʼ ἀρετὴν βιῶσαι συγχρησάμενος ἐπαινετός, οὕτω πολὺ μᾶλλον ὁ τὴν ἐξουσίαν ἡμῖν δεδωκὼς ἐλευθέραν καὶ κυρίαν καὶ συγχωρήσας ἡμῖν βιοῦν ὡς βουλόμεθα σεμνὸς καὶ προσκυνητός, μὴ ἐάσας δουλεύειν ἡμῶν κατὰ ἀνάγκην τὰς αἱρέσεις καὶ τὰς φυγάς. εἰ δὲ τὸ ἀδεὲς ἑκάτερος ἔχει, ὅ τε ἀκρασίαν ὅ τε ἐγκράτειαν ἑλόμενος, ἀλλὰ τὸ σεμνὸν οὐχ ὅμοιον. ὁ μὲν γὰρ εἰς ἡδονὰς ἐξοκείλας σώματι χαρίζεται, ὁ δὲ σώφρων τὴν κυρίαν τοῦ σώματος ψυχὴν ἐλευθεροῖ τῶν παθῶν. κἂν ἐπʼ ἐλευθερίᾳ κεκλῆσθαι λέγωσιν ἡμᾶς, μόνον μὴ τὴν ἐλευθερίαν εἰς ἀφορμὴν μὴν τῇ σαρκὶ παρέχωμεν κατὰ τὸν ἀπόστολον· εἰ δὲ ἐπιθυμίᾳ χαριστέον καὶ τὸν ἐπονείδιστον βίον ἀδιάφορον ἡγητέον, ὡς αὐτοὶ λέγουσιν, ἤτοι πάντα ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις πειστέον, καί, εἰ τοῦτο, τὰ ἀσελγέστατα καὶ ἀνοσιώτατα πρακτέον ἅπαντα ἑπομένους τοῖς ἀναπείθουσιν ἡμᾶς· ἢ τῶν ἐπιθυμιῶν τινὰς ἐκκλινοῦμεν καὶ οὐκέτι ἀδιαφόρως βιωτέον οὐδὲ ἀνέδην δουλευτέον τοῖς ἀτιμοτάτοις μέρεσιν ἡμῶν, γαστρὶ καὶ αἰδοίοις, διʼ ἐπιθυμίαν κολακευόντων τὸν ἡμέτερον νεκρόν. τρέφεται γὰρ καὶ ζωοποιεῖται διακονουμένη εἰς ἀπόλαυσιν ἐπιθυμία, καθάπερ ἔμπαλιν κολουομένη μαραίνεται.
hōsper oun ho tę̄ exousią eis to katʼ aretēn biōsai synchrēsamenos epainetos, houtō poly mallon ho tēn exousian hēmin dedōkōs eleutheran kai kyrian kai synchōrēsas hēmin bioun hōs boulometha semnos kai proskynētos, mē easas douleuein hēmōn kata anankēn tas haireseis kai tas phygas. ei de to adees hekateros echei, ho te akrasian ho te enkrateian helomenos, alla to semnon ouch homoion. ho men gar eis hēdonas exokeilas sōmati charizetai, ho de sōphrōn tēn kyrian tou sōmatos psychēn eleutheroi tōn pathōn. kan epʼ eleutherią keklēsthai legōsin hēmas, monon mē tēn eleutherian eis aphormēn mēn tę̄ sarki parechōmen kata ton apostolon; ei de epithymią charisteon kai ton eponeidiston bion adiaphoron hēgēteon, hōs autoi legousin, ētoi panta tais epithymiais peisteon, kai, ei touto, ta aselgestata kai anosiōtata prakteon hapanta hepomenous tois anapeithousin hēmas; ē tōn epithymiōn tinas ekklinoumen kai ouketi adiaphorōs biōteon oude anedēn douleuteon tois atimotatois meresin hēmōn, gastri kai aidoiois, diʼ epithymian kolakeuontōn ton hēmeteron nekron. trephetai gar kai zōopoieitai diakonoumenē eis apolausin epithymia, kathaper empalin kolouomenē marainetai.
As, then, the one who has used his authority to live according to virtue is praiseworthy, so much more is the one who has given us authority, free and sovereign, and has allowed us to live as we wish, venerable and to be worshiped, since he did not allow our choices and avoidances to be slaves of necessity. And if each has freedom from fear, both the one who chose lack of self-control and the one who chose self-control, yet their dignity is not alike. For the one who has run aground on pleasures gratifies the body, but the self-restrained frees the soul, the mistress of the body, from the passions. Even if they say that we were called to freedom, only let us not give our freedom as an occasion to the flesh, according to the apostle. But if desire must be gratified and a shameful life considered indifferent, as they themselves say, then either we must obey the desires in everything, and, if so, do all the most licentious and unholy things, following what persuades us; or we will turn away from some desires, and then we must no longer live indifferently, nor be slaves without restraint to the most dishonorable parts of us, belly and genitals, which flatter our corpse because of desire. For desire is nourished and brought to life when it is served for enjoyment, just as, conversely, it withers when cut back.
3.5.42Stählin 2:215
πῶς δέ ἐστι δυνατὸν ἡττηθέντα τῶν τοῦ σώματος ἡδονῶν ἐξομοιοῦσθαι τῷ κυρίῳ ἢ γνῶσιν ἔχειν θεοῦ; πάσης γὰρ ἡδονῆς ἐπιθυμία κατάρχει, ἐπιθυμία δὲ λύπη τις καὶ φροντὶς διʼ ἔνδειαν ὀρεγομένη τινός. ὥστʼ οὐκ ἄλλο τί μοι δοκοῦσιν οἱ τοῦτον ἐπανῃρημένοι τὸν τρόπον ἀλλʼ ἢ τὸ λεγόμενον δὴ τοῦτο, πρός τʼ αἴσχεσιν ἄγγεα πάσχειν, ἐπίσπαστον ἑαυτοῖς αἱρούμενοι κακὸν νῦν καὶ ἐς ὕστερον, εἰ μὲν οὖν πάντα ἐξῆν καὶ μηδὲν ἦν δέος ἀποτυχεῖν τῆς ἐλπίδος διὰ πράξεις πονηράς, ἴσως ἦν ἄν τις αὐτοῖς πρόφασις τοῦ βιοῦν κακῶς τε καὶ ἐλεεινῶς· ἐπεὶ δὲ βίος τις ἡμῖν μακάριος διʼ ἐντολῶν ἐπιδέδεικται, ὧν χρὴ πάντας ἐχομένους μὴ παρακούοντας τῶν εἰρημένων τινὸς μηδὲ ὀλιγωροῦντας τῶν προσηκόντων, κἂν ἐλάχιστον ᾗ, ἕπεσθαι ᾗ ἂν ὁ λόγος ἡγῆται, εἰ δὲ σφαλείημεν αὐτοῦ, ἀθανάτῳ κακῷ περιπεσεῖν ἀνάγκη, κατακολουθήσασι δὲ τῇ θείᾳ γραφῇ, διʼ ἧς ὁδεύουσιν οἱ πεπιστευκότες, ἐξομοιοῦσθαι κατὰ δύναμιν τῷ κυρίῳ, οὐκ ἀδιαφόρως βιωτέον, ἀλλὰ καθαρευτέον εἰς δύναμιν τῶν ἡδονῶν καὶ τῶν ἐπιθυμιῶν ἐπιμελητέον τε τῆς ψυχῆς, ᾗ πρὸς μόνῳ τῷ θείῳ διατελεστέον. καθαρὸς γὰρ ὢν καὶ πάσης κακίας ἀπηλλαγμένος ὁ νοῦς δεκτικός πως ὑπάρχει τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ δυνάμεως, ἀνισταμένης ἐν αὐτῷ τῆς θείας εἰκόνος· καὶ πᾶς ὁ ἔχων τὴν ἐλπίδα ταύτην ἐπὶ τῷ κυρίῳ ἁγνίζει, φησίν, ἑαυτὸν καθὼς ἐκεῖνος ἁγνός ἐστιν.
pōs de esti dynaton hēttēthenta tōn tou sōmatos hēdonōn exomoiousthai tǭ kyriǭ ē gnōsin echein theou? pasēs gar hēdonēs epithymia katarchei, epithymia de lypē tis kai phrontis diʼ endeian oregomenē tinos. hōstʼ ouk allo ti moi dokousin hoi touton epanę̄rēmenoi ton tropon allʼ ē to legomenon dē touto, pros tʼ aischesin angea paschein, epispaston heautois hairoumenoi kakon nyn kai es hysteron, ei men oun panta exēn kai mēden ēn deos apotychein tēs elpidos dia praxeis ponēras, isōs ēn an tis autois prophasis tou bioun kakōs te kai eleeinōs; epei de bios tis hēmin makarios diʼ entolōn epidedeiktai, hōn chrē pantas echomenous mē parakouontas tōn eirēmenōn tinos mēde oligōrountas tōn prosēkontōn, kan elachiston hę̄, hepesthai hę̄ an ho logos hēgētai, ei de sphaleiēmen autou, athanatǭ kakǭ peripesein anankē, katakolouthēsasi de tę̄ theią graphę̄, diʼ hēs hodeuousin hoi pepisteukotes, exomoiousthai kata dynamin tǭ kyriǭ, ouk adiaphorōs biōteon, alla kathareuteon eis dynamin tōn hēdonōn kai tōn epithymiōn epimelēteon te tēs psychēs, hę̄ pros monǭ tǭ theiǭ diatelesteon. katharos gar ōn kai pasēs kakias apēllagmenos ho nous dektikos pōs hyparchei tēs tou theou dynameōs, anistamenēs en autǭ tēs theias eikonos; kai pas ho echōn tēn elpida tautēn epi tǭ kyriǭ hagnizei, phēsin, heauton kathōs ekeinos hagnos estin.
And how is it possible for one overcome by the pleasures of the body to be made like the Lord or to have knowledge of God? For desire begins every pleasure; and desire is a kind of pain and anxiety longing for something through lack. So those who have chosen this way seem to me to suffer nothing other than what the saying describes, “to suffer disgrace in their vessels,” choosing for themselves an evil drawn on themselves now and hereafter. If, then, all things were permitted and there were no fear of failing to attain our hope through evil deeds, perhaps they would have some excuse for living badly and pitiably. But since a blessed life has been shown to us through commandments, which all must hold to, neither disregarding any of the things said nor neglecting what is fitting, even if it is very small, following wherever the Word leads; and since, if we should fail of it, we must fall into an immortal evil, while if we follow the divine Scripture, by which believers walk, we are made like the Lord as far as possible: we must not live indifferently, but must purify ourselves as far as possible from pleasures and desires and care for the soul, which must continue devoted to the divine alone. For the mind, being pure and freed from all vice, is somehow able to receive the power of God, the divine image being raised up in it. “And everyone who has this hope in the Lord purifies himself,” it says, “as he is pure.”
3.5.43Stählin 2:215–216
θεοῦ δὲ γνῶσιν λαβεῖν τοῖς ἔτι ὑπὸ τῶν παθῶν ἀγομένοις ἀδύνατον· οὐκοῦν οὐδὲ τῆς ἐλπίδος τυχεῖν μηδεμίαν τοῦ θεοῦ γνῶσιν περιπεποιημένοις· καὶ τοῦ μὲν ἀποτυγχάνοντος τοῦδε τοῦ τέλους ἡ τοῦ θεοῦ ἄγνοια κατηγορεῖν ἔοικε, τὸ δὲ ἀγνοεῖν τὸν θεὸν ἡ τοῦ βίου πολιτεία παρίστησιν. παντάπασι γὰρ ἀδύνατον ἄμα τε καὶ ἐπιστήμονα εἶναι καὶ τὴν τοῦ σώματος κολακείαν μὴ ἐπαισχύνεσθαι· οὐδὲ γὰρ συνᾴδειν ποτὲ δύναται τὸ ἀγαθὸν εἶναι τὴν ἡδονὴν τῷ μόνον εἶναι τὸ καλὸν ἀγαθὸν ἢ καὶ μόνον καλὸν τὸν κύριον καὶ μόνον ἀγαθὸν τὸν θεὸν καὶ μόνον ἐραστόν. ἐν Χριστῷ δὲ περιετμήθητε περιτομῇ ἀχειροποιήτῳ ἐν τῇ ἀπεκδύσει τοῦ σώματος τῆς σαρκός, ἐν τῇ περιτομῇ τοῦ Χριστοῦ. εἰ οὖν συνηγέρθητε τῷ Χριστῷ, τὰ ἄνω ζητεῖτε, τὰ ἄνω φρονεῖτε, μὴ τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. ἀπεθάνετε γάρ, καὶ ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν κέκρυπται σὺν τῷ Χριστῷ ἐν τῷ θεῷ, οὐχὶ δὲ πορνεία ἣν ἀσκοῦσιν. νεκρώσατε οὖν τὰ μέλη τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, πορνείαν, ἀκαθαρσίαν, πάθος, ἐπιθυμίαν, διʼ ἃ ἔρχεται ἡ ὀργή. ἀποθέσθωσαν οὖν καὶ αὐτοὶ ὀργήν, θυμόν, κακίαν, βλασφημίαν, αἰσχρολογίαν ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτῶν, ἀπεκδυσάμενοι τὸν παλαιὸν ἄνθρωπον σὺν ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις, καὶ ἐνδυσάμενοι τὸν νέον τὸν ἀνακαινούμενον εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν κατʼ εἰκόνα τοῦ κτίσαντος αὐτόν.
theou de gnōsin labein tois eti hypo tōn pathōn agomenois adynaton; oukoun oude tēs elpidos tychein mēdemian tou theou gnōsin peripepoiēmenois; kai tou men apotynchanontos toude tou telous hē tou theou agnoia katēgorein eoike, to de agnoein ton theon hē tou biou politeia paristēsin. pantapasi gar adynaton ama te kai epistēmona einai kai tēn tou sōmatos kolakeian mē epaischynesthai; oude gar synądein pote dynatai to agathon einai tēn hēdonēn tǭ monon einai to kalon agathon ē kai monon kalon ton kyrion kai monon agathon ton theon kai monon eraston. en Christǭ de perietmēthēte peritomę̄ acheiropoiētǭ en tę̄ apekdysei tou sōmatos tēs sarkos, en tę̄ peritomę̄ tou Christou. ei oun synēgerthēte tǭ Christǭ, ta anō zēteite, ta anō phroneite, mē ta epi tēs gēs. apethanete gar, kai hē zōē hymōn kekryptai syn tǭ Christǭ en tǭ theǭ, ouchi de porneia hēn askousin. nekrōsate oun ta melē ta epi tēs gēs, porneian, akatharsian, pathos, epithymian, diʼ ha erchetai hē orgē. apothesthōsan oun kai autoi orgēn, thymon, kakian, blasphēmian, aischrologian ek tou stomatos autōn, apekdysamenoi ton palaion anthrōpon syn tais epithymiais, kai endysamenoi ton neon ton anakainoumenon eis epignōsin katʼ eikona tou ktisantos auton.
It is impossible for those still led by the passions to receive the knowledge of God; so neither can those who have acquired no knowledge of God attain the hope. And ignorance of God seems to accuse the one who fails of this goal; and the conduct of one's life shows ignorance of God. For it is altogether impossible to be at once a person of understanding and not to be ashamed of flattering the body; for that pleasure is the good can never agree with the view that only the noble is good, or that the Lord alone is noble and God alone good and alone worthy of love. “In Christ you were circumcised with a circumcision not made with hands, in putting off the body of the flesh, in the circumcision of Christ. If, then, you were raised with Christ, seek the things above, set your mind on the things above, not on the things on the earth. For you died, and your life is hidden with Christ in God,” but not the sexual immorality that they practice. “Put to death, then, your members that are on the earth: sexual immorality, uncleanness, passion, desire, because of which the wrath comes.” Let them too, then, put away “anger, wrath, malice, blasphemy, shameful talk from their mouth, having put off the old man with its desires, and having put on the new, which is being renewed in knowledge according to the image of the one who created him.”
3.5.44Stählin 2:216
τὰ γὰρ τῆς πολιτείας ἐλέγχει σαφῶς τοὺς ἐγνωκότας τὰς ἐντολάς, ἐπεὶ οἷος ὁ λόγος τοῖος ὁ βίος· ἀπὸ δὲ τῶν καρπῶν τὸ δένδρον, οὐκ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθῶν καὶ πετάλων, γνωρίζεται. ἡ γνῶσις οὖν ἐκ τοῦ καρποῦ καὶ τῆς πολιτείας, οὐκ ἐκ τοῦ λόγου καὶ τοῦ ἄνθους· οὐ γὰρ λόγον ψιλὸν εἶναι τὴν γνῶσίν φαμεν, ἀλλά τινα ἐπιστήμην θείαν καὶ φῶς ἐκεῖνο τὸ ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ ἐγγενόμενον ἐκ τῆς κατὰ τὰς ἐντολὰς ὑπακοῆς τὸ πάντα κατάδηλα ποιοῦν τὰ τε ἐν γενέσει αὐτόν τε τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἑαυτόν τε γινώσκειν παρασκευάζον καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐπήβολον καθίστασθαι διδάσκον. ὃ γὰρ ὀφθαλμὸς ἐν σώματι, τοῦτο ἐν τῷ νῷ ἡ γνῶσις. μηδὲ λεγόντων ἐλευθερίαν τὴν ὑπὸ ἡδονῆς δουλείαν, καθαπερεὶ τὴν χολὴν γλυκεῖαν· ἡμεῖς γὰρ ἐλευθερίαν μεμαθήκαμεν ἣν ὁ κύριος ἡμᾶς ἐλευθεροῖ μόνος, ἀπολύων τῶν ἡδονῶν τε καὶ τῶν ἐπιθυμιῶν καὶ τῶν ἄλλων παθῶν. ὁ λέγων, ἔγνωκα τὸν κύριον, καὶ τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ μὴ τηρῶν ψεύστης ἐστίν, καὶ ἐν τούτῳ ἡ ἀλήθεια οὐκ ἔστιν, Ἰωάννης λέγει.
ta gar tēs politeias elenchei saphōs tous egnōkotas tas entolas, epei hoios ho logos toios ho bios; apo de tōn karpōn to dendron, ouk apo tōn anthōn kai petalōn, gnōrizetai. hē gnōsis oun ek tou karpou kai tēs politeias, ouk ek tou logou kai tou anthous; ou gar logon psilon einai tēn gnōsin phamen, alla tina epistēmēn theian kai phōs ekeino to en tę̄ psychę̄ engenomenon ek tēs kata tas entolas hypakoēs to panta katadēla poioun ta te en genesei auton te ton anthrōpon heauton te ginōskein paraskeuazon kai tou theou epēbolon kathistasthai didaskon. ho gar ophthalmos en sōmati, touto en tǭ nǭ hē gnōsis. mēde legontōn eleutherian tēn hypo hēdonēs douleian, kathaperei tēn cholēn glykeian; hēmeis gar eleutherian memathēkamen hēn ho kyrios hēmas eleutheroi monos, apolyōn tōn hēdonōn te kai tōn epithymiōn kai tōn allōn pathōn. ho legōn, egnōka ton kyrion, kai tas entolas autou mē tērōn pseustēs estin, kai en toutǭ hē alētheia ouk estin, Iōannēs legei.
For conduct clearly tests those who have known the commandments, since as the word is, so is the life. And the tree is known from its fruits, not from its flowers and leaves. Knowledge, then, comes from the fruit and from conduct, not from talk and flower. For we do not say that knowledge is bare talk, but a divine understanding and that light which arises in the soul from obedience to the commandments, making all things plain, both what is in creation and man himself, preparing one to know oneself and teaching one to become a partaker of God. For what the eye is in the body, knowledge is in the mind. And let them not call slavery to pleasure freedom, as though they called bile sweet. For we have learned that freedom is that with which the Lord alone frees us, releasing us from pleasures and desires and the other passions. “The one who says, ‘I have known the Lord,’ and does not keep his commandments is a liar, and the truth is not in him,” says John.
Miscellanies 3, chapter 6
3.6.45Stählin 2:216–217
Τοῖς δὲ εὐφήμως διʼ ἐγκρατείας ἀσεβοῦσιν εἴς τε τὴν κτίσιν καὶ τὸν ἅγιον δημιουργὸν τὸν παντοκράτορα μόνον θεὸν καὶ διδάσκουσι μὴ δεῖν παραδέχεσθαι γάμον καὶ παιδοποιίαν μηδὲ ἀντεισάγειν τῷ κόσμῳ δυστυχήσοντας ἑτέρους μηδὲ ἐπιχορηγεῖν τῷ θανάτῳ τροφὴν ἐκεῖνα λεκτέον· πρῶτον μὲν τὸ τοῦ ἀποστόλου Ἰωάννου· καὶ νῦν ἀντίχριστοι πολλοὶ γεγόνασιν, ὅθεν ἐγνώκαμεν ὅτι ἐσχάτη ὥρα ἐστίν. ἐξ ἡμῶν ἐξῆλθον, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἦσαν ἐξ ἡμῶν· εἰ γὰρ ἦσαν ἐξ ἡμῶν, μεμενήκεισαν ἂν μεθʼ ἡμῶν. ἔπειτα καὶ διαστρεπτέον αὐτοὺς τὰ ὑπʼ αὐτῶν φερόμενα διαλύοντας ὧδέ πως· τῇ Σαλώμῃ ὁ κύριος πυνθανομένῃ, μέχρι πότε θάνατος ἰσχύσει; οὐχ ὡς κακοῦ τοῦ βίου ὄντος καὶ τῆς κτίσεως πονηρᾶς, μέχρις ἂν εἶπεν ὑμεῖς αἱ γυναῖκες τίκτητε, ἀλλʼ ὡς τὴν ἀκολουθίαν τὴν φυσικὴν διδάσκων· γενέσει γὰρ πάντως ἕπεται καὶ φθορά.
Tois de euphēmōs diʼ enkrateias asebousin eis te tēn ktisin kai ton hagion dēmiourgon ton pantokratora monon theon kai didaskousi mē dein paradechesthai gamon kai paidopoiian mēde anteisagein tǭ kosmǭ dystychēsontas heterous mēde epichorēgein tǭ thanatǭ trophēn ekeina lekteon; prōton men to tou apostolou Iōannou; kai nyn antichristoi polloi gegonasin, hothen egnōkamen hoti eschatē hōra estin. ex hēmōn exēlthon, allʼ ouk ēsan ex hēmōn; ei gar ēsan ex hēmōn, memenēkeisan an methʼ hēmōn. epeita kai diastrepteon autous ta hypʼ autōn pheromena dialyontas hōde pōs; tę̄ Salōmę̄ ho kyrios pynthanomenę̄, mechri pote thanatos ischysei? ouch hōs kakou tou biou ontos kai tēs ktiseōs ponēras, mechris an eipen hymeis hai gynaikes tiktēte, allʼ hōs tēn akolouthian tēn physikēn didaskōn; genesei gar pantōs hepetai kai phthora.
To those who, under the fair name of self-control, act impiously toward creation and the holy Creator, the Almighty, the only God, and teach that marriage and the begetting of children must not be accepted, nor others brought into the world to be unhappy, nor food supplied to death, we must say this. First, the words of the apostle John: “And now many antichrists have come, from which we know that it is the last hour. They went out from us, but they were not of us; for if they had been of us, they would have remained with us.” Then we must also turn them around, refuting what they put forward in this way. When Salome asked, “How long will death have power?” the Lord said, “As long as you women bear children,” not as though life were evil and creation wicked, but teaching the natural sequence; for decay always follows birth.
3.6.46Stählin 2:217
τρυφῆς μὲν οὖν καὶ πάσης ἀκοσμίας ἡμᾶς ὁ νόμος ἐξάγειν προῄρηται, καὶ τοῦτό ἐστιν αὐτοῦ τέλος, ἐκ τῆς ἀδικίας ἡμᾶς εἰς δικαιοσύνην ὑπάγειν, γάμους τε αἱρουμένους σώφρονας καὶ παιδοποιίας καὶ πολιτείας. ὁ δὲ κύριος οὐ καταλύειν τὸν νόμον ἀφικνεῖται, ἀλλὰ πληρῶσαι· πληρῶσαι δὲ οὐχ ὡς ἐνδεῆ, ἀλλὰ τῷ τὰς κατὰ νόμον προφητείας ἐπιτελεῖς γενέσθαι κατὰ τὴν αὑτοῦ παρουσίαν, ἐπεὶ τὰ τῆς ὀρθῆς πολιτείας καὶ τοῖς δικαίως βεβιωκόσι πρὸ τοῦ νόμου διὰ τοῦ λόγου ἐκηρύσσετο. οἱ τοίνυν πολλοὶ τὴν ἐγκράτειαν οὐκ εἰδότες σώματι πολιτεύονται, ἀλλʼ οὐ πνεύματι. γῆ δὲ καὶ σποδὸς τὸ σῶμα ἄνευ πνεύματος. αὐτίκα μοιχείαν ἐξ ἐνθυμήσεως κρίνει ὁ κύριος· τί γάρ; οὐκ ἔστι καὶ γάμῳ ἐγκρατῶς χρῆσθαι καὶ μὴ πειρᾶσθαι διαλύειν ὃ συνέζευξεν ὁ θεός; τοιαῦτα γὰρ διδάσκουσιν οἱ τῆς συζυγίας μερισταί, διʼ οὓς καὶ τὸ ὄνομα βλασφημεῖται. μιαρὰν δὲ εἶναι τὴν συνουσίαν λέγοντες οὗτοι οἱ τὴν σύστασιν καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐκ συνουσίας εἰληφότες πῶς οὐκ ἂν εἶεν μιαροί;
tryphēs men oun kai pasēs akosmias hēmas ho nomos exagein proę̄rētai, kai touto estin autou telos, ek tēs adikias hēmas eis dikaiosynēn hypagein, gamous te hairoumenous sōphronas kai paidopoiias kai politeias. ho de kyrios ou katalyein ton nomon aphikneitai, alla plērōsai; plērōsai de ouch hōs endeē, alla tǭ tas kata nomon prophēteias epiteleis genesthai kata tēn hautou parousian, epei ta tēs orthēs politeias kai tois dikaiōs bebiōkosi pro tou nomou dia tou logou ekērysseto. hoi toinyn polloi tēn enkrateian ouk eidotes sōmati politeuontai, allʼ ou pneumati. gē de kai spodos to sōma aneu pneumatos. autika moicheian ex enthymēseōs krinei ho kyrios; ti gar? ouk esti kai gamǭ enkratōs chrēsthai kai mē peirasthai dialyein ho synezeuxen ho theos? toiauta gar didaskousin hoi tēs syzygias meristai, diʼ hous kai to onoma blasphēmeitai. miaran de einai tēn synousian legontes houtoi hoi tēn systasin kai autoi ek synousias eilēphotes pōs ouk an eien miaroi?
The law, then, has chosen to lead us away from luxury and all disorder, and this is its goal: to lead us from injustice to justice, choosing self-restrained marriages, begetting of children, and ways of life. And the Lord comes not to destroy the law but to fulfill it: to fulfill it not as though it were lacking, but in that the prophecies according to the law were accomplished by his coming; since the ways of right conduct were proclaimed through the Word even to those who lived justly before the law. The many, then, who do not know self-control live by the body, not by the spirit; and the body without the spirit is earth and ashes. The Lord, for example, judges adultery from the intention. What then? Is it not possible to use marriage with self-control too, and not try to dissolve what God has joined? For such things are taught by those who divide the union, because of whom the Name is blasphemed. And these who say that intercourse is polluted, having themselves received their existence from intercourse, how would they not be polluted?
3.6.47Stählin 2:217–218
τῶν δὲ ἁγιασθέντων ἅγιον οἶμαι καὶ τὸ σπέρμα. ἡγιάσθαι μὲν οὖν ἡμῖν ὀφείλει οὐ μόνον τὸ πνεῦμα, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁ τρόπος καὶ ὁ βίος καὶ τὸ σῶμα· ἐπεὶ τίνι λόγῳ ὁ ἀπόστολος Παῦλος ἡγιάσθαι λέγει τὴν γυναῖκα ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς ἢ τὸν ἄνδρα ὑπὸ τῆς γυναικός; τί δέ ἐστιν ὅπερ ὁ κύριος εἶπεν πρὸς τοὺς περὶ τοῦ ἀποστασίου πυνθανομένους, εἰ ἔξεστιν ἀπολῦσαι γυναῖκα Μωυσέως ἐπιτρέψαντος; πρὸς τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν, φησίν, ὁ Μωυσῆς ταῦτα ἔγραψεν· ὑμεῖς δὲ οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε ὅτι τῷ πρωτοπλάστῳ ὁ θεὸς εἶπεν· ἔσεσθε οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν; ὥστε ὁ ἀπολύων τὴν γυναῖκα χωρὶς λόγου πορνείας ποιεῖ αὐτὴν μοιχευθῆναι. ἀλλὰ μετὰ τὴν ἀνάστασιν, φησίν, οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται. καὶ γὰρ περὶ τῆς κοιλίας καὶ τῶν βρωμάτων εἴρηται· τὰ βρώματα τῇ κοιλίᾳ καὶ ἡ κοιλία τοῖς βρώμασιν, ὁ δὲ θεὸς καὶ ταύτην καὶ ταῦτα καταργήσει· τούτους ἐπιρραπίζων τοὺς δίκην κάπρων καὶ τράγων ζῆν οἰομένους, ἵνα μὴ ἀδεῶς ἐσθίοιεν καὶ ὀχεύοιεν.
tōn de hagiasthentōn hagion oimai kai to sperma. hēgiasthai men oun hēmin opheilei ou monon to pneuma, alla kai ho tropos kai ho bios kai to sōma; epei tini logǭ ho apostolos Paulos hēgiasthai legei tēn gynaika hypo tou andros ē ton andra hypo tēs gynaikos? ti de estin hoper ho kyrios eipen pros tous peri tou apostasiou pynthanomenous, ei exestin apolysai gynaika Mōyseōs epitrepsantos? pros tēn sklērokardian hymōn, phēsin, ho Mōysēs tauta egrapsen; hymeis de ouk anegnōte hoti tǭ prōtoplastǭ ho theos eipen; esesthe hoi dyo eis sarka mian? hōste ho apolyōn tēn gynaika chōris logou porneias poiei autēn moicheuthēnai. alla meta tēn anastasin, phēsin, oute gamousin oute gamizontai. kai gar peri tēs koilias kai tōn brōmatōn eirētai; ta brōmata tę̄ koilią kai hē koilia tois brōmasin, ho de theos kai tautēn kai tauta katargēsei; toutous epirrapizōn tous dikēn kaprōn kai tragōn zēn oiomenous, hina mē adeōs esthioien kai ocheuoien.
And the seed of those who have been sanctified is, I think, holy too. For not only our spirit ought to be sanctified, but also our character, life, and body. Otherwise, for what reason does the apostle Paul say that the wife is sanctified by the husband or the husband by the wife? And what is it that the Lord said to those who asked about the certificate of divorce, whether it is lawful to put away a wife, since Moses permitted it? “Because of your hardness of heart,” he says, “Moses wrote these things. But have you not read that God said to the first-formed man, ‘You two shall be one flesh’? So whoever puts away his wife except for the reason of sexual immorality makes her commit adultery.” “But after the resurrection,” he says, “they neither marry nor are given in marriage.” For it has also been said about the belly and foods: “Foods are for the belly and the belly for foods; but God will do away with both it and them”; rebuking those who think they may live like boars and goats, so that they may not eat and mate without fear.
3.6.48Stählin 2:218
εἰ γοῦν τὴν ἀνάστασιν ἀπειλήφασιν, ὡς αὐτοὶ λέγουσι, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἀθετοῦσι τὸν γάμον, μηδὲ ἐσθιέτωσαν μηδὲ πινέτωσαν· καταργεῖσθαι γὰρ ἔφη τὴν κοιλίαν καὶ τὰ βρώματα ὁ ἀπόστολος ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει. πῶς οὖν καὶ πεινῶσι καὶ διψῶσι καὶ τὰ κατὰ τὴν σάρκα πάσχουσι καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ὅσα ὁ διὰ Χριστοῦ τελείαν τὴν προσδοκωμένην ἀνάστασιν λαβὼν οὐ πείσεται; ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ τὰ εἴδωλα σεβόμενοι βρωμάτων τε ἅμα καὶ ἀφροδισίων ἀπέχονται. οὐκ ἔστι δὲ ἡ βασιλεία θεοῦ βρῶσις καὶ πόσις φησίν. ἀμέλει διὰ φροντίδος ἐστὶ καὶ τοῖς Μάγοις οἴνου τε ὁμοῦ καὶ ἐμψύχων καὶ ἀφροδισίων ἀπέχεσθαι λατρεύουσιν ἀγγέλοις καὶ δαίμοσιν. ὡς δὲ ἡ ταπεινοφροσύνη πραότης ἐστίν, οὐχὶ δὲ κακουχία σώματος, οὕτω καὶ ἡ ἐγκράτεια ψυχῆς ἀρετὴ ἡ οὐκ ἐν φανερῷ, ἀλλʼ ἐν ἀποκρύφῳ.
ei goun tēn anastasin apeilēphasin, hōs autoi legousi, kai dia touto athetousi ton gamon, mēde esthietōsan mēde pinetōsan; katargeisthai gar ephē tēn koilian kai ta brōmata ho apostolos en tę̄ anastasei. pōs oun kai peinōsi kai dipsōsi kai ta kata tēn sarka paschousi kai ta alla hosa ho dia Christou teleian tēn prosdokōmenēn anastasin labōn ou peisetai? alla kai hoi ta eidōla sebomenoi brōmatōn te hama kai aphrodisiōn apechontai. ouk esti de hē basileia theou brōsis kai posis phēsin. amelei dia phrontidos esti kai tois Magois oinou te homou kai empsychōn kai aphrodisiōn apechesthai latreuousin angelois kai daimosin. hōs de hē tapeinophrosynē praotēs estin, ouchi de kakouchia sōmatos, houtō kai hē enkrateia psychēs aretē hē ouk en phanerǭ, allʼ en apokryphǭ.
If, at any rate, they have received the resurrection, as they themselves say, and for this reason reject marriage, let them neither eat nor drink; for the apostle said that the belly and foods are done away in the resurrection. How, then, do they hunger and thirst and suffer the things of the flesh, and the other things which the one who has received through Christ the perfect resurrection that is awaited will not suffer? Besides, even idol-worshipers abstain from food and from sexual intercourse. “But the kingdom of God is not eating and drinking,” it says. Indeed the Magi too take care to abstain at once from wine, from meat, and from sexual intercourse, while they serve angels and demons. But as humility is gentleness, not ill-treatment of the body, so self-control is a virtue of the soul, not in the open, but in secret.
3.6.49Stählin 2:218–219
Εἰσὶν δʼ οἳ πορνείαν ἄντικρυς τὸν γάμον λέγουσι καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου ταύτην παραδεδόσθαι δογματίζουσι, μιμεῖσθαι δʼ αὑτοὺς οἱ μεγάλαυχοί φασι τὸν κύριον μήτε γήμαντα μήτε τι ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ κτησάμενον, μᾶλλον παρὰ τοὺς ἄλλους νενοηκέναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον καυχώμενοι. λέγει δὲ αὐτοῖς ἡ γραφή· ὑπερηφάνοις ὁ θεὸς ἀντιτάσσεται, ταπεινοῖς δὲ δίδωσι χάριν. εἶτʼ οὐκ ἴσασι τὴν αἰτίαν τοῦ μὴ γῆμαι τὸν κύριον· πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ τὴν ἰδίαν νύμφην εἶχεν, τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, ἔπειτα δὲ οὐδὲ ἄνθρωπος ἦν κοινός, ἵνα καὶ βοηθοῦ τινος κατὰ σάρκα δεηθῇ· οὐδὲ τεκνοποιήσασθαι ἦν αὐτῷ ἀναγκαῖον ἀιδίως μένοντι καὶ μόνῳ υἱῷ θεοῦ γεγονότι. αὐτὸς δὲ οὗτος ὁ κύριος λέγει· ὃ ὁ θεὸς συνέζευξεν, ἄνθρωπος μὴ χωριζέτω. καὶ πάλιν· ὥσπερ δὲ ἦν ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Νῶε, ἦσαν γαμοῦντες γαμίζοντες, οἰκοδομοῦντες φυτεύοντες, καὶ ὡς ἦν ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Λώτ, οὕτως ἔσται ἡ παρουσία τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. καὶ ὅτι οὐ πρὸς τὰ ἔθνη λέγει, ἐπιφέρει· ἆρα ἐλθὼν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου εὑρήσει τὴν πίστιν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς; καὶ πάλιν· οὐαὶ δὲ ταῖς ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσαις καὶ ταῖς θηλαζούσαις ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις. καίτοι καὶ ταῦτα ἀλληγορεῖται. διὰ τοῦτο οὐδὲ τοὺς καιροὺς ὥρισεν οὓς ὁ πατὴρ ἔθετο ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ, ἵνα διαμένῃ κατὰ τὰς γενεὰς ὁ κόσμος.
Eisin dʼ hoi porneian antikrys ton gamon legousi kai hypo tou diabolou tautēn paradedosthai dogmatizousi, mimeisthai dʼ hautous hoi megalauchoi phasi ton kyrion mēte gēmanta mēte ti en tǭ kosmǭ ktēsamenon, mallon para tous allous nenoēkenai to euangelion kauchōmenoi. legei de autois hē graphē; hyperēphanois ho theos antitassetai, tapeinois de didōsi charin. eitʼ ouk isasi tēn aitian tou mē gēmai ton kyrion; prōton men gar tēn idian nymphēn eichen, tēn ekklēsian, epeita de oude anthrōpos ēn koinos, hina kai boēthou tinos kata sarka deēthę̄; oude teknopoiēsasthai ēn autǭ anankaion aidiōs menonti kai monǭ huiǭ theou gegonoti. autos de houtos ho kyrios legei; ho ho theos synezeuxen, anthrōpos mē chōrizetō. kai palin; hōsper de ēn en tais hēmerais Nōe, ēsan gamountes gamizontes, oikodomountes phyteuontes, kai hōs ēn en tais hēmerais Lōt, houtōs estai hē parousia tou huiou tou anthrōpou. kai hoti ou pros ta ethnē legei, epipherei; ara elthōn ho huios tou anthrōpou heurēsei tēn pistin epi tēs gēs? kai palin; ouai de tais en gastri echousais kai tais thēlazousais en ekeinais tais hēmerais. kaitoi kai tauta allēgoreitai. dia touto oude tous kairous hōrisen hous ho patēr etheto en tę̄ idią exousią, hina diamenę̄ kata tas geneas ho kosmos.
There are some who say plainly that marriage is sexual immorality, and teach that it was handed down by the devil; and these boasters say that they imitate the Lord, who neither married nor acquired anything in the world, boasting that they have understood the gospel better than others. But Scripture says to them: “God opposes the proud, but gives grace to the humble.” And they do not know the reason why the Lord did not marry. First, he had his own bride, the church; then, he was not an ordinary man, so as to need a helper according to the flesh; nor was it necessary for him to beget children, since he remains forever and is the only Son of God. This same Lord says: “What God has joined, let no man separate.” And again: “As it was in the days of Noah, they were marrying and giving in marriage, building and planting; and as it was in the days of Lot, so will be the coming of the Son of Man.” And to show that he is not speaking to the Gentiles, he adds: “When the Son of Man comes, will he find faith on the earth?” And again: “Woe to those who are pregnant and those who are nursing in those days,” though these things too are allegorized. For this reason he did not define the times which the Father has set in his own authority, so that the world might continue through the generations.
3.6.50Stählin 2:219
τὸ δὲ οὐ πάντες χωροῦσι τὸν λόγον τοῦτον· εἰσὶ γὰρ εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες ἐγεννήθησαν οὕτως, καὶ εἰσὶν εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες εὐνουχίσθησαν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, καὶ εἰσὶν εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες εὐνούχισαν ἑαυτοὺς διὰ τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν· ὁ δυνάμενος χωρεῖν χωρείτω· οὐκ ἴσασιν ὅτι μετὰ τὴν τοῦ ἀποστασίου ῥῆσιν πυθομένων τινῶν ὅτι ἐὰν οὕτως ᾖ ἡ αἰτία τῆς γυναικός, οὐ συμφέρει τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ γαμῆσαι, τότε ὁ κύριος ἔφη· οὐ πάντες χωροῦσι τὸν λόγον τοῦτον, ἀλλʼ οἷς δέδοται· τοῦτο γὰρ οἱ πυνθανόμενοι μαθεῖν ἠβουλήθησαν, εἰ συγχωρεῖ καταγνωσθείσης ἐπὶ πορνείᾳ γυναικὸς καὶ ἐκβληθείσης ἑτέραν γῆμαι. Φασὶ δὲ καὶ ἀθλητὰς οὐκ ὀλίγους ἀφροδισίων ἀπέχεσθαι διʼ ἄσκησιν σωματικὴν ἐγκρατευομένους, καθάπερ τὸν Κροτωνιάτην Ἀστύλον καὶ Κρίσωνα τὸν Ἱμεραῖον. καὶ Ἀμοιβεὺς δὲ ὁ κιθαρῳδὸς νεόγαμος ὢν ἀπέσχετο τῆς νύμφης. ὅ τε Κυρηναῖος Ἀριστοτέλης Λαΐδα ἐρῶσαν ὑπερεώρα μόνος·
to de ou pantes chōrousi ton logon touton; eisi gar eunouchoi hoitines egennēthēsan houtōs, kai eisin eunouchoi hoitines eunouchisthēsan hypo tōn anthrōpōn, kai eisin eunouchoi hoitines eunouchisan heautous dia tēn basileian tōn ouranōn; ho dynamenos chōrein chōreitō; ouk isasin hoti meta tēn tou apostasiou rhēsin pythomenōn tinōn hoti ean houtōs ę̄ hē aitia tēs gynaikos, ou sympherei tǭ anthrōpǭ gamēsai, tote ho kyrios ephē; ou pantes chōrousi ton logon touton, allʼ hois dedotai; touto gar hoi pynthanomenoi mathein ēboulēthēsan, ei synchōrei katagnōstheisēs epi porneią gynaikos kai ekblētheisēs heteran gēmai. Phasi de kai athlētas ouk oligous aphrodisiōn apechesthai diʼ askēsin sōmatikēn enkrateuomenous, kathaper ton Krotōniatēn Astylon kai Krisōna ton Himeraion. kai Amoibeus de ho kitharǭdos neogamos ōn apescheto tēs nymphēs. ho te Kyrēnaios Aristotelēs Laïda erōsan hypereōra monos;
And as for “Not all can receive this saying; for there are eunuchs who were born so, and there are eunuchs who were made eunuchs by men, and there are eunuchs who made themselves eunuchs for the kingdom of heaven; let the one who can receive it receive it,” they do not know that after his saying about divorce, when some asked, “If such is the case of a man with his wife, it is not expedient to marry,” then the Lord said: “Not all can receive this saying, but those to whom it is given.” For what the questioners wished to learn was whether he allowed a man to marry another wife when his wife had been condemned for sexual immorality and put away. They say that not a few athletes too abstain from sexual intercourse, exercising self-control for bodily training, such as Astylus of Croton and Crison of Himera. And Amoebeus the lyre-singer, though newly married, abstained from his bride. And Aristotle of Cyrene alone disdained Lais when she loved him.
3.6.51Stählin 2:219–220
ὀμωμοκὼς οὖν τῇ ἑταίρᾳ ἦ μὴν ἀπάξειν αὐτὴν εἰς τὴν πατρίδα, εἰ συμπράξειεν αὐτῷ τινα πρὸς τοὺς ἀνταγωνιστάς, ἐπειδὴ διεπράξατο, χαριέντως ἐκτελῶν τὸν ὅρκον, γραψάμενος αὐτῆς ὡς ὅτι μάλιστα ὁμοιοτάτην εἰκόνα, ἀνέστησεν εἰς Κυρήνην, ὡς ἱστορεῖ Ἴστρος ἐν τῷ Περὶ ἰδιότητος ἄθλων. ὥστʼ οὐδʼ ἡ εὐνουχία ἐνάρετον, εἰ μὴ διʼ ἀγάπην γίνοιτο τὴν πρὸς τὸν θεόν. Αὐτίκα περὶ τῶν βδελυσσομένων τὸν γάμον Παῦλος ὁ μακάριος λέγει· ἐν ὑστέροις καιροῖς ἀποστήσονταί τινες τῆς πίστεως, προσέχοντες πνεύμασι πλάνοις καὶ διδασκαλίαις δαιμονίων, κωλυόντων γαμεῖν, ἀπέχεσθαι βρωμάτων. καὶ πάλιν λέγει· μηδεὶς ὑμᾶς καταβραβευέτω ἐν ἐθελοθρησκείᾳ ταπεινοφροσύνης καὶ ἀφειδίᾳ σώματος. ὁ δὲ αὐτὸς κἀκεῖνα γράφει· δέδεσαι γυναικί; μὴ ζήτει λύσιν· λέλυσαι ἀπὸ γυναικός; μὴ ζήτει γυναῖκα. καὶ πάλιν· ἕκαστος δὲ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ γυναῖκα ἐχέτω, ἵνα μὴ πειράζῃ ὑμᾶς ὁ σατανᾶς.
omōmokōs oun tę̄ hetairą ē mēn apaxein autēn eis tēn patrida, ei sympraxeien autǭ tina pros tous antagōnistas, epeidē diepraxato, charientōs ektelōn ton horkon, grapsamenos autēs hōs hoti malista homoiotatēn eikona, anestēsen eis Kyrēnēn, hōs historei Istros en tǭ Peri idiotētos athlōn. hōstʼ oudʼ hē eunouchia enareton, ei mē diʼ agapēn ginoito tēn pros ton theon. Autika peri tōn bdelyssomenōn ton gamon Paulos ho makarios legei; en hysterois kairois apostēsontai tines tēs pisteōs, prosechontes pneumasi planois kai didaskaliais daimoniōn, kōlyontōn gamein, apechesthai brōmatōn. kai palin legei; mēdeis hymas katabrabeuetō en ethelothrēskeią tapeinophrosynēs kai apheidią sōmatos. ho de autos kakeina graphei; dedesai gynaiki? mē zētei lysin; lelysai apo gynaikos? mē zētei gynaika. kai palin; hekastos de tēn heautou gynaika echetō, hina mē peirazę̄ hymas ho satanas.
Having sworn to the courtesan that he would take her to his homeland if she helped him in something against his rivals, when she had done it, he fulfilled the oath wittily: he had a portrait of her painted, as lifelike as possible, and set it up in Cyrene, as Istrus relates in his work On the Peculiarity of Contests. So not even the eunuchate is virtuous unless it comes about through love of God. Indeed, about those who abhor marriage the blessed Paul says: “In later times some will depart from the faith, paying attention to deceiving spirits and teachings of demons, forbidding to marry, commanding to abstain from foods.” And again he says: “Let no one disqualify you by self-made worship of humility and severity to the body.” The same writer also writes this: “Are you bound to a wife? Do not seek to be released. Are you released from a wife? Do not seek a wife.” And again: “Let each one have his own wife, so that Satan may not tempt you.”
3.6.52Stählin 2:220
τί δέ; οὐχὶ καὶ οἱ παλαιοὶ δίκαιοι εὐχαρίστως τῆς κτίσεως μετελάμβανον; οἳ δὲ καὶ ἐπαιδοποιήσαντο γήμαντες ἐγκρατῶς. καὶ τῷ μὲν Ἠλίᾳ οἱ κόρακες ἔφερον τροφὴν ἄρτους καὶ κρέα· καὶ Σαμουὴλ δὲ ὁ προφήτης, ἣν ὃν καταλελοίπει κωλεὸν ἐξ ὧν ἤσθιε, φέρων ἔδωκε τῷ Σαοὺλ φαγεῖν. οἳ δέ, καὶ τούτους ὑπερφέρειν λέγοντες πολιτείᾳ καὶ βίῳ, οὐδὲ συγκριθῆναι ταῖς ἐκείνων πράξεσι δυνήσονται. ὁ μὴ ἐσθίων τοίνυν τὸν ἐσθίοντα μὴ ἐξουθενείτω, ὁ δὲ ἐσθίων τὸν μὴ ἐσθίοντα μὴ κρινέτω· ὁ θεὸς γὰρ αὐτὸν προσελάβετο. ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁ κύριος περὶ ἑαυτοῦ λέγων ἦλθεν φησὶν Ἰωάννης μήτε ἐσθίων μήτε πίνων, καὶ λέγουσι· δαιμόνιον ἔχει. ἦλθεν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐσθίων καὶ πίνων, καὶ λέγουσιν· ἰδοὺ ἄνθρωπος φάγος καὶ οἰνοπότης, φίλος τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλός. ἢ καὶ τοὺς ἀποστόλους ἀποδοκιμάζουσι;
ti de? ouchi kai hoi palaioi dikaioi eucharistōs tēs ktiseōs metelambanon? hoi de kai epaidopoiēsanto gēmantes enkratōs. kai tǭ men Ēlią hoi korakes epheron trophēn artous kai krea; kai Samouēl de ho prophētēs, hēn hon kataleloipei kōleon ex hōn ēsthie, pherōn edōke tǭ Saoul phagein. hoi de, kai toutous hyperpherein legontes politeią kai biǭ, oude synkrithēnai tais ekeinōn praxesi dynēsontai. ho mē esthiōn toinyn ton esthionta mē exoutheneitō, ho de esthiōn ton mē esthionta mē krinetō; ho theos gar auton proselabeto. alla kai ho kyrios peri heautou legōn ēlthen phēsin Iōannēs mēte esthiōn mēte pinōn, kai legousi; daimonion echei. ēlthen ho huios tou anthrōpou esthiōn kai pinōn, kai legousin; idou anthrōpos phagos kai oinopotēs, philos telōnōn kai hamartōlos. ē kai tous apostolous apodokimazousi?
What then? Did not the righteous of old partake of creation with thanksgiving? Some of them even married and begot children with self-control. Ravens brought Elijah bread and meat for food; and Samuel the prophet brought and gave Saul to eat the leg that he had kept back from what he ate. But those who say that they surpass even these in conduct and life will not be able even to be compared with their deeds. “Let the one who does not eat not despise the one who eats, and let the one who eats not judge the one who does not eat; for God has accepted him.” Besides, the Lord says of himself: “John came neither eating nor drinking, and they say, ‘He has a demon.’ The Son of Man came eating and drinking, and they say, ‘Look, a glutton and a drunkard, a friend of tax collectors and sinners.’” Or do they reject the apostles too?
3.6.53Stählin 2:220–221
Πέτρος μὲν γὰρ καὶ Φίλιππος ἐπαιδοποιήσαντο, Φίλιππος δὲ καὶ τὰς θυγατέρας ἀνδράσιν ἐξέδωκεν, καὶ ὅ γε Παῦλος οὐκ ὀκνεῖ ἔν τινι ἐπιστολῇ τὴν αὑτοῦ προσαγορεύειν σύζυγον, ἣν οὐ περιεκόμιζεν διὰ τὸ τῆς ὑπηρεσίας εὐσταλές. λέγει οὖν ἔν τινι ἐπιστολῇ· οὐκ ἔχομεν ἐξουσίαν ἀδελφὴν γυναῖκα περιάγειν, ὡς καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ ἀπόστολοι; ἀλλʼ οὗτοι μὲν οἰκείως τῇ διακονίᾳ, ἀπερισπάστως τῷ κηρύγματι προσανέχοντες, οὐχ ὡς γαμετάς, ἀλλʼ ὡς ἀδελφὰς περιῆγον τὰς γυναῖκας συνδιακόνους ἐσομένας πρὸς τὰς οἰκουροὺς γυναῖκας, διʼ ὧν καὶ εἰς τὴν γυναικωνῖτιν ἀδιαβλήτως παρεισεδύετο ἡ τοῦ κυρίου διδασκαλία. ἴσμεν γὰρ καὶ ὅσα περὶ διακόνων γυναικῶν ἐν τῇ ἑτέρᾳ πρὸς Τιμόθεον ἐπιστολῇ ὁ γενναῖος διατάσσεται Παῦλος. ἀλλὰ μὴν ὁ αὐτὸς οὗτος κέκραγεν ὡς οὐκ ἔστιν ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ βρῶσις καὶ πόσις, οὐδὲ μὴν ἀποχὴ οἴνου καὶ κρεῶν, ἀλλὰ δικαιοσύνη καὶ εἰρήνη καὶ χαρὰ ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ. τίς αὐτῶν μηλωτὴν καὶ ζώνην δερματίνην ἔχων περιέρχεται ὡς Ἠλίας; τίς δὲ σάκκον περιβέβληται γυμνὸς τὰ ἄλλα καὶ ἀνυπόδετος ὡς Ἡσαΐας; ἢ περίζωμα μόνον λινοῦν, ὡς Ἱερεμίας; Ἰωάννου δὲ τὴν ἔνστασιν τὴν γνωστικὴν τοῦ βίου τίς μιμήσεται; ἀλλὰ καὶ οὕτω βιοῦντες ηὐχαρίστουν τῷ κτίσαντι οἱ μακάριοι προφῆται.
Petros men gar kai Philippos epaidopoiēsanto, Philippos de kai tas thygateras andrasin exedōken, kai ho ge Paulos ouk oknei en tini epistolę̄ tēn hautou prosagoreuein syzygon, hēn ou periekomizen dia to tēs hypēresias eustales. legei oun en tini epistolę̄; ouk echomen exousian adelphēn gynaika periagein, hōs kai hoi loipoi apostoloi? allʼ houtoi men oikeiōs tę̄ diakonią, aperispastōs tǭ kērygmati prosanechontes, ouch hōs gametas, allʼ hōs adelphas periēgon tas gynaikas syndiakonous esomenas pros tas oikourous gynaikas, diʼ hōn kai eis tēn gynaikōnitin adiablētōs pareisedyeto hē tou kyriou didaskalia. ismen gar kai hosa peri diakonōn gynaikōn en tę̄ heterą pros Timotheon epistolę̄ ho gennaios diatassetai Paulos. alla mēn ho autos houtos kekragen hōs ouk estin hē basileia tou theou brōsis kai posis, oude mēn apochē oinou kai kreōn, alla dikaiosynē kai eirēnē kai chara en pneumati hagiǭ. tis autōn mēlōtēn kai zōnēn dermatinēn echōn perierchetai hōs Ēlias? tis de sakkon peribeblētai gymnos ta alla kai anypodetos hōs Hēsaïas? ē perizōma monon linoun, hōs Hieremias? Iōannou de tēn enstasin tēn gnōstikēn tou biou tis mimēsetai? alla kai houtō biountes ēucharistoun tǭ ktisanti hoi makarioi prophētai.
For Peter and Philip had children, and Philip also gave his daughters to husbands; and Paul does not hesitate in one letter to address his own yokefellow, whom he did not take about with him for the sake of the convenience of his ministry. He says, then, in one letter: “Do we not have the right to take about a sister as wife, as the other apostles also do?” But these, devoting themselves, as befitted their ministry, to preaching without distraction, took their wives about not as wives but as sisters, to be fellow ministers to the women who kept at home, through whom the Lord's teaching entered even the women's quarters without scandal. For we know also what the noble Paul lays down about women deacons in the other letter to Timothy. And this same man cried out that “the kingdom of God is not eating and drinking,” nor indeed abstaining from wine and meat, “but righteousness and peace and joy in the Holy Spirit.” Which of them goes about with a sheepskin and a leather belt, like Elijah? Who is clothed in sackcloth, naked otherwise and barefoot, like Isaiah? Or only in a linen loincloth, like Jeremiah? And who will imitate John's knowing way of life? Yet the blessed prophets, living so, gave thanks to the Creator.
3.6.54Stählin 2:221
Ἡ δὲ Καρποκράτους δικαιοσύνη καὶ τῶν ἐπʼ ἴσης αὐτῷ τὴν ἀκόλαστον μετιόντων κοινωνίαν ὧδέ πως καταλύεται. ἅμα γὰρ τῷ φάναι τῷ αἰτοῦντί σε δός ἐπιφέρει· καὶ τὸν θέλοντα δανείσασθαι μὴ ἀποστραφῇς, ταύτην διδάσκων τὴν κοινωνίαν, οὐχὶ δὲ τὴν λάγνον. πῶς δὲ ὁ αἰτῶν καὶ λαμβάνων καὶ δανειζόμενος ἀπὸ μηδενὸς ὑπάρχοντος τοῦ ἔχοντος καὶ διδόντος καὶ δανείζοντος; τί δʼ ὅταν ὁ κύριος φῇ· ἐπείνασα καὶ ἐχορτάσατέ με, ἐδίψησα καὶ ἐποτίσατέ με, ξένος ἤμην καὶ συνηγάγετέ με, γυμνὸς καὶ περιεβάλετέ με. εἶτα ἐπιφέρει· ἐφʼ ὅσον ἐποιήσατε ἑνὶ τούτων τῶν ἐλαχίστων, ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε. οὐχὶ δὲ τὰ αὐτὰ καὶ ἐν τῇ παλαιᾷ διαθήκῃ νομοθετεῖ; ὁ διδοὺς πτωχῷ δανείζει θεῷ καὶ μὴ ἀπόσχῃ εὖ ποιεῖν ἐνδεῆ φησίν.
Hē de Karpokratous dikaiosynē kai tōn epʼ isēs autǭ tēn akolaston metiontōn koinōnian hōde pōs katalyetai. hama gar tǭ phanai tǭ aitounti se dos epipherei; kai ton thelonta daneisasthai mē apostraphę̄s, tautēn didaskōn tēn koinōnian, ouchi de tēn lagnon. pōs de ho aitōn kai lambanōn kai daneizomenos apo mēdenos hyparchontos tou echontos kai didontos kai daneizontos? ti dʼ hotan ho kyrios phę̄; epeinasa kai echortasate me, edipsēsa kai epotisate me, xenos ēmēn kai synēgagete me, gymnos kai periebalete me. eita epipherei; ephʼ hoson epoiēsate heni toutōn tōn elachistōn, emoi epoiēsate. ouchi de ta auta kai en tę̄ palaią diathēkę̄ nomothetei? ho didous ptōchǭ daneizei theǭ kai mē aposchę̄ eu poiein endeē phēsin.
The “justice” of Carpocrates and of those who pursue licentious community equally with him is refuted in this way. For at the same time as saying, “Give to the one who asks you,” he adds, “and do not turn away from the one who wishes to borrow,” teaching this kind of sharing, not the lustful kind. And how can there be one who asks, receives, and borrows, if there is no one who has, gives, and lends? And what of when the Lord says: “I was hungry and you fed me, I was thirsty and you gave me drink, I was a stranger and you took me in, naked and you clothed me”? Then he adds: “Inasmuch as you did it to one of these least, you did it to me.” And does he not lay down the same things in the old covenant too? “The one who gives to the poor lends to God,” and, “Do not refrain from doing good to the needy,” it says.
3.6.55Stählin 2:221
καὶ πάλιν ἐλεημοσύναι καὶ πίστεις μὴ ἐκλιπέτωσάν σε εἶπεν. πενία δὲ ἄνδρα ταπεινοῖ· χεῖρες δὲ ἀνδρείων πλουτίζουσιν. ἐπιφέρει δέ· ἰδοὺ ἀνήρ, ὃς οὐκ ἔδωκεν ἐπὶ τόκῳ τὸ ἀργύριον αὐτοῦ, ἀποδεκτὸς γίνεται· καὶ λύτρον ψυχῆς ἀνδρὸς ὁ ἴδιος πλοῦτος κρίνεται. οὐχὶ διασαφεῖ ἄντικρυς; ὡς οὖν ἐξ ἐναντίων ὁ κόσμος σύγκειται ὥσπερ ἐκ θερμοῦ καὶ ψυχροῦ ξηροῦ τε καὶ ὑγροῦ, οὕτω κἀκ τῶν διδόντων κἀκ τῶν λαμβανόντων. πάλιν τε αὖ ὅταν εἴπῃ· εἰ θέλεις τέλειος γενέσθαι, πωλήσας τὰ ὑπάρχοντα δὸς πτωχοῖς, ἐλέγχει τὸν καυχώμενον ἐπὶ τῷ πάσας τὰς ἐντολὰς ἐκ νεότητος τετηρηκέναι· οὐ γὰρ πεπληρώκει τὸ ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς ἑαυτόν. τότε δὲ ὑπὸ τοῦ κυρίου συντελειούμενος ἐδιδάσκετο διʼ ἀγάπην μεταδιδόναι.
kai palin eleēmosynai kai pisteis mē eklipetōsan se eipen. penia de andra tapeinoi; cheires de andreiōn ploutizousin. epipherei de; idou anēr, hos ouk edōken epi tokǭ to argyrion autou, apodektos ginetai; kai lytron psychēs andros ho idios ploutos krinetai. ouchi diasaphei antikrys? hōs oun ex enantiōn ho kosmos synkeitai hōsper ek thermou kai psychrou xērou te kai hygrou, houtō kak tōn didontōn kak tōn lambanontōn. palin te au hotan eipę̄; ei theleis teleios genesthai, pōlēsas ta hyparchonta dos ptōchois, elenchei ton kauchōmenon epi tǭ pasas tas entolas ek neotētos tetērēkenai; ou gar peplērōkei to agapēseis ton plēsion sou hōs heauton. tote de hypo tou kyriou synteleioumenos edidasketo diʼ agapēn metadidonai.
And again he said: “Let not acts of mercy and faithfulness fail you.” “Poverty humbles a man, but the hands of the vigorous make rich.” And he adds: “Behold a man who did not give his money at interest: he is acceptable.” And “a man's own wealth is judged the ransom of his soul.” Does he not make it plain? As, then, the world consists of opposites, as of hot and cold, dry and wet, so too of those who give and those who receive. And again, when he says, “If you wish to be perfect, sell your possessions and give to the poor,” he convicts the one who boasted of having kept all the commandments from his youth; for he had not fulfilled “You shall love your neighbor as yourself.” Then, being perfected by the Lord, he was taught to share out of love.
3.6.56Stählin 2:221–222
καλῶς οὖν πλουτεῖν οὐ κεκώλυκεν, ἀλλὰ γὰρ τὸ ἀδίκως καὶ ἀπλήστως πλουτεῖν· κτῆσις γὰρ ἐπισπευδομένη μετὰ ἀνομίας ἐλάττων γίνεται. εἰσὶ γὰρ οἳ σπείροντες πλείονα ποιοῦσι, καὶ οἳ συνάγοντες ἐλαττοῦνται· περὶ ὧν γέγραπται· ἐσκόρπισεν, ἔδωκεν τοῖς πένησιν, ἡ δικαιοσύνη αὐτοῦ μένει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα· ὁ μὲν γὰρ σπείρων καὶ πλείονα συνάγων οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ διὰ τῆς ἐπιγείου καὶ προσκαίρου μεταδόσεως τὰ οὐράνια κτώμενος καὶ τὰ αἰώνια, ἕτερος δὲ ὁ μηδενὶ μεταδιδούς, κενῶς δὲ θησαυρίζων ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ὅπου σὴς καὶ βρῶσις ἀφανίζει (περὶ οὗ γέγραπται· συνάγων τοὺς μισθοὺς συνήγαγεν εἰς δεσμὸν τετρυπημένον), τούτου τὴν χώραν εὐφορῆσαι λέγει ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ ὁ κύριος, ἔπειτα τοὺς καρποὺς ἀποθέσθαι βουληθέντα, οἰκοδομησόμενον ἀποθήκας μείζονας κατὰ τὴν προσωποποιίαν εἰπεῖν πρὸς ἑαυτόν· ἔχεις ἀγαθὰ πολλὰ ἀποκείμενά σοι εἰς ἔτη πολλά, φάγε, πίε, εὐφραίνου· ἄφρον οὖν, ἔφη, ταύτῃ γὰρ τῇ νυκτὶ τὴν ψυχήν σου ἀπαιτοῦσιν ἀπὸ σοῦ. ἃ οὖν ἡτοίμασας, τίνι γένηται;
kalōs oun ploutein ou kekōlyken, alla gar to adikōs kai aplēstōs ploutein; ktēsis gar epispeudomenē meta anomias elattōn ginetai. eisi gar hoi speirontes pleiona poiousi, kai hoi synagontes elattountai; peri hōn gegraptai; eskorpisen, edōken tois penēsin, hē dikaiosynē autou menei eis ton aiōna; ho men gar speirōn kai pleiona synagōn houtos estin ho dia tēs epigeiou kai proskairou metadoseōs ta ourania ktōmenos kai ta aiōnia, heteros de ho mēdeni metadidous, kenōs de thēsaurizōn epi tēs gēs hopou sēs kai brōsis aphanizei (peri hou gegraptai; synagōn tous misthous synēgagen eis desmon tetrypēmenon), toutou tēn chōran euphorēsai legei en tǭ euangeliǭ ho kyrios, epeita tous karpous apothesthai boulēthenta, oikodomēsomenon apothēkas meizonas kata tēn prosōpopoiian eipein pros heauton; echeis agatha polla apokeimena soi eis etē polla, phage, pie, euphrainou; aphron oun, ephē, tautę̄ gar tę̄ nykti tēn psychēn sou apaitousin apo sou. ha oun hētoimasas, tini genētai?
So he has not forbidden being rich rightly, but being rich unjustly and insatiably; for “property hastily gained with lawlessness becomes less.” For “there are those who sow and make more, and those who gather and become less.” About them it is written: “He scattered, he gave to the poor; his righteousness remains forever.” For the one who sows and gathers more is the one who, through earthly and temporary sharing, acquires the heavenly and eternal things; but the other is the one who shares with no one, but vainly stores up treasure on earth, where moth and rust destroy (about whom it is written, “He who gathered wages gathered them into a bag with holes”). The Lord says in the Gospel that this man's land bore well, and then, wishing to store the fruits, he was going to build bigger barns, and said to himself, in the personification: “You have many goods laid up for many years; eat, drink, be merry.” “Fool,” he said, “this night they demand your soul from you; the things you have prepared, whose will they be?”
Miscellanies 3, chapter 7
3.7.57Stählin 2:222
Ἡ μὲν οὖν ἀνθρωπίνη ἐγκράτεια, ἡ κατὰ τοὺς φιλοσόφους λέγω τοὺς Ἑλλήνων, τὸ διαμάχεσθαι τῇ ἐπιθυμίᾳ καὶ μὴ ἐξυπηρετεῖν αὐτῇ εἰς τὰ ἔργα ἐπαγγέλλεται, ἡ καθʼ ἡμᾶς δὲ τὸ μὴ ἐπιθυμεῖν, οὐχ ἵνα τις ἐπιθυμῶν καρτερῇ, ἀλλʼ ὅπως καὶ τοῦ ἐπιθυμεῖν ἐγκρατεύηται. λαβεῖν δὲ ἄλλως οὐκ ἔστι τὴν ἐγκράτειαν ταύτην ἢ χάριτι τοῦ θεοῦ. διὰ τοῦτο εἶπεν αἰτεῖτε καὶ δοθήσεται ὑμῖν. ταύτην ἔλαβεν τὴν χάριν καὶ ὁ Μωυσῆς τὸ ἐνδεὲς σῶμα περικείμενος, ἵνα τεσσαράκοντα ἡμέρας μήτε πεινάσῃ μήτε διψήσῃ. ὡς δὲ ὑγιαίνειν ἄμεινον τοῦ νοσοῦντα περὶ ὑγείας διαλέγεσθαι, οὕτω τὸ εἶναι φῶς τοῦ περὶ φωτὸς λαλεῖν καὶ ἡ κατὰ ἀλήθειαν ἐγκράτεια τῆς ὑπὸ τῶν φιλοσόφων διδασκομένης. οὐ γὰρ ὅπου φῶς, ἐκεῖ σκότος· ἔνθα δέ ἐστιν ἐπιθυμία ἐγκαθεζομένη, μόνη τυγχάνουσα, κἄν τῇ ἐνεργείᾳ ἡσυχάζῃ τῇ διὰ τοῦ σώματος, τῇ μνήμῃ συνουσιάζει πρὸς τὸ μὴ παρόν.
Hē men oun anthrōpinē enkrateia, hē kata tous philosophous legō tous Hellēnōn, to diamachesthai tę̄ epithymią kai mē exypēretein autę̄ eis ta erga epangelletai, hē kathʼ hēmas de to mē epithymein, ouch hina tis epithymōn karterę̄, allʼ hopōs kai tou epithymein enkrateuētai. labein de allōs ouk esti tēn enkrateian tautēn ē chariti tou theou. dia touto eipen aiteite kai dothēsetai hymin. tautēn elaben tēn charin kai ho Mōysēs to endees sōma perikeimenos, hina tessarakonta hēmeras mēte peinasę̄ mēte dipsēsę̄. hōs de hygiainein ameinon tou nosounta peri hygeias dialegesthai, houtō to einai phōs tou peri phōtos lalein kai hē kata alētheian enkrateia tēs hypo tōn philosophōn didaskomenēs. ou gar hopou phōs, ekei skotos; entha de estin epithymia enkathezomenē, monē tynchanousa, kan tę̄ energeią hēsychazę̄ tę̄ dia tou sōmatos, tę̄ mnēmę̄ synousiazei pros to mē paron.
Human self-control, then, I mean that of the Greek philosophers, professes to fight against desire and not to serve it in deeds; but ours is not to desire at all, not that one should desire and hold out, but that one should exercise self-control even over desiring. And it is not possible to gain this self-control except by the grace of God. That is why he said, “Ask and it will be given to you.” Moses too received this grace, though clothed in a needy body, so that for forty days he was neither hungry nor thirsty. And as it is better to be healthy than to discourse about health while sick, so it is better to be light than to talk about light, and true self-control is better than that taught by the philosophers. For where light is, there is no darkness; but where desire sits within, even if it is alone, and even if it is quiet in its activity through the body, it has intercourse in memory with what is not present.
3.7.58Stählin 2:222–223
καθόλου δὲ ἡμῖν προΐτω ὁ λόγος περί τε γάμου περί τε τροφῆς καὶ τῶν ἄλλων, μηδὲν κατʼ ἐπιθυμίαν ποιεῖν, θέλειν δὲ μόνα ἐκεῖνα τὰ ἀναγκαῖα. οὐ γάρ ἐσμεν ἐπιθυμίας τέκνα, ἀλλὰ θελήματος. καὶ τὸν ἐπὶ παιδοποιίᾳ γήμαντα ἐγκράτειαν ἀσκεῖν χρή, ὡς μηδʼ ἐπιθυμεῖν τῆς γυναικὸς τῆς ἑαυτοῦ, ἣν ἀγαπᾶν ὀφείλει, σεμνῷ καὶ σώφρονι παιδοποιούμενος θελήματι. οὐ γὰρ τῆς σαρκὸς πρόνοιαν ποιεῖσθαι εἰς ἐπιθυμίας ἐμάθομεν, εὐσχημόνως δὲ ὡς ἐν ἡμέρᾳ, τῷ Χριστῷ καὶ τῇ κυριακῇ τῇ φωτεινῇ ἀγωγῇ, περιπατοῦντες, μὴ κώμοις καὶ μέθαις, μὴ κοίταις καὶ ἀσελγείαις, μὴ ἔρισι καὶ ζήλοις.
katholou de hēmin proïtō ho logos peri te gamou peri te trophēs kai tōn allōn, mēden katʼ epithymian poiein, thelein de mona ekeina ta anankaia. ou gar esmen epithymias tekna, alla thelēmatos. kai ton epi paidopoiią gēmanta enkrateian askein chrē, hōs mēdʼ epithymein tēs gynaikos tēs heautou, hēn agapan opheilei, semnǭ kai sōphroni paidopoioumenos thelēmati. ou gar tēs sarkos pronoian poieisthai eis epithymias emathomen, euschēmonōs de hōs en hēmerą, tǭ Christǭ kai tę̄ kyriakę̄ tę̄ phōteinę̄ agōgę̄, peripatountes, mē kōmois kai methais, mē koitais kai aselgeiais, mē erisi kai zēlois.
In general, let our account go forward about marriage, food, and the rest: to do nothing from desire, but to will only what is necessary. For we are children not of desire but of will. And the one who has married for the begetting of children must practice self-control, so as not even to desire his own wife, whom he ought to love, begetting children with a reverent and self-restrained will. For we have learned not to make provision for the flesh to fulfill its desires, but to walk decently as in the day, in Christ and in the Lord's enlightened way of life, not in revelry and drunkenness, not in debauchery and licentiousness, not in strife and jealousy.
3.7.59Stählin 2:223
ἀλλὰ γὰρ οὐ μόνον περί τι ἓν εἶδος τὴν ἐγκράτειαν συνορᾶν προσήκει, τουτέστι τὰ ἀφροδίσια, ἀλλὰ γὰρ καὶ περὶ τὰ ἄλλα ὅσα σπαταλῶσα ἐπιθυμεῖ ἡ ψυχὴ ἡμῶν, οὐκ ἀρκουμένη τοῖς ἀναγκαίοις, περιεργαζομένη δὲ τὴν χλιδήν. ἐγκράτειά ἐστιν ἀργυρίου καταφρονεῖν, τρυφῆς, κτήσεως, θέας καταμεγαλοφρονεῖν, στόματος κρατεῖν, κυριεύειν λογισμῶν τῶν πονηρῶν. ἤδη δὲ καὶ ἄγγελοί τινες ἀκρατεῖς γενόμενοι ἐπιθυμίᾳ ἁλόντες οὐρανόθεν δεῦρο καταπεπτώκασιν. Οὐαλεντῖνος δὲ ἐν τῇ πρὸς Ἀγαθόποδα ἐπιστολῇ πάντα φησὶν ὑπομείνας ἐγκρατὴς ἦν· θεότητα Ἰησοῦς εἰργάζετο, ἤσθιεν καὶ ἔπινεν ἰδίως οὐκ ἀποδιδοὺς τὰ βρώματα. τοσαύτη ἦν αὐτῷ ἐγκρατείας δύναμις, ὥστε καὶ μὴ φθαρῆναι τὴν τροφὴν ἐν αὐτῷ, ἐπεὶ τὸ φθείρεσθαι αὐτὸς οὐκ εἶχεν. Ἡμεῖς μὲν οὖν διʼ ἀγάπην τὴν πρὸς τὸν κύριον καὶ διʼ αὐτὸ τὸ καλὸν ἐγκράτειαν ἀσπαζόμεθα, τὸν νεὼν τοῦ πνεύματος ἁγιάζοντες· καλὸν γὰρ διὰ τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν εὐνουχίζειν ἑαυτὸν πάσης ἐπιθυμίας καὶ καθαρίζειν τὴν συνείδησιν ἀπὸ νεκρῶν ἔργων εἰς τὸ λατρεύειν θεῷ ζῶντι.
alla gar ou monon peri ti hen eidos tēn enkrateian synoran prosēkei, toutesti ta aphrodisia, alla gar kai peri ta alla hosa spatalōsa epithymei hē psychē hēmōn, ouk arkoumenē tois anankaiois, periergazomenē de tēn chlidēn. enkrateia estin argyriou kataphronein, tryphēs, ktēseōs, theas katamegalophronein, stomatos kratein, kyrieuein logismōn tōn ponērōn. ēdē de kai angeloi tines akrateis genomenoi epithymią halontes ouranothen deuro katapeptōkasin. Oualentinos de en tę̄ pros Agathopoda epistolę̄ panta phēsin hypomeinas enkratēs ēn; theotēta Iēsous eirgazeto, ēsthien kai epinen idiōs ouk apodidous ta brōmata. tosautē ēn autǭ enkrateias dynamis, hōste kai mē phtharēnai tēn trophēn en autǭ, epei to phtheiresthai autos ouk eichen. Hēmeis men oun diʼ agapēn tēn pros ton kyrion kai diʼ auto to kalon enkrateian aspazometha, ton neōn tou pneumatos hagiazontes; kalon gar dia tēn basileian tōn ouranōn eunouchizein heauton pasēs epithymias kai katharizein tēn syneidēsin apo nekrōn ergōn eis to latreuein theǭ zōnti.
But self-control should be seen not only in one kind of thing, that is, sexual pleasures, but also in the other things that our soul, living luxuriously, desires, not content with necessities but busy about luxury. Self-control is to despise money, to look down on luxury, possessions, and shows, to control the mouth, and to master evil thoughts. Indeed some angels, becoming without self-control and caught by desire, have fallen from heaven to here. And Valentinus, in his letter to Agathopus, says: “Enduring all things, he was self-controlled; Jesus practiced divinity; he ate and drank in a peculiar way, not giving back the food. Such was the power of his self-control that the food was not even corrupted in him, since he himself did not have corruption.” We, then, embrace self-control through love for the Lord and for the sake of the good itself, sanctifying the temple of the Spirit. For it is good, for the sake of the kingdom of heaven, to make oneself a eunuch from all desire, and “to cleanse the conscience from dead works to serve the living God.”
3.7.60Stählin 2:223–224
οἳ δέ, διὰ τὸ μῖσος τὸ πρὸς τὴν σάρκα τῆς κατὰ γάμον συναλλαγῆς καὶ τῆς τῶν καθηκόντων βρωμάτων μεταλήψεως ἀχαρίστως ἀπαλλάττεσθαι ποθοῦντες, ἀμαθεῖς τε καὶ ἄθεοι, ἀλόγως ἐγκρατευόμενοι, καθάπερ τὰ πλεῖστα τῶν ἄλλων ἐθνῶν. Βραχμᾶναι γοῦν οὔτε ἔμψυχον ἐσθίουσιν οὔτε οἶνον πίνουσιν· ἀλλʼ οἳ μὲν αὐτῶν καθʼ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν ὡς ἡμεῖς τὴν τροφὴν προσίενται, ἔνιοι δʼ αὐτῶν διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν, ὥς φησιν Ἀλέξανδρος ὁ Πολυΐστωρ ἐν τοῖς Ἰνδικοῖς· καταφρονοῦσι δὲ θανάτου καὶ παρʼ οὐδὲν ἡγοῦνται τὸ ζῆν· πείθονται γὰρ εἶναι παλιγγενεσίαν, † ἅ δὲ σέβουσιν Ἡρακλέα καὶ Πᾶνα. οἱ καλούμενοι δὲ Σεμνοὶ τῶν Ἰνδῶν γυμνοὶ διαιτῶνται τὸν πάντα βίον· οὗτοι τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἀσκοῦσι καὶ περὶ τῶν μελλόντων προμηνύουσι καὶ σέβουσί τινα πυραμίδα, ὑφʼ ἣν ὀστέα τινὸς θεοῦ νομίζουσιν ἀποκεῖσθαι. οὔτε δὲ οἱ γυμνοσοφισταὶ οὔθʼ οἱ λεγόμενοι Σεμνοὶ γυναιξὶ χρῶνται· παρὰ φύσιν γὰρ τοῦτο καὶ παράνομον δοκοῦσι, διʼ ἣν αἰτίαν σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ἁγνοὺς τηροῦσι, παρθενεύουσι δὲ καὶ αἱ Σεμναί. δοκοῦσι δὲ παρατηρεῖν τὰ οὐράνια καὶ διὰ τῆς τούτων σημειώσεως τῶν μελλόντων προμαντεύεσθαί τινα.
hoi de, dia to misos to pros tēn sarka tēs kata gamon synallagēs kai tēs tōn kathēkontōn brōmatōn metalēpseōs acharistōs apallattesthai pothountes, amatheis te kai atheoi, alogōs enkrateuomenoi, kathaper ta pleista tōn allōn ethnōn. Brachmanai goun oute empsychon esthiousin oute oinon pinousin; allʼ hoi men autōn kathʼ hekastēn hēmeran hōs hēmeis tēn trophēn prosientai, enioi dʼ autōn dia triōn hēmerōn, hōs phēsin Alexandros ho Polyïstōr en tois Indikois; kataphronousi de thanatou kai parʼ ouden hēgountai to zēn; peithontai gar einai palingenesian, † ha de sebousin Hēraklea kai Pana. hoi kaloumenoi de Semnoi tōn Indōn gymnoi diaitōntai ton panta bion; houtoi tēn alētheian askousi kai peri tōn mellontōn promēnyousi kai sebousi tina pyramida, hyphʼ hēn ostea tinos theou nomizousin apokeisthai. oute de hoi gymnosophistai outhʼ hoi legomenoi Semnoi gynaixi chrōntai; para physin gar touto kai paranomon dokousi, diʼ hēn aitian sphas autous hagnous tērousi, partheneuousi de kai hai Semnai. dokousi de paratērein ta ourania kai dia tēs toutōn sēmeiōseōs tōn mellontōn promanteuesthai tina.
But those who, out of hatred for the flesh, long ungratefully to be rid of union in marriage and of partaking of the proper foods, are ignorant and godless, exercising self-control irrationally, like most of the other nations. The Brahmans, at any rate, neither eat meat nor drink wine; some of them take food every day, as we do, and some every three days, as Alexander Polyhistor says in his Indica. They despise death and count living as nothing, for they are persuaded that there is rebirth … and they worship Heracles and Pan. Those of the Indians called Holy Men live naked their whole life; they practice truth, foretell the future, and worship a certain pyramid under which they think the bones of some god lie. Neither the gymnosophists nor the so-called Holy Men have to do with women; for they think this contrary to nature and unlawful, and for this reason they keep themselves pure; and the Holy Women too remain virgins. They seem to observe the heavenly bodies and by their signs to foretell some future things.
Miscellanies 3, chapter 8
3.8.61Stählin 2:224
Ἐπεὶ δὲ οἱ τὴν ἀδιαφορίαν εἰσάγοντες βιαζόμενοί τινας ὀλίγας γραφὰς συνηγορεῖν αὑτῶν τῇ ἡδυπαθείᾳ οἴονται, ἀτὰρ δὴ κἀκείνην ἁμαρτία γὰρ ὑμῶν οὐ κυριεύσει· οὐ γάρ ἐστε ὑπὸ νόμον, ἀλλʼ ὑπὸ χάριν (καί τινας ἄλλας τοιαύτας, ὧν ἐπὶ τοιούτοις μεμνῆσθαι οὐκ εὔλογον· οὐ γὰρ ἐπισκευάζω ναῦν πειρατικήν), φέρε δὴ διὰ βραχέων διακόψωμεν αὐτῶν τὴν ἐγχείρησιν. αὐτὸς γὰρ ὁ γενναῖος ἀπόστολος τῇ προειρημένῃ λέξει ἐπιφέρων ἀπολύσεται τὸ ἔγκλημα· τί οὖν; ἁμαρτήσωμεν, ὅτι οὐκ ἐσμὲν ὑπὸ νόμον, ἀλλʼ ὑπὸ χάριν; μὴ γένοιτο. οὕτως ἐνθέως καὶ προφητικῶς καταλύει παραχρῆμα τὴν σοφιστικὴν τῆς ἡδονῆς τέχνην.
Epei de hoi tēn adiaphorian eisagontes biazomenoi tinas oligas graphas synēgorein hautōn tę̄ hēdypatheią oiontai, atar dē kakeinēn hamartia gar hymōn ou kyrieusei; ou gar este hypo nomon, allʼ hypo charin (kai tinas allas toiautas, hōn epi toioutois memnēsthai ouk eulogon; ou gar episkeuazō naun peiratikēn), phere dē dia bracheōn diakopsōmen autōn tēn encheirēsin. autos gar ho gennaios apostolos tę̄ proeirēmenę̄ lexei epipherōn apolysetai to enklēma; ti oun? hamartēsōmen, hoti ouk esmen hypo nomon, allʼ hypo charin? mē genoito. houtōs entheōs kai prophētikōs katalyei parachrēma tēn sophistikēn tēs hēdonēs technēn.
Since those who introduce indifference, forcing a few Scriptures, think that they support their self-indulgence, especially this one, “For sin will not have dominion over you; for you are not under law but under grace” (and some others like it, which it is not reasonable to mention in such a connection, for I am not fitting out a pirate ship), come, let us cut through their attempt briefly. For the noble apostle himself, adding to the saying just quoted, will dispose of the charge: “What then? Shall we sin because we are not under law but under grace? By no means.” So, in an inspired and prophetic way, he at once destroys the sophistical art of pleasure.
3.8.62Stählin 2:224–225
οὐ συνιᾶσιν οὖν, ὡς ἔοικεν, ὅτι τοὺς πάντας ἡμᾶς φανερωθῆναι δεῖ ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ βήματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ, ἵνα κομίσηται ἕκαστος διὰ τοῦ σώματος πρὸς ἃ ἔπραξεν, εἴτε ἀγαθὸν εἴτε κακόν, ἵνα ἃ διὰ τοῦ σώματος ἔπραξέν τις ἀπολάβῃ. ὥστε εἴ τις ἐν Χριστῷ, καινὴ κτίσις, οὐκέτι ἁμαρτητική· τὰ ἀρχαῖα παρῆλθεν, ἀπελουσάμεθα τὸν βίον τὸν παλαιόν· ἰδοὺ γέγονε καινά, ἁγνεία ἐκ πορνείας, καὶ ἐγκράτεια ἐξ ἀκρασίας, δικαιοσύνη ἐξ ἀδικίας. τίς γὰρ μετοχὴ δικαιοσύνῃ καὶ ἀνομίᾳ; ἢ τίς κοινωνία φωτὶ πρὸς σκότος; τίς δὲ συμφώνησις Χριστοῦ πρὸς Βελίαρ; τίς μερὶς πιστῷ μετὰ ἀπίστου; τίς δὲ συγκατάθεσις ναῷ θεοῦ μετὰ εἰδώλων; ταύτας οὖν ἔχοντες τὰς ἐπαγγελίας καθαρίσωμεν ἑαυτοὺς ἀπὸ παντὸς μολυσμοῦ σαρκὸς καὶ πνεύματος, ἐπιτελοῦντες ἁγιωσύνην ἐν φόβῳ θεοῦ.
ou syniasin oun, hōs eoiken, hoti tous pantas hēmas phanerōthēnai dei emprosthen tou bēmatos tou Christou, hina komisētai hekastos dia tou sōmatos pros ha epraxen, eite agathon eite kakon, hina ha dia tou sōmatos epraxen tis apolabę̄. hōste ei tis en Christǭ, kainē ktisis, ouketi hamartētikē; ta archaia parēlthen, apelousametha ton bion ton palaion; idou gegone kaina, hagneia ek porneias, kai enkrateia ex akrasias, dikaiosynē ex adikias. tis gar metochē dikaiosynę̄ kai anomią? ē tis koinōnia phōti pros skotos? tis de symphōnēsis Christou pros Beliar? tis meris pistǭ meta apistou? tis de synkatathesis naǭ theou meta eidōlōn? tautas oun echontes tas epangelias katharisōmen heautous apo pantos molysmou sarkos kai pneumatos, epitelountes hagiōsynēn en phobǭ theou.
They do not understand, it seems, that “we must all appear before the judgment seat of Christ, so that each may receive through the body according to what he has done, whether good or bad,” so that each may receive back what he did through the body. “So if anyone is in Christ, he is a new creation,” no longer sinful; “the old things have passed away”; we have washed away the old life; “behold, new things have come”: purity from sexual immorality, self-control from lack of self-control, justice from injustice. “For what partnership has righteousness with lawlessness? Or what fellowship has light with darkness? What agreement has Christ with Beliar? What portion has a believer with an unbeliever? What agreement has the temple of God with idols? Having, then, these promises, let us cleanse ourselves from every defilement of flesh and spirit, perfecting holiness in the fear of God.”
Miscellanies 3, chapter 9
3.9.63Stählin 2:225
Οἱ δὲ ἀντιτασσόμενοι τῇ κτίσει τοῦ θεοῦ διὰ τῆς εὐφήμου ἐγκρατείας κἀκεῖνα λέγουσι τὰ πρὸς Σαλώμην εἰρημένα, ὧν πρότερον ἐμνήσθημεν· φέρεται δέ, οἶμαι, ἐν τῷ κατʼ Αἰγυπτίους εὐαγγελίῳ. φασὶ γάρ, ὅτι αὐτὸς εἶπεν ὁ σωτήρ· ἦλθον καταλῦσαι τὰ ἔργα τῆς θηλείας, θηλείας μὲν τῆς ἐπιθυμίας, ἔργα δὲ γένεσιν καὶ φθοράν. τί οὖν ἂν εἴποιεν; κατελύθη ἡ διοίκησις αὕτη; οὐκ ἂν φήσαιεν· μένει γὰρ ἐπὶ τῆς αὐτῆς οἰκονομίας ὁ κόσμος. ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐψεύσατο ὁ κύριος· τῷ ὄντι γὰρ τὰ τῆς ἐπιθυμίας κατέλυσεν ἔργα, φιλαργυρίαν, φιλονικίαν, φιλοδοξίαν, γυναικομανίαν, παιδεραστίαν, ὀψοφαγίαν, ἀσωτίαν καὶ τὰ τούτοις ὅμοια· τούτων δὲ ἡ γένεσις φθορὰ τῆς ψυχῆς, εἴ γε νεκροὶ τοῖς παραπτώμασι γινόμεθα· καὶ αὕτη ἡ θήλεια ἀκρασία ἦν. γένεσιν δὲ καὶ φθορὰν τὴν ἐν κτίσει προηγουμένως γίνεσθαι ἀνάγκη μέχρι παντελοῦς διακρίσεως καὶ ἀποκαταστάσεως ἐκλογῆς, διʼ ἣν καὶ αἱ τῷ κόσμῳ συμπεφυρμέναι οὐσίαι τῇ οἰκειότητι προσνέμονται.
Hoi de antitassomenoi tę̄ ktisei tou theou dia tēs euphēmou enkrateias kakeina legousi ta pros Salōmēn eirēmena, hōn proteron emnēsthēmen; pheretai de, oimai, en tǭ katʼ Aigyptious euangeliǭ. phasi gar, hoti autos eipen ho sōtēr; ēlthon katalysai ta erga tēs thēleias, thēleias men tēs epithymias, erga de genesin kai phthoran. ti oun an eipoien? katelythē hē dioikēsis hautē? ouk an phēsaien; menei gar epi tēs autēs oikonomias ho kosmos. allʼ ouk epseusato ho kyrios; tǭ onti gar ta tēs epithymias katelysen erga, philargyrian, philonikian, philodoxian, gynaikomanian, paiderastian, opsophagian, asōtian kai ta toutois homoia; toutōn de hē genesis phthora tēs psychēs, ei ge nekroi tois paraptōmasi ginometha; kai hautē hē thēleia akrasia ēn. genesin de kai phthoran tēn en ktisei proēgoumenōs ginesthai anankē mechri pantelous diakriseōs kai apokatastaseōs eklogēs, diʼ hēn kai hai tǭ kosmǭ sympephyrmenai ousiai tę̄ oikeiotēti prosnemontai.
Those who, under the fair name of self-control, oppose God's creation also cite the words spoken to Salome, which we mentioned before; they are found, I think, in the Gospel according to the Egyptians. For they say that the Savior himself said, “I came to destroy the works of the female”: by “female” meaning desire, and by “works” birth and decay. What, then, would they say? Has this order been destroyed? They would not say so; for the world remains under the same arrangement. But the Lord did not lie; for he truly destroyed the works of desire: love of money, love of strife, love of glory, madness for women, the corruption of boys, gluttony, profligacy, and the like. The birth of these is the decay of the soul, if indeed we become “dead in trespasses”; and this “female” was lack of self-control. But birth and decay in creation must go on in their proper course until the complete separation and restoration of the elect, through which the substances mixed up with the world are also assigned to what is proper to them.
3.9.64Stählin 2:225
ὅθεν εἰκότως περὶ συντελείας μηνύσαντος τοῦ λόγου ἡ Σαλώμη φησί· μέχρι τίνος οἱ ἄνθρωποι ἀποθανοῦνται; ἄνθρωπον δὲ καλεῖ ἡ γραφὴ διχῶς, τόν τε φαινόμενον καὶ τὴν ψυχήν, πάλιν τε αὖ τὸν σῳζόμενον καὶ τὸν μή. καὶ θάνατος ψυχῆς ἡ ἁμαρτία λέγεται. διὸ καὶ παρατετηρημένως ἀποκρίνεται ὁ κύριος· μέχρις ἂν τίκτωσιν αἱ γυναῖκες, τουτέστι μέχρις ἂν αἱ ἐπιθυμίαι ἐνεργῶσι. διὰ τοῦτο ὥσπερ διʼ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου ἡ ἁμαρτία εἰς τὸν κόσμον εἰσῆλθεν, καὶ διὰ τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὁ θάνατος εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους διῆλθεν, ἐφʼ ᾧ πάντες ἥμαρτον· καὶ ἐβασίλευσεν ὁ θάνατος ἀπὸ Ἀδὰμ μέχρι Μωυσέως, φησὶν ὁ ἀπόστολος· φυσικῇ δὲ ἀνάγκῃ θείας οἰκονομίας γενέσει θάνατος ἕπεται, καὶ συνόδῳ ψυχῆς καὶ σώματος ἡ τούτων διάλυσις ἀκολουθεῖ. εἰ δὲ ἕνεκεν μαθήσεως καὶ ἐπιγνώσεως ἡ γένεσις, ἀποκαταστάσεως δὲ ἡ διάλυσις· ὡς δὲ αἰτία θανάτου διὰ τὸ τίκτειν ἡ γυνὴ νομίζεται, οὕτω καὶ ζωῆς διὰ τὴν αὐτὴν αἰτίαν λεχθήσεται ἡγεμών.
hothen eikotōs peri synteleias mēnysantos tou logou hē Salōmē phēsi; mechri tinos hoi anthrōpoi apothanountai? anthrōpon de kalei hē graphē dichōs, ton te phainomenon kai tēn psychēn, palin te au ton sǭzomenon kai ton mē. kai thanatos psychēs hē hamartia legetai. dio kai paratetērēmenōs apokrinetai ho kyrios; mechris an tiktōsin hai gynaikes, toutesti mechris an hai epithymiai energōsi. dia touto hōsper diʼ henos anthrōpou hē hamartia eis ton kosmon eisēlthen, kai dia tēs hamartias ho thanatos eis pantas anthrōpous diēlthen, ephʼ hǭ pantes hēmarton; kai ebasileusen ho thanatos apo Adam mechri Mōyseōs, phēsin ho apostolos; physikę̄ de anankę̄ theias oikonomias genesei thanatos hepetai, kai synodǭ psychēs kai sōmatos hē toutōn dialysis akolouthei. ei de heneken mathēseōs kai epignōseōs hē genesis, apokatastaseōs de hē dialysis; hōs de aitia thanatou dia to tiktein hē gynē nomizetai, houtō kai zōēs dia tēn autēn aitian lechthēsetai hēgemōn.
Fittingly, then, when the Word had spoken about the consummation, Salome says, “How long will men die?” Scripture speaks of man in two ways: the visible one and the soul; and again the one who is saved and the one who is not. And sin is called the death of the soul. That is why the Lord answers carefully, “As long as women bear children,” that is, as long as desires are active. “Therefore, just as through one man sin entered the world, and through sin death spread to all men, because all sinned; and death reigned from Adam to Moses,” says the apostle. By the natural necessity of the divine arrangement, death follows birth, and the dissolution of soul and body follows their union. And if birth is for the sake of learning and knowledge, dissolution is for the sake of restoration. As woman is considered a cause of death because she bears children, so for the same reason she will be called the leader of life.
3.9.65Stählin 2:225–226
αὐτίκα ἡ προκατάρξασα τῆς παραβάσεως ζωὴ προσηγορεύθη, διότι τῆς διαδοχῆς αἰτία τῶν τε γεννωμένων τῶν τε ἁμαρτανόντων γίνεται, ὁμοίως δικαίων ὡς καὶ ἀδίκων μήτηρ, ἑκάστου ἡμῶν ἑαυτὸν δικαιοῦντος ἢ ἔμπαλιν ἀπειθῆ κατασκευάζοντος. ὅθεν οὐχ ἡγοῦμαι ἔγωγε μυσάττεσθαι τὴν ἐν σαρκὶ ζωὴν τὸν ἀπόστολον, ὁπηνίκα ἂν φῇ· ἀλλʼ ἐν πάσῃ παρρησίᾳ ὡς πάντοτε καὶ νῦν μεγαλυνθήσεται Χριστὸς ἐν τῷ σώματί μου, εἴτε διὰ ζωῆς εἴτε διὰ θανάτου. ἐμοὶ γὰρ τὸ ζῆν Χριστὸς καὶ τὸ ἀποθανεῖν κέρδος. εἰ δὲ τὸ ζῆν ἐν σαρκί, καὶ τοῦτό μοι καρπὸς ἔργου, τί αἱρήσομαι οὐ γνωρίζω· συνέχομαί τε ἐκ τῶν δύο, τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν ἔχων εἰς τὸ ἀναλῦσαι καὶ σὺν Χριστῷ εἶναι, πολλῷ γὰρ κρεῖττον· τὸ δὲ ἐπιμένειν τῇ σαρκὶ ἀναγκαιότερον διʼ ὑμᾶς. ἐνεδείξατο γάρ, οἶμαι, διὰ τούτων σαφῶς τῆς μὲν ἐξόδου τοῦ σώματος τὴν πρὸς θεὸν ἀγάπην τελείωσιν εἶναι, τῆς δὲ ἐν σαρκὶ παρουσίας τὴν εὐχάριστον διὰ τοὺς σωθῆναι δεομένους ὑπομονήν.
autika hē prokatarxasa tēs parabaseōs zōē prosēgoreuthē, dioti tēs diadochēs aitia tōn te gennōmenōn tōn te hamartanontōn ginetai, homoiōs dikaiōn hōs kai adikōn mētēr, hekastou hēmōn heauton dikaiountos ē empalin apeithē kataskeuazontos. hothen ouch hēgoumai egōge mysattesthai tēn en sarki zōēn ton apostolon, hopēnika an phę̄; allʼ en pasę̄ parrēsią hōs pantote kai nyn megalynthēsetai Christos en tǭ sōmati mou, eite dia zōēs eite dia thanatou. emoi gar to zēn Christos kai to apothanein kerdos. ei de to zēn en sarki, kai touto moi karpos ergou, ti hairēsomai ou gnōrizō; synechomai te ek tōn dyo, tēn epithymian echōn eis to analysai kai syn Christǭ einai, pollǭ gar kreitton; to de epimenein tę̄ sarki anankaioteron diʼ hymas. enedeixato gar, oimai, dia toutōn saphōs tēs men exodou tou sōmatos tēn pros theon agapēn teleiōsin einai, tēs de en sarki parousias tēn euchariston dia tous sōthēnai deomenous hypomonēn.
Indeed, the woman who began the transgression was called Life, because she became the cause of the succession both of those born and of those who sin, mother of the righteous and the unrighteous alike, each of us either justifying himself or, conversely, making himself disobedient. So I for my part do not think that the apostle loathes life in the flesh when he says: “But with all boldness, as always, so now too Christ will be magnified in my body, whether by life or by death. For to me to live is Christ and to die is gain. If it is to live in the flesh, this is fruit of labor for me; and what I shall choose I do not know. I am hard pressed between the two, having the desire to depart and be with Christ, for that is far better; but to remain in the flesh is more necessary for your sake.” For by these words, I think, he clearly showed that the perfection of love toward God is departure from the body, and that presence in the flesh is thankful endurance for the sake of those who need to be saved.
3.9.66Stählin 2:226
τί δὲ οὐχὶ καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς τῶν πρὸς Σαλώμην εἰρημένων ἐπιφέρουσιν οἱ πάντα μᾶλλον ἢ τῷ κατὰ τὴν ἀλήθειαν εὐαγγελικῷ στοιχήσαντες κανόνι; φαμένης γὰρ αὐτῆς καλῶς οὖν ἐποίησα μὴ τεκοῦσα, ὡς οὐ δεόντως τῆς γενέσεως παραλαμβανομένης, ἀμείβεται λέγων ὁ κύριος· πᾶσαν φάγε βοτάνην, τὴν δὲ πικρίαν ἔχουσαν μὴ φάγῃς. σημαίνει γὰρ καὶ διὰ τούτων ἐφʼ ἡμῖν εἶναι καὶ οὐκ ἐξ ἀνάγκης κατὰ κώλυσιν ἐντολῆς ἤτοι τὴν ἐγκράτειαν ἢ καὶ τὸν γάμον, καὶ ὅτι ὁ γάμος συνεργάζεταί τι τῇ κτίσει προσδιασαφῶν.
ti de ouchi kai ta hexēs tōn pros Salōmēn eirēmenōn epipherousin hoi panta mallon ē tǭ kata tēn alētheian euangelikǭ stoichēsantes kanoni? phamenēs gar autēs kalōs oun epoiēsa mē tekousa, hōs ou deontōs tēs geneseōs paralambanomenēs, ameibetai legōn ho kyrios; pasan phage botanēn, tēn de pikrian echousan mē phagę̄s. sēmainei gar kai dia toutōn ephʼ hēmin einai kai ouk ex anankēs kata kōlysin entolēs ētoi tēn enkrateian ē kai ton gamon, kai hoti ho gamos synergazetai ti tę̄ ktisei prosdiasaphōn.
And why do those who follow anything rather than the true gospel rule not also cite what follows in the words to Salome? For when she said, “Then I did well in not bearing children,” as though birth were not properly accepted, the Lord answers, saying: “Eat every plant, but do not eat the one that has bitterness.” For by these words too he signifies that either self-control or marriage rests with us, and not by necessity through a prohibiting commandment, and he makes clear besides that marriage cooperates in some way with creation.
3.9.67Stählin 2:226
μήτʼ οὖν ἁμάρτημά τις ἡγείσθω τὸν γάμον τὸν κατὰ λόγον, εἰ μὴ πικρὰν ὑπολαμβάνει παιδοτροφίαν (πολλοῖς γὰρ ἔμπαλιν ἀτεκνία λυπηρότατον), μήτʼ, ἂν πικρὰ ἡ παιδοποιία φαίνηταί τινι μεταπερισπῶσα τῶν θείων διὰ τὰς χρειώδεις ἀσχολίας, μὴ φέρων δʼ οὗτος εὐκόλως τὸν μονήρη βίον ἐπιθυμείτω γάμου, ἐπεὶ τὸ εὐάρεστον μετὰ σωφροσύνης ἀβλαβὲς καὶ κύριος ἕκαστος ἡμῶν τυγχάνει τῆς περὶ τέκνων γονῆς αἱρέσεως. συνορῶ δʼ ὅπως τῇ προφάσει τοῦ γάμου οἳ μὲν ἀπεσχημένοι τούτου μὴ κατὰ τὴν ἁγίαν γνῶσιν εἰς μισανθρωπίαν ὑπερρύησαν καὶ τὸ τῆς ἀγάπης οἴχεται παρʼ αὐτοῖς, οἳ δὲ ἐνσχεθέντες καὶ ἡδυπαθήσαντες τῇ τοῦ νόμου συμπεριφορᾷ, ὥς φησιν ὁ προφήτης, παρωμοιώθησαν τοῖς κτήνεσιν.
mētʼ oun hamartēma tis hēgeisthō ton gamon ton kata logon, ei mē pikran hypolambanei paidotrophian (pollois gar empalin ateknia lypērotaton), mētʼ, an pikra hē paidopoiia phainētai tini metaperispōsa tōn theiōn dia tas chreiōdeis ascholias, mē pherōn dʼ houtos eukolōs ton monērē bion epithymeitō gamou, epei to euareston meta sōphrosynēs ablabes kai kyrios hekastos hēmōn tynchanei tēs peri teknōn gonēs haireseōs. synorō dʼ hopōs tę̄ prophasei tou gamou hoi men apeschēmenoi toutou mē kata tēn hagian gnōsin eis misanthrōpian hyperryēsan kai to tēs agapēs oichetai parʼ autois, hoi de enschethentes kai hēdypathēsantes tę̄ tou nomou symperiphorą, hōs phēsin ho prophētēs, parōmoiōthēsan tois ktēnesin.
Let no one, then, think marriage according to reason a sin, unless he supposes the rearing of children bitter (for to many, on the contrary, childlessness is most grievous); nor, if the begetting of children seems bitter to someone because it draws him away from divine things through necessary occupations, yet he cannot easily bear the single life, let him desire marriage; since what is pleasing with self-restraint is harmless, and each of us is master of his choice about begetting children. And I see how, on the pretext of marriage, some who abstained from it not in accordance with holy knowledge have flowed over into hatred of mankind, and love has departed from them; while others, entangled in it and indulging themselves by the law's indulgence, as the prophet says, “have become like the beasts.”
Miscellanies 3, chapter 10
3.10.68Stählin 2:226–227
Τίνες δὲ οἱ δύο καὶ τρεῖς ὑπάρχουσιν ἐν ὀνόματι Χριστοῦ συναγόμενοι, παρʼ οἷς μέσος ἐστὶν ὁ κύριος; ἢ οὐχὶ ἄνδρα καὶ γυναῖκα καὶ τέκνον τοὺς τρεῖς λέγει, ὅτι ἀνδρὶ γυνὴ διὰ θεοῦ ἁρμόζεται; ἀλλὰ κἂν εὔζωνός τις εἶναι θέλῃ, οὐχ αἱρούμενος τὴν παιδοποιίαν διὰ τὴν ἐν παιδοποιίᾳ ἀσχολίαν, μενέτω φησὶν ὁ ἀπόστολος ἄγαμος ὡς κἀγώ. βούλεσθαι γὰρ λέγειν τὸν κύριον ἐξηγοῦνται μετὰ μὲν τῶν πλειόνων τὸν δημιουργὸν εἶναι τὸν γενεσιουργὸν θεόν, μετὰ δὲ τοῦ ἑνὸς τοῦ ἐκλεκτοῦ τὸν σωτῆρα, ἄλλου δηλονότι θεοῦ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ υἱὸν πεφυκότα. τὸ δʼ οὐχ οὕτως ἔχει· ἀλλʼ ἔστι μὲν καὶ μετὰ τῶν σωφρόνως γημάντων καὶ τεκνοποιησάντων ὁ θεὸς διʼ υἱοῦ, ἔστι δὲ καὶ μετὰ τοῦ ἐγκρατευσαμένου λογικῶς ὁ αὐτὸς ὡσαύτως θεός. Εἶεν δʼ ἂν καὶ ἄλλως οἱ μὲν τρεῖς θυμός τε καὶ ἐπιθυμία καὶ λογισμός, σὰρξ δὲ καὶ ψυχὴ καὶ πνεῦμα κατʼ ἄλλον λόγον.
Tines de hoi dyo kai treis hyparchousin en onomati Christou synagomenoi, parʼ hois mesos estin ho kyrios? ē ouchi andra kai gynaika kai teknon tous treis legei, hoti andri gynē dia theou harmozetai? alla kan euzōnos tis einai thelę̄, ouch hairoumenos tēn paidopoiian dia tēn en paidopoiią ascholian, menetō phēsin ho apostolos agamos hōs kagō. boulesthai gar legein ton kyrion exēgountai meta men tōn pleionōn ton dēmiourgon einai ton genesiourgon theon, meta de tou henos tou eklektou ton sōtēra, allou dēlonoti theou tou agathou huion pephykota. to dʼ ouch houtōs echei; allʼ esti men kai meta tōn sōphronōs gēmantōn kai teknopoiēsantōn ho theos diʼ huiou, esti de kai meta tou enkrateusamenou logikōs ho autos hōsautōs theos. Eien dʼ an kai allōs hoi men treis thymos te kai epithymia kai logismos, sarx de kai psychē kai pneuma katʼ allon logon.
Who are the two or three gathered in the name of Christ, among whom the Lord is in the midst? Does he not mean by the three a husband, a wife, and a child, since a wife is joined to a husband through God? But if someone wishes to be unencumbered, not choosing to beget children because of the occupation it involves, “let him remain unmarried as I am,” says the apostle. For they explain that the Lord means that with the many is the Creator, the God who causes birth, but with the one, the elect one, is the Savior, clearly the son of another God, the good one. But this is not so; rather, God through the Son is with those who marry with self-restraint and beget children, and the same God is likewise with the one who exercises self-control according to reason. The three might also be, in another way, anger, desire, and reason; and in another sense flesh, soul, and spirit.
3.10.69Stählin 2:227
τάχα δὲ καὶ τὴν κλῆσιν τήν τε ἐκλογὴν δευτέραν καὶ τρίτον τὸ εἰς τὴν πρώτην τιμὴν κατατασσόμενον γένος αἰνίσσεται ἡ προειρημένη τριάς· μεθʼ ὧν ἡ πανεπίσκοπος τοῦ θεοῦ δύναμις ἀμερῶς μεριστή. ὁ τοίνυν ταῖς κατὰ φύσιν ἐνεργείαις τῆς ψυχῆς ἐν δέοντι χρώμενος ἐπιθυμεῖ μὲν τῶν καταλλήλων, μισεῖ δὲ τὰ βλάπτοντα, καθὼς αἱ ἐντολαὶ προστάττουσιν· ἐνευλογήσεις γάρ, φησί, τὸν εὐλογοῦντα καὶ καταράσῃ τὸν καταρώμενον. ὅταν δὲ καὶ τούτων ὑπεραναβάς, τοῦ θυμοῦ καὶ τῆς ἐπιθυμίας, ἔργῳ ἀγαπήσῃ τὴν κτίσιν διὰ τὸν πάντων θεόν τε καὶ ποιητήν, γνωστικῶς βιώσεται, ἕξιν ἐγκρατείας ἄπονον περιπεποιημένος κατὰ τὴν πρὸς τὸν σωτῆρα ἐξομοίωσιν, ἑνώσας τὴν γνῶσιν, πίστιν, ἀγάπην, εἷς ὢν ἐνθένδε τὴν κρίσιν καὶ πνευματικὸς ὄντως, ἀπαράδεκτος τῶν κατὰ τὸν θυμὸν καὶ τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν διαλογισμῶν πάντῃ πάντως, ὁ κατʼ εἰκόνα ἐκτελούμενος τοῦ κυρίου πρὸς αὐτοῦ τοῦ τεχνίτου, ἄνθρωπος τέλειος, ἄξιος ἤδη τοῦ ἀδελφὸς πρὸς τοῦ κυρίου ὀνομάζεσθαι, φίλος ἅμα οὗτος καὶ υἱός ἐστιν. οὕτως οἱ δύο καὶ οἱ τρεῖς ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ συνάγονται, τὸν γνωστικὸν ἄνθρωπον.
tacha de kai tēn klēsin tēn te eklogēn deuteran kai triton to eis tēn prōtēn timēn katatassomenon genos ainissetai hē proeirēmenē trias; methʼ hōn hē panepiskopos tou theou dynamis amerōs meristē. ho toinyn tais kata physin energeiais tēs psychēs en deonti chrōmenos epithymei men tōn katallēlōn, misei de ta blaptonta, kathōs hai entolai prostattousin; eneulogēseis gar, phēsi, ton eulogounta kai katarasę̄ ton katarōmenon. hotan de kai toutōn hyperanabas, tou thymou kai tēs epithymias, ergǭ agapēsę̄ tēn ktisin dia ton pantōn theon te kai poiētēn, gnōstikōs biōsetai, hexin enkrateias aponon peripepoiēmenos kata tēn pros ton sōtēra exomoiōsin, henōsas tēn gnōsin, pistin, agapēn, heis ōn enthende tēn krisin kai pneumatikos ontōs, aparadektos tōn kata ton thymon kai tēn epithymian dialogismōn pantę̄ pantōs, ho katʼ eikona ekteloumenos tou kyriou pros autou tou technitou, anthrōpos teleios, axios ēdē tou adelphos pros tou kyriou onomazesthai, philos hama houtos kai huios estin. houtōs hoi dyo kai hoi treis epi to auto synagontai, ton gnōstikon anthrōpon.
Perhaps the triad just mentioned also hints at the calling, the election second, and third the race ranked in the first honor; with whom the all-overseeing power of God is present, divided without division. The one, then, who uses the natural activities of the soul as he should desires what is suitable and hates what is harmful, as the commandments prescribe: “For you will bless the one who blesses,” it says, “and curse the one who curses.” But when he rises above these too, anger and desire, and in deed loves the creation for the sake of God, the God and Maker of all, he will live in the way of knowledge, having acquired an effortless state of self-control according to his likeness to the Savior, uniting knowledge, faith, and love, being one henceforth in judgment and truly spiritual, altogether and entirely closed to thoughts arising from anger and desire; perfected according to the Lord's image by the Craftsman himself, a perfect man, now worthy to be called a brother by the Lord; this man is at once friend and son. So the two and the three are gathered into one, the man who knows.
3.10.70Stählin 2:227–228
Εἴη δʼ ἂν καὶ ἡ ὁμόνοια τῶν πολλῶν ἀπὸ τῶν τριῶν ἀριθμουμένη μεθʼ ὧν ὁ κύριος, ἡ μία ἐκκλησία, ὁ εἷς ἄνθρωπος, τὸ γένος τὸ ἕν. ἢ μή τι μετὰ μὲν τοῦ ἑνὸς τοῦ Ἰουδαίου ὁ κύριος νομοθετῶν ἦν, προφητεύων δὲ ἤδη καὶ τὸν Ἱερεμίαν ἀποστέλλων εἰς Βαβυλῶνα, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς ἐξ ἐθνῶν διὰ τῆς προφητείας καλῶν, συνῆγε λαοὺς τοὺς δύο, τρίτος δὲ ἦν ἐκ τῶν δυεῖν κτιζόμενος εἷς εἰς καινὸν ἄνθρωπον, ᾧ δὴ ἐμπεριπατεῖ τε καὶ κατοικεῖ ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ; νόμος τε ὁμοῦ καὶ προφῆται σὺν καὶ τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ ἐν ὀνόματι Χριστοῦ εἰς μίαν συνάγονται γνῶσιν. οὐκοῦν οἱ διὰ μῖσος μὴ γαμοῦντες ἢ διʼ ἐπιθυμίαν ἀδιαφόρως τῇ σαρκὶ καταχρώμενοι οὐκ ἐν ἀριθμῷ τῶν σῳζομένων ἐκείνων μεθʼ ὧν ὁ κύριος.
Eiē dʼ an kai hē homonoia tōn pollōn apo tōn triōn arithmoumenē methʼ hōn ho kyrios, hē mia ekklēsia, ho heis anthrōpos, to genos to hen. ē mē ti meta men tou henos tou Ioudaiou ho kyrios nomothetōn ēn, prophēteuōn de ēdē kai ton Hieremian apostellōn eis Babylōna, alla kai tous ex ethnōn dia tēs prophēteias kalōn, synēge laous tous dyo, tritos de ēn ek tōn dyein ktizomenos heis eis kainon anthrōpon, hǭ dē emperipatei te kai katoikei en autę̄ tę̄ ekklēsią? nomos te homou kai prophētai syn kai tǭ euangeliǭ en onomati Christou eis mian synagontai gnōsin. oukoun hoi dia misos mē gamountes ē diʼ epithymian adiaphorōs tę̄ sarki katachrōmenoi ouk en arithmǭ tōn sǭzomenōn ekeinōn methʼ hōn ho kyrios.
The concord of the many, counted from the three with whom the Lord is, would also be the one church, the one man, the one race. Or was not the Lord with the one, the Jew, when he gave the law; but when he was already prophesying and sending Jeremiah to Babylon, and also calling those from the Gentiles through prophecy, he gathered the two peoples; and the third was the one being created from the two into one new man, in whom he walks and dwells, in the church itself? The law and the prophets, together with the gospel, are gathered in the name of Christ into one knowledge. So those who do not marry out of hatred, or who use the flesh indifferently out of desire, are not in the number of those saved with whom the Lord is.
Miscellanies 3, chapter 11
3.11.71Stählin 2:228
Τούτων ὧδε ἐπιδεδειγμένων φέρε, ὁπόσαι τούτοις τοῖς κατὰ τὰς αἱρέσεις σοφισταῖς ἐναντιοῦνται γραφαί, ἤδη παραθώμεθα, τὸν κανόνα τῆς κατὰ λόγον τηρουμένης ἐγκρατείας μηνύοντες. ἑκάστῃ δὲ τῶν αἱρέσεων τὴν οἰκείως ἐνισταμένην γραφὴν ὁ συνίων ἐπιλεγόμενος κατὰ καιρὸν χρήσεται πρὸς κατάλυσιν τῶν παρὰ τὰς ἐντολὰς δογματιζόντων. ἄνωθεν μὲν οὖν ὁ νόμος, ὥσπερ προειρήκαμεν, τὸ οὐκ ἐπιθυμήσεις τῆς τοῦ πλησίον, τῆς τοῦ κυρίου προσεχοῦς κατὰ τὴν νέαν διαθήκην φωνῆς προαναπεφώνηκεν τῆς αὐτῆς αὐτοπροσώπως λεγούσης· ἠκούσατε τοῦ νόμου παραγγέλλοντος· οὐ μοιχεύσεις. ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω· οὐκ ἐπιθυμήσεις. ὅτι γὰρ σωφρόνως ἐβούλετο ταῖς γαμεταῖς χρῆσθαι τοὺς ἄνδρας ὁ νόμος καὶ ἐπὶ μόνῃ παιδοποιίᾳ, δῆλον ἐκ τοῦ κωλύειν μὲν τῇ αἰχμαλώτῳ παραχρῆμα ἐπιμίγνυσθαι τὸν ἄγαμον, ἐπιθυμήσαντος δὲ ἅπαξ τριάκοντα πενθεῖν ἐπιτρέπειν ἡμέρας κειραμένῃ καὶ τὰς τρίχας, εἰ δὲ μηδʼ οὕτως μαραίνοιτο ἡ ἐπιθυμία, τότε παιδοποιεῖσθαι, δεδοκιμασμένης τῆς ὁρμῆς τῆς κυριευούσης κατὰ τὴν προθεσμίαν τοῦ χρόνου εἰς ὄρεξιν εὔλογον.
Toutōn hōde epidedeigmenōn phere, hoposai toutois tois kata tas haireseis sophistais enantiountai graphai, ēdē parathōmetha, ton kanona tēs kata logon tēroumenēs enkrateias mēnyontes. hekastę̄ de tōn haireseōn tēn oikeiōs enistamenēn graphēn ho syniōn epilegomenos kata kairon chrēsetai pros katalysin tōn para tas entolas dogmatizontōn. anōthen men oun ho nomos, hōsper proeirēkamen, to ouk epithymēseis tēs tou plēsion, tēs tou kyriou prosechous kata tēn nean diathēkēn phōnēs proanapephōnēken tēs autēs autoprosōpōs legousēs; ēkousate tou nomou parangellontos; ou moicheuseis. egō de legō; ouk epithymēseis. hoti gar sōphronōs ebouleto tais gametais chrēsthai tous andras ho nomos kai epi monę̄ paidopoiią, dēlon ek tou kōlyein men tę̄ aichmalōtǭ parachrēma epimignysthai ton agamon, epithymēsantos de hapax triakonta penthein epitrepein hēmeras keiramenę̄ kai tas trichas, ei de mēdʼ houtōs marainoito hē epithymia, tote paidopoieisthai, dedokimasmenēs tēs hormēs tēs kyrieuousēs kata tēn prothesmian tou chronou eis orexin eulogon.
These things having been shown thus, come, let us now set out the Scriptures that oppose these sophists of the heresies, making known the rule of self-control kept according to reason. The one who understands will choose the Scripture that properly opposes each of the heresies and use it at the right time for the destruction of those who teach contrary to the commandments. From the beginning, then, the law, as we said before, “You shall not covet your neighbor's wife,” proclaimed beforehand the Lord's closely related saying in the new covenant, the same voice speaking in person: “You have heard the law commanding, ‘You shall not commit adultery’; but I say, ‘You shall not desire.’” For that the law wished husbands to use their wives with self-restraint and only for the begetting of children is clear from its forbidding an unmarried man to have intercourse at once with a captive woman; but if he once desired her, it permitted her to mourn for thirty days with her hair shorn; and if not even so the desire withered, then to beget children with her, the impulse that had mastered him having been tested by the set time and turned into reasonable appetite.
3.11.72Stählin 2:228
ὅθεν οὐ δείξειας ἂν ἐγκύμονι πλησιάσαντα τῶν πρεσβυτέρων τινὰ κατὰ τὴν γραφήν, ἀλλʼ ὕστερον μετά τε τὴν κυοφορίαν μετά τε τὴν τοῦ τεχθέντος γαλακτουχίαν εὕροις ἂν πάλιν πρὸς τῶν ἀνδρῶν γινωσκομένας τὰς γυναῖκας. αὐτίκα τοῦτον εὑρήσεις τὸν σκοπὸν καὶ τὸν τοῦ Μωυσέως πατέρα φυλάσσοντα, τριετίαν διαλιπόντα μετὰ τὴν τοῦ Ἀαρὼν ἀποκύησιν, γεννήσαντα τὸν Μωσέα. ἥ τε αὖ Λευιτικὴ φυλὴ τοῦτον φυλάσσουσα τὸν τῆς φύσεως νόμον ἐκ θεοῦ ἐλάττων τὸν ἀριθμὸν παρὰ τὰς ἄλλας εἰς τὴν προκατηγγελμένην εἰσῆλθε γῆν· οὐ γὰρ ῥᾳδίως αὐξάνει γένος εἰς πολυπληθίαν σπειράντων μὲν τῶν ἀνδρῶν τῶν τὸν κατὰ τοὺς νόμους γάμον ἀναδεδεγμένων, ἀναμενόντων δὲ οὐ τὴν κυοφορίαν μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν γαλακτουχίαν.
hothen ou deixeias an enkymoni plēsiasanta tōn presbyterōn tina kata tēn graphēn, allʼ hysteron meta te tēn kyophorian meta te tēn tou techthentos galaktouchian heurois an palin pros tōn andrōn ginōskomenas tas gynaikas. autika touton heurēseis ton skopon kai ton tou Mōyseōs patera phylassonta, trietian dialiponta meta tēn tou Aarōn apokyēsin, gennēsanta ton Mōsea. hē te au Leuitikē phylē touton phylassousa ton tēs physeōs nomon ek theou elattōn ton arithmon para tas allas eis tēn prokatēngelmenēn eisēlthe gēn; ou gar rhądiōs auxanei genos eis polyplēthian speirantōn men tōn andrōn tōn ton kata tous nomous gamon anadedegmenōn, anamenontōn de ou tēn kyophorian monon, alla kai tēn galaktouchian.
Hence you could not show that any of the elders in Scripture approached a pregnant woman; but you would find that wives were known again by their husbands later, after the pregnancy and after the nursing of the child. For example, you will find Moses' father keeping this aim, leaving an interval of three years after Aaron's birth before begetting Moses. And the tribe of Levi, keeping this law of nature from God, entered the promised land fewer in number than the others; for a race does not easily grow to great numbers when the men who have accepted marriage according to the laws sow their seed, but wait not only through the pregnancy but also through the nursing.
3.11.73Stählin 2:229
ὅθεν εἰκότως καὶ ὁ Μωυσῆς κατʼ ὀλίγον εἰς ἐγκράτειαν προβιβάζων τοὺς Ἰουδαίους τριῶν ἡμερῶν κατὰ τὸ ἑξῆς ἀπεσχημένους ἀφροδισίου ἡδονῆς προσέταξεν ἐπακούειν τῶν θείων λόγων. ἡμεῖς οὖν ναοὶ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐσμεν· καθὼς εἶπεν ὁ προφήτης, ὅτι ἐνοικήσω ἐν αὐτοῖς καὶ ἐμπεριπατήσω καὶ ἔσομαι αὐτῶν θεὸς καὶ αὐτοὶ ἔσονταί μου λαός, ἐὰν κατὰ τὰς ἐντολὰς πολιτευώμεθα εἴτε ὁ καθʼ ἕκαστον ἡμῶν εἴτε καὶ ἀθρόα ἡ ἐκκλησία. διὸ ἐξέλθετε ἐκ μέσου αὐτῶν καὶ ἀφορίσθητε, λέγει κύριος, καὶ ἀκαθάρτου μὴ ἅπτεσθε· κἀγὼ εἰσδέξομαι ὑμᾶς καὶ ἔσομαι ὑμῖν εἰς πατέρα, καὶ ὑμεῖς ἔσεσθέ μοι εἰς υἱοὺς καὶ θυγατέρας, λέγει κύριος παντοκράτωρ. οὐ τῶν γεγαμηκότων, ὥς φασιν, ἀλλὰ τῶν ἐθνῶν τῶν ἐν πορνείᾳ βιούντων ἔτι, πρὸς δὲ καὶ τῶν προειρημένων αἱρέσεων ἀφορισθῆναι ὡς ἀκαθάρτων καὶ ἀθέων κελεύει προφητικῶς ἡμᾶς.
hothen eikotōs kai ho Mōysēs katʼ oligon eis enkrateian probibazōn tous Ioudaious triōn hēmerōn kata to hexēs apeschēmenous aphrodisiou hēdonēs prosetaxen epakouein tōn theiōn logōn. hēmeis oun naoi tou theou esmen; kathōs eipen ho prophētēs, hoti enoikēsō en autois kai emperipatēsō kai esomai autōn theos kai autoi esontai mou laos, ean kata tas entolas politeuōmetha eite ho kathʼ hekaston hēmōn eite kai athroa hē ekklēsia. dio exelthete ek mesou autōn kai aphoristhēte, legei kyrios, kai akathartou mē haptesthe; kagō eisdexomai hymas kai esomai hymin eis patera, kai hymeis esesthe moi eis huious kai thygateras, legei kyrios pantokratōr. ou tōn gegamēkotōn, hōs phasin, alla tōn ethnōn tōn en porneią biountōn eti, pros de kai tōn proeirēmenōn haireseōn aphoristhēnai hōs akathartōn kai atheōn keleuei prophētikōs hēmas.
Fittingly, then, Moses too, leading the Jews on little by little to self-control, commanded them to abstain from sexual pleasure for three days in a row before hearing the divine words. “We, then, are temples of God; as the prophet said, ‘I will dwell in them and walk among them, and I will be their God and they will be my people,’” if we live according to the commandments, whether each of us or the whole church together. “Therefore come out from their midst and be separate, says the Lord, and touch nothing unclean; and I will receive you, and I will be a father to you, and you will be my sons and daughters, says the Lord Almighty.” He commands us prophetically to be separate not from the married, as they say, but from the Gentiles who still live in sexual immorality, and further from the heresies mentioned before, as unclean and godless.
3.11.74Stählin 2:229
ὅθεν καὶ ὁ Παῦλος, πρὸς τοὺς ὁμοίους ἀποτεινόμενος τοῖς εἰρημένοις, ταύτας οὖν ἔχετε τὰς ἐπαγγελίας φησίν, ἀγαπητοί· καθαρίσωμεν ἑαυτῶν τὰς καρδίας ἀπὸ παντὸς μολυσμοῦ σαρκὸς καὶ πνεύματος, ἐπιτελοῦντες ἁγιωσύνην ἐν φόβῳ θεοῦ· ζηλῶ γὰρ ὑμᾶς θεοῦ ζήλῳ, ἡρμοσάμην γὰρ ὑμᾶς ἑνὶ ἀνδρὶ παρθένον ἁγνὴν παραστῆσαι τῷ Χριστῷ. ἐκκλησία δὲ ἄλλον οὐ γαμεῖ τὸν νυμφίον κεκτημένη, ἀλλʼ ὁ καθʼ ἕκαστον ἡμῶν ἣν ἂν βούληται κατὰ τὸν νόμον γαμεῖν, τὸν πρῶτον λέγω γάμον, ἔχει τὴν ἐξουσίαν. φοβοῦμαι δὲ μή πως, ὡς ὁ ὄφις ἐξηπάτησεν Εὔαν ἐν τῇ πανουργίᾳ, φθαρῇ τὰ νοήματα ὑμῶν ἀπὸ τῆς ἁπλότητος τῆς εἰς τὸν Χριστόν, σφόδρα εὐλαβῶς καὶ διδασκαλικῶς εἴρηκεν ὁ ἀπόστολος.
hothen kai ho Paulos, pros tous homoious apoteinomenos tois eirēmenois, tautas oun echete tas epangelias phēsin, agapētoi; katharisōmen heautōn tas kardias apo pantos molysmou sarkos kai pneumatos, epitelountes hagiōsynēn en phobǭ theou; zēlō gar hymas theou zēlǭ, hērmosamēn gar hymas heni andri parthenon hagnēn parastēsai tǭ Christǭ. ekklēsia de allon ou gamei ton nymphion kektēmenē, allʼ ho kathʼ hekaston hēmōn hēn an boulētai kata ton nomon gamein, ton prōton legō gamon, echei tēn exousian. phoboumai de mē pōs, hōs ho ophis exēpatēsen Euan en tę̄ panourgią, phtharę̄ ta noēmata hymōn apo tēs haplotētos tēs eis ton Christon, sphodra eulabōs kai didaskalikōs eirēken ho apostolos.
That is why Paul too, aiming at people like those mentioned, says: “Having, then, these promises, beloved, let us cleanse our hearts from every defilement of flesh and spirit, perfecting holiness in the fear of God. For I am jealous for you with a godly jealousy; for I betrothed you to one husband, to present you as a pure virgin to Christ.” The church, having the Bridegroom, marries no other; but each of us has the right to marry, according to the law, whomever he wishes, I mean the first marriage. “But I fear lest, as the serpent deceived Eve by his cunning, your thoughts may be corrupted from the simplicity that is toward Christ,” the apostle said, very cautiously and as a teacher.
3.11.75Stählin 2:229
διὸ καὶ ὁ θαυμάσιος Πέτρος φησίν· ἀγαπητοί, παρακαλῶ ὡς παροίκους καὶ παρεπιδήμους ἀπέχεσθαι τῶν σαρκικῶν ἐπιθυμιῶν, αἵτινες στρατεύονται κατὰ τῆς ψυχῆς, τὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν καλὴν ἔχοντες ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν· ὅτι οὕτως ἐστὶ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀγαθοποιοῦντας φιμοῦν τὴν τῶν ἀφρόνων ἀνθρώπων ἐργασίαν, ὡς ἐλεύθεροι καὶ μὴ ὡς ἐπικάλυμμα ἔχοντες τῆς κακίας τὴν ἐλευθερίαν, ἀλλʼ ὡς δοῦλοι θεοῦ. ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ ὁ Παῦλος ἐν τῇ πρὸς Ῥωμαίους ἐπιστολῇ γράφει· οἵτινες ἀπεθάνομεν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, πῶς ἔτι ζήσομεν ἐν αὐτῇ; ὅτι ὁ παλαιὸς ἡμῶν ἄνθρωπος συνεσταυρώθη, ἵνα καταργηθῇ τὸ σῶμα τῆς ἁμαρτίας ἕως μηδὲ παριστάνετε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν ὅπλα ἀδικίας τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ.
dio kai ho thaumasios Petros phēsin; agapētoi, parakalō hōs paroikous kai parepidēmous apechesthai tōn sarkikōn epithymiōn, haitines strateuontai kata tēs psychēs, tēn anastrophēn hymōn kalēn echontes en tois ethnesin; hoti houtōs esti to thelēma tou theou, agathopoiountas phimoun tēn tōn aphronōn anthrōpōn ergasian, hōs eleutheroi kai mē hōs epikalymma echontes tēs kakias tēn eleutherian, allʼ hōs douloi theou. homoiōs de kai ho Paulos en tę̄ pros Rhōmaious epistolę̄ graphei; hoitines apethanomen tę̄ hamartią, pōs eti zēsomen en autę̄? hoti ho palaios hēmōn anthrōpos synestaurōthē, hina katargēthę̄ to sōma tēs hamartias heōs mēde paristanete ta melē hymōn hopla adikias tę̄ hamartią.
That is why the admirable Peter says: “Beloved, I urge you as sojourners and exiles to abstain from fleshly desires, which wage war against the soul, keeping your conduct good among the Gentiles; for thus is the will of God, that by doing good you should silence the doings of foolish men, as free people, and not having your freedom as a cover for evil, but as slaves of God.” Likewise Paul too writes in the letter to the Romans: “We who died to sin, how shall we still live in it? Because our old man was crucified with him, so that the body of sin might be done away,” as far as “nor present your members as weapons of unrighteousness to sin.”
3.11.76Stählin 2:229–230
Καὶ δὴ ἐνταῦθα γενόμενος δοκῶ μοι μὴ παραλείψειν ἀνεπισημείωτον, ὅτι τὸν αὐτὸν θεὸν διὰ νόμου καὶ προφητῶν καὶ εὐαγγελίου ὁ ἀπόστολος κηρύσσει· τὸ γὰρ οὐκ ἐπιθυμήσεις ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ γεγραμμένον τῷ νόμῳ περιτίθησιν ἐν τῇ πρὸς Ῥωμαίους ἐπιστολῇ, ἕνα εἰδὼς τὸν διὰ νόμου καὶ προφητῶν κηρύξαντα καὶ τὸν διʼ αὐτοῦ εὐαγγελισθέντα πατέρα. φησὶ γάρ· τί ἐροῦμεν; ὁ νόμος ἁμαρτία; μὴ γένοιτο· ἀλλὰ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ ἔγνων εἰ μὴ διὰ νόμου· τήν τε γὰρ ἐπιθυμίαν οὐκ ᾔδειν, εἰ μὴ ὁ νόμος ἔλεγεν· οὐκ ἐπιθυμήσεις. κἂν οἱ ἀντιτασσόμενοι τῶν ἑτεροδόξων προσαποτεινόμενον τὸν Παῦλον τῷ κτίστῃ εἰρηκέναι ὑπολάβωσι τὰ ἑξῆς οἶδα γὰρ ὅτι οὐκ οἰκεῖ ἐν ἐμοί, τουτέστιν ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου, ἀγαθόν, ἀλλʼ ἀναγινωσκόντων τὰ προειρημένα καὶ τὰ ἐπιφερόμενα· προεῖπε γάρ· ἀλλʼ ἡ οἰκοῦσα ἐν ἐμοὶ ἁμαρτία, διʼ ἣν ἀκόλουθον ἦν εἰπεῖν ὅτι οὐκ οἰκεῖ ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου ἀγαθόν.
Kai dē entautha genomenos dokō moi mē paraleipsein anepisēmeiōton, hoti ton auton theon dia nomou kai prophētōn kai euangeliou ho apostolos kēryssei; to gar ouk epithymēseis en tǭ euangeliǭ gegrammenon tǭ nomǭ peritithēsin en tę̄ pros Rhōmaious epistolę̄, hena eidōs ton dia nomou kai prophētōn kēryxanta kai ton diʼ autou euangelisthenta patera. phēsi gar; ti eroumen? ho nomos hamartia? mē genoito; alla tēn hamartian ouk egnōn ei mē dia nomou; tēn te gar epithymian ouk ę̄dein, ei mē ho nomos elegen; ouk epithymēseis. kan hoi antitassomenoi tōn heterodoxōn prosapoteinomenon ton Paulon tǭ ktistę̄ eirēkenai hypolabōsi ta hexēs oida gar hoti ouk oikei en emoi, toutestin en tę̄ sarki mou, agathon, allʼ anaginōskontōn ta proeirēmena kai ta epipheromena; proeipe gar; allʼ hē oikousa en emoi hamartia, diʼ hēn akolouthon ēn eipein hoti ouk oikei en tę̄ sarki mou agathon.
Having reached this point, I think I should not leave unremarked that the apostle proclaims the same God through the law, the prophets, and the gospel. For in the letter to the Romans he attributes to the law “You shall not covet,” which is written in the gospel, knowing that the Father proclaimed through the law and the prophets and the one proclaimed as good news through himself are one. For he says: “What shall we say? Is the law sin? By no means. But I would not have known sin except through the law; for I would not have known desire if the law had not said, ‘You shall not covet.’” And even if those of the heterodox who oppose the Creator suppose that Paul said what follows as aimed at the Creator, “For I know that good does not dwell in me, that is, in my flesh,” let them read what precedes and what follows. For he said before, “but the sin that dwells in me,” because of which it was consistent to say that “good does not dwell in my flesh.”
3.11.77Stählin 2:230
ἑπομένως δʼ ἐπήγαγεν· εἰ δὲ ὃ οὐ θέλω, τοῦτο ἐγὼ ποιῶ, οὐκέτι ἐγὼ κατεργάζομαι αὐτό, ἀλλʼ ἡ οἰκοῦσα ἐν ἐμοὶ ἁμαρτία, ἥτις ἀντιστρατευομένη τῷ νόμῳ τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ νοός μου, φησίν, αἰχμαλωτίζει με ἐν τῷ νόμῳ τῆς ἁμαρτίας τῷ ὄντι ἐν τοῖς μέλεσί μου. ταλαίπωρος ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπος· τίς με ῥύσεται ἐκ τοῦ σώματος τοῦ θανάτου τούτου; πάλιν τε αὖ (κάμνει γὰρ οὐδʼ ὁπωστιοῦν ὠφελῶν) οὐκ ὀκνεῖ ἐπιλέγειν· ὁ γὰρ νόμος τοῦ πνεύματος ἠλευθέρωσέν με ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου τῆς ἁμαρτίας καὶ τοῦ θανάτου, ἐπεὶ διὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ ὁ θεὸς κατέκρινεν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἐν τῇ σαρκί, ἵνα τὸ δικαίωμα τοῦ νόμου πληρωθῇ ἐν ἡμῖν τοῖς μὴ κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦσιν, ἀλλὰ κατὰ πνεῦμα. πρὸς τούτοις ἔτι ἐπισαφηνίζων τὰ προειρημένα ἐπιβοᾷ· τὸ μὲν σῶμα νεκρὸν διʼ ἁμαρτίαν δηλῶν ὡς ὅτι μὴ νεώς, τάφος δʼ ἐστὶν ἔτι τῆς ψυχῆς· ὁπηνίκα γὰρ ἁγιασθῇ τῷ θεῷ, τὸ πνεῦμα, ἐποίσει. τοῦ ἐγείραντος ἐκ νεκρῶν Ἰησοῦν οἰκεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν, ὃς ζωοποιήσει καὶ τὰ θνητὰ σώματα ὑμῶν διὰ τοῦ ἐνοικοῦντος αὐτοῦ πνεύματος ἐν ὑμῖν.
hepomenōs dʼ epēgagen; ei de ho ou thelō, touto egō poiō, ouketi egō katergazomai auto, allʼ hē oikousa en emoi hamartia, hētis antistrateuomenē tǭ nomǭ tou theou kai tou noos mou, phēsin, aichmalōtizei me en tǭ nomǭ tēs hamartias tǭ onti en tois melesi mou. talaipōros egō anthrōpos; tis me rhysetai ek tou sōmatos tou thanatou toutou? palin te au (kamnei gar oudʼ hopōstioun ōphelōn) ouk oknei epilegein; ho gar nomos tou pneumatos ēleutherōsen me apo tou nomou tēs hamartias kai tou thanatou, epei dia tou huiou ho theos katekrinen tēn hamartian en tę̄ sarki, hina to dikaiōma tou nomou plērōthę̄ en hēmin tois mē kata sarka peripatousin, alla kata pneuma. pros toutois eti episaphēnizōn ta proeirēmena epiboą; to men sōma nekron diʼ hamartian dēlōn hōs hoti mē neōs, taphos dʼ estin eti tēs psychēs; hopēnika gar hagiasthę̄ tǭ theǭ, to pneuma, epoisei. tou egeirantos ek nekrōn Iēsoun oikei en hymin, hos zōopoiēsei kai ta thnēta sōmata hymōn dia tou enoikountos autou pneumatos en hymin.
Consistently he added: “But if I do what I do not wish, it is no longer I who do it, but the sin that dwells in me,” which, “waging war against the law of God and of my mind,” he says, “takes me captive in the law of sin that is in my members. Wretched man that I am! Who will deliver me from the body of this death?” And again (for he never tires of helping) he does not hesitate to add: “For the law of the Spirit has set me free from the law of sin and death,” since through the Son “God condemned sin in the flesh, so that the just requirement of the law might be fulfilled in us who walk not according to the flesh but according to the Spirit.” Besides this, making clearer what he had said, he cries out: “The body is dead because of sin,” showing that it is not yet a temple, but still a tomb of the soul; for when it is sanctified to God, “the Spirit of the one who raised Jesus from the dead dwells in you, who will also give life to your mortal bodies through his Spirit who dwells in you.”
3.11.78Stählin 2:230–231
αὖθις οὖν τοῖς φιληδόνοις ἐπιπλήττων ἐκεῖνα προστίθησι· τὸ γὰρ φρόνημα τῆς σαρκὸς θάνατος, ὅτι οἱ κατὰ σάρκα ζῶντες τὰ τῆς σαρκὸς φρονοῦσιν, καὶ τὸ φρόνημα τῆς σαρκὸς ἔχθρα εἰς θεόν· τῷ γὰρ νόμῳ τοῦ θεοῦ οὐχ ὑποτάσσεται. οἱ δὲ ἐν σαρκὶ ὄντες, οὐχ ὥς τινες δογματίζουσι, θεῷ ἀρέσαι οὐ δύνανται, ἀλλʼ ὡς προειρήκαμεν. εἶτα πρὸς ἀντιδιαστολὴν τούτων τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ φησίν· ὑμεῖς δὲ οὐκ ἐστὲ ἐν σαρκί, ἀλλʼ ἐν πνεύματι, εἴπερ πνεῦμα θεοῦ οἰκεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν. εἰ δέ τις πνεῦμα Χριστοῦ οὐκ ἔχει, οὗτος οὐκ ἔστιν αὐτοῦ. εἰ δὲ Χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν, τὸ μὲν σῶμα νεκρὸν διʼ ἁμαρτίαν, τὸ δὲ πνεῦμα ζωὴ διὰ δικαιοσύνην. ἄρα οὖν, ἀδελφοί, ὀφειλέται ἐσμέν, οὐ τῇ σαρκὶ τοῦ κατὰ σάρκα ζῆν. εἰ γὰρ κατὰ σάρκα ζῆτε, μέλλετε ἀποθνῄσκειν· εἰ δὲ πνεύματι τὰς πράξεις τοῦ σώματος θανατοῦτε, ζήσεσθε. ὅσοι γὰρ πνεύματι θεοῦ ἄγονται, οὗτοί εἰσιν υἱοὶ θεοῦ. καὶ πρὸς τὴν εὐγένειαν καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἐλευθερίαν τὴν καταπτύστως ὑπὸ τῶν ἑτεροδόξων εἰσαγομένην τῶν ἐπʼ ἀσελγείᾳ καυχωμένων ἐπιφέρει λέγων· οὐ γὰρ ἐλάβετε πνεῦμα δουλείας πάλιν εἰς φόβον, ἀλλὰ ἐλάβετε πνεῦμα υἱοθεσίας, ἐν ᾧ κράζομεν· ἀββᾶ ὁ πατήρ· τουτέστιν εἰς τοῦτο ἐλάβομεν, ἵνα γινώσκωμεν τοῦτον ᾧ προσευχόμεθα, τὸν τῷ ὄντι πατέρα, τὸν τῶν ὄντων μόνον πατέρα, τὸν εἰς σωτηρίαν παιδεύοντα ὡς πατέρα καὶ τὸν φόβον † ἀπειλεῖ.
authis oun tois philēdonois epiplēttōn ekeina prostithēsi; to gar phronēma tēs sarkos thanatos, hoti hoi kata sarka zōntes ta tēs sarkos phronousin, kai to phronēma tēs sarkos echthra eis theon; tǭ gar nomǭ tou theou ouch hypotassetai. hoi de en sarki ontes, ouch hōs tines dogmatizousi, theǭ aresai ou dynantai, allʼ hōs proeirēkamen. eita pros antidiastolēn toutōn tę̄ ekklēsią phēsin; hymeis de ouk este en sarki, allʼ en pneumati, eiper pneuma theou oikei en hymin. ei de tis pneuma Christou ouk echei, houtos ouk estin autou. ei de Christos en hymin, to men sōma nekron diʼ hamartian, to de pneuma zōē dia dikaiosynēn. ara oun, adelphoi, opheiletai esmen, ou tę̄ sarki tou kata sarka zēn. ei gar kata sarka zēte, mellete apothnę̄skein; ei de pneumati tas praxeis tou sōmatos thanatoute, zēsesthe. hosoi gar pneumati theou agontai, houtoi eisin huioi theou. kai pros tēn eugeneian kai pros tēn eleutherian tēn kataptystōs hypo tōn heterodoxōn eisagomenēn tōn epʼ aselgeią kauchōmenōn epipherei legōn; ou gar elabete pneuma douleias palin eis phobon, alla elabete pneuma huiothesias, en hǭ krazomen; abba ho patēr; toutestin eis touto elabomen, hina ginōskōmen touton hǭ proseuchometha, ton tǭ onti patera, ton tōn ontōn monon patera, ton eis sōtērian paideuonta hōs patera kai ton phobon † apeilei.
Again, then, rebuking the lovers of pleasure, he adds: “For the mind of the flesh is death, because those who live according to the flesh set their minds on the things of the flesh; and the mind of the flesh is enmity toward God, for it does not submit to the law of God. And those who are in the flesh cannot please God,” not as some teach, but as we have said before. Then, in contrast to these, he says to the church: “But you are not in the flesh but in the Spirit, if indeed the Spirit of God dwells in you. And if anyone does not have the Spirit of Christ, he is not his. But if Christ is in you, the body is dead because of sin, but the spirit is life because of righteousness. So then, brothers, we are debtors, not to the flesh, to live according to the flesh. For if you live according to the flesh, you will die; but if by the Spirit you put to death the deeds of the body, you will live. For all who are led by the Spirit of God are sons of God.” And against the noble birth and freedom introduced so contemptibly by the heterodox who boast in licentiousness, he adds: “For you did not receive a spirit of slavery again to fear, but you received a spirit of adoption, in which we cry, ‘Abba, Father’”; that is, we received it for this, that we might know the one to whom we pray, the true Father, the only Father of what exists, who trains us for salvation as a father and … fear.
Miscellanies 3, chapter 12
3.12.79Stählin 2:231–232
Ἡ δὲ ἐκ συμφώνου πρὸς καιρὸν σχολάζουσα τῇ προσευχῇ συζυγία ἐγκρατείας ἐστὶ διδασκαλία· προσέθηκε γὰρ τὸ μὲν ἐκ συμφώνου, ἵνα μή τις διαλύσῃ τὸν γάμον, πρὸς καιρὸν δὲ ὡς μὴ κατὰ ἀνάγκην ἐπιτηδεύων τὴν ἐγκράτειαν ὁ γήμας ὀλισθήσῃ ποτὲ εἰς ἁμαρτίαν, φειδοῖ μὲν τῆς ἑαυτοῦ συζυγίας, ἐπιθυμίᾳ δὲ ἀλλοτρίᾳ περιπεσών. ᾧ λόγῳ καὶ τὸν ἀσχημονεῖν ἑαυτὸν ἐπὶ τῇ παρθενοτροφίᾳ ὑπολαμβάνοντα καλῶς εἰς γάμον ἐκδώσειν τὴν θυγατέρα ἔλεγεν. ἡ πρόθεσίς τε ἑκάστου τοῦ τε ἑαυτὸν εὐνουχίσαντος τοῦ τε αὖ γάμῳ διὰ παιδοποιίαν συζεύξαντος ἀνένδοτος πρὸς τὸ ἧττον διαμένειν ὀφείλει. εἰ μὲν γὰρ ἐπιτεῖναι οἷός τε ἔσται τὸν βίον, μείζονα ἀξίαν ἐν θεῷ αὐτὸς ἑαυτῷ περιποιήσεται, καθαρῶς ἅμα καὶ λελογισμένως ἐγκρατευσάμενος· εἰ δὲ ὑπερβὰς ὃν εἵλετο κανόνα εἰς μείζονα δόξαν, ἔπειτα ἀποπέσῃ πρὸς τὴν ἐλπίδα. ἔχει γὰρ ὥσπερ ἡ εὐνουχία οὕτω καὶ ὁ γάμος ἰδίας λειτουργίας καὶ διακονίας τῷ κυρίῳ διαφερούσας, τέκνων λέγω κήδεσθαι καὶ γυναικός· πρόφασις γάρ, ὡς ἔοικεν, τῷ κατὰ γάμον τελείῳ ἡ τῆς συζυγίας οἰκειότης γίνεται τὴν πρόνοιαν πάντων ἀναδεδεγμένῳ κατὰ τὸν οἶκον τὸν κοινόν· αὐτίκα φησὶν ἐπισκόπους δεῖν καθίστασθαι τοὺς ἐκ τοῦ ἰδίου οἴκου καὶ τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἀπάσης προΐστασθαι μελετήσαντας. ἕκαστος οὖν ἐν ᾧ ἐκλήθη ἔργῳ τὴν διακονίαν ἐκτελείτω, ἵνα ἐλεύθερος ἐν Χριστῷ γένηται, τὸν νοῦ οἰκεῖον τῆς διακονίας ἀπολαμβάνων μισθόν.
Hē de ek symphōnou pros kairon scholazousa tę̄ proseuchę̄ syzygia enkrateias esti didaskalia; prosethēke gar to men ek symphōnou, hina mē tis dialysę̄ ton gamon, pros kairon de hōs mē kata anankēn epitēdeuōn tēn enkrateian ho gēmas olisthēsę̄ pote eis hamartian, pheidoi men tēs heautou syzygias, epithymią de allotrią peripesōn. hǭ logǭ kai ton aschēmonein heauton epi tę̄ parthenotrophią hypolambanonta kalōs eis gamon ekdōsein tēn thygatera elegen. hē prothesis te hekastou tou te heauton eunouchisantos tou te au gamǭ dia paidopoiian syzeuxantos anendotos pros to hētton diamenein opheilei. ei men gar epiteinai hoios te estai ton bion, meizona axian en theǭ autos heautǭ peripoiēsetai, katharōs hama kai lelogismenōs enkrateusamenos; ei de hyperbas hon heileto kanona eis meizona doxan, epeita apopesę̄ pros tēn elpida. echei gar hōsper hē eunouchia houtō kai ho gamos idias leitourgias kai diakonias tǭ kyriǭ diapherousas, teknōn legō kēdesthai kai gynaikos; prophasis gar, hōs eoiken, tǭ kata gamon teleiǭ hē tēs syzygias oikeiotēs ginetai tēn pronoian pantōn anadedegmenǭ kata ton oikon ton koinon; autika phēsin episkopous dein kathistasthai tous ek tou idiou oikou kai tēs ekklēsias apasēs proïstasthai meletēsantas. hekastos oun en hǭ eklēthē ergǭ tēn diakonian ekteleitō, hina eleutheros en Christǭ genētai, ton nou oikeion tēs diakonias apolambanōn misthon.
A married couple giving themselves to prayer for a time by mutual consent is a lesson in self-control. For he added “by consent” so that no one might dissolve the marriage, and “for a time” so that the married man, practicing self-control by constraint, might not slip into sin, sparing his own wife but falling into desire for another. For this reason he also said that the man who thinks he is behaving improperly in keeping his daughter a virgin does well to give her in marriage. And the purpose of each, both of the one who has made himself a eunuch and of the one who has joined himself in marriage for the begetting of children, ought to remain unyielding toward the worse. For if he is able to raise the level of his life, he will gain greater worth before God, having exercised self-control purely and with reason; but if he goes beyond the rule he chose, aiming at greater glory, he may then fall short of his hope. For as the eunuchate, so marriage too has its own offices and services for the Lord that differ: I mean caring for children and wife. For the intimacy of the union becomes, it seems, an occasion for the one perfect in marriage, who has taken on the care of everything in the common household. For example, he says that bishops should be appointed who have practiced presiding over their own household and so over the whole church. Let each, then, fulfill his ministry in the work in which he was called, so that he may become free in Christ, receiving the proper reward of his ministry.
3.12.80Stählin 2:232
πάλιν τε αὖ περὶ τοῦ νόμου διαλεγόμενος ἀλληγορίᾳ χρώμενος ἡ γὰρ ὕπανδρος γυνὴ φησὶ τῷ ζῶντι ἀνδρὶ δέδεται νόμῳ καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. αὖθίς τε· ἡ γυνὴ δέδεται ἐφʼ ὅσον ζῇ χρόνον ὁ ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς· ἐὰν δὲ ἀποθάνῃ, ἐλευθέρα ἐστὶν γαμηθῆναι, μόνον ἐν κυρίῳ· μακαρία δέ ἐστιν, ἐὰν οὕτως μείνῃ, κατὰ τὴν ἐμὴν γνώμην. ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ μὲν τῆς προτέρας περικοπῆς ἐθανατώθητε φησὶ τῷ νόμῳ, οὐ τῷ γάμῳ, εἰς τὸ γενέσθαι ὑμᾶς ἑτέρῳ, τῷ ἐκ νεκρῶν ἐγερθέντι, νύμφην καὶ ἐκκλησίαν, ἣν ἁγνὴν εἶναι δεῖ τῶν τε ἔνδον ἐννοιῶν τῶν ἐναντίων τῇ ἀληθείᾳ τῶν τε ἔξωθεν πειραζόντων, τουτέστι τῶν τὰς αἱρέσεις μετιόντων καὶ πορνεύειν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνδρὸς ἀναπειθόντων, τοῦ παντοκράτορος θεοῦ, ἵνα μὴ ὡς ὁ ὄφις ἐξηπάτησεν Εὔαν, τὴν λεγομένην ζωήν, καὶ ἡμεῖς ὑπὸ τῆς κατὰ τὰς αἱρέσεις λίχνου πανουργίας παραβῶμεν τὰς ἐντολάς. ἡ δευτέρα δὲ περικοπὴ μονογαμίαν ἵστησιν. οὐ γάρ, ὥς τινες ἐξηγήσαντο, δέσιν γυναικὸς πρὸς ἄνδρα τὴν σαρκὸς πρὸς τὴν φθορὰν ἐπιπλοκὴν μηνύεσθαι ὑποτοπητέον· τῶν γὰρ ἄντικρυς διαβόλῳ προσαπτόντων τὴν τοῦ γάμου εὕρεσιν ἀθέων ἀνθρώπων ἐπίνοιαν κατηγορεῖ, διʼ ἧς κινδυνεύει βλασφημεῖσθαι ὁ νομοθέτης.
palin te au peri tou nomou dialegomenos allēgorią chrōmenos hē gar hypandros gynē phēsi tǭ zōnti andri dedetai nomǭ kai ta hexēs. authis te; hē gynē dedetai ephʼ hoson zę̄ chronon ho anēr autēs; ean de apothanę̄, eleuthera estin gamēthēnai, monon en kyriǭ; makaria de estin, ean houtōs meinę̄, kata tēn emēn gnōmēn. allʼ epi men tēs proteras perikopēs ethanatōthēte phēsi tǭ nomǭ, ou tǭ gamǭ, eis to genesthai hymas heterǭ, tǭ ek nekrōn egerthenti, nymphēn kai ekklēsian, hēn hagnēn einai dei tōn te endon ennoiōn tōn enantiōn tę̄ alētheią tōn te exōthen peirazontōn, toutesti tōn tas haireseis metiontōn kai porneuein apo tou henos andros anapeithontōn, tou pantokratoros theou, hina mē hōs ho ophis exēpatēsen Euan, tēn legomenēn zōēn, kai hēmeis hypo tēs kata tas haireseis lichnou panourgias parabōmen tas entolas. hē deutera de perikopē monogamian histēsin. ou gar, hōs tines exēgēsanto, desin gynaikos pros andra tēn sarkos pros tēn phthoran epiplokēn mēnyesthai hypotopēteon; tōn gar antikrys diabolǭ prosaptontōn tēn tou gamou heuresin atheōn anthrōpōn epinoian katēgorei, diʼ hēs kindyneuei blasphēmeisthai ho nomothetēs.
Again, discussing the law and using allegory, he says: “For the married woman is bound by law to her living husband,” and so on. And again: “A wife is bound as long as her husband lives; but if he dies, she is free to be married, only in the Lord. But she is happier if she remains as she is, in my judgment.” In the first passage he says, “You were put to death to the law,” not to marriage, “so that you might belong to another, to him who was raised from the dead,” as bride and church; and she must be pure both from inner thoughts contrary to the truth and from those who tempt from outside, that is, those who follow the heresies and persuade her to commit fornication away from her one husband, the Almighty God; so that we may not, as the serpent deceived Eve, who is called Life, transgress the commandments through the greedy cunning of the heresies. The second passage establishes monogamy. For we must not suppose, as some have explained it, that the binding of a woman to a man signifies the entanglement of flesh with corruption; for he accuses the invention of godless men who plainly attribute the discovery of marriage to the devil, by which the lawgiver is in danger of being blasphemed.
3.12.81Stählin 2:232–233
Τατιανὸν οἶμαι τὸν Σύρον τὰ τοιαῦτα τολμᾶν δογματίζειν. γράφει γοῦν κατὰ λέξιν ἐν τῷ Περὶ τοῦ κατὰ τὸν σωτῆρα καταρτισμοῦ· συμφωνία μὲν οὖν ἁρμόζει προσευχῇ, κοινωνία δὲ φθορᾶς λύει τὴν ἔντευξιν. πάνυ γοῦν δυσωπητικῶς διὰ τῆς συγχωρήσεως εἴργει· πάλιν γὰρ ἐπὶ ταὐτὸ συγχωρήσας γενέσθαι διὰ τὸν σατανᾶν καὶ τὴν ἀκρασίαν, τὸν πεισθησόμενον ›δυσὶ κυρίοις μέλλειν δουλεύειν‹ ἀπεφήνατο, διὰ μὲν συμφωνίας θεῷ, διὰ δὲ τῆς ἀσυμφωνίας ἀκρασίᾳ καὶ πορνείᾳ καὶ διαβόλῳ. ταῦτα δέ φησι τὸν ἀπόστολον ἐξηγούμενος· σοφίζεται δὲ τὴν ἀλήθειαν διʼ ἀληθοῦς ψεῦδος κατασκευάζων. ἀκρασίαν μὲν γὰρ καὶ πορνείαν διαβολικὰ εἶναι πάθη καὶ ἡμεῖς ὁμολογοῦμεν, γάμου δὲ τοῦ σώφρονος μεσιτεύει συμφωνία, ἐπί τε τὴν εὐχὴν ἐγκρατῶς ἄγουσα ἐπί τε τὴν παιδοποιίαν μετὰ σεμνότητος νυμφεύουσα. γνῶσις γοῦν καὶ ὁ τῆς παιδοποιίας καιρὸς πρὸς τῆς γραφῆς εἴρηται, ἐπειδὰν φῇ· ἔγνω δὲ Ἀδὰμ Εὔαν τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ, καὶ συλλαβοῦσα ἔτεκεν υἱόν, καὶ ἐπωνόμασεν τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Σήθ· ἐξανέστησεν γάρ μοι ὁ θεὸς σπέρμα ἕτερον ἀντὶ Ἄβελ. ὁρᾷς εἰς τίνα βλασφημοῦσιν οἱ μυσαττόμενοι τὴν σώφρονα σπορὰν καὶ τῷ διαβόλῳ προσάπτοντες τὴν γένεσιν; οὐ γὰρ θεὸν ἁπλῶς προσεῖπεν ὁ τῇ τοῦ ἄρθρου προτάξει τὸν παντοκράτορα δηλώσας.
Tatianon oimai ton Syron ta toiauta tolman dogmatizein. graphei goun kata lexin en tǭ Peri tou kata ton sōtēra katartismou; symphōnia men oun harmozei proseuchę̄, koinōnia de phthoras lyei tēn enteuxin. pany goun dysōpētikōs dia tēs synchōrēseōs eirgei; palin gar epi tauto synchōrēsas genesthai dia ton satanan kai tēn akrasian, ton peisthēsomenon ›dysi kyriois mellein douleuein‹ apephēnato, dia men symphōnias theǭ, dia de tēs asymphōnias akrasią kai porneią kai diabolǭ. tauta de phēsi ton apostolon exēgoumenos; sophizetai de tēn alētheian diʼ alēthous pseudos kataskeuazōn. akrasian men gar kai porneian diabolika einai pathē kai hēmeis homologoumen, gamou de tou sōphronos mesiteuei symphōnia, epi te tēn euchēn enkratōs agousa epi te tēn paidopoiian meta semnotētos nympheuousa. gnōsis goun kai ho tēs paidopoiias kairos pros tēs graphēs eirētai, epeidan phę̄; egnō de Adam Euan tēn gynaika autou, kai syllabousa eteken huion, kai epōnomasen to onoma autou Sēth; exanestēsen gar moi ho theos sperma heteron anti Abel. horąs eis tina blasphēmousin hoi mysattomenoi tēn sōphrona sporan kai tǭ diabolǭ prosaptontes tēn genesin? ou gar theon haplōs proseipen ho tę̄ tou arthrou protaxei ton pantokratora dēlōsas.
I think it is Tatian the Syrian who dares to teach such things. He writes, at any rate, word for word in his work On Perfection according to the Savior: “Agreement fits prayer, but fellowship in corruption breaks off intercession. By the permission, at any rate, he forbids very shamingly; for in permitting them to come together again because of Satan and lack of self-control, he declared that the one who would comply was going to serve two masters: God through agreement, and through disagreement lack of self-control, sexual immorality, and the devil.” He says this in explaining the apostle; but he sophistically twists the truth, constructing a lie by means of a truth. For we too confess that lack of self-control and sexual immorality are devilish passions; but agreement mediates self-restrained marriage, leading with self-control to prayer and, with reverence, joining in marriage for the begetting of children. Indeed Scripture has called the time for begetting children “knowledge,” when it says: “And Adam knew Eve his wife, and she conceived and bore a son, and called his name Seth: ‘For God has raised up for me another seed in place of Abel.’” Do you see whom those blaspheme who loathe the self-restrained sowing of seed and attribute birth to the devil? For the one who used the article before it did not say “a god” simply, but showed that he meant the Almighty.
3.12.82Stählin 2:233–234
ἡ δὲ ἐπιφορὰ τοῦ ἀποστόλου καὶ πάλιν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ γίνεσθαι διὰ τὸν σατανᾶν ἐκεῖνο προανακόπτει τὸ μὴ εἰς ἐπιθυμίας ἑτέρας ἐκτραπῆναί ποτε· οὐ γὰρ ἀποκρούεται τέλεον τὰς τῆς φύσεως ὀρέξεις δυσωποῦσα ἡ πρόσκαιρος συμφωνία, διʼ ἃς εἰσάγει πάλιν τὴν συζυγίαν τοῦ γάμου, οὐκ εἰς ἀκρασίαν καὶ πορνείαν καὶ τὸ τοῦ διαβόλου ἔργον, ἀλλʼ ὅπως μὴ ὑποπέσῃ ἀκρασίᾳ καὶ πορνείᾳ καὶ διαβόλῳ. χωρίζει δὲ καὶ τὸν παλαιὸν ἄνδρα καὶ τὸν καινὸν ὁ Τατιανός, ἀλλʼ οὐχ ὡς ἡμεῖς φαμεν· παλαιὸν μὲν ἄνδρα τὸν νόμον, καινὸν δὲ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον συμφωνοῦμεν αὐτῷ καὶ αὐτοὶ λέγοντες, πλὴν οὐχ ᾗ βούλεται ἐκεῖνος καταλύων τὸν νόμον ὡς ἄλλου θεοῦ· ἀλλʼ ὁ αὐτὸς ἀνὴρ καὶ κύριος παλαιὰ καινίζων οὐ πολυγαμίαν ἔτι συγχωρεῖ (τότε γὰρ ἀπῄτει ὁ θεός, ὅτε αὐξάνεσθαι καὶ πληθύνειν ἐχρῆν), μονογαμίαν δὲ εἰσάγει διὰ παιδοποιίαν καὶ τὴν τοῦ οἴκου κηδεμονίαν, εἰς ἣν βοηθὸς ἐδόθη ἡ γυνή. καὶ εἴ τινι ὁ ἀπόστολος διʼ ἀκρασίαν καὶ πύρωσιν κατὰ συγγνώμην δευτέρου μεταδίδωσι γάμου, ἐπεὶ καὶ οὗτος οὐχ ἁμαρτάνει μὲν κατὰ διαθήκην (οὐ γὰρ κεκώλυται πρὸς τοῦ νόμου), οὐ πληροῖ δὲ τῆς κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον πολιτείας τὴν κατʼ ἐπίτασιν τελειότητα· δόξαν δὲ αὑτῷ οὐράνιον περιποιεῖ ὁ μείνας ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ καὶ τὴν διαλυθεῖσαν θανάτῳ συζυγίαν ἄχραντον φυλάσσων καὶ τῇ οἰκονομίᾳ πειθόμενος εὐαρέστως, καθʼ ἣν ἀπερίσπαστος τῆς τοῦ κυρίου γέγονε λειτουργίας. οὐδὲ μὴν τὸν ἀπὸ τῆς κατὰ συζυγίαν κοίτης ὁμοίως ὡς πάλαι βαπτίζεσθαι καὶ νῦν προστάσσει ἡ θεία διὰ κυρίου πρόνοια. οὐ γὰρ ἐπάναγκες παιδοποιίας ἀφίστησι τοὺς πιστεύοντας διʼ ἑνὸς βαπτίσματος εἰς τὸ παντελὲς τῆς ὁμιλίας ἀπολούσας ὁ κύριος, ὁ καὶ τὰ πολλὰ Μωυσέως διʼ ἑνὸς περιλαβὼν βαπτίσματος.
hē de epiphora tou apostolou kai palin epi to auto ginesthai dia ton satanan ekeino proanakoptei to mē eis epithymias heteras ektrapēnai pote; ou gar apokrouetai teleon tas tēs physeōs orexeis dysōpousa hē proskairos symphōnia, diʼ has eisagei palin tēn syzygian tou gamou, ouk eis akrasian kai porneian kai to tou diabolou ergon, allʼ hopōs mē hypopesę̄ akrasią kai porneią kai diabolǭ. chōrizei de kai ton palaion andra kai ton kainon ho Tatianos, allʼ ouch hōs hēmeis phamen; palaion men andra ton nomon, kainon de to euangelion symphōnoumen autǭ kai autoi legontes, plēn ouch hę̄ bouletai ekeinos katalyōn ton nomon hōs allou theou; allʼ ho autos anēr kai kyrios palaia kainizōn ou polygamian eti synchōrei (tote gar apę̄tei ho theos, hote auxanesthai kai plēthynein echrēn), monogamian de eisagei dia paidopoiian kai tēn tou oikou kēdemonian, eis hēn boēthos edothē hē gynē. kai ei tini ho apostolos diʼ akrasian kai pyrōsin kata syngnōmēn deuterou metadidōsi gamou, epei kai houtos ouch hamartanei men kata diathēkēn (ou gar kekōlytai pros tou nomou), ou plēroi de tēs kata to euangelion politeias tēn katʼ epitasin teleiotēta; doxan de hautǭ ouranion peripoiei ho meinas ephʼ heautou kai tēn dialytheisan thanatǭ syzygian achranton phylassōn kai tę̄ oikonomią peithomenos euarestōs, kathʼ hēn aperispastos tēs tou kyriou gegone leitourgias. oude mēn ton apo tēs kata syzygian koitēs homoiōs hōs palai baptizesthai kai nyn prostassei hē theia dia kyriou pronoia. ou gar epanankes paidopoiias aphistēsi tous pisteuontas diʼ henos baptismatos eis to panteles tēs homilias apolousas ho kyrios, ho kai ta polla Mōyseōs diʼ henos perilabōn baptismatos.
And the apostle's addition, “and come together again because of Satan,” cuts off beforehand any turning aside to other desires. For temporary agreement does not entirely repel the desires of nature, though it restrains them; because of them he brings back the union of marriage, not for lack of self-control, sexual immorality, and the devil's work, but so that one may not fall into lack of self-control, sexual immorality, and the devil. Tatian also separates the old husband and the new, but not as we say. We too agree with him in calling the law the old husband and the gospel the new, but not as he wishes, abolishing the law as belonging to another God; rather, the same Husband and Lord, making the old new, no longer allows polygamy (for God required it then, when there had to be increase and multiplying), but introduces monogamy for the begetting of children and the care of the household, for which the wife was given as a helper. And if the apostle, by concession, allows someone a second marriage because of lack of self-control and burning, it is because this person too does not sin according to the covenant (for it has not been forbidden by the law), but does not fulfill the heightened perfection of the gospel way of life. But the one who remains single and keeps undefiled the union dissolved by death, gladly obeying the divine arrangement, gains heavenly glory for himself; by it he has become free from distraction for the Lord's service. Nor indeed does divine providence through the Lord now command the one rising from the marriage bed to be washed, as it did of old. For the Lord does not keep believers from begetting children by necessity, having washed them completely for their intercourse by one baptism, he who has also summed up Moses' many washings in one baptism.
3.12.83Stählin 2:234
ἄνωθεν οὖν ὁ νόμος τὴν ἀναγέννησιν ἡμῶν προφητεύων διὰ σαρκικῆς γενέσεως ἐπὶ τῇ γεννητικῇ καταβολῇ τοῦ σπέρματος προσέφερε τὸ βάπτισμα, οὐ βδελυσσόμενος ἀνθρώπου γένεσιν· ὃ γὰρ φαίνεται γεννηθεὶς ἄνθρωπος, τοῦτο δύναται ἡ τοῦ σπέρματος καταβολή. οὔκουν αἱ πολλαὶ συνουσίαι γόνιμοι, ἀλλʼ ἡ τῆς μήτρας παραδοχὴ τὴν γένεσιν ὁμολογεῖ, ἐν τῷ τῆς φύσεως ἐργαστηρίῳ διαπλαττομένου τοῦ σπέρματος εἰς ἔμβρυον. πῶς δὲ ὁ μὲν γάμος παλαιὸς μόνον καὶ νόμου εὕρημα, ἀλλοῖος δὲ ὁ κατὰ τὸν κύριον γάμος τοῦ αὐτοῦ θεοῦ πρὸς ἡμῶν τηρουμένου; οὐ γὰρ ἂν ὃ συνέζευξεν ὁ θεός, διαλύσειέν ποτε ἄνθρωπος εὐλόγως. πολὺ δὲ πλέον ἅπερ ὁ πατὴρ προσέταξεν, τηρήσει ταῦτα καὶ ὁ υἱός. εἰ δὲ ὁ αὐτὸς νομοθέτης ἅμα καὶ εὐαγγελιστής, οὐ μάχεταί ποτε ἑαυτῷ. ζῇ γὰρ ὁ νόμος πνευματικὸς ὢν καὶ γνωστικῶς νοούμενος. ἡμεῖς δʼ ἐθανατώθημεν τῷ νόμῳ διὰ τοῦ σώματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς τὸ γενέσθαι ἡμᾶς ἑτέρῳ, τῷ ἐκ νεκρῶν ἐγερθέντι, τῷ ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου προφητευθέντι, ἵνα καρποφορήσωμεν τῷ θεῷ.
anōthen oun ho nomos tēn anagennēsin hēmōn prophēteuōn dia sarkikēs geneseōs epi tę̄ gennētikę̄ katabolę̄ tou spermatos prosephere to baptisma, ou bdelyssomenos anthrōpou genesin; ho gar phainetai gennētheis anthrōpos, touto dynatai hē tou spermatos katabolē. oukoun hai pollai synousiai gonimoi, allʼ hē tēs mētras paradochē tēn genesin homologei, en tǭ tēs physeōs ergastēriǭ diaplattomenou tou spermatos eis embryon. pōs de ho men gamos palaios monon kai nomou heurēma, alloios de ho kata ton kyrion gamos tou autou theou pros hēmōn tēroumenou? ou gar an ho synezeuxen ho theos, dialyseien pote anthrōpos eulogōs. poly de pleon haper ho patēr prosetaxen, tērēsei tauta kai ho huios. ei de ho autos nomothetēs hama kai euangelistēs, ou machetai pote heautǭ. zę̄ gar ho nomos pneumatikos ōn kai gnōstikōs nooumenos. hēmeis dʼ ethanatōthēmen tǭ nomǭ dia tou sōmatos tou Christou eis to genesthai hēmas heterǭ, tǭ ek nekrōn egerthenti, tǭ hypo tou nomou prophēteuthenti, hina karpophorēsōmen tǭ theǭ.
From of old, then, the law, prophesying our regeneration through fleshly birth, applied baptism to the generative discharge of seed, not abhorring human birth; for what appears as a man born, this is what the discharge of seed is capable of. So it is not the many acts of intercourse that are fruitful, but the womb's reception that testifies to birth, when the seed is formed into an embryo in nature's workshop. And how is marriage merely old and an invention of the law, while marriage according to the Lord is different, when the same God is kept by us? For a man could never rightly dissolve what God has joined. Much more will the Son keep what the Father commanded. And if the same one is lawgiver and evangelist, he never fights with himself. For the law lives, being spiritual and understood in the way of knowledge. “And we were put to death to the law through the body of Christ, so that we might belong to another, to him who was raised from the dead,” who was prophesied by the law, “so that we might bear fruit for God.”
3.12.84Stählin 2:234–235
διὸ ὁ μὲν νόμος ἅγιος καὶ ἡ ἐντολὴ ἁγία καὶ δικαία καὶ ἀγαθή. ἐθανατώθημεν οὖν τῷ νόμῳ, τουτέστι τῇ ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου δηλουμένῃ ἁμαρτίᾳ, ἣν δείκνυσιν, οὐ γεννᾷ ὁ νόμος, διὰ τῆς προστάξεως τῶν ποιητέων καὶ ἀπαγορεύσεως ὧν οὐ ποιητέον ἐλέγχων τὴν ὑποκειμένην ἁμαρτίαν, ἵνα φανῇ ἁμαρτία. εἰ δὲ ἁμαρτία ὁ γάμος ὁ κατὰ νόμον, οὐκ οἶδα πῶς τις ἐρεῖ θεὸν ἐγνωκέναι λέγων τὸ πρόσταγμα τοῦ θεοῦ ἁμαρτίαν εἶναι· ἁγίου δὲ ὄντος τοῦ νόμου ἅγιος ὁ γάμος. τὸ μυστήριον τοίνυν τοῦτο εἰς τὸν Χριστὸν καὶ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν ἄγει ὁ ἀπόστολος. καθάπερ τὸ γεννώμενον ἐκ τῆς σαρκὸς σάρξ ἐστιν, οὕτω τὸ ἐκ πνεύματος πνεῦμα οὐ μόνον κατὰ τὴν ἀποκύησιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ κατὰ τὴν μάθησιν. αὐτίκα ἅγια τὰ τέκνα, αἱ εὐαρεστήσεις, τῷ θεῷ τῶν κυριακῶν λόγων νυμφευσάντων τὴν ψυχήν. πορνεία γοῦν καὶ γάμος κεχώρισται, ἐπεὶ μακρὰν ἀφέστηκε τοῦ θεοῦ ὁ διάβολος. καὶ ὑμεῖς οὖν ἐθανατώθητε τῷ νόμῳ διὰ τοῦ σώματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς τὸ γενέσθαι ὑμᾶς ἑτέρῳ, τῷ ἐκ νεκρῶν ἐγερθέντι· συνεξακούεται γὰρ προσεχῶς ὑπηκόους γενομένους, ἐπεὶ καὶ κατὰ τὴν ἀλήθειαν τοῦ νόμου τῷ αὐτῷ κυρίῳ ὑπακούομεν πόρρωθεν παρακελευομένῳ.
dio ho men nomos hagios kai hē entolē hagia kai dikaia kai agathē. ethanatōthēmen oun tǭ nomǭ, toutesti tę̄ hypo tou nomou dēloumenę̄ hamartią, hēn deiknysin, ou genną ho nomos, dia tēs prostaxeōs tōn poiēteōn kai apagoreuseōs hōn ou poiēteon elenchōn tēn hypokeimenēn hamartian, hina phanę̄ hamartia. ei de hamartia ho gamos ho kata nomon, ouk oida pōs tis erei theon egnōkenai legōn to prostagma tou theou hamartian einai; hagiou de ontos tou nomou hagios ho gamos. to mystērion toinyn touto eis ton Christon kai tēn ekklēsian agei ho apostolos. kathaper to gennōmenon ek tēs sarkos sarx estin, houtō to ek pneumatos pneuma ou monon kata tēn apokyēsin, alla kai kata tēn mathēsin. autika hagia ta tekna, hai euarestēseis, tǭ theǭ tōn kyriakōn logōn nympheusantōn tēn psychēn. porneia goun kai gamos kechōristai, epei makran aphestēke tou theou ho diabolos. kai hymeis oun ethanatōthēte tǭ nomǭ dia tou sōmatos tou Christou eis to genesthai hymas heterǭ, tǭ ek nekrōn egerthenti; synexakouetai gar prosechōs hypēkoous genomenous, epei kai kata tēn alētheian tou nomou tǭ autǭ kyriǭ hypakouomen porrōthen parakeleuomenǭ.
“So the law is holy, and the commandment holy and just and good.” We were put to death, then, to the law, that is, to the sin made known by the law, which the law shows but does not beget, exposing the underlying sin by commanding what must be done and forbidding what must not, “so that sin might be shown to be sin.” And if marriage according to the law is sin, I do not know how anyone will say he has known God while saying that God's command is sin; but since the law is holy, marriage is holy. The apostle, then, refers this mystery to Christ and the church. As what is born of the flesh is flesh, so what is born of the Spirit is spirit, not only in birth but also in learning. So the children are holy, the good works pleasing to God, when the Lord's words are wedded to the soul. Sexual immorality and marriage, at any rate, are distinct, since the devil stands far from God. “And you too were put to death to the law through the body of Christ, so that you might belong to another, to him who was raised from the dead”; for it is understood as well that you have become directly obedient, since, according to the truth of the law too, we obey the same Lord who commanded from afar.
3.12.85Stählin 2:235
καὶ μή τι ἐπὶ τῶν τοιούτων εἰκότως τὸ πνεῦμα ἄντικρυς λέγει ὅτι ἐν ὑστέροις καιροῖς ἀποστήσονταί τινες τῆς πίστεως, προσέχοντες πνεύμασι πλάνοις καὶ διδασκαλίαις δαιμονίων, ἐν ὑποκρίσει ψευδολόγων, κεκαυτηριασμένων τὴν συνείδησιν καὶ κωλυόντων γαμεῖν, ἀπέχεσθαι βρωμάτων, ἃ ὁ θεὸς ἔκτισεν εἰς μετάληψιν μετʼ εὐχαριστίας τοῖς πιστοῖς καὶ ἐπεγνωκόσι τὴν ἀλήθειαν. ὅτι πᾶν κτίσμα θεοῦ καλόν, καὶ οὐδὲν ἀπόβλητον μετʼ εὐχαριστίας λαμβανόμενον. ἁγιάζεται γὰρ διὰ λόγου θεοῦ καὶ ἐντεύξεως. ἐπάναγκες μὲν οὖν οὐ κωλυτέον γαμεῖν οὐδὲ μὴν κρεοφαγεῖν ἢ οἰνοποτεῖν, γέγραπται γάρ· καλὸν τὸ μὴ φαγεῖν κρέα μηδὲ πίνειν οἶνον, ἐὰν διὰ προσκόμματος ἐσθίῃ· καὶ καλὸν μένειν ὡς κἀγώ, ἀλλʼ ὅ τε χρώμενος μετʼ εὐχαριστίας ὅ τε αὖ μὴ χρώμενος καὶ αὐτὸς μετʼ εὐχαριστίας
kai mē ti epi tōn toioutōn eikotōs to pneuma antikrys legei hoti en hysterois kairois apostēsontai tines tēs pisteōs, prosechontes pneumasi planois kai didaskaliais daimoniōn, en hypokrisei pseudologōn, kekautēriasmenōn tēn syneidēsin kai kōlyontōn gamein, apechesthai brōmatōn, ha ho theos ektisen eis metalēpsin metʼ eucharistias tois pistois kai epegnōkosi tēn alētheian. hoti pan ktisma theou kalon, kai ouden apoblēton metʼ eucharistias lambanomenon. hagiazetai gar dia logou theou kai enteuxeōs. epanankes men oun ou kōlyteon gamein oude mēn kreophagein ē oinopotein, gegraptai gar; kalon to mē phagein krea mēde pinein oinon, ean dia proskommatos esthię̄; kai kalon menein hōs kagō, allʼ ho te chrōmenos metʼ eucharistias ho te au mē chrōmenos kai autos metʼ eucharistias
And does not the Spirit fittingly say plainly about such people that “in later times some will depart from the faith, paying attention to deceiving spirits and teachings of demons, through the hypocrisy of liars seared in their conscience, forbidding to marry, commanding to abstain from foods, which God created to be received with thanksgiving by those who believe and know the truth. For every creature of God is good, and nothing is to be rejected if it is received with thanksgiving; for it is sanctified by the word of God and prayer.” One must not, then, be forbidden by constraint to marry, nor indeed to eat meat or drink wine. For it is written: “It is good not to eat meat or drink wine,” if one eats with offense; and “it is good to remain as I am.” But let both the one who uses them, with thanksgiving, and again the one who does not use them, also with thanksgiving,
3.12.86Stählin 2:235–236
μετά τε ἐγκρατοῦς ἀπολαύσεως βιούτω κατὰ λόγον. καὶ καθόλου πᾶσαι αἱ ἐπιστολαὶ τοῦ ἀποστόλου σωφροσύνην καὶ ἐγκράτειαν διδάσκουσαι περί τε γάμων περί τε παιδοποιίας περί τε οἴκου διοικήσεως μυρίας ὅσας ἐντολὰς περιέχουσαι οὐδαμοῦ γάμον ἠθέτησαν τὸν σώφρονα, ἀλλά, τὴν ἀκολουθίαν σῴζουσαι τοῦ νόμου, πρὸς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ἀποδέχονται ἑκάτερον τόν τε εὐχαρίστως τῷ θεῷ γάμῳ κεχρημένον σωφρόνως τόν τε εὐνουχίᾳ ὡς ὁ κύριος βούλεται συμβιοῦντα, καθὼς ἐκλήθη ἕκαστος, ἑλόμενον ἀπταίστως καὶ τελείως. καὶ ἦν ἡ γῆ τοῦ Ἰακὼβ ἐπαινουμένη παρὰ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, φησὶν ὁ προφήτης, τὸ σκεῦος τοῦ πνεύματος αὐτοῦ δοξάζων. κατατρέχει δὲ τῆς γενέσεως φθαρτὴν καὶ ἀπολλυμένην λέγων καὶ βιάζεταί τις, ἐπὶ τεκνοποιίας λέγων εἰρηκέναι τὸν σωτῆρα ἐπὶ γῆς μὴ θησαυρίζειν ὅπου σὴς καὶ βρῶσις ἀφανίζει, καὶ τὰ τοῦ προφήτου προσπαρατιθέναι τούτοις οὐκ αἰσχύνεται· πάντες ὡς ὑμεῖς ὡς ἱμάτιον παλαιωθήσεσθε καὶ σὴς βρώσεται ὑμᾶς. ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ἡμεῖς ἀντιλέγομεν τῇ γραφῇ, ὅτι φθαρτὰ ἡμῖν τὰ σώματα καὶ φύσει ῥευστά· τάχα δʼ ἂν καὶ οἷς διελέγετο ὡς ἁμαρτωλοῖς προφητεύοι φθοράν. ὁ σωτὴρ δὲ οὐ περὶ τεκνοποιίας εἴρηκεν, ἀλλʼ εἰς μετάδοσιν κοινωνίας προτρέπων τοὺς κτᾶσθαι μόνον τὴν τοῦ πλούτου περιουσίαν, ἐπικουρεῖν δὲ τοῖς δεομένοις μὴ βουλομένους.
meta te enkratous apolauseōs bioutō kata logon. kai katholou pasai hai epistolai tou apostolou sōphrosynēn kai enkrateian didaskousai peri te gamōn peri te paidopoiias peri te oikou dioikēseōs myrias hosas entolas periechousai oudamou gamon ēthetēsan ton sōphrona, alla, tēn akolouthian sǭzousai tou nomou, pros to euangelion apodechontai hekateron ton te eucharistōs tǭ theǭ gamǭ kechrēmenon sōphronōs ton te eunouchią hōs ho kyrios bouletai symbiounta, kathōs eklēthē hekastos, helomenon aptaistōs kai teleiōs. kai ēn hē gē tou Iakōb epainoumenē para pasan tēn gēn, phēsin ho prophētēs, to skeuos tou pneumatos autou doxazōn. katatrechei de tēs geneseōs phthartēn kai apollymenēn legōn kai biazetai tis, epi teknopoiias legōn eirēkenai ton sōtēra epi gēs mē thēsaurizein hopou sēs kai brōsis aphanizei, kai ta tou prophētou prosparatithenai toutois ouk aischynetai; pantes hōs hymeis hōs himation palaiōthēsesthe kai sēs brōsetai hymas. allʼ oude hēmeis antilegomen tę̄ graphę̄, hoti phtharta hēmin ta sōmata kai physei rheusta; tacha dʼ an kai hois dielegeto hōs hamartōlois prophēteuoi phthoran. ho sōtēr de ou peri teknopoiias eirēken, allʼ eis metadosin koinōnias protrepōn tous ktasthai monon tēn tou ploutou periousian, epikourein de tois deomenois mē boulomenous.
live according to reason with self-controlled enjoyment. And in general all the apostle's letters, teaching self-restraint and self-control, and containing countless commandments about marriage, the begetting of children, and household management, nowhere rejected self-restrained marriage; but, preserving the continuity of the law with the gospel, they accept both: the one who uses marriage with self-restraint and thanksgiving to God, and the one who lives in celibacy as the Lord wills, each as he was called, having chosen without stumbling and perfectly. “And the land of Jacob was praised above all the earth,” says the prophet, glorifying the vessel of his spirit. But someone runs down birth, calling it corruptible and perishing, and forces the text, saying that the Savior spoke about the begetting of children when he said not to store up treasure on earth, “where moth and rust destroy”; and he is not ashamed to add the prophet's words to these: “All of you will grow old like a garment, and a moth will devour you.” But neither do we contradict Scripture, that our bodies are corruptible and by nature fluid; and perhaps he was prophesying corruption to those he addressed as sinners. The Savior did not speak about the begetting of children, but was urging to sharing and fellowship those who wished only to acquire an abundance of wealth, but not to help those in need.
3.12.87Stählin 2:236
διό φησιν· ἐργάζεσθε μὴ τὴν ἀπολλυμένην βρῶσιν, ἀλλὰ τὴν μένουσαν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον. ὁμοίως δὲ κἀκεῖνο κομίζουσι τὸ ῥητόν· οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος ἐκείνου οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται. ἀλλὰ τὸ ἐρώτημα τοῦτο τὸ περὶ νεκρῶν ἀναστάσεως καὶ τοὺς πυνθανομένους αὐτοὺς ἐὰν ἀναπεμπάσηταί τις, οὐκ ἀποδοκιμάζοντα τὸν γάμον εὑρήσει τὸν κύριον, θεραπεύοντα δὲ τὴν κατὰ τὴν ἀνάστασιν τῆς σαρκικῆς ἐπιθυμίας προσδοκίαν. τὸ δὲ οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου οὐ πρὸς ἀντιδιαστολὴν τῶν ἄλλου τινὸς αἰῶνος υἱῶν εἴρηκεν, ἀλλʼ ἐπʼ ἴσης τῷ οἱ ἐν τούτῳ γενόμενοι τῷ αἰῶνι, διὰ τὴν γένεσιν υἱοὶ ὄντες, γεννῶσι καὶ γεννῶνται, ἐπεὶ μὴ ἄνευ γενέσεώς τις εἰς τόνδε τὸν βίον παρελεύσεται, ἀλλʼ ἥδε ἡ γένεσις τὴν ὁμοίαν ἐπιδεχομένη φθορὰν οὐκέτι ἀναμένει τὸν ἅπαξ τοῦδε τοῦ βίου κεχωρισμένον. εἷς μὲν οὖν ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἁπάντων πατὴρ κατὰ τὴν δημιουργίαν αὐτός. μὴ καλέσητε οὖν ὑμῖν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς πατέρα φησίν, οἷον μὴ αἴτιον ἡγήσησθε τὸν σπείραντα ὑμᾶς τὴν κατὰ σάρκα σπορὰν τῆς οὐσίας ὑμῶν, ἀλλὰ συναίτιον γενέσεως, μᾶλλον δὲ διάκονον γενέσεως.
dio phēsin; ergazesthe mē tēn apollymenēn brōsin, alla tēn menousan eis zōēn aiōnion. homoiōs de kakeino komizousi to rhēton; hoi huioi tou aiōnos ekeinou oute gamousin oute gamizontai. alla to erōtēma touto to peri nekrōn anastaseōs kai tous pynthanomenous autous ean anapempasētai tis, ouk apodokimazonta ton gamon heurēsei ton kyrion, therapeuonta de tēn kata tēn anastasin tēs sarkikēs epithymias prosdokian. to de hoi huioi tou aiōnos toutou ou pros antidiastolēn tōn allou tinos aiōnos huiōn eirēken, allʼ epʼ isēs tǭ hoi en toutǭ genomenoi tǭ aiōni, dia tēn genesin huioi ontes, gennōsi kai gennōntai, epei mē aneu geneseōs tis eis tonde ton bion pareleusetai, allʼ hēde hē genesis tēn homoian epidechomenē phthoran ouketi anamenei ton hapax toude tou biou kechōrismenon. heis men oun ho patēr hymōn ho en tois ouranois, alla kai hapantōn patēr kata tēn dēmiourgian autos. mē kalesēte oun hymin epi tēs gēs patera phēsin, hoion mē aition hēgēsēsthe ton speiranta hymas tēn kata sarka sporan tēs ousias hymōn, alla synaition geneseōs, mallon de diakonon geneseōs.
That is why he says: “Work not for the food that perishes, but for that which endures to eternal life.” Likewise they bring forward this saying too: “The sons of that age neither marry nor are given in marriage.” But if one reconsiders this question about the resurrection of the dead and the questioners themselves, he will find that the Lord was not rejecting marriage but curing the expectation of fleshly desire in the resurrection. And “the sons of this age” he said not in contrast to the sons of some other age, but equivalently to “those born in this age, being sons by birth, beget and are begotten,” since no one will pass into this life without birth; but this birth, receiving a like corruption, no longer awaits the one who has once departed this life. “One is your Father in heaven”; but he is also Father of all by creation. “So call no one on earth your father,” he says, as if to say: do not consider the one who sowed you by fleshly sowing the cause of your being, but a joint cause of birth, or rather a servant of birth.
3.12.88Stählin 2:236–237
οὕτως οὖν ἐπιστραφέντας ἡμᾶς αὖθις ὡς τὰ παιδία γενέσθαι βούλεται, τὸν ὄντως πατέρα ἐπιγνόντας, διʼ ὕδατος ἀναγεννηθέντας, ἄλλης ταύτης οὔσης ἢ τῆς ἐν τῇ κτίσει σπορᾶς. ναί, φησίν, ὁ ἄγαμος μεριμνᾷ τὰ τοῦ κυρίου· ὁ δὲ γαμήσας πῶς ἀρέσει τῇ γυναικί· τί δέ; οὐκ ἔξεστι καὶ τῇ γυναικὶ κατὰ θεὸν ἀρέσκοντας εὐχαριστεῖν τῷ θεῷ; οὐχὶ δὲ ἐφεῖται καὶ τῷ γεγαμηκότι σὺν καὶ τῇ συζύγῳ μεριμνᾶν τὰ τοῦ κυρίου; ἀλλὰ καθάπερ ἡ ἄγαμος μεριμνᾷ τὰ τοῦ κυρίου, ἵνα ᾖ ἁγία καὶ τῷ σώματι καὶ τῷ πνεύματι, οὕτω καὶ ἡ γεγαμημένη τὰ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς καὶ τὰ τοῦ κυρίου μεριμνᾷ ἐν κυρίῳ, ἵνα ᾖ ἁγία καὶ τῷ σώματι καὶ τῷ πνεύματι· ἄμφω γὰρ ἅγιαι ἐν κυρίῳ, ἣ μὲν ὡς γυνή, ἣ δὲ ὡς παρθένος. πρὸς ἐντροπὴν δὲ καὶ ἀνακοπὴν τῶν εὐεπιφόρων εἰς τὸν δεύτερον γάμον ἁρμονίως ὁ ἀπόστολος ὑπέρτονον φθέγγεται καὶ αὐτίκα φησί· πᾶν ἁμάρτημα ἐκτὸς τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν· ὁ δὲ πορνεύων εἰς τὸ ἴδιον σῶμα ἁμαρτάνει.
houtōs oun epistraphentas hēmas authis hōs ta paidia genesthai bouletai, ton ontōs patera epignontas, diʼ hydatos anagennēthentas, allēs tautēs ousēs ē tēs en tę̄ ktisei sporas. nai, phēsin, ho agamos merimną ta tou kyriou; ho de gamēsas pōs aresei tę̄ gynaiki; ti de? ouk exesti kai tę̄ gynaiki kata theon areskontas eucharistein tǭ theǭ? ouchi de epheitai kai tǭ gegamēkoti syn kai tę̄ syzygǭ merimnan ta tou kyriou? alla kathaper hē agamos merimną ta tou kyriou, hina ę̄ hagia kai tǭ sōmati kai tǭ pneumati, houtō kai hē gegamēmenē ta tou andros kai ta tou kyriou merimną en kyriǭ, hina ę̄ hagia kai tǭ sōmati kai tǭ pneumati; amphō gar hagiai en kyriǭ, hē men hōs gynē, hē de hōs parthenos. pros entropēn de kai anakopēn tōn euepiphorōn eis ton deuteron gamon harmoniōs ho apostolos hypertonon phthengetai kai autika phēsi; pan hamartēma ektos tou sōmatos estin; ho de porneuōn eis to idion sōma hamartanei.
So he wishes us, having turned back, to become again like children, having come to know the true Father, reborn through water, this being a different sowing from that in creation. “Yes,” it says, “the unmarried man cares for the things of the Lord, but the married man how he may please his wife.” What then? Is it not lawful for those who please their wives according to God to give thanks to God too? Is it not permitted to the married man, together with his wife, to care for the things of the Lord? But as the unmarried woman cares for the things of the Lord, “that she may be holy in body and spirit,” so too the married woman cares in the Lord for the things of her husband and the things of the Lord, that she may be holy in body and spirit; for both are holy in the Lord, the one as wife, the other as virgin. And to shame and restrain those prone to a second marriage, the apostle fittingly speaks in a high tone, and at once says: “Every sin is outside the body; but the one who commits sexual immorality sins against his own body.”
3.12.89Stählin 2:237
εἰ δὲ πορνείαν τὸν γάμον τολμᾷ τις λέγειν, πάλιν ἐπὶ τὸν νόμον καὶ τὸν κύριον ἀνατρέχων βλασφημεῖ. ὡς γὰρ ἡ πλεονεξία πορνεία λέγεται τῇ αὐταρκείᾳ ἐναντιουμένη, καὶ ὡς ἡ εἰδωλολατρεία ἐκ τοῦ ἑνὸς εἰς τοὺς πολλοὺς ἐπινέμησίς ἐστι θεούς, οὕτως ἡ πορνεία ἐκ τοῦ ἑνὸς γάμου εἰς τοὺς πολλούς ἐστιν ἔκπτωσις· τριχῶς γάρ, ὡς εἰρήκαμεν, ἥ τε πορνεία ἥ τε μοιχεία παρὰ τῷ ἀποστόλῳ λαμβάνεται. ἐπὶ τούτων ὁ προφήτης φησί· ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν ἐπράθητε, καὶ πάλιν· κατεμιάνθης ἐν γῇ ἀλλοτρίᾳ, τὴν τε κοινωνίαν μιαρὰν ἡγούμενος τὴν ἀλλοτρίῳ σώματι συμπλακεῖσαν καὶ μὴ τῷ κατὰ συζυγίαν εἰς παιδοποιίαν διδομένῳ. ὅθεν καὶ ὁ ἀπόστολος βούλομαι οὖν φησὶ νεωτέρας γαμεῖν, τεκνογονεῖν, οἰκοδεσποτεῖν, μηδεμίαν ἀφορμὴν διδόναι τῷ ἀντικειμένῳ λοιδορίας χάριν· ἤδη γάρ τινες ἐξετράπησαν ὀπίσω τοῦ σατανᾶ.
ei de porneian ton gamon tolmą tis legein, palin epi ton nomon kai ton kyrion anatrechōn blasphēmei. hōs gar hē pleonexia porneia legetai tę̄ autarkeią enantioumenē, kai hōs hē eidōlolatreia ek tou henos eis tous pollous epinemēsis esti theous, houtōs hē porneia ek tou henos gamou eis tous pollous estin ekptōsis; trichōs gar, hōs eirēkamen, hē te porneia hē te moicheia para tǭ apostolǭ lambanetai. epi toutōn ho prophētēs phēsi; tais hamartiais hymōn eprathēte, kai palin; katemianthēs en gę̄ allotrią, tēn te koinōnian miaran hēgoumenos tēn allotriǭ sōmati symplakeisan kai mē tǭ kata syzygian eis paidopoiian didomenǭ. hothen kai ho apostolos boulomai oun phēsi neōteras gamein, teknogonein, oikodespotein, mēdemian aphormēn didonai tǭ antikeimenǭ loidorias charin; ēdē gar tines exetrapēsan opisō tou satana.
But if anyone dares to call marriage sexual immorality, he blasphemes, running back again to the law and the Lord. For as greed is called sexual immorality, being opposed to contentment, and as idolatry is a distribution from the one God to many gods, so sexual immorality is a falling away from the one marriage to many. For, as we have said, both sexual immorality and adultery are taken in three senses by the apostle. About these the prophet says: “You were sold for your sins”; and again: “You were defiled in a foreign land,” considering defiled the union joined with a foreign body and not with the one given in marriage for the begetting of children. That is why the apostle too says: “I wish, then, younger women to marry, bear children, manage their households, give the adversary no occasion for reproach; for some have already turned aside after Satan.”
3.12.90Stählin 2:237–238
ναὶ μὴν καὶ τὸν τῆς μιᾶς γυναικὸς ἄνδρα πάνυ ἀποδέχεται, κἂν πρεσβύτερος ᾖ κἂν διάκονος κἂν λαϊκός, ἀνεπιλήπτως γάμῳ χρώμενος· σωθήσεται δὲ διὰ τῆς τεκνογονίας. πάλιν τε αὖ ὁ σωτὴρ τοὺς Ἰουδαίους γενεὰν εἰπὼν πονηρὰν καὶ μοιχαλίδα διδάσκει μὴ ἐγνωκότας νόμον ὡς ὁ νόμος βούλεται, παραδόσει δὲ τῇ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων καὶ ἐντάλμασιν ἀνθρώπων κατηκολουθηκότας, μοιχεύειν τὸν νόμον, οὐχ ὡς ἄνδρα καὶ κύριον τῆς παρθενίας αὐτῶν δεδεγμένους. τάχα δὲ καὶ ἐπιθυμίαις δεδουλωμένους ἀλλοκότοις οἶδεν αὐτούς, διʼ ἃς καὶ συνεχῶς δουλούμενοι ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ἐπιπράσκοντο τοῖς ἀλλοφύλοις, ἐπεὶ παρά γε τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις οὐκ ἦσαν ἀποδεδειγμέναι γυναῖκες κοιναί, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ μοιχεία ἀπηγόρευτο. ὁ δὲ εἰπὼν γυναῖκα ἔγημα καὶ οὐ δύναμαι ἐλθεῖν εἰς τὸ δεῖπνον τὸ θεῖον ὑπόδειγμα ἦν εἰς ἔλεγχον τῶν διὰ ἡδονὰς ἀφισταμένων τῆς θείας ἐντολῆς, ἐπεὶ τούτῳ τῷ λόγῳ οὔθʼ οἱ πρὸ τῆς παρουσίας δίκαιοι οὔθʼ οἱ μετὰ τὴν παρουσίαν γεγαμηκότες κἂν ἀπόστολοι ὦσι σωθήσονται. κἂν ἐκεῖνο προκομίσωσιν αὖθις, ὡς καὶ ὁ προφήτης φησὶν ἐπαλαιώθην ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ἐχθροῖς μου, ἐχθροὺς τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἀκουέτωσαν· μία δέ τις ἁμαρτία, οὐχ ὁ γάμος, ἀλλʼ ἡ πορνεία, ἐπεὶ καὶ τὴν γένεσιν εἰπάτωσαν ἁμαρτίαν καὶ τὸν τῆς γενέσεως κτίστην.
nai mēn kai ton tēs mias gynaikos andra pany apodechetai, kan presbyteros ę̄ kan diakonos kan laïkos, anepilēptōs gamǭ chrōmenos; sōthēsetai de dia tēs teknogonias. palin te au ho sōtēr tous Ioudaious genean eipōn ponēran kai moichalida didaskei mē egnōkotas nomon hōs ho nomos bouletai, paradosei de tę̄ tōn presbyterōn kai entalmasin anthrōpōn katēkolouthēkotas, moicheuein ton nomon, ouch hōs andra kai kyrion tēs parthenias autōn dedegmenous. tacha de kai epithymiais dedoulōmenous allokotois oiden autous, diʼ has kai synechōs douloumenoi tais hamartiais epipraskonto tois allophylois, epei para ge tois Ioudaiois ouk ēsan apodedeigmenai gynaikes koinai, alla kai hē moicheia apēgoreuto. ho de eipōn gynaika egēma kai ou dynamai elthein eis to deipnon to theion hypodeigma ēn eis elenchon tōn dia hēdonas aphistamenōn tēs theias entolēs, epei toutǭ tǭ logǭ outhʼ hoi pro tēs parousias dikaioi outhʼ hoi meta tēn parousian gegamēkotes kan apostoloi ōsi sōthēsontai. kan ekeino prokomisōsin authis, hōs kai ho prophētēs phēsin epalaiōthēn en pasi tois echthrois mou, echthrous tas hamartias akouetōsan; mia de tis hamartia, ouch ho gamos, allʼ hē porneia, epei kai tēn genesin eipatōsan hamartian kai ton tēs geneseōs ktistēn.
Indeed he fully accepts “the husband of one wife,” whether he is a presbyter, a deacon, or a layman, if he uses marriage blamelessly; “and she will be saved through childbearing.” Again, the Savior, calling the Jews “an evil and adulterous generation,” teaches that they had not known the law as the law intends, but, following the tradition of the elders and the commandments of men, committed adultery against the law, not having received it as husband and lord of their virginity. Perhaps he also knew them to be enslaved to strange desires, because of which, continually enslaved to sins, they were sold to foreigners; since among the Jews wives were not declared common, but adultery too was forbidden. And the man who said, “I have married a wife and cannot come to the supper,” was a divine example to convict those who turn away from the divine commandment for the sake of pleasures; since on this reasoning neither the righteous before the coming nor those married after the coming, even if they were apostles, will be saved. And if they bring forward again what the prophet says, “I have grown old among all my enemies,” let them understand the enemies as sins; and one sin is not marriage but sexual immorality; otherwise let them call birth a sin, and the Creator of birth too.
Miscellanies 3, chapter 13
3.13.91Stählin 2:238
Τοιούτοις ἐπιχειρεῖ καὶ ὁ τῆς δοκήσεως ἐξάρχων Ἰούλιος Κασσιανός. ἐν γοῦν τῷ Περὶ ἐγκρατείας ἢ περὶ εὐνουχίας κατὰ λέξιν φησίν· καὶ μηδεὶς λεγέτω ὅτι, ἐπειδὴ τοιαῦτα μόρια ἔσχομεν ὡς τὴν μὲν θήλειαν οὕτως ἐσχηματίσθαι, τὸν δὲ ἄρρενα οὕτως, τὴν μὲν πρὸς τὸ δέχεσθαι, τὸν δὲ πρὸς τὸ ἐνσπείρειν, συγκεχώρηται τὸ τῆς ὁμιλίας παρὰ θεοῦ. εἰ γὰρ ἦν παρὰ θεοῦ εἰς ὃν σπεύδομεν ἡ τοιαύτη διασκευή, οὐκ ἂν ἐμακάρισεν τοὺς εὐνούχους, οὐδʼ ἂν ὁ προφήτης εἰρήκει μὴ εἶναι ξύλον ἄκαρπον αὐτούς, μεταλαβὼν ἀπὸ τοῦ δένδρου ἐπὶ τὸν κατὰ προαίρεσιν ἄνθρωπον ἑαυτὸν τῆς τοιαύτης ἐννοίας εὐνουχίζοντα.
Toioutois epicheirei kai ho tēs dokēseōs exarchōn Ioulios Kassianos. en goun tǭ Peri enkrateias ē peri eunouchias kata lexin phēsin; kai mēdeis legetō hoti, epeidē toiauta moria eschomen hōs tēn men thēleian houtōs eschēmatisthai, ton de arrena houtōs, tēn men pros to dechesthai, ton de pros to enspeirein, synkechōrētai to tēs homilias para theou. ei gar ēn para theou eis hon speudomen hē toiautē diaskeuē, ouk an emakarisen tous eunouchous, oudʼ an ho prophētēs eirēkei mē einai xylon akarpon autous, metalabōn apo tou dendrou epi ton kata proairesin anthrōpon heauton tēs toiautēs ennoias eunouchizonta.
Julius Cassianus, the founder of Docetism, attempts such arguments. In his work On Self-Control, or On Eunuchhood, he says word for word: “And let no one say that, because we have such parts, the female shaped in this way and the male in that, the one for receiving and the other for sowing, intercourse has been permitted by God. For if this arrangement were from the God toward whom we hasten, he would not have blessed eunuchs, nor would the prophet have said that they are ‘not a fruitless tree,’ transferring the image from the tree to the man who by choice makes himself a eunuch of such a thought.”
3.13.92Stählin 2:238
καὶ ἔτι ἐπαγωνιζόμενος τῇ ἀθέῳ δόξῃ ἐπιφέρει· πῶς δὲ οὐκ ἂν καὶ εὐλόγως τις αἰτιῷτο τὸν σωτῆρα, εἰ μετέπλασεν ἡμᾶς καὶ τῆς πλάνης ἀπήλλαξεν καὶ τῆς κοινωνίας τῶν μορίων καὶ προσθεμάτων καὶ αἰδοίων; τὰ παραπλήσια τῷ Τατιανῷ κατὰ τοῦτο δογματίζων. ὁ δʼ ἐκ τῆς Οὐαλεντίνου ἐξεφοίτησε σχολῆς. διὰ τοῦτό τοι ὁ Κασσιανός φησι· πυνθανομένης τῆς Σαλώμης πότε γνωσθήσεται τὰ περὶ ὧν ἤρετο, ἔφη ὁ κύριος· >ὅταν τὸ τῆς αἰσχύνης ἔνδυμα πατήσητε καὶ ὅταν γένηται τὰ δύο ἓν καὶ τὸ ἄρρεν μετὰ τῆς θηλείας οὔτε ἄρρεν οὔτε θῆλυ.‹
kai eti epagōnizomenos tę̄ atheǭ doxę̄ epipherei; pōs de ouk an kai eulogōs tis aitiǭto ton sōtēra, ei meteplasen hēmas kai tēs planēs apēllaxen kai tēs koinōnias tōn moriōn kai prosthematōn kai aidoiōn? ta paraplēsia tǭ Tatianǭ kata touto dogmatizōn. ho dʼ ek tēs Oualentinou exephoitēse scholēs. dia touto toi ho Kassianos phēsi; pynthanomenēs tēs Salōmēs pote gnōsthēsetai ta peri hōn ēreto, ephē ho kyrios; >hotan to tēs aischynēs endyma patēsēte kai hotan genētai ta dyo hen kai to arren meta tēs thēleias oute arren oute thēly.‹
And, contending further for his godless opinion, he adds: “And how could someone not reasonably blame the Savior, if he refashioned us and freed us from error and from the fellowship of the parts, the appendages, and the genitals?” In this he teaches things similar to Tatian; but he came out of the school of Valentinus. That is why Cassianus says: “When Salome asked when what she had asked about would be known, the Lord said: ‘When you tread on the garment of shame, and when the two become one, and the male with the female neither male nor female.’”
3.13.93Stählin 2:238–239
Πρῶτον μὲν οὖν ἐν τοῖς παραδεδομένοις ἡμῖν τέτταρσιν εὐαγγελίοις οὐκ ἔχομεν τὸ ῥητόν, ἀλλʼ ἐν τῷ κατʼ Αἰγυπτίους. ἔπειτα δὲ ἀγνοεῖν μοι δοκεῖ ὅτι θυμὸν μὲν ἄρρενα ὁρμήν, θήλειαν δὲ τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν αἰνίττεται, οἷς ἐνεργήσασι μετάνοια ἕπεται καὶ αἰσχύνη. ὅταν οὖν μήτε τις θυμῷ μήτʼ ἐπιθυμίᾳ χαρισάμενος, ἃ δὴ καὶ ἐξ ἔθους καὶ τροφῆς κακῆς αὐξήσαντα ἐπισκιάζει καὶ ἐγκαλύπτει τὸν λογισμόν, ἀλλʼ ἀποδυσάμενος τὴν ἐκ τούτων ἀχλὺν ἐκ μετανοίας καταισχυνθεὶς πνεῦμα καὶ ψυχὴν ἑνώσῃ κατὰ τὴν τοῦ λόγου ὑπακοήν, τότε, ὡς καὶ ὁ Παῦλός φησιν, οὐκ ἔνι ἐν ὑμῖν οὐκ ἄρρεν, οὐ θῆλυ. ἀποστᾶσα γὰρ τοῦδε τοῦ σχήματος, ᾧ διακρίνεται τὸ ἄρρεν καὶ τὸ θῆλυ, ψυχὴ μετατίθεται εἰς ἕνωσιν, οὐθέτερον οὖσα. ἡγεῖται δὲ ὁ γενναῖος οὗτος Πλατωνικώτερον θείαν οὖσαν τὴν ψυχὴν ἄνωθεν ἐπιθυμίᾳ θηλυνθεῖσαν δεῦρο ἥκειν εἰς γένεσιν καὶ φθοράν.
Prōton men oun en tois paradedomenois hēmin tettarsin euangeliois ouk echomen to rhēton, allʼ en tǭ katʼ Aigyptious. epeita de agnoein moi dokei hoti thymon men arrena hormēn, thēleian de tēn epithymian ainittetai, hois energēsasi metanoia hepetai kai aischynē. hotan oun mēte tis thymǭ mētʼ epithymią charisamenos, ha dē kai ex ethous kai trophēs kakēs auxēsanta episkiazei kai enkalyptei ton logismon, allʼ apodysamenos tēn ek toutōn achlyn ek metanoias kataischyntheis pneuma kai psychēn henōsę̄ kata tēn tou logou hypakoēn, tote, hōs kai ho Paulos phēsin, ouk eni en hymin ouk arren, ou thēly. apostasa gar toude tou schēmatos, hǭ diakrinetai to arren kai to thēly, psychē metatithetai eis henōsin, outheteron ousa. hēgeitai de ho gennaios houtos Platōnikōteron theian ousan tēn psychēn anōthen epithymią thēlyntheisan deuro hēkein eis genesin kai phthoran.
In the first place, then, we do not have this saying in the four Gospels handed down to us, but in the one according to the Egyptians. Then he seems to me not to know that by “male” it hints at anger, the impulse, and by “female” at desire; and when they have acted, repentance and shame follow. When, then, someone does not gratify either anger or desire, which, increased by habit and bad upbringing, overshadow and cover reason, but, stripping off the mist that comes from them and being put to shame by repentance, unites spirit and soul in obedience to the Word, then, as Paul too says, “There is among you neither male nor female.” For the soul, departing from this form by which male and female are distinguished, is transferred into unity, being neither. But this noble man thinks, rather in Plato's way, that the soul, being divine and made female by desire above, comes down here into birth and decay.
Miscellanies 3, chapter 14
3.14.94Stählin 2:239
Αὐτίκα βιάζεται τὸν Παῦλον ἐκ τῆς ἀπάτης τὴν γένεσιν συνεστάναι λέγειν διὰ τούτων· φοβοῦμαι δὲ μή, ὡς ὁ ὄφις Εὔαν ἐξηπάτησεν, φθαρῇ τὰ νοήματα ὑμῶν ἀπὸ τῆς ἁπλότητος τῆς εἰς τὸν Χριστόν. ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁ κύριος ἐπὶ τὰ πεπλανημένα ὁμολογουμένως ἦλθε, πεπλανημένα δὲ οὐκ ἄνωθεν εἰς τὴν δεῦρο γένεσιν (κτιστὴ γὰρ ἡ γένεσις καὶ κτίσις τοῦ παντοκράτορος, ὃς οὐκ ἄν ποτε ἐξ ἀμεινόνων εἰς τὰ χείρω κατάγοι ψυχήν), ἀλλʼ εἰς τοὺς πεπλανημένους τὰ νοήματα, εἰς ἡμᾶς ὁ σωτὴρ ἀφίκετο, ἃ δὴ ἐκ τῆς κατὰ τὰς ἐντολὰς παρακοῆς ἐφθάρη φιληδονούντων ἡμῶν, τάχα που προλαβόντος ἡμῶν τὸν καιρὸν τοῦ πρωτοπλάστου καὶ πρὸ ὥρας τῆς τοῦ γάμου χάριτος ὀρεχθέντος καὶ διαμαρτόντος, ὅτι πᾶς ὁ βλέπων γυναῖκα πρὸς τὸ ἐπιθυμῆσαι ἤδη ἐμοίχευσεν αὐτήν, οὐκ ἀναμείνας τὸν καιρὸν τοῦ θελήματος.
Autika biazetai ton Paulon ek tēs apatēs tēn genesin synestanai legein dia toutōn; phoboumai de mē, hōs ho ophis Euan exēpatēsen, phtharę̄ ta noēmata hymōn apo tēs haplotētos tēs eis ton Christon. alla kai ho kyrios epi ta peplanēmena homologoumenōs ēlthe, peplanēmena de ouk anōthen eis tēn deuro genesin (ktistē gar hē genesis kai ktisis tou pantokratoros, hos ouk an pote ex ameinonōn eis ta cheirō katagoi psychēn), allʼ eis tous peplanēmenous ta noēmata, eis hēmas ho sōtēr aphiketo, ha dē ek tēs kata tas entolas parakoēs ephtharē philēdonountōn hēmōn, tacha pou prolabontos hēmōn ton kairon tou prōtoplastou kai pro hōras tēs tou gamou charitos orechthentos kai diamartontos, hoti pas ho blepōn gynaika pros to epithymēsai ēdē emoicheusen autēn, ouk anameinas ton kairon tou thelēmatos.
He forces Paul, for example, to say that birth arose from deception, in these words: “But I fear lest, as the serpent deceived Eve, your thoughts may be corrupted from the simplicity that is toward Christ.” But the Lord admittedly came to those who had gone astray; gone astray, however, not from above into birth here (for birth is created, and the creation of the Almighty, who would never bring a soul down from better things to worse), but the Savior came to us who had gone astray in our thoughts, which were corrupted by disobedience to the commandments, because we loved pleasure; perhaps the first-formed man anticipated the time and desired the grace of marriage before the hour, and sinned; since “everyone who looks at a woman to desire her has already committed adultery with her,” not having waited for the time of the will.
3.14.95Stählin 2:239–240
ὁ αὐτὸς οὖν ἦν ὁ κύριος καὶ τότε κρίνων τὴν προλαβοῦσαν τὸν γάμον ἐπιθυμίαν. ὅταν οὖν ὁ ἀπόστολος εἴπῃ ἐνδύσασθε τὸν καινὸν ἄνθρωπον τὸν κατὰ θεὸν κτιζόμενον, ἡμῖν λέγει τοῖς πεπλασμένοις ὑπὸ τῆς τοῦ παντοκράτορος βουλήσεως ὡς πεπλάσμεθα, παλαιὸν δὲ καὶ καινὸν οὐ πρὸς γένεσιν καὶ ἀναγέννησίν φησιν, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὸν βίον τόν τε ἐν παρακοῇ τόν τε ἐν ὑπακοῇ. χιτῶνας δὲ δερματίνους ἡγεῖται ὁ Κασσιανὸς τὰ σώματα περὶ ὧν ὕστερον καὶ τοῦτον καὶ τοὺς ὁμοίως αὐτῷ δογματίζοντας πεπλανημένους ἀποδείξομεν, ὅταν περὶ τῆς ἀνθρώπου γενέσεως τὴν ἐξήγησιν ἑπομένως τοῖς προλεχθῆναι δεομένοις μεταχειριζώμεθα. ἔτι φησίν· οἱ ὑπὸ τῶν γηίνων βασιλευόμενοι καὶ γεννῶσι καὶ γεννῶνται, ›ἡμῶν δὲ τὸ πολίτευμα ἐν οὐρανῷ, ἐξ οὗ καὶ σωτῆρα ἀπεκδεχόμεθα.‹ καλῶς οὖν εἰρῆσθαι καὶ ταῦτα ἴσμεν ἡμεῖς, ἐπεὶ ὡς ξένοι καὶ παρεπιδημοῦντες πολιτεύεσθαι ὀφείλομεν, οἱ γαμοῦντες ὡς μὴ γαμοῦντες, οἱ κτώμενοι ὡς μὴ κτώμενοι, οἱ παιδοποιοῦντες ὡς θνητοὺς γεννῶντες, ὡς καταλείψοντες τὰ κτήματα, ὡς καὶ ἄνευ γυναικὸς βιωσόμενοι ἐὰν δέῃ, οὐ προσπαθῶς τῇ κτίσει χρώμενοι, μετʼ εὐχαριστίας δʼ ἁπάσης καὶ μεγαλοφρονοῦντες.
ho autos oun ēn ho kyrios kai tote krinōn tēn prolabousan ton gamon epithymian. hotan oun ho apostolos eipę̄ endysasthe ton kainon anthrōpon ton kata theon ktizomenon, hēmin legei tois peplasmenois hypo tēs tou pantokratoros boulēseōs hōs peplasmetha, palaion de kai kainon ou pros genesin kai anagennēsin phēsin, alla pros ton bion ton te en parakoę̄ ton te en hypakoę̄. chitōnas de dermatinous hēgeitai ho Kassianos ta sōmata peri hōn hysteron kai touton kai tous homoiōs autǭ dogmatizontas peplanēmenous apodeixomen, hotan peri tēs anthrōpou geneseōs tēn exēgēsin hepomenōs tois prolechthēnai deomenois metacheirizōmetha. eti phēsin; hoi hypo tōn gēinōn basileuomenoi kai gennōsi kai gennōntai, ›hēmōn de to politeuma en ouranǭ, ex hou kai sōtēra apekdechometha.‹ kalōs oun eirēsthai kai tauta ismen hēmeis, epei hōs xenoi kai parepidēmountes politeuesthai opheilomen, hoi gamountes hōs mē gamountes, hoi ktōmenoi hōs mē ktōmenoi, hoi paidopoiountes hōs thnētous gennōntes, hōs kataleipsontes ta ktēmata, hōs kai aneu gynaikos biōsomenoi ean deę̄, ou prospathōs tę̄ ktisei chrōmenoi, metʼ eucharistias dʼ hapasēs kai megalophronountes.
So the same Lord was judging then too the desire that anticipated marriage. When, then, the apostle says, “Put on the new man, created according to God,” he says it to us who were formed by the will of the Almighty as we were formed; and he speaks of old and new not with regard to birth and rebirth, but with regard to the life of disobedience and the life of obedience. Cassianus thinks the “garments of skin” are bodies; we will show later that he and those who teach as he does are in error about these, when we undertake the explanation of man's origin, following what must be said first. Further, he says: “Those ruled by earthly things both beget and are begotten, ‘but our citizenship is in heaven, from which we also await a Savior.’” We too know that this is well said, since we ought to live as strangers and sojourners: those who marry as though not marrying, those who acquire as though not acquiring, those who beget children as begetting mortals, as those who will leave their possessions, as those who will live even without a wife if need be, not using creation with passion, but with all thanksgiving and magnanimity.
Miscellanies 3, chapter 15
3.15.96Stählin 2:240
Αὖθίς τε ὅταν φῇ καλὸν ἀνθρώπῳ γυναικὸς μὴ ἅπτεσθαι· διὰ δὲ τὰς πορνείας ἕκαστος τὴν ἑαυτοῦ γυναῖκα ἐχέτω, οἷον ἐπεξηγούμενος πάλιν λέγει· ἵνα μὴ πειράζῃ ὑμᾶς ὁ σατανᾶς. οὐ γὰρ τοῖς ἐγκρατῶς χρωμένοις τῷ γάμῳ ἐπὶ παιδοποιίᾳ μόνῃ διὰ τὴν ἀκρασίαν φησίν, ἀλλὰ τοῖς καὶ πέρα παιδοποιίας προβαίνειν ἐπιθυμοῦσιν, ὡς μὴ πολὺ ἐπιπνεύσας ὁ διʼ ἐναντίας ἐκκυμήνῃ τὴν ὄρεξιν εἰς ἀλλοτρίας ἡδονάς. τάχα δὲ ἐπεὶ τοῖς δικαίως βιοῦσιν ἀνθίσταται διὰ ζῆλον καὶ ἀντιφιλονικεῖ, ὑπάγεσθαι τούτους τῷ ἑαυτοῦ τάγματι βουλόμενος, ἀφορμὰς διʼ ἐγκρατείας ἐπιπόνου παρέχειν τούτοις βούλεται.
Authis te hotan phę̄ kalon anthrōpǭ gynaikos mē haptesthai; dia de tas porneias hekastos tēn heautou gynaika echetō, hoion epexēgoumenos palin legei; hina mē peirazę̄ hymas ho satanas. ou gar tois enkratōs chrōmenois tǭ gamǭ epi paidopoiią monę̄ dia tēn akrasian phēsin, alla tois kai pera paidopoiias probainein epithymousin, hōs mē poly epipneusas ho diʼ enantias ekkymēnę̄ tēn orexin eis allotrias hēdonas. tacha de epei tois dikaiōs biousin anthistatai dia zēlon kai antiphilonikei, hypagesthai toutous tǭ heautou tagmati boulomenos, aphormas diʼ enkrateias epiponou parechein toutois bouletai.
Again, when he says, “It is good for a man not to touch a woman; but because of sexual immorality let each have his own wife,” he says again as if explaining: “so that Satan may not tempt you.” For he says “because of your lack of self-control” not to those who use marriage with self-control for the begetting of children alone, but to those who desire to go beyond the begetting of children, so that the adversary may not blow hard and swell their appetite toward other pleasures. And perhaps, since the adversary opposes those who live justly out of jealousy and contends against them, wishing to bring them under his own rank, he wishes to give them occasions through laborious self-control.
3.15.97Stählin 2:240–241
εἰκότως οὖν φησι· κρεῖττον γαμεῖν ἢ πυροῦσθαι, ὅπως ὁ ἀνὴρ ἀποδιδῷ τῇ γυναικὶ τὴν ὀφειλὴν καὶ ἡ γυνὴ τῷ ἀνδρί, καὶ μὴ ἀποστερῶσιν ἀλλήλους τῆς διὰ τῆς θείας οἰκονομίας εἰς γένεσιν δοθείσης βοηθείας. ὃς δʼ ἂν μὴ μισήσῃ, φασί, πατέρα ἢ μητέρα ἢ γυναῖκα ἢ τέκνα, ἐμὸς εἶναι μαθητὴς οὐ δύναται. οὐ τὸ γένος μισεῖν παρακελεύεται· τίμα, γάρ φησι, πατέρα καὶ μητέρα, ἵνα εὖ σοι γένηται, ἀλλὰ μὴ ἀπάγου, φησίν, ἀλόγοις ὁρμαῖς μηδὲ μὴν τοῖς πολιτικοῖς ἔθεσι συνάπτου· οἶκος μὲν γὰρ ἐκ γένους συνίσταται, πόλεις δὲ ἐξ οἴκων, καθὼς καὶ ὁ Παῦλος τοὺς περὶ γάμον ἀσχολουμένους κόσμῳ ἀρέσκειν ἔφη. Πάλιν ὁ κύριός φησιν· ὁ γήμας μὴ ἐκβαλλέτω καὶ ὁ μὴ γαμήσας μὴ γαμείτω, ὁ κατὰ πρόθεσιν εὐνουχίας ὁμολογήσας μὴ γῆμαι ἄγαμος διαμενέτω.
eikotōs oun phēsi; kreitton gamein ē pyrousthai, hopōs ho anēr apodidǭ tę̄ gynaiki tēn opheilēn kai hē gynē tǭ andri, kai mē aposterōsin allēlous tēs dia tēs theias oikonomias eis genesin dotheisēs boētheias. hos dʼ an mē misēsę̄, phasi, patera ē mētera ē gynaika ē tekna, emos einai mathētēs ou dynatai. ou to genos misein parakeleuetai; tima, gar phēsi, patera kai mētera, hina eu soi genētai, alla mē apagou, phēsin, alogois hormais mēde mēn tois politikois ethesi synaptou; oikos men gar ek genous synistatai, poleis de ex oikōn, kathōs kai ho Paulos tous peri gamon ascholoumenous kosmǭ areskein ephē. Palin ho kyrios phēsin; ho gēmas mē ekballetō kai ho mē gamēsas mē gameitō, ho kata prothesin eunouchias homologēsas mē gēmai agamos diamenetō.
Fittingly, then, he says, “It is better to marry than to burn,” so that the husband may render to the wife what is due and the wife to the husband, and they may not deprive each other of the help given for birth by the divine arrangement. “And whoever does not hate,” they say, “father or mother or wife or children cannot be my disciple.” He does not command hatred of one's family; for he says, “Honor father and mother, that it may be well with you.” But he says: do not be led away by irrational impulses, and do not attach yourself to civic customs; for a house consists of family, and cities of houses, as Paul too said that those occupied with marriage please the world. Again the Lord says: “Let the one who has married not put away, and let the one who has not married not marry”; the one who has professed, by a purpose of celibacy, not to marry, let him remain unmarried.
3.15.98Stählin 2:241
ἀμφοτέροις γοῦν ὁ αὐτὸς κύριος διὰ τοῦ προφήτου Ἡσαΐου τὰς καταλλήλους δίδωσιν ἐπαγγελίας ὧδέ πως λέγων· μὴ λεγέτω ὁ εὐνοῦχος ὅτι ξύλον εἰμὶ ξηρόν· τάδε λέγει ὁ κύριος τοῖς εὐνούχοις· ἐὰν φυλάξητε τὰ σάββατά μου καὶ ποιήσητε πάντα ὅσα ἐντέλλομαι, δώσω ὑμῖν τόπον κρείττονα υἱῶν καὶ θυγατέρων· οὐ γὰρ μόνον ἡ εὐνουχία δικαιοῖ οὐδὲ μὴν τὸ τοῦ εὐνούχου σάββατον, ἐὰν μὴ ποιήσῃ τὰς ἐντολάς. τοῖς γαμήσασι δὲ ἐπιφέρει καί φησιν· οἱ ἐκλεκτοί μου οὐ πονέσουσιν εἰς κενὸν οὐδὲ τεκνοποιήσουσιν εἰς κατάραν, ὅτι σπέρμα εὐλογημένον ἐστὶν ὑπὸ κυρίου. τῷ γὰρ κατὰ λόγον τεκνοποιησαμένῳ καὶ ἀναθρεψαμένῳ καὶ παιδεύσαντι ἐν κυρίῳ καθάπερ καὶ τῷ διὰ τῆς ἀληθοῦς κατηχήσεως γεννήσαντι κεῖταί τις μισθὸς ὥσπερ καὶ τῷ ἐκλεκτῷ σπέρματι. ἄλλοι δὲ κατάραν τὴν παιδοποιίαν ἐκδέχονται καὶ οὐ συνιᾶσι κατʼ αὐτῶν ἐκείνων λέγουσαν τὴν γραφήν. οἱ γὰρ τῷ ὄντι τοῦ κυρίου ἐκλεκτοὶ οὐ δογματίζουσιν οὐδὲ τεκνοποιοῦσιν τὰ εἰς κατάραν ὥσπερ αἱ αἱρέσεις.
amphoterois goun ho autos kyrios dia tou prophētou Hēsaïou tas katallēlous didōsin epangelias hōde pōs legōn; mē legetō ho eunouchos hoti xylon eimi xēron; tade legei ho kyrios tois eunouchois; ean phylaxēte ta sabbata mou kai poiēsēte panta hosa entellomai, dōsō hymin topon kreittona huiōn kai thygaterōn; ou gar monon hē eunouchia dikaioi oude mēn to tou eunouchou sabbaton, ean mē poiēsę̄ tas entolas. tois gamēsasi de epipherei kai phēsin; hoi eklektoi mou ou ponesousin eis kenon oude teknopoiēsousin eis kataran, hoti sperma eulogēmenon estin hypo kyriou. tǭ gar kata logon teknopoiēsamenǭ kai anathrepsamenǭ kai paideusanti en kyriǭ kathaper kai tǭ dia tēs alēthous katēchēseōs gennēsanti keitai tis misthos hōsper kai tǭ eklektǭ spermati. alloi de kataran tēn paidopoiian ekdechontai kai ou syniasi katʼ autōn ekeinōn legousan tēn graphēn. hoi gar tǭ onti tou kyriou eklektoi ou dogmatizousin oude teknopoiousin ta eis kataran hōsper hai haireseis.
To both, at any rate, the same Lord gives suitable promises through the prophet Isaiah, speaking thus: “Let not the eunuch say, ‘I am a dry tree.’ Thus says the Lord to the eunuchs: If you keep my Sabbaths and do all that I command, I will give you a place better than sons and daughters.” For celibacy alone does not justify, nor indeed the eunuch's Sabbath, unless he does the commandments. And to the married he adds, saying: “My chosen ones will not toil in vain, nor bear children for a curse, because they are a seed blessed by the Lord.” For there is a reward laid up for the one who has begotten children according to reason, reared them, and educated them in the Lord, as for the one who has begotten through true instruction, as also for the chosen seed. But others take the begetting of children as a curse and do not understand that Scripture speaks against those very people. For those truly chosen by the Lord neither teach nor beget things that lead to a curse, as the heresies do.
3.15.99Stählin 2:241–242
εὐνοῦχος τοίνυν οὐχ ὁ κατηναγκασμένος τὰ μόρια οὐδὲ μὴν ὁ ἄγαμος εἴρηται, ἀλλʼ ὁ ἄγονος ἀληθείας. ξύλον οὗτος ξηρὸν ἦν πρότερον, ὑπακούσας δὲ τῷ λόγῳ καὶ φυλάξας τὰ σάββατα κατὰ ἀποχὴν ἁμαρτημάτων καὶ ποιήσας τὰς ἐντολὰς ἐντιμότερος ἔσται τῶν ἄνευ πολιτείας ὀρθῆς λόγῳ μόνῳ παιδευομένων. τεκνία, φησίν, ὀλίγον ἔτι μεθʼ ὑμῶν εἰμι, ὁ διδάσκαλος. διὸ καὶ Παῦλος Γαλάταις ἐπιστέλλων φησί· τεκνία μου, οὓς πάλιν ὠδίνω ἄχρις οὗ μορφωθῇ Χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν. πάλιν τε αὖ Κορινθίοις γράφων ἐὰν γὰρ μυρίους παιδαγωγοὺς ἔχητε ἐν Χριστῷ λέγει, ἀλλʼ οὐ πολλοὺς πατέρας· ἐν γὰρ Χριστῷ διὰ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου ἐγὼ ὑμᾶς ἐγέννησα. διὰ τοῦτο οὐκ εἰσελεύσεται εὐνοῦχος εἰς ἐκκλησίαν θεοῦ, ὁ ἄγονος καὶ ἄκαρπος καὶ πολιτείᾳ καὶ λόγῳ, ἀλλʼ οἱ μὲν εὐνουχίσαντες ἑαυτοὺς ἀπὸ πάσης ἁμαρτίας διὰ τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν μακάριοι οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ τοῦ κόσμου νηστεύοντες.
eunouchos toinyn ouch ho katēnankasmenos ta moria oude mēn ho agamos eirētai, allʼ ho agonos alētheias. xylon houtos xēron ēn proteron, hypakousas de tǭ logǭ kai phylaxas ta sabbata kata apochēn hamartēmatōn kai poiēsas tas entolas entimoteros estai tōn aneu politeias orthēs logǭ monǭ paideuomenōn. teknia, phēsin, oligon eti methʼ hymōn eimi, ho didaskalos. dio kai Paulos Galatais epistellōn phēsi; teknia mou, hous palin ōdinō achris hou morphōthę̄ Christos en hymin. palin te au Korinthiois graphōn ean gar myrious paidagōgous echēte en Christǭ legei, allʼ ou pollous pateras; en gar Christǭ dia tou euangeliou egō hymas egennēsa. dia touto ouk eiseleusetai eunouchos eis ekklēsian theou, ho agonos kai akarpos kai politeią kai logǭ, allʼ hoi men eunouchisantes heautous apo pasēs hamartias dia tēn basileian tōn ouranōn makarioi houtoi eisin hoi tou kosmou nēsteuontes.
The eunuch, then, is said to be not the one whose parts have been forcibly treated, nor indeed the unmarried man, but the one who does not beget truth. This man was formerly a dry tree; but having obeyed the Word, and kept the Sabbaths by abstaining from sins, and done the commandments, he will be more honored than those educated by word alone without right conduct. “Little children,” says the Teacher, “yet a little while I am with you.” That is why Paul too, writing to the Galatians, says: “My little children, for whom I am again in labor until Christ is formed in you.” And again, writing to the Corinthians, he says: “For though you have ten thousand tutors in Christ, you do not have many fathers; for in Christ I begot you through the gospel.” That is why “a eunuch will not enter the assembly of God,” the one who is barren and fruitless both in conduct and in word; but those who have made themselves eunuchs from all sin for the sake of the kingdom of heaven, these are blessed, who fast from the world.
Miscellanies 3, chapter 16
3.16.100Stählin 2:242
Ἐπικατάρατος δὲ ἡ ἡμέρα ἐν ᾗ ἐτέχθην, καὶ μὴ ἔστω ἐπευκτέα ὁ Ἱερεμίας φησίν, οὐ τὴν γένεσιν ἁπλῶς ἐπικατάρατον λέγων, ἀλλʼ ἀποδυσπετῶν ἐπὶ τοῖς ἁμαρτήμασι τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ τῇ ἀπειθείᾳ· ἐπιφέρει γοῦν· διὰ τί γὰρ ἐγεννήθην τοῦ βλέπειν κόπους καὶ πόνους καὶ διετέλεσαν ἐν αἰσχύνῃ αἱ ἡμέραι μου; αὐτίκα πάντες οἱ κηρύσσοντες τὴν ἀλήθειαν διὰ τὴν ἀπείθειαν τῶν ἀκουόντων ἐδιώκοντό τε καὶ ἐκινδύνευον. διὰ τί γὰρ οὐκ ἐγένετο ἡ μήτρα τῆς μητρός μου τάφος, ἵνα μὴ ἴδω τὸν μόχθον τοῦ Ἰακὼβ καὶ τὸν κόπον τοῦ γένους Ἰσραήλ; Ἔσδρας ὁ προφήτης λέγει. οὐδεὶς καθαρὸς ἀπὸ ῥύπου, Ἰώβ φησιν, οὐδʼ εἰ μία ἡμέρα ἡ ζωὴ αὐτοῦ. λεγέτωσαν ἡμῖν ποῦ ἐπόρνευσεν τὸ γεννηθὲν παιδίον, ἢ πῶς ὑπὸ τὴν τοῦ Ἀδὰμ ὑποπέπτωκεν ἀρὰν τὸ μηθὲν ἐνεργῆσαν. ἀπολείπεται δὲ αὐτοῖς, ὡς ἔοικεν, ἀκολούθως λέγειν τὴν γένεσιν εἶναι κακήν, οὐ τὴν τοῦ σώματος μόνην, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν τῆς ψυχῆς διʼ ἣν καὶ τὸ σῶμα. καὶ ὅταν ὁ Δαβὶδ εἴπῃ ἐν ἁμαρτίαις συνελήφθην καὶ ἐν ἀνομίαις ἐκίσσησέν με ἡ μήτηρ μου, λέγει μὲν προφητικῶς μητέρα τὴν Εὔαν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων Εὔα μήτηρ ἐγένετο, καὶ εἰ ἐν ἁμαρτίᾳ συνελήφθη, ἀλλʼ οὐκ αὐτὸς ἐν ἁμαρτίᾳ οὐδὲ μὴν ἁμαρτία αὐτός.
Epikataratos de hē hēmera en hę̄ etechthēn, kai mē estō epeuktea ho Hieremias phēsin, ou tēn genesin haplōs epikataraton legōn, allʼ apodyspetōn epi tois hamartēmasi tou laou kai tę̄ apeitheią; epipherei goun; dia ti gar egennēthēn tou blepein kopous kai ponous kai dietelesan en aischynę̄ hai hēmerai mou? autika pantes hoi kēryssontes tēn alētheian dia tēn apeitheian tōn akouontōn ediōkonto te kai ekindyneuon. dia ti gar ouk egeneto hē mētra tēs mētros mou taphos, hina mē idō ton mochthon tou Iakōb kai ton kopon tou genous Israēl? Esdras ho prophētēs legei. oudeis katharos apo rhypou, Iōb phēsin, oudʼ ei mia hēmera hē zōē autou. legetōsan hēmin pou eporneusen to gennēthen paidion, ē pōs hypo tēn tou Adam hypopeptōken aran to mēthen energēsan. apoleipetai de autois, hōs eoiken, akolouthōs legein tēn genesin einai kakēn, ou tēn tou sōmatos monēn, alla kai tēn tēs psychēs diʼ hēn kai to sōma. kai hotan ho Dabid eipę̄ en hamartiais synelēphthēn kai en anomiais ekissēsen me hē mētēr mou, legei men prophētikōs mētera tēn Euan, alla zōntōn Eua mētēr egeneto, kai ei en hamartią synelēphthē, allʼ ouk autos en hamartią oude mēn hamartia autos.
“Cursed be the day on which I was born, and let it not be desired,” says Jeremiah, not calling birth simply cursed, but despairing at the sins and disobedience of the people. He adds, at any rate: “For why was I born to see toils and troubles, and my days were spent in shame?” Indeed all who preached the truth were persecuted and in danger because of the disobedience of their hearers. “For why did my mother's womb not become my tomb, so that I might not see the toil of Jacob and the labor of the race of Israel?” says Ezra the prophet. “No one is clean from filth,” says Job, “not even if his life is one day.” Let them tell us where the newborn child committed sexual immorality, or how the one who has done nothing has fallen under the curse of Adam. It remains for them, it seems, to say consistently that birth is evil, not only that of the body, but also that of the soul, for the sake of which the body exists. And when David says, “In sins I was conceived, and in lawless deeds my mother bore me,” he speaks prophetically of Eve as mother; but Eve became “the mother of the living”; and if he was conceived in sin, yet he himself was not in sin, nor was he himself sin.
3.16.101Stählin 2:242–243
εἰ δὲ καὶ πᾶς ὁ ἐπιστρέφων ἐξ ἁμαρτίας ἐπὶ τὴν πίστιν ἀπὸ τῆς συνηθείας τῆς ἁμαρτωλοῦ οἷον μητρὸς ἐπὶ τὴν ζωὴν ἐπιστρέφει, μαρτυρήσει μοι εἷς τῶν δώδεκα προφητῶν φήσας, εἰ δῶ πρωτότοκα ὑπὲρ ἀσεβείας, καρπὸν κοιλίας μου ὑπὲρ ἁμαρτίας ψυχῆς μου. οὐ διαβάλλει τὸν εἰπόντα αὐξάνεσθε καὶ πληθύνεσθε, ἀλλὰ τὰς πρώτας ἐκ γενέσεως ὁρμάς, καθʼ ἃς θεὸν οὐ γινώσκομεν, ἀσεβείας λέγει. εἰ δέ τις κατὰ τοῦτο λέγει κακὴν τὴν γένεσιν, καὶ κατʼ ἐκεῖνο εἰπάτω ἀγαθήν, καθὸ ἐν αὐτῇ τὴν ἀλήθειαν γινώσκομεν· ἐκνήψατε δικαίως καὶ μὴ ἁμαρτάνετε· ἀγνωσίαν γὰρ θεοῦ τινες ἔχουσι, δηλαδὴ οἱ ἁμαρτάνοντες· ἐπειδὴ ἡ πάλη ἡμῖν οὐ πρὸς αἷμα καὶ σάρκα, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὰ πνευματικά, δυνατοὶ δὲ ἐκπειράσαι οἱ κοσμοκράτορες τοῦ σκότους, διὰ τοῦτο αἱ συγγνῶμαι. διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὁ Παῦλος αὐτό μου τὸ σῶμα ὑποπιέζω καὶ δουλαγωγῶ φησίν, ὅτι πᾶς ὁ ἀγωνιζόμενος πάντα ἐγκρατεύεται (ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰς πάντα ἐγκρατεύεται, οὐ πάντων ἀπεχόμενος, ἀλλʼ οἷς ἔκρινεν, ἐγκρατῶς χρώμενος), ἐκεῖνοι μὲν ἵνα φθαρτὸν στέφανον λάβωσιν, ἡμεῖς δὲ ἵνα ἄφθαρτον, νικῶντες ἐν τῇ πάλῃ, οὐχὶ δὲ ἀκονιτὶ στεφανούμενοι. ἤδη τινὲς καὶ τῆς παρθένου τὴν χήραν εἰς ἐγκράτειαν προτιμῶσι καταμεγαλοφρονήσασαν ἧς πεπείραται ἡδονῆς.
ei de kai pas ho epistrephōn ex hamartias epi tēn pistin apo tēs synētheias tēs hamartōlou hoion mētros epi tēn zōēn epistrephei, martyrēsei moi heis tōn dōdeka prophētōn phēsas, ei dō prōtotoka hyper asebeias, karpon koilias mou hyper hamartias psychēs mou. ou diaballei ton eiponta auxanesthe kai plēthynesthe, alla tas prōtas ek geneseōs hormas, kathʼ has theon ou ginōskomen, asebeias legei. ei de tis kata touto legei kakēn tēn genesin, kai katʼ ekeino eipatō agathēn, katho en autę̄ tēn alētheian ginōskomen; eknēpsate dikaiōs kai mē hamartanete; agnōsian gar theou tines echousi, dēladē hoi hamartanontes; epeidē hē palē hēmin ou pros haima kai sarka, alla pros ta pneumatika, dynatoi de ekpeirasai hoi kosmokratores tou skotous, dia touto hai syngnōmai. dia touto kai ho Paulos auto mou to sōma hypopiezō kai doulagōgō phēsin, hoti pas ho agōnizomenos panta enkrateuetai (anti tou eis panta enkrateuetai, ou pantōn apechomenos, allʼ hois ekrinen, enkratōs chrōmenos), ekeinoi men hina phtharton stephanon labōsin, hēmeis de hina aphtharton, nikōntes en tę̄ palę̄, ouchi de akoniti stephanoumenoi. ēdē tines kai tēs parthenou tēn chēran eis enkrateian protimōsi katamegalophronēsasan hēs pepeiratai hēdonēs.
And that everyone who turns from sin to faith turns to life from the sinful habit as from a mother, one of the twelve prophets will bear me witness, saying: “Shall I give my firstborn for ungodliness, the fruit of my womb for the sin of my soul?” He does not accuse the one who said, “Increase and multiply,” but calls the first impulses from birth, by which we do not know God, ungodliness. And if someone calls birth evil on this account, let him call it good on the other, in that in it we come to know the truth. “Awake to righteousness and do not sin; for some have no knowledge of God,” clearly those who sin. Since “our wrestling is not against blood and flesh but against spiritual things,” and “the world rulers of darkness” are able to tempt, therefore pardons are given. That is why Paul too says, “I pummel my body and lead it into slavery,” because “everyone who competes exercises self-control in all things” (meaning he exercises self-control with regard to all things, not abstaining from all, but using self-controlledly those he has judged fit); “they to receive a perishable crown, but we an imperishable,” victorious in the wrestling, not crowned without a struggle. Some already prefer the widow to the virgin in regard to self-control, since she has scorned a pleasure she has experienced.
Miscellanies 3, chapter 17
3.17.102Stählin 2:243
Εἰ δὲ ἡ γένεσις κακόν, ἐν κακῷ λεγόντων οἱ βλάσφημοι τὸν γενέσεως μετειληφότα κύριον, ἐν κακῷ τὴν γεννήσασαν παρθένον. οἴμοι τῶν κακῶν, βλασφημοῦσι τὸ βούλημα τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τὸ μυστήριον τῆς κτίσεως, τὴν γένεσιν διαβάλλοντες. διὰ ταῦτα ἡ δόκησις Κασσιανῷ, διὰ ταῦτα καὶ Μαρκίωνι, ναὶ μὴν καὶ Οὐαλεντίνῳ τὸ σῶμα τὸ ψυχικόν, ὅτι φασίν· ὁ ἄνθρωπος παρωμοιώθη τοῖς κτήνεσιν εἰς συνδυασμὸν ἀφικνούμενος· ἀλλʼ ὅταν ἐπιβαίνειν ἀλλοτρίᾳ κοίτῃ ὀργήσας ὡς ἀληθῶς θελήσῃ, τότε τῷ ὄντι ὁ τοιοῦτος ἐκθηριοῦται· ἵπποι θηλυμανεῖς ἐγενήθησαν, ἕκαστος ἐπὶ τὴν γυναῖκα τοῦ πλησίον ἐχρεμέτιζεν. κἂν ἀπὸ τῶν ἀλόγων ζῴων τὴν ἐπιτήδευσιν τῆς συνουσίας ὁ ὄφις εἰληφὼς καὶ παραπείσας τῇ κοινωνίᾳ τῆς Εὔας συγκαταθέσθαι τὸν Ἀδὰμ τύχῃ, ὡς ἂν μὴ φύσει ταύτῃ κεχρημένων τῶν πρωτοπλάστων, ὡς ἀξιοῦσί τινες, ἡ κτίσις πάλιν βλασφημεῖται ἀσθενεστέρους τοὺς ἀνθρώπους τῆς τῶν ἀλόγων φύσεως πεποιηκυῖα, οἷς κατηκολούθησαν οἱ πρωτόπλαστοι τοῦ θεοῦ.
Ei de hē genesis kakon, en kakǭ legontōn hoi blasphēmoi ton geneseōs meteilēphota kyrion, en kakǭ tēn gennēsasan parthenon. oimoi tōn kakōn, blasphēmousi to boulēma tou theou kai to mystērion tēs ktiseōs, tēn genesin diaballontes. dia tauta hē dokēsis Kassianǭ, dia tauta kai Markiōni, nai mēn kai Oualentinǭ to sōma to psychikon, hoti phasin; ho anthrōpos parōmoiōthē tois ktēnesin eis syndyasmon aphiknoumenos; allʼ hotan epibainein allotrią koitę̄ orgēsas hōs alēthōs thelēsę̄, tote tǭ onti ho toioutos ekthērioutai; hippoi thēlymaneis egenēthēsan, hekastos epi tēn gynaika tou plēsion echremetizen. kan apo tōn alogōn zǭōn tēn epitēdeusin tēs synousias ho ophis eilēphōs kai parapeisas tę̄ koinōnią tēs Euas synkatathesthai ton Adam tychę̄, hōs an mē physei tautę̄ kechrēmenōn tōn prōtoplastōn, hōs axiousi tines, hē ktisis palin blasphēmeitai asthenesterous tous anthrōpous tēs tōn alogōn physeōs pepoiēkuia, hois katēkolouthēsan hoi prōtoplastoi tou theou.
If birth is evil, let the blasphemers say that the Lord who shared in birth was in evil, and the virgin who bore him in evil. Alas for the evils! They blaspheme the will of God and the mystery of creation by slandering birth. This is the reason for Cassianus' Docetism, and for Marcion's, and indeed for Valentinus's psychic body; because they say: “Man became like the beasts when he came to sexual union.” But it is when, being in heat, a man truly wishes to mount another's bed that such a one really becomes a beast: “They became horses mad for females; each neighed after his neighbor's wife.” And if the serpent, having taken the practice of intercourse from the irrational animals, persuaded Adam to consent to union with Eve, as though the first-formed did not use this by nature, as some think, then creation is blasphemed again, as having made men weaker than the nature of the irrational animals, whom God's first-formed followed.
3.17.103Stählin 2:243–244
εἰ δὲ ἡ μὲν φύσις ἦγεν αὐτοὺς ὡς καὶ τὰ ἄλογα πρὸς παιδοποιίαν, ἐκινήθησαν δὲ θᾶττον ἢ προσῆκον ἦν ἔτι νέοι πεφυκότες ἀπάτῃ παραχθέντες, δικαία μὲν ἡ κρίσις τοῦ θεοῦ ἐπὶ τοὺς οὐκ ἀναμείναντας τὸ βούλημα, ἁγία δὲ ἡ γένεσις διʼ ἣν ὁ κόσμος συνέστηκεν, διʼ ἣν αἱ οὐσίαι, διʼ ἣν αἱ φύσεις, διʼ ἣν ἄγγελοι, διʼ ἣν δυνάμεις, διʼ ἣν ψυχαί, διʼ ἣν ἐντολαί, διʼ ἣν νόμος, διʼ ἣν τὸ εὐαγγέλιον, διʼ ἣν ἡ γνῶσις τοῦ θεοῦ· καὶ πᾶσα σὰρξ χόρτος, καὶ πᾶσα δόξα ἀνθρώπου ὡς ἄνθος χόρτου· καὶ ὁ μὲν χόρτος ξηραίνεται, τὸ δὲ ἄνθος καταπίπτει· ἀλλὰ τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦ κυρίου μένει, τὸ χρῖσαν τὴν ψυχὴν καὶ ἑνῶσαν τῷ πνεύματι. πῶς δʼ ἂν ἄνευ τοῦ σώματος ἡ κατὰ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν καθʼ ἡμᾶς οἰκονομία τέλος ἐλάμβανεν; ὅπου γε καὶ αὐτὸς ἡ κεφαλὴ τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἐν σαρκὶ μέν, ἀειδὴς δὲ ἐλήλυθεν καὶ ἄμορφος, εἰς τὸ ἀειδὲς καὶ ἀσώματον τῆς θείας αἰτίας ἀποβλέπειν ἡμᾶς διδάσκων. δένδρον γὰρ ζωῆς, φησὶν ὁ προφήτης, ἐν ἐπιθυμίᾳ ἀγαθῇ γίνεται, διδάσκων ἐπιθυμίας ἀστείους καὶ καθαρὰς τὰς ἐν τῷ ζῶντι κυρίῳ.
ei de hē men physis ēgen autous hōs kai ta aloga pros paidopoiian, ekinēthēsan de thatton ē prosēkon ēn eti neoi pephykotes apatę̄ parachthentes, dikaia men hē krisis tou theou epi tous ouk anameinantas to boulēma, hagia de hē genesis diʼ hēn ho kosmos synestēken, diʼ hēn hai ousiai, diʼ hēn hai physeis, diʼ hēn angeloi, diʼ hēn dynameis, diʼ hēn psychai, diʼ hēn entolai, diʼ hēn nomos, diʼ hēn to euangelion, diʼ hēn hē gnōsis tou theou; kai pasa sarx chortos, kai pasa doxa anthrōpou hōs anthos chortou; kai ho men chortos xērainetai, to de anthos katapiptei; alla to rhēma tou kyriou menei, to chrisan tēn psychēn kai henōsan tǭ pneumati. pōs dʼ an aneu tou sōmatos hē kata tēn ekklēsian kathʼ hēmas oikonomia telos elambanen? hopou ge kai autos hē kephalē tēs ekklēsias en sarki men, aeidēs de elēlythen kai amorphos, eis to aeides kai asōmaton tēs theias aitias apoblepein hēmas didaskōn. dendron gar zōēs, phēsin ho prophētēs, en epithymią agathę̄ ginetai, didaskōn epithymias asteious kai katharas tas en tǭ zōnti kyriǭ.
But if nature led them, as it leads the irrational animals, to the begetting of children, and they were moved sooner than was fitting, being still young and led astray by deceit, then God's judgment was just on those who did not wait for his will; yet birth is holy, through which the world was established, through which substances, natures, angels, powers, souls, commandments, law, gospel, and the knowledge of God exist. “And all flesh is grass, and all the glory of man as the flower of grass; the grass withers and the flower falls, but the word of the Lord remains,” which anointed the soul and united it to the Spirit. And how could the arrangement of the church among us have been accomplished without the body? For the head of the church himself came in the flesh, but without comeliness and without form, teaching us to look to the formless and incorporeal nature of the divine cause. “For a tree of life,” says the prophet, “arises in good desire,” teaching that desires in the living Lord are fair and pure.
3.17.104Stählin 2:244
ἤδη δὲ ἐθέλουσι τὴν ἀνδρὸς κατὰ γάμον πρὸς γυναῖκα ὁμιλίαν γνῶσιν εἰρημένην ἁμαρτίαν εἶναι· ταύτην γὰρ ὑπὸ τῆς βρώσεως μηνύεσθαι τοῦ ξύλου τοῦ καλοῦ καὶ πονηροῦ, διὰ τῆς τοῦ ἔγνω σημασίας παράβασιν ἐντολῆς διδάσκουσαν. εἰ δὲ τοῦτο, καὶ ἡ τῆς ἀληθείας γνῶσις βρῶσίς ἐστι τοῦ ξύλου τῆς ζωῆς. ἔστιν οὖν κἀκείνου τοῦ ξύλου μεταλαβεῖν τὸν σώφρονα γάμον· προείρηται δὲ ἡμῖν ὡς καὶ καλῶς καὶ κακῶς ἔστι χρήσασθαι τῷ γάμῳ, καὶ τοῦτʼ ἔστι τὸ ξύλον τῆς γνώσεως, ἐὰν μὴ παρανομῶμεν τὸν γάμον. τί δέ; οὐχὶ ὁ σωτὴρ ὥσπερ τὴν ψυχήν, οὕτω δὲ καὶ τὸ σῶμα ἰᾶτο τῶν παθῶν; οὐκ ἂν δὲ εἰ ἐχθρὰ ἡ σὰρξ ἦν τῆς ψυχῆς, ἐπετείχιζεν αὐτῇ τὴν ἐχθρὰν διʼ ὑγείας ἐπισκευάζων. τοῦτο δέ φημι, ἀδελφοί, ὅτι σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα βασιλείαν θεοῦ κληρονομῆσαι οὐ δύναται, οὐδὲ ἡ φθορὰ τὴν ἀφθαρσίαν κληρονομεῖ, ἡ γὰρ ἁμαρτία φθορὰ οὖσα οὐ δύναται κοινωνίαν ἔχειν μετὰ τῆς ἀφθαρσίας, ἥτις ἐστὶ δικαιοσύνη. οὕτως ἀνόητοι, φησίν, ἐστέ; ἐναρξάμενοι πνεύματι νῦν σαρκὶ ἐπιτελεῖτε;
ēdē de ethelousi tēn andros kata gamon pros gynaika homilian gnōsin eirēmenēn hamartian einai; tautēn gar hypo tēs brōseōs mēnyesthai tou xylou tou kalou kai ponērou, dia tēs tou egnō sēmasias parabasin entolēs didaskousan. ei de touto, kai hē tēs alētheias gnōsis brōsis esti tou xylou tēs zōēs. estin oun kakeinou tou xylou metalabein ton sōphrona gamon; proeirētai de hēmin hōs kai kalōs kai kakōs esti chrēsasthai tǭ gamǭ, kai toutʼ esti to xylon tēs gnōseōs, ean mē paranomōmen ton gamon. ti de? ouchi ho sōtēr hōsper tēn psychēn, houtō de kai to sōma iato tōn pathōn? ouk an de ei echthra hē sarx ēn tēs psychēs, epeteichizen autę̄ tēn echthran diʼ hygeias episkeuazōn. touto de phēmi, adelphoi, hoti sarx kai haima basileian theou klēronomēsai ou dynatai, oude hē phthora tēn aphtharsian klēronomei, hē gar hamartia phthora ousa ou dynatai koinōnian echein meta tēs aphtharsias, hētis esti dikaiosynē. houtōs anoētoi, phēsin, este? enarxamenoi pneumati nyn sarki epiteleite?
Now they want the intercourse of husband with wife in marriage, called “knowledge,” to be a sin; for they say it is indicated by the eating of the tree of good and evil, the word “knew” signifying the transgression of the commandment. But if so, the knowledge of the truth is also the eating of the tree of life. Self-restrained marriage, then, may share in that tree too. We have said before that marriage can be used well and badly; and this is the tree of knowledge, if we do not transgress in marriage. What then? Did not the Savior heal the body of its passions as well as the soul? He would not, if the flesh were hostile to the soul, have fortified the enemy against it by restoring it to health. “This I say, brothers, that flesh and blood cannot inherit the kingdom of God, nor does corruption inherit incorruption”; for sin, being corruption, cannot have fellowship with incorruption, which is righteousness. “Are you so foolish?” he says. “Having begun by the Spirit, are you now being perfected by the flesh?”
Miscellanies 3, chapter 18
3.18.105Stählin 2:244–245
Τὴν δικαιοσύνην τοίνυν καὶ τὴν ἁρμονίαν τοῦ σωτηρίου σεμνὴν οὖσαν καὶ βεβαίαν οἳ μὲν ἐπέτειναν, ὡς ἐπεδείξαμεν, βλασφήμως ἐκδεχόμενοι μετὰ πάσης ἀθεότητος τὴν ἐγκράτειαν, ἐξὸν ἑλέσθαι τὴν εὐνουχίαν κατὰ τὸν ὑγιῆ κανόνα μετʼ εὐσεβείας, εὐχαριστοῦντα μὲν ἐπὶ τῇ δοθείσῃ χάριτι, οὐ μισοῦντα δὲ τὴν κτίσιν οὐδὲ ἐξουθενοῦντα τοὺς γεγαμηκότας· κτιστὸς γὰρ ὁ κόσμος, κτιστὴ καὶ ἡ εὐνουχία, ἄμφω δὲ εὐχαριστούντων ἐν οἷς ἐτάχθησαν, εἰ γινώσκουσι καὶ ἐφʼ οἷς ἐτάχθησαν. οἳ δὲ ἀφηνιάσαντες ἐξύβρισαν, ἵπποι θηλυμανεῖς τῷ ὄντι γενόμενοι καὶ ἐπὶ τὰς τῶν πλησίον χρεμετίζοντες, αὐτοί τε ἀκατασχέτως ἐκχεόμενοι καὶ τοὺς πλησίον ἀναπείθοντες φιληδονεῖν, ἀθλίως ἐπαΐοντες ἐκείνων τῶν γραφῶν, τὸν σὸν κλῆρον βάλε ἐν ἡμῖν, κοινὸν δὲ βαλλάντιον κτησώμεθα πάντες καὶ μαρσίππιον ἓν γενηθήτω ἡμῖν.
Tēn dikaiosynēn toinyn kai tēn harmonian tou sōtēriou semnēn ousan kai bebaian hoi men epeteinan, hōs epedeixamen, blasphēmōs ekdechomenoi meta pasēs atheotētos tēn enkrateian, exon helesthai tēn eunouchian kata ton hygiē kanona metʼ eusebeias, eucharistounta men epi tę̄ dotheisę̄ chariti, ou misounta de tēn ktisin oude exouthenounta tous gegamēkotas; ktistos gar ho kosmos, ktistē kai hē eunouchia, amphō de eucharistountōn en hois etachthēsan, ei ginōskousi kai ephʼ hois etachthēsan. hoi de aphēniasantes exybrisan, hippoi thēlymaneis tǭ onti genomenoi kai epi tas tōn plēsion chremetizontes, autoi te akataschetōs ekcheomenoi kai tous plēsion anapeithontes philēdonein, athliōs epaïontes ekeinōn tōn graphōn, ton son klēron bale en hēmin, koinon de ballantion ktēsōmetha pantes kai marsippion hen genēthētō hēmin.
Some, then, have strained the justice and harmony of salvation, which is dignified and firm, taking self-control blasphemously, as we have shown, with all godlessness, when it is possible to choose celibacy according to the sound rule with godliness, giving thanks for the grace given, not hating creation or despising the married. For the world is created, and celibacy is created; and let both give thanks in the state in which they have been placed, if they also know for what they have been placed. Others, throwing off the reins, have run riot, truly becoming horses mad for females and neighing after their neighbors' wives, pouring themselves out without restraint and persuading their neighbors to love pleasure, wretchedly following those Scriptures: “Cast your lot among us; let us all get one purse, and let there be one money bag for us.”
3.18.106Stählin 2:245
διὰ τούτους ὁ αὐτὸς προφήτης συμβουλεύων ἡμῖν λέγει· μὴ πορευθῇς ἐν ὁδῷ μετʼ αὐτῶν, ἔκκλινον τὸν πόδα σου ἐκ τῶν τρίβων αὐτῶν· οὐ γὰρ ἀδίκως ἐκτείνεται δίκτυα πτερωτοῖς· αὐτοὶ γὰρ αἱμάτων μετέχοντες θησαυρίζουσιν ἑαυτοῖς κακά, τουτέστι τῆς ἀκαθαρσίας ἀντιποιούμενοι καὶ τοὺς πλησίον τὰ ὅμοια ἐκδιδάσκοντες, πολεμισταί, πλῆκται ταῖς οὐραῖς αὐτῶν, κατὰ τὸν προφήτην, ἃς κέρκους Ἕλληνες καλοῦσιν. εἶεν δʼ ἂν οὓς αἰνίσσεται ἡ προφητεία, καταφερεῖς, ἀκρατεῖς, οἱ ταῖς οὐραῖς αὐτῶν πολεμισταί, σκότους καὶ ὀργῆς τέκνα, μιαιφόνοι αὐτῶν τε αὐθένται καὶ τῶν πλησίον ἀνδροφόνοι. ἐκκαθάρατε τὴν παλαιὰν ζύμην, ἵνα ἦτε νέον φύραμα, ὁ ἀπόστολος ἡμῖν ἐμβοᾷ. καὶ πάλιν ἀσχάλλων ἐπὶ τοιούτοις τισὶ διατάττεται μὴ συναναμίγνυσθαι, ἐάν τις ἀδελφὸς ὀνομαζόμενος ᾖ πόρνος ἢ πλεονέκτης ἢ εἰδωλολάτρης ἢ λοίδορος ἢ μέθυσος ἢ ἅρπαξ, τῷ τοιούτῳ μηδὲ συνεσθίειν. ἐγὼ γὰρ διὰ νόμου νόμῳ ἀπέθανον, λέγει, ἵνα θεῷ ζήσω. Χριστῷ συνεσταύρωμαι· ζῶ δὲ οὐκέτι ἐγώ, ὡς ἔζων κατὰ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας, ζῇ δὲ ἐν ἐμοὶ Χριστὸς διὰ τῆς τῶν ἐντολῶν ὑπακοῆς ἁγνῶς καὶ μακαρίως· ὥστε τότε μὲν ἔζων ἐν σαρκὶ σαρκικῶς, ὃ δὲ νῦν ζῶ ἐν σαρκί, ἐν πίστει ζῶ τῇ τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ.
dia toutous ho autos prophētēs symbouleuōn hēmin legei; mē poreuthę̄s en hodǭ metʼ autōn, ekklinon ton poda sou ek tōn tribōn autōn; ou gar adikōs ekteinetai diktya pterōtois; autoi gar haimatōn metechontes thēsaurizousin heautois kaka, toutesti tēs akatharsias antipoioumenoi kai tous plēsion ta homoia ekdidaskontes, polemistai, plēktai tais ourais autōn, kata ton prophētēn, has kerkous Hellēnes kalousin. eien dʼ an hous ainissetai hē prophēteia, kataphereis, akrateis, hoi tais ourais autōn polemistai, skotous kai orgēs tekna, miaiphonoi autōn te authentai kai tōn plēsion androphonoi. ekkatharate tēn palaian zymēn, hina ēte neon phyrama, ho apostolos hēmin emboą. kai palin aschallōn epi toioutois tisi diatattetai mē synanamignysthai, ean tis adelphos onomazomenos ę̄ pornos ē pleonektēs ē eidōlolatrēs ē loidoros ē methysos ē harpax, tǭ toioutǭ mēde synesthiein. egō gar dia nomou nomǭ apethanon, legei, hina theǭ zēsō. Christǭ synestaurōmai; zō de ouketi egō, hōs ezōn kata tas epithymias, zę̄ de en emoi Christos dia tēs tōn entolōn hypakoēs hagnōs kai makariōs; hōste tote men ezōn en sarki sarkikōs, ho de nyn zō en sarki, en pistei zō tę̄ tou huiou tou theou.
Because of these the same prophet counsels us: “Do not walk in the way with them; turn your foot from their paths; for not unjustly are nets spread for birds; for they, sharing in blood, store up evils for themselves”; that is, claiming uncleanness for themselves and teaching their neighbors the same, “warriors, striking with their tails,” according to the prophet, which the Greeks call “kerkoi.” Those the prophecy hints at would be the sensual, the intemperate, those who are warriors with their tails, children of darkness and wrath, murderous, killers both of themselves and of their neighbors. “Clean out the old leaven, so that you may be a new lump,” the apostle cries to us. And again, grieved at certain such people, he orders us not to associate with anyone “named a brother, if he is sexually immoral, or greedy, or an idolater, or a reviler, or a drunkard, or a robber; not even to eat with such a one.” “For through the law I died to the law,” he says, “that I might live to God. I have been crucified with Christ; it is no longer I who live,” as I lived according to the desires, “but Christ lives in me,” purely and blessedly, through obedience to the commandments; so that then I lived in the flesh fleshly, “but the life I now live in the flesh I live by faith in the Son of God.”
3.18.107Stählin 2:245–246
εἰς ὁδὸν ἐθνῶν μὴ ἀπέλθητε καὶ εἰς πόλιν Σαμαρειτῶν μὴ εἰσέλθητε, τῆς ἐναντίας πολιτείας ἀποτρέπων ἡμᾶς ὁ κύριος λέγει, ἐπεὶ ἡ καταστροφὴ ἀνδρῶν παρανόμων κακή. καὶ αὗταί εἰσιν αἱ ὁδοὶ πάντων τῶν συντελούντων τὰ ἄνομα. οὐαὶ τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐκείνῳ, φησὶν ὁ κύριος· καλὸν ἦν αὐτῷ εἰ μὴ ἐγεννήθη, ἢ ἕνα τῶν ἐκλεκτῶν μου σκανδαλίσαι· κρεῖττον ἦν αὐτῷ περιτεθῆναι μύλον καὶ καταποντισθῆναι εἰς θάλασσαν, ἢ ἕνα τῶν ἐκλεκτῶν μου διαστρέψαι· τὸ γὰρ ὄνομα τοῦ θεοῦ διʼ αὐτοὺς βλασφημεῖται. ὅθεν γενναίως ὁ ἀπόστολος ἔγραψα ὑμῖν φησὶν ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολῇ μὴ συναναμίγνυσθαι πόρνοις ἕως τὸ δὲ σῶμα οὐ τῇ πορνείᾳ, ἀλλὰ τῷ κυρίῳ, καὶ ὁ κύριος τῷ σώματι. καὶ ὅτι οὐ τὸν γάμον πορνείαν λέγει, ἐπιφέρει· ἢ οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι ὁ κολλώμενος τῇ πόρνῃ ἓν σῶμά ἐστιν; ἢ πόρνην τις ἐρεῖ τὴν παρθένον πρὶν ἢ γῆμαι; καὶ μὴ ἀποστερεῖτε, φησίν, ἀλλήλους, εἰ μὴ ἐκ συμφώνου πρὸς καιρόν, διὰ τῆς ἀποστερεῖτε λέξεως τὸ ὀφείλημα τοῦ γάμου, τὴν παιδοποιίαν, ἐμφαίνων, ὅπερ ἐν τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν ἐδήλωσεν εἰπών, τῇ γυναικὶ ὁ ἀνὴρ τὴν ὀφειλὴν ἀποδιδότω, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ ἡ γυνὴ τῷ ἀνδρί,
eis hodon ethnōn mē apelthēte kai eis polin Samareitōn mē eiselthēte, tēs enantias politeias apotrepōn hēmas ho kyrios legei, epei hē katastrophē andrōn paranomōn kakē. kai hautai eisin hai hodoi pantōn tōn syntelountōn ta anoma. ouai tǭ anthrōpǭ ekeinǭ, phēsin ho kyrios; kalon ēn autǭ ei mē egennēthē, ē hena tōn eklektōn mou skandalisai; kreitton ēn autǭ peritethēnai mylon kai katapontisthēnai eis thalassan, ē hena tōn eklektōn mou diastrepsai; to gar onoma tou theou diʼ autous blasphēmeitai. hothen gennaiōs ho apostolos egrapsa hymin phēsin en tę̄ epistolę̄ mē synanamignysthai pornois heōs to de sōma ou tę̄ porneią, alla tǭ kyriǭ, kai ho kyrios tǭ sōmati. kai hoti ou ton gamon porneian legei, epipherei; ē ouk oidate hoti ho kollōmenos tę̄ pornę̄ hen sōma estin? ē pornēn tis erei tēn parthenon prin ē gēmai? kai mē apostereite, phēsin, allēlous, ei mē ek symphōnou pros kairon, dia tēs apostereite lexeōs to opheilēma tou gamou, tēn paidopoiian, emphainōn, hoper en tois emprosthen edēlōsen eipōn, tę̄ gynaiki ho anēr tēn opheilēn apodidotō, homoiōs de kai hē gynē tǭ andri,
“Do not go into the way of the Gentiles, and do not enter a city of the Samaritans,” the Lord says, turning us away from the opposite way of life, since “the end of lawless men is evil,” and “these are the ways of all who accomplish lawless things.” “Woe to that man,” says the Lord; “it would have been good for him not to have been born, rather than to cause one of my elect to stumble; it would have been better for him to have a millstone put around him and be drowned in the sea, rather than to pervert one of my elect.” “For the name of God is blasphemed because of them.” That is why the apostle nobly says, “I wrote to you in the letter not to associate with the sexually immoral,” as far as “but the body is not for sexual immorality, but for the Lord, and the Lord for the body.” And to show that he does not call marriage sexual immorality, he adds: “Or do you not know that the one who joins himself to a prostitute is one body with her?” Or will anyone call a virgin a prostitute before she marries? “And do not deprive one another,” he says, “except by agreement for a time,” by the word “deprive” showing the debt of marriage, the begetting of children, which he made clear earlier, saying: “Let the husband render to the wife what is due, and likewise the wife to the husband,”
3.18.108Stählin 2:246
μεθʼ ἣν ἔκτισιν κατὰ τὴν οἰκουρίαν καὶ τὴν ἐν Χριστῷ πίστιν βοηθός, καὶ ἔτι σαφέστερον εἰπών· τοῖς γεγαμηκόσι παραγγέλλω, οὐκ ἐγώ, ἀλλʼ ὁ κύριος, γυναῖκα ἀπὸ ἀνδρὸς μὴ χωρισθῆναι (ἐὰν δὲ καὶ χωρισθῇ, μενέτω ἄγαμος ἢ τῷ ἀνδρὶ καταλλαγήτω) καὶ ἄνδρα γυναῖκα μὴ ἀφιέναι. τοῖς δὲ λοιποῖς λέγω ἐγώ, οὐχ ὁ κύριος· εἴ τις ἀδελφὸς ἕως νῦν δὲ ἅγιά ἐστι. τί δὲ λέγουσι πρὸς ταῦτα οἱ τοῦ νόμου κατατρέχοντες καὶ τοῦ γάμου ὡς κατὰ νόμον συγκεχωρημένου μόνον, οὐχὶ δὲ καὶ κατὰ τὴν διαθήκην τὴν καινήν; τί πρὸς ταύτας εἰπεῖν ἔχουσι τὰς νομοθεσίας οἱ τὴν σπορὰν καὶ τὴν γένεσιν μυσαττόμενοι; ἐπεὶ καὶ τὸν ἐπίσκοπον τοῦ οἴκου καλῶς προϊστάμενον νομοθετεῖ τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἀφηγεῖσθαι, οἶκον δὲ κυριακὸν μιᾶς γυναικὸς συνίστησι συζυγία.
methʼ hēn ektisin kata tēn oikourian kai tēn en Christǭ pistin boēthos, kai eti saphesteron eipōn; tois gegamēkosi parangellō, ouk egō, allʼ ho kyrios, gynaika apo andros mē chōristhēnai (ean de kai chōristhę̄, menetō agamos ē tǭ andri katallagētō) kai andra gynaika mē aphienai. tois de loipois legō egō, ouch ho kyrios; ei tis adelphos heōs nyn de hagia esti. ti de legousi pros tauta hoi tou nomou katatrechontes kai tou gamou hōs kata nomon synkechōrēmenou monon, ouchi de kai kata tēn diathēkēn tēn kainēn? ti pros tautas eipein echousi tas nomothesias hoi tēn sporan kai tēn genesin mysattomenoi? epei kai ton episkopon tou oikou kalōs proïstamenon nomothetei tēs ekklēsias aphēgeisthai, oikon de kyriakon mias gynaikos synistēsi syzygia.
after which payment she is a helper in the management of the home and in faith in Christ; and still more clearly, saying: “To the married I command, not I but the Lord, that a wife should not be separated from her husband (but if she is separated, let her remain unmarried or be reconciled to her husband), and that a husband should not put away his wife. To the rest I say, not the Lord: If any brother,” as far as “but now they are holy.” What do those who run down the law and marriage, as though it were permitted only under the law and not also under the new covenant, say to this? What can those who loathe seed and birth say to these laws? For he also lays down that the bishop who manages his own house well should preside over the church; and the union with one wife establishes a house of the Lord.
3.18.109Stählin 2:246–247
πάντα οὖν καθαρὰ τοῖς καθαροῖς, λέγει, τοῖς δὲ μεμιαμένοις καὶ ἀπίστοις οὐδὲν καθαρόν, ἀλλὰ μεμίαται αὐτῶν καὶ ὁ νοῦς καὶ ἡ συνείδησις. ἐπὶ δὲ τῆς παρὰ τὸν κανόνα ἡδονῆς μὴ πλανᾶσθε φησίν· οὔτε πόρνοι οὔτε εἰδωλολάτραι οὔτε μοιχοὶ οὔτε μαλακοὶ οὔτε ἀρσενοκοῖται οὔτε πλεονέκται οὔτε κλέπται, οὐ μέθυσοι, οὐ λοίδοροι, οὐχ ἅρπαγες βασιλείαν θεοῦ οὐ κληρονομήσουσιν. καὶ ἡμεῖς μὲν ἀπελουσάμεθα, οἱ ἐν τούτοις γενόμενοι, οἳ δέ, εἰς ταύτην ἀπολούοντες τὴν ἀσέλγειαν, ἐκ σωφροσύνης εἰς πορνείαν βαπτίζουσι, ταῖς ἡδοναῖς καὶ τοῖς πάθεσι χαρίζεσθαι δογματίζοντες, ἀκρατεῖς ἐκ σωφρόνων εἶναι διδάσκοντες καὶ τὴν ἐλπίδα τὴν σφῶν ταῖς τῶν μορίων ἀναισχυντίαις προσανέχοντες, ἀποκηρύκτους εἶναι τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐγγράφους τοὺς φοιτητὰς παρασκευάζοντες, ψευδωνύμου γνώσεως προσηγορίᾳ τὴν εἰς τὸ ἐξώτερον σκότος ὁδοιπορίαν ἐπανῃρημένοι. τὸ λοιπόν, ἀδελφοί, ὅσα ἀληθῆ, ὅσα σεμνά, ὅσα δίκαια, ὅσα ἁγνά, ὅσα προσφιλῆ, ὅσα εὔφημα, εἴ τις ἀρετὴ καὶ εἴ τις ἔπαινος, ταῦτα λογίζεσθε· ὅσα καὶ ἐμάθετε ἃ καὶ παρελάβετε καὶ ἠκούσατε καὶ ἴδετε ἐν ἐμοί, ταῦτα πράσσετε· καὶ ὁ θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης ἔσται μεθʼ ὑμῶν.
panta oun kathara tois katharois, legei, tois de memiamenois kai apistois ouden katharon, alla memiatai autōn kai ho nous kai hē syneidēsis. epi de tēs para ton kanona hēdonēs mē planasthe phēsin; oute pornoi oute eidōlolatrai oute moichoi oute malakoi oute arsenokoitai oute pleonektai oute kleptai, ou methysoi, ou loidoroi, ouch harpages basileian theou ou klēronomēsousin. kai hēmeis men apelousametha, hoi en toutois genomenoi, hoi de, eis tautēn apolouontes tēn aselgeian, ek sōphrosynēs eis porneian baptizousi, tais hēdonais kai tois pathesi charizesthai dogmatizontes, akrateis ek sōphronōn einai didaskontes kai tēn elpida tēn sphōn tais tōn moriōn anaischyntiais prosanechontes, apokēryktous einai tēs basileias tou theou, allʼ ouk engraphous tous phoitētas paraskeuazontes, pseudōnymou gnōseōs prosēgorią tēn eis to exōteron skotos hodoiporian epanę̄rēmenoi. to loipon, adelphoi, hosa alēthē, hosa semna, hosa dikaia, hosa hagna, hosa prosphilē, hosa euphēma, ei tis aretē kai ei tis epainos, tauta logizesthe; hosa kai emathete ha kai parelabete kai ēkousate kai idete en emoi, tauta prassete; kai ho theos tēs eirēnēs estai methʼ hymōn.
“To the pure, then, all things are pure,” he says, “but to the defiled and unbelieving nothing is pure; but both their mind and their conscience are defiled.” And about pleasure contrary to the rule he says: “Do not be deceived: neither the sexually immoral, nor idolaters, nor adulterers, nor the effeminate, nor men who lie with men, nor the greedy, nor thieves, not drunkards, not revilers, not robbers will inherit the kingdom of God.” And we who were in these things have been washed; but they, washing into this licentiousness, baptize from self-restraint into sexual immorality, teaching that pleasures and passions should be gratified, teaching people to become intemperate instead of self-restrained, and devoting their hope to the shamelessness of their parts; making their disciples disinherited from the kingdom of God, not enrolled in it; having chosen, under the name of knowledge falsely so called, the journey into the outer darkness. “Finally, brothers, whatever is true, whatever is honorable, whatever is just, whatever is pure, whatever is lovely, whatever is well spoken of, if there is any virtue and if there is any praise, think on these things. What you have learned and received and heard and seen in me, do; and the God of peace will be with you.”
3.18.110Stählin 2:247
καὶ ὁ Πέτρος ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολῇ τὰ ὅμοια λέγει· ὥστε τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν καὶ ἐλπίδα εἶναι εἰς θεόν, τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν ἡγνικότες ἐν τῇ ὑπακοῇ τῆς ἀληθείας, ὡς τέκνα ὑπακοῆς, μὴ συσχηματιζόμενοι ταῖς πρότερον ἐν τῇ ἀγνοίᾳ ὑμῶν ἐπιθυμίαις, ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὸν καλέσαντα ὑμᾶς ἅγιον καὶ αὐτοὶ ἅγιοι ἐν πάσῃ ἀναστροφῇ γενήθητε, διότι γέγραπται· ›ἅγιοι ἔσεσθε, διότι ἐγὼ ἅγιος.‹ Ἀλλὰ γὰρ πέρα τοῦ δέοντος ἡ πρὸς τοὺς ψευδωνύμους τῆς γνώσεως ὑποκριτὰς ἀναγκαία γενομένη ἀπήγαγεν ἡμᾶς καὶ εἰς μακρὸν ἐξέτεινε τὸν λόγον ἀντιλογία. ὅθεν καὶ ὁ τρίτος ἡμῖν τῶν κατὰ τὴν ἀληθῆ φιλοσοφίαν γνωστικῶν ὑπομνημάτων Στρωματεὺς τοῦτο ἔχει τὸ πέρας.
kai ho Petros en tę̄ epistolę̄ ta homoia legei; hōste tēn pistin hymōn kai elpida einai eis theon, tas psychas hymōn hēgnikotes en tę̄ hypakoę̄ tēs alētheias, hōs tekna hypakoēs, mē syschēmatizomenoi tais proteron en tę̄ agnoią hymōn epithymiais, alla kata ton kalesanta hymas hagion kai autoi hagioi en pasę̄ anastrophę̄ genēthēte, dioti gegraptai; ›hagioi esesthe, dioti egō hagios.‹ Alla gar pera tou deontos hē pros tous pseudōnymous tēs gnōseōs hypokritas anankaia genomenē apēgagen hēmas kai eis makron exeteine ton logon antilogia. hothen kai ho tritos hēmin tōn kata tēn alēthē philosophian gnōstikōn hypomnēmatōn Strōmateus touto echei to peras.
And Peter in his letter says similar things: “so that your faith and hope may be in God, having purified your souls by obedience to the truth, as children of obedience, not conforming to the desires you formerly had in your ignorance; but as the one who called you is holy, be holy yourselves too in all your conduct, since it is written, ‘You shall be holy, because I am holy.’” But the controversy that became necessary against the hypocrites of knowledge falsely so called has led us beyond what was needed and has stretched the discussion to great length. So the third Miscellany of our notes on knowledge according to the true philosophy reaches its end here.
Miscellanies 4, chapter 1
4.1.1Stählin 2:249
Ἀκόλουθον δὴ οἶμαι περί τε μαρτυρίου διαλαβεῖν καὶ τίς ὁ τέλειος, οἷς ἐμπεριληφθήσεται κατὰ τὴν ἀπαίτησιν τῶν λεχθησομένων τὰ παρεπόμενα, καὶ ὡς ὁμοίως τε φιλοσοφητέον δούλῳ τε καὶ ἐλευθέρῳ κἂν ἀνὴρ ἢ γυνὴ τὸ γένος τυγχάνῃ· τά τε ἑξῆς περί τε πίστεως καὶ περὶ τοῦ ζητεῖν προσαποπληρώσαντες τὸ συμβολικὸν εἶδος παραθησόμεθα, ἵνʼ ὡς ἐν ἐπιδρομῇ τὸν ἠθικὸν συμπερανάμενοι λόγον κεφαλαιωδῶς παραστήσωμεν τὴν εἰς Ἕλληνας ἐκ τῆς βαρβάρου φιλοσοφίας διαδοθεῖσαν ὠφέλειαν. μεθʼ ἣν ὑποτύπωσιν ἥ τε πρὸς τοὺς Ἕλληνας καὶ ἡ πρὸς τοὺς Ἰουδαίους κατʼ ἐπιτομὴν τῶν γραφῶν ἔκθεσις παραδοθήσεται καὶ ὅσα ἐν τοῖς πρὸ τούτου Στρωματεῦσι κατὰ τὴν τοῦ προοιμίου εἰσβολὴν ἐν ἑνὶ προθεμένοις τελειώσειν ὑπομνήματι τῷ πλήθει τῶν πραγμάτων ἀναγκαίως δουλεύσασι περιλαβεῖν οὐκ ἐξεγένετο.
Akolouthon dē oimai peri te martyriou dialabein kai tis ho teleios, hois emperilēphthēsetai kata tēn apaitēsin tōn lechthēsomenōn ta parepomena, kai hōs homoiōs te philosophēteon doulǭ te kai eleutherǭ kan anēr ē gynē to genos tynchanę̄; ta te hexēs peri te pisteōs kai peri tou zētein prosapoplērōsantes to symbolikon eidos parathēsometha, hinʼ hōs en epidromę̄ ton ēthikon symperanamenoi logon kephalaiōdōs parastēsōmen tēn eis Hellēnas ek tēs barbarou philosophias diadotheisan ōpheleian. methʼ hēn hypotypōsin hē te pros tous Hellēnas kai hē pros tous Ioudaious katʼ epitomēn tōn graphōn ekthesis paradothēsetai kai hosa en tois pro toutou Strōmateusi kata tēn tou prooimiou eisbolēn en heni prothemenois teleiōsein hypomnēmati tǭ plēthei tōn pragmatōn anankaiōs douleusasi perilabein ouk exegeneto.
It follows, I think, to treat of martyrdom and of who is perfect, in which will be included the consequences as the discussion requires; and how both slave and free must equally philosophize, whether man or woman by sex. Then, having completed what follows about faith and about seeking, we will set out the symbolic form, so that, having briefly concluded the ethical account, we may present in summary the benefit that was passed on to the Greeks from barbarian philosophy. After this outline, the exposition of the Scriptures in summary, against the Greeks and against the Jews, will be handed down, and whatever we could not include in the previous Miscellanies, though we proposed at the opening of the preface to complete it in one notebook, having been necessarily subject to the multitude of subjects.
4.1.2Stählin 2:249
ἐπὶ τούτοις ὕστερον πληρωθείσης ὡς ἔνι μάλιστα τῆς κατὰ τὰ προκείμενα ἡμῖν ὑποτυπώσεως τὰ περὶ ἀρχῶν φυσιολογηθέντα τοῖς τε Ἕλλησι τοῖς τε ἄλλοις βαρβάροις, ὅσων ἧκον εἰς ἡμᾶς αἱ δόξαι, ἐξιστορητέον καὶ πρὸς τὰ κυριώτατα τῶν τοῖς φιλοσόφοις ἐπινενοημένων ἐγχειρητέον. οἷς ἑπόμενον ἂν εἴη μετὰ τὴν ἐπιδρομὴν τῆς θεολογίας τὰ περὶ προφητείας παραδεδομένα διαλαβεῖν, ὡς καὶ τὰς γραφὰς αἷς πεπιστεύκαμεν κυρίας οὔσας ἐξ αὐθεντείας παντοκρατορικῆς ἐπιδείξαντας προϊέναι διʼ αὐτῶν εἱρμῷ δύνασθαι καὶ ἁπάσαις ἐντεῦθεν ταῖς αἱρέσεσιν ἕνα δεικνύναι θεὸν καὶ κύριον παντοκράτορα τὸν διὰ νόμου καὶ προφητῶν, πρὸς δὲ καὶ τοῦ μακαρίου εὐαγγελίου γνησίως κεκηρυγμένον. πολλαὶ δὲ ἡμᾶς αἱ πρὸς τοὺς ἑτεροδόξους ἀντιρρήσεις ἐκδέχονται πειρωμένους τά τε ὑπʼ αὐτῶν προκομιζόμενα ἐγγράφως διαλύεσθαι πείθειν τε αὐτοὺς καὶ ἄκοντας, διʼ αὐτῶν ἐλέγχοντας τῶν γραφῶν.
epi toutois hysteron plērōtheisēs hōs eni malista tēs kata ta prokeimena hēmin hypotypōseōs ta peri archōn physiologēthenta tois te Hellēsi tois te allois barbarois, hosōn hēkon eis hēmas hai doxai, existorēteon kai pros ta kyriōtata tōn tois philosophois epinenoēmenōn encheirēteon. hois hepomenon an eiē meta tēn epidromēn tēs theologias ta peri prophēteias paradedomena dialabein, hōs kai tas graphas hais pepisteukamen kyrias ousas ex authenteias pantokratorikēs epideixantas proïenai diʼ autōn heirmǭ dynasthai kai hapasais enteuthen tais hairesesin hena deiknynai theon kai kyrion pantokratora ton dia nomou kai prophētōn, pros de kai tou makariou euangeliou gnēsiōs kekērygmenon. pollai de hēmas hai pros tous heterodoxous antirrēseis ekdechontai peirōmenous ta te hypʼ autōn prokomizomena engraphōs dialyesthai peithein te autous kai akontas, diʼ autōn elenchontas tōn graphōn.
After these, later, when the outline of our subjects has been completed as far as possible, we must relate what the Greeks and the other barbarians, as far as their opinions have reached us, taught in natural philosophy about first principles, and take on the chief things devised by the philosophers. Following these it would be fitting, after the survey of theology, to treat what has been handed down about prophecy, so that, showing that the Scriptures we have believed are authoritative through the Almighty's own authority, we may be able to proceed through them in order, and from there show to all the heresies one God and Lord Almighty, genuinely proclaimed through the law and the prophets, and also through the blessed gospel. Many refutations of the heterodox await us, as we try to dissolve in writing what they put forward and to persuade them even against their will, convicting them from the Scriptures themselves.
4.1.3Stählin 2:249
Τελειωθείσης τοίνυν τῆς προθέσεως ἡμῖν ἁπάσης ἐν οἷς, ἐὰν θελήσῃ τὸ πνεῦμα, ὑπομνήμασι πρὸς τὴν κατεπείγουσαν ἐξυπηρετοῦμεν χρείαν (πολλὴ γὰρ ἡ τῶν προλέγεσθαι ὀφειλομένων τῆς ἀληθείας ἀνάγκη), τότε δὴ τὴν τῷ ὄντι γνωστικὴν φυσιολογίαν μέτιμεν, τὰ μικρὰ πρὸ τῶν μεγάλων μυηθέντες μυστηρίων, ὡς μηδὲν ἐμποδὼν τῇ θείᾳ ὄντως ἱεροφαντίᾳ γίνεσθαι προκεκαθαρμένων καὶ προδιατετυπωμένων τῶν προϊστορηθῆναι καὶ προπαραδοθῆναι δεόντων. ἡ γοῦν κατὰ τὸν τῆς ἀληθείας κανόνα γνωστικῆς παραδόσεως φυσιολογία, μᾶλλον δὲ ἐποπτεία, ἐκ τοῦ περὶ κοσμογονίας ἤρτηται λόγου, ἐνθένδε ἀναβαίνουσα ἐπὶ τὸ θεολογικὸν εἶδος. ὅθεν εἰκότως τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς παραδόσεως ἀπὸ τῆς προφητευθείσης ποιησόμεθα γενέσεως, ἐν μέρει καὶ τὰ τῶν ἑτεροδόξων παρατιθέμενοι καὶ ὡς οἷόν τε ἡμῖν διαλύεσθαι πειρώμενοι. ἀλλὰ γὰρ τὸ μὲν γεγράψεται, ἢν θεός γε ἐθέλῃ καὶ ὅπως ἂν ἐμπνέῃ, νυνὶ δὲ ἐπὶ τὸ προκείμενον μετιτέον καὶ τὸν ἠθικὸν ἀποπληρωτέον λόγον.
Teleiōtheisēs toinyn tēs protheseōs hēmin hapasēs en hois, ean thelēsę̄ to pneuma, hypomnēmasi pros tēn katepeigousan exypēretoumen chreian (pollē gar hē tōn prolegesthai opheilomenōn tēs alētheias anankē), tote dē tēn tǭ onti gnōstikēn physiologian metimen, ta mikra pro tōn megalōn myēthentes mystēriōn, hōs mēden empodōn tę̄ theią ontōs hierophantią ginesthai prokekatharmenōn kai prodiatetypōmenōn tōn proïstorēthēnai kai proparadothēnai deontōn. hē goun kata ton tēs alētheias kanona gnōstikēs paradoseōs physiologia, mallon de epopteia, ek tou peri kosmogonias ērtētai logou, enthende anabainousa epi to theologikon eidos. hothen eikotōs tēn archēn tēs paradoseōs apo tēs prophēteutheisēs poiēsometha geneseōs, en merei kai ta tōn heterodoxōn paratithemenoi kai hōs hoion te hēmin dialyesthai peirōmenoi. alla gar to men gegrapsetai, ēn theos ge ethelę̄ kai hopōs an empneę̄, nyni de epi to prokeimenon metiteon kai ton ēthikon apoplērōteon logon.
When, then, our whole purpose has been completed in the notes by which, if the Spirit wills, we serve the pressing need (for great is the necessity of what must be said beforehand about the truth), then indeed we will go on to the truly knowing natural philosophy, having been initiated into the lesser mysteries before the greater, so that nothing may stand in the way of the truly divine revelation of sacred things, what must be related and handed down first having been purified and sketched beforehand. The natural philosophy, then, or rather the highest vision, of the knowing tradition according to the rule of truth depends on the account of the origin of the world, ascending from there to the theological form. Fittingly, then, we will begin the tradition from the creation that was prophesied, setting out in part also the views of the heterodox and trying, as far as we can, to refute them. But this will be written, if God wills and as he inspires; now we must go on to the subject before us and complete the ethical account.
Miscellanies 4, chapter 2
4.2.4Stählin 2:249–250
Ἔστω δὲ ἡμῖν τὰ ὑπομνήματα, ὡς πολλάκις εἴπομεν, διὰ τοὺς ἀνέδην ἀπείρως ἐντυγχάνοντας ποικίλως, ὡς αὐτό που τοὔνομά φησι, διεστρωμένα, ἀπʼ ἄλλου εἰς ἄλλο συνεχὲς μετιόντα, καὶ ἕτερον μέν τι κατὰ τὸν εἱρμὸν τῶν λόγων μηνύοντα, ἐνδεικνύμενα δὲ ἄλλο τι. χρυσὸν γὰρ οἱ διζήμενοι, φησὶν Ἡράκλειτος, γῆν πολλὴν ὀρύσσουσι καὶ εὑρίσκουσιν ὀλίγον, οἱ δὲ τοῦ χρυσοῦ ὄντως γένους τὸ συγγενὲς μεταλλεύοντες εὑρήσουσι τὸ πολὺ ἐν ὀλίγῳ· εὑρήσει γὰρ τὸν συνήσοντα ἕνα ἡ γραφή. συλλαμβάνουσι μὲν οὖν πρός τε ἀνάμνησιν πρός τε ἔμφασιν ἀληθείας τῷ οἵῳ τε ζητεῖν μετὰ λόγου οἱ τῶν ὑπομνημάτων Στρωματεῖς.
Estō de hēmin ta hypomnēmata, hōs pollakis eipomen, dia tous anedēn apeirōs entynchanontas poikilōs, hōs auto pou tounoma phēsi, diestrōmena, apʼ allou eis allo syneches metionta, kai heteron men ti kata ton heirmon tōn logōn mēnyonta, endeiknymena de allo ti. chryson gar hoi dizēmenoi, phēsin Hērakleitos, gēn pollēn oryssousi kai heuriskousin oligon, hoi de tou chrysou ontōs genous to syngenes metalleuontes heurēsousi to poly en oligǭ; heurēsei gar ton synēsonta hena hē graphē. syllambanousi men oun pros te anamnēsin pros te emphasin alētheias tǭ hoiǭ te zētein meta logou hoi tōn hypomnēmatōn Strōmateis.
Let our notes, as we have often said, be spread out in varied fashion, as the name itself says, because of those who read them rashly and without experience, passing continually from one thing to another, and indicating one thing by the sequence of the words while showing another. “For those who seek gold,” says Heraclitus, “dig much earth and find little”; but those who are truly of the golden race, mining what is akin, will find much in little. For the writing will find the one who will understand. The Miscellanies of our notes, then, help the one able to seek with reason both to recollect and to see the truth.
4.2.5Stählin 2:250
δεῖ δὲ καὶ ἡμᾶς τούτοις προσεκπονεῖν καὶ προσεφευρίσκειν ἕτερα, ἐπεὶ καὶ τοῖς ὁδὸν ἀπιοῦσιν ἣν οὐκ ἴσασιν ἀρκεῖ τὴν φέρουσαν ὑποσημῆναι μόνον, βαδιστέον δὲ τὸ μετὰ τοῦτο ἤδη καὶ τὴν λοιπὴν ἑαυτοῖς ἐξευρετέον, ὥσπερ φασὶ καὶ δούλῳ τινὶ χρωμένῳ ποτὲ τί ἂν ποιῶν τὸν δεσπότην ἀρέσαιτο ἀνειπεῖν τὴν Πυθίαν, εὑρήσεις ἐὰν ζητήσῃς. χαλεπὸν οὖν τῷ ὄντι ὡς ἔοικεν λανθάνον καλὸν ἐξευρεῖν, ἐπεὶ τῆς ἀρετῆς ἱδρὼς πρόκειται, μακρὸς δὲ καὶ ὄρθιος οἶμος ἐς αὐτὴν καὶ τρηχὺς τὸ πρῶτον· ἐπὴν δʼ εἰς ἄκρον ἵκηται, ῥηιδίη δʼ ἔπειτα πέλει, χαλεπή περ ἐοῦσα. στενὴ γὰρ τῷ ὄντι καὶ τεθλιμμένη ἡ ὁδὸς κυρίου, καὶ βιαστῶν ἐστιν ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ ὅθεν ζήτει φησὶ καὶ εὑρήσεις, τῆς βασιλικῆς ὄντως ἐχόμενος ὁδοῦ καὶ μὴ παρεκτρέχων.
dei de kai hēmas toutois prosekponein kai prosepheuriskein hetera, epei kai tois hodon apiousin hēn ouk isasin arkei tēn pherousan hyposēmēnai monon, badisteon de to meta touto ēdē kai tēn loipēn heautois exeureteon, hōsper phasi kai doulǭ tini chrōmenǭ pote ti an poiōn ton despotēn aresaito aneipein tēn Pythian, heurēseis ean zētēsę̄s. chalepon oun tǭ onti hōs eoiken lanthanon kalon exeurein, epei tēs aretēs hidrōs prokeitai, makros de kai orthios oimos es autēn kai trēchys to prōton; epēn dʼ eis akron hikētai, rhēidiē dʼ epeita pelei, chalepē per eousa. stenē gar tǭ onti kai tethlimmenē hē hodos kyriou, kai biastōn estin hē basileia tou theou hothen zētei phēsi kai heurēseis, tēs basilikēs ontōs echomenos hodou kai mē parektrechōn.
We too must work out and find other things in addition to these; since for those traveling a road they do not know it is enough to point out the way that leads there, but from then on they must walk and discover the rest for themselves; as they say the Pythia answered a slave who once consulted her about what he might do to please his master, “You will find it if you seek.” It is truly difficult, it seems, to find a hidden good, since “sweat is set before virtue, and long and steep is the path to it, and rough at first; but when one reaches the top, then it is easy, though it was hard.” For the Lord's way is truly narrow and hard, and the kingdom of God belongs to the violent. That is why it says, “Seek and you will find,” holding to the truly royal road and not running off it.
4.2.6Stählin 2:250
εἰκότως οὖν πολὺ τὸ γόνιμον ἐν ὀλίγῳ σπέρματι τῶν ἐμπεριεχομένων τῇδε τῇ πραγματείᾳ δογμάτων, ὥσπερ τὸ παμβότανον τοῦ ἀγροῦ, φησὶν ἡ γραφή. ᾗ καὶ τὴν ἐπιγραφὴν κυρίαν ἔχουσιν οἱ τῶν ὑπομνημάτων Στρωματεῖς ἀτεχνῶς κατὰ τὴν παλαιὰν ἐκείνην ἀπηνθισμένοι προσφοράν, περὶ ἧς ὁ Σοφοκλῆς γράφει· ἦν μὲν γὰρ οἰὸς μαλλός, ἦν δʼ ἀπʼ ἀμπέλων σπονδή τε καὶ ῥὰξ εὖ τεθησαυρισμένη, ἐνῆν δὲ παγκάρπεια συμμιγὴς ὀλαῖς λίπος τʼ ἐλαίου καὶ τὸ ποικιλώτατον ξανθῆς μελίσσης κηρόπλαστον ὄργανον.
eikotōs oun poly to gonimon en oligǭ spermati tōn emperiechomenōn tę̄de tę̄ pragmateią dogmatōn, hōsper to pambotanon tou agrou, phēsin hē graphē. hę̄ kai tēn epigraphēn kyrian echousin hoi tōn hypomnēmatōn Strōmateis atechnōs kata tēn palaian ekeinēn apēnthismenoi prosphoran, peri hēs ho Sophoklēs graphei; ēn men gar oios mallos, ēn dʼ apʼ ampelōn spondē te kai rhax eu tethēsaurismenē, enēn de pankarpeia symmigēs olais lipos tʼ elaiou kai to poikilōtaton xanthēs melissēs kēroplaston organon.
Fittingly, then, the doctrines contained in this treatise have great fruitfulness in little seed, like “every herb of the field,” says Scripture. In this the Miscellanies of our notes have a fitting title, being culled, quite simply, like that ancient offering of which Sophocles writes: “There was sheep's wool, and from the vines libation and the grape well stored, and in it mixed fruits of every kind with barley grains, and the fat of the olive, and the most intricate wax-molded work of the tawny bee.”
4.2.7Stählin 2:250–251
αὐτίκα οἱ Στρωματεῖς ἡμῶν, κατὰ τὸν γεωργὸν Τιμοκλέους τοῦ κωμικοῦ σῦκα, ἔλαιον, ἰσχάδας, μέλι προσοδεύουσι, καθάπερ ἐκ παμφόρου χωρίου. διʼ ἣν εὐκαρπίαν ἐπιφέρει· σὺ μὲν εἰρεσιώνην, οὐ γεωργίαν λέγεις, ἐπιφωνεῖν γὰρ εἰώθεσαν Ἀθηναῖοι· εἰρεσιώνη σῦκα φέρει καὶ πίονας ἄρτους καὶ μέλι ἐν κοτύλῃ καὶ ἔλαιον ἀναψήσασθαι. χρὴ τοίνυν πολλάκις ὡς ἐν τοῖς πλοκάνοις διασείοντας καὶ ἀναρριπτοῦντας τὴν πολυμιγίαν τῶν σπερμάτων τὸν πυρὸν ἐκλέγειν.
autika hoi Strōmateis hēmōn, kata ton geōrgon Timokleous tou kōmikou syka, elaion, ischadas, meli prosodeuousi, kathaper ek pamphorou chōriou. diʼ hēn eukarpian epipherei; sy men eiresiōnēn, ou geōrgian legeis, epiphōnein gar eiōthesan Athēnaioi; eiresiōnē syka pherei kai pionas artous kai meli en kotylę̄ kai elaion anapsēsasthai. chrē toinyn pollakis hōs en tois plokanois diaseiontas kai anarriptountas tēn polymigian tōn spermatōn ton pyron eklegein.
For example, our Miscellanies, like the farmer of Timocles the comic poet, bring in figs, olive oil, dried figs, honey, as if from a field that bears everything. Because of this abundance of fruit he adds: “You speak of a harvest wreath, not of farming”; for the Athenians used to exclaim: “The harvest wreath brings figs and rich loaves, and honey in a cup, and oil to rub oneself with.” One must often, then, as in winnowing baskets, shake and toss the mixture of seeds to pick out the wheat.
Miscellanies 4, chapter 3
4.3.8Stählin 2:251–252
οἱ πολλοὶ δὲ τῇ τῶν χειμώνων καταστάσει ὁμοίαν ἔχουσι τὴν διάθεσιν ἀνέδραστόν τε καὶ ἀλόγιστον. Πολλὰ ἀπιστία δέδρακεν ἀγαθὰ καὶ πίστις κακά. ὅ τε Ἐπίχαρμος μέμνασο ἀπιστεῖν φησίν· ἄρθρα ταῦτα τῶν φρενῶν. αὐτίκα τὸ μὲν ἀπιστεῖν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ θάνατον φέρει ὡς τὸ πιστεύειν ζωήν, ἔμπαλιν δὲ τὸ πιστεύειν τῷ ψεύδει, ἀπιστεῖν δὲ τῇ ἀληθείᾳ εἰς ἀπώλειαν ὑποσύρει. ὁ αὐτὸς λόγος ἐπί τε ἐγκρατείας καὶ ἀκρασίας. ἐγκρατεύεσθαι μὲν γὰρ ἀγαθοεργίας κακίας ἔργον, ἀπέχεσθαι δὲ ἀδικίας σωτηρίας ἀρχή. ᾗ μοι δοκεῖ τὸ σάββατον διʼ ἀποχῆς κακῶν ἐγκράτειαν αἰνίσσεσθαι καὶ τί ποτʼ ἐστὶν ᾧ διαφέρει θηρίων ἄνθρωπος. τούτου τε αὖ οἱ τοῦ θεοῦ ἄγγελοι σοφώτεροι· ἠλάττωσας αὐτόν, φησί, βραχύ τι παρʼ ἀγγέλους· οὐ γὰρ ἐπὶ τοῦ κυρίου ἐκδέχονται τὴν γραφήν (καίτοι κἀκεῖνος σάρκα ἔφερεν), ἐπὶ δὲ τοῦ τελείου καὶ γνωστικοῦ τῷ χρόνῳ καὶ τῷ ἐνδύματι ἐλαττουμένου παρὰ τοὺς ἀγγέλους. οὐκοῦν ἄλλο τι σοφίαν παρὰ τὴν ἐπιστήμην λέγω, ἐπεὶ μὴ διαφέρει ζωή· κοινὸν γὰρ τῇ φύσει τῇ θνητῇ, τουτέστι τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ, πρὸς τὸ ἀθανασίας κατηξιωμένον τὸ ζῆν, ἕξιν θεωρίας τε καὶ ἐγκρατείας θατέρου διαφέροντος.
hoi polloi de tę̄ tōn cheimōnōn katastasei homoian echousi tēn diathesin anedraston te kai alogiston. Polla apistia dedraken agatha kai pistis kaka. ho te Epicharmos memnaso apistein phēsin; arthra tauta tōn phrenōn. autika to men apistein tę̄ alētheią thanaton pherei hōs to pisteuein zōēn, empalin de to pisteuein tǭ pseudei, apistein de tę̄ alētheią eis apōleian hyposyrei. ho autos logos epi te enkrateias kai akrasias. enkrateuesthai men gar agathoergias kakias ergon, apechesthai de adikias sōtērias archē. hę̄ moi dokei to sabbaton diʼ apochēs kakōn enkrateian ainissesthai kai ti potʼ estin hǭ diapherei thēriōn anthrōpos. toutou te au hoi tou theou angeloi sophōteroi; ēlattōsas auton, phēsi, brachy ti parʼ angelous; ou gar epi tou kyriou ekdechontai tēn graphēn (kaitoi kakeinos sarka epheren), epi de tou teleiou kai gnōstikou tǭ chronǭ kai tǭ endymati elattoumenou para tous angelous. oukoun allo ti sophian para tēn epistēmēn legō, epei mē diapherei zōē; koinon gar tę̄ physei tę̄ thnētę̄, toutesti tǭ anthrōpǭ, pros to athanasias katēxiōmenon to zēn, hexin theōrias te kai enkrateias thaterou diapherontos.
Most people have a disposition like the state of winter, unsettled and unreasoning. Unbelief has done many good things, and faith many bad. And Epicharmus says, “Remember to disbelieve; these are the joints of the mind.” For example, to disbelieve the truth brings death, as believing it brings life; conversely, to believe falsehood and disbelieve the truth drags one to destruction. The same account holds for self-control and its lack. To abstain from doing good is the work of vice, but to abstain from injustice is the beginning of salvation. For this reason the Sabbath seems to me to hint at self-control through abstinence from evils, and at what it is in which man differs from beasts. And the angels of God are wiser than man: “You made him a little lower than the angels,” it says; for they understand the Scripture not of the Lord (though he too bore flesh), but of the perfect and knowing man, made lower than the angels by time and by his clothing. So I do not call wisdom something other than knowledge, since life does not differ: for living is common to mortal nature, that is, to man, and to what has been thought worthy of immortality, while they differ in the state of contemplation and self-control.
4.3.9Stählin 2:252
ᾗ μοι δοκεῖ καὶ Πυθαγόρας σοφὸν μὲν εἶναι τὸν θεὸν λέγειν μόνον (ἐπεὶ καὶ ὁ ἀπόστολος ἐν τῇ πρὸς Ῥωμαίους ἐπιστολῇ γράφει· εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη γνωρισθέντος, μόνῳ σοφῷ θεῷ διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ), ἑαυτὸν δὲ διὰ φιλίαν τὴν πρὸς τὸν θεὸν φιλόσοφον. διελέγετο γοῦν Μωυσεῖ, φησίν, ὁ θεὸς ὡς φίλος φίλῳ. τὸ μὲν οὖν ἀληθὲς τῷ θεῷ σαφές. αὐτίκα τὴν ἀλήθειαν γεννᾷ, ὁ γνωστικὸς δὲ ἀληθείας ἐρᾷ. ἴσθι, φησί, πρὸς τὸν μύρμηκα, ὦ ὀκνηρέ, καὶ μελίττης γενοῦ μαθητής, ὁ Σολομὼν λέγει· εἰ γὰρ ἑκάστου τῆς οἰκείας φύσεως ἔργον ἓν καὶ βοὸς ὁμοίως καὶ ἵππου καὶ κυνός, τί ἂν φήσαιμεν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τὸ ἔργον τὸ οἰκεῖον; ἔοικεν δʼ οἶμαι, κενταύρῳ, Θετταλικῷ πλάσματι, ἐκ λογικοῦ καὶ ἀλόγου συγκείμενος, ψυχῆς καὶ σώματος, ἀλλὰ τὸ μὲν σῶμα γῆν τε ἐργάζεται καὶ σπεύδει εἰς γῆν, τέταται δὲ ἡ ψυχὴ πρὸς τὸν θεόν, ἥ γε διὰ φιλοσοφίας τῆς ἀληθοῦς παιδευομένη, πρός τε τοὺς ἄνω σπεύδει συγγενεῖς, ἀποστραφεῖσα τῶν τοῦ σώματος ἐπιθυμιῶν πρός τε ταύταις πόνου τε καὶ φόβου· καίτοι πρὸς ἀγαθοῦ καὶ τὴν ὑπομονὴν καὶ τὸν φόβον ἐδείξαμεν. εἰ γὰρ διὰ νόμου ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας, ὡς οἱ κατατρέχοντες τοῦ νόμου φασί, καὶ ›ἄχρι νόμου ἁμαρτία ἦν ἐν κόσμῳ, ‹ ἀλλὰ ›χωρὶς νόμου ἁμαρτία νεκρὰ‹ ἀντᾴδομεν αὐτοῖς. ὅταν γὰρ ἀφέλῃς τὸ αἴτιον τοῦ φόβου, τὴν ἁμαρτίαν, ἀφεῖλες τὸν φόβον, πολὺ δὲ ἔτι μᾶλλον τὴν κόλασιν, ὅταν ἀπῇ τὸ πεφυκὸς ἐπιθυμεῖν· δικαίῳ γὰρ οὐ κεῖται νόμος, ἡ γραφή φησιν.
hę̄ moi dokei kai Pythagoras sophon men einai ton theon legein monon (epei kai ho apostolos en tę̄ pros Rhōmaious epistolę̄ graphei; eis hypakoēn pisteōs eis panta ta ethnē gnōristhentos, monǭ sophǭ theǭ dia Iēsou Christou), heauton de dia philian tēn pros ton theon philosophon. dielegeto goun Mōysei, phēsin, ho theos hōs philos philǭ. to men oun alēthes tǭ theǭ saphes. autika tēn alētheian genną, ho gnōstikos de alētheias erą. isthi, phēsi, pros ton myrmēka, ō oknēre, kai melittēs genou mathētēs, ho Solomōn legei; ei gar hekastou tēs oikeias physeōs ergon hen kai boos homoiōs kai hippou kai kynos, ti an phēsaimen tou anthrōpou to ergon to oikeion? eoiken dʼ oimai, kentaurǭ, Thettalikǭ plasmati, ek logikou kai alogou synkeimenos, psychēs kai sōmatos, alla to men sōma gēn te ergazetai kai speudei eis gēn, tetatai de hē psychē pros ton theon, hē ge dia philosophias tēs alēthous paideuomenē, pros te tous anō speudei syngeneis, apostrapheisa tōn tou sōmatos epithymiōn pros te tautais ponou te kai phobou; kaitoi pros agathou kai tēn hypomonēn kai ton phobon edeixamen. ei gar dia nomou epignōsis hamartias, hōs hoi katatrechontes tou nomou phasi, kai ›achri nomou hamartia ēn en kosmǭ, ‹ alla ›chōris nomou hamartia nekra‹ antądomen autois. hotan gar aphelę̄s to aition tou phobou, tēn hamartian, apheiles ton phobon, poly de eti mallon tēn kolasin, hotan apę̄ to pephykos epithymein; dikaiǭ gar ou keitai nomos, hē graphē phēsin.
For this reason, it seems to me, Pythagoras too said that God alone is wise (since the apostle too writes in the letter to the Romans: “made known to all the nations for the obedience of faith, to the only wise God through Jesus Christ”), and called himself a philosopher because of his friendship with God. God spoke with Moses, at any rate, it says, “as a friend with a friend.” The truth, then, is plain to God; for he begets the truth, while the one who knows loves the truth. “Go to the ant, you sluggard, and become the bee's disciple,” says Solomon. For if each thing has one work proper to its nature, of the ox likewise, the horse, and the dog, what would we say is the proper work of man? He is like, I think, a centaur, a Thessalian fiction, composed of rational and irrational, of soul and body. But the body works the earth and hastens to the earth, while the soul is stretched toward God; the soul, at any rate, trained by true philosophy, hastens to its kindred above, turning away from the desires of the body, and besides these from toil and fear; yet we have shown that both endurance and fear are on the side of the good. For if “through the law comes knowledge of sin,” as those who run down the law say, and “until the law sin was in the world,” we answer them in turn, “but apart from the law sin is dead.” For when you take away the cause of fear, sin, you take away fear, and much more still punishment, when what by nature desires is absent; for “the law is not laid down for the righteous,” Scripture says.
4.3.10Stählin 2:252–253
καλῶς οὖν Ἡράκλειτος δίκης ὄνομα φησὶν οὐκ ἂν ᾔδεσαν, εἰ ταῦτα μὴ ἦν, Σωκράτης δὲ νόμον ἕνεκα ἀγαθῶν οὐκ ἂν γενέσθαι. ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ τοῦτο ἔγνωσαν οἱ κατήγοροι, ὡς ὁ ἀπόστολός φησιν ὅτι ὁ ἀγαπῶν τὸν πλησίον κακὸν οὐκ ἐργάζεται· τὸ γὰρ οὐ φονεύσεις, οὐ μοιχεύσεις, οὐ κλέψεις, καὶ εἴ τις ἑτέρα ἐντολή, ἐν τούτῳ μόνῳ ἀνακεφαλαιοῦται τῷ λόγῳ, τῷ· ›ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν.‹ ταύτῃ που ἀγαπήσεις κύριον τὸν θεόν σου φησὶν ἐξ ὅλης καρδίας σου, καὶ ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν. εἰ δὴ ὁ τὸν πλησίον ἀγαπῶν κακὸν οὐκ ἐργάζεται καὶ πᾶσα ἐντολὴ ἐν τούτῳ ἀνακεφαλαιοῦται, τῷ ἀγαπᾶν τὸν πλησίον, αἱ τὸν φόβον ἐπαρτῶσαι ἐντολαὶ ἀγάπην, οὐ μῖσος κατασκευάζουσιν.
kalōs oun Hērakleitos dikēs onoma phēsin ouk an ę̄desan, ei tauta mē ēn, Sōkratēs de nomon heneka agathōn ouk an genesthai. allʼ oude touto egnōsan hoi katēgoroi, hōs ho apostolos phēsin hoti ho agapōn ton plēsion kakon ouk ergazetai; to gar ou phoneuseis, ou moicheuseis, ou klepseis, kai ei tis hetera entolē, en toutǭ monǭ anakephalaioutai tǭ logǭ, tǭ; ›agapēseis ton plēsion sou hōs seauton.‹ tautę̄ pou agapēseis kyrion ton theon sou phēsin ex holēs kardias sou, kai agapēseis ton plēsion sou hōs seauton. ei dē ho ton plēsion agapōn kakon ouk ergazetai kai pasa entolē en toutǭ anakephalaioutai, tǭ agapan ton plēsion, hai ton phobon epartōsai entolai agapēn, ou misos kataskeuazousin.
Well, then, does Heraclitus say, “They would not have known the name of justice if these things did not exist,” and Socrates, that law would not have come into being for the sake of the good. But the accusers did not know this either, as the apostle says, that “the one who loves his neighbor does no evil. For ‘You shall not murder, you shall not commit adultery, you shall not steal,’ and any other commandment, is summed up in this one word: ‘You shall love your neighbor as yourself.’” In this way, I suppose, “You shall love the Lord your God,” he says, “with all your heart, and you shall love your neighbor as yourself.” If, then, the one who loves his neighbor does no evil, and every commandment is summed up in this, in loving the neighbor, then the commandments that hang fear over us produce love, not hatred.
4.3.11Stählin 2:253
οὔκουν πάθος ὁ φόβος οὗ γεννητικὸς ὁ νόμος. ὥστε ὁ νόμος ἅγιος καὶ τῷ ὄντι πνευματικός ἐστι κατὰ τὸν ἀπόστολον. δεῖ δή, ὡς ἔοικε, τήν γε τοῦ σώματος φύσιν καὶ τὴν τῆς ψυχῆς οὐσίαν πολυπραγμονήσαντας τὸ ἑκατέρου τέλος καταλαβέσθαι καὶ μὴ τὸν θάνατον ἡγεῖσθαι κακόν· ὅτε γὰρ δοῦλοι ἦτε τῆς ἁμαρτίας, φησὶν ὁ ἀπόστολος, ἐλεύθεροι ἦτε τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ. τίνα οὖν καρπὸν εἴχετε τότε; ἐφʼ οἷς νῦν ἐπαισχύνεσθε· τὸ γὰρ τέλος ἐκείνων θάνατος. νῦν δὲ ἐλευθερωθέντες ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, δουλωθέντες δὲ τῷ θεῷ, ἔχετε τὸν καρπὸν ὑμῶν εἰς ἁγιασμόν, τὸ δὲ τέλος ζωὴν αἰώνιον. τὰ γὰρ ὀψώνια τῆς ἁμαρτίας θάνατος, τὸ δὲ χάρισμα τοῦ θεοῦ ζωὴ αἰώνιος ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ τῷ κυρίῳ ἡμῶν.
oukoun pathos ho phobos hou gennētikos ho nomos. hōste ho nomos hagios kai tǭ onti pneumatikos esti kata ton apostolon. dei dē, hōs eoike, tēn ge tou sōmatos physin kai tēn tēs psychēs ousian polypragmonēsantas to hekaterou telos katalabesthai kai mē ton thanaton hēgeisthai kakon; hote gar douloi ēte tēs hamartias, phēsin ho apostolos, eleutheroi ēte tę̄ dikaiosynę̄. tina oun karpon eichete tote? ephʼ hois nyn epaischynesthe; to gar telos ekeinōn thanatos. nyn de eleutherōthentes apo tēs hamartias, doulōthentes de tǭ theǭ, echete ton karpon hymōn eis hagiasmon, to de telos zōēn aiōnion. ta gar opsōnia tēs hamartias thanatos, to de charisma tou theou zōē aiōnios en Christǭ Iēsou tǭ kyriǭ hēmōn.
So the fear that the law produces is not a passion. So “the law is holy” and truly “spiritual,” according to the apostle. We must, it seems, inquire closely into the nature of the body and the substance of the soul, understand the end of each, and not consider death an evil. “For when you were slaves of sin,” says the apostle, “you were free with regard to righteousness. What fruit, then, did you have then? Things of which you are now ashamed; for the end of those things is death. But now, having been freed from sin and enslaved to God, you have your fruit for sanctification, and the end, eternal life. For the wages of sin is death, but the gift of God is eternal life in Christ Jesus our Lord.”
4.3.12Stählin 2:253–254
Κινδυνεύει τοίνυν δεδεῖχθαι θάνατος μὲν εἶναι ἡ ἐν σώματι κοινωνία τῆς ψυχῆς ἁμαρτητικῆς οὔσης, ζωὴ δὲ ὁ χωρισμὸς τῆς ἁμαρτίας. πολλοὶ δὲ οἱ ἐν ποσὶ χάρακες καὶ τάφροι τῆς ἐπιθυμίας τά τε ὀργῆς καὶ θυμοῦ βάραθρα, ἃ διαπηδᾶν ἀνάγκη καὶ πᾶσαν ἀποφεύγειν τὴν τῶν ἐπιβουλῶν ἀνασκευὴν τὸν μηκέτι διʼ ἐσόπτρου τὴν γνῶσιν τοῦ θεοῦ κατοψόμενον· ἥμισυ γάρ τʼ ἀρετῆς ἀποαίνυται εὐρύοπα Ζεὺς ἀνέρος, εὖτʼ ἄν μιν κατὰ δούλιον ἦμαρ ἕλῃσι. δούλους δὲ τοὺς ὑπὸ ἁμαρτίαν καὶ ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις πεπραμένους, τοὺς φιληδόνους καὶ φιλοσωμάτους οἶδεν ἡ γραφή, καὶ θηρία μᾶλλον ἢ ἀνθρώπους, τοὺς παρομοιωθέντας τοῖς κτήνεσι, θηλυμανεῖς ἵππους ἐπὶ τὰς τῶν πλησίον χρεμετίζοντας· ὄνος ὑβριστὴς ὁ ἀκόλαστος, λύκος ἄγριος ὁ πλεονεκτικὸς καὶ ὄφις ὁ ἀπατεών. ὁ τοίνυν ἀπὸ τοῦ σώματος τῆς ψυχῆς χωρισμὸς ὁ παρʼ ὅλον τὸν βίον μελετώμενος τῷ φιλοσόφῳ προθυμίαν κατασκευάζει γνωστικὴν εὐκόλως δύνασθαι φέρειν τὸν τῆς φύσεως θάνατον, διάλυσιν ὄντα τῶν πρὸς τὸ σῶμα τῆς ψυχῆς δεσμῶν· ἐμοὶ γὰρ κόσμος ἐσταύρωται κἀγὼ τῷ κόσμῳ λέγει, βιῶ δὲ ἤδη ἐν σαρκὶ ὢν ὡς ἐν οὐρανῷ πολιτευόμενος.
Kindyneuei toinyn dedeichthai thanatos men einai hē en sōmati koinōnia tēs psychēs hamartētikēs ousēs, zōē de ho chōrismos tēs hamartias. polloi de hoi en posi charakes kai taphroi tēs epithymias ta te orgēs kai thymou barathra, ha diapēdan anankē kai pasan apopheugein tēn tōn epiboulōn anaskeuēn ton mēketi diʼ esoptrou tēn gnōsin tou theou katopsomenon; hēmisy gar tʼ aretēs apoainytai euryopa Zeus aneros, eutʼ an min kata doulion ēmar helę̄si. doulous de tous hypo hamartian kai tais hamartiais pepramenous, tous philēdonous kai philosōmatous oiden hē graphē, kai thēria mallon ē anthrōpous, tous paromoiōthentas tois ktēnesi, thēlymaneis hippous epi tas tōn plēsion chremetizontas; onos hybristēs ho akolastos, lykos agrios ho pleonektikos kai ophis ho apateōn. ho toinyn apo tou sōmatos tēs psychēs chōrismos ho parʼ holon ton bion meletōmenos tǭ philosophǭ prothymian kataskeuazei gnōstikēn eukolōs dynasthai pherein ton tēs physeōs thanaton, dialysin onta tōn pros to sōma tēs psychēs desmōn; emoi gar kosmos estaurōtai kagō tǭ kosmǭ legei, biō de ēdē en sarki ōn hōs en ouranǭ politeuomenos.
It has perhaps been shown, then, that death is the fellowship of the soul in the body while it is sinful, and life is separation from sin. Many are the stakes and ditches of desire in our path, and the pits of anger and wrath, which one must leap over, and must avoid the whole construction of plots, if he is to see the knowledge of God no longer through a mirror. “For far-seeing Zeus takes away half a man's virtue, when the day of slavery seizes him.” Scripture knows as slaves those under sin and sold to sins, the lovers of pleasure and of the body, and as beasts rather than men, those who have become like cattle, “horses mad for females, neighing after their neighbors' wives.” The licentious man is an insolent donkey, the greedy a wild wolf, and the deceiver a serpent. The separation of the soul from the body, then, practiced by the philosopher throughout his life, produces a knowing readiness to bear easily the natural death, which is the loosing of the soul's bonds to the body. “For the world has been crucified to me, and I to the world,” he says; and I live now, while in the flesh, as a citizen of heaven.
Miscellanies 4, chapter 4
4.4.13Stählin 2:254
Ὅθεν εἰκότως καλούμενος ὁ γνωστικὸς ὑπακούει ῥᾳδίως καὶ τῷ τὸ σωμάτιον αἰτοῦντι φέρων προσδίδωσι καὶ τὰ πάθη, προαποδυόμενος τοῦ σαρκίου ταῦτα, οὐχ ὑβρίζων τὸν πειράζοντα, παιδεύων δέ, οἶμαι, καὶ ἐλέγχων, ἐξ οἵης τιμῆς καὶ οἵου μήκεος ὄλβου, ὥς φησιν Ἐμπεδοκλῆς, ὧδε ἐλθὼν μετὰ θνητῶν ἀναστρέφεται. οὗτος ὡς ἀληθῶς μαρτυρεῖ αὑτῷ μὲν τὸ εἶναι πιστῷ γνησίῳ πρὸς τὸν θεόν, τῷ πειράζοντι δὲ μάτην ἐζηλωκέναι τὸν διʼ ἀγάπης πιστόν, τῷ δʼ αὖ κυρίῳ τὴν ἔνθεον πρὸς τὴν διδασκαλίαν πειθώ, ἧς οὐκ ἀποστήσεται θανάτου φόβῳ, ναὶ μὴν καὶ τοῦ κηρύγματος τὴν ἀλήθειαν συμβεβαιοῖ ἔργῳ, δυνατὸν εἶναι δεικνὺς τὸν πρὸς ὃν σπεύδει θεόν. θαυμάσαις ἂν τὴν ἀγάπην αὐτοῦ, ἣν ἐναργῶς διδάσκει εὐχαρίστως ἑνούμενος πρὸς τὸ συγγενές, οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ τιμίῳ αἵματι τοὺς ἀπίστους δυσωπῶν.
Hothen eikotōs kaloumenos ho gnōstikos hypakouei rhądiōs kai tǭ to sōmation aitounti pherōn prosdidōsi kai ta pathē, proapodyomenos tou sarkiou tauta, ouch hybrizōn ton peirazonta, paideuōn de, oimai, kai elenchōn, ex hoiēs timēs kai hoiou mēkeos olbou, hōs phēsin Empedoklēs, hōde elthōn meta thnētōn anastrephetai. houtos hōs alēthōs martyrei hautǭ men to einai pistǭ gnēsiǭ pros ton theon, tǭ peirazonti de matēn ezēlōkenai ton diʼ agapēs piston, tǭ dʼ au kyriǭ tēn entheon pros tēn didaskalian peithō, hēs ouk apostēsetai thanatou phobǭ, nai mēn kai tou kērygmatos tēn alētheian symbebaioi ergǭ, dynaton einai deiknys ton pros hon speudei theon. thaumasais an tēn agapēn autou, hēn enargōs didaskei eucharistōs henoumenos pros to syngenes, ou mēn alla kai tǭ timiǭ haimati tous apistous dysōpōn.
Fittingly, then, the one who knows, when called, obeys readily and gives up his poor body to the one who demands it, having stripped off its passions beforehand; not insulting the tempter, but, I think, instructing and convicting him, from “what honor and what height of bliss,” as Empedocles says, he has come here to live among mortals. This man truly bears witness to himself that he is faithful and genuine toward God; to the tempter, that he envied in vain the one faithful through love; and to the Lord, of the inspired persuasion toward his teaching, from which he will not depart for fear of death. Indeed, he also confirms by his deed the truth of the preaching, showing that the God to whom he hastens is powerful. You would marvel at his love, which he clearly shows, joyfully united to what is akin, and shaming unbelievers with his precious blood.
4.4.14Stählin 2:254–255
οὗτος οὖν οὐ φόβῳ τὸ ἀρνεῖσθαι Χριστὸν διὰ τὴν ἐντολὴν ἐκκλινεῖ, ἵνα δὴ φόβῳ μάρτυς γένηται· οὐ μὴν οὐδὲ ἐλπίδι δωρεῶν ἡτοιμασμένων πιπράσκων τὴν πίστιν, ἀγάπῃ δὲ πρὸς τὸν κύριον ἀσμενέστατα τοῦδε τοῦ βίου ἀπολυθήσεται, χάριν ἴσως καὶ τῷ τὴν αἰτίαν παρασχομένῳ τῆς ἐνθένδε ἐξόδου καὶ τῷ τὴν ἐπιβουλὴν τεχνασαμένῳ ἐγνωκώς, πρόφασιν εὔλογον λαβών, ἣν οὐκ αὐτὸς παρέσχεν, ἑαυτὸν ἐπιδεῖξαι ὅς ἐστι, τῷ μὲν διʼ ὑπομονῆς, διʼ ἀγάπης δὲ κυρίῳ, διʼ ἧς ἀνεδείκνυτο τῷ κυρίῳ καὶ πρὸ τῆς γενέσεως τὴν προαίρεσιν τοῦ μαρτυρήσοντος εἰδότι. εὐθαρσήσας τοίνυν πρὸς φίλον τὸν κύριον, ὑπὲρ οὗ καὶ τὸ σῶμα ἑκὼν ἐπιδέδωκεν, πρὸς δὲ καὶ τὴν ψυχήν, ὡς οἱ δικασταὶ προσεδόκησαν, ἔρχεται, φίλε κασίγνητε ποιητικῶς τε ἀκούσας πρὸς τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν διὰ τὴν τοῦ βίου ὁμοιότητα. αὐτίκα τελείωσιν τὸ μαρτύριον καλοῦμεν οὐχ ὅτι τέλος τοῦ βίου ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἔλαβεν ὡς οἱ λοιποί, ἀλλʼ ὅτι τέλειον ἔργον ἀγάπης ἐνεδείξατο. καὶ οἱ παλαιοὶ δὲ τῶν παρʼ Ἕλλησι τῶν ἐν πολέμῳ ἀποθανόντων τὴν τελευτὴν ἐπαινοῦσιν, οὐ τὸ βιαίως ἀποθνῄσκειν συμβουλεύοντες, ἀλλʼ ὅτι ὁ κατὰ πόλεμον τελευτῶν ἀδεὴς τοῦ θανεῖν ἀπήλλακται, ἀποτμηθεὶς τοῦ σώματος, καὶ οὐ προκαμὼν τῇ ψυχῇ οὐδὲ καταμαλακισθείς, οἷα περὶ τὰς νόσους πάσχουσιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι· ἀπαλλάττονται γὰρ θηλυκευόμενοι καὶ ἱμειρόμενοι τοῦ ζῆν.
houtos oun ou phobǭ to arneisthai Christon dia tēn entolēn ekklinei, hina dē phobǭ martys genētai; ou mēn oude elpidi dōreōn hētoimasmenōn pipraskōn tēn pistin, agapę̄ de pros ton kyrion asmenestata toude tou biou apolythēsetai, charin isōs kai tǭ tēn aitian paraschomenǭ tēs enthende exodou kai tǭ tēn epiboulēn technasamenǭ egnōkōs, prophasin eulogon labōn, hēn ouk autos pareschen, heauton epideixai hos esti, tǭ men diʼ hypomonēs, diʼ agapēs de kyriǭ, diʼ hēs anedeiknyto tǭ kyriǭ kai pro tēs geneseōs tēn proairesin tou martyrēsontos eidoti. eutharsēsas toinyn pros philon ton kyrion, hyper hou kai to sōma hekōn epidedōken, pros de kai tēn psychēn, hōs hoi dikastai prosedokēsan, erchetai, phile kasignēte poiētikōs te akousas pros tou sōtēros hēmōn dia tēn tou biou homoiotēta. autika teleiōsin to martyrion kaloumen ouch hoti telos tou biou ho anthrōpos elaben hōs hoi loipoi, allʼ hoti teleion ergon agapēs enedeixato. kai hoi palaioi de tōn parʼ Hellēsi tōn en polemǭ apothanontōn tēn teleutēn epainousin, ou to biaiōs apothnę̄skein symbouleuontes, allʼ hoti ho kata polemon teleutōn adeēs tou thanein apēllaktai, apotmētheis tou sōmatos, kai ou prokamōn tę̄ psychę̄ oude katamalakistheis, hoia peri tas nosous paschousin hoi anthrōpoi; apallattontai gar thēlykeuomenoi kai himeiromenoi tou zēn.
He, then, will not avoid denying Christ out of fear, because of the commandment, so as to become a martyr out of fear; nor will he sell his faith in the hope of prepared gifts; but out of love for the Lord he will most gladly be released from this life, perhaps even feeling grateful to the one who provided the occasion of his departure and to the one who devised the plot, having received a reasonable occasion, which he did not provide himself, to show what he is: to the one by patience, to the Lord by love, by which he was shown to the Lord, who knew even before his birth the choice of the one who would bear witness. Taking courage, then, he goes to the Lord as to a friend, for whom he willingly gave up his body, and also his soul, as the judges supposed, hearing from our Savior, in the poet's words, “Dear brother,” because of the likeness of his life. So we call martyrdom perfection, not because the man has received the end of his life like the rest, but because he has shown the perfect work of love. And the ancients among the Greeks praise the end of those who die in war, not advising dying violently, but because the one who dies in war departs without fear of death, cut off from the body, and not having grown weary in soul beforehand nor softened, as people suffer in diseases; for these depart effeminate and longing to live.
4.4.15Stählin 2:255
διὰ ταῦτα οὐδὲ καθαρὰν ἀπολύουσιν τὴν ψυχήν, ἀλλʼ ὥσπερ μολυβδίδας τὰς ἐπιθυμίας μεθʼ ἑαυτῆς φερομένην, εἰ μή τινες τούτων ἐλλόγιμοι κατʼ ἀρετὴν γεγόνασιν. εἰσὶ δὲ καὶ οἳ ἐν πολέμῳ μετʼ ἐπιθυμιῶν ἀποθνῄσκουσιν, οὐδὲν οὗτοι διαφέροντες ἢ εἰ καὶ νόσῳ κατεμαραίνοντο. εἰ τοίνυν ἡ πρὸς θεὸν ὁμολογία μαρτυρία ἐστί, πᾶσα ἡ καθαρῶς πολιτευσαμένη ψυχὴ μετʼ ἐπιγνώσεως τοῦ θεοῦ, ἡ ταῖς ἐντολαῖς ὑπακηκουῖα, μάρτυς ἐστὶ καὶ βίῳ καὶ λόγῳ, ὅπως ποτὲ τοῦ σώματος ἀπαλλάττεται, οἷον αἷμα τὴν πίστιν ἀνὰ τὸν βίον ἅπαντα, πρὸς δὲ καὶ τὴν ἔξοδον προχέουσα. αὐτίκα ὁ κύριος ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ φησίν· ὃς ἂν καταλείψῃ πατέρα ἢ μητέρα ἢ ἀδελφοὺς καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς ἕνεκεν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου καὶ τοῦ ὀνόματός μου μακάριος οὑτοσί, οὐ τὴν ἁπλῆν ἐμφαίνων μαρτυρίαν, ἀλλὰ τὴν γνωστικήν, ὡς κατὰ τὸν κανόνα τοῦ εὐαγγελίου πολιτευσάμενος διὰ τῆς πρὸς τὸν κύριον ἀγάπης· γνῶσιν γὰρ σημαίνει ἡ τοῦ ὀνόματος εἴδησις καὶ ἡ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου νόησις, ἀλλʼ οὐ ψιλὴν τὴν προσηγορίαν, ἀπολιπεῖν μὲν γένος τὸ κοσμικόν, ἀπολιπεῖν δὲ οὐσίαν καὶ κτῆσιν πᾶσαν διὰ τὸ ἀπροσπαθῶς βιοῦν. μήτηρ γοῦν ἡ πατρὶς καὶ τροφὸς ἀλληγορεῖται, πατέρες δὲ οἱ νόμοι οἱ πολιτικοί. ἃ δὴ ὑπεροπτέον εὐχαρίστως τῷ μεγαλόφρονι δικαίῳ ἕνεκεν τοῦ φίλον γενέσθαι τῷ θεῷ καὶ τυχεῖν τῶν δεξιῶν μερῶν τοῦ ἁγιάσματος, καθάπερ καὶ οἱ ἀπόστολοι πεποιήκασιν.
dia tauta oude katharan apolyousin tēn psychēn, allʼ hōsper molybdidas tas epithymias methʼ heautēs pheromenēn, ei mē tines toutōn ellogimoi katʼ aretēn gegonasin. eisi de kai hoi en polemǭ metʼ epithymiōn apothnę̄skousin, ouden houtoi diapherontes ē ei kai nosǭ katemarainonto. ei toinyn hē pros theon homologia martyria esti, pasa hē katharōs politeusamenē psychē metʼ epignōseōs tou theou, hē tais entolais hypakēkouia, martys esti kai biǭ kai logǭ, hopōs pote tou sōmatos apallattetai, hoion haima tēn pistin ana ton bion hapanta, pros de kai tēn exodon procheousa. autika ho kyrios en tǭ euangeliǭ phēsin; hos an kataleipsę̄ patera ē mētera ē adelphous kai ta hexēs heneken tou euangeliou kai tou onomatos mou makarios houtosi, ou tēn haplēn emphainōn martyrian, alla tēn gnōstikēn, hōs kata ton kanona tou euangeliou politeusamenos dia tēs pros ton kyrion agapēs; gnōsin gar sēmainei hē tou onomatos eidēsis kai hē tou euangeliou noēsis, allʼ ou psilēn tēn prosēgorian, apolipein men genos to kosmikon, apolipein de ousian kai ktēsin pasan dia to aprospathōs bioun. mētēr goun hē patris kai trophos allēgoreitai, pateres de hoi nomoi hoi politikoi. ha dē hyperopteon eucharistōs tǭ megalophroni dikaiǭ heneken tou philon genesthai tǭ theǭ kai tychein tōn dexiōn merōn tou hagiasmatos, kathaper kai hoi apostoloi pepoiēkasin.
For this reason they do not release the soul pure, but carrying its desires with it like lead weights, unless some of them have become distinguished in virtue. And there are some who die in war with their desires, differing in nothing from those who wasted away with disease. If, then, confession to God is martyrdom, every soul that has lived purely with the knowledge of God, that has obeyed the commandments, is a martyr both by life and by word, however it is released from the body, pouring out its faith like blood throughout its whole life and at its departure too. For example, the Lord says in the Gospel: “Whoever leaves father or mother or brothers,” and so on, “for the sake of the gospel and my name,” blessed is he; indicating not simple martyrdom, but that of the one who knows, as having lived according to the rule of the gospel through love for the Lord. For knowledge of the name and understanding of the gospel signify knowledge, not the bare name: to leave one's worldly family, and to leave property and all possessions, by living free from passion. Mother is allegorized as country and nurse; fathers as the laws of the city. These the magnanimous righteous man must scorn with thanksgiving, for the sake of becoming a friend of God and obtaining the right-hand places of the sanctuary, as the apostles did.
4.4.16Stählin 2:255–256
Εἶτα Ἡράκλειτος μέν φησιν ἀρηιφάτους θεοὶ τιμῶσι καὶ ἄνθρωποι, καὶ Πλάτων ἐν τῷ πέμπτῳ τῆς Πολιτείας γράφει· τῶν δὲ δὴ ἀποθανόντων ἐπὶ στρατείας ὃς ἂν εὐδοκιμήσας τελευτήσῃ, ἆρʼ οὐ πρῶτον μὲν φήσομεν τοῦ χρυσοῦ γένους εἶναι; πάντων γε μάλιστα. τὸ δὲ χρυσοῦν γένος πρὸς θεῶν ἐστι τῶν κατʼ οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν ἀπλανῆ σφαῖραν, οἳ μάλιστα τὴν ἡγεμονίαν ἔχουσι τῆς κατʼ ἀνθρώπους προνοίας. τινὲς δὲ τῶν αἱρετικῶν τοῦ κυρίου παρακηκοότες ἀσεβῶς ἅμα καὶ δειλῶς φιλοζωοῦσι, μαρτυρίαν λέγοντες ἀληθῆ εἶναι τὴν τοῦ ὄντως ὄντος γνῶσιν θεοῦ, ὅπερ καὶ ἡμεῖς ὁμολογοῦμεν, φονέα δὲ εἶναι αὐτὸν ἑαυτοῦ καὶ αὐθέντην τὸν διὰ θανάτου ὁμολογήσαντα, καὶ ἄλλα τοιαῦτα δειλίας σοφίσματα εἰς μέσον κομίζοντες. πρὸς οὓς εἰρήσεται ὁπόταν καιρὸς ἀπαιτῇ· διαφέρονται γὰρ ἡμῖν περὶ ἀρχάς.
Eita Hērakleitos men phēsin arēiphatous theoi timōsi kai anthrōpoi, kai Platōn en tǭ pemptǭ tēs Politeias graphei; tōn de dē apothanontōn epi strateias hos an eudokimēsas teleutēsę̄, arʼ ou prōton men phēsomen tou chrysou genous einai? pantōn ge malista. to de chrysoun genos pros theōn esti tōn katʼ ouranon kai tēn aplanē sphairan, hoi malista tēn hēgemonian echousi tēs katʼ anthrōpous pronoias. tines de tōn hairetikōn tou kyriou parakēkootes asebōs hama kai deilōs philozōousi, martyrian legontes alēthē einai tēn tou ontōs ontos gnōsin theou, hoper kai hēmeis homologoumen, phonea de einai auton heautou kai authentēn ton dia thanatou homologēsanta, kai alla toiauta deilias sophismata eis meson komizontes. pros hous eirēsetai hopotan kairos apaitę̄; diapherontai gar hēmin peri archas.
Then Heraclitus says, “Gods and men honor those slain by Ares”; and Plato writes in the fifth book of the Republic: “Of those who die on campaign, whoever dies having distinguished himself, shall we not say first that he is of the golden race? Most certainly.” And the golden race is among the gods who are in heaven and the fixed sphere, who have most of all the governance of providence over men. But some of the heretics, having misunderstood the Lord, cling to life impiously and cowardly, saying that true martyrdom is the knowledge of the truly existing God, which we too confess, but that the one who confesses by death is his own murderer and slayer; and they bring forward other such sophisms of cowardice. To them we will speak when the occasion requires; for they differ from us on first principles.
4.4.17Stählin 2:256
ψέγομεν δὲ καὶ ἡμεῖς τοὺς ἐπιπηδήσαντας τῷ θανάτῳ· εἰσὶ γάρ τινες οὐχ ἡμέτεροι, μόνου τοῦ ὀνόματος κοινωνοί, οἳ δὴ αὑτοὺς παραδιδόναι σπεύδουσι τῇ πρὸς τὸν δημιουργὸν ἀπεχθείᾳ, οἱ ἄθλιοι θανατῶντες. τούτους ἐξάγειν ἑαυτοὺς ἀμαρτύρως λέγομεν, κἂν δημοσίᾳ κολάζωνται. οὐ γὰρ τὸν χαρακτῆρα σῴζουσι τοῦ μαρτυρίου τοῦ πιστοῦ, τὸν ὄντως θεὸν μὴ γνωρίσαντες, θανάτῳ δὲ ἑαυτοὺς ἐπιδιδόασι κενῷ, καθάπερ καὶ οἱ τῶν Ἰνδῶν γυμνοσοφισταὶ ματαίῳ πυρί. ἐπεὶ δʼ οἱ ψευδώνυμοι οὗτοι τὸ σῶμα διαβάλλουσι, μαθέτωσαν ὅτι καὶ ἡ τοῦ σώματος εὐαρμοστία συμβάλλεται τῇ διανοίᾳ πρὸς τὴν εὐφυΐαν.
psegomen de kai hēmeis tous epipēdēsantas tǭ thanatǭ; eisi gar tines ouch hēmeteroi, monou tou onomatos koinōnoi, hoi dē hautous paradidonai speudousi tę̄ pros ton dēmiourgon apechtheią, hoi athlioi thanatōntes. toutous exagein heautous amartyrōs legomen, kan dēmosią kolazōntai. ou gar ton charaktēra sǭzousi tou martyriou tou pistou, ton ontōs theon mē gnōrisantes, thanatǭ de heautous epididoasi kenǭ, kathaper kai hoi tōn Indōn gymnosophistai mataiǭ pyri. epei dʼ hoi pseudōnymoi houtoi to sōma diaballousi, mathetōsan hoti kai hē tou sōmatos euarmostia symballetai tę̄ dianoią pros tēn euphyïan.
We too blame those who have leapt upon death; for there are some, not ours but sharing only the name, who hasten to give themselves up out of hatred for the Creator, the wretches, longing for death. These, we say, depart from life without martyrdom, even if they are publicly punished. For they do not preserve the character of faithful martyrdom, not having known the true God, but give themselves up to an empty death, like the gymnosophists of the Indians to a vain fire. And since these falsely named ones slander the body, let them learn that the harmony of the body too contributes to the mind's good disposition.
4.4.18Stählin 2:256
διʼ ὃ ἐν τῷ τρίτῳ τῆς Πολιτείας ὁ Πλάτων εἶπεν, ὃν μάλιστα ἐπιβοῶνται μάρτυρα τὴν γένεσιν κακίζοντες, ἐπιμελεῖσθαι σώματος δεῖν ψυχῆς ἕνεκα ἁρμονίας, διʼ οὗ βιοῦν τέ ἐστι καὶ ὀρθῶς βιοῦν καταγγέλλοντα τῆς ἀληθείας τὸ κήρυγμα· διὰ γὰρ τοῦ ζῆν καὶ τῆς ὑγείας ὁδεύοντες ἐκμανθάνομεν τὴν γνῶσιν. ᾧ δὲ οὐδὲ τὸ τυχὸν προσελθεῖν ἔστιν εἰς ὕψος ἄνευ τοῦ ἐν τοῖς ἀναγκαίοις εἶναι καὶ διʼ αὐτῶν πάντα ποιεῖν τὰ πρὸς τὴν γνῶσιν συντείνοντα, τὸ εὖ ζῆν τούτῳ πῶς οὐχ αἱρετέον; ἐν γοῦν τῷ ζῆν τὸ εὖ ζῆν κατορθοῦται, καὶ εἰς ἕξιν ἀιδιότητος παραπέμπεται ὁ διὰ σώματος μελετήσας εὐζωίαν.
diʼ ho en tǭ tritǭ tēs Politeias ho Platōn eipen, hon malista epiboōntai martyra tēn genesin kakizontes, epimeleisthai sōmatos dein psychēs heneka harmonias, diʼ hou bioun te esti kai orthōs bioun katangellonta tēs alētheias to kērygma; dia gar tou zēn kai tēs hygeias hodeuontes ekmanthanomen tēn gnōsin. hǭ de oude to tychon proselthein estin eis hypsos aneu tou en tois anankaiois einai kai diʼ autōn panta poiein ta pros tēn gnōsin synteinonta, to eu zēn toutǭ pōs ouch haireteon? en goun tǭ zēn to eu zēn katorthoutai, kai eis hexin aidiotētos parapempetai ho dia sōmatos meletēsas euzōian.
That is why Plato, whom they most call on as witness when they condemn birth, said in the third book of the Republic that one must care for the body for the sake of the soul's harmony, through which one can live and live rightly, proclaiming the preaching of the truth. For by the way of life and health we learn knowledge. And for one who cannot reach the height at all without being in necessary things and doing through them everything that contributes to knowledge, how is living well not to be chosen? In living, at any rate, living well is achieved; and the one who has practiced the good life through the body is sent on to a state of eternity.
Miscellanies 4, chapter 5
4.5.19Stählin 2:256–257
Θαυμάζειν δὲ ἄξιον καὶ τῶν Στωικῶν οἵτινές φασι μηδὲν τὴν ψυχὴν ὑπὸ τοῦ σώματος διατίθεσθαι μήτε πρὸς κακίαν ὑπὸ τῆς νόσου μήτε πρὸς ἀρετὴν ὑπὸ τῆς ὑγιείας· ἀλλʼ ἀμφότερα ταῦτα λέγουσιν ἀδιάφορα εἶναι. καίτοι καὶ Ἰὼβ ἐγκρατείας ὑπερβολῇ καὶ πίστεως ὑπεροχῇ πένης μὲν ἐκ πλουσίου, ἄτιμος δὲ ἐξ ἐνδόξου, αἰσχρὸς δὲ ἐκ καλοῦ καὶ νοσερὸς ἐξ ὑγιεινοῦ γενόμενος ἡμῖν τέ ἐστι παράδειγμα ἀγαθὸν ἀναγεγραμμένος, δυσωπῶν τὸν πειράσαντα, εὐλογῶν τὸν πλάσαντα, φέρων οὕτω τὰ δεύτερα ὡς καὶ τὰ πρότερα, διδάσκων εὖ μάλα τοῖς περιστατικοῖς ἅπασιν οἷόν τε εἶναι καλῶς χρῆσθαι τὸν γνωστικόν. καὶ ὅτι γε εἰκόνες τὰ παλαιὰ κατορθώματα εἰς τὰ ἡμεδαπὰ ἐπανορθώματα ἔκκεινται, ἐμφαίνων ὁ ἀπόστολος ὥστε τοὺς δεσμούς μου φησὶ φανεροὺς ἐν Χριστῷ γενέσθαι ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ πραιτωρίῳ καὶ τοῖς λοιποῖς πᾶσι, καὶ τοὺς πλείονας τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἐν κυρίῳ πεποιθότας τοῖς δεσμοῖς μου περισσοτέρως τολμᾶν ἀφόβως τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ λαλεῖν, ἐπεὶ καὶ τὰ μαρτύρια ἐπιστροφῆς ἐστι παραδείγματα ἐνδόξως ἡγιασμένα. ὅσα γὰρ ἐγράφη, λέγει, εἰς τὴν ἡμετέραν διδασκαλίαν ἐγράφη, ἵνα διὰ τῆς ὑπομονῆς καὶ τῆς παρακλήσεως τῶν γραφῶν τὴν ἐλπίδα ἔχωμεν τῆς παρακλήσεως.
Thaumazein de axion kai tōn Stōikōn hoitines phasi mēden tēn psychēn hypo tou sōmatos diatithesthai mēte pros kakian hypo tēs nosou mēte pros aretēn hypo tēs hygieias; allʼ amphotera tauta legousin adiaphora einai. kaitoi kai Iōb enkrateias hyperbolę̄ kai pisteōs hyperochę̄ penēs men ek plousiou, atimos de ex endoxou, aischros de ek kalou kai noseros ex hygieinou genomenos hēmin te esti paradeigma agathon anagegrammenos, dysōpōn ton peirasanta, eulogōn ton plasanta, pherōn houtō ta deutera hōs kai ta protera, didaskōn eu mala tois peristatikois hapasin hoion te einai kalōs chrēsthai ton gnōstikon. kai hoti ge eikones ta palaia katorthōmata eis ta hēmedapa epanorthōmata ekkeintai, emphainōn ho apostolos hōste tous desmous mou phēsi phanerous en Christǭ genesthai en holǭ tǭ praitōriǭ kai tois loipois pasi, kai tous pleionas tōn adelphōn en kyriǭ pepoithotas tois desmois mou perissoterōs tolman aphobōs ton logon tou theou lalein, epei kai ta martyria epistrophēs esti paradeigmata endoxōs hēgiasmena. hosa gar egraphē, legei, eis tēn hēmeteran didaskalian egraphē, hina dia tēs hypomonēs kai tēs paraklēseōs tōn graphōn tēn elpida echōmen tēs paraklēseōs.
It is worth wondering at the Stoics too, who say that the soul is in no way affected by the body, neither toward vice by disease nor toward virtue by health, but they say both are indifferent. Yet Job, by excess of self-control and preeminence of faith, having become poor from rich, dishonored from glorious, ugly from beautiful, and sick from healthy, has been recorded as a good example for us, shaming the tempter, blessing the one who formed him, bearing the latter things as the former, teaching very well that the one who knows can use all circumstances well. And that the ancient righteous deeds are set out as images for our corrections the apostle shows when he says: “so that my bonds became manifest in Christ in the whole praetorium and to all the rest; and most of the brothers, trusting in the Lord because of my bonds, dare more boldly to speak the word of God without fear”; since martyrdoms too are gloriously sanctified examples of conversion. “For whatever was written,” he says, “was written for our instruction, so that through endurance and the encouragement of the Scriptures we might have hope” of encouragement.
4.5.20Stählin 2:257
Ἔοικε δέ πως παρούσης ἀλγηδόνος ἡ ψυχὴ νεύειν ἀπʼ αὐτῆς καὶ τίμιον ἡγεῖσθαι τὴν ἀπαλλαγὴν τῆς παρούσης ὀδύνης. ἀμέλει κατʼ ἐκεῖνο καιροῦ καὶ μαθημάτων ῥᾳθυμεῖ, ὁπηνίκα καὶ αἱ ἄλλαι ἀπημέληνται ἀρεταί. καὶ οὐ δήπου τὴν ἀρετὴν αὐτὴν πάσχειν φαμέν (οὐδὲ γὰρ νοσεῖ ἡ ἀρετή), ὁ δὲ ἀμφοῖν μετεσχηκώς, ἀρετῆς καὶ νόσου, ὑπὸ τοῦ κατεπείγοντος θλίβεται· κἂν μὴ καταμεγαλοφρονῶν τύχῃ, ὁ μηδέπω τὴν ἕξιν τῆς ἐγκρατείας περιποιησάμενος ἐξίσταται, ἴσον τε εὑρίσκεται τῷ φεύγειν τὸ μὴ ὑπομεῖναι.
Eoike de pōs parousēs algēdonos hē psychē neuein apʼ autēs kai timion hēgeisthai tēn apallagēn tēs parousēs odynēs. amelei katʼ ekeino kairou kai mathēmatōn rhąthymei, hopēnika kai hai allai apēmelēntai aretai. kai ou dēpou tēn aretēn autēn paschein phamen (oude gar nosei hē aretē), ho de amphoin meteschēkōs, aretēs kai nosou, hypo tou katepeigontos thlibetai; kan mē katamegalophronōn tychę̄, ho mēdepō tēn hexin tēs enkrateias peripoiēsamenos existatai, ison te heurisketai tǭ pheugein to mē hypomeinai.
When pain is present, the soul seems somehow to turn away from it and to count release from the present suffering precious. At that time, indeed, it neglects studies too, when the other virtues are also neglected. We do not, of course, say that virtue itself suffers (for virtue is not sick); but the one who shares in both, virtue and sickness, is distressed by what presses on him; and unless he is magnanimous, the one who has not yet acquired the state of self-control is beside himself, and not enduring is found to be equal to fleeing.
4.5.21Stählin 2:257
ὁ δὲ αὐτὸς λόγος καὶ περὶ πενίας, ἐπεὶ καὶ αὕτη τῶν ἀναγκαίων, τῆς θεωρίας λέγω καὶ τῆς καθαρᾶς ἀναμαρτησίας, ἀπασχολεῖν βιάζεται τὴν ψυχήν, περὶ τοὺς πορισμοὺς διατρίβειν ἀναγκάζουσα τὸν μὴ ὅλον ἑαυτὸν διʼ ἀγάπης ἀνατεθεικότα τῷ θεῷ, ὥσπερ ἔμπαλιν ἥ τε ὑγίεια καὶ ἡ τῶν ἐπιτηδείων ἀφθονία ἐλευθέραν καὶ ἀνεμπόδιστον φυλάσσει τὴν ψυχὴν τὴν εὖ χρῆσθαι τοῖς παροῦσι γινώσκουσαν· θλῖψιν, γάρ φησιν ὁ ἀπόστολος, τῇ σαρκὶ ἕξουσιν οἱ τοιοῦτοι, ἐγὼ δὲ ὑμῶν φείδομαι. θέλω γὰρ ὑμᾶς ἀμερίμνους εἶναι πρὸς τὸ εὔσχημον καὶ εὐπάρεδρον τῷ κυρίῳ ἀπερισπάστως.
ho de autos logos kai peri penias, epei kai hautē tōn anankaiōn, tēs theōrias legō kai tēs katharas anamartēsias, apascholein biazetai tēn psychēn, peri tous porismous diatribein anankazousa ton mē holon heauton diʼ agapēs anatetheikota tǭ theǭ, hōsper empalin hē te hygieia kai hē tōn epitēdeiōn aphthonia eleutheran kai anempodiston phylassei tēn psychēn tēn eu chrēsthai tois parousi ginōskousan; thlipsin, gar phēsin ho apostolos, tę̄ sarki hexousin hoi toioutoi, egō de hymōn pheidomai. thelō gar hymas amerimnous einai pros to euschēmon kai euparedron tǭ kyriǭ aperispastōs.
The same account holds for poverty too, since it too forces the soul away from necessary things, I mean contemplation and pure sinlessness, compelling one who has not wholly devoted himself to God through love to spend his time on providing means; just as, conversely, health and abundance of necessities keep free and unhindered the soul that knows how to use well what is present. “For such people,” says the apostle, “will have affliction in the flesh, and I would spare you. For I want you to be free from anxiety, for what is seemly and devoted to the Lord without distraction.”
4.5.22Stählin 2:257–258
τούτων οὖν ἀνθεκτέον οὐ διʼ αὐτά, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸ σῶμα, ἡ δὲ τοῦ σώματος ἐπιμέλεια διὰ τὴν ψυχὴν γίνεται, ἐφʼ ἣν ἡ ἀναφορά. ἐν ταύτῃ γὰρ μαθεῖν ἀνάγκη τὸν γνωστικῶς πολιτευόμενον τὰ προσήκοντα, ἐπεὶ τό γε μὴ εἶναι τὴν ἡδονὴν ἀγαθὸν ὡμολόγηται ἐκ τοῦ κακὰς εἶναί τινας ἡδονάς. τούτῳ τῷ λόγῳ ἀναφαίνεται τὸ ἀγαθὸν κακὸν καὶ τὸ κακὸν ἀγαθόν. ἔπειτα δὲ εἴ τινας μὲν αἱρούμεθα τῶν ἡδονῶν, τινὰς δὲ φεύγομεν, οὐ πᾶσα ἡδονὴ ἀγαθόν. ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἀλγηδόνων ὁ αὐτὸς λόγος, ὧν τὰς μὲν ὑπομένομεν, τὰς δὲ φεύγομεν, ἡ δὲ αἵρεσις καὶ φυγὴ κατʼ ἐπιστήμην γίνεται· ὥστε τὴν ἐπιστήμην εἶναι τὸ ἀγαθόν, οὐ τὴν ἡδονήν, διʼ ἣν ἔστιν ὅτε καὶ τὴν ποιὰν ἡδονὴν αἱρησόμεθα.
toutōn oun anthekteon ou diʼ auta, alla dia to sōma, hē de tou sōmatos epimeleia dia tēn psychēn ginetai, ephʼ hēn hē anaphora. en tautę̄ gar mathein anankē ton gnōstikōs politeuomenon ta prosēkonta, epei to ge mē einai tēn hēdonēn agathon hōmologētai ek tou kakas einai tinas hēdonas. toutǭ tǭ logǭ anaphainetai to agathon kakon kai to kakon agathon. epeita de ei tinas men hairoumetha tōn hēdonōn, tinas de pheugomen, ou pasa hēdonē agathon. homoiōs de kai epi tōn algēdonōn ho autos logos, hōn tas men hypomenomen, tas de pheugomen, hē de hairesis kai phygē katʼ epistēmēn ginetai; hōste tēn epistēmēn einai to agathon, ou tēn hēdonēn, diʼ hēn estin hote kai tēn poian hēdonēn hairēsometha.
These things, then, must be held to not for their own sake but for the body's; and the care of the body comes about for the sake of the soul, to which it refers. For in it the one who lives in the way of knowledge must learn what is fitting; since that pleasure is not the good is agreed from the fact that some pleasures are bad. On this account the good would appear bad and the bad good. Then, if we choose some pleasures and flee others, not every pleasure is good. Likewise the same account holds for pains, some of which we endure and others we flee; and choice and avoidance come about by knowledge; so that knowledge is the good, not pleasure, for the sake of which we will sometimes choose a certain kind of pleasure.
4.5.23Stählin 2:258
αὐτίκα ὁ μάρτυς ἡδονὴν τὴν διʼ ἐλπίδος διὰ τῆς παρούσης ἀλγηδόνος αἱρεῖται. εἰ δὲ κατὰ μὲν δίψαν ἡ ἀλγηδὼν νοεῖται, κατὰ τὴν πόσιν δὲ ἡ ἡδονή, ποιητικὴ τῆς ἡδονῆς ἡ ἀλγηδὼν ἡ προϋπάρξασα γίνεται· ἀγαθοῦ δὲ ποιητικὸν τὸ κακὸν οὐκ ἂν γένοιτο, οὐθέτερον οὖν κακόν. ὁ μὲν οὖν Σιμωνίδης, καθάπερ καὶ Ἀριστοτέλης, ὑγιαίνειν μὲν ἄριστον ἀνδρί, γράφει, δεύτερον δὲ φυὰν καλὸν γενέσθαι, τρίτον δὲ πλουτεῖν ἀδόλως. καὶ ὁ Μεγαρεὺς Θέογνις· χρὴ πενίην φεύγοντα καὶ εἰς βαθυκήτεα πόντον ῥιπτεῖν καὶ πετρέων, Κύρνε, κατʼ ἠλιβάτων. ἔμπαλιν δὲ Ἀντιφάνης ὁ κωμικὸς ὁ πλοῦτος φησί, † πλέον θάτερον βλέποντας παραλαβὼν τυφλοὺς ποιεῖ.
autika ho martys hēdonēn tēn diʼ elpidos dia tēs parousēs algēdonos haireitai. ei de kata men dipsan hē algēdōn noeitai, kata tēn posin de hē hēdonē, poiētikē tēs hēdonēs hē algēdōn hē proÿparxasa ginetai; agathou de poiētikon to kakon ouk an genoito, outheteron oun kakon. ho men oun Simōnidēs, kathaper kai Aristotelēs, hygiainein men ariston andri, graphei, deuteron de phyan kalon genesthai, triton de ploutein adolōs. kai ho Megareus Theognis; chrē peniēn pheugonta kai eis bathykētea ponton rhiptein kai petreōn, Kyrne, katʼ ēlibatōn. empalin de Antiphanēs ho kōmikos ho ploutos phēsi, † pleon thateron blepontas paralabōn typhlous poiei.
For example, the martyr chooses, through present pain, the pleasure that comes through hope. And if pain is understood in thirst and pleasure in drinking, the pain that existed before becomes productive of the pleasure; but evil could not be productive of good; so neither is evil. Simonides, then, as also Aristotle, writes: “Health is best for a man, second to be born beautiful in form, third to be rich without guile.” And Theognis of Megara: “To flee poverty, Cyrnus, one should throw oneself into the deep sea and down from lofty rocks.” Conversely Antiphanes the comic poet says that wealth, … taking those who see more than others, makes them blind.
4.5.24Stählin 2:258–259
αὐτίκα πρὸς τῶν ποιητῶν τυφλὸς ἐκ γενετῆς κηρύττεται· καί οἱ γείνατο κοῦρον, ὃς οὐκ ἠλέκτορα εἶδεν, φησὶν ὁ Χαλκιδεὺς Εὐφορίων. κακὸν οὖν ἦν τι παίδευμα εἰς εὐανδρίαν ὁ πλοῦτος ἀνθρώποισιν αἵ τʼ ἄγαν τρυφαί, ἐν τῷ Ἀλεξάνδρῳ ὁ Εὐριπίδης πεποίηκεν. εἴρηταί γε· ἡ πενία σοφίαν ἔλαχε διὰ τὸ συγγενές. ἁ φιλοχρηματία δὲ οὐ Σπάρταν μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ πᾶσαν πόλιν ἕλοι ἄν. οὔκουν μόνον τοῦτο νόμισμα λευκὸς ἄργυρος ἢ χρυσός ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ ἀρετὴ βροτοῖς, ὥς φησιν ὁ Σοφοκλῆς.
autika pros tōn poiētōn typhlos ek genetēs kēryttetai; kai hoi geinato kouron, hos ouk ēlektora eiden, phēsin ho Chalkideus Euphoriōn. kakon oun ēn ti paideuma eis euandrian ho ploutos anthrōpoisin hai tʼ agan tryphai, en tǭ Alexandrǭ ho Euripidēs pepoiēken. eirētai ge; hē penia sophian elache dia to syngenes. ha philochrēmatia de ou Spartan monon, alla kai pasan polin heloi an. oukoun monon touto nomisma leukos argyros ē chrysos estin, alla kai hē aretē brotois, hōs phēsin ho Sophoklēs.
For example, wealth is proclaimed by the poets as blind from birth: “And she bore him a son who never saw the light,” says Euphorion of Chalcis. “Wealth was a bad training in manliness for men, and excessive luxury,” Euripides has written in the Alexander. It has been said: “Poverty has obtained wisdom because of kinship.” “Love of money would take not only Sparta but every city.” So not only is “white silver or gold currency, but virtue too for mortals,” as Sophocles says.
Miscellanies 4, chapter 6
4.6.25Stählin 2:259
Ὁ σωτὴρ ἡμῶν ὁ ἅγιος καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν πνευματικῶν καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν αἰσθητῶν τὴν πενίαν καὶ τὸν πλοῦτον καὶ τὰ τούτοις ὅμοια ἔταξεν· εἰπὼν γὰρ μακάριοι οἱ δεδιωγμένοι ἕνεκεν δικαιοσύνης σαφῶς ἡμᾶς διδάσκει ἐν πάσῃ περιστάσει τὸν μάρτυρα ζητεῖν· ὃς ἐὰν πτωχὸς ᾖ διὰ δικαιοσύνην, μαρτυρεῖ δικαιοσύνην ἀγαθὸν εἶναι ἣν ἠγάπησεν, κἂν πεινῇ κἂν διψῇ διὰ δικαιοσύνην, μαρτυρεῖ δικαιοσύνην τὸ ἄριστον τυγχάνειν.
Ho sōtēr hēmōn ho hagios kai epi tōn pneumatikōn kai epi tōn aisthētōn tēn penian kai ton plouton kai ta toutois homoia etaxen; eipōn gar makarioi hoi dediōgmenoi heneken dikaiosynēs saphōs hēmas didaskei en pasę̄ peristasei ton martyra zētein; hos ean ptōchos ę̄ dia dikaiosynēn, martyrei dikaiosynēn agathon einai hēn ēgapēsen, kan peinę̄ kan dipsę̄ dia dikaiosynēn, martyrei dikaiosynēn to ariston tynchanein.
Our holy Savior applied poverty, wealth, and the like both to spiritual and to sensible things. For in saying, “Blessed are those who are persecuted for righteousness' sake,” he clearly teaches us to seek the martyr in every circumstance. The one who is poor for righteousness' sake bears witness that righteousness, which he loved, is good; and if he hungers and thirsts for righteousness' sake, he bears witness that righteousness is the best.
4.6.26Stählin 2:259–260
ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ ὁ κλαίων καὶ ὁ πενθῶν διὰ δικαιοσύνην μαρτυρεῖ τῷ βελτίστῳ νόμῳ εἶναι καλῷ. ὡς οὖν τοὺς δεδιωγμένους, οὕτω δὲ καὶ τοὺς πεινῶντας καὶ τοὺς διψῶντας διὰ δικαιοσύνην μακαρίους λέγει, ὁ τὸν γνήσιον ἀποδεχόμενος πόθον ὃν οὐδὲ λιμὸς διακόψαι ἴσχυσεν. κἂν τὴν δικαιοσύνην αὐτὴν πεινῶσι, μακάριοι· μακάριοι δὲ καὶ οἱ πτωχοὶ εἴτε πνεύματι εἴτε περιουσίᾳ διὰ δικαιοσύνην δηλονότι. μή τι οὖν οὐχ ἁπλῶς τοὺς πένητας, ἀλλὰ τοὺς ἐθελήσαντας διὰ δικαιοσύνην πτωχοὺς γενέσθαι, τούτους μακαρίζει, τοὺς καταμεγαλοφρονήσαντας τῶν ἐνταῦθα τιμῶν εἰς περιποίησιν τἀγαθοῦ, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τοὺς καλοὺς τὸ ἦθος καὶ τὸ σῶμα διʼ ἁγνείαν γενομένους τούς τε εὐγενεῖς καὶ ἐνδόξους, τοὺς διὰ δικαιοσύνην εἰς υἱοθεσίαν ἐληλακότας καὶ διὰ τοῦτο εἰληφότας ἐξουσίαν τέκνα θεοῦ γενέσθαι καὶ ἐπάνω ὄφεων καὶ σκορπίων περιπατεῖν κυριεύειν τε καὶ δαιμόνων καὶ τῆς τοῦ ἀντικειμένου στρατιᾶς.
homoiōs de kai ho klaiōn kai ho penthōn dia dikaiosynēn martyrei tǭ beltistǭ nomǭ einai kalǭ. hōs oun tous dediōgmenous, houtō de kai tous peinōntas kai tous dipsōntas dia dikaiosynēn makarious legei, ho ton gnēsion apodechomenos pothon hon oude limos diakopsai ischysen. kan tēn dikaiosynēn autēn peinōsi, makarioi; makarioi de kai hoi ptōchoi eite pneumati eite periousią dia dikaiosynēn dēlonoti. mē ti oun ouch haplōs tous penētas, alla tous ethelēsantas dia dikaiosynēn ptōchous genesthai, toutous makarizei, tous katamegalophronēsantas tōn entautha timōn eis peripoiēsin tagathou, homoiōs de kai tous kalous to ēthos kai to sōma diʼ hagneian genomenous tous te eugeneis kai endoxous, tous dia dikaiosynēn eis huiothesian elēlakotas kai dia touto eilēphotas exousian tekna theou genesthai kai epanō opheōn kai skorpiōn peripatein kyrieuein te kai daimonōn kai tēs tou antikeimenou stratias.
Likewise the one who weeps and mourns for righteousness' sake bears witness to the best law, that it is good. As, then, he calls blessed those who are persecuted, so also those who hunger and thirst for righteousness, he who accepts the genuine longing that not even hunger could break off. And even if they hunger for righteousness itself, they are blessed. Blessed too are the poor, whether in spirit or in substance, clearly for righteousness' sake. Does he not, then, bless not simply the poor, but those who have wished to become poor for righteousness' sake, who have looked down on the honors here in order to gain the good? Likewise too those who have become beautiful in character and body through purity, and the well-born and glorious, who through righteousness have come to adoption and so have received “authority to become children of God” and “to walk on snakes and scorpions,” and to master demons and the army of the adversary.
4.6.27Stählin 2:260
καὶ ὅλως ἡ κυριακὴ ἄσκησις ἀπάγει τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ σώματος εὐχαρίστως, εἴ γε καὶ αὐτὴ αὑτὴν κατὰ μετάθεσιν ἀποσπᾷ. ὁ γὰρ εὑρὼν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἀπολέσει αὐτὴν καὶ ὁ ἀπολέσας εὑρήσει αὐτήν, ἢν μόνον τὸ ἐπίκηρον ἡμῶν ἐπιβάλωμεν τῇ τοῦ θεοῦ ἀφθαρσίᾳ. θέλημα δὲ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐπίγνωσις τοῦ θεοῦ, ἥτις ἐστὶ κοινωνία ἀφθαρσίας. ὁ τοίνυν ἐπιγινώσκων κατὰ τὸν τῆς μετανοίας λόγον ἁμαρτωλὸν τὴν ψυχὴν ἀπολέσει αὐτὴν τῆς ἁμαρτίας ἧς ἀπέσπασται, ἀπολέσας δὲ εὑρήσει κατὰ τὴν ὑπακοὴν τὴν ἀναζήσασαν μὲν τῇ πίστει, ἀποθανοῦσαν δὲ τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ. τοῦτʼ οὖν ἐστι τὸ εὑρεῖν τὴν ψυχήν, τὸ γνῶναι ἑαυτόν.
kai holōs hē kyriakē askēsis apagei tēn psychēn tou sōmatos eucharistōs, ei ge kai autē hautēn kata metathesin apospą. ho gar heurōn tēn psychēn autou apolesei autēn kai ho apolesas heurēsei autēn, ēn monon to epikēron hēmōn epibalōmen tę̄ tou theou aphtharsią. thelēma de tou theou epignōsis tou theou, hētis esti koinōnia aphtharsias. ho toinyn epiginōskōn kata ton tēs metanoias logon hamartōlon tēn psychēn apolesei autēn tēs hamartias hēs apespastai, apolesas de heurēsei kata tēn hypakoēn tēn anazēsasan men tę̄ pistei, apothanousan de tę̄ hamartią. toutʼ oun esti to heurein tēn psychēn, to gnōnai heauton.
And in general the Lord's discipline draws the soul away from the body with thanksgiving, if indeed it separates itself by transference. For “the one who finds his soul will lose it, and the one who loses it will find it,” if only we join what is perishable in us to the incorruption of God. And the will of God is the knowledge of God, which is fellowship with incorruption. The one, then, who recognizes his soul as sinful, according to the account of repentance, will lose it from the sin from which it has been torn away; and having lost it, he will find it, according to obedience, having come to life again by faith and died to sin. This, then, is to find one's soul: to know oneself.
4.6.28Stählin 2:260
τὴν δὲ μεταστροφὴν τὴν ἐπὶ τὰ θεῖα οἱ μὲν Στωικοὶ ἐκ μεταβολῆς φασι γενέσθαι μεταβαλούσης τῆς ψυχῆς εἰς σοφίαν, Πλάτων δὲ τῆς ψυχῆς ἐπὶ τὰ ἀμείνω περιαγωγὴν λαβούσης καὶ μεταστροφὴν ἐκ νυκτερινῆς τινος ἡμέρας. αὐτίκα εὔλογον ἐξαγωγὴν τῷ σπουδαίῳ συγχωροῦσι καὶ οἱ φιλόσοφοι, εἴ τι τοῦ πράσσειν αὐτὸν οὕτω στερήσειεν αὐτόν, ὡς μηκέτι ἀπολελεῖφθαι αὐτῷ μηδὲ ἐλπίδα τῆς πράξεως· ὁ δὲ ἐκβιασάμενος δικαστὴς ἀρνεῖσθαι τὸν ἠγαπημένον διελέγχειν μοι δοκεῖ τὸν φίλον τῷ θεῷ καὶ τὸν μή. ἐνταῦθα οὐδὲ σύγκρισις ἔτι ἀπολείπεται τί ἄν τις καὶ μᾶλλον ἕλοιτο, ἀπειλὴν ἀνθρωπίνην ἢ τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ θεοῦ· καί πως ἡ τῶν κακῶν πράξεων ἀποχὴ μείωσίς τε καὶ σβέσις τῶν κακιῶν εὑρίσκεται, καθαιρουμένης τῆς ἐνεργείας αὐτῶν διὰ τῆς ἀπραξίας, καὶ τοῦτʼ ἔστι, πώλησόν σου τὰ ὑπάρχοντα καὶ δὸς πτωχοῖς, καὶ δεῦρο ἀκολούθει μοι, τουτέστιν τοῖς ὑπὸ τοῦ κυρίου λεγομένοις ἕπου.
tēn de metastrophēn tēn epi ta theia hoi men Stōikoi ek metabolēs phasi genesthai metabalousēs tēs psychēs eis sophian, Platōn de tēs psychēs epi ta ameinō periagōgēn labousēs kai metastrophēn ek nykterinēs tinos hēmeras. autika eulogon exagōgēn tǭ spoudaiǭ synchōrousi kai hoi philosophoi, ei ti tou prassein auton houtō sterēseien auton, hōs mēketi apoleleiphthai autǭ mēde elpida tēs praxeōs; ho de ekbiasamenos dikastēs arneisthai ton ēgapēmenon dielenchein moi dokei ton philon tǭ theǭ kai ton mē. entautha oude synkrisis eti apoleipetai ti an tis kai mallon heloito, apeilēn anthrōpinēn ē tēn agapēn tou theou; kai pōs hē tōn kakōn praxeōn apochē meiōsis te kai sbesis tōn kakiōn heurisketai, kathairoumenēs tēs energeias autōn dia tēs apraxias, kai toutʼ esti, pōlēson sou ta hyparchonta kai dos ptōchois, kai deuro akolouthei moi, toutestin tois hypo tou kyriou legomenois hepou.
The Stoics say that the turning to divine things comes from a change, the soul changing into wisdom; and Plato, from the soul receiving a turning around toward better things and a conversion from a kind of nighttime day. Indeed, the philosophers too allow the good man a reasonable departure from life, if anything should so deprive him of acting that no hope of action is left to him. But the judge who tries to force someone to deny the One he loves seems to me to show who is a friend of God and who is not. Here no comparison even remains of what one would rather choose, a human threat or the love of God. And somehow abstaining from evil deeds is found to be a lessening and extinguishing of vices, their activity being destroyed through inaction. And this is: “Sell your possessions and give to the poor, and come, follow me”; that is, follow what the Lord says.
4.6.29Stählin 2:260–261
ὑπάρχοντα δέ φασί τινες αὐτὸν εἰρηκέναι τὰ ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ ἀλλότρια, καὶ πῶς τοῖς πτωχοῖς ταῦτα διανέμεται, οὐκ ἔχουσιν εἰπεῖν· ἀλλʼ ὁ θεὸς γὰρ πάντα πᾶσι μερίζει κατʼ ἀξίαν δικαίας οὔσης τῆς οἰκονομίας· καταφρονήσας οὖν, φησί, τῶν ὑπαρχόντων, ἃ ὁ θεὸς μερίζει, διὰ τῆς σῆς μεγαλειότητος, ἕπου τοῖς ὑπʼ ἐμοῦ λεγομένοις, σπεύδων πρὸς τὴν τοῦ πνεύματος ἄνοδον, οὐκ ἀποχῇ κακῶν μόνον δικαιωθείς, πρὸς δὲ καὶ τῇ κυριακῇ τελειωθεὶς εὐποιίᾳ. αὐτίκα τὸν καυχώμενον τελείως τὰ ἐκ τοῦ νόμου προστάγματα πεπληρωκέναι διήλεγχε μὴ τὸν πλησίον ἀγαπήσαντα· εὐεργεσίαν δὲ ἀγάπη ἐπαγγέλλεται ἡ κυριεύουσα τοῦ σαββάτου κατʼ ἐπανάβασιν γνωστικήν. δεῖν δʼ οἶμαι μήτε διὰ φόβον κολάσεως μήτε διά τινας ἐπαγγελίας δόσεως, διʼ αὐτὸ δὲ τὸ ἀγαθὸν προσεληλυθέναι τῷ σωτηρίῳ λόγῳ.
hyparchonta de phasi tines auton eirēkenai ta en tę̄ psychę̄ allotria, kai pōs tois ptōchois tauta dianemetai, ouk echousin eipein; allʼ ho theos gar panta pasi merizei katʼ axian dikaias ousēs tēs oikonomias; kataphronēsas oun, phēsi, tōn hyparchontōn, ha ho theos merizei, dia tēs sēs megaleiotētos, hepou tois hypʼ emou legomenois, speudōn pros tēn tou pneumatos anodon, ouk apochę̄ kakōn monon dikaiōtheis, pros de kai tę̄ kyriakę̄ teleiōtheis eupoiią. autika ton kauchōmenon teleiōs ta ek tou nomou prostagmata peplērōkenai diēlenche mē ton plēsion agapēsanta; euergesian de agapē epangelletai hē kyrieuousa tou sabbatou katʼ epanabasin gnōstikēn. dein dʼ oimai mēte dia phobon kolaseōs mēte dia tinas epangelias doseōs, diʼ auto de to agathon proselēlythenai tǭ sōtēriǭ logǭ.
Some say that by “possessions” he meant the things foreign in the soul, and they cannot say how these are distributed to the poor. But God distributes all things to all according to worth, since his arrangement is just. “Despising, then,” he says, “the possessions that God distributes, by your greatness of soul, follow what I say,” hastening to the ascent of the Spirit, justified not only by abstaining from evils but also perfected by the Lord's beneficence. For example, he convicted the one who boasted of having perfectly fulfilled the commandments of the law of not having loved his neighbor; and love, which is lord of the Sabbath by a knowing ascent, promises beneficence. And I think one should come to the saving Word neither through fear of punishment nor through some promise of a gift, but for the sake of the good itself.
4.6.30Stählin 2:261
οἱ τοιοῦτοι ἐκ δεξιῶν ἵστανται τοῦ ἁγιάσματος· οἱ δὲ διὰ τῆς τῶν φθαρτῶν δόσεως οἰόμενοι ἀντικαταλλάσσεσθαι τὰ τῆς ἀφθαρσίας ἐν τῇ τῶν δυεῖν ἀδελφῶν παραβολῇ μίσθιοι κέκληνται, καὶ μή τί γε ἐνταῦθα τὸ καθʼ ὁμοίωσιν καὶ εἰκόνα ἀνακύπτει, ἵνʼ οἳ μὲν κατὰ τὴν πρὸς τὸν σωτῆρα ὁμοίωσιν συμπολιτεύωνται, οἱ δὲ ἐξ εὐωνύμων ἱστάμενοι κατὰ τὴν τούτων εἰκόνα. † τρία τοίνυν ἐστὶν ἀπὸ τῆς ἀληθείας, μιᾶς ῥίζης ἀμφοῖν ὑποκειμένης, αἱρέσεως δὲ οὐκ ἴσης, μᾶλλον δὲ τῆς κατὰ τὴν αἵρεσιν διαφορᾶς οὐκ ἴσης. διαφέρει δʼ οἶμαι, τὸ κατὰ μίμησιν ἑλέσθαι τοῦ κατὰ γνῶσιν ἑλομένου, ὡς τὸ πεπυρωμένον καὶ τὸ πεφωτισμένον τοῦ πυρὸς καὶ τοῦ φωτός. φῶς οὖν τῆς κατὰ τὴν γραφὴν ὁμοιότητος ὁ Ἰσραήλ, ὁ δὲ ἄλλος εἰκών. τί δὲ βούλεται ἡ τοῦ Λαζάρου παραβολὴ τῷ κυρίῳ πλουσίου καὶ πένητος εἰκόνα δεικνύουσα; τί δὲ οὐδεὶς δύναται δυσὶ δουλεύειν κυρίοις, θεῷ καὶ μαμωνᾷ, τὴν φιλαργυρίαν οὕτως ὀνομάσαντος τοῦ κυρίου;
hoi toioutoi ek dexiōn histantai tou hagiasmatos; hoi de dia tēs tōn phthartōn doseōs oiomenoi antikatallassesthai ta tēs aphtharsias en tę̄ tōn dyein adelphōn parabolę̄ misthioi keklēntai, kai mē ti ge entautha to kathʼ homoiōsin kai eikona anakyptei, hinʼ hoi men kata tēn pros ton sōtēra homoiōsin sympoliteuōntai, hoi de ex euōnymōn histamenoi kata tēn toutōn eikona. † tria toinyn estin apo tēs alētheias, mias rhizēs amphoin hypokeimenēs, haireseōs de ouk isēs, mallon de tēs kata tēn hairesin diaphoras ouk isēs. diapherei dʼ oimai, to kata mimēsin helesthai tou kata gnōsin helomenou, hōs to pepyrōmenon kai to pephōtismenon tou pyros kai tou phōtos. phōs oun tēs kata tēn graphēn homoiotētos ho Israēl, ho de allos eikōn. ti de bouletai hē tou Lazarou parabolē tǭ kyriǭ plousiou kai penētos eikona deiknyousa? ti de oudeis dynatai dysi douleuein kyriois, theǭ kai mamōną, tēn philargyrian houtōs onomasantos tou kyriou?
Such people stand on the right of the sanctuary; but those who think to exchange the things of incorruption by giving perishable things are called hired servants in the parable of the two brothers. And does not “according to likeness and image” emerge here, so that some live as citizens according to likeness to the Savior, while those standing on the left live according to their image? … There are, then, three things from the truth, one root underlying both, but the choice not equal, or rather the difference in choice not equal. It differs, I think, to choose by imitation from one who chooses by knowledge, as what has been heated differs from fire and what has been lit from light. Israel, then, is the light of the likeness according to Scripture, while the other is the image. And what does the Lord mean by the parable of Lazarus, showing the image of a rich man and a poor man? And what by “No one can serve two masters, God and mammon,” the Lord so naming love of money?
4.6.31Stählin 2:261–262
αὐτίκα εἰς τὴν κλῆσιν τοῦ δείπνου οἱ φιλοκτήμονες κληθέντες οὐκ ἀπαντῶσιν, οὐ διὰ τὸ κεκτῆσθαι, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸ προσπαθῶς κεκτῆσθαι. αἱ ἀλώπεκες ἄρα φωλεοὺς ἔχουσι. τοὺς ἀμφὶ τὸν μεταλλευόμενον καὶ γεωρυχούμενον διατρίβοντας πλοῦτον κακοήθεις ἀνθρώπους καὶ γηγενεῖς ἀλώπεκας προσεῖπεν. ὡσαύτως καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ Ἡρώδου ὑπάγετε, εἴπατε τῇ ἀλώπεκι ταύτῃ, ἰδού, ἐκβάλλω δαιμόνια καὶ ἰάσεις ἀποτελῶ σήμερον καὶ αὔριον, καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ τελειοῦμαι· πετεινὰ γὰρ οὐρανοῦ τοὺς οὐρανῷ τῶν ἄλλων ὀρνέων διακεκριμένους, καθαροὺς τῷ ὄντι, τοὺς εἰς τὴν τοῦ οὐρανίου λόγου γνῶσιν πτητικοὺς προσεῖπεν. οὐ γὰρ δὴ μόνον πλούτου καὶ δόξης καὶ γάμου, ἀλλὰ καὶ πενίας τῷ μὴ φέροντι μυρίαι φροντίδες, καὶ μή τι ταύτας ἐν τῇ παραβολῇ τοῦ τετραμεροῦς σπόρου ᾐνίξατο τὰς μερίμνας, τὸ σπέρμα τοῦ λόγου φήσας τὸ εἰς ἀκάνθας καὶ φραγμοὺς πεσὸν συμπνιγῆναι ὑπʼ αὐτῶν καὶ μὴ καρποφορῆσαι δυνηθῆναι.
autika eis tēn klēsin tou deipnou hoi philoktēmones klēthentes ouk apantōsin, ou dia to kektēsthai, alla dia to prospathōs kektēsthai. hai alōpekes ara phōleous echousi. tous amphi ton metalleuomenon kai geōrychoumenon diatribontas plouton kakoētheis anthrōpous kai gēgeneis alōpekas proseipen. hōsautōs kai epi tou Hērōdou hypagete, eipate tę̄ alōpeki tautę̄, idou, ekballō daimonia kai iaseis apotelō sēmeron kai aurion, kai tę̄ tritę̄ teleioumai; peteina gar ouranou tous ouranǭ tōn allōn orneōn diakekrimenous, katharous tǭ onti, tous eis tēn tou ouraniou logou gnōsin ptētikous proseipen. ou gar dē monon ploutou kai doxēs kai gamou, alla kai penias tǭ mē pheronti myriai phrontides, kai mē ti tautas en tę̄ parabolę̄ tou tetramerous sporou ę̄nixato tas merimnas, to sperma tou logou phēsas to eis akanthas kai phragmous peson sympnigēnai hypʼ autōn kai mē karpophorēsai dynēthēnai.
For example, the lovers of property who were invited to the supper do not come, not because they possess, but because they possess with passion. “The foxes, then, have holes.” He called the malicious men who busy themselves with the wealth that is mined and dug from the earth earthborn foxes. Likewise too of Herod: “Go, tell that fox, ‘Behold, I cast out demons and perform cures today and tomorrow, and on the third day I am perfected.’” For he called “birds of the sky” those distinguished from the other birds by heaven, truly pure, able to fly to the knowledge of the heavenly Word. For not only wealth, glory, and marriage, but poverty too brings countless cares to one who does not bear it well; and perhaps he hinted at these cares in the parable of the fourfold sowing, saying that the seed of the Word that fell among thorns and hedges was choked by them and could not bear fruit.
4.6.32Stählin 2:262
μαθεῖν οὖν ἀνάγκη ὅπως ἑκάστῳ τῶν προσπιπτόντων χρηστέον ὡς διʼ εὐζωίας γνωστικῆς εἰς ἕξιν ἀιδίου συνασκηθῆναι ζωῆς. εἶδον, γάρ φησι, τὸν ἀσεβῆ ὑπερυψούμενον καὶ ἐπαιρόμενον ὡς τὰς κέδρους τοῦ Λιβάνου, καὶ παρῆλθον, λέγει ἡ γραφή, καὶ ἰδοὺ οὐκ ἦν· καὶ ἐζήτησα αὐτὸν καὶ οὐχ εὑρέθη ὁ τόπος αὐτοῦ. φύλασσε ἀκακίαν καὶ ἴδε εὐθύτητα, ὅτι ἔστιν ἐγκατάλειμμα ἀνθρώπῳ εἰρηνικῷ. οὗτος δʼ ἂν εἴη ὁ ἀνυποκρίτως ἐξ ὅλης καρδίας πιστεύων καὶ πάσῃ τῇ ψυχῇ γαληνιῶν· ὁ γὰρ λαὸς ὁ ἕτερος τοῖς χείλεσι τιμᾷ, ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτοῦ πόρρω ἄπεστιν ἀπὸ κυρίου. τῷ στόματι αὐτῶν εὐλογοῦσι, τῇ δὲ καρδίᾳ αὐτῶν καταρῶνται· ἠγάπησαν αὐτὸν ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτῶν καὶ τῇ γλώσσῃ αὐτῶν ἐψεύσαντο αὐτόν. ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν οὐκ εὐθεῖα μετʼ αὐτοῦ, οὐδὲ ἐπιστώθησαν ἐν τῇ διαθήκῃ αὐτοῦ.
mathein oun anankē hopōs hekastǭ tōn prospiptontōn chrēsteon hōs diʼ euzōias gnōstikēs eis hexin aidiou synaskēthēnai zōēs. eidon, gar phēsi, ton asebē hyperypsoumenon kai epairomenon hōs tas kedrous tou Libanou, kai parēlthon, legei hē graphē, kai idou ouk ēn; kai ezētēsa auton kai ouch heurethē ho topos autou. phylasse akakian kai ide euthytēta, hoti estin enkataleimma anthrōpǭ eirēnikǭ. houtos dʼ an eiē ho anypokritōs ex holēs kardias pisteuōn kai pasę̄ tę̄ psychę̄ galēniōn; ho gar laos ho heteros tois cheilesi timą, hē de kardia autou porrō apestin apo kyriou. tǭ stomati autōn eulogousi, tę̄ de kardią autōn katarōntai; ēgapēsan auton en tǭ stomati autōn kai tę̄ glōssę̄ autōn epseusanto auton. hē de kardia autōn ouk eutheia metʼ autou, oude epistōthēsan en tę̄ diathēkę̄ autou.
We must learn, then, how to use each thing that befalls us, so as to be trained, through a good life of knowledge, into the state of eternal life. “For I saw the ungodly exalted and lifted up like the cedars of Lebanon,” says Scripture, “and I passed by, and behold, he was not; and I sought him, and his place was not found. Keep innocence and look on uprightness, for there is a remnant for the peaceful man.” This would be the one who believes without hypocrisy with his whole heart and is calm in his whole soul. For the other people “honors with their lips, but their heart is far from the Lord.” “With their mouth they bless, but with their heart they curse.” “They loved him with their mouth, and with their tongue they lied to him; but their heart was not upright with him, nor were they faithful in his covenant.”
4.6.33Stählin 2:262–263
διὰ τοῦτο ἄλαλα γενηθήτω τὰ χείλη τὰ δόλια· τὰ λαλοῦντα κατὰ τοῦ δικαίου ἀνομίαν. καὶ πάλιν· ἐξολεθρεύσαι κύριος πάντα τὰ χείλη τὰ δόλια καὶ γλῶσσαν μεγαλορήμονα, τοὺς εἰπόντας· τὴν γλῶσσαν ἡμῶν μεγαλυνοῦμεν, τὰ χείλη ἡμῶν παρʼ ἡμῖν ἐστι· τίς ἡμῶν κύριός ἐστιν; ἀπὸ ταλαιπωρίας τῶν πτωχῶν καὶ τοῦ στεναγμοῦ τῶν πενήτων νῦν ἀναστήσομαι, λέγει κύριος· θήσομαι ἐν σωτηρίῳ. παρρησιάσομαι ἐν αὐτῷ, ταπεινοφρονούντων γάρ ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός, οὐκ ἐπαιρομένων ἐπὶ τὸ ποίμνιον αὐτοῦ. μὴ θησαυρίζετε τοίνυν ὑμῖν θησαυροὺς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ὅπου σὴς καὶ βρῶσις ἀφανίζει καὶ κλέπται διορύσσουσι καὶ κλέπτουσι, τάχα μὲν τοὺς φιλοκτήμονας ὀνειδίζων λέγει ὁ κύριος, τάχα δὲ καὶ τοὺς ἁπλῶς μεριμνητάς τε καὶ φροντιστάς, ἤδη δὲ καὶ τοὺς φιλοσωμάτους· ἔρωτες γὰρ καὶ νόσοι καὶ οἱ φαῦλοι διαλογισμοὶ διορύσσουσι τὸν λογισμὸν καὶ τὸν ὅλον ἄνθρωπον, ὁ δὲ τῷ ὄντι θησαυρὸς ἡμῶν ἔνθα ἡ συγγένεια τοῦ νοῦ. ἔτι τὸ κοινωνικὸν τῆς δικαιοσύνης παραδίδωσιν, ἐμφαίνων δεῖν ἀποδιδόναι τῇ συνηθείᾳ τῆς παλαιᾶς ἀναστροφῆς τὰ ὑπʼ αὐτῆς ἡμῖν περικτηθέντα καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν θεὸν ἀνατρέχειν ἔλεον αἰτουμένους. οὗτός ἐστι τῷ ὄντι βαλλάντιον μὴ παλαιούμενον, ἐφόδιον ζωῆς ἀιδίου, θησαυρὸς ἀνέκλειπτος ἐν οὐρανῷ, ὅτι ἐλεῶν ἐλεήσω ὃν ἂν ἐλεῶ φησὶ κύριος.
dia touto alala genēthētō ta cheilē ta dolia; ta lalounta kata tou dikaiou anomian. kai palin; exolethreusai kyrios panta ta cheilē ta dolia kai glōssan megalorēmona, tous eipontas; tēn glōssan hēmōn megalynoumen, ta cheilē hēmōn parʼ hēmin esti; tis hēmōn kyrios estin? apo talaipōrias tōn ptōchōn kai tou stenagmou tōn penētōn nyn anastēsomai, legei kyrios; thēsomai en sōtēriǭ. parrēsiasomai en autǭ, tapeinophronountōn gar estin ho Christos, ouk epairomenōn epi to poimnion autou. mē thēsaurizete toinyn hymin thēsaurous epi tēs gēs, hopou sēs kai brōsis aphanizei kai kleptai dioryssousi kai kleptousi, tacha men tous philoktēmonas oneidizōn legei ho kyrios, tacha de kai tous haplōs merimnētas te kai phrontistas, ēdē de kai tous philosōmatous; erōtes gar kai nosoi kai hoi phauloi dialogismoi dioryssousi ton logismon kai ton holon anthrōpon, ho de tǭ onti thēsauros hēmōn entha hē syngeneia tou nou. eti to koinōnikon tēs dikaiosynēs paradidōsin, emphainōn dein apodidonai tę̄ synētheią tēs palaias anastrophēs ta hypʼ autēs hēmin periktēthenta kai epi ton theon anatrechein eleon aitoumenous. houtos esti tǭ onti ballantion mē palaioumenon, ephodion zōēs aidiou, thēsauros anekleiptos en ouranǭ, hoti eleōn eleēsō hon an eleō phēsi kyrios.
That is why “let the deceitful lips become mute, which speak lawlessness against the righteous.” And again: “May the Lord destroy all deceitful lips and the boastful tongue, those who said, ‘We will magnify our tongue, our lips are our own; who is lord over us?’ Because of the misery of the poor and the groaning of the needy, now I will arise, says the Lord; I will set him in safety; I will speak boldly in it.” For Christ belongs to the humble, not to those who exalt themselves over his flock. “Do not, then, store up for yourselves treasures on earth, where moth and rust destroy and thieves break in and steal,” the Lord says, perhaps reproaching the lovers of possessions, perhaps also those who are simply full of cares and anxieties, and also the lovers of the body; for loves, diseases, and evil thoughts break through the reasoning and the whole man; but our true treasure is where the mind's kinship is. Further, he teaches the sharing nature of righteousness, showing that we must give back to the habit of our old way of life what it acquired for us, and run back to God asking for mercy. This is truly “a purse that does not grow old,” provision for eternal life, “an unfailing treasure in heaven.” “For I will have mercy on whom I have mercy,” says the Lord.
4.6.34Stählin 2:263
λέγει δὲ ταῦτα καὶ τοῖς θέλουσι διὰ τὴν δικαιοσύνην πτωχεῦσαι· ἀκηκόασι γὰρ διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς, ὅτι πλατεῖα καὶ εὐρύχωρος ὁδὸς ἀπάγει εἰς τὴν ἀπώλειαν καὶ πολλοὶ οἱ διερχόμενοι διʼ αὐτῆς· οὐ περὶ ἄλλου τινός, ἀλλὰ περὶ ἀσωτίας καὶ φιλογυνίας, φιλοδοξίας, φιλαρχίας καὶ τῶν ὁμοίων διαλέγεται παθῶν· ἄφρον, γὰρ οὕτως ἔφη, ὅτι τῇ νυκτὶ ταύτῃ ἀπαιτοῦσί σου τὴν ψυχήν· ἃ δὲ ἡτοίμασας αὐτῇ, τίνι γένηται; καὶ τὰ μὲν τῆς ἐντολῆς ὧδε ἔχει κατὰ λέξιν· φυλάσσεσθε τοίνυν ἀπὸ πάσης πλεονεξίας, ὅτι οὐκ ἐν τῷ περισσεύειν τινὶ τὰ ὑπάρχοντά ἐστιν ἡ ζωὴ αὐτοῦ. τί γὰρ ὠφελεῖται ἄνθρωπος, ἐὰν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον κερδήσῃ, τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ζημιωθῇ; ἢ τί δώσει ἄνθρωπος ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ; διὰ τοῦτο λέγω· μὴ μεριμνᾶτε τῇ ψυχῇ ὑμῶν τί φάγητε, μηδὲ τῷ σώματι τί περιβάλητε· ἡ γὰρ ψυχὴ πλείων ἐστὶ τῆς τροφῆς καὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἐνδύματος. καὶ πάλιν· οἶδεν γὰρ ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὅτι χρῄζετε τούτων ἀπάντων· ζητεῖτε δὲ πρῶτον τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν καὶ τὴν δικαιοσύνην, ταῦτα γὰρ μεγάλα, τὰ δὲ μικρὰ καὶ περὶ τὸν βίον, ταῦτα προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν.
legei de tauta kai tois thelousi dia tēn dikaiosynēn ptōcheusai; akēkoasi gar dia tēs entolēs, hoti plateia kai eurychōros hodos apagei eis tēn apōleian kai polloi hoi dierchomenoi diʼ autēs; ou peri allou tinos, alla peri asōtias kai philogynias, philodoxias, philarchias kai tōn homoiōn dialegetai pathōn; aphron, gar houtōs ephē, hoti tę̄ nykti tautę̄ apaitousi sou tēn psychēn; ha de hētoimasas autę̄, tini genētai? kai ta men tēs entolēs hōde echei kata lexin; phylassesthe toinyn apo pasēs pleonexias, hoti ouk en tǭ perisseuein tini ta hyparchonta estin hē zōē autou. ti gar ōpheleitai anthrōpos, ean ton kosmon holon kerdēsę̄, tēn de psychēn autou zēmiōthę̄? ē ti dōsei anthrōpos antallagma tēs psychēs autou? dia touto legō; mē merimnate tę̄ psychę̄ hymōn ti phagēte, mēde tǭ sōmati ti peribalēte; hē gar psychē pleiōn esti tēs trophēs kai to sōma tou endymatos. kai palin; oiden gar ho patēr hymōn hoti chrę̄zete toutōn apantōn; zēteite de prōton tēn basileian tōn ouranōn kai tēn dikaiosynēn, tauta gar megala, ta de mikra kai peri ton bion, tauta prostethēsetai hymin.
He says these things also to those who wish to become poor for righteousness' sake. For they have heard through the commandment that “the broad and spacious way leads to destruction, and many are those who go through it”; he speaks of nothing else but profligacy, love of women, love of glory, love of power, and similar passions. “Fool,” for so he said, “this night they demand your soul from you; and the things you have prepared for it, whose will they be?” And the words of the commandment run thus: “Guard yourselves, then, from all greed, for a man's life does not consist in the abundance of his possessions.” “For what does a man profit if he gains the whole world but loses his soul? Or what will a man give in exchange for his soul?” “Therefore I say: do not be anxious for your soul, what you will eat, nor for your body, what you will put on; for the soul is more than food and the body than clothing.” And again: “For your Father knows that you need all these things; but seek first the kingdom of heaven and righteousness,” for these are great, while the small things that concern life, “these will be added to you.”
4.6.35Stählin 2:263–264
ἆρʼ οὐκ ἄντικρυς τὸν γνωστικὸν μεθέπειν ἡμᾶς παρακελεύεται βίον ἔργῳ τε καὶ λόγῳ ζητεῖν τὴν ἀλήθειαν προτρέπει; πλούσιον τοίνυν οὐ τὴν δόσιν, ἀλλὰ τὴν προαίρεσιν λογίζεται ὁ παιδεύων τὴν ψυχὴν Χριστός. Ζακχαῖον τοίνυν, οἳ δὲ Ματθίαν φασίν, ἀρχιτελώνην, ἀκηκοότα τοῦ κυρίου καταξιώσαντος πρὸς αὐτὸν γενέσθαι, ἰδοὺ τὰ ἡμίση τῶν ὑπαρχόντων μου δίδωμι ἐλεημοσύνην φάναι, κύριε, καὶ εἴ τινός τι ἐσυκοφάντησα, τετραπλοῦν ἀποδίδωμι. ἐφʼ οὗ καὶ ὁ σωτὴρ εἶπεν· ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐλθὼν σήμερον τὸ ἀπολωλὸς εὗρεν. πάλιν τε αὖ θεασάμενος εἰς τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον τὸν μὲν πλούσιον ἀναλόγως τῇ κτήσει βεβληκότα, τὴν δὲ χήραν χαλκοῦς δύο πλεῖον ἔφη τὴν χήραν βεβληκέναι πάντων· ὃ μὲν γὰρ ἀπὸ τοῦ περισσεύματος, ἣ δὲ ἐκ τῆς ὑστερήσεως συνεισήνεγκεν.
arʼ ouk antikrys ton gnōstikon methepein hēmas parakeleuetai bion ergǭ te kai logǭ zētein tēn alētheian protrepei? plousion toinyn ou tēn dosin, alla tēn proairesin logizetai ho paideuōn tēn psychēn Christos. Zakchaion toinyn, hoi de Matthian phasin, architelōnēn, akēkoota tou kyriou kataxiōsantos pros auton genesthai, idou ta hēmisē tōn hyparchontōn mou didōmi eleēmosynēn phanai, kyrie, kai ei tinos ti esykophantēsa, tetraploun apodidōmi. ephʼ hou kai ho sōtēr eipen; ho huios tou anthrōpou elthōn sēmeron to apolōlos heuren. palin te au theasamenos eis to gazophylakion ton men plousion analogōs tę̄ ktēsei beblēkota, tēn de chēran chalkous dyo pleion ephē tēn chēran beblēkenai pantōn; ho men gar apo tou perisseumatos, hē de ek tēs hysterēseōs syneisēnenken.
Does he not plainly exhort us to pursue the life of knowledge and urge us to seek the truth in deed and word? So Christ, who trains the soul, reckons a man rich not by his gift but by his choice. Zacchaeus, then, or, as some say, Matthias, chief tax collector, having heard that the Lord thought fit to come to him, said: “Behold, Lord, half of my possessions I give as alms; and if I have wrongfully taken anything from anyone, I repay it fourfold.” Of whom the Savior too said: “The Son of Man, having come today, has found what was lost.” Again, seeing the rich man putting into the treasury in proportion to his property, and the widow two copper coins, he said that the widow had put in more than all; for he gave from his abundance, but she from her want.
4.6.36Stählin 2:264
ὅτι δὲ πάντα ἐπὶ τὴν παίδευσιν τῆς ψυχῆς ἀνήγαγεν, μακάριοι φησὶν οἱ πραεῖς, ὅτι αὐτοὶ κληρονομήσουσι τὴν γῆν. πραεῖς δέ εἰσιν οἱ τὴν ἄσπειστον μάχην τὴν ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ καταπεπαυκότες θυμοῦ καὶ ἐπιθυμίας καὶ τῶν τούτοις ὑποβεβλημένων εἰδῶν. πραεῖς δὲ τοὺς κατὰ προαίρεσιν, οὐ κατʼ ἀνάγκην ἐπαινεῖ. εἰσὶ γὰρ παρὰ κυρίῳ καὶ μισθοὶ καὶ μοναὶ πλείονες κατὰ ἀναλογίαν βίων· ὃς γὰρ ἂν δέξηται, φησί, προφήτην εἰς ὄνομα προφήτου, μισθὸν προφήτου λήψεται, καὶ ὃς ἂν δέξηται δίκαιον εἰς ὄνομα δικαίου, μισθὸν δικαίου λήψεται, καὶ ὃς ἂν δέξηται ἕνα τῶν μαθητῶν τούτων τῶν μικρῶν, τὸν μισθὸν οὐκ ἀπολέσει. πάλιν τε αὖ τὰς κατʼ ἀξίαν διαφοράς, τῆς ἀρετῆς εὐγενεῖς ἀμοιβάς. διὰ τῶν ὡρῶν τῶν οὐχ ὁμοίων τὸν ἀριθμόν, πρὸς δὲ καὶ διὰ τοῦ ἑκάστῳ τῶν ἐργατῶν ἀποδοθέντος ἴσου μισθοῦ (τουτέστι τῆς σωτηρίας, ἣν τὸ δηνάριον αἰνίσσεται) τὸ ἐπʼ ἴσης δίκαιον μεμήνυκεν διὰ τῶν κατὰ τὰς ἀκαταλλήλους ὥρας ἐργασαμένων.
hoti de panta epi tēn paideusin tēs psychēs anēgagen, makarioi phēsin hoi praeis, hoti autoi klēronomēsousi tēn gēn. praeis de eisin hoi tēn aspeiston machēn tēn en tę̄ psychę̄ katapepaukotes thymou kai epithymias kai tōn toutois hypobeblēmenōn eidōn. praeis de tous kata proairesin, ou katʼ anankēn epainei. eisi gar para kyriǭ kai misthoi kai monai pleiones kata analogian biōn; hos gar an dexētai, phēsi, prophētēn eis onoma prophētou, misthon prophētou lēpsetai, kai hos an dexētai dikaion eis onoma dikaiou, misthon dikaiou lēpsetai, kai hos an dexētai hena tōn mathētōn toutōn tōn mikrōn, ton misthon ouk apolesei. palin te au tas katʼ axian diaphoras, tēs aretēs eugeneis amoibas. dia tōn hōrōn tōn ouch homoiōn ton arithmon, pros de kai dia tou hekastǭ tōn ergatōn apodothentos isou misthou (toutesti tēs sōtērias, hēn to dēnarion ainissetai) to epʼ isēs dikaion memēnyken dia tōn kata tas akatallēlous hōras ergasamenōn.
And that he referred everything to the training of the soul, he says: “Blessed are the meek, for they will inherit the earth.” The meek are those who have ended the implacable war in the soul, of anger, desire, and the forms subordinate to them. And he praises those meek by choice, not by necessity. For with the Lord there are rewards and many dwelling places, in proportion to lives. “For whoever receives a prophet in the name of a prophet,” he says, “will receive a prophet's reward; and whoever receives a righteous man in the name of a righteous man will receive a righteous man's reward; and whoever receives one of these little disciples will not lose his reward.” And again he has indicated the differences according to worth, the noble rewards of virtue, through the hours of unequal number, and also, through the equal wage given to each of the workers (that is, salvation, which the denarius hints at), the equal justice to those who worked for unequal hours.
4.6.37Stählin 2:264–265
ἐργάσονται μὲν οὖν κατὰ τὰς μονὰς τὰς ἀναλόγους ὧν κατηξιώθησαν γερῶν, συνεργοὶ τῆς ἀρρήτου οἰκονομίας καὶ λειτουργίας. οἳ δὲ δὴ ἂν δόξωσι διαφερόντως πρὸς τὸ ὁσίως βιῶναι προκεκρίσθαι, φησὶν ὁ Πλάτων, οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ τῶνδε μὲν τῶν ἐν τῇ γῇ ἐλευθερούμενοί τε καὶ ἀπαλλαττόμενοι ὥσπερ δεσμωτηρίων, ἄνω δὲ εἰς καθαρὰν οἴκησιν ἀφικνούμενοι· διὰ σαφεστέρων τε αὖ τὸ αὐτὸ ὧδέ πως λέγει· τούτων δὲ αὐτῶν οἱ ἐν φιλοσοφίᾳ ἱκανῶς καθηράμενοι ἄνευ τε σωμάτων ζῶσι τὸ παράπαν εἰς τὸν ἅπαντα χρόνον, καίτοι σχήματά τινα περιτίθησι ταῖς μὲν ἀέρινα αὐτῶν, ταῖς δὲ καὶ πύρινα. ἔτι ἐπιφέρει· καὶ εἰς οἰκήσεις ἔτι τούτων καλλίους ἀφικνοῦνται, ἃς οὔτε ῥᾴδιον δηλῶσαι οὔτε ὁ χρόνος ἱκανὸς ἐν τῷ παρόντι. ὅθεν εἰκότως μακάριοι οἱ πενθοῦντες, ὅτι αὐτοὶ παρακληθήσονται. οἱ γὰρ μετανοήσαντες ἐφʼ οἷς κακῶς προβεβιώκασιν, εἰς τὴν κλῆσιν παρέσονται· τοῦτο γάρ ἐστι τὸ παρακληθῆναι. τοῦ μετανοοῦντος δὲ τρόποι δύο, ὁ μὲν κοινότερος φόβος ἐπὶ τοῖς πραχθεῖσιν, ὁ δὲ ἰδιαίτερος ἡ δυσωπία ἡ πρὸς ἑαυτὴν τῆς ψυχῆς ἐκ συνειδήσεως, εἴτʼ οὖν ἐνταῦθα εἴτε καὶ ἀλλαχῇ, ἐπεὶ μηδεὶς τόπος ἀργὸς εὐποιίας θεοῦ.
ergasontai men oun kata tas monas tas analogous hōn katēxiōthēsan gerōn, synergoi tēs arrētou oikonomias kai leitourgias. hoi de dē an doxōsi diapherontōs pros to hosiōs biōnai prokekristhai, phēsin ho Platōn, houtoi eisin hoi tōnde men tōn en tę̄ gę̄ eleutheroumenoi te kai apallattomenoi hōsper desmōtēriōn, anō de eis katharan oikēsin aphiknoumenoi; dia saphesterōn te au to auto hōde pōs legei; toutōn de autōn hoi en philosophią hikanōs kathēramenoi aneu te sōmatōn zōsi to parapan eis ton hapanta chronon, kaitoi schēmata tina peritithēsi tais men aerina autōn, tais de kai pyrina. eti epipherei; kai eis oikēseis eti toutōn kallious aphiknountai, has oute rhądion dēlōsai oute ho chronos hikanos en tǭ paronti. hothen eikotōs makarioi hoi penthountes, hoti autoi paraklēthēsontai. hoi gar metanoēsantes ephʼ hois kakōs probebiōkasin, eis tēn klēsin paresontai; touto gar esti to paraklēthēnai. tou metanoountos de tropoi dyo, ho men koinoteros phobos epi tois prachtheisin, ho de idiaiteros hē dysōpia hē pros heautēn tēs psychēs ek syneidēseōs, eitʼ oun entautha eite kai allachę̄, epei mēdeis topos argos eupoiias theou.
They will work, then, according to the dwelling places proportionate to the honors of which they have been thought worthy, fellow workers in the unspeakable arrangement and service. “Those who are judged to have been outstanding in living holily,” says Plato, “are those who are freed and released from these places in the earth as from prisons, and arrive above at the pure dwelling.” And he says the same thing more clearly thus: “Of these, those sufficiently purified by philosophy live without bodies altogether for all time,” though he gives some of them airy forms and others fiery ones. He adds further: “And they come to dwellings still more beautiful than these, which it is not easy to describe, nor is there enough time at present.” Fittingly, then, “Blessed are those who mourn, for they will be comforted.” For those who have repented of their former evil lives will come to the calling; for this is being comforted (paraklēthēnai). And there are two ways of the one who repents: the more common is fear over what has been done; the more particular is the soul's shame toward itself from conscience, whether here or elsewhere, since no place is idle of God's beneficence.
4.6.38Stählin 2:265
πάλιν φησίν· μακάριοι οἱ ἐλεήμονες, ὅτι αὐτοὶ ἐλεηθήσονται. ὁ δὲ ἔλεος οὐχ ᾗ τινες τῶν φιλοσόφων ὑπειλήφασι, λύπη ἐπʼ ἀλλοτρίαις συμφοραῖς, μᾶλλον δὲ ἀστεῖόν τί ἐστιν, ὡς οἱ προφῆται λέγουσιν· ἔλεον, γάρ φησι, θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν. ἐλεήμονας δʼ εἶναι βούλεται οὐ μόνον τοὺς ἔλεον ποιοῦντας, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς ἐθέλοντας ἐλεεῖν, κἂν μὴ δύνωνται, οἷς κατὰ προαίρεσιν τὸ ἐνεργεῖν πάρεστιν· ἐνίοτε γὰρ βουλόμεθα διʼ ἀργυρίου δόσεως ἢ διὰ σωματικῆς σπουδῆς ἔλεον ποιῆσαι, ὡς δεομένῳ ἐπαρκέσαι ἢ νοσοῦντι ὑπουργῆσαι ἢ ἐν περιστάσει γενομένῳ παραστῆναι, καὶ οὐχ οἷοί τέ ἐσμεν ἤτοι διὰ πενίαν ἢ νόσον ἢ γῆρας (φυσικὴ γὰρ νόσος καὶ τοῦτο) ἐξυπηρετῆσαι τῇ προαιρέσει ἐφʼ ἣν ὁρμώμεθα, μὴ δυνηθέντες ἐπὶ τέλος ἀγαγεῖν ὃ βεβουλήμεθα. τῆς αὐτῆς οὖν τιμῆς μεθέξουσι τοῖς δυνηθεῖσιν οἱ βεβουλημένοι, ὧν ἡ προαίρεσις ἴση, κἂν πλεονεκτῶσιν ἕτεροι τῇ περιουσίᾳ.
palin phēsin; makarioi hoi eleēmones, hoti autoi eleēthēsontai. ho de eleos ouch hę̄ tines tōn philosophōn hypeilēphasi, lypē epʼ allotriais symphorais, mallon de asteion ti estin, hōs hoi prophētai legousin; eleon, gar phēsi, thelō kai ou thysian. eleēmonas dʼ einai bouletai ou monon tous eleon poiountas, alla kai tous ethelontas eleein, kan mē dynōntai, hois kata proairesin to energein parestin; eniote gar boulometha diʼ argyriou doseōs ē dia sōmatikēs spoudēs eleon poiēsai, hōs deomenǭ eparkesai ē nosounti hypourgēsai ē en peristasei genomenǭ parastēnai, kai ouch hoioi te esmen ētoi dia penian ē noson ē gēras (physikē gar nosos kai touto) exypēretēsai tę̄ proairesei ephʼ hēn hormōmetha, mē dynēthentes epi telos agagein ho beboulēmetha. tēs autēs oun timēs methexousi tois dynētheisin hoi beboulēmenoi, hōn hē proairesis isē, kan pleonektōsin heteroi tę̄ periousią.
Again he says: “Blessed are the merciful, for they will be shown mercy.” Mercy is not, as some philosophers have supposed, grief at others' misfortunes, but rather something fine, as the prophets say: “For I desire mercy and not sacrifice.” And by the merciful he means not only those who do mercy, but also those who wish to show mercy even if they cannot, to whom action is present in their choice. For sometimes we wish to do mercy by giving money or by bodily effort, such as helping someone in need, serving someone sick, or standing by someone in distress; and we are not able, whether because of poverty, disease, or old age (for this too is a natural disease), to carry out the choice toward which we are moved, being unable to bring what we have willed to completion. Those who have willed, then, will share the same honor with those who were able, since their choice is equal, even if others surpass them in abundance.
4.6.39Stählin 2:265–266
Ἐπεὶ δὲ τῶν ἀπαγόντων εἰς τὴν τελείωσιν τῆς σωτηρίας ὁδοὶ εὑρίσκονται δύο, ἔργα καὶ γνῶσις, μακαρίους εἶπεν τοὺς καθαροὺς τὴν καρδίαν, ὅτι αὐτοὶ τὸν θεὸν ὄψονται. κἂν τῷ ὄντι τὸ ἀληθὲς σκοπῶμεν, ἡ γνῶσις, ᾗ τοῦ ἡγεμονικοῦ τῆς ψυχῆς κάθαρσίς ἐστι, καὶ ἐνέργειά ἐστιν ἀγαθή. ἀγαθὰ γοῦν τὰ μὲν αὐτὰ καθʼ ἑαυτά, τὰ δὲ μετέχοντα τῶν ἀγαθῶν, ὡς τὰς καλὰς πράξεις φαμέν· ἄνευ δὲ τῶν μεταξύ, ἃ δὴ ὕλης ἐπέχει τάξιν, οὔθʼ αἱ ἀγαθαὶ οὔθʼ αἱ κακαὶ συνίστανται πράξεις, οἷον ζωῆς λέγω καὶ ὑγιείας τῶν τε ἄλλων τῶν ἀναγκαίων ἢ περιστατικῶν. καθαροὺς οὖν κατὰ τὰς σωματικὰς ἐπιθυμίας καὶ ἁγίους τοὺς διαλογισμοὺς τοὺς εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν τοῦ θεοῦ ἀφικνουμένους εἶναι βούλεται, ἵνα μηδὲν ἔχῃ νόθον ἐπιπροσθοῦν τῇ δυνάμει ἑαυτοῦ τὸ ἡγεμονικόν.
Epei de tōn apagontōn eis tēn teleiōsin tēs sōtērias hodoi heuriskontai dyo, erga kai gnōsis, makarious eipen tous katharous tēn kardian, hoti autoi ton theon opsontai. kan tǭ onti to alēthes skopōmen, hē gnōsis, hę̄ tou hēgemonikou tēs psychēs katharsis esti, kai energeia estin agathē. agatha goun ta men auta kathʼ heauta, ta de metechonta tōn agathōn, hōs tas kalas praxeis phamen; aneu de tōn metaxy, ha dē hylēs epechei taxin, outhʼ hai agathai outhʼ hai kakai synistantai praxeis, hoion zōēs legō kai hygieias tōn te allōn tōn anankaiōn ē peristatikōn. katharous oun kata tas sōmatikas epithymias kai hagious tous dialogismous tous eis epignōsin tou theou aphiknoumenous einai bouletai, hina mēden echę̄ nothon epiprosthoun tę̄ dynamei heautou to hēgemonikon.
Since two ways are found of those leading to the perfection of salvation, works and knowledge, he called blessed “the pure in heart, for they will see God.” And if we truly consider the truth, knowledge, as the purification of the ruling part of the soul, is also a good activity. Of good things, some are good in themselves, others by sharing in good things, as we say of good actions. But without the intermediate things, which hold the place of matter, neither good nor bad actions come about, such as, I mean, life and health and the other necessities or circumstances. He wishes, then, those who come to the knowledge of God to be pure as regards bodily desires and holy in their thoughts, so that the ruling part may have nothing spurious obstructing its power.
4.6.40Stählin 2:266
ὅταν τοίνυν ἐνδιατρίψῃ θεωρίᾳ, τῷ θείῳ καθαρῶς ὁμιλῶν, ὁ γνωστικῶς μετέχων τῆς ἁγίας ποιότητος, προσεχέστερον ἐν ἕξει γίνεται ταὐτότητος ἀπαθοῦς, ὡς μηκέτι ἐπιστήμην ἔχειν καὶ γνῶσιν κεκτῆσθαι, ἐπιστήμην δὲ εἶναι καὶ γνῶσιν. Μακάριοι τοίνυν οἱ εἰρηνοποιοί. τὸν ἀντιστρατηγοῦντα νόμον τῷ φρονήματι τοῦ νοῦ ἡμῶν, τοῦ θυμοῦ τὰς ἀπειλὰς καὶ τῆς ἐπιθυμίας τὰ δελέατα τά τε ἄλλα πάθη, ὅσα πολεμεῖ τὸν λογισμόν, τιθασεύσαντες καὶ ἐξημερώσαντες, οἱ μετʼ ἐπιστήμης ἔργων τε ἀγαθῶν καὶ λόγου ἀληθοῦς καταβιώσαντες εἰς υἱοθεσίαν ἀποκατασταθήσονται τὴν προσφιλεστάτην. εἴη δʼ ἂν ἡ τελεία εἰρηνοποίησις ἡ ἐπὶ παντὶ τῷ συμβαίνοντι ἄτρεπτον φυλάσσουσα τὸ εἰρηνικόν, ἁγίαν τε καὶ καλὴν τὴν διοίκησιν λέγουσα, ἐν ἐπιστήμῃ θείων καὶ ἀνθρωπίνων πραγμάτων καθεστῶσα, διʼ ἧς τὰς ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ ἐναντιότητας ἁρμονίαν κτίσεως καλλίστην λογίζεται. εἰρηνοποιοῦσι δὲ καὶ τοὺς ἐνταῦθα πολεμουμένους τοῖς τῆς ἁμαρτίας στρατηγήμασι, μεταδιδάσκοντες ἐπὶ τὴν πίστιν καὶ τὴν εἰρήνην μετιέναι.
hotan toinyn endiatripsę̄ theōrią, tǭ theiǭ katharōs homilōn, ho gnōstikōs metechōn tēs hagias poiotētos, prosechesteron en hexei ginetai tautotētos apathous, hōs mēketi epistēmēn echein kai gnōsin kektēsthai, epistēmēn de einai kai gnōsin. Makarioi toinyn hoi eirēnopoioi. ton antistratēgounta nomon tǭ phronēmati tou nou hēmōn, tou thymou tas apeilas kai tēs epithymias ta deleata ta te alla pathē, hosa polemei ton logismon, tithaseusantes kai exēmerōsantes, hoi metʼ epistēmēs ergōn te agathōn kai logou alēthous katabiōsantes eis huiothesian apokatastathēsontai tēn prosphilestatēn. eiē dʼ an hē teleia eirēnopoiēsis hē epi panti tǭ symbainonti atrepton phylassousa to eirēnikon, hagian te kai kalēn tēn dioikēsin legousa, en epistēmę̄ theiōn kai anthrōpinōn pragmatōn kathestōsa, diʼ hēs tas en tǭ kosmǭ enantiotētas harmonian ktiseōs kallistēn logizetai. eirēnopoiousi de kai tous entautha polemoumenous tois tēs hamartias stratēgēmasi, metadidaskontes epi tēn pistin kai tēn eirēnēn metienai.
When, then, the one who shares in the holy quality in the way of knowledge spends his time in contemplation, conversing purely with the divine, he comes more nearly into a state of passionless identity, so that he no longer has knowledge and possesses understanding, but is knowledge and understanding. “Blessed, then, are the peacemakers.” Those who have tamed and subdued the law that wars against the mind's intention, the threats of anger and the baits of desire and the other passions that make war on reason, who have lived with knowledge of good works and of true reason, will be restored to the most beloved adoption. Perfect peacemaking would be that which, in everything that happens, keeps the peaceful disposition unchanging, calling the government of the world holy and good, established in the knowledge of divine and human things, by which it reckons the oppositions in the world the most beautiful harmony of creation. And they also make peace for those here at war with the stratagems of sin, teaching them to go over to faith and peace.
4.6.41Stählin 2:266–267
Κεφάλαιον δʼ, οἶμαι, πάσης ἀρετῆς κύριος παιδεύων ἡμᾶς τὸ δεῖν γνωστικώτερον διʼ ἀγάπην τὴν πρὸς τὸν θεὸν θανάτου καταφρονεῖν· μακάριοι, φησίν, οἱ δεδιωγμένοι ἕνεκεν δικαιοσύνης, ὅτι αὐτοὶ υἱοὶ θεοῦ κληθήσονται, ἢ ὥς τινες τῶν μετατιθέντων τὰ εὐαγγέλια· μακάριοι, φησίν, οἱ δεδιωγμένοι ὑπὲρ τῆς δικαιοσύνης, ὅτι αὐτοὶ ἔσονται τέλειοι. καὶ μακάριοι οἱ δεδιωγμένοι ἕνεκα ἐμοῦ, ὅτι ἕξουσι τόπον ὅπου οὐ διωχθήσονται. καὶ μακάριοί ἐστε, ὅταν οἱ ἄνθρωποι μισήσωσιν ὑμᾶς, ὅταν ἀφορίσωσιν, ὅταν ἐκβάλωσι τὸ ὄνομα ὑμῶν ὡς πονηρὸν ἕνεκα τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου· ἐὰν μὴ βδελυσσώμεθα δηλονότι τοὺς διώκοντας καὶ ὑπομένωμεν τὰς παρʼ αὐτῶν τιμωρίας, μὴ μισοῦντες αὐτούς, βράδιον ἢ προσεδοκήσαμεν πεπειρᾶσθαι διανοούμενοι, ἀλλὰ κἀκεῖνο γινώσκοντες πρόφασιν εἶναι μαρτυρίου τὸν ὁντινοῦν πειρασμόν.
Kephalaion dʼ, oimai, pasēs aretēs kyrios paideuōn hēmas to dein gnōstikōteron diʼ agapēn tēn pros ton theon thanatou kataphronein; makarioi, phēsin, hoi dediōgmenoi heneken dikaiosynēs, hoti autoi huioi theou klēthēsontai, ē hōs tines tōn metatithentōn ta euangelia; makarioi, phēsin, hoi dediōgmenoi hyper tēs dikaiosynēs, hoti autoi esontai teleioi. kai makarioi hoi dediōgmenoi heneka emou, hoti hexousi topon hopou ou diōchthēsontai. kai makarioi este, hotan hoi anthrōpoi misēsōsin hymas, hotan aphorisōsin, hotan ekbalōsi to onoma hymōn hōs ponēron heneka tou huiou tou anthrōpou; ean mē bdelyssōmetha dēlonoti tous diōkontas kai hypomenōmen tas parʼ autōn timōrias, mē misountes autous, bradion ē prosedokēsamen pepeirasthai dianooumenoi, alla kakeino ginōskontes prophasin einai martyriou ton hontinoun peirasmon.
The sum of all virtue, I think, the Lord teaches us: that we must, in the way of knowledge, despise death through love for God. “Blessed,” he says, “are those persecuted for righteousness' sake, for they will be called sons of God”; or, as some of those who paraphrase the Gospels have it, “Blessed are those persecuted for righteousness, for they will be perfect.” And “Blessed are those persecuted for my sake, for they will have a place where they will not be persecuted.” And “Blessed are you when men hate you, when they exclude you, when they cast out your name as evil, for the sake of the Son of Man”; that is, if we do not abhor our persecutors and we endure their punishments, not hating them, thinking that we have been tried later than we expected, but knowing this too, that any temptation whatever is an occasion for martyrdom.
Miscellanies 4, chapter 7
4.7.42Stählin 2:267
Εἶτα ὁ μὲν ψευσάμενος καὶ ἑαυτὸν ἄπιστον δείξας καὶ μεταστὰς εἰς τὴν τοῦ διαβόλου στρατείαν ἐν τίνι, οἰόμεθα, ἔστι κακῷ; ψεύδεται τοίνυν τὸν κύριον, μᾶλλον δὲ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ διέψευσται ἐλπίδα ὃς οὐ πιστεύει τῷ θεῷ. οὐ πιστεύει δὲ ὁ μὴ ποιῶν ἃ ἐνετείλατο. τί δέ; οὐχ ἑαυτὸν ἀρνεῖται ὁ ἀρνούμενος τὸν κύριον; οὐ γὰρ ἀφαιρεῖται τῆς κυρίας τὸν δεσπότην ὅ γε καὶ στερίσκων αὑτὸν τῆς πρὸς ἐκεῖνον οἰκειότητος. ὁ τοίνυν ἀρνούμενος τὸν σωτῆρα ἀρνεῖται τὴν ζωήν, ὅτι ζωὴ ἦν τὸ φῶς. ὀλιγοπίστους τούτους οὐ λέγει, ἀλλὰ ἀπίστους καὶ ὑποκριτάς, τὸ μὲν ὄνομα ἐπιγεγραμμένους, τὸ δʼ εἶναι πιστοὺς ἀρνουμένους· πιστὸς δὲ εἴρηται καὶ δοῦλος καὶ φίλος. ὥστε εἴ τις ἑαυτὸν ἀγαπᾷ, ἀγαπᾷ τὸν κύριον καὶ ὁμολογεῖ τὴν σωτηρίαν.
Eita ho men pseusamenos kai heauton apiston deixas kai metastas eis tēn tou diabolou strateian en tini, oiometha, esti kakǭ? pseudetai toinyn ton kyrion, mallon de tēn heautou diepseustai elpida hos ou pisteuei tǭ theǭ. ou pisteuei de ho mē poiōn ha eneteilato. ti de? ouch heauton arneitai ho arnoumenos ton kyrion? ou gar aphaireitai tēs kyrias ton despotēn ho ge kai steriskōn hauton tēs pros ekeinon oikeiotētos. ho toinyn arnoumenos ton sōtēra arneitai tēn zōēn, hoti zōē ēn to phōs. oligopistous toutous ou legei, alla apistous kai hypokritas, to men onoma epigegrammenous, to dʼ einai pistous arnoumenous; pistos de eirētai kai doulos kai philos. hōste ei tis heauton agapą, agapą ton kyrion kai homologei tēn sōtērian.
Then the one who has lied and shown himself faithless and gone over to the devil's army, in what evil, do we think, is he? He lies to the Lord, or rather he has cheated his own hope, the one who does not believe God; and the one who does not do what he commanded does not believe. What then? Does not the one who denies the Lord deny himself? For he does not deprive the Master of his lordship, but deprives himself of his relationship to him. The one, then, who denies the Savior denies life, because “the light was life.” He does not call these people of little faith, but faithless and hypocrites, having the name inscribed on them but denying that they are faithful. And the faithful one is called both servant and friend. So if anyone loves himself, he loves the Lord and confesses salvation.
4.7.43Stählin 2:267–268
ἵνα σώσῃ τὴν ψυχήν. καίτοι κἂν ὑπεραποθάνῃς τοῦ πλησίον διʼ ἀγάπην, πλησίον δὲ ἡμῶν τὸν σωτῆρα ὑπολάβῃς (θεὸς γὰρ ἐγγίζων ὁ σῴζων πρὸς τὸ σῳζόμενον ἐλέχθη), θανῇ θάνατον ἑλόμενος διὰ ζωὴν καὶ σεαυτοῦ μᾶλλον ἢ ἐκείνου ἕνεκεν παθών· καὶ μή τι διὰ τοῦτο ἀδελφὸς εἴρηται· ὅτι ὁ διʼ ἀγάπην τὴν πρὸς τὸν θεὸν παθὼν διὰ τὴν ἰδίαν ἔπαθε σωτηρίαν ὅ τε αὖ διὰ τὴν ἰδίαν ἀποθνῄσκων σωτηρίαν διὰ τὴν ἀγάπην ὑπομένει τοῦ κυρίου. καὶ γὰρ αὐτὸς ζωὴ ὢν διʼ οὓς ἔπαθεν παθεῖν ἠθέλησεν, ἵνα τῷ πάθει ζήσωμεν αὐτοῦ· τί με λέγετε· κύριε κύριε, φησί, καὶ οὐ ποιεῖτε ἃ λέγω; ὁ μὲν γὰρ τοῖς χείλεσιν ἀγαπῶν λαός, τὴν δὲ καρδίαν μακρὰν ἔχων ἀπὸ τοῦ κυρίου ἄλλος ἐστίν, ἄλλῳ πεπεισμένος, καὶ ἑκὼν τούτῳ ἑαυτὸν πέπρακεν· ὅσοι δὲ τὰς ἐντολὰς τοῦ σωτῆρος ἐπιτελοῦσιν, καθʼ ἑκάστην πρᾶξιν μαρτυροῦσι, ποιοῦντες μὲν ὃ θέλει, ἀκολούθως δὲ ὀνομάζοντες τὸν κύριον καὶ διʼ ἔργου μαρτυροῦντες ᾧ πείθονται εἶναι, οἱ τὴν σάρκα σὺν ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις καὶ τοῖς παθήμασι σταυρώσαντες. εἰ ζῶμεν πνεύματι, πνεύματι καὶ στοιχῶμεν, λέγει. ὁ σπείρων εἰς τὴν σάρκα ἑαυτοῦ ἐκ τῆς σαρκὸς θερίσει φθοράν, ὁ δὲ σπείρων εἰς τὸ πνεῦμα ἐκ τοῦ πνεύματος θερίσει ζωὴν αἰώνιον.
hina sōsę̄ tēn psychēn. kaitoi kan hyperapothanę̄s tou plēsion diʼ agapēn, plēsion de hēmōn ton sōtēra hypolabę̄s (theos gar engizōn ho sǭzōn pros to sǭzomenon elechthē), thanę̄ thanaton helomenos dia zōēn kai seautou mallon ē ekeinou heneken pathōn; kai mē ti dia touto adelphos eirētai; hoti ho diʼ agapēn tēn pros ton theon pathōn dia tēn idian epathe sōtērian ho te au dia tēn idian apothnę̄skōn sōtērian dia tēn agapēn hypomenei tou kyriou. kai gar autos zōē ōn diʼ hous epathen pathein ēthelēsen, hina tǭ pathei zēsōmen autou; ti me legete; kyrie kyrie, phēsi, kai ou poieite ha legō? ho men gar tois cheilesin agapōn laos, tēn de kardian makran echōn apo tou kyriou allos estin, allǭ pepeismenos, kai hekōn toutǭ heauton pepraken; hosoi de tas entolas tou sōtēros epitelousin, kathʼ hekastēn praxin martyrousi, poiountes men ho thelei, akolouthōs de onomazontes ton kyrion kai diʼ ergou martyrountes hǭ peithontai einai, hoi tēn sarka syn tais epithymiais kai tois pathēmasi staurōsantes. ei zōmen pneumati, pneumati kai stoichōmen, legei. ho speirōn eis tēn sarka heautou ek tēs sarkos therisei phthoran, ho de speirōn eis to pneuma ek tou pneumatos therisei zōēn aiōnion.
so that he may save his soul. And yet, even if you die for your neighbor out of love, and consider the Savior our neighbor (for God, who saves, is said to draw near to the one being saved), you will die having chosen death for the sake of life, suffering for your own sake rather than his. Is not this why he is called brother? Because the one who suffers out of love for God has suffered for his own salvation, and again the one who dies for his own salvation endures for love of the Lord. For he himself, being life, wished to suffer for those for whom he suffered, so that we might live by his suffering. “Why do you call me ‘Lord, Lord,’” he says, “and do not do what I say?” For the people who love with their lips but have their heart far from the Lord is another, persuaded by another, and has willingly sold himself to him. But those who carry out the Savior's commandments bear witness in every action, doing what he wills, naming the Lord consistently, and bearing witness by deed to the one to whom they trust they belong, “those who have crucified the flesh with its desires and passions.” “If we live by the Spirit, let us also walk by the Spirit,” he says. “The one who sows to his own flesh will reap corruption from the flesh; but the one who sows to the Spirit will reap eternal life from the Spirit.”
4.7.44Stählin 2:268
Τοῖς δὲ ἀθλίοις τῶν ἀνθρώπων θάνατος εἶναι ὁ βιαιότατος ἡ διʼ αἵματος μαρτυρία τοῦ κυρίου δοκεῖ, οὐκ εἰδόσι τῆς ὄντως οὔσης ζωῆς ἀρχὴν εἶναι τὴν τοιαύτην τοῦ θανάτου πύλην. καὶ οὔτε τὰς τιμὰς τὰς μετὰ θάνατον τῶν ὁσίως βεβιωκότων οὔτε τὰς κολάσεις τῶν ἀδίκως καὶ ἀσελγῶς πεπολιτευμένων συνεῖναι βούλονται, οὐκ ἐκ τῶν ἡμετέρων μόνον λέγω γραφῶν (σχεδὸν γὰρ πᾶσαι αἱ ἐντολαὶ ταῦτα μηνύουσιν), ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ τῶν οἰκείων ἐθέλουσιν ὑπακοῦσαι λόγων. Θεανὼ γὰρ ἡ Πυθαγορικὴ γράφει· ἦν γὰρ ἂν τῷ ὄντι τοῖς κακοῖς εὐωχία ὁ βίος πονηρευσαμένοις ἔπειτα τελευτῶσιν, εἰ μὴ ἦν ἀθάνατος ἡ ψυχή, ἕρμαιον ὁ θάνατος καὶ Πλάτων ἐν Φαίδωνι εἰ μὲν γὰρ ἦν ὁ θάνατος τοῦ παντὸς ἀπαλλαγή, ἕρμαιον ἂν ἦν καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς.
Tois de athliois tōn anthrōpōn thanatos einai ho biaiotatos hē diʼ haimatos martyria tou kyriou dokei, ouk eidosi tēs ontōs ousēs zōēs archēn einai tēn toiautēn tou thanatou pylēn. kai oute tas timas tas meta thanaton tōn hosiōs bebiōkotōn oute tas kolaseis tōn adikōs kai aselgōs pepoliteumenōn syneinai boulontai, ouk ek tōn hēmeterōn monon legō graphōn (schedon gar pasai hai entolai tauta mēnyousin), allʼ oude tōn oikeiōn ethelousin hypakousai logōn. Theanō gar hē Pythagorikē graphei; ēn gar an tǭ onti tois kakois euōchia ho bios ponēreusamenois epeita teleutōsin, ei mē ēn athanatos hē psychē, hermaion ho thanatos kai Platōn en Phaidōni ei men gar ēn ho thanatos tou pantos apallagē, hermaion an ēn kai ta hexēs.
To wretched men, martyrdom by blood for the Lord seems the most violent death, since they do not know that such a gate of death is the beginning of the truly existing life. And they do not wish to understand either the honors after death of those who have lived holily or the punishments of those who have lived unjustly and licentiously; I do not mean from our Scriptures only (for almost all the commandments indicate these things), but they will not even listen to their own writers. For Theano the Pythagorean writes: “Life would indeed be a feast for the wicked, who having done evil then die, if the soul were not immortal; death would be a windfall.” And Plato in the Phaedo: “For if death were a release from everything, it would be a windfall,” and so on.
4.7.45Stählin 2:268–269
οὐκ ἔστιν οὖν κατὰ τὸν Αἰσχύλου Τήλεφον νοεῖν ἁπλῆν οἶμον εἰς Ἅιδου φέρειν, ὁδοὶ δὲ πολλαὶ αἱ ἀπάγουσαι, ἁμαρτίαι πολυπλανεῖς. τούτους, ὡς ἔοικε, τοὺς ἀπίστους διακωμῳδῶν Ἀριστοφάνης ἄγετε (φησίν), ἄνδρες ἀμαυρόβιοι, φύλλων γενεᾷ προσόμοιοι, ὀλιγοδρανέες, πλάσματα κηροῦ, σκιοειδέα φῦλα, ἀμενηνοί, ἀπτῆνες, ἐφημέριοι. καὶ ὁ Ἐπίχαρμος αὕτα φύσις ἀνθρώπων, ἀσκοὶ πεφυσημένοι. ἡμῖν δὲ ὁ σωτὴρ εἴρηκεν· τὸ πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής· διότι τὸ φρόνημα τῆς σαρκὸς ἔχθρα εἰς θεὸν ὁ ἀπόστολος ἐξηγεῖται, τῷ γὰρ νόμῳ τοῦ θεοῦ οὐχ ὑποτάσσεται, οὐδὲ γὰρ δύναται· οἱ δὲ ἐν σαρκὶ ὄντες θεῷ ἀρέσαι οὐ δύνανται. καὶ ἐπεκδιηγούμενος ἐπιφέρει, ἵνα μὴ ὡς Μαρκίων ἀχαρίστως ἐκδέξηταί τις τὴν δημιουργίαν κακήν· εἰ δὲ Χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν, τὸ μὲν σῶμα νεκρὸν διʼ ἁμαρτίαν, τὸ δὲ πνεῦμα ζωὴ διὰ δικαιοσύνην. πάλιν τε αὖ· εἰ γὰρ κατὰ σάρκα ζῆτε, μέλλετε ἀποθνῄσκειν· λογίζομαι γὰρ ὅτι οὐκ ἄξια τὰ παθήματα τοῦ νῦν καιροῦ πρὸς τὴν μέλλουσαν δόξαν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι εἰς ἡμᾶς, εἴπερ συμπάσχομεν, ἵνα καὶ συνδοξασθῶμεν, ὡς συγκληρονόμοι Χριστοῦ.
ouk estin oun kata ton Aischylou Tēlephon noein haplēn oimon eis Haidou pherein, hodoi de pollai hai apagousai, hamartiai polyplaneis. toutous, hōs eoike, tous apistous diakōmǭdōn Aristophanēs agete (phēsin), andres amaurobioi, phyllōn geneą prosomoioi, oligodranees, plasmata kērou, skioeidea phyla, amenēnoi, aptēnes, ephēmerioi. kai ho Epicharmos hauta physis anthrōpōn, askoi pephysēmenoi. hēmin de ho sōtēr eirēken; to pneuma prothymon, hē de sarx asthenēs; dioti to phronēma tēs sarkos echthra eis theon ho apostolos exēgeitai, tǭ gar nomǭ tou theou ouch hypotassetai, oude gar dynatai; hoi de en sarki ontes theǭ aresai ou dynantai. kai epekdiēgoumenos epipherei, hina mē hōs Markiōn acharistōs ekdexētai tis tēn dēmiourgian kakēn; ei de Christos en hymin, to men sōma nekron diʼ hamartian, to de pneuma zōē dia dikaiosynēn. palin te au; ei gar kata sarka zēte, mellete apothnę̄skein; logizomai gar hoti ouk axia ta pathēmata tou nyn kairou pros tēn mellousan doxan apokalyphthēnai eis hēmas, eiper sympaschomen, hina kai syndoxasthōmen, hōs synklēronomoi Christou.
It is not possible, then, to think, as in Aeschylus's Telephus, that “a single path leads to Hades”; the ways that lead there are many, sins that wander in many directions. Aristophanes, it seems, mocking such unbelievers, says: “Come, you men of dim life, like the generation of leaves, feeble, figures of wax, shadowy tribes, powerless, wingless, creatures of a day.” And Epicharmus: “This is the nature of men: puffed-up wineskins.” But to us the Savior has said: “The spirit is willing, but the flesh is weak.” That is why the apostle explains that “the mind of the flesh is enmity toward God, for it does not submit to the law of God, nor can it; and those who are in the flesh cannot please God.” And explaining further, so that no one, like Marcion, should ungratefully take creation as evil, he adds: “But if Christ is in you, the body is dead because of sin, but the spirit is life because of righteousness.” And again: “For if you live according to the flesh, you will die.” “For I consider that the sufferings of this present time are not worth comparing with the glory that is to be revealed to us, if indeed we suffer with him so that we may also be glorified with him, as fellow heirs of Christ.”
4.7.46Stählin 2:269
οἴδαμεν δὲ ὅτι τοῖς ἀγαπῶσι τὸν θεὸν πάντα συνεργεῖ εἰς τὸ ἀγαθόν, τοῖς κατὰ πρόθεσιν κλητοῖς οὖσι. ὅτι οὓς προέγνω, καὶ προώρισεν συμμόρφους τῆς εἰκόνος τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ, εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν πρωτότοκον ἐν πολλοῖς ἀδελφοῖς· οὓς δὲ προώρισεν, τούτους καὶ ἐκάλεσεν· οὓς δὲ ἐκάλεσεν, τούτους καὶ ἐδικαίωσεν· οὓς δὲ ἐδικαίωσε, τούτους καὶ ἐδόξασεν. ὁρᾷς διʼ ἀγάπην διδασκομένην μαρτυρίαν. κἂν διʼ ἀμοιβὴν ἀγαθῶν ἐθελήσῃς μαρτυρῆσαι, ἀκούσῃ πάλιν· τῇ γὰρ ἐλπίδι ἐσώθημεν· ἐλπὶς δὲ βλεπομένη οὐκ ἔστιν ἐλπίς· ὃ γὰρ βλέπει τις, τί καὶ ἐλπίζει; εἰ δὲ ὃ οὐ βλέπομεν ἐλπίζομεν, διʼ ὑπομονῆς ἀπεκδεχόμεθα. ἀλλʼ εἰ καὶ πάσχομεν διὰ δικαιοσύνην, μακάριοι, φησὶν ὁ Πέτρος. τὸν δὲ φόβον αὐτῶν μὴ φοβηθῆτε μηδὲ ταραχθῆτε, κύριον δὲ τὸν Χριστὸν ἁγιάσατε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν, ἕτοιμοι δὲ ἀεὶ πρὸς ἀπολογίαν παντὶ τῷ αἰτοῦντι ὑμᾶς λόγον περὶ τῆς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐλπίδος, ἀλλὰ μετὰ πραΰτητος καὶ φόβου, συνείδησιν ἔχοντες ἀγαθήν, ἵνα ἐν ᾧ καταλαλεῖσθε, καταισχυνθῶσιν οἱ ἐπηρεάζοντες τὴν καλὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν ἐν Χριστῷ. κρεῖττον γὰρ ἀγαθοποιοῦντας, εἰ θέλοι τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ, πάσχειν ἢ κακοποιοῦντας.
oidamen de hoti tois agapōsi ton theon panta synergei eis to agathon, tois kata prothesin klētois ousi. hoti hous proegnō, kai proōrisen symmorphous tēs eikonos tou huiou autou, eis to einai auton prōtotokon en pollois adelphois; hous de proōrisen, toutous kai ekalesen; hous de ekalesen, toutous kai edikaiōsen; hous de edikaiōse, toutous kai edoxasen. horąs diʼ agapēn didaskomenēn martyrian. kan diʼ amoibēn agathōn ethelēsę̄s martyrēsai, akousę̄ palin; tę̄ gar elpidi esōthēmen; elpis de blepomenē ouk estin elpis; ho gar blepei tis, ti kai elpizei? ei de ho ou blepomen elpizomen, diʼ hypomonēs apekdechometha. allʼ ei kai paschomen dia dikaiosynēn, makarioi, phēsin ho Petros. ton de phobon autōn mē phobēthēte mēde tarachthēte, kyrion de ton Christon hagiasate en tais kardiais hymōn, hetoimoi de aei pros apologian panti tǭ aitounti hymas logon peri tēs en hymin elpidos, alla meta praÿtētos kai phobou, syneidēsin echontes agathēn, hina en hǭ katalaleisthe, kataischynthōsin hoi epēreazontes tēn kalēn anastrophēn hymōn en Christǭ. kreitton gar agathopoiountas, ei theloi to thelēma tou theou, paschein ē kakopoiountas.
“And we know that for those who love God all things work together for good, for those who are called according to purpose. Because those whom he foreknew he also predestined to be conformed to the image of his Son, so that he might be the firstborn among many brothers; and those whom he predestined he also called; and those whom he called he also justified; and those whom he justified he also glorified.” You see martyrdom taught for love's sake. And even if you wish to bear witness for the reward of good things, you will hear again: “For in hope we were saved; but hope that is seen is not hope; for who hopes for what he sees? But if we hope for what we do not see, we wait for it with endurance.” “But even if you suffer for righteousness' sake, you are blessed,” says Peter. “Do not fear what they fear, nor be troubled; but sanctify Christ as Lord in your hearts, always ready to make a defense to everyone who asks you for an account of the hope that is in you, yet with gentleness and fear, having a good conscience, so that when you are slandered, those who revile your good conduct in Christ may be put to shame. For it is better to suffer for doing good, if God's will should will it, than for doing evil.”
4.7.47Stählin 2:269
Κἄν τις ἐρεσχελῶν λέγῃ· καὶ πῶς οἷόν τέ ἐστι τὴν σάρκα τὴν ἀσθενῆ πρὸς τὰς δυνάμεις καὶ τὰ πνεύματα τῶν ἐξουσιῶν ἀνθίστασθαι; ἀλλʼ ἐκεῖνο γνωριζέτω ὅτι τῷ παντοκράτορι καὶ τῷ κυρίῳ θαρροῦντες ἀντιπολιτευόμεθα ταῖς ἀρχαῖς τοῦ σκότους καὶ τῷ θανάτῳ. ἔτι σοῦ λαλοῦντος, φησίν, ἐρεῖ· ἰδοὺ πάρειμι. ὅρα τὸν ἀήττητον βοηθόν, τὸν ὑπερασπίζοντα ἡμῶν. μὴ ξενίζεσθε τοίνυν, ὁ Πέτρος λέγει, τῇ ἐν ὑμῖν πυρώσει πρὸς πειρασμὸν ὑμῖν γινομένῃ, ὡς ξένου ὑμῖν συμβαίνοντος, ἀλλὰ καθὸ κοινωνεῖτε τοῖς τοῦ Χριστοῦ παθήμασι, χαίρετε, ἵνα καὶ ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ χαρῆτε ἀγαλλιώμενοι. εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε ἐν ὀνόματι Χριστοῦ, μακάριοι, ὅτι τὸ τῆς δόξης καὶ τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ πνεῦμα ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς ἀναπαύεται· καθάπερ γέγραπται ὅτι ἕνεκεν σοῦ θανατούμεθα ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν, ἐλογίσθημεν ὡς πρόβατα σφαγῆς. ἀλλʼ ἐν τούτοις πᾶσιν ὑπερνικῶμεν διὰ τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς.
Kan tis ereschelōn legę̄; kai pōs hoion te esti tēn sarka tēn asthenē pros tas dynameis kai ta pneumata tōn exousiōn anthistasthai? allʼ ekeino gnōrizetō hoti tǭ pantokratori kai tǭ kyriǭ tharrountes antipoliteuometha tais archais tou skotous kai tǭ thanatǭ. eti sou lalountos, phēsin, erei; idou pareimi. hora ton aēttēton boēthon, ton hyperaspizonta hēmōn. mē xenizesthe toinyn, ho Petros legei, tę̄ en hymin pyrōsei pros peirasmon hymin ginomenę̄, hōs xenou hymin symbainontos, alla katho koinōneite tois tou Christou pathēmasi, chairete, hina kai en tę̄ apokalypsei tēs doxēs autou charēte agalliōmenoi. ei oneidizesthe en onomati Christou, makarioi, hoti to tēs doxēs kai to tou theou pneuma ephʼ hymas anapauetai; kathaper gegraptai hoti heneken sou thanatoumetha holēn tēn hēmeran, elogisthēmen hōs probata sphagēs. allʼ en toutois pasin hypernikōmen dia tou agapēsantos hēmas.
And if someone says mockingly, “And how is it possible for weak flesh to resist the powers and the spirits of the authorities?” let him know this, that trusting in the Almighty and the Lord we wage war against the rulers of darkness and against death. “While you are still speaking,” he says, “he will say, ‘Here I am.’” See the invincible helper who shields us. “Do not be surprised, then,” says Peter, “at the fiery trial that comes upon you to test you, as though something strange were happening to you; but insofar as you share in Christ's sufferings, rejoice, so that at the revelation of his glory you may also rejoice with gladness. If you are reproached in the name of Christ, you are blessed, because the Spirit of glory and of God rests on you.” As it is written: “For your sake we are being killed all day long; we were regarded as sheep for slaughter. But in all these things we are more than conquerors through the one who loved us.”
4.7.48Stählin 2:270
ἃ δʼ ἐκπυθέσθαι τῆς ἐμῆς χρῄζεις φρενός, οὔτʼ ἂν καταίθων οὔτε κρατὸς ἐξ ἄκρου δεινοὺς καθιεὶς πρίονας εἰς ἄκρους πόδας πύθοιʼ ἂν, οὐδʼ εἰ δεσμὰ πάντα προσβάλοις, ἀφόβως ἀνδρεϊζομένη παρὰ τῇ τραγῳδίᾳ λέγει γυνή. ἥ τε Ἀντιγόνη τοῦ Κρεοντείου καταφρονοῦσα κηρύγματος θαρσοῦσά φησιν· οὐ γάρ τί μοι Ζεὺς ἦν ὁ κηρύσσων τάδε· θεὸς δὲ ἡμῖν κηρύσσει καὶ πειστέον αὐτῷ· καρδίᾳ γὰρ πιστεύεται εἰς δικαιοσύνην, στόματι δὲ ὁμολογεῖται εἰς σωτηρίαν. λέγει γοῦν ἡ γραφή· ›πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων ἐπʼ αὐτῷ οὐ καταισχυνθήσεται.‹ εἰκότως οὖν Σιμωνίδης γράφει· ἔστι τις λόγος τὰν Ἀρετὰν ναίειν δυσαμβάτοις ἐπὶ πέτραις, νυμφᾶν δέ μιν θοᾶν χορὸν ἁγνὸν ἀμφέπειν· οὐδὲ πάντων βλεφάροις θνατῶν ἔσοπτος, ᾧ μὴ δακέθυμος ἱδρὼς ἔνδοθεν μόλῃ ἵκῃ τʼ ἐς ἄκρον ἀνδρείᾳ.
ha dʼ ekpythesthai tēs emēs chrę̄zeis phrenos, outʼ an kataithōn oute kratos ex akrou deinous kathieis prionas eis akrous podas pythoiʼ an, oudʼ ei desma panta prosbalois, aphobōs andreïzomenē para tę̄ tragǭdią legei gynē. hē te Antigonē tou Kreonteiou kataphronousa kērygmatos tharsousa phēsin; ou gar ti moi Zeus ēn ho kēryssōn tade; theos de hēmin kēryssei kai peisteon autǭ; kardią gar pisteuetai eis dikaiosynēn, stomati de homologeitai eis sōtērian. legei goun hē graphē; ›pas ho pisteuōn epʼ autǭ ou kataischynthēsetai.‹ eikotōs oun Simōnidēs graphei; esti tis logos tan Aretan naiein dysambatois epi petrais, nymphan de min thoan choron hagnon amphepein; oude pantōn blepharois thnatōn esoptos, hǭ mē dakethymos hidrōs endothen molę̄ hikę̄ tʼ es akron andreią.
“What you need to learn from my mind, you would not learn, neither by burning me nor by driving terrible saws from the top of my head to the ends of my feet, not even if you put all bonds on me,” says a woman in the tragedy, being fearlessly manly. And Antigone, despising Creon's proclamation, says boldly: “For it was not Zeus who proclaimed these things to me.” But God proclaims to us, and we must obey him. “For with the heart one believes for righteousness, and with the mouth one confesses for salvation. For the Scripture says, ‘Everyone who believes in him will not be put to shame.’” Fittingly, then, Simonides writes: “There is a saying that Virtue dwells on rocks hard to climb, and a holy chorus of swift nymphs attends her; she is not visible to the eyes of all mortals, but only to him in whom heart-biting sweat comes from within, and who reaches the summit by manliness.”
4.7.49Stählin 2:270–271
καὶ ὁ Πίνδαρος· νέων δὲ μέριμναι σὺν πόνοις εἱλισσόμεναι δόξαν εὑρίσκουσι, λάμπει δὲ χρόνῳ ἔργα μετʼ αἰθέρα λαμπευθέντα. ταύτης τῆς ἐννοίας καὶ Αἰσχύλος ἐπιλαβόμενός φησι· τῷ πονοῦντι δʼ ἐκ θεῶν ὀφείλεται τέκνωμα τοῦ πόνου κλέος. μόροι γὰρ μέζονες μέζονας μοίρας λαγχάνουσι καθʼ Ἡράκλειτον. τίς δʼ ἔστι δοῦλος τοῦ θανεῖν ἄφροντις ὤν; οὐ γὰρ ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν ὁ θεὸς πνεῦμα δουλείας πάλιν εἰς φόβον, ἀλλὰ δυνάμεως καὶ ἀγάπης καὶ σωφρονισμοῦ. μὴ οὖν ἐπαισχυνθῇς τὸ μαρτύριον τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν μηδὲ ἐμὲ τὸν δέσμιον αὐτοῦ, τῷ Τιμοθέῳ γράφει. εἴη δʼ ἂν ὁ τοιοῦτος ὁ κολλώμενος τῷ ἀγαθῷ κατὰ τὸν ἀπόστολον, ἀποστυγῶν τὸ πονηρόν, ἀγάπην ἔχων ἀνυπόκριτον· ὁ γὰρ ἀγαπῶν τὸν ἕτερον νόμον πεπλήρωκεν· εἰ δὲ ὁ θεὸς τῆς ἐλπίδος οὗτός ἐστιν ᾧ μαρτυροῦμεν, ὥσπερ οὖν ἐστι, τὴν ἐλπίδα ἡμῶν ὁμολογοῦμεν εἰς τὴν ἐλπίδα σπεύδοντες· οἱ δὲ μεστοὶ τῆς ἀγαθωσύνης πεπληρωμένοι, φησί, πάσης τῆς γνώσεως.
kai ho Pindaros; neōn de merimnai syn ponois heilissomenai doxan heuriskousi, lampei de chronǭ erga metʼ aithera lampeuthenta. tautēs tēs ennoias kai Aischylos epilabomenos phēsi; tǭ ponounti dʼ ek theōn opheiletai teknōma tou ponou kleos. moroi gar mezones mezonas moiras lanchanousi kathʼ Hērakleiton. tis dʼ esti doulos tou thanein aphrontis ōn? ou gar edōken hēmin ho theos pneuma douleias palin eis phobon, alla dynameōs kai agapēs kai sōphronismou. mē oun epaischynthę̄s to martyrion tou kyriou hēmōn mēde eme ton desmion autou, tǭ Timotheǭ graphei. eiē dʼ an ho toioutos ho kollōmenos tǭ agathǭ kata ton apostolon, apostygōn to ponēron, agapēn echōn anypokriton; ho gar agapōn ton heteron nomon peplērōken; ei de ho theos tēs elpidos houtos estin hǭ martyroumen, hōsper oun esti, tēn elpida hēmōn homologoumen eis tēn elpida speudontes; hoi de mestoi tēs agathōsynēs peplērōmenoi, phēsi, pasēs tēs gnōseōs.
And Pindar: “The cares of the young, whirled about with toils, find glory; and in time deeds shine out, lifted to the sky.” Aeschylus too, taking up this thought, says: “To the one who toils, glory, the offspring of toil, is owed by the gods.” For “greater deaths obtain greater portions,” according to Heraclitus. “And who is a slave, if he takes no thought of dying?” “For God did not give us a spirit of slavery again to fear, but of power, love, and self-control. Do not, then, be ashamed of the testimony (martyrion) of our Lord, nor of me his prisoner,” he writes to Timothy. Such a one would be the one who “holds fast to the good,” according to the apostle, “abhorring evil, having love without hypocrisy”; “for the one who loves another has fulfilled the law.” And if the God of hope is the one to whom we bear witness, as indeed he is, we confess our hope, hastening toward the hope. “And those full of goodness,” it says, “filled with all knowledge.”
4.7.50Stählin 2:271
Ἰνδῶν οἱ φιλόσοφοι Ἀλεξάνδρῳ λέγουσι τῷ Μακεδόνι· σώματα μὲν μετάξεις ἐκ τόπου εἰς τόπον, ψυχὰς δʼ ἡμετέρας οὐκ ἀναγκάσεις ποιεῖν ἃ μὴ βουλόμεθα. πῦρ ἀνθρώποις μέγιστον κολαστήριον· τούτου ἡμεῖς καταφρονοῦμεν. κἀντεῦθεν Ἡράκλειτος ἓν ἀντὶ πάντων κλέος ᾑρεῖτο τοῖς δὲ πολλοῖς παραχωρεῖν ὁμολογεῖ κεκορῆσθαι ὅκωσπερ κτήνεσι. τοῦ σώματος γὰρ οὕνεκα οἱ πολλοὶ πόνοι, τοῦδʼ οὕνεκα οἶκον στεγανὸν ἐξευρήκαμεν λευκόν τε ὀρύττειν ἄργυρον σπείρειν τε γῆν, τά τε ἄλλα ὅσα ἡμεῖς ὀνόμασιν γινώσκομεν.
Indōn hoi philosophoi Alexandrǭ legousi tǭ Makedoni; sōmata men metaxeis ek topou eis topon, psychas dʼ hēmeteras ouk anankaseis poiein ha mē boulometha. pyr anthrōpois megiston kolastērion; toutou hēmeis kataphronoumen. kanteuthen Hērakleitos hen anti pantōn kleos hę̄reito tois de pollois parachōrein homologei kekorēsthai hokōsper ktēnesi. tou sōmatos gar houneka hoi polloi ponoi, toudʼ houneka oikon steganon exeurēkamen leukon te oryttein argyron speirein te gēn, ta te alla hosa hēmeis onomasin ginōskomen.
The philosophers of the Indians say to Alexander of Macedon: “You will move our bodies from place to place, but you will not force our souls to do what we do not wish. Fire is the greatest punishment for men; we despise it.” And from this Heraclitus chose “one glory instead of all things,” and confesses that he leaves the many to be glutted like cattle. “For because of the body are the many toils; for its sake we have discovered the roofed house, and to dig white silver and sow the earth,” and all the other things we know by name.
4.7.51Stählin 2:271–272
τοῖς μὲν οὖν πολλοῖς ἡ ματαιοπονία αὕτη αἱρετή, ἡμῖν δὲ ὁ ἀπόστολός φησι· τοῦτο δὲ γινώσκομεν, ὅτι ὁ παλαιὸς ἄνθρωπος ἡμῶν συνεσταύρωται, ἵνα καταργηθῇ τὸ σῶμα τῆς ἁμαρτίας, τοῦ μηκέτι δουλεύειν ἡμᾶς τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ. ἀρʼ οὐκ ἐμφανῶς κἀκεῖνα ἐπιφέρει ὁ ἀπόστολος δεικνὺς τὸν καταισχυμμὸν τῆς πίστεως παρὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς; δοκῶ γάρ, ὁ θεὸς ἡμᾶς τοὺς ἀποστόλους ἐσχάτους ἀπέδειξεν ὡς ἐπιθανατίους, ὅτι θέατρον ἐγενήθημεν τῷ κόσμῳ καὶ ἀγγέλοις καὶ ἀνθρώποις· ἄχρι τῆς ἄρτι ὥρας καὶ πεινῶμεν καὶ διψῶμεν καὶ γυμνητεύομεν καὶ κολαφιζόμεθα καὶ ἀστατοῦμεν, διωκόμενοι ἀνεχόμεθα, δυσφημούμενοι παρακαλοῦμεν· ὡς περικαθάρματα τοῦ κόσμου ἐγενήθημεν.
tois men oun pollois hē mataioponia hautē hairetē, hēmin de ho apostolos phēsi; touto de ginōskomen, hoti ho palaios anthrōpos hēmōn synestaurōtai, hina katargēthę̄ to sōma tēs hamartias, tou mēketi douleuein hēmas tę̄ hamartią. arʼ ouk emphanōs kakeina epipherei ho apostolos deiknys ton kataischymmon tēs pisteōs para tois pollois? dokō gar, ho theos hēmas tous apostolous eschatous apedeixen hōs epithanatious, hoti theatron egenēthēmen tǭ kosmǭ kai angelois kai anthrōpois; achri tēs arti hōras kai peinōmen kai dipsōmen kai gymnēteuomen kai kolaphizometha kai astatoumen, diōkomenoi anechometha, dysphēmoumenoi parakaloumen; hōs perikatharmata tou kosmou egenēthēmen.
For the many, then, this vain toil is to be chosen; but for us the apostle says: “We know this, that our old man was crucified with him, so that the body of sin might be done away, that we might no longer be slaves to sin.” Does not the apostle plainly add the following, showing the disgrace of faith among the many? “For I think God has exhibited us apostles last, as men condemned to death, because we have become a spectacle to the world, to angels and to men. To this very hour we hunger and thirst, are naked and beaten and homeless; persecuted, we endure; slandered, we entreat. We have become like the refuse of the world.”
4.7.52Stählin 2:272
τοιαῦτα καὶ τὰ τοῦ Πλάτωνος ἐν Πολιτείᾳ, κἂν στρεβλῶται ὁ δίκαιος κἂν ἐξορύττηται τὼ ὀφθαλμώ, ὅτι εὐδαίμων ἔσται. οὔκουν ἐπὶ τῇ τύχῃ τὸ τέλος ἕξει ποτὲ ὁ γνωστικὸς κείμενον, ἀλλʼ ἐπʼ αὐτῷ τὸ εὐδαιμονεῖν ἂν εἴη καὶ τὸ μακαρίῳ εἶναι βασιλικῷ τε φίλῳ τοῦ θεοῦ· κἂν ἀτιμίᾳ τις περιβάλλῃ τοῦτον φυγῇ τε καὶ δημεύσει καὶ ἐπὶ πᾶσι θανάτῳ, οὐκ ἀποσπασθήσεταί ποτε τῆς ἐλευθερίας καὶ κυριωτάτης πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ἀγάπης, ἣ πάντα στέγει καὶ πάντα ὑπομένει· καλῶς πάντα τὴν θείαν διοικεῖν πρόνοιαν πέπεισται ἡ ἀγάπη.
toiauta kai ta tou Platōnos en Politeią, kan streblōtai ho dikaios kan exoryttētai tō ophthalmō, hoti eudaimōn estai. oukoun epi tę̄ tychę̄ to telos hexei pote ho gnōstikos keimenon, allʼ epʼ autǭ to eudaimonein an eiē kai to makariǭ einai basilikǭ te philǭ tou theou; kan atimią tis periballę̄ touton phygę̄ te kai dēmeusei kai epi pasi thanatǭ, ouk apospasthēsetai pote tēs eleutherias kai kyriōtatēs pros ton theon agapēs, hē panta stegei kai panta hypomenei; kalōs panta tēn theian dioikein pronoian pepeistai hē agapē.
Such too are Plato's words in the Republic: that even if the just man is racked and has his eyes dug out, he will be happy. So the one who knows will never have his end lying in fortune; but being happy and blessed and a royal friend of God will rest with him. And even if someone surrounds him with dishonor, exile, confiscation, and above all death, he will never be torn away from his freedom and his most sovereign love for God, which “bears all things and endures all things.” Love is persuaded that divine providence governs all things well.
4.7.53Stählin 2:272–273
παρακαλῶ οὖν ὑμᾶς, μιμηταί μου γίνεσθε, φησίν. ὁ μὲν οὖν πρῶτος βαθμὸς τῆς σωτηρίας ἡ μετὰ φόβον διδασκαλία, διʼ ἣν ἀπεχόμεθα τῆς ἀδικίας, δεύτερος δὲ ἡ ἐλπίς, διʼ ἣν ἐφιέμεθα τῶν βελτίστων, τελειοῖ δὲ ἡ ἀγάπη, ὡς προσῆκόν ἐστι, γνωστικῶς ἤδη παιδεύουσα. Ἕλληνες γὰρ οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅπως ἀνάγκῃ δεδωκότες ἀλόγῳ τὰ συμβαίνοντα ἄκοντες πείθεσθαι ὁμολογοῦσιν. ὁ γοῦν Εὐριπίδης λέγει· ἅ γʼ οὖν παραινῶ, ταῦτά μου δέξαι, γύναι. ἔφυ μὲν οὐδεὶς ὅστις οὐ πονεῖ βροτῶν, θάπτει τε τέκνα καὶ ἕτερα σπείρει νέα, αὐτός τε θνῄσκει. καὶ τάδʼ ἄχθονται βροτοί. εἶτα ἐπιφέρει· ταῦτα δεῖ στέγειν ἅπερ δεῖ κατὰ φύσιν διεκπερᾶν· οὐ δεινὸν οὐδὲν τῶν ἀναγκαίων βροτοῖς.
parakalō oun hymas, mimētai mou ginesthe, phēsin. ho men oun prōtos bathmos tēs sōtērias hē meta phobon didaskalia, diʼ hēn apechometha tēs adikias, deuteros de hē elpis, diʼ hēn ephiemetha tōn beltistōn, teleioi de hē agapē, hōs prosēkon esti, gnōstikōs ēdē paideuousa. Hellēnes gar ouk oidʼ hopōs anankę̄ dedōkotes alogǭ ta symbainonta akontes peithesthai homologousin. ho goun Euripidēs legei; ha gʼ oun parainō, tauta mou dexai, gynai. ephy men oudeis hostis ou ponei brotōn, thaptei te tekna kai hetera speirei nea, autos te thnę̄skei. kai tadʼ achthontai brotoi. eita epipherei; tauta dei stegein haper dei kata physin diekperan; ou deinon ouden tōn anankaiōn brotois.
“I urge you, then, be imitators of me,” he says. The first step of salvation, then, is instruction with fear, through which we abstain from injustice; the second is hope, through which we desire the best things; and love perfects, as is fitting, now training in the way of knowledge. The Greeks, I do not know how, having handed what happens over to irrational necessity, confess that they obey it unwillingly. Euripides, at any rate, says: “Accept from me, woman, what I advise. No mortal was ever born who does not toil; he buries children and begets other new ones, and dies himself. And mortals are grieved at this.” Then he adds: “We must bear what must by nature be passed through; nothing necessary is terrible for mortals.”
4.7.54Stählin 2:273
Πρόκειται δὲ τοῖς τελείωσιν σπεύδουσιν ἡ γνῶσις ἡ λογική, ἧς θεμέλιος ἡ ἁγία τριάς, πίστις, ἐλπίς, ἀγάπη· μείζων δὲ τούτων ἡ ἀγάπη. ἀμέλει πάντα ἔξεστιν, ἀλλʼ οὐ πάντα συμφέρει· πάντα ἔξεστιν, ἀλλʼ οὐ πάντα οἰκοδομεῖ, φησὶν ὁ ἀπόστολος. καὶ μηδεὶς τὸ ἑαυτοῦ ζητείτω μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ τοῦ ἑτέρου, ὡς ποιεῖν ὁμοῦ καὶ διδάσκειν δύνασθαι οἰκοδομοῦντα καὶ ἐποικοδομοῦντα. ὅτι μὲν γὰρ τοῦ κυρίου ἡ γῆ καὶ τὸ πλήρωμα αὐτῆς, ὡμολόγηται, ἀλλʼ ἡ συνείδησις τοῦ ἀσθενοῦντος ὑποφέρεται. συνείδησιν δὲ λέγω οὐχὶ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ, ἀλλὰ τὴν τοῦ ἑτέρου. ἵνα τί γὰρ ἡ ἐλευθερία μου κρίνεται ὑπὸ ἄλλης συνειδήσεως; εἰ ἐγὼ χάριτι μετέχω, τί βλασφημοῦμαι ὑπὲρ οὗ ἐγὼ εὐχαριστῶ; εἴτε οὖν ἐσθίετε εἴτε πίνετε εἴτε τι ποιεῖτε, πάντα εἰς δόξαν θεοῦ ποιεῖτε. ἐν σαρκὶ γὰρ περιπατοῦντες οὐ κατὰ σάρκα στρατευόμεθα· τὰ γὰρ ὅπλα τῆς στρατείας ἡμῶν οὐ σαρκικά, ἀλλὰ δυνατὰ τῷ θεῷ πρὸς καθαίρεσιν ὀχυρωμάτων, λογισμοὺς καθαιροῦντες καὶ πᾶν ὕψωμα ἐπαιρόμενον κατὰ τῆς γνώσεως τοῦ κυρίου.
Prokeitai de tois teleiōsin speudousin hē gnōsis hē logikē, hēs themelios hē hagia trias, pistis, elpis, agapē; meizōn de toutōn hē agapē. amelei panta exestin, allʼ ou panta sympherei; panta exestin, allʼ ou panta oikodomei, phēsin ho apostolos. kai mēdeis to heautou zēteitō monon, alla kai to tou heterou, hōs poiein homou kai didaskein dynasthai oikodomounta kai epoikodomounta. hoti men gar tou kyriou hē gē kai to plērōma autēs, hōmologētai, allʼ hē syneidēsis tou asthenountos hypopheretai. syneidēsin de legō ouchi tēn heautou, alla tēn tou heterou. hina ti gar hē eleutheria mou krinetai hypo allēs syneidēseōs? ei egō chariti metechō, ti blasphēmoumai hyper hou egō eucharistō? eite oun esthiete eite pinete eite ti poieite, panta eis doxan theou poieite. en sarki gar peripatountes ou kata sarka strateuometha; ta gar hopla tēs strateias hēmōn ou sarkika, alla dynata tǭ theǭ pros kathairesin ochyrōmatōn, logismous kathairountes kai pan hypsōma epairomenon kata tēs gnōseōs tou kyriou.
Set before those who hasten to perfection is rational knowledge, whose foundation is the holy triad, faith, hope, love; “but the greatest of these is love.” Indeed, “all things are lawful, but not all things are profitable; all things are lawful, but not all things build up,” says the apostle. “And let no one seek his own good only, but also that of the other,” so as to be able both to do and to teach, building up and building upon. For that “the earth is the Lord's and its fullness” is agreed; but the conscience of the weak is supported. “Conscience, I say, not your own, but the other's. For why is my freedom judged by another's conscience? If I partake with thanksgiving, why am I blasphemed for what I give thanks for? So whether you eat or drink or do anything, do all to the glory of God.” “For walking in the flesh we do not wage war according to the flesh; for the weapons of our warfare are not fleshly, but powerful before God for the pulling down of strongholds, pulling down reasonings and every height raised up against the knowledge of the Lord.”
4.7.55Stählin 2:273–274
τούτοις ὁ γνωστικὸς τοῖς ὅπλοις κορυσσόμενος, ὦ κύριε, φησί, δὸς περίστασιν καὶ λάβε ἐπίδειξιν, ἴτω τὸ δεινὸν τοῦτο, κινδύνων ὑπερφρονῶ διὰ τὴν πρὸς σὲ ἀγάπην· ὁθούνεκʼ ἀρετὴ τῶν ἐν ἀνθρώποις μόνη οὐκ ἐκ θυραίων τἀπίχειρα λαμβάνει, αὐτὴ δʼ ἑαυτὴν ἆθλα τῶν πόνων ἔχει. ἐνδύσασθε οὖν, ὡς ἐκλεκτοὶ τοῦ θεοῦ ἅγιοι καὶ ἠγαπημένοι, σπλάγχνα οἰκτιρμῶν, χρηστότητα, ταπεινοφροσύνην, πραότητα, μακροθυμίαν, ἐπὶ πᾶσι δὲ τούτοις τὴν ἀγάπην, ὅ ἐστι σύνδεσμος τῆς τελειότητος. καὶ ἡ εἰρήνη τοῦ Χριστοῦ βραβευέτω ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν, εἰς ἣν καὶ ἐκλήθητε ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι· καὶ εὐχάριστοι γίνεσθε, οἱ ἐν σώματι ἔτι ὄντες, καθάπερ οἱ παλαιοὶ δίκαιοι ἀπάθειαν ψυχῆς καὶ ἀταραξίαν καρπούμενοι·
toutois ho gnōstikos tois hoplois koryssomenos, ō kyrie, phēsi, dos peristasin kai labe epideixin, itō to deinon touto, kindynōn hyperphronō dia tēn pros se agapēn; hothounekʼ aretē tōn en anthrōpois monē ouk ek thyraiōn tapicheira lambanei, autē dʼ heautēn athla tōn ponōn echei. endysasthe oun, hōs eklektoi tou theou hagioi kai ēgapēmenoi, splanchna oiktirmōn, chrēstotēta, tapeinophrosynēn, praotēta, makrothymian, epi pasi de toutois tēn agapēn, ho esti syndesmos tēs teleiotētos. kai hē eirēnē tou Christou brabeuetō en tais kardiais hymōn, eis hēn kai eklēthēte en heni sōmati; kai eucharistoi ginesthe, hoi en sōmati eti ontes, kathaper hoi palaioi dikaioi apatheian psychēs kai ataraxian karpoumenoi;
Armed with these weapons, the one who knows says: “O Lord, give me the occasion and receive the proof; let this terror come; I despise dangers because of my love for you.” “Since virtue alone among human things does not take its rewards from outside, but has itself as the prize of its toils.” “Put on, then, as God's chosen ones, holy and beloved, a heart of compassion, kindness, humility, gentleness, patience; and above all these, love, which is the bond of perfection. And let the peace of Christ rule in your hearts, to which you were called in one body; and be thankful,” you who are still in the body, as the righteous of old, reaping freedom from passion and calm of soul.
Miscellanies 4, chapter 8
4.8.56Stählin 2:274
ἐπεὶ οὐ μόνον † Αἰσώπιοι καὶ Μακεδόνες καὶ Λάκωνες στρεβλούμενοι ἐκαρτέρουν, ὥς φησιν Ἐρατοσθένης ἐν τοῖς Περὶ ἀγαθῶν καὶ κακῶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ Ζήνων ὁ Ἐλεάτης ἀναγκαζόμενος κατειπεῖν τι τῶν ἀπορρήτων ἀντέσχεν πρὸς τὰς βασάνους οὐδὲν ἐξομολογούμενος, ὅς γε καὶ τελευτῶν τὴν γλῶσσαν ἐκτρώγων προσέπτυσε τῷ τυράννῳ, ὃν οἳ μὲν Νέαρχον, οἳ δὲ Δημύλον προσαγορεύουσιν. ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ Θεόδοτος ὁ Πυθαγόρειος ἐποίησεν καὶ Πραΰλος ὁ Λακύδου γνώριμος, ὥς φησι Τιμόθεος ὁ Περγαμηνὸς ἐν τῷ Περὶ τῆς τῶν φιλοσόφων ἀνδρείας καὶ Ἀχαϊκὸς ἐν τοῖς Ἠθικοῖς. ἀλλὰ καὶ Πόστουμος ὁ Ῥωμαῖος ληφθεὶς ὑπὸ Πευκετίωνος οὐχ ὅπως τι τῶν κεκρυμμένων οὐκ ἐδήλωσεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν χεῖρα ἐπὶ τοῦ πυρὸς θεὶς καθαπερεὶ χαλκὸν κατέτηκεν ἀτρέπτῳ πάνυ τῷ παραστήματι. τὰ γὰρ Ἀναξάρχου σιωπῶ πτίσσε ἐπιβοῶντος τὸν Ἀναξάρχου θύλακον· Ἀνάξαρχον γὰρ οὐ πτίσσεις, ὁπηνίκα πρὸς τοῦ τυράννου ὑπέροις σιδηροῖς ἐπτίσσετο.
epei ou monon † Aisōpioi kai Makedones kai Lakōnes strebloumenoi ekarteroun, hōs phēsin Eratosthenēs en tois Peri agathōn kai kakōn, alla kai Zēnōn ho Eleatēs anankazomenos kateipein ti tōn aporrētōn anteschen pros tas basanous ouden exomologoumenos, hos ge kai teleutōn tēn glōssan ektrōgōn proseptyse tǭ tyrannǭ, hon hoi men Nearchon, hoi de Dēmylon prosagoreuousin. homoiōs de kai Theodotos ho Pythagoreios epoiēsen kai Praÿlos ho Lakydou gnōrimos, hōs phēsi Timotheos ho Pergamēnos en tǭ Peri tēs tōn philosophōn andreias kai Achaïkos en tois Ēthikois. alla kai Postoumos ho Rhōmaios lēphtheis hypo Peuketiōnos ouch hopōs ti tōn kekrymmenōn ouk edēlōsen, alla kai tēn cheira epi tou pyros theis kathaperei chalkon katetēken atreptǭ pany tǭ parastēmati. ta gar Anaxarchou siōpō ptisse epiboōntos ton Anaxarchou thylakon; Anaxarchon gar ou ptisseis, hopēnika pros tou tyrannou hyperois sidērois eptisseto.
For not only did the … and the Macedonians and Spartans endure when racked, as Eratosthenes says in his work On Good and Evil Things; but also Zeno of Elea, forced to reveal some secret, held out against the tortures, confessing nothing, and even at his death bit off his tongue and spat it at the tyrant, whom some call Nearchus and others Demylus. Theodotus the Pythagorean did likewise, and Praylus, the pupil of Lacydes, as Timotheus of Pergamum says in his work On the Courage of Philosophers, and Achaicus in his Ethics. And Postumus the Roman, captured by Peucetion, not only did not reveal any of the secrets, but also, placing his hand on the fire, melted it like bronze with a completely unmoved composure. For I pass over the words of Anaxarchus, who cried out, “Pound the bag of Anaxarchus; for you do not pound Anaxarchus,” when he was being pounded with iron pestles by the tyrant.
4.8.57Stählin 2:274
Οὔτʼ οὖν ἡ τῆς εὐδαιμονίας ἐλπὶς οὔθʼ ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ἀγάπη δυσανασχετεῖ πρὸς τὰ ὑποπίπτοντα, μένει δὲ ἐλευθέρα, κἂν θηρίοις τοῖς ἀγριωτάτοις, κἂν τῷ παμφάγῳ ὑποπέσῃ πυρί, κἂν κατακτείνηται βασάνοις τυραννικαῖς, τῆς θείας ἀπαρτωμένη φιλίας ἀδούλωτος ἄνω περιπολεῖ, τὸ σῶμα παραδοῦσα τοῖς τούτου μόνου ἔχεσθαι δυναμένοις. Γέται δὲ ἔθνος βάρβαρον οὐκ ἄγευστον φιλοσοφίας πρεσβευτὴν αἱροῦνται πρὸς Ζάμολξιν ἥρωα κατʼ ἔτος. ὁ δὲ Ζάμολξις ἦν τῶν Πυθαγόρου γνωρίμων.
Outʼ oun hē tēs eudaimonias elpis outhʼ hē pros ton theon agapē dysanaschetei pros ta hypopiptonta, menei de eleuthera, kan thēriois tois agriōtatois, kan tǭ pamphagǭ hypopesę̄ pyri, kan katakteinētai basanois tyrannikais, tēs theias apartōmenē philias adoulōtos anō peripolei, to sōma paradousa tois toutou monou echesthai dynamenois. Getai de ethnos barbaron ouk ageuston philosophias presbeutēn hairountai pros Zamolxin hērōa katʼ etos. ho de Zamolxis ēn tōn Pythagorou gnōrimōn.
Neither, then, the hope of happiness nor love toward God is vexed at what befalls, but remains free; even if it falls among the most savage beasts, or into the all-devouring fire, or is killed by tyrants' tortures, hanging on the divine friendship, it moves about above unenslaved, having handed over the body to those who can lay hold of that alone. The Getae, a barbarian nation not without a taste of philosophy, choose each year an envoy to the hero Zamolxis. And Zamolxis was one of Pythagoras's pupils.
4.8.58Stählin 2:274–275
ἀποσφάττεται οὖν ὁ δοκιμώτατος κριθεὶς ἀνιωμένων τῶν φιλοσοφησάντων μέν, οὐχ αἱρεθέντων δέ, ὡς ἀποδεδοκιμασμένων εὐδαίμονος ὑπηρεσίας. μεστὴ μὲν οὖν πᾶσα ἡ ἐκκλησία τῶν μελετησάντων τὸν ζωοποιὸν θάνατον εἰς Χριστὸν παρʼ ὅλον τὸν βίον καθάπερ ἀνδρῶν οὕτω δὲ καὶ γυναικῶν σωφρόνων. ἔξεστι γὰρ τῷ καθʼ ἡμᾶς πολιτευομένῳ καὶ ἄνευ γραμμάτων φιλοσοφεῖν, κἂν βάρβαρος ᾖ κἂν Ἕλλην κἂν δοῦλος κἂν γέρων κἂν παιδίον κἂν γυνή· κοινὴ γὰρ ἁπάντων τῶν ἀνθρώπων τῶν γε ἑλομένων ἡ σωφροσύνη· ὡμολόγηται δʼ ἡμῖν τὴν αὐτὴν φύσιν κατὰ γένος ἕκαστον τὴν αὐτὴν καὶ ἴσχειν ἀρετήν.
aposphattetai oun ho dokimōtatos kritheis aniōmenōn tōn philosophēsantōn men, ouch hairethentōn de, hōs apodedokimasmenōn eudaimonos hypēresias. mestē men oun pasa hē ekklēsia tōn meletēsantōn ton zōopoion thanaton eis Christon parʼ holon ton bion kathaper andrōn houtō de kai gynaikōn sōphronōn. exesti gar tǭ kathʼ hēmas politeuomenǭ kai aneu grammatōn philosophein, kan barbaros ę̄ kan Hellēn kan doulos kan gerōn kan paidion kan gynē; koinē gar hapantōn tōn anthrōpōn tōn ge helomenōn hē sōphrosynē; hōmologētai dʼ hēmin tēn autēn physin kata genos hekaston tēn autēn kai ischein aretēn.
The one judged most approved is slain, while those who practiced philosophy but were not chosen are grieved, as though rejected from a happy service. The whole church, then, is full of those, men and likewise self-restrained women, who have practiced throughout their life the life-giving death for Christ. For the one who lives as we do may philosophize even without letters, whether barbarian or Greek, slave or old man, child or woman. For self-restraint is common to all human beings who choose it; and we have agreed that the same nature in each race has the same virtue.
4.8.59Stählin 2:275
οὐκ ἄλλην τοίνυν πρὸς τὴν ἀνθρωπότητα φύσιν ἔχειν ἡ γυνή, ἄλλην δὲ ὁ ἀνὴρ φαίνεται, ἀλλʼ ἢ τὴν αὐτήν, ὥστε καὶ τὴν ἀρετήν. εἰ δὲ ἀνδρὸς ἀρετὴ σωφροσύνη δήπουθεν καὶ δικαιοσύνη καὶ ὅσαι ταύταις ἀκόλουθοι νομίζονται, ἆρʼ ἀνδρὶ μόνῳ ἐναρέτῳ εἶναι προσήκει, γυναικὶ δὲ ἀκολάστῳ καὶ ἀδίκῳ; ἀλλὰ ἀπρεπὲς τοῦτο καὶ λέγειν. σωφροσύνης οὖν ἐπιμελητέον καὶ δικαιοσύνης καὶ τῆς ἄλλης ἀρετῆς ἁπάσης ὁμοίως μὲν γυναικί, ὁμοίως δὲ ἀνδρί, ἐλευθέρῳ τε καὶ δούλῳ, ἐπειδὴ μίαν καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν ἀρετὴν εἶναι τῆς αὐτῆς φύσεως συμβέβηκεν. τὸ μὲν τοίνυν τὴν αὐτὴν εἶναι φύσιν τοῦ θήλεος πρὸς τὸ ἄρρεν, καθὸ θῆλύ ἐστιν, οὐ φαμέν· πάντως γάρ τινα καὶ διαφορὰν ὑπάρχειν προσῆκεν ἑκατέρῳ τούτων, διʼ ἣν τὸ μὲν θῆλυ αὐτῶν, τὸ δὲ ἄρρεν γέγονεν· τὸ γοῦν κυοφορεῖν καὶ τὸ τίκτειν τῇ γυναικὶ προσεῖναί φαμεν, καθὸ θήλεια τυγχάνει, οὐ καθὸ ἄνθρωπος· εἰ δὲ μηδὲν ἦν τὸ διάφορον ἀνδρὸς καὶ γυναικός, τὰ αὐτὰ ἂν ἑκάτερον αὐτῶν ἔδρα τε καὶ ἔπασχεν.
ouk allēn toinyn pros tēn anthrōpotēta physin echein hē gynē, allēn de ho anēr phainetai, allʼ ē tēn autēn, hōste kai tēn aretēn. ei de andros aretē sōphrosynē dēpouthen kai dikaiosynē kai hosai tautais akolouthoi nomizontai, arʼ andri monǭ enaretǭ einai prosēkei, gynaiki de akolastǭ kai adikǭ? alla aprepes touto kai legein. sōphrosynēs oun epimelēteon kai dikaiosynēs kai tēs allēs aretēs hapasēs homoiōs men gynaiki, homoiōs de andri, eleutherǭ te kai doulǭ, epeidē mian kai tēn autēn aretēn einai tēs autēs physeōs symbebēken. to men toinyn tēn autēn einai physin tou thēleos pros to arren, katho thēly estin, ou phamen; pantōs gar tina kai diaphoran hyparchein prosēken hekaterǭ toutōn, diʼ hēn to men thēly autōn, to de arren gegonen; to goun kyophorein kai to tiktein tę̄ gynaiki proseinai phamen, katho thēleia tynchanei, ou katho anthrōpos; ei de mēden ēn to diaphoron andros kai gynaikos, ta auta an hekateron autōn edra te kai epaschen.
The woman, then, does not appear to have one nature with respect to humanity and the man another, but the same, and so the same virtue too. If the virtue of a man is self-restraint, of course, and justice, and whatever are thought to follow from these, is it fitting for a man alone to be virtuous, and for a woman to be licentious and unjust? It is unseemly even to say so. Self-restraint, then, and justice and all other virtue must be cultivated alike by woman and by man, by free and slave, since it happens that the same nature has one and the same virtue. We do not say that the nature of the female is the same as that of the male insofar as she is female; for there must surely be some difference belonging to each of them, by which one is female and the other male. Pregnancy and childbirth, at any rate, we say belong to the woman insofar as she is female, not insofar as she is human; if there were no difference between man and woman, each would do and experience the same things.
4.8.60Stählin 2:275–276
ᾗ μὲν τοίνυν ταὐτόν ἐστι, κατὰ ψυχήν, ταύτῃ ἐπὶ τὴν αὐτὴν ἀφίξεται ἀρετήν· ᾗ δὲ διάφορον, κατὰ τὴν σώματος ἰδιότητα, ἐπὶ τὰς κυήσεις καὶ τὴν οἰκουρίαν, θέλω γὰρ ὑμᾶς, φησὶν ὁ ἀπόστολος, εἰδέναι ὅτι παντὸς ἀνδρὸς ἡ κεφαλὴ ὁ Χριστός, κεφαλὴ δὲ γυναικὸς ὁ ἀνήρ. οὐ γάρ ἐστιν ἀνὴρ ἐκ γυναικός, ἀλλὰ γυνὴ ἐξ ἀνδρός. πλὴν οὔτε γυνὴ χωρὶς ἀνδρὸς οὔτε ἀνὴρ χωρὶς γυναικὸς ἐν κυρίῳ. ὡς γὰρ σώφρονα τὸν ἄνδρα καὶ τῶν ἡδονῶν κρείττονα δεῖν εἶναί φαμεν, οὕτω καὶ τὴν γυναῖκα σώφρονά τε ὁμοίως ἀξιώσαιμεν ἂν εἶναι καὶ πρὸς τὰς ἡδονὰς διαμάχεσθαι μεμελετηκυῖαν· λέγω δέ· πνεύματι περιπατεῖτε καὶ ἐπιθυμίαν σαρκὸς οὐ μὴ τελέσητε, ἡ ἀποστολικὴ συμβουλεύει ἐντολή· ἡ γὰρ σὰρξ ἐπιθυμεῖ κατὰ τοῦ πνεύματος, τὸ δὲ πνεῦμα κατὰ τῆς σαρκός. ταῦτα οὖν ἀντίκειται οὐχ ὡς κακὸν ἀγαθῷ, ἀλλʼ ὡς συμφερόντως μαχόμενα. ἐπιφέρει γοῦν·
hę̄ men toinyn tauton esti, kata psychēn, tautę̄ epi tēn autēn aphixetai aretēn; hę̄ de diaphoron, kata tēn sōmatos idiotēta, epi tas kyēseis kai tēn oikourian, thelō gar hymas, phēsin ho apostolos, eidenai hoti pantos andros hē kephalē ho Christos, kephalē de gynaikos ho anēr. ou gar estin anēr ek gynaikos, alla gynē ex andros. plēn oute gynē chōris andros oute anēr chōris gynaikos en kyriǭ. hōs gar sōphrona ton andra kai tōn hēdonōn kreittona dein einai phamen, houtō kai tēn gynaika sōphrona te homoiōs axiōsaimen an einai kai pros tas hēdonas diamachesthai memeletēkuian; legō de; pneumati peripateite kai epithymian sarkos ou mē telesēte, hē apostolikē symbouleuei entolē; hē gar sarx epithymei kata tou pneumatos, to de pneuma kata tēs sarkos. tauta oun antikeitai ouch hōs kakon agathǭ, allʼ hōs sympherontōs machomena. epipherei goun;
Insofar, then, as she is the same, in soul, she will attain the same virtue; insofar as she differs, in the particularity of the body, she is for childbearing and housekeeping. “For I want you to know,” says the apostle, “that the head of every man is Christ, and the head of the woman is the man. For man is not from woman, but woman from man. Nevertheless in the Lord neither is woman without man nor man without woman.” For as we say that the man must be self-restrained and superior to pleasures, so we would think it right that the woman too be self-restrained and practiced in fighting against pleasures. “I say, walk by the Spirit, and you will not carry out the desire of the flesh,” the apostolic commandment counsels. “For the flesh desires against the Spirit, and the Spirit against the flesh.” These, then, are opposed not as evil to good, but as fighting beneficially. He adds, at any rate:
4.8.61Stählin 2:276
ἵνα μὴ ἃ ἂν θέλητε ταῦτα ποιῆτε. φανερὰ δέ ἐστι τὰ ἔργα τῆς σαρκός, ἅτινά ἐστι πορνεία, ἀκαθαρσία, ἀσέλγεια, εἰδωλολατρεία, φαρμακεῖαι, ἔχθραι, ἔρεις, ζῆλοι, θυμοί, ἐριθίαι, διχοστασίαι, αἱρέσεις, φθόνοι, μέθαι, κῶμοι, καὶ τὰ ὅμοια τούτοις, ἃ προλέγω ὑμῖν καθὼς καὶ προεῖπον, ὅτι οἱ τὰ τοιαῦτα πράσσοντες βασιλείαν θεοῦ οὐ κληρονομήσουσιν. ὁ δὲ καρπὸς τοῦ πνεύματός ἐστιν ἀγάπη, χαρά, εἰρήνη, μακροθυμία, χρηστότης, ἐγκράτεια, ἀγαθωσύνη, πίστις, πραότης. σάρκα, οἶμαι, τοὺς ἁμαρτωλούς, ὡς πνεῦμα τοὺς δικαίους εἴρηκεν. ναὶ μὴν τὸ τῆς ἀνδρείας πρὸς τὸ εὐθαρσὲς καὶ τὸ ὑπομονητικὸν παραληπτέον, ὡς τῷ τύπτοντι τὴν σιαγόνα παραθεῖναι τὴν ἑτέραν καὶ τῷ τὸ ἱμάτιον αἴροντι καὶ τοῦ χιτῶνος παραχωρεῖν θυμοῦ κρατοῦντας ἐρρωμένως. οὐ γάρ τινας Ἀμαζόνας τὰ πολεμικὰ ἀνδρείας ἀσκοῦμεν τὰς γυναῖκας, ὅπου γε καὶ τοὺς ἄνδρας εἰρηνικοὺς εἶναι βουλόμεθα.
hina mē ha an thelēte tauta poiēte. phanera de esti ta erga tēs sarkos, hatina esti porneia, akatharsia, aselgeia, eidōlolatreia, pharmakeiai, echthrai, ereis, zēloi, thymoi, erithiai, dichostasiai, haireseis, phthonoi, methai, kōmoi, kai ta homoia toutois, ha prolegō hymin kathōs kai proeipon, hoti hoi ta toiauta prassontes basileian theou ou klēronomēsousin. ho de karpos tou pneumatos estin agapē, chara, eirēnē, makrothymia, chrēstotēs, enkrateia, agathōsynē, pistis, praotēs. sarka, oimai, tous hamartōlous, hōs pneuma tous dikaious eirēken. nai mēn to tēs andreias pros to eutharses kai to hypomonētikon paralēpteon, hōs tǭ typtonti tēn siagona paratheinai tēn heteran kai tǭ to himation aironti kai tou chitōnos parachōrein thymou kratountas errōmenōs. ou gar tinas Amazonas ta polemika andreias askoumen tas gynaikas, hopou ge kai tous andras eirēnikous einai boulometha.
“so that you may not do whatever you wish. Now the works of the flesh are evident, which are sexual immorality, impurity, licentiousness, idolatry, sorcery, enmities, strife, jealousy, fits of anger, rivalries, dissensions, heresies, envyings, drunkenness, carousing, and the like; of which I warn you, as I warned you before, that those who do such things will not inherit the kingdom of God. But the fruit of the Spirit is love, joy, peace, patience, kindness, self-control, goodness, faith, gentleness.” By flesh, I think, he meant sinners, as by spirit the righteous. Indeed, courage must be taken up for boldness and endurance, so as to turn the other cheek to the one who strikes, and to give up the tunic too to the one who takes the cloak, mastering anger strongly. For we do not train women, like some Amazons, in the courage of war, since we wish even men to be peaceful.
4.8.62Stählin 2:276–277
ἀκούω δʼ ἔγωγε καὶ Σαυρομάτιδας γυναῖκας πολέμῳ χρωμένας ἀνδρῶν οὐκ ἔλαττον, καὶ Σακίδας ἄλλας, αἳ τοξεύουσιν εἰς τοὐπίσω φεύγειν προσποιούμεναι τοῖς ἀνδράσιν ἐπʼ ἴσης. οἶδα καὶ τὰς πλησίον τῆς Ἰβηρίας γυναῖκας ἔργῳ καὶ πόνῳ χρωμένας ἀνδρικῷ, κἂν πρὸς τὸ ἀποκυεῖν γένωνται οὐδὲν ἀνιείσας τῶν πρακτέων, ἀλλʼ ἐν αὐτῇ πολλάκις τῇ ἁμίλλῃ τῶν πόνων ἡ γυνὴ ἀποκυήσασα τὸ βρέφος ἀνελομένη οἴκαδε φέρει. ἤδη γοῦν αἱ κύνες οὐδὲν ἔλαττον τῶν ἀρρένων καὶ οἰκουροῦσι καὶ θηρεύουσι καὶ τὰς ποίμνας φυλάττουσι. Κρῆσσα κύων ἐλάφοιο κατʼ ἴχνιον ἔδραμε Γοργώ. φιλοσοφητέον οὖν καὶ ταῖς γυναιξὶν ἐμφερῶς τοῖς ἀνδράσι, κἂν βελτίους οἱ ἄρρενες τά τε πρῶτα ἐν πᾶσι φερόμενοι τυγχάνωσιν, ἐκτὸς εἰ μὴ καταμαλακισθεῖεν.
akouō dʼ egōge kai Sauromatidas gynaikas polemǭ chrōmenas andrōn ouk elatton, kai Sakidas allas, hai toxeuousin eis toupisō pheugein prospoioumenai tois andrasin epʼ isēs. oida kai tas plēsion tēs Ibērias gynaikas ergǭ kai ponǭ chrōmenas andrikǭ, kan pros to apokyein genōntai ouden anieisas tōn prakteōn, allʼ en autę̄ pollakis tę̄ hamillę̄ tōn ponōn hē gynē apokyēsasa to brephos anelomenē oikade pherei. ēdē goun hai kynes ouden elatton tōn arrenōn kai oikourousi kai thēreuousi kai tas poimnas phylattousi. Krēssa kyōn elaphoio katʼ ichnion edrame Gorgō. philosophēteon oun kai tais gynaixin empherōs tois andrasi, kan beltious hoi arrenes ta te prōta en pasi pheromenoi tynchanōsin, ektos ei mē katamalakistheien.
I hear that the Sarmatian women too make war no less than men, and the Sacian women too, who shoot backward while pretending to flee, equally with the men. I know too that the women near Iberia do men's work and labor, and even when they are about to give birth they neglect nothing of what must be done; often, in the very contest of labor, the woman gives birth, takes up the baby, and carries it home. Indeed female dogs, no less than male, guard the house, hunt, and watch the flocks: “Gorgo, the Cretan hound, ran on the track of the deer.” Women, then, must philosophize like men, even if men are better and hold the first place in all things, unless they have become effeminate.
4.8.63Stählin 2:277
ἀναγκαῖον οὖν σύμπαντι τῷ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένει παιδεία τε καὶ ἀρετή, εἴ γε ἐπὶ τὴν εὐδαιμονίαν σπεύδοιεν. καί πως οὐ μάτην Εὐριπίδης ποικίλως γράφει· ποτὲ μὲν πᾶσα γὰρ ἀνδρὸς κακίων ἄλοχος, κἂν ὁ κάκιστος γήμῃ τὴν εὐδοκιμοῦσαν· ποτὲ δὲ πᾶσα γὰρ δούλη ἐστὶν ἀνδρὸς ἡ σώφρων γυνή, ἡ δὲ μὴ σώφρων ἀνοίᾳ τὸν ξυνόντα ὑπερφέρει. οὐ μὲν γὰρ κρεῖσσον καὶ ἄρειον ἢ ὅθʼ ὁμοφρονέοντε νοήμασιν οἶκον ἔχητον ἀνὴρ ἠδὲ γυνή. κεφαλὴ τοίνυν τὸ ἡγεμονικόν. εἰ δὲ κύριος κεφαλὴ τοῦ ἀνδρός, κεφαλὴ δὲ γυναικὸς ὁ ἀνήρ, κύριος ὁ ἀνὴρ τῆς γυναικός, εἰκὼν καὶ δόξα θεοῦ ὑπάρχων.
anankaion oun sympanti tǭ tōn anthrōpōn genei paideia te kai aretē, ei ge epi tēn eudaimonian speudoien. kai pōs ou matēn Euripidēs poikilōs graphei; pote men pasa gar andros kakiōn alochos, kan ho kakistos gēmę̄ tēn eudokimousan; pote de pasa gar doulē estin andros hē sōphrōn gynē, hē de mē sōphrōn anoią ton xynonta hyperpherei. ou men gar kreisson kai areion ē hothʼ homophroneonte noēmasin oikon echēton anēr ēde gynē. kephalē toinyn to hēgemonikon. ei de kyrios kephalē tou andros, kephalē de gynaikos ho anēr, kyrios ho anēr tēs gynaikos, eikōn kai doxa theou hyparchōn.
Education and virtue, then, are necessary for the whole human race, if they hasten toward happiness. And Euripides, not in vain, writes variously: at one time, “Every wife is worse than her husband, even if the worst man marries a woman of good repute”; at another, “Every self-restrained wife is her husband's slave, but the one who is not self-restrained, in her folly, surpasses her partner.” “For nothing is stronger and better than when a man and a woman keep house with like minds.” The head, then, is the ruling part. And if the Lord is the head of the man, and the man is the head of the woman, the man is lord of the woman, being the image and glory of God.
4.8.64Stählin 2:277
διὸ καὶ ἐν τῇ πρὸς Ἐφεσίους γράφει· ὑποτασσόμενοι ἀλλήλοις ἐν φόβῳ θεοῦ· αἱ γυναῖκες τοῖς ἰδίοις ἀνδράσιν ὡς τῷ κυρίῳ, ὅτι ἀνήρ ἐστι κεφαλὴ τῆς γυναικὸς ὡς καὶ ὁ Χριστὸς κεφαλὴ τῆς ἐκκλησίας, αὐτὸς ὁ σωτὴρ τοῦ σώματος. ἀλλʼ ὡς ἡ ἐκκλησία ὑποτάσσεται τῷ Χριστῷ, οὕτως καὶ αἱ γυναῖκες τοῖς ἰδίοις ἀνδράσιν ἐν παντί. οἱ ἄνδρες, ἀγαπᾶτε τὰς γυναῖκας, καθὼς καὶ ὁ Χριστὸς ἠγάπησεν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν· οὕτω καὶ οἱ ἄνδρες ὀφείλουσιν ἀγαπᾶν τὰς ἑαυτῶν γυναῖκας ὡς τὰ ἑαυτῶν σώματα. ὁ ἀγαπῶν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ γυναῖκα ἑαυτὸν ἀγαπᾷ· οὐδεὶς γάρ ποτε τὴν ἑαυτοῦ σάρκα ἐμίσησεν.
dio kai en tę̄ pros Ephesious graphei; hypotassomenoi allēlois en phobǭ theou; hai gynaikes tois idiois andrasin hōs tǭ kyriǭ, hoti anēr esti kephalē tēs gynaikos hōs kai ho Christos kephalē tēs ekklēsias, autos ho sōtēr tou sōmatos. allʼ hōs hē ekklēsia hypotassetai tǭ Christǭ, houtōs kai hai gynaikes tois idiois andrasin en panti. hoi andres, agapate tas gynaikas, kathōs kai ho Christos ēgapēsen tēn ekklēsian; houtō kai hoi andres opheilousin agapan tas heautōn gynaikas hōs ta heautōn sōmata. ho agapōn tēn heautou gynaika heauton agapą; oudeis gar pote tēn heautou sarka emisēsen.
That is why he writes in the letter to the Ephesians: “Submitting to one another in the fear of God; wives to their own husbands as to the Lord, because the husband is head of the wife, as Christ too is head of the church, himself the Savior of the body. But as the church is subject to Christ, so also wives to their own husbands in everything. Husbands, love your wives, as Christ also loved the church. So husbands also ought to love their own wives as their own bodies. He who loves his own wife loves himself; for no one ever hated his own flesh.”
4.8.65Stählin 2:277–278
κἀν τῇ πρὸς Κολοσσαεῖς αἱ γυναῖκες φησίν, ὑποτάσσεσθε τοῖς ἀνδράσιν, ὡς ἀνήκει ἐν κυρίῳ. οἱ ἄνδρες, ἀγαπᾶτε τὰς γυναῖκας καὶ μὴ πικραίνεσθε πρὸς αὐτάς. τὰ τέκνα, ὑπακούετε τοῖς γονεῦσι κατὰ πάντα· τοῦτο γὰρ εὐάρεστον τῷ κυρίῳ. οἱ πατέρες, μὴ ἐρεθίζετε τὰ τέκνα ὑμῶν, ἵνα μὴ ἀθυμῶσιν. οἱ δοῦλοι, ὑπακούετε κατὰ πάντα τοῖς κατὰ σάρκα κυρίοις, μὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοδουλείαις ὡς ἀνθρωπάρεσκοι, ἀλλʼ ἐν ἁπλότητι καρδίας φοβούμενοι τὸν κύριον. καὶ πᾶν ὃ ἐὰν ποιῆτε, ἐκ ψυχῆς ἐργάζεσθε ὡς τῷ κυρίῳ δουλεύοντες καὶ οὐκ ἀνθρώποις, εἰδότες ὅτι ἀπὸ κυρίου ἀπολήψεσθε τὴν ἀνταπόδοσιν τῆς κληρονομίας. τῷ γὰρ κυρίῳ Χριστῷ δουλεύετε· ὁ γὰρ ἄδικος κομίσεται ὃ ἠδίκησεν, καὶ οὐκ ἔστι προσωποληψία. οἱ κύριοι, τὸ δίκαιον καὶ τὴν ἰσότητα τοῖς δούλοις παρέχετε, εἰδότες ὅτι καὶ ὑμεῖς ἔχετε κύριον ἐν οὐρανῷ, ὅπου οὐκ ἔνι Ἕλλην καὶ Ἰουδαῖος, περιτομὴ καὶ ἀκροβυστία, βάρβαρος, Σκύθης, δοῦλος, ἐλεύθερος, ἀλλὰ πάντα καὶ ἐν πᾶσι Χριστός.
kan tę̄ pros Kolossaeis hai gynaikes phēsin, hypotassesthe tois andrasin, hōs anēkei en kyriǭ. hoi andres, agapate tas gynaikas kai mē pikrainesthe pros autas. ta tekna, hypakouete tois goneusi kata panta; touto gar euareston tǭ kyriǭ. hoi pateres, mē erethizete ta tekna hymōn, hina mē athymōsin. hoi douloi, hypakouete kata panta tois kata sarka kyriois, mē en ophthalmodouleiais hōs anthrōpareskoi, allʼ en haplotēti kardias phoboumenoi ton kyrion. kai pan ho ean poiēte, ek psychēs ergazesthe hōs tǭ kyriǭ douleuontes kai ouk anthrōpois, eidotes hoti apo kyriou apolēpsesthe tēn antapodosin tēs klēronomias. tǭ gar kyriǭ Christǭ douleuete; ho gar adikos komisetai ho ēdikēsen, kai ouk esti prosōpolēpsia. hoi kyrioi, to dikaion kai tēn isotēta tois doulois parechete, eidotes hoti kai hymeis echete kyrion en ouranǭ, hopou ouk eni Hellēn kai Ioudaios, peritomē kai akrobystia, barbaros, Skythēs, doulos, eleutheros, alla panta kai en pasi Christos.
And in the letter to the Colossians he says: “Wives, be subject to your husbands, as is fitting in the Lord. Husbands, love your wives and do not be harsh with them. Children, obey your parents in everything, for this is pleasing to the Lord. Fathers, do not provoke your children, lest they become discouraged. Slaves, obey in everything your masters according to the flesh, not with eye-service as people-pleasers, but in singleness of heart, fearing the Lord. And whatever you do, work at it from the soul, as serving the Lord and not men, knowing that from the Lord you will receive the reward of the inheritance; for you serve the Lord Christ. For the wrongdoer will receive back the wrong he has done, and there is no partiality. Masters, grant your slaves what is just and fair, knowing that you too have a Lord in heaven,” where there is neither Greek and Jew, circumcision and uncircumcision, barbarian, Scythian, slave, free, but Christ is all and in all.
4.8.66Stählin 2:278
εἰκὼν δὲ τῆς οὐρανίου ἐκκλησίας ἡ ἐπίγειος, ὅπερ εὐχόμεθα καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς γενέσθαι τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ ὡς ἐν οὐρανῷ· ἐνδυσάμενοι σπλάγχνα οἰκτιρμοῦ, χρηστότητα, ταπεινοφροσύνην, πραότητα, μακροθυμίαν, ἀνεχόμενοι ἀλλήλων καὶ χαριζόμενοι ἑαυτοῖς, ἐάν τις πρός τινα ἔχῃ μομφήν· καθὼς καὶ ὁ Χριστὸς ἐχαρίσατο ἡμῖν, οὕτως καὶ ἡμεῖς. ἐπὶ πᾶσι δὲ τούτοις ἡ ἀγάπη, ὅ ἐστι σύνδεσμος τῆς τελειότητος. καὶ ἡ εἰρήνη τοῦ Χριστοῦ βραβευέτω ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν, εἰς ἣν καὶ ἐκλήθητε ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι· καὶ εὐχάριστοι γίνεσθε. οὐδὲν γὰρ κωλύει πολλάκις τὴν αὐτὴν παρατίθεσθαι γραφὴν εἰς ἐντροπὴν Μαρκίωνος, ἤν πως μεταβάληται πεισθείς, εὐχάριστον δεῖν μαθὼν τὸν πιστὸν εἶναι τῷ δημιουργῷ θεῷ τῷ καλέσαντι ἡμᾶς καὶ εὐαγγελισαμένῳ ἐν σώματι.
eikōn de tēs ouraniou ekklēsias hē epigeios, hoper euchometha kai epi gēs genesthai to thelēma tou theou hōs en ouranǭ; endysamenoi splanchna oiktirmou, chrēstotēta, tapeinophrosynēn, praotēta, makrothymian, anechomenoi allēlōn kai charizomenoi heautois, ean tis pros tina echę̄ momphēn; kathōs kai ho Christos echarisato hēmin, houtōs kai hēmeis. epi pasi de toutois hē agapē, ho esti syndesmos tēs teleiotētos. kai hē eirēnē tou Christou brabeuetō en tais kardiais hymōn, eis hēn kai eklēthēte en heni sōmati; kai eucharistoi ginesthe. ouden gar kōlyei pollakis tēn autēn paratithesthai graphēn eis entropēn Markiōnos, ēn pōs metabalētai peistheis, euchariston dein mathōn ton piston einai tǭ dēmiourgǭ theǭ tǭ kalesanti hēmas kai euangelisamenǭ en sōmati.
The earthly church is an image of the heavenly, which is why we pray that God's will may be done on earth as in heaven. “Having put on a heart of compassion, kindness, humility, gentleness, patience, bearing with one another and forgiving each other, if anyone has a complaint against another; as Christ forgave us, so also we. And above all these, love, which is the bond of perfection. And let the peace of Christ rule in your hearts, to which you were called in one body; and be thankful.” For nothing prevents citing the same Scripture often to shame Marcion, in case he should be persuaded and change, learning that the believer must be thankful to God the Creator, who called us and proclaimed the gospel to us in the body.
4.8.67Stählin 2:278
Σαφῶς ἡμῖν ἐκ τούτων ἡ ἐκ πίστεως ἑνότης καὶ τίς ὁ τέλειος δέδεικται, ὥστε καὶ ἀκόντων τινῶν καὶ τὰ πλεῖστα ἐνισταμένων, κἂν κολάσεις ἐπαρτῶνται πρὸς τοῦ ἀνδρὸς ἢ πρὸς τοῦ δεσπότου, φιλοσοφήσει ὅ τε οἰκέτης ἥ τε γυνή. ναὶ μὴν καὶ ἐλεύθερος, κἂν πρὸς τυράννου θάνατος ἀπειλῆται τούτῳ, κἂν ἐπὶ δικαστήρια ἄγηται καὶ εἰς κινδύνους ἐσχάτους περιέλκηται περί τε τῆς κτήσεως ἁπάσης κινδυνεύσῃ, οὐκ ἀφέξεται τῆς θεοσεβείας οὐδʼ ὁπωστιοῦν· οὐδὲ ἀπαυδήσει ποτὲ ἡ μὲν γυνὴ φαύλῳ συνοικοῦσα ἀνδρί, ὁ δὲ υἱὸς ἐὰν φαῦλον ἔχῃ πατέρα ἢ πονηρὸν δεσπότην ὁ οἰκέτης, τῆς ἀρετῆς ἐχόμενοι γενναίως· ἀλλʼ ὡς ἀνδρὶ ἀποθνῄσκειν καλὸν ὑπέρ τε ἀρετῆς ὑπέρ τε ἐλευθερίας ὑπέρ τε ἑαυτοῦ, ὡσαύτως καὶ γυναικί· οὐ γὰρ τῆς τῶν ἀρρένων φύσεως τοῦτο ἴδιον, ἀλλὰ τῆς τῶν ἀγαθῶν.
Saphōs hēmin ek toutōn hē ek pisteōs henotēs kai tis ho teleios dedeiktai, hōste kai akontōn tinōn kai ta pleista enistamenōn, kan kolaseis epartōntai pros tou andros ē pros tou despotou, philosophēsei ho te oiketēs hē te gynē. nai mēn kai eleutheros, kan pros tyrannou thanatos apeilētai toutǭ, kan epi dikastēria agētai kai eis kindynous eschatous perielkētai peri te tēs ktēseōs hapasēs kindyneusę̄, ouk aphexetai tēs theosebeias oudʼ hopōstioun; oude apaudēsei pote hē men gynē phaulǭ synoikousa andri, ho de huios ean phaulon echę̄ patera ē ponēron despotēn ho oiketēs, tēs aretēs echomenoi gennaiōs; allʼ hōs andri apothnę̄skein kalon hyper te aretēs hyper te eleutherias hyper te heautou, hōsautōs kai gynaiki; ou gar tēs tōn arrenōn physeōs touto idion, alla tēs tōn agathōn.
From these things the unity that comes from faith and who is the perfect one have been clearly shown to us; so that even if some are unwilling and oppose it in most things, even if punishments are threatened by the husband or by the master, the household slave and the wife will philosophize. Indeed the free man too, even if death is threatened by a tyrant, even if he is dragged into court and into the utmost dangers and is in danger of losing all his property, will not abstain from godliness in any way. Nor will the wife ever give up, living with a bad husband, nor the son if he has a bad father, nor the slave a wicked master, holding nobly to virtue. But as it is good for a man to die for virtue, for freedom, and for himself, so also for a woman; for this belongs not to the nature of males but to that of the good.
4.8.68Stählin 2:278–279
πιστῶς οὖν καὶ ὁ πρεσβύτης καὶ ὁ νέος καὶ ὁ οἰκέτης ὑπακούων ταῖς ἐντολαῖς βιώσεταί τε καί, ἐὰν δέῃ, τεθνήξεται, ὅπερ ἂν εἴη διὰ θανάτου ζωοποιηθῆναι. ἴσμεν γοῦν καὶ παῖδας καὶ οἰκέτας καὶ γυναῖκας πολλάκις ἀκόντων πατέρων καὶ δεσποτῶν καὶ ἀνδρῶν βελτίστους γεγονέναι. οὔκουν ἔλαττον προθυμεῖσθαι χρὴ τοὺς μέλλοντας θεοσεβῶς ζήσειν, ἐπειδὰν εἴργειν αὐτούς τινες δοκῶσιν, ἀλλὰ πολὺ πλέον οἶμαι προσήκειν σπεύδειν τε καὶ ἀγωνίζεσθαι διαφερόντως, ὅπως ἂν μὴ ἡττηθέντες ἀποπέσωσι τῶν ἀρίστων καὶ ἀναγκαιοτάτων βουλευμάτων. οὐ γὰρ οἶμαι σύγκρισιν ἐπιδέχεσθαι πότερον ἄμεινον θιασώτην γενέσθαι τοῦ παντοκράτορος ἢ τὸ τῶν δαιμόνων ἑλέσθαι σκότος. τὰ μὲν γὰρ ἄλλων ἕνεκα πραττόμενα ἡμῖν ἑκάστοτε πράξαιμεν ἂν εἰς ἐκείνους ἀποβλέπειν πειρώμενοι, ὧν ἕνεκα γίνεσθαι δοκεῖ, μέτρον ἡγούμενοι τοῦτο τὸ ἐν ἐκείνοις κεχαρισμένον· ἃ δὲ αὑτῶν μᾶλλον ἤ τινων ἑτέρων, ταῦτα ἂν ἡμῖν γίγνοιτο μετὰ τῆς ἴσης σπουδῆς, ἐάν τε ἀρέσκειν τισὶ δοκῇ ἐάν τε καὶ μή.
pistōs oun kai ho presbytēs kai ho neos kai ho oiketēs hypakouōn tais entolais biōsetai te kai, ean deę̄, tethnēxetai, hoper an eiē dia thanatou zōopoiēthēnai. ismen goun kai paidas kai oiketas kai gynaikas pollakis akontōn paterōn kai despotōn kai andrōn beltistous gegonenai. oukoun elatton prothymeisthai chrē tous mellontas theosebōs zēsein, epeidan eirgein autous tines dokōsin, alla poly pleon oimai prosēkein speudein te kai agōnizesthai diapherontōs, hopōs an mē hēttēthentes apopesōsi tōn aristōn kai anankaiotatōn bouleumatōn. ou gar oimai synkrisin epidechesthai poteron ameinon thiasōtēn genesthai tou pantokratoros ē to tōn daimonōn helesthai skotos. ta men gar allōn heneka prattomena hēmin hekastote praxaimen an eis ekeinous apoblepein peirōmenoi, hōn heneka ginesthai dokei, metron hēgoumenoi touto to en ekeinois kecharismenon; ha de hautōn mallon ē tinōn heterōn, tauta an hēmin gignoito meta tēs isēs spoudēs, ean te areskein tisi dokę̄ ean te kai mē.
Faithfully, then, both the old man, the young man, and the slave, obeying the commandments, will live and, if need be, die, which would be to be made alive through death. We know, at any rate, that children, slaves, and wives have often become excellent against the will of fathers, masters, and husbands. So those who are going to live godly lives must not be less eager when some seem to hinder them; rather, I think, it is much more fitting to hasten and contend especially, so as not to be overcome and fall away from the best and most necessary resolutions. For I do not think it admits comparison, whether it is better to become a devotee of the Almighty or to choose the darkness of demons. For what we do for the sake of others we would do each time trying to look to those for whose sake it seems to be done, considering what pleases them the measure; but what is done for our own sake more than for others', we would do with equal eagerness, whether it seems to please some or not.
4.8.69Stählin 2:279
εἰ δὴ τῶν ἀδιαφόρων ἔνια τοιαύτην εἴληχε τιμὴν ὥστε καὶ ἀκόντων τινῶν αἱρετὰ εἶναι δοκεῖν, πολὺ δὲ πλέον τὴν ἀρετὴν περιμάχητον νομιστέον, μὴ εἰς ἄλλο τι ἀφορῶντας, ἀλλὰ εἰς αὐτὸ τὸ καλῶς πραχθῆναι δυνάμενον, ἐάν τε ἑτέρως δοκῇ τισιν ἐάν τε καὶ μή. καλῶς οὖν καὶ Ἐπίκουρος Μενοικεῖ γράφων· μήτε νέος τις ὢν μελλέτω φιλοσοφεῖν, μήτε γέρων ὑπάρχων κοπιάτω φιλοσοφῶν. οὔτε γὰρ ἄωρος οὐδείς ἐστιν οὔτε πάρωρος πρὸς τὸ κατὰ ψυχὴν ὑγιαίνειν. ὁ δὲ λέγων μήπω τοῦ φιλοσοφεῖν ὑπάρχειν ὥραν ἢ παρεληλυθέναι τὴν ὥραν ὅμοιός ἐστι τῷ λέγοντι πρὸς εὐδαιμονίαν ἢ μήπω παρεῖναι τὴν ὥραν ἢ μηκέτʼ εἶναι τὴν ὥραν. ὥστε φιλοσοφητέον καὶ νεωτέρῳ καὶ γέροντι, τῷ μὲν ὅπως γηράσκων νεάζῃ τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς διὰ τὴν χάριν τῶν γεγονότων, τῷ δὲ ὅπως νέος ἅμα καὶ παλαιὸς ᾖ διὰ τὴν ἀφοβίαν τῶν μελλόντων.
ei dē tōn adiaphorōn enia toiautēn eilēche timēn hōste kai akontōn tinōn haireta einai dokein, poly de pleon tēn aretēn perimachēton nomisteon, mē eis allo ti aphorōntas, alla eis auto to kalōs prachthēnai dynamenon, ean te heterōs dokę̄ tisin ean te kai mē. kalōs oun kai Epikouros Menoikei graphōn; mēte neos tis ōn melletō philosophein, mēte gerōn hyparchōn kopiatō philosophōn. oute gar aōros oudeis estin oute parōros pros to kata psychēn hygiainein. ho de legōn mēpō tou philosophein hyparchein hōran ē parelēlythenai tēn hōran homoios esti tǭ legonti pros eudaimonian ē mēpō pareinai tēn hōran ē mēketʼ einai tēn hōran. hōste philosophēteon kai neōterǭ kai geronti, tǭ men hopōs gēraskōn neazę̄ tois agathois dia tēn charin tōn gegonotōn, tǭ de hopōs neos hama kai palaios ę̄ dia tēn aphobian tōn mellontōn.
If, then, some indifferent things have obtained such honor that they seem choiceworthy even against some people's will, much more must virtue be considered worth fighting for, looking to nothing else than what can be done well, whether it seems otherwise to some or not. Well, then, did Epicurus write to Menoeceus: “Let no one delay philosophizing while young, nor grow weary of philosophizing when old. For no one is too early or too late for the health of the soul. The one who says that the time for philosophizing has not yet come or has passed is like one who says that the time for happiness has not yet come or is no longer. So both young and old must philosophize: the one so that, growing old, he may be young in good things by gratitude for what has been; the other so that he may be at once young and old by fearlessness of what is to come.”
Miscellanies 4, chapter 9
4.9.70Stählin 2:279–280
Περὶ δὲ τοῦ μαρτυρίου διαρρήδην ὁ κύριος εἴρηκεν, καὶ τὰ διαφόρως γεγραμμένα συντάξωμεν· λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν, πᾶς ὃς ἐὰν ὁμολογήσῃ ἐν ἐμοὶ ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, καὶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ὁμολογήσει ἐν αὐτῷ ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀγγέλων τοῦ θεοῦ· τὸν δὲ ἀρνησάμενόν με ἐνώπιον τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀπαρνήσομαι αὐτὸν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀγγέλων. ὃς γὰρ ἂν ἐπαισχυνθῇ με ἢ τοὺς ἐμοὺς λόγους ἐν τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ τῇ μοιχαλίδι καὶ ἁμαρτωλῷ, καὶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐπαισχυνθήσεται αὐτόν, ὅταν ἔλθῃ ἐν τῇ δόξῃ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ μετὰ τῶν ἀγγέλων αὐτοῦ. πᾶς οὖν ὅστις ἐὰν ὁμολογήσῃ ἐν ἐμοὶ ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ὁμολογήσω κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς. ὅταν δὲ φέρωσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς τὰς συναγωγὰς καὶ τὰς ἀρχὰς καὶ τὰς ἐξουσίας, μὴ προμεριμνᾶτε πῶς ἀπολογηθῆτε ἢ τί εἴπητε· τὸ γὰρ ἅγιον πνεῦμα διδάξει ὑμᾶς ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ τί δεῖ εἰπεῖν.
Peri de tou martyriou diarrēdēn ho kyrios eirēken, kai ta diaphorōs gegrammena syntaxōmen; legō de hymin, pas hos ean homologēsę̄ en emoi emprosthen tōn anthrōpōn, kai ho huios tou anthrōpou homologēsei en autǭ emprosthen tōn angelōn tou theou; ton de arnēsamenon me enōpion tōn anthrōpōn aparnēsomai auton emprosthen tōn angelōn. hos gar an epaischynthę̄ me ē tous emous logous en tę̄ geneą tautę̄ tę̄ moichalidi kai hamartōlǭ, kai ho huios tou anthrōpou epaischynthēsetai auton, hotan elthę̄ en tę̄ doxę̄ tou patros autou meta tōn angelōn autou. pas oun hostis ean homologēsę̄ en emoi emprosthen tōn anthrōpōn, homologēsō kagō en autǭ emprosthen tou patros mou tou en ouranois. hotan de pherōsin hymas eis tas synagōgas kai tas archas kai tas exousias, mē promerimnate pōs apologēthēte ē ti eipēte; to gar hagion pneuma didaxei hymas en autę̄ tę̄ hōrą ti dei eipein.
About martyrdom the Lord has spoken plainly; and let us put together what is written in different places. “And I say to you, everyone who confesses in me before men, the Son of Man will also confess in him before the angels of God; but whoever denies me before men, I will deny him before the angels.” “For whoever is ashamed of me or of my words in this adulterous and sinful generation, the Son of Man will also be ashamed of him, when he comes in the glory of his Father with his angels.” “Everyone, then, who confesses in me before men, I too will confess in him before my Father in heaven.” “And when they bring you into the synagogues and before the rulers and authorities, do not be anxious beforehand how to defend yourselves or what to say; for the Holy Spirit will teach you in that very hour what you must say.”
4.9.71Stählin 2:280
Τοῦτον ἐξηγούμενος τὸν τόπον Ἡρακλέων ὁ τῆς Οὐαλεντίνου σχολῆς δοκιμώτατος κατὰ λέξιν φησὶν ὁμολογίαν εἶναι τὴν μὲν ἐν πίστει καὶ πολιτείᾳ, τὴν δὲ ἐν φωνῇ. ἡ μὲν οὖν ἐν φωνῇ ὁμολογία καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἐξουσιῶν γίνεται, ἣν μόνην, φησίν, ὁμολογίαν ἡγοῦνται εἶναι οἱ πολλοὶ οὐχ ὑγιῶς, δύνανται δὲ ταύτην τὴν ὁμολογίαν καὶ οἱ ὑποκριταὶ ὁμολογεῖν. ἀλλʼ οὐδʼ εὑρεθήσεται οὗτος ὁ λόγος καθολικῶς εἰρημένος· οὐ γὰρ πάντες οἱ σῳζόμενοι ὡμολόγησαν τὴν διὰ τῆς φωνῆς ὁμολογίαν καὶ ἐξῆλθον, ἐξ ὧν Ματθαῖος, Φίλιππος, Θωμᾶς, Λευῒς καὶ ἄλλοι πολλοί. καὶ ἔστιν ἡ διὰ τῆς φωνῆς ὁμολογία οὐ καθολική, ἀλλὰ μερική. καθολικὴ δὲ ἣν νῦν λέγει, ἡ ἐν ἔργοις καὶ πράξεσι καταλλήλοις τῆς εἰς αὐτὸν πίστεως. ἕπεται δὲ ταύτῃ τῇ ὁμολογίᾳ καὶ ἡ μερικὴ ἡ ἐπὶ τῶν ἐξουσιῶν, ἐὰν δέῃ καὶ ὁ λόγος αἱρῇ. ὁμολογήσει γὰρ οὗτος καὶ τῇ φωνῇ, ὀρθῶς προομολογήσας πρότερον τῇ διαθέσει.
Touton exēgoumenos ton topon Hērakleōn ho tēs Oualentinou scholēs dokimōtatos kata lexin phēsin homologian einai tēn men en pistei kai politeią, tēn de en phōnę̄. hē men oun en phōnę̄ homologia kai epi tōn exousiōn ginetai, hēn monēn, phēsin, homologian hēgountai einai hoi polloi ouch hygiōs, dynantai de tautēn tēn homologian kai hoi hypokritai homologein. allʼ oudʼ heurethēsetai houtos ho logos katholikōs eirēmenos; ou gar pantes hoi sǭzomenoi hōmologēsan tēn dia tēs phōnēs homologian kai exēlthon, ex hōn Matthaios, Philippos, Thōmas, Leuïs kai alloi polloi. kai estin hē dia tēs phōnēs homologia ou katholikē, alla merikē. katholikē de hēn nyn legei, hē en ergois kai praxesi katallēlois tēs eis auton pisteōs. hepetai de tautę̄ tę̄ homologią kai hē merikē hē epi tōn exousiōn, ean deę̄ kai ho logos hairę̄. homologēsei gar houtos kai tę̄ phōnę̄, orthōs proomologēsas proteron tę̄ diathesei.
Heracleon, the most esteemed of the school of Valentinus, explaining this passage, says word for word: “Confession is of two kinds: one in faith and conduct, the other in voice. Confession in voice takes place also before the authorities, which alone,” he says, “most people wrongly consider to be confession; but hypocrites too can make this confession. But this saying will not be found to have been spoken universally; for not all who are saved made confession by voice and departed, among whom are Matthew, Philip, Thomas, Levi, and many others. And confession by voice is not universal but partial. The universal one is the one he now speaks of, in works and actions corresponding to faith in him. And the partial one before the authorities follows this confession, if it is necessary and reason requires. For this man will confess with his voice too, having rightly confessed before in his disposition.
4.9.72Stählin 2:280–281
καὶ καλῶς ἐπὶ μὲν τῶν ὁμολογούντων ›ἐν ἐμοὶ‹ εἶπεν, ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν ἀρνουμένων τὸ ›ἐμὲ‹ προσέθηκεν. οὗτοι γάρ, κἂν τῇ φωνῇ ὁμολογήσωσιν αὐτόν, ἀρνοῦνται αὐτόν, τῇ πράξει μὴ ὁμολογοῦντες. μόνοι δʼ ἐν αὐτῷ ὁμολογοῦσιν οἱ ἐν τῇ κατʼ αὐτὸν ὁμολογίᾳ καὶ πράξει βιοῦντες, ἐν οἷς καὶ αὐτὸς ὁμολογεῖ ἐνειλημμένος αὐτοὺς καὶ ἐχόμενος ὑπὸ τούτων. διόπερ ἀρνήσασθαι αὐτὸν οὐδέποτε δύνανται· ἀρνοῦνται δὲ αὐτὸν οἱ μὴ ὄντες ἐν αὐτῷ. οὐ γὰρ εἶπεν ›ὃς ἀρνήσηται ἐν ἐμοί‹, ἀλλʼ ›ἐμέ‹· οὐδεὶς γάρ ποτε ὢν ἐν αὐτῷ ἀρνεῖται αὐτόν. τὸ δὲ ›ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ‹ καὶ τῶν σῳζομένων καὶ τῶν ἐθνικῶν δὲ ὁμοίως παρʼ οἷς μὲν καὶ τῇ πολιτείᾳ, παρʼ οἷς δὲ καὶ τῇ φωνῇ. διόπερ ἀρνήσασθαι αὐτὸν οὐδέποτε δύνανται· ἀρνοῦνται δὲ αὐτὸν οἱ μὴ ὄντες ἐν αὐτῷ.
kai kalōs epi men tōn homologountōn ›en emoi‹ eipen, epi de tōn arnoumenōn to ›eme‹ prosethēken. houtoi gar, kan tę̄ phōnę̄ homologēsōsin auton, arnountai auton, tę̄ praxei mē homologountes. monoi dʼ en autǭ homologousin hoi en tę̄ katʼ auton homologią kai praxei biountes, en hois kai autos homologei eneilēmmenos autous kai echomenos hypo toutōn. dioper arnēsasthai auton oudepote dynantai; arnountai de auton hoi mē ontes en autǭ. ou gar eipen ›hos arnēsētai en emoi‹, allʼ ›eme‹; oudeis gar pote ōn en autǭ arneitai auton. to de ›emprosthen tōn anthrōpōn, ‹ kai tōn sǭzomenōn kai tōn ethnikōn de homoiōs parʼ hois men kai tę̄ politeią, parʼ hois de kai tę̄ phōnę̄. dioper arnēsasthai auton oudepote dynantai; arnountai de auton hoi mē ontes en autǭ.
And he said well of those who confess, ‘in me,’ but of those who deny he added ‘me.’ For these, even if they confess him with their voice, deny him, not confessing him by their action. Only those confess in him who live in the confession and action that accord with him, in whom he too confesses, having laid hold of them and being held by them. That is why they can never deny him; but those deny him who are not in him. For he did not say, ‘whoever denies in me,’ but ‘me’; for no one who is in him ever denies him. And ‘before men’ means both the saved and the Gentiles alike: before some by conduct, before others also by voice. That is why they can never deny him; but those deny him who are not in him.”
4.9.73Stählin 2:281
Ταῦτα μὲν ὁ Ἡρακλέων· καὶ τὰ μὲν ἄλλα φαίνεται ὁμοδοξεῖν ἡμῖν κατὰ τὴν περικοπὴν ταύτην, ἐκεῖνο δὲ οὐκ ἐπέστησεν ὅτι εἰ καὶ μὴ πράξει τινὲς καὶ τῷ βίῳ ὡμολόγησαν τὸν Χριστὸν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, τῷ μέντοι κατὰ φωνὴν ὁμολογεῖν ἐν δικαστηρίοις καὶ μέχρι θανάτου βασανιζομένους μὴ ἀρνεῖσθαι ἀπὸ διαθέσεως πεπιστευκέναι φαίνονται· διάθεσις δὲ ὁμολογουμένη καὶ μάλιστα ἡ μηδὲ θανάτῳ τρεπομένη ὑφʼ ἓν ἁπάντων τῶν παθῶν, ἃ δὴ διὰ τῆς σωματικῆς ἐπιθυμίας ἐγεννᾶτο, ἀποκοπὴν ποιεῖται· ἔστι γὰρ ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν ἐπὶ τέλει τοῦ βίου ἀθρόα κατὰ τὴν πρᾶξιν μετάνοια καὶ ἀληθὴς εἰς Χριστὸν ὁμολογία ἐπιμαρτυρούσης τῆς φωνῆς. εἰ δὲ τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ πατρὸς ἐν ἡμῖν μαρτυρεῖ, πῶς ἔτι ὑποκριταί, οὓς φωνῇ μόνῃ μαρτυρεῖν εἴρηκεν; δοθήσεται δέ τισιν, ἐὰν συμφέρῃ, ἀπολογήσασθαι, ἵνα διά τε τῆς μαρτυρίας διά τε τῆς ἀπολογίας ὠφελῶνται οἱ πάντες, ἰσχυροποιούμενοι μὲν οἱ κατʼ ἐκκλησίαν, θαυμάζοντες δὲ καὶ εἰς πίστιν ὑπαγόμενοι οἱ ἐξ ἐθνῶν τὴν σωτηρίαν πολυπραγμονήσαντες, οἱ λοιποὶ δὲ ὑπʼ ἐκπλήξεως κατεχόμενοι.
Tauta men ho Hērakleōn; kai ta men alla phainetai homodoxein hēmin kata tēn perikopēn tautēn, ekeino de ouk epestēsen hoti ei kai mē praxei tines kai tǭ biǭ hōmologēsan ton Christon emprosthen tōn anthrōpōn, tǭ mentoi kata phōnēn homologein en dikastēriois kai mechri thanatou basanizomenous mē arneisthai apo diatheseōs pepisteukenai phainontai; diathesis de homologoumenē kai malista hē mēde thanatǭ trepomenē hyphʼ hen hapantōn tōn pathōn, ha dē dia tēs sōmatikēs epithymias egennato, apokopēn poieitai; esti gar hōs epos eipein epi telei tou biou athroa kata tēn praxin metanoia kai alēthēs eis Christon homologia epimartyrousēs tēs phōnēs. ei de to pneuma tou patros en hēmin martyrei, pōs eti hypokritai, hous phōnę̄ monę̄ martyrein eirēken? dothēsetai de tisin, ean sympherę̄, apologēsasthai, hina dia te tēs martyrias dia te tēs apologias ōphelōntai hoi pantes, ischyropoioumenoi men hoi katʼ ekklēsian, thaumazontes de kai eis pistin hypagomenoi hoi ex ethnōn tēn sōtērian polypragmonēsantes, hoi loipoi de hypʼ ekplēxeōs katechomenoi.
So far Heracleon. In other respects he seems to agree with us on this passage; but he did not notice this: that even if some did not confess Christ before men by action and life, yet by confessing with the voice in courts, and not denying him even when tortured to death, they show that they believed from the disposition. And a disposition that is confessed, especially one not turned aside even by death, makes a cutting off at once of all the passions that were begotten through bodily desire. For there is, so to speak, at the end of life a sudden repentance in action, and a true confession toward Christ, the voice bearing witness to it. And if the Spirit of the Father bears witness in us, how are they still hypocrites, those whom he said bear witness with the voice alone? And it will be given to some, if it is profitable, to make a defense, so that through both the witness and the defense all may be helped: those in the church strengthened, those from the Gentiles who have inquired into salvation marveling and led to faith, and the rest held by amazement.
4.9.74Stählin 2:281
ὥστε τὸ ὁμολογεῖν ἐκ παντὸς δεῖ, ἐφʼ ἡμῖν γάρ, ἀπολογεῖσθαι δὲ οὐκ ἐκ παντός, οὐ γὰρ καὶ τοῦτο ἐφʼ ἡμῖν. ὁ δὲ ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται· ἐπεὶ τίς οὐκ ἂν τῶν εὖ φρονούντων βασιλεύειν ἐν θεῷ, ἀλλʼ οὐ δουλεύειν ἕλοιτο; θεὸν οὖν ὁμολογοῦσί τινες εἰδέναι κατὰ τὸν ἀπόστολον, τοῖς δὲ ἔργοις ἀρνοῦνται, βδελυκτοὶ ὄντες καὶ ἀπειθεῖς καὶ πρὸς πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν ἀδόκιμοι, οἳ δέ, κἂν τοῦτο μόνον ὁμολογήσωσιν, ἕν τι κατεπράξαντο ἐπὶ τέλει ἔργον ἀγαθόν. ἔοικεν οὖν τὸ μαρτύριον ἀποκάθαρσις εἶναι ἁμαρτιῶν μετὰ δόξης. αὐτίκα ὁ Ποιμήν φησιν· ἐκφεύξεσθε τὴν ἐνέργειαν τοῦ ἀγρίου θηρίου, ἐὰν ἡ καρδία ὑμῶν γένηται καθαρὰ καὶ ἄμωμος. ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ κύριος ἐξῃτήσατο ὑμᾶς ὁ σατανᾶς λέγει σινιάσαι· ἐγὼ δὲ παρῃτησάμην.
hōste to homologein ek pantos dei, ephʼ hēmin gar, apologeisthai de ouk ek pantos, ou gar kai touto ephʼ hēmin. ho de hypomeinas eis telos, houtos sōthēsetai; epei tis ouk an tōn eu phronountōn basileuein en theǭ, allʼ ou douleuein heloito? theon oun homologousi tines eidenai kata ton apostolon, tois de ergois arnountai, bdelyktoi ontes kai apeitheis kai pros pan ergon agathon adokimoi, hoi de, kan touto monon homologēsōsin, hen ti katepraxanto epi telei ergon agathon. eoiken oun to martyrion apokatharsis einai hamartiōn meta doxēs. autika ho Poimēn phēsin; ekpheuxesthe tēn energeian tou agriou thēriou, ean hē kardia hymōn genētai kathara kai amōmos. alla kai autos ho kyrios exę̄tēsato hymas ho satanas legei siniasai; egō de parę̄tēsamēn.
So confessing is necessary in every case, for it rests with us; but making a defense is not in every case, for this does not rest with us. “And the one who endures to the end will be saved.” For who of the right-minded would not choose to reign in God rather than to serve? Some, then, “confess that they know God,” according to the apostle, “but deny him by their works, being abominable and disobedient and unfit for any good work.” But others, even if they confess only this, have accomplished one good work at the end. Martyrdom, then, seems to be a purification of sins with glory. The Shepherd, for example, says: “You will escape the working of the wild beast, if your heart becomes pure and blameless.” And the Lord himself says: “Satan has demanded to sift you; but I have interceded.”
4.9.75Stählin 2:281–282
πρῶτος τοίνυν ὁ κύριος διὰ τὴν τῶν ἐπιβουλευόντων αὐτῷ ἀνθρώπων καὶ τὴν τῶν ἀπίστων ἀποκάθαρσιν ἔπιεν τὸ ποτήριον· ὃν μιμούμενοι οἱ ἀπόστολοι ὡς ἂν τῷ ὄντι γνωστικοὶ καὶ τέλειοι ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν ἃς ἔπηξαν ἔπαθον. οὕτως οὖν καὶ οἱ κατʼ ἴχνος τὸ ἀποστολικὸν πορευόμενοι γνωστικοὶ ἀναμάρτητοί τε εἶναι ὀφείλουσι καὶ διʼ ἀγάπην τὴν πρὸς τὸν κύριον ἀγαπᾶν καὶ τὸν πλησίον, ἵνʼ, εἰ καλοίη περίστασις, ὑπὲρ ἐκκλησίας ἀσκανδάλιστοι τὰς θλίψεις ὑπομένοντες τὸ ποτήριον πίωσιν. ὅσοι δὲ ἔργῳ μὲν παρὰ τὸν βίον, λόγῳ δὲ ἐν δικαστηρίῳ μαρτυροῦσι κἂν ἐλπίδα ἐκδεχόμενοι, κἂν φόβον ὑφορώμενοι, βελτίους οὗτοι τῶν στόματι μόνον ὁμολογούντων τὴν σωτηρίαν. ἀλλʼ εἰ καὶ ὑπερβαίη τις ἐπὶ τὴν ἀγάπην, τῷ ὄντι μακάριος οὗτος καὶ γνήσιος μάρτυς, τελείως ὁμολογήσας καὶ ταῖς ἐντολαῖς καὶ τῷ θεῷ διὰ τοῦ κυρίου, ὃν ἀγαπήσας ἀδελφὸν ἐγνώρισεν, ὅλον ἑαυτὸν ἐπιδοὺς διὰ τὴν ἀγάπην τὴν πρὸς τὸν θεόν, οἷον παρακαταθήκην εὐγνωμόνως καὶ ἀγαπητικῶς ἀποδιδοὺς τὸν ἀπαιτούμενον ἄνθρωπον.
prōtos toinyn ho kyrios dia tēn tōn epibouleuontōn autǭ anthrōpōn kai tēn tōn apistōn apokatharsin epien to potērion; hon mimoumenoi hoi apostoloi hōs an tǭ onti gnōstikoi kai teleioi hyper tōn ekklēsiōn has epēxan epathon. houtōs oun kai hoi katʼ ichnos to apostolikon poreuomenoi gnōstikoi anamartētoi te einai opheilousi kai diʼ agapēn tēn pros ton kyrion agapan kai ton plēsion, hinʼ, ei kaloiē peristasis, hyper ekklēsias askandalistoi tas thlipseis hypomenontes to potērion piōsin. hosoi de ergǭ men para ton bion, logǭ de en dikastēriǭ martyrousi kan elpida ekdechomenoi, kan phobon hyphorōmenoi, beltious houtoi tōn stomati monon homologountōn tēn sōtērian. allʼ ei kai hyperbaiē tis epi tēn agapēn, tǭ onti makarios houtos kai gnēsios martys, teleiōs homologēsas kai tais entolais kai tǭ theǭ dia tou kyriou, hon agapēsas adelphon egnōrisen, holon heauton epidous dia tēn agapēn tēn pros ton theon, hoion parakatathēkēn eugnōmonōs kai agapētikōs apodidous ton apaitoumenon anthrōpon.
The Lord, then, first drank the cup for the purification of the men who plotted against him and of the unbelievers; imitating him, the apostles, as truly knowing and perfect, suffered for the churches they founded. So also those who, knowing, walk in the apostolic footsteps must be sinless and, through love for the Lord, love their neighbor too, so that, if circumstances call, they may drink the cup for the church, enduring afflictions without offense. And those who bear witness by deed throughout life and by word in court, whether awaiting hope or fearing, are better than those who confess salvation with the mouth only. But if someone rises further, to love, he is truly blessed and a genuine martyr, having confessed perfectly both to the commandments and to God through the Lord, whom, having loved, he recognized as brother, giving himself wholly for love of God, as though gratefully and lovingly returning a deposit, the man that was demanded.
Miscellanies 4, chapter 10
4.10.76Stählin 2:282
Ἐπὰν δʼ ἔμπαλιν εἴπῃ ὅταν διώκωσιν ὑμᾶς ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ, φεύγετε εἰς τὴν ἄλλην, οὐχ ὡς κακὸν ὂν τὸ διώκεσθαι παραινεῖ φεύγειν οὐδʼ ὡς θάνατον φοβουμένους διὰ φυγῆς ἐκκλίνειν προστάττει τοῦτον· βούλεται δὲ ἡμᾶς μηδενὶ αἰτίους μηδὲ συναιτίους κακοῦ τινος γίνεσθαι, σφίσιν τε αὐτοῖς πρὸς δὲ καὶ τῷ διώκοντι καὶ τῷ ἀναιροῦντι· τρόπον γάρ τινα παραγγέλλει αὐτὸν περιίστασθαι, ὁ δὲ παρακούων τολμηρὸς καὶ ῥιψοκίνδυνος.
Epan dʼ empalin eipę̄ hotan diōkōsin hymas en tę̄ polei tautę̄, pheugete eis tēn allēn, ouch hōs kakon on to diōkesthai parainei pheugein oudʼ hōs thanaton phoboumenous dia phygēs ekklinein prostattei touton; bouletai de hēmas mēdeni aitious mēde synaitious kakou tinos ginesthai, sphisin te autois pros de kai tǭ diōkonti kai tǭ anairounti; tropon gar tina parangellei auton periistasthai, ho de parakouōn tolmēros kai rhipsokindynos.
When, again, he says, “When they persecute you in this city, flee to the other,” he does not advise flight as though being persecuted were evil, nor does he order us to avoid death through flight as though we feared it; but he wishes us to be the cause or joint cause of no evil to anyone, either to ourselves or to the persecutor and the killer. For in a way he commands us to keep clear of him; and the one who disobeys is rash and reckless.
4.10.77Stählin 2:282–283
εἰ δὲ ὁ ἀναιρῶν ἄνθρωπον θεοῦ εἰς θεὸν ἁμαρτάνει, καὶ τοῦ ἀποκτειννύντος αὐτὸν ἔνοχος καθίσταται ὁ ἑαυτὸν προσάγων τῷ δικαστηρίῳ· οὗτος δʼ ἂν εἴη ὁ μὴ περιστελλόμενος τὸν διωγμόν, ἁλώσιμον διὰ θράσος παρέχων ἑαυτόν. οὗτός ἐστι τὸ ὅσον ἐφʼ ἑαυτῷ ὁ συνεργὸς γινόμενος τῇ τοῦ διώκοντος πονηρίᾳ, εἰ δὲ καὶ προσερεθίζοι, τέλεον αἴτιος, ἐκκαλούμενος τὸ θηρίον. ὡς δʼ αὕτως κἂν αἰτίαν μάχης παράσχῃ τινὰ ἢ ζημίας ἢ ἔχθρας ἢ δίκης, ἀφορμὴν ἐγέννησε διωγμοῦ. διὰ τοῦτʼ οὖν μηδενὸς ἀντέχεσθαι τῶν ἐν τῷ βίῳ προστέτακται ἡμῖν. ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ αἴροντι τὸ ἱμάτιον καὶ τὸν χιτῶνα προσδιδόναι, οὐχ ἵνα ἀπροσπαθεῖς διαμένωμεν μόνον, ἀλλʼ ὡς μὴ ἀντιποιούμενοι τοὺς ἐπιδικαζομένους ἐφʼ ἑαυτοὺς ἀγριαίνωμεν καὶ διʼ ἡμῶν ἐπὶ τὴν τοῦ ὀνόματος διακινῶμεν βλασφημίαν.
ei de ho anairōn anthrōpon theou eis theon hamartanei, kai tou apokteinnyntos auton enochos kathistatai ho heauton prosagōn tǭ dikastēriǭ; houtos dʼ an eiē ho mē peristellomenos ton diōgmon, halōsimon dia thrasos parechōn heauton. houtos esti to hoson ephʼ heautǭ ho synergos ginomenos tę̄ tou diōkontos ponērią, ei de kai proserethizoi, teleon aitios, ekkaloumenos to thērion. hōs dʼ hautōs kan aitian machēs paraschę̄ tina ē zēmias ē echthras ē dikēs, aphormēn egennēse diōgmou. dia toutʼ oun mēdenos antechesthai tōn en tǭ biǭ prostetaktai hēmin. alla kai tǭ aironti to himation kai ton chitōna prosdidonai, ouch hina aprospatheis diamenōmen monon, allʼ hōs mē antipoioumenoi tous epidikazomenous ephʼ heautous agriainōmen kai diʼ hēmōn epi tēn tou onomatos diakinōmen blasphēmian.
And if the one who kills a man of God sins against God, the one who presents himself to the court becomes guilty of the one who kills him; and such would be the one who does not avoid persecution, but by boldness offers himself to be caught. He, as far as it rests with him, becomes a fellow worker in the persecutor's wickedness; and if he also provokes him, he is wholly the cause, calling out the beast. Likewise, if he gives any cause for conflict, loss, enmity, or lawsuit, he has created an occasion for persecution. That is why we have been commanded to hold on to nothing in this life, but also to give the tunic to the one who takes the cloak, not only so that we may remain free from passion, but so that we may not, by laying claim, make those who sue us savage against us and through us stir them to blasphemy of the Name.
Miscellanies 4, chapter 11
4.11.78Stählin 2:283
Ναί, φασίν, εἰ κήδεται ὑμῶν ὁ θεός, τί δήποτε διώκεσθε καὶ φονεύεσθε; ἢ αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς εἰς τοῦτο ἐκδίδωσιν; ἡμεῖς δὲ οὐχ οὕτως ὑπολαμβάνομεν τοῖς περιστατικοῖς περιπίπτειν ἡμᾶς τὸν κύριον βουληθῆναι, ἀλλὰ προφητικῶς τὰ συμβήσεσθαι μέλλοντα προειρηκέναι, ὡς διὰ τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ διωχθησόμεθα, φονευθησόμεθα, ἀνασκινδυλευθησόμεθα. ὥστʼ οὐ διώκεσθαι ἠθέλησεν ἡμᾶς, ἀλλʼ ἃ πεισόμεθα προεμήνυσεν, διὰ τῆς τοῦ συμβήσεσθαι προαγορεύσεως εἰς καρτερίαν γυμνάσας, ᾗ τὴν κληρονομίαν ἐπηγγείλατο. καίτοι οὐ μόνοι, ἀλλὰ μετὰ πολλῶν κολαζόμεθα. ἀλλʼ ἐκεῖνοι, φασί, κακοῦργοι τυγχάνοντες δικαίως ὑπίσχουσι τὴν τιμωρίαν.
Nai, phasin, ei kēdetai hymōn ho theos, ti dēpote diōkesthe kai phoneuesthe? ē autos hymas eis touto ekdidōsin? hēmeis de ouch houtōs hypolambanomen tois peristatikois peripiptein hēmas ton kyrion boulēthēnai, alla prophētikōs ta symbēsesthai mellonta proeirēkenai, hōs dia to onoma autou diōchthēsometha, phoneuthēsometha, anaskindyleuthēsometha. hōstʼ ou diōkesthai ēthelēsen hēmas, allʼ ha peisometha proemēnysen, dia tēs tou symbēsesthai proagoreuseōs eis karterian gymnasas, hę̄ tēn klēronomian epēngeilato. kaitoi ou monoi, alla meta pollōn kolazometha. allʼ ekeinoi, phasi, kakourgoi tynchanontes dikaiōs hypischousi tēn timōrian.
“Yes,” they say, “if God cares for you, why are you persecuted and killed? Or does he himself hand you over to this?” But we do not suppose that the Lord wished us to fall into these circumstances, but that he foretold prophetically what was going to happen: that we would be persecuted for his name, killed, impaled. So he did not wish us to be persecuted, but made known beforehand what we will suffer, training us for endurance by foretelling what would happen, to which he promised the inheritance. And yet we are not punished alone, but with many. “But those,” they say, “being criminals, justly undergo punishment.”
4.11.79Stählin 2:283
ἄκοντες οὖν μαρτυροῦσιν ἡμῖν τὴν δικαιοσύνην τοῖς διὰ δικαιοσύνην ἀδίκως κολαζομένοις. ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ τὸ ἄδικον τοῦ δικαστοῦ τῆς προνοίας ἅπτεται· δεῖ γὰρ κύριον εἶναι τὸν κριτὴν τῆς ἑαυτοῦ γνώμης, μὴ νευροσπαστούμενον ἀψύχων δίκην ὀργάνων ἀφορμὰς ἴσως μόνον παρὰ τῆς ἔξωθεν αἰτίας λαμβάνοντα. δοκιμάζεται γοῦν ἐν ᾧ κρίνει καθάπερ καὶ ἡμεῖς κατά τε τὴν τῶν αἱρετῶν ἐκλογὴν κατά τε τὴν ὑπομονήν· κἂν μὴ ἀδικῶμεν, ἀλλʼ ὡς ἀδικοῦσιν ἡμῖν ὁ δικαστὴς ἀφορᾷ· οὐ γὰρ οἶδεν τὰ καθʼ ἡμᾶς οὐδὲ θέλει μαθεῖν, προλήψει δὲ συναπάγεται κενῇ, διὸ καὶ κρίνεται. διώκουσι τοίνυν ἡμᾶς οὐκ ἀδίκους εἶναι καταλαβόντες, ἀλλʼ αὐτῷ μόνῳ τῷ Χριστιανοὺς εἶναι τὸν βίον ἀδικεῖν ὑπολαμβάνοντες αὐτούς τε οὕτω πολιτευομένους καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους τὸν ὅμοιον αἱρεῖσθαι βίον προτρεπομένους.
akontes oun martyrousin hēmin tēn dikaiosynēn tois dia dikaiosynēn adikōs kolazomenois. allʼ oude to adikon tou dikastou tēs pronoias haptetai; dei gar kyrion einai ton kritēn tēs heautou gnōmēs, mē neurospastoumenon apsychōn dikēn organōn aphormas isōs monon para tēs exōthen aitias lambanonta. dokimazetai goun en hǭ krinei kathaper kai hēmeis kata te tēn tōn hairetōn eklogēn kata te tēn hypomonēn; kan mē adikōmen, allʼ hōs adikousin hēmin ho dikastēs aphorą; ou gar oiden ta kathʼ hēmas oude thelei mathein, prolēpsei de synapagetai kenę̄, dio kai krinetai. diōkousi toinyn hēmas ouk adikous einai katalabontes, allʼ autǭ monǭ tǭ Christianous einai ton bion adikein hypolambanontes autous te houtō politeuomenous kai tous allous ton homoion haireisthai bion protrepomenous.
Unwillingly, then, they bear witness to our righteousness, we who are unjustly punished for righteousness. But the injustice of the judge does not touch providence either; for the judge must be master of his own judgment, not pulled by strings like lifeless instruments, perhaps taking only occasions from the external cause. He is tested, at any rate, in how he judges, as we are in the choice of what is to be chosen and in endurance. And even if we do no wrong, the judge looks on us as wrongdoers; for he does not know our affairs nor wish to learn them, but is carried away by an empty prejudice; that is why he too is judged. They persecute us, then, not having found us unjust, but supposing that by the mere fact of being Christians we wrong life, both living so ourselves and urging others to choose the same life.
4.11.80Stählin 2:283–284
Διὰ τί δὲ οὐ βοηθεῖσθε διωκόμενοι; φασί. τί γὰρ καὶ ἀδικούμεθα ὡς πρὸς ἡμᾶς αὐτούς, θανάτῳ ἀπολυόμενοι πρὸς τὸν κύριον καὶ καθάπερ ἡλικίας μεταβολήν, οὕτω δὲ καὶ βίου ἐναλλαγὴν ὑπομένοντες; εἰ δὲ εὖ φρονοῖμεν, χάριν εἰσόμεθα τοῖς τὴν ἀφορμὴν τῆς ταχείας ἀποδημίας παρεσχημένοις, εἰ διʼ ἀγάπην μαρτυροῖμεν· εἰ δὲ μὴ φαῦλοί τινες ἄνδρες εἶναι τοῖς πολλοῖς ἐδοκοῦμεν ἡμεῖς, εἰ ᾔδεσαν δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν, πάντες μὲν ἂν ἐπεπήδων τῇ ὁδῷ, ἐκλογὴ δὲ οὐκ ἂν ἦν. ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἡ ἡμετέρα πίστις, φῶς οὖσα τοῦ κόσμου, ἐλέγχει τὴν ἀπιστίαν. ἐμὲ μὲν γὰρ Ἄνυτός τε καὶ Μέλητος ἀποκτείνειεν μέντʼ ἄν, βλάψειεν δʼ ἂν οὐδʼ ὁπωστιοῦν· οὐ γὰρ οἶμαι θεμιτὸν εἶναι τὸ ἄμεινον πρὸς τοῦ χείρονος βλάπτεσθαι. ὥστε θαρροῦντα ἡμῶν ἕκαστον λέγειν· κύριος ἐμοὶ βοηθός, οὐ φοβηθήσομαι· τί ποιήσει μοι ἄνθρωπος; δικαίων γὰρ ψυχαὶ ἐν χειρὶ θεοῦ, καὶ οὐ μὴ ἅψηται αὐτῶν βάσανος.
Dia ti de ou boētheisthe diōkomenoi? phasi. ti gar kai adikoumetha hōs pros hēmas autous, thanatǭ apolyomenoi pros ton kyrion kai kathaper hēlikias metabolēn, houtō de kai biou enallagēn hypomenontes? ei de eu phronoimen, charin eisometha tois tēn aphormēn tēs tacheias apodēmias pareschēmenois, ei diʼ agapēn martyroimen; ei de mē phauloi tines andres einai tois pollois edokoumen hēmeis, ei ę̄desan de kai autoi tēn alētheian, pantes men an epepēdōn tę̄ hodǭ, eklogē de ouk an ēn. alla gar hē hēmetera pistis, phōs ousa tou kosmou, elenchei tēn apistian. eme men gar Anytos te kai Melētos apokteineien mentʼ an, blapseien dʼ an oudʼ hopōstioun; ou gar oimai themiton einai to ameinon pros tou cheironos blaptesthai. hōste tharrounta hēmōn hekaston legein; kyrios emoi boēthos, ou phobēthēsomai; ti poiēsei moi anthrōpos? dikaiōn gar psychai en cheiri theou, kai ou mē hapsētai autōn basanos.
“Why, then, are you not helped when persecuted?” they say. What wrong, indeed, are we done as regards ourselves, being released by death to the Lord and undergoing a change of life as a change of age? If we are right-minded, we will be grateful to those who provided the occasion of a swift departure, if we bear witness out of love. If we did not seem to the many to be bad men, and if they too knew the truth, all would rush onto the road, and there would be no election. But our faith, being the light of the world, convicts unbelief. “For Anytus and Meletus might indeed kill me, but they could not harm me in any way; for I do not think it lawful for the better to be harmed by the worse.” So each of us may say boldly: “The Lord is my helper; I will not fear; what will man do to me?” “For the souls of the righteous are in the hand of God, and no torment will touch them.”
Miscellanies 4, chapter 12
4.12.81Stählin 2:284
Βασιλείδης δὲ ἐν τῷ εἰκοστῷ τρίτῳ τῶν Ἐξηγητικῶν περὶ τῶν κατὰ τὸ μαρτύριον κολαζομένων αὐταῖς λέξεσι τάδε φησί· φημὶ γάρ τοι, ὁπόσοι ὑποπίπτουσι ταῖς λεγομέναις θλίψεσιν, ἤτοι ἡμαρτηκότες ἐν ἄλλοις λανθάνοντες πταίσμασιν εἰς τοῦτο ἄγονται τὸ ἀγαθόν, χρηστότητι τοῦ περιάγοντος ἄλλα ἐξ ἄλλων ὄντως ἐγκαλούμενοι, ἵνα μὴ ὡς κατάδικοι ἐπὶ κακοῖς ὁμολογουμένοις πάθωσι, μηδὲ λοιδορούμενοι ὡς ὁ μοιχὸς ἢ ὁ φονεύς, ἀλλʼ ὅτι Χριστιανοὶ † πεφυκότες, ὅπερ αὐτοὺς παρηγορήσει μηδὲ πάσχειν δοκεῖν· κἂν μὴ ἡμαρτηκὼς δʼ ὅλως τις ἐπὶ τὸ παθεῖν γένηται, σπάνιον μέν, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ οὗτος κατʼ ἐπιβουλὴν δυνάμεώς τι πείσεται, ἀλλὰ πείσεται ὡς ἔπασχε καὶ τὸ νήπιον τὸ δοκοῦν οὐχ ἡμαρτηκέναι.
Basileidēs de en tǭ eikostǭ tritǭ tōn Exēgētikōn peri tōn kata to martyrion kolazomenōn autais lexesi tade phēsi; phēmi gar toi, hoposoi hypopiptousi tais legomenais thlipsesin, ētoi hēmartēkotes en allois lanthanontes ptaismasin eis touto agontai to agathon, chrēstotēti tou periagontos alla ex allōn ontōs enkaloumenoi, hina mē hōs katadikoi epi kakois homologoumenois pathōsi, mēde loidoroumenoi hōs ho moichos ē ho phoneus, allʼ hoti Christianoi † pephykotes, hoper autous parēgorēsei mēde paschein dokein; kan mē hēmartēkōs dʼ holōs tis epi to pathein genētai, spanion men, allʼ oude houtos katʼ epiboulēn dynameōs ti peisetai, alla peisetai hōs epasche kai to nēpion to dokoun ouch hēmartēkenai.
Basilides, in the twenty-third book of his Exegetica, says this in these very words about those punished in martyrdom: “For I say that all who fall under the so-called afflictions have either sinned in other offenses without being found out and are brought to this good by the kindness of the one who leads them about, being in fact accused of other things, so that they may not suffer as condemned for acknowledged crimes, nor be reviled as the adulterer or the murderer, but because they are … Christians; which will comfort them so that they do not even seem to suffer. And even if someone who has not sinned at all comes to suffering, which is rare, not even he will suffer anything through the plotting of some power, but he will suffer as the infant too suffers, who seems not to have sinned.”
4.12.82Stählin 2:284
εἶθʼ ὑποβὰς πάλιν ἐπιφέρει· ὡς οὖν τὸ νήπιον οὐ προημαρτηκὸς ἢ ἐνεργῶς μὲν οὐχ ἡμαρτηκὸς οὐδέν, ἐν ἑαυτῷ τῷ δὲ τὸ ἁμαρτῆσαι ἔχον, ἐπὰν ὑποβληθῇ τῷ παθεῖν, εὐεργετεῖται τε, πολλὰ κερδαῖνον δύσκολα, οὑτωσὶ δὴ κἂν τέλειος μηδὲν ἡμαρτηκὼς ἔργῳ τύχῃ, δέ, ἃν πάθῃ, τοῦτο ἔπαθεν ἐμφερῶς τῷ νηπίῳ· ἔχων μὲν γὰρ ἐν ἑαυτῷ τὸ ἁμαρτητικόν, ἀφορμὴν δὲ πρὸς τὸ ἡμαρτηκέναι μὴ λαβὼν οὐχ ἡμάρτανεν. ὥστʼ οὐκ αὐτῷ τὸ μὴ ἁμαρτῆσαι λογιστέον. ὡς γὰρ ὁ μοιχεῦσαι θέλων μοιχός ἐστι, κἂν τοῦ μοιχεῦσαι μὴ ἐπιτύχῃ, καὶ ὁ ποιῆσαι φόνον θέλων ἀνδροφόνος ἐστί, κἂν μὴ δύνηται φονεῦσαι, οὑτωσὶ δὴ καὶ τὸν ἀναμάρτητον ὃν λέγω ἐὰν ἴδω πάσχοντα, κἂν μηδὲν ᾖ κακὸν πεπραχώς, κακὸν ἐρῶ τῷ θέλειν ἁμαρτάνειν. πάντʼ ἐρῶ γὰρ μᾶλλον ἢ κακὸν τὸ προνοοῦν ἐρῶ.
eithʼ hypobas palin epipherei; hōs oun to nēpion ou proēmartēkos ē energōs men ouch hēmartēkos ouden, en heautǭ tǭ de to hamartēsai echon, epan hypoblēthę̄ tǭ pathein, euergeteitai te, polla kerdainon dyskola, houtōsi dē kan teleios mēden hēmartēkōs ergǭ tychę̄, de, han pathę̄, touto epathen empherōs tǭ nēpiǭ; echōn men gar en heautǭ to hamartētikon, aphormēn de pros to hēmartēkenai mē labōn ouch hēmartanen. hōstʼ ouk autǭ to mē hamartēsai logisteon. hōs gar ho moicheusai thelōn moichos esti, kan tou moicheusai mē epitychę̄, kai ho poiēsai phonon thelōn androphonos esti, kan mē dynētai phoneusai, houtōsi dē kai ton anamartēton hon legō ean idō paschonta, kan mēden ę̄ kakon peprachōs, kakon erō tǭ thelein hamartanein. pantʼ erō gar mallon ē kakon to pronooun erō.
Then, going on, he adds again: “As, then, the infant, which has not sinned before, or has not actually sinned in anything, but has in itself the capacity to sin, is benefited when it is subjected to suffering, gaining many hard things; so, even if a perfect man happens to have sinned in nothing by deed, but suffers, he has suffered this like the infant: having in himself the sinful element, but not having received an occasion for sinning, he did not sin. So not sinning is not to be reckoned to him. For as the one who wishes to commit adultery is an adulterer even if he does not succeed in committing adultery, and the one who wishes to commit murder is a murderer even if he cannot murder, so too, if I see the sinless one I speak of suffering, even if he has done nothing evil, I will call him evil because of his wish to sin. For I will say anything rather than call providence evil.”
4.12.83Stählin 2:284–285
εἶθʼ ὑποβὰς καὶ περὶ τοῦ κυρίου ἄντικρυς ὡς περὶ ἀνθρώπου λέγει· ἐὰν μέντοι παραλιπὼν τούτους ἅπαντας τοὺς λόγους ἔλθῃς ἐπὶ τὸ δυσωπεῖν με διὰ προσώπων τινῶν, εἰ τύχοι, λέγων, ὁ δεῖνα οὖν ἥμαρτεν, ἔπαθεν γὰρ ὁ δεῖνα, ἐὰν μὲν ἐπιτρέπῃς, ἐρῶ, οὐχ ἥμαρτεν μέν, ὅμοιος δὲ ἦν τῷ πάσχοντι νηπίῳ· εἰ μέντοι σφοδρότερον ἐκβιάσαιο τὸν λόγον, ἐρῶ, ἄνθρωπον ὅντινʼ ἂν ὀνομάσῃς ἄνθρωπον εἶναι, δίκαιον δὲ τὸν θεόν. καθαρὸς γὰρ οὐδείς, ὥσπερ εἶπέ τις, ἀπὸ ῥύπου. ἀλλὰ τῷ Βασιλείδῃ ἡ ὑπόθεσις προαμαρτήσασάν φησι τὴν ψυχὴν ἐν ἑτέρῳ βίῳ τὴν κόλασιν ὑπομένειν ἐνταῦθα, τὴν μὲν ἐκλεκτὴν ἐπιτίμως διὰ μαρτυρίου, τὴν ἄλλην δὲ καθαιρομένην οἰκείᾳ κολάσει. καὶ πῶς τοῦτο ἀληθὲς ἐφʼ ἡμῖν κειμένου τοῦ ὁμολογῆσαι καὶ κολασθῆναι ἢ μή; λύεται γὰρ ἐπὶ τοῦ ἀρνησομένου ἡ κατὰ τὸν Βασιλείδην πρόνοια.
eithʼ hypobas kai peri tou kyriou antikrys hōs peri anthrōpou legei; ean mentoi paralipōn toutous hapantas tous logous elthę̄s epi to dysōpein me dia prosōpōn tinōn, ei tychoi, legōn, ho deina oun hēmarten, epathen gar ho deina, ean men epitrepę̄s, erō, ouch hēmarten men, homoios de ēn tǭ paschonti nēpiǭ; ei mentoi sphodroteron ekbiasaio ton logon, erō, anthrōpon hontinʼ an onomasę̄s anthrōpon einai, dikaion de ton theon. katharos gar oudeis, hōsper eipe tis, apo rhypou. alla tǭ Basileidę̄ hē hypothesis proamartēsasan phēsi tēn psychēn en heterǭ biǭ tēn kolasin hypomenein entautha, tēn men eklektēn epitimōs dia martyriou, tēn allēn de kathairomenēn oikeią kolasei. kai pōs touto alēthes ephʼ hēmin keimenou tou homologēsai kai kolasthēnai ē mē? lyetai gar epi tou arnēsomenou hē kata ton Basileidēn pronoia.
Then, going on, he speaks even about the Lord plainly as about a man: “If, however, leaving all these arguments, you come to shame me by pointing to certain persons, saying, for instance, ‘So-and-so, then, sinned, for so-and-so suffered,’ I will say, if you allow me, that he did not sin, but was like the suffering infant; but if you press the argument more forcefully, I will say that whatever man you name is a man, but God is righteous. For no one is pure from filth,” as someone said. But Basilides' hypothesis says that the soul, having sinned beforehand in another life, undergoes punishment here: the elect honorably through martyrdom, the other purified by an appropriate punishment. And how is this true, when confessing and being punished, or not, rests with us? For in the case of one who will deny, Basilides' providence is undone.
4.12.84Stählin 2:285
ἐρωτῶ τοίνυν αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τοῦ κρατηθέντος ὁμολογητοῦ, πότερον μαρτυρήσει καὶ κολασθήσεται κατὰ τὴν πρόνοιαν ἢ οὔ. ἀρνούμενος γὰρ οὐ κολασθήσεται. εἰ δὲ ἐκ τῆς ἀποβάσεως καὶ τὸ μὴ δεῖν κολασθῆναι τοῦτον φήσει, τὴν ἀπώλειαν τῶν ἀρνησομένων ἐκ προνοίας ἄκων προσμαρτυρήσει. πῶς δὲ ἔτι μισθὸς ὁ ἐνδοξότατος ἐν οὐρανῷ ἀπόκειται τῷ μαρτυρήσαντι διὰ τὸ μαρτυρῆσαι; εἰ δὲ τὸν ἁμαρτητικὸν οὐκ εἴασεν ἡ πρόνοια ἐπὶ τὸ ἁμαρτεῖν ἐλθεῖν, ἄδικος γίνεται κατʼ ἄμφω, καὶ τὸν διὰ δικαιοσύνην εἰς κόλασιν ἑλκόμενον μὴ ῥυομένη, καὶ τὸν ἀδικεῖν ἐθελήσαντα ῥυσαμένη, τοῦ μὲν ποιήσαντος διʼ ὧν ἐβουλήθη, τῆς δὲ κωλυσάσης τὸ ἔργον καὶ μὴ δικαίως περιεπούσης τὸν ἁμαρτητικόν.
erōtō toinyn auton epi tou kratēthentos homologētou, poteron martyrēsei kai kolasthēsetai kata tēn pronoian ē ou. arnoumenos gar ou kolasthēsetai. ei de ek tēs apobaseōs kai to mē dein kolasthēnai touton phēsei, tēn apōleian tōn arnēsomenōn ek pronoias akōn prosmartyrēsei. pōs de eti misthos ho endoxotatos en ouranǭ apokeitai tǭ martyrēsanti dia to martyrēsai? ei de ton hamartētikon ouk eiasen hē pronoia epi to hamartein elthein, adikos ginetai katʼ amphō, kai ton dia dikaiosynēn eis kolasin helkomenon mē rhyomenē, kai ton adikein ethelēsanta rhysamenē, tou men poiēsantos diʼ hōn eboulēthē, tēs de kōlysasēs to ergon kai mē dikaiōs periepousēs ton hamartētikon.
I ask him, then, about the confessor who has been arrested: will he bear witness and be punished according to providence, or not? For if he denies, he will not be punished. And if he says from the outcome that this man did not need to be punished, he will unwillingly bear witness that the destruction of those who deny comes from providence. And how is the most glorious reward still laid up in heaven for the martyr because of his martyrdom? And if providence did not allow the sinful man to come to sinning, it becomes unjust on both counts: in not rescuing the one dragged to punishment for righteousness, and in rescuing the one who wished to do wrong; he having done what he willed, and providence having hindered the deed and unjustly protecting the sinful man.
4.12.85Stählin 2:285–286
πῶς δὲ οὐκ ἄθεος θειάζων μὲν τὸν διάβολον, ἄνθρωπον δὲ ἁμαρτητικὸν τολμήσας εἰπεῖν τὸν κύριον; πειράζει γὰρ ὁ διάβολος εἰδὼς μὲν ὅ ἐσμεν, οὐκ εἰδὼς δὲ εἰ ὑπομενοῦμεν· ἀλλὰ ἀποσεῖσαι τῆς πίστεως ἡμᾶς βουλόμενος καὶ ὑπάγεσθαι ἑαυτῷ πειράζει, ὅπερ καὶ μόνον ἐπιτέτραπται αὐτῷ διά τε τὸ ἡμᾶς ἐξ ἑαυτῶν σῴζεσθαι δεῖν, ἀφορμὰς παρὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς εἰληφότας, διά τε τὸν καταισχυμμὸν τοῦ πειράσαντος καὶ ἀποτυχόντος διά τε τὴν ἰσχυροποίησιν τῶν κατὰ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν διά τε τὴν συνείδησιν τῶν θαυμασάντων τὴν ὑπομονήν. εἰ δὲ τὸ μαρτύριον ἀνταπόδοσις διὰ κολάσεως, καὶ ἡ πίστις καὶ ἡ διδασκαλία, διʼ ἃς τὸ μαρτύριον· συνεργοὶ ἄρα αὗται κολάσεως, ἧς τίς ἂν ἄλλη μείζων ἀπέμφασις γένοιτο; ἀλλὰ πρὸς μὲν τὰ δόγματα ἐκεῖνα, εἰ μετενσωματοῦται ἡ ψυχή, καὶ περὶ τοῦ διαβόλου κατὰ τοὺς οἰκείους λεχθήσεται καιρούς, νυνὶ δὲ τοῖς εἰρημένοις καὶ ταῦτα προσθῶμεν· ποῦ ἔτι ἡ πίστις κατὰ ἀνταπόδοσιν τῶν προημαρτημένων τοῦ μαρτυρίου γινομένου, ποῦ δὲ ἡ ἀγάπη ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν διὰ τὴν ἀλήθειαν διωκομένη καὶ ὑπομένουσα, ποῦ δὲ ἔπαινος ὁμολογήσαντος ἢ ψόγος ἀρνησαμένου, εἰς τί δὲ ἔτι χρησίμη ἡ πολιτεία ἡ ὀρθή, τὸ νεκρῶσαι τὰς ἐπιθυμίας καὶ μηδὲν τῶν κτισμάτων μισεῖν;
pōs de ouk atheos theiazōn men ton diabolon, anthrōpon de hamartētikon tolmēsas eipein ton kyrion? peirazei gar ho diabolos eidōs men ho esmen, ouk eidōs de ei hypomenoumen; alla aposeisai tēs pisteōs hēmas boulomenos kai hypagesthai heautǭ peirazei, hoper kai monon epitetraptai autǭ dia te to hēmas ex heautōn sǭzesthai dein, aphormas para tēs entolēs eilēphotas, dia te ton kataischymmon tou peirasantos kai apotychontos dia te tēn ischyropoiēsin tōn kata tēn ekklēsian dia te tēn syneidēsin tōn thaumasantōn tēn hypomonēn. ei de to martyrion antapodosis dia kolaseōs, kai hē pistis kai hē didaskalia, diʼ has to martyrion; synergoi ara hautai kolaseōs, hēs tis an allē meizōn apemphasis genoito? alla pros men ta dogmata ekeina, ei metensōmatoutai hē psychē, kai peri tou diabolou kata tous oikeious lechthēsetai kairous, nyni de tois eirēmenois kai tauta prosthōmen; pou eti hē pistis kata antapodosin tōn proēmartēmenōn tou martyriou ginomenou, pou de hē agapē hē pros ton theon dia tēn alētheian diōkomenē kai hypomenousa, pou de epainos homologēsantos ē psogos arnēsamenou, eis ti de eti chrēsimē hē politeia hē orthē, to nekrōsai tas epithymias kai mēden tōn ktismatōn misein?
And how is he not godless, deifying the devil and daring to call the Lord a sinful man? For the devil tempts, knowing what we are, but not knowing whether we will endure; but wishing to shake us from the faith and bring us under himself, he tempts. This alone has been permitted him, both because we must be saved by ourselves, having received starting points from the commandment, and for the shame of the tempter who fails, and for the strengthening of those in the church, and for the conscience of those who marvel at the endurance. But if martyrdom is a requital through punishment, then faith and teaching too, because of which martyrdom comes, are fellow workers of punishment; what greater absurdity could there be? But against those doctrines, whether the soul is reincarnated, and about the devil, we will speak at the proper times; now let us add this to what has been said: where is faith any longer, if martyrdom happens as requital for sins committed before? Where is love for God, persecuted and enduring for the truth? Where is praise of the one who confesses, or blame of the one who denies? And what use is right conduct any longer, putting desires to death and hating nothing created?
4.12.86Stählin 2:286
εἰ δέ, ὡς αὐτός φησιν ὁ Βασιλείδης, ἓν μέρος ἐκ τοῦ λεγομένου θελήματος τοῦ θεοῦ ὑπειλήφαμεν τὸ ἠγαπηκέναι ἅπαντα, ὅτι λόγον ἀποσῴζουσι πρὸς τὸ πᾶν ἅπαντα, ἕτερον δὲ τὸ μηδενὸς ἐπιθυμεῖν καὶ τρίτον τὸ μισεῖν μηδὲ ἕν, θελήματι τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ αἱ κολάσεις ἔσονται· ὅπερ ἀσεβὲς ἐννοεῖν. οὔτε γὰρ ὁ κύριος θελήματι ἔπαθεν τοῦ πατρὸς οὔθʼ οἱ διωκόμενοι βουλήσει τοῦ θεοῦ διώκονται, ἐπεὶ δυεῖν θάτερον, ἢ καλόν τι ἔσται διωγμὸς διὰ τὴν βούλησιν τοῦ θεοῦ, ἢ ἀθῷοι οἱ διατιθέντες καὶ θλίβοντες. ἀλλὰ μὴν οὐδὲν ἄνευ θελήματος τοῦ κυρίου τῶν ὅλων. λείπεται δὴ συντόμως φάναι τὰ τοιαῦτα συμβαίνειν μὴ κωλύσαντος τοῦ θεοῦ· τοῦτο γὰρ μόνον σῴζει καὶ τὴν πρόνοιαν καὶ τὴν ἀγαθότητα τοῦ θεοῦ.
ei de, hōs autos phēsin ho Basileidēs, hen meros ek tou legomenou thelēmatos tou theou hypeilēphamen to ēgapēkenai hapanta, hoti logon aposǭzousi pros to pan hapanta, heteron de to mēdenos epithymein kai triton to misein mēde hen, thelēmati tou theou kai hai kolaseis esontai; hoper asebes ennoein. oute gar ho kyrios thelēmati epathen tou patros outhʼ hoi diōkomenoi boulēsei tou theou diōkontai, epei dyein thateron, ē kalon ti estai diōgmos dia tēn boulēsin tou theou, ē athǭoi hoi diatithentes kai thlibontes. alla mēn ouden aneu thelēmatos tou kyriou tōn holōn. leipetai dē syntomōs phanai ta toiauta symbainein mē kōlysantos tou theou; touto gar monon sǭzei kai tēn pronoian kai tēn agathotēta tou theou.
And if, as Basilides himself says, we take one part of what is called God's will to be having loved everything, because all things preserve a relation to the whole, another to desire nothing, and a third to hate nothing, then punishments too will be by God's will, which it is impious to think. For neither did the Lord suffer by the Father's will, nor are the persecuted persecuted by God's will; otherwise one of two things follows: either persecution will be something good because of God's will, or those who inflict and afflict are innocent. But nothing happens without the will of the Lord of the universe. It remains, then, to say briefly that such things happen because God does not prevent them; for this alone preserves both the providence and the goodness of God.
4.12.87Stählin 2:286
οὐ τὸ ἐνεργεῖν τοίνυν αὐτὸν τὰς θλίψεις οἴεσθαι χρή, μὴ γὰρ εἴη τοῦτο ἐννοεῖν, ἀλλὰ μὴ κωλύειν τοὺς ἐνεργοῦντας πεπεῖσθαι προσῆκεν καταχρῆσθαί τε εἰς καλὸν τοῖς τῶν ἐναντίων τολμήμασιν (καθελῶ γοῦν φησι, τὸν τοῖχον καὶ ἔσται εἰς καταπάτημα), παιδευτικῆς τέχνης τῆς τοιαύτης οὔσης προνοίας ἐπὶ μὲν τῶν ἄλλων διὰ τὰς οἰκείας ἑκάστου ἁμαρτίας, ἐπὶ δὲ τοῦ κυρίου καὶ τῶν ἀποστόλων διὰ τὰς ἡμῶν. αὐτίκα ὁ θεῖος ἀπόστολος τοῦτο γάρ ἐστι τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ φησίν, ὁ ἁγιασμὸς ὑμῶν, ἀπέχεσθαι ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ τῆς πορνείας, εἰδέναι ἕκαστον ὑμῶν τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος κτᾶσθαι ἐν ἁγιασμῷ καὶ τιμῇ, μὴ ἐν πάθει ἐπιθυμίας καθάπερ καὶ τὰ ἔθνη τὰ μὴ εἰδότα τὸν κύριον, τὸ μὴ ὑπερβαίνειν καὶ πλεονεκτεῖν ἐν τῷ πράγματι τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ, διότι ἔκδικος ὁ κύριος περὶ πάντων τούτων, καθὼς καὶ προείπομεν ὑμῖν καὶ διεμαρτυράμεθα. οὐ γὰρ ἐκάλεσεν ἡμᾶς ὁ θεὸς ἐπὶ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, ἀλλʼ ἐν ἁγιασμῷ. τοιγαροῦν ὁ ἀθετῶν οὐκ ἄνθρωπον ἀθετεῖ, ἀλλὰ τὸν θεὸν τὸν καὶ δόντα τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ τὸ ἅγιον εἰς ὑμᾶς. διὰ τοῦτον οὖν τὸν ἁγιασμὸν ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐκωλύθη παθεῖν ὁ κύριος.
ou to energein toinyn auton tas thlipseis oiesthai chrē, mē gar eiē touto ennoein, alla mē kōlyein tous energountas pepeisthai prosēken katachrēsthai te eis kalon tois tōn enantiōn tolmēmasin (kathelō goun phēsi, ton toichon kai estai eis katapatēma), paideutikēs technēs tēs toiautēs ousēs pronoias epi men tōn allōn dia tas oikeias hekastou hamartias, epi de tou kyriou kai tōn apostolōn dia tas hēmōn. autika ho theios apostolos touto gar esti to thelēma tou theou phēsin, ho hagiasmos hymōn, apechesthai hymas apo tēs porneias, eidenai hekaston hymōn to heautou skeuos ktasthai en hagiasmǭ kai timę̄, mē en pathei epithymias kathaper kai ta ethnē ta mē eidota ton kyrion, to mē hyperbainein kai pleonektein en tǭ pragmati ton adelphon autou, dioti ekdikos ho kyrios peri pantōn toutōn, kathōs kai proeipomen hymin kai diemartyrametha. ou gar ekalesen hēmas ho theos epi akatharsią, allʼ en hagiasmǭ. toigaroun ho athetōn ouk anthrōpon athetei, alla ton theon ton kai donta to pneuma autou to hagion eis hymas. dia touton oun ton hagiasmon hēmōn ouk ekōlythē pathein ho kyrios.
We must not think, then, that he causes the afflictions, far be it to think so; but we must be persuaded that he does not prevent those who cause them, and uses the enemies' daring deeds for good (“I will pull down the wall,” at any rate, he says, “and it will be for trampling”), such providence being an art of training, for others because of each one's own sins, but for the Lord and the apostles because of ours. For example, the divine apostle says: “For this is the will of God, your sanctification: that you abstain from sexual immorality; that each of you know how to possess his own vessel in sanctification and honor, not in the passion of desire like the Gentiles who do not know the Lord; that no one transgress and wrong his brother in this matter, because the Lord is an avenger in all these things, as we told you before and solemnly warned you. For God did not call us to impurity but in sanctification. Therefore the one who rejects this rejects not man but God, who also gives his Holy Spirit to you.” For the sake of this sanctification of ours, then, the Lord was not prevented from suffering.
4.12.88Stählin 2:286–287
εἰ τοίνυν ἀπολογούμενός τις αὐτῶν λέγοι κολάζεσθαι μὲν τὸν μάρτυρα διὰ τὰς πρὸ τῆσδε τῆς ἐνσωματώσεως ἁμαρτίας, τὸν καρπὸν δὲ τῆς κατὰ τόνδε τὸν βίον πολιτείας αὖθις ἀπολήψεσθαι, οὕτω γὰρ διατετάχθαι τὴν διοίκησιν, πευσόμεθα αὐτοῦ, εἰ ἐκ προνοίας γίνεται ἡ ἀνταπόδοσις· εἰ μὲν γὰρ μὴ εἴη τῆς θείας διοικήσεως, οἴχεται ἡ οἰκονομία τῶν καθαρσίων καὶ πέπτωκεν ἡ ὑπόθεσις αὐτοῖς, εἰ δὲ ἐκ προνοίας τὰ καθάρσια, ἐκ προνοίας καὶ αἱ κολάσεις. ἡ πρόνοια δὲ εἰ καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἄρχοντος, ὥς φασιν, κινεῖσθαι ἄρχεται, ἀλλʼ ἐγκατεσπάρη ταῖς οὐσίαις σὺν καὶ τῇ τῶν οὐσιῶν γενέσει πρὸς τοῦ θεοῦ τῶν ὅλων. ὧν οὕτως ἐχόντων ἀνάγκη ὁμολογεῖν αὐτοὺς ἢ τὴν κόλασιν μὴ εἶναι ἄδικον (καὶ δικαιοπραγοῦσιν οἱ καταδικάζοντες καὶ διώκοντες τοὺς μάρτυρας) ἢ ἐκ θελήματος ἐνεργεῖσθαι τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τοὺς διωγμούς. οὐκέτι οὖν ὁ πόνος καὶ ὁ φόβος, ὡς αὐτοὶ λέγουσιν, ἐπισυμβαίνει τοῖς πράγμασιν ὡς ὁ ἰὸς τῷ σιδήρῳ, ἀλλʼ ἐκ βουλήσεως ἰδίας προσέρχεται τῇ ψυχῇ.
ei toinyn apologoumenos tis autōn legoi kolazesthai men ton martyra dia tas pro tēsde tēs ensōmatōseōs hamartias, ton karpon de tēs kata tonde ton bion politeias authis apolēpsesthai, houtō gar diatetachthai tēn dioikēsin, peusometha autou, ei ek pronoias ginetai hē antapodosis; ei men gar mē eiē tēs theias dioikēseōs, oichetai hē oikonomia tōn katharsiōn kai peptōken hē hypothesis autois, ei de ek pronoias ta katharsia, ek pronoias kai hai kolaseis. hē pronoia de ei kai apo tou Archontos, hōs phasin, kineisthai archetai, allʼ enkatesparē tais ousiais syn kai tę̄ tōn ousiōn genesei pros tou theou tōn holōn. hōn houtōs echontōn anankē homologein autous ē tēn kolasin mē einai adikon (kai dikaiopragousin hoi katadikazontes kai diōkontes tous martyras) ē ek thelēmatos energeisthai tou theou kai tous diōgmous. ouketi oun ho ponos kai ho phobos, hōs autoi legousin, episymbainei tois pragmasin hōs ho ios tǭ sidērǭ, allʼ ek boulēseōs idias proserchetai tę̄ psychę̄.
If, then, one of them should say in defense that the martyr is punished for sins before this embodiment, but will receive again the fruit of his conduct in this life, for so the government has been ordered, we will ask him whether the requital comes about by providence. For if it is not of the divine government, the arrangement of purifications is gone and their hypothesis has fallen; but if the purifications are by providence, the punishments are by providence too. And providence, even if it begins to be set in motion by the Ruler, as they say, was sown in substances together with the origin of the substances by the God of the universe. This being so, they must confess either that the punishment is not unjust (and those who condemn and persecute the martyrs act justly), or that persecutions too are worked by the will of God. No longer, then, do toil and fear, as they themselves say, come upon things as rust upon iron, but they come to the soul of its own will.
Miscellanies 4, chapter 13
4.13.89Stählin 2:287
Καὶ περὶ μὲν τούτων πολὺς ὁ λόγος, ὃν ἐν ὑστέρῳ σκοπεῖν ἀποκείσεται κατὰ καιρὸν διαλαμβάνουσιν. Οὐαλεντῖνος δὲ ἔν τινι ὁμιλίᾳ κατὰ λέξιν γράφει· ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς ἀθάνατοί ἐστε καὶ τέκνα ζωῆς ἐστε αἰωνίας καὶ τὸν θάνατον ἠθέλετε μερίσασθαι εἰς ἑαυτούς, ἵνα δαπανήσητε αὐτὸν καὶ ἀναλώσητε, καὶ ἀποθάνῃ ὁ θάνατος ἐν ὑμῖν καὶ διʼ ὑμῶν. ὅταν γὰρ τὸν μὲν κόσμον λύητε, ὑμεῖς δὲ μὴ καταλύησθε, κυριεύετε τῆς κτίσεως καὶ τῆς φθορᾶς ἁπάσης. φύσει γὰρ σῳζόμενον γένος ὑποτίθεται καὶ αὐτὸς ἐμφερῶς τῷ Βασιλείδῃ, ἄνωθεν δὲ ἡμῖν δεῦρο τοῦτο δὴ τὸ διάφορον γένος ἐπὶ τὴν τοῦ θανάτου καθαίρεσιν ἥκειν, θανάτου δὲ γένεσιν ἔργον εἶναι τοῦ κτίσαντος τὸν κόσμον. διὸ καὶ τὴν γραφὴν ἐκείνην οὕτως ἐκδέχεται· οὐδεὶς ὄψεται τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ ζήσεται ὡς θανάτου αἰτίου. περὶ τούτου τοῦ θεοῦ ἐκεῖνα αἰνίττεται γράφων αὐταῖς λέξεσιν· ὁπόσον ἐλάττων ἡ εἰκὼν τοῦ ζῶντος προσώπου, τοσοῦτον ἥσσων ὁ κόσμος τοῦ ζῶντος αἰῶνος.
Kai peri men toutōn polys ho logos, hon en hysterǭ skopein apokeisetai kata kairon dialambanousin. Oualentinos de en tini homilią kata lexin graphei; apʼ archēs athanatoi este kai tekna zōēs este aiōnias kai ton thanaton ēthelete merisasthai eis heautous, hina dapanēsēte auton kai analōsēte, kai apothanę̄ ho thanatos en hymin kai diʼ hymōn. hotan gar ton men kosmon lyēte, hymeis de mē katalyēsthe, kyrieuete tēs ktiseōs kai tēs phthoras hapasēs. physei gar sǭzomenon genos hypotithetai kai autos empherōs tǭ Basileidę̄, anōthen de hēmin deuro touto dē to diaphoron genos epi tēn tou thanatou kathairesin hēkein, thanatou de genesin ergon einai tou ktisantos ton kosmon. dio kai tēn graphēn ekeinēn houtōs ekdechetai; oudeis opsetai to prosōpon tou theou kai zēsetai hōs thanatou aitiou. peri toutou tou theou ekeina ainittetai graphōn autais lexesin; hoposon elattōn hē eikōn tou zōntos prosōpou, tosouton hēssōn ho kosmos tou zōntos aiōnos.
Much could be said about these things, which will be reserved for examination later, when we treat of them at the right time. Valentinus writes word for word in a homily: “From the beginning you are immortal, and you are children of eternal life, and you wished to divide death among yourselves, so that you might spend and use it up, and death might die in you and through you. For when you dissolve the world but are not yourselves dissolved, you are lords over creation and all corruption.” For he too, like Basilides, supposes a race saved by nature, and that this distinct race has come down here from above for the destruction of death, and that the origin of death is the work of the one who created the world. That is why he takes that Scripture thus: “No one will see the face of God and live,” as though he were the cause of death. He hints at this God when he writes in these very words: “As much as the image is less than the living face, so much is the world inferior to the living Aeon.”
4.13.90Stählin 2:287–288
τίς οὖν αἰτία τῆς εἰκόνος; μεγαλωσύνη τοῦ προσώπου παρεσχημένου τῷ ζωγράφῳ τὸν τύπον, ἵνα τιμηθῇ διʼ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ· οὐ γὰρ αὐθεντικῶς εὑρέθη μορφή, ἀλλὰ τὸ ὄνομα ἐπλήρωσεν τὸ ὑστερῆσαν ἐν πλάσει. συνεργεῖ δὲ καὶ τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ ἀόρατον εἰς πίστιν τοῦ πεπλασμένου. τὸν μὲν γὰρ Δημιουργὸν ὡς θεὸν καὶ πατέρα κληθέντα εἰκόνα τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ θεοῦ καὶ προφήτην προσεῖπεν, ζωγράφον δὲ τὴν Σοφίαν, ἧς τὸ πλάσμα ἡ εἰκών, εἰς δόξαν τοῦ ἀοράτου, ἐπεὶ ὅσα ἐκ συζυγίας προέρχεται, πληρώματά ἐστιν, ὅσα δὲ ἀπὸ ἑνός, εἰκόνες. ἐπεὶ δὲ τὸ φαινόμενον αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔστιν ἡ ἐκ μεσότητος ψυχή, ἔρχεται τὸ διαφέρον, καὶ τοῦτʼ ἔστι τὸ ἐμφύσημα τοῦ διαφέροντος πνεύματος, καὶ καθʼ ὅλου ὃ ἐμπνεῖται τῇ ψυχῇ, τῇ εἰκόνι τοῦ πνεύματος, καὶ καθόλου τὰ ἐπὶ τοῦ Δημιουργοῦ λεγόμενα τοῦ κατʼ εἰκόνα γενομένου, ταῦτʼ ἐν εἰκόνος αἰσθητῆς μοίρᾳ ἐν τῇ Γενέσει περὶ τὴν ἀνθρωπογονίαν προπεφητεῦσθαι λέγουσι. καὶ δὴ μετάγουσι τὴν ὁμοιότητα καὶ ἐφʼ ἑαυτούς, ἄγνωστον τῷ Δημιουργῷ τὴν τοῦ διαφέροντος ἐπένθεσιν πνεύματος γεγενῆσθαι παραδιδόντες.
tis oun aitia tēs eikonos? megalōsynē tou prosōpou pareschēmenou tǭ zōgraphǭ ton typon, hina timēthę̄ diʼ onomatos autou; ou gar authentikōs heurethē morphē, alla to onoma eplērōsen to hysterēsan en plasei. synergei de kai to tou theou aoraton eis pistin tou peplasmenou. ton men gar Dēmiourgon hōs theon kai patera klēthenta eikona tou alēthinou theou kai prophētēn proseipen, zōgraphon de tēn Sophian, hēs to plasma hē eikōn, eis doxan tou aoratou, epei hosa ek syzygias proerchetai, plērōmata estin, hosa de apo henos, eikones. epei de to phainomenon autou ouk estin hē ek mesotētos psychē, erchetai to diapheron, kai toutʼ esti to emphysēma tou diapherontos pneumatos, kai kathʼ holou ho empneitai tę̄ psychę̄, tę̄ eikoni tou pneumatos, kai katholou ta epi tou Dēmiourgou legomena tou katʼ eikona genomenou, tautʼ en eikonos aisthētēs moirą en tę̄ Genesei peri tēn anthrōpogonian propephēteusthai legousi. kai dē metagousi tēn homoiotēta kai ephʼ heautous, agnōston tǭ Dēmiourgǭ tēn tou diapherontos epenthesin pneumatos gegenēsthai paradidontes.
“What, then, is the cause of the image? The majesty of the face, which provided the painter with the model, so that it might be honored through his name. For the form was not found authentically, but the name filled up what was lacking in the formation. And the invisibility of God also cooperates toward faith in what has been formed.” For he called the Demiurge, who was called God and Father, an image of the true God and a prophet, and Wisdom the painter, whose work is the image, to the glory of the invisible one; since whatever proceeds from a pair are fullnesses, but whatever from one are images. But since what appears of him is not the soul from the middle, the distinctive element comes, and this is the inbreathing of the distinctive spirit; and in general what is breathed into the soul, into the image of the spirit, and in general what is said about the Demiurge who was made according to the image, they say was prophesied in Genesis in the form of a sensible image concerning the creation of man. And they transfer the likeness to themselves, handing down that the insertion of the distinctive spirit was unknown to the Demiurge.
4.13.91Stählin 2:288
ὅταν μὲν οὖν περὶ τοῦ ἕνα εἶναι τὸν θεὸν τὸν διὰ νόμου καὶ προφητῶν καὶ εὐαγγελίου κηρυσσόμενον διαλαμβάνωμεν, καὶ πρὸς τοῦτο διαλεξόμεθα (ἀρχικὸς γὰρ ὁ λόγος), πρὸς δὲ τὸ κατεπεῖγον ἀπαντητέον. εἰ ἐπὶ τὸ καταλῦσαι θάνατον ἀφικνεῖται τὸ διαφέρον γένος, οὐχ ὁ Χριστὸς τὸν θάνατον κατήργησεν, εἰ μὴ καὶ αὐτὸς αὐτοῖς ὁμοούσιος λεχθείη· εἰ δʼ εἰς τοῦτο κατήργησεν ὡς μὴ τοῦ διαφέροντος ἅπτεσθαι γένους, οὐχ οὗτοι τὸν θάνατον καταργοῦσιν οἱ ἀντίμιμοι τοῦ Δημιουργοῦ, οἱ τῇ ἐκ μεσότητος ψυχῇ, τῇ σφετέρᾳ εἰκόνι, ἐμφυσῶντες τὴν ζωὴν τὴν ἄνωθεν κατὰ τὴν τοῦ δόγματος αἵρεσιν, κἂν διὰ τῆς μητρὸς τοῦτο συμβαίνειν λέγωσιν· ἀλλὰ κἂν εἰ σὺν Χριστῷ καταστρατεύεσθαι τοῦ θανάτου λέγοιεν, ὁμολογούντων τὸ δόγμα τὸ κεκρυμμένον, ὡς τῆς θείας τοῦ Δημιουργοῦ κατατρέχειν τολμῶσι δυνάμεως, τὴν κτίσιν τὴν αὐτοῦ ὡς κρείττους ἐπανορθούμενοι, πειρώμενοι σῴζειν τὴν ψυχικὴν εἰκόνα, ἣν αὐτὸς ῥύσασθαι τῆς φθορᾶς οὐ κατίσχυσεν. εἴη δʼ ἂν καὶ ὁ κύριος ἀμείνων τοῦ δημιουργοῦ θεοῦ· οὐ γὰρ ἄν ποτε ὁ υἱὸς τῷ πατρὶ διαφιλονεικοίη καὶ ταῦτα ἐν θεοῖς.
hotan men oun peri tou hena einai ton theon ton dia nomou kai prophētōn kai euangeliou kēryssomenon dialambanōmen, kai pros touto dialexometha (archikos gar ho logos), pros de to katepeigon apantēteon. ei epi to katalysai thanaton aphikneitai to diapheron genos, ouch ho Christos ton thanaton katērgēsen, ei mē kai autos autois homoousios lechtheiē; ei dʼ eis touto katērgēsen hōs mē tou diapherontos haptesthai genous, ouch houtoi ton thanaton katargousin hoi antimimoi tou Dēmiourgou, hoi tę̄ ek mesotētos psychę̄, tę̄ spheterą eikoni, emphysōntes tēn zōēn tēn anōthen kata tēn tou dogmatos hairesin, kan dia tēs mētros touto symbainein legōsin; alla kan ei syn Christǭ katastrateuesthai tou thanatou legoien, homologountōn to dogma to kekrymmenon, hōs tēs theias tou Dēmiourgou katatrechein tolmōsi dynameōs, tēn ktisin tēn autou hōs kreittous epanorthoumenoi, peirōmenoi sǭzein tēn psychikēn eikona, hēn autos rhysasthai tēs phthoras ou katischysen. eiē dʼ an kai ho kyrios ameinōn tou dēmiourgou theou; ou gar an pote ho huios tǭ patri diaphiloneikoiē kai tauta en theois.
When, then, we treat of there being one God proclaimed through the law, the prophets, and the gospel, we will argue against this too (for the question is fundamental); but we must meet what is pressing. If the distinct race comes to destroy death, then Christ did not abolish death, unless he too is said to be of the same substance with them. But if he abolished it so that it might not touch the distinct race, these do not abolish death, these imitators of the Demiurge, who breathe the life from above into the soul from the middle, their own image, according to the choice of their doctrine, even if they say this happens through the Mother. And even if they should say they wage war against death together with Christ, let them confess the hidden doctrine, that they dare to run down the divine power of the Demiurge, correcting his creation as though they were better, trying to save the psychic image which he himself was unable to rescue from corruption. And the Lord too would be better than the Creator God; for a son would never contend with his father, especially among gods.
4.13.92Stählin 2:288–289
ὅτι δὲ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τοῦ υἱοῦ πατήρ, ὁ δημιουργὸς τῶν συμπάντων, ὁ παντοκράτωρ κύριος, εἰς ἐκείνην ἀνεβαλόμεθα τὴν σκέψιν καθʼ ἣν πρὸς τὰς αἱρέσεις ὑπεσχήμεθα διαλέξασθαι, τοῦτον εἶναι μόνον δεικνύντες τὸν ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ κεκηρυγμένον. ἀλλʼ ἡμῖν γε ὁ ἀπόστολος εἰς τὴν τῶν θλίψεων ὑπομονὴν γράφων καὶ τοῦτο φησὶν ἀπὸ θεοῦ· ὅτι ὑμῖν ἐχαρίσθη τὸ ὑπὲρ Χριστοῦ, οὐ μόνον τὸ εἰς αὐτὸν πιστεύειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ πάσχειν· τὸν αὐτὸν ἀγῶνα ἔχοντες, οἷον εἴδετε ἐν ἐμοὶ καὶ νῦν ἀκούετε ἐν ἐμοί. εἴ τις οὖν παράκλησις ἐν Χριστῷ, εἴ τι παραμύθιον ἀγάπης, εἴ τις κοινωνία πνεύματος, εἴ τις σπλάγχνα καὶ οἰκτιρμοί, πληρώσατέ μου τὴν χαράν, ἵνα τὸ αὐτὸ φρονῆτε, τὴν αὐτὴν ἀγάπην ἔχοντες, σύμψυχοι, τὸ ἓν φρονοῦντες. εἰ δὲ σπένδεται ἐπὶ τῇ θυσίᾳ καὶ τῇ λειτουργίᾳ τῆς πίστεως χαίρων καὶ συγχαίρων, τοὺς δέ, πρὸς οὓς ὁ λόγος τῷ ἀποστόλῳ, τοὺς Φιλιππησίους, συμμετόχους τῆς χάριτος καλῶν, πῶς αὐτοὺς συμψύχους καὶ ψυχικοὺς λέγει; ὁμοίως καὶ περὶ Τιμοθέου καὶ ἑαυτοῦ γράφων οὐδένα γὰρ ἔχω φησὶν ἰσόψυχον, ὅστις γνησίως τὰ περὶ ὑμῶν μεριμνήσει· οἱ πάντες γὰρ τὰ ἑαυτῶν ζητοῦσιν, οὐ τὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ.
hoti de houtos estin ho tou huiou patēr, ho dēmiourgos tōn sympantōn, ho pantokratōr kyrios, eis ekeinēn anebalometha tēn skepsin kathʼ hēn pros tas haireseis hypeschēmetha dialexasthai, touton einai monon deiknyntes ton hypʼ autou kekērygmenon. allʼ hēmin ge ho apostolos eis tēn tōn thlipseōn hypomonēn graphōn kai touto phēsin apo theou; hoti hymin echaristhē to hyper Christou, ou monon to eis auton pisteuein, alla kai to hyper autou paschein; ton auton agōna echontes, hoion eidete en emoi kai nyn akouete en emoi. ei tis oun paraklēsis en Christǭ, ei ti paramythion agapēs, ei tis koinōnia pneumatos, ei tis splanchna kai oiktirmoi, plērōsate mou tēn charan, hina to auto phronēte, tēn autēn agapēn echontes, sympsychoi, to hen phronountes. ei de spendetai epi tę̄ thysią kai tę̄ leitourgią tēs pisteōs chairōn kai synchairōn, tous de, pros hous ho logos tǭ apostolǭ, tous Philippēsious, symmetochous tēs charitos kalōn, pōs autous sympsychous kai psychikous legei? homoiōs kai peri Timotheou kai heautou graphōn oudena gar echō phēsin isopsychon, hostis gnēsiōs ta peri hymōn merimnēsei; hoi pantes gar ta heautōn zētousin, ou ta Iēsou Christou.
That this is the Father of the Son, the Creator of all things, the Almighty Lord, we have postponed to that inquiry in which we have promised to argue against the heresies, showing that he alone is the one proclaimed by the Son. But the apostle, writing to us for endurance in afflictions, says this too comes from God: “Because it has been granted to you for Christ's sake not only to believe in him but also to suffer for him, having the same struggle that you saw in me and now hear to be in me. If, then, there is any encouragement in Christ, any comfort of love, any fellowship of the Spirit, any affection and compassion, complete my joy by being of the same mind, having the same love, united in soul (sympsychoi), minding one thing.” And if he is poured out upon the sacrifice and service of faith, rejoicing and rejoicing with them, and calls those to whom the apostle's word is addressed, the Philippians, partners in grace, how does he call them united in soul and yet psychic? Likewise, writing about Timothy and himself, he says: “For I have no one like-souled (isopsychon) who will genuinely care for your affairs; for all seek their own, not the things of Jesus Christ.”
4.13.93Stählin 2:289
Μὴ τοίνυν ψυχικοὺς ἐν ὀνείδους μέρει λεγόντων ἡμᾶς οἱ προειρημένοι, ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ Φρύγες· ἤδη γὰρ καὶ οὗτοι τοὺς τῇ νέᾳ προφητείᾳ μὴ προσέχοντας ψυχικοὺς καλοῦσιν, πρὸς οὓς ἐν τοῖς Περὶ προφητείας διαλεξόμεθα. ἀγάπην οὖν ἀσκεῖν τὸν τέλειον χρή, κἀνθένδε ἐπὶ τὴν θείαν φιλίαν σπεύδειν, διʼ ἀγάπην ἐκτελοῦντα τὰς ἐντολάς. τὸ δὲ ἀγαπᾶν τοὺς ἐχθροὺς οὐκ ἀγαπᾶν τὸ κακὸν λέγει οὐδὲ ἀσέβειαν ἢ μοιχείαν ἢ κλοπήν, ἀλλὰ τὸν κλέπτην καὶ τὸν ἀσεβῆ καὶ τὸν μοιχόν, οὐ καθὸ ἁμαρτάνει καὶ τῇ ποιᾷ ἐνεργείᾳ μολύνει τὴν ἀνθρώπου προσηγορίαν, καθὸ δὲ ἄνθρωπός ἐστι καὶ ἔργον θεοῦ. ἀμέλει τὸ ἁμαρτάνειν ἐν ἐνεργείᾳ κεῖται, οὐκ οὐσίᾳ· διὸ οὐδὲ ἔργον θεοῦ.
Mē toinyn psychikous en oneidous merei legontōn hēmas hoi proeirēmenoi, alla kai hoi Phryges; ēdē gar kai houtoi tous tę̄ neą prophēteią mē prosechontas psychikous kalousin, pros hous en tois Peri prophēteias dialexometha. agapēn oun askein ton teleion chrē, kanthende epi tēn theian philian speudein, diʼ agapēn ektelounta tas entolas. to de agapan tous echthrous ouk agapan to kakon legei oude asebeian ē moicheian ē klopēn, alla ton kleptēn kai ton asebē kai ton moichon, ou katho hamartanei kai tę̄ poią energeią molynei tēn anthrōpou prosēgorian, katho de anthrōpos esti kai ergon theou. amelei to hamartanein en energeią keitai, ouk ousią; dio oude ergon theou.
Let not those just mentioned, then, call us “psychics” by way of reproach; nor the Phrygians either; for these too already call “psychics” those who do not pay attention to the new prophecy; against them we will argue in our work On Prophecy. The perfect man, then, must practice love, and from here hasten to divine friendship, fulfilling the commandments through love. And loving one's enemies does not mean loving evil, nor impiety, adultery, or theft, but the thief, the impious man, and the adulterer; not insofar as he sins and pollutes the name of man by such activity, but insofar as he is a man and the work of God. Indeed sinning lies in activity, not in substance; that is why it is not the work of God.
4.13.94Stählin 2:289–290
ἐχθροὶ δὲ οἱ ἁμαρτάνοντες εἴρηνται θεοῦ, οἱ ἐχθροὶ δὴ τῶν ἐντολῶν αἷς μηδὲ ὑπακηκόασι, γενόμενοι, ὥσπερ φίλοι οἱ ὑπακηκοότες, οἳ μὲν διὰ τὴν οἰκείωσιν, οἳ δὲ διὰ τὴν ἀπαλλοτρίωσιν τὴν ἐκ προαιρέσεως προσαγορευθέντες· οὐθὲν γὰρ ἡ ἔχθρα οὐδʼ ἡ ἁμαρτία ἄνευ τοῦ ἐχθροῦ καὶ τοῦ ἁμαρτάνοντος. καὶ τὸ μηδενὸς ἐπιθυμεῖν οὐχ ὡς ἀλλοτρίων τῶν ἐπιθυμητῶν ὄντων πόθον μὴ ἔχειν διδάσκει, καθάπερ ὑπειλήφασιν οἱ τὸν κτίστην ἄλλον εἶναι παρὰ τὸν πρῶτον θεὸν δογματίζοντες, οὐδʼ ὡς ἐβδελυγμένης καὶ κακῆς οὔσης τῆς γενέσεως, ἄθεοι γὰρ αἱ δόξαι αὗται· ἀλλότρια δὲ ἡμεῖς φαμεν τὰ τοῦ κόσμου οὐχ ὡς ἄτοπα, οὐδʼ ὡς οὐχὶ τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ πάντων κυρίου, ἀλλʼ ἐπειδὴ μὴ καταμένομεν ἐν αὐτοῖς τὸν πάντα αἰῶνα, κτήσει ὄντα ἀλλότρια καὶ τῶν κατὰ διαδοχὴν ὑπάρχοντα, χρήσει δὲ ἑκάστου ἡμῶν ἴδια, διʼ οὓς καὶ ἐγένετο, πλὴν ἐφʼ ὅσον γε αὐτοῖς ἀναγκαῖον συμπαρεῖναι. κατὰ φυσικὴν τοίνυν ὄρεξιν χρηστέον τοῖς μὴ κεκωλυμένοις καλῶς, πᾶσαν ὑπερέκπτωσιν καὶ συμπάθειαν παραιτουμένους.
echthroi de hoi hamartanontes eirēntai theou, hoi echthroi dē tōn entolōn hais mēde hypakēkoasi, genomenoi, hōsper philoi hoi hypakēkootes, hoi men dia tēn oikeiōsin, hoi de dia tēn apallotriōsin tēn ek proaireseōs prosagoreuthentes; outhen gar hē echthra oudʼ hē hamartia aneu tou echthrou kai tou hamartanontos. kai to mēdenos epithymein ouch hōs allotriōn tōn epithymētōn ontōn pothon mē echein didaskei, kathaper hypeilēphasin hoi ton ktistēn allon einai para ton prōton theon dogmatizontes, oudʼ hōs ebdelygmenēs kai kakēs ousēs tēs geneseōs, atheoi gar hai doxai hautai; allotria de hēmeis phamen ta tou kosmou ouch hōs atopa, oudʼ hōs ouchi tou theou tou pantōn kyriou, allʼ epeidē mē katamenomen en autois ton panta aiōna, ktēsei onta allotria kai tōn kata diadochēn hyparchonta, chrēsei de hekastou hēmōn idia, diʼ hous kai egeneto, plēn ephʼ hoson ge autois anankaion sympareinai. kata physikēn toinyn orexin chrēsteon tois mē kekōlymenois kalōs, pasan hyperekptōsin kai sympatheian paraitoumenous.
Sinners are called enemies of God, enemies, that is, of the commandments which they have not obeyed; as those who have obeyed are friends; the one named for their intimacy, the others for their estrangement by choice. For enmity and sin are nothing without the enemy and the sinner. And to desire nothing does not teach us to have no longing for the objects of desire as though they were alien, as those have supposed who teach that the Creator is other than the first God, nor as though birth were abominable and evil; for these opinions are godless. We call the things of the world alien, not as absurd, nor as not belonging to God the Lord of all, but because we do not remain among them for the whole of the age; alien in ownership and belonging to successive owners, but each one's own in use, for whom they came into being, only insofar as it is necessary to be with them. We must use what is not forbidden, then, well, according to natural appetite, refusing all excess and passionate attachment.
Miscellanies 4, chapter 14
4.14.95Stählin 2:290
Ὅση δὲ καὶ χρηστότης· ἀγαπᾶτε τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ὑμῶν λέγει, εὐλογεῖτε τοὺς καταρωμένους ὑμᾶς, καὶ προσεύχεσθε ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐπηρεαζόντων ὑμῖν καὶ τὰ ὅμοια· οἷς προστίθησιν· ἵνα γένησθε υἱοὶ τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν τοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς, τὴν ἐξομοίωσιν τὴν πρὸς θεὸν αἰνισσόμενος. πάλιν δʼ αὖ φησιν· ἴσθι εὐνοῶν τῷ ἀντιδίκῳ σου ταχύ, ἕως ὅτου εἶ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ μετʼ αὐτοῦ· ἀντίδικος δὲ οὐ τὸ σῶμα, ὥς τινες βούλονται, ἀλλʼ ὁ διάβολος (καὶ οἱ τούτῳ ἐξομοιούμενοι), ὁ συνοδεύων ἡμῖν διʼ ἀνθρώπων τῶν ζηλούντων τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ ἐπιγείῳ τῷδε βίῳ. οὐχ οἷόν τε οὖν μὴ παθεῖν τὰ ἔχθιστα τοὺς ὁμολογοῦντας μὲν ἑαυτοὺς εἶναι τοῖς τοῦ Χριστοῦ, ἐν δὲ τοῖς τοῦ διαβόλου καταγινομένους ἔργοις· γέγραπται γάρ· μή ποτε παραδῷ σε τῷ κριτῇ, ὁ κριτὴς δὲ τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ τῆς ἀρχῆς τοῦ διαβόλου.
Hosē de kai chrēstotēs; agapate tous echthrous hymōn legei, eulogeite tous katarōmenous hymas, kai proseuchesthe hyper tōn epēreazontōn hymin kai ta homoia; hois prostithēsin; hina genēsthe huioi tou patros hymōn tou en tois ouranois, tēn exomoiōsin tēn pros theon ainissomenos. palin dʼ au phēsin; isthi eunoōn tǭ antidikǭ sou tachy, heōs hotou ei en tę̄ hodǭ metʼ autou; antidikos de ou to sōma, hōs tines boulontai, allʼ ho diabolos (kai hoi toutǭ exomoioumenoi), ho synodeuōn hēmin diʼ anthrōpōn tōn zēlountōn ta erga autou en tǭ epigeiǭ tǭde biǭ. ouch hoion te oun mē pathein ta echthista tous homologountas men heautous einai tois tou Christou, en de tois tou diabolou kataginomenous ergois; gegraptai gar; mē pote paradǭ se tǭ kritę̄, ho kritēs de tǭ hypēretę̄ tēs archēs tou diabolou.
And how great is his kindness! “Love your enemies,” he says, “bless those who curse you, and pray for those who mistreat you,” and the like; to which he adds, “so that you may become sons of your Father in heaven,” hinting at likeness to God. Again he says: “Be well-disposed quickly to your adversary, while you are on the way with him.” The adversary is not the body, as some would have it, but the devil (and those who are made like him), who travels with us in this earthly life through men who emulate his works. It is not possible, then, for those who confess that they belong to Christ but spend their time in the works of the devil not to suffer the most hostile things. For it is written: “lest he hand you over to the judge,” and the judge to the servant of the devil's rule.
4.14.96Stählin 2:290
πέπεισμαι γὰρ ὅτι οὔτε θάνατος, ὁ κατʼ ἐπιφορὰν τῶν διωκόντων, οὔτε ζωή, ἡ κατὰ τὸν βίον τοῦτον, οὔτε ἄγγελοι, οἱ ἀποστάται, οὔτε ἀρχαί (ἀρχὴ δὲ τῷ Σατανᾷ ὁ βίος ὃν εἵλετο· τοιαῦται γὰρ αἱ κατʼ αὐτὸν ἀρχαί τε καὶ ἐξουσίαι τοῦ σκότους), οὔτε τὰ ἐνεστῶτα, ἐν οἷς ἐσμεν κατὰ τὸν τοῦ βίου χρόνον, ὡς τοῦ μὲν στρατιώτου ἡ ἐλπίς, τοῦ ἐμπόρου δὲ τὸ κέρδος, οὔτε ὕψωμα οὔτε βάθος, οὔτε τις κτίσις ἑτέρα κατʼ ἐνέργειαν τὴν οἰκείαν ἀνθρώπῳ ἀντιπράττειν τῇ πίστει τοῦ προαιρουμένῳ (κτίσις δὲ συνωνύμως καὶ ἐνέργεια λέγεται ἔργον ἡμέτερον οὖσα)· ἡ τοιάδε ἐνέργεια οὐ δυνήσεται ἡμᾶς χωρίσαι ἀπὸ τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ θεοῦ τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ τῷ κυρίῳ ἡμῶν. ἔχεις συγκεφαλαίωσιν γνωστικοῦ μάρτυρος.
pepeismai gar hoti oute thanatos, ho katʼ epiphoran tōn diōkontōn, oute zōē, hē kata ton bion touton, oute angeloi, hoi apostatai, oute archai (archē de tǭ Sataną ho bios hon heileto; toiautai gar hai katʼ auton archai te kai exousiai tou skotous), oute ta enestōta, en hois esmen kata ton tou biou chronon, hōs tou men stratiōtou hē elpis, tou emporou de to kerdos, oute hypsōma oute bathos, oute tis ktisis hetera katʼ energeian tēn oikeian anthrōpǭ antiprattein tę̄ pistei tou proairoumenǭ (ktisis de synōnymōs kai energeia legetai ergon hēmeteron ousa); hē toiade energeia ou dynēsetai hēmas chōrisai apo tēs agapēs tou theou tēs en Christǭ Iēsou tǭ kyriǭ hēmōn. echeis synkephalaiōsin gnōstikou martyros.
“For I am persuaded that neither death,” that inflicted by persecutors, “nor life,” that in this life, “nor angels,” the apostate ones, “nor rulers” (and the rule of Satan is the life he chose; for such are the rulers and authorities of darkness under him), “nor things present,” in which we are during the time of life, such as the soldier's hope and the merchant's gain, “nor height nor depth, nor any other created thing,” by its own activity working against the faith of the man who chooses (creation and activity are called by the same name, being our work): such activity “will not be able to separate us from the love of God in Christ Jesus our Lord.” You have the summary of the knowing martyr.
Miscellanies 4, chapter 15
4.15.97Stählin 2:290–291
Οἴδαμεν δὲ ὅτι πάντες γνῶσιν ἔχομεν τὴν κοινὴν ἐν τοῖς κοινοῖς καὶ τὴν ὅτι εἷς θεός· πρὸς πιστοὺς γὰρ ἐπέστελλεν· ὅθεν ἐπιφέρει· ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐν πᾶσιν ἡ γνῶσις ἡ ἐν ὀλίγοις παραδιδομένη· εἰσὶ δὲ οἵ φασι τὴν περὶ τῶν εἰδωλοθύτων γνῶσιν οὐκ ἐν πᾶσι φέρειν, μή πως ἡ ἐξουσία ἡμῶν πρόσκομμα τοῖς ἀσθενέσι γένηται· ἀπόλλυται γὰρ ὁ ἀσθενῶν τῇ σῇ γνώσει. κἂν φάσκωσι πᾶν τὸ ἐν μακέλλῳ πωλούμενον ἀγοράζειν δεῖ, κατὰ πεῦσιν ἐπάγοντες τὸ μηδὲν ἀνακρίνοντες ἐπʼ ἴσης τῷ ἀνακρίνοντες, γελοίαν ἐξήγησιν παραθήσονται. ὁ γὰρ ἀπόστολος πάντα φησὶ τὰ ἄλλα ὠνεῖσθε ἐκ μακέλλου μηδὲν ἀνακρίνοντες, καθʼ ὑπεξαίρεσιν τῶν δηλουμένων κατὰ τὴν ἐπιστολὴν τὴν καθολικὴν τῶν ἀποστόλων ἁπάντων, σὺν τῇ εὐδοκίᾳ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος, τὴν γεγραμμένην μὲν ἐν ταῖς Πράξεσι τῶν ἀποστόλων, διακομισθεῖσαν δὲ εἰς τοὺς πιστοὺς διʼ αὐτοῦ διακονοῦντος τοῦ Παύλου· ἐμήνυσαν γὰρ ἐπάναγκες ἀπέχεσθαι δεῖν εἰδωλοθύτων καὶ αἵματος καὶ πνικτῶν καὶ πορνείας, ἐξ ὧν διατηροῦντας ἑαυτοὺς εὖ πράξειν. ἕτερον οὖν ἐστι τὸ εἰρημένον πρὸς τοῦ ἀποστόλου· μὴ οὐκ ἔχομεν ἐξουσίαν φαγεῖν καὶ πιεῖν; μὴ οὐκ ἔχομεν ἐξουσίαν ἀδελφὴν γυναῖκα περιάγειν, ὡς καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ ἀπόστολοι καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ τοῦ κυρίου καὶ Κηφᾶς; ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐχρησάμεθα τῇ ἐξουσίᾳ ταύτῃ, φησίν, ἀλλὰ πάντα στέγομεν, ἵνα μὴ ἐγκοπὴν δῶμεν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ τοῦ Χριστοῦ, ἤτοι φορτία περιάγοντες, δέον εὐλύτους εἰς πάντα εἶναι, ἢ ὑπόδειγμα τοῖς θέλουσιν ἐγκρατεύεσθαι γινόμενοι, μὴ οἰκοδομουμένοις εἰς τὸ ἀδεῶς τὰ παρατιθέμενα ἐσθίειν καὶ ὡς ἔτυχεν ὁμιλεῖν τῇ γυναικί· μάλιστα δὲ τοὺς τηλικαύτην οἰκονομίαν πεπιστευμένους ὑπόδειγμα τοῖς μανθάνουσιν ἄχραντον ἐκκεῖσθαι προσήκει.
Oidamen de hoti pantes gnōsin echomen tēn koinēn en tois koinois kai tēn hoti heis theos; pros pistous gar epestellen; hothen epipherei; allʼ ouk en pasin hē gnōsis hē en oligois paradidomenē; eisi de hoi phasi tēn peri tōn eidōlothytōn gnōsin ouk en pasi pherein, mē pōs hē exousia hēmōn proskomma tois asthenesi genētai; apollytai gar ho asthenōn tę̄ sę̄ gnōsei. kan phaskōsi pan to en makellǭ pōloumenon agorazein dei, kata peusin epagontes to mēden anakrinontes epʼ isēs tǭ anakrinontes, geloian exēgēsin parathēsontai. ho gar apostolos panta phēsi ta alla ōneisthe ek makellou mēden anakrinontes, kathʼ hypexairesin tōn dēloumenōn kata tēn epistolēn tēn katholikēn tōn apostolōn hapantōn, syn tę̄ eudokią tou hagiou pneumatos, tēn gegrammenēn men en tais Praxesi tōn apostolōn, diakomistheisan de eis tous pistous diʼ autou diakonountos tou Paulou; emēnysan gar epanankes apechesthai dein eidōlothytōn kai haimatos kai pniktōn kai porneias, ex hōn diatērountas heautous eu praxein. heteron oun esti to eirēmenon pros tou apostolou; mē ouk echomen exousian phagein kai piein? mē ouk echomen exousian adelphēn gynaika periagein, hōs kai hoi loipoi apostoloi kai hoi adelphoi tou kyriou kai Kēphas? allʼ ouk echrēsametha tę̄ exousią tautę̄, phēsin, alla panta stegomen, hina mē enkopēn dōmen tǭ euangeliǭ tou Christou, ētoi phortia periagontes, deon eulytous eis panta einai, ē hypodeigma tois thelousin enkrateuesthai ginomenoi, mē oikodomoumenois eis to adeōs ta paratithemena esthiein kai hōs etychen homilein tę̄ gynaiki; malista de tous tēlikautēn oikonomian pepisteumenous hypodeigma tois manthanousin achranton ekkeisthai prosēkei.
“We know that we all have knowledge,” the common knowledge in common matters, and that there is one God; for he was writing to believers. That is why he adds, “But not in all is knowledge,” the knowledge handed down among few. There are some who say that the knowledge about things sacrificed to idols does not reach all, “lest our liberty become a stumbling block to the weak; for the weak man is destroyed by your knowledge.” And if they say that one must buy everything sold in the market, taking “asking no questions” as a question equivalent to “asking questions,” they will offer a ridiculous interpretation. For the apostle says, “Buy all the rest from the market, asking no questions,” with the exception of the things indicated in the catholic letter of all the apostles, with the approval of the Holy Spirit, which is written in the Acts of the Apostles and was carried to the believers by the ministry of Paul himself. For they declared that it is necessary to abstain from things sacrificed to idols, from blood, from things strangled, and from sexual immorality, keeping themselves from which they would do well. Another thing, then, is what the apostle said: “Do we not have the right to eat and drink? Do we not have the right to take about a sister as wife, as the other apostles and the brothers of the Lord and Cephas? But we did not use this right,” he says, “but we endure all things, so as not to put an obstacle in the way of the gospel of Christ,” either by carrying burdens about, when one should be unencumbered for everything, or by becoming an example to those who wish to practice self-control, not building them up to eat what is set before them without fear and to associate with a wife casually. Especially those entrusted with so great a ministry should be set before learners as a spotless example.
4.15.98Stählin 2:291–292
ἐλεύθερος γὰρ ὢν ἐκ πάντων πᾶσιν ἐμαυτὸν ἐδούλωσα, φησίν, ἵνα τοὺς πάντας κερδήσω, καὶ πᾶς δὲ ὁ ἀγωνιζόμενος πάντα ἐγκρατεύεται· ἀλλὰ τοῦ κυρίου ἡ γῆ καὶ τὸ πλήρωμα αὐτῆς. διὰ τὴν συνείδησιν οὖν ἀφεκτέον ὧν ἀφεκτέον. συνείδησιν δὲ λέγω οὐχὶ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ, γνωστικὴ γάρ, ἀλλὰ τὴν τοῦ ἑτέρου, ἵνα μὴ κακῶς οἰκοδομηθῇ ἀμαθίᾳ μιμούμενος ὃ μὴ γινώσκει, καταφρονητὴς ἀντὶ μεγαλόφρονος γινόμενος. ἵνα τί γὰρ ἡ ἐλευθερία μου κρίνεται ὑπὸ ἄλλης συνειδήσεως; εἰ ἐγὼ χάριτι μετέχω, τί βλασφημοῦμαι ὑπὲρ οὗ ἐγὼ εὐχαριστῶ; πάντα οὖν ὅσα ποιεῖτε εἰς δόξαν θεοῦ ποιεῖτε· ὅσα ὑπὸ τὸν κανόνα τῆς πίστεως ποιεῖν ἐπιτέτραπται.
eleutheros gar ōn ek pantōn pasin emauton edoulōsa, phēsin, hina tous pantas kerdēsō, kai pas de ho agōnizomenos panta enkrateuetai; alla tou kyriou hē gē kai to plērōma autēs. dia tēn syneidēsin oun aphekteon hōn aphekteon. syneidēsin de legō ouchi tēn heautou, gnōstikē gar, alla tēn tou heterou, hina mē kakōs oikodomēthę̄ amathią mimoumenos ho mē ginōskei, kataphronētēs anti megalophronos ginomenos. hina ti gar hē eleutheria mou krinetai hypo allēs syneidēseōs? ei egō chariti metechō, ti blasphēmoumai hyper hou egō eucharistō? panta oun hosa poieite eis doxan theou poieite; hosa hypo ton kanona tēs pisteōs poiein epitetraptai.
“For though I am free from all, I have made myself a slave to all,” he says, “that I might win all.” “And everyone who competes exercises self-control in all things.” “But the earth is the Lord's and its fullness.” For conscience' sake, then, one must abstain from what one must abstain from. “Conscience, I say, not your own,” for it is knowing, “but the other's,” so that he may not be badly built up, imitating in ignorance what he does not know, becoming a despiser instead of magnanimous. “For why is my freedom judged by another's conscience? If I partake with thanks, why am I blasphemed for what I give thanks for? So whatever you do, do all to the glory of God,” whatever one has been permitted to do under the rule of faith.
Miscellanies 4, chapter 16
4.16.99Stählin 2:292
Καρδίᾳ μὲν πιστεύεται εἰς δικαιοσύνην, στόματι δὲ ὁμολογεῖται εἰς σωτηρίαν. λέγει γοῦν ἡ γραφή· ›πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων ἐπʼ αὐτῷ οὐ καταισχυνθήσεται.‹ τοῦτʼ ἔστι τὸ ῥῆμα τῆς πίστεως ὃ κηρύσσομεν, ὅτι ἐὰν ὁμολογήσῃς τὸ ῥῆμα τῷ στόματί σου ὅτι κύριος Ἰησοῦς καὶ πιστεύσῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου ὅτι ὁ θεὸς ἤγειρεν αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν, σωθήσῃ. ἄντικρυς τελείαν δικαιοσύνην ὑπογράφει ἔργῳ τε καὶ θεωρίᾳ πεπληρωμένην. εὐλογητέον οὖν τοὺς διώκοντας· εὐλογεῖτε καὶ μὴ καταρᾶσθε. ἡ γὰρ καύχησις ἡμῶν αὕτη ἐστί, τὸ μαρτύριον τῆς συνειδήσεως ἡμῶν, ὅτι ἐν ἁγιότητι καὶ εἰλικρινείᾳ θεὸν ἔγνωμεν, διʼ ὀλίγης ταύτης προφάσεως τὸ τῆς ἀγάπης ἔργον ἐνδεικνύμενοι, ὅτι οὐκ ἐν σοφίᾳ σαρκικῇ, ἀλλʼ ἐν χάριτι θεοῦ ἀνεστράφημεν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ.
Kardią men pisteuetai eis dikaiosynēn, stomati de homologeitai eis sōtērian. legei goun hē graphē; ›pas ho pisteuōn epʼ autǭ ou kataischynthēsetai.‹ toutʼ esti to rhēma tēs pisteōs ho kēryssomen, hoti ean homologēsę̄s to rhēma tǭ stomati sou hoti kyrios Iēsous kai pisteusę̄s en tę̄ kardią sou hoti ho theos ēgeiren auton ek nekrōn, sōthēsę̄. antikrys teleian dikaiosynēn hypographei ergǭ te kai theōrią peplērōmenēn. eulogēteon oun tous diōkontas; eulogeite kai mē katarasthe. hē gar kauchēsis hēmōn hautē esti, to martyrion tēs syneidēseōs hēmōn, hoti en hagiotēti kai eilikrineią theon egnōmen, diʼ oligēs tautēs prophaseōs to tēs agapēs ergon endeiknymenoi, hoti ouk en sophią sarkikę̄, allʼ en chariti theou anestraphēmen en tǭ kosmǭ.
“For with the heart one believes for righteousness, and with the mouth one confesses for salvation. For the Scripture says, ‘Everyone who believes in him will not be put to shame.’ This is the word of faith that we preach: that if you confess the word with your mouth, that Jesus is Lord, and believe in your heart that God raised him from the dead, you will be saved.” He plainly describes perfect righteousness, filled out with both deed and contemplation. We must bless, then, those who persecute: “Bless and do not curse.” “For this is our boast, the testimony of our conscience, that we have known God in holiness and sincerity,” showing the work of love through this small pretext, “that we have conducted ourselves in the world not in fleshly wisdom but in the grace of God.”
4.16.100Stählin 2:292–293
ταῦτα μὲν περὶ τῆς γνώσεως ὁ ἀπόστολος· τὴν δὲ κοινὴν διδασκαλίαν τῆς πίστεως ὀσμὴν γνώσεως εἴρηκεν ἐν τῇ δευτέρᾳ πρὸς Κορινθίους. ἄχρι γὰρ τῆς σήμερον ἡμέρας τὸ αὐτὸ κάλυμμα τοῖς πολλοῖς ἐπὶ τῇ ἀναγνώσει τῆς παλαιᾶς διαθήκης μένει, μὴ ἀνακαλυπτόμενον κατὰ τὴν πρὸς τὸν κύριον ἐπιστροφήν. διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἀνάστασιν ἔδειξε τοῖς διορᾶν δυναμένοις τὴν ἔτι ἐν σαρκὶ ἐκ τοῦ βίου τοῦ ἕρποντος ἐπὶ κοιλίᾳ. ἔνθεν καὶ γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν τοὺς τοιούτους ἐκάλεσεν, τοὺς φιληδόνους, τοὺς γαστρὶ καὶ αἰδοίοις δουλεύοντας, καὶ τὰς ἀλλήλων διὰ τὰς κοσμικὰς ἐπιθυμίας ἀποτέμνοντας κεφαλάς. τεκνία, μὴ ἀγαπῶμεν λόγῳ μηδὲ γλώσσῃ, φησὶν Ἰωάννης τελείους εἶναι διδάσκων, ἀλλʼ ἐν ἔργῳ καὶ ἀληθείᾳ. ἐν τούτῳ γνωσόμεθα ὅτι ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐσμέν. εἰ δὲ ἀγάπη ὁ θεός, ἀγάπη καὶ ἡ θεοσέβεια· φόβος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ, ἀλλʼ ἡ τελεία ἀγάπη ἔξω βάλλει τὸν φόβον. αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ θεοῦ, ἵνα τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ τηρῶμεν. πάλιν τε αὖ τῷ γνωστικῷ ποθοῦντι γενέσθαι γέγραπται· ἀλλὰ τύπος γίνου τῶν πιστῶν ἐν λόγῳ, ἐν ἀναστροφῇ, ἐν ἀγάπῃ, ἐν πίστει, ἐν ἁγνείᾳ· πίστεως γάρ, οἶμαι, τελειότης πρὸς τὴν κοινὴν διαστέλλεται πίστιν.
tauta men peri tēs gnōseōs ho apostolos; tēn de koinēn didaskalian tēs pisteōs osmēn gnōseōs eirēken en tę̄ deuterą pros Korinthious. achri gar tēs sēmeron hēmeras to auto kalymma tois pollois epi tę̄ anagnōsei tēs palaias diathēkēs menei, mē anakalyptomenon kata tēn pros ton kyrion epistrophēn. dia touto kai anastasin edeixe tois dioran dynamenois tēn eti en sarki ek tou biou tou herpontos epi koilią. enthen kai gennēmata echidnōn tous toioutous ekalesen, tous philēdonous, tous gastri kai aidoiois douleuontas, kai tas allēlōn dia tas kosmikas epithymias apotemnontas kephalas. teknia, mē agapōmen logǭ mēde glōssę̄, phēsin Iōannēs teleious einai didaskōn, allʼ en ergǭ kai alētheią. en toutǭ gnōsometha hoti ek tēs alētheias esmen. ei de agapē ho theos, agapē kai hē theosebeia; phobos ouk estin en tę̄ agapę̄, allʼ hē teleia agapē exō ballei ton phobon. hautē estin hē agapē tou theou, hina tas entolas autou tērōmen. palin te au tǭ gnōstikǭ pothounti genesthai gegraptai; alla typos ginou tōn pistōn en logǭ, en anastrophę̄, en agapę̄, en pistei, en hagneią; pisteōs gar, oimai, teleiotēs pros tēn koinēn diastelletai pistin.
So much the apostle says about knowledge; and in the second letter to the Corinthians he has called the common teaching of the faith “the fragrance of knowledge.” “For to this very day the same veil remains” for the many “at the reading of the old covenant,” not being lifted by the turning to the Lord. That is why he also showed a resurrection, to those who can see it, while still in the flesh, from the life that creeps on its belly. From this he also called such people “offspring of vipers,” the lovers of pleasure, those enslaved to belly and genitals, who cut off one another's heads because of worldly desires. “Little children, let us not love in word or tongue,” says John, teaching them to be perfect, “but in deed and truth. By this we will know that we are of the truth.” And if “God is love,” godliness too is love: “There is no fear in love, but perfect love casts out fear.” “This is the love of God, that we keep his commandments.” And again it is written to the one who longs to become one who knows: “But be an example to the believers in word, in conduct, in love, in faith, in purity”; for the perfection of faith, I think, is distinguished from common faith.
4.16.101Stählin 2:293
καὶ δὴ γνωστικοῦ κανόνα ὁ θεῖος ἀπόστολος διὰ τοσῶνδε παρίστησι, τοῦτο μὲν γράφων ἐγὼ γὰρ ἔμαθον ἐν οἷς εἰμι αὐτάρκης εἶναι. οἶδα καὶ ταπεινοῦσθαι, οἶδα καὶ περισσεύειν· ἐν παντὶ καὶ ἐν πᾶσι μεμύημαι, καὶ χορτάζεσθαι καὶ πεινᾶν, καὶ περισσεύειν καὶ ὑστερεῖσθαι, πάντα ἰσχύω ἐν τῷ ἐνδυναμοῦντί με, τοῦτο δὲ καὶ πρὸς ἐντροπὴν ἄλλοις διαλεγόμενος οὐκ ὀκνεῖ λέγειν· ἀναμιμνῄσκεσθε δὲ τὰς πρότερον ἡμέρας, ἐν αἷς φωτισθέντες πολλὴν ἄθλησιν ὑπεμείνατε παθημάτων, τοῦτο μὲν ὀνειδισμοῖς τε καὶ θλίψεσι θεατριζόμενοι, τοῦτο δὲ κοινωνοὶ τῶν οὕτως ἀναστρεφομένων γενηθέντες. καὶ γὰρ τοῖς δεσμοῖς μου συνεπαθήσατε, καὶ τὴν ἁρπαγὴν τῶν ὑπαρχόντων ὑμῶν μετὰ χαρᾶς προσεδέξασθε γινώσκοντες ἔχειν ἑαυτοὺς κρείττονα ὕπαρξιν καὶ μένουσαν. μὴ ἀποβάλητε οὖν τὴν παρρησίαν ὑμῶν, ἥτις ἔχει μεγάλην μισθαποδοσίαν. ὑπομονῆς γὰρ ἔχετε χρείαν, ἵνα τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ ποιήσαντες κομίσησθε τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν· ἔτι γὰρ μικρὸν ὅσον ὅσον, ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἥξει καὶ οὐ χρονιεῖ. ὁ δὲ δίκαιός μου ἐκ πίστεως ζήσεται. καὶ ἐὰν ὑποστείληται, οὐκ εὐδοκεῖ ἡ ψυχή μου ἐν αὐτῷ. ἡμεῖς δὲ οὐκ ἐσμὲν ὑποστολῆς εἰς ἀπώλειαν, ἀλλὰ πίστεως εἰς περιποίησιν ψυχῆς.
kai dē gnōstikou kanona ho theios apostolos dia tosōnde paristēsi, touto men graphōn egō gar emathon en hois eimi autarkēs einai. oida kai tapeinousthai, oida kai perisseuein; en panti kai en pasi memyēmai, kai chortazesthai kai peinan, kai perisseuein kai hystereisthai, panta ischyō en tǭ endynamounti me, touto de kai pros entropēn allois dialegomenos ouk oknei legein; anamimnę̄skesthe de tas proteron hēmeras, en hais phōtisthentes pollēn athlēsin hypemeinate pathēmatōn, touto men oneidismois te kai thlipsesi theatrizomenoi, touto de koinōnoi tōn houtōs anastrephomenōn genēthentes. kai gar tois desmois mou synepathēsate, kai tēn harpagēn tōn hyparchontōn hymōn meta charas prosedexasthe ginōskontes echein heautous kreittona hyparxin kai menousan. mē apobalēte oun tēn parrēsian hymōn, hētis echei megalēn misthapodosian. hypomonēs gar echete chreian, hina to thelēma tou theou poiēsantes komisēsthe tēn epangelian; eti gar mikron hoson hoson, ho erchomenos hēxei kai ou chroniei. ho de dikaios mou ek pisteōs zēsetai. kai ean hyposteilētai, ouk eudokei hē psychē mou en autǭ. hēmeis de ouk esmen hypostolēs eis apōleian, alla pisteōs eis peripoiēsin psychēs.
And the divine apostle sets forth the rule of the one who knows in these words. On the one hand he writes: “For I have learned in whatever state I am to be content. I know how to be brought low, and I know how to abound; in everything and in all things I have been initiated, both to be filled and to be hungry, both to abound and to be in need; I can do all things through him who strengthens me.” On the other hand, speaking to others to shame them, he does not hesitate to say: “But remember the former days, in which, after you were enlightened, you endured a great contest of sufferings, partly being made a spectacle by reproaches and afflictions, and partly becoming sharers with those so treated. For you sympathized with my bonds, and accepted joyfully the plundering of your possessions, knowing that you have for yourselves a better and lasting possession. Do not throw away, then, your boldness, which has a great reward. For you have need of endurance, so that having done the will of God you may receive the promise. For yet a very little while, and the one who is coming will come and will not delay. But my righteous one will live by faith; and if he shrinks back, my soul has no pleasure in him. But we are not of those who shrink back to destruction, but of those who have faith for the preservation of the soul.”
4.16.102Stählin 2:293
εἶτά σοι σμῆνος ὑποδειγμάτων θείων παρίστησιν. ἦ γὰρ οὐ πίστει, φησί, διʼ ὑπομονῆς κατώρθωσαν οἱ ἐμπαιγμῶν καὶ μαστίγων πεῖραν λαβόντες, ἔτι δὲ δεσμῶν καὶ φυλακῆς; ἐλιθάσθησαν, ἐπειράσθησαν, ἐν φόνῳ μαχαίρας ἀπέθανον, περιῆλθον ἐν μηλωταῖς, ἐν αἰγείοις δέρμασιν, ὑστερούμενοι, θλιβόμενοι, κακουχούμενοι, ὧν οὐκ ἦν ἄξιος ὁ κόσμος, ἐν ἐρημίαις πλανώμενοι καὶ ὄρεσι καὶ σπηλαίοις καὶ ταῖς ὀπαῖς τῆς γῆς. καὶ πάντες μαρτυρηθέντες διὰ τῆς πίστεως οὐκ ἐκομίσαντο τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ θεοῦ. ἀπολείπεται νοεῖν τὸ κατὰ παρασιώπησιν εἰρημένον μόνοι.
eita soi smēnos hypodeigmatōn theiōn paristēsin. ē gar ou pistei, phēsi, diʼ hypomonēs katōrthōsan hoi empaigmōn kai mastigōn peiran labontes, eti de desmōn kai phylakēs? elithasthēsan, epeirasthēsan, en phonǭ machairas apethanon, periēlthon en mēlōtais, en aigeiois dermasin, hysteroumenoi, thlibomenoi, kakouchoumenoi, hōn ouk ēn axios ho kosmos, en erēmiais planōmenoi kai oresi kai spēlaiois kai tais opais tēs gēs. kai pantes martyrēthentes dia tēs pisteōs ouk ekomisanto tēn epangelian tou theou. apoleipetai noein to kata parasiōpēsin eirēmenon monoi.
Then he sets before you a swarm of divine examples. “For was it not by faith,” he says, “through endurance, that they succeeded, who experienced mockings and scourgings, and also bonds and prison? They were stoned, they were tested, they died by the sword; they went about in sheepskins, in goatskins, destitute, afflicted, mistreated, of whom the world was not worthy, wandering in deserts and mountains and caves and the holes of the earth. And all of them, having been attested through faith, did not receive the promise of God.” What remains is to understand what is said by leaving it unsaid: “alone.”
4.16.103Stählin 2:293–294
ἐπιφέρει γοῦν· περὶ ἡμῶν κρεῖττόν τι προειδομένου τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀγαθὸς γὰρ ἦν, ἵνα μὴ χωρὶς ἡμῶν τελειωθῶσι. τοιγαροῦν καὶ ἡμεῖς, τοσοῦτον ἔχοντες περικείμενον ἡμῖν νέφος ἅγιον καὶ διειδὲς μαρτύρων, ὄγκον ἀποθέμενοι πάντα καὶ τὴν εὐπερίστατον ἁμαρτίαν, διʼ ὑπομονῆς τρέχωμεν τὸν προκείμενον ἡμῖν ἀγῶνα, ἀφορῶντες εἰς τὸν τῆς πίστεως ἀρχηγὸν καὶ τελειωτὴν Ἰησοῦν. ὅτι μὲν οὖν μίαν σωτηρίαν λέγει ἐν Χριστῷ τῶν δικαίων καὶ ἡμῶν, σαφῶς μὲν εἴρηκεν πρότερον, οὐδὲν δὲ ἧττον καὶ περὶ Μωυσέως λέγων ἐπιφέρει· μείζονα πλοῦτον ἡγησάμενος τῶν Αἰγύπτου θησαυρῶν τὸν ὀνειδισμὸν τοῦ Χριστοῦ· ἀπέβλεπε γὰρ εἰς τὴν μισθαποδοσίαν· πίστει κατέλιπεν Αἴγυπτον, μὴ φοβηθεὶς τὸν θυμὸν τοῦ βασιλέως· τὸν γὰρ ἀόρατον ὡς ὁρῶν ἐκαρτέρησεν. ἡ θεία σοφία περὶ τῶν μαρτύρων λέγει· ἔδοξαν ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἀφρόνων τεθνάναι καὶ ἐλογίσθη κάκωσις ἡ ἔξοδος αὐτῶν καὶ ἡ ἀφʼ ἡμῶν πορεία σύντριμμα· οἳ δέ εἰσιν ἐν εἰρήνῃ. καὶ γὰρ ἐν ὄψει ἀνθρώπων ἐὰν κολασθῶσιν, ἡ ἐλπὶς αὐτῶν ἀθανασίας πλήρης.
epipherei goun; peri hēmōn kreitton ti proeidomenou tou theou, agathos gar ēn, hina mē chōris hēmōn teleiōthōsi. toigaroun kai hēmeis, tosouton echontes perikeimenon hēmin nephos hagion kai dieides martyrōn, onkon apothemenoi panta kai tēn euperistaton hamartian, diʼ hypomonēs trechōmen ton prokeimenon hēmin agōna, aphorōntes eis ton tēs pisteōs archēgon kai teleiōtēn Iēsoun. hoti men oun mian sōtērian legei en Christǭ tōn dikaiōn kai hēmōn, saphōs men eirēken proteron, ouden de hētton kai peri Mōyseōs legōn epipherei; meizona plouton hēgēsamenos tōn Aigyptou thēsaurōn ton oneidismon tou Christou; apeblepe gar eis tēn misthapodosian; pistei katelipen Aigypton, mē phobētheis ton thymon tou basileōs; ton gar aoraton hōs horōn ekarterēsen. hē theia sophia peri tōn martyrōn legei; edoxan en ophthalmois aphronōn tethnanai kai elogisthē kakōsis hē exodos autōn kai hē aphʼ hēmōn poreia syntrimma; hoi de eisin en eirēnę̄. kai gar en opsei anthrōpōn ean kolasthōsin, hē elpis autōn athanasias plērēs.
He adds, at any rate: “God having foreseen something better concerning us (for he was good), so that apart from us they should not be made perfect. Therefore we too, having so great a holy and transparent cloud of witnesses surrounding us, laying aside every weight and the sin that clings so closely, let us run with endurance the contest set before us, looking to Jesus, the founder and perfecter of the faith.” That he speaks of one salvation in Christ, of the righteous and of us, he has said clearly before; and no less, speaking about Moses, he adds: “considering the reproach of Christ greater wealth than the treasures of Egypt; for he was looking to the reward. By faith he left Egypt, not fearing the anger of the king; for he endured as seeing the one who is invisible.” The divine Wisdom says about the martyrs: “They seemed in the eyes of the foolish to have died, and their departure was reckoned an affliction, and their going from us a ruin; but they are in peace. For even if in the sight of men they are punished, their hope is full of immortality.”
4.16.104Stählin 2:294
εἶτα ἐπάγει, κάθαρσιν ἔνδοξον τὸ μαρτύριον διδάσκουσα· καὶ ὀλίγα παιδευθέντες μεγάλα εὐεργετηθήσονται, ὅτι ὁ θεὸς ἐπείρασεν αὐτούς, τουτέστιν εἰς δοκίμιον καὶ δυσωπίαν τοῦ πειράζοντος εἴασεν αὐτοὺς πειρασθῆναι, καὶ εὗρεν αὐτοὺς ἀξίους ἑαυτοῦ, υἱοὺς κληθῆναι δηλονότι· ὡς χρυσὸν ἐν χωνευτηρίῳ ἐδοκίμασεν αὐτοὺς καὶ ὡς ὁλοκάρπωμα θυσίας προσεδέξατο αὐτούς. καὶ ἐν καιρῷ ἐπισκοπῆς αὐτῶν ἀναλάμψουσι καὶ ὡς σπινθῆρες ἐν καλάμῃ διαδραμοῦνται. κρινοῦσιν ἔθνη καὶ κρατήσουσι λαῶν, καὶ βασιλεύσει αὐτῶν κύριος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας.
eita epagei, katharsin endoxon to martyrion didaskousa; kai oliga paideuthentes megala euergetēthēsontai, hoti ho theos epeirasen autous, toutestin eis dokimion kai dysōpian tou peirazontos eiasen autous peirasthēnai, kai heuren autous axious heautou, huious klēthēnai dēlonoti; hōs chryson en chōneutēriǭ edokimasen autous kai hōs holokarpōma thysias prosedexato autous. kai en kairǭ episkopēs autōn analampsousi kai hōs spinthēres en kalamę̄ diadramountai. krinousin ethnē kai kratēsousi laōn, kai basileusei autōn kyrios eis tous aiōnas.
Then it adds, teaching that martyrdom is a glorious purification: “And having been disciplined a little, they will be greatly benefited, because God tested them,” that is, for proof and for the shaming of the tempter he allowed them to be tested, “and found them worthy of himself,” clearly to be called sons. “Like gold in the furnace he tried them, and like a whole burnt offering he accepted them. And in the time of their visitation they will shine forth and run like sparks through the stubble. They will judge nations and rule over peoples, and the Lord will reign over them forever.”
Miscellanies 4, chapter 17
4.17.105Stählin 2:294
Ναὶ μὴν ἐν τῇ πρὸς Κορινθίους ἐπιστολῇ ὁ ἀπόστολος Κλήμης καὶ αὐτὸς ἡμῖν τύπον τινὰ τοῦ γνωστικοῦ ὑπογράφων λέγει· τίς γὰρ παρεπιδημήσας πρὸς ὑμᾶς τὴν πανάρετον καὶ βεβαίαν πίστιν ὑμῶν οὐκ ἐδοκίμασεν; τήν τε σώφρονα καὶ ἐπιεικῆ ἐν Χριστῷ εὐσέβειαν οὐκ ἐθαύμασεν; καὶ τὸ μεγαλοπρεπὲς τῆς φιλοξενίας ὑμῶν ἦθος οὐκ ἐκήρυξεν; καὶ τὴν τελείαν καὶ ἀσφαλῆ γνῶσιν οὐκ ἐμακάρισεν; ἀπροσωπολήπτως γὰρ πάντα ἐποιεῖτε, καὶ ἐν τοῖς νομίμοις τοῦ θεοῦ ἐπορεύεσθε καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. εἶτʼ ἐμφανέστερον· ἀτενίσωμεν οὖν εἰς τοὺς τελείως λειτουργήσαντας αὐτοῦ τῇ μεγαλοπρεπεῖ δόξῃ. λάβωμεν Ἐνώχ, ὃς ἐν ὑπακοῇ δίκαιος εὑρεθεὶς μετετέθη, καὶ Νῶε, ὃς πιστεύσας διεσώθη, καὶ Ἀβραάμ, ὃς διὰ πίστιν καὶ φιλοξενίαν φίλος θεοῦ, πατὴρ δὲ τοῦ Ἰσαὰκ προσηγορεύθη. διὰ φιλοξενίαν καὶ εὐσέβειαν Λὼτ ἐσώθη ἐκ Σοδόμων· διὰ πίστιν καὶ φιλοξενίαν ἐσώθη Ῥαὰβ ἡ πόρνη· διʼ ὑπομονὴν καὶ πίστιν ἐν δέρμασιν αἰγείοις καὶ μηλωταῖς καὶ τριχῶν καμηλείων πλέγμασιν περιεπάτησαν κηρύσσοντες τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ Χριστοῦ, λέγομεν δὲ Ἠλίαν καὶ Ἐλισσαῖον, Ἰεζεκιήλ τε καὶ Ἰωάννην, τοὺς προφήτας.
Nai mēn en tę̄ pros Korinthious epistolę̄ ho apostolos Klēmēs kai autos hēmin typon tina tou gnōstikou hypographōn legei; tis gar parepidēmēsas pros hymas tēn panareton kai bebaian pistin hymōn ouk edokimasen? tēn te sōphrona kai epieikē en Christǭ eusebeian ouk ethaumasen? kai to megaloprepes tēs philoxenias hymōn ēthos ouk ekēryxen? kai tēn teleian kai asphalē gnōsin ouk emakarisen? aprosōpolēptōs gar panta epoieite, kai en tois nomimois tou theou eporeuesthe kai ta hexēs. eitʼ emphanesteron; atenisōmen oun eis tous teleiōs leitourgēsantas autou tę̄ megaloprepei doxę̄. labōmen Enōch, hos en hypakoę̄ dikaios heuretheis metetethē, kai Nōe, hos pisteusas diesōthē, kai Abraam, hos dia pistin kai philoxenian philos theou, patēr de tou Isaak prosēgoreuthē. dia philoxenian kai eusebeian Lōt esōthē ek Sodomōn; dia pistin kai philoxenian esōthē Rhaab hē pornē; diʼ hypomonēn kai pistin en dermasin aigeiois kai mēlōtais kai trichōn kamēleiōn plegmasin periepatēsan kēryssontes tēn basileian tou Christou, legomen de Ēlian kai Elissaion, Iezekiēl te kai Iōannēn, tous prophētas.
Indeed, in the letter to the Corinthians the apostle Clement too, sketching for us a type of the one who knows, says: “For who has stayed among you and not proved your all-virtuous and firm faith? Who has not admired your self-restrained and gentle godliness in Christ? And who has not proclaimed the magnificent character of your hospitality? And who has not called blessed your perfect and secure knowledge? For you did all things without partiality, and walked in the ordinances of God,” and so on. Then more clearly: “Let us fix our eyes, then, on those who have served his magnificent glory perfectly. Let us take Enoch, who, found righteous in obedience, was translated; and Noah, who, believing, was saved; and Abraham, who through faith and hospitality was called friend of God and father of Isaac. Through hospitality and godliness Lot was saved out of Sodom; through faith and hospitality Rahab the harlot was saved. Through endurance and faith they went about in goatskins, sheepskins, and garments woven of camel's hair, preaching the kingdom of Christ; we mean Elijah and Elisha, Ezekiel and John, the prophets.”
4.17.106Stählin 2:294–295
ὁ γάρ τοι φίλος θεοῦ διὰ πίστιν ἐλευθέραν κληθεὶς Ἀβραὰμ οὐκ ἐπήρθη τῇ δόξῃ, μετριοπαθῶν δὲ ἔλεγεν· ἐγὼ δέ εἰμι γῆ καὶ σποδός. περί τε τοῦ Ἰὼβ οὕτως γέγραπται· ›Ἰὼβ δὲ ἦν δίκαιος καὶ ἄμεμπτος, ἀληθινὸς καὶ θεοσεβής, ἀπεχόμενος ἀπὸ παντὸς κακοῦ.‹ οὗτος ὁ νικήσας διʼ ὑπομονῆς τὸν πειράσαντα καὶ μαρτυρήσας ἅμα καὶ μαρτυρηθεὶς ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ ὃς ταπεινοφροσύνης ἀντέχεται καὶ λέγει· οὐδεὶς καθαρὸς ἀπὸ ῥύπου, οὐδʼ εἰ μιᾶς ἡμέρας ἡ ζωὴ αὐτοῦ. Μωυσῆς, ὁ πιστὸς θεράπων ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ οἴκῳ αὐτοῦ, πρὸς τὸν χρηματίζοντα ἐκ τῆς βάτου εἶπεν· τίς εἰμι ἐγώ, ὅτι με πέμπεις; ἐγὼ δέ εἰμι ἰσχνόφωνος καὶ βραδύγλωσσος φωνὴν κυρίου διὰ γλώσσης ἀνθρωπίνης διακονῆσαι. καὶ πάλιν· ἐγὼ δέ εἰμι ἀτμὶς ἀπὸ χύτρας. θεὸς γὰρ ὑπερηφάνοις ἀντιτάσσεται, ταπεινοῖς δὲ δίδωσι χάριν.
ho gar toi philos theou dia pistin eleutheran klētheis Abraam ouk epērthē tę̄ doxę̄, metriopathōn de elegen; egō de eimi gē kai spodos. peri te tou Iōb houtōs gegraptai; ›Iōb de ēn dikaios kai amemptos, alēthinos kai theosebēs, apechomenos apo pantos kakou.‹ houtos ho nikēsas diʼ hypomonēs ton peirasanta kai martyrēsas hama kai martyrētheis hypo tou theou hos tapeinophrosynēs antechetai kai legei; oudeis katharos apo rhypou, oudʼ ei mias hēmeras hē zōē autou. Mōysēs, ho pistos therapōn en holǭ tǭ oikǭ autou, pros ton chrēmatizonta ek tēs batou eipen; tis eimi egō, hoti me pempeis? egō de eimi ischnophōnos kai bradyglōssos phōnēn kyriou dia glōssēs anthrōpinēs diakonēsai. kai palin; egō de eimi atmis apo chytras. theos gar hyperēphanois antitassetai, tapeinois de didōsi charin.
“For Abraham, called the friend of God through free faith, was not puffed up by glory, but with moderation said, ‘I am earth and ashes.’ And about Job it is written thus: ‘Job was righteous and blameless, true and God-fearing, abstaining from every evil.’” He who conquered the tempter through endurance, and both bore witness and was borne witness to by God, holds to humility and says: “No one is pure from filth, not even if his life is one day.” “Moses, the faithful servant in all his house,” said to the one who gave oracles from the bush: “Who am I, that you send me? I am weak-voiced and slow of tongue,” to serve the Lord's voice with a human tongue. And again: “I am vapor from a pot.” “For God opposes the proud, but gives grace to the humble.”
4.17.107Stählin 2:295
ναὶ μὴν καὶ Δαβίδ, ἐφʼ οὗ μαρτυρῶν ὁ κύριος λέγει· >εὗρον ἄνδρα κατὰ τὴν καρδίαν μου, Δαβὶδ τὸν τοῦ Ἰεσσαί· ἐν ἐλαίῳ ἁγίῳ ἔχρισα αὐτόν·‹ ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτὸς λέγει πρὸς τὸν θέον· ›ἐλέησόν με, ὁ θεός, κατὰ τὸ μέγα ἔλεός σου, καὶ κατὰ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν σου ἐξάλειψον τὸ ἀνόμημά μου. ἐπὶ πλεῖον πλῦνόν με ἀπὸ τῆς ἀνομίας μου, καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας μου καθάρισόν με· ὅτι τὴν ἀνομίαν μου ἐγὼ γινώσκω, καὶ ἡ ἁμαρτία μου ἐνώπιόν μού ἐστι διὰ παντός.‹ ἔπειτα τὴν οὐχ ὑποπίπτουσαν νόμῳ αἰνιττόμενος ἁμαρτίαν γνωστικῶς μετριοπαθῶν ἐπιφέρει· ›σοὶ μόνῳ ἥμαρτον καὶ τὸ πονηρὸν ἐνώπιόν σου ἐποίησα.‹ λέγει γάρ που ἡ γραφή· ›πνεῦμα κυρίου λύχνος ἐρευνῶν τὰ ταμεῖα τῆς γαστρός‹ καὶ ὅσῳ τις δικαιοπραγῶν γνωστικώτερος γίνεται, προσεχέστερον τούτῳ τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ φωτεινόν. οὕτως ἐγγίζει τοῖς δικαίοις ὁ κύριος καὶ οὐδὲν λέληθεν αὐτὸν τῶν ἐννοιῶν καὶ τῶν διαλογισμῶν ὧν ποιούμεθα· τὸν κύριον Ἰησοῦν λέγω, τὸν τῷ παντοκρατορικῷ θελήματι ἐπίσκοπον τῆς καρδίας ἡμῶν· οὗ τὸ αἷμα ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἡγιάσθη.
nai mēn kai Dabid, ephʼ hou martyrōn ho kyrios legei; >heuron andra kata tēn kardian mou, Dabid ton tou Iessai; en elaiǭ hagiǭ echrisa auton;‹ alla kai autos legei pros ton theon; ›eleēson me, ho theos, kata to mega eleos sou, kai kata to plēthos tōn oiktirmōn sou exaleipson to anomēma mou. epi pleion plynon me apo tēs anomias mou, kai apo tēs hamartias mou katharison me; hoti tēn anomian mou egō ginōskō, kai hē hamartia mou enōpion mou esti dia pantos.‹ epeita tēn ouch hypopiptousan nomǭ ainittomenos hamartian gnōstikōs metriopathōn epipherei; ›soi monǭ hēmarton kai to ponēron enōpion sou epoiēsa.‹ legei gar pou hē graphē; ›pneuma kyriou lychnos ereunōn ta tameia tēs gastros‹ kai hosǭ tis dikaiopragōn gnōstikōteros ginetai, prosechesteron toutǭ to pneuma to phōteinon. houtōs engizei tois dikaiois ho kyrios kai ouden lelēthen auton tōn ennoiōn kai tōn dialogismōn hōn poioumetha; ton kyrion Iēsoun legō, ton tǭ pantokratorikǭ thelēmati episkopon tēs kardias hēmōn; hou to haima hyper hēmōn hēgiasthē.
Indeed David too, of whom the Lord bears witness, saying, “I have found a man after my heart, David the son of Jesse; with holy oil I anointed him”; yet he himself says to God: “Have mercy on me, O God, according to your great mercy, and according to the multitude of your compassions blot out my transgression. Wash me thoroughly from my lawlessness, and cleanse me from my sin; for I know my lawlessness, and my sin is before me always.” Then, hinting at the sin that does not fall under the law, he adds with the moderation of knowledge: “Against you alone have I sinned and done evil before you.” For Scripture says somewhere, “The spirit of the Lord is a lamp searching the storerooms of the belly”; and the more one becomes knowing by doing justly, the nearer to him is the enlightening spirit. So the Lord draws near to the righteous, and none of the thoughts and reasonings we make escapes him: I mean the Lord Jesus, by the almighty will the overseer of our heart, whose blood was consecrated for us.
4.17.108Stählin 2:295–296
ἐντραπῶμεν οὖν τοὺς προηγουμένους ἡμῶν καὶ αἰδεσθῶμεν, τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους τιμήσωμεν, τοὺς νέους παιδεύσωμεν τὴν παιδείαν τοῦ θεοῦ. μακάριος γὰρ ὃς ἂν διδάσκῃ καὶ ποιῇ τὰ τοῦ κυρίου κατʼ ἀξίαν· μεγαλόφρονος δὲ ἐννοίας ἐστὶν καὶ θεωρητικῆς τῆς ἀληθείας. τὰς γυναῖκας ἡμῶν ἐπὶ τὸ ἀγαθὸν διορθωσώμεθα, τὸ ἀξιαγάπητον ἦθος τῆς ἁγνείας, φησίν, ἐνδειξάσθωσαν· τὸ ἀκέραιον τῆς πραΰτητος αὐτῶν βούλημα ἀποδειξάτωσαν· τὸ ἐπιεικὲς τῆς γλώσσης αὐτῶν διὰ τῆς σιγῆς φανερὸν ποιησάτωσαν, τὴν ἀγάπην αὐτῶν μὴ κατὰ προσκλίσεις, ἀλλὰ πᾶσι τοῖς φοβουμένοις τὸν θεὸν ὁσίως ἴσην παρεχέτωσαν. τὰ τέκνα ἡμῶν τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ παιδείας μεταλαβέτωσαν· μαθέτωσαν τί ταπεινοφροσύνη παρὰ θεῷ ἰσχύει, τί ἀγάπη ἁγνὴ παρὰ θεῷ δύναται, πῶς ὁ φόβος τοῦ κυρίου καλὸς καὶ μέγας, σῴζων πάντας τοὺς ἐν αὐτῷ ὁσίως ἀναστρεφομένους ἐν καθαρᾷ καρδίᾳ. ἐρευνητὴς γὰρ ἐννοιῶν καὶ ἐνθυμημάτων· οὗ ἡ πνοὴ αὐτοῦ ἐν ἡμῖν ἐστι, καὶ ὅταν θέλῃ, ἀνελεῖ αὐτήν.
entrapōmen oun tous proēgoumenous hēmōn kai aidesthōmen, tous presbyterous timēsōmen, tous neous paideusōmen tēn paideian tou theou. makarios gar hos an didaskę̄ kai poię̄ ta tou kyriou katʼ axian; megalophronos de ennoias estin kai theōrētikēs tēs alētheias. tas gynaikas hēmōn epi to agathon diorthōsōmetha, to axiagapēton ēthos tēs hagneias, phēsin, endeixasthōsan; to akeraion tēs praÿtētos autōn boulēma apodeixatōsan; to epieikes tēs glōssēs autōn dia tēs sigēs phaneron poiēsatōsan, tēn agapēn autōn mē kata proskliseis, alla pasi tois phoboumenois ton theon hosiōs isēn parechetōsan. ta tekna hēmōn tēs en Christǭ paideias metalabetōsan; mathetōsan ti tapeinophrosynē para theǭ ischyei, ti agapē hagnē para theǭ dynatai, pōs ho phobos tou kyriou kalos kai megas, sǭzōn pantas tous en autǭ hosiōs anastrephomenous en katharą kardią. ereunētēs gar ennoiōn kai enthymēmatōn; hou hē pnoē autou en hēmin esti, kai hotan thelę̄, anelei autēn.
“Let us, then, respect those who lead us and be reverent; let us honor the elders; let us instruct the young in the instruction of God.” For blessed is the one who teaches and does the Lord's things worthily; and this belongs to a magnanimous mind that contemplates the truth. “Let us direct our wives toward the good. Let them show,” he says, “the lovely character of purity; let them display the sincere will of their gentleness; let them make manifest the forbearance of their tongue through silence; let them show their love not by partiality, but equally to all who fear God in holiness. Let our children share in the instruction that is in Christ; let them learn what humility can do with God, what pure love can do with God, how the fear of the Lord is good and great, saving all who live in it holily with a pure heart. For he is a searcher of thoughts and intentions; his breath is in us, and when he wills he will take it away.”
4.17.109Stählin 2:296
ταῦτα δὲ πάντα βεβαιοῖ ἡ ἐν Χριστῷ πίστις· ›δεῦτε, τέκνα, ‹ ὁ κύριος λέγει· ›ἀκούσατέ μου, φόβον κυρίου διδάξω ὑμᾶς. τίς ἐστιν ἄνθρωπος ὁ θέλων ζωήν, ἀγαπῶν ἡμέρας ἰδεῖν ἀγαθάς; εἶτα ἑβδομάδος καὶ ὀγδοάδος μυστήριον γνωστικὸν ἐπιφέρει· ›παῦσον τὴν γλῶσσάν σου ἀπὸ κακοῦ καὶ χείλη σου τοῦ μὴ λαλῆσαι δόλον· ἔκκλινον ἀπὸ κακοῦ καὶ ποίησον ἀγαθόν, ζήτησον εἰρήνην καὶ δίωξον αὐτήν.‹ γνῶσιν γὰρ αἰνίττεται διὰ τούτων μετά τε ἀποχῆς κακῶν μετά τε ἐνεργείας ἀγαθῶν, ἔργῳ τε καὶ λόγῳ τελειοῦσθαι διδάσκων. ὀφθαλμοὶ κυρίου ἐπὶ δικαίους καὶ ὦτα αὐτοῦ εἰς δέησιν αὐτῶν· πρόσωπον δὲ κυρίου ἐπὶ ποιοῦντας κακά, τοῦ ἐξολοθρεῦσαι ἐκ γῆς τὸ μνημόσυνον αὐτῶν.
tauta de panta bebaioi hē en Christǭ pistis; ›deute, tekna, ‹ ho kyrios legei; ›akousate mou, phobon kyriou didaxō hymas. tis estin anthrōpos ho thelōn zōēn, agapōn hēmeras idein agathas? eita hebdomados kai ogdoados mystērion gnōstikon epipherei; ›pauson tēn glōssan sou apo kakou kai cheilē sou tou mē lalēsai dolon; ekklinon apo kakou kai poiēson agathon, zētēson eirēnēn kai diōxon autēn.‹ gnōsin gar ainittetai dia toutōn meta te apochēs kakōn meta te energeias agathōn, ergǭ te kai logǭ teleiousthai didaskōn. ophthalmoi kyriou epi dikaious kai ōta autou eis deēsin autōn; prosōpon de kyriou epi poiountas kaka, tou exolothreusai ek gēs to mnēmosynon autōn.
“All these things faith in Christ confirms: ‘Come, children,’” says the Lord, “‘listen to me; I will teach you the fear of the Lord. Who is the man who desires life, who loves to see good days?’” Then he adds the knowing mystery of the seventh and eighth: “‘Stop your tongue from evil and your lips from speaking deceit; turn from evil and do good; seek peace and pursue it.’” For by these words he hints at knowledge, with abstaining from evils and doing good things, teaching us to be perfected in deed and word. “‘The eyes of the Lord are on the righteous, and his ears toward their prayer; but the face of the Lord is against those who do evil, to destroy their memory from the earth.’”
4.17.110Stählin 2:296–297
ἐκέκραξεν δὲ ὁ δίκαιος καὶ ὁ κύριος εἰσήκουσε καὶ ἐκ πασῶν τῶν θλίψεων ἐρρύσατο αὐτόν.‹ ›πολλαὶ μὲν γὰρ μάστιγες τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν, τοὺς δὲ ἐλπίζοντας ἐπὶ κύριον ἔλεος κυκλώσει.‹ ὑπὸ πλήθους ἐλέου περιέχεσθαι τὸν ἐλπίζοντα γνησίως λέγει· ὅτι ἐν τῇ πρὸς Κορινθίους ἐπιστολῇ γέγραπται· διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἡ ἀσύνετος καὶ ἐσκοτισμένη διάνοια ἡμῶν ἀναθάλλει εἰς τὸ φῶς. διὰ τούτου ἠθέλησεν ὁ δεσπότης τῆς ἀθανάτου γνώσεως ἡμᾶς γεύσασθαι. ῥητότερον καὶ τὸ τῆς γνώσεως ἰδίωμα ἐμφαίνων ἐπήγαγεν· προδήλων οὖν ὄντων ἡμῖν τούτων, καὶ ἐγκεκυφότες εἰς τὰ βάθη τῆς θείας γνώσεως, πάντα τάξει ποιεῖν ὀφείλομεν, ὅσα ὁ δεσπότης ἐπιτελεῖν ἐκέλευσεν, κατὰ καιροὺς τεταγμένους. ὁ σοφὸς τοίνυν ἐνδεικνύσθω τὴν σοφίαν αὐτοῦ μὴ λόγοις μόνον, ἀλλʼ ἐν ἔργοις ἀγαθοῖς· ὁ ταπεινόφρων μαρτυρείτω μὴ ἑαυτῷ, ἀλλʼ ἐάτω ὑφʼ ἑτέρου αὑτὸν μαρτυρεῖσθαι· ὁ ἁγνὸς τῇ σαρκὶ μὴ ἀλαζονευέσθω, γινώσκων ὅτι ἕτερός ἐστιν ὁ ἐπιχορηγῶν αὐτῷ τὴν ἐγκράτειαν. ὁρᾶτε, ἀδελφοί, ὅσῳ πλείονος κατηξιώθημεν γνώσεως, τοσούτῳ ὑποκείμεθα μᾶλλον κινδύνῳ.
ekekraxen de ho dikaios kai ho kyrios eisēkouse kai ek pasōn tōn thlipseōn errysato auton.‹ ›pollai men gar mastiges tōn hamartōlōn, tous de elpizontas epi kyrion eleos kyklōsei.‹ hypo plēthous eleou periechesthai ton elpizonta gnēsiōs legei; hoti en tę̄ pros Korinthious epistolę̄ gegraptai; dia Iēsou Christou hē asynetos kai eskotismenē dianoia hēmōn anathallei eis to phōs. dia toutou ēthelēsen ho despotēs tēs athanatou gnōseōs hēmas geusasthai. rhētoteron kai to tēs gnōseōs idiōma emphainōn epēgagen; prodēlōn oun ontōn hēmin toutōn, kai enkekyphotes eis ta bathē tēs theias gnōseōs, panta taxei poiein opheilomen, hosa ho despotēs epitelein ekeleusen, kata kairous tetagmenous. ho sophos toinyn endeiknysthō tēn sophian autou mē logois monon, allʼ en ergois agathois; ho tapeinophrōn martyreitō mē heautǭ, allʼ eatō hyphʼ heterou hauton martyreisthai; ho hagnos tę̄ sarki mē alazoneuesthō, ginōskōn hoti heteros estin ho epichorēgōn autǭ tēn enkrateian. horate, adelphoi, hosǭ pleionos katēxiōthēmen gnōseōs, tosoutǭ hypokeimetha mallon kindynǭ.
“‘The righteous cried out, and the Lord heard and rescued him from all his afflictions.’ ‘Many are the scourges of sinners, but mercy will surround those who hope in the Lord.’” He says that the one who hopes genuinely is surrounded by a multitude of mercy. For in the letter to the Corinthians it is written: “Through Jesus Christ our foolish and darkened understanding blossoms again into the light. Through him the Master willed that we should taste immortal knowledge.” And showing more expressly the characteristic of knowledge, he added: “Since these things are clear to us, and we have looked into the depths of divine knowledge, we ought to do in order all that the Master has commanded us to perform at appointed times. Let the wise man, then, show his wisdom not in words only but in good works; let the humble not bear witness to himself, but let himself be borne witness to by another; let the one pure in the flesh not boast, knowing that it is another who supplies him with self-control. See, brothers, the more knowledge we have been counted worthy of, the more we are exposed to danger.”
Miscellanies 4, chapter 18
4.18.111Stählin 2:297
Ἡ σεμνὴ οὖν τῆς φιλανθρωπίας ἡμῶν καὶ ἁγνὴ ἀγωγὴ κατὰ τὸν Κλήμεντα τὸ κοινωφελὲς ζητεῖ, ἐάν τε μαρτυρῇ ἐάν τε καὶ παιδεύῃ ἔργῳ τε καὶ λόγῳ, διττῷ δὲ τούτῳ, ἀγράφῳ τε καὶ ἐγγράφῳ. αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ ἀγάπη, τὸ ἀγαπᾶν τὸν θεὸν καὶ τὸν πλησίον, αὕτη εἰς τὸ ἀνεκδιήγητον ὕψος ἀνάγει· ›ἀγάπη καλύπτει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν‹, ἀγάπη πάντα ἀνέχεται, πάντα μακροθυμεῖ, ἀγάπη κολλᾷ ἡμᾶς τῷ θεῷ, πάντα ποιεῖ ἐν ὁμονοίᾳ· ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ ἐτελειώθησαν πάντες οἱ ἐκλεκτοὶ τοῦ θεοῦ· δίχα ἀγάπης οὐδὲν εὐάρεστον τῷ θεῷ. τῆς τελειότητος αὐτῆς οὐκ ἔστιν ἐξήγησις, φησί. τίς ἱκανὸς ἐν αὐτῇ εὑρεθῆναι, εἰ μὴ οὓς ἂν αὐτὸς καταξιώσῃ ὁ θεός; αὐτίκα ὁ ἀπόστολος Παῦλος ἐὰν τὸ σῶμά μου ἐπιδῶ φησίν, ἀγάπην δὲ μὴ ἔχω, χαλκός εἰμι ἠχῶν καὶ κύμβαλον ἀλαλάζον· ἢν μὴ ἐκ διαθέσεως ἐκλεκτῆς, διʼ ἀγάπης γνωστικῆς μαρτυρήσω, λέγει, φόβῳ δέ.
Hē semnē oun tēs philanthrōpias hēmōn kai hagnē agōgē kata ton Klēmenta to koinōpheles zētei, ean te martyrę̄ ean te kai paideuę̄ ergǭ te kai logǭ, dittǭ de toutǭ, agraphǭ te kai engraphǭ. hautē estin hē agapē, to agapan ton theon kai ton plēsion, hautē eis to anekdiēgēton hypsos anagei; ›agapē kalyptei plēthos hamartiōn‹, agapē panta anechetai, panta makrothymei, agapē kollą hēmas tǭ theǭ, panta poiei en homonoią; en tę̄ agapę̄ eteleiōthēsan pantes hoi eklektoi tou theou; dicha agapēs ouden euareston tǭ theǭ. tēs teleiotētos autēs ouk estin exēgēsis, phēsi. tis hikanos en autę̄ heurethēnai, ei mē hous an autos kataxiōsę̄ ho theos? autika ho apostolos Paulos ean to sōma mou epidō phēsin, agapēn de mē echō, chalkos eimi ēchōn kai kymbalon alalazon; ēn mē ek diatheseōs eklektēs, diʼ agapēs gnōstikēs martyrēsō, legei, phobǭ de.
The dignified and pure conduct of our philanthropy, then, according to Clement, seeks the common good, whether it bears witness or teaches by deed and word, and this word is twofold, unwritten and written. This is love: to love God and one's neighbor; this leads up to the indescribable height. “Love covers a multitude of sins; love bears all things, is patient in all things; love joins us to God, does all things in concord. In love all the elect of God were perfected; without love nothing is pleasing to God. Of its perfection there is no explanation,” he says. “Who is able to be found in it, except those whom God himself counts worthy?” For example, the apostle Paul says: “If I give up my body, but have not love, I am a sounding brass and a clanging cymbal”; if I bear witness, he says, not from a chosen disposition, through knowing love, but from fear.
4.18.112Stählin 2:297
εἴπερ οὖν καὶ μισθῷ προσδοκωμένῳ ἐπικροτῶν τὰ χείλη εἰς μαρτυρίαν κυρίου ὁμολογήσω κύριον, κοινός εἰμι ἄνθρωπος, ἠχῶν τὸν κύριον, οὐ γινώσκων. ἔστι γὰρ καὶ ὁ λαὸς ὁ τοῖς χείλεσιν ἀγαπῶν, ἔστι καὶ ἄλλος ὁ παραδιδοὺς τὸ σῶμα, ἵνα καυθήσεται. κἂν ψωμίσω πάντα τὰ ὑπάρχοντά μου, φησίν, οὐ κατὰ τὸν τῆς κοινωνίας τῆς ἀγαπητικῆς λόγον, ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὸν τῆς ἀνταποδόσεως ἢ παρὰ τοῦ εὐεργετουμένου ἀνθρώπου ἢ παρὰ τοῦ ἐπηγγελμένου κυρίου· κἂν ἔχω πᾶσαν τὴν πίστιν ὥστε ὄρη μεθιστάναι καὶ τὰ ἐπισκοτοῦντα ἀποβαλεῖν πάθη, μὴ διʼ ἀγάπην δὲ πιστωθῶ τῷ κυρίῳ, οὐθέν εἰμι. ὡς πρὸς σύγκρισιν τοῦ γνωστικῶς μαρτυροῦντος, εἰς πλῆθος καὶ τὸ μηδὲν διαφέρον λογιζόμενος. αἱ γενεαὶ δὲ πᾶσαι ἀπὸ Ἀδὰμ ἕως τῆσδε τῆς ἡμέρας παρῆλθον· ἀλλʼ οἱ ἐν ἀγάπῃ τελειωθέντες κατὰ τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ χάριν ἔχουσι χώραν εὐσεβῶν· οἳ φανερωθήσονται ἐν τῇ ἐπισκοπῇ τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ Χριστοῦ.
eiper oun kai misthǭ prosdokōmenǭ epikrotōn ta cheilē eis martyrian kyriou homologēsō kyrion, koinos eimi anthrōpos, ēchōn ton kyrion, ou ginōskōn. esti gar kai ho laos ho tois cheilesin agapōn, esti kai allos ho paradidous to sōma, hina kauthēsetai. kan psōmisō panta ta hyparchonta mou, phēsin, ou kata ton tēs koinōnias tēs agapētikēs logon, alla kata ton tēs antapodoseōs ē para tou euergetoumenou anthrōpou ē para tou epēngelmenou kyriou; kan echō pasan tēn pistin hōste orē methistanai kai ta episkotounta apobalein pathē, mē diʼ agapēn de pistōthō tǭ kyriǭ, outhen eimi. hōs pros synkrisin tou gnōstikōs martyrountos, eis plēthos kai to mēden diapheron logizomenos. hai geneai de pasai apo Adam heōs tēsde tēs hēmeras parēlthon; allʼ hoi en agapę̄ teleiōthentes kata tēn tou theou charin echousi chōran eusebōn; hoi phanerōthēsontai en tę̄ episkopę̄ tēs basileias tou Christou.
If, then, I confess the Lord for the sake of an expected reward, moving my lips for witness to the Lord, I am an ordinary man, sounding the Lord without knowing him. For there is the people that loves with its lips, and there is another who gives up the body to be burned. “And if I give away all my possessions,” he says, not according to the principle of loving fellowship, but according to that of requital, either from the man benefited or from the Lord who has promised; “and if I have all faith, so as to move mountains,” and to cast off the passions that darken, but am not made faithful to the Lord through love, “I am nothing,” reckoned as of no account in comparison with the one who bears witness in the way of knowledge, counted among the multitude. “All the generations from Adam to this day have passed away; but those perfected in love according to the grace of God have the place of the godly, who will be made manifest at the visitation of the kingdom of Christ.”
4.18.113Stählin 2:298
ἡ ἀγάπη ἁμαρτάνειν οὐκ ἐᾷ· ἢν δὲ καὶ περιπέσῃ ἄκων τοιαύτῃ τινὶ περιστάσει διὰ τὰς παρεμπτώσεις τοῦ ἀντικειμένου, μιμησάμενος τὸν Δαβὶδ ψαλεῖ· ›ἐξομολογήσομαι τῷ κυρίῳ, καὶ ἀρέσει αὐτῷ ὑπὲρ μόσχον νέον, φέροντα κέρατα καὶ ὁπλάς. ἰδέτωσαν πτωχοὶ καὶ εὐφρανθήτωσαν.‹ λέγει γάρ· ›θῦσον τῷ θεῷ θυσίαν αἰνέσεως καὶ ἀπόδος τῷ κυρίῳ τὰς εὐχάς σου· καὶ ἐπικάλεσαί με ἐν ἡμέρᾳ θλίψεώς σου, καὶ ἐξελοῦμαί σε καὶ δοξάσεις με·‹ ›θυσία γὰρ τῷ θεῷ πνεῦμα συντετριμμένον.‹ ἀγάπη τοίνυν καὶ ὁ θεὸς εἴρηται, ἀγαθὸς ὢν. οὗ ἡ ἀγάπη τῷ πλησίον οὐκ ἐργάζεται, μήτε ἀδικοῦσα μήτε ἀνταδικοῦσά ποτε, ἀγαθοποιοῦσα δὲ πρὸς πάντας ἁπαξαπλῶς κατʼ εἰκόνα θεοῦ. πλήρωμα οὖν νόμου ἡ ἀγάπη, καθάπερ ὁ Χριστός, τουτέστιν ἡ παρουσία τοῦ ἀγαπῶντος ἡμᾶς κυρίου, καὶ ἡ κατὰ Χριστὸν ἀγαπητικὴ ἡμῶν διδασκαλία τε καὶ πολιτεία. ἀγάπῃ γοῦν τὸ μὴ μοιχεῦσαι καὶ τὸ μὴ ἐπιθυμῆσαι τῆς τοῦ πλησίον τελειοῦται, φόβῳ πρότερον κεκωλυμένον. τὸ αὐτὸ γοῦν ἔργον διαφορὰν ἴσχει ἢ διὰ φόβον γενόμενον ἢ διʼ ἀγάπην τελεσθὲν καὶ ἤτοι διὰ πίστεως ἢ καὶ γνωστικῶς ἐνεργούμενον.
hē agapē hamartanein ouk eą; ēn de kai peripesę̄ akōn toiautę̄ tini peristasei dia tas paremptōseis tou antikeimenou, mimēsamenos ton Dabid psalei; ›exomologēsomai tǭ kyriǭ, kai aresei autǭ hyper moschon neon, pheronta kerata kai hoplas. idetōsan ptōchoi kai euphranthētōsan.‹ legei gar; ›thyson tǭ theǭ thysian aineseōs kai apodos tǭ kyriǭ tas euchas sou; kai epikalesai me en hēmerą thlipseōs sou, kai exeloumai se kai doxaseis me;‹ ›thysia gar tǭ theǭ pneuma syntetrimmenon.‹ agapē toinyn kai ho theos eirētai, agathos ōn. hou hē agapē tǭ plēsion ouk ergazetai, mēte adikousa mēte antadikousa pote, agathopoiousa de pros pantas hapaxaplōs katʼ eikona theou. plērōma oun nomou hē agapē, kathaper ho Christos, toutestin hē parousia tou agapōntos hēmas kyriou, kai hē kata Christon agapētikē hēmōn didaskalia te kai politeia. agapę̄ goun to mē moicheusai kai to mē epithymēsai tēs tou plēsion teleioutai, phobǭ proteron kekōlymenon. to auto goun ergon diaphoran ischei ē dia phobon genomenon ē diʼ agapēn telesthen kai ētoi dia pisteōs ē kai gnōstikōs energoumenon.
Love does not allow one to sin; and if one should fall unwillingly into such a situation through the intrusions of the adversary, imitating David he will sing: “I will confess to the Lord, and it will please him more than a young calf bearing horns and hoofs. Let the poor see it and rejoice.” For he says: “Offer to God a sacrifice of praise, and pay your vows to the Lord; and call on me in the day of your affliction, and I will deliver you, and you will glorify me.” “For a sacrifice to God is a broken spirit.” God, then, is called love, being good. His love “does no wrong to the neighbor,” neither wronging nor ever wronging in return, but doing good to all without exception, according to the image of God. So “love is the fulfillment of the law,” as Christ is, that is, the coming of the Lord who loves us, and our loving teaching and conduct according to Christ. By love, at any rate, not committing adultery and not desiring the neighbor's wife is perfected, which was formerly prevented by fear. The same deed, then, differs according to whether it is done through fear or accomplished through love, and whether it is worked through faith or in the way of knowledge.
4.18.114Stählin 2:298
εἰκότως γοῦν καὶ τὰ τούτων ἆθλα διάφορα· τῷ μὲν γνωστικῷ ἡτοίμασται ἃ ὀφθαλμὸς οὐκ εἶδεν οὐδὲ οὖς ἤκουσεν οὐδὲ ἐπὶ καρδίαν ἀνθρώπου ἀνέβη. τῷ δὲ ἁπλῶς πεπιστευκότι μαρτυρεῖ ἑκατονταπλασίονα ὧν ἀπολέλοιπεν, ἣν ἐπαγγελίαν εἰς σύνεσιν ἀνθρώπων πίπτειν συμβέβηκεν. Ἐνταῦθα γενόμενος ἀνεμνήσθην τινὸς φάσκοντος ἑαυτὸν γνωστικόν. ἐξηγούμενος γὰρ τὸ ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω, ὁ ἐμβλέψας τῇ γυναικὶ πρὸς ἐπιθυμίαν ἤδη μεμοίχευκεν οὐ ψιλὴν τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν ἠξίου κρίνεσθαι, ἀλλὰ ἐὰν τῇ ἐπιθυμίᾳ τὸ κατʼ αὐτὴν ἔργον περαιτέρω τῆς ἐπιθυμίας χωροῦν ἐν αὐτῇ ἐκτελῆται· εἰ γὰρ ὄναρ τῇ φαντασίᾳ, συγκαταχρῆται ἤδη καὶ τῷ σώματι.
eikotōs goun kai ta toutōn athla diaphora; tǭ men gnōstikǭ hētoimastai ha ophthalmos ouk eiden oude ous ēkousen oude epi kardian anthrōpou anebē. tǭ de haplōs pepisteukoti martyrei hekatontaplasiona hōn apoleloipen, hēn epangelian eis synesin anthrōpōn piptein symbebēken. Entautha genomenos anemnēsthēn tinos phaskontos heauton gnōstikon. exēgoumenos gar to egō de legō, ho emblepsas tę̄ gynaiki pros epithymian ēdē memoicheuken ou psilēn tēn epithymian ēxiou krinesthai, alla ean tę̄ epithymią to katʼ autēn ergon peraiterō tēs epithymias chōroun en autę̄ ektelētai; ei gar onar tę̄ phantasią, synkatachrētai ēdē kai tǭ sōmati.
Fittingly, then, their prizes too differ. For the one who knows are prepared “what eye has not seen, nor ear heard, nor has it entered the heart of man”; but to the one who has simply believed he testifies a hundredfold of what he has left, a promise that happens to fall within human understanding. Having reached this point, I remembered someone who claimed to be one who knows. Explaining “But I say, the one who looks at a woman with desire has already committed adultery,” he held that desire alone is not judged, but only if, through desire, the deed corresponding to it, going beyond the desire, is accomplished in it; for if it is in a dream, in imagination, it already makes use of the body too.
4.18.115Stählin 2:298–299
λέγουσιν οὖν οἱ τὰς ἱστορίας συνταξάμενοι Βοκχόριδος τοῦ δικαίου κρίσιν τοιάνδε. ἐρῶν ἑταίρας νεανίας πείθει μισθῷ τινι ὡρισμένῳ τὴν παῖδα ἀφικέσθαι τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ πρὸς αὐτόν. προλαβούσης ὄναρ τῆς ἐπιθυμίας τὴν παῖδα παρʼ ἐλπίδα κορεσθεὶς ἥκουσαν τὴν ἐρωμένην κατὰ τὸ τεταγμένον εἴργει τῆς εἰσόδου, ἣ δὲ ἐκμαθοῦσα τὸ γεγονὸς ἀπῄτει τὸν μισθόν, καὶ τῇδέ πως αὐτὴ τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν τῷ ἐραστῇ πεπληρωκέναι λέγουσα. ἧκον οὖν ἐπὶ τὸν κριτήν. τὸ βαλλάντιον οὗτος τοῦ μισθώματος τὸν νεανίσκον προτείνειν κελεύσας, ἐν ἡλίῳ δέ, τὴν ἑταίραν λαβέσθαι προσέταξεν τῆς σκιᾶς, χαριέντως εἴδωλον μισθώματος ἀποδιδόναι κελεύσας εἰδώλου συμπλοκῆς.
legousin oun hoi tas historias syntaxamenoi Bokchoridos tou dikaiou krisin toiande. erōn hetairas neanias peithei misthǭ tini hōrismenǭ tēn paida aphikesthai tę̄ hysteraią pros auton. prolabousēs onar tēs epithymias tēn paida parʼ elpida korestheis hēkousan tēn erōmenēn kata to tetagmenon eirgei tēs eisodou, hē de ekmathousa to gegonos apę̄tei ton misthon, kai tę̄de pōs autē tēn epithymian tǭ erastę̄ peplērōkenai legousa. hēkon oun epi ton kritēn. to ballantion houtos tou misthōmatos ton neaniskon proteinein keleusas, en hēliǭ de, tēn hetairan labesthai prosetaxen tēs skias, charientōs eidōlon misthōmatos apodidonai keleusas eidōlou symplokēs.
The historians tell of a judgment of Bocchoris the just. A young man in love with a courtesan persuaded the girl, for a fixed fee, to come to him the next day. His desire, anticipating the girl in a dream, sated him unexpectedly; and when his beloved came as arranged, he barred her from entering. She, learning what had happened, demanded her fee, saying that she had in a way fulfilled her lover's desire. They came, then, to the judge. He ordered the young man to hold out the purse with the fee, but in the sun, and told the courtesan to take hold of its shadow, wittily ordering the image of a fee to be paid for the image of an embrace.
4.18.116Stählin 2:299
Ὀνειρώττει μὲν οὖν τις συγκαταθεμένης τῇ φαντασίᾳ τῆς ψυχῆς, ὕπαρ δὲ ὀνειρώττει ὁ πρὸς ἐπιθυμίαν βλέπων, οὐ μόνον ὡς ἐκεῖνος ἔλεγεν ὁ δῆθεν γνωστικός, ἐὰν ἅμα τῇ ὄψει τῆς γυναικὸς συλλάβῃ κατʼ ἔννοιαν τὴν ὁμιλίαν (τοῦτο γὰρ ἤδη ἔργον ἐστὶν ἐπιθυμίας ὡς ἐπιθυμίας), ἀλλʼ ἐὰν εἰς κάλλος σώματος βλέψῃ τις, ὁ λόγος φησί, καὶ αὐτῷ ἡ σὰρξ εἶναι κατʼ ἐπιθυμίαν δόξῃ καλή, σαρκικῶς ἰδὼν καὶ ἁμαρτητικῶς διʼ οὗ τεθαύμακεν κρίνεται· ἔμπαλιν γὰρ ὁ διʼ ἀγάπην τὴν ἁγνὴν προσβλέπων τὸ κάλλος οὐ τὴν σάρκα ἡγεῖται, ἀλλὰ τὴν ψυχὴν καλήν, τὸ σῶμα, οἶμαι, ὡς ἀνδριάντα θαυμάσας, διʼ οὗ κάλλους ἐπὶ τὸν τεχνίτην καὶ τὸ ὄντως καλὸν αὐτὸς αὑτὸν παραπέμπει, σύμβολον ἅγιον τὸν χαρακτῆρα τῆς δικαιοσύνης τὸν φωτεινὸν ἐπιδεικνύμενος τοῖς ἐφεστῶσι τῇ ἀνόδῳ ἀγγέλοις, τὸ χρῖσμα τῆς εὐαρεστήσεως λέγω, τὴν ποιότητα τῆς διαθέσεως τὴν ἐπικειμένην τῇ ψυχῇ κατʼ ἐπιχώρησιν τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος γεγανωμένῃ.
Oneirōttei men oun tis synkatathemenēs tę̄ phantasią tēs psychēs, hypar de oneirōttei ho pros epithymian blepōn, ou monon hōs ekeinos elegen ho dēthen gnōstikos, ean hama tę̄ opsei tēs gynaikos syllabę̄ katʼ ennoian tēn homilian (touto gar ēdē ergon estin epithymias hōs epithymias), allʼ ean eis kallos sōmatos blepsę̄ tis, ho logos phēsi, kai autǭ hē sarx einai katʼ epithymian doxę̄ kalē, sarkikōs idōn kai hamartētikōs diʼ hou tethaumaken krinetai; empalin gar ho diʼ agapēn tēn hagnēn prosblepōn to kallos ou tēn sarka hēgeitai, alla tēn psychēn kalēn, to sōma, oimai, hōs andrianta thaumasas, diʼ hou kallous epi ton technitēn kai to ontōs kalon autos hauton parapempei, symbolon hagion ton charaktēra tēs dikaiosynēs ton phōteinon epideiknymenos tois ephestōsi tę̄ anodǭ angelois, to chrisma tēs euarestēseōs legō, tēn poiotēta tēs diatheseōs tēn epikeimenēn tę̄ psychę̄ katʼ epichōrēsin tou hagiou pneumatos geganōmenę̄.
One dreams, then, when the soul assents to the imagination; and the one who looks with desire dreams while awake, not only, as that so-called knower said, if at the sight of the woman he conceives the intercourse in thought (for this is already the work of desire as desire), but, as the Word says, if one looks at bodily beauty and the flesh seems to him beautiful according to desire, having looked fleshly and sinfully, he is judged by what he has admired. Conversely, the one who looks at beauty through pure love considers not the flesh but the soul beautiful, admiring the body, I think, like a statue, through whose beauty he sends himself on to the Craftsman and to what is truly beautiful, showing the enlightening mark of righteousness as a holy token to the angels who watch over the ascent: I mean the anointing of good pleasure, the quality of disposition lying on the soul made glad by the coming of the Holy Spirit.
4.18.117Stählin 2:299–300
ταύτην τὴν δόξαν τὴν ἐκλάμψασαν ἐπὶ τοῦ προσώπου Μωυσέως ὁ λαὸς οὐχ οἷός τε ἦν προσβλέπειν, διὸ καὶ κάλυμμα ἐλάμβανε τῆς δόξης πρὸς τοὺς σαρκικῶς θεωμένους. τοὺς μὲν γὰρ ἐπαγομένους τινὰ τῶν κοσμικῶν κατέχουσιν οἱ τὸ τέλος ἀπαιτοῦντες τοῖς σφετέροις βαρουμένους πάθεσι, τὸν δὲ γυμνὸν μὲν τῶν ὑποπιπτόντων τῷ τέλει, πλήρη δὲ γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἐξ ἔργων δικαιοσύνης συνευχόμενοι παραπέμπουσι, τὸν ἄνδρα σὺν καὶ τῷ ἔργῳ μακαρίσαντες· καὶ τὸ φύλλον αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἀπορρυήσεται, τοῦ ζωτικοῦ ξύλου, τοῦ κατὰ τὰς διεξόδους τῶν ὑδάτων τεθραμμένου· καρποφόροις δὲ ὁ δίκαιος ἀπεικάζεται δένδροις, οὐ μόνον τοῖς κατὰ τὴν τῶν μεταρσίων θυσίαν· ἦσαν δὲ κἀν ταῖς τῶν θυσιῶν προσαγωγαῖς παρὰ τῷ νόμῳ οἱ τῶν ἱερείων μωμοσκόποι. ὄρεξιν οὖν ἐπιθυμίας διακρίνουσιν οἱ περὶ ταῦτα δεινοί, καὶ τὴν μὲν ἐπὶ ἡδοναῖς καὶ ἀκολασίᾳ τάττουσιν ἄλογον οὖσαν, τὴν δὲ ὄρεξιν ἐπὶ τῶν κατὰ φύσιν ἀναγκαίων λογικὴν ὑπάρχουσαν κίνησιν.
tautēn tēn doxan tēn eklampsasan epi tou prosōpou Mōyseōs ho laos ouch hoios te ēn prosblepein, dio kai kalymma elambane tēs doxēs pros tous sarkikōs theōmenous. tous men gar epagomenous tina tōn kosmikōn katechousin hoi to telos apaitountes tois spheterois baroumenous pathesi, ton de gymnon men tōn hypopiptontōn tǭ telei, plērē de gnōseōs kai tēs ex ergōn dikaiosynēs syneuchomenoi parapempousi, ton andra syn kai tǭ ergǭ makarisantes; kai to phyllon autou ouk aporryēsetai, tou zōtikou xylou, tou kata tas diexodous tōn hydatōn tethrammenou; karpophorois de ho dikaios apeikazetai dendrois, ou monon tois kata tēn tōn metarsiōn thysian; ēsan de kan tais tōn thysiōn prosagōgais para tǭ nomǭ hoi tōn hiereiōn mōmoskopoi. orexin oun epithymias diakrinousin hoi peri tauta deinoi, kai tēn men epi hēdonais kai akolasią tattousin alogon ousan, tēn de orexin epi tōn kata physin anankaiōn logikēn hyparchousan kinēsin.
This glory, which shone on the face of Moses, the people could not look at; that is why he took a veil over the glory for those who looked in a fleshly way. For those who demand the toll hold back those who bring any worldly things, weighed down by their own passions; but the one who is bare of what is subject to the toll, and full of knowledge and of the righteousness of works, they send on with their prayers, blessing the man together with his work. “And his leaf will not fall off,” the leaf of the living tree nourished by the streams of water. And the righteous man is compared to fruit-bearing trees, not only those for the sacrifice of the lofty ones; and in the offering of sacrifices under the law there were inspectors of blemishes in the victims. Those skilled in these matters distinguish appetite from desire, and assign the one to pleasures and licentiousness, as irrational, but appetite for natural necessities as a rational movement.
Miscellanies 4, chapter 19
4.19.118Stählin 2:300
Ταύτης τοι τῆς τελειότητος ἔξεστιν ἐπʼ ἴσης μὲν ἀνδρί, ἐπʼ ἴσης δὲ καὶ γυναικὶ μεταλαβεῖν. αὐτίκα οὐχ ὁ Μωυσῆς μόνος, ἀκούσας παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ· λελάληκα πρὸς σὲ ἅπαξ καὶ δὶς λέγων· ἑώρακα τὸν λαὸν τοῦτον, καὶ ἰδού ἐστι σκληροτράχηλος· ἔασόν με ἐξολοθρεῦσαι αὐτούς, καὶ ἐξαλείψω τὸ ὄνομα αὐτῶν ὑποκάτωθεν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ ποιήσω σε εἰς ἔθνος μέγα καὶ θαυμαστὸν καὶ πολὺ μᾶλλον ἢ τοῦτο ἀποκρίνεται δεόμενος μὴ τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκοπῶν, ἀλλὰ τὴν κοινὴν σωτηρίαν· μηδαμῶς, κύριε, ἄφες τὴν ἁμαρτίαν τῷ λαῷ τούτῳ, ἢ κἀμὲ ἐξάλειψον ἐκ βίβλου ζώντων. ὅση τελειότης τοῦ συναποθανεῖν ἐθελήσαντος τῷ λαῷ ἢ σῴζεσθαι μόνος. ἀλλὰ καὶ Ἰουδὶθ ἡ ἐν γυναιξὶ τελειωθεῖσα ἐν συγκλεισμῷ τῆς πόλεως γενομένης δεηθεῖσα τῶν πρεσβυτέρων εἰς μὲν τὴν παρεμβολὴν τῶν ἀλλοφύλων ἐξέρχεται, τοῦ παντὸς καταφρονήσασα κινδύνου, ὑπὲρ τῆς πατρίδος ἑαυτὴν ἐπιδοῦσα τοῖς πολεμίοις ἐν πίστει θεοῦ· λαμβάνει δʼ εὐθὺς τἀπίχειρα τῆς πίστεως ἀριστεύσασα γυνὴ κατὰ τοῦ πολεμίου τῆς πίστεως, κυρία τῆς Ὁλοφέρνου γενομένη κεφαλῆς.
Tautēs toi tēs teleiotētos exestin epʼ isēs men andri, epʼ isēs de kai gynaiki metalabein. autika ouch ho Mōysēs monos, akousas para tou theou; lelalēka pros se hapax kai dis legōn; heōraka ton laon touton, kai idou esti sklērotrachēlos; eason me exolothreusai autous, kai exaleipsō to onoma autōn hypokatōthen tou ouranou kai poiēsō se eis ethnos mega kai thaumaston kai poly mallon ē touto apokrinetai deomenos mē to heautou skopōn, alla tēn koinēn sōtērian; mēdamōs, kyrie, aphes tēn hamartian tǭ laǭ toutǭ, ē kame exaleipson ek biblou zōntōn. hosē teleiotēs tou synapothanein ethelēsantos tǭ laǭ ē sǭzesthai monos. alla kai Ioudith hē en gynaixi teleiōtheisa en synkleismǭ tēs poleōs genomenēs deētheisa tōn presbyterōn eis men tēn parembolēn tōn allophylōn exerchetai, tou pantos kataphronēsasa kindynou, hyper tēs patridos heautēn epidousa tois polemiois en pistei theou; lambanei dʼ euthys tapicheira tēs pisteōs aristeusasa gynē kata tou polemiou tēs pisteōs, kyria tēs Holophernou genomenē kephalēs.
This perfection, then, may be shared equally by man and equally by woman. For example, not Moses alone, having heard from God, “I have spoken to you once and twice, saying: I have seen this people, and behold, it is stiff-necked. Let me destroy them, and I will blot out their name from under heaven and make you a great and marvelous nation, much more than this one,” answers, praying, not considering his own interest but the common salvation: “By no means, Lord; forgive this people their sin, or blot me too out of the book of the living.” How great the perfection of one who wished to die with the people rather than be saved alone! But Judith too, perfected among women, when the city was besieged, having asked the elders, went out into the camp of the foreigners, despising all danger, giving herself up to the enemy for her country in faith in God; and at once she received the reward of her faith, a woman who excelled against the enemy of faith, becoming master of the head of Holofernes.
4.19.119Stählin 2:300–301
πάλιν τε αὖ ἡ τελεία κατὰ πίστιν Ἐσθὴρ ῥυομένη τὸν Ἰσραὴλ τυραννικῆς ἐξουσίας καὶ τῆς τοῦ σατράπου ὠμότητος, μόνη γυνὴ νηστείαις τεθλιμμένη πρὸς μυρίας ὡπλισμένας ἀντετάξατο δεξιάς, τυραννικὸν διὰ πίστεως ἀναλύουσα δόγμα· καὶ δὴ τὸν μὲν ἐτιθάσευσεν, ἀνέστειλεν δὲ τὸν Ἀμὰν καὶ τὸν Ἰσραὴλ τῇ τελείᾳ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν δεήσει ἀπαθῆ διεφύλαξεν. σιωπῶ γὰρ Σουσάνναν καὶ τὴν Μωυσέως ἀδελφήν, ὡς ἣ μὲν συνεστρατήγησεν τῷ προφήτῃ πασῶν ἐξάρχουσα τῶν κατὰ σοφίαν παρʼ Ἑβραίοις εὐδοκίμων γυναικῶν, ἣ δὲ σεμνότητος ὑπερβολῇ καὶ μέχρι θανάτου χωροῦσα πρὸς τῶν ἀκολάστων ἐραστῶν κατακρινομένη μάρτυς ἁγνείας ἔμεινεν ἀρρεπής.
palin te au hē teleia kata pistin Esthēr rhyomenē ton Israēl tyrannikēs exousias kai tēs tou satrapou ōmotētos, monē gynē nēsteiais tethlimmenē pros myrias hōplismenas antetaxato dexias, tyrannikon dia pisteōs analyousa dogma; kai dē ton men etithaseusen, anesteilen de ton Aman kai ton Israēl tę̄ teleią pros ton theon deēsei apathē diephylaxen. siōpō gar Sousannan kai tēn Mōyseōs adelphēn, hōs hē men synestratēgēsen tǭ prophētę̄ pasōn exarchousa tōn kata sophian parʼ Hebraiois eudokimōn gynaikōn, hē de semnotētos hyperbolę̄ kai mechri thanatou chōrousa pros tōn akolastōn erastōn katakrinomenē martys hagneias emeinen arrepēs.
And again Esther, perfect in faith, rescuing Israel from tyrannical power and the cruelty of the satrap, a woman alone, afflicted with fasts, set herself against countless armed hands, undoing a tyrant's decree through faith; and she tamed the one and checked Haman, and kept Israel unharmed by her perfect prayer to God. I pass over Susanna and the sister of Moses: the sister of Moses shared command with the prophet, leading all the women among the Hebrews esteemed for wisdom; Susanna, by the height of her modesty, going even to death, condemned by licentious lovers, remained an unwavering martyr of chastity.
4.19.120Stählin 2:301
Ναὶ μὴν Δίων ὁ φιλόσοφος Λυσιδίκην τινὰ γυναῖκα ἱστορεῖ διʼ ὑπερβολὴν αἰδοῦς αὐτῷ χιτῶνι λούεσθαι, Φιλωτέραν δέ, ὁπότε μέλλοι εἰσιέναι τὴν πύελον, ἡσυχῇ ἐπαναστέλλεσθαι τὸν χιτῶνα καθʼ ὅσον τὰ γυμνὰ τὸ ὕδωρ ἔσκεπεν, εἶτα κατʼ ὀλίγον αὖθις ἀνιοῦσαν ἐπενδύσασθαι. ἢ γὰρ οὐχὶ καὶ βασάνους ἤνεγκεν ἀνδρείως Λέαινα ἡ Ἀττική; συνειδυῖα αὕτη τοῖς ἀμφὶ τὸν Ἁρμόδιον καὶ Ἀριστογείτονα τὴν κατὰ Ἱππάρχου ἐπιβουλὴν οὐδʼ ὁπωστιοῦν ἐξεῖπεν εὖ μάλα στρεβλουμένη. φασὶ δὲ καὶ τὰς Ἀργολικὰς ἡγουμένης αὐτῶν Τελεσίλλης τῆς ποιητρίας Σπαρτιάτας τοὺς ἀλκίμους τὰ πολέμια φανείσας μόνον τρέψασθαι καὶ ἐκείναις τὸ ἀδεὲς τοῦ θανάτου περιποιήσασθαι.
Nai mēn Diōn ho philosophos Lysidikēn tina gynaika historei diʼ hyperbolēn aidous autǭ chitōni louesthai, Philōteran de, hopote melloi eisienai tēn pyelon, hēsychę̄ epanastellesthai ton chitōna kathʼ hoson ta gymna to hydōr eskepen, eita katʼ oligon authis aniousan ependysasthai. ē gar ouchi kai basanous ēnenken andreiōs Leaina hē Attikē? syneiduia hautē tois amphi ton Harmodion kai Aristogeitona tēn kata Hipparchou epiboulēn oudʼ hopōstioun exeipen eu mala strebloumenē. phasi de kai tas Argolikas hēgoumenēs autōn Telesillēs tēs poiētrias Spartiatas tous alkimous ta polemia phaneisas monon trepsasthai kai ekeinais to adees tou thanatou peripoiēsasthai.
Indeed Dio the philosopher relates that a certain woman, Lysidice, through excess of modesty, bathed in her tunic; and that Philotera, when she was about to enter the bath, would quietly draw up her tunic as far as the water covered her nakedness, and then, gradually coming out again, put it back on. And did not Leaena of Attica bear tortures bravely? She knew of the plot of Harmodius and Aristogeiton against Hipparchus and revealed nothing at all, though severely racked. They say too that the Argive women, led by Telesilla the poetess, merely by appearing turned the brave Spartans from war and won for themselves freedom from the fear of death.
4.19.121Stählin 2:301–302
τὰ ὅμοια λέγει καὶ ὁ τὴν Δαναΐδα πεποιηκὼς ἐπὶ τῶν Δαναοῦ θυγατέρων ὧδε· καὶ τότʼ ἄρʼ ὡπλίζοντο θοῶς Δαναοῖο θύγατρες πρόσθεν ἐυρρεῖος ποταμοῦ Νείλοιο ἄνακτος, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. ᾄδουσι δὲ οἱ λοιποὶ τῶν ποιητῶν τὴν Ἀταλάντης ἐν θήρᾳ ὠκύτητα καὶ τὴν Ἀντικλείας φιλοστοργίαν καὶ τὴν Ἀλκήστιδος φιλανδρίαν καὶ τὴν Μακαρίας καὶ τῶν Ὑακινθίδων εὐψυχίαν. τί δέ; οὐχὶ Θεανὼ μὲν ἡ Πυθαγορικὴ εἰς τοσοῦτον ἧκεν φιλοσοφίας ὡς πρὸς τὸν περιέργως ἀπιδόντα καὶ εἰπόντα καλὸς πῆχυς ἀλλʼ οὐ δημόσιος ἀποκρίνασθαι. τῆς αὐτῆς φέρεται σεμνότητος κἀκεῖνο τὸ ἀπόφθεγμα· ἐρωτηθεῖσα γάρ, ποσταία γυνὴ ἀπὸ ἀνδρὸς εἰς τὸ θεσμοφόριον κάτεισιν, ἀπὸ μὲν ἰδίου καὶ παραχρῆμα ἔφη, ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ ἀλλοτρίου οὐδεπώποτε. ναὶ μὴν καὶ Θεμιστὼ ἡ Ζωΐλου ἡ Λαμψακηνὴ ἡ Λεοντέως γυνὴ τοῦ Λαμψακηνοῦ τὰ Ἐπικούρεια ἐφιλοσόφει καθάπερ Μυῖα ἡ Θεανοῦς θυγάτηρ τὰ Πυθαγόρεια καὶ Ἀριγνώτη ἡ τὰ περὶ Διονύσου γραψαμένη· αἱ γὰρ Διοδώρου τοῦ Κρόνου ἐπικληθέντος θυγατέρες πᾶσαι διαλεκτικαὶ γεγόνασιν, ὥς φησι Φίλων ὁ διαλεκτικὸς ἐν τῷ Μενεξένῳ, ὧν τὰ ὀνόματα παρατίθεται τάδε· Μενεξένη, Ἀργεία, Θεογνίς, Ἀρτεμισία, Παντάκλεια. μέμνημαι καὶ Κυνικῆς τινος, Ἱππαρχία δὲ ἐκαλεῖτο, ἡ Μαρωνῖτις, ἡ Κράτητος γυνή, ἐφʼ ᾗ καὶ τὰ κυνογάμια ἐν τῇ Ποικίλῃ ἐτέλεσεν.
ta homoia legei kai ho tēn Danaïda pepoiēkōs epi tōn Danaou thygaterōn hōde; kai totʼ arʼ hōplizonto thoōs Danaoio thygatres prosthen eurreios potamou Neiloio anaktos, kai ta hexēs. ądousi de hoi loipoi tōn poiētōn tēn Atalantēs en thērą ōkytēta kai tēn Antikleias philostorgian kai tēn Alkēstidos philandrian kai tēn Makarias kai tōn Hyakinthidōn eupsychian. ti de? ouchi Theanō men hē Pythagorikē eis tosouton hēken philosophias hōs pros ton periergōs apidonta kai eiponta kalos pēchys allʼ ou dēmosios apokrinasthai. tēs autēs pheretai semnotētos kakeino to apophthegma; erōtētheisa gar, postaia gynē apo andros eis to thesmophorion kateisin, apo men idiou kai parachrēma ephē, apo de tou allotriou oudepōpote. nai mēn kai Themistō hē Zōïlou hē Lampsakēnē hē Leonteōs gynē tou Lampsakēnou ta Epikoureia ephilosophei kathaper Muia hē Theanous thygatēr ta Pythagoreia kai Arignōtē hē ta peri Dionysou grapsamenē; hai gar Diodōrou tou Kronou epiklēthentos thygateres pasai dialektikai gegonasin, hōs phēsi Philōn ho dialektikos en tǭ Menexenǭ, hōn ta onomata paratithetai tade; Menexenē, Argeia, Theognis, Artemisia, Pantakleia. memnēmai kai Kynikēs tinos, Hipparchia de ekaleito, hē Marōnitis, hē Kratētos gynē, ephʼ hę̄ kai ta kynogamia en tę̄ Poikilę̄ etelesen.
The author of the Danaid says similar things about the daughters of Danaus, thus: “And then the daughters of Danaus quickly armed themselves before the fair-flowing river, lord Nile,” and so on. The other poets sing of Atalanta's swiftness in the hunt, Anticlea's affection, Alcestis's love for her husband, and the courage of Macaria and the Hyacinthides. What then? Did not Theano the Pythagorean reach such a height of philosophy that to one who looked at her curiously and said, “A lovely arm,” she answered, “But not public”? To the same modesty belongs that saying too: asked on what day after intercourse with a man a woman may go down to the Thesmophorion, she said, “From her own husband, at once; from another's, never.” Indeed Themisto of Lampsacus, daughter of Zoilus and wife of Leonteus of Lampsacus, philosophized in the Epicurean way, as Myia the daughter of Theano in the Pythagorean way, and Arignote, who wrote about Dionysus; and the daughters of Diodorus called Cronus all became dialecticians, as Philo the dialectician says in his Menexenus, who gives their names as follows: Menexene, Argeia, Theognis, Artemisia, Pantaclea. I remember too a Cynic woman, called Hipparchia of Maroneia, the wife of Crates, with whom he celebrated the dog-wedding in the Painted Porch.
4.19.122Stählin 2:302
Ἀρήτη δὲ ἡ Ἀριστίππου ἡ Κυρηναϊκὴ τὸν Μητροδίδακτον ἐπικληθέντα ἐπαίδευσεν Ἀρίστιππον. παρὰ Πλάτωνί τε ἐφιλοσόφουν Λασθένεια ἡ Ἀρκαδία καὶ Ἀξιοθέα ἡ Φλιασία· Ἀσπασίας γὰρ τῆς Μιλησίας, περὶ ἧς καὶ οἱ κωμικοὶ πολλὰ δὴ καταγράφουσιν, Σωκράτης μὲν ἀπέλαυσεν εἰς φιλοσοφίαν, Περικλῆς δὲ εἰς ῥητορικήν. παραπέμπομαι τοίνυν τὰς ἄλλας διὰ τὸ μῆκος τοῦ λόγου, μήτε τὰς ποιητρίας καταλέγων, Κόρινναν καὶ Τελέσιλλαν Μυῖάν τε καὶ Σαπφώ, ἢ τὰς ζωγράφους, καθάπερ Εἰρήνην τὴν Κρατίνου θυγατέρα καὶ Ἀναξάνδραν τὴν Νεάλκους, ἃς φησι Δίδυμος ἐν Συμποσιακοῖς.
Arētē de hē Aristippou hē Kyrēnaïkē ton Mētrodidakton epiklēthenta epaideusen Aristippon. para Platōni te ephilosophoun Lastheneia hē Arkadia kai Axiothea hē Phliasia; Aspasias gar tēs Milēsias, peri hēs kai hoi kōmikoi polla dē katagraphousin, Sōkratēs men apelausen eis philosophian, Periklēs de eis rhētorikēn. parapempomai toinyn tas allas dia to mēkos tou logou, mēte tas poiētrias katalegōn, Korinnan kai Telesillan Muian te kai Sapphō, ē tas zōgraphous, kathaper Eirēnēn tēn Kratinou thygatera kai Anaxandran tēn Nealkous, has phēsi Didymos en Symposiakois.
Arete of Cyrene, daughter of Aristippus, educated Aristippus, called “the Mother-taught.” With Plato there philosophized Lastheneia of Arcadia and Axiothea of Phlius. For of Aspasia of Miletus, about whom the comic poets write much, Socrates made use for philosophy and Pericles for rhetoric. I pass over the others because of the length of the discussion, not listing the poetesses, Corinna and Telesilla, Myia and Sappho, nor the painters, such as Irene, daughter of Cratinus, and Anaxandra, daughter of Nealces, of whom Didymus speaks in his Symposiaca.
4.19.123Stählin 2:302–303
ἡ δὲ Κλεοβούλου θυγάτηρ τοῦ σοφοῦ καὶ Λινδίων μοναρχοῦντος τῶν ξένων τῶν πατρῴων οὐκ ᾐδεῖτο ἀπονίπτειν τοὺς πόδας· ἐπεὶ καὶ ἡ τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ γυνὴ Σάρρα ἡ μακαρία αὐτὴ τοὺς ἐγκρυφίας παρεσκεύασε τοῖς ἀγγέλοις, καὶ βασιλικαὶ κόραι παρὰ τοῖς Ἑβραίοις τὰ πρόβατα ἔνεμον, ὅθεν καὶ ἡ παρʼ Ὁμήρῳ Ναυσικάα ἐπὶ τοὺς πλυνοὺς ᾔει. Ἕλοιτʼ ἂν οὖν ἡ σώφρων πρῶτον μὲν πείθειν τὸν ἄνδρα κοινωνὸν αὐτῇ γίνεσθαι τῶν πρὸς εὐδαιμονίαν φερόντων, εἰ δὲ ἀδυνάτως ἔχοι, μόνη σπευδέτω ἐπʼ ἀρετήν. πάντα μὲν τῷ ἀνδρὶ πειθομένη ὡς μηδὲν ἄκοντος ἐκείνου πρᾶξαί ποτε πλὴν ὅσα εἰς ἀρετήν τε καὶ σωτηρίαν διαφέρειν νομίζεται· ἀλλὰ καί, εἰ καί τις εἴργοι τῆς τοιαύτης διαθέσεως ἀνυποκρίτως ὁρμῶσαν ἤτοι γυναῖκα ἢ καὶ θεράπαιναν, οὐκ ἄλλο τι φαίνεται τὸ τηνικάδε δρῶν ὁ τοιοῦτος ἢ δικαιοσύνης μὲν καὶ σωφροσύνης ἀπάγειν προῃρημένος, ἄδικον δὲ ἅμα καὶ ἀκόλαστον παρασκευάζειν βεβουλημένος τὸν οἶκον τὸν ἑαυτοῦ.
hē de Kleoboulou thygatēr tou sophou kai Lindiōn monarchountos tōn xenōn tōn patrǭōn ouk ę̄deito aponiptein tous podas; epei kai hē tou Abraam gynē Sarra hē makaria autē tous enkryphias pareskeuase tois angelois, kai basilikai korai para tois Hebraiois ta probata enemon, hothen kai hē parʼ Homērǭ Nausikaa epi tous plynous ę̄ei. Heloitʼ an oun hē sōphrōn prōton men peithein ton andra koinōnon autę̄ ginesthai tōn pros eudaimonian pherontōn, ei de adynatōs echoi, monē speudetō epʼ aretēn. panta men tǭ andri peithomenē hōs mēden akontos ekeinou praxai pote plēn hosa eis aretēn te kai sōtērian diapherein nomizetai; alla kai, ei kai tis eirgoi tēs toiautēs diatheseōs anypokritōs hormōsan ētoi gynaika ē kai therapainan, ouk allo ti phainetai to tēnikade drōn ho toioutos ē dikaiosynēs men kai sōphrosynēs apagein proę̄rēmenos, adikon de hama kai akolaston paraskeuazein beboulēmenos ton oikon ton heautou.
And the daughter of Cleobulus, the sage and monarch of the Lindians, was not ashamed to wash the feet of her father's guests; since the blessed Sarah too, Abraham's wife, herself prepared the loaves for the angels, and royal daughters among the Hebrews tended sheep; whence too Homer's Nausicaa went to the washing places. The self-restrained woman, then, would choose first to persuade her husband to become her partner in what leads to happiness; but if that is impossible, let her hasten to virtue alone, obeying her husband in everything, so as never to do anything against his will, except what is thought to contribute to virtue and salvation. But if someone should hinder from such a disposition either a wife or a maidservant sincerely striving for it, such a man plainly does nothing else at that time than choose to lead them away from justice and self-restraint, and wish to make his own house unjust and licentious.
4.19.124Stählin 2:303
οὐχ οἷόν τε οὖν ἐστιν ἄνδρα ἢ γυναῖκα ἐν ὁτῳοῦν ἐλλόγιμον γενέσθαι μὴ μαθήσει μηδὲ μελέτῃ τε καὶ ἀσκήσει προσχρησαμένους, τὴν δὲ ἀρετὴν οὐκ ἐπʼ ἄλλοις τισὶν εἶναί φαμεν ἢ πάντων μάλιστα ἐφʼ ἡμῖν. τὰ μὲν οὖν ἄλλα εἴργειν δύναταί τις προσπολεμῶν, τὸ δʼ ἐφʼ ἡμῖν οὐδαμῶς, οὐδʼ εἰ μάλιστα ἐνίσταιτο· θεόσδοτον γὰρ τὸ δῶρον καὶ οὐχ ὑποπῖπτον ἄλλῳ τινί. ὅθεν ἀκολασία μὲν οὐκ ἄλλου τινὸς ἂν δοξάζοιτο εἶναι κακὸν ἢ τοῦ ἀκολασταίνοντος, σωφροσύνη δὲ ἀγαθὸν αὖ τοῦ τὸ σωφρονεῖν δυναμένου.
ouch hoion te oun estin andra ē gynaika en hotǭoun ellogimon genesthai mē mathēsei mēde meletę̄ te kai askēsei proschrēsamenous, tēn de aretēn ouk epʼ allois tisin einai phamen ē pantōn malista ephʼ hēmin. ta men oun alla eirgein dynatai tis prospolemōn, to dʼ ephʼ hēmin oudamōs, oudʼ ei malista enistaito; theosdoton gar to dōron kai ouch hypopipton allǭ tini. hothen akolasia men ouk allou tinos an doxazoito einai kakon ē tou akolastainontos, sōphrosynē de agathon au tou to sōphronein dynamenou.
It is not possible, then, for a man or a woman to become distinguished in anything without using learning, practice, and training; and we say that virtue rests not with others but with us most of all. Other things one can hinder by making war, but what rests with us not at all, not even if one opposes it most strongly; for the gift is given by God and subject to no one else. So licentiousness would be thought the evil of no one but the licentious man, and self-restraint the good of the one able to be self-restrained.
Miscellanies 4, chapter 20
4.20.125Stählin 2:303
Φίλανδρον μετὰ σεμνότητος ὑπογράφει γυναῖκα Εὐριπίδης παραινῶν· εὖ λέγειν δʼ, ὅταν τι λέξῃ, χρὴ δοκεῖν, κἂν μὴ λέγῃ, κἀκπονεῖν ἅν τῷ ξυνόντι πρὸς χάριν μέλλῃ λέγειν. καὶ αὖθίς που τούτοις τὰ ὅμοια· ἡδὺ δέ, ἢν κακὸν πράξῃ τι, συσκυθρωπάζειν πόσει ἄλοχον ἐν κοινῷ τε λύπης ἡδονῆς τʼ ἔχειν μέρος. τό τε πρᾶον καὶ φιλόστοργον ὧδέ πως ὑποδεικνύων κἀν ταῖς συμφοραῖς ἐπιφέρει· σοὶ δʼ ἔγωγε καὶ νοσοῦντι συννοσοῦσʼ ἀνέξομαι καὶ κακῶν τῶν σῶν συνοίσω, καὶ οὐδέν ἐστί μοι πικρόν· μετὰ γὰρ τῶν φίλων εὐτυχεῖν δυστυχεῖν τε χρή· τί γὰρ δὴ τὸ φίλον ἄλλο πλὴν τόδε;
Philandron meta semnotētos hypographei gynaika Euripidēs parainōn; eu legein dʼ, hotan ti lexę̄, chrē dokein, kan mē legę̄, kakponein han tǭ xynonti pros charin mellę̄ legein. kai authis pou toutois ta homoia; hēdy de, ēn kakon praxę̄ ti, syskythrōpazein posei alochon en koinǭ te lypēs hēdonēs tʼ echein meros. to te praon kai philostorgon hōde pōs hypodeiknyōn kan tais symphorais epipherei; soi dʼ egōge kai nosounti synnosousʼ anexomai kai kakōn tōn sōn synoisō, kai ouden esti moi pikron; meta gar tōn philōn eutychein dystychein te chrē; ti gar dē to philon allo plēn tode?
Euripides describes a wife who loves her husband with dignity, advising: “She must think that he speaks well whenever he says anything, even if he does not, and must strive to say what will please her partner.” And again somewhere, similar things: “It is sweet, if her husband fares badly, for the wife to share his gloom, and to have a share in common of grief and pleasure.” And showing her gentleness and affection even in misfortunes, he adds: “And I, if you are sick, will bear being sick with you, and will share your ills, and nothing is bitter to me; for with friends one must fare well and ill; for what else is friendship but this?”
4.20.126Stählin 2:304
ἁγιάζεται γοῦν καὶ γάμος κατὰ λόγον τελειούμενος, ἐὰν ἡ συζυγία ὑποπίπτῃ τῷ θεῷ καὶ διοικῆται μετὰ ἀληθινῆς καρδίας ἐν πληροφορίᾳ πίστεως, ἡγνισμένων τὰς καρδίας ἀπὸ συνειδήσεως πονηρᾶς καὶ λελουμένων τὸ σῶμα ὕδατι καθαρῷ καὶ ἐχόντων τὴν ὁμολογίαν τῆς ἐλπίδος· πιστὸς γὰρ ὁ ἐπαγγειλάμενος. χρὴ δὲ τὸν εὐδαίμονα γάμον οὔτε πλούτῳ ποτὲ οὔτε κάλλει κρίνεσθαι, ἀλλʼ ἀρετῇ. οὐδεμίαν, φησὶν ἡ τραγῳδία, ὤνησε κάλλος εἰς πόσιν ξυνάορον, ἁρετὴ δὲ ὤνησε πολλάς· πᾶσα γὰρ ἀγαθὴ γυνή, ἥτις ἀνδρὶ συντέτηκε, σωφρονεῖν ἐπίσταται. εἶτα οἷον παραινέσεις διδοῦσά φησι· πρῶτα μέν γε τοῦθʼ ὑπάρχει, κἂν ἄμορφος ᾖ πόσις, χρὴ δοκεῖν εὔμορφον εἶναι τῇ γε νοῦν κεκτημένῃ. οὐ γὰρ ὀφθαλμὸς τὸ κρῖνόν ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ νοῦς ὁρᾷ, καὶ τὰ ἐπὶ τούτοις. πάνυ γὰρ κυρίως ἡ γραφὴ βοηθὸν εἶπεν τὴν γυναῖκα δεδόσθαι τἀνδρὶ παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ.
hagiazetai goun kai gamos kata logon teleioumenos, ean hē syzygia hypopiptę̄ tǭ theǭ kai dioikētai meta alēthinēs kardias en plērophorią pisteōs, hēgnismenōn tas kardias apo syneidēseōs ponēras kai leloumenōn to sōma hydati katharǭ kai echontōn tēn homologian tēs elpidos; pistos gar ho epangeilamenos. chrē de ton eudaimona gamon oute ploutǭ pote oute kallei krinesthai, allʼ aretę̄. oudemian, phēsin hē tragǭdia, ōnēse kallos eis posin xynaoron, haretē de ōnēse pollas; pasa gar agathē gynē, hētis andri syntetēke, sōphronein epistatai. eita hoion paraineseis didousa phēsi; prōta men ge touthʼ hyparchei, kan amorphos ę̄ posis, chrē dokein eumorphon einai tę̄ ge noun kektēmenę̄. ou gar ophthalmos to krinon estin, alla nous horą, kai ta epi toutois. pany gar kyriōs hē graphē boēthon eipen tēn gynaika dedosthai tandri para tou theou.
Marriage, at any rate, when accomplished according to reason, is sanctified, if the union is subject to God and is conducted “with a true heart in full assurance of faith, having hearts purified from an evil conscience and bodies washed with pure water, and holding the confession of hope; for he who promised is faithful.” A happy marriage must never be judged by wealth or beauty, but by virtue. “Beauty,” says the tragedy, “has helped no woman with the husband yoked to her; but virtue has helped many; for every good wife who melts toward her husband knows how to be self-restrained.” Then, as though giving advice, she says: “First of all this holds: even if the husband is ugly, he must seem handsome to the woman who has sense. For it is not the eye that judges, but the mind that sees,” and what follows. For Scripture very properly said that the woman was given by God to the man as a helper.
4.20.127Stählin 2:304
δῆλον οὖν οἶμαι ὡς ἕκαστον τῶν προσπιπτόντων λυπηρῶν πρὸς τἀνδρὸς κατὰ τὴν οἰκουρίαν λόγῳ θεραπεύειν μετὰ πειθοῦς προαιρήσεται· εἰ δὲ μὴ ὑπακούοι, τότε ἤδη πειράσεται καθʼ ὅσον οἷόν τέ ἐστιν ἀνθρωπίνῃ φύσει ἀναμάρτητον διεξάγειν βίον, ἐάν τε ἀποθνῄσκειν δέῃ μετὰ τοῦ λόγου ἐάν τε ζῆν, συλλήπτορα καὶ κοινωνὸν τῆς τοιαύτης πράξεως τὸν θεὸν εἶναι νομίζουσα, τὸν τῷ ὄντι παραστάτην καὶ σωτῆρα εἴς τε τὸ παρὸν εἴς τε τὸ μέλλον, στρατηγόν τε καὶ ἡγεμόνα πάσης πράξεως ἐκεῖνον πεποιημένη, σωφροσύνην μὲν καὶ δικαιοσύνην ἔργον ἡγουμένη, τὸ θεοφιλὲς δὲ ποιουμένη τέλος.
dēlon oun oimai hōs hekaston tōn prospiptontōn lypērōn pros tandros kata tēn oikourian logǭ therapeuein meta peithous proairēsetai; ei de mē hypakouoi, tote ēdē peirasetai kathʼ hoson hoion te estin anthrōpinę̄ physei anamartēton diexagein bion, ean te apothnę̄skein deę̄ meta tou logou ean te zēn, syllēptora kai koinōnon tēs toiautēs praxeōs ton theon einai nomizousa, ton tǭ onti parastatēn kai sōtēra eis te to paron eis te to mellon, stratēgon te kai hēgemona pasēs praxeōs ekeinon pepoiēmenē, sōphrosynēn men kai dikaiosynēn ergon hēgoumenē, to theophiles de poioumenē telos.
It is clear, then, I think, that she will choose to treat with reason and persuasion each of the troubles that befall her from her husband in the management of the home; and if he does not listen, then she will try, as far as is possible for human nature, to lead a sinless life, whether she must die with the Word or live, believing God to be the helper and partner in such conduct, the true champion and Savior for the present and for the future, making him the general and leader of every action, considering self-restraint and justice her work, and making God's friendship her goal.
4.20.128Stählin 2:304–305
χαριέντως γοῦν ἐν τῇ πρὸς Τίτον ἐπιστολῇ ὁ ἀπόστολος δεῖν εἶναί φησι τὰς πρεσβύτιδας ἐν καταστήματι ἱεροπρεπεῖ, μὴ διαβόλους, μὴ οἴνῳ πολλῷ δεδουλωμένας, ἵνα σωφρονίζωσι τὰς νέας φιλάνδρους εἶναι, φιλοτέκνους, σώφρονας, ἁγνάς, οἰκουρούς, ἀγαθάς, ὑποτασσομένας τοῖς ἰδίοις ἀνδράσιν, ἵνα μὴ ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ βλασφημῆται. μᾶλλον δέ, φησίν, εἰρήνην διώκετε μετὰ πάντων καὶ τὸν ἁγιασμόν, οὗ χωρὶς οὐδεὶς ὄψεται τὸν κύριον, ἐπισκοποῦντες μή τις πόρνος ἢ βέβηλος ὡς Ἠσαῦ, ὃς ἀντὶ βρώσεως μιᾶς ἀπέδοτο τὰ πρωτοτόκια, καὶ μή τις ῥίζα πικρίας ἄνω φύουσα ἐνοχλῇ καὶ διʼ αὐτῆς μιανθῶσιν οἱ πολλοί.
charientōs goun en tę̄ pros Titon epistolę̄ ho apostolos dein einai phēsi tas presbytidas en katastēmati hieroprepei, mē diabolous, mē oinǭ pollǭ dedoulōmenas, hina sōphronizōsi tas neas philandrous einai, philoteknous, sōphronas, hagnas, oikourous, agathas, hypotassomenas tois idiois andrasin, hina mē ho logos tou theou blasphēmētai. mallon de, phēsin, eirēnēn diōkete meta pantōn kai ton hagiasmon, hou chōris oudeis opsetai ton kyrion, episkopountes mē tis pornos ē bebēlos hōs Ēsau, hos anti brōseōs mias apedoto ta prōtotokia, kai mē tis rhiza pikrias anō phyousa enochlę̄ kai diʼ autēs mianthōsin hoi polloi.
Gracefully, then, in the letter to Titus the apostle says that older women should be reverent in behavior, “not slanderers, not enslaved to much wine, so that they may train the young women to love their husbands, to love their children, to be self-restrained, pure, workers at home, good, submissive to their own husbands, so that the word of God may not be blasphemed.” “But rather,” he says, “pursue peace with all, and sanctification, without which no one will see the Lord, seeing to it that there is no sexually immoral or profane person like Esau, who for one meal sold his birthright, and that no root of bitterness springing up causes trouble, and through it the many be defiled.”
4.20.129Stählin 2:305
εἶθʼ οἷον κολοφῶνα ἐπιθεὶς τῷ περὶ γάμου ζητήματι ἐπιφέρει· τίμιος ὁ γάμος ἐν πᾶσι καὶ ἡ κοίτη ἀμίαντος· πόρνους δὲ καὶ μοιχοὺς κρινεῖ ὁ θεός. ἑνὸς δὴ σκοποῦ καὶ ἑνὸς δὴ τέλους ἀνδρὶ καὶ γυναικὶ δεδειγμένου, τί τὸ τέλειον, ὁ Πέτρος ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολῇ φησι· ὀλίγον ἄρτι εἰ δέον λυπηθέντες ἐν ποικίλοις πειρασμοῖς, ἵνα τὸ δοκίμιον τῆς πίστεως ὑμῶν πολὺ τιμιώτερον χρυσίου τοῦ ἀπολλυμένου καὶ διὰ πυρὸς δεδοκιμασμένου εὑρεθῇ εἰς ἔπαινον καὶ δόξαν ἐν ἀποκαλύψει Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ· ὃν οὐκ εἰδότες ἀγαπᾶτε, εἰς ὃν ἄρτι μὴ ὁρῶντες, πιστεύοντες δὲ ἀγαλλιᾶσθε χαρᾷ ἀνεκλαλήτῳ καὶ δεδοξασμένῃ, κομιζόμενοι τὸ τέλος τῆς πίστεως σωτηρίαν ψυχῶν. διὸ καὶ Παῦλος καυχᾶται διὰ Χριστὸν γεγονέναι ἐν κόποις περισσοτέρως, ἐν πληγαῖς ὑπερβαλλόντως, ἐν θανάτοις πολλάκις.
eithʼ hoion kolophōna epitheis tǭ peri gamou zētēmati epipherei; timios ho gamos en pasi kai hē koitē amiantos; pornous de kai moichous krinei ho theos. henos dē skopou kai henos dē telous andri kai gynaiki dedeigmenou, ti to teleion, ho Petros en tę̄ epistolę̄ phēsi; oligon arti ei deon lypēthentes en poikilois peirasmois, hina to dokimion tēs pisteōs hymōn poly timiōteron chrysiou tou apollymenou kai dia pyros dedokimasmenou heurethę̄ eis epainon kai doxan en apokalypsei Iēsou Christou; hon ouk eidotes agapate, eis hon arti mē horōntes, pisteuontes de agalliasthe charą aneklalētǭ kai dedoxasmenę̄, komizomenoi to telos tēs pisteōs sōtērian psychōn. dio kai Paulos kauchatai dia Christon gegonenai en kopois perissoterōs, en plēgais hyperballontōs, en thanatois pollakis.
Then, as though putting a finishing touch on the question of marriage, he adds: “Marriage is honorable in all, and the bed undefiled; but God will judge the sexually immoral and adulterers.” One aim and one end having been shown for man and woman, Peter in his letter says what the perfect is: “Though now for a little while, if necessary, you have been grieved by various trials, so that the proof of your faith, much more precious than gold that perishes though tested by fire, may be found to result in praise and glory at the revelation of Jesus Christ; whom, not having seen, you love; in whom, though you do not now see him, yet believing, you rejoice with joy inexpressible and glorified, receiving the end of your faith, the salvation of souls.” That is why Paul too boasts that for Christ's sake he has been “in labors more abundantly, in beatings beyond measure, in deaths often.”
Miscellanies 4, chapter 21
4.21.130Stählin 2:305–306
Ἐνταῦθα τὸ τέλειον εὑρίσκω πολλαχῶς ἐκλαμβανόμενον κατὰ τὸν ἐν ἑκάστῃ κατορθοῦντα ἀρετῇ. τελειοῦται γοῦν τις καὶ ὡς εὐλαβὴς καὶ ὡς ὑπομονητικὸς καὶ ὡς ἐγκρατὴς καὶ ὡς ἐργάτης καὶ ὡς μάρτυς καὶ ὡς γνωστικός· πάντα δὲ ὁμοῦ τέλειος οὐκ οἶδʼ εἴ τις ἀνθρώπων, ἔτι ἄνθρωπος ὢν, πλὴν μόνον ὁ διʼ ἡμᾶς ἄνθρωπον ἐνδυσάμενος. καίτοι καὶ κατὰ νόμον ψιλόν τις ἂν εἴη τέλειος, ὃς ἀποχὴν κακῶν ἐπαγγέλλεται· ὁδὸς δέ ἐστιν αὕτη ἐπί τε τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ἐπί τε τὴν εὐποιίαν. ἀλλὰ νομικοῦ μὲν τελείωσις γνωστικὴ εὐαγγελίου πρόσληψις, ἵνα γένηται ὁ κατὰ νόμον τέλειος· οὕτω γὰρ προεθέσπισεν ὁ κατὰ νόμον Μωυσῆς ἀκοῦσαι δεῖν, ἵνα ἐκδεξώμεθα κατὰ τὸν ἀπόστολον πλήρωμα νόμου τὸν Χριστόν. ἐν εὐαγγελίῳ δὲ ἤδη προκόπτει ὁ γνωστικός, οὐ βαθμῷ χρησάμενος τῷ νόμῳ μόνον, συνιεὶς δὲ αὐτὸν καὶ νοήσας ὡς παρέδωκε τοῖς ἀποστόλοις ὁ τὰς διαθήκας δεδωκὼς κύριος. εἰ δὲ καὶ πολιτεύσαιτο ὀρθῶς (ὥσπερ οὖν ἀδύνατον δυσεργείᾳ γνῶσιν ἐπακολουθεῖν) μάρτυς τε ἐπὶ τοῖσδε ὀρθότατα ὁμολογήσας διʼ ἀγάπην γένοιτο, πλείονα τὴν ἀξίαν ὡς ἐν ἀνθρώποις λαμβάνων, οὐδʼ οὕτως φθάσει τέλειος ἐν σαρκὶ κληθείς, ἐπεὶ τὴν προσηγορίαν ταύτην προείληφεν ἡ συμπεραίωσις τοῦ βίου, φθάσαντος ἤδη τοῦ γνωστικοῦ μάρτυρος τὸ τέλειον ἔργον ἐνδείξασθαι καὶ παραστῆσαι κυρίως διʼ ἀγάπης γνωστικῆς εὐχαριστηθέντος αἵματος παραπεμπομένου τὸ πνεῦμα.
Entautha to teleion heuriskō pollachōs eklambanomenon kata ton en hekastę̄ katorthounta aretę̄. teleioutai goun tis kai hōs eulabēs kai hōs hypomonētikos kai hōs enkratēs kai hōs ergatēs kai hōs martys kai hōs gnōstikos; panta de homou teleios ouk oidʼ ei tis anthrōpōn, eti anthrōpos ōn, plēn monon ho diʼ hēmas anthrōpon endysamenos. kaitoi kai kata nomon psilon tis an eiē teleios, hos apochēn kakōn epangelletai; hodos de estin hautē epi te to euangelion epi te tēn eupoiian. alla nomikou men teleiōsis gnōstikē euangeliou proslēpsis, hina genētai ho kata nomon teleios; houtō gar proethespisen ho kata nomon Mōysēs akousai dein, hina ekdexōmetha kata ton apostolon plērōma nomou ton Christon. en euangeliǭ de ēdē prokoptei ho gnōstikos, ou bathmǭ chrēsamenos tǭ nomǭ monon, synieis de auton kai noēsas hōs paredōke tois apostolois ho tas diathēkas dedōkōs kyrios. ei de kai politeusaito orthōs (hōsper oun adynaton dysergeią gnōsin epakolouthein) martys te epi toisde orthotata homologēsas diʼ agapēn genoito, pleiona tēn axian hōs en anthrōpois lambanōn, oudʼ houtōs phthasei teleios en sarki klētheis, epei tēn prosēgorian tautēn proeilēphen hē symperaiōsis tou biou, phthasantos ēdē tou gnōstikou martyros to teleion ergon endeixasthai kai parastēsai kyriōs diʼ agapēs gnōstikēs eucharistēthentos haimatos parapempomenou to pneuma.
Here I find the perfect understood in many ways, according to the one who succeeds in each virtue. For one is perfected as reverent, as enduring, as self-controlled, as a worker, as a martyr, and as one who knows; but whether anyone among men, while still a man, is perfect in all at once, I do not know, except only the one who for our sake put on humanity. Yet even according to the bare law one might be perfect, who professes abstinence from evils; and this is a way both to the gospel and to doing good. But the perfection of the one under the law is the knowing reception of the gospel, so that the one who is perfect according to the law may come to be; for so Moses, according to the law, foretold that we must listen, so that we might receive, according to the apostle, Christ as the fulfillment of the law. In the gospel the one who knows makes progress, not using the law only as a step, but understanding and grasping it as the Lord who gave the covenants handed it down to the apostles. And if he should also live rightly (just as knowledge cannot follow from bad conduct), and become a martyr besides, confessing most rightly out of love, receiving greater worth among men, not even so will he first be called perfect in the flesh, since the completion of life has taken this name beforehand, the knowing martyr having already first shown the perfect work and properly presented it, the blood made an offering of thanks through knowing love sending on the spirit.
4.21.131Stählin 2:306
μακάριος δʼ ἔνθεν ἂν εἴη τέλειός τε ἐν δίκῃ κηρυχθείη, ἵνα ἡ ὑπερβολὴ τῆς δυνάμεως ᾖ τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ μὴ ἐξ ἡμῶν, ὥς φησιν ὁ ἀπόστολος· μόνον τὸ προαιρετικὸν καὶ τὴν ἀγάπην σῴζωμεν, ἐν παντὶ θλιβόμενοι, ἀλλʼ οὐ στενοχωρούμενοι, ἀπορούμενοι, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐξαπορούμενοι, διωκόμενοι, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐγκαταλειπόμενοι, καταβαλλόμενοι, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἀπολλύμενοι. χρὴ γὰρ τοὺς σπεύδοντας εἰς συντελείωσιν κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν ἀπόστολον μηδεμίαν ἐν μηδενὶ διδόναι προσκοπήν, ἀλλʼ ἐν παντὶ συνιστάναι ἑαυτοὺς οὐκ ἀνθρώποις, ἀλλὰ τῷ θεῷ. ἔστω δὲ κατʼ ἐπακολούθημα πείθεσθαι καὶ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις· καὶ γὰρ τούτοις εὔλογον διὰ τὰς ἐπηρεαζούσας βλασφημίας. ἡ δὲ διασύστασις ἐν ὑπομονῇ πολλῇ, ἐν θλίψεσιν, ἐν ἀνάγκαις, ἐν στενοχωρίαις, ἐν πληγαῖς, ἐν φυλακαῖς, ἐν ἀκαταστασίαις, ἐν κόποις, ἐν ἀγρυπνίαις, ἐν νηστείαις, ἐν ἁγνότητι, ἐν γνώσει, ἐν μακροθυμίᾳ, ἐν χρηστότητι, ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ, ἐν ἀγάπῃ ἀνυποκρίτῳ, ἐν λόγῳ ἀληθείας, ἐν δυνάμει θεοῦ, ἵνα ὦμεν ναοὶ θεοῦ καθαρισθέντες ἀπὸ παντὸς μολυσμοῦ σαρκὸς καὶ πνεύματος· κἀγώ, φησίν, εἰσδέξομαι ὑμᾶς καὶ ἔσομαι ὑμῖν εἰς πατέρα, καὶ ὑμεῖς ἔσεσθέ μοι εἰς υἱοὺς καὶ θυγατέρας, λέγει κύριος παντοκράτωρ. ἐπιτελῶμεν οὖν, φησίν, ἁγιωσύνην ἐν φόβῳ θεοῦ. εἰ γὰρ καὶ λύπην ὁ φόβος γεννᾷ, χαίρω λέγει, οὐχ ὅτι ἐλυπήθητε, ἀλλʼ ὅτι ἐλυπήθητε εἰς μετάνοιαν· ἐλυπήθητε γὰρ κατὰ θεόν, ἵνα ἐν μηδενὶ ζημιωθῆτε ἐξ ἡμῶν. ἡ γὰρ κατὰ θεὸν λύπη μετάνοιαν εἰς σωτηρίαν ἀμεταμέλητον ἐργάζεται· ἡ δὲ τοῦ κόσμου λύπη θάνατον κατεργάζεται. ἰδοὺ γὰρ αὐτὸ τοῦτο τὸ κατὰ θεὸν λυπηθῆναι ὑμᾶς πόσην κατειργάσατο ὑμῖν σπουδήν, ἀλλὰ ἀπολογίαν, ἀλλὰ ἀγανάκτησιν, ἀλλὰ φόβον, ἀλλὰ ἐπιπόθησιν, ἀλλὰ ζῆλον, ἀλλὰ ἐκδίκησιν. ἐν παντὶ συνεστήσατε ἑαυτοὺς ἁγνοὺς εἶναι τῷ πράγματι.
makarios dʼ enthen an eiē teleios te en dikę̄ kērychtheiē, hina hē hyperbolē tēs dynameōs ę̄ tou theou kai mē ex hēmōn, hōs phēsin ho apostolos; monon to proairetikon kai tēn agapēn sǭzōmen, en panti thlibomenoi, allʼ ou stenochōroumenoi, aporoumenoi, allʼ ouk exaporoumenoi, diōkomenoi, allʼ ouk enkataleipomenoi, kataballomenoi, allʼ ouk apollymenoi. chrē gar tous speudontas eis synteleiōsin kata ton auton apostolon mēdemian en mēdeni didonai proskopēn, allʼ en panti synistanai heautous ouk anthrōpois, alla tǭ theǭ. estō de katʼ epakolouthēma peithesthai kai tois anthrōpois; kai gar toutois eulogon dia tas epēreazousas blasphēmias. hē de diasystasis en hypomonę̄ pollę̄, en thlipsesin, en anankais, en stenochōriais, en plēgais, en phylakais, en akatastasiais, en kopois, en agrypniais, en nēsteiais, en hagnotēti, en gnōsei, en makrothymią, en chrēstotēti, en pneumati hagiǭ, en agapę̄ anypokritǭ, en logǭ alētheias, en dynamei theou, hina ōmen naoi theou katharisthentes apo pantos molysmou sarkos kai pneumatos; kagō, phēsin, eisdexomai hymas kai esomai hymin eis patera, kai hymeis esesthe moi eis huious kai thygateras, legei kyrios pantokratōr. epitelōmen oun, phēsin, hagiōsynēn en phobǭ theou. ei gar kai lypēn ho phobos genną, chairō legei, ouch hoti elypēthēte, allʼ hoti elypēthēte eis metanoian; elypēthēte gar kata theon, hina en mēdeni zēmiōthēte ex hēmōn. hē gar kata theon lypē metanoian eis sōtērian ametamelēton ergazetai; hē de tou kosmou lypē thanaton katergazetai. idou gar auto touto to kata theon lypēthēnai hymas posēn kateirgasato hymin spoudēn, alla apologian, alla aganaktēsin, alla phobon, alla epipothēsin, alla zēlon, alla ekdikēsin. en panti synestēsate heautous hagnous einai tǭ pragmati.
From this he would be blessed and would justly be proclaimed perfect, “so that the surpassing greatness of the power may be of God and not from us,” as the apostle says. Only let us preserve our choice and our love, “afflicted in every way but not crushed, perplexed but not despairing, persecuted but not forsaken, struck down but not destroyed.” For those who hasten toward perfection must, according to the same apostle, “give no offense in anything, but in everything commend themselves” not to men but to God. Let obedience to men follow as a consequence; for this too is reasonable, because of the abusive blasphemies. And the commendation is “in much endurance, in afflictions, in necessities, in distresses, in beatings, in imprisonments, in tumults, in labors, in watchings, in fastings, in purity, in knowledge, in patience, in kindness, in the Holy Spirit, in love without hypocrisy, in the word of truth, in the power of God,” so that we may be temples of God, “cleansed from every defilement of flesh and spirit. And I,” he says, “will receive you, and I will be a father to you, and you will be my sons and daughters, says the Lord Almighty. Let us, then, perfect holiness in the fear of God.” For even if fear produces grief, “I rejoice,” he says, “not that you were grieved, but that you were grieved to repentance; for you were grieved according to God, so that you might suffer loss in nothing from us. For godly grief produces a repentance to salvation without regret, but the grief of the world produces death. For see what earnestness this very thing, being grieved according to God, has produced in you, what defense, what indignation, what fear, what longing, what zeal, what vindication. In everything you have commended yourselves to be pure in the matter.”
4.21.132Stählin 2:306–307
Ταῦτα γνωστικῆς ἀσκήσεως προγυμνάσματα. ἐπεὶ δὲ ὁ παντοκράτωρ θεὸς αὐτὸς ἔδωκεν τοὺς μὲν ἀποστόλους, τοὺς δὲ προφήτας, τοὺς δὲ εὐαγγελιστάς, τοὺς δὲ ποιμένας καὶ διδασκάλους, πρὸς τὸν καταρτισμὸν τῶν ἁγίων εἰς ἔργον διακονίας, εἰς οἰκοδομὴν τοῦ σώματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ, μέχρι καταντήσωμεν πάντες εἰς τὴν ἑνότητα τῆς πίστεως καὶ τῆς ἐπιγνώσεως τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ, εἰς ἄνδρα τέλειον, εἰς μέτρον ἡλικίας τοῦ πληρώματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ, σπευστέον ἀπανδροῦσθαι γνωστικῶς καὶ τελειοῦσθαι ὡς ὅτι μάλιστα ἔτι ἐν σαρκὶ καταμένοντας, ἐκ τῆς τελείας ἐνθένδε ὁμοφροσύνης μελετήσαντας συνδραμεῖν τῷ θελήματι τοῦ θεοῦ εἰς τὴν ἀποκατάστασιν τῆς τῷ ὄντι τελείας εὐγενείας τε καὶ συγγενείας εἰς τὸ πλήρωμα τοῦ Χριστοῦ τὸ ἐκ καταρτισμοῦ τελείως ἀπηρτισμένον. ἤδη συνορῶμεν ὅπῃ καὶ ὅπως καὶ ὁπότε ὁ θεῖος ἀπόστολος τὸν τέλειον λέγει καὶ ὡς τελείων ἐμφαίνει διαφοράς. πάλιν τε αὖ ἑκάστῳ δίδοται ἡ φανέρωσις τοῦ πνεύματος πρὸς τὸ συμφέρον. ᾧ μὲν γὰρ δίδοται διὰ τοῦ πνεύματος λόγος σοφίας, ἄλλῳ δὲ λόγος γνώσεως κατὰ τὸ αὐτὸ πνεῦμα, ἑτέρῳ πίστις ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ πνεύματι, ἄλλῳ δὲ χαρίσματα ἰαμάτων ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ πνεύματι, ἄλλῳ δὲ ἐνεργήματα δυνάμεων, ἄλλῳ προφητεία, ἄλλῳ διάκρισις πνευμάτων, ἑτέρῳ γένη γλωσσῶν, ἄλλῳ δὲ ἑρμηνεία γλωσσῶν· πάντα δὲ ταῦτα ἐνεργεῖ τὸ ἓν καὶ τὸ αὐτὸ πνεῦμα, διαιροῦν ἰδίᾳ ἑκάστῳ καθὼς βούλεται.
Tauta gnōstikēs askēseōs progymnasmata. epei de ho pantokratōr theos autos edōken tous men apostolous, tous de prophētas, tous de euangelistas, tous de poimenas kai didaskalous, pros ton katartismon tōn hagiōn eis ergon diakonias, eis oikodomēn tou sōmatos tou Christou, mechri katantēsōmen pantes eis tēn henotēta tēs pisteōs kai tēs epignōseōs tou huiou tou theou, eis andra teleion, eis metron hēlikias tou plērōmatos tou Christou, speusteon apandrousthai gnōstikōs kai teleiousthai hōs hoti malista eti en sarki katamenontas, ek tēs teleias enthende homophrosynēs meletēsantas syndramein tǭ thelēmati tou theou eis tēn apokatastasin tēs tǭ onti teleias eugeneias te kai syngeneias eis to plērōma tou Christou to ek katartismou teleiōs apērtismenon. ēdē synorōmen hopę̄ kai hopōs kai hopote ho theios apostolos ton teleion legei kai hōs teleiōn emphainei diaphoras. palin te au hekastǭ didotai hē phanerōsis tou pneumatos pros to sympheron. hǭ men gar didotai dia tou pneumatos logos sophias, allǭ de logos gnōseōs kata to auto pneuma, heterǭ pistis en tǭ autǭ pneumati, allǭ de charismata iamatōn en tǭ autǭ pneumati, allǭ de energēmata dynameōn, allǭ prophēteia, allǭ diakrisis pneumatōn, heterǭ genē glōssōn, allǭ de hermēneia glōssōn; panta de tauta energei to hen kai to auto pneuma, diairoun idią hekastǭ kathōs bouletai.
These are the preliminary exercises of the knowing discipline. Since the Almighty God himself gave “some as apostles, some as prophets, some as evangelists, some as shepherds and teachers, for the equipping of the saints for the work of ministry, for the building up of the body of Christ, until we all attain to the unity of the faith and of the knowledge of the Son of God, to a perfect man, to the measure of the stature of the fullness of Christ,” we must hasten to become men in the way of knowledge, and to be perfected as far as possible while still remaining in the flesh, having practiced from perfect concord here to run together with the will of God toward the restoration of the truly perfect nobility and kinship, to the fullness of Christ perfectly completed through the equipping. We see now where, how, and when the divine apostle speaks of the perfect man and shows differences among the perfect. And again: “To each is given the manifestation of the Spirit for the common good. For to one is given through the Spirit a word of wisdom, to another a word of knowledge according to the same Spirit, to another faith in the same Spirit, to another gifts of healing in the same Spirit, to another workings of miracles, to another prophecy, to another discernment of spirits, to another kinds of tongues, to another interpretation of tongues; but all these the one and the same Spirit works, distributing to each individually as he wills.”
4.21.133Stählin 2:307
ὧν οὕτως ἐχόντων οἱ μὲν προφῆται ἐν προφητείᾳ τέλειοι, οἱ δίκαιοι δὲ ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ καὶ οἱ μάρτυρες ἐν ὁμολογίᾳ, ἄλλοι δὲ ἐν κηρύγματι, οὐκ ἀμέτοχοι μὲν τῶν κοινῶν ἀρετῶν, κατορθοῦντες δὲ ἐν οἷς ἐτάχθησαν· ἐπεὶ τίς ἂν εὖ φρονῶν εἴποι τὸν προφήτην οὐ δίκαιον; τί γάρ; οὐχὶ καὶ οἱ δίκαιοι ὥσπερ Ἀβραὰμ προεφήτευσαν; ἄλλῳ μὲν γὰρ ἔδωκε θεὸς πολεμήια ἔργα, ἄλλῳ δʼ ὀρχηστύν, ἑτέρῳ κίθαριν καὶ ἀοιδήν, Ὅμηρος λέγει. ἀλλʼ ἕκαστος ἴδιον ἔχει χάρισμα ἀπὸ θεοῦ, ὃ μὲν οὕτως, ὃ δὲ οὕτως, οἱ ἀπόστολοι δὲ ἐν πᾶσι πεπληρωμένοι.
hōn houtōs echontōn hoi men prophētai en prophēteią teleioi, hoi dikaioi de en dikaiosynę̄ kai hoi martyres en homologią, alloi de en kērygmati, ouk ametochoi men tōn koinōn aretōn, katorthountes de en hois etachthēsan; epei tis an eu phronōn eipoi ton prophētēn ou dikaion? ti gar? ouchi kai hoi dikaioi hōsper Abraam proephēteusan? allǭ men gar edōke theos polemēia erga, allǭ dʼ orchēstyn, heterǭ kitharin kai aoidēn, Homēros legei. allʼ hekastos idion echei charisma apo theou, ho men houtōs, ho de houtōs, hoi apostoloi de en pasi peplērōmenoi.
This being so, the prophets are perfect in prophecy, the righteous in righteousness, the martyrs in confession, others in preaching; not without share in the common virtues, but succeeding in those to which they have been appointed. For who in his right mind would say that the prophet is not righteous? What then? Did not the righteous too prophesy, like Abraham? “For to one God gave the works of war, to another dancing, to another the lyre and song,” says Homer. But “each has his own gift from God, one in this way, another in that”; while the apostles were filled in all things.
4.21.134Stählin 2:307–308
εὑρήσεις γοῦν, ἢν θελήσῃς, ἐκ τῶν πράξεων καὶ τῶν συγγραμμάτων αὐτῶν τὴν γνῶσιν, τὸν βίον, τὸ κήρυγμα, τὴν δικαιοσύνην, τὴν ἁγνείαν, τὴν προφητείαν. ἰστέον μέντοι ὅτι, εἰ καὶ ὁ Παῦλος τοῖς χρόνοις νεάζει, εὐθέως μετὰ τὴν τοῦ κυρίου ἀνάληψιν ἀκμάσας, ἀλλʼ οὖν ἡ γραφὴ αὐτῷ ἐκ τῆς παλαιᾶς ἤρτηται διαθήκης, ἐκεῖθεν ἀναπνέουσα καὶ λαλοῦσα· ἡ γὰρ εἰς Χριστὸν πίστις καὶ ἡ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου γνῶσις ἐξήγησίς ἐστι τοῦ νόμου καὶ πλήρωσις. καὶ διὰ τοῦτο εἴρηται τοῖς Ἑβραίοις· ἐὰν μὴ πιστεύσητε, οὐ μὴ συνῆτε, τουτέστιν ἐὰν μὴ πιστεύσητε τῷ διὰ νόμου προφητευθέντι καὶ ὑπὸ νόμου θεσπισθέντι, οὐ συνήσετε τὴν διαθήκην τὴν παλαιάν, ἣν αὐτὸς κατὰ τὴν ἰδίαν ἐξηγήσατο παρουσίαν.
heurēseis goun, ēn thelēsę̄s, ek tōn praxeōn kai tōn syngrammatōn autōn tēn gnōsin, ton bion, to kērygma, tēn dikaiosynēn, tēn hagneian, tēn prophēteian. isteon mentoi hoti, ei kai ho Paulos tois chronois neazei, eutheōs meta tēn tou kyriou analēpsin akmasas, allʼ oun hē graphē autǭ ek tēs palaias ērtētai diathēkēs, ekeithen anapneousa kai lalousa; hē gar eis Christon pistis kai hē tou euangeliou gnōsis exēgēsis esti tou nomou kai plērōsis. kai dia touto eirētai tois Hebraiois; ean mē pisteusēte, ou mē synēte, toutestin ean mē pisteusēte tǭ dia nomou prophēteuthenti kai hypo nomou thespisthenti, ou synēsete tēn diathēkēn tēn palaian, hēn autos kata tēn idian exēgēsato parousian.
You will find, at any rate, if you wish, from their deeds and writings, their knowledge, life, preaching, righteousness, purity, and prophecy. But it must be known that, although Paul is young in time, having flourished immediately after the Lord's ascension, yet his writing depends on the old covenant, breathing and speaking from it. For faith in Christ and the knowledge of the gospel are the explanation and fulfillment of the law. And for this reason it was said to the Hebrews: “If you do not believe, you will not understand”; that is, if you do not believe the one prophesied by the law and foretold by the law, you will not understand the old covenant, which he himself explained at his coming.
Miscellanies 4, chapter 22
4.22.135Stählin 2:308
Ὁ δὴ συνίων καὶ διορατικὸς οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ γνωστικός. ἔργον δὲ αὐτοῦ οὐχ ἡ ἀποχὴ τῶν κακῶν (ἐπιβάθρα γὰρ αὕτη προκοπῆς μεγίστης), οὐδὲ μὴν ποιεῖν τι ἀγαθὸν ἤτοι διὰ φόβον (γέγραπται γάρ· ποῦ φύγω καὶ ποῦ κρυβήσομαι ἀπὸ προσώπου σου; ἐὰν ἀναβῶ εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν, σὺ ἐκεῖ εἶ· ἐὰν ἀπέλθω εἰς τὰ ἔσχατα τῆς θαλάσσης, ἐκεῖ ἡ δεξιά σου· ἐὰν καταβῶ εἰς ἀβύσσους, ἐκεῖ τὸ πνεῦμά σου), ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ διʼ ἐλπίδα τιμῆς ἐπηγγελμένης (εἴρηται γάρ· ἰδοὺ κύριος καὶ ὁ μισθὸς αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ προσώπου αὐτοῦ, ἀποδοῦναι ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ ἃ ὀφθαλμὸς οὐκ εἶδε καὶ οὖς οὐκ ἤκουσεν καὶ ἐπὶ καρδίαν ἀνθρώπου οὐκ ἀνέβη, ἃ ἡτοίμασεν ὁ θεὸς τοῖς ἀγαπῶσιν αὐτόν), μόνη δʼ ἡ διʼ ἀγάπην εὐποιία ἡ διʼ αὐτὸ τὸ καλὸν αἱρετὴ τῷ γνωστικῷ.
Ho dē syniōn kai dioratikos houtos estin ho gnōstikos. ergon de autou ouch hē apochē tōn kakōn (epibathra gar hautē prokopēs megistēs), oude mēn poiein ti agathon ētoi dia phobon (gegraptai gar; pou phygō kai pou krybēsomai apo prosōpou sou? ean anabō eis ton ouranon, sy ekei ei; ean apelthō eis ta eschata tēs thalassēs, ekei hē dexia sou; ean katabō eis abyssous, ekei to pneuma sou), allʼ oude diʼ elpida timēs epēngelmenēs (eirētai gar; idou kyrios kai ho misthos autou apo prosōpou autou, apodounai hekastǭ kata ta erga autou ha ophthalmos ouk eide kai ous ouk ēkousen kai epi kardian anthrōpou ouk anebē, ha hētoimasen ho theos tois agapōsin auton), monē dʼ hē diʼ agapēn eupoiia hē diʼ auto to kalon hairetē tǭ gnōstikǭ.
The one who understands and sees clearly, then, is the one who knows. His work is not abstaining from evils (for this is a step to the greatest progress), nor doing something good out of fear (for it is written, “Where shall I flee and where hide from your face? If I go up to heaven, you are there; if I go away to the ends of the sea, there is your right hand; if I go down to the depths, there is your Spirit”), nor even out of hope of promised honor (for it has been said, “Behold the Lord, and his reward before his face, to render to each according to his works,” “what eye has not seen and ear has not heard and has not entered the heart of man, what God has prepared for those who love him”); but only doing good out of love, chosen for the sake of the good itself, is for the one who knows.
4.22.136Stählin 2:308
αὐτίκα ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ θεοῦ τῷ κυρίῳ λέλεκται· αἴτησαι παρʼ ἐμοῦ καὶ δώσω σοι ἔθνη τὴν κληρονομίαν σου, αἴτημα τὸ βασιλικώτατον διδάσκων αἰτεῖσθαι τὴν τῶν ἀνθρώπων σωτηρίαν ἀμισθί, ἵνα δὴ ἡμεῖς κληρονομήσωμεν καὶ κτησώμεθα τὸν κύριον. ἔμπαλιν γὰρ χρείας τινὸς ἕνεκεν, ἵνα μοι τόδε γένηται καὶ τόδε μὴ γένηται, τῆς ἐπιστήμης ἐφίεσθαι τῆς περὶ τὸν θεὸν οὐκ ἴδιον γνωστικοῦ, ἀπόχρη δʼ αὐτῷ αἰτία τῆς θεωρίας ἡ γνῶσις αὐτή. τολμήσας γὰρ εἴποιμʼ ἄν, οὐ διὰ τὸ σῴζεσθαι βούλεσθαι τὴν γνῶσιν αἱρήσεται ὁ διʼ αὐτὴν τὴν θείαν ἐπιστήμην μεθέπων τὴν γνῶσιν· τὸ μὲν γὰρ νοεῖν ἐκ συνασκήσεως εἰς τὸ ἀεὶ νοεῖν ἐκτείνεται, τὸ δὲ ἀεὶ νοεῖν, οὐσία τοῦ γινώσκοντος κατὰ ἀνάκρασιν ἀδιάστατον γενομένη καὶ ἀίδιος θεωρία, ζῶσα ὑπόστασις μένει. εἰ γοῦν τις καθʼ ὑπόθεσιν προθείη τῷ γνωστικῷ, πότερον ἑλέσθαι βούλοιτο, τὴν γνῶσιν τοῦ θεοῦ ἢ τὴν σωτηρίαν τὴν αἰώνιον, εἴη δὲ ταῦτα κεχωρισμένα (παντὸς μᾶλλον ἐν ταὐτότητι ὄντα), οὐδὲ καθʼ ὁτιοῦν διστάσας ἕλοιτʼ ἂν τὴν γνῶσιν τοῦ θεοῦ, διʼ αὑτὴν αἱρετὴν κρίνας εἶναι τὴν ἐπαναβεβηκυῖαν τῆς πίστεως διʼ ἀγάπην εἰς γνῶσιν ἰδιότητα.
autika ek prosōpou tou theou tǭ kyriǭ lelektai; aitēsai parʼ emou kai dōsō soi ethnē tēn klēronomian sou, aitēma to basilikōtaton didaskōn aiteisthai tēn tōn anthrōpōn sōtērian amisthi, hina dē hēmeis klēronomēsōmen kai ktēsōmetha ton kyrion. empalin gar chreias tinos heneken, hina moi tode genētai kai tode mē genētai, tēs epistēmēs ephiesthai tēs peri ton theon ouk idion gnōstikou, apochrē dʼ autǭ aitia tēs theōrias hē gnōsis autē. tolmēsas gar eipoimʼ an, ou dia to sǭzesthai boulesthai tēn gnōsin hairēsetai ho diʼ autēn tēn theian epistēmēn methepōn tēn gnōsin; to men gar noein ek synaskēseōs eis to aei noein ekteinetai, to de aei noein, ousia tou ginōskontos kata anakrasin adiastaton genomenē kai aidios theōria, zōsa hypostasis menei. ei goun tis kathʼ hypothesin protheiē tǭ gnōstikǭ, poteron helesthai bouloito, tēn gnōsin tou theou ē tēn sōtērian tēn aiōnion, eiē de tauta kechōrismena (pantos mallon en tautotēti onta), oude kathʼ hotioun distasas heloitʼ an tēn gnōsin tou theou, diʼ hautēn hairetēn krinas einai tēn epanabebēkuian tēs pisteōs diʼ agapēn eis gnōsin idiotēta.
For example, it was said to the Lord in the person of God: “Ask of me, and I will give you the nations as your inheritance,” teaching him to ask the most royal request, the salvation of men without reward, so that we might inherit and possess the Lord. Conversely, to desire knowledge about God for the sake of some need, that this may happen to me and that may not, is not characteristic of the one who knows; for him knowledge itself is sufficient reason for contemplation. For, if I may dare to say it, the one who pursues knowledge for the sake of divine understanding itself will not choose knowledge for the sake of wishing to be saved. For thinking, through practice, extends to always thinking; and always thinking, becoming the substance of the knower by an unbroken blending, and eternal contemplation, remains a living reality. If, then, one should propose to the one who knows, by hypothesis, which he would choose, the knowledge of God or eternal salvation, supposing these were separate (though they are above all identical), without the least hesitation he would choose the knowledge of God, judging to be choiceworthy for its own sake the property of faith that has ascended through love to knowledge.
4.22.137Stählin 2:308–309
αὕτη τοίνυν ἡ πρώτη ἀγαθοποιία τοῦ τελείου, ὅταν μὴ διά τι χρειῶδες τῶν εἰς αὐτὸν συντεινόντων γίνηται, κρίναντος δʼ ὅτι καλὸν τὸ ἀγαθὸν ποιεῖν, ἐκτενῶς ἡ ἐνέργεια φερομένη ἐν πάσῃ πράξει ἀγαθύνηται, οὐκ ἐφʼ ὧν μέν, ἐφʼ ὧν δʼ οὔ, ἀλλʼ ἐν ἕξει εὐποιίας καταστᾶσα μήτε διὰ δόξαν ἔτι ἤ, ὥς φασιν οἱ φιλόσοφοι, τὴν εὔκλειαν μήτε διὰ μισθὸν εἴτε παρὰ ἀνθρώπων εἴτε καὶ ἐκ θεοῦ· κατʼ εἰκόνα καὶ καθʼ ὁμοίωσιν τοῦ κυρίου τὸν βίον ἐκτελοίη. κἄν πως ἀγαθοεργοῦντι αὐτῷ ἐναντίον τι ἀπαντήσῃ, ὡς ἀγαθὴν τὴν ἀντιμισθίαν ἀμνησικάκως προήσεται, ἐπὶ δικαίους καὶ ἀδίκους δίκαιος καὶ ἀγαθὸς γινόμενος. τοιούτοις τισὶν ὁ κύριος λέγει· γίνεσθε ὡς ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν τέλειος. τούτῳ τέθνηκεν ἡ σάρξ, ζῇ δὲ αὐτὸς μόνος ἀφιερώσας τὸν τάφον εἰς ναὸν ἅγιον κυρίῳ, τὴν παλαιὰν ἁμαρτητικὴν ψυχὴν ἐπιστρέψας πρὸς θεόν.
hautē toinyn hē prōtē agathopoiia tou teleiou, hotan mē dia ti chreiōdes tōn eis auton synteinontōn ginētai, krinantos dʼ hoti kalon to agathon poiein, ektenōs hē energeia pheromenē en pasę̄ praxei agathynētai, ouk ephʼ hōn men, ephʼ hōn dʼ ou, allʼ en hexei eupoiias katastasa mēte dia doxan eti ē, hōs phasin hoi philosophoi, tēn eukleian mēte dia misthon eite para anthrōpōn eite kai ek theou; katʼ eikona kai kathʼ homoiōsin tou kyriou ton bion ekteloiē. kan pōs agathoergounti autǭ enantion ti apantēsę̄, hōs agathēn tēn antimisthian amnēsikakōs proēsetai, epi dikaious kai adikous dikaios kai agathos ginomenos. toioutois tisin ho kyrios legei; ginesthe hōs ho patēr hymōn teleios. toutǭ tethnēken hē sarx, zę̄ de autos monos aphierōsas ton taphon eis naon hagion kyriǭ, tēn palaian hamartētikēn psychēn epistrepsas pros theon.
This, then, is the first beneficence of the perfect man: when it is done not for any need of what contributes to himself, but, he having judged that doing good is good, the activity, intently carried on, does good in every action; not in some things and not in others, but established in a state of beneficence, no longer for glory or, as the philosophers say, good repute, nor for reward either from men or from God; he would complete his life according to the image and likeness of the Lord. And if, while he does good, something adverse should meet him, he will let the recompense go without resentment as a good thing, becoming just and good toward the just and the unjust. To such people the Lord says: “Be as your Father is perfect.” For such a man the flesh is dead, and he alone lives, having dedicated the tomb as a holy temple to the Lord, having turned the old sinful soul to God.
4.22.138Stählin 2:309
οὐκ ἐγκρατὴς οὗτος ἔτι, ἀλλʼ ἐν ἕξει γέγονεν ἀπαθείας, σχῆμα θεῖον ἐπενδύσασθαι ἀναμένων. ἐὰν ποιήσῃς, φησίν, ἐλεημοσύνην, μηδεὶς γινωσκέτω, καὶ ἐὰν νηστεύσῃς, ἄλειψαι, ἵνα ὁ θεὸς μόνος γινώσκῃ, ἀνθρώπων δὲ οὐδὲ εἷς, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ αὐτὸς ὁ ἐλεῶν ὅτι ἐλεεῖ, γινώσκειν ὀφείλει· ἔσται γὰρ οὕτω ποτὲ μὲν οἰκτίρμων, ἄλλοτε δὲ οὔ. ἐπὰν δὲ ἐν ἕξει ποιήσῃ τὸ εὐεργετητικόν, φύσιν ἀγαθοῦ μιμήσεται· ἡ δὲ διάθεσις καὶ φύσις ἔσται καὶ συνάσκησις. οὐ δεῖ δὲ ἀρθέντας μετατεθῆναι, ἀλλὰ βαδίζοντας ἀφικέσθαι οἷ δεῖ, διὰ πάσης τῆς στενῆς διελθόντας ὁδοῦ· τοῦτο γάρ ἐστι τὸ ἑλκυσθῆναι ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρός, τὸ ἄξιον γενέσθαι τὴν δύναμιν τῆς χάριτος παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ λαβεῖν καὶ ἀκωλύτως ἀναδραμεῖν· κἂν μισῶσι τὸν ἐκλεκτόν τινες, οἶδεν οὗτος τὴν ἄγνοιαν αὐτῶν, οἰκτείρων τῆς ἀμαθίας τὴν γνώμην αὐτῶν.
ouk enkratēs houtos eti, allʼ en hexei gegonen apatheias, schēma theion ependysasthai anamenōn. ean poiēsę̄s, phēsin, eleēmosynēn, mēdeis ginōsketō, kai ean nēsteusę̄s, aleipsai, hina ho theos monos ginōskę̄, anthrōpōn de oude heis, allʼ oude autos ho eleōn hoti eleei, ginōskein opheilei; estai gar houtō pote men oiktirmōn, allote de ou. epan de en hexei poiēsę̄ to euergetētikon, physin agathou mimēsetai; hē de diathesis kai physis estai kai synaskēsis. ou dei de arthentas metatethēnai, alla badizontas aphikesthai hoi dei, dia pasēs tēs stenēs dielthontas hodou; touto gar esti to helkysthēnai hypo tou patros, to axion genesthai tēn dynamin tēs charitos para tou theou labein kai akōlytōs anadramein; kan misōsi ton eklekton tines, oiden houtos tēn agnoian autōn, oikteirōn tēs amathias tēn gnōmēn autōn.
He is no longer self-controlled, but has come into a state of freedom from passion, waiting to put on the divine form. “If you give alms,” it says, “let no one know; and if you fast, anoint yourself,” so that God alone may know and not one of men; but not even the one who shows mercy ought to know that he shows mercy; for so he will be merciful at one time and not at another. But when he does good by settled habit, he will imitate the nature of the good, and his disposition will be nature and practice together. We must not be carried off and transferred, but arrive where we must by walking, passing through the whole narrow way. For this is to be drawn by the Father: to become worthy to receive the power of grace from God and to run up without hindrance. And if some hate the elect one, he knows their ignorance, pitying the mind of their ignorance.
4.22.139Stählin 2:309–310
εἰκότως οὖν ἡ γνῶσις αὕτη ἀγαπᾷ καὶ τοὺς ἀγνοοῦντας διδάσκει τε καὶ παιδεύει τὴν πᾶσαν κτίσιν τοῦ παντοκράτορος θεοῦ τιμᾶν. εἰ δὲ ἀγαπᾶν μεμάθηκε τὸν θεόν, οὐχ ἕξει τὴν ἀρετὴν ἀπόβλητον οὗτος οὐδαμῶς οὔτε ὕπαρ οὔτε ὄναρ οὐδὲ κατὰ φαντασίαν τινά· ἐπεὶ μηδʼ ἐξίσταταί ποθʼ ἑαυτῆς ἡ ἕξις ἀποπεσοῦσα τοῦ ἕξις εἶναι, εἴτʼ οὖν ἕξις ἡ γνῶσις εἴτε διάθεσις εἶναι λέγοιτο. τῷ γὰρ μὴ παρεισιέναι ποτὲ ἐννοίας διαφόρους ἀναλλοίωτον τὸ ἡγεμονικὸν μένον οὐ προσλαμβάνει τινὰ ἑτεροίωσιν φαντασιῶν, τὰς ἐκ τῶν μεθημερινῶν κινήσεων ἀνειδωλοποιίας ὀνειρῶττον. διὰ τοῦτό τοι καὶ ὁ κύριος ἐγρηγορέναι παραγγέλλει, ὥστε μηδὲ ὄναρ ἡμῶν παθαίνεσθαί ποτε τὴν ψυχήν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς νυκτὸς τὴν πολιτείαν ὡς ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ἐνεργουμένην καθαρὰν καὶ ἀκηλίδωτον διαφυλάττειν προστάττει. αὕτη γὰρ ἡ κατὰ δύναμιν ἐξομοίωσις πρὸς θεὸν τὸ φυλάττειν τὸν νοῦν ἐν τῇ κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ σχέσει· αὕτη δὲ νοῦ σχέσις ὡς νοῦ, ἡ δὲ ποικίλη διάθεσις γίνεται τῇ πρὸς τὰ ὑλικὰ προσπαθείᾳ.
eikotōs oun hē gnōsis hautē agapą kai tous agnoountas didaskei te kai paideuei tēn pasan ktisin tou pantokratoros theou timan. ei de agapan memathēke ton theon, ouch hexei tēn aretēn apoblēton houtos oudamōs oute hypar oute onar oude kata phantasian tina; epei mēdʼ existatai pothʼ heautēs hē hexis apopesousa tou hexis einai, eitʼ oun hexis hē gnōsis eite diathesis einai legoito. tǭ gar mē pareisienai pote ennoias diaphorous analloiōton to hēgemonikon menon ou proslambanei tina heteroiōsin phantasiōn, tas ek tōn methēmerinōn kinēseōn aneidōlopoiias oneirōtton. dia touto toi kai ho kyrios egrēgorenai parangellei, hōste mēde onar hēmōn pathainesthai pote tēn psychēn, alla kai tēs nyktos tēn politeian hōs en hēmerą energoumenēn katharan kai akēlidōton diaphylattein prostattei. hautē gar hē kata dynamin exomoiōsis pros theon to phylattein ton noun en tę̄ kata ta auta schesei; hautē de nou schesis hōs nou, hē de poikilē diathesis ginetai tę̄ pros ta hylika prospatheią.
Fittingly, then, this knowledge loves and teaches the ignorant, and trains them to honor the whole creation of Almighty God. And if he has learned to love God, he will not lose his virtue in any way, neither awake nor in dreams nor in any imagination; since a settled state never departs from itself so as to fall from being a settled state, whether knowledge is called a state or a disposition. For since differing thoughts never come in, the ruling part, remaining unaltered, does not take on any alteration of impressions, dreaming images from the movements of the day. That is why the Lord commands us to keep awake, so that our soul may never be moved by passion even in dreams, but commands us to keep our conduct at night pure and spotless as if carried on by day. For this is likeness to God as far as possible: to keep the mind in the same condition; and this is the condition of the mind as mind, while the varied disposition arises from passionate attachment to material things.
4.22.140Stählin 2:310
ᾗ μοι δοκοῦσιν εὐφρόνην κεκληκέναι τὴν νύκτα, ἐπειδὴ τηνικάδε ἡ ψυχὴ πεπαυμένη τῶν αἰσθήσεων συννεύει πρὸς αὑτὴν καὶ μᾶλλον μετέχει τῆς φρονήσεως. διὰ ταῦτʼ οὖν καὶ αἱ τελεταὶ γίνονται νυκτὸς μάλιστα, σημαίνουσαι τὴν ἐν νυκτὶ τῆς ψυχῆς συστολὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ σώματος. ἄρʼ οὖν μὴ καθεύδωμεν ὡς οἱ λοιποί, ἀλλὰ γρηγορῶμεν καὶ νήφωμεν. οἱ γὰρ καθεύδοντες νυκτὸς καθεύδουσι καὶ οἱ μεθυσκόμενοι νυκτὸς μεθύουσιν· ἡμεῖς δὲ ἡμέρας ὄντες νήφωμεν, ἐνδυσάμενοι θώρακα πίστεως καὶ ἀγάπης καὶ περικεφαλαίαν ἐλπίδα σωτηρίου.
hę̄ moi dokousin euphronēn keklēkenai tēn nykta, epeidē tēnikade hē psychē pepaumenē tōn aisthēseōn synneuei pros hautēn kai mallon metechei tēs phronēseōs. dia tautʼ oun kai hai teletai ginontai nyktos malista, sēmainousai tēn en nykti tēs psychēs systolēn apo tou sōmatos. arʼ oun mē katheudōmen hōs hoi loipoi, alla grēgorōmen kai nēphōmen. hoi gar katheudontes nyktos katheudousi kai hoi methyskomenoi nyktos methyousin; hēmeis de hēmeras ontes nēphōmen, endysamenoi thōraka pisteōs kai agapēs kai perikephalaian elpida sōtēriou.
For this reason, it seems to me, they called the night euphronē (“the kindly time”), since at that time the soul, having ceased from the senses, turns in on itself and shares more in prudence (phronēsis). That is why the mysteries too are celebrated mostly at night, signifying the withdrawal of the soul from the body at night. “So then let us not sleep like the rest, but let us keep awake and be sober. For those who sleep sleep at night, and those who get drunk are drunk at night; but let us, who belong to the day, be sober, having put on the breastplate of faith and love, and as a helmet the hope of salvation.”
4.22.141Stählin 2:310
ὅσα δʼ αὖ περὶ ὕπνου λέγουσι, τὰ αὐτὰ χρὴ καὶ περὶ θανάτου ἐξακούειν. ἑκάτερος γὰρ δηλοῖ τὴν ἀπόστασιν τῆς ψυχῆς, ὃ μὲν μᾶλλον, ὃ δὲ ἧττον, ὅπερ ἐστὶ καὶ παρὰ Ἡρακλείτου λαβεῖν· ἄνθρωπος ἐν εὐφρόνῃ † φάος ἅπτεται ἑαυτῷ ἀποθανών, ἀποσβεσθεὶς ὄψεις· ζῶν δὲ ἅπτεται τεθνεῶτος εὕδων, ἀποσβεσθεὶς ὄψεις· ἐγρηγορὼς ἅπτεται εὕδοντος. μακάριοι γὰρ οἱ εἰδότες τὸν καιρὸν κατὰ τὸν ἀπόστολον, ὅτι ὥρα ὑμᾶς ἤδη ἐξ ὕπνου ἐγερθῆναι· νῦν γὰρ ἐγγύτερον ἡμῶν ἡ σωτηρία ἢ ὅτε ἐπιστεύσαμεν. ἡ νὺξ προέκοψεν, ἡ δὲ ἡμέρα ἤγγικεν. ἀποθώμεθα οὖν τὰ ἔργα τοῦ σκότους, ἐνδυσώμεθα δὲ τὰ ὅπλα τοῦ φωτός. ἡμέραν δὲ τὸν υἱὸν ἀλληγορεῖ καὶ φῶς, τάς τε αὖ παραγγελίας ὅπλα φωτὸς μεταφορικῶς. ταύτῃ τοι λελουμένους φασὶ δεῖν ἐπὶ τὰς ἱεροποιίας καὶ τὰς εὐχὰς ἰέναι, καθαροὺς καὶ λαμπρούς·
hosa dʼ au peri hypnou legousi, ta auta chrē kai peri thanatou exakouein. hekateros gar dēloi tēn apostasin tēs psychēs, ho men mallon, ho de hētton, hoper esti kai para Hērakleitou labein; anthrōpos en euphronę̄ † phaos haptetai heautǭ apothanōn, aposbestheis opseis; zōn de haptetai tethneōtos heudōn, aposbestheis opseis; egrēgorōs haptetai heudontos. makarioi gar hoi eidotes ton kairon kata ton apostolon, hoti hōra hymas ēdē ex hypnou egerthēnai; nyn gar engyteron hēmōn hē sōtēria ē hote episteusamen. hē nyx proekopsen, hē de hēmera ēngiken. apothōmetha oun ta erga tou skotous, endysōmetha de ta hopla tou phōtos. hēmeran de ton huion allēgorei kai phōs, tas te au parangelias hopla phōtos metaphorikōs. tautę̄ toi leloumenous phasi dein epi tas hieropoiias kai tas euchas ienai, katharous kai lamprous;
And whatever they say about sleep must be understood of death too. For each shows the withdrawal of the soul, the one more, the other less; which one can also take from Heraclitus: “Man in the night … kindles a light for himself when he has died, his sight quenched; living, he touches the dead when asleep, his sight quenched; awake, he touches the sleeper.” “For blessed are those who know the time,” according to the apostle, “that it is already the hour for you to awake from sleep; for now salvation is nearer to us than when we believed. The night is far gone, and the day has drawn near. Let us, then, put off the works of darkness and put on the weapons of light.” By the day and light he allegorically means the Son, and by the weapons of light, metaphorically, the precepts. For this reason they say that one must go to sacred rites and prayers washed, pure, and bright;
4.22.142Stählin 2:310–311
καὶ τοῦτο μὲν συμβόλου χάριν γίνεται τὸ ἔξωθεν κεκοσμῆσθαί τε καὶ ἡγνίσθαι, ἁγνεία δέ ἐστι φρονεῖν ὅσια, καὶ δὴ καὶ ἡ εἰκὼν τοῦ βαπτίσματος εἴη ἂν καὶ ἡ ἐκ Μωυσέως παραδεδομένη τοῖς ποιηταῖς ὧδέ πως· ἣ δʼ ὑδρηναμένη, καθαρὰ χροῒ εἵματʼ ἔχουσα, ἡ Πηνελόπη ἐπὶ τὴν εὐχὴν ἔρχεται· Τηλέμαχος δέ, χεῖρας νιψάμενος πολιῆς ἁλός, εὔχετʼ Ἀθήνῃ. ἔθος τοῦτο Ἰουδαίων, ὡς καὶ τὸ πολλάκις ἐπὶ κοίτῃ βαπτίζεσθαι. εὖ γοῦν κἀκεῖνο εἴρηται· ἴσθι μὴ λουτρῷ, ἀλλὰ νόῳ καθαρός. ἁγνεία γάρ, οἶμαι, τελεία ἡ τοῦ νοῦ καὶ τῶν ἔργων καὶ τῶν διανοημάτων, πρὸς δὲ καὶ τῶν λόγων εἰλικρίνεια καὶ τελευταία ἡ κατὰ τὰ ἐνύπνια ἀναμαρτησία.
kai touto men symbolou charin ginetai to exōthen kekosmēsthai te kai hēgnisthai, hagneia de esti phronein hosia, kai dē kai hē eikōn tou baptismatos eiē an kai hē ek Mōyseōs paradedomenē tois poiētais hōde pōs; hē dʼ hydrēnamenē, kathara chroï heimatʼ echousa, hē Pēnelopē epi tēn euchēn erchetai; Tēlemachos de, cheiras nipsamenos poliēs halos, euchetʼ Athēnę̄. ethos touto Ioudaiōn, hōs kai to pollakis epi koitę̄ baptizesthai. eu goun kakeino eirētai; isthi mē loutrǭ, alla noǭ katharos. hagneia gar, oimai, teleia hē tou nou kai tōn ergōn kai tōn dianoēmatōn, pros de kai tōn logōn eilikrineia kai teleutaia hē kata ta enypnia anamartēsia.
and this outward adornment and purification is done for the sake of a symbol; but purity is to think holy things. And indeed the image of baptism too would be the one handed down from Moses to the poets, thus: “And she, having washed, with clean garments on her body,” Penelope goes to prayer; and “Telemachus, having washed his hands in the gray sea, prayed to Athena.” This was a custom of the Jews, as was their often washing after the bed. Well, then, was this too said: “Be pure not by washing but in mind.” For perfect purity, I think, is that of the mind, of deeds, and of thoughts, and also sincerity of words, and finally sinlessness in dreams.
4.22.143Stählin 2:311–312
Ἱκανὴ δέ, οἶμαι, ἀνθρώπῳ κάθαρσις μετάνοια ἀκριβὴς καὶ βεβαία, εἴ γε κατεγνωκότες ἑαυτῶν ἐπὶ ταῖς προγενομέναις πράξεσι προΐεμεν εἰς τὸ πρόσθεν, μετὰ ταῦτα νοήσαντες καὶ τὸν νοῦν ἐξαναδύντες τῶν τε κατʼ αἴσθησιν τερπόντων καὶ τῶν πρόσθεν πλημμελημάτων. εἰ γοῦν τὴν ἐπιστήμην ἐτυμολογεῖν χρὴ καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς στάσεως τὴν ἐπιβολὴν αὐτῆς ληπτέον, ὅτι ἵστησιν ἡμῶν ἐν τοῖς πράγμασι τὴν ψυχήν, ἄλλοτε ἄλλως πρότερον φερομένην, ὡσαύτως καὶ τὴν πίστιν ἐτυμολογητέον τὴν περὶ τὸ ὂν στάσιν τῆς ψυχῆς ἡμῶν. ἡμεῖς δὲ τὸν ἀεὶ καὶ ἐν πᾶσι δίκαιον ποθοῦμεν μαθεῖν, ὃς μήτε τὴν ἐκ τοῦ νόμου δεδιὼς κόλασιν μήτε τὴν τῶν συνόντων καὶ ἐπεξιόντων τοῖς πλημμεληθεῖσι μισοπονηρίαν εὐλαβούμενος μήτε τὸν ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν ἀδικουμένων κίνδυνον ὑφορώμενος διαμένει δίκαιος· ὁ γὰρ διὰ ταῦτα τοῦ πράττειν τι τῶν ἀδίκων ἀπεχόμενος οὐχ ἑκὼν χρηστός, φόβῳ δὲ ἀγαθός. καὶ ὅ γε Ἐπίκουρος ἀδικεῖν ἐπὶ κέρδει τινὶ βούλεσθαι οὔ φησι τὸν κατʼ αὐτὸν σοφόν· πίστιν γὰρ λαβεῖν περὶ τοῦ λαθεῖν οὐ δύνασθαι. ὥστε εἰ πεισθήσεται λήσειν, ἀδικήσει κατʼ αὐτόν.
Hikanē de, oimai, anthrōpǭ katharsis metanoia akribēs kai bebaia, ei ge kategnōkotes heautōn epi tais progenomenais praxesi proïemen eis to prosthen, meta tauta noēsantes kai ton noun exanadyntes tōn te katʼ aisthēsin terpontōn kai tōn prosthen plēmmelēmatōn. ei goun tēn epistēmēn etymologein chrē kai apo tēs staseōs tēn epibolēn autēs lēpteon, hoti histēsin hēmōn en tois pragmasi tēn psychēn, allote allōs proteron pheromenēn, hōsautōs kai tēn pistin etymologēteon tēn peri to on stasin tēs psychēs hēmōn. hēmeis de ton aei kai en pasi dikaion pothoumen mathein, hos mēte tēn ek tou nomou dediōs kolasin mēte tēn tōn synontōn kai epexiontōn tois plēmmelētheisi misoponērian eulaboumenos mēte ton ex autōn tōn adikoumenōn kindynon hyphorōmenos diamenei dikaios; ho gar dia tauta tou prattein ti tōn adikōn apechomenos ouch hekōn chrēstos, phobǭ de agathos. kai ho ge Epikouros adikein epi kerdei tini boulesthai ou phēsi ton katʼ auton sophon; pistin gar labein peri tou lathein ou dynasthai. hōste ei peisthēsetai lēsein, adikēsei katʼ auton.
Sufficient purification for a man, I think, is exact and firm repentance, if, having condemned ourselves for our former actions, we go forward, understanding afterward and raising our mind out of both what delights the senses and our former offenses. If, then, we must derive the etymology of knowledge (epistēmē) and take its meaning from standing (stasis), because it makes our soul stand in things, which before was carried now this way, now that, so too faith must be derived as the standing of our soul concerning what is. We long to learn about the one who is righteous always and in everything, who remains righteous neither fearing the punishment of the law, nor wary of the hatred of evil in those who live with him and prosecute offenses, nor suspecting danger from those wronged. For the one who abstains from doing any injustice for these reasons is not good willingly, but good out of fear. And Epicurus says that his wise man does not wish to do wrong for some gain; for he cannot have assurance of escaping notice. So if he is persuaded that he will escape notice, according to him he will do wrong.
4.22.144Stählin 2:312
καὶ τοιαῦτα μὲν τὰ σκοτεινὰ δόγματα· εἰ δὲ καὶ ἐλπίδι τῆς ἐπὶ δικαίοις παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ ἀμοιβῆς ἀφέξεταί τις τοῦ ἀδικεῖν, οὐδʼ οὗτος ἑκὼν χρηστεύσεται· ὡς γὰρ ἐκεῖνον ὁ φόβος, οὕτω τοῦτον ὁ μισθὸς δικαιοῖ, μᾶλλον δὲ δίκαιον εἶναι δοκεῖν δείκνυσι. τὴν δὲ ἐλπίδα τὴν μετὰ θάνατον οὐ μόνον οἱ τὴν βάρβαρον σοφίαν μετιόντες ἴσασι τοῖς μὲν ἀγαθοῖς καλήν, τοῖς δὲ φαύλοις ἔμπαλιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ Πυθαγόρειοι· τέλος γὰρ κἀκεῖνοι τὴν ἐλπίδα ὑπηγόρευον τοῖς φιλοσοφοῦσιν. ὅπου γε καὶ ὁ Σωκράτης ἐν Φαίδωνι μετὰ ἀγαθῆς ἐλπίδος φησὶ τὰς καλὰς ψυχὰς ἐνθένδε ἀπιέναι, καὶ πάλιν τοὺς πονηροὺς κακίζων ἀντιτίθησι ζῶσι γὰρ μετὰ κακῆς ἐλπίδος λέγων. συνᾴδειν τούτῳ καὶ ὁ Ἡράκλειτος φαίνεται διʼ ὧν φησι περὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων διαλεγόμενος· ἀνθρώπους μένει ἀποθανόντας ἅσσα οὐκ ἔλπονται οὐδὲ δοκέουσιν.
kai toiauta men ta skoteina dogmata; ei de kai elpidi tēs epi dikaiois para tou theou amoibēs aphexetai tis tou adikein, oudʼ houtos hekōn chrēsteusetai; hōs gar ekeinon ho phobos, houtō touton ho misthos dikaioi, mallon de dikaion einai dokein deiknysi. tēn de elpida tēn meta thanaton ou monon hoi tēn barbaron sophian metiontes isasi tois men agathois kalēn, tois de phaulois empalin, alla kai hoi Pythagoreioi; telos gar kakeinoi tēn elpida hypēgoreuon tois philosophousin. hopou ge kai ho Sōkratēs en Phaidōni meta agathēs elpidos phēsi tas kalas psychas enthende apienai, kai palin tous ponērous kakizōn antitithēsi zōsi gar meta kakēs elpidos legōn. synądein toutǭ kai ho Hērakleitos phainetai diʼ hōn phēsi peri tōn anthrōpōn dialegomenos; anthrōpous menei apothanontas hassa ouk elpontai oude dokeousin.
Such are the dark doctrines. But if one abstains from wrongdoing in the hope of the reward given by God to the righteous, not even he will be good willingly; for as fear makes the first righteous, so reward makes this one, or rather shows him to seem righteous. And the hope after death, good for the good and the opposite for the wicked, is known not only to those who pursue barbarian wisdom, but also to the Pythagoreans; for they too declared hope to be the goal for those who philosophize. Indeed Socrates too says in the Phaedo that noble souls depart from here with good hope, and again, rebuking the wicked, contrasts them, saying, “For they live with evil hope.” Heraclitus too seems to agree with this in what he says about men: “There await men when they die things they do not expect or imagine.”
4.22.145Stählin 2:312
Θείως οὖν ὁ Παῦλος Ῥωμαίοις ἄντικρυς ἐπιστέλλει· ἡ θλῖψις ὑπομονὴν κατεργάζεται, ἡ δὲ ὑπομονὴ δοκιμήν, ἡ δὲ δοκιμὴ ἐλπίδα, ἡ δὲ ἐλπὶς οὐ καταισχύνει. διʼ ἐλπίδα μὲν γὰρ τὴν μέλλουσαν ἡ ὑπομονή· ἐλπὶς δὲ ὁμωνύμως καὶ ἡ τῆς ἐλπίδος ἀπόδοσίς τε καὶ ἀποκατάστασις, ἣ καὶ οὐ καταισχύνει μὴ ὀνειδιζομένη ἔτι. ὁ δὲ ψιλῇ κλήσει καθὸ κέκληται ὑπακούων οὔτε διὰ φόβον οὔτε διὰ ἡδονὰς ἐπὶ τὴν γνῶσιν ἵεται· οὐ γὰρ περισκέπτεται εἴ τι λυσιτελὲς ἔξωθεν ἕπεται κέρδος ἢ ἀπόλαυσις αὐτῷ, ἀγάπῃ δὲ τοῦ ὄντως ὄντος ἐραστοῦ ἑλκόμενος καὶ πρὸς τὸ δέον ἀγόμενος θεοσεβεῖ.
Theiōs oun ho Paulos Rhōmaiois antikrys epistellei; hē thlipsis hypomonēn katergazetai, hē de hypomonē dokimēn, hē de dokimē elpida, hē de elpis ou kataischynei. diʼ elpida men gar tēn mellousan hē hypomonē; elpis de homōnymōs kai hē tēs elpidos apodosis te kai apokatastasis, hē kai ou kataischynei mē oneidizomenē eti. ho de psilę̄ klēsei katho keklētai hypakouōn oute dia phobon oute dia hēdonas epi tēn gnōsin hietai; ou gar periskeptetai ei ti lysiteles exōthen hepetai kerdos ē apolausis autǭ, agapę̄ de tou ontōs ontos erastou helkomenos kai pros to deon agomenos theosebei.
Divinely, then, Paul writes plainly to the Romans: “Affliction produces endurance, and endurance proven character, and proven character hope; and hope does not put to shame.” For endurance is for the sake of future hope; and hope is also, by the same name, the rendering and restoration of hope, which does not put to shame, being no longer reproached. But the one who obeys the bare calling, insofar as he has been called, moves toward knowledge neither through fear nor through pleasures; for he does not look around to see whether any profitable gain or enjoyment will follow him from outside, but, drawn by love of the truly lovable and led to what is fitting, he is godly.
4.22.146Stählin 2:312–313
ὅθεν οὐδʼ εἰ καθʼ ὑπόθεσιν ἐξουσίαν λάβοι παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ πράττειν τὰ ἀπηγορευμένα ἀτιμώρητός τε ὢν, οὐδʼ εἰ καὶ μισθὸν τὰ μακάρων ἀγαθὰ λήψεσθαι ἐπὶ τοῖσδε ἐπαγγελίαν προσλάβοι, ἀλλʼ εἰ καὶ λήσεσθαι τὸν θεὸν ἐφʼ οἷς πράττει πεισθείη, ὅπερ ἀδύνατον, πρᾶξαί τι παρὰ τὸν λόγον τὸν ὀρθὸν ἐθελήσαι ποτʼ ἄν, τὸ ὄντως καλὸν καὶ αἱρετὸν ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ καὶ ταύτῃ ἀγαπητὸν εἶναι ἅπαξ ἑλόμενος· οὐ γὰρ ἐν γαστρὸς βορᾷ τὸ χρηστὸν εἶναι διειλήφαμεν. ἀκήκοεν δʼ ἐκεῖνος ὡς βρῶμα ἡμᾶς οὐ παραστήσει οὐδὲ μὴν γάμος, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ἀποχὴ γάμου ἐν ἀγνωσίᾳ, ἀλλὰ τὸ κατʼ ἀρετὴν ἔργον τὸ γνωστικόν, ἐπεὶ καὶ ὁ κύων τὸ ζῷον τὸ ἄλογον ἐγκρατὲς λεγέσθω τὸν ἐπαιρόμενον τὴν βακτηρίαν δεδιὸς καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τοῦ ὄψου ἀπεχόμενον. τῶν τοιούτων εὖ ἴσθι ὅτι περιαιρεθεῖσα ἡ ὑπόσχεσις ἡ προεπηγγελμένη καὶ ὁ φόβος περιγραφεὶς ὁ ἐπηπειλημένος καὶ χωρισθεὶς ὁ κίνδυνος ὁ ἐπηρτημένος τὴν πρόθεσιν ἐλέγχει.
hothen oudʼ ei kathʼ hypothesin exousian laboi para tou theou prattein ta apēgoreumena atimōrētos te ōn, oudʼ ei kai misthon ta makarōn agatha lēpsesthai epi toisde epangelian proslaboi, allʼ ei kai lēsesthai ton theon ephʼ hois prattei peistheiē, hoper adynaton, praxai ti para ton logon ton orthon ethelēsai potʼ an, to ontōs kalon kai haireton ex heautou kai tautę̄ agapēton einai hapax helomenos; ou gar en gastros borą to chrēston einai dieilēphamen. akēkoen dʼ ekeinos hōs brōma hēmas ou parastēsei oude mēn gamos, allʼ oude apochē gamou en agnōsią, alla to katʼ aretēn ergon to gnōstikon, epei kai ho kyōn to zǭon to alogon enkrates legesthō ton epairomenon tēn baktērian dedios kai dia touto tou opsou apechomenon. tōn toioutōn eu isthi hoti periairetheisa hē hyposchesis hē proepēngelmenē kai ho phobos perigrapheis ho epēpeilēmenos kai chōristheis ho kindynos ho epērtēmenos tēn prothesin elenchei.
So not even if, by hypothesis, he received authority from God to do forbidden things with impunity, nor if he received besides a promise to receive the good things of the blessed as a reward for them, nay, even if he were persuaded that he would escape God's notice in what he does, which is impossible, would he ever wish to do anything contrary to right reason, having once chosen what is truly good and choiceworthy in itself and therefore lovable. For we have not understood goodness to lie in food for the belly. He has heard that food will not commend us, nor indeed marriage, nor abstaining from marriage in ignorance, but the knowing work according to virtue; since then even the dog, an irrational animal, might be called self-controlled, fearing the raised stick and so abstaining from the meat. Know well that, with such people, when the promise held out beforehand is taken away, the threatened fear removed, and the impending danger separated, their purpose is exposed.
Miscellanies 4, chapter 23
4.23.147Stählin 2:313
Οὐ γὰρ αὐτῇ τῇ φύσει τοῦ πράγματος οἰκειοῦνται ὡς τῷ ὄντι γνωστικῶς καταλαβέσθαι καλὰ μὲν εἶναι πάντα ὅσα εἰς χρῆσιν ἡμῶν ἐκτίσθη, ὡς γάμον φέρε εἰπεῖν καὶ παιδοποιίαν μετὰ σωφροσύνης παρειλημμένα, καλοῦ δὲ εἶναι ἄμεινον τὸ διὰ τὴν πρὸς τὸ θεῖον ἐξομοίωσιν ἀπαθῆ καὶ ἐνάρετον γενέσθαι. τοῖς δὲ ἔξωθεν εὐχρήστοις ἢ δυσχρήστοις προσαγόμενοι τῶν μὲν ἀπέχονται, τῶν δʼ οὔ· ἀλλὰ καὶ ὧν ἀφίστανται, μυσαττόμενοι ταῦτα φαίνονται, τὴν κτίσιν καὶ τὸν δημιουργὸν διαβάλλοντες, κἀν τῷ δοκεῖν πιστῶς ἀναστρέφεσθαι τὴν κρίσιν ἔχουσιν ἀνόσιον. τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἐπιθυμήσεις οὔτε ἀνάγκης τῆς ἐκ φόβου δεῖται, τῆς βιαζομένης ἀπέχεσθαι τῶν ἡδέων, οὔτε μισθοῦ τοῦ διʼ ἐπαγγελίας ἀναπείθοντος ἀνακόπτειν τὰς ὁρμάς· οὐδὲ τὴν ὑπακοὴν διὰ τὴν ἐντολήν.
Ou gar autę̄ tę̄ physei tou pragmatos oikeiountai hōs tǭ onti gnōstikōs katalabesthai kala men einai panta hosa eis chrēsin hēmōn ektisthē, hōs gamon phere eipein kai paidopoiian meta sōphrosynēs pareilēmmena, kalou de einai ameinon to dia tēn pros to theion exomoiōsin apathē kai enareton genesthai. tois de exōthen euchrēstois ē dyschrēstois prosagomenoi tōn men apechontai, tōn dʼ ou; alla kai hōn aphistantai, mysattomenoi tauta phainontai, tēn ktisin kai ton dēmiourgon diaballontes, kan tǭ dokein pistōs anastrephesthai tēn krisin echousin anosion. to de ouk epithymēseis oute anankēs tēs ek phobou deitai, tēs biazomenēs apechesthai tōn hēdeōn, oute misthou tou diʼ epangelias anapeithontos anakoptein tas hormas; oude tēn hypakoēn dia tēn entolēn.
For they are not attracted by the very nature of the thing, so as to grasp truly in the way of knowledge that all things created for our use are good, such as marriage, for example, and the begetting of children taken up with self-restraint, but that better than good is becoming passionless and virtuous for the sake of likeness to the divine. Led by external advantages or disadvantages, they abstain from some things and not from others; and even what they keep away from they clearly loathe, slandering creation and the Creator; and while seeming to live faithfully, they hold an unholy judgment. But “You shall not desire” needs neither the compulsion of fear, forcing abstinence from pleasant things, nor a reward persuading by promise to check the impulses; nor obedience because of the commandment.
4.23.148Stählin 2:313–314
διὰ δὲ τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν αἱροῦνται οἱ διὰ τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν ὑπακηκοότες τῷ θεῷ, δελέατι ἡδονῆς ᾑρημένοι, οὐδὲ μὴν ἡ τῶν αἰσθητῶν ἀποστροφὴ τὴν πρὸς τὰ νοητὰ οἰκείωσιν ἀκολούθως ποιοίη ἄν, ἔμπαλιν δὲ ἡ πρὸς τὰ νοητὰ οἰκείωσις κατὰ φύσιν περιαγωγὴ τῷ γνωστικῷ ἀπὸ τῶν αἰσθητῶν γίνεται κατʼ ἐκλογὴν τῶν καλῶν τἀγαθὸν ἑλομένῳ γνωστικῶς, θαυμάζοντι μὲν τὴν γένεσιν καὶ ἁγιάζοντι τὸν ποιητήν, ἁγιάζοντι δὲ τὴν πρὸς τὸ θεῖον ἐξομοίωσιν· αὐτὰρ ἐγὼν ἐμὲ λύσομαι τῆς ἐπιθυμίας, φήσει, διὰ τὴν πρὸς σὲ οἰκείωσιν, κύριε. καλὴ γὰρ ἡ κτισθεῖσα δὴ οἰκονομία καὶ πάντα εὖ διοικεῖται, οὐδὲν ἀναιτίως γίνεται, ἐν τοῖς σοῖς εἶναί με δεῖ, παντοκράτορ· κἂν ἐνταῦθα ὦ, παρὰ σοί εἰμι· ἀδεὴς δʼ εἶναι θέλω, ἵνα σοὶ συνεγγίζειν δυνηθῶ, καὶ ὀλίγοις ἀρκεῖσθαι, μελετῶν τὴν σὴν ἐκλογὴν τὴν δικαίαν τῶν καλῶν ἀπὸ τῶν ὁμοίων.
dia de tēn epangelian hairountai hoi dia tēn epangelian hypakēkootes tǭ theǭ, deleati hēdonēs hę̄rēmenoi, oude mēn hē tōn aisthētōn apostrophē tēn pros ta noēta oikeiōsin akolouthōs poioiē an, empalin de hē pros ta noēta oikeiōsis kata physin periagōgē tǭ gnōstikǭ apo tōn aisthētōn ginetai katʼ eklogēn tōn kalōn tagathon helomenǭ gnōstikōs, thaumazonti men tēn genesin kai hagiazonti ton poiētēn, hagiazonti de tēn pros to theion exomoiōsin; autar egōn eme lysomai tēs epithymias, phēsei, dia tēn pros se oikeiōsin, kyrie. kalē gar hē ktistheisa dē oikonomia kai panta eu dioikeitai, ouden anaitiōs ginetai, en tois sois einai me dei, pantokrator; kan entautha ō, para soi eimi; adeēs dʼ einai thelō, hina soi synengizein dynēthō, kai oligois arkeisthai, meletōn tēn sēn eklogēn tēn dikaian tōn kalōn apo tōn homoiōn.
Those who have obeyed God because of the promise are caught by the promise, taken by the bait of pleasure; nor would turning away from sensible things produce, as a consequence, attachment to intelligible things. On the contrary, attachment to intelligible things brings about, according to nature, a turning away from sensible things for the one who knows, who has chosen the good in the way of knowledge by the selection of the beautiful, admiring creation and sanctifying the Creator, and sanctifying likeness to the divine. “But I will free myself from desire,” he will say, “because of my kinship with you, Lord. For the arrangement created is good, and all things are well governed; nothing happens without cause; I must be in what is yours, Almighty; and even if I am here, I am with you. I wish to be without fear, so that I may be able to draw near to you, and to be content with little, practicing your just selection of good things from their likes.”
4.23.149Stählin 2:314
μυστικώτατα καὶ ὁσιώτατα ὁ ἀπόστολος διδάσκων ἡμᾶς τὴν ἀληθῶς εὐχάριστον ἐκλογὴν οὐ κατὰ ἀπεκλογὴν τῶν ἑτέρων ὡς φαύλων, ἀλλʼ ὡς καλῶν καλλίονα ποιεῖσθαι μεμήνυκεν εἰπών· ὥστε καὶ ὁ γαμίζων τὴν παρθένον αὐτοῦ καλῶς ποιεῖ, καὶ ὁ μὴ γαμίζων κρεῖσσον ποιεῖ πρὸς τὸ εὔσχημον καὶ εὐπάρεδρον τῷ κυρίῳ ἀπερισπάστως. ἴσμεν δὲ τὰ μὲν δυσπόριστα οὐκ ἀναγκαῖα, τὰ δὲ ἀναγκαῖα εὐπόριστα γεγενῆσθαι φιλαγάθως παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ. διόπερ ὁ Δημόκριτος εὖ λέγει, ὡς ἡ φύσις τε καὶ διδαχὴ παραπλήσιόν ἐστι καὶ τὴν αἰτίαν συντόμως προσαποδέδωκεν· καὶ γὰρ ἡ διδαχὴ μεταρυθμίζει τὸν ἄνθρωπον, μεταρυθμοῦσα δὲ φύσις ποιεῖ, καὶ διήνεγκεν οὐδὲν ἢ φύσει πλασθῆναι τοιόνδε ἢ χρόνῳ καὶ μαθήσει μετατυπωθῆναι. ἄμφω δὲ ὁ κύριος παρέσχηται τὸ μὲν κατὰ τὴν δημιουργίαν, τὸ δὲ κατὰ τὴν ἐκ τῆς διαθήκης ἀνάκτισίν τε καὶ ἀνανέωσιν. τὸ δὲ συμφέρον τῷ κυριωτέρῳ τοῦτο αἱρετώτερον, κυριώτατον δὲ πάντων ἡ διάνοια. ὅτῳ τοίνυν τὰ τῷ ὄντι καλὰ φαίνεται ἥδιστα, παρʼ αὑτοῦ πορίζεται ὃν ποθεῖ καρπόν, τὴν τῆς ψυχῆς εὐστάθειαν. ὁ δὲ ἐμοῦ ἀκούων, φησίν, ἀναπαύσεται ἐπʼ εἰρήνῃ πεποιθὼς καὶ ἡσυχάσει ἀφόβως ἀπὸ παντὸς κακοῦ. ἴσθι πεποιθὼς ἐν ὅλῃ καρδίᾳ σου καὶ τῇ διανοίᾳ σου ἐπὶ τῷ θεῷ. τούτῳ δυνατὸν τῷ τρόπῳ τὸν γνωστικὸν ἤδη γενέσθαι θεόν· ἐγὼ εἶπα· θεοί ἐστε καὶ υἱοὶ ὑψίστου.
mystikōtata kai hosiōtata ho apostolos didaskōn hēmas tēn alēthōs euchariston eklogēn ou kata apeklogēn tōn heterōn hōs phaulōn, allʼ hōs kalōn kalliona poieisthai memēnyken eipōn; hōste kai ho gamizōn tēn parthenon autou kalōs poiei, kai ho mē gamizōn kreisson poiei pros to euschēmon kai euparedron tǭ kyriǭ aperispastōs. ismen de ta men dysporista ouk anankaia, ta de anankaia euporista gegenēsthai philagathōs para tou theou. dioper ho Dēmokritos eu legei, hōs hē physis te kai didachē paraplēsion esti kai tēn aitian syntomōs prosapodedōken; kai gar hē didachē metarythmizei ton anthrōpon, metarythmousa de physis poiei, kai diēnenken ouden ē physei plasthēnai toionde ē chronǭ kai mathēsei metatypōthēnai. amphō de ho kyrios pareschētai to men kata tēn dēmiourgian, to de kata tēn ek tēs diathēkēs anaktisin te kai ananeōsin. to de sympheron tǭ kyriōterǭ touto hairetōteron, kyriōtaton de pantōn hē dianoia. hotǭ toinyn ta tǭ onti kala phainetai hēdista, parʼ hautou porizetai hon pothei karpon, tēn tēs psychēs eustatheian. ho de emou akouōn, phēsin, anapausetai epʼ eirēnę̄ pepoithōs kai hēsychasei aphobōs apo pantos kakou. isthi pepoithōs en holę̄ kardią sou kai tę̄ dianoią sou epi tǭ theǭ. toutǭ dynaton tǭ tropǭ ton gnōstikon ēdē genesthai theon; egō eipa; theoi este kai huioi hypsistou.
The apostle, teaching us most mystically and most holily the truly thankful choice, has shown that it is made not by rejecting the others as bad, but as the better among good things, saying: “So both the one who gives his virgin in marriage does well, and the one who does not give her in marriage does better,” for what is seemly and devoted to the Lord without distraction. We know that what is hard to obtain is not necessary, and that what is necessary has been made easy to obtain by God in his love of good. That is why Democritus says well that nature and teaching are similar, and briefly gives the reason: “For teaching reshapes the man, and in reshaping it makes nature”; and it makes no difference whether one was formed such by nature or refashioned by time and learning. The Lord has provided both, the one by creation, the other by the re-creation and renewal from the covenant. What benefits the more sovereign part is more choiceworthy, and the mind is the most sovereign of all. To whom, then, truly good things appear most pleasant, he obtains from himself the fruit he longs for, the stability of the soul. “But the one who listens to me,” it says, “will rest in peace, confident, and will be quiet without fear of any evil.” “Be confident with all your heart and your mind in God.” In this way it is possible for the one who knows already to become a god: “I said, you are gods, and sons of the Most High.”
4.23.150Stählin 2:314–315
φησὶ δὲ καὶ ὁ Ἐμπεδοκλῆς τῶν σοφῶν τὰς ψυχὰς θεοὺς γίνεσθαι ὧδέ πως γράφων· εἰς δὲ τέλος μάντεις τε καὶ ὑμνοπόλοι καὶ ἰητροὶ καὶ πρόμοι ἀνθρώποισιν ἐπιχθονίοισι πέλονται· ἔνθεν ἀναβλαστοῦσι θεοὶ τιμῇσι φέριστοι. Ὁ μὲν οὖν ἄνθρωπος ἁπλῶς οὕτως κατʼ ἰδέαν πλάσσεται τοῦ συμφυοῦς πνεύματος· οὐδὲ γὰρ ἀνείδεος οὐδʼ ἀσχημάτιστος ἐν τῷ τῆς φύσεως ἐργαστηρίῳ δημιουργεῖται, ἔνθα μυστικῶς ἀνθρώπου ἐκτελεῖται γένεσις, κοινῆς οὔσης καὶ τῆς τέχνης καὶ τῆς οὐσίας, ὁ δέ τις ἄνθρωπος κατὰ τύπωσιν τὴν ἐγγινομένην τῇ ψυχῇ ὧν ἂν αἱρήσηται χαρακτηρίζεται. ᾗ καὶ τὸν Ἀδὰμ τέλειον μὲν ὡς πρὸς τὴν πλάσιν γεγονέναι φαμέν· οὐδὲν γὰρ τῶν χαρακτηριζόντων τὴν ἀνθρώπου ἰδέαν τε καὶ μορφὴν ἐνεδέησεν αὐτῷ. ὃ δὲ ἐν τῷ γίνεσθαι τὴν τελείωσιν ἐλάμβανεν καὶ διʼ ὑπακοῆς ἐδικαιοῦτο, τοῦτο ἦν ἀπανδρούμενον τὸ ἐπʼ αὐτῷ κείμενον· αἰτίᾳ δὲ ἑλομένου, καὶ ἔτι μᾶλλον τὸ κωλυθὲν ἑλομένου, ὁ θεὸς ἀναίτιος· διττὴ γὰρ ἡ γένεσις, ἣ μὲν τῶν γεννωμένων, ἣ δὲ τῶν γινομένων.
phēsi de kai ho Empedoklēs tōn sophōn tas psychas theous ginesthai hōde pōs graphōn; eis de telos manteis te kai hymnopoloi kai iētroi kai promoi anthrōpoisin epichthonioisi pelontai; enthen anablastousi theoi timę̄si pheristoi. Ho men oun anthrōpos haplōs houtōs katʼ idean plassetai tou symphyous pneumatos; oude gar aneideos oudʼ aschēmatistos en tǭ tēs physeōs ergastēriǭ dēmiourgeitai, entha mystikōs anthrōpou ekteleitai genesis, koinēs ousēs kai tēs technēs kai tēs ousias, ho de tis anthrōpos kata typōsin tēn enginomenēn tę̄ psychę̄ hōn an hairēsētai charaktērizetai. hę̄ kai ton Adam teleion men hōs pros tēn plasin gegonenai phamen; ouden gar tōn charaktērizontōn tēn anthrōpou idean te kai morphēn enedeēsen autǭ. ho de en tǭ ginesthai tēn teleiōsin elambanen kai diʼ hypakoēs edikaiouto, touto ēn apandroumenon to epʼ autǭ keimenon; aitią de helomenou, kai eti mallon to kōlythen helomenou, ho theos anaitios; dittē gar hē genesis, hē men tōn gennōmenōn, hē de tōn ginomenōn.
And Empedocles too says that the souls of the wise become gods, writing thus: “And at the end they become seers, singers, physicians, and leaders among earthly men; from there they spring up as gods, highest in honors.” Man in general, then, is formed according to the idea of the connate spirit; for he is not fashioned formless and shapeless in the workshop of nature, where the birth of man is mystically accomplished, the art and the substance being common; but a particular man is characterized by the impression formed in the soul by what he chooses. In this way we say that Adam too was perfect as regards his formation; for nothing that characterizes the idea and form of man was lacking to him. But in becoming he was to receive his perfection, and to be justified through obedience; this was what was to grow to manhood, what rested with him. The cause lies in the one who chose, and still more in the one who chose what was forbidden; God is not responsible. For birth is twofold: that of things begotten, and that of things that become.
4.23.151Stählin 2:315
καὶ ἡ μὲν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἀνδρεία ἐμπαθοῦς ὄντος, φασί, κατὰ τὴν οὐσίαν ἄφοβον καὶ ἀήττητον τὸν μετέχοντα αὐτῆς ποιεῖ, καὶ ἔστι δορυφόρος τοῦ νοῦ ὁ θυμὸς ἐν ὑπομονῇ καὶ καρτερίᾳ καὶ τοῖς ὁμοίοις, ἐπὶ δὲ τῇ ἐπιθυμίᾳ τάττεται καὶ ἡ σωφροσύνη καὶ ἡ σωτήριος φρόνησις, θεὸς δὲ ἀπαθὴς ἄθυμός τε καὶ ἀνεπιθύμητος· καὶ οὐ ταύτῃ ἄφοβος ᾗ τὰ δεινὰ οὐκ ἐκκλίνει οὐδὲ μὴν σώφρων ᾗ τῶν ἐπιθυμιῶν ἄρχει· οὔτε γὰρ ἂν περιπέσοι τινὶ δεινῷ ἡ τοῦ θεοῦ φύσις οὔτε φεύγει ὁ θεὸς δειλίαν, ὥσπερ οὐδὲ ἐπιθυμήσει, ἵνα καὶ ἄρξῃ ἐπιθυμίας. μυστικῶς οὖν ἐφʼ ἡμῶν καὶ τὸ Πυθαγόρειον ἐλέγετο ἕνα γενέσθαι καὶ τὸν ἄνθρωπον δεῖν, ἐπεὶ καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς εἷς, ἑνὸς ὄντος τοῦ θεοῦ κατὰ τὴν ἀμετάτρεπτον τοῦ ἀεὶ θεῖν τὰ ἀγαθὰ ἕξιν.
kai hē men tou anthrōpou andreia empathous ontos, phasi, kata tēn ousian aphobon kai aēttēton ton metechonta autēs poiei, kai esti doryphoros tou nou ho thymos en hypomonę̄ kai karterią kai tois homoiois, epi de tę̄ epithymią tattetai kai hē sōphrosynē kai hē sōtērios phronēsis, theos de apathēs athymos te kai anepithymētos; kai ou tautę̄ aphobos hę̄ ta deina ouk ekklinei oude mēn sōphrōn hę̄ tōn epithymiōn archei; oute gar an peripesoi tini deinǭ hē tou theou physis oute pheugei ho theos deilian, hōsper oude epithymēsei, hina kai arxę̄ epithymias. mystikōs oun ephʼ hēmōn kai to Pythagoreion elegeto hena genesthai kai ton anthrōpon dein, epei kai autos ho archiereus heis, henos ontos tou theou kata tēn ametatrepton tou aei thein ta agatha hexin.
And the courage of man, who is subject to passion, they say, makes the one who shares in it fearless and invincible in substance; and anger is the mind's bodyguard in endurance, perseverance, and the like; while self-restraint and saving prudence are set over desire. But God is without passion, without anger and without desire; and he is not fearless in the sense that he does not avoid dangers, nor self-restrained in the sense that he rules over desires; for neither could the nature of God fall into any danger, nor does God flee cowardice, just as he will not desire, so as to rule over desire. Mystically, then, the Pythagorean saying was applied to us too, that man too must become one; since the high priest himself is one, God being one, according to the unchangeable state of always running toward good things.
4.23.152Stählin 2:315–316
αὐτίκα ὁ σωτὴρ διὰ τῆς ἐπιθυμίας συνανῄρει καὶ τὸν θυμόν, τιμωρίας ὄντα ἐπιθυμίαν· καθόλου γὰρ τὸ παθητικὸν παντὶ γένει ἐπιθυμίας, εἰς δὲ τὴν ἀπάθειαν θεούμενος ἄνθρωπος ἀχράντως μοναδικὸς γίνεται. καθάπερ οὖν οἱ ἐν θαλάττῃ ἀπὸ ἀγκύρας τονούμενοι ἕλκουσι μὲν τὴν ἄγκυραν, οὐκ ἐκείνην δὲ ἐπισπῶνται, ἀλλʼ ἑαυτοὺς ἐπὶ τὴν ἄγκυραν, οὕτως οἱ κατὰ τὸν γνωστικὸν βίον ἐπισπώμενοι τὸν θεὸν ἑαυτοὺς ἔλαθον προσαγόμενοι πρὸς τὸν θεόν· θεὸν γὰρ ὁ θεραπεύων ἑαυτὸν θεραπεύει. ἐν οὖν τῷ θεωρητικῷ βίῳ ἑαυτοῦ τις ἐπιμελεῖται θρῃσκεύων τὸν θεὸν καὶ διὰ τῆς ἰδίας εἰλικρινοῦς καθάρσεως ἐποπτεύει τὸν θεὸν ἅγιον ἁγίως· ἡ γὰρ σωφροσύνη ἐν παραστάσει γε νοουμένη ἑαυτὴν ἐπισκοποῦσα καὶ θεωροῦσα ἀδιαλείπτως ἐξομοιοῦται κατὰ δύναμιν θεῷ.
autika ho sōtēr dia tēs epithymias synanę̄rei kai ton thymon, timōrias onta epithymian; katholou gar to pathētikon panti genei epithymias, eis de tēn apatheian theoumenos anthrōpos achrantōs monadikos ginetai. kathaper oun hoi en thalattę̄ apo ankyras tonoumenoi helkousi men tēn ankyran, ouk ekeinēn de epispōntai, allʼ heautous epi tēn ankyran, houtōs hoi kata ton gnōstikon bion epispōmenoi ton theon heautous elathon prosagomenoi pros ton theon; theon gar ho therapeuōn heauton therapeuei. en oun tǭ theōrētikǭ biǭ heautou tis epimeleitai thrę̄skeuōn ton theon kai dia tēs idias eilikrinous katharseōs epopteuei ton theon hagion hagiōs; hē gar sōphrosynē en parastasei ge nooumenē heautēn episkopousa kai theōrousa adialeiptōs exomoioutai kata dynamin theǭ.
For example, the Savior, in doing away with desire, did away with anger too, which is a desire for revenge; for in general the passionate belongs to every kind of desire; and a man deified into freedom from passion becomes undefiled and one. As those at sea held by an anchor pull on the anchor, but do not draw it to them, but draw themselves to the anchor, so those who, according to the life of knowledge, draw God to themselves, without knowing it bring themselves to God. For the one who serves God serves himself. In the contemplative life, then, one cares for oneself while worshiping God, and through one's own pure purification beholds God holily; for self-restraint, understood as self-possession, observing and contemplating itself unceasingly, is made like God as far as possible.
Miscellanies 4, chapter 24
4.24.153Stählin 2:316
Αὐτίκα τὸ ἐφʼ ἡμῖν ἐστιν οὗπερ ἐπʼ ἴσης αὐτοῦ τε κύριοί ἐσμεν καὶ τοῦ ἀντικειμένου αὐτῷ, ὡς τὸ φιλοσοφεῖν ἢ μή, καὶ τὸ πιστεύειν ἢ ἀπιστεῖν. διὰ γοῦν τὸ ἑκατέρου τῶν ἀντικειμένων ἐπʼ ἴσης εἶναι ἡμᾶς κυρίους δυνατὸν εὑρίσκεται τὸ ἐφʼ ἡμῖν. καὶ δὴ αἱ ἐντολαὶ οἷαί τε γενέσθαι καὶ μὴ γενέσθαι ὑφʼ ἡμῶν, οἷς εὐλόγως ἕπεται ἔπαινός τε καὶ ψόγος, οἵ τʼ αὖ κολαζόμενοι ἕνεκεν τῶν γενομένων αὐτοῖς ἁμαρτημάτων ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς μόνοις κολάζονται· παρῆλθε γὰρ τὰ γενόμενα οὐδὲ ἀγένητον γένοιτʼ ἄν ποτε τὸ γενόμενον. ἀφίενται γοῦν πρὸς τοῦ κυρίου αἱ πρὸ τῆς πίστεως ἁμαρτίαι, οὐχ ἵνα μὴ ὦσι γενόμεναι, ἀλλʼ ὡς μὴ γενόμεναι. πλὴν οὐδὲ πάσας ὁ Βασιλείδης φησί, μόνας δὲ τὰς ἀκουσίους καὶ κατὰ ἄγνοιαν ἀφίεσθαι, καθάπερ ἀνθρώπου τινός, ἀλλʼ οὐ θεοῦ τὴν τοσαύτην παρεχομένου δωρεάν. τούτῳ φησὶν ἡ γραφή· ὑπέλαβες, ἄνομε, ὅτι ἔσομαί σοι ὅμοιος. ἀλλʼ εἰ καὶ ἐπὶ ταῖς ἑκουσίοις κολαζόμεθα, οὐχ ἵνα μὴ γένωνται γενόμεναι, ἀλλʼ ὅτι ἐγένοντο, τιμωρούμεθα. κόλασις δὲ τὸν ἁμαρτήσαντα οὐκ ὠφελεῖ εἰς τὸ μὴ πεποιηκέναι, ἀλλʼ εἰς τὸ μηκέτι ἁμαρτάνειν μηδὲ μὴν ἄλλον τινὰ τοῖς ὁμοίοις περιπεσεῖν.
Autika to ephʼ hēmin estin houper epʼ isēs autou te kyrioi esmen kai tou antikeimenou autǭ, hōs to philosophein ē mē, kai to pisteuein ē apistein. dia goun to hekaterou tōn antikeimenōn epʼ isēs einai hēmas kyrious dynaton heurisketai to ephʼ hēmin. kai dē hai entolai hoiai te genesthai kai mē genesthai hyphʼ hēmōn, hois eulogōs hepetai epainos te kai psogos, hoi tʼ au kolazomenoi heneken tōn genomenōn autois hamartēmatōn epʼ autois monois kolazontai; parēlthe gar ta genomena oude agenēton genoitʼ an pote to genomenon. aphientai goun pros tou kyriou hai pro tēs pisteōs hamartiai, ouch hina mē ōsi genomenai, allʼ hōs mē genomenai. plēn oude pasas ho Basileidēs phēsi, monas de tas akousious kai kata agnoian aphiesthai, kathaper anthrōpou tinos, allʼ ou theou tēn tosautēn parechomenou dōrean. toutǭ phēsin hē graphē; hypelabes, anome, hoti esomai soi homoios. allʼ ei kai epi tais hekousiois kolazometha, ouch hina mē genōntai genomenai, allʼ hoti egenonto, timōroumetha. kolasis de ton hamartēsanta ouk ōphelei eis to mē pepoiēkenai, allʼ eis to mēketi hamartanein mēde mēn allon tina tois homoiois peripesein.
For example, what rests with us is that of which we are equally master, both of it and of its opposite, as philosophizing or not, and believing or disbelieving. Because we are equally masters of each of the opposites, what rests with us is found to be possible. And indeed the commandments can be done or not done by us, and praise and blame reasonably follow them; and those punished for their sins are punished for them alone; for what has happened has passed, and what has happened could never become unhappened. The sins before faith, then, are forgiven by the Lord, not so that they have not happened, but as though they had not happened. Yet Basilides says that not all are forgiven, but only the involuntary ones done in ignorance; as though some man, and not God, were providing so great a gift. To him Scripture says: “You supposed, lawless one, that I would be like you.” But even if we are punished for voluntary sins, we are punished not so that they may become undone, but because they happened. And punishment does not benefit the sinner toward not having done it, but toward sinning no more, and toward no one else falling into similar things.
4.24.154Stählin 2:316–317
ἐνταῦθα οὖν ὁ ἀγαθὸς θεὸς διὰ τρεῖς ταύτας παιδεύει αἰτίας· πρῶτον μὲν τὴν ἵνʼ αὐτὸς ἀμείνων αὑτοῦ γένηται ὁ παιδευόμενος, ἔπειτα ὅπως οἱ διʼ ὑποδειγμάτων σωθῆναι δυνάμενοι προανακρούωνται νουθετούμενοι, καὶ τρίτον ὡς μὴ ὁ ἀδικούμενος εὐκαταφρόνητος ᾖ καὶ ἐπιτήδειος ἀδικεῖσθαι. δύο δὲ καὶ οἱ τρόποι τῆς ἐπανορθώσεως, ὃ μὲν διδασκαλικός, ὃ δὲ κολαστικός, ὃν καὶ παιδευτικὸν εἰρήκαμεν. ἰστέον μέντοι τοὺς μετὰ τὸ λουτρὸν τοῖς ἁμαρτήμασι περιπίπτοντας τούτους εἶναι τοὺς παιδευομένους· τὰ μὲν γὰρ προενεργηθέντα ἀφείθη, τὰ δὲ ἐπιγινόμενα ἐκκαθαίρεται. περὶ τῶν ἀπίστων εἴρηται λελογίσθαι τούτους ὡς χνοῦν, ὃν ἐκρίπτει ὁ ἄνεμος ἀπὸ προσώπου τῆς γῆς, καὶ ὡς σταγόνα ἀπὸ κάδου.
entautha oun ho agathos theos dia treis tautas paideuei aitias; prōton men tēn hinʼ autos ameinōn hautou genētai ho paideuomenos, epeita hopōs hoi diʼ hypodeigmatōn sōthēnai dynamenoi proanakrouōntai nouthetoumenoi, kai triton hōs mē ho adikoumenos eukataphronētos ę̄ kai epitēdeios adikeisthai. dyo de kai hoi tropoi tēs epanorthōseōs, ho men didaskalikos, ho de kolastikos, hon kai paideutikon eirēkamen. isteon mentoi tous meta to loutron tois hamartēmasi peripiptontas toutous einai tous paideuomenous; ta men gar proenergēthenta apheithē, ta de epiginomena ekkathairetai. peri tōn apistōn eirētai lelogisthai toutous hōs chnoun, hon ekriptei ho anemos apo prosōpou tēs gēs, kai hōs stagona apo kadou.
Here, then, the good God trains for these three reasons: first, so that the one trained may become better than himself; then, so that those who can be saved through examples may be warned and turned back beforehand; and third, so that the one wronged may not be easily despised and apt to be wronged. There are also two ways of correction: the one instructive, the other punitive, which we have also called educative. It must be known, however, that those who fall into sins after the washing are the ones who are trained; for what was done before has been forgiven, but what follows is cleansed. About unbelievers it is said that they have been reckoned “as chaff which the wind drives away from the face of the earth,” and “as a drop from a bucket.”
Miscellanies 4, chapter 25
4.25.155Stählin 2:317
Ὄλβιος ὅστις τῆς ἱστορίας ἔσχε μάθησιν, μήτε πολιτῶν ἐπὶ πημοσύνην μήτʼ εἰς ἀδίκους πράξεις ὁρμῶν, ἀλλʼ ἀθανάτου καθορῶν φύσεως κόσμον ἀγήρω, πῇ τε συνέστη καὶ † ὅπῃ καὶ ὅπως. τοῖς δὲ τοιούτοις οὐδέποτʼ αἰσχρῶν ἔργων μελέτημα προσίζει. εἰκότως οὖν καὶ Πλάτων τὸν τῶν ἰδεῶν θεωρητικὸν θεὸν ἐν ἀνθρώποις ζήσεσθαί φησι· νοῦς δὲ χώρα ἰδεῶν, νοῦς δὲ ὁ θεός. τὸν οὖν ἀοράτου θεοῦ θεωρητικὸν θεὸν ἐν ἀνθρώποις ζῶντα εἴρηκεν καὶ ἐν τῷ Σοφιστῇ δὲ τὸν Ἐλεάτην ξένον διαλεκτικὸν ὄντα ὁ Σωκράτης θεὸν ὠνόμασεν, οἵους τοὺς θεοὺς ξείνοισιν ἐοικότας ἀλλοδαποῖσιν ἐπιφοιτῶντας τοῖς ἄστεσιν. ὅταν γὰρ ψυχὴ γενέσεως ὑπεξαναβᾶσα καθʼ ἑαυτήν τε ᾖ καὶ ὁμιλῇ τοῖς εἴδεσιν, οἷός ἐστιν ὁ ἐν τῷ Θεαιτήτῳ κορυφαῖος, οἷον ἄγγελος ἤδη γενόμενος σὺν Χριστῷ τε ἔσται, θεωρητικὸς ὢν, ἀεὶ τὸ βούλημα τοῦ θεοῦ σκοπῶν, τῷ ὄντι οἷος πεπνυμένος, τοὶ δʼ ὡς σκιαὶ ἀίσσουσιν· νεκροὶ γὰρ τοὺς ἑαυτῶν θάπτουσι νεκρούς. ὅθεν Ἱερεμίας λέγει· πληρώσω αὐτὴν νεκρῶν γηγενῶν, οὓς ἔπαισεν ἡ ὀργή μου.
Olbios hostis tēs historias esche mathēsin, mēte politōn epi pēmosynēn mētʼ eis adikous praxeis hormōn, allʼ athanatou kathorōn physeōs kosmon agērō, pę̄ te synestē kai † hopę̄ kai hopōs. tois de toioutois oudepotʼ aischrōn ergōn meletēma prosizei. eikotōs oun kai Platōn ton tōn ideōn theōrētikon theon en anthrōpois zēsesthai phēsi; nous de chōra ideōn, nous de ho theos. ton oun aoratou theou theōrētikon theon en anthrōpois zōnta eirēken kai en tǭ Sophistę̄ de ton Eleatēn xenon dialektikon onta ho Sōkratēs theon ōnomasen, hoious tous theous xeinoisin eoikotas allodapoisin epiphoitōntas tois astesin. hotan gar psychē geneseōs hypexanabasa kathʼ heautēn te ę̄ kai homilę̄ tois eidesin, hoios estin ho en tǭ Theaitētǭ koryphaios, hoion angelos ēdē genomenos syn Christǭ te estai, theōrētikos ōn, aei to boulēma tou theou skopōn, tǭ onti hoios pepnymenos, toi dʼ hōs skiai aissousin; nekroi gar tous heautōn thaptousi nekrous. hothen Hieremias legei; plērōsō autēn nekrōn gēgenōn, hous epaisen hē orgē mou.
“Blessed is he who has gained learning in inquiry, not rushing to the harm of citizens or to unjust deeds, but beholding the ageless order of immortal nature, where and … how and in what way it was composed. To such men the practice of shameful deeds never clings.” Fittingly, then, Plato too says that the one who contemplates the Ideas will live as a god among men; and mind is the place of the Ideas, and God is mind. He has said, then, that the one who contemplates the invisible God lives as a god among men. And in the Sophist Socrates called the Eleatic stranger, being a dialectician, a god, such as the gods “who, like strangers from abroad, visit the cities.” For when the soul, rising above becoming, is by itself and associates with the forms, like the leader of the chorus in the Theaetetus, having become already like an angel, it will be with Christ, being contemplative, always looking to the will of God; truly “he alone has understanding, while the others flit like shadows.” For “the dead bury their own dead.” That is why Jeremiah says: “I will fill it with earthborn dead, whom my anger struck.”
4.25.156Stählin 2:317–318
ὁ μὲν οὖν θεὸς ἀναπόδεικτος ὢν οὐκ ἔστιν ἐπιστημονικός, ὁ δὲ υἱὸς σοφία τέ ἐστι καὶ ἐπιστήμη καὶ ἀλήθεια καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα τούτῳ συγγενῆ, καὶ δὴ καὶ ἀπόδειξιν ἔχει καὶ διέξοδον. πᾶσαι δὲ αἱ δυνάμεις τοῦ πνεύματος συλλήβδην μὲν ἕν τι πρᾶγμα γενόμεναι συντελοῦσιν εἰς τὸ αὐτό, τὸν υἱόν, ἀπαρέμφατος δέ ἐστι τῆς περὶ ἑκάστης αὐτοῦ τῶν δυνάμεων ἐννοίας. καὶ δὴ οὐ γίνεται ἀτεχνῶς ἓν ὡς ἕν, οὐδὲ πολλὰ ὡς μέρη ὁ υἱός, ἀλλʼ ὡς πάντα ἕν. ἔνθεν καὶ πάντα· κύκλος γὰρ ὁ αὐτὸς πασῶν τῶν δυνάμεων εἰς ἓν εἰλουμένων καὶ ἑνουμένων.
ho men oun theos anapodeiktos ōn ouk estin epistēmonikos, ho de huios sophia te esti kai epistēmē kai alētheia kai hosa alla toutǭ syngenē, kai dē kai apodeixin echei kai diexodon. pasai de hai dynameis tou pneumatos syllēbdēn men hen ti pragma genomenai syntelousin eis to auto, ton huion, aparemphatos de esti tēs peri hekastēs autou tōn dynameōn ennoias. kai dē ou ginetai atechnōs hen hōs hen, oude polla hōs merē ho huios, allʼ hōs panta hen. enthen kai panta; kyklos gar ho autos pasōn tōn dynameōn eis hen eiloumenōn kai henoumenōn.
God, then, being indemonstrable, is not an object of scientific knowledge; but the Son is wisdom, knowledge, truth, and whatever else is akin to these; and indeed he admits demonstration and exposition. All the powers of the Spirit, becoming collectively one thing, contribute to the same, the Son; but he is not fully expressed by the concept of each of his powers. And the Son does not become simply one as one, nor many as parts, but as all one. Hence he is also all things; for he is the circle of all the powers rolled and united into one.
4.25.157Stählin 2:318
διὰ τοῦτο ἄλφα καὶ ὦ ὁ λόγος εἴρηται, οὗ μόνου τὸ τέλος ἀρχὴ γίνεται καὶ τελευτᾷ πάλιν ἐπὶ τὴν ἄνωθεν ἀρχήν, οὐδαμοῦ διάστασιν λαβών. διὸ δὴ καὶ τὸ εἰς αὐτὸν καὶ τὸ διʼ αὐτοῦ πιστεῦσαι μοναδικόν ἐστι γενέσθαι, ἀπερισπάστως ἑνούμενον ἐν αὐτῷ, τὸ δὲ ἀπιστῆσαι διστάσαι ἐστὶ καὶ διαστῆναι καὶ μερισθῆναι. διὰ τοῦτο τάδε λέγει κύριος· πᾶς υἱὸς ἀλλογενὴς ἀπερίτμητος καρδίᾳ καὶ ἀπερίτμητος ἐστι σαρκί, τουτέστιν ἀκάθαρτος σώματί τε καὶ πνεύματι, οὐκ εἰσελεύσεται εἰς τὰ ἅγια ἀπὸ τῶν ἀλλογενῶν ἐν μέσῳ οἴκου Ἰσραήλ, ἀλλʼ ἢ οἱ Λευῖται. ἀλλογενεῖς δὲ εἴρηκεν τοὺς μὴ πιστεῦσαι βουληθέντας, ἀλλʼ ἀπιστεῖν ἐθέλοντας.
dia touto alpha kai ō ho logos eirētai, hou monou to telos archē ginetai kai teleutą palin epi tēn anōthen archēn, oudamou diastasin labōn. dio dē kai to eis auton kai to diʼ autou pisteusai monadikon esti genesthai, aperispastōs henoumenon en autǭ, to de apistēsai distasai esti kai diastēnai kai meristhēnai. dia touto tade legei kyrios; pas huios allogenēs aperitmētos kardią kai aperitmētos esti sarki, toutestin akathartos sōmati te kai pneumati, ouk eiseleusetai eis ta hagia apo tōn allogenōn en mesǭ oikou Israēl, allʼ ē hoi Leuitai. allogeneis de eirēken tous mē pisteusai boulēthentas, allʼ apistein ethelontas.
That is why the Word is called Alpha and Omega, of whom alone the end becomes the beginning and ends again at the original beginning, nowhere admitting a break. That is why believing in him and through him is to become one, being united in him without distraction; while disbelieving is to be in doubt, to stand apart, and to be divided. That is why the Lord says this: “Every foreign son, uncircumcised in heart and uncircumcised in flesh,” that is, unclean in body and spirit, “shall not enter the holy places among the foreigners in the midst of the house of Israel, but only the Levites.” And he called foreigners those who did not wish to believe but chose to disbelieve.
4.25.158Stählin 2:318
μόνοι τοίνυν οἱ καθαρῶς βιοῦντες ἱερεῖς ὄντως τοῦ θεοῦ. διὰ τοῦτο πασῶν περιτεμνομένων τῶν φυλῶν ἁγιώτεραι ἐλογίσθησαν αἱ εἰς ἀρχιερεῖς τε καὶ βασιλεῖς καὶ προφήτας χρίουσαι. ὅθεν μηδὲ ἅπτεσθαι νεκρῶν αὐτοὺς κελεύει μηδʼ ἐπεισιέναι κατοιχομένοις, οὐχ ὡς μιαροῦ τοῦ σώματος ὄντος, ἀλλʼ ὡς τῆς ἁμαρτίας καὶ ἀπειθείας σαρκικῆς τε οὔσης καὶ ἐνσωμάτου καὶ νεκρᾶς καὶ διὰ τοῦτο βδελυκτῆς. μόνῳ οὖν πατρὶ καὶ μητέρι υἱῷ τε καὶ θυγατρὶ τελευτήσαντι ἐπιτέτραπται ἐπεισιέναι τὸν ἱερέα, ὅτι συγγενεῖς οὗτοι σαρκὸς καὶ σπέρματος μόνοι, παρʼ ὧν τὴν προσεχῆ αἰτίαν τῆς εἰς τὸν βίον παρόδου καὶ ὁ ἱερεὺς εἴληφεν. καθαρίζονται δὲ καὶ οὗτοι ἡμέραις ἑπτὰ διʼ ὅσων ἡ γένεσις τελειοῦται· τῇ ἑβδόμῃ γὰρ ἡ ἀνάπαυσις θρῃσκεύεται, τῇ δὲ ὀγδόῃ ἱλασμὸν προσφέρει, ὡς ἐν τῷ Ἰεζεκιὴλ γέγραπται, καθʼ ὃν ἱλασμὸν ἔστι λαβεῖν τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν.
monoi toinyn hoi katharōs biountes hiereis ontōs tou theou. dia touto pasōn peritemnomenōn tōn phylōn hagiōterai elogisthēsan hai eis archiereis te kai basileis kai prophētas chriousai. hothen mēde haptesthai nekrōn autous keleuei mēdʼ epeisienai katoichomenois, ouch hōs miarou tou sōmatos ontos, allʼ hōs tēs hamartias kai apeitheias sarkikēs te ousēs kai ensōmatou kai nekras kai dia touto bdelyktēs. monǭ oun patri kai mēteri huiǭ te kai thygatri teleutēsanti epitetraptai epeisienai ton hierea, hoti syngeneis houtoi sarkos kai spermatos monoi, parʼ hōn tēn prosechē aitian tēs eis ton bion parodou kai ho hiereus eilēphen. katharizontai de kai houtoi hēmerais hepta diʼ hosōn hē genesis teleioutai; tę̄ hebdomę̄ gar hē anapausis thrę̄skeuetai, tę̄ de ogdoę̄ hilasmon prospherei, hōs en tǭ Iezekiēl gegraptai, kathʼ hon hilasmon esti labein tēn epangelian.
Only those who live purely, then, are truly priests of God. That is why, though all the tribes were circumcised, those anointing high priests, kings, and prophets were counted holier. For this reason he commands them not to touch the dead nor to go in to the departed; not as though the body were polluted, but because sin and disobedience are fleshly, bodily, dead, and therefore abominable. Only to father and mother, son and daughter, when they have died, is the priest allowed to go in, because these alone are kin of flesh and seed, from whom the priest has received the immediate cause of his entry into life. And these are purified for seven days, the days through which creation is completed; for on the seventh the rest is celebrated, and on the eighth he brings a propitiation, as is written in Ezekiel, according to which propitiation one may receive the promise.
4.25.159Stählin 2:318–319
τέλειος δʼ, οἶμαι, καθαρισμὸς ἡ διὰ νόμου καὶ προφητῶν εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον πίστις· ἱλασμὸς δὲ ἡ διʼ ὑπακοῆς πάσης ἁγνεία σὺν καὶ τῇ ἀποθέσει τῶν κοσμικῶν εἰς τὴν ἐκ τῆς ἀπολύσεως τῆς ψυχῆς εὐχάριστον τοῦ σκήνους ἀπόδοσιν. εἴτʼ οὖν ὁ χρόνος εἴη ὁ διὰ τῶν ἑπτὰ περιόδων τῶν ἀριθμουμένων εἰς τὴν ἀκροτάτην ἀνάπαυσιν ἀποκαθιστὰς εἴτε ἑπτὰ οὐρανοί, οὕς τινες ἀριθμοῦσι κατʼ ἐπανάβασιν, εἴτε καὶ ἡ ἀπλανὴς χώρα ἡ πλησιάζουσα τῷ νοητῷ κόσμῳ ὀγδοὰς λέγοιτο, πλὴν ἐξαναδῦναι γενέσεώς τε καὶ ἁμαρτίας χρῆναι λέγει τὸν γνωστικόν. ἐπὶ γοῦν ταῖς ἑπτὰ ἡμέραις τὰ ἱερεῖα ὑπὲρ ἁμαρτιῶν θύεται, ἔτι γὰρ τροπῆς εὐλάβεια καὶ τῆς ἑβδόμης ἅπτεται περιφορᾶς.
teleios dʼ, oimai, katharismos hē dia nomou kai prophētōn eis to euangelion pistis; hilasmos de hē diʼ hypakoēs pasēs hagneia syn kai tę̄ apothesei tōn kosmikōn eis tēn ek tēs apolyseōs tēs psychēs euchariston tou skēnous apodosin. eitʼ oun ho chronos eiē ho dia tōn hepta periodōn tōn arithmoumenōn eis tēn akrotatēn anapausin apokathistas eite hepta ouranoi, hous tines arithmousi katʼ epanabasin, eite kai hē aplanēs chōra hē plēsiazousa tǭ noētǭ kosmǭ ogdoas legoito, plēn exanadynai geneseōs te kai hamartias chrēnai legei ton gnōstikon. epi goun tais hepta hēmerais ta hiereia hyper hamartiōn thyetai, eti gar tropēs eulabeia kai tēs hebdomēs haptetai periphoras.
Perfect purification, I think, is faith through the law and the prophets into the gospel; and propitiation is purity through all obedience, together with laying aside worldly things, up to the thankful surrender of the tent at the release of the soul. Whether, then, it is time which, through the seven numbered periods, restores to the highest rest, or seven heavens, which some count by ascent, or whether the fixed region, which borders on the intelligible world, is called the eighth, he says that the one who knows must rise out of becoming and sin. At any rate, after the seven days the victims are sacrificed for sins; for there is still caution about change, and it touches the seventh cycle.
4.25.160Stählin 2:319
Ἰὼβ δὲ ὁ δίκαιος αὐτὸς φησὶ γυμνὸς ἐξῆλθον ἐκ κοιλίας μητρός μου, γυμνὸς καὶ ἀπελεύσομαι ἐκεῖ, οὐ κτημάτων γυμνός (τοῦτο μὲν γὰρ μικρόν τε καὶ κοινόν), ἀλλʼ ὡς δίκαιος γυμνὸς ἄπεισι κακίας τε καὶ ἁμαρτίας καὶ τοῦ ἑπομένου τοῖς ἀδίκως βιώσασιν ἀειδοῦς εἰδώλου· τοῦτο γὰρ ἦν τὸ εἰρημένον ἐὰν μὴ στραφέντες γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία, καθαροὶ μὲν τὴν σάρκα, ἅγιοι δὲ τὴν ψυχὴν κατὰ ἀποχὴν κακῶν ἔργων, δεικνύντος τοῦ θεοῦ ὅτι τοιούτους ἡμᾶς εἶναι βούλεται, οἵους καὶ γεγέννηκεν ἐκ μήτρας ὕδατος· γένεσις γὰρ γένεσιν διαδεχομένη κατὰ προκοπὴν ἀπαθανατίζειν βούλεται, τῶν δὲ ἀσεβῶν ὁ λύχνος σβεσθήσεται.
Iōb de ho dikaios autos phēsi gymnos exēlthon ek koilias mētros mou, gymnos kai apeleusomai ekei, ou ktēmatōn gymnos (touto men gar mikron te kai koinon), allʼ hōs dikaios gymnos apeisi kakias te kai hamartias kai tou hepomenou tois adikōs biōsasin aeidous eidōlou; touto gar ēn to eirēmenon ean mē straphentes genēsthe hōs ta paidia, katharoi men tēn sarka, hagioi de tēn psychēn kata apochēn kakōn ergōn, deiknyntos tou theou hoti toioutous hēmas einai bouletai, hoious kai gegennēken ek mētras hydatos; genesis gar genesin diadechomenē kata prokopēn apathanatizein bouletai, tōn de asebōn ho lychnos sbesthēsetai.
Job the righteous himself says: “Naked I came out of my mother's womb, naked I shall also depart there”; not naked of possessions (for this is small and common), but as a righteous man he departs naked of vice and sin and of the formless image that follows those who have lived unjustly. For this was the meaning of what was said, “Unless you turn and become like children,” pure in flesh and holy in soul by abstaining from evil deeds; God showing that he wishes us to be such as he has also begotten us from the womb of water. For birth succeeding birth by progress wishes to make immortal; “but the lamp of the ungodly will be quenched.”
4.25.161Stählin 2:319–320
ναὶ μὴν τὴν κατά τε σῶμα κατά τε ψυχὴν ἁγνείαν, ἣν μέτεισιν ὁ γνωστικός, ὁ πάνσοφος Μωυσῆς ἐκπρεπῶς τῇ ἐπαναλήψει χρησάμενος ἐμήνυσεν, τὸ ἀδιάφθορον τοῦ τε σώματος τῆς τε ψυχῆς διαγράφων ἐπὶ τῆς Ῥεβέκκας ὧδέ πως· ἡ δὲ παρθένος ἦν καλή, παρθένος ἦν, ἀνὴρ οὐκ ἔγνω αὐτήν. Ῥεβέκκα δὲ ἑρμηνεύεται θεοῦ δόξα, θεοῦ δὲ δόξα ἀφθαρσία. αὕτη ἡ τῷ ὄντι δικαιοσύνη, μὴ πλεονεκτεῖν ἐν θατέρῳ, ὅλον δὲ εἶναι ἡγιασμένον νεὼν τοῦ κυρίου. δικαιοσύνη οὖν ἐστιν εἰρήνη βίου καὶ εὐστάθεια, ἐφʼ ἣν ὁ κύριος ἀπέλυε λέγων· ἄπελθε εἰς εἰρήνην· Σαλὴμ γὰρ ἑρμηνεύεται εἰρήνη, ἧς ὁ σωτὴρ ἡμῶν ἀναγράφεται βασιλεύς, ὃν φησι Μωυσῆς, Μελχισεδὲκ βασιλεὺς Σαλὴμ ὁ ἱερεὺς τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ὑψίστου, ὁ τὸν οἶνον καὶ τὸν ἄρτον τὴν ἡγιασμένην διδοὺς τροφὴν εἰς τύπον εὐχαριστίας. καὶ δὴ ἑρμηνεύεται ὁ Μελχισεδὲκ βασιλεὺς δίκαιος, συνωνυμία δέ ἐστι δικαιοσύνης καὶ εἰρήνης.
nai mēn tēn kata te sōma kata te psychēn hagneian, hēn meteisin ho gnōstikos, ho pansophos Mōysēs ekprepōs tę̄ epanalēpsei chrēsamenos emēnysen, to adiaphthoron tou te sōmatos tēs te psychēs diagraphōn epi tēs Rhebekkas hōde pōs; hē de parthenos ēn kalē, parthenos ēn, anēr ouk egnō autēn. Rhebekka de hermēneuetai theou doxa, theou de doxa aphtharsia. hautē hē tǭ onti dikaiosynē, mē pleonektein en thaterǭ, holon de einai hēgiasmenon neōn tou kyriou. dikaiosynē oun estin eirēnē biou kai eustatheia, ephʼ hēn ho kyrios apelye legōn; apelthe eis eirēnēn; Salēm gar hermēneuetai eirēnē, hēs ho sōtēr hēmōn anagraphetai basileus, hon phēsi Mōysēs, Melchisedek basileus Salēm ho hiereus tou theou tou hypsistou, ho ton oinon kai ton arton tēn hēgiasmenēn didous trophēn eis typon eucharistias. kai dē hermēneuetai ho Melchisedek basileus dikaios, synōnymia de esti dikaiosynēs kai eirēnēs.
Indeed the all-wise Moses, using repetition strikingly, has indicated the purity in both body and soul which the one who knows pursues, describing the incorruption of both body and soul in the case of Rebecca thus: “The virgin was beautiful; she was a virgin; no man had known her.” And Rebecca is interpreted “glory of God,” and the glory of God is incorruption. This is true righteousness: not to be greedy in either, but to be wholly a sanctified temple of the Lord. Righteousness, then, is peace and stability of life, to which the Lord dismissed, saying, “Go in peace.” For Salem is interpreted “peace,” of which our Savior is recorded as king, as Moses says: “Melchizedek king of Salem, the priest of God Most High,” who gave the wine and the bread as sanctified food, as a type of the Eucharist. And indeed Melchizedek is interpreted “righteous king”; and righteousness and peace are synonymous.
4.25.162Stählin 2:320
Βασιλείδης δὲ ὑποστατὰς Δικαιοσύνην τε καὶ τὴν θυγατέρα αὐτῆς τὴν Εἰρήνην ὑπολαμβάνει ἐν ὀγδοάδι μένειν ἐνδιατεταγμένας. Μετιτέον δὴ ἀπὸ τῶν φυσικωτέρων ἐπὶ τὰ προφανέστερα τὰ ἠθικά· ὁ γὰρ περὶ ἐκείνων λόγος μετὰ τὴν ἐν χερσὶ πραγματείαν ἕψεται. αὐτὸς οὖν ἡμᾶς ὁ σωτὴρ ἀτεχνῶς κατὰ τὴν τραγῳδίαν μυσταγωγεῖ, ὁρῶν ὁρῶντας καὶ δίδωσιν ὄργια. κἂν πύθῃ· τὰ δὲ ὄργια ἐστὶ τίνʼ ἰδέαν ἔχοντά σοι; ἀκούσῃ πάλιν· ἄρρητʼ ἀβακχεύτοισιν εἰδέναι βροτῶν, κἂν πολυπραγμονῇ τις ὁποῖα εἴη, αὖθις ἀκουσάτω· οὐ θέμις ἀκοῦσαί σε, ἔστιν δʼ ἄξιʼ εἰδέναι· ἀσέβειαν ἀσκοῦντα ὄργιʼ ἐχθαίρει θεοῦ· ὁ θεὸς δὲ ἄναρχος, ἀρχὴ τῶν ὅλων παντελής, ἀρχῆς ποιητικός. ᾗ μὲν οὖν ἐστιν οὐσία, ἀρχὴ τοῦ φυσικοῦ τόπου· καθʼ ὅσον ἐστὶν τἀγαθόν, τοῦ ἠθικοῦ· ᾗ δʼ αὖ ἐστι νοῦς, τοῦ λογικοῦ καὶ κριτικοῦ τόπου· ὅθεν καὶ διδάσκαλος μόνος ὁ λόγος, υἱὸς τοῦ νοῦ πατρός, ὁ παιδεύων τὸν ἄνθρωπον.
Basileidēs de hypostatas Dikaiosynēn te kai tēn thygatera autēs tēn Eirēnēn hypolambanei en ogdoadi menein endiatetagmenas. Metiteon dē apo tōn physikōterōn epi ta prophanestera ta ēthika; ho gar peri ekeinōn logos meta tēn en chersi pragmateian hepsetai. autos oun hēmas ho sōtēr atechnōs kata tēn tragǭdian mystagōgei, horōn horōntas kai didōsin orgia. kan pythę̄; ta de orgia esti tinʼ idean echonta soi? akousę̄ palin; arrētʼ abakcheutoisin eidenai brotōn, kan polypragmonę̄ tis hopoia eiē, authis akousatō; ou themis akousai se, estin dʼ axiʼ eidenai; asebeian askounta orgiʼ echthairei theou; ho theos de anarchos, archē tōn holōn pantelēs, archēs poiētikos. hę̄ men oun estin ousia, archē tou physikou topou; kathʼ hoson estin tagathon, tou ēthikou; hę̄ dʼ au esti nous, tou logikou kai kritikou topou; hothen kai didaskalos monos ho logos, huios tou nou patros, ho paideuōn ton anthrōpon.
Basilides supposes that Righteousness and her daughter Peace, as existing beings, remain arranged in the Ogdoad. But we must pass from the more natural matters to the plainer ethical ones; for the account of those will follow after the treatise in hand. The Savior himself, then, simply, as in the tragedy, initiates us, “seeing those who see, and he gives the rites.” And if you ask, “What form do these rites have for you?” you will hear again: “It is not permitted for the uninitiated among mortals to know.” And if someone busies himself about what they are, let him hear again: “It is not lawful for you to hear, but they are worth knowing; the god's rites hate the one who practices impiety.” But God is without beginning, the perfect beginning of all things, maker of the beginning. Insofar as he is being, he is the beginning of the physical field; insofar as he is the Good, of the ethical; insofar as he is mind, of the logical and critical field. That is why the Word alone is teacher, the Son of the Father, who is Mind, who educates man.
Miscellanies 4, chapter 26
4.26.163Stählin 2:320–321
Οὔκουν εὐλόγως οἱ κατατρέχοντες τῆς πλάσεως καὶ κακίζοντες τὸ σῶμα, οὐ συνορῶντες τὴν κατασκευὴν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ὀρθὴν πρὸς τὴν οὐρανοῦ θέαν γενομένην καὶ τὴν τῶν αἰσθήσεων ὀργανοποιίαν πρὸς γνῶσιν συντείνουσαν τά τε μέλη καὶ μέρη πρὸς τὸ καλόν, οὐ πρὸς ἡδονὴν εὔθετα. ὅθεν ἐπιδεκτικὸν γίνεται τῆς τιμιωτάτης τῷ θεῷ ψυχῆς τὸ οἰκητήριον τοῦτο καὶ πνεύματος ἁγίου κατὰ τὸν τῆς ψυχῆς τε καὶ σώματος ἁγιασμὸν καταξιοῦται τῷ τοῦ σωτῆρος καταρτισμῷ τελειούμενον. καὶ δὴ ἡ ἀντακολουθία τῶν τριῶν ἀρετῶν περὶ τὸν ἄνθρωπον εὑρίσκεται τὸν γνωστικὸν ἠθικῶς τε καὶ φυσικῶς καὶ λογικῶς περὶ τὸ θεῖον πραγματευόμενον. σοφία μὲν γὰρ ἐπιστήμη τῶν θείων καὶ τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων, δικαιοσύνη δὲ συμφωνία τῶν τῆς ψυχῆς μερῶν, ὁσιότης δὲ θεραπεία τοῦ θεοῦ. εἰ δέ τις διαβάλλεσθαι τὴν σάρκα καὶ διʼ αὐτῆς τὴν γένεσιν φάσκοι παραθεὶς Ἡσαΐαν λέγοντα πᾶσα σὰρξ χόρτος καὶ πᾶσα δόξα ἀνθρώπου ὡς ἄνθος χόρτου· ἐξηράνθη ὁ χόρτος καὶ τὸ ἄνθος ἐξέπεσεν· τὸ δὲ ῥῆμα κυρίου μένει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, ἀκουσάτω ἑρμηνεύοντος τὸ ζητούμενον διὰ Ἱερεμίου τοῦ πνεύματος· καὶ διέσπειρα αὐτοὺς ὡς φρύγανα πετώμενα ὑπὸ ἀνέμου εἰς ἔρημον.
Oukoun eulogōs hoi katatrechontes tēs plaseōs kai kakizontes to sōma, ou synorōntes tēn kataskeuēn tou anthrōpou orthēn pros tēn ouranou thean genomenēn kai tēn tōn aisthēseōn organopoiian pros gnōsin synteinousan ta te melē kai merē pros to kalon, ou pros hēdonēn eutheta. hothen epidektikon ginetai tēs timiōtatēs tǭ theǭ psychēs to oikētērion touto kai pneumatos hagiou kata ton tēs psychēs te kai sōmatos hagiasmon kataxioutai tǭ tou sōtēros katartismǭ teleioumenon. kai dē hē antakolouthia tōn triōn aretōn peri ton anthrōpon heurisketai ton gnōstikon ēthikōs te kai physikōs kai logikōs peri to theion pragmateuomenon. sophia men gar epistēmē tōn theiōn kai tōn anthrōpinōn, dikaiosynē de symphōnia tōn tēs psychēs merōn, hosiotēs de therapeia tou theou. ei de tis diaballesthai tēn sarka kai diʼ autēs tēn genesin phaskoi paratheis Hēsaïan legonta pasa sarx chortos kai pasa doxa anthrōpou hōs anthos chortou; exēranthē ho chortos kai to anthos exepesen; to de rhēma kyriou menei eis ton aiōna, akousatō hermēneuontos to zētoumenon dia Hieremiou tou pneumatos; kai diespeira autous hōs phrygana petōmena hypo anemou eis erēmon.
Unreasonably, then, do those run down the formation of man and speak ill of the body, not seeing that man's structure was made upright for the contemplation of heaven, that the organs of the senses contribute to knowledge, and that the limbs and parts are fitted for the good, not for pleasure. Hence this dwelling becomes able to receive the soul, most precious to God, and is counted worthy of the Holy Spirit through the sanctification of soul and body, perfected by the Savior's equipping. And indeed the mutual implication of the three virtues is found in the man who knows, dealing with the divine ethically, physically, and logically. For wisdom is knowledge of divine and human things, justice the harmony of the parts of the soul, and holiness the service of God. And if someone should say that the flesh, and through it birth, is slandered, citing Isaiah: “All flesh is grass, and all the glory of man as the flower of grass; the grass withered and the flower fell; but the word of the Lord remains forever,” let him hear the Spirit interpreting the question through Jeremiah: “And I scattered them like brushwood blown by the wind into the desert.
4.26.164Stählin 2:321
οὗτος ὁ κλῆρος καὶ μερὶς τοῦ ἀπειθεῖν ὑμᾶς, λέγει κύριος· ὡς ἐπελάθου μου καὶ ἤλπισας ἐπὶ ψεύδεσι, κἀγὼ ἀποκαλύψω τὰ ὀπίσω σου ἐπὶ πρόσωπόν σου, καὶ ὀφθήσεται ἡ ἀτιμία σου, μοιχεία σου καὶ χρεμετισμός σου καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. τοῦτο γὰρ τὸ ἄνθος τοῦ χόρτου, καὶ τὸ κατὰ σάρκα περιπατεῖν καὶ σαρκικοὺς εἶναι κατὰ τὸν ἀπόστολον, ἐν ἁμαρτίαις ὄντας. κρεῖττον μὲν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ὡμολόγηται ἡ ψυχή, ἧττον δὲ τὸ σῶμα, ἀλλʼ οὔτε ἀγαθὸν ἡ ψυχὴ φύσει οὔτε αὖ κακὸν φύσει τὸ σῶμα οὐδὲ μὴν ὃ μή ἐστιν ἀγαθόν, τοῦτο εὐθέως κακόν. εἰσὶ γὰρ οὖν καὶ μεσότητές τινες καὶ προηγμένα καὶ ἀποπροηγμένα ἐν τοῖς μέσοις. ἐχρῆν δὴ οὖν τὴν σύνθεσιν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐν αἰσθητοῖς γενομένην ἐκ διαφόρων συνεστάναι, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐξ ἐναντίων, σώματός τε καὶ ψυχῆς.
houtos ho klēros kai meris tou apeithein hymas, legei kyrios; hōs epelathou mou kai ēlpisas epi pseudesi, kagō apokalypsō ta opisō sou epi prosōpon sou, kai ophthēsetai hē atimia sou, moicheia sou kai chremetismos sou kai ta hexēs. touto gar to anthos tou chortou, kai to kata sarka peripatein kai sarkikous einai kata ton apostolon, en hamartiais ontas. kreitton men tou anthrōpou hōmologētai hē psychē, hētton de to sōma, allʼ oute agathon hē psychē physei oute au kakon physei to sōma oude mēn ho mē estin agathon, touto eutheōs kakon. eisi gar oun kai mesotētes tines kai proēgmena kai apoproēgmena en tois mesois. echrēn dē oun tēn synthesin tou anthrōpou en aisthētois genomenēn ek diaphorōn synestanai, allʼ ouk ex enantiōn, sōmatos te kai psychēs.
This is the lot and portion of your disobedience, says the Lord. As you forgot me and hoped in lies, I too will uncover your back parts before your face, and your dishonor will be seen, your adultery and your neighing,” and so on. For this is the flower of grass: walking according to the flesh and being fleshly, according to the apostle, being in sins. The soul is admitted to be the better part of man and the body the lesser; but neither is the soul good by nature nor the body evil by nature; nor is what is not good at once evil. For there are intermediate things, and among the intermediate, things preferred and things not preferred. The composition of man, being in the sensible world, had to consist of things different, but not opposed: body and soul.
4.26.165Stählin 2:321
ἀεὶ τοίνυν αἱ ἀγαθαὶ πράξεις ὡς ἀμείνους τῷ κρείττονι τῷ πνευματικῷ προσάπτονται, αἱ δὲ φιλήδονοι καὶ ἁμαρτητικαὶ τῷ ἥττονι τῷ ἁμαρτητικῷ περιτίθενται. αὐτίκα ἡ τοῦ σοφοῦ τε καὶ γνωστικοῦ ψυχή, οἷον ἐπιξενουμένη τῷ σώματι, σεμνῶς αὐτῷ καὶ τιμητικῶς προσφέρεται, οὐ προσπαθῶς, ὅσον οὐδέπω, ἐὰν ὁ καιρὸς τῆς ἀποδημίας καλῇ, ἀπολείπουσα τὸ σκῆνος. πάροικος, φησίν, ἐν τῇ γῇ καὶ παρεπίδημος ἐγώ εἰμι μεθʼ ὑμῶν. καὶ ἐντεῦθεν ξένην τὴν ἐκλογὴν τοῦ κόσμου ὁ Βασιλείδης εἴληφε λέγειν, ὡς ἂν ὑπερκόσμιον φύσει οὖσαν. τὸ δʼ οὐχ οὕτως ἔχει. ἑνὸς γὰρ τὰ πάντα θεοῦ, καὶ οὐκ ἄν τις εἴη φύσει τοῦ κόσμου ξένος, μιᾶς μὲν τῆς οὐσίας οὔσης, ἑνὸς δὲ τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀλλʼ ὁ ἐκλεκτὸς ὡς ξένος πολιτεύεται, κτητά τε καὶ ἀπόκτητα εἰδὼς πάντα.
aei toinyn hai agathai praxeis hōs ameinous tǭ kreittoni tǭ pneumatikǭ prosaptontai, hai de philēdonoi kai hamartētikai tǭ hēttoni tǭ hamartētikǭ peritithentai. autika hē tou sophou te kai gnōstikou psychē, hoion epixenoumenē tǭ sōmati, semnōs autǭ kai timētikōs prospheretai, ou prospathōs, hoson oudepō, ean ho kairos tēs apodēmias kalę̄, apoleipousa to skēnos. paroikos, phēsin, en tę̄ gę̄ kai parepidēmos egō eimi methʼ hymōn. kai enteuthen xenēn tēn eklogēn tou kosmou ho Basileidēs eilēphe legein, hōs an hyperkosmion physei ousan. to dʼ ouch houtōs echei. henos gar ta panta theou, kai ouk an tis eiē physei tou kosmou xenos, mias men tēs ousias ousēs, henos de tou theou, allʼ ho eklektos hōs xenos politeuetai, ktēta te kai apoktēta eidōs panta.
So good actions, as better, are always attached to the better, spiritual part, while pleasure-loving and sinful ones are ascribed to the lesser, sinful part. For example, the soul of the wise man and the one who knows, as though lodging as a guest in the body, behaves toward it with dignity and respect, not with passion, ready to leave the tent whenever the time of departure calls. “I am a sojourner on the earth and a stranger with you,” it says. And from this Basilides has taken occasion to say that the elect is foreign to the world, as though being supramundane by nature. But this is not so. For all things belong to one God, and no one could be foreign to the world by nature, since the substance is one and God is one; but the elect lives as a stranger, knowing that all things are to be acquired and to be relinquished.
4.26.166Stählin 2:322
Ὅσα δὲ τριττὰ εἶναι ἀγαθὰ οἱ Περιπατητικοὶ θέλουσι, χρῆται αὐτοῖς, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ σώματι, ὥς τις μακρὰν στελλόμενος ἀποδημίαν πανδοχείοις καὶ ταῖς παρʼ ὁδὸν οἰκήσεσιν, ἐπιμελούμενος μὲν καὶ κοσμῶν τὸν τόπον ἔνθα καταλύει, ἀπολείπων δὲ τὴν οἴκησιν καὶ τὴν κτῆσιν καθάπερ καὶ τὴν χρῆσιν ἀπροσπαθῶς, προθύμως τῷ ἀπάγοντι τοῦ βίου συνεπόμενος, οὐδαμῶς ὀπίσω κατʼ οὐδεμίαν ἀφορμὴν ἐπιστρεφόμενος, εὐχαριστήσας μὲν ἐπὶ τῇ παροικίᾳ, εὐλογῶν δὲ ἐπὶ τῇ ἐξόδῳ, τὴν μονὴν ἀσπαζόμενος τὴν ἐν οὐρανῷ. οἴδαμεν γὰρ ὅτι, ἐὰν ἡ ἐπίγειος ἡμῶν οἰκία τοῦ σκήνους καταλυθῇ, οἰκοδομὴν ἐκ θεοῦ ἔχομεν, οἰκίαν ἀχειροποίητον αἰώνιον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. καὶ γὰρ ἐν τούτῳ στενάζομεν, τὸ οἰκητήριον ἡμῶν τὸ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἐπενδύσασθαι ἐπιποθοῦντες, εἴ γε καὶ ἐνδυσάμενοι οὐ γυμνοὶ εὑρεθησόμεθα· διὰ πίστεως γὰρ περιπατοῦμεν, οὐ διὰ εἴδους, ὡς ὁ ἀπόστολός φησιν. εὐδοκοῦμεν δὲ μᾶλλον ἐκδημῆσαι ἐκ τοῦ σώματος καὶ ἐνδημῆσαι πρὸς τὸν θεόν. ἐν συγκρίσει δὲ τὸ μᾶλλον, ἡ δὲ σύγκρισις ἐπὶ τῶν καθʼ ὁμοίωσιν ὑποπιπτόντων, ὡς ὁ ἀνδρειότερος ἀνδρείων ἀνδρειότερος, δειλῶν δὲ ἀνδρειότατος.
Hosa de tritta einai agatha hoi Peripatētikoi thelousi, chrētai autois, alla kai tǭ sōmati, hōs tis makran stellomenos apodēmian pandocheiois kai tais parʼ hodon oikēsesin, epimeloumenos men kai kosmōn ton topon entha katalyei, apoleipōn de tēn oikēsin kai tēn ktēsin kathaper kai tēn chrēsin aprospathōs, prothymōs tǭ apagonti tou biou synepomenos, oudamōs opisō katʼ oudemian aphormēn epistrephomenos, eucharistēsas men epi tę̄ paroikią, eulogōn de epi tę̄ exodǭ, tēn monēn aspazomenos tēn en ouranǭ. oidamen gar hoti, ean hē epigeios hēmōn oikia tou skēnous katalythę̄, oikodomēn ek theou echomen, oikian acheiropoiēton aiōnion en tois ouranois. kai gar en toutǭ stenazomen, to oikētērion hēmōn to ex ouranou ependysasthai epipothountes, ei ge kai endysamenoi ou gymnoi heurethēsometha; dia pisteōs gar peripatoumen, ou dia eidous, hōs ho apostolos phēsin. eudokoumen de mallon ekdēmēsai ek tou sōmatos kai endēmēsai pros ton theon. en synkrisei de to mallon, hē de synkrisis epi tōn kathʼ homoiōsin hypopiptontōn, hōs ho andreioteros andreiōn andreioteros, deilōn de andreiotatos.
The three kinds of goods the Peripatetics speak of he uses, and the body too, as someone setting out on a long journey uses inns and lodgings along the road, caring for and adorning the place where he stays, but leaving the dwelling and the possession, as also the use, without passion, following gladly the one who leads him out of life, never turning back for any reason, having given thanks for his sojourn, and blessing his departure, welcoming the dwelling in heaven. “For we know that if our earthly house, the tent, is dissolved, we have a building from God, a house not made with hands, eternal in the heavens. For in this we groan, longing to put on our dwelling from heaven, if indeed, having put it on, we will not be found naked. For we walk by faith, not by sight,” as the apostle says. “And we are well pleased rather to be away from the body and at home with God.” “Rather” is in comparison; and comparison is of things falling under likeness, as the braver of the brave is braver, but the bravest of cowards.
4.26.167Stählin 2:322–323
ὅθεν ἐπήγαγεν· διὸ φιλοτιμούμεθα, εἴτε ἐκδημοῦντες εἴτε ἐνδημοῦντες, εὐάρεστοι εἶναι αὐτῷ, τῷ ἑνὶ δηλονότι θεῷ, οὗ τὰ πάντα ἔργον τε καὶ κτίσις, ὅ τε κόσμος καὶ τὰ ὑπερκόσμια. ἄγαμαι τὸν Ἐπίχαρμον σαφῶς λέγοντα· εὐσεβὴς νόῳ πεφυκὼς οὐ πάθοις κʼ οὐδὲν κακὸν κατθανών, ἄνω τὸ πνεῦμα διαμένει κατʼ οὐρανόν· καὶ τὸν μελοποιὸν ᾄδοντα· ψυχαὶ δʼ ἀσεβῶν ὑπουράνιοι γαίᾳ πωτῶνται ἐν ἄλγεσι φονίοις ὑπὸ ζεύγλαις ἀφύκτοις κακῶν, εὐσεβῶν δὲ ἐπουράνιοι νάουσι, μολπαῖς μάκαρα μέγαν ἀείδουσʼ ἐν ὕμνοις· οὔκουν οὐρανόθεν καταπέμπεται δεῦρο ἐπὶ τὰ ἥττω ψυχή, ὁ θεὸς γὰρ ἐπὶ τὰ ἀμείνω πάντα ἐργάζεται, ἀλλʼ ἡ τὸν ἄριστον ἑλομένη βίον ἐκ θεοῦ καὶ δικαιοσύνης γῆς οὐρανὸν ἀνταλλάσσεται.
hothen epēgagen; dio philotimoumetha, eite ekdēmountes eite endēmountes, euarestoi einai autǭ, tǭ heni dēlonoti theǭ, hou ta panta ergon te kai ktisis, ho te kosmos kai ta hyperkosmia. agamai ton Epicharmon saphōs legonta; eusebēs noǭ pephykōs ou pathois kʼ ouden kakon katthanōn, anō to pneuma diamenei katʼ ouranon; kai ton melopoion ądonta; psychai dʼ asebōn hypouranioi gaią pōtōntai en algesi phoniois hypo zeuglais aphyktois kakōn, eusebōn de epouranioi naousi, molpais makara megan aeidousʼ en hymnois; oukoun ouranothen katapempetai deuro epi ta hēttō psychē, ho theos gar epi ta ameinō panta ergazetai, allʼ hē ton ariston helomenē bion ek theou kai dikaiosynēs gēs ouranon antallassetai.
That is why he added: “Therefore we make it our aim, whether away or at home, to be pleasing to him,” clearly to the one God, whose work and creation all things are, both the world and what is above the world. I admire Epicharmus, who says clearly: “Being pious in mind, you would suffer no evil when you die; the spirit remains above in heaven.” And the lyric poet, who sings: “The souls of the ungodly flit under heaven on earth in murderous pains under inescapable yokes of evils; but those of the pious, dwelling in heaven, sing the great Blessed One in songs and hymns.” So the soul is not sent down here from heaven to worse things, for God works all things toward the better; but the soul that has chosen the best life from God and righteousness exchanges earth for heaven.
4.26.168Stählin 2:323
Εἰκότως οὖν γνώσεως ἐπήβολος ὁ Ἰὼβ γενόμενος νῦν οἶδα εἶπεν ὅτι πάντα δύνασαι, ἀδυνατεῖ δέ σοι οὐθέν. τίς γὰρ ἀπαγγέλλει μοι ἃ οὐκ ᾔδειν, μεγάλα καὶ θαυμαστὰ ἃ οὐκ ἠπιστάμην; ἐγὼ δὲ ἐφαύλισα ἐμαυτὸν ἡγησάμενος ἐμαυτὸν εἶναι γῆν καὶ σποδόν. ὁ γὰρ ἐν ἀγνοίᾳ ὢν ἁμαρτητικός τέ ἐστι καὶ γῆ καὶ σποδός, ὁ δʼ ἐν γνώσει καθεστώς, ἐξομοιούμενος θεῷ εἰς ὅσον δύναται, ἤδη πνευματικὸς καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἐκλεκτός. ὅτι δὲ τοὺς ἀνοήτους καὶ ἀπειθεῖς γῆν καλεῖ ἡ γραφή, σαφὲς ποιήσει Ἱερεμίας ὁ προφήτης κατὰ Ἰωακεὶμ καὶ τῶν ἀδελφῶν αὐτοῦ λέγων· γῆ γῆ, ἄκουε λόγον κυρίου· γράψον τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦτον ἐκκήρυκτον ἄνθρωπον.
Eikotōs oun gnōseōs epēbolos ho Iōb genomenos nyn oida eipen hoti panta dynasai, adynatei de soi outhen. tis gar apangellei moi ha ouk ę̄dein, megala kai thaumasta ha ouk ēpistamēn? egō de ephaulisa emauton hēgēsamenos emauton einai gēn kai spodon. ho gar en agnoią ōn hamartētikos te esti kai gē kai spodos, ho dʼ en gnōsei kathestōs, exomoioumenos theǭ eis hoson dynatai, ēdē pneumatikos kai dia touto eklektos. hoti de tous anoētous kai apeitheis gēn kalei hē graphē, saphes poiēsei Hieremias ho prophētēs kata Iōakeim kai tōn adelphōn autou legōn; gē gē, akoue logon kyriou; grapson ton andra touton ekkērykton anthrōpon.
Fittingly, then, Job, having attained knowledge, said: “Now I know that you can do all things, and nothing is impossible for you. For who tells me what I did not know, great and marvelous things that I did not understand? And I despised myself, considering myself earth and ashes.” For the one in ignorance is sinful and earth and ashes; but the one established in knowledge, being made like God as far as he can, is already spiritual and so elect. And that Scripture calls the foolish and disobedient “earth,” the prophet Jeremiah will make clear, speaking against Joachim and his brothers: “Earth, earth, hear the word of the Lord; write this man down as an outcast man.”
4.26.169Stählin 2:323
ἄλλος δʼ αὖ προφήτης φησίν· ἄκουε, οὐρανέ, καὶ ἐνωτίζου, γῆ, τὴν σύνεσιν ἀκοὴν εἰπών, καὶ οὐρανὸν τὴν τοῦ γνωστικοῦ ψυχὴν τὴν οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῶν θείων θέαν ἐπανῃρημένου καὶ ταύτῃ Ἰσραηλίτην γεγονέναι· ἔμπαλιν γὰρ αὖ τὸν ἑλόμενον τὴν ἀμαθίαν καὶ τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν γῆν εἴρηκεν καὶ τὸ ἐνωτίζου ἀπὸ τῶν ὀργάνων τῆς ἀκοῆς τῶν ὤτων προσηγόρευσεν, τὰ σαρκικὰ τοῖς προσανέχουσι τοῖς αἰσθητοῖς ἀπονείμας. οὗτοί εἰσι περὶ ὧν Μιχαίας ὁ προφήτης λέγει· ἀκούσατε λαοὶ λόγον κυρίου οἱ συνοικοῦντες ὀδύναις. καὶ ὁ Ἀβραὰμ μηδαμῶς, εἶπεν, κύριε, ὁ κρίνων τὴν γῆν, ἐπεὶ ὁ ἀπιστήσας κατὰ τὴν σωτήριον φωνὴν ἤδη κέκριται.
allos dʼ au prophētēs phēsin; akoue, ourane, kai enōtizou, gē, tēn synesin akoēn eipōn, kai ouranon tēn tou gnōstikou psychēn tēn ouranou kai tōn theiōn thean epanę̄rēmenou kai tautę̄ Israēlitēn gegonenai; empalin gar au ton helomenon tēn amathian kai tēn sklērokardian gēn eirēken kai to enōtizou apo tōn organōn tēs akoēs tōn ōtōn prosēgoreusen, ta sarkika tois prosanechousi tois aisthētois aponeimas. houtoi eisi peri hōn Michaias ho prophētēs legei; akousate laoi logon kyriou hoi synoikountes odynais. kai ho Abraam mēdamōs, eipen, kyrie, ho krinōn tēn gēn, epei ho apistēsas kata tēn sōtērion phōnēn ēdē kekritai.
And another prophet says: “Hear, O heaven, and give ear, O earth,” calling understanding “hearing,” and “heaven” the soul of the one who knows, who has taken up the contemplation of heaven and divine things and so has become an Israelite; while conversely he called “earth” the one who has chosen ignorance and hardness of heart, and named “give ear” from the organs of hearing, the ears, assigning fleshly things to those devoted to sensible things. These are the ones of whom the prophet Micah says: “Hear, peoples, the word of the Lord, you who dwell with pains.” And Abraham said, “By no means, Lord, you who judge the earth”; since the one who has disbelieved, according to the saving word, “has already been judged.”
4.26.170Stählin 2:323–324
γέγραπται δὲ κἀν ταῖς Βασιλείαις ἡ κρίσις καὶ ἡ ἀπόφασις τοῦ κυρίου ὧδε ἔχουσα· δικαίων εἰσακούει ὁ θεός, ἀσεβεῖς δὲ οὐ σῴζει, παρὰ τὸ μὴ βούλεσθαι εἰδέναι αὐτοὺς τὸν θεόν· ἄτοπα γὰρ οὐ συντελέσει ὁ παντοκράτωρ. τί πρὸς ταύτην ἔτι φθέγγονται τὴν φωνὴν αἱ αἱρέσεις, ἀγαθὸν θεὸν τὸν παντοκράτορα κηρυττούσης τῆς γραφῆς καὶ ἀναίτιον κακίας τε καὶ ἀδικίας, εἴ γε ἡ μὲν ἄγνοια διὰ τὸ μὴ γινώσκειν φύεται, ὁ θεὸς δὲ οὐδὲν ἄτοπον ποιεῖ; οὗτος γάρ ἐστι, φησίν, ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν καὶ οὐκ ἔστι πλὴν αὐτοῦ σῴζων· οὐδὲ γάρ ἐστιν ἀδικία παρὰ τῷ θεῷ κατὰ τὸν ἀπόστολον. σαφῶς δὲ ἔτι ὁ προφήτης τὴν βουλὴν τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τὴν προκοπὴν τὴν γνωστικὴν διὰ τούτων διδάσκει· καὶ νῦν, Ἰσραήλ, τί κύριος ὁ θεός σου αἰτεῖται παρὰ σοῦ, ἀλλʼ ἢ φοβεῖσθαι κύριον τὸν θεόν σου καὶ πορεύεσθαι ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀγαπᾶν αὐτὸν καὶ λατρεύειν αὐτῷ μόνῳ; τοῦτο αἰτεῖται παρὰ σοῦ, τοῦ τὴν ἐξουσίαν ἔχοντος ἑλέσθαι τὴν σωτηρίαν.
gegraptai de kan tais Basileiais hē krisis kai hē apophasis tou kyriou hōde echousa; dikaiōn eisakouei ho theos, asebeis de ou sǭzei, para to mē boulesthai eidenai autous ton theon; atopa gar ou syntelesei ho pantokratōr. ti pros tautēn eti phthengontai tēn phōnēn hai haireseis, agathon theon ton pantokratora kēryttousēs tēs graphēs kai anaition kakias te kai adikias, ei ge hē men agnoia dia to mē ginōskein phyetai, ho theos de ouden atopon poiei? houtos gar esti, phēsin, ho theos hēmōn kai ouk esti plēn autou sǭzōn; oude gar estin adikia para tǭ theǭ kata ton apostolon. saphōs de eti ho prophētēs tēn boulēn tou theou kai tēn prokopēn tēn gnōstikēn dia toutōn didaskei; kai nyn, Israēl, ti kyrios ho theos sou aiteitai para sou, allʼ ē phobeisthai kyrion ton theon sou kai poreuesthai en pasais tais hodois autou kai agapan auton kai latreuein autǭ monǭ? touto aiteitai para sou, tou tēn exousian echontos helesthai tēn sōtērian.
And in the Kingdoms the judgment and sentence of the Lord is written thus: “God hears the righteous, but does not save the ungodly,” because they do not wish to know God; “for the Almighty will not do what is wrong.” What do the heresies still say against this saying, when Scripture proclaims the Almighty to be a good God and not responsible for vice and injustice, if ignorance arises from not knowing, and God does nothing wrong? “For this is our God,” it says, “and there is no savior besides him.” “For there is no injustice with God,” according to the apostle. And the prophet teaches still more clearly the will of God and the progress of knowledge in these words: “And now, Israel, what does the Lord your God ask of you, but to fear the Lord your God, walk in all his ways, love him, and serve him alone?” This he asks of you, who have the power to choose salvation.
4.26.171Stählin 2:324
Τί τοίνυν οἱ Πυθαγόρειοι βουλόμενοι μετὰ φωνῆς εὔχεσθαι κελεύουσιν; ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ οὐχ ὅτι τὸ θεῖον ᾤοντο μὴ δύνασθαι τῶν ἡσυχῇ φθεγγομένων ἐπαΐειν, ἀλλʼ ὅτι δικαίας ἐβούλοντο εἶναι τὰς εὐχάς, οἵας οὐκ ἄν τις αἰδεσθείη ποιεῖσθαι πολλῶν συνειδότων. ἡμεῖς δὲ περὶ μὲν τῆς εὐχῆς κατὰ καιρὸν προϊόντος τοῦ λόγου διαληψόμεθα, τὰ δὲ ἔργα κεκραγότα ἔχειν ὀφείλομεν ὡς ἐν ἡμέρᾳ περιπατοῦντες. λαμψάτω γάρ σου τὰ ἔργα. καὶ ἰδοὺ ἄνθρωπος καὶ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ πρὸ προσώπου αὐτοῦ. ἰδοὺ γὰρ ὁ θεὸς καὶ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ. θεὸν χρὴ μιμεῖσθαι εἰς ὅσον δύναμις τῷ γνωστικῷ. ἐμοὶ δὲ καὶ οἱ ποιηταὶ τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς παρὰ σφίσι θεοειδέας προσαγορεύειν δοκοῦσι καὶ δίους καὶ ἀντιθέους καὶ Διὶ μῆτιν ἀταλάντους καὶ θεοῖς ἐναλίγκια μήδεʼ ἔχοντας καὶ θεοεικέλους, τὸ κατʼ εἰκόνα καὶ ὁμοίωσιν περιτρώγοντες.
Ti toinyn hoi Pythagoreioi boulomenoi meta phōnēs euchesthai keleuousin? emoi dokei ouch hoti to theion ǭonto mē dynasthai tōn hēsychę̄ phthengomenōn epaïein, allʼ hoti dikaias eboulonto einai tas euchas, hoias ouk an tis aidestheiē poieisthai pollōn syneidotōn. hēmeis de peri men tēs euchēs kata kairon proïontos tou logou dialēpsometha, ta de erga kekragota echein opheilomen hōs en hēmerą peripatountes. lampsatō gar sou ta erga. kai idou anthrōpos kai ta erga autou pro prosōpou autou. idou gar ho theos kai ta erga autou. theon chrē mimeisthai eis hoson dynamis tǭ gnōstikǭ. emoi de kai hoi poiētai tous eklektous para sphisi theoeideas prosagoreuein dokousi kai dious kai antitheous kai Dii mētin atalantous kai theois enalinkia mēdeʼ echontas kai theoeikelous, to katʼ eikona kai homoiōsin peritrōgontes.
Why, then, do the Pythagoreans command that one pray aloud? It seems to me not because they thought the divine could not hear those who speak quietly, but because they wished prayers to be just, such as no one would be ashamed to make with many knowing. We will treat of prayer at the proper time as the discussion proceeds; but we ought to have works that cry aloud, as walking in the day. “For let your works shine.” “And behold a man and his works before his face.” “For behold God and his works.” The one who knows must imitate God as far as he can. And the poets too seem to me to call the elect among them “godlike,” “divine,” “equal to gods,” “equal to Zeus in counsel,” “having counsels like the gods,” and “godlike,” nibbling at the “image and likeness.”
4.26.172Stählin 2:324–326
ὁ μὲν οὖν Εὐριπίδης χρύσεαι δή μοι πτέρυγες περὶ νώτῳ φησὶ καὶ τὰ Σειρήνων ἐρόεντα πέδιλα ἁρμόζεται, βάσομαί τʼ ἐς αἰθέρα πολὺν ἀερθεὶς Ζηνὶ προσμίξων. ἐγὼ δὲ ἂν εὐξαίμην τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ Χριστοῦ πτερῶσαί με εἰς τὴν Ἱερουσαλὴμ τὴν ἐμήν· λέγουσι γὰρ καὶ οἱ Στωϊκοὶ τὸν μὲν οὐρανὸν κυρίως πόλιν, τὰ δὲ ἐπὶ γῆς ἐνταῦθα οὐκέτι πόλεις· λέγεσθαι μὲν γάρ, οὐκ εἶναι δέ· σπουδαῖον γὰρ ἡ πόλις καὶ ὁ δῆμος ἀστεῖόν τι σύστημα καὶ πλῆθος ἀνθρώπων ὑπὸ νόμου διοικούμενον, καθάπερ ἡ ἐκκλησία ὑπὸ λόγου, ἀπολιόρκητος ἀτυράννητος πόλις ἐπὶ γῆς, θέλημα θεῖον ἐπὶ γῆς ὡς ἐν οὐρανῷ. εἰκόνας τῆσδε τῆς πόλεως καὶ οἱ ποιηταὶ κτίζουσι γράφοντες· αἱ γὰρ Ὑπερβόρεοι καὶ Ἀριμάσπειοι πόλεις καὶ τὰ Ἠλύσια πεδία δικαίων πολιτεύματα· ἴσμεν δὲ καὶ τὴν Πλάτωνος πόλιν παράδειγμα ἐν οὐρανῷ κειμένην.
ho men oun Euripidēs chryseai dē moi pteryges peri nōtǭ phēsi kai ta Seirēnōn eroenta pedila harmozetai, basomai tʼ es aithera polyn aertheis Zēni prosmixōn. egō de an euxaimēn to pneuma tou Christou pterōsai me eis tēn Hierousalēm tēn emēn; legousi gar kai hoi Stōïkoi ton men ouranon kyriōs polin, ta de epi gēs entautha ouketi poleis; legesthai men gar, ouk einai de; spoudaion gar hē polis kai ho dēmos asteion ti systēma kai plēthos anthrōpōn hypo nomou dioikoumenon, kathaper hē ekklēsia hypo logou, apoliorkētos atyrannētos polis epi gēs, thelēma theion epi gēs hōs en ouranǭ. eikonas tēsde tēs poleōs kai hoi poiētai ktizousi graphontes; hai gar Hyperboreoi kai Arimaspeioi poleis kai ta Ēlysia pedia dikaiōn politeumata; ismen de kai tēn Platōnos polin paradeigma en ouranǭ keimenēn.
Euripides says: “Golden wings are about my back, and the lovely sandals of the Sirens are fitted on; I will go into the wide ether, lifted up, to join Zeus.” But I would pray that the Spirit of Christ would give me wings to my Jerusalem. For the Stoics too say that heaven is properly a city, but the things here on earth are no longer cities; for they are called so, but are not. For a city is something good, and the people a refined body and multitude of men governed by law, as the church is by the Word, a city on earth impregnable and free from tyranny, the divine will on earth as in heaven. The poets too build images of this city in their writings; for the Hyperborean and Arimaspian cities and the Elysian fields are commonwealths of the righteous. And we know Plato's city too, laid up as a pattern in heaven.
Miscellanies 5, chapter 1
5.1.1Stählin 2:327
Περὶ μὲν τοῦ γνωστικοῦ τοσαῦτα ὡς ἐν ἐπιδρομῇ, χωρῶμεν δὲ ἤδη ἐπὶ τὰ ἑξῆς, καὶ δὴ τὴν πίστιν αὖθις διαθρητέον· εἰσὶ γὰρ οἱ τὴν μὲν πίστιν ἡμῶν περὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ, τὴν δὲ γνῶσιν περὶ τοῦ πατρὸς εἶναι διαστέλλοντες. λέληθεν δὲ αὐτοὺς ὅτι πιστεῦσαι μὲν ἀληθῶς τῷ υἱῷ δεῖ, ὅτι τε υἱὸς καὶ ὅτι ἦλθεν καὶ πῶς καὶ διὰ τί καὶ περὶ τοῦ πάθους, γνῶναι δὲ ἀνάγκη τίς ἐστὶν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ. ἤδη δὲ οὔτε ἡ γνῶσις ἄνευ πίστεως οὔθʼ ἡ πίστις ἄνευ γνώσεως, οὐ μὴν οὐδὲ ὁ πατὴρ ἄνευ υἱοῦ· ἅμα γὰρ τῷ πατὴρ υἱοῦ πατήρ, υἱὸς δὲ περὶ πατρὸς ἀληθὴς διδάσκαλος. καὶ ἵνα τις πιστεύσῃ τῷ υἱῷ, γνῶναι δεῖ τὸν πατέρα πρὸς ὃν καὶ ὁ υἱός. αὖθίς τε ἵνα τὸν πατέρα ἐπιγνῶμεν, πιστεῦσαι δεῖ τῷ υἱῷ, ὅτι ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ υἱὸς διδάσκει· ἐκ πίστεως γὰρ εἰς γνῶσιν, διὰ υἱοῦ πατήρ· γνῶσις δὲ υἱοῦ καὶ πατρὸς ἡ κατὰ τὸν κανόνα τὸν γνωστικὸν τὸν τῷ ὄντι γνωστικὸν ἐπιβολὴ καὶ διάληψίς ἐστιν ἀληθείας διὰ τῆς ἀληθείας. ἡμεῖς ἄρα ἐσμὲν οἱ ἐν τῷ ἀπιστουμένῳ πιστοὶ καὶ οἱ ἐν τῷ ἀγνώστῳ γνωστικοί, τουτέστιν ἐν τῷ πᾶσιν ἀγνοουμένῳ καὶ ἀπιστουμένῳ, ὀλίγοις δὲ πιστευομένῳ τε καὶ γινωσκομένῳ γνωστικοί· γνωστικοὶ δὲ οὐ λόγῳ, ἔργα ἀπογραφόμενοι, ἀλλʼ αὐτῇ τῇ θεωρίᾳ.
Peri men tou gnōstikou tosauta hōs en epidromę̄, chōrōmen de ēdē epi ta hexēs, kai dē tēn pistin authis diathrēteon; eisi gar hoi tēn men pistin hēmōn peri tou huiou, tēn de gnōsin peri tou patros einai diastellontes. lelēthen de autous hoti pisteusai men alēthōs tǭ huiǭ dei, hoti te huios kai hoti ēlthen kai pōs kai dia ti kai peri tou pathous, gnōnai de anankē tis estin ho huios tou theou. ēdē de oute hē gnōsis aneu pisteōs outhʼ hē pistis aneu gnōseōs, ou mēn oude ho patēr aneu huiou; hama gar tǭ patēr huiou patēr, huios de peri patros alēthēs didaskalos. kai hina tis pisteusę̄ tǭ huiǭ, gnōnai dei ton patera pros hon kai ho huios. authis te hina ton patera epignōmen, pisteusai dei tǭ huiǭ, hoti ho tou theou huios didaskei; ek pisteōs gar eis gnōsin, dia huiou patēr; gnōsis de huiou kai patros hē kata ton kanona ton gnōstikon ton tǭ onti gnōstikon epibolē kai dialēpsis estin alētheias dia tēs alētheias. hēmeis ara esmen hoi en tǭ apistoumenǭ pistoi kai hoi en tǭ agnōstǭ gnōstikoi, toutestin en tǭ pasin agnooumenǭ kai apistoumenǭ, oligois de pisteuomenǭ te kai ginōskomenǭ gnōstikoi; gnōstikoi de ou logǭ, erga apographomenoi, allʼ autę̄ tę̄ theōrią.
So much, in outline, about the one who knows; let us now go on to what follows, and consider faith again. For there are some who distinguish, saying that our faith concerns the Son, while knowledge concerns the Father. But they fail to notice that we must truly believe in the Son, that he is the Son, that he came, how and why, and about his passion; and we must know who the Son of God is. And neither is there knowledge without faith, nor faith without knowledge; nor indeed the Father without the Son; for as soon as he is Father, he is Father of the Son, and the Son is the true teacher about the Father. And for someone to believe in the Son, he must know the Father, to whom the Son also belongs. Again, in order to come to know the Father, we must believe in the Son, because the Son of God teaches; for from faith to knowledge, through the Son to the Father. And the knowledge of the Son and the Father, according to the rule of true knowledge, is the grasp and comprehension of truth through the truth. We, then, are those who are faithful in what is disbelieved, and knowers in what is unknown; that is, knowers in what is unknown and disbelieved by all, but believed and known by few; knowers not in word, recording works, but in contemplation itself.
5.1.2Stählin 2:327
Μακάριος ὁ λέγων εἰς ὦτα ἀκουόντων· πίστις δὲ ὦτα ψυχῆς, καὶ ταύτην αἰνίσσεται τὴν πίστιν ὁ κύριος λέγων ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν ἀκουέτω, ἵνα δὴ πιστεύσας συνῇ ἃ λέγει, ὡς λέγει. ἀλλά τοι καὶ Ὅμηρος ὁ ποιητῶν πρεσβύτατος ἐπὶ τοῦ αἰσθάνεσθαι τῷ ἀκούειν, εἰδικῷ ἀντὶ γενικοῦ, χρησάμενος μάλιστα δέ τʼ ἔκλυον αὐτοὶ γράφει· τὸ γὰρ ὅλον ἡ συνῳδία καὶ ἡ συμφωνία τῆς ἀμφοῖν πίστεως εἰς ἓν πέρας καταγίνεται τὴν σωτηρίαν. μάρτυς ἡμῖν νημερτὴς ὁ ἀπόστολος λέγων· ἐπιποθῶ γὰρ ἰδεῖν ὑμᾶς, ἵνα τι μεταδῶ χάρισμα ὑμῖν πνευματικὸν εἰς τὸ στηριχθῆναι ὑμᾶς· τοῦτο δέ ἐστι συμπαρακληθῆναι ἐν ὑμῖν διὰ τῆς ἐν ἀλλήλοις πίστεως ὑμῶν τε καὶ ἐμοῦ. καὶ πάλιν ὑποβὰς ἐπάγει· δικαιοσύνη δὲ θεοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ ἀποκαλύπτεται ἐκ πίστεως εἰς πίστιν. φαίνεται οὖν ὁ ἀπόστολος διττὴν καταγγέλλων πίστιν, μᾶλλον δὲ μίαν, αὔξησιν καὶ τελείωσιν ἐπιδεχομένην· ἡ μὲν γὰρ κοινὴ πίστις καθάπερ θεμέλιος ὑπόκειται (τοῖς γοῦν θεραπευθῆναι ποθοῦσιν ὁ κύριος πιστῶς κινουμένοις ἐπέλεγεν· ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε·), ἡ δὲ ἐξαίρετος ἐποικοδομουμένη συντελειοῦται τῷ πιστῷ καὶ συναπαρτίζεται αὖ τῇ ἐκ μαθήσεως περιγινομένῃ καὶ τοῦ λόγου τὰς ἐντολὰς ἐπιτελεῖν, ὁποῖοι ἦσαν οἱ ἀπόστολοι, ἐφʼ ὧν τὴν πίστιν ὄρη μετατιθέναι καὶ δένδρα μεταφυτεύειν δύνασθαι εἴρηται.
Makarios ho legōn eis ōta akouontōn; pistis de ōta psychēs, kai tautēn ainissetai tēn pistin ho kyrios legōn ho echōn ōta akouein akouetō, hina dē pisteusas synę̄ ha legei, hōs legei. alla toi kai Homēros ho poiētōn presbytatos epi tou aisthanesthai tǭ akouein, eidikǭ anti genikou, chrēsamenos malista de tʼ eklyon autoi graphei; to gar holon hē synǭdia kai hē symphōnia tēs amphoin pisteōs eis hen peras kataginetai tēn sōtērian. martys hēmin nēmertēs ho apostolos legōn; epipothō gar idein hymas, hina ti metadō charisma hymin pneumatikon eis to stērichthēnai hymas; touto de esti symparaklēthēnai en hymin dia tēs en allēlois pisteōs hymōn te kai emou. kai palin hypobas epagei; dikaiosynē de theou en autǭ apokalyptetai ek pisteōs eis pistin. phainetai oun ho apostolos dittēn katangellōn pistin, mallon de mian, auxēsin kai teleiōsin epidechomenēn; hē men gar koinē pistis kathaper themelios hypokeitai (tois goun therapeuthēnai pothousin ho kyrios pistōs kinoumenois epelegen; hē pistis sou sesōken se;), hē de exairetos epoikodomoumenē synteleioutai tǭ pistǭ kai synapartizetai au tę̄ ek mathēseōs periginomenę̄ kai tou logou tas entolas epitelein, hopoioi ēsan hoi apostoloi, ephʼ hōn tēn pistin orē metatithenai kai dendra metaphyteuein dynasthai eirētai.
“Blessed is he who speaks into the ears of those who hear”; and faith is the ears of the soul. The Lord hints at this faith when he says, “Let the one who has ears to hear, hear,” so that, having believed, he may understand what he says, as he says it. Homer too, the oldest of the poets, using “hearing” for perceiving, the specific for the general, writes: “And most of all they themselves heard.” For in general the harmony and concord of the faith of both comes to one end, salvation. The apostle is our unerring witness, saying: “For I long to see you, that I may impart to you some spiritual gift to strengthen you; that is, that we may be encouraged together among you through our mutual faith, both yours and mine.” And again, going on, he adds: “For in it the righteousness of God is revealed from faith to faith.” The apostle, then, appears to proclaim a twofold faith, or rather one that admits growth and perfection. For the common faith underlies as a foundation (at any rate to those who longed to be healed, moved by faith, the Lord said, “Your faith has saved you”); but the excellent faith, built on it, is perfected together with the believer, and is completed by what comes from learning and from fulfilling the commandments of the Word; such were the apostles, of whose faith it is said that it could move mountains and transplant trees.
5.1.3Stählin 2:327–328
ὅθεν αἰσθόμενοι τοῦ μεγαλείου τῆς δυνάμεως ἠξίουν προστιθέναι αὐτοῖς πίστιν τὴν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως ἐπιδάκνουσαν ὠφελίμως τὴν ψυχὴν καὶ ἐν αὐτῇ αὔξουσαν μεγαλωστί, ὡς ἐπαναπαύεσθαι αὐτῇ τοὺς περὶ τῶν μεταρσίων λόγους. εἰ γὰρ φύσει τις τὸν θεὸν ἐπίσταται, ὡς Βασιλείδης οἴεται, τὴν νόησιν τὴν ἐξαίρετον πίστιν ἅμα καὶ βασιλείαν καὶ καλῶν κτίσιν, † οὐσίας ἀξίαν τοῦ ποιήσαντος πλησίον ὑπάρχειν αὐτήν, ἑρμηνεύων, οὐσίαν, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐξουσίαν, καὶ φύσιν καὶ ὑπόστασιν, κτίσεως ἀνυπερθέτου κάλλος ἀδιόριστον, οὐχὶ δὲ ψυχῆς αὐτεξουσίου λογικὴν συγκατάθεσιν λέγει τὴν πίστιν. παρέλκουσι τοίνυν αἱ ἐντολαὶ αἵ τε κατὰ τὴν παλαιὰν αἵ τε κατὰ τὴν νέαν διαθήκην, φύσει σῳζομένου, ὡς Οὐαλεντῖνος βούλεται, τινὸς καὶ φύσει πιστοῦ καὶ ἐκλεκτοῦ ὄντος, ὡς Βασιλείδης νομίζει. ἦν δʼ ἂν καὶ δίχα τῆς τοῦ σωτῆρος παρουσίας χρόνῳ ποτὲ ἀναλάμψαι δύνασθαι τὴν φύσιν. εἰ δὲ ἀναγκαίαν τὴν ἐπιδημίαν τοῦ κυρίου φήσαιεν, οἴχεται αὐτοῖς τὰ τῆς φύσεως ἰδιώματα, μαθήσει καὶ καθάρσει καὶ τῇ τῶν ἔργων εὐποιίᾳ, ἀλλʼ οὐ φύσει σῳζομένης τῆς ἐκλογῆς.
hothen aisthomenoi tou megaleiou tēs dynameōs ēxioun prostithenai autois pistin tēn hōs kokkon sinapeōs epidaknousan ōphelimōs tēn psychēn kai en autę̄ auxousan megalōsti, hōs epanapauesthai autę̄ tous peri tōn metarsiōn logous. ei gar physei tis ton theon epistatai, hōs Basileidēs oietai, tēn noēsin tēn exaireton pistin hama kai basileian kai kalōn ktisin, † ousias axian tou poiēsantos plēsion hyparchein autēn, hermēneuōn, ousian, allʼ ouk exousian, kai physin kai hypostasin, ktiseōs anyperthetou kallos adioriston, ouchi de psychēs autexousiou logikēn synkatathesin legei tēn pistin. parelkousi toinyn hai entolai hai te kata tēn palaian hai te kata tēn nean diathēkēn, physei sǭzomenou, hōs Oualentinos bouletai, tinos kai physei pistou kai eklektou ontos, hōs Basileidēs nomizei. ēn dʼ an kai dicha tēs tou sōtēros parousias chronǭ pote analampsai dynasthai tēn physin. ei de anankaian tēn epidēmian tou kyriou phēsaien, oichetai autois ta tēs physeōs idiōmata, mathēsei kai katharsei kai tę̄ tōn ergōn eupoiią, allʼ ou physei sǭzomenēs tēs eklogēs.
That is why, perceiving the greatness of its power, they asked that faith be added to them, faith like a grain of mustard seed that bites the soul beneficially and grows mightily in it, so that the words about heavenly things may rest on it. For if someone knows God by nature, as Basilides thinks, … calling the excellent intellection faith and kingship, and creation of good things, … a substance worthy of the maker, near to him, interpreting it as substance, not authority, and nature and reality, an indefinable beauty of an unsurpassable creation; he does not call faith the rational assent of a soul with free will. So the commandments, both of the old and the new covenant, are superfluous, if someone is saved by nature, as Valentinus would have it, and is faithful and elect by nature, as Basilides thinks. Nature could then shine forth in time even without the Savior's coming. But if they say that the Lord's coming was necessary, the peculiarities of nature are gone for them, the elect being saved by learning, purification, and good works, not by nature.
5.1.4Stählin 2:328
ὁ γοῦν Ἀβραὰμ διʼ ἀκοῆς πιστεύσας τῇ φωνῇ τῇ ὑπὸ τὴν δρῦν τὴν ἐν Μαμβρῇ ἐπαγγειλαμένῃ σοὶ δίδωμι τὴν γῆν ταύτην καὶ τῷ σπέρματί σου ἤτοι ἐκλεκτὸς ἦν ἢ οὔ; ἀλλʼ εἰ μὲν οὐκ ἦν, πῶς εὐθέως ἐπίστευσεν οἷον φυσικῶς; εἰ δὲ ἦν ἐκλεκτός, λέλυται αὐτοῖς ἡ ὑπόθεσις, εὑρισκομένης καὶ πρὸ τῆς τοῦ κυρίου παρουσίας ἐκλογῆς καὶ δὴ καὶ σῳζομένης· ἐλογίσθη γὰρ αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην. ἐὰν γάρ τις τολμήσας λέγῃ Μαρκίωνι ἑπόμενος τὸν δημιουργὸν σῴζειν τὸν εἰς αὐτὸν πιστεύσαντα καὶ πρὸ τῆς τοῦ κυρίου παρουσίας ἐκλογῆς καὶ δὴ καὶ σῳζομένης τὴν ἰδίαν αὐτοῦ σωτηρίαν, παρευδοκιμηθήσεται αὐτῷ ἡ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ δύναμις, ὀψὲ καὶ μετὰ τὸν ὑπʼ αὐτῶν εὐφημούμενον δημιουργὸν ἐπιβαλλομένη σῴζειν καὶ αὐτὴ ἤτοι μαθήσει ἢ καὶ μιμήσει τούτου. ἀλλὰ κἂν οὕτως ἔχων σῴζῃ κατʼ αὐτοὺς ὁ ἀγαθός, οὔτε τοὺς ἰδίους οὔτε μετὰ τῆς γνώμης τοῦ πεποιηκότος τὴν κτίσιν ἐπιχειρεῖ τὴν σωτηρίαν, βίᾳ δὲ ἢ δόλῳ. καὶ πῶς ἔτι ἀγαθὸς ὁ οὕτως καὶ ὕστερος; εἰ δὲ ὁ τόπος διαφέρει καὶ ἡ μονὴ τοῦ παντοκράτορος λείπεται ἀπὸ τῆς τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ θεοῦ μονῆς, ἀλλʼ ἡ τοῦ σῴζοντος βούλησις οὐκ ἀπολείπεται τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ἥ γε προκατάρξασα.
ho goun Abraam diʼ akoēs pisteusas tę̄ phōnę̄ tę̄ hypo tēn dryn tēn en Mambrę̄ epangeilamenę̄ soi didōmi tēn gēn tautēn kai tǭ spermati sou ētoi eklektos ēn ē ou? allʼ ei men ouk ēn, pōs eutheōs episteusen hoion physikōs? ei de ēn eklektos, lelytai autois hē hypothesis, heuriskomenēs kai pro tēs tou kyriou parousias eklogēs kai dē kai sǭzomenēs; elogisthē gar autǭ eis dikaiosynēn. ean gar tis tolmēsas legę̄ Markiōni hepomenos ton dēmiourgon sǭzein ton eis auton pisteusanta kai pro tēs tou kyriou parousias eklogēs kai dē kai sǭzomenēs tēn idian autou sōtērian, pareudokimēthēsetai autǭ hē tou agathou dynamis, opse kai meta ton hypʼ autōn euphēmoumenon dēmiourgon epiballomenē sǭzein kai autē ētoi mathēsei ē kai mimēsei toutou. alla kan houtōs echōn sǭzę̄ katʼ autous ho agathos, oute tous idious oute meta tēs gnōmēs tou pepoiēkotos tēn ktisin epicheirei tēn sōtērian, bią de ē dolǭ. kai pōs eti agathos ho houtōs kai hysteros? ei de ho topos diapherei kai hē monē tou pantokratoros leipetai apo tēs tou agathou theou monēs, allʼ hē tou sǭzontos boulēsis ouk apoleipetai tou agathou hē ge prokatarxasa.
Abraham, at any rate, who believed through hearing the voice that promised under the oak in Mamre, “To you I give this land and to your seed,” was he elect or not? If he was not, how did he believe at once, as though by nature? But if he was elect, their hypothesis is undone, since an election is found even before the Lord's coming, and indeed a saved one: “for it was counted to him as righteousness.” For if someone should dare to say, following Marcion, that the Creator saves the one who believes in him even before the Lord's coming, his own salvation, the power of the Good One will be surpassed by him, attempting to save late and after the Creator they praise, and that by learning from him or imitating him. But even if, being so, the Good One saves according to them, he undertakes salvation neither of his own nor with the consent of the one who made the creation, but by force or by deceit. And how is one who is so, and later, still good? And if the place differs and the dwelling of the Almighty falls short of the dwelling of the good God, yet the will of the one who saves does not fall short of the good, since it came first.
5.1.5Stählin 2:328–329
Ἀνόητοι ἄρα οἱ ἄπιστοι ἐκ τῶν προδιηνυσμένων ἡμῖν δείκνυνται· αἱ γὰρ τρίβοι αὐτῶν διεστραμμέναι καὶ οὐκ ἴσασιν εἰρήνην φησὶν ὁ προφήτης· τὰς δὲ μωρὰς καὶ ἀπαιδεύτους ζητήσεις παραιτεῖσθαι ὁ θεσπέσιος παρῄνεσε Παῦλος, ὅτι γεννῶσι μάχας· ὅ τε Αἰσχύλος κέκραγε· τὰ μηδὲν ὠφελοῦντα μὴ πόνει μάτην. τὴν μὲν γὰρ μετὰ πίστεως συνιοῦσαν ζήτησιν, ἐποικοδομοῦσαν τῷ θεμελίῳ τῆς πίστεως τὴν μεγαλοπρεπῆ τῆς ἀληθείας γνῶσιν, ἀρίστην ἴσμεν. ἴσμεν δὲ ὡς ἄρα οὔτε τὰ φανερὰ ζητεῖται (οἷον εἰ ἡμέρα ἐστὶν ἡμέρας οὔσης), οὔτε τὰ ἄδηλα καὶ οὐδέποτε γενησόμενα φανερά (ὡς τὸ εἰ ἄρτιοί εἰσιν οἱ ἀστέρες ἢ περιττοί), ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ τὰ ἀντιστρέφοντα (ἀντιστρέφει δὲ ἃ καὶ τοῖς τὸν ἐναντίον χειρίζουσι λόγον ἐπʼ ἴσης ἔστιν εἰπεῖν, ὡς τὸ εἰ ζῷον τὸ κατὰ γαστρὸς ἢ οὐ ζῷον)· τέταρτός ἐστι τρόπος, ὅταν ἐκ θατέρου τούτων μέρους ἀναντίρρητον καὶ ἄλυτον ἐνθύμημα προτείνηται. εἰ τοίνυν ἡ τοῦ ζητεῖν αἰτία κατὰ πάντας τοὺς τρόπους ἀναιρεῖται, πίστις ἐμπεδοῦται· προτείνομεν γὰρ αὐτοῖς τὸ ἀναντίρρητον ἐκεῖνο, ὃ ὁ θεός ἐστιν ὁ λέγων καὶ περὶ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου ὧν ἐπιζητῶ παριστὰς ἐγγράφως.
Anoētoi ara hoi apistoi ek tōn prodiēnysmenōn hēmin deiknyntai; hai gar triboi autōn diestrammenai kai ouk isasin eirēnēn phēsin ho prophētēs; tas de mōras kai apaideutous zētēseis paraiteisthai ho thespesios parę̄nese Paulos, hoti gennōsi machas; ho te Aischylos kekrage; ta mēden ōphelounta mē ponei matēn. tēn men gar meta pisteōs syniousan zētēsin, epoikodomousan tǭ themeliǭ tēs pisteōs tēn megaloprepē tēs alētheias gnōsin, aristēn ismen. ismen de hōs ara oute ta phanera zēteitai (hoion ei hēmera estin hēmeras ousēs), oute ta adēla kai oudepote genēsomena phanera (hōs to ei artioi eisin hoi asteres ē perittoi), allʼ oude ta antistrephonta (antistrephei de ha kai tois ton enantion cheirizousi logon epʼ isēs estin eipein, hōs to ei zǭon to kata gastros ē ou zǭon); tetartos esti tropos, hotan ek thaterou toutōn merous anantirrēton kai alyton enthymēma proteinētai. ei toinyn hē tou zētein aitia kata pantas tous tropous anaireitai, pistis empedoutai; proteinomen gar autois to anantirrēton ekeino, ho ho theos estin ho legōn kai peri henos hekastou hōn epizētō paristas engraphōs.
From what we have gone through, unbelievers are shown to be foolish; “for their paths are crooked and they do not know peace,” says the prophet. And the divine Paul exhorted us to refuse foolish and uninstructed questionings, because they breed quarrels. And Aeschylus cries out: “Do not toil in vain at what brings no profit.” The inquiry that understands with faith, building on the foundation of faith the magnificent knowledge of the truth, we know is best. And we know that neither are plain things inquired into (as whether it is day when it is day), nor things obscure and never to become plain (such as whether the stars are even or odd in number), nor indeed things that can be turned around (those are turned around which can be said equally by those who argue the opposite, as whether the embryo is a living being or not); a fourth kind is when an irrefutable and indissoluble argument is put forward from one side of these. If, then, the cause of inquiry is removed in all these ways, faith is established. For we put forward to them that irrefutable thing: that it is God who speaks and sets out in writing about each thing I inquire into.
5.1.6Stählin 2:329
τίς οὖν οὕτως ἄθεος ὡς ἀπιστεῖν θεῷ καὶ τὰς ἀποδείξεις ὡς παρὰ ἀνθρώπων ἀπαιτεῖν τοῦ θεοῦ; πάλιν τῶν ζητημάτων ἃ μὲν αἰσθήσεως δεῖται, οἷον ἐὰν ζητῇ τις, εἰ τὸ πῦρ θερμὸν ἢ ἡ χιὼν λευκή· τινὰ δὲ νουθεσίας καὶ ἐπιπλήξεως, ὥς φησιν Ἀριστοτέλης, ὡς τὸ ἐρώτημα ἐκεῖνο, εἰ χρὴ γονεῖς τιμᾶν. ἔστιν δὲ ἃ καὶ κολάσεως ἄξια, ὁποῖόν ἐστι τὸ αἰτεῖν ἀποδείξεις, εἰ πρόνοιά ἐστι. προνοίας τοίνυν οὔσης, μὴ κατὰ πρόνοιαν γεγονέναι πᾶσαν τήν τε προφητείαν καὶ τὴν περὶ τὸν σωτῆρα οἰκονομίαν ἡγεῖσθαι ἀνόσιον, καὶ ἴσως οὐδὲ χρὴ τὰ τοιαῦτα πειρᾶσθαι ἀποδεικνύναι, φανερᾶς οὔσης τῆς θείας προνοίας ἔκ τε τῆς ὄψεως τῶν ὁρωμένων πάντων, τεχνικῶν καὶ σοφῶν ποιημάτων, καὶ τῶν μὲν τάξει γινομένων, τῶν δὲ τάξει φανερουμένων· ὁ δὲ μεταδοὺς ἡμῖν τοῦ εἶναί τε καὶ ζῆν μεταδέδωκεν καὶ τοῦ λόγου, λογικῶς τε ἅμα καὶ εὖ ζῆν ἐθέλων ἡμᾶς· ὁ γὰρ τοῦ πατρὸς τῶν ὅλων λόγος οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ προφορικός, σοφία δὲ καὶ χρηστότης φανερωτάτη τοῦ θεοῦ δύναμίς τε αὖ παγκρατὴς καὶ τῷ ὄντι θεία, οὐδὲ τοῖς μὴ ὁμολογοῦσιν ἀκατανόητος, θέλημα παντοκρατορικόν.
tis oun houtōs atheos hōs apistein theǭ kai tas apodeixeis hōs para anthrōpōn apaitein tou theou? palin tōn zētēmatōn ha men aisthēseōs deitai, hoion ean zētę̄ tis, ei to pyr thermon ē hē chiōn leukē; tina de nouthesias kai epiplēxeōs, hōs phēsin Aristotelēs, hōs to erōtēma ekeino, ei chrē goneis timan. estin de ha kai kolaseōs axia, hopoion esti to aitein apodeixeis, ei pronoia esti. pronoias toinyn ousēs, mē kata pronoian gegonenai pasan tēn te prophēteian kai tēn peri ton sōtēra oikonomian hēgeisthai anosion, kai isōs oude chrē ta toiauta peirasthai apodeiknynai, phaneras ousēs tēs theias pronoias ek te tēs opseōs tōn horōmenōn pantōn, technikōn kai sophōn poiēmatōn, kai tōn men taxei ginomenōn, tōn de taxei phaneroumenōn; ho de metadous hēmin tou einai te kai zēn metadedōken kai tou logou, logikōs te hama kai eu zēn ethelōn hēmas; ho gar tou patros tōn holōn logos ouch houtos estin ho prophorikos, sophia de kai chrēstotēs phanerōtatē tou theou dynamis te au pankratēs kai tǭ onti theia, oude tois mē homologousin akatanoētos, thelēma pantokratorikon.
Who, then, is so godless as to disbelieve God and demand proofs from God as from men? Again, of questions, some need sense perception, as if someone asks whether fire is hot or snow white; some need admonition and rebuke, as Aristotle says, like that question whether one should honor one's parents. And there are some that deserve even punishment, such as demanding proofs whether there is providence. Since providence exists, then, it is unholy to think that all prophecy and the arrangement concerning the Savior did not come about according to providence; and perhaps one should not even try to prove such things, since divine providence is plain from the sight of all things seen, works of art and wisdom, some coming about in order, others revealed in order. And the one who gave us a share in being and living has given us a share in reason too, wishing us to live rationally and well. For the Word of the Father of the universe is not the uttered word, but the most manifest wisdom and goodness of God, and his almighty and truly divine power, not incomprehensible even to those who do not confess him, the almighty will.
5.1.7Stählin 2:329–330
Ἐπεὶ δὲ οἳ μὲν ἄπιστοι, οἳ δὲ ἐριστικοί, οὐ πάντες τυγχάνουσι τῆς τελειότητος τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ. οὔτε γὰρ ἄνευ προαιρέσεως τυχεῖν οἷόν τε, οὐ μὴν οὐδὲ τὸ πᾶν ἐπὶ τῇ γνώμῃ τῇ ἡμετέρᾳ κεῖται, οἷον τὸ ἀποβησόμενον. χάριτι γὰρ σῳζόμεθα, οὐκ ἄνευ μέντοι τῶν καλῶν ἔργων, ἀλλὰ δεῖ μὲν πεφυκότας πρὸς τὸ ἀγαθὸν σπουδήν τινα περιποιήσασθαι πρὸς αὐτό· δεῖ δὲ καὶ τὴν γνώμην ὑγιῆ κεκτῆσθαι τὴν ἀμετανόητον πρὸς τὴν θήραν τοῦ καλοῦ, πρὸς ὅπερ μάλιστα τῆς θείας χρῄζομεν χάριτος διδασκαλίας τε ὀρθῆς καὶ εὐμαθείας ἁγνῆς καὶ τῆς τοῦ πατρὸς πρὸς αὑτὸν ὁλκῆς· ἐνδεδεμένοι γὰρ τῷ γεώδει σώματι τῶν μὲν αἰσθητῶν διὰ σώματος ἀντιλαμβανόμεθα, τῶν δὲ νοητῶν διʼ αὐτῆς τῆς λογικῆς ἐφαπτόμεθα δυνάμεως. ἐὰν δέ τις αἰσθητῶς τὰ πάντα καταλήψεσθαι προσδοκήσῃ, πόρρωθεν τῆς ἀληθείας πέπτωκεν· πνευματικῶς γοῦν ὁ ἀπόστολος ἐπὶ τῆς γνώσεως τοῦ θεοῦ γράφει· βλέπομεν γὰρ νῦν ὡς διʼ ἐσόπτρου, τότε δὲ πρόσωπον πρὸς πρόσωπον. ὀλίγοις γὰρ ἡ τῆς ἀληθείας θέα δέδοται. λέγει γοῦν καὶ Πλάτων ἐν τῇ Ἐπινομίδι· οὔ φημι δυνατὸν εἶναι πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις μακαρίοις τε καὶ εὐδαίμοσι γίνεσθαι πλὴν ὀλίγων· μέχρι περ ἂν ζῶμεν, τοῦτο διορίζομαι· καλὴ δὲ ἐλπὶς τελευτήσαντι τυχεῖν ἁπάντων. τὰ ἴσα τούτοις βούλεται τὰ παρὰ Μωυσεῖ· οὐδεὶς ὄψεταί μου τὸ πρόσωπον καὶ ζήσεται· δῆλον γὰρ μηδένα ποτὲ δύνασθαι παρὰ τὸν τῆς ζωῆς χρόνον τὸν θεὸν ἐναργῶς καταλαβέσθαι· οἱ καθαροὶ δὲ τῇ καρδίᾳ τὸν θεὸν ὄψονται, ἐπὰν εἰς τὴν ἐσχάτην ἀφίκωνται τελείωσιν. ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἠσθένει πρὸς κατάληψιν τῶν ὄντων ἡ ψυχή, θείου διδασκάλου ἐδεήθημεν· καταπέμπεται ὁ σωτήρ, τῆς ἀγαθοῦ κτήσεως διδάσκαλός τε καὶ χορηγός, τὸ ἀπόρρητον τῆς μεγάλης προνοίας ἅγιον γνώρισμα.
Epei de hoi men apistoi, hoi de eristikoi, ou pantes tynchanousi tēs teleiotētos tou agathou. oute gar aneu proaireseōs tychein hoion te, ou mēn oude to pan epi tę̄ gnōmę̄ tę̄ hēmeterą keitai, hoion to apobēsomenon. chariti gar sǭzometha, ouk aneu mentoi tōn kalōn ergōn, alla dei men pephykotas pros to agathon spoudēn tina peripoiēsasthai pros auto; dei de kai tēn gnōmēn hygiē kektēsthai tēn ametanoēton pros tēn thēran tou kalou, pros hoper malista tēs theias chrę̄zomen charitos didaskalias te orthēs kai eumatheias hagnēs kai tēs tou patros pros hauton holkēs; endedemenoi gar tǭ geōdei sōmati tōn men aisthētōn dia sōmatos antilambanometha, tōn de noētōn diʼ autēs tēs logikēs ephaptometha dynameōs. ean de tis aisthētōs ta panta katalēpsesthai prosdokēsę̄, porrōthen tēs alētheias peptōken; pneumatikōs goun ho apostolos epi tēs gnōseōs tou theou graphei; blepomen gar nyn hōs diʼ esoptrou, tote de prosōpon pros prosōpon. oligois gar hē tēs alētheias thea dedotai. legei goun kai Platōn en tę̄ Epinomidi; ou phēmi dynaton einai pasin anthrōpois makariois te kai eudaimosi ginesthai plēn oligōn; mechri per an zōmen, touto diorizomai; kalē de elpis teleutēsanti tychein hapantōn. ta isa toutois bouletai ta para Mōysei; oudeis opsetai mou to prosōpon kai zēsetai; dēlon gar mēdena pote dynasthai para ton tēs zōēs chronon ton theon enargōs katalabesthai; hoi katharoi de tę̄ kardią ton theon opsontai, epan eis tēn eschatēn aphikōntai teleiōsin. epei gar ēsthenei pros katalēpsin tōn ontōn hē psychē, theiou didaskalou edeēthēmen; katapempetai ho sōtēr, tēs agathou ktēseōs didaskalos te kai chorēgos, to aporrēton tēs megalēs pronoias hagion gnōrisma.
Since some are unbelieving and others contentious, not all attain the perfection of the good. For it is not possible to attain it without choice, nor does everything rest on our intention, such as the outcome. “For by grace we are saved,” not, however, without good works; but those born for the good must acquire some zeal for it; and we must also have a sound and unrepentant intention in the pursuit of the good, for which we most need divine grace, right teaching, pure docility, and the Father's drawing to himself. For, bound to an earthly body, we grasp sensible things through the body, but lay hold of intelligible things through the rational power itself. And if someone expects to grasp everything by the senses, he has fallen far from the truth. At any rate the apostle writes spiritually about the knowledge of God: “For now we see as through a mirror, but then face to face.” For the vision of the truth has been given to few. Plato too says in the Epinomis: “I do not say that it is possible for all men to become blessed and happy, except a few; as long as we live, this I define; but there is a fair hope that after death one may obtain everything.” The words of Moses mean the same: “No one will see my face and live.” For it is clear that no one can ever clearly grasp God during the time of life; but “the pure in heart will see God” when they arrive at the final perfection. For since the soul was too weak to grasp what is, we needed a divine teacher; the Savior is sent down, teacher and provider of the good possession, the holy token of the great providence, not to be spoken.
5.1.8Stählin 2:330–331
ποῦ τοίνυν γραμματεύς; ποῦ συζητητὴς τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου; οὐχὶ ἐμώρανεν ὁ θεὸς τὴν σοφίαν τοῦ κόσμου τούτου; φησί. καὶ πάλιν· ἀπολῶ τὴν σοφίαν τῶν σοφῶν καὶ τὴν σύνεσιν τῶν συνετῶν ἀθετήσω, τῶν δοκησισόφων καὶ ἐριστικῶν τούτων δηλονότι. παγκάλως γοῦν Ἱερεμίας φησί· τάδε λέγει κύριος· στῆτε ἐπὶ ταῖς ὁδοῖς καὶ ἐρωτήσατε τρίβους αἰωνίας, ποία ἐστὶν ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀγαθή, καὶ βαδίσατε ἐν αὐτῇ, καὶ εὑρήσετε ἁγνισμὸν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν. ἐρωτήσατε, φησί, καὶ πύθεσθε παρὰ τῶν εἰδότων ἀφιλονίκως καὶ ἀδηρίτως. μαθόντες δὲ ἄρα τῆς ἀληθείας τὴν ὁδὸν εὐθεῖαν βαδίζωμεν ἀμεταστρεπτί, ἄχρις ἂν περιτύχωμεν τῷ ποθουμένῳ. εἰκότως ἄρα ὁ μὲν βασιλεὺς Ῥωμαίων (Νουμᾶς ὄνομα αὐτῷ) Πυθαγόρειος ὢν πρῶτος ἀνθρώπων ἁπάντων Πίστεως καὶ Εἰρήνης ἱερὸν ἱδρύσατο. τῷ δὲ Ἀβραὰμ πιστεύσαντι δικαιοσύνη ἐλογίσθη. οὗτος τὴν μετάρσιον τῶν κατὰ τὸν ἀέρα συμβαινόντων καὶ τὴν μετέωρον τῶν κατὰ τὸν οὐρανὸν κινουμένων φιλοσοφίαν μετιὼν Ἀβρὰμ ἐκαλεῖτο, ὃ μεθερμηνεύεται πατὴρ μετέωρος· ὕστερον δὲ ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν, εἴτε τὸν υἱὸν ἐν τῷ πνεύματι ἰδών, ὡς ἐξηγοῦνταί τινες, εἴτε ἄγγελον ἔνδοξον, εἴτε καὶ ἄλλως ἐπιγνοὺς θεὸν κρείττονα τῆς ποιήσεως καὶ πάσης τῆς ἐν αὐτῇ τάξεως, προσλαμβάνει τὸ ἄλφα, τὴν γνῶσιν τοῦ ἑνὸς καὶ μόνου θεοῦ, καὶ λέγεται Ἀβραάμ, ἀντὶ φυσιολόγου σοφὸς καὶ φιλόθεος γενόμενος. ἑρμηνεύεται μὲν γὰρ πατὴρ ἐκλεκτὸς ἠχοῦς· ἠχεῖ μὲν γὰρ ὁ γεγωνὸς λόγος, πατὴρ δὲ τούτου ὁ νοῦς, ἐξειλεγμένος δὲ ὁ τοῦ σπουδαίου νοῦς.
pou toinyn grammateus? pou syzētētēs tou aiōnos toutou? ouchi emōranen ho theos tēn sophian tou kosmou toutou? phēsi. kai palin; apolō tēn sophian tōn sophōn kai tēn synesin tōn synetōn athetēsō, tōn dokēsisophōn kai eristikōn toutōn dēlonoti. pankalōs goun Hieremias phēsi; tade legei kyrios; stēte epi tais hodois kai erōtēsate tribous aiōnias, poia estin hē hodos hē agathē, kai badisate en autę̄, kai heurēsete hagnismon tais psychais hymōn. erōtēsate, phēsi, kai pythesthe para tōn eidotōn aphilonikōs kai adēritōs. mathontes de ara tēs alētheias tēn hodon eutheian badizōmen ametastrepti, achris an peritychōmen tǭ pothoumenǭ. eikotōs ara ho men basileus Rhōmaiōn (Noumas onoma autǭ) Pythagoreios ōn prōtos anthrōpōn hapantōn Pisteōs kai Eirēnēs hieron hidrysato. tǭ de Abraam pisteusanti dikaiosynē elogisthē. houtos tēn metarsion tōn kata ton aera symbainontōn kai tēn meteōron tōn kata ton ouranon kinoumenōn philosophian metiōn Abram ekaleito, ho methermēneuetai patēr meteōros; hysteron de anablepsas eis ton ouranon, eite ton huion en tǭ pneumati idōn, hōs exēgountai tines, eite angelon endoxon, eite kai allōs epignous theon kreittona tēs poiēseōs kai pasēs tēs en autę̄ taxeōs, proslambanei to alpha, tēn gnōsin tou henos kai monou theou, kai legetai Abraam, anti physiologou sophos kai philotheos genomenos. hermēneuetai men gar patēr eklektos ēchous; ēchei men gar ho gegōnos logos, patēr de toutou ho nous, exeilegmenos de ho tou spoudaiou nous.
“Where, then, is the scribe? Where is the debater of this age? Has not God made foolish the wisdom of this world?” it says. And again: “I will destroy the wisdom of the wise, and the understanding of the understanding I will set aside,” clearly of these who are wise in their own conceit and contentious. Very finely, then, Jeremiah says: “Thus says the Lord: Stand on the roads and ask for the eternal paths, which is the good way, and walk in it, and you will find purification for your souls.” Ask, he says, and inquire of those who know, without contention and dispute. Having learned the way of truth, let us walk straight without turning, until we come upon what we long for. Fittingly, then, the king of the Romans (his name was Numa), being a Pythagorean, was the first of all men to found a temple of Faith and Peace. And to Abraham, who believed, “it was counted as righteousness.” He, pursuing the lofty philosophy of what happens in the air and the elevated philosophy of what moves in the heavens, was called Abram, which is interpreted “elevated father.” But later, looking up to heaven, whether seeing the Son in the Spirit, as some explain, or a glorious angel, or otherwise recognizing a God greater than creation and all its order, he received the alpha, the knowledge of the one and only God, and was called Abraham, becoming, instead of a natural philosopher, wise and a lover of God. For it is interpreted “elect father of sound”; for the uttered word sounds, and its father is the mind, and the mind of the good man is chosen.
5.1.9Stählin 2:331–332
Καί μοι σφόδρα ἐπαινεῖν ἔπεισι τὸν Ἀκραγαντῖνον ποιητὴν ἐξυμνοῦντα τὴν πίστιν ὧδέ πως· ὦ φίλοι, οἶδα μὲν οὕνεκʼ ἀληθείη παρὰ μύθοις, οὓς ἐγὼ ἐξερέω· μάλα δʼ ἀργαλέη ἥ γε τέτυκται ἀνδράσι καὶ δύσζηλος ἐπὶ φρένα πίστιος ὁρμή. διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὁ ἀπόστολος παρακαλεῖ, ἵνα ἡ πίστις ἡμῶν μὴ ᾖ ἐν σοφίᾳ ἀνθρώπων τῶν πείθειν ἐπαγγελλομένων, ἀλλʼ ἐν δυνάμει θεοῦ, τῇ μόνῃ καὶ ἄνευ τῶν ἀποδείξεων διὰ ψιλῆς τῆς πίστεως σῴζειν δυναμένῃ. † δοκεόντων γὰρ ὁ δοκιμώτατος γινώσκει φυλάσσειν· καὶ μέντοι καὶ δίκη καταλήψεται ψευδῶν τέκτονας καὶ μάρτυρας, ὁ Ἐφέσιός φησιν. οἶδεν γὰρ καὶ οὗτος ἐκ τῆς βαρβάρου φιλοσοφίας μαθὼν τὴν διὰ πυρὸς κάθαρσιν τῶν κακῶς βεβιωκότων, ἣν ὕστερον ἐκπύρωσιν ἐκάλεσαν οἱ Στωικοί· καθʼ ὃν καὶ τὸν ἰδίως ποιὸν ἀναστήσεσθαι δογματίζουσι, τοῦτʼ ἐκεῖνο τὴν ἀνάστασιν περιέποντες. ὁ δὲ Πλάτων τὴν γῆν χρόνοις τισὶ διὰ πυρὸς καθαίρεσθαι καὶ ὕδατος ὧδέ πώς φησι· πολλαὶ κατὰ πολλὰ φθοραὶ γεγόνασιν ἀνθρώπων καὶ ἔσονται, πυρὶ μὲν καὶ ὕδατι μέγισται, μυρίοις δὲ καὶ ἄλλοις ἕτεραι βραχύτεραι. καὶ μετʼ ὀλίγα ἐπιφέρει· τὸ δʼ ἀληθές ἐστι τῶν περὶ γῆν καὶ κατʼ οὐρανὸν ἰόντων παράλλαξις καὶ διὰ μακρῶν χρόνων γινομένη τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς πυρὶ πολλῷ φθορά. ἔπειτα περὶ τοῦ κατακλυσμοῦ ἐποίσει· ὅταν δʼ αὖ θεοὶ γῆν ὕδασι καθαίροντες κατακλύζωσιν, οἱ μὲν ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσι διασῴζονται, βουκόλοι νομεῖς, οἱ δʼ ἐν ταῖς παρʼ ἡμῖν πόλεσιν εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν ὑπὸ τῶν ποταμῶν φέρονται.
Kai moi sphodra epainein epeisi ton Akragantinon poiētēn exymnounta tēn pistin hōde pōs; ō philoi, oida men hounekʼ alētheiē para mythois, hous egō exereō; mala dʼ argaleē hē ge tetyktai andrasi kai dyszēlos epi phrena pistios hormē. dia touto kai ho apostolos parakalei, hina hē pistis hēmōn mē ę̄ en sophią anthrōpōn tōn peithein epangellomenōn, allʼ en dynamei theou, tę̄ monę̄ kai aneu tōn apodeixeōn dia psilēs tēs pisteōs sǭzein dynamenę̄. † dokeontōn gar ho dokimōtatos ginōskei phylassein; kai mentoi kai dikē katalēpsetai pseudōn tektonas kai martyras, ho Ephesios phēsin. oiden gar kai houtos ek tēs barbarou philosophias mathōn tēn dia pyros katharsin tōn kakōs bebiōkotōn, hēn hysteron ekpyrōsin ekalesan hoi Stōikoi; kathʼ hon kai ton idiōs poion anastēsesthai dogmatizousi, toutʼ ekeino tēn anastasin periepontes. ho de Platōn tēn gēn chronois tisi dia pyros kathairesthai kai hydatos hōde pōs phēsi; pollai kata polla phthorai gegonasin anthrōpōn kai esontai, pyri men kai hydati megistai, myriois de kai allois heterai brachyterai. kai metʼ oliga epipherei; to dʼ alēthes esti tōn peri gēn kai katʼ ouranon iontōn parallaxis kai dia makrōn chronōn ginomenē tōn epi gēs pyri pollǭ phthora. epeita peri tou kataklysmou epoisei; hotan dʼ au theoi gēn hydasi kathairontes kataklyzōsin, hoi men en tois oresi diasǭzontai, boukoloi nomeis, hoi dʼ en tais parʼ hēmin polesin eis tēn thalassan hypo tōn potamōn pherontai.
And I am inclined greatly to praise the poet of Acragas, who hymns faith thus: “O friends, I know that truth is in the words I will speak; but very hard for men, and grudged, is the rush of faith upon the mind.” That is why the apostle too exhorts that our faith be not in the wisdom of men who profess to persuade, but in the power of God, which alone can save even without proofs, by bare faith. “For the most reputable man knows and guards … opinions; and justice will surely catch the fabricators of lies and their witnesses,” says the Ephesian. For he too, having learned from the barbarian philosophy, knows the purification through fire of those who have lived badly, which the Stoics later called the conflagration; according to which they also teach that the individual will rise again, thereby embracing the resurrection. And Plato says that the earth is purified at certain times by fire and water, thus: “There have been and will be many destructions of men in many ways, the greatest by fire and water, and other lesser ones by countless other means.” And a little later he adds: “The truth is that there is a deviation of the bodies moving around the earth and in the heavens, and at long intervals a destruction of things on earth by much fire.” Then he adds about the flood: “And when again the gods purify the earth with waters and flood it, the herdsmen and shepherds in the mountains are saved, while those in our cities are carried by the rivers into the sea.”
5.1.10Stählin 2:332
Παρεστήσαμεν δʼ ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ Στρωματεῖ κλέπτας λέγεσθαι τοὺς τῶν Ἑλλήνων φιλοσόφους, παρὰ Μωυσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν τὰ κυριώτατα τῶν δογμάτων οὐκ εὐχαρίστως εἰληφότας. οἷς δὴ κἀκεῖνα προσθήσομεν, ὡς οἱ ἄγγελοι ἐκεῖνοι οἱ τὸν ἄνω κλῆρον εἰληχότες κατολισθήσαντες εἰς ἡδονὰς ἐξεῖπον τὰ ἀπόρρητα ταῖς γυναιξίν, ὅσα γε εἰς γνῶσιν αὐτῶν ἀφῖκτο, κρυπτόντων τῶν ἄλλων ἀγγέλων, μᾶλλον δὲ τηρούντων εἰς τὴν τοῦ κυρίου παρουσίαν. ἐκεῖθεν ἡ τῆς προνοίας διδασκαλία ἐρρύη καὶ ἡ τῶν μετεώρων ἀποκάλυψις. τῆς προφητείας δὲ ἤδη εἰς τοὺς τῶν Ἑλλήνων ποιητὰς διαδοθείσης ἡ δογματικὴ πραγματεία τοῖς φιλοσόφοις πῇ μὲν ἀληθὴς κατὰ στοχασμὸν ἐπιβαλλομένοις, πῇ δὲ πεπλανημένη τὸ ἐπικεκρυμμένον τῆς προφητικῆς ἀλληγορίας μὴ συνιέντων γέγονεν, ὃ καὶ παρασημήνασθαι πρόκειται διὰ βραχέων ἐπιδραμοῦσι τὰ κατεπείγοντα.
Parestēsamen dʼ en tǭ prōtǭ Strōmatei kleptas legesthai tous tōn Hellēnōn philosophous, para Mōyseōs kai tōn prophētōn ta kyriōtata tōn dogmatōn ouk eucharistōs eilēphotas. hois dē kakeina prosthēsomen, hōs hoi angeloi ekeinoi hoi ton anō klēron eilēchotes katolisthēsantes eis hēdonas exeipon ta aporrēta tais gynaixin, hosa ge eis gnōsin autōn aphikto, kryptontōn tōn allōn angelōn, mallon de tērountōn eis tēn tou kyriou parousian. ekeithen hē tēs pronoias didaskalia erryē kai hē tōn meteōrōn apokalypsis. tēs prophēteias de ēdē eis tous tōn Hellēnōn poiētas diadotheisēs hē dogmatikē pragmateia tois philosophois pę̄ men alēthēs kata stochasmon epiballomenois, pę̄ de peplanēmenē to epikekrymmenon tēs prophētikēs allēgorias mē synientōn gegonen, ho kai parasēmēnasthai prokeitai dia bracheōn epidramousi ta katepeigonta.
We showed in the first Miscellany that the philosophers of the Greeks are called thieves, having taken the chief doctrines from Moses and the prophets without gratitude. To this we will add that those angels who had obtained the upper lot, slipping down into pleasures, told the secrets to women, as much as had come to their knowledge, while the other angels concealed them, or rather kept them for the Lord's coming. From there flowed the teaching of providence and the revelation of heavenly things. And prophecy having now been passed on to the Greek poets, the dogmatic treatment by the philosophers became partly true, when they hit the mark by conjecture, and partly mistaken, when they did not understand the hidden meaning of the prophetic allegory; which it is our purpose to note, running briefly over what is pressing.
5.1.11Stählin 2:332–333
Τὴν πίστιν τοίνυν οὐκ ἀργὴν καὶ μόνην, ἀλλὰ σὺν ζητήσει δεῖν προβαίνειν φαμέν. οὐ γὰρ τοῦτο λέγω μηδʼ ὅλως ζητεῖν· ζήτει γάρ, καὶ εὑρήσεις λέγει. τὸ δὲ ζητούμενον ἁλωτόν, ἐκφεύγει δὲ τἀμελούμενον, κατὰ τὸν Σοφοκλέα. τὰ δʼ ὅμοια καὶ Μένανδρος ὁ κωμικὸς λέγει· πάντα τὰ ζητούμενα δεῖσθαι μερίμνης φασὶν οἱ σοφώτατοι. ἀλλὰ τὸ μὲν διορατικὸν τῆς ψυχῆς ἀποτείνειν πρὸς τὴν εὕρεσιν χρὴ καὶ τὰ ἐμποδὼν διακαθαίρειν φιλονικίαν τε αὖ καὶ φθόνον καὶ τὴν ἔριν αὐτὴν τὴν κάκιστα ἐξ ἀνθρώπων ὀλουμένην ἀπορρῖψαι τέλεον. παγκάλως γὰρ ὁ Φλειάσιος Τίμων γράφει· φοιτᾷ δὲ βροτολοιγὸς Ἔρις κενεὸν λελακυῖα, Νείκης ἀνδροφόνοιο κασιγνήτη καὶ ἔριθος· ἥ τʼ ἀλαὴ περὶ πάντα κυλίνδεται, αὐτὰρ ἔπειτα ἐς βροτοῦ ἐστήριξε κάρη καὶ ἐς ἐλπίδα βάλλει. ἔπειτα ὀλίγον ὑποβὰς ἐπιφέρει· τίς γὰρ τούσδʼ ὀλοῇ ἔριδι ξυνέηκε μάχεσθαι; Ἠχοῦς σύνδρομος ὄχλος· ὃ γὰρ σιγῶσι χολωθεὶς νοῦσον ἐπʼ ἀνέρας ὦρσε λάλην, ὀλέκοντο δὲ πολλοὶ περὶ ψευδαποφάσκοντος λόγου καὶ κερατίνου διαλεληθότος τε αὖ καὶ κροκοδειλίνου σωρίτου τε ἔτι καὶ ἐγκεκαλυμμένου περί τε ἀμφιβολιῶν καὶ σοφισμάτων.
Tēn pistin toinyn ouk argēn kai monēn, alla syn zētēsei dein probainein phamen. ou gar touto legō mēdʼ holōs zētein; zētei gar, kai heurēseis legei. to de zētoumenon halōton, ekpheugei de tameloumenon, kata ton Sophoklea. ta dʼ homoia kai Menandros ho kōmikos legei; panta ta zētoumena deisthai merimnēs phasin hoi sophōtatoi. alla to men dioratikon tēs psychēs apoteinein pros tēn heuresin chrē kai ta empodōn diakathairein philonikian te au kai phthonon kai tēn erin autēn tēn kakista ex anthrōpōn oloumenēn aporripsai teleon. pankalōs gar ho Phleiasios Timōn graphei; phoitą de brotoloigos Eris keneon lelakuia, Neikēs androphonoio kasignētē kai erithos; hē tʼ alaē peri panta kylindetai, autar epeita es brotou estērixe karē kai es elpida ballei. epeita oligon hypobas epipherei; tis gar tousdʼ oloę̄ eridi xyneēke machesthai? Ēchous syndromos ochlos; ho gar sigōsi cholōtheis nouson epʼ aneras ōrse lalēn, olekonto de polloi peri pseudapophaskontos logou kai keratinou dialelēthotos te au kai krokodeilinou sōritou te eti kai enkekalymmenou peri te amphiboliōn kai sophismatōn.
We say, then, that faith must advance not idle and alone, but with inquiry. For I do not say that one should not inquire at all; for “Seek and you will find,” it says. “What is sought is caught, but what is neglected escapes,” according to Sophocles. And Menander the comic poet says similar things: “All that is sought,” say the wisest, “needs care.” But we must stretch the soul's discernment toward discovery and clear away what hinders, and cast out entirely rivalry, envy, and strife itself, which will perish most miserably from among men. For very finely Timon of Phlius writes: “Man-destroying Strife goes about, crying emptily, sister and fellow worker of murderous Quarrel; she rolls about wandering over everything, and then she has fixed her head in a mortal and casts it into hope.” Then, a little further on, he adds: “For who set these to fight in destructive strife? A crowd running with Echo; for, angry at those silent, he stirred up a chattering disease on men, and many perished,” about the lying argument, the horned, the hidden one, the crocodile, the heap, and the veiled one, and about ambiguities and sophisms.
5.1.12Stählin 2:334
Τὸ δὲ ἄρα ζητεῖν περὶ θεοῦ, ἂν μὴ εἰς ἔριν, ἀλλὰ εἰς εὕρεσιν τείνῃ, σωτήριόν ἐστι. γέγραπται γὰρ ἐν τῷ Δαβίδ· φάγονται πένητες καὶ ἐμπλησθήσονται καὶ αἰνέσουσι κύριον οἱ ἐκζητοῦντες αὐτόν· ζήσεται ἡ καρδία αὐτῶν εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ αἰῶνος. οἱ γὰρ ζητοῦντες κατὰ τὴν ζήτησιν τὴν ἀληθῆ αἰνοῦντες κύριον ἐμπλησθήσονται τῆς δόσεως τῆς παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, τουτέστι τῆς γνώσεως, καὶ ζήσεται ἡ ψυχὴ αὐτῶν· καρδία γὰρ ἡ ψυχὴ ἀλληγορεῖται ἡ τὴν ζωὴν χορηγήσασα, ὅτι διʼ υἱοῦ ὁ πατὴρ γνωρίζεται. οὐδὲ μὴν πᾶσιν ἀνέδην τοῖς λέγουσί τε καὶ γράφουσιν ἔκδοτα τὰ ὦτα παρέχειν χρή, ἐπεὶ καὶ αἱ κύλικες πρὸς πολλῶν λαμβανόμεναι τῶν ὤτων καταρυπανθεῖσαι ἀποβάλλουσι μὲν τὰ ὦτα, πρὸς δὲ τούτοις ἀποπίπτουσαι κατάγνυνται καὶ αὐταί. τὸν αὐτὸν γὰρ τρόπον καὶ οἱ ταῖς πολλαῖς φλυαρίαις καταρυπάναντες τὴν ἁγνὴν τῆς πίστεως ἀκοὴν τέλος ἤδη ἐκκωφούμενοι πρὸς τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἀχρεῖοί τε γίγνονται καὶ εἰς γῆν ἀποπίπτουσιν.
To de ara zētein peri theou, an mē eis erin, alla eis heuresin teinę̄, sōtērion esti. gegraptai gar en tǭ Dabid; phagontai penētes kai emplēsthēsontai kai ainesousi kyrion hoi ekzētountes auton; zēsetai hē kardia autōn eis ton aiōna tou aiōnos. hoi gar zētountes kata tēn zētēsin tēn alēthē ainountes kyrion emplēsthēsontai tēs doseōs tēs para tou theou, toutesti tēs gnōseōs, kai zēsetai hē psychē autōn; kardia gar hē psychē allēgoreitai hē tēn zōēn chorēgēsasa, hoti diʼ huiou ho patēr gnōrizetai. oude mēn pasin anedēn tois legousi te kai graphousin ekdota ta ōta parechein chrē, epei kai hai kylikes pros pollōn lambanomenai tōn ōtōn katarypantheisai apoballousi men ta ōta, pros de toutois apopiptousai katagnyntai kai autai. ton auton gar tropon kai hoi tais pollais phlyariais katarypanantes tēn hagnēn tēs pisteōs akoēn telos ēdē ekkōphoumenoi pros tēn alētheian achreioi te gignontai kai eis gēn apopiptousin.
To inquire about God, then, if it tends not to strife but to discovery, is saving. For it is written in David: “The poor will eat and be satisfied, and those who seek him will praise the Lord; their heart will live forever and ever.” For those who seek according to true inquiry, praising the Lord, will be filled with the gift from God, that is, with knowledge; and their soul will live; for the heart is allegorized as the soul, which has supplied life, because the Father is made known through the Son. Nor must we offer our ears freely to all who speak and write, since cups too, when handled by many by the ears and soiled, lose their ears, and besides, falling, are themselves broken. In the same way those who have soiled the pure hearing of faith with much babbling, at last deafened to the truth, become useless and fall to the ground.
5.1.13Stählin 2:334–335
οὔκουν εἰκῇ τοῖς παιδίοις παρακελευόμεθα τῶν ὤτων λαμβανομένοις φιλεῖν τοὺς προσήκοντας, τοῦτο δήπου αἰνιττόμενοι διʼ ἀκοῆς ἐγγίγνεσθαι τῆς ἀγάπης τὴν συναίσθησιν, ἀγάπη δὲ ὁ θεὸς ὁ τοῖς ἀγαπῶσι γνωστός, ὡς πιστὸς ὁ θεὸς ὁ τοῖς πιστοῖς παραδιδόμενος διὰ τῆς μαθήσεως. καὶ χρὴ ἐξοικειοῦσθαι ἡμᾶς αὐτῷ διʼ ἀγάπης τῆς θείας, ἵνα δὴ τὸ ὅμοιον τῷ ὁμοίῳ θεωρῶμεν, κατακούοντες τοῦ λόγου τῆς ἀληθείας ἀδόλως καὶ καθαρῶς δίκην τῶν πειθομένων ἡμῖν παίδων. καὶ τοῦτο ἦν ὃ ᾐνίξατο ὅστις ἄρα ἦν ἐκεῖνος ὁ ἐπιγράψας τῇ εἰσόδῳ τοῦ ἐν Ἐπιδαύρῳ νεώ· ἁγνὸν χρὴ νηοῖο θυώδεος ἐντὸς ἰόντα ἔμμεναι· ἁγνείη δʼ ἐστὶ φρονεῖν ὅσια. κἂν μὴ γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία ταῦτα, οὐκ εἰσελεύσεσθε, φησίν, εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν· ἐνταῦθα γὰρ ὁ νεὼς τοῦ θεοῦ, τρισὶν ἡδρασμένος θεμελίοις, πίστει, ἐλπίδι, ἀγάπῃ, φαίνεται.
oukoun eikę̄ tois paidiois parakeleuometha tōn ōtōn lambanomenois philein tous prosēkontas, touto dēpou ainittomenoi diʼ akoēs engignesthai tēs agapēs tēn synaisthēsin, agapē de ho theos ho tois agapōsi gnōstos, hōs pistos ho theos ho tois pistois paradidomenos dia tēs mathēseōs. kai chrē exoikeiousthai hēmas autǭ diʼ agapēs tēs theias, hina dē to homoion tǭ homoiǭ theōrōmen, katakouontes tou logou tēs alētheias adolōs kai katharōs dikēn tōn peithomenōn hēmin paidōn. kai touto ēn ho ę̄nixato hostis ara ēn ekeinos ho epigrapsas tę̄ eisodǭ tou en Epidaurǭ neō; hagnon chrē nēoio thyōdeos entos ionta emmenai; hagneiē dʼ esti phronein hosia. kan mē genēsthe hōs ta paidia tauta, ouk eiseleusesthe, phēsin, eis tēn basileian tōn ouranōn; entautha gar ho neōs tou theou, trisin hēdrasmenos themeliois, pistei, elpidi, agapę̄, phainetai.
Not without reason, then, do we bid children, taken by the ears, to kiss their relatives, hinting, no doubt, that the perception of love comes through hearing; and God is love, known to those who love, as God is faithful, handed down to the faithful through learning. And we must make ourselves his own through divine love, so that we may behold like by like, listening to the word of truth guilelessly and purely, like children obedient to us. And this is what was hinted by whoever it was that inscribed at the entrance of the temple in Epidaurus: “Pure must he be who goes within the fragrant temple; and purity is to think holy things.” “And unless you become like these children, you will not enter,” he says, “into the kingdom of heaven.” For there the temple of God appears, established on three foundations, faith, hope, and love.
Miscellanies 5, chapter 2
5.2.14Stählin 2:335
Περὶ μὲν οὖν πίστεως ἱκανὰ μαρτύρια τῶν παρʼ Ἕλλησι γραφῶν παρατεθείμεθα· ὡς δὲ μὴ ἐπὶ μήκιστον παρεξίωμεν καὶ περὶ τῆς ἐλπίδος καὶ τῆς ἀγάπης πλεῖστα φιλοτιμούμενοι συναγαγεῖν, ἀπόχρη μόνα ταῦτα εἰπεῖν, ὡς ἐν τῷ Κρίτωνι ὁ Σωκράτης, πρὸ τοῦ ζῆν τὸ εὖ ζῆν καὶ τεθνάναι τιθέμενος, ἐλπίδα τινὰ ἑτέρου βίου μετὰ τὴν τελευτὴν ἔχειν οἴεται. καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἐν τῷ Φαίδρῳ αὐτὴν καθʼ αὑτὴν γενομένην τὴν ψυχὴν λέγων μόνην δύνασθαι τῆς ἀληθινῆς σοφίας καὶ κρείττονος τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης δυνάμεως μεταλαβεῖν, ὅταν αὐτὴν ὁ ἐνθένδε ἔρως εἰς οὐρανὸν πτερώσῃ, διὰ τῆς φιλοσόφου ἀγάπης εἰς τὸ τῆς ἐλπίδος τέλος ἀφικομένην φησὶν ἄλλου βίου ἀιδίου ἀρχὴν λαμβάνειν.
Peri men oun pisteōs hikana martyria tōn parʼ Hellēsi graphōn paratetheimetha; hōs de mē epi mēkiston parexiōmen kai peri tēs elpidos kai tēs agapēs pleista philotimoumenoi synagagein, apochrē mona tauta eipein, hōs en tǭ Kritōni ho Sōkratēs, pro tou zēn to eu zēn kai tethnanai tithemenos, elpida tina heterou biou meta tēn teleutēn echein oietai. kai gar kai en tǭ Phaidrǭ autēn kathʼ hautēn genomenēn tēn psychēn legōn monēn dynasthai tēs alēthinēs sophias kai kreittonos tēs anthrōpinēs dynameōs metalabein, hotan autēn ho enthende erōs eis ouranon pterōsę̄, dia tēs philosophou agapēs eis to tēs elpidos telos aphikomenēn phēsin allou biou aidiou archēn lambanein.
About faith, then, we have set out sufficient testimonies from the writings of the Greeks; but so as not to go on too long by striving to collect a great deal about hope and love too, it is enough to say only this: that in the Crito Socrates, placing living well and dying well before living, thinks he has some hope of another life after death. And in the Phaedrus too, saying that the soul alone, when by itself, can share in true wisdom and in what is greater than human power, when love from here gives it wings to heaven, he says that, having arrived through philosophic love at the goal of hope, it takes the beginning of another, eternal life.
5.2.15Stählin 2:335–336
ἐν δὲ τῷ Συμποσίῳ πᾶσι μὲν ἔρωτα φυσικὸν ἐγκεκρᾶσθαι λέγει τῆς τοῦ ὁμοίου γενέσεως, καὶ τοῖς μὲν ἀνθρώποις ἀνθρώπων μόνον, τῷ δὲ σπουδαίῳ τοῦ παραπλησίου. ἀδύνατον δʼ ἐστὶ τοῦτο ποιῆσαι τὸν σπουδαῖον μὴ ἔχοντα τελείους τὰς ἀρετάς, καθʼ ἃς παιδεύσει τοὺς προσιόντας νέους καί, ὡς ἐν Θεαιτήτῳ φησί, γεννήσει καὶ ἀνθρώπους ἀποτελέσει· κυεῖν γὰρ τοὺς μὲν κατὰ σῶμα, τοὺς δὲ κατὰ ψυχήν, ἐπεὶ καὶ παρὰ τοῖς βαρβάροις φιλοσόφοις τὸ κατηχῆσαί τε καὶ φωτίσαι ἀναγεννῆσαι λέγεται, καὶ ἐγὼ ὑμᾶς ἐγέννησα ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ ὁ καλός που λέγει ἀπόστολος. ὁ δὲ Ἐμπεδοκλῆς ἐν ταῖς ἀρχαῖς καὶ φιλότητα συγκαταριθμεῖται, συγκριτικήν τινα ἀγάπην νοῶν, ἣν σὺ νόῳ δέρκευ μηδʼ ὄμμασιν ἧσο τεθηπώς. ἀλλὰ καὶ Παρμενίδης ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ ποιήματι περὶ τῆς Ἐλπίδος αἰνισσόμενος τὰ τοιαῦτα λέγει· λεῦσσε δʼ ὅμως ἀπεόντα νόῳ παρεόντα βεβαίως· οὐ γὰρ ἀποτμήξει τὸ ἐὸν τοῦ ἐόντος ἔχεσθαι οὔτε σκιδνάμενον πάντῃ πάντως κατὰ κόσμον οὔτε συνιστάμενον·
en de tǭ Symposiǭ pasi men erōta physikon enkekrasthai legei tēs tou homoiou geneseōs, kai tois men anthrōpois anthrōpōn monon, tǭ de spoudaiǭ tou paraplēsiou. adynaton dʼ esti touto poiēsai ton spoudaion mē echonta teleious tas aretas, kathʼ has paideusei tous prosiontas neous kai, hōs en Theaitētǭ phēsi, gennēsei kai anthrōpous apotelesei; kyein gar tous men kata sōma, tous de kata psychēn, epei kai para tois barbarois philosophois to katēchēsai te kai phōtisai anagennēsai legetai, kai egō hymas egennēsa en Christǭ Iēsou ho kalos pou legei apostolos. ho de Empedoklēs en tais archais kai philotēta synkatarithmeitai, synkritikēn tina agapēn noōn, hēn sy noǭ derkeu mēdʼ ommasin hēso tethēpōs. alla kai Parmenidēs en tǭ autou poiēmati peri tēs Elpidos ainissomenos ta toiauta legei; leusse dʼ homōs apeonta noǭ pareonta bebaiōs; ou gar apotmēxei to eon tou eontos echesthai oute skidnamenon pantę̄ pantōs kata kosmon oute synistamenon;
In the Symposium he says that a natural love for the begetting of what is like has been mixed into all, in men of men only, but in the good man of what is similar to him. And it is impossible for the good man to do this without having the virtues perfect, by which he will train the young who come to him, and, as he says in the Theaetetus, will beget and make them men; for some are pregnant in body and others in soul; since among the barbarian philosophers too, to instruct and enlighten is called to beget again; and “I begot you in Christ Jesus,” says the noble apostle somewhere. And Empedocles counts Love among the first principles, understanding it as a uniting love, “which you must see with the mind, and not sit amazed with your eyes.” And Parmenides too, in his poem, hinting at such things about Hope, says: “Behold things absent as firmly present to the mind; for you will not cut off what is from holding to what is, neither scattered everywhere in every way throughout the world, nor gathered together.”
Miscellanies 5, chapter 3
5.3.16Stählin 2:336
ἐπεὶ καὶ ὁ ἐλπίζων, καθάπερ ὁ πιστεύων, τῷ νῷ ὁρᾷ τὰ νοητὰ καὶ τὰ μέλλοντα. εἰ τοίνυν φαμέν τι εἶναι δίκαιον, φαμὲν δὲ καὶ καλόν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀλήθειάν τι λέγομεν, οὐδὲν δὲ πώποτε τῶν τοιούτων τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς εἴδομεν ἀλλʼ ἢ μόνῳ τῷ νῷ, ὁ δὲ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ ἐγώ φησιν εἰμὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια· νῷ ἄρα θεωρητὸς ὁ λόγος. τοὺς δὲ ἀληθινούς, ἔφη, φιλοσόφους τίνας λέγεις; τοὺς τῆς ἀληθείας, ἦν δʼ ἐγώ, φιλοθεάμονας. ἐν δὲ τῷ Φαίδρῳ περὶ ἀληθείας ὡς ἰδέας λέγων ὁ Πλάτων δηλώσει. ἡ δὲ ἰδέα ἐννόημα τοῦ θεοῦ, ὅπερ οἱ βάρβαροι λόγον εἰρήκασι τοῦ θεοῦ· ἔχει δὲ τὰ τῆς λέξεως ὧδε· τολμητέον γὰρ οὖν τό γε ἀληθὲς εἰπεῖν ἄλλως τε καὶ περὶ ἀληθείας λέγοντα· ἡ γὰρ ἀχρώματός τε καὶ ἀσχημάτιστος καὶ ἀναφὴς οὐσία ὄντως οὖσα ψυχῆς κυβερνήτῃ μόνῳ νῷ θεατή. προελθὼν δὲ ὁ λόγος δημιουργίας αἴτιος, ἔπειτα καὶ ἑαυτὸν γεννᾷ, ὅταν ὁ λόγος σὰρξ γένηται, ἵνα καὶ θεαθῇ. ὁ τοίνυν δίκαιος ζητήσει εὕρεσιν ἀγαπητικήν, εἰς ἣν σπεύδων εὐτυχεῖ· τῷ κρούοντι, γάρ φησιν, ἀνοιγήσεται· αἰτεῖτε καὶ δοθήσεται ὑμῖν· οἱ γὰρ ἁρπάζοντες τὴν βασιλείαν βιασταὶ οὐ τοῖς ἐριστικοῖς λόγοις, ἐνδελεχείᾳ δὲ ὀρθοῦ βίου ἀδιαλείπτοις τε εὐχαῖς ἐκβιάζεσθαι εἴρηνται, τὰς ἐπὶ τοῖς προτέροις ἁμαρτήμασιν ἀπηλειφότες κηλῖδας. τὴν μέντοι κακότητα καὶ ἰλαδὸν ἔστιν ἑλέσθαι. τῷ δʼ αὖ πονοῦντι καὶ θεὸς συλλαμβάνει. οὐ γὰρ ἐν μέσοισι κεῖται δῶρα δυσμάχητα Μοισᾶν τὠπιτυχόντι φέρειν.
epei kai ho elpizōn, kathaper ho pisteuōn, tǭ nǭ horą ta noēta kai ta mellonta. ei toinyn phamen ti einai dikaion, phamen de kai kalon, alla kai alētheian ti legomen, ouden de pōpote tōn toioutōn tois ophthalmois eidomen allʼ ē monǭ tǭ nǭ, ho de logos tou theou egō phēsin eimi hē alētheia; nǭ ara theōrētos ho logos. tous de alēthinous, ephē, philosophous tinas legeis? tous tēs alētheias, ēn dʼ egō, philotheamonas. en de tǭ Phaidrǭ peri alētheias hōs ideas legōn ho Platōn dēlōsei. hē de idea ennoēma tou theou, hoper hoi barbaroi logon eirēkasi tou theou; echei de ta tēs lexeōs hōde; tolmēteon gar oun to ge alēthes eipein allōs te kai peri alētheias legonta; hē gar achrōmatos te kai aschēmatistos kai anaphēs ousia ontōs ousa psychēs kybernētę̄ monǭ nǭ theatē. proelthōn de ho logos dēmiourgias aitios, epeita kai heauton genną, hotan ho logos sarx genētai, hina kai theathę̄. ho toinyn dikaios zētēsei heuresin agapētikēn, eis hēn speudōn eutychei; tǭ krouonti, gar phēsin, anoigēsetai; aiteite kai dothēsetai hymin; hoi gar harpazontes tēn basileian biastai ou tois eristikois logois, endelecheią de orthou biou adialeiptois te euchais ekbiazesthai eirēntai, tas epi tois proterois hamartēmasin apēleiphotes kēlidas. tēn mentoi kakotēta kai iladon estin helesthai. tǭ dʼ au ponounti kai theos syllambanei. ou gar en mesoisi keitai dōra dysmachēta Moisan tōpitychonti pherein.
For the one who hopes, like the one who believes, sees intelligible and future things with the mind. If, then, we say that something is just, and say that something is beautiful, and speak of truth too, yet have never seen any such thing with our eyes, but only with the mind; and the Word of God says, “I am the truth”; then the Word is contemplated by the mind. “Whom do you call the true philosophers?” he said. “Those who love the sight of truth,” said I. And in the Phaedrus Plato will show it, speaking of truth as an Idea. And the Idea is a thought of God, which the barbarians have called the Word of God. The words run thus: “For one must dare to speak the truth, especially when speaking about truth; for the colorless, shapeless, intangible substance that truly is, is visible only to the mind, the soul's pilot.” And the Word, coming forth, is the cause of creation; then also he begets himself, when the Word becomes flesh, so that he may also be seen. The righteous man, then, will seek a loving discovery, and hastening toward it is fortunate; for “to the one who knocks,” it says, “it will be opened; ask and it will be given to you.” For “the violent who seize the kingdom” are said to take it by force not with contentious words, but by the perseverance of a right life and unceasing prayers, having wiped away the stains of their former sins. “Vice can be chosen in abundance.” “And God helps the one who toils.” “For the hard-won gifts of the Muses do not lie in the middle for anyone who happens by to carry off.”
5.3.17Stählin 2:336–337
ἡ γοῦν τῆς ἀγνοίας ἐπίστασις τὸ πρῶτόν ἐστι μάθημα τῷ κατὰ λόγον βαδίζοντι. ἀγνοήσας τις ἐζήτησεν, καὶ ζητήσας εὑρίσκει τὸν διδάσκαλον εὑρών τε ἐπίστευσεν καὶ πιστεύσας ἤλπισεν ἀγαπήσας τε ἐντεῦθεν ἐξομοιοῦται τῷ ἠγαπημένῳ, τοῦτʼ εἶναι σπεύδων ὃ φθάσας ἠγάπησεν. τοιαύτην τινὰ μέθοδον Σωκράτης ὑποδείκνυσιν Ἀλκιβιάδῃ ὧδε πυνθανομένῳ· Οὐκ ἂν οἴει ἄλλως εἰδέναι με περὶ τῶν δικαίων; — Ναί, εἴ γε εὕροις. — Ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἂν εὑρεῖν με ἡγῇ; — Καὶ μάλα γε, εἰ ζητήσαις. — Εἶτα ζητῆσαι οὐκ ἂν οἴει με; — Ἔγωγε, εἰ οἰηθείης γε μὴ εἰδέναι. ταύτῃ τοι καὶ αἱ τῶν φρονίμων παρθένων λαμπάδες αἱ νύκτωρ ἀνημμέναι ἐν πολλῷ τῆς ἀγνοίας σκότει, ἣν νύκτα ᾐνίξατο ἡ γραφή· φρόνιμοι ψυχαί, καθαραὶ ὡς παρθένοι, συνεῖσαι σφᾶς αὐτὰς ἐν ἀγνοίᾳ καθεστώσας κοσμικῇ, τὸ φῶς ἀνάπτουσι καὶ τὸν νοῦν ἐγείρουσι καὶ φωτίζουσι τὸ σκότος καὶ τὴν ἄγνοιαν ἐξελαύνουσι καὶ ζητοῦσι τὴν ἀλήθειαν καὶ τοῦ διδασκάλου τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν ἀναμένουσι. φιλόσοφον μὲν οὖν, ἦν δʼ ἐγώ, πλῆθος ἀδύνατον γενέσθαι. ναρθηκοφόροι μὲν πολλοί, βάκχοι δέ τε παῦροι κατὰ τὸν Πλάτωνα. πολλοὶ γὰρ κλητοί, ὀλίγοι δὲ ἐκλεκτοί· καὶ οὐκ ἐν πᾶσι φησὶν ὁ ἀπόστολος ἡ γνῶσις. προσεύχεσθε δὲ ἵνα ῥυσθῶμεν ἀπὸ τῶν ἀτόπων καὶ πονηρῶν ἀνθρώπων· οὐ γὰρ πάντων ἡ πίστις. καὶ ἡ Κλεάνθους δὲ τοῦ Στωϊκοῦ φιλόσοφος ποιητικὴ ὧδέ πως τὰ ὅμοια γράφει· μὴ πρὸς δόξαν ὅρα, ἐθέλων σοφὸς αἶψα γενέσθαι, μηδὲ φοβοῦ πολλῶν ἄκριτον καὶ ἀναιδέα δόξαν. οὐ γὰρ πλῆθος ἔχει συνετὴν κρίσιν οὔτε δικαίων οὔτε καλῶν, ὀλίγοις δὲ παρʼ ἀνδράσι τοῦτό κεν εὕροις.
hē goun tēs agnoias epistasis to prōton esti mathēma tǭ kata logon badizonti. agnoēsas tis ezētēsen, kai zētēsas heuriskei ton didaskalon heurōn te episteusen kai pisteusas ēlpisen agapēsas te enteuthen exomoioutai tǭ ēgapēmenǭ, toutʼ einai speudōn ho phthasas ēgapēsen. toiautēn tina methodon Sōkratēs hypodeiknysin Alkibiadę̄ hōde pynthanomenǭ; Ouk an oiei allōs eidenai me peri tōn dikaiōn? — Nai, ei ge heurois. — Allʼ ouk an heurein me hēgę̄? — Kai mala ge, ei zētēsais. — Eita zētēsai ouk an oiei me? — Egōge, ei oiētheiēs ge mē eidenai. tautę̄ toi kai hai tōn phronimōn parthenōn lampades hai nyktōr anēmmenai en pollǭ tēs agnoias skotei, hēn nykta ę̄nixato hē graphē; phronimoi psychai, katharai hōs parthenoi, syneisai sphas autas en agnoią kathestōsas kosmikę̄, to phōs anaptousi kai ton noun egeirousi kai phōtizousi to skotos kai tēn agnoian exelaunousi kai zētousi tēn alētheian kai tou didaskalou tēn epiphaneian anamenousi. philosophon men oun, ēn dʼ egō, plēthos adynaton genesthai. narthēkophoroi men polloi, bakchoi de te pauroi kata ton Platōna. polloi gar klētoi, oligoi de eklektoi; kai ouk en pasi phēsin ho apostolos hē gnōsis. proseuchesthe de hina rhysthōmen apo tōn atopōn kai ponērōn anthrōpōn; ou gar pantōn hē pistis. kai hē Kleanthous de tou Stōïkou philosophos poiētikē hōde pōs ta homoia graphei; mē pros doxan hora, ethelōn sophos aipsa genesthai, mēde phobou pollōn akriton kai anaidea doxan. ou gar plēthos echei synetēn krisin oute dikaiōn oute kalōn, oligois de parʼ andrasi touto ken heurois.
The recognition of ignorance, then, is the first lesson for the one walking according to reason. Someone, being ignorant, sought; and seeking, finds the teacher; and finding, believed; and believing, hoped; and loving, is then made like the one he loved, hastening to be what he loved first. Socrates shows some such method to Alcibiades, who asks thus: “Do you not think I could know about just things otherwise?” “Yes, if you found out.” “But do you not think I could find out?” “Very much so, if you sought.” “Then do you not think I would seek?” “I do, if you thought you did not know.” In this way too the lamps of the wise virgins, lit at night in the great darkness of ignorance, which Scripture hinted at by night: wise souls, pure as virgins, understanding that they stand in worldly ignorance, light the light, rouse the mind, illuminate the darkness, drive out ignorance, seek the truth, and await the appearing of the Teacher. “For it is impossible,” said I, “for the multitude to be philosophic.” “For many are the thyrsus-bearers, but few the Bacchants,” according to Plato. “For many are called, but few chosen.” “And not in all,” says the apostle, “is knowledge.” “And pray that we may be delivered from absurd and wicked men; for not all have faith.” And the philosophical poetry of Cleanthes the Stoic writes similar things thus: “Do not look to opinion, wishing to be wise quickly, nor fear the undiscerning and shameless opinion of the many. For the multitude does not have understanding judgment, neither of just nor of beautiful things; you would find this among few men.”
5.3.18Stählin 2:337–338
γνωμικώτερον δὲ ὁ κωμικὸς ἐν βραχεῖ· αἰσχρὸν δὲ κρίνειν τὰ καλὰ τῷ πολλῷ ψόφῳ. ἀκηκόασι γάρ, οἶμαι, τῆς καλῆς ἐκείνης λεγούσης ἡμῖν σοφίας· εἰς μέσον ἀσυνέτων συντήρησον καιρόν, εἰς μέσον δὲ διανοουμένων ἐνδελέχιζε. καὶ πάλιν· σοφοὶ κρύψουσιν αἴσθησιν· ἐνέχυρον γὰρ τῆς ἀληθείας τὴν ἀπόδειξιν ἀπαιτοῦσιν οἱ πολλοὶ οὐκ ἀρκούμενοι ψιλῇ τῇ ἐκ πίστεως σωτηρίᾳ. ἀλλὰ κακοῖς μὲν κάρτα πέλει κρατέουσιν ἀπιστεῖν· ὡς δὲ παρʼ ἡμετέρης κέλεται πιστώματα Μούσης, γνῶθι διατμηθέντος ἐνὶ σπλάγχνοισι λόγοιο. τοῖς μὲν γὰρ κακοῖς τοῦτο σύνηθες, φησὶν ὁ Ἐμπεδοκλῆς, τὸ ἐθέλειν κρατεῖν τῶν ἀληθῶν διὰ τοῦ ἀπιστεῖν. ὅτι δέ ἐστι τὰ ἡμέτερα ἔνδοξα καὶ πιστεύεσθαι ἄξια, γνώσονται Ἕλληνες τοῦ λόγου μᾶλλον ἐξεταζομένου διὰ τῶν ἑπομένων· τῷ γὰρ ὁμοίῳ τὸ ὅμοιον ἐκδιδασκόμεθα. ὅτι ἀποκρίνου φησὶν ὁ Σολομὼν τῷ μωρῷ ἐκ τῆς μωρίας αὐτοῦ. διὸ καὶ τοῖς τὴν σοφίαν αἰτοῦσι τὴν παρʼ αὐτοῖς ὀρεκτέον τὰ οἰκεῖα, ὡς ἂν ῥᾷστα διὰ τῶν ἰδίων εἰς πίστιν ἀληθείας εἰκότως ἀφίκοιντο· τοῖς γὰρ πᾶσι πάντα ἐγενόμην, λέγει, ἵνα τοὺς πάντας κερδήσω, ἐπεὶ καὶ τῆς θείας χάριτος ὁ ὑετὸς ἐπὶ δικαίους καὶ ἀδίκους καταπέμπεται· ἢ Ἰουδαίων μόνων ἐστὶν ὁ θεός; οὐχὶ καὶ ἐθνῶν; ναὶ καὶ ἐθνῶν, εἴπερ εἶς ὁ θεός, ὁ γενναῖος κέκραγεν ἀπόστολος.
gnōmikōteron de ho kōmikos en brachei; aischron de krinein ta kala tǭ pollǭ psophǭ. akēkoasi gar, oimai, tēs kalēs ekeinēs legousēs hēmin sophias; eis meson asynetōn syntērēson kairon, eis meson de dianooumenōn endelechize. kai palin; sophoi krypsousin aisthēsin; enechyron gar tēs alētheias tēn apodeixin apaitousin hoi polloi ouk arkoumenoi psilę̄ tę̄ ek pisteōs sōtērią. alla kakois men karta pelei krateousin apistein; hōs de parʼ hēmeterēs keletai pistōmata Mousēs, gnōthi diatmēthentos eni splanchnoisi logoio. tois men gar kakois touto synēthes, phēsin ho Empedoklēs, to ethelein kratein tōn alēthōn dia tou apistein. hoti de esti ta hēmetera endoxa kai pisteuesthai axia, gnōsontai Hellēnes tou logou mallon exetazomenou dia tōn hepomenōn; tǭ gar homoiǭ to homoion ekdidaskometha. hoti apokrinou phēsin ho Solomōn tǭ mōrǭ ek tēs mōrias autou. dio kai tois tēn sophian aitousi tēn parʼ autois orekteon ta oikeia, hōs an rhąsta dia tōn idiōn eis pistin alētheias eikotōs aphikointo; tois gar pasi panta egenomēn, legei, hina tous pantas kerdēsō, epei kai tēs theias charitos ho hyetos epi dikaious kai adikous katapempetai; ē Ioudaiōn monōn estin ho theos? ouchi kai ethnōn? nai kai ethnōn, eiper eis ho theos, ho gennaios kekragen apostolos.
More sententiously the comic poet says briefly: “It is shameful to judge fine things by the great noise.” For they have heard, I think, that fine Wisdom saying to us: “In the midst of the foolish watch your time, but in the midst of the thoughtful persevere.” And again: “The wise will hide perception.” For the many demand proof as a pledge of truth, not content with the bare salvation that comes from faith. “But for the wicked it is very much their way to distrust the powerful; but as the pledges of our Muse bid, know, the word having been divided within your heart.” For it is customary for the wicked, says Empedocles, to wish to master the truth by disbelieving. That our doctrines are reputable and worthy of belief the Greeks will know when the account is examined more fully in what follows; for we are taught like by like. For Solomon says, “Answer the fool according to his folly.” That is why we must hold out their own to those who ask for the wisdom that is theirs, so that through their own they may most easily and fittingly come to faith in the truth. “For I became all things to all,” he says, “that I might win all”; since the rain of divine grace too is sent down on just and unjust. “Or is God the God of the Jews only? Is he not also of the Gentiles? Yes, of the Gentiles too, since God is one,” cries the noble apostle.
Miscellanies 5, chapter 4
5.4.19Stählin 2:338–339
Ἀλλʼ ἐπεὶ μήτε τῷ ἀγαθῷ δικαίως μήτε τῇ γνώσει εἰς σωτηρίαν πιστεύειν ἐθέλουσιν, ἡμεῖς αὐτοὶ τὰ ἐκείνων ἴδια ἡγούμενοι ὅτι πάντα τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ μάλιστα ἐπειδὴ τὰ καλὰ παρʼ ἡμῶν ὥρμηται τοῖς Ἕλλησιν, ἐγχειρῶμεν αὐτοῖς, ὡς ἀκούειν πεφύκασι· τὸ γὰρ συνετὸν ἤτοι τὸ δίκαιον ὁ πολὺς οὗτος ὄχλος οὐκ ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας, ἀλλʼ ἐξ ὧν ἂν ἡσθῇ, δοκιμάζει. ἥδοιτο δʼ ἂν οὐχ ἑτέροις μᾶλλον ἢ τοῖς ὁμοίοις αὐτοῦ· ὅσον γὰρ τυφλὸν ἔτι καὶ κωφόν, οὐ ξύνεσιν ἔχον οὐδὲ φιλοθεάμονος ψυχῆς ὄψιν ἀθαμβῆ τε καὶ ὀξυδερκῆ, ἣν ὁ σωτὴρ ἐντίθησι μόνος, ὥσπερ ἐν τελεταῖς ἀμύητον ἢ ἐν χορείαις ἄμουσον, οὔπω καθαρὸν ὂν οὐδὲ ἄξιον ἁγνῆς ἀληθείας, ἐκμελὲς δὲ καὶ ἄτακτον καὶ ὑλικόν, ἔτι ἔξω θείου χοροῦ ἵστασθαι δεῖ· πνευματικοῖς τε γὰρ πνευματικὰ συγκρίνομεν. διὰ τοῦτό τοι τῆς ἐπικρύψεως τὸν τρόπον, θεῖον ὄντα ὡς ἀληθῶς καὶ ἀναγκαιότατον ἡμῖν διὰ τὸν ἐν τῷ ἀδύτῳ τῆς ἀληθείας ἀποκείμενον, ἱερὸν ἀτεχνῶς λόγον, Αἰγύπτιοι μὲν διὰ τῶν παρʼ αὐτοῖς ἀδύτων καλουμένων, Ἑβραῖοι δὲ διὰ τοῦ παραπετάσματος ᾐνίξαντο, διʼ οὗ μόνοις ἐξῆν ἐπιβαίνειν αὐτῶν τοῖς ἱερωμένοις, τουτέστι τοῖς ἀνακειμένοις τῷ θεῷ, τοῖς περιτετμημένοις τὰς τῶν παθῶν ἐπιθυμίας διὰ τὴν πρὸς μόνον τὸ θεῖον ἀγάπην· οὐ καθαρῷ γὰρ καθαροῦ ἐφάπτεσθαι οὐ θεμιτὸν εἶναι συνεδόκει καὶ Πλάτωνι.
Allʼ epei mēte tǭ agathǭ dikaiōs mēte tę̄ gnōsei eis sōtērian pisteuein ethelousin, hēmeis autoi ta ekeinōn idia hēgoumenoi hoti panta tou theou, kai malista epeidē ta kala parʼ hēmōn hōrmētai tois Hellēsin, encheirōmen autois, hōs akouein pephykasi; to gar syneton ētoi to dikaion ho polys houtos ochlos ouk ek tēs alētheias, allʼ ex hōn an hēsthę̄, dokimazei. hēdoito dʼ an ouch heterois mallon ē tois homoiois autou; hoson gar typhlon eti kai kōphon, ou xynesin echon oude philotheamonos psychēs opsin athambē te kai oxyderkē, hēn ho sōtēr entithēsi monos, hōsper en teletais amyēton ē en choreiais amouson, oupō katharon on oude axion hagnēs alētheias, ekmeles de kai atakton kai hylikon, eti exō theiou chorou histasthai dei; pneumatikois te gar pneumatika synkrinomen. dia touto toi tēs epikrypseōs ton tropon, theion onta hōs alēthōs kai anankaiotaton hēmin dia ton en tǭ adytǭ tēs alētheias apokeimenon, hieron atechnōs logon, Aigyptioi men dia tōn parʼ autois adytōn kaloumenōn, Hebraioi de dia tou parapetasmatos ę̄nixanto, diʼ hou monois exēn epibainein autōn tois hierōmenois, toutesti tois anakeimenois tǭ theǭ, tois peritetmēmenois tas tōn pathōn epithymias dia tēn pros monon to theion agapēn; ou katharǭ gar katharou ephaptesthai ou themiton einai synedokei kai Platōni.
But since they are unwilling to believe the good justly, or knowledge for salvation, we ourselves, considering their things our own, because all things are God's, and especially since good things have gone forth from us to the Greeks, will deal with them as they are naturally able to hear. For this great crowd judges what is intelligent or just not by the truth but by what pleases it; and it would be pleased by nothing more than by what is like itself. For whatever is still blind and deaf, without understanding or the fearless and keen-sighted vision of a soul that loves contemplation, which the Savior alone implants, like the uninitiated at the mysteries or the unmusical at the dances, not yet pure nor worthy of pure truth, but discordant, disorderly, and material, must still stand outside the divine chorus. “For we compare spiritual things with spiritual.” That is why the Egyptians, through what they call their sanctuaries, and the Hebrews, through the veil, hinted at the manner of concealment, which is truly divine and most necessary for us because of the sacred word stored up in the sanctuary of truth; through which only those consecrated were allowed to enter, that is, those dedicated to God, circumcised in the desires of the passions for love of the divine alone. For Plato too thought it unlawful for the impure to touch the pure.
5.4.20Stählin 2:339
ἐντεῦθεν αἱ προφητεῖαι οἵ τε χρησμοὶ λέγονται διʼ αἰνιγμάτων καὶ αἱ τελεταὶ τοῖς ἐντυγχάνουσιν ἀνέδην οὐ δείκνυνται, ἀλλὰ μετά τινων καθαρμῶν καὶ προρρήσεων· ἁ Μοῦσα γὰρ οὐ φιλοκερδής πω τότʼ ἦν οὐδʼ ἐργάτις· οὐδʼ ἐπέρναντο γλυκεῖαι μελίφθογγοι ποτὶ Τερψιχόρας ἀργυρωθεῖσαι πρόσωπα μαλθακόφωνοι ἀοιδαί. Αὐτίκα οἱ παρʼ Αἰγυπτίοις παιδευόμενοι πρῶτον μὲν πάντων τὴν Αἰγυπτίων γραμμάτων μέθοδον ἐκμανθάνουσι, τὴν ἐπιστολογραφικὴν καλουμένην· δευτέραν δὲ τὴν ἱερατικήν, ᾗ χρῶνται οἱ ἱερογραμματεῖς· ὑστάτην δὲ καὶ τελευταίαν τὴν ἱερογλυφικήν, ἧς ἣ μέν ἐστι διὰ τῶν πρώτων στοιχείων κυριολογική, ἣ δὲ συμβολική. τῆς δὲ συμβολικῆς ἣ μὲν κυριολογεῖται κατὰ μίμησιν, ἣ δʼ ὥσπερ τροπικῶς γράφεται, ἣ δὲ ἄντικρυς ἀλληγορεῖται κατά τινας αἰνιγμούς. Ἥλιον γοῦν γράψαι βουλόμενοι κύκλον ποιοῦσι, σελήνην δὲ σχῆμα μηνοειδὲς κατὰ τὸ κυριολογούμενον εἶδος. Τροπικῶς δὲ κατʼ οἰκειότητα μετάγοντες καὶ μετατιθέντες, τὰ δʼ ἐξαλλάττοντες, τὰ δὲ πολλαχῶς μετασχηματίζοντες χαράττουσιν.
enteuthen hai prophēteiai hoi te chrēsmoi legontai diʼ ainigmatōn kai hai teletai tois entynchanousin anedēn ou deiknyntai, alla meta tinōn katharmōn kai prorrēseōn; ha Mousa gar ou philokerdēs pō totʼ ēn oudʼ ergatis; oudʼ epernanto glykeiai meliphthongoi poti Terpsichoras argyrōtheisai prosōpa malthakophōnoi aoidai. Autika hoi parʼ Aigyptiois paideuomenoi prōton men pantōn tēn Aigyptiōn grammatōn methodon ekmanthanousi, tēn epistolographikēn kaloumenēn; deuteran de tēn hieratikēn, hę̄ chrōntai hoi hierogrammateis; hystatēn de kai teleutaian tēn hieroglyphikēn, hēs hē men esti dia tōn prōtōn stoicheiōn kyriologikē, hē de symbolikē. tēs de symbolikēs hē men kyriologeitai kata mimēsin, hē dʼ hōsper tropikōs graphetai, hē de antikrys allēgoreitai kata tinas ainigmous. Hēlion goun grapsai boulomenoi kyklon poiousi, selēnēn de schēma mēnoeides kata to kyriologoumenon eidos. Tropikōs de katʼ oikeiotēta metagontes kai metatithentes, ta dʼ exallattontes, ta de pollachōs metaschēmatizontes charattousin.
From this, prophecies and oracles are spoken in riddles, and the mysteries are not shown freely to all who come, but with certain purifications and preliminary instructions. “For the Muse was not yet greedy for gain nor a hireling; nor were the sweet, honey-voiced, soft-sounding songs sold by Terpsichore, their faces silvered.” For example, those educated among the Egyptians first of all learn the method of Egyptian letters called epistolographic; second, the hieratic, which the sacred scribes use; and last and final, the hieroglyphic, of which one kind is literal, by the first letters, and another symbolic. Of the symbolic, one kind is literal by imitation, another is written as it were figuratively, and another is plainly allegorized by certain riddles. When they wish to write “sun,” at any rate, they make a circle, and for “moon” a crescent shape, according to the literal form. Figuratively, they engrave by transferring and transposing according to affinity, sometimes altering, sometimes transforming in many ways.
5.4.21Stählin 2:339–340
τοὺς γοῦν τῶν βασιλέων ἐπαίνους, θεολογουμένοις μύθοις παραδιδόντες, ἀναγράφουσι διὰ τῶν ἀναγλύφων. Τοῦ δὲ κατὰ τοὺς αἰνιγμοὺς τρίτου εἴδους δεῖγμα ἔστω τόδε· τὰ μὲν γὰρ τῶν ἄλλων ἄστρων διὰ τὴν πορείαν τὴν λοξὴν ὄφεων σώμασιν ἀπείκαζον, τὸν δὲ ἥλιον τῷ τοῦ κανθάρου, ἐπειδὴ κυκλοτερὲς ἐκ τῆς βοείας ὄνθου σχῆμα πλασάμενος ἀντιπρόσωπος κυλίνδει. φασὶ δὲ καὶ ἑξάμηνον μὲν ὑπὸ γῆς, θάτερον δὲ τοῦ ἔτους τμῆμα τὸ ζῷον τοῦτο ὑπὲρ γῆς διαιτᾶσθαι σπερμαίνειν τε εἰς τὴν σφαῖραν καὶ γεννᾶν καὶ θῆλυν κάνθαρον μὴ γίνεσθαι. Πάντες οὖν, ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν, οἱ θεολογήσαντες βάρβαροί τε καὶ Ἕλληνες τὰς μὲν ἀρχὰς τῶν πραγμάτων ἀπεκρύψαντο, τὴν δὲ ἀλήθειαν αἰνίγμασι καὶ συμβόλοις ἀλληγορίαις τε αὖ καὶ μεταφοραῖς καὶ τοιούτοις τισὶ τρόποις παραδεδώκασιν, ὁποῖα καὶ παρʼ Ἕλλησι τὰ μαντεῖα, καὶ ὅ γε Ἀπόλλων ὁ Πύθιος Λοξίας λέγεται.
tous goun tōn basileōn epainous, theologoumenois mythois paradidontes, anagraphousi dia tōn anaglyphōn. Tou de kata tous ainigmous tritou eidous deigma estō tode; ta men gar tōn allōn astrōn dia tēn poreian tēn loxēn opheōn sōmasin apeikazon, ton de hēlion tǭ tou kantharou, epeidē kykloteres ek tēs boeias onthou schēma plasamenos antiprosōpos kylindei. phasi de kai hexamēnon men hypo gēs, thateron de tou etous tmēma to zǭon touto hyper gēs diaitasthai spermainein te eis tēn sphairan kai gennan kai thēlyn kantharon mē ginesthai. Pantes oun, hōs epos eipein, hoi theologēsantes barbaroi te kai Hellēnes tas men archas tōn pragmatōn apekrypsanto, tēn de alētheian ainigmasi kai symbolois allēgoriais te au kai metaphorais kai toioutois tisi tropois paradedōkasin, hopoia kai parʼ Hellēsi ta manteia, kai ho ge Apollōn ho Pythios Loxias legetai.
At any rate they record the praises of kings, handing them down in theological myths, through reliefs. Let this be an example of the third kind, by riddles: they likened the other stars to the bodies of snakes because of their oblique course, and the sun to that of the beetle, since it forms a round shape from ox dung and rolls it, facing backward. They say too that this creature lives six months under the earth and the other part of the year above the earth, and sows its seed into the ball and begets, and that there is no female beetle. All, then, so to speak, both barbarians and Greeks, who have treated of divine things have hidden the first principles of things, and handed down the truth in riddles and symbols, allegories and metaphors, and such figures; such too are the oracles among the Greeks, and Pythian Apollo is called Loxias (“the oblique”).
5.4.22Stählin 2:340
Ναὶ μὴν καὶ τῶν παρʼ Ἕλλησι σοφῶν καλουμένων τὰ ἀποφθέγματα ὀλίγαις λέξεσι μείζονος πράγματος δήλωσιν ἐμφαίνει, οἷον ἀμέλει τὸ χρόνου φείδου ἤτοι ἐπεὶ ὁ βίος βραχύς, καὶ οὐ δεῖν τὸν χρόνον τοῦτον εἰς μάτην καταναλῶσαι, ἢ κατʼ ἐναντιότητα φείσασθαι τῶν ἀναλωμάτων τῶν ἰδιωτικῶν, ἵνα κἂν πολλὰ ἔτη ζήσῃς, φησί, μὴ ἐπιλείπῃ σοι τὰ ἐπιτήδεια.
Nai mēn kai tōn parʼ Hellēsi sophōn kaloumenōn ta apophthegmata oligais lexesi meizonos pragmatos dēlōsin emphainei, hoion amelei to chronou pheidou ētoi epei ho bios brachys, kai ou dein ton chronon touton eis matēn katanalōsai, ē katʼ enantiotēta pheisasthai tōn analōmatōn tōn idiōtikōn, hina kan polla etē zēsę̄s, phēsi, mē epileipę̄ soi ta epitēdeia.
Indeed the sayings of those called the wise men among the Greeks show, in a few words, the expression of something greater; for example, “Spare time,” either because life is short and we must not spend this time in vain; or, conversely, spare your private expenses, so that, even if you live many years, it says, you may not lack necessities.
5.4.23Stählin 2:340
ὡσαύτως καὶ τὸ γνῶθι σαυτὸν πολλὰ ἐνδείκνυται, καὶ ὅτι θνητὸς εἶ καὶ ὅτι ἄνθρωπος ἐγένου, καὶ ἤδη πρὸς τὰς ἄλλας τοῦ βίου ὑπεροχὰς κατὰ σύγκρισιν ὅτι οὐδενὸς λόγου ὑπάρχεις, ἔνδοξον λέγων ἢ πλούσιον, ἢ τοὐναντίον, ὅτι πλούσιος ὢν καὶ ἔνδοξος οὐ παραμόνῳ σεμνύνῃ πλεονεκτήματι· καὶ εἰς τί γέγονας, γνῶθι, φησί, καὶ τίνος εἰκὼν ὑπάρχεις, τίς τέ σου ἡ οὐσία καὶ τίς ἡ δημιουργία καὶ ἡ πρὸς τὸ θεῖον οἰκείωσις τίς, καὶ τὰ τούτοις ὅμοια. λέγει δὲ καὶ διὰ Ἡσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου τὸ πνεῦμα· δώσω σοι θησαυροὺς σκοτεινοὺς ἀποκρύφους. θησαυροὶ δὲ τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ πλοῦτος ἀνεκλιπὴς ἡ δυσθήρατός ἐστι σοφία.
hōsautōs kai to gnōthi sauton polla endeiknytai, kai hoti thnētos ei kai hoti anthrōpos egenou, kai ēdē pros tas allas tou biou hyperochas kata synkrisin hoti oudenos logou hyparcheis, endoxon legōn ē plousion, ē tounantion, hoti plousios ōn kai endoxos ou paramonǭ semnynę̄ pleonektēmati; kai eis ti gegonas, gnōthi, phēsi, kai tinos eikōn hyparcheis, tis te sou hē ousia kai tis hē dēmiourgia kai hē pros to theion oikeiōsis tis, kai ta toutois homoia. legei de kai dia Hēsaïou tou prophētou to pneuma; dōsō soi thēsaurous skoteinous apokryphous. thēsauroi de tou theou kai ploutos aneklipēs hē dysthēratos esti sophia.
Likewise “Know yourself” indicates many things: both that you are mortal and that you were born a human being; and also, by comparison with the other eminences of life, that you are of no account, even if called glorious or rich; or, conversely, that being rich and glorious you should not pride yourself on an advantage that does not last. And know, it says, for what you were born, whose image you are, what your substance is, what your creation, and what your kinship to the divine, and the like. And the Spirit says through the prophet Isaiah: “I will give you dark, hidden treasures.” And the treasures of God and his unfailing wealth are wisdom, hard to hunt down.
5.4.24Stählin 2:340–341
Ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ παρὰ τούτων τῶν προφητῶν τὴν θεολογίαν δεδιδαγμένοι ποιηταὶ διʼ ὑπονοίας πολλὰ φιλοσοφοῦσι, τὸν Ὀρφέα λέγω, τὸν Λίνον, τὸν Μουσαῖον, τὸν Ὅμηρον καὶ Ἡσίοδον καὶ τοὺς ταύτῃ σοφούς. παραπέτασμα δὲ αὐτοῖς πρὸς τοὺς πολλοὺς ἡ ποιητικὴ ψυχαγωγία· ὄνειροί τε καὶ σύμβολα ἀφανέστερα πάντα τοῖς ἀνθρώποις οὐ φθόνῳ (οὐ γὰρ θέμις ἐμπαθῆ νοεῖν τὸν θεόν), ἀλλʼ ὅπως εἰς τὴν τῶν αἰνιγμάτων ἔννοιαν ἡ ζήτησις παρεισδύουσα ἐπὶ τὴν εὕρεσιν τῆς ἀληθείας ἀναδράμῃ. ταύτῃ τοι Σοφοκλῆς, ὁ τῆς τραγῳδίας ποιητής, φησί που· καὶ τὸν θεὸν τοιοῦτον ἐξεπίσταμαι· σοφοῖς μὲν αἰνικτῆρα θεσφάτων ἀεί, σκαιοῖς δὲ φαῦλον κἀν βραχεῖ διδάσκαλον, τὸ φαῦλον ἐπὶ τοῦ ἁπλοῦ τάσσων.
Alla kai hoi para toutōn tōn prophētōn tēn theologian dedidagmenoi poiētai diʼ hyponoias polla philosophousi, ton Orphea legō, ton Linon, ton Mousaion, ton Homēron kai Hēsiodon kai tous tautę̄ sophous. parapetasma de autois pros tous pollous hē poiētikē psychagōgia; oneiroi te kai symbola aphanestera panta tois anthrōpois ou phthonǭ (ou gar themis empathē noein ton theon), allʼ hopōs eis tēn tōn ainigmatōn ennoian hē zētēsis pareisdyousa epi tēn heuresin tēs alētheias anadramę̄. tautę̄ toi Sophoklēs, ho tēs tragǭdias poiētēs, phēsi pou; kai ton theon toiouton exepistamai; sophois men ainiktēra thesphatōn aei, skaiois de phaulon kan brachei didaskalon, to phaulon epi tou haplou tassōn.
And the poets too, who learned theology from these prophets, philosophize much by hidden meaning: I mean Orpheus, Linus, Musaeus, Homer, Hesiod, and those wise in this way. The charm of poetry is a veil for them against the many; and dreams and symbols are all more obscure to men, not from envy (for it is not lawful to think of God as subject to passion), but so that inquiry, slipping into the meaning of the riddles, may run up to the discovery of the truth. So Sophocles, the tragic poet, says somewhere: “And I know the god to be such: to the wise always a riddler of oracles, but to the foolish a poor teacher, and in brief,” using “poor” for “simple.”
5.4.25Stählin 2:341–342
ἄντικρυς γοῦν περὶ πάσης γραφῆς τῆς καθʼ ἡμᾶς ἐν τοῖς ψαλμοῖς γέγραπται ὡς ἐν παραβολῇ εἰρημένης· ἀκούσατε, λαός μου, τὸν νόμον μου, κλίνατε τὸ οὖς ὑμῶν εἰς τὰ ῥήματα τοῦ στόματός μου· ἀνοίξω ἐν παραβολαῖς τὸ στόμα μου, φθέγξομαι προβλήματα ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς. καὶ ὁ γενναῖος ἀπόστολος τὰ ὅμοια ὧδέ πως λέγει· σοφίαν δὲ λαλοῦμεν ἐν τοῖς τελείοις, σοφίαν δὲ οὐ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου οὐδὲ τῶν ἀρχόντων τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου τῶν καταργουμένων· ἀλλὰ λαλοῦμεν θεοῦ σοφίαν ἐν μυστηρίῳ, τὴν ἀποκεκρυμμένην, ἣν προώρισεν ὁ θεὸς πρὸ τῶν αἰώνων εἰς δόξαν ἡμῶν· ἣν οὐδεὶς τῶν ἀρχόντων τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου ἔγνωκεν· εἰ γὰρ ἔγνωσαν, οὐκ ἂν τὸν κύριον τῆς δόξης ἐσταύρωσαν. οἱ φιλόσοφοι δὲ οὐκ ἐνηργήθησαν ἐνυβρίσαι τὴν παρουσίαν τοῦ κυρίου· ἀπόκειται τοίνυν τὴν οἴησιν τῶν ἐν Ἰουδαίοις σοφῶν ἐπιραπίζειν τὸν ἀπόστολον· διὸ καὶ ἐπιφέρει· ἀλλὰ κηρύσσομεν καθὼς γέγραπται, φησίν, ἃ ὀφθαλμὸς οὐκ εἶδεν καὶ οὖς οὐκ ἤκουσεν καὶ ἐπὶ καρδίαν ἀνθρώπου οὐκ ἀνέβη, ἃ ἡτοίμασεν ὁ θεὸς τοῖς ἀγαπῶσιν αὐτόν. ἡμῖν γὰρ ἀπεκάλυψεν ὁ θεὸς διὰ τοῦ πνεύματος· τὸ γὰρ πνεῦμα πάντα ἐρευνᾷ, καὶ τὰ βάθη τοῦ θεοῦ. πνευματικὸν γὰρ καὶ γνωστικὸν οἶδεν τὸν τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος μαθητὴν τοῦ ἐκ θεοῦ χορηγουμένου, ὅ ἐστι νοῦς Χριστοῦ. ψυχικὸς δὲ ἄνθρωπος οὐ δέχεται τὰ τοῦ πνεύματος· μωρία γὰρ αὐτῷ ἐστιν.
antikrys goun peri pasēs graphēs tēs kathʼ hēmas en tois psalmois gegraptai hōs en parabolę̄ eirēmenēs; akousate, laos mou, ton nomon mou, klinate to ous hymōn eis ta rhēmata tou stomatos mou; anoixō en parabolais to stoma mou, phthenxomai problēmata apʼ archēs. kai ho gennaios apostolos ta homoia hōde pōs legei; sophian de laloumen en tois teleiois, sophian de ou tou aiōnos toutou oude tōn archontōn tou aiōnos toutou tōn katargoumenōn; alla laloumen theou sophian en mystēriǭ, tēn apokekrymmenēn, hēn proōrisen ho theos pro tōn aiōnōn eis doxan hēmōn; hēn oudeis tōn archontōn tou aiōnos toutou egnōken; ei gar egnōsan, ouk an ton kyrion tēs doxēs estaurōsan. hoi philosophoi de ouk enērgēthēsan enybrisai tēn parousian tou kyriou; apokeitai toinyn tēn oiēsin tōn en Ioudaiois sophōn epirapizein ton apostolon; dio kai epipherei; alla kēryssomen kathōs gegraptai, phēsin, ha ophthalmos ouk eiden kai ous ouk ēkousen kai epi kardian anthrōpou ouk anebē, ha hētoimasen ho theos tois agapōsin auton. hēmin gar apekalypsen ho theos dia tou pneumatos; to gar pneuma panta ereuną, kai ta bathē tou theou. pneumatikon gar kai gnōstikon oiden ton tou hagiou pneumatos mathētēn tou ek theou chorēgoumenou, ho esti nous Christou. psychikos de anthrōpos ou dechetai ta tou pneumatos; mōria gar autǭ estin.
Plainly, at any rate, it is written in the Psalms about all our Scripture, as spoken in parable: “Hear, my people, my law; incline your ear to the words of my mouth; I will open my mouth in parables; I will utter riddles from the beginning.” And the noble apostle says similar things thus: “We speak wisdom among the perfect, but a wisdom not of this age nor of the rulers of this age, who are passing away; but we speak God's wisdom in a mystery, the hidden wisdom, which God predestined before the ages for our glory; which none of the rulers of this age has known; for if they had known it, they would not have crucified the Lord of glory.” The philosophers were not moved to insult the Lord's coming; it remains, then, that the apostle rebukes the conceit of the wise among the Jews. That is why he adds: “But we preach, as it is written, what eye has not seen and ear has not heard and has not entered the heart of man, what God has prepared for those who love him. For God has revealed it to us through the Spirit; for the Spirit searches all things, even the depths of God.” For he knows as spiritual and knowing the disciple of the Holy Spirit supplied from God, which is the mind of Christ. “But the psychic man does not receive the things of the Spirit; for they are foolishness to him.”
5.4.26Stählin 2:342
αὐτίκα ὁ ἀπόστολος πρὸς ἀντιδιαστολὴν γνωστικῆς τελειότητος τὴν κοινὴν πίστιν πῇ μὲν θεμέλιον λέγει, πῇ δὲ γάλα, γράφων τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον· ἀδελφοί, οὐκ ἠδυνήθην λαλῆσαι ὑμῖν ὡς πνευματικοῖς, ἀλλʼ ὡς σαρκικοῖς, ὡς νηπίοις ἐν Χριστῷ. γάλα ὑμᾶς ἐπότισα, οὐ βρῶμα· οὔπω γὰρ ἐδύνασθε. ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ἔτι νῦν δύνασθε, ἔτι γὰρ σαρκικοί ἐστε. ὅπου γὰρ ἐν ὑμῖν ζῆλος καὶ ἔρις, οὐχὶ σαρκικοί ἐστε καὶ κατὰ ἄνθρωπον περιπατεῖτε; τὰ αἱρετὰ τοῖς ἁμαρτωλοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων, οἱ δὲ τούτων ἀπεσχημένοι τὰ θεῖα φρονοῦσι καὶ βρώματος γνωστικοῦ μεταλαμβάνουσιν. κατὰ τὴν χάριν, φησί, τὴν δοθεῖσάν μοι ὡς σοφὸς ἀρχιτέκτων θεμέλιον τέθεικα, ἄλλος δὲ ἐποικοδομεῖ χρυσίον καὶ ἀργύριον, λίθους τιμίους. ταῦτα γνωστικὰ ἐποικοδομήματα τῇ κρηπῖδι τῆς πίστεως τῆς εἰς Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν, καλάμη δὲ τὰ τῶν αἱρέσεων ἐπαναθήματα καὶ ξύλα καὶ χόρτος. ὁποῖον δὲ ἑκάστου τὸ ἔργον, τὸ πῦρ δοκιμάσει. τὴν γνωστικὴν οἰκοδομὴν κἀν τῇ πρὸς Ῥωμαίους ἐπιστολῇ αἰνισσόμενός φησιν· ἐπιποθῶ γὰρ ἰδεῖν ὑμᾶς, ἵνα τι μεταδῶ χάρισμα ὑμῖν πνευματικὸν εἰς τὸ στηριχθῆναι ὑμᾶς. ἀποκεκαλυμμένως δὲ οὐχ οἷόν τε ἦν τὰ τοιαῦτα τῶν χαρισμάτων ἐπιστέλλειν.
autika ho apostolos pros antidiastolēn gnōstikēs teleiotētos tēn koinēn pistin pę̄ men themelion legei, pę̄ de gala, graphōn ton tropon touton; adelphoi, ouk ēdynēthēn lalēsai hymin hōs pneumatikois, allʼ hōs sarkikois, hōs nēpiois en Christǭ. gala hymas epotisa, ou brōma; oupō gar edynasthe. allʼ oude eti nyn dynasthe, eti gar sarkikoi este. hopou gar en hymin zēlos kai eris, ouchi sarkikoi este kai kata anthrōpon peripateite? ta haireta tois hamartōlois tōn anthrōpōn, hoi de toutōn apeschēmenoi ta theia phronousi kai brōmatos gnōstikou metalambanousin. kata tēn charin, phēsi, tēn dotheisan moi hōs sophos architektōn themelion tetheika, allos de epoikodomei chrysion kai argyrion, lithous timious. tauta gnōstika epoikodomēmata tę̄ krēpidi tēs pisteōs tēs eis Iēsoun Christon, kalamē de ta tōn haireseōn epanathēmata kai xyla kai chortos. hopoion de hekastou to ergon, to pyr dokimasei. tēn gnōstikēn oikodomēn kan tę̄ pros Rhōmaious epistolę̄ ainissomenos phēsin; epipothō gar idein hymas, hina ti metadō charisma hymin pneumatikon eis to stērichthēnai hymas. apokekalymmenōs de ouch hoion te ēn ta toiauta tōn charismatōn epistellein.
For example, the apostle, in contrast to the perfection of knowledge, calls the common faith sometimes a foundation and sometimes milk, writing in this way: “Brothers, I could not speak to you as spiritual, but as fleshly, as infants in Christ. I gave you milk to drink, not solid food; for you were not yet able. But not even now are you able; for you are still fleshly. For where there is jealousy and strife among you, are you not fleshly and walking according to man?” These are the choices of sinful men; but those who have abstained from them think divine things and partake of knowing food. “According to the grace given me,” he says, “as a wise master builder I have laid a foundation, and another builds on it gold and silver, precious stones.” These are the knowing structures built on the foundation of faith in Jesus Christ; but “stubble” and “wood and hay” are the additions of the heresies. “And the fire will test what sort each one's work is.” Hinting at the knowing structure in the letter to the Romans too, he says: “For I long to see you, that I may impart to you some spiritual gift to strengthen you.” But it was not possible to write such gifts openly in a letter.
Miscellanies 5, chapter 5
5.5.27Stählin 2:342–343
Αὐτίκα τῆς βαρβάρου φιλοσοφίας πάνυ σφόδρα ἐπικεκρυμμένως ἤρτηται τὰ Πυθαγόρεια σύμβολα. Παραινεῖ γοῦν ὁ Σάμιος χελιδόνα ἐν οἰκίᾳ μὴ ἔχειν, τουτέστι λάλον καὶ ψιθυρὸν καὶ πρόγλωσσον ἄνθρωπον, μὴ δυνάμενον στέγειν ὧν ἂν μετάσχῃ, μὴ δέχεσθαι. χελιδὼν γὰρ καὶ τρυγών, ἀγροῦ στρουθία, ἔγνωσαν καιροὺς εἰσόδων αὐτῶν, φησὶν ἡ γραφή, καὶ οὐ χρή ποτε φλυαρίᾳ συνοικεῖν. ναὶ μὴν γογγύζουσα ἡ τρυγὼν μέμψεως καταλαλιὰν ἀχάριστον ἐμφαίνουσα εἰκότως ἐξοικίζεται· ὡς μή μοι τρύζητε παρήμενοι ἄλλοθεν ἄλλος. ἡ χελιδὼν δέ, ᾗ τὸν μῦθον αἰνίττεται τὸν Πανδίονος, ἀφοσιοῦσθαι ἀξία διὰ τὰ ἐπʼ ἐκείνῃ θρυλούμενα πάθη, ἐξ ὧν τὸν Τηρέα τὰ μὲν παθεῖν, τὰ δὲ καὶ δρᾶσαι παρειλήφαμεν. διώκει δὲ ἄρα καὶ τέττιγας τοὺς μουσικούς, ὅθεν ἀπωθεῖσθαι δίκαιος ὁ διώκτης τοῦ λόγου. ναὶ τὰν Ὄλυμπον καταδερκομέναν σκηπτοῦχον Ἥραν ἔστι μοι πιστὸν ταμιεῖον ἐπὶ γλώσσας, ἡ ποιητική φησιν. ὅ τε Αἰσχύλος· ἀλλʼ ἔστι κἀμοὶ κλεὶς ἐπὶ γλώσσῃ φύλαξ. Πάλιν ὁ Πυθαγόρας τῆς χύτρας ἀρθείσης ἀπὸ τοῦ πυρὸς τὸν ἐν τῇ σποδῷ τύπον μὴ ἀπολιπεῖν, ἀλλὰ συγχεῖν προσέταττεν καὶ ταράττειν ἀναστάντας ἐξ εὐνῆς τὰ στρώματα· οὐ γὰρ τὸν τῦφον ἀφανίζειν μόνον δεῖν ᾐνίττετο, ἀλλὰ μηδὲ ὀργῆς ἴχνος ἀπολιπεῖν, ἐπὰν δὲ ἀναζέσασα παύσηται, καθίστασθαι αὐτὴν καὶ πᾶσαν ἀπαλείφειν μνησικακίαν. ἥλιος δὲ ὑμῖν τῇ ὀργῇ, φησὶν ἡ γραφή, μὴ ἐπιδυέτω· καὶ ὁ εἰπὼν οὐκ ἐπιθυμήσεις πᾶσαν ἀφεῖλεν μνησικακίαν· θυμὸς γὰρ εὑρίσκεται ὁρμὴ ἐπιθυμίας ἡμέρου ψυχῆς κατʼ ἐξοχὴν ἀμύνης ἐφετικὸς ἀλόγως.
Autika tēs barbarou philosophias pany sphodra epikekrymmenōs ērtētai ta Pythagoreia symbola. Parainei goun ho Samios chelidona en oikią mē echein, toutesti lalon kai psithyron kai proglōsson anthrōpon, mē dynamenon stegein hōn an metaschę̄, mē dechesthai. chelidōn gar kai trygōn, agrou strouthia, egnōsan kairous eisodōn autōn, phēsin hē graphē, kai ou chrē pote phlyarią synoikein. nai mēn gongyzousa hē trygōn mempseōs katalalian achariston emphainousa eikotōs exoikizetai; hōs mē moi tryzēte parēmenoi allothen allos. hē chelidōn de, hę̄ ton mython ainittetai ton Pandionos, aphosiousthai axia dia ta epʼ ekeinę̄ thryloumena pathē, ex hōn ton Tērea ta men pathein, ta de kai drasai pareilēphamen. diōkei de ara kai tettigas tous mousikous, hothen apōtheisthai dikaios ho diōktēs tou logou. nai tan Olympon kataderkomenan skēptouchon Hēran esti moi piston tamieion epi glōssas, hē poiētikē phēsin. ho te Aischylos; allʼ esti kamoi kleis epi glōssę̄ phylax. Palin ho Pythagoras tēs chytras artheisēs apo tou pyros ton en tę̄ spodǭ typon mē apolipein, alla synchein prosetatten kai tarattein anastantas ex eunēs ta strōmata; ou gar ton typhon aphanizein monon dein ę̄nitteto, alla mēde orgēs ichnos apolipein, epan de anazesasa pausētai, kathistasthai autēn kai pasan apaleiphein mnēsikakian. hēlios de hymin tę̄ orgę̄, phēsin hē graphē, mē epidyetō; kai ho eipōn ouk epithymēseis pasan apheilen mnēsikakian; thymos gar heurisketai hormē epithymias hēmerou psychēs katʼ exochēn amynēs ephetikos alogōs.
For example, the Pythagorean symbols depend very closely and in a very hidden way on barbarian philosophy. The Samian advises not to have a swallow in the house; that is, not to receive a talkative, whispering, loose-tongued man, unable to keep what he shares. “For the swallow and the turtledove, birds of the field, have known the times of their coming,” says Scripture; and one should never live with chatter. Indeed the turtledove, which murmurs, showing ungrateful slander and complaint, is fittingly driven out: “Let none of you sit by and mutter, one here and another there.” And the swallow, by which the myth of Pandion is hinted at, deserves to be shunned because of the sufferings told of it, from which we have received what Tereus suffered and what he did. It also hunts the musical cicadas; so the persecutor of the Word deserves to be driven away. “By Hera, scepter-bearer, who looks down on Olympus, I have a faithful storeroom on my tongue,” the poetry says. And Aeschylus: “But I too have a key as guard upon my tongue.” Again, Pythagoras commanded that, when the pot is taken off the fire, one should not leave its mark in the ashes, but confuse it, and, on rising from bed, disturb the bedclothes; for he hinted that one must not only destroy pride, but leave no trace of anger either, and when it has boiled up and ceased, calm it and wipe away all resentment. “Let not the sun go down on your anger,” says Scripture; and the one who said, “You shall not desire,” removed all resentment. For anger is found to be an impulse of desire of a tame soul, seeking revenge irrationally in excess.
5.5.28Stählin 2:343–344
τῷ ὁμοίῳ τρόπῳ καὶ ἡ κοίτη ταράσσεσθαι παραινεῖται, ὡς μήτε ὀνειρωγμοῦ τινος μηδὲ μὴν ὕπνου μεθʼ ἡμέραν, ἀλλὰ μηδὲ τῆς ἐν νυκτὶ ἡδονῆς ἐπιμεμνῆσθαι ἔτι. τάχα δὲ καὶ φαντασίαν τὴν ζοφερὰν συγχεῖν τῷ τῆς ἀληθείας φωτὶ δεῖν ᾐνίσσετο· ὀργίζεσθε καὶ μὴ ἁμαρτάνετε, ὁ Δαβὶδ λέγει, μὴ συγκατατίθεσθαι τῇ φαντασίᾳ μηδὲ τὸ ἔργον ἐπάγειν κυροῦντα τὴν ὀργὴν χρῆναι διδάσκων. Πάλιν ἐπὶ γῆς μὴ πλεῖν Πυθαγόρειόν ἐστι σύμβολον, δηλοῖ δὲ τὰ τέλη καὶ τὰ ὅμοια τῶν μισθωμάτων ταραχώδη καὶ ἄστατα ὄντα παραιτεῖσθαι δεῖν. διὰ τοῦτό τοι ὁ λόγος τοὺς τελώνας λέγει δυσκόλως σωθήσεσθαι. Πάλιν δʼ αὖ δακτύλιον μὴ φορεῖν μηδὲ εἰκόνας αὐτοῖς ἐγχαράσσειν θεῶν παρεγγυᾷ ὁ Πυθαγόρας, ὥσπερ Μωυσῆς πρόπαλαι διαρρήδην ἐνομοθέτησεν μηδὲν δεῖν γλυπτὸν ἢ χωνευτὸν ἢ πλαστὸν ἢ γραπτὸν ἄγαλμά τε καὶ ἀπεικόνισμα ποιεῖσθαι, ὡς μὴ τοῖς αἰσθητοῖς προσανέχωμεν, ἐπὶ δὲ τὰ νοητὰ μετίωμεν· ἐξευτελίζει γὰρ τὴν τοῦ θείου σεμνότητα ἡ ἐν ἑτοίμῳ τῆς ὄψεως συνήθεια, καὶ τὴν νοητὴν οὐσίαν διʼ ὕλης σεβάζεσθαι ἀτιμάζειν ἐστὶν αὐτὴν διʼ αἰσθήσεως. διὸ καὶ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων ἱερέων οἱ σοφώτατοι τὸ τῆς Ἀθηνᾶς ἕδος ὕπαιθρον ἀφώρισαν, ὡς Ἑβραῖοι τὸν νεὼν ἄνευ ἀγάλματος εἱσάμενοι. εἰσὶ δὲ οἳ τὸν θεὸν σέβοντες οὐρανοῦ μίμημα ποιησάμενοι περιέχον τὰ ἄστρα προσκυνοῦσιν.
tǭ homoiǭ tropǭ kai hē koitē tarassesthai paraineitai, hōs mēte oneirōgmou tinos mēde mēn hypnou methʼ hēmeran, alla mēde tēs en nykti hēdonēs epimemnēsthai eti. tacha de kai phantasian tēn zopheran synchein tǭ tēs alētheias phōti dein ę̄nisseto; orgizesthe kai mē hamartanete, ho Dabid legei, mē synkatatithesthai tę̄ phantasią mēde to ergon epagein kyrounta tēn orgēn chrēnai didaskōn. Palin epi gēs mē plein Pythagoreion esti symbolon, dēloi de ta telē kai ta homoia tōn misthōmatōn tarachōdē kai astata onta paraiteisthai dein. dia touto toi ho logos tous telōnas legei dyskolōs sōthēsesthai. Palin dʼ au daktylion mē phorein mēde eikonas autois encharassein theōn parengyą ho Pythagoras, hōsper Mōysēs propalai diarrēdēn enomothetēsen mēden dein glypton ē chōneuton ē plaston ē grapton agalma te kai apeikonisma poieisthai, hōs mē tois aisthētois prosanechōmen, epi de ta noēta metiōmen; exeutelizei gar tēn tou theiou semnotēta hē en hetoimǭ tēs opseōs synētheia, kai tēn noētēn ousian diʼ hylēs sebazesthai atimazein estin autēn diʼ aisthēseōs. dio kai tōn Aigyptiōn hiereōn hoi sophōtatoi to tēs Athēnas hedos hypaithron aphōrisan, hōs Hebraioi ton neōn aneu agalmatos heisamenoi. eisi de hoi ton theon sebontes ouranou mimēma poiēsamenoi periechon ta astra proskynousin.
In the same way the bed is advised to be disturbed, so that one may no longer remember any nocturnal emission, nor sleep by day, nor the pleasure of the night. Perhaps too he hinted that one must confuse the dark imagination by the light of truth. “Be angry and do not sin,” David says, teaching that one must not assent to the imagination nor carry out the deed confirming the anger. Again, “Do not sail on land” is a Pythagorean symbol, and it shows that one must refuse taxes and such hirings, being troublesome and unstable. That is why the Word says tax collectors will hardly be saved. Again, Pythagoras enjoins not to wear a ring, nor to engrave images of gods on them, as Moses long before expressly legislated that no carved, molten, molded, or painted image or likeness should be made, so that we may not attend to sensible things but pass to intelligible ones. For familiarity with the ready sight cheapens the dignity of the divine, and to worship intelligible substance through matter is to dishonor it through sense. That is why the wisest of the Egyptian priests set apart the shrine of Athena open to the sky, as the Hebrews built their temple without an image. And there are some who, worshiping God, make an image of heaven containing the stars and bow to it.
5.5.29Stählin 2:344–345
ναὶ μὴν λεγούσης τῆς γραφῆς ποιήσωμεν ἄνθρωπον κατʼ εἰκόνα καὶ ὁμοίωσιν ἡμετέραν, ἄξιον ἡγοῦμαι καὶ τὴν Εὐρύσου τοῦ Πυθαγορείου παραθέσθαι φωνὴν οὕτως ἔχουσαν, ὃς ἐν τῷ Περὶ τύχας τὸν δημιουργὸν φήσας αὑτῷ χρώμενον παραδείγματι ποιῆσαι τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐπήγαγεν· τὸ δὲ σκᾶνος τοῖς λοιποῖς ὅμοιον, οἷα γεγονὸς ἐκ τᾶς αὐτᾶς ὕλας, ὑπὸ τεχνίτα δὲ εἰργασμένον λῴστω, ὃς ἐτεχνίτευσεν αὐτὸ ἀρχετύπῳ χρώμενος ἑαυτῷ. καὶ ὅλως ὁ Πυθαγόρας καὶ οἱ ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ σὺν καὶ Πλάτωνι μάλιστα τῶν ἄλλων φιλοσόφων σφόδρα τῷ νομοθέτῃ ὡμίλησαν, ὡς ἔστιν ἐξ αὐτῶν συμβαλέσθαι τῶν δογμάτων. καὶ κατά τινα μαντείας εὔστοχον φήμην οὐκ ἀθεεὶ συνδραμόντες ἔν τισι προφητικαῖς φωναῖς τὴν ἀλήθειαν κατὰ μέρη καὶ εἴδη διαλαβόντες, προσηγορίαις οὐκ ἀφεγγέσιν οὐδὲ ἔξωθεν τῆς τῶν πραγμάτων δηλώσεως πορευομέναις ἐτίμησαν, τῆς περὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν οἰκειότητος ἔμφασιν εἰληφότες. ὅθεν ἡ μὲν Ἑλληνικὴ φιλοσοφία τῇ ἐκ τῆς θρυαλλίδος ἔοικεν λαμπηδόνι, ἣν ἀνάπτουσιν ἄνθρωποι, παρʼ ἡλίου κλέπτοντες ἐντέχνως τὸ φῶς· κηρυχθέντος δὲ τοῦ λόγου πᾶν ἐκεῖνο τὸ ἅγιον ἐξέλαμψεν φῶς. εἶτα κατὰ μὲν τὰς οἰκίας νύκτωρ χρησιμεύει τὸ κλέμμα, ἡμέρας δὲ καταυγάζεται τὸ πῦρ καὶ πᾶσα ἡ νὺξ ἐκφωτίζεται τῷ τοσούτῳ τοῦ νοητοῦ φωτὸς ἡλίῳ.
nai mēn legousēs tēs graphēs poiēsōmen anthrōpon katʼ eikona kai homoiōsin hēmeteran, axion hēgoumai kai tēn Eurysou tou Pythagoreiou parathesthai phōnēn houtōs echousan, hos en tǭ Peri tychas ton dēmiourgon phēsas hautǭ chrōmenon paradeigmati poiēsai ton anthrōpon epēgagen; to de skanos tois loipois homoion, hoia gegonos ek tas autas hylas, hypo technita de eirgasmenon lǭstō, hos etechniteusen auto archetypǭ chrōmenos heautǭ. kai holōs ho Pythagoras kai hoi apʼ autou syn kai Platōni malista tōn allōn philosophōn sphodra tǭ nomothetę̄ hōmilēsan, hōs estin ex autōn symbalesthai tōn dogmatōn. kai kata tina manteias eustochon phēmēn ouk atheei syndramontes en tisi prophētikais phōnais tēn alētheian kata merē kai eidē dialabontes, prosēgoriais ouk aphengesin oude exōthen tēs tōn pragmatōn dēlōseōs poreuomenais etimēsan, tēs peri tēn alētheian oikeiotētos emphasin eilēphotes. hothen hē men Hellēnikē philosophia tę̄ ek tēs thryallidos eoiken lampēdoni, hēn anaptousin anthrōpoi, parʼ hēliou kleptontes entechnōs to phōs; kērychthentos de tou logou pan ekeino to hagion exelampsen phōs. eita kata men tas oikias nyktōr chrēsimeuei to klemma, hēmeras de kataugazetai to pyr kai pasa hē nyx ekphōtizetai tǭ tosoutǭ tou noētou phōtos hēliǭ.
Indeed, since Scripture says, “Let us make man according to our image and likeness,” I think it worth setting out the saying of Eurysus the Pythagorean, which runs thus: in his work On Fortune, having said that the Creator made man using himself as a model, he added: “And the tent is like the rest, as having come from the same matter, but worked by the best craftsman, who crafted it using himself as the archetype.” And in general Pythagoras and his followers, together with Plato, most of all the philosophers, associated closely with the lawgiver, as can be gathered from their doctrines themselves. And by a certain happy report of divination, running together not without God into some prophetic sayings, grasping the truth in parts and kinds, they honored it with names not obscure nor going beyond the expression of the things, having received an impression of kinship with the truth. Hence Greek philosophy is like the light from a wick, which men kindle, skillfully stealing light from the sun; but when the Word was proclaimed, all that holy light shone out. Then in houses the stolen light is useful at night, but by day the fire is outshone, and the whole night is lit up by so great a sun of intelligible light.
5.5.30Stählin 2:345–346
Αὐτίκα ἐπιτομὴν τῶν περὶ δικαιοσύνης εἰρημένων Μωυσεῖ ὁ Πυθαγόρας πεποίηται λέγων ζυγὸν μὴ ὑπερβαίνειν, τουτέστι μὴ παρέρχεσθαι τὸ πρὸς τὰς διανομὰς ἴσον, τιμῶντας τὴν δικαιοσύνην, ἣ φίλους ἀεὶ φίλοις πόλεις τε πόλεσι συμμάχους τε συμμάχοις συνδεῖ· τὸ γὰρ ἴσον νόμιμον ἀνθρώποις ἔφυ, τῷ πλέονι δʼ ἀεὶ πολέμιον καθίσταται τοὔλασσον ἐχθρᾶς θʼ ἡμέρας κατάρχεται κατὰ τὴν ποιητικὴν χάριν. διὰ τοῦτο ὁ κύριος ἄρατε τὸν ζυγόν μου φησίν, ὅτι χρηστός ἐστι καὶ ἀβαρής. καὶ τοῖς περὶ πρωτείων φιλονικοῦσι γνωρίμοις μετὰ ἁπλότητος τὴν ἰσότητα παρεγγυᾷ λέγων ὡς τὰ παιδία αὐτοὺς γενέσθαι δεῖν. ὡσαύτως καὶ ὁ ἀπόστολος μηδένα εἶναι ἐν Χριστῷ δοῦλον ἢ ἐλεύθερον γράφει ἢ Ἕλληνα ἢ Ἰουδαῖον· καινὴ γὰρ ἡ κτίσις ἡ ἐν Χριστῷ ἀφιλόνικος καὶ ἀπλεονέκτητος καὶ ἰσότης δικαία· φθόνος γὰρ ἔξω θείου χοροῦ ἵσταται καὶ ζῆλος καὶ λύπη, ᾗ καὶ οἱ μύσται καρδίαν ἐσθίειν ἀπαγορεύουσιν, μὴ χρῆναί ποτε διδάσκοντες βαρυθυμίαις καὶ ὀδύναις ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀβουλήτως συμβαίνουσι δάκνειν καὶ κατεσθίειν τὴν ψυχήν. ἄθλιος γοῦν ἐκεῖνος, ὃν φησι καὶ Ὅμηρος πλανώμενον μόνον ὅν θυμὸν κατέδειν.
Autika epitomēn tōn peri dikaiosynēs eirēmenōn Mōysei ho Pythagoras pepoiētai legōn zygon mē hyperbainein, toutesti mē parerchesthai to pros tas dianomas ison, timōntas tēn dikaiosynēn, hē philous aei philois poleis te polesi symmachous te symmachois syndei; to gar ison nomimon anthrōpois ephy, tǭ pleoni dʼ aei polemion kathistatai toulasson echthras thʼ hēmeras katarchetai kata tēn poiētikēn charin. dia touto ho kyrios arate ton zygon mou phēsin, hoti chrēstos esti kai abarēs. kai tois peri prōteiōn philonikousi gnōrimois meta haplotētos tēn isotēta parengyą legōn hōs ta paidia autous genesthai dein. hōsautōs kai ho apostolos mēdena einai en Christǭ doulon ē eleutheron graphei ē Hellēna ē Ioudaion; kainē gar hē ktisis hē en Christǭ aphilonikos kai apleonektētos kai isotēs dikaia; phthonos gar exō theiou chorou histatai kai zēlos kai lypē, hę̄ kai hoi mystai kardian esthiein apagoreuousin, mē chrēnai pote didaskontes barythymiais kai odynais epi tois aboulētōs symbainousi daknein kai katesthiein tēn psychēn. athlios goun ekeinos, hon phēsi kai Homēros planōmenon monon hon thymon katedein.
For example, Pythagoras made a summary of what Moses said about justice, saying, “Do not step over the balance,” that is, do not transgress equality in distributions, honoring justice, “which always binds friends to friends, cities to cities, and allies to allies; for equality is by nature lawful for men, but the lesser is always hostile to the greater and begins the day of enmity,” as the poet gracefully says. That is why the Lord says, “Take my yoke,” because it is kind and light. And to his disciples contending for first place he enjoins equality with simplicity, saying that they must become like children. Likewise the apostle writes that in Christ no one is slave or free, Greek or Jew. For the new creation in Christ is without rivalry and greed, and is just equality; for envy, jealousy, and grief stand outside the divine chorus; for which reason the initiates too forbid eating the heart, teaching that one must never bite and devour the soul with heaviness and pains over what happens against one's will. Wretched, at any rate, was that man whom Homer too describes as wandering alone, “eating his own heart.”
5.5.31Stählin 2:346
Πάλιν αὖ δύο ὁδοὺς ὑποτιθεμένου τοῦ εὐαγγελίου καὶ τῶν ἀποστόλων ὁμοίως τοῖς προφήταις ἅπασι καὶ τὴν μὲν καλούντων στενὴν καὶ τεθλιμμένην τὴν κατὰ τὰς ἐντολὰς καὶ ἀπαγορεύσεις περιεσταλμένην, τὴν δὲ ἐναντίαν τὴν εἰς ἀπώλειαν φέρουσαν πλατεῖαν καὶ εὐρύχωρον, ἀκώλυτον ἡδοναῖς τε καὶ θυμῷ, καὶ φασκόντων μακάριος ἀνήρ, ὃς οὐκ ἐπορεύθη ἐν βουλῇ ἀσεβῶν καὶ ἐν ὁδῷ ἁμαρτωλῶν οὐκ ἔστη, ὅ τε τοῦ Κείου Προδίκου ἐπί τε τῆς Ἀρετῆς καὶ τῆς Κακίας μῦθος πρόεισιν, καὶ Πυθαγόρας οὐκ ὀκνεῖ ἀπαγορεύειν τὰς λεωφόρους ὁδοὺς βαδίζειν, προστάττων μὴ δεῖν ταῖς τῶν πολλῶν ἕπεσθαι γνώμαις ἀκρίτοις καὶ ἀνομολογουμέναις οὔσαις. Ἀριστόκριτος δʼ ἐν τῇ πρώτῃ τῶν πρὸς Ἡρακλεόδωρον ἀντιδοξουμένων μέμνηταί τινος ἐπιστολῆς οὕτως ἐχούσης· Βασιλεὺς Σκυθῶν Ἀτοίας Βυζαντίων δήμῳ. μὴ βλάπτετε προσόδους ἐμάς, ἵνα μὴ ἐμαὶ ἵπποι ὑμέτερον ὕδωρ πίωσι. συμβολικῶς γὰρ ὁ βάρβαρος τὸν μέλλοντα πόλεμον αὐτοῖς ἐπάγεσθαι παρεδήλωσεν. ὁμοίως καὶ Εὐφορίων ὁ ποιητὴς τὸν Νέστορα παράγει λέγοντα· οἱ δʼ οὔπω Σιμόεντος Ἀχαιίδας ἄρσαμεν ἵππους. Διὰ τοῦτό τοι καὶ Αἰγύπτιοι πρὸ τῶν ἱερῶν τὰς σφίγγας ἱδρύονται, ὡς αἰνιγματώδους τοῦ περὶ θεοῦ λόγου καὶ ἀσαφοῦς ὄντος, τάχα δὲ καὶ ὅτι φιλεῖν τε δεῖν καὶ φοβεῖσθαι τὸ θεῖον, ἀγαπᾶν μὲν ὡς προσηνὲς καὶ εὐμενὲς τοῖς ὁσίοις, δεδιέναι δὲ ὡς ἀπαραιτήτως δίκαιον τοῖς ἀνοσίοις. θηρίου γὰρ ὁμοῦ καὶ ἀνθρώπου ἡ σφὶγξ αἰνίσσεται τὴν εἰκόνα.
Palin au dyo hodous hypotithemenou tou euangeliou kai tōn apostolōn homoiōs tois prophētais hapasi kai tēn men kalountōn stenēn kai tethlimmenēn tēn kata tas entolas kai apagoreuseis periestalmenēn, tēn de enantian tēn eis apōleian pherousan plateian kai eurychōron, akōlyton hēdonais te kai thymǭ, kai phaskontōn makarios anēr, hos ouk eporeuthē en boulę̄ asebōn kai en hodǭ hamartōlōn ouk estē, ho te tou Keiou Prodikou epi te tēs Aretēs kai tēs Kakias mythos proeisin, kai Pythagoras ouk oknei apagoreuein tas leōphorous hodous badizein, prostattōn mē dein tais tōn pollōn hepesthai gnōmais akritois kai anomologoumenais ousais. Aristokritos dʼ en tę̄ prōtę̄ tōn pros Hērakleodōron antidoxoumenōn memnētai tinos epistolēs houtōs echousēs; Basileus Skythōn Atoias Byzantiōn dēmǭ. mē blaptete prosodous emas, hina mē emai hippoi hymeteron hydōr piōsi. symbolikōs gar ho barbaros ton mellonta polemon autois epagesthai paredēlōsen. homoiōs kai Euphoriōn ho poiētēs ton Nestora paragei legonta; hoi dʼ oupō Simoentos Achaiidas arsamen hippous. Dia touto toi kai Aigyptioi pro tōn hierōn tas sphingas hidryontai, hōs ainigmatōdous tou peri theou logou kai asaphous ontos, tacha de kai hoti philein te dein kai phobeisthai to theion, agapan men hōs prosēnes kai eumenes tois hosiois, dedienai de hōs aparaitētōs dikaion tois anosiois. thēriou gar homou kai anthrōpou hē sphinx ainissetai tēn eikona.
Again, since the gospel and the apostles, like all the prophets, set forth two ways, and call the one narrow and hard, hedged in by commandments and prohibitions, and the opposite, leading to destruction, broad and spacious, unhindered by pleasures and anger, and say, “Blessed is the man who has not walked in the counsel of the ungodly and has not stood in the way of sinners,” the fable of Prodicus of Ceos about Virtue and Vice follows; and Pythagoras does not hesitate to forbid walking on the public roads, commanding that one must not follow the opinions of the many, which are undiscerning and discordant. And Aristocritus, in the first book of his Refutations against Heracleodorus, mentions a letter running thus: “Atoias, king of the Scythians, to the people of Byzantium: Do not harm my revenues, lest my mares drink your water.” For the barbarian symbolically indicated the war he was going to bring on them. Likewise the poet Euphorion brings in Nestor saying: “We have not yet watered the Achaean horses at the Simoeis.” For this reason too the Egyptians set up sphinxes before their temples, as the account of God is enigmatic and obscure; and perhaps too because the divine must be both loved and feared: loved as gentle and kind to the holy, feared as inexorably just to the unholy. For the sphinx hints at the image of a beast and a man together.
Miscellanies 5, chapter 6
5.6.32Stählin 2:346–347
Μακρὸν δʼ ἂν εἴη πάντα ἐπεξιέναι τὰ προφητικὰ καὶ τὰ νομικὰ τὰ διʼ αἰνιγμάτων εἰρημένα ἐπιλεγομένους. σχεδὸν γὰρ ἡ πᾶσα ὧδέ πως θεσπίζεται γραφή. ἀπόχρη δʼ, οἶμαι, τῷ γε νοῦν κεκτημένῳ εἰς ἔνδειξιν τοῦ προκειμένου ὀλίγα τινὰ ἐκτεθέντα παραδείγματα. αὐτίκα ὁμολογεῖ τὴν ἐπίκρυψιν ἡ περὶ τὸν νεὼν τὸν παλαιὸν τῶν ἑπτὰ περιβόλων πρός τι ἀναφορὰ παρʼ Ἑβραίοις ἱστορουμένη ἥ τε κατὰ τὸν ποδήρη διασκευή, διὰ ποικίλων τῶν πρὸς τὰ φαινόμενα συμβόλων τὴν ἀπʼ οὐρανοῦ μέχρι γῆς αἰνισσομένη συνθήκην. τό τε κάλυμμα καὶ παραπέτασμα ὑακίνθῳ καὶ πορφύρᾳ κόκκῳ τε καὶ βύσσῳ πεποίκιλτο, ᾐνίττετο δʼ ἄρα, ὡς ἡ τῶν στοιχείων φύσις περιέχει τὴν ἀποκάλυψιν τοῦ θεοῦ· ἐξ ὕδατος μὲν γὰρ ἡ πορφύρα, βύσσος δὲ ἐκ γῆς, ὑάκινθός τε ὡμοίωται ἀέρι ζοφώδης ὤν, ὥσπερ ὁ κόκκος τῷ πυρί.
Makron dʼ an eiē panta epexienai ta prophētika kai ta nomika ta diʼ ainigmatōn eirēmena epilegomenous. schedon gar hē pasa hōde pōs thespizetai graphē. apochrē dʼ, oimai, tǭ ge noun kektēmenǭ eis endeixin tou prokeimenou oliga tina ektethenta paradeigmata. autika homologei tēn epikrypsin hē peri ton neōn ton palaion tōn hepta peribolōn pros ti anaphora parʼ Hebraiois historoumenē hē te kata ton podērē diaskeuē, dia poikilōn tōn pros ta phainomena symbolōn tēn apʼ ouranou mechri gēs ainissomenē synthēkēn. to te kalymma kai parapetasma hyakinthǭ kai porphyrą kokkǭ te kai byssǭ pepoikilto, ę̄nitteto dʼ ara, hōs hē tōn stoicheiōn physis periechei tēn apokalypsin tou theou; ex hydatos men gar hē porphyra, byssos de ek gēs, hyakinthos te hōmoiōtai aeri zophōdēs ōn, hōsper ho kokkos tǭ pyri.
It would be long to go through all the prophetic and legal sayings spoken in riddles, picking them out; for almost all Scripture is uttered in this way. It is enough, I think, for one who has sense, to set out a few examples to show what is proposed. For example, the reference of the seven enclosures around the old temple, recorded among the Hebrews, confesses concealment, as does the arrangement of the long robe, hinting by various symbols of the phenomena at the connection from heaven to earth. And the covering and the veil were embroidered with blue and purple, scarlet and linen, and hinted that the nature of the elements contains the revelation of God; for purple is from water, linen from the earth, blue, being dark, is like the air, as scarlet is like fire.
5.6.33Stählin 2:347–348
ἀνὰ μέσον δὲ τοῦ καλύμματος καὶ τοῦ παραπετάσματος, ἔνθα τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν ἐξῆν εἰσιέναι, θυμιατήριον τε ἔκειτο σύμβολον τῆς ἐν μέσῳ τῷ κόσμῳ τῷδε κειμένης γῆς, ἐξ ἧς αἱ ἀναθυμιάσεις. μέσος δὲ καὶ ὁ τόπος ἐκεῖνος τοῦ τε ἐντὸς τοῦ καταπετάσματος, ἔνθα μόνῳ τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ ἐπετέτραπτο ῥηταῖς εἰσιέναι ἡμέραις, καὶ τῆς ἔξωθεν περικειμένης αὐλαίας τῆς πᾶσιν ἀνειμένης Ἑβραίοις· διὸ μεσαίτατον οὐρανοῦ φασι καὶ γῆς· ἄλλοι δὲ κόσμου τοῦ νοητοῦ καὶ τοῦ αἰσθητοῦ λέγουσιν εἶναι σύμβολον. τὸ μὲν οὖν κάλυμμα κώλυμα λαϊκῆς ἀπιστίας ἐπίπροσθε τῶν πέντε τετάνυστο κιόνων, εἶργον τοὺς ἐν τῷ περιβόλῳ. ταύτῃ τοι μυστικώτατα πέντε ἄρτοι πρὸς τοῦ σωτῆρος κατακλῶνται καὶ πληθύνουσι τῷ ὄχλῳ τῶν ἀκροωμένων. πολὺς γὰρ ὁ τοῖς αἰσθητοῖς ὡς μόνοις οὖσι προσανέχων. ἄθρει δὴ περισκοπῶν, φησὶν ὁ Πλάτων, μή τις τῶν ἀμυήτων ἐπακούῃ. εἰσὶ δὲ οὗτοι οἱ οὐδὲν ἄλλο οἰόμενοι εἶναι ἢ οὗ ἂν ἀπρὶξ τοῖν χειροῖν λαβέσθαι δύναιντο, πράξεις δὲ καὶ γενέσεις καὶ πᾶν τὸ ἀόρατον οὐκ ἀποδεχόμενοι ὡς ἐν οὐσίας μέρει· τοιοῦτοι γὰρ οἱ τῇ πεντάδι τῶν αἰσθήσεων προσανέχοντες μόνῃ. ἄβατον δὲ ἀκοαῖς καὶ τοῖς ὁμογενέσιν ἡ νόησις τοῦ θεοῦ.
ana meson de tou kalymmatos kai tou parapetasmatos, entha tois hiereusin exēn eisienai, thymiatērion te ekeito symbolon tēs en mesǭ tǭ kosmǭ tǭde keimenēs gēs, ex hēs hai anathymiaseis. mesos de kai ho topos ekeinos tou te entos tou katapetasmatos, entha monǭ tǭ archierei epetetrapto rhētais eisienai hēmerais, kai tēs exōthen perikeimenēs aulaias tēs pasin aneimenēs Hebraiois; dio mesaitaton ouranou phasi kai gēs; alloi de kosmou tou noētou kai tou aisthētou legousin einai symbolon. to men oun kalymma kōlyma laïkēs apistias epiprosthe tōn pente tetanysto kionōn, eirgon tous en tǭ peribolǭ. tautę̄ toi mystikōtata pente artoi pros tou sōtēros kataklōntai kai plēthynousi tǭ ochlǭ tōn akroōmenōn. polys gar ho tois aisthētois hōs monois ousi prosanechōn. athrei dē periskopōn, phēsin ho Platōn, mē tis tōn amyētōn epakouę̄. eisi de houtoi hoi ouden allo oiomenoi einai ē hou an aprix toin cheiroin labesthai dynainto, praxeis de kai geneseis kai pan to aoraton ouk apodechomenoi hōs en ousias merei; toioutoi gar hoi tę̄ pentadi tōn aisthēseōn prosanechontes monę̄. abaton de akoais kai tois homogenesin hē noēsis tou theou.
Between the covering and the veil, where the priests were allowed to enter, lay the altar of incense, a symbol of the earth set in the middle of this world, from which the exhalations come. And that place was in the middle between the area inside the veil, where only the high priest was allowed to enter on set days, and the outer court all around, open to all the Hebrews; that is why they say it is the very middle of heaven and earth; others say it is a symbol of the intelligible and the sensible world. The covering (kalymma), then, a barrier (kōlyma) to popular unbelief, was stretched before the five pillars, keeping out those in the enclosure. For this reason, most mystically, five loaves are broken by the Savior and multiply for the crowd of hearers. For many attend to sensible things as though they alone exist. “Look around,” says Plato, “lest any of the uninitiated overhear.” These are those who think nothing exists but what they can grasp tightly with their two hands, and do not accept actions, becomings, and all the invisible as part of being. For such are those who attend only to the five senses. But the understanding of God is inaccessible to the ears and the like.
5.6.34Stählin 2:348–349
ἐντεῦθεν πρόσωπον εἴρηται τοῦ πατρὸς ὁ υἱός, αἰσθήσεων πεντάδι σαρκοφόρος γενόμενος, ὁ λόγος ὁ τοῦ πατρῴου μηνυτὴς ἰδιώματος. εἰ δὲ ζῶμεν πνεύματι, πνεύματι καὶ στοιχῶμεν. διὰ πίστεως περιπατοῦμεν, οὐ διὰ εἴδους, ὁ καλὸς ἀπόστολος λέγει. ἔνδον μὲν οὖν τοῦ καλύμματος ἱερατικὴ κέκρυπται διακονία καὶ τοὺς ἐν αὐτῇ πονουμένους πολὺ τῶν ἔξω εἴργει. πάλιν τὸ παραπέτασμα τῆς εἰς τὰ ἅγια τῶν ἁγίων παρόδου, κίονες τέτταρες αὐτόθι, ἁγίας μήνυμα τετράδος διαθηκῶν παλαιῶν, ἀτὰρ καὶ τὸ τετράγραμμον ὄνομα τὸ μυστικόν, ὃ περιέκειντο οἷς μόνοις τὸ ἄδυτον βάσιμον ἦν· λέγεται δὲ Ἰαουε, ὃ μεθερμηνεύεται ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἐσόμενος. καὶ μὴν καὶ καθʼ Ἕλληνας θεὸς τὸ ὄνομα τετράδα περιέχει γραμμάτων. εἰς δὲ τὸν νοητὸν κόσμον μόνος ὁ κύριος ἀρχιερεὺς γενόμενος εἴσεισι, διὰ τῶν παθῶν εἰς τὴν τοῦ ἀρρήτου γνῶσιν παρεισδυόμενος, ὑπὲρ πᾶν ὄνομα ἐξαναχωρῶν, ὃ φωνῇ γνωρίζεται. ναὶ μὴν ἥ τε λυχνία ἐν τοῖς νοτίοις ἔκειτο τοῦ θυμιατηρίου, διʼ ἧς αἱ τῶν ἑπτὰ φωσφόρων κινήσεις δεδήλωνται νοτίους τὰς περιπολήσεις ποιουμένων. τρεῖς γὰρ ἑκατέρωθεν τῆς λυχνίας ἐμπεφύκασι κλάδοι καὶ ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς οἱ λύχνοι, ἐπεὶ καὶ ὁ ἥλιος ὥσπερ ἡ λυχνία μέσος τῶν ἄλλων πλανητῶν τεταγμένος τοῖς τε ὑπὲρ αὐτὸν τοῖς τε ὑπʼ αὐτὸν κατά τινα θείαν μουσικὴν ἐνδίδωσι τοῦ φωτός.
enteuthen prosōpon eirētai tou patros ho huios, aisthēseōn pentadi sarkophoros genomenos, ho logos ho tou patrǭou mēnytēs idiōmatos. ei de zōmen pneumati, pneumati kai stoichōmen. dia pisteōs peripatoumen, ou dia eidous, ho kalos apostolos legei. endon men oun tou kalymmatos hieratikē kekryptai diakonia kai tous en autę̄ ponoumenous poly tōn exō eirgei. palin to parapetasma tēs eis ta hagia tōn hagiōn parodou, kiones tettares autothi, hagias mēnyma tetrados diathēkōn palaiōn, atar kai to tetragrammon onoma to mystikon, ho periekeinto hois monois to adyton basimon ēn; legetai de Iaoue, ho methermēneuetai ho ōn kai ho esomenos. kai mēn kai kathʼ Hellēnas theos to onoma tetrada periechei grammatōn. eis de ton noēton kosmon monos ho kyrios archiereus genomenos eiseisi, dia tōn pathōn eis tēn tou arrētou gnōsin pareisdyomenos, hyper pan onoma exanachōrōn, ho phōnę̄ gnōrizetai. nai mēn hē te lychnia en tois notiois ekeito tou thymiatēriou, diʼ hēs hai tōn hepta phōsphorōn kinēseis dedēlōntai notious tas peripolēseis poioumenōn. treis gar hekaterōthen tēs lychnias empephykasi kladoi kai epʼ autois hoi lychnoi, epei kai ho hēlios hōsper hē lychnia mesos tōn allōn planētōn tetagmenos tois te hyper auton tois te hypʼ auton kata tina theian mousikēn endidōsi tou phōtos.
Hence the Son is called the Face of the Father, having become flesh-bearing through the five senses, the Word who makes known the Father's character. “And if we live by the Spirit, let us also walk by the Spirit.” “We walk by faith, not by sight,” says the noble apostle. Inside the covering, then, the priestly ministry is hidden, and it keeps those laboring in it far from those outside. Again, the veil at the entrance into the holy of holies; four pillars there, a sign of the holy tetrad of the ancient covenants; and also the mystic four-lettered name, which those alone to whom the sanctuary was accessible wore; it is pronounced Iaoue, which is interpreted “he who is and will be.” And indeed among the Greeks too the name theos contains four letters. And into the intelligible world the Lord alone, having become high priest, enters, penetrating through his sufferings into the knowledge of the unspeakable, withdrawing above every name known by voice. Indeed the lampstand lay to the south of the altar of incense, by which the motions of the seven light-bearers are shown, which make their circuits to the south. For three branches grew on each side of the lampstand, with the lamps on them; since the sun too, like the lampstand, set in the middle of the other planets, gives light, by a kind of divine music, to those above it and those below it.
5.6.35Stählin 2:349–350
ἔχει δέ τι καὶ ἄλλο αἴνιγμα ἡ λυχνία ἡ χρυσῆ τοῦ σημείου τοῦ Χριστοῦ, οὐ τῷ σχήματι μόνῳ, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ φωτεμβολεῖν πολυτρόπως καὶ πολυμερῶς τοὺς εἰς αὐτὸν πιστεύοντας ἐλπίζοντάς τε καὶ βλέποντας διὰ τῆς τῶν πρωτοκτίστων διακονίας. φασὶ δʼ εἶναι ἑπτὰ ὀφθαλμοὺς κυρίου τὰ ἑπτὰ πνεύματα, τὰ ἐπαναπαυόμενα τῇ ῥάβδῳ τῇ ἀνθούσῃ ἐκ τῆς ῥίζης Ἰεσσαί. πρὸς δὲ τοῖς βορείοις τοῦ θυμιατηρίου τράπεζα εἶχε τὴν θέσιν, ἐφʼ ἧς ἡ παράθεσις τῶν ἄρτων, ὅτι τροφιμώτατα τῶν πνευμάτων τὰ βόρεια. εἶεν δʼ ἂν μοναί τινες εἰς ἓν σῶμα καὶ σύνοδον μίαν συμπνεουσῶν ἐκκλησιῶν. τά τε ἐπὶ τῆς ἁγίας κιβωτοῦ ἱστορούμενα μηνύει τὰ τοῦ νοητοῦ κόσμου τοῦ ἀποκεκρυμμένου καὶ ἀποκεκλεισμένου τοῖς πολλοῖς. ναὶ μὴν καὶ τὰ χρυσᾶ ἐκεῖνα ἀγάλματα, ἑξαπτέρυγον ἑκάτερον αὐτῶν, εἴτε τὰς δύο ἄρκτους, ὡς βούλονταί τινες, ἐμφαίνει, εἴτε, ὅπερ μᾶλλον, τὰ δύο ἡμισφαίρια, ἐθέλει δὲ τὸ ὄνομα τῶν Χερουβὶμ δηλοῦν ἐπίγνωσιν πολλήν. ἀλλὰ δώδεκα πτέρυγας ἄμφω ἔχει καὶ διὰ τοῦ ζῳδιακοῦ κύκλου καὶ τοῦ κατʼ αὐτὸν φερομένου χρόνου τὸν αἰσθητὸν κόσμον δηλοῖ.
echei de ti kai allo ainigma hē lychnia hē chrysē tou sēmeiou tou Christou, ou tǭ schēmati monǭ, alla kai tǭ phōtembolein polytropōs kai polymerōs tous eis auton pisteuontas elpizontas te kai blepontas dia tēs tōn prōtoktistōn diakonias. phasi dʼ einai hepta ophthalmous kyriou ta hepta pneumata, ta epanapauomena tę̄ rhabdǭ tę̄ anthousę̄ ek tēs rhizēs Iessai. pros de tois boreiois tou thymiatēriou trapeza eiche tēn thesin, ephʼ hēs hē parathesis tōn artōn, hoti trophimōtata tōn pneumatōn ta boreia. eien dʼ an monai tines eis hen sōma kai synodon mian sympneousōn ekklēsiōn. ta te epi tēs hagias kibōtou historoumena mēnyei ta tou noētou kosmou tou apokekrymmenou kai apokekleismenou tois pollois. nai mēn kai ta chrysa ekeina agalmata, hexapterygon hekateron autōn, eite tas dyo arktous, hōs boulontai tines, emphainei, eite, hoper mallon, ta dyo hēmisphairia, ethelei de to onoma tōn Cheroubim dēloun epignōsin pollēn. alla dōdeka pterygas amphō echei kai dia tou zǭdiakou kyklou kai tou katʼ auton pheromenou chronou ton aisthēton kosmon dēloi.
The golden lampstand has another riddle too, of the sign of Christ, not only in its shape, but in shedding light in many ways and in many parts on those who believe in him, hope, and see, through the ministry of the first-created. They say that the seven eyes of the Lord are the seven spirits resting on the rod that flowers from the root of Jesse. To the north of the altar of incense the table was placed, on which the loaves were set out, because the north winds are the most nourishing. They might also be certain dwelling places of churches breathing together into one body and one assembly. And what is recorded about the holy ark signifies the things of the intelligible world, hidden and closed to the many. Indeed, those golden figures, each with six wings, show either the two Bears, as some would have it, or, rather, the two hemispheres; and the name Cherubim means much knowledge. But both together have twelve wings, and through the zodiac and the time carried with it they signify the sensible world.
5.6.36Stählin 2:350–351
περὶ τούτων οἶμαι καὶ ἡ τραγῳδία φυσιολογοῦσά φησιν· ἀκάμας τε χρόνος περί τʼ ἀενάῳ ῥεύματι πλήρης φοιτᾷ τίκτων αὐτὸς ἑαυτόν, δίδυμοί τʼ ἄρκτοι ταῖς ὠκυπλάνοις πτερύγων ῥιπαῖς τὸν Ἀτλάντειον τηροῦσι πόλον. Ἄτλας δὲ ὁ μὴ πάσχων πόλος δύναται μὲν εἶναι καὶ ἡ ἀπλανὴς σφαῖρα, βέλτιον δὲ ἴσως αἰῶνα ἀκίνητον νοεῖσθαι. ἄμεινον δʼ ἡγοῦμαι τὴν κιβωτὸν ἐκ τοῦ Ἑβραϊκοῦ ὀνόματος θηβωθὰ καλουμένην ἄλλο τι σημαίνειν. ἑρμηνεύεται μὲν ἓν ἀνθʼ ἑνὸς πάντων τόπων. εἴτʼ οὖν ὀγδοὰς καὶ ὁ νοητὸς κόσμος εἴτε καὶ ὁ περὶ πάντων περιεκτικὸς ἀσχημάτιστός τε καὶ ἀόρατος δηλοῦται θεός, τὰ νῦν ὑπερκείσθω λέγειν· πλὴν ἀνάπαυσιν μηνύει τὴν μετὰ τῶν δοξολόγων πνευμάτων, ἃ αἰνίσσεται Χερουβίμ· οὐ γὰρ ἄν ποτε ὁ μηδὲ γλυπτὸν εἴδωλον δημιουργεῖν παραινέσας αὐτὸς ἀπεικόνιζεν τῶν ἁγίων ἄγαλμα, οὐδʼ ἔστι τὴν ἀρχὴν ἐπισύνθετόν τι καὶ αἰσθητὸν ζῷον ἐν οὐρανῷ ὧδέ πως ἔχον, σύμβολον δʼ ἐστὶ λογικῆς μὲν τὸ πρόσωπον ψυχῆς, πτέρυγες δὲ λειτουργίαι τε καὶ ἐνέργειαι αἱ μετάρσιοι δεξιῶν τε ἅμα καὶ λαιῶν δυνάμεων, ἡ φωνὴ δὲ δόξα εὐχάριστος ἐν ἀκαταπαύστῳ θεωρίᾳ.
peri toutōn oimai kai hē tragǭdia physiologousa phēsin; akamas te chronos peri tʼ aenaǭ rheumati plērēs phoitą tiktōn autos heauton, didymoi tʼ arktoi tais ōkyplanois pterygōn rhipais ton Atlanteion tērousi polon. Atlas de ho mē paschōn polos dynatai men einai kai hē aplanēs sphaira, beltion de isōs aiōna akinēton noeisthai. ameinon dʼ hēgoumai tēn kibōton ek tou Hebraïkou onomatos thēbōtha kaloumenēn allo ti sēmainein. hermēneuetai men hen anthʼ henos pantōn topōn. eitʼ oun ogdoas kai ho noētos kosmos eite kai ho peri pantōn periektikos aschēmatistos te kai aoratos dēloutai theos, ta nyn hyperkeisthō legein; plēn anapausin mēnyei tēn meta tōn doxologōn pneumatōn, ha ainissetai Cheroubim; ou gar an pote ho mēde glypton eidōlon dēmiourgein parainesas autos apeikonizen tōn hagiōn agalma, oudʼ esti tēn archēn episyntheton ti kai aisthēton zǭon en ouranǭ hōde pōs echon, symbolon dʼ esti logikēs men to prosōpon psychēs, pteryges de leitourgiai te kai energeiai hai metarsioi dexiōn te hama kai laiōn dynameōn, hē phōnē de doxa eucharistos en akatapaustǭ theōrią.
About these, I think, the tragedy too, speaking of nature, says: “Unwearied Time goes around, full, in ever-flowing stream, begetting itself; and the twin Bears, with swift-wandering beats of their wings, guard the Atlantean pole.” Atlas, the pole that does not suffer, can also be the fixed sphere; but perhaps it is better understood as motionless eternity. But I think it better that the ark, called by the Hebrew name thēbōtha, signifies something else. It is interpreted “one in place of one of all places.” Whether, then, the Ogdoad and the intelligible world, or God who contains all things, shapeless and invisible, is indicated, let it be put off for now; except that it signifies the rest with the glorifying spirits, which the Cherubim hint at. For the one who bade us not even to fashion a carved image would never himself have made a likeness of holy things; nor is there at all any composite and sensible living being in heaven like this; but the face is a symbol of the rational soul, the wings of the lofty ministries and activities of powers on the right and left, and the voice is thankful glory in unceasing contemplation.
5.6.37Stählin 2:351
Ἀπόχρη μέχρι τοῦδε προχωρῆσαι τὴν μυστικὴν ἑρμηνείαν· τοῦ δὲ ἀρχιερέως ὁ ποδήρης κόσμου ἐστὶν αἰσθητοῦ σύμβολον, τῶν μὲν ἑπτὰ πλανητῶν οἱ πέντε λίθοι καὶ οἱ δύο ἄνθρακες διά τε τὸν Κρόνον καὶ τὴν Σελήνην· ὃ μὲν γὰρ μεσημβρινὸς καὶ ὑγρὸς καὶ γεώδης καὶ βαρύς, ἣ δὲ ἀερώδης· διὸ Ἄρτεμις πρός τινων εἴρηται ἀεροτόμος τις οὖσα, ζοφερὸς δὲ ὁ ἀήρ. συνεργοῦντας δὲ εἰς γένεσιν τῶν τῇδε τοὺς ἐφεστῶτας τοῖς πλανήταις κατὰ τὴν θείαν πρόνοιαν ἐπί τε τοῦ στήθους καὶ τῶν ὤμων εἰκότως ἱδρῦσθαι διαγράφει, διʼ ὧν ἡ πρᾶξις ἡ ἐπιγενεσιουργός, ἡ ἑβδομὰς ἡ πρώτη· στῆθος δʼ οἰκητήριον καρδίας τε καὶ ψυχῆς. εἶεν δʼ ἂν καὶ ἄλλως λίθοι ποικίλοι σωτηρίας τρόποι, οἳ μὲν ἐν τοῖς ὑπεραναβεβηκόσιν, οἳ δʼ ἐν τοῖς ὑποβεβηκόσιν ἱδρυμένοι παντὸς τοῦ σῳζομένου σώματος. οἵ τε τριακόσιοι ἑξήκοντα κώδωνες οἱ ἀπηρτημένοι τοῦ ποδήρους χρόνος ἐστὶν ἐνιαύσιος, ἐνιαυτὸς κυρίου δεκτός, κηρύσσων καὶ κατηχῶν τὴν μεγίστην τοῦ σωτῆρος ἐπιφάνειαν. ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁ πῖλος ὁ χρυσοῦς ὁ ἀνατεταμένος τὴν ἐξουσίαν μηνύει τὴν βασιλικὴν τοῦ κυρίου, εἴ γε ἡ κεφαλὴ τῆς ἐκκλησίας ὁ σωτήρ.
Apochrē mechri toude prochōrēsai tēn mystikēn hermēneian; tou de archiereōs ho podērēs kosmou estin aisthētou symbolon, tōn men hepta planētōn hoi pente lithoi kai hoi dyo anthrakes dia te ton Kronon kai tēn Selēnēn; ho men gar mesēmbrinos kai hygros kai geōdēs kai barys, hē de aerōdēs; dio Artemis pros tinōn eirētai aerotomos tis ousa, zopheros de ho aēr. synergountas de eis genesin tōn tę̄de tous ephestōtas tois planētais kata tēn theian pronoian epi te tou stēthous kai tōn ōmōn eikotōs hidrysthai diagraphei, diʼ hōn hē praxis hē epigenesiourgos, hē hebdomas hē prōtē; stēthos dʼ oikētērion kardias te kai psychēs. eien dʼ an kai allōs lithoi poikiloi sōtērias tropoi, hoi men en tois hyperanabebēkosin, hoi dʼ en tois hypobebēkosin hidrymenoi pantos tou sǭzomenou sōmatos. hoi te triakosioi hexēkonta kōdōnes hoi apērtēmenoi tou podērous chronos estin eniausios, eniautos kyriou dektos, kēryssōn kai katēchōn tēn megistēn tou sōtēros epiphaneian. alla kai ho pilos ho chrysous ho anatetamenos tēn exousian mēnyei tēn basilikēn tou kyriou, ei ge hē kephalē tēs ekklēsias ho sōtēr.
It is enough to have gone this far with the mystical interpretation. The long robe of the high priest is a symbol of the sensible world; the five stones and the two carbuncles, of the seven planets, for Saturn and the Moon; for the one is southern, moist, earthy, and heavy, the other airy; that is why she is called by some Artemis, as “air-cutter” (aerotomos), and air is dark. And those set over the planets, cooperating according to divine providence in the begetting of things here, he fittingly describes as set on the breast and shoulders, through which comes the activity that produces generation, the first seven; and the breast is the dwelling place of heart and soul. The stones might also otherwise be various ways of salvation, some set in the upper, others in the lower parts of the whole body being saved. And the three hundred and sixty bells hanging from the long robe are the time of a year, “the acceptable year of the Lord,” proclaiming and resounding the greatest appearing of the Savior. And the golden headdress raised up shows the royal authority of the Lord, since the Savior is the head of the church.
5.6.38Stählin 2:351–353
σημεῖον γοῦν ἡγεμονικωτάτης ἀρχῆς ὁ πῖλος ὁ ὑπὲρ αὐτήν· ἄλλως τε ἀκηκόαμεν, ὡς εἴρηται· καὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ κεφαλὴ ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ. ναὶ μὴν τὸ μὲν περιστήθιον ἔκ τε ἐπωμίδος, ἥ ἐστιν ἔργου σύμβολον, ἔκ τε τοῦ λογίου (τὸν λόγον δὲ τοῦτο αἰνίσσεται) ᾧ συνέστηκεν καὶ ἔστιν οὐρανοῦ εἰκὼν τοῦ λόγῳ γενομένου, τοῦ ὑποκειμένου τῇ κεφαλῇ τῶν πάντων τῷ Χριστῷ καὶ κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ καὶ ὡσαύτως κινουμένου. οἱ οὖν ἐπὶ τῆς ἐπωμίδος σμαράγδου φωτεινοὶ λίθοι ἥλιον καὶ σελήνην μηνύουσι τοὺς συνεργοὺς τῆς φύσεως. χειρὸς δέ, οἶμαι, ὦμος ἀρχή. οἱ δὲ ἐπὶ τῷ στήθει τέτραχα τεταγμένοι δώδεκα τὸν ζῳδιακὸν διαγράφουσιν ἡμῖν κύκλον κατὰ τὰς τέσσαρας τοῦ ἔτους τροπάς. ἄλλως τε ἐχρῆν τῇ κεφαλῇ τῇ κυριακῇ νόμον μὲν καὶ προφήτας ὑποκεῖσθαι, διʼ ὧν οἱ δίκαιοι μηνύονται καθʼ ἑκατέρας τὰς διαθήκας· προφήτας γὰρ ἅμα καὶ δικαίους εἶναι τοὺς ἀποστόλους λέγοντες εὖ ἂν εἴποιμεν, ἑνὸς καὶ τοῦ αὐτοῦ ἐνεργοῦντος διὰ πάντων ἁγίου πνεύματος. ὥσπερ δὲ ὁ κύριος ὑπεράνω τοῦ κόσμου παντός, μᾶλλον δὲ ἐπέκεινα τοῦ νοητοῦ, οὕτως καὶ τὸ ἐν τῷ πετάλῳ ἔγγραπτον ὄνομα ὑπεράνω πάσης ἀρχῆς καὶ ἐξουσίας εἶναι ἠξίωται, ἔγγραπτον δὲ διά τε τὰς ἐντολὰς τὰς ἐγγράφους διά τε τὴν αἰσθητὴν παρουσίαν. ὄνομα δὲ εἴρηται θεοῦ, ἐπεί, ὡς βλέπει τοῦ πατρὸς τὴν ἀγαθότητα, ὁ υἱὸς ἐνεργεῖ, θεὸς σωτὴρ κεκλημένος, ἡ τῶν ὅλων ἀρχή, ἥτις ἀπεικόνισται μὲν ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ἀοράτου πρώτη καὶ πρὸ αἰώνων, τετύπωκεν δὲ τὰ μεθʼ ἑαυτὴν ἅπαντα γενόμενα.
sēmeion goun hēgemonikōtatēs archēs ho pilos ho hyper autēn; allōs te akēkoamen, hōs eirētai; kai tou Christou kephalē ho theos kai patēr tou kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou. nai mēn to men peristēthion ek te epōmidos, hē estin ergou symbolon, ek te tou logiou (ton logon de touto ainissetai) hǭ synestēken kai estin ouranou eikōn tou logǭ genomenou, tou hypokeimenou tę̄ kephalę̄ tōn pantōn tǭ Christǭ kai kata ta auta kai hōsautōs kinoumenou. hoi oun epi tēs epōmidos smaragdou phōteinoi lithoi hēlion kai selēnēn mēnyousi tous synergous tēs physeōs. cheiros de, oimai, ōmos archē. hoi de epi tǭ stēthei tetracha tetagmenoi dōdeka ton zǭdiakon diagraphousin hēmin kyklon kata tas tessaras tou etous tropas. allōs te echrēn tę̄ kephalę̄ tę̄ kyriakę̄ nomon men kai prophētas hypokeisthai, diʼ hōn hoi dikaioi mēnyontai kathʼ hekateras tas diathēkas; prophētas gar hama kai dikaious einai tous apostolous legontes eu an eipoimen, henos kai tou autou energountos dia pantōn hagiou pneumatos. hōsper de ho kyrios hyperanō tou kosmou pantos, mallon de epekeina tou noētou, houtōs kai to en tǭ petalǭ engrapton onoma hyperanō pasēs archēs kai exousias einai ēxiōtai, engrapton de dia te tas entolas tas engraphous dia te tēn aisthētēn parousian. onoma de eirētai theou, epei, hōs blepei tou patros tēn agathotēta, ho huios energei, theos sōtēr keklēmenos, hē tōn holōn archē, hētis apeikonistai men ek tou theou tou aoratou prōtē kai pro aiōnōn, tetypōken de ta methʼ heautēn hapanta genomena.
The headdress above it, at any rate, is a sign of the most sovereign rule; besides, we have heard, as it has been said, “And the head of Christ is God,” the Father of our Lord Jesus Christ. Indeed the breastpiece, made up of the ephod, which is a symbol of work, and the oracle (this hints at the Word), is also an image of heaven, which came to be by the Word, subject to Christ, the head of all things, and moving in the same way and likewise. The shining emerald stones on the ephod, then, signify the sun and moon, the helpers of nature. And the shoulder, I think, is the beginning of the hand. The twelve set on the breast in four rows describe for us the zodiac according to the four turnings of the year. Besides, the law and the prophets had to be set under the Lord's head, through which the righteous are indicated in each of the covenants; for we would say well that the apostles are both prophets and righteous, the one and the same Holy Spirit working through all. And as the Lord is above the whole world, or rather beyond the intelligible, so the name inscribed on the plate has been thought worthy to be above every rule and authority; and it is inscribed because of the written commandments and because of the sensible coming. And it is called the name of God, since the Son, as he sees the goodness of the Father, works, having been called God the Savior, the beginning of all things, which was imaged first from the invisible God before the ages, and has shaped all things that came after itself.
5.6.39Stählin 2:353
ναὶ μὴν τὸ λόγιον τὴν προφητείαν τὴν ἐκβοῶσαν τῷ λόγῳ καὶ κηρύσσουσαν καὶ τὴν κρίσιν τὴν ἐσομένην δηλοῖ, ἐπεὶ ὁ αὐτός ἐστι λόγος ὁ προφητεύων κρίνων τε ἅμα καὶ διακρίνων ἕκαστα. φασὶ δὲ καὶ τὸ ἔνδυμα, τὸν ποδήρη, τὴν κατὰ σάρκα προφητεύειν οἰκονομίαν, διʼ ἣν προσεχέστερον εἰς κόσμον ὤφθη. ταύτῃ τοι ἀποδὺς τὸν ἡγιασμένον χιτῶνα ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς (κόσμος δὲ καὶ ἡ ἐν κόσμῳ κτίσις ἡγίασται πρὸς τοῦ καλὰ συγκαταθεμένου τὰ γινόμενα) λούεται καὶ τὸν ἄλλον ἐνδύεται ἅγιον ἁγίου ὡς εἰπεῖν χιτῶνα, τὸν συνεισιόντα εἰς τὰ ἄδυτα αὐτῷ, ἐμοὶ δοκεῖν ἐμφαίνων τὸν Λευίτην καὶ γνωστικὸν ὡς ἂν τῶν ἄλλων ἱερέων ἄρχοντα, ὕδατι ἀπολελουμένων ἐκείνων καὶ πίστιν ἐνδεδυμένων μόνην καὶ τὴν ἰδίαν ἐκδεχομένων μονήν, αὐτὸν διακρίναντα τὰ νοητὰ τῶν αἰσθητῶν, κατʼ ἐπανάβασιν τῶν ἄλλων ἱερέων σπεύδοντα ἐπὶ τὴν τοῦ νοητοῦ δίοδον, τῶν τῇδε ἀπολουόμενον οὐκέτι ὕδατι, ὡς πρότερον ἐκαθαίρετο εἰς Λευιτικὴν ἐντασσόμενος φυλήν, ἀλλʼ ἤδη τῷ γνωστικῷ λόγῳ.
nai mēn to logion tēn prophēteian tēn ekboōsan tǭ logǭ kai kēryssousan kai tēn krisin tēn esomenēn dēloi, epei ho autos esti logos ho prophēteuōn krinōn te hama kai diakrinōn hekasta. phasi de kai to endyma, ton podērē, tēn kata sarka prophēteuein oikonomian, diʼ hēn prosechesteron eis kosmon ōphthē. tautę̄ toi apodys ton hēgiasmenon chitōna ho archiereus (kosmos de kai hē en kosmǭ ktisis hēgiastai pros tou kala synkatathemenou ta ginomena) louetai kai ton allon endyetai hagion hagiou hōs eipein chitōna, ton syneisionta eis ta adyta autǭ, emoi dokein emphainōn ton Leuitēn kai gnōstikon hōs an tōn allōn hiereōn archonta, hydati apoleloumenōn ekeinōn kai pistin endedymenōn monēn kai tēn idian ekdechomenōn monēn, auton diakrinanta ta noēta tōn aisthētōn, katʼ epanabasin tōn allōn hiereōn speudonta epi tēn tou noētou diodon, tōn tę̄de apolouomenon ouketi hydati, hōs proteron ekathaireto eis Leuitikēn entassomenos phylēn, allʼ ēdē tǭ gnōstikǭ logǭ.
Indeed the oracle signifies prophecy, which cries out by the Word and proclaims, and the judgment to come, since the same Word prophesies, judges, and discerns each thing. They say too that the garment, the long robe, prophesies the arrangement according to the flesh, by which he was seen more closely in the world. So the high priest, taking off the consecrated tunic (for the world and creation in the world have been consecrated by the one who approved the things that came to be as good), washes and puts on the other tunic, holy of holy, so to speak, which enters the sanctuary with him; showing, it seems to me, the Levite and knowing man as leader of the other priests, those washed in water and clothed only in faith and awaiting their own dwelling; he himself, having distinguished intelligible things from sensible, hastening by ascent beyond the other priests to the passage to the intelligible, washed from things here no longer with water, as he was purified before when enrolled in the tribe of Levi, but now by the knowing Word.
5.6.40Stählin 2:353–354
καθαρὸς μὲν οὖν τὴν καρδίαν πᾶσαν, κατορθώσας δʼ εὖ μάλα καὶ τὴν πολιτείαν ἐπʼ ἄκρον, πέρα τοῦ ἱερέως ἐπὶ μεῖζον αὐξήσας, ἀτεχνῶς ἡγνισμένος καὶ λόγῳ καὶ βίῳ, ἐπενδυσάμενος τὸ γάνωμα τῆς δόξης, τοῦ πνευματικοῦ ἐκείνου καὶ τελείου ἀνδρὸς τὴν ἀπόρρητον κληρονομίαν ἀπολαβών, ἣν ὀφθαλμὸς οὐκ εἶδεν καὶ οὖς οὐκ ἤκουσεν καὶ ἐπὶ καρδίαν ἀνθρώπου οὐκ ἀνέβη, υἱὸς καὶ φίλος γενόμενος, πρόσωπον ἤδη πρὸς πρόσωπον ἐμπίπλαται τῆς ἀκορέστου θεωρίας. οὐδὲν δὲ οἷον αὐτοῦ ἐπακοῦσαι τοῦ λόγου, πλείονα τὸν νοῦν διὰ τῆς γραφῆς ἐνδιδόντος. λέγει γὰρ ὧδε· καὶ ἐκδύσεται τὴν στολὴν τὴν λινῆν, ἣν ἐνδεδύκει εἰσπορευόμενος εἰς τὰ ἅγια, καὶ ἀποθήσει αὐτὴν ἐκεῖ. καὶ λούσεται τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ ὕδατι ἐν τόπῳ ἁγίῳ καὶ ἐνδύσεται τὴν στολὴν αὐτοῦ. ἄλλως δʼ, οἶμαι, ὁ κύριος ἀποδύεταί τε καὶ ἐνδύεται κατιὼν εἰς αἴσθησιν, ἄλλως ὁ διʼ αὐτοῦ πιστεύσας ἀποδύεταί τε καὶ ἐπενδύεται, ὡς καὶ ὁ ἀπόστολος ἐμήνυσεν, τὴν ἡγιασμένην στολήν. ἐντεῦθεν κατʼ εἰκόνα τοῦ κυρίου ἀρχιερεῖς ἀπὸ τῆς ἁγιασθείσης ᾑροῦντο φυλῆς οἱ δοκιμώτατοι καὶ οἱ εἰς βασιλείαν καὶ οἱ εἰς προφητείαν ἐκλεκτοὶ ἐχρίοντο.
katharos men oun tēn kardian pasan, katorthōsas dʼ eu mala kai tēn politeian epʼ akron, pera tou hiereōs epi meizon auxēsas, atechnōs hēgnismenos kai logǭ kai biǭ, ependysamenos to ganōma tēs doxēs, tou pneumatikou ekeinou kai teleiou andros tēn aporrēton klēronomian apolabōn, hēn ophthalmos ouk eiden kai ous ouk ēkousen kai epi kardian anthrōpou ouk anebē, huios kai philos genomenos, prosōpon ēdē pros prosōpon empiplatai tēs akorestou theōrias. ouden de hoion autou epakousai tou logou, pleiona ton noun dia tēs graphēs endidontos. legei gar hōde; kai ekdysetai tēn stolēn tēn linēn, hēn endedykei eisporeuomenos eis ta hagia, kai apothēsei autēn ekei. kai lousetai to sōma autou hydati en topǭ hagiǭ kai endysetai tēn stolēn autou. allōs dʼ, oimai, ho kyrios apodyetai te kai endyetai katiōn eis aisthēsin, allōs ho diʼ autou pisteusas apodyetai te kai ependyetai, hōs kai ho apostolos emēnysen, tēn hēgiasmenēn stolēn. enteuthen katʼ eikona tou kyriou archiereis apo tēs hagiastheisēs hę̄rounto phylēs hoi dokimōtatoi kai hoi eis basileian kai hoi eis prophēteian eklektoi echrionto.
Pure, then, in all his heart, having brought his conduct too very well to its height, having grown beyond the priest to something greater, simply purified in word and life, having put on the brightness of glory, having received the unspeakable inheritance of that spiritual and perfect man, “which eye has not seen and ear has not heard and has not entered the heart of man,” having become son and friend, he is now filled face to face with insatiable contemplation. Nothing is like hearing the Word himself, who gives more understanding through Scripture. For he says thus: “And he will take off the linen robe which he had put on when entering the holy place, and lay it aside there. And he will wash his body with water in a holy place and put on his robe.” In one way, I think, the Lord takes off and puts on, coming down into sense; in another way the one who has believed through him takes off and puts on, as the apostle too indicated, the consecrated robe. Hence, in the image of the Lord, high priests were chosen from the consecrated tribe, the most approved, and those chosen for kingship and for prophecy were anointed.
Miscellanies 5, chapter 7
5.7.41Stählin 2:354
Ὅθεν καὶ Αἰγύπτιοι οὐ τοῖς ἐπιτυχοῦσι τὰ παρὰ σφίσιν ἀνετίθεντο μυστήρια οὐδὲ μὴν βεβήλοις τὴν τῶν θείων εἴδησιν ἐξέφερον, ἀλλʼ ἢ μόνοις γε τοῖς μέλλουσιν ἐπὶ βασιλείαν προϊέναι καὶ τῶν ἱερέων τοῖς κριθεῖσιν εἶναι δοκιμωτάτοις ἀπό τε τῆς τροφῆς καὶ τῆς παιδείας καὶ τοῦ γένους. Ὅμοια γοῦν τοῖς Ἑβραϊκοῖς κατά γε τὴν ἐπίκρυψιν καὶ τὰ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων αἰνίγματα. Αἰγυπτίων οἳ μὲν ἐπὶ πλοίου, οἳ δὲ ἐπὶ κροκοδείλου τὸν ἥλιον δεικνύουσι. σημαίνουσι δὲ ὅτι ὁ ἥλιος, διʼ ἀέρος γλυκεροῦ καὶ ὑγροῦ τὴν πορείαν ποιούμενος, γεννᾷ τὸν χρόνον, ὃν αἰνίσσεται ὁ κροκόδειλος διά τινα ἄλλην ἱερατικὴν ἱστορίαν. ναὶ μὴν καὶ ἐν Διοσπόλει τῆς Αἰγύπτου ἐπὶ τοῦ ἱεροῦ καλουμένου πυλῶνος διατετύπωται παιδίον μὲν γενέσεως σύμβολον, φθορᾶς δὲ ὁ γέρων, θεοῦ τε αὖ ὁ ἱέραξ, ὡς ὁ ἰχθὺς μίσους, καὶ κατʼ ἄλλο πάλιν σημαινόμενον ὁ κροκόδειλος ἀναιδείας.
Hothen kai Aigyptioi ou tois epitychousi ta para sphisin anetithento mystēria oude mēn bebēlois tēn tōn theiōn eidēsin exepheron, allʼ ē monois ge tois mellousin epi basileian proïenai kai tōn hiereōn tois kritheisin einai dokimōtatois apo te tēs trophēs kai tēs paideias kai tou genous. Homoia goun tois Hebraïkois kata ge tēn epikrypsin kai ta tōn Aigyptiōn ainigmata. Aigyptiōn hoi men epi ploiou, hoi de epi krokodeilou ton hēlion deiknyousi. sēmainousi de hoti ho hēlios, diʼ aeros glykerou kai hygrou tēn poreian poioumenos, genną ton chronon, hon ainissetai ho krokodeilos dia tina allēn hieratikēn historian. nai mēn kai en Diospolei tēs Aigyptou epi tou hierou kaloumenou pylōnos diatetypōtai paidion men geneseōs symbolon, phthoras de ho gerōn, theou te au ho hierax, hōs ho ichthys misous, kai katʼ allo palin sēmainomenon ho krokodeilos anaideias.
Hence the Egyptians too did not entrust their mysteries to anyone at all, nor reveal the knowledge of divine things to the profane, but only to those who were going to proceed to kingship and to those of the priests judged most approved by nurture, education, and birth. The riddles of the Egyptians, at any rate, are like those of the Hebrews in concealment. Some of the Egyptians show the sun on a ship, others on a crocodile. And they signify that the sun, making its journey through sweet and moist air, begets time, which the crocodile hints at because of some other sacred story. Indeed in Diospolis in Egypt, on the gateway of the temple called the sacred one, there are carved a child, a symbol of birth, and an old man, of decay, and a hawk, of God, as the fish is of hatred; and, with another meaning again, the crocodile of shamelessness.
5.7.42Stählin 2:354
φαίνεται τοίνυν συντιθέμενον τὸ πᾶν σύμβολον δηλωτικὸν εἶναι τοῦδε· ὦ γινόμενοι καὶ ἀπογινόμενοι, θεὸς μισεῖ ἀναίδειαν. τά τε ὦτα καὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς οἱ δημιουργοῦντες ἐξ ὕλης τιμίας καθιεροῦσιν τοῖς θεοῖς ἀνατιθέντες εἰς τοὺς νεώς, τοῦτο δήπου αἰνισσόμενοι ὡς πάντα θεὸς ὁρᾷ καὶ ἀκούει. πρὸς τοῖσδε ἀλκῆς μὲν καὶ ῥώμης σύμβολον αὐτοῖς ὁ λέων· ὥσπερ ἀμέλει γῆς τε αὐτῆς καὶ γεωργίας καὶ τροφῆς ὁ βοῦς, ἀνδρείας τε καὶ παρρησίας ὁ ἵππος, ἀλκῆς τε αὖ μετὰ συνέσεως ἡ σφίγξ, τὸ μὲν σῶμα πᾶν λέοντος, τὸ πρόσωπον δὲ ἀνθρώπου ἔχουσα. ὁμοίως τε τούτοις σύνεσιν καὶ μνήμην καὶ κράτος καὶ τέχνην ὁ ἄνθρωπος αἰνισσόμενος τοῖς ἱεροῖς πρὸς αὐτῶν ἐγγλύφεται.
phainetai toinyn syntithemenon to pan symbolon dēlōtikon einai toude; ō ginomenoi kai apoginomenoi, theos misei anaideian. ta te ōta kai tous ophthalmous hoi dēmiourgountes ex hylēs timias kathierousin tois theois anatithentes eis tous neōs, touto dēpou ainissomenoi hōs panta theos horą kai akouei. pros toisde alkēs men kai rhōmēs symbolon autois ho leōn; hōsper amelei gēs te autēs kai geōrgias kai trophēs ho bous, andreias te kai parrēsias ho hippos, alkēs te au meta syneseōs hē sphinx, to men sōma pan leontos, to prosōpon de anthrōpou echousa. homoiōs te toutois synesin kai mnēmēn kai kratos kai technēn ho anthrōpos ainissomenos tois hierois pros autōn englyphetai.
The whole symbol, then, put together, appears to mean this: “O you who come into being and pass away, God hates shamelessness.” And those who fashion ears and eyes from precious material consecrate them to the gods, dedicating them in the temples, hinting no doubt that God sees and hears all things. Besides these, the lion is for them a symbol of strength and might; as the ox, of course, of the earth itself, of farming, and of food; the horse of courage and boldness; and the sphinx of strength with intelligence, having the whole body of a lion and the face of a man. Likewise with these, man is carved on their temples, hinting at intelligence, memory, power, and art.
5.7.43Stählin 2:354–355
ἤδη δὲ κἀν ταῖς καλουμέναις παρʼ αὐτοῖς κωμασίαις τῶν θεῶν χρυσᾶ ἀγάλματα, δύο μὲν κύνας, ἕνα δὲ ἱέρακα καὶ ἶβιν μίαν περιφέρουσι καὶ καλοῦσι τὰ τέσσαρα τῶν ἀγαλμάτων εἴδωλα τέσσαρα γράμματα. εἰσὶ γοῦν οἱ μὲν κύνες σύμβολα τῶν δυεῖν ἡμισφαιρίων, οἷον περιπολούντων καὶ φυλασσόντων· ὁ δὲ ἱέραξ ἡλίου· πυρώδης γὰρ καὶ ἀναιρετικός· αὐτίκα τὰς λοιμικὰς νόσους ἡλίῳ ἀνατιθέασιν· ἡ δὲ ἶβις σελήνης, τὰ μὲν σκιερὰ τῷ μέλανι, τὰ δὲ φωτεινὰ τῷ λευκῷ τῶν πτίλων εἰκαζόντων. εἰσὶν δʼ οἳ τοὺς μὲν τροπικοὺς πρὸς τῶν κυνῶν μηνύεσθαι βούλονται, οἳ δὴ διαφυλάσσουσι καὶ πυλωροῦσι τὴν ἐπὶ νότον καὶ ἄρκτον πάροδον τοῦ ἡλίου· τὸν δʼ ἰσημερινόν, ὑψηλὸν ὄντα καὶ διακεκαυμένον, ὁ ἱέραξ δηλοῖ, καθάπερ ἡ ἶβις τὸν λοξόν· ἀριθμοῦ γὰρ ἐπινοίας καὶ μέτρου μάλιστα τῶν ζῴων ἡ ἶβις ἀρχὴν παρεσχῆσθαι τοῖς Αἰγυπτίοις δοκεῖ, ὡς τῶν κύκλων ὁ λοξός.
ēdē de kan tais kaloumenais parʼ autois kōmasiais tōn theōn chrysa agalmata, dyo men kynas, hena de hieraka kai ibin mian peripherousi kai kalousi ta tessara tōn agalmatōn eidōla tessara grammata. eisi goun hoi men kynes symbola tōn dyein hēmisphairiōn, hoion peripolountōn kai phylassontōn; ho de hierax hēliou; pyrōdēs gar kai anairetikos; autika tas loimikas nosous hēliǭ anatitheasin; hē de ibis selēnēs, ta men skiera tǭ melani, ta de phōteina tǭ leukǭ tōn ptilōn eikazontōn. eisin dʼ hoi tous men tropikous pros tōn kynōn mēnyesthai boulontai, hoi dē diaphylassousi kai pylōrousi tēn epi noton kai arkton parodon tou hēliou; ton dʼ isēmerinon, hypsēlon onta kai diakekaumenon, ho hierax dēloi, kathaper hē ibis ton loxon; arithmou gar epinoias kai metrou malista tōn zǭōn hē ibis archēn pareschēsthai tois Aigyptiois dokei, hōs tōn kyklōn ho loxos.
Indeed, in what they call the processions of the gods, they carry about golden images, two dogs, one hawk, and one ibis, and call the four images four letters. The dogs are symbols of the two hemispheres, as though going around and guarding; the hawk of the sun, for it is fiery and destructive (indeed they attribute pestilential diseases to the sun); and the ibis of the moon, likening its shadowy parts to the black and its bright parts to the white of its feathers. Some would have the tropics indicated by the dogs, which guard and keep the gates of the sun's passage south and north; the hawk shows the equator, being high and burning, as the ibis shows the ecliptic; for the ibis, of all animals, seems to have given the Egyptians the beginning of the conception of number and measure, as the oblique circle among the circles.
Miscellanies 5, chapter 8
5.8.44Stählin 2:355
Ἀλλὰ γὰρ οὐ μόνον Αἰγυπτίων οἱ λογικώτατοι, πρὸς δὲ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων βαρβάρων ὅσοι φιλοσοφίας ὠρέχθησαν, τὸ συμβολικὸν εἶδος ἐζήλωσαν. Φασὶ γοῦν καὶ Ἰδανθούραν τὸν Σκυθῶν βασιλέα, ὡς ἱστορεῖ Φερεκύδης ὁ Σύριος, Δαρείῳ διαβάντι τὸν Ἴστρον πόλεμον ἀπειλοῦντα πέμψαι σύμβολον ἀντὶ τῶν γραμμάτων μῦν, βάτραχον, ὄρνιθα, ὀιστόν, ἄροτρον. ἀπορίας δὲ οὔσης, οἷα εἰκός, ἐπὶ τούτοις Ὀροντοπάτας μὲν ὁ χιλίαρχος ἔλεγεν παραδώσειν αὐτοὺς τὴν ἀρχήν, τεκμαιρόμενος ἀπὸ μὲν τοῦ μυὸς τὰς οἰκήσεις, ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ βατράχου τὰ ὕδατα τὸν ἀέρα τε ἀπὸ τῆς ὄρνιθος καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὀιστοῦ τὰ ὅπλα, ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ ἀρότρου τὴν χώραν. Ξιφόδρης δὲ ἔμπαλιν ἡρμήνευσεν· ἔφασκεν γάρ· ἐὰν μὴ ὡς ὄρνιθες ἀναπτῶμεν ἢ ὡς μύες κατὰ τῆς γῆς ἢ ὡς οἱ βάτραχοι καθʼ ὕδατος δύωμεν, οὐκ ἂν φύγοιμεν τὰ ἐκείνων βέλη, τῆς γὰρ χώρας οὐκ ἐσμὲν κύριοι. Ἀνάχαρσίν τε τὸν Σκύθην φασὶ καὶ αὐτὸν κοιμώμενον κατέχειν τῇ μὲν λαιᾷ τὰ αἰδοῖα, τῇ δεξιᾷ δὲ τὸ στόμα, αἰνιττόμενον δεῖν μὲν ἀμφοῖν, μεῖζον δὲ εἶναι γλώττης κρατεῖν ἢ ἡδονῆς.
Alla gar ou monon Aigyptiōn hoi logikōtatoi, pros de kai tōn allōn barbarōn hosoi philosophias ōrechthēsan, to symbolikon eidos ezēlōsan. Phasi goun kai Idanthouran ton Skythōn basilea, hōs historei Pherekydēs ho Syrios, Dareiǭ diabanti ton Istron polemon apeilounta pempsai symbolon anti tōn grammatōn myn, batrachon, ornitha, oiston, arotron. aporias de ousēs, hoia eikos, epi toutois Orontopatas men ho chiliarchos elegen paradōsein autous tēn archēn, tekmairomenos apo men tou myos tas oikēseis, apo de tou batrachou ta hydata ton aera te apo tēs ornithos kai apo tou oistou ta hopla, apo de tou arotrou tēn chōran. Xiphodrēs de empalin hērmēneusen; ephasken gar; ean mē hōs ornithes anaptōmen ē hōs myes kata tēs gēs ē hōs hoi batrachoi kathʼ hydatos dyōmen, ouk an phygoimen ta ekeinōn belē, tēs gar chōras ouk esmen kyrioi. Anacharsin te ton Skythēn phasi kai auton koimōmenon katechein tę̄ men laią ta aidoia, tę̄ dexią de to stoma, ainittomenon dein men amphoin, meizon de einai glōttēs kratein ē hēdonēs.
Not only the most rational of the Egyptians, but also as many of the other barbarians as desired philosophy, emulated the symbolic form. They say, at any rate, that Idanthyrsus too, king of the Scythians, as Pherecydes of Syros relates, threatening war on Darius when he had crossed the Ister, sent a symbol instead of letters: a mouse, a frog, a bird, an arrow, a plow. There being perplexity about these, as was to be expected, Orontopatas the commander of a thousand said that they would surrender the rule, inferring the dwellings from the mouse, the waters from the frog, the air from the bird, the weapons from the arrow, and the land from the plow. But Xiphodres interpreted it the opposite way; for he said: “Unless we fly up like birds, or dive into the earth like mice, or into the water like frogs, we will not escape their arrows; for we are not masters of the land.” And they say that Anacharsis the Scythian, when sleeping, held his genitals with his left hand and his mouth with his right, hinting that one must master both, but that it is greater to master the tongue than pleasure.
5.8.45Stählin 2:355–357
Καὶ τί μοι περὶ τοὺς βαρβάρους ἐνδιατρίβειν, ἐξὸν αὐτοὺς τοὺς Ἕλληνας σφόδρα τῇ ἐπικρύψει κεχρημένους παραστῆσαι; Ἀνδροκύδης γοῦν ὁ Πυθαγορικὸς τὰ Ἐφέσια καλούμενα γράμματα ἐν πολλοῖς δὴ πολυθρύλητα ὄντα συμβόλων ἔχειν φησὶ τάξιν, σημαίνειν δὲ Ἄσκιον μὲν τὸ σκότος, μὴ γὰρ ἔχειν τοῦτο σκιάν· φῶς δὲ Κατάσκιον, ἐπεὶ καταυγάζει τὴν σκιάν· Λίξ τέ ἐστιν ἡ γῆ κατὰ ἀρχαίαν ἐπωνυμίαν καὶ Τετρὰξ ὁ ἐνιαυτὸς διὰ τὰς ὥρας, Δαμναμενεὺς δὲ ὁ ἥλιος ὁ δαμάζων, τὰ Αἴσιά τε ἡ ἀληθὴς φωνή. σημαίνει δʼ ἄρα τὸ σύμβολον ὡς κεκόσμηται τὰ θεῖα, οἷον σκότος πρὸς φῶς καὶ ἥλιος πρὸς ἐνιαυτὸν καὶ γῆ πρὸς παντοίαν φύσεως γένεσιν. Ἀλλὰ καὶ Διονύσιος ὁ Θρᾷξ ὁ γραμματικὸς ἐν τῷ Περὶ τῆς ἐμφάσεως περὶ τοῦ τῶν τροχίσκων συμβόλου φησὶ κατὰ λέξιν· ἐσήμαινον γοῦν οὐ διὰ λέξεως μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ συμβόλων ἔνιοι τὰς πράξεις, διὰ λέξεως μὲν ὡς ἔχει τὰ λεγόμενα Δελφικὰ παραγγέλματα, τὸ ›μηδὲν ἄγαν‹ καὶ τὸ ›γνῶθι σαυτὸν‹ καὶ τὰ τούτοις ὅμοια, διὰ δὲ συμβόλων ὡς ὅ τε τροχὸς ὁ στρεφόμενος ἐν τοῖς τῶν θεῶν τεμένεσιν εἱλκυσμένος παρὰ Αἰγυπτίων καὶ τὸ τῶν θαλλῶν τῶν διδομένων τοῖς προσκυνοῦσι. φησὶ γὰρ Ὀρφεὺς ὁ Θρᾴκιος· † θαλλῶν δʼ ὅσσα βροτοῖσιν ἐπὶ χθονὸς ἔργα μέμηλεν, οὐδὲν ἔχει μίαν αἶσαν ἐπὶ φρεσίν, ἀλλὰ κυκλεῖται πάντα πέριξ, στῆναι δὲ καθʼ ἓν μέρος οὐ θέμις ἐστίν, ἀλλʼ ἔχει, ὡς ἤρξαντο, δρόμου μέρος ἶσον ἕκαστος. οἱ θαλλοὶ ἤτοι τῆς πρώτης τροφῆς σύμβολον ὑπάρχουσιν, ἢ ὅπως ἐπιστῶνται οἱ πολλοὶ τοὺς μὲν καρποὺς διʼ ὅλου θάλλειν καὶ αὔξεσθαι διαμένοντας ἐπὶ πλεῖστον, σφᾶς δὲ αὐτοὺς ὀλίγον εἰληχέναι τὸν τῆς ζωῆς χρόνον, τούτου χάριν δίδοσθαι τοὺς θαλλοὺς βούλονται, ἴσως δὲ καὶ ἵνα ἐπιστῶνται, ὅτι, ὡς οὗτοι αὖ καίονται, οὕτως καὶ αὐτοὺς δεῖ τοῦτον τὸν βίον ταχέως ἐκλιπεῖν καὶ πυρὸς ἔργον γενέσθαι.
Kai ti moi peri tous barbarous endiatribein, exon autous tous Hellēnas sphodra tę̄ epikrypsei kechrēmenous parastēsai? Androkydēs goun ho Pythagorikos ta Ephesia kaloumena grammata en pollois dē polythrylēta onta symbolōn echein phēsi taxin, sēmainein de Askion men to skotos, mē gar echein touto skian; phōs de Kataskion, epei kataugazei tēn skian; Lix te estin hē gē kata archaian epōnymian kai Tetrax ho eniautos dia tas hōras, Damnameneus de ho hēlios ho damazōn, ta Aisia te hē alēthēs phōnē. sēmainei dʼ ara to symbolon hōs kekosmētai ta theia, hoion skotos pros phōs kai hēlios pros eniauton kai gē pros pantoian physeōs genesin. Alla kai Dionysios ho Thrąx ho grammatikos en tǭ Peri tēs emphaseōs peri tou tōn trochiskōn symbolou phēsi kata lexin; esēmainon goun ou dia lexeōs monon, alla kai dia symbolōn enioi tas praxeis, dia lexeōs men hōs echei ta legomena Delphika parangelmata, to ›mēden agan‹ kai to ›gnōthi sauton‹ kai ta toutois homoia, dia de symbolōn hōs ho te trochos ho strephomenos en tois tōn theōn temenesin heilkysmenos para Aigyptiōn kai to tōn thallōn tōn didomenōn tois proskynousi. phēsi gar Orpheus ho Thrąkios; † thallōn dʼ hossa brotoisin epi chthonos erga memēlen, ouden echei mian aisan epi phresin, alla kykleitai panta perix, stēnai de kathʼ hen meros ou themis estin, allʼ echei, hōs ērxanto, dromou meros ison hekastos. hoi thalloi ētoi tēs prōtēs trophēs symbolon hyparchousin, ē hopōs epistōntai hoi polloi tous men karpous diʼ holou thallein kai auxesthai diamenontas epi pleiston, sphas de autous oligon eilēchenai ton tēs zōēs chronon, toutou charin didosthai tous thallous boulontai, isōs de kai hina epistōntai, hoti, hōs houtoi au kaiontai, houtōs kai autous dei touton ton bion tacheōs eklipein kai pyros ergon genesthai.
And why dwell on the barbarians, when it is possible to show that the Greeks themselves made great use of concealment? Androcydes the Pythagorean, at any rate, says that the so-called Ephesian letters, famous among many, have the order of symbols, and that Askion means darkness, for it has no shadow; Kataskion light, since it illuminates the shadow; Lix is the earth by an ancient name, Tetrax the year because of the seasons, Damnameneus the sun that subdues, and ta Aisia the true voice. The symbol signifies, then, how divine things are ordered: as darkness to light, the sun to the year, and the earth to every kind of natural birth. Dionysius Thrax the grammarian too, in his work On Expression, says word for word about the symbol of the little wheels: “Some signified actions not only by speech but also by symbols: by speech, as the so-called Delphic precepts, ‘Nothing in excess’ and ‘Know yourself’ and the like; by symbols, as the wheel turning in the precincts of the gods, drawn from the Egyptians, and that of the branches given to worshipers.” For Orpheus the Thracian says: “Of all the works that concern mortals on earth, … none has one fixed lot in the mind, but all things circle around, and it is not lawful to stand in one place; but each keeps, as they began, an equal share of the course.” The branches are either a symbol of the first food, or, so that the many may know that the fruits flourish and grow throughout, lasting a very long time, while they themselves have received a short span of life, for this reason they wish the branches to be given; and perhaps also so that they may know that, as these are burned, so they too must quickly leave this life and become the work of fire.
5.8.46Stählin 2:357
Χρησιμώτατον ἄρα τὸ τῆς συμβολικῆς ἑρμηνείας εἶδος εἰς πολλὰ καὶ πρὸς τὴν ὀρθὴν θεολογίαν συνεργοῦν καὶ πρὸς εὐσέβειαν καὶ πρὸς ἐπίδειξιν συνέσεως καὶ πρὸς βραχυλογίας ἄσκησιν καὶ σοφίας ἔνδειξιν· σοφοῦ γὰρ τὸ χρῆσθαι τῇ συμβολικῇ φράσει δεξιῶς, φησὶν ὁ γραμματικὸς Δίδυμος, καὶ τὸ γνωρίσαι τὸ διὰ ταύτης δηλούμενον. Ναὶ μὴν ἡ στοιχειωτικὴ τῶν παίδων διδασκαλία τὴν τῶν τεττάρων στοιχείων περιείληφεν ἑρμηνείαν. βέδυ μὲν γὰρ τοὺς Φρύγας τὸ ὕδωρ φησὶ καλεῖν, καθὰ καὶ Ὀρφεύς· καὶ βέδυ νυμφάων καταλείβεται ἀγλαὸν ὕδωρ. ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁ θύτης Δίων ὁμοίως φαίνεται γράφων· καὶ βέδυ λαβὼν κατὰ χειρῶν καταχέου καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν ἱεροσκοπίην τρέπου. ἔμπαλιν δὲ ὁ κωμικὸς Φιλύλλιος βέδυ τὸν ἀέρα βιόδωρον ὄντα διὰ τούτων γινώσκει· ἕλκειν τὸ βέδυ σωτήριον προσεύχομαι, ὅπερ μέγιστόν ἐστιν ὑγιείας μέρος, τὸ τὸν ἀέρα ἕλκειν καθαρόν, οὐ τεθολωμένον.
Chrēsimōtaton ara to tēs symbolikēs hermēneias eidos eis polla kai pros tēn orthēn theologian synergoun kai pros eusebeian kai pros epideixin syneseōs kai pros brachylogias askēsin kai sophias endeixin; sophou gar to chrēsthai tę̄ symbolikę̄ phrasei dexiōs, phēsin ho grammatikos Didymos, kai to gnōrisai to dia tautēs dēloumenon. Nai mēn hē stoicheiōtikē tōn paidōn didaskalia tēn tōn tettarōn stoicheiōn perieilēphen hermēneian. bedy men gar tous Phrygas to hydōr phēsi kalein, katha kai Orpheus; kai bedy nymphaōn kataleibetai aglaon hydōr. alla kai ho thytēs Diōn homoiōs phainetai graphōn; kai bedy labōn kata cheirōn katacheou kai epi tēn hieroskopiēn trepou. empalin de ho kōmikos Philyllios bedy ton aera biodōron onta dia toutōn ginōskei; helkein to bedy sōtērion proseuchomai, hoper megiston estin hygieias meros, to ton aera helkein katharon, ou tetholōmenon.
Most useful, then, is the form of symbolic interpretation for many things, contributing to right theology, to piety, to the display of intelligence, to the practice of brevity, and to the showing of wisdom. “For it belongs to the wise man,” says Didymus the grammarian, “to use symbolic expression skillfully, and to recognize what is indicated by it.” Indeed the elementary teaching of children has included the interpretation of the four elements. For it says the Phrygians call water bedy, as Orpheus too: “And bedy, the bright water of the nymphs, is poured down.” And Dion the sacrificer also clearly writes: “And taking bedy, pour it over your hands and turn to the inspection of the victims.” Conversely the comic poet Philyllius understands bedy as the air, being life-giving (biodōros), in these words: “I pray to draw in the saving bedy,” which is the greatest part of health, to draw in pure air, not polluted.
5.8.47Stählin 2:357–358
συνομόλογος τῆς τοιᾶσδε δόξης καὶ ὁ Κυζικηνὸς Νεάνθης γράφων τοὺς Μακεδόνων ἱερεῖς ἐν ταῖς κατευχαῖς βέδυ κατακαλεῖν ἵλεω αὐτοῖς τε καὶ τοῖς τέκνοις, ὅπερ ἑρμηνεύουσιν ἀέρα. ζὰψ δὲ τὸ πῦρ οἳ μὲν παρὰ τὴν ζέσιν ἀμαθῶς ἐδέξαντο· καλεῖται δʼ οὕτως ἡ θάλασσα, ὡς Εὐφορίων ἐν ταῖς πρὸς Θεοδωρίδαν ἀντιγραφαῖς· ζὰψ δὲ ποτὶ σπιλάδεσσι νεῶν ὀλέτειρα κακύνει. Διονύσιός τε ὁ Ἴαμβος ὁμοίως· πόντου μαινομένοιο περιστείνει ἁλυκὴ ζάψ. ὁμοίως δὲ Κρατῖνος ὁ νεώτερος κωμικός· καρῖδας ἡ ζὰψ ἐκφέρει κἰχθύδια. καὶ Σιμμίας ὁ Ῥόδιος· ἀμμὰς Ἰγνήτων καὶ Τελχίνων ἔφυ ἡ ἁλυκὴ ζάψ. χθὼν δὲ ἡ γῆ εἰς μέγεθος κεχυμένη. καὶ πλῆκτρον οἳ μὲν τὸν πόλον, οἳ δὲ τὸν ἀέρα τὸν πάντα πλήσσοντα καὶ κινοῦντα εἰς φύσιν τε καὶ αὔξησιν ἢ τὸν πάντων πληρωτικόν.
synomologos tēs toiasde doxēs kai ho Kyzikēnos Neanthēs graphōn tous Makedonōn hiereis en tais kateuchais bedy katakalein hileō autois te kai tois teknois, hoper hermēneuousin aera. zaps de to pyr hoi men para tēn zesin amathōs edexanto; kaleitai dʼ houtōs hē thalassa, hōs Euphoriōn en tais pros Theodōridan antigraphais; zaps de poti spiladessi neōn oleteira kakynei. Dionysios te ho Iambos homoiōs; pontou mainomenoio peristeinei halykē zaps. homoiōs de Kratinos ho neōteros kōmikos; karidas hē zaps ekpherei kichthydia. kai Simmias ho Rhodios; ammas Ignētōn kai Telchinōn ephy hē halykē zaps. chthōn de hē gē eis megethos kechymenē. kai plēktron hoi men ton polon, hoi de ton aera ton panta plēssonta kai kinounta eis physin te kai auxēsin ē ton pantōn plērōtikon.
Neanthes of Cyzicus too agrees with this opinion, writing that the priests of the Macedonians in their prayers invoke bedy to be propitious to them and their children, which they interpret as air. Some have ignorantly taken zaps for fire, from zesis (“boiling”); but the sea is so called, as Euphorion says in his Replies to Theodoridas: “And zaps, destroyer of ships, rages by the rocks.” Likewise Dionysius Iambus: “The briny zaps of the raging sea groans around.” And likewise Cratinus the younger comic poet: “The zaps brings out shrimps and little fish.” And Simmias of Rhodes: “The briny zaps was the mother of the Ignetes and the Telchines.” Chthōn is the earth, spread out in size. And plēktron some take as the pole, others as the air, which strikes (plēssōn) and moves all things to nature and growth, or as what fills (plērōtikon) all things.
5.8.48Stählin 2:358–360
οὐκ ἀνέγνωσαν δʼ οὗτοι Κλεάνθην τὸν φιλόσοφον, ὃς ἄντικρυς πλῆκτρον τὸν ἥλιον καλεῖ· ἐν γὰρ ταῖς ἀνατολαῖς ἐρείδων τὰς αὐγάς, οἷον πλήσσων τὸν κόσμον, εἰς τὴν ἐναρμόνιον πορείαν τὸ φῶς ἄγει· ἐκ δὲ τοῦ ἡλίου σημαίνει καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ ἄστρα. σφὶγξ δὲ οὐχ ἡ τῶν ὅλων σύνδεσις καὶ ἡ τοῦ κόσμου κατὰ τὸν ποιητὴν Ἄρατον περιφορά, ἀλλὰ τάχα μὲν ὁ διήκων πνευματικὸς τόνος καὶ συνέχων τὸν κόσμον εἴη ἄν· ἄμεινον δὲ ἐκδέχεσθαι τὸν αἰθέρα πάντα συνέχοντα καὶ σφίγγοντα, καθὰ καὶ ὁ Ἐμπεδοκλῆς φησιν· εἰ δʼ ἄγε τοι λέξω πρῶθʼ † ἥλιον ἀρχήν, ἐξ ὧν δῆλʼ ἐγένοντο τὰ νῦν ἐσορώμενα πάντα, γαῖά τε καὶ πόντος πολυκύμων ἠδʼ ὑγρὸς ἀὴρ Τιτὰν ἠδʼ αἰθὴρ σφίγγων περὶ κύκλον ἅπαντα. Ἀπολλόδωρος δʼ ὁ Κερκυραῖος τοὺς στίχους τούσδε ὑπὸ Βράγχου ἀναφωνηθῆναι τοῦ μάντεως λέγει Μιλησίους καθαίροντος ἀπὸ λοιμοῦ. ὃ μὲν γὰρ ἐπιρραίνων τὸ πλῆθος δάφνης κλάδοις προκατήρχετο τοῦ ὕμνου ὧδέ πως· μέλπετε, ὦ παῖδες, ἑκάεργον καὶ ἑκαέργαν· ἐπέψαλλεν δὲ ὡς εἰπεῖν ὁ λαός· βέδυ, ζάψ, χθώμ, πλῆκτρον, σφίγξ· κναξζβίχ, θύπτης, φλεγμό, δρώψ. μέμνηται τῆς ἱστορίας καὶ Καλλίμαχος ἐν ἰάμβοις. κναξζβὶχ δὲ κατὰ παραγωγὴν ἡ νόσος παρὰ τὸ κναίειν καὶ διαφθείρειν, θῦψαί τε τὸ κεραυνῷ φλέξαι. Θέσπις μέντοι ὁ τραγικὸς διὰ τούτων ἄλλο τι σημαίνεσθαί φησιν ὧδέ πως γράφων· ἴδε σοι σπένδω κναξζβὶχ τὸ λευκὸν ἀπὸ θηλαμόνων θλίψας κνακῶν· ἴδε σοι θύπτην τυρὸν μίξας ἐρυθρῷ μελιτῷ, κατὰ τῶν σῶν, Πὰν δίκερως, τίθεμαι βωμῶν ἁγίων. ἴδε σοι Βρομίου αἴθοπα φλεγμὸν λείβω. αἰνίσσεται, οἶμαι, τὴν ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων καὶ εἴκοσι στοιχείων ψυχῆς γαλακτώδη πρώτην τροφήν, μεθʼ ἣν ἤδη πεπηγὸς γάλα τὸ βρῶμα, τελευταῖον δὲ αἷμα ἀμπέλου τοῦ λόγου τὸν αἴθοπα οἶνον, τὴν τελειοῦσαν τῆς ἀγωγῆς εὐφροσύνην, διδάσκει. δρὼψ δὲ ὁ λόγος ὁ δραστήριος, ὁ ἐκ κατηχήσεως τῆς πρώτης εἰς αὔξησιν ἀνδρός, εἰς μέτρον ἡλικίας, ἐκφλέγων καὶ ἐκφωτίζων τὸν ἄνθρωπον.
ouk anegnōsan dʼ houtoi Kleanthēn ton philosophon, hos antikrys plēktron ton hēlion kalei; en gar tais anatolais ereidōn tas augas, hoion plēssōn ton kosmon, eis tēn enarmonion poreian to phōs agei; ek de tou hēliou sēmainei kai ta loipa astra. sphinx de ouch hē tōn holōn syndesis kai hē tou kosmou kata ton poiētēn Araton periphora, alla tacha men ho diēkōn pneumatikos tonos kai synechōn ton kosmon eiē an; ameinon de ekdechesthai ton aithera panta synechonta kai sphingonta, katha kai ho Empedoklēs phēsin; ei dʼ age toi lexō prōthʼ † hēlion archēn, ex hōn dēlʼ egenonto ta nyn esorōmena panta, gaia te kai pontos polykymōn ēdʼ hygros aēr Titan ēdʼ aithēr sphingōn peri kyklon hapanta. Apollodōros dʼ ho Kerkyraios tous stichous tousde hypo Branchou anaphōnēthēnai tou manteōs legei Milēsious kathairontos apo loimou. ho men gar epirrainōn to plēthos daphnēs kladois prokatērcheto tou hymnou hōde pōs; melpete, ō paides, hekaergon kai hekaergan; epepsallen de hōs eipein ho laos; bedy, zaps, chthōm, plēktron, sphinx; knaxzbich, thyptēs, phlegmo, drōps. memnētai tēs historias kai Kallimachos en iambois. knaxzbich de kata paragōgēn hē nosos para to knaiein kai diaphtheirein, thypsai te to keraunǭ phlexai. Thespis mentoi ho tragikos dia toutōn allo ti sēmainesthai phēsin hōde pōs graphōn; ide soi spendō knaxzbich to leukon apo thēlamonōn thlipsas knakōn; ide soi thyptēn tyron mixas erythrǭ melitǭ, kata tōn sōn, Pan dikerōs, tithemai bōmōn hagiōn. ide soi Bromiou aithopa phlegmon leibō. ainissetai, oimai, tēn ek tōn tessarōn kai eikosi stoicheiōn psychēs galaktōdē prōtēn trophēn, methʼ hēn ēdē pepēgos gala to brōma, teleutaion de haima ampelou tou logou ton aithopa oinon, tēn teleiousan tēs agōgēs euphrosynēn, didaskei. drōps de ho logos ho drastērios, ho ek katēchēseōs tēs prōtēs eis auxēsin andros, eis metron hēlikias, ekphlegōn kai ekphōtizōn ton anthrōpon.
But these have not read Cleanthes the philosopher, who plainly calls the sun plēktron; for, striking its rays at its rising, as though striking the world, it leads the light on its harmonious course; and from the sun he indicates the other stars too. And sphinx is not the binding together of the universe and the revolution of the world, according to the poet Aratus, but perhaps it would be the spiritual tension that pervades and holds together the world; better to take it as the ether, which holds together and binds (sphingōn) all things, as Empedocles too says: “Come, I will tell you first … the beginning, from which all things now seen became clear, earth and the many-waved sea and moist air, Titan and ether binding all things round in a circle.” And Apollodorus of Corcyra says that these lines were chanted by Branchus the seer when purifying the Milesians from plague. For he, sprinkling the crowd with laurel branches, began the hymn thus: “Sing, O children, of the Far-Darter and the Far-Darting goddess”; and the people, so to speak, sang in response: “Bedy, zaps, chthōn, plēktron, sphinx; knaxzbich, thyptēs, phlegmo, drōps.” Callimachus too mentions the story in his Iambi. Knaxzbich is disease, by derivation from knaiein (“to wear away”) and destroy; and thypsai is to burn with a thunderbolt. Thespis the tragic poet, however, says that something else is signified by these, writing thus: “See, I pour for you knaxzbich, pressing the white from the nursing goats; see, mixing thyptēs, cheese, with red honey, I set it for you, two-horned Pan, on your holy altars; see, I pour for you the fiery phlegmos of Bromius.” He hints, I think, at the first, milky food of the soul from the twenty-four letters, after which comes solid milk, the food, and last the blood of the vine of the Word, the fiery wine, the joy that perfects the training. And drōps is the active Word, who from the first instruction to growth into a man, to the measure of stature, kindles and enlightens the man.
5.8.49Stählin 2:360
Ἀλλὰ καὶ τρίτος ὑπογραμμὸς φέρεται παιδικός· μάρπτε, σφίγξ, κλώψ, ζβυχθηδόν· σημαίνει δʼ, οἶμαι, διὰ τῆς τῶν στοιχείων καὶ τοῦ κόσμου διοικήσεως τὴν ὁδὸν ἡμῖν δεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν τῶν τελειοτέρων γίνεσθαι γνῶσιν, βίᾳ καὶ πόνῳ περιγινομένης τῆς αἰωνίου σωτηρίας· μάρψαι μὲν γὰρ τὸ καταλαβεῖν, τὴν δὲ τοῦ κόσμου ἁρμονίαν ἡ σφίγξ, ζβυχθηδὸν δὲ τὴν χαλεπότητα μηνύει, καὶ κλὼψ τὴν λανθάνουσαν κυρίου γνῶσιν ἅμα καὶ ἡμέραν δηλοῖ. Τί δʼ; οὐχὶ καὶ Ἐπιγένης ἐν τῷ περὶ τῆς Ὀρφέως ποιήσεως τὰ ἰδιάζοντα παρʼ Ὀρφεῖ ἐκτιθέμενός φησι κερκίσι καμπυλόχρωσι τοῖς ἀρότροις μηνύεσθαι, στήμοσι δὲ τοῖς αὔλαξι· μίτον δὲ τὸ σπέρμα ἀλληγορεῖσθαι, καὶ δάκρυα Διὸς τὸν ὄμβρον δηλοῦν, Μοίρας τε αὖ τὰ μέρη τῆς σελήνης, τριακάδα καὶ πεντεκαιδεκάτην καὶ νουμηνίαν· διὸ καὶ λευκοστόλους αὐτὰς καλεῖν τὸν Ὀρφέα φωτὸς οὔσας μέρη. πάλιν ἄνθιον μὲν τὸ ἔαρ διὰ τὴν φύσιν, ἀργίδα δὲ τὴν νύκτα διὰ τὴν ἀνάπαυσιν, καὶ Γοργόνιον τὴν σελήνην διὰ τὸ ἐν αὐτῇ πρόσωπον, Ἀφροδίτην τε τὸν καιρὸν καθʼ ὃν δεῖ σπείρειν, λέγεσθαι παρὰ τῷ θεολόγῳ.
Alla kai tritos hypogrammos pheretai paidikos; marpte, sphinx, klōps, zbychthēdon; sēmainei dʼ, oimai, dia tēs tōn stoicheiōn kai tou kosmou dioikēseōs tēn hodon hēmin dein epi tēn tōn teleioterōn ginesthai gnōsin, bią kai ponǭ periginomenēs tēs aiōniou sōtērias; marpsai men gar to katalabein, tēn de tou kosmou harmonian hē sphinx, zbychthēdon de tēn chalepotēta mēnyei, kai klōps tēn lanthanousan kyriou gnōsin hama kai hēmeran dēloi. Ti dʼ? ouchi kai Epigenēs en tǭ peri tēs Orpheōs poiēseōs ta idiazonta parʼ Orphei ektithemenos phēsi kerkisi kampylochrōsi tois arotrois mēnyesthai, stēmosi de tois aulaxi; miton de to sperma allēgoreisthai, kai dakrya Dios ton ombron dēloun, Moiras te au ta merē tēs selēnēs, triakada kai pentekaidekatēn kai noumēnian; dio kai leukostolous autas kalein ton Orphea phōtos ousas merē. palin anthion men to ear dia tēn physin, argida de tēn nykta dia tēn anapausin, kai Gorgonion tēn selēnēn dia to en autę̄ prosōpon, Aphroditēn te ton kairon kathʼ hon dei speirein, legesthai para tǭ theologǭ.
A third children's copy line is handed down too: “Marpte, sphinx, klōps, zbychthēdon.” It signifies, I think, that through the ordering of the elements and the world our way must go to the knowledge of more perfect things, eternal salvation being won by force and toil; for marpsai is to grasp, sphinx the harmony of the world, zbychthēdon indicates difficulty, and klōps the hidden knowledge of the Lord and the day. What then? Does not Epigenes too, in his work On the Poetry of Orpheus, setting out Orpheus's peculiar expressions, say that by “curved shuttles” plows are meant, by “warp threads” furrows; that “thread” allegorizes seed, and “tears of Zeus” means rain; that the “Fates” are the parts of the moon, the thirtieth day, the fifteenth, and the new moon, which is why Orpheus calls them “white-robed,” being parts of light; again, that “flowery” is spring, from its nature, “white” is night, from its rest, “Gorgonian” is the moon, from the face in it, and Aphrodite is the time when one must sow, in the theologian's language?
5.8.50Stählin 2:360–361
Τοιαῦτα καὶ οἱ Πυθαγόρειοι ᾐνίσσοντο, Φερσεφόνης μὲν κύνας τοὺς πλανήτας, Κρόνου δὲ δάκρυον τὴν θάλασσαν ἀλληγοροῦντες. καὶ μυρία ἐπὶ μυρίοις εὕροιμεν ἂν ὑπό τε φιλοσόφων ὑπό τε ποιητῶν αἰνιγματωδῶς εἰρημένα, ὅπου γε καὶ ὅλα βιβλία ἐπικεκρυμμένην τὴν τοῦ συγγραφέως βούλησιν ἐπιδείκνυται, ὡς καὶ τὸ Ἡρακλείτου περὶ φύσεως, ὃς καὶ διʼ αὐτὸ τοῦτο Σκοτεινὸς προσηγόρευται. ὁμοία τούτῳ τῷ βιβλίῳ καὶ ἡ Φερεκύδους θεολογία τοῦ Συρίου. Εὐφορίων γὰρ ὁ ποιητὴς καὶ τὰ Καλλιμάχου Αἴτια καὶ ἡ Λυκόφρονος Ἀλεξάνδρα καὶ τὰ τούτοις παραπλήσια γυμνάσιον εἰς ἐξήγησιν γραμματικῶν ἔκκειται παισίν.
Toiauta kai hoi Pythagoreioi ę̄nissonto, Phersephonēs men kynas tous planētas, Kronou de dakryon tēn thalassan allēgorountes. kai myria epi myriois heuroimen an hypo te philosophōn hypo te poiētōn ainigmatōdōs eirēmena, hopou ge kai hola biblia epikekrymmenēn tēn tou syngrapheōs boulēsin epideiknytai, hōs kai to Hērakleitou peri physeōs, hos kai diʼ auto touto Skoteinos prosēgoreutai. homoia toutǭ tǭ bibliǭ kai hē Pherekydous theologia tou Syriou. Euphoriōn gar ho poiētēs kai ta Kallimachou Aitia kai hē Lykophronos Alexandra kai ta toutois paraplēsia gymnasion eis exēgēsin grammatikōn ekkeitai paisin.
The Pythagoreans hinted at such things too, allegorizing the planets as the dogs of Persephone and the sea as the tear of Cronus. And we would find countless things upon countless spoken enigmatically by philosophers and poets, since whole books too display the writer's intention concealed, such as that of Heraclitus On Nature, who for this very reason is called “the Obscure.” Like this book is the theology of Pherecydes of Syros too. For Euphorion the poet, the Aetia of Callimachus, Lycophron's Alexandra, and the like are set before the children of grammarians as an exercise in interpretation.
5.8.51Stählin 2:361
Οὔκουν ἀπεικὸς καὶ τὴν βάρβαρον φιλοσοφίαν, περὶ ἧς ἡμῖν πρόκειται λέγειν, ἐπικεκρυμμένως καὶ διὰ συμβόλων προφητεύειν ἔν τισιν, ὡς ἀποδέδεικται. τοιαῦτα γοῦν καὶ ὁ Μωυσῆς παραινεῖ, τὰ κοινὰ δὴ ταῦτα· οὐ φάγεσθε χοῖρον οὔτε ἀετὸν οὔτε ὀξύπτερον οὔτε κόρακα. ὁ μὲν γὰρ χοῖρος φιλήδονον καὶ ἀκάθαρτον ἐπιθυμίαν τροφῶν καὶ ἀφροδισίων λίχνον καὶ μεμολυσμένην ἀκολασίαν μηνύει, ἀεὶ κνηστιῶσαν ὑλικήν τε καὶ ἐν βορβόρῳ κειμένην, εἰς σφαγὴν καὶ ἀπώλειαν πιαινομένην. ἔμπαλιν δὲ ἐπιτρέπει διχηλοῦν καὶ μαρυκώμενον ἐσθίειν, μηνύων, φησὶν ὁ Βαρνάβας, κολλᾶσθαι δεῖν μετὰ τῶν φοβουμένων τὸν κύριον καὶ μετὰ τῶν μελετώντων ὃ ἔλαβον διάσταλμα ῥήματος ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ, μετὰ τῶν λαλούντων δικαιώματα κυρίου καὶ τηρούντων, μετὰ τῶν εἰδότων ὅτι ἡ μελέτη ἐστὶν ἔργον εὐφροσύνης καὶ ἀναμαρυκωμένων τὸν λόγον κυρίου. τί δὲ τὸ διχηλοῦν; ὅτι ὁ δίκαιος καὶ ἐν τούτῳ τῷ κόσμῳ περιπατεῖ καὶ τὸν ἅγιον αἰῶνα ἐκδέχεται. εἶτα ἐπιφέρει· βλέπετε πῶς ἐνομοθέτησεν ὁ Μωυσῆς καλῶς. ἀλλὰ πόθεν ἐκείνοις ταῦτα νοῆσαι ἢ συνιέναι; ἡμεῖς δικαίως νοήσαντες τὰς ἐντολάς, λαλοῦμεν ὡς ἠθέλησεν κύριος. διὰ τοῦτο περιέτεμε τὰς ἀκοὰς ἡμῶν καὶ τὰς καρδίας, ἵνα συνιῶμεν ταῦτα.
Oukoun apeikos kai tēn barbaron philosophian, peri hēs hēmin prokeitai legein, epikekrymmenōs kai dia symbolōn prophēteuein en tisin, hōs apodedeiktai. toiauta goun kai ho Mōysēs parainei, ta koina dē tauta; ou phagesthe choiron oute aeton oute oxypteron oute koraka. ho men gar choiros philēdonon kai akatharton epithymian trophōn kai aphrodisiōn lichnon kai memolysmenēn akolasian mēnyei, aei knēstiōsan hylikēn te kai en borborǭ keimenēn, eis sphagēn kai apōleian piainomenēn. empalin de epitrepei dichēloun kai marykōmenon esthiein, mēnyōn, phēsin ho Barnabas, kollasthai dein meta tōn phoboumenōn ton kyrion kai meta tōn meletōntōn ho elabon diastalma rhēmatos en tę̄ kardią, meta tōn lalountōn dikaiōmata kyriou kai tērountōn, meta tōn eidotōn hoti hē meletē estin ergon euphrosynēs kai anamarykōmenōn ton logon kyriou. ti de to dichēloun? hoti ho dikaios kai en toutǭ tǭ kosmǭ peripatei kai ton hagion aiōna ekdechetai. eita epipherei; blepete pōs enomothetēsen ho Mōysēs kalōs. alla pothen ekeinois tauta noēsai ē synienai? hēmeis dikaiōs noēsantes tas entolas, laloumen hōs ēthelēsen kyrios. dia touto perieteme tas akoas hēmōn kai tas kardias, hina syniōmen tauta.
It is not unlikely, then, that the barbarian philosophy too, of which we propose to speak, prophesies in some places hiddenly and through symbols, as has been shown. Such, at any rate, are Moses' exhortations, these familiar ones: “You shall not eat the pig, nor the eagle, nor the hawk, nor the raven.” For the pig indicates pleasure-loving and unclean desire for food and sex, greedy and polluted licentiousness, always itching, material, lying in mud, fattened for slaughter and destruction. Conversely he permits eating what parts the hoof and chews the cud, showing, says Barnabas, that one must “cling to those who fear the Lord, and to those who meditate in their heart on the distinction of the word they have received, to those who speak the Lord's ordinances and keep them, to those who know that meditation is a work of gladness and who ruminate on the word of the Lord. And what is parting the hoof? That the righteous man both walks in this world and awaits the holy age.” Then he adds: “See how well Moses legislated. But how could they understand or grasp these things? We, rightly understanding the commandments, speak as the Lord wished. That is why he circumcised our hearing and our hearts, so that we might understand these things.”
5.8.52Stählin 2:361–362
ναὶ μὴν ὅταν λέγῃ οὐ φάγῃ τὸν ἀετόν, τὸν ὀξύπτερον καὶ τὸν ἰκτῖνον καὶ τὸν κόρακα, οὐ κολληθήσῃ, φησίν, οὐδὲ ὁμοιωθήσῃ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τούτοις, οἳ οὐκ ἴσασι διὰ πόνου καὶ ἱδρῶτος πορίζειν ἑαυτοῖς τὴν τροφήν, ἀλλʼ ἐν ἁρπαγῇ καὶ ἀνομίᾳ βιοῦσιν· ἀετὸς μὲν γὰρ ἁρπαγήν, ὀξύπτερος δὲ ἀδικίαν καὶ πλεονεξίαν ὁ κόραξ μηνύει. γέγραπται δέ· μετὰ ἀνδρὸς ἀθῴου ἀθῷος ἔσῃ καὶ μετὰ ἐκλεκτοῦ ἐκλεκτὸς ἔσῃ καὶ μετὰ στρεβλοῦ διαστρέψεις. κολλᾶσθαι οὖν τοῖς ἁγίοις προσήκει, ὅτι οἱ κολλώμενοι αὐτοῖς ἁγιασθήσονται. ἐντεῦθεν ὁ Θέογνις γράφει· ἐσθλῶν μὲν γὰρ ἄπʼ ἐσθλὰ μαθήσεαι· ἢν δὲ κακοῖσι συμμίσγῃς, ἀπολεῖς καὶ τὸν ἐόντα νόον. ὅταν τε αὖ ἐν τῇ ᾠδῇ λέγῃ ἐνδόξως γὰρ δεδόξασται, ἵππον καὶ ἀναβάτην ἔρριψεν εἰς θάλασσαν, τὸ πολυσκελὲς καὶ κτηνῶδες καὶ ὁρμητικὸν πάθος, τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν, σὺν καὶ τῷ ἐπιβεβηκότι ἡνιόχῳ τὰς ἡνίας ταῖς ἡδοναῖς ἐπιδεδωκότι ἔρριψεν εἰς θάλασσαν, εἰς τὰς κοσμικὰς ἀταξίας ἀποβαλών.
nai mēn hotan legę̄ ou phagę̄ ton aeton, ton oxypteron kai ton iktinon kai ton koraka, ou kollēthēsę̄, phēsin, oude homoiōthēsę̄ tois anthrōpois toutois, hoi ouk isasi dia ponou kai hidrōtos porizein heautois tēn trophēn, allʼ en harpagę̄ kai anomią biousin; aetos men gar harpagēn, oxypteros de adikian kai pleonexian ho korax mēnyei. gegraptai de; meta andros athǭou athǭos esę̄ kai meta eklektou eklektos esę̄ kai meta streblou diastrepseis. kollasthai oun tois hagiois prosēkei, hoti hoi kollōmenoi autois hagiasthēsontai. enteuthen ho Theognis graphei; esthlōn men gar apʼ esthla mathēseai; ēn de kakoisi symmisgę̄s, apoleis kai ton eonta noon. hotan te au en tę̄ ǭdę̄ legę̄ endoxōs gar dedoxastai, hippon kai anabatēn erripsen eis thalassan, to polyskeles kai ktēnōdes kai hormētikon pathos, tēn epithymian, syn kai tǭ epibebēkoti hēniochǭ tas hēnias tais hēdonais epidedōkoti erripsen eis thalassan, eis tas kosmikas ataxias apobalōn.
Indeed, when it says, “You shall not eat the eagle, the hawk, the kite, and the raven,” it says, “You shall not cling to or become like such men, who do not know how to provide their food by toil and sweat, but live by plunder and lawlessness.” For the eagle indicates plunder, the hawk injustice, and the raven greed. And it is written: “With the innocent man you will be innocent, and with the chosen you will be chosen, and with the crooked you will be perverse.” It is fitting, then, to cling to the saints, because “those who cling to them will be sanctified.” From this Theognis writes: “From the good you will learn good things; but if you mix with the bad, you will lose even the mind you have.” And when again it says in the song, “For he has gloriously triumphed; horse and rider he threw into the sea,” the many-legged, beastly, and impetuous passion, desire, together with the charioteer mounted on it who has given the reins to pleasures, he threw into the sea, casting them into the disorders of the world.
5.8.53Stählin 2:362
οὕτως καὶ Πλάτων ἐν τῷ Περὶ ψυχῆς τόν τε ἡνίοχον καὶ τὸν ἀποστατήσαντα ἵππον (τὸ ἄλογον μέρος, ὃ δὴ δίχα τέμνεται, εἰς θυμὸν καὶ ἐπιθυμίαν) καταπίπτειν φησίν. ᾗ καὶ τὸν Φαέθοντα διʼ ἀκρασίαν τῶν πώλων ἐκπεσεῖν ὁ μῦθος αἰνίττεται. Ναὶ μὴν καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ Ἰωσήφ· νέον τοῦτον ζηλώσαντες οἱ ἀδελφοὶ πλεῖόν τι προορώμενον κατὰ τὴν γνῶσιν ἐξέδυσαν τὸν χιτῶνα τὸν ποικίλον καὶ λαβόντες ἔρριψαν εἰς λάκκον, ὁ δὲ λάκκος κενὸς ὕδωρ οὐκ εἶχε· τὴν ἐκ φιλομαθίας τοῦ σπουδαίου ποικίλην γνῶσιν ἀποσκορακίσαντες ἢ ψιλῇ τῇ κατὰ νόμον πίστει κεχρημένοι ἔρριψαν εἰς λάκκον τὸν ὕδατος κενόν, εἰς Αἴγυπτον ἀπεμπολήσοντες τὴν τοῦ θείου λόγου ἔρημον. κενὸς δὲ ἐπιστήμης ὁ λάκκος, ἐν ᾧ ῥιφεὶς καὶ τὴν γνῶσιν ἀποδυσάμενος ὅμοιος τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς ἐδόκει γυμνὸς γνώσεως ὁ διαλεληθὼς σοφός. κατʼ ἄλλο σημαινόμενον εἴη δʼ ἂν ἐπιθυμία τὸ ποικίλον ἔνδυμα, εἰς ἀχανὲς ἀπάγουσα βάραθρον. ἐὰν δέ τις ἀνοίξῃ λάκκον ἢ λατομήσῃ, φησί, καὶ μὴ καλύψῃ αὐτόν, ἐμπέσῃ δʼ ἐκεῖ μόσχος ἢ ὄνος, ὁ κύριος τοῦ λάκκου ἀποτίσει ἀργύριον καὶ δώσει τῷ πλησίον, τὸ δὲ τεθνηκὸς αὐτῷ ἔσται.
houtōs kai Platōn en tǭ Peri psychēs ton te hēniochon kai ton apostatēsanta hippon (to alogon meros, ho dē dicha temnetai, eis thymon kai epithymian) katapiptein phēsin. hę̄ kai ton Phaethonta diʼ akrasian tōn pōlōn ekpesein ho mythos ainittetai. Nai mēn kai epi tou Iōsēph; neon touton zēlōsantes hoi adelphoi pleion ti proorōmenon kata tēn gnōsin exedysan ton chitōna ton poikilon kai labontes erripsan eis lakkon, ho de lakkos kenos hydōr ouk eiche; tēn ek philomathias tou spoudaiou poikilēn gnōsin aposkorakisantes ē psilę̄ tę̄ kata nomon pistei kechrēmenoi erripsan eis lakkon ton hydatos kenon, eis Aigypton apempolēsontes tēn tou theiou logou erēmon. kenos de epistēmēs ho lakkos, en hǭ rhipheis kai tēn gnōsin apodysamenos homoios tois adelphois edokei gymnos gnōseōs ho dialelēthōs sophos. katʼ allo sēmainomenon eiē dʼ an epithymia to poikilon endyma, eis achanes apagousa barathron. ean de tis anoixę̄ lakkon ē latomēsę̄, phēsi, kai mē kalypsę̄ auton, empesę̄ dʼ ekei moschos ē onos, ho kyrios tou lakkou apotisei argyrion kai dōsei tǭ plēsion, to de tethnēkos autǭ estai.
So Plato too, in his work On the Soul, says that the charioteer and the horse that rebelled (the irrational part, which is divided in two, into anger and desire) fall down. For this reason the myth too hints that Phaethon fell through the unruliness of his horses. Indeed, in the case of Joseph too: his brothers, jealous of him as young and foreseeing more in knowledge, stripped him of his many-colored tunic, took him, and threw him into a pit; “and the pit was empty; it had no water”: casting away the good man's varied knowledge from love of learning, or, using bare faith according to the law, they threw him into the pit empty of water, to sell him into Egypt, empty of the divine word. And the pit was empty of knowledge, into which the wise man, thrown and stripped of his knowledge, seemed like his brothers, bare of knowledge, escaping notice. In another sense the many-colored garment would be desire, leading into a yawning chasm. “And if anyone opens a pit or digs one,” it says, “and does not cover it, and a calf or a donkey falls in there, the owner of the pit shall pay silver and give it to his neighbor, and the dead animal shall be his.”
5.8.54Stählin 2:362–363
ἐνταῦθά μοι τὴν προφητείαν ἐκείνην ἔπαγε· ἔγνω βοῦς τὸν κτησάμενον καὶ ὄνος τὴν φάτνην τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ, Ἰσραὴλ δέ με οὐ συνῆκεν. ἵνα οὖν μή τις τούτων, ἐμπεσὼν εἰς τὴν ὑπὸ σοῦ διδασκομένην γνῶσιν, ἀκροατὴς γενόμενος τῆς ἀληθείας, παρακούσῃ τε καὶ παραπέσῃ, ἀσφαλής, φησί, περὶ τὴν χρῆσιν τοῦ λόγου γίνου, καὶ πρὸς μὲν τοὺς ἀλόγως προσιόντας ἀπόκλειε τὴν ζῶσαν ἐν βάθει πηγήν, ποτὸν δὲ ὄρεγε τοῖς τῆς ἀληθείας δεδιψηκόσιν. ἐπικρυπτόμενος δʼ οὖν πρὸς τοὺς οὐχ οἵους τε ὄντας παραδέξασθαι τὸ βάθος τῆς γνώσεως κατακάλυπτε τὸν λάκκον. ὁ κύριος οὖν τοῦ λάκκου, ὁ γνωστικὸς αὐτός, ζημιωθήσεται, φησί, τὴν αἰτίαν ὑπέχων τοῦ σκανδαλισθέντος ἤτοι καταποθέντος τῷ μεγέθει τοῦ λόγου, μικρολόγου ἔτι ὄντος, ἢ μετακινήσας τὸν ἐργάτην ἐπὶ τὴν θεωρίαν καὶ ἀποστήσας διὰ προφάσεως τῆς αὐτοσχεδίου πίστεως. ἀργύριον δὲ δώσει, τῷ παντοκρατορικῷ βουλήματι ὑπέχων λόγον καὶ εὐθύνας.
entautha moi tēn prophēteian ekeinēn epage; egnō bous ton ktēsamenon kai onos tēn phatnēn tou kyriou autou, Israēl de me ou synēken. hina oun mē tis toutōn, empesōn eis tēn hypo sou didaskomenēn gnōsin, akroatēs genomenos tēs alētheias, parakousę̄ te kai parapesę̄, asphalēs, phēsi, peri tēn chrēsin tou logou ginou, kai pros men tous alogōs prosiontas apokleie tēn zōsan en bathei pēgēn, poton de orege tois tēs alētheias dedipsēkosin. epikryptomenos dʼ oun pros tous ouch hoious te ontas paradexasthai to bathos tēs gnōseōs katakalypte ton lakkon. ho kyrios oun tou lakkou, ho gnōstikos autos, zēmiōthēsetai, phēsi, tēn aitian hypechōn tou skandalisthentos ētoi katapothentos tǭ megethei tou logou, mikrologou eti ontos, ē metakinēsas ton ergatēn epi tēn theōrian kai apostēsas dia prophaseōs tēs autoschediou pisteōs. argyrion de dōsei, tǭ pantokratorikǭ boulēmati hypechōn logon kai euthynas.
Here apply to me that prophecy: “The ox knew its owner and the donkey its lord's manger; but Israel has not understood me.” So that none of these, falling into the knowledge taught by you and becoming a hearer of the truth, may mishear and fall away, be careful, it says, in the use of the word; and shut off from those who approach irrationally the living spring in the depth, but hold out drink to those who thirst for the truth. Hiding it, then, from those not able to receive the depth of knowledge, cover the pit. The owner of the pit, then, the knower himself, will be penalized, it says, bearing the blame for the one who stumbled or was swallowed by the greatness of the word, being still small-minded; or for having moved the worker to contemplation and drawn him away by the pretext of an improvised faith. And he will give silver, rendering account and reckoning to the almighty will.
5.8.55Stählin 2:363–364
Οὗτος μὲν οὖν ὁ τύπος νόμου καὶ προφητῶν ὁ μέχρις Ἰωάννου· ὃ δέ, καίτοι φανερώτερον λαλήσας ὡς ἂν μηκέτι προφητεύων, ἀλλὰ δεικνύων ἤδη παρόντα τὸν ἐξ ἀρχῆς καταγγελλόμενον συμβολικῶς, ὅμως οὐκ εἰμὶ φησὶν ἄξιος τὸν ἱμάντα τοῦ ὑποδήματος λῦσαι κυρίου· μὴ γὰρ ἄξιος εἶναι ὁμολογεῖ τὴν τοσαύτην βαπτίσαι δύναμιν, χρῆναι γὰρ τοὺς καθαροποιοῦντας ἀπολύειν τοῦ σώματος καὶ τῶν τούτου ἁμαρτημάτων τὴν ψυχὴν ὥσπερ τοῦ δεσμοῦ τὸν πόδα. τάχα δὲ καὶ τὴν τελευταίαν τοῦ σωτῆρος εἰς ἡμᾶς ἐνέργειαν, τὴν προσεχῆ, λέγει, τὴν διὰ τῆς παρουσίας, ἐπικρυπτομένην τῷ τῆς προφητείας αἰνίγματι· ὁ γὰρ διὰ τῆς αὐτοψίας τὸν θεσπιζόμενον δείξας, τὴν εἰς φανερὸν πόρρωθεν ὁδεύουσαν μηνύσας ἥκουσαν παρουσίαν, ὄντως ἔλυσεν τὸ πέρας τῶν λογίων τῆς οἰκονομίας, ἐκκαλύψας τὴν ἔννοιαν τῶν συμβόλων. Καὶ τὰ παρὰ Ῥωμαίοις ἐπὶ τῶν διαθηκῶν γινόμενα τάξιν εἴληχε, τὰ διὰ δικαιοσύνην ἐκεῖνα ζυγὰ καὶ ἀσσάρια καρπισμοί τε καὶ αἱ τῶν ὤτων ἐπιψαύσεις, τὰ μὲν γὰρ ἵνα δικαίως γίνηται, τὰ δὲ εἰς τὸν τῆς τιμῆς μερισμόν, τὸ δʼ ὅπως ὁ παρατυχών, ὡς βάρους τινὸς αὐτῷ ἐπιτιθεμένου, ἑστὼς ἀκούσῃ καὶ τάξιν μεσίτου λάβῃ.
Houtos men oun ho typos nomou kai prophētōn ho mechris Iōannou; ho de, kaitoi phanerōteron lalēsas hōs an mēketi prophēteuōn, alla deiknyōn ēdē paronta ton ex archēs katangellomenon symbolikōs, homōs ouk eimi phēsin axios ton himanta tou hypodēmatos lysai kyriou; mē gar axios einai homologei tēn tosautēn baptisai dynamin, chrēnai gar tous katharopoiountas apolyein tou sōmatos kai tōn toutou hamartēmatōn tēn psychēn hōsper tou desmou ton poda. tacha de kai tēn teleutaian tou sōtēros eis hēmas energeian, tēn prosechē, legei, tēn dia tēs parousias, epikryptomenēn tǭ tēs prophēteias ainigmati; ho gar dia tēs autopsias ton thespizomenon deixas, tēn eis phaneron porrōthen hodeuousan mēnysas hēkousan parousian, ontōs elysen to peras tōn logiōn tēs oikonomias, ekkalypsas tēn ennoian tōn symbolōn. Kai ta para Rhōmaiois epi tōn diathēkōn ginomena taxin eilēche, ta dia dikaiosynēn ekeina zyga kai assaria karpismoi te kai hai tōn ōtōn epipsauseis, ta men gar hina dikaiōs ginētai, ta de eis ton tēs timēs merismon, to dʼ hopōs ho paratychōn, hōs barous tinos autǭ epitithemenou, hestōs akousę̄ kai taxin mesitou labę̄.
This, then, is the type of the law and the prophets up to John. And he, though he spoke more plainly, as no longer prophesying but now showing present the one proclaimed symbolically from the beginning, nevertheless says: “I am not worthy to loose the strap of the Lord's sandal.” For he confesses that he is not worthy to baptize so great a power; for those who purify must release the soul from the body and its sins, as the foot from its binding. Perhaps too he means the Savior's final, immediate activity toward us, that by his coming, hidden in the riddle of prophecy; for he who by his own sight showed the one prophesied, indicating that the coming long on its way into the open had arrived, truly loosed the end of the oracles of the arrangement, uncovering the meaning of the symbols. The practices of the Romans in wills too have their place: the scales and copper coins because of justice, the manumissions, and the touching of the ears; the first so that it may be done justly, the second for the division of the value, and the last so that whoever is present, as though a burden were laid on him, may stand and hear and take the place of a mediator.
Miscellanies 5, chapter 9
5.9.56Stählin 2:364
Ἀλλʼ, ὡς ἔοικεν, ἔλαθον ὑπὸ φιλοτιμίας ἀποδεικτικῆς περαιτέρω τοῦ δέοντος παρεκβάς. ἐπιλείψει γάρ με ὁ βίος τὸ πλῆθος τῶν συμβολικῶς φιλοσοφούντων παρατιθέμενον. μνήμης τε οὖν ἕνεκεν καὶ συντομίας καὶ τοῦ πρὸς τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἀνατετάσθαι τοιαῦταί τινες αἱ τῆς βαρβάρου φιλοσοφίας γραφαί. τῶν γὰρ πολλάκις αὐταῖς πλησιαζόντων καὶ δοκιμασίαν δεδωκότων κατά τε τὴν πίστιν κατά τε τὸν βίον ἅπαντα μόνων ἐθέλουσιν ὑπάρχειν τὴν ὄντως οὖσαν φιλοσοφίαν καὶ τὴν ἀληθῆ θεολογίαν. ναὶ μὴν ἐξηγητοῦ τινος καὶ καθηγητοῦ χρείαν ἔχειν ἡμᾶς βούλονται· οὕτως γὰρ καὶ σπουδασθήσεσθαι μᾶλλον καὶ ὠφελήσειν τοὺς ἀξίους αὐτῶν διελάμβανον καὶ ἀνεξαπατήτους τούτους ἔσεσθαι, παρὰ τῶν εὖ εἰδότων παραλαμβάνοντας. ἄλλως τε καὶ πάνθʼ, ὅσα διά τινος παρακαλύμματος ὑποφαίνεται, μείζονά τε καὶ σεμνοτέραν δείκνυσι τὴν ἀλήθειαν. καθάπερ τὰ μὲν ὥρια διαφαίνοντα τοῦ ὕδατος, αἱ μορφαὶ δὲ διὰ τῶν παρακαλυμμάτων συνεμφάσεις τινὰς αὐταῖς προσχαριζομένων. ἐλεγκτικαὶ γὰρ αἱ περιαύγειαι πρὸς τῷ καὶ τὰ φανερὰ μονοτρόπως κατανοεῖσθαι.
Allʼ, hōs eoiken, elathon hypo philotimias apodeiktikēs peraiterō tou deontos parekbas. epileipsei gar me ho bios to plēthos tōn symbolikōs philosophountōn paratithemenon. mnēmēs te oun heneken kai syntomias kai tou pros tēn alētheian anatetasthai toiautai tines hai tēs barbarou philosophias graphai. tōn gar pollakis autais plēsiazontōn kai dokimasian dedōkotōn kata te tēn pistin kata te ton bion hapanta monōn ethelousin hyparchein tēn ontōs ousan philosophian kai tēn alēthē theologian. nai mēn exēgētou tinos kai kathēgētou chreian echein hēmas boulontai; houtōs gar kai spoudasthēsesthai mallon kai ōphelēsein tous axious autōn dielambanon kai anexapatētous toutous esesthai, para tōn eu eidotōn paralambanontas. allōs te kai panthʼ, hosa dia tinos parakalymmatos hypophainetai, meizona te kai semnoteran deiknysi tēn alētheian. kathaper ta men hōria diaphainonta tou hydatos, hai morphai de dia tōn parakalymmatōn synemphaseis tinas autais proscharizomenōn. elenktikai gar hai periaugeiai pros tǭ kai ta phanera monotropōs katanoeisthai.
But, it seems, I have unawares digressed further than necessary through eagerness to prove. For life would fail me in setting out the multitude of those who philosophized symbolically. For the sake of memory, then, and brevity, and of being drawn up toward the truth, such are the writings of the barbarian philosophy. For they wish the truly existing philosophy and true theology to belong only to those who have often associated with them and given proof both in faith and in their whole life. Indeed they wish us to need an interpreter and guide; for so, they judged, they would be studied more eagerly and benefit those worthy of them, and these would be undeceived, receiving them from those who know well. Besides, all things that appear through some veil show the truth greater and more dignified, as fruits seen through water and forms through veils, which lend them further suggestions. For full light exposes, besides making plain things understood in one way only.
5.9.57Stählin 2:364–365
συνεκδοχὰς τοίνυν πλείονας ἐξὸν εἶναι λαμβάνειν, ὥσπερ οὖν λαμβάνομεν, ἐκ τῶν μετʼ ἐπικρύψεως εἰρημένων. ὧν οὕτως ἐχόντων σφάλλεται μὲν ὁ ἄπειρος καὶ ἀμαθής, καταλαμβάνει δὲ ὁ γνωστικός. ἤδη γοῦν οὐδὲ τοῖς τυχοῦσιν ἤθελον ἀνέδην ἐκκεῖσθαι πάντα, οὐδὲ κοινοποιεῖσθαι τὰ σοφίας ἀγαθὰ τοῖς μηδʼ ὄναρ τὴν ψυχὴν κεκαθαρμένοις· οὐ γὰρ θέμις ὀρέγειν τοῖς ἀπαντῶσι τὰ μετὰ τοσούτων ἀγώνων πορισθέντα οὐδὲ μὴν βεβήλοις τὰ τοῦ λόγου μυστήρια διηγεῖσθαι. φασὶ γοῦν Ἵππαρχον τὸν Πυθαγόρειον, αἰτίαν ἔχοντα γράψασθαι τὰ τοῦ Πυθαγόρου σαφῶς, ἐξελαθῆναι τῆς διατριβῆς καὶ στήλην ἐπʼ αὐτῷ γενέσθαι οἷα νεκρῷ. διὸ καὶ ἐν τῇ βαρβάρῳ φιλοσοφίᾳ νεκροὺς καλοῦσι τοὺς ἐκπεσόντας τῶν δογμάτων καὶ καθυποτάξαντας τὸν νοῦν τοῖς πάθεσι τοῖς ψυχικοῖς. τίς γὰρ μετοχὴ δικαιοσύνῃ καὶ ἀνομίᾳ, κατὰ τὸν θεῖον ἀπόστολον, ἢ τίς κοινωνία φωτὶ πρὸς σκότος; τίς δὲ συμφώνησις Χριστοῦ πρὸς Βελίαρ; ἢ τίς μερὶς πιστῷ μετὰ ἀπίστου; δίχα γὰρ Ὀλυμπίων καὶ φθιμένων τιμαί. διὸ καὶ ἐξέρχεσθε ἐκ μέσου αὐτῶν καὶ ἀφορίσθητε, λέγει κύριος, καὶ ἀκαθάρτου μὴ ἅπτεσθε· κἀγὼ εἰσδέξομαι ὑμᾶς καὶ ἔσομαι ὑμῖν εἰς πατέρα, καὶ ὑμεῖς ἔσεσθέ μοι εἰς υἱοὺς καὶ θυγατέρας.
synekdochas toinyn pleionas exon einai lambanein, hōsper oun lambanomen, ek tōn metʼ epikrypseōs eirēmenōn. hōn houtōs echontōn sphalletai men ho apeiros kai amathēs, katalambanei de ho gnōstikos. ēdē goun oude tois tychousin ēthelon anedēn ekkeisthai panta, oude koinopoieisthai ta sophias agatha tois mēdʼ onar tēn psychēn kekatharmenois; ou gar themis oregein tois apantōsi ta meta tosoutōn agōnōn poristhenta oude mēn bebēlois ta tou logou mystēria diēgeisthai. phasi goun Hipparchon ton Pythagoreion, aitian echonta grapsasthai ta tou Pythagorou saphōs, exelathēnai tēs diatribēs kai stēlēn epʼ autǭ genesthai hoia nekrǭ. dio kai en tę̄ barbarǭ philosophią nekrous kalousi tous ekpesontas tōn dogmatōn kai kathypotaxantas ton noun tois pathesi tois psychikois. tis gar metochē dikaiosynę̄ kai anomią, kata ton theion apostolon, ē tis koinōnia phōti pros skotos? tis de symphōnēsis Christou pros Beliar? ē tis meris pistǭ meta apistou? dicha gar Olympiōn kai phthimenōn timai. dio kai exerchesthe ek mesou autōn kai aphoristhēte, legei kyrios, kai akathartou mē haptesthe; kagō eisdexomai hymas kai esomai hymin eis patera, kai hymeis esesthe moi eis huious kai thygateras.
It is possible, then, to take several meanings, as indeed we do, from what is said with concealment. This being so, the inexperienced and ignorant go astray, but the one who knows grasps it. Indeed they did not wish all things to be set out freely for anyone who happens by, nor the good things of wisdom to be shared with those whose soul has not been purified even in a dream; for it is not lawful to hold out to all comers what was acquired with so many struggles, nor to recount the mysteries of the Word to the profane. They say, at any rate, that Hipparchus the Pythagorean, accused of writing out the teachings of Pythagoras plainly, was expelled from the school, and a monument was set up for him as for a dead man. That is why in the barbarian philosophy too those who fall away from the doctrines and subject their mind to the passions of the soul are called dead. “For what partnership has righteousness with lawlessness,” according to the divine apostle, “or what fellowship has light with darkness? What agreement has Christ with Beliar? Or what portion has a believer with an unbeliever?” “For the honors of the Olympians and of the dead are separate.” “That is why come out from their midst and be separate, says the Lord, and touch nothing unclean; and I will receive you, and I will be a father to you, and you will be my sons and daughters.”
5.9.58Stählin 2:365
Οὐ μόνοι ἄρα οἱ Πυθαγόρειοι καὶ Πλάτων τὰ πολλὰ ἐπεκρύπτοντο, ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ Ἐπικούρειοί φασί τινα καὶ παρʼ αὐτοῦ ἀπόρρητα εἶναι καὶ μὴ πᾶσιν ἐπιτρέπειν ἐντυγχάνειν τούτοις τοῖς γράμμασιν. ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ Στωϊκοὶ λέγουσι Ζήνωνι τῷ πρώτῳ γεγράφθαι τινά, ἃ μὴ ῥᾳδίως ἐπιτρέπουσι τοῖς μαθηταῖς ἀναγινώσκειν, μὴ οὐχὶ πεῖραν δεδωκόσι πρότερον, εἰ γνησίως φιλοσοφοῖεν. λέγουσι δὲ καὶ οἱ Ἀριστοτέλους τὰ μὲν ἐσωτερικὰ εἶναι τῶν συγγραμμάτων αὐτοῦ, τὰ δὲ κοινά τε καὶ ἐξωτερικά. ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ τὰ μυστήρια θέμενοι, φιλόσοφοι ὄντες, τὰ αὑτῶν δόγματα τοῖς μύθοις κατέχωσαν, ὥστε μὴ εἶναι ἅπασι δῆλα· εἶθʼ οἳ μέν, ἀνθρωπίνας κατακρύψαντες δόξας, τοὺς ἀμαθεῖς ἐκώλυσαν ἐντυγχάνειν, τὴν δὲ τῶν ὄντων ὄντως ἁγίαν καὶ μακαρίαν θεωρίαν οὐ παντὸς μᾶλλον ἐπικεκρύφθαι συνέφερεν; πλὴν οὔτε τὰ τῆς βαρβάρου φιλοσοφίας οὔθʼ οἱ μῦθοι οἱ Πυθαγόρειοι, ἀλλʼ οὐδʼ οἱ παρὰ Πλάτωνι ἐν Πολιτείᾳ Ἠρὸς τοῦ Ἀρμενίου καὶ ἐν Γοργίᾳ Αἰακοῦ καὶ Ῥαδαμάνθυος καὶ ἐν Φαίδωνι ὁ τοῦ Ταρτάρου καὶ ἐν Πρωταγόρᾳ ὁ Προμηθέως καὶ Ἐπιμηθέως πρός τε τούτοις ὁ τοῦ πολέμου τῶν Ἀτλαντικῶν καὶ τῶν Ἀθηναίων ἐν τῷ Ἀτλαντικῷ, οὐχ ἁπλῶς κατὰ πάντα τὰ ὀνόματα ἀλληγορητέοι, ἀλλʼ ὅσα τῆς διανοίας τῆς καθόλου σημαντικά, καὶ δὴ ταῦτα ἐξεύροιμεν ἂν διὰ συμβόλων ὑπὸ παρακαλύμματι τῇ ἀλληγορίᾳ μηνυόμενα.
Ou monoi ara hoi Pythagoreioi kai Platōn ta polla epekryptonto, alla kai hoi Epikoureioi phasi tina kai parʼ autou aporrēta einai kai mē pasin epitrepein entynchanein toutois tois grammasin. alla kai hoi Stōïkoi legousi Zēnōni tǭ prōtǭ gegraphthai tina, ha mē rhądiōs epitrepousi tois mathētais anaginōskein, mē ouchi peiran dedōkosi proteron, ei gnēsiōs philosophoien. legousi de kai hoi Aristotelous ta men esōterika einai tōn syngrammatōn autou, ta de koina te kai exōterika. alla kai hoi ta mystēria themenoi, philosophoi ontes, ta hautōn dogmata tois mythois katechōsan, hōste mē einai hapasi dēla; eithʼ hoi men, anthrōpinas katakrypsantes doxas, tous amatheis ekōlysan entynchanein, tēn de tōn ontōn ontōs hagian kai makarian theōrian ou pantos mallon epikekryphthai synepheren? plēn oute ta tēs barbarou philosophias outhʼ hoi mythoi hoi Pythagoreioi, allʼ oudʼ hoi para Platōni en Politeią Ēros tou Armeniou kai en Gorgią Aiakou kai Rhadamanthyos kai en Phaidōni ho tou Tartarou kai en Prōtagorą ho Promētheōs kai Epimētheōs pros te toutois ho tou polemou tōn Atlantikōn kai tōn Athēnaiōn en tǭ Atlantikǭ, ouch haplōs kata panta ta onomata allēgorēteoi, allʼ hosa tēs dianoias tēs katholou sēmantika, kai dē tauta exeuroimen an dia symbolōn hypo parakalymmati tę̄ allēgorią mēnyomena.
Not only, then, did the Pythagoreans and Plato conceal many things, but the Epicureans too say that they have some secrets from Epicurus, and do not allow everyone to read those writings. The Stoics too say that some things were written by Zeno the first which they do not readily allow students to read, unless they have first given proof whether they philosophize genuinely. And the followers of Aristotle say that some of his writings are esoteric, others common and exoteric. And those who established the mysteries, being philosophers, buried their own doctrines in myths so that they would not be plain to all. Then, if some, having concealed human opinions, prevented the ignorant from reading them, was it not more fitting above all that the truly holy and blessed contemplation of what really is should be concealed? However, neither the things of the barbarian philosophy, nor the Pythagorean myths, nor those in Plato, of Er the Armenian in the Republic, of Aeacus and Rhadamanthus in the Gorgias, of Tartarus in the Phaedo, of Prometheus and Epimetheus in the Protagoras, and besides these of the war of the Atlanteans and the Athenians in the Atlanticus, are to be allegorized simply in every word, but only in what signifies the general meaning; and these we would find indicated through symbols under the veil of allegory.
5.9.59Stählin 2:365–366
Ναὶ μὴν καὶ ἡ Πυθαγόρου συνουσία καὶ ἡ πρὸς τοὺς ὁμιλητὰς διττὴ κοινωνία, ἀκουσματικοὺς τοὺς πολλοὺς καί τινας μαθηματικοὺς ἑτέρους καλοῦσα, τοὺς γνησίως ἀνθαπτομένους τῆς φιλοσοφίας, ἀλλὰ τὸ μὲν φάσθαι, τὸ δὲ καὶ κεκρυμμένον εἶναι πρὸς τοὺς πολλοὺς ᾐνίσσετο. ἴσως δὲ καὶ τὸ διττὸν ἐκεῖνο εἶδος τῶν ἐκ τοῦ Περιπάτου, τὸ ἐν τοῖς λόγοις ἔνδοξόν τε καὶ ἐπιστημονικὸν καλούμενον, οὐκ ἀπήλλακται τοῦ διαιρεῖν δόξαν ἀπό τε εὐκλείας καὶ ἀληθείας. μηδέ σέ γʼ εὐδόξοιο βιήσεται ἄνθεα τιμῆς πρὸς θνητῶν ἀνελέσθαι, ἐφʼ ᾧ θʼ ὁσίης πλέον εἰπεῖν. αἱ γοῦν Ἰάδες μοῦσαι διαρρήδην λέγουσι τοὺς μὲν πολλοὺς καὶ δοκησισόφους δήμων ἀοιδοῖσιν ἕπεσθαι καὶ νόμοισι χρέεσθαι, εἰδότας ὅτι πολλοὶ κακοί, ὀλίγοι δὲ ἀγαθοί· τοὺς ἀρίστους δὲ τὸ κλέος μεταδιώκειν. αἱρεῦνται γάρ, φησίν, ἓν ἀντὶ πάντων οἱ ἄριστοι κλέος ἀέναον θνητῶν, οἱ δὲ πολλοὶ κεκόρηνται ὅπως κτήνεα, γαστρὶ καὶ αἰδοίοις καὶ τοῖς αἰσχίστοις τῶν ἐν ἡμῖν μετρήσαντες τὴν εὐδαιμονίαν· ὅ τʼ Ἐλεάτης Παρμενίδης ὁ μέγας διττῶν εἰσηγεῖται διδασκαλίαν ὁδῶν ὧδέ πως γράφων· ἠμὲν Ἀληθείης εὐπειθέος ἀτρεμὲς ἦτορ, ἠδὲ βροτῶν δόξας, ταῖς οὐκ ἔνι πίστις ἀληθής.
Nai mēn kai hē Pythagorou synousia kai hē pros tous homilētas dittē koinōnia, akousmatikous tous pollous kai tinas mathēmatikous heterous kalousa, tous gnēsiōs anthaptomenous tēs philosophias, alla to men phasthai, to de kai kekrymmenon einai pros tous pollous ę̄nisseto. isōs de kai to ditton ekeino eidos tōn ek tou Peripatou, to en tois logois endoxon te kai epistēmonikon kaloumenon, ouk apēllaktai tou diairein doxan apo te eukleias kai alētheias. mēde se gʼ eudoxoio biēsetai anthea timēs pros thnētōn anelesthai, ephʼ hǭ thʼ hosiēs pleon eipein. hai goun Iades mousai diarrēdēn legousi tous men pollous kai dokēsisophous dēmōn aoidoisin hepesthai kai nomoisi chreesthai, eidotas hoti polloi kakoi, oligoi de agathoi; tous aristous de to kleos metadiōkein. haireuntai gar, phēsin, hen anti pantōn hoi aristoi kleos aenaon thnētōn, hoi de polloi kekorēntai hopōs ktēnea, gastri kai aidoiois kai tois aischistois tōn en hēmin metrēsantes tēn eudaimonian; ho tʼ Eleatēs Parmenidēs ho megas dittōn eisēgeitai didaskalian hodōn hōde pōs graphōn; ēmen Alētheiēs eupeitheos atremes ētor, ēde brotōn doxas, tais ouk eni pistis alēthēs.
Yes, and the school of Pythagoras too, with its twofold fellowship with its disciples, calling the many “hearers” and certain others “mathematicians,” those who genuinely laid hold of philosophy, hinted that one part was spoken openly and the other was hidden from the many. And perhaps that twofold kind of teaching of the Peripatetics as well, the one called in their discourses “probable” and the other “scientific,” is not far from distinguishing opinion, which rests on reputation, from truth. “Nor shall the flowers of glorious honor force you to take them up from mortals, on condition that you say more than is holy.” The Ionian Muses, at any rate, say expressly that the many, who think themselves wise, follow the singers of the peoples and use their customs, knowing that “many are bad, and few good,” while the best pursue glory. “For the best,” it says, “choose one thing in place of all, ever-flowing glory among mortals; but the many are glutted like cattle,” measuring happiness by the belly and the genitals and the most shameful things in us. And the great Parmenides of Elea introduces the teaching of two ways, writing something like this: “both the unshaken heart of persuasive Truth, and the opinions of mortals, in which there is no true trust.”
Miscellanies 5, chapter 10
5.10.60Stählin 2:366–367
Εἰκότως ἄρα ὁ θεσπέσιος ἀπόστολος κατὰ ἀποκάλυψιν φησὶν ἐγνωρίσθη μοι τὸ μυστήριον, καθὼς προέγραψα ἐν ὀλίγῳ, πρὸς ὃ δύνασθε ἀναγινώσκοντες νοῆσαι τὴν σύνεσίν μου ἐν τῷ μυστηρίῳ τοῦ Χριστοῦ, ὃ ἑτέραις γενεαῖς οὐκ ἐγνωρίσθη τοῖς υἱοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ὡς νῦν ἀπεκαλύφθη τοῖς ἁγίοις ἀποστόλοις αὐτοῦ καὶ προφήταις. ἔστιν γάρ τις καὶ τελείων μάθησις, περὶ ἧς πρὸς τοὺς Κολοσσαεῖς γράφων φησίν· οὐ παυόμεθα ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν προσευχόμενοι καὶ αἰτούμενοι, ἵνα πληρωθῆτε τὴν ἐπίγνωσιν τοῦ θελήματος αὐτοῦ ἐν πάσῃ σοφίᾳ καὶ συνέσει πνευματικῇ, περιπατῆσαι ἀξίως τοῦ κυρίου εἰς πᾶσαν ἀρέσκειαν, παντὶ ἔργῳ ἀγαθῷ καρποφοροῦντες καὶ αὐξανόμενοι τῇ ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ θεοῦ, ἐν πάσῃ δυνάμει ἐνδυναμούμενοι κατὰ τὸ κράτος τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ. καὶ πάλιν κατὰ τὴν οἰκονομίαν τοῦ θεοῦ τὴν δοθεῖσάν μοι φησὶν εἰς ὑμᾶς πληρῶσαι τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ, τὸ μυστήριον τὸ ἀποκεκρυμμένον ἀπὸ τῶν αἰώνων καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν γενεῶν, ὃ νῦν ἐφανερώθη τοῖς ἁγίοις αὐτοῦ, οἷς ἠθέλησεν ὁ θεὸς γνωρίσαι, τί τὸ πλοῦτος τῆς δόξης τοῦ μυστηρίου τούτου ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν.
Eikotōs ara ho thespesios apostolos kata apokalypsin phēsin egnōristhē moi to mystērion, kathōs proegrapsa en oligǭ, pros ho dynasthe anaginōskontes noēsai tēn synesin mou en tǭ mystēriǭ tou Christou, ho heterais geneais ouk egnōristhē tois huiois tōn anthrōpōn, hōs nyn apekalyphthē tois hagiois apostolois autou kai prophētais. estin gar tis kai teleiōn mathēsis, peri hēs pros tous Kolossaeis graphōn phēsin; ou pauometha hyper hymōn proseuchomenoi kai aitoumenoi, hina plērōthēte tēn epignōsin tou thelēmatos autou en pasę̄ sophią kai synesei pneumatikę̄, peripatēsai axiōs tou kyriou eis pasan areskeian, panti ergǭ agathǭ karpophorountes kai auxanomenoi tę̄ epignōsei tou theou, en pasę̄ dynamei endynamoumenoi kata to kratos tēs doxēs autou. kai palin kata tēn oikonomian tou theou tēn dotheisan moi phēsin eis hymas plērōsai ton logon tou theou, to mystērion to apokekrymmenon apo tōn aiōnōn kai apo tōn geneōn, ho nyn ephanerōthē tois hagiois autou, hois ēthelēsen ho theos gnōrisai, ti to ploutos tēs doxēs tou mystēriou toutou en tois ethnesin.
Fittingly, then, the inspired apostle says: “By revelation the mystery was made known to me, as I wrote before briefly, by which, when you read, you can perceive my understanding in the mystery of Christ, which in other generations was not made known to the sons of men as it has now been revealed to his holy apostles and prophets.” For there is also a learning of the perfect, about which he says, writing to the Colossians: “We do not cease praying for you and asking that you may be filled with the knowledge of his will in all wisdom and spiritual understanding, to walk worthily of the Lord, pleasing him in all things, bearing fruit in every good work and growing in the knowledge of God, strengthened with all power according to the might of his glory.” And again he says: “According to the stewardship of God given to me for you, to fulfill the word of God, the mystery hidden from the ages and from the generations, which has now been made manifest to his saints, to whom God willed to make known what is the riches of the glory of this mystery among the Gentiles.”
5.10.61Stählin 2:367
ὥστε ἄλλα μὲν τὰ μυστήρια τὰ ἀποκεκρυμμένα ἄχρι τῶν ἀποστόλων καὶ ὑπʼ αὐτῶν παραδοθέντα ὡς ἀπὸ τοῦ κυρίου παρειλήφασιν (ἀποκεκρυμμένα δὲ ἐν τῇ παλαιᾷ διαθήκῃ), ἃ νῦν ἐφανερώθη τοῖς ἁγίοις, ἄλλο δὲ τὸ πλοῦτος τῆς δόξης τοῦ μυστηρίου τοῦ ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, ὅ ἐστιν ἡ πίστις καὶ ἡ ἐλπὶς ἡ εἰς Χριστόν, ὃν ἀλλαχῇ θεμέλιον εἴρηκεν. καὶ πάλιν οἷον φιλοτιμούμενος ἐμφῆναι τὴν γνῶσιν ὧδέ πως γράφει· νουθετοῦντες πάντα ἄνθρωπον ἐν πάσῃ σοφίᾳ, ἵνα παραστήσωμεν πάντα ἄνθρωπον τέλειον ἐν Χριστῷ· οὐ πάντα ἁπλῶς ἄνθρωπον, ἐπεὶ οὐδεὶς ἂν ἦν ἄπιστος, οὐδὲ μὴν πάντα τὸν πιστεύοντα τέλειον ἐν Χριστῷ, ἀλλὰ πάντα ἄνθρωπον λέγει, ὡς εἰπεῖν ὅλον τὸν ἄνθρωπον, οἷον σώματι καὶ ψυχῇ ἡγνισμένον, ἐπεί, ὅτι οὐ πάντων ἡ γνῶσις, διαρρήδην ἐπιφέρει· συμβιβασθέντες ἐν ἀγάπῃ καὶ εἰς πᾶν πλοῦτος τῆς πληροφορίας τῆς συνέσεως, εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν τοῦ μυστηρίου τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν Χριστῷ, ἐν ᾧ εἰσι πάντες οἱ θησαυροὶ τῆς σοφίας καὶ τῆς γνώσεως ἀπόκρυφοι. τῇ προσευχῇ προσκαρτερεῖτε, γρηγοροῦντες ἐν αὐτῇ ἐν εὐχαριστίᾳ· ἡ εὐχαριστία δὲ οὐκ ἐπὶ ψυχῆς μόνον καὶ τῶν πνευματικῶν ἀγαθῶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ σώματος γίνεται καὶ τῶν τοῦ σώματος ἀγαθῶν.
hōste alla men ta mystēria ta apokekrymmena achri tōn apostolōn kai hypʼ autōn paradothenta hōs apo tou kyriou pareilēphasin (apokekrymmena de en tę̄ palaią diathēkę̄), ha nyn ephanerōthē tois hagiois, allo de to ploutos tēs doxēs tou mystēriou tou en tois ethnesin, ho estin hē pistis kai hē elpis hē eis Christon, hon allachę̄ themelion eirēken. kai palin hoion philotimoumenos emphēnai tēn gnōsin hōde pōs graphei; nouthetountes panta anthrōpon en pasę̄ sophią, hina parastēsōmen panta anthrōpon teleion en Christǭ; ou panta haplōs anthrōpon, epei oudeis an ēn apistos, oude mēn panta ton pisteuonta teleion en Christǭ, alla panta anthrōpon legei, hōs eipein holon ton anthrōpon, hoion sōmati kai psychę̄ hēgnismenon, epei, hoti ou pantōn hē gnōsis, diarrēdēn epipherei; symbibasthentes en agapę̄ kai eis pan ploutos tēs plērophorias tēs syneseōs, eis epignōsin tou mystēriou tou theou en Christǭ, en hǭ eisi pantes hoi thēsauroi tēs sophias kai tēs gnōseōs apokryphoi. tę̄ proseuchę̄ proskartereite, grēgorountes en autę̄ en eucharistią; hē eucharistia de ouk epi psychēs monon kai tōn pneumatikōn agathōn, alla kai epi tou sōmatos ginetai kai tōn tou sōmatos agathōn.
So the mysteries hidden until the apostles and handed down by them as they received them from the Lord (hidden, that is, in the old covenant), which “have now been made manifest to the saints,” are one thing; and another is “the riches of the glory of the mystery among the Gentiles,” which is faith and hope in Christ, whom elsewhere he has called the “foundation.” And again, as if eager to display knowledge, he writes thus: “admonishing every person in all wisdom, that we may present every person perfect in Christ.” Not every person without qualification, since then no one would be an unbeliever; nor does he say that everyone who believes is perfect in Christ; but he says “every person” as if to say the whole person, purified, as it were, in body and soul. For he adds expressly, because knowledge does not belong to all: “knit together in love and into all the riches of the full assurance of understanding, to the knowledge of the mystery of God in Christ, in whom are hidden all the treasures of wisdom and knowledge.” “Continue steadfastly in prayer, watching in it with thanksgiving.” And thanksgiving is made not only for the soul and spiritual goods, but also for the body and the goods of the body.
5.10.62Stählin 2:367–368
καὶ ἔτι σαφέστερον ἐκκαλύπτει τὸ μὴ πάντων εἶναι τὴν γνῶσιν, ἐπιλέγων· προσευχόμενοι ἅμα καὶ περὶ ἡμῶν, ἵνα ὁ θεὸς ἀνοίξῃ ἡμῖν θύραν τοῦ λαλῆσαι τὸ μυστήριον τοῦ Χριστοῦ, διʼ ὃ καὶ δέδεμαι, ἵνα φανερώσω αὐτὸ ὡς δεῖ με λαλῆσαι. ἦν γάρ τινα ἀγράφως παραδιδόμενα. αὐτίκα τοῖς Ἑβραίοις καὶ γὰρ ὀφείλοντες εἶναι διδάσκαλοι διὰ τὸν χρόνον φησίν, ὡς ἂν ἐγγηράσαντες τῇ διαθήκῃ τῇ παλαιᾷ, πάλιν χρείαν ἔχετε τοῦ διδάσκειν ὑμᾶς, τίνα τὰ στοιχεῖα τῆς ἀρχῆς τῶν λογίων τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ γεγόνατε χρείαν ἔχοντες γάλακτος καὶ οὐ στερεᾶς τροφῆς· πᾶς γὰρ ὁ μετέχων γάλακτος ἄπειρος λόγου δικαιοσύνης, νήπιος γάρ ἐστι, τὰ πρῶτα μαθήματα πεπιστευμένος· τελείων δέ ἐστιν ἡ στερεὰ τροφή, τῶν διὰ τὴν ἕξιν τὰ αἰσθητήρια γεγυμνασμένα ἐχόντων πρὸς διάκρισιν καλοῦ τε καὶ κακοῦ. διὸ ἀφέντες τὸν τῆς ἀρχῆς τοῦ Χριστοῦ λόγον ἐπὶ τὴν τελειότητα φερώμεθα.
kai eti saphesteron ekkalyptei to mē pantōn einai tēn gnōsin, epilegōn; proseuchomenoi hama kai peri hēmōn, hina ho theos anoixę̄ hēmin thyran tou lalēsai to mystērion tou Christou, diʼ ho kai dedemai, hina phanerōsō auto hōs dei me lalēsai. ēn gar tina agraphōs paradidomena. autika tois Hebraiois kai gar opheilontes einai didaskaloi dia ton chronon phēsin, hōs an engērasantes tę̄ diathēkę̄ tę̄ palaią, palin chreian echete tou didaskein hymas, tina ta stoicheia tēs archēs tōn logiōn tou theou, kai gegonate chreian echontes galaktos kai ou stereas trophēs; pas gar ho metechōn galaktos apeiros logou dikaiosynēs, nēpios gar esti, ta prōta mathēmata pepisteumenos; teleiōn de estin hē sterea trophē, tōn dia tēn hexin ta aisthētēria gegymnasmena echontōn pros diakrisin kalou te kai kakou. dio aphentes ton tēs archēs tou Christou logon epi tēn teleiotēta pherōmetha.
And he reveals still more clearly that knowledge does not belong to all, adding: “praying at the same time for us too, that God may open to us a door to speak the mystery of Christ, on account of which I am also in bonds, that I may make it manifest as I ought to speak.” For there were certain things handed down without writing. So, to the Hebrews he says: “For though by this time you ought to be teachers” (as having grown old in the old covenant), “you again have need that someone teach you what are the elements of the beginning of the oracles of God, and you have become such as need milk and not solid food. For everyone who partakes of milk is unskilled in the word of righteousness, for he is an infant,” having believed only the first lessons; “but solid food belongs to the perfect, who through practice have their senses trained to distinguish good and evil. Therefore, leaving the word of the beginning of Christ, let us press on to perfection.”
5.10.63Stählin 2:368–369
Ἀλλὰ καὶ Βαρνάβας ὁ καὶ αὐτὸς συγκηρύξας τῷ ἀποστόλῳ κατὰ τὴν διακονίαν τῶν ἐθνῶν τὸν λόγον ἁπλούστερον φησὶν ὑμῖν γράφω, ἵνα συνιῆτε. εἶθʼ ὑποβὰς ἤδη σαφέστερον γνωστικῆς παραδόσεως ἴχνος παρατιθέμενος λέγει· τί λέγει ὁ ἄλλος προφήτης Μωυσῆς αὐτοῖς; ›ἰδοὺ τάδε λέγει κύριος ὁ θεός· εἰσέλθετε εἰς τὴν γῆν τὴν ἀγαθήν, ἣν ὤμοσεν κύριος ὁ θεός, ὁ θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ καὶ Ἰσαὰκ καὶ Ἰακώβ, καὶ κατακληρονομήσατε αὐτήν, γῆν ῥέουσαν γάλα καὶ μέλι. τί λέγει ἡ γνῶσις; μάθετε. ἐλπίσατε, φησίν, ἐπὶ τὸν ἐν σαρκὶ μέλλοντα φανεροῦσθαι ὑμῖν Ἰησοῦν· ἄνθρωπος γὰρ γῆ ἐστι πάσχουσα· ἀπὸ προσώπου γὰρ γῆς ἡ πλάσις τοῦ Ἀδὰμ ἐγένετο· τί οὖν λέγει· ›εἰς τὴν γῆν τὴν ἀγαθήν, γῆν ῥέουσαν γάλα καὶ μέλι‹; εὐλογητὸς ὁ κύριος ἡμῶν, ἀδελφοί, ὁ σοφίαν καὶ νοῦν θέμενος ἐν ἡμῖν τῶν κρυφίων αὐτοῦ. λέγει γὰρ ὁ προφήτης· παραβολὴν κυρίου τίς νοήσει, εἰ μὴ σοφὸς καὶ ἐπιστήμων καὶ ἀγαπῶν τὸν κύριον αὐτοῦ;‹ ἐπεὶ ὀλίγων ἐστὶ ταῦτα χωρῆσαι. οὐ γὰρ φθονῶν, φησί, παρήγγειλεν ὁ κύριος ἔν τινι εὐαγγελίῳ· μυστήριον ἐμὸν ἐμοὶ καὶ τοῖς υἱοῖς τοῦ οἴκου μου, ἐν τῷ ἀσφαλεῖ καὶ ἀμερίμνῳ τὴν ἐκλογὴν ποιούμενος, ἵνα τὰ οἰκεῖα ὧν εἵλετο λαβοῦσα ἀνωτέρα ζήλου γένηται· ὁ μὲν γὰρ μὴ ἔχων γνῶσιν ἀγαθοῦ πονηρός ἐστιν, ὅτι εἷς ἀγαθός, ὁ πατήρ· τὸ δὲ ἀγνοεῖν τὸν πατέρα θάνατός ἐστιν, ὡς τὸ γνῶναι ζωὴ αἰώνιος κατὰ μετουσίαν τῆς τοῦ ἀφθάρτου δυνάμεως. καὶ τὸ μὲν μὴ φθείρεσθαι θειότητος μετέχειν ἐστί, φθορὰν δὲ ἡ ἀπὸ τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ γνώσεως ἀπόστασις παρέχει.
Alla kai Barnabas ho kai autos synkēryxas tǭ apostolǭ kata tēn diakonian tōn ethnōn ton logon haplousteron phēsin hymin graphō, hina syniēte. eithʼ hypobas ēdē saphesteron gnōstikēs paradoseōs ichnos paratithemenos legei; ti legei ho allos prophētēs Mōysēs autois? ›idou tade legei kyrios ho theos; eiselthete eis tēn gēn tēn agathēn, hēn ōmosen kyrios ho theos, ho theos Abraam kai Isaak kai Iakōb, kai kataklēronomēsate autēn, gēn rheousan gala kai meli. ti legei hē gnōsis? mathete. elpisate, phēsin, epi ton en sarki mellonta phanerousthai hymin Iēsoun; anthrōpos gar gē esti paschousa; apo prosōpou gar gēs hē plasis tou Adam egeneto; ti oun legei; ›eis tēn gēn tēn agathēn, gēn rheousan gala kai meli‹? eulogētos ho kyrios hēmōn, adelphoi, ho sophian kai noun themenos en hēmin tōn kryphiōn autou. legei gar ho prophētēs; parabolēn kyriou tis noēsei, ei mē sophos kai epistēmōn kai agapōn ton kyrion autou?‹ epei oligōn esti tauta chōrēsai. ou gar phthonōn, phēsi, parēngeilen ho kyrios en tini euangeliǭ; mystērion emon emoi kai tois huiois tou oikou mou, en tǭ asphalei kai amerimnǭ tēn eklogēn poioumenos, hina ta oikeia hōn heileto labousa anōtera zēlou genētai; ho men gar mē echōn gnōsin agathou ponēros estin, hoti heis agathos, ho patēr; to de agnoein ton patera thanatos estin, hōs to gnōnai zōē aiōnios kata metousian tēs tou aphthartou dynameōs. kai to men mē phtheiresthai theiotētos metechein esti, phthoran de hē apo tēs tou theou gnōseōs apostasis parechei.
But Barnabas too, who himself preached the word together with the apostle in the ministry to the Gentiles, says: “I write to you more simply, so that you may understand.” Then, going on, and now setting out more clearly a trace of the tradition of knowledge, he says: “What does the other prophet, Moses, say to them? ‘Behold, thus says the Lord God: Enter into the good land which the Lord God swore, the God of Abraham and Isaac and Jacob, and inherit it, a land flowing with milk and honey.’ What does knowledge say? Learn. Hope, it says, in Jesus, who is to be manifested to you in the flesh. For a human being is earth that suffers; for the forming of Adam came from the face of the earth. What then does it mean, ‘into the good land, a land flowing with milk and honey’? Blessed be our Lord, brothers, who has put in us wisdom and understanding of his secrets. For the prophet says: ‘Who will understand the parable of the Lord, except one who is wise and knowing and loves his Lord?’” For it belongs to few to grasp these things. For it was not out of jealousy, it says, that the Lord commanded in a certain gospel: “My mystery is for me and for the sons of my house,” making the election in safety and freedom from care, so that the election, receiving what belongs to those whom he chose, might be beyond envy. For the one who does not have knowledge of the good is evil, since one is good, the Father; and not to know the Father is death, as to know him is eternal life, by sharing in the power of the incorruptible. And not to be corrupted is to share in divinity, while departure from the knowledge of God brings corruption.
5.10.64Stählin 2:369
πάλιν ὁ προφήτης· καὶ δώσω σοι θησαυροὺς ἀποκρύφους, σκοτεινούς, ἀοράτους, ἵνα γνῶσιν ὅτι ἐγὼ κύριος ὁ θεός. τὰ εἰκότα τούτοις καὶ ὁ Δαβὶδ ψάλλει· ἰδοὺ γὰρ ἀλήθειαν ἠγάπησας, τὰ ἄδηλα καὶ τὰ κρύφια τῆς σοφίας σου ἐδήλωσάς μοι. ἡμέρα γὰρ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐρεύγεται ῥῆμα, τὸ γεγραμμένον ἄντικρυς, καὶ νὺξ νυκτὶ ἀναγγέλλει γνῶσιν, τὴν ἐπικεκρυμμένην μυστικῶς, καὶ οὔκ εἰσι λόγοι οὐδὲ λαλιαί, ὧν οὐκ ἀκούονται αἱ φωναὶ αὐτῶν τῷ θεῷ τῷ φήσαντι· ποιήσει τις κρύφα, καὶ οὐχὶ ἐπόψομαι αὐτόν; διὰ τοῦτο φωτισμὸς ἡ μαθητεία κέκληται ἡ τὰ κεκρυμμένα φανερώσασα, ἀποκαλύψαντος μόνου τοῦ διδασκάλου τὸ πῶμα τῆς κιβωτοῦ, ἔμπαλιν ἢ οἱ ποιηταὶ τὸν Δία φασὶ τὸν μὲν τῶν ἀγαθῶν πίθον ἐπιλαβεῖν, ἀνοῖξαι δὲ τὸν τῶν φαύλων. οἶδα ὅτι ἐρχόμενος φησὶ πρὸς ὑμᾶς ὁ ἀπόστολος ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας Χριστοῦ ἐλεύσομαι, τὸ πνευματικὸν χάρισμα καὶ τὴν γνωστικὴν παράδοσιν, ἣν μεταδοῦναι αὐτοῖς παρὼν παροῦσι ποθεῖ (οὐ γὰρ διʼ ἐπιστολῆς οἷά τε ἦν ταῦτα μηνύεσθαι), πλήρωμα Χριστοῦ καλέσας, κατὰ ἀποκάλυψιν μυστηρίου χρόνοις αἰωνίοις σεσιγημένου, φανερωθέντος δὲ νῦν διά τε γραφῶν προφητικῶν κατʼ ἐπιταγὴν τοῦ αἰωνίου θεοῦ εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη γνωρισθέντος, τουτέστι τοὺς ἐξ ἐθνῶν πιστεύοντας, ὅτι ἐστίν· ὀλίγοις δὲ ἐκ τούτων καὶ τό, τίνα ταῦτά ἐστι τὰ ἐν μυστηρίῳ, δείκνυται.
palin ho prophētēs; kai dōsō soi thēsaurous apokryphous, skoteinous, aoratous, hina gnōsin hoti egō kyrios ho theos. ta eikota toutois kai ho Dabid psallei; idou gar alētheian ēgapēsas, ta adēla kai ta kryphia tēs sophias sou edēlōsas moi. hēmera gar tę̄ hēmerą ereugetai rhēma, to gegrammenon antikrys, kai nyx nykti anangellei gnōsin, tēn epikekrymmenēn mystikōs, kai ouk eisi logoi oude laliai, hōn ouk akouontai hai phōnai autōn tǭ theǭ tǭ phēsanti; poiēsei tis krypha, kai ouchi epopsomai auton? dia touto phōtismos hē mathēteia keklētai hē ta kekrymmena phanerōsasa, apokalypsantos monou tou didaskalou to pōma tēs kibōtou, empalin ē hoi poiētai ton Dia phasi ton men tōn agathōn pithon epilabein, anoixai de ton tōn phaulōn. oida hoti erchomenos phēsi pros hymas ho apostolos en plērōmati eulogias Christou eleusomai, to pneumatikon charisma kai tēn gnōstikēn paradosin, hēn metadounai autois parōn parousi pothei (ou gar diʼ epistolēs hoia te ēn tauta mēnyesthai), plērōma Christou kalesas, kata apokalypsin mystēriou chronois aiōniois sesigēmenou, phanerōthentos de nyn dia te graphōn prophētikōn katʼ epitagēn tou aiōniou theou eis hypakoēn pisteōs eis panta ta ethnē gnōristhentos, toutesti tous ex ethnōn pisteuontas, hoti estin; oligois de ek toutōn kai to, tina tauta esti ta en mystēriǭ, deiknytai.
Again the prophet: “And I will give you treasures hidden, dark, unseen, that they may know that I am the Lord God.” David too sings things like these: “For behold, you have loved truth; the unclear and hidden things of your wisdom you have shown to me.” “For day to day pours forth speech” (what is written plainly), “and night to night proclaims knowledge” (what is hidden mystically), “and there are no words or speech whose voices are not heard” by God, who said: “Will anyone do something in secret, and I not see him?” For this reason discipleship, which has made manifest what was hidden, has been called illumination, since the Teacher alone has uncovered the lid of the ark; the opposite of what the poets say, that Zeus closed the jar of good things and opened that of evil ones. “I know that when I come to you,” says the apostle, “I shall come in the fullness of the blessing of Christ,” calling the spiritual gift and the tradition of knowledge, which he longs to impart to them when he is present with them (for these things could not be disclosed through a letter), “the fullness of Christ”: “according to the revelation of the mystery kept silent through eternal ages, but now made manifest through the prophetic Scriptures, according to the command of the eternal God, made known to all the nations for the obedience of faith,” that is, to those of the nations who believe that it is; but to a few of these it is shown also what the things in the mystery are.
5.10.65Stählin 2:369–370
Εἰκότως τοίνυν καὶ Πλάτων ἐν ταῖς Ἐπιστολαῖς περὶ θεοῦ διαλαμβάνων φραστέον δή σοι φησὶ διʼ αἰνιγμάτων, ἵνʼ ἤν τι ἡ δέλτος ἢ πόντου ἢ γῆς ἐν πτυχαῖς πάθῃ, ὁ ἀναγνοὺς μὴ γνῷ. ὁ γὰρ τῶν ὅλων θεὸς ὁ ὑπὲρ πᾶσαν φωνὴν καὶ πᾶν νόημα καὶ πᾶσαν ἔννοιαν οὐκ ἄν ποτε γραφῇ παραδοθείη, ἄρρητος ὢν δυνάμει τῇ αὑτοῦ. ὅπερ καὶ αὐτὸ δεδήλωκεν Πλάτων λέγων· πρὸς ταῦτʼ οὖν σκοπῶν εὐλαβοῦ, μή ποτέ σοι μεταμελήσῃ τῶν νῦν ἀναξίως ἐκπεσόντων· μεγίστη δὲ φυλακὴ τὸ μὴ γράφειν, ἀλλʼ ἐκμανθάνειν· οὐ γὰρ ἔστιν, οὐκ ἔστιν τὰ γραφέντα μὴ οὐκ ἐκπεσεῖν. ἀδελφὰ τούτοις ὁ ἅγιος ἀπόστολος Παῦλος λέγει, τὴν προφητικὴν καὶ τῷ ὄντι ἀρχαίαν σῴζων ἐπίκρυψιν, ἀφʼ ἧς τὰ καλὰ τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ἐρρύη δόγματα· σοφίαν δὲ λαλοῦμεν ἐν τοῖς τελείοις, σοφίαν δὲ οὐ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου οὐδὲ τῶν ἀρχόντων τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου τῶν καταργουμένων· ἀλλὰ λαλοῦμεν θεοῦ σοφίαν ἐν μυστηρίῳ, τὴν ἀποκεκρυμμένην.
Eikotōs toinyn kai Platōn en tais Epistolais peri theou dialambanōn phrasteon dē soi phēsi diʼ ainigmatōn, hinʼ ēn ti hē deltos ē pontou ē gēs en ptychais pathę̄, ho anagnous mē gnǭ. ho gar tōn holōn theos ho hyper pasan phōnēn kai pan noēma kai pasan ennoian ouk an pote graphę̄ paradotheiē, arrētos ōn dynamei tę̄ hautou. hoper kai auto dedēlōken Platōn legōn; pros tautʼ oun skopōn eulabou, mē pote soi metamelēsę̄ tōn nyn anaxiōs ekpesontōn; megistē de phylakē to mē graphein, allʼ ekmanthanein; ou gar estin, ouk estin ta graphenta mē ouk ekpesein. adelpha toutois ho hagios apostolos Paulos legei, tēn prophētikēn kai tǭ onti archaian sǭzōn epikrypsin, aphʼ hēs ta kala tois Hellēsin erryē dogmata; sophian de laloumen en tois teleiois, sophian de ou tou aiōnos toutou oude tōn archontōn tou aiōnos toutou tōn katargoumenōn; alla laloumen theou sophian en mystēriǭ, tēn apokekrymmenēn.
Fittingly, then, Plato too, dealing with God in his Letters, says: “I must speak to you in riddles, so that, if the tablet should suffer anything in the folds of sea or land, the one who reads it may not understand.” For the God of the universe, who is above every word and every thought and every conception, could never be handed down in writing, being ineffable in his power. Plato himself has shown this very thing, saying: “Considering these things, then, take care that you never regret what has now been let out unworthily. The greatest safeguard is not to write but to learn by heart; for it is not possible, it is not possible, that what is written should not get out.” Akin to these things, the holy apostle Paul says, preserving the prophetic and truly ancient concealment from which the fine doctrines flowed to the Greeks: “But we speak wisdom among the perfect, yet not the wisdom of this age, nor of the rulers of this age, who are being brought to nothing; but we speak the wisdom of God in a mystery, the hidden wisdom.”
5.10.66Stählin 2:370
ἔπειτα ὑποβὰς τὸ εὐλαβὲς τῆς εἰς τοὺς πολλοὺς τῶν λόγων ἐκφοιτήσεως ὧδέ πως διδάσκει· κἀγώ, ἀδελφοί, οὐκ ἠδυνήθην ὑμῖν λαλῆσαι ὡς πνευματικοῖς, ἀλλʼ ὡς σαρκίνοις, ὡς νηπίοις ἐν Χριστῷ, γάλα ὑμᾶς ἐπότισα, οὐ βρῶμα· οὔπω γὰρ ἐδύνασθε· ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ἔτι νῦν δύνασθε· ἔτι γάρ ἐστε σαρκικοί. εἰ τοίνυν τὸ μὲν γάλα τῶν νηπίων, τὸ βρῶμα δὲ τῶν τελείων τροφὴ πρὸς τοῦ ἀποστόλου εἴρηται, γάλα μὲν ἡ κατήχησις οἱονεὶ πρώτη ψυχῆς τροφὴ νοηθήσεται, βρῶμα δὲ ἡ ἐποπτικὴ θεωρία· σάρκες αὗται καὶ αἷμα τοῦ λόγου, τουτέστι κατάληψις τῆς θείας δυνάμεως καὶ οὐσίας. γεύσασθε καὶ ἴδετε ὅτι χρηστὸς ὁ κύριος, φησίν· οὕτως γὰρ ἑαυτοῦ μεταδίδωσι τοῖς πνευματικώτερον τῆς τοιαύτης μεταλαμβάνουσι βρώσεως, ὅτε δὴ ἡ ψυχὴ αὐτὴ ἑαυτὴν ἤδη τρέφει κατὰ τὸν φιλαλήθη Πλάτωνα· βρῶσις γὰρ καὶ πόσις τοῦ θείου λόγου ἡ γνῶσίς ἐστι τῆς θείας οὐσίας. διὸ καί φησιν ἐν δευτέρῳ Πολιτείας ὁ Πλάτων· θυσαμένους οὐ χοῖρον, ἀλλά τι μέγα καὶ ἄπορον θῦμα, οὕτω χρῆναι ζητεῖν περὶ θεοῦ. ὁ δὲ ἀπόστολος καὶ τὸ πάσχα ἡμῶν ἐτύθη γράφει Χριστός, ἄπορον ὡς ἀληθῶς θῦμα, υἱὸς θεοῦ ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἁγιαζόμενος.
epeita hypobas to eulabes tēs eis tous pollous tōn logōn ekphoitēseōs hōde pōs didaskei; kagō, adelphoi, ouk ēdynēthēn hymin lalēsai hōs pneumatikois, allʼ hōs sarkinois, hōs nēpiois en Christǭ, gala hymas epotisa, ou brōma; oupō gar edynasthe; allʼ oude eti nyn dynasthe; eti gar este sarkikoi. ei toinyn to men gala tōn nēpiōn, to brōma de tōn teleiōn trophē pros tou apostolou eirētai, gala men hē katēchēsis hoionei prōtē psychēs trophē noēthēsetai, brōma de hē epoptikē theōria; sarkes hautai kai haima tou logou, toutesti katalēpsis tēs theias dynameōs kai ousias. geusasthe kai idete hoti chrēstos ho kyrios, phēsin; houtōs gar heautou metadidōsi tois pneumatikōteron tēs toiautēs metalambanousi brōseōs, hote dē hē psychē autē heautēn ēdē trephei kata ton philalēthē Platōna; brōsis gar kai posis tou theiou logou hē gnōsis esti tēs theias ousias. dio kai phēsin en deuterǭ Politeias ho Platōn; thysamenous ou choiron, alla ti mega kai aporon thyma, houtō chrēnai zētein peri theou. ho de apostolos kai to pascha hēmōn etythē graphei Christos, aporon hōs alēthōs thyma, huios theou hyper hēmōn hagiazomenos.
Then, going on, he teaches in this way the caution to be used in letting words out to the many: “And I, brothers, could not speak to you as to spiritual people, but as to people of flesh, as to infants in Christ. I gave you milk to drink, not solid food; for you were not yet able; and even now you are not yet able; for you are still fleshly.” If, then, milk has been called by the apostle the food of infants, and solid food that of the perfect, milk will be understood as elementary instruction, the first food, as it were, of the soul, and solid food as the contemplation of the highest mysteries: these are the flesh and blood of the Word, that is, the apprehension of the divine power and essence. “Taste and see that the Lord is good,” it says; for in this way he imparts himself to those who partake of such food more spiritually, when indeed the soul now nourishes itself, according to the truth-loving Plato; for the eating and drinking of the divine Word is knowledge of the divine essence. That is why Plato also says in the second book of the Republic: “having sacrificed not a pig but some great and hard-to-obtain victim,” so one ought to inquire about God. And the apostle writes: “For Christ, our Passover, was sacrificed,” truly a victim hard to obtain, the Son of God consecrated for us.
Miscellanies 5, chapter 11
5.11.67Stählin 2:370–371
Θυσία δὲ ἡ τῷ θεῷ δεκτὴ σώματός τε καὶ τῶν τούτου παθῶν ἀμετανόητος χωρισμός. ἡ ἀληθὴς τῷ ὄντι θεοσέβεια αὕτη. καὶ μή τι εἰκότως μελέτη θανάτου διὰ τοῦτο εἴρηται τῷ Σωκράτει ἡ φιλοσοφία· ὁ γὰρ μήτε τὴν ὄψιν παρατιθέμενος ἐν τῷ διανοεῖσθαι μήτε τινὰ τῶν ἄλλων αἰσθήσεων ἐφελκόμενος, ἀλλʼ αὐτῷ καθαρῷ τῷ νῷ τοῖς πράγμασιν ἐντυγχάνων τὴν ἀληθῆ φιλοσοφίαν μέτεισιν. τοῦτο ἄρα βούλεται καὶ τῷ Πυθαγόρᾳ ἡ τῆς πενταετίας σιωπή, ἣν τοῖς γνωρίμοις παρεγγυᾷ, ὡς δὴ ἀποστραφέντες τῶν αἰσθητῶν ψιλῷ τῷ νῷ τὸ θεῖον ἐποπτεύοιεν. παρὰ Μωυσέως τοιαῦτα φιλοσοφήσαντες οἱ τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἄκροι. προστάσσει γὰρ τὰ ὁλοκαυτώματα δείραντας εἰς μέλη διανεῖμαι, ἐπειδὴ γυμνὴν τῆς ὑλικῆς δορᾶς γενομένην τὴν γνωστικὴν ψυχὴν ἄνευ τῆς σωματικῆς φλυαρίας καὶ τῶν παθῶν πάντων, ὅσα περιποιοῦσιν αἱ κεναὶ καὶ ψευδεῖς ὑπολήψεις, ἀποδυσαμένην τὰς σαρκικὰς ἐπιθυμίας, τῷ φωτὶ καθιερωθῆναι ἀνάγκη.
Thysia de hē tǭ theǭ dektē sōmatos te kai tōn toutou pathōn ametanoētos chōrismos. hē alēthēs tǭ onti theosebeia hautē. kai mē ti eikotōs meletē thanatou dia touto eirētai tǭ Sōkratei hē philosophia; ho gar mēte tēn opsin paratithemenos en tǭ dianoeisthai mēte tina tōn allōn aisthēseōn ephelkomenos, allʼ autǭ katharǭ tǭ nǭ tois pragmasin entynchanōn tēn alēthē philosophian meteisin. touto ara bouletai kai tǭ Pythagorą hē tēs pentaetias siōpē, hēn tois gnōrimois parengyą, hōs dē apostraphentes tōn aisthētōn psilǭ tǭ nǭ to theion epopteuoien. para Mōyseōs toiauta philosophēsantes hoi tōn Hellēnōn akroi. prostassei gar ta holokautōmata deirantas eis melē dianeimai, epeidē gymnēn tēs hylikēs doras genomenēn tēn gnōstikēn psychēn aneu tēs sōmatikēs phlyarias kai tōn pathōn pantōn, hosa peripoiousin hai kenai kai pseudeis hypolēpseis, apodysamenēn tas sarkikas epithymias, tǭ phōti kathierōthēnai anankē.
The sacrifice acceptable to God is an unswerving separation from the body and its passions. This is true piety indeed. And is it not fittingly for this reason that philosophy was called by Socrates a practice of death? For the one who neither sets sight alongside his thinking nor drags in any of the other senses, but meets things with pure mind itself, pursues the true philosophy. This, then, is what Pythagoras too means by the five years' silence that he prescribes for his pupils: that, turned away from sensible things, they might contemplate the divine with the mind alone. It was from Moses that the foremost of the Greeks learned to philosophize in this way. For he commands that the whole burnt offerings be flayed and divided into their limbs, since the soul that knows must be stripped of its material hide, without the body's triviality and all the passions that empty and false suppositions produce, and, having put off the fleshly desires, must be consecrated to the light.
5.11.68Stählin 2:371–372
οἱ δὲ πλεῖστοι τῶν ἀνθρώπων τὸ θνητὸν ἐνδυόμενοι καθάπερ οἱ κοχλίαι καὶ περὶ τὰς αὑτῶν ἀκρασίας ὥσπερ οἱ ἐχῖνοι σφαιρηδὸν εἱλούμενοι περὶ τοῦ μακαρίου καὶ ἀφθάρτου θεοῦ τοιαῦτα οἷα καὶ περὶ αὑτῶν δοξάζουσιν. λέληθεν δʼ αὐτούς, κἂν πλησίον ἡμῶν τύχωσιν, ὡς μυρία ὅσα δεδώρηται ἡμῖν ὁ θεός, ὧν αὐτὸς ἀμέτοχος, γένεσιν μὲν ἀγένητος ὤν, τροφὴν δὲ ἀνενδεὴς ὤν, καὶ αὔξησιν ἐν ἰσότητι ὤν, εὐγηρίαν τε καὶ εὐθανασίαν ἀθάνατός τε καὶ ἀγήρως ὑπάρχων. διὸ καὶ χεῖρας καὶ πόδας καὶ στόμα καὶ ὀφθαλμοὺς καὶ εἰσόδους καὶ ἐξόδους καὶ ὀργὰς καὶ ἀπειλὰς μὴ πάθη θεοῦ τις ὑπολάβῃ παρὰ Ἑβραίοις λέγεσθαι, μηδαμῶς, ἀλληγορεῖσθαι δέ τινα ἐκ τούτων τῶν ὀνομάτων ὁσιώτερον, ἃ δὴ καὶ προϊόντος τοῦ λόγου κατὰ τὸν οἰκεῖον καιρὸν διασαφήσομεν. ἦ πανακὲς πάντων φάρμακον ἁ σοφία, Καλλίμαχος ἐν τοῖς ἐπιγράμμασι γράφει· ἕτερος (δὲ) ἐξ ἑτέρου σοφὸς τό τε πάλαι τό τε νῦν, φησὶ Βακχυλίδης ἐν τοῖς Παιᾶσιν· οὐδὲ γὰρ ῥᾷστον ἀρρήτων ἐπέων πύλας ἐξευρεῖν·
hoi de pleistoi tōn anthrōpōn to thnēton endyomenoi kathaper hoi kochliai kai peri tas hautōn akrasias hōsper hoi echinoi sphairēdon heiloumenoi peri tou makariou kai aphthartou theou toiauta hoia kai peri hautōn doxazousin. lelēthen dʼ autous, kan plēsion hēmōn tychōsin, hōs myria hosa dedōrētai hēmin ho theos, hōn autos ametochos, genesin men agenētos ōn, trophēn de anendeēs ōn, kai auxēsin en isotēti ōn, eugērian te kai euthanasian athanatos te kai agērōs hyparchōn. dio kai cheiras kai podas kai stoma kai ophthalmous kai eisodous kai exodous kai orgas kai apeilas mē pathē theou tis hypolabę̄ para Hebraiois legesthai, mēdamōs, allēgoreisthai de tina ek toutōn tōn onomatōn hosiōteron, ha dē kai proïontos tou logou kata ton oikeion kairon diasaphēsomen. ē panakes pantōn pharmakon ha sophia, Kallimachos en tois epigrammasi graphei; heteros (de) ex heterou sophos to te palai to te nyn, phēsi Bakchylidēs en tois Paiasin; oude gar rhąston arrētōn epeōn pylas exeurein;
But most people, clothing themselves in what is mortal like snails, and rolled up in a ball around their own lack of self-control like hedgehogs, hold such opinions about the blessed and incorruptible God as they hold about themselves. It has escaped them, even though they happen to be near us, that God has given us countless things in which he himself has no share: birth, though he is unbegotten; food, though he has no need; growth, though he is always the same; a good old age and an easy death, though he is immortal and ageless. Therefore let no one suppose that hands and feet and mouth and eyes and comings in and goings out and angers and threats are spoken of among the Hebrews as passions of God. By no means; rather, certain things are expressed allegorically, more reverently, by these names, which we shall explain as the discussion proceeds, at the proper time. “Truly wisdom is a remedy that cures all things,” writes Callimachus in his Epigrams. “One is wise from another, both of old and now,” says Bacchylides in his Paeans; “for it is not easiest to find the gates of unspoken words.”
5.11.69Stählin 2:372
καλῶς ἄρα Ἰσοκράτης ἐν τῷ Παναθηναϊκῷ τίνας οὖν καλῶ πεπαιδευμένους; προθεὶς ἐπιφέρει· πρῶτον μὲν τοὺς καλῶς χρωμένους τοῖς πράγμασι τοῖς κατὰ τὴν ἡμέραν ἑκάστην προσπίπτουσι καὶ τὴν δόξαν ἐπιτυχῆ τῶν καιρῶν ἔχοντας καὶ δυναμένην ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολὺ στοχάζεσθαι τοῦ συμφέροντος· ἔπειτα τοὺς πρεπόντως καὶ δικαίως ὁμιλοῦντας ἀεὶ τοῖς πλησιάζουσι καὶ τὰς μὲν τῶν ἄλλων ἀηδίας καὶ βαρύτητας εὐκόλως καὶ ῥᾳδίως φέροντας, σφᾶς δʼ αὐτοὺς ὡς δυνατὸν ἐλαφροτάτους καὶ μετριωτάτους τοῖς ξυνοῦσι παρέχοντας· ἔτι δὲ τοὺς τῶν μὲν ἡδονῶν κρατοῦντας, τῶν δὲ συμφορῶν μὴ λίαν ἡττωμένους, ἀλλʼ ἀνδρωδῶς ἐν αὐταῖς ἀναστρεφομένους καὶ τῆς φύσεως ἀξίως ἧς μετέχοντες τυγχάνομεν· τέταρτον, ὅπερ μέγιστόν ἐστι, τοὺς μὴ διαφθειρομένους ὑπὸ τῶν εὐπραγιῶν μηδʼ ἐξισταμένους αὑτῶν μηδὲ ὑπερηφάνους γινομένους, ἀλλʼ ἐμμένοντας τῇ τάξει τῶν εὖ φρονούντων. εἶτα ἐπιφέρει τὸν κολοφῶνα τοῦ λόγου· τοὺς δὲ μὴ μόνον πρὸς ἓν τούτων, ἀλλὰ πρὸς ἅπαντα ταῦτα τὴν ἕξιν τῆς ψυχῆς εὐάρμοστον ἔχοντας, τούτους φημὶ καὶ φρονίμους εἶναι καὶ τελείους ἄνδρας καὶ πάσας ἔχειν τὰς ἀρετάς. ὁρᾷς πῶς τὸν γνωστικὸν βίον καὶ Ἕλληνες, καίτοι μὴ εἰδότες ὡς ἐπίστασθαι χρή, ἐκθειάζουσι; τίς δʼ ἔστιν ἡ γνῶσις, οὐδὲ ὄναρ ἴσασιν.
kalōs ara Isokratēs en tǭ Panathēnaïkǭ tinas oun kalō pepaideumenous? protheis epipherei; prōton men tous kalōs chrōmenous tois pragmasi tois kata tēn hēmeran hekastēn prospiptousi kai tēn doxan epitychē tōn kairōn echontas kai dynamenēn hōs epi to poly stochazesthai tou sympherontos; epeita tous prepontōs kai dikaiōs homilountas aei tois plēsiazousi kai tas men tōn allōn aēdias kai barytētas eukolōs kai rhądiōs pherontas, sphas dʼ autous hōs dynaton elaphrotatous kai metriōtatous tois xynousi parechontas; eti de tous tōn men hēdonōn kratountas, tōn de symphorōn mē lian hēttōmenous, allʼ andrōdōs en autais anastrephomenous kai tēs physeōs axiōs hēs metechontes tynchanomen; tetarton, hoper megiston esti, tous mē diaphtheiromenous hypo tōn eupragiōn mēdʼ existamenous hautōn mēde hyperēphanous ginomenous, allʼ emmenontas tę̄ taxei tōn eu phronountōn. eita epipherei ton kolophōna tou logou; tous de mē monon pros hen toutōn, alla pros hapanta tauta tēn hexin tēs psychēs euarmoston echontas, toutous phēmi kai phronimous einai kai teleious andras kai pasas echein tas aretas. horąs pōs ton gnōstikon bion kai Hellēnes, kaitoi mē eidotes hōs epistasthai chrē, ektheiazousi? tis dʼ estin hē gnōsis, oude onar isasin.
Well, then, did Isocrates in the Panathenaicus, having first asked, “Whom, then, do I call educated?”, continue: “First, those who deal well with the affairs that befall them each day, and who have a judgment that hits the right moment and is able for the most part to aim at what is advantageous; next, those who always behave fittingly and justly toward those who come near them, bearing the unpleasantness and harshness of others with good temper and ease, while showing themselves as light and moderate as possible to their companions; further, those who master their pleasures and are not overly defeated by misfortunes, but conduct themselves bravely in them and worthily of the nature we happen to share; fourth, and this is the greatest, those who are not corrupted by success, nor put out of themselves, nor made arrogant, but remain in the ranks of the sensible.” Then he adds the finishing touch to his discourse: “Those who have the disposition of their soul well attuned not to one only of these but to all of them, these I declare to be wise and perfect men, possessing all the virtues.” Do you see how even the Greeks extol the life of the one who knows, although they do not know it as one ought to understand it? What knowledge is, they do not know even in a dream.
5.11.70Stählin 2:373
Εἰ τοίνυν λογικὸν ἡμῖν βρῶμα ἡ γνῶσις εἶναι συμπεφώνηται, μακάριοι τῷ ὄντι κατὰ τὴν γραφὴν οἱ πεινῶντες καὶ διψῶντες τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ὅτι πλησθήσονται τροφῆς ἀιδίου. πάνυ θαυμαστῶς ὁ ἐπὶ τῆς σκηνῆς φιλόσοφος Εὐριπίδης τοῖς προειρημένοις ἡμῖν συνῳδὸς διὰ τούτων εὑρίσκεται, πατέρα καὶ υἱὸν ἅμα οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅπως αἰνισσόμενος· σοὶ τῷ πάντων μεδέοντι χοὴν πέλανόν τε φέρω, Ζεὺς εἴτʼ Ἀίδης ὀνομαζόμενος στέργεις· σὺ δέ μοι θυσίαν ἄπυρον παγκαρπείας δέξαι πλήρη προχυτίαν. ὁλοκάρπωμα γὰρ ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἄπυρον θῦμα ὁ Χριστός. καὶ ὅτι τὸν σωτῆρα αὐτὸν οὐκ εἰδὼς λέγει, σαφὲς ποιήσει ἐπάγων· σὺ γὰρ ἔν τε θεοῖς τοῖς οὐρανίδαις σκῆπτρον τὸ Διὸς μεταχειρίζεις χθονίων τʼ Ἀίδῃ μετέχεις ἀρχῆς. ἔπειτα ἄντικρυς λέγει· πέμψον δʼ ἐς φῶς ψυχὰς ἐνέρων τοῖς βουλομένοις ἄθλους προμαθεῖν πόθεν ἔβλαστον, τίς ῥίζα κακῶν, τίνα δεῖ μακάρων ἐκθυσαμένους εὑρεῖν μοχθῶν ἀνάπαυλαν. οὐκ ἀπεικότως ἄρα καὶ τῶν μυστηρίων τῶν παρʼ Ἕλλησιν ἄρχει μὲν τὰ καθάρσια, καθάπερ καὶ τοῖς βαρβάροις τὸ λουτρόν.
Ei toinyn logikon hēmin brōma hē gnōsis einai sympephōnētai, makarioi tǭ onti kata tēn graphēn hoi peinōntes kai dipsōntes tēn alētheian, hoti plēsthēsontai trophēs aidiou. pany thaumastōs ho epi tēs skēnēs philosophos Euripidēs tois proeirēmenois hēmin synǭdos dia toutōn heurisketai, patera kai huion hama ouk oidʼ hopōs ainissomenos; soi tǭ pantōn medeonti choēn pelanon te pherō, Zeus eitʼ Aidēs onomazomenos stergeis; sy de moi thysian apyron pankarpeias dexai plērē prochytian. holokarpōma gar hyper hēmōn apyron thyma ho Christos. kai hoti ton sōtēra auton ouk eidōs legei, saphes poiēsei epagōn; sy gar en te theois tois ouranidais skēptron to Dios metacheirizeis chthoniōn tʼ Aidę̄ metecheis archēs. epeita antikrys legei; pempson dʼ es phōs psychas enerōn tois boulomenois athlous promathein pothen eblaston, tis rhiza kakōn, tina dei makarōn ekthysamenous heurein mochthōn anapaulan. ouk apeikotōs ara kai tōn mystēriōn tōn parʼ Hellēsin archei men ta katharsia, kathaper kai tois barbarois to loutron.
If, then, it has been agreed that knowledge is our rational food, truly “blessed,” according to the Scripture, “are those who hunger and thirst” for the truth, “for they shall be filled” with everlasting food. Quite wonderfully Euripides, the philosopher of the stage, is found in harmony with what we have said, in these lines, in which he hints, I know not how, at the Father and the Son together: “To you, the ruler of all, I bring a libation and a cake, whether you love to be named Zeus or Hades; but you, receive from me a fireless sacrifice of all fruits, a full offering poured out.” For Christ is a whole offering of all fruits for us, a fireless victim. And that he speaks of the Savior himself without knowing it, he will make clear by adding: “For you, among the heavenly gods, wield the scepter of Zeus, and share with Hades the rule of those beneath the earth.” Then he says outright: “And send into the light the souls of the dead, for those who wish to learn beforehand of the struggles: whence they sprang, what is the root of evils, which of the blessed ones they must appease with sacrifice to find respite from toils.” Not unreasonably, then, among the mysteries of the Greeks too, purifications come first, as the washing does among the barbarians.
5.11.71Stählin 2:373–374
μετὰ ταῦτα δʼ ἐστὶ τὰ μικρὰ μυστήρια διδασκαλίας τινὰ ὑπόθεσιν ἔχοντα καὶ προπαρασκευῆς τῶν μελλόντων, τὰ δὲ μεγάλα περὶ τῶν συμπάντων, οὗ μανθάνειν οὐκέτι ὑπολείπεται, ἐποπτεύειν δὲ καὶ περινοεῖν τήν τε φύσιν καὶ τὰ πράγματα. λάβοιμεν δʼ ἂν τὸν μὲν καθαρτικὸν τρόπον ὁμολογίᾳ, τὸν δὲ ἐποπτικὸν ἀναλύσει ἐπὶ τὴν πρώτην νόησιν προχωροῦντες, διʼ ἀναλύσεως ἐκ τῶν ὑποκειμένων αὐτῷ τὴν ἀρχὴν ποιούμενοι, ἀφελόντες μὲν τοῦ σώματος τὰς φυσικὰς ποιότητας, περιελόντες δὲ τὴν εἰς τὸ βάθος διάστασιν, εἶτα τὴν εἰς τὸ πλάτος, καὶ ἐπὶ τούτοις τὴν εἰς τὸ μῆκος· τὸ γὰρ ὑπολειφθὲν σημεῖόν ἐστι μονὰς ὡς εἰπεῖν θέσιν ἔχουσα, ἧς ἐὰν περιέλωμεν τὴν θέσιν, νοεῖται μονάς. εἰ τοίνυν, ἀφελόντες πάντα ὅσα πρόσεστι τοῖς σώμασιν καὶ τοῖς λεγομένοις ἀσωμάτοις, ἐπιρρίψαιμεν ἑαυτοὺς εἰς τὸ μέγεθος τοῦ Χριστοῦ κἀκεῖθεν εἰς τὸ ἀχανὲς ἁγιότητι προΐοιμεν, τῇ νοήσει τοῦ παντοκράτορος ἁμῇ γέ πῃ προσάγοιμεν ἄν, οὐχ ὅ ἐστιν, ὃ δὲ μή ἐστι γνωρίσαντες· σχῆμα δὲ καὶ κίνησιν ἢ στάσιν ἢ θρόνον ἢ τόπον ἢ δεξιὰ ἢ ἀριστερὰ τοῦ τῶν ὅλων πατρὸς οὐδʼ ὅλως ἐννοητέον, καίτοι καὶ ταῦτα γέγραπται· ἀλλʼ ὃ βούλεται δηλοῦν αὐτῶν ἕκαστον, κατὰ τὸν οἰκεῖον ἐπιδειχθήσεται τόπον. οὔκουν ἐν τόπῳ τὸ πρῶτον αἴτιον, ἀλλʼ ὑπεράνω καὶ τόπου καὶ χρόνου καὶ ὀνόματος καὶ νοήσεως. διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὁ Μωυσῆς φησιν ἐμφάνισόν μοι σαυτόν, ἐναργέστατα αἰνισσόμενος μὴ εἶναι διδακτὸν πρὸς ἀνθρώπων μηδὲ ῥητὸν τὸν θεόν, ἀλλʼ ἢ μόνῃ τῇ παρʼ αὐτοῦ δυνάμει γνωστόν. ἡ μὲν γὰρ ζήτησις ἀειδὴς καὶ ἀόρατος, ἡ χάρις δὲ τῆς γνώσεως παρʼ αὐτοῦ διὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ.
meta tauta dʼ esti ta mikra mystēria didaskalias tina hypothesin echonta kai proparaskeuēs tōn mellontōn, ta de megala peri tōn sympantōn, hou manthanein ouketi hypoleipetai, epopteuein de kai perinoein tēn te physin kai ta pragmata. laboimen dʼ an ton men kathartikon tropon homologią, ton de epoptikon analysei epi tēn prōtēn noēsin prochōrountes, diʼ analyseōs ek tōn hypokeimenōn autǭ tēn archēn poioumenoi, aphelontes men tou sōmatos tas physikas poiotētas, perielontes de tēn eis to bathos diastasin, eita tēn eis to platos, kai epi toutois tēn eis to mēkos; to gar hypoleiphthen sēmeion esti monas hōs eipein thesin echousa, hēs ean perielōmen tēn thesin, noeitai monas. ei toinyn, aphelontes panta hosa prosesti tois sōmasin kai tois legomenois asōmatois, epirripsaimen heautous eis to megethos tou Christou kakeithen eis to achanes hagiotēti proïoimen, tę̄ noēsei tou pantokratoros hamę̄ ge pę̄ prosagoimen an, ouch ho estin, ho de mē esti gnōrisantes; schēma de kai kinēsin ē stasin ē thronon ē topon ē dexia ē aristera tou tōn holōn patros oudʼ holōs ennoēteon, kaitoi kai tauta gegraptai; allʼ ho bouletai dēloun autōn hekaston, kata ton oikeion epideichthēsetai topon. oukoun en topǭ to prōton aition, allʼ hyperanō kai topou kai chronou kai onomatos kai noēseōs. dia touto kai ho Mōysēs phēsin emphanison moi sauton, enargestata ainissomenos mē einai didakton pros anthrōpōn mēde rhēton ton theon, allʼ ē monę̄ tę̄ parʼ autou dynamei gnōston. hē men gar zētēsis aeidēs kai aoratos, hē charis de tēs gnōseōs parʼ autou dia tou huiou.
After these come the lesser mysteries, which have a certain foundation of teaching and of preparation for what is to come; and then the great mysteries, which concern the whole universe, where nothing more remains to be learned, but only to contemplate and comprehend nature and things. We may take the purifying mode through confession, and the contemplative mode through analysis, advancing to the first conception: we make our beginning by analysis from the things that underlie it, abstracting from the body its physical qualities, taking away the dimension of depth, then that of breadth, and after these that of length. For the point that remains is a unit, so to speak, having position; and if we take away its position, it is conceived as a unit. If, then, having abstracted all that belongs to bodies and to the things called incorporeal, we cast ourselves into the greatness of Christ, and from there advance in holiness into the immensity, we might in some way approach the conception of the Almighty, knowing not what he is, but what he is not. And form and motion, or standing, or a throne, or a place, or right or left, are not to be conceived at all of the Father of the universe, although these too are written; but what each of them is meant to show will be demonstrated in its proper place. The first cause, then, is not in a place, but above place and time and name and thought. For this reason Moses too says, “Show yourself to me,” most clearly hinting that God cannot be taught by human beings or expressed in words, but is known only by the power that comes from him. For the search is formless and invisible, but the grace of knowledge comes from him through the Son.
5.11.72Stählin 2:374–375
σαφέστατα δὲ ὁ Σολομὼν μαρτυρήσει ἡμῖν ὧδέ πως λέγων· φρόνησις ἀνθρώπου οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἐμοί, θεὸς δὲ δίδωσί μοι σοφίαν· ἅγια δὲ ἐπίσταμαι. αὐτίκα τὴν φρόνησιν θείαν ἀλληγορῶν ὁ Μωυσῆς ξύλον ζωῆς ὠνόμασεν ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ πεφυτευμένον, ὃς δὴ παράδεισος καὶ κόσμος εἶναι δύναται, ἐν ᾧ πέφυκεν τὰ ἐκ δημιουργίας ἅπαντα. ἐν τούτῳ καὶ ὁ λόγος ἤνθησέν τε καὶ ἐκαρποφόρησεν σὰρξ γενόμενος καὶ τοὺς γευσαμένους τῆς χρηστότητος αὐτοῦ ἐζωοποίησεν, ἐπεὶ μηδὲ ἄνευ τοῦ ξύλου εἰς γνῶσιν ἡμῖν ἀφῖκται· ἐκρεμάσθη γὰρ ἡ ζωὴ ἡμῶν εἰς πίστιν ἡμῶν. καὶ ὅ γε Σολομὼν πάλιν φησίν· δένδρον ἀθανασίας ἐστὶ τοῖς ἀντεχομένοις αὐτῆς. διὰ τοῦτο λέγει· ἰδοὺ δίδωμι πρὸ προσώπου σου τὴν ζωὴν καὶ τὸν θάνατον, τὸ ἀγαπᾶν κύριον τὸν θεὸν καὶ πορεύεσθαι ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτοῦ καὶ τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ ἀκούειν καὶ πιστεύειν τῇ ζωῇ· ἐὰν δὲ παραβῆτε τὰ δικαιώματα καὶ τὰ κρίματα ἅ δέδωκα ὑμῖν, ἀπωλείᾳ ἀπολεῖσθε· τοῦτο γὰρ ἡ ζωὴ καὶ ἡ μακρότης τῶν ἡμερῶν σου, τὸ ἀγαπᾶν κύριον τὸν θεόν σου.
saphestata de ho Solomōn martyrēsei hēmin hōde pōs legōn; phronēsis anthrōpou ouk estin en emoi, theos de didōsi moi sophian; hagia de epistamai. autika tēn phronēsin theian allēgorōn ho Mōysēs xylon zōēs ōnomasen en tǭ paradeisǭ pephyteumenon, hos dē paradeisos kai kosmos einai dynatai, en hǭ pephyken ta ek dēmiourgias hapanta. en toutǭ kai ho logos ēnthēsen te kai ekarpophorēsen sarx genomenos kai tous geusamenous tēs chrēstotētos autou ezōopoiēsen, epei mēde aneu tou xylou eis gnōsin hēmin aphiktai; ekremasthē gar hē zōē hēmōn eis pistin hēmōn. kai ho ge Solomōn palin phēsin; dendron athanasias esti tois antechomenois autēs. dia touto legei; idou didōmi pro prosōpou sou tēn zōēn kai ton thanaton, to agapan kyrion ton theon kai poreuesthai en tais hodois autou kai tēs phōnēs autou akouein kai pisteuein tę̄ zōę̄; ean de parabēte ta dikaiōmata kai ta krimata ha dedōka hymin, apōleią apoleisthe; touto gar hē zōē kai hē makrotēs tōn hēmerōn sou, to agapan kyrion ton theon sou.
Solomon will bear us witness most clearly, speaking thus: “Human prudence is not in me, but God gives me wisdom, and I know holy things.” So Moses, speaking allegorically of divine prudence, named it the tree of life planted in paradise; and this paradise may also be the world, in which all the things of creation have grown. In it the Word too blossomed and bore fruit, having become flesh, and gave life to those who had tasted his goodness; for not without the tree did he come to our knowledge either, since our life was hung up for our faith. And Solomon again says: “She is a tree of immortality to those who lay hold of her.” For this reason it says: “Behold, I set before your face life and death: to love the Lord God, and to walk in his ways, and to hear his voice, and to believe in life. But if you transgress the ordinances and the judgments that I have given you, you shall utterly perish. For this is life and the length of your days: to love the Lord your God.”
5.11.73Stählin 2:375
πάλιν· ὁ Ἀβραὰμ ἐλθὼν εἰς τὸν τόπον ὃν εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ θεὸς τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἀναβλέψας ὁρᾷ τὸν τόπον μακρόθεν· πρώτη μὲν γὰρ ὁ διʼ ὄψεως τῶν καλῶν ἵμερος, δευτέρα δὲ ἡ ψυχῆς τῶν ἀρίστων ἐπιθυμία, τῇ τρίτῃ δὲ ὁ νοῦς τὰ πνευματικὰ διορᾷ, διοιχθέντων τῶν τῆς διανοίας ὀμμάτων πρὸς τοῦ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ διαναστάντος διδασκάλου. εἶεν δʼ ἂν καὶ αἱ τρεῖς ἡμέραι τῆς σφραγῖδος μυστήριον, διʼ ἧς ὁ τῷ ὄντι πιστεύεται θεός. μακρόθεν οὖν ἀκολούθως ὁρᾷ τὸν τόπον· δυσάλωτος γὰρ ἡ χώρα τοῦ θεοῦ, ὃν χώραν ἰδεῶν ὁ Πλάτων κέκληκεν, παρὰ Μωυσέως λαβὼν τόπον εἶναι αὐτόν, ὡς τῶν ἁπάντων καὶ τῶν ὅλων περιεκτικόν. ἀτὰρ εἰκότως πόρρωθεν ὁρᾶται τῷ Ἀβραὰμ διὰ τὸ ἐν γενέσει εἶναι, καὶ διʼ ἀγγέλου προσεχῶς μυσταγωγεῖται.
palin; ho Abraam elthōn eis ton topon hon eipen autǭ ho theos tę̄ tritę̄ hēmerą anablepsas horą ton topon makrothen; prōtē men gar ho diʼ opseōs tōn kalōn himeros, deutera de hē psychēs tōn aristōn epithymia, tę̄ tritę̄ de ho nous ta pneumatika diorą, dioichthentōn tōn tēs dianoias ommatōn pros tou tę̄ tritę̄ hēmerą dianastantos didaskalou. eien dʼ an kai hai treis hēmerai tēs sphragidos mystērion, diʼ hēs ho tǭ onti pisteuetai theos. makrothen oun akolouthōs horą ton topon; dysalōtos gar hē chōra tou theou, hon chōran ideōn ho Platōn keklēken, para Mōyseōs labōn topon einai auton, hōs tōn hapantōn kai tōn holōn periektikon. atar eikotōs porrōthen horatai tǭ Abraam dia to en genesei einai, kai diʼ angelou prosechōs mystagōgeitai.
Again: “Abraham, coming to the place which God had told him, on the third day, looking up, sees the place from afar.” For the first day is the longing for beautiful things that comes through sight; the second is the soul's desire for the best things; on the third the mind discerns spiritual things, the eyes of the understanding having been opened by the Teacher who rose on the third day. The three days might also be the mystery of the seal, through which the true God is believed in. It is consistent, then, that he sees the place from afar; for the region of God is hard to reach, the region Plato called the region of ideas, having learned from Moses that God is a place, as containing all things and the universe. But fittingly it is seen by Abraham from afar, because he is in the realm of becoming, and he is initiated at once through an angel.
5.11.74Stählin 2:375–376
ἐντεῦθεν ὁ ἀπόστολος βλέπομεν νῦν ὡς διʼ ἐσόπτρου φησί, τότε δὲ πρόσωπον πρὸς πρόσωπον, κατὰ μόνας ἐκείνας τὰς ἀκραιφνεῖς καὶ ἀσωμάτους τῆς διανοίας ἐπιβολάς. δυνατὸν δὲ κἀν τῷ διαλέγεσθαι τὸ καταμαντεύεσθαι τοῦ θεοῦ, ἐὰν ἐπιχειρῇ τις ἄνευ πασῶν τῶν αἰσθήσεων διὰ τοῦ λόγου ἐπʼ αὐτὸ ὅ ἐστιν ἕκαστον ὁρμᾶν καὶ μὴ ἀποστατεῖν τῶν ὄντων, πρὶν ἄν, ἐπαναβαίνων ἐπὶ τὰ ὑπερκείμενα, αὐτὸ ὅ ἐστιν ἀγαθὸν αὐτῇ νοήσει λάβῃ, ἐπʼ αὐτῷ γινόμενος τῷ τοῦ νοητοῦ τέλει κατὰ Πλάτωνα. πάλιν ὁ Μωυσῆς οὐκ ἐπιτρέπων βωμοὺς καὶ τεμένη πολλαχοῦ κατασκευάζεσθαι, ἕνα δʼ οὖν νεὼν ἱδρυσάμενος τοῦ θεοῦ, μονογενῆ τε κόσμον, ὥς φησιν ὁ Βασιλείδης, καὶ τὸν ἕνα, ὡς οὐκέτι τῷ Βασιλείδῃ δοκεῖ, κατήγγελλε θεόν. καὶ ὅτι οὐ περιλαμβάνει τόπῳ τὸ ἀπερίληπτον ὁ γνωστικὸς Μωυσῆς, ἀφίδρυμα οὐδὲν ἀνέθηκεν εἰς τὸν νεών, σεβάσμιον ἀόρατον καὶ ἀπερίγραφον δηλῶν εἶναι τὸν θεόν, προσάγων δὲ ἁμῇ γέ πῃ εἰς ἔννοιαν τοῦ θεοῦ τοὺς Ἑβραίους διὰ τῆς τιμῆς τοῦ κατὰ τὸν νεὼν ὀνόματος. ἀλλὰ γοῦν κωλύων ὁ λόγος τάς τε τῶν ἱερῶν κατασκευὰς καὶ τὰς θυσίας ἁπάσας τὸ μὴ ἔν τινι εἶναι τὸν παντοκράτορα αἰνίσσεται διʼ ὧν φησι· ποῖον οἶκον οἰκοδομήσετέ μοι; λέγει κύριος. ὁ οὐρανός μοι θρόνος καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. περί τε τῶν θυσιῶν ὁμοίως· αἷμα ταύρων καὶ στέαρ ἀρνῶν οὐ βούλομαι, καὶ ὅσα ἐπὶ τούτοις διὰ τοῦ προφήτου τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον ἀπαγορεύει.
enteuthen ho apostolos blepomen nyn hōs diʼ esoptrou phēsi, tote de prosōpon pros prosōpon, kata monas ekeinas tas akraiphneis kai asōmatous tēs dianoias epibolas. dynaton de kan tǭ dialegesthai to katamanteuesthai tou theou, ean epicheirę̄ tis aneu pasōn tōn aisthēseōn dia tou logou epʼ auto ho estin hekaston horman kai mē apostatein tōn ontōn, prin an, epanabainōn epi ta hyperkeimena, auto ho estin agathon autę̄ noēsei labę̄, epʼ autǭ ginomenos tǭ tou noētou telei kata Platōna. palin ho Mōysēs ouk epitrepōn bōmous kai temenē pollachou kataskeuazesthai, hena dʼ oun neōn hidrysamenos tou theou, monogenē te kosmon, hōs phēsin ho Basileidēs, kai ton hena, hōs ouketi tǭ Basileidę̄ dokei, katēngelle theon. kai hoti ou perilambanei topǭ to aperilēpton ho gnōstikos Mōysēs, aphidryma ouden anethēken eis ton neōn, sebasmion aoraton kai aperigraphon dēlōn einai ton theon, prosagōn de hamę̄ ge pę̄ eis ennoian tou theou tous Hebraious dia tēs timēs tou kata ton neōn onomatos. alla goun kōlyōn ho logos tas te tōn hierōn kataskeuas kai tas thysias hapasas to mē en tini einai ton pantokratora ainissetai diʼ hōn phēsi; poion oikon oikodomēsete moi? legei kyrios. ho ouranos moi thronos kai ta hexēs. peri te tōn thysiōn homoiōs; haima taurōn kai stear arnōn ou boulomai, kai hosa epi toutois dia tou prophētou to pneuma to hagion apagoreuei.
Hence the apostle says: “We see now as through a mirror, but then face to face,” by means only of those pure and incorporeal apprehensions of the understanding. It is possible also in dialectic to divine something of God, if one attempts, without any of the senses, to press on through reason to what each thing is in itself, and does not stand back from the things that are until, climbing up to what lies above, he grasps by thought itself what the good is in itself, arriving at the very end of the intelligible, according to Plato. Again Moses, not allowing altars and sacred precincts to be built in many places, but establishing one temple of God, proclaimed both the only-begotten world, as Basilides says, and the one God, as Basilides no longer thinks. And because Moses, the one who knows, does not enclose the unenclosable in a place, he set up no image in the temple, showing that God is to be worshiped as invisible and uncircumscribed, while leading the Hebrews in some way to a conception of God through the honor given to the name in the temple. Moreover the Word, forbidding the building of temples and all sacrifices, hints that the Almighty is not contained in anything, by these words: “What house will you build for me? says the Lord. Heaven is my throne,” and so on. And likewise about sacrifices: “The blood of bulls and the fat of lambs I do not want,” and whatever else besides the Holy Spirit forbids through the prophet.
5.11.75Stählin 2:376–377
παγκάλως τοίνυν καὶ ὁ Εὐριπίδης συνᾴδει τούτοις γράφων· ποῖος δʼ ἂν οἶκος τεκτόνων πλασθεὶς ὕπο δέμας τὸ θεῖον περιβάλοι τοίχων πτυχαῖς; καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν θυσιῶν ὡσαύτως λέγει· δεῖται γὰρ ὁ θεός, εἴπερ ἔστʼ ὀρθῶς θεός, οὐδενός· ἀοιδῶν οἵδε δύστηνοι λόγοι. οὐ γὰρ χρείας ἕνεκεν ὁ θεὸς πεποίηκεν τὸν κόσμον, ἵνα τιμὰς πρός τε ἀνθρώπων καὶ πρὸς θεῶν τῶν ἄλλων καὶ δαιμόνων, φησὶν ὁ Πλάτων, καρποῖτο, οἷον πρόσοδόν τινα ἀπὸ τῆς γενέσεως ἀρνύμενος, παρὰ μὲν ἡμῶν καπνούς, παρὰ δὲ θεῶν καὶ δαιμόνων τὰς οἰκείας λειτουργίας. διδασκαλικώτατα ἄρα ὁ Παῦλος ἐν ταῖς Πράξεσι τῶν ἀποστόλων ὁ θεὸς ὁ ποιήσας τὸν κόσμον φησὶ καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐν αὐτῷ, οὗτος οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς κύριος ὑπάρχων οὐκ ἐν χειροποιήτοις ναοῖς κατοικεῖ, οὐδὲ ὑπὸ χειρῶν ἀνθρωπίνων θεραπεύεται προσδεόμενός τινος, αὐτὸς διδοὺς πᾶσι πνοὴν καὶ ζωὴν καὶ τὰ πάντα.
pankalōs toinyn kai ho Euripidēs synądei toutois graphōn; poios dʼ an oikos tektonōn plastheis hypo demas to theion peribaloi toichōn ptychais? kai epi tōn thysiōn hōsautōs legei; deitai gar ho theos, eiper estʼ orthōs theos, oudenos; aoidōn hoide dystēnoi logoi. ou gar chreias heneken ho theos pepoiēken ton kosmon, hina timas pros te anthrōpōn kai pros theōn tōn allōn kai daimonōn, phēsin ho Platōn, karpoito, hoion prosodon tina apo tēs geneseōs arnymenos, para men hēmōn kapnous, para de theōn kai daimonōn tas oikeias leitourgias. didaskalikōtata ara ho Paulos en tais Praxesi tōn apostolōn ho theos ho poiēsas ton kosmon phēsi kai panta ta en autǭ, houtos ouranou kai gēs kyrios hyparchōn ouk en cheiropoiētois naois katoikei, oude hypo cheirōn anthrōpinōn therapeuetai prosdeomenos tinos, autos didous pasi pnoēn kai zōēn kai ta panta.
Most beautifully, then, Euripides too agrees with these things, writing: “What house fashioned by builders could enclose the divine form within the folds of its walls?” And about sacrifices he says likewise: “For God, if he is truly God, needs nothing; these are the wretched tales of singers.” For God did not make the world out of need, so that he might reap honors from human beings and from the other gods and daemons, as Plato says, exacting, as it were, a kind of revenue from creation: from us smoke, from gods and daemons their proper services. Most instructively, then, Paul says in the Acts of the Apostles: “The God who made the world and all things in it, he, being Lord of heaven and earth, does not dwell in temples made with hands, nor is he served by human hands as if he needed anything, since he himself gives to all breath and life and all things.”
5.11.76Stählin 2:377
λέγει δὲ καὶ Ζήνων ὁ τῆς Στωϊκῆς κτίστης αἱρέσεως ἐν τῷ τῆς πολιτείας βιβλίῳ μήτε ναοὺς δεῖν ποιεῖν μήτε ἀγάλματα· μηδὲν γὰρ εἶναι τῶν θεῶν ἄξιον κατασκεύασμα, καὶ γράφειν οὐ δέδιεν αὐταῖς λέξεσι τάδε· ἱερά τε οἰκοδομεῖν οὐδὲν δεήσει· ἱερὸν γὰρ μὴ πολλοῦ ἄξιον καὶ ἅγιον οὐδὲν χρὴ νομίζειν· οὐδὲν δὲ πολλοῦ ἄξιον καὶ ἅγιον οἰκοδόμων ἔργον καὶ βαναύσων. εἰκότως οὖν καὶ Πλάτων, νεὼν τοῦ θεοῦ τὸν κόσμον εἰδώς, τοῖς πολίταις ἐναπέδειξεν χωρίον τῆς πόλεως, ἵνα ἔμελλεν ἀνακεῖσθαι αὐτοῖς τὰ εἴδωλα, ἰδίᾳ δὲ ἀπεῖπεν μηδενὶ κεκτῆσθαι θεῶν ἀγάλματα. μηδεὶς οὖν ἑτέρως, φησίν, ἱερὰ καθιερούτω θεοῖς· χρυσὸς μὲν γὰρ καὶ ἄργυρος ἐν ἄλλαις τε πόλεσιν ἰδίᾳ τε καὶ ἐν ἱεροῖς ἐστιν ἐπίφθονον κτῆμα· ἐλέφας δὲ ἀπολελοιπότος ψυχὴν σώματος οὐκ εὐαγὲς ἀνάθημα· σίδηρος δὲ καὶ χαλκὸς πολέμων ὄργανα· ξύλου δὲ μονόξυλον, ὅ τι ἂν θέλῃ τις, ἀνατιθέτω, ὡσαύτως καὶ λίθου πρὸς τὰ κοινὰ ἱερά.
legei de kai Zēnōn ho tēs Stōïkēs ktistēs haireseōs en tǭ tēs politeias bibliǭ mēte naous dein poiein mēte agalmata; mēden gar einai tōn theōn axion kataskeuasma, kai graphein ou dedien autais lexesi tade; hiera te oikodomein ouden deēsei; hieron gar mē pollou axion kai hagion ouden chrē nomizein; ouden de pollou axion kai hagion oikodomōn ergon kai banausōn. eikotōs oun kai Platōn, neōn tou theou ton kosmon eidōs, tois politais enapedeixen chōrion tēs poleōs, hina emellen anakeisthai autois ta eidōla, idią de apeipen mēdeni kektēsthai theōn agalmata. mēdeis oun heterōs, phēsin, hiera kathieroutō theois; chrysos men gar kai argyros en allais te polesin idią te kai en hierois estin epiphthonon ktēma; elephas de apoleloipotos psychēn sōmatos ouk euages anathēma; sidēros de kai chalkos polemōn organa; xylou de monoxylon, ho ti an thelę̄ tis, anatithetō, hōsautōs kai lithou pros ta koina hiera.
And Zeno too, the founder of the Stoic school, says in his book the Republic that one should make neither temples nor statues, for no construction is worthy of the gods; and he is not afraid to write these very words: “There will be no need to build temples; for one must not consider anything a temple that is not of great worth and holy; and nothing that is the work of builders and craftsmen is of great worth and holy.” Fittingly, then, Plato too, knowing the world to be God's temple, assigned to the citizens a place in the city where their images were to be set up, but forbade anyone to possess images of gods privately. “Let no one, then,” he says, “dedicate sacred things to the gods in any other way. For gold and silver, in other cities, both in private and in temples, is a possession that provokes envy; ivory, from a body that the soul has left, is not a pure offering; iron and bronze are instruments of war; but of wood let anyone dedicate whatever he wishes, provided it is made of a single piece, and likewise of stone, for the common temples.”
5.11.77Stählin 2:377
εἰκότως οὖν ἐν τῇ μεγάλῃ ἐπιστολῇ ῥητὸν γὰρ φησὶν οὐδαμῶς ἐστιν ὡς τὰ ἄλλα μαθήματα, ἀλλʼ ἐκ πολλῆς ξυνουσίας γιγνομένης περὶ τὸ πρᾶγμα αὐτὸ καὶ τοῦ συζῆν ἐξαίφνης οἷον ἀπὸ πυρὸς πηδήσαντος ἐξαφθὲν φῶς ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ γενόμενον αὐτὸ ἑαυτὸ ἤδη τρέφει. ἆρʼ οὐχ ὅμοια ταῦτα τοῖς ὑπὸ Σοφονία λεχθεῖσι τοῦ προφήτου; καὶ ἀνέλαβέν με πνεῦμα καὶ ἀνήνεγκέν με εἰς οὐρανὸν πέμπτον καὶ ἐθεώρουν ἀγγέλους καλουμένους κυρίους, καὶ τὸ διάδημα αὐτῶν ἐπικείμενον ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ καὶ ἦν ἑκάστου αὐτῶν ὁ θρόνος ἑπταπλασίων φωτὸς ἡλίου ἀνατέλλοντος, οἰκοῦντας ἐν ναοῖς σωτηρίας καὶ ὑμνοῦντας θεὸν ἄρρητον ὕψιστον.
eikotōs oun en tę̄ megalę̄ epistolę̄ rhēton gar phēsin oudamōs estin hōs ta alla mathēmata, allʼ ek pollēs xynousias gignomenēs peri to pragma auto kai tou syzēn exaiphnēs hoion apo pyros pēdēsantos exaphthen phōs en tę̄ psychę̄ genomenon auto heauto ēdē trephei. arʼ ouch homoia tauta tois hypo Sophonia lechtheisi tou prophētou? kai anelaben me pneuma kai anēnenken me eis ouranon pempton kai etheōroun angelous kaloumenous kyrious, kai to diadēma autōn epikeimenon en pneumati hagiǭ kai ēn hekastou autōn ho thronos heptaplasiōn phōtos hēliou anatellontos, oikountas en naois sōtērias kai hymnountas theon arrēton hypsiston.
Fittingly, then, in the long letter he says: “For it can in no way be put into words like other lessons, but after long association with the matter itself, and living with it, suddenly, like a light kindled from a leaping fire, it comes to be in the soul and from then on nourishes itself.” Are not these things like what was said by the prophet Zephaniah? “And the Spirit took me up and carried me up into the fifth heaven, and I beheld angels called lords, and their diadem was set on them in the Holy Spirit; and the throne of each of them was seven times brighter than the light of the rising sun; they dwelt in temples of salvation and hymned the ineffable God Most High.”
Miscellanies 5, chapter 12
5.12.78Stählin 2:377–378
Τὸν γὰρ πατέρα καὶ ποιητὴν τοῦδε τοῦ παντὸς εὑρεῖν τε ἔργον καὶ εὑρόντα εἰς πάντας ἐξειπεῖν ἀδύνατον. ῥητὸν γὰρ οὐδαμῶς ἐστιν ὡς τἄλλα μαθήματα, ὁ φιλαλήθης λέγει Πλάτων. ἀκήκοεν γὰρ εὖ μάλα ὡς ὁ πάνσοφος Μωυσῆς εἰς τὸ ὄρος ἀνιὼν (διὰ τὴν ἁγίαν θεωρίαν ἐπὶ τὴν κορυφὴν τῶν νοητῶν) ἀναγκαίως διαστέλλεται μὴ τὸν πάντα λαὸν συναναβαίνειν ἑαυτῷ· καὶ ὅταν λέγῃ ἡ γραφὴ εἰσῆλθεν δὲ Μωυσῆς εἰς τὸν γνόφον οὗ ἦν ὁ θεός, τοῦτο δηλοῖ τοῖς συνιέναι δυναμένοις, ὡς ὁ θεὸς ἀόρατός ἐστι καὶ ἄρρητος, γνόφος δὲ ὡς ἀληθῶς ἡ τῶν πολλῶν ἀπιστία τε καὶ ἄγνοια τῇ αὐγῇ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐπίπροσθε φέρεται. Ὀρφεύς τε αὖ ὁ θεολόγος ἐντεῦθεν ὠφελημένος εἰπών· εἷς ἔστʼ, αὐτοτελής, ἑνὸς ἔκγονα πάντα τέτυκται (ἢ πέφυκεν, γράφεται γὰρ καὶ οὕτως), ἐπιφέρει· οὐδέ τις αὐτὸν εἰσοράᾳ θνητῶν, αὐτὸς δέ γε πάντας ὁρᾶται. σαφέστερον δὲ ἐπιλέγει· αὐτὸν δʼ οὐχ ὁρόω· περὶ γὰρ νέφος ἐστήρικται. πᾶσιν γὰρ θνητοῖς θνηταὶ κόραι εἰσὶν ἐν ὄσσοις μικραί, ἐπεὶ σάρκες τε καὶ ὀστέα ἐμπεφυῖα ἐμπεφύασιν.
Ton gar patera kai poiētēn toude tou pantos heurein te ergon kai heuronta eis pantas exeipein adynaton. rhēton gar oudamōs estin hōs talla mathēmata, ho philalēthēs legei Platōn. akēkoen gar eu mala hōs ho pansophos Mōysēs eis to oros aniōn (dia tēn hagian theōrian epi tēn koryphēn tōn noētōn) anankaiōs diastelletai mē ton panta laon synanabainein heautǭ; kai hotan legę̄ hē graphē eisēlthen de Mōysēs eis ton gnophon hou ēn ho theos, touto dēloi tois synienai dynamenois, hōs ho theos aoratos esti kai arrētos, gnophos de hōs alēthōs hē tōn pollōn apistia te kai agnoia tę̄ augę̄ tēs alētheias epiprosthe pheretai. Orpheus te au ho theologos enteuthen ōphelēmenos eipōn; heis estʼ, autotelēs, henos ekgona panta tetyktai (ē pephyken, graphetai gar kai houtōs), epipherei; oude tis auton eisoraą thnētōn, autos de ge pantas horatai. saphesteron de epilegei; auton dʼ ouch horoō; peri gar nephos estēriktai. pasin gar thnētois thnētai korai eisin en ossois mikrai, epei sarkes te kai ostea empephuia empephyasin.
“For to find the Father and Maker of this universe is a task, and, having found him, to declare him to all is impossible. For it can in no way be put into words like other lessons,” says the truth-loving Plato. For he had heard very well how the all-wise Moses, going up the mountain (for holy contemplation, to the summit of the intelligible), necessarily gives orders that the whole people should not go up with him. And when the Scripture says, “And Moses entered into the thick darkness where God was,” this shows to those who can understand that God is invisible and ineffable, and that the unbelief and ignorance of the many is truly a thick darkness set before the radiance of the truth. And again Orpheus the theologian, having profited from this, says: “He is one, complete in himself; all things have been made as offspring of the one” (or “are born,” for it is written this way too), and he adds: “Nor does any mortal behold him, but he beholds all.” And more clearly he says further: “But him I do not see; for a cloud is fixed around him. For all mortals have mortal pupils in their eyes, small, since flesh and bones have grown in them.”
5.12.79Stählin 2:378–379
μαρτυρήσει τοῖς εἰρημένοις ὁ ἀπόστολος, οἶδα λέγων ἄνθρωπον ἐν Χριστῷ ἁρπαγέντα ἕως τρίτου οὐρανοῦ, κἀκεῖθεν εἰς τὸν παράδεισον, ὃς ἤκουσεν ἄρρητα ῥήματα, ἃ οὐκ ἐξὸν ἀνθρώπῳ λαλῆσαι, τὸ ἄρρητον τοῦ θεοῦ οὕτως αἰνισσόμενος, οὐ νόμῳ καὶ φόβῳ παραγγελίας τινὸς τὸ οὐκ ἐξὸν προστιθείς, δυνάμει δὲ ἀνθρωπείᾳ ἄφθεγκτον εἶναι τὸ θεῖον μηνύων, εἴ γε ὑπὲρ οὐρανὸν τὸν τρίτον ἄρχεται λαλεῖσθαι, ὡς θέμις, τοῖς ἐκεῖ μυσταγωγοῦσιν τὰς ἐξειλεγμένας ψυχάς. οἶδα γὰρ ἐγὼ καὶ παρὰ Πλάτωνι (τὰ γὰρ ἐκ τῆς βαρβάρου φιλοσοφίας παραδείγματα πολλὰ ὄντα ὑπερτίθεταί μοι νῦν ἡ γραφή, κατὰ τὰς πρώτας ὑποσχέσεις τὸν καιρὸν ἀναμένουσα) πολλοὺς οὐρανοὺς νοουμένους. ἀπορήσας γοῦν ἐν τῷ Τιμαίῳ, εἰ χρὴ πλείονας κόσμους ἢ τοῦτον ἕνα νομίζειν, ἀδιαφορεῖ περὶ τὰ ὀνόματα, συνωνύμως κόσμον τε καὶ οὐρανὸν ἀποκαλῶν· τὰ δὲ τῆς λέξεως ὧδε ἔχει· πότερον οὖν ὀρθῶς ἕνα οὐρανὸν εἰρήκαμεν ἢ πολλοὺς καὶ ἀπείρους ἦν λέγειν ὀρθότερον; ἕνα, εἴπερ κατὰ τὸ παράδειγμα ἔσται δεδημιουργημένος.
martyrēsei tois eirēmenois ho apostolos, oida legōn anthrōpon en Christǭ harpagenta heōs tritou ouranou, kakeithen eis ton paradeison, hos ēkousen arrēta rhēmata, ha ouk exon anthrōpǭ lalēsai, to arrēton tou theou houtōs ainissomenos, ou nomǭ kai phobǭ parangelias tinos to ouk exon prostitheis, dynamei de anthrōpeią aphthenkton einai to theion mēnyōn, ei ge hyper ouranon ton triton archetai laleisthai, hōs themis, tois ekei mystagōgousin tas exeilegmenas psychas. oida gar egō kai para Platōni (ta gar ek tēs barbarou philosophias paradeigmata polla onta hypertithetai moi nyn hē graphē, kata tas prōtas hyposcheseis ton kairon anamenousa) pollous ouranous nooumenous. aporēsas goun en tǭ Timaiǭ, ei chrē pleionas kosmous ē touton hena nomizein, adiaphorei peri ta onomata, synōnymōs kosmon te kai ouranon apokalōn; ta de tēs lexeōs hōde echei; poteron oun orthōs hena ouranon eirēkamen ē pollous kai apeirous ēn legein orthoteron? hena, eiper kata to paradeigma estai dedēmiourgēmenos.
The apostle will bear witness to what has been said, saying: “I know a man in Christ caught up to the third heaven, and from there into paradise, who heard unspeakable words, which it is not permitted for a man to speak.” In this way he hints at the ineffability of God, adding “not permitted” not because of a law or fear of some commandment, but showing that the divine cannot be uttered by human power, if indeed it begins to be spoken, as is right, above the third heaven, by those who there initiate the chosen souls into the mysteries. For I know that in Plato too (for my writing now puts off the many examples from the barbarian philosophy, awaiting the proper time according to my first promises) many heavens are thought of. At any rate, in the Timaeus, when he is in doubt whether one should think there are more worlds or only this one, he makes no difference between the names, calling it world and heaven synonymously. The wording is as follows: “Have we, then, rightly spoken of one heaven, or would it have been more correct to speak of many, even infinite? One, if it is to have been made according to the pattern.”
5.12.80Stählin 2:379–380
Ἀλλὰ κἀν τῇ πρὸς Κορινθίους Ῥωμαίων ἐπιστολῇ ὠκεανὸς ἀπέραντος ἀνθρώποις γέγραπται καὶ οἱ μετʼ αὐτὸν κόσμοι. ἀκολούθως τοίνυν πάλιν ἐπιφθέγγεται ὢ βάθος πλούτου καὶ σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως θεοῦ ὁ γενναῖος ἀπόστολος. καὶ μή τι τοῦτʼ ἦν ὃ ᾐνίσσετο ὁ προφήτης, ἐγκρυφίας κελεύων ποιεῖν ἀζύμους, μηνύων ὅτι τὸν ἱερὸν ὡς ἀληθῶς περὶ τοῦ ἀγενήτου καὶ τῶν δυνάμεων αὐτοῦ μύστην λόγον ἐπικεκρύφθαι δεῖ. βεβαιῶν ταῦτα ἐν τῇ πρὸς Κορινθίους ἐπιστολῇ ὁ ἀπόστολος ἀναφανδὸν εἴρηκεν· σοφίαν δὲ λαλοῦμεν ἐν τοῖς τελείοις, σοφίαν δὲ οὐ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου οὐδὲ τῶν ἀρχόντων τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου τῶν καταργουμένων· ἀλλὰ λαλοῦμεν θεοῦ σοφίαν ἐν μυστηρίῳ, τὴν ἀποκεκρυμμένην. καὶ πάλιν ἀλλαχοῦ λέγει· εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν τοῦ μυστηρίου τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν Χριστῷ, ἐν ᾧ εἰσι πάντες οἱ θησαυροὶ τῆς σοφίας καὶ τῆς γνώσεως ἀπόκρυφοι. ἐπισφραγίζεται ταῦτα ὁ σωτὴρ ἡμῶν αὐτὸς ὧδέ πως λέγων· ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι τὸ μυστήριον τῆς βασιλείας τῶν οὐρανῶν. καὶ πάλιν φησὶ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον, ὡς ὁ σωτὴρ ἡμῶν ἔλεγεν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις τὸν λόγον ἐν μυστηρίῳ· καὶ γὰρ ἡ προφητεία περὶ αὐτοῦ φησιν· ἀνοίξει ἐν παραβολαῖς τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐξερεύξεται τὰ ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου κεκρυμμένα. ἤδη δὲ καὶ διὰ τῆς περὶ τὴν ζύμην παραβολῆς τὴν ἐπίκρυψιν ὁ κύριος δηλοῖ· φησὶ γάρ· ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν ζύμῃ, ἣν λαβοῦσα γυνὴ ἐνέκρυψεν εἰς ἀλεύρου σάτα τρία, ἕως οὗ ἐζυμώθη ὅλον. ἤτοι γὰρ ἡ τριμερὴς καθʼ ὑπακοὴν σῴζεται ψυχὴ διὰ τὴν ἐγκρυβεῖσαν αὐτῇ κατὰ τὴν πίστιν πνευματικὴν δύναμιν, ἢ ὅτι ἡ ἰσχὺς τοῦ λόγου ἡ δοθεῖσα ἡμῖν, σύντονος οὖσα καὶ δυνατή, πάντα τὸν καταδεξάμενον καὶ ἐντὸς ἑαυτοῦ κτησάμενον αὐτὴν ἐπικεκρυμμένως τε καὶ ἀφανῶς πρὸς ἑαυτὴν ἕλκει καὶ τὸ πᾶν αὐτοῦ σύστημα εἰς ἑνότητα συνάγει.
Alla kan tę̄ pros Korinthious Rhōmaiōn epistolę̄ ōkeanos aperantos anthrōpois gegraptai kai hoi metʼ auton kosmoi. akolouthōs toinyn palin epiphthengetai ō bathos ploutou kai sophias kai gnōseōs theou ho gennaios apostolos. kai mē ti toutʼ ēn ho ę̄nisseto ho prophētēs, enkryphias keleuōn poiein azymous, mēnyōn hoti ton hieron hōs alēthōs peri tou agenētou kai tōn dynameōn autou mystēn logon epikekryphthai dei. bebaiōn tauta en tę̄ pros Korinthious epistolę̄ ho apostolos anaphandon eirēken; sophian de laloumen en tois teleiois, sophian de ou tou aiōnos toutou oude tōn archontōn tou aiōnos toutou tōn katargoumenōn; alla laloumen theou sophian en mystēriǭ, tēn apokekrymmenēn. kai palin allachou legei; eis epignōsin tou mystēriou tou theou en Christǭ, en hǭ eisi pantes hoi thēsauroi tēs sophias kai tēs gnōseōs apokryphoi. episphragizetai tauta ho sōtēr hēmōn autos hōde pōs legōn; hymin dedotai gnōnai to mystērion tēs basileias tōn ouranōn. kai palin phēsi to euangelion, hōs ho sōtēr hēmōn elegen tois apostolois ton logon en mystēriǭ; kai gar hē prophēteia peri autou phēsin; anoixei en parabolais to stoma autou kai exereuxetai ta apo katabolēs kosmou kekrymmena. ēdē de kai dia tēs peri tēn zymēn parabolēs tēn epikrypsin ho kyrios dēloi; phēsi gar; homoia estin hē basileia tōn ouranōn zymę̄, hēn labousa gynē enekrypsen eis aleurou sata tria, heōs hou ezymōthē holon. ētoi gar hē trimerēs kathʼ hypakoēn sǭzetai psychē dia tēn enkrybeisan autę̄ kata tēn pistin pneumatikēn dynamin, ē hoti hē ischys tou logou hē dotheisa hēmin, syntonos ousa kai dynatē, panta ton katadexamenon kai entos heautou ktēsamenon autēn epikekrymmenōs te kai aphanōs pros heautēn helkei kai to pan autou systēma eis henotēta synagei.
But in the Letter of the Romans to the Corinthians too it is written: “an ocean boundless to human beings, and the worlds beyond it.” Consistently, then, the noble apostle again exclaims: “O the depth of the riches and wisdom and knowledge of God!” And was not this what the prophet hinted at when he ordered cakes of unleavened bread to be made hidden in the ashes, showing that the truly sacred word, initiated into the mysteries of the Unbegotten and his powers, must be kept hidden? Confirming this, the apostle said openly in the letter to the Corinthians: “But we speak wisdom among the perfect, yet not the wisdom of this age, nor of the rulers of this age, who are being brought to nothing; but we speak the wisdom of God in a mystery, the hidden wisdom.” And again elsewhere he says: “to the knowledge of the mystery of God in Christ, in whom are hidden all the treasures of wisdom and knowledge.” Our Savior himself sets his seal on these things, saying: “To you it has been given to know the mystery of the kingdom of heaven.” And again the Gospel says that our Savior spoke the word to the apostles in a mystery; for the prophecy too says of him: “He will open his mouth in parables and will utter things hidden from the foundation of the world.” And the Lord also shows the concealment through the parable of the leaven; for he says: “The kingdom of heaven is like leaven, which a woman took and hid in three measures of meal, until the whole was leavened.” For either the three-part soul is saved through obedience, by the spiritual power hidden in it through faith; or the strength of the Word given to us, being intense and powerful, draws to itself, secretly and invisibly, everyone who has received it and taken it within himself, and gathers his whole being into unity.
5.12.81Stählin 2:380
σοφώτατα τοίνυν γέγραπται τῷ Σόλωνι ταῦτα περὶ θεοῦ· γνωμοσύνης δʼ ἀφανὲς χαλεπώτατόν ἐστι νοῆσαι μέτρον, ὃ δὴ πάντων πείρατα μοῦνον ἔχει. τὸ γάρ τοι θεῖον, ὁ Ἀκραγαντῖνός φησι ποιητής, οὐκ ἔστιν πελάσασθαι ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ἐφικτὸν ἡμετέροις ἢ χερσὶ λαβεῖν, ᾗπέρ τε μεγίστη πειθοῦς ἀνθρώποισιν ἁμαξιτὸς εἰς φρένα πίπτει. καὶ Ἰωάννης ὁ ἀπόστολος· θεὸν οὐδεὶς ἑώρακεν πώποτε· ὁ μονογενὴς θεός, ὁ ὢν εἰς τὸν κόλπον τοῦ πατρός, ἐκεῖνος ἐξηγήσατο, τὸ δʼ ἀόρατον καὶ ἄρρητον κόλπον ὀνομάσας θεοῦ· βυθὸν δʼ αὐτὸν κεκλήκασιν ἐντεῦθεν τινὲς ὡς ἂν περιειληφότα καὶ ἐγκολπισάμενον τὰ πάντα ἀνέφικτόν τε καὶ ἀπέραντον. ναὶ μὴν ὁ δυσμεταχειριστότατος περὶ θεοῦ λόγος οὗτός ἐστιν. ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἀρχὴ παντὸς πράγματος δυσεύρετος, πάντως που ἡ πρώτη καὶ πρεσβυτάτη ἀρχὴ δύσδεικτος, ἥτις καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἅπασιν αἰτία τοῦ γενέσθαι καὶ γενομένους εἶναι. πῶς γὰρ ἂν εἴη ῥητὸν ὃ μήτε γένος ἐστὶ μήτε διαφορὰ μήτε εἶδος μήτε ἄτομον μήτε ἀριθμός, ἀλλὰ μηδὲ συμβεβηκός τι μηδὲ ᾧ συμβέβηκέν τι. οὐκ ἂν δὲ ὅλον εἴποι τις αὐτὸν ὀρθῶς· ἐπὶ μεγέθει γὰρ τάττεται τὸ ὅλον καὶ ἔστι τῶν ὅλων πατήρ. οὐδὲ μὴν μέρη τινὰ αὐτοῦ λεκτέον· ἀδιαίρετον γὰρ τὸ ἕν, διὰ τοῦτο δὲ καὶ ἄπειρον, οὐ κατὰ τὸ ἀδιεξίτητον νοούμενον, ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὸ ἀδιάστατον καὶ μὴ ἔχον πέρας, καὶ τοίνυν ἀσχημάτιστον καὶ ἀνωνόμαστον.
sophōtata toinyn gegraptai tǭ Solōni tauta peri theou; gnōmosynēs dʼ aphanes chalepōtaton esti noēsai metron, ho dē pantōn peirata mounon echei. to gar toi theion, ho Akragantinos phēsi poiētēs, ouk estin pelasasthai en ophthalmoisin ephikton hēmeterois ē chersi labein, hę̄per te megistē peithous anthrōpoisin hamaxitos eis phrena piptei. kai Iōannēs ho apostolos; theon oudeis heōraken pōpote; ho monogenēs theos, ho ōn eis ton kolpon tou patros, ekeinos exēgēsato, to dʼ aoraton kai arrēton kolpon onomasas theou; bython dʼ auton keklēkasin enteuthen tines hōs an perieilēphota kai enkolpisamenon ta panta anephikton te kai aperanton. nai mēn ho dysmetacheiristotatos peri theou logos houtos estin. epei gar archē pantos pragmatos dyseuretos, pantōs pou hē prōtē kai presbytatē archē dysdeiktos, hētis kai tois allois hapasin aitia tou genesthai kai genomenous einai. pōs gar an eiē rhēton ho mēte genos esti mēte diaphora mēte eidos mēte atomon mēte arithmos, alla mēde symbebēkos ti mēde hǭ symbebēken ti. ouk an de holon eipoi tis auton orthōs; epi megethei gar tattetai to holon kai esti tōn holōn patēr. oude mēn merē tina autou lekteon; adiaireton gar to hen, dia touto de kai apeiron, ou kata to adiexitēton nooumenon, alla kata to adiastaton kai mē echon peras, kai toinyn aschēmatiston kai anōnomaston.
Most wisely, then, Solon has written this about God: “Hardest of all to perceive is the unseen measure of judgment, which alone holds the limits of all things.” “For the divine,” says the poet of Acragas, “cannot be approached so as to be reached by our eyes, or grasped with our hands, which is the greatest highway of persuasion falling into human minds.” And John the apostle: “No one has ever seen God; the only-begotten God, who is in the bosom of the Father, he has made him known,” calling the invisible and ineffable the bosom of God. From this some have called him the Depth, as having encompassed and embosomed all things, unreachable and boundless. Yes, indeed, this is the most difficult of all discussions, the one about God. For since the first principle of every matter is hard to discover, surely the first and oldest principle is hard to demonstrate, which is the cause of all other things coming to be and, once they have come to be, of their being. For how could that be expressed which is neither genus, nor difference, nor species, nor individual, nor number, nor even an accident, nor that to which an accident belongs? Nor would anyone rightly call him a whole; for “whole” belongs to the category of magnitude, and he is the Father of the whole. Nor indeed are any parts of him to be spoken of; for the One is indivisible, and for this reason also infinite, not in the sense of being impossible to traverse, but in the sense of being without dimension and without limit, and therefore without form and without name.
5.12.82Stählin 2:380–381
κἂν ὀνομάζωμεν αὐτό ποτε, οὐ κυρίως καλοῦντες ἤτοι ἓν ἢ τἀγαθὸν ἢ νοῦν ἢ αὐτὸ τὸ ὂν ἢ πατέρα ἢ θεὸν ἢ δημιουργὸν ἢ κύριον, οὐχ ὡς ὄνομα αὐτοῦ προφερόμενοι λέγομεν, ὑπὸ δὲ ἀπορίας ὀνόμασι καλοῖς προσχρώμεθα, ἵνʼ ἔχῃ ἡ διάνοια, μὴ περὶ ἄλλα πλανωμένη, ἐπερείδεσθαι τούτοις. οὐ γὰρ τὸ καθʼ ἕκαστον μηνυτικὸν τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ ἀθρόως ἅπαντα ἐνδεικτικὰ τῆς τοῦ παντοκράτορος δυνάμεως· τὰ γὰρ λεγόμενα ἢ ἐκ τῶν προσόντων αὐτοῖς ῥητά ἐστιν ἢ ἐκ τῆς πρὸς ἄλληλα σχέσεως, οὐδὲν δὲ τούτων λαβεῖν οἷόν τε περὶ τοῦ θεοῦ. ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ἐπιστήμῃ λαμβάνεται τῇ ἀποδεικτικῇ· αὕτη γὰρ ἐκ προτέρων καὶ γνωριμωτέρων συνίσταται, τοῦ δὲ ἀγεννήτου οὐδὲν προϋπάρχει. λείπεται δὴ θείᾳ χάριτι καὶ μόνῳ τῷ παρʼ αὐτοῦ λόγῳ τὸ ἄγνωστον νοεῖν, καθὸ καὶ ὁ Λουκᾶς ἐν ταῖς Πράξεσι τῶν ἀποστόλων ἀπομνημονεύει τὸν Παῦλον λέγοντα· ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, κατὰ πάντα ὡς δεισιδαιμονεστέρους ὑμᾶς θεωρῶ. περιερχόμενος γὰρ καὶ ἀναθεωρῶν τὰ σεβάσματα ὑμῶν εὗρον καὶ βωμὸν ἐν ᾧ ἐπεγέγραπτο· ›ἀγνώστῳ θεῷ.‹ ὃν οὖν ἀγνοοῦντες εὐσεβεῖτε, τοῦτον ἐγὼ καταγγέλλω ὑμῖν.
kan onomazōmen auto pote, ou kyriōs kalountes ētoi hen ē tagathon ē noun ē auto to on ē patera ē theon ē dēmiourgon ē kyrion, ouch hōs onoma autou propheromenoi legomen, hypo de aporias onomasi kalois proschrōmetha, hinʼ echę̄ hē dianoia, mē peri alla planōmenē, epereidesthai toutois. ou gar to kathʼ hekaston mēnytikon tou theou, alla athroōs hapanta endeiktika tēs tou pantokratoros dynameōs; ta gar legomena ē ek tōn prosontōn autois rhēta estin ē ek tēs pros allēla scheseōs, ouden de toutōn labein hoion te peri tou theou. allʼ oude epistēmę̄ lambanetai tę̄ apodeiktikę̄; hautē gar ek proterōn kai gnōrimōterōn synistatai, tou de agennētou ouden proÿparchei. leipetai dē theią chariti kai monǭ tǭ parʼ autou logǭ to agnōston noein, katho kai ho Loukas en tais Praxesi tōn apostolōn apomnēmoneuei ton Paulon legonta; andres Athēnaioi, kata panta hōs deisidaimonesterous hymas theōrō. perierchomenos gar kai anatheōrōn ta sebasmata hymōn heuron kai bōmon en hǭ epegegrapto; ›agnōstǭ theǭ.‹ hon oun agnoountes eusebeite, touton egō katangellō hymin.
And if we sometimes name it, calling it, though not properly, the One, or the Good, or Mind, or Being itself, or Father, or God, or Maker, or Lord, we do not speak as though uttering his name; but for lack of anything better we use fair names, so that the mind may have these to lean on and not wander about among other things. For none of them singly shows what God is, but all of them together indicate the power of the Almighty. For the things we say of anything are said either from what belongs to it or from its relation to other things, and none of these can be applied to God. Nor is he grasped by demonstrative knowledge; for that is built from what is prior and better known, and nothing exists before the Unbegotten. It remains, then, that we understand the Unknown by divine grace and by the Word alone that comes from him, as Luke too records in the Acts of the Apostles, where Paul says: “Men of Athens, I see that in every way you are very religious. For as I went about and looked at the objects of your worship, I found also an altar on which was inscribed, ‘To an unknown god.’ What therefore you worship in ignorance, this I proclaim to you.”
Miscellanies 5, chapter 13
5.13.83Stählin 2:381
Πᾶν τοίνυν, ὃ ὑπὸ ὄνομα πίπτει, γεννητόν ἐστιν, ἐάν τε βούλωνται ἐάν τε μή. εἴτʼ οὖν ὁ πατὴρ αὐτὸς ἕλκει πρὸς αὑτὸν πάντα τὸν καθαρῶς βεβιωκότα καὶ εἰς ἔννοιαν τῆς μακαρίας καὶ ἀφθάρτου φύσεως κεχωρηκότα, εἴτε τὸ ἐν ἡμῖν αὐτεξούσιον εἰς γνῶσιν ἀφικόμενον τἀγαθοῦ σκιρτᾷ τε καὶ πηδᾷ ὑπὲρ τὰ ἐσκαμμένα, ᾗ φασιν οἱ γυμνασταί, πλὴν οὐ χάριτος ἄνευ τῆς ἐξαιρέτου πτεροῦταί τε καὶ ἀνίσταται καὶ ἄνω τῶν ὑπερκειμένων αἴρεται ἡ ψυχή, πᾶν τὸ βρῖθον ἀποτιθεμένη καὶ ἀποδιδοῦσα τῷ συγγενεῖ. λέγει δὲ καὶ ὁ Πλάτων ἐν τῷ Μένωνι θεόσδοτον τὴν ἀρετήν, ὡς δηλοῦσιν αἱ λέξεις αἵδε· ἐκ μὲν τοίνυν τούτου τοῦ λογισμοῦ, ὦ Μένων, θείᾳ ἡμῖν φαίνεται μοίρᾳ παραγινομένη ἡ ἀρετὴ οἷς παραγίνεται. ἆρʼ οὐ δοκεῖ σοι τὴν οὐκ εἰς πάντας ἥκουσαν γνωστικὴν ἕξιν θείαν μοῖραν ᾐνίχθαι; σαφέστερον δὲ ἐπιφέρει· εἰ δὲ νῦν ἡμεῖς ἐν παντὶ τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ καλῶς ἐζητήσαμεν, ἀρετὴ ἂν εἴη οὔτε φύσει οὔτε διδακτόν, ἀλλὰ θείᾳ μοίρᾳ παραγιγνόμενον, οὐκ ἄνευ νοῦ, οἷς ἂν παραγίγνηται. θεόσδοτος τοίνυν ἡ σοφία, δύναμις οὖσα τοῦ πατρός, προτρέπει μὲν ἡμῶν τὸ αὐτεξούσιον, ἀποδέχεται δὲ τὴν πίστιν καὶ ἀμείβεται τὴν ἐπίστασιν τῆς ἐκλογῆς ἄκρᾳ κοινωνίᾳ.
Pan toinyn, ho hypo onoma piptei, gennēton estin, ean te boulōntai ean te mē. eitʼ oun ho patēr autos helkei pros hauton panta ton katharōs bebiōkota kai eis ennoian tēs makarias kai aphthartou physeōs kechōrēkota, eite to en hēmin autexousion eis gnōsin aphikomenon tagathou skirtą te kai pēdą hyper ta eskammena, hę̄ phasin hoi gymnastai, plēn ou charitos aneu tēs exairetou pteroutai te kai anistatai kai anō tōn hyperkeimenōn airetai hē psychē, pan to brithon apotithemenē kai apodidousa tǭ syngenei. legei de kai ho Platōn en tǭ Menōni theosdoton tēn aretēn, hōs dēlousin hai lexeis haide; ek men toinyn toutou tou logismou, ō Menōn, theią hēmin phainetai moirą paraginomenē hē aretē hois paraginetai. arʼ ou dokei soi tēn ouk eis pantas hēkousan gnōstikēn hexin theian moiran ę̄nichthai? saphesteron de epipherei; ei de nyn hēmeis en panti tǭ logǭ toutǭ kalōs ezētēsamen, aretē an eiē oute physei oute didakton, alla theią moirą paragignomenon, ouk aneu nou, hois an paragignētai. theosdotos toinyn hē sophia, dynamis ousa tou patros, protrepei men hēmōn to autexousion, apodechetai de tēn pistin kai ameibetai tēn epistasin tēs eklogēs akrą koinōnią.
Everything, then, that falls under a name is begotten, whether they like it or not. Whether, then, the Father himself draws to himself everyone who has lived purely and has advanced to the conception of the blessed and incorruptible nature, or whether our free will, having come to the knowledge of the good, leaps and bounds beyond the pit, as the trainers say, yet it is not without special grace that the soul grows wings and rises and is lifted above the things that lie above, laying aside all that weighs it down and giving it back to what is akin to it. Plato too says in the Meno that virtue is given by God, as these words show: “From this reasoning, then, Meno, virtue appears to come by divine dispensation to those to whom it comes.” Does it not seem to you that he hinted that the disposition of knowledge, which does not come to all, is a divine dispensation? And he adds more clearly: “But if we have inquired well in this whole discussion, virtue would be neither by nature nor taught, but comes by divine dispensation, not without intelligence, to those to whom it comes.” Wisdom, then, given by God, being the power of the Father, stirs our free will, receives faith, and rewards the attentiveness of the elect with the highest fellowship.
5.13.84Stählin 2:381–382
καὶ δὴ αὐτόν σοι Πλάτωνα παραστήσω ἄντικρυς ἤδη θεοῦ παισὶ πιστεύειν ἀξιοῦντα· περὶ γὰρ θεῶν ὁρατῶν τε καὶ γενητῶν ποιησάμενος τὸν λόγον ἐν τῷ Τιμαίῳ περὶ δὲ τῶν ἄλλων δαιμόνων εἰπεῖν καὶ γνῶναι τὴν γένεσιν φησὶ μεῖζον ἢ καθʼ ἡμᾶς, πειστέον δὲ τοῖς εἰρηκόσιν ἔμπροσθεν, ἐκγόνοις μὲν θεῶν οὖσιν, ὡς ἔφασαν, σαφῶς δέ πως τοὺς ἑαυτῶν προγόνους εἰδότων. ἀδύνατον οὖν θεῶν παισὶν ἀπιστεῖν, καίπερ ἄνευ εἰκότων καὶ ἀναγκαίων ἀποδείξεων λέγουσιν. οὐκ οἶμαι δύνασθαι σαφέστερον ὑπὸ Ἑλλήνων προσμαρτυρήσεσθαι τὸν σωτῆρα ἡμῶν καὶ τοὺς εἰς προφητείαν κεχρισμένους, τοὺς μὲν παῖδας θεοῦ ἀνηγορευμένους, τὸν δὲ κύριον υἱὸν ὄντα γνήσιον, ἀληθεῖς εἶναι περὶ τῶν θείων μάρτυρας· διὸ καὶ δεῖν πιστεύειν αὐτοῖς ἐνθέοις οὖσι προσέθηκε. κἂν τραγικώτερον εἴπῃ τις μὴ πιστεύειν· οὐ γάρ τί μοι Ζεὺς ἦν ὁ κηρύξας τάδε, ἀλλʼ ἴστω αὐτὸν τὸν θεὸν διὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ τὰς γραφὰς κηρύξαντα. πιστὸς δὲ ὁ τὰ οἰκεῖα καταγγέλλων, ἐπεὶ μηδεὶς φησὶν ὁ κύριος τὸν πατέρα ἔγνω, εἰ μὴ ὁ υἱὸς καὶ ᾧ ἂν ὁ υἱὸς ἀποκαλύψῃ.
kai dē auton soi Platōna parastēsō antikrys ēdē theou paisi pisteuein axiounta; peri gar theōn horatōn te kai genētōn poiēsamenos ton logon en tǭ Timaiǭ peri de tōn allōn daimonōn eipein kai gnōnai tēn genesin phēsi meizon ē kathʼ hēmas, peisteon de tois eirēkosin emprosthen, ekgonois men theōn ousin, hōs ephasan, saphōs de pōs tous heautōn progonous eidotōn. adynaton oun theōn paisin apistein, kaiper aneu eikotōn kai anankaiōn apodeixeōn legousin. ouk oimai dynasthai saphesteron hypo Hellēnōn prosmartyrēsesthai ton sōtēra hēmōn kai tous eis prophēteian kechrismenous, tous men paidas theou anēgoreumenous, ton de kyrion huion onta gnēsion, alētheis einai peri tōn theiōn martyras; dio kai dein pisteuein autois entheois ousi prosethēke. kan tragikōteron eipę̄ tis mē pisteuein; ou gar ti moi Zeus ēn ho kēryxas tade, allʼ istō auton ton theon dia tou huiou tas graphas kēryxanta. pistos de ho ta oikeia katangellōn, epei mēdeis phēsin ho kyrios ton patera egnō, ei mē ho huios kai hǭ an ho huios apokalypsę̄.
And now I will present Plato himself to you, plainly requiring belief in the children of God. For after discussing the visible and generated gods in the Timaeus, he says: “To speak about the other daemons and to know their origin is beyond us; but we must trust those who have spoken before, who were, as they said, offspring of gods, and surely knew their own ancestors. It is impossible, then, to disbelieve the children of gods, even though they speak without probable or necessary demonstrations.” I do not think that the Greeks could more clearly bear witness to our Savior, and to those anointed for prophecy (these proclaimed children of God, and the Lord being his true Son), that they are true witnesses about divine things; that is why he added that we must believe them, as being inspired. And if someone should say, rather in the manner of tragedy, that he does not believe (“for it was not Zeus who proclaimed these things to me”), let him know that it was God himself who proclaimed the Scriptures through the Son. And the one who announces what is his own is trustworthy, since “no one,” says the Lord, “has known the Father except the Son, and the one to whom the Son reveals him.”
5.13.85Stählin 2:382
πιστευτέον ἄρα τούτῳ καὶ κατὰ Πλάτωνα, κἂν ἄνευ γε εἰκότων καὶ ἀναγκαίων ἀποδείξεων διά τε τῆς παλαιᾶς διά τε τῆς νέας διαθήκης κηρύσσηται καὶ λέγηται. ἐὰν γὰρ μὴ πιστεύσητε, φησὶν ὁ κύριος, ἀποθανεῖσθε ἐν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν· ἔμπαλιν δέ· ὁ πιστεύων ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον. μακάριοι ἄρα πάντες οἱ πεποιθότες ἐπʼ αὐτῷ. πλεῖόν ἐστι τῆς πίστεως τὸ πεποιθέναι· ὅταν γὰρ ἐπίστηταί τις ὅτι ὁ υἱός ἐστι τοῦ θεοῦ ὁ διδάσκαλος ἡμῶν, πέποιθεν ἀληθῆ εἶναι τὴν διδασκαλίαν αὐτοῦ. ὡς δὲ ἡ μάθησις κατʼ Ἐμπεδοκλέα τὰς φρένας αὔξει, οὕτως ἡ εἰς τὸν κύριον πεποίθησις αὔξει τὴν πίστιν. τῶν αὐτῶν γοῦν φαμεν εἶναι φιλοσοφίαν μὲν ψέγειν, πίστεως δὲ κατατρέχειν ἀδικίαν τε ἐπαινεῖν καὶ τὸν κατʼ ἐπιθυμίαν βίον εὐδαιμονίζειν.
pisteuteon ara toutǭ kai kata Platōna, kan aneu ge eikotōn kai anankaiōn apodeixeōn dia te tēs palaias dia te tēs neas diathēkēs kēryssētai kai legētai. ean gar mē pisteusēte, phēsin ho kyrios, apothaneisthe en tais hamartiais hymōn; empalin de; ho pisteuōn echei zōēn aiōnion. makarioi ara pantes hoi pepoithotes epʼ autǭ. pleion esti tēs pisteōs to pepoithenai; hotan gar epistētai tis hoti ho huios esti tou theou ho didaskalos hēmōn, pepoithen alēthē einai tēn didaskalian autou. hōs de hē mathēsis katʼ Empedoklea tas phrenas auxei, houtōs hē eis ton kyrion pepoithēsis auxei tēn pistin. tōn autōn goun phamen einai philosophian men psegein, pisteōs de katatrechein adikian te epainein kai ton katʼ epithymian bion eudaimonizein.
He must be believed, then, even according to Plato, even if he is proclaimed and spoken of through the old and the new covenant without probable and necessary demonstrations. “For if you do not believe,” says the Lord, “you will die in your sins”; and conversely: “He who believes has eternal life.” “Blessed, then, are all who trust in him.” Trust is more than faith; for when someone understands that the Son of God is our teacher, he trusts that his teaching is true. And as learning, according to Empedocles, increases the mind, so trust in the Lord increases faith. At any rate we say that it belongs to the same people to find fault with philosophy and to disparage faith, to praise injustice, and to call the life of desire happy.
5.13.86Stählin 2:383
Ἤδη δὲ ἡ πίστις εἰ καὶ ἑκούσιος τῆς ψυχῆς συγκατάθεσις, ἀλλὰ ἐργάτις ἀγαθῶν καὶ δικαιοπραγίας θεμέλιος. κἂν ὁ Ἀριστοτέλης τεχνολογῇ, τὸ μὲν ποιεῖν καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἀλόγων ζῴων τάσσεσθαι καὶ ἐπὶ ἀψύχων διδάσκων, τὸ δὲ πράττειν ἀνθρώπων εἶναι μόνων, εὐθυνέτω τοὺς λέγοντας ποιητὴν τῶν ὅλων τὸν θεόν. τὸ δὲ πρακτὸν ἢ ὡς ἀγαθὸν ἢ ὡς ἀναγκαῖόν φησι. τὸ τοίνυν ἀδικεῖν ἀγαθὸν οὐκ ἔστιν (οὐδεὶς γὰρ εἰ μὴ διά τι ἕτερον ἀδικεῖ), τῶν δὲ ἀναγκαίων οὐδὲν ἑκούσιον· τὸ τοίνυν ἀδικεῖν ἑκούσιον, ὥστε οὐδὲ ἀναγκαῖον. τῶν δὲ φαύλων οἱ σπουδαῖοι μάλιστα ταῖς τε αἱρέσεσι καὶ ταῖς ἀστείαις ἐπιθυμίαις διαφέρουσιν. πᾶσα γὰρ μοχθηρία ψυχῆς μετὰ ἀκρασίας ἐστίν, καὶ ὁ διὰ πάθος πράττων διʼ ἀκρασίαν πράττει καὶ μοχθηρίαν. ἔπεισιν οὖν μοι παρʼ ἕκαστα θαυμάζειν τὴν θείαν ἐκείνην φωνήν· ἀμὴν ἀμήν, λέγω ὑμῖν· ὁ μὴ εἰσερχόμενος διὰ τῆς θύρας εἰς τὴν αὐλήν τῶν προβάτων, ἀλλὰ ἀναβαίνων ἀλλαχόθεν, ἐκεῖνος κλέπτης ἐστὶ καὶ λῃστής· ὁ δὲ εἰσερχόμενος διὰ τῆς θύρας ποιμήν ἐστι τῶν προβάτων· τούτῳ ὁ θυρωρὸς ἀνοίγει. εἶτα ἐπεξηγούμενος ὁ κύριος λέγει· ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα τῶν προβάτων.
Ēdē de hē pistis ei kai hekousios tēs psychēs synkatathesis, alla ergatis agathōn kai dikaiopragias themelios. kan ho Aristotelēs technologę̄, to men poiein kai epi tōn alogōn zǭōn tassesthai kai epi apsychōn didaskōn, to de prattein anthrōpōn einai monōn, euthynetō tous legontas poiētēn tōn holōn ton theon. to de prakton ē hōs agathon ē hōs anankaion phēsi. to toinyn adikein agathon ouk estin (oudeis gar ei mē dia ti heteron adikei), tōn de anankaiōn ouden hekousion; to toinyn adikein hekousion, hōste oude anankaion. tōn de phaulōn hoi spoudaioi malista tais te hairesesi kai tais asteiais epithymiais diapherousin. pasa gar mochthēria psychēs meta akrasias estin, kai ho dia pathos prattōn diʼ akrasian prattei kai mochthērian. epeisin oun moi parʼ hekasta thaumazein tēn theian ekeinēn phōnēn; amēn amēn, legō hymin; ho mē eiserchomenos dia tēs thyras eis tēn aulēn tōn probatōn, alla anabainōn allachothen, ekeinos kleptēs esti kai lę̄stēs; ho de eiserchomenos dia tēs thyras poimēn esti tōn probatōn; toutǭ ho thyrōros anoigei. eita epexēgoumenos ho kyrios legei; egō eimi hē thyra tōn probatōn.
Now faith, even if it is a voluntary assent of the soul, is nevertheless a worker of good things and the foundation of right conduct. And if Aristotle draws a technical distinction, teaching that “making” is said also of irrational animals and of lifeless things, while “doing” belongs to humans alone, let him correct those who call God the Maker of the universe. What is done, he says, is done either as good or as necessary. Now doing wrong is not good (for no one does wrong except for the sake of something else), and nothing necessary is voluntary; doing wrong, then, is voluntary, and so it is not necessary either. The good differ from the bad most of all in their choices and their noble desires. For all wickedness of soul goes with lack of self-control, and the one who acts through passion acts through lack of self-control and wickedness. It comes over me, then, at every point to wonder at that divine saying: “Truly, truly, I say to you, he who does not enter by the door into the sheepfold, but climbs in by another way, that one is a thief and a robber; but he who enters by the door is the shepherd of the sheep; to him the doorkeeper opens.” Then the Lord explains and says: “I am the door of the sheep.”
5.13.87Stählin 2:383–384
δεῖ τοίνυν διὰ Χριστοῦ τὴν ἀλήθειαν μεμαθηκότας σῴζεσθαι, κἂν φιλοσοφήσαντες τὴν Ἑλληνικὴν φιλοσοφίαν τύχωσιν· νῦν γὰρ ἐδείχθη ἐναργῶς, ὃ ἑτέραις γενεαῖς οὐκ ἐγνωρίσθη τοῖς υἱοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων, νῦν ἀπεκαλύφθη· θεοῦ μὲν γὰρ ἔμφασις ἑνὸς ἦν τοῦ παντοκράτορος παρὰ πᾶσι τοῖς εὖ φρονοῦσι πάντοτε φυσική, καὶ τῆς ἀιδίου κατὰ τὴν θείαν πρόνοιαν εὐεργεσίας ἀντελαμβάνοντο οἱ πλεῖστοι, οἱ καὶ μὴ τέλεον ἀπηρυθριακότες πρὸς τὴν ἀλήθειαν. καθόλου γοῦν τὴν περὶ τοῦ θείου ἔννοιαν Ξενοκράτης ὁ Καλχηδόνιος οὐκ ἀπελπίζει καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἀλόγοις ζῴοις, Δημόκριτος δέ, κἂν μὴ θέλῃ, ὁμολογήσει διὰ τὴν ἀκολουθίαν τῶν δογμάτων· τὰ γὰρ αὐτὰ πεποίηκεν εἴδωλα τοῖς ἀνθρώποις προσπίπτοντα καὶ τοῖς ἀλόγοις ζῴοις ἀπὸ τῆς θείας οὐσίας. πολλοῦ γε δεῖ ἄμοιρον εἶναι θείας ἐννοίας τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ὅς γε καὶ τοῦ ἐμφυσήματος ἐν τῇ γενέσει μεταλαβεῖν ἀναγέγραπται, καθαρωτέρας οὐσίας παρὰ τὰ ἄλλα ζῷα μετασχών.
dei toinyn dia Christou tēn alētheian memathēkotas sǭzesthai, kan philosophēsantes tēn Hellēnikēn philosophian tychōsin; nyn gar edeichthē enargōs, ho heterais geneais ouk egnōristhē tois huiois tōn anthrōpōn, nyn apekalyphthē; theou men gar emphasis henos ēn tou pantokratoros para pasi tois eu phronousi pantote physikē, kai tēs aidiou kata tēn theian pronoian euergesias antelambanonto hoi pleistoi, hoi kai mē teleon apērythriakotes pros tēn alētheian. katholou goun tēn peri tou theiou ennoian Xenokratēs ho Kalchēdonios ouk apelpizei kai en tois alogois zǭois, Dēmokritos de, kan mē thelę̄, homologēsei dia tēn akolouthian tōn dogmatōn; ta gar auta pepoiēken eidōla tois anthrōpois prospiptonta kai tois alogois zǭois apo tēs theias ousias. pollou ge dei amoiron einai theias ennoias ton anthrōpon, hos ge kai tou emphysēmatos en tę̄ genesei metalabein anagegraptai, katharōteras ousias para ta alla zǭa metaschōn.
It is, then, by learning the truth through Christ that people must be saved, even if they happen to have practiced Greek philosophy. For now it has been shown clearly: “what was not made known to the sons of men in other generations has now been revealed.” For there was always a natural perception of the one God, the Almighty, among all right-thinking people, and most people, those who had not entirely lost their shame before the truth, laid hold of his everlasting beneficence according to divine providence. At any rate, Xenocrates of Chalcedon does not wholly despair of a conception of the divine even in irrational animals; and Democritus, even if unwilling, will admit it by the consequence of his doctrines; for he has made the same images, coming from the divine being, fall upon human beings and upon irrational animals. Far indeed is man from having no share in the conception of the divine, since he is recorded in Genesis to have received the in-breathing as well, partaking of a purer essence than the other animals.
5.13.88Stählin 2:384
ἐντεῦθεν οἱ ἀμφὶ τὸν Πυθαγόραν θείᾳ μοίρᾳ τὸν νοῦν εἰς ἀνθρώπους ἥκειν φασί, καθάπερ Πλάτων καὶ Ἀριστοτέλης ὁμολογοῦσιν. ἀλλʼ ἡμεῖς μὲν τῷ πεπιστευκότι προσεπιπνεῖσθαι τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμά φαμεν, οἳ δὲ ἀμφὶ τὸν Πλάτωνα νοῦν μὲν ἐν ψυχῇ θείας μοίρας ἀπόρροιαν ὑπάρχοντα, ψυχὴν δὲ ἐν σώματι κατοικίζουσιν· ἀναφανδὸν γὰρ διὰ Ἰωὴλ ἑνὸς τῶν δώδεκα προφητῶν εἴρηται· καὶ ἔσται μετὰ ταῦτα, ἐκχεῶ ἀπὸ τοῦ πνεύματός μου ἐπὶ πᾶσαν σάρκα, καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν καὶ αἱ θυγατέρες ὑμῶν προφητεύσουσιν. ἀλλʼ οὐχ ὡς μέρος θεοῦ ἐν ἑκάστῳ ἡμῶν τὸ πνεῦμα. ὅπως δὲ ἡ διανομὴ αὕτη καὶ ὅ τί ποτέ ἐστι τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα, ἐν τοῖς Περὶ προφητείας κἀν τοῖς Περὶ ψυχῆς ἐπιδειχθήσεται ἡμῖν. ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν τῆς γνώσεως βάθη κρύπτειν ἀπιστίη ἀγαθὴ καθʼ Ἡράκλειτον, ἀπιστίῃ γὰρ διαφυγγάνει μὴ γιγνώσκεσθαι.
enteuthen hoi amphi ton Pythagoran theią moirą ton noun eis anthrōpous hēkein phasi, kathaper Platōn kai Aristotelēs homologousin. allʼ hēmeis men tǭ pepisteukoti prosepipneisthai to hagion pneuma phamen, hoi de amphi ton Platōna noun men en psychę̄ theias moiras aporroian hyparchonta, psychēn de en sōmati katoikizousin; anaphandon gar dia Iōēl henos tōn dōdeka prophētōn eirētai; kai estai meta tauta, ekcheō apo tou pneumatos mou epi pasan sarka, kai hoi huioi hymōn kai hai thygateres hymōn prophēteusousin. allʼ ouch hōs meros theou en hekastǭ hēmōn to pneuma. hopōs de hē dianomē hautē kai ho ti pote esti to hagion pneuma, en tois Peri prophēteias kan tois Peri psychēs epideichthēsetai hēmin. alla ta men tēs gnōseōs bathē kryptein apistiē agathē kathʼ Hērakleiton, apistię̄ gar diaphynganei mē gignōskesthai.
Hence the Pythagoreans say that mind comes to human beings by divine dispensation, as Plato and Aristotle also agree. But we say that the Holy Spirit is breathed in besides upon the one who has believed, while the Platonists place mind in the soul as an emanation of divine dispensation, and the soul in the body. For it has been said openly through Joel, one of the twelve prophets: “And it shall be after these things that I will pour out of my Spirit on all flesh, and your sons and your daughters shall prophesy.” But the Spirit is not in each of us as a part of God. How this distribution takes place, and what the Holy Spirit is, will be shown by us in the works On Prophecy and On the Soul. But “to hide the depths of knowledge is a good distrust,” according to Heraclitus; “for through distrust it escapes being known.”
Miscellanies 5, chapter 14
5.14.89Stählin 2:384–385
XIV. τὰ δʼ ἑξῆς προσαποδοτέον καὶ τὴν ἐκ τῆς βαρβάρου φιλοσοφίας Ἑλληνικὴν κλοπὴν σαφέστερον ἤδη παραστατέον. Φασὶ γὰρ σῶμα εἶναι τὸν θεὸν οἱ Στωϊκοὶ καὶ πνεῦμα κατʼ οὐσίαν, ὥσπερ ἀμέλει καὶ τὴν ψυχήν. πάντα ταῦτα ἄντικρυς εὑρήσεις ἐν ταῖς γραφαῖς. μὴ γάρ μοι τὰς ἀλληγορίας αὐτῶν ἐννοήσῃς τὰ νῦν ὡς ἡ γνωστικὴ παραδίδωσιν ἀλήθεια, εἰ ἄλλο τι δεικνύουσαι, καθάπερ οἱ σοφοὶ παλαισταί, ἄλλο μηνύουσιν. ἀλλʼ οἳ μὲν διήκειν διὰ πάσης τῆς οὐσίας τὸν θεόν φασιν, ἡμεῖς δὲ ποιητὴν μόνον αὐτὸν καλοῦμεν καὶ λόγῳ ποιητήν. παρήγαγεν δὲ αὐτοὺς τὸ ἐν τῇ Σοφίᾳ εἰρημένον διήκει δὲ καὶ χωρεῖ διὰ πάντων διὰ τὴν καθαριότητα, ἐπεὶ μὴ συνῆκαν λέγεσθαι ταῦτα ἐπὶ τῆς σοφίας τῆς πρωτοκτίστου τῷ θεῷ. ναί, φασίν, ἀλλὰ ὕλην ὑποτίθενται οἱ φιλόσοφοι ἐν ταῖς ἀρχαῖς, οἵ τε Στωϊκοὶ καὶ Πλάτων καὶ Πυθαγόρας, ἀλλὰ καὶ Ἀριστοτέλης ὁ Περιπατητικός, οὐχὶ δὲ μίαν ἀρχήν. ἴστωσαν οὖν τὴν καλουμένην ὕλην ἄποιον καὶ ἀσχημάτιστον λεγομένην πρὸς αὐτῶν, καὶ τολμηρότερον ἤδη μὴ ὂν πρὸς τοῦ Πλάτωνος εἰρῆσθαι. καὶ μή τι μυστικώτατα μίαν τὴν ὄντως οὖσαν ἀρχὴν εἰδὼς ἐν τῷ Τιμαίῳ αὐταῖς φησι λέξεσιν· νῦν δʼ οὖν τὸ παρʼ ἡμῶν ὧδε ἐχέτω· τὴν μὲν περὶ πάντων εἴτε ἀρχὴν εἴτε ἀρχὰς εἴτε ὅπῃ δοκεῖ τούτων πέρι, τὸ νῦν οὐ ῥητέον, διʼ ἄλλο μὲν οὐδέν, διὰ δὲ τὸ χαλεπὸν εἶναι κατὰ τὸν παρόντα τρόπον τῆς διεξόδου δηλῶσαι τὰ δοκοῦντα.
XIV. ta dʼ hexēs prosapodoteon kai tēn ek tēs barbarou philosophias Hellēnikēn klopēn saphesteron ēdē parastateon. Phasi gar sōma einai ton theon hoi Stōïkoi kai pneuma katʼ ousian, hōsper amelei kai tēn psychēn. panta tauta antikrys heurēseis en tais graphais. mē gar moi tas allēgorias autōn ennoēsę̄s ta nyn hōs hē gnōstikē paradidōsin alētheia, ei allo ti deiknyousai, kathaper hoi sophoi palaistai, allo mēnyousin. allʼ hoi men diēkein dia pasēs tēs ousias ton theon phasin, hēmeis de poiētēn monon auton kaloumen kai logǭ poiētēn. parēgagen de autous to en tę̄ Sophią eirēmenon diēkei de kai chōrei dia pantōn dia tēn kathariotēta, epei mē synēkan legesthai tauta epi tēs sophias tēs prōtoktistou tǭ theǭ. nai, phasin, alla hylēn hypotithentai hoi philosophoi en tais archais, hoi te Stōïkoi kai Platōn kai Pythagoras, alla kai Aristotelēs ho Peripatētikos, ouchi de mian archēn. istōsan oun tēn kaloumenēn hylēn apoion kai aschēmatiston legomenēn pros autōn, kai tolmēroteron ēdē mē on pros tou Platōnos eirēsthai. kai mē ti mystikōtata mian tēn ontōs ousan archēn eidōs en tǭ Timaiǭ autais phēsi lexesin; nyn dʼ oun to parʼ hēmōn hōde echetō; tēn men peri pantōn eite archēn eite archas eite hopę̄ dokei toutōn peri, to nyn ou rhēteon, diʼ allo men ouden, dia de to chalepon einai kata ton paronta tropon tēs diexodou dēlōsai ta dokounta.
(Chapter 14.) What follows must now be added, and the Greek theft from the barbarian philosophy must now be set out more clearly. For the Stoics say that God is a body, and spirit in essence, just as, of course, the soul is. All these things you will find plainly in the Scriptures. For do not think, for now, of the allegorical senses of the Scriptures as the true tradition of knowledge hands them down, in case, like skilled wrestlers, they show one thing and mean another. But the Stoics say that God pervades all being, whereas we call him Maker only, and Maker by the Word. What misled them was the saying in Wisdom: “It pervades and passes through all things because of its purity,” since they did not understand that this is said of Wisdom, the first created by God. “Yes,” they say, “but the philosophers, the Stoics and Plato and Pythagoras, and Aristotle the Peripatetic too, posit matter among the first principles, and not one principle.” Let them know, then, that what is called matter is said by them to be without quality and without form, and was said by Plato, more boldly still, to be non-being. And did he not, most mystically, knowing the one principle that truly is, say in the Timaeus in these very words: “Now let our view be put thus: the principle of all things, or principles, or whatever one thinks about them, must not be spoken of now, for no other reason than that it is difficult, in the present manner of exposition, to make plain what we think.”
5.14.90Stählin 2:385–386
ἄλλως τε ἡ λέξις ἡ προφητικὴ ἐκείνη ἡ δὲ γῆ ἦν ἀόρατος καὶ ἀκατασκεύαστος ἀφορμὰς αὐτοῖς ὑλικῆς οὐσίας παρέσχηται. Ναὶ μὴν Ἐπικούρῳ μὲν ἡ τοῦ αὐτομάτου παρείσδυσις οὐ παρακολουθήσαντι τῷ ῥητῷ γέγονεν ἐντεῦθεν ματαιότης ματαιοτήτων, τὰ πάντα ματαιότης. Ἀριστοτέλει δὲ μέχρι σελήνης ἐπῆλθε καταγαγεῖν τὴν πρόνοιαν ἐκ τοῦδε τοῦ ψαλμοῦ· κύριε, ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ τὸ ἔλεός σου καὶ ἡ ἀλήθειά σου ἕως τῶν νεφελῶν. οὐδέπω γὰρ ἀποκεκάλυπτο ἡ τῶν προφητικῶν δήλωσις μυστηρίων πρὸ τῆς τοῦ κυρίου παρουσίας. Τάς τε αὖ μετὰ θάνατον κολάσεις καὶ τὴν διὰ πυρὸς τιμωρίαν ἀπὸ τῆς βαρβάρου φιλοσοφίας ἥ τε ποιητικὴ πᾶσα μοῦσα, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ Ἑλληνικὴ φιλοσοφία ὑφείλετο. Πλάτων γοῦν ἐν τῷ τελευταίῳ τῆς Πολιτείας αὐταῖς φησι ταῖς λέξεσιν· ἐνταῦθα δὴ ἄνδρες ἄγριοι, διάπυροι ἰδεῖν, παρεστῶτες, καταμανθάνοντες τὸ φθέγμα, τοὺς μὲν ἰδίᾳ παραλαβόντες ἦγον, τὸν δὲ Ἀριδαῖον καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους συμποδίσαντες χεῖράς τε καὶ πόδας καὶ κεφαλήν, καταβαλόντες καὶ ἐκδείραντες, εἷλκον παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν ἐκτὸς ἐπʼ ἀσπαλάθων κνάπτοντες. οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἄνδρες οἱ διάπυροι ἀγγέλους αὐτῷ βούλονται δηλοῦν, οἳ παραλαβόντες τοὺς ἀδίκους κολάζουσιν· ὁ ποιῶν, φησί, τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ πνεύματα καὶ τοὺς λειτουργοὺς αὐτοῦ πῦρ φλέγον.
allōs te hē lexis hē prophētikē ekeinē hē de gē ēn aoratos kai akataskeuastos aphormas autois hylikēs ousias pareschētai. Nai mēn Epikourǭ men hē tou automatou pareisdysis ou parakolouthēsanti tǭ rhētǭ gegonen enteuthen mataiotēs mataiotētōn, ta panta mataiotēs. Aristotelei de mechri selēnēs epēlthe katagagein tēn pronoian ek toude tou psalmou; kyrie, en tǭ ouranǭ to eleos sou kai hē alētheia sou heōs tōn nephelōn. oudepō gar apokekalypto hē tōn prophētikōn dēlōsis mystēriōn pro tēs tou kyriou parousias. Tas te au meta thanaton kolaseis kai tēn dia pyros timōrian apo tēs barbarou philosophias hē te poiētikē pasa mousa, alla kai hē Hellēnikē philosophia hypheileto. Platōn goun en tǭ teleutaiǭ tēs Politeias autais phēsi tais lexesin; entautha dē andres agrioi, diapyroi idein, parestōtes, katamanthanontes to phthegma, tous men idią paralabontes ēgon, ton de Aridaion kai tous allous sympodisantes cheiras te kai podas kai kephalēn, katabalontes kai ekdeirantes, heilkon para tēn hodon ektos epʼ aspalathōn knaptontes. hoi men gar andres hoi diapyroi angelous autǭ boulontai dēloun, hoi paralabontes tous adikous kolazousin; ho poiōn, phēsi, tous angelous autou pneumata kai tous leitourgous autou pyr phlegon.
Moreover, that prophetic saying, “And the earth was invisible and unformed,” gave them their starting points for a material substance. Yes, and Epicurus' introduction of chance arose from this, because he did not follow the saying: “Vanity of vanities, all is vanity.” And it occurred to Aristotle to bring providence down only as far as the moon from this psalm: “Lord, your mercy is in heaven, and your truth reaches to the clouds.” For the disclosure of the prophetic mysteries had not yet been revealed before the coming of the Lord. Again, the punishments after death and the retribution by fire were stolen from the barbarian philosophy by all the poetic Muse, and by Greek philosophy as well. Plato, at any rate, in the last book of the Republic, says in these very words: “Then wild men, fiery to look at, standing by and understanding the sound, took some away separately; but Aridaeus and the others they bound hand and foot and head, threw them down and flayed them, and dragged them along the road outside, carding them on thorns.” For by the fiery men he means to indicate angels, who seize and punish the unjust: “who makes,” it says, “his angels spirits and his ministers flaming fire.”
5.14.91Stählin 2:386
ἕπεται δὲ τούτοις τὴν ψυχὴν εἶναι ἀθάνατον. τὸ γὰρ κολαζόμενον ἢ παιδευόμενον ἐν αἰσθήσει ὂν ζῇ, κἂν πάσχειν λέγηται. τί δʼ; οὐκ οἶδεν ὁ Πλάτων καὶ πυρὸς ποταμοὺς καὶ τῆς γῆς τὸ βάθος, τὴν πρὸς τῶν βαρβάρων Γέενναν καλουμένην Τάρταρον ποιητικῶς ὀνομάζων, Κωκυτόν τε καὶ Ἀχέροντα καὶ Πυριφλεγέθοντα καὶ τοιαῦτά τινα εἰς τὴν παίδευσιν σωφρονίζοντα παρεισάγων κολαστήρια; τῶν μικρῶν δὲ κατὰ τὴν γραφὴν καὶ ἐλαχίστων τοὺς ἀγγέλους τοὺς ὁρῶντας τὸν θεόν, πρὸς δὲ καὶ τὴν εἰς ἡμᾶς διʼ ἀγγέλων τῶν ἐφεστώτων ἥκουσαν ἐπισκοπὴν ἐμφαίνων οὐκ ὀκνεῖ γράφειν· ἐπειδὴ πάσας τὰς ψυχὰς τοὺς βίους ᾑρῆσθαι, ὥσπερ ἔλαχον, ἐν τάξει προσιέναι πρὸς τὴν Λάχεσιν, κείνην δὲ ἑκάστῳ, ὃν εἵλετο δαίμονα, τοῦτον φύλακα συμπέμπειν τοῦ βίου καὶ ἀποπληρωτὴν τῶν αἱρεθέντων. τάχα δὲ καὶ τῷ Σωκράτει τὸ δαιμόνιον τοιοῦτό τι ᾐνίσσετο.
hepetai de toutois tēn psychēn einai athanaton. to gar kolazomenon ē paideuomenon en aisthēsei on zę̄, kan paschein legētai. ti dʼ? ouk oiden ho Platōn kai pyros potamous kai tēs gēs to bathos, tēn pros tōn barbarōn Geennan kaloumenēn Tartaron poiētikōs onomazōn, Kōkyton te kai Acheronta kai Pyriphlegethonta kai toiauta tina eis tēn paideusin sōphronizonta pareisagōn kolastēria? tōn mikrōn de kata tēn graphēn kai elachistōn tous angelous tous horōntas ton theon, pros de kai tēn eis hēmas diʼ angelōn tōn ephestōtōn hēkousan episkopēn emphainōn ouk oknei graphein; epeidē pasas tas psychas tous bious hę̄rēsthai, hōsper elachon, en taxei prosienai pros tēn Lachesin, keinēn de hekastǭ, hon heileto daimona, touton phylaka sympempein tou biou kai apoplērōtēn tōn hairethentōn. tacha de kai tǭ Sōkratei to daimonion toiouto ti ę̄nisseto.
From these things it follows that the soul is immortal. For what is punished or corrected, being in a state of perception, lives, even if it is said to suffer. What then? Does not Plato know of rivers of fire and of the depth of the earth, calling poetically Tartarus what the barbarians call Gehenna, and bringing in Cocytus and Acheron and Pyriphlegethon and other such places of punishment that correct and bring people to their senses? And pointing to the angels of the little and least ones, according to the Scripture, who behold God, and also to the oversight that reaches us through the angels set over us, he does not hesitate to write: “When all the souls had chosen their lives, in the order of their lots they went up to Lachesis; and she sent with each the daemon he had chosen, as guardian of his life and fulfiller of what had been chosen.” Perhaps Socrates' daemon too hinted at something of this kind.
5.14.92Stählin 2:386–387
Ναὶ μὴν γενετὸν εἶναι τὸν κόσμον ἐκ Μωυσέως παραλαβόντες ἐδογμάτισαν οἱ φιλόσοφοι. καὶ ὅ γε Πλάτων ἄντικρυς εἴρηκεν· πότερον ἦν, ἀρχὴν ἔχων γενέσεως οὐδεμίαν, ἢ γέγονεν, ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς τινος ἀρξάμενος; γέγονεν· ὁρατὸς τε γὰρ ὢν ἁπτός ἐστιν ἁπτός τε ὢν καὶ σῶμα ἔχει. αὖθίς τε ὁπόταν εἴπῃ τὸν μὲν οὖν ποιητὴν καὶ πατέρα τοῦδε τοῦ παντὸς εὑρεῖν τε ἔργον, οὐ μόνον γενητὸν τε ἔδειξεν τὸν κόσμον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐξ αὐτοῦ γεγονέναι σημαίνει καθάπερ υἱόν, πατέρα δὲ αὐτοῦ κεκλῆσθαι, ὡς ἂν ἐκ μόνου γενομένου καὶ ἐκ μὴ ὄντος ὑποστάντος. γενητὸν δὲ καὶ οἱ Στωϊκοὶ τίθενται τὸν κόσμον. Τόν τε ὑπὸ τῆς βαρβάρου φιλοσοφίας θρυλούμενον διάβολον, τὸν τῶν δαιμόνων ἄρχοντα, κακοεργὸν εἶναι ψυχὴν ἐν τῷ δεκάτῳ τῶν Νόμων ὁ Πλάτων λέγει ταῖσδε ταῖς λέξεσιν· ψυχὴν διοικοῦσαν καὶ ἐνοικοῦσαν τοῖς πάντῃ κινουμένοις μῶν οὐ καὶ τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνάγκη διοικεῖν φάναι; τί μήν; μίαν ἢ πλείους; πλείους, ἐγὼ ὑπὲρ σφῶν ἀποκρινοῦμαι. δυοῖν μέν που ἔλαττον μηδὲν τιθῶμεν, τῆς τε εὐεργέτιδος καὶ τῆς τἀναντία δυναμένης ἐξεργάσασθαι.
Nai mēn geneton einai ton kosmon ek Mōyseōs paralabontes edogmatisan hoi philosophoi. kai ho ge Platōn antikrys eirēken; poteron ēn, archēn echōn geneseōs oudemian, ē gegonen, apʼ archēs tinos arxamenos? gegonen; horatos te gar ōn haptos estin haptos te ōn kai sōma echei. authis te hopotan eipę̄ ton men oun poiētēn kai patera toude tou pantos heurein te ergon, ou monon genēton te edeixen ton kosmon, alla kai ex autou gegonenai sēmainei kathaper huion, patera de autou keklēsthai, hōs an ek monou genomenou kai ek mē ontos hypostantos. genēton de kai hoi Stōïkoi tithentai ton kosmon. Ton te hypo tēs barbarou philosophias thryloumenon diabolon, ton tōn daimonōn archonta, kakoergon einai psychēn en tǭ dekatǭ tōn Nomōn ho Platōn legei taisde tais lexesin; psychēn dioikousan kai enoikousan tois pantę̄ kinoumenois mōn ou kai ton ouranon anankē dioikein phanai? ti mēn? mian ē pleious? pleious, egō hyper sphōn apokrinoumai. dyoin men pou elatton mēden tithōmen, tēs te euergetidos kai tēs tanantia dynamenēs exergasasthai.
Yes, and the philosophers took over from Moses the teaching that the world has come into being. And Plato said plainly: “Was it always, having no beginning of coming to be, or has it come to be, having begun from some beginning? It has come to be; for it is visible and tangible, and being tangible it has a body.” And again, when he says, “Now, the Maker and Father of this universe it is a task to find,” he not only showed that the world came into being, but also indicates that it came into being from him as a son, and that he is called its Father, since it came into being from him alone and came to exist from what was not. The Stoics too hold that the world came into being. And the devil, so much spoken of by the barbarian philosophy, the ruler of the demons, Plato in the tenth book of the Laws calls an evil-working soul, in these words: “Since soul governs and dwells in all things that move in any way, must we not say that it governs heaven too? Certainly. One soul or more? More, I shall answer for you both. Let us assume no fewer than two: the one that does good, and the one able to work the opposite.”
5.14.93Stählin 2:387–388
ὁμοίως δὲ κἀν τῷ Φαίδρῳ ταῦτα γράφει· ἔστι μὲν δὴ καὶ ἄλλα κακά, ἀλλά τις δαίμων ἔμιξε τοῖς πλείστοις ἐν τῷ παραυτίκα ἡδονήν. ἀλλὰ κἀν τῷ δεκάτῳ τῶν Νόμων ἄντικρυς τὸ ἀποστολικὸν δείκνυσιν ἐκεῖνο· οὐκ ἔστιν ἡμῖν ἡ πάλη πρὸς αἷμα καὶ σάρκα, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὰς ἀρχάς, πρὸς τὰς ἐξουσίας, πρὸς τὰ πνευματικὰ τῶν ἐν οὐρανοῖς, ὧδέ πως γράφων· ἐπειδὴ γὰρ συνεχωρήσαμεν ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς εἶναι μὲν τὸν οὐρανὸν πολλῶν μεστὸν ἀγαθῶν, εἶναι δὲ καὶ τῶν ἐναντίων, πλειόνων δὲ τῶν μή, μάχη, φαμέν, ἀθάνατός ἐσθʼ ἡ τοιαύτη καὶ φυλακῆς θαυμαστῆς δεομένη. Κόσμον τε αὖθις τὸν μὲν νοητὸν οἶδεν ἡ βάρβαρος φιλοσοφία, τὸν δὲ αἰσθητόν, τὸν μὲν ἀρχέτυπον, τὸν δὲ εἰκόνα τοῦ καλουμένου παραδείγματος· καὶ τὸν μὲν ἀνατίθησι μονάδι, ὡς ἂν νοητόν, τὸν δὲ αἰσθητὸν ἑξάδι· γάμος γὰρ παρὰ τοῖς Πυθαγορείοις, ὡς ἂν γόνιμος ἀριθμός, ἡ ἑξὰς καλεῖται. καὶ ἐν μὲν τῇ μονάδι συνίστησιν οὐρανὸν ἀόρατον καὶ γῆν ἀειδῆ καὶ φῶς νοητόν· ἐν ἀρχῇ γάρ φησιν ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν· ἡ δὲ γῆ ἦν ἀόρατος.
homoiōs de kan tǭ Phaidrǭ tauta graphei; esti men dē kai alla kaka, alla tis daimōn emixe tois pleistois en tǭ parautika hēdonēn. alla kan tǭ dekatǭ tōn Nomōn antikrys to apostolikon deiknysin ekeino; ouk estin hēmin hē palē pros haima kai sarka, alla pros tas archas, pros tas exousias, pros ta pneumatika tōn en ouranois, hōde pōs graphōn; epeidē gar synechōrēsamen hēmin autois einai men ton ouranon pollōn meston agathōn, einai de kai tōn enantiōn, pleionōn de tōn mē, machē, phamen, athanatos esthʼ hē toiautē kai phylakēs thaumastēs deomenē. Kosmon te authis ton men noēton oiden hē barbaros philosophia, ton de aisthēton, ton men archetypon, ton de eikona tou kaloumenou paradeigmatos; kai ton men anatithēsi monadi, hōs an noēton, ton de aisthēton hexadi; gamos gar para tois Pythagoreiois, hōs an gonimos arithmos, hē hexas kaleitai. kai en men tę̄ monadi synistēsin ouranon aoraton kai gēn aeidē kai phōs noēton; en archę̄ gar phēsin epoiēsen ho theos ton ouranon kai tēn gēn; hē de gē ēn aoratos.
Similarly he writes this in the Phaedrus too: “There are indeed other evils, but some daemon has mixed with most of them a pleasure of the moment.” And in the tenth book of the Laws he plainly shows that apostolic saying, “Our wrestling is not against blood and flesh, but against the principalities, against the authorities, against the spiritual forces in the heavenly places,” writing thus: “For since we have agreed among ourselves that heaven is full of many good things, and also of their opposites, but more of those that are not good, such a battle, we say, is undying and needs wonderful vigilance.” Again, the barbarian philosophy knows one world as intelligible and another as sensible, the one the archetype, the other the image of what is called the pattern; and it assigns the one, as intelligible, to the monad, and the sensible to the hexad; for among the Pythagoreans the hexad is called marriage, as a generative number. And in the monad it establishes an invisible heaven and an unformed earth and intelligible light; for it says: “In the beginning God made the heaven and the earth; and the earth was invisible.”
5.14.94Stählin 2:388
εἶτʼ ἐπιφέρει· καὶ εἶπεν ὁ θεός· γενηθήτω φῶς· καὶ ἐγένετο φῶς. ἐν δὲ τῇ κοσμογονίᾳ τῇ αἰσθητῇ στερεὸν οὐρανὸν δημιουργεῖ (τὸ δὲ στερεὸν αἰσθητόν) γῆν τε ὁρατὴν καὶ φῶς βλεπόμενον. ἆρʼ οὐ δοκεῖ σοι ἐντεῦθεν ὁ Πλάτων ζῴων ἰδέας ἐν τῷ νοητῷ ἀπολείπειν κόσμῳ καὶ τὰ εἴδη τὰ αἰσθητὰ κατὰ τὰ γένη δημιουργεῖν τὰ νοητά; εἰκότως ἄρα ἐκ γῆς μὲν τὸ σῶμα διαπλάττεσθαι λέγει ὁ Μωυσῆς, ὃ γήινόν φησιν ὁ Πλάτων σκῆνος, ψυχὴν δὲ τὴν λογικὴν ἄνωθεν ἐμπνευσθῆναι ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ εἰς πρόσωπον. ἐνταῦθα γὰρ τὸ ἡγεμονικὸν ἱδρῦσθαι λέγουσι, τὴν διὰ τῶν αἰσθητηρίων ἐπείσοδον τῆς ψυχῆς ἐπὶ τοῦ πρωτοπλάστου εἴσοδον ἑρμηνεύοντες, διὸ καὶ κατʼ εἰκόνα καὶ ὁμοίωσιν τὸν ἄνθρωπον γεγονέναι. εἰκὼν μὲν γὰρ θεοῦ λόγος θεῖος καὶ βασιλικός, ἄνθρωπος ἀπαθής, εἰκὼν δʼ εἰκόνος ἀνθρώπινος νοῦς. ἑτέρῳ δʼ εἰ βούλει παραλαβεῖν ὀνόματι τὴν ἐξομοίωσιν, εὕροις ἂν παρὰ τῷ Μωυσεῖ τὴν ἀκολουθίαν ὀνομαζομένην θείαν· φησὶ γάρ· ὀπίσω κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ ὑμῶν πορεύεσθε καὶ τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ φυλάξατε. ἀκόλουθοι δʼ, οἶμαι, καὶ θεραπευταὶ θεοῦ πάντες οἱ ἐνάρετοι.
eitʼ epipherei; kai eipen ho theos; genēthētō phōs; kai egeneto phōs. en de tę̄ kosmogonią tę̄ aisthētę̄ stereon ouranon dēmiourgei (to de stereon aisthēton) gēn te horatēn kai phōs blepomenon. arʼ ou dokei soi enteuthen ho Platōn zǭōn ideas en tǭ noētǭ apoleipein kosmǭ kai ta eidē ta aisthēta kata ta genē dēmiourgein ta noēta? eikotōs ara ek gēs men to sōma diaplattesthai legei ho Mōysēs, ho gēinon phēsin ho Platōn skēnos, psychēn de tēn logikēn anōthen empneusthēnai hypo tou theou eis prosōpon. entautha gar to hēgemonikon hidrysthai legousi, tēn dia tōn aisthētēriōn epeisodon tēs psychēs epi tou prōtoplastou eisodon hermēneuontes, dio kai katʼ eikona kai homoiōsin ton anthrōpon gegonenai. eikōn men gar theou logos theios kai basilikos, anthrōpos apathēs, eikōn dʼ eikonos anthrōpinos nous. heterǭ dʼ ei boulei paralabein onomati tēn exomoiōsin, heurois an para tǭ Mōysei tēn akolouthian onomazomenēn theian; phēsi gar; opisō kyriou tou theou hymōn poreuesthe kai tas entolas autou phylaxate. akolouthoi dʼ, oimai, kai therapeutai theou pantes hoi enaretoi.
Then it adds: “And God said, Let there be light; and there was light.” And in the creation of the sensible world he makes a solid heaven (and what is solid is sensible), a visible earth, and light that is seen. Does it not seem to you that it is from here that Plato leaves ideas of living beings in the intelligible world, and makes the sensible species according to the intelligible kinds? Fittingly, then, Moses says that the body was formed from the earth, what Plato calls the “earthly tent,” but that the rational soul was breathed in from above by God into the face. For there, they say, the ruling faculty is seated, and they interpret the entrance of the soul through the sense organs in the first-formed man as its entry; for this reason also man is said to have come into being “according to the image and likeness.” For the image of God is the divine and royal Word, the man free from passion, and the image of the image is the human mind. And if you wish to take up “likeness” under another name, you would find it called in Moses “following” God; for he says: “Walk after the Lord your God and keep his commandments.” And all the virtuous, I think, are followers and servants of God.
5.14.95Stählin 2:388–389
ἐντεῦθεν οἱ μὲν Στωϊκοὶ τὸ τέλος τῆς φιλοσοφίας τὸ ἀκολούθως τῇ φύσει ζῆν εἰρήκασι, Πλάτων δὲ ὁμοίωσιν θεῷ (ὡς ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ παρεστήσαμεν Στρωματεῖ)· Ζήνων δὲ ὁ Στωϊκὸς παρὰ Πλάτωνος λαβών, ὃ δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς βαρβάρου φιλοσοφίας, τοὺς ἀγαθοὺς πάντας ἀλλήλων εἶναι φίλους λέγει. φησὶ γὰρ ἐν τῷ Φαίδρῳ Σωκράτης ὡς οὐχ εἵμαρται κακὸν κακῷ φίλον εἶναι οὐδʼ ἀγαθὸν ἀγαθῷ μὴ φίλον, ὅπερ κἀν τῷ Λύσιδι ἀπέδειξεν ἱκανῶς, ὡς ἐν ἀδικίᾳ καὶ πονηρίᾳ οὐκ ἄν ποτε σωθείη φιλία. καὶ ὁ Ἀθηναῖος ξένος ὁμοίως φησὶ πρᾶξιν εἶναι φίλην καὶ ἀκόλουθον θεῷ καὶ ἕνα λόγον ἔχουσαν ἀρχαῖον, ὅταν τὸ μὲν ὅμοιον τῷ ὁμοίῳ μετρίῳ ὄντι φίλον ᾖ, τὰ δὲ ἄμετρα οὔτε τοῖς ἀμέτροις οὔτε τοῖς ἐμμέτροις.
enteuthen hoi men Stōïkoi to telos tēs philosophias to akolouthōs tę̄ physei zēn eirēkasi, Platōn de homoiōsin theǭ (hōs en tǭ deuterǭ parestēsamen Strōmatei); Zēnōn de ho Stōïkos para Platōnos labōn, ho de apo tēs barbarou philosophias, tous agathous pantas allēlōn einai philous legei. phēsi gar en tǭ Phaidrǭ Sōkratēs hōs ouch heimartai kakon kakǭ philon einai oudʼ agathon agathǭ mē philon, hoper kan tǭ Lysidi apedeixen hikanōs, hōs en adikią kai ponērią ouk an pote sōtheiē philia. kai ho Athēnaios xenos homoiōs phēsi praxin einai philēn kai akolouthon theǭ kai hena logon echousan archaion, hotan to men homoion tǭ homoiǭ metriǭ onti philon ę̄, ta de ametra oute tois ametrois oute tois emmetrois.
Hence the Stoics have said that the end of philosophy is to live following nature, and Plato, likeness to God (as we showed in the second Miscellany); and Zeno the Stoic, taking it from Plato, as Plato took it from the barbarian philosophy, says that all good people are friends of one another. For Socrates says in the Phaedrus that it is not fated for a bad man to be a friend to a bad man, nor for a good man not to be a friend to a good man; and he showed this sufficiently in the Lysis too, that friendship could never be preserved in injustice and wickedness. And the Athenian Stranger likewise says that the action that is dear to God and follows him is one, and has one ancient principle: that like is dear to like when it is measured, but things without measure are dear neither to the unmeasured nor to the measured.
5.14.96Stählin 2:389
ὁ δὲ θεὸς ἡμῖν πάντων χρημάτων μέτρον ἂν εἴη. εἶτα ὑποβὰς ἐπάγει πάλιν· πᾶς γὰρ δὴ ἀγαθὸς ἀγαθῷ ὅμοιος, κατὰ τοῦτο δὲ καὶ θεῷ ἐοικὼς ἀγαθῷ τε παντὶ φίλος ὑπάρχει καὶ θεῷ. ἐνταῦθα γενόμενος κἀκείνου ἀνεμνήσθην· ἐπὶ τέλει γὰρ τοῦ Τιμαίου λέγει τῷ κατανοουμένῳ τὸ κατανοοῦν ἐξομοιῶσαι δεῖν κατὰ τὴν ἀρχαίαν φύσιν, ὁμοιώσαντα δὲ τέλος ἔχειν τοῦ προτεθέντος ἀνθρώπῳ ὑπὸ θεῶν ἀρίστου βίου πρός τε τὸν παρόντα καὶ τὸν ἔπειτα χρόνον. ἴσον γὰρ τούτοις ἐκεῖνα δύναται· οὐ παύσεται ὁ ζητῶν, ἕως ἂν εὕρῃ· εὑρὼν δὲ θαμβηθήσεται, θαμβηθεὶς δὲ βασιλεύσει, βασιλεύσας δὲ ἐπαναπαήσεται. Τί δʼ; οὐχὶ κἀκεῖνα τοῦ Θάλητος ἐκ τῶνδε ἤρτηται; τὸ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων δοξάζεσθαι τὸν θεὸν καὶ τὸ καρδιογνώστην λέγεσθαι πρὸς ἡμῶν ἄντικρυς ἑρμηνεύει. ἐρωτηθεὶς γέ τοι ὁ Θάλης, τί ἐστι τὸ θεῖον, τὸ μήτε ἀρχήν, ἔφη, μήτε τέλος ἔχον. πυθομένου δὲ ἑτέρου, εἰ λανθάνει τὸ θεῖον πράσσων τι ἄνθρωπος, καὶ πῶς, εἶπεν, ὅς γε οὐδὲ διανοούμενος; Ναὶ μὴν μόνον τὸ καλὸν ἀγαθὸν οἶδεν ἡ βάρβαρος φιλοσοφία καὶ τὴν ἀρετὴν αὐτάρκη πρὸς εὐδαιμονίαν, ὁπηνίκα ἂν εἴπῃ· ἰδού, δέδωκα πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν σου τὸ ἀγαθὸν καὶ τὸ κακόν, τὴν ζωὴν καὶ τὸν θάνατον· ἔκλεξαι τὴν ζωήν. τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἀγαθὸν ζωὴν καλεῖ καὶ καλὸν τὴν τούτου ἐκλογήν, κακὸν δὲ τὴν τοῦ ἐναντίου αἵρεσιν. ἀγαθοῦ δὲ καὶ ζωῆς ἓν τέλος τὸ φιλόθεον γενέσθαι· αὕτη γὰρ ἡ ζωή σου καὶ τὸ πολυήμερον, ἀγαπᾶν τὸ πρὸς ἀλήθειαν.
ho de theos hēmin pantōn chrēmatōn metron an eiē. eita hypobas epagei palin; pas gar dē agathos agathǭ homoios, kata touto de kai theǭ eoikōs agathǭ te panti philos hyparchei kai theǭ. entautha genomenos kakeinou anemnēsthēn; epi telei gar tou Timaiou legei tǭ katanooumenǭ to katanooun exomoiōsai dein kata tēn archaian physin, homoiōsanta de telos echein tou protethentos anthrōpǭ hypo theōn aristou biou pros te ton paronta kai ton epeita chronon. ison gar toutois ekeina dynatai; ou pausetai ho zētōn, heōs an heurę̄; heurōn de thambēthēsetai, thambētheis de basileusei, basileusas de epanapaēsetai. Ti dʼ? ouchi kakeina tou Thalētos ek tōnde ērtētai? to eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn doxazesthai ton theon kai to kardiognōstēn legesthai pros hēmōn antikrys hermēneuei. erōtētheis ge toi ho Thalēs, ti esti to theion, to mēte archēn, ephē, mēte telos echon. pythomenou de heterou, ei lanthanei to theion prassōn ti anthrōpos, kai pōs, eipen, hos ge oude dianooumenos? Nai mēn monon to kalon agathon oiden hē barbaros philosophia kai tēn aretēn autarkē pros eudaimonian, hopēnika an eipę̄; idou, dedōka pro ophthalmōn sou to agathon kai to kakon, tēn zōēn kai ton thanaton; eklexai tēn zōēn. to men gar agathon zōēn kalei kai kalon tēn toutou eklogēn, kakon de tēn tou enantiou hairesin. agathou de kai zōēs hen telos to philotheon genesthai; hautē gar hē zōē sou kai to polyēmeron, agapan to pros alētheian.
“And God would be for us the measure of all things.” Then, a little further on, he adds again: “For every good man is like a good man, and in this way, being like God, he is a friend both to every good man and to God.” Having got this far, I remembered that too: at the end of the Timaeus he says that one must make the thinking part like what it thinks, according to its ancient nature, and having made it like, attain the end of the best life set before humanity by the gods, both for the present and for the time to come. For those words have the same force as these: “He who seeks will not stop until he finds; and having found, he will be amazed; and having been amazed, he will reign; and having reigned, he will rest.” What then? Do not those sayings of Thales also depend on these? He plainly interprets what we say, that God is glorified to the ages of ages and is called the Knower of hearts. When Thales was asked what the divine is, he said, “That which has neither beginning nor end.” And when another asked whether a man escapes the notice of the divine when he does something, he said, “How could he, when he does not even when he is thinking?” Yes, and the barbarian philosophy knows that only the noble is good, and that virtue is sufficient for happiness, when it says: “Behold, I have set before your eyes good and evil, life and death; choose life.” For it calls the good “life,” and the choice of it noble, and the choosing of the opposite evil. And the one end of good and of life is to become a lover of God; for “this is your life and length of days,” to love what is in accord with truth.
5.14.97Stählin 2:390
Σαφέστερον δὲ ἐκεῖνα ἔχει. ὁ γὰρ σωτήρ, ἀγαπᾶν παραγγείλας τὸν θεὸν καὶ τὸν πλησίον, ἐν ταύταις φησὶ ταῖς δυσὶν ἐντολαῖς ὅλον τὸν νόμον καὶ τοὺς προφήτας κρέμασθαι. ταῦτα θρυλοῦσιν οἱ Στωϊκοὶ τὰ δόγματα καὶ πρὸ τούτων ὁ Σωκράτης ἐν Φαίδρῳ εὐχόμενος· ὦ Πάν τε καὶ ἄλλοι θεοί, δοίητέ μοι τἄνδον εἶναι καλῷ. ἐν δὲ τῷ Θεαιτήτῳ διαρρήδην φησίν· ὁ γὰρ καλῶς λέγων καλός τε κἀγαθός. κἀν τῷ Πρωταγόρᾳ καλλίονι Ἀλκιβιάδου ἐντυχεῖν ὁμολογεῖ τοῖς ἑταίροις Πρωταγόρου, εἴ γε τὸ σοφώτατον κάλλιστόν ἐστιν· τὴν γὰρ ἀρετὴν τὸ κάλλος τῆς ψυχῆς ἔφη εἶναι, κατὰ δὲ τὸ ἐναντίον τὴν κακίαν αἶσχος ψυχῆς. Ἀντίπατρος μὲν οὖν ὁ Στωϊκός, τρία συγγραψάμενος βιβλία περὶ τοῦ ὅτι κατὰ Πλάτωνα μόνον τὸ καλὸν ἀγαθόν, ἀποδείκνυσιν ὅτι καὶ κατʼ αὐτὸν αὐτάρκης ἡ ἀρετὴ πρὸς εὐδαιμονίαν, καὶ ἄλλα πλείω παρατίθεται δόγματα σύμφωνα τοῖς Στωϊκοῖς. Ἀριστοβούλῳ δὲ τῷ κατὰ Πτολεμαῖον γεγονότι τὸν Φιλομήτορα, οὗ μέμνηται ὁ συνταξάμενος τὴν τῶν Μακκαβαϊκῶν ἐπιτομήν, βιβλία γέγονεν ἱκανά, διʼ ὧν ἀποδείκνυσι τὴν Περιπατητικὴν φιλοσοφίαν ἔκ τε τοῦ κατὰ Μωυσέα νόμου καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἠρτῆσθαι προφητῶν.
Saphesteron de ekeina echei. ho gar sōtēr, agapan parangeilas ton theon kai ton plēsion, en tautais phēsi tais dysin entolais holon ton nomon kai tous prophētas kremasthai. tauta thrylousin hoi Stōïkoi ta dogmata kai pro toutōn ho Sōkratēs en Phaidrǭ euchomenos; ō Pan te kai alloi theoi, doiēte moi tandon einai kalǭ. en de tǭ Theaitētǭ diarrēdēn phēsin; ho gar kalōs legōn kalos te kagathos. kan tǭ Prōtagorą kallioni Alkibiadou entychein homologei tois hetairois Prōtagorou, ei ge to sophōtaton kalliston estin; tēn gar aretēn to kallos tēs psychēs ephē einai, kata de to enantion tēn kakian aischos psychēs. Antipatros men oun ho Stōïkos, tria syngrapsamenos biblia peri tou hoti kata Platōna monon to kalon agathon, apodeiknysin hoti kai katʼ auton autarkēs hē aretē pros eudaimonian, kai alla pleiō paratithetai dogmata symphōna tois Stōïkois. Aristoboulǭ de tǭ kata Ptolemaion gegonoti ton Philomētora, hou memnētai ho syntaxamenos tēn tōn Makkabaïkōn epitomēn, biblia gegonen hikana, diʼ hōn apodeiknysi tēn Peripatētikēn philosophian ek te tou kata Mōysea nomou kai tōn allōn ērtēsthai prophētōn.
Those words are still clearer. For the Savior, having commanded us to love God and our neighbor, says that on these two commandments hang the whole Law and the Prophets. The Stoics keep repeating these doctrines, and before them Socrates in the Phaedrus, praying: “O Pan and you other gods, grant me to be beautiful within.” And in the Theaetetus he says expressly: “For he who speaks beautifully is beautiful and good.” And in the Protagoras he admits to Protagoras' companions that he has met someone more beautiful than Alcibiades, if indeed what is wisest is most beautiful; for he said that virtue is the beauty of the soul, and conversely vice is the ugliness of the soul. Antipater the Stoic, then, who wrote three books on the thesis that according to Plato only the noble is good, shows that according to Plato too virtue is sufficient for happiness, and he cites many other doctrines in agreement with the Stoics. And Aristobulus, who lived in the time of Ptolemy Philometor, and whom the author of the epitome of the Maccabean history mentions, wrote books enough to show that the Peripatetic philosophy depended on the law of Moses and the other prophets.
5.14.98Stählin 2:390–391
Καὶ τὰ μὲν τῇδε ἐχέτω· ἀδελφοὺς δὲ εἶναι ἡμᾶς, ὡς ἂν τοῦ ἑνὸς θεοῦ ὄντας καὶ ἑνὸς διδασκάλου, φαίνεταί που καὶ Πλάτων καλῶν ὧδέ πως· ἐστὲ μὲν γὰρ πάντες οἱ ἐν τῇ πόλει ἀδελφοί, ὡς φήσομεν πρὸς αὐτοὺς μυθολογοῦντες, ἀλλʼ ὁ θεὸς πλάττων, ὅσοι μὲν ὑμῶν ἱκανοὶ ἄρχειν, χρυσὸν ἐν τῇ γενέσει συνέμιξεν αὐτοῖς, διὸ τιμιώτατοί εἰσιν· ὅσοι δὲ ἐπίκουροι, ἄργυρον· σίδηρον δὲ καὶ χαλκὸν τοῖς γεωργοῖς καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις δημιουργοῖς. ὅθεν ἀνάγκη φησὶ γεγονέναι ἀσπάζεσθαί τε καὶ φιλεῖν τούτους μὲν ταῦτα ἐφʼ οἷς γνῶσις, ἐκείνους δὲ ἐφʼ οἷς δόξα. ἴσως γὰρ τὴν ἐκλεκτὴν ταύτην φύσιν γνώσεως ἐφιεμένην μαντεύεται, εἰ μή τι τρεῖς τινας ὑποτιθέμενος φύσεις, τρεῖς πολιτείας, ὡς ὑπέλαβόν τινες, διαγράφει, καὶ Ἰουδαίων μὲν ἀργυρᾶν, Ἑλλήνων δὲ τὴν τρίτην, Χριστιανῶν δέ, ᾗ ὁ χρυσὸς ὁ βασιλικὸς ἐγκαταμέμικται, τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα· τόν τε Χριστιανῶν βίον ἐμφαίνων κατὰ λέξιν γράφει ἐν τῷ Θεαιτήτῳ· λέγωμεν δὴ περὶ τῶν κορυφαίων. τί γὰρ ἄν τις τούς γε φαύλως διατρίβοντας ἐν φιλοσοφίᾳ λέγοι; οὗτοι δέ που οὔτε εἰς ἀγορὰν ἴσασι τὴν ὁδὸν οὔτε ὅπου δικαστήριον ἢ βουλευτήριον ἤ τι κοινὸν ἄλλο τῆς πόλεως συνέδριον, νόμους δὲ καὶ ψηφίσματα γεγραμμένα οὔτε ὁρῶσιν οὔτε ἀκούουσιν. σπουδαὶ δὲ ἑταιριῶν καὶ σύνοδοι καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐλητρίσι κῶμοι οὐδὲ ὄναρ πράττειν προσίσταται αὐτοῖς. εὖ δὲ ἢ κακῶς τις γέγονεν ἐν πόλει ἢ τί τῳ κακόν ἐστι γεγονὸς ἐκ προγόνων, μᾶλλον αὐτοὺς λέληθεν ἢ οἱ τῆς θαλάσσης λεγόμενοι χόες. καὶ ταῦτʼ οὐδʼ ὅτι οὐκ οἶδεν, οἶδεν, ἀλλὰ τῷ ὄντι τὸ σῶμα κεῖται αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐπιδημεῖ, αὐτὸς δὲ πέταται, κατὰ Πίνδαρον, τὰς τε γᾶς ὑπένερθεν οὐρανοῦ τε ὕπερ ἀστρονομῶν καὶ πᾶσαν πάντῃ φύσιν ἐρευνώμενος.
Kai ta men tę̄de echetō; adelphous de einai hēmas, hōs an tou henos theou ontas kai henos didaskalou, phainetai pou kai Platōn kalōn hōde pōs; este men gar pantes hoi en tę̄ polei adelphoi, hōs phēsomen pros autous mythologountes, allʼ ho theos plattōn, hosoi men hymōn hikanoi archein, chryson en tę̄ genesei synemixen autois, dio timiōtatoi eisin; hosoi de epikouroi, argyron; sidēron de kai chalkon tois geōrgois kai tois allois dēmiourgois. hothen anankē phēsi gegonenai aspazesthai te kai philein toutous men tauta ephʼ hois gnōsis, ekeinous de ephʼ hois doxa. isōs gar tēn eklektēn tautēn physin gnōseōs ephiemenēn manteuetai, ei mē ti treis tinas hypotithemenos physeis, treis politeias, hōs hypelabon tines, diagraphei, kai Ioudaiōn men argyran, Hellēnōn de tēn tritēn, Christianōn de, hę̄ ho chrysos ho basilikos enkatamemiktai, to hagion pneuma; ton te Christianōn bion emphainōn kata lexin graphei en tǭ Theaitētǭ; legōmen dē peri tōn koryphaiōn. ti gar an tis tous ge phaulōs diatribontas en philosophią legoi? houtoi de pou oute eis agoran isasi tēn hodon oute hopou dikastērion ē bouleutērion ē ti koinon allo tēs poleōs synedrion, nomous de kai psēphismata gegrammena oute horōsin oute akouousin. spoudai de hetairiōn kai synodoi kai hoi syn aulētrisi kōmoi oude onar prattein prosistatai autois. eu de ē kakōs tis gegonen en polei ē ti tǭ kakon esti gegonos ek progonōn, mallon autous lelēthen ē hoi tēs thalassēs legomenoi choes. kai tautʼ oudʼ hoti ouk oiden, oiden, alla tǭ onti to sōma keitai autou kai epidēmei, autos de petatai, kata Pindaron, tas te gas hypenerthen ouranou te hyper astronomōn kai pasan pantę̄ physin ereunōmenos.
Let these things stand so. That we are brothers, as belonging to the one God and one Teacher, Plato too seems to say, calling us so in these words: “For you are all brothers in the city,” as we shall say to them in telling the myth, “but God, in fashioning you, mixed gold into the birth of those of you who are fit to rule, which is why they are most honored; silver into the auxiliaries; and iron and bronze into the farmers and the other craftsmen.” Hence, he says, it must be that the first welcome and love the things in which there is knowledge, and the others the things in which there is opinion. For perhaps he divines this chosen nature that longs for knowledge; unless, positing three natures, he describes three polities, as some have supposed: the silver one of the Jews, the third of the Greeks, and that of the Christians, into which the royal gold has been mixed, the Holy Spirit. And depicting the life of the Christians he writes word for word in the Theaetetus: “Let us speak, then, of the leaders; for why would anyone speak of those who spend their time in philosophy poorly? These, I suppose, do not know the way to the marketplace, nor where the law court is, or the council chamber, or any other public assembly of the city; written laws and decrees they neither see nor hear. The eager pursuits of political clubs, and meetings, and revels with flute girls, do not occur to them to engage in even in a dream. Whether anyone in the city is well or badly born, or what evil has come to anyone from his ancestors, escapes them more than, as the saying goes, the pints of the sea. And he does not even know that he does not know these things; but in truth only his body lies and resides in the city, while he himself flies, according to Pindar, measuring the stars beneath the earth and above the heaven, and searching out every nature everywhere.”
5.14.99Stählin 2:391–392
Πάλιν αὖ τῷ τοῦ κυρίου ῥητῷ ἔστω ὑμῶν τὸ ναὶ ναὶ καὶ τὸ οὒ οὔ, ἐκεῖνο ἀπεικαστέον· ἀλλά μοι ψεῦδός τε συγχωρῆσαι καὶ ἀληθὲς ἀφανίσαι οὐδαμῶς θέμις· τῇ τε περὶ τοῦ ὀμόσαι ἀπαγορεύσει συνᾴδει ἥδε ἡ ἐν τῷ δεκάτῳ τῶν Νόμων λέξις· ἔπαινος δὲ ὅρκος τε περὶ παντὸς ἀπέστω. καὶ τὸ σύνολον Πυθαγόρας καὶ Σωκράτης καὶ Πλάτων, λέγοντες ἀκούειν φωνῆς θεοῦ, τὴν κατασκευὴν τῶν ὅλων θεωροῦντες ἀκριβῶς ὑπὸ θεοῦ γεγονυῖαν καὶ συνεχομένην ἀδιαλείπτως, ἀκηκόασι γὰρ τοῦ Μωυσέως λέγοντος ›εἶπεν, καὶ ἐγένετο‹, τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ ἔργον εἶναι διαγράφοντος. Ἐπί τε τῆς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκ χοὸς διαπλάσεως ἱστάμενοι γήινον μὲν οἱ φιλόσοφοι παρʼ ἕκαστα τὸ σῶμα ἀναγορεύουσιν· Ὅμηρος δὲ οὐκ ὀκνεῖ ἐν κατάρας μέρει θέσθαι τό· ἀλλʼ ὑμεῖς μὲν πάντες ὕδωρ καὶ γαῖα γένοισθε, καθάπερ Ἡσαΐας, καὶ καταπατήσατε αὐτοὺς λέγων ὡς πηλόν.
Palin au tǭ tou kyriou rhētǭ estō hymōn to nai nai kai to ou ou, ekeino apeikasteon; alla moi pseudos te synchōrēsai kai alēthes aphanisai oudamōs themis; tę̄ te peri tou omosai apagoreusei synądei hēde hē en tǭ dekatǭ tōn Nomōn lexis; epainos de horkos te peri pantos apestō. kai to synolon Pythagoras kai Sōkratēs kai Platōn, legontes akouein phōnēs theou, tēn kataskeuēn tōn holōn theōrountes akribōs hypo theou gegonuian kai synechomenēn adialeiptōs, akēkoasi gar tou Mōyseōs legontos ›eipen, kai egeneto‹, ton logon tou theou ergon einai diagraphontos. Epi te tēs tou anthrōpou ek choos diaplaseōs histamenoi gēinon men hoi philosophoi parʼ hekasta to sōma anagoreuousin; Homēros de ouk oknei en kataras merei thesthai to; allʼ hymeis men pantes hydōr kai gaia genoisthe, kathaper Hēsaïas, kai katapatēsate autous legōn hōs pēlon.
Again, with the Lord's saying, “Let your yes be yes and your no no,” this is to be compared: “But it is by no means lawful for me to concede a falsehood and to suppress the truth.” And with the prohibition of swearing this passage in the tenth book of the Laws agrees: “Let praise and oath be absent in every matter.” And, in general, Pythagoras, Socrates, and Plato, when they say that they hear the voice of God as they contemplate the structure of the universe, made precisely by God and held together unceasingly, had heard Moses saying, “He spoke, and it came to be,” describing the Word of God as a deed. And dwelling on the forming of man from dust, the philosophers at every turn proclaim the body earthly; and Homer does not hesitate to put it in the form of a curse: “But may all of you become water and earth,” as Isaiah too says, “And trample them like clay.”
5.14.100Stählin 2:392–393
Καλλίμαχος δὲ διαρρήδην γράφει· ἦν κεῖνος οὑνιαυτός, ᾧ τό τε πτηνὸν καὶ τοὐν θαλάσσῃ καὶ τὸ τετράπουν οὕτως ἐφθέγγετο ὡς ὁ πηλὸς ὁ Προμήθειος. πάλιν τε αὖ ὁ αὐτός τε εἴ σε (ἔφη) ὁ Προμηθεὺς ἔπλασε καὶ πηλοῦ μὴ ἐξ ἑτέρου γέγονας, Ἡσίοδός τε ἐπὶ τῆς Πανδώρας λέγει· Ἥφαιστον δʼ ἐκέλευσε περικλυτὸν ὅττι τάχιστα γαῖαν ὕδει φύρειν, ἐν δʼ ἀνθρώπου θέμεν αὐδὴν καὶ νόον. Πῦρ μὲν οὖν τεχνικὸν ὁδῷ βαδίζον εἰς γένεσιν τὴν φύσιν ὁρίζονται οἱ Στωϊκοί· πῦρ δὲ καὶ φῶς ἀλληγορεῖται ὁ θεὸς καὶ ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ πρὸς τῆς γραφῆς. Τί δʼ; οὐχὶ καὶ Ὅμηρος, παραφράζων τὸν χωρισμὸν τοῦ ὕδατος ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς καὶ τὴν ἀποκάλυψιν τὴν ἐμφανῆ τῆς ξηρᾶς, ἐπί τε τῆς Τηθύος καὶ τοῦ Ὠκεανοῦ λέγει· ἤδη γὰρ δηρὸν χρόνον ἀλλήλων ἀπέχονται εὐνῆς καὶ φιλότητος. Πάλιν τὸ δυνατὸν ἐν πᾶσι προσάπτουσι καὶ οἱ παρʼ Ἕλλησι λογιώτατοι τῷ θεῷ, ὁ μὲν Ἐπίχαρμος (Πυθαγόρειος δὲ ἦν) λέγων· οὐδὲν ἐκφεύγει τὸ θεῖον· τοῦτο γιγνώσκειν σε δεῖ, αὐτός ἐσθʼ ἁμῶν ἐπόπτης, ἀδυνατεῖ δὲ οὐδὲν θεός,
Kallimachos de diarrēdēn graphei; ēn keinos houniautos, hǭ to te ptēnon kai toun thalassę̄ kai to tetrapoun houtōs ephthengeto hōs ho pēlos ho Promētheios. palin te au ho autos te ei se (ephē) ho Promētheus eplase kai pēlou mē ex heterou gegonas, Hēsiodos te epi tēs Pandōras legei; Hēphaiston dʼ ekeleuse periklyton hotti tachista gaian hydei phyrein, en dʼ anthrōpou themen audēn kai noon. Pyr men oun technikon hodǭ badizon eis genesin tēn physin horizontai hoi Stōïkoi; pyr de kai phōs allēgoreitai ho theos kai ho logos autou pros tēs graphēs. Ti dʼ? ouchi kai Homēros, paraphrazōn ton chōrismon tou hydatos apo tēs gēs kai tēn apokalypsin tēn emphanē tēs xēras, epi te tēs Tēthyos kai tou Ōkeanou legei; ēdē gar dēron chronon allēlōn apechontai eunēs kai philotētos. Palin to dynaton en pasi prosaptousi kai hoi parʼ Hellēsi logiōtatoi tǭ theǭ, ho men Epicharmos (Pythagoreios de ēn) legōn; ouden ekpheugei to theion; touto gignōskein se dei, autos esthʼ hamōn epoptēs, adynatei de ouden theos,
And Callimachus writes expressly: “That was the year in which the winged creature, and the one in the sea, and the four-footed spoke just like the clay of Prometheus.” And again the same poet: “If Prometheus fashioned you, and you are not from some other clay.” And Hesiod says of Pandora: “And he commanded famous Hephaestus as quickly as possible to mix earth with water, and to put into it the voice and mind of a human being.” The Stoics define nature as a craftsmanlike fire proceeding methodically to generation; and God and his Word are called fire and light allegorically by the Scripture. What then? Does not Homer too, paraphrasing the separation of the water from the earth and the visible uncovering of the dry land, say of Tethys and Ocean: “For already for a long time they have kept apart from each other's bed and love.” Again, the most learned among the Greeks ascribe power over all things to God: Epicharmus (he was a Pythagorean) saying: “Nothing escapes the divine; this you must know; he himself is our overseer, and for God nothing is impossible.”
5.14.101Stählin 2:393–394
ὁ μελοποιὸς δέ· θεῷ δὲ δυνατὸν ἐκ μελαίνας νυκτὸς ἀμίαντον ὄρσαι φάος, κελαινεφέι δὲ σκότει καλύψαι καθαρὸν ἁμέρας σέλας (ὁ μόνος ἡμέρας ἐνεστώσης νύκτα ποιῆσαι δυνάμενος ποιῆσαι, φησίν, θεὸς οὗτός ἐστιν), ἔν τε τοῖς Φαινομένοις ἐπιγραφομένοις Ἄρατος, ἐκ Διὸς ἀρχώμεσθα εἰπών, τὸν οὐδέποτʼ, ἄνδρες, ἐῶμεν ἄρρητον· μεσταὶ δὲ Διὸς πᾶσαι μὲν ἀγυιαί, πᾶσαι δʼ ἀνθρώπων ἀγοραί, μεστὴ δὲ θάλασσα καὶ λιμένες· πάντῃ δὲ Διὸς κεχρήμεθα πάντες· ἐπιφέρει· τοῦ γὰρ καὶ γένος ἐσμέν, οἷον δημιουργία, ὁ δʼ ἤπιος ἀνθρώποισιν δεξιὰ σημαίνει, λαοὺς δʼ ἐπὶ ἔργα ἀγείρει· αὐτὰρ τάδε σήματʼ ἐν οὐρανῷ ἐστήριξεν, ἄστρα διακρίνας· ἐσκέψατο δʼ εἰς ἐνιαυτὸν ἀστέρας, οἵ κε μάλιστα τετυγμένα σημαίνοιεν ἀνδράσιν Ὡράων, ὄφρʼ ἔμπεδα πάντα φύηται· καί μιν ἀεὶ πρῶτόν τε καὶ ὕστατον ἱλάσκονται· χαῖρε, πάτερ, μέγα θαῦμα, μέγʼ ἀνθρώποισιν ὄνειαρ. καὶ πρὸ τούτου δὲ Ὅμηρος ἐπὶ τῆς ἡφαιστοτεύκτου ἀσπίδος κοσμοποιῶν κατὰ Μωυσέα ἐν μὲν γαῖαν ἔτευξʼ, ἐν δʼ οὐρανόν, ἐν δὲ θάλασσαν φησίν, ἐν δὲ τὰ τείρεα πάντα, τά τʼ οὐρανὸς ἐστεφάνωται. ὁ γὰρ διὰ τῶν ποιημάτων καὶ καταλογάδην συγγραμμάτων ᾀδόμενος Ζεὺς τὴν ἔννοιαν ἐπὶ τὸν θεὸν ἀναφέρει.
ho melopoios de; theǭ de dynaton ek melainas nyktos amianton orsai phaos, kelainephei de skotei kalypsai katharon hameras selas (ho monos hēmeras enestōsēs nykta poiēsai dynamenos poiēsai, phēsin, theos houtos estin), en te tois Phainomenois epigraphomenois Aratos, ek Dios archōmestha eipōn, ton oudepotʼ, andres, eōmen arrēton; mestai de Dios pasai men aguiai, pasai dʼ anthrōpōn agorai, mestē de thalassa kai limenes; pantę̄ de Dios kechrēmetha pantes; epipherei; tou gar kai genos esmen, hoion dēmiourgia, ho dʼ ēpios anthrōpoisin dexia sēmainei, laous dʼ epi erga ageirei; autar tade sēmatʼ en ouranǭ estērixen, astra diakrinas; eskepsato dʼ eis eniauton asteras, hoi ke malista tetygmena sēmainoien andrasin Hōraōn, ophrʼ empeda panta phyētai; kai min aei prōton te kai hystaton hilaskontai; chaire, pater, mega thauma, megʼ anthrōpoisin oneiar. kai pro toutou de Homēros epi tēs hēphaistoteuktou aspidos kosmopoiōn kata Mōysea en men gaian eteuxʼ, en dʼ ouranon, en de thalassan phēsin, en de ta teirea panta, ta tʼ ouranos estephanōtai. ho gar dia tōn poiēmatōn kai katalogadēn syngrammatōn ądomenos Zeus tēn ennoian epi ton theon anapherei.
and the lyric poet: “But it is possible for God to raise up undefiled light out of black night, and to cover the pure radiance of day with dark-clouded darkness” (he alone who can make night while it is day, he says, is God). And Aratus, in the work entitled Phaenomena, having said, “From Zeus let us begin, whom we men never leave unspoken; full of Zeus are all the streets, all the marketplaces of men, and full the sea and the harbors; and everywhere we all have need of Zeus,” adds: “For we are also his offspring” (that is, by creation), “and he, kindly to men, gives favorable signs and rouses the peoples to work. … For he himself fixed these signs in heaven, distinguishing the constellations, and planned for the year stars that would most of all give men well-ordered signs of the seasons, so that all things might grow steadily. Therefore they always propitiate him first and last: Hail, Father, great wonder, great blessing to men.” And before him Homer, on the shield made by Hephaestus, describing the making of the world as Moses does, says: “On it he made the earth, on it the heaven, on it the sea, and on it all the constellations with which heaven is crowned.” For the Zeus celebrated in poems and prose writings lifts the thought up to God.
5.14.102Stählin 2:394–395
Ἤδη δὲ ὡς εἰπεῖν ὑπʼ αὐγὰς ὁ Δημόκριτος εἶναί τινας ὀλίγους γράφει τῶν ἀνθρώπων, οἳ δὴ ἀνατείναντες τὰς χεῖρας ἐνταῦθα ὃν νῦν ἠέρα καλέομεν οἱ Ἕλληνες, πάντα Ζεὺς μυθέεται καὶ πάνθʼ οὗτος οἶδε καὶ διδοῖ πάντα καὶ ἀφαιρέεται, καὶ βασιλεὺς οὗτος τῶν πάντων. μυστικώτερον δὲ ὁ μὲν Βοιώτιος Πίνδαρος, ἅτε Πυθαγόρειος ὤν, ἓν ἀνδρῶν, ἓν θεῶν γένος, ἐκ μιᾶς δὲ ματρὸς πνέομεν ἄμφω, τῆς ὕλης, παραδίδωσι καὶ ἕνα τὸν τούτων δημιουργόν, ὃν ἀριστοτέχναν πατέρα λέγει, τὸν καὶ τὰς προκοπὰς κατʼ ἀξίαν εἰς θειότητα παρεσχημένον. σιωπῶ γὰρ Πλάτωνα. ἄντικρυς οὗτος ἐν τῇ πρὸς Ἔραστον καὶ Κορίσκον ἐπιστολῇ φαίνεται πατέρα καὶ υἱὸν οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅπως ἐκ τῶν Ἑβραϊκῶν γραφῶν ἐμφαίνων, παρακελευόμενος κατὰ λέξιν· ἐπομνύντας σπουδῇ τε ἅμα μὴ ἀμούσῳ καὶ τῇ τῆς σπουδῆς ἀδελφῇ παιδείᾳ τὸν πάντων θεὸν αἴτιον καὶ τοῦ ἡγεμόνος καὶ αἰτίου πατέρα κύριον ἐπομνύντας, ὅν, ἐὰν ὀρθῶς φιλοσοφήσητε, εἴσεσθε. ἥ τε ἐν Τιμαίῳ δημηγορία πατέρα καλεῖ τὸν δημιουργὸν λέγουσα ὧδέ πως· θεοὶ θεῶν, ὧν ἐγὼ πατὴρ δημιουργός τε ἔργων.
Ēdē de hōs eipein hypʼ augas ho Dēmokritos einai tinas oligous graphei tōn anthrōpōn, hoi dē anateinantes tas cheiras entautha hon nyn ēera kaleomen hoi Hellēnes, panta Zeus mytheetai kai panthʼ houtos oide kai didoi panta kai aphaireetai, kai basileus houtos tōn pantōn. mystikōteron de ho men Boiōtios Pindaros, hate Pythagoreios ōn, hen andrōn, hen theōn genos, ek mias de matros pneomen amphō, tēs hylēs, paradidōsi kai hena ton toutōn dēmiourgon, hon aristotechnan patera legei, ton kai tas prokopas katʼ axian eis theiotēta pareschēmenon. siōpō gar Platōna. antikrys houtos en tę̄ pros Eraston kai Koriskon epistolę̄ phainetai patera kai huion ouk oidʼ hopōs ek tōn Hebraïkōn graphōn emphainōn, parakeleuomenos kata lexin; epomnyntas spoudę̄ te hama mē amousǭ kai tę̄ tēs spoudēs adelphę̄ paideią ton pantōn theon aition kai tou hēgemonos kai aitiou patera kyrion epomnyntas, hon, ean orthōs philosophēsēte, eisesthe. hē te en Timaiǭ dēmēgoria patera kalei ton dēmiourgon legousa hōde pōs; theoi theōn, hōn egō patēr dēmiourgos te ergōn.
And now, so to speak, in broad daylight, Democritus writes that there are a few men who, stretching out their hands toward what we Greeks now call air, say: “Zeus speaks all things, and he knows all things, and gives all things and takes them away, and he is king of all.” And more mystically the Boeotian Pindar, since he was a Pythagorean, teaches that “one is the race of men, one of gods, and from one mother we both breathe” (that is, matter), and that there is one Maker of these, whom he calls “father, supreme artificer,” who also granted advances toward divinity according to merit. I say nothing of Plato. He plainly, in the letter to Erastus and Coriscus, appears to indicate the Father and the Son, from the Hebrew Scriptures, I do not know how, exhorting them in these words: “swearing, with an earnestness that is not unrefined and with learning, the sister of earnestness, by the God of all, the cause, and by the Lord, the Father of the leader and cause, whom, if you philosophize rightly, you will know.” And the speech in the Timaeus calls the Maker Father, speaking thus: “Gods of gods, of whom I am Father and Maker of works.”
5.14.103Stählin 2:395–396
ὥστε καὶ ἐπὰν εἴπῃ περὶ τὸν πάντων βασιλέα πάντα ἐστὶ κἀκείνου ἕνεκεν τὰ πάντα κἀκεῖνο αἴτιον ἁπάντων τῶν καλῶν, δεύτερον δὲ περὶ τὰ δεύτερα καὶ τρίτον περὶ τὰ τρίτα, οὐκ ἄλλως ἔγωγε ἐξακούω ἢ τὴν ἁγίαν τριάδα μηνύεσθαι· τρίτον μὲν γὰρ εἶναι τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα, τὸν υἱὸν δὲ δεύτερον, διʼ οὗ πάντα ἐγένετο κατὰ βούλησιν τοῦ πατρός. ὁ δʼ αὐτὸς ἐν τῷ δεκάτῳ τῆς Πολιτείας Ἠρὸς τοῦ Ἀρμενίου, τὸ γένος Παμφύλου, μέμνηται, ὅς ἐστι Ζωροάστρης· αὐτὸς γοῦν ὁ Ζωροάστρης γράφει· τάδε συνέγραψα Ζωροάστρης ὁ Ἀρμενίου, τὸ γένος Πάμφυλος, ἐν πολέμῳ τελευτήσας, ὅσα ἐν Ἅιδῃ γενόμενος ἐδάην παρὰ θεῶν. τὸν δὴ Ζωροάστρην τοῦτον ὁ Πλάτων δωδεκαταῖον ἐπὶ τῇ πυρᾷ κείμενον ἀναβιῶναι λέγει· τάχα μὲν οὖν τὴν ἀνάστασιν, τάχα δὲ ἐκεῖνα αἰνίσσεται, ὡς διὰ τῶν δώδεκα ζῳδίων ἡ ὁδὸς ταῖς ψυχαῖς γίνεται εἰς τὴν ἀνάληψιν, αὐτὸς δὲ καὶ εἰς τὴν γένεσίν φησι τὴν αὐτὴν γίγνεσθαι κάθοδον. ταύτῃ ὑποληπτέον καὶ τὰ τοῦ Ἡρακλέους ἆθλα γενέσθαι δώδεκα, μεθʼ ἃ τῆς ἀπαλλαγῆς παντὸς τοῦ κόσμου τοῦδε τυγχάνει ἡ ψυχή. οὐ παραπέμπομαι καὶ τὸν Ἐμπεδοκλέα, ὃς φυσικῶς οὕτως τῆς τῶν πάντων ἀναλήψεως μέμνηται, ὡς ἐσομένης ποτὲ εἰς τὴν τοῦ πυρὸς οὐσίαν μεταβολῆς.
hōste kai epan eipę̄ peri ton pantōn basilea panta esti kakeinou heneken ta panta kakeino aition hapantōn tōn kalōn, deuteron de peri ta deutera kai triton peri ta trita, ouk allōs egōge exakouō ē tēn hagian triada mēnyesthai; triton men gar einai to hagion pneuma, ton huion de deuteron, diʼ hou panta egeneto kata boulēsin tou patros. ho dʼ autos en tǭ dekatǭ tēs Politeias Ēros tou Armeniou, to genos Pamphylou, memnētai, hos esti Zōroastrēs; autos goun ho Zōroastrēs graphei; tade synegrapsa Zōroastrēs ho Armeniou, to genos Pamphylos, en polemǭ teleutēsas, hosa en Haidę̄ genomenos edaēn para theōn. ton dē Zōroastrēn touton ho Platōn dōdekataion epi tę̄ pyrą keimenon anabiōnai legei; tacha men oun tēn anastasin, tacha de ekeina ainissetai, hōs dia tōn dōdeka zǭdiōn hē hodos tais psychais ginetai eis tēn analēpsin, autos de kai eis tēn genesin phēsi tēn autēn gignesthai kathodon. tautę̄ hypolēpteon kai ta tou Hērakleous athla genesthai dōdeka, methʼ ha tēs apallagēs pantos tou kosmou toude tynchanei hē psychē. ou parapempomai kai ton Empedoklea, hos physikōs houtōs tēs tōn pantōn analēpseōs memnētai, hōs esomenēs pote eis tēn tou pyros ousian metabolēs.
So that when he says, “Around the king of all are all things, and for his sake are all things, and he is the cause of all good things; and the second around the second things, and the third around the third,” I understand nothing else than that the holy Trinity is indicated; for the third is the Holy Spirit, and the Son is the second, through whom all things came to be according to the will of the Father. The same Plato, in the tenth book of the Republic, mentions Er the son of Armenius, a Pamphylian by race, who is Zoroaster. At any rate Zoroaster himself writes: “These things I, Zoroaster son of Armenius, a Pamphylian by race, having died in war, wrote, whatever I learned from the gods when I was in Hades.” This Zoroaster, Plato says, came back to life on the twelfth day as he lay on the pyre. Perhaps, then, he hints at the resurrection; or perhaps at this, that the way for souls to their ascent is through the twelve signs of the zodiac, and he himself says that the descent into birth takes place by the same way. In this sense we must understand that the labors of Heracles were twelve, after which the soul attains release from this whole world. I do not pass over Empedocles either, who, speaking as a natural philosopher, mentions the taking up of all things, as there is to be at some time a change into the substance of fire.
5.14.104Stählin 2:396
σαφέστατα δʼ Ἡράκλειτος ὁ Ἐφέσιος ταύτης ἐστὶ τῆς δόξης, τὸν μέν τινα κόσμον ἀίδιον εἶναι δοκιμάσας, τὸν δέ τινα φθειρόμενον, τὸν κατὰ τὴν διακόσμησιν εἰδὼς οὐχ ἕτερον ὄντα ἐκείνου πως ἔχοντος. ἀλλʼ ὅτι μὲν ἀίδιον τὸν ἐξ ἁπάσης τῆς οὐσίας ἰδίως ποιὸν κόσμον ᾔδει, φανερὸν ποιεῖ λέγων οὕτως· κόσμον τὸν αὐτὸν ἁπάντων οὔτε τις θεῶν οὔτε ἀνθρώπων ἐποίησεν, ἀλλʼ ἦν ἀεὶ καὶ ἔστιν καὶ ἔσται πῦρ ἀείζωον ἁπτόμενον μέτρα καὶ ἀποσβεννύμενον μέτρα. ὅτι δὲ καὶ γενητὸν καὶ φθαρτὸν αὐτὸν εἶναι ἐδογμάτιζεν, μηνύει τὰ ἐπιφερόμενα· πυρὸς τροπαὶ πρῶτον θάλασσα, θαλάσσης δὲ τὸ μὲν ἥμισυ γῆ, τὸ δὲ ἥμισυ πρηστήρ. δυνάμει γὰρ λέγει, ὅτι πῦρ ὑπὸ τοῦ διοικοῦντος λόγου καὶ θεοῦ τὰ σύμπαντα διʼ ἀέρος τρέπεται εἰς ὑγρὸν τὸ ὡς σπέρμα τῆς διακοσμήσεως, ὃ καλεῖ θάλασσαν· ἐκ δὲ τούτου αὖθις γίνεται γῆ καὶ οὐρανὸς καὶ τὰ ἐμπεριεχόμενα. ὅπως δὲ πάλιν ἀναλαμβάνεται καὶ ἐκπυροῦται, σαφῶς διὰ τούτων δηλοῖ· θάλασσα διαχέεται καὶ μετρέεται εἰς τὸν αὐτὸν λόγον ὁκοῖος πρόσθεν ἦν ἢ γενέσθαι γῆ. ὁμοίως καὶ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων στοιχείων τὰ αὐτά.
saphestata dʼ Hērakleitos ho Ephesios tautēs esti tēs doxēs, ton men tina kosmon aidion einai dokimasas, ton de tina phtheiromenon, ton kata tēn diakosmēsin eidōs ouch heteron onta ekeinou pōs echontos. allʼ hoti men aidion ton ex hapasēs tēs ousias idiōs poion kosmon ę̄dei, phaneron poiei legōn houtōs; kosmon ton auton hapantōn oute tis theōn oute anthrōpōn epoiēsen, allʼ ēn aei kai estin kai estai pyr aeizōon haptomenon metra kai aposbennymenon metra. hoti de kai genēton kai phtharton auton einai edogmatizen, mēnyei ta epipheromena; pyros tropai prōton thalassa, thalassēs de to men hēmisy gē, to de hēmisy prēstēr. dynamei gar legei, hoti pyr hypo tou dioikountos logou kai theou ta sympanta diʼ aeros trepetai eis hygron to hōs sperma tēs diakosmēseōs, ho kalei thalassan; ek de toutou authis ginetai gē kai ouranos kai ta emperiechomena. hopōs de palin analambanetai kai ekpyroutai, saphōs dia toutōn dēloi; thalassa diacheetai kai metreetai eis ton auton logon hokoios prosthen ēn ē genesthai gē. homoiōs kai peri tōn allōn stoicheiōn ta auta.
Most clearly Heraclitus of Ephesus holds this opinion, judging that there is one world that is everlasting and another that perishes, and knowing that the world in its ordered arrangement is not other than that one when it is in a certain state. But that he knew the world composed of the whole substance, with its individual character, to be everlasting, he makes plain by saying this: “This world, the same for all, no one of gods or men made; but it always was and is and will be: ever-living fire, kindled in measures and quenched in measures.” And that he also taught that it is generated and perishable is shown by what follows: “The turnings of fire: first sea; and of sea, half is earth, half fiery whirlwind.” For he says in effect that fire, by the Word and God who governs all things, is turned through air into moisture, the seed, as it were, of the world's ordering, which he calls sea; and from this in turn come earth and heaven and what they contain. How it is taken up again and set on fire he shows clearly in these words: “Sea is poured out and measured to the same proportion as it was before it became earth.” And the same holds likewise for the other elements.
5.14.105Stählin 2:396–397
παραπλήσια τούτῳ καὶ οἱ ἐλλογιμώτατοι τῶν Στωϊκῶν δογματίζουσι περί τε ἐκπυρώσεως διαλαμβάνοντες καὶ κόσμου διοικήσεως καὶ τοῦ ἰδίως ποιοῦ κόσμου τε καὶ ἀνθρώπου καὶ τῆς τῶν ἡμετέρων ψυχῶν ἐπιδιαμονῆς. πάλιν τε αὖ ὁ Πλάτων ἐν μὲν τῷ ἑβδόμῳ τῆς Πολιτείας τὴν ἐνταῦθα ἡμέραν νυκτερινὴν κέκληκεν (διὰ τοὺς κοσμοκράτορας, οἶμαι, τοῦ σκότους τούτου), ὕπνον δὲ καὶ θάνατον τὴν εἰς σῶμα κάθοδον τῆς ψυχῆς κατὰ ταὐτὰ Ἡρακλείτῳ. καὶ μή τι τοῦτο ἐπὶ τοῦ σωτῆρος προεθέσπισεν τὸ πνεῦμα διὰ τοῦ Δαβὶδ λέγον· ἐγὼ ἐκοιμήθην καὶ ὕπνωσα· ἐξηγέρθην, ὅτι κύριος ἀντιλήψεταί μου. οὐ γὰρ τὴν ἀνάστασιν μόνην τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐξ ὕπνου ἔγερσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν εἰς σάρκα κάθοδον τοῦ κυρίου ὕπνον ἀλληγορεῖ.
paraplēsia toutǭ kai hoi ellogimōtatoi tōn Stōïkōn dogmatizousi peri te ekpyrōseōs dialambanontes kai kosmou dioikēseōs kai tou idiōs poiou kosmou te kai anthrōpou kai tēs tōn hēmeterōn psychōn epidiamonēs. palin te au ho Platōn en men tǭ hebdomǭ tēs Politeias tēn entautha hēmeran nykterinēn keklēken (dia tous kosmokratoras, oimai, tou skotous toutou), hypnon de kai thanaton tēn eis sōma kathodon tēs psychēs kata tauta Hērakleitǭ. kai mē ti touto epi tou sōtēros proethespisen to pneuma dia tou Dabid legon; egō ekoimēthēn kai hypnōsa; exēgerthēn, hoti kyrios antilēpsetai mou. ou gar tēn anastasin monēn tou Christou ex hypnou egersin, alla kai tēn eis sarka kathodon tou kyriou hypnon allēgorei.
Much like this the most distinguished of the Stoics also teach, in their treatment of the conflagration and of the governance of the world, of the individual character of the world and of man, and of the survival of our souls. And again Plato, in the seventh book of the Republic, has called the day here “nocturnal” (because of the world-rulers of this darkness, I think), and the descent of the soul into the body sleep and death, in the same way as Heraclitus. And did not the Spirit foretell this of the Savior, saying through David: “I lay down and slept; I awoke, for the Lord will help me”? For it speaks allegorically not only of the resurrection of Christ as waking from sleep, but also of the Lord's descent into flesh as sleep.
5.14.106Stählin 2:397
αὐτίκα ὁ αὐτὸς σωτὴρ παρεγγυᾷ· γρηγορεῖτε, οἷον μελετᾶτε ζῆν καὶ χωρίζειν τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ σώματος πειρᾶσθε. τήν τε κυριακὴν ἡμέραν ἐν τῷ δεκάτῳ τῆς Πολιτείας ὁ Πλάτων διὰ τούτων καταμαντεύεται· ἐπειδὴ δὲ τοῖς ἐν τῷ λειμῶνι ἑκάστοις ἑπτὰ ἡμέραι γένοιντο, ἀναστάντας ἐντεῦθεν δεῖ τῇ ὀγδόῃ πορεύεσθαι καὶ ἀφικνεῖσθαι τεταρταίους. λειμῶνα μὲν οὖν ἀκουστέον τὴν ἀπλανῆ σφαῖραν, ὡς ἥμερον χωρίον καὶ προσηνὲς καὶ τῶν ὁσίων χῶρον, ἑπτὰ δὲ ἡμέρας ἑκάστην κίνησιν τῶν ἑπτὰ καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν ἐργαστικὴν τέχνην εἰς τέλος ἀναπαύσεως σπεύδουσαν. ἡ δὲ μετὰ τοὺς πλανωμένους πορεία ἐπὶ τὸν οὐρανὸν ἄγει, τουτέστι τὴν ὀγδόην κίνησίν τε καὶ ἡμέραν. τεταρταίους δὲ τὰς ψυχὰς ἀπιέναι λέγει, δηλῶν τὴν διὰ τῶν τεσσάρων στοιχείων πορείαν.
autika ho autos sōtēr parengyą; grēgoreite, hoion meletate zēn kai chōrizein tēn psychēn tou sōmatos peirasthe. tēn te kyriakēn hēmeran en tǭ dekatǭ tēs Politeias ho Platōn dia toutōn katamanteuetai; epeidē de tois en tǭ leimōni hekastois hepta hēmerai genointo, anastantas enteuthen dei tę̄ ogdoę̄ poreuesthai kai aphikneisthai tetartaious. leimōna men oun akousteon tēn aplanē sphairan, hōs hēmeron chōrion kai prosēnes kai tōn hosiōn chōron, hepta de hēmeras hekastēn kinēsin tōn hepta kai pasan tēn ergastikēn technēn eis telos anapauseōs speudousan. hē de meta tous planōmenous poreia epi ton ouranon agei, toutesti tēn ogdoēn kinēsin te kai hēmeran. tetartaious de tas psychas apienai legei, dēlōn tēn dia tōn tessarōn stoicheiōn poreian.
So the Savior himself exhorts: “Watch”; that is, practice how to live, and try to separate the soul from the body. And Plato, in the tenth book of the Republic, divines the Lord's day in these words: “When seven days had passed for each of those in the meadow, they must rise up from there on the eighth and set out, and arrive on the fourth day.” The meadow, then, is to be understood as the fixed sphere, a gentle and pleasant place and the region of the holy; and the seven days as each motion of the seven planets, and all the working art hastening toward its end in rest. And the journey beyond the wandering stars leads to heaven, that is, to the eighth motion and day. And he says that the souls depart on the fourth day, indicating the journey through the four elements.
5.14.107Stählin 2:397–398
Ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν ἑβδόμην ἱερὰν οὐ μόνον οἱ Ἑβραῖοι, ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ Ἕλληνες ἴσασι, καθʼ ἣν ὁ πᾶς κόσμος κυκλεῖται τῶν ζωογονουμένων καὶ φυομένων ἁπάντων. Ἡσίοδος μὲν οὖν οὕτως περὶ αὐτῆς λέγει· πρῶτον ἔνη τετράς τε καὶ ἑβδόμη ἱερὸν ἦμαρ. καὶ πάλιν· ἑβδομάτῃ δʼ αὖθις λαμπρὸν φάος ἠελίοιο. Ὅμηρος δέ· ἑβδομάτῃ δἤπειτα κατήλυθεν ἱερὸν ἦμαρ. καί· ἑβδόμη ἦν ἱερή. καὶ πάλιν· ἕβδομον ἦμαρ ἔην, καὶ τῷ τετέλεστο ἅπαντα. καὶ αὖθις· ἑβδομάτῃ δʼ ἠοῖ λίπομεν ῥόον ἐξ Ἀχέροντος. ναὶ μὴν καὶ Καλλίμαχος ὁ ποιητὴς γράφει· ἑβδομάτῃ δʼ ἠοῖ καί οἱ τετύκοντο ἅπαντα. καὶ πάλιν· ἑβδόμη εἰν ἀγαθοῖσι καὶ ἑβδόμη ἐστὶ γενέθλη. καί· ἑβδόμη ἐν πρώτοισιν καὶ ἑβδόμη ἐστὶ τελείη. καί· ἑπτὰ δὲ πάντα τέτυκτο ἐν οὐρανῷ ἀστερόεντι ἐν κύκλοισι φανέντα ἐπιτελλομένοις ἐνιαυτοῖς.
Alla kai tēn hebdomēn hieran ou monon hoi Hebraioi, alla kai hoi Hellēnes isasi, kathʼ hēn ho pas kosmos kykleitai tōn zōogonoumenōn kai phyomenōn hapantōn. Hēsiodos men oun houtōs peri autēs legei; prōton enē tetras te kai hebdomē hieron ēmar. kai palin; hebdomatę̄ dʼ authis lampron phaos ēelioio. Homēros de; hebdomatę̄ dēpeita katēlythen hieron ēmar. kai; hebdomē ēn hierē. kai palin; hebdomon ēmar eēn, kai tǭ tetelesto hapanta. kai authis; hebdomatę̄ dʼ ēoi lipomen rhoon ex Acherontos. nai mēn kai Kallimachos ho poiētēs graphei; hebdomatę̄ dʼ ēoi kai hoi tetykonto hapanta. kai palin; hebdomē ein agathoisi kai hebdomē esti genethlē. kai; hebdomē en prōtoisin kai hebdomē esti teleiē. kai; hepta de panta tetykto en ouranǭ asteroenti en kykloisi phanenta epitellomenois eniautois.
But not only the Hebrews but the Greeks too know that the seventh day is holy, the day by which the whole world of all living and growing things revolves. Hesiod speaks of it thus: “First the new moon, the fourth, and the seventh, a holy day.” And again: “And on the seventh again the bright light of the sun.” And Homer: “And then on the seventh came the holy day.” And: “The seventh was holy.” And again: “It was the seventh day, and by it all things had been completed.” And again: “On the seventh dawn we left the stream from Acheron.” Yes, and the poet Callimachus writes: “On the seventh dawn all things had been made for him.” And again: “The seventh is among the good things, and the seventh is the birth.” And: “The seventh is among the first, and the seventh is perfect.” And: “All seven were made in the starry heaven, appearing in their circles as the years come round.”
5.14.108Stählin 2:398–399
ἀλλὰ καὶ αἱ Σόλωνος ἐλεγεῖαι σφόδρα τὴν ἑβδομάδα ἐκθειάζουσιν. Τί δʼ; οὐχὶ παραπλήσια τῇ λεγούσῃ γραφῇ ἄρωμεν ἀφʼ ἡμῶν τὸν δίκαιον, ὅτι δύσχρηστος ἡμῖν ἐστιν ὁ Πλάτων μονονουχὶ προφητεύων τὴν σωτήριον οἰκονομίαν ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ τῆς Πολιτείας ὧδέ φησιν· οὕτω δὲ διακείμενος ὁ δίκαιος μαστιγωθήσεται, στρεβλώσεται, δεθήσεται, ἐκκοπήσεται τὼ ὀφθαλμώ, τελευτῶν πάντα κακὰ παθὼν ἀνασκινδυλευθήσεται. ὅ τε Σωκρατικὸς Ἀντισθένης, παραφράζων τὴν προφητικὴν ἐκείνην φωνὴν τίνι με ὡμοιώσατε; λέγει κύριος, θεὸν οὐδενὶ ἐοικέναι φησί· διόπερ αὐτὸν οὐδεὶς ἐκμαθεῖν ἐξ εἰκόνος δύναται. τὰ δʼ ὅμοια καὶ Ξενοφῶν ὁ Ἀθηναῖος κατὰ λέξιν λέγει· ὁ γοῦν πάντα σείων καὶ ἀτρεμίζων ὡς μὲν μέγας τις καὶ δυνατός, φανερός· ὁποῖος δʼ ἐστὶν μορφήν, ἀφανής· οὐδὲ μὴν ὁ παμφαὴς δοκῶν εἶναι ἥλιος οὐδʼ οὗτος ἔοικεν ὁρᾶν αὑτὸν ἐπιτρέπειν, ἀλλʼ ἤν τις ἀναιδῶς αὐτὸν θεάσηται, τὴν ὄψιν ἀφαιρεῖται. τίς γὰρ σὰρξ δύναται τὸν ἐπουράνιον καὶ ἀληθῆ ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ἰδεῖν θεὸν ἄμβροτον, ὃς πόλον οἰκεῖ; ἀλλʼ οὐδʼ ἀκτίνων κατεναντίον ἠελίοιο ἄνθρωποι στῆναι δυνατοί, θνητοὶ γεγαῶτες, προεῖπεν ἡ Σίβυλλα.
alla kai hai Solōnos elegeiai sphodra tēn hebdomada ektheiazousin. Ti dʼ? ouchi paraplēsia tę̄ legousę̄ graphę̄ arōmen aphʼ hēmōn ton dikaion, hoti dyschrēstos hēmin estin ho Platōn mononouchi prophēteuōn tēn sōtērion oikonomian en tǭ deuterǭ tēs Politeias hōde phēsin; houtō de diakeimenos ho dikaios mastigōthēsetai, streblōsetai, dethēsetai, ekkopēsetai tō ophthalmō, teleutōn panta kaka pathōn anaskindyleuthēsetai. ho te Sōkratikos Antisthenēs, paraphrazōn tēn prophētikēn ekeinēn phōnēn tini me hōmoiōsate? legei kyrios, theon oudeni eoikenai phēsi; dioper auton oudeis ekmathein ex eikonos dynatai. ta dʼ homoia kai Xenophōn ho Athēnaios kata lexin legei; ho goun panta seiōn kai atremizōn hōs men megas tis kai dynatos, phaneros; hopoios dʼ estin morphēn, aphanēs; oude mēn ho pamphaēs dokōn einai hēlios oudʼ houtos eoiken horan hauton epitrepein, allʼ ēn tis anaidōs auton theasētai, tēn opsin aphaireitai. tis gar sarx dynatai ton epouranion kai alēthē ophthalmoisin idein theon ambroton, hos polon oikei? allʼ oudʼ aktinōn katenantion ēelioio anthrōpoi stēnai dynatoi, thnētoi gegaōtes, proeipen hē Sibylla.
And the elegies of Solon too greatly exalt the number seven. What then? Is not Plato, all but prophesying the saving dispensation, saying something very like the Scripture that says, “Let us take away the righteous one from among us, for he is troublesome to us,” when he speaks thus in the second book of the Republic: “Being so disposed, the righteous man will be scourged, racked, bound, will have his eyes put out, and finally, after suffering every evil, will be impaled”? And Antisthenes the Socratic, paraphrasing that prophetic saying, “To whom have you likened me? says the Lord,” says that God is like no one; therefore no one can come to know him from an image. And Xenophon the Athenian says similar things word for word: “At any rate he who shakes all things and keeps them still is manifest as someone great and mighty; but what he is like in form is unseen. Nor does the sun, which seems all-bright, allow itself to be seen; but if anyone gazes at it shamelessly, it takes away his sight.” “For what flesh can see with eyes the heavenly and true God, the immortal, who dwells in the heavens? Not even against the rays of the sun can men stand, born mortal as they are,” the Sibyl foretold.
5.14.109Stählin 2:399–400
Εὖ γοῦν καὶ Ξενοφάνης ὁ Κολοφώνιος, διδάσκων ὅτι εἷς καὶ ἀσώματος ὁ θεός, ἐπιφέρει· εἷς θεός, ἔν τε θεοῖσι καὶ ἀνθρώποισι μέγιστος, οὔ τι δέμας θνητοῖσιν ὁμοίιος οὐδὲ νόημα. καὶ πάλιν· ἀλλʼ οἱ βροτοὶ δοκοῦσι γεννᾶσθαι θεούς, τὴν σφετέρην δὲ ἐσθῆτα ἔχειν φωνήν τε δέμας τε. καὶ πάλιν· ἀλλʼ εἴ τοι χεῖρας γʼ εἶχον βόες ἠὲ λέοντες, ὡς γράψαι χείρεσσι καὶ ἔργα τελεῖν ἅπερ ἄνδρες, ἵπποι μέν θʼ ἵπποισι, βόες δέ τε βουσὶν ὁμοίας καί κε θεῶν ἰδέας ἔγραφον καὶ σώματʼ ἐποίουν τοιαῦθʼ οἷόν περ καὶ αὐτοὶ δέμας εἶχον ὁμοῖον.
Eu goun kai Xenophanēs ho Kolophōnios, didaskōn hoti heis kai asōmatos ho theos, epipherei; heis theos, en te theoisi kai anthrōpoisi megistos, ou ti demas thnētoisin homoiios oude noēma. kai palin; allʼ hoi brotoi dokousi gennasthai theous, tēn spheterēn de esthēta echein phōnēn te demas te. kai palin; allʼ ei toi cheiras gʼ eichon boes ēe leontes, hōs grapsai cheiressi kai erga telein haper andres, hippoi men thʼ hippoisi, boes de te bousin homoias kai ke theōn ideas egraphon kai sōmatʼ epoioun toiauthʼ hoion per kai autoi demas eichon homoion.
Well, too, does Xenophanes of Colophon, teaching that God is one and incorporeal, add: “One God, greatest among gods and men, not at all like mortals in body or in thought.” And again: “But mortals suppose that gods are born, and have their own clothing, voice, and body.” And again: “But if oxen or lions had hands, so as to draw with their hands and make works as men do, horses would draw the forms of the gods like horses, and oxen like oxen, and would make their bodies such as each of them had.”
5.14.110Stählin 2:400
Ἀκούσωμεν οὖν πάλιν Βακχυλίδου τοῦ μελοποιοῦ περὶ τοῦ θείου λέγοντος· οἳ μὲν ἀδμῆτες ἀεικελιᾶν νούσων εἰσὶν καὶ ἄνατοι, οὐδὲν ἀνθρώποις ἴκελοι· Κλεάνθους τε τοῦ Στωϊκοῦ ἔν τινι ποιήματι περὶ τοῦ θεοῦ ταῦτα γεγραφότος· τἀγαθὸν ἐρωτᾷς με οἷόν ἐστʼ; ἄκουε δή· τεταγμένον, δίκαιον, ὅσιον, εὐσεβές, κρατοῦν ἑαυτοῦ, χρήσιμον, καλόν, δέον, αὐστηρόν, αὐθέκαστον, ἀεὶ συμφέρον, ἄφοβον, ἄλυπον, λυσιτελές, ἀνώδυνον, ὠφέλιμον, εὐάρεστον, ἀσφαλές, φίλον, ἔντιμον, ὁμολογούμενον, εὐκλεές, ἄτυφον, ἐπιμελές, πρᾶον, σφοδρόν, χρονιζόμενον, ἄμεμπτον, ἀεὶ διαμένον.
Akousōmen oun palin Bakchylidou tou melopoiou peri tou theiou legontos; hoi men admētes aeikelian nousōn eisin kai anatoi, ouden anthrōpois ikeloi; Kleanthous te tou Stōïkou en tini poiēmati peri tou theou tauta gegraphotos; tagathon erōtąs me hoion estʼ? akoue dē; tetagmenon, dikaion, hosion, eusebes, kratoun heautou, chrēsimon, kalon, deon, austēron, authekaston, aei sympheron, aphobon, alypon, lysiteles, anōdynon, ōphelimon, euareston, asphales, philon, entimon, homologoumenon, euklees, atyphon, epimeles, praon, sphodron, chronizomenon, amempton, aei diamenon.
Let us hear again Bacchylides the lyric poet speaking about the divine: “They are unsubdued by shameful diseases and unharmed, in no way like men.” And Cleanthes the Stoic, who wrote this about God in a certain poem: “You ask me what the good is like? Listen, then: ordered, just, holy, pious, master of itself, useful, noble, fitting, austere, straightforward, always advantageous, fearless, painless, profitable, without grief, helpful, well-pleasing, safe, friendly, honored, consistent, glorious, without conceit, caring, gentle, strong, enduring, blameless, ever-abiding.”
5.14.111Stählin 2:401–402
ὁ δὲ αὐτὸς κατὰ τὸ σιωπώμενον τὴν τῶν πολλῶν διαβάλλων εἰδωλολατρείαν ἐπιφέρει· ἀνελεύθερος πᾶς ὅστις εἰς δόξαν βλέπει, ὡς δὴ παρʼ ἐκείνης τευξόμενος καλοῦ τινος. οὔκουν ἔτι κατὰ τὴν τῶν πολλῶν δόξαν περὶ τοῦ θείου ὑποληπτέον. οὐδὲ γὰρ λάθρᾳ δοκῶ φωτὸς κακούργου σχήματʼ ἐκμιμούμενον σοὶ Ζῆνʼ ἐς εὐνὴν ὥσπερ ἄνθρωπον μολεῖν, Ἀμφίων λέγει τῇ Ἀντιόπῃ. ὁ Σοφοκλῆς δὲ εὐθυρημόνως γράφει· τὴν τοῦδε γάρ τοι Ζεὺς ἔγημε μητέρα, οὐ χρυσόμορφος οὐδʼ ἐπημφιεσμένος πτίλον κύκνειον, ὡς κόρην Πλευρωνίαν ὑπημβρύωσεν, ἀλλʼ ὁλοσχερὴς ἀνήρ. εἶτα ὑπελθὼν καὶ δὴ ἐπήγαγεν· ταχὺς δὲ βαθμοῖς νυμφικοῖς ἐπεστάθη ὁ μοιχός. ἐφʼ οἷς ἔτι φανερώτερον τὴν ἀκρασίαν τοῦ μυθοποιουμένου Διὸς ὧδέ πως ἐκδιηγεῖται· ὃ δʼ οὔτε δαιτὸς οὔτε χέρνιβος θιγὼν πρὸς λέκτρον ᾔει καρδίαν ὠδαγμένος· ὅλην δʼ ἐκείνην εὐφρόνην ἐθόρνυτο. ταυτὶ μὲν οὖν παρείσθω ταῖς τῶν θεάτρων ἀνοίαις· ἄντικρυς δὲ ὁ μὲν Ἡράκλειτος τοῦ λόγου τοῦδʼ ἐόντος αἰεὶ φησὶν ἀξύνετοι γίγνονται ἄνθρωποι καὶ πρόσθεν ἢ ἀκοῦσαι καὶ ἀκούσαντες τὸ πρῶτον.
ho de autos kata to siōpōmenon tēn tōn pollōn diaballōn eidōlolatreian epipherei; aneleutheros pas hostis eis doxan blepei, hōs dē parʼ ekeinēs teuxomenos kalou tinos. oukoun eti kata tēn tōn pollōn doxan peri tou theiou hypolēpteon. oude gar lathrą dokō phōtos kakourgou schēmatʼ ekmimoumenon soi Zēnʼ es eunēn hōsper anthrōpon molein, Amphiōn legei tę̄ Antiopę̄. ho Sophoklēs de euthyrēmonōs graphei; tēn toude gar toi Zeus egēme mētera, ou chrysomorphos oudʼ epēmphiesmenos ptilon kykneion, hōs korēn Pleurōnian hypēmbryōsen, allʼ holoscherēs anēr. eita hypelthōn kai dē epēgagen; tachys de bathmois nymphikois epestathē ho moichos. ephʼ hois eti phanerōteron tēn akrasian tou mythopoioumenou Dios hōde pōs ekdiēgeitai; ho dʼ oute daitos oute chernibos thigōn pros lektron ę̄ei kardian ōdagmenos; holēn dʼ ekeinēn euphronēn ethornyto. tauti men oun pareisthō tais tōn theatrōn anoiais; antikrys de ho men Hērakleitos tou logou toudʼ eontos aiei phēsin axynetoi gignontai anthrōpoi kai prosthen ē akousai kai akousantes to prōton.
And the same poet, by implication finding fault with the idolatry of the many, adds: “Unfree is everyone who looks to opinion, as if he would obtain something good from it.” We must no longer, then, think of the divine according to the opinion of the many. “For I do not think that Zeus, imitating the form of an evil-doing man, came secretly to your bed like a human being,” says Amphion to Antiope. And Sophocles writes outright: “For it was this man's mother that Zeus married, not in the form of gold, nor clothed in swan's plumage, as when he got the Pleuronian girl with child, but wholly a man.” Then, going on, he added: “And swiftly the adulterer stood at the bridal steps.” And after this he relates the incontinence of the Zeus of the myths still more plainly, thus: “He, touching neither feast nor water for washing, went to bed, his heart stung; and all that night he mounted her.” Let these things be left to the follies of the theaters. But Heraclitus says plainly: “Though this word is always, men are without understanding, both before they hear it and when they have first heard it.”
5.14.112Stählin 2:402
Ὁ μελοποιὸς δὲ Μελανιππίδης ᾄδων φησίν· κλῦθί μοί, ὦ πάτερ, θαῦμα βροτῶν, τᾶς ἀειζώου ψυχᾶς μεδέων. Παρμενίδης δὲ ὁ μέγας, ὥς φησιν ἐν Σοφιστῇ Πλάτων, ὧδέ πως περὶ τοῦ θείου γράφει· πολλὰ μάλʼ, ὡς ἀγένητον ἐὸν καὶ ἀνώλεθρόν ἐστιν, οὖλον μουνογενές τε καὶ ἀτρεμὲς ἠδʼ ἀγένητον. ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁ Ἡσίοδος αὐτὸς γὰρ πάντων φησὶ βασιλεὺς καὶ κοίρανός ἐστιν ἀθανάτων· σέο δʼ οὔτις ἐρήρισται κράτος ἄλλος. Ναὶ μὴν καὶ ἡ τραγῳδία ἀπὸ τῶν εἰδώλων ἀποσπῶσα εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀναβλέπειν διδάσκει.
Ho melopoios de Melanippidēs ądōn phēsin; klythi moi, ō pater, thauma brotōn, tas aeizōou psychas medeōn. Parmenidēs de ho megas, hōs phēsin en Sophistę̄ Platōn, hōde pōs peri tou theiou graphei; polla malʼ, hōs agenēton eon kai anōlethron estin, oulon mounogenes te kai atremes ēdʼ agenēton. alla kai ho Hēsiodos autos gar pantōn phēsi basileus kai koiranos estin athanatōn; seo dʼ outis erēristai kratos allos. Nai mēn kai hē tragǭdia apo tōn eidōlōn apospōsa eis ton ouranon anablepein didaskei.
And the lyric poet Melanippides says in song: “Hear me, O father, wonder of mortals, ruler of the ever-living soul.” And the great Parmenides, as Plato calls him in the Sophist, writes about the divine thus: “Very many are the signs that, being unbegotten, it is also imperishable, whole, only-begotten, unshaken, and without beginning.” And Hesiod too says: “For he himself is king and lord of all the immortals; no other has vied with your might.” Yes, and tragedy too, drawing people away from idols, teaches them to look up to heaven.
5.14.113Stählin 2:402–403
Ὁ μὲν Σοφοκλῆς, ὥς φησιν Ἑκαταῖος ὁ τὰς ἱστορίας συνταξάμενος ἐν τῷ Κατʼ Ἄβραμον καὶ τοὺς Αἰγυπτίους, ἄντικρυς ἐπὶ τῆς σκηνῆς ἐκβοᾷ· εἷς ταῖς ἀληθείαισιν, εἷς ἐστιν θεός, ὃς οὐρανόν τε ἔτευξε καὶ γαῖαν μακρὴν πόντου τε χαροπὸν οἶδμα καὶ ἀνέμων βίαν. θνητοὶ δὲ πολλοὶ καρδίαν πλανώμενοι, ἱδρυσάμεσθα πημάτων παραψυχὴν θεῶν ἀγάλματα ἐκ λίθων, ἢ χαλκέων ἢ χρυσοτεύκτων ἢ ἐλεφαντίνων τύπους· θυσίας τε τούτοις καὶ κακὰς πανηγύρεις στέφοντες, οὕτως εὐσεβεῖν νομίζομεν.
Ho men Sophoklēs, hōs phēsin Hekataios ho tas historias syntaxamenos en tǭ Katʼ Abramon kai tous Aigyptious, antikrys epi tēs skēnēs ekboą; heis tais alētheiaisin, heis estin theos, hos ouranon te eteuxe kai gaian makrēn pontou te charopon oidma kai anemōn bian. thnētoi de polloi kardian planōmenoi, hidrysamestha pēmatōn parapsychēn theōn agalmata ek lithōn, ē chalkeōn ē chrysoteuktōn ē elephantinōn typous; thysias te toutois kai kakas panēgyreis stephontes, houtōs eusebein nomizomen.
Sophocles, as Hecataeus, who composed the histories, says in his work On Abraham and the Egyptians, cries out plainly on the stage: “One in truth, one is God, who made the heaven and the long earth, and the sea's gleaming swell, and the might of the winds. But we many mortals, straying in heart, set up as a comfort for our woes images of gods of stone, or figures of bronze, or wrought of gold, or of ivory; and crowning these with sacrifices and evil festivals, we think that so we are pious.”
5.14.114Stählin 2:403
Εὐριπίδης δὲ ἐπὶ τῆς αὐτῆς σκηνῆς τραγῳδῶν ὁρᾷς φησὶ τὸν ὑψοῦ τόνδʼ ἄπειρον αἰθέρα καὶ γῆν πέριξ ἔχοντα ὑγραῖς ἐν ἀγκάλαις; τοῦτον νόμιζε Ζῆνα, τόνδʼ ἡγοῦ θεόν. ἐν δὲ τῷ Πειρίθῳ δράματι ὁ αὐτὸς καὶ τάδε τραγῳδεῖ· σὲ τὸν αὐτοφυῆ, τὸν ἐν αἰθερίῳ ῥόμβῳ πάντων φύσιν ἐμπλέξαντα, ὃν πέρι μὲν φῶς, πέρι δʼ ὀρφναία νύξ αἰολόχρως ἄκριτός τʼ ἄστρων ὄχλος ἐνδελεχῶς ἀμφιχορεύει. ἐνταῦθα γὰρ τὸν μὲν αὐτοφυῆ τὸν δημιουργὸν νοῦν εἴρηκεν, τὰ δʼ ἑξῆς ἐπὶ τοῦ κόσμου τάσσεται, ἐν ᾧ καὶ αἱ ἐναντιότητες φωτός τε καὶ σκότους. ὅ τε Εὐφορίωνος Αἰσχύλος ἐπὶ τοῦ θεοῦ σεμνῶς σφόδρα φησίν· Ζεύς ἐστιν αἰθήρ, Ζεὺς δὲ γῆ, Ζεὺς δʼ οὐρανός· Ζεύς τοι τὰ πάντα χὥτι τῶνδε τοι ὑπέρτερον.
Euripidēs de epi tēs autēs skēnēs tragǭdōn horąs phēsi ton hypsou tondʼ apeiron aithera kai gēn perix echonta hygrais en ankalais? touton nomize Zēna, tondʼ hēgou theon. en de tǭ Peirithǭ dramati ho autos kai tade tragǭdei; se ton autophyē, ton en aitheriǭ rhombǭ pantōn physin emplexanta, hon peri men phōs, peri dʼ orphnaia nyx aiolochrōs akritos tʼ astrōn ochlos endelechōs amphichoreuei. entautha gar ton men autophyē ton dēmiourgon noun eirēken, ta dʼ hexēs epi tou kosmou tassetai, en hǭ kai hai enantiotētes phōtos te kai skotous. ho te Euphoriōnos Aischylos epi tou theou semnōs sphodra phēsin; Zeus estin aithēr, Zeus de gē, Zeus dʼ ouranos; Zeus toi ta panta chōti tōnde toi hyperteron.
And Euripides, writing tragedy on the same stage, says: “Do you see this boundless ether on high, holding the earth around in its moist embraces? Consider this Zeus, hold this to be God.” And in the drama Pirithous the same poet also writes this tragic passage: “You, the self-begotten, who in the whirl of the ether have woven the nature of all things, around whom light, and around whom dark, spangled night and the countless throng of stars dance unceasingly.” For here he has called the Maker, Mind, the self-begotten, while what follows applies to the world, in which there are also the opposites of light and darkness. And Aeschylus, son of Euphorion, says very solemnly of God: “Zeus is ether, Zeus is earth, Zeus is heaven; Zeus is all things, and whatever is higher than these.”
5.14.115Stählin 2:404
οἶδα ἐγὼ καὶ Πλάτωνα προσμαρτυροῦντα Ἡρακλείτῳ γράφοντι· ἓν τὸ σοφὸν μοῦνον λέγεσθαι οὐκ ἐθέλει καὶ ἐθέλει Ζηνὸς ὄνομα. καὶ πάλιν· νόμος καὶ βουλῇ πείθεσθαι ἑνός. κἂν τὸ ῥητὸν ἐκεῖνο ἀναγαγεῖν ἐθέλῃς ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν ἀκουέτω, εὕροις ἂν ὧδέ πως ἐμφαινόμενον πρὸς τοῦ Ἐφεσίου· ἀξύνετοι ἀκούσαντες κωφοῖς ἐοίκασι· φάτις αὐτοῖσιν μαρτυρεῖ παρεόντας ἀπεῖναι. Ἀλλʼ ἄντικρυς καὶ μίαν ἀρχὴν καὶ παρʼ Ἑλλήνων ἀκοῦσαι ποθεῖς; Τίμαιος ὁ Λοκρὸς ἐν τῷ φυσικῷ συγγράμματι κατὰ λέξιν ὧδέ μοι μαρτυρήσει· μία ἀρχὰ πάντων ἐστὶν ἀγένητος· εἰ γὰρ ἐγένετο, οὐκ ἂν ἦν ἔτι ἀρχά, ἀλλʼ ἐκείνα, ἐξ ἇς ἁ ἀρχὰ ἐγένετο. ἐρρύη γὰρ ἐκεῖθεν δόξα ἡ ἀληθής· ἄκουε, φησίν, Ἰσραήλ, κύριος ὁ θεός σου εἷς ἐστιν, καὶ αὐτῷ μόνῳ λατρεύσεις. οὗτος ἰδοὺ πάντεσσι σαφὴς ἀπλάνητος ὑπάρχει, ὥς φησιν ἡ Σίβυλλα.
oida egō kai Platōna prosmartyrounta Hērakleitǭ graphonti; hen to sophon mounon legesthai ouk ethelei kai ethelei Zēnos onoma. kai palin; nomos kai boulę̄ peithesthai henos. kan to rhēton ekeino anagagein ethelę̄s ho echōn ōta akouein akouetō, heurois an hōde pōs emphainomenon pros tou Ephesiou; axynetoi akousantes kōphois eoikasi; phatis autoisin martyrei pareontas apeinai. Allʼ antikrys kai mian archēn kai parʼ Hellēnōn akousai potheis? Timaios ho Lokros en tǭ physikǭ syngrammati kata lexin hōde moi martyrēsei; mia archa pantōn estin agenētos; ei gar egeneto, ouk an ēn eti archa, allʼ ekeina, ex has ha archa egeneto. erryē gar ekeithen doxa hē alēthēs; akoue, phēsin, Israēl, kyrios ho theos sou heis estin, kai autǭ monǭ latreuseis. houtos idou pantessi saphēs aplanētos hyparchei, hōs phēsin hē Sibylla.
I know that Plato too bears witness to Heraclitus, who writes: “The one thing that alone is wise is unwilling and willing to be called by the name of Zeus.” And again: “It is law too to obey the counsel of one.” And if you wish to refer that saying, “He who has ears to hear, let him hear,” you would find it expressed by the Ephesian thus: “Hearing without understanding, they are like the deaf; the saying bears witness to them: present, they are absent.” But do you long to hear plainly of one first principle from the Greeks too? Timaeus of Locri, in his work on nature, will bear witness for me word for word thus: “There is one principle of all things, unbegotten; for if it had come into being, it would no longer be a principle, but that would be from which the principle came to be.” For the true opinion flowed from there: “Hear, O Israel, the Lord your God is one, and him only shall you serve.” “Behold, he is clear to all, unerring,” as the Sibyl says.
5.14.116Stählin 2:404–405
Ἤδη δὲ καὶ Ὅμηρος φαίνεται πατέρα καὶ υἱὸν διὰ τούτων, ὡς ἔτυχεν μαντείας εὐστόχου, λέγων· εἰ μὲν δὴ οὔτις σε βιάζεται οἶον ἐόντα, νοῦσον δʼ οὔπως ἔστι Διὸς μεγάλου ἀλέασθαι. οὐ γὰρ Κύκλωπες Διὸς αἰγιόχου ἀλέγουσιν. καὶ πρὸ τούτου Ὀρφεὺς κατὰ τοῦ προκειμένου φερόμενος εἴρηκεν· υἱὲ Διὸς μεγάλοιο, πάτερ Διὸς αἰγιόχοιο. Ξενοκράτης δὲ ὁ Καλχηδόνιος, τὸν μὲν ὕπατον Δία, τὸν δὲ νέατον καλῶν, ἔμφασιν πατρὸς ἀπολείπει καὶ υἱοῦ. καὶ τὸ παραδοξότατον, Ὅμηρος γιγνώσκειν φαίνεται τὸ θεῖον ὁ ἀνθρωποπαθεῖς εἰσάγων τοὺς θεούς· ὃν οὐδʼ οὕτως αἰδεῖται Ἐπίκουρος.
Ēdē de kai Homēros phainetai patera kai huion dia toutōn, hōs etychen manteias eustochou, legōn; ei men dē outis se biazetai oion eonta, nouson dʼ oupōs esti Dios megalou aleasthai. ou gar Kyklōpes Dios aigiochou alegousin. kai pro toutou Orpheus kata tou prokeimenou pheromenos eirēken; huie Dios megaloio, pater Dios aigiochoio. Xenokratēs de ho Kalchēdonios, ton men hypaton Dia, ton de neaton kalōn, emphasin patros apoleipei kai huiou. kai to paradoxotaton, Homēros gignōskein phainetai to theion ho anthrōpopatheis eisagōn tous theous; hon oudʼ houtōs aideitai Epikouros.
And now Homer too appears to speak of the Father and the Son in these words, as if hitting on a well-aimed divination: “If, then, no one is harming you, alone as you are, there is no way to escape sickness from great Zeus.” “For the Cyclopes do not care for aegis-bearing Zeus.” And before him Orpheus, carried toward the same subject, has said: “Son of great Zeus, father of aegis-bearing Zeus.” And Xenocrates of Chalcedon, calling one Zeus the highest and another the lowest, leaves an indication of Father and Son. And, most paradoxical of all, Homer, who brings in gods with human passions, appears to know the divine; and even so Epicurus does not respect him.
5.14.117Stählin 2:405
φησὶ γοῦν· τίπτε με, Πηλέος υἱέ, ποσὶν ταχέεσσι διώκεις, αὐτὸς θνητὸς ἐών, θεὸν ἄμβροτον; οὐδέ νυ πώ με ἔγνως ὡς θεός εἰμι. οὐχ ἁλωτὸν γὰρ εἶναι θνητῷ οὐδὲ καταληπτὸν τὸ θεῖον οὔτε ποσὶν οὔτε χερσὶν οὔτε ὀφθαλμοῖς οὐδʼ ὅλως τῷ σώματι δεδήλωκεν. τίνι ὡμοιώσατε κύριον; ἢ τίνι ὁμοιώματι ὡμοιώσατε αὐτόν; φησὶν ἡ γραφή. μὴ εἰκόνα ἐποίησε τέκτων, ἢ χρυσοχόος χωνεύσας χρυσίον περιεχρύσωσεν αὐτόν; καὶ τὰ ἐπὶ τούτοις.
phēsi goun; tipte me, Pēleos huie, posin tacheessi diōkeis, autos thnētos eōn, theon ambroton? oude ny pō me egnōs hōs theos eimi. ouch halōton gar einai thnētǭ oude katalēpton to theion oute posin oute chersin oute ophthalmois oudʼ holōs tǭ sōmati dedēlōken. tini hōmoiōsate kyrion? ē tini homoiōmati hōmoiōsate auton? phēsin hē graphē. mē eikona epoiēse tektōn, ē chrysochoos chōneusas chrysion periechrysōsen auton? kai ta epi toutois.
At any rate he says: “Why, son of Peleus, do you pursue me with swift feet, being yourself a mortal, me an immortal god? Not yet have you recognized that I am a god.” For he has shown that the divine cannot be caught or grasped by a mortal, not by feet or hands or eyes, nor by the body at all. “To whom have you likened the Lord? Or with what likeness have you likened him?” says the Scripture. “Has a craftsman made an image, or has a goldsmith melted gold and gilded him over?” and what follows.
5.14.118Stählin 2:405–406
Ὅ τε κωμικὸς Ἐπίχαρμος σαφῶς περὶ τοῦ λόγου ἐν τῇ Πολιτείᾳ λέγει ὧδέ πως· ὁ βίος ἀνθρώποις λογισμοῦ καὶ ἀριθμοῦ δεῖται πάνυ· ζῶμεν δὲ ἀριθμῷ καὶ λογισμῷ· ταῦτα γὰρ σῴζει βροτούς· εἶτα διαρρήδην ἐπιφέρει· ὁ λόγος ἀνθρώπους κυβερνᾷ, κατὰ τρόπον σῴζει· εἶτα, εἰ ἔστιν ἀνθρώπῳ λογισμός, ἔστι καὶ θεῖος λόγος· ὃ μὲν ἐν ἀνθρώπῳ πέφυκεν περὶ βίου καταστροφάς· ὃ δέ γε τᾶς τέχνας ἅπασι συνέπεται θεῖος λόγος, ἐκδιδάσκων αἰεὶ αὐτὸς αὐτούς, ὅ τι ποιεῖν δεῖ συμφέρον· οὐ γὰρ ἄνθρωπος τέχναν εὗρεν· ὁ δὲ θεὸς ταύταν φέρει. ὁ δέ γε τἀνθρώπου λόγος πέφυκεν ἀπό γε τοῦ θείου λόγου.
Ho te kōmikos Epicharmos saphōs peri tou logou en tę̄ Politeią legei hōde pōs; ho bios anthrōpois logismou kai arithmou deitai pany; zōmen de arithmǭ kai logismǭ; tauta gar sǭzei brotous; eita diarrēdēn epipherei; ho logos anthrōpous kyberną, kata tropon sǭzei; eita, ei estin anthrōpǭ logismos, esti kai theios logos; ho men en anthrōpǭ pephyken peri biou katastrophas; ho de ge tas technas hapasi synepetai theios logos, ekdidaskōn aiei autos autous, ho ti poiein dei sympheron; ou gar anthrōpos technan heuren; ho de theos tautan pherei. ho de ge tanthrōpou logos pephyken apo ge tou theiou logou.
And the comic poet Epicharmus speaks clearly about the Word in the Republic, thus: “Human life needs reckoning and number very much; we live by number and reckoning; for these save mortals.” Then he adds expressly: “Reason steers human beings and duly saves them.” Then: “If man has reckoning, there is also a divine Reason. The one is born in man to deal with the turns of life; but the divine Reason accompanies all the arts, itself always teaching them what they must do that is profitable. For it was not man who discovered art; it is God who brings it. And the reason of man is born from the divine Reason.”
5.14.119Stählin 2:406
Ναὶ μὴν διὰ τοῦ Ἡσαΐου τοῦ πνεύματος κεκραγότος τί μοι πλῆθος τῶν θυσιῶν; λέγει κύριος· πλήρης εἰμὶ ὁλοκαυτωμάτων κριῶν καὶ στέαρ ἀρνῶν καὶ αἷμα ταύρων οὐ βούλομαι καὶ μετʼ ὀλίγα ἐπάγοντος λούσασθε, καθαροὶ γένεσθε, ἀφέλετε τὰς πονηρίας ἀπὸ τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν καὶ τὰ ἐπὶ τούτοις, Μένανδρος ὁ κωμικὸς αὐταῖς γράφει ταῖς λέξεσιν· εἴ τις δὲ θυσίαν προσφέρων, ὦ Πάμφιλε, ταύρων τι πλῆθος ἢ ἐρίφων, ἢ νὴ Δία ἑτέρων τοιούτων, ἢ κατασκευάσματα, χρυσᾶς ποιήσας χλαμύδας ἤτοι πορφυρᾶς, ἢ διʼ ἐλέφαντος ἢ σμαράγδου ζῴδια, εὔνουν νομίζει τὸν θεὸν καθιστάναι, πεπλάνηται ἐκεῖνος καὶ φρένας κούφας ἔχει. δεῖ γὰρ τὸν ἄνδρα χρήσιμον πεφυκέναι, μὴ παρθένους φθείροντα καὶ μοιχώμενον, κλέπτοντα καὶ σφάττοντα χρημάτων χάριν· μηδὲ βελόνης ἔναμμα ἐπιθυμήσῃς, Πάμφιλε· ὁ γὰρ θεὸς βλέπει σε πλησίον παρών. θεὸς ἐγγίζων ἐγώ εἰμι καὶ οὐχὶ θεὸς πόρρωθεν· ἢ ποιήσει τι ἄνθρωπος ἐν κρυφαίοις καὶ οὐχὶ ὄψομαι αὐτόν; διὰ Ἱερεμίου φησίν.
Nai mēn dia tou Hēsaïou tou pneumatos kekragotos ti moi plēthos tōn thysiōn? legei kyrios; plērēs eimi holokautōmatōn kriōn kai stear arnōn kai haima taurōn ou boulomai kai metʼ oliga epagontos lousasthe, katharoi genesthe, aphelete tas ponērias apo tōn psychōn hymōn kai ta epi toutois, Menandros ho kōmikos autais graphei tais lexesin; ei tis de thysian prospherōn, ō Pamphile, taurōn ti plēthos ē eriphōn, ē nē Dia heterōn toioutōn, ē kataskeuasmata, chrysas poiēsas chlamydas ētoi porphyras, ē diʼ elephantos ē smaragdou zǭdia, eunoun nomizei ton theon kathistanai, peplanētai ekeinos kai phrenas kouphas echei. dei gar ton andra chrēsimon pephykenai, mē parthenous phtheironta kai moichōmenon, kleptonta kai sphattonta chrēmatōn charin; mēde belonēs enamma epithymēsę̄s, Pamphile; ho gar theos blepei se plēsion parōn. theos engizōn egō eimi kai ouchi theos porrōthen; ē poiēsei ti anthrōpos en kryphaiois kai ouchi opsomai auton? dia Hieremiou phēsin.
Yes, and when the Spirit cried out through Isaiah, “What is the multitude of your sacrifices to me? says the Lord. I am full of whole burnt offerings of rams, and the fat of lambs and the blood of bulls I do not want,” and a little later adds, “Wash yourselves, become clean, remove the wickedness from your souls,” and what follows, Menander the comic poet writes in these very words: “If anyone, Pamphilus, offering sacrifice, a multitude of bulls or kids, or, by Zeus, other such things, or works of craft, making golden or purple cloaks, or figures of ivory or emerald, thinks he is making God kindly, he is mistaken and has a light mind. For a man must be useful, not seducing virgins and committing adultery, stealing and killing for money. Do not covet even the thread of a needle, Pamphilus; for God sees you, being near.” “I am a God near at hand and not a God far off. Will a man do anything in secret places and I not see him?” he says through Jeremiah.
5.14.120Stählin 2:406–407
Καὶ πάλιν ὁ Μένανδρος παραφράζων τὴν γραφὴν ἐκείνην θύσατε θυσίαν δικαιοσύνης καὶ ἐλπίσατε ἐπὶ κύριον ὧδέ πως γράφει· μηδὲ βελόνης, ὦ φίλτατε, ἐπιθυμήσῃς ποτὲ ἀλλοτρίας· ὁ γὰρ θεὸς δικαίοις ἔργοις ἥδεται καὶ οὐκ ἀδίκοις, πονοῦντα δὲ ἐᾷ τὸν ἴδιον ὑψῶσαι βίον, τὴν γῆν ἀροῦντα νύκτα καὶ τὴν ἡμέραν. θεῷ δὲ θῦε διὰ τέλους δίκαιος ὤν, μὴ λαμπρὸς ὢν ταῖς χλαμύσιν ὡς τῇ καρδίᾳ. † βροντῆς ἐὰν † ἀκούσῃς, μὴ φύγῃς, μηδὲν συνειδὼς αὐτὸς αὑτῷ, δέσποτα· ὁ γὰρ θεὸς βλέπει σε πλησίον παρών. ἔτι σοῦ λαλοῦντος, φησὶν ἡ γραφή, ἐρῶ· ἰδοὺ πάρειμι.
Kai palin ho Menandros paraphrazōn tēn graphēn ekeinēn thysate thysian dikaiosynēs kai elpisate epi kyrion hōde pōs graphei; mēde belonēs, ō philtate, epithymēsę̄s pote allotrias; ho gar theos dikaiois ergois hēdetai kai ouk adikois, ponounta de eą ton idion hypsōsai bion, tēn gēn arounta nykta kai tēn hēmeran. theǭ de thye dia telous dikaios ōn, mē lampros ōn tais chlamysin hōs tę̄ kardią. † brontēs ean † akousę̄s, mē phygę̄s, mēden syneidōs autos hautǭ, despota; ho gar theos blepei se plēsion parōn. eti sou lalountos, phēsin hē graphē, erō; idou pareimi.
And again Menander, paraphrasing that Scripture, “Offer a sacrifice of righteousness and hope in the Lord,” writes thus: “Do not ever, dearest friend, covet even a needle belonging to another; for God delights in just works and not in unjust ones, and he lets the one who toils raise up his own livelihood, plowing the land night and day. Sacrifice to God by being just throughout, bright not in your cloaks so much as in your heart. … If you hear thunder, do not flee, if you are conscious of nothing against yourself, master; for God sees you, being near.” “While you are still speaking,” says the Scripture, “I will say: Behold, I am here.”
5.14.121Stählin 2:407–408
Δίφιλος πάλιν ὁ κωμικὸς τοιαῦτά τινα περὶ τῆς κρίσεως διαλέγεται· οἴει σὺ τοὺς θανόντας, ὦ Νικήρατε, τρυφῆς ἁπάσης μεταλαβόντας ἐν βίῳ, πεφευγέναι τὸ θεῖον ὡς λεληθότας; ἔστιν Δίκης ὀφθαλμός, ὃς τὰ πάντα ὁρᾷ. καὶ γὰρ καθʼ Ἅιδην δύο τρίβους νομίζομεν· μίαν δικαίων, ἑτέραν δὲ ἀσεβῶν εἶναι ὁδόν. καί· εἰ τοὺς δύω καλύψει ἡ γῆ (φησί) τῷ παντὶ χρόνῳ, ἅρπαζε ἀπελθών, κλέπτε, ἀποστέρει, κύκα· μηδὲν πλανηθῇς· ἔστι καὶ ἐν Ἅιδου κρίσις· ἥνπερ ποιήσει ὁ θεὸς ὁ πάντων δεσπότης, οὗ τὸ ὄνομα φοβερὸν ἐστιν οὐδʼ ἂν ὀνομάσαιμι ἐγώ· ὃς τοῖς ἁμαρτάνουσι πρὸς μῆκος βίον δίδωσιν. Εἴ τις δὲ θνητῶν οἴεται τὸ ὑφʼ ἡμέραν κακόν τι πράσσων τοὺς θεοὺς λεληθέναι, δοκεῖ πονηρὰ καὶ δοκῶν ἁλίσκεται, ὅταν σχολὴν ἄγουσα τυγχάνῃ Δίκη. Ὁρᾶτε ὅσοι δοκεῖτε οὐκ εἶναι θεόν. ἔστιν γάρ, ἔστιν· εἰ δέ τις πράττει καλῶς, κακὸς πεφυκώς, τὸν χρόνον κερδαινέτω· χρόνῳ γὰρ οὗτος ὕστερον δώσει δίκην. συνᾴδει δὲ τούτοις ἡ τραγῳδία διὰ τῶνδε· ἔσται γάρ, ἔσται κεῖνος αἰῶνος χρόνος, ὅταν πυρὸς γέμοντα θησαυρὸν σχάσῃ χρυσωπὸς αἰθήρ, ἡ δὲ βοσκηθεῖσα φλὸξ ἅπαντα τἀπίγεια καὶ μετάρσια φλέξει μανεῖσα.
Diphilos palin ho kōmikos toiauta tina peri tēs kriseōs dialegetai; oiei sy tous thanontas, ō Nikērate, tryphēs hapasēs metalabontas en biǭ, pepheugenai to theion hōs lelēthotas? estin Dikēs ophthalmos, hos ta panta horą. kai gar kathʼ Haidēn dyo tribous nomizomen; mian dikaiōn, heteran de asebōn einai hodon. kai; ei tous dyō kalypsei hē gē (phēsi) tǭ panti chronǭ, harpaze apelthōn, klepte, aposterei, kyka; mēden planēthę̄s; esti kai en Haidou krisis; hēnper poiēsei ho theos ho pantōn despotēs, hou to onoma phoberon estin oudʼ an onomasaimi egō; hos tois hamartanousi pros mēkos bion didōsin. Ei tis de thnētōn oietai to hyphʼ hēmeran kakon ti prassōn tous theous lelēthenai, dokei ponēra kai dokōn halisketai, hotan scholēn agousa tynchanę̄ Dikē. Horate hosoi dokeite ouk einai theon. estin gar, estin; ei de tis prattei kalōs, kakos pephykōs, ton chronon kerdainetō; chronǭ gar houtos hysteron dōsei dikēn. synądei de toutois hē tragǭdia dia tōnde; estai gar, estai keinos aiōnos chronos, hotan pyros gemonta thēsauron schasę̄ chrysōpos aithēr, hē de boskētheisa phlox hapanta tapigeia kai metarsia phlexei maneisa.
Again Diphilus the comic poet discusses the judgment in terms like these: “Do you think, Niceratus, that the dead, who have partaken of every luxury in life, have escaped the divine as though unnoticed? There is an eye of Justice, which sees all things. For in Hades too we think there are two paths, one the way of the righteous, the other the way of the ungodly.” And: “If the earth will cover both for all time, go off, snatch, steal, rob, make trouble. Do not be deceived; there is judgment in Hades too, which God, the master of all, will execute, whose name is fearful, and I would not name him; who grants to sinners a long life. But if any mortal thinks that, doing some evil day by day, he escapes the notice of the gods, he thinks wickedly, and in thinking so he is caught, when Justice happens to have leisure. Look, you who think there is no God. For there is, there is. And if anyone who is by nature bad fares well, let him make the most of the time; for in time he will pay the penalty later.” And tragedy agrees with these in these words: “For there shall come, there shall come that season of time, when the golden-faced ether shall let loose its treasure full of fire, and the flame, fed full, shall rage and burn all things on earth and on high.”
5.14.122Stählin 2:408–409
καὶ μετʼ ὀλίγα αὖθις ἐπιφέρει· ἐπὰν δὲ ἐκλίπῃ τὸ πᾶν, φροῦδος μὲν ἔσται κυμάτων ἅπας βυθός, γῆ δὲ ἑδράνων ἔρημος, οὐδʼ ἀὴρ ἔτι πτερωτὰ φῦλα βαστάσει πυρουμένη, κἄπειτα σώσει πάντα ἃ πρόσθεν ἀπώλεσεν. τὰ ὅμοια τούτοις κἀν τοῖς Ὀρφικοῖς εὑρήσομεν ὧδέ πως γεγραμμένα· πάντας γὰρ κρύψας καὶ αὖθις φάος ἐς πολυγηθὲς ἐξ ἱερῆς κραδίης ἀνενέγκατο, μέρμερα ῥέζων. ἢν δὲ ὁσίως καὶ δικαίως διαβιώσωμεν, μακάριοι μὲν ἐνταῦθα, μακαριώτεροι δὲ μετὰ τὴν ἐνθένδε ἀπαλλαγήν, οὐ χρόνῳ τινὶ τὴν εὐδαιμονίαν ἔχοντες, ἀλλὰ ἐν αἰῶνι ἀναπαύεσθαι δυνάμενοι, ἀθανάτοις ἄλλοισιν ὁμέστιοι, ἔν τε τραπέζαις ἐόντες ἀνδρείων ἀχέων ἀπόκληροι, ἀτειρεῖς, ἡ φιλόσοφος Ἐμπεδοκλέους λέγει ποιητική. οὐχ οὕτω τις μέγας ἔσται καὶ καθʼ Ἕλληνας ὡς ὑπερέχειν τὴν δίκην, οὐδὲ σμικρὸς ὡς λαθεῖν.
kai metʼ oliga authis epipherei; epan de eklipę̄ to pan, phroudos men estai kymatōn hapas bythos, gē de hedranōn erēmos, oudʼ aēr eti pterōta phyla bastasei pyroumenē, kapeita sōsei panta ha prosthen apōlesen. ta homoia toutois kan tois Orphikois heurēsomen hōde pōs gegrammena; pantas gar krypsas kai authis phaos es polygēthes ex hierēs kradiēs anenenkato, mermera rhezōn. ēn de hosiōs kai dikaiōs diabiōsōmen, makarioi men entautha, makariōteroi de meta tēn enthende apallagēn, ou chronǭ tini tēn eudaimonian echontes, alla en aiōni anapauesthai dynamenoi, athanatois alloisin homestioi, en te trapezais eontes andreiōn acheōn apoklēroi, ateireis, hē philosophos Empedokleous legei poiētikē. ouch houtō tis megas estai kai kathʼ Hellēnas hōs hyperechein tēn dikēn, oude smikros hōs lathein.
And a little later he adds again: “And when the whole universe fails, the whole depth of the waves will be gone, and the earth empty of dwellings; nor will the air, set on fire, bear the winged tribes any longer; and then it will save all that it destroyed before.” We shall find things like these in the Orphic writings too, written thus: “For having hidden all, he brought them up again into the joyful light from his holy heart, doing mighty deeds.” And if we live holily and justly, we are blessed here, and more blessed after our departure from here, not having happiness for a time, but able to rest in eternity, “sharing hearth with the other immortals, at table with them, free from human woes, unwearied,” as the philosophic poetry of Empedocles says. No one, even according to the Greeks, will be so great as to be above justice, nor so small as to escape its notice.
5.14.123Stählin 2:409–410
ὁ δὲ αὐτὸς Ὀρφεὺς καὶ ταῦτα λέγει· εἰς δὲ λόγον θεῖον βλέψας τούτῳ προσέδρευε, ἰθύνων κραδίης νοερὸν κύτος· εὖ δʼ ἐπίβαινε ἀτραπιτοῦ, μοῦνον δʼ ἐσόρα κόσμοιο ἄνακτα ἀθάνατον. αὖθίς τε περὶ τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀόρατον αὐτὸν λέγων, μόνῳ γνωσθῆναι ἑνί τινί φησι τὸ γένος Χαλδαίῳ, εἴτε τὸν Ἀβραὰμ λέγων τοῦτον εἴτε καὶ τὸν υἱὸν τὸν αὐτοῦ, διὰ τούτων· εἰ μὴ μουνογενής τις ἀπορρὼξ φύλου ἄνωθεν Χαλδαίων· ἴδρις γὰρ ἔην ἄστροιο πορείης, καὶ σφαίρης κίνημʼ ἀμφὶ χθόνα θʼ ὡς περιτέλλει κυκλοτερὲς ἐν ἴσῳ τε κατὰ σφέτερον κνώδακα, πνεύματα δʼ ἡνιοχεῖ περί τʼ ἠέρα καὶ περὶ χεῦμα.
ho de autos Orpheus kai tauta legei; eis de logon theion blepsas toutǭ prosedreue, ithynōn kradiēs noeron kytos; eu dʼ epibaine atrapitou, mounon dʼ esora kosmoio anakta athanaton. authis te peri tou theou, aoraton auton legōn, monǭ gnōsthēnai heni tini phēsi to genos Chaldaiǭ, eite ton Abraam legōn touton eite kai ton huion ton autou, dia toutōn; ei mē mounogenēs tis aporrōx phylou anōthen Chaldaiōn; idris gar eēn astroio poreiēs, kai sphairēs kinēmʼ amphi chthona thʼ hōs peritellei kykloteres en isǭ te kata spheteron knōdaka, pneumata dʼ hēniochei peri tʼ ēera kai peri cheuma.
And the same Orpheus also says this: “Looking to the divine Word, attend closely to it, directing the intelligent vessel of your heart; walk well upon the path, and look only to the immortal king of the world.” And again, about God, saying that he is invisible, he says that he was known only to one, a Chaldean by race, meaning either Abraham or his son, in these words: “except a certain only-begotten one, an offshoot of the race of the Chaldeans from of old; for he was skilled in the course of the star, and how the motion of the sphere goes round the earth in a circle, evenly, on its own axis; and he guides the winds around the air and the stream of water.”
5.14.124Stählin 2:410
εἶτα οἷον παραφράζων τὸ ὁ οὐρανός μοι θρόνος, ἡ δὲ γῆ ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν μου ἐπιφέρει· αὐτὸς δʼ αὖ μέγαν αὖτις ἐπʼ οὐρανὸν ἐστήρικται χρυσέῳ εἰνὶ θρόνῳ, γαίη δʼ ὑπὸ ποσσὶ βέβηκεν. χεῖρα δὲ δεξιτερὴν περὶ τέρμασιν ὠκεανοῖο ἐκτέτακεν, ὀρέων δὲ τρέμει βάσις ἔνδοθι θυμῷ οὐδὲ φέρειν δύναται κρατερὸν μένος. ἔστι δὲ πάντῃ αὐτὸς ἐπουράνιος καὶ ἐπὶ χθονὶ πάντα τελευτᾷ, ἀρχὴν αὐτὸς ἔχων καὶ μέσσην ἠδὲ τελευτήν. ἄλλως οὐ θεμιτόν σε λέγειν· τρομέω δέ τε γυῖα ἐν νόῳ. ἐξ ὑπάτου κραίνει, καὶ τὰ ἐπὶ τούτοις. διὰ γὰρ τούτων δεδήλωκεν πάντα ἐκεῖνα τὰ προφητικά· ἐὰν ἀνοίξῃς τὸν οὐρανόν, τρόμος λήψεται ἀπὸ σοῦ ὄρη καὶ τακήσεται, ὡς ἀπὸ προσώπου πυρὸς τήκεται κηρός·
eita hoion paraphrazōn to ho ouranos moi thronos, hē de gē hypopodion tōn podōn mou epipherei; autos dʼ au megan autis epʼ ouranon estēriktai chryseǭ eini thronǭ, gaiē dʼ hypo possi bebēken. cheira de dexiterēn peri termasin ōkeanoio ektetaken, oreōn de tremei basis endothi thymǭ oude pherein dynatai krateron menos. esti de pantę̄ autos epouranios kai epi chthoni panta teleutą, archēn autos echōn kai messēn ēde teleutēn. allōs ou themiton se legein; tromeō de te guia en noǭ. ex hypatou krainei, kai ta epi toutois. dia gar toutōn dedēlōken panta ekeina ta prophētika; ean anoixę̄s ton ouranon, tromos lēpsetai apo sou orē kai takēsetai, hōs apo prosōpou pyros tēketai kēros;
Then, as if paraphrasing “Heaven is my throne, and the earth the footstool of my feet,” he adds: “But he himself again is firmly set above the great heaven on a golden throne, and the earth stands beneath his feet. His right hand he has stretched out around the ends of the ocean; the foundation of the mountains trembles within at his wrath, and cannot bear his mighty strength. He is everywhere heavenly himself, and on earth he brings all things to their end, having himself the beginning, the middle, and the end. Otherwise it is not lawful for you to speak; and I tremble in my limbs, in my mind. From on high he rules,” and what follows. For through these words he has indicated all those prophetic sayings: “If you open heaven, trembling will seize the mountains from you, and they will melt, as wax melts before fire”;
5.14.125Stählin 2:410–411
καὶ τὰ διὰ Ἡσαΐου τίς ἐμέτρησεν τὸν οὐρανὸν σπιθαμῇ καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν δρακί; πάλιν ὅταν εἴπῃ· αἰθέρος ἠδʼ Ἀίδου, πόντου γαίης τε τύραννε, ὅς βρονταῖς σείεις βριαρὸν δόμον Οὐλύμποιο· δαίμονες ὃν φρίσσουσιν, θεῶν δὲ δέδοικεν ὅμιλος· ᾧ Μοῖραι πείθονται, ἀμείλικτοί περ ἐοῦσαι· ἄφθιτε, μητροπάτωρ, οὗ θυμῷ πάντα δονεῖται· ὃς κινεῖς ἀνέμους, νεφέλῃσι δὲ πάντα καλύπτεις, πρηστῆρσι σχίζων πλατὺν αἰθέρα· σὴ μὲν ἐν ἄστροις τάξις, ἀναλλάκτοισιν ἐφημοσύναισι τρέχουσα· σῷ δὲ θρόνῳ πυρόεντι παρεστᾶσιν πολύμοχθοι ἄγγελοι, οἷσι μέμηλε βροτοῖς ὡς πάντα τελεῖται· σὸν μὲν ἔαρ λάμπει νέον ἄνθεσι πορφυρέοισιν· σὸς χειμὼν ψυχραῖσιν ἐπερχόμενος νεφέλαισιν· σάς ποτε βακχευτὴς Βρόμιος διένειμεν ὀπώρας.
kai ta dia Hēsaïou tis emetrēsen ton ouranon spithamę̄ kai pasan tēn gēn draki? palin hotan eipę̄; aitheros ēdʼ Aidou, pontou gaiēs te tyranne, hos brontais seieis briaron domon Oulympoio; daimones hon phrissousin, theōn de dedoiken homilos; hǭ Moirai peithontai, ameiliktoi per eousai; aphthite, mētropatōr, hou thymǭ panta doneitai; hos kineis anemous, nephelę̄si de panta kalypteis, prēstērsi schizōn platyn aithera; sē men en astrois taxis, anallaktoisin ephēmosynaisi trechousa; sǭ de thronǭ pyroenti parestasin polymochthoi angeloi, hoisi memēle brotois hōs panta teleitai; son men ear lampei neon anthesi porphyreoisin; sos cheimōn psychraisin eperchomenos nephelaisin; sas pote bakcheutēs Bromios dieneimen opōras.
and the words through Isaiah, “Who has measured the heaven with a span and all the earth with a handful?” Again, when he says: “Ruler of ether and of Hades, of sea and of earth, who with thunders shake the strong house of Olympus; before whom daemons shudder, and the throng of gods is afraid; whom the Fates obey, relentless though they are; imperishable, mother-father, by whose wrath all things are shaken; who move the winds, and cover all things with clouds, splitting the broad ether with lightning-blasts; yours is the order among the stars, running by unchangeable commands; beside your fiery throne stand angels of many labors, whose care it is how all things are accomplished for mortals; yours is the spring, shining new with purple flowers; yours the winter, coming on with cold clouds; yours are the autumn fruits that Bromius the reveler once distributed.”
5.14.126Stählin 2:411–412
εἶτα ἐπιφέρει, ῥητῶς παντοκράτορα ὀνομάζων τὸν θεόν· ἄφθιτον, ἀθάνατον, ῥητὸν μόνον ἀθανάτοισιν. ἐλθέ, μέγιστε θεῶν πάντων, κρατερῇ σὺν ἀνάγκῃ, φρικτός, ἀήττητος, μέγας, ἄφθιτος, ὃν στέφει αἰθήρ. διὰ μὲν τοῦ μητροπάτωρ οὐ μόνον τὴν ἐκ μὴ ὄντων γένεσιν ἐμήνυσεν, δέδωκεν δὲ ἀφορμὰς τοῖς τὰς προβολὰς εἰσάγουσι τάχα καὶ σύζυγον νοῆσαι τοῦ θεοῦ· παραφράζει δὲ ἐκείνας τὰς προφητικὰς γραφάς, τήν τε διὰ Ὠσηὲ ἐγὼ στερεῶν βροντὴν καὶ κτίζων πνεῦμα, οὗ αἱ χεῖρες τὴν στρατιὰν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐθεμελίωσαν, καὶ τὴν διὰ Μωυσέως· ἴδετε· ἴδετε, ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι, καὶ οὐκ ἔστι θεὸς ἕτερος πλὴν ἐμοῦ· ἐγὼ ἀποκτενῶ καὶ ζῆν ποιήσω· πατάξω κἀγὼ ἰάσομαι· καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ὃς ἐξελεῖται ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν μου. αὐτὸς δὲ ἐξ ἀγαθοῖο κακὸν θνητοῖσι φυτεύει καὶ πόλεμον κρυόεντα καὶ ἄλγεα δακρυόεντα κατὰ τὸν Ὀρφέα.
eita epipherei, rhētōs pantokratora onomazōn ton theon; aphthiton, athanaton, rhēton monon athanatoisin. elthe, megiste theōn pantōn, kraterę̄ syn anankę̄, phriktos, aēttētos, megas, aphthitos, hon stephei aithēr. dia men tou mētropatōr ou monon tēn ek mē ontōn genesin emēnysen, dedōken de aphormas tois tas probolas eisagousi tacha kai syzygon noēsai tou theou; paraphrazei de ekeinas tas prophētikas graphas, tēn te dia Ōsēe egō stereōn brontēn kai ktizōn pneuma, hou hai cheires tēn stratian tou ouranou ethemeliōsan, kai tēn dia Mōyseōs; idete; idete, hoti egō eimi, kai ouk esti theos heteros plēn emou; egō apoktenō kai zēn poiēsō; pataxō kagō iasomai; kai ouk estin hos exeleitai ek tōn cheirōn mou. autos de ex agathoio kakon thnētoisi phyteuei kai polemon kryoenta kai algea dakryoenta kata ton Orphea.
Then he adds, expressly naming God the Almighty: “imperishable, immortal, speakable only to immortals. Come, greatest of all the gods, with mighty necessity, dread, invincible, great, imperishable, whom the ether crowns.” By “mother-father” he has not only indicated coming into being from what is not, but has also given occasion to those who introduce emanations to think perhaps of a consort of God as well. And he paraphrases those prophetic Scriptures: the one through Hosea, “I am he who makes the thunder firm and creates the wind,” whose hands founded the host of heaven; and the one through Moses: “See, see that I am, and there is no other god besides me; I will kill and I will make alive; I will strike and I will heal; and there is none who will deliver out of my hands.” “And he himself, from good, plants evil for mortals, and chilling war and tearful pains,” according to Orpheus.
5.14.127Stählin 2:412
Τοιαῦτα καὶ ὁ Πάριος Ἀρχίλοχος λέγει· ὦ Ζεῦ, πάτερ Ζεῦ, σὸν μὲν οὐρανοῦ κράτος, σὺ δʼ ἔργα ἐπʼ ἀνθρώπων ὁρᾷς λεωργὰ κἀθέμιστα. πάλιν ἡμῖν ᾀσάτω ὁ Θρᾴκιος Ὀρφεύς· χεῖρα δὲ δεξιτερὴν ἐπὶ τέρματος ὠκεανοῖο πάντοθεν ἐκτέτακεν, γαίη δʼ ὑπὸ ποσσὶ βέβηκεν. ταῦτα ἐμφανῶς ἐκεῖθεν εἴληπται· ὁ κύριος σώσει πόλεις κατοικουμένας, καὶ τὴν οἰκουμένην ὅλην καταλήψεται τῇ χειρὶ ὡς νεοσσιάν· κύριος ὁ ποιήσας τὴν γῆν ἐν ἰσχύι τῇ αὑτοῦ, ὥς φησιν Ἱερεμίας, καὶ ἀνορθώσας τὴν οἰκουμένην ἐν τῇ σοφίᾳ αὐτοῦ. ἔτι πρὸς τοῖσδε Φωκυλίδης τοὺς ἀγγέλους δαίμονας καλῶν, τοὺς μὲν εἶναι ἀγαθοὺς αὐτῶν, τοὺς δὲ φαύλους διὰ τούτων παρίστησιν, ἐπεὶ καὶ ἡμεῖς ἀποστάτας τινὰς παρειλήφαμεν· ἀλλʼ ἄρα δαίμονές εἰσιν ἐπʼ ἀνδράσιν ἄλλοτε ἄλλοι· οἳ μὲν ἐπερχομένου κακοῦ ἀνέρας ἐκλύσασθαι.
Toiauta kai ho Parios Archilochos legei; ō Zeu, pater Zeu, son men ouranou kratos, sy dʼ erga epʼ anthrōpōn horąs leōrga kathemista. palin hēmin ąsatō ho Thrąkios Orpheus; cheira de dexiterēn epi termatos ōkeanoio pantothen ektetaken, gaiē dʼ hypo possi bebēken. tauta emphanōs ekeithen eilēptai; ho kyrios sōsei poleis katoikoumenas, kai tēn oikoumenēn holēn katalēpsetai tę̄ cheiri hōs neossian; kyrios ho poiēsas tēn gēn en ischui tę̄ hautou, hōs phēsin Hieremias, kai anorthōsas tēn oikoumenēn en tę̄ sophią autou. eti pros toisde Phōkylidēs tous angelous daimonas kalōn, tous men einai agathous autōn, tous de phaulous dia toutōn paristēsin, epei kai hēmeis apostatas tinas pareilēphamen; allʼ ara daimones eisin epʼ andrasin allote alloi; hoi men eperchomenou kakou aneras eklysasthai.
Archilochus of Paros too says such things: “O Zeus, father Zeus, yours is the power of heaven, and you see the deeds of men, wicked and lawless.” Again let the Thracian Orpheus sing to us: “His right hand he has stretched out on every side over the end of the ocean, and the earth stands beneath his feet.” These things have plainly been taken from there: “The Lord will save inhabited cities, and will take hold of the whole inhabited world in his hand like a nest”; “the Lord who made the earth by his strength,” as Jeremiah says, “and set up the inhabited world by his wisdom.” Besides these, Phocylides, calling the angels daemons, shows that some of them are good and others bad, in these words (for we too have received that some are apostates): “But there are daemons over men, at one time some, at another others; some to set men free from coming evil.”
5.14.128Stählin 2:412–413
καλῶς οὖν καὶ Φιλήμων ὁ κωμικὸς τὴν εἰδωλολατρείαν ἐκκόπτει διὰ τούτων· οὐκ ἔστιν ἡμῖν οὐδεμία Τύχη θεός, οὐκ ἔστιν, ἀλλὰ ταὐτόματον ὃ γίγνεται ὡς ἔτυχεν ἑκάστῳ, προσαγορεύεται τύχη. Σοφοκλῆς δὲ ὁ τραγῳδοποιὸς οὐδὲ θεοῖς, λέγει, αὐθαίρετα πάντα πέλονται, νόσφι Διός· κεῖνος γὰρ ἔχει τέλος ἠδὲ καὶ ἀρχήν.
kalōs oun kai Philēmōn ho kōmikos tēn eidōlolatreian ekkoptei dia toutōn; ouk estin hēmin oudemia Tychē theos, ouk estin, alla tautomaton ho gignetai hōs etychen hekastǭ, prosagoreuetai tychē. Sophoklēs de ho tragǭdopoios oude theois, legei, authaireta panta pelontai, nosphi Dios; keinos gar echei telos ēde kai archēn.
Well, then, does Philemon the comic poet too cut down idolatry in these words: “For us there is no god Fortune, no; but what happens by itself, as it falls out for each, is called fortune.” And Sophocles the tragic poet says: “Not even for the gods do all things happen by their own choice, apart from Zeus; for he holds the end and the beginning.”
5.14.129Stählin 2:413–414
ὅ τε Ὀρφεύς· ἓν κράτος, εἷς δαίμων γένετο, μέγας οὐρανὸν αἴθων, ἓν δὲ τὰ πάντα τέτυκται, ἐν ᾧ τάδε πάντα κυκλεῖται, πῦρ καὶ ὕδωρ καὶ γαῖα, καὶ τὰ ἐπὶ τούτοις. Πίνδαρός τε ὁ μελοποιὸς οἷον ἐκβακχεύεται, ἄντικρυς εἰπών· τί θεός; ὅ τι τὸ πᾶν. καὶ πάλιν· θεὸς ὁ πάντα τεύχων βροτοῖς. ἐπὰν δὲ εἴπῃ· τί ἔλπεαι σοφίαν; ὀλίγον τοι ἀνὴρ ὑπὲρ ἀνδρὸς ἔχει. τὰ θεῶν βουλεύματα ἐρευνᾶσαι βροτέᾳ φρενὶ δύσκολον· θνατᾶς δʼ ἀπὸ ματρὸς ἔφυ, ἐκεῖθεν ἔσπακε τὴν διάνοιαν· τίς ἔγνω νοῦν κυρίου; ἢ τίς σύμβουλος αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο; ἀλλὰ καὶ Ἡσίοδος διʼ ὧν γράφει συνᾴδει τοῖς προειρημένοις· μάντις δʼ οὐδείς ἐστιν ἐπιχθονίων ἀνθρώπων, ὅστις ἂν εἰδείη Ζηνὸς νόον αἰγιόχοιο. εἰκότως ἄρα Σόλων ὁ Ἀθηναῖος ἐν ταῖς ἐλεγείαις, καὶ αὐτὸς κατακολουθήσας Ἡσιόδῳ, πάντῃ δʼ ἀθανάτων ἀφανὴς νόος ἀνθρώποισι γράφει.
ho te Orpheus; hen kratos, heis daimōn geneto, megas ouranon aithōn, hen de ta panta tetyktai, en hǭ tade panta kykleitai, pyr kai hydōr kai gaia, kai ta epi toutois. Pindaros te ho melopoios hoion ekbakcheuetai, antikrys eipōn; ti theos? ho ti to pan. kai palin; theos ho panta teuchōn brotois. epan de eipę̄; ti elpeai sophian? oligon toi anēr hyper andros echei. ta theōn bouleumata ereunasai broteą phreni dyskolon; thnatas dʼ apo matros ephy, ekeithen espake tēn dianoian; tis egnō noun kyriou? ē tis symboulos autou egeneto? alla kai Hēsiodos diʼ hōn graphei synądei tois proeirēmenois; mantis dʼ oudeis estin epichthoniōn anthrōpōn, hostis an eideiē Zēnos noon aigiochoio. eikotōs ara Solōn ho Athēnaios en tais elegeiais, kai autos katakolouthēsas Hēsiodǭ, pantę̄ dʼ athanatōn aphanēs noos anthrōpoisi graphei.
And Orpheus: “One might, one god arose, the great heaven blazing; and one thing all things have become, in which all these things revolve, fire and water and earth,” and what follows. And Pindar the lyric poet, as though in Bacchic frenzy, says plainly: “What is God? What the All is.” And again: “God, who makes all things for mortals.” And when he says, “Why do you expect wisdom? Little does one man have beyond another. It is hard to search out the counsels of the gods with a mortal mind; one is born of a mortal mother,” he has drawn his thought from there: “Who has known the mind of the Lord? Or who has been his counselor?” And Hesiod too, in what he writes, agrees with what has been said: “There is no seer among men on earth who could know the mind of aegis-bearing Zeus.” Fittingly, then, Solon the Athenian in his elegies, himself following Hesiod, writes: “Everywhere the mind of the immortals is hidden from men.”
5.14.130Stählin 2:414
Πάλιν, τοῦ Μωυσέως εἰς μόχθους καὶ πόνους διὰ τὴν παράβασιν τέξεσθαι τὴν γυναῖκα προφητεύσαντος, ποιητής τις οὐκ ἄσημος γράφει· οὐδέ ποτʼ ἦμαρ παύσονται καμάτου καὶ ὀιζύος, οὐδέ τι νύκτωρ στεινόμενοι· χαλεπὰς δὲ θεοὶ δώσουσι μερίμνας. ἔτι Ὅμηρος μέν, εἰπὼν αὐτὸς δὲ χρύσεια πατὴρ ἐτίταινε τάλαντα, δίκαιον τὸν θεὸν μηνύει· Μένανδρος δὲ ὁ κωμικός, ἀγαθὸν ἑρμηνεύων τὸν θεόν, φησίν· ἅπαντι δαίμων ἀνδρὶ συμπαρίσταται εὐθὺς γενομένῳ μυσταγωγὸς τοῦ βίου ἀγαθός· κακὸν γὰρ δαίμονα οὐ νομιστέον εἶναι, βίον βλάπτοντα χρηστόν. εἶτα ἐπιφέρει· ἅπαντα δʼ ἀγαθὸν εἶναι τὸν θεόν, ἤτοι πάντα θεὸν ἀγαθὸν λέγων ἤ, ὅπερ καὶ μᾶλλον, ἐν πᾶσι τὸν θεὸν ἀγαθὸν εἶναι.
Palin, tou Mōyseōs eis mochthous kai ponous dia tēn parabasin texesthai tēn gynaika prophēteusantos, poiētēs tis ouk asēmos graphei; oude potʼ ēmar pausontai kamatou kai oizyos, oude ti nyktōr steinomenoi; chalepas de theoi dōsousi merimnas. eti Homēros men, eipōn autos de chryseia patēr etitaine talanta, dikaion ton theon mēnyei; Menandros de ho kōmikos, agathon hermēneuōn ton theon, phēsin; hapanti daimōn andri symparistatai euthys genomenǭ mystagōgos tou biou agathos; kakon gar daimona ou nomisteon einai, bion blaptonta chrēston. eita epipherei; hapanta dʼ agathon einai ton theon, ētoi panta theon agathon legōn ē, hoper kai mallon, en pasi ton theon agathon einai.
Again, when Moses had prophesied that because of the transgression the woman would give birth in toil and pain, a poet of no small note writes: “Never by day will they cease from labor and woe, nor at night, worn down as they are; and the gods will give them grievous cares.” Further, Homer, saying, “And the Father himself stretched out the golden scales,” indicates that God is just; and Menander the comic poet, interpreting God as good, says: “A daemon stands beside every man as soon as he is born, a good guide into the mysteries of life; for one must not think that there is an evil daemon, harming a good life.” Then he adds: “that God is good in all respects,” saying either that every god is good, or, which is more likely, that God is good in all things.
5.14.131Stählin 2:415
Πάλιν αὖ Αἰσχύλος μὲν ὁ τραγῳδοποιός, τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ θεοῦ παρατιθέμενος, οὐκ ὀκνεῖ καὶ ὕψιστον αὐτὸν προσαγορεύειν διὰ τούτων· χώριζε θνητῶν τὸν θεὸν καὶ μὴ δόκει ὅμοιον σαυτῷ σάρκινον καθεστάναι. οὐκ οἶσθα δʼ αὐτόν· ποτὲ μὲν ὡς πῦρ φαίνεται ἄπλατος ὁρμή, ποτὲ δὲ ὕδωρ, ποτὲ δὲ γνόφος· καὶ θηρσὶν αὐτὸς γίνεται παρεμφερής, ἀνέμῳ νεφέλῃ τε καὶ ἀστραπῇ, βροντῇ, βροχῇ. ὑπηρετεῖ δὲ αὐτῷ θάλασσα καὶ πέτραι, καὶ πᾶσα πηγὴ καὶ ὕδατος συστήματα. τρέμει δʼ ὄρη καὶ γαῖα καὶ πελώριος βυθὸς θαλάσσης καὶ ὀρέων ὕψος μέγα, ἐπὰν ἐπιβλέψῃ γοργὸν ὄμμα δεσπότου. πάντα δυνατὴ γὰρ δόξα ὑψίστου θεοῦ. ἀρʼ οὐ δοκεῖ σοι ἐκεῖνο παραφράζειν τὸ ἀπὸ προσώπου κυρίου τρέμει ἡ γῆ;
Palin au Aischylos men ho tragǭdopoios, tēn dynamin tou theou paratithemenos, ouk oknei kai hypsiston auton prosagoreuein dia toutōn; chōrize thnētōn ton theon kai mē dokei homoion sautǭ sarkinon kathestanai. ouk oistha dʼ auton; pote men hōs pyr phainetai aplatos hormē, pote de hydōr, pote de gnophos; kai thērsin autos ginetai parempherēs, anemǭ nephelę̄ te kai astrapę̄, brontę̄, brochę̄. hypēretei de autǭ thalassa kai petrai, kai pasa pēgē kai hydatos systēmata. tremei dʼ orē kai gaia kai pelōrios bythos thalassēs kai oreōn hypsos mega, epan epiblepsę̄ gorgon omma despotou. panta dynatē gar doxa hypsistou theou. arʼ ou dokei soi ekeino paraphrazein to apo prosōpou kyriou tremei hē gē?
Again, Aeschylus the tragic poet, setting out the power of God, does not hesitate to call him Most High, in these words: “Distinguish God from mortals, and do not think that he is made of flesh like yourself. You do not know him: at one time he appears as fire, an unapproachable rush, at another as water, at another as thick darkness; and he becomes like wild beasts, like wind, and cloud, and lightning, thunder, rain. Sea serves him, and rocks, and every spring and gathering of waters. Mountains tremble, and earth, and the monstrous deep of the sea, and the great height of mountains, whenever the fierce eye of the Master looks upon them. For all-powerful is the glory of the Most High God.” Does it not seem to you that he is paraphrasing the saying, “The earth trembles before the face of the Lord”?
5.14.132Stählin 2:415
Ἐπὶ τούτοις ὁ μαντικώτατος Ἀπόλλων, μαρτυρῶν τῇ δόξῃ τοῦ θεοῦ, λέγειν ἀναγκάζεται περὶ τῆς Ἀθηνᾶς, ἡνίκα ἐπὶ τὴν Ἑλλάδα ἐστράτευον οἱ Μῆδοι, ὡς ἐδεῖτό τε καὶ ἱκέτευε τὸν Δία περὶ τῆς Ἀττικῆς. ἔχει δὲ ὧδε ὁ χρησμός· οὐ δύναται Παλλὰς Δίʼ Ὀλύμπιον ἐξιλάσασθαι, λισσομένη πολλοῖσι λόγοις καὶ μήτιδι πυκνῇ· πολλοὺς δʼ ἀθανάτων νηοὺς μαλερῷ πυρὶ δώσει, οἵ που νῦν ἱδρῶτι ῥεεύμενοι ἑστήκασιν δείματι παλλόμενοι, καὶ τὰ ἐπὶ τούτοις.
Epi toutois ho mantikōtatos Apollōn, martyrōn tę̄ doxę̄ tou theou, legein anankazetai peri tēs Athēnas, hēnika epi tēn Hellada estrateuon hoi Mēdoi, hōs edeito te kai hiketeue ton Dia peri tēs Attikēs. echei de hōde ho chrēsmos; ou dynatai Pallas Diʼ Olympion exilasasthai, lissomenē polloisi logois kai mētidi pyknę̄; pollous dʼ athanatōn nēous malerǭ pyri dōsei, hoi pou nyn hidrōti rheeumenoi hestēkasin deimati pallomenoi, kai ta epi toutois.
Besides these, most prophetic Apollo, bearing witness to the glory of God, is compelled to say of Athena, when the Medes were marching against Greece, how she begged and entreated Zeus for Attica. The oracle runs thus: “Pallas cannot appease Olympian Zeus, though she entreats him with many words and close-woven counsel; many temples of immortals he will give to raging fire, which now stand, I think, streaming with sweat, trembling with fear,” and what follows.
5.14.133Stählin 2:416–417
Θεαρίδας δὲ ἐν τῷ Περὶ φύσεως γράφει· ἁ ἀρχὰ τῶν ὄντων, ἀρχὰ μὲν ὄντως ἀληθινά, μία· κείνα γὰρ ἐν ἀρχᾷ τέ ἐστιν ἓν καὶ μόνον, οὐδέ τις ἔσθʼ ἕτερος χωρὶς μεγάλου βασιλῆος, Ὀρφεὺς λέγει· ᾧ πειθόμενος ὁ κωμικὸς Δίφιλος γνωμικώτατα τὸν ὄντα πάντων, φησί, πατέρα τοῦτον διὰ τέλους τίμα μόνον, ἀγαθῶν τοσούτων εὑρετὴν καὶ κτίστορα. εἰκότως τοίνυν καὶ Πλάτων ἐθίζει τὰς βελτίστας φύσεις ἀφικνεῖσθαι πρὸς τὸ μάθημα, ὃ ἐν τῷ πρόσθεν ἔφαμεν εἶναι μέγιστον, ἰδεῖν τε τἀγαθὸν καὶ ἀναβῆναι ἐκείνην τὴν ἀνάβασιν. τοῦτο δέ, ὡς ἔοικεν, οὐκ ὀστράκου ἂν εἴη περιστροφή, ἀλλὰ ψυχῆς περιαγωγή, ἐκ νυκτερινῆς τινος ἡμέρας εἰς ἀληθινὴν τοῦ ὄντος οὖσαν ἐπάνοδον, ἣν δὴ φιλοσοφίαν ἀληθῆ φήσομεν εἶναι. καὶ τοὺς ταύτης μετασχόντας τοῦ χρυσοῦ γένους κρίνει, ἐστὲ μὲν δὴ πάντες ἀδελφοί λέγων, οἱ δὲ τοῦ χρυσοῦ γένους κρίνειν ἀκριβέστατα καὶ πάντῃ. Τοῦ πατρὸς ἄρα καὶ ποιητοῦ τῶν συμπάντων ἐμφύτως καὶ ἀδιδάκτως ἀντιλαμβάνεται πάντα πρὸς πάντων, τὰ μὲν ἄψυχα συμπαθοῦντα τῷ ζῴῳ, τῶν δὲ ἐμψύχων τὰ μὲν ἤδη ἀθάνατα καθʼ ἡμέραν ἐργαζόμενα, τῶν δὲ ἔτι θνητῶν τὰ μὲν ἐν φόβῳ, καὶ διὰ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτῶν ἔτι κατὰ γαστρὸς ὀχούμενα, τὰ δὲ αὐτεξουσίῳ, καὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων πάντες Ἕλληνές τε καὶ βάρβαροι. γένος δʼ οὐδὲν οὐδαμοῦ τῶν γεωργούντων οὐδὲ νομάδων, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ τῶν πολιτικῶν δύναται ζῆν, μὴ προκατειλημμένον τῇ τοῦ κρείττονος πίστει. διὸ πᾶν μὲν ἔθνος ἑῴων, πᾶν δὲ ἑσπερίων ἁπτόμενον ᾐόνων βόρειόν τε καὶ τὰ πρὸς τῷ νότῳ πάντα μίαν ἔχει καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν πρόληψιν περὶ τοῦ καταστησαμένου τὴν ἡγεμονίαν, εἴ γε καὶ τὰ καθολικώτατα τῶν ἐνεργημάτων αὐτοῦ διαπεφοίτηκεν ἐπʼ ἴσης πάντα·
Thearidas de en tǭ Peri physeōs graphei; ha archa tōn ontōn, archa men ontōs alēthina, mia; keina gar en archą te estin hen kai monon, oude tis esthʼ heteros chōris megalou basilēos, Orpheus legei; hǭ peithomenos ho kōmikos Diphilos gnōmikōtata ton onta pantōn, phēsi, patera touton dia telous tima monon, agathōn tosoutōn heuretēn kai ktistora. eikotōs toinyn kai Platōn ethizei tas beltistas physeis aphikneisthai pros to mathēma, ho en tǭ prosthen ephamen einai megiston, idein te tagathon kai anabēnai ekeinēn tēn anabasin. touto de, hōs eoiken, ouk ostrakou an eiē peristrophē, alla psychēs periagōgē, ek nykterinēs tinos hēmeras eis alēthinēn tou ontos ousan epanodon, hēn dē philosophian alēthē phēsomen einai. kai tous tautēs metaschontas tou chrysou genous krinei, este men dē pantes adelphoi legōn, hoi de tou chrysou genous krinein akribestata kai pantę̄. Tou patros ara kai poiētou tōn sympantōn emphytōs kai adidaktōs antilambanetai panta pros pantōn, ta men apsycha sympathounta tǭ zǭǭ, tōn de empsychōn ta men ēdē athanata kathʼ hēmeran ergazomena, tōn de eti thnētōn ta men en phobǭ, kai dia tēs mētros autōn eti kata gastros ochoumena, ta de autexousiǭ, kai tōn anthrōpōn pantes Hellēnes te kai barbaroi. genos dʼ ouden oudamou tōn geōrgountōn oude nomadōn, allʼ oude tōn politikōn dynatai zēn, mē prokateilēmmenon tę̄ tou kreittonos pistei. dio pan men ethnos heǭōn, pan de hesperiōn haptomenon ę̄onōn boreion te kai ta pros tǭ notǭ panta mian echei kai tēn autēn prolēpsin peri tou katastēsamenou tēn hēgemonian, ei ge kai ta katholikōtata tōn energēmatōn autou diapephoitēken epʼ isēs panta;
Thearidas, in his work On Nature, writes: “The first principle of beings, the truly true principle, is one; for it is in the beginning one and alone.” “Nor is there any other apart from the great King,” says Orpheus. Persuaded by him, the comic poet Diphilus says most sententiously: “Him who is the Father of all, honor him alone continually, the discoverer and creator of so many good things.” Fittingly, then, Plato too trains the best natures to arrive at the study that we said before is the greatest, to see the Good and to make that ascent. “And this, it seems, would not be the turning of a shell, but the turning around of a soul from a day that is a kind of night to the true ascent to being, which we shall say is true philosophy.” And he judges those who share in this to be of the golden race, saying, “You are all brothers,” but that those of the golden race are to judge most accurately and in every respect. All things, then, of every kind, lay hold of the Father and Maker of the universe, innately and untaught: lifeless things by sympathy with the living; of living things, those that are already immortal, working day by day; of those still mortal, some in fear, even while still carried in their mother's womb, and others by free will; and of human beings, all, Greeks and barbarians. And no race anywhere, whether of farmers, or of nomads, or of city-dwellers, can live without being possessed beforehand by faith in the higher power. Therefore every nation of the east, and every nation touching the western shores, the north, and all toward the south, has one and the same preconception about the one who established the rule of the world, since the most universal of his activities have passed equally through all things.
5.14.134Stählin 2:417
πολὺ δὲ πλέον οἱ παρʼ Ἕλλησι πολυπράγμονες οἱ φιλόσοφοι ἐκ τῆς βαρβάρου ὁρμώμενοι φιλοσοφίας τῷ ἀοράτῳ καὶ μόνῳ καὶ δυνατωτάτῳ καὶ τεχνικωτάτῳ καὶ τῶν καλλίστων αἰτιωτάτῳ τὴν προνομίαν ἔδοσαν, τὰ ἀκόλουθα τούτοις, εἰ μὴ κατηχηθεῖεν πρὸς ἡμῶν, οὐκ ἐπιστάμενοι, ἀλλʼ οὐδʼ αὐτὸν ὅπως νοεῖσθαι πέφυκεν τὸν θεόν, μόνον δʼ, ὡς ἤδη πολλάκις εἰρήκαμεν, κατὰ περίφρασιν ἀληθῆ. εἰκότως οὖν ὁ ἀπόστολος ἢ Ἰουδαίων μόνων φησὶν ὁ θεός; οὐχὶ καὶ Ἑλλήνων; οὐ μόνον προφητικῶς λέγων καὶ τοὺς ἐξ Ἑλλήνων πιστεύοντας Ἕλληνας εἴσεσθαι τὸν θεόν, ἀλλὰ κἀκεῖνο μηνύων, ὡς δυνάμει μὲν ὁ κύριος καὶ θεὸς πάντων ἂν εἴη καὶ τῷ ὄντι παντοκράτωρ, κατὰ δὲ τὴν γνῶσιν οὐ πάντων θεός· οὔτε γὰρ ὅ ἐστιν οὔθʼ ὅπως κύριος καὶ πατὴρ καὶ ποιητής, οὐδὲ τὴν ἄλλην ἴσασιν οἰκονομίαν τῆς ἀληθείας, μὴ οὐ πρὸς αὐτῆς διδαχθέντες.
poly de pleon hoi parʼ Hellēsi polypragmones hoi philosophoi ek tēs barbarou hormōmenoi philosophias tǭ aoratǭ kai monǭ kai dynatōtatǭ kai technikōtatǭ kai tōn kallistōn aitiōtatǭ tēn pronomian edosan, ta akoloutha toutois, ei mē katēchētheien pros hēmōn, ouk epistamenoi, allʼ oudʼ auton hopōs noeisthai pephyken ton theon, monon dʼ, hōs ēdē pollakis eirēkamen, kata periphrasin alēthē. eikotōs oun ho apostolos ē Ioudaiōn monōn phēsin ho theos? ouchi kai Hellēnōn? ou monon prophētikōs legōn kai tous ex Hellēnōn pisteuontas Hellēnas eisesthai ton theon, alla kakeino mēnyōn, hōs dynamei men ho kyrios kai theos pantōn an eiē kai tǭ onti pantokratōr, kata de tēn gnōsin ou pantōn theos; oute gar ho estin outhʼ hopōs kyrios kai patēr kai poiētēs, oude tēn allēn isasin oikonomian tēs alētheias, mē ou pros autēs didachthentes.
Much more did the inquisitive philosophers among the Greeks, starting from the barbarian philosophy, give first place to the invisible, the only, the most powerful, the most skillful, and the highest cause of the most beautiful things; though they did not know what follows from these things unless they were instructed by us, nor indeed how God is by nature to be conceived, but only, as we have often said, by true periphrasis. Fittingly, then, the apostle says: “Or is God the God of Jews only? Is he not also of Greeks?” not only saying prophetically that those of the Greeks who believe would know God, but also indicating that in power the Lord is God of all and truly Almighty, but in knowledge he is not the God of all. For they do not know what he is, nor how he is Lord and Father and Maker, nor the rest of the dispensation of the truth, unless they are taught by the truth itself.
5.14.135Stählin 2:417–418
Ὡσαύτως καὶ τὰ προφητικὰ τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχει τῷ ἀποστολικῷ λόγῳ δύναμιν. Ἡσαΐας μὲν γάρ φησιν· εἰ δὲ λέγετε· ἐπὶ κύριον τὸν θεὸν ἡμῶν πεποίθαμεν· νῦν μίχθητε τῷ κυρίῳ μου βασιλεῖ τῶν Ἀσσυρίων. καὶ ἐπιφέρει· καὶ νῦν μὴ ἄνευ κυρίου ἀνέβημεν ἐπὶ τὴν χώραν ταύτην τοῦ πολεμῆσαι αὐτήν; Ἰωνᾶς δὲ ὁ καὶ αὐτὸς προφήτης τὸ αὐτὸ αἰνίσσεται διʼ ὧν φησιν· καὶ εἰσῆλθεν πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ πρῳρεὺς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ· τί σὺ ῥέγχεις; ἀνάστηθι, ἐπικαλοῦ τὸν θεόν σου, ὅπως διασώσῃ ἡμᾶς καὶ μὴ ἀπολώμεθα. τὸ μὲν γὰρ ὁ θεός σου τῷ κατʼ ἐπίγνωσιν εἰδότι εἶπεν, τῷ δὲ ὅπως διασώσῃ ἡμᾶς ὁ θεὸς τὴν συναίσθησιν τῶν εἰς τὸν παντοκράτορα ἐπιβαλόντων τὸν νοῦν ἐθνῶν ἐδήλωσεν τῶν μηδέπω πεπιστευκότων. καὶ πάλιν ὁ αὐτός· καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς· δοῦλος κυρίου ἐγώ εἰμι καὶ κύριον τὸν θεὸν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐγὼ φοβοῦμαι.
Hōsautōs kai ta prophētika tēn autēn echei tǭ apostolikǭ logǭ dynamin. Hēsaïas men gar phēsin; ei de legete; epi kyrion ton theon hēmōn pepoithamen; nyn michthēte tǭ kyriǭ mou basilei tōn Assyriōn. kai epipherei; kai nyn mē aneu kyriou anebēmen epi tēn chōran tautēn tou polemēsai autēn? Iōnas de ho kai autos prophētēs to auto ainissetai diʼ hōn phēsin; kai eisēlthen pros auton ho prǭreus kai eipen autǭ; ti sy rhencheis? anastēthi, epikalou ton theon sou, hopōs diasōsę̄ hēmas kai mē apolōmetha. to men gar ho theos sou tǭ katʼ epignōsin eidoti eipen, tǭ de hopōs diasōsę̄ hēmas ho theos tēn synaisthēsin tōn eis ton pantokratora epibalontōn ton noun ethnōn edēlōsen tōn mēdepō pepisteukotōn. kai palin ho autos; kai eipen pros autous; doulos kyriou egō eimi kai kyrion ton theon tou ouranou egō phoboumai.
Likewise the prophetic words have the same force as the apostle's saying. For Isaiah says: “But if you say, We have trusted in the Lord our God, now join yourselves to my lord the king of the Assyrians.” And he adds: “And now, have we come up against this land to make war on it without the Lord?” And Jonah, himself also a prophet, hints at the same thing in these words: “And the captain came to him and said to him: Why are you snoring? Get up, call upon your God, that God may save us and we may not perish.” For he said “your God” to one who knew him with full knowledge, and by “that God may save us” he showed the awareness of the nations who had directed their mind to the Almighty but had not yet believed. And again the same: “And he said to them: I am a servant of the Lord, and I fear the Lord, the God of heaven.”
5.14.136Stählin 2:418
αὖθίς τε ὁ αὐτός· καὶ εἶπαν· μηδαμῶς, κύριε· μὴ ἀπολώμεθα ἕνεκεν τῆς ψυχῆς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τούτου. Μαλαχίας δὲ ὁ προφήτης ἄντικρυς ἐμφαίνει τὸν θεὸν λέγοντα· θυσίαν οὐ προσδέξομαι ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν ὑμῶν, διότι ἀπʼ ἀνατολῆς ἡλίου ἕως δυσμῶν τὸ ὄνομά μου δεδόξασται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσι, καὶ ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ θυσία μοι προσφέρεται. καὶ πάλιν· διότι βασιλεὺς μέγας ἐγώ εἰμι, λέγει κύριος παντοκράτωρ, καὶ τὸ ὄνομά μου ἐπιφανὲς ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν. ποῖον ὄνομα; ἐν μὲν τοῖς πεπιστευκόσιν ὁ υἱὸς πατέρα μηνύων, ἐν δὲ τοῖς Ἕλλησι τὸ θεὸς ποιητής. τό τε αὐτεξούσιον ὁ Πλάτων ἐνδείκνυται διὰ τῶνδε· ἀρετὴ δὲ ἀδέσποτον, ἣν τιμῶν καὶ ἀτιμάζων πλέον καὶ ἔλαττον ἕκαστος αὐτῆς μεθέξει. αἰτία ἑλομένου· θεὸς ἀναίτιος. κακῶν γὰρ ὁ θεὸς οὔποτε αἴτιος. Ὦ Τρῶες ἀρηίφιλοι, ὁ λυρικός φησι, Ζεὺς ὑψιμέδων, ὃς ἅπαντα δέρκεται, οὐκ αἴτιος θνατοῖς μεγάλων ἀχέων· ἀλλʼ ἐν μέσῳ κεῖται κιχεῖν πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποισι Δίκαν ὁσίαν, ἁγνᾶς Εὐνομίας ἀκόλουθον καὶ πινυτᾶς θέμιδος· ὀλβίων παῖδες οἵ νιν εὑρόντες σύνοικον.
authis te ho autos; kai eipan; mēdamōs, kyrie; mē apolōmetha heneken tēs psychēs tou anthrōpou toutou. Malachias de ho prophētēs antikrys emphainei ton theon legonta; thysian ou prosdexomai ek tōn cheirōn hymōn, dioti apʼ anatolēs hēliou heōs dysmōn to onoma mou dedoxastai en tois ethnesi, kai en panti topǭ thysia moi prospheretai. kai palin; dioti basileus megas egō eimi, legei kyrios pantokratōr, kai to onoma mou epiphanes en tois ethnesin. poion onoma? en men tois pepisteukosin ho huios patera mēnyōn, en de tois Hellēsi to theos poiētēs. to te autexousion ho Platōn endeiknytai dia tōnde; aretē de adespoton, hēn timōn kai atimazōn pleon kai elatton hekastos autēs methexei. aitia helomenou; theos anaitios. kakōn gar ho theos oupote aitios. Ō Trōes arēiphiloi, ho lyrikos phēsi, Zeus hypsimedōn, hos hapanta derketai, ouk aitios thnatois megalōn acheōn; allʼ en mesǭ keitai kichein pasin anthrōpoisi Dikan hosian, hagnas Eunomias akolouthon kai pinytas themidos; olbiōn paides hoi nin heurontes synoikon.
And again the same: “And they said: By no means, Lord; let us not perish on account of the life of this man.” And the prophet Malachi plainly shows God saying: “I will not accept sacrifice from your hands; for from the rising of the sun to its setting my name has been glorified among the nations, and in every place sacrifice is offered to me.” And again: “For I am a great king, says the Lord Almighty, and my name is manifest among the nations.” What name? Among those who have believed, the Son, who reveals the Father; among the Greeks, “God the Maker.” And Plato indicates free will in these words: “Virtue has no master; each will have more or less of it as he honors or dishonors it. The responsibility is the chooser's; God is not responsible.” For God is never the cause of evils. “O Trojans dear to Ares,” says the lyric poet, “Zeus who rules on high, who sees all things, is not the cause of great woes for mortals; but in the midst lies, for all men to reach, holy Justice, the attendant of pure Good Order and of wise Law; happy are the children of those who have found her to share their house.”
5.14.137Stählin 2:418–419
Πίνδαρος δὲ ἄντικρυς καὶ σωτῆρα Δία συνοικοῦντα Θέμιδι εἰσάγει, βασιλέα, σωτῆρα δίκαιον, ἑρμηνεύων ὧδέ πως· πρῶτα μὲν εὔβουλον Θέμιν οὐρανίαν, χρυσέαισιν ἵπποισιν Ὠκεανοῦ παρὰ παγᾶν Μοῖραι ποτὶ κλίμακα σεμνὰν ἆγον Ὀλύμπου λιπαρὰν καθʼ ὁδόν, σωτῆρος ἀρχαίαν ἄλοχον Διὸς ἔμμεν· ἁ δὲ τὰς χρυσάμπυκας ἀγλαοκάρπους τίκτεν ἀλαθέας Ὥρας. ὁ τοίνυν μὴ πειθόμενος τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, διδασκαλίᾳ δὲ ἀνθρωπίνῃ τετυφωμένος, δυσδαίμων, ἄθλιός τε καὶ κατὰ τὸν Εὐριπίδην, ὃς τάδε λεύσσων θεὸν οὐχὶ νοεῖ, μετεωρολόγων δʼ ἑκὰς ἔρριψεν σκολιὰς ἀπάτας, ὧν ἀτηρὰ γλῶσσα εἰκοβολεῖ περὶ τῶν ἀφανῶν, οὐδὲν γνώμης μετέχουσα.
Pindaros de antikrys kai sōtēra Dia synoikounta Themidi eisagei, basilea, sōtēra dikaion, hermēneuōn hōde pōs; prōta men euboulon Themin ouranian, chryseaisin hippoisin Ōkeanou para pagan Moirai poti klimaka semnan agon Olympou liparan kathʼ hodon, sōtēros archaian alochon Dios emmen; ha de tas chrysampykas aglaokarpous tikten alatheas Hōras. ho toinyn mē peithomenos tę̄ alētheią, didaskalią de anthrōpinę̄ tetyphōmenos, dysdaimōn, athlios te kai kata ton Euripidēn, hos tade leussōn theon ouchi noei, meteōrologōn dʼ hekas erripsen skolias apatas, hōn atēra glōssa eikobolei peri tōn aphanōn, ouden gnōmēs metechousa.
And Pindar plainly brings in Zeus the Savior living with Themis, interpreting him as King, a righteous Savior, thus: “First the Fates led heavenly Themis of good counsel, with golden horses, from the springs of Ocean up the holy stair along the shining road of Olympus, to be the ancient wife of Zeus the Savior; and she bore the golden-crowned, glorious-fruited, truthful Seasons.” He, then, who does not obey the truth, but is puffed up by human teaching, is ill-fated and wretched, and, according to Euripides, is one “who, seeing these things, does not perceive God and cast far away the crooked deceits of the star-gazers, whose baneful tongue shoots at random about things unseen, having no share of understanding.”
5.14.138Stählin 2:419–420
Ἀφικόμενος οὖν ἐπὶ τὴν ἀληθῆ μάθησιν ὁ βουλόμενος ἀκουέτω μὲν Παρμενίδου τοῦ Ἐλεάτου ὑπισχνουμένου· εἴσῃ δʼ αἰθερίαν τε φύσιν τά τʼ ἐν αἰθέρι πάντα σήματα καὶ καθαρᾶς εὐαγέος ἠελίοιο λαμπάδος ἔργʼ ἀίδηλα καὶ ὁππόθεν ἐξεγένοντο, ἔργα τε κύκλωπος πεύσῃ περίφοιτα σελήνης καὶ φύσιν, εἰδήσεις δὲ καὶ οὐρανὸν ἀμφὶς ἔχοντα, ἔνθεν μὲν γὰρ ἔφυ τε καὶ ὥς μιν ἄγουσα ἐπέδησεν Ἀνάγκη πείρατʼ ἔχειν ἄστρων, Μητροδώρου τε, καίτοι Ἐπικουρείου γενομένου, ἐνθέως ταῦτά γε εἰρηκότος· μέμνησο, Μενέστρατε, διότι, θνητὸς φὺς καὶ λαβὼν βίον ὡρισμένον, ἀναβὰς τῇ ψυχῇ ἕως ἐπὶ τὸν αἰῶνα καὶ τὴν ἀπειρίαν τῶν πραγμάτων κατεῖδες καὶ ›τὰ ἐσσόμενα πρό τʼ ἐόντα‹. ὅτε σὺν εὐδαίμονι χορῷ κατὰ τὸν Πλάτωνα μακαρίαν ὄψιν τε καὶ θέαν ἐποπτεύσομεν. ἑπόμενοι μετὰ μὲν Διὸς ἡμεῖς, ἄλλοι δὲ μετʼ ἄλλων θεῶν, τελετῶν, ᾗ θέμις λέγειν, μακαριωτάτην τελούμενοι, ἣν ὀργιάζομεν, ὁλόκληροι μὲν αὐτοὶ καὶ ἀπαθεῖς κακῶν, ὅσα ἡμᾶς ἐν ὑστέρῳ χρόνῳ ὑπέμεινεν, ὁλόκληρα δὲ καὶ ἀτρεμῆ φάσματα μυούμενοί τε καὶ ἐποπτεύοντες ἐν αὐγῇ καθαρᾷ, καθαροὶ καὶ ἀσήμαντοι τούτου, ὃ νῦν σῶμα περιφέροντες ὀνομάζομεν, ὀστρέου τρόπον δεδεσμευμένοι.
Aphikomenos oun epi tēn alēthē mathēsin ho boulomenos akouetō men Parmenidou tou Eleatou hypischnoumenou; eisę̄ dʼ aitherian te physin ta tʼ en aitheri panta sēmata kai katharas euageos ēelioio lampados ergʼ aidēla kai hoppothen exegenonto, erga te kyklōpos peusę̄ periphoita selēnēs kai physin, eidēseis de kai ouranon amphis echonta, enthen men gar ephy te kai hōs min agousa epedēsen Anankē peiratʼ echein astrōn, Mētrodōrou te, kaitoi Epikoureiou genomenou, entheōs tauta ge eirēkotos; memnēso, Menestrate, dioti, thnētos phys kai labōn bion hōrismenon, anabas tę̄ psychę̄ heōs epi ton aiōna kai tēn apeirian tōn pragmatōn kateides kai ›ta essomena pro tʼ eonta‹. hote syn eudaimoni chorǭ kata ton Platōna makarian opsin te kai thean epopteusomen. hepomenoi meta men Dios hēmeis, alloi de metʼ allōn theōn, teletōn, hę̄ themis legein, makariōtatēn teloumenoi, hēn orgiazomen, holoklēroi men autoi kai apatheis kakōn, hosa hēmas en hysterǭ chronǭ hypemeinen, holoklēra de kai atremē phasmata myoumenoi te kai epopteuontes en augę̄ katharą, katharoi kai asēmantoi toutou, ho nyn sōma peripherontes onomazomen, ostreou tropon dedesmeumenoi.
Whoever wishes, then, having arrived at true learning, let him hear Parmenides of Elea promising: “You will know the nature of the ether, and all the signs in the ether, and the unseen works of the pure, holy torch of the sun, and whence they came to be; and you will learn the wandering works of the round-eyed moon and its nature; and you will know also the heaven that holds them around, whence it sprang, and how Necessity led and bound it to keep the limits of the stars.” And let him hear Metrodorus, who, though he became an Epicurean, said this at least as if inspired: “Remember, Menestratus, that, being born mortal and having received a limited life, you went up in soul as far as eternity and the infinity of things, and saw ‘what will be and what was before.’” Then, with a happy chorus, according to Plato, we shall behold a blessed sight and spectacle, we following with Zeus, others with other gods, being initiated into the most blessed of mysteries, as is right to say, which we celebrate, ourselves whole and untouched by the evils that awaited us in later time, being initiated into and beholding whole and unshaken visions in pure light, pure ourselves and without the mark of this which we now carry about and call the body, bound to it like an oyster to its shell.
5.14.139Stählin 2:420
Οἱ δὲ Πυθαγόρειοι τὸν οὐρανὸν τὸν ἀντίχθονα καλοῦσιν, ἐφʼ ἧς γῆς διʼ Ἱερεμίου· τάξω σε εἰς τέκνα, καὶ δώσω σοι γῆν ἐκλεκτὴν κληρονομίαν θεοῦ παντοκράτορος, ἣν οἱ κληρονομήσαντες βασιλεύσουσι γῆς. Καὶ μυρία ἐπὶ μυρία ἐπὶ μυρίοις ἐπιρρεῖ μοι παρατίθεσθαι, συμμετρίας δʼ οὖν ἕνεκα καταπαυστέον ἤδη τὸν λόγον, ὅπως μὴ τὸ τοῦ τραγῳδοποιοῦ Ἀγάθωνος πάθωμεν καὶ αὐτοί· τὸ μὲν πάρεργον ἔργον ὣς ἡγούμενοι, τὸ δʼ ἔργον ὡς πάρεργον ἐκπονούμενοι.
Hoi de Pythagoreioi ton ouranon ton antichthona kalousin, ephʼ hēs gēs diʼ Hieremiou; taxō se eis tekna, kai dōsō soi gēn eklektēn klēronomian theou pantokratoros, hēn hoi klēronomēsantes basileusousi gēs. Kai myria epi myria epi myriois epirrei moi paratithesthai, symmetrias dʼ oun heneka katapausteon ēdē ton logon, hopōs mē to tou tragǭdopoiou Agathōnos pathōmen kai autoi; to men parergon ergon hōs hēgoumenoi, to dʼ ergon hōs parergon ekponoumenoi.
The Pythagoreans call heaven the “counter-earth,” the earth of which it is said through Jeremiah: “I will place you among the children, and I will give you a chosen land, an inheritance of God Almighty,” which those who inherit it will reign over the earth. And thousands upon thousands upon thousands of things flow in for me to cite; but for the sake of due proportion the discussion must now be brought to a stop, so that we too may not suffer what the tragic poet Agathon describes, “treating the side-work as though it were the work, and laboring at the work as though it were a side-work.”
5.14.140Stählin 2:420–421
Δεδειγμένου τοίνυν σαφῶς, ὡς οἶμαι, ὅπως κλέπτας εἰρῆσθαι πρὸς τοῦ κυρίου τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἐξακουστέον, ἑκὼν παραλείπω τὰ τῶν φιλοσόφων δόγματα. εἰ γὰρ καὶ τὰς λέξεις ἐπίοιμεν αὐτῶν, οὐκ ἂν φθάνοιμεν, πλῆθος ὅσον ὑπομνημάτων συνερανίζοντες, ἐκ τῆς βαρβάρου φιλοσοφίας πᾶσαν φερομένην τὴν παρʼ Ἕλλησιν ἐνδεικνύμενοι σοφίαν. ἧς θεωρίας οὐδὲν ἧττον αὖθις ἐφαψόμεθα κατὰ τὸ ἀναγκαῖον, ὁπηνίκα ἂν τὰς περὶ ἀρχῶν δόξας τὰς παρʼ Ἕλλησι φερομένας ἀναλεγώμεθα. πλὴν καὶ τοῦτο ἡμῖν ἐκ τῶν εἰρημένων ἡμῖν ἡσυχῇ παρίσταται σκοπεῖν, ὃν τρόπον ταῖς Ἑλληνικαῖς τῷ οἵῳ τε ὄντι διανήχεσθαι τὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς κύματα ἐντευκτέον βίβλοις. ὄλβιος, ὡς ἔοικεν, ἄρα ἐστὶν κατὰ τὸν Ἐμπεδοκλέα, ὃς θείων πραπίδων ἐκτήσατο πλοῦτον, δειλὸς δʼ ᾧ σκοτόεσσα θεῶν πέρι δόξα μέμηλεν. γνῶσιν καὶ ἀγνωσίαν ὅρους εὐδαιμονίας κακοδαιμονίας τε θείως ἐδήλωσεν. χρὴ γὰρ εὖ μάλα πολλῶν ἴστορας φιλοσόφους ἄνδρας εἶναι καθʼ Ἡράκλειτον, καὶ τῷ ὄντι ἀνάγκη πολλὰ πλανηθῆναι διζήμενον ἔμμεναι ἐσθλόν.
Dedeigmenou toinyn saphōs, hōs oimai, hopōs kleptas eirēsthai pros tou kyriou tous Hellēnas exakousteon, hekōn paraleipō ta tōn philosophōn dogmata. ei gar kai tas lexeis epioimen autōn, ouk an phthanoimen, plēthos hoson hypomnēmatōn syneranizontes, ek tēs barbarou philosophias pasan pheromenēn tēn parʼ Hellēsin endeiknymenoi sophian. hēs theōrias ouden hētton authis ephapsometha kata to anankaion, hopēnika an tas peri archōn doxas tas parʼ Hellēsi pheromenas analegōmetha. plēn kai touto hēmin ek tōn eirēmenōn hēmin hēsychę̄ paristatai skopein, hon tropon tais Hellēnikais tǭ hoiǭ te onti dianēchesthai ta en autois kymata enteukteon biblois. olbios, hōs eoiken, ara estin kata ton Empedoklea, hos theiōn prapidōn ektēsato plouton, deilos dʼ hǭ skotoessa theōn peri doxa memēlen. gnōsin kai agnōsian horous eudaimonias kakodaimonias te theiōs edēlōsen. chrē gar eu mala pollōn istoras philosophous andras einai kathʼ Hērakleiton, kai tǭ onti anankē polla planēthēnai dizēmenon emmenai esthlon.
Now that it has been clearly shown, I think, how we are to understand the Lord's calling the Greeks thieves, I willingly pass over the doctrines of the philosophers. For if we were to go through their very words, we would never finish, collecting a vast mass of notes to show that all the wisdom current among the Greeks came from the barbarian philosophy. We shall nonetheless take up this study again as far as necessary, when we collect the opinions on first principles current among the Greeks. But this too quietly presents itself to us for consideration from what has been said: how the books of the Greeks should be approached by one who is able to swim through the waves in them. “Happy,” then, it seems, according to Empedocles, “is he who has gained the wealth of divine understanding; wretched he whose care is a dark opinion about the gods.” He divinely showed that knowledge and ignorance are the boundaries of happiness and unhappiness. For “men who love wisdom must be inquirers into very many things,” according to Heraclitus; and truly “one who seeks to be good must wander much.”
5.14.141Stählin 2:421
ἤδη μὲν οὖν δῆλον ἡμῖν ἐκ τῶν προειρημένων ὡς ἀίδιος ἡ τοῦ θεοῦ εὐποιία τυγχάνει καὶ εἰς πάντας ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἀνάρχου ἴση ἀτεχνῶς ἡ φυσικὴ δικαιοσύνη, κατʼ ἀξίαν ἑκάστου γένους γενομένη, οὐκ ἀρξαμένη ποτέ· οὐ γὰρ ἀρχὴν τοῦ κύριος καὶ ἀγαθὸς εἶναι εἴληφεν ὁ θεὸς ὢν ἀεὶ ὅ ἐστιν, οὐδὲ μὴν παύσεταί ποτε ἀγαθοποιῶν, κἂν εἰς τέλος ἀγάγῃ ἕκαστα. μεταλαμβάνει δὲ τῆς εὐποιίας ἕκαστος ἡμῶν πρὸς ὃ βούλεται, ἐπεὶ τὴν διαφορὰν τῆς ἐκλογῆς ἀξία γενομένη ψυχῆς αἵρεσίς τε καὶ συνάσκησις πεποίηκεν. Ὧδε μὲν οὖν καὶ ὁ πέμπτος ἡμῖν τῶν κατὰ τὴν ἀληθῆ φιλοσοφίαν γνωστικῶν ὑπομνημάτων Στρωματεὺς περαιούσθω.
ēdē men oun dēlon hēmin ek tōn proeirēmenōn hōs aidios hē tou theou eupoiia tynchanei kai eis pantas ex archēs anarchou isē atechnōs hē physikē dikaiosynē, katʼ axian hekastou genous genomenē, ouk arxamenē pote; ou gar archēn tou kyrios kai agathos einai eilēphen ho theos ōn aei ho estin, oude mēn pausetai pote agathopoiōn, kan eis telos agagę̄ hekasta. metalambanei de tēs eupoiias hekastos hēmōn pros ho bouletai, epei tēn diaphoran tēs eklogēs axia genomenē psychēs hairesis te kai synaskēsis pepoiēken. Hōde men oun kai ho pemptos hēmin tōn kata tēn alēthē philosophian gnōstikōn hypomnēmatōn Strōmateus peraiousthō.
It is already clear to us from what has been said that God's beneficence is everlasting, and that his natural justice is, from a beginning without beginning, simply equal toward all, given according to the worth of each race, never having begun. For God did not take a beginning of being Lord and good, being always what he is; nor will he ever cease doing good, even though he brings each thing to its end. And each of us partakes of his beneficence as far as he wills, since it is the choice and the diligent practice of a soul that has become worthy that has made the difference in election. Here, then, let the fifth Miscellany of our notes of knowledge according to the true philosophy be brought to an end.
Miscellanies 6, chapter 1
6.1.1Stählin 2:423
Ὁ δὲ δὴ ἕκτος καὶ ὁμοῦ ὁ ἕβδομος ἡμῖν τῶν κατὰ τὴν ἀληθῆ φιλοσοφίαν γνωστικῶν ὑπομνημάτων Στρωματεύς, διαγράψας ὡς ἔνι μάλιστα τὸν ἠθικὸν λόγον ἐν τούτοις περαιούμενον καὶ παραστήσας, ὅστις ἂν εἴη κατὰ τὸν βίον ὁ γνωστικός, πρόεισι δείξων τοῖς φιλοσόφοις οὐδαμῶς ὡς ἄθεον τοῦτον, ὡς ὑπειλήφασιν, μόνον δὲ τῷ ὄντι θεοσεβῆ, τὸν τρόπον τῆς θρῃσκείας τοῦ γνωστικοῦ κεφαλαιωδῶς ἐκτιθέμενος, ὅσα γε εἰς γραφὴν ὑπομνηστικὴν ἀκίνδυνον ἐγχαράξαι· ἐργάζεσθαι γὰρ τὴν βρῶσιν τὴν εἰς αἰῶνα παραμένουσαν ὁ κύριος ἐνετείλατο, καί που ὁ προφήτης λέγει· μακάριος ὁ σπείρων ἐπὶ πᾶν ὕδωρ, οὗ μόσχος καὶ ὄνος πατεῖ, ὁ ἐκ νόμου καὶ ἐξ ἐθνῶν εἰς τὴν μίαν πίστιν συναγόμενος λαός. ὁ δὲ ἀσθενῶν λάχανα ἐσθίει κατὰ τὸν γενναῖον ἀπόστολον. φθάσας δὲ ὁ Παιδαγωγὸς ἡμῖν ἐν τρισὶ διαιρούμενος βίβλοις τὴν ἐκ παίδων ἀγωγήν τε καὶ τροφὴν παρέστησεν, τουτέστιν ἐκ κατηχήσεως συναύξουσαν τῇ πίστει πολιτείαν καὶ προπαρασκευάζουσαν τοῖς εἰς ἄνδρας ἐγγραφομένοις ἐνάρετον τὴν ψυχὴν εἰς ἐπιστήμης γνωστικῆς παραδοχήν. ἐναργῶς οὖν τῶν Ἑλλήνων μαθόντων ἐκ τῶν λεχθησομένων διὰ τῶνδε ἡμῖν, ὡς ἀνοσίως τὸν θεοφιλῆ διώκοντες ἀσεβοῦσιν αὐτοί, τότε ἤδη, προϊόντων τῶν ὑπομνημάτων κατὰ τὸν τῶν Στρωματέων χαρακτῆρα, ἐπιλυτέον τά τε ὑπὸ Ἑλλήνων τά τε ὑπὸ βαρβάρων προσαπορούμενα ἡμῖν περὶ τῆς τοῦ κυρίου παρουσίας.
Ho de dē hektos kai homou ho hebdomos hēmin tōn kata tēn alēthē philosophian gnōstikōn hypomnēmatōn Strōmateus, diagrapsas hōs eni malista ton ēthikon logon en toutois peraioumenon kai parastēsas, hostis an eiē kata ton bion ho gnōstikos, proeisi deixōn tois philosophois oudamōs hōs atheon touton, hōs hypeilēphasin, monon de tǭ onti theosebē, ton tropon tēs thrę̄skeias tou gnōstikou kephalaiōdōs ektithemenos, hosa ge eis graphēn hypomnēstikēn akindynon encharaxai; ergazesthai gar tēn brōsin tēn eis aiōna paramenousan ho kyrios eneteilato, kai pou ho prophētēs legei; makarios ho speirōn epi pan hydōr, hou moschos kai onos patei, ho ek nomou kai ex ethnōn eis tēn mian pistin synagomenos laos. ho de asthenōn lachana esthiei kata ton gennaion apostolon. phthasas de ho Paidagōgos hēmin en trisi diairoumenos biblois tēn ek paidōn agōgēn te kai trophēn parestēsen, toutestin ek katēchēseōs synauxousan tę̄ pistei politeian kai proparaskeuazousan tois eis andras engraphomenois enareton tēn psychēn eis epistēmēs gnōstikēs paradochēn. enargōs oun tōn Hellēnōn mathontōn ek tōn lechthēsomenōn dia tōnde hēmin, hōs anosiōs ton theophilē diōkontes asebousin autoi, tote ēdē, proïontōn tōn hypomnēmatōn kata ton tōn Strōmateōn charaktēra, epilyteon ta te hypo Hellēnōn ta te hypo barbarōn prosaporoumena hēmin peri tēs tou kyriou parousias.
Now the sixth, and together with it the seventh, Miscellany of our notes of knowledge according to the true philosophy, having sketched as far as possible the ethical account that is being brought to completion in these books, and having shown what the one who knows is like in his life, proceeds to show the philosophers that he is by no means godless, as they have supposed, but alone truly reverent toward God. It sets out in summary the manner of the knower's worship, as much at least as may be engraved without danger in a written memorandum. For the Lord commanded us to work for the food that remains to eternity; and somewhere the prophet says: “Blessed is he who sows upon every water, where calf and donkey tread”: that is, the people gathered from the law and from the nations into the one faith. “But the weak man eats vegetables,” according to the noble apostle. The Instructor, divided into three books, has already set out for us the upbringing and nourishment from childhood, that is, the way of life that grows together with faith from catechesis and prepares beforehand the soul of those who are being enrolled among grown men, endowed with virtue, for receiving the understanding that belongs to knowledge. When, then, the Greeks have clearly learned from what we are about to say here that in persecuting the one dear to God so unholily they are themselves the impious, then at last, as the notes proceed in the manner of the Miscellanies, we must resolve the difficulties raised against us besides, by Greeks and by barbarians, concerning the Lord's coming.
6.1.2Stählin 2:423
Ἐν μὲν οὖν τῷ λειμῶνι τὰ ἄνθη ποικίλως ἀνθοῦντα κἀν τῷ παραδείσῳ ἡ τῶν ἀκροδρύων φυτεία οὐ κατὰ εἶδος ἕκαστον κεχώρισται τῶν ἀλλογενῶν (ᾗ καὶ Λειμῶνάς τινες καὶ Ἑλικῶνας καὶ Κηρία καὶ Πέπλους συναγωγὰς φιλομαθεῖς ποικίλως ἐξανθισάμενοι συνεγράψαντο)· τοῖς δʼ ὡς ἔτυχεν ἐπὶ μνήμην ἐλθοῦσι καὶ μήτε τῇ τάξει μήτε τῇ φράσει διακεκαθαρμένοις, διεσπαρμένοις δὲ ἐπίτηδες ἀναμίξ, ἡ τῶν Στρωματέων ἡμῖν ὑποτύπωσις λειμῶνος δίκην πεποίκιλται. καὶ δὴ ὧδε ἔχοντες ἐμοί τε ὑπομνήματα εἶεν ἂν ζώπυρα, τῷ τε εἰς γνῶσιν ἐπιτηδείῳ, εἴ πως περιτύχοι τοῖσδε, πρὸς τὸ συμφέρον καὶ ὠφέλιμον μετὰ ἱδρῶτος ἡ ζήτησις γενήσεται· οὐ γὰρ μόνον τῶν σιτίων τὸν πόνον, πολὺ δὲ πλέον καὶ τῆς γνώσεως ἡγεῖσθαι δίκαιον, τοῖς διὰ στενῆς καὶ τεθλιμμένης τῆς κυριακῆς ὄντως ὁδοῦ εἰς τὴν ἀίδιον καὶ μακαρίαν παραπεμπομένοις σωτηρίαν· ἡ γνῶσις δὲ ἡμῶν καὶ ὁ παράδεισος ὁ πνευματικὸς αὐτὸς ἡμῶν ὁ σωτὴρ ὑπάρχει, εἰς ὃν καταφυτευόμεθα, μετατεθέντες καὶ μεταμοσχευθέντες εἰς τὴν γῆν τὴν ἀγαθὴν ἐκ βίου τοῦ παλαιοῦ· ἡ μεταβολὴ δὲ τῆς φυτείας εἰς εὐκαρπίαν συμβάλλεται. φῶς οὖν ὁ κύριος καὶ γνῶσις ἡ ἀληθής, εἰς ὃν μετετέθημεν.
En men oun tǭ leimōni ta anthē poikilōs anthounta kan tǭ paradeisǭ hē tōn akrodryōn phyteia ou kata eidos hekaston kechōristai tōn allogenōn (hę̄ kai Leimōnas tines kai Helikōnas kai Kēria kai Peplous synagōgas philomatheis poikilōs exanthisamenoi synegrapsanto); tois dʼ hōs etychen epi mnēmēn elthousi kai mēte tę̄ taxei mēte tę̄ phrasei diakekatharmenois, diesparmenois de epitēdes anamix, hē tōn Strōmateōn hēmin hypotypōsis leimōnos dikēn pepoikiltai. kai dē hōde echontes emoi te hypomnēmata eien an zōpyra, tǭ te eis gnōsin epitēdeiǭ, ei pōs peritychoi toisde, pros to sympheron kai ōphelimon meta hidrōtos hē zētēsis genēsetai; ou gar monon tōn sitiōn ton ponon, poly de pleon kai tēs gnōseōs hēgeisthai dikaion, tois dia stenēs kai tethlimmenēs tēs kyriakēs ontōs hodou eis tēn aidion kai makarian parapempomenois sōtērian; hē gnōsis de hēmōn kai ho paradeisos ho pneumatikos autos hēmōn ho sōtēr hyparchei, eis hon kataphyteuometha, metatethentes kai metamoscheuthentes eis tēn gēn tēn agathēn ek biou tou palaiou; hē metabolē de tēs phyteias eis eukarpian symballetai. phōs oun ho kyrios kai gnōsis hē alēthēs, eis hon metetethēmen.
In a meadow the flowers blooming in variety, and in a garden the planting of fruit trees, are not separated each by its kind from those of other kinds (in this way some have composed learned collections, variously culled, which they titled Meadows, Helicons, Honeycombs, and Robes). So too the outline of our Miscellanies has been made many-colored like a meadow, with things that came to memory just as they happened, cleaned up neither in order nor in expression, but deliberately scattered and mixed together. And being of this sort, they would be for me notes to rekindle the embers of memory; and for anyone fit for knowledge, if he should happen upon them, the search will turn, with sweat, to his advantage and profit. For it is right that toil should go before not only food but much more knowledge, for those who are escorted by the truly narrow and afflicted way of the Lord to eternal and blessed salvation. Our knowledge and our spiritual garden is the Savior himself, into whom we are planted, having been transferred and transplanted from the old life into the good land; and the change of planting contributes to good fruit. The Lord, then, into whom we have been transferred, is light and the true knowledge.
6.1.3Stählin 2:423
Λέγεται δὲ καὶ ἄλλως διττὴ ἡ γνῶσις, ἣ μὲν κοινῶς, ἡ ἐν πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις ὁμοίως σύνεσίς τε καὶ ἀντίληψις κατὰ τὸ γνωρίζειν ἕκαστον τῶν ὑποκειμένων πανδήμως ἐμφαινομένη, ἧς οὐ μόνον αἱ λογικαὶ δυνάμεις, ἀλλʼ ἴσως καὶ αἱ ἄλογοι μεθέξουσιν, ἣν οὐκ ἄν ποτε ἔγωγε γνῶσίν γε ὀνομάσαιμι, τὴν καὶ διʼ αἰσθητηρίων ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι πεφυκυῖαν· ἡ δὲ ἐξαιρέτως ὀνομαζομένη γνῶσις ἀπὸ τῆς γνώμης καὶ τοῦ λόγου χαρακτηρίζεται, καθʼ ἣν μόναι αἱ λογικαὶ δυνάμεις γνώσεις γενήσονται, αἱ τοῖς νοητοῖς κατὰ ψιλὴν τὴν τῆς ψυχῆς ἐνέργειαν εἰλικρινῶς ἐπιβάλλουσαι· χρηστὸς ἀνήρ, φησὶν ὁ Δαβίδ, ὁ οἰκτίρμων τῶν παραπολλυμένων τῇ πλάνῃ καὶ κιχρῶν ἐκ μεταδόσεως τοῦ λόγου τῆς ἀληθείας, οὐχ ὡς ἔτυχεν, ἀλλὰ γὰρ οἰκονομήσει τοὺς λόγους αὐτοῦ ἐν κρίσει, ἐπιλογισμῷ βαθεῖ· οὗτος ἐσκόρπισεν, ἔδωκεν τοῖς πένησιν.
Legetai de kai allōs dittē hē gnōsis, hē men koinōs, hē en pasin anthrōpois homoiōs synesis te kai antilēpsis kata to gnōrizein hekaston tōn hypokeimenōn pandēmōs emphainomenē, hēs ou monon hai logikai dynameis, allʼ isōs kai hai alogoi methexousin, hēn ouk an pote egōge gnōsin ge onomasaimi, tēn kai diʼ aisthētēriōn antilambanesthai pephykuian; hē de exairetōs onomazomenē gnōsis apo tēs gnōmēs kai tou logou charaktērizetai, kathʼ hēn monai hai logikai dynameis gnōseis genēsontai, hai tois noētois kata psilēn tēn tēs psychēs energeian eilikrinōs epiballousai; chrēstos anēr, phēsin ho Dabid, ho oiktirmōn tōn parapollymenōn tę̄ planę̄ kai kichrōn ek metadoseōs tou logou tēs alētheias, ouch hōs etychen, alla gar oikonomēsei tous logous autou en krisei, epilogismǭ bathei; houtos eskorpisen, edōken tois penēsin.
Knowledge is also spoken of as twofold in another way. One kind is common: the understanding and perception found alike in all people, which shows itself universally in recognizing each of the things that lie before us; not only rational powers but perhaps even irrational ones will share in it. I at least would never call it knowledge, since it is by nature able to grasp things also through the senses. The other, called knowledge in a special sense, is marked out by judgment and reason; by it only rational powers become knowledges, those that apply themselves with purity to intelligible things by the bare activity of the soul. “A good man,” says David, is the one who has pity on those perishing through error, and “lends” by imparting the word of truth, not at random, but “he will order his words with judgment,” with deep reflection. “He has scattered, he has given to the poor.”
Miscellanies 6, chapter 2
6.2.4Stählin 2:423–424
Πρὸ δὲ τῆς εἰς τὸ προκείμενον ἐγχειρήσεως ἐν προοιμίου εἴδει προσαποδοτέον τῷ πέρατι τοῦ πέμπτου Στρωματέως τὰ ἐνδέοντα. Ἐπεὶ γὰρ παρεστήσαμεν τὸ συμβολικὸν εἶδος ἀρχαῖον εἶναι, κεχρῆσθαι δὲ αὐτῷ οὐ μόνον τοὺς προφήτας τοὺς παρʼ ἡμῖν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων τῶν παλαιῶν τοὺς πλείονας καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν κατὰ τὰ ἔθνη βαρβάρων οὐκ ὀλίγους, ἐχρῆν δὲ καὶ τὰ μυστήρια ἐπελθεῖν τῶν τελουμένων· ταῦτα μὲν ὑπερτίθεμαι διασαφήσων, ὁπηνίκα ἂν τὰ περὶ ἀρχῶν τοῖς Ἕλλησιν εἰρημένα ἐπιόντες διελέγχωμεν· τῆσδε γὰρ ἔχεσθαι τῆς θεωρίας ἐπιδείξομεν καὶ τὰ μυστήρια· παραστήσαντες δὲ τὴν ἔμφασιν τῆς Ἑλληνικῆς διανοίας ἐκ τῆς διὰ τῶν γραφῶν εἰς ἡμᾶς δεδομένης ἀληθείας περιαυγασθεῖσαν, καθʼ ὃ σημαινόμενον διήκειν εἰς αὐτοὺς τὴν κλοπὴν τῆς ἀληθείας ἐκδεχόμενοι, εἰ μὴ ἐπαχθὲς εἰπεῖν, ἀπεδείξαμεν, φέρε μάρτυρας τῆς κλοπῆς αὐτοὺς καθʼ ἑαυτῶν παραστήσωμεν τοὺς Ἕλληνας· οἱ γὰρ τὰ οἰκεῖα οὕτως ἄντικρυς παρʼ ἀλλήλων ὑφαιρούμενοι βεβαιοῦσι μὲν τὸ κλέπται εἶναι, σφετερίζεσθαι δʼ ὅμως καὶ ἄκοντες τὴν παρʼ ἡμῶν ἀλήθειαν εἰς τοὺς ὁμοφύλους λάθρᾳ διαδείκνυνται. οἱ γὰρ μηδὲ ἑαυτῶν, σχολῇ γε τῶν ἡμετέρων ἀφέξονται.
Pro de tēs eis to prokeimenon encheirēseōs en prooimiou eidei prosapodoteon tǭ perati tou pemptou Strōmateōs ta endeonta. Epei gar parestēsamen to symbolikon eidos archaion einai, kechrēsthai de autǭ ou monon tous prophētas tous parʼ hēmin, alla kai tōn Hellēnōn tōn palaiōn tous pleionas kai tōn allōn tōn kata ta ethnē barbarōn ouk oligous, echrēn de kai ta mystēria epelthein tōn teloumenōn; tauta men hypertithemai diasaphēsōn, hopēnika an ta peri archōn tois Hellēsin eirēmena epiontes dielenchōmen; tēsde gar echesthai tēs theōrias epideixomen kai ta mystēria; parastēsantes de tēn emphasin tēs Hellēnikēs dianoias ek tēs dia tōn graphōn eis hēmas dedomenēs alētheias periaugastheisan, kathʼ ho sēmainomenon diēkein eis autous tēn klopēn tēs alētheias ekdechomenoi, ei mē epachthes eipein, apedeixamen, phere martyras tēs klopēs autous kathʼ heautōn parastēsōmen tous Hellēnas; hoi gar ta oikeia houtōs antikrys parʼ allēlōn hyphairoumenoi bebaiousi men to kleptai einai, spheterizesthai dʼ homōs kai akontes tēn parʼ hēmōn alētheian eis tous homophylous lathrą diadeiknyntai. hoi gar mēde heautōn, scholę̄ ge tōn hēmeterōn aphexontai.
But before setting our hand to the matter proposed, we must by way of preface pay back what was still owing at the end of the fifth Miscellany. We showed that the symbolic form is ancient, and that not only our prophets used it but also most of the ancient Greeks and not a few of the other barbarians among the nations; and it was fitting also to go through the mysteries of those who are initiated. These I put off, to make them plain when we go through and refute what the Greeks have said about first principles; for we shall show that the mysteries too depend on this theory. We have shown that the expression of Greek thought was illuminated by the truth given to us through the Scriptures, understanding in what sense the theft of the truth reached them, if it is not offensive to say so. Come, then, let us bring forward the Greeks themselves as witnesses of the theft against themselves. For those who so openly purloin their own things from one another confirm that they are thieves, and, even against their will, are shown to be secretly appropriating for their own kin the truth that comes from us. For those who do not keep their hands off one another's will hardly keep them off ours.
6.2.5Stählin 2:424–425
καὶ τὰ μὲν κατὰ φιλοσοφίαν σιωπήσομαι δόγματα, αὐτῶν ὁμολογούντων ἐγγράφως τῶν τὰς αἱρέσεις διανεμομένων, ὡς μὴ ἀχάριστοι ἐλεγχθεῖεν, παρὰ Σωκράτους εἰληφέναι τὰ κυριώτατα τῶν δογμάτων. ὀλίγοις δὲ τῶν καθωμιλημένων καὶ παρὰ τοῖς Ἕλλησιν εὐδοκίμων ἀνδρῶν χρησάμενος μαρτυρίοις, τὸ κλεπτικὸν διελέγξας εἶδος αὐτῶν, ἀδιαφόρως τοῖς χρόνοις καταχρώμενος, ἐπὶ τὰ ἑξῆς τρέψομαι. Ὀρφέως τοίνυν ποιήσαντος· ὣς οὐ κύντερον ἦν καὶ ῥίγιον ἄλλο γυναικός, Ὅμηρος ἄντικρυς λέγει· ὣς οὐκ αἰνότερον καὶ κύντερον ἄλλο γυναικός. Γράψαντός τε Μουσαίου· ὡς αἰεὶ τέχνη μέγʼ ἀμείνων ἰσχύος ἐστίν, Ὅμηρος λέγει· μήτι τοι δρυτόμος περιγίνεται ἠὲ βίηφι. Πάλιν τοῦ Μουσαίου ποιήσαντος· ὡς δʼ αὔτως καὶ φύλλα φύει ζείδωρος ἄρουρα· ἄλλα μὲν ἐν μελίῃσιν ἀποφθίνει, ἄλλα δὲ φύει· ὣς δὲ καὶ ἀνθρώπων γενεὴν καὶ φῦλον ἑλίσσει, Ὅμηρος μεταγράφει· φύλλα τὰ μέν τʼ ἄνεμος χαμάδις χέει, ἄλλα δέ θʼ ὕλη τηλεθόωσα φύει, ἔαρος δʼ ἐπιγίνεται ὥρη· ὣς ἀνδρῶν γενεὴ ἣ μὲν φύει, ἣ δʼ ἀπολήγει. Πάλιν δʼ αὖ Ὁμήρου εἰπόντος· οὐχ ὁσίη κταμένοισιν ἐπʼ ἀνδράσιν εὐχετάασθαι, Ἀρχίλοχός τε καὶ Κρατῖνος γράφουσιν, ὃ μέν· οὐ γὰρ ἐσθλὰ κατθανοῦσι κερτομεῖν ἐπʼ ἀνδράσιν, Κρατῖνος δὲ ἐν τοῖς Λάκωσι· φοβερὸν ἀνθρώποις τόδʼ αὖ, κταμένοις ἐπʼ αἰζηοῖσιν καυχᾶσθαι μέγα.
kai ta men kata philosophian siōpēsomai dogmata, autōn homologountōn engraphōs tōn tas haireseis dianemomenōn, hōs mē acharistoi elenchtheien, para Sōkratous eilēphenai ta kyriōtata tōn dogmatōn. oligois de tōn kathōmilēmenōn kai para tois Hellēsin eudokimōn andrōn chrēsamenos martyriois, to kleptikon dielenxas eidos autōn, adiaphorōs tois chronois katachrōmenos, epi ta hexēs trepsomai. Orpheōs toinyn poiēsantos; hōs ou kynteron ēn kai rhigion allo gynaikos, Homēros antikrys legei; hōs ouk ainoteron kai kynteron allo gynaikos. Grapsantos te Mousaiou; hōs aiei technē megʼ ameinōn ischyos estin, Homēros legei; mēti toi drytomos periginetai ēe biēphi. Palin tou Mousaiou poiēsantos; hōs dʼ autōs kai phylla phyei zeidōros aroura; alla men en melię̄sin apophthinei, alla de phyei; hōs de kai anthrōpōn geneēn kai phylon helissei, Homēros metagraphei; phylla ta men tʼ anemos chamadis cheei, alla de thʼ hylē tēlethoōsa phyei, earos dʼ epiginetai hōrē; hōs andrōn geneē hē men phyei, hē dʼ apolēgei. Palin dʼ au Homērou eipontos; ouch hosiē ktamenoisin epʼ andrasin euchetaasthai, Archilochos te kai Kratinos graphousin, ho men; ou gar esthla katthanousi kertomein epʼ andrasin, Kratinos de en tois Lakōsi; phoberon anthrōpois todʼ au, ktamenois epʼ aizēoisin kauchasthai mega.
I shall pass over in silence the doctrines of philosophy, since those who divide themselves into the schools acknowledge in writing, so as not to be convicted of ingratitude, that they received the most important of their doctrines from Socrates. Using the testimonies of a few men who are much talked about and of good repute among the Greeks, and exposing their thieving kind, without regard to the order of their dates, I shall turn to what follows. Well then, when Orpheus composed: “So there was nothing more shameless or more chilling than a woman,” Homer says outright: “So there is nothing more dreadful or more shameless than a woman.” And when Musaeus wrote: “For skill is always much better than strength,” Homer says: “By skill the woodcutter prevails rather than by force.” Again, when Musaeus composed: “And so too the grain-giving field grows leaves: some wither on the ash trees, and others it grows; so too it whirls round the generation and race of men,” Homer rewrites it: “Of the leaves, the wind pours some on the ground, but the flourishing forest grows others, and the season of spring comes on: so of the generation of men, one grows, another ceases.” Again, when Homer said: “It is not holy to boast over slain men,” Archilochus and Cratinus write, the one: “For it is not noble to jeer at men who have died,” and Cratinus in the Laconians: “This again is fearful for men, to boast greatly over slain warriors.”
6.2.6Stählin 2:425–426
Αὖθίς τε ὁ Ἀρχίλοχος τὸ Ὁμηρικὸν ἐκεῖνο μεταφέρων· ἀασάμην, οὐδʼ αὐτὸς ἀναίνομαι· ἀντί νυ πολλῶν, ὧδέ πως γράφει· ἤμβλακον, καί πού τινα ἄλλον ἥδʼ ἄτη κιχήσατο· καθάπερ ἀμέλει κἀκεῖνο τὸ ἔπος· ξυνὸς ἐνυάλιος, καί τε κτανέοντα κατέκτα, μεταποιῶν αὐτὸς ὧδέ πως ἐξήνεγκεν· † ἔρξω· ἐτήτυμον γὰρ ξυνὸς ἀνθρώποισιν Ἄρης. ἔτι κἀκεῖνο μεταφράζων· νίκης ἀνθρώποισιν θεῶν ἐν † πείρᾳ κεῖται, διὰ τοῦδε τοῦ ἰάμβου δῆλός ἐστι· καὶ νέους θάρρυνε, νίκης δὲ ἐν θεοῖσι πείρατα.
Authis te ho Archilochos to Homērikon ekeino metapherōn; aasamēn, oudʼ autos anainomai; anti ny pollōn, hōde pōs graphei; ēmblakon, kai pou tina allon hēdʼ atē kichēsato; kathaper amelei kakeino to epos; xynos enyalios, kai te ktaneonta katekta, metapoiōn autos hōde pōs exēnenken; † erxō; etētymon gar xynos anthrōpoisin Arēs. eti kakeino metaphrazōn; nikēs anthrōpoisin theōn en † peirą keitai, dia toude tou iambou dēlos esti; kai neous tharryne, nikēs de en theoisi peirata.
Again Archilochus, transferring that Homeric line, “I was blinded; I do not deny it myself; worth many men …,” writes thus: “I went astray; and this blindness has perhaps overtaken some other man too.” So too with that verse: “Enyalius is impartial, and slays the one who would slay,” he himself reworked it and brought it out thus: “… I will do it; for truly Ares is impartial to men.” And again, rephrasing this: “For men the ends of victory lie in … of the gods,” he makes it plain in this iambic line: “And encourage the young men; but the ends of victory lie with the gods.”
6.2.7Stählin 2:426–427
Πάλιν Ὁμήρου εἰπόντος· ἀνιπτόποδες, χαμαιεῦναι, Εὐριπίδης ἐν Ἐρεχθεῖ γράφει· ἐν ἀστρώτῳ πέδῳ εὕδουσιν, πηγαῖς δʼ οὐχ ὑγραίνουσιν πόδας. Ἀρχιλόχου τε ὁμοίως εἰρηκότος· ἀλλʼ ἄλλος ἄλλῳ κραδίην ἰαίνεται, παρὰ τὸ Ὁμηρικόν· ἄλλος γάρ τʼ ἄλλοισιν ἀνὴρ ἐπιτέρπεται ἔργοις, Εὐριπίδης ἐν τῷ Οἰνεῖ φησιν· ἀλλὰ ἄλλος ἄλλοις μᾶλλον ἥδεται τρόποις. Ἀκήκοα δὲ Αἰσχύλου μὲν λέγοντος· οἴκοι μένειν χρὴ τὸν καλῶς εὐδαίμονα — καὶ τὸν κακῶς πράσσοντα καὶ τοῦτον μένειν, Εὐριπίδου δὲ τὰ ὅμοια ἐπὶ τῆς σκηνῆς βοῶντος· μακάριος ὅστις εὐτυχῶν οἴκοι μένει, ἀλλὰ καὶ Μενάνδρου ὧδέ πως κωμῳδοῦντος· οἴκοι μένειν χρὴ καὶ μένειν ἐλεύθερον, ἢ μηκέτʼ εἶναι τὸν καλῶς εὐδαίμονα.
Palin Homērou eipontos; aniptopodes, chamaieunai, Euripidēs en Erechthei graphei; en astrōtǭ pedǭ heudousin, pēgais dʼ ouch hygrainousin podas. Archilochou te homoiōs eirēkotos; allʼ allos allǭ kradiēn iainetai, para to Homērikon; allos gar tʼ alloisin anēr epiterpetai ergois, Euripidēs en tǭ Oinei phēsin; alla allos allois mallon hēdetai tropois. Akēkoa de Aischylou men legontos; oikoi menein chrē ton kalōs eudaimona — kai ton kakōs prassonta kai touton menein, Euripidou de ta homoia epi tēs skēnēs boōntos; makarios hostis eutychōn oikoi menei, alla kai Menandrou hōde pōs kōmǭdountos; oikoi menein chrē kai menein eleutheron, ē mēketʼ einai ton kalōs eudaimona.
Again, when Homer said, “with unwashed feet, sleeping on the ground,” Euripides writes in the Erechtheus: “On an unstrewn floor they sleep, and do not wet their feet in springs.” And likewise, when Archilochus had said, “but one man warms his heart with one thing, another with another,” alongside the Homeric “For one man delights in some deeds, another in others,” Euripides says in the Oeneus: “but one man takes pleasure more in some ways, another in others.” And I have heard Aeschylus saying: “He who is truly happy should stay at home, and he who fares badly, he too should stay,” and Euripides crying out the like on the stage: “Blessed is he who, prospering, stays at home,” and Menander too, making comedy of it thus: “One should stay at home and stay free, or no longer be the truly happy man.”
6.2.8Stählin 2:427–428
Πάλιν Θεόγνιδος μὲν λέγοντος· οὐκ ἔστιν φεύγοντι φίλος καὶ πιστὸς ἑταῖρος, Εὐριπίδης πεποίηκεν· πένητα φεύγοντα φεύγει πᾶς τις ἐκποδὼν φίλος. Ἐπιχάρμου τε εἰπόντος· ὦ θύγατερ, αἰαῖ τύχας· συνοικεῖς ὦν νέῳ γʼ ἔσσα παλαιτέρα, καὶ ἐπάγοντος· ὃ μὲν γὰρ ἄλλην δῆτα λαμβάνει νεάνιδα, ἃ δʼ ἄλλον δʼ ἄλλῃ δῆτα μαστεύει τινά, Εὐριπίδης γράφει· κακὸν γυναῖκα πρὸς νέον ζεῦξαι νέαν·? ὃ μὲν γὰρ ἄλλης λέκτρον ἱμείρει λαβεῖν, ἣ δʼ ἐνδεὴς τοῦδʼ οὖσα βουλεύει κακά. Ἔτι Εὐριπίδου μὲν ἐν τῇ Μηδείᾳ εἰπόντος· κακοῦ γὰρ ἀνδρὸς δῶρα ὄνησιν οὐκ ἔχει, Σοφοκλῆς ἐν τῷ Αἴαντι τῷ μαστιγοφόρῳ ἐκεῖνό φησι τὸ ἰαμβεῖον· ἐχθρῶν δʼ ἄδωρα δῶρα καὶ οὐκ ὀνήσιμα. Σόλωνος δὲ ποιήσαντος· τίκτει γὰρ κόρος ὕβριν, ὅταν πολὺς ὄλβος ἕπηται. ἄντικρυς ὁ Θέογνις γράφει· τίκτει τοι κόρος ὕβριν, ὅταν κακῷ ὄλβος ἕπηται. ὅθεν καὶ ὁ Θουκυδίδης ἐν ταῖς ἱστορίαις εἰώθασιν δὲ οἱ πολλοὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων φησίν, οἷς ἂν μάλιστα καὶ διʼ ἐλαχίστου ἀπροσδόκητος εὐπραγία ἔλθῃ, εἰς ὕβριν τρέπεσθαι. καὶ Φίλιστος ὁμοίως τὰ αὐτὰ μιμεῖται ὧδε λέγων· τὰ δὲ πολλὰ κατὰ λόγον τοῖς ἀνθρώποις εὐτυχοῦντα ἀσφαλέστερα ἢ παρὰ δόξαν· καὶ κακοπραγίαν· εἰώθασι γὰρ μάλιστα οἱ παρὰ δόξαν ἀπροσδοκήτως εὖ πράσσοντες εἰς ὕβριν τρέπεσθαι.
Palin Theognidos men legontos; ouk estin pheugonti philos kai pistos hetairos, Euripidēs pepoiēken; penēta pheugonta pheugei pas tis ekpodōn philos. Epicharmou te eipontos; ō thygater, aiai tychas; synoikeis ōn neǭ gʼ essa palaitera, kai epagontos; ho men gar allēn dēta lambanei neanida, ha dʼ allon dʼ allę̄ dēta masteuei tina, Euripidēs graphei; kakon gynaika pros neon zeuxai nean;? ho men gar allēs lektron himeirei labein, hē dʼ endeēs toudʼ ousa bouleuei kaka. Eti Euripidou men en tę̄ Mēdeią eipontos; kakou gar andros dōra onēsin ouk echei, Sophoklēs en tǭ Aianti tǭ mastigophorǭ ekeino phēsi to iambeion; echthrōn dʼ adōra dōra kai ouk onēsima. Solōnos de poiēsantos; tiktei gar koros hybrin, hotan polys olbos hepētai. antikrys ho Theognis graphei; tiktei toi koros hybrin, hotan kakǭ olbos hepētai. hothen kai ho Thoukydidēs en tais historiais eiōthasin de hoi polloi tōn anthrōpōn phēsin, hois an malista kai diʼ elachistou aprosdokētos eupragia elthę̄, eis hybrin trepesthai. kai Philistos homoiōs ta auta mimeitai hōde legōn; ta de polla kata logon tois anthrōpois eutychounta asphalestera ē para doxan; kai kakopragian; eiōthasi gar malista hoi para doxan aprosdokētōs eu prassontes eis hybrin trepesthai.
Again, when Theognis says: “An exile has no friend and faithful companion,” Euripides has composed: “Every friend flees out of the way of a poor man in exile.” And when Epicharmus said: “O daughter, alas for your fortune! You live with a young man, though you are older,” and added: “For he takes another, a young girl, and she in turn seeks some other man,” Euripides writes: “It is an evil to yoke a young wife to a young man; for he longs to take another woman's bed, and she, lacking him, plots evil.” Again, when Euripides said in the Medea, “For a bad man's gifts bring no profit,” Sophocles in the Ajax the Whip-Bearer speaks that iambic line: “Enemies' gifts are no gifts, and bring no profit.” And when Solon composed: “For excess breeds insolence, when much prosperity follows,” Theognis writes outright: “Excess breeds insolence, when prosperity follows a bad man.” Hence Thucydides too says in his Histories: “Most people, to whom unexpected good fortune comes most suddenly and in the shortest time, are wont to turn to insolence.” And Philistus likewise imitates the same, saying: “Much good fortune that comes to men in accordance with reason is safer than what comes contrary to expectation; and so too with misfortune; for those who fare well contrary to expectation and unexpectedly are wont above all to turn to insolence.”
6.2.9Stählin 2:428–429
Πάλιν Εὐριπίδου ποιήσαντος· ἐκ γὰρ πατρὸς καὶ μητρὸς ἐκπονουμένων σκληρὰς διαίτας οἱ γόνοι βελτίονες, Κριτίας γράφει· ἄρχομαι δέ τοι ἀπὸ γενετῆς ἀνθρώπου· πῶς ἂν βέλτιστος τὸ σῶμα γένοιτο καὶ ἰσχυρότατος; εἰ ὁ φυτεύων γυμνάζοιτο καὶ ἐσθίοι ἐρρωμένως καὶ ταλαιπωροίη τὸ σῶμα καὶ ἡ μήτηρ τοῦ παιδίου τοῦ μέλλοντος ἔσεσθαι ἰσχύοι τὸ σῶμα καὶ γυμνάζοιτο. Αὖθίς τε Ὁμήρου ἐπὶ τῆς ἡφαιστοτεύκτου ἀσπίδος εἰπόντος· ἐν μὲν γαῖαν ἔτευξʼ, ἐν δʼ οὐρανόν, ἐν δὲ θάλασσαν· ἐν δʼ ἐτίθει ποταμοῖο μέγα σθένος Ὠκεανοῖο. Φερεκύδης ὁ Σύριος λέγει· Ζᾶς ποιεῖ φᾶρος μέγα τε καὶ καλὸν καὶ ἐν αὐτῷ ποικίλλει γῆν καὶ Ὠγηνὸν καὶ τὰ Ὠγηνοῦ δώματα. Ὁμήρου τε εἰπόντος· αἰδώς, ἥτʼ ἄνδρας μέγα σίνεται ἠδʼ ὀνίνησιν, Εὐριπίδης ἐν Ἐρεχθεῖ γράφει· αἰδοῦς δὲ καὐτὸς δυσκρίτως ἔχω πέρι· καὶ δεῖ γὰρ αὐτῆς κἄστιν αὖ κακὸν μέγα.
Palin Euripidou poiēsantos; ek gar patros kai mētros ekponoumenōn sklēras diaitas hoi gonoi beltiones, Kritias graphei; archomai de toi apo genetēs anthrōpou; pōs an beltistos to sōma genoito kai ischyrotatos? ei ho phyteuōn gymnazoito kai esthioi errōmenōs kai talaipōroiē to sōma kai hē mētēr tou paidiou tou mellontos esesthai ischyoi to sōma kai gymnazoito. Authis te Homērou epi tēs hēphaistoteuktou aspidos eipontos; en men gaian eteuxʼ, en dʼ ouranon, en de thalassan; en dʼ etithei potamoio mega sthenos Ōkeanoio. Pherekydēs ho Syrios legei; Zas poiei pharos mega te kai kalon kai en autǭ poikillei gēn kai Ōgēnon kai ta Ōgēnou dōmata. Homērou te eipontos; aidōs, hētʼ andras mega sinetai ēdʼ oninēsin, Euripidēs en Erechthei graphei; aidous de kautos dyskritōs echō peri; kai dei gar autēs kastin au kakon mega.
Again, when Euripides composed: “For of a father and mother who toil at hard regimens the offspring are better,” Critias writes: “I begin with a man's birth: how would he become best and strongest in body? If the one who begets him should exercise and eat heartily and harden his body, and the mother of the child who is to be should be strong in body and exercise.” Again, when Homer said of the shield wrought by Hephaestus: “On it he made the earth, on it the sky, on it the sea … on it he set the great might of the river Ocean,” Pherecydes of Syros says: “Zas makes a robe, great and beautiful, and on it he embroiders Earth and Ogenus and the halls of Ogenus.” And when Homer said: “Shame, which greatly harms men and also profits them,” Euripides writes in the Erechtheus: “About shame I myself am hard put to judge; for there is need of it, and again it is a great evil.”
6.2.10Stählin 2:429–430
Λάβοις δʼ ἂν ἐκ παραλλήλου τῆς κλοπῆς τὰ χωρία κἀκ τῶν συνακμασάντων καὶ ἀνταγωνισαμένων σφίσι τὰ τοιαῦτα, Εὐριπίδου μὲν ἐκ τοῦ Ὀρέστου· ὦ φίλον ὕπνου θέλγητρον, ἐπίκουρον νόσου, Σοφοκλέους δʼ ἐκ τῆς Ἐριφύλης· ἄπελθε· κινεῖς ὕπνον ἰητρὸν νόσου, καὶ Εὐριπίδου μὲν ἐξ Ἀντιγόνης· ὀνόματι μεμπτὸν τὸ νόθον, ἡ φύσις δʼ ἴση, Σοφοκλέους δὲ ἐξ Ἀλεαδῶν· ἅπαν τὸ χρηστὸν τὴν ἴσην ἔχει φύσιν, πάλιν Εὐριπίδου μὲν ἐκ Τημένου· τῷ γὰρ πονοῦντι καὶ θεὸς συλλαμβάνει, Σοφοκλέους δὲ ἐν Μίνῳ· οὐκ ἔστι τοῖς μὴ δρῶσι σύμμαχος τύχη, ναὶ μὴν Εὐριπίδου μὲν ἐξ Ἀλεξάνδρου· χρόνος δὲ δείξει σʼ· ᾧ τεκμηρίῳ μαθὼν ἢ χρηστὸν ὄντα γνώσομαί σε ἤτοι κακόν, Σοφοκλέους δὲ ἐξ Ἱππόνου· πρὸς ταῦτα κρύπτε μηδέν, ὡς ὁ πάνθʼ ὁρῶν καὶ πάντʼ ἀκούων πάντʼ ἀναπτύσσει χρόνος.
Labois dʼ an ek parallēlou tēs klopēs ta chōria kak tōn synakmasantōn kai antagōnisamenōn sphisi ta toiauta, Euripidou men ek tou Orestou; ō philon hypnou thelgētron, epikouron nosou, Sophokleous dʼ ek tēs Eriphylēs; apelthe; kineis hypnon iētron nosou, kai Euripidou men ex Antigonēs; onomati mempton to nothon, hē physis dʼ isē, Sophokleous de ex Aleadōn; hapan to chrēston tēn isēn echei physin, palin Euripidou men ek Tēmenou; tǭ gar ponounti kai theos syllambanei, Sophokleous de en Minǭ; ouk esti tois mē drōsi symmachos tychē, nai mēn Euripidou men ex Alexandrou; chronos de deixei sʼ; hǭ tekmēriǭ mathōn ē chrēston onta gnōsomai se ētoi kakon, Sophokleous de ex Hipponou; pros tauta krypte mēden, hōs ho panthʼ horōn kai pantʼ akouōn pantʼ anaptyssei chronos.
You could also take, set side by side, passages of theft from those who flourished together and competed against one another, such as these: from Euripides' Orestes, “O dear charm of sleep, helper in sickness,” and from Sophocles' Eriphyle, “Go away; you are disturbing sleep, the healer of sickness”; and from Euripides' Antigone, “The bastard is blamed in name, but its nature is equal,” and from Sophocles' Aleadae, “Everything good has an equal nature”; again from Euripides' Temenus, “For the god too helps the one who toils,” and from Sophocles in the Minos, “Fortune is no ally to those who do nothing”; and yes, from Euripides' Alexander, “Time will show you; learning by that proof I shall know you to be either good or bad,” and from Sophocles' Hipponous, “Therefore hide nothing, since Time, which sees all and hears all, unfolds all things.”
6.2.11Stählin 2:430–431
Ἀλλὰ κἀκεῖνα ὁμοίως ἐπιδράμωμεν. Εὐμήλου γὰρ ποιήσαντος· Μνημοσύνης καὶ Ζηνὸς Ὀλυμπίου ἐννέα κοῦραι, Σόλων τῆς ἐλεγείας ὧδε ἄρχεται· Μνημοσύνης καὶ Ζηνὸς Ὀλυμπίου ἀγλαὰ τέκνα. Πάλιν αὖ τὸ Ὁμηρικὸν παραφράζων Εὐριπίδης· τίς πόθεν εἶς ἀνδρῶν; πόθι τοι πτόλις ἠδὲ τοκῆες; τοῖσδε χρῆται τοῖς ἰαμβείοις ἐν τῷ Αἰγεῖ· ποίαν σε φῶμεν γαῖαν ἐκλελοιπότα πόλει ξενοῦσθαι τῇδε; τίς πάτρας θʼ ὅρος; τίς ἔσθʼ ὁ φύσας; τοῦ κεκήρυξαι πατρός; Τί δʼ; οὐ Θεόγνιδος εἰπόντος· οἶνος πινόμενος πουλὺς κακός· ἢν δέ τις αὐτῷ χρῆται ἐπισταμένως, οὐ κακὸν ἀλλʼ ἀγαθόν, Πανύασσις γράφει· ὡς οἶνος θνητοῖσι θεῶν πάρα δῶρον ἄριστον, πινόμενος κατὰ μέτρον, ὑπέρμετρος δὲ χερείων.
Alla kakeina homoiōs epidramōmen. Eumēlou gar poiēsantos; Mnēmosynēs kai Zēnos Olympiou ennea kourai, Solōn tēs elegeias hōde archetai; Mnēmosynēs kai Zēnos Olympiou aglaa tekna. Palin au to Homērikon paraphrazōn Euripidēs; tis pothen eis andrōn? pothi toi ptolis ēde tokēes? toisde chrētai tois iambeiois en tǭ Aigei; poian se phōmen gaian ekleloipota polei xenousthai tę̄de? tis patras thʼ horos? tis esthʼ ho physas? tou kekēryxai patros? Ti dʼ? ou Theognidos eipontos; oinos pinomenos poulys kakos; ēn de tis autǭ chrētai epistamenōs, ou kakon allʼ agathon, Panyassis graphei; hōs oinos thnētoisi theōn para dōron ariston, pinomenos kata metron, hypermetros de chereiōn.
But let us run through these too in the same way. When Eumelus composed: “Nine daughters of Mnemosyne and Olympian Zeus,” Solon begins his elegy thus: “Glorious children of Mnemosyne and Olympian Zeus.” Again Euripides, paraphrasing the Homeric line, “Who are you among men, and from where? Where are your city and your parents?” uses these iambics in the Aegeus: “What land shall we say you have left, to be a stranger in this city? What are the bounds of your fatherland? Who begot you? Of what father are you proclaimed the son?” What then? When Theognis said: “Wine drunk in abundance is bad; but if one uses it with understanding, it is not bad but good,” does not Panyassis write: “Wine is the best gift from the gods to mortals when drunk in measure, but beyond measure it is worse”?
6.2.12Stählin 2:431–432
Ἀλλὰ καὶ Ἡσιόδου λέγοντος· σοὶ δʼ ἐγὼ ἀντὶ πυρὸς δώσω κακόν, ᾧ κεν ἅπαντες τέρπωνται, Εὐριπίδης ποιεῖ· ἀντὶ πυρὸς δὲ γὰρ ἄλλο πῦρ μεῖζον καὶ δυσμαχώτερον βλάστον γυναῖκες. Πρὸς τούτοις Ὁμήρου λέγοντος· γαστέρα δʼ οὔ πως ἔστιν ἀποπλῆσαι μεμαυῖαν, οὐλομένην, ἣ πολλὰ κάκʼ ἀνθρώποισι δίδωσιν, Εὐριπίδης ποιεῖ· νικᾷ δὲ χρεία μʼ ἡ κακῶς τε ὀλουμένη γαστήρ, ἀφʼ ἧς πάντα γίνεται κακά. Ἔτι Καλλίᾳ τῷ κωμικῷ γράφοντι· μετὰ μαινομένων φασὶν χρῆναι μαίνεσθαι πάντας ὁμοίως, Μένανδρος ἐν Πωλουμένοις παρισάζεται λέγων· οὐ πανταχοῦ τὸ φρόνιμον ἁρμόττει παρόν· καὶ συμμανῆναι δʼ ἔνια δεῖ. Ἀντιμάχου τε τοῦ Τηίου εἰπόντος· ἐκ γὰρ δώρων πολλὰ κάκʼ ἀνθρώποισι πέλονται, Ἀγίας ἐποίησεν· δῶρα γὰρ ἀνθρώπων νοῦν ἤπαφεν ἠδὲ καὶ ἔργα.
Alla kai Hēsiodou legontos; soi dʼ egō anti pyros dōsō kakon, hǭ ken hapantes terpōntai, Euripidēs poiei; anti pyros de gar allo pyr meizon kai dysmachōteron blaston gynaikes. Pros toutois Homērou legontos; gastera dʼ ou pōs estin apoplēsai memauian, oulomenēn, hē polla kakʼ anthrōpoisi didōsin, Euripidēs poiei; niką de chreia mʼ hē kakōs te oloumenē gastēr, aphʼ hēs panta ginetai kaka. Eti Kallią tǭ kōmikǭ graphonti; meta mainomenōn phasin chrēnai mainesthai pantas homoiōs, Menandros en Pōloumenois parisazetai legōn; ou pantachou to phronimon harmottei paron; kai symmanēnai dʼ enia dei. Antimachou te tou Tēiou eipontos; ek gar dōrōn polla kakʼ anthrōpoisi pelontai, Agias epoiēsen; dōra gar anthrōpōn noun ēpaphen ēde kai erga.
And when Hesiod says: “To you, in return for fire, I will give an evil in which all may delight,” Euripides composes: “For in return for fire another fire, greater and harder to fight, sprang up: women.” Besides these, when Homer says: “But it is in no way possible to fill a ravenous belly, the accursed thing, which gives many evils to men,” Euripides composes: “But need overcomes me, and my wretched, accursed belly, from which all evils come.” Further, when Callias the comic poet writes: “They say all must rave alike with those who rave,” Menander in the Men for Sale matches him, saying: “Good sense is not fitting everywhere it is present; one must sometimes join in the madness too.” And when Antimachus of Teos said: “For from gifts many evils come to men,” Agias composed: “For gifts beguile the mind of men, and their deeds too.”
6.2.13Stählin 2:432–433
Ἡσιόδου δὲ εἰπόντος· οὐ μὲν γάρ τι γυναικὸς ἀνὴρ ληίζετʼ ἄμεινον τῆς ἀγαθῆς· τῆς δʼ αὖτε κακῆς οὐ ῥίγιον ἄλλο, Σιμωνίδης εἶπεν· γυναικὸς δʼ οὐδὲν χρῆμα ἀνὴρ ληίζεται ἐσθλῆς ἄμεινον οὐδὲ ῥίγιον κακῆς. Πάλιν Ἐπιχάρμου εἰπόντος· ὡς πολὺν ζήσων χρόνον χὠς ὀλίγον οὕτως διανοοῦ. Εὐριπίδης γράφει· τί δήποτε ὄλβῳ μὲν μὴ σαφεῖ βεβηκότες οὐ ζῶμεν ὡς ἥδιστα μὴ λυπούμενοι; Ὁμοίως τοῦ κωμικοῦ Διφίλου εἰπόντος· εὐμετάβολός ἐστιν ἀνθρώπων βίος, Ποσείδιππος· οὐδεὶς ἄλυπος τὸν βίον διήγαγεν ἄνθρωπος ὢν οὐδὲ μέχρι τοῦ τέλους πάλιν ἔμεινεν ἀτυχῶν. καὶ κατάλληλά σοί φησιν ὁ Πλάτων γράφων περὶ ἀνθρώπου εὐμεταβόλου ζῴου. Αὖθις Εὐριπίδου εἰπόντος· ὦ πολύμοχθος βιοτὴ θνητοῖς, ὡς ἐπὶ παντὶ σφαλερὰ κεῖσαι, καὶ τὰ μὲν αὔξεις, τὰ δὲ ἀποφθινύθεις, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ὅρος κείμενος οὐδεὶς εἰς ὅντινα χρὴ τελέσαι θνητοῖς, πλὴν ὅταν ἔλθῃ κρυερὰ Διόθεν θανάτου πεμφθεῖσα τελευτή, Δίφιλος γράφει· οὐκ ἔστι βίος ὃς οὐχὶ κέκτηται κακά, λύπας, μερίμνας, ἁρπαγάς, στρέβλας, νόσους. τούτων ὁ θάνατος καθάπερ ἰατρὸς φανεὶς ἀνέπαυσεν τοὺς ἔχοντας ἀναπαύσας ὕπνῳ.
Hēsiodou de eipontos; ou men gar ti gynaikos anēr lēizetʼ ameinon tēs agathēs; tēs dʼ aute kakēs ou rhigion allo, Simōnidēs eipen; gynaikos dʼ ouden chrēma anēr lēizetai esthlēs ameinon oude rhigion kakēs. Palin Epicharmou eipontos; hōs polyn zēsōn chronon chōs oligon houtōs dianoou. Euripidēs graphei; ti dēpote olbǭ men mē saphei bebēkotes ou zōmen hōs hēdista mē lypoumenoi? Homoiōs tou kōmikou Diphilou eipontos; eumetabolos estin anthrōpōn bios, Poseidippos; oudeis alypos ton bion diēgagen anthrōpos ōn oude mechri tou telous palin emeinen atychōn. kai katallēla soi phēsin ho Platōn graphōn peri anthrōpou eumetabolou zǭou. Authis Euripidou eipontos; ō polymochthos biotē thnētois, hōs epi panti sphalera keisai, kai ta men auxeis, ta de apophthinytheis, kai ouk estin horos keimenos oudeis eis hontina chrē telesai thnētois, plēn hotan elthę̄ kryera Diothen thanatou pemphtheisa teleutē, Diphilos graphei; ouk esti bios hos ouchi kektētai kaka, lypas, merimnas, harpagas, streblas, nosous. toutōn ho thanatos kathaper iatros phaneis anepausen tous echontas anapausas hypnǭ.
And when Hesiod had said: “For a man wins nothing better than a wife, a good one; and nothing more chilling than a bad one,” Simonides said: “A man wins no possession better than a good wife, nor more chilling than a bad one.” Again, when Epicharmus said: “Think both as one who will live a long time and as one who will live a short time,” Euripides writes: “Why then, standing on a prosperity that is not sure, do we not live as pleasantly as we can, without grief?” Likewise, when the comic poet Diphilus said: “The life of men is easily changed,” Posidippus says: “No one, being human, has passed his life free from grief, nor again has he remained unfortunate to the end.” And Plato speaks in keeping with this, writing about man as a changeable living being. Again, when Euripides said: “O toilsome life of mortals, how slippery you lie in everything! Some things you increase, others you waste away; and there is no fixed boundary set for mortals to reach, except when the chill end of death arrives, sent from Zeus,” Diphilus writes: “There is no life that does not possess evils: griefs, cares, robberies, tortures, diseases. From these death, appearing like a physician, gives rest to those who have them, putting them to rest in sleep.”
6.2.14Stählin 2:433–434
Ἔτι τοῦ Εὐριπίδου εἰπόντος· πολλαὶ μορφαὶ τῶν δαιμονίων, πολλὰ δʼ ἀέλπτως κραίνουσι θεοί, ὁ τραγικὸς ὁμοίως Θεοδέκτης γράφει· τὸ μὴ βεβαίους τὰς βροτῶν εἶναι τύχας. Βακχυλίδου τε εἰρηκότος· παύροισι δὲ θνητῶν τὸν ἅπαντα χρόνον δαίμων ἔδωκεν πράσσοντας ἐν καιρῷ πολιοκρόταφον γῆρας ἱκνεῖσθαι, πρὶν ἐγκῦρσαι δύᾳ, Μοσχίων ὁ κωμικὸς γράφει· κεῖνος δʼ ἁπάντων ἐστὶ μακαριώτατος. ὃς διὰ τέλους ζῶν ὁμαλὸν ἤσκησεν βίον. Εὕροις δʼ ἂν καὶ Θεόγνιδος εἰπόντος· οὔτοι χρήσιμόν ἐστι νέα γυνὴ ἀνδρὶ γέροντι· οὐ γὰρ πηδαλίῳ πείθεται ὡς ἄκατος, Ἀριστοφάνη τὸν κωμικὸν γράφοντα· αἰσχρὸν νέᾳ γυναικὶ πρεσβύτης ἀνήρ. Ἀνακρέοντος γὰρ ποιήσαντος· Ἔρωτα γὰρ τὸν ἁβρὸν μέλπομαι βρύοντα μίτραις πολυανθέμοις ἀείδειν· ὅδε καὶ θεῶν δυνάστης, ὅδε καὶ βροτοὺς δαμάζει, Εὐριπίδης γράφει· Ἔρως γὰρ ἄνδρας οὐ μόνους ἐπέρχεται οὐδʼ αὖ γυναῖκας, ἀλλὰ καὶ θεῶν ἄνω ψυχὰς ταράσσει κἀπὶ πόντον ἔρχεται.
Eti tou Euripidou eipontos; pollai morphai tōn daimoniōn, polla dʼ aelptōs krainousi theoi, ho tragikos homoiōs Theodektēs graphei; to mē bebaious tas brotōn einai tychas. Bakchylidou te eirēkotos; pauroisi de thnētōn ton hapanta chronon daimōn edōken prassontas en kairǭ poliokrotaphon gēras hikneisthai, prin enkyrsai dyą, Moschiōn ho kōmikos graphei; keinos dʼ hapantōn esti makariōtatos. hos dia telous zōn homalon ēskēsen bion. Heurois dʼ an kai Theognidos eipontos; outoi chrēsimon esti nea gynē andri geronti; ou gar pēdaliǭ peithetai hōs akatos, Aristophanē ton kōmikon graphonta; aischron neą gynaiki presbytēs anēr. Anakreontos gar poiēsantos; Erōta gar ton habron melpomai bryonta mitrais polyanthemois aeidein; hode kai theōn dynastēs, hode kai brotous damazei, Euripidēs graphei; Erōs gar andras ou monous eperchetai oudʼ au gynaikas, alla kai theōn anō psychas tarassei kapi ponton erchetai.
Further, when Euripides said: “Many are the forms of divine things, and many things the gods bring to pass unexpectedly,” the tragic poet Theodectes likewise writes: “that the fortunes of mortals are not secure.” And when Bacchylides had said: “To few mortals has a god granted to fare well in due season all their time and to reach grey-templed old age before meeting with misery,” Moschion the comic poet writes: “That man is the most blessed of all who, living to the end, has practiced an even life.” And you would find that when Theognis had said: “A young wife is no use to an old husband; for she does not obey the rudder like a boat,” Aristophanes the comic poet writes: “An old man is a disgrace to a young wife.” For when Anacreon composed: “I sing of tender Love, teeming with garlands of many flowers; he is lord of the gods, he subdues mortals too,” Euripides writes: “For Love comes not upon men alone, nor again on women, but troubles the souls of the gods above and goes over the sea.”
6.2.15Stählin 2:434–435
Ἀλλʼ ἵνα μὴ ἐπὶ πλέον προΐῃ ὁ λόγος φιλοτιμουμένων ἡμῶν τὸ εὐεπίφορον εἰς κλοπὴν τῶν Ἑλλήνων κατὰ τοὺς λόγους τε καὶ τὰ δόγματα ἐπιδεικνύναι, φέρε ἄντικρυς μαρτυροῦντα ἡμῖν Ἱππίαν τὸν σοφιστὴν τὸν Ἠλεῖον, ὃς εἰς τὸν αὐτὸν περὶ τοῦ προκειμένου μοι σκέμματος ἥκει λόγον, παραστησώμεθα ὧδέ πως λέγοντα· τούτων ἴσως εἴρηται τὰ μὲν Ὀρφεῖ, τὰ δὲ Μουσαίῳ, κατὰ βραχὺ ἄλλῳ ἀλλαχοῦ τὰ δὲ Ἡσιόδῳ, τὰ δὲ Ὁμήρῳ, τὰ δὲ τοῖς ἄλλοις τῶν ποιητῶν. τὰ δὲ ἐν συγγραφαῖς τὰ μὲν Ἕλλησι, τὰ δὲ βαρβάροις· ἐγὼ δὲ ἐκ πάντων τούτων τὰ μάλιστα καὶ ὁμόφυλα συνθεὶς τοῦτον καινὸν καὶ πολυειδῆ τὸν λόγον ποιήσομαι.
Allʼ hina mē epi pleon proïę̄ ho logos philotimoumenōn hēmōn to euepiphoron eis klopēn tōn Hellēnōn kata tous logous te kai ta dogmata epideiknynai, phere antikrys martyrounta hēmin Hippian ton sophistēn ton Ēleion, hos eis ton auton peri tou prokeimenou moi skemmatos hēkei logon, parastēsōmetha hōde pōs legonta; toutōn isōs eirētai ta men Orphei, ta de Mousaiǭ, kata brachy allǭ allachou ta de Hēsiodǭ, ta de Homērǭ, ta de tois allois tōn poiētōn. ta de en syngraphais ta men Hellēsi, ta de barbarois; egō de ek pantōn toutōn ta malista kai homophyla syntheis touton kainon kai polyeidē ton logon poiēsomai.
But so that our discourse may not run on further as we eagerly show the Greeks' readiness for theft in both words and doctrines, come, let us bring forward as a direct witness for us Hippias the sophist of Elis, who arrives at the same account on the question before me, speaking thus: “Of these things some perhaps have been said by Orpheus, some by Musaeus, briefly, one here and another there; some by Hesiod, some by Homer, some by the other poets; and some in prose writings, some by Greeks and some by barbarians. But I, putting together from all of these the most important and kindred things, will make this discourse new and of many kinds.”
6.2.16Stählin 2:435
Ὡς δὲ μὴ ἄμοιρον τήν τε φιλοσοφίαν τήν τε ἱστορίαν, ἀλλὰ μηδὲ τὴν ῥητορικὴν τοῦ ὁμοίου ἐλέγχου περιίδωμεν, καὶ τούτων ὀλίγα παραθέσθαι εὔλογον. Ἀλκμαίωνος γὰρ τοῦ Κροτωνιάτου λέγοντος ἐχθρὸν ἄνδρα ῥᾷον φυλάξασθαι ἢ φίλον ὁ μὲν Σοφοκλῆς ἐποίησεν ἐν τῇ Ἀντιγόνῃ· τί γὰρ γένοιτʼ ἂν ἕλκος μεῖζον ἢ φίλος κακός; Ξενοφῶν δὲ εἴρηκεν· οὐκ ἂν ἐχθροὺς ἄλλως πως βλάψειεν ἄν τις ἢ φίλος δοκῶν εἶναι. Καὶ μὴν ἐν Τηλέφῳ εἰπόντος Εὐριπίδου· Ἕλληνες ὄντες βαρβάροις δουλεύσομεν; Θρασύμαχος ἐν τῷ ὑπὲρ Λαρισαίων λέγει· Ἀρχελάῳ δουλεύσομεν Ἕλληνες ὄντες βαρβάρῳ;
Hōs de mē amoiron tēn te philosophian tēn te historian, alla mēde tēn rhētorikēn tou homoiou elenchou periidōmen, kai toutōn oliga parathesthai eulogon. Alkmaiōnos gar tou Krotōniatou legontos echthron andra rhąon phylaxasthai ē philon ho men Sophoklēs epoiēsen en tę̄ Antigonę̄; ti gar genoitʼ an helkos meizon ē philos kakos? Xenophōn de eirēken; ouk an echthrous allōs pōs blapseien an tis ē philos dokōn einai. Kai mēn en Tēlephǭ eipontos Euripidou; Hellēnes ontes barbarois douleusomen? Thrasymachos en tǭ hyper Larisaiōn legei; Archelaǭ douleusomen Hellēnes ontes barbarǭ?
So that we may not overlook philosophy and history, nor even rhetoric, as having no share in the same exposure, it is reasonable to set out a few examples of these too. When Alcmaeon of Croton said that it is easier to guard against an enemy than against a friend, Sophocles composed in the Antigone: “For what wound could be greater than a bad friend?” and Xenophon said: “One could not harm enemies in any other way than by seeming to be a friend.” And when Euripides said in the Telephus: “Shall we, being Greeks, be slaves to barbarians?” Thrasymachus says in his speech For the Larissaeans: “Shall we, being Greeks, be slaves to Archelaus, a barbarian?”
6.2.17Stählin 2:435–436
Ὀρφέως δὲ ποιήσαντος· ἔστιν ὕδωρ ψυχῇ, θάνατος δʼ ὑδάτεσσιν ἀμοιβή, ἐκ δὲ ὕδατος μὲν γαῖα, τὸ δʼ ἐκ γαίας πάλιν ὕδωρ· ἐκ τοῦ δὴ ψυχὴ ὅλον αἰθέρα ἀλλάσσουσα· Ἡράκλειτος ἐκ τούτων συνιστάμενος τοὺς λόγους ὧδέ πως γράφει· ψυχῇσιν θάνατος ὕδωρ γενέσθαι, ὕδατι δὲ θάνατος γῆν γενέσθαι, ἐκ γῆς δὲ ὕδωρ γίνεται, ἐξ ὕδατος δὲ ψυχή. Ναὶ μὴν Ἀθάμαντος τοῦ Πυθαγορείου εἰπόντος ὧδε ἀγέννατος παντὸς ἀρχὰ καὶ ῥιζώματα τέσσαρα τυγχάνοντι, πῦρ, ὕδωρ, ἀήρ, γῆ· ἐκ τούτων γὰρ αἱ γενέσεις τῶν γινομένων ὁ Ἀκραγαντῖνος ἐποίησεν Ἐμπεδοκλῆς· τέσσαρα τῶν πάντων ῥιζώματα πρῶτον ἄκουε· πῦρ καὶ ὕδωρ καὶ γαῖαν ἰδʼ αἰθέρος ἄπλετον ὕψος· ἐκ γὰρ τῶν ὅσα τʼ ἦν ὅσα τʼ ἔσσεται ὅσσα τʼ ἔασιν. Καὶ Πλάτωνος μὲν λέγοντος διὰ τοῦτο καὶ οἱ θεοὶ τῶν ἀνθρωπείων ἐπιστήμονες, οὕς ἂν διὰ πλείστου ποιῶνται, θᾶττον ἀπαλλάττουσι τοῦ ζῆν Μένανδρος πεποίηκεν· ὃν οἱ θεοὶ φιλοῦσιν, ἀποθνῄσκει νέος.
Orpheōs de poiēsantos; estin hydōr psychę̄, thanatos dʼ hydatessin amoibē, ek de hydatos men gaia, to dʼ ek gaias palin hydōr; ek tou dē psychē holon aithera allassousa; Hērakleitos ek toutōn synistamenos tous logous hōde pōs graphei; psychę̄sin thanatos hydōr genesthai, hydati de thanatos gēn genesthai, ek gēs de hydōr ginetai, ex hydatos de psychē. Nai mēn Athamantos tou Pythagoreiou eipontos hōde agennatos pantos archa kai rhizōmata tessara tynchanonti, pyr, hydōr, aēr, gē; ek toutōn gar hai geneseis tōn ginomenōn ho Akragantinos epoiēsen Empedoklēs; tessara tōn pantōn rhizōmata prōton akoue; pyr kai hydōr kai gaian idʼ aitheros apleton hypsos; ek gar tōn hosa tʼ ēn hosa tʼ essetai hossa tʼ easin. Kai Platōnos men legontos dia touto kai hoi theoi tōn anthrōpeiōn epistēmones, hous an dia pleistou poiōntai, thatton apallattousi tou zēn Menandros pepoiēken; hon hoi theoi philousin, apothnę̄skei neos.
When Orpheus composed: “Water is for the soul, and death is the exchange for waters; from water comes earth, and from earth again water; from this the soul, exchanging the whole ether,” Heraclitus, putting together his sayings from these, writes thus: “For souls it is death to become water, and for water it is death to become earth; from earth water comes to be, and from water soul.” And indeed, when Athamas the Pythagorean said thus: “The unbegotten beginning of all things, and its roots, are four: fire, water, air, earth; for from these come the births of the things that come to be,” Empedocles of Acragas composed: “First hear the four roots of all things: fire and water and earth and the boundless height of ether; for from these come all that was and will be and is.” And when Plato said: “For this reason the gods too, who know human affairs, take out of life more quickly those whom they hold most dear,” Menander has composed: “He whom the gods love dies young.”
6.2.18Stählin 2:436–437
Εὐριπίδου δὲ ἐν μὲν τῷ Οἰνομάῳ γράφοντος· τεκμαιρόμεσθα τοῖς παροῦσι τὰ ἀφανῆ, ἐν δὲ τῷ Φοίνικι· τὰ ἀφανῆ τεκμηρίοισιν εἰκότως ἁλίσκεται, Ὑπερείδης λέγει· ἃ δʼ ἐστὶν ἀφανῆ, ἀνάγκη τοὺς διδάσκοντας τεκμηρίοις καὶ τοῖς εἰκόσι ζητεῖν. Ἰσοκράτους τε αὖ εἰπόντος δεῖ δὲ τὰ μέλλοντα τοῖς προγεγενημένοις τεκμαίρεσθαι Ἀνδοκίδης οὐκ ὀκνεῖ λέγειν· χρὴ γὰρ τεκμηρίοις χρῆσθαι τοῖς πρότερον γενομένοις περὶ τῶν μελλόντων ἔσεσθαι. Ἔτι Θεόγνιδος ποιήσαντος· χρυσοῦ κιβδήλοιο καὶ ἀργύρου ἄνσχετος ἄτη, Κύρνε, καὶ ἐξευρεῖν ῥᾴδιον ἀνδρὶ σοφῷ· εἰ δὲ φίλου νόος ἀνδρὸς ἐνὶ στήθεσσι λέληθεν ψυδρὸς ἐών, δόλιον δʼ ἐν φρεσὶν ἦτορ ἔχει, τοῦτο θεὸς κιβδηλότατον ποίησε βροτοῖσι, καὶ γνῶναι πάντων τοῦτʼ ἀνιαρότερον, Εὐριπίδης μὲν γὰρ γράφει· ὦ Ζεῦ, τί δὴ χρυσοῦ μὲν ὃς κίβδηλος ἦν, τεκμήρια ἀνθρώποισιν ὤπασας σαφῆ, ἀνδρῶν δὲ ὅτῳ χρὴ τὸν κακὸν διειδέναι, οὐδεὶς χαρακτὴρ ἐμπέφυκε σώματι; Ὑπερείδης δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς λέγει· χαρακτὴρ οὐδεὶς ἔπεστιν ἐπὶ τοῦ προσώπου τῆς διανοίας τοῖς ἀνθρώποις.
Euripidou de en men tǭ Oinomaǭ graphontos; tekmairomestha tois parousi ta aphanē, en de tǭ Phoiniki; ta aphanē tekmērioisin eikotōs halisketai, Hypereidēs legei; ha dʼ estin aphanē, anankē tous didaskontas tekmēriois kai tois eikosi zētein. Isokratous te au eipontos dei de ta mellonta tois progegenēmenois tekmairesthai Andokidēs ouk oknei legein; chrē gar tekmēriois chrēsthai tois proteron genomenois peri tōn mellontōn esesthai. Eti Theognidos poiēsantos; chrysou kibdēloio kai argyrou anschetos atē, Kyrne, kai exeurein rhądion andri sophǭ; ei de philou noos andros eni stēthessi lelēthen psydros eōn, dolion dʼ en phresin ētor echei, touto theos kibdēlotaton poiēse brotoisi, kai gnōnai pantōn toutʼ aniaroteron, Euripidēs men gar graphei; ō Zeu, ti dē chrysou men hos kibdēlos ēn, tekmēria anthrōpoisin ōpasas saphē, andrōn de hotǭ chrē ton kakon dieidenai, oudeis charaktēr empephyke sōmati? Hypereidēs de kai autos legei; charaktēr oudeis epestin epi tou prosōpou tēs dianoias tois anthrōpois.
When Euripides writes in the Oenomaus: “We judge the unseen by what is present,” and in the Phoenix: “Things unseen are rightly caught by proofs,” Hyperides says: “What is unseen, those who teach must seek by proofs and probabilities.” And again, when Isocrates said: “One must judge the future by what has happened before,” Andocides does not hesitate to say: “For one must use what has happened before as proofs about what is going to be.” Further, when Theognis composed: “The ruin of counterfeit gold and silver is bearable, Cyrnus, and easy for a wise man to find out; but if the mind of a friend lies hidden in his breast, being false, and he has a deceitful heart within, this is the most counterfeit thing a god has made for mortals, and the most painful of all to discover,” Euripides writes: “O Zeus, why have you given men clear signs for gold that is counterfeit, but in men's bodies there grows no mark by which one must discern the bad man?” And Hyperides himself says: “There is no mark of the mind set on the face of men.”
6.2.19Stählin 2:437–438
Πάλιν Στασίνου ποιήσαντος· νήπιος ὃς πατέρα κτείνων παῖδας καταλείπει, Ξενοφῶν λέγει· ὁμοίως γάρ μοι νῦν φαίνομαι πεποιηκέναι, ὡς εἴ τις πατέρα ἀποκτείνας τῶν παίδων αὐτοῦ φείσαιτο. Σοφοκλέους τε ἐν Ἀντιγόνῃ ποιήσαντος· μητρός τε ἐν Ἅιδου καὶ πατρὸς τετευχότων, οὐκ ἔστʼ ἀδελφὸς ὅστις ἄν βλάστοι ποτέ, Ἡρόδοτος λέγει· μητρὸς καὶ πατρὸς οὐκ ἔτʼ ὄντων, ἀδελφὸν ἄλλον οὐχ ἕξω. Πρὸς τούτοις Θεοπόμπου ποιήσαντος· δὶς παῖδες οἱ γέροντες ὀρθῷ τῷ λόγῳ, καὶ πρό γε τούτου Σοφοκλέους ἐν τῷ Πηλεῖ· Πηλέα τὸν Αἰάκειον οἰκουρὸς μόνη γερονταγωγῶ καὶ ἀναπαιδεύω πάλιν· πάλιν γὰρ αὖθις παῖς ὁ γηράσκων ἀνήρ, Ἀντιφῶν ὁ ῥήτωρ λέγει· γηροτροφία γὰρ προσέοικεν παιδοτροφίᾳ, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁ φιλόσοφος Πλάτων· ἄρʼ, ὡς ἔοικεν, ὁ γέρων δὶς παῖς γένοιτʼ ἄν.
Palin Stasinou poiēsantos; nēpios hos patera kteinōn paidas kataleipei, Xenophōn legei; homoiōs gar moi nyn phainomai pepoiēkenai, hōs ei tis patera apokteinas tōn paidōn autou pheisaito. Sophokleous te en Antigonę̄ poiēsantos; mētros te en Haidou kai patros teteuchotōn, ouk estʼ adelphos hostis an blastoi pote, Hērodotos legei; mētros kai patros ouk etʼ ontōn, adelphon allon ouch hexō. Pros toutois Theopompou poiēsantos; dis paides hoi gerontes orthǭ tǭ logǭ, kai pro ge toutou Sophokleous en tǭ Pēlei; Pēlea ton Aiakeion oikouros monē gerontagōgō kai anapaideuō palin; palin gar authis pais ho gēraskōn anēr, Antiphōn ho rhētōr legei; gērotrophia gar proseoiken paidotrophią, alla kai ho philosophos Platōn; arʼ, hōs eoiken, ho gerōn dis pais genoitʼ an.
Again, when Stasinus composed: “Foolish is he who kills the father and leaves the children,” Xenophon says: “For I seem to myself now to have acted as if someone who had killed a father were to spare his children.” And when Sophocles composed in the Antigone: “With mother and father lying in Hades, there is no brother who could ever be born,” Herodotus says: “With mother and father no longer living, I shall have no other brother.” Besides these, when Theopompus composed: “Old men are children twice, by right reasoning,” and before him Sophocles in the Peleus: “Alone, keeping house, I tend Peleus son of Aeacus in his old age and bring him up again; for again the aging man becomes a child,” Antiphon the orator says: “For caring for the old is like caring for children,” and Plato the philosopher too: “So, it seems, the old man would become a child twice.”
6.2.20Stählin 2:438–439
Ναὶ μὴν Θουκυδίδου λέγοντος Μαραθῶνί τε μόνοι προκινδυνεῦσαι Δημοσθένης εἶπεν· μὰ τοὺς ἐν Μαραθῶνι προκινδυνεύσαντας. Οὐδὲ ἐκεῖνα παραπέμψομαι· Κρατίνου ἐν Πυτίνῃ εἰπόντος· τὴν μὲν παρασκευὴν ἴσως γινώσκετε, Ἀνδοκίδης ὁ ῥήτωρ λέγει· τὴν μὲν παρασκευήν, ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί, καὶ τὴν προθυμίαν τῶν ἐχθρῶν τῶν ἐμῶν σχεδόν τι πάντες εἴσεσθε. ὁμοίως καὶ Νικίας ἐν τῷ πρὸς Λυσίαν ὑπὲρ παρακαταθήκης τὴν μὲν παρασκευὴν καὶ τὴν προθυμίαν τῶν ἀντιδίκων ὁρᾶτε, ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί, φησίν, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτον Αἰσχίνης λέγει· τὴν μὲν παρασκευὴν ὁρᾶτε, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, καὶ τὴν παράταξιν. Πάλιν Δημοσθένους εἰπόντος ὅση μέν, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, σπουδὴ περὶ τουτονὶ τὸν ἀγῶνα καὶ παραγγελία γέγονεν, σχεδὸν οἶμαι πάντας ὑμᾶς ᾐσθῆσθαι Φιλῖνος τε ὁμοίως· ὅση μέν, ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί, σπουδὴ καὶ παράταξις γεγένηται περὶ τὸν ἀγῶνα τουτονί, οὐδʼ ἕνα ὑμῶν ἀγνοεῖν ἡγοῦμαι.
Nai mēn Thoukydidou legontos Marathōni te monoi prokindyneusai Dēmosthenēs eipen; ma tous en Marathōni prokindyneusantas. Oude ekeina parapempsomai; Kratinou en Pytinę̄ eipontos; tēn men paraskeuēn isōs ginōskete, Andokidēs ho rhētōr legei; tēn men paraskeuēn, ō andres dikastai, kai tēn prothymian tōn echthrōn tōn emōn schedon ti pantes eisesthe. homoiōs kai Nikias en tǭ pros Lysian hyper parakatathēkēs tēn men paraskeuēn kai tēn prothymian tōn antidikōn horate, ō andres dikastai, phēsin, kai meta touton Aischinēs legei; tēn men paraskeuēn horate, ō andres Athēnaioi, kai tēn parataxin. Palin Dēmosthenous eipontos hosē men, ō andres Athēnaioi, spoudē peri toutoni ton agōna kai parangelia gegonen, schedon oimai pantas hymas ę̄sthēsthai Philinos te homoiōs; hosē men, ō andres dikastai, spoudē kai parataxis gegenētai peri ton agōna toutoni, oudʼ hena hymōn agnoein hēgoumai.
Indeed, when Thucydides said: “At Marathon we alone faced the danger in front,” Demosthenes said: “No, by those who faced the danger in front at Marathon.” Nor shall I pass over these: when Cratinus said in the Wine Flask: “You know, perhaps, the preparation,” Andocides the orator says: “The preparation, gentlemen of the jury, and the zeal of my enemies, you will almost all know.” Likewise Nicias too, in his speech against Lysias concerning a deposit, says: “You see the preparation and the zeal of my opponents, gentlemen of the jury,” and after him Aeschines says: “You see the preparation, men of Athens, and the battle array.” Again, when Demosthenes said: “How much zeal, men of Athens, and how much canvassing there has been about this trial, I think nearly all of you have perceived,” Philinus likewise says: “How much zeal and battle array, gentlemen of the jury, has been made about this trial, I think not one of you is unaware.”
6.2.21Stählin 2:439
Ἰσοκράτους πάλιν εἰρηκότος ὥσπερ τῶν χρημάτων, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐκείνου συγγενὴς οὖσα Λυσίας ἐν τοῖς Ὀρφανικοῖς λέγει· καὶ φανερὸς γέγονεν οὐ τῶν σωμάτων συγγενὴς ὤν, ἀλλὰ τῶν χρημάτων. Ἐπεὶ καὶ Ὁμήρου ποιήσαντος· ὦ πέπον, εἰ μὲν γὰρ πόλεμον περὶ τόνδε φυγόντες αἰεὶ δὴ μέλλοιμεν ἀγήρω τʼ ἀθανάτω τε ἔσσεσθʼ, οὔτε κεν αὐτὸς ἐνὶ πρώτοισι μαχοίμην οὔτε κε σὲ στέλλοιμι μάχην ἐς κυδιάνειραν· νῦν δʼ, ἔμπης γὰρ κῆρες ἐφεστᾶσιν θανάτοιο μυρίαι, ἃς οὐκ ἔστι φυγεῖν βροτὸν οὐδʼ ὑπαλύξαι, ἴομεν, εἴ κέ τῳ εὖχος ὀρέξομεν, ἠέ τις ἡμῖν, Θεόπομπος γράφει· εἰ μὲν γὰρ ἦν τὸν κίνδυνον τὸν παρόντα διαφυγόντας ἀδεῶς διάγειν τὸν ἐπίλοιπον χρόνον, οὐκ ἂν ἦν θαυμαστὸν φιλοψυχεῖν, νῦν δὲ τοσαῦται κῆρες τῷ βίῳ παραπεφύκασιν ὥστε τὸν ἐν ταῖς μάχαις θάνατον αἱρετώτερον εἶναι δοκεῖν. Τί δʼ; οὐχὶ καὶ Χίλωνος τοῦ σοφιστοῦ ἀποφθεγξαμένου ἐγγύα, πάρα δʼ ἄτα Ἐπίχαρμος τὴν αὐτὴν γνώμην ἑτέρῳ ὀνόματι προηνέγκατο εἰπών· ἐγγύας ἄτα ʼστι θυγάτηρ, ἐγγύα δὲ ζαμίας.
Isokratous palin eirēkotos hōsper tōn chrēmatōn, allʼ ouk ekeinou syngenēs ousa Lysias en tois Orphanikois legei; kai phaneros gegonen ou tōn sōmatōn syngenēs ōn, alla tōn chrēmatōn. Epei kai Homērou poiēsantos; ō pepon, ei men gar polemon peri tonde phygontes aiei dē melloimen agērō tʼ athanatō te essesthʼ, oute ken autos eni prōtoisi machoimēn oute ke se stelloimi machēn es kydianeiran; nyn dʼ, empēs gar kēres ephestasin thanatoio myriai, has ouk esti phygein broton oudʼ hypalyxai, iomen, ei ke tǭ euchos orexomen, ēe tis hēmin, Theopompos graphei; ei men gar ēn ton kindynon ton paronta diaphygontas adeōs diagein ton epiloipon chronon, ouk an ēn thaumaston philopsychein, nyn de tosautai kēres tǭ biǭ parapephykasin hōste ton en tais machais thanaton hairetōteron einai dokein. Ti dʼ? ouchi kai Chilōnos tou sophistou apophthenxamenou engya, para dʼ ata Epicharmos tēn autēn gnōmēn heterǭ onomati proēnenkato eipōn; engyas ata ʼsti thygatēr, engya de zamias.
Again, when Isocrates had said: “being a relative of his money, but not of him,” Lysias says in the speeches on the orphans: “And he has been shown to be a relative not of their persons but of their money.” For when Homer too composed: “Friend, if by escaping this war we were to be ageless and deathless forever, I would not myself fight among the foremost, nor would I send you into the battle that gives men glory; but now, since in any case the fates of death stand over us, countless, which no mortal can flee or escape, let us go, whether we shall give glory to another or another to us,” Theopompus writes: “If by escaping the present danger we could spend the rest of our time without fear, it would be no wonder to love life; but now so many fates have grown up alongside life that death in battle seems more to be chosen.” What then? When Chilon the sophist uttered: “Give a pledge, and ruin is at hand,” did not Epicharmus bring out the same maxim in other words, saying: “Ruin is the daughter of surety, and surety the daughter of loss”?
6.2.22Stählin 2:439–440
Ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦ ἰατροῦ Ἱπποκράτους ἐπιβλέπειν οὖν δεῖ καὶ ὥρην καὶ χώρην καὶ ἡλικίην καὶ νόσους γράφοντος Εὐριπίδης ἐν ἑξαμέτρῳ τινὶ ῥήσει φησίν· ὃς οἶδʼ ἰατρεύειν καλῶς, πρὸς τὰς διαίτας τῶν ἐνοικούντων πόλιν τὴν γῆν τʼ ἰδόντα τὰς νόσους σκοπεῖν χρεών. Ὁμήρου πάλιν ποιήσαντος· μοῖραν δʼ οὔ τινά φημι πεφυγμένον ἔμμεναι ἀνδρῶν, ὅ τε Ἀρχῖνος λέγει· πᾶσι μὲν ἀνθρώποις ὀφείλεται ἀποθανεῖν ἢ πρότερον ἢ εἰς ὕστερον, ὅ τε Δημοσθένης· πᾶσι μὲν γὰρ ἀνθρώποις τέλος τοῦ βίου θάνατος, κἂν ἐν οἰκίσκῳ τις αὑτὸν καθείρξας τηρῇ.
Alla kai tou iatrou Hippokratous epiblepein oun dei kai hōrēn kai chōrēn kai hēlikiēn kai nosous graphontos Euripidēs en hexametrǭ tini rhēsei phēsin; hos oidʼ iatreuein kalōs, pros tas diaitas tōn enoikountōn polin tēn gēn tʼ idonta tas nosous skopein chreōn. Homērou palin poiēsantos; moiran dʼ ou tina phēmi pephygmenon emmenai andrōn, ho te Archinos legei; pasi men anthrōpois opheiletai apothanein ē proteron ē eis hysteron, ho te Dēmosthenēs; pasi men gar anthrōpois telos tou biou thanatos, kan en oikiskǭ tis hauton katheirxas tērę̄.
And when Hippocrates the physician wrote: “So one must look to the season, the region, the age, and the diseases,” Euripides says in a speech in hexameter: “He who knows how to heal well must look to the ways of life of those who dwell in the city and, having seen the land, consider the diseases.” Again, when Homer composed: “No one of men, I say, has escaped his fate,” Archinus says: “For all men it is owed to die, either sooner or later,” and Demosthenes: “For all men the end of life is death, even if someone shuts himself up in a little room and keeps guard.”
6.2.23Stählin 2:440
Ἡροδότου τε αὖ ἐν τῷ περὶ Γλαύκου τοῦ Σπαρτιάτου λόγῳ φήσαντος τὴν Πυθίαν εἰπεῖν τὸ πειρηθῆναι τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τὸ ποιῆσαι ἴσον γενέσθαι, Ἀριστοφάνης ἔφη· δύναται γὰρ ἴσον τῷ δρᾶν τὸ νοεῖν, καὶ πρὸ τούτου ὁ Ἐλεάτης Παρμενίδης· τὸ γὰρ αὐτὸ νοεῖν ἐστίν τε καὶ εἶναι. Ἢ οὐχὶ καὶ Πλάτωνος εἰπόντος ἡμεῖς δὲ τοῦτο λέξοιμεν ἂν ἴσως οὐκ ἀτόπως, ὅτι ἀρχὴ μὲν ἔρωτος ὅρασις, μειοῖ δὲ τὸ πάθος ἐλπίς, τρέφει δὲ μνήμη, τηρεῖ δὲ συνήθεια, Φιλήμων ὁ κωμικὸς γράφει· ὁρῶσι πάντες πρῶτον, εἶτʼ ἐθαύμασαν, ἔπειτʼ ἐπεθεώρησαν, εἶτʼ ἐς ἐλπίδα ἐνέπεσον· οὕτω γίνεται ἐκ τούτων ἔρως. Ἀλλὰ καὶ Δημοσθένους εἰπόντος πᾶσι γὰρ ἡμῖν ὁ θάνατος ὀφείλεται καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς, ὁ Φανοκλῆς ἐν Ἔρωσιν ἢ Καλοῖς γράφει· ἀλλὰ τὸ Μοιράων νῆμʼ ἄλλυτον, οὐδέ ποτʼ ἔστιν ἐκφυγέειν, ὁπόσοι γῆν ἐπιφερβόμεθα.
Hērodotou te au en tǭ peri Glaukou tou Spartiatou logǭ phēsantos tēn Pythian eipein to peirēthēnai tou theou kai to poiēsai ison genesthai, Aristophanēs ephē; dynatai gar ison tǭ dran to noein, kai pro toutou ho Eleatēs Parmenidēs; to gar auto noein estin te kai einai. Ē ouchi kai Platōnos eipontos hēmeis de touto lexoimen an isōs ouk atopōs, hoti archē men erōtos horasis, meioi de to pathos elpis, trephei de mnēmē, tērei de synētheia, Philēmōn ho kōmikos graphei; horōsi pantes prōton, eitʼ ethaumasan, epeitʼ epetheōrēsan, eitʼ es elpida enepeson; houtō ginetai ek toutōn erōs. Alla kai Dēmosthenous eipontos pasi gar hēmin ho thanatos opheiletai kai ta hexēs, ho Phanoklēs en Erōsin ē Kalois graphei; alla to Moiraōn nēmʼ allyton, oude potʼ estin ekphygeein, hoposoi gēn epipherbometha.
And again, when Herodotus, in his story of Glaucus the Spartan, said that the Pythia declared that to tempt the god and to do the deed amount to the same thing, Aristophanes said: “For to intend is equal to doing,” and before him Parmenides of Elea: “For thinking and being are the same.” Or when Plato said: “We might say this, perhaps not absurdly, that the beginning of love is sight; hope lessens the passion, memory nourishes it, and habit preserves it,” does not Philemon the comic poet write: “All first see, then they admire, then they gaze further, then they fall into hope; thus love comes to be from these”? And when Demosthenes said: “For death is owed by all of us,” and so on, Phanocles writes in his Loves, or Fair Boys: “But the thread of the Fates cannot be unloosed, nor can any escape it, as many as feed on the earth.”
6.2.24Stählin 2:441
Εὕροις δʼ ἂν καὶ Πλάτωνος εἰπόντος παντὸς γὰρ φυτοῦ ἡ πρώτη βλάστη, καλῶς ὁρμηθεῖσα πρὸς ἀρετήν, τῆς ἑαυτοῦ φύσεως κυριωτάτη τέλος ἐπιθεῖναι τὸ πρόσφορον Ἔφορον τὸν ἱστορικὸν γράφοντα· ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἀγρίων φυτῶν οὐθὲν ἡμεροῦσθαι πέφυκεν, ὅταν παραλλάξωσιν τὴν νεωτέραν ἡλικίαν. Κἀκεῖνο τὸ Ἐμπεδοκλέους· ἤδη γάρ ποτʼ ἐγὼ γενόμην κοῦρός τε κόρη τε θάμνος τʼ οἰωνός τε καὶ εἰν ἁλὶ ἔλλοπος ἰχθύς, Εὐριπίδης ἐν Χρυσίππῳ μεταγράφει· θνῄσκει δὲ οὐδὲν τῶν γινομένων, διακρινόμενον δʼ ἄλλο πρὸς ἄλλο μορφὴν ἑτέραν ἐπέδειξεν. Πλάτωνός τε ἐν Πολιτείᾳ εἰπόντος κοινὰς εἶναι τὰς γυναῖκας Εὐριπίδης ἐν Πρωτεσιλάῳ γράφει· κοινὸν γὰρ εἶναι χρῆν γυναικεῖον λέχος. Ἀλλʼ Εὐριπίδου γράφοντος· ἐπεὶ τά γʼ ἀρκοῦντα ἱκανὰ τοῖς γε σώφροσιν, Ἐπίκουρος ἄντικρύς φησι· πλουσιώτατον αὐτάρκεια πάντων. Αὖθίς τε Ἀριστοφάνους γράφοντος· βέβαιον ἕξεις τὸν βίον δίκαιος ὤν, χωρίς τε θορύβου καὶ φόβου ζήσεις καλῶς, ὁ Ἐπίκουρος λέγει· δικαιοσύνης καρπὸς μέγιστος ἀταραξία.
Heurois dʼ an kai Platōnos eipontos pantos gar phytou hē prōtē blastē, kalōs hormētheisa pros aretēn, tēs heautou physeōs kyriōtatē telos epitheinai to prosphoron Ephoron ton historikon graphonta; alla kai tōn agriōn phytōn outhen hēmerousthai pephyken, hotan parallaxōsin tēn neōteran hēlikian. Kakeino to Empedokleous; ēdē gar potʼ egō genomēn kouros te korē te thamnos tʼ oiōnos te kai ein hali ellopos ichthys, Euripidēs en Chrysippǭ metagraphei; thnę̄skei de ouden tōn ginomenōn, diakrinomenon dʼ allo pros allo morphēn heteran epedeixen. Platōnos te en Politeią eipontos koinas einai tas gynaikas Euripidēs en Prōtesilaǭ graphei; koinon gar einai chrēn gynaikeion lechos. Allʼ Euripidou graphontos; epei ta gʼ arkounta hikana tois ge sōphrosin, Epikouros antikrys phēsi; plousiōtaton autarkeia pantōn. Authis te Aristophanous graphontos; bebaion hexeis ton bion dikaios ōn, chōris te thorybou kai phobou zēseis kalōs, ho Epikouros legei; dikaiosynēs karpos megistos ataraxia.
You would also find that when Plato said: “For of every plant the first shoot, if it has made a good start toward excellence, is the most decisive in bringing its own nature to its fitting end,” Ephorus the historian writes: “But none even of wild plants is naturally tamed once they have passed their youthful age.” And that saying of Empedocles: “For already I have once been a boy and a girl, a bush and a bird, and a mute fish in the sea,” Euripides rewrites in the Chrysippus: “Nothing of what comes to be dies, but, separated one thing from another, shows another form.” And when Plato in the Republic said that wives should be held in common, Euripides writes in the Protesilaus: “For the marriage bed of women ought to be common.” But when Euripides writes: “Since what suffices is enough for those who are self-restrained,” Epicurus says outright: “Self-sufficiency is the greatest wealth of all.” And again, when Aristophanes writes: “You will have a secure life if you are just, and you will live well, without tumult and fear,” Epicurus says: “The greatest fruit of justice is freedom from disturbance.”
6.2.25Stählin 2:441–442
Αἱ μὲν οὖν ἰδέαι τῆς κατὰ διάνοιαν Ἑλληνικῆς κλοπῆς εἰς ὑπόδειγμα ἐναργὲς τῷ διορᾶν δυναμένῳ τοιαίδε οὖσαι ἅλις ἔστωσαν. ἤδη δὲ οὐ τὰς διανοίας μόνον καὶ λέξεις ὑφελόμενοι καὶ παραφράσαντες ἐφωράθησαν, ὡς ἐδείχθη, ἀλλὰ γὰρ καὶ τὰ φώρια ἄντικρυς ὁλόκληρα ἔχοντες διελεγχθήσονται· αὐτοτελῶς γὰρ τὰ ἑτέρων ὑφελόμενοι ὡς ἴδια ἐξήνεγκαν, καθάπερ Εὐγάμμων ὁ Κυρηναῖος ἐκ Μουσαίου τὸ περὶ Θεσπρωτῶν βιβλίον ὁλόκληρον καὶ Πείσανδρος ὁ Καμιρεὺς Πεισίνου τοῦ Λινδίου τὴν Ἡράκλειαν, Πανύασσίς τε ὁ Ἁλικαρνασσεὺς παρὰ Κρεωφύλου τοῦ Σαμίου τὴν Οἰχαλίας ἅλωσιν.
Hai men oun ideai tēs kata dianoian Hellēnikēs klopēs eis hypodeigma enarges tǭ dioran dynamenǭ toiaide ousai halis estōsan. ēdē de ou tas dianoias monon kai lexeis hyphelomenoi kai paraphrasantes ephōrathēsan, hōs edeichthē, alla gar kai ta phōria antikrys holoklēra echontes dielenchthēsontai; autotelōs gar ta heterōn hyphelomenoi hōs idia exēnenkan, kathaper Eugammōn ho Kyrēnaios ek Mousaiou to peri Thesprōtōn biblion holoklēron kai Peisandros ho Kamireus Peisinou tou Lindiou tēn Hērakleian, Panyassis te ho Halikarnasseus para Kreōphylou tou Samiou tēn Oichalias halōsin.
Let these, then, suffice as the kinds of Greek theft of thought, being such as they are, as a clear example for anyone able to see. But now they have been caught not only stealing and paraphrasing thoughts and phrases, as has been shown; they will also be convicted of holding the stolen goods openly and entire. For they took the works of others outright and published them as their own: so Eugammon of Cyrene took the whole book on the Thesprotians from Musaeus, Pisander of Camirus took the Heraclea of Pisinus of Lindus, and Panyassis of Halicarnassus took the Capture of Oechalia from Creophylus of Samos.
6.2.26Stählin 2:442–443
Εὕροις δʼ ἂν καὶ Ὅμηρον τὸν μέγαν ποιητὴν ἐκεῖνα τὰ ἔπη· οἷον δὲ τρέφει ἔρνος ἀνὴρ ἐριθηλὲς ἐλαίης καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς κατὰ λέξιν μετενηνοχότα παρʼ Ὀρφέως ἐκ τοῦ Διονύσου ἀφανισμοῦ. Ἔν τε τῇ Θεογονίᾳ ἐπὶ τοῦ Κρόνου Ὀρφεῖ πεποίηται· κεῖτʼ ἀποδοχμώσας παχὺν αὐχένα, κὰδ δέ μιν ὕπνος ᾕρει πανδαμάτωρ, ταῦτα δὲ Ὅμηρος ἐπὶ τοῦ Κύκλωπος μετέθηκεν. Ἡσίοδός τε ἐπὶ τοῦ Μελάμποδος ποιεῖ· ἡδὺ δὲ καὶ τὸ πυθέσθαι, ὅσα θνητοῖσιν ἔδειμαν ἀθάνατοι, δειλῶν τε καὶ ἐσθλῶν τέκμαρ ἐναργές. καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς παρὰ Μουσαίου λαβὼν τοῦ ποιητοῦ κατὰ λέξιν. Ἀριστοφάνης δὲ ὁ κωμικὸς ἐν ταῖς πρώταις Θεσμοφοριαζούσαις τὰ ἐκ τῶν Κρατίνου Ἐμπιπραμένων μετήνεγκεν ἔπη. Πλάτων δὲ ὁ κωμικὸς καὶ Ἀριστοφάνης ἐν τῷ Δαιδάλῳ τὰ ἀλλήλων ὑφαιροῦνται. τὸν μέντοι Κώκαλον τὸν ποιηθέντα Ἀραρότι τῷ Ἀριστοφάνους υἱεῖ Φιλήμων ὁ κωμικὸς ὑπαλλάξας ἐν Ὑποβολιμαίῳ ἐκωμῴδησεν. τὰ δὲ Ἡσιόδου μετήλλαξαν εἰς πεζὸν λόγον καὶ ὡς ἴδια ἐξήνεγκαν Εὔμηλός τε καὶ Ἀκουσίλαος οἱ ἱστοριογράφοι. Μελησαγόρου γὰρ ἔκλεψεν Γοργίας ὁ Λεοντῖνος καὶ Εὔδημος ὁ Νάξιος οἱ ἱστορικοὶ καὶ ἐπὶ τούτοις ὁ Προκοννήσιος Βίων, ὃς καὶ τὰ Κάδμου τοῦ παλαιοῦ μετέγραψεν κεφαλαιούμενος, Ἀμφίλοχός τε καὶ Ἀριστοκλῆς καὶ Λεάνδριος καὶ Ἀναξιμένης καὶ Ἑλλάνικος καὶ Ἑκαταῖος καὶ Ἀνδροτίων καὶ Φιλόχορος Διευχίδας τε ὁ Μεγαρικὸς τὴν ἀρχὴν τοῦ λόγου ἐκ τῆς Ἑλλανίκου Δευκαλιωνείας μετέβαλεν.
Heurois dʼ an kai Homēron ton megan poiētēn ekeina ta epē; hoion de trephei ernos anēr erithēles elaiēs kai ta hexēs kata lexin metenēnochota parʼ Orpheōs ek tou Dionysou aphanismou. En te tę̄ Theogonią epi tou Kronou Orphei pepoiētai; keitʼ apodochmōsas pachyn auchena, kad de min hypnos hę̄rei pandamatōr, tauta de Homēros epi tou Kyklōpos metethēken. Hēsiodos te epi tou Melampodos poiei; hēdy de kai to pythesthai, hosa thnētoisin edeiman athanatoi, deilōn te kai esthlōn tekmar enarges. kai ta hexēs para Mousaiou labōn tou poiētou kata lexin. Aristophanēs de ho kōmikos en tais prōtais Thesmophoriazousais ta ek tōn Kratinou Empipramenōn metēnenken epē. Platōn de ho kōmikos kai Aristophanēs en tǭ Daidalǭ ta allēlōn hyphairountai. ton mentoi Kōkalon ton poiēthenta Araroti tǭ Aristophanous huiei Philēmōn ho kōmikos hypallaxas en Hypobolimaiǭ ekōmǭdēsen. ta de Hēsiodou metēllaxan eis pezon logon kai hōs idia exēnenkan Eumēlos te kai Akousilaos hoi historiographoi. Melēsagorou gar eklepsen Gorgias ho Leontinos kai Eudēmos ho Naxios hoi historikoi kai epi toutois ho Prokonnēsios Biōn, hos kai ta Kadmou tou palaiou metegrapsen kephalaioumenos, Amphilochos te kai Aristoklēs kai Leandrios kai Anaximenēs kai Hellanikos kai Hekataios kai Androtiōn kai Philochoros Dieuchidas te ho Megarikos tēn archēn tou logou ek tēs Hellanikou Deukaliōneias metebalen.
You would find that even Homer, the great poet, took over word for word those lines, “As a man rears a flourishing sapling of olive,” and what follows, from Orpheus' Disappearance of Dionysus. And in the Theogony Orpheus composed of Cronus: “He lay with his thick neck bent aside, and all-conquering sleep took him”; and Homer transferred these lines to the Cyclops. And Hesiod composes in the Melampodia: “Sweet it is also to learn all that the immortals have ordained for mortals, a clear sign of the cowardly and the noble,” and what follows, taking it word for word from the poet Musaeus. Aristophanes the comic poet, in the first Thesmophoriazusae, transferred lines from Cratinus' Men on Fire. Plato the comic poet and Aristophanes in the Daedalus steal from each other. And the Cocalus, composed by Araros the son of Aristophanes, Philemon the comic poet altered and staged in his Changeling. The historians Eumelus and Acusilaus changed Hesiod's works into prose and published them as their own. Gorgias of Leontini and Eudemus of Naxos, the historians, stole from Melesagoras, and besides them Bion of Proconnesus, who also transcribed in summary the works of Cadmus of old; and Amphilochus, Aristocles, Leandrius, Anaximenes, Hellanicus, Hecataeus, Androtion, and Philochorus; and Dieuchidas of Megara transferred the beginning of his account from Hellanicus' Deucalioneia.
6.2.27Stählin 2:443–444
σιωπῶ δὲ Ἡράκλειτον τὸν Ἐφέσιον, ὃς παρʼ Ὀρφέως τὰ πλεῖστα εἴληφεν. παρὰ Πυθαγόρου δὲ καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν ἀθάνατον εἶναι Πλάτων ἔσπακεν, ὃ δὲ παρʼ Αἰγυπτίων. πολλοί τε τῶν ἀπὸ Πλάτωνος συγγραφὰς πεποίηνται, καθʼ ἃς ἀποδεικνύουσι τούς τε Στωικούς, ὡς ἐν ἀρχῇ εἰρήκαμεν, τόν τε Ἀριστοτέλη τὰ πλεῖστα καὶ κυριώτατα τῶν δογμάτων παρὰ Πλάτωνος εἰληφέναι. ἀλλὰ καὶ Ἐπίκουρος παρὰ Δημοκρίτου τὰ προηγούμενα ἐσκευώρηται δόγματα. Ταυτὶ μὲν οὖν ταύτῃ· ἐπιλείψει γάρ με ὁ βίος, εἰ καθʼ ἕκαστον ἐπεξιέναι αἱροίμην τὴν Ἑλληνικὴν διελέγχων φίλαυτον κλοπήν, καὶ ὡς σφετερίζονται τὴν εὕρεσιν τῶν παρʼ αὐτοῖς καλλίστων δογμάτων, ἣν παρʼ ἡμῶν εἰλήφασιν.
siōpō de Hērakleiton ton Ephesion, hos parʼ Orpheōs ta pleista eilēphen. para Pythagorou de kai tēn psychēn athanaton einai Platōn espaken, ho de parʼ Aigyptiōn. polloi te tōn apo Platōnos syngraphas pepoiēntai, kathʼ has apodeiknyousi tous te Stōikous, hōs en archę̄ eirēkamen, ton te Aristotelē ta pleista kai kyriōtata tōn dogmatōn para Platōnos eilēphenai. alla kai Epikouros para Dēmokritou ta proēgoumena eskeuōrētai dogmata. Tauti men oun tautę̄; epileipsei gar me ho bios, ei kathʼ hekaston epexienai hairoimēn tēn Hellēnikēn dielenchōn philauton klopēn, kai hōs spheterizontai tēn heuresin tōn parʼ autois kallistōn dogmatōn, hēn parʼ hēmōn eilēphasin.
I say nothing of Heraclitus of Ephesus, who took most of his ideas from Orpheus. Plato drew from Pythagoras the teaching that the soul is immortal, and Pythagoras from the Egyptians. And many of Plato's followers have written treatises in which they show that the Stoics, as we said at the beginning, and Aristotle took most, and the most important, of their doctrines from Plato. Epicurus too contrived his leading doctrines from Democritus. So much for that. For life would fail me if I chose to go through each case, exposing the self-serving theft of the Greeks and how they claim for themselves the discovery of the finest of their doctrines, which they have received from us.
Miscellanies 6, chapter 3
6.3.28Stählin 2:444
Ἤδη δὲ οὐ μόνον ὑφαιρούμενοι τὰ δόγματα παρὰ τῶν βαρβάρων διελέγχονται, ἀλλὰ καὶ προσέτι ἀπομιμούμενοι τὰ παρʼ ἡμῖν ἄνωθεν ἐκ τῆς θείας δυνάμεως διὰ τῶν ἁγίως βεβιωκότων εἰς τὴν ἡμετέραν ἐπιστροφὴν παραδόξως ἐνεργούμενα, Ἑλληνικῇ μυθολογίᾳ τερατευόμενοι. καὶ δὴ πευσόμεθα παρʼ αὐτῶν ἤτοι ἀληθῆ ταῦτα εἶναι ἃ ἱστοροῦσιν ἢ ψευδῆ. ἀλλὰ ψευδῆ μὲν οὐκ ἂν φήσαιεν (οὐ γὰρ ἂν καταψηφίσαιντο ἑαυτῶν οὔκουν ἑκόντες τὴν μεγίστην εὐήθειαν, τὸ ψευδῆ συγγράφειν)· ἀληθῆ δʼ εἶναι ἐξ ἀνάγκης ὁμολογήσαιεν. καὶ πῶς ἔτι ἄπιστα αὐτοῖς καταφαίνεται τὰ διὰ Μωσέως καὶ τῶν ἄλλων προφητῶν τεραστίως ἐπιδεδειγμένα; πάντων γὰρ ἀνθρώπων ὁ παντοκράτωρ κηδόμενος θεὸς τοὺς μὲν ἐντολαῖς, τοὺς δὲ ἀπειλαῖς, ἔστιν δʼ οὓς σημείοις τεραστίοις, ἐνίους δὲ ἠπίοις ἐπαγγελίαις ἐπιστρέφει πρὸς σωτηρίαν. πλὴν ἀλλʼ οἱ Ἕλληνες. αὐχμοῦ ποτε τὴν Ἑλλάδα πολυχρονίως φθείροντος καὶ ἐπεχούσης ἀγονίας καρπῶν, οἱ καταλειφθέντες, φασί, διὰ λιμὸν ἱκέται παραγενόμενοι εἰς Δελφοὺς ἤροντο τὴν Πυθίαν πῶς ἂν ἀπαλλαγεῖεν τοῦ δεινοῦ. μίαν δʼ αὐτοῖς ἔχρησεν ἀρωγὴν τῆς συμφορᾶς, εἰ χρήσαιντο τῇ Αἰακοῦ εὐχῇ. πεισθεὶς οὖν αὐτοῖς Αἰακὸς ἀνελθὼν ἐπὶ τὸ Ἑλληνικὸν ὄρος, τὰς καθαρὰς χεῖρας ἐκτείνας εἰς οὐρανόν, κοινὸν ἀποκαλέσας πατέρα τὸν θεόν, ηὔξατο οἰκτεῖραι αὐτὸν τετρυμένην τὴν Ἑλλάδα. ἅμα δὲ εὐχομένου βροντὴ ἐξαίσιος ἐπεκτύπει καὶ πᾶς ὁ πέριξ ἀὴρ ἐνεφοῦτο, λάβροι δὲ καὶ συνεχεῖς ὄμβροι καταρραγέντες ὅλην ἐπλήρωσαν τὴν χώραν· ἐντεῦθεν ἄφθονος καὶ πλουσία τελεσφορεῖται εὐκαρπία, ταῖς Αἰακοῦ γεωργηθεῖσα εὐχαῖς.
Ēdē de ou monon hyphairoumenoi ta dogmata para tōn barbarōn dielenchontai, alla kai proseti apomimoumenoi ta parʼ hēmin anōthen ek tēs theias dynameōs dia tōn hagiōs bebiōkotōn eis tēn hēmeteran epistrophēn paradoxōs energoumena, Hellēnikę̄ mythologią terateuomenoi. kai dē peusometha parʼ autōn ētoi alēthē tauta einai ha historousin ē pseudē. alla pseudē men ouk an phēsaien (ou gar an katapsēphisainto heautōn oukoun hekontes tēn megistēn euētheian, to pseudē syngraphein); alēthē dʼ einai ex anankēs homologēsaien. kai pōs eti apista autois kataphainetai ta dia Mōseōs kai tōn allōn prophētōn terastiōs epidedeigmena? pantōn gar anthrōpōn ho pantokratōr kēdomenos theos tous men entolais, tous de apeilais, estin dʼ hous sēmeiois terastiois, enious de ēpiois epangeliais epistrephei pros sōtērian. plēn allʼ hoi Hellēnes. auchmou pote tēn Hellada polychroniōs phtheirontos kai epechousēs agonias karpōn, hoi kataleiphthentes, phasi, dia limon hiketai paragenomenoi eis Delphous ēronto tēn Pythian pōs an apallageien tou deinou. mian dʼ autois echrēsen arōgēn tēs symphoras, ei chrēsainto tę̄ Aiakou euchę̄. peistheis oun autois Aiakos anelthōn epi to Hellēnikon oros, tas katharas cheiras ekteinas eis ouranon, koinon apokalesas patera ton theon, ēuxato oikteirai auton tetrymenēn tēn Hellada. hama de euchomenou brontē exaisios epektypei kai pas ho perix aēr enephouto, labroi de kai synecheis ombroi katarragentes holēn eplērōsan tēn chōran; enteuthen aphthonos kai plousia telesphoreitai eukarpia, tais Aiakou geōrgētheisa euchais.
Now they are convicted not only of stealing doctrines from the barbarians, but also of imitating the things wondrously done among us from above by divine power, through those who lived holy lives, for our conversion, and of dressing them up as marvels in Greek mythology. So we shall ask them whether what they recount is true or false. False they would not say (for they would not willingly condemn themselves of the greatest folly, writing falsehoods); they would have to admit that it is true. How then do the things shown wondrously through Moses and the other prophets still appear incredible to them? For God Almighty, caring for all people, turns some to salvation by commandments, others by threats, some by wondrous signs, and some by gentle promises. But take the Greeks. Once, when a drought had been ravaging Greece for a long time and the crops were failing, those who were left, they say, came to Delphi as suppliants because of famine and asked the Pythia how they might be freed from the calamity. She declared to them one remedy for the disaster: to make use of the prayer of Aeacus. Persuaded by them, Aeacus went up the Hellenic mountain, stretched out pure hands to heaven, called on God as the common father, and prayed him to pity Greece in its distress. And as he prayed an extraordinary thunder crashed, all the surrounding air was filled with cloud, and violent, continuous rains burst down and filled the whole country. From this came an abundant and rich harvest, cultivated by the prayers of Aeacus.
6.3.29Stählin 2:444–445
καὶ ἐπεκαλέσατο, φησί, Σαμουὴλ τὸν κύριον καὶ ἔδωκεν κύριος φωνὰς καὶ ὑετὸν ἐν ἡμέρᾳ θερισμοῦ. ὁρᾷς ὅτι ὁ βρέχων ἐπὶ δικαίους καὶ ἀδίκους διὰ τῶν ὑποτεταγμένων δυνάμεων εἷς ἐστι θεός; πλήρης δὲ ἡ γραφὴ πᾶσα ἡ καθʼ ἡμᾶς κατὰ τὰς τῶν δικαίων εὐχὰς ἐπακούοντός τε καὶ ἐπιτελοῦντος τοῦ θεοῦ ἕκαστον τῶν αἰτημάτων. Πάλιν ἱστοροῦσιν Ἕλληνες ἐκλειπόντων ποτὲ τῶν ἐτησίων ἀνέμων Ἀρισταῖον ἐν Κέῳ θῦσαι Ἰκμαίῳ Διί· πολλὴ γὰρ ἦν φθορά, φλογμῷ διαπιμπραμένων πάντων καὶ δὴ καὶ τῶν ἀναψύχειν τοὺς καρποὺς εἰωθότων ἀνέμων μὴ πνεόντων· ὃ δὲ ῥᾳδίως αὐτοὺς ἀνεκαλέσατο. Δελφοὶ δὲ Ξέρξου ἐπὶ τὴν Ἑλλάδα στρατεύσαντος, ἀνειπούσης τῆς Πυθίας· ὦ Δελφοί, λίσσεσθʼ ἀνέμους καὶ λώιον ἔσται, βωμὸν καὶ θυσίαν ποιήσαντες τοῖς ἀνέμοις, ἀρωγοὺς αὐτοὺς ἔσχον· πνεύσαντες γὰρ ἐρρωμένως περὶ τὴν Σηπιάδα ἄκραν συνέτριψαν πᾶσαν τὴν παρασκευὴν τοῦ Περσικοῦ στόλου.
kai epekalesato, phēsi, Samouēl ton kyrion kai edōken kyrios phōnas kai hyeton en hēmerą therismou. horąs hoti ho brechōn epi dikaious kai adikous dia tōn hypotetagmenōn dynameōn heis esti theos? plērēs de hē graphē pasa hē kathʼ hēmas kata tas tōn dikaiōn euchas epakouontos te kai epitelountos tou theou hekaston tōn aitēmatōn. Palin historousin Hellēnes ekleipontōn pote tōn etēsiōn anemōn Aristaion en Keǭ thysai Ikmaiǭ Dii; pollē gar ēn phthora, phlogmǭ diapimpramenōn pantōn kai dē kai tōn anapsychein tous karpous eiōthotōn anemōn mē pneontōn; ho de rhądiōs autous anekalesato. Delphoi de Xerxou epi tēn Hellada strateusantos, aneipousēs tēs Pythias; ō Delphoi, lissesthʼ anemous kai lōion estai, bōmon kai thysian poiēsantes tois anemois, arōgous autous eschon; pneusantes gar errōmenōs peri tēn Sēpiada akran synetripsan pasan tēn paraskeuēn tou Persikou stolou.
“And Samuel,” it says, “called on the Lord, and the Lord gave thunder and rain in the day of harvest.” Do you see that he who sends rain on the just and the unjust through the powers subject to him is the one God? And the whole of our Scripture is full of God hearing and fulfilling each request at the prayers of the righteous. Again, the Greeks relate that once, when the Etesian winds failed, Aristaeus sacrificed in Ceos to Zeus Icmaeus; for there was great destruction, everything being scorched by the heat, and in particular the winds that usually cool the crops were not blowing; and he easily called them back. And the Delphians, when Xerxes marched against Greece and the Pythia proclaimed, “O Delphians, pray to the winds, and it will be better,” built an altar and offered sacrifice to the winds and had them as helpers; for they blew violently around Cape Sepias and shattered the whole armament of the Persian fleet.
6.3.30Stählin 2:445–446
Ἐμπεδοκλῆς τε ὁ Ἀκραγαντῖνος Κωλυσανέμας ἐπεκλήθη. λέγεται οὖν ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἀκράγαντος ὄρους, πνέοντός ποτε ἀνέμου βαρὺ καὶ νοσῶδες τοῖς ἐγχωρίοις, ἀλλὰ καὶ ταῖς γυναιξὶν αὐτῶν ἀγονίας αἰτίου γινομένου, παῦσαι τὸν ἄνεμον· διὸ καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν τοῖς ἔπεσι γράφει· παύσεις δʼ ἀκαμάτων ἀνέμων μένος οἵ τʼ ἐπὶ γαῖαν ὀρνύμενοι θνητοῖσι καταφθινύθουσιν ἀρούρας· καὶ πάλιν, εὖτʼ ἐθέλῃσθα, παλίντιτα πνεύματα θήσεις. παρακολουθεῖν τε αὑτῷ ἔλεγεν τοὺς μὲν μαντοσυνῶν κεχρημένους, τοὺς δʼ ἐπὶ νούσοισι δηρὸν δὴ χαλεπῇσι πεπαρμένους. ἄντικρυς γοῦν ἰάσεις τε καὶ σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα ἐπιτελεῖν τοὺς δικαίους ἐκ τῶν ἡμετέρων πεπιστεύκασι γραφῶν· εἰ γὰρ καὶ δυνάμεις τινὲς τούς τε ἀνέμους κινοῦσι καὶ τοὺς ὄμβρους διανέμουσιν, ἀλλʼ ἀκουσάτωσαν τοῦ ψαλμῳδοῦ· ὡς ἀγαπητὰ τὰ σκηνώματά σου, κύριε τῶν δυνάμεων. οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τῶν δυνάμεων καὶ τῶν ἀρχῶν καὶ τῶν ἐξουσιῶν κύριος, περὶ οὗ ὁ Μωυσῆς λέγει, ἵνα αὐτῷ συνῶμεν· καὶ περιτεμεῖσθε τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν καὶ τὸν τράχηλον ὑμῶν οὐ σκληρυνεῖτε ἔτι· ὁ γὰρ κύριος ὁ θεὸς ὑμῶν οὗτος κύριος τῶν κυρίων καὶ θεὸς τῶν θεῶν ὁ θεὸς ὁ μέγας καὶ ἰσχυρὸς καὶ τὰ ἐπὶ τούτοις. ὅ τε Ἡσαΐας ἄρατε εἰς ὕψος τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν λέγει καὶ ἴδετε· τίς κατέδειξεν ταῦτα πάντα;
Empedoklēs te ho Akragantinos Kōlysanemas epeklēthē. legetai oun apo tou Akragantos orous, pneontos pote anemou bary kai nosōdes tois enchōriois, alla kai tais gynaixin autōn agonias aitiou ginomenou, pausai ton anemon; dio kai autos en tois epesi graphei; pauseis dʼ akamatōn anemōn menos hoi tʼ epi gaian ornymenoi thnētoisi kataphthinythousin arouras; kai palin, eutʼ ethelę̄stha, palintita pneumata thēseis. parakolouthein te hautǭ elegen tous men mantosynōn kechrēmenous, tous dʼ epi nousoisi dēron dē chalepę̄si peparmenous. antikrys goun iaseis te kai sēmeia kai terata epitelein tous dikaious ek tōn hēmeterōn pepisteukasi graphōn; ei gar kai dynameis tines tous te anemous kinousi kai tous ombrous dianemousin, allʼ akousatōsan tou psalmǭdou; hōs agapēta ta skēnōmata sou, kyrie tōn dynameōn. houtos estin ho tōn dynameōn kai tōn archōn kai tōn exousiōn kyrios, peri hou ho Mōysēs legei, hina autǭ synōmen; kai peritemeisthe tēn sklērokardian hymōn kai ton trachēlon hymōn ou sklēryneite eti; ho gar kyrios ho theos hymōn houtos kyrios tōn kyriōn kai theos tōn theōn ho theos ho megas kai ischyros kai ta epi toutois. ho te Hēsaïas arate eis hypsos tous ophthalmous hymōn legei kai idete; tis katedeixen tauta panta?
And Empedocles of Acragas was called Wind-Stopper. It is said that once, when a wind blew from the mountain of Acragas, heavy and unhealthy for the inhabitants, and even causing barrenness in their wives, he stopped the wind. Hence he himself writes in his verses: “You will stop the might of the tireless winds, which rise over the earth and waste the fields of mortals; and again, if you wish, you will bring the winds back in return.” And he said that there followed him some “in need of prophecies, and others long pierced by grievous diseases.” Clearly, then, they have come to believe from our Scriptures that the righteous perform healings and signs and wonders. For even if certain powers move the winds and distribute the rains, let them hear the psalmist: “How lovely are your dwellings, Lord of powers.” He is the Lord of the powers and principalities and authorities, of whom Moses says, so that we may be with him: “And you shall circumcise your hardness of heart and no longer stiffen your neck; for the Lord your God, he is Lord of lords and God of gods, the great and strong God,” and what follows. And Isaiah says: “Lift up your eyes on high and see: who has displayed all these things?”
6.3.31Stählin 2:446
Λέγουσι δʼ οὖν τινες λοιμούς τε καὶ χαλάζας καὶ θυέλλας καὶ τὰ παραπλήσια οὐκ ἀπὸ τῆς ἀταξίας τῆς ὑλικῆς μόνης, ἀλλὰ καὶ κατά τινα δαιμόνων ἢ καὶ ἀγγέλων οὐκ ἀγαθῶν ὀργὴν φιλεῖν γίνεσθαι. αὐτίκα φασὶ τοὺς ἐν Κλεωναῖς μάγους φυλάττοντας τὰ μετέωρα τῶν χαλαζοβολήσειν μελλόντων νεφῶν παράγειν ᾠδαῖς τε καὶ θύμασι τῆς ὀργῆς τὴν ἀπειλήν. ἀμέλει καὶ εἴ ποτε ἀπορία ζῴου καταλάβοι, τὸν σφέτερον αἱμάξαντες δάκτυλον ἀρκοῦνται τῷ θύματι. ἥ τε Μαντινικὴ Διοτίμα θυσαμένοις Ἀθηναίοις πρὸ τοῦ λοιμοῦ δεκαετῆ ἀναβολὴν ἐποιήσατο τῆς νόσου, καθάπερ καὶ τοῦ Κρητὸς Ἐπιμενίδου αἱ θυσίαι αὐτοῖς Ἀθηναίοις τὸν Περσικὸν πόλεμον εἰς τὸν ἴσον ὑπερέθεντο χρόνον. διαφέρειν δʼ οὐδὲν νομίζουσιν, εἴτʼ οὖν θεοὺς εἴτε καὶ ἀγγέλους τὰς ψυχὰς ταύτας λέγοιμεν. αὐτίκα οἱ ἔμπειροι τοῦ λόγου κατὰ τὰς ἱδρύσεις ἐν πολλοῖς τῶν ἱερῶν καὶ σχεδὸν πᾶσι τὰς θήκας τῶν κατοιχομένων ἐνιδρύσαντο, δαίμονας μὲν τὰς τούτων ψυχὰς καλοῦντες, θρῃσκεύεσθαι δὲ πρὸς ἀνθρώπων διδάσκοντες ὡς ἂν ἐξουσίαν λαβούσας διὰ καθαρότητα τοῦ βίου τῇ θείᾳ προνοίᾳ εἰς τὴν ἀνθρώπων λειτουργίαν τὸν περίγειον περιπολεῖν τόπον· ἠπίσταντο γὰρ ψυχάς τινας κρατουμένας φύσει τῷ σώματι.
Legousi dʼ oun tines loimous te kai chalazas kai thyellas kai ta paraplēsia ouk apo tēs ataxias tēs hylikēs monēs, alla kai kata tina daimonōn ē kai angelōn ouk agathōn orgēn philein ginesthai. autika phasi tous en Kleōnais magous phylattontas ta meteōra tōn chalazobolēsein mellontōn nephōn paragein ǭdais te kai thymasi tēs orgēs tēn apeilēn. amelei kai ei pote aporia zǭou katalaboi, ton spheteron haimaxantes daktylon arkountai tǭ thymati. hē te Mantinikē Diotima thysamenois Athēnaiois pro tou loimou dekaetē anabolēn epoiēsato tēs nosou, kathaper kai tou Krētos Epimenidou hai thysiai autois Athēnaiois ton Persikon polemon eis ton ison hyperethento chronon. diapherein dʼ ouden nomizousin, eitʼ oun theous eite kai angelous tas psychas tautas legoimen. autika hoi empeiroi tou logou kata tas hidryseis en pollois tōn hierōn kai schedon pasi tas thēkas tōn katoichomenōn enidrysanto, daimonas men tas toutōn psychas kalountes, thrę̄skeuesthai de pros anthrōpōn didaskontes hōs an exousian labousas dia katharotēta tou biou tę̄ theią pronoią eis tēn anthrōpōn leitourgian ton perigeion peripolein topon; ēpistanto gar psychas tinas kratoumenas physei tǭ sōmati.
Some say, then, that plagues, hailstorms, gales, and the like tend to happen not only from the disorder of matter but also through the anger of certain daemons, or even of angels who are not good. For instance, they say that the magi at Cleonae, watching the sky for clouds about to hail, turn aside the threatened wrath by incantations and sacrifices; and indeed, if ever they lack an animal, they are content to offer blood from their own finger as the sacrifice. And Diotima of Mantinea, when the Athenians had sacrificed before the plague, brought about a ten-year postponement of the disease, just as the sacrifices of Epimenides the Cretan put off the Persian war for the same Athenians for the same length of time. They think it makes no difference whether we call these souls gods or angels. For instance, those experienced in this teaching, when founding temples, set up the tombs of the departed in many of them, indeed in almost all, calling their souls daemons and teaching that they are to be worshiped by men, as having received authority, through the purity of their life and by divine providence, to go about the region around the earth for the service of men; for they knew that some souls are held fast by nature in the body.
6.3.32Stählin 2:446–447
ἀλλὰ περὶ μὲν τούτων ἐν τῷ περὶ ἀγγέλων λόγῳ προϊούσης τῆς γραφῆς κατὰ καιρὸν διαλεξόμεθα. Δημόκριτος δὲ ἐκ τῆς τῶν μεταρσίων παρατηρήσεως πολλὰ προλέγων Σοφία ἐπωνομάσθη. ὑποδεξαμένου γοῦν αὐτὸν φιλοφρόνως Δαμάσου τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ τεκμηράμενος ἔκ τινων ἀστέρων πολὺν ἐσόμενον προεῖπεν ὄμβρον. οἱ μὲν οὖν πεισθέντες αὐτῷ συνεῖλον τοὺς καρπούς (καὶ γὰρ ὥρᾳ θέρους ἐν ταῖς ἅλωσιν ἔτι ἦσαν), οἱ δὲ ἄλλοι πάντα ἀπώλεσαν ἀδοκήτου καὶ πολλοῦ καταρρήξαντος ὄμβρου. Πῶς δὲ ἔτι ἀπιστήσουσιν Ἕλληνες τῇ θείᾳ ἐπιφανείᾳ περὶ τὸ ὄρος τὸ Σινᾶ, ὁπηνίκα πῦρ μὲν ἐφλέγετο, μηδὲν καταναλίσκον τῶν φυομένων κατὰ τὸ ὄρος, σαλπίγγων τε ἦχος ἐφέρετο ἄνευ ὀργάνων ἐμπνεόμενος; ἐκείνη γὰρ ἡ λεγομένη κατάβασις ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος θεοῦ ἐπίφασίς ἐστι θείας δυνάμεως ἐπὶ πάντα τὸν κόσμον διηκούσης καὶ κηρυττούσης τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀπρόσιτον. τοιαύτη γὰρ ἡ κατὰ τὴν γραφὴν ἀλληγορία. πλὴν ἑωράθη τὸ πῦρ, ὥς φησιν Ἀριστόβουλος, παντὸς τοῦ πλήθους μυριάδων οὐκ ἔλασσον ἑκατόν, χωρὶς τῶν ἀφηλίκων, ἐκκλησιαζόντων κύκλῳ τοῦ ὄρους, οὐχ ἧττον ἡμερῶν πέντε τῆς περιόδου τυγχανούσης περὶ τὸ ὄρος.
alla peri men toutōn en tǭ peri angelōn logǭ proïousēs tēs graphēs kata kairon dialexometha. Dēmokritos de ek tēs tōn metarsiōn paratērēseōs polla prolegōn Sophia epōnomasthē. hypodexamenou goun auton philophronōs Damasou tou adelphou tekmēramenos ek tinōn asterōn polyn esomenon proeipen ombron. hoi men oun peisthentes autǭ syneilon tous karpous (kai gar hōrą therous en tais halōsin eti ēsan), hoi de alloi panta apōlesan adokētou kai pollou katarrēxantos ombrou. Pōs de eti apistēsousin Hellēnes tę̄ theią epiphaneią peri to oros to Sina, hopēnika pyr men ephlegeto, mēden katanaliskon tōn phyomenōn kata to oros, salpingōn te ēchos ephereto aneu organōn empneomenos? ekeinē gar hē legomenē katabasis epi to oros theou epiphasis esti theias dynameōs epi panta ton kosmon diēkousēs kai kēryttousēs to phōs to aprositon. toiautē gar hē kata tēn graphēn allēgoria. plēn heōrathē to pyr, hōs phēsin Aristoboulos, pantos tou plēthous myriadōn ouk elasson hekaton, chōris tōn aphēlikōn, ekklēsiazontōn kyklǭ tou orous, ouch hētton hēmerōn pente tēs periodou tynchanousēs peri to oros.
But we shall discuss these matters at the proper time, as our writing proceeds, in the account of angels. Democritus, foretelling many things from observing the heavens, was nicknamed Wisdom. When his brother Damasus received him kindly, he judged from certain stars that there would be much rain and foretold it. Those who believed him gathered in their crops (for it was summer and they were still on the threshing floors); but the others lost everything when an unexpected, heavy rain burst down. How, then, will the Greeks still disbelieve the divine manifestation at Mount Sinai, when fire blazed without consuming any of the things growing on the mountain, and the sound of trumpets was carried, blown without instruments? For that so-called descent of God upon the mountain is a manifestation of divine power pervading the whole world and proclaiming the unapproachable light. Such is the allegory according to Scripture. The fire, however, was seen, as Aristobulus says, by the whole multitude, not less than a million, apart from those under age, assembled around the mountain, whose circuit was not less than five days' journey.
6.3.33Stählin 2:447–448
κατὰ πάντα τοίνυν τόπον τῆς ὁράσεως πᾶσιν αὐτοῖς κυκλόθεν, ὡς ἂν παρεμβεβληκόσι, τὸ πῦρ φλεγόμενον ἐθεωρεῖτο, ὥστε τὴν κατάβασιν μὴ τοπικὴν γεγονέναι· πάντῃ γὰρ ὁ θεός ἐστιν. Λέγουσι δὲ καὶ οἱ τὰς ἱστορίας συνταξάμενοι ἀμφὶ τὴν Βρεττανικὴν νῆσον ἄντρον τι ὑποκείμενον ὄρει, ἐπὶ δὲ τῆς κορυφῆς χάσμα· ἐμπίπτοντος οὖν τοῦ ἀνέμου εἰς τὸ ἄντρον καὶ προσρηγνυμένου τοῖς κόλποις τοῦ ὀρύγματος κυμβάλων εὐρύθμως κρουομένων ἦχον ἐξακούεσθαι. πολλάκις δὲ καὶ ἀνὰ τὰς ὕλας κινουμένων τῶν φύλλων ἀθρόᾳ πνεύματος προσβολῇ ὀρνίθων ᾠδῇ παραπλήσιος προσπίπτει ἠχή. ἀλλὰ οἱ τὰ Περσικὰ συνταξάμενοι ἐν τοῖς ὑπερκειμένοις τόποις κατὰ τὴν τῶν Μάγων χώραν τρία κεῖσθαι ὄρη ἐφεξῆς ἱστοροῦσιν ἐν πεδίῳ μακρῷ· τοὺς δὴ διοδεύοντας τὸν τόπον κατὰ μὲν τὸ πρῶτον γενομένους ὄρος φωνῆς ἐξακούειν σύγκλυδος, οἷον βοώντων οὐκ ὀλίγων τινῶν μυριάδων, καθάπερ ἐν παρατάξει· κατὰ μέσον δὲ ἥκοντας ἤδη πλείονος ὁμοῦ καὶ ἐναργεστέρου ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι θορύβου· ἐπὶ τέλει δὲ παιωνιζόντων ἀκούειν ὡς νενικηκότων. αἰτία δʼ, οἶμαι, πάσης ἠχοῦς ἥ τε λειότης τῶν τόπων καὶ τὸ ἀντρῶδες. ἀποβαλλόμενον γοῦν τὸ εἰσφοιτῆσαν πνεῦμα πάλιν εἰς τὸ αὐτὸ χωροῦν βιαιότερον ἠχεῖ.
kata panta toinyn topon tēs horaseōs pasin autois kyklothen, hōs an parembeblēkosi, to pyr phlegomenon etheōreito, hōste tēn katabasin mē topikēn gegonenai; pantę̄ gar ho theos estin. Legousi de kai hoi tas historias syntaxamenoi amphi tēn Brettanikēn nēson antron ti hypokeimenon orei, epi de tēs koryphēs chasma; empiptontos oun tou anemou eis to antron kai prosrēgnymenou tois kolpois tou orygmatos kymbalōn eurythmōs krouomenōn ēchon exakouesthai. pollakis de kai ana tas hylas kinoumenōn tōn phyllōn athroą pneumatos prosbolę̄ ornithōn ǭdę̄ paraplēsios prospiptei ēchē. alla hoi ta Persika syntaxamenoi en tois hyperkeimenois topois kata tēn tōn Magōn chōran tria keisthai orē ephexēs historousin en pediǭ makrǭ; tous dē diodeuontas ton topon kata men to prōton genomenous oros phōnēs exakouein synklydos, hoion boōntōn ouk oligōn tinōn myriadōn, kathaper en parataxei; kata meson de hēkontas ēdē pleionos homou kai enargesterou antilambanesthai thorybou; epi telei de paiōnizontōn akouein hōs nenikēkotōn. aitia dʼ, oimai, pasēs ēchous hē te leiotēs tōn topōn kai to antrōdes. apoballomenon goun to eisphoitēsan pneuma palin eis to auto chōroun biaioteron ēchei.
So from every place from which it could be seen, the fire was beheld blazing by all of them round about, as though they were encamped around it, so that the descent was not a local one; for God is everywhere. And those who have compiled histories say that near the island of Britain there is a cave lying under a mountain, with a chasm at the summit; when the wind falls into the cave and breaks against the hollows of the cavity, a sound is heard like cymbals struck in rhythm. And often in the woods, too, when the leaves are moved by a sudden gust of wind, a sound strikes the ear like the song of birds. And those who have written Persian histories relate that in the upland regions, in the country of the Magi, three mountains lie in a row on a long plain. Those who travel through the place hear, when they come to the first mountain, a confused noise, as of many tens of thousands shouting, as in battle array; when they reach the middle one, they perceive a din at once louder and clearer; and at the last they hear men singing a paean as if victorious. The cause of every echo, I think, is the smoothness of the places and their cave-like character. For the air that enters, being thrown back and moving again into the same space, sounds more violently.
6.3.34Stählin 2:448
Καὶ ταῦτα μὲν ταύτῃ· θεῷ δὲ τῷ παντοκράτορι καὶ μηδενὸς ὄντος ὑποκειμένου φωνὴν καὶ φαντασίαν ἐγγεννῆσαι ἀκοῇ δυνατόν, ἐνδεικνυμένῳ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ μεγαλειότητα παρὰ τὰ εἰωθότα φυσικὴν ἔχειν τὴν ἀκολουθίαν, εἰς ἐπιστροφὴν τῆς μηδέπω πιστευούσης ψυχῆς καὶ παραδοχὴν τῆς διδομένης ἐντολῆς. νεφέλης δʼ οὔσης καὶ ὄρους ὑψηλοῦ πῶς οὐ δυνατὸν διάφορον ἦχον ἐξακούεσθαι, πνεύματος κινουμένου διὰ τῆς ἐνεργούσης αἰτίας; διὸ καί φησιν ὁ προφήτης· φωνὴν ῥημάτων ὑμεῖς ἠκούετε, καὶ ὁμοίωμα οὐκ εἴδετε. ὁρᾷς, ὅπως ἡ κυριακὴ φωνὴ λόγος ἀσχημάτιστος· ἡ γὰρ τοῦ λόγου δύναμις, ῥῆμα κυρίου φωτεινόν, ἀλήθεια οὐρανόθεν ἄνωθεν ἐπὶ τὴν συναγωγὴν τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἀφιγμένη, διὰ φωτεινῆς καὶ προσεχοῦς διακονίας ἐνήργει.
Kai tauta men tautę̄; theǭ de tǭ pantokratori kai mēdenos ontos hypokeimenou phōnēn kai phantasian engennēsai akoę̄ dynaton, endeiknymenǭ tēn heautou megaleiotēta para ta eiōthota physikēn echein tēn akolouthian, eis epistrophēn tēs mēdepō pisteuousēs psychēs kai paradochēn tēs didomenēs entolēs. nephelēs dʼ ousēs kai orous hypsēlou pōs ou dynaton diaphoron ēchon exakouesthai, pneumatos kinoumenou dia tēs energousēs aitias? dio kai phēsin ho prophētēs; phōnēn rhēmatōn hymeis ēkouete, kai homoiōma ouk eidete. horąs, hopōs hē kyriakē phōnē logos aschēmatistos; hē gar tou logou dynamis, rhēma kyriou phōteinon, alētheia ouranothen anōthen epi tēn synagōgēn tēs ekklēsias aphigmenē, dia phōteinēs kai prosechous diakonias enērgei.
So much for these. But for God Almighty it is possible, even when nothing underlies it, to produce a voice and an appearance in the hearing, showing his own majesty beyond the customary things that follow a natural sequence, for the conversion of the soul that does not yet believe and its reception of the commandment that is given. And when there is a cloud and a high mountain, how is it not possible for a distinct sound to be heard, when the air is moved by the active cause? That is why the prophet says: “You heard a voice of words, and you saw no likeness.” You see how the Lord's voice is the Word without form; for the power of the Word, the luminous utterance of the Lord, truth that came from heaven above to the assembly of the church, was at work through a luminous and attentive ministry.
Miscellanies 6, chapter 4
6.4.35Stählin 2:448–449
Εὕροιμεν δʼ ἂν καὶ ἄλλο μαρτύριον εἰς βεβαίωσιν τοῦ τὰ κάλλιστα τῶν δογμάτων τοὺς ἀρίστους τῶν φιλοσόφων παρʼ ἡμῶν σφετερισαμένους ὡς ἴδια αὐχεῖν τὸ καὶ παρὰ τῶν ἄλλων βαρβάρων ἀπηνθίσθαι τῶν εἰς ἑκάστην αἵρεσιν συντεινόντων τινά, μάλιστα δὲ Αἰγυπτίων τά τε ἄλλα καὶ τὸ περὶ τὴν μετενσωμάτωσιν τῆς ψυχῆς δόγμα. μετίασι γὰρ οἰκείαν τινὰ φιλοσοφίαν Αἰγύπτιοι· αὐτίκα τοῦτο ἐμφαίνει μάλιστα ἡ ἱεροπρεπὴς αὐτῶν θρῃσκεία. Πρῶτος μὲν γὰρ προέρχεται ὁ ᾠδός, ἕν τι τῶν τῆς μουσικῆς ἐπιφερόμενος συμβόλων. τοῦτόν φασι δύο βίβλους ἀνειληφέναι δεῖν ἐκ τῶν Ἑρμοῦ, ὧν θάτερον μὲν ὕμνους περιέχει θεῶν, ἐκλογισμὸν δὲ βασιλικοῦ βίου τὸ δεύτερον. Μετὰ δὲ τὸν ᾠδὸν ὁ ὡροσκόπος, ὡρολόγιόν τε μετὰ χεῖρα καὶ φοίνικα ἀστρολογίας ἔχων σύμβολα, πρόεισιν. τοῦτον τὰ ἀστρολογούμενα τῶν Ἑρμοῦ βιβλίων τέσσαρα ὄντα τὸν ἀριθμὸν ἀεὶ διὰ στόματος ἔχειν χρή, ὧν τὸ μέν ἐστι περὶ τοῦ διακόσμου τῶν ἀπλανῶν φαινομένων ἄστρων, τὸ δὲ περὶ τῆς τάξεως τοῦ ἡλίου καὶ τῆς σελήνης καὶ περὶ τῶν πέντε πλανωμένων, τὸ δὲ περὶ τῶν συνόδων καὶ φωτισμῶν ἡλίου καὶ σελήνης, τὸ δὲ λοιπὸν περὶ τῶν ἀνατολῶν.
Heuroimen dʼ an kai allo martyrion eis bebaiōsin tou ta kallista tōn dogmatōn tous aristous tōn philosophōn parʼ hēmōn spheterisamenous hōs idia auchein to kai para tōn allōn barbarōn apēnthisthai tōn eis hekastēn hairesin synteinontōn tina, malista de Aigyptiōn ta te alla kai to peri tēn metensōmatōsin tēs psychēs dogma. metiasi gar oikeian tina philosophian Aigyptioi; autika touto emphainei malista hē hieroprepēs autōn thrę̄skeia. Prōtos men gar proerchetai ho ǭdos, hen ti tōn tēs mousikēs epipheromenos symbolōn. touton phasi dyo biblous aneilēphenai dein ek tōn Hermou, hōn thateron men hymnous periechei theōn, eklogismon de basilikou biou to deuteron. Meta de ton ǭdon ho hōroskopos, hōrologion te meta cheira kai phoinika astrologias echōn symbola, proeisin. touton ta astrologoumena tōn Hermou bibliōn tessara onta ton arithmon aei dia stomatos echein chrē, hōn to men esti peri tou diakosmou tōn aplanōn phainomenōn astrōn, to de peri tēs taxeōs tou hēliou kai tēs selēnēs kai peri tōn pente planōmenōn, to de peri tōn synodōn kai phōtismōn hēliou kai selēnēs, to de loipon peri tōn anatolōn.
We might find yet another testimony confirming that the best of the philosophers appropriated the finest of their doctrines from us and boast of them as their own: that they have culled from the other barbarians too some things that contribute to each school, above all from the Egyptians, among other things the doctrine of the transmigration of the soul. For the Egyptians pursue a philosophy of their own; their sacred worship shows this most of all. First comes the Singer, carrying one of the symbols of music. He, they say, must have learned two of the books of Hermes, one of which contains hymns to the gods and the second an account of the king's life. After the Singer comes the Horoscopus, holding in his hand a clock and a palm branch, the symbols of astrology. He must always have on his lips the astrological books of Hermes, four in number: one about the arrangement of the fixed stars that appear, one about the order of the sun and moon and the five planets, one about the conjunctions and illuminations of the sun and moon, and the last about their risings.
6.4.36Stählin 2:449
Ἑξῆς δὲ ὁ ἱερογραμματεὺς προέρχεται, ἔχων πτερὰ ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς βιβλίον τε ἐν χερσὶ καὶ κανοῦν, ἐν ᾧ τό τε γραφικὸν μέλαν καὶ σχοῖνος ᾗ γράφουσι. τοῦτον τὰ τε ἱερογλυφικὰ καλούμενα περί τε τῆς κοσμογραφίας καὶ γεωγραφίας τῆς τάξεως τοῦ ἡλίου καὶ τῆς σελήνης καὶ περὶ τῶν πέντε πλανωμένων, χωρογραφίας τε τῆς Αἰγύπτου καὶ τῆς τοῦ Νείλου διαγραφῆς περί τε τῆς καταγραφῆς κατασκευῆς τῶν ἱερῶν καὶ τῶν ἀφιερωμένων αὐτοῖς χωρίων περί τε μέτρων καὶ τῶν ἐν τοῖς ἱεροῖς χρησίμων εἰδέναι χρή. Ἔπειτα ὁ στολιστὴς τοῖς προειρημένοις ἕπεται, ἔχων τόν τε τῆς δικαιοσύνης πῆχυν καὶ τὸ σπονδεῖον. οὗτος οἶδε τὰ παιδευτικὰ πάντα καὶ τὰ μοσχοσφραγιστικὰ καλούμενα· δέκα δέ ἐστι τὰ εἰς τὴν τιμὴν ἀνήκοντα τῶν παρʼ αὐτοῖς θεῶν καὶ τὴν Αἰγυπτίαν εὐσέβειαν περιέχοντα, οἷον περὶ θυμάτων, ἀπαρχῶν, ὕμνων, εὐχῶν, πομπῶν, ἑορτῶν καὶ τῶν τούτοις ὁμοίων.
Hexēs de ho hierogrammateus proerchetai, echōn ptera epi tēs kephalēs biblion te en chersi kai kanoun, en hǭ to te graphikon melan kai schoinos hę̄ graphousi. touton ta te hieroglyphika kaloumena peri te tēs kosmographias kai geōgraphias tēs taxeōs tou hēliou kai tēs selēnēs kai peri tōn pente planōmenōn, chōrographias te tēs Aigyptou kai tēs tou Neilou diagraphēs peri te tēs katagraphēs kataskeuēs tōn hierōn kai tōn aphierōmenōn autois chōriōn peri te metrōn kai tōn en tois hierois chrēsimōn eidenai chrē. Epeita ho stolistēs tois proeirēmenois hepetai, echōn ton te tēs dikaiosynēs pēchyn kai to spondeion. houtos oide ta paideutika panta kai ta moschosphragistika kaloumena; deka de esti ta eis tēn timēn anēkonta tōn parʼ autois theōn kai tēn Aigyptian eusebeian periechonta, hoion peri thymatōn, aparchōn, hymnōn, euchōn, pompōn, heortōn kai tōn toutois homoiōn.
Next comes the Sacred Scribe, with feathers on his head and a book and a basket in his hands, in which are the writing ink and the reed with which they write. He must know the so-called hieroglyphic books about cosmography and geography, the order of the sun and moon and the five planets, the topography of Egypt and the description of the Nile, the register of the furnishing of the temples and of the lands consecrated to them, and about measures and the things used in the temples. Then the Stolist follows those already mentioned, holding the cubit of justice and the libation cup. He knows all the books of instruction and those called calf-sealing. There are ten books that concern the honor paid to their gods and contain the Egyptian religion, for example about sacrifices, first fruits, hymns, prayers, processions, feasts, and the like.
6.4.37Stählin 2:449–450
Ἐπὶ πᾶσι δὲ ὁ προφήτης ἔξεισι, προφανὲς τὸ ὑδρεῖον ἐγκεκολπισμένος, ᾧ ἕπονται οἱ τὴν ἔκπεμψιν τῶν ἄρτων βαστάζοντες. οὗτος, ὡς ἂν προστάτης τοῦ ἱεροῦ, τὰ ἱερατικὰ καλούμενα δέκα βιβλία ἐκμανθάνει (περιέχει δὲ περί τε νόμων καὶ θεῶν καὶ τῆς ὅλης παιδείας τῶν ἱερέων)· ὁ γάρ τοι προφήτης παρὰ τοῖς Αἰγυπτίοις καὶ τῆς διανομῆς τῶν προσόδων ἐπιστάτης ἐστίν. Δύο μὲν οὖν καὶ τεσσαράκοντα αἱ πάνυ ἀναγκαῖαι τῷ Ἑρμῇ γεγόνασι βίβλοι· ὧν τὰς μὲν τριάκοντα ἓξ τὴν πᾶσαν Αἰγυπτίων περιεχούσας φιλοσοφίαν οἱ προειρημένοι ἐκμανθάνουσι, τὰς δὲ λοιπὰς ἓξ οἱ παστοφόροι ἰατρικὰς οὔσας περί τε τῆς τοῦ σώματος κατασκευῆς καὶ περὶ νόσων καὶ περὶ ὀργάνων καὶ φαρμάκων καὶ περὶ ὀφθαλμιῶν καὶ τὸ τελευταῖον περὶ τῶν γυναικείων.
Epi pasi de ho prophētēs exeisi, prophanes to hydreion enkekolpismenos, hǭ hepontai hoi tēn ekpempsin tōn artōn bastazontes. houtos, hōs an prostatēs tou hierou, ta hieratika kaloumena deka biblia ekmanthanei (periechei de peri te nomōn kai theōn kai tēs holēs paideias tōn hiereōn); ho gar toi prophētēs para tois Aigyptiois kai tēs dianomēs tōn prosodōn epistatēs estin. Dyo men oun kai tessarakonta hai pany anankaiai tǭ Hermę̄ gegonasi bibloi; hōn tas men triakonta hex tēn pasan Aigyptiōn periechousas philosophian hoi proeirēmenoi ekmanthanousi, tas de loipas hex hoi pastophoroi iatrikas ousas peri te tēs tou sōmatos kataskeuēs kai peri nosōn kai peri organōn kai pharmakōn kai peri ophthalmiōn kai to teleutaion peri tōn gynaikeiōn.
Last of all the Prophet comes out, holding the water jar in plain view in his bosom; he is followed by those who carry the loaves set forth. He, as head of the temple, learns thoroughly the ten books called priestly (they contain matters concerning the laws, the gods, and the whole training of the priests); for among the Egyptians the prophet is also overseer of the distribution of the revenues. There are, then, forty-two books of Hermes that are absolutely necessary; of these, the thirty-six that contain the whole philosophy of the Egyptians are learned by those already mentioned, and the remaining six, which are medical, by the Pastophori: about the structure of the body, about diseases, about instruments, about drugs, about diseases of the eyes, and the last about women's conditions.
6.4.38Stählin 2:450–451
Καὶ τὰ μὲν Αἰγυπτίων ὡς ἐν βραχεῖ φάναι τοιαῦτα· Ἰνδῶν δὲ ἡ φιλοσοφία καὶ αὐτῶν διαβεβόηται. Ἀλέξανδρος γοῦν ὁ Μακεδὼν δέκα λαβὼν Ἰνδῶν γυμνοσοφιστὰς τοὺς δοκοῦντας ἀρίστους εἶναι καὶ βραχυλογωτάτους προβλήματα αὐτοῖς προὔθηκε, τὸν μὴ ἀποκρινόμενον εὐστόχως ἀνελεῖν ἀπειλήσας, ἕνα δὲ τὸν πρεσβύτατον αὐτῶν ἐπικρίνειν κελεύσας. ὁ μὲν οὖν πρῶτος ἐξετασθείς, πότερον οἴεται τοὺς ζῶντας εἶναι πλείονας ἢ τοὺς τεθνεῶτας, τοὺς ζῶντας ἔφη· οὐ γὰρ εἶναι τοὺς τεθνεῶτας. ὁ δεύτερος δέ, πότερον τὴν γῆν ἢ τὴν θάλασσαν μείζονα θηρία τρέφειν, τὴν γῆν ἔφη· ταύτης γὰρ μέρος εἶναι τὴν θάλασσαν. ὁ δὲ τρίτος, ποῖόν ἐστι τῶν ζῴων πανουργότατον, ὃ μέχρι νῦν οὐκ ἐγνώσθη, εἶπεν, ἄνθρωπος. ὁ δὲ τέταρτος ἀνακρινόμενος, τίνι λογισμῷ τὸν Σάββαν ἀπέστησαν ἄρχοντα αὐτῶν ὄντα, ἀπεκρίθη· καλῶς ζῆν βουλόμενοι αὐτὸν ἢ καλῶς ἀποθανεῖν. ὁ δὲ πέμπτος ἐρωτηθείς, πότερον οἴεται τὴν ἡμέραν πρότερον ἢ τὴν νύκτα γεγονέναι, εἶπεν· ἡ νὺξ ἡμέρᾳ μιᾷ· τῶν γὰρ ἀπόρων ἐρωτήσεων ἀνάγκη καὶ τὰς ἀποκρίσεις ἀπόρους εἶναι. ὁ δὲ ἕκτος ἐρωτηθείς, πῶς ἄν τις φιληθείη μάλιστα, ἂν κράτιστος ὤν, ἔφη, μὴ φοβερὸς ᾖ. ὁ δὲ ἕβδομος ἐρωτηθείς, πῶς ἄν τις ἐξ ἀνθρώπων γένοιτο θεός, εἰ πράξειεν, εἶπεν, ἃ πρᾶξαι ἄνθρωπον μὴ δυνατόν ἐστιν. ὁ δὲ ὄγδοος ἐρωτηθείς, τί ἰσχυρότερον, ζωὴ ἢ θάνατος, ζωή, ἔφη, τοσαῦτα κακὰ φέρουσα. ὁ δὲ ἔνατος ἐξετασθείς, μέχρι τίνος ἀνθρώπῳ καλῶς ἔχει ζῆν, μέχρι οὗ, ἔφη, μὴ νομίζῃ τὸ τεθνάναι τοῦ ζῆν ἄμεινον. κελεύσαντος δὲ τοῦ Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ τὸν δέκατον εἰπεῖν τι (δικαστὴς γὰρ ἦν), ἕτερος, ἔφη, ἑτέρου χεῖρον εἶπεν. τοῦ δὲ Ἀλεξάνδρου φήσαντος· οὐκοῦν καὶ σὺ πρῶτος ἀποθανῇ τοιαῦτα κρίνων; καὶ πῶς ἄν, εἶπεν, βασιλεῦ, ἀληθὴς εἴης, φήσας πρῶτον ἀποκτεῖναι τὸν πρῶτον ἀποκρινάμενον κάκιστα;
Kai ta men Aigyptiōn hōs en brachei phanai toiauta; Indōn de hē philosophia kai autōn diabeboētai. Alexandros goun ho Makedōn deka labōn Indōn gymnosophistas tous dokountas aristous einai kai brachylogōtatous problēmata autois prouthēke, ton mē apokrinomenon eustochōs anelein apeilēsas, hena de ton presbytaton autōn epikrinein keleusas. ho men oun prōtos exetastheis, poteron oietai tous zōntas einai pleionas ē tous tethneōtas, tous zōntas ephē; ou gar einai tous tethneōtas. ho deuteros de, poteron tēn gēn ē tēn thalassan meizona thēria trephein, tēn gēn ephē; tautēs gar meros einai tēn thalassan. ho de tritos, poion esti tōn zǭōn panourgotaton, ho mechri nyn ouk egnōsthē, eipen, anthrōpos. ho de tetartos anakrinomenos, tini logismǭ ton Sabban apestēsan archonta autōn onta, apekrithē; kalōs zēn boulomenoi auton ē kalōs apothanein. ho de pemptos erōtētheis, poteron oietai tēn hēmeran proteron ē tēn nykta gegonenai, eipen; hē nyx hēmerą mią; tōn gar aporōn erōtēseōn anankē kai tas apokriseis aporous einai. ho de hektos erōtētheis, pōs an tis philētheiē malista, an kratistos ōn, ephē, mē phoberos ę̄. ho de hebdomos erōtētheis, pōs an tis ex anthrōpōn genoito theos, ei praxeien, eipen, ha praxai anthrōpon mē dynaton estin. ho de ogdoos erōtētheis, ti ischyroteron, zōē ē thanatos, zōē, ephē, tosauta kaka pherousa. ho de enatos exetastheis, mechri tinos anthrōpǭ kalōs echei zēn, mechri hou, ephē, mē nomizę̄ to tethnanai tou zēn ameinon. keleusantos de tou Alexandrou kai ton dekaton eipein ti (dikastēs gar ēn), heteros, ephē, heterou cheiron eipen. tou de Alexandrou phēsantos; oukoun kai sy prōtos apothanę̄ toiauta krinōn? kai pōs an, eipen, basileu, alēthēs eiēs, phēsas prōton apokteinai ton prōton apokrinamenon kakista?
Such, briefly, are the things of the Egyptians. The philosophy of the Indians too has been noised abroad. Alexander of Macedon, for instance, took ten Indian gymnosophists, those thought to be the best and most concise in speech, and set problems before them, threatening to put to death the one who did not answer aptly, and ordering one of them, the eldest, to judge. The first, asked whether he thought the living or the dead were more numerous, said the living, for the dead do not exist. The second, asked whether the earth or the sea nourishes larger beasts, said the earth, for the sea is part of it. The third, asked which of the animals is the most cunning, said: “The one that has not been found out until now: man.” The fourth, questioned on what reasoning they had made Sabbas, who was their ruler, revolt, answered: “Wishing him either to live well or to die well.” The fifth, asked whether he thought day or night came first, said: “Night, by one day”; for to hard questions the answers too must be hard. The sixth, asked how one might be loved most, said: “If, being most powerful, he is not feared.” The seventh, asked how one might become a god from a man, said: “If he does what it is impossible for a man to do.” The eighth, asked which is stronger, life or death, said: “Life, since it bears so many evils.” The ninth, questioned how long it is good for a man to live, said: “Until he does not think death better than life.” When Alexander told the tenth too to say something (for he was the judge), he said: “Each spoke worse than the other.” When Alexander said, “Then you will die first yourself, for judging so,” he said: “And how, O king, would you be truthful, having said you would first kill the one who answered worst?”
Miscellanies 6, chapter 5
6.5.39Stählin 2:451
Καὶ ὡς μὲν κλέπται πάσης γραφῆς Ἕλληνες ᾕρηνται. ἱκανῶς, οἶμαι, διὰ πλειόνων δέδεικται τεκμηρίων· ὅτι δὲ οὐ κατʼ ἐπίγνωσιν ἴσασι τὸν θεόν, ἀλλὰ κατὰ περίφρασιν Ἑλλήνων οἱ δοκιμώτατοι, Πέτρος ἐν τῷ κηρύγματι λέγει· γινώσκετε οὖν ὅτι εἷς θεός ἐστιν, ὃς ἀρχὴν πάντων ἐποίησεν, καὶ τέλους ἐξουσίαν ἔχων· καί· ὁ ἀόρατος, ὃς τὰ πάντα ὁρᾷ, ἀχώρητος, ὃς τὰ πάντα χωρεῖ, ἀνεπιδεής, οὗ τὰ πάντα ἐπιδέεται καὶ διʼ ὅν ἐστιν, ἀκατάληπτος, ἀέναος, ἄφθαρτος, ἀποίητος, ὃς τὰ πάντα ἐποίησεν λόγῳ δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ, τῆς γνωστικῆς γραφῆς τουτέστι τοῦ υἱοῦ. εἶτα ἐπιφέρει· τοῦτον τὸν θεὸν σέβεσθε μὴ κατὰ τοὺς Ἕλληνας· ὡς δηλονότι τὸν αὐτὸν ἡμῖν σεβόντων θεὸν καὶ τῶν παρʼ Ἕλλησι δοκίμων, ἀλλʼ οὐ κατʼ ἐπίγνωσιν παντελῆ, τὴν διʼ υἱοῦ παράδοσιν μὴ μεμαθηκότων. μή, τοίνυν φησί, σέβεσθε — οὐκ εἶπεν θεὸν ὃν οἱ Ἕλληνες, ἀλλὰ μὴ κατὰ τοὺς Ἕλληνας, τὸν τρόπον τὸν τῆς σεβάσεως ἐναλλάττων τοῦ θεοῦ, οὐχὶ δὲ ἄλλον καταγγέλλων.
Kai hōs men kleptai pasēs graphēs Hellēnes hę̄rēntai. hikanōs, oimai, dia pleionōn dedeiktai tekmēriōn; hoti de ou katʼ epignōsin isasi ton theon, alla kata periphrasin Hellēnōn hoi dokimōtatoi, Petros en tǭ kērygmati legei; ginōskete oun hoti heis theos estin, hos archēn pantōn epoiēsen, kai telous exousian echōn; kai; ho aoratos, hos ta panta horą, achōrētos, hos ta panta chōrei, anepideēs, hou ta panta epideetai kai diʼ hon estin, akatalēptos, aenaos, aphthartos, apoiētos, hos ta panta epoiēsen logǭ dynameōs autou, tēs gnōstikēs graphēs toutesti tou huiou. eita epipherei; touton ton theon sebesthe mē kata tous Hellēnas; hōs dēlonoti ton auton hēmin sebontōn theon kai tōn parʼ Hellēsi dokimōn, allʼ ou katʼ epignōsin pantelē, tēn diʼ huiou paradosin mē memathēkotōn. mē, toinyn phēsi, sebesthe — ouk eipen theon hon hoi Hellēnes, alla mē kata tous Hellēnas, ton tropon ton tēs sebaseōs enallattōn tou theou, ouchi de allon katangellōn.
That the Greeks have been caught as thieves of every kind of writing has, I think, been sufficiently shown by many proofs. But that the most esteemed of the Greeks know God not by full knowledge but by roundabout description, Peter says in the Preaching: “Know, then, that there is one God, who made the beginning of all things and has power over their end”; and: “The invisible, who sees all things; uncontainable, who contains all things; needing nothing, whom all things need and through whom they exist; incomprehensible, everlasting, incorruptible, unmade, who made all things by the word of his power,” that is, in the language of knowing Scripture, by the Son. Then he adds: “Worship this God, not as the Greeks do”; as though plainly the esteemed among the Greeks worship the same God as we, but not with perfect knowledge, since they have not learned the tradition given through the Son. “Do not,” then, he says, “worship”: he did not say “the God whom the Greeks worship,” but “not as the Greeks do,” changing the manner of the worship of God, not proclaiming another God.
6.5.40Stählin 2:451–452
τί οὖν ἐστι τὸ μὴ κατὰ τοὺς Ἕλληνας, αὐτὸς διασαφήσει Πέτρος ἐπιφέρων· ὅτι ἀγνοίᾳ φερόμενοι καὶ μὴ ἐπιστάμενοι τὸν θεὸν ὡς ἡμεῖς κατὰ τὴν γνῶσιν τὴν τελείαν, ὧν ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν εἰς χρῆσιν, μορφώσαντες, ξύλα καὶ λίθους, χαλκὸν καὶ σίδηρον, χρυσὸν καὶ ἄργυρον, τῆς ὕλης αὐτῶν καὶ χρήσεως ἐπιλαθόμενοι, τὰ δοῦλα τῆς ὑπάρξεως ἀναστήσαντες, σέβονται, καὶ ἃ δέδωκεν αὐτοῖς εἰς βρῶσιν ὁ θεός, τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ ἀέρος καὶ τῆς θαλάσσης τὰ νηκτὰ καὶ τῆς γῆς τὰ ἑρπετὰ καὶ τὰ θηρία σὺν κτήνεσι τετραπόδοις τοῦ ἀγροῦ, γαλᾶς τε καὶ μῦς αἰλούρους τε καὶ κύνας καὶ πιθήκους· καὶ τὰ ἴδια βρώματα βρωτοῖς θύματα θύουσιν καὶ νεκρὰ νεκροῖς προσφέροντες ὡς θεοῖς ἀχαριστοῦσι τῷ θεῷ, διὰ τούτων ἀρνούμενοι αὐτὸν εἶναι.
ti oun esti to mē kata tous Hellēnas, autos diasaphēsei Petros epipherōn; hoti agnoią pheromenoi kai mē epistamenoi ton theon hōs hēmeis kata tēn gnōsin tēn teleian, hōn edōken autois exousian eis chrēsin, morphōsantes, xyla kai lithous, chalkon kai sidēron, chryson kai argyron, tēs hylēs autōn kai chrēseōs epilathomenoi, ta doula tēs hyparxeōs anastēsantes, sebontai, kai ha dedōken autois eis brōsin ho theos, ta peteina tou aeros kai tēs thalassēs ta nēkta kai tēs gēs ta herpeta kai ta thēria syn ktēnesi tetrapodois tou agrou, galas te kai mys ailourous te kai kynas kai pithēkous; kai ta idia brōmata brōtois thymata thyousin kai nekra nekrois prospherontes hōs theois acharistousi tǭ theǭ, dia toutōn arnoumenoi auton einai.
What “not as the Greeks” means, Peter himself will make clear, adding: “For they, carried along by ignorance and not knowing God” (as we do, by perfect knowledge), “shaping the things over which he gave them authority for use, wood and stones, bronze and iron, gold and silver, forgetting their material and their use, set up as objects of worship the things meant to serve their existence; and the things God gave them for food, the birds of the air and the swimming creatures of the sea and the creeping things of the earth and the wild beasts with the four-footed cattle of the field, weasels and mice, cats and dogs and apes; and they sacrifice their own foods as sacrifices to things that are themselves eaten, and offering dead things to the dead as to gods, they are ungrateful to God, denying by these things that he exists.”
6.5.41Stählin 2:452
καὶ ὅτι γε ὡς τὸν αὐτὸν θεὸν ἡμῶν τε αὐτῶν καὶ Ἑλλήνων ἐγνωκότων † φέρεται, πλὴν οὐχ ὁμοίως, ἐποίσει πάλιν ὧδέ πω· μηδὲ κατὰ Ἰουδαίους πλὴν οὐχ ὁμοίως, ἐκεῖνοι μόνοι οἰόμενοι τὸν θεὸν γινώσκειν οὐκ ἐπίστανται, λατρεύοντες ἀγγέλοις καὶ ἀρχαγγέλοις, μηνὶ καὶ σελήνῃ. καὶ ἐὰν μὴ σελήνη φανῇ, σάββατον οὐκ ἄγουσι τὸ λεγόμενον πρῶτον, οὐδὲ νεομηνίαν ἄγουσιν οὔτε ἄζυμα οὔτε ἑορτὴν οὔτε μεγάλην ἡμέραν. εἶτα τὸν κολοφῶνα τοῦ ζητουμένου προσεπιφέρει· ὥστε καὶ ὑμεῖς ὁσίως καὶ δικαίως μανθάνοντες ἃ παραδίδομεν ὑμῖν, φυλάσσεσθε, καινῶς τὸν θεὸν διὰ τοῦ Χριστοῦ σεβόμενοι· εὕρομεν γὰρ ἐν ταῖς γραφαῖς καθὼς ὁ κύριος λέγει· ›ἰδοὺ διατίθεμαι ὑμῖν καινὴν διαθήκην, οὐχ ὡς διεθέμην τοῖς πατράσιν ὑμῶν ἐν ὄρει Χωρήβ.‹ νέαν ἡμῖν διέθετο· τὰ γὰρ Ἑλλήνων καὶ Ἰουδαίων παλαιά, ἡμεῖς δὲ οἱ καινῶς αὐτὸν τρίτῳ γένει σεβόμενοι Χριστιανοί. σαφῶς γάρ, οἶμαι, ἐδήλωσεν τὸν ἕνα καὶ μόνον θεὸν ὑπὸ μὲν Ἑλλήνων ἐθνικῶς, ὑπὸ δὲ Ἰουδαίων Ἰουδαϊκῶς, καινῶς δὲ ὑφʼ ἡμῶν καὶ πνευματικῶς γινωσκόμενον.
kai hoti ge hōs ton auton theon hēmōn te autōn kai Hellēnōn egnōkotōn † pheretai, plēn ouch homoiōs, epoisei palin hōde pō; mēde kata Ioudaious plēn ouch homoiōs, ekeinoi monoi oiomenoi ton theon ginōskein ouk epistantai, latreuontes angelois kai archangelois, mēni kai selēnę̄. kai ean mē selēnē phanę̄, sabbaton ouk agousi to legomenon prōton, oude neomēnian agousin oute azyma oute heortēn oute megalēn hēmeran. eita ton kolophōna tou zētoumenou prosepipherei; hōste kai hymeis hosiōs kai dikaiōs manthanontes ha paradidomen hymin, phylassesthe, kainōs ton theon dia tou Christou sebomenoi; heuromen gar en tais graphais kathōs ho kyrios legei; ›idou diatithemai hymin kainēn diathēkēn, ouch hōs diethemēn tois patrasin hymōn en orei Chōrēb.‹ nean hēmin dietheto; ta gar Hellēnōn kai Ioudaiōn palaia, hēmeis de hoi kainōs auton tritǭ genei sebomenoi Christianoi. saphōs gar, oimai, edēlōsen ton hena kai monon theon hypo men Hellēnōn ethnikōs, hypo de Ioudaiōn Ioudaïkōs, kainōs de hyphʼ hēmōn kai pneumatikōs ginōskomenon.
And that he speaks as though we and the Greeks know the same God, though not in the same way, he shows by adding next: “Nor worship as the Jews do …; for they too, thinking that they alone know God, do not know him, serving angels and archangels, the month and the moon. And if the moon does not appear, they do not keep the Sabbath called the first, nor do they keep the new moon, or unleavened bread, or the feast, or the great day.” Then he adds the crowning point of the question: “So you too, learning in holiness and righteousness what we hand on to you, keep it, worshiping God in a new way through Christ. For we have found in the Scriptures, as the Lord says: ‘Behold, I make with you a new covenant, not as I made with your fathers on Mount Horeb.’ He made a new one with us; for the ways of the Greeks and the Jews are old, but we are those who worship him in a new way, as a third race: Christians.” For he clearly showed, I think, that the one and only God is known by the Greeks in a Gentile way, by the Jews in a Jewish way, but by us in a new and spiritual way.
6.5.42Stählin 2:452–453
πρὸς δὲ καὶ ὅτι ὁ αὐτὸς θεὸς ἀμφοῖν ταῖν διαθήκαιν χορηγός, ὁ καὶ τῆς Ἑλληνικῆς φιλοσοφίας δοτὴρ τοῖς Ἕλλησιν, διʼ ἧς ὁ παντοκράτωρ παρʼ Ἕλλησι δοξάζεται, παρέστησεν. δῆλον δὲ κἀνθένδε. ἐκ γοῦν τῆς Ἑλληνικῆς παιδείας, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐκ τῆς νομικῆς εἰς τὸ ἓν γένος τοῦ σῳζομένου συνάγονται λαοῦ οἱ τὴν πίστιν προσιέμενοι, οὐ χρόνῳ διαιρουμένων τῶν τριῶν λαῶν, ἵνα τις φύσεις ὑπολάβοι τριττάς, διαφόροις δὲ παιδευομένων διαθήκαις τοῦ ἑνὸς κυρίου, ὄντας ἑνὸς κυρίου ῥήματι· ἐπεί, ὅτι καθάπερ Ἰουδαίους σῴζεσθαι ἠβούλετο ὁ θεὸς τοὺς προφήτας διδούς, οὕτως καὶ Ἑλλήνων τοὺς δοκιμωτάτους οἰκείους αὐτῶν τῇ διαλέκτῳ προφήτας ἀναστήσας, ὡς οἷοί τε ἦσαν δέχεσθαι τὴν παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ εὐεργεσίαν, τῶν χυδαίων ἀνθρώπων διέκρινεν, δηλώσει πρὸς τῷ Πέτρου κηρύγματι ὁ ἀπόστολος λέγων Παῦλος·
pros de kai hoti ho autos theos amphoin tain diathēkain chorēgos, ho kai tēs Hellēnikēs philosophias dotēr tois Hellēsin, diʼ hēs ho pantokratōr parʼ Hellēsi doxazetai, parestēsen. dēlon de kanthende. ek goun tēs Hellēnikēs paideias, alla kai ek tēs nomikēs eis to hen genos tou sǭzomenou synagontai laou hoi tēn pistin prosiemenoi, ou chronǭ diairoumenōn tōn triōn laōn, hina tis physeis hypolaboi trittas, diaphorois de paideuomenōn diathēkais tou henos kyriou, ontas henos kyriou rhēmati; epei, hoti kathaper Ioudaious sǭzesthai ēbouleto ho theos tous prophētas didous, houtōs kai Hellēnōn tous dokimōtatous oikeious autōn tę̄ dialektǭ prophētas anastēsas, hōs hoioi te ēsan dechesthai tēn para tou theou euergesian, tōn chydaiōn anthrōpōn diekrinen, dēlōsei pros tǭ Petrou kērygmati ho apostolos legōn Paulos;
Moreover, he showed that the same God is the provider of both covenants, and is also the giver of Greek philosophy to the Greeks, by which the Almighty is glorified among the Greeks. This is clear from the following as well. From Greek education, and also from the law, those who accept the faith are gathered into the one race of the people being saved: not that the three peoples are divided by time, so that one might suppose three natures, but they are trained by different covenants of the one Lord, being by the word of the one Lord. And that, just as God wished to save the Jews by giving them the prophets, so also he raised up the most esteemed of the Greeks as prophets of their own in their own language, as they were able to receive God's benefaction, and distinguished them from the common run of men, the apostle Paul will show, besides the Preaching of Peter, saying:
6.5.43Stählin 2:453
λάβετε καὶ τὰς Ἑλληνικὰς βίβλους, ἐπίγνωτε Σίβυλλαν, ὡς δηλοῖ ἕνα θεὸν καὶ τὰ μέλλοντα ἔσεσθαι, καὶ τὸν Ὑστάσπην λαβόντες ἀνάγνωτε, καὶ εὑρήσετε πολλῷ τηλαυγέστερον καὶ σαφέστερον γεγραμμένον τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ καθὼς παράταξιν ποιήσουσι τῷ Χριστῷ πολλοὶ βασιλεῖς, μισοῦντες αὐτὸν καὶ τοὺς φοροῦντας τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ καὶ τοὺς πιστοὺς αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὴν ὑπομονὴν καὶ τὴν παρουσίαν αὐτοῦ. εἶτα ἑνὶ λόγῳ πυνθάνεται ἡμῶν· ὅλος δὲ ὁ κόσμος καὶ τὰ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τίνος; οὐχὶ τοῦ θεοῦ; διὰ τοῦτό φησιν ὁ Πέτρος εἰρηκέναι τὸν κύριον τοῖς ἀποστόλοις· ἐὰν μὲν οὖν τις θελήσῃ τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ μετανοήσας διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματός μου πιστεύειν ἐπὶ τὸν θεόν, ἀφεθήσονται αὐτῷ αἱ ἁμαρτίαι. μετὰ δὲ δώδεκα ἔτη ἐξέλθετε εἰς τὸν κόσμον, μή τις εἴπῃ· ›οὐκ ἠκούσαμεν.‹
labete kai tas Hellēnikas biblous, epignōte Sibyllan, hōs dēloi hena theon kai ta mellonta esesthai, kai ton Hystaspēn labontes anagnōte, kai heurēsete pollǭ tēlaugesteron kai saphesteron gegrammenon ton huion tou theou, kai kathōs parataxin poiēsousi tǭ Christǭ polloi basileis, misountes auton kai tous phorountas to onoma autou kai tous pistous autou, kai tēn hypomonēn kai tēn parousian autou. eita heni logǭ pynthanetai hēmōn; holos de ho kosmos kai ta en tǭ kosmǭ tinos? ouchi tou theou? dia touto phēsin ho Petros eirēkenai ton kyrion tois apostolois; ean men oun tis thelēsę̄ tou Israēl metanoēsas dia tou onomatos mou pisteuein epi ton theon, aphethēsontai autǭ hai hamartiai. meta de dōdeka etē exelthete eis ton kosmon, mē tis eipę̄; ›ouk ēkousamen.‹
“Take also the Greek books; recognize the Sibyl, how she makes known one God and the things that are to come; and take and read Hystaspes, and you will find the Son of God written of far more luminously and clearly, and how many kings will draw up battle lines against Christ, hating him and those who bear his name and his faithful ones, and his endurance, and his coming.” Then in one word he asks us: “The whole world and the things in the world, whose are they? Are they not God's?” That is why Peter says the Lord told the apostles: “If, then, anyone of Israel wishes to repent and to believe in God through my name, his sins will be forgiven him. After twelve years go out into the world, lest anyone say, ‘We did not hear.’”
Miscellanies 6, chapter 6
6.6.44Stählin 2:453–454
Ἀλλʼ ὡς κατὰ καιρὸν ἥκει τὸ κήρυγμα νῦν, οὕτως κατὰ καιρὸν ἐδόθη νόμος μὲν καὶ προφῆται βαρβάροις, φιλοσοφία δὲ Ἕλλησι, τὰς ἀκοὰς ἐθίζουσα πρὸς τὸ κήρυγμα. λέγει γοῦν κύριος ὁ ῥυσάμενος Ἰσραήλ· καιρῷ δεκτῷ ἐπήκουσά σου καὶ ἐν ἡμέρᾳ σωτηρίας ἐβοήθησά σοι, ἔδωκά σε εἰς διαθήκην ἐθνῶν τοῦ κατασκηνῶσαι τὴν γῆν καὶ κληρονομῆσαι κληρονομίαν ἐρήμου, λέγοντα τοῖς ἐν δεσμοῖς· ἐξέλθετε, καὶ τοῖς ἐν τῷ σκότει ἀνακαλυφθῆναι. εἰ γὰρ δέσμιοι μὲν Ἰουδαῖοι, ἐφʼ ὧν καὶ ὁ κύριος ἐξέλθετε εἶπεν ἐκ τῶν δεσμῶν οἱ θέλοντες, τοὺς ἑκουσίως δεδεμένους καὶ τὰ δυσβάστακτα φορτία (φησὶν) αὑτοῖς διὰ τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης παρεγχειρήσεως ἐπαναθεμένους λέγων, δῆλον ὡς οἱ ἐν σκότει οὗτοι ἂν εἶεν οἱ ἐν τῇ εἰδωλολατρείᾳ κατορωρυγμένον ἔχοντες τὸ ἡγεμονικόν. τοῖς μὲν γὰρ κατὰ νόμον δικαίοις ἔλειπεν ἡ πίστις, διὸ καὶ τούτους ἰώμενος ὁ κύριος ἔλεγεν· ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε· τοῖς δὲ κατὰ φιλοσοφίαν δικαίοις οὐχ ἡ πίστις μόνον ἡ εἰς τὸν κύριον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ ἀποστῆναι τῆς εἰδωλολατρείας ἔλειπεν. αὐτίκα ἀποκαλυφθείσης τῆς ἀληθείας καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐπὶ τοῖς προπεπραγμένοις μεταμέλονται· διόπερ ὁ κύριος εὐηγγελίσατο καὶ τοῖς ἐν Ἅιδου.
Allʼ hōs kata kairon hēkei to kērygma nyn, houtōs kata kairon edothē nomos men kai prophētai barbarois, philosophia de Hellēsi, tas akoas ethizousa pros to kērygma. legei goun kyrios ho rhysamenos Israēl; kairǭ dektǭ epēkousa sou kai en hēmerą sōtērias eboēthēsa soi, edōka se eis diathēkēn ethnōn tou kataskēnōsai tēn gēn kai klēronomēsai klēronomian erēmou, legonta tois en desmois; exelthete, kai tois en tǭ skotei anakalyphthēnai. ei gar desmioi men Ioudaioi, ephʼ hōn kai ho kyrios exelthete eipen ek tōn desmōn hoi thelontes, tous hekousiōs dedemenous kai ta dysbastakta phortia (phēsin) hautois dia tēs anthrōpinēs parencheirēseōs epanathemenous legōn, dēlon hōs hoi en skotei houtoi an eien hoi en tę̄ eidōlolatreią katorōrygmenon echontes to hēgemonikon. tois men gar kata nomon dikaiois eleipen hē pistis, dio kai toutous iōmenos ho kyrios elegen; hē pistis sou sesōken se; tois de kata philosophian dikaiois ouch hē pistis monon hē eis ton kyrion, alla kai to apostēnai tēs eidōlolatreias eleipen. autika apokalyphtheisēs tēs alētheias kai autoi epi tois propepragmenois metamelontai; dioper ho kyrios euēngelisato kai tois en Haidou.
But just as the preaching has now come at the proper time, so at the proper time the law and the prophets were given to the barbarians, and philosophy to the Greeks, accustoming their ears to the preaching. So the Lord who rescued Israel says: “In an acceptable time I heard you, and in a day of salvation I helped you; I gave you as a covenant of the nations, to settle the land and inherit the inheritance of the desert, saying to those in chains, ‘Come out,’ and to those in darkness, ‘Be uncovered.’” For if the prisoners are the Jews, of whom the Lord said, “Come out of the chains, you who wish,” speaking of those who are willingly bound and have laid on themselves “burdens hard to bear” (he says) by human additions, it is clear that those in darkness would be those who have their ruling faculty buried in idolatry. For to those righteous according to the law, faith was lacking; that is why the Lord, when healing them, said, “Your faith has saved you.” But to those righteous according to philosophy, not only faith in the Lord was lacking but also turning away from idolatry. So when the truth was revealed, they too repent of what they had done before. That is why the Lord preached the gospel also to those in Hades.
6.6.45Stählin 2:454
φησὶ γοῦν ἡ γραφή· λέγει ὁ Ἅιδης τῇ ἀπωλείᾳ· εἶδος μὲν αὐτοῦ οὐκ εἴδομεν, φωνὴν δὲ αὐτοῦ ἠκούσαμεν. οὐχ ὁ τόπος δή που φωνὴν λαβὼν εἶπεν τὰ προειρημένα, ἀλλʼ οἱ ἐν Ἅιδου καταταγέντες καὶ εἰς ἀπώλειαν ἑαυτοὺς ἐκδεδωκότες καθάπερ ἔκ τινος νεὼς εἰς θάλασσαν ἑκόντες ἀπορρίψαντες, οὗτοι τοίνυν εἰσὶν οἱ ἐπακούσαντες τῆς θείας δυνάμεώς τε καὶ φωνῆς· ἐπεὶ τίς ἂν εὖ φρονῶν ἐν μιᾷ καταδίκῃ καὶ τὰς τῶν δικαίων καὶ τὰς τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν ὑπολάβοι εἶναι ψυχάς, ἀδικίαν τῆς προνοίας καταχέων; τί δʼ; οὐχὶ δηλοῦσιν εὐηγγελίσθαι τὸν κύριον τοῖς τε ἀπολωλόσιν ἐν τῷ κατακλυσμῷ, μᾶλλον δὲ πεπεδημένοις, καὶ τοῖς ἐν φυλακῇ τε καὶ φρουρᾷ συνεχομένοις; δέδεικται δὲ κἀν τῷ δευτέρῳ Στρωματεῖ τοὺς ἀποστόλους ἀκολούθως τῷ κυρίῳ καὶ τοὺς ἐν Ἅιδου εὐηγγελισμένους· ἐχρῆν γάρ, οἶμαι, ὥσπερ κἀνταῦθα, οὕτως δὲ κἀκεῖσε τοὺς ἀρίστους τῶν μαθητῶν μιμητὰς γενέσθαι τοῦ διδασκάλου, ἵνʼ ὃ μὲν τοὺς ἐξ Ἑβραίων, οἳ δὲ τὰ ἔθνη εἰς ἐπιστροφὴν ἀγάγωσι, τουτέστιν τοὺς ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ τῇ κατὰ νόμον καὶ κατὰ φιλοσοφίαν βεβιωκότας μέν, οὐ τελείως δέ, ἀλλʼ ἁμαρτητικῶς διαπεραναμένους τὸν βίον· τουτὶ γὰρ ἔπρεπεν τῇ θείᾳ οἰκονομίᾳ τοὺς ἀξίαν μᾶλλον ἐσχηκότας ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ καὶ προηγουμένως βεβιωκότας ἐπί τε τοῖς πλημμεληθεῖσι μετανενοηκότας, κἂν ἐν ἄλλῳ τόπῳ τύχωσιν ἐξομολογούμενοι, ἐν τοῖς τοῦ θεοῦ ὄντας τοῦ παντοκράτορος κατὰ τὴν οἰκείαν ἑκάστου γνῶσιν σωθῆναι.
phēsi goun hē graphē; legei ho Haidēs tę̄ apōleią; eidos men autou ouk eidomen, phōnēn de autou ēkousamen. ouch ho topos dē pou phōnēn labōn eipen ta proeirēmena, allʼ hoi en Haidou katatagentes kai eis apōleian heautous ekdedōkotes kathaper ek tinos neōs eis thalassan hekontes aporripsantes, houtoi toinyn eisin hoi epakousantes tēs theias dynameōs te kai phōnēs; epei tis an eu phronōn en mią katadikę̄ kai tas tōn dikaiōn kai tas tōn hamartōlōn hypolaboi einai psychas, adikian tēs pronoias katacheōn? ti dʼ? ouchi dēlousin euēngelisthai ton kyrion tois te apolōlosin en tǭ kataklysmǭ, mallon de pepedēmenois, kai tois en phylakę̄ te kai phrourą synechomenois? dedeiktai de kan tǭ deuterǭ Strōmatei tous apostolous akolouthōs tǭ kyriǭ kai tous en Haidou euēngelismenous; echrēn gar, oimai, hōsper kantautha, houtōs de kakeise tous aristous tōn mathētōn mimētas genesthai tou didaskalou, hinʼ ho men tous ex Hebraiōn, hoi de ta ethnē eis epistrophēn agagōsi, toutestin tous en dikaiosynę̄ tę̄ kata nomon kai kata philosophian bebiōkotas men, ou teleiōs de, allʼ hamartētikōs diaperanamenous ton bion; touti gar eprepen tę̄ theią oikonomią tous axian mallon eschēkotas en dikaiosynę̄ kai proēgoumenōs bebiōkotas epi te tois plēmmelētheisi metanenoēkotas, kan en allǭ topǭ tychōsin exomologoumenoi, en tois tou theou ontas tou pantokratoros kata tēn oikeian hekastou gnōsin sōthēnai.
So Scripture says: “Hades says to Destruction: We have not seen his form, but we have heard his voice.” It was not, surely, the place that took on a voice and said this, but those set in Hades who had given themselves over to destruction, as though willingly throwing themselves from a ship into the sea; these, then, are the ones who heard the divine power and voice. For who in his right mind would suppose that the souls of the righteous and of sinners are under one condemnation, and so charge providence with injustice? What then? Do they not show that the Lord preached the gospel to those who perished in the flood, or rather who were bound, and to those held in prison and custody? And it was shown in the second Miscellany that the apostles, following the Lord, also preached the gospel to those in Hades. For it was necessary, I think, that just as here, so there too the best of the disciples should become imitators of the teacher, so that he might bring to conversion those of the Hebrews, and they the Gentiles: that is, those who had lived in righteousness according to the law and according to philosophy, yet not perfectly, but had ended their life in sin. For it befitted the divine plan that those who had greater worth in righteousness, who had lived excellently and repented of their offenses, even though they were in another place, making their confession, being among those who belong to God Almighty, should be saved, each according to his own knowledge.
6.6.46Stählin 2:454–455
Ἐνεργεῖ δέ, οἶμαι, καὶ ὁ σωτήρ, ἐπεὶ τὸ σῴζειν ἔργον αὐτοῦ· ὅπερ οὖν καὶ πεποίηκεν, τοὺς εἰς αὐτὸν πιστεῦσαι βεβουλημένους διὰ τοῦ κηρύγματος, ὅποι ποτʼ ἔτυχον γεγονότες, ἑλκύσας εἰς σωτηρίαν. εἰ γοῦν ὁ κύριος διʼ οὐδὲν ἕτερον εἰς Ἅιδου κατῆλθεν ἢ διὰ τὸ εὐαγγελίσασθαι, ὥσπερ κατῆλθεν, ἤτοι πάντας εὐηγγελίσατο ἢ μόνους Ἑβραίους. εἰ μὲν οὖν πάντας, σωθήσονται πάντες οἱ πιστεύσαντες, κἂν ἐξ ἐθνῶν ὄντες τύχωσιν, ἐξομολογησάμενοι ἤδη ἐκεῖ, ἐπεὶ σωτήριοι καὶ παιδευτικαὶ αἱ κολάσεις τοῦ θεοῦ εἰς ἐπιστροφὴν ἄγουσαι καὶ τὴν μετάνοιαν τοῦ ἁμαρτωλοῦ μᾶλλον ἢ τὸν θάνατον αἱρούμεναι, καὶ ταῦτα καθαρώτερον διορᾶν δυναμένων τῶν σωμάτων ἀπηλλαγμένων ψυχῶν, κἂν πάθεσιν ἐπισκοτῶνται, διὰ τὸ μηκέτι ἐπιπροσθεῖσθαι σαρκίῳ· εἰ δὲ Ἰουδαίους μόνον εὐηγγελίσατο, οἷς ἔλειπεν ἡ διὰ τοῦ σωτῆρος ἐπίγνωσίς τε καὶ πίστις, δῆλόν που ὡς ἄρα ἀπροσωπολήπτου ὄντος τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ οἱ ἀπόστολοι, καθάπερ ἐνταῦθα, οὕτως κἀκεῖ τοὺς ἐξ ἐθνῶν ἐπιτηδείους εἰς ἐπιστροφὴν εὐηγγελίσαντο, καὶ καλῶς εἴρηται τῷ Ποιμένι· κατέβησαν οὖν μετʼ αὐτῶν εἰς τὸ ὕδωρ, ἀλλʼ οὗτοι μὲν ζῶντες κατέβησαν καὶ ζῶντες ἀνέβησαν· ἐκεῖνοι δὲ οἱ προκεκοιμημένοι νεκροὶ κατέβησαν, ζῶντες δὲ ἀνέβησαν.
Energei de, oimai, kai ho sōtēr, epei to sǭzein ergon autou; hoper oun kai pepoiēken, tous eis auton pisteusai beboulēmenous dia tou kērygmatos, hopoi potʼ etychon gegonotes, helkysas eis sōtērian. ei goun ho kyrios diʼ ouden heteron eis Haidou katēlthen ē dia to euangelisasthai, hōsper katēlthen, ētoi pantas euēngelisato ē monous Hebraious. ei men oun pantas, sōthēsontai pantes hoi pisteusantes, kan ex ethnōn ontes tychōsin, exomologēsamenoi ēdē ekei, epei sōtērioi kai paideutikai hai kolaseis tou theou eis epistrophēn agousai kai tēn metanoian tou hamartōlou mallon ē ton thanaton hairoumenai, kai tauta katharōteron dioran dynamenōn tōn sōmatōn apēllagmenōn psychōn, kan pathesin episkotōntai, dia to mēketi epiprostheisthai sarkiǭ; ei de Ioudaious monon euēngelisato, hois eleipen hē dia tou sōtēros epignōsis te kai pistis, dēlon pou hōs ara aprosōpolēptou ontos tou theou kai hoi apostoloi, kathaper entautha, houtōs kakei tous ex ethnōn epitēdeious eis epistrophēn euēngelisanto, kai kalōs eirētai tǭ Poimeni; katebēsan oun metʼ autōn eis to hydōr, allʼ houtoi men zōntes katebēsan kai zōntes anebēsan; ekeinoi de hoi prokekoimēmenoi nekroi katebēsan, zōntes de anebēsan.
The Savior too, I think, is at work, since saving is his work; which is just what he has done, drawing to salvation through the preaching those who were willing to believe in him, wherever they happened to be. If, then, the Lord went down to Hades for no other reason than to preach the gospel, as he did go down, either he preached to all or only to the Hebrews. If to all, then all who believe will be saved, even if they happen to be from the nations, having made their confession there; for God's punishments are saving and educative, leading to conversion and choosing the repentance of the sinner rather than his death; and all the more since souls released from bodies can see more clearly, even if they are darkened by passions, because they are no longer screened by the poor flesh. But if he preached only to the Jews, who lacked knowledge of the Savior and faith in him, it is clear that, since God shows no partiality, the apostles too, as here so there, preached the gospel to those of the nations who were fit for conversion. And it is well said in the Shepherd: “So they went down with them into the water; but these went down alive and came up alive, while those who had fallen asleep before went down dead but came up alive.”
6.6.47Stählin 2:455–456
Ναὶ μὴν καὶ σώματά φησι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον πολλὰ τῶν κεκοιμημένων ἀνεστάσθαι, εἰς ἀμείνω δηλονότι μετατεθειμένων τάξιν. γέγονεν ἄρα τις καθολικὴ κίνησις καὶ μετάθεσις κατὰ τὴν οἰκονομίαν τοῦ σωτῆρος. δίκαιος τοίνυν δικαίου καθὸ δίκαιός ἐστιν οὐ διαφέρει, ἐάν τε νομικὸς ᾖ ἐάν τε Ἕλλην· οὐ γὰρ Ἰουδαίων μόνων, πάντων δὲ ἀνθρώπων ὁ θεὸς κύριος, προσεχέστερον δὲ τῶν ἐγνωκότων πατήρ. εἰ γὰρ τὸ καλῶς βιοῦν καὶ νομίμως ἐστὶ βιοῦν καὶ τὸ εὐλόγως βιοῦν κατὰ νόμον ἐστὶ βιοῦν, ὀρθῶς δὲ βεβιωκότες οἱ πρὸ νόμου εἰς πίστιν ἐλογίσθησαν καὶ δίκαιοι εἶναι ἐκρίθησαν, δῆλόν που καὶ τοὺς ἐκτὸς νόμου γενομένους διὰ τὴν τῆς ψυχῆς ἰδιότητα, ὀρθῶς βεβιωκότας, εἰ καὶ ἐν Ἅιδου ἔτυχον ὄντες καὶ ἐν φρουρᾷ, ἐπακούσαντας τῆς τοῦ κυρίου φωνῆς, εἴτε τῆς αὐθεντικῆς εἴτε καὶ τῆς διὰ τῶν ἀποστόλων ἐνεργούσης, ᾗ τάχος ἐπιστραφῆναί τε καὶ πιστεῦσαι. μεμνήμεθα γὰρ ὅτι δύναμις τοῦ θεοῦ ἐστιν ὁ κύριος· καὶ οὐκ ἄν ποτε ἀσθενήσαι δύναμις. οὕτως οἶμαι δείκνυσθαι ἀγαθὸν μὲν τὸν θεόν, δυνατὸν δὲ τὸν κύριον σῴζειν μετὰ δικαιοσύνης καὶ ἰσότητος τῆς πρὸς τοὺς ἐπιστρέφοντας εἴτε ἐνταῦθα εἴτε καὶ ἀλλαχόθι. οὐ γὰρ ἐνταῦθα μόνον ἡ δύναμις ἡ ἐνεργητικὴ φθάνει, πάντῃ δέ ἐστι καὶ ἀεὶ ἐργάζεται.
Nai mēn kai sōmata phēsi to euangelion polla tōn kekoimēmenōn anestasthai, eis ameinō dēlonoti metatetheimenōn taxin. gegonen ara tis katholikē kinēsis kai metathesis kata tēn oikonomian tou sōtēros. dikaios toinyn dikaiou katho dikaios estin ou diapherei, ean te nomikos ę̄ ean te Hellēn; ou gar Ioudaiōn monōn, pantōn de anthrōpōn ho theos kyrios, prosechesteron de tōn egnōkotōn patēr. ei gar to kalōs bioun kai nomimōs esti bioun kai to eulogōs bioun kata nomon esti bioun, orthōs de bebiōkotes hoi pro nomou eis pistin elogisthēsan kai dikaioi einai ekrithēsan, dēlon pou kai tous ektos nomou genomenous dia tēn tēs psychēs idiotēta, orthōs bebiōkotas, ei kai en Haidou etychon ontes kai en phrourą, epakousantas tēs tou kyriou phōnēs, eite tēs authentikēs eite kai tēs dia tōn apostolōn energousēs, hę̄ tachos epistraphēnai te kai pisteusai. memnēmetha gar hoti dynamis tou theou estin ho kyrios; kai ouk an pote asthenēsai dynamis. houtōs oimai deiknysthai agathon men ton theon, dynaton de ton kyrion sǭzein meta dikaiosynēs kai isotētos tēs pros tous epistrephontas eite entautha eite kai allachothi. ou gar entautha monon hē dynamis hē energētikē phthanei, pantę̄ de esti kai aei ergazetai.
Indeed, the Gospel also says that many bodies of those who had fallen asleep were raised, clearly having been transferred to a better order. There took place, then, a universal movement and transfer according to the Savior's plan. A righteous man, then, insofar as he is righteous, does not differ from another righteous man, whether he is under the law or a Greek; for God is Lord not of the Jews only but of all men, and more closely Father of those who know him. For if to live well is to live lawfully, and to live reasonably is to live according to law, and those before the law who lived rightly were reckoned to faith and judged to be righteous, it is clear that those too who were outside the law but lived rightly, because of the particular character of the soul, even if they were in Hades and in custody, on hearing the Lord's voice, whether his own or that working through the apostles, turned and believed with all speed. For we remember that the Lord is the power of God, and power could never be weak. Thus, I think, it is shown that God is good and that the Lord is able to save with justice and equality toward those who turn, whether here or elsewhere. For the active power does not reach here only, but is everywhere and is always at work.
6.6.48Stählin 2:456
Αὐτίκα ἐν τῷ Πέτρου κηρύγματι ὁ κύριός φησι πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς μετὰ τὴν ἀνάστασιν· ἐξελεξάμην ὑμᾶς δώδεκα, μαθητὰς κρίνας ἀξίους ἐμοῦ, οὓς ὁ κύριος ἠθέλησεν, καὶ ἀποστόλους πιστοὺς ἡγησάμενος εἶναι, πέμπων ἐπὶ τὸν κόσμον εὐαγγελίσασθαι τοὺς κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην ἀνθρώπους, γινώσκειν ὅτι εἷς θεός ἐστιν, διὰ τῆς τοῦ Χριστοῦ πίστεως ἐμῆς δηλοῦντας τὰ μέλλοντα, ὅπως οἱ ἀκούσαντες καὶ πιστεύσαντες σωθῶσιν, οἱ δὲ μὴ πιστεύσαντες ἀκούσαντες μαρτυρήσωσιν, οὐκ ἔχοντες ἀπολογίαν εἰπεῖν· ›οὐκ ἠκούσαμεν.‹ τί οὖν; οὐχὶ καὶ ἐν Ἅιδου ἡ αὐτὴ γέγονεν οἰκονομία; ἵνα κἀκεῖ πᾶσαι αἱ ψυχαὶ ἀκούσασαι τοῦ κηρύγματος ἢ τὴν μετάνοιαν ἐνδείξωνται ἢ τὴν κόλασιν δικαίαν εἶναι, διʼ ὧν οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν, ὁμολογήσωσιν. ἦν δʼ ἂν πλεονεξίας οὐ τῆς τυχούσης ἔργον τοὺς προεξεληλυθότας τῆς παρουσίας τοῦ κυρίου, μὴ εὐηγγελισμένους μηδὲ ἐξ αὐτῶν τὴν αἰτίαν παρασχομένους κατὰ τὸ πιστεῦσαι ἢ μή, ἤτοι τῆς σωτηρίας ἢ τῆς κολάσεως μετασχεῖν. οὐ γάρ που θέμις τοὺς μὲν ἀκρίτως καταδεδικάσθαι, μόνους δὲ τοὺς μετὰ τὴν παρουσίαν τῆς θείας ἀπολελαυκέναι δικαιοσύνης. πάσαις δʼ ἄνωθεν ταῖς ψυχαῖς εἴρηται ταῖς λογικαῖς· ὅσα ἐν ἀγνοίᾳ τις ὑμῶν ἐποίησεν μὴ εἰδὼς σαφῶς τὸν θεόν, ἐὰν ἐπιγνοὺς μετανοήσῃ, πάντα αὐτῷ ἀφεθήσεται τὰ ἁμαρτήματα. ἰδοὺ γάρ· φησί, τέθεικα πρὸ προσώπου ὑμῶν τὸν θάνατον καὶ τὴν ζωήν, ἐκλέξασθαι τὴν ζωήν, πρὸς σύγκρισιν ἐκλογῆς τεθεῖσθαι λέγων ὁ θεός, οὐ πεποιηκέναι ἄμφω.
Autika en tǭ Petrou kērygmati ho kyrios phēsi pros tous mathētas meta tēn anastasin; exelexamēn hymas dōdeka, mathētas krinas axious emou, hous ho kyrios ēthelēsen, kai apostolous pistous hēgēsamenos einai, pempōn epi ton kosmon euangelisasthai tous kata tēn oikoumenēn anthrōpous, ginōskein hoti heis theos estin, dia tēs tou Christou pisteōs emēs dēlountas ta mellonta, hopōs hoi akousantes kai pisteusantes sōthōsin, hoi de mē pisteusantes akousantes martyrēsōsin, ouk echontes apologian eipein; ›ouk ēkousamen.‹ ti oun? ouchi kai en Haidou hē autē gegonen oikonomia? hina kakei pasai hai psychai akousasai tou kērygmatos ē tēn metanoian endeixōntai ē tēn kolasin dikaian einai, diʼ hōn ouk episteusan, homologēsōsin. ēn dʼ an pleonexias ou tēs tychousēs ergon tous proexelēlythotas tēs parousias tou kyriou, mē euēngelismenous mēde ex autōn tēn aitian paraschomenous kata to pisteusai ē mē, ētoi tēs sōtērias ē tēs kolaseōs metaschein. ou gar pou themis tous men akritōs katadedikasthai, monous de tous meta tēn parousian tēs theias apolelaukenai dikaiosynēs. pasais dʼ anōthen tais psychais eirētai tais logikais; hosa en agnoią tis hymōn epoiēsen mē eidōs saphōs ton theon, ean epignous metanoēsę̄, panta autǭ aphethēsetai ta hamartēmata. idou gar; phēsi, tetheika pro prosōpou hymōn ton thanaton kai tēn zōēn, eklexasthai tēn zōēn, pros synkrisin eklogēs tetheisthai legōn ho theos, ou pepoiēkenai amphō.
For instance, in the Preaching of Peter the Lord says to the disciples after the resurrection: “I chose you twelve, judging you disciples worthy of me” (whom the Lord wished), “and considering you faithful apostles, sending you into the world to preach the gospel to the people throughout the inhabited world, that they may know that there is one God, making known through faith in me, the Christ, the things that are to come, so that those who have heard and believed may be saved, and those who have heard and not believed may bear witness, having no defense to plead, saying, ‘We did not hear.’” What then? Did not the same plan take effect in Hades too, so that there also all souls, having heard the preaching, might either show repentance or confess that their punishment is just, because they did not believe? It would have been no ordinary unfairness if those who had departed before the Lord's coming, without the gospel having been preached to them and without giving any cause of their own by believing or not believing, should have a share either in salvation or in punishment. For surely it is not right that some should have been condemned without trial, and only those after his coming should have enjoyed the divine justice. To all rational souls it has been said from above: “Whatever any of you did in ignorance, not knowing God clearly, if having come to know him he repents, all his sins will be forgiven him.” “For behold,” he says, “I have set before your face death and life, to choose life”; God saying that he set both before them for comparison and choice, not that he made both.
6.6.49Stählin 2:456–457
καὶ ἐν ἑτέρᾳ γραφῇ λέγει· ἐὰν ἀκούσητέ μου καὶ θελήσητε, τὰ ἀγαθὰ τῆς γῆς φάγεσθε· ἐὰν δὲ μὴ ἀκούσητέ μου μηδὲ θελήσητε, μάχαιρα ὑμᾶς κατέδεται· τὸ γὰρ στόμα κυρίου ἐλάλησεν ταῦτα. πάλιν δὲ ἄντικρυς ὁ Δαβίδ, μᾶλλον δὲ ὁ κύριος ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ ὁσίου (εἷς δὲ οὗτος ἐκ καταβολῆς κόσμου, πᾶς ὁ διαφόροις χρόνοις διὰ πίστεως σωθείς τε καὶ σωθησόμενος)· ηὐφράνθη μου ἡ καρδία καὶ ἠγαλλιάσατο ἡ γλῶσσά μου. ἔτι δὲ καὶ ἡ σάρξ μου κατασκηνώσει ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι, φησίν, ὅτι οὐκ ἐγκαταλείψεις τὴν ψυχήν μου εἰς Ἅιδην οὐδὲ δώσεις τὸν ὅσιόν σου ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν. ἐγνώρισάς μοι ὁδοὺς ζωῆς· πληρώσεις με εὐφροσύνης μετὰ τοῦ προσώπου σου.
kai en heterą graphę̄ legei; ean akousēte mou kai thelēsēte, ta agatha tēs gēs phagesthe; ean de mē akousēte mou mēde thelēsēte, machaira hymas katedetai; to gar stoma kyriou elalēsen tauta. palin de antikrys ho Dabid, mallon de ho kyrios ek prosōpou tou hosiou (heis de houtos ek katabolēs kosmou, pas ho diaphorois chronois dia pisteōs sōtheis te kai sōthēsomenos); ēuphranthē mou hē kardia kai ēgalliasato hē glōssa mou. eti de kai hē sarx mou kataskēnōsei epʼ elpidi, phēsin, hoti ouk enkataleipseis tēn psychēn mou eis Haidēn oude dōseis ton hosion sou idein diaphthoran. egnōrisas moi hodous zōēs; plērōseis me euphrosynēs meta tou prosōpou sou.
And in another scripture he says: “If you listen to me and are willing, you shall eat the good things of the land; but if you do not listen to me nor are willing, the sword shall devour you; for the mouth of the Lord has spoken these things.” And again David says plainly, or rather the Lord speaking in the person of the holy one (and this holy one is one from the foundation of the world: everyone who at various times has been saved, or will be saved, through faith): “My heart was glad and my tongue rejoiced. And moreover my flesh will dwell in hope,” he says, “because you will not abandon my soul to Hades, nor let your holy one see corruption. You have made known to me the ways of life; you will fill me with gladness with your presence.”
6.6.50Stählin 2:457
Ὥσπερ οὖν τίμιος ὁ λαὸς τῷ κυρίῳ, οὕτως ὁ λαὸς ἅγιος ἅπας ἐστὶν σὺν τῷ Ἰουδαίῳ καὶ ὁ ἐξ ἐθνῶν ἐπιστρέφων, ὃς ὁ προσήλυτος προεφητεύετο. εἰκότως ἄρα βοῦν φησι καὶ ἄρκτον ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ ἔσεσθαι ἡ γραφή· βοῦς μὲν γὰρ εἴρηται ὁ Ἰουδαῖος ἐκ τοῦ κατὰ νόμον ὑπὸ ζυγὸν καθαροῦ κριθέντος ζῴου, ἐπεὶ καὶ διχηλεῖ καὶ μηρυκᾶται ὁ βοῦς· ὁ ἐθνικὸς δὲ διὰ τῆς ἄρκτου ἐμφαίνεται, ἀκαθάρτου καὶ ἀγρίου θηρίου· τίκτει δὲ τὸ ζῷον σάρκα ἀτύπωτον, ἣν σχηματίζει εἰς τὴν τοῦ θηρίου ὁμοιότητα τῇ γλώττῃ μόνον· λόγῳ γὰρ τυποῦται εἰς τὸ ἡμερῶσθαι ἐκ τοῦ θηριώδους βίου ὁ ἐξ ἐθνῶν ἐπιστρέφων, τιθασευθείς τε ἤδη καὶ αὐτὸς ὡς βοῦς ἁγνίζεται. αὐτίκα φησὶν ὁ προφήτης· σειρῆνες εὐλογήσουσίν με καὶ θυγατέρες στρουθῶν καὶ τὰ θηρία πάντα τοῦ ἀγροῦ. τῶν ἀκαθάρτων ζῴων τὰ θηρία τοῦ ἀγροῦ γιγνώσκεται, τουτέστι τοῦ κόσμου, ἐπεὶ τοὺς εἰς πίστιν ἀγρίους καὶ ῥυπαροὺς τὸν βίον μηδὲ τῇ κατὰ νόμον δικαιοσύνῃ κεκαθαρμένους θηρία προσαγορεύει. μεταβαλόντες μέντοι ἐκ τοῦ εἶναι θηρία διὰ τῆς κυριακῆς πίστεως ἄνθρωποι γίνονται θεοῦ, ἐκ τοῦ τὴν ἀρχὴν θελῆσαι μεταβάλλεσθαι εἰς τὸ γενέσθαι προκόπτοντες. τοὺς μὲν γὰρ προτρέπει ὁ κύριος, τοῖς δὲ ἤδη ἐγχειρήσασι καὶ χεῖρα ὀρέγει καὶ ἀνέλκει· οὐ γὰρ ὑποστέλλεται πρόσωπον ὁ πάντων δεσπότης οὐδὲ ἐντραπήσεται μέγεθος, ὅτι μικρὸν καὶ μέγαν αὐτὸς ἐποίησεν ὁμοίως τε προνοεῖ πάντων.
Hōsper oun timios ho laos tǭ kyriǭ, houtōs ho laos hagios hapas estin syn tǭ Ioudaiǭ kai ho ex ethnōn epistrephōn, hos ho prosēlytos proephēteueto. eikotōs ara boun phēsi kai arkton epi to auto esesthai hē graphē; bous men gar eirētai ho Ioudaios ek tou kata nomon hypo zygon katharou krithentos zǭou, epei kai dichēlei kai mērykatai ho bous; ho ethnikos de dia tēs arktou emphainetai, akathartou kai agriou thēriou; tiktei de to zǭon sarka atypōton, hēn schēmatizei eis tēn tou thēriou homoiotēta tę̄ glōttę̄ monon; logǭ gar typoutai eis to hēmerōsthai ek tou thēriōdous biou ho ex ethnōn epistrephōn, tithaseutheis te ēdē kai autos hōs bous hagnizetai. autika phēsin ho prophētēs; seirēnes eulogēsousin me kai thygateres strouthōn kai ta thēria panta tou agrou. tōn akathartōn zǭōn ta thēria tou agrou gignōsketai, toutesti tou kosmou, epei tous eis pistin agrious kai rhyparous ton bion mēde tę̄ kata nomon dikaiosynę̄ kekatharmenous thēria prosagoreuei. metabalontes mentoi ek tou einai thēria dia tēs kyriakēs pisteōs anthrōpoi ginontai theou, ek tou tēn archēn thelēsai metaballesthai eis to genesthai prokoptontes. tous men gar protrepei ho kyrios, tois de ēdē encheirēsasi kai cheira oregei kai anelkei; ou gar hypostelletai prosōpon ho pantōn despotēs oude entrapēsetai megethos, hoti mikron kai megan autos epoiēsen homoiōs te pronoei pantōn.
Just as the people is precious to the Lord, so the whole people is holy: together with the Jew, also the one who turns from the nations, who was foretold as the proselyte. Fittingly, then, Scripture says that the ox and the bear will be together. For the Jew is called an ox, from the animal under the yoke that the law judged clean, since the ox both divides the hoof and chews the cud; and the Gentile is shown by the bear, an unclean and wild beast. This animal gives birth to unformed flesh, which it shapes into the likeness of the beast with its tongue alone; for the one who turns from the nations is formed by the Word so as to be tamed from a beastly life, and once tamed, he too is purified like the ox. For instance, the prophet says: “Sirens will bless me, and daughters of sparrows, and all the beasts of the field.” Among the unclean animals the beasts of the field are known, that is, of the world; for he calls beasts those who are wild with respect to faith and filthy in life and not cleansed even by the righteousness of the law. But changing from being beasts through faith in the Lord, they become men of God, advancing from first willing to change to becoming so. For the Lord exhorts some, and to those who have already set their hand to it he stretches out his hand and draws them up. For the Master of all will not shrink from anyone's person, nor will he regard greatness, because he himself made small and great and provides for all alike.
6.6.51Stählin 2:457–458
καὶ ὁ Δαβίδ φησιν· εἰ δὲ καὶ ἐνεπάγησαν ἔθνη ἐν διαφθορᾷ ᾗ ἐποίησαν, ἐν παγίδι ταύτῃ ᾗ ἔκρυψαν συνελήφθη ὁ ποὺς αὐτῶν, ἀλλὰ ἐγένετο κύριος καταφυγὴ τῷ πένητι, βοηθὸς ἐν εὐκαιρίᾳ καὶ ἐν θλίψει. εὐκαίρως ἄρα εὐηγγελίσθησαν οἱ ἐν θλίψει ὄντες. καὶ διὰ τοῦτό φησιν· ἀναγγείλατε ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσι τὰ ἐπιτηδεύματα αὐτοῦ, ἵνα μὴ ἀδίκως κριθῶσιν. εἰ τοίνυν τοὺς ἐν σαρκὶ διὰ τοῦτο εὐηγγελίσατο, ἵνα μὴ καταδικασθῶσιν ἀδίκως, πῶς οὐ καὶ τοὺς προεξεληλυθότας τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ διὰ τὴν αὐτὴν εὐηγγελίσατο αἰτίαν; δίκαιος γὰρ ὁ κύριος καὶ δικαιοσύνην ἠγάπησεν, εὐθύτητα εἶδεν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ. ὁ δὲ ἀγαπῶν ἀδικίαν μισεῖ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ψυχήν.
kai ho Dabid phēsin; ei de kai enepagēsan ethnē en diaphthorą hę̄ epoiēsan, en pagidi tautę̄ hę̄ ekrypsan synelēphthē ho pous autōn, alla egeneto kyrios kataphygē tǭ penēti, boēthos en eukairią kai en thlipsei. eukairōs ara euēngelisthēsan hoi en thlipsei ontes. kai dia touto phēsin; anangeilate en tois ethnesi ta epitēdeumata autou, hina mē adikōs krithōsin. ei toinyn tous en sarki dia touto euēngelisato, hina mē katadikasthōsin adikōs, pōs ou kai tous proexelēlythotas tēs parousias autou dia tēn autēn euēngelisato aitian? dikaios gar ho kyrios kai dikaiosynēn ēgapēsen, euthytēta eiden to prosōpon autou. ho de agapōn adikian misei tēn heautou psychēn.
And David says: “Though the nations were caught in the destruction they made, and their foot was taken in the very snare they hid, yet the Lord became a refuge for the poor, a helper in due season and in affliction.” Fittingly, then, those in affliction had the gospel preached to them. And for this reason he says: “Declare among the nations his doings,” so that they may not be judged unjustly. If, then, he preached the gospel to those in the flesh for this reason, that they might not be condemned unjustly, how did he not also preach it, for the same reason, to those who had departed before his coming? “For the Lord is righteous and has loved righteousness; his face has beheld uprightness.” “But he who loves unrighteousness hates his own soul.”
6.6.52Stählin 2:458
Εἰ γοῦν ἐν τῷ κατακλυσμῷ ἀπώλετο πᾶσα ἁμαρτωλὸς σάρξ, εἰς παιδείαν γενομένης αὐτοῖς τῆς κολάσεως, πρῶτον μὲν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ παιδευτικὸν καὶ ἐνεργητικὸν τυγχάνον σῴζειν τοὺς ἐπιστρέφοντας πιστευτέον, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ τὸ λεπτομερέστερον, ἡ ψυχή, οὐκ ἄν ποτε πρὸς τοῦ παχυμερεστέρου ὕδατος πάθοι τι δεινόν, διὰ λεπτότητα καὶ ἁπλότητα μὴ κρατουμένη, ᾗ καὶ ἀσώματος προσαγορεύεται. ὃ δʼ ἂν παχυμερὲς ἐκ τῆς ἁμαρτίας πεπαχυμμένον τύχῃ, τοῦτο ἀπορίπτεται σὺν τῷ σαρκικῷ πνεύματι τῷ κατὰ τῆς ψυχῆς ἐπιθυμοῦντι. ἤδη δὲ καὶ τῶν τὴν κοινότητα πρεσβευόντων ὁ κορυφαῖος Οὐαλεντῖνος ἐν τῇ Περὶ φίλων ὁμιλίᾳ κατὰ λέξιν γράφει· πολλὰ τῶν γεγραμμένων ἐν ταῖς δημοσίαις βίβλοις εὑρίσκεται γεγραμμένα ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ· τὰ γὰρ κοινὰ ταῦτα ἔστι τὰ ἀπὸ καρδίας ῥήματα, νόμος ὁ γραπτὸς ἐν καρδίᾳ· οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ λαὸς ὁ τοῦ ἠγαπημένου, ὁ φιλούμενος καὶ φιλῶν αὐτόν.
Ei goun en tǭ kataklysmǭ apōleto pasa hamartōlos sarx, eis paideian genomenēs autois tēs kolaseōs, prōton men to thelēma tou theou paideutikon kai energētikon tynchanon sǭzein tous epistrephontas pisteuteon, epeita de kai to leptomeresteron, hē psychē, ouk an pote pros tou pachymeresterou hydatos pathoi ti deinon, dia leptotēta kai haplotēta mē kratoumenē, hę̄ kai asōmatos prosagoreuetai. ho dʼ an pachymeres ek tēs hamartias pepachymmenon tychę̄, touto aporiptetai syn tǭ sarkikǭ pneumati tǭ kata tēs psychēs epithymounti. ēdē de kai tōn tēn koinotēta presbeuontōn ho koryphaios Oualentinos en tę̄ Peri philōn homilią kata lexin graphei; polla tōn gegrammenōn en tais dēmosiais biblois heurisketai gegrammena en tę̄ ekklēsią tou theou; ta gar koina tauta esti ta apo kardias rhēmata, nomos ho graptos en kardią; houtos estin ho laos ho tou ēgapēmenou, ho philoumenos kai philōn auton.
If, then, all sinful flesh perished in the flood, the punishment having come upon them for their correction, we must believe, first, that the will of God is educative and effective to save those who turn; and then, that the finer part, the soul, could never suffer anything terrible from the coarser element of water, since through its fineness and simplicity it is not held fast (which is why it is also called incorporeal). But whatever is coarse, having been thickened by sin, is cast off together with the fleshly spirit that lusts against the soul. Now even Valentinus, the leader of those who champion community, writes word for word in his homily On Friends: “Many of the things written in the public books are found written in the church of God. For these common things are the words from the heart, the law written in the heart. This is the people of the Beloved, loved by him and loving him.”
6.6.53Stählin 2:458–459
δημοσίας γὰρ βίβλους εἴτε τὰς Ἰουδαϊκὰς λέγει γραφὰς εἴτε τὰς τῶν φιλοσόφων, κοινοποιεῖ τὴν ἀλήθειαν. Ἰσίδωρός τε ὁ Βασιλείδου υἱὸς ἅμα καὶ μαθητὴς ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ τῶν τοῦ προφήτου Παρχὼρ Ἐξηγητικῶν καὶ αὐτὸς κατὰ λέξιν γράφει· φασὶ δὲ οἱ Ἀττικοὶ μεμηνῦσθαί τινα Σωκράτει παρεπομένου δαίμονος αὐτῷ, καὶ Ἀριστοτέλης δαίμοσι κεχρῆσθαι πάντας ἀνθρώπους λέγει συνομαρτοῦσιν αὐτοῖς παρὰ τὸν χρόνον τῆς ἐνσωματώσεως. προφητικὸν τοῦτο μάθημα λαβὼν καὶ καταθέμενος εἰς τὰ ἑαυτοῦ βιβλία, μὴ ὁμολογήσας ὅθεν ὑφείλετο τὸν λόγον τοῦτον. καὶ πάλιν ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ τῆς αὐτῆς συντάξεως ὧδέ πως γράφει· καὶ μή τις οἰέσθω, ὅ φαμεν ἴδιον εἶναι τῶν ἐκλεκτῶν, τοῦτο προειρημένον ὑπάρχειν ὑπό τινων φιλοσόφων· οὐ γάρ ἐστιν αὐτῶν εὕρεμα, τῶν δὲ προφητῶν σφετερισάμενοι προσέθηκαν τῷ μὴ ὑπάρχοντι κατʼ αὐτοὺς σοφῷ. αὖθίς τε ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ· καὶ γάρ μοι δοκεῖ τοὺς προσποιουμένους φιλοσοφεῖν, ἵνα μάθωσι τί ἐστιν ἡ ὑπόπτερος δρῦς καὶ τὸ ἐπʼ αὐτῇ πεποικιλμένον φᾶρος, πάντα ὅσα Φερεκύδης ἀλληγορήσας ἐθεολόγησεν, λαβὼν ἀπὸ τῆς τοῦ Χὰμ προφητείας τὴν ὑπόθεσιν
dēmosias gar biblous eite tas Ioudaïkas legei graphas eite tas tōn philosophōn, koinopoiei tēn alētheian. Isidōros te ho Basileidou huios hama kai mathētēs en tǭ prōtǭ tōn tou prophētou Parchōr Exēgētikōn kai autos kata lexin graphei; phasi de hoi Attikoi memēnysthai tina Sōkratei parepomenou daimonos autǭ, kai Aristotelēs daimosi kechrēsthai pantas anthrōpous legei synomartousin autois para ton chronon tēs ensōmatōseōs. prophētikon touto mathēma labōn kai katathemenos eis ta heautou biblia, mē homologēsas hothen hypheileto ton logon touton. kai palin en tǭ deuterǭ tēs autēs syntaxeōs hōde pōs graphei; kai mē tis oiesthō, ho phamen idion einai tōn eklektōn, touto proeirēmenon hyparchein hypo tinōn philosophōn; ou gar estin autōn heurema, tōn de prophētōn spheterisamenoi prosethēkan tǭ mē hyparchonti katʼ autous sophǭ. authis te en tǭ autǭ; kai gar moi dokei tous prospoioumenous philosophein, hina mathōsi ti estin hē hypopteros drys kai to epʼ autę̄ pepoikilmenon pharos, panta hosa Pherekydēs allēgorēsas etheologēsen, labōn apo tēs tou Cham prophēteias tēn hypothesin
For by public books, whether he means the Jewish Scriptures or those of the philosophers, he makes the truth common. And Isidore, both son and disciple of Basilides, in the first book of his Expositions of the Prophet Parchor, also writes word for word: “The Athenians say that it was revealed to Socrates that a daemon attended him; and Aristotle says that all men have daemons that accompany them during the time of their embodiment. He took this prophetic teaching and set it down in his own books, without acknowledging where he had stolen this doctrine from.” And again in the second book of the same work he writes thus: “And let no one think that what we say is proper to the elect was said beforehand by certain philosophers. For it is not their discovery; they appropriated it from the prophets and attributed it to one who, by their own account, was not wise.” And again in the same work: “For it seems to me that those who make a profession of philosophy do so in order to learn what the winged oak is, and the embroidered robe upon it, all that Pherecydes set out as theology in allegory, taking the theme from the prophecy of Ham
Miscellanies 6, chapter 7
6.7.54Stählin 2:459
ὡς πάλαι παρεσημειωσάμεθα, οὐ τὴν κατὰ ἑκάστην αἵρεσιν ἀγωγήν φαμεν, ἀλλʼ, ὅπερ ὄντως ἐστὶ φιλοσοφία, † ὀρθῶς σοφίαν τεχνικήν, τὴν ἐμπειρίαν παρέχουσαν τῶν περὶ τὸν βίον, τὴν δὲ σοφίαν ἔμπεδον γνῶσιν θείων τε καὶ ἀνθρωπίνων πραγμάτων, κατάληψίν τινα βεβαίαν οὖσαν καὶ ἀμετάπτωτον, συνειληφυῖαν τά τε ὄντα καὶ τὰ παρῳχηκότα καὶ τὰ μέλλοντα, ἣν ἐδιδάξατο ἡμᾶς διά τε τῆς παρουσίας διά τε τῶν προφητῶν ὁ κύριος. καὶ ἔστιν ἀμετάπτωτος ὑπὸ λόγου, παραδοθεῖσα τῇ αὐτῇ, ᾗ καὶ πάντως ἀληθὴς ὑπάρχει, βουλήσει, ὡς διὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ ἐγνωσμένη. καὶ ἣ μὲν αἰώνιός ἐστιν, ἣ δὲ χρόνῳ λυσιτελής, καὶ ἣ μὲν μία καὶ ἡ αὐτή, αἳ δὲ πολλαὶ καὶ ἀδιάφοροι. καὶ ἣ μὲν ἄνευ παθητικῆς τινος κινήσεως, ἣ δὲ μετὰ παθητικῆς ὀρέξεως. καὶ ἣ μὲν τέλειος, ἣ δὲ ἐνδεής.
hōs palai paresēmeiōsametha, ou tēn kata hekastēn hairesin agōgēn phamen, allʼ, hoper ontōs esti philosophia, † orthōs sophian technikēn, tēn empeirian parechousan tōn peri ton bion, tēn de sophian empedon gnōsin theiōn te kai anthrōpinōn pragmatōn, katalēpsin tina bebaian ousan kai ametaptōton, syneilēphuian ta te onta kai ta parǭchēkota kai ta mellonta, hēn edidaxato hēmas dia te tēs parousias dia te tōn prophētōn ho kyrios. kai estin ametaptōtos hypo logou, paradotheisa tę̄ autę̄, hę̄ kai pantōs alēthēs hyparchei, boulēsei, hōs dia tou huiou egnōsmenē. kai hē men aiōnios estin, hē de chronǭ lysitelēs, kai hē men mia kai hē autē, hai de pollai kai adiaphoroi. kai hē men aneu pathētikēs tinos kinēseōs, hē de meta pathētikēs orexeōs. kai hē men teleios, hē de endeēs.
As we noted long ago, by philosophy we do not mean the discipline of each school, but what is truly philosophy, … a wisdom of skill that gives experience in the affairs of life; and wisdom we call firm knowledge of things divine and human, a sure and unchangeable apprehension that embraces what is, what has been, and what will be, which the Lord has taught us both by his coming and through the prophets. And it cannot be overturned by argument, having been handed down by the same will by which it is also altogether true, as known through the Son. The one is eternal, the other useful for a time; the one is one and the same, the others many and indifferent; the one is without any movement of passion, the other goes with passionate desire; the one is perfect, the other lacking.
6.7.55Stählin 2:459–460
Ταύτης οὖν τῆς σοφίας ἐπιθυμεῖ ἡ φιλοσοφία, τῆς ψυχῆς καὶ τῆς ὀρθότητος τοῦ λόγου καὶ τῆς τοῦ βίου καθαρότητος, ἀγαπητικῶς καὶ φιλητικῶς διατεθεῖσα πρὸς τὴν σοφίαν καὶ πάντα πράττουσα ἕνεκα τοῦ τυχεῖν αὐτῆς. φιλόσοφοι δὲ λέγονται παρʼ ἡμῖν μὲν οἱ σοφίας ἐρῶντες τῆς τοῦ πάντων δημιουργοῦ καὶ διδασκάλου, τουτέστι γνώσεως τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ, παρʼ Ἕλλησι δὲ οἱ τῶν περὶ ἀρετῆς λόγων ἀντιλαμβανόμενοι. εἴη δʼ ἂν φιλοσοφία τὰ παρʼ ἑκάστῃ τῶν αἱρέσεων (τῶν κατὰ φιλοσοφίαν λέγω) ἀδιάβλητα δόγματα μετὰ τοῦ ὁμολογουμένου βίου εἰς μίαν ἀθροισθέντα ἐκλογήν. ἃ καὶ αὐτά, ἐκ τῆς βαρβάρου κλαπέντα θεοδωρήτου χάριτος, Ἑλληνικῷ κεκόσμηται λόγῳ· τῶν μὲν γὰρ κλέπται, ὧν δὲ καὶ παρήκουσαν· ἐν δὲ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἃ μὲν κινούμενοι εἰρήκασιν, ἀλλʼ οὐ τελείως ἐξειργάσαντο, τὰ δὲ ἀνθρωπίνῳ στοχασμῷ τε καὶ ἐπιλογισμῷ, ἐν οἷς καὶ παραπίπτουσιν· ἐπιβάλλειν δʼ οἴονται τῇ ἀληθείᾳ οὗτοι μὲν τελείως, ὡς δʼ ἡμεῖς αὐτοὺς καταλαμβανόμεθα, μερικῶς.
Tautēs oun tēs sophias epithymei hē philosophia, tēs psychēs kai tēs orthotētos tou logou kai tēs tou biou katharotētos, agapētikōs kai philētikōs diatetheisa pros tēn sophian kai panta prattousa heneka tou tychein autēs. philosophoi de legontai parʼ hēmin men hoi sophias erōntes tēs tou pantōn dēmiourgou kai didaskalou, toutesti gnōseōs tou huiou tou theou, parʼ Hellēsi de hoi tōn peri aretēs logōn antilambanomenoi. eiē dʼ an philosophia ta parʼ hekastę̄ tōn haireseōn (tōn kata philosophian legō) adiablēta dogmata meta tou homologoumenou biou eis mian athroisthenta eklogēn. ha kai auta, ek tēs barbarou klapenta theodōrētou charitos, Hellēnikǭ kekosmētai logǭ; tōn men gar kleptai, hōn de kai parēkousan; en de tois allois ha men kinoumenoi eirēkasin, allʼ ou teleiōs exeirgasanto, ta de anthrōpinǭ stochasmǭ te kai epilogismǭ, en hois kai parapiptousin; epiballein dʼ oiontai tę̄ alētheią houtoi men teleiōs, hōs dʼ hēmeis autous katalambanometha, merikōs.
This wisdom, then, is what philosophy desires, being a matter of the soul, of right reason, and of purity of life; it is disposed toward wisdom with love and affection and does everything for the sake of attaining it. Among us, philosophers are those who love the wisdom of the maker and teacher of all things, that is, the knowledge of the Son of God; among the Greeks, those who take up arguments about virtue. Philosophy would be the unobjectionable doctrines of each of the schools (I mean the philosophical schools), together with the life that agrees with them, gathered into one selection. These too, stolen from the God-given grace of the barbarians, have been adorned with Greek style. For some things they stole, others they misheard; and among the rest, some things they said under inspiration but did not work out perfectly, and others by human conjecture and reasoning, in which they also go astray. They think they attain the truth perfectly, but, as we understand them, only partially.
6.7.56Stählin 2:460
πλέον γοῦν τοῦ κόσμου τούτου οὐκ ἴσασιν οὐδέν. καὶ μὴν ὡς ἡ γεωμετρία περὶ μέτρα καὶ μεγέθη καὶ σχήματα πραγματευομένη διὰ τῆς ἐν τοῖς ἐπιπέδοις καταγραφῆς ἥ τε ζωγραφία τὸν ὀπτικὸν ὅλον τόπον ἐπὶ τῶν σκηνογραφουμένων φαίνεται παραλαμβάνουσα, ταύτῃ δὲ ψευδογραφεῖ τὴν ὄψιν, τοῖς κατὰ προσβολὴν τῶν ὀπτικῶν γραμμῶν σημείοις χρωμένη κατὰ τὸ τεχνικόν (ἐντεῦθεν ἐπιφάσεις καὶ ὑποφάσεις καὶ φάσεις σῴζονται, καὶ τὰ μὲν δοκεῖ προὔχειν, τὰ δὲ εἰσέχειν, τὰ δʼ ἄλλως πως φαντάζεσθαι ἐν τῷ ὁμαλῷ καὶ λείῳ), οὕτω δὲ καὶ οἱ φιλόσοφοι ζωγραφίας δίκην ἀπομιμοῦνται τὴν ἀλήθειαν. φιλαυτία δὲ πάντων ἁμαρτημάτων αἰτία ἑκάστοις ἑκάστοτε. διόπερ οὐ χρὴ τὴν εἰς ἀνθρώπους δόξαν αἱρούμενον φίλαυτον εἶναι, ἀλλὰ τὸν θεὸν ἀγαπῶντα τῷ ὄντι ὅσιον μετὰ φρονήσεως γίνεσθαι.
pleon goun tou kosmou toutou ouk isasin ouden. kai mēn hōs hē geōmetria peri metra kai megethē kai schēmata pragmateuomenē dia tēs en tois epipedois katagraphēs hē te zōgraphia ton optikon holon topon epi tōn skēnographoumenōn phainetai paralambanousa, tautę̄ de pseudographei tēn opsin, tois kata prosbolēn tōn optikōn grammōn sēmeiois chrōmenē kata to technikon (enteuthen epiphaseis kai hypophaseis kai phaseis sǭzontai, kai ta men dokei prouchein, ta de eisechein, ta dʼ allōs pōs phantazesthai en tǭ homalǭ kai leiǭ), houtō de kai hoi philosophoi zōgraphias dikēn apomimountai tēn alētheian. philautia de pantōn hamartēmatōn aitia hekastois hekastote. dioper ou chrē tēn eis anthrōpous doxan hairoumenon philauton einai, alla ton theon agapōnta tǭ onti hosion meta phronēseōs ginesthai.
At any rate they know nothing beyond this world. And indeed, just as geometry, dealing with measures, magnitudes, and figures by drawing on flat surfaces, and painting, which appears to take in the whole field of vision in scene-painting but in doing so deceives the sight, using by its technique points placed according to the incidence of the lines of sight (hence appearances of projection, recession, and aspect are preserved, and some things seem to stand out, others to recede, and others to appear in some other way on a flat and smooth surface), so too the philosophers imitate the truth after the manner of painting. Self-love is the cause of all sins for each person on each occasion. Therefore one must not be a lover of self, choosing the glory that comes from men, but, loving God, must become truly holy, with prudence.
6.7.57Stählin 2:460–461
ἂν οὖν τις τοῖς μερικοῖς ὡς τοῖς καθολικοῖς χρώμενος τύχῃ καὶ τὸ δοῦλον ὡς κύριον καὶ ἡγεμόνα τιμᾷ, σφάλλεται τῆς ἀληθείας οὐ συνιεὶς τὸ τῷ Δαβὶδ κατʼ ἐξομολόγησιν εἰρημένον· γῆν καὶ σποδὸν ὡσεὶ ἄρτον ἔφαγον. ἡ φιλαυτία δὲ καὶ ἡ οἴησις αὐτῷ γῆ ἐστι καὶ πλάνη. εἰ δὲ τοῦτο, ἐκ μαθήσεως ἡ γνῶσις καὶ ἡ ἐπιστήμη. μαθήσεως δʼ οὔσης ζητεῖν ἀνάγκη τὸν διδάσκαλον. Κλεάνθης μὲν γὰρ Ζήνωνα ἐπιγράφεται καὶ Θεόφραστος Ἀριστοτέλη Μητρόδωρός τε Ἐπίκουρον καὶ Πλάτων Σωκράτην· ἀλλὰ κἂν ἐπὶ Πυθαγόραν ἔλθω καὶ Φερεκύδην καὶ Θάλητα καὶ τοὺς πρώτους σοφούς, ἵσταμαι τὸν τούτων διδάσκαλον ζητῶν· κἂν Αἰγυπτίους εἴπῃς κἂν Ἰνδοὺς κἂν Βαβυλωνίους κἂν τοὺς Μάγους αὐτούς, οὐ παύσομαι τὸν τούτων διδάσκαλον ἀπαιτῶν. ἀνάγω δέ σε καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν πρώτην γένεσιν ἀνθρώπων, κἀκεῖθεν ἄρχομαι ζητεῖν, τίς ὁ διδάσκαλος; ἀνθρώπων μὲν οὐδείς, οὐδέπω γὰρ μεμαθήκεσαν, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ἀγγέλων τις, οὔτε γάρ, ὡς μηνύουσιν οἱ ἄγγελοι καθὸ ἄγγελοι, οὕτως ἀκούουσιν ἄνθρωποι, οὔθʼ, ὡς ἡμῖν τὰ ὦτα, οὕτως ἐκείνοις ἡ γλῶττα. οὐδʼ ἂν ὄργανά τις δῴη φωνῆς ἀγγέλοις, χείλη λέγω καὶ τὰ τούτοις παρακείμενα καὶ φάρυγγα καὶ ἀρτηρίαν καὶ σπλάγχνα καὶ πνεῦμα καὶ πλησσόμενον ἀέρα. πολλοῦ γε δεῖ τὸν θεὸν ἐμβοᾶν, ἀπροσίτῳ ἁγιότητι καὶ ἀρχαγγέλων αὐτῶν κεχωρισμένον. ἤδη δὲ καὶ τοὺς ἀγγέλους μεμαθηκέναι παρειλήφαμεν τὴν ἀλήθειαν καὶ τοὺς ἐπὶ τούτων ἄρχοντας· γενητοὶ γάρ.
an oun tis tois merikois hōs tois katholikois chrōmenos tychę̄ kai to doulon hōs kyrion kai hēgemona timą, sphalletai tēs alētheias ou synieis to tǭ Dabid katʼ exomologēsin eirēmenon; gēn kai spodon hōsei arton ephagon. hē philautia de kai hē oiēsis autǭ gē esti kai planē. ei de touto, ek mathēseōs hē gnōsis kai hē epistēmē. mathēseōs dʼ ousēs zētein anankē ton didaskalon. Kleanthēs men gar Zēnōna epigraphetai kai Theophrastos Aristotelē Mētrodōros te Epikouron kai Platōn Sōkratēn; alla kan epi Pythagoran elthō kai Pherekydēn kai Thalēta kai tous prōtous sophous, histamai ton toutōn didaskalon zētōn; kan Aigyptious eipę̄s kan Indous kan Babylōnious kan tous Magous autous, ou pausomai ton toutōn didaskalon apaitōn. anagō de se kai epi tēn prōtēn genesin anthrōpōn, kakeithen archomai zētein, tis ho didaskalos? anthrōpōn men oudeis, oudepō gar memathēkesan, allʼ oude angelōn tis, oute gar, hōs mēnyousin hoi angeloi katho angeloi, houtōs akouousin anthrōpoi, outhʼ, hōs hēmin ta ōta, houtōs ekeinois hē glōtta. oudʼ an organa tis dǭē phōnēs angelois, cheilē legō kai ta toutois parakeimena kai pharynga kai artērian kai splanchna kai pneuma kai plēssomenon aera. pollou ge dei ton theon emboan, aprositǭ hagiotēti kai archangelōn autōn kechōrismenon. ēdē de kai tous angelous memathēkenai pareilēphamen tēn alētheian kai tous epi toutōn archontas; genētoi gar.
If, then, anyone treats partial things as universal, and honors the servant as lord and ruler, he misses the truth, not understanding what David said in confession: “I ate earth and ashes like bread.” For self-love and conceit are earth and error to him. If so, knowledge and understanding come from learning. And if there is learning, one must seek the teacher. Cleanthes claims Zeno as his teacher, Theophrastus Aristotle, Metrodorus Epicurus, and Plato Socrates; but if I go back to Pythagoras and Pherecydes and Thales and the first wise men, I come to a halt, seeking their teacher. And if you say the Egyptians, or the Indians, or the Babylonians, or the Magi themselves, I shall not stop asking for their teacher. I lead you back even to the first generation of men, and from there I begin to inquire: who is the teacher? No man, for they had not yet learned; nor any angel either, for men do not hear as angels, as angels, communicate, nor do angels have a tongue as we have ears. Nor would anyone ascribe organs of voice to angels, I mean lips and the parts next to them, throat and windpipe and chest and breath and air being struck. Far indeed is God from shouting aloud, separated by unapproachable holiness even from the archangels themselves. And we have been taught that the angels too, and their rulers, learned the truth; for they came into being.
6.7.58Stählin 2:461
λείπεται τοίνυν ὑπεξαναβάντας ἡμᾶς καὶ τὸν τούτων διδάσκαλον ποθεῖν. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἓν μὲν τὸ ἀγέννητον ὁ παντοκράτωρ θεός, ἓν δὲ καὶ τὸ προγεννηθέν, διʼ οὗ τὰ πάντα ἐγένετο καὶ χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν (εἷς γὰρ τῷ ὄντι ἐστὶν ὁ θεός, ὃς ἀρχὴν τῶν ἁπάντων ἐποίησεν, μηνύων τὸν πρωτόγονον υἱὸν ὁ Πέτρος γράφει, συνεὶς ἀκριβῶς τό· ἐν ἀρχῇ ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν), σοφία δὲ οὗτος εἴρηται πρὸς ἁπάντων τῶν προφητῶν, οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τῶν γενητῶν ἁπάντων διδάσκαλος, ὁ σύμβουλος τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ τὰ πάντα προεγνωκότος. ὃ δὲ ἄνωθεν ἐκ πρώτης καταβολῆς κόσμου πολυτρόπως καὶ πολυμερῶς πεπαίδευκέν τε καὶ τελειοῖ. ὅθεν εἰκότως εἴρηται· μὴ εἴπητε ἑαυτοῖς διδάσκαλον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. ὁρᾷς ὁπόθεν ἔχει τὰς λαβὰς ἡ φιλοσοφία ἡ ἀληθής. κἂν ὁ νόμος εἰκὼν καὶ σκιὰ τῆς ἀληθείας τυγχάνῃ, σκιά γε ὁ νόμος τῆς ἀληθείας, ἀλλʼ ἡ φιλαυτία τῶν Ἑλλήνων διδασκάλους τινὰς ἀνθρώπους ἀνακηρύττει.
leipetai toinyn hypexanabantas hēmas kai ton toutōn didaskalon pothein. epei de hen men to agennēton ho pantokratōr theos, hen de kai to progennēthen, diʼ hou ta panta egeneto kai chōris autou egeneto oude hen (heis gar tǭ onti estin ho theos, hos archēn tōn hapantōn epoiēsen, mēnyōn ton prōtogonon huion ho Petros graphei, syneis akribōs to; en archę̄ epoiēsen ho theos ton ouranon kai tēn gēn), sophia de houtos eirētai pros hapantōn tōn prophētōn, houtos estin ho tōn genētōn hapantōn didaskalos, ho symboulos tou theou tou ta panta proegnōkotos. ho de anōthen ek prōtēs katabolēs kosmou polytropōs kai polymerōs pepaideuken te kai teleioi. hothen eikotōs eirētai; mē eipēte heautois didaskalon epi tēs gēs. horąs hopothen echei tas labas hē philosophia hē alēthēs. kan ho nomos eikōn kai skia tēs alētheias tynchanę̄, skia ge ho nomos tēs alētheias, allʼ hē philautia tōn Hellēnōn didaskalous tinas anthrōpous anakēryttei.
It remains, then, that we climb higher still and long for their teacher. And since the unbegotten is one, God Almighty, and one also is the first-begotten, “through whom all things came to be, and without him not one thing came to be” (“For truly God is one, who made the beginning of all things,” Peter writes, indicating the first-born Son, understanding accurately the words: “In the beginning God made the heaven and the earth”), and he is called Wisdom by all the prophets, he is the teacher of all created beings, the counselor of God who foreknew all things; and he from above, from the first foundation of the world, has taught “in many ways and in many portions” and brings to perfection. Hence it is fittingly said: “Do not call anyone on earth your teacher.” You see where the true philosophy has its handles. Even if the law is an image and shadow of the truth (the law is indeed a shadow of the truth), yet the self-love of the Greeks proclaims certain men as teachers.
6.7.59Stählin 2:461
Ὡς οὖν ἐπὶ τὸν ποιητὴν τὸν θεὸν πᾶσα ἀνατρέχει πατριά, οὕτως καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν κύριον ἡ τῶν καλῶν διδασκαλία καὶ ἡ δικαιοῦσα καὶ εἰς τοῦτο χειραγωγοῦσά τε καὶ συλλαμβάνουσα. εἰ δʼ ἔκ τινος † ποιήσεως τὰ τῆς ἀληθείας ὁτῳδήποτε τρόπῳ λαβόντες σπέρματα οὐκ ἐξέθρεψάν τινες, γῇ δὲ ἀγόνῳ καὶ ἀνομβρίᾳ παραδεδωκότες ἀγρίαις συνεπνίξαντο βοτάναις, καθάπερ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι ἐξετράπησαν τοῦ νόμου ἀνθρωπίνας παρεισάγοντες διδασκαλίας, τούτων οὐχ ὁ διδάσκαλος αἴτιος, ἀλλʼ οἱ παρακούειν προῃρημένοι. οἱ πεισθέντες δὲ αὐτῶν τῇ τε τοῦ κυρίου παρουσίᾳ καὶ τῇ τῶν γραφῶν σαφηνείᾳ ἐν ἐπιγνώσει γίνονται τοῦ νόμου, καθάπερ καὶ οἱ ἀπὸ φιλοσοφίας διὰ τῆς τοῦ κυρίου διδασκαλίας ἐν ἐπιγνώσει τῆς ἀληθοῦς φιλοσοφίας καθίστανται. τὰ λόγια γὰρ κυρίου λόγια ἁγνά, ἀργύριον πεπυρωμένον δοκίμιον, τῇ γῇ κεκαθαρισμένον ἑπταπλασίως.
Hōs oun epi ton poiētēn ton theon pasa anatrechei patria, houtōs kai epi ton kyrion hē tōn kalōn didaskalia kai hē dikaiousa kai eis touto cheiragōgousa te kai syllambanousa. ei dʼ ek tinos † poiēseōs ta tēs alētheias hotǭdēpote tropǭ labontes spermata ouk exethrepsan tines, gę̄ de agonǭ kai anombrią paradedōkotes agriais synepnixanto botanais, kathaper hoi Pharisaioi exetrapēsan tou nomou anthrōpinas pareisagontes didaskalias, toutōn ouch ho didaskalos aitios, allʼ hoi parakouein proę̄rēmenoi. hoi peisthentes de autōn tę̄ te tou kyriou parousią kai tę̄ tōn graphōn saphēneią en epignōsei ginontai tou nomou, kathaper kai hoi apo philosophias dia tēs tou kyriou didaskalias en epignōsei tēs alēthous philosophias kathistantai. ta logia gar kyriou logia hagna, argyrion pepyrōmenon dokimion, tę̄ gę̄ kekatharismenon heptaplasiōs.
Just as every family goes back to God the Maker, so the teaching of good things goes back to the Lord, both the teaching that justifies and the teaching that leads by the hand to it and helps. But if some, having received seeds of the truth in whatever way from some …, did not nurture them, but handed them over to barren and rainless ground and choked them with wild weeds, as the Pharisees turned aside from the law by introducing human teachings, the teacher is not to blame for this, but those who chose to mishear. Those of them who were persuaded by the Lord's coming and the clarity of the Scriptures come to full knowledge of the law, just as those who come from philosophy are established, through the Lord's teaching, in full knowledge of the true philosophy. For “the words of the Lord are pure words, silver refined by fire, tested, purified seven times in the earth.”
6.7.60Stählin 2:461–462
ἤτοι ὡς ἄργυρος πολλάκις ἀποκαθαρθεὶς εἰς δοκίμιον καθίσταται ὁ δίκαιος, νόμισμα κυρίου γενόμενος καὶ χάραγμα βασιλικὸν ἀναδεξάμενος, ἤ, ἐπεὶ καὶ Σολομὼν λέγει γλῶσσαν δικαίου ἄργυρον πεπυρωμένον, τὴν δεδοκιμασμένην καὶ σοφὴν διδασκαλίαν ἐπαινετὴν καὶ ἀποδεκτὴν τυγχάνει μηνύων, ὅταν ἐκκεκαθαρμένη πλουσίως τυγχάνῃ τῇ γῇ, τουτέστιν ὅταν πολυτρόπως ἡ γνωστικὴ ψυχὴ ἁγιάζηται κατὰ τὴν ἀποχὴν τῶν γεωδῶν πυρώσεων. ἁγνίζεται δὲ καὶ τὸ σῶμα, ἐν ᾧ οἰκεῖ, ἐξιδιοποιούμενον εἰς εἰλικρίνειαν ἁγίου νεώ· ὁ δὲ ἐν τῷ σώματι καθαρισμὸς τῆς ψυχῆς πρώτης πρῶτος οὗτός ἐστιν, ἡ ἀποχὴ τῶν κακῶν, ἥν τινες τελείωσιν ἡγοῦνται, καὶ ἔστιν ἁπλῶς τοῦ κοινοῦ πιστοῦ, Ἰουδαίου τε καὶ Ἕλληνος, ἡ τελείωσις αὕτη· τοῦ δὲ γνωστικοῦ μετὰ τὴν ἄλλοις νομιζομένην τελείωσιν ἡ δικαιοσύνη εἰς ἐνέργειαν εὐποιίας προβαίνει· καὶ ὅτῳ δὴ ἡ ἐπίτασις τῆς δικαιοσύνης εἰς ἀγαθοποιίαν ἐπιδέδωκεν, τούτῳ ἡ τελείωσις ἐν ἀμεταβόλῳ ἕξει εὐποιίας καθʼ ὁμοίωσιν τοῦ θεοῦ διαμένει· οἳ μὲν γὰρ σπέρμα Ἀβραάμ, δοῦλοι ἔτι τοῦ θεοῦ, οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ κλητοί· υἱοὶ δὲ Ἰακὼβ οἱ ἐκλεκτοὶ αὐτοῦ, οἱ τῆς κακίας πτερνίσαντες τὴν ἐνέργειαν.
ētoi hōs argyros pollakis apokathartheis eis dokimion kathistatai ho dikaios, nomisma kyriou genomenos kai charagma basilikon anadexamenos, ē, epei kai Solomōn legei glōssan dikaiou argyron pepyrōmenon, tēn dedokimasmenēn kai sophēn didaskalian epainetēn kai apodektēn tynchanei mēnyōn, hotan ekkekatharmenē plousiōs tynchanę̄ tę̄ gę̄, toutestin hotan polytropōs hē gnōstikē psychē hagiazētai kata tēn apochēn tōn geōdōn pyrōseōn. hagnizetai de kai to sōma, en hǭ oikei, exidiopoioumenon eis eilikrineian hagiou neō; ho de en tǭ sōmati katharismos tēs psychēs prōtēs prōtos houtos estin, hē apochē tōn kakōn, hēn tines teleiōsin hēgountai, kai estin haplōs tou koinou pistou, Ioudaiou te kai Hellēnos, hē teleiōsis hautē; tou de gnōstikou meta tēn allois nomizomenēn teleiōsin hē dikaiosynē eis energeian eupoiias probainei; kai hotǭ dē hē epitasis tēs dikaiosynēs eis agathopoiian epidedōken, toutǭ hē teleiōsis en ametabolǭ hexei eupoiias kathʼ homoiōsin tou theou diamenei; hoi men gar sperma Abraam, douloi eti tou theou, houtoi eisin hoi klētoi; huioi de Iakōb hoi eklektoi autou, hoi tēs kakias pternisantes tēn energeian.
Either the righteous man, like silver often refined, becomes tested, having become the Lord's coin and received the royal stamp; or, since Solomon too says, “The tongue of the righteous is silver refined by fire,” he is indicating that teaching that is tested and wise is praiseworthy and acceptable when it has been richly purified “in the earth,” that is, when the knowing soul is sanctified in many ways by abstaining from earthly fires. And the body too, in which it dwells, is purified, being claimed as its own for the purity of a holy temple. This first cleansing of the soul in the body is abstinence from evils, which some consider perfection; and this is simply the perfection of the common believer, Jew and Greek. But in the one who knows, after what others consider perfection, righteousness advances to the activity of doing good; and in whomever the heightening of righteousness has grown into doing good, in him perfection abides in an unchangeable habit of doing good, after the likeness of God. For those who are the seed of Abraham, still servants of God, are the called; but the sons of Jacob are his elect, who have tripped up the activity of evil.
6.7.61Stählin 2:462–463
Εἰ τοίνυν αὐτόν τε τὸν Χριστὸν σοφίαν φαμὲν καὶ τὴν ἐνέργειαν αὐτοῦ τὴν διὰ τῶν προφητῶν, διʼ ἧς ἔστι τὴν γνωστικὴν παράδοσιν ἐκμανθάνειν, ὡς αὐτὸς κατὰ τὴν παρουσίαν τοὺς ἁγίους ἐδίδαξεν ἀποστόλους, σοφία εἴη ἂν ἡ γνῶσις, ἐπιστήμη οὖσα καὶ κατάληψις τῶν ὄντων τε καὶ ἐσομένων καὶ παρῳχηκότων βεβαία καὶ ἀσφαλής, ὡς ἂν παρὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ παραδοθεῖσα καὶ ἀποκαλυφθεῖσα. καὶ δὴ καὶ εἰ ἔστι τέλος τοῦ σοφοῦ ἡ θεωρία, ὀρέγεται μὲν ὁ μὲν ἔτι φιλοσοφῶν τῆς θείας ἐπιστήμης, οὐδέπω δὲ τυγχάνει, ἢν μὴ μαθήσει παραλάβῃ σαφηνισθεῖσαν αὐτῷ τὴν προφητικὴν φωνήν, διʼ ἧς τά τʼ ἐόντα τά τʼ ἐσόμενα πρό τʼ ἐόντα, ὅπως ἔχει τε καὶ ἔσχεν καὶ ἕξει, παραλαμβάνει. ἡ γνῶσις δὲ αὕτη ἡ κατὰ διαδοχὰς εἰς ὀλίγους ἐκ τῶν ἀποστόλων ἀγράφως παραδοθεῖσα κατελήλυθεν. Ἐντεῦθεν δὲ ἄρα γνῶσιν εἴτε σοφίαν συνασκηθῆναι χρὴ εἰς ἕξιν θεωρίας ἀίδιον καὶ ἀναλλοίωτον·
Ei toinyn auton te ton Christon sophian phamen kai tēn energeian autou tēn dia tōn prophētōn, diʼ hēs esti tēn gnōstikēn paradosin ekmanthanein, hōs autos kata tēn parousian tous hagious edidaxen apostolous, sophia eiē an hē gnōsis, epistēmē ousa kai katalēpsis tōn ontōn te kai esomenōn kai parǭchēkotōn bebaia kai asphalēs, hōs an para tou huiou tou theou paradotheisa kai apokalyphtheisa. kai dē kai ei esti telos tou sophou hē theōria, oregetai men ho men eti philosophōn tēs theias epistēmēs, oudepō de tynchanei, ēn mē mathēsei paralabę̄ saphēnistheisan autǭ tēn prophētikēn phōnēn, diʼ hēs ta tʼ eonta ta tʼ esomena pro tʼ eonta, hopōs echei te kai eschen kai hexei, paralambanei. hē gnōsis de hautē hē kata diadochas eis oligous ek tōn apostolōn agraphōs paradotheisa katelēlythen. Enteuthen de ara gnōsin eite sophian synaskēthēnai chrē eis hexin theōrias aidion kai analloiōton;
If, then, we call Christ himself wisdom, and also his activity through the prophets, by which it is possible to learn thoroughly the tradition of knowledge, as he himself taught the holy apostles during his coming, then knowledge would be wisdom, being understanding and apprehension, firm and secure, of things present, future, and past, as having been handed down and revealed by the Son of God. And indeed, if contemplation is the goal of the wise man, the one who is still a philosopher reaches for divine understanding but does not yet attain it, unless by learning he receives the prophetic voice made clear to him, through which he receives “what is, what will be, and what was before,” how they are, were, and will be. This knowledge, handed down unwritten from the apostles to a few by succession, has come down to us. From this, then, knowledge or wisdom must be exercised into an eternal and unchangeable habit of contemplation.
Miscellanies 6, chapter 8
6.8.62Stählin 2:463
ἐπεὶ καὶ Παῦλος ἐν ταῖς ἐπιστολαῖς οὐ φιλοσοφίαν διαβάλλων φαίνεται, τὸν δὲ τοῦ γνωστικοῦ μεταλαμβάνοντα ὕψους οὐκέτι παλινδρομεῖν ἀξιοῖ ἐπὶ τὴν Ἑλληνικὴν φιλοσοφίαν, στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου ταύτην ἀλληγορῶν, στοιχειωτικήν τινα οὖσαν καὶ προπαιδείαν τῆς ἀληθείας. διὸ καὶ τοῖς Ἑβραίοις γράφων τοῖς ἐπανακάμπτουσιν εἰς νόμον ἐκ πίστεως ἢ πάλιν φησὶ χρείαν ἔχετε τοῦ διδάσκειν ὑμᾶς, τίνα τὰ στοιχεῖα τῆς ἀρχῆς τῶν λογίων τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ γεγόνατε χρείαν ἔχοντες γάλακτος καὶ οὐ στερεᾶς τροφῆς. ὡσαύτως ἄρα καὶ τοῖς ἐξ Ἑλλήνων ἐπιστρέφουσι Κολοσσαεῦσι· βλέπετε μή τις ὑμᾶς ἔσται ὁ συλαγωγῶν διὰ τῆς φιλοσοφίας καὶ κενῆς ἀπάτης κατὰ τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, κατὰ τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου τούτου καὶ οὐ κατὰ Χριστόν, δελεάζων αὖθις εἰς φιλοσοφίαν ἀναδραμεῖν, τὴν στοιχειώδη διδασκαλίαν. κἂν λέγῃ τις κατὰ σύνεσιν ἀνθρώπων φιλοσοφίαν ηὑρῆσθαι πρὸς Ἑλλήνων, ἀλλὰ τὰς γραφὰς εὑρίσκω τὴν σύνεσιν θεόπεμπτον εἶναι λεγούσας.
epei kai Paulos en tais epistolais ou philosophian diaballōn phainetai, ton de tou gnōstikou metalambanonta hypsous ouketi palindromein axioi epi tēn Hellēnikēn philosophian, stoicheia tou kosmou tautēn allēgorōn, stoicheiōtikēn tina ousan kai propaideian tēs alētheias. dio kai tois Hebraiois graphōn tois epanakamptousin eis nomon ek pisteōs ē palin phēsi chreian echete tou didaskein hymas, tina ta stoicheia tēs archēs tōn logiōn tou theou, kai gegonate chreian echontes galaktos kai ou stereas trophēs. hōsautōs ara kai tois ex Hellēnōn epistrephousi Kolossaeusi; blepete mē tis hymas estai ho sylagōgōn dia tēs philosophias kai kenēs apatēs kata tēn paradosin tōn anthrōpōn, kata ta stoicheia tou kosmou toutou kai ou kata Christon, deleazōn authis eis philosophian anadramein, tēn stoicheiōdē didaskalian. kan legę̄ tis kata synesin anthrōpōn philosophian hēurēsthai pros Hellēnōn, alla tas graphas heuriskō tēn synesin theopempton einai legousas.
For Paul too, in his letters, plainly does not disparage philosophy, but thinks it right that one who has shared in the height of the one who knows should no longer run back to Greek philosophy, which he calls allegorically “the elements of the world,” since it is a kind of elementary teaching and preparatory training for the truth. That is why, writing also to the Hebrews, who were turning back from faith to the law, he says: “Or do you again need someone to teach you what are the elements of the beginning of the oracles of God? And you have come to need milk, not solid food.” In the same way, then, he writes to the Colossians, who had turned from among the Greeks: “See that no one will be the one who carries you off as spoil through philosophy and empty deceit, according to the tradition of men, according to the elements of this world and not according to Christ,” enticing them to run back again to philosophy, the elementary teaching. And if someone says that philosophy was discovered by the Greeks through human understanding, still I find the Scriptures saying that understanding is sent by God.
6.8.63Stählin 2:463
ὁ γοῦν ψαλμῳδὸς μεγίστην ἡγεῖται δωρεὰν τὴν σύνεσιν καὶ αἰτεῖ λέγων· δοῦλος σός εἰμι ἐγώ· συνέτισόν με. καὶ μή τι τὸ πολύπειρον τῆς γνώσεως αἰτούμενος ὁ Δαβὶδ γράφει· χρηστότητα καὶ παιδείαν καὶ γνῶσιν δίδαξόν με, ὅτι ταῖς ἐντολαῖς σου ἐπίστευσα. κυρίας δʼ εἶναι τὰς διαθήκας ὡμολόγηται καὶ τοῖς τιμιωτέροις δίδοσθαι. λέγει γοῦν ὁ ψαλμὸς πάλιν ἐπὶ τοῦ θεοῦ· οὐκ ἐποίησεν οὕτως οὐδενὶ ἔθνει, καὶ τὰ κρίματα αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἐδήλωσεν αὐτοῖς. τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἐποίησεν οὕτως πεποιηκέναι μὲν δηλοῖ, ἀλλʼ οὐχ οὕτως. ἐν συγκρίσει γοῦν τὸ οὕτως πρὸς τὴν ὑπεροχὴν τὴν καθʼ ἡμᾶς γινομένην· ἐξῆν δὲ δήπου τῷ προφήτῃ εἰπεῖν ἁπλῶς τὸ οὐκ ἐποίησεν ἄνευ τῆς προσθήκης τοῦ οὕτως. ναὶ μὴν καὶ ὁ Πέτρος ἐν ταῖς Πράξεσιν ἐπʼ ἀληθείας καταλαμβάνομαι φησίν, ὅτι προσωπολήπτης οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ θεός, ἀλλʼ ἐν παντὶ ἔθνει ὁ φοβούμενος αὐτὸν καὶ ἐργαζόμενος δικαιοσύνην δεκτὸς αὐτῷ ἐστιν.
ho goun psalmǭdos megistēn hēgeitai dōrean tēn synesin kai aitei legōn; doulos sos eimi egō; synetison me. kai mē ti to polypeiron tēs gnōseōs aitoumenos ho Dabid graphei; chrēstotēta kai paideian kai gnōsin didaxon me, hoti tais entolais sou episteusa. kyrias dʼ einai tas diathēkas hōmologētai kai tois timiōterois didosthai. legei goun ho psalmos palin epi tou theou; ouk epoiēsen houtōs oudeni ethnei, kai ta krimata autou ouk edēlōsen autois. to de ouk epoiēsen houtōs pepoiēkenai men dēloi, allʼ ouch houtōs. en synkrisei goun to houtōs pros tēn hyperochēn tēn kathʼ hēmas ginomenēn; exēn de dēpou tǭ prophētę̄ eipein haplōs to ouk epoiēsen aneu tēs prosthēkēs tou houtōs. nai mēn kai ho Petros en tais Praxesin epʼ alētheias katalambanomai phēsin, hoti prosōpolēptēs ouk estin ho theos, allʼ en panti ethnei ho phoboumenos auton kai ergazomenos dikaiosynēn dektos autǭ estin.
The psalmist, at any rate, considers understanding the greatest gift and asks for it, saying: “I am your servant; give me understanding.” And is it not the breadth of knowledge that David asks for when he writes: “Teach me goodness and discipline and knowledge, for I have believed your commandments”? It is agreed that the covenants are authoritative and are given to those more highly honored. At any rate the psalm says again of God: “He has not done so for any nation, and he has not shown them his judgments.” “He has not done so” shows that he did do it, but not so. The “so,” then, is in comparison with the preeminence that has come to us; for surely the prophet could have said simply “he has not done” without adding “so.” And indeed Peter too says in the Acts: “Truly I understand that God shows no partiality, but in every nation the one who fears him and works righteousness is acceptable to him.”
6.8.64Stählin 2:463–464
οὐ χρόνῳ τοίνυν τὸ ἀπροσωπόληπτον τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀλλʼ ἐξ αἰῶνος, οὐδὲ μὴν ἤρξατό ποτε ἡ εὐεργεσία αὐτοῦ, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ περιορίζεται τόποις ἢ ἀνθρώποις τισίν, οὐδὲ γὰρ μερικὴ ἡ εὐποιία αὐτοῦ. ἀνοίξατέ μοι πύλας δικαιοσύνης φησίν· ἐν αὐταῖς εἰσελθὼν ἐξομολογήσομαι τῷ κυρίῳ. αὕτη ἡ πύλη τοῦ κυρίου, δίκαιοι εἰσελεύσονται ἐν αὐτῇ. ἐξηγούμενος δὲ τὸ ῥητὸν τοῦ προφήτου Βαρνάβας ἐπιφέρει· πολλῶν πυλῶν ἀνεῳγυιῶν ἡ ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ ἐν Χριστῷ, ἐν ᾗ μακάριοι πάντες οἱ εἰσελθόντες. τῆς αὐτῆς ἔχεται ἐννοίας κἀκεῖνο τὸ προφητικόν· κύριος ἐπὶ ὑδάτων πολλῶν, οὐ τῶν διαθηκῶν τῶν διαφόρων μόνων, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν τῆς διδασκαλίας τρόπων τῶν τε ἐν Ἕλλησιν εἰς δικαιοσύνην ἀγόντων τῶν τε ἐν βαρβάροις. σαφῶς δὲ ἤδη καὶ ὁ Δαβὶδ μαρτυρῶν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ ψάλλει· ἀποστραφήτωσαν οἱ ἁμαρτωλοὶ εἰς τὸν Ἅιδην, πάντα τὰ ἔθνη τὰ ἐπιλανθανόμενα τοῦ θεοῦ. ἐπιλανθάνονται δὲ δηλονότι οὗ πρότερον ἐμέμνηντο, καὶ ὃν πρὶν ἢ ἐκλαθέσθαι ἐγίνωσκον, τοῦτον παραπέμπονται. ἦν ἄρα εἴδησίς τις ἀμαυρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ παρὰ τοῖς ἔθνεσι.
ou chronǭ toinyn to aprosōpolēpton tou theou, allʼ ex aiōnos, oude mēn ērxato pote hē euergesia autou, allʼ oude periorizetai topois ē anthrōpois tisin, oude gar merikē hē eupoiia autou. anoixate moi pylas dikaiosynēs phēsin; en autais eiselthōn exomologēsomai tǭ kyriǭ. hautē hē pylē tou kyriou, dikaioi eiseleusontai en autę̄. exēgoumenos de to rhēton tou prophētou Barnabas epipherei; pollōn pylōn aneǭguiōn hē en dikaiosynę̄ hautē estin hē en Christǭ, en hę̄ makarioi pantes hoi eiselthontes. tēs autēs echetai ennoias kakeino to prophētikon; kyrios epi hydatōn pollōn, ou tōn diathēkōn tōn diaphorōn monōn, alla kai tōn tēs didaskalias tropōn tōn te en Hellēsin eis dikaiosynēn agontōn tōn te en barbarois. saphōs de ēdē kai ho Dabid martyrōn tę̄ alētheią psallei; apostraphētōsan hoi hamartōloi eis ton Haidēn, panta ta ethnē ta epilanthanomena tou theou. epilanthanontai de dēlonoti hou proteron ememnēnto, kai hon prin ē eklathesthai eginōskon, touton parapempontai. ēn ara eidēsis tis amaura tou theou kai para tois ethnesi.
God's impartiality, then, is not from a point in time but from eternity; nor did his beneficence ever begin, nor is it confined to certain places or people, for his doing of good is not partial. “Open to me the gates of righteousness,” he says; “entering by them I will give thanks to the Lord. This is the gate of the Lord; the righteous shall enter by it.” And Barnabas, explaining the prophet's saying, adds: “Of the many gates that are open, the one in righteousness is this one, which is in Christ, in which all who have entered are blessed.” That prophetic saying too holds the same meaning: “The Lord upon many waters”: not only the various covenants, but also the ways of teaching, both among the Greeks and among the barbarians, that lead to righteousness. And David, bearing clear witness to the truth, sings: “Let the sinners be turned back to Hades, all the nations that forget God.” They forget, evidently, one whom they formerly remembered, and they set aside the one whom they knew before they forgot him. There was, then, a dim knowledge of God even among the nations.
6.8.65Stählin 2:464–465
Καὶ ταυτὶ μὲν τῇδε ἐχέτω· πολυμαθῆ δὲ εἶναι χρὴ τὸν γνωστικόν· καί, ἐπειδὴ Ἕλληνές φασι Πρωταγόρου προκατάρξαντος παντὶ λόγῳ λόγον ἀντικεῖσθαι, παρεσκευάσθαι καὶ πρὸς τοὺς τοιούτους τῶν λόγων ἁρμόζει λέγεσθαι. λέγει γὰρ ἡ γραφή· ὁ τὰ πολλὰ λέγων καὶ ἀντακούσεται. παραβολὴν δὲ κυρίου τίς νοήσει, εἰ μὴ σοφὸς καὶ ἐπιστήμων καὶ ἀγαπῶν τὸν κύριον αὐτοῦ; ἔστω τοίνυν πιστὸς ὁ τοιοῦτος, ἔστω δυνατὸς γνῶσιν ἐξειπεῖν, ἤτω σοφὸς ἐν διακρίσει λόγων, ἤτω γοργὸς ἐν ἔργοις, ἤτω ἁγνός. τοσούτῳ γὰρ μᾶλλον ταπεινοφρονεῖν ὀφείλει, ὅσῳ δοκεῖ μᾶλλον μείζων εἶναι, ὁ Κλήμης ἐν τῇ πρὸς Κορινθίους φησί. τοιοῦτος οἷός τε ἐκείνῳ πείθεσθαι τῷ παραγγέλματι· καὶ οὓς μὲν ἐκ πυρὸς ἁρπάζετε, διακρινομένους δὲ ἐλεᾶτε. ἀμέλει τὸ δρέπανον ἕνεκεν τοῦ κλαδεύειν προηγουμένως γέγονεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ πεπλεγμένα τὰ κλήματα διαστέλλομεν ἐν αὐτῷ καὶ ἀκάνθας κόπτομεν τῶν συμπεφυκυιῶν ταῖς ἀμπέλοις, αἷς οὐ ῥᾴδιόν ἐστι προσελθεῖν. ταῦτα δὲ πάντα τὴν ἀναφορὰν ἔχει ἐπὶ τὸ κλαδεῦσαι. πάλιν ἄνθρωπος προηγουμένως γέγονεν εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ καὶ γεωργεῖ καὶ γεωμετρεῖ καὶ φιλοσοφεῖ, ὧν τὸ μὲν ἐπὶ τὸ ζῆν, τὸ δὲ ἐπὶ τὸ εὖ ζῆν, τὸ δὲ ἐπὶ τὸ μελετᾶν τὰ ἀποδεικτικὰ γεγένηται.
Kai tauti men tę̄de echetō; polymathē de einai chrē ton gnōstikon; kai, epeidē Hellēnes phasi Prōtagorou prokatarxantos panti logǭ logon antikeisthai, pareskeuasthai kai pros tous toioutous tōn logōn harmozei legesthai. legei gar hē graphē; ho ta polla legōn kai antakousetai. parabolēn de kyriou tis noēsei, ei mē sophos kai epistēmōn kai agapōn ton kyrion autou? estō toinyn pistos ho toioutos, estō dynatos gnōsin exeipein, ētō sophos en diakrisei logōn, ētō gorgos en ergois, ētō hagnos. tosoutǭ gar mallon tapeinophronein opheilei, hosǭ dokei mallon meizōn einai, ho Klēmēs en tę̄ pros Korinthious phēsi. toioutos hoios te ekeinǭ peithesthai tǭ parangelmati; kai hous men ek pyros harpazete, diakrinomenous de eleate. amelei to drepanon heneken tou kladeuein proēgoumenōs gegonen, alla kai peplegmena ta klēmata diastellomen en autǭ kai akanthas koptomen tōn sympephykuiōn tais ampelois, hais ou rhądion esti proselthein. tauta de panta tēn anaphoran echei epi to kladeusai. palin anthrōpos proēgoumenōs gegonen eis epignōsin theou, alla kai geōrgei kai geōmetrei kai philosophei, hōn to men epi to zēn, to de epi to eu zēn, to de epi to meletan ta apodeiktika gegenētai.
Let these things be so. But the one who knows must be very learned. And since the Greeks say, following Protagoras who began it, that to every argument an argument is opposed, it is fitting that he be prepared for such arguments too. For Scripture says: “He who says much will also hear in return.” “And who will understand the Lord's parable, except one who is wise and understanding and loves his Lord?” Let such a one, then, be faithful; let him be able to express knowledge; let him be wise in the discernment of words; let him be vigorous in deeds; let him be pure. “For the greater he seems to be, the more humble-minded he ought to be,” says Clement in the letter to the Corinthians. Such a man is able to obey that precept: “And some snatch out of the fire, but on those who doubt have mercy.” The pruning hook, of course, was made primarily for pruning, but with it we also separate tangled branches and cut the thorns that grow along with the vines, which are hard to get at; yet all these relate to pruning. Again, man was made primarily for the knowledge of God, but he also farms, measures land, and philosophizes: the first for living, the second for living well, and the third for studying things that admit of demonstration.
6.8.66Stählin 2:465
Ναὶ μὴν οἱ λέγοντες τὴν φιλοσοφίαν ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου ὁρμᾶσθαι κἀκείνῳ ἐπιστησάτωσαν, ὅτι φησὶν ἡ γραφὴ μετασχηματίζεσθαι τὸν διάβολον εἰς ἄγγελον φωτός, τί ποιήσοντα; εὔδηλον, ὅτι προφητεύσοντα. εἰ δὲ ὡς ἄγγελος φωτὸς προφητεύει, ἀληθῆ ἄρα ἐρεῖ. εἰ ἀγγελικὰ καὶ φωτεινά, προφητεύσει καὶ ὠφέλιμα τότε, ὅτε καὶ μετασχηματίζεται καθʼ ὁμοιότητα ἐνεργείας, κἂν ἄλλος ᾖ κατὰ τὸ ὑποκείμενον τῆς ἀποστασίας. ἐπεὶ πῶς ἂν ἀπατήσειέν τινα, μὴ διὰ τῶν ἀληθῶν ὑπαγόμενος τὸν φιλομαθῆ εἰς οἰκειότητα καὶ οὕτως ὕστερον εἰς ψεῦδος ὑποσύρων; ἄλλως τε καὶ ἐπιστάμενος τὴν ἀλήθειαν εὑρεθήσεται, καὶ εἰ μὴ καταληπτικῶς, ἀλλʼ οὖν οὐκ ἄπειρός γε αὐτῆς. οὐ τοίνυν ψευδὴς ἡ φιλοσοφία, κἂν ὁ κλέπτης καὶ ὁ ψεύστης κατὰ μετασχηματισμὸν ἐνεργείας τὰ ἀληθῆ λέγῃ, οὐδὲ μὴν διὰ τὸν λέγοντα προκαταγνωστέον ἀμαθῶς καὶ τῶν λεγομένων, ὅπερ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν προφητεύειν νῦν δὴ λεγομένων παρατηρητέον, ἀλλὰ τὰ λεγόμενα σκοπητέον, εἰ τῆς ἀληθείας ἔχεται.
Nai mēn hoi legontes tēn philosophian ek tou diabolou hormasthai kakeinǭ epistēsatōsan, hoti phēsin hē graphē metaschēmatizesthai ton diabolon eis angelon phōtos, ti poiēsonta? eudēlon, hoti prophēteusonta. ei de hōs angelos phōtos prophēteuei, alēthē ara erei. ei angelika kai phōteina, prophēteusei kai ōphelima tote, hote kai metaschēmatizetai kathʼ homoiotēta energeias, kan allos ę̄ kata to hypokeimenon tēs apostasias. epei pōs an apatēseien tina, mē dia tōn alēthōn hypagomenos ton philomathē eis oikeiotēta kai houtōs hysteron eis pseudos hyposyrōn? allōs te kai epistamenos tēn alētheian heurethēsetai, kai ei mē katalēptikōs, allʼ oun ouk apeiros ge autēs. ou toinyn pseudēs hē philosophia, kan ho kleptēs kai ho pseustēs kata metaschēmatismon energeias ta alēthē legę̄, oude mēn dia ton legonta prokatagnōsteon amathōs kai tōn legomenōn, hoper kai epi tōn prophēteuein nyn dē legomenōn paratērēteon, alla ta legomena skopēteon, ei tēs alētheias echetai.
Indeed, let those who say that philosophy takes its rise from the devil consider this too: Scripture says that the devil transforms himself into an angel of light. To do what? Clearly, to prophesy. And if he prophesies as an angel of light, he will say true things. If they are angelic and luminous, he will then prophesy useful things too, when he is transformed in likeness of activity, even if he is different in the substance of his apostasy. For how could he deceive anyone unless he drew the lover of learning into familiarity by true things, and so afterward dragged him down into falsehood? Besides, he will be found to know the truth, and if not with firm apprehension, at least not without experience of it. Philosophy, then, is not false, even if the thief and liar speaks true things by a transformation of activity; nor must we ignorantly condemn beforehand what is said because of the speaker (which must also be observed with those who are now said to prophesy), but we must examine what is said, whether it holds to the truth.
6.8.67Stählin 2:465
Ἤδη δὲ καὶ καθολικῷ λόγῳ πάντα τὰ ἀναγκαῖα καὶ λυσιτελῆ τῷ βίῳ θεόθεν ἥκειν εἰς ἡμᾶς λέγοντες οὐκ ἂν ἁμάρτοιμεν, τὴν δὲ φιλοσοφίαν καὶ μᾶλλον Ἕλλησιν, οἷον διαθήκην οἰκείαν αὐτοῖς, δεδόσθαι, ὑποβάθραν οὖσαν τῆς κατὰ Χριστὸν φιλοσοφίας, κἂν οἱ φιλοσοφοῦντες τὰ Ἑλλήνων ἐθελοκωφῶσι τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ἐξευτελίζοντες τὴν φωνὴν τὴν βαρβάρων ἢ καὶ ὑφορώμενοι τὸν ἐπηρτημένον τῷ πιστῷ κατὰ τοὺς πολιτικοὺς νόμους τοῦ θανάτου κίνδυνον. ὥσπερ δὲ ἐν τῇ βαρβάρῳ φιλοσοφίᾳ, οὕτως καὶ ἐν τῇ Ἑλληνικῇ ἐπεσπάρη τὰ ζιζάνια πρὸς τοῦ τῶν ζιζανίων οἰκείου γεωργοῦ. ὅθεν αἵ τε αἱρέσεις παρʼ ἡμῖν συνανεφύησαν τῷ γονίμῳ πυρῷ οἵ τε τὴν Ἐπικούρου ἀθεότητα καὶ τὴν ἡδονὴν καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα παρὰ τὸν ὀρθὸν λόγον ἐπέσπαρται τῇ Ἑλληνικῇ φιλοσοφίᾳ κηρύσσοντες νόθοι τῆς θεόθεν δωρηθείσης γεωργίας Ἕλλησιν ὑπάρχουσι καρποί.
Ēdē de kai katholikǭ logǭ panta ta anankaia kai lysitelē tǭ biǭ theothen hēkein eis hēmas legontes ouk an hamartoimen, tēn de philosophian kai mallon Hellēsin, hoion diathēkēn oikeian autois, dedosthai, hypobathran ousan tēs kata Christon philosophias, kan hoi philosophountes ta Hellēnōn ethelokōphōsi tēn alētheian, exeutelizontes tēn phōnēn tēn barbarōn ē kai hyphorōmenoi ton epērtēmenon tǭ pistǭ kata tous politikous nomous tou thanatou kindynon. hōsper de en tę̄ barbarǭ philosophią, houtōs kai en tę̄ Hellēnikę̄ epesparē ta zizania pros tou tōn zizaniōn oikeiou geōrgou. hothen hai te haireseis parʼ hēmin synanephyēsan tǭ gonimǭ pyrǭ hoi te tēn Epikourou atheotēta kai tēn hēdonēn kai hosa alla para ton orthon logon epespartai tę̄ Hellēnikę̄ philosophią kēryssontes nothoi tēs theothen dōrētheisēs geōrgias Hellēsin hyparchousi karpoi.
Speaking now in general terms, we would not be wrong to say that all things necessary and profitable for life come to us from God, and that philosophy was given especially to the Greeks, like a covenant of their own, being a foundation for the philosophy according to Christ, even if those who practice Greek philosophy willfully shut their ears to the truth, despising the speech of the barbarians or fearing the danger of death that hangs over the believer under the civil laws. But as in the barbarian philosophy, so in the Greek, tares were sown by the tares' own farmer. Hence both the heresies among us grew up along with the fruitful wheat, and those who preach the godlessness and pleasure of Epicurus, and whatever else contrary to right reason has been sown in Greek philosophy, are bastard fruits of the husbandry given by God to the Greeks.
6.8.68Stählin 2:465–466
ταύτην σοφίαν τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου τὴν φιλήδονον καὶ φίλαυτον ὁ ἀπόστολος λέγει, ὡς ἂν τὰ τοῦ κόσμου τοῦδε καὶ τὰ περὶ αὐτὸν μόνον διδάσκουσαν ὑποκειμένην τε ἀκολούθως κατὰ προστασίαν τοῖς τῇδε ἄρχουσι· διὸ καὶ στοιχειωτική τίς ἐστιν ἡ μερικὴ αὕτη φιλοσοφία, τῆς τελείας ὄντως ἐπιστήμης ἐπέκεινα κόσμου περὶ τὰ νοητὰ καὶ ἔτι τούτων τὰ πνευματικώτερα ἀναστρεφομένης, ἃ ὀφθαλμὸς οὐκ εἶδεν καὶ οὖς οὐκ ἤκουσεν οὐδὲ ἐπὶ καρδίαν ἀνέβη ἀνθρώπων, πρὶν ἢ διασαφῆσαι τὸν περὶ τούτων λόγον ἡμῖν τὸν διδάσκαλον, ἅγια ἁγίων καὶ ἔτι τούτων κατʼ ἐπανάβασιν τὰ ἁγιώτερα ἀποκαλύψαντος τοῖς γνησίως καὶ μὴ νόθως τῆς κυριακῆς υἱοθεσίας κληρονόμοις. αὐτίκα γὰρ τολμῶμεν φάναι (ἐνταῦθα γὰρ ἡ πίστις ἡ γνωστική) πάντων ἐπιστήμονα εἶναι καὶ πάντων περιληπτικόν, βεβαίᾳ καταλήψει κεχρημένον καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἡμῖν ἀπόρων, τὸν τῷ ὄντι γνωστικόν, ὁποῖος ἦν Ἰάκωβος, Πέτρος, Ἰωάννης, Παῦλος καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ ἀπόστολοι. γνώσεως γὰρ πλήρης ἡ προφητεία, ὡς ἂν παρὰ κυρίου δοθεῖσα καὶ διὰ κυρίου πάλιν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις σαφηνισθεῖσα· καὶ μή τι ἡ γνῶσις ἰδίωμα ψυχῆς τυγχάνει λογικῆς εἰς τοῦτο ἀσκουμένης, ἵνα διὰ τῆς γνώσεως εἰς ἀθανασίαν ἐπιγραφῇ. ἄμφω γὰρ δυνάμεις τῆς ψυχῆς, γνῶσίς τε καὶ ὁρμή.
tautēn sophian tou aiōnos toutou tēn philēdonon kai philauton ho apostolos legei, hōs an ta tou kosmou toude kai ta peri auton monon didaskousan hypokeimenēn te akolouthōs kata prostasian tois tę̄de archousi; dio kai stoicheiōtikē tis estin hē merikē hautē philosophia, tēs teleias ontōs epistēmēs epekeina kosmou peri ta noēta kai eti toutōn ta pneumatikōtera anastrephomenēs, ha ophthalmos ouk eiden kai ous ouk ēkousen oude epi kardian anebē anthrōpōn, prin ē diasaphēsai ton peri toutōn logon hēmin ton didaskalon, hagia hagiōn kai eti toutōn katʼ epanabasin ta hagiōtera apokalypsantos tois gnēsiōs kai mē nothōs tēs kyriakēs huiothesias klēronomois. autika gar tolmōmen phanai (entautha gar hē pistis hē gnōstikē) pantōn epistēmona einai kai pantōn perilēptikon, bebaią katalēpsei kechrēmenon kai epi tōn hēmin aporōn, ton tǭ onti gnōstikon, hopoios ēn Iakōbos, Petros, Iōannēs, Paulos kai hoi loipoi apostoloi. gnōseōs gar plērēs hē prophēteia, hōs an para kyriou dotheisa kai dia kyriou palin tois apostolois saphēnistheisa; kai mē ti hē gnōsis idiōma psychēs tynchanei logikēs eis touto askoumenēs, hina dia tēs gnōseōs eis athanasian epigraphę̄. amphō gar dynameis tēs psychēs, gnōsis te kai hormē.
This pleasure-loving and self-loving wisdom the apostle calls “the wisdom of this age,” as teaching only the things of this world and about it, and consequently subject, under their government, to the rulers here. That is why this partial philosophy is elementary, while the truly perfect understanding is concerned with intelligible things beyond the world, and with things still more spiritual than these, “which eye has not seen and ear has not heard, nor has it entered the heart of men,” until the teacher made the account of them clear to us, revealing the holy of holies and, ascending further, things holier still, to those who are genuinely, and not illegitimately, heirs of the Lord's adoption. For we dare to say (for here lies the faith of the one who knows) that the one who truly knows understands all things and comprehends all things, with firm apprehension even of things that are hard for us, as were James, Peter, John, Paul, and the rest of the apostles. For prophecy is full of knowledge, as given by the Lord and again made clear through the Lord to the apostles. And is not knowledge the property of the rational soul trained for this, so that through knowledge it may be enrolled for immortality? For both are powers of the soul: knowledge and impulse.
6.8.69Stählin 2:466
εὑρίσκεται δʼ ἡ ὁρμὴ μετά τινα συγκατάθεσιν κίνησις οὖσα· ὁ γὰρ ὁρμήσας εἴς τινα πρᾶξιν πρότερον τὴν γνῶσιν τῆς πράξεως λαμβάνει, δεύτερον δὲ τὴν ὁρμήν. ἔτι κἀπὶ τοῦδε κατανοήσωμεν· ἐπειδὴ γὰρ τὸ μαθεῖν τοῦ πρᾶξαι πρεσβύτερόν ἐστιν (φύσει γὰρ ὁ πράσσων τοῦτο, ὅ πρᾶξαι βούλεται, μανθάνει πρότερον) καὶ ἡ μὲν γνῶσις ἐκ τοῦ μαθεῖν, τὸ πρᾶξαι δὲ ἐκ τοῦ ὁρμῆσαι κἀκ τοῦ μανθάνειν ἡ γνῶσις, ἕπεται δὲ τῇ ἐπιστήμῃ ἡ ὁρμὴ μεθʼ ἣν ἡ πρᾶξις, ἀρχὴ καὶ δημιουργὸς πάσης λογικῆς πράξεως ἡ γνῶσις εἴη ἄν, ὥστʼ ἂν εἰκότως ταύτῃ μόνῃ χαρακτηρίζοιτο ἡ τῆς λογικῆς ἰδιότης ψυχῆς· τῷ ὄντι γὰρ ἡ μὲν ὁρμὴ καθάπερ γνῶσίς ἐστιν ἐπὶ τῶν ὄντων κινουμένη, γνῶσις δὲ αὐτὸ τοῦτο, θέα τίς ἐστι τῆς ψυχῆς τῶν ὄντων ἤτοι τινῶν, τελειωθεῖσα δὲ τῶν συμπάντων.
heurisketai dʼ hē hormē meta tina synkatathesin kinēsis ousa; ho gar hormēsas eis tina praxin proteron tēn gnōsin tēs praxeōs lambanei, deuteron de tēn hormēn. eti kapi toude katanoēsōmen; epeidē gar to mathein tou praxai presbyteron estin (physei gar ho prassōn touto, ho praxai bouletai, manthanei proteron) kai hē men gnōsis ek tou mathein, to praxai de ek tou hormēsai kak tou manthanein hē gnōsis, hepetai de tę̄ epistēmę̄ hē hormē methʼ hēn hē praxis, archē kai dēmiourgos pasēs logikēs praxeōs hē gnōsis eiē an, hōstʼ an eikotōs tautę̄ monę̄ charaktērizoito hē tēs logikēs idiotēs psychēs; tǭ onti gar hē men hormē kathaper gnōsis estin epi tōn ontōn kinoumenē, gnōsis de auto touto, thea tis esti tēs psychēs tōn ontōn ētoi tinōn, teleiōtheisa de tōn sympantōn.
Impulse is found to be a movement that follows some assent; for one who has an impulse toward some action first gets knowledge of the action, and second the impulse. Let us consider this further. Since learning is prior to doing (for by nature the one who acts first learns what he wishes to do), and knowledge comes from learning, and doing from having an impulse; and since knowledge comes from learning, and impulse follows understanding, and action follows impulse; knowledge would be the beginning and maker of every rational action, so that the particular character of the rational soul would rightly be marked out by this alone. For in truth impulse is, as it were, knowledge moving toward things, while knowledge itself is a kind of vision by the soul of things, either of some things or, when perfected, of all.
6.8.70Stählin 2:466–467
καίτοι φασί τινες τὸν σοφὸν ἄνθρωπον πεπεῖσθαι εἶναί τινα ἀκατάληπτα, ὡς καὶ περὶ τούτων ἔχειν τινὰ κατάληψιν, καταλαμβάνοντος, ὅτι ἀκατάληπτα ἔσται τὰ ἀκατάληπτα. ὅπερ ἐστὶ κοινὸν καὶ τῶν ὀλίγον προορᾶσθαι δυναμένων· βεβαιοῖ γὰρ ὁ τοιοῦτος εἶναί τινα ἀκατάληπτα. ὁ γνωστικὸς δὲ ἐκεῖνος, περὶ οὗ λέγω, τὰ δοκοῦντα ἀκατάληπτα εἶναι τοῖς ἄλλοις αὐτὸς καταλαμβάνει, πιστεύσας ὅτι οὐδὲν ἀκατάληπτον τῷ υἱῷ τοῦ θεοῦ, ὅθεν οὐδὲ ἀδίδακτον· ὁ γὰρ διʼ ἀγάπην τὴν πρὸς ἡμᾶς παθὼν οὐδὲν ἂν ὑποστείλαιτο εἰς διδασκαλίαν τῆς γνώσεως. γίνεται τοίνυν αὕτη ἡ πίστις ἀπόδειξις βεβαία, ἐπεὶ τοῖς ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ παραδοθεῖσιν ἀλήθεια ἕπεται. εἰ δὲ καὶ πολυπειρίαν ποθεῖ τις, οἶδεν τὰ ἀρχαῖα καὶ τὰ μέλλοντα εἰκάζει, ἐπίσταται στροφὰς λόγων καὶ λύσεις αἰνιγμάτων, σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα προγινώσκει καὶ ἐκβάσεις καιρῶν καὶ χρόνων ὁ τῆς σοφίας μαθητής.
kaitoi phasi tines ton sophon anthrōpon pepeisthai einai tina akatalēpta, hōs kai peri toutōn echein tina katalēpsin, katalambanontos, hoti akatalēpta estai ta akatalēpta. hoper esti koinon kai tōn oligon proorasthai dynamenōn; bebaioi gar ho toioutos einai tina akatalēpta. ho gnōstikos de ekeinos, peri hou legō, ta dokounta akatalēpta einai tois allois autos katalambanei, pisteusas hoti ouden akatalēpton tǭ huiǭ tou theou, hothen oude adidakton; ho gar diʼ agapēn tēn pros hēmas pathōn ouden an hyposteilaito eis didaskalian tēs gnōseōs. ginetai toinyn hautē hē pistis apodeixis bebaia, epei tois hypo tou theou paradotheisin alētheia hepetai. ei de kai polypeirian pothei tis, oiden ta archaia kai ta mellonta eikazei, epistatai strophas logōn kai lyseis ainigmatōn, sēmeia kai terata proginōskei kai ekbaseis kairōn kai chronōn ho tēs sophias mathētēs.
And yet some say that the wise man is persuaded that there are some things incomprehensible, so that he has a kind of comprehension even of these, comprehending that the incomprehensible things will remain incomprehensible. This is common even to those who can see only a little ahead; for such a person affirms that there are some incomprehensible things. But the one who knows, of whom I speak, himself comprehends what seems incomprehensible to others, believing that nothing is incomprehensible to the Son of God, and therefore nothing is beyond teaching; for he who suffered out of love for us would hold back nothing in the teaching of knowledge. This faith, then, becomes a firm demonstration, since truth follows what has been handed down by God. And if anyone longs for wide experience, the disciple of wisdom “knows the things of old and conjectures the things to come; he understands the turns of speech and the solutions of riddles; he foreknows signs and wonders and the outcomes of seasons and times.”
Miscellanies 6, chapter 9
6.9.71Stählin 2:467
Τοιοῦτος γὰρ ὁ γνωστικός, ὡς μόνοις τοῖς διὰ τὴν διαμονὴν τοῦ σώματος γινομένοις πάθεσι περιπίπτειν, οἷον πείνῃ, δίψει καὶ τοῖς ὁμοίοις. ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ μὲν τοῦ σωτῆρος τὸ σῶμα ἀπαιτεῖν ὡς σῶμα τὰς ἀναγκαίας ὑπηρεσίας εἰς διαμονήν, γέλως ἂν εἴη· ἔφαγεν γὰρ οὐ διὰ τὸ σῶμα, δυνάμει συνεχόμενον ἁγίᾳ, ἀλλʼ ὡς μὴ τοὺς συνόντας ἄλλως περὶ αὐτοῦ φρονεῖν ὑπεισέλθοι, ὥσπερ ἀμέλει ὕστερον δοκήσει τινὲς αὐτὸν πεφανερῶσθαι ὑπέλαβον· αὐτὸς δὲ ἁπαξαπλῶς ἀπαθὴς ἦν, εἰς ὃν οὐδὲν παρεισδύεται κίνημα παθητικὸν οὔτε ἡδονὴ οὔτε λύπη. οἱ δὲ ἀπόστολοι ὀργῆς καὶ φόβου καὶ ἐπιθυμίας διὰ τῆς κυριακῆς διδασκαλίας γνωστικώτερον κρατήσαντες καὶ τὰ δοκοῦντα ἀγαθὰ τῶν παθητικῶν κινημάτων, οἷον θάρσος, ζῆλον, χαράν, εὐθυμίαν, οὐδὲ αὐτὰ ἀνεδέξαντο, ἐμπέδῳ τινὶ τῆς διανοίας καταστάσει μηδὲ καθʼ ὁτιοῦν μεταβαλλόμενοι, ἀλλʼ ἐν ἕξει ἀσκήσεως ἀεὶ μένοντες ἀναλλοίωτοι μετά γε τὴν τοῦ κυρίου ἀνάστασιν. κἂν γὰρ μετὰ λόγου γινόμενα τὰ προειρημένα ἀγαθά τις ἐκδέχηται, ἀλλʼ οὖν γε ἐπὶ τοῦ τελείου οὐ παραδεκτέον, ὃς οὔτε θαρσεῖν ἔχει (οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐν δεινοῖς γίνεται, μηδὲν δεινὸν ἡγούμενος τῶν ἐν τῷ βίῳ, οὐδὲ ἀποστῆσαί τι καὶ ἄνευ τούτου αὐτὸν τῆς πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ἀγάπης δύναται), οὔτε εὐθυμίας χρεία ἐστίν (οὐδὲ γὰρ εἰς λύπην ἐμπίπτει, πάντα καλῶς γίνεσθαι πεπεισμένος) οὐδὲ μὴν θυμοῦται (οὐδὲ γάρ ἐστιν ὅ τι συγκινήσει αὐτὸν πρὸς θυμόν, ἀγαπῶντα ἀεὶ τὸν θεὸν καὶ πρὸς τούτῳ μόνῳ ὅλον τετραμμένον καὶ διὰ τοῦτο μηδὲν τῶν κτισμάτων τοῦ θεοῦ μεμισηκότα)· ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ζηλοῖ (οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐνδεῖ τι αὐτῷ πρὸς ἐξομοίωσιν τῷ καλῷ καὶ ἀγαθῷ εἶναι· οὐδὲ ἄρα φιλεῖ τινα τὴν κοινὴν ταύτην φιλίαν, ἀλλʼ ἀγαπᾷ τὸν κτίστην διὰ τῶν κτισμάτων).
Toioutos gar ho gnōstikos, hōs monois tois dia tēn diamonēn tou sōmatos ginomenois pathesi peripiptein, hoion peinę̄, dipsei kai tois homoiois. allʼ epi men tou sōtēros to sōma apaitein hōs sōma tas anankaias hypēresias eis diamonēn, gelōs an eiē; ephagen gar ou dia to sōma, dynamei synechomenon hagią, allʼ hōs mē tous synontas allōs peri autou phronein hypeiselthoi, hōsper amelei hysteron dokēsei tines auton pephanerōsthai hypelabon; autos de hapaxaplōs apathēs ēn, eis hon ouden pareisdyetai kinēma pathētikon oute hēdonē oute lypē. hoi de apostoloi orgēs kai phobou kai epithymias dia tēs kyriakēs didaskalias gnōstikōteron kratēsantes kai ta dokounta agatha tōn pathētikōn kinēmatōn, hoion tharsos, zēlon, charan, euthymian, oude auta anedexanto, empedǭ tini tēs dianoias katastasei mēde kathʼ hotioun metaballomenoi, allʼ en hexei askēseōs aei menontes analloiōtoi meta ge tēn tou kyriou anastasin. kan gar meta logou ginomena ta proeirēmena agatha tis ekdechētai, allʼ oun ge epi tou teleiou ou paradekteon, hos oute tharsein echei (oude gar en deinois ginetai, mēden deinon hēgoumenos tōn en tǭ biǭ, oude apostēsai ti kai aneu toutou auton tēs pros ton theon agapēs dynatai), oute euthymias chreia estin (oude gar eis lypēn empiptei, panta kalōs ginesthai pepeismenos) oude mēn thymoutai (oude gar estin ho ti synkinēsei auton pros thymon, agapōnta aei ton theon kai pros toutǭ monǭ holon tetrammenon kai dia touto mēden tōn ktismatōn tou theou memisēkota); allʼ oude zēloi (oude gar endei ti autǭ pros exomoiōsin tǭ kalǭ kai agathǭ einai; oude ara philei tina tēn koinēn tautēn philian, allʼ agapą ton ktistēn dia tōn ktismatōn).
For the one who knows is such that he is subject only to the affections that arise for the maintenance of the body, such as hunger, thirst, and the like. But in the case of the Savior it would be ridiculous to suppose that the body, as a body, demanded the necessary services for its maintenance; for he ate not for the sake of the body, which was held together by holy power, but so that it might not enter the minds of those who were with him to think otherwise about him, as indeed later some supposed that he had been manifested only in appearance. He himself was entirely free from passion; no movement of passion, either pleasure or pain, found its way into him. The apostles, having mastered anger and fear and desire in a more knowing way through the Lord's teaching, did not admit even what seem to be the good forms of passionate movement, such as boldness, zeal, joy, and cheerfulness; they were in no way changed, by a firm settledness of mind, but always remained unaltered in a habit of discipline, at least after the Lord's resurrection. For even if someone accepts the aforesaid goods when they arise with reason, they are still not to be admitted in the perfect man. He has no occasion for boldness (for he is never among terrors, since he considers nothing in life terrible, and nothing can draw him away from the love of God); nor does he need cheerfulness (for he does not fall into grief, being persuaded that all things turn out well); nor indeed does he become angry (for there is nothing that will move him to anger, since he always loves God and is wholly turned to him alone, and therefore hates none of God's creatures); nor is he zealous (for he lacks nothing needed for being made like the beautiful and good; nor, then, does he love anyone with this common friendship, but he loves the Creator through the creatures).
6.9.72Stählin 2:467–468
οὔτʼ οὖν ἐπιθυμίᾳ καὶ ὀρέξει τινὶ περιπίπτει οὔτε ἐνδεής ἐστι κατά γε τὴν ψυχὴν τῶν ἄλλων τινός, συνὼν ἤδη διʼ ἀγάπης τῷ ἐραστῷ, ᾧ δὴ ᾠκείωται κατὰ τὴν αἵρεσιν, καὶ τῇ ἐξ ἀσκήσεως ἕξει τούτῳ προσεχέστερον συνεγγίζων, μακάριος ὢν διὰ τὴν τῶν ἀγαθῶν περιουσίαν, ὥστε ἕνεκά γε τούτων ἐξομοιοῦσθαι βιάζεται τῷ διδασκάλῳ εἰς ἀπάθειαν· νοερὸς γὰρ ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ, καθʼ ὃ ὁ τοῦ νοῦ εἰκονισμὸς ὁρᾶται ἐν μόνῳ τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ, ᾗ καὶ θεοειδὴς καὶ θεοείκελος ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἀνὴρ κατὰ ψυχὴν ὅ τε αὖ θεὸς ἀνθρωποειδής· τὸ γὰρ εἶδος ἑκάστου ὁ νοῦς, ᾧ χαρακτηριζόμεθα. παρʼ ὃ καὶ οἱ εἰς ἄνθρωπον ἁμαρτάνοντες ἀνόσιοί τε καὶ ἀσεβεῖς.
outʼ oun epithymią kai orexei tini peripiptei oute endeēs esti kata ge tēn psychēn tōn allōn tinos, synōn ēdē diʼ agapēs tǭ erastǭ, hǭ dē ǭkeiōtai kata tēn hairesin, kai tę̄ ex askēseōs hexei toutǭ prosechesteron synengizōn, makarios ōn dia tēn tōn agathōn periousian, hōste heneka ge toutōn exomoiousthai biazetai tǭ didaskalǭ eis apatheian; noeros gar ho logos tou theou, kathʼ ho ho tou nou eikonismos horatai en monǭ tǭ anthrōpǭ, hę̄ kai theoeidēs kai theoeikelos ho agathos anēr kata psychēn ho te au theos anthrōpoeidēs; to gar eidos hekastou ho nous, hǭ charaktērizometha. parʼ ho kai hoi eis anthrōpon hamartanontes anosioi te kai asebeis.
So he does not fall into desire or any craving, nor is he in need, as far as the soul is concerned, of anything else, since he is already united through love with the Beloved, to whom he has been made akin by his own choice, and drawing nearer to him by the habit that comes from discipline, being blessed through the abundance of good things; so that for these reasons he strives to be made like the teacher in freedom from passion. For the Word of God is intellectual, and in this respect the image of mind is seen in man alone; hence the good man is godlike and resembles God in soul, and God in turn is manlike; for the form of each is the mind, by which we are characterized. That is why those who sin against a man are also unholy and impious.
6.9.73Stählin 2:468
λῆρος γὰρ καὶ τὸ φάσκειν τὸν γνωστικὸν καὶ τέλειον μὴ δεῖν ἀφαιρεῖν θυμοῦ καὶ θάρσους, ὡς μὴ καὶ ἄνευ τούτων κατεξαναστησομένου τῶν περιστάσεων οὐδʼ ὑπομενοῦντος τὰ δεινά, ἀλλʼ, εἰ καὶ τὴν εὐθυμίαν ἀφέλοιμεν αὐτοῦ, ὡς πάντως ὑπὸ τῶν λυπηρῶν συγχεθησομένου καὶ διὰ τοῦτο κάκιστα ἀπαλλάξοντος τοῦ τε ζῆν. τῆς δʼ ἐπιθυμίας εἰ μὴ μετείη αὐτῷ, ᾗ τισιν ἔδοξεν, οὐκ ἂν † τῶν ὁμοίων τοῖς καλοῖς κἀγαθοῖς, φασίν, ἔφεσιν λάβοι. εἰ γοῦν ἡ πᾶσα οἰκείωσις ἡ πρὸς τὰ καλὰ μετʼ ὀρέξεως γίνεται, πῶς ἀπαθὴς μένει, φασίν, ὁ τῶν καλῶν ὀρεγόμενος; ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἴσασιν, ὡς ἔοικεν, οὗτοι τὸ θεῖον τῆς ἀγάπης· οὐ γάρ ἐστιν ἔτι ὄρεξις τοῦ ἀγαπῶντος ἡ ἀγάπη, στερκτικὴ δὲ οἰκείωσις, εἰς τὴν ἑνότητα τῆς πίστεως ἀποκαθεστακυῖα τὸν γνωστικόν, χρόνου καὶ τόπου μὴ προσδεόμενον. ὁ δʼ ἐν οἷς ἔσται, διʼ ἀγάπης ἤδη γενόμενος, τὴν ἐλπίδα προειληφὼς διὰ τῆς γνώσεως, οὐδὲ ὀρέγεταί τινος, ἔχων ὡς οἷόν τε αὐτὸ τὸ ὀρεκτόν. εἰκότως τοίνυν ἐν τῇ μιᾷ ἕξει μένει τῇ ἀμεταβόλῳ γνωστικῶς ἀγαπῶν, οὐδʼ ἄρα ζηλώσει ἐξομοιωθῆναι τοῖς καλοῖς εἶναι, διʼ ἀγάπης ἔχων τοῦ κάλλους. θάρσους τε καὶ ἐπιθυμίας τίς ἔτι τούτῳ χρεία τὴν ἐκ τῆς ἀγάπης οἰκείωσιν πρὸς τὸν ἀπαθῆ θεὸν ἀπειληφότι καὶ διὰ τῆς ἀγάπης ἑαυτὸν εἰς τοὺς φίλους ἐγγεγραφότι;
lēros gar kai to phaskein ton gnōstikon kai teleion mē dein aphairein thymou kai tharsous, hōs mē kai aneu toutōn katexanastēsomenou tōn peristaseōn oudʼ hypomenountos ta deina, allʼ, ei kai tēn euthymian apheloimen autou, hōs pantōs hypo tōn lypērōn synchethēsomenou kai dia touto kakista apallaxontos tou te zēn. tēs dʼ epithymias ei mē meteiē autǭ, hę̄ tisin edoxen, ouk an † tōn homoiōn tois kalois kagathois, phasin, ephesin laboi. ei goun hē pasa oikeiōsis hē pros ta kala metʼ orexeōs ginetai, pōs apathēs menei, phasin, ho tōn kalōn oregomenos? allʼ ouk isasin, hōs eoiken, houtoi to theion tēs agapēs; ou gar estin eti orexis tou agapōntos hē agapē, sterktikē de oikeiōsis, eis tēn henotēta tēs pisteōs apokathestakuia ton gnōstikon, chronou kai topou mē prosdeomenon. ho dʼ en hois estai, diʼ agapēs ēdē genomenos, tēn elpida proeilēphōs dia tēs gnōseōs, oude oregetai tinos, echōn hōs hoion te auto to orekton. eikotōs toinyn en tę̄ mią hexei menei tę̄ ametabolǭ gnōstikōs agapōn, oudʼ ara zēlōsei exomoiōthēnai tois kalois einai, diʼ agapēs echōn tou kallous. tharsous te kai epithymias tis eti toutǭ chreia tēn ek tēs agapēs oikeiōsin pros ton apathē theon apeilēphoti kai dia tēs agapēs heauton eis tous philous engegraphoti?
For it is nonsense to say that the one who knows, the perfect man, must not be deprived of anger and boldness, as though without these he would not rise above circumstances nor endure terrors; and that, if we should also take away his cheerfulness, he would be utterly overwhelmed by griefs and for that reason depart from life most wretchedly. And if he had no share in desire, as some have thought, he would not, they say, gain a longing … for likeness to the beautiful and good. If, then, every appropriation of what is beautiful comes about with craving, how, they say, does one who craves the beautiful remain free from passion? But these people, it seems, do not know the divine quality of love. For love is no longer a craving of the one who loves, but an affectionate appropriation, which has restored the one who knows to the unity of the faith, no longer needing time and place. He who through love is already among the things amid which he will be, having anticipated his hope through knowledge, does not even crave anything, since he has, as far as possible, the very object of craving. Fittingly, then, he remains in the one unchangeable habit, loving in the manner of knowledge; nor will he strive to be made like the beautiful, since through love he possesses beauty. What further need has he of boldness and desire, who through love has received appropriation to the God who is free from passion, and through love has enrolled himself among his friends?
6.9.74Stählin 2:468–469
ἐξαιρετέον ἄρα τὸν γνωστικὸν ἡμῖν καὶ τέλειον ἀπὸ παντὸς ψυχικοῦ πάθους· ἡ μὲν γὰρ γνῶσις συνάσκησιν, ἡ συνάσκησις δὲ ἕξιν ἢ διάθεσιν, ἡ κατάστασις δὲ ἡ τοιάδε ἀπάθειαν ἐργάζεται, οὐ μετριοπάθειαν· ἀπάθειαν γὰρ καρποῦται παντελὴς τῆς ἐπιθυμίας ἐκκοπή. ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ἐκείνων τῶν θρυλουμένων ἀγαθῶν, τουτέστι τῶν παρακειμένων τοῖς πάθεσιν παθητικῶν ἀγαθῶν, μεταλαμβάνει ὁ γνωστικός, οἷον εὐφροσύνης λέγω (ἥτις παράκειται τῇ ἡδονῇ) καὶ κατηφείας (αὕτη γὰρ τῇ λύπῃ παρέζευκται) καὶ εὐλαβείας (ὑπέσταλκεν γὰρ τῷ φόβῳ), ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ θυμοῦ (παρὰ τὴν ὀργὴν οὗτος τέτακται),
exaireteon ara ton gnōstikon hēmin kai teleion apo pantos psychikou pathous; hē men gar gnōsis synaskēsin, hē synaskēsis de hexin ē diathesin, hē katastasis de hē toiade apatheian ergazetai, ou metriopatheian; apatheian gar karpoutai pantelēs tēs epithymias ekkopē. allʼ oude ekeinōn tōn thryloumenōn agathōn, toutesti tōn parakeimenōn tois pathesin pathētikōn agathōn, metalambanei ho gnōstikos, hoion euphrosynēs legō (hētis parakeitai tę̄ hēdonę̄) kai katēpheias (hautē gar tę̄ lypę̄ parezeuktai) kai eulabeias (hypestalken gar tǭ phobǭ), allʼ oude thymou (para tēn orgēn houtos tetaktai),
We must, then, exempt the one who knows, the perfect man, from every passion of the soul. For knowledge produces training, training produces a habit or disposition, and such a state produces freedom from passion, not moderation of passion; for the complete cutting off of desire reaps freedom from passion. Nor does the one who knows share in those much-talked-of goods, that is, the passionate goods that lie next to the passions: I mean, for example, gladness (which lies next to pleasure), dejection (for this is yoked to grief), and caution (for it is subordinate to fear), nor indeed spirit (this is ranked beside anger),
6.9.75Stählin 2:469
κἂν λέγωσί τινες μηκέτʼ εἶναι ταῦτα κακά, ἀλλʼ ἤδη ἀγαθά. ἀδύνατον γὰρ τὸν ἅπαξ τελειωθέντα διʼ ἀγάπης καὶ τὴν ἀπλήρωτον τῆς θεωρίας εὐφροσύνην ἀιδίως καὶ ἀκορέστως ἑστιώμενον ἐπὶ τοῖς μικροῖς καὶ χαμαιζήλοις ἔτι τέρπεσθαι· τίς γὰρ ὑπολείπεται ἔτι τούτῳ εὔλογος αἰτία ἐπὶ τὰ κοσμικὰ παλινδρομεῖν ἀγαθὰ τῷ τὸ ἀπρόσιτον ἀπειληφότι φῶς κἂν μηδέπω κατὰ τὸν χρόνον καὶ τὸν τόπον, ἀλλʼ ἐκείνῃ γε τῇ γνωστικῇ ἀγάπῃ, διʼ ἣν καὶ ἡ κληρονομία καὶ ἡ παντελὴς ἕπεται ἀποκατάστασις, βεβαιοῦντος διʼ ἔργων τοῦ μισθαποδότου, ὃ διὰ τοῦ ἑλέσθαι γνωστικῶς διὰ τῆς ἀγάπης φθάσας προείληφεν ὁ γνωστικός; ἦ γὰρ οὐχί, ἀποδημῶν πρὸς τὸν κύριον διʼ ἀγάπην τὴν πρὸς αὐτόν, κἂν τὸ σκῆνος αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ γῆς θεωρῆται, ἑαυτὸν μὲν οὐκ ἐξάγει τοῦ βίου (οὐ γὰρ ἐπιτέτραπται αὐτῷ), ἐξήγαγεν δὲ τὴν ψυχὴν τῶν παθῶν (συγκεχώρηται γὰρ αὐτῷ) ζῇ τε αὖ νεκρώσας τὰς ἐπιθυμίας καὶ οὐκέτι συγχρῆται τῷ σώματι, μόνον δὲ αὐτῷ ἐπιτρέπει χρῆσθαι τοῖς ἀναγκαίοις, ἵνα μὴ τὴν αἰτίαν τῆς διαλύσεως παράσχῃ;
kan legōsi tines mēketʼ einai tauta kaka, allʼ ēdē agatha. adynaton gar ton hapax teleiōthenta diʼ agapēs kai tēn aplērōton tēs theōrias euphrosynēn aidiōs kai akorestōs hestiōmenon epi tois mikrois kai chamaizēlois eti terpesthai; tis gar hypoleipetai eti toutǭ eulogos aitia epi ta kosmika palindromein agatha tǭ to aprositon apeilēphoti phōs kan mēdepō kata ton chronon kai ton topon, allʼ ekeinę̄ ge tę̄ gnōstikę̄ agapę̄, diʼ hēn kai hē klēronomia kai hē pantelēs hepetai apokatastasis, bebaiountos diʼ ergōn tou misthapodotou, ho dia tou helesthai gnōstikōs dia tēs agapēs phthasas proeilēphen ho gnōstikos? ē gar ouchi, apodēmōn pros ton kyrion diʼ agapēn tēn pros auton, kan to skēnos autou epi gēs theōrētai, heauton men ouk exagei tou biou (ou gar epitetraptai autǭ), exēgagen de tēn psychēn tōn pathōn (synkechōrētai gar autǭ) zę̄ te au nekrōsas tas epithymias kai ouketi synchrētai tǭ sōmati, monon de autǭ epitrepei chrēsthai tois anankaiois, hina mē tēn aitian tēs dialyseōs paraschę̄?
even if some say that these are no longer evils but already goods. For it is impossible that one who has once been perfected through love, and who feasts eternally and insatiably on the never-cloying gladness of contemplation, should still delight in small and grovelling things. For what reasonable cause is left to him to run back to worldly goods, when he has attained the unapproachable light, even if not yet in time and place, yet by that knowing love through which the inheritance and the complete restoration follow, the rewarder confirming by deeds what the one who knows, having chosen it knowingly through love, has already anticipated and taken beforehand? Is it not so that, departing to the Lord through his love for him, even if his tent is seen on earth, he does not remove himself from life (for that is not permitted him), but he has removed his soul from the passions (for that is granted him), and he lives having put his desires to death, and no longer makes common use of the body, but only allows it the use of necessities, so as not to give cause for its dissolution?
6.9.76Stählin 2:469
Πῶς οὖν ἔτι τούτῳ τῆς ἀνδρείας χρεία, μὴ γινομένῳ ἐν δεινοῖς, τῷ γε μὴ παρόντι, ὅλως δὲ ἤδη συνόντι τῷ ἐραστῷ; τίς δὲ καὶ σωφροσύνης ἀνάγκη μὴ χρῄζοντι αὐτῆς; τὸ γὰρ ἔχειν τοιαύτας ἐπιθυμίας, ὡς σωφροσύνης δεῖσθαι πρὸς τὴν τούτων ἐγκράτειαν, οὐδέπω καθαροῦ, ἀλλʼ ἐμπαθοῦς, ἀνδρεία τε διὰ φόβον καὶ δειλίαν παραλαμβάνεται. οὐ γὰρ δὴ πρέπον ἔτι τὸν φίλον τοῦ θεοῦ, ὃν προώρισεν ὁ θεὸς πρὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου εἰς τὴν ἄκραν ἐγκαταλεγῆναι υἱοθεσίαν, ἡδοναῖς ἢ φόβοις περιπίπτειν καὶ περὶ τὴν καταστολὴν ἀπασχολεῖσθαι τῶν παθῶν. τολμήσας γὰρ φήσαιμʼ ἄν· καθάπερ προωρισμένως κεῖται διʼ ὧν πράξει καὶ οὗ τεύξεται, οὕτως καὶ αὐτὸς προορίσας ἔχει διʼ ὧν ἔγνω ὃν ἠγάπησεν, οὐκ ἔχων δυστέκμαρτον τὸ μέλλον, καθάπερ οἱ πολλοὶ στοχαζόμενοι βιοῦσιν, ἀπειληφὼς δὲ διὰ πίστεως γνωστικῆς, ὃ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἄδηλον.
Pōs oun eti toutǭ tēs andreias chreia, mē ginomenǭ en deinois, tǭ ge mē paronti, holōs de ēdē synonti tǭ erastǭ? tis de kai sōphrosynēs anankē mē chrę̄zonti autēs? to gar echein toiautas epithymias, hōs sōphrosynēs deisthai pros tēn toutōn enkrateian, oudepō katharou, allʼ empathous, andreia te dia phobon kai deilian paralambanetai. ou gar dē prepon eti ton philon tou theou, hon proōrisen ho theos pro katabolēs kosmou eis tēn akran enkatalegēnai huiothesian, hēdonais ē phobois peripiptein kai peri tēn katastolēn apascholeisthai tōn pathōn. tolmēsas gar phēsaimʼ an; kathaper proōrismenōs keitai diʼ hōn praxei kai hou teuxetai, houtōs kai autos proorisas echei diʼ hōn egnō hon ēgapēsen, ouk echōn dystekmarton to mellon, kathaper hoi polloi stochazomenoi biousin, apeilēphōs de dia pisteōs gnōstikēs, ho tois allois adēlon.
How then does he still need courage, since he is not among terrors, not being present here, but already wholly united with the Beloved? And what need of self-restraint has he who does not need it? For to have such desires as to need self-restraint for self-control over them belongs to one not yet pure but subject to passion; and courage is taken up because of fear and cowardice. For it is certainly no longer fitting that the friend of God, whom God foreordained before the foundation of the world to be enrolled in the highest adoption, should fall into pleasures or fears and be occupied with the repression of passions. For I would dare to say: just as he stands foreordained through what he will do and what he will attain, so he too, having foreordained, holds through what he has known the one whom he has loved; he does not have a future hard to discern, as the many live by guessing, but has received through knowing faith what is unclear to others.
6.9.77Stählin 2:469–470
κἄστιν αὐτῷ διʼ ἀγάπην ἐνεστὸς ἤδη τὸ μέλλον· πεπίστευκεν γὰρ διά τε τῆς προφητείας διά τε τῆς παρουσίας τῷ μὴ ψευδομένῳ θεῷ καὶ, ὃ πεπίστευκεν, ἔχει καὶ κρατεῖ τῆς ἐπαγγελίας (ἀλήθεια δὲ ὁ ἐπαγγειλάμενος) καὶ τὸ τέλος τῆς ἐπαγγελίας διὰ τῆς ἀξιοπιστίας τοῦ ἐπαγγειλαμένου κατʼ ἐπιστήμην βεβαίως ἀπείληφεν. ὁ δὲ τὴν ἐν οἷς ἐστι κατάστασιν βεβαίαν τῶν μελλόντων κατάληψιν εἰδὼς διʼ ἀγάπης προαπαντᾷ τῷ μέλλοντι. αὐτίκα οὐδὲ εὔξεται τυχεῖν τῶν τῇδε ὁ τεύξεσθαι πεπεισμένος τῶν ὄντως ἀγαθῶν, ἔχεσθαι δὲ ἀεὶ τῆς ἐπηβόλου καὶ κατορθωτικῆς πίστεως. καὶ πρὸς τοῖσδε παμπόλλους ὡς ὅτι μάλιστα ὁμοίους αὐτῷ γενέσθαι εὔξεται, εἰς δόξαν τοῦ θεοῦ, ἣ κατʼ ἐπίγνωσιν τελειοῦται· σωτήριος γάρ τις ὁ τῷ σωτῆρι ἐξομοιούμενος, εἰς ὅσον ἀνθρωπίνῃ φύσει χωρῆσαι τὴν εἰκόνα θέμις, ἀπαραβάτως τὰ κατὰ τὰς ἐντολὰς κατορθῶν.
kastin autǭ diʼ agapēn enestos ēdē to mellon; pepisteuken gar dia te tēs prophēteias dia te tēs parousias tǭ mē pseudomenǭ theǭ kai, ho pepisteuken, echei kai kratei tēs epangelias (alētheia de ho epangeilamenos) kai to telos tēs epangelias dia tēs axiopistias tou epangeilamenou katʼ epistēmēn bebaiōs apeilēphen. ho de tēn en hois esti katastasin bebaian tōn mellontōn katalēpsin eidōs diʼ agapēs proapantą tǭ mellonti. autika oude euxetai tychein tōn tę̄de ho teuxesthai pepeismenos tōn ontōs agathōn, echesthai de aei tēs epēbolou kai katorthōtikēs pisteōs. kai pros toisde pampollous hōs hoti malista homoious autǭ genesthai euxetai, eis doxan tou theou, hē katʼ epignōsin teleioutai; sōtērios gar tis ho tǭ sōtēri exomoioumenos, eis hoson anthrōpinę̄ physei chōrēsai tēn eikona themis, aparabatōs ta kata tas entolas katorthōn.
And for him, through love, the future is already present. For he has believed God, who does not lie, both through prophecy and through the coming; and what he has believed he possesses, and he holds fast the promise (and the one who promised is truth), and he has securely received, with understanding, the fulfilment of the promise through the trustworthiness of the one who promised. And he who knows that his state among the things where he is is a firm apprehension of things to come, goes out to meet the future beforehand through love. For instance, he will not even pray to obtain the things here, being persuaded that he will obtain the truly good things; but he will pray always to hold to the faith that attains and succeeds. And besides this he will pray that very many may become as like himself as possible, for the glory of God, which is perfected through full knowledge. For whoever is made like the Savior is himself a kind of savior, so far as it is lawful for human nature to receive the image, carrying out without transgression what accords with the commandments.
6.9.78Stählin 2:470–471
οὗ δʼ ἔστι τὸ θρῃσκεύειν τὸ θεῖον διὰ τῆς ὄντως δικαιοσύνης, ἔργων τε καὶ γνώσεως, τούτου φωνὴν κατὰ τὴν εὐχὴν οὐκ ἀναμένει κύριος, αἴτησαι λέγων καὶ ποιήσω· ἐννοήθητι καὶ δώσω. Καθόλου γὰρ ἐν τῷ τρεπομένῳ τὸ ἄτρεπτον ἀδύνατον λαβεῖν πῆξιν καὶ σύστασιν, ἐν τροπῇ δὲ τῇ συνεχεῖ, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἀστάτου τοῦ ἡγεμονικοῦ γινομένου, ἡ ἑκτικὴ δύναμις οὐ σῴζεται. ὃ γὰρ ὑπὸ τῶν ἔξωθεν ὑπεισιόντων καὶ προσπιπτόντων ἀεὶ μεταβάλλεται, πῶς ἄν ποτε ἐν ἕξει καὶ διαθέσει καὶ συλλήβδην ἐν ἐπιστήμης κατοχῇ γένοιτʼ ἄν; καίτοι καὶ οἱ φιλόσοφοι τὰς ἀρετὰς ἕξεις καὶ διαθέσεις καὶ ἐπιστήμας οἴονται. ὡς δὲ οὐ συγγεννᾶται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις, ἀλλʼ ἐπίκτητός ἐστιν ἡ γνῶσις καὶ προσοχῆς μὲν δεῖται κατὰ τὰς ἀρχὰς ἡ μάθησις αὐτῆς ἐκθρέψεώς τε καὶ αὐξήσεως, ἔπειτα δὲ ἐκ τῆς ἀδιαλείπτου μελέτης εἰς ἕξιν ἔρχεται, οὕτως ἐν ἕξει τελειωθεῖσα τῇ μυστικῇ ἀμετάπτωτος διʼ ἀγάπην μένει· οὐ γὰρ μόνον τὸ πρῶτον αἴτιον καὶ τὸ ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ γεγεννημένον αἴτιον κατείληφεν καὶ περὶ τούτων ἐμπέδως ἔχει, μονίμως μονίμους καὶ ἀμεταπτώτους καὶ ἀκινήτους λόγους κεκτημένος, ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ ἀγαθῶν καὶ περὶ κακῶν περί τε γενέσεως ἁπάσης καὶ συλλήβδην εἰπεῖν, περὶ ὧν ἐλάλησεν ὁ κύριος, τὴν ἀκριβεστάτην ἐκ καταβολῆς κόσμου εἰς τέλος ἀλήθειαν παρʼ αὐτῆς ἔχει τῆς ἀληθείας μαθών, οὐκ, εἴ πού τι φανείη πιθανὸν ἢ κατὰ λόγον Ἑλληνικὸν ἀναγκαστικόν, πρὸ αὐτῆς αἱρούμενος τῆς ἀληθείας, τὰ δὲ εἰρημένα ὑπὸ κυρίου σαφῆ καὶ πρόδηλα ἔχει λαβών. κἂν τοῖς ἄλλοις ᾖ ἔτι κεκρυμμένα, ἤδη περὶ πάντων εἴληφε τὴν γνῶσιν. τὰ λόγια δὲ τὰ παρʼ ἡμῖν θεσπίζει περί τε τῶν ὄντων ὡς ἔστι, περί τε τῶν μελλόντων ὡς ἔσται, περί τε τῶν γεγονότων ὡς ἐγένετο.
hou dʼ esti to thrę̄skeuein to theion dia tēs ontōs dikaiosynēs, ergōn te kai gnōseōs, toutou phōnēn kata tēn euchēn ouk anamenei kyrios, aitēsai legōn kai poiēsō; ennoēthēti kai dōsō. Katholou gar en tǭ trepomenǭ to atrepton adynaton labein pēxin kai systasin, en tropę̄ de tę̄ synechei, kai dia touto astatou tou hēgemonikou ginomenou, hē hektikē dynamis ou sǭzetai. ho gar hypo tōn exōthen hypeisiontōn kai prospiptontōn aei metaballetai, pōs an pote en hexei kai diathesei kai syllēbdēn en epistēmēs katochę̄ genoitʼ an? kaitoi kai hoi philosophoi tas aretas hexeis kai diatheseis kai epistēmas oiontai. hōs de ou syngennatai tois anthrōpois, allʼ epiktētos estin hē gnōsis kai prosochēs men deitai kata tas archas hē mathēsis autēs ekthrepseōs te kai auxēseōs, epeita de ek tēs adialeiptou meletēs eis hexin erchetai, houtōs en hexei teleiōtheisa tę̄ mystikę̄ ametaptōtos diʼ agapēn menei; ou gar monon to prōton aition kai to hypʼ autou gegennēmenon aition kateilēphen kai peri toutōn empedōs echei, monimōs monimous kai ametaptōtous kai akinētous logous kektēmenos, alla kai peri agathōn kai peri kakōn peri te geneseōs hapasēs kai syllēbdēn eipein, peri hōn elalēsen ho kyrios, tēn akribestatēn ek katabolēs kosmou eis telos alētheian parʼ autēs echei tēs alētheias mathōn, ouk, ei pou ti phaneiē pithanon ē kata logon Hellēnikon anankastikon, pro autēs hairoumenos tēs alētheias, ta de eirēmena hypo kyriou saphē kai prodēla echei labōn. kan tois allois ę̄ eti kekrymmena, ēdē peri pantōn eilēphe tēn gnōsin. ta logia de ta parʼ hēmin thespizei peri te tōn ontōn hōs esti, peri te tōn mellontōn hōs estai, peri te tōn gegonotōn hōs egeneto.
The one whose practice is to worship the divine through true righteousness, of works and of knowledge: his voice in prayer the Lord does not wait for, saying: “Ask, and I will do it; think, and I will give it.” For in general, what is unchangeable cannot take firm hold and stability in what is changing; and in continual change, the ruling faculty becoming unstable for that reason, the power of habit is not preserved. For what is always being altered by things coming in and falling upon it from outside, how could it ever come to be in a habit and disposition, and, in short, in the possession of understanding? And yet the philosophers too consider the virtues habits, dispositions, and forms of understanding. As knowledge is not born with men but is acquired, and learning it needs attention at the beginning, and nourishment and growth, and then from unceasing practice comes into a habit, so, when perfected in the mystic habit, it remains unshakable through love. For he has not only apprehended the first cause and the cause begotten by it and holds firmly about them, possessing in a steadfast way steadfast, unchangeable, and immovable principles, but also about good and evil, about all coming into being, and, in a word, about the things of which the Lord spoke, he has the most exact truth from the foundation of the world to the end, having learned it from the truth itself; not choosing before the truth itself anything that might appear persuasive or compelling by Greek reasoning, but having received what was spoken by the Lord as clear and manifest. Even if these things are still hidden from others, he has already received knowledge of all things. And the oracles we have declare about things that are, how they are, about things to come, how they will be, and about things past, how they came to be.
6.9.79Stählin 2:471
ἔν τε τοῖς ἐπιστημονικοῖς, μόνος ὢν ἐπιστήμων, κρατιστεύσει καὶ τὸν περὶ τἀγαθοῦ λόγον πρεσβεύσει, τοῖς νοητοῖς προσκείμενος ἀεί, ἀπʼ ἐκείνων ἄνωθεν τῶν ἀρχετύπων τὴν περὶ τὰ ἀνθρώπεια αὑτοῦ διοίκησιν ἀπογραφόμενος, καθάπερ οἱ πλοϊζόμενοι καὶ πρὸς τὸ ἄστρον τὴν ναῦν κατευθύνοντες, πρὸς πᾶσαν καθήκουσαν πρᾶξιν ἑτοίμως ἔχειν παρεσκευασμένος, πάντα τὰ ὀχληρὰ καὶ δεινὰ εἰθισμένος ὑπερορᾶν, ὅταν ὑπομεῖναι δέῃ, μηδὲν προπετὲς μηδὲ ἀσύμφωνον μήτε αὑτῷ μήτε τοῖς κοινοῖς ποτε ἐπιτελῶν, προορατικὸς ὢν καὶ ἄκαμπτος ἡδοναῖς ταῖς τε ὕπαρ ταῖς τε διʼ ὀνειράτων· διαίτῃ γὰρ λιτῇ καὶ αὐταρκείᾳ συνειθισμένος σωφρονικῶς, εὐσταλὴς μετὰ σεμνότητος ὑπάρχει, ὀλίγων τῶν ἀναγκαίων πρὸς τὸ διαζῆν δεόμενος, μηδὲν περιττὸν πραγματευόμενος, ἀλλὰ μηδὲ ταῦτα ὡς προηγούμενα, ἐκ δὲ τῆς κατὰ τὸν βίον κοινωνίας ὡς ἀναγκαῖα τῇ τῆς σαρκὸς ἐπιδημίᾳ, εἰς ὅσον ἀνάγκη, προσιέμενος· προηγουμένη γὰρ αὐτῷ ἡ γνῶσις.
en te tois epistēmonikois, monos ōn epistēmōn, kratisteusei kai ton peri tagathou logon presbeusei, tois noētois proskeimenos aei, apʼ ekeinōn anōthen tōn archetypōn tēn peri ta anthrōpeia hautou dioikēsin apographomenos, kathaper hoi ploïzomenoi kai pros to astron tēn naun kateuthynontes, pros pasan kathēkousan praxin hetoimōs echein pareskeuasmenos, panta ta ochlēra kai deina eithismenos hyperoran, hotan hypomeinai deę̄, mēden propetes mēde asymphōnon mēte hautǭ mēte tois koinois pote epitelōn, prooratikos ōn kai akamptos hēdonais tais te hypar tais te diʼ oneiratōn; diaitę̄ gar litę̄ kai autarkeią syneithismenos sōphronikōs, eustalēs meta semnotētos hyparchei, oligōn tōn anankaiōn pros to diazēn deomenos, mēden peritton pragmateuomenos, alla mēde tauta hōs proēgoumena, ek de tēs kata ton bion koinōnias hōs anankaia tę̄ tēs sarkos epidēmią, eis hoson anankē, prosiemenos; proēgoumenē gar autǭ hē gnōsis.
And in matters of understanding, being alone truly understanding, he will excel and will champion the account of the good, always devoted to intelligible things, copying from those archetypes above his management of human affairs, as sailors steer the ship by the star; ready and prepared for every fitting action; accustomed to disregard all that is troublesome and terrible when he must endure it; never doing anything rash or out of harmony either for himself or for the community; foreseeing, and unbending to pleasures, whether waking or in dreams. For, accustomed with self-restraint to a frugal diet and self-sufficiency, he is simple and dignified, needing few necessities for living, busying himself with nothing superfluous; and even these he does not treat as primary, but accepts them, as far as necessary, from the fellowship of life, as needed for his sojourn in the flesh. For knowledge is primary for him.
Miscellanies 6, chapter 10
6.10.80Stählin 2:471–472
Κατʼ ἐπακολούθημα τοίνυν καὶ τοῖς εἰς γνῶσιν γυμνάζουσιν αὐτὸν προσανάκειται, παρʼ ἑκάστου μαθήματος τὸ πρόσφορον τῇ ἀληθείᾳ λαμβάνων, τῆς μὲν οὖν μουσικῆς τὴν ἐν τοῖς ἡρμοσμένοις ἀναλογίαν διώκων, ἐν δὲ τῇ ἀριθμητικῇ τὰς αὐξήσεις καὶ μειώσεις τῶν ἀριθμῶν παρασημειούμενος καὶ τὰς πρὸς ἀλλήλους σχέσεις καὶ ὡς τὰ πλεῖστα ἀναλογίᾳ τινὶ ἀριθμῶν ὑποπέπτωκεν, ἐν δὲ τῇ γεωμετρικῇ οὐσίαν αὐτὴν ἐφʼ ἑαυτῆς θεωρῶν καὶ ἐθιζόμενος συνεχές τι διάστημα νοεῖν καὶ οὐσίαν ἀμετάβλητον, ἑτέραν τῶνδε τῶν σωμάτων οὖσαν· ἔκ τε αὖ τῆς ἀστρονομίας γῆθεν αἰωρούμενος τε τῷ νῷ συνυψωθήσεται οὐρανῷ καὶ τῇ περιφορᾷ συμπεριπολήσει, ἱστορῶν ἀεὶ τὰ θεῖα καὶ τὴν πρὸς ἄλληλα συμφωνίαν, ἀφʼ ὧν ὁρμώμενος Ἀβραὰμ εἰς τὴν τοῦ κτίσαντος ὑπεξανέβη γνῶσιν. ἀλλὰ καὶ τῇ διαλεκτικῇ προσχρήσεται ὁ γνωστικός, τὴν εἰς εἴδη τῶν γενῶν ἐκλεγόμενος διαίρεσιν, καὶ τὴν τῶν ὄντων προσήσεται διάκρισιν, μέχρις ἂν τῶν πρώτων καὶ ἁπλῶν ἐφάψηται. οἱ πολλοὶ δὲ καθάπερ οἱ παῖδες τὰ μορμολυκεῖα, οὕτως δεδίασι τὴν Ἑλληνικὴν φιλοσοφίαν, φοβούμενοι μὴ ἀπαγάγῃ αὐτούς.
Katʼ epakolouthēma toinyn kai tois eis gnōsin gymnazousin auton prosanakeitai, parʼ hekastou mathēmatos to prosphoron tę̄ alētheią lambanōn, tēs men oun mousikēs tēn en tois hērmosmenois analogian diōkōn, en de tę̄ arithmētikę̄ tas auxēseis kai meiōseis tōn arithmōn parasēmeioumenos kai tas pros allēlous scheseis kai hōs ta pleista analogią tini arithmōn hypopeptōken, en de tę̄ geōmetrikę̄ ousian autēn ephʼ heautēs theōrōn kai ethizomenos syneches ti diastēma noein kai ousian ametablēton, heteran tōnde tōn sōmatōn ousan; ek te au tēs astronomias gēthen aiōroumenos te tǭ nǭ synypsōthēsetai ouranǭ kai tę̄ periphorą symperipolēsei, historōn aei ta theia kai tēn pros allēla symphōnian, aphʼ hōn hormōmenos Abraam eis tēn tou ktisantos hypexanebē gnōsin. alla kai tę̄ dialektikę̄ proschrēsetai ho gnōstikos, tēn eis eidē tōn genōn eklegomenos diairesin, kai tēn tōn ontōn prosēsetai diakrisin, mechris an tōn prōtōn kai haplōn ephapsētai. hoi polloi de kathaper hoi paides ta mormolykeia, houtōs dediasi tēn Hellēnikēn philosophian, phoboumenoi mē apagagę̄ autous.
As a consequence, then, he also devotes himself to the studies that train him for knowledge, taking from each discipline what contributes to the truth: pursuing in music the proportion in harmonies; in arithmetic noting the increases and decreases of numbers and their relations to one another, and how most things fall under some proportion of numbers; in geometry contemplating essence itself by itself and becoming accustomed to conceive of continuous extension and unchangeable essence, different from these bodies; and again from astronomy, raised from the earth in mind, he will be lifted up with heaven and will travel round with its revolution, always investigating divine things and their harmony with one another; setting out from these, Abraham ascended to the knowledge of the Creator. And the one who knows will also make use of dialectic, choosing the division of genera into species, and will take up the distinguishing of beings until he touches the first and simple things. But most people fear Greek philosophy as children fear bogeys, afraid that it will lead them away.
6.10.81Stählin 2:472
εἰ δὲ τοιαύτη παρʼ αὐτοῖς ἐστιν ἡ πίστις (οὐ γὰρ ἂν γνῶσιν εἴποιμι), ἵνα λυθῇ πιθανολογίᾳ, λυθήτω, διὰ τούτου μάλιστα ὁμολογούντων οὐχ ἕξειν τὴν ἀλήθειαν· ἀνίκητος γάρ, φησίν, ἡ ἀλήθεια, ψευδοδοξία δὲ καταλύεται. αὐτίκα πορφύραν ἐξ ἀντιπαραθέσεως ἄλλης πορφύρας ἐκλεγόμεθα. ὥστʼ εἴ τις ὁμολογεῖ καρδίαν μὴ ἔχειν διηρθρωμένην, τράπεζαν οὐκ ἔχει τὴν τῶν ἀργυραμοιβῶν οὐδὲ μὴν τὸ κριτήριον τῶν λόγων. καὶ πῶς ἔτι τραπεζίτης οὗτος, δοκιμάσαι μὴ δυνάμενος καὶ διακρῖναι τὸ ἀκίβδηλον νόμισμα τοῦ παραχαράγματος; κέκραγεν δὲ ὁ Δαβίδ· ὅτι εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα οὐ σαλευθήσεται δίκαιος· οὔτʼ οὖν ἀπατηλῷ λόγῳ οὐδὲ μὴν πεπλανημένῃ ἡδονῇ, ὅθεν οὐδὲ τῆς οἰκείας κληρονομίας σαλευθήσεται. ἀπὸ ἀκοῆς ἄρα πονηρᾶς οὐ φοβηθήσεται. οὔτʼ οὖν διαβολῆς κενῆς οὐδὲ μὴν ψευδοδοξίας τῆς περὶ αὑτόν, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ τοὺς πανούργους δεδίξεται λόγους ὁ διαγνῶναι τούτους δυνάμενος ἢ πρός τε τὸ ἐρωτᾶν ὀρθῶς καὶ ἀποκρίνασθαι· οἷον θριγκὸς γάρ ἐστι διαλεκτική, ὡς μὴ καταπατεῖσθαι πρὸς τῶν σοφιστῶν τὴν ἀλήθειαν. ἐπαινουμένους γὰρ χρὴ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τῷ ἁγίῳ τοῦ κυρίου κατὰ τὸν προφήτην εὐφραίνεσθαι τὴν καρδίαν ζητοῦντας τὸν κύριον. ζητήσατε οὖν αὐτὸν καὶ κραταιώθητε, ζητήσατε τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ διὰ παντὸς παντοίως. πολυμερῶς γὰρ καὶ πολυτρόπως λαλήσας οὐχ ἁπλῶς γνωρίζεται.
ei de toiautē parʼ autois estin hē pistis (ou gar an gnōsin eipoimi), hina lythę̄ pithanologią, lythētō, dia toutou malista homologountōn ouch hexein tēn alētheian; anikētos gar, phēsin, hē alētheia, pseudodoxia de katalyetai. autika porphyran ex antiparatheseōs allēs porphyras eklegometha. hōstʼ ei tis homologei kardian mē echein diērthrōmenēn, trapezan ouk echei tēn tōn argyramoibōn oude mēn to kritērion tōn logōn. kai pōs eti trapezitēs houtos, dokimasai mē dynamenos kai diakrinai to akibdēlon nomisma tou paracharagmatos? kekragen de ho Dabid; hoti eis ton aiōna ou saleuthēsetai dikaios; outʼ oun apatēlǭ logǭ oude mēn peplanēmenę̄ hēdonę̄, hothen oude tēs oikeias klēronomias saleuthēsetai. apo akoēs ara ponēras ou phobēthēsetai. outʼ oun diabolēs kenēs oude mēn pseudodoxias tēs peri hauton, allʼ oude tous panourgous dedixetai logous ho diagnōnai toutous dynamenos ē pros te to erōtan orthōs kai apokrinasthai; hoion thrinkos gar esti dialektikē, hōs mē katapateisthai pros tōn sophistōn tēn alētheian. epainoumenous gar chrē en tǭ onomati tǭ hagiǭ tou kyriou kata ton prophētēn euphrainesthai tēn kardian zētountas ton kyrion. zētēsate oun auton kai krataiōthēte, zētēsate to prosōpon autou dia pantos pantoiōs. polymerōs gar kai polytropōs lalēsas ouch haplōs gnōrizetai.
But if their faith (for I would not call it knowledge) is such that it can be dissolved by plausible argument, let it be dissolved; by this above all they confess that they will not hold the truth. For truth is invincible, it says, but false opinion is destroyed. For instance, we choose purple by comparing it with another purple. So if someone admits that he does not have a trained heart, he has neither the money-changers' table nor the criterion of arguments. And how is he still a banker, if he cannot test and distinguish genuine coin from counterfeit? And David cries: “For the righteous will not be shaken forever”: neither, then, by deceitful argument nor by misleading pleasure; hence he will not be shaken from his own inheritance. “He will not be afraid of an evil report”: neither, then, of empty slander nor of false opinion about himself; nor will he fear cunning arguments, since he can discern them and can ask and answer rightly. For dialectic is like a fence, so that the truth is not trampled by the sophists. For those who are praised in the holy name of the Lord, according to the prophet, must “rejoice in heart, seeking the Lord.” “Seek him, then, and be strengthened; seek his face continually,” in every way. For having spoken in many portions and in many ways, he is not known simply.
6.10.82Stählin 2:472–473
Οὔκουν ὡς ἀρεταῖς ταύταις συγχρώμενος ἡμῖν ὁ γνωστικὸς πολυμαθὴς ἔσται, ἀλλὰ συνεργοῖς τισι, κἀν τῷ διαστέλλειν τά τε κοινὰ καὶ τὰ ἴδια προσήσεται τὴν ἀλήθειαν· ἔστι γὰρ πάσης πλάνης καὶ ψευδοδοξίας αἴτιον τὸ μὴ δύνασθαι διακρίνειν, πῇ τε ἀλλήλοις τὰ ὄντα κοινωνεῖ καὶ πῇ διενήνοχεν. εἰ δὲ μὴ κατὰ τὰ διωρισμένα τις τὸν λόγον ἐφοδεύοι, λήσεται συγχέας τά τε κοινὰ καὶ τὰ ἴδια, τούτου δὲ γινομένου εἰς ἀνοδίαν καὶ πλάνην ἐμπίπτειν ἀναγκαῖον. ἡ διαστολὴ δὲ τῶν τε ὀνομάτων τῶν τε πραγμάτων κἀν ταῖς γραφαῖς αὐταῖς μέγα φῶς ἐντίκτει ταῖς ψυχαῖς· ἀναγκαῖον γὰρ ἐπακούειν τῶν τε πλείονα σημαινουσῶν λέξεων καὶ τῶν πλειόνων, ὅταν ἕν τι σημαίνωσιν· ὅθεν καὶ τὸ ὀρθῶς ἀποκρίνεσθαι περιγίνεται. τὴν πολλὴν δὲ ἀχρηστίαν παραιτητέον, ἀπασχολοῦσαν περὶ τὰ μηδὲν προσήκοντα, οἱονεὶ δὲ συναιτίοις προγυμνάσμασιν εἴς τε τὴν ἀκριβῆ παράδοσιν τῆς ἀληθείας, ὅσον ἐφικτόν, καὶ ἀπερίσπαστον συγχρωμένου τοῖς μαθήμασι τοῦ γνωστικοῦ καὶ εἰς προφυλακὴν τῶν κακοτεχνούντων λόγων πρὸς ἐκκοπὴν τῆς ἀληθείας.
Oukoun hōs aretais tautais synchrōmenos hēmin ho gnōstikos polymathēs estai, alla synergois tisi, kan tǭ diastellein ta te koina kai ta idia prosēsetai tēn alētheian; esti gar pasēs planēs kai pseudodoxias aition to mē dynasthai diakrinein, pę̄ te allēlois ta onta koinōnei kai pę̄ dienēnochen. ei de mē kata ta diōrismena tis ton logon ephodeuoi, lēsetai syncheas ta te koina kai ta idia, toutou de ginomenou eis anodian kai planēn empiptein anankaion. hē diastolē de tōn te onomatōn tōn te pragmatōn kan tais graphais autais mega phōs entiktei tais psychais; anankaion gar epakouein tōn te pleiona sēmainousōn lexeōn kai tōn pleionōn, hotan hen ti sēmainōsin; hothen kai to orthōs apokrinesthai periginetai. tēn pollēn de achrēstian paraitēteon, apascholousan peri ta mēden prosēkonta, hoionei de synaitiois progymnasmasin eis te tēn akribē paradosin tēs alētheias, hoson ephikton, kai aperispaston synchrōmenou tois mathēmasi tou gnōstikou kai eis prophylakēn tōn kakotechnountōn logōn pros ekkopēn tēs alētheias.
So our one who knows will be very learned, using these not as virtues but as certain helpers; and in distinguishing what is common and what is particular he will attain the truth. For the cause of all error and false opinion is the inability to discern in what way things share with one another and in what way they differ. And if someone does not follow the argument according to the distinctions, he will unawares confuse the common and the particular; and when this happens, he necessarily falls into pathlessness and error. The distinguishing of names and of things, even in the Scriptures themselves, produces great light in souls; for one must attend both to words that signify several things and to several words when they signify one thing; from this comes the ability to answer rightly. But much useless learning must be declined, which busies one with things of no concern; the one who knows uses the disciplines as auxiliary preparatory exercises, both for the exact transmission of the truth, as far as attainable, without distraction, and for protection against arguments contrived to cut the truth away.
6.10.83Stählin 2:473
οὐκ ἀπολειφθήσεται τοίνυν τῶν προκοπτόντων περὶ τὰς μαθήσεις τὰς ἐγκυκλίους καὶ τὴν Ἑλληνικὴν φιλοσοφίαν, ἀλλʼ οὐ κατὰ τὸν προηγούμενον λόγον, τὸν δὲ ἀναγκαῖον καὶ δεύτερον καὶ περιστατικόν· οἷς γὰρ ἂν πανούργως χρήσωνται οἱ κατὰ τὰς αἱρέσεις πονούμενοι, τούτοις ὁ γνωστικὸς εἰς εὖ καταχρήσεται. μερικῆς οὖν τυγχανούσης τῆς κατὰ τὴν Ἑλληνικὴν φιλοσοφίαν ἐμφαινομένης ἀληθείας, ἡ τῷ ὄντι ἀλήθεια, ὥσπερ ἥλιος ἐπιλάμψας τὰ χρώματα καὶ τὸ λευκὸν καὶ τὸ μέλαν, ὁποῖον ἕκαστον αὐτῶν, διαδείκνυσιν, οὕτως δὲ καὶ αὐτὴ πᾶσαν ἐλέγχει σοφιστικὴν πιθανολογίαν. εἰκότως ἄρα προαναπεφώνηται καὶ τοῖς Ἕλλησιν· ἀρχὰ μεγάλας ἀρετᾶς, ὤνασσα ἀλήθεια.
ouk apoleiphthēsetai toinyn tōn prokoptontōn peri tas mathēseis tas enkyklious kai tēn Hellēnikēn philosophian, allʼ ou kata ton proēgoumenon logon, ton de anankaion kai deuteron kai peristatikon; hois gar an panourgōs chrēsōntai hoi kata tas haireseis ponoumenoi, toutois ho gnōstikos eis eu katachrēsetai. merikēs oun tynchanousēs tēs kata tēn Hellēnikēn philosophian emphainomenēs alētheias, hē tǭ onti alētheia, hōsper hēlios epilampsas ta chrōmata kai to leukon kai to melan, hopoion hekaston autōn, diadeiknysin, houtōs de kai autē pasan elenchei sophistikēn pithanologian. eikotōs ara proanapephōnētai kai tois Hellēsin; archa megalas aretas, ōnassa alētheia.
He will not, then, fall behind those who make progress in the general studies and in Greek philosophy, yet not as his primary aim but as something necessary, secondary, and dependent on circumstances. For what those who labor in the heresies use cunningly, the one who knows will use for good. Since, then, the truth that appears in Greek philosophy is partial, the real truth, like the sun shining on colors, white and black, shows what each of them is; so it too refutes every sophistic plausibility. Fittingly, then, it was proclaimed beforehand also among the Greeks: “Beginning of great virtue, queen Truth.”
Miscellanies 6, chapter 11
6.11.84Stählin 2:473–474
Καθάπερ οὖν ἐπὶ τῆς ἀστρονομίας ἔχομεν ὑπόδειγμα τὸν Ἀβραάμ, οὕτως ἐπὶ τῆς ἀριθμητικῆς τὸν αὐτὸν Ἀβραάμ. ἀκούσας γὰρ ὅτι αἰχμάλωτος ἐλήφθη ὁ Λώτ, τοὺς ἰδίους οἰκογενεῖς τιη΄ ἀριθμήσας καὶ ἐπεξελθὼν πάμπολυν ἀριθμὸν τῶν πολεμίων χειροῦται. φασὶν οὖν εἶναι τοῦ μὲν κυριακοῦ σημείου τύπον κατὰ τὸ σχῆμα τὸ τριακοσιοστὸν στοιχεῖον, τὸ δὲ ἰῶτα καὶ τὸ ἦτα τοὔνομα σημαίνειν τὸ σωτήριον· μηνύεσθαι τοίνυν τοὺς Ἀβραὰμ οἰκείους εἶναι κατὰ τὴν σωτηρίαν, τοὺς τῷ σημείῳ καὶ τῷ ὀνόματι προσπεφευγότας, κυρίους γεγονέναι τῶν αἰχμαλωτιζόντων καὶ τῶν τούτοις ἀκολουθούντων παμπόλλων ἀπίστων ἐθνῶν. ἤδη δὲ ὁ μὲν τριακόσια ἀριθμὸς τριάς ἐστιν ἐν ἑκατοντάδι, ἡ δεκὰς δὲ ὁμολογεῖται παντέλειος εἶναι. ὁ δὲ ὀκτώ, κύβος ὁ πρῶτος, ἡ ἰσότης ἐν ἁπάσαις ταῖς διαστάσεσι, μήκους, πλάτους, βάθους. Αἵ τε ἡμέραι τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἔσονται, φησίν, ἔτη ρκ΄. ἔστι δὲ ὁ ἀριθμὸς ἀπὸ μονάδος κατὰ σύνθεσιν πεντεκαιδέκατος, σελήνη δὲ πεντεκαιδεκάτῃ πλησιφαὴς γίνεται.
Kathaper oun epi tēs astronomias echomen hypodeigma ton Abraam, houtōs epi tēs arithmētikēs ton auton Abraam. akousas gar hoti aichmalōtos elēphthē ho Lōt, tous idious oikogeneis tiē΄ arithmēsas kai epexelthōn pampolyn arithmon tōn polemiōn cheiroutai. phasin oun einai tou men kyriakou sēmeiou typon kata to schēma to triakosioston stoicheion, to de iōta kai to ēta tounoma sēmainein to sōtērion; mēnyesthai toinyn tous Abraam oikeious einai kata tēn sōtērian, tous tǭ sēmeiǭ kai tǭ onomati prospepheugotas, kyrious gegonenai tōn aichmalōtizontōn kai tōn toutois akolouthountōn pampollōn apistōn ethnōn. ēdē de ho men triakosia arithmos trias estin en hekatontadi, hē dekas de homologeitai panteleios einai. ho de oktō, kybos ho prōtos, hē isotēs en hapasais tais diastasesi, mēkous, platous, bathous. Hai te hēmerai tōn anthrōpōn esontai, phēsin, etē rk΄. esti de ho arithmos apo monados kata synthesin pentekaidekatos, selēnē de pentekaidekatę̄ plēsiphaēs ginetai.
Just as we have Abraham as an example in astronomy, so we have the same Abraham in arithmetic. For hearing that Lot had been taken captive, he numbered his own household servants, 318, and going out he overcame a very great number of the enemy. They say, then, that the letter that stands for 300 is by its shape a type of the Lord's sign, and that iota and eta signify the saving name; it is indicated, then, that Abraham's household in respect of salvation, those who had taken refuge in the sign and the name, became masters of the captors and of the very many unbelieving nations following them. Now the number 300 is three in the hundreds, and ten is acknowledged to be all-perfect; and eight is the first cube, equality in all dimensions: length, breadth, depth. “And the days of men will be,” it says, “120 years.” This number is the fifteenth by addition from unity, and the moon becomes full on the fifteenth day.
6.11.85Stählin 2:474
ἔστι δὲ καὶ ἄλλως ὁ ἑκατὸν εἴκοσι τρίγωνος ἀριθμὸς καὶ συνέστηκεν ἐξ ἰσότητος μὲν τοῦ ξδ΄ ὧν ἡ κατὰ μέρος σύνθεσις τετραγώνους γεννᾷ, α΄ γ΄ ε΄ ζ΄ θ΄ ια΄ ιγ΄ ιε΄, ἐξ ἀνισότητος δὲ τοῦ νς΄, ἑπτὰ τῶν ἀπὸ δυάδος ἀρτίων, οἳ γεννῶσι τοὺς ἑτερομήκεις, β΄ δ΄ ϛ΄ η΄ ι΄ ιβ΄ ιδ΄. κατʼ ἄλλο πάλιν σημαινόμενον συνέστηκεν ὁ ἑκατὸν κ΄ ἀριθμὸς ἐκ τεσσάρων, ἑνὸς μὲν τριγώνου τοῦ πεντεκαιδεκάτου, ἑτέρου δὲ τετραγώνου τοῦ κε΄, τρίτου δὲ πενταγώνου τοῦ λε΄, τετάρτου δὲ ἑξαγώνου τοῦ με΄. κατὰ γὰρ τὴν αὐτὴν ἀναλογίαν ὁ ε΄ παρείληπται καθʼ ἕκαστον εἶδος· τῶν μὲν γὰρ τριγώνων ἀπὸ μονάδος ε΄ δὲ ὁ ιε΄, τῶν δὲ τετραγώνων ὁ κε΄, καὶ τῶν ἑξῆς ἀναλόγως. ναὶ μὴν ὁ κε΄ ἀριθμός, ε΄ ἀπὸ μονάδος ὤν, τῆς Λευιτικῆς φυλῆς εἶναι σύμβολον λέγεται, ὁ δὲ λε΄ καὶ αὐτὸς ἔχεται τοῦ ἐκ τῶν διπλασίων διαγράμματος ἀριθμητικοῦ καὶ γεωμετρικοῦ καὶ ἁρμονικοῦ τοῦ ϛ΄ η΄ θ΄ ιβ΄, ὧν ἡ σύνθεσις γεννᾷ τὸν λε΄· ἐν ταύταις ταῖς ἡμέραις Ἰουδαῖοι διαπλάσσεσθαι τὰ ἑπτάμηνα λέγουσιν. ὁ δὲ με΄ τοῦ ἐκ τῶν τριπλασίων διαγράμματος τοῦ ϛ΄ θ΄ ιβ΄ ιη΄, ὧν ἡ σύνθεσις γεννᾷ τὸν με΄, καὶ ἐν ταύταις ὁμοίως ταῖς ἡμέραις τὰ ἐννεάμηνα διαπλάσσεσθαί φασι.
esti de kai allōs ho hekaton eikosi trigōnos arithmos kai synestēken ex isotētos men tou xd΄ hōn hē kata meros synthesis tetragōnous genną, a΄ g΄ e΄ z΄ th΄ ia΄ ig΄ ie΄, ex anisotētos de tou ns΄, hepta tōn apo dyados artiōn, hoi gennōsi tous heteromēkeis, b΄ d΄ ϛ΄ ē΄ i΄ ib΄ id΄. katʼ allo palin sēmainomenon synestēken ho hekaton k΄ arithmos ek tessarōn, henos men trigōnou tou pentekaidekatou, heterou de tetragōnou tou ke΄, tritou de pentagōnou tou le΄, tetartou de hexagōnou tou me΄. kata gar tēn autēn analogian ho e΄ pareilēptai kathʼ hekaston eidos; tōn men gar trigōnōn apo monados e΄ de ho ie΄, tōn de tetragōnōn ho ke΄, kai tōn hexēs analogōs. nai mēn ho ke΄ arithmos, e΄ apo monados ōn, tēs Leuitikēs phylēs einai symbolon legetai, ho de le΄ kai autos echetai tou ek tōn diplasiōn diagrammatos arithmētikou kai geōmetrikou kai harmonikou tou ϛ΄ ē΄ th΄ ib΄, hōn hē synthesis genną ton le΄; en tautais tais hēmerais Ioudaioi diaplassesthai ta heptamēna legousin. ho de me΄ tou ek tōn triplasiōn diagrammatos tou ϛ΄ th΄ ib΄ iē΄, hōn hē synthesis genną ton me΄, kai en tautais homoiōs tais hēmerais ta enneamēna diaplassesthai phasi.
In another way, too, the number one hundred and twenty is triangular, and it is made up, by way of equality, of sixty-four, whose partial sums generate squares: 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11, 13, 15; and, by way of inequality, of fifty-six, the seven even numbers starting from two, which generate the oblong numbers: 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14. According to yet another meaning, the number one hundred and twenty is made up of four numbers: one triangular, fifteen; another square, twenty-five; a third pentagonal, thirty-five; and a fourth hexagonal, forty-five. For in each kind the fifth is taken by the same proportion: of the triangular numbers counted from the unit the fifth is fifteen, of the square numbers twenty-five, and of the following ones proportionally. Now the number twenty-five, being the fifth from the unit, is said to be a symbol of the tribe of Levi; and thirty-five belongs to the arithmetical, geometrical, and harmonic diagram formed from double ratios, 6, 8, 9, 12, whose sum makes thirty-five. In these days, the Jews say, children born at seven months are formed. And forty-five belongs to the diagram formed from triple ratios, 6, 9, 12, 18, whose sum makes forty-five; and in these days likewise, they say, children born at nine months are formed.
6.11.86Stählin 2:474–475
Τοῦτο μὲν οὖν τὸ εἶδος τοῦ ἀριθμητικοῦ ὑποδείγματος· γεωμετρίας δὲ ἔστω μαρτύριον ἡ κατασκευαζομένη σκηνὴ καὶ τεκταινομένη κιβωτός, ἀναλογίαις τισὶ λογικωτάταις, θείαις ἐπινοίαις κατασκευαζόμεναι, κατὰ συνέσεως δόσιν, ἐκ τῶν αἰσθητῶν εἰς τὰ νοητά, μᾶλλον δὲ ἐκ τῶνδε εἰς τὰ ἅγια καὶ τῶν ἁγίων τὰ ἅγια μεταγούσης ἡμᾶς. τὰ μὲν γὰρ τετράγωνα ξύλα τῷ τὸ τετράγωνον σχῆμα πάντῃ βεβηκέναι ὀρθὰς γωνίας ἐπιτελοῦν τὸ ἀσφαλὲς δηλοῖ. καὶ μῆκος μὲν τριακόσιοι πήχεις τοῦ κατασκευάσματος, πλάτος δὲ ν΄, βάθος δὲ λ΄· καὶ εἰς πῆχυν ἄνωθεν συντελεῖται, ἐκ τῆς πλατείας βάσεως ἀποξυνομένη πυραμίδος τρόπον, ἡ κιβωτός, τῶν διὰ πυρὸς καθαιρομένων καὶ δοκιμαζομένων σύμβολον. ἡ γεωμετρικὴ αὕτη παρέχεται ἀναλογία εἰς παραπομπὴν τῶν ἁγίων ἐκείνων μονῶν, ὧν τὰς διαφορὰς αἱ διαφοραὶ τῶν ἀριθμῶν τῶν ὑποτεταγμένων μηνύουσιν.
Touto men oun to eidos tou arithmētikou hypodeigmatos; geōmetrias de estō martyrion hē kataskeuazomenē skēnē kai tektainomenē kibōtos, analogiais tisi logikōtatais, theiais epinoiais kataskeuazomenai, kata syneseōs dosin, ek tōn aisthētōn eis ta noēta, mallon de ek tōnde eis ta hagia kai tōn hagiōn ta hagia metagousēs hēmas. ta men gar tetragōna xyla tǭ to tetragōnon schēma pantę̄ bebēkenai orthas gōnias epiteloun to asphales dēloi. kai mēkos men triakosioi pēcheis tou kataskeuasmatos, platos de n΄, bathos de l΄; kai eis pēchyn anōthen synteleitai, ek tēs plateias baseōs apoxynomenē pyramidos tropon, hē kibōtos, tōn dia pyros kathairomenōn kai dokimazomenōn symbolon. hē geōmetrikē hautē parechetai analogia eis parapompēn tōn hagiōn ekeinōn monōn, hōn tas diaphoras hai diaphorai tōn arithmōn tōn hypotetagmenōn mēnyousin.
This, then, is the kind of arithmetical example. As a testimony of geometry let there be the tabernacle that was built and the ark that was constructed, made with most rational proportions by divine designs, by the gift of understanding, which leads us from sensible things to intelligible ones, or rather from these to the holy things and the holy of holies. For the square timbers show security, because the square figure stands on right angles on every side. The length of the structure was three hundred cubits, its breadth fifty, and its height thirty; and the ark is finished off in a cubit at the top, tapering from its broad base in the manner of a pyramid, a symbol of those who are purified and tested by fire. This geometrical proportion serves to escort us to those holy dwelling places whose differences are indicated by the differences of the numbers set out here.
6.11.87Stählin 2:475
οἱ δὲ ἐμφερόμενοι λόγοι εἰσὶν ἑξαπλάσιοι ὡς τὰ τριακόσια τῶν ν΄, καὶ δεκαπλάσιοι ὡς τῶν λ΄ δεκαπλάσια τὰ τριακόσια, καὶ ἐπιδίμοιροι· τὰ γὰρ ν΄ τῶν λ΄ ἐπιδίμοιρα. εἰσὶ δʼ οἳ τοὺς τριακοσίους πήχεις σύμβολον τοῦ κυριακοῦ σημείου λέγουσι, τοὺς ν΄ δὲ τῆς ἐλπίδος καὶ τῆς ἀφέσεως τῆς κατὰ τὴν πεντηκοστήν, καὶ τοὺς λ΄ ἤ, ὡς ἔν τισι, δώδεκα τὸ κήρυγμα δηλοῦν ἱστοροῦσιν, ὅτι τριακοστῷ μὲν ἐκήρυξεν ὁ κύριος ἔτει, ιβ΄ δὲ ἦσαν οἱ ἀπόστολοι, καὶ εἰς πῆχυν συντελεῖσθαι τὸ κατασκεύασμα, εἰς μονάδα τελευτώσης τῆς τοῦ δικαίου προκοπῆς καὶ εἰς τὴν ἑνότητα τῆς πίστεως. Ἡ δὲ τράπεζα ἡ ἐν τῷ ναῷ πηχῶν ἐγεγόνει ἕξ, καὶ πόδες οἱ τέσσαρες ἀνὰ πῆχυν ἕνα ἥμισυ. συνάγουσιν οὖν τοὺς πάντας πήχεις δώδεκα, συμφώνως τῷ κατὰ τὸν ἐνιαύσιον κύκλον ἑλιγμῷ τῶν μηνῶν τῶν ιβ΄, καθʼ οὓς τὰ πάντα φύει τε καὶ τελεσφορεῖ ἡ γῆ ταῖς τέσσαρσιν ὥραις οἰκειουμένη. γῆς δʼ, οἶμαι, εἰκόνα ἡ τράπεζα δηλοῖ, τέσσαρσιν ἐπερειδομένη ποσί, θέρει, μετοπώρῳ, ἔαρι, χειμῶνι, διʼ ὧν ὁδεύει τὸ ἔτος. διὸ καὶ κυμάτια στρεπτά φησιν ἔχειν τὴν τράπεζαν, ἤτοι ὅτι περιόδοις καιρῶν κυκλεῖται τὰ πάντα, ἢ καὶ τάχα τὴν ὠκεανῷ περιρρεομένην ἐδήλου γῆν.
hoi de empheromenoi logoi eisin hexaplasioi hōs ta triakosia tōn n΄, kai dekaplasioi hōs tōn l΄ dekaplasia ta triakosia, kai epidimoiroi; ta gar n΄ tōn l΄ epidimoira. eisi dʼ hoi tous triakosious pēcheis symbolon tou kyriakou sēmeiou legousi, tous n΄ de tēs elpidos kai tēs apheseōs tēs kata tēn pentēkostēn, kai tous l΄ ē, hōs en tisi, dōdeka to kērygma dēloun historousin, hoti triakostǭ men ekēryxen ho kyrios etei, ib΄ de ēsan hoi apostoloi, kai eis pēchyn synteleisthai to kataskeuasma, eis monada teleutōsēs tēs tou dikaiou prokopēs kai eis tēn henotēta tēs pisteōs. Hē de trapeza hē en tǭ naǭ pēchōn egegonei hex, kai podes hoi tessares ana pēchyn hena hēmisy. synagousin oun tous pantas pēcheis dōdeka, symphōnōs tǭ kata ton eniausion kyklon heligmǭ tōn mēnōn tōn ib΄, kathʼ hous ta panta phyei te kai telesphorei hē gē tais tessarsin hōrais oikeioumenē. gēs dʼ, oimai, eikona hē trapeza dēloi, tessarsin epereidomenē posi, therei, metopōrǭ, eari, cheimōni, diʼ hōn hodeuei to etos. dio kai kymatia strepta phēsin echein tēn trapezan, ētoi hoti periodois kairōn kykleitai ta panta, ē kai tacha tēn ōkeanǭ perirreomenēn edēlou gēn.
The ratios contained in them are sixfold, as three hundred to fifty; tenfold, as three hundred is ten times thirty; and one and two-thirds, for fifty is one and two-thirds of thirty. There are some who say that the three hundred cubits are a symbol of the Lord's sign; the fifty, of hope and of the forgiveness at Pentecost; and the thirty, or, as in some sources, twelve, they report as signifying the preaching, because the Lord preached in his thirtieth year and the apostles were twelve; and that the structure is finished off in one cubit because the progress of the righteous man ends in the unit and in the unity of the faith. The table in the temple was six cubits, and its four feet a cubit and a half each. So they make twelve cubits in all, in keeping with the revolution of the twelve months in the yearly cycle, in which the earth, adapting itself to the four seasons, brings all things forth and to maturity. The table, I think, shows an image of the earth, resting on four feet, summer, autumn, spring, and winter, through which the year makes its way. That is why it says that the table has twisted wave-mouldings: either because all things revolve in the cycles of the seasons, or perhaps it indicated the earth encircled by the ocean.
6.11.88Stählin 2:475–476
Ἔτι τῆς μουσικῆς παράδειγμα ψάλλων ὁμοῦ καὶ προφητεύων ἐκκείσθω Δαβίδ, ὑμνῶν τὸν θεὸν ἐμμελῶς. προσήκει δὲ εὖ μάλα τὸ ἐναρμόνιον γένος τῇ δωριστὶ ἁρμονίᾳ καὶ τῇ φρυγιστὶ τὸ διάτονον, ὥς φησιν Ἀριστόξενος. ἡ τοίνυν ἁρμονία τοῦ βαρβάρου ψαλτηρίου, τὸ σεμνὸν ἐμφαίνουσα τοῦ μέλους, ἀρχαιοτάτη τυγχάνουσα, ὑπόδειγμα Τερπάνδρῳ μάλιστα γίνεται πρὸς ἁρμονίαν τὴν Δώριον ὑμνοῦντι τὸν Δία ὧδέ πως· Ζεῦ πάντων ἀρχά, πάντων ἁγήτωρ, Ζεῦ. σοὶ πέμπω ταύταν ὕμνων ἀρχάν. εἴη δʼ ἂν τῷ ψαλμῳδῷ κιθάρα ἀλληγορουμένη κατὰ μὲν τὸ πρῶτον σημαινόμενον ὁ κύριος, κατὰ δὲ τὸ δεύτερον οἱ προσεχῶς κρούοντες τὰς ψυχὰς ὑπὸ μουσηγέτῃ τῷ κυρίῳ. κἂν ὁ σῳζόμενος λέγηται λαὸς κιθάρα, κατʼ ἐπίπνοιαν τοῦ λόγου καὶ κατʼ ἐπίγνωσιν τοῦ θεοῦ δοξάζων μουσικῶς ἐξακούεται, κρουόμενος εἰς πίστιν τῷ λόγῳ. λάβοις δʼ ἂν καὶ ἄλλως μουσικὴν συμφωνίαν τὴν ἐκκλησιαστικὴν νόμου καὶ προφητῶν ὁμοῦ καὶ ἀποστόλων σὺν καὶ τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ τήν τε ὑποβεβηκυῖαν, τὴν καθʼ ἕκαστον προφήτην κατὰ τὰς μεταπηδήσεις τῶν προσώπων συνῳδίαν.
Eti tēs mousikēs paradeigma psallōn homou kai prophēteuōn ekkeisthō Dabid, hymnōn ton theon emmelōs. prosēkei de eu mala to enarmonion genos tę̄ dōristi harmonią kai tę̄ phrygisti to diatonon, hōs phēsin Aristoxenos. hē toinyn harmonia tou barbarou psaltēriou, to semnon emphainousa tou melous, archaiotatē tynchanousa, hypodeigma Terpandrǭ malista ginetai pros harmonian tēn Dōrion hymnounti ton Dia hōde pōs; Zeu pantōn archa, pantōn hagētōr, Zeu. soi pempō tautan hymnōn archan. eiē dʼ an tǭ psalmǭdǭ kithara allēgoroumenē kata men to prōton sēmainomenon ho kyrios, kata de to deuteron hoi prosechōs krouontes tas psychas hypo mousēgetę̄ tǭ kyriǭ. kan ho sǭzomenos legētai laos kithara, katʼ epipnoian tou logou kai katʼ epignōsin tou theou doxazōn mousikōs exakouetai, krouomenos eis pistin tǭ logǭ. labois dʼ an kai allōs mousikēn symphōnian tēn ekklēsiastikēn nomou kai prophētōn homou kai apostolōn syn kai tǭ euangeliǭ tēn te hypobebēkuian, tēn kathʼ hekaston prophētēn kata tas metapēdēseis tōn prosōpōn synǭdian.
Further, as an example of music, let David be set before us, playing the harp and prophesying at once, singing praise to God melodiously. The enharmonic genus suits the Dorian mode very well, and the diatonic the Phrygian, as Aristoxenus says. The harmony of the barbarian psaltery, then, which displays the solemnity of its melody and is the most ancient, became above all a model for Terpander, who hymns Zeus in the Dorian mode somewhat as follows: “Zeus, beginning of all things, leader of all, Zeus, to you I send this beginning of hymns.” For the psalmist the lyre, understood allegorically, would be in its first meaning the Lord, and in its second those who strike the souls more immediately under the Lord, the leader of the Muses. And if the people that is being saved is called a lyre, it is heard glorifying God musically by the inspiration of the Word and by the knowledge of God, struck into faith by the Word. You may also take, in another way, as a musical symphony the church's concord of the law and the prophets together with the apostles and the gospel, and, below it, the harmony within each prophet as the speaking persons change.
6.11.89Stählin 2:476
Ἀλλʼ, ὡς ἔοικεν, οἱ πλεῖστοι τῶν τὸ ὄνομα ἐπιγραφομένων καθάπερ οἱ τοῦ Ὀδυσσέως ἑταῖροι ἀγροίκως μετίασι τὸν λόγον, οὐ τὰς Σειρῆνας, ἀλλὰ τὸν ῥυθμὸν καὶ τὸ μέλος παρερχόμενοι, ἀμαθίᾳ βύσαντες τὰ ὦτα, ἐπείπερ ἴσασιν οὐ δυνησόμενοι ἅπαξ ὑποσχόντες τὰς ἀκοὰς Ἑλληνικοῖς μαθήμασι μετὰ ταῦτα τοῦ νόστου τυχεῖν. τῷ δʼ ἀπανθιζομένῳ τὸ χρειῶδες εἰς ὠφέλειαν τῶν κατηχουμένων καὶ μάλιστα Ἑλλήνων ὄντων (τοῦ κυρίου δὲ ἡ γῆ καὶ τὸ πλήρωμα αὐτῆς) οὐκ ἀφεκτέον τῆς φιλομαθίας ἀλόγων δίκην ζῴων, πλείω δʼ ὡς ἔνι μάλιστα βοηθήματα τοῖς ἐπαΐουσιν ἐρανιστέον. πλὴν οὐδαμῶς τούτοις ἐνδιατριπτέον ἀλλʼ ἢ εἰς μόνον τὸ ἀπʼ αὐτῶν χρήσιμον, ὡς λαβόντας τοῦτο καὶ κτησαμένους ἀπιέναι οἴκαδε δύνασθαι ἐπὶ τὴν ἀληθῆ φιλοσοφίαν, πεῖσμα τῇ ψυχῇ βέβαιον τὴν ἐκ πάντων ἀσφάλειαν πεπορισμένους. Ἁπτέον ἄρα μουσικῆς εἰς κατακόσμησιν ἤθους καὶ καταστολήν.
Allʼ, hōs eoiken, hoi pleistoi tōn to onoma epigraphomenōn kathaper hoi tou Odysseōs hetairoi agroikōs metiasi ton logon, ou tas Seirēnas, alla ton rhythmon kai to melos parerchomenoi, amathią bysantes ta ōta, epeiper isasin ou dynēsomenoi hapax hyposchontes tas akoas Hellēnikois mathēmasi meta tauta tou nostou tychein. tǭ dʼ apanthizomenǭ to chreiōdes eis ōpheleian tōn katēchoumenōn kai malista Hellēnōn ontōn (tou kyriou de hē gē kai to plērōma autēs) ouk aphekteon tēs philomathias alogōn dikēn zǭōn, pleiō dʼ hōs eni malista boēthēmata tois epaïousin eranisteon. plēn oudamōs toutois endiatripteon allʼ ē eis monon to apʼ autōn chrēsimon, hōs labontas touto kai ktēsamenous apienai oikade dynasthai epi tēn alēthē philosophian, peisma tę̄ psychę̄ bebaion tēn ek pantōn asphaleian peporismenous. Hapteon ara mousikēs eis katakosmēsin ēthous kai katastolēn.
But, it seems, most of those who bear the name treat the Word boorishly, like the companions of Odysseus: they pass by not the Sirens but rhythm and melody, having stopped their ears with ignorance, because they know that once they have lent their hearing to Greek learning they will not afterwards be able to achieve their return home. But the one who gathers the flower of what is useful for the benefit of the catechumens, especially if they are Greeks (“and the earth is the Lord's, and its fullness”), must not abstain from the love of learning like irrational animals; he must rather collect as many aids as he possibly can for his hearers. Only, he must by no means linger among these things, except for the sole purpose of what is useful in them, so that, having taken and acquired it, he may be able to go home to the true philosophy, having secured for his soul a firm mooring cable, the security that comes from every quarter. We must, then, take hold of music for the adornment and composure of character.
6.11.90Stählin 2:477
ἀμέλει καὶ παρὰ πότον τὸ ψάλλειν ἀλλήλοις προπίνομεν, κατεπᾴδοντες ἡμῶν τὸ ἐπιθυμητικὸν καὶ τὸν θεὸν δοξάζοντες ἐπὶ τῇ ἀφθόνῳ τῶν ἀνθρωπείων ἀπολαύσεων δωρεᾷ τῶν τε εἰς τὴν τοῦ σώματος τῶν τε εἰς τὴν τῆς ψυχῆς αὔξησιν τροφῶν ἀιδίως ἐπιχορηγηθεισῶν. περιττὴ δὲ μουσικὴ ἀποπτυστέα ἡ κατακλῶσα τὰς ψυχὰς καὶ εἰς ποικιλίαν ἐμβάλλουσα τοτὲ μὲν θρηνώδη, τοτὲ δὲ ἀκόλαστον καὶ ἡδυπαθῆ, τοτὲ δὲ ἐκβακχευομένην καὶ μανικήν. ὁ αὐτὸς λόγος καὶ περὶ ἀστρονομίας· αὕτη γάρ, μετὰ τὴν τῶν μεταρσίων ἱστορίαν περί τε σχήματος τοῦ παντὸς καὶ φορᾶς οὐρανοῦ τῆς τε τῶν ἄστρων κινήσεως πλησιαίτερον τῇ κτιζούσῃ δυνάμει προσάγουσα τὴν ψυχήν, εὐαισθήτως ἔχειν διδάσκει ὡρῶν ἐτείων, ἀέρων μεταβολῆς, ἐπιτολῶν ἄστρων· ἐπεὶ καὶ ναυτιλία καὶ γεωργία τῆς ἀπὸ ταύτης χρείας πεπλήρωται, καθάπερ τῆς γεωμετρίας ἀρχιτεκτονική τε καὶ οἰκοδομική. παρακολουθητικὴν δʼ ὡς ἔνι μάλιστα τὴν ψυχὴν καὶ τοῦτο παρασκευάζει τὸ μάθημα τοῦ τε ἀληθοῦς διορατικὴν καὶ τοῦ ψεύδους διελεγκτικήν, ὁμολογιῶν τε καὶ ἀναλογιῶν εὑρετικήν, ὥστε ἐν τοῖς ἀνομοίοις τὸ ὅμοιον θηρᾶν, ἐνάγει τε ἡμᾶς ἐπὶ τὸ εὑρεῖν ἀπλατὲς μῆκος καὶ ἐπιφάνειαν ἀβαθῆ καὶ σημεῖον ἀμερὲς καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ νοητὰ μετατίθησιν ἀπὸ τῶν αἰσθητῶν.
amelei kai para poton to psallein allēlois propinomen, katepądontes hēmōn to epithymētikon kai ton theon doxazontes epi tę̄ aphthonǭ tōn anthrōpeiōn apolauseōn dōreą tōn te eis tēn tou sōmatos tōn te eis tēn tēs psychēs auxēsin trophōn aidiōs epichorēgētheisōn. perittē de mousikē apoptystea hē kataklōsa tas psychas kai eis poikilian emballousa tote men thrēnōdē, tote de akolaston kai hēdypathē, tote de ekbakcheuomenēn kai manikēn. ho autos logos kai peri astronomias; hautē gar, meta tēn tōn metarsiōn historian peri te schēmatos tou pantos kai phoras ouranou tēs te tōn astrōn kinēseōs plēsiaiteron tę̄ ktizousę̄ dynamei prosagousa tēn psychēn, euaisthētōs echein didaskei hōrōn eteiōn, aerōn metabolēs, epitolōn astrōn; epei kai nautilia kai geōrgia tēs apo tautēs chreias peplērōtai, kathaper tēs geōmetrias architektonikē te kai oikodomikē. parakolouthētikēn dʼ hōs eni malista tēn psychēn kai touto paraskeuazei to mathēma tou te alēthous dioratikēn kai tou pseudous dielenktikēn, homologiōn te kai analogiōn heuretikēn, hōste en tois anomoiois to homoion thēran, enagei te hēmas epi to heurein aplates mēkos kai epiphaneian abathē kai sēmeion ameres kai epi ta noēta metatithēsin apo tōn aisthētōn.
Indeed, even at a drinking party we pledge one another with psalm-singing, charming our desire to rest and glorifying God for the bountiful gift of human enjoyments, the foods for the growth of body and of soul that are supplied everlastingly. But superfluous music must be spat out, the kind that enervates souls and throws them into variety, now mournful, now licentious and voluptuous, now frenzied and mad. The same account holds for astronomy. For, through its inquiry into the heavenly phenomena, the shape of the universe, the revolution of the heaven, and the motion of the stars, it brings the soul nearer to the creating power, and it teaches one to be quick to perceive the seasons of the year, the changes of the weather, and the risings of the stars; for navigation and agriculture too are full of the use it provides, just as architecture and building are of the use of geometry. This study also makes the soul as attentive as possible, sharp to discern the true and to refute the false, able to find correspondences and proportions, so as to track down the like in the unlike; and it leads us to discover length without breadth, surface without depth, and the point without parts, and transfers us from sensible things to intelligible ones.
6.11.91Stählin 2:477–478
Συνεργὰ τοίνυν φιλοσοφίας τὰ μαθήματα καὶ αὐτὴ ἡ φιλοσοφία εἰς τὸ περὶ ἀληθείας διαλαβεῖν. αὐτίκα ἡ χλαμὺς πόκος ἦν τὸ πρῶτον, εἶτα ἐξάνθη κρόκη τε ἐγένετο καὶ στήμων, καὶ τότε ὑφάνθη. προπαρασκευασθῆναι τοίνυν τὴν ψυχὴν καὶ ποικίλως ἐργασθῆναι χρή, εἰ μέλλοι ἀρίστη κατασκευάζεσθαι, ἐπεὶ τῆς ἀληθείας τὸ μέν ἐστι γνωστικόν, τὸ δὲ ποιητικόν, ἐρρύηκεν δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ θεωρητικοῦ, δεῖται δὲ ἀσκήσεως καὶ συγγυμνασίας πολλῆς καὶ ἐμπειρίας. ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦ θεωρητικοῦ τὸ μέν τί ἐστι πρὸς τοὺς πέλας, τὸ δὲ ὡς πρὸς αὐτόν. διόπερ καὶ τὴν παιδείαν οὕτως χρὴ συνεσκευάσθαι, ὥστε ἀμφοτέροις ἐνηρμόσθαι. ἔνεστι μὲν οὖν αὐτάρκως τὰ συνεκτικὰ τῶν πρὸς γνῶσιν φερόντων ἐκμαθόντα ἐφʼ ἡσυχίας τοῦ λοιποῦ μένειν ἀναπεπαυμένον, κατευθύνοντα τὰς πράξεις πρὸς τὴν θεωρίαν· διὰ δὲ τὴν τῶν πέλας ὠφέλειαν τῶν μὲν ἐπὶ τὸ γράφειν ἱεμένων, τῶν δὲ ἐπὶ τὸ παραδιδόναι στελλομένων τὸν λόγον ἥ τε ἄλλη παιδεία χρήσιμος ἥ τε τῶν γραφῶν τῶν κυριακῶν ἀνάγνωσις εἰς ἀπόδειξιν τῶν λεγομένων ἀναγκαία, καὶ μάλιστα, ἐὰν ἀπὸ τῆς Ἑλληνικῆς ἀνάγωνται παιδείας οἱ ἐπαΐοντες.
Synerga toinyn philosophias ta mathēmata kai autē hē philosophia eis to peri alētheias dialabein. autika hē chlamys pokos ēn to prōton, eita exanthē krokē te egeneto kai stēmōn, kai tote hyphanthē. proparaskeuasthēnai toinyn tēn psychēn kai poikilōs ergasthēnai chrē, ei melloi aristē kataskeuazesthai, epei tēs alētheias to men esti gnōstikon, to de poiētikon, erryēken de apo tou theōrētikou, deitai de askēseōs kai syngymnasias pollēs kai empeirias. alla kai tou theōrētikou to men ti esti pros tous pelas, to de hōs pros auton. dioper kai tēn paideian houtōs chrē syneskeuasthai, hōste amphoterois enērmosthai. enesti men oun autarkōs ta synektika tōn pros gnōsin pherontōn ekmathonta ephʼ hēsychias tou loipou menein anapepaumenon, kateuthynonta tas praxeis pros tēn theōrian; dia de tēn tōn pelas ōpheleian tōn men epi to graphein hiemenōn, tōn de epi to paradidonai stellomenōn ton logon hē te allē paideia chrēsimos hē te tōn graphōn tōn kyriakōn anagnōsis eis apodeixin tōn legomenōn anankaia, kai malista, ean apo tēs Hellēnikēs anagōntai paideias hoi epaïontes.
The branches of learning, then, are helpers of philosophy, and philosophy itself is a helper toward treating of the truth. For example, the cloak was at first a fleece; then it was carded and became woof and warp, and then it was woven. So the soul must be prepared beforehand and worked in various ways if it is to be made excellent. For one part of truth concerns knowing and another doing; the latter has flowed from the contemplative part, but it needs practice, much exercise, and experience. And of the contemplative part, too, one side is directed toward one's neighbors and another toward oneself. Therefore education must also be so arranged as to be fitted to both. It is possible, then, for one who has thoroughly learned the essentials of what leads to knowledge to remain thereafter at rest in quiet, directing his actions toward contemplation. But for the benefit of neighbors, some of whom are eager to write and others set on handing on the word, both general education is useful and the reading of the Lord's Scriptures is necessary for the demonstration of what is said, especially if the hearers come up from Greek education.
6.11.92Stählin 2:478
τοιαύτην τινὰ ἐκκλησίαν ὁ Δαβὶδ διαγράφει· παρέστη ἡ βασίλισσα ἐκ δεξιῶν σου, ἐν ἱματισμῷ διαχρύσῳ, περιβεβλημένη πεποικιλμένοις, καὶ τοῖς Ἑλληνικοῖς καὶ περιττοῖς· ἐν κροσσωτοῖς χρυσοῖς, περιβεβλημένη πεποικιλμένοις. ἡ ἀλήθεια δὲ διὰ τοῦ κυρίου. βουλὴν γάρ σου, φησί, τίς ἔγνω, εἰ μὴ σὺ δέδωκας σοφίαν καὶ ἔπεμψας τὸ ἅγιόν σου πνεῦμα ἀπὸ ὑψίστων; καὶ οὕτως διωρθώθησαν αἱ τρίβοι τῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, καὶ τὰ ἀρεστά σου ἐδιδάχθησαν οἱ ἄνθρωποι καὶ τῇ σοφίᾳ ἐσώθησαν. ὁ γνωστικὸς γὰρ οἶδεν κατὰ τὴν γραφὴν τὰ ἀρχαῖα καὶ τὰ μέλλοντα εἰκάζει, ἐπίσταται στροφὰς λόγων καὶ λύσεις αἰνιγμάτων, σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα προγινώσκει καὶ ἐκβάσεις καιρῶν καὶ χρόνων, ὡς προειρήκαμεν.
toiautēn tina ekklēsian ho Dabid diagraphei; parestē hē basilissa ek dexiōn sou, en himatismǭ diachrysǭ, peribeblēmenē pepoikilmenois, kai tois Hellēnikois kai perittois; en krossōtois chrysois, peribeblēmenē pepoikilmenois. hē alētheia de dia tou kyriou. boulēn gar sou, phēsi, tis egnō, ei mē sy dedōkas sophian kai epempsas to hagion sou pneuma apo hypsistōn? kai houtōs diōrthōthēsan hai triboi tōn epi tēs gēs, kai ta aresta sou edidachthēsan hoi anthrōpoi kai tę̄ sophią esōthēsan. ho gnōstikos gar oiden kata tēn graphēn ta archaia kai ta mellonta eikazei, epistatai strophas logōn kai lyseis ainigmatōn, sēmeia kai terata proginōskei kai ekbaseis kairōn kai chronōn, hōs proeirēkamen.
Such a church David describes: “The queen stood at your right hand, in a robe woven with gold, clothed in many colors,” that is, with Greek and superfluous learning as well; “in golden fringes, clothed in many colors.” But the truth comes through the Lord. “For who has known your counsel,” it says, “unless you have given wisdom and sent your Holy Spirit from the highest? And so the paths of those on earth were set straight, and men were taught what pleases you and were saved by wisdom.” For the one who knows, according to Scripture, “knows the things of old and conjectures the things to come; he understands the turns of speech and the solutions of riddles; he foreknows signs and wonders and the outcomes of seasons and times,” as we have said before.
6.11.93Stählin 2:478
ὁρᾷς τὴν τῶν μαθημάτων πηγὴν ἐκ τῆς σοφίας ὁρμωμένην; τοῖς δὲ ὑποκρούουσι, τί γὰρ ὄφελος εἰδέναι τὰς αἰτίας τοῦ πῶς κινεῖται ὁ ἥλιος, φέρε εἰπεῖν, καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ ἄστρα ἢ τὰ γεωμετρικὰ θεωρήματα ἐπεσκέφθαι ἢ τὰ διαλεκτικὰ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἕκαστον μαθημάτων, πρὸς γὰρ καθηκόντων ἀπόδοσιν ταῦτα μηδὲν ὠφελεῖν, εἶναί τε ἀνθρωπίνην σύνεσιν τὴν Ἑλληνικὴν φιλοσοφίαν. μὴ γὰρ εἶναι διδακτὴν τῆς ἀληθείας, ἐκεῖνα λεκτέον, πρῶτον μέν, ὅτι καὶ περὶ τὰ μέγιστα τῶν ὄντων πταίουσιν οὗτοι, τουτέστι τὴν προαίρεσιν τοῦ νοῦ. οἱ γὰρ φυλάσσοντες, φησίν, ὁσίως τὰ ὅσια ὁσιωθήσονται, καὶ οἱ διδαχθέντες αὐτὰ εὑρήσουσιν ἀπολογίαν. ὁ γνωστικὸς γὰρ μόνος εὐλόγως πάντα ὁσίως πράξει τὰ πρακτέα, ὡς μεμάθηκεν κατὰ τὴν τοῦ κυρίου διδασκαλίαν διʼ ἀνθρώπων παραλαβών. πάλιν τε αὖ ἀκούειν ἔξεστιν· ἐν γὰρ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ, τουτέστι τῇ δυνάμει καὶ σοφίᾳ, καὶ ἡμεῖς καὶ οἱ λόγοι ἡμῶν πᾶσά τε φρόνησις καὶ ἐργατειῶν ἐπιστήμη. οὐθὲν γὰρ ἀγαπᾷ ὁ θεὸς εἰ μὴ τὸν σοφίᾳ συνοικοῦντα. ἔπειτα δὲ οὐκ ἀνέγνωσαν τὸ πρὸς τοῦ Σολομῶντος εἰρημένον. περὶ γὰρ νεὼς κατασκευῆς διαλαβὼν ἄντικρύς φησιν· τεχνῖτις δὲ σοφία κατεσκεύασεν· ἡ δὲ σή, πάτερ, διακυβερνᾷ πρόνοια.
horąs tēn tōn mathēmatōn pēgēn ek tēs sophias hormōmenēn? tois de hypokrouousi, ti gar ophelos eidenai tas aitias tou pōs kineitai ho hēlios, phere eipein, kai ta loipa astra ē ta geōmetrika theōrēmata epeskephthai ē ta dialektika kai tōn allōn hekaston mathēmatōn, pros gar kathēkontōn apodosin tauta mēden ōphelein, einai te anthrōpinēn synesin tēn Hellēnikēn philosophian. mē gar einai didaktēn tēs alētheias, ekeina lekteon, prōton men, hoti kai peri ta megista tōn ontōn ptaiousin houtoi, toutesti tēn proairesin tou nou. hoi gar phylassontes, phēsin, hosiōs ta hosia hosiōthēsontai, kai hoi didachthentes auta heurēsousin apologian. ho gnōstikos gar monos eulogōs panta hosiōs praxei ta praktea, hōs memathēken kata tēn tou kyriou didaskalian diʼ anthrōpōn paralabōn. palin te au akouein exestin; en gar cheiri autou, toutesti tę̄ dynamei kai sophią, kai hēmeis kai hoi logoi hēmōn pasa te phronēsis kai ergateiōn epistēmē. outhen gar agapą ho theos ei mē ton sophią synoikounta. epeita de ouk anegnōsan to pros tou Solomōntos eirēmenon. peri gar neōs kataskeuēs dialabōn antikrys phēsin; technitis de sophia kateskeuasen; hē de sē, pater, diakyberną pronoia.
Do you see the source of the branches of learning setting out from wisdom? To those who object, “What is the use of knowing the causes of how the sun moves, for instance, and the other stars, or of having studied geometrical theorems, or dialectic, or each of the other branches of learning? These are of no help toward the performance of duties; and Greek philosophy is human understanding, for it is not able to teach the truth,” we must say, first, that these people stumble concerning the greatest of things, that is, the choice of the mind. For “those who keep holy things holily,” it says, “will be made holy, and those who have been taught them will find a defense.” For the one who knows alone will with good reason do holily all that is to be done, as he has learned according to the Lord's teaching, having received it through men. And again one may hear: “For in his hand,” that is, in his power and wisdom, “are both we and our words, and all understanding and knowledge of crafts.” “For God loves nothing but the one who dwells with wisdom.” Next, they have not read what was said by Solomon. For, when he treats of the building of a ship, he says outright: “Wisdom the craftswoman built it; but your providence, Father, steers it.”
6.11.94Stählin 2:478–479
καὶ πῶς οὐκ ἄλογον τεκτονικῆς καὶ ναυπηγικῆς χεῖρον νομίζειν φιλοσοφίαν; τάχα που καὶ ὁ κύριος τὸ πλῆθος ἐκεῖνο τῶν ἐπὶ τῆς πόας κατακλιθέντων καταντικρὺ τῆς Τιβεριάδος τοῖς ἰχθύσι τοῖς δυσὶ καὶ τοῖς ε΄ τοῖς κριθίνοις διέθρεψεν ἄρτοις, αἰνισσόμενος τὴν προπαιδείαν Ἑλλήνων τε καὶ Ἰουδαίων πρὸ τοῦ θείου πυροῦ τῆς κατὰ τὸν νόμον γεωργουμένης τροφῆς· προπετεστέρα γὰρ εἰς ὥραν θέρους τοῦ πυροῦ μᾶλλον ἡ κριθή. τὴν δὲ ἀνὰ τὸν κλύδωνα τὸν ἐθνικὸν γεννωμένην τε καὶ φερομένην φιλοσοφίαν Ἑλληνικὴν οἱ ἰχθύες ἐμήνυον, εἰς διατροφὴν ἐκτενῆ τοῖς ἔτι χαμαὶ κειμένοις δεδομένοι· αὐξήσαντες μὲν οὐκέτι καθάπερ τῶν ἄρτων τὰ κλάσματα, τῆς δὲ τοῦ κυρίου μεταλαβόντες εὐλογίας τὴν ἀνάστασιν τῆς θειότητος διὰ τῆς τοῦ λόγου δυνάμεως ἐνεπνεύσθησαν. ἀλλʼ εἰ καὶ περίεργος εἶ, ἔκλαβε θάτερον τῶν ἰχθύων τὴν ἐγκύκλιον, τὸν λοιπὸν δὲ αὐτὴν ἐκείνην τὴν ἐπαναβεβηκυῖαν μηνύειν φιλοσοφίαν, αἳ δῆτα † συνάλογοι λόγου τοῦ κυριακοῦ· χορὸς δὲ ἀναύδων ἰχθύων ἐπερρόθει, ἡ μοῦσα ἡ τραγικὴ εἴρηκέν που. κἀμὲ δεῖ ἐλαττοῦσθαι, αὔξειν δὲ μόνον ἤδη λοιπὸν τὸν κυριακὸν λόγον, εἰς ὃν περαιοῦται ὁ νόμος, ὁ προφήτης εἴρηκεν Ἰωάννης.
kai pōs ouk alogon tektonikēs kai naupēgikēs cheiron nomizein philosophian? tacha pou kai ho kyrios to plēthos ekeino tōn epi tēs poas kataklithentōn katantikry tēs Tiberiados tois ichthysi tois dysi kai tois e΄ tois krithinois diethrepsen artois, ainissomenos tēn propaideian Hellēnōn te kai Ioudaiōn pro tou theiou pyrou tēs kata ton nomon geōrgoumenēs trophēs; propetestera gar eis hōran therous tou pyrou mallon hē krithē. tēn de ana ton klydōna ton ethnikon gennōmenēn te kai pheromenēn philosophian Hellēnikēn hoi ichthyes emēnyon, eis diatrophēn ektenē tois eti chamai keimenois dedomenoi; auxēsantes men ouketi kathaper tōn artōn ta klasmata, tēs de tou kyriou metalabontes eulogias tēn anastasin tēs theiotētos dia tēs tou logou dynameōs enepneusthēsan. allʼ ei kai periergos ei, eklabe thateron tōn ichthyōn tēn enkyklion, ton loipon de autēn ekeinēn tēn epanabebēkuian mēnyein philosophian, hai dēta † synalogoi logou tou kyriakou; choros de anaudōn ichthyōn eperrothei, hē mousa hē tragikē eirēken pou. kame dei elattousthai, auxein de monon ēdē loipon ton kyriakon logon, eis hon peraioutai ho nomos, ho prophētēs eirēken Iōannēs.
And how is it not absurd to think philosophy worse than carpentry and shipbuilding? Perhaps, too, the Lord fed that multitude reclining on the grass across from Tiberias with the two fishes and the five barley loaves as a hint of the preparatory training of Greeks and Jews before the divine wheat, the food cultivated by the law. For barley ripens earlier for the summer season than wheat. The fishes signified Greek philosophy, which is born and moves in the surge of the Gentiles, given as abundant nourishment to those still lying on the ground. They did not increase like the fragments of the loaves; but, having shared in the Lord's blessing, they were breathed into, receiving the resurrection of divinity through the power of the Word. But if you like subtlety, take one of the fishes to indicate general education and the other the philosophy that rises above it; and these indeed are … of the Lord's Word. “And a chorus of voiceless fishes splashed around,” as the tragic Muse has said somewhere. “I must decrease, and the Lord's Word alone must from now on increase,” in whom the law reaches its end, said John the prophet.
6.11.95Stählin 2:479–480
σύνες ἤδη μοι τὸ μυστήριον τῆς ἀληθείας, συγγνώμην ἀπονέμων, εἰ περαιτέρω προβαίνειν τῆς ἐξεργασίας ὀκνῶ, τουτὶ μόνον ἀνακηρύσσων· πάντα διʼ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο καὶ χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν. ἀμέλει λίθος ἀκρογωνιαῖος εἴρηται, ἐν ᾧ πᾶσα οἰκοδομὴ συναρμολογουμένη αὔξει εἰς ναὸν ἅγιον θεοῦ κατὰ τὸν θεῖον ἀπόστολον. σιωπῶ τὰ νῦν τὴν ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ παραβολὴν λέγουσαν· ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν ἀνθρώπῳ σαγήνην εἰς θάλασσαν βεβληκότι κἀκ τοῦ πλήθους τῶν ἑαλωκότων ἰχθύων τὴν ἐκλογὴν τῶν ἀμεινόνων ποιουμένῳ. ἤδη δὲ καὶ τὰς τέσσαρας ἀρετὰς ἄντικρυς ἡ παρʼ ἡμῖν σοφία ὧδέ πως ἀνακηρύσσει, ὥστε καὶ τούτων τὰς πηγὰς τοῖς Ἕλλησιν παρὰ Ἑβραίων δεδόσθαι. μαθεῖν δʼ ἐκ τῶνδʼ ἔξεστιν· καὶ εἰ δικαιοσύνην ἀγαπᾷ τις, οἱ πόνοι ταύτης εἰσὶν ἀρεταί· σωφροσύνην γὰρ καὶ φρόνησιν ἐκδιδάσκει, δικαιοσύνην καὶ ἀνδρείαν, ὧν χρησιμώτερον οὐδέν ἐστιν ἐν βίῳ ἀνθρώποις. ἐπὶ πᾶσιν εἰδέναι αὐτοὺς κἀκεῖνο ἐχρῆν, ὅτι φύσει μὲν γεγόναμεν πρὸς ἀρετήν, οὐ μὴν ὥστε ἔχειν αὐτὴν ἐκ γενετῆς, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὸ κτήσασθαι ἐπιτήδειοι.
synes ēdē moi to mystērion tēs alētheias, syngnōmēn aponemōn, ei peraiterō probainein tēs exergasias oknō, touti monon anakēryssōn; panta diʼ autou egeneto kai chōris autou egeneto oude hen. amelei lithos akrogōniaios eirētai, en hǭ pasa oikodomē synarmologoumenē auxei eis naon hagion theou kata ton theion apostolon. siōpō ta nyn tēn en tǭ euangeliǭ parabolēn legousan; homoia estin hē basileia tōn ouranōn anthrōpǭ sagēnēn eis thalassan beblēkoti kak tou plēthous tōn healōkotōn ichthyōn tēn eklogēn tōn ameinonōn poioumenǭ. ēdē de kai tas tessaras aretas antikrys hē parʼ hēmin sophia hōde pōs anakēryssei, hōste kai toutōn tas pēgas tois Hellēsin para Hebraiōn dedosthai. mathein dʼ ek tōndʼ exestin; kai ei dikaiosynēn agapą tis, hoi ponoi tautēs eisin aretai; sōphrosynēn gar kai phronēsin ekdidaskei, dikaiosynēn kai andreian, hōn chrēsimōteron ouden estin en biǭ anthrōpois. epi pasin eidenai autous kakeino echrēn, hoti physei men gegonamen pros aretēn, ou mēn hōste echein autēn ek genetēs, alla pros to ktēsasthai epitēdeioi.
Understand now, I pray, the mystery of the truth, and pardon me if I hesitate to go further in working it out, proclaiming only this: “All things came to be through him, and without him not one thing came to be.” Indeed he is called the cornerstone, “in whom the whole building, fitted together, grows into a holy temple of God,” according to the divine apostle. For now I pass over the parable in the Gospel that says: “The kingdom of heaven is like a man who cast a net into the sea and from the multitude of fishes caught made a selection of the better ones.” And already our wisdom proclaims the four virtues outright, somewhat as follows, so that the springs of these too were given to the Greeks from the Hebrews. One can learn it from these words: “And if anyone loves righteousness, her labors are virtues; for she teaches self-restraint and prudence, righteousness and courage, than which nothing is more useful for human beings in life.” Above all, they ought to have known this too: that by nature we are born for virtue, not so as to have it from birth, but fitted to acquire it.
Miscellanies 6, chapter 12
6.12.96Stählin 2:480
Ὧι λόγῳ λύεται τὸ πρὸς τῶν αἱρετικῶν ἀπορούμενον ἡμῖν, πότερον τέλειος ἐπλάσθη ὁ Ἀδὰμ ἢ ἀτελής· ἀλλʼ εἰ μὲν ἀτελής, πῶς τελείου θεοῦ ἀτελὲς τὸ ἔργον καὶ μάλιστα ἄνθρωπος; εἰ δὲ τέλειος, πῶς παραβαίνει τὰς ἐντολάς; ἀκούσονται γὰρ καὶ παρʼ ἡμῶν ὅτι τέλειος κατὰ τὴν κατασκευὴν οὐκ ἐγένετο, πρὸς δὲ τὸ ἀναδέξασθαι τὴν ἀρετὴν ἐπιτήδειος· διαφέρει γὰρ δή που ἐπὶ τὴν ἀρετὴν γεγονέναι ἐπιτήδειον πρὸς τὴν κτῆσιν αὐτῆς· ἡμᾶς δὲ ἐξ ἡμῶν αὐτῶν βούλεται σῴζεσθαι. αὕτη οὖν φύσις ψυχῆς ἐξ ἑαυτῆς ὁρμᾶν· εἶτα λογικοὶ ὄντες λογικῆς οὔσης τῆς φιλοσοφίας συγγενές τι ἔχομεν πρὸς αὐτήν· ἡ δὲ ἐπιτηδειότης φορὰ μέν ἐστι πρὸς ἀρετήν, ἀρετὴ δʼ οὔ. Πάντες μὲν οὖν, ὡς ἔφην, πρὸς ἀρετῆς κτῆσιν πεφύκασιν, ἀλλʼ ὃ μὲν μᾶλλον, ὃ δʼ ἧττον πρόεισι τῇ τε μαθήσει τῇ τε ἀσκήσει, διὸ καὶ οἳ μὲν ἐξήρκεσαν μέχρι τῆς τελείας ἀρετῆς, οἳ δὲ μέχρι τινὸς ἔφθασαν, ἀμεληθέντες δʼ αὖ τινες, καὶ εἰ ἄλλως ἦσαν εὐφυεῖς, εἰς τοὐναντίον ἀπετράπησαν. πολὺ δὲ μᾶλλον ἡ μεγέθει πασῶν μαθήσεων καὶ ἀληθείᾳ διαφέρουσα γνῶσις χαλεπωτάτη κτήσασθαι καὶ ἐν πολλῷ καμάτῳ περιγίνεται.
Hōi logǭ lyetai to pros tōn hairetikōn aporoumenon hēmin, poteron teleios eplasthē ho Adam ē atelēs; allʼ ei men atelēs, pōs teleiou theou ateles to ergon kai malista anthrōpos? ei de teleios, pōs parabainei tas entolas? akousontai gar kai parʼ hēmōn hoti teleios kata tēn kataskeuēn ouk egeneto, pros de to anadexasthai tēn aretēn epitēdeios; diapherei gar dē pou epi tēn aretēn gegonenai epitēdeion pros tēn ktēsin autēs; hēmas de ex hēmōn autōn bouletai sǭzesthai. hautē oun physis psychēs ex heautēs horman; eita logikoi ontes logikēs ousēs tēs philosophias syngenes ti echomen pros autēn; hē de epitēdeiotēs phora men esti pros aretēn, aretē dʼ ou. Pantes men oun, hōs ephēn, pros aretēs ktēsin pephykasin, allʼ ho men mallon, ho dʼ hētton proeisi tę̄ te mathēsei tę̄ te askēsei, dio kai hoi men exērkesan mechri tēs teleias aretēs, hoi de mechri tinos ephthasan, amelēthentes dʼ au tines, kai ei allōs ēsan euphyeis, eis tounantion apetrapēsan. poly de mallon hē megethei pasōn mathēseōn kai alētheią diapherousa gnōsis chalepōtatē ktēsasthai kai en pollǭ kamatǭ periginetai.
By this reasoning the difficulty the heretics raise against us is solved: whether Adam was formed perfect or imperfect. If imperfect, how is the work of a perfect God imperfect, and a human being above all? If perfect, how does he transgress the commandments? They will hear from us, too, that he was not perfect in his constitution, but fitted to receive virtue. For there is surely a difference between having been made fitted for virtue and the possession of it. And he wishes us to be saved by our own efforts. This, then, is the nature of the soul: to move of itself. Then, being rational, since philosophy is rational, we have a certain kinship with it. Aptitude is a tendency toward virtue, but it is not virtue. All, then, as I said, are naturally made for the acquisition of virtue; but one advances more and another less, in learning and in training. That is why some have attained perfect virtue and others have reached a certain point, while some, through neglect, even if otherwise well endowed, have turned to the opposite. Much more is knowledge, which surpasses all branches of learning in greatness and truth, the hardest of all to acquire, and it is won with much toil.
6.12.97Stählin 2:480–481
ἀλλʼ, ὡς ἔοικεν, οὐκ ἔγνωσαν μυστήρια θεοῦ, ὅτι ὁ θεὸς ἔκτισεν τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐπὶ ἀφθαρσίᾳ καὶ εἰκόνα τῆς ἰδίας ἰδιότητος ἐποίησεν αὐτόν, καθʼ ἣν ἰδιότητα τοῦ πάντα εἰδότος ὁ γνωστικὸς καὶ δίκαιος καὶ ὅσιος μετὰ φρονήσεως εἰς μέτρον ἡλικίας τελείας ἀφικνεῖσθαι σπεύδει. ὅτι δʼ οὐ μόνον αἱ πράξεις καὶ αἱ ἔννοιαι, ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ λόγοι καθαρεύουσι τῷ γνωστικῷ. ἐδοκίμασας τὴν καρδίαν μου, ἐπεσκέψω νυκτὸς φησίν· ἐπύρωσάς με καὶ οὐχ εὑρέθη ἐν ἐμοὶ ἀδικία, ὅπως ἂν μὴ λαλήσῃ τὸ στόμα μου τὰ ἔργα τῶν ἀνθρώπων. καὶ τί λέγει τὰ ἔργα τῶν ἀνθρώπων; αὐτὴν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν γνωρίζει, οὐ παραχθεῖσαν ἐπὶ μετάνοιαν (κοινὸν γὰρ τοῦτο καὶ τῶν ἄλλων πιστῶν), ἀλλʼ ὅ ἐστιν ἁμαρτία· οὐδὲ γὰρ τῆσδέ τινος καταγινώσκει, ἀλλʼ ἁπλῶς πάσης τῆς ἁμαρτίας· οὐδʼ ὃ ἐποίησέν τις κακῶς, ἀλλὰ τὸ μὴ ποιητέον συνίστησιν. ὅθεν καὶ ἡ μετάνοια δισσή· ἣ μὲν κοινὴ ἐπὶ τῷ πεπλημμεληκέναι, ἣ δέ, τὴν φύσιν τῆς ἁμαρτίας καταμαθοῦσα, ἀφίστασθαι τοῦ ἁμαρτάνειν αὐτοῦ κατὰ προηγούμενον λόγον πείθει, ᾧ ἕπεται τὸ μὴ ἁμαρτάνειν.
allʼ, hōs eoiken, ouk egnōsan mystēria theou, hoti ho theos ektisen ton anthrōpon epi aphtharsią kai eikona tēs idias idiotētos epoiēsen auton, kathʼ hēn idiotēta tou panta eidotos ho gnōstikos kai dikaios kai hosios meta phronēseōs eis metron hēlikias teleias aphikneisthai speudei. hoti dʼ ou monon hai praxeis kai hai ennoiai, alla kai hoi logoi kathareuousi tǭ gnōstikǭ. edokimasas tēn kardian mou, epeskepsō nyktos phēsin; epyrōsas me kai ouch heurethē en emoi adikia, hopōs an mē lalēsę̄ to stoma mou ta erga tōn anthrōpōn. kai ti legei ta erga tōn anthrōpōn? autēn tēn hamartian gnōrizei, ou parachtheisan epi metanoian (koinon gar touto kai tōn allōn pistōn), allʼ ho estin hamartia; oude gar tēsde tinos kataginōskei, allʼ haplōs pasēs tēs hamartias; oudʼ ho epoiēsen tis kakōs, alla to mē poiēteon synistēsin. hothen kai hē metanoia dissē; hē men koinē epi tǭ peplēmmelēkenai, hē de, tēn physin tēs hamartias katamathousa, aphistasthai tou hamartanein autou kata proēgoumenon logon peithei, hǭ hepetai to mē hamartanein.
But, it seems, they did not know the mysteries of God: that God created man for incorruption and made him an image of his own proper being; and according to this proper being of the one who knows all things, the one who knows, righteous and holy with prudence, hastens to arrive at the measure of full maturity. And that in the one who knows not only actions and thoughts but also words are pure, is shown here: “You tested my heart, you visited it by night,” it says; “you tried me by fire, and no injustice was found in me, so that my mouth might not speak the works of men.” And what does it mean by “the works of men”? He recognizes sin itself, not only sin that has been brought to repentance (for that is common to the other believers too), but what sin is. For he does not condemn this or that sin, but simply all sin; nor does he set out what someone has done wrongly, but what must not be done. Hence repentance too is twofold: the one is common, for having transgressed; the other, having learned the nature of sin, persuades one to withdraw from sinning itself by a reason that goes before, which is followed by not sinning.
6.12.98Stählin 2:481
Μὴ τοίνυν λεγόντων ὡς ὁ ἀδικῶν καὶ ἁμαρτάνων κατʼ ἐνέργειαν δαιμόνων πλημμελεῖ, ἐπεὶ κἂν ἀθῷος γένοιτο, τὰ δὲ αὐτὰ τοῖς δαιμονίοις κατὰ τὸ ἁμαρτάνειν αἱρούμενος, ἀνέδραστος καὶ κοῦφος καὶ εὐμετάβολος ἐν ἐπιθυμίαις, ὡς δαίμων, γίνεται ἄνθρωπος δαιμονικός. αὐτίκα ὁ μὲν κακὸς φύσει, ἁμαρτητικὸς διὰ κακίαν γενόμενος, φαῦλος καθέστηκεν, ἔχων ἣν ἑκὼν εἵλετο· ἁμαρτητικὸς δὲ ὢν καὶ κατὰ τὰς πράξεις διαμαρτάνει· ἔμπαλιν δὲ ὁ σπουδαῖος κατορθοῖ. διὸ οὐ μόνον τὰς ἀρετάς, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς πράξεις τὰς καλὰς ἀγαθὰ καλοῦμεν· τῶν δὲ ἀγαθῶν ἴσμεν τὰ μὲν αὐτὰ διʼ αὑτὰ αἱρετά, ὡς τὴν γνῶσιν (οὐ γὰρ ἄλλο τι ἐξ αὐτῆς θηρῶμεν, ἐπειδὰν παρῇ, ἢ μόνον τὸ παρεῖναι αὐτὴν καὶ ἐν ἀδιαλείπτῳ θεωρίᾳ ἡμᾶς εἶναι καὶ εἰς αὐτὴν καὶ διʼ αὐτὴν ἀγωνίζεσθαι), τὰ δὲ διʼ ἕτερα, ὡς τὴν πίστιν διὰ τὴν ἐξ αὐτῆς περιγενομένην φυγήν τε τῆς κολάσεως καὶ ὠφέλειαν τὴν ἐκ τῆς ἀνταποδόσεως. φόβος μὲν γὰρ αἴτιος τοῦ μὴ ἁμαρτάνειν τοῖς πολλοῖς, ἐπαγγελία δὲ ἀφορμὴ τοῦ διώκειν ὑπακοήν, διʼ ἧς ἡ σωτηρία.
Mē toinyn legontōn hōs ho adikōn kai hamartanōn katʼ energeian daimonōn plēmmelei, epei kan athǭos genoito, ta de auta tois daimoniois kata to hamartanein hairoumenos, anedrastos kai kouphos kai eumetabolos en epithymiais, hōs daimōn, ginetai anthrōpos daimonikos. autika ho men kakos physei, hamartētikos dia kakian genomenos, phaulos kathestēken, echōn hēn hekōn heileto; hamartētikos de ōn kai kata tas praxeis diamartanei; empalin de ho spoudaios katorthoi. dio ou monon tas aretas, alla kai tas praxeis tas kalas agatha kaloumen; tōn de agathōn ismen ta men auta diʼ hauta haireta, hōs tēn gnōsin (ou gar allo ti ex autēs thērōmen, epeidan parę̄, ē monon to pareinai autēn kai en adialeiptǭ theōrią hēmas einai kai eis autēn kai diʼ autēn agōnizesthai), ta de diʼ hetera, hōs tēn pistin dia tēn ex autēs perigenomenēn phygēn te tēs kolaseōs kai ōpheleian tēn ek tēs antapodoseōs. phobos men gar aitios tou mē hamartanein tois pollois, epangelia de aphormē tou diōkein hypakoēn, diʼ hēs hē sōtēria.
Let them not say, then, that the one who does wrong and sins transgresses through the working of demons; for then he would be innocent. Rather, by choosing the same things as the demons in sinning, unstable, light, and changeable in his desires like a demon, a man becomes demonic. For instance, the bad man, having become sinful in nature through vice, is established as worthless, having what he willingly chose; and being sinful, he also errs in his actions; conversely, the good man acts rightly. That is why we call good not only the virtues but also good actions. Of goods, we know that some are chosen for their own sake, like knowledge (for once it is present we seek nothing else from it except that it be present, that we be in unbroken contemplation, and that we strive toward it and for its sake); and others for the sake of other things, like faith, for the sake of the escape from punishment and the benefit of the reward that result from it. For fear is the cause of not sinning for the many, and the promise is the starting point for pursuing obedience, through which comes salvation.
6.12.99Stählin 2:481–482
τελειότατον ἄρα ἀγαθὸν ἡ γνῶσις, διʼ αὑτὴν οὖσα αἱρετή, κατʼ ἐπακολούθημα δὲ καὶ τὰ διὰ ταύτης ἀκολουθοῦντα καλά. καὶ ἡ κόλασις τῷ μὲν κολαζομένῳ διορθώσεως αἰτία, τοῖς δὲ διορᾶν πόρρωθεν δυναμένοις παράδειγμα γίνεται, διʼ οὗ τὸ συνεμπίπτειν τοῖς ὁμοίοις ἀνακόπτουσιν. δεξώμεθα οὖν τὴν γνῶσιν οὐ τῶν ἀποβαινόντων ἐφιέμενοι, ἀλλʼ αὐτοῦ ἕνεκα τοῦ γινώσκειν ἀσπαζόμενοι. πρώτη γὰρ ὠφέλεια ἡ ἕξις ἡ γνωστική, ἡδονὰς ἀβλαβεῖς παρεχομένη καὶ ἀγαλλίασιν καὶ νῦν καὶ εἰς ὕστερον. τὴν δὲ ἀγαλλίασιν εὐφροσύνην εἶναί φασιν, ἐπιλογισμὸν οὖσαν τῆς κατὰ τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἀρετῆς διά τινος ἑστιάσεως καὶ διαχύσεως ψυχικῆς. τὰ δὲ μετέχοντα τῆς γνώσεως ἔργα αἱ ἀγαθαὶ καὶ καλαὶ πράξεις εἰσίν. πλοῦτος μὲν γὰρ ἀληθὴς ὁ ἐν ταῖς κατὰ τὴν ἀρετὴν πράξεσι πλεονασμός, πενία δὲ ἡ κατὰ τὰς κοσμικὰς ἐπιθυμίας ἀπορία. αἱ κτήσεις γὰρ καὶ χρήσεις τῶν ἀναγκαίων οὐ τὴν ποιότητα ἔχουσι βλαβεράν, ἀλλὰ τὴν παρὰ τὸ μέτρον ποσότητα.
teleiotaton ara agathon hē gnōsis, diʼ hautēn ousa hairetē, katʼ epakolouthēma de kai ta dia tautēs akolouthounta kala. kai hē kolasis tǭ men kolazomenǭ diorthōseōs aitia, tois de dioran porrōthen dynamenois paradeigma ginetai, diʼ hou to synempiptein tois homoiois anakoptousin. dexōmetha oun tēn gnōsin ou tōn apobainontōn ephiemenoi, allʼ autou heneka tou ginōskein aspazomenoi. prōtē gar ōpheleia hē hexis hē gnōstikē, hēdonas ablabeis parechomenē kai agalliasin kai nyn kai eis hysteron. tēn de agalliasin euphrosynēn einai phasin, epilogismon ousan tēs kata tēn alētheian aretēs dia tinos hestiaseōs kai diachyseōs psychikēs. ta de metechonta tēs gnōseōs erga hai agathai kai kalai praxeis eisin. ploutos men gar alēthēs ho en tais kata tēn aretēn praxesi pleonasmos, penia de hē kata tas kosmikas epithymias aporia. hai ktēseis gar kai chrēseis tōn anankaiōn ou tēn poiotēta echousi blaberan, alla tēn para to metron posotēta.
Knowledge, then, is the most perfect good, being chosen for its own sake; and the good things that follow through it follow as consequences. Punishment is a cause of correction for the one punished, and for those able to see far ahead it becomes an example by which they check themselves from falling into the same faults. Let us, then, receive knowledge, not desiring its results, but embracing it for the sake of knowing itself. For the first benefit is the habit of knowing, which furnishes harmless pleasures and exultation, both now and hereafter. They say that exultation is gladness, being a reckoning of the virtue that accords with truth, through a certain feasting and expansion of the soul. The works that share in knowledge are good and noble actions. For true wealth is abundance in actions according to virtue, and poverty is want in respect of worldly desires. For the acquisition and use of necessities are not harmful in their quality, but in quantity beyond measure.
6.12.100Stählin 2:482
διόπερ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας ὁ γνωστικὸς περιγράφει κατά τε τὴν κτῆσιν κατά τε τὴν χρῆσιν, οὐχ ὑπερβαίνων τὸν τῶν ἀναγκαίων ὅρον. τὸ ζῆν ἄρα τὸ ἐνταῦθα ἀναγκαῖον ἡγούμενος εἰς ἐπιστήμης συναύξησιν καὶ τὴν περιποίησιν τῆς γνώσεως, οὐ τὸ ζῆν, ἀλλὰ τὸ εὖ ζῆν περὶ πλείστου ποιήσεται, μήτʼ οὖν παῖδας μήτʼ αὖ γάμον ἢ τοὺς γονεῖς τῆς πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ἀγάπης καὶ τῆς ἐν βίῳ δικαιοσύνης προτιμῶν. ἀδελφὴ δὲ τούτῳ ἡ γυνὴ μετὰ τὴν παιδοποιίαν, ὡς καὶ ὁμοπατρία, κρίνεται, τότε μόνον τοῦ ἀνδρὸς ἀναμιμνῃσκομένη, ὁπηνίκα ἂν τοῖς τέκνοις προσβλέπῃ, ὡς ἂν ἀδελφὴ τῷ ὄντι ἐσομένη καὶ μετὰ τὴν ἀπόθεσιν τῆς σαρκὸς τῆς διαχωριζούσης καὶ διοριζούσης τὴν γνῶσιν τῶν πνευματικῶν τῇ ἰδιότητι τῶν σχημάτων. αὐταὶ γὰρ καθʼ αὑτὰς ἐπʼ ἴσης εἰσὶ ψυχαὶ αἱ ψυχαὶ οὐθέτεραι, οὔτε ἄρρενες οὔτε θήλειαι, ἐπὰν μήτε γαμῶσι μήτε γαμίσκωνται· καὶ μή τι οὕτως μετατίθεται εἰς τὸν ἄνδρα ἡ γυνή, ἀθήλυντος ἐπʼ ἴσης καὶ ἀνδρικὴ καὶ τελεία γενομένη.
dioper tas epithymias ho gnōstikos perigraphei kata te tēn ktēsin kata te tēn chrēsin, ouch hyperbainōn ton tōn anankaiōn horon. to zēn ara to entautha anankaion hēgoumenos eis epistēmēs synauxēsin kai tēn peripoiēsin tēs gnōseōs, ou to zēn, alla to eu zēn peri pleistou poiēsetai, mētʼ oun paidas mētʼ au gamon ē tous goneis tēs pros ton theon agapēs kai tēs en biǭ dikaiosynēs protimōn. adelphē de toutǭ hē gynē meta tēn paidopoiian, hōs kai homopatria, krinetai, tote monon tou andros anamimnę̄skomenē, hopēnika an tois teknois prosblepę̄, hōs an adelphē tǭ onti esomenē kai meta tēn apothesin tēs sarkos tēs diachōrizousēs kai diorizousēs tēn gnōsin tōn pneumatikōn tę̄ idiotēti tōn schēmatōn. autai gar kathʼ hautas epʼ isēs eisi psychai hai psychai outheterai, oute arrenes oute thēleiai, epan mēte gamōsi mēte gamiskōntai; kai mē ti houtōs metatithetai eis ton andra hē gynē, athēlyntos epʼ isēs kai andrikē kai teleia genomenē.
That is why the one who knows limits his desires both in acquisition and in use, not going beyond the boundary of necessities. Considering, then, life here necessary for the growth of understanding and the gaining of knowledge, he will value most highly not living but living well, preferring neither children nor marriage nor parents to love for God and righteousness in life. To such a man his wife, after the bearing of children, is regarded as a sister, as though of the same father; she is reminded of her husband only when she looks at the children, as one who will truly be a sister after the laying aside of the flesh, which separates and distinguishes the knowledge of spiritual beings by the peculiarity of their shapes. For souls in themselves are equally souls, neither masculine nor feminine, when they neither marry nor are given in marriage. And perhaps in this way the woman is changed into the man, becoming equally free of womanishness, manly, and perfect.
6.12.101Stählin 2:482–483
τοῦτʼ ἦν ἄρα ὁ τῆς Σάρρας γένεσιν παιδὸς εὐαγγελισθείσης γέλως, οὐκ ἀπιστησάσης, οἶμαι, τῷ ἀγγέλῳ, καταιδεσθείσης δὲ ἐκείνην αὖθις τὴν ὁμιλίαν, διʼ ἧς ἔμελλεν παιδὸς γενήσεσθαι μήτηρ. καὶ μή τι ἔκτοτε ὁ Ἀβραάμ, ὁπηνίκα παρὰ τῷ βασιλεῖ τῆς Αἰγύπτου διὰ τὸ τῆς Σάρρας ἐκινδύνευεν κάλλος, οἰκείως αὐτὴν ἀδελφὴν προσεῖπεν καὶ ὁμοπατρίαν, ἀλλʼ οὔτε ὁμομητρίαν οὐδέπω. Τοῖς μὲν οὖν ἐξ ἁμαρτιῶν μετανενοηκόσι καὶ μὴ στερεῶς πεπιστευκόσι διὰ τῶν δεήσεων παρέχει ὁ θεὸς τὰ αἰτήματα, τοῖς δʼ ἀναμαρτήτως καὶ γνωστικῶς βιοῦσιν ἐννοησαμένοις μόνον δίδωσιν. αὐτίκα τῇ Ἄννῃ ἐννοηθείσῃ μόνον τοῦ παιδὸς ἐδόθη σύλληψις τοῦ Σαμουήλ. αἴτησαι, φησὶν ἡ γραφή, καὶ ποιήσω· ἐννοήθητι καὶ δώσω. καρδιογνώστην γὰρ τὸν θεὸν παρειλήφαμεν, οὐκ ἐκ κινήματος ψυχῆς τεκμαιρόμενον καθάπερ ἡμεῖς οἱ ἄνθρωποι, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ἐκ τοῦ ἀποβαίνοντος (γελοῖον γὰρ οὕτως νοεῖν), οὐδέ, ὡς ὁ ἀρχιτέκτων γενόμενον τὸ ἔργον ἐπῄνεσε, καὶ ὁ θεὸς οὕτως ποιήσας τὸ φῶς, ἔπειτα ἰδών, καλὸν εἶπεν· ὃ δέ, καὶ πρὶν ἢ ποιῆσαι, οἷον ἔσται, εἰδώς, τοῦτο ἐπῄνεσεν· τὸ δʼ ἐγένετο δυνάμει ποιοῦντος καλὸν ἄνωθεν διὰ τῆς ἀνάρχου προθέσεως τὸ ἐσόμενον ἐνεργείᾳ καλόν. αὐτίκα τὸ ἐσόμενον ἤδη προεῖπεν εἶναι καλόν, τῆς φράσεως ὑπερβατῷ κρυψάσης τὴν ἀλήθειαν.
toutʼ ēn ara ho tēs Sarras genesin paidos euangelistheisēs gelōs, ouk apistēsasēs, oimai, tǭ angelǭ, kataidestheisēs de ekeinēn authis tēn homilian, diʼ hēs emellen paidos genēsesthai mētēr. kai mē ti ektote ho Abraam, hopēnika para tǭ basilei tēs Aigyptou dia to tēs Sarras ekindyneuen kallos, oikeiōs autēn adelphēn proseipen kai homopatrian, allʼ oute homomētrian oudepō. Tois men oun ex hamartiōn metanenoēkosi kai mē stereōs pepisteukosi dia tōn deēseōn parechei ho theos ta aitēmata, tois dʼ anamartētōs kai gnōstikōs biousin ennoēsamenois monon didōsin. autika tę̄ Annę̄ ennoētheisę̄ monon tou paidos edothē syllēpsis tou Samouēl. aitēsai, phēsin hē graphē, kai poiēsō; ennoēthēti kai dōsō. kardiognōstēn gar ton theon pareilēphamen, ouk ek kinēmatos psychēs tekmairomenon kathaper hēmeis hoi anthrōpoi, allʼ oude ek tou apobainontos (geloion gar houtōs noein), oude, hōs ho architektōn genomenon to ergon epę̄nese, kai ho theos houtōs poiēsas to phōs, epeita idōn, kalon eipen; ho de, kai prin ē poiēsai, hoion estai, eidōs, touto epę̄nesen; to dʼ egeneto dynamei poiountos kalon anōthen dia tēs anarchou protheseōs to esomenon energeią kalon. autika to esomenon ēdē proeipen einai kalon, tēs phraseōs hyperbatǭ krypsasēs tēn alētheian.
This, then, was the laughter of Sarah when she received the good news of the birth of a son: not, I think, that she disbelieved the angel, but that she was ashamed of that intercourse again, through which she was to become the mother of a child. And perhaps it was from then on that Abraham, when he was in danger before the king of Egypt because of Sarah's beauty, fittingly called her his sister, of the same father, but not of the same mother. To those who have repented of their sins and have not firmly believed, God grants their requests through prayers; but to those who live without sin and as knowers, he gives when they have only thought of them. For instance, to Hannah, when she had only thought of the child, the conception of Samuel was given. “Ask,” says Scripture, “and I will do it; think, and I will give.” For we have been taught that God knows the heart, judging not from the movement of the soul, as we humans do, nor from the outcome (it is ridiculous to think so); nor, as the architect praised the work once it was done, did God likewise, having made the light, then look at it and call it good. Rather, knowing even before he made it what it would be, he praised it. What came into being by the power of the maker was good from above, through the purpose that has no beginning, that which was to be good in actuality. For he declared beforehand that what was to be was already good, the transposition of the words concealing the truth.
6.12.102Stählin 2:483
Εὔχεται τοίνυν ὁ γνωστικὸς καὶ κατὰ τὴν ἔννοιαν πᾶσαν τὴν ὥραν, διʼ ἀγάπης οἰκειούμενος τῷ θεῷ. καὶ τὰ μὲν πρῶτα ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν αἰτήσεται, μετὰ δὲ τὸ μηκέτι ἁμαρτάνειν ἔτι τὸ εὖ ποιεῖν δύνασθαι καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν κατὰ τὸν κύριον δημιουργίαν τε καὶ οἰκονομίαν συνιέναι, ἵνα δή, καθαρὸς τὴν καρδίαν γενόμενος, διʼ ἐπιγνώσεως τῆς διὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ πρόσωπον πρὸς πρόσωπον τὴν μακαρίαν θέαν μυηθῇ, ἐπακούσας τῆς λεγούσης γραφῆς ἀγαθὸν νηστεία μετὰ προσευχῆς· νηστεῖαι δὲ ἀποχὰς κακῶν μηνύουσιν πάντων ἁπαξαπλῶς, τῶν τε κατʼ ἐνέργειαν καὶ κατὰ λόγον καὶ κατὰ τὴν διάνοιαν αὐτήν. ὡς ἔοικεν οὖν ἡ δικαιοσύνη τετράγωνός ἐστι, πάντοθεν ἴση καὶ ὁμοία ἐν λόγῳ, ἐν ἔργῳ, ἐν ἀποχῇ κακῶν, ἐν εὐποιίᾳ, ἐν τελειότητι γνωστικῇ, οὐδαμῇ οὐδαμῶς χωλεύουσα, ἵνα μὴ ἄδικός τε καὶ ἄνισος φανῇ. ᾗ μὲν οὖν τίς ἐστι δίκαιος, πάντως οὗτος καὶ πιστός, ᾗ δὲ πιστός, οὐδέπω καὶ δίκαιος, τὴν κατὰ προκοπὴν καὶ τελείωσιν δικαιοσύνην λέγω, καθʼ ἣν ὁ γνωστικὸς δίκαιος λέγεται.
Euchetai toinyn ho gnōstikos kai kata tēn ennoian pasan tēn hōran, diʼ agapēs oikeioumenos tǭ theǭ. kai ta men prōta aphesin hamartiōn aitēsetai, meta de to mēketi hamartanein eti to eu poiein dynasthai kai pasan tēn kata ton kyrion dēmiourgian te kai oikonomian synienai, hina dē, katharos tēn kardian genomenos, diʼ epignōseōs tēs dia tou huiou tou theou prosōpon pros prosōpon tēn makarian thean myēthę̄, epakousas tēs legousēs graphēs agathon nēsteia meta proseuchēs; nēsteiai de apochas kakōn mēnyousin pantōn hapaxaplōs, tōn te katʼ energeian kai kata logon kai kata tēn dianoian autēn. hōs eoiken oun hē dikaiosynē tetragōnos esti, pantothen isē kai homoia en logǭ, en ergǭ, en apochę̄ kakōn, en eupoiią, en teleiotēti gnōstikę̄, oudamę̄ oudamōs chōleuousa, hina mē adikos te kai anisos phanę̄. hę̄ men oun tis esti dikaios, pantōs houtos kai pistos, hę̄ de pistos, oudepō kai dikaios, tēn kata prokopēn kai teleiōsin dikaiosynēn legō, kathʼ hēn ho gnōstikos dikaios legetai.
The one who knows, then, prays even in thought at every hour, made intimate with God through love. And first he will ask for the forgiveness of sins; then, once he no longer sins, for the ability to do good, and to understand the whole creation and ordering according to the Lord, so that, having become pure in heart, he may through the knowledge that comes by the Son of God be initiated into the blessed vision face to face, having listened to the Scripture that says, “Fasting with prayer is good.” Fasts signify abstention from all evils absolutely, those of deed, of word, and of thought itself. Righteousness, then, it seems, is foursquare, equal and alike on every side: in word, in deed, in abstention from evils, in doing good, in the perfection of knowledge, nowhere limping in any way, so as not to appear unjust and unequal. Insofar as someone is righteous, he is certainly also faithful; but insofar as he is faithful, he is not yet also righteous—I mean the righteousness that comes by progress and perfecting, according to which the one who knows is called righteous.
6.12.103Stählin 2:483–484
αὐτίκα τῷ Ἀβραὰμ πιστῷ γενομένῳ ἐλογίσθη εἰς δικαιοσύνην, εἰς τὸ μεῖζον καὶ τελειότερον τῆς πίστεως προβεβηκότι. οὐ γὰρ ὁ ἀπεχόμενος μόνον τῆς κακῆς πράξεως δίκαιος, ἐὰν μὴ προσεξεργάσηται καὶ τὸ εὖ ποιεῖν καὶ τὸ γινώσκειν, διʼ ἣν αἰτίαν τῶν μὲν ἀφεκτέον, τὰ δʼ ἐνεργητέον. διὰ τῶν ὅπλων τῆς δικαιοσύνης τῶν δεξιῶν καὶ ἀριστερῶν φησὶν ὁ ἀπόστολος παραπέμπεσθαι τὸν δίκαιον εἰς κληρονομίαν τὴν ἄκραν, ὑπὸ τῶν μὲν πεφραγμένον, τοῖς δὲ καὶ ἐνεργοῦντα. οὐ γὰρ ἡ σκέπη μόνη τῆς παντευχίας καὶ ἡ τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων ἀποχὴ ἱκανὴ πρὸς τελείωσιν, εἰ μὴ προσλάβοι τὸ ἔργον τῆς δικαιοσύνης, τὴν εἰς εὐποιίαν ἐνέργειαν. τότε ὁ περιδέξιος ἡμῖν καὶ γνωστικὸς ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ ἀποκαλύπτεται, δεδοξασμένος ἤδη κἀνθένδε καθάπερ ὁ Μωυσῆς τὸ πρόσωπον τῆς ψυχῆς, ὅπερ ἐν τοῖς πρόσθεν ἰδίωμα χαρακτηριστικὸν τῆς δικαίας εἰρήκαμεν ψυχῆς. καθάπερ γὰρ τοῖς ἐρίοις ἡ στῦψις τῆς βαφῆς ἐμμείνασα τὴν ἰδιότητα καὶ παραλλαγὴν πρὸς τὰ λοιπὰ παρέχει ἔρια, οὕτως κἀπὶ τῆς ψυχῆς ὁ μὲν πόνος παρῆλθεν, μένει δὲ τὸ καλόν, καὶ τὸ μὲν ἡδὺ καταλείπεται, ἀναμάσσεται δὲ τὸ αἰσχρόν. αὗται γὰρ ἑκατέρας ψυχῆς χαρακτηριστικαὶ ποιότητες, ἀφʼ ὧν γνωρίζεται ἡ μὲν δεδοξασμένη, ἡ δὲ κατεγνωσμένη.
autika tǭ Abraam pistǭ genomenǭ elogisthē eis dikaiosynēn, eis to meizon kai teleioteron tēs pisteōs probebēkoti. ou gar ho apechomenos monon tēs kakēs praxeōs dikaios, ean mē prosexergasētai kai to eu poiein kai to ginōskein, diʼ hēn aitian tōn men aphekteon, ta dʼ energēteon. dia tōn hoplōn tēs dikaiosynēs tōn dexiōn kai aristerōn phēsin ho apostolos parapempesthai ton dikaion eis klēronomian tēn akran, hypo tōn men pephragmenon, tois de kai energounta. ou gar hē skepē monē tēs panteuchias kai hē tōn hamartēmatōn apochē hikanē pros teleiōsin, ei mē proslaboi to ergon tēs dikaiosynēs, tēn eis eupoiian energeian. tote ho peridexios hēmin kai gnōstikos en dikaiosynę̄ apokalyptetai, dedoxasmenos ēdē kanthende kathaper ho Mōysēs to prosōpon tēs psychēs, hoper en tois prosthen idiōma charaktēristikon tēs dikaias eirēkamen psychēs. kathaper gar tois eriois hē stypsis tēs baphēs emmeinasa tēn idiotēta kai parallagēn pros ta loipa parechei eria, houtōs kapi tēs psychēs ho men ponos parēlthen, menei de to kalon, kai to men hēdy kataleipetai, anamassetai de to aischron. hautai gar hekateras psychēs charaktēristikai poiotētes, aphʼ hōn gnōrizetai hē men dedoxasmenē, hē de kategnōsmenē.
For instance, Abraham, having become a believer, was credited with righteousness, having advanced to what is greater and more perfect than faith. For the one who only abstains from evil action is not righteous unless he also achieves doing good and knowing the reason why some things must be avoided and others done. “Through the weapons of righteousness for the right hand and for the left,” says the apostle, the righteous man is escorted to the highest inheritance, protected by the one set and acting with the other. For the covering of the full armor and abstention from sins are not by themselves enough for perfection, unless one adds the work of righteousness, activity in doing good. Then the one who is dexterous on both sides, the one who knows, is revealed to us in righteousness, glorified already even here, like Moses, in the face of his soul—which, as we said earlier, is the characteristic mark of the righteous soul. For as the mordant of the dye, remaining in wool, gives it its distinctive quality and its difference from other wool, so in the soul the labor has passed, but the good remains; and the pleasure is left behind, but the shame is stamped in. For these are the characteristic qualities of each kind of soul, by which the one is known as glorified and the other as condemned.
6.12.104Stählin 2:484
ναὶ μὴν καθάπερ τῷ Μωυσεῖ ἐκ τῆς δικαιοπραγίας καὶ τῆς κατὰ τὸ συνεχὲς πρὸς τὸν θεὸν τὸν λαλοῦντα αὐτῷ ὁμιλίας ἐπίχροιά τις ἐπεκάθιζε τῷ προσώπῳ δεδοξασμένη, οὕτως καὶ τῇ δικαίᾳ ψυχῇ θεία τις ἀγαθωσύνης δύναμις κατά τε ἐπισκοπὴν κατά τε τὴν προφητείαν κατά τε τὴν διοικητικὴν ἐνέργειαν ἐγχριπτομένη οἷον ἀπαυγάσματος νοεροῦ καθάπερ ἡλιακῆς ἀλέας ἐναποσημαίνεταί τι, δικαιοσύνης σφραγῖδα ἐπιφανῆ, φῶς ἡνωμένον ψυχῇ διʼ ἀγάπης ἀδιαστάτου, θεοφορουμένης. ἐνταῦθα ἡ ἐξομοίωσις ἡ πρὸς τὸν σωτῆρα θεὸν ἀνακύπτει τῷ γνωστικῷ, εἰς ὅσον ἀνθρωπίνῃ θεμιτὸν φύσει, γινομένῳ τελείῳ ὡς ὁ πατήρ, φησίν, ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. αὐτός ἐστιν ὁ εἰπών· τεκνία, ἔτι μικρὸν μεθʼ ὑμῶν εἰμι, ἐπεὶ καὶ ὁ θεός, οὐχ ᾗ φύσει ἀγαθός ἐστι, ταύτῃ μένει μακάριος καὶ ἄφθαρτος, οὔτε πράγματʼ ἔχων οὔτε ἄλλῳ παρέχων ποιῶν δὲ ἰδίως ἀγαθά, θεὸς ὄντως καὶ πατὴρ ἀγαθὸς ὤν τε καὶ γινόμενος ἐν ἀδιαλείπτοις εὐποιίαις, ἐν ταὐτότητι τῆς ἀγαθωσύνης ἀπαραβάτως μένει. τί γὰρ ὄφελος ἀγαθοῦ μὴ ἐνεργοῦντος μηδὲ ἀγαθύνοντος;
nai mēn kathaper tǭ Mōysei ek tēs dikaiopragias kai tēs kata to syneches pros ton theon ton lalounta autǭ homilias epichroia tis epekathize tǭ prosōpǭ dedoxasmenē, houtōs kai tę̄ dikaią psychę̄ theia tis agathōsynēs dynamis kata te episkopēn kata te tēn prophēteian kata te tēn dioikētikēn energeian enchriptomenē hoion apaugasmatos noerou kathaper hēliakēs aleas enaposēmainetai ti, dikaiosynēs sphragida epiphanē, phōs hēnōmenon psychę̄ diʼ agapēs adiastatou, theophoroumenēs. entautha hē exomoiōsis hē pros ton sōtēra theon anakyptei tǭ gnōstikǭ, eis hoson anthrōpinę̄ themiton physei, ginomenǭ teleiǭ hōs ho patēr, phēsin, ho en tois ouranois. autos estin ho eipōn; teknia, eti mikron methʼ hymōn eimi, epei kai ho theos, ouch hę̄ physei agathos esti, tautę̄ menei makarios kai aphthartos, oute pragmatʼ echōn oute allǭ parechōn poiōn de idiōs agatha, theos ontōs kai patēr agathos ōn te kai ginomenos en adialeiptois eupoiiais, en tautotēti tēs agathōsynēs aparabatōs menei. ti gar ophelos agathou mē energountos mēde agathynontos?
Indeed, just as from righteous action and continual converse with God who spoke to him a certain glorified color settled on Moses' face, so also on the righteous soul a certain divine power of goodness, touching it by oversight, by prophecy, and by governing activity, imprints something like an intellectual radiance, as it were the sun's warmth, a visible seal of righteousness, a light united to the soul through undivided love, a soul that bears God. Here the likeness to God the Savior emerges for the one who knows, as far as is permitted to human nature, as he becomes perfect “as the Father,” it says, “who is in heaven.” It is he who said, “Little children, I am with you yet a little while.” For God too does not remain blessed and incorruptible insofar as he is good by nature, “neither having trouble nor causing it to another,” but by doing good in his own proper way; being truly God and a good Father, and being and becoming so in unceasing beneficence, he remains unchangeably in the sameness of his goodness. For what is the use of a good that does not act or do good?
Miscellanies 6, chapter 13
6.13.105Stählin 2:484–485
Ὁ τοίνυν μετριοπαθήσας τὰ πρῶτα καὶ εἰς ἀπάθειαν μελετήσας αὐξήσας τε εἰς εὐποιίαν γνωστικῆς τελειότητος ἰσάγγελος μὲν ἐνταῦθα· φωτεινὸς δὲ ἤδη καὶ ὡς ὁ ἥλιος λάμπων κατὰ τὴν εὐεργεσίαν σπεύδει τῇ γνώσει τῇ δικαίᾳ διʼ ἀγάπης θεοῦ ἐπὶ τὴν ἁγίαν μονὴν καθάπερ οἱ ἀπόστολοι, οὐχ, ὅτι ἦσαν ἐκλεκτοί, γενόμενοι ἀπόστολοι κατά τι φύσεως ἐξαίρετον ἰδίωμα, ἐπεὶ καὶ ὁ Ἰούδας ἐξελέγη σὺν αὐτοῖς, ἀλλʼ οἷοί τε ἦσαν ἀπόστολοι γενέσθαι ἐκλεγέντες πρὸς τοῦ καὶ τὰ τέλη προορωμένου. ὁ γοῦν μὴ σὺν αὐτοῖς ἐκλεγεὶς Ματθίας, ἄξιον ἑαυτὸν παρασχόμενος τοῦ γενέσθαι ἀπόστολον, ἀντικατατάσσεται Ἰούδα.
Ho toinyn metriopathēsas ta prōta kai eis apatheian meletēsas auxēsas te eis eupoiian gnōstikēs teleiotētos isangelos men entautha; phōteinos de ēdē kai hōs ho hēlios lampōn kata tēn euergesian speudei tę̄ gnōsei tę̄ dikaią diʼ agapēs theou epi tēn hagian monēn kathaper hoi apostoloi, ouch, hoti ēsan eklektoi, genomenoi apostoloi kata ti physeōs exaireton idiōma, epei kai ho Ioudas exelegē syn autois, allʼ hoioi te ēsan apostoloi genesthai eklegentes pros tou kai ta telē proorōmenou. ho goun mē syn autois eklegeis Matthias, axion heauton paraschomenos tou genesthai apostolon, antikatatassetai Iouda.
The one, then, who has first moderated his passions and trained himself toward freedom from passion, and has grown to the beneficence of the perfection of knowledge, is here equal to the angels. Already luminous and shining like the sun in doing good, he hastens by righteous knowledge through the love of God to the holy dwelling place, like the apostles. They did not become apostles because they were chosen for some exceptional peculiarity of nature, since Judas too was chosen with them; rather, they were capable of becoming apostles, being chosen by the one who foresees even how things will end. Matthias, at any rate, who was not chosen with them, having shown himself worthy to become an apostle, is put in Judas's place.
6.13.106Stählin 2:485
ἔξεστιν οὖν καὶ νῦν ταῖς κυριακαῖς ἐνασκήσαντας ἐντολαῖς, κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τελείως βιώσαντας καὶ γνωστικῶς, εἰς τὴν ἐκλογὴν τῶν ἀποστόλων ἐγγραφῆναι. οὗτος πρεσβύτερός ἐστι τῷ ὄντι τῆς ἐκκλησίας καὶ διάκονος ἀληθὴς τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ βουλήσεως, ἐὰν ποιῇ καὶ διδάσκῃ τὰ τοῦ κυρίου, οὐχ ὑπʼ ἀνθρώπων χειροτονούμενος οὐδʼ, ὅτι πρεσβύτερος, δίκαιος νομιζόμενος, ἀλλʼ, ὅτι δίκαιος, ἐν πρεσβυτερίῳ καταλεγόμενος· κἂν ἐνταῦθα ἐπὶ γῆς πρωτοκαθεδρίᾳ μὴ τιμηθῇ, ἐν τοῖς εἴκοσι καὶ τέσσαρσι καθεδεῖται θρόνοις τὸν λαὸν κρίνων, ὥς φησιν ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει Ἰωάννης. μία μὲν γὰρ τῷ ὄντι διαθήκη ἡ σωτήριος ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου εἰς ἡμᾶς διήκουσα, κατὰ διαφόρους γενεάς τε καὶ χρόνους διάφορος εἶναι τὴν δόσιν ὑποληφθεῖσα. ἀκόλουθον γὰρ εἶναι μίαν ἀμετάθετον σωτηρίας δόσιν παρʼ ἑνὸς θεοῦ διʼ ἑνὸς κυρίου πολυτρόπως ὠφελοῦσαν, διʼ ἣν αἰτίαν τὸ μεσότοιχον αἴρεται τὸ διορίζον τοῦ Ἰουδαίου τὸν Ἕλληνα εἰς περιούσιον λαόν.
exestin oun kai nyn tais kyriakais enaskēsantas entolais, kata to euangelion teleiōs biōsantas kai gnōstikōs, eis tēn eklogēn tōn apostolōn engraphēnai. houtos presbyteros esti tǭ onti tēs ekklēsias kai diakonos alēthēs tēs tou theou boulēseōs, ean poię̄ kai didaskę̄ ta tou kyriou, ouch hypʼ anthrōpōn cheirotonoumenos oudʼ, hoti presbyteros, dikaios nomizomenos, allʼ, hoti dikaios, en presbyteriǭ katalegomenos; kan entautha epi gēs prōtokathedrią mē timēthę̄, en tois eikosi kai tessarsi kathedeitai thronois ton laon krinōn, hōs phēsin en tę̄ apokalypsei Iōannēs. mia men gar tǭ onti diathēkē hē sōtērios apo katabolēs kosmou eis hēmas diēkousa, kata diaphorous geneas te kai chronous diaphoros einai tēn dosin hypolēphtheisa. akolouthon gar einai mian ametatheton sōtērias dosin parʼ henos theou diʼ henos kyriou polytropōs ōphelousan, diʼ hēn aitian to mesotoichon airetai to diorizon tou Ioudaiou ton Hellēna eis periousion laon.
It is possible, then, even now for those who have trained themselves in the Lord's commandments and lived perfectly and as knowers according to the gospel to be enrolled in the election of the apostles. Such a man is in truth a presbyter of the church and a true deacon of God's will, if he does and teaches the things of the Lord: not ordained by men, nor regarded as righteous because he is a presbyter, but enrolled in the presbyterate because he is righteous. And even if here on earth he is not honored with the chief seat, he will sit on the twenty-four thrones, judging the people, as John says in the Revelation. For in truth there is one saving covenant, reaching from the foundation of the world to us, though it is supposed to differ in its giving according to different generations and times. For it follows that there is one unchangeable gift of salvation, from one God through one Lord, benefiting in many ways; and for this reason the dividing wall that separates the Greek from the Jew is taken away, to make a people for his own possession.
6.13.107Stählin 2:485–486
καὶ οὕτως ἄμφω εἰς τὴν ἑνότητα τῆς πίστεως καταντῶσιν, καὶ ἡ ἐξ ἀμφοῖν ἐκλογὴ μία. καὶ τῶν ἐκλεκτῶν, φησίν, ἐκλεκτότεροι οἱ κατὰ τὴν τελείαν γνῶσιν καὶ τῆς ἐκκλησίας αὐτῆς ἀπηνθισμένοι καὶ τῇ μεγαλοπρεπεστάτῃ δόξῃ τετιμημένοι, κριταί τε καὶ διοικηταί, ἐπʼ ἴσης ἔκ τε Ἰουδαίων ἔκ τε Ἑλλήνων, οἱ τέσσαρες καὶ εἴκοσι, διπλασιασθείσης τῆς χάριτος· ἐπεὶ καὶ αἱ ἐνταῦθα κατὰ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν προκοπαὶ ἐπισκόπων, πρεσβυτέρων, διακόνων μιμήματα, οἶμαι, ἀγγελικῆς δόξης κἀκείνης τῆς οἰκονομίας τυγχάνουσιν, ἣν ἀναμένειν φασὶν αἱ γραφαὶ τοὺς κατʼ ἴχνος τῶν ἀποστόλων ἐν τελειώσει δικαιοσύνης κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον βεβιωκότας. ἐν νεφέλαις τούτους ἀρθέντας γράφει ὁ ἀπόστολος διακονήσειν μὲν τὰ πρῶτα, ἔπειτα ἐγκαταταγῆναι τῷ πρεσβυτερίῳ κατὰ προκοπὴν δόξης (δόξα γὰρ δόξης διαφέρει), ἄχρις ἂν εἰς τέλειον ἄνδρα αὐξήσωσιν.
kai houtōs amphō eis tēn henotēta tēs pisteōs katantōsin, kai hē ex amphoin eklogē mia. kai tōn eklektōn, phēsin, eklektoteroi hoi kata tēn teleian gnōsin kai tēs ekklēsias autēs apēnthismenoi kai tę̄ megaloprepestatę̄ doxę̄ tetimēmenoi, kritai te kai dioikētai, epʼ isēs ek te Ioudaiōn ek te Hellēnōn, hoi tessares kai eikosi, diplasiastheisēs tēs charitos; epei kai hai entautha kata tēn ekklēsian prokopai episkopōn, presbyterōn, diakonōn mimēmata, oimai, angelikēs doxēs kakeinēs tēs oikonomias tynchanousin, hēn anamenein phasin hai graphai tous katʼ ichnos tōn apostolōn en teleiōsei dikaiosynēs kata to euangelion bebiōkotas. en nephelais toutous arthentas graphei ho apostolos diakonēsein men ta prōta, epeita enkatatagēnai tǭ presbyteriǭ kata prokopēn doxēs (doxa gar doxēs diapherei), achris an eis teleion andra auxēsōsin.
And so both come to the unity of the faith, and the election from both is one. “And more elect than the elect,” it says, are those who are so by perfect knowledge, culled like flowers from the church itself and honored with the most magnificent glory, judges and administrators, the twenty-four, equally from Jews and from Greeks, the grace being doubled. For the grades here in the church, of bishops, presbyters, and deacons, are, I think, imitations of the angelic glory and of that ordering which the Scriptures say awaits those who, following in the footsteps of the apostles, have lived in the perfection of righteousness according to the gospel. The apostle writes that these, taken up in the clouds, will first serve as deacons, then be enrolled in the presbyterate by advancement in glory (for glory differs from glory), until they grow to the perfect man.
Miscellanies 6, chapter 14
6.14.108Stählin 2:486
οἱ τοιοῦτοι κατὰ τὸν Δαβὶδ καταπαύσουσιν ἐν ὄρει ἁγίῳ θεοῦ, τῇ ἀνωτάτω ἐκκλησίᾳ, καθʼ ἣν οἱ φιλόσοφοι συνάγονται τοῦ θεοῦ, οἱ τῷ ὄντι Ἰσραηλῖται οἱ καθαροὶ τὴν καρδίαν, ἐν οἷς δόλος οὐδείς, οἱ μὴ καταμείναντες ἐν ἑβδομάδι ἀναπαύσεως, ἀγαθοεργίᾳ δὲ θείας ἐξομοιώσεως εἰς ὀγδοαδικῆς εὐεργεσίας κληρονομίαν ὑπερκύψαντες, ἀκορέστου θεωρίας εἰλικρινεῖ ἐποπτείᾳ προσανέχοντες. ἔστιν δὲ καὶ ἄλλα, φησὶν ὁ κύριος, πρόβατα, ἃ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τῆς αὐλῆς ταύτης, ἄλλης αὐλῆς καὶ μονῆς ἀναλόγως τῆς πίστεως κατηξιωμένα. τὰ δὲ ἐμὰ πρόβατα τῆς ἐμῆς ἀκούει φωνῆς συνιέντα γνωστικῶς τὰς ἐντολάς· τὸ δʼ ἔστιν μεγαλοφρόνως καὶ ἀξιολόγως ἐκδέχεσθαι σὺν καὶ τῇ τῶν ἔργων ἀνταποδόσει τε καὶ ἀντακολουθίᾳ. ὥστε ὅταν ἀκούσωμεν ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε, οὐχ ἁπλῶς τοὺς ὁπωσοῦν πιστεύσαντας σωθήσεσθαι λέγειν αὐτὸν ἐκδεχόμεθα, ἐὰν μὴ καὶ τὰ ἔργα ἐπακολουθήσῃ. αὐτίκα Ἰουδαίοις μόνοις ταύτην ἔλεγε τὴν φωνὴν τοῖς νομικῶς καὶ ἀνεπιλήπτως βεβιωκόσιν, οἷς μόνον ἡ εἰς τὸν κύριον ὑπελείπετο πίστις.
hoi toioutoi kata ton Dabid katapausousin en orei hagiǭ theou, tę̄ anōtatō ekklēsią, kathʼ hēn hoi philosophoi synagontai tou theou, hoi tǭ onti Israēlitai hoi katharoi tēn kardian, en hois dolos oudeis, hoi mē katameinantes en hebdomadi anapauseōs, agathoergią de theias exomoiōseōs eis ogdoadikēs euergesias klēronomian hyperkypsantes, akorestou theōrias eilikrinei epopteią prosanechontes. estin de kai alla, phēsin ho kyrios, probata, ha ouk estin ek tēs aulēs tautēs, allēs aulēs kai monēs analogōs tēs pisteōs katēxiōmena. ta de ema probata tēs emēs akouei phōnēs synienta gnōstikōs tas entolas; to dʼ estin megalophronōs kai axiologōs ekdechesthai syn kai tę̄ tōn ergōn antapodosei te kai antakolouthią. hōste hotan akousōmen hē pistis sou sesōken se, ouch haplōs tous hopōsoun pisteusantas sōthēsesthai legein auton ekdechometha, ean mē kai ta erga epakolouthēsę̄. autika Ioudaiois monois tautēn elege tēn phōnēn tois nomikōs kai anepilēptōs bebiōkosin, hois monon hē eis ton kyrion hypeleipeto pistis.
Such people, according to David, will rest on the holy mountain of God, the highest church, in which the philosophers of God are gathered, the true Israelites, the pure in heart, in whom there is no guile; who did not remain in the seventh day of rest, but by the good work of the divine likeness rose up to the inheritance of the eighth-day beneficence, devoting themselves to the pure vision of insatiable contemplation. “And there are other sheep,” says the Lord, “which are not of this fold,” deemed worthy of another fold and dwelling place in proportion to their faith. “But my sheep hear my voice,” understanding the commandments as knowers; that is, receiving them magnanimously and worthily, together with the recompense and consequence of works. So when we hear, “Your faith has saved you,” we do not understand him to say that those who have believed in any way whatever will be saved, unless works also follow. For instance, he spoke this word only to Jews who had lived according to the law and blamelessly, who lacked only faith in the Lord.
6.14.109Stählin 2:486
οὐκ ἂν οὖν μετὰ ἀκρασίας πιστὸς εἴη, ἀλλὰ κἂν μὴ ἐξέλθῃ τὴν σάρκα, ἀποθέσθαι τὰ πάθη ἀνάγκη τοῦτον, ὡς εἰς τὴν μονὴν τὴν οἰκείαν χωρῆσαι δυνηθῆναι. πλέον δέ ἐστι τοῦ πιστεῦσαι τὸ γνῶναι, καθάπερ ἀμέλει τοῦ σωθῆναι τὸ καὶ μετὰ τὸ σωθῆναι τιμῆς τῆς ἀνωτάτω ἀξιωθῆναι. διὰ πολλῆς τοίνυν τῆς παιδείας ἀπεκδυσάμενος τὰ πάθη ὁ πιστὸς ἡμῖν μέτεισιν ἐπὶ τὴν βελτίονα τῆς προτέρας μονήν, μεγίστην κόλασιν ἐπιφερόμενος τὸ ἰδίωμα τῆς μετανοίας ὧν ἐξήμαρτεν μετὰ τὸ βάπτισμα. ἀνιᾶται γοῦν ἔτι μᾶλλον ἤτοι μηδέπω ἢ καὶ μηδʼ ὅλως τυγχάνων ὧν ἄλλους ὁρᾷ μετειληφότας. πρὸς δὲ καὶ ἐπαισχύνεται τοῖς πλημμεληθεῖσιν αὐτῷ, αἳ δὴ μέγισται κολάσεις εἰσὶ τῷ πιστῷ. ἀγαθὴ γὰρ ἡ τοῦ θεοῦ δικαιοσύνη καὶ δικαία ἐστὶν ἡ ἀγαθότης αὐτοῦ. κἂν παύσωνται ἄρα που αἱ τιμωρίαι κατὰ τὴν ἀποπλήρωσιν τῆς ἐκτίσεως καὶ τῆς ἑκάστου ἀποκαθάρσεως, μεγίστην ἔχουσι παραμένουσαν λύπην οἱ τῆς ἄλλης ἄξιοι εὑρεθέντες αὐλῆς τὴν ἐπὶ τῷ μὴ συνεῖναι τοῖς διὰ δικαιοσύνην δοξασθεῖσιν.
ouk an oun meta akrasias pistos eiē, alla kan mē exelthę̄ tēn sarka, apothesthai ta pathē anankē touton, hōs eis tēn monēn tēn oikeian chōrēsai dynēthēnai. pleon de esti tou pisteusai to gnōnai, kathaper amelei tou sōthēnai to kai meta to sōthēnai timēs tēs anōtatō axiōthēnai. dia pollēs toinyn tēs paideias apekdysamenos ta pathē ho pistos hēmin meteisin epi tēn beltiona tēs proteras monēn, megistēn kolasin epipheromenos to idiōma tēs metanoias hōn exēmarten meta to baptisma. aniatai goun eti mallon ētoi mēdepō ē kai mēdʼ holōs tynchanōn hōn allous horą meteilēphotas. pros de kai epaischynetai tois plēmmelētheisin autǭ, hai dē megistai kolaseis eisi tǭ pistǭ. agathē gar hē tou theou dikaiosynē kai dikaia estin hē agathotēs autou. kan pausōntai ara pou hai timōriai kata tēn apoplērōsin tēs ektiseōs kai tēs hekastou apokatharseōs, megistēn echousi paramenousan lypēn hoi tēs allēs axioi heurethentes aulēs tēn epi tǭ mē syneinai tois dia dikaiosynēn doxastheisin.
One could not, then, be faithful and at the same time lack self-control; but even if he does not depart the flesh, he must put away the passions, so as to be able to go to his own dwelling place. To know is more than to believe, just as, indeed, to be deemed worthy of the highest honor after being saved is more than being saved. So through much discipline the believer among us, having stripped off the passions, passes to the dwelling place that is better than the former one, bearing the greatest punishment, the characteristic mark of repentance for the sins he committed after baptism. For he is pained still more at not yet, or not at all, obtaining what he sees others have received. Besides, he is ashamed of his transgressions; and these are indeed the greatest punishments for the believer. For God's righteousness is good, and his goodness is righteous. And even if the punishments come to an end somewhere, with the completion of the payment and the purification of each, those found worthy of the other fold have the greatest abiding grief, that of not being with those glorified through righteousness.
6.14.110Stählin 2:487
Αὐτίκα ὁ Σολομὼν σοφὸν καλῶν τὸν γνωστικὸν περὶ τῶν θαυμαζόντων αὐτοῦ τὸ ἀξίωμα τῆς μονῆς τάδε φησίν· ὄψονται γὰρ τελευτὴν σοφοῦ καὶ οὐ νοήσουσι, τί ἐβουλεύσατο περὶ αὐτοῦ καὶ εἰς τί ἠσφαλίσατο αὐτὸν ὁ κύριος· ἐπί τε τῆς δόξης ἐροῦσιν αὐτοῦ· οὗτος ἦν ὃν ἔσχομέν ποτε εἰς γέλωτα καὶ εἰς παραβολὴν ὀνειδισμοῦ, οἱ ἄφρονες· τὸν βίον αὐτοῦ ἐλογισάμεθα μανίαν καὶ τὴν τελευτὴν αὐτοῦ ἄτιμον· πῶς κατελογίσθη ἐν υἱοῖς θεοῦ καὶ ἐν ἁγίοις ὁ κλῆρος αὐτοῦ ἐστιν; οὐ μόνον τοίνυν ὁ πιστός, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁ ἐθνικὸς δικαιότατα κρίνεται. ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ᾔδει ὁ θεός, ἅτε προγνώστης ὤν, μὴ πιστεύσοντα τοῦτον, οὐδὲν ἧττον, ὅπως τήν γε καθʼ ἑαυτὸν ἀναδέξηται τελείωσιν, ἔδωκεν μὲν φιλοσοφίαν αὐτῷ, ἀλλὰ πρὸ τῆς πίστεως, ἔδωκεν δὲ τὸν ἥλιον καὶ τὴν σελήνην καὶ τὰ ἄστρα εἰς θρῃσκείαν, ἃ ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, φησὶν ὁ νόμος, ἵνα μὴ τέλεον ἄθεοι γενόμενοι τελέως καὶ διαφθαρῶσιν. οἱ δὲ κἀν ταύτῃ γενόμενοι τῇ ἐντολῇ ἀγνώμονες, γλυπτοῖς προσεσχηκότες ἀγάλμασι, ἂν μὴ μετανοήσωσι, κρίνονται, οἳ μέν, ὅτι δυνηθέντες οὐκ ἠθέλησαν πιστεῦσαι τῷ θεῷ, οἳ δέ, ὅτι καὶ θελήσαντες οὐκ ἐξεπόνησαν περιγενέσθαι πιστοί·
Autika ho Solomōn sophon kalōn ton gnōstikon peri tōn thaumazontōn autou to axiōma tēs monēs tade phēsin; opsontai gar teleutēn sophou kai ou noēsousi, ti ebouleusato peri autou kai eis ti ēsphalisato auton ho kyrios; epi te tēs doxēs erousin autou; houtos ēn hon eschomen pote eis gelōta kai eis parabolēn oneidismou, hoi aphrones; ton bion autou elogisametha manian kai tēn teleutēn autou atimon; pōs katelogisthē en huiois theou kai en hagiois ho klēros autou estin? ou monon toinyn ho pistos, alla kai ho ethnikos dikaiotata krinetai. epeidē gar ę̄dei ho theos, hate prognōstēs ōn, mē pisteusonta touton, ouden hētton, hopōs tēn ge kathʼ heauton anadexētai teleiōsin, edōken men philosophian autǭ, alla pro tēs pisteōs, edōken de ton hēlion kai tēn selēnēn kai ta astra eis thrę̄skeian, ha epoiēsen ho theos tois ethnesin, phēsin ho nomos, hina mē teleon atheoi genomenoi teleōs kai diaphtharōsin. hoi de kan tautę̄ genomenoi tę̄ entolę̄ agnōmones, glyptois proseschēkotes agalmasi, an mē metanoēsōsi, krinontai, hoi men, hoti dynēthentes ouk ēthelēsan pisteusai tǭ theǭ, hoi de, hoti kai thelēsantes ouk exeponēsan perigenesthai pistoi;
For instance, Solomon, calling the one who knows wise, says this about those who marvel at the dignity of his dwelling place: “For they will see the end of the wise man and will not understand what the Lord planned for him and for what he kept him safe.” And of his glory they will say: “This was the one whom we once held in derision and as a byword of reproach, we fools; we counted his life madness and his end without honor. How was he numbered among the sons of God, and his lot is among the saints?” Not only the believer, then, but also the Gentile is judged most justly. For since God, being foreknowing, knew that he would not believe, he nevertheless, so that he might receive the perfection possible to him, gave him philosophy, but before faith; and he gave the sun, the moon, and the stars for worship, “which God made for the nations,” says the law, so that they might not become entirely godless and so perish utterly. But those who have been ungrateful even regarding this commandment, devoting themselves to carved images, are judged unless they repent: some because, though able, they did not wish to believe God; others because, though willing, they did not take pains to become believers.
6.14.111Stählin 2:487
ναὶ μὴν κἀκεῖνοι οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς τῶν ἄστρων σεβήσεως μὴ ἐπαναδραμόντες ἐπὶ τὸν τούτων ποιητήν. ὁδὸς γὰρ ἦν αὕτη δοθεῖσα τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀνακῦψαι πρὸς θεὸν διὰ τῆς τῶν ἄστρων θρῃσκείας. οἱ δὲ μὴ ἐπὶ τούτοις θελήσαντες ἐπιμεῖναι τοῖς δοθεῖσιν αὐτοῖς ἀστράσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τούτων ἀποπεσόντες εἰς λίθους καὶ ξύλα, ὡς χνοῦς, φησίν, ἐλογίσθησαν καὶ ὡς σταγὼν ἀπὸ κάδου, περισσοὶ εἰς σωτηρίαν, οἱ ἀπορριπτόμενοι τοῦ σώματος. ὥσπερ οὖν τὸ μὲν ἁπλῶς σῴζειν τῶν μέσων ἐστίν, τὸ δʼ ὀρθῶς καὶ δεόντως κατόρθωμα, οὕτως καὶ πᾶσα πρᾶξις γνωστικοῦ μὲν κατόρθωμα, τοῦ δὲ ἁπλῶς πιστοῦ μέση πρᾶξις λέγοιτʼ ἄν, μηδέπω κατὰ λόγον ἐπιτελουμένη μηδὲ μὴν κατʼ ἐπίστασιν κατορθουμένη, πᾶσα δὲ ἔμπαλιν τοῦ ἐθνικοῦ ἁμαρτητική· οὐ γὰρ τὸ ἁπλῶς εὖ πράττειν, ἀλλὰ τὸ πρός τινα σκοπὸν τὰς πράξεις ποιεῖσθαι καὶ κατὰ λόγον ἐνεργεῖν καθῆκον αἱ γραφαὶ παριστᾶσιν.
nai mēn kakeinoi hoi apo tēs tōn astrōn sebēseōs mē epanadramontes epi ton toutōn poiētēn. hodos gar ēn hautē dotheisa tois ethnesin anakypsai pros theon dia tēs tōn astrōn thrę̄skeias. hoi de mē epi toutois thelēsantes epimeinai tois dotheisin autois astrasin, alla kai toutōn apopesontes eis lithous kai xyla, hōs chnous, phēsin, elogisthēsan kai hōs stagōn apo kadou, perissoi eis sōtērian, hoi aporriptomenoi tou sōmatos. hōsper oun to men haplōs sǭzein tōn mesōn estin, to dʼ orthōs kai deontōs katorthōma, houtōs kai pasa praxis gnōstikou men katorthōma, tou de haplōs pistou mesē praxis legoitʼ an, mēdepō kata logon epiteloumenē mēde mēn katʼ epistasin katorthoumenē, pasa de empalin tou ethnikou hamartētikē; ou gar to haplōs eu prattein, alla to pros tina skopon tas praxeis poieisthai kai kata logon energein kathēkon hai graphai paristasin.
So too are judged those who did not run back from the worship of the stars to their maker. For this was a way given to the nations, to rise up to God through the worship of the stars. But those who were not willing to abide by the stars given to them, but fell away from these too to stones and wood, “were counted as dust,” it says, “and as a drop from a jar,” superfluous for salvation, cast off from the body. As, then, simply saving belongs to the intermediate things, but saving rightly and fittingly is a right action, so too every action of the one who knows may be called a right action, but that of the simple believer an intermediate action, not yet performed according to reason nor done rightly with understanding; while every action of the Gentile, conversely, is sinful. For the Scriptures present as proper not simply doing well, but doing one's actions toward some goal and acting according to reason.
6.14.112Stählin 2:487–488
καθάπερ οὖν τοῖς ἀπείροις τοῦ λυρίζειν λύρας οὐχ ἁπτέον οὐδὲ μὴν τοῖς ἀπείροις τοῦ αὐλεῖν αὐλῶν, οὕτως οὐδὲ πραγμάτων ἁπτέον τοῖς μὴ τὴν γνῶσιν εἰληφόσι καὶ εἰδόσιν ὅπως αὐτοῖς παρʼ ὅλον τὸν βίον χρηστέον. τὸν γοῦν τῆς ἐλευθερίας ἀγῶνα οὐ μόνον ἐν πολέμοις ἀγωνίζονται οἱ πολέμων ἀθληταί, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν συμποσίοις καὶ ἐπὶ κοίτης κἀν τοῖς δικαστηρίοις οἱ ἀλειψάμενοι τῷ λόγῳ, αἰχμάλωτοι γενέσθαι ἡδονῆς αἰσχυνόμενοι· οὐ μήποτε τὰν ἀρετὰν ἀλλάξομαι ἀντʼ ἀδίκου κέρδους. ἄδικον δὲ ἄντικρυς κέρδος ἡδονὴ καὶ λύπη πόθος τε καὶ φόβος καὶ συνελόντι εἰπεῖν τὰ πάθη τῆς ψυχῆς, ὧν τὸ παραυτίκα τερπνὸν ἀνιαρὸν εἰς τοὐπιόν. τί γὰρ ὄφελος, ἐὰν τὸν κόσμον κερδήσῃς, φησί, τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν ἀπολέσῃς; δῆλον οὖν τοὺς μὴ ἐπιτελοῦντας τὰς καλὰς πράξεις οὐδὲ γιγνώσκειν τὰ ὠφέλιμα ἑαυτοῖς. εἰ δὲ τοῦτο, οὐδὲ εὔξασθαι ὀρθῶς οἷοί τε οὗτοι παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ λαβεῖν τὰ ἀγαθά, ἀγνοοῦντες τὰ ὄντως ἀγαθά, οὐδʼ ἂν λαβόντες αἴσθοιντο τῆς δωρεᾶς οὐδʼ ἄν τι ἀπολαύσειαν κατʼ ἀξίαν οὗ μὴ ἔγνωσαν, ὑπό τε τῆς ἀπειρίας τοῦ χρήσασθαι τοῖς δοθεῖσι καλῶς ὑπό τε τῆς ἄγαν ἀμαθίας, μηδέπω πῶς χρηστέον ταῖς θείαις δωρεαῖς ἐγνωκότες. ἀμαθία δὲ ἀγνοίας αἰτία.
kathaper oun tois apeirois tou lyrizein lyras ouch hapteon oude mēn tois apeirois tou aulein aulōn, houtōs oude pragmatōn hapteon tois mē tēn gnōsin eilēphosi kai eidosin hopōs autois parʼ holon ton bion chrēsteon. ton goun tēs eleutherias agōna ou monon en polemois agōnizontai hoi polemōn athlētai, alla kai en symposiois kai epi koitēs kan tois dikastēriois hoi aleipsamenoi tǭ logǭ, aichmalōtoi genesthai hēdonēs aischynomenoi; ou mēpote tan aretan allaxomai antʼ adikou kerdous. adikon de antikrys kerdos hēdonē kai lypē pothos te kai phobos kai synelonti eipein ta pathē tēs psychēs, hōn to parautika terpnon aniaron eis toupion. ti gar ophelos, ean ton kosmon kerdēsę̄s, phēsi, tēn de psychēn apolesę̄s? dēlon oun tous mē epitelountas tas kalas praxeis oude gignōskein ta ōphelima heautois. ei de touto, oude euxasthai orthōs hoioi te houtoi para tou theou labein ta agatha, agnoountes ta ontōs agatha, oudʼ an labontes aisthointo tēs dōreas oudʼ an ti apolauseian katʼ axian hou mē egnōsan, hypo te tēs apeirias tou chrēsasthai tois dotheisi kalōs hypo te tēs agan amathias, mēdepō pōs chrēsteon tais theiais dōreais egnōkotes. amathia de agnoias aitia.
Just as those unskilled in playing the lyre should not touch lyres, nor those unskilled in playing the pipe touch pipes, so neither should those take matters in hand who have not received knowledge and do not know how to use them throughout their whole life. The contest for freedom, at any rate, is fought not only in wars by the athletes of war, but also at banquets, in bed, and in the law courts by those anointed by the Word, who are ashamed to become captives of pleasure: “Never will I exchange virtue for unjust gain.” And unjust gain, plainly, is pleasure and pain, longing and fear, and, in a word, the passions of the soul, whose delight for the moment is painful afterward. “For what is the profit,” it says, “if you gain the world but lose your soul?” It is clear, then, that those who do not perform good actions do not know what is profitable for themselves either. And if so, they are not able to pray rightly to receive good things from God, not knowing what is truly good; nor, if they received them, would they perceive the gift or enjoy worthily what they did not know, both through inexperience in using well what is given and through excessive lack of learning, not yet knowing how divine gifts are to be used. And lack of learning is the cause of ignorance.
6.14.113Stählin 2:488–489
Καί μοι δοκεῖ κομπώδους μὲν εἶναι ψυχῆς καύχημα, πλὴν εὐσυνειδήτου, ἐπιφθέγγεσθαι τοῖς κατὰ περίστασιν συμβαίνουσι· πρὸς ταῦθʼ ὅ τι χρὴ καὶ παλαμάσθων· τὸ γὰρ εὖ μετʼ ἐμοῦ καὶ τὸ δίκαιον σύμμαχον ἔσται, καὶ οὐ μή ποτε ἁλῶ, καλὰ πράσσων. αὕτη δὲ ἡ εὐσυνειδησία τὸ ὅσιον τὸ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν καὶ τὸ πρὸς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους δίκαιον διασῴζει, καθαρὰν τὴν ψυχὴν φυλάττουσα διανοήμασι σεμνοῖς καὶ λόγοις ἁγνοῖς καὶ τοῖς δικαίοις ἔργοις. οὕτως δύναμιν λαβοῦσα κυριακὴν ἡ ψυχὴ μελετᾷ εἶναι θεός, κακὸν μὲν οὐδὲν ἄλλο πλὴν ἀγνοίας εἶναι νομίζουσα καὶ τῆς μὴ κατὰ τὸν ὀρθὸν λόγον ἐνεργείας, ἀεὶ δὲ εὐχαριστοῦσα ἐπὶ πᾶσι τῷ θεῷ διʼ ἀκοῆς δικαίας καὶ ἀναγνώσεως θείας, διὰ ζητήσεως ἀληθοῦς, διὰ προσφορᾶς ἁγίας, διʼ εὐχῆς μακαρίας, αἰνοῦσα, ὑμνοῦσα, εὐλογοῦσα, ψάλλουσα· οὐ διορίζεταί ποτε τοῦ θεοῦ κατʼ οὐδένα καιρὸν ἡ τοιάδε ψυχή. εἰκότως οὖν εἴρηται· καὶ οἱ πεποιθότες ἐπʼ αὐτῷ συνήσουσιν ἀλήθειαν, καὶ οἱ πιστοὶ ἐν ἀγάπῃ προσμενοῦσιν αὐτῷ. ὁρᾷς οἷα περὶ τῶν γνωστικῶν διαλέγεται ἡ σοφία.
Kai moi dokei kompōdous men einai psychēs kauchēma, plēn eusyneidētou, epiphthengesthai tois kata peristasin symbainousi; pros tauthʼ ho ti chrē kai palamasthōn; to gar eu metʼ emou kai to dikaion symmachon estai, kai ou mē pote halō, kala prassōn. hautē de hē eusyneidēsia to hosion to pros ton theon kai to pros tous anthrōpous dikaion diasǭzei, katharan tēn psychēn phylattousa dianoēmasi semnois kai logois hagnois kai tois dikaiois ergois. houtōs dynamin labousa kyriakēn hē psychē meletą einai theos, kakon men ouden allo plēn agnoias einai nomizousa kai tēs mē kata ton orthon logon energeias, aei de eucharistousa epi pasi tǭ theǭ diʼ akoēs dikaias kai anagnōseōs theias, dia zētēseōs alēthous, dia prosphoras hagias, diʼ euchēs makarias, ainousa, hymnousa, eulogousa, psallousa; ou diorizetai pote tou theou katʼ oudena kairon hē toiade psychē. eikotōs oun eirētai; kai hoi pepoithotes epʼ autǭ synēsousin alētheian, kai hoi pistoi en agapę̄ prosmenousin autǭ. horąs hoia peri tōn gnōstikōn dialegetai hē sophia.
And it seems to me the boast of a soul that is proud, but has a good conscience, to exclaim at what happens in times of difficulty: “Against this let them contrive whatever they must; for the good is with me, and justice will be my ally, and I will never be caught while doing what is right.” This good conscience preserves holiness toward God and justice toward men, keeping the soul pure with solemn thoughts, chaste words, and righteous deeds. So the soul, receiving the Lord's power, practices being God, considering nothing evil except ignorance and activity not in accordance with right reason, and always giving thanks to God for all things, through righteous hearing and divine reading, through true inquiry, through holy offering, through blessed prayer, praising, hymning, blessing, singing psalms. Such a soul is never separated from God at any time. Fittingly, then, it has been said: “And those who trust in him will understand truth, and the faithful will abide with him in love.” You see what Wisdom says about those who know.
6.14.114Stählin 2:489
ἀναλόγως ἄρα καὶ αἱ μοναὶ ποικίλαι κατʼ ἀξίαν τῶν πιστευσάντων. αὐτίκα ὁ Σολομών· δοθήσεται γὰρ αὐτῷ τῆς πίστεως ἡ χάρις ἐκλεκτὴ καὶ κλῆρος ἐν ναῷ κυρίου θυμηρέστερος. τὸ συγκριτικὸν γὰρ δείκνυσι μὲν τὰ ὑποβεβηκότα ἐν τῷ ναῷ τοῦ θεοῦ, ὅς ἐστιν ἡ πᾶσα ἐκκλησία, ἀπολείπει δὲ ἐννοεῖν καὶ τὸ ὑπερθετικόν, ἔνθα ὁ κύριός ἐστιν. ταύτας ἐκλεκτὰς οὔσας τὰς τρεῖς μονὰς οἱ ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ ἀριθμοὶ αἰνίσσονται, ὁ τριάκοντα καὶ ὁ ἑξήκοντα καὶ ὁ ἑκατόν. καὶ ἡ μὲν τελεία κληρονομία τῶν εἰς ἄνδρα τέλειον ἀφικνουμένων κατʼ εἰκόνα τοῦ κυρίου, ἡ δὲ ὁμοίωσις οὐχ, ὥς τινες, ἡ κατὰ τὸ σχῆμα τὸ ἀνθρώπειον (ἄθεος γὰρ ἥδε ἡ ἐπιφορά) οὐδὲ μὴν ἡ κατʼ ἀρετήν, ἡ πρὸς τὸ πρῶτον αἴτιον· ἀσεβὴς γὰρ καὶ ἥδε ἡ ἔκδοσις, τὴν αὐτὴν ἀρετὴν εἶναι ἀνθρώπου καὶ τοῦ παντοκράτορος θεοῦ προσδοκησάντων· ὑπέλαβες, φησίν ἀνομίαν, ὅτι ἔσομαί σοι ὅμοιος· ἀλλʼ ἀρκετὸν γὰρ τῷ μαθητῇ γενέσθαι ὡς ὁ διδάσκαλος, λέγει ὁ διδάσκαλος. καθʼ ὁμοίωσιν οὖν τοῦ θεοῦ ὁ εἰς υἱοθεσίαν καὶ φιλίαν τοῦ θεοῦ καταταγεὶς κατὰ τὴν συγκληρονομίαν τῶν κυρίων καὶ θεῶν γίνεται, ἐάν, καθὼς αὐτὸς ἐδίδαξεν ὁ κύριος, κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τελειωθῇ.
analogōs ara kai hai monai poikilai katʼ axian tōn pisteusantōn. autika ho Solomōn; dothēsetai gar autǭ tēs pisteōs hē charis eklektē kai klēros en naǭ kyriou thymēresteros. to synkritikon gar deiknysi men ta hypobebēkota en tǭ naǭ tou theou, hos estin hē pasa ekklēsia, apoleipei de ennoein kai to hyperthetikon, entha ho kyrios estin. tautas eklektas ousas tas treis monas hoi en tǭ euangeliǭ arithmoi ainissontai, ho triakonta kai ho hexēkonta kai ho hekaton. kai hē men teleia klēronomia tōn eis andra teleion aphiknoumenōn katʼ eikona tou kyriou, hē de homoiōsis ouch, hōs tines, hē kata to schēma to anthrōpeion (atheos gar hēde hē epiphora) oude mēn hē katʼ aretēn, hē pros to prōton aition; asebēs gar kai hēde hē ekdosis, tēn autēn aretēn einai anthrōpou kai tou pantokratoros theou prosdokēsantōn; hypelabes, phēsin anomian, hoti esomai soi homoios; allʼ arketon gar tǭ mathētę̄ genesthai hōs ho didaskalos, legei ho didaskalos. kathʼ homoiōsin oun tou theou ho eis huiothesian kai philian tou theou katatageis kata tēn synklēronomian tōn kyriōn kai theōn ginetai, ean, kathōs autos edidaxen ho kyrios, kata to euangelion teleiōthę̄.
In proportion, then, the dwelling places too are various, according to the worth of those who have believed. For instance, Solomon: “For there will be given to him the chosen grace of faith and a more delightful lot in the temple of the Lord.” The comparative shows the lower places in the temple of God, which is the whole church, and leaves us to think also of the superlative, where the Lord is. These chosen dwelling places, three in number, are hinted at by the numbers in the Gospel, the thirty, the sixty, and the hundred. And the perfect inheritance belongs to those who arrive at the perfect man according to the image of the Lord. The likeness is not, as some think, that of the human shape (for this inference is godless), nor that which is by virtue in relation to the first cause (for this interpretation too is impious, of those who have supposed that the virtue of man and of God Almighty is the same): “You supposed lawlessly,” it says, “that I will be like you.” But “it is enough for the disciple to become like the teacher,” says the Teacher. According to the likeness of God, then, the one enrolled into adoption and friendship with God comes to be, in the joint inheritance of the lords and gods, if he is perfected according to the gospel, as the Lord himself taught.
Miscellanies 6, chapter 15
6.15.115Stählin 2:489–490
Ὁ γνωστικὸς ἄρα τὴν προσεχεστέραν ἀναμάσσεται ὁμοιότητα, τὴν διάνοιαν τὴν τοῦ διδασκάλου, ἥντινα ἐκεῖνος νοῶν ἐνετείλατό τε καὶ συνεβούλευσε τοῖς φρονίμοις καὶ σώφροσι, ταύτην συνιείς, ὡς ὁ διδάξας ἐβούλετο, καὶ ἰδίᾳ τὴν νόησιν ἀναλαβὼν τὴν μεγαλοπρεπῆ, διδάξας μὲν ἀξιολόγως ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων τοὺς ὑψηλῶς οἰκοδομεῖσθαι δυναμένους, προκατάρξας δὲ τῆς τῶν λεγομένων ἐνεργείας κατὰ τὸ ὑπόδειγμα τῆς πολιτείας· δυνατὰ γὰρ ἐνετείλατο, καὶ δεῖ τῷ ὄντι ἀρχικὸν εἶναι καὶ ἡγεμονικὸν τὸν βασιλικόν τε καὶ Χριστιανόν, ἐπεὶ μὴ τῶν ἔξω μόνον θηρίων κατακυριεύειν ἐτάγημεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἐν ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς ἀγρίων παθῶν. κατʼ ἐπίστασιν οὖν, ὡς ἔοικεν, τοῦ κακοῦ καὶ ἀγαθοῦ βίου σῴζεται ὁ γνωστικός, πλέον τῶν γραμματέων καὶ Φαρισαίων συνιείς τε καὶ ἐνεργῶν. ἔντεινον καὶ κατευοδοῦ καὶ βασίλευε, ὁ Δαβὶδ γράφει, ἕνεκεν ἀληθείας καὶ πραότητος καὶ δικαιοσύνης, καὶ ὁδηγήσει σε θαυμαστῶς ἡ δεξιά σου, τουτέστιν ὁ κύριος. τίς οὖν σοφὸς καὶ συνήσει ταῦτα; συνετὸς καὶ γνώσεται αὐτά; διότι εὐθεῖαι αἱ ὁδοὶ τοῦ κυρίου, φησὶν ὁ προφήτης, δηλῶν μόνον δύνασθαι τὸν γνωστικὸν τὰ ἐπικεκρυμμένως πρὸς τοῦ πνεύματος εἰρημένα νοήσειν τε καὶ διασαφήσειν· καὶ ὁ συνίων ἐν τῷ καιρῷ ἐκείνῳ σιωπήσεται, λέγει ἡ γραφή, δηλονότι πρὸς τοὺς ἀναξίους ἐξειπεῖν, ὅτι φησὶν ὁ κύριος· ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν ἀκουέτω, οὐ πάντων εἶναι τὸ ἀκούειν καὶ συνιέναι λέγων.
Ho gnōstikos ara tēn prosechesteran anamassetai homoiotēta, tēn dianoian tēn tou didaskalou, hēntina ekeinos noōn eneteilato te kai synebouleuse tois phronimois kai sōphrosi, tautēn synieis, hōs ho didaxas ebouleto, kai idią tēn noēsin analabōn tēn megaloprepē, didaxas men axiologōs epi tōn dōmatōn tous hypsēlōs oikodomeisthai dynamenous, prokatarxas de tēs tōn legomenōn energeias kata to hypodeigma tēs politeias; dynata gar eneteilato, kai dei tǭ onti archikon einai kai hēgemonikon ton basilikon te kai Christianon, epei mē tōn exō monon thēriōn katakyrieuein etagēmen, alla kai tōn en hēmin autois agriōn pathōn. katʼ epistasin oun, hōs eoiken, tou kakou kai agathou biou sǭzetai ho gnōstikos, pleon tōn grammateōn kai Pharisaiōn synieis te kai energōn. enteinon kai kateuodou kai basileue, ho Dabid graphei, heneken alētheias kai praotētos kai dikaiosynēs, kai hodēgēsei se thaumastōs hē dexia sou, toutestin ho kyrios. tis oun sophos kai synēsei tauta? synetos kai gnōsetai auta? dioti eutheiai hai hodoi tou kyriou, phēsin ho prophētēs, dēlōn monon dynasthai ton gnōstikon ta epikekrymmenōs pros tou pneumatos eirēmena noēsein te kai diasaphēsein; kai ho syniōn en tǭ kairǭ ekeinǭ siōpēsetai, legei hē graphē, dēlonoti pros tous anaxious exeipein, hoti phēsin ho kyrios; ho echōn ōta akouein akouetō, ou pantōn einai to akouein kai synienai legōn.
The one who knows, then, is stamped with the closer likeness, the mind of the teacher. Understanding that mind, with which he gave his commands and counsel to the prudent and self-restrained, as the one who taught wished, and taking up for himself its magnificent meaning, he teaches worthily on the housetops those able to be built up to a height, and he leads the way in doing what is said, according to the pattern of conduct. For the commands he gave are possible; and in truth the kingly person, the Christian, must be one who rules and leads, since we were appointed to be lords not only over the wild beasts outside but also over the savage passions within ourselves. By understanding of the evil and the good life, then, it seems, the one who knows is saved, understanding and doing more than the scribes and Pharisees. “Bend your bow, prosper, and reign,” David writes, “for the sake of truth and meekness and righteousness, and your right hand will guide you wonderfully,” that is, the Lord. “Who, then, is wise and will understand these things? Who is understanding and will know them? For the ways of the Lord are straight,” says the prophet, showing that only the one who knows can understand and explain what was spoken in a hidden way by the Spirit. “And the one who understands will keep silent at that time,” says Scripture, that is, about speaking out to the unworthy; since the Lord says, “Whoever has ears to hear, let him hear,” saying that hearing and understanding do not belong to all.
6.15.116Stählin 2:490
αὐτίκα ὁ Δαβὶδ σκοτεινὸν ὕδωρ ἐν νεφέλαις ἀέρων γράφει· ἀπὸ τῆς τηλαυγήσεως ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ αἱ νεφέλαι διῆλθον, χάλαζα καὶ ἄνθρακες πυρός, ἐπικεκρυμμένους τοὺς ἁγίους λόγους εἶναι διδάσκων. καὶ δὴ τοῖς μὲν γνωστικοῖς διειδεῖς καὶ τηλαυγεῖς καθάπερ χάλαζαν ἀβλαβῆ καταπέμπεσθαι θεόθεν μηνύει, σκοτεινοὺς δὲ τοῖς πολλοῖς καθάπερ τοὺς ἐκ πυρὸς ἀπεσβεσμένους ἄνθρακας, οὓς εἰ μή τις ἀνάψαι καὶ ἀναζωπυρήσαι, οὐκ ἐκφλεγήσονται οὐδʼ ἐμφωτισθήσονται. κύριος, οὖν φησι, δίδωσί μοι γλῶσσαν παιδείας τοῦ γνῶναι ἐν καιρῷ, ἡνίκα δεῖ εἰπεῖν λόγον, οὐ κατὰ τὸ μαρτύριον μόνον, ἀλλὰ γὰρ καὶ τὸν κατʼ ἐρώτησιν καὶ ἀπόκρισιν· καὶ ἡ παιδεία κυρίου ἀνοίγει μου τὸ στόμα. γνωστικοῦ ἄρα καὶ τὸ εἰδέναι χρῆσθαι τῷ λόγῳ καὶ ὁπότε καὶ ὅπως καὶ πρὸς οὕστινας.
autika ho Dabid skoteinon hydōr en nephelais aerōn graphei; apo tēs tēlaugēseōs enōpion autou hai nephelai diēlthon, chalaza kai anthrakes pyros, epikekrymmenous tous hagious logous einai didaskōn. kai dē tois men gnōstikois dieideis kai tēlaugeis kathaper chalazan ablabē katapempesthai theothen mēnyei, skoteinous de tois pollois kathaper tous ek pyros apesbesmenous anthrakas, hous ei mē tis anapsai kai anazōpyrēsai, ouk ekphlegēsontai oudʼ emphōtisthēsontai. kyrios, oun phēsi, didōsi moi glōssan paideias tou gnōnai en kairǭ, hēnika dei eipein logon, ou kata to martyrion monon, alla gar kai ton katʼ erōtēsin kai apokrisin; kai hē paideia kyriou anoigei mou to stoma. gnōstikou ara kai to eidenai chrēsthai tǭ logǭ kai hopote kai hopōs kai pros houstinas.
For instance, David writes, “Dark water in clouds of the air; at the brightness before him the clouds passed, hail and coals of fire,” teaching that the holy words are hidden. And he indicates that to those who know they are sent down from God transparent and bright, like harmless hail, but to the many they are dark, like coals quenched from fire, which, unless someone kindles and rekindles them, will not blaze up or give light. “The Lord,” then, he says, “gives me a tongue of instruction, to know in season when I must speak a word”—not only in bearing witness, but also in question and answer—“and the instruction of the Lord opens my mouth.” It belongs, then, to the one who knows to know how to use speech: when, how, and to whom.
6.15.117Stählin 2:490–491
ἤδη δὲ καὶ ὁ ἀπόστολος, λέγων κατὰ τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου καὶ οὐ κατὰ Χριστόν, τὴν μὲν διδασκαλίαν τὴν Ἑλληνικὴν στοιχειώδη παραδίδωσιν εἶναι, τελείαν δὲ τὴν κατὰ Χριστόν, καθάπερ ἤδη πρότερον ἐμηνύσαμεν. Αὐτίκα ἡ ἀγριέλαιος ἐγκεντρίζεται εἰς τὴν πιότητα τῆς ἐλαίας καὶ δὴ καὶ φύεται ὁμοειδῶς ταῖς ἡμέροις ἐλαίαις· χρῆται γὰρ τὸ ἐμφυτευόμενον ἀντὶ γῆς τῷ δένδρῳ τῷ ἐν ᾧ φυτεύεται· πάντα δὲ ὁμοῦ τὰ φυτὰ ἐκ κελεύσματος θείου βεβλάστηκεν. διὸ κἂν ἀγριέλαιος ὁ κότινος τυγχάνῃ, ἀλλὰ τοὺς ὀλυμπιονίκας στέφει καὶ τὴν ἄμπελον ἡ πτελέα εἰς ὕψος ἀνάγουσα εὐκαρπεῖν διδάσκει. ὁρῶμεν δὲ ἤδη πλείονα τὴν τροφὴν ἐπισπώμενα τὰ ἄγρια τῶν δένδρων διὰ τὸ μὴ δύνασθαι πέττειν. τὰ οὖν ἄγρια τῶν ἡμέρων ἀπεπτότερα ὑπάρχει, καὶ τὸ αἴτιον τοῦ ἄγρια εἶναι αὐτὰ στέρησις δυνάμεως πεπτικῆς.
ēdē de kai ho apostolos, legōn kata ta stoicheia tou kosmou kai ou kata Christon, tēn men didaskalian tēn Hellēnikēn stoicheiōdē paradidōsin einai, teleian de tēn kata Christon, kathaper ēdē proteron emēnysamen. Autika hē agrielaios enkentrizetai eis tēn piotēta tēs elaias kai dē kai phyetai homoeidōs tais hēmerois elaiais; chrētai gar to emphyteuomenon anti gēs tǭ dendrǭ tǭ en hǭ phyteuetai; panta de homou ta phyta ek keleusmatos theiou beblastēken. dio kan agrielaios ho kotinos tynchanę̄, alla tous olympionikas stephei kai tēn ampelon hē ptelea eis hypsos anagousa eukarpein didaskei. horōmen de ēdē pleiona tēn trophēn epispōmena ta agria tōn dendrōn dia to mē dynasthai pettein. ta oun agria tōn hēmerōn apeptotera hyparchei, kai to aition tou agria einai auta sterēsis dynameōs peptikēs.
And already the apostle too, saying “according to the elements of the world and not according to Christ,” teaches that Greek teaching is elementary and that according to Christ is perfect, as we have already indicated before. For instance, the wild olive is grafted into the richness of the olive and indeed grows like the cultivated olives; for the grafted shoot uses the tree in which it is planted in place of soil. And all plants together sprouted at the divine command. Therefore, even though the kotinos is a wild olive, it crowns the Olympic victors; and the elm, raising the vine to a height, teaches it to bear good fruit. We see too that wild trees draw in more nourishment because they cannot digest it. Wild trees, then, digest less well than cultivated ones, and the cause of their wildness is a lack of digestive power.
6.15.118Stählin 2:491
λαμβάνει τοίνυν τροφὴν μὲν πλείονα ἡ ἐγκεντρισθεῖσα ἐλαία διὰ τὸ ἀγρίαν ἐμφύεσθαι· οἷον δὲ ἥδε πέττειν ἐθίζεται τὴν τροφήν, συνεξομοιουμένη τῇ πιότητι τῆς ἡμέρου, ὣς δὲ καὶ ὁ φιλόσοφος, ἀγρίᾳ εἰκαζόμενος ἐλαίᾳ, πολὺ τὸ ἄπεπτον ἔχων, διὰ τὸ εἶναι ζητητικὸς καὶ εὐπαρακολούθητος καὶ ὀρεκτικὸς τῆς πιότητος τῆς ἀληθείας, ἐὰν προσλάβῃ τὴν θείαν διὰ πίστεως δύναμιν, τῇ χρηστῇ καὶ ἡμέρῳ ἐγκαταφυτευθεὶς γνώσει, καθάπερ ἡ ἀγριέλαιος ἐγκεντρισθεῖσα τῷ ὄντως καλῷ καὶ ἐλεήμονι λόγῳ πέττει τε τὴν παραδιδομένην τροφὴν καὶ καλλιέλαιος γίνεται. ὁ γάρ τοι ἐγκεντρισμὸς τὰς ἀχρείους εὐγενεῖς ποιεῖ καὶ τὰς ἀφόρους φορίμους γίνεσθαι βιάζεται τέχνῃ τῇ γεωργικῇ καὶ ἐπιστήμῃ τῇ γνωστικῇ.
lambanei toinyn trophēn men pleiona hē enkentristheisa elaia dia to agrian emphyesthai; hoion de hēde pettein ethizetai tēn trophēn, synexomoioumenē tę̄ piotēti tēs hēmerou, hōs de kai ho philosophos, agrią eikazomenos elaią, poly to apepton echōn, dia to einai zētētikos kai euparakolouthētos kai orektikos tēs piotētos tēs alētheias, ean proslabę̄ tēn theian dia pisteōs dynamin, tę̄ chrēstę̄ kai hēmerǭ enkataphyteutheis gnōsei, kathaper hē agrielaios enkentristheisa tǭ ontōs kalǭ kai eleēmoni logǭ pettei te tēn paradidomenēn trophēn kai kallielaios ginetai. ho gar toi enkentrismos tas achreious eugeneis poiei kai tas aphorous phorimous ginesthai biazetai technę̄ tę̄ geōrgikę̄ kai epistēmę̄ tę̄ gnōstikę̄.
The grafted olive, then, takes in more nourishment because it is grafted onto a wild stock; and it becomes accustomed, as it were, to digest the food, being made like the richness of the cultivated olive. So too the philosopher, likened to a wild olive, has much that is undigested because he is inquiring, quick to follow, and eager for the richness of the truth; if he takes on the divine power through faith, planted into the good and cultivated knowledge, like the wild olive grafted into the truly good and merciful Word, he both digests the food handed on to him and becomes a fine olive. For grafting makes worthless trees noble and forces barren ones to become fruitful, by the art of husbandry and by the science of knowledge.
6.15.119Stählin 2:491–492
Φασὶ δʼ οὖν γίνεσθαι τὸν ἐγκεντρισμὸν κατὰ τρόπους τέσσαρας· ἕνα μὲν καθʼ ὃν μεταξὺ τοῦ ξύλου καὶ τοῦ φλοιοῦ ἐναρμόζειν δεῖ τὸ ἐγκεντριζόμενον, ὡς κατηχοῦνται οἱ ἐξ ἐθνῶν ἰδιῶται ἐξ ἐπιπολῆς δεχόμενοι τὸν λόγον· θάτερον δὲ ὅταν τὸ ξύλον σχίσαντες εἰς αὐτὸ ἐμβάλωσι τὸ εὐγενὲς φυτόν, ὃ συμβαίνει ἐπὶ τῶν φιλοσοφησάντων· διατμηθέντων γὰρ αὐτοῖς τῶν δογμάτων ἡ ἐπίγνωσις τῆς ἀληθείας ἐγγίνεται· ὣς δὲ καὶ Ἰουδαίοις διοιχθείσης τῆς παλαιᾶς γραφῆς τὸ νέον καὶ εὐγενὲς ἐγκεντρίζεται τῆς ἐλαίας φυτόν. ὁ τρίτος δὲ ἐγκεντρισμὸς τῶν ἀγριάδων καὶ τῶν αἱρετικῶν ἅπτεται τῶν μετὰ βίας εἰς τὴν ἀλήθειαν μεταγομένων· ἀποξύσαντες γὰρ ἑκάτερον ἐπίσφηνον ὀξεῖ δρεπάνῳ μέχρι τοῦ τὴν ἐντεριώνην γυμνῶσαι μέν, μὴ ἑλκῶσαι δέ, δεσμεύουσι πρὸς ἄλληλα. τέταρτος δέ ἐστιν ἐγκεντρισμοῦ τρόπος ὁ λεγόμενος ἐνοφθαλμισμός· περιαιρεῖται γὰρ ἀπὸ εὐγενοῦς στελέχους ὀφθαλμός, συμπεριγραφομένου αὐτῷ καὶ τοῦ φλοιοῦ κύκλῳ ὅσον παλαιστιαῖον μῆκος, εἶτα ἐναποξύεται τὸ στέλεχος κατʼ ὀφθαλμὸν ἴσον τῇ περιγραφῇ, καὶ οὕτως ἐντίθεται περισχοινιζόμενον καὶ περιχριόμενον πηλῷ, τηρουμένου τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ ἀπαθοῦς καὶ ἀμολύντου. εἶδος τοῦτο γνωστικῆς διδασκαλίας, διαθρεῖν τὰ πράγματα δυναμένης, ἀμέλει καὶ ἐπὶ ἡμέρων δένδρων τοῦτο μάλιστα χρησιμεύει τὸ εἶδος.
Phasi dʼ oun ginesthai ton enkentrismon kata tropous tessaras; hena men kathʼ hon metaxy tou xylou kai tou phloiou enarmozein dei to enkentrizomenon, hōs katēchountai hoi ex ethnōn idiōtai ex epipolēs dechomenoi ton logon; thateron de hotan to xylon schisantes eis auto embalōsi to eugenes phyton, ho symbainei epi tōn philosophēsantōn; diatmēthentōn gar autois tōn dogmatōn hē epignōsis tēs alētheias enginetai; hōs de kai Ioudaiois dioichtheisēs tēs palaias graphēs to neon kai eugenes enkentrizetai tēs elaias phyton. ho tritos de enkentrismos tōn agriadōn kai tōn hairetikōn haptetai tōn meta bias eis tēn alētheian metagomenōn; apoxysantes gar hekateron episphēnon oxei drepanǭ mechri tou tēn enteriōnēn gymnōsai men, mē helkōsai de, desmeuousi pros allēla. tetartos de estin enkentrismou tropos ho legomenos enophthalmismos; periaireitai gar apo eugenous stelechous ophthalmos, symperigraphomenou autǭ kai tou phloiou kyklǭ hoson palaistiaion mēkos, eita enapoxyetai to stelechos katʼ ophthalmon ison tę̄ perigraphę̄, kai houtōs entithetai perischoinizomenon kai perichriomenon pēlǭ, tēroumenou tou ophthalmou apathous kai amolyntou. eidos touto gnōstikēs didaskalias, diathrein ta pragmata dynamenēs, amelei kai epi hēmerōn dendrōn touto malista chrēsimeuei to eidos.
They say that grafting is done in four ways. One is that in which the graft must be fitted between the wood and the bark; so the uneducated from the Gentiles are catechized, receiving the Word superficially. The second is when they split the wood and insert the noble shoot into it; this happens with those who have studied philosophy, for when their doctrines are cut through, the knowledge of the truth grows in them. So too with the Jews: when the old Scripture is opened up, the new and noble shoot of the olive is grafted in. The third grafting concerns wild plants and the heretics who are brought over to the truth by force; for, having shaved each piece to a wedge with a sharp pruning knife until the pith is laid bare but not wounded, they bind them to each other. The fourth way of grafting is what is called budding: an eye is removed from a noble stem, with the bark around it cut out in a circle about a palm's breadth long; then the stem to be budded is scraped out at an eye to match the cut-out piece, and so the bud is inserted, bound round with cord and plastered with clay, the eye being kept unhurt and unsoiled. This is a figure of the knower's teaching, which is able to look into things; and indeed this form is most useful with cultivated trees.
6.15.120Stählin 2:492
Δύναται δὲ ὁ ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀποστόλου λεγόμενος ἐγκεντρισμὸς εἰς τὴν καλλιέλαιον γίγνεσθαι, τὸν Χριστὸν αὐτόν, τῆς ἀνημέρου καὶ ἀπίστου φύσεως καταφυτευομένης εἰς Χριστόν, τουτέστι τῶν εἰς Χριστὸν πιστευόντων· ἄμεινον δὲ τὴν ἑκάστου πίστιν ἐν αὐτῇ ἐγκεντρίζεσθαι τῇ ψυχῇ. καὶ γὰρ τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα ταύτῃ πως μεταφυτεύεται διανενεμημένον κατὰ τὴν ἑκάστου περιγραφὴν ἀπεριγράφως. περὶ δὲ τῆς γνώσεως ὁ Σολομὼν διαλεγόμενος τάδε φησί· λαμπρὰ καὶ ἀμάραντός ἐστιν ἡ σοφία καὶ εὐχερῶς θεωρεῖται ὑπὸ τῶν ἀγαπώντων αὐτήν· φθάνει τοὺς ἐπιθυμοῦντας προγνωσθῆναι. ὁ ὀρθρίσας ἐπʼ αὐτὴν οὐ κοπιάσει· τὸ γὰρ ἐνθυμηθῆναι περὶ αὐτῆς φρονήσεως τελειότης, καὶ ὁ ἀγρυπνήσας διʼ αὐτὴν ταχέως ἀμέριμνος ἔσται· ὅτι τοὺς ἀξίους αὐτῆς αὕτη περιέρχεται ζητοῦσα (οὐ γὰρ πάντων ἡ γνῶσις) καὶ ἐν ταῖς τρίβοις φαντάζεται αὐτοῖς εὐμενῶς· τρίβοι δὲ ἡ τοῦ βίου διεξαγωγὴ καὶ ἡ κατὰ τὰς διαθήκας πολυειδία. αὐτίκα ἐπιφέρει·
Dynatai de ho hypo tou apostolou legomenos enkentrismos eis tēn kallielaion gignesthai, ton Christon auton, tēs anēmerou kai apistou physeōs kataphyteuomenēs eis Christon, toutesti tōn eis Christon pisteuontōn; ameinon de tēn hekastou pistin en autę̄ enkentrizesthai tę̄ psychę̄. kai gar to hagion pneuma tautę̄ pōs metaphyteuetai dianenemēmenon kata tēn hekastou perigraphēn aperigraphōs. peri de tēs gnōseōs ho Solomōn dialegomenos tade phēsi; lampra kai amarantos estin hē sophia kai eucherōs theōreitai hypo tōn agapōntōn autēn; phthanei tous epithymountas prognōsthēnai. ho orthrisas epʼ autēn ou kopiasei; to gar enthymēthēnai peri autēs phronēseōs teleiotēs, kai ho agrypnēsas diʼ autēn tacheōs amerimnos estai; hoti tous axious autēs hautē perierchetai zētousa (ou gar pantōn hē gnōsis) kai en tais tribois phantazetai autois eumenōs; triboi de hē tou biou diexagōgē kai hē kata tas diathēkas polyeidia. autika epipherei;
The grafting into the good olive spoken of by the apostle can be into Christ himself, the untamed and unbelieving nature being planted into Christ, that is, the nature of those who believe in Christ. But it is better to say that each one's faith is grafted into the soul itself. For the Holy Spirit too is in some way transplanted in this manner, distributed without limit according to each one's limit. And Solomon, discussing knowledge, says this: “Wisdom is radiant and unfading, and is easily seen by those who love her; she is quick to make herself known to those who desire her. Whoever rises early for her will not labor; for to think about her is perfection of prudence, and whoever keeps vigil for her will soon be free from care. For she goes about seeking those worthy of her” (for knowledge does not belong to all) “and appears to them graciously in the paths.” The paths are the conduct of life and the variety according to the covenants. Then he adds:
6.15.121Stählin 2:492–493
καὶ ἐν πάσῃ ἐπινοίᾳ ὑπαντᾷ αὐτοῖς, ποικίλως θεωρουμένη, διὰ πάσης δηλονότι παιδείας. εἶτα ἐπιλέγει, τὴν τελειωτικὴν ἀγάπην παρατιθέμενος, διὰ λόγου συλλογιστικοῦ καὶ λημμάτων ἀληθῶν ἀποδεικτικωτάτην καὶ ἀληθῆ ὧδέ πως ἐπάγων ἐπιφοράν· ἀρχὴ γὰρ αὐτῆς ἀληθεστάτη παιδείας ἐπιθυμία (τουτέστι τῆς γνώσεως), φροντὶς δὲ παιδείας ἀγάπη, ἀγάπη δὲ τήρησις νόμων αὐτῆς, προσοχὴ δὲ νόμων βεβαίωσις ἀφθαρσίας, ἀφθαρσία δὲ ἐγγὺς εἶναι ποιεῖ θεοῦ. ἐπιθυμία ἄρα σοφίας ἀνάγει ἐπὶ βασιλείαν. διδάσκει γάρ, οἶμαι, ὡς ἀληθινὴ παιδεία ἐπιθυμία τίς ἐστι γνώσεως, ἄσκησις δὲ παιδείας συνίσταται διʼ ἀγάπην γνώσεως. καὶ ἡ μὲν ἀγάπη τήρησις τῶν εἰς γνῶσιν ἀναγουσῶν ἐντολῶν, ἡ τήρησις δὲ αὐτῶν βεβαίωσις τῶν ἐντολῶν, διʼ ἣν ἡ ἀφθαρσία ἐπισυμβαίνει, ἀφθαρσία δὲ ἐγγὺς εἶναι ποιεῖ θεοῦ. εἰ ἄρα ἀγάπη τῆς γνώσεως ἄφθαρτον ποιεῖ καὶ ἐγγὺς θεοῦ βασιλέως τὸν βασιλικὸν ἀνάγει, ζητεῖν ἄρα δεῖ τὴν γνῶσιν εἰς εὕρεσιν. ἔστιν δὲ ἡ μὲν ζήτησις ὁρμὴ ἐπὶ τὸ καταλαβεῖν, διά τινων σημείων ἀνευρίσκουσα τὸ ὑποκείμενον, ἡ εὕρεσις δὲ πέρας καὶ ἀνάπαυσις ζητήσεως ἐν καταλήψει γενομένης, ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἡ γνῶσις. καὶ αὕτη κυρίως εὕρεσίς ἐστιν ἡ γνῶσις, κατάληψις ζητήσεως ὑπάρχουσα. σημεῖον δʼ εἶναί φασι τὸ προηγούμενον ἢ συνυπάρχον ἢ ἑπόμενον.
kai en pasę̄ epinoią hypantą autois, poikilōs theōroumenē, dia pasēs dēlonoti paideias. eita epilegei, tēn teleiōtikēn agapēn paratithemenos, dia logou syllogistikou kai lēmmatōn alēthōn apodeiktikōtatēn kai alēthē hōde pōs epagōn epiphoran; archē gar autēs alēthestatē paideias epithymia (toutesti tēs gnōseōs), phrontis de paideias agapē, agapē de tērēsis nomōn autēs, prosochē de nomōn bebaiōsis aphtharsias, aphtharsia de engys einai poiei theou. epithymia ara sophias anagei epi basileian. didaskei gar, oimai, hōs alēthinē paideia epithymia tis esti gnōseōs, askēsis de paideias synistatai diʼ agapēn gnōseōs. kai hē men agapē tērēsis tōn eis gnōsin anagousōn entolōn, hē tērēsis de autōn bebaiōsis tōn entolōn, diʼ hēn hē aphtharsia episymbainei, aphtharsia de engys einai poiei theou. ei ara agapē tēs gnōseōs aphtharton poiei kai engys theou basileōs ton basilikon anagei, zētein ara dei tēn gnōsin eis heuresin. estin de hē men zētēsis hormē epi to katalabein, dia tinōn sēmeiōn aneuriskousa to hypokeimenon, hē heuresis de peras kai anapausis zētēseōs en katalēpsei genomenēs, hoper estin hē gnōsis. kai hautē kyriōs heuresis estin hē gnōsis, katalēpsis zētēseōs hyparchousa. sēmeion dʼ einai phasi to proēgoumenon ē synyparchon ē hepomenon.
“and meets them in every thought,” being contemplated in various ways, that is, through all education. Then he goes on, setting forth the perfecting love through a syllogistic argument with true premises, and drawing a most demonstrative and true conclusion somewhat as follows: “For her truest beginning is the desire for instruction” (that is, for knowledge), “and care for instruction is love, and love is the keeping of her laws, and attention to laws is the assurance of incorruption, and incorruption brings one near to God. So the desire for wisdom leads up to a kingdom.” He teaches, I think, that true instruction is a desire for knowledge, and that the practice of instruction consists in love of knowledge. And love is the keeping of the commandments that lead up to knowledge, and keeping them is the confirmation of the commandments, from which incorruption follows; and incorruption brings one near to God. If, then, love of knowledge makes one incorruptible and leads the kingly person near to God the King, knowledge must be sought until it is found. Seeking is an impulse toward grasping, discovering the underlying object through certain signs; finding is the end and rest of seeking, when it has come to grasp, which is knowledge. And this knowledge is finding in the proper sense, being the grasp of what was sought. They say that a sign is what precedes, coexists, or follows.
6.15.122Stählin 2:493
Τῆς τοίνυν περὶ θεοῦ ζητήσεως εὕρεσις μὲν ἡ διὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ διδασκαλία, σημεῖον δὲ τοῦ εἶναι τὸν σωτῆρα ἡμῶν αὐτὸν ἐκεῖνον τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ αἵ τε προηγούμεναι τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ προφητεῖαι, τοῦτον κηρύσσουσαι, αἵ τε συνυπάρξασαι τῇ γενέσει αὐτοῦ τῇ αἰσθητῇ περὶ αὐτοῦ μαρτυρίαι, πρὸς δὲ καὶ αἱ μετὰ τὴν ἀνάληψιν κηρυσσόμεναί τε καὶ ἐμφανῶς δεικνύμεναι δυνάμεις αὐτοῦ. τεκμήριον ἄρα τοῦ παρʼ ἡμῖν εἶναι τὴν ἀλήθειαν τὸ αὐτὸν διδάξαι τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ· εἰ γὰρ περὶ πᾶν ζήτημα καθολικὰ ταῦτα εὑρίσκεται πρόσωπόν τε καὶ πρᾶγμα, ἡ ὄντως ἀλήθεια παρʼ ἡμῖν δείκνυται μόνοις, ἐπεὶ πρόσωπον μὲν τῆς δεικνυμένης ἀληθείας ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, τὸ πρᾶγμα δὲ ἡ δύναμις τῆς πίστεως ἡ καὶ παντὸς οὑτινοσοῦν ἐναντιουμένου καὶ αὐτοῦ ὅλου ἐνισταμένου τοῦ κόσμου πλεονάζουσα. ἀλλʼ ἐπεὶ τοῦτο ἀνωμολόγηται βεβαιωθῆναι ἐν αἰωνίοις ἔργοις καὶ λόγοις καὶ πέφηνεν ἤδη κολάσεως, οὐκ ἀντιρρήσεως ἄξιος ἅπας ὁ μὴ νομίζων εἶναι πρόνοιαν καὶ τῷ ὄντι ἄθεος, πρόκειται δʼ ἡμῖν, τί ποιοῦντες καὶ τίνα τρόπον βιοῦντες εἰς τὴν ἐπίγνωσιν τοῦ παντοκράτορος θεοῦ ἀφικοίμεθα καὶ πῶς τιμῶντες τὸ θεῖον σφίσιν σωτηρίας αἴτιοι γινοίμεθα, οὐ παρὰ τῶν σοφιστῶν, ἀλλὰ παρʼ αὐτοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ γνόντες καὶ μαθόντες τὸ εὐάρεστον αὐτῷ, τὸ δίκαιον καὶ ὅσιον δρᾶν ἐγχειροῦμεν. τὸ σῴζεσθαι δʼ ἡμᾶς εὐάρεστον αὐτῷ, καὶ ἡ σωτηρία διά τε εὐπραγίας διά τε γνώσεως παραγίνεται, ὧν ἀμφοῖν ὁ κύριος διδάσκαλος.
Tēs toinyn peri theou zētēseōs heuresis men hē dia tou huiou didaskalia, sēmeion de tou einai ton sōtēra hēmōn auton ekeinon ton huion tou theou hai te proēgoumenai tēs parousias autou prophēteiai, touton kēryssousai, hai te synyparxasai tę̄ genesei autou tę̄ aisthētę̄ peri autou martyriai, pros de kai hai meta tēn analēpsin kēryssomenai te kai emphanōs deiknymenai dynameis autou. tekmērion ara tou parʼ hēmin einai tēn alētheian to auton didaxai ton huion tou theou; ei gar peri pan zētēma katholika tauta heurisketai prosōpon te kai pragma, hē ontōs alētheia parʼ hēmin deiknytai monois, epei prosōpon men tēs deiknymenēs alētheias ho huios tou theou, to pragma de hē dynamis tēs pisteōs hē kai pantos houtinosoun enantioumenou kai autou holou enistamenou tou kosmou pleonazousa. allʼ epei touto anōmologētai bebaiōthēnai en aiōniois ergois kai logois kai pephēnen ēdē kolaseōs, ouk antirrēseōs axios hapas ho mē nomizōn einai pronoian kai tǭ onti atheos, prokeitai dʼ hēmin, ti poiountes kai tina tropon biountes eis tēn epignōsin tou pantokratoros theou aphikoimetha kai pōs timōntes to theion sphisin sōtērias aitioi ginoimetha, ou para tōn sophistōn, alla parʼ autou tou theou gnontes kai mathontes to euareston autǭ, to dikaion kai hosion dran encheiroumen. to sǭzesthai dʼ hēmas euareston autǭ, kai hē sōtēria dia te eupragias dia te gnōseōs paraginetai, hōn amphoin ho kyrios didaskalos.
Of the seeking after God, then, the finding is the teaching through the Son; and the signs that our Savior is that very Son of God are the prophecies that preceded his coming and proclaimed him, the testimonies about him that accompanied his birth in the flesh, and besides these the powers of his that have been proclaimed and plainly shown after his ascension. The proof, then, that the truth is with us is that the Son of God himself taught it. For if in every inquiry these general things are found, a person and a matter, the real truth is shown to be with us alone, since the person of the truth shown is the Son of God, and the matter is the power of faith, which prevails over every opponent whatever and over the whole world set against it. But since this is agreed to have been confirmed in everlasting works and words, and since everyone who does not believe that there is providence has already been shown to deserve punishment rather than refutation, and to be truly godless, what lies before us is this: by doing what, and living in what way, might we arrive at the full knowledge of God Almighty, and how, by honoring the divine, might we become the cause of our own salvation, as we undertake to do what is just and holy, having learned what pleases him not from the sophists but from God himself? Our being saved pleases him, and salvation comes through right conduct and through knowledge, of both of which the Lord is the teacher.
6.15.123Stählin 2:493–494
Εἴπερ οὖν καὶ κατὰ Πλάτωνα ἢ παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ ἢ παρὰ τῶν ἐκγόνων τοῦ θεοῦ τὸ ἀληθὲς ἐκμανθάνειν μόνως οἷόν τε, εἰκότως παρὰ τῶν θείων λογίων τὰ μαρτύρια ἐκλεγόμενοι τὴν ἀλήθειαν αὐχοῦμεν ἐκδιδάσκεσθαι διὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ, προφητευθέντων μὲν τὸ πρῶτον, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ σαφηνισθέντων· τὰ συνεργοῦντα δὲ πρὸς τὴν εὕρεσιν τῆς ἀληθείας οὐδὲ αὐτὰ ἀδόκιμα. ἡ γοῦν φιλοσοφία, πρόνοιαν καταγγέλλουσα καὶ τοῦ μὲν εὐδαίμονος βίου τὴν ἀμοιβήν, τοῦ δʼ αὖ κακοδαίμονος τὴν κόλασιν, περιληπτικῶς θεολογεῖ, τὰ πρὸς ἀκρίβειαν δὲ καὶ τὰ ἐπὶ μέρους οὐκέτι σῴζει. οὔτε γὰρ περὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ οὔτε περὶ τῆς κατὰ τὴν πρόνοιαν οἰκονομίας ὁμοίως ἡμῖν διαλαμβάνει· οὐ γὰρ τὴν κατὰ τὸν θεὸν ἔγνω θρῃσκείαν. διόπερ αἱ κατὰ τὴν βάρβαρον φιλοσοφίαν αἱρέσεις, κἂν θεὸν λέγωσιν ἕνα κἂν Χριστὸν ὑμνῶσι, κατὰ περίληψιν λέγουσιν, οὐ πρὸς ἀλήθειαν· ἄλλον τε γὰρ θεὸν παρευρίσκουσι καὶ τὸν Χριστὸν οὐχ ὡς αἱ προφητεῖαι παραδιδόασιν, ἐκδέχονται. ἀλλʼ οὔτι γε τὰ ψευδῆ τῶν δογμάτων αὐτοῖς, ἔστʼ ἂν ἐναντιῶνται τῇ κατὰ τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἀγωγῇ, καθʼ ἡμῶν ἐστιν.
Eiper oun kai kata Platōna ē para tou theou ē para tōn ekgonōn tou theou to alēthes ekmanthanein monōs hoion te, eikotōs para tōn theiōn logiōn ta martyria eklegomenoi tēn alētheian auchoumen ekdidaskesthai dia tou huiou tou theou, prophēteuthentōn men to prōton, epeita de kai saphēnisthentōn; ta synergounta de pros tēn heuresin tēs alētheias oude auta adokima. hē goun philosophia, pronoian katangellousa kai tou men eudaimonos biou tēn amoibēn, tou dʼ au kakodaimonos tēn kolasin, perilēptikōs theologei, ta pros akribeian de kai ta epi merous ouketi sǭzei. oute gar peri tou huiou tou theou oute peri tēs kata tēn pronoian oikonomias homoiōs hēmin dialambanei; ou gar tēn kata ton theon egnō thrę̄skeian. dioper hai kata tēn barbaron philosophian haireseis, kan theon legōsin hena kan Christon hymnōsi, kata perilēpsin legousin, ou pros alētheian; allon te gar theon pareuriskousi kai ton Christon ouch hōs hai prophēteiai paradidoasin, ekdechontai. allʼ outi ge ta pseudē tōn dogmatōn autois, estʼ an enantiōntai tę̄ kata tēn alētheian agōgę̄, kathʼ hēmōn estin.
If, then, according to Plato too, it is possible to learn the truth only from God or from the offspring of God, we are right to boast, when we select testimonies from the divine oracles, that we are taught the truth by the Son of God, what was first prophesied being afterward made clear. And the things that contribute to the discovery of the truth are not themselves to be rejected either. Philosophy, at any rate, proclaiming providence, and the reward of the happy life and the punishment of the unhappy, speaks of God in outline, but it does not preserve precision and particulars. For it does not treat of the Son of God as we do, nor of the dispensation according to providence; for it did not know the worship according to God. That is why the heresies within the barbarian philosophy, even if they say that God is one and even if they hymn Christ, speak in outline, not truly; for they invent another God, and they do not understand Christ as the prophecies hand him down. But their false doctrines, insofar as they oppose the teaching that accords with the truth, do not count against us.
6.15.124Stählin 2:494
αὐτίκα ὁ Παῦλος τὸν Τιμόθεον περιέτεμεν διὰ τοὺς ἐξ Ἰουδαίων πιστεύοντας, ἵνα μή, καταλύοντος αὐτοῦ τὰ ἐκ τοῦ νόμου σαρκικώτερον προειλημμένα, ἀποστῶσι τῆς πίστεως οἱ ἐκ νόμου κατηχούμενοι, εἰδὼς ἀκριβῶς ὅτι περιτομὴ οὐ δικαιοῖ· τοῖς πᾶσι γὰρ πάντα γίγνεσθαι ὡμολόγει, κατὰ συμπεριφορὰν σῴζων τὰ κύρια τῶν δογμάτων, ἵνα πάντας κερδήσῃ. Δανιὴλ δὲ τὸν μανιάκην ἐβάστασεν ἐπὶ τοῦ βασιλέως τῶν Περσῶν, μὴ ὑπεριδὼν θλιβῆναι τὸν λεών. ψεῦσται τοίνυν τῷ ὄντι οὐχ οἱ συμπεριφερόμενοι διʼ οἰκονομίαν σωτηρίας οὐδʼ οἱ περί τινα τῶν ἐν μέρει σφαλλόμενοι, ἀλλʼ οἱ εἰς τὰ κυριώτατα παραπίπτοντες καὶ ἀθετοῦντες μὲν τὸν κύριον τὸ ὅσον ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς, ἀποστεροῦντες δὲ τοῦ κυρίου τὴν ἀληθῆ διδασκαλίαν, οἱ μὴ κατʼ ἀξίαν τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ κυρίου τὰς γραφὰς λαλοῦντές τε καὶ παραδιδόντες· παραθήκη γὰρ ἀποδιδομένη θεῷ ἡ κατὰ τὴν τοῦ κυρίου διδασκαλίαν διὰ τῶν ἀποστόλων αὐτοῦ τῆς θεοσεβοῦς παραδόσεως σύνεσίς τε καὶ συνάσκησις· ὃ δὲ ἀκούετε εἰς τὸ οὖς (ἐπικεκρυμμένως δηλονότι καὶ ἐν μυστηρίῳ, τὰ τοιαῦτα γὰρ εἰς τὸ οὖς λέγεσθαι ἀλληγορεῖται), ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων, φησί, κηρύξατε, μεγαλοφρόνως τε ἐκδεξάμενοι καὶ ὑψηγόρως παραδιδόντες καὶ κατὰ τὸν τῆς ἀληθείας κανόνα διασαφοῦντες τὰς γραφάς· οὔτε γὰρ ἡ προφητεία οὔτε ὁ σωτὴρ αὐτὸς ἁπλῶς οὕτως, ὡς τοῖς ἐπιτυχοῦσιν εὐάλωτα εἶναι, τὰ θεῖα μυστήρια ἀπεφθέγξατο, ἀλλʼ ἐν παραβολαῖς διελέξατο.
autika ho Paulos ton Timotheon perietemen dia tous ex Ioudaiōn pisteuontas, hina mē, katalyontos autou ta ek tou nomou sarkikōteron proeilēmmena, apostōsi tēs pisteōs hoi ek nomou katēchoumenoi, eidōs akribōs hoti peritomē ou dikaioi; tois pasi gar panta gignesthai hōmologei, kata symperiphoran sǭzōn ta kyria tōn dogmatōn, hina pantas kerdēsę̄. Daniēl de ton maniakēn ebastasen epi tou basileōs tōn Persōn, mē hyperidōn thlibēnai ton leōn. pseustai toinyn tǭ onti ouch hoi symperipheromenoi diʼ oikonomian sōtērias oudʼ hoi peri tina tōn en merei sphallomenoi, allʼ hoi eis ta kyriōtata parapiptontes kai athetountes men ton kyrion to hoson epʼ autois, aposterountes de tou kyriou tēn alēthē didaskalian, hoi mē katʼ axian tou theou kai tou kyriou tas graphas lalountes te kai paradidontes; parathēkē gar apodidomenē theǭ hē kata tēn tou kyriou didaskalian dia tōn apostolōn autou tēs theosebous paradoseōs synesis te kai synaskēsis; ho de akouete eis to ous (epikekrymmenōs dēlonoti kai en mystēriǭ, ta toiauta gar eis to ous legesthai allēgoreitai), epi tōn dōmatōn, phēsi, kēryxate, megalophronōs te ekdexamenoi kai hypsēgorōs paradidontes kai kata ton tēs alētheias kanona diasaphountes tas graphas; oute gar hē prophēteia oute ho sōtēr autos haplōs houtōs, hōs tois epitychousin eualōta einai, ta theia mystēria apephthenxato, allʼ en parabolais dielexato.
For instance, Paul circumcised Timothy because of those who had believed from among the Jews, so that the catechumens from the law might not fall away from the faith if he did away with what they had taken up in a rather fleshly way from the law, though he knew well that circumcision does not justify. For he confessed that he became all things to all, preserving the chief doctrines while accommodating himself, so that he might gain all. And Daniel wore the chain under the king of the Persians, not looking on indifferently while the people were afflicted. Liars in truth, then, are not those who accommodate themselves for the sake of the plan of salvation, nor those who err on some particular point, but those who fall away in the most essential matters, who reject the Lord as far as in them lies and deprive the Lord of his true teaching, who do not speak and hand on the Scriptures in a manner worthy of God and the Lord. For the deposit rendered to God is the understanding and practice of the godly tradition according to the Lord's teaching through his apostles. “And what you hear in the ear” (in a hidden way, clearly, and in mystery; for such things are allegorically said to be spoken in the ear) “proclaim,” it says, “on the housetops,” receiving them magnanimously and handing them on in lofty speech, and explaining the Scriptures according to the rule of truth. For neither prophecy nor the Savior himself uttered the divine mysteries simply, so as to be easily grasped by anyone who comes along; he spoke in parables.
6.15.125Stählin 2:494–495
λέγουσιν γοῦν οἱ ἀπόστολοι περὶ τοῦ κυρίου, ὅτι πάντα ἐν παραβολαῖς ἐλάλησεν καὶ οὐδὲν ἄνευ παραβολῆς ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς. εἰ δὲ πάντα διʼ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο καὶ χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν, καὶ ἡ προφητεία ἄρα καὶ ὁ νόμος διʼ αὐτοῦ τε ἐγένετο καὶ ἐν παραβολαῖς ἐλαλήθησαν διʼ αὐτοῦ· πλὴν ἅπαντα ὀρθὰ ἐνώπιον τῶν συνιέντων, φησὶν ἡ γραφή, τουτέστι τῶν ὅσοι ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ σαφηνισθεῖσαν τὴν τῶν γραφῶν ἐξήγησιν κατὰ τὸν ἐκκλησιαστικὸν κανόνα ἐκδεχόμενοι διασῴζουσι· κανὼν δὲ ἐκκλησιαστικὸς ἡ συνῳδία καὶ ἡ συμφωνία νόμου τε καὶ προφητῶν τῇ κατὰ τὴν τοῦ κυρίου παρουσίαν παραδιδομένῃ διαθήκῃ. γνώσει μὲν οὖν ἕπεται φρόνησις, σωφροσύνη δὲ τῇ φρονήσει· εἰρήσθω γὰρ τὴν μὲν φρόνησιν ὑπάρχειν γνῶσιν θείαν καὶ ἐν τοῖς θεοποιουμένοις, τὴν δὲ σωφροσύνην θνητὴν καὶ ἐν ἀνθρώποις εἶναι φιλοσοφοῦσιν, οὐδέπω σοφοῖς. αὐτίκα, εἴπερ ἀρετή τέ ἐστιν θεία, καὶ γνῶσις αὐτῆς· ἡ σωφροσύνη δὲ οἷον ἀτελὴς φρόνησις, ἐφιεμένη μὲν φρονήσεως, ἐργατικὴ δὲ ἐπιπόνως καὶ οὐ θεωρητική, καθάπερ ἀμέλει ἡ δικαιοσύνη, ἀνθρωπίνη οὖσα, κοινόν, ὑποβέβηκε δὲ τὴν ὁσιότητα, θείαν δικαιοσύνην ὑπάρχουσαν. τῷ τελείῳ γὰρ οὐκ ἐν συμβολαίοις πολιτικοῖς οὐδὲ ἐν ἀπαγορεύσει νόμου, ἀλλʼ ἐξ ἰδιοπραγίας καὶ τῆς πρὸς θεὸν ἀγάπης ἡ δικαιοσύνη.
legousin goun hoi apostoloi peri tou kyriou, hoti panta en parabolais elalēsen kai ouden aneu parabolēs elalei autois. ei de panta diʼ autou egeneto kai chōris autou egeneto oude hen, kai hē prophēteia ara kai ho nomos diʼ autou te egeneto kai en parabolais elalēthēsan diʼ autou; plēn hapanta ortha enōpion tōn synientōn, phēsin hē graphē, toutesti tōn hosoi hypʼ autou saphēnistheisan tēn tōn graphōn exēgēsin kata ton ekklēsiastikon kanona ekdechomenoi diasǭzousi; kanōn de ekklēsiastikos hē synǭdia kai hē symphōnia nomou te kai prophētōn tę̄ kata tēn tou kyriou parousian paradidomenę̄ diathēkę̄. gnōsei men oun hepetai phronēsis, sōphrosynē de tę̄ phronēsei; eirēsthō gar tēn men phronēsin hyparchein gnōsin theian kai en tois theopoioumenois, tēn de sōphrosynēn thnētēn kai en anthrōpois einai philosophousin, oudepō sophois. autika, eiper aretē te estin theia, kai gnōsis autēs; hē sōphrosynē de hoion atelēs phronēsis, ephiemenē men phronēseōs, ergatikē de epiponōs kai ou theōrētikē, kathaper amelei hē dikaiosynē, anthrōpinē ousa, koinon, hypobebēke de tēn hosiotēta, theian dikaiosynēn hyparchousan. tǭ teleiǭ gar ouk en symbolaiois politikois oude en apagoreusei nomou, allʼ ex idiopragias kai tēs pros theon agapēs hē dikaiosynē.
The apostles, at any rate, say of the Lord that he spoke all things in parables and spoke nothing to them without a parable. And if “all things came to be through him, and without him not one thing came to be,” then prophecy and the law too came to be through him and were spoken through him in parables. “But all things are straight before those who understand,” says Scripture; that is, those who receive the interpretation of the Scriptures made clear by him and preserve it according to the church's rule. And the church's rule is the concord and harmony of the law and the prophets with the covenant handed on at the Lord's coming. Knowledge, then, is followed by prudence, and prudence by self-restraint. For let it be said that prudence is divine knowledge and exists in those who are being made divine, while self-restraint is mortal and exists in human beings who philosophize but are not yet wise. For if virtue is divine, so is the knowledge of it; and self-restraint is like an imperfect prudence, desiring prudence but laboriously practical and not contemplative; just as righteousness, being human, is common, but ranks below holiness, which is divine righteousness. For the perfect man, righteousness does not lie in civil contracts or in the prohibitions of law, but comes from doing his own work and from love toward God.
6.15.126Stählin 2:495–496
Διὰ πολλὰς τοίνυν αἰτίας ἐπικρύπτονται τὸν νοῦν αἱ γραφαί, πρῶτον μὲν ἵνα ζητητικοὶ ὑπάρχωμεν καὶ προσαγρυπνῶμεν ἀεὶ τῇ τῶν σωτηρίων λόγων εὑρέσει, ἔπειτα ὅτι μηδὲ τοῖς ἅπασι προσῆκον ἦν νοεῖν, ὡς μὴ βλαβεῖεν ἑτέρως ἐκδεξάμενοι τὰ ὑπὸ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος σωτηρίως εἰρημένα. διὸ δὴ τοῖς ἐκλεκτοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων τοῖς τε ἐκ πίστεως εἰς γνῶσιν ἐγκρίτοις τηρούμενα τὰ ἅγια τῶν προφητειῶν μυστήρια ταῖς παραβολαῖς ἐγκαλύπτεται· παραβολικὸς γὰρ ὁ χαρακτὴρ ὑπάρχει τῶν γραφῶν, διότι καὶ ὁ κύριος, οὐκ ὢν κοσμικός, ὡς κοσμικὸς εἰς ἀνθρώπους ἦλθεν· καὶ γὰρ ἐφόρεσεν τὴν πᾶσαν ἀρετὴν ἔμελλέν τε τὸν σύντροφον τοῦ κόσμου ἄνθρωπον ἐπὶ τὰ νοητὰ καὶ κύρια διὰ τῆς γνώσεως ἀνάγειν ἐκ κόσμου εἰς κόσμον. διὸ καὶ μεταφορικῇ κέχρηται τῇ γραφῇ· τοιοῦτον γὰρ ἡ παραβολή, λόγος ἀπό τινος οὐ κυρίου μέν, ἐμφεροῦς δὲ τῷ κυρίῳ ἐπὶ τἀληθὲς καὶ κύριον ἄγων τὸν συνιέντα, ἤ, ὥς τινές φασι, λέξις διʼ ἑτέρων τὰ κυρίως λεγόμενα μετʼ ἐνεργείας παριστάνουσα.
Dia pollas toinyn aitias epikryptontai ton noun hai graphai, prōton men hina zētētikoi hyparchōmen kai prosagrypnōmen aei tę̄ tōn sōtēriōn logōn heuresei, epeita hoti mēde tois hapasi prosēkon ēn noein, hōs mē blabeien heterōs ekdexamenoi ta hypo tou hagiou pneumatos sōtēriōs eirēmena. dio dē tois eklektois tōn anthrōpōn tois te ek pisteōs eis gnōsin enkritois tēroumena ta hagia tōn prophēteiōn mystēria tais parabolais enkalyptetai; parabolikos gar ho charaktēr hyparchei tōn graphōn, dioti kai ho kyrios, ouk ōn kosmikos, hōs kosmikos eis anthrōpous ēlthen; kai gar ephoresen tēn pasan aretēn emellen te ton syntrophon tou kosmou anthrōpon epi ta noēta kai kyria dia tēs gnōseōs anagein ek kosmou eis kosmon. dio kai metaphorikę̄ kechrētai tę̄ graphę̄; toiouton gar hē parabolē, logos apo tinos ou kyriou men, empherous de tǭ kyriǭ epi talēthes kai kyrion agōn ton synienta, ē, hōs tines phasi, lexis diʼ heterōn ta kyriōs legomena metʼ energeias paristanousa.
For many reasons, then, the Scriptures conceal their sense: first, so that we may be inquirers and always keep awake for the discovery of the words of salvation; then, because it was not fitting for all to understand, lest they be harmed by taking in another sense what the Holy Spirit said for salvation. That is why the holy mysteries of the prophecies, kept for the chosen among men and for those selected from faith to knowledge, are veiled in parables. For the character of the Scriptures is parabolic, because the Lord too, though not of the world, came to men as one of the world. For he wore the whole of virtue, and he was to lead man, the nursling of the world, up through knowledge to the intelligible and proper realities, from world to world. That is why he used metaphorical writing. For such is the parable: a speech taken from something that is not the proper thing but resembles the proper thing, leading the one who understands to the true and proper thing; or, as some say, a diction that presents vividly through other terms what is meant in the proper sense.
6.15.127Stählin 2:496
ἤδη δὲ καὶ ἡ οἰκονομία πᾶσα ἡ περὶ τὸν κύριον προφητευθεῖσα παραβολὴ ὡς ἀληθῶς φαίνεται τοῖς μὴ τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐγνωκόσιν, ὅταν τις τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ τὰ πάντα πεποιηκότος σάρκα ἀνειληφότα καὶ ἐν μήτρᾳ παρθένου κυοφορηθέντα, καθὸ γεγέννηται τὸ αἰσθητὸν αὐτοῦ σαρκίον, ἀκολούθως δέ, καθὸ γέγονεν τοῦτο, πεπονθότα καὶ ἀνεσταμένον ὃ μὲν λέγῃ, οἳ δὲ ἀκούωσιν, Ἰουδαίοις μὲν σκάνδαλον, Ἕλλησι δὲ μωρίαν, ὥς φησιν ὁ ἀπόστολος. διανοιχθεῖσαι δὲ αἱ γραφαὶ καὶ τοῖς ὦτα ἔχουσιν ἐμφήνασαι τὸ ἀληθὲς αὐτὸ ἐκεῖνο, ὃ πέπονθεν ἡ σάρξ, ἣν ἀνείληφεν ὁ κύριος, δύναμιν θεοῦ καὶ σοφίαν καταγγέλλουσιν. ἐπὶ πᾶσί τε τὸ παραβολικὸν εἶδος τῆς γραφῆς, ἀρχαιότατον ὄν, ὡς παρεστήσαμεν, εἰκότως παρὰ τοῖς προφήταις μάλιστα ἐπλεόνασεν, ἵνα δὴ καὶ τοὺς φιλοσόφους τοὺς παρʼ Ἕλλησι καὶ τοὺς παρὰ τοῖς ἄλλοις βαρβάροις σοφοὺς ἠγνοηκέναι τὸ ἅγιον ἐπιδείξῃ πνεῦμα τὴν ἐσομένην τοῦ κυρίου παρουσίαν καὶ τὴν ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ παραδοθησομένην μυστικὴν διδασκαλίαν. εἰκότως ἄρα κηρύσσουσα ἡ προφητεία τὸν κύριον, ὡς μὴ παρὰ τὰς τῶν πολλῶν ὑπολήψεις λέγουσα βλασφημεῖν τισι δοκοίη, ἐσχημάτισε τὰ σημαινόμενα φωναῖς ταῖς καὶ ἐπὶ ἑτέρας ἐννοίας ἄγειν δυναμέναις. αὐτίκα οἱ προφῆται πάντες οἱ προθεσπίσαντες τὴν παρουσίαν τοῦ κυρίου καὶ σὺν αὐτῇ τὰ ἅγια μυστήρια ἐδιώχθησαν, ἐφονεύθησαν, καθάπερ καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ κύριος διασαφήσας αὐτῶν τὰς γραφὰς καὶ οἱ τούτου γνώριμοι οἱ κηρύξαντες τὸν λόγον ὡσαύτως μετʼ αὐτὸν τὸ ζῆν παρεβάλοντο.
ēdē de kai hē oikonomia pasa hē peri ton kyrion prophēteutheisa parabolē hōs alēthōs phainetai tois mē tēn alētheian egnōkosin, hotan tis ton huion tou theou tou ta panta pepoiēkotos sarka aneilēphota kai en mētrą parthenou kyophorēthenta, katho gegennētai to aisthēton autou sarkion, akolouthōs de, katho gegonen touto, peponthota kai anestamenon ho men legę̄, hoi de akouōsin, Ioudaiois men skandalon, Hellēsi de mōrian, hōs phēsin ho apostolos. dianoichtheisai de hai graphai kai tois ōta echousin emphēnasai to alēthes auto ekeino, ho peponthen hē sarx, hēn aneilēphen ho kyrios, dynamin theou kai sophian katangellousin. epi pasi te to parabolikon eidos tēs graphēs, archaiotaton on, hōs parestēsamen, eikotōs para tois prophētais malista epleonasen, hina dē kai tous philosophous tous parʼ Hellēsi kai tous para tois allois barbarois sophous ēgnoēkenai to hagion epideixę̄ pneuma tēn esomenēn tou kyriou parousian kai tēn hypʼ autou paradothēsomenēn mystikēn didaskalian. eikotōs ara kēryssousa hē prophēteia ton kyrion, hōs mē para tas tōn pollōn hypolēpseis legousa blasphēmein tisi dokoiē, eschēmatise ta sēmainomena phōnais tais kai epi heteras ennoias agein dynamenais. autika hoi prophētai pantes hoi prothespisantes tēn parousian tou kyriou kai syn autę̄ ta hagia mystēria ediōchthēsan, ephoneuthēsan, kathaper kai autos ho kyrios diasaphēsas autōn tas graphas kai hoi toutou gnōrimoi hoi kēryxantes ton logon hōsautōs metʼ auton to zēn parebalonto.
Indeed, the whole dispensation concerning the Lord that was prophesied appears truly a parable to those who have not known the truth, when someone says, and others hear, that the Son of God, of the one who made all things, took flesh and was carried in a virgin's womb, insofar as his sensible flesh was born, and consequently, insofar as it came to be, suffered and rose again—“to Jews a stumbling block, and to Greeks foolishness,” as the apostle says. But the Scriptures, once opened and showing the truth to those who have ears, proclaim that very thing which the flesh the Lord assumed suffered to be the power and wisdom of God. And above all, the parabolic form of Scripture, being most ancient, as we have shown, fittingly abounded most among the prophets, so that the Holy Spirit might show that the philosophers among the Greeks and the wise among the other barbarians were ignorant of the Lord's future coming and of the mystical teaching to be handed on by him. Fittingly, then, prophecy, in proclaiming the Lord, lest it should seem to some to blaspheme by speaking against the assumptions of the many, shaped what it meant in words that can also lead to other ideas. For instance, all the prophets who foretold the coming of the Lord, and with it the holy mysteries, were persecuted and killed; so too the Lord himself, who made their writings clear, and likewise his disciples, who preached the Word, risked their lives after him.
6.15.128Stählin 2:496–497
ὅθεν καὶ ὁ Πέτρος ἐν τῷ κηρύγματι περὶ τῶν ἀποστόλων λέγων φησίν· ἡμεῖς δὲ ἀναπτύξαντες τὰς βίβλους ἃς εἴχομεν τῶν προφητῶν, ἃ μὲν διὰ παραβολῶν, ἃ δὲ διʼ αἰνιγμάτων, ἃ δὲ αὐθεντικῶς καὶ αὐτολεξεὶ τὸν Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν ὀνομαζόντων, εὕρομεν καὶ τὴν παρουσίαν αὐτοῦ καὶ τὸν θάνατον καὶ τὸν σταυρὸν καὶ τὰς λοιπὰς κολάσεις πάσας ὅσας ἐποίησαν αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι, καὶ τὴν ἔγερσιν καὶ τὴν εἰς οὐρανοὺς ἀνάληψιν πρὸ τοῦ Ἱεροσόλυμα † κτισθῆναι, καθὼς ἐγέγραπτο ταῦτα πάντα, ἃ ἔδει αὐτὸν παθεῖν καὶ † μετʼ αὐτὸν ἃ ἔσται. ταῦτα οὖν ἐπιγνόντες ἐπιστεύσαμεν τῷ θεῷ διὰ τῶν γεγραμμένων εἰς αὐτόν. καὶ μετʼ ὀλίγα ἐπιφέρει πάλιν θείᾳ προνοίᾳ τὰς προφητείας γεγενῆσθαι παριστὰς ὧδε· ἔγνωμεν γὰρ ὅτι ὁ θεὸς αὐτὰ προσέταξεν ὄντως, καὶ οὐδὲν ἄτερ γραφῆς λέγομεν.
hothen kai ho Petros en tǭ kērygmati peri tōn apostolōn legōn phēsin; hēmeis de anaptyxantes tas biblous has eichomen tōn prophētōn, ha men dia parabolōn, ha de diʼ ainigmatōn, ha de authentikōs kai autolexei ton Christon Iēsoun onomazontōn, heuromen kai tēn parousian autou kai ton thanaton kai ton stauron kai tas loipas kolaseis pasas hosas epoiēsan autǭ hoi Ioudaioi, kai tēn egersin kai tēn eis ouranous analēpsin pro tou Hierosolyma † ktisthēnai, kathōs egegrapto tauta panta, ha edei auton pathein kai † metʼ auton ha estai. tauta oun epignontes episteusamen tǭ theǭ dia tōn gegrammenōn eis auton. kai metʼ oliga epipherei palin theią pronoią tas prophēteias gegenēsthai paristas hōde; egnōmen gar hoti ho theos auta prosetaxen ontōs, kai ouden ater graphēs legomen.
That is why Peter too, in the Preaching, speaking about the apostles, says: “But we, having unrolled the books of the prophets that we had, which name Christ Jesus partly in parables, partly in riddles, and partly authoritatively and in so many words, found his coming, his death, the cross, and all the other punishments the Jews inflicted on him, and his raising and his taking up into heaven before Jerusalem was † founded, as all these things had been written, what he had to suffer and † what would be after him. Recognizing these things, then, we believed God through what had been written about him.” And a little later he adds again, showing that the prophecies came about by divine providence: “For we know that God truly ordained them, and we say nothing without Scripture.”
6.15.129Stählin 2:497
Ἔχει δʼ οὖν καὶ ἄλλας τινὰς ἰδιότητας ἡ Ἑβραίων διάλεκτος, καθάπερ καὶ ἑκάστη τῶν λοιπῶν, λόγον τινὰ ἐμπεριέχουσα ἐθνικὸν ἐμφαίνοντα χαρακτῆρα. διάλεκτον γοῦν ὁρίζονται λέξιν ἐθνικῷ χαρακτῆρι συντελουμένην. ἀλλʼ οὔτι γε ἐκείναις ταῖς διαλέκτοις ἡ προφητεία γνώριμος καθίσταται· ταῖς μὲν γὰρ Ἑλληνικαῖς κατʼ ἐπιτήδευσιν αἱ καλούμεναι τῶν τρόπων ἐξαλλαγαὶ τὰς ἐπικρύψεις ποιοῦνται κατʼ εἰκόνα τῶν παρʼ ἡμῖν προφητειῶν, † ἀναγόμεναι, πλὴν ἑκουσίου τῆς παρατροπῆς παρὰ τὸ ὀρθὸν ἐμμέτρῳ ἢ σχεδίῳ φράσει γινομένης δείκνυται. ἔστι γοῦν ὁ τρόπος λέξις παραγεγραμμένη ἀπὸ τοῦ κυρίου ἐπὶ τὸ μὴ κύριον κατασκευῆς ἕνεκα καὶ φράσεως τῆς ἐν τῷ λόγῳ εὐχρηστίας χάριν. ἡ προφητεία δὲ οὐδʼ ὅλως τοὺς περὶ τὰς λέξεις σχηματισμοὺς ἐπιτηδεύει διὰ τὸ κάλλος τῆς φράσεως, τῷ δὲ μὴ πάντων εἶναι τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐπικρύπτεται πολυτρόπως, μόνοις τοῖς εἰς γνῶσιν μεμυημένοις, τοῖς διʼ ἀγάπην ζητοῦσι τὴν ἀλήθειαν, τὸ φῶς ἀνατέλλουσα.
Echei dʼ oun kai allas tinas idiotētas hē Hebraiōn dialektos, kathaper kai hekastē tōn loipōn, logon tina emperiechousa ethnikon emphainonta charaktēra. dialekton goun horizontai lexin ethnikǭ charaktēri synteloumenēn. allʼ outi ge ekeinais tais dialektois hē prophēteia gnōrimos kathistatai; tais men gar Hellēnikais katʼ epitēdeusin hai kaloumenai tōn tropōn exallagai tas epikrypseis poiountai katʼ eikona tōn parʼ hēmin prophēteiōn, † anagomenai, plēn hekousiou tēs paratropēs para to orthon emmetrǭ ē schediǭ phrasei ginomenēs deiknytai. esti goun ho tropos lexis paragegrammenē apo tou kyriou epi to mē kyrion kataskeuēs heneka kai phraseōs tēs en tǭ logǭ euchrēstias charin. hē prophēteia de oudʼ holōs tous peri tas lexeis schēmatismous epitēdeuei dia to kallos tēs phraseōs, tǭ de mē pantōn einai tēn alētheian epikryptetai polytropōs, monois tois eis gnōsin memyēmenois, tois diʼ agapēn zētousi tēn alētheian, to phōs anatellousa.
The Hebrew language, then, has certain other peculiarities too, as each of the others does, containing a certain character that displays the nation's stamp. A dialect, at any rate, is defined as a diction shaped by a national character. But prophecy is not made known by those dialects. For in the Greek dialects the so-called alterations of the tropes produce concealments by design, in imitation of our prophecies, † being referred back; except that the turning aside from the proper sense is shown to happen voluntarily, in metrical or in extempore speech. A trope, at any rate, is a diction carried over from the proper sense to what is not proper, for the sake of elaboration and of usefulness of expression in speech. But prophecy does not cultivate figures of speech at all for the beauty of expression; rather, because the truth does not belong to all, it is hidden in many ways, making the light rise only for those initiated into knowledge, those who seek the truth through love.
6.15.130Stählin 2:497
λέγεται δʼ οὖν εἶδος τῆς προφητείας ἡ παροιμία κατὰ τὴν βάρβαρον φιλοσοφίαν λέγεταί τε καὶ παραβολὴ τό τε αἴνιγμα ἐπὶ τούτοις. ἀλλὰ μὴν καὶ σοφία λέγεται, καὶ ὡς ἕτερον αὐτῆς ἡ παιδεία λόγοι τε αὖ φρονήσεως καὶ στροφαὶ λόγων καὶ δικαιοσύνη ἀληθὴς διδασκαλία τε αὖ τοῦ κατευθῦναι κρῖμα καὶ πανουργία ἀκάκοις κατὰ τὴν παιδείαν περιγινομένη αἴσθησίς τε καὶ ἔννοια τῷ νεοκατηχήτῳ γινομένη. ὁ τούτων ἀκούσας, φησί, τῶν προφητῶν σοφὸς σοφώτερος ἔσται, κυβέρνησιν δὲ ὁ νοήμων κτήσεται καὶ νοήσει παραβολὴν καὶ σκοτεινὸν λόγον ῥήσεις τε σοφῶν καὶ αἰνίγματα. εἰ δὲ ἀπὸ Ἕλληνος τοῦ Διὸς τοῦ κατʼ ἐπίκλησιν Δευκαλίωνος τὰς Ἑλληνικὰς συνέβη κεκλῆσθαι διαλέκτους, ἐκ τῶν χρόνων, ὧν φθάσαντες παρεστήσαμεν, ῥᾴδιον συνιδεῖν ὅσαις γενεαῖς τῆς Ἑβραίων φωνῆς αἱ παρʼ Ἕλλησι μεταγενέστεραι διάλεκτοι ὑπάρχουσι.
legetai dʼ oun eidos tēs prophēteias hē paroimia kata tēn barbaron philosophian legetai te kai parabolē to te ainigma epi toutois. alla mēn kai sophia legetai, kai hōs heteron autēs hē paideia logoi te au phronēseōs kai strophai logōn kai dikaiosynē alēthēs didaskalia te au tou kateuthynai krima kai panourgia akakois kata tēn paideian periginomenē aisthēsis te kai ennoia tǭ neokatēchētǭ ginomenē. ho toutōn akousas, phēsi, tōn prophētōn sophos sophōteros estai, kybernēsin de ho noēmōn ktēsetai kai noēsei parabolēn kai skoteinon logon rhēseis te sophōn kai ainigmata. ei de apo Hellēnos tou Dios tou katʼ epiklēsin Deukaliōnos tas Hellēnikas synebē keklēsthai dialektous, ek tōn chronōn, hōn phthasantes parestēsamen, rhądion synidein hosais geneais tēs Hebraiōn phōnēs hai parʼ Hellēsi metagenesterai dialektoi hyparchousi.
In the barbarian philosophy, then, the proverb is said to be a kind of prophecy, and so is the parable, and the riddle besides these. Moreover, wisdom too is spoken of, and instruction as something different from it, and again words of prudence, turns of speech, true righteousness, and teaching how to direct judgment, and shrewdness that comes to the innocent through instruction, and perception and understanding that come to the newly instructed. “The one who hears these,” it says—the prophets—“being wise will become wiser, and the one who understands will acquire guidance, and will understand a parable and a dark word, and the sayings of the wise and riddles.” And if the Greek dialects came to be so named from Hellen, the son of Zeus, who was called son of Deucalion, it is easy to see from the dates we set out earlier by how many generations the dialects among the Greeks are later than the Hebrew language.
6.15.131Stählin 2:497–498
Προϊούσης δὲ τῆς γραφῆς τοὺς προειρημένους ὑπὸ τοῦ προφήτου τρόπους καθʼ ἑκάστην περικοπὴν σημειωσάμενοι παραστήσομεν, τὴν γνωστικὴν ἀγωγὴν κατὰ τὸν τῆς ἀληθείας κανόνα φιλοτέχνως ἐνδεικνύμενοι. ἦ γὰρ οὐχὶ καὶ ἐν τῇ ὁράσει τῷ Ἑρμᾷ ἡ δύναμις ἐν τῷ τύπῳ τῆς ἐκκλησίας φανεῖσα ἔδωκεν τὸ βιβλίον εἰς μεταγραφήν, ὃ τοῖς ἐκλεκτοῖς ἀναγγελῆναι ἐβούλετο; τοῦτο δὲ μετεγράψατο πρὸς γράμμα, φησί, μὴ εὑρίσκων τὰς συλλαβὰς τελέσαι. ἐδήλου δʼ ἄρα τὴν μὲν γραφὴν πρόδηλον εἶναι πᾶσι κατὰ τὴν ψιλὴν ἀνάγνωσιν ἐκλαμβανομένην, καὶ ταύτην εἶναι τὴν πίστιν στοιχείων τάξιν ἔχουσαν, διὸ καὶ ἡ πρὸς τὸ γράμμα ἀνάγνωσις ἀλληγορεῖται· τὴν διάπτυξιν δὲ τὴν γνωστικὴν τῶν γραφῶν, προκοπτούσης ἤδη τῆς πίστεως, εἰκάζεσθαι τῇ κατὰ τὰς συλλαβὰς ἀναγνώσει ἐκδεχόμεθα. ἀλλὰ καὶ Ἡσαΐας ὁ προφήτης βιβλίον καινὸν κελεύεται λαβὼν ἐγγράψαι τινά, τὴν γνῶσιν τὴν ἁγίαν διὰ τῆς τῶν γραφῶν ἐξηγήσεως ὕστερον ἔσεσθαι προφητεύοντος τοῦ πνεύματος τὴν ἔτι κατʼ ἐκεῖνον τὸν καιρὸν ἄγραφον τυγχάνουσαν διὰ τὸ μηδέπω γινώσκεσθαι· εἴρητο γὰρ ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς μόνοις τοῖς νοοῦσιν. αὐτίκα διδάξαντος τοῦ σωτῆρος τοὺς ἀποστόλους ἡ τῆς ἐγγράφου ἄγραφος ἤδη καὶ εἰς ἡμᾶς διαδίδοται παράδοσις, καρδίαις καιναῖς κατὰ τὴν ἀνακαίνωσιν τοῦ βιβλίου τῇ δυνάμει τοῦ θεοῦ ἐγγεγραμμένη.
Proïousēs de tēs graphēs tous proeirēmenous hypo tou prophētou tropous kathʼ hekastēn perikopēn sēmeiōsamenoi parastēsomen, tēn gnōstikēn agōgēn kata ton tēs alētheias kanona philotechnōs endeiknymenoi. ē gar ouchi kai en tę̄ horasei tǭ Hermą hē dynamis en tǭ typǭ tēs ekklēsias phaneisa edōken to biblion eis metagraphēn, ho tois eklektois anangelēnai ebouleto? touto de metegrapsato pros gramma, phēsi, mē heuriskōn tas syllabas telesai. edēlou dʼ ara tēn men graphēn prodēlon einai pasi kata tēn psilēn anagnōsin eklambanomenēn, kai tautēn einai tēn pistin stoicheiōn taxin echousan, dio kai hē pros to gramma anagnōsis allēgoreitai; tēn diaptyxin de tēn gnōstikēn tōn graphōn, prokoptousēs ēdē tēs pisteōs, eikazesthai tę̄ kata tas syllabas anagnōsei ekdechometha. alla kai Hēsaïas ho prophētēs biblion kainon keleuetai labōn engrapsai tina, tēn gnōsin tēn hagian dia tēs tōn graphōn exēgēseōs hysteron esesthai prophēteuontos tou pneumatos tēn eti katʼ ekeinon ton kairon agraphon tynchanousan dia to mēdepō ginōskesthai; eirēto gar apʼ archēs monois tois noousin. autika didaxantos tou sōtēros tous apostolous hē tēs engraphou agraphos ēdē kai eis hēmas diadidotai paradosis, kardiais kainais kata tēn anakainōsin tou bibliou tę̄ dynamei tou theou engegrammenē.
As Scripture proceeds, we will note the figures mentioned by the prophet passage by passage and set them out, carefully displaying the knower's way of life according to the rule of truth. For did not the power that appeared to Hermas in the vision, in the form of the church, give him the book to copy, which she wished to be announced to the elect? And this he copied, he says, letter by letter, not finding how to complete the syllables. This indicated, then, that Scripture is plain to all when taken in its bare reading, and that this is faith, which has the rank of the elementary letters; that is why reading letter by letter is used as an allegory. But the knower's unfolding of the Scriptures, when faith is already advancing, we understand to be likened to reading by syllables. And Isaiah the prophet too is commanded to take a new book and write certain things in it, the Spirit prophesying that the holy knowledge would come afterward through the interpretation of the Scriptures, knowledge that at that time was still unwritten because it was not yet known; for from the beginning it had been spoken only to those who understood. So when the Savior taught the apostles, the unwritten tradition of the written word was handed down now to us too, written on new hearts by the power of God, according to the renewal of the book.
6.15.132Stählin 2:498–499
Ταύτῃ οἱ τῶν παρʼ Ἕλλησι λογιώτατοι τῷ Ἑρμῇ, ὃν δὴ λόγον εἶναί φασι, διὰ τὴν ἑρμηνείαν καθιεροῦσι τῆς ῥοιᾶς τὸν καρπόν· πολυκευθὴς γὰρ ὁ λόγος. εἰκότως ἄρα καὶ τὸν Μωυσέα ἀναλαμβανόμενον διττὸν εἶδεν Ἰησοῦς ὁ τοῦ Ναυῆ, καὶ τὸν μὲν μετʼ ἀγγέλων, τὸν δὲ ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη περὶ τὰς φάραγγας κηδείας ἀξιούμενον. εἶδεν δὲ Ἰησοῦς τὴν θέαν ταύτην κάτω πνεύματι ἐπαρθεὶς σὺν καὶ τῷ Χαλέβ. ἀλλʼ οὐχ ὁμοίως ἄμφω θεῶνται, ἀλλʼ ὃ μὲν καὶ θᾶττον κατῆλθεν, πολὺ τὸ βρῖθον ἐπαγόμενος, ὃ δὲ ἐπικατελθὼν ὕστερον τὴν δόξαν διηγεῖτο ἣν ἐθεᾶτο, διαθρῆσαι δυνηθεὶς μᾶλλον θατέρου, ἅτε καὶ καθαρώτερος γενόμενος, δηλούσης, οἶμαι, τῆς ἱστορίας μὴ πάντων εἶναι τὴν γνῶσιν, ἐπεὶ οἳ μὲν τὸ σῶμα τῶν γραφῶν, τὰς λέξεις καὶ τὰ ὀνόματα, καθάπερ τὸ σῶμα τὸ Μωυσέως, προσβλέπουσιν, οἳ δὲ τὰς διανοίας καὶ τὰ ὑπὸ τῶν ὀνομάτων δηλούμενα διορῶσι, τὸν μετὰ ἀγγέλων Μωυσέα πολυπραγμονοῦντες. ἀμέλει καὶ τῶν ἐπιβοωμένων τὸν κύριον αὐτὸν οἱ μὲν πολλοὶ υἱὲ Δαβίδ, ἐλέησόν με ἔλεγον, ὀλίγοι δὲ υἱὸν ἐγίγνωσκον τοῦ θεοῦ, καθάπερ ὁ Πέτρος, ὃν καὶ ἐμακάρισεν, ὅτι αὐτῷ σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψε τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ἀλλʼ ἢ ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς, δηλῶν τὸν γνωστικὸν οὐ διὰ τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ τῆς κυηθείσης, ἀλλὰ διʼ αὐτῆς τῆς δυνάμεως τῆς πατρικῆς γνωρίζειν τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ παντοκράτορος. οὐ μόνον τοίνυν τοῖς ἐπιτυγχάνουσιν ἁπλῶς οὕτως δύσκολος ἡ τῆς ἀληθείας κτῆσις, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὧν τυγχάνει ἡ ἐπιστήμη οἰκεία, μηδὲ τούτοις ἀθρόαν δίδοσθαι τὴν θεωρίαν ἡ κατὰ τὸν Μωυσέα ἱστορία διδάσκει, μέχρις ἂν ἐθισθέντες ἀντωπεῖν, καθάπερ οἱ Ἑβραῖοι τῇ δόξῃ τῇ Μωυσέως καὶ οἱ ἅγιοι τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ ταῖς τῶν ἀγγέλων ὀπτασίαις, οὕτως καὶ ἡμεῖς ταῖς τῆς ἀληθείας μαρμαρυγαῖς ἀντιβλέπειν δυνηθῶμεν.
Tautę̄ hoi tōn parʼ Hellēsi logiōtatoi tǭ Hermę̄, hon dē logon einai phasi, dia tēn hermēneian kathierousi tēs rhoias ton karpon; polykeuthēs gar ho logos. eikotōs ara kai ton Mōysea analambanomenon ditton eiden Iēsous ho tou Nauē, kai ton men metʼ angelōn, ton de epi ta orē peri tas pharangas kēdeias axioumenon. eiden de Iēsous tēn thean tautēn katō pneumati epartheis syn kai tǭ Chaleb. allʼ ouch homoiōs amphō theōntai, allʼ ho men kai thatton katēlthen, poly to brithon epagomenos, ho de epikatelthōn hysteron tēn doxan diēgeito hēn etheato, diathrēsai dynētheis mallon thaterou, hate kai katharōteros genomenos, dēlousēs, oimai, tēs historias mē pantōn einai tēn gnōsin, epei hoi men to sōma tōn graphōn, tas lexeis kai ta onomata, kathaper to sōma to Mōyseōs, prosblepousin, hoi de tas dianoias kai ta hypo tōn onomatōn dēloumena diorōsi, ton meta angelōn Mōysea polypragmonountes. amelei kai tōn epiboōmenōn ton kyrion auton hoi men polloi huie Dabid, eleēson me elegon, oligoi de huion egignōskon tou theou, kathaper ho Petros, hon kai emakarisen, hoti autǭ sarx kai haima ouk apekalypse tēn alētheian, allʼ ē ho patēr autou ho en tois ouranois, dēlōn ton gnōstikon ou dia tēs sarkos autou tēs kyētheisēs, alla diʼ autēs tēs dynameōs tēs patrikēs gnōrizein ton huion tou pantokratoros. ou monon toinyn tois epitynchanousin haplōs houtōs dyskolos hē tēs alētheias ktēsis, alla kai hōn tynchanei hē epistēmē oikeia, mēde toutois athroan didosthai tēn theōrian hē kata ton Mōysea historia didaskei, mechris an ethisthentes antōpein, kathaper hoi Hebraioi tę̄ doxę̄ tę̄ Mōyseōs kai hoi hagioi tou Israēl tais tōn angelōn optasiais, houtōs kai hēmeis tais tēs alētheias marmarygais antiblepein dynēthōmen.
In this way the most learned among the Greeks dedicate the fruit of the pomegranate to Hermes, who they say is speech, because of interpretation; for speech has many hiding places. Fittingly, then, Joshua the son of Nun saw Moses, when he was taken up, as double: one with the angels, and the other being honored with burial on the mountains, in the ravines. Joshua saw this sight below, lifted up by the Spirit, together with Caleb. But the two did not see alike: one came down more quickly, bearing much weight, while the other, coming down afterward, described the glory he had seen, having been able to discern more than the other, since he had become purer. The story shows, I think, that knowledge does not belong to all, since some look at the body of the Scriptures, the words and the names, as at the body of Moses, while others see through to the meanings and to what the names signify, searching after the Moses who is with the angels. Indeed, of those who called upon the Lord himself, the many said, “Son of David, have mercy on me,” but few knew him as the Son of God, like Peter, whom he also called blessed because flesh and blood had not revealed the truth to him, but his Father who is in heaven; this shows that the one who knows recognizes the Son of the Almighty not through his flesh that was conceived but through the Father's power itself. Not only, then, for those who happen upon it simply as it comes is the acquisition of the truth difficult; the story of Moses teaches that even to those to whom understanding is proper, contemplation is not given all at once, until, having grown used to looking straight at it, as the Hebrews at the glory of Moses and the saints of Israel at the visions of angels, so we too can look straight at the flashing rays of the truth.
Miscellanies 6, chapter 16
6.16.133Stählin 2:499
Ὑπόδειγμα δʼ ἡμῖν κατὰ παραδρομὴν ἐκκείσθω εἰς σαφήνειαν γνωστικὴν ἡ δεκάλογος. καὶ ὅτι μὲν ἱερὰ ἡ δεκάς, παρέλκει λέγειν τὰ νῦν. εἰ δὲ αἱ πλάκες αἱ γεγραμμέναι ἔργον θεοῦ, φυσικὴν ἐμφαίνουσαι δημιουργίαν εὑρεθήσονται· δάκτυλος γὰρ θεοῦ δύναμις νοεῖται θεοῦ, διʼ ἧς ἡ κτίσις τελειοῦται οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς, ὧν ἀμφοῖν αἱ πλάκες νοηθήσονται σύμβολα. θεοῦ μὲν γὰρ γραφὴ καὶ εἰδοποιία ἐναποκειμένη τῇ πλακὶ δημιουργία τοῦ κόσμου τυγχάνει. ἡ δεκάλογος δὲ κατὰ μὲν οὐράνιον εἰκόνα περιέχει ἥλιον καὶ σελήνην, ἄστρα, νέφη, φῶς, πνεῦμα, ὕδωρ, ἀέρα, σκότος, πῦρ. αὕτη φυσικὴ δεκάλογος οὐρανοῦ. ἡ δὲ τῆς γῆς εἰκὼν περιέχει ἀνθρώπους, κτήνη, ἑρπετά, θηρία καὶ τῶν ἐνύδρων ἰχθύας καὶ κήτη, τῶν τε αὖ πτηνῶν ὁμοίως τά τε σαρκοβόρα καὶ τὰ ἡμέρῳ χρώμενα τροφῇ, φυτῶν τε ὡσαύτως τὰ καρποφόρα καὶ ἄκαρπα. αὕτη φυσικὴ δεκάλογος γῆς. καὶ ἡ κιβωτὸς δὲ ἡ ταῦτα περιειληφυῖα ἡ τῶν θείων τε καὶ ἀνθρωπίνων γνῶσις εἴη ἂν καὶ σοφία. τάχα δʼ ἂν εἶεν αἱ δύο πλάκες αὗται δισσῶν προφητεία διαθηκῶν.
Hypodeigma dʼ hēmin kata paradromēn ekkeisthō eis saphēneian gnōstikēn hē dekalogos. kai hoti men hiera hē dekas, parelkei legein ta nyn. ei de hai plakes hai gegrammenai ergon theou, physikēn emphainousai dēmiourgian heurethēsontai; daktylos gar theou dynamis noeitai theou, diʼ hēs hē ktisis teleioutai ouranou kai gēs, hōn amphoin hai plakes noēthēsontai symbola. theou men gar graphē kai eidopoiia enapokeimenē tę̄ plaki dēmiourgia tou kosmou tynchanei. hē dekalogos de kata men ouranion eikona periechei hēlion kai selēnēn, astra, nephē, phōs, pneuma, hydōr, aera, skotos, pyr. hautē physikē dekalogos ouranou. hē de tēs gēs eikōn periechei anthrōpous, ktēnē, herpeta, thēria kai tōn enydrōn ichthyas kai kētē, tōn te au ptēnōn homoiōs ta te sarkobora kai ta hēmerǭ chrōmena trophę̄, phytōn te hōsautōs ta karpophora kai akarpa. hautē physikē dekalogos gēs. kai hē kibōtos de hē tauta perieilēphuia hē tōn theiōn te kai anthrōpinōn gnōsis eiē an kai sophia. tacha dʼ an eien hai dyo plakes hautai dissōn prophēteia diathēkōn.
As an example, in passing, for the knower's clarity, let the Decalogue be set before us. That ten is a holy number it is superfluous to say at present. If the tablets that were written are the work of God, they will be found to display natural creation. For the finger of God is understood as the power of God, through which the creation of heaven and earth is completed, and the tablets will be understood as symbols of both. For God's writing and forming of shapes set in the tablet is the creation of the world. And the Decalogue, as a heavenly image, includes sun and moon, stars, clouds, light, wind, water, air, darkness, and fire. This is the natural decalogue of heaven. And the image of the earth includes men, cattle, reptiles, wild beasts, and, of creatures in the water, fishes and sea monsters; likewise, of birds, those that eat flesh and those that use gentle food; and of plants likewise the fruit-bearing and the fruitless. This is the natural decalogue of the earth. And the ark that contains these would be the knowledge of things divine and human, and wisdom. Perhaps these two tablets are a prophecy of two covenants.
6.16.134Stählin 2:499–500
ἀνεκαινίσθησαν οὖν μυστικῶς, πλεοναζούσης ἀγνοίας ἅμα καὶ ἁμαρτίας. δισσῶς, ὡς ἔοικεν, γράφονται δισσοῖς πνεύμασιν ἐντολαί, τῷ τε ἡγεμονικῷ τῷ τε ὑποκειμένῳ, ἐπεὶ ἡ σὰρξ ἐπιθυμεῖ κατὰ τοῦ πνεύματος καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα κατὰ τῆς σαρκός. ἔστι δὲ καὶ δεκάς τις περὶ τὸν ἄνθρωπον αὐτόν, τά τε αἰσθητήρια πέντε καὶ τὸ φωνητικὸν καὶ τὸ σπερματικὸν καὶ τοῦτο δὴ ὄγδοον τὸ κατὰ τὴν πλάσιν πνευματικόν, ἔνατον δὲ τὸ ἡγεμονικὸν τῆς ψυχῆς καὶ δέκατον τὸ διὰ τῆς πίστεως προσγινόμενον ἁγίου πνεύματος χαρακτηριστικὸν ἰδίωμα. ἔτι πρὸς τούτοις δέκα τισὶν ἀνθρωπείοις μέρεσι προστάσσειν ἡ νομοθεσία φαίνεται, τῇ τε ὁράσει καὶ ἀκοῇ καὶ τῇ ὀσφρήσει ἁφῇ τε καὶ γεύσει καὶ τοῖς τούτων ὑπουργοῖς ὀργάνοις δισσοῖς οὖσι, χερσί τε καὶ ποσίν· αὕτη γὰρ ἡ πλάσις τοῦ ἀνθρώπου.
anekainisthēsan oun mystikōs, pleonazousēs agnoias hama kai hamartias. dissōs, hōs eoiken, graphontai dissois pneumasin entolai, tǭ te hēgemonikǭ tǭ te hypokeimenǭ, epei hē sarx epithymei kata tou pneumatos kai to pneuma kata tēs sarkos. esti de kai dekas tis peri ton anthrōpon auton, ta te aisthētēria pente kai to phōnētikon kai to spermatikon kai touto dē ogdoon to kata tēn plasin pneumatikon, enaton de to hēgemonikon tēs psychēs kai dekaton to dia tēs pisteōs prosginomenon hagiou pneumatos charaktēristikon idiōma. eti pros toutois deka tisin anthrōpeiois meresi prostassein hē nomothesia phainetai, tę̄ te horasei kai akoę̄ kai tę̄ osphrēsei haphę̄ te kai geusei kai tois toutōn hypourgois organois dissois ousi, chersi te kai posin; hautē gar hē plasis tou anthrōpou.
They were renewed, then, in a mystical way, as ignorance and sin increased together. The commandments, it seems, are written twice, for two spirits, the ruling one and the subject one, since “the flesh desires against the spirit and the spirit against the flesh.” There is also a certain decad in man himself: the five organs of sense, the power of speech, and that of reproduction; and eighth, the spiritual element that comes with his formation; ninth, the ruling part of the soul; and tenth, the distinctive mark of the Holy Spirit that comes to him through faith. Besides these, the legislation appears to give orders to ten human parts: to sight, hearing, and smell, to touch and taste, and to the organs that serve them, which are double, hands and feet. For this is how man is formed.
6.16.135Stählin 2:500
ἐπεισκρίνεται δὲ ἡ ψυχὴ καὶ προσεισκρίνεται τὸ ἡγεμονικόν, ᾧ διαλογιζόμεθα, οὐ κατὰ τὴν τοῦ σπέρματος καταβολὴν γεννώμενον, ὡς συνάγεσθαι καὶ ἄνευ τούτου τὸν δέκατον ἀριθμόν, διʼ ὧν ἡ πᾶσα ἐνέργεια τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐπιτελεῖται. τῇ τάξει γὰρ εὐθέως γενόμενος ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἀπὸ τῶν παθητικῶν τὴν ἀρχὴν τοῦ ζῆν λαμβάνει. τὸ λογιστικὸν τοίνυν καὶ ἡγεμονικὸν αἴτιον εἶναί φαμεν τῆς συστάσεως τῷ ζῴῳ, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦ τὸ ἄλογον μέρος ἐψυχῶσθαί τε καὶ μόριον αὐτῆς εἶναι. αὐτίκα τὴν μὲν ζωτικὴν δύναμιν, ᾗ ἐμπεριέχεται τὸ θρεπτικόν τε καὶ αὐξητικὸν καὶ καθʼ ὅλου κινητικόν, τὸ πνεῦμα εἴληχεν τὸ σαρκικόν, ὀξυκίνητον ὃν καὶ πάντῃ διά τε τῶν αἰσθήσεων καὶ τοῦ λοιποῦ σώματος πορευόμενόν τε καὶ πρωτοπαθοῦν διὰ σώματος· τὴν προαιρετικὴν δὲ τὸ ἡγεμονικὸν ἔχει δύναμιν, περὶ ἣν ἡ ζήτησις καὶ ἡ μάθησις καὶ ἡ γνῶσις. ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἡ πάντων ἀναφορὰ εἰς ἓν συντέτακται τὸ ἡγεμονικὸν καὶ διʼ ἐκεῖνο ζῇ τε ὁ ἄνθρωπος καί πως ζῇ.
epeiskrinetai de hē psychē kai proseiskrinetai to hēgemonikon, hǭ dialogizometha, ou kata tēn tou spermatos katabolēn gennōmenon, hōs synagesthai kai aneu toutou ton dekaton arithmon, diʼ hōn hē pasa energeia tou anthrōpou epiteleitai. tę̄ taxei gar eutheōs genomenos ho anthrōpos apo tōn pathētikōn tēn archēn tou zēn lambanei. to logistikon toinyn kai hēgemonikon aition einai phamen tēs systaseōs tǭ zǭǭ, alla kai tou to alogon meros epsychōsthai te kai morion autēs einai. autika tēn men zōtikēn dynamin, hę̄ emperiechetai to threptikon te kai auxētikon kai kathʼ holou kinētikon, to pneuma eilēchen to sarkikon, oxykinēton hon kai pantę̄ dia te tōn aisthēseōn kai tou loipou sōmatos poreuomenon te kai prōtopathoun dia sōmatos; tēn proairetikēn de to hēgemonikon echei dynamin, peri hēn hē zētēsis kai hē mathēsis kai hē gnōsis. alla gar hē pantōn anaphora eis hen syntetaktai to hēgemonikon kai diʼ ekeino zę̄ te ho anthrōpos kai pōs zę̄.
The soul is introduced afterward, and the ruling part, by which we reason, is introduced in addition; it is not generated with the casting of the seed, so that even without it the number ten is made up, through which all the activity of man is carried out. For man, as soon as he is born, receives in due order the beginning of life from the passive parts. We say, then, that the reasoning and ruling part is the cause of the living creature's constitution, and also of the irrational part's being ensouled and being a portion of it. For instance, the vital power, in which are contained the nutritive, the growing, and in general the motive powers, has fallen to the fleshly spirit, which is quick-moving and passes everywhere through the senses and the rest of the body and is the first to be affected through the body. But the ruling part has the power of choice, the sphere of inquiry, learning, and knowledge. Yet the reference of all these is ordered toward the one ruling part, and through it man lives, and lives in a certain way.
6.16.136Stählin 2:500–501
διὰ τοῦ σωματικοῦ ἄρα πνεύματος αἰσθάνεται ὁ ἄνθρωπος, ἐπιθυμεῖ, ἥδεται, ὀργίζεται, τρέφεται, αὔξεται· καὶ δὴ καὶ πρὸς τὰς πράξεις διὰ τούτου πορεύεται τὰς κατʼ ἔννοιάν τε καὶ διάνοιαν, καὶ ἐπειδὰν κρατῇ τῶν ἐπιθυμιῶν, βασιλεύει τὸ ἡγεμονικόν. τὸ οὖν οὐκ ἐπιθυμήσεις οὐ δουλεύσεις φησὶ τῷ σαρκικῷ πνεύματι, ἀλλὰ ἄρξεις αὐτοῦ, ἐπεὶ ἡ σὰρξ ἐπιθυμεῖ κατὰ τοῦ πνεύματος καὶ εἰς τὸ παρὰ φύσιν ἀτακτεῖν ἐπανίσταται, καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα κατὰ τῆς σαρκὸς εἰς τὴν κατὰ φύσιν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου διεξαγωγὴν ἐπικρατεῖ· μή τι οὖν εἰκότως κατʼ εἰκόνα θεοῦ γεγονέναι ὁ ἄνθρωπος εἴρηται, οὐ κατὰ τῆς κατασκευῆς τὸ σχῆμα, ἀλλʼ ἐπεὶ ὁ μὲν θεὸς λόγῳ τὰ πάντα δημιουργεῖ, ὁ δὲ ἄνθρωπος ὁ γνωστικὸς γενόμενος τῷ λογικῷ τὰς καλὰς πράξεις ἐπιτελεῖ. εἰκότως τοίνυν αἱ δύο πλάκες τὰς τοῖς δισσοῖς πνεύμασι τὰς δεδομένας ἐντολὰς τῷ τε πλασθέντι τῷ τε ἡγεμονικῷ τὰς πρὸ τοῦ νόμου παραδεδομένας ἀλλαχῇ εἴρηνται μηνύειν· καὶ τὰ τῶν αἰσθήσεων κινήματα κατά τε τὴν διάνοιαν ἀποτυποῦνται κατά τε τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ σώματος ἐνέργειαν φανεροῦνται· ἐξ ἀμφοῖν γὰρ ἡ κατάληψις.
dia tou sōmatikou ara pneumatos aisthanetai ho anthrōpos, epithymei, hēdetai, orgizetai, trephetai, auxetai; kai dē kai pros tas praxeis dia toutou poreuetai tas katʼ ennoian te kai dianoian, kai epeidan kratę̄ tōn epithymiōn, basileuei to hēgemonikon. to oun ouk epithymēseis ou douleuseis phēsi tǭ sarkikǭ pneumati, alla arxeis autou, epei hē sarx epithymei kata tou pneumatos kai eis to para physin ataktein epanistatai, kai to pneuma kata tēs sarkos eis tēn kata physin tou anthrōpou diexagōgēn epikratei; mē ti oun eikotōs katʼ eikona theou gegonenai ho anthrōpos eirētai, ou kata tēs kataskeuēs to schēma, allʼ epei ho men theos logǭ ta panta dēmiourgei, ho de anthrōpos ho gnōstikos genomenos tǭ logikǭ tas kalas praxeis epitelei. eikotōs toinyn hai dyo plakes tas tois dissois pneumasi tas dedomenas entolas tǭ te plasthenti tǭ te hēgemonikǭ tas pro tou nomou paradedomenas allachę̄ eirēntai mēnyein; kai ta tōn aisthēseōn kinēmata kata te tēn dianoian apotypountai kata te tēn apo tou sōmatos energeian phanerountai; ex amphoin gar hē katalēpsis.
Through the bodily spirit, then, man perceives, desires, feels pleasure, becomes angry, is nourished, and grows; and indeed through it he proceeds to actions in accordance with thought and reasoning; and when it masters the desires, the ruling part reigns. The commandment “You shall not desire,” then, says: you shall not be a slave to the fleshly spirit, but shall rule over it; since “the flesh desires against the spirit” and rises up to disorder contrary to nature, “and the spirit against the flesh” prevails, for the conduct of man according to nature. Is it not, then, fitting that man is said to have been made in the image of God, not in the shape of his constitution, but because God creates all things by the Word, and man, when he has become a knower, accomplishes good actions by his reasoning faculty? Fittingly, then, the two tablets are said elsewhere to indicate the commandments given to the two spirits, to the one that was formed and to the ruling one, those handed down before the law; and the movements of the senses are both imprinted in thought and made manifest in the activity that comes from the body; for apprehension comes from both.
6.16.137Stählin 2:501
πάλιν τε αὖ ὡς αἴσθησις πρὸς τὸ αἰσθητόν, οὕτως νόησις πρὸς τὸ νοητόν. διτταὶ δὲ καὶ αἱ πράξεις, αἳ μὲν κατʼ ἔννοιαν, αἳ δὲ κατʼ ἐνέργειαν. Καὶ ἡ μὲν πρώτη τῆς δεκαλόγου ἐντολὴ παρίστησιν, ὅτι μόνος εἷς ἐστιν θεὸς παντοκράτωρ, ὃς ἐκ τῆς Αἰγύπτου τὸν λαὸν μετήγαγεν διὰ τῆς ἐρήμου εἰς τὴν πατρῴαν γῆν, ὅπως καταλαμβάνωσι μὲν διὰ τῶν θείων ἐνεργημάτων, ὡς ἐδύναντο, τὴν δύναμιν αὐτοῦ, ἀφιστῶνται δὲ τῆς τῶν γενητῶν εἰδωλολατρείας, τὴν πᾶσαν ἐλπίδα ἐπὶ τὸν κατʼ ἀλήθειαν ἔχοντες θεόν. ὁ δεύτερος δὲ ἐμήνυεν λόγος μὴ δεῖν λαμβάνειν μηδὲ ἐπιφέρειν τὸ μεγαλεῖον κράτος τοῦ θεοῦ (ὅπερ ἐστὶ τὸ ὄνομα· τοῦτο γὰρ μόνον ἐχώρουν, ὡς καὶ ἔτι νῦν οἱ πολλοί, μαθεῖν) — μὴ φέρειν τούτου τὴν ἐπίκλησιν ἐπὶ τὰ γενητὰ καὶ μάταια, ἃ δὴ οἱ τεχνῖται τῶν ἀνθρώπων πεποιήκασι, καθʼ ὧν ὁ ὢν οὐ τάσσεται· ἐν ταὐτότητι γὰρ ἀγενήτῳ ὁ ὢν αὐτὸς μόνος. τρίτος δέ ἐστι λόγος ὁ μηνύων γεγονέναι πρὸς τοῦ θεοῦ τὸν κόσμον καὶ δεδωκέναι ἀνάπαυσιν ἡμῖν ἑβδόμην ἡμέραν διὰ τὴν κατὰ τὸν βίον κακοπάθειαν· θεὸς γὰρ ἄκμητός τε καὶ ἀπαθὴς καὶ ἀπροσδεής, ἀναπαύλης δὲ ἡμεῖς οἱ σαρκοφοροῦντες δεόμεθα.
palin te au hōs aisthēsis pros to aisthēton, houtōs noēsis pros to noēton. dittai de kai hai praxeis, hai men katʼ ennoian, hai de katʼ energeian. Kai hē men prōtē tēs dekalogou entolē paristēsin, hoti monos heis estin theos pantokratōr, hos ek tēs Aigyptou ton laon metēgagen dia tēs erēmou eis tēn patrǭan gēn, hopōs katalambanōsi men dia tōn theiōn energēmatōn, hōs edynanto, tēn dynamin autou, aphistōntai de tēs tōn genētōn eidōlolatreias, tēn pasan elpida epi ton katʼ alētheian echontes theon. ho deuteros de emēnyen logos mē dein lambanein mēde epipherein to megaleion kratos tou theou (hoper esti to onoma; touto gar monon echōroun, hōs kai eti nyn hoi polloi, mathein) — mē pherein toutou tēn epiklēsin epi ta genēta kai mataia, ha dē hoi technitai tōn anthrōpōn pepoiēkasi, kathʼ hōn ho ōn ou tassetai; en tautotēti gar agenētǭ ho ōn autos monos. tritos de esti logos ho mēnyōn gegonenai pros tou theou ton kosmon kai dedōkenai anapausin hēmin hebdomēn hēmeran dia tēn kata ton bion kakopatheian; theos gar akmētos te kai apathēs kai aprosdeēs, anapaulēs de hēmeis hoi sarkophorountes deometha.
And again, as sensation is to the sensible, so intellection is to the intelligible. And actions too are twofold, some in thought, others in deed. The first commandment of the Decalogue shows that there is one only God Almighty, who led the people out of Egypt through the desert to their ancestral land, so that they might grasp his power, as far as they could, through the divine works, and withdraw from the idolatry of created things, putting all their hope in the true God. The second word indicated that we must not take or apply the majestic might of God (which is the name; for this alone they were able to learn, as the many still are now)—must not apply its invocation to created and vain things, which human craftsmen have made, among which “He who is” is not ranked; for He who is, himself alone, is in unbegotten sameness. The third word is the one that indicates that the world was made by God and that he gave us the seventh day as rest because of the hardship of life. For God is untiring, impassible, and without need, but we who bear flesh need rest.
6.16.138Stählin 2:501–502
ἡ ἑβδόμη τοίνυν ἡμέρα ἀνάπαυσις κηρύσσεται, ἀποχῇ κακῶν ἑτοιμάζουσα τὴν ἀρχέγονον ἡμέραν τὴν τῷ ὄντι ἀνάπαυσιν ἡμῶν, ἣ δὴ καὶ πρώτη τῷ ὄντι φωτὸς γένεσις, ἐν ᾧ τὰ πάντα συνθεωρεῖται καὶ πάντα κληρονομεῖται. ἐκ ταύτης τῆς ἡμέρας ἡ πρώτη σοφία καὶ ἡ γνῶσις ἡμῖν ἐλλάμπεται· τὸ γὰρ φῶς τῆς ἀληθείας φῶς ἀληθές, ἄσκιον, ἀμερῶς μεριζόμενον πνεῦμα κυρίου εἰς τοὺς διὰ πίστεως ἡγιασμένους, λαμπτῆρος ἐπέχον τάξιν εἰς τὴν τῶν ὄντων ἐπίγνωσιν. ἀκολουθοῦντες οὖν αὐτῷ διʼ ὅλου τοῦ βίου ἀπαθεῖς καθιστάμεθα, τὸ δέ ἐστιν ἀναπαύσασθαι. διὸ καὶ Σολομὼν πρὸ οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς καὶ πάντων τῶν ὄντων τῷ παντοκράτορι γεγονέναι τὴν σοφίαν λέγει, ἧς ἡ μέθεξις (ἡ κατὰ δύναμιν, οὐ κατʼ οὐσίαν λέγω) θείων καὶ ἀνθρωπίνων καταληπτικῶς ἐπιστήμονα εἶναι διδάσκει. ἐνταῦθα γενομένους ἐν παρέργῳ καὶ ταῦτα ὑπομνηστέον, ἐπεὶ περὶ ἑβδομάδος καὶ ὀγδοάδος ὁ λόγος παρεισῆλθε· κινδυνεύει γὰρ ἡ μὲν ὀγδοὰς ἑβδομὰς εἶναι κυρίως, ἑξὰς δὲ ἡ ἑβδομὰς κατά γε τὸ ἐμφανές, καὶ ἣ μὲν κυρίως εἶναι σάββατον, ἐργάτις δὲ ἡ ἑβδομάς· ἥ τε γὰρ κοσμογονία ἐν ἓξ περαιοῦται ἡμέραις, ἥ τε ἀπὸ τροπῶν ἐπὶ τροπὰς κίνησις τοῦ ἡλίου ἐν ἓξ συντελεῖται μησί, καθʼ ἣν πῇ μὲν φυλλορροεῖ, πῇ δὲ βλαστάνει τὰ φυτὰ καὶ αἱ τῶν σπερμάτων γίνονται τελειώσεις.
hē hebdomē toinyn hēmera anapausis kēryssetai, apochę̄ kakōn hetoimazousa tēn archegonon hēmeran tēn tǭ onti anapausin hēmōn, hē dē kai prōtē tǭ onti phōtos genesis, en hǭ ta panta syntheōreitai kai panta klēronomeitai. ek tautēs tēs hēmeras hē prōtē sophia kai hē gnōsis hēmin ellampetai; to gar phōs tēs alētheias phōs alēthes, askion, amerōs merizomenon pneuma kyriou eis tous dia pisteōs hēgiasmenous, lamptēros epechon taxin eis tēn tōn ontōn epignōsin. akolouthountes oun autǭ diʼ holou tou biou apatheis kathistametha, to de estin anapausasthai. dio kai Solomōn pro ouranou kai gēs kai pantōn tōn ontōn tǭ pantokratori gegonenai tēn sophian legei, hēs hē methexis (hē kata dynamin, ou katʼ ousian legō) theiōn kai anthrōpinōn katalēptikōs epistēmona einai didaskei. entautha genomenous en parergǭ kai tauta hypomnēsteon, epei peri hebdomados kai ogdoados ho logos pareisēlthe; kindyneuei gar hē men ogdoas hebdomas einai kyriōs, hexas de hē hebdomas kata ge to emphanes, kai hē men kyriōs einai sabbaton, ergatis de hē hebdomas; hē te gar kosmogonia en hex peraioutai hēmerais, hē te apo tropōn epi tropas kinēsis tou hēliou en hex synteleitai mēsi, kathʼ hēn pę̄ men phyllorroei, pę̄ de blastanei ta phyta kai hai tōn spermatōn ginontai teleiōseis.
The seventh day, then, is proclaimed as rest, preparing by abstention from evils for the primal day, our true rest, which is indeed truly the first creation of light, in which all things are seen together and all things are inherited. From this day the first wisdom and knowledge shine upon us. For the light of truth is true light, without shadow, the Spirit of the Lord divided without division among those sanctified through faith, holding the place of a lamp for the knowledge of what exists. Following it, then, through our whole life, we become free from passion; and that is to rest. That is why Solomon too says that wisdom came into being for the Almighty before heaven and earth and all things that exist; participation in it (by power, I mean, not by essence) teaches one to understand things divine and human with a firm grasp. Having come to this point, we must mention these things too in passing, since the discussion has turned to the seven and the eight. For the eight may well be the seven in the proper sense, and the seven, to all appearance, a six; the one properly the Sabbath, the seven a working day. For the creation of the world is completed in six days, and the sun's motion from solstice to solstice is completed in six months, in which plants shed their leaves at one time and sprout at another, and seeds come to maturity.
6.16.139Stählin 2:502–503
φασὶ δὲ καὶ τὸ ἔμβρυον ἀπαρτίζεσθαι πρὸς ἀκρίβειαν μηνὶ τῷ ἕκτῳ, τουτέστιν ἑκατὸν ἡμέραις καὶ ὀγδοήκοντα πρὸς ταῖς δύο καὶ ἡμίσει, ὡς ἱστορεῖ Πόλυβος μὲν ὁ ἰατρὸς ἐν τῷ Περὶ ὀκταμήνων, Ἀριστοτέλης δὲ ὁ φιλόσοφος ἐν τῷ Περὶ φύσεως· οἵ τε Πυθαγόρειοι ἐντεῦθεν, οἶμαι, ἀπὸ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου κατὰ τὸν προφήτην γενέσεως, τὸν ἓξ ἀριθμὸν τέλειον νομίζουσι καὶ μεσευθὺν καλοῦσι τοῦτον καὶ γάμον διὰ τὸ μέσον αὐτὸν εἶναι τοῦ εὐθέος, τουτέστι τοῦ δέκα καὶ τοῦ δύο· φαίνεται γὰρ ἴσον ἀμφοῖν ἀπέχων. ὡς δʼ ὁ γάμος ἐξ ἄρρενος καὶ θηλείας γεννᾷ, οὕτως ὁ ἓξ ἐκ περισσοῦ μὲν τοῦ τρία, ἄρρενος ἀριθμοῦ λεγομένου, ἀρτίου δὲ τοῦ δύο, θήλεος νομιζομένου, γεννᾶται· δὶς γὰρ τὰ τρία γίνεται ὁ ἕξ. τοσαῦται πάλιν αἱ γενικώταται κινήσεις, καθʼ ἃς ἡ πᾶσα γένεσις φέρεται, ἄνω κάτω, εἰς δεξιὰ εἰς ἀριστερά, πρόσω ὀπίσω.
phasi de kai to embryon apartizesthai pros akribeian mēni tǭ hektǭ, toutestin hekaton hēmerais kai ogdoēkonta pros tais dyo kai hēmisei, hōs historei Polybos men ho iatros en tǭ Peri oktamēnōn, Aristotelēs de ho philosophos en tǭ Peri physeōs; hoi te Pythagoreioi enteuthen, oimai, apo tēs tou kosmou kata ton prophētēn geneseōs, ton hex arithmon teleion nomizousi kai meseuthyn kalousi touton kai gamon dia to meson auton einai tou eutheos, toutesti tou deka kai tou dyo; phainetai gar ison amphoin apechōn. hōs dʼ ho gamos ex arrenos kai thēleias genną, houtōs ho hex ek perissou men tou tria, arrenos arithmou legomenou, artiou de tou dyo, thēleos nomizomenou, gennatai; dis gar ta tria ginetai ho hex. tosautai palin hai genikōtatai kinēseis, kathʼ has hē pasa genesis pheretai, anō katō, eis dexia eis aristera, prosō opisō.
They say too that the embryo is completed precisely in the sixth month, that is, in one hundred and eighty-two and a half days, as Polybus the physician relates in his work On the Eighth-Month Child, and Aristotle the philosopher in his work On Nature. And the Pythagoreans, I think, taking their start from here, from the creation of the world according to the prophet, consider six a perfect number and call it “mid-straight” and “marriage,” because it is in the middle of the straight line, that is, of ten and two; for it appears equally distant from both. And as marriage generates from male and female, so six is generated from three, the odd number, called male, and two, the even number, considered female; for twice three makes six. So many again are the most general motions, according to which all generation moves: up and down, to the right and to the left, forward and backward.
6.16.140Stählin 2:503
Εἰκότως ἄρα τὸν ἑπτὰ ἀριθμὸν ἀμήτορα καὶ ἄγονον λογίζονται, τὸ σάββατον ἑρμηνεύοντες καὶ τὸ τῆς ἀναπαύσεως εἶδος ἀλληγοροῦντες, καθʼ ἣν οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίσκονται ἔτι· οὔτε γὰρ ἔκ τινος ἀριθμοῦ ἐπί τινα λαμβάνουσι γίνεται ὁ ἑπτὰ οὔτε ἐπί τινα ληφθεὶς ἀποτελεῖ τῶν ἐντὸς τῆς δεκάδος ἕτερον. τήν τε ὀγδοάδα κύβον καλοῦσι, μετὰ τῶν ἑπτὰ πλανωμένων τὴν ἀπλανῆ συγκαταριθμοῦντες σφαῖραν, διʼ ὧν ὁ μέγας ἐνιαυτὸς γίνεται οἷον περίοδός τις τῆς τῶν ἐπηγγελμένων ἀνταποδόσεως. ταύτῃ τοι ὁ κύριος τέταρτος ἀναβὰς εἰς τὸ ὄρος ἕκτος γίνεται καὶ φωτὶ περιλάμπεται πνευματικῷ, τὴν δύναμιν τὴν ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ παραγυμνώσας εἰς ὅσον οἷόν τε ἦν ἰδεῖν τοῖς ὁρᾶν ἐκλεγεῖσι, διʼ ἑβδόμης ἀνακηρυσσόμενος τῆς φωνῆς υἱὸς εἶναι θεοῦ, ἵνα δὴ οἳ μὲν ἀναπαύσωνται πεισθέντες περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὃ δέ, διὰ γενέσεως, ἣν ἐδήλωσεν ἡ ἑξάς, ἐπίσημος, ὀγδοὰς ὑπάρχων φανῇ, θεὸς ἐν σαρκίῳ τὴν δύναμιν ἐνδεικνύμενος, ἀριθμούμενος μὲν ὡς ἄνθρωπος, κρυπτόμενος δὲ ὃς ἦν· τῇ μὲν γὰρ τάξει τῶν ἀριθμῶν συγκαταλέγεται καὶ ὁ ἕξ, ἡ δὲ τῶν στοιχείων ἀκολουθία ἐπίσημον γνωρίζει τὸ μὴ γραφόμενον.
Eikotōs ara ton hepta arithmon amētora kai agonon logizontai, to sabbaton hermēneuontes kai to tēs anapauseōs eidos allēgorountes, kathʼ hēn oute gamousin oute gamiskontai eti; oute gar ek tinos arithmou epi tina lambanousi ginetai ho hepta oute epi tina lēphtheis apotelei tōn entos tēs dekados heteron. tēn te ogdoada kybon kalousi, meta tōn hepta planōmenōn tēn aplanē synkatarithmountes sphairan, diʼ hōn ho megas eniautos ginetai hoion periodos tis tēs tōn epēngelmenōn antapodoseōs. tautę̄ toi ho kyrios tetartos anabas eis to oros hektos ginetai kai phōti perilampetai pneumatikǭ, tēn dynamin tēn apʼ autou paragymnōsas eis hoson hoion te ēn idein tois horan eklegeisi, diʼ hebdomēs anakēryssomenos tēs phōnēs huios einai theou, hina dē hoi men anapausōntai peisthentes peri autou, ho de, dia geneseōs, hēn edēlōsen hē hexas, episēmos, ogdoas hyparchōn phanę̄, theos en sarkiǭ tēn dynamin endeiknymenos, arithmoumenos men hōs anthrōpos, kryptomenos de hos ēn; tę̄ men gar taxei tōn arithmōn synkatalegetai kai ho hex, hē de tōn stoicheiōn akolouthia episēmon gnōrizei to mē graphomenon.
Fittingly, then, they regard the number seven as motherless and childless, interpreting the Sabbath and allegorizing the form of the rest in which “they neither marry nor are given in marriage” any longer. For seven neither comes from any number multiplied by another, nor, multiplied by any, produces another number within the decad. And they call the eight a cube, counting the fixed sphere together with the seven planets, through which the great year comes about, as a kind of period of the recompense of the promises. In this way the Lord, who went up the mountain as the fourth, becomes the sixth and is illumined all around with spiritual light, laying bare the power that comes from him as far as it was possible for those chosen to see it, and is proclaimed through the seventh, the voice, to be the Son of God; so that they might rest, persuaded about him, while he, through birth, which the six signified, being the episemon, might appear as the eight, showing forth God in flesh, numbered as a man but hidden as to who he was. For in the order of numbers the six is counted among the rest, but the sequence of the letters recognizes the episemon, which is not written.
6.16.141Stählin 2:503–504
ἐνταῦθα κατὰ μὲν τοὺς ἀριθμοὺς αὐτοὺς σῴζεται τῇ τάξει ἑκάστη μονὰς εἰς ἑβδομάδα τε καὶ ὀγδοάδα, κατὰ δὲ τὸν τῶν στοιχείων ἀριθμὸν ἕκτον γίνεται τὸ ζῆτα, καὶ ἕβδομον τὸ η. εἰσκλαπέντος δʼ οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅπως τοῦ ἐπισήμου εἰς τὴν γραφήν, ἐὰν οὕτως ἑπώμεθα, ἕκτη μὲν γίνεται ἡ ἑβδομάς, ἑβδόμη δὲ ἡ ὀγδοάς· διὸ καὶ ἐν τῇ ἕκτῃ ὁ ἄνθρωπος λέγεται πεποιῆσθαι ὁ τῷ ἐπισήμῳ πιστὸς γενόμενος ὡς εὐθέως κυριακῆς κληρονομίας ἀνάπαυσιν ἀπολαβεῖν. τοιοῦτόν τι καὶ ἡ ἕκτη ὥρα τῆς σωτηρίου οἰκονομίας ἐμφαίνει, καθʼ ἣν ἐτελειώθη ὁ ἄνθρωπος. ναὶ μὴν τῶν μὲν ὀκτὼ αἱ μεσότητες γίνονται ἑπτά, τῶν δὲ ἑπτὰ φαίνονται εἶναι τὰ διαστήματα ἕξ. ἄλλος γὰρ ἐκεῖνος λόγος, ἐπὰν ἑβδομὰς δοξάζῃ τὴν ὀγδοάδα καὶ οἱ οὐρανοὶ τοῖς οὐρανοῖς διηγοῦνται δόξαν θεοῦ. οἱ τούτων αἰσθητοὶ τύποι τὰ παρʼ ἡμῖν φωνήεντα στοιχεῖα. οὕτως καὶ αὐτὸς εἴρηται ὁ κύριος ἄλφα καὶ ὦ, ἀρχὴ καὶ τέλος, διʼ οὗ τὰ πάντα ἐγένετο καὶ χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν. οὐ τοίνυν, ὥσπερ τινὲς ὑπολαμβάνουσι τὴν ἀνάπαυσιν τοῦ θεοῦ, πέπαυται ποιῶν ὁ θεός· ἀγαθὸς γὰρ ὤν, εἰ παύσεταί ποτε ἀγαθοεργῶν, καὶ τοῦ θεὸς εἶναι παύσεται, ὅπερ οὐδὲ εἰπεῖν θέμις.
entautha kata men tous arithmous autous sǭzetai tę̄ taxei hekastē monas eis hebdomada te kai ogdoada, kata de ton tōn stoicheiōn arithmon hekton ginetai to zēta, kai hebdomon to ē. eisklapentos dʼ ouk oidʼ hopōs tou episēmou eis tēn graphēn, ean houtōs hepōmetha, hektē men ginetai hē hebdomas, hebdomē de hē ogdoas; dio kai en tę̄ hektę̄ ho anthrōpos legetai pepoiēsthai ho tǭ episēmǭ pistos genomenos hōs eutheōs kyriakēs klēronomias anapausin apolabein. toiouton ti kai hē hektē hōra tēs sōtēriou oikonomias emphainei, kathʼ hēn eteleiōthē ho anthrōpos. nai mēn tōn men oktō hai mesotētes ginontai hepta, tōn de hepta phainontai einai ta diastēmata hex. allos gar ekeinos logos, epan hebdomas doxazę̄ tēn ogdoada kai hoi ouranoi tois ouranois diēgountai doxan theou. hoi toutōn aisthētoi typoi ta parʼ hēmin phōnēenta stoicheia. houtōs kai autos eirētai ho kyrios alpha kai ō, archē kai telos, diʼ hou ta panta egeneto kai chōris autou egeneto oude hen. ou toinyn, hōsper tines hypolambanousi tēn anapausin tou theou, pepautai poiōn ho theos; agathos gar ōn, ei pausetai pote agathoergōn, kai tou theos einai pausetai, hoper oude eipein themis.
Here, according to the numbers themselves, each unit keeps its order up to seven and eight; but according to the count of the letters, zeta becomes the sixth and eta the seventh. And since the episemon has somehow slipped into the writing, if we follow it this way, the seven becomes sixth and the eight seventh. That is why man is said to have been made on the sixth day, the man who became faithful to the episemon, so as at once to receive the rest of the Lord's inheritance. Something of this kind the sixth hour of the saving dispensation also shows, the hour at which man was perfected. Moreover, of eight terms the intervals between them are seven, and of seven the intervals appear to be six. For that is another account, when the seven glorifies the eight and “the heavens declare to the heavens the glory of God.” The sensible types of these are our vowels. So too the Lord himself is called Alpha and Omega, beginning and end, “through whom all things came to be, and without him not one thing came to be.” God, then, has not ceased making, as some understand the rest of God. For since he is good, if he were ever to cease doing good, he would also cease to be God, which it is not lawful even to say.
6.16.142Stählin 2:504
ἔστιν δʼ οὖν καταπεπαυκέναι τὸ τὴν τάξιν τῶν γενομένων εἰς πάντα χρόνον ἀπαραβάτως φυλάσσεσθαι τεταχέναι καὶ τῆς παλαιᾶς ἀταξίας ἕκαστον τῶν κτισμάτων καταπεπαυκέναι· αἱ μὲν γὰρ κατὰ τὰς διαφόρους ἡμέρας δημιουργίαι ἀκολουθίᾳ μεγίστῃ παρειλήφεισαν ὡς ἂν ἐκ τοῦ προγενεστέρου τὴν τιμήν, τάξιν ἑξόντων ἁπάντων τῶν γενομένων, ἅμα νοήματι κτισθέντων, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐπʼ ἴσης ὄντων τιμίων· οὐδʼ ἂν φωνῇ δεδήλωτο ἡ ἑκάστου γένεσις ἀθρόως πεποιῆσθαι λεχθείσης τῆς δημιουργίας· ἐχρῆν γάρ τι καὶ πρῶτον ὀνομάσαι. διὰ τοῦτο ἄρα προεφητεύθη πρῶτα, ἐξ ὧν τὰ δεύτερα, πάντων ὁμοῦ ἐκ μιᾶς οὐσίας μιᾷ δυνάμει γενομένων· ἓν γάρ, οἶμαι, τὸ βούλημα τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν μιᾷ ταὐτότητι. πῶς δʼ ἂν ἐν χρόνῳ γένοιτο κτίσις, συγγενομένου τοῖς οὖσι καὶ τοῦ χρόνου; Ἤδη δὲ καὶ ἐν ἑβδομάσι πᾶς ὁ κόσμος κυκλεῖται τῶν ζῳογονουμένων καὶ τῶν φυομένων ἁπάντων.
estin dʼ oun katapepaukenai to tēn taxin tōn genomenōn eis panta chronon aparabatōs phylassesthai tetachenai kai tēs palaias ataxias hekaston tōn ktismatōn katapepaukenai; hai men gar kata tas diaphorous hēmeras dēmiourgiai akolouthią megistę̄ pareilēpheisan hōs an ek tou progenesterou tēn timēn, taxin hexontōn hapantōn tōn genomenōn, hama noēmati ktisthentōn, allʼ ouk epʼ isēs ontōn timiōn; oudʼ an phōnę̄ dedēlōto hē hekastou genesis athroōs pepoiēsthai lechtheisēs tēs dēmiourgias; echrēn gar ti kai prōton onomasai. dia touto ara proephēteuthē prōta, ex hōn ta deutera, pantōn homou ek mias ousias mią dynamei genomenōn; hen gar, oimai, to boulēma tou theou en mią tautotēti. pōs dʼ an en chronǭ genoito ktisis, syngenomenou tois ousi kai tou chronou? Ēdē de kai en hebdomasi pas ho kosmos kykleitai tōn zǭogonoumenōn kai tōn phyomenōn hapantōn.
To have rested, then, is to have ordained that the order of things created be kept inviolate for all time, and to have brought each of the creatures to rest from the ancient disorder. For the creations on the different days followed in the greatest sequence, so that all things created would have their honor from priority, and their order, though created together in a single thought, yet not equally honored. Nor could the generation of each have been shown in speech if creation had been said to have been made all at once; for it was necessary to name something first. That is why the first things were proclaimed first, from which came the second, all things having come into being together from one substance by one power; for the will of God, I think, is one, in one sameness. How could creation come to be in time, when time itself came into being together with the things that exist? And already the whole world of all living and growing things revolves in sevens.
6.16.143Stählin 2:504–505
ἑπτὰ μέν εἰσιν οἱ τὴν μεγίστην δύναμιν ἔχοντες πρωτόγονοι ἀγγέλων ἄρχοντες, ἑπτὰ δὲ καὶ οἱ ἀπὸ τῶν μαθημάτων τοὺς πλανήτας εἶναί φασιν ἀστέρας τὴν περίγειον διοίκησιν ἐπιτελοῦντας, ὑφʼ ὧν κατὰ συμπάθειαν οἱ Χαλδαῖοι πάντα γίνεσθαι νομίζουσι τὰ περὶ τὸν θνητὸν βίον, παρʼ ὃ καὶ περὶ τῶν μελλόντων λέγειν τινὰ ὑπισχνοῦνται, τῶν δὲ ἀπλανῶν ἑπτὰ μὲν αἱ πλειάδες, ἑπτάστεροι δὲ αἱ ἄρκτοι, καθʼ ἃς αἱ γεωργίαι καὶ ναυτιλίαι συμπεραιοῦνται, ἡ σελήνη τε διʼ ἑπτὰ ἡμερῶν λαμβάνει τοὺς μετασχηματισμούς. κατὰ μὲν οὖν τὴν πρώτην ἑβδομάδα διχότομος γίνεται, κατὰ δὲ τὴν δευτέραν πανσέληνος, τρίτῃ δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς ἀποκρούσεως αὖθις διχότομος, καὶ τετάρτῃ ἀφανίζεται. ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτή, καθάπερ Σέλευκος ὁ μαθηματικὸς παραδίδωσιν, ἑπτάκις μετασχηματίζεται. γίνεται γὰρ ἐξ ἀφεγγοῦς μηνοειδής, εἶτα διχότομος, εἶτα ἀμφίκυρτος πανσέληνός τε καὶ κατὰ ἀπόκρουσιν πάλιν ἀμφίκυρτος διχότομός τε ὁμοίως καὶ μηνοειδής.
hepta men eisin hoi tēn megistēn dynamin echontes prōtogonoi angelōn archontes, hepta de kai hoi apo tōn mathēmatōn tous planētas einai phasin asteras tēn perigeion dioikēsin epitelountas, hyphʼ hōn kata sympatheian hoi Chaldaioi panta ginesthai nomizousi ta peri ton thnēton bion, parʼ ho kai peri tōn mellontōn legein tina hypischnountai, tōn de aplanōn hepta men hai pleiades, heptasteroi de hai arktoi, kathʼ has hai geōrgiai kai nautiliai symperaiountai, hē selēnē te diʼ hepta hēmerōn lambanei tous metaschēmatismous. kata men oun tēn prōtēn hebdomada dichotomos ginetai, kata de tēn deuteran panselēnos, tritę̄ de apo tēs apokrouseōs authis dichotomos, kai tetartę̄ aphanizetai. alla kai autē, kathaper Seleukos ho mathēmatikos paradidōsin, heptakis metaschēmatizetai. ginetai gar ex aphengous mēnoeidēs, eita dichotomos, eita amphikyrtos panselēnos te kai kata apokrousin palin amphikyrtos dichotomos te homoiōs kai mēnoeidēs.
Seven are the first-born rulers of the angels, who have the greatest power; seven too, say the mathematicians, are the planets, stars that carry out the government of the region around the earth, by which the Chaldeans think everything in mortal life comes about through sympathy, and on that ground they also promise to foretell something of the future. Of the fixed stars, the Pleiades are seven, and the Bears have seven stars each, by which agriculture and navigation are carried out; and the moon undergoes its changes of shape in periods of seven days. In the first week it becomes a half-moon, in the second full, in the third, after waning, half again, and in the fourth it disappears. Moreover, as Seleucus the mathematician relates, it changes its shape seven times. For from being without light it becomes crescent, then half, then gibbous and full; and in waning, gibbous again, and likewise half and crescent.
6.16.144Stählin 2:505–506
ἑπτατόνῳ φόρμιγγι νέους κελαδήσομεν ὕμνους, ποιητής τις οὐκ ἄσημος γράφει καὶ τὴν παλαιὰν λύραν ἑπτάφθογγον εἶναι διδάσκων. ἑπτὰ καὶ περὶ τῷ προσώπῳ τῷ ἡμετέρῳ ἐπίκειται τῶν αἰσθητηρίων τὰ ὄργανα, δύο μὲν τὰ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν, δύο δὲ τὰ τῶν ἀκουστικῶν πόρων, δύο δὲ τὰ τῶν μυκτήρων, ἕβδομον δὲ τὸ τοῦ στόματος. τάς τε τῶν ἡλικιῶν μεταβολὰς κατὰ ἑβδομάδα γίνεσθαι Σόλωνος αἱ ἐλεγεῖαι δηλοῦσιν ὧδέ πως· παῖς μὲν ἄνηβος ἐὼν ἔτι νήπιος ἕρκος ὀδόντων φύσας ἐκβάλλει πρῶτον ἐν ἕπτʼ ἔτεσιν· τοὺς δʼ ἑτέρους ὅτε δὴ τελέσῃ θεὸς ἕπτʼ ἐνιαυτούς, ἥβης ἐκφαίνει σήματα γεινομένης· τῇ τριτάτῃ δὲ γένειον ἀεξομένων ἐπὶ γυίων λαχνοῦται, χροιῆς ἄνθος ἀμειβομένης· τῇ δὲ τετάρτῃ πᾶς τις ἐν ἑβδομάδι μέγʼ ἄριστος ἰσχύν, ἥν τʼ ἄνδρες σήματʼ ἔχουσʼ ἀρετῆς· πέμπτῃ δʼ ὥριον ἄνδρα γάμου μεμνημένον εἶναι καὶ παίδων ζητεῖν εἰσοπίσω γενεήν· τῇ δʼ ἕκτῃ περὶ πάντα καταρτύεται νόος ἀνδρός, οὐδʼ ἕρδειν ἔθʼ ὁμῶς ἔργα μάταια θέλει· ἑπτὰ δὲ νοῦν καὶ γλῶσσαν ἐν ἑβδομάσιν μέγʼ ἄριστος ὀκτώ τʼ ἀμφοτέρων τέσσαρα καὶ δέκʼ ἔτη· τῇ δʼ ἐνάτῃ ἔτι μὲν δύναται, μετριώτερα δʼ αὐτοῦ πρὸς μεγάλην ἀρετὴν σῶμά τε καὶ δύναμις· τῇ δεκάτῃ δʼ ὅτε δὴ τελέσῃ θεὸς ἕπτʼ ἐνιαυτούς, οὐκ ἂν ἄωρος ἐὼν μοῖραν ἔχοι θανάτου.
heptatonǭ phormingi neous keladēsomen hymnous, poiētēs tis ouk asēmos graphei kai tēn palaian lyran heptaphthongon einai didaskōn. hepta kai peri tǭ prosōpǭ tǭ hēmeterǭ epikeitai tōn aisthētēriōn ta organa, dyo men ta tōn ophthalmōn, dyo de ta tōn akoustikōn porōn, dyo de ta tōn myktērōn, hebdomon de to tou stomatos. tas te tōn hēlikiōn metabolas kata hebdomada ginesthai Solōnos hai elegeiai dēlousin hōde pōs; pais men anēbos eōn eti nēpios herkos odontōn physas ekballei prōton en heptʼ etesin; tous dʼ heterous hote dē telesę̄ theos heptʼ eniautous, hēbēs ekphainei sēmata geinomenēs; tę̄ tritatę̄ de geneion aexomenōn epi guiōn lachnoutai, chroiēs anthos ameibomenēs; tę̄ de tetartę̄ pas tis en hebdomadi megʼ aristos ischyn, hēn tʼ andres sēmatʼ echousʼ aretēs; pemptę̄ dʼ hōrion andra gamou memnēmenon einai kai paidōn zētein eisopisō geneēn; tę̄ dʼ hektę̄ peri panta katartyetai noos andros, oudʼ herdein ethʼ homōs erga mataia thelei; hepta de noun kai glōssan en hebdomasin megʼ aristos oktō tʼ amphoterōn tessara kai dekʼ etē; tę̄ dʼ enatę̄ eti men dynatai, metriōtera dʼ autou pros megalēn aretēn sōma te kai dynamis; tę̄ dekatę̄ dʼ hote dē telesę̄ theos heptʼ eniautous, ouk an aōros eōn moiran echoi thanatou.
“With the seven-toned lyre we shall sing new hymns,” writes a poet of no obscurity, teaching that the ancient lyre had seven notes. Seven too are the organs of the senses set on our face: two of the eyes, two of the ear passages, two of the nostrils, and seventh that of the mouth. And that the changes of life's ages happen by sevens the elegies of Solon show, somewhat as follows: “A child, still an infant and not yet grown, sheds the fence of teeth he first grew within seven years. When God completes another seven years, he shows the signs of coming youth. In the third, while his limbs are still growing, his chin grows downy, the bloom of his skin changing. In the fourth seven every man is at his best in strength, which men hold as the signs of excellence. In the fifth it is time for a man to be mindful of marriage and to seek a line of children after him. In the sixth a man's mind is trained in all things, and he no longer wishes to do foolish deeds as before. In seven sevens he is at his best in mind and tongue, and in eight, fourteen years in both together. In the ninth he still has power, but his body and strength are weaker for great excellence. When God completes the tenth seven years, he would not be untimely if he met his portion of death.”
6.16.145Stählin 2:506
πάλιν ἐν ταῖς νόσοις κρίσιμος ἡ ἑβδόμη καὶ ἡ τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτη, καθʼ ἃς ἡ φύσις διαγωνίζεται πρὸς τὰ νοσοποιὰ τῶν αἰτίων. καὶ μυρία τοιαῦτα ἁγιάζων τὸν ἀριθμὸν παρατίθεται Ἕρμιππος ὁ Βηρύτιος ἐν τῷ Περὶ ἑβδομάδος. σαφῶς δὲ τὸν περὶ ἑβδομάδος τε καὶ ὀγδοάδος μυστικὸν λόγον τοῖς γιγνώσκουσι παραδίδωσιν ὁ μακάριος Δαβὶδ ὧδέ πως ψάλλων· τὰ ἔτη ἡμῶν ὡς ἀράχνη ἐμελέτων. αἱ ἡμέραι τῶν ἐτῶν ἡμῶν ἐν αὐτοῖς ἑβδομήκοντα ἔτη, ἐὰν δὲ ἐν δυναστείαις, ὀγδοήκοντα ἔτη. † εἴη δʼ ἂν ἡμᾶς βασιλεύειν. ἵνα τοίνυν γενητὸν εἶναι τὸν κόσμον διδαχθῶμεν, μὴ ἐν χρόνῳ δὲ ποιεῖν τὸν θεὸν ὑπολάβωμεν, ἐπήγαγεν ἡ προφητεία· αὕτη ἡ βίβλος γενέσεως καὶ τῶν ἐν αὐτοῖς, ὅτε ἐγένετο· ᾗ ἡμέρᾳ ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν. τὸ μὲν γὰρ ὅτε ἐγένετο ἀόριστον ἐκφορὰν καὶ ἄχρονον μηνύει, τὸ δὲ ᾗ ἡμέρᾳ ἐποίησεν ὁ θεός, τουτέστιν ἐν ᾗ καὶ διʼ ἧς τὰ πάντα ἐποίησεν, ἧς καὶ χωρὶς ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν, τὴν διʼ υἱοῦ ἐνέργειαν δηλοῖ, ὅν φησιν ὁ Δαβίδ· αὕτη ἡ ἡμέρα ἣν ἐποίησεν ὁ κύριος· εὐφρανθῶμεν καὶ ἀγαλλιαθῶμεν ἐν αὐτῇ, τουτέστι κατὰ τὴν διʼ αὐτοῦ γνῶσιν παραδιδομένην τὴν θείαν ἑστίασιν εὐωχηθῶμεν. ἡμέρα γὰρ εἴρηται ὁ φωτίζων τὰ ἐπικεκρυμμένα λόγος καὶ διʼ οὗ εἰς φῶς καὶ γένεσιν ἕκαστον τῶν κτισμάτων παρῆλθεν. καὶ ὅλως ἡ δεκάλογος διὰ τοῦ ἰῶτα στοιχείου τὸ ὄνομα τὸ μακάριον δηλοῖ, λόγον ὄντα τὸν Ἰησοῦν παριστῶσα.
palin en tais nosois krisimos hē hebdomē kai hē tessareskaidekatē, kathʼ has hē physis diagōnizetai pros ta nosopoia tōn aitiōn. kai myria toiauta hagiazōn ton arithmon paratithetai Hermippos ho Bērytios en tǭ Peri hebdomados. saphōs de ton peri hebdomados te kai ogdoados mystikon logon tois gignōskousi paradidōsin ho makarios Dabid hōde pōs psallōn; ta etē hēmōn hōs arachnē emeletōn. hai hēmerai tōn etōn hēmōn en autois hebdomēkonta etē, ean de en dynasteiais, ogdoēkonta etē. † eiē dʼ an hēmas basileuein. hina toinyn genēton einai ton kosmon didachthōmen, mē en chronǭ de poiein ton theon hypolabōmen, epēgagen hē prophēteia; hautē hē biblos geneseōs kai tōn en autois, hote egeneto; hę̄ hēmerą epoiēsen ho theos ton ouranon kai tēn gēn. to men gar hote egeneto aoriston ekphoran kai achronon mēnyei, to de hę̄ hēmerą epoiēsen ho theos, toutestin en hę̄ kai diʼ hēs ta panta epoiēsen, hēs kai chōris egeneto oude hen, tēn diʼ huiou energeian dēloi, hon phēsin ho Dabid; hautē hē hēmera hēn epoiēsen ho kyrios; euphranthōmen kai agalliathōmen en autę̄, toutesti kata tēn diʼ autou gnōsin paradidomenēn tēn theian hestiasin euōchēthōmen. hēmera gar eirētai ho phōtizōn ta epikekrymmena logos kai diʼ hou eis phōs kai genesin hekaston tōn ktismatōn parēlthen. kai holōs hē dekalogos dia tou iōta stoicheiou to onoma to makarion dēloi, logon onta ton Iēsoun paristōsa.
Again, in illnesses the seventh and the fourteenth days are critical, on which nature struggles against the causes of disease. And Hermippus of Berytus, in his work On the Number Seven, cites countless such things, hallowing the number. But the blessed David plainly hands on to those who know the mystical account of the seven and the eight, singing thus: “Our years were spent like a spider's web. The days of our years in them are seventy years; and if in strength, eighty years. † May it be that we reign.” So that we may be taught that the world was created, but not suppose that God makes in time, the prophecy added: “This is the book of the generation, also of the things in them, when they came to be; on the day on which God made the heaven and the earth.” For “when they came to be” indicates an indefinite and timeless production, while “on the day on which God made,” that is, in which and through which he made all things, without which “not one thing came to be,” shows the activity through the Son, of whom David says: “This is the day that the Lord has made; let us rejoice and be glad in it,” that is, let us feast at the divine banquet handed on according to the knowledge given through him. For the Word who illumines hidden things is called day, the one through whom each created thing came into light and into being. And in general the Decalogue, through the letter iota, shows the blessed name, presenting Jesus as the Word.
6.16.146Stählin 2:506–507
Ὁ δὲ πέμπτος ἑξῆς ἐστι λόγος περὶ τιμῆς πατρὸς καὶ μητρός. πατέρα δὲ καὶ κύριον τὸν θεὸν λέγει σαφῶς. διὸ καὶ τοὺς ἐπιγνόντας αὐτὸν υἱοὺς ἀναγορεύει καὶ θεούς. κύριος οὖν καὶ πατὴρ ὁ κτίστης πάντων, μήτηρ δὲ οὐχ, ὥς τινες, ἡ οὐσία ἐξ ἧς γεγόναμεν, οὐδʼ, ὡς ἕτεροι ἐκδεδώκασιν, ἡ ἐκκλησία, ἀλλʼ ἡ θεία γνῶσις καὶ ἡ σοφία, ὥς φησι Σολομών, μητέρα δικαίων ἀνακαλῶν τὴν σοφίαν. καὶ ἔστι διʼ αὑτὴν αἱρετή. πᾶν τε αὖ τὸ καλὸν καὶ σεμνὸν παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ διʼ υἱοῦ γιγνώσκεται. Ἕπεται τούτῳ ὁ περὶ μοιχείας λόγος. μοιχεία δʼ ἐστίν, ἐάν τις καταλιπὼν τὴν ἐκκλησιαστικὴν καὶ ἀληθῆ γνῶσιν καὶ τὴν περὶ θεοῦ διάληψιν ἐπὶ τὴν μὴ προσήκουσαν ἔρχηται ψευδῆ δόξαν, ἤτοι θεοποιῶν τι τῶν γενητῶν ἢ καὶ ἀνειδωλοποιῶν τι τῶν μὴ ὄντων εἰς ὑπέρβασιν, μᾶλλον δὲ ἔκβασιν γνώσεως. ἀλλοτρία δὲ τοῦ γνωστικοῦ ἡ ψευδὴς δόξα ὥσπερ ἡ ἀληθὴς οἰκεία τε καὶ σύζυγος.
Ho de pemptos hexēs esti logos peri timēs patros kai mētros. patera de kai kyrion ton theon legei saphōs. dio kai tous epignontas auton huious anagoreuei kai theous. kyrios oun kai patēr ho ktistēs pantōn, mētēr de ouch, hōs tines, hē ousia ex hēs gegonamen, oudʼ, hōs heteroi ekdedōkasin, hē ekklēsia, allʼ hē theia gnōsis kai hē sophia, hōs phēsi Solomōn, mētera dikaiōn anakalōn tēn sophian. kai esti diʼ hautēn hairetē. pan te au to kalon kai semnon para tou theou diʼ huiou gignōsketai. Hepetai toutǭ ho peri moicheias logos. moicheia dʼ estin, ean tis katalipōn tēn ekklēsiastikēn kai alēthē gnōsin kai tēn peri theou dialēpsin epi tēn mē prosēkousan erchētai pseudē doxan, ētoi theopoiōn ti tōn genētōn ē kai aneidōlopoiōn ti tōn mē ontōn eis hyperbasin, mallon de ekbasin gnōseōs. allotria de tou gnōstikou hē pseudēs doxa hōsper hē alēthēs oikeia te kai syzygos.
The fifth word, next, is about honoring father and mother. It clearly calls God father and lord. That is why it also proclaims those who have come to know him sons and gods. The Maker of all, then, is lord and father; and the mother is not, as some say, the substance from which we have come, nor, as others have explained it, the church, but divine knowledge and wisdom, as Solomon says, calling wisdom the mother of the righteous. And it is to be chosen for its own sake. And again, all that is good and holy is known from God through the Son. Next comes the word about adultery. Adultery is when someone, abandoning the church's true knowledge and his understanding of God, goes over to a false opinion that is not fitting, either deifying some created thing or making an idol of something that does not exist, in excess—or rather departure—from knowledge. False opinion is alien to the one who knows, just as true opinion is his own and his spouse.
6.16.147Stählin 2:507
διόπερ καὶ ὁ γενναῖος ἀπόστολος ἕν τι τῶν τῆς πορνείας εἰδῶν τὴν εἰδωλολατρείαν καλεῖ ἀκολούθως τῷ προφήτῃ λέγοντι· ἐμοίχευσεν τὸ ξύλον καὶ τὸν λίθον· τῷ ξύλῳ εἶπεν ὅτι πατήρ μου εἶ σύ· καὶ τῷ λίθῳ· σὺ ἐγέννησάς με. Ἔπειτα ὁ περὶ φόνου λόγος ἐπακολουθεῖ. φόνος δὲ ἔξαρσίς ἐστι βιαία. τὸν οὖν ἀληθῆ λόγον περὶ θεοῦ καὶ τῆς ἀιδιότητος αὐτοῦ ὁ βουλόμενος ἐξαίρειν, ἵνα τὸ ψεῦδος ἐγκρίνῃ, λέγων ἤτοι ἀπρονόητον εἶναι τὸ πᾶν ἢ τὸν κόσμον ἀγένητον ἢ τῶν κατὰ τὴν ἀληθῆ διδασκαλίαν βεβαίων ἐξωλέστατος. Μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον ὁ περὶ κλοπῆς ἐστι λόγος. ὡς οὖν ὁ κλέπτων τὰ ἀλλότρια μεγάλως ἀδικῶν εἰκότως περιπίπτει τοῖς ἐπαξίοις κακοῖς, οὕτως ὁ τὰ θεῖα τῶν ἔργων σφετεριζόμενος διὰ τέχνης ἤτοι πλαστικῆς ἢ γραφικῆς καὶ λέγων ἑαυτὸν ποιητὴν εἶναι τῶν ζῴων καὶ φυτῶν, ὁμοίως τε οἱ τὴν ἀληθῆ φιλοσοφίαν ἀπομιμούμενοι κλέπται εἰσί. κἂν γεωργός τις ᾖ κἂν πατὴρ παιδίου, διάκονός ἐστι σπερμάτων καταβολῆς, ὁ θεὸς δὲ τὴν πάντων αὔξησιν καὶ τελείωσιν παρέχων εἰς τὸ κατὰ φύσιν προσάγει τὰ γινόμενα.
dioper kai ho gennaios apostolos hen ti tōn tēs porneias eidōn tēn eidōlolatreian kalei akolouthōs tǭ prophētę̄ legonti; emoicheusen to xylon kai ton lithon; tǭ xylǭ eipen hoti patēr mou ei sy; kai tǭ lithǭ; sy egennēsas me. Epeita ho peri phonou logos epakolouthei. phonos de exarsis esti biaia. ton oun alēthē logon peri theou kai tēs aidiotētos autou ho boulomenos exairein, hina to pseudos enkrinę̄, legōn ētoi apronoēton einai to pan ē ton kosmon agenēton ē tōn kata tēn alēthē didaskalian bebaiōn exōlestatos. Meta de touton ho peri klopēs esti logos. hōs oun ho kleptōn ta allotria megalōs adikōn eikotōs peripiptei tois epaxiois kakois, houtōs ho ta theia tōn ergōn spheterizomenos dia technēs ētoi plastikēs ē graphikēs kai legōn heauton poiētēn einai tōn zǭōn kai phytōn, homoiōs te hoi tēn alēthē philosophian apomimoumenoi kleptai eisi. kan geōrgos tis ę̄ kan patēr paidiou, diakonos esti spermatōn katabolēs, ho theos de tēn pantōn auxēsin kai teleiōsin parechōn eis to kata physin prosagei ta ginomena.
That is why the noble apostle calls idolatry one of the forms of sexual immorality, in agreement with the prophet who says: “She committed adultery with wood and stone. To the wood she said, ‘You are my father,’ and to the stone, ‘You gave me birth.’” Then follows the word about murder. Murder is a violent removal. The one, then, who wishes to remove the true word about God and his eternity so as to put falsehood in its place, saying either that the universe is without providence, or that the world is uncreated, or anything else against the firm points of the true teaching, is most destructive. After this is the word about theft. As, then, the one who steals what belongs to others does great wrong and rightly meets the evils he deserves, so the one who appropriates God's works through the art of sculpture or painting and says that he is the maker of animals and plants; and likewise those who imitate the true philosophy are thieves. Whether someone is a farmer or the father of a child, he is a servant of the sowing of seed; but God, who provides the growth and completion of all things, brings what comes into being to its natural state.
6.16.148Stählin 2:507–508
οἱ πλεῖστοι δὲ σὺν καὶ τοῖς φιλοσόφοις τὰς αὐξήσεις καὶ τὰς τροπὰς τοῖς ἄστροις κατὰ τὸ προηγούμενον ἀνατιθέασιν, ἀποστεροῦντες τὸ ὅσον ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς τὴν ἀκάματον δύναμιν τὸν πατέρα τῶν ὅλων. τὰ δὲ στοιχεῖα καὶ τὰ ἄστρα, τουτέστιν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ διοικητικαί, προσετάγησαν ἐκτελεῖν τὰ εἰς οἰκονομίαν ἐπιτήδεια, καὶ αὐτά τε πείθεται ἄγεταί τε πρὸς τῶν ἐπιτεταγμένων αὐτοῖς, ᾗ ἂν ἡγῆται τὸ ῥῆμα κυρίου, ἐπείπερ ἡ θεία δύναμις ἐπικεκρυμμένως πάντα ἐνεργεῖν πέφυκεν. ὁ τοίνυν ἑαυτὸν φάμενος ἐπινενοηκέναι τι ἢ πεποιηκέναι τῶν πρὸς δημιουργίαν συντεινόντων εὔθυναν ὑφέξει τοῦ ἀσεβοῦς τολμήματος. Δέκατος δέ ἐστιν ὁ περὶ ἐπιθυμιῶν ἁπασῶν λόγος. καθάπερ οὖν ὁ τῶν μὴ καθηκόντων ἐπιθυμῶν εὐθύνεται, κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον οὐκ ἐφεῖται ψευδῶν πραγμάτων ἐπιθυμεῖν οὐδὲ ὑπολαμβάνειν τῶν ἐν γενέσει τὰ μὲν ἔμψυχα ἐξ ἑαυτῶν δύνασθαι, τὰ δὲ ἄψυχα καθάπαξ μὴ δύνασθαι σῴζειν ἢ βλάπτειν· κἄν τις λέγῃ τὴν ἀντίδοτον ἰᾶσθαι μὴ δύνασθαι καὶ τὸ κώνειον φθείρειν, σοφιζόμενος λέληθεν. οὐδὲν γὰρ τούτων ἐνεργεῖ ἄνευ τοῦ τῇ βοτάνῃ καὶ τῷ φαρμάκῳ χρωμένου, ὥσπερ οὐδʼ ἡ ἀξίνη ἄνευ τοῦ κόπτοντος οὐδὲ ὁ πρίων τοῦ πρίζοντος. ὡς δὲ καθʼ ἑαυτὰ μὲν οὐκ ἐνεργεῖ, ἔχει δέ τινας ποιότητας φυσικὰς τῇ τοῦ τεχνίτου ἐνεργείᾳ συντελούσας τὸ οἰκεῖον ἔργον, οὕτως τῇ καθολικῇ τοῦ θεοῦ προνοίᾳ διὰ τῶν προσεχέστερον κινουμένων καθʼ ὑπόβασιν εἰς τὰ ἐπὶ μέρους διαδίδοται ἡ δραστικὴ ἐνέργεια.
hoi pleistoi de syn kai tois philosophois tas auxēseis kai tas tropas tois astrois kata to proēgoumenon anatitheasin, aposterountes to hoson epʼ autois tēn akamaton dynamin ton patera tōn holōn. ta de stoicheia kai ta astra, toutestin hai dynameis hai dioikētikai, prosetagēsan ektelein ta eis oikonomian epitēdeia, kai auta te peithetai agetai te pros tōn epitetagmenōn autois, hę̄ an hēgētai to rhēma kyriou, epeiper hē theia dynamis epikekrymmenōs panta energein pephyken. ho toinyn heauton phamenos epinenoēkenai ti ē pepoiēkenai tōn pros dēmiourgian synteinontōn euthynan hyphexei tou asebous tolmēmatos. Dekatos de estin ho peri epithymiōn hapasōn logos. kathaper oun ho tōn mē kathēkontōn epithymōn euthynetai, kata ton auton tropon ouk epheitai pseudōn pragmatōn epithymein oude hypolambanein tōn en genesei ta men empsycha ex heautōn dynasthai, ta de apsycha kathapax mē dynasthai sǭzein ē blaptein; kan tis legę̄ tēn antidoton iasthai mē dynasthai kai to kōneion phtheirein, sophizomenos lelēthen. ouden gar toutōn energei aneu tou tę̄ botanę̄ kai tǭ pharmakǭ chrōmenou, hōsper oudʼ hē axinē aneu tou koptontos oude ho priōn tou prizontos. hōs de kathʼ heauta men ouk energei, echei de tinas poiotētas physikas tę̄ tou technitou energeią syntelousas to oikeion ergon, houtōs tę̄ katholikę̄ tou theou pronoią dia tōn prosechesteron kinoumenōn kathʼ hypobasin eis ta epi merous diadidotai hē drastikē energeia.
Most people, together with the philosophers, attribute growth and change to the stars as the primary cause, depriving the Father of the universe, as far as lies in them, of his tireless power. But the elements and the stars, that is, the administering powers, were commanded to carry out what is suited to the divine ordering, and they obey and are led by those set over them, wherever the word of the Lord leads, since the divine power by its nature works all things in a hidden way. The one, then, who says that he has devised or made any of the things that belong to creation will be called to account for his impious daring. The tenth is the word about all desires. As, then, the one who desires what is not fitting is called to account, in the same way it is not permitted to desire false things, nor to suppose that, among things that come to be, animate things of themselves are able, and inanimate things are not able at all, to save or to harm. And if someone says that the antidote cannot heal or that hemlock cannot destroy, he is unknowingly a sophist. For none of these acts without the one who uses the herb or the drug, just as the axe does not act without the one who cuts, nor the saw without the one who saws. And as they do not act of themselves, yet have certain natural qualities that contribute, with the craftsman's activity, to accomplishing the proper work, so by the universal providence of God, through the things moved more immediately, the effective activity is passed down by degrees to the particulars.
Miscellanies 6, chapter 17
6.17.149Stählin 2:508–509
Ἀλλʼ, ὡς ἔοικεν, οἱ φιλόσοφοι τῶν Ἑλλήνων θεὸν ὀνομάζοντες οὐ γιγνώσκουσιν, ἐπεὶ μὴ σέβουσι κατὰ θεὸν τὸν θεόν. τὰ φιλοσοφούμενα δὲ παρʼ αὐτοῖς κατὰ τὸν Ἐμπεδοκλέα ὡς διὰ πολλῶν δὴ γλώσσης ἐλθόντα ματαίως ἐκκέχυται στομάτων, ὀλίγον τοῦ παντὸς ἰδόντων. ὡς γάρ που τὸ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἡλίου φῶς διʼ ὑελοῦ σκεύους πλήρους ὕδατος μεθοδεύει ἡ τέχνη εἰς πῦρ, οὕτω καὶ ἡ φιλοσοφία ἐκ τῆς θείας γραφῆς τὸ ἐμπύρευμα λαβοῦσα ἐν ὀλίγοις φαντάζεται. ναὶ μὴν ὡς τὸν αὐτὸν ἀέρα ἀναπνεῖ τὰ ζῷα ἅπαντα, ἄλλα δὲ ἄλλως καὶ εἴς τι διάφορον, οὕτως δὲ καὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν μετίασιν οἱ πλείους, μᾶλλον δὲ τὸν περὶ ἀληθείας λόγον. οὐ γὰρ περὶ θεοῦ τι λέγουσιν, ἀλλὰ τὰ ἑαυτῶν πάθη ἐπὶ θεὸν ἀνάγοντες ἐξηγοῦνται. γέγονεν γὰρ αὐτοῖς ὁ βίος τὸ πιθανὸν ζητοῦσιν, οὐ τὸ ἀληθές· ἐκ μιμήσεως δὲ ἀλήθεια οὐ διδάσκεται, ἀλλʼ ἐκ μαθήσεως. οὐ γὰρ ἵνα δόξωμεν εἶναι χρηστοί, εἰς Χριστὸν πιστεύομεν, καθάπερ οὐδὲ εἰς τὸν ἥλιον ἕνεκά γε τοῦ φαίνεσθαι μόνον ἐν ἡλίῳ ὄντας παρερχόμεθα, ἀλλʼ ἐνταῦθα μὲν τοῦ ἀλεαίνεσθαι χάριν, ἐκεῖ δὲ τοῦ εἶναι καλοὶ καὶ ἀγαθοὶ ἕνεκα Χριστιανοὶ εἶναι βιαζόμεθα, ὅτι μάλιστα βιαστῶν ἐστιν ἡ βασιλεία, ἐκ ζητήσεως καὶ μαθήσεως καὶ συνασκήσεως τελείας τὸ γενέσθαι βασιλέα καρπουμένων.
Allʼ, hōs eoiken, hoi philosophoi tōn Hellēnōn theon onomazontes ou gignōskousin, epei mē sebousi kata theon ton theon. ta philosophoumena de parʼ autois kata ton Empedoklea hōs dia pollōn dē glōssēs elthonta mataiōs ekkechytai stomatōn, oligon tou pantos idontōn. hōs gar pou to apo tou hēliou phōs diʼ hyelou skeuous plērous hydatos methodeuei hē technē eis pyr, houtō kai hē philosophia ek tēs theias graphēs to empyreuma labousa en oligois phantazetai. nai mēn hōs ton auton aera anapnei ta zǭa hapanta, alla de allōs kai eis ti diaphoron, houtōs de kai tēn alētheian metiasin hoi pleious, mallon de ton peri alētheias logon. ou gar peri theou ti legousin, alla ta heautōn pathē epi theon anagontes exēgountai. gegonen gar autois ho bios to pithanon zētousin, ou to alēthes; ek mimēseōs de alētheia ou didasketai, allʼ ek mathēseōs. ou gar hina doxōmen einai chrēstoi, eis Christon pisteuomen, kathaper oude eis ton hēlion heneka ge tou phainesthai monon en hēliǭ ontas parerchometha, allʼ entautha men tou aleainesthai charin, ekei de tou einai kaloi kai agathoi heneka Christianoi einai biazometha, hoti malista biastōn estin hē basileia, ek zētēseōs kai mathēseōs kai synaskēseōs teleias to genesthai basilea karpoumenōn.
But, it seems, the philosophers of the Greeks, though they name God, do not know him, since they do not worship God as God. And what is philosophized among them, as Empedocles says, “having come through the tongues of many, has been vainly poured out of mouths, of those who have seen little of the whole.” For as art directs the light from the sun through a glass vessel full of water to produce fire, so philosophy too, having taken its spark from the divine Scripture, shows itself in a few. And indeed, as all animals breathe the same air, but some in one way and some in another and for different ends, so also most people pursue the truth, or rather the account about truth. For they say nothing about God, but explain their own passions, attributing them to God. For their life has been spent seeking the plausible, not the true. Truth is taught not by imitation but by learning. For we do not believe in Christ so as to seem good, just as we do not go into the sun only in order to appear to be in the sun: in the one case we go to be warmed, in the other we force ourselves to be Christians in order to be noble and good; since the kingdom belongs above all to the violent, who reap the fruit of becoming kings from inquiry, learning, and perfect training together.
6.17.150Stählin 2:509
ὁ μιμούμενος ἄρα τὴν δόκησιν δολοῖ καὶ τὴν πρόληψιν. ὅταν δέ τις ἔναυσμα λαβών του πράγματος ἐξάψῃ τοῦτο ἔνδον ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ πόθῳ καὶ μαθήσει, πάντα ἐπὶ τούτοις κινεῖ πρὸς τὸ ἐπιγνῶναι. οὗ γάρ τις μὴ ἀντιλαμβάνεται, οὐδὲ ποθεῖ αὐτὸ οὐδὲ ἀσπάζεται τὴν ἐξ αὐτοῦ ὠφέλειαν. τὸ ὕστερον οὖν ὁ γνωστικὸς ἐπὶ τέλει τῶν κατορθωμάτων μιμεῖται τὸν κύριον, εἰς ὅσον ἐφικτὸν ἀνθρώποις, ποιότητά τινα κυριακὴν λαβὼν εἰς ἐξομοίωσιν θεοῦ. οἱ δὲ μὴ ἐπιστάμενοι τὴν γνῶσιν οὐδὲ κανονίζειν δύνανται τὴν ἀλήθειαν. μεταλαμβάνειν οὖν τῶν γνωστικῶν θεωρημάτων οὐχ οἷόν τε, ἐὰν μὴ τῶν προτέρων διανοημάτων κενώσωμεν ἑαυτούς. ἁπλῶς γὰρ οὕτως ἀλήθεια κοινῶς λέγεται παντὸς νοητοῦ τε καὶ αἰσθητοῦ. αὐτίκα ἔνεστι θεάσασθαι καὶ ζωγραφίας ἀλήθειαν παρὰ τὴν δημώδη καὶ μουσικῆς σεμνότητα παρὰ τὴν ἀκόλαστον. καὶ φιλοσοφίας οὖν ἐστιν ἀλήθειά τις παρὰ τοὺς ἄλλους φιλοσόφους καὶ κάλλος ἀληθινὸν παρὰ τὸ δεδολωμένον. οὔκουν ποτὲ τὰς ἐπὶ μέρους ἀληθείας, καθʼ ὧν ἡ ἀλήθεια κατηγορεῖται, αὐτὴν δὲ τὴν ἀλήθειαν πολυπραγμονητέον, οὐκ ὀνόματα ζητοῦντας μαθεῖν· τὸ γὰρ περὶ θεοῦ πρᾶγμα οὐκ ἔστιν ἕν, ἀλλὰ μυρία, διαφέρει δὲ τὸν θεὸν ζητεῖν ἢ τὰ περὶ θεοῦ. καθόλου δὲ εἰπεῖν περὶ ἑκάστου πράγματος τῆς οὐσίας τὰ συμβεβηκότα διακριτέον.
ho mimoumenos ara tēn dokēsin doloi kai tēn prolēpsin. hotan de tis enausma labōn tou pragmatos exapsę̄ touto endon en tę̄ psychę̄ pothǭ kai mathēsei, panta epi toutois kinei pros to epignōnai. hou gar tis mē antilambanetai, oude pothei auto oude aspazetai tēn ex autou ōpheleian. to hysteron oun ho gnōstikos epi telei tōn katorthōmatōn mimeitai ton kyrion, eis hoson ephikton anthrōpois, poiotēta tina kyriakēn labōn eis exomoiōsin theou. hoi de mē epistamenoi tēn gnōsin oude kanonizein dynantai tēn alētheian. metalambanein oun tōn gnōstikōn theōrēmatōn ouch hoion te, ean mē tōn proterōn dianoēmatōn kenōsōmen heautous. haplōs gar houtōs alētheia koinōs legetai pantos noētou te kai aisthētou. autika enesti theasasthai kai zōgraphias alētheian para tēn dēmōdē kai mousikēs semnotēta para tēn akolaston. kai philosophias oun estin alētheia tis para tous allous philosophous kai kallos alēthinon para to dedolōmenon. oukoun pote tas epi merous alētheias, kathʼ hōn hē alētheia katēgoreitai, autēn de tēn alētheian polypragmonēteon, ouk onomata zētountas mathein; to gar peri theou pragma ouk estin hen, alla myria, diapherei de ton theon zētein ē ta peri theou. katholou de eipein peri hekastou pragmatos tēs ousias ta symbebēkota diakriteon.
The one who merely imitates, then, falsifies opinion and preconception. But when someone, taking a spark of the matter, kindles it within his soul by longing and learning, he sets everything in motion on this basis toward full knowledge. For what one does not grasp one neither longs for nor embraces the benefit that comes from it. Last of all, then, the one who knows, at the end of his right actions, imitates the Lord as far as is attainable by human beings, having taken on a certain lordly quality for likeness to God. But those who do not understand knowledge cannot measure truth by its rule either. It is not possible, then, to share in the contemplations of knowledge unless we empty ourselves of our former notions. For “truth” is said, simply and in general, of everything intelligible and sensible. For instance, one can observe truth in painting as distinct from the vulgar kind, and dignity in music as distinct from the licentious kind. There is also, then, a certain truth of philosophy as distinct from the other philosophers, and a true beauty as distinct from the counterfeit. We must, then, never busy ourselves with the partial truths, of which truth is predicated, but with truth itself, not seeking to learn names. For the matter concerning God is not one but countless; and seeking God is different from seeking the things concerning God. And, to speak generally, in each thing the accidents must be distinguished from the essence.
6.17.151Stählin 2:509–510
Καί μοι ἀπόχρη φάναι θεὸν εἶναι τὸν κύριον πάντων. αὐτοτελῶς δὲ λέγω τὸν κύριον πάντων, οὐδενὸς ὑπολειπομένου κατὰ ἐξαίρεσιν. ἐπεὶ τοίνυν δύο εἰσὶν ἰδέαι τῆς ἀληθείας, τά τε ὀνόματα καὶ τὰ πράγματα, οἳ μὲν τὰ ὀνόματα λέγουσιν, οἱ περὶ τὰ κάλλη τῶν λόγων διατρίβοντες, οἱ παρʼ Ἕλλησι φιλόσοφοι, τὰ πράγματα δὲ παρʼ ἡμῖν ἐστι τοῖς βαρβάροις. αὐτίκα ὁ κύριος οὐ μάτην ἠθέλησεν εὐτελεῖ χρήσασθαι σώματος μορφῇ, ἵνα μή τις τὸ ὡραῖον ἐπαινῶν καὶ τὸ κάλλος θαυμάζων ἀφιστῆται τῶν λεγομένων καὶ τοῖς καταλειπομένοις προσανέχων ἀποτέμνηται τῶν νοητῶν. οὐ τοίνυν περὶ τὴν λέξιν, ἀλλὰ περὶ τὰ σημαινόμενα ἀναστρεπτέον. τοῖς μὲν οὖν τῆς λέξεως ἀντιληπτικοῖς καὶ μὴ κινηθεῖσι πρὸς γνῶσιν οὐ πιστεύεται ὁ λόγος, ἐπεὶ καὶ οἱ κόρακες ἀνθρωπείας ἀπομιμοῦνται φωνὰς ἔννοιαν οὐκ ἔχοντες οὗ λέγουσι πράγματος, ἀντίληψις δὲ νοερὰ πίστεως ἔχεται. οὕτως καὶ Ὅμηρος εἶπεν πατὴρ ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε, μὴ εἰδὼς τίς ὁ πατὴρ καὶ πῶς ὁ πατήρ.
Kai moi apochrē phanai theon einai ton kyrion pantōn. autotelōs de legō ton kyrion pantōn, oudenos hypoleipomenou kata exairesin. epei toinyn dyo eisin ideai tēs alētheias, ta te onomata kai ta pragmata, hoi men ta onomata legousin, hoi peri ta kallē tōn logōn diatribontes, hoi parʼ Hellēsi philosophoi, ta pragmata de parʼ hēmin esti tois barbarois. autika ho kyrios ou matēn ēthelēsen eutelei chrēsasthai sōmatos morphę̄, hina mē tis to hōraion epainōn kai to kallos thaumazōn aphistētai tōn legomenōn kai tois kataleipomenois prosanechōn apotemnētai tōn noētōn. ou toinyn peri tēn lexin, alla peri ta sēmainomena anastrepteon. tois men oun tēs lexeōs antilēptikois kai mē kinētheisi pros gnōsin ou pisteuetai ho logos, epei kai hoi korakes anthrōpeias apomimountai phōnas ennoian ouk echontes hou legousi pragmatos, antilēpsis de noera pisteōs echetai. houtōs kai Homēros eipen patēr andrōn te theōn te, mē eidōs tis ho patēr kai pōs ho patēr.
And it is enough for me to say that God is the Lord of all. I say “the Lord of all” absolutely, with nothing left out as an exception. Since, then, there are two forms of truth, names and things, some speak of names—those who spend their time on the beauties of words, the philosophers among the Greeks—but the things are with us, the barbarians. For instance, the Lord deliberately chose to use a mean bodily form, so that no one, praising his comeliness and admiring his beauty, might turn away from what was said, and, devoting himself to what is left behind, be cut off from the intelligible things. We must, then, be occupied not with the diction but with what is signified. To those who grasp only the diction and are not moved toward knowledge the word is not entrusted, since ravens too imitate human voices without having any notion of what they are saying; but intellectual apprehension is bound up with faith. So Homer too said “father of men and gods,” not knowing who the Father is and how he is Father.
6.17.152Stählin 2:510
ὡς δὲ τῷ χεῖρας ἔχοντι τὸ λαβεῖν κατὰ φύσιν καὶ τῷ ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑγιαίνοντας κεκτημένῳ τὸ φῶς ἰδεῖν, οὕτως τῷ πίστιν εἰληφότι τὸ γνώσεως μεταλαβεῖν οἰκεῖον πέφυκεν, εἰ προσεξεργάσασθαι καὶ προσοικοδομῆσαι χρυσόν, ἄργυρον, λίθους τιμίους τῷ καταβληθέντι θεμελίῳ γλίχοιτο. οὐ τοίνυν ὑπισχνεῖται βούλεσθαι μεταλαμβάνειν, ἀλλὰ ἄρχεται· οὐδὲ μέλλειν, ἀλλʼ εἶναι βασιλικόν τε καὶ φωτεινὸν καὶ γνωστικὸν καθῆκεν, οὐδὲ ὀνόματι, ἀλλʼ ἔργῳ ἐθέλειν ἅπτεσθαι τῶν πραγμάτων προσῆκεν. ἀγαθὸς γὰρ ὢν ὁ θεὸς διὰ τὸ ἡγεμονικὸν τῆς κτίσεως ἁπάσης, σῴζεσθαι βουλόμενος τοῦτο, ἐπὶ τὸ ποιεῖν ἐτράπετο καὶ τὰ λοιπά, πρώτην ταύτην εὐεργεσίαν, τὸ γενέσθαι, ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς παρασχὼν αὐτοῖς· ἄμεινον γὰρ εἶναι πολλῷ τὸ εἶναι τοῦ μὴ εἶναι πᾶς ἄν τις ὁμολογήσειεν. ἔπειτα, ὡς ἐνεδέχετο φύσεως ἔχειν ἕκαστον, ἐγένετό τε καὶ γίνεται προκόπτον εἰς τὸ αὑτοῦ ἄμεινον.
hōs de tǭ cheiras echonti to labein kata physin kai tǭ ophthalmous hygiainontas kektēmenǭ to phōs idein, houtōs tǭ pistin eilēphoti to gnōseōs metalabein oikeion pephyken, ei prosexergasasthai kai prosoikodomēsai chryson, argyron, lithous timious tǭ katablēthenti themeliǭ glichoito. ou toinyn hypischneitai boulesthai metalambanein, alla archetai; oude mellein, allʼ einai basilikon te kai phōteinon kai gnōstikon kathēken, oude onomati, allʼ ergǭ ethelein haptesthai tōn pragmatōn prosēken. agathos gar ōn ho theos dia to hēgemonikon tēs ktiseōs hapasēs, sǭzesthai boulomenos touto, epi to poiein etrapeto kai ta loipa, prōtēn tautēn euergesian, to genesthai, apʼ archēs paraschōn autois; ameinon gar einai pollǭ to einai tou mē einai pas an tis homologēseien. epeita, hōs enedecheto physeōs echein hekaston, egeneto te kai ginetai prokopton eis to hautou ameinon.
As it is natural for one who has hands to take, and for one who has healthy eyes to see the light, so it is natural for one who has received faith to share in knowledge, if he longs to build upon the foundation laid gold, silver, and precious stones. He does not, then, promise that he wishes to share in it, but begins; nor does he intend to be, but it befits him to be kingly, luminous, and a knower; and it befits him to wish to lay hold of realities not in name but in deed. For God, being good, for the sake of the ruling part of the whole creation, wishing to save it, turned to making the rest too, giving them from the beginning this first benefaction, existence. For anyone would admit that to be is much better than not to be. Then each thing, as far as its nature allowed, came to be and comes to be, advancing toward what is better for itself.
6.17.153Stählin 2:510–511
ὥστʼ οὐκ ἄτοπον καὶ τὴν φιλοσοφίαν ἐκ τῆς θείας προνοίας δεδόσθαι προπαιδεύουσαν εἰς τὴν διὰ Χριστοῦ τελείωσιν, ἢν μὴ ἐπαισχύνηται γνώσει βαρβάρῳ μαθητεύουσα φιλοσοφία προκόπτειν εἰς ἀλήθειαν. ἀλλʼ αἱ μὲν τρίχες ἠρίθμηνται καὶ τὰ εὐτελῆ κινήματα, φιλοσοφία δὲ πῶς οὐκ ἐν λόγῳ; καίτοι καὶ τῷ Σαμψὼν ἐν ταῖς θριξὶν ἡ δύναμις ἐδόθη, ἵνα καὶ τὰς ἀποβλήτους τῶν ἐν τῷ βίῳ τέχνας, τὰς κειμένας καὶ μενούσας μετὰ τὴν ἔξοδον τῆς ψυχῆς χαμαί, μὴ ἄνευ τῆς θείας δυνάμεως ἐννοήσῃ δίδοσθαι. αὐτίκα, φησίν, ἡ πρόνοια ἄνωθεν ἐκ τῶν προηγουμένων καθάπερ κεφαλῆς εἰς πάντας διήκει, ὡς τὸ μύρον, φησί, τὸ καταβαῖνον ἐπὶ τὸν πώγωνα τὸν Ἀαρὼν καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν ᾤαν τοῦ ἐνδύματος αὐτοῦ (τουτέστι τοῦ μεγάλου ἀρχιερέως, διʼ οὗ τὰ πάντα ἐγένετο καὶ χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν), οὐκ εἰς τὸν τοῦ σώματος κόσμον, ἔξωθεν δὲ τοῦ λαοῦ φιλοσοφία καθάπερ ἐσθής.
hōstʼ ouk atopon kai tēn philosophian ek tēs theias pronoias dedosthai propaideuousan eis tēn dia Christou teleiōsin, ēn mē epaischynētai gnōsei barbarǭ mathēteuousa philosophia prokoptein eis alētheian. allʼ hai men triches ērithmēntai kai ta eutelē kinēmata, philosophia de pōs ouk en logǭ? kaitoi kai tǭ Sampsōn en tais thrixin hē dynamis edothē, hina kai tas apoblētous tōn en tǭ biǭ technas, tas keimenas kai menousas meta tēn exodon tēs psychēs chamai, mē aneu tēs theias dynameōs ennoēsę̄ didosthai. autika, phēsin, hē pronoia anōthen ek tōn proēgoumenōn kathaper kephalēs eis pantas diēkei, hōs to myron, phēsi, to katabainon epi ton pōgōna ton Aarōn kai epi tēn ǭan tou endymatos autou (toutesti tou megalou archiereōs, diʼ hou ta panta egeneto kai chōris autou egeneto oude hen), ouk eis ton tou sōmatos kosmon, exōthen de tou laou philosophia kathaper esthēs.
So it is not absurd that philosophy too was given by divine providence as a preparatory training for the perfection that comes through Christ, if philosophy is not ashamed to become a disciple of barbarian knowledge and so advance toward truth. The hairs are numbered, and trivial movements too; how then is philosophy not taken into account? Indeed, to Samson too strength was given in his hair, so that he might understand that even the despised arts of life, which lie on the ground and remain there after the soul's departure, are not given without the divine power. For, it says, providence reaches all from above, from the things that lead, as from the head, “like the ointment,” it says, “that goes down on the beard of Aaron and on the border of his garment” (that is, of the great high priest, through whom all things came to be and without whom not one thing came to be); not onto the adornment of the body; but outside the people philosophy is like a garment.
6.17.154Stählin 2:511
οἱ τοίνυν φιλόσοφοι οἱ εἰς τὴν οἰκείαν συναίσθησιν πνεύματι αἰσθητικῷ συνασκηθέντες, ἐπὰν μὴ μέρος φιλοσοφίας, ἀλλὰ τὴν αὐτοτελῶς φιλοσοφίαν πολυπραγμονῶσι, φιλαλήθως τε καὶ ἀτύφως προσμαρτυροῦντες τῇ ἀληθείᾳ κἂν παρὰ τοῖς ἑτεροδόξοις ἐπὶ τῶν καλῶς εἰρημένων, προκόπτουσιν εἰς σύνεσιν, κατὰ τὴν θείαν διοίκησιν, τὴν ἄρρητον ἀγαθότητα, τὴν ἑκάστοτε εἰς τὸ ἄμεινον κατὰ τὸ ἐγχωροῦν προσαγομένην τὴν τῶν ὄντων φύσιν· ἔπειτα οὐχ Ἕλλησι μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ βαρβάροις ὁμιλήσαντες, ἐπὶ τὴν πίστιν ἐκ συνασκήσεως κοινῆς εἰς σύνεσιν ἰδίαν ἄγονται· παραδεξάμενοι δὲ τὸν θεμέλιον τῆς ἀληθείας, δύναμιν προσλαμβάνουσι προϊέναι πρόσω ἐπὶ τὴν ζήτησιν, κἀνθένδε ἀγαπῶσι μὲν μαθητευσάμενοι, γνώσεως δὲ ὀριγνώμενοι σπεύδουσιν εἰς σωτηρίαν. ταύτῃ φησὶν ἡ γραφὴ πνεῦμα αἰσθήσεως δεδόσθαι τοῖς τεχνίταις ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ, τὸ δὲ οὐδὲν ἀλλʼ ἢ φρόνησίς ἐστι, δύναμις ψυχῆς θεωρητικὴ τῶν ὄντων καὶ τοῦ ἀκολούθου ὁμοίου τε καὶ ἀνομοίου διακριτική τε αὖ καὶ συνθετικὴ καὶ προστακτικὴ καὶ ἀπαγορευτικὴ τῶν τε μελλόντων καταστοχαστική. διατείνει δὲ οὐκ ἐπὶ τὰς τέχνας μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν φιλοσοφίαν αὐτήν.
hoi toinyn philosophoi hoi eis tēn oikeian synaisthēsin pneumati aisthētikǭ synaskēthentes, epan mē meros philosophias, alla tēn autotelōs philosophian polypragmonōsi, philalēthōs te kai atyphōs prosmartyrountes tę̄ alētheią kan para tois heterodoxois epi tōn kalōs eirēmenōn, prokoptousin eis synesin, kata tēn theian dioikēsin, tēn arrēton agathotēta, tēn hekastote eis to ameinon kata to enchōroun prosagomenēn tēn tōn ontōn physin; epeita ouch Hellēsi monon, alla kai barbarois homilēsantes, epi tēn pistin ek synaskēseōs koinēs eis synesin idian agontai; paradexamenoi de ton themelion tēs alētheias, dynamin proslambanousi proïenai prosō epi tēn zētēsin, kanthende agapōsi men mathēteusamenoi, gnōseōs de orignōmenoi speudousin eis sōtērian. tautę̄ phēsin hē graphē pneuma aisthēseōs dedosthai tois technitais ek tou theou, to de ouden allʼ ē phronēsis esti, dynamis psychēs theōrētikē tōn ontōn kai tou akolouthou homoiou te kai anomoiou diakritikē te au kai synthetikē kai prostaktikē kai apagoreutikē tōn te mellontōn katastochastikē. diateinei de ouk epi tas technas monon, alla kai epi tēn philosophian autēn.
The philosophers, then, who have been trained to self-awareness by a spirit of perception, when they busy themselves not with a part of philosophy but with philosophy as a whole, bearing witness to the truth lovingly and without conceit, even when it is found among those of other opinions in what they have said well, advance to understanding, in keeping with the divine administration, the ineffable goodness which always brings the nature of existing things toward the better as far as possible. Then, having associated not only with Greeks but also with barbarians, they are led from common training to a special understanding, to faith. And having received the foundation of truth, they receive in addition the power to go forward to inquiry; and from this point they love, having become disciples, and, reaching out for knowledge, they hasten toward salvation. In this way Scripture says that a spirit of perception was given by God to the craftsmen, which is nothing other than prudence, a power of the soul that contemplates existing things and discerns what follows and what is like and unlike, and is able also to combine, to command and forbid, and to conjecture the future. And it extends not only to the arts but also to philosophy itself.
6.17.155Stählin 2:511–512
τί δή ποτε οὖν καὶ ὁ ὄφις φρόνιμος εἴρηται; ἐπεὶ κἀν τοῖς πονηρεύμασιν ἔστιν εὑρεῖν ἀκολουθίαν τινὰ καὶ διάκρισιν καὶ σύνθεσιν καὶ στοχασμὸν τῶν μελλόντων. καὶ τὰ πλεῖστα τῶν ἀδικημάτων διὰ τοῦτο λανθάνει, ὅτι προσοικονομοῦνται σφίσιν οἱ κακοὶ τὸ πάντῃ τε καὶ πάντως τὰς τιμωρίας διαφεύγειν. πολυμερὴς δὲ οὖσα ἡ φρόνησις, διʼ ὅλου τεταμένη τοῦ κόσμου διά τε τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων ἁπάντων, καθʼ ἕκαστον αὐτῶν μεταβάλλει τὴν προσηγορίαν, καὶ ἐπειδὰν μὲν ἐπιβάλλῃ τοῖς πρώτοις αἰτίοις, νόησις καλεῖται, ὅταν δὲ ταύτην ἀποδεικτικῷ λόγῳ βεβαιώσηται, γνῶσίς τε καὶ σοφία καὶ ἐπιστήμη ὀνομάζεται, ἐν δὲ τοῖς εἰς εὐλάβειαν συντείνουσι γινομένη καὶ ἄνευ θεωρίας παραδεξαμένη τὸν ἀρχικὸν λόγον κατὰ τὴν ἐν αὐτῇ ἐξεργασίας τήρησιν πίστις λέγεται, κἀν τοῖς αἰσθητοῖς πιστωσαμένη τό γε δοκοῦν, ὡς ἐν τούτοις, ἀληθέστατον, δόξα ὀρθή, ἔν τε αὖ ταῖς μετὰ χειρουργίας πράξεσι τέχνη, ὅπου δʼ ἄνευ θεωρίας τῶν πρώτων αἰτίων τηρήσει τῶν ὁμοίων καὶ μεταβάσει ποιήσει τινὰ ὁρμὴν καὶ σύστασιν, ἐμπειρία προσαγορεύεται. ἴδιον δέ ἐστιν ἐκεῖνο καὶ τῷ ὄντι κύριον καὶ ἡγεμονικόν, ὃ ἐπὶ πᾶσι προσλαμβάνει μετὰ τὴν βεβαίαν πίστιν ἅγιον κατʼ ἐπισκοπὴν ὁ πιστεύσας πνεῦμα.
ti dē pote oun kai ho ophis phronimos eirētai? epei kan tois ponēreumasin estin heurein akolouthian tina kai diakrisin kai synthesin kai stochasmon tōn mellontōn. kai ta pleista tōn adikēmatōn dia touto lanthanei, hoti prosoikonomountai sphisin hoi kakoi to pantę̄ te kai pantōs tas timōrias diapheugein. polymerēs de ousa hē phronēsis, diʼ holou tetamenē tou kosmou dia te tōn anthrōpinōn hapantōn, kathʼ hekaston autōn metaballei tēn prosēgorian, kai epeidan men epiballę̄ tois prōtois aitiois, noēsis kaleitai, hotan de tautēn apodeiktikǭ logǭ bebaiōsētai, gnōsis te kai sophia kai epistēmē onomazetai, en de tois eis eulabeian synteinousi ginomenē kai aneu theōrias paradexamenē ton archikon logon kata tēn en autę̄ exergasias tērēsin pistis legetai, kan tois aisthētois pistōsamenē to ge dokoun, hōs en toutois, alēthestaton, doxa orthē, en te au tais meta cheirourgias praxesi technē, hopou dʼ aneu theōrias tōn prōtōn aitiōn tērēsei tōn homoiōn kai metabasei poiēsei tina hormēn kai systasin, empeiria prosagoreuetai. idion de estin ekeino kai tǭ onti kyrion kai hēgemonikon, ho epi pasi proslambanei meta tēn bebaian pistin hagion katʼ episkopēn ho pisteusas pneuma.
Why, then, is the serpent called prudent? Because even in wicked deeds one can find a certain sequence, discernment, combination, and conjecture of the future. And most wrongdoings escape notice for this reason, that the wicked contrive for themselves to escape punishment by every means and entirely. Prudence, being manifold, extended through the whole world and through all human affairs, changes its name according to each of them. When it applies itself to first causes, it is called intellection; when it confirms this by demonstrative reasoning, it is named knowledge, wisdom, and scientific understanding; when it occurs in matters that tend to reverence and accepts the primary Word without contemplation, by keeping the working-out that lies in it, it is called faith; in sensible things, when it trusts what appears, as in these, most true, it is right opinion; again, in actions done by handiwork, it is art; and where, without contemplation of first causes, by observation of similar cases and by transition, it produces a certain impulse and structure, it is called experience. But what is proper, and truly principal and ruling, is that which the one who has believed receives in addition to all these, after firm faith: the Holy Spirit, by divine visitation.
6.17.156Stählin 2:512
Διαφορωτέρας ἄρα αἰσθήσεως φιλοσοφία μεταλαβοῦσα, ὡς ἐκ τῶν προειρημένων δεδήλωται, φρονήσεως μετέχει. ἡ γοῦν περὶ τῶν νοηθέντων λογικὴ διέξοδος μετὰ αἱρέσεως καὶ συγκαταθέσεως διαλεκτικὴ λέγεται, βεβαιωτικὴ μὲν τῶν περὶ ἀληθείας λεγομένων διʼ ἀποδείξεως, διακρουστικὴ δὲ τῶν ἐπιφερομένων ἀποριῶν. κινδυνεύουσι τοίνυν οἱ φάσκοντες μὴ θεόθεν φιλοσοφίαν δεῦρο ἥκειν ἀδύνατον εἶναι λέγειν πάντα τὰ ἐπὶ μέρους γινώσκειν τὸν θεὸν μηδὲ μὴν πάντων εἶναι τῶν καλῶν αἴτιον, κἂν τῶν ἐπὶ μέρους ἕκαστον αὐτῶν τυγχάνῃ. οὐκ ἂν δὲ τὴν ἀρχὴν ὑπέστη τι τῶν ὄντων ἀβουλήτως ἔχοντος τοῦ θεοῦ, εἰ δὲ βουλομένου, θεόθεν ἡ φιλοσοφία, τοιαύτην εἶναι βουληθέντος αὐτήν, οἵα ἐστίν, διὰ τοὺς μὴ ἄλλως ἢ οὕτως ἀφεξομένους τῶν κακῶν. ὁ γάρ τοι θεὸς πάντα οἶδεν, οὐ μόνον τὰ ὄντα, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ ἐσόμενα καὶ ὡς ἔσται ἕκαστον, τάς τε ἐπὶ μέρους κινήσεις προορῶν πάντʼ ἐφορᾷ καὶ πάντʼ ἐπακούει, γυμνὴν ἔσωθεν τὴν ψυχὴν βλέπων, καὶ τὴν ἐπίνοιαν τὴν ἑκάστου τῶν κατὰ μέρος ἔχει διʼ αἰῶνος, καὶ ὅπερ ἐπὶ τῶν θεάτρων γίνεται καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἑκάστου μερῶν κατὰ τὴν ἐνόρασίν τε καὶ περιόρασιν καὶ συνόρασιν, τοῦτο ἐπὶ τοῦ θεοῦ γίνεται. ἀθρόως τε γὰρ πάντα καὶ ἕκαστον ἐν μέρει μιᾷ προσβολῇ προσβλέπει, οὐ πάντα μέντοι κατὰ τὴν προηγουμένην ἐπέρεισιν.
Diaphorōteras ara aisthēseōs philosophia metalabousa, hōs ek tōn proeirēmenōn dedēlōtai, phronēseōs metechei. hē goun peri tōn noēthentōn logikē diexodos meta haireseōs kai synkatatheseōs dialektikē legetai, bebaiōtikē men tōn peri alētheias legomenōn diʼ apodeixeōs, diakroustikē de tōn epipheromenōn aporiōn. kindyneuousi toinyn hoi phaskontes mē theothen philosophian deuro hēkein adynaton einai legein panta ta epi merous ginōskein ton theon mēde mēn pantōn einai tōn kalōn aition, kan tōn epi merous hekaston autōn tynchanę̄. ouk an de tēn archēn hypestē ti tōn ontōn aboulētōs echontos tou theou, ei de boulomenou, theothen hē philosophia, toiautēn einai boulēthentos autēn, hoia estin, dia tous mē allōs ē houtōs aphexomenous tōn kakōn. ho gar toi theos panta oiden, ou monon ta onta, alla kai ta esomena kai hōs estai hekaston, tas te epi merous kinēseis proorōn pantʼ ephorą kai pantʼ epakouei, gymnēn esōthen tēn psychēn blepōn, kai tēn epinoian tēn hekastou tōn kata meros echei diʼ aiōnos, kai hoper epi tōn theatrōn ginetai kai epi tōn hekastou merōn kata tēn enorasin te kai periorasin kai synorasin, touto epi tou theou ginetai. athroōs te gar panta kai hekaston en merei mią prosbolę̄ prosblepei, ou panta mentoi kata tēn proēgoumenēn epereisin.
Philosophy, then, having received a superior kind of perception, as has been shown from what was said before, shares in prudence. The rational working-through of what has been conceived, with choice and assent, is called dialectic, which confirms by demonstration what is said about truth and repels the difficulties brought against it. Those, then, who say that philosophy did not come here from God are in danger of saying that God cannot know each particular thing and is not the cause of all good things, even though each of them is particular. But nothing that exists would have come into being at all if God were unwilling; and if he was willing, philosophy is from God, since he willed it to be such as it is, for the sake of those who would not otherwise than in this way abstain from evils. For God knows all things, not only what is but also what will be and how each thing will be; foreseeing the particular movements, he “oversees all and hears all,” seeing the soul naked within, and he has from eternity the thought of each particular thing. And what happens in theaters, and with the parts of each thing, in looking at, looking around, and looking together, this happens with God. For he looks at all things at once and at each in its part with a single glance, though not all according to his primary intention.
6.17.157Stählin 2:512–513
ἤδη γοῦν πολλὰ τῶν ἐν τῷ βίῳ καὶ διά τινος λογισμοῦ ἀνθρωπίνου λαμβάνει τὴν γένεσιν, θεόθεν τὴν ἔναυσιν εἰληφότα. αὐτίκα ἡ ὑγεία διὰ τῆς ἰατρικῆς καὶ ἡ εὐεξία διὰ τῆς ἀλειπτικῆς καὶ ὁ πλοῦτος διὰ τῆς χρηματιστικῆς λαμβάνει γένεσίν τε καὶ παρουσίαν κατὰ πρόνοιαν μὲν τὴν θείαν, κατὰ συνεργίαν δὲ τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην. θεόθεν δὲ καὶ ἡ σύνεσις. αὐτίκα τῇ τοῦ θεοῦ βουλήσει μάλιστα ἡ τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἀνδρῶν προαίρεσις ὑπακούει. διόπερ κοινὰ μὲν τῶν ἀγαθῶν μέν ἐστιν καὶ τῶν κακῶν ἀνθρώπων πολλὰ τῶν προτερημάτων, γίνεται δʼ ὅμως ὠφέλιμα μόνοις τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς τε καὶ σπουδαίοις, ὧν χάριν αὐτὰ ἐποίησεν ὁ θεός· πρὸς γὰρ τῶν ἀγαθῶν χρῆσιν ἀνδρῶν ἡ τῶν θεοδωρήτων δύναμις πέφυκεν. ἀλλὰ καὶ αἱ τῶν ἐναρέτων ἀνθρώπων ἐπίνοιαι κατὰ ἐπίπνοιαν θείαν γίγνονται, διατιθεμένης πως τῆς ψυχῆς καὶ διαδιδομένου τοῦ θείου θελήματος εἰς τὰς ἀνθρωπίνας ψυχάς, τῶν ἐν μέρει θείων λειτουργῶν συλλαμβανομένων εἰς τὰς τοιαύτας διακονίας· κατά τε γὰρ τὰ ἔθνη καὶ πόλεις νενέμηνται τῶν ἀγγέλων αἱ προστασίαι, τάχα δὲ καὶ τῶν ἐπὶ μέρους ὧν ἐνίοις ἀποτετάχαταί τινες.
ēdē goun polla tōn en tǭ biǭ kai dia tinos logismou anthrōpinou lambanei tēn genesin, theothen tēn enausin eilēphota. autika hē hygeia dia tēs iatrikēs kai hē euexia dia tēs aleiptikēs kai ho ploutos dia tēs chrēmatistikēs lambanei genesin te kai parousian kata pronoian men tēn theian, kata synergian de tēn anthrōpinēn. theothen de kai hē synesis. autika tę̄ tou theou boulēsei malista hē tōn agathōn andrōn proairesis hypakouei. dioper koina men tōn agathōn men estin kai tōn kakōn anthrōpōn polla tōn proterēmatōn, ginetai dʼ homōs ōphelima monois tois agathois te kai spoudaiois, hōn charin auta epoiēsen ho theos; pros gar tōn agathōn chrēsin andrōn hē tōn theodōrētōn dynamis pephyken. alla kai hai tōn enaretōn anthrōpōn epinoiai kata epipnoian theian gignontai, diatithemenēs pōs tēs psychēs kai diadidomenou tou theiou thelēmatos eis tas anthrōpinas psychas, tōn en merei theiōn leitourgōn syllambanomenōn eis tas toiautas diakonias; kata te gar ta ethnē kai poleis nenemēntai tōn angelōn hai prostasiai, tacha de kai tōn epi merous hōn eniois apotetachatai tines.
Indeed, many things in life come into being through some human reasoning, having received their kindling from God. For instance, health through medicine, good condition through physical training, and wealth through business come into being and are present according to divine providence, but with human cooperation. Understanding too is from God. For the choice of good men obeys God's will above all. That is why many advantages are common to good and bad men, yet they are beneficial only to the good and excellent, for whose sake God made them; for the power of God's gifts is by nature for the use of good men. Moreover, the thoughts of virtuous men also come about by divine inspiration, the soul being disposed in a certain way and the divine will being passed on into human souls, with particular divine ministers assisting in such services. For the governorships of the angels are distributed among nations and cities; and perhaps some are also assigned to particular individuals.
6.17.158Stählin 2:513
ὁ γοῦν ποιμὴν καὶ τῶν καθʼ ἕκαστον κήδεται προβάτων, καὶ μάλιστα τούτοις σύνεστι προσεχεστέρα ἡ ἐπισκοπή, ὅσοι διαπρεπεῖς τὰς φύσεις τε καὶ δυνατοὶ τὰ πλήθη συνωφελεῖν ὑπάρχουσιν. οὗτοι δʼ εἰσὶν οἱ ἡγεμονικοὶ καὶ παιδευτικοί, διʼ ὧν ἡ ἐνέργεια τῆς προνοίας ἀριδήλως δείκνυται, ὁπηνίκα ἂν ἢ διὰ παιδείας ἢ διʼ ἀρχῆς τινος καὶ διοικήσεως εὖ ποιεῖν ἐθέλῃ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ὁ θεός. ἐθέλει δὲ πάντοτε· διὸ συγκινεῖ τοὺς ἐπιτηδείους εἰς τὴν ὠφέλιμον ἐξεργασίαν τῶν πρὸς ἀρετήν τε καὶ εἰρήνην καὶ εἰς εὐποιίαν συντεινόντων. τὸ δὲ ἐνάρετον πᾶν ἀπʼ ἀρετῆς τέ ἐστι καὶ πρὸς ἀρετὴν ἀναφέρεται, καὶ ἤτοι πρὸς τὸ γενέσθαι σπουδαίους δίδοται ἢ πρὸς τὸ ὄντας χρῆσθαι τοῖς κατὰ φύσιν προτερήμασι· συνεργεῖ γὰρ ἔν τε τοῖς καθʼ ὅλου ἔν τε τοῖς ἐπὶ μέρους.
ho goun poimēn kai tōn kathʼ hekaston kēdetai probatōn, kai malista toutois synesti prosechestera hē episkopē, hosoi diaprepeis tas physeis te kai dynatoi ta plēthē synōphelein hyparchousin. houtoi dʼ eisin hoi hēgemonikoi kai paideutikoi, diʼ hōn hē energeia tēs pronoias aridēlōs deiknytai, hopēnika an ē dia paideias ē diʼ archēs tinos kai dioikēseōs eu poiein ethelę̄ tous anthrōpous ho theos. ethelei de pantote; dio synkinei tous epitēdeious eis tēn ōphelimon exergasian tōn pros aretēn te kai eirēnēn kai eis eupoiian synteinontōn. to de enareton pan apʼ aretēs te esti kai pros aretēn anapheretai, kai ētoi pros to genesthai spoudaious didotai ē pros to ontas chrēsthai tois kata physin proterēmasi; synergei gar en te tois kathʼ holou en te tois epi merous.
The shepherd, at any rate, cares for each of the sheep individually, and closer oversight attends especially those who are outstanding in nature and able to benefit the multitudes. These are those fitted to lead and to teach, through whom the activity of providence is shown clearly, whenever God wishes to benefit men either through education or through some rule and administration. And he wishes it always. That is why he moves those who are suitable to the useful working-out of what contributes to virtue, to peace, and to doing good. Everything virtuous comes from virtue and refers back to virtue, and it is given either so that people may become good or so that those who are good may use their natural advantages. For it cooperates both in general and in particular.
6.17.159Stählin 2:513–514
πῶς οὖν οὐκ ἄτοπον τὴν ἀταξίαν καὶ τὴν ἀδικίαν προσνέμοντας τῷ διαβόλῳ ἐναρέτου πράγματος τοῦτον, τῆς φιλοσοφίας, δοτῆρα ποιεῖν; κινδυνεύει γὰρ εὐμενέστερος τοῖς Ἕλλησιν εἰς τὸ ἀγαθοὺς ἄνδρας γίγνεσθαι γεγονέναι τῆς θείας προνοίας τε καὶ γνώμης. ἔμπαλιν δʼ, οἶμαι, νόμου ἴδιον καὶ λόγου παντὸς ὀρθοῦ τὸ προσῆκον ἑκάστῳ καὶ τὸ ἴδιον καὶ τὸ ἐπιβάλλον ἀποδιδόναι. ὡς γὰρ ἡ λύρα μόνου τοῦ κιθαριστοῦ καὶ ὁ αὐλὸς τοῦ αὐλητοῦ, οὕτως τὰ προτερήματα τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐστι κτήματα, καὶ καθάπερ φύσις τοῦ ἀγαθοποιοῦ τὸ ἀγαθοποιεῖν, ὡς τοῦ πυρὸς τὸ θερμαίνειν καὶ τοῦ φωτὸς τὸ φωτίζειν. κακὸν δὲ οὐκ ἂν ποιήσαι ἀγαθός, ὡς οὐδὲ τὸ φῶς σκοτώσει ἢ ψύξει τὸ πῦρ. οὕτως ἔμπαλιν ἡ κακία οὐκ ἄν τι ἐνάρετον ποιήσαι· ἐνέργεια γὰρ αὐτῆς τὸ κακοποιεῖν ὡς τοῦ σκότους τὸ συγχεῖν τὰς ὄψεις· οὐ τοίνυν κακίας ἔργον ἡ φιλοσοφία ἐναρέτους ποιοῦσα. λείπεται δὴ θεοῦ, οὗ μόνον τὸ ἀγαθύνειν ἔργον ἐστίν, καὶ πάνθʼ ὅσα παρὰ θεοῦ δίδοται, καλῶς δίδοταί τε καὶ λαμβάνεται. ναὶ μὴν ἡ χρῆσις τῆς φιλοσοφίας οὐκ ἔστιν ἀνθρώπων κακῶν· ἀλλʼ εἰ τοῖς ἀρίστοις τῶν Ἑλλήνων δέδοται, δῆλον καὶ ὅθεν δεδώρηται, παρὰ τῆς κατʼ ἀξίαν τὰ προσήκοντα ἑκάστοις ἀπονεμούσης δηλονότι προνοίας. εἰκότως οὖν Ἰουδαίοις μὲν νόμος, Ἕλλησι δὲ φιλοσοφία μέχρι τῆς παρουσίας, ἐντεῦθεν δὲ ἡ κλῆσις ἡ καθολική, εἰς περιούσιον δικαιοσύνης λαὸν κατὰ τὴν ἐκ πίστεως διδασκαλίαν συνάγοντος διʼ ἑνὸς τοῦ κυρίου τοῦ μόνου ἑνὸς ἀμφοῖν θεοῦ, Ἑλλήνων τε καὶ βαρβάρων, μᾶλλον δὲ παντὸς τοῦ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένους.
pōs oun ouk atopon tēn ataxian kai tēn adikian prosnemontas tǭ diabolǭ enaretou pragmatos touton, tēs philosophias, dotēra poiein? kindyneuei gar eumenesteros tois Hellēsin eis to agathous andras gignesthai gegonenai tēs theias pronoias te kai gnōmēs. empalin dʼ, oimai, nomou idion kai logou pantos orthou to prosēkon hekastǭ kai to idion kai to epiballon apodidonai. hōs gar hē lyra monou tou kitharistou kai ho aulos tou aulētou, houtōs ta proterēmata tōn agathōn andrōn esti ktēmata, kai kathaper physis tou agathopoiou to agathopoiein, hōs tou pyros to thermainein kai tou phōtos to phōtizein. kakon de ouk an poiēsai agathos, hōs oude to phōs skotōsei ē psyxei to pyr. houtōs empalin hē kakia ouk an ti enareton poiēsai; energeia gar autēs to kakopoiein hōs tou skotous to synchein tas opseis; ou toinyn kakias ergon hē philosophia enaretous poiousa. leipetai dē theou, hou monon to agathynein ergon estin, kai panthʼ hosa para theou didotai, kalōs didotai te kai lambanetai. nai mēn hē chrēsis tēs philosophias ouk estin anthrōpōn kakōn; allʼ ei tois aristois tōn Hellēnōn dedotai, dēlon kai hothen dedōrētai, para tēs katʼ axian ta prosēkonta hekastois aponemousēs dēlonoti pronoias. eikotōs oun Ioudaiois men nomos, Hellēsi de philosophia mechri tēs parousias, enteuthen de hē klēsis hē katholikē, eis periousion dikaiosynēs laon kata tēn ek pisteōs didaskalian synagontos diʼ henos tou kyriou tou monou henos amphoin theou, Hellēnōn te kai barbarōn, mallon de pantos tou tōn anthrōpōn genous.
How, then, is it not absurd, while ascribing disorder and injustice to the devil, to make him the giver of a virtuous thing, philosophy? For then he would seem to have been kinder to the Greeks, in making them good men, than divine providence and purpose. On the contrary, I think, it belongs to law and to all right reason to render to each what is fitting, what is his own, and what is due. For as the lyre belongs only to the lyre-player and the pipe to the piper, so advantages are the possessions of good men; and it is the nature of the beneficent to do good, as it is of fire to warm and of light to give light. A good man would not do evil, just as light will not darken nor fire chill. So, conversely, vice would not do anything virtuous; for its activity is doing evil, as darkness's is to confound the sight. Philosophy, then, is not a work of vice, since it makes men virtuous. It remains, then, that it is from God, whose only work is to do good; and all that is given by God is given and received well. Moreover, the use of philosophy does not belong to bad men; but if it was given to the best of the Greeks, it is clear from where it was bestowed: from providence, which assigns to each what is fitting according to worth. Fittingly, then, the law was given to the Jews and philosophy to the Greeks until the coming; and from then on came the universal calling, into a people for his own possession of righteousness, according to the teaching that comes from faith, as the one God, the only God of both, Greeks and barbarians, or rather of the whole human race, gathers them through the one Lord.
6.17.160Stählin 2:514
Φιλοσοφίαν πολλάκις εἰρήκαμεν τὸ κατὰ φιλοσοφίαν ἐπιτευκτικὸν τῆς ἀληθείας, κἂν μερικὸν τυγχάνῃ· ἤδη δὲ καὶ τὰ ἐν τέχναις ἀγαθὰ ὡς ἐν τέχναις θεόθεν ἔχει τὴν ἀρχήν. ὡς γὰρ τὸ τεχνικῶς τι ποιεῖν ἐν τοῖς τῆς τέχνης θεωρήμασι περιέχεται, οὕτω τὸ φρονίμως ὑπὸ τὴν φρόνησιν τέτακται· ἀρετὴ δὲ ἡ φρόνησις· καὶ ἴδιον αὐτῆς γνωρίζειν τά τε ἄλλα καὶ πολὺ πρότερον τὰ καθʼ ἑαυτήν· ἥ τε σοφία δύναμις οὖσα οὐκ ἄλλο τί ἐστιν ἢ ἐπιστήμη τῶν θείων καὶ τῶν ἀνθρωπείων ἀγαθῶν. τοῦ θεοῦ δὲ ἡ γῆ καὶ τὸ πλήρωμα αὐτῆς. θεόθεν ἥκειν τὰ ἀγαθὰ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις διδάσκουσα εἴρηκεν ἡ γραφή. δυνάμει θείᾳ καὶ ἰσχύι τῆς διαδόσεως καθηκούσης εἰς ἀνθρωπίνην βοήθειαν. αὐτίκα τρεῖς τρόποι πάσης ὠφελείας τε καὶ μεταδόσεως ἄλλῳ παρʼ ἄλλου, ὃ μὲν κατὰ παρακολούθησιν ὡς ὁ παιδοτρίβης σχηματίζων τὸν παῖδα, ὃ δὲ καθʼ ὁμοίωσιν ὡς ὁ προτρεπόμενος ἕτερον εἰς ἐπίδοσιν τῷ προεπιδοῦναι, καὶ ὃ μὲν συνεργεῖ τῷ μανθάνοντι, ὃ δὲ συνωφελεῖ τὸν λαμβάνοντα. τρίτος δέ ἐστιν ὁ τρόπος ὁ κατὰ πρόσταξιν, ὁπόταν ὁ παιδοτρίβης μηκέτι διαπλάσσων τὸν μανθάνοντα μηδὲ ἐπιδεικνὺς διʼ ἑαυτοῦ τὸ πάλαισμα εἰς μίμησιν τῷ παιδί, ὡς δὲ ἤδη ἐντριβεστέρῳ, προστάττῃ ἐξ ὀνόματος τὸ πάλαισμα.
Philosophian pollakis eirēkamen to kata philosophian epiteuktikon tēs alētheias, kan merikon tynchanę̄; ēdē de kai ta en technais agatha hōs en technais theothen echei tēn archēn. hōs gar to technikōs ti poiein en tois tēs technēs theōrēmasi periechetai, houtō to phronimōs hypo tēn phronēsin tetaktai; aretē de hē phronēsis; kai idion autēs gnōrizein ta te alla kai poly proteron ta kathʼ heautēn; hē te sophia dynamis ousa ouk allo ti estin ē epistēmē tōn theiōn kai tōn anthrōpeiōn agathōn. tou theou de hē gē kai to plērōma autēs. theothen hēkein ta agatha tois anthrōpois didaskousa eirēken hē graphē. dynamei theią kai ischui tēs diadoseōs kathēkousēs eis anthrōpinēn boētheian. autika treis tropoi pasēs ōpheleias te kai metadoseōs allǭ parʼ allou, ho men kata parakolouthēsin hōs ho paidotribēs schēmatizōn ton paida, ho de kathʼ homoiōsin hōs ho protrepomenos heteron eis epidosin tǭ proepidounai, kai ho men synergei tǭ manthanonti, ho de synōphelei ton lambanonta. tritos de estin ho tropos ho kata prostaxin, hopotan ho paidotribēs mēketi diaplassōn ton manthanonta mēde epideiknys diʼ heautou to palaisma eis mimēsin tǭ paidi, hōs de ēdē entribesterǭ, prostattę̄ ex onomatos to palaisma.
We have often said that by philosophy we mean whatever, in accordance with philosophy, attains the truth, even if it is partial. And indeed the good things in the arts, as such, have their beginning from God. For as doing something skillfully is contained in the theorems of the art, so acting prudently falls under prudence. Prudence is a virtue; and it is its property to know other things and, much earlier, the things concerning itself. And wisdom, being a power, is nothing other than scientific knowledge of divine and human goods. “The earth is God's, and its fullness.” Scripture has said this to teach that good things come to men from God, the distribution reaching down by divine power and might for human help. For instance, there are three ways of every benefit and imparting from one to another: one by close attendance, as the trainer shapes the boy; another by likeness, as one who urges another to progress by making progress first; the first cooperates with the learner, the second helps the one who receives. The third is the way by command, when the trainer no longer shapes the learner nor demonstrates the hold himself for the boy to imitate, but, as to one now more practiced, orders the hold by name.
6.17.161Stählin 2:514–515
ὁ γνωστικὸς τοίνυν θεόθεν λαβὼν τὸ δύνασθαι ὠφελεῖν ὀνίνησι τοὺς μὲν τῇ παρακολουθήσει σχηματίζων, τοὺς δὲ τῇ ἐξομοιώσει προτρεπόμενος, τοὺς δὲ καὶ τῇ προστάξει παιδεύων καὶ διδάσκων. ἀμέλει καὶ αὐτὸς τοῖς ἴσοις παρὰ τοῦ κυρίου ὠφέληται. οὕτως οὖν καὶ ἡ θεόθεν διατείνουσα εἰς ἀνθρώπους ὠφέλεια γνώριμος καθίσταται, συμπαρακαλούντων ἀγγέλων· καὶ διʼ ἀγγέλων γὰρ ἡ θεία δύναμις παρέχει τὰ ἀγαθά, εἴτʼ οὖν ὁρωμένων εἴτε καὶ μή. τοιοῦτος καὶ ὁ κατὰ τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν τοῦ κυρίου τρόπος. ὁτὲ δὲ καὶ κατὰ τὰς ἐπινοίας τῶν ἀνθρώπων καὶ τοὺς ἐπιλογισμοὺς ἐμπνεῖ τι καὶ ἡ δύναμις καὶ ἐντίθησι ταῖς φρεσὶν ἰσχύν τε καὶ συναίσθησιν ἀκριβεστέραν, μένος τε καὶ θάρσος προθυμίας ἐπί τε τὰς ζητήσεις ἐπί τε τὰ ἔργα παρέχουσα. ἔκκειται δʼ ὅμως καὶ πρὸς μίμησίν τε καὶ ἐξομοίωσιν ἡμῖν θαυμαστὰ τῷ ὄντι καὶ ἅγια τὰ τῆς ἀρετῆς ὑποδείγματα διὰ τῶν ἀναγεγραμμένων πράξεων. καὶ μὲν δὴ καὶ τὸ τῆς προστάξεως εἶδος ἐμφανέστατον διά τε τῶν διαθηκῶν τῶν κυριακῶν διά τε τῶν παρʼ Ἕλλησι νόμων, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν κατὰ τὴν φιλοσοφίαν παρηγγελμένων. καὶ συνελόντι φάναι πᾶσα ὠφέλεια βιωτικὴ κατὰ μὲν τὸν ἀνωτάτω λόγον ἀπὸ τοῦ παντοκράτορος θεοῦ τοῦ πάντων ἐξηγουμένου πατρὸς διʼ υἱοῦ ἐπιτελεῖται, ὃς καὶ διὰ τοῦτο σωτὴρ πάντων ἀνθρώπων, φησὶν ὁ ἀπόστολος, μάλιστα δὲ πιστῶν, κατὰ δὲ τὸ προσεχὲς ὑπὸ τῶν προσεχῶν ἑκάστοις κατὰ τὴν τοῦ προσεχοῦς τῷ πρώτῳ αἰτίῳ κυρίου ἐπίταξίν τε καὶ πρόσταξιν.
ho gnōstikos toinyn theothen labōn to dynasthai ōphelein oninēsi tous men tę̄ parakolouthēsei schēmatizōn, tous de tę̄ exomoiōsei protrepomenos, tous de kai tę̄ prostaxei paideuōn kai didaskōn. amelei kai autos tois isois para tou kyriou ōphelētai. houtōs oun kai hē theothen diateinousa eis anthrōpous ōpheleia gnōrimos kathistatai, symparakalountōn angelōn; kai diʼ angelōn gar hē theia dynamis parechei ta agatha, eitʼ oun horōmenōn eite kai mē. toioutos kai ho kata tēn epiphaneian tou kyriou tropos. hote de kai kata tas epinoias tōn anthrōpōn kai tous epilogismous empnei ti kai hē dynamis kai entithēsi tais phresin ischyn te kai synaisthēsin akribesteran, menos te kai tharsos prothymias epi te tas zētēseis epi te ta erga parechousa. ekkeitai dʼ homōs kai pros mimēsin te kai exomoiōsin hēmin thaumasta tǭ onti kai hagia ta tēs aretēs hypodeigmata dia tōn anagegrammenōn praxeōn. kai men dē kai to tēs prostaxeōs eidos emphanestaton dia te tōn diathēkōn tōn kyriakōn dia te tōn parʼ Hellēsi nomōn, alla kai tōn kata tēn philosophian parēngelmenōn. kai synelonti phanai pasa ōpheleia biōtikē kata men ton anōtatō logon apo tou pantokratoros theou tou pantōn exēgoumenou patros diʼ huiou epiteleitai, hos kai dia touto sōtēr pantōn anthrōpōn, phēsin ho apostolos, malista de pistōn, kata de to proseches hypo tōn prosechōn hekastois kata tēn tou prosechous tǭ prōtǭ aitiǭ kyriou epitaxin te kai prostaxin.
The one who knows, then, having received from God the power to benefit others, helps some by shaping them through close attendance, urges others on by their becoming like him, and trains and teaches others by command. Indeed, he himself too has been benefited by the Lord in the same ways. So too the benefit that extends from God to men becomes known, with angels also giving encouragement; for through angels too the divine power provides good things, whether they are seen or not. Of this kind too was the way of the Lord's appearing. And sometimes the power also breathes something into men's thoughts and reflections and places in their minds strength and more exact perception, providing the vigor and daring of eagerness both for inquiries and for works. Yet there are set before us for imitation and assimilation the truly wonderful and holy examples of virtue in the recorded deeds. And indeed the form of command is most evident both in the Lord's covenants and in the laws of the Greeks, and also in the precepts of philosophy. And, to sum up, every benefit in life, according to the highest account, is accomplished from God Almighty, the Father who leads all things, through the Son, who for this reason is also “Savior of all men,” says the apostle, “especially of believers”; but according to the proximate account, it is accomplished by those nearest to each, according to the injunction and command of the Lord, who is nearest to the first cause.
Miscellanies 6, chapter 18
6.18.162Stählin 2:515–516
Ὁ γνωστικὸς δʼ ἡμῖν ἐν τοῖς κυριωτάτοις ἀεί ποτε διατρίβει· εἰ δέ που σχολὴ καὶ ἀνέσεως καιρὸς ἀπὸ τῶν προηγουμένων, ἀντὶ τῆς ἄλλης ῥᾳθυμίας καὶ τῆς Ἑλληνικῆς ἐφάπτεται φιλοσοφίας, οἷον τρωγάλιόν τι ἐπὶ τῷ δείπνῳ παροψώμενος, οὐ τῶν κρειττόνων ἀμελήσας, προσλαβὼν δέ, ἐφʼ ὅσον πρέπει, καὶ ταῦτα διʼ ἃς προεῖπον αἰτίας. οἱ δὲ τῶν οὐκ ἀναγκαίων καὶ περιττῶν τῆς φιλοσοφίας ὀρεχθέντες καὶ μόνοις τοῖς ἐριστικοῖς προσανέχοντες σοφίσμασι τῶν ἀναγκαίων καὶ κυριωτάτων ἀπελείφθησαν, οἱ τὰς σκιὰς ἀτεχνῶς τῶν λόγων διώκοντες. καλὸν μὲν οὖν τὸ πάντα ἐπίστασθαι· ὅτῳ δὲ ἀσθενεῖ ἐπεκτείνεσθαι ἡ ψυχὴ πρὸς τὴν πολυμαθῆ ἐμπειρίαν, τὰ προηγούμενα καὶ βελτίω αἱρήσεται μόνα. ἡ γὰρ τῷ ὄντι ἐπιστήμη, ἥν φαμεν μόνον ἔχειν τὸν γνωστικόν, κατάληψίς ἐστι βεβαία διὰ λόγων ἀληθῶν καὶ βεβαίων ἐπὶ τὴν τῆς αἰτίας γνῶσιν ἀνάγουσα, ὁ δὲ ἐπιστήμων τοῦ ἀληθοῦς περὶ ὁδηποτοῦν αὐτίκα καὶ τοῦ ψευδοῦς περὶ τὸ αὐτὸ ἐπιστήμων ὑπάρχει. καὶ γὰρ οὖν εὖ πως ἔχειν μοι φαίνεται ὁ λόγος ἐκεῖνος· εἰ φιλοσοφητέον, φιλοσοφητέον· αὐτὸ γάρ τι αὑτῷ ἀκολουθεῖ· ἀλλʼ εἰ καὶ μὴ φιλοσοφητέον· οὐ γάρ τις καταγνῴη ἄν τινος μὴ τοῦτο πρότερον ἐγνωκώς. φιλοσοφητέον ἄρα.
Ho gnōstikos dʼ hēmin en tois kyriōtatois aei pote diatribei; ei de pou scholē kai aneseōs kairos apo tōn proēgoumenōn, anti tēs allēs rhąthymias kai tēs Hellēnikēs ephaptetai philosophias, hoion trōgalion ti epi tǭ deipnǭ paropsōmenos, ou tōn kreittonōn amelēsas, proslabōn de, ephʼ hoson prepei, kai tauta diʼ has proeipon aitias. hoi de tōn ouk anankaiōn kai perittōn tēs philosophias orechthentes kai monois tois eristikois prosanechontes sophismasi tōn anankaiōn kai kyriōtatōn apeleiphthēsan, hoi tas skias atechnōs tōn logōn diōkontes. kalon men oun to panta epistasthai; hotǭ de asthenei epekteinesthai hē psychē pros tēn polymathē empeirian, ta proēgoumena kai beltiō hairēsetai mona. hē gar tǭ onti epistēmē, hēn phamen monon echein ton gnōstikon, katalēpsis esti bebaia dia logōn alēthōn kai bebaiōn epi tēn tēs aitias gnōsin anagousa, ho de epistēmōn tou alēthous peri hodēpotoun autika kai tou pseudous peri to auto epistēmōn hyparchei. kai gar oun eu pōs echein moi phainetai ho logos ekeinos; ei philosophēteon, philosophēteon; auto gar ti hautǭ akolouthei; allʼ ei kai mē philosophēteon; ou gar tis katagnǭē an tinos mē touto proteron egnōkōs. philosophēteon ara.
The one who knows among us always spends his time on the most important things; but if there is ever leisure and a time of rest from the principal things, instead of other idleness he also takes up Greek philosophy, eating it like a dessert after dinner, not neglecting the better things, but taking these too, as far as is fitting, for the reasons I stated before. But those who have hankered after the unnecessary and superfluous parts of philosophy and devoted themselves only to eristic sophisms have been left behind in the necessary and most important things, simply chasing the shadows of words. It is good, then, to know everything; but a person whose soul is too weak to stretch itself to wide learning will choose only the principal and better things. For true scientific knowledge, which we say only the one who knows has, is a firm grasp through true and firm reasons, leading up to the knowledge of the cause; and the one who knows the truth scientifically about anything whatever at once knows scientifically the falsehood about the same thing. And indeed that argument seems to me to be sound: “If one must philosophize, one must philosophize; for it follows from itself. And if one must not philosophize, one must still philosophize; for no one could condemn a thing without first coming to know it. Therefore one must philosophize.”
6.18.163Stählin 2:516
Τούτων οὕτως ἐχόντων τοὺς Ἕλληνας χρὴ διὰ νόμου καὶ προφητῶν ἐκμανθάνειν ἕνα μόνον σέβειν θεόν, τὸν ὄντως ὄντα παντοκράτορα, ἔπειτα διὰ τοῦ ἀποστόλου διδάσκεσθαι τοῦτο· ἡμῖν δὲ οὐδὲν εἴδωλον ἐν κόσμῳ, ἐπεὶ μηδὲν ἀπεικόνισμα τοῦ θεοῦ οἷόν τε ἐν γενητοῖς εἶναι, προσεπιδιδάσκεσθαι δὲ ὡς οὐδὲ τούτων ὧν σέβουσι τὰ ἀγάλματα εἶεν ἂν αἱ εἰκόνες· οὐ γάρ πω τοιοῦτον κατὰ τὸ σχῆμα τὸ τῶν ψυχῶν γένος ὁποῖα διαπλάσσουσιν Ἕλληνες τὰ ξόανα. ψυχαὶ μὲν γὰρ ἀόρατοι, οὐ μόνον αἱ λογικαί, ἀλλὰ καὶ αἱ τῶν ἀλόγων ζῴων, τὰ δὲ σώματα αὐτῶν μέρη μὲν αὐτῶν οὐδέποτε γίνεται τῶν ψυχῶν, ὄργανα δὲ ὧν μὲν ἐνιζήματα, ὧν δὲ ὀχήματα, ἄλλων δὲ ἄλλον τρόπον κτήματα.
Toutōn houtōs echontōn tous Hellēnas chrē dia nomou kai prophētōn ekmanthanein hena monon sebein theon, ton ontōs onta pantokratora, epeita dia tou apostolou didaskesthai touto; hēmin de ouden eidōlon en kosmǭ, epei mēden apeikonisma tou theou hoion te en genētois einai, prosepididaskesthai de hōs oude toutōn hōn sebousi ta agalmata eien an hai eikones; ou gar pō toiouton kata to schēma to tōn psychōn genos hopoia diaplassousin Hellēnes ta xoana. psychai men gar aoratoi, ou monon hai logikai, alla kai hai tōn alogōn zǭōn, ta de sōmata autōn merē men autōn oudepote ginetai tōn psychōn, organa de hōn men enizēmata, hōn de ochēmata, allōn de allon tropon ktēmata.
Since this is so, the Greeks must learn through the law and the prophets to worship one only God, the one who is truly Almighty; then be taught by the apostle this: “But to us there is no idol in the world,” since no likeness of God can exist among created things; and be further taught that the statues of those whom they worship would not be images of them either. For the race of souls is not at all of such a shape as the Greeks mould their wooden images. For souls are invisible, not only the rational ones but also those of irrational animals; and their bodies never become parts of the souls themselves, but instruments: for some, seats; for others, vehicles; for others, possessions of some other kind.
6.18.164Stählin 2:516–517
ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ τῶν ὀργάνων τὰς εἰκόνας οἷόν τε ἀπομιμεῖσθαι ἐναργῶς, ἐπεὶ καὶ τὸν ἥλιόν τις, ὡς ὁρᾶται, πλασσέτω καὶ τὴν ἶριν τοῖς χρώμασιν ἀπεικαζέτω. ἐπὰν δὲ ἀπολείπωσι τὰ εἴδωλα, τότε ἀκούσονται τῆς γραφῆς· ἐὰν μὴ πλεονάσῃ ὑμῶν ἡ δικαιοσύνη πλεῖον τῶν γραμματέων καὶ Φαρισαίων, τῶν κατὰ ἀποχὴν κακῶν δικαιουμένων, σὺν τῷ μετὰ τῆς ἐν τούτοις τελειώσεως καὶ τῷ τὸν πλησίον ἀγαπᾶν καὶ εὐεργετεῖν δύνασθαι, οὐκ ἔσεσθε βασιλικοί. ἡ ἐπίτασις γὰρ τῆς κατὰ τὸν νόμον δικαιοσύνης τὸν γνωστικὸν δείκνυσιν. οὕτως τις κατὰ τὸ ἡγεμονοῦν τοῦ οἰκείου σώματος, τὴν κεφαλήν, ταγείς, ἐπὶ τὴν ἀκρότητα τῆς πίστεως χωρήσας, τὴν γνῶσιν αὐτήν, περὶ ἣν πάντα ἐστὶ τὰ αἰσθητήρια, ἀκροτάτης ὁμοίως τεύξεται τῆς κληρονομίας. τὸ δὲ ἡγεμονικὸν τῆς γνώσεως σαφῶς ὁ ἀπόστολος τοῖς διαθρεῖν δυναμένοις ἐνδείκνυται, τοῖς Ἑλλαδικοῖς ἐκείνοις γράφων Κορινθίοις ὧδέ πως· ἐλπίδα δὲ ἔχοντες αὐξανομένης τῆς πίστεως ὑμῶν ἐν ὑμῖν μεγαλυνθῆναι κατὰ τὸν κανόνα ἡμῶν εἰς περισσείαν, εἰς τὰ ὑπερέκεινα ὑμῶν εὐαγγελίσασθαι, οὐ τὴν ἐπέκτασιν τοῦ κηρύγματος τὴν κατὰ τὸν τόπον λέγων (ἐπεὶ καὶ ἐν Ἀχαΐᾳ πεπλεονακέναι τὴν πίστιν αὐτός φησιν,
allʼ oude tōn organōn tas eikonas hoion te apomimeisthai enargōs, epei kai ton hēlion tis, hōs horatai, plassetō kai tēn irin tois chrōmasin apeikazetō. epan de apoleipōsi ta eidōla, tote akousontai tēs graphēs; ean mē pleonasę̄ hymōn hē dikaiosynē pleion tōn grammateōn kai Pharisaiōn, tōn kata apochēn kakōn dikaioumenōn, syn tǭ meta tēs en toutois teleiōseōs kai tǭ ton plēsion agapan kai euergetein dynasthai, ouk esesthe basilikoi. hē epitasis gar tēs kata ton nomon dikaiosynēs ton gnōstikon deiknysin. houtōs tis kata to hēgemonoun tou oikeiou sōmatos, tēn kephalēn, tageis, epi tēn akrotēta tēs pisteōs chōrēsas, tēn gnōsin autēn, peri hēn panta esti ta aisthētēria, akrotatēs homoiōs teuxetai tēs klēronomias. to de hēgemonikon tēs gnōseōs saphōs ho apostolos tois diathrein dynamenois endeiknytai, tois Helladikois ekeinois graphōn Korinthiois hōde pōs; elpida de echontes auxanomenēs tēs pisteōs hymōn en hymin megalynthēnai kata ton kanona hēmōn eis perisseian, eis ta hyperekeina hymōn euangelisasthai, ou tēn epektasin tou kērygmatos tēn kata ton topon legōn (epei kai en Achaïą pepleonakenai tēn pistin autos phēsin,
But neither is it possible to imitate vividly the likenesses even of the instruments; otherwise let someone model the sun as it is seen, and represent the rainbow in its colors. And when they abandon idols, then they will hear the Scripture: “Unless your righteousness exceeds more than that of the scribes and Pharisees”—who are justified by abstention from evils—“together with perfection in these things and with the ability to love and do good to one's neighbor, you will not be kingly.” For the intensifying of righteousness according to the law shows the one who knows. So a person who has been ranged with the ruling part of his own body, the head, having advanced to the summit of faith, knowledge itself, around which are all the organs of sense, will likewise obtain the highest inheritance. The apostle plainly shows the ruling place of knowledge to those able to see through things, writing to those Corinthians of Greece somewhat as follows: “And having hope that, as your faith increases, we may be magnified among you according to our rule to abundance, to preach the gospel in the regions beyond you”—not speaking of the extension of preaching in place (for he himself says that faith had increased in Achaia too,
6.18.165Stählin 2:517
φέρεται δὲ κἀν ταῖς Πράξεσι τῶν ἀποστόλων καὶ ἐν ταῖς Ἀθήναις κηρύξας τὸν λόγον), ἀλλὰ τὴν γνῶσιν διδάσκει, τελείωσιν οὖσαν τῆς πίστεως, ἐπέκεινα περισσεύειν τῆς κατηχήσεως κατὰ τὸ μεγαλεῖον τῆς τοῦ κυρίου διδασκαλίας καὶ τὸν ἐκκλησιαστικὸν κανόνα. διὸ καὶ ὑποβὰς ἐπιφέρει· εἰ δὲ καὶ ἰδιώτης τῷ λόγῳ, ἀλλʼ οὐ τῇ γνώσει. πλὴν οἵ γε ἐπὶ τῷ κατειλῆφθαι τὴν ἀλήθειαν αὐχοῦντες τῶν Ἑλλήνων εἰπάτωσαν ἡμῖν, παρὰ τίνος μαθόντες ἀλαζονεύονται. παρὰ θεοῦ μὲν γὰρ οὐκ ἂν φήσαιεν, παρὰ ἀνθρώπων δὲ ὁμολογοῦσιν. καὶ εἰ τοῦτο, ἤτοι γε παρʼ ἑαυτῶν ὀψὲ ἐκμαθόντες, ὥσπερ ἀμέλει καὶ τετυφωμένοι τινὲς αὐτῶν αὐχοῦσιν, ἢ παρʼ ἑτέρων τῶν ὁμοίων. ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐχέγγυοι διδάσκαλοι περὶ θεοῦ λέγοντες ἄνθρωποι, καθὸ ἄνθρωποι· οὐ γὰρ ἀξιόχρεως γε ἄνθρωπός γε ὢν καὶ περὶ θεοῦ τἀληθῆ λέγειν, ὁ ἀσθενὴς καὶ ἐπίκηρος περὶ τοῦ ἀγεννήτου καὶ ἀφθάρτου καὶ τὸ ἔργον περὶ τοῦ πεποιηκότος.
pheretai de kan tais Praxesi tōn apostolōn kai en tais Athēnais kēryxas ton logon), alla tēn gnōsin didaskei, teleiōsin ousan tēs pisteōs, epekeina perisseuein tēs katēchēseōs kata to megaleion tēs tou kyriou didaskalias kai ton ekklēsiastikon kanona. dio kai hypobas epipherei; ei de kai idiōtēs tǭ logǭ, allʼ ou tę̄ gnōsei. plēn hoi ge epi tǭ kateilēphthai tēn alētheian auchountes tōn Hellēnōn eipatōsan hēmin, para tinos mathontes alazoneuontai. para theou men gar ouk an phēsaien, para anthrōpōn de homologousin. kai ei touto, ētoi ge parʼ heautōn opse ekmathontes, hōsper amelei kai tetyphōmenoi tines autōn auchousin, ē parʼ heterōn tōn homoiōn. allʼ ouk echengyoi didaskaloi peri theou legontes anthrōpoi, katho anthrōpoi; ou gar axiochreōs ge anthrōpos ge ōn kai peri theou talēthē legein, ho asthenēs kai epikēros peri tou agennētou kai aphthartou kai to ergon peri tou pepoiēkotos.
and it is recorded in the Acts of the Apostles that he preached the word in Athens too); rather, he teaches that knowledge, being the perfection of faith, goes abundantly beyond catechetical instruction, in keeping with the majesty of the Lord's teaching and the church's rule. That is why, going on, he adds: “But even if I am unskilled in speech, yet not in knowledge.” But let those of the Greeks who boast of having grasped the truth tell us from whom they learned what they boast of. They would not say from God; they admit that it was from men. And if so, either they learned it late from themselves, as indeed some of them boast in their conceit, or from others like themselves. But men are not trustworthy teachers when they speak about God, insofar as they are men. For one who is a man is not competent to speak the truth even about God: the weak and perishable about the unbegotten and incorruptible, the work about its maker.
6.18.166Stählin 2:517
εἶθʼ ὁ μὴ περὶ αὑτοῦ τἀληθῆ λέγειν δυνάμενος ἆρʼ οὐ πλέον οὐδὲ τὰ περὶ θεοῦ πιστευτέος; ὅσον γὰρ δυνάμει θεοῦ λείπεται ἄνθρωπος, τοσοῦτον καὶ ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ ἐξασθενεῖ, κἂν μὴ θεόν, ἀλλὰ περὶ θεοῦ λέγῃ καὶ τοῦ θείου λόγου. ἀσθενὴς γὰρ φύσει ὁ ἀνθρώπειος λόγος καὶ ἀδύνατος φράσαι θεόν, οὐ τοὔνομα λέγω (κοινὸν γὰρ τοῦτο οὐ φιλοσόφων μόνον ὀνομάζειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ποιητῶν) οὐδὲ τὴν οὐσίαν (ἀδύνατον γάρ), ἀλλὰ τὴν δύναμιν καὶ τὰ ἔργα τοῦ θεοῦ. καίτοι οἱ ἐπιγραφόμενοι θεὸν διδάσκαλον μόγις εἰς ἔννοιαν ἀφικνοῦνται θεοῦ, τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῖς συλλαμβανούσης εἰς ποσὴν ἐπίγνωσιν, οἷον θελήματι θέλημα καὶ τῷ ἁγίῳ πνεύματι τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα θεωρεῖν ἐθίζοντες, ὅτι πνεῦμα τὰ βάθη τοῦ θεοῦ ἐρευνᾷ, ψυχικὸς δὲ ἄνθρωπος οὐ δέχεται τὰ τοῦ πνεύματος. μόνη τοίνυν ἡ παρʼ ἡμῖν θεοδίδακτός ἐστι σοφία, ἀφʼ ἧς αἱ πᾶσαι πηγαὶ τῆς σοφίας ἤρτηνται, ὅσαι γε τῆς ἀληθείας στοχάζονται. ἀμέλει ὡς ἂν τοῦ κυρίου ἥκοντος εἰς ἀνθρώπους τοῦ διδάξοντος ἡμᾶς μυρίοι σημάντορες, καταγγελεῖς, ἑτοιμασταί, πρόδρομοι ἄνωθεν ἐκ καταβολῆς κόσμου, διʼ ἔργων, διὰ λόγων προμηνύοντες, προφητεύοντες ἐλεύσεσθαι, καὶ ποῦ καὶ πῶς καὶ τίνα τὰ σημεῖα.
eithʼ ho mē peri hautou talēthē legein dynamenos arʼ ou pleon oude ta peri theou pisteuteos? hoson gar dynamei theou leipetai anthrōpos, tosouton kai ho logos autou exasthenei, kan mē theon, alla peri theou legę̄ kai tou theiou logou. asthenēs gar physei ho anthrōpeios logos kai adynatos phrasai theon, ou tounoma legō (koinon gar touto ou philosophōn monon onomazein, alla kai poiētōn) oude tēn ousian (adynaton gar), alla tēn dynamin kai ta erga tou theou. kaitoi hoi epigraphomenoi theon didaskalon mogis eis ennoian aphiknountai theou, tēs charitos autois syllambanousēs eis posēn epignōsin, hoion thelēmati thelēma kai tǭ hagiǭ pneumati to hagion pneuma theōrein ethizontes, hoti pneuma ta bathē tou theou ereuną, psychikos de anthrōpos ou dechetai ta tou pneumatos. monē toinyn hē parʼ hēmin theodidaktos esti sophia, aphʼ hēs hai pasai pēgai tēs sophias ērtēntai, hosai ge tēs alētheias stochazontai. amelei hōs an tou kyriou hēkontos eis anthrōpous tou didaxontos hēmas myrioi sēmantores, katangeleis, hetoimastai, prodromoi anōthen ek katabolēs kosmou, diʼ ergōn, dia logōn promēnyontes, prophēteuontes eleusesthai, kai pou kai pōs kai tina ta sēmeia.
Then will not the one who cannot speak the truth about himself be even less to be believed about God? For as far as man falls short of the power of God, so far his speech too is weak, even if he speaks not of God himself but about God and the divine Word. For human speech is by nature weak and unable to express God—I do not mean his name (for naming it is common not only to philosophers but also to poets), nor his essence (for that is impossible), but the power and the works of God. And yet those who claim God as their teacher scarcely come to a conception of God, grace assisting them to some measure of knowledge, as they accustom themselves to contemplate will by will and the Holy Spirit by the Holy Spirit; for “the Spirit searches the depths of God, but the natural man does not receive the things of the Spirit.” Only our wisdom, then, is taught by God, and on it all the springs of wisdom depend, as many as aim at the truth. Indeed, when the Lord who was to teach us was coming to men, there were countless heralds, proclaimers, preparers, and forerunners from above, from the foundation of the world, announcing beforehand through works and words, prophesying that he would come, and where, and how, and what the signs would be.
6.18.167Stählin 2:517–518
ἀμέλει πόρρωθεν προμελετᾷ ὁ νόμος καὶ ἡ προφητεία, ἔπειτα δὲ ὁ πρόδρομος δείκνυσι τὸν παρόντα, μεθʼ ὃν οἱ κήρυκες τῆς ἐπιφανείας τὴν δύναμιν ἐκδιδάσκοντες μηνύουσιν. μόνοις καὶ οὐδὲ τούτοις ἅπασιν ἤρεσαν, ἀλλὰ Πλάτωνι μὲν Σωκράτης καὶ Ξενοκράτει Πλάτων, Ἀριστοτέλης δὲ Θεοφράστῳ καὶ Κλεάνθει Ζήνων, οἳ τοὺς ἰδίους μόνον αἱρετιστὰς ἔπεισαν· ὁ δέ γε τοῦ διδασκάλου τοῦ ἡμετέρου λόγος οὐκ ἔμεινεν ἐν Ἰουδαίᾳ μόνῃ, καθάπερ ἐν τῇ Ἑλλάδι ἡ φιλοσοφία, ἐχύθη δὲ ἀνὰ πᾶσαν τὴν οἰκουμένην, πείθων Ἑλλήνων τε ὁμοῦ καὶ βαρβάρων κατὰ ἔθνος καὶ κώμην καὶ πόλιν πᾶσαν οἴκους ὅλους καὶ ἰδίᾳ ἕκαστον τῶν ἐπακηκοότων καὶ αὐτῶν γε τῶν φιλοσόφων οὐκ ὀλίγους ἤδη ἐπὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν μεθιστάς. καὶ τὴν μὲν φιλοσοφίαν τὴν Ἑλληνικὴν ἐὰν ὁ τυχὼν ἄρχων κωλύσῃ, οἴχεται παραχρῆμα, τὴν δὲ ἡμετέραν διδασκαλίαν ἔκτοτε σὺν καὶ τῇ πρώτῃ καταγγελίᾳ κωλύουσιν ὁμοῦ βασιλεῖς καὶ τύραννοι καὶ οἱ κατὰ μέρος ἄρχοντες καὶ ἡγεμόνες μετὰ τῶν μισθοφόρων ἁπάντων, πρὸς δὲ καὶ τῶν ἀπείρων ἀνθρώπων, καταστρατευόμενοί τε ἡμῶν καὶ ὅση δύναμις ἐκκόπτειν πειρώμενοι· ἣ δὲ καὶ μᾶλλον ἀνθεῖ· οὐ γὰρ ὡς ἀνθρωπίνη ἀποθνῄσκει διδασκαλία οὐδʼ ὡς ἀσθενὴς μαραίνεται δωρεά (οὐδεμία γὰρ ἀσθενὴς δωρεὰ θεοῦ), μένει δὲ ἀκώλυτος, διωχθήσεσθαι εἰς τέλος προφητευθεῖσα.
amelei porrōthen promeletą ho nomos kai hē prophēteia, epeita de ho prodromos deiknysi ton paronta, methʼ hon hoi kērykes tēs epiphaneias tēn dynamin ekdidaskontes mēnyousin. monois kai oude toutois hapasin ēresan, alla Platōni men Sōkratēs kai Xenokratei Platōn, Aristotelēs de Theophrastǭ kai Kleanthei Zēnōn, hoi tous idious monon hairetistas epeisan; ho de ge tou didaskalou tou hēmeterou logos ouk emeinen en Ioudaią monę̄, kathaper en tę̄ Helladi hē philosophia, echythē de ana pasan tēn oikoumenēn, peithōn Hellēnōn te homou kai barbarōn kata ethnos kai kōmēn kai polin pasan oikous holous kai idią hekaston tōn epakēkootōn kai autōn ge tōn philosophōn ouk oligous ēdē epi tēn alētheian methistas. kai tēn men philosophian tēn Hellēnikēn ean ho tychōn archōn kōlysę̄, oichetai parachrēma, tēn de hēmeteran didaskalian ektote syn kai tę̄ prōtę̄ katangelią kōlyousin homou basileis kai tyrannoi kai hoi kata meros archontes kai hēgemones meta tōn misthophorōn hapantōn, pros de kai tōn apeirōn anthrōpōn, katastrateuomenoi te hēmōn kai hosē dynamis ekkoptein peirōmenoi; hē de kai mallon anthei; ou gar hōs anthrōpinē apothnę̄skei didaskalia oudʼ hōs asthenēs marainetai dōrea (oudemia gar asthenēs dōrea theou), menei de akōlytos, diōchthēsesthai eis telos prophēteutheisa.
Indeed, the law and the prophets rehearsed beforehand from afar; then the forerunner points to him as present; after him the heralds make known the power of his appearing, teaching it fully. The philosophers pleased only their own, and not even all of these: Socrates pleased Plato, and Plato Xenocrates, Aristotle Theophrastus, and Zeno Cleanthes, who persuaded only their own followers. But the word of our Teacher did not remain in Judea alone, as philosophy did in Greece, but was poured out over the whole inhabited world, persuading Greeks and barbarians alike, nation by nation, in village and every city, whole households and each one who has heard it individually, and already bringing over to the truth not a few of the philosophers themselves. And if any chance magistrate forbids Greek philosophy, it vanishes at once; but our teaching, from its very first proclamation, kings and tyrants and local rulers and governors, with all their mercenaries and besides with countless men, forbid, waging war on us and trying as far as they can to cut it out; yet it flourishes all the more. For it does not die like a human teaching, nor wither like a weak gift (for no gift of God is weak); it remains unhindered, though it was prophesied that it would be persecuted to the end.
6.18.168Stählin 2:518–519
εἶτα περὶ μὲν ποιητικῆς Πλάτων κοῦφον γάρ τι χρῆμα καὶ ἱερὸν ποιητὴς γράφει καὶ οὐχ οἷός τε ποιεῖν, πρὶν ἂν ἔνθεός τε καὶ ἔκφρων γένηται. καὶ ὁ Δημόκριτος ὁμοίως· ποιητὴς δὲ ἅσσα μὲν ἂν γράφῃ μετʼ ἐνθουσιασμοῦ καὶ ἱεροῦ πνεύματος, καλὰ κάρτα ἐστίν. ἴσμεν δὲ οἷα ποιηταὶ λέγουσιν. τοὺς δὲ τοῦ παντοκράτορος προφήτας θεοῦ οὐκ ἄν τις καταπλαγείη, ὄργανα θείας γενομένους φωνῆς; Καθάπερ οὖν ἀνδριάντα ἀποπλασάμενοι τοῦ γνωστικοῦ, ἤδη μὲν ἐπεδείξαμεν, οἷός ἐστι, μέγεθός τε καὶ κάλλος ἤθους αὐτοῦ ὡς ἐν ὑπογραφῇ δηλώσαντες· ὁποῖος γὰρ κατὰ τὴν θεωρίαν ἐν τοῖς φυσικοῖς, μετὰ ταῦτα δηλωθήσεται, ἐπὰν περὶ γενέσεως κόσμου διαλαμβάνειν ἀρξώμεθα.
eita peri men poiētikēs Platōn kouphon gar ti chrēma kai hieron poiētēs graphei kai ouch hoios te poiein, prin an entheos te kai ekphrōn genētai. kai ho Dēmokritos homoiōs; poiētēs de hassa men an graphę̄ metʼ enthousiasmou kai hierou pneumatos, kala karta estin. ismen de hoia poiētai legousin. tous de tou pantokratoros prophētas theou ouk an tis kataplageiē, organa theias genomenous phōnēs? Kathaper oun andrianta apoplasamenoi tou gnōstikou, ēdē men epedeixamen, hoios esti, megethos te kai kallos ēthous autou hōs en hypographę̄ dēlōsantes; hopoios gar kata tēn theōrian en tois physikois, meta tauta dēlōthēsetai, epan peri geneseōs kosmou dialambanein arxōmetha.
Then, about poetry, Plato writes: “For a poet is a light and holy thing, and is not able to compose until he becomes inspired and out of his mind.” And Democritus likewise: “Whatever a poet writes with inspiration and a holy spirit is very beautiful.” And we know what sort of things poets say. Will no one, then, be astonished at the prophets of God Almighty, who became instruments of the divine voice? Having, then, as it were, modelled a statue of the one who knows, we have now shown what he is like, indicating in outline the greatness and beauty of his character. What he is like in contemplation in natural science will be shown afterward, when we begin to treat of the creation of the world.
Miscellanies 7, chapter 1
7.1.1Stählin 2
Ἤδη δὲ καιρὸς ἡμᾶς παραστῆσαι τοῖς Ἕλλησι μόνον ὄντως εἶναι θεοσεβῆ τὸν γνωστικόν, ὡς ἀναμαθόντας τοὺς φιλοσόφους, οἷός τίς ἐστιν ὁ τῷ ὄντι Χριστιανός, τῆς ἑαυτῶν ἀμαθίας καταγνῶναι, εἰκῇ μὲν καὶ ὡς ἔτυχεν διώκοντας τοὔνομα, μάτην δὲ ἀθέους ἀποκαλοῦντας τοὺς τὸν τῷ ὄντι θεὸν ἐγνωκότας. ἐναργεστέροις δʼ, οἶμαι, πρὸς τοὺς φιλοσόφους χρῆσθαι προσήκει τοῖς λόγοις, ὡς ἐπαΐειν ἐκ τῆς παρʼ αὐτοῖς παιδείας ἤδη γεγυμνασμένους δύνασθαι, καὶ εἰ μηδέπω ἀξίους ἑαυτοὺς μεταλαβεῖν τῆς τοῦ πιστεῦσαι δυνάμεως παρεσχήκασι. τῶν δὲ λέξεων τῶν προφητικῶν ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος οὐκ ἐπιμνησθησόμεθα, κατὰ τοὺς ἐπικαίρους τόπους ὕστερον ταῖς γραφαῖς συγχρησόμενοι· τὰ δʼ ἐξ αὐτῶν δηλούμενα σημανοῦμεν κεφαλαιωδῶς τὸν χριστιανισμὸν ὑπογράφοντες, ἵνα μὴ διακόπτωμεν τὸ συνεχὲς τοῦ λόγου συμπαραλαμβάνοντες τὰς γραφάς, καὶ ταῦτα τοῖς μηδέπω συνιεῖσιν τὰς λέξεις αὐτῶν. ἐπὰν δὲ τὰ σημαινόμενα ἐνδειξώμεθα, τότε αὐτοῖς ἐκ περιουσίας πιστεύσασι καὶ τὰ μαρτύρια φανερωθήσεται. (κἂν ἑτεροῖά τισι τῶν πολλῶν καταφαίνηται τὰ ὑφʼ ἡμῶν λεγόμενα τῶν κυριακῶν γραφῶν, ἰστέον ὅτι ἐκεῖθεν ἀναπνεῖ τε καὶ ζῇ, καὶ τὰς ἀφορμὰς ἀπʼ αὐτῶν ἔχοντα τὸν νοῦν μόνον, οὐ τὴν λέξιν, παριστᾶν ἐπαγγέλλεται.) ἥ τε γὰρ ἐπὶ πλέον ἐπεξεργασία, μὴ κατὰ καιρὸν γινομένη, περισσὴ δόξειεν ἂν εἰκότως, τό τε μηδʼ ὅλως ἐπεσκέφθαι τὸ κατεπεῖγον ῥᾴθυμον κομιδῇ καὶ ἐνδεές. »μακάριοι« δὲ ὡς ἀληθῶς »οἱ ἐξερευνῶντες τὰ μαρτύρια κυρίου, ἐν ὅλῃ καρδίᾳ ἐκζητήσουσιν αὐτόν·« μαρτυροῦσιν δὲ περὶ κυρίου ὁ νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται.
Ēdē de kairos hēmas parastēsai tois Hellēsi monon ontōs einai theosebē ton gnōstikon, hōs anamathontas tous philosophous, hoios tis estin ho tǭ onti Christianos, tēs heautōn amathias katagnōnai, eikę̄ men kai hōs etychen diōkontas tounoma, matēn de atheous apokalountas tous ton tǭ onti theon egnōkotas. enargesterois dʼ, oimai, pros tous philosophous chrēsthai prosēkei tois logois, hōs epaïein ek tēs parʼ autois paideias ēdē gegymnasmenous dynasthai, kai ei mēdepō axious heautous metalabein tēs tou pisteusai dynameōs pareschēkasi. tōn de lexeōn tōn prophētikōn epi tou parontos ouk epimnēsthēsometha, kata tous epikairous topous hysteron tais graphais synchrēsomenoi; ta dʼ ex autōn dēloumena sēmanoumen kephalaiōdōs ton christianismon hypographontes, hina mē diakoptōmen to syneches tou logou symparalambanontes tas graphas, kai tauta tois mēdepō synieisin tas lexeis autōn. epan de ta sēmainomena endeixōmetha, tote autois ek periousias pisteusasi kai ta martyria phanerōthēsetai. (kan heteroia tisi tōn pollōn kataphainētai ta hyphʼ hēmōn legomena tōn kyriakōn graphōn, isteon hoti ekeithen anapnei te kai zę̄, kai tas aphormas apʼ autōn echonta ton noun monon, ou tēn lexin, paristan epangelletai.) hē te gar epi pleon epexergasia, mē kata kairon ginomenē, perissē doxeien an eikotōs, to te mēdʼ holōs epeskephthai to katepeigon rhąthymon komidę̄ kai endees. »makarioi« de hōs alēthōs »hoi exereunōntes ta martyria kyriou, en holę̄ kardią ekzētēsousin auton;« martyrousin de peri kyriou ho nomos kai hoi prophētai.
It is now time for us to show the Greeks that the one who knows is alone truly pious, so that the philosophers, learning what sort of person the true Christian is, may condemn their own ignorance: they persecute the name rashly and at random, and in vain call atheists those who have known the true God. With the philosophers, I think, it is fitting to use clearer arguments, so that, already exercised by their own education, they may be able to understand, even if they have not yet shown themselves worthy to share in the power of believing. The prophetic sayings we will not mention for the present, since we will use the Scriptures later at the fitting places; but what they show we will indicate in summary, sketching Christianity, so as not to break the continuity of the argument by bringing in the Scriptures, and that for people who do not yet understand their words. When we have pointed out what they mean, then the testimonies too will be made plain to them, abundantly, once they believe. (And even if what we say seems to some of the many different from the Lord's Scriptures, let it be known that it breathes and lives from them, and, taking its starting points from them, it professes to set out their sense only, not their wording.) For further elaboration, out of season, would reasonably seem superfluous, while not to consider what is urgent at all would be quite careless and deficient. “Blessed,” truly, “are those who search out the testimonies of the Lord; with their whole heart they will seek him.” And the law and the prophets bear witness about the Lord.
7.1.2Stählin 2
Πρόκειται τοίνυν παραστῆσαι ἡμῖν μόνον τὸν γνωστικὸν ὅσιόν τε καὶ εὐσεβῆ, θεοπρεπῶς τὸν τῷ ὄντι θεὸν θρῃσκεύοντα· τῷ θεοπρεπεῖ δὲ τὸ θεοφιλὲς ἕπεται καὶ φιλόθεον. τίμιον μὲν οὖν ἅπαν τὸ ὑπερέχον ἡγεῖται κατὰ τὴν ἀξίαν· καὶ τιμητέον ἐν μὲν τοῖς αἰσθητοῖς τοὺς ἄρχοντας καὶ τοὺς γονεῖς καὶ πάντα τὸν πρεσβύτερον, ἐν δὲ τοῖς διδακτοῖς τὴν ἀρχαιοτάτην φιλοσοφίαν καὶ τὴν πρεσβίστην προφητείαν. ἐν δὲ τοῖς νοητοῖς τὸ πρεσβύτατον ἐν γενέσει, τὴν ἄχρονον ἄναρχον ἀρχήν τε καὶ ἀπαρχὴν τῶν ὄντων, τὸν υἱόν· παρʼ οὗ ἐκμανθάνειν ἔστιν τὸ ἐπέκεινα αἴτιον, τὸν πατέρα τῶν ὅλων, τὸ πρέσβιστον καὶ πάντων εὐεργετικώτατον, οὐκέτι φωνῇ παραδιδόμενον, σεβάσματι δὲ καὶ σιγῇ μετὰ ἐκπλήξεως ἁγίας σεβαστὸν καὶ σεπτὸν κυριώτατα, λεγόμενον μὲν πρὸς τοῦ κυρίου ὡς οἷόν τε ἦν ἐπαΐειν τοῖς μανθάνουσι, νοούμενον δὲ πρός γε τῶν ἐξειλεγμένων εἰς γνῶσιν παρὰ κυρίου. »τῶν τὰ αἰσθητήρια« φησὶν ὁ ἀπόστολος »συγγεγυμνασμένων«.
Prokeitai toinyn parastēsai hēmin monon ton gnōstikon hosion te kai eusebē, theoprepōs ton tǭ onti theon thrę̄skeuonta; tǭ theoprepei de to theophiles hepetai kai philotheon. timion men oun hapan to hyperechon hēgeitai kata tēn axian; kai timēteon en men tois aisthētois tous archontas kai tous goneis kai panta ton presbyteron, en de tois didaktois tēn archaiotatēn philosophian kai tēn presbistēn prophēteian. en de tois noētois to presbytaton en genesei, tēn achronon anarchon archēn te kai aparchēn tōn ontōn, ton huion; parʼ hou ekmanthanein estin to epekeina aition, ton patera tōn holōn, to presbiston kai pantōn euergetikōtaton, ouketi phōnę̄ paradidomenon, sebasmati de kai sigę̄ meta ekplēxeōs hagias sebaston kai septon kyriōtata, legomenon men pros tou kyriou hōs hoion te ēn epaïein tois manthanousi, nooumenon de pros ge tōn exeilegmenōn eis gnōsin para kyriou. »tōn ta aisthētēria« phēsin ho apostolos »syngegymnasmenōn«.
Our task, then, is to show that the one who knows alone is holy and pious, worshiping the true God in a manner worthy of God; and on what is worthy of God follow being dear to God and loving God. He considers everything that excels to be honorable according to its worth. Among things perceived by the senses, one should honor rulers, parents, and everyone older; among things taught, the most ancient philosophy and the oldest prophecy; and among things grasped by the mind, what is oldest in origin, the timeless and unbeginning beginning and firstfruits of all that exists, the Son. From him it is possible to learn the Cause beyond, the Father of the universe, the most venerable and most beneficent of all, no longer handed on by voice, but revered with worship and silence and holy awe, and venerable in the fullest sense; spoken of by the Lord so far as the learners could understand, and understood by those chosen by the Lord for knowledge, “those whose faculties,” says the apostle, “have been exercised.”
7.1.3Stählin 2
Θεραπεία τοίνυν τοῦ θεοῦ ἡ συνεχὴς ἐπιμέλεια τῆς ψυχῆς τῷ γνωστικῷ καὶ ἡ περὶ τὸ θεῖον αὐτοῦ κατὰ τὴν ἀδιάλειπτον ἀγάπην ἀσχολία. τῆς γὰρ περὶ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους θεραπείας ἣ μὲν βελτιωτική, ἣ δὲ ὑπηρετική. ἰατρικὴ μὲν σώματος, φιλοσοφία δὲ ψυχῆς βελτιωτική. γονεῦσι μὲν ἐκ παίδων καὶ ἡγεμόσιν ἐκ τῶν ὑποτεταγμένων ὑπηρετικὴ ὠφέλεια προσγίνεται· ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ κατὰ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τὴν μὲν βελτιωτικὴν οἱ πρεσβύτεροι σῴζουσιν εἰκόνα, τὴν ὑπηρετικὴν δὲ οἱ διάκονοι. ταύτας ἄμφω τὰς διακονίας ἄγγελοί τε ὑπηρετοῦνται τῷ θεῷ κατὰ τὴν τῶν περιγείων οἰκονομίαν καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ γνωστικός, θεῷ μὲν διακονούμενος, ἀνθρώποις δὲ τὴν βελτιωτικὴν ἐνδεικνύμενος θεωρίαν, ὅπως ἂν καὶ παιδεύειν ᾖ τεταγμένος εἰς τὴν τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐπανόρθωσιν. θεοσεβὴς γὰρ μόνος ὁ καλῶς καὶ ἀνεπιλήπτως περὶ τὰ ἀνθρώπεια ἐξυπηρετῶν τῷ θεῷ. ὥσπερ γὰρ θεραπεία φυτῶν ἀρίστη καθʼ ἣν γίγνονται οἱ καρποὶ καὶ συγκομίζονται ἐπιστήμῃ καὶ ἐμπειρίᾳ γεωργικῇ, τὴν ὠφέλειαν τὴν ἐξ αὐτῶν παρεχομένη τοῖς ἀνθρώποις, οὕτως ἡ θεοσέβεια τοῦ γνωστικοῦ, τοὺς καρποὺς τῶν διʼ αὐτοῦ πιστευσάντων ἀνθρώπων εἰς ἑαυτὴν ἀναδεχομένη. ἐν ἐπιγνώσει πλειόνων γιγνομένων καὶ ταύτῃ σῳζομένων. συγκομιδὴν ἀρίστην διʼ ἐμπειρίας ἐργάζεται. εἰ δʼ ἡ θεοπρέπεια ἕξις ἐστὶ τὸ πρέπον τῷ θεῷ σῴζουσα, θεοφιλὴς ὁ θεοπρεπὴς μόνος· οὗτος δʼ ἂν εἴη ὁ εἰδὼς τὸ πρέπον καὶ κατὰ τὴν ἐπιστήμην καὶ κατὰ τὸν βίον, ὅπως βιωτέον τῷ ἐσομένῳ καὶ δὴ ἐξομοιουμένῳ ἤδη θεῷ.
Therapeia toinyn tou theou hē synechēs epimeleia tēs psychēs tǭ gnōstikǭ kai hē peri to theion autou kata tēn adialeipton agapēn ascholia. tēs gar peri tous anthrōpous therapeias hē men beltiōtikē, hē de hypēretikē. iatrikē men sōmatos, philosophia de psychēs beltiōtikē. goneusi men ek paidōn kai hēgemosin ek tōn hypotetagmenōn hypēretikē ōpheleia prosginetai; homoiōs de kai kata tēn ekklēsian tēn men beltiōtikēn hoi presbyteroi sǭzousin eikona, tēn hypēretikēn de hoi diakonoi. tautas amphō tas diakonias angeloi te hypēretountai tǭ theǭ kata tēn tōn perigeiōn oikonomian kai autos ho gnōstikos, theǭ men diakonoumenos, anthrōpois de tēn beltiōtikēn endeiknymenos theōrian, hopōs an kai paideuein ę̄ tetagmenos eis tēn tōn anthrōpōn epanorthōsin. theosebēs gar monos ho kalōs kai anepilēptōs peri ta anthrōpeia exypēretōn tǭ theǭ. hōsper gar therapeia phytōn aristē kathʼ hēn gignontai hoi karpoi kai synkomizontai epistēmę̄ kai empeirią geōrgikę̄, tēn ōpheleian tēn ex autōn parechomenē tois anthrōpois, houtōs hē theosebeia tou gnōstikou, tous karpous tōn diʼ autou pisteusantōn anthrōpōn eis heautēn anadechomenē. en epignōsei pleionōn gignomenōn kai tautę̄ sǭzomenōn. synkomidēn aristēn diʼ empeirias ergazetai. ei dʼ hē theoprepeia hexis esti to prepon tǭ theǭ sǭzousa, theophilēs ho theoprepēs monos; houtos dʼ an eiē ho eidōs to prepon kai kata tēn epistēmēn kai kata ton bion, hopōs biōteon tǭ esomenǭ kai dē exomoioumenǭ ēdē theǭ.
The service of God, then, for the one who knows, is the continual care of his soul and his occupation with the divine in unceasing love. For of the service rendered to human beings, one kind improves, the other ministers: medicine improves the body, philosophy the soul; while to parents from children and to rulers from subjects a ministering benefit accrues. Likewise in the church the presbyters preserve the image of the improving kind, and the deacons that of the ministering kind. Both these ministries the angels render to God in the administration of earthly affairs, and so does the one who knows himself, serving God and showing human beings the improving contemplation, in whatever way he has been appointed to educate them for the correction of human beings. For he alone is godly who serves God well and blamelessly in human affairs. For as the best care of plants is that by which the fruits grow and are gathered by agricultural skill and experience, providing their benefit to human beings, so the godliness of the one who knows, taking to itself the fruits of those who have believed through him, as more come to full knowledge and so are saved, works the best harvest through experience. And if fitness toward God is the disposition that preserves what befits God, he who is fit for God is alone dear to God. He would be the one who knows what is fitting, both in knowledge and in life: how one must live who is to become like God, and indeed is already becoming like him.
7.1.4Stählin 2
Ταύτῃ ἄρα φιλόθεος [τε τὸ πρῶτον]. ὡς γὰρ ὁ τιμῶν τὸν πατέρα φιλοπάτωρ, οὕτως ὁ τιμῶν τὸν θεὸν φιλόθεος. ᾗ καί μοι καταφαίνεται τρία εἶναι τῆς γνωστικῆς δυνάμεως ἀποτελέσματα, πρῶτον τὸ γινώσκειν τὰ πράγματα, δεύτερον τὸ ἐπιτελεῖν ὅ τι ἂν ὁ λόγος ὑπαγορεύῃ, καὶ τρίτον τὸ παραδιδόναι δύνασθαι θεοπρεπῶς τὰ παρὰ τῇ ἀληθείᾳ ἐπικεκρυμμένα. ὁ τοίνυν θεὸν πεπεισμένος εἶναι παντοκράτορα καὶ τὰ θεῖα μυστήρια παρὰ τοῦ μονογενοῦς παιδὸς αὐτοῦ ἐκμαθών, πῶς οὗτος ἄθεος; ἄθεος μὲν γὰρ ὁ μὴ νομίζων εἶναι θεόν, δεισιδαίμων δὲ ὁ δεδιὼς τὰ δαιμόνια. ὁ πάντα θειάζων καὶ ξύλον καὶ λίθον καὶ πνεῦμα ἄνθρωπον τὸν μὴ λογικῶς βιοῦντα καταδεδουλωμένον.
Tautę̄ ara philotheos [te to prōton]. hōs gar ho timōn ton patera philopatōr, houtōs ho timōn ton theon philotheos. hę̄ kai moi kataphainetai tria einai tēs gnōstikēs dynameōs apotelesmata, prōton to ginōskein ta pragmata, deuteron to epitelein ho ti an ho logos hypagoreuę̄, kai triton to paradidonai dynasthai theoprepōs ta para tę̄ alētheią epikekrymmena. ho toinyn theon pepeismenos einai pantokratora kai ta theia mystēria para tou monogenous paidos autou ekmathōn, pōs houtos atheos? atheos men gar ho mē nomizōn einai theon, deisidaimōn de ho dediōs ta daimonia. ho panta theiazōn kai xylon kai lithon kai pneuma anthrōpon ton mē logikōs biounta katadedoulōmenon.
In this way, then, he is a lover of God. For as the one who honors his father is a lover of his father, so the one who honors God is a lover of God. Hence it appears to me that there are three effects of the power of knowledge: first, to know things; second, to carry out whatever reason dictates; and third, to be able to hand on, in a manner worthy of God, what is hidden in the truth. The one, then, who is persuaded that God is almighty, and has learned the divine mysteries from his only-begotten Son, how is he an atheist? For the atheist is the one who does not think there is a God, and the superstitious person is the one who fears the daemons, who makes everything divine, wood and stone alike, and has enslaved his spirit, a human being who does not live according to reason.
Miscellanies 7, chapter 2
7.2.5Stählin 2
Πίστις οὖν τοῦ εἰδέναι θεὸν ἡ πρώτη μετὰ τῆς τοῦ σωτῆρος διδασκαλίας τὴν πεποίθησιν τὸ κατὰ μηδένα τρόπον ἄδικα δρᾶν, τοῦτʼ εἶναι πρέπον ἡγεῖσθαι τῇ ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ θεοῦ. ταύτῃ κράτιστον μὲν ἐν γῇ ἄνθρωπος ὁ θεοσεβέστατος, κράτιστον δὲ ἐν οὐρανῷ ἄγγελος, τὸ πλησιαίτερον κατὰ τόπον καὶ ἤδη καθαρώτερον τῆς αἰωνίου καὶ μακαρίας ζωῆς μεταλαγχάνον. τελειοτάτη δὲ καὶ ἁγιωτάτη καὶ κυριωτάτη καὶ ἡγεμονικωτάτη καὶ βασιλικωτάτη καὶ εὐεργετικωτάτη ἡ υἱοῦ φύσις ἡ τῷ μόνῳ παντοκράτορι προσεχεστάτη. αὕτη ἡ μεγίστη ὑπεροχή, ἣ τὰ πάντα διατάσσεται κατὰ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τὸ πᾶν ἄριστα οἰακίζει, ἀκαμάτῳ καὶ ἀτρύτῳ δυνάμει πάντα ἐργαζομένη, διʼ ὧν ἐνεργεῖ τὰς ἀποκρύφους ἐννοίας ἐπιβλέπουσα. οὐ γὰρ ἐξίσταταί ποτε τῆς αὑτοῦ περιωπῆς ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, οὐ μεριζόμενος, οὐκ ἀποτεμνόμενος, οὐ μεταβαίνων ἐκ τόπου εἰς τόπον, πάντῃ δὲ ὢν πάντοτε καὶ μηδαμῇ περιεχόμενος, ὅλος νοῦς, ὅλος φῶς πατρῷον, ὅλος ὀφθαλμός, πάντα ὁρῶν, πάντα ἀκούων, εἰδὼς πάντα. δυνάμει τὰς δυνάμεις ἐρευνῶν. τούτῳ πᾶσα ὑποτέτακται στρατιὰ ἀγγέλων τε καὶ θεῶν, τῷ λόγῳ τῷ πατρικῷ τὴν ἁγίαν οἰκονομίαν ἀναδεδεγμένῳ »διὰ τὸν ὑποτάξαντα«, διʼ ὅν καὶ πάντες αὐτοῦ οἱ ἄνθρωποι. ἀλλʼ οἳ μὲν »κατʼ ἐπίγνωσιν«, οἳ δὲ οὐδέπω. καὶ οἳ μὲν ὡς φίλοι, οἳ δὲ ὡς οἰκέται πιστοί, οἳ δὲ ὡς ἁπλῶς οἰκέται. Ὁ διδάσκαλος οὗτος ὁ παιδεύων μυστηρίοις μὲν τὸν γνωστικόν.
Pistis oun tou eidenai theon hē prōtē meta tēs tou sōtēros didaskalias tēn pepoithēsin to kata mēdena tropon adika dran, toutʼ einai prepon hēgeisthai tę̄ epignōsei tou theou. tautę̄ kratiston men en gę̄ anthrōpos ho theosebestatos, kratiston de en ouranǭ angelos, to plēsiaiteron kata topon kai ēdē katharōteron tēs aiōniou kai makarias zōēs metalanchanon. teleiotatē de kai hagiōtatē kai kyriōtatē kai hēgemonikōtatē kai basilikōtatē kai euergetikōtatē hē huiou physis hē tǭ monǭ pantokratori prosechestatē. hautē hē megistē hyperochē, hē ta panta diatassetai kata to thelēma tou patros kai to pan arista oiakizei, akamatǭ kai atrytǭ dynamei panta ergazomenē, diʼ hōn energei tas apokryphous ennoias epiblepousa. ou gar existatai pote tēs hautou periōpēs ho huios tou theou, ou merizomenos, ouk apotemnomenos, ou metabainōn ek topou eis topon, pantę̄ de ōn pantote kai mēdamę̄ periechomenos, holos nous, holos phōs patrǭon, holos ophthalmos, panta horōn, panta akouōn, eidōs panta. dynamei tas dynameis ereunōn. toutǭ pasa hypotetaktai stratia angelōn te kai theōn, tǭ logǭ tǭ patrikǭ tēn hagian oikonomian anadedegmenǭ »dia ton hypotaxanta«, diʼ hon kai pantes autou hoi anthrōpoi. allʼ hoi men »katʼ epignōsin«, hoi de oudepō. kai hoi men hōs philoi, hoi de hōs oiketai pistoi, hoi de hōs haplōs oiketai. Ho didaskalos houtos ho paideuōn mystēriois men ton gnōstikon.
Faith, then, is the first step toward knowing God; and with it, through the Savior's teaching, comes the conviction that one must in no way do what is unjust: this one should consider fitting for the knowledge of God. In this way the best thing on earth is the most godly human being, and the best in heaven is an angel, which is nearer in place and already purer in its share of eternal and blessed life. But most perfect, most holy, most sovereign, most commanding, most royal, and most beneficent is the nature of the Son, which is closest to the only Almighty. This is the supreme excellence, which orders all things according to the Father's will and steers the universe in the best way, working all things with untiring and unwearied power, and looking upon hidden thoughts through what it works. For the Son of God never departs from his watchtower; he is not divided, not cut off, does not pass from place to place, but is always everywhere and contained nowhere, all mind, all paternal light, all eye, seeing all things, hearing all things, knowing all things, searching the powers with power. To him the whole army of angels and gods is subjected, to the Father's Word, who has taken on the holy administration “on account of the one who subjected it”; through him all human beings are his too, but some “according to knowledge,” others not yet; some as friends, others as faithful servants, others simply as servants. This Teacher trains the one who knows by mysteries,
7.2.6Stählin 2
ἐλπίσι δὲ ἀγαθαῖς τὸν πιστόν, καὶ παιδείᾳ τῇ ἐπανορθωτικῇ διʼ αἰσθητικῆς ἐνεργείας τὸν σκληροκάρδιον. ἐντεῦθεν ἡ πρόνοια ἰδίᾳ καὶ δημοσίᾳ καὶ πανταχοῦ. υἱὸν δὲ εἶναι τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ τοῦτον εἶναι τὸν σωτῆρα καὶ κύριον ὃν ἡμεῖς φαμεν, ἄντικρυς αἱ θεῖαι παριστᾶσι προφητεῖαι. ταύτῃ ὁ πάντων κύριος Ἑλλήνων τε καὶ βαρβάρων τοὺς ἐθέλοντας πείθει· οὐ γὰρ βιάζεται τὸν ἐξ αὑτοῦ τὴν σωτηρίαν λαβεῖν διὰ τοῦ ἑλέσθαι καὶ πάντα ἀποπληρῶσαι τὰ παρʼ αὑτοῦ πρὸς τὸ λαβέσθαι τῆς ἐλπίδος δυνάμενον. οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ διδοὺς καὶ τοῖς Ἕλλησι τὴν φιλοσοφίαν διὰ τῶν ὑποδεεστέρων ἀγγέλων· εἰσὶ γὰρ συνδιανενεμημένοι προστάξει θείᾳ τε καὶ ἀρχαίᾳ ἄγγελοι κατὰ ἔθνη. ἀλλʼ ἡ »μερὶς κυρίου« ἡ δόξα τῶν πιστευόντων. ἤτοι γὰρ οὐ φροντίζει πάντων ἀνθρώπων ὁ κύριος (καὶ τοῦτο ἢ τῷ μὴ δύνασθαι πάθοι ἄν, ὅπερ οὐ θεμιτόν. ἀσθενείας γὰρ σημεῖον, ἢ τῷ μὴ βούλεσθαι δυνάμενος, οὐκ ἀγαθοῦ δὲ τὸ πάθος· οὔκουν ὑπὸ τρυφῆς ῥᾴθυμος ὁ διʼ ἡμᾶς τὴν παθητὴν ἀναλαβὼν σάρκα) ἢ κήδεται τῶν συμπάντων. ὅπερ καὶ καθήκει τῷ κυρίῳ πάντων γενομένῳ. σωτὴρ γάρ ἐστιν, οὐχὶ τῶν μέν, τῶν δʼ οὔ· πρὸς δὲ ὅσον ἐπιτηδειότητος ἕκαστος εἶχεν, τὴν ἑαυτοῦ διένειμεν εὐεργεσίαν, Ἕλλησί τε καὶ βαρβάροις καὶ τοῖς ἐκ τούτων προωρισμένοις μέν, κατὰ δὲ τὸν οἰκεῖον καιρὸν κεκλημένοις πιστοῖς τε καὶ ἐκλεκτοῖς.
elpisi de agathais ton piston, kai paideią tę̄ epanorthōtikę̄ diʼ aisthētikēs energeias ton sklērokardion. enteuthen hē pronoia idią kai dēmosią kai pantachou. huion de einai tou theou, kai touton einai ton sōtēra kai kyrion hon hēmeis phamen, antikrys hai theiai paristasi prophēteiai. tautę̄ ho pantōn kyrios Hellēnōn te kai barbarōn tous ethelontas peithei; ou gar biazetai ton ex hautou tēn sōtērian labein dia tou helesthai kai panta apoplērōsai ta parʼ hautou pros to labesthai tēs elpidos dynamenon. houtos estin ho didous kai tois Hellēsi tēn philosophian dia tōn hypodeesterōn angelōn; eisi gar syndianenemēmenoi prostaxei theią te kai archaią angeloi kata ethnē. allʼ hē »meris kyriou« hē doxa tōn pisteuontōn. ētoi gar ou phrontizei pantōn anthrōpōn ho kyrios (kai touto ē tǭ mē dynasthai pathoi an, hoper ou themiton. astheneias gar sēmeion, ē tǭ mē boulesthai dynamenos, ouk agathou de to pathos; oukoun hypo tryphēs rhąthymos ho diʼ hēmas tēn pathētēn analabōn sarka) ē kēdetai tōn sympantōn. hoper kai kathēkei tǭ kyriǭ pantōn genomenǭ. sōtēr gar estin, ouchi tōn men, tōn dʼ ou; pros de hoson epitēdeiotētos hekastos eichen, tēn heautou dieneimen euergesian, Hellēsi te kai barbarois kai tois ek toutōn proōrismenois men, kata de ton oikeion kairon keklēmenois pistois te kai eklektois.
the believer by good hopes, and the hard-hearted by corrective discipline through action they can perceive. Hence providence works in private, in public, and everywhere. That there is a Son of God, and that he is the one we call Savior and Lord, the divine prophecies show directly. So the Lord of all, Greeks and barbarians, persuades those who are willing; for he does not compel the one who is able to receive salvation from him by choosing and by fulfilling all that is required of him to lay hold of the hope. He it is who gave philosophy to the Greeks too, through the lower angels; for by an ancient divine ordinance angels have been distributed among the nations. But “the Lord's portion” is the glory of those who believe. For either the Lord does not care for all human beings (and this would happen to him either through being unable, which it is not lawful to say, for that is a sign of weakness, or through being unwilling though able, but such a feeling does not belong to one who is good; and surely he who for our sake took on flesh capable of suffering is not lazy through luxury), or he cares for all together, which is fitting for him who has become Lord of all. For he is not Savior of some and not of others; but according to each one's fitness he distributed his benefaction, to Greeks and barbarians, and to those among them who were predestined and in their proper time called, the faithful and elect.
7.2.7Stählin 2
Οὔτʼ οὖν φθονοίη ποτʼ ἄν τισιν ὁ πάντας μὲν ἐπʼ ἴσης κεκληκώς, ἐξαιρέτους δὲ τοῖς ἐξαιρέτως πεπιστευκόσιν ἀπονείμας τιμάς. οὔθʼ ὑφʼ ἑτέρου κωλυθείη ποτʼ ἂν ὁ πάντων κύριος καὶ μάλιστα ἐξυπηρετῶν τῷ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ καὶ παντοκράτορος θελήματι πατρός. ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ἅπτεται τοῦ κυρίου ἀπαθοῦς ἀνάρχως γενομένου φθόνος. οὐδὲ μὴν τὰ ἀνθρώπων οὕτως ἔχει ὡς φθονητὰ εἶναι πρὸς τοῦ κυρίου· ἄλλος δὲ ὁ φθονῶν, οὗ καὶ πάθος ἥψατο. καὶ μὴν οὐδʼ ὑπὸ ἀγνοίας ἔστιν εἰπεῖν μὴ βούλεσθαι σῴζειν τὴν ἀνθρωπότητα τὸν κύριον διὰ τὸ μὴ εἰδέναι ὅπως ἑκάστου ἐπιμελητέον. ἄγνοια γὰρ οὐχ ἅπτεται τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ πρὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου συμβούλου γενομένου τοῦ πατρός. αὕτη γὰρ ἦν ἡ σοφία »ᾗ προσέχαιρεν« ὁ παντοκράτωρ θεός· »δύναμις« γὰρ τοῦ »θεοῦ« ὁ υἱός, ἅτε πρὸ πάντων τῶν γενομένων ἀρχικώτατος λόγος τοῦ πατρός, καὶ »σοφία« αὐτοῦ κυρίως ἂν καὶ διδάσκαλος λεχθείη τῶν διʼ αὐτοῦ πλασθέντων. οὐδὲ μὴν ὑπό τινος ἡδονῆς περισπώμενος καταλείποι ποτʼ ἂν τὴν ἀνθρώπων κηδεμονίαν, ὅς γε καὶ τὴν σάρκα τὴν ἐμπαθῆ φύσει γενομένην ἀναλαβὼν εἰς ἕξιν ἀπαθείας ἐπαίδευσεν. πῶς δʼ ἂν εἴη σωτὴρ καὶ κύριος, εἰ μὴ πάντων σωτὴρ καὶ κύριος; ἀλλὰ τῶν μὲν πεπιστευκότων σωτὴρ διὰ τὸ γνῶναι βεβουλῆσθαι, τῶν δὲ ἀπειθησάντων κύριος, ἔστʼ ἂν ἐξομολογήσασθαι δυνηθέντες οἰκείας καὶ καταλλήλου τῆς διʼ αὐτοῦ τύχωσιν εὐεργεσίας. πᾶσα δὲ ἡ τοῦ κυρίου ἐνέργεια ἐπὶ τὸν παντοκράτορα τὴν ἀναφορὰν ἔχει, καὶ ἔστιν ὡς εἰπεῖν πατρική τις ἐνέργεια ὁ υἱός.
Outʼ oun phthonoiē potʼ an tisin ho pantas men epʼ isēs keklēkōs, exairetous de tois exairetōs pepisteukosin aponeimas timas. outhʼ hyphʼ heterou kōlytheiē potʼ an ho pantōn kyrios kai malista exypēretōn tǭ tou agathou kai pantokratoros thelēmati patros. allʼ oude haptetai tou kyriou apathous anarchōs genomenou phthonos. oude mēn ta anthrōpōn houtōs echei hōs phthonēta einai pros tou kyriou; allos de ho phthonōn, hou kai pathos hēpsato. kai mēn oudʼ hypo agnoias estin eipein mē boulesthai sǭzein tēn anthrōpotēta ton kyrion dia to mē eidenai hopōs hekastou epimelēteon. agnoia gar ouch haptetai tou huiou tou pro katabolēs kosmou symboulou genomenou tou patros. hautē gar ēn hē sophia »hę̄ prosechairen« ho pantokratōr theos; »dynamis« gar tou »theou« ho huios, hate pro pantōn tōn genomenōn archikōtatos logos tou patros, kai »sophia« autou kyriōs an kai didaskalos lechtheiē tōn diʼ autou plasthentōn. oude mēn hypo tinos hēdonēs perispōmenos kataleipoi potʼ an tēn anthrōpōn kēdemonian, hos ge kai tēn sarka tēn empathē physei genomenēn analabōn eis hexin apatheias epaideusen. pōs dʼ an eiē sōtēr kai kyrios, ei mē pantōn sōtēr kai kyrios? alla tōn men pepisteukotōn sōtēr dia to gnōnai beboulēsthai, tōn de apeithēsantōn kyrios, estʼ an exomologēsasthai dynēthentes oikeias kai katallēlou tēs diʼ autou tychōsin euergesias. pasa de hē tou kyriou energeia epi ton pantokratora tēn anaphoran echei, kai estin hōs eipein patrikē tis energeia ho huios.
Neither, then, would he who has called all equally ever envy anyone, though he has assigned exceptional honors to those who have believed exceptionally; nor could the Lord of all ever be hindered by another, especially since he carries out the will of the good and almighty Father. Envy does not even touch the Lord, who is without passion, being without beginning; nor are human affairs such that the Lord could envy them. The one who envies is another, one whom passion has touched. Nor indeed can one say that the Lord does not wish to save humanity out of ignorance, not knowing how each person is to be cared for. For ignorance does not touch the Son, who was the Father's counselor before the foundation of the world. For this was the wisdom “in which” God Almighty “delighted”; for the Son is the “power of God,” as the Father's most sovereign Word before all things that came into being, and he might properly be called his “wisdom” and the teacher of those formed through him. Nor would he ever abandon his care for human beings, drawn away by some pleasure, he who took on flesh, by nature subject to passion, and trained it into a state of freedom from passion. How could he be Savior and Lord, unless Savior and Lord of all? But he is Savior of those who have believed, because they wished to know, and Lord of the disobedient, until, having become able to confess him, they obtain the benefaction through him that is proper and suited to them. All the Lord's activity has reference to the Almighty, and the Son is, so to speak, a certain activity of the Father.
7.2.8Stählin 2
οὐκ ἂν οὖν ποτε ὁ σωτὴρ μισάνθρωπος, ὅς γε διὰ τὴν ὑπερβάλλουσαν φιλανθρωπίαν σαρκὸς ἀνθρωπίνης εὐπάθειαν οὐχ ὑπεριδών, ἀλλʼ ἐνδυσάμενος, ἐπὶ τὴν κοινὴν τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐλήλυθεν σωτηρίαν· κοινὴ γὰρ ἡ πίστις τῶν ἑλομένων. ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ τοῦ ἰδίου ποτʼ ἂν ἀμελοίη ἔργου τῷ μόνῳ τῶν ἄλλων ζῴων ἀνθρώπῳ ἔννοιαν κατὰ τὴν δημιουργίαν ἐνεστάχθαι θεοῦ. οὐδʼ ἂν βελτίων τις ἄλλη καὶ ἁρμονιωτέρα διοίκησις ἀνθρώπων εἴη τῷ θεῷ τῆς τεταγμένης. προσήκει γοῦν ἀεὶ τῷ κρείττονι κατὰ φύσιν ἡγεῖσθαι τοῦ χείρονος, καὶ τῷ δυναμένῳ καλῶς τι διέπειν ἀποδεδόσθαι τὴν ἐκείνου διοίκησιν. ἔστιν δὲ τὸ ὡς ἀληθῶς ἄρχον τε καὶ ἡγεμονοῦν ὁ θεῖος λόγος καὶ ἡ τούτου πρόνοια, πάντα μὲν ἐφορῶσα, μηδενὸς δὲ τῶν οἰκείων ἑαυτῆς παρορῶσα τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν. οὗτοι δʼ ἂν εἶεν οἱ ἑλόμενοι οἰκεῖοι εἶναι αὐτῷ. οἱ διὰ πίστεως τελειούμενοι. οὕτως ἁπάντων τῶν ἀγαθῶν θελήματι τοῦ παντοκράτορος πατρὸς αἴτιος ὁ υἱὸς καθίσταται, πρωτουργὸς κινήσεως δύναμις. ἄληπτος αἰσθήσει. οὐ γὰρ ὃ ἦν, τοῦτο ὤφθη τοῖς χωρῆσαι μὴ δυναμένοις διὰ τὴν ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκός, αἰσθητὴν δὲ ἀναλαβὼν σάρκα τὸ δυνατὸν ἀνθρώποις κατὰ τὴν ὑπακοὴν τῶν ἐντολῶν δείξων ἀφίκετο. Δύναμις οὖν πατρικὴ ὑπάρχων ῥᾳδίως περιγίνεται ὧν ἂν ἐθέλῃ.
ouk an oun pote ho sōtēr misanthrōpos, hos ge dia tēn hyperballousan philanthrōpian sarkos anthrōpinēs eupatheian ouch hyperidōn, allʼ endysamenos, epi tēn koinēn tōn anthrōpōn elēlythen sōtērian; koinē gar hē pistis tōn helomenōn. allʼ oude tou idiou potʼ an ameloiē ergou tǭ monǭ tōn allōn zǭōn anthrōpǭ ennoian kata tēn dēmiourgian enestachthai theou. oudʼ an beltiōn tis allē kai harmoniōtera dioikēsis anthrōpōn eiē tǭ theǭ tēs tetagmenēs. prosēkei goun aei tǭ kreittoni kata physin hēgeisthai tou cheironos, kai tǭ dynamenǭ kalōs ti diepein apodedosthai tēn ekeinou dioikēsin. estin de to hōs alēthōs archon te kai hēgemonoun ho theios logos kai hē toutou pronoia, panta men ephorōsa, mēdenos de tōn oikeiōn heautēs parorōsa tēn epimeleian. houtoi dʼ an eien hoi helomenoi oikeioi einai autǭ. hoi dia pisteōs teleioumenoi. houtōs hapantōn tōn agathōn thelēmati tou pantokratoros patros aitios ho huios kathistatai, prōtourgos kinēseōs dynamis. alēptos aisthēsei. ou gar ho ēn, touto ōphthē tois chōrēsai mē dynamenois dia tēn astheneian tēs sarkos, aisthētēn de analabōn sarka to dynaton anthrōpois kata tēn hypakoēn tōn entolōn deixōn aphiketo. Dynamis oun patrikē hyparchōn rhądiōs periginetai hōn an ethelę̄.
So the Savior would never hate human beings, he who, because of his surpassing love for humanity, did not disdain the tender sensitivity of human flesh but put it on, and came for the common salvation of human beings; for faith is common to those who choose it. Nor would he ever neglect his own work, the human being, the only living creature into whom, at creation, a notion of God was instilled. Nor could there be any other better and more harmonious government of human beings for God than the one appointed. It is fitting, at any rate, for what is better by nature always to lead what is worse, and for the government of anything to be given to the one who can manage it well. And what truly rules and leads is the divine Word and his providence, overseeing all things and neglecting the care of none of its own. And these would be those who have chosen to be his own, those made perfect through faith. Thus, by the will of the almighty Father, the Son is established as the cause of all good things, the first-working power of motion, beyond the grasp of sense. For he was not seen as what he was by those unable to receive him because of the weakness of the flesh; but, taking on flesh that could be perceived, he came to show what is possible for human beings in obedience to the commandments. Being, then, the Father's power, he easily prevails over whatever he wishes,
7.2.9Stählin 2
οὐδὲ τὸ μικρότατον ἀπολείπων τῆς ἑαυτοῦ διοικήσεως ἀφρόντιστον· οὐδὲ γὰρ ἂν ἔτι ἦν αὐτῷ τὸ ὅλον εὖ εἰργασμένον. δυνάμεως δʼ, οἶμαι, τῆς μεγίστης ἡ πάντων τῶν μερῶν καὶ μέχρι τοῦ μικροτάτου προήκουσα διʼ ἀκριβείας ἐξέτασις, πάντων εἰς τὸν πρῶτον διοικητὴν τῶν ὅλων ἐκ θελήματος πατρὸς κυβερνῶντα τὴν πάντων σωτηρίαν ἀφορώντων, ἑτέρων ὑφʼ ἑτέρους ἡγουμένους τεταγμένων. ἔστʼ ἄν τις ἐπὶ τὸν μέγαν ἀφίκηται ἀρχιερέα. ἀπὸ μιᾶς γὰρ ἄνωθεν ἀρχῆς τῆς κατὰ τὸ θέλημα ἐνεργούσης ἤρτηται τὰ πρῶτα καὶ δεύτερα καὶ τρίτα· εἶτα ἐπὶ τέλει τοῦ φαινομένου τῷ ἄκρῳ ἡ μακαρία ἀγγελοθεσία, καὶ δὴ μέχρις ἡμῶν αὐτῶν ἄλλοι ὑπʼ ἄλλοις ἐξ ἑνὸς καὶ διʼ ἑνὸς σῳζόμενοί τε καὶ σῴζοντες διατετάχαται. ὡς οὖν συγκινεῖται καὶ μακροτάτη σιδήρου μοῖρα τῷ τῆς Ἡρακλείας λίθου πνεύματι διὰ πολλῶν τῶν σιδηρῶν ἐκτεινομένῳ δακτυλίων, οὕτω καὶ τῷ ἁγίῳ πνεύματι ἑλκόμενοι οἱ μὲν ἐνάρετοι οἰκειοῦνται τῇ πρώτῃ μονῇ, ἐφεξῆς δʼ ἄλλοι μέχρι τῆς τελευταίας, οἱ δὲ ὑπὸ ἀσθενείας κακοί, διʼ ἀπληστίαν ἄδικον καχεξίᾳ περιπεπτωκότες, οὔτε κρατοῦντες οὔτε κρατούμενοι περικαταρρέουσιν ἑλιχθέντες τοῖς πάθεσι καὶ ἀποπίπτουσι χαμαί. νόμος γὰρ ἄνωθεν οὗτος, αἱρεῖσθαι τὸν βουλόμενον ἀρετήν.
oude to mikrotaton apoleipōn tēs heautou dioikēseōs aphrontiston; oude gar an eti ēn autǭ to holon eu eirgasmenon. dynameōs dʼ, oimai, tēs megistēs hē pantōn tōn merōn kai mechri tou mikrotatou proēkousa diʼ akribeias exetasis, pantōn eis ton prōton dioikētēn tōn holōn ek thelēmatos patros kybernōnta tēn pantōn sōtērian aphorōntōn, heterōn hyphʼ heterous hēgoumenous tetagmenōn. estʼ an tis epi ton megan aphikētai archierea. apo mias gar anōthen archēs tēs kata to thelēma energousēs ērtētai ta prōta kai deutera kai trita; eita epi telei tou phainomenou tǭ akrǭ hē makaria angelothesia, kai dē mechris hēmōn autōn alloi hypʼ allois ex henos kai diʼ henos sǭzomenoi te kai sǭzontes diatetachatai. hōs oun synkineitai kai makrotatē sidērou moira tǭ tēs Hērakleias lithou pneumati dia pollōn tōn sidērōn ekteinomenǭ daktyliōn, houtō kai tǭ hagiǭ pneumati helkomenoi hoi men enaretoi oikeiountai tę̄ prōtę̄ monę̄, ephexēs dʼ alloi mechri tēs teleutaias, hoi de hypo astheneias kakoi, diʼ aplēstian adikon kachexią peripeptōkotes, oute kratountes oute kratoumenoi perikatarreousin helichthentes tois pathesi kai apopiptousi chamai. nomos gar anōthen houtos, haireisthai ton boulomenon aretēn.
leaving not even the smallest part of his government uncared for; for then the whole would no longer have been well made by him. It belongs, I think, to the greatest power to examine with precision all the parts, down to the smallest, all of them looking to the first administrator of the universe, who by the Father's will steers the salvation of all, some ranked under others as their leaders, until one reaches the great High Priest. For from one first principle above, working according to the will, the first, second, and third ranks depend; then, at the uppermost edge of the visible, is the blessed order of angels; and so, down to ourselves, some are ranked under others, being saved and saving from one and through one. As, then, even a very long chain of iron is moved together by the spirit of the Heraclean stone, extending through many iron rings, so too, drawn by the Holy Spirit, the virtuous are joined to the first dwelling place, and others in turn down to the last; but those who are bad through weakness, having fallen into an evil condition through unjust greed, neither mastering nor mastered, fall away, whirled about by their passions, and drop to the ground. For this is the law from above: that whoever wishes should choose virtue.
7.2.10Stählin 2
διὸ καὶ αἱ ἐντολαὶ αἱ κατὰ νόμον τε καὶ αἱ πρὸ τοῦ νόμου οὐκ ἐννόμοις (»δικαίῳ γὰρ νόμος οὐ κεῖται«) τὸν μὲν ἑλόμενον ζωὴν ἀίδιον καὶ μακάριον γέρας λαμβάνειν ἔταξαν, τὸν δʼ αὖ κακίᾳ ἡσθέντα συνεῖναι οἷς εἵλετο συνεχώρησαν, πάλιν τε αὖ τὴν βελτιουμένην ἑκάστοτε ψυχὴν εἰς ἀρετῆς ἐπίγνωσιν καὶ δικαιοσύνης αὔξησιν βελτίονα ἀπολαμβάνειν ἐν τῷ παντὶ τὴν τάξιν, κατὰ προκοπὴν ἑκάστην »ἐπεκτεινομένην« εἰς ἕξιν ἀπαθείας, ἄχρις ἂν »καταντήσῃ εἰς ἄνδρα τέλειον«, τῆς γνώσεώς τε ὁμοῦ καὶ κληρονομίας ὑπεροχήν. αὗται αἱ σωτήριοι περιτροπαὶ κατὰ τὴν τῆς μεταβολῆς τάξιν ἀπομερίζονται καὶ χρόνοις καὶ τόποις καὶ τιμαῖς καὶ γνώσεσι καὶ κληρονομίαις καὶ λειτουργίαις, καθʼ ἑκάστην ἑκάστη ἕως τῆς ἐπαναβεβηκυίας καὶ προσεχοῦς τοῦ κυρίου ἐν ἀιδιότητι θεωρίας. ἀγωγὸν δὲ τὸ ἐραστὸν πρὸς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ θεωρίαν παντὸς τοῦ ὅλον ἑαυτὸν τῇ τῆς γνώσεως ἀγάπῃ ἐπιβεβληκότος τῇ θεωρίᾳ.
dio kai hai entolai hai kata nomon te kai hai pro tou nomou ouk ennomois (»dikaiǭ gar nomos ou keitai«) ton men helomenon zōēn aidion kai makarion geras lambanein etaxan, ton dʼ au kakią hēsthenta syneinai hois heileto synechōrēsan, palin te au tēn beltioumenēn hekastote psychēn eis aretēs epignōsin kai dikaiosynēs auxēsin beltiona apolambanein en tǭ panti tēn taxin, kata prokopēn hekastēn »epekteinomenēn« eis hexin apatheias, achris an »katantēsę̄ eis andra teleion«, tēs gnōseōs te homou kai klēronomias hyperochēn. hautai hai sōtērioi peritropai kata tēn tēs metabolēs taxin apomerizontai kai chronois kai topois kai timais kai gnōsesi kai klēronomiais kai leitourgiais, kathʼ hekastēn hekastē heōs tēs epanabebēkuias kai prosechous tou kyriou en aidiotēti theōrias. agōgon de to eraston pros tēn heautou theōrian pantos tou holon heauton tę̄ tēs gnōseōs agapę̄ epibeblēkotos tę̄ theōrią.
Therefore the commandments, both those under the law and those before the law, given to people not under law (“for law is not laid down for the righteous”), ordained that the one who chooses should receive eternal life and a blessed reward, and allowed the one who delights in vice to be with what he chose; and again, that the soul which is improving at each stage in the knowledge of virtue and growth in righteousness should receive a better place in the universe, “straining forward” with each advance toward a state of freedom from passion, until it “attains to the perfect man,” the pre-eminence of knowledge and inheritance together. These saving revolutions are apportioned according to the order of change, by times, places, honors, kinds of knowledge, inheritances, and ministries, each in its turn, up to the contemplation that is highest and nearest to the Lord, in eternity. And what is lovable draws to the contemplation of itself everyone who has given himself wholly to contemplation through love of knowledge.
7.2.11Stählin 2
διὸ καὶ τὰς ἐντολὰς [ἃς] ἔδωκεν τάς τε προτέρας τάς τε δευτέρας ἐκ μιᾶς ἀρυτόμενος πηγῆς ὁ κύριος, οὔτε τοὺς πρὸ νόμου ἀνόμους εἶναι ὑπεριδὼν οὔτʼ αὖ τοὺς μὴ ἐπαΐοντας τῆς βαρβάρου φιλοσοφίας ἀφηνιάσαι συγχωρήσας. τοῖς μὲν γὰρ ἐντολάς, τοῖς δὲ φιλοσοφίαν παρασχὼν »συνέκλεισεν« τὴν ἀπιστίαν εἰς τὴν παρουσίαν, ὅθεν ἀναπολόγητός ἐστι πᾶς ὁ μὴ πιστεύσας. ἄγει γὰρ ἐξ ἑκατέρας προκοπῆς Ἑλληνικῆς τε καὶ βαρβάρου ἐπὶ τὴν διὰ πίστεως τελείωσιν. εἰ δέ τις Ἑλλήνων ὑπερβὰς τὸ προηγούμενον τῆς φιλοσοφίας τῆς Ἑλληνικῆς εὐθέως ὥρμησεν ἐπὶ τὴν ἀληθῆ διδασκαλίαν, ὑπερεδίσκευσεν οὗτος, κἂν ἰδιώτης ᾖ, τὴν ἐπίτομον τῆς σωτηρίας διὰ πίστεως εἰς τελείωσιν ἑλόμενος.
dio kai tas entolas [has] edōken tas te proteras tas te deuteras ek mias arytomenos pēgēs ho kyrios, oute tous pro nomou anomous einai hyperidōn outʼ au tous mē epaïontas tēs barbarou philosophias aphēniasai synchōrēsas. tois men gar entolas, tois de philosophian paraschōn »synekleisen« tēn apistian eis tēn parousian, hothen anapologētos esti pas ho mē pisteusas. agei gar ex hekateras prokopēs Hellēnikēs te kai barbarou epi tēn dia pisteōs teleiōsin. ei de tis Hellēnōn hyperbas to proēgoumenon tēs philosophias tēs Hellēnikēs eutheōs hōrmēsen epi tēn alēthē didaskalian, hyperediskeusen houtos, kan idiōtēs ę̄, tēn epitomon tēs sōtērias dia pisteōs eis teleiōsin helomenos.
Therefore the Lord, drawing from one spring the commandments that he gave, both the former and the latter, neither overlooked those before the law, leaving them lawless, nor allowed those who did not understand the barbarian philosophy to run wild. For by giving commandments to the one and philosophy to the others, he “shut up” unbelief until his coming, so that everyone who has not believed is without excuse. For he leads from either kind of progress, Greek and barbarian, to the perfection that comes through faith. And if any of the Greeks, passing over the preliminary training of Greek philosophy, has rushed straight to the true teaching, he has outstripped the rest, even if he is unlearned, having chosen the short way of salvation, through faith to perfection.
7.2.12Stählin 2
Πάντʼ οὖν ὅσα μηδὲν ἐκώλυεν ἑκούσιον εἶναι τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τὴν αἵρεσιν, συνεργὰ πρὸς ἀρετὴν ἐποίησέν τε καὶ ἔδειξεν. ὅπως ἁμῇ γέ πῃ καὶ τοῖς ἀμυδρῶς διορᾶν δυναμένοις ὁ τῷ ὄντι μόνος εἷς παντοκράτωρ ἀγαθὸς ἀναφαίνηται θεός, ἐξ αἰῶνος εἰς αἰῶνα σῴζων διὰ υἱοῦ, κακίας δʼ αὖ πάντῃ πάντως ἀναίτιος. πρὸς γὰρ τὴν τοῦ ὅλου σωτηρίαν τῷ τῶν ὅλων κυρίῳ πάντα ἐστὶ διατεταγμένα καὶ καθόλου καὶ ἐπὶ μέρους. ἔργον οὖν τῆς δικαιοσύνης τῆς σωτηρίου ἐπὶ τὸ ἄμεινον αἰεὶ κατὰ τὸ ἐνδεχόμενον ἕκαστον προάγειν. πρὸς γὰρ τὴν σωτηρίαν τοῦ κρείττονος καὶ διαμονὴν ἀναλόγως τοῖς ἑαυτῶν ἤθεσι διοικεῖται καὶ τὰ μικρότερα. αὐτίκα μεταβάλλει πᾶν τὸ ἐνάρετον εἰς ἀμείνους οἰκήσεις. τῆς μεταβολῆς αἰτίαν τὴν αἵρεσιν τῆς γνώσεως ἔχον. ἣν αὐτοκρατορικὴν ἐκέκτητο ἡ ψυχή. παιδεύσεις δὲ αἱ ἀναγκαῖαι ἀγαθότητι τοῦ ἐφορῶντος μεγάλου κριτοῦ διά τε τῶν προσεχῶν ἀγγέλων διά τε προκρίσεων ποικίλων καὶ διὰ τῆς κρίσεως τῆς παντελοῦς τοὺς ἐπὶ πλέον »ἀπηλγηκότας« ἐκβιάζονται μετανοεῖν.
Pantʼ oun hosa mēden ekōlyen hekousion einai tǭ anthrōpǭ tēn hairesin, synerga pros aretēn epoiēsen te kai edeixen. hopōs hamę̄ ge pę̄ kai tois amydrōs dioran dynamenois ho tǭ onti monos heis pantokratōr agathos anaphainētai theos, ex aiōnos eis aiōna sǭzōn dia huiou, kakias dʼ au pantę̄ pantōs anaitios. pros gar tēn tou holou sōtērian tǭ tōn holōn kyriǭ panta esti diatetagmena kai katholou kai epi merous. ergon oun tēs dikaiosynēs tēs sōtēriou epi to ameinon aiei kata to endechomenon hekaston proagein. pros gar tēn sōtērian tou kreittonos kai diamonēn analogōs tois heautōn ēthesi dioikeitai kai ta mikrotera. autika metaballei pan to enareton eis ameinous oikēseis. tēs metabolēs aitian tēn hairesin tēs gnōseōs echon. hēn autokratorikēn ekektēto hē psychē. paideuseis de hai anankaiai agathotēti tou ephorōntos megalou kritou dia te tōn prosechōn angelōn dia te prokriseōn poikilōn kai dia tēs kriseōs tēs pantelous tous epi pleon »apēlgēkotas« ekbiazontai metanoein.
All things, then, that did not prevent a human being's choice from being free, he made and showed to be helps toward virtue, so that somehow, even to those able to see only dimly, the one who alone is truly the one almighty good God may be revealed, saving from age to age through the Son, and in every way wholly without responsibility for evil. For all things have been ordered by the Lord of the universe toward the salvation of the whole, both in general and in part. It is the work, then, of saving justice always to lead each thing to what is better, so far as possible. For toward the salvation and permanence of the better, even the lesser things are governed in proportion to their own characters. So everything virtuous changes to better dwellings, having as the cause of the change the choice of knowledge, which the soul possessed with sovereign power. And the necessary disciplines, through the goodness of the great Judge who oversees all, through the angels close at hand, through various preliminary judgments, and through the final judgment, compel those who have become more “callous” to repent.
Miscellanies 7, chapter 3
7.3.13Stählin 2
»Τὰ δʼ ἄλλα σιγῶ«, δοξάζων τὸν κύριον. πλὴν ἐκείνας φημὶ τὰς γνωστικὰς ψυχάς. τῇ μεγαλοπρεπείᾳ τῆς θεωρίας ὑπερβαινούσας ἑκάστης ἁγίας τάξεως τὴν πολιτείαν. καθʼ ἃς αἱ μακάριαι θεῶν οἰκήσεις διωρισμέναι διακεκλήρωνται, ἁγίας ἐν ἁγίοις λογισθείσας καὶ μετακομισθείσας ὅλας ἐξ ὅλων, εἰς ἀμείνους ἀμεινόνων τόπων τόπους ἀφικομένας, οὐκ ἐν κατόπτροις ἢ διὰ κατόπτρων ἔτι τὴν θεωρίαν ἀσπαζομένας τὴν θείαν, ἐναργῆ δὲ ὡς ἔνι μάλιστα καὶ ἀκριβῶς εἰλικρινῆ τὴν ἀκόρεστον ὑπερφυῶς ἀγαπώσαις ψυχαῖς ἑστιωμένας θέαν. ἀιδίως ἀίδιον εὐφροσύνην [ἀκόρεστον] καρπουμένας εἰς τοὺς ἀτελευτήτους αἰῶνας, ταυτότητι τῆς ὑπεροχῆς ἁπάσας τετιμημένας διαμένειν. αὕτη τῶν »καθαρῶν τῇ καρδίᾳ« ἡ καταληπτικὴ θεωρία. αὕτη τοίνυν ἡ ἐνέργεια τοῦ τελειωθέντος γνωστικοῦ, προσομιλεῖν τῷ θεῷ διὰ τοῦ μεγάλου ἀρχιερέως, ἐξομοιούμενον εἰς δύναμιν τῷ κυρίῳ διὰ πάσης τῆς εἰς τὸν θεὸν θεραπείας, ἥτις εἰς τὴν τῶν ἀνθρώπων διατείνει σωτηρίαν κατὰ κηδεμονίαν τῆς εἰς ἡμᾶς εὐεργεσίας κατά τε αὖ τὴν λειτουργίαν κατά τε τὴν διδασκαλίαν κατά τε τὴν διʼ ἔργων εὐποιίαν. ναὶ μὴν ἑαυτὸν κτίζει καὶ δημιουργεῖ, πρὸς δὲ καὶ τοὺς ἐπαΐοντας αὐτοῦ κοσμεῖ ἐξομοιούμενος θεῷ ὁ γνωστικός, τῷ φύσει τὸ ἀπαθὲς κεκτημένῳ τὸ ἐξ ἀσκήσεως εἰς ἀπάθειαν συνεσταλμένον ὡς ἔνι μάλιστα ἐξομοιῶν, καὶ ταῦτα »ἀπερισπάστως« προσομιλῶν τε καὶ συνὼν τῷ κυρίῳ. ἡμερότης δʼ, οἶμαι, καὶ φιλανθρωπία καὶ μεγαλοπρεπὴς θεοσέβεια γνωστικῆς ἐξομοιώσεως κανόνες.
»Ta dʼ alla sigō«, doxazōn ton kyrion. plēn ekeinas phēmi tas gnōstikas psychas. tę̄ megaloprepeią tēs theōrias hyperbainousas hekastēs hagias taxeōs tēn politeian. kathʼ has hai makariai theōn oikēseis diōrismenai diakeklērōntai, hagias en hagiois logistheisas kai metakomistheisas holas ex holōn, eis ameinous ameinonōn topōn topous aphikomenas, ouk en katoptrois ē dia katoptrōn eti tēn theōrian aspazomenas tēn theian, enargē de hōs eni malista kai akribōs eilikrinē tēn akoreston hyperphyōs agapōsais psychais hestiōmenas thean. aidiōs aidion euphrosynēn [akoreston] karpoumenas eis tous ateleutētous aiōnas, tautotēti tēs hyperochēs hapasas tetimēmenas diamenein. hautē tōn »katharōn tę̄ kardią« hē katalēptikē theōria. hautē toinyn hē energeia tou teleiōthentos gnōstikou, prosomilein tǭ theǭ dia tou megalou archiereōs, exomoioumenon eis dynamin tǭ kyriǭ dia pasēs tēs eis ton theon therapeias, hētis eis tēn tōn anthrōpōn diateinei sōtērian kata kēdemonian tēs eis hēmas euergesias kata te au tēn leitourgian kata te tēn didaskalian kata te tēn diʼ ergōn eupoiian. nai mēn heauton ktizei kai dēmiourgei, pros de kai tous epaïontas autou kosmei exomoioumenos theǭ ho gnōstikos, tǭ physei to apathes kektēmenǭ to ex askēseōs eis apatheian synestalmenon hōs eni malista exomoiōn, kai tauta »aperispastōs« prosomilōn te kai synōn tǭ kyriǭ. hēmerotēs dʼ, oimai, kai philanthrōpia kai megaloprepēs theosebeia gnōstikēs exomoiōseōs kanones.
“The rest I pass over in silence,” glorifying the Lord. But I say this of those knowing souls: surpassing, by the grandeur of their contemplation, the way of life of each holy order, according to which the blessed dwellings of the gods have been marked out and allotted; reckoned holy among the holy, and carried over wholly from wholes, arriving at better places from better places, no longer embracing the divine contemplation in mirrors or through mirrors, but feasting on the vision, as clear as can be and precisely pure, of which souls that love beyond nature never have their fill; enjoying everlastingly an everlasting gladness to endless ages, they remain, all honored alike with the same pre-eminence. This is the comprehending contemplation of the “pure in heart.” This, then, is the activity of the perfected one who knows: to converse with God through the great High Priest, being made like the Lord as far as possible through all his service toward God, which extends to the salvation of human beings, by care in the benefaction toward us, by public ministry, by teaching, and by doing good through works. Yes indeed, the one who knows creates and fashions himself, and moreover adorns those who listen to him, being made like God: as far as possible he makes what has been disciplined into freedom from passion by training like the one who has freedom from passion by nature, and he does this while conversing and being with the Lord “without distraction.” Gentleness, I think, love for humanity, and magnificent godliness are the rules of the likeness that belongs to knowledge.
7.3.14Stählin 2
ταύτας φημὶ τὰς ἀρετὰς »θυσίαν δεκτὴν« εἶναι παρὰ θεῷ. τὴν ἄτυφον καρδίαν μετʼ ἐπιστήμης ὀρθῆς »ὁλοκάρπωμα τοῦ θεοῦ« λεγούσης τῆς γραφῆς. ἐκφωτιζομένου εἰς ἕνωσιν ἀδιάκριτον παντὸς τοῦ ἀναληφθέντος εἰς ἁγιωσύνην ἀνθρώπου· σφᾶς γὰρ αὐτοὺς αἰχμαλωτίζειν καὶ ἑαυτοὺς ἀναιρεῖν »τὸν παλαιὸν ἄνθρωπον τὸν κατὰ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας φθειρόμενον« ἀποκτιννύντας καὶ »τὸν καινὸν« ἀνιστάντας ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου τῆς παλαιᾶς διαστροφῆς τό τε εὐαγγέλιον ὅ τε ἀπόστολος κελεύουσι, τὰ μὲν πάθη ἀποτιθεμένους, ἀναμαρτήτους δὲ γινομένους. τοῦτʼ ἦν ἄρα ὃ ᾐνίσσετο καὶ ὁ νόμος τὸν ἁμαρτωλὸν ἀναιρεῖσθαι κελεύων. τὸ μετατίθεσθαι ἐκ θανάτου εἰς ζωήν, τὴν ἐκ πίστεως ἀπάθειαν. ὃ μὴ συνιέντες οἱ νομοδιδάσκαλοι, φιλόνικον ἐκδεξάμενοι τὸν νόμον, ἀφορμὰς τοῖς μάτην διαβάλλειν ἐπιχειροῦσι παρεσχήκασι. διʼ ἣν αἰτίαν οὐ θύομεν εἰκότως ἀνενδεεῖ τῷ θεῷ τῷ τὰ πάντα τοῖς πᾶσι παρεσχημένῳ, τὸν δʼ ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἱερευθέντα δοξάζομεν σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ἱερεύοντες εἴς τε τὸ ἀνενδεὲς ἐκ τοῦ ἀνενδεοῦς καὶ εἰς τὸ ἀπαθὲς ἐκ τοῦ ἀπαθοῦς. μόνῃ γὰρ τῇ ἡμετέρᾳ σωτηρίᾳ ὁ θεὸς ἥδεται. εἰκότως ἄρα τῷ μὴ νικωμένῳ ἡδοναῖς θυσίαν οὐ προσάγομεν. κάτω που καὶ οὐδὲ μέχρι νεφῶν τῶν παχυτάτων. μακρὰν δὲ καὶ τούτων, τῆς διὰ τοῦ καπνοῦ ἀναθυμιάσεως φθανούσης εἰς οὓς καὶ φθάνει.
tautas phēmi tas aretas »thysian dektēn« einai para theǭ. tēn atyphon kardian metʼ epistēmēs orthēs »holokarpōma tou theou« legousēs tēs graphēs. ekphōtizomenou eis henōsin adiakriton pantos tou analēphthentos eis hagiōsynēn anthrōpou; sphas gar autous aichmalōtizein kai heautous anairein »ton palaion anthrōpon ton kata tas epithymias phtheiromenon« apoktinnyntas kai »ton kainon« anistantas ek tou thanatou tēs palaias diastrophēs to te euangelion ho te apostolos keleuousi, ta men pathē apotithemenous, anamartētous de ginomenous. toutʼ ēn ara ho ę̄nisseto kai ho nomos ton hamartōlon anaireisthai keleuōn. to metatithesthai ek thanatou eis zōēn, tēn ek pisteōs apatheian. ho mē synientes hoi nomodidaskaloi, philonikon ekdexamenoi ton nomon, aphormas tois matēn diaballein epicheirousi pareschēkasi. diʼ hēn aitian ou thyomen eikotōs anendeei tǭ theǭ tǭ ta panta tois pasi pareschēmenǭ, ton dʼ hyper hēmōn hiereuthenta doxazomen sphas autous hiereuontes eis te to anendees ek tou anendeous kai eis to apathes ek tou apathous. monę̄ gar tę̄ hēmeterą sōtērią ho theos hēdetai. eikotōs ara tǭ mē nikōmenǭ hēdonais thysian ou prosagomen. katō pou kai oude mechri nephōn tōn pachytatōn. makran de kai toutōn, tēs dia tou kapnou anathymiaseōs phthanousēs eis hous kai phthanei.
These virtues, I say, are “an acceptable sacrifice” with God, since Scripture calls the humble heart joined with right understanding “a whole burnt offering to God,” as every human being taken up into holiness is enlightened into inseparable union. For both the gospel and the apostle command us to take ourselves captive and to put ourselves to death, killing “the old man that is being corrupted according to its desires” and raising “the new” from the death of the old perversion, laying aside the passions and becoming sinless. This, then, is what the law too was hinting at when it commanded that the sinner be put to death: the passing from death to life, the freedom from passion that comes from faith. Not understanding this, the teachers of the law, who took the law in a contentious sense, have given occasions to those who try in vain to slander it. For this reason we reasonably do not offer sacrifice to God, who lacks nothing and has provided all things to all; but we glorify him who was sacrificed for us, sacrificing ourselves, from what is without need toward what is without need, and from what is without passion toward what is without passion. For God takes pleasure only in our salvation. Reasonably, then, we do not bring sacrifice to one who is not overcome by pleasures, since the vapor of the smoke rises only somewhere down below, not even as high as the densest clouds, but far even from them, reaching only those whom it does reach.
7.3.15Stählin 2
οὔτʼ οὖν ἐνδεὲς οὐδὲ μὴν φιλήδονον φιλοκερδές τε ἢ φιλοχρήματον τὸ θεῖον. πλῆρες ὂν καὶ πάντα παρέχον παντὶ τῷ γενητῷ καὶ ἐνδεεῖ, οὔτε θυσίαις οὐδὲ μὴν ἀναθήμασιν οὐδʼ αὖ δόξῃ καὶ τιμῇ κηλεῖται [τὸ θεῖον] ἢ παράγεται τοιούτοις τισίν, ἀλλʼ ὅμοιον τοῖς καλοῖς κἀγαθοῖς ἀνδράσι φαίνεται, οἳ τὸ δίκαιον οὐκ ἄν ποτε προδῷεν ἢ φόβου ἕνεκεν ἀπειλουμένου ἢ δώρων ὑποσχέσει μειζόνων. ὅσοι δʼ οὐ καθεοράκασι τὸ αὐθαίρετον τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης ψυχῆς καὶ ἀδούλωτον πρὸς ἐκλογὴν βίου, δυσχεραίνοντες τοῖς γινομένοις πρὸς τῆς ἀπαιδεύτου ἀδικίας, οὐ νομίζουσιν εἶναι θεόν. ἴσοι τούτοις κατὰ τὴν δόξαν οἵ τῇ τῶν ἡδονῶν ἀκρασίᾳ καὶ ταῖς ἐξαισίοις λύπαις καὶ ταῖς ἀβουλήτοις τύχαις περιπίπτοντες καὶ πρὸς τὰς συμφορὰς ἀπαυδῶντες, οὔ φασιν εἶναι θεόν, ἢ ὄντα μὴ εἶναι πανεπίσκοπον. ἄλλοι δέ εἰσιν οἳ πεπεισμένοι παραιτητοὺς εἶναι θυσίαις καὶ δώροις τοὺς νομιζομένους θεούς. συναιρομένους ὡς εἰπεῖν αὐτῶν ταῖς ἀκολασίαις. καὶ οὐδʼ ἐθέλουσι πιστεύειν μόνον εἶναι τὸν ὄντως θεὸν τὸν ἐν ταυτότητι τῆς δικαίας ἀγαθωσύνης ὄντα.
outʼ oun endees oude mēn philēdonon philokerdes te ē philochrēmaton to theion. plēres on kai panta parechon panti tǭ genētǭ kai endeei, oute thysiais oude mēn anathēmasin oudʼ au doxę̄ kai timę̄ kēleitai [to theion] ē paragetai toioutois tisin, allʼ homoion tois kalois kagathois andrasi phainetai, hoi to dikaion ouk an pote prodǭen ē phobou heneken apeiloumenou ē dōrōn hyposchesei meizonōn. hosoi dʼ ou katheorakasi to authaireton tēs anthrōpinēs psychēs kai adoulōton pros eklogēn biou, dyscherainontes tois ginomenois pros tēs apaideutou adikias, ou nomizousin einai theon. isoi toutois kata tēn doxan hoi tę̄ tōn hēdonōn akrasią kai tais exaisiois lypais kai tais aboulētois tychais peripiptontes kai pros tas symphoras apaudōntes, ou phasin einai theon, ē onta mē einai panepiskopon. alloi de eisin hoi pepeismenoi paraitētous einai thysiais kai dōrois tous nomizomenous theous. synairomenous hōs eipein autōn tais akolasiais. kai oudʼ ethelousi pisteuein monon einai ton ontōs theon ton en tautotēti tēs dikaias agathōsynēs onta.
The divine, then, is neither needy nor fond of pleasure, of gain, or of money. Being full, and supplying all things to everything that has come into being and is in need, it is not charmed by sacrifices or offerings, nor again by glory and honor, nor led astray by any such things, but it appears like good and noble men, who would never betray justice either for fear of a threat or at the promise of greater gifts. But those who have not perceived the self-determination of the human soul and its freedom from slavery in choosing a way of life, being vexed at what is done by uneducated injustice, think there is no God. Equal to these in opinion are those who, falling into incontinence in pleasures, into extraordinary griefs and unwelcome misfortunes, and giving up in the face of calamities, say that there is no God, or that if there is, he does not oversee everything. And there are others who are persuaded that those thought to be gods can be won over by sacrifices and gifts, as if they were, so to speak, accomplices in their licentiousness; and they will not believe that the only one who truly is God is he who is constant in just goodness.
7.3.16Stählin 2
Εὐσεβὴς ἄρα ὁ γνωστικός, ὁ πρῶτον ἑαυτοῦ ἐπιμελόμενος, ἔπειτα τῶν πλησίον. ἵνʼ ὡς ἄριστοι γενώμεθα· καὶ γὰρ ὁ υἱὸς πατρὶ ἀγαθῷ χαρίζεται σπουδαῖον ἑαυτὸν καὶ ὅμοιον τῷ πατρὶ παρεχόμενος. καὶ ἄρχοντι ὁ ἀρχόμενος· ὅτι τὸ πιστεύειν τε καὶ πείθεσθαι ἐφʼ ἡμῖν· κακῶν δὲ αἰτίαν καὶ ὕλης ἄν τις ἀσθένειαν ὑπολάβοι καὶ τὰς ἀβουλήτους τῆς ἀγνοίας ὁρμὰς τάς τε ἀλόγους διʼ ἀμαθίαν ἀνάγκας· ὧν ὑπεράνω καθάπερ θηρίων διὰ μαθήσεως ὁ γνωστικὸς γενόμενος, τὴν θείαν προαίρεσιν μιμούμενος, εὖ ποιεῖ τοὺς ἐθέλοντας τῶν ἀνθρώπων κατὰ δύναμιν· κἂν εἰς ἀρχὴν καταστῇ ποτε, καθάπερ ὁ Μωσῆς, ἐπὶ σωτηρίᾳ τῶν ἀρχομένων ἡγήσεται καὶ τὸ ἄγριον καὶ ἄπειστον ἐξημερώσεται τιμῇ μὲν τῶν ἀρίστων, κολάσει δὲ τῶν μοχθηρῶν. τῇ κατὰ λόγον εἰς παιδείαν ἐγγραφομένῃ. μάλιστα γὰρ ἄγαλμα θεῖον καὶ θεῷ προσεμφερὲς ἀνθρώπου δικαίου ψυχή, ἐν ᾗ διὰ τῆς τῶν παραγγελμάτων ὑπακοῆς τεμενίζεται καὶ ἐνιδρύεται ὁ πάντων ἡγεμὼν θνητῶν τε καὶ ἀθανάτων, βασιλεύς τε καὶ γεννήτωρ τῶν καλῶν, νόμος ὢν ὄντως καὶ θεσμὸς καὶ λόγος αἰώνιος, ἰδίᾳ τε ἑκάστοις καὶ κοινῇ πᾶσιν εἷς ὢν σωτήρ. οὗτος ὁ τῷ ὄντι μονογενής, ὁ τῆς τοῦ παμβασιλέως καὶ παντοκράτορος πατρὸς δόξης χαρακτήρ. ἐναποσφραγιζόμενος τῷ γνωστικῷ τὴν τελείαν θεωρίαν κατʼ εἰκόνα τὴν ἑαυτοῦ, ὡς εἶναι τρίτην ἤδη τὴν θείαν εἰκόνα τὴν ὅση δύναμις ἐξομοιουμένην πρὸς τὸ δεύτερον αἴτιον, πρὸς τὴν ὄντως ζωήν, διʼ ἣν ζῶμεν τὴν ἀληθῆ ζωήν, οἷον ἀπογράφοντες τὸν γνωστικὸν τύπον γινόμενον ἡμῖν. περὶ τὰ βέβαια καὶ παντελῶς ἀναλλοίωτα ἀναστρεφόμενον.
Eusebēs ara ho gnōstikos, ho prōton heautou epimelomenos, epeita tōn plēsion. hinʼ hōs aristoi genōmetha; kai gar ho huios patri agathǭ charizetai spoudaion heauton kai homoion tǭ patri parechomenos. kai archonti ho archomenos; hoti to pisteuein te kai peithesthai ephʼ hēmin; kakōn de aitian kai hylēs an tis astheneian hypolaboi kai tas aboulētous tēs agnoias hormas tas te alogous diʼ amathian anankas; hōn hyperanō kathaper thēriōn dia mathēseōs ho gnōstikos genomenos, tēn theian proairesin mimoumenos, eu poiei tous ethelontas tōn anthrōpōn kata dynamin; kan eis archēn katastę̄ pote, kathaper ho Mōsēs, epi sōtērią tōn archomenōn hēgēsetai kai to agrion kai apeiston exēmerōsetai timę̄ men tōn aristōn, kolasei de tōn mochthērōn. tę̄ kata logon eis paideian engraphomenę̄. malista gar agalma theion kai theǭ prosempheres anthrōpou dikaiou psychē, en hę̄ dia tēs tōn parangelmatōn hypakoēs temenizetai kai enidryetai ho pantōn hēgemōn thnētōn te kai athanatōn, basileus te kai gennētōr tōn kalōn, nomos ōn ontōs kai thesmos kai logos aiōnios, idią te hekastois kai koinę̄ pasin heis ōn sōtēr. houtos ho tǭ onti monogenēs, ho tēs tou pambasileōs kai pantokratoros patros doxēs charaktēr. enaposphragizomenos tǭ gnōstikǭ tēn teleian theōrian katʼ eikona tēn heautou, hōs einai tritēn ēdē tēn theian eikona tēn hosē dynamis exomoioumenēn pros to deuteron aition, pros tēn ontōs zōēn, diʼ hēn zōmen tēn alēthē zōēn, hoion apographontes ton gnōstikon typon ginomenon hēmin. peri ta bebaia kai pantelōs analloiōta anastrephomenon.
Pious, then, is the one who knows, who cares first for himself and then for his neighbors, so that we may become as good as possible. For a son pleases a good father by showing himself worthy and like his father, and so does a subject please a ruler; for believing and obeying are in our power. As the cause of evils one might suppose the weakness of matter, the involuntary impulses of ignorance, and the irrational compulsions that come from lack of learning. The one who knows, having risen above these through learning, as above wild beasts, imitates the divine purpose and does good, as far as he can, to those human beings who are willing. And if he is ever appointed to rule, like Moses, he will lead for the salvation of those he rules, and will tame what is savage and unpersuadable by honoring the best and punishing the wicked, with punishment rationally enlisted in the service of education. For the soul of a righteous human being is above all a divine statue, resembling God; in it, through obedience to the precepts, the leader of all, mortals and immortals, is enshrined and set up, king and begetter of good things, who is truly law, ordinance, and eternal Word, the one Savior both for each individually and for all in common. He is the truly only-begotten, the “imprint of the glory” of the Father, King of all and Almighty, who stamps on the one who knows the perfect contemplation according to his own image, so that there is now a third divine image, made as far as possible like the second cause, like the true Life, through which we live the true life; as though we were describing the pattern of the one who knows as it comes to be in us, occupied with things that are firm and wholly unchangeable.
7.3.17Stählin 2
Ἄρχων οὖν ἑαυτοῦ καὶ τῶν ἑαυτοῦ, βεβαίαν κατάληψιν τῆς θείας ἐπιστήμης κεκτημένος, τῇ ἀληθείᾳ γνησίως πρόσεισιν. ἡ γὰρ τῶν νοητῶν γνῶσις καὶ κατάληψις βεβαία δεόντως ἂν λέγοιτο ἐπιστήμη. ἧς τὸ μὲν περὶ τὰ θεῖα ἔργον ἔχει σκοπεῖν τί μὲν τὸ πρῶτον αἴτιον. τί δὲ »διʼ οὗ τὰ πάντα ἐγένετο καὶ χωρὶς οὗ γέγονεν οὐδέν·« τίνα τε αὖ τὰ μὲν ὡς διήκοντα, τὰ δὲ ὡς περιέχοντα, καὶ τίνα μὲν συνημμένα, τίνα δὲ διεζευγμένα, καὶ τίνα τούτων ἕκαστον ἔχει τὴν τάξιν καὶ ἣν δύναμιν καὶ ἣν λειτουργίαν εἰσφέρεται ἕκαστον. ἐν δὲ αὖ τοῖς ἀνθρωπίνοις τί τε αὐτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄνθρωπος καὶ τί αὐτῷ κατὰ φύσιν ἢ παρὰ φύσιν ἐστίν, πῶς τε αὖ ποιεῖν ἢ πάσχειν προσήκει, τίνες τε ἀρεταὶ τούτου καὶ κακίαι τίνες, περί τε ἀγαθῶν καὶ κακῶν καὶ τῶν μέσων, ὅσα τε περὶ ἀνδρείας καὶ φρονήσεως καὶ σωφροσύνης τῆς τε ἐπὶ πᾶσι παντελοῦς ἀρετῆς δικαιοσύνης. ἀλλὰ τῇ μὲν φρονήσει καὶ δικαιοσύνῃ εἰς τὴν τῆς σοφίας κατακέχρηται κτῆσιν, τῇ δὲ ἀνδρείᾳ οὐκ ἐν τῷ τὰ περιστατικὰ ὑπομένειν μόνον, ἀλλὰ κἀν τῷ ἡδονῆς τε καὶ ἐπιθυμίας, λύπης τε αὖ καὶ ὀργῆς κρατεῖν καὶ καθόλου πρὸς πᾶν ἤτοι τὸ μετὰ βίας ἢ μετὰ ἀπάτης τινὸς ψυχαγωγοῦν ἡμᾶς ἀντιτάσσεσθαι. οὐ γὰρ ὑπομένειν δεῖ τὰς κακίας καὶ τὰ κακά, ἀλλʼ ἀπωθεῖσθαι, καὶ τὰ φοβερὰ ὑπομένειν. χρήσιμος οὖν καὶ ἡ ἀλγηδὼν εὑρίσκεται κατά τε τὴν ἰατρικὴν καὶ παιδευτικὴν καὶ κολαστικήν, καὶ διὰ ταύτης ἤθη διορθοῦνται εἰς ὠφέλειαν ἀνθρώπων.
Archōn oun heautou kai tōn heautou, bebaian katalēpsin tēs theias epistēmēs kektēmenos, tę̄ alētheią gnēsiōs proseisin. hē gar tōn noētōn gnōsis kai katalēpsis bebaia deontōs an legoito epistēmē. hēs to men peri ta theia ergon echei skopein ti men to prōton aition. ti de »diʼ hou ta panta egeneto kai chōris hou gegonen ouden;« tina te au ta men hōs diēkonta, ta de hōs periechonta, kai tina men synēmmena, tina de diezeugmena, kai tina toutōn hekaston echei tēn taxin kai hēn dynamin kai hēn leitourgian eispheretai hekaston. en de au tois anthrōpinois ti te autos estin ho anthrōpos kai ti autǭ kata physin ē para physin estin, pōs te au poiein ē paschein prosēkei, tines te aretai toutou kai kakiai tines, peri te agathōn kai kakōn kai tōn mesōn, hosa te peri andreias kai phronēseōs kai sōphrosynēs tēs te epi pasi pantelous aretēs dikaiosynēs. alla tę̄ men phronēsei kai dikaiosynę̄ eis tēn tēs sophias katakechrētai ktēsin, tę̄ de andreią ouk en tǭ ta peristatika hypomenein monon, alla kan tǭ hēdonēs te kai epithymias, lypēs te au kai orgēs kratein kai katholou pros pan ētoi to meta bias ē meta apatēs tinos psychagōgoun hēmas antitassesthai. ou gar hypomenein dei tas kakias kai ta kaka, allʼ apōtheisthai, kai ta phobera hypomenein. chrēsimos oun kai hē algēdōn heurisketai kata te tēn iatrikēn kai paideutikēn kai kolastikēn, kai dia tautēs ēthē diorthountai eis ōpheleian anthrōpōn.
Ruler, then, of himself and of what is his, possessing a firm grasp of divine understanding, he approaches the truth genuinely. For the knowledge and firm grasp of things grasped by the mind may rightly be called understanding. Its task in divine matters is to consider what the first cause is, and what that is “through which all things came into being and without which nothing came into being”; which things pervade and which contain, which are joined and which are separate, what rank each of these holds, and what power and what function each contributes. And again in human matters: what the human being himself is, what is according to nature or against nature for him, how he ought to act or be acted upon, what his virtues and his vices are, about goods and evils and things indifferent, and all that concerns courage, prudence, self-restraint, and justice, the virtue complete over all. He makes use of prudence and justice for the acquisition of wisdom, and of courage not only in enduring hardships but also in mastering pleasure and desire, grief and anger, and in general in resisting everything that leads us astray, whether by force or by some deceit. For vices and evils must not be endured but repelled, while what is fearful must be endured. Pain too, then, is found useful, in medicine, in education, and in punishment, and through it characters are corrected for the benefit of human beings.
7.3.18Stählin 2
εἴδη δὲ τῆς ἀνδρείας καρτερία, μεγαλοφροσύνη, μεγαλοψυχία, ἐλευθεριότης καὶ μεγαλοπρέπεια. [καὶ] διʼ ἣν αἰτίαν οὔτε μέμψεως οὔτε κακοδοξίας τῆς ἐκ τῶν πολλῶν ἀντιλαμβάνεται ὁ γνωστικὸς οὔτε δόξαις οὔτε κολακείαις ὑποβέβληται, ἔν τε τῷ ὑπομένειν πόνους, διαπραττόμενος ἅμα τι τῶν προσηκόντων καὶ ἀνδρείως ὑπεράνω πάντων τῶν περιστατικῶν γινόμενος, ἀνὴρ τῷ ὄντι ἐν τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀναφαίνεται ἀνθρώποις· σῴζων τε αὖ τὴν φρόνησιν σωφρονεῖ ἐν ἡσυχιότητι τῆς ψυχῆς, παραδεκτικὸς τῶν ἐπαγγελλομένων καλῶν ὡς οἰκείων κατὰ τὴν ἀποστροφὴν τῶν αἰσχρῶν ὡς ἀλλοτρίων, γενόμενος κόσμιος καὶ ὑπερκόσμιος, ἐν κόσμῳ καὶ τάξει πάντα πράσσων καὶ οὐδὲν οὐδαμῇ πλημμελῶν, πλουτῶν μὲν ὡς ὅτι μάλιστα ἐν τῷ μηδενὸς ἐπιθυμεῖν, ἅτε ὀλιγοδεὴς ὢν καὶ ἐν περιουσίᾳ παντὸς ἀγαθοῦ διὰ τὴν γνῶσιν τἀγαθοῦ. δικαιοσύνης γὰρ αὐτοῦ πρῶτον ἔργον τὸ μετὰ τῶν ὁμοφύλων φιλεῖν διάγειν καὶ συνεῖναι τούτοις ἔν τε γῇ καὶ οὐρανῷ.
eidē de tēs andreias karteria, megalophrosynē, megalopsychia, eleutheriotēs kai megaloprepeia. [kai] diʼ hēn aitian oute mempseōs oute kakodoxias tēs ek tōn pollōn antilambanetai ho gnōstikos oute doxais oute kolakeiais hypobeblētai, en te tǭ hypomenein ponous, diaprattomenos hama ti tōn prosēkontōn kai andreiōs hyperanō pantōn tōn peristatikōn ginomenos, anēr tǭ onti en tois allois anaphainetai anthrōpois; sǭzōn te au tēn phronēsin sōphronei en hēsychiotēti tēs psychēs, paradektikos tōn epangellomenōn kalōn hōs oikeiōn kata tēn apostrophēn tōn aischrōn hōs allotriōn, genomenos kosmios kai hyperkosmios, en kosmǭ kai taxei panta prassōn kai ouden oudamę̄ plēmmelōn, ploutōn men hōs hoti malista en tǭ mēdenos epithymein, hate oligodeēs ōn kai en periousią pantos agathou dia tēn gnōsin tagathou. dikaiosynēs gar autou prōton ergon to meta tōn homophylōn philein diagein kai syneinai toutois en te gę̄ kai ouranǭ.
The kinds of courage are endurance, high-mindedness, greatness of soul, liberality, and magnificence. For this reason the one who knows does not take notice of blame or of ill repute from the many, and he is not subject to opinions or to flatteries. In enduring toils, while accomplishing at the same time something fitting and rising courageously above all hardships, he shows himself truly a man among other human beings. And again, keeping prudence, he is self-restrained in the calm of his soul, receptive of the promised good things as his own, just as he turns away from shameful things as alien to him; he becomes orderly and above the world, doing everything in order and rank and in no way ever going wrong; rich as much as can be in desiring nothing, since he needs little and has an abundance of every good through his knowledge of the Good. For the first work of his justice is to love to spend his life with those of his own kind and to be with them both on earth and in heaven.
7.3.19Stählin 2
ταύτῃ καὶ μεταδοτικὸς ὧν ἂν ᾖ κεκτημένος φιλάνθρωπός τε, μισοπονηρότατος ὢν κατὰ τὴν τελείαν ἀποστροφὴν κακουργίας ἁπάσης. μαθεῖν ἄρα δεῖ πιστὸν εἶναι καὶ ἑαυτῷ καὶ τοῖς πέλας καὶ ταῖς ἐντολαῖς ὑπήκοον. οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν »ὁ θεράπων τοῦ θεοῦ« ὁ ἑκὼν ταῖς ἐντολαῖς ὑπαγόμενος. ὁ δὲ ἤδη μὴ διὰ τὰς ἐντολάς. διʼ αὐτὴν δὲ τὴν γνῶσιν »καθαρὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ«, »φίλος« οὗτος »τοῦ θεοῦ«. οὔτε γὰρ φύσει τὴν ἀρετὴν γεννώμεθα ἔχοντες. οὔτε γενομένοις. ὥσπερ ἄλλα τινὰ τῶν τοῦ σώματος μερῶν. φυσικῶς ὕστερον ἐπιγίνεται (ἐπεὶ οὐδʼ ἂν ἦν ἔθʼ ἑκούσιον οὐδὲ ἐπαινετόν) οὐδὲ μὴν ἐκ [τῆς] τῶν συμβάντων καὶ τῆς ἐπιγινομένης συνηθείας, ὃν τρόπον ἡ διάλεκτος, τελειοῦται ἡ ἀρετή (σχεδὸν γὰρ ἡ κακία τοῦτον ἐγγίνεται τὸν τρόπον)· οὐ μὴν οὐδὲ ἐκ τέχνης τινὸς ἤτοι τῶν ποριστικῶν ἢ τῶν περὶ τὸ σῶμα θεραπευτικῶν ἡ γνῶσις περιγίνεται· ἀλλʼ οὐδʼ ἐκ παιδείας τῆς ἐγκυκλίου· ἀγαπητὸν γὰρ εἰ παρασκευάσαι μόνον τὴν ψυχὴν καὶ διακονῆσαι δύναιτο.
tautę̄ kai metadotikos hōn an ę̄ kektēmenos philanthrōpos te, misoponērotatos ōn kata tēn teleian apostrophēn kakourgias hapasēs. mathein ara dei piston einai kai heautǭ kai tois pelas kai tais entolais hypēkoon. houtos gar estin »ho therapōn tou theou« ho hekōn tais entolais hypagomenos. ho de ēdē mē dia tas entolas. diʼ autēn de tēn gnōsin »katharos tę̄ kardią«, »philos« houtos »tou theou«. oute gar physei tēn aretēn gennōmetha echontes. oute genomenois. hōsper alla tina tōn tou sōmatos merōn. physikōs hysteron epiginetai (epei oudʼ an ēn ethʼ hekousion oude epaineton) oude mēn ek [tēs] tōn symbantōn kai tēs epiginomenēs synētheias, hon tropon hē dialektos, teleioutai hē aretē (schedon gar hē kakia touton enginetai ton tropon); ou mēn oude ek technēs tinos ētoi tōn poristikōn ē tōn peri to sōma therapeutikōn hē gnōsis periginetai; allʼ oudʼ ek paideias tēs enkykliou; agapēton gar ei paraskeuasai monon tēn psychēn kai diakonēsai dynaito.
In this way he is also generous with whatever he possesses and loving toward humanity, while hating wickedness intensely in his complete turning away from all wrongdoing. One must learn, then, to be faithful both to oneself and to one's neighbors, and obedient to the commandments. For this is “the servant of God,” the one who willingly submits to the commandments. But the one who is “pure in heart,” no longer because of the commandments but because of knowledge itself, is a “friend of God.” For we are not born with virtue by nature, nor does it grow on us naturally after birth, as some parts of the body do (since then it would no longer be voluntary or praiseworthy); nor is virtue perfected from circumstances and the habit that follows them, in the way language is (for it is roughly in this way that vice comes in). Nor again is knowledge acquired from some art, either from those that provide a livelihood or from those that care for the body; nor even from the ordinary round of education, for it is enough if that can only prepare the soul and serve it.
7.3.20Stählin 2
οἱ νόμοι γὰρ οἱ πολιτικοὶ μοχθηρὰς ἴσως πράξεις ἐπισχεῖν οἷοί τε, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ αὐτοὶ οὐδὲ οἱ λόγοι οἱ πειστικοὶ ἐπιπόλαιοι ὄντες ἐπιστημονικὴν τῆς ἀληθείας διαμονὴν παράσχοιεν ἄν. φιλοσοφία δὲ ἡ Ἑλληνικὴ οἷον προκαθαίρει καὶ προεθίζει τὴν ψυχὴν εἰς παραδοχὴν πίστεως, ἐφʼ ᾗ τὴν γνῶσιν ἐποικοδομεῖ ἡ ἀλήθεια. Οὗτός ἐστιν, οὗτος ὁ ἀθλητὴς ἀληθῶς ὁ ἐν τῷ μεγάλῳ σταδίῳ, τῷ καλῷ κόσμῳ, τὴν ἀληθινὴν νίκην κατὰ πάντων στεφανούμενος τῶν παθῶν. ὅ τε γὰρ ἀγωνοθέτης ὁ παντοκράτωρ θεός, ὅ τε βραβευτὴς ὁ μονογενὴς υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, θεαταὶ δὲ ἄγγελοι καὶ θεοί. καὶ τὸ παγκράτιον τὸ πάμμαχον »οὐ πρὸς αἷμα καὶ σάρκα«, ἀλλὰ τὰς διὰ σαρκῶν ἐνεργούσας »πνευματικὰς ἐξουσίας« ἐμπαθῶν παθῶν. τούτων περιγινόμενος τῶν μεγάλων ἀνταγωνισμάτων καὶ οἷον ἄθλους τινὰς τοῦ πειράζοντος ἐπαρτῶντος καταγωνισάμενος, ἐκράτησε τῆς ἀθανασίας· ἀπαραλόγιστος γὰρ ἡ τοῦ θεοῦ ψῆφος εἰς τὸ δικαιότατον κρῖμα. κέκληται μὲν οὖν ἐπὶ τὸ ἀγώνισμα τὸ θέατρον, παγκρατιάζουσι δὲ εἰς τὸ στάδιον οἱ ἀθληταί· καὶ δὴ ἐκ τούτων περιγίνεται ὁ πειθήνιος τῷ ἀλείπτῃ γενόμενος. πᾶσι γὰρ πάντα ἴσα κεῖται παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ ἔστιν αὐτὸς ἀμεμφής, ἑλεῖται δὲ ὁ δυνάμενος καὶ ὁ βουληθεὶς ἰσχύσει· ταύτῃ καὶ τὸν νοῦν εἰλήφαμεν, ἵνα εἰδῶμεν ὃ ποιοῦμεν, καὶ τὸ »γνῶθι σαυτὸν« ἐνταῦθα, εἰδέναι ἐφʼ ᾧ γεγόναμεν. γεγόναμεν δὲ ἐπὶ τῷ εἶναι πειθήνιοι ταῖς ἐντολαῖς, εἰ τὸ βούλεσθαι σῴζεσθαι ἑλοίμεθα. αὕτη που ἡ Ἀδράστεια, καθʼ ἣν οὐκ ἔστι διαδρᾶναι τὸν θεόν.
hoi nomoi gar hoi politikoi mochthēras isōs praxeis epischein hoioi te, allʼ oude autoi oude hoi logoi hoi peistikoi epipolaioi ontes epistēmonikēn tēs alētheias diamonēn paraschoien an. philosophia de hē Hellēnikē hoion prokathairei kai proethizei tēn psychēn eis paradochēn pisteōs, ephʼ hę̄ tēn gnōsin epoikodomei hē alētheia. Houtos estin, houtos ho athlētēs alēthōs ho en tǭ megalǭ stadiǭ, tǭ kalǭ kosmǭ, tēn alēthinēn nikēn kata pantōn stephanoumenos tōn pathōn. ho te gar agōnothetēs ho pantokratōr theos, ho te brabeutēs ho monogenēs huios tou theou, theatai de angeloi kai theoi. kai to pankration to pammachon »ou pros haima kai sarka«, alla tas dia sarkōn energousas »pneumatikas exousias« empathōn pathōn. toutōn periginomenos tōn megalōn antagōnismatōn kai hoion athlous tinas tou peirazontos epartōntos katagōnisamenos, ekratēse tēs athanasias; aparalogistos gar hē tou theou psēphos eis to dikaiotaton krima. keklētai men oun epi to agōnisma to theatron, pankratiazousi de eis to stadion hoi athlētai; kai dē ek toutōn periginetai ho peithēnios tǭ aleiptę̄ genomenos. pasi gar panta isa keitai para tou theou kai estin autos amemphēs, heleitai de ho dynamenos kai ho boulētheis ischysei; tautę̄ kai ton noun eilēphamen, hina eidōmen ho poioumen, kai to »gnōthi sauton« entautha, eidenai ephʼ hǭ gegonamen. gegonamen de epi tǭ einai peithēnioi tais entolais, ei to boulesthai sǭzesthai heloimetha. hautē pou hē Adrasteia, kathʼ hēn ouk esti diadranai ton theon.
For civil laws are perhaps able to restrain wicked actions; but neither they nor persuasive arguments, being superficial, could provide a firm scientific hold on the truth. Greek philosophy, however, as it were purifies the soul in advance and accustoms it beforehand to receive faith, on which the truth builds knowledge. This is he, this is truly the athlete, who in the great stadium, the beautiful world, is crowned with the true victory over all the passions. For the president of the games is God Almighty, the umpire is the only-begotten Son of God, and the spectators are angels and gods; and the all-out contest, embracing every kind of fighting, is “not against blood and flesh,” but against the “spiritual powers” of impassioned passions that work through the flesh. Overcoming these great adversaries, and having fought through, as it were, the contests that the tempter sets up, he has won immortality; for God's vote in the most just judgment cannot be misled. The spectators have been summoned to the contest, and the athletes compete in the stadium; and of them the one who has obeyed his trainer prevails. For all things are set out equally for all by God, and he himself is blameless; the one who is able chooses, and the one who has willed will be strong. For this reason too we have received a mind, so that we may know what we do; and here “Know yourself” means to know for what we were born. And we were born to be obedient to the commandments, if we choose to will to be saved. This, I suppose, is Adrasteia, by which it is not possible to escape God.
7.3.21Stählin 2
Τὸ ἄρα ἀνθρώπειον ἔργον εὐπείθεια θεῷ σωτηρίαν κατηγγελκότι ποικίλην διʼ ἐντολῶν, εὐαρέστησις δὲ ὁμολογία. ὁ μὲν γὰρ εὐεργέτης προκατάρχει τῆς εὐποιίας, ὁ δὲ μετὰ τῶν δεόντων λογισμῶν παραδεξάμενος προθύμως καὶ φυλάξας τὰς ἐντολὰς πιστὸς οὗτος, ὁ δὲ καὶ εἰς δύναμιν ἀμειβόμενος διʼ ἀγάπης τὴν εὐποιίαν ἤδη φίλος. μία δὲ ἀμοιβὴ κυριωτάτη παρὰ ἀνθρώπων, ταῦτα δρᾶν ἅπερ ἀρεστὰ τῷ θεῷ· καὶ καθάπερ ἂν ἰδίου γεννήματος καὶ κατά τι συγγενοῦς ἀποτελέσματος ὁ διδάσκαλος καὶ σωτὴρ ἀναδέχεται τὰς ὠφελείας τε καὶ ἐπανορθώσεις τῶν ἀνθρώπων εἰς ἰδίαν χάριν τε καὶ τιμήν, [καθάπερ καὶ τὰς εἰς τοὺς πεπιστευκότας αὐτῷ βλάβας ἰδίας ἀχαριστίας τε καὶ ἀτιμίας ἡγούμενος. (τίς γὰρ ἄλλη ἅπτοιτʼ ἂν ἀτιμία θεοῦ;) διόπερ ἄλλην τοσοῦδε οὐδὲ ἔστιν ἀμοιβὴν κατʼ ἀξίαν σωτηρίας ἀποδιδόναι πρὸς τὴν παρὰ τοῦ κυρίου ὠφέλειαν. ὡς δὲ οἱ τὰ κτήματα κακοῦντες τοὺς δεσπότας ὑβρίζουσι, καὶ ὡς οἱ τοὺς στρατιώτας τὸν τούτων ἡγούμενον, οὕτως τοῦ κυρίου ἐστὶν ἀνεπιστρεψία ἡ περὶ τοὺς καθωσιωμένους αὐτῷ κάκωσις. ὅνπερ γὰρ τρόπον ὁ ἥλιος οὐ μόνον τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὸν ὅλον κόσμον φωτίζει γῆν τε καὶ θάλασσαν ἐπιλάμπων, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ θυρίδων καὶ μικρᾶς ὀπῆς πρὸς τοὺς μυχαιτάτους οἴκους ἀποστέλλει τὴν αὐγήν, οὕτως ὁ λόγος πάντῃ κεχυμένος καὶ τὰ σμικρότατα τῶν τοῦ βίου πράξεων ἐπιβλέπει.
To ara anthrōpeion ergon eupeitheia theǭ sōtērian katēngelkoti poikilēn diʼ entolōn, euarestēsis de homologia. ho men gar euergetēs prokatarchei tēs eupoiias, ho de meta tōn deontōn logismōn paradexamenos prothymōs kai phylaxas tas entolas pistos houtos, ho de kai eis dynamin ameibomenos diʼ agapēs tēn eupoiian ēdē philos. mia de amoibē kyriōtatē para anthrōpōn, tauta dran haper aresta tǭ theǭ; kai kathaper an idiou gennēmatos kai kata ti syngenous apotelesmatos ho didaskalos kai sōtēr anadechetai tas ōpheleias te kai epanorthōseis tōn anthrōpōn eis idian charin te kai timēn, [kathaper kai tas eis tous pepisteukotas autǭ blabas idias acharistias te kai atimias hēgoumenos. (tis gar allē haptoitʼ an atimia theou?) dioper allēn tosoude oude estin amoibēn katʼ axian sōtērias apodidonai pros tēn para tou kyriou ōpheleian. hōs de hoi ta ktēmata kakountes tous despotas hybrizousi, kai hōs hoi tous stratiōtas ton toutōn hēgoumenon, houtōs tou kyriou estin anepistrepsia hē peri tous kathōsiōmenous autǭ kakōsis. honper gar tropon ho hēlios ou monon ton ouranon kai ton holon kosmon phōtizei gēn te kai thalassan epilampōn, alla kai dia thyridōn kai mikras opēs pros tous mychaitatous oikous apostellei tēn augēn, houtōs ho logos pantę̄ kechymenos kai ta smikrotata tōn tou biou praxeōn epiblepei.
The human task, then, is ready obedience to God, who has proclaimed a manifold salvation through commandments; and pleasing him is agreement with him. For the benefactor takes the lead in doing good, and the one who has received it eagerly, with the right reasoning, and has kept the commandments is faithful; while the one who also repays the kindness through love, as far as he can, is already a friend. And the one most proper repayment from human beings is to do what is pleasing to God. And as if it were his own offspring and a work in some way akin to himself, the Teacher and Savior receives the benefits and improvements of human beings as a favor and honor to himself, just as he regards injuries done to those who have believed in him as ingratitude and dishonor to himself. (For what other dishonor could touch God?) Therefore there is no other repayment one can make worthy of so great a salvation for the benefit received from the Lord. And as those who damage property insult its masters, and those who harm soldiers insult their commander, so ill-treatment of those consecrated to the Lord is disregard of him. For as the sun not only lights heaven and the whole world, shining on land and sea, but also sends its ray through windows and a small opening into the innermost rooms, so the Word, poured out everywhere, looks upon even the smallest actions of life.
Miscellanies 7, chapter 4
7.4.22Stählin 2
Ἕλληνες δὲ ὥσπερ ἀνθρωπομόρφους οὕτως καὶ ἀνθρωποπαθεῖς τοὺς θεοὺς ὑποτίθενται. καὶ καθάπερ τὰς μορφὰς αὐτῶν ὁμοίας ἑαυτοῖς ἕκαστοι διαζωγραφοῦσιν. ὥς φησιν ὁ Ξενοφάνης, »Αἰθίοπές τε μέλανας σιμούς τε Θρᾷκές τε πυρροὺς καὶ γλαυκούς«. οὕτως καὶ τὰς ψυχὰς ὁμοίους ἑαυτοῖς αὐτοὺς ἀναπλάττουσιν, αὐτίκα βάρβαροι [οἱ] μὲν θηριώδεις καὶ ἀγρίους τὰ ἤθη, ἡμερωτέρους δὲ Ἕλληνες, πλὴν ἐμπαθεῖς. διὸ εὐλόγως τοῖς μὲν μοχθηροῖς φαύλας ἔχειν τὰς περὶ θεοῦ διανοήσεις ἀνάγκη, τοῖς δὲ σπουδαίοις ἀρίστας. καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ὁ τῷ ὄντι »βασιλικὸς τὴν ψυχὴν« καὶ γνωστικὸς οὗτος καὶ θεοσεβὴς καὶ ἀδεισιδαίμων [ὤν]. τίμιον, σεμνόν, μεγαλοπρεπῆ, εὐποιητικόν, εὐεργετικόν, ἁπάντων ἀρχηγὸν ἀγαθῶν, κακῶν δὲ ἀναίτιον μόνον εἶναι τὸν μόνον θεὸν πεπεισμένος. καὶ περὶ μὲν τῆς Ἑλληνικῆς δεισιδαιμονίας ἱκανῶς, οἶμαι, ἐν τῷ Προτρεπτικῷ ἐπιγραφομένῳ ἡμῖν λόγῳ παρεστήσαμεν κατακόρως τῇ κατεπειγούσῃ συγκαταχρώμενοι ἱστορίᾳ. οὔκουν χρὴ »αὖθις τὰ ἀριδήλως εἰρημένα μυθολογεῖν«.
Hellēnes de hōsper anthrōpomorphous houtōs kai anthrōpopatheis tous theous hypotithentai. kai kathaper tas morphas autōn homoias heautois hekastoi diazōgraphousin. hōs phēsin ho Xenophanēs, »Aithiopes te melanas simous te Thrąkes te pyrrous kai glaukous«. houtōs kai tas psychas homoious heautois autous anaplattousin, autika barbaroi [hoi] men thēriōdeis kai agrious ta ēthē, hēmerōterous de Hellēnes, plēn empatheis. dio eulogōs tois men mochthērois phaulas echein tas peri theou dianoēseis anankē, tois de spoudaiois aristas. kai dia touto ho tǭ onti »basilikos tēn psychēn« kai gnōstikos houtos kai theosebēs kai adeisidaimōn [ōn]. timion, semnon, megaloprepē, eupoiētikon, euergetikon, hapantōn archēgon agathōn, kakōn de anaition monon einai ton monon theon pepeismenos. kai peri men tēs Hellēnikēs deisidaimonias hikanōs, oimai, en tǭ Protreptikǭ epigraphomenǭ hēmin logǭ parestēsamen katakorōs tę̄ katepeigousę̄ synkatachrōmenoi historią. oukoun chrē »authis ta aridēlōs eirēmena mythologein«.
The Greeks suppose the gods to have human passions, just as they suppose them to have human forms. And as each people paints their forms like themselves, as Xenophanes says, “the Ethiopians black and snub-nosed, the Thracians red-haired and grey-eyed,” so they also mold their souls like their own: the barbarians, for example, make them savage and wild in character, the Greeks gentler, yet subject to passion. It is reasonable, then, that the wicked should have poor notions of God and the good the best. And for this reason the one who is truly “royal in soul” and knowing is also pious and free from superstition, persuaded that the only God is alone honorable, venerable, magnificent, beneficent, the doer of good, the author of all good things, and not the cause of evil. About Greek superstition, I think, we have shown enough in the work we entitled the Exhortation, where we made full use of the history that pressed upon us. So there is no need “to tell again a tale already clearly told.”
7.4.23Stählin 2
ὅσον δὲ ἐπισημήνασθαι κατὰ τὸν τόπον γενομένους ὀλίγα ἐκ πολλῶν. ἀπόχρη καὶ τάδε εἰς ἔνδειξιν τοῦ ἀθέους παραστῆσαι τοὺς τοῖς κακίστοις ἀνθρώποις τὸ θεῖον ἀπεικάζοντας. ἤτοι γὰρ βλάπτονται πρὸς ἀνθρώπων αὐτοῖς οἱ θεοὶ καὶ χείρους τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὑφʼ ἡμῶν βλαπτόμενοι δείκνυνται, ἢ εἰ μὴ τοῦτο, πῶς ἐφʼ οἷς οὐ βλάπτονται. καθάπερ ὀξύχολον γραΐδιον εἰς ὀργὴν ἐρεθιζόμενον, ἐκπικραίνονται, ᾗ φασι τὴν Ἄρτεμιν διʼ Οἰνέα Αἰτωλοῖς ὀργισθῆναι. πῶς γὰρ οὐκ ἐλογίσατο θεὸς οὖσα ὡς οὐ καταφρονήσας ὁ Οἰνεύς, ἀλλʼ ἤτοι λαθόμενος ἢ ὡς τεθυκὼς ἠμέλησεν; εὖ δὲ καὶ ἡ Αὔγη δικαιολογουμένη πρὸς τὴν Ἀθηνᾶν ἐπὶ τῷ χαλεπαίνειν αὐτῇ τετοκυίᾳ ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ λέγει· σκῦλα μὲν βροτοφθόρα χαίρεις ὁρῶσα καὶ νεκρῶν ἐρείπια, καὶ οὐ μιαρά σοι ταῦτʼ ἔστιν· εἰ δʼ ἐγὼ τεκον, δεινὸν τόδʼ ἡγῇ· καίτοι καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ζῷα ἐν τοῖς ἱεροῖς τίκτοντα οὐδὲν ἀδικεῖ.
hoson de episēmēnasthai kata ton topon genomenous oliga ek pollōn. apochrē kai tade eis endeixin tou atheous parastēsai tous tois kakistois anthrōpois to theion apeikazontas. ētoi gar blaptontai pros anthrōpōn autois hoi theoi kai cheirous tōn anthrōpōn hyphʼ hēmōn blaptomenoi deiknyntai, ē ei mē touto, pōs ephʼ hois ou blaptontai. kathaper oxycholon graïdion eis orgēn erethizomenon, ekpikrainontai, hę̄ phasi tēn Artemin diʼ Oinea Aitōlois orgisthēnai. pōs gar ouk elogisato theos ousa hōs ou kataphronēsas ho Oineus, allʼ ētoi lathomenos ē hōs tethykōs ēmelēsen? eu de kai hē Augē dikaiologoumenē pros tēn Athēnan epi tǭ chalepainein autę̄ tetokuią en tǭ hierǭ legei; skyla men brotophthora chaireis horōsa kai nekrōn ereipia, kai ou miara soi tautʼ estin; ei dʼ egō tekon, deinon todʼ hēgę̄; kaitoi kai ta alla zǭa en tois hierois tiktonta ouden adikei.
Having come to this topic, just to point out a few things out of many, these are enough to show that those who liken the divine to the worst of human beings are godless. For either their gods are harmed by human beings, and so, being harmed by us, are shown to be worse than human beings; or, if not, how is it that they grow bitter over things by which they are not harmed, like an irritable old woman provoked to anger, as they say Artemis was angry with the Aetolians because of Oeneus? For how did she, a goddess, not reckon that Oeneus neglected her not out of contempt but either through forgetting or thinking he had already sacrificed? And Auge too speaks well, pleading her case against Athena, who was angry with her for giving birth in the temple: “Spoils that destroy mortals you delight to see, and the wreckage of the dead, and these are not polluted in your eyes; but if I gave birth, you think this dreadful.” And yet the other animals too give birth in temples and do no wrong.
7.4.24Stählin 2
Εἰκότως τοίνυν δεισιδαίμονες περὶ τοὺς εὐοργήτους γινόμενοι πάντα σημεῖα ἡγοῦνται εἶναι τὰ συμβαίνοντα καὶ κακῶν αἴτια· ἐὰν μῦς διορύξῃ βωμὸν ὄντα πήλινον κἂν μηδὲν ἄλλο ἔχων διατράγῃ θύλακον, ἀλεκτρυὼν τρεφόμενος ἐὰν ἀπὸ ἑσπέρας ᾄσῃ, τιθέμενοι τοῦτο σημεῖόν τινος. Τοιοῦτόν τινα ἐν τῷ Δεισιδαίμονι ὁ Μένανδρος διακωμῳδεῖ· ἀγαθόν τι γένοιτό μοι, ὦ πολυτίμητοι θεοί, ὑποδούμενος τὸν ἱμάντα γὰρ τῆς δεξιᾶς ἐμβάδος διέρρηξα. Εἰκότως, ὦ φλήναφε· σαπρὸς γὰρ ἦν, σὺ δὲ σμικρολόγος οὐ θέλων καινὰς πρίασθαι. Χαρίεν τὸ τοῦ Ἀντιφῶντος· οἰωνισαμένου τινός, ὅτι κατέφαγεν ὗς τὰ δελφάκια, θεασάμενος αὐτὴν ὑπὸ λιμοῦ διὰ μικροψυχίαν τοῦ τρέφοντος κατισχναμένην, »χαῖρε«, εἶπεν, »ἐπὶ τῷ σημείῳ, ὅτι οὕτω πεινῶσα τὰ σὰ οὐκ ἔφαγεν τέκνα.« »Τί δὲ καὶ θαυμαστόν, εἰ ὁ μῦς«, φησὶν ὁ Βίων, »τὸν θύλακον διέτραγεν, οὐχ εὑρὼν ὅ τι φάγῃ; τοῦτο γὰρ ἦν θαυμαστόν, εἰ, ὥσπερ Ἀρκεσίλαος παίζων ἐνεχείρει, τὸν μῦν ὁ θῦλαξ κατέφαγεν.«
Eikotōs toinyn deisidaimones peri tous euorgētous ginomenoi panta sēmeia hēgountai einai ta symbainonta kai kakōn aitia; ean mys dioryxę̄ bōmon onta pēlinon kan mēden allo echōn diatragę̄ thylakon, alektryōn trephomenos ean apo hesperas ąsę̄, tithemenoi touto sēmeion tinos. Toiouton tina en tǭ Deisidaimoni ho Menandros diakōmǭdei; agathon ti genoito moi, ō polytimētoi theoi, hypodoumenos ton himanta gar tēs dexias embados dierrēxa. Eikotōs, ō phlēnaphe; sapros gar ēn, sy de smikrologos ou thelōn kainas priasthai. Charien to tou Antiphōntos; oiōnisamenou tinos, hoti katephagen hys ta delphakia, theasamenos autēn hypo limou dia mikropsychian tou trephontos katischnamenēn, »chaire«, eipen, »epi tǭ sēmeiǭ, hoti houtō peinōsa ta sa ouk ephagen tekna.« »Ti de kai thaumaston, ei ho mys«, phēsin ho Biōn, »ton thylakon dietragen, ouch heurōn ho ti phagę̄? touto gar ēn thaumaston, ei, hōsper Arkesilaos paizōn enecheirei, ton myn ho thylax katephagen.«
Naturally, then, people who become superstitious about gods quick to anger think that everything that happens is a sign and a cause of evils: if a mouse digs through an altar made of clay, or, having nothing else, chews through a sack; if a rooster being raised crows in the evening, they take this as a sign of something. Such a man Menander mocks in The Superstitious Man: “May some good befall me, O most honored gods! For in tying on my right sandal I broke the strap.” “Naturally, you fool; it was rotten, and you are a skinflint who won't buy new ones.” Antiphon's remark is charming. When someone took it as an omen that a sow had eaten her piglets, he saw that she was wasted with hunger because of the stinginess of her keeper and said, “Rejoice at the sign: hungry as she is, she did not eat your children.” “And what is surprising,” says Bion, “if the mouse chewed through the sack when it found nothing to eat? What would have been surprising is if, as Arcesilaus jokingly proposed, the sack had eaten the mouse.”
7.4.25Stählin 2
Εὖ γοῦν καὶ Διογένης πρὸς τὸν θαυμάζοντα, ὅτι εὗρεν τὸν ὄφιν ἐν τῷ ὑπέρῳ περιειλημένον. »μὴ θαύμαζε« ἔφη· »ἦν γὰρ παραδοξότερον ἐκεῖνο, εἰ τὸ ὕπερον περὶ ὀρθῷ τῷ ὄφει κατειλημένον ἐθεάσω.« Δεῖ γὰρ καὶ τὰ ἄλογα τῶν ζῴων τρέχειν καὶ θεῖν καὶ μάχεσθαι καὶ τίκτειν καὶ ἀποθνῄσκειν, ἃ δή, ἐκείνοις ὄντα κατὰ φύσιν, οὐκ ἄν ποτε ἡμῖν γένοιτο παρὰ φύσιν· ὄρνιθες δέ τε πολλοὶ ὑπʼ αὐγὰς ἠελίοιο φοιτῶσιν. Ὁ κωμικὸς δὲ Φιλήμων καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα κωμῳδεῖ· ὅταν ἴδω (φησί) παρατηροῦντα, τίς ἔπταρεν ἢ τίς ἐλάλησεν. ἤ, τίς ἐστιν ὁ προϊών. σκοποῦντα, πωλῶ τοῦτον εὐθὺς ἐν ἀγορᾷ. αὑτῷ βαδίζει καὶ λαλεῖ καὶ πτάρνυται ἕκαστος ἡμῶν. οὐχὶ τοῖς ἐν τῇ πόλει. τὰ πράγματα ὡς πέφυκεν, οὕτως γίγνεται. Εἶτα νήφοντες μὲν ὑγείαν αἰτοῦνται. ὑπερεμπιπλάμενοι δὲ καὶ μέθαις ἐγκυλιόμενοι κατὰ τὰς ἑορτὰς νόσους ἐπισπῶνται.
Eu goun kai Diogenēs pros ton thaumazonta, hoti heuren ton ophin en tǭ hyperǭ perieilēmenon. »mē thaumaze« ephē; »ēn gar paradoxoteron ekeino, ei to hyperon peri orthǭ tǭ ophei kateilēmenon etheasō.« Dei gar kai ta aloga tōn zǭōn trechein kai thein kai machesthai kai tiktein kai apothnę̄skein, ha dē, ekeinois onta kata physin, ouk an pote hēmin genoito para physin; ornithes de te polloi hypʼ augas ēelioio phoitōsin. Ho kōmikos de Philēmōn kai ta toiauta kōmǭdei; hotan idō (phēsi) paratērounta, tis eptaren ē tis elalēsen. ē, tis estin ho proïōn. skopounta, pōlō touton euthys en agorą. hautǭ badizei kai lalei kai ptarnytai hekastos hēmōn. ouchi tois en tę̄ polei. ta pragmata hōs pephyken, houtōs gignetai. Eita nēphontes men hygeian aitountai. hyperempiplamenoi de kai methais enkyliomenoi kata tas heortas nosous epispōntai.
Diogenes too spoke well to someone who was amazed at finding a snake coiled around a pestle: “Don't be amazed,” he said; “it would have been more surprising if you had seen the pestle coiled around an upright snake.” For irrational animals too must run and race and fight and give birth and die; and these things, being natural to them, could never be against nature for us. “And many birds wander beneath the rays of the sun.” The comic poet Philemon also mocks such things: “When I see someone watching,” he says, “who sneezed or who spoke, or looking to see who is walking ahead, I sell him at once in the market. Each of us walks and talks and sneezes for himself, not for those in the city; things happen as their nature is.” Then, when sober, they ask for health; but gorging themselves and wallowing in drunkenness at the festivals, they bring diseases on themselves.
7.4.26Stählin 2
Πολλοὶ δὲ καὶ τὰς γραφὰς δεδίασι τὰς ἀνακειμένας. ἀστείως πάνυ ὁ Διογένης, ἐπὶ οἰκίᾳ μοχθηροῦ τινος εὑρὼν ἐπιγεγραμμένον· ὁ καλλίνικος Ἡρακλῆς ἐνθάδε κατοικεῖ· μηδὲν εἰσίτω κακόν, »καὶ πῶς« ἔφη »ὁ κύριος εἰσελεύσεται τῆς οἰκίας;« Οἱ αὐτοὶ δʼ οὗτοι πᾶν ξύλον καὶ πάντα λίθον, τὸ δὴ λεγόμενον, λιπαρὸν προσκυνοῦντες, ἔρια πυρρὰ καὶ ἁλῶν χόνδρους καὶ δᾷδας σκίλλαν τε καὶ θεῖον δεδίασι, πρὸς τῶν γοήτων καταγοητευθέντες κατά τινας ἀκαθάρτους καθαρμούς. θεὸς δέ, ὁ τῷ ὄντι θεός, ἅγιον μόνον οἶδεν τὸ τοῦ δικαίου ἦθος, ὥσπερ ἐναγὲς τὸ ἄδικον καὶ μοχθηρόν. ὁρᾶν γοῦν ἔστι τὰ ὠὰ τὰ ἀπὸ τῶν περικαθαρθέντων, εἰ θαλφθείη, ζωογονούμενα. οὐκ ἂν δὲ τοῦτο ἐγίνετο, εἰ ἀνελάμβανεν τὰ τοῦ περικαθαρθέντος κακά. Χαριέντως γοῦν καὶ ὁ κωμικὸς Δίφιλος κωμῳδεῖ τοὺς γόητας διὰ τῶνδε· Προιτίδας ἁγνίζων κούρας καὶ τὸν πατέρα αὐτῶν Προῖτον Ἀβαντιάδην καὶ γραῦν πέμπτην ἐπὶ τοῖσδε δᾳδὶ μιᾷ σκίλλῃ τε μιᾷ, τόσα σώματα φωτῶν, θείῳ τε ἀσφάλτῳ τε πολυφλοίσβῳ τε θαλάσσῃ ἐξ ἀκαλαρρείταο βαθυρρόου Ὠκεανοῖο. ἀλλὰ μάκαρ Ἀὴρ διὰ τῶν νεφέων διάπεμψον Ἀντικύραν, ἵνα τόνδε κόριν κηφῆνα ποιήσω.
Polloi de kai tas graphas dediasi tas anakeimenas. asteiōs pany ho Diogenēs, epi oikią mochthērou tinos heurōn epigegrammenon; ho kallinikos Hēraklēs enthade katoikei; mēden eisitō kakon, »kai pōs« ephē »ho kyrios eiseleusetai tēs oikias?« Hoi autoi dʼ houtoi pan xylon kai panta lithon, to dē legomenon, liparon proskynountes, eria pyrra kai halōn chondrous kai dądas skillan te kai theion dediasi, pros tōn goētōn katagoēteuthentes kata tinas akathartous katharmous. theos de, ho tǭ onti theos, hagion monon oiden to tou dikaiou ēthos, hōsper enages to adikon kai mochthēron. horan goun esti ta ōa ta apo tōn perikatharthentōn, ei thalphtheiē, zōogonoumena. ouk an de touto egineto, ei anelambanen ta tou perikatharthentos kaka. Charientōs goun kai ho kōmikos Diphilos kōmǭdei tous goētas dia tōnde; Proitidas hagnizōn kouras kai ton patera autōn Proiton Abantiadēn kai graun pemptēn epi toisde dądi mią skillę̄ te mią, tosa sōmata phōtōn, theiǭ te asphaltǭ te polyphloisbǭ te thalassę̄ ex akalarreitao bathyrroou Ōkeanoio. alla makar Aēr dia tōn nepheōn diapempson Antikyran, hina tonde korin kēphēna poiēsō.
Many also fear the inscriptions set up on houses. Diogenes, very wittily, finding written on the house of some scoundrel, “Heracles, the glorious victor, lives here; let no evil enter,” said, “Then how will the master of the house get in?” These same people, who worship every piece of wood and every stone, “the anointed ones,” as the saying goes, are afraid of red wool, grains of salt, torches, squill, and sulfur, bewitched by sorcerers in certain impure purifications. But God, the true God, recognizes as holy only the character of the righteous, just as he recognizes as accursed what is unjust and wicked. One can see, at any rate, that eggs used in purifying people hatch if they are kept warm; this would not happen if they took on the evils of the person purified. Charmingly, then, the comic poet Diphilus mocks the sorcerers in these words: “Purifying the daughters of Proetus and their father Proetus, son of Abas, and an old woman as a fifth besides, with one torch and one squill, so many human bodies, with sulfur and asphalt and the loud-roaring sea, from gently flowing, deep-flowing Ocean. But, blessed Air, send Anticyra down through the clouds, so that I may turn this bug into a drone.”
7.4.27Stählin 2
Εὖ γὰρ καὶ ὁ Μένανδρος· εἰ μέν τι κακὸν ἀληθὲς εἶχες, Φειδία, ζητεῖν ἀληθὲς φάρμακον τούτου σʼ ἔδει. νῦν δʼ οὐκ ἔχεις· κενὸν εὑρὲ καὶ τὸ φάρμακον πρὸς τὸ κενόν· οἰήθητι δὲ ὠφελεῖν τί σε. περιμαξάτωσάν σε αἱ γυναῖκες ἐν κύκλῳ καὶ περιθεωσάτωσαν· ἀπὸ κρουνῶν τριῶν ὕδατι περίρραναι ἐμβαλὼν ἅλας, φακούς. πᾶς ἁγνός ἐστιν ὁ μηδὲν ἑαυτῷ κακὸν συνειδώς. Αὐτίκα ἡ τραγῳδία λέγει· Ὀρέστα, τίς σε ἀπόλλυσιν νόσος; Ἡ σύνεσις, ὅτι σύνοιδα δεινὰ εἰργασμένος. τῷ γὰρ ὄντι ἡ ἁγνεία οὐκ ἄλλη τίς ἐστιν πλὴν ἡ τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων ἀποχή. Καλῶς ἄρα καὶ Ἐπίχαρμός φησι· καθαρὸν ἂν τὸν νοῦν ἔχῃς, ἅπαν τὸ σῶμα καθαρὸς εἶ. Αὐτίκα καὶ τὰς ψυχὰς προκαθαίρειν χρεών φαμεν ἀπὸ τῶν φαύλων καὶ μοχθηρῶν δογμάτων διὰ τοῦ λόγου τοῦ ὀρθοῦ, καὶ τότε οὕτως ἐπὶ τὴν τῶν προηγουμένων κεφαλαίων ὑπόμνησιν τρέπεσθαι, ἐπεὶ καὶ πρὸ τῆς τῶν μυστηρίων παραδόσεως καθαρμούς τινας προσάγειν τοῖς μυεῖσθαι μέλλουσιν ἀξιοῦσιν, ὡς δέον τὴν ἄθεον ἀποθεμένους δόξαν ἐπὶ τὴν ἀληθῆ τρέπεσθαι παράδοσιν.
Eu gar kai ho Menandros; ei men ti kakon alēthes eiches, Pheidia, zētein alēthes pharmakon toutou sʼ edei. nyn dʼ ouk echeis; kenon heure kai to pharmakon pros to kenon; oiēthēti de ōphelein ti se. perimaxatōsan se hai gynaikes en kyklǭ kai peritheōsatōsan; apo krounōn triōn hydati perirranai embalōn halas, phakous. pas hagnos estin ho mēden heautǭ kakon syneidōs. Autika hē tragǭdia legei; Oresta, tis se apollysin nosos? Hē synesis, hoti synoida deina eirgasmenos. tǭ gar onti hē hagneia ouk allē tis estin plēn hē tōn hamartēmatōn apochē. Kalōs ara kai Epicharmos phēsi; katharon an ton noun echę̄s, hapan to sōma katharos ei. Autika kai tas psychas prokathairein chreōn phamen apo tōn phaulōn kai mochthērōn dogmatōn dia tou logou tou orthou, kai tote houtōs epi tēn tōn proēgoumenōn kephalaiōn hypomnēsin trepesthai, epei kai pro tēs tōn mystēriōn paradoseōs katharmous tinas prosagein tois myeisthai mellousin axiousin, hōs deon tēn atheon apothemenous doxan epi tēn alēthē trepesthai paradosin.
For Menander also says well: “If you had some real ill, Phidias, you would need to seek a real remedy for it. But now you do not; so find an empty remedy for the empty ill, and imagine that it does you some good. Let the women wipe you around in a circle and fumigate you with sulfur; sprinkle yourself with water from three springs, throwing in salt and lentils. Everyone is pure who is conscious of no evil in himself.” Indeed, the tragedy says: “Orestes, what sickness is destroying you?” “Conscience, because I know I have done terrible things.” For in truth purity is nothing else than abstaining from sins. Epicharmus, then, says well: “If you have a pure mind, you are pure in all your body.” So we say that souls too must first be purified from worthless and wicked opinions through right reason, and only then turn to the recollection of the principal heads of doctrine; since also before the handing on of the mysteries they think it right to apply certain purifications to those who are about to be initiated, because one must put off godless opinion before turning to the true tradition.
Miscellanies 7, chapter 5
7.5.28Stählin 2
Ἢ γὰρ οὐ καλῶς καὶ ἀληθῶς οὐκ ἐν τόπῳ τινὶ περιγράφομεν τὸν ἀπερίληπτον οὐδʼ ἐν ἱεροῖς καθείργνυμεν »χειροποιήτοις« τὸ πάντων περιεκτικόν; τί δʼ ἂν καὶ οἰκοδόμων καὶ λιθοξόων καὶ βαναύσου τέχνης ἅγιον εἴη ἔργον; οὐχὶ ἀμείνους τούτων οἱ τὸν ἀέρα καὶ τὸ περιέχον, μᾶλλον δὲ τὸν ὅλον κόσμον καὶ τὸ σύμπαν ἄξιον ἡγησάμενοι τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ ὑπεροχῆς; γελοῖον μεντἂν εἴη, ὡς αὐτοί φασιν οἱ φιλόσοφοι, ἄνθρωπον, ὄντα »παίγνιον θεοῦ«, θεὸν ἐργάζεσθαι καὶ γίγνεσθαι παιδιὰν τέχνης τὸν θεόν. ἐπεὶ τὸ γινόμενον ταὐτὸν καὶ ὅμοιον τῷ ἐξ οὗ γίνεται, ὡς τὸ ἐξ ἐλέφαντος ἐλεφάντινον καὶ τὸ ἐκ χρυσοῦ χρυσοῦν· τὰ δὲ πρὸς ἀνθρώπων βαναύσων κατασκευαζόμενα ἀγάλματά τε καὶ ἱερὰ ἐκ τῆς ὕλης τῆς ἀργῆς γίνεται, ὥστε καὶ αὐτὰ ἂν εἴη ἀργὰ καὶ ὑλικὰ καὶ βέβηλα. κἂν τὴν τέχνην ἐκτελέσῃς, τῆς βαναυσίας μετείληφεν· οὐκέτʼ οὖν ἱερὰ καὶ θεῖα τῆς τέχνης τὰ ἔργα. τί δʼ ἂν καὶ ἱδρύοιτο μηδενὸς ἀνιδρύτου τυγχάνοντος, ἐπεὶ πάντα ἐν τόπῳ; ναὶ μὴν τὸ ἱδρυμένον ὑπό τινος ἱδρύεται πρότερον ἀνίδρυτον ὄν. εἴπερ οὖν ὁ θεὸς ἱδρύεται πρὸς ἀνθρώπων, ἀνίδρυτός ποτε ἦν καὶ οὐδʼ ὅλως ἦν. τοῦτο γὰρ ἂν εἴη ἀνίδρυτον, τὸ οὐκ ὄν· ἐπειδήπερ πᾶν τὸ μὴ ὂν ἱδρύεται. τὸ δὲ ὂν ὑπὸ τοῦ μὴ ὄντος οὐκ ἂν ἱδρυνθείη, ἀλλʼ οὐδʼ ὑπʼ ἄλλου ὄντος· ὂν γάρ ἐστι καὶ αὐτό.
Ē gar ou kalōs kai alēthōs ouk en topǭ tini perigraphomen ton aperilēpton oudʼ en hierois katheirgnymen »cheiropoiētois« to pantōn periektikon? ti dʼ an kai oikodomōn kai lithoxoōn kai banausou technēs hagion eiē ergon? ouchi ameinous toutōn hoi ton aera kai to periechon, mallon de ton holon kosmon kai to sympan axion hēgēsamenoi tēs tou theou hyperochēs? geloion mentan eiē, hōs autoi phasin hoi philosophoi, anthrōpon, onta »paignion theou«, theon ergazesthai kai gignesthai paidian technēs ton theon. epei to ginomenon tauton kai homoion tǭ ex hou ginetai, hōs to ex elephantos elephantinon kai to ek chrysou chrysoun; ta de pros anthrōpōn banausōn kataskeuazomena agalmata te kai hiera ek tēs hylēs tēs argēs ginetai, hōste kai auta an eiē arga kai hylika kai bebēla. kan tēn technēn ektelesę̄s, tēs banausias meteilēphen; ouketʼ oun hiera kai theia tēs technēs ta erga. ti dʼ an kai hidryoito mēdenos anidrytou tynchanontos, epei panta en topǭ? nai mēn to hidrymenon hypo tinos hidryetai proteron anidryton on. eiper oun ho theos hidryetai pros anthrōpōn, anidrytos pote ēn kai oudʼ holōs ēn. touto gar an eiē anidryton, to ouk on; epeidēper pan to mē on hidryetai. to de on hypo tou mē ontos ouk an hidryntheiē, allʼ oudʼ hypʼ allou ontos; on gar esti kai auto.
Or are we not right and true in not confining in any place the one who cannot be contained, and in not shutting up in temples “made with hands” the one who contains all things? What work of builders and stonecutters and mechanical craft could be holy? Are not those better than these who have thought the air and the surrounding heaven, or rather the whole world and the universe, worthy of God's pre-eminence? It would surely be ridiculous, as the philosophers themselves say, for a human being, who is “God's plaything,” to make God, and for God to become the plaything of a craft. For what is made is the same as, and like, that from which it is made: what is made from ivory is ivory, and what is made from gold is golden. But the statues and temples built by workmen are made from inert matter, so that they too would be inert, material, and profane; and even if you perfect the craft, the work shares in the mechanical. So the works of craft are no longer sacred and divine. And what could be set up and established, when nothing is unestablished, since all things are in place? Indeed, what is established is established by someone, having previously been unestablished. If, then, God is established by human beings, he was once unestablished and did not exist at all. For what would be unestablished is what does not exist, since it is what does not exist that gets established. But what exists could not be established by what does not exist, nor even by another existing thing, for that too exists.
7.5.29Stählin 2
λείπεται δὴ ὑφʼ ἑαυτοῦ. καὶ πῶς αὐτὸ ἑαυτό τι γεννήσει; ἢ πῶς αὐτὸ τὸ ὂν ἑαυτὸ τῷ εἶναι ἐνιδρύσει; πότερον ἀνίδρυτον ὂν πρότερον ἵδρυσεν ἑαυτό; ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἂν οὐδʼ ἦν, ἐπεὶ τὸ μὴ ὂν ἀνίδρυτον· καὶ τὸ ἱδρῦσθαι νομισθὲν πῶς, ὃ φθάσαν εἶχεν ὄν, τοῦθʼ ἑαυτὸ ὕστερον ἂν ποιοίη; οὗ δὲ πάντα τὰ ὄντα, πῶς [οὖν] τοῦτʼ ἂν δέοιτό τινος; ἀλλʼ εἰ καὶ ἀνθρωποειδὲς τὸ θεῖον, τῶν ἴσων δεήσεται τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ, τροφῆς τε καὶ σκέπης οἰκίας τε καὶ τῶν ἀκολούθων πάντων. οἱ ὁμοιοσχήμονες γὰρ καὶ ὁμοιοπαθεῖς τῆς ἴσης δεήσονται διαίτης. εἰ δὲ τὸ ἱερὸν διχῶς ἐκλαμβάνεται, ὅ τε θεὸς αὐτὸς καὶ τὸ εἰς τιμὴν αὐτοῦ κατασκεύασμα, πῶς οὐ κυρίως τὴν εἰς τιμὴν τοῦ θεοῦ κατʼ ἐπίγνωσιν ἁγίαν γενομένην ἐκκλησίαν ἱερὸν ἂν εἴποιμεν θεοῦ τὸ πολλοῦ ἄξιον καὶ οὐ βαναύσῳ κατεσκευασμένον τέχνῃ, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ἀγύρτου χειρὶ δεδαιδαλμένον, βουλήσει δὲ τοῦ θεοῦ εἰς νεὼν πεποιημένον; οὐ γὰρ νῦν τὸν τόπον, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἄθροισμα τῶν ἐκλεκτῶν ἐκκλησίαν καλῶ. ἀμείνων ὁ νεὼς οὗτος εἰς παραδοχὴν μεγέθους ἀξίας τοῦ θεοῦ. τὸ γὰρ [περὶ] πολλοῦ ἄξιον ζῷον τῷ τοῦ παντὸς ἀξίῳ. μᾶλλον δὲ οὐδενὸς ἀνταξίῳ. διʼ ὑπερβολὴν ἁγιότητος καθιέρωται. εἴη δʼ ἂν οὗτος ὁ γνωστικὸς ὁ πολλοῦ ἄξιος ὁ τίμιος τῷ θεῷ, ἐν ᾧ ὁ θεὸς ἐνίδρυται. τουτέστιν ἡ περὶ τοῦ θεοῦ γνῶσις καθιέρωται. ἐνταῦθα καὶ τὸ ἀπεικόνισμα εὕροιμεν ἄν, τὸ θεῖον καὶ ἅγιον ἄγαλμα, ἐν τῇ δικαίᾳ ψυχῇ, ὅταν μακαρία μὲν αὐτὴ τυγχάνῃ. ἅτε προκεκαθαρμένη. μακάρια δὲ διαπραττομένη ἔργα. ἐνταῦθα καὶ τὸ ἐνίδρυτον καὶ τὸ ἐνιδρυόμενον, τὸ μὲν ἐπὶ τῶν ἤδη γνωστικῶν, τὸ δὲ ἐπὶ τῶν οἵων τε γενέσθαι, κἂν μηδέπω ὦσιν ἄξιοι ἀναδέξασθαι ἐπιστήμην θεοῦ. πᾶν γὰρ τὸ μέλλον πιστεύειν πιστὸν ἤδη τῷ θεῷ καὶ καθιδρυμένον εἰς τιμὴν ἄγαλμα ἐνάρετον, ἀνακείμενον θεῷ.
leipetai dē hyphʼ heautou. kai pōs auto heauto ti gennēsei? ē pōs auto to on heauto tǭ einai enidrysei? poteron anidryton on proteron hidrysen heauto? allʼ ouk an oudʼ ēn, epei to mē on anidryton; kai to hidrysthai nomisthen pōs, ho phthasan eichen on, touthʼ heauto hysteron an poioiē? hou de panta ta onta, pōs [oun] toutʼ an deoito tinos? allʼ ei kai anthrōpoeides to theion, tōn isōn deēsetai tǭ anthrōpǭ, trophēs te kai skepēs oikias te kai tōn akolouthōn pantōn. hoi homoioschēmones gar kai homoiopatheis tēs isēs deēsontai diaitēs. ei de to hieron dichōs eklambanetai, ho te theos autos kai to eis timēn autou kataskeuasma, pōs ou kyriōs tēn eis timēn tou theou katʼ epignōsin hagian genomenēn ekklēsian hieron an eipoimen theou to pollou axion kai ou banausǭ kateskeuasmenon technę̄, allʼ oude agyrtou cheiri dedaidalmenon, boulēsei de tou theou eis neōn pepoiēmenon? ou gar nyn ton topon, alla to athroisma tōn eklektōn ekklēsian kalō. ameinōn ho neōs houtos eis paradochēn megethous axias tou theou. to gar [peri] pollou axion zǭon tǭ tou pantos axiǭ. mallon de oudenos antaxiǭ. diʼ hyperbolēn hagiotētos kathierōtai. eiē dʼ an houtos ho gnōstikos ho pollou axios ho timios tǭ theǭ, en hǭ ho theos enidrytai. toutestin hē peri tou theou gnōsis kathierōtai. entautha kai to apeikonisma heuroimen an, to theion kai hagion agalma, en tę̄ dikaią psychę̄, hotan makaria men autē tynchanę̄. hate prokekatharmenē. makaria de diaprattomenē erga. entautha kai to enidryton kai to enidryomenon, to men epi tōn ēdē gnōstikōn, to de epi tōn hoiōn te genesthai, kan mēdepō ōsin axioi anadexasthai epistēmēn theou. pan gar to mellon pisteuein piston ēdē tǭ theǭ kai kathidrymenon eis timēn agalma enareton, anakeimenon theǭ.
It remains, then, that it is established by itself. And how will anything beget itself? Or how will what exists establish itself in being? Did it, being previously unestablished, establish itself? But then it would not even have existed, since what does not exist is unestablished. And how could what is thought to have been established later make itself into what it already was, existing beforehand? And that to which all existing things belong, how could it need anything? But if the divine has human form, it will need the same things as a human being: food, shelter, a house, and everything that goes with them; for those of the same shape and the same passions will need the same way of life. But if “temple” is taken in two senses, both God himself and the structure built in his honor, how should we not properly call the church, made holy for the honor of God according to knowledge, a temple of God, worth much and built not by mechanical craft, nor fashioned by the hand of a charlatan, but made into a shrine by the will of God? For I now call not the place but the assembly of the elect the church. This temple is better for receiving the greatness of God's dignity. For the living being worth much is consecrated, through its surpassing holiness, to the one who is worth everything, or rather to him with whom nothing is of equal worth. And this would be the one who knows, worth much, precious to God, in whom God is enshrined, that is, in whom knowledge of God is consecrated. Here too we might find the likeness, the divine and holy statue, in the righteous soul, when it is itself blessed, having been purified beforehand, and does blessed works. Here too is both what is established and what is being established: the one in those who already know, the other in those who are able to become so, even if they are not yet worthy to receive the understanding of God. For everyone who is going to believe is already faithful to God, a virtuous statue set up for his honor and dedicated to God.
Miscellanies 7, chapter 6
7.6.30Stählin 2
Καθάπερ οὖν οὐ περιγράφεται τόπῳ θεὸς οὐδὲ ἀπεικονίζεταί ποτε ζῴου σχήματι. οὕτως οὐδὲ ὁμοιοπαθὴς οὐδὲ ἐνδεὴς καθάπερ τὰ γενητά, ὡς θυσιῶν, δίκην τροφῆς, διὰ λιμὸν ἐπιθυμεῖν. ὧν ἅπτεται πάθος. φθαρτὰ πάντα ἐστί, καὶ τῷ μὴ τρεφομένῳ προσάγειν βορὰν μάταιον. καὶ ὅ γε κωμικὸς ἐκεῖνος Φερεκράτης ἐν Αὐτομόλοις χαριέντως αὐτοὺς πεποίηκεν τοὺς θεοὺς καταμεμφομένους τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τῶν ἱερῶν· ὅτε τοῖσι θεοῖσ[ι] θύετε, πρώτιστα ἀποκρίνετε τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν τὸ νομιζόμενον, κἄπειθʼ ὑμῖν, εἶτʼ (αἰσχύνη τὸ κατειπεῖν) εὖ τὼ μηρὼ περιλέψαντες [κομιδῇ] μέχρι βουβώνων κρέα πάντα καὶ τὴν ὀσφὺν κομιδῇ ψιλήν, λοιπὸν τὸν σπόνδυλον αὐτὸν ὥσπερ ῥίνῃ ῥινήσαντες νέμεθʼ ὥσπερ [καὶ] τοῖς κυσὶν ἡμῖν, εἶτʼ ἀλλήλους αἰσχυνόμενοι θυλήμασι κρύπτετε πολλοῖς. Εὔβουλος δὲ ὁ καὶ αὐτὸς κωμικὸς ὧδέ πως περὶ τῶν θυσιῶν γράφει· αὐτοῖς δὲ τοῖς θεοῖσι τὴν κέρκον μόνην καὶ μηρὸν ὥσπερ παιδερασταῖς θύετε. καὶ παραγαγὼν τὸν Διόνυσον ἐν Σεμέλῃ διαστελλόμενον πεποίηκεν· πρῶτον μὲν ὅταν ἐμοί τι θύωσίν τινες, θύουσιν αἷμα, κύστιν, ἧπαρ, καρδίαν, ὑμένʼ ἐπιπόλαιον· οὐδʼ ἐγὼ γὰρ ἐσθίω γλυκεῖαν οὐδὲ μηρίαν.
Kathaper oun ou perigraphetai topǭ theos oude apeikonizetai pote zǭou schēmati. houtōs oude homoiopathēs oude endeēs kathaper ta genēta, hōs thysiōn, dikēn trophēs, dia limon epithymein. hōn haptetai pathos. phtharta panta esti, kai tǭ mē trephomenǭ prosagein boran mataion. kai ho ge kōmikos ekeinos Pherekratēs en Automolois charientōs autous pepoiēken tous theous katamemphomenous tois anthrōpois tōn hierōn; hote toisi theois[i] thyete, prōtista apokrinete tois hiereusin to nomizomenon, kapeithʼ hymin, eitʼ (aischynē to kateipein) eu tō mērō perilepsantes [komidę̄] mechri boubōnōn krea panta kai tēn osphyn komidę̄ psilēn, loipon ton spondylon auton hōsper rhinę̄ rhinēsantes nemethʼ hōsper [kai] tois kysin hēmin, eitʼ allēlous aischynomenoi thylēmasi kryptete pollois. Euboulos de ho kai autos kōmikos hōde pōs peri tōn thysiōn graphei; autois de tois theoisi tēn kerkon monēn kai mēron hōsper paiderastais thyete. kai paragagōn ton Dionyson en Semelę̄ diastellomenon pepoiēken; prōton men hotan emoi ti thyōsin tines, thyousin haima, kystin, hēpar, kardian, hymenʼ epipolaion; oudʼ egō gar esthiō glykeian oude mērian.
Just as God is not circumscribed by place, nor ever represented by the shape of a living creature, so neither is he subject to the same passions, nor in need, as created things are, so as to crave sacrifices out of hunger, as if they were food. Things that passion touches are all perishable, and to bring food to one who is not nourished is futile. And that comic poet Pherecrates, in The Deserters, has charmingly made the gods themselves reproach human beings over their sacrifices: “When you sacrifice to the gods, first you set aside the customary portion for the priests, and then for yourselves; then (it is a shame to say it) you strip the two thighs clean right down to the groin, all the meat, and leave the loin quite bare, and the backbone that is left, filed down as with a rasp, you hand out to us as to the dogs; and then, ashamed before one another, you hide it under a heap of sacrificial cakes.” Eubulus, himself also a comic poet, writes somewhat like this about sacrifices: “To the gods themselves you sacrifice only the tail and the thigh, as to pederasts.” And bringing on Dionysus in Semele, laying down the terms, he has him say: “First, when people sacrifice anything to me, they sacrifice blood, bladder, liver, heart, the outer membrane; for I do not eat the sweet parts or the thigh.”
7.6.31Stählin 2
Μένανδρός τε τὴν ὀσφὺν ἄκραν πεποίηκεν καὶ τὴν χολὴν ὀστέα τὰ ἄβρωτα (φησί) τοῖς θεοῖς ἐπιθέντες αὐτοὶ τὰ ἄλλα ἀναλίσκουσιν. Ἢ γὰρ οὐχ ἡ τῶν ὁλοκαυτωμάτων κνῖσα καὶ τοῖς θηρίοις φευκτέα; εἰ δὲ τῷ ὄντι ἡ κνῖσα γέρας ἐστὶ θεῶν τῶν παρʼ Ἕλλησιν, οὐκ ἂν φθάνοιεν καὶ τοὺς μαγείρους θεοποιοῦντες, οἳ τῆς ἴσης εὐδαιμονίας ἀξιοῦνται, καὶ τὸν ἰπνὸν αὐτὸν προσκυνοῦντες προσεχέστερον γινόμενον τῇ κνίσῃ τῇ πολυτιμήτῳ. καί που Ἡσίοδος κατά τινα μερισμὸν κρεῶν ἀπατηθέντα φησὶ πρὸς τοῦ Προμηθέως τὸν Δία λαβεῖν »ὀστέα λευκὰ βοὸς δολίῃ ἐπὶ τέχνῃ« κεκαλυμμένα »ἀργέτι δημῷ«· ἐκ τοῦ δʼ ἀθανάτοισιν ἐπὶ χθονὶ φῦλʼ ἀνθρώπων καίουσʼ ὀστέα λευκὰ θυηέντων ἐπὶ βωμῶν. ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἂν οὐδαμῶς φασι κατὰ τὴν ἐκ τῆς ἐνδείας ἐπιθυμίαν κακούμενον τρέφεσθαι τὸν θεόν. ὅμοιον οὖν αὐτὸν φυτῷ ποιήσουσιν ἀνορέκτως τρεφόμενον καὶ τοῖς φωλεύουσι θηρίοις. φασὶ γοῦν ταῦτα εἴτε ὑπὸ τῆς κατὰ τὸν ἀέρα παχύτητος εἴτʼ αὖ καὶ ἐξ αὐτῆς τῆς τοῦ οἰκείου σώματος ἀναθυμιάσεως τρεφόμενα ἀβλαβῶς αὔξειν. καίτοι εἰ ἀνενδεῶς τρέφεται αὐτοῖς τὸ θεῖον, τίς ἔτι χρεία τροφῆς τῷ ἀνενδεεῖ; εἰ δὲ τιμώμενον χαίρει, φύσει ἀνενδεὲς ὑπάρχον, οὐκ ἀπεικότως ἡμεῖς διʼ εὐχῆς τιμῶμεν τὸν θεόν, καὶ ταύτην τὴν θυσίαν ἀρίστην καὶ ἁγιωτάτην μετὰ δικαιοσύνης ἀναπέμπομεν, τῷ δικαιοτάτῳ λόγῳ γεραίροντες, διʼ οὗ παραλαμβάνομεν τὴν γνῶσιν, διὰ τούτου δοξάζοντες ὃν μεμαθήκαμεν. ἔστι γοῦν τὸ παρʼ ἡμῖν θυσιαστήριον ἐνταῦθα τὸ ἐπίγειον [τὸ] ἄθροισμα τῶν ταῖς εὐχαῖς ἀνακειμένων, μίαν ὥσπερ ἔχον φωνὴν τὴν κοινὴν καὶ μίαν γνώμην. Αἱ δὲ διὰ τῆς ὀσφρήσεως, εἰ καὶ θειότεραι τῶν διὰ στόματος, τροφαί, ἀλλὰ ἀναπνοῆς εἰσι δηλωτικαί. τί οὖν φασι περὶ τοῦ θεοῦ;
Menandros te tēn osphyn akran pepoiēken kai tēn cholēn ostea ta abrōta (phēsi) tois theois epithentes autoi ta alla analiskousin. Ē gar ouch hē tōn holokautōmatōn knisa kai tois thēriois pheuktea? ei de tǭ onti hē knisa geras esti theōn tōn parʼ Hellēsin, ouk an phthanoien kai tous mageirous theopoiountes, hoi tēs isēs eudaimonias axiountai, kai ton ipnon auton proskynountes prosechesteron ginomenon tę̄ knisę̄ tę̄ polytimētǭ. kai pou Hēsiodos kata tina merismon kreōn apatēthenta phēsi pros tou Promētheōs ton Dia labein »ostea leuka boos dolię̄ epi technę̄« kekalymmena »argeti dēmǭ«; ek tou dʼ athanatoisin epi chthoni phylʼ anthrōpōn kaiousʼ ostea leuka thyēentōn epi bōmōn. allʼ ouk an oudamōs phasi kata tēn ek tēs endeias epithymian kakoumenon trephesthai ton theon. homoion oun auton phytǭ poiēsousin anorektōs trephomenon kai tois phōleuousi thēriois. phasi goun tauta eite hypo tēs kata ton aera pachytētos eitʼ au kai ex autēs tēs tou oikeiou sōmatos anathymiaseōs trephomena ablabōs auxein. kaitoi ei anendeōs trephetai autois to theion, tis eti chreia trophēs tǭ anendeei? ei de timōmenon chairei, physei anendees hyparchon, ouk apeikotōs hēmeis diʼ euchēs timōmen ton theon, kai tautēn tēn thysian aristēn kai hagiōtatēn meta dikaiosynēs anapempomen, tǭ dikaiotatǭ logǭ gerairontes, diʼ hou paralambanomen tēn gnōsin, dia toutou doxazontes hon memathēkamen. esti goun to parʼ hēmin thysiastērion entautha to epigeion [to] athroisma tōn tais euchais anakeimenōn, mian hōsper echon phōnēn tēn koinēn kai mian gnōmēn. Hai de dia tēs osphrēseōs, ei kai theioterai tōn dia stomatos, trophai, alla anapnoēs eisi dēlōtikai. ti oun phasi peri tou theou?
And Menander has written of “the tip of the loin and the gall, the inedible bones,” which, he says, “they set before the gods, while they consume the rest themselves.” For is not the smoking fat of whole burnt offerings something even wild beasts would flee from? But if the savor is truly the prize of the gods of the Greeks, they should lose no time in making gods of the cooks too, who are thought worthy of the same happiness, and in worshiping the oven itself, which comes even closer to the much-prized savor. And Hesiod says somewhere that Zeus, deceived by Prometheus in a division of meat, received “the white bones of an ox, by crafty art,” covered “with shining fat”: “and from that time the tribes of human beings on earth burn white bones for the immortals on fragrant altars.” But they say that God could by no means be nourished, as though afflicted with a desire arising from need. They will make him, then, like a plant that is fed without appetite, and like animals that hibernate in dens; for they say that these grow unharmed, nourished either by the density of the air or else by the vapor of their own body. And yet if, as they hold, the divine is nourished without needing it, what further need of food has what needs nothing? But if, being by nature without need, it rejoices in being honored, not unreasonably do we honor God through prayer, and send up this sacrifice, the best and holiest, with righteousness, revering him with the most righteous Word, through whom we receive knowledge, glorifying through him the one whom we have learned to know. Our altar here, the earthly one, is the assembly of those devoted to prayer, having as it were one common voice and one mind. And nourishment through the sense of smell, even if it is more divine than nourishment through the mouth, still implies breathing. What, then, do they say about God?
7.6.32Stählin 2
πότερον διαπνεῖται ὡς τὸ τῶν δαιμόνων γένος; ἢ ἐμπνεῖται μόνον ὡς τὰ ἔνυδρα κατὰ τὴν τῶν βραγχίων διαστολήν; ἢ περιπνεῖται καθάπερ τὰ ἔντομα κατὰ τὴν διὰ τῶν πτερύγων ἐπίθλιψιν τῆς ἐντομῆς; ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἄν τινι τούτων ἀπεικάσαιεν. εἴ γε εὖ φρονοῖεν, τὸν θεόν· ὅσα δὲ ἀναπνεῖ, κατὰ τὴν τοῦ πνεύμονος πρὸς τὸν θώρακα ἀντιδιαστολὴν ῥυμουλκεῖ τὸν ἀέρα. εἶτα εἰ σπλάγχνα δοῖεν καὶ ἀρτηρίας καὶ φλέβας καὶ νεῦρα καὶ μόρια τῷ θεῷ, οὐδὲν διαφέροντα εἰσηγήσονται τούτων. ἡ σύμπνοια δὲ ἐπὶ τῆς ἐκκλησίας λέγεται κυρίως. καὶ γάρ ἐστιν ἡ θυσία τῆς ἐκκλησίας λόγος ἀπὸ τῶν ἁγίων ψυχῶν ἀναθυμιώμενος, ἐκκαλυπτομένης ἅμα τῇ θυσίᾳ καὶ τῆς διανοίας ἁπάσης τῷ θεῷ. ἀλλὰ τὸν μὲν ἀρχαιότατον βωμὸν ἐν Δήλῳ ἁγνὸν εἶναι τεθρυλήκασι, πρὸς ὃν δὴ μόνον καὶ Πυθαγόραν προσελθεῖν φασι φόνῳ καὶ θανάτῳ μὴ μιανθέντα, βωμὸν δὲ ἀληθῶς ἅγιον τὴν δικαίαν ψυχὴν καὶ τὸ ἀπʼ αὐτῆς θυμίαμα τὴν ὁσίαν εὐχὴν λέγουσιν ἡμῖν ἀπιστήσουσιν; σαρκοφαγιῶν δʼ, οἶμαι, προφάσει αἱ θυσίαι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἐπινενόηνται. ἐξῆν δὲ καὶ ἄλλως ἄνευ τῆς τοιαύτης εἰδωλολατρείας μεταλαμβάνειν κρεῶν τὸν βουλόμενον. αἱ μὲν γὰρ κατὰ τὸν νόμον θυσίαι τὴν περὶ ἡμᾶς εὐσέβειαν ἀλληγοροῦσι, καθάπερ ἡ τρυγὼν καὶ ἡ περιστερὰ ὑπὲρ ἁμαρτιῶν προσφερόμεναι τὴν ἀποκάθαρσιν τοῦ ἀλόγου μέρους τῆς ψυχῆς προσδεκτὴν μηνύουσι τῷ θεῷ. εἰ δέ τις τῶν δικαίων οὐκ ἐπιφορτίζει τῇ τῶν κρεῶν βρώσει τὴν ψυχήν, λόγῳ τινὶ εὐλόγῳ χρῆται. οὐχ ᾧ Πυθαγόρας καὶ οἱ ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ τὴν μετένδεσιν ὀνειροπολοῦντες τῆς ψυχῆς. δοκεῖ δὲ Ξενοκράτης ἰδίᾳ πραγματευόμενος Περὶ τῆς ἀπὸ τῶν ζῴων τροφῆς καὶ Πολέμων ἐν τοῖς Περὶ τοῦ κατὰ φύσιν βίου συντάγμασι σαφῶς λέγειν, ὡς ἀσύμφορόν ἐστιν ἡ διὰ τῶν σαρκῶν τροφή, ἣ εἰργασμένη ἤδη καὶ ἐξομοιοῖ ταῖς τῶν ἀλόγων ψυχαῖς.
poteron diapneitai hōs to tōn daimonōn genos? ē empneitai monon hōs ta enydra kata tēn tōn branchiōn diastolēn? ē peripneitai kathaper ta entoma kata tēn dia tōn pterygōn epithlipsin tēs entomēs? allʼ ouk an tini toutōn apeikasaien. ei ge eu phronoien, ton theon; hosa de anapnei, kata tēn tou pneumonos pros ton thōraka antidiastolēn rhymoulkei ton aera. eita ei splanchna doien kai artērias kai phlebas kai neura kai moria tǭ theǭ, ouden diapheronta eisēgēsontai toutōn. hē sympnoia de epi tēs ekklēsias legetai kyriōs. kai gar estin hē thysia tēs ekklēsias logos apo tōn hagiōn psychōn anathymiōmenos, ekkalyptomenēs hama tę̄ thysią kai tēs dianoias hapasēs tǭ theǭ. alla ton men archaiotaton bōmon en Dēlǭ hagnon einai tethrylēkasi, pros hon dē monon kai Pythagoran proselthein phasi phonǭ kai thanatǭ mē mianthenta, bōmon de alēthōs hagion tēn dikaian psychēn kai to apʼ autēs thymiama tēn hosian euchēn legousin hēmin apistēsousin? sarkophagiōn dʼ, oimai, prophasei hai thysiai tois anthrōpois epinenoēntai. exēn de kai allōs aneu tēs toiautēs eidōlolatreias metalambanein kreōn ton boulomenon. hai men gar kata ton nomon thysiai tēn peri hēmas eusebeian allēgorousi, kathaper hē trygōn kai hē peristera hyper hamartiōn prospheromenai tēn apokatharsin tou alogou merous tēs psychēs prosdektēn mēnyousi tǭ theǭ. ei de tis tōn dikaiōn ouk epiphortizei tę̄ tōn kreōn brōsei tēn psychēn, logǭ tini eulogǭ chrētai. ouch hǭ Pythagoras kai hoi apʼ autou tēn metendesin oneiropolountes tēs psychēs. dokei de Xenokratēs idią pragmateuomenos Peri tēs apo tōn zǭōn trophēs kai Polemōn en tois Peri tou kata physin biou syntagmasi saphōs legein, hōs asymphoron estin hē dia tōn sarkōn trophē, hē eirgasmenē ēdē kai exomoioi tais tōn alogōn psychais.
Does he breathe through his whole body, like the race of daemons? Or does he only take in breath, like water creatures, by opening the gills? Or does he breathe around himself, like insects, by the pressure of the wings on their segments? But if they are sensible, they would not liken God to any of these. And whatever breathes draws in the air by the expansion of the lungs against the chest. Then, if they give God entrails, arteries, veins, sinews, and members, they will be introducing a God no different from these creatures. But “breathing together” is properly said of the church. And indeed the sacrifice of the church is speech rising like incense from holy souls, while together with the sacrifice the whole mind is laid open to God. They have made much of the most ancient altar at Delos as pure, the only one, they say, that Pythagoras approached, because it was not defiled by slaughter and death; will they then disbelieve us when we say that the truly holy altar is the righteous soul, and the incense from it is holy prayer? Sacrifices, I think, were invented by human beings as a pretext for eating flesh. But even without such idolatry it was possible for anyone who wished to partake of meat. For the sacrifices according to the law are an allegory of the piety that concerns us: as the turtledove and the pigeon offered for sins indicate that the cleansing of the irrational part of the soul is acceptable to God. And if one of the righteous does not burden his soul by eating meat, he has a sound reason for it, not the reason of Pythagoras and his followers, who dream of the soul's passing into other bodies. Xenocrates, treating the subject on its own in On Food from Animals, and Polemon in his treatises On the Life according to Nature, seem to say clearly that food from flesh is unprofitable, being already worked over, and makes one like the souls of irrational animals.
7.6.33Stählin 2
Ταύτῃ καὶ μάλιστα Ἰουδαῖοι χοιρείου ἀπέχονται, ὡς ἂν τοῦ θηρίου τούτου μιαροῦ ὄντος, ἐπεὶ μάλιστα τῶν ἄλλων τοὺς καρποὺς ἀνορύσσει καὶ φθείρει. ἐὰν δὲ λέγωσι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις δεδόσθαι τὰ ζῷα, καὶ ἡμεῖς συνομολογοῦμεν, πλὴν οὐ πάντως εἰς βρῶσιν οὐδὲ μὴν πάντα, ἀλλʼ ὅσα ἀεργά. διόπερ οὐ κακῶς ὁ κωμικὸς Πλάτων ἐν ταῖς Ἑορταῖς τῷ δράματί φησιν· τῶν γὰρ τετραπόδων οὐδὲν ἀποκτείνειν ἔδει ἡμᾶς τὸ λοιπόν, πλὴν ὑῶν. τὰ γὰρ κρέα ἥδιστα ἔχουσιν, καὶ οὐδὲν ἀφʼ ὑὸς γίγνεται πλὴν ὕστριχες καὶ πηλὸς ἡμῖν καὶ βοή. ὅθεν καὶ ὁ Αἴσωπος οὐ κακῶς ἔφη τοὺς ὗς κεκραγέναι μέγιστον, ὅταν ἕλκωνται· συνειδέναι γὰρ αὑτοῖς εἰς οὐδὲν ἄλλο χρησίμοις πλὴν εἰς τὴν θυσίαν. διὸ καὶ Κλεάνθης φησὶν ἀνθʼ ἁλῶν αὐτοὺς ἔχειν τὴν ψυχήν, ἵνα μὴ σαπῇ τὰ κρέα. οἳ μὲν οὖν ὡς ἄχρηστον ἐσθίουσιν, οἳ δʼ ὡς λυμαντικὸν τῶν καρπῶν καὶ ἄλλοι διὰ τὸ κατωφερὲς εἰς συνουσίαν εἶναι τὸ ζῷον οὐκ ἐσθίουσιν. ταύτῃ οὐδὲ τὸν τράγον ὁ νόμος θύει πλὴν ἐπὶ μόνῃ τῇ διοπομπήσει τῶν κακῶν, ἐπεὶ μητρόπολις κακίας ἡδονή. αὐτίκα καὶ συμβάλλεσθαι τὴν τῶν τραγείων κρεῶν βρῶσιν πρὸς ἐπιληψίαν λέγουσι. φασὶ δὲ πλείστην ἀνάδοσιν ἐκ χοιρείων γίνεσθαι κρεῶν, διὸ τοῖς μὲν ἀσκοῦσι τὸ σῶμα χρησιμεύει. τοῖς δὲ αὐτὴν τὴν ψυχὴν αὔξειν ἐπιχειροῦσι διὰ τὴν νωθρίαν τὴν ἀπὸ τῆς κρεοφαγίας ἐγγινομένην οὐκέτι. τάχʼ ἄν τις τῶν γνωστικῶν καὶ ἀσκήσεως χάριν σαρκοφαγίας ἀπόσχοιτο καὶ τοῦ μὴ σφριγᾶν περὶ τὰ ἀφροδίσια τὴν σάρκα. »οἶνος« γάρ, φησὶν Ἀνδροκύδης, »καὶ σαρκῶν ἐμφορήσεις σῶμα μὲν ῥωμαλέον ἀπεργάζονται, ψυχὴν δὲ νωχαλεστέραν.« ἄθετος οὖν ἡ τοιαύτη τροφὴ πρὸς σύνεσιν ἀκριβῆ. διὸ καὶ Αἰγύπτιοι ἐν ταῖς κατʼ αὐτοὺς ἁγνείαις οὐκ ἐπιτρέπουσι τοῖς ἱερεῦσι σιτεῖσθαι σάρκας ὀρνιθείοις τε ὡς κουφοτάτοις χρῶνται καὶ ἰχθύων οὐχ ἅπτονται καὶ διʼ ἄλλους μέν τινας μύθους, μάλιστα δὲ ὡς πλαδαρὰν τὴν σάρκα τῆς τοιᾶσδε κατασκευαζούσης βρώσεως.
Tautę̄ kai malista Ioudaioi choireiou apechontai, hōs an tou thēriou toutou miarou ontos, epei malista tōn allōn tous karpous anoryssei kai phtheirei. ean de legōsi tois anthrōpois dedosthai ta zǭa, kai hēmeis synomologoumen, plēn ou pantōs eis brōsin oude mēn panta, allʼ hosa aerga. dioper ou kakōs ho kōmikos Platōn en tais Heortais tǭ dramati phēsin; tōn gar tetrapodōn ouden apokteinein edei hēmas to loipon, plēn hyōn. ta gar krea hēdista echousin, kai ouden aphʼ hyos gignetai plēn hystriches kai pēlos hēmin kai boē. hothen kai ho Aisōpos ou kakōs ephē tous hys kekragenai megiston, hotan helkōntai; syneidenai gar hautois eis ouden allo chrēsimois plēn eis tēn thysian. dio kai Kleanthēs phēsin anthʼ halōn autous echein tēn psychēn, hina mē sapę̄ ta krea. hoi men oun hōs achrēston esthiousin, hoi dʼ hōs lymantikon tōn karpōn kai alloi dia to katōpheres eis synousian einai to zǭon ouk esthiousin. tautę̄ oude ton tragon ho nomos thyei plēn epi monę̄ tę̄ diopompēsei tōn kakōn, epei mētropolis kakias hēdonē. autika kai symballesthai tēn tōn trageiōn kreōn brōsin pros epilēpsian legousi. phasi de pleistēn anadosin ek choireiōn ginesthai kreōn, dio tois men askousi to sōma chrēsimeuei. tois de autēn tēn psychēn auxein epicheirousi dia tēn nōthrian tēn apo tēs kreophagias enginomenēn ouketi. tachʼ an tis tōn gnōstikōn kai askēseōs charin sarkophagias aposchoito kai tou mē sphrigan peri ta aphrodisia tēn sarka. »oinos« gar, phēsin Androkydēs, »kai sarkōn emphorēseis sōma men rhōmaleon apergazontai, psychēn de nōchalesteran.« athetos oun hē toiautē trophē pros synesin akribē. dio kai Aigyptioi en tais katʼ autous hagneiais ouk epitrepousi tois hiereusi siteisthai sarkas ornitheiois te hōs kouphotatois chrōntai kai ichthyōn ouch haptontai kai diʼ allous men tinas mythous, malista de hōs pladaran tēn sarka tēs toiasde kataskeuazousēs brōseōs.
In this way the Jews above all abstain from pork, as though this animal were unclean, since more than the others it roots up and destroys crops. And if they say that animals have been given to human beings, we too agree, but not at all for eating in every case, nor all of them, only those that do no work. That is why the comic poet Plato says not badly in his play The Festivals: “Of four-footed beasts we ought henceforth to kill none but pigs; for they have the sweetest meat, and nothing comes to us from a pig except bristles, mud, and squealing.” Hence Aesop too said, not badly, that pigs squeal loudest when they are dragged off, for they know they are useful for nothing except sacrifice. That is why Cleanthes too says that they have their soul instead of salt, to keep the meat from rotting. Some, then, eat it as useless, others do not eat it because it destroys crops, and others because the animal is much given to intercourse. In this way the law does not sacrifice the goat either, except only for sending away evils, since pleasure is the mother city of vice. Indeed, they say that eating goat's meat contributes to epilepsy. And they say that the most nourishment comes from pork; so it is useful for those who train the body, but no longer for those who try to strengthen the soul itself, because of the sluggishness that comes from eating meat. Perhaps one of those who know might abstain from eating flesh for the sake of discipline, and so that the flesh may not swell with sexual desire. “For wine,” says Androcydes, “and gorging on meat make the body strong but the soul more sluggish.” Such food, then, is unfit for precise understanding. That is why the Egyptians too, in their purifications, do not allow their priests to eat flesh; they use birds as the lightest food and do not touch fish, partly because of certain myths, but chiefly because such food makes the flesh flabby.
7.6.34Stählin 2
ἤδη δὲ τὰ μὲν χερσαῖα καὶ τὰ πτηνὰ τὸν αὐτὸν ταῖς ἡμετέραις ψυχαῖς ἀναπνέοντα ἀέρα τρέφεται, συγγενῆ τῷ ἀέρι τὴν ψυχὴν κεκτημένα. τοὺς δὲ ἰχθῦς οὐδὲ ἀναπνεῖν φασι τοῦτον τὸν ἀέρα, ἀλλʼ ἐκεῖνον ὃς ἐγκέκραται τῷ ὕδατι εὐθέως κατὰ τὴν πρώτην γένεσιν, καθάπερ καὶ τοῖς λοιποῖς στοιχείοις, ὃ καὶ δεῖγμα τῆς ὑλικῆς διαμονῆς. Δεῖ τοίνυν »θυσίας προσφέρειν τῷ θεῷ μὴ πολυτελεῖς, ἀλλὰ θεοφιλεῖς«. καὶ τὸ θυμίαμα ἐκεῖνο τὸ σύνθετον τὸ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ τὸ ἐκ πολλῶν γλωσσῶν τε καὶ φωνῶν κατὰ τὴν εὐχὴν συγκείμενον, μᾶλλον δὲ τὸ ἐκ διαφόρων ἐθνῶν τε καὶ φύσεων τῇ κατὰ τὰς διαθήκας δόσει σκευαζόμενον »εἰς τὴν ἑνότητα τῆς πίστεως« καὶ κατὰ τοὺς αἴνους συναγόμενον, καθαρῷ μὲν τῷ νῷ, δικαίᾳ δὲ καὶ ὀρθῇ τῇ πολιτείᾳ, ἐξ ὁσίων ἔργων εὐχῆς τε δικαίας· ἐπεὶ τίς ὧδε μῶρος, κατὰ τὴν ποιητικὴν χάριν, καὶ λίαν ἀνειμένως εὔπειστος ἀνδρῶν, ὅστις ἐλπίζει θεοὺς ὀστῶν ἀσάρκων καὶ χολῆς πυρουμένης, ἃ καὶ κυσὶν πεινῶσιν οὐχὶ βρώσιμα, χαίρειν ἅπαντας καὶ γέρας λαχεῖν τόδε χάριν τε τούτων τοῖσι δρῶσιν ἐκτίνειν, κἂν πειραταὶ κἂν λῃσταὶ κἂν τύραννοι τύχωσιν; φαμὲν δʼ ἡμεῖς ἁγιάζειν τὸ πῦρ οὐ τὰ κρέα, ἀλλὰ τὰς ἁμαρτωλοὺς ψυχάς, πῦρ οὐ τὸ παμφάγον καὶ βάναυσον, ἀλλὰ τὸ φρόνιμον λέγοντες, τὸ »διικνούμενον διὰ ψυχῆς« τῆς διερχομένης τὸ πῦρ.
ēdē de ta men chersaia kai ta ptēna ton auton tais hēmeterais psychais anapneonta aera trephetai, syngenē tǭ aeri tēn psychēn kektēmena. tous de ichthys oude anapnein phasi touton ton aera, allʼ ekeinon hos enkekratai tǭ hydati eutheōs kata tēn prōtēn genesin, kathaper kai tois loipois stoicheiois, ho kai deigma tēs hylikēs diamonēs. Dei toinyn »thysias prospherein tǭ theǭ mē polyteleis, alla theophileis«. kai to thymiama ekeino to syntheton to en tǭ nomǭ to ek pollōn glōssōn te kai phōnōn kata tēn euchēn synkeimenon, mallon de to ek diaphorōn ethnōn te kai physeōn tę̄ kata tas diathēkas dosei skeuazomenon »eis tēn henotēta tēs pisteōs« kai kata tous ainous synagomenon, katharǭ men tǭ nǭ, dikaią de kai orthę̄ tę̄ politeią, ex hosiōn ergōn euchēs te dikaias; epei tis hōde mōros, kata tēn poiētikēn charin, kai lian aneimenōs eupeistos andrōn, hostis elpizei theous ostōn asarkōn kai cholēs pyroumenēs, ha kai kysin peinōsin ouchi brōsima, chairein hapantas kai geras lachein tode charin te toutōn toisi drōsin ektinein, kan peiratai kan lę̄stai kan tyrannoi tychōsin? phamen dʼ hēmeis hagiazein to pyr ou ta krea, alla tas hamartōlous psychas, pyr ou to pamphagon kai banauson, alla to phronimon legontes, to »diiknoumenon dia psychēs« tēs dierchomenēs to pyr.
Now land animals and birds are nourished by breathing the same air as our souls, since they possess a soul akin to the air. But fish, they say, do not even breathe this air, but the air that was mixed into the water directly at its first creation, as it was into the other elements too, which is also evidence of the permanence of matter. One must, then, “offer to God sacrifices not costly but dear to God.” And that compound incense in the law is the one composed of many tongues and voices in prayer, or rather the one prepared from different nations and natures, by the gift given in the covenants, “into the unity of the faith,” and gathered together in hymns of praise, with a pure mind and a righteous and upright way of life, from holy deeds and righteous prayer. For, to borrow the poet's grace, “Who is so foolish, and so utterly credulous among men, as to hope that the gods, all of them, delight in fleshless bones and burnt gall, which not even hungry dogs would eat, and receive this as their prize, and repay the favor to those who offer it, even if they happen to be pirates, robbers, or tyrants?” But we say that fire sanctifies not flesh but sinful souls, meaning not the all-devouring fire of the workshop but the wise fire, which “penetrates through the soul” that passes through the fire.
Miscellanies 7, chapter 7
7.7.35Stählin 2
Σέβειν δὲ δεῖν ἐγκελευόμεθα καὶ τιμᾶν τὸν [αὐτὸν καὶ] λόγον, σωτῆρά τε αὐτὸν καὶ ἡγεμόνα εἶναι πεισθέντες, καὶ διʼ αὐτοῦ τὸν πατέρα, οὐκ ἐν ἐξαιρέτοις ἡμέραις, ὥσπερ ἄλλοι τινές, ἀλλὰ συνεχῶς τὸν ὅλον βίον τοῦτο πράττοντες καὶ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον. ἀμέλει »τὸ γένος τὸ ἐκλεκτὸν« »ἑπτάκις τῆς ἡμέρας ᾔνεσά σοι« φησί, κατʼ ἐντολὴν δικαιούμενον. ὅθεν οὔτε ὡρισμένον τόπον * οὔτε ἐξαίρετον ἱερὸν οὐδὲ μὴν ἑορτάς τινας καὶ ἡμέρας ἀποτεταγμένας, ἀλλὰ τὸν πάντα βίον ὁ γνωστικὸς ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ, κἂν καθʼ ἑαυτὸν μόνος ὢν τυγχάνῃ καὶ ὅπου τινὰς ἂν τῶν ὁμοίως πεπιστευκότων ἔχῃ, τιμᾷ τὸν θεόν, τουτέστιν χάριν ὁμολογεῖ τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς πολιτείας. εἰ δὲ ἡ παρουσία τινὸς ἀνδρὸς ἀγαθοῦ διὰ τὴν ἐντροπὴν καὶ τὴν αἰδῶ πρὸς τὸ κρεῖττον ἀεὶ σχηματίζει τὸν ἐντυγχάνοντα, πῶς οὐ μᾶλλον ὁ συμπαρὼν ἀεὶ διὰ τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τοῦ βίου καὶ τῆς εὐχαριστίας ἀδιαλείπτως τῷ θεῷ οὐκ εὐλόγως ἂν ἑαυτοῦ παρʼ ἕκαστα κρείττων εἴη εἰς πάντα καὶ τὰ ἔργα καὶ τοὺς λόγους καὶ τὴν διάθεσιν; τοιοῦτος ὁ πάντῃ παρεῖναι τὸν θεὸν πεπεισμένος, οὐχὶ δὲ ἐν τόποις τισὶν ὡρισμένοις κατακεκλεισμένον ὑπολαβών, ἵνα δὴ χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ποτε οἰηθεὶς εἶναι καὶ νύκτωρ καὶ μεθʼ ἡμέραν ἀκολασταίνῃ. πάντα τοίνυν τὸν βίον ἑορτὴν ἄγοντες, πάντῃ πάντοθεν παρεῖναι τὸν θεὸν πεπεισμένοι, γεωργοῦμεν αἰνοῦντες, πλέομεν ὑμνοῦντες, κατὰ τὴν ἄλλην πολιτείαν ἐντέχνως ἀναστρεφόμεθα. προσεχέστερον δὲ ὁ γνωστικὸς οἰκειοῦται θεῷ σεμνὸς ὢν ἅμα καὶ ἱλαρὸς ἐν πᾶσι. σεμνὸς μὲν διὰ τὴν ἐπὶ τὸ θεῖον ἐπιστροφήν, ἱλαρὸς δὲ διὰ τὸν ἐπιλογισμὸν τῶν ἀνθρωπείων ἀγαθῶν ὧν ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν ὁ θεός.
Sebein de dein enkeleuometha kai timan ton [auton kai] logon, sōtēra te auton kai hēgemona einai peisthentes, kai diʼ autou ton patera, ouk en exairetois hēmerais, hōsper alloi tines, alla synechōs ton holon bion touto prattontes kai kata panta tropon. amelei »to genos to eklekton« »heptakis tēs hēmeras ę̄nesa soi« phēsi, katʼ entolēn dikaioumenon. hothen oute hōrismenon topon * oute exaireton hieron oude mēn heortas tinas kai hēmeras apotetagmenas, alla ton panta bion ho gnōstikos en panti topǭ, kan kathʼ heauton monos ōn tynchanę̄ kai hopou tinas an tōn homoiōs pepisteukotōn echę̄, timą ton theon, toutestin charin homologei tēs gnōseōs kai tēs politeias. ei de hē parousia tinos andros agathou dia tēn entropēn kai tēn aidō pros to kreitton aei schēmatizei ton entynchanonta, pōs ou mallon ho symparōn aei dia tēs gnōseōs kai tou biou kai tēs eucharistias adialeiptōs tǭ theǭ ouk eulogōs an heautou parʼ hekasta kreittōn eiē eis panta kai ta erga kai tous logous kai tēn diathesin? toioutos ho pantę̄ pareinai ton theon pepeismenos, ouchi de en topois tisin hōrismenois katakekleismenon hypolabōn, hina dē chōris autou pote oiētheis einai kai nyktōr kai methʼ hēmeran akolastainę̄. panta toinyn ton bion heortēn agontes, pantę̄ pantothen pareinai ton theon pepeismenoi, geōrgoumen ainountes, pleomen hymnountes, kata tēn allēn politeian entechnōs anastrephometha. prosechesteron de ho gnōstikos oikeioutai theǭ semnos ōn hama kai hilaros en pasi. semnos men dia tēn epi to theion epistrophēn, hilaros de dia ton epilogismon tōn anthrōpeiōn agathōn hōn edōken hēmin ho theos.
We are commanded to worship and honor the Word, persuaded that he is Savior and Leader, and through him the Father; not on special days, as some others do, but continually, doing this throughout our whole life and in every way. Certainly “the chosen race,” justified according to the commandment, says, “Seven times a day I have praised you.” Hence the one who knows honors God not in a fixed place … nor in a special temple, nor on certain festivals and appointed days, but throughout his whole life, in every place, whether he happens to be alone by himself or wherever he has some of those who have believed as he has; that is, he gives thanks for his knowledge and his way of life. And if the presence of some good man always shapes the one who meets him toward the better, through respect and reverence, how should not the one who is always in God's presence, unceasingly, through knowledge, life, and thanksgiving, reasonably become better than himself in every respect, in deeds, words, and disposition? Such is the one who is persuaded that God is present everywhere, and does not suppose him shut up in certain fixed places, so that, thinking himself at some time to be without him, he might behave licentiously by night or by day. So, keeping festival our whole life, persuaded that God is present everywhere and on every side, we farm while praising, we sail while singing hymns, and in the rest of our conduct we live by rule. The one who knows is more intimately joined to God, being at once grave and cheerful in all things: grave because of his turning toward the divine, cheerful because he reckons up the human goods that God has given us.
7.7.36Stählin 2
Φαίνεται δὲ τὸ ἔξοχον τῆς γνώσεως ὁ προφήτης ὧδε παριστάς· »χρηστότητα καὶ παιδείαν καὶ γνῶσιν δίδαξόν με·« κατʼ ἐπανάβασιν αὐξήσας τὸ ἡγεμονικὸν τῆς τελειότητος. οὗτος ἄρα ὄντως ὁ βασιλικὸς ἄνθρωπος, οὗτος ἱερεὺς ὅσιος τοῦ θεοῦ. ὅπερ ἔτι καὶ νῦν παρὰ τοῖς λογιωτάτοις τῶν βαρβάρων σῴζεται τὸ ἱερατικὸν γένος εἰς βασιλείαν προσαγόντων. οὗτος οὖν οὐδαμῇ μὲν ἑαυτὸν εἰς ὀχλοκρασίαν τὴν τῶν θεάτρων δεσπότιν ἐνδίδωσιν, τὰ λεγόμενα δὲ καὶ πραττόμενα καὶ ὁρώμενα ἡδονῆς ἀσώτου χάριν οὐδὲ ὄναρ προσίεται· οὔτʼ οὖν ταύτας τὰς ἡδονὰς τῆς θέας οὔτε τὰς διὰ τῶν ἄλλων ἀπολαυσμάτων ποικιλίας, οἷον θυμιαμάτων πολυτέλειαν τὴν ὄσφρησιν γοητεύουσαν ἢ βρωμάτων συγκαττύσεις καὶ τὰς ἐξ οἴνων διαφόρων ἀπολαύσεις δελεαζούσας τὴν γεῦσιν, οὐδὲ τὰς πολυανθεῖς καὶ εὐώδεις πλοκὰς ἐκθηλυνούσας διʼ αἰσθήσεως τὴν ψυχήν· πάντων δὲ τὴν σεμνὴν ἀπόλαυσιν ἐπὶ τὸν θεὸν ἀναγαγὼν ἀεὶ καὶ τῆς βρώσεως καὶ τοῦ πόματος καὶ τοῦ χρίσματος τῷ δοτῆρι τῶν ὅλων ἀπάρχεται, χάριν ὁμολογῶν καὶ [διὰ] τῆς δωρεᾶς καὶ τῆς χρήσεως διὰ λόγου τοῦ δοθέντος αὐτῷ. σπανίως εἰς τὰς ἑστιάσεις τὰς συμποτικὰς ἀπαντῶν. πλὴν εἰ μὴ τὸ φιλικὸν καὶ ὁμονοητικὸν ἐπαγγελλόμενον αὐτῷ τὸ συμπόσιον ἀφικέσθαι προτρέψαι. πέπεισται γὰρ εἰδέναι πάντα τὸν θεὸν καὶ ἐπαΐειν, οὐχ ὅτι τῆς φωνῆς μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς ἐννοίας, ἐπεὶ καὶ ἡ ἀκοὴ ἐν ἡμῖν, διὰ σωματικῶν πόρων ἐνεργουμένη, οὐ διὰ τῆς σωματικῆς δυνάμεως ἔχει τὴν ἀντίληψιν, ἀλλὰ διά τινος ψυχικῆς αἰσθήσεως καὶ τῆς διακριτικῆς τῶν σημαινουσῶν τι φωνῶν νοήσεως.
Phainetai de to exochon tēs gnōseōs ho prophētēs hōde paristas; »chrēstotēta kai paideian kai gnōsin didaxon me;« katʼ epanabasin auxēsas to hēgemonikon tēs teleiotētos. houtos ara ontōs ho basilikos anthrōpos, houtos hiereus hosios tou theou. hoper eti kai nyn para tois logiōtatois tōn barbarōn sǭzetai to hieratikon genos eis basileian prosagontōn. houtos oun oudamę̄ men heauton eis ochlokrasian tēn tōn theatrōn despotin endidōsin, ta legomena de kai prattomena kai horōmena hēdonēs asōtou charin oude onar prosietai; outʼ oun tautas tas hēdonas tēs theas oute tas dia tōn allōn apolausmatōn poikilias, hoion thymiamatōn polyteleian tēn osphrēsin goēteuousan ē brōmatōn synkattyseis kai tas ex oinōn diaphorōn apolauseis deleazousas tēn geusin, oude tas polyantheis kai euōdeis plokas ekthēlynousas diʼ aisthēseōs tēn psychēn; pantōn de tēn semnēn apolausin epi ton theon anagagōn aei kai tēs brōseōs kai tou pomatos kai tou chrismatos tǭ dotēri tōn holōn aparchetai, charin homologōn kai [dia] tēs dōreas kai tēs chrēseōs dia logou tou dothentos autǭ. spaniōs eis tas hestiaseis tas sympotikas apantōn. plēn ei mē to philikon kai homonoētikon epangellomenon autǭ to symposion aphikesthai protrepsai. pepeistai gar eidenai panta ton theon kai epaïein, ouch hoti tēs phōnēs monon, alla kai tēs ennoias, epei kai hē akoē en hēmin, dia sōmatikōn porōn energoumenē, ou dia tēs sōmatikēs dynameōs echei tēn antilēpsin, alla dia tinos psychikēs aisthēseōs kai tēs diakritikēs tōn sēmainousōn ti phōnōn noēseōs.
The prophet appears to set forth the excellence of knowledge in this way: “Teach me goodness and discipline and knowledge,” building up by a climax to what governs perfection. This, then, is truly the royal man; this is the holy priest of God. This is still preserved even now among the most learned of the barbarians, who promote the priestly class to kingship. This man, then, never gives himself up to the mob-rule that is mistress of the theaters, and does not admit even in a dream what is said, done, and seen there for the sake of dissolute pleasure. So he admits neither these pleasures of spectacle nor the varieties of other enjoyments: costly perfumes that bewitch the sense of smell, concoctions of dishes and the pleasures of various wines that entice the taste, or garlands of many flowers and sweet scents that make the soul effeminate through the senses. Instead, referring the dignified enjoyment of all things to God, he always offers the firstfruits of food, of drink, and of ointment to the Giver of all, giving thanks both for the gift and for its use through the Word given to him. He rarely goes to drinking parties, unless the friendly and harmonious character that the gathering promises persuades him to come. For he is persuaded that God knows and hears all things, not only the voice but also the thought; since even hearing in us, working through bodily passages, has its perception not through the bodily power, but through a kind of perception of the soul and the understanding that distinguishes voices that signify something.
7.7.37Stählin 2
Οὔκουν ἀνθρωποειδὴς ὁ θεὸς τοῦδʼ ἕνεκα, [καὶ] ἵνα ἀκούσῃ, οὐδὲ αἰσθήσεων αὐτῷ δεῖ, καθάπερ ἤρεσεν τοῖς Στωικοῖς, μάλιστα ἀκοῆς καὶ ὄψεως, μὴ γὰρ δύνασθαί ποτε ἑτέρως ἀντιλαβέσθαι· ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ εὐπαθὲς τοῦ ἀέρος καὶ ἡ ὀξυτάτη συναίσθησις τῶν ἀγγέλων ἥ τε τοῦ συνειδότος ἐπαφωμένη τῆς ψυχῆς δύναμις δυνάμει τινὶ ἀρρήτῳ καὶ ἄνευ τῆς αἰσθητῆς ἀκοῆς ἅμα νοήματι πάντα γινώσκει· κἂν μὴ τὴν φωνήν τις ἐξικνεῖσθαι πρὸς τὸν θεὸν λέγῃ κάτω περὶ τὸν ἀέρα κυλινδουμένην, ἀλλὰ τὰ νοήματα τῶν ἁγίων τέμνει οὐ μόνον τὸν ἀέρα, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν ὅλον κόσμον. φθάνει δὲ ἡ θεία δύναμις, καθάπερ φῶς, ὅλην διιδεῖν τὴν ψυχήν. τί δʼ; οὐχὶ καὶ αἱ προαιρέσεις φθάνουσι πρὸς τὸν θεὸν προϊεῖσαι τὴν φωνὴν τὴν ἑαυτῶν; οὐχὶ δὲ καὶ ὑπὸ τῆς συνειδήσεως πορθμεύονται; τίνα καὶ φωνὴν ἀναμείναι ἂν ὁ κατὰ πρόθεσιν τὸν ἐκλεκτὸν καὶ πρὸ τῆς γενέσεως τό τε ἐσόμενον ὡς ἤδη ὑπάρχον ἐγνωκώς; ἢ οὐχὶ πάντῃ εἰς τὸ βάθος τῆς ψυχῆς ἁπάσης τὸ φῶς τῆς δυνάμεως ἐκλάμπει, »τὰ ταμιεῖα ἐρευνῶντος«, ᾗ φησιν ἡ γραφή, »τοῦ λύχνου« τῆς δυνάμεως; ὅλος γὰρ ἀκοὴ καὶ ὅλος ὀφθαλμός, ἵνα τις τούτοις χρήσηται τοῖς ὀνόμασιν, ὁ θεός.
Oukoun anthrōpoeidēs ho theos toudʼ heneka, [kai] hina akousę̄, oude aisthēseōn autǭ dei, kathaper ēresen tois Stōikois, malista akoēs kai opseōs, mē gar dynasthai pote heterōs antilabesthai; alla kai to eupathes tou aeros kai hē oxytatē synaisthēsis tōn angelōn hē te tou syneidotos epaphōmenē tēs psychēs dynamis dynamei tini arrētǭ kai aneu tēs aisthētēs akoēs hama noēmati panta ginōskei; kan mē tēn phōnēn tis exikneisthai pros ton theon legę̄ katō peri ton aera kylindoumenēn, alla ta noēmata tōn hagiōn temnei ou monon ton aera, alla kai ton holon kosmon. phthanei de hē theia dynamis, kathaper phōs, holēn diidein tēn psychēn. ti dʼ? ouchi kai hai proaireseis phthanousi pros ton theon proïeisai tēn phōnēn tēn heautōn? ouchi de kai hypo tēs syneidēseōs porthmeuontai? tina kai phōnēn anameinai an ho kata prothesin ton eklekton kai pro tēs geneseōs to te esomenon hōs ēdē hyparchon egnōkōs? ē ouchi pantę̄ eis to bathos tēs psychēs hapasēs to phōs tēs dynameōs eklampei, »ta tamieia ereunōntos«, hę̄ phēsin hē graphē, »tou lychnou« tēs dynameōs? holos gar akoē kai holos ophthalmos, hina tis toutois chrēsētai tois onomasin, ho theos.
God, then, does not have human form for this reason, in order to hear; nor does he need senses, as the Stoics held, especially hearing and sight, on the ground that he could never perceive otherwise. But the sensitivity of the air, the keenest perception of the angels, and the power of conscience that touches the soul know all things, by some unspeakable power and without sensible hearing, at the instant of thought. And even if someone says that the voice does not reach God, since it rolls about down in the air, yet the thoughts of the holy cut not only through the air but through the whole world. And the divine power, like light, is quick to see through the whole soul. What then? Do not our choices also reach God, sending forth their own voice? And are they not also carried across by conscience? And what voice should he wait for who, according to his purpose, has known the elect even before birth, and what will be as though it already were? Or does not the light of the power shine everywhere into the depth of the whole soul, the lamp of the power “searching the inner chambers,” as Scripture says? For God is all ear and all eye, if one may use these names.
7.7.38Stählin 2
Καθόλου τοίνυν οὐδεμίαν σῴζει θεοσέβειαν οὔτε ἐν ὕμνοις οὔτε ἐν λόγοις, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ἐν γραφαῖς ἢ δόγμασιν ἡ μὴ πρέπουσα περὶ τοῦ θεοῦ ὑπόληψις, ἀλλʼ εἰς ταπεινὰς καὶ ἀσχήμονας ἐκτρεπομένη ἐννοίας τε καὶ ὑπονοίας. ὅθεν ἡ τῶν πολλῶν εὐφημία δυσφημίας οὐδὲν διαφέρει διὰ τὴν τῆς ἀληθείας ἄγνοιαν. ὧν μὲν οὖν αἱ ὀρέξεις εἰσὶ καὶ ἐπιθυμίαι καὶ ὅλως εἰπεῖν αἱ ὁρμαί, τούτων εἰσὶ καὶ αἱ εὐχαί. διόπερ οὐδεὶς ἐπιθυμεῖ πόματος, ἀλλὰ τοῦ πιεῖν τὸ ποτόν, οὐδὲ μὴν κληρονομίας, ἀλλὰ τοῦ κληρονομῆσαι, οὑτωσὶ δὲ οὐδὲ γνώσεως, ἀλλὰ τοῦ γνῶναι· οὐδὲ γὰρ πολιτείας ὀρθῆς, ἀλλὰ τοῦ πολιτεύεσθαι. τούτων οὖν αἱ εὐχαὶ ὧν καὶ αἰτήσεις, καὶ τούτων αἱ αἰτήσεις ὧν καὶ ἐπιθυμίαι. τὸ δὲ εὔχεσθαι καὶ ὀρέγεσθαι καταλλήλως γίνεται εἰς τὸ ἔχειν τὰ ἀγαθὰ καὶ τὰ παρακείμενα ὠφελήματα τῇ κτήσει. ἀεὶ τοίνυν ὁ γνωστικὸς τὴν εὐχὴν καὶ τὴν αἴτησιν τῶν ὄντως ἀγαθῶν τῶν περὶ ψυχὴν ποιεῖται, καὶ εὔχεται συνεργῶν ἅμα καὶ αὐτὸς εἰς ἕξιν ἀγαθότητος ἐλθεῖν, ὡς μηκέτι ἔχειν τὰ ἀγαθὰ καθάπερ μαθήματά τινα παρακείμενα, εἶναι δὲ ἀγαθόν.
Katholou toinyn oudemian sǭzei theosebeian oute en hymnois oute en logois, allʼ oude en graphais ē dogmasin hē mē prepousa peri tou theou hypolēpsis, allʼ eis tapeinas kai aschēmonas ektrepomenē ennoias te kai hyponoias. hothen hē tōn pollōn euphēmia dysphēmias ouden diapherei dia tēn tēs alētheias agnoian. hōn men oun hai orexeis eisi kai epithymiai kai holōs eipein hai hormai, toutōn eisi kai hai euchai. dioper oudeis epithymei pomatos, alla tou piein to poton, oude mēn klēronomias, alla tou klēronomēsai, houtōsi de oude gnōseōs, alla tou gnōnai; oude gar politeias orthēs, alla tou politeuesthai. toutōn oun hai euchai hōn kai aitēseis, kai toutōn hai aitēseis hōn kai epithymiai. to de euchesthai kai oregesthai katallēlōs ginetai eis to echein ta agatha kai ta parakeimena ōphelēmata tę̄ ktēsei. aei toinyn ho gnōstikos tēn euchēn kai tēn aitēsin tōn ontōs agathōn tōn peri psychēn poieitai, kai euchetai synergōn hama kai autos eis hexin agathotētos elthein, hōs mēketi echein ta agatha kathaper mathēmata tina parakeimena, einai de agathon.
In general, then, an unfitting conception of God preserves no piety, whether in hymns or in speeches, nor even in writings or doctrines, but turns aside into low and unseemly notions and suspicions. Hence the praise of the many differs in no way from blasphemy, because of their ignorance of the truth. Now prayers are for the same things that appetites and desires and, in a word, impulses are for. That is why no one desires a drink, but to drink the drink; nor an inheritance, but to inherit; and in the same way not knowledge, but to know; nor right conduct, but to live rightly. Prayers, then, are for the things that requests are for, and requests for the things that desires are for. And praying and longing occur correspondingly, for having good things and the benefits that come with possessing them. The one who knows, therefore, always makes his prayer and request for the things that are truly good, the goods of the soul; and he prays, while he himself also works together with God, to come into a settled state of goodness, so as no longer to have good things like lessons laid up beside him, but to be good.
7.7.39Stählin 2
διὸ καὶ τούτοις μάλιστα προσήκει εὔχεσθαι τοῖς εἰδόσι τε τὸ θεῖον ὡς χρὴ καὶ τὴν πρόσφορον ἀρετὴν ἔχουσιν αὐτῷ, οἳ ἴσασι τίνα τὰ ὄντως ἀγαθὰ καὶ τίνα αἰτητέον καὶ πότε καὶ πῶς ἕκαστα. ἐσχάτη δὲ ἀμαθία παρὰ τῶν μὴ θεῶν ὡς θεῶν αἰτεῖσθαι ἢ τὰ μὴ συμφέροντα αἰτεῖσθαι, φαντασίᾳ ἀγαθῶν κακὰ αἰτουμένους σφίσιν. ὅθεν εἰκότως ἑνὸς ὄντος τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ θεοῦ παρʼ αὐτοῦ μόνου τῶν ἀγαθῶν τὰ μὲν δοθῆναι, τὰ δὲ παραμεῖναι εὐχόμεθα ἡμεῖς τε καὶ οἱ ἄγγελοι. ἀλλʼ οὐχ ὁμοίως. οὐ γάρ ἐστι ταὐτὸν αἰτεῖσθαι παραμεῖναι τὴν δόσιν ἢ τὴν ἀρχὴν σπουδάζειν λαβεῖν. καὶ ἡ ἀποτροπὴ δὲ τῶν κακῶν εἶδος εὐχῆς. ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐπὶ τῇ τῶν ἀνθρώπων βλάβῃ τῇ τοιᾷδε συγχρηστέον εὐχῇ ποτε, πλὴν εἰ μὴ τὴν ἐπιστροφὴν τῆς δικαιοσύνης τεχναζόμενος τοῖς [δ᾿] »ἀπηλγηκόσιν« ὁ γνωστικὸς οἰκονομοίη τὴν αἴτησιν. ἔστιν οὖν, ὡς εἰπεῖν τολμηρότερον, ὁμιλία πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ἡ εὐχή· κἂν ψιθυρίζοντες ἄρα μηδὲ τὰ χείλη ἀνοίγοντες μετὰ σιγῆς προσλαλῶμεν, ἔνδοθεν κεκράγαμεν· πᾶσαν γὰρ τὴν ἐνδιάθετον ὁμιλίαν ὁ θεὸς ἀδιαλείπτως ἐπαΐει.
dio kai toutois malista prosēkei euchesthai tois eidosi te to theion hōs chrē kai tēn prosphoron aretēn echousin autǭ, hoi isasi tina ta ontōs agatha kai tina aitēteon kai pote kai pōs hekasta. eschatē de amathia para tōn mē theōn hōs theōn aiteisthai ē ta mē sympheronta aiteisthai, phantasią agathōn kaka aitoumenous sphisin. hothen eikotōs henos ontos tou agathou theou parʼ autou monou tōn agathōn ta men dothēnai, ta de parameinai euchometha hēmeis te kai hoi angeloi. allʼ ouch homoiōs. ou gar esti tauton aiteisthai parameinai tēn dosin ē tēn archēn spoudazein labein. kai hē apotropē de tōn kakōn eidos euchēs. allʼ ouk epi tę̄ tōn anthrōpōn blabę̄ tę̄ toiąde synchrēsteon euchę̄ pote, plēn ei mē tēn epistrophēn tēs dikaiosynēs technazomenos tois [d᾿] »apēlgēkosin« ho gnōstikos oikonomoiē tēn aitēsin. estin oun, hōs eipein tolmēroteron, homilia pros ton theon hē euchē; kan psithyrizontes ara mēde ta cheilē anoigontes meta sigēs proslalōmen, endothen kekragamen; pasan gar tēn endiatheton homilian ho theos adialeiptōs epaïei.
Therefore it befits these above all to pray: those who know the divine as one should and have the virtue that suits it, who know what things are truly good, what should be asked for, and when and how each thing should be asked. It is the height of ignorance to ask from those who are not gods as though they were gods, or to ask for things that are not beneficial, asking evils for themselves under the appearance of goods. Hence, reasonably, since the good God is one, both we and the angels pray to him alone that some good things may be given and others may remain. But not in the same way; for it is not the same to ask that a gift may remain as to strive to receive it in the first place. The averting of evils too is a form of prayer. But one must never use such a prayer to harm human beings, unless the one who knows arranges his request as a means of turning to righteousness those who have become “callous.” Prayer, then, to speak rather boldly, is converse with God. Even if we only whisper, then, and speak to him in silence without so much as opening our lips, we cry out from within; for God hears all inward converse unceasingly.
7.7.40Stählin 2
Ταύτῃ καὶ προσανατείνομεν τὴν κεφαλὴν καὶ τὰς χεῖρας εἰς οὐρανὸν αἴρομεν τούς τε πόδας ἐπεγείρομεν κατὰ τὴν τελευταίαν τῆς εὐχῆς συνεκφώνησιν, ἐπακολουθοῦντες τῇ προθυμίᾳ τοῦ πνεύματος εἰς τὴν νοητὴν οὐσίαν, καί, συναφιστάνειν τῷ λόγῳ τὸ σῶμα τῆς γῆς πειρώμενοι, μετάρσιον ποιησάμενοι »τὴν ψυχὴν ἐπτερωμένην« τῷ πόθῳ τῶν κρειττόνων, ἐπὶ »τὰ ἅγια« χωρεῖν βιαζόμεθα, τοῦ δεσμοῦ καταμεγαλοφρονοῦντες τοῦ σαρκικοῦ. ἴσμεν γὰρ εὖ μάλα τὸν γνωστικὸν τὴν ὑπέκβασιν παντὸς τοῦ κόσμου, ὥσπερ ἀμέλει τῆς Αἰγύπτου οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι, ἑκουσίως ποιούμενον, ἐνδεικνύμενον ἐναργῶς παντὸς μᾶλλον ὡς ὅτι μάλιστα σύνεγγυς ἔσοιτο τοῦ θεοῦ. εἰ δέ τινες καὶ ὥρας τακτὰς ἀπονέμουσιν εὐχῇ, ὡς τρίτην φέρε καὶ ἕκτην καὶ ἐνάτην, ἀλλʼ οὖν γε ὁ γνωστικὸς παρὰ ὅλον εὔχεται τὸν βίον, διʼ εὐχῆς συνεῖναι μὲν σπεύδων θεῷ, καταλελοιπέναι δέ, συνελόντι εἰπεῖν, πάντα ὅσα μὴ χρησιμεύει γενομένῳ ἐκεῖ, ὡς ἂν ἐνθένδε ἤδη τὴν τελείωσιν ἀπειληφὼς τοῦ κατὰ ἀγάπην δρωμένου. ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς τῶν ὡρῶν διανομὰς τριχῇ διεσταμένας καὶ ταῖς ἴσαις εὐχαῖς τετιμημένας ἴσασιν οἱ γνωρίζοντες τὴν μακαρίαν τῶν ἁγίων τριάδα μονῶν.
Tautę̄ kai prosanateinomen tēn kephalēn kai tas cheiras eis ouranon airomen tous te podas epegeiromen kata tēn teleutaian tēs euchēs synekphōnēsin, epakolouthountes tę̄ prothymią tou pneumatos eis tēn noētēn ousian, kai, synaphistanein tǭ logǭ to sōma tēs gēs peirōmenoi, metarsion poiēsamenoi »tēn psychēn epterōmenēn« tǭ pothǭ tōn kreittonōn, epi »ta hagia« chōrein biazometha, tou desmou katamegalophronountes tou sarkikou. ismen gar eu mala ton gnōstikon tēn hypekbasin pantos tou kosmou, hōsper amelei tēs Aigyptou hoi Ioudaioi, hekousiōs poioumenon, endeiknymenon enargōs pantos mallon hōs hoti malista synengys esoito tou theou. ei de tines kai hōras taktas aponemousin euchę̄, hōs tritēn phere kai hektēn kai enatēn, allʼ oun ge ho gnōstikos para holon euchetai ton bion, diʼ euchēs syneinai men speudōn theǭ, kataleloipenai de, synelonti eipein, panta hosa mē chrēsimeuei genomenǭ ekei, hōs an enthende ēdē tēn teleiōsin apeilēphōs tou kata agapēn drōmenou. alla kai tas tōn hōrōn dianomas trichę̄ diestamenas kai tais isais euchais tetimēmenas isasin hoi gnōrizontes tēn makarian tōn hagiōn triada monōn.
In this way too we lift up our head and raise our hands to heaven and rise on tiptoe at the closing words spoken together in the prayer, following the eagerness of the spirit toward the intelligible realm; and, trying to lift the body from the earth together with our words, having made “the soul, winged” with longing for better things, soar aloft, we press on to enter “the holy place,” scorning the bond of the flesh. For we know very well that the one who knows willingly makes his departure from the whole world, just as the Jews did from Egypt, showing clearly, above all, that he will be as near to God as possible. And if some also assign fixed hours to prayer, such as the third, the sixth, and the ninth, yet the one who knows prays throughout his whole life, eager to be with God through prayer and, in short, to have left behind everything that is of no use to one who has arrived there, as having already received from here the perfection of what is done in love. But the distribution of the hours too, divided in three and honored with an equal number of prayers, is understood by those who know the blessed triad of the holy dwelling places.
7.7.41Stählin 2
Ἐνταῦθα γενόμενος ὑπεμνήσθην τῶν περὶ τοῦ μὴ δεῖν εὔχεσθαι πρός τινων ἑτεροδόξων, τουτέστιν τῶν ἀμφὶ τὴν Προδίκου αἵρεσιν, παρεισαγομένων δογμάτων. ἵνα οὖν μηδὲ ἐπὶ ταύτῃ αὐτῶν τῇ ἀθέῳ σοφίᾳ ὡς ξένῃ ὀγκύλλωνται αἱρέσει, μαθέτωσαν προειλῆφθαι μὲν ὑπὸ τῶν Κυρηναϊκῶν λεγομένων φιλοσόφων· ἀντιρρήσεως δʼ ὅμως τεύξεται κατὰ καιρὸν ἡ τῶν ψευδωνύμων τούτων ἀνόσιος γνῶσις, ὡς μὴ νῦν παρεισδυομένη τὸ ὑπόμνημα, οὐκ ὀλίγη οὖσα ἡ τούτων καταδρομὴ διακόπτῃ τὸν ἐν χερσὶ λόγον, δεικνύντων ἡμῶν μόνον ὄντως ὅσιον καὶ θεοσεβῆ τὸν τῷ ὄντι κατὰ τὸν ἐκκλησιαστικὸν κανόνα γνωστικόν, ᾧ μόνῳ ἡ αἴτησις κατὰ τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ βούλησιν ἀπονενεμημένη γίνεται καὶ αἰτήσαντι καὶ ἐννοηθέντι. ὥσπερ γὰρ πᾶν ὃ βούλεται, δύναται ὁ θεός, οὕτως »πᾶν ὃ ἂν [ὁ] αἰτήσῃ«, ὁ γνωστικὸς »λαμβάνει«. καθόλου γὰρ ὁ θεὸς οἶδεν τούς τε ἀξίους τῶν ἀγαθῶν καὶ μή· ὅθεν τὰ προσήκοντα ἑκάστοις δίδωσιν. διὸ πολλάκις μὲν αἰτήσασιν ἀναξίοις οὐκ ἂν δοίη, δοίη δὲ ἀξίοις δηλονότι ὑπάρχουσιν. οὐ μὴν παρέλκει ἡ αἴτησις, κἂν χωρὶς ἀξιώσεως διδῶται τὰ ἀγαθά. αὐτίκα ἥ τε εὐχαριστία ἥ τε τῶν πέλας εἰς ἐπιστροφὴν αἴτησις ἔργον ἐστὶ τοῦ γνωστικοῦ. ᾗ καὶ ὁ κύριος ηὔχετο, εὐχαριστῶν μὲν ἐφʼ οἷς ἐτελείωσεν τὴν διακονίαν, εὐχόμενος δὲ ὡς πλείστους ὅσους ἐν ἐπιγνώσει γενέσθαι, ἵνʼ ἐν τοῖς σῳζομένοις διὰ τῆς σωτηρίας κατʼ ἐπίγνωσιν ὁ θεὸς δοξάζηται καὶ ὁ μόνος ἀγαθὸς καὶ ὁ μόνος σωτὴρ διʼ υἱοῦ ἐξ αἰῶνος εἰς αἰῶνα ἐπιγινώσκηται. καίτοι καὶ ἡ πίστις τοῦ λήψεσθαι εἶδος εὐχῆς ἐναποκειμένης γνωστικῶς.
Entautha genomenos hypemnēsthēn tōn peri tou mē dein euchesthai pros tinōn heterodoxōn, toutestin tōn amphi tēn Prodikou hairesin, pareisagomenōn dogmatōn. hina oun mēde epi tautę̄ autōn tę̄ atheǭ sophią hōs xenę̄ onkyllōntai hairesei, mathetōsan proeilēphthai men hypo tōn Kyrēnaïkōn legomenōn philosophōn; antirrēseōs dʼ homōs teuxetai kata kairon hē tōn pseudōnymōn toutōn anosios gnōsis, hōs mē nyn pareisdyomenē to hypomnēma, ouk oligē ousa hē toutōn katadromē diakoptę̄ ton en chersi logon, deiknyntōn hēmōn monon ontōs hosion kai theosebē ton tǭ onti kata ton ekklēsiastikon kanona gnōstikon, hǭ monǭ hē aitēsis kata tēn tou theou boulēsin aponenemēmenē ginetai kai aitēsanti kai ennoēthenti. hōsper gar pan ho bouletai, dynatai ho theos, houtōs »pan ho an [ho] aitēsę̄«, ho gnōstikos »lambanei«. katholou gar ho theos oiden tous te axious tōn agathōn kai mē; hothen ta prosēkonta hekastois didōsin. dio pollakis men aitēsasin anaxiois ouk an doiē, doiē de axiois dēlonoti hyparchousin. ou mēn parelkei hē aitēsis, kan chōris axiōseōs didōtai ta agatha. autika hē te eucharistia hē te tōn pelas eis epistrophēn aitēsis ergon esti tou gnōstikou. hę̄ kai ho kyrios ēucheto, eucharistōn men ephʼ hois eteleiōsen tēn diakonian, euchomenos de hōs pleistous hosous en epignōsei genesthai, hinʼ en tois sǭzomenois dia tēs sōtērias katʼ epignōsin ho theos doxazētai kai ho monos agathos kai ho monos sōtēr diʼ huiou ex aiōnos eis aiōna epiginōskētai. kaitoi kai hē pistis tou lēpsesthai eidos euchēs enapokeimenēs gnōstikōs.
Having come to this point, I was reminded of the doctrines introduced by certain heterodox people, namely those of the sect of Prodicus, about there being no need to pray. So that they may not puff themselves up over this godless wisdom of theirs as though it were a novel sect, let them learn that they were anticipated by the philosophers called Cyrenaics. The unholy knowledge of these people who are falsely so called will meet its refutation in due time, so that it may not slip into these notes now and, since the attack on them is no small matter, break off the argument in hand. For we are showing that the one who truly knows according to the church's rule is alone truly holy and pious; to him alone is the request granted according to God's will, both when he asks and when he merely thinks it. For as God can do all that he wills, so the one who knows “receives whatever he asks.” For in general God knows who are worthy of good things and who are not; hence he gives to each what befits them. Therefore he would often not give to the unworthy, even when they ask, but would give to the worthy, clearly, when they are such. Yet asking is not superfluous, even if good things are given without the request. Indeed, thanksgiving and asking for the conversion of one's neighbors are the work of the one who knows. So too the Lord prayed, giving thanks that he had completed his ministry, and praying that as many as possible might come to full knowledge, so that in those who are saved God might be glorified through salvation according to knowledge, and that he who alone is good and alone is Savior might be recognized through the Son from age to age. And indeed faith that one will receive is itself a kind of prayer, laid up in a knowing way.
7.7.42Stählin 2
ἀλλʼ εἰ ἀφορμή τις ὁμιλίας τῆς πρὸς τὸν θεὸν γίνεται ἡ εὐχή, οὐδεμίαν ἀφορμὴν παραλειπτέον τῆς προσόδου τῆς πρὸς τὸν θεόν. ἀμέλει συμπλακεῖσα τῇ μακαρίᾳ προνοίᾳ ἡ τοῦ γνωστικοῦ ὁσιότης κατὰ τὴν ἑκούσιον ὁμολογίαν τελείαν τὴν εὐεργεσίαν ἐπιδείκνυσι τοῦ θεοῦ. οἱονεὶ γὰρ ἀντεπιστροφή τίς ἐστι τῆς προνοίας ἡ τοῦ γνωστικοῦ ὁσιότης καὶ ἀντίστροφος εὔνοια τοῦ φίλου τοῦ θεοῦ. οὔτε γὰρ ὁ θεὸς ἄκων ἀγαθὸς ὃν τρόπον τὸ πῦρ θερμαντικὸν (ἑκούσιος δὲ ἡ τῶν ἀγαθῶν μετάδοσις αὐτῷ, κἂν προλαμβάνῃ τὴν αἴτησιν) οὔτε μὴν ἄκων σωθήσεται ὁ σῳζόμενος· οὐ γάρ ἐστιν ἄψυχος, ἀλλὰ παντὸς μᾶλλον ἑκουσίως καὶ προαιρετικῶς σπεύσει πρὸς σωτηρίαν. διὸ καὶ τὰς ἐντολὰς ἔλαβεν ὁ ἄνθρωπος ὡς ἂν ἐξ αὑτοῦ ὁρμητικὸς πρὸς ὁπότερον ἂν καὶ βούλοιτο τῶν τε αἱρετῶν καὶ τῶν φευκτῶν. οὔκουν ὁ θεὸς ἀνάγκῃ ἀγαθοποιεῖ, κατὰ προαίρεσιν δὲ εὖ ποιεῖ τοὺς ἐξ αὑτῶν ἐπιστρέφοντας. οὐ γὰρ ὑπηρετική γέ ἐστιν [ἡ] εἰς ἡμᾶς θεόθεν ἥκουσα, οἷον ἐκ χειρόνων εἰς κρείττονας προϊοῦσα, ἡ πρόνοια, κατʼ ἔλεον δὲ τῆς ἡμετέρας ἀσθενείας αἱ προσεχεῖς τῆς προνοίας ἐνεργοῦνται οἰκονομίαι. καθάπερ καὶ ἡ τῶν ποιμένων εἰς τὰ πρόβατα καὶ ἡ τοῦ βασιλέως πρὸς τοὺς ἀρχομένους, καὶ ἡμῶν αὐτῶν πειθηνίως πρὸς τοὺς ἡγουμένους ἐχόντων τοὺς τεταγμένως διέποντας καθʼ ἣν ἐνεχειρίσθησαν τάξιν ἐκ θεοῦ. θεράποντες ἄρα καὶ θεραπευταὶ τοῦ θείου οἱ ἐλευθερικωτάτην καὶ βασιλικωτάτην θεραπείαν προσάγοντες, τὴν διὰ τῆς θεοσεβοῦς γνώμης τε καὶ γνώσεως.
allʼ ei aphormē tis homilias tēs pros ton theon ginetai hē euchē, oudemian aphormēn paraleipteon tēs prosodou tēs pros ton theon. amelei symplakeisa tę̄ makarią pronoią hē tou gnōstikou hosiotēs kata tēn hekousion homologian teleian tēn euergesian epideiknysi tou theou. hoionei gar antepistrophē tis esti tēs pronoias hē tou gnōstikou hosiotēs kai antistrophos eunoia tou philou tou theou. oute gar ho theos akōn agathos hon tropon to pyr thermantikon (hekousios de hē tōn agathōn metadosis autǭ, kan prolambanę̄ tēn aitēsin) oute mēn akōn sōthēsetai ho sǭzomenos; ou gar estin apsychos, alla pantos mallon hekousiōs kai proairetikōs speusei pros sōtērian. dio kai tas entolas elaben ho anthrōpos hōs an ex hautou hormētikos pros hopoteron an kai bouloito tōn te hairetōn kai tōn pheuktōn. oukoun ho theos anankę̄ agathopoiei, kata proairesin de eu poiei tous ex hautōn epistrephontas. ou gar hypēretikē ge estin [hē] eis hēmas theothen hēkousa, hoion ek cheironōn eis kreittonas proïousa, hē pronoia, katʼ eleon de tēs hēmeteras astheneias hai prosecheis tēs pronoias energountai oikonomiai. kathaper kai hē tōn poimenōn eis ta probata kai hē tou basileōs pros tous archomenous, kai hēmōn autōn peithēniōs pros tous hēgoumenous echontōn tous tetagmenōs diepontas kathʼ hēn enecheiristhēsan taxin ek theou. therapontes ara kai therapeutai tou theiou hoi eleutherikōtatēn kai basilikōtatēn therapeian prosagontes, tēn dia tēs theosebous gnōmēs te kai gnōseōs.
But if prayer is an occasion of converse with God, no occasion of approaching God should be passed over. Certainly the holiness of the one who knows, intertwined with blessed providence, shows by his voluntary confession that God's benefaction is complete. For the holiness of the one who knows is, as it were, an answering turn toward providence, the responding goodwill of the friend of God. For neither is God good involuntarily, in the way that fire gives heat (his sharing of good things is voluntary, even if it comes before the request), nor will the one who is saved be saved against his will; for he is not lifeless, but will above all hasten to salvation voluntarily and by deliberate choice. That is why the human being received the commandments: as one able of himself to move toward whichever he wishes of the things to be chosen and the things to be avoided. So God does not do good by necessity; by choice he does good to those who turn of their own accord. For the providence that comes to us from God is not servile, as though it proceeded from inferiors to superiors; rather, out of mercy for our weakness, the close-at-hand dispensations of providence are at work, like the care of shepherds for their sheep and of a king for his subjects, while we ourselves are obedient to those who lead us, who govern in good order according to the rank entrusted to them by God. Servants and worshipers of the divine, then, are those who offer the freest and most royal service, the service that comes through a godly mind and knowledge.
7.7.43Stählin 2
Πᾶς οὖν καὶ τόπος ἱερὸς τῷ ὄντι, ἐν ᾧ τὴν ἐπίνοιαν τοῦ θεοῦ λαμβάνομεν, καὶ χρόνος. ὅταν δὲ ὁ εὐπροαίρετος ὁμοῦ καὶ εὐχάριστος διʼ εὐχῆς αἰτῆται, ἁμῇ γέ πῃ συνεργεῖ τι πρὸς τὴν λῆψιν, ἀσμένως διʼ ὧν εὔχεται τὸ ποθούμενον λαμβάνων. ἐπὰν γὰρ τὸ παρʼ ἡμῶν εὐεπίφορον ὁ τῶν ἀγαθῶν λάβῃ δοτήρ, ἀθρόα πάντα τῇ συλλήψει αὐτῇ ἕπεται τὰ ἀγαθά. ἀμέλει ἐξετάζεται διὰ τῆς εὐχῆς ὁ τρόπος, πῶς ἔχει πρὸς τὸ προσῆκον. εἰ δὲ ἡ φωνὴ καὶ ἡ λέξις τῆς νοήσεως χάριν δέδοται ἡμῖν, πῶς οὐχὶ αὐτῆς τῆς ψυχῆς καὶ τοῦ νοῦ ἐπακούει ὁ θεός, ὅπου γε ἤδη ψυχὴ ψυχῆς καὶ νοῦς νοὸς ἐπαΐει; ὅθεν τὰς πολυφώνους γλώσσας οὐκ ἀναμένει ὁ θεὸς καθάπερ οἱ παρὰ ἀνθρώπων ἑρμηνεῖς, ἀλλʼ ἁπαξαπλῶς ἁπάντων γνωρίζει τὰς νοήσεις, καὶ ὅπερ ἡμῖν ἡ φωνὴ σημαίνει, τοῦτο τῷ θεῷ ἡ ἔννοια ἡμῶν λαλεῖ, ἣν καὶ πρὸ τῆς δημιουργίας εἰς νόησιν ἥξουσαν ἠπίστατο. ἔξεστιν οὖν μηδὲ φωνῇ τὴν εὐχὴν παραπέμπειν, συντείνοντα μόνον [δ᾿] ἔνδοθεν τὸ πνευματικὸν πᾶν εἰς φωνὴν τὴν νοητὴν κατὰ τὴν ἀπερίσπαστον πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ἐπιστροφήν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ γενεθλίου ἡμέρας εἰκὼν ἡ ἀνατολὴ κἀκεῖθεν τὸ φῶς αὔξεται »ἐκ σκότους λάμψαν« τὸ πρῶτον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς ἐν ἀγνοίᾳ κυλινδουμένοις ἀνέτειλεν γνώσεως ἀληθείας ἡμέρα κατὰ λόγον τοῦ ἡλίου, πρὸς τὴν ἑωθινὴν ἀνατολὴν αἱ εὐχαί. ὅθεν καὶ τὰ παλαίτατα τῶν ἱερῶν πρὸς δύσιν ἔβλεπεν, ἵνα οἱ ἀπαντιπρόσωπον τῶν ἀγαλμάτων ἱστάμενοι πρὸς ἀνατολὴν τρέπεσθαι διδάσκωνται. »κατευθυνθήτω ἡ προσευχή μου ὡς θυμίαμα ἐνώπιόν σου, ἔπαρσις τῶν χειρῶν μου θυσία ἑσπερινή«, οἱ ψαλμοὶ λέγουσιν.
Pas oun kai topos hieros tǭ onti, en hǭ tēn epinoian tou theou lambanomen, kai chronos. hotan de ho euproairetos homou kai eucharistos diʼ euchēs aitētai, hamę̄ ge pę̄ synergei ti pros tēn lēpsin, asmenōs diʼ hōn euchetai to pothoumenon lambanōn. epan gar to parʼ hēmōn euepiphoron ho tōn agathōn labę̄ dotēr, athroa panta tę̄ syllēpsei autę̄ hepetai ta agatha. amelei exetazetai dia tēs euchēs ho tropos, pōs echei pros to prosēkon. ei de hē phōnē kai hē lexis tēs noēseōs charin dedotai hēmin, pōs ouchi autēs tēs psychēs kai tou nou epakouei ho theos, hopou ge ēdē psychē psychēs kai nous noos epaïei? hothen tas polyphōnous glōssas ouk anamenei ho theos kathaper hoi para anthrōpōn hermēneis, allʼ hapaxaplōs hapantōn gnōrizei tas noēseis, kai hoper hēmin hē phōnē sēmainei, touto tǭ theǭ hē ennoia hēmōn lalei, hēn kai pro tēs dēmiourgias eis noēsin hēxousan ēpistato. exestin oun mēde phōnę̄ tēn euchēn parapempein, synteinonta monon [d᾿] endothen to pneumatikon pan eis phōnēn tēn noētēn kata tēn aperispaston pros ton theon epistrophēn. Epei de genethliou hēmeras eikōn hē anatolē kakeithen to phōs auxetai »ek skotous lampsan« to prōton, alla kai tois en agnoią kylindoumenois aneteilen gnōseōs alētheias hēmera kata logon tou hēliou, pros tēn heōthinēn anatolēn hai euchai. hothen kai ta palaitata tōn hierōn pros dysin eblepen, hina hoi apantiprosōpon tōn agalmatōn histamenoi pros anatolēn trepesthai didaskōntai. »kateuthynthētō hē proseuchē mou hōs thymiama enōpion sou, eparsis tōn cheirōn mou thysia hesperinē«, hoi psalmoi legousin.
Every place, then, is truly sacred in which we receive the thought of God, and so is every time. And when the one whose purpose is good and who is also thankful makes his requests in prayer, he contributes something in some way toward receiving, gladly receiving what he longs for through the things he prays. For when the Giver of good things receives our readiness, all good things follow together at the very moment of conception. Certainly a person's character, how it stands toward what is fitting, is tested through prayer. And if voice and speech have been given to us for the sake of thought, how can God not hear the soul itself and the mind, since even among us soul hears soul and mind hears mind? Hence God does not wait for the many-voiced tongues, as human interpreters do, but simply knows the thoughts of all; and what the voice signifies to us, our thought speaks to God, the thought which he knew, even before creation, would come to be thought. It is possible, then, to send up prayer even without voice, only gathering together from within all that is spiritual into the intelligible voice, in an undistracted turning toward God. And since the east is an image of the day of birth, and from there the light increases, having first “shone out of darkness,” and since for those rolling about in ignorance the day of the knowledge of the truth has risen like the sun, prayers are made facing the sunrise. Hence also the most ancient temples looked west, so that those who stood facing the images might be taught to turn toward the east. “Let my prayer be directed like incense before you, the lifting up of my hands an evening sacrifice,” say the Psalms.
7.7.44Stählin 2
Τοῖς μοχθηροῖς τοίνυν τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἡ εὐχὴ οὐ μόνον εἰς τοὺς ἄλλους, ἀλλὰ καὶ εἰς σφᾶς αὐτοὺς βλαβερωτάτη. εἰ γοῦν καὶ ἅ φασιν εὐτυχήματα αἰτησάμενοι λάβοιεν, βλάπτει λαβόντας αὐτούς, ἀνεπιστήμονας τῆς χρήσεως αὐτῶν ὑπάρχοντας. οἳ μὲν γὰρ ἃ οὐκ ἔχουσιν εὔχονται κτήσασθαι, καὶ τὰ δοκοῦντα ἀγαθά, οὐ τὰ ὄντα, αἰτοῦνται. ὁ γνωστικὸς δὲ ὧν μὲν κέκτηται παραμονήν, ἐπιτηδειότητα δὲ εἰς ἃ μέλλει ὑπερβαίνειν, καὶ † ἀιδιότητα ὧν οὐ λήψεται, αἰτήσεται. τὰ δὲ ὄντως ἀγαθὰ τὰ περὶ ψυχὴν εὔχεται εἶναί τε αὐτῷ καὶ παραμεῖναι. ταύτῃ οὐδὲ ὀρέγεταί τινος τῶν ἀπόντων, ἀρκούμενος τοῖς παροῦσιν. οὐ γὰρ ἐλλιπὴς τῶν οἰκείων ἀγαθῶν, ἱκανὸς ὢν ἤδη ἑαυτῷ ἐκ τῆς θείας χάριτός τε καὶ γνώσεως· ἀλλὰ αὐτάρκης μὲν γενόμενος ἀνενδεής τε τῶν ἄλλων, τὸ παντοκρατορικὸν δὲ βούλημα ἐγνωκώς, καὶ ἔχων ἅμα καὶ εὐχόμενος, προσεχὴς τῇ πανσθενεῖ δυνάμει γενόμενος, πνευματικὸς εἶναι σπουδάσας διὰ τῆς ἀορίστου ἀγάπης ἥνωται τῷ πνεύματι. οὗτος ὁ μεγαλόφρων, ὁ τὸ πάντων τιμιώτατον, ὁ τὸ πάντων ἀγαθώτατον κατὰ τὴν ἐπιστήμην κεκτημένος, εὔθικτος μὲν κατὰ τὴν προσβολὴν τῆς θεωρίας, ἔμμονον δὲ τὴν τῶν θεωρητῶν δύναμιν ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ κεκτημένος, τουτέστι τὴν διορατικὴν τῆς ἐπιστήμης δριμύτητα. ταύτην δὲ ὡς ἔνι μάλιστα βιάζεται κτήσασθαι τὴν δύναμιν, ἐγκρατὴς γενόμενος »τῶν ἀντιστρατευομένων τῷ νῷ« καὶ τῇ μὲν θεωρίᾳ ἀδιαλείπτως προσεδρεύων, τῇ ἐφεκτικῇ δὲ τῶν ἡδέων καὶ τῇ κατορθωτικῇ τῶν πρακτέων ἐγγυμνασάμενος ἀσκήσει· πρὸς τούτοις ἐμπειρίᾳ πολλῇ χρησάμενος τῇ κατὰ τὴν μάθησίν τε καὶ τὸν βίον, παρρησίαν ἔχει, οὐ τὴν ἁπλῶς οὕτως ἀθυρόγλωσσον δύναμιν, δύναμιν δὲ ἁπλῷ λόγῳ χρωμένην, μηδὲν τῶν λεχθῆναι δυναμένων κατὰ τὸν προσήκοντα καιρόν, ἐφʼ ὧν μάλιστα χρή, ἐπικρυπτομένην μήτε διὰ χάριν μήτε διὰ φόβον.
Tois mochthērois toinyn tōn anthrōpōn hē euchē ou monon eis tous allous, alla kai eis sphas autous blaberōtatē. ei goun kai ha phasin eutychēmata aitēsamenoi laboien, blaptei labontas autous, anepistēmonas tēs chrēseōs autōn hyparchontas. hoi men gar ha ouk echousin euchontai ktēsasthai, kai ta dokounta agatha, ou ta onta, aitountai. ho gnōstikos de hōn men kektētai paramonēn, epitēdeiotēta de eis ha mellei hyperbainein, kai † aidiotēta hōn ou lēpsetai, aitēsetai. ta de ontōs agatha ta peri psychēn euchetai einai te autǭ kai parameinai. tautę̄ oude oregetai tinos tōn apontōn, arkoumenos tois parousin. ou gar ellipēs tōn oikeiōn agathōn, hikanos ōn ēdē heautǭ ek tēs theias charitos te kai gnōseōs; alla autarkēs men genomenos anendeēs te tōn allōn, to pantokratorikon de boulēma egnōkōs, kai echōn hama kai euchomenos, prosechēs tę̄ pansthenei dynamei genomenos, pneumatikos einai spoudasas dia tēs aoristou agapēs hēnōtai tǭ pneumati. houtos ho megalophrōn, ho to pantōn timiōtaton, ho to pantōn agathōtaton kata tēn epistēmēn kektēmenos, euthiktos men kata tēn prosbolēn tēs theōrias, emmonon de tēn tōn theōrētōn dynamin en tę̄ psychę̄ kektēmenos, toutesti tēn dioratikēn tēs epistēmēs drimytēta. tautēn de hōs eni malista biazetai ktēsasthai tēn dynamin, enkratēs genomenos »tōn antistrateuomenōn tǭ nǭ« kai tę̄ men theōrią adialeiptōs prosedreuōn, tę̄ ephektikę̄ de tōn hēdeōn kai tę̄ katorthōtikę̄ tōn prakteōn engymnasamenos askēsei; pros toutois empeirią pollę̄ chrēsamenos tę̄ kata tēn mathēsin te kai ton bion, parrēsian echei, ou tēn haplōs houtōs athyroglōsson dynamin, dynamin de haplǭ logǭ chrōmenēn, mēden tōn lechthēnai dynamenōn kata ton prosēkonta kairon, ephʼ hōn malista chrē, epikryptomenēn mēte dia charin mēte dia phobon.
For wicked human beings, then, prayer is most harmful, not only to others but also to themselves. For even if they ask for and receive what they call good fortune, it harms them once they have received it, since they do not know how to use it. For they pray to acquire what they do not have, and they ask for things that seem good, not things that are good. But the one who knows will ask for the permanence of what he possesses, for fitness for what he is about to rise to, and … for the everlastingness of what he will not receive. The truly good things, those of the soul, he prays to have and to keep. So he does not even desire anything absent, being content with what is present. For he is not lacking in the goods proper to him, being already sufficient for himself through divine grace and knowledge. Having become self-sufficient and in no need of other things, knowing the will of the Almighty, both having and praying at once, having come close to the all-powerful power, and having striven to be spiritual, he is united to the Spirit through boundless love. This is the great-souled man, who possesses by understanding the most honorable of all things, the best of all things; quick in the thrust of contemplation, and possessing in his soul the abiding power of the things contemplated, that is, the piercing keenness of understanding. And he strives as hard as he can to acquire this power, having become master of “the things that war against the mind,” attending unceasingly to contemplation, and exercised in the discipline that restrains pleasures and sets right what must be done. Besides this, having gained much experience in learning and in life, he has freedom of speech: not simply the power of an unbridled tongue, but a power that speaks plainly, concealing nothing that can be said at the fitting time, where it is most needed, neither for favor nor for fear.
7.7.45Stählin 2
Ἀξιολόγως [ὁ] γοῦν τὰ περὶ θεοῦ διειληφώς, δεδιδαγμένος πρὸς αὐτῆς τῆς ἀληθείας χοροῦ μυστικοῦ, λόγῳ τῷ προτρέποντι ἐπὶ τὸ μέγεθος τῆς ἀρετῆς, κατʼ ἀξίαν αὐτήν τε καὶ τὰ ἀπʼ αὐτῆς ἐνδεικνυμένῳ, χρῆται, μετὰ διάρματος ἐνθέου τῆς εὐχῆς τοῖς νοητοῖς καὶ πνευματικοῖς ὡς ἔνι μάλιστα γνωστικῶς οἰκειούμενος. ὅθεν ἥμερος καὶ πρᾶος ἀεί, εὐπρόσιτος, εὐαπάντητος, ἀνεξίκακος, εὐγνώμων, εὐσυνείδητος, αὐστηρός· οὗτος ἡμῖν ὁ αὐστηρὸς οὐκ εἰς τὸ ἀδιάφθορον μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ εἰς τὸ ἀπείραστον (οὐδαμῇ γὰρ ἐνδόσιμον οὐδὲ ἁλώσιμον ἡδονῇ τε καὶ λύπῃ τὴν ψυχὴν παρίστησιν). δικαστής, ἐὰν ὁ λόγος καλῇ, ἀκλινὴς γενόμενος μηδʼ ὁτιοῦν τοῖς πάθεσι χαριζόμενος, ἀμεταστάτως ᾗ πέφυκεν τὸ δίκαιον πορεύεσθαι βαδίζων, πεπεισμένος εὖ μάλα παγκάλως διοικεῖσθαι τὰ πάντα καὶ εἰς τὸ ἄμεινον ἀεὶ τὴν προκοπὴν προϊέναι ταῖς ἀρετὴν ἑλομέναις ψυχαῖς, ἔστʼ ἂν ἐπʼ αὐτὸ ἀφίκωνται τὸ ἀγαθόν, »ἐπὶ προθύροις« ὡς εἰπεῖν τοῦ πατρὸς προσεχεῖς τῷ μεγάλῳ ἀρχιερεῖ γενόμεναι. Οὗτος ἡμῖν ὁ γνωστικὸς ὁ πιστός, ὁ πεπεισμένος ἄριστα διοικεῖσθαι τὰ κατὰ τὸν κόσμον. ἀμέλει πᾶσιν εὐαρεστεῖται τοῖς συμβαίνουσιν.
Axiologōs [ho] goun ta peri theou dieilēphōs, dedidagmenos pros autēs tēs alētheias chorou mystikou, logǭ tǭ protreponti epi to megethos tēs aretēs, katʼ axian autēn te kai ta apʼ autēs endeiknymenǭ, chrētai, meta diarmatos entheou tēs euchēs tois noētois kai pneumatikois hōs eni malista gnōstikōs oikeioumenos. hothen hēmeros kai praos aei, euprositos, euapantētos, anexikakos, eugnōmōn, eusyneidētos, austēros; houtos hēmin ho austēros ouk eis to adiaphthoron monon, alla kai eis to apeiraston (oudamę̄ gar endosimon oude halōsimon hēdonę̄ te kai lypę̄ tēn psychēn paristēsin). dikastēs, ean ho logos kalę̄, aklinēs genomenos mēdʼ hotioun tois pathesi charizomenos, ametastatōs hę̄ pephyken to dikaion poreuesthai badizōn, pepeismenos eu mala pankalōs dioikeisthai ta panta kai eis to ameinon aei tēn prokopēn proïenai tais aretēn helomenais psychais, estʼ an epʼ auto aphikōntai to agathon, »epi prothyrois« hōs eipein tou patros prosecheis tǭ megalǭ archierei genomenai. Houtos hēmin ho gnōstikos ho pistos, ho pepeismenos arista dioikeisthai ta kata ton kosmon. amelei pasin euaresteitai tois symbainousin.
At any rate, having formed a worthy conception of God, and taught by the truth itself as a member of the mystic chorus, he uses the word that urges toward the greatness of virtue, showing virtue and its fruits according to their worth, and he becomes at home, as knowingly as possible, with intelligible and spiritual things through the inspired uplift of prayer. Hence he is always gentle and meek, easy of access, affable, patient under wrong, considerate, of good conscience, austere. He is our austere man, austere not only in being incorruptible but also in being beyond temptation, for he in no way lets his soul yield to or be captured by pleasure and pain. If reason calls him to be a judge, he becomes unswerving, making no concession whatever to the passions, walking without turning aside where justice by nature goes; he is fully persuaded that all things are governed most excellently, and that for souls that have chosen virtue progress always advances toward the better, until they arrive at the Good itself, and come close to the great High Priest, “at the doorway,” as one might say, of the Father. This is our one who knows, the faithful one, persuaded that the affairs of the world are governed in the best way. Certainly he is well pleased with all that happens.
7.7.46Stählin 2
εὐλόγως οὖν οὐδὲν ἐπιζητεῖ τῶν κατὰ τὸν βίον εἰς τὴν ἀναγκαίαν χρῆσιν εὐθέτων, πεπεισμένος ὡς ὁ τὰ πάντα εἰδὼς θεὸς ὅ τι ἂν συμφέρῃ καὶ οὐκ αἰτουμένοις τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς χορηγεῖ. καθάπερ γάρ, οἶμαι, τῷ τεχνικῷ τεχνικῶς καὶ τῷ ἐθνικῷ ἐθνικῶς, οὕτω καὶ τῷ γνωστικῷ γνωστικῶς ἕκαστα ἀποδίδοται. καὶ ὁ μὲν ἐξ ἐθνῶν ἐπιστρέφων τὴν πίστιν, ὁ δὲ εἰς γνῶσιν ἐπαναβαίνων »τῆς ἀγάπης τὴν τελειότητα« αἰτήσεται. κορυφαῖος δʼ ἤδη ὁ γνωστικὸς θεωρίαν εὔχεται αὔξειν τε καὶ παραμένειν, καθάπερ ὁ κοινὸς ἄνθρωπος τὸ συνεχὲς ὑγιαίνειν. ναὶ μὴν μηδὲ ἀποπεσεῖν ποτε τῆς ἀρετῆς αἰτήσεται, συνεργῶν μάλιστα πρὸς τὸ ἄπτωτος διαγενέσθαι. οἶδεν γὰρ καὶ τῶν ἀγγέλων τινὰς ὑπὸ ῥᾳθυμίας ὀλισθήσαντας αὖθις χαμαὶ μηδέπω τέλεον εἰς τὴν μίαν ἐκείνην ἕξιν ἐκ τῆς εἰς τὴν διπλόην ἐπιτηδειότητος ἐκθλίψαντας ἑαυτούς. τῷ δὲ ἐνθένδε εἰς γνώσεως ἀκρότητα καὶ τὸ ἐπαναβεβηκὸς ὕψος ἀνδρὸς ἐντελοῦς γεγυμνασμένῳ πρὸ ὁδοῦ τὰ κατὰ χρόνον καὶ τόπον ἅπαντα, ἀμεταπτώτως βιοῦν ἑλομένῳ καὶ ἀσκοῦντι διὰ τὴν τῆς γνώμης πάντοθεν μονότονον ἑδραιότητα· ὅσοις δὲ βρίθουσά τις ἔτι ὑπολείπεται † γωνία κάτω ῥέπουσα, [καὶ] κατασπᾶται τὸ διὰ τῆς πίστεως ἀναγόμενον. τῷ ἄρα ἀναπόβλητον τὴν ἀρετὴν ἀσκήσει γνωστικῇ πεποιημένῳ φυσιοῦται ἡ ἕξις, καὶ καθάπερ τῷ λίθῳ τὸ βάρος, οὕτως τῷδε ἡ ἐπιστήμη ἀναπόβλητος οὐκ ἀκουσίως, ἀλλʼ ἑκουσίως, δυνάμει λογικῇ καὶ γνωστικῇ καὶ προνοητικῇ, καθίσταται.
eulogōs oun ouden epizētei tōn kata ton bion eis tēn anankaian chrēsin euthetōn, pepeismenos hōs ho ta panta eidōs theos ho ti an sympherę̄ kai ouk aitoumenois tois agathois chorēgei. kathaper gar, oimai, tǭ technikǭ technikōs kai tǭ ethnikǭ ethnikōs, houtō kai tǭ gnōstikǭ gnōstikōs hekasta apodidotai. kai ho men ex ethnōn epistrephōn tēn pistin, ho de eis gnōsin epanabainōn »tēs agapēs tēn teleiotēta« aitēsetai. koryphaios dʼ ēdē ho gnōstikos theōrian euchetai auxein te kai paramenein, kathaper ho koinos anthrōpos to syneches hygiainein. nai mēn mēde apopesein pote tēs aretēs aitēsetai, synergōn malista pros to aptōtos diagenesthai. oiden gar kai tōn angelōn tinas hypo rhąthymias olisthēsantas authis chamai mēdepō teleon eis tēn mian ekeinēn hexin ek tēs eis tēn diploēn epitēdeiotētos ekthlipsantas heautous. tǭ de enthende eis gnōseōs akrotēta kai to epanabebēkos hypsos andros entelous gegymnasmenǭ pro hodou ta kata chronon kai topon hapanta, ametaptōtōs bioun helomenǭ kai askounti dia tēn tēs gnōmēs pantothen monotonon hedraiotēta; hosois de brithousa tis eti hypoleipetai † gōnia katō rhepousa, [kai] kataspatai to dia tēs pisteōs anagomenon. tǭ ara anapoblēton tēn aretēn askēsei gnōstikę̄ pepoiēmenǭ physioutai hē hexis, kai kathaper tǭ lithǭ to baros, houtōs tǭde hē epistēmē anapoblētos ouk akousiōs, allʼ hekousiōs, dynamei logikę̄ kai gnōstikę̄ kai pronoētikę̄, kathistatai.
Reasonably, then, he seeks none of the things in life that serve for necessary use, persuaded that God, who knows all things, supplies the good with whatever is beneficial even when they do not ask. For as, I think, things are rendered to the craftsman in a craftsman's way and to the gentile in a gentile's way, so to the one who knows each thing is rendered in a knowing way. The one who is turning from the gentiles will ask for faith, and the one who is ascending to knowledge will ask for “the perfection of love.” But the one who knows, having already reached the summit, prays that his contemplation may grow and remain, as the ordinary person prays for continual health. Indeed, he will ask never to fall away from virtue, cooperating to the utmost to remain unfallen. For he knows that some even of the angels slipped through carelessness and fell back to the ground, not yet having squeezed themselves completely out of their aptitude for doubleness into that single state. But for the one who from here has trained himself for the summit of knowledge and the exalted stature of the perfect man, everything in time and place helps him forward, since he has chosen to live without change and practices it through the steadiness of his mind, uniform on every side. But in those in whom some weight still remains, … tilting downward, what is being raised up through faith is dragged down. For the one who by the discipline of knowledge has made his virtue impossible to lose, the disposition becomes nature; and as weight belongs to a stone, so understanding becomes for him something that cannot be lost, not involuntarily but voluntarily, by a power that is rational, knowing, and provident.
7.7.47Stählin 2
Ἐπεὶ δὲ τὸ μὴ ἀποβληθὲν διʼ εὐλαβείας διʼ εὐλογιστίας ἀναπόβλητον γίνεται, τῆς μὲν εὐλαβείας πρὸς τὸ μὴ ἁμαρτάνειν, τῆς δὲ εὐλογιστίας πρὸς τὸ ἀναπόβλητον τῆς ἀρετῆς ἀνθέξεται. ἡ γνῶσις δὲ ἔοικεν τὴν εὐλογιστίαν παρέχειν, διορᾶν διδάσκουσα τὰ βοηθεῖν πρὸς τὴν παραμονὴν τῆς ἀρετῆς δυνάμενα. μέγιστον ἄρα ἡ γνῶσις τοῦ θεοῦ. διὸ καὶ ταύτῃ σῴζεται τὸ ἀναπόβλητον τῆς ἀρετῆς. ὁ δὲ ἐγνωκὼς τὸν θεὸν ὅσιος καὶ εὐσεβής. μόνος ἄρα ὁ γνωστικὸς εὐσεβὴς ἡμῖν εἶναι δέδεικται. οὗτος χαίρει μὲν ἐπὶ τοῖς παροῦσιν ἀγαθοῖς, γέγηθεν δὲ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἐπηγγελμένοις, ὡς ἤδη παροῦσιν. οὐ γὰρ λέληθεν αὐτὸν ὡς ἂν ἀπόντα ἔτι, διʼ ὧν ἔγνω φθάσας οἷά ἐστιν. τῇ γνώσει οὖν πεπεισμένος [καὶ] ὡς ἔστιν ἕκαστον τῶν μελλόντων κέκτηται τοῦτο. τὸ γὰρ ἐνδεὲς καὶ ἐπιδεὲς πρὸς τὸ ἐπιβάλλον μετρεῖται. εἰ γοῦν σοφίαν κέκτηται καὶ θεῖον ἡ σοφία, ὁ ἀνενδεοῦς μετέχων ἀνενδεὴς εἴη ἄν. οὐ γὰρ ἡ τῆς σοφίας μετάδοσις κινούντων καὶ ἰσχόντων ἀλλήλους τῆς τε ἐνεργείας καὶ τοῦ μετέχοντος γίνεται, οὐδὲ ἀφαιρουμένου τινὸς οὐδὲ ἐνδεοῦς γινομένου· ἀμείωτος δʼ οὖν ἡ ἐνέργεια διʼ αὐτῆς τῆς μεταδόσεως δείκνυται. οὕτως οὖν πάντα ἔχει τὰ ἀγαθὰ ὁ γνωστικὸς ἡμῖν κατὰ τὴν δύναμιν, οὐδέπω δὲ καὶ κατὰ τὸν ἀριθμόν, ἐπεὶ κἂν ἀμετάθετος ἦν κατὰ τὰς ὀφειλομένας ἐνθέους προκοπάς τε καὶ διοικήσεις. Τούτῳ συλλαμβάνει καὶ ὁ θεὸς προσεχεστέρᾳ τιμήσας ἐπισκοπῇ.
Epei de to mē apoblēthen diʼ eulabeias diʼ eulogistias anapoblēton ginetai, tēs men eulabeias pros to mē hamartanein, tēs de eulogistias pros to anapoblēton tēs aretēs anthexetai. hē gnōsis de eoiken tēn eulogistian parechein, dioran didaskousa ta boēthein pros tēn paramonēn tēs aretēs dynamena. megiston ara hē gnōsis tou theou. dio kai tautę̄ sǭzetai to anapoblēton tēs aretēs. ho de egnōkōs ton theon hosios kai eusebēs. monos ara ho gnōstikos eusebēs hēmin einai dedeiktai. houtos chairei men epi tois parousin agathois, gegēthen de epi tois epēngelmenois, hōs ēdē parousin. ou gar lelēthen auton hōs an aponta eti, diʼ hōn egnō phthasas hoia estin. tę̄ gnōsei oun pepeismenos [kai] hōs estin hekaston tōn mellontōn kektētai touto. to gar endees kai epidees pros to epiballon metreitai. ei goun sophian kektētai kai theion hē sophia, ho anendeous metechōn anendeēs eiē an. ou gar hē tēs sophias metadosis kinountōn kai ischontōn allēlous tēs te energeias kai tou metechontos ginetai, oude aphairoumenou tinos oude endeous ginomenou; ameiōtos dʼ oun hē energeia diʼ autēs tēs metadoseōs deiknytai. houtōs oun panta echei ta agatha ho gnōstikos hēmin kata tēn dynamin, oudepō de kai kata ton arithmon, epei kan ametathetos ēn kata tas opheilomenas entheous prokopas te kai dioikēseis. Toutǭ syllambanei kai ho theos prosechesterą timēsas episkopę̄.
And since what has not been lost through caution becomes impossible to lose through sound reasoning, he will hold fast to caution so as not to sin, and to sound reasoning so that his virtue cannot be lost. Knowledge seems to supply sound reasoning, teaching one to discern what can help virtue to endure. The knowledge of God, then, is the greatest thing; that is why by it too virtue is kept from being lost. And the one who has known God is holy and pious. The one who knows, then, has been shown by us to be alone pious. He rejoices in the good things that are present, and is glad at those promised as though they were already present. For it has not escaped him what they are, as though they were still absent, since he has known them beforehand. Persuaded, then, by knowledge of how each future thing is, he possesses it. For lack and need are measured by what is due. If, then, he possesses wisdom, and wisdom is divine, he who shares in what lacks nothing would lack nothing. For the imparting of wisdom does not take place with the activity and the one who shares in it moving and hindering one another, nor with anything being taken away or becoming lacking; the activity is shown to be undiminished through the very act of sharing. So our one who knows has all good things potentially, though not yet in number, since otherwise he would be incapable of the divine advances and ordered stages still due to him. God too helps him, honoring him with closer oversight.
7.7.48Stählin 2
ἢ γὰρ οὐχὶ τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἀνδρῶν χάριν καὶ εἰς τὴν τούτων χρῆσιν καὶ ὠφέλειαν, μᾶλλον δὲ σωτηρίαν τὰ πάντα γέγονεν; οὔκουν ἀφέλοιτο ἂν τούτους τὰ διʼ ἀρετήν, διʼ οὓς τὰ γεγονότα. δῆλον γὰρ ὡς τὴν φύσιν αὐτῶν τὴν ἀγαθὴν καὶ τὴν προαίρεσιν τὴν ἁγίαν τιμῴη ἂν ὅς γε καὶ τοῖς εὖ βιοῦν ἐπανῃρημένοις ἰσχὺν πρὸς τὴν λοιπὴν σωτηρίαν ἐμπνεῖ, τοῖς μὲν προτρέπων μόνον, τοῖς δὲ ἀξίοις γενομένοις ἐξ ἑαυτῶν καὶ συλλαμβανόμενος· ἐπιγεννηματικὸν γὰρ ἅπαν τῷ γνωστικῷ τὸ ἀγαθόν, εἴ γε δὴ τὸ τέλος ἐστὶν αὐτῷ ἐπίστασθαι καὶ πράσσειν ἐπιστημόνως ἕκαστον. ὡς δὲ ὁ ἰατρὸς ὑγείαν παρέχεται τοῖς συνεργοῦσι πρὸς ὑγείαν, οὕτως καὶ ὁ θεὸς τὴν ἀίδιον σωτηρίαν τοῖς συνεργοῦσι πρὸς γνῶσίν τε καὶ εὐπραγίαν, σὺν δὲ τῷ ποιεῖν, ὄντων ἐφʼ ἡμῖν ἃ προστάττουσιν αἱ ἐντολαί, καὶ ἡ ἐπαγγελία τελειοῦται. καί μοι δοκεῖ κἀκεῖνο καλῶς παρὰ τοῖς Ἕλλησι λέγεσθαι· ἀθλητής τις οὐκ ἀγεννὴς ἐν τοῖς πάλαι πολλῷ τῷ χρόνῳ τὸ σωμάτιον εὖ μάλα πρὸς ἀνδρείαν ἀσκήσας εἰς Ὀλύμπιʼ ἀναβάς, εἰς τοῦ Πισαίου Διὸς τὸ ἄγαλμα ἀποβλέψας, »εἰ πάντα«, εἶπεν »ὦ Ζεῦ, δεόντως μοι τὰ πρὸς τὸν ἀγῶνα παρεσκεύασται, ἀπόδος φέρων δικαίως τὴν νίκην ἐμοί«. Ὧιδε γὰρ καὶ τῷ γνωστικῷ, ἀνεπιλήπτως καὶ εὐσυνειδήτως τὰ παρʼ ἑαυτοῦ πάντα ἐκπεπληρωκότι εἴς τε τὴν μάθησιν εἴς τε τὴν συνάσκησιν εἴς τε τὴν εὐποιίαν καὶ εἰς τὴν εὐαρέστησιν τῷ θεῷ, τὸ πᾶν συναίρεται πρὸς τὴν τελειοτάτην σωτηρίαν. ταῦτʼ οὖν ἀπαιτεῖται παρʼ ἡμῶν, τὰ ἐφʼ ἡμῖν καὶ τῶν πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἀνηκόντων, παρόντων τε καὶ ἀπόντων, αἵρεσίς τε καὶ πόθος καὶ κτῆσις καὶ χρῆσις καὶ διαμονή.
ē gar ouchi tōn agathōn andrōn charin kai eis tēn toutōn chrēsin kai ōpheleian, mallon de sōtērian ta panta gegonen? oukoun apheloito an toutous ta diʼ aretēn, diʼ hous ta gegonota. dēlon gar hōs tēn physin autōn tēn agathēn kai tēn proairesin tēn hagian timǭē an hos ge kai tois eu bioun epanę̄rēmenois ischyn pros tēn loipēn sōtērian empnei, tois men protrepōn monon, tois de axiois genomenois ex heautōn kai syllambanomenos; epigennēmatikon gar hapan tǭ gnōstikǭ to agathon, ei ge dē to telos estin autǭ epistasthai kai prassein epistēmonōs hekaston. hōs de ho iatros hygeian parechetai tois synergousi pros hygeian, houtōs kai ho theos tēn aidion sōtērian tois synergousi pros gnōsin te kai eupragian, syn de tǭ poiein, ontōn ephʼ hēmin ha prostattousin hai entolai, kai hē epangelia teleioutai. kai moi dokei kakeino kalōs para tois Hellēsi legesthai; athlētēs tis ouk agennēs en tois palai pollǭ tǭ chronǭ to sōmation eu mala pros andreian askēsas eis Olympiʼ anabas, eis tou Pisaiou Dios to agalma apoblepsas, »ei panta«, eipen »ō Zeu, deontōs moi ta pros ton agōna pareskeuastai, apodos pherōn dikaiōs tēn nikēn emoi«. Hōide gar kai tǭ gnōstikǭ, anepilēptōs kai eusyneidētōs ta parʼ heautou panta ekpeplērōkoti eis te tēn mathēsin eis te tēn synaskēsin eis te tēn eupoiian kai eis tēn euarestēsin tǭ theǭ, to pan synairetai pros tēn teleiotatēn sōtērian. tautʼ oun apaiteitai parʼ hēmōn, ta ephʼ hēmin kai tōn pros hēmas anēkontōn, parontōn te kai apontōn, hairesis te kai pothos kai ktēsis kai chrēsis kai diamonē.
For have not all things come into being for the sake of good men, for their use and benefit, or rather for their salvation? So he would not take away from them what belongs to virtue, those for whose sake created things exist. For clearly he would honor their good nature and holy choice, since he breathes strength for the rest of their salvation into those who have undertaken to live well, merely urging some on, but also helping those who have become worthy by their own efforts. For every good comes as an added product to the one who knows, if indeed his end is to understand and to do each thing with understanding. And as the physician provides health to those who cooperate toward health, so God provides eternal salvation to those who cooperate toward knowledge and right action; and together with the doing, since what the commandments enjoin is in our power, the promise too is fulfilled. And I think this too is well said among the Greeks. An athlete of no mean sort in the old days, who had trained his body very well for a long time to gain strength, went up to Olympia, and looking at the statue of Zeus of Pisa said, “O Zeus, if everything for the contest has been prepared by me as it should be, come, grant me the victory, as is just.” So too for the one who knows, who has fulfilled blamelessly and with a good conscience everything that depends on him, in learning, in shared discipline, in doing good, and in pleasing God, everything works together toward the most perfect salvation. These things, then, are required of us: what is in our power, and, among the things that concern us, present and absent, choice, longing, acquisition, use, and keeping.
7.7.49Stählin 2
Διὸ καὶ ἄχραντον τὴν ψυχὴν ἔχειν χρὴ καὶ ἀμίαντον εἰλικρινῶς τὸν προσομιλοῦντα τῷ θεῷ, μάλιστα μὲν ἀγαθὸν τελέως ἑαυτὸν ἐξειργασμένον. εἰ δὲ μή, κἂν προκόπτοντα ἐπὶ τὴν γνῶσιν καὶ ἐφιέμενον αὐτῆς, τῶν δὲ τῆς κακίας ἔργων τέλεον ἀπεσπασμένον. ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς εὐχὰς ἁπάσας ἐπιεικῶς ἅμα καὶ μετʼ ἐπιεικῶν ποιεῖσθαι πρέπον ἐστίν· σφαλερὸν γὰρ τοῖς ἑτέρων ἁμαρτήμασι συνεπιγράφεσθαι. περὶ τούτων ἄρα ὁ γνωστικὸς καὶ συνεύξεται τοῖς κοινότερον πεπιστευκόσι, περὶ ὧν καὶ συμπράττειν καθήκει. ἅπας δὲ ὁ βίος αὐτοῦ πανήγυρις ἁγία. αὐτίκα θυσίαι μὲν αὐτῷ εὐχαί τε καὶ αἶνοι καὶ αἱ πρὸ τῆς ἑστιάσεως ἐντεύξεις τῶν γραφῶν, ψαλμοὶ δὲ καὶ ὕμνοι παρὰ τὴν ἑστίασιν πρό τε τῆς κοίτης, ἀλλὰ καὶ νύκτωρ εὐχαὶ πάλιν. διὰ τούτων ἑαυτὸν ἑνοποιεῖ τῷ »θείῳ χορῷ«, ἐκ τῆς συνεχοῦς μνήμης εἰς ἀείμνηστον θεωρίαν ἐντεταγμένος. τί δʼ; οὐ καὶ τὴν ἄλλην θυσίαν τὴν κατὰ τοὺς δεομένους ἐπίδοσιν καὶ δογμάτων καὶ χρημάτων γιγνώσκει; καὶ μάλα. ἀλλὰ τῇ διὰ στόματος εὐχῇ οὐ πολυλόγῳ χρῆται, παρὰ τοῦ κυρίου καὶ ἃ χρὴ αἰτεῖσθαι μαθών. ἐν παντὶ τοίνυν τόπῳ, οὐκ ἄντικρυς δὲ οὐδὲ ἐμφανῶς τοῖς πολλοῖς εὔξεται· ὃ δὲ καὶ περιπάτῳ χρώμενος καὶ ὁμιλίᾳ καὶ ἡσυχίᾳ καὶ ἀναγνώσει καὶ τοῖς ἔργοις τοῖς κατὰ λόγον κατὰ πάντα τρόπον εὔχεται· κἂν ἐν αὐτῷ »τῷ ταμιείῳ« τῆς ψυχῆς ἐννοηθῇ μόνον καὶ »ἀλαλήτοις στεναγμοῖς ἐπικαλέσηται τὸν πατέρα«, ὃ δὲ ἐγγὺς καὶ ἔτι λαλοῦντος πάρεστιν. τριῶν δʼ ὄντων πάσης πράξεως τελῶν διὰ μὲν τὸ καλὸν καὶ τὸ συμφέρον πάντα ἐνεργεῖ, τὸ δὲ ἐπιτελεῖν διὰ τὸ ἡδὺ τοῖς τὸν κοινὸν βίον διώκουσιν καταλιμπάνει.
Dio kai achranton tēn psychēn echein chrē kai amianton eilikrinōs ton prosomilounta tǭ theǭ, malista men agathon teleōs heauton exeirgasmenon. ei de mē, kan prokoptonta epi tēn gnōsin kai ephiemenon autēs, tōn de tēs kakias ergōn teleon apespasmenon. alla kai tas euchas hapasas epieikōs hama kai metʼ epieikōn poieisthai prepon estin; sphaleron gar tois heterōn hamartēmasi synepigraphesthai. peri toutōn ara ho gnōstikos kai syneuxetai tois koinoteron pepisteukosi, peri hōn kai symprattein kathēkei. hapas de ho bios autou panēgyris hagia. autika thysiai men autǭ euchai te kai ainoi kai hai pro tēs hestiaseōs enteuxeis tōn graphōn, psalmoi de kai hymnoi para tēn hestiasin pro te tēs koitēs, alla kai nyktōr euchai palin. dia toutōn heauton henopoiei tǭ »theiǭ chorǭ«, ek tēs synechous mnēmēs eis aeimnēston theōrian entetagmenos. ti dʼ? ou kai tēn allēn thysian tēn kata tous deomenous epidosin kai dogmatōn kai chrēmatōn gignōskei? kai mala. alla tę̄ dia stomatos euchę̄ ou polylogǭ chrētai, para tou kyriou kai ha chrē aiteisthai mathōn. en panti toinyn topǭ, ouk antikrys de oude emphanōs tois pollois euxetai; ho de kai peripatǭ chrōmenos kai homilią kai hēsychią kai anagnōsei kai tois ergois tois kata logon kata panta tropon euchetai; kan en autǭ »tǭ tamieiǭ« tēs psychēs ennoēthę̄ monon kai »alalētois stenagmois epikalesētai ton patera«, ho de engys kai eti lalountos parestin. triōn dʼ ontōn pasēs praxeōs telōn dia men to kalon kai to sympheron panta energei, to de epitelein dia to hēdy tois ton koinon bion diōkousin katalimpanei.
Therefore the one who converses with God must have a soul undefiled and sincerely pure, having above all made himself perfectly good; or, if not, at least he must be advancing toward knowledge and reaching for it, and be completely torn away from the works of vice. And it is fitting to make all one's prayers in a fitting spirit and together with fitting people; for it is dangerous to put one's name to the sins of others. So the one who knows will pray together with those who have believed in a more ordinary way about the things in which it is also fitting to act together. And his whole life is a holy festival. His sacrifices, for instance, are prayers and praises and readings of the Scriptures before the meal, psalms and hymns during the meal and before bed, and prayers again at night. Through these he unites himself to the “divine chorus,” enrolled by continual remembrance in a contemplation that never forgets. What then? Does he not also know the other sacrifice, the giving of both teachings and money to those in need? Most certainly. But he does not use many words in the prayer of the mouth, having learned from the Lord what one ought to ask for. In every place, then, he will pray, but not openly or in view of the many; and he prays in every way, whether walking, conversing, resting, reading, or at the works done according to reason. Even if he only thinks in the very “inner room” of the soul and “calls on the Father with unspoken groanings,” the Father is near, present while he is still speaking. Of the three ends of every action, he does everything for the sake of the noble and the beneficial, and leaves doing things for the sake of the pleasant to those who pursue the ordinary life.
Miscellanies 7, chapter 8
7.8.50Stählin 2
Πολλοῦ γε δεῖ τὸν ἐν τοιαύτῃ εὐσεβείᾳ ἐξεταζόμενον πρόχειρον εἶναι περί τε τὸ ψεύσασθαι περί τε τὸ ὀμόσαι. ὅρκος μὲν γάρ ἐστιν ὁμολογία καθοριστικὴ μετὰ προσπαραλήψεως θείας. ὁ δὲ ἅπαξ πιστὸς πῶς ἂν ἑαυτὸν ἄπιστον παράσχοι, ὡς καὶ ὅρκου δεῖσθαι, οὐχὶ δὲ ἐμπέδως καὶ καθωρισμένως ὅρκον εἶναι τούτῳ τὸν βίον; ζῇ τε καὶ πολιτεύεται καὶ τὸ πιστὸν τῆς ὁμολογίας ἐν ἀμεταπτώτῳ καὶ ἑδραίῳ δείκνυσι βίῳ τε καὶ λόγῳ. εἰ δὲ ἐν τῇ κρίσει τοῦ δρῶντος καὶ λαλοῦντος τὸ ἀδικεῖν, οὐχὶ δὲ ἐν τῷ πάθει κεῖται τοῦ ἀδικουμένου, οὔτε ψεύσεται οὔτε ἐπιορκήσει ὡς ἀδικῶν τὸ θεῖον, τοῦτο φύσει ἀβλαβές ὑπάρχειν εἰδώς· ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ διὰ τὸν πλησίον ψεύσεται ἢ παραβήσεταί τι, ὅν γε ἀγαπᾶν μεμάθηκεν, κἂν μὴ συνήθης τυγχάνῃ· διʼ ἑαυτὸν δὲ ἄρʼ ἔτι μᾶλλον οὔτε ψεύσεται οὔτε ἐπιορκήσει, εἴ γε ἑκὼν οὐκ ἄν ποτε ἄδικος εἰς ἑαυτὸν εὑρεθείη. ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ὀμεῖται, ἐπὶ μὲν τῆς συγκαταθέσεως μόνον τὸ »ναί«, ἐπὶ δὲ τῆς ἀρνήσεως τὸ »οὔ« προελόμενος τάσσειν ἐπίρρημα. ὀμνύναι γάρ ἐστι τὸ ὅρκον ἢ * ὡς ἂν ὅρκον ἀπὸ διανοίας προσφέρεσθαι παραστατικῶς.
Pollou ge dei ton en toiautę̄ eusebeią exetazomenon procheiron einai peri te to pseusasthai peri te to omosai. horkos men gar estin homologia kathoristikē meta prosparalēpseōs theias. ho de hapax pistos pōs an heauton apiston paraschoi, hōs kai horkou deisthai, ouchi de empedōs kai kathōrismenōs horkon einai toutǭ ton bion? zę̄ te kai politeuetai kai to piston tēs homologias en ametaptōtǭ kai hedraiǭ deiknysi biǭ te kai logǭ. ei de en tę̄ krisei tou drōntos kai lalountos to adikein, ouchi de en tǭ pathei keitai tou adikoumenou, oute pseusetai oute epiorkēsei hōs adikōn to theion, touto physei ablabes hyparchein eidōs; allʼ oude dia ton plēsion pseusetai ē parabēsetai ti, hon ge agapan memathēken, kan mē synēthēs tynchanę̄; diʼ heauton de arʼ eti mallon oute pseusetai oute epiorkēsei, ei ge hekōn ouk an pote adikos eis heauton heuretheiē. allʼ oude omeitai, epi men tēs synkatatheseōs monon to »nai«, epi de tēs arnēseōs to »ou« proelomenos tassein epirrēma. omnynai gar esti to horkon ē * hōs an horkon apo dianoias prospheresthai parastatikōs.
The one who is proved in such piety is far from being ready either to lie or to swear. For an oath is a decisive declaration with the added invocation of the divine. How could the one who is once faithful show himself unfaithful, so as to need an oath, and not have his life itself be a firm and decisive oath? He lives and conducts himself, and shows the trustworthiness of his word in a life and speech that are unchanging and steadfast. And if wrongdoing lies in the judgment of the one who acts and speaks, and not in what the one wronged suffers, he will neither lie nor perjure himself as though wronging the divine, knowing that it is by nature beyond harm. Nor will he lie or break any agreement because of his neighbor, whom he has learned to love, even if the neighbor is no acquaintance of his. And still less, for his own sake, will he lie or perjure himself, since he would never willingly be found unjust toward himself. He will not even swear, choosing to use for assent only “yes” and for denial “no.” For to swear is to bring forth an oath, or … as an oath, from the mind by way of affirmation.
7.8.51Stählin 2
ἀρκεῖ τοίνυν αὐτῷ ἤτοι τῇ συγκαταθέσει ἢ τῇ ἀρνήσει προσθεῖναι τὸ »ἀληθῶς λέγω« εἰς παράστασιν τῶν μὴ διορώντων αὐτοῦ τὸ βέβαιον τῆς ἀποκρίσεως. ἔχειν γάρ, οἶμαι, χρὴ πρὸς μὲν τοὺς ἔξω τὸν βίον ἀξιόπιστον, ὡς μηδὲ ὅρκον αἰτεῖσθαι, πρὸς ἑαυτὸν δὲ καὶ τοὺς συνιέντας εὐγνωμοσύνην, ἥτις ἐστὶν ἑκούσιος δικαιοσύνη. αὐτίκα εὔορκος μέν, οὐ μὴν εὐεπίφορος ἐπὶ τὸ ὀμνύναι ὁ γνωστικός, ὅ γε σπανίως ἐπὶ τὸ ὀμνύναι ἀφικνούμενος, οὕτως μέντοι ὡς ἔφαμεν. καίτοι τὸ ἀληθεύειν κατὰ τὸν ὅρκον μετὰ συμφωνίας τῆς κατὰ τὸ ἀληθὲς γίνεται· τὸ εὐορκεῖν οὖν συμβαίνει κατὰ τὴν κατόρθωσιν τὴν ἐν τοῖς καθήκουσιν. ποῦ τοίνυν ἔτι τοῦ ὅρκου χρεία τῷ κατὰ ἄκρον ἀληθείας βιοῦντι; ὁ μὲν οὖν μηδὲ ὀμνὺς πολλοῦ γε δεῖ ἐπιορκήσει, ὁ δὲ μηδὲν παραβαίνων τῶν κατὰ τὰς συνθήκας οὐδʼ ἂν ὀμόσαι πώποτε, ὅπου γε τῆς τε παραβάσεως καὶ τῆς ἐπιτελέσεως ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις ἡ κύρωσις, ὥσπερ ἀμέλει τὸ ψεύδεσθαι καὶ τὸ ψευδορκεῖν ἐν τῷ λέγειν καὶ τῷ ὀμνύναι παρὰ τὸ καθῆκον. ὁ δὲ δικαίως βιοῦς μηδὲν παραβαίνων τῶν καθηκόντων, ἔνθα ἡ κρίσις ἡ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐξετάζεται, τοῖς ἔργοις εὐορκεῖ· παρέλκει τοίνυν αὐτῷ τὸ κατὰ τὴν γλῶτταν μαρτύριον. πεπεισμένος οὖν πάντῃ τὸν θεὸν εἶναι πάντοτε καὶ αἰδούμενος μὴ ἀληθεύειν ἀνάξιόν τε αὑτοῦ τὸ ψεύδεσθαι γινώσκων, τῇ συνειδήσει τῇ θείᾳ καὶ τῇ ἑαυτοῦ ἀρκεῖται μόναις· καὶ ταύτῃ οὐ ψεύδεται οὐδὲ παρὰ τὰς συνθήκας τι ποιεῖ, ταύτῃ δὲ οὐδὲ ὄμνυσιν ὅρκον ἀπαιτηθεὶς οὐδὲ ἔξαρνός ποτε γίνεται, ἵνα μὴ ψεύσηται, κἂν ἐναποθνήσκῃ ταῖς βασάνοις.
arkei toinyn autǭ ētoi tę̄ synkatathesei ē tę̄ arnēsei prostheinai to »alēthōs legō« eis parastasin tōn mē diorōntōn autou to bebaion tēs apokriseōs. echein gar, oimai, chrē pros men tous exō ton bion axiopiston, hōs mēde horkon aiteisthai, pros heauton de kai tous synientas eugnōmosynēn, hētis estin hekousios dikaiosynē. autika euorkos men, ou mēn euepiphoros epi to omnynai ho gnōstikos, ho ge spaniōs epi to omnynai aphiknoumenos, houtōs mentoi hōs ephamen. kaitoi to alētheuein kata ton horkon meta symphōnias tēs kata to alēthes ginetai; to euorkein oun symbainei kata tēn katorthōsin tēn en tois kathēkousin. pou toinyn eti tou horkou chreia tǭ kata akron alētheias biounti? ho men oun mēde omnys pollou ge dei epiorkēsei, ho de mēden parabainōn tōn kata tas synthēkas oudʼ an omosai pōpote, hopou ge tēs te parabaseōs kai tēs epiteleseōs en tois ergois hē kyrōsis, hōsper amelei to pseudesthai kai to pseudorkein en tǭ legein kai tǭ omnynai para to kathēkon. ho de dikaiōs bious mēden parabainōn tōn kathēkontōn, entha hē krisis hē tēs alētheias exetazetai, tois ergois euorkei; parelkei toinyn autǭ to kata tēn glōttan martyrion. pepeismenos oun pantę̄ ton theon einai pantote kai aidoumenos mē alētheuein anaxion te hautou to pseudesthai ginōskōn, tę̄ syneidēsei tę̄ theią kai tę̄ heautou arkeitai monais; kai tautę̄ ou pseudetai oude para tas synthēkas ti poiei, tautę̄ de oude omnysin horkon apaitētheis oude exarnos pote ginetai, hina mē pseusētai, kan enapothnēskę̄ tais basanois.
It is enough for him, then, to add to either assent or denial “I speak truly,” to assure those who do not perceive the firmness of his answer. For I think one should have toward outsiders a life worthy of trust, so that an oath is not even asked for, and toward oneself and those who understand, fair-mindedness, which is voluntary justice. The one who knows, indeed, keeps his oath, yet he is not prone to swearing; he comes to swearing rarely, and then only in the way we have said. Speaking truth under oath comes about through agreement with what is true; keeping one's oath, then, follows from right action in one's duties. Where, then, is there any further need of an oath for one who lives at the height of truth? The one who does not even swear is far from perjuring himself; and the one who breaks none of his agreements would never swear at all, since the ratification of both breaking and fulfilling lies in deeds, just as lying and false swearing lie in speaking and swearing contrary to duty. But the one who lives justly, breaking none of his duties, where the judgment of truth is tested, keeps his oath by his deeds; the testimony of the tongue is superfluous for him. Persuaded, then, that God is everywhere always, ashamed not to tell the truth, and knowing lying to be unworthy of himself, he is content with God's knowledge and his own conscience alone. So he does not lie or do anything contrary to his agreements; so too he does not swear an oath when one is demanded of him, nor does he ever deny, lest he lie, even if he dies under torture.
Miscellanies 7, chapter 9
7.9.52Stählin 2
Πλεῖον δέ τι καὶ μᾶλλον ἐπιτείνει τὸ γνωστικὸν ἀξίωμα ὁ τὴν προστασίαν τῆς τῶν ἑτέρων διδασκαλίας ἀναλαβών, τοῦ μεγίστου ἐπὶ γῆς ἀγαθοῦ τὴν οἰκονομίαν λόγῳ τε καὶ ἔργῳ ἀναδεξάμενος, διʼ ἧς πρὸς τὸ θεῖον συνάφειάν τε καὶ κοινωνίαν ἐμμεσιτεύει. ὡς δὲ οἱ τὰ ἐπίγεια θρῃσκεύοντες τοῖς ἀγάλμασι καθάπερ ἐπαΐουσι προσεύχονται, τὰς βεβαίας ἐπὶ τούτων τιθέμενοι συνθήκας, οὕτως ἐπὶ τῶν ἐμψύχων ἀγαλμάτων, τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἡ μεγαλοπρέπεια τοῦ λόγου ἡ ἀληθὴς πρὸς τοῦ ἀξιοπίστου παραλαμβάνεται διδασκάλου, καὶ ἡ εἰς τούτους εὐεργεσία εἰς αὐτὸν ἀναφέρεται τὸν κύριον, οὗ κατʼ εἰκόνα παιδεύων ὁ τῷ ὄντι ἄνθρωπος δημιουργεῖ καὶ μεταρρυθμίζει καινίζων εἰς σωτηρίαν τὸν κατηχούμενον ἄνθρωπον. ὡς γὰρ τὸν σίδηρον Ἄρην προσαγορεύουσιν Ἕλληνες καὶ τὸν οἶνον Διόνυσον κατά τινα ἀναφοράν, οὕτως ὁ γνωστικός, ἰδίαν σωτηρίαν ἡγούμενος τὴν τῶν πέλας ὠφέλειαν, ἄγαλμα ἔμψυχον εἰκότως ἂν τοῦ κυρίου λέγοιτο, οὐ κατὰ τὴν τῆς μορφῆς ἰδιότητα, ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὸ τῆς δυνάμεως σύμβολον καὶ κατὰ τὸ τῆς κηρύξεως ὁμοίωμα.
Pleion de ti kai mallon epiteinei to gnōstikon axiōma ho tēn prostasian tēs tōn heterōn didaskalias analabōn, tou megistou epi gēs agathou tēn oikonomian logǭ te kai ergǭ anadexamenos, diʼ hēs pros to theion synapheian te kai koinōnian emmesiteuei. hōs de hoi ta epigeia thrę̄skeuontes tois agalmasi kathaper epaïousi proseuchontai, tas bebaias epi toutōn tithemenoi synthēkas, houtōs epi tōn empsychōn agalmatōn, tōn anthrōpōn, hē megaloprepeia tou logou hē alēthēs pros tou axiopistou paralambanetai didaskalou, kai hē eis toutous euergesia eis auton anapheretai ton kyrion, hou katʼ eikona paideuōn ho tǭ onti anthrōpos dēmiourgei kai metarrythmizei kainizōn eis sōtērian ton katēchoumenon anthrōpon. hōs gar ton sidēron Arēn prosagoreuousin Hellēnes kai ton oinon Dionyson kata tina anaphoran, houtōs ho gnōstikos, idian sōtērian hēgoumenos tēn tōn pelas ōpheleian, agalma empsychon eikotōs an tou kyriou legoito, ou kata tēn tēs morphēs idiotēta, alla kata to tēs dynameōs symbolon kai kata to tēs kēryxeōs homoiōma.
The one who has taken on the charge of teaching others raises the dignity of knowledge still higher and further, having undertaken in word and deed the stewardship of the greatest good on earth, through which he mediates union and communion with the divine. And as those who worship earthly things pray to statues as though they could hear, making their firm agreements before them, so with living statues, human beings, the true grandeur of the Word is received from the trustworthy teacher, and the good done to them is referred to the Lord himself. After his image, the truly human person, by educating, creates, reshapes, and renews for salvation the person who is being instructed. For as the Greeks call iron Ares and wine Dionysus by a kind of association, so the one who knows, who regards the benefit of his neighbors as his own salvation, might reasonably be called a living statue of the Lord, not in the particular features of his form, but as a token of his power and a likeness of his preaching.
7.9.53Stählin 2
Πᾶν ἄρα ὅτιπερ ἂν ἐν νῷ, τοῦτο καὶ ἐπὶ γλώσσης φέρει πρὸς τοὺς ἐπαΐειν ἀξίους ἐκ τῆς συγκαταθέσεως, [καὶ] ἀπὸ γνώμης λέγων ἅμα καὶ βιούς. ἀληθῆ τε γὰρ φρονεῖ ἅμα καὶ ἀληθεύει, πλὴν εἰ μή ποτε ἐν θεραπείας μέρει, καθάπερ ἰατρὸς πρὸς νοσοῦντας ἐπὶ σωτηρίᾳ τῶν καμνόντων, ψεύσεται ἢ ψεῦδος ἐρεῖ κατὰ τοὺς σοφιστάς. αὐτίκα Τιμόθεον ὁ γενναῖος περιέτεμεν ἀπόστολος, κεκραγὼς καὶ γράφων περιτομὴν τὴν χειροποίητον οὐδὲν ὠφελεῖν· ἀλλʼ ἵνα μή, ἀθρόως ἀποσπῶν τοῦ νόμου πρὸς τὴν ἐκ πίστεως τῆς καρδίας περιτομήν, ἀφηνιάζοντας ἔτι τοὺς ἀκροωμένους τῶν Ἑβραίων ἀπορρῆξαι τῆς συναγωγῆς ἀναγκάσῃ, συμπεριφερόμενος Ἰουδαίοις »Ἰουδαῖος ἐγένετο, ἵνα πάντας κερδήσῃ«. ὁ τοίνυν μέχρι τῆς συμπεριφορᾶς [διὰ τὴν τῶν πέλας σωτηρίαν] συγκαταβαίνων ψιλῆς διὰ τὴν τῶν διʼ οὓς συμπεριφέρεται σωτηρίαν, οὐδεμιᾶς ὑποκρίσεως διὰ τὸν ἐπηρτημένον τοῖς δικαίοις ἀπὸ τῶν ζηλούντων κίνδυνον μετέχων, οὗτος οὐδαμῶς ἀναγκάζεται· ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν πλησίον ὠφελείᾳ μόνῃ ποιήσει τινά, ἃ οὐκ ἂν προηγουμένως αὐτῷ πραχθείη, εἰ μὴ διʼ ἐκείνους ποιοίη. οὗτος ἑαυτὸν ἐπιδίδωσιν ὑπὲρ τῆς ἐκκλησίας, ὑπὲρ τῶν γνωρίμων οὓς αὐτὸς »ἐγέννησεν« ἐν πίστει, εἰς ὑπόδειγμα τοῖς διαδέξασθαι τὴν ἄκραν οἰκονομίαν τοῦ φιλανθρώπου καὶ φιλοθέου παιδευτοῦ δυναμένοις. εἰς παράστασιν τῆς ἀληθείας τῶν λόγων. εἰς ἐνέργειαν τῆς ἀγάπης τῆς πρὸς τὸν κύριον. ἀδούλωτος οὗτος ἐν φόβῳ, ἀληθὴς ἐν λόγῳ, καρτερικὸς ἐν πόνῳ, μηδὲ ἐν τῷ προφορικῷ λόγῳ ψεύσασθαι θέλων ποτὲ κἀν τούτῳ τὸ ἀναμάρτητον πάντοτε κατορθῶν. ἐπεὶ τὸ ψεῦδος αὐτό, ἅτε μετά τινος δόλου εἰρημένον, οὐκ ἀργός ἐστι λόγος, ἀλλʼ εἰς κακίαν ἐνεργεῖ.
Pan ara hotiper an en nǭ, touto kai epi glōssēs pherei pros tous epaïein axious ek tēs synkatatheseōs, [kai] apo gnōmēs legōn hama kai bious. alēthē te gar phronei hama kai alētheuei, plēn ei mē pote en therapeias merei, kathaper iatros pros nosountas epi sōtērią tōn kamnontōn, pseusetai ē pseudos erei kata tous sophistas. autika Timotheon ho gennaios perietemen apostolos, kekragōs kai graphōn peritomēn tēn cheiropoiēton ouden ōphelein; allʼ hina mē, athroōs apospōn tou nomou pros tēn ek pisteōs tēs kardias peritomēn, aphēniazontas eti tous akroōmenous tōn Hebraiōn aporrēxai tēs synagōgēs anankasę̄, symperipheromenos Ioudaiois »Ioudaios egeneto, hina pantas kerdēsę̄«. ho toinyn mechri tēs symperiphoras [dia tēn tōn pelas sōtērian] synkatabainōn psilēs dia tēn tōn diʼ hous symperipheretai sōtērian, oudemias hypokriseōs dia ton epērtēmenon tois dikaiois apo tōn zēlountōn kindynon metechōn, houtos oudamōs anankazetai; epi de tōn plēsion ōpheleią monę̄ poiēsei tina, ha ouk an proēgoumenōs autǭ prachtheiē, ei mē diʼ ekeinous poioiē. houtos heauton epididōsin hyper tēs ekklēsias, hyper tōn gnōrimōn hous autos »egennēsen« en pistei, eis hypodeigma tois diadexasthai tēn akran oikonomian tou philanthrōpou kai philotheou paideutou dynamenois. eis parastasin tēs alētheias tōn logōn. eis energeian tēs agapēs tēs pros ton kyrion. adoulōtos houtos en phobǭ, alēthēs en logǭ, karterikos en ponǭ, mēde en tǭ prophorikǭ logǭ pseusasthai thelōn pote kan toutǭ to anamartēton pantote katorthōn. epei to pseudos auto, hate meta tinos dolou eirēmenon, ouk argos esti logos, allʼ eis kakian energei.
Whatever, then, is in his mind he also brings to his tongue for those worthy to hear, out of conviction, speaking and living from the heart at once. For he both thinks what is true and speaks the truth, unless at some time, by way of treatment, as a physician does with the sick for the recovery of his patients, he will lie or tell a falsehood, as the sophists put it. For instance, the noble apostle circumcised Timothy, though he cried aloud and wrote that circumcision made with hands profits nothing. But so that he might not, by tearing the Hebrew hearers all at once away from the law toward the circumcision of the heart that comes from faith, force them, still restive, to break away from the synagogue, he accommodated himself to the Jews and “became a Jew, to gain all.” So the one who condescends as far as mere accommodation for the salvation of those for whose sake he accommodates himself, taking no part in hypocrisy on account of the danger hanging over the righteous from those who are zealous, is in no way compelled; but for the benefit of his neighbors alone he will do some things which he would not do of his own choice, were he not doing them for their sake. He gives himself for the church, for the disciples whom he himself “has begotten” in faith, as an example to those who are able to take up the supreme stewardship of the teacher who loves humanity and loves God, to demonstrate the truth of his words, and to put into action his love for the Lord. He is unenslaved in fear, true in word, enduring in toil, never willing to lie even in spoken word, and in this too always maintaining sinlessness. For a lie itself, since it is spoken with some deceit, is not an idle word, but works toward vice.
7.9.54Stählin 2
πάντοθεν ἄρα μαρτυρεῖ τῇ ἀληθείᾳ μόνος ὁ γνωστικὸς καὶ ἔργῳ καὶ λόγῳ· ἀεὶ γὰρ κατορθοῖ ἐν πᾶσι πάντως, καὶ ἐν λόγῳ καὶ ἐν πράξει καὶ ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ἐννοίᾳ. Αὕτη μὲν οὖν, ὡς ἐν ἐπιδρομῇ φάναι, ἡ τοῦ Χριστιανοῦ θεοσέβεια. εἰ δὴ καθηκόντως ταῦτα ποιεῖ καὶ κατὰ λόγον τὸν ὀρθόν, εὐσεβῶς ποιεῖ καὶ δικαίως. εἰ δὲ ταῦτα οὕτως ἔχει, μόνος ἂν εἴη τῷ ὄντι εὐσεβής τε καὶ δίκαιος καὶ θεοσεβὴς ὁ γνωστικός. οὐκ ἄρα ἄθεος ὁ Χριστιανός (τουτὶ γὰρ ἦν τὸ προκείμενον ἐπιδεῖξαι τοῖς φιλοσόφοις), ὥστε οὐδὲν κακὸν ἢ αἰσχρόν, ὅ ἐστιν ἄδικον, κατὰ μηδένα τρόπον ἐνεργήσει ποτέ. ἀκολούθως τοίνυν οὐδὲ ἀσεβεῖ, ἀλλʼ ἢ μόνος τῷ ὄντι θεοσεβεῖ ὁσίως καὶ προσηκόντως, τὸν ὄντως ὄντα θεὸν πανηγεμόνα καὶ παμβασιλέα καὶ παντοκράτορα κατὰ τὴν ἀληθῆ θεοσέβειαν ὁσίως προστρεπόμενος.
pantothen ara martyrei tę̄ alētheią monos ho gnōstikos kai ergǭ kai logǭ; aei gar katorthoi en pasi pantōs, kai en logǭ kai en praxei kai en autę̄ tę̄ ennoią. Hautē men oun, hōs en epidromę̄ phanai, hē tou Christianou theosebeia. ei dē kathēkontōs tauta poiei kai kata logon ton orthon, eusebōs poiei kai dikaiōs. ei de tauta houtōs echei, monos an eiē tǭ onti eusebēs te kai dikaios kai theosebēs ho gnōstikos. ouk ara atheos ho Christianos (touti gar ēn to prokeimenon epideixai tois philosophois), hōste ouden kakon ē aischron, ho estin adikon, kata mēdena tropon energēsei pote. akolouthōs toinyn oude asebei, allʼ ē monos tǭ onti theosebei hosiōs kai prosēkontōs, ton ontōs onta theon panēgemona kai pambasilea kai pantokratora kata tēn alēthē theosebeian hosiōs prostrepomenos.
From every side, then, the one who knows alone bears witness to the truth, both in deed and in word; for he always acts rightly in all things, in word, in action, and in thought itself. This, then, to put it briefly, is the Christian's piety. If he does these things as is fitting and according to right reason, he does them piously and justly. And if this is so, the one who knows would alone be truly pious, just, and godly. The Christian, then, is not an atheist (for this was what we set out to show the philosophers), and so he will never in any way do anything evil or shameful, that is, unjust. Consistently, then, he is not impious either; rather, he alone truly worships God in holiness and as is fitting, turning in holiness, according to true piety, to the God who truly is, the ruler of all, king of all, and Almighty.
Miscellanies 7, chapter 10
7.10.55Stählin 2
Ἔστιν γάρ, ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν, ἡ γνῶσις τελείωσίς τις ἀνθρώπου ὡς ἀνθρώπου, διὰ τῆς τῶν θείων ἐπιστήμης συμπληρουμένη κατά τε τὸν τρόπον καὶ τὸν βίον καὶ τὸν λόγον, σύμφωνος καὶ ὁμόλογος ἑαυτῇ τε καὶ τῷ θείῳ λόγῳ. διὰ ταύτης γὰρ τελειοῦται ἡ πίστις, ὡς τελείου τοῦ πιστοῦ ταύτῃ μόνως γιγνομένου. πίστις μὲν οὖν ἐνδιάθετόν τί ἐστιν ἀγαθόν, καὶ ἄνευ τοῦ ζητεῖν τὸν θεὸν ὁμολογοῦσα εἶναι τοῦτον καὶ δοξάζουσα ὡς ὄντα. ὅθεν χρή, ἀπὸ ταύτης ἀναγόμενον τῆς πίστεως καὶ αὐξηθέντα ἐν αὐτῇ χάριτι τοῦ θεοῦ, τὴν περὶ αὐτοῦ κομίσασθαι ὡς οἷόν τέ ἐστιν γνῶσιν. γνῶσιν δὲ σοφίας τῆς κατὰ διδασκαλίαν ἐγγινομένης διαφέρειν φαμέν. ᾗ μὲν γάρ τί ἐστι γνῶσις, ταύτῃ πάντως καὶ σοφία τυγχάνει, ᾗ δέ τι σοφία, οὐ πάντως γνῶσις. ἐν μόνῃ γὰρ τῇ τοῦ προφορικοῦ λόγου * τὸ τῆς σοφίας ὄνομα φαντάζεται. πλὴν ἀλλὰ τὸ μὴ διστάσαι περὶ θεοῦ, πιστεῦσαι δὲ θεμέλιος γνώσεως, ἄμφω δὲ ὁ Χριστός, ὅ τε θεμέλιος ἥ τε ἐποικοδομή, διʼ οὗ καὶ ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ τὰ τέλη. καὶ τὰ μὲν ἄκρα οὐ διδάσκεται, ἥ τε ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ τέλος, πίστις λέγω καὶ ἡ ἀγάπη, ἡ γνῶσις δὲ ἐκ παραδόσεως διαδιδομένη κατὰ χάριν θεοῦ τοῖς ἀξίους σφᾶς αὐτοὺς τῆς διδασκαλίας παρεχομένοις οἷον παρακαταθήκη ἐγχειρίζεται, ἀφʼ ἧς τὸ τῆς ἀγάπης ἀξίωμα ἐκλάμπει ἐκ φωτὸς εἰς φῶς. εἴρηται γὰρ »τῷ ἔχοντι προστεθήσεται«, τῇ μὲν πίστει ἡ γνῶσις, τῇ δὲ γνώσει ἡ ἀγάπη, τῇ ἀγάπῃ δὲ ἡ κληρονομία.
Estin gar, hōs epos eipein, hē gnōsis teleiōsis tis anthrōpou hōs anthrōpou, dia tēs tōn theiōn epistēmēs symplēroumenē kata te ton tropon kai ton bion kai ton logon, symphōnos kai homologos heautę̄ te kai tǭ theiǭ logǭ. dia tautēs gar teleioutai hē pistis, hōs teleiou tou pistou tautę̄ monōs gignomenou. pistis men oun endiatheton ti estin agathon, kai aneu tou zētein ton theon homologousa einai touton kai doxazousa hōs onta. hothen chrē, apo tautēs anagomenon tēs pisteōs kai auxēthenta en autę̄ chariti tou theou, tēn peri autou komisasthai hōs hoion te estin gnōsin. gnōsin de sophias tēs kata didaskalian enginomenēs diapherein phamen. hę̄ men gar ti esti gnōsis, tautę̄ pantōs kai sophia tynchanei, hę̄ de ti sophia, ou pantōs gnōsis. en monę̄ gar tę̄ tou prophorikou logou * to tēs sophias onoma phantazetai. plēn alla to mē distasai peri theou, pisteusai de themelios gnōseōs, amphō de ho Christos, ho te themelios hē te epoikodomē, diʼ hou kai hē archē kai ta telē. kai ta men akra ou didasketai, hē te archē kai to telos, pistis legō kai hē agapē, hē gnōsis de ek paradoseōs diadidomenē kata charin theou tois axious sphas autous tēs didaskalias parechomenois hoion parakatathēkē encheirizetai, aphʼ hēs to tēs agapēs axiōma eklampei ek phōtos eis phōs. eirētai gar »tǭ echonti prostethēsetai«, tę̄ men pistei hē gnōsis, tę̄ de gnōsei hē agapē, tę̄ agapę̄ de hē klēronomia.
For knowledge is, so to speak, a kind of perfecting of the human being as human, brought to completion through the understanding of divine things in character, life, and speech, harmonious and consistent with itself and with the divine Word. For through it faith is perfected, since only in this way does the believer become perfect. Faith, then, is an inward good: even without seeking God it confesses that he exists and glorifies him as existing. Hence one must, starting from this faith and growing in it by the grace of God, acquire knowledge about him as far as possible. And we say that knowledge differs from the wisdom that comes through teaching. For insofar as something is knowledge, it is certainly also wisdom; but insofar as something is wisdom, it is not certainly knowledge. For the name of wisdom appears only in … spoken discourse. But not to doubt about God, and to believe, is the foundation of knowledge; and Christ is both, the foundation and what is built on it, through whom are both the beginning and the ends. The extremes, the beginning and the end, I mean faith and love, are not taught; but knowledge, handed down by tradition by the grace of God to those who show themselves worthy of the teaching, is entrusted to them like a deposit, and from it the dignity of love shines out from light to light. For it is said, “To him who has, more will be added”: to faith knowledge, to knowledge love, and to love the inheritance.
7.10.56Stählin 2
γίνεται δὲ τοῦτο, ὁπόταν τις κρεμασθῇ τοῦ κυρίου διά τε πίστεως διά τε γνώσεως διά τε ἀγάπης καὶ συναναβῇ αὐτῷ ἔνθα ἐστὶν ὁ τῆς πίστεως ἡμῶν καὶ ἀγάπης θεὸς καὶ φρουρός· ὅθεν ἐπὶ τέλει ἡ γνῶσις παραδίδοται τοῖς εἰς τοῦτο ἐπιτηδείοις καὶ ἐγκρίτοις διὰ τὸ πλείονος παρασκευῆς καὶ προγυμνασίας δεῖσθαι καὶ πρὸς τὸ ἀκούειν τῶν λεγομένων καὶ εἰς καταστολὴν βίου καὶ εἰς τὸ ἐπὶ πλέον τῆς κατὰ νόμον δικαιοσύνης κατʼ ἐπίτασιν προεληλυθέναι. αὕτη πρὸς τέλος ἄγει τὸ ἀτελεύτητον καὶ τέλειον, προδιδάσκουσα τὴν ἐσομένην ἡμῖν κατὰ τὸν θεὸν μετὰ θεῶν δίαιταν, ἀπολυθέντων ἡμῶν κολάσεως καὶ τιμωρίας ἁπάσης, ἃς ἐκ τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων εἰς παιδείαν ὑπομένομεν σωτήριον· μεθʼ ἣν ἀπολύτρωσιν τὸ γέρας καὶ αἱ τιμαὶ τελειωθεῖσιν ἀποδίδονται, πεπαυμένοις μὲν τῆς καθάρσεως, πεπαυμένοις δὲ καὶ λειτουργίας τῆς ἄλλης, κἂν ἁγία ᾖ καὶ ἐν ἁγίοις· ἔπειτα καθαροὺς τῇ καρδίᾳ γενομένους κατὰ τὸ προσεχὲς τοῦ κυρίου προσμένει τῇ θεωρίᾳ τῇ ἀιδίῳ ἀποκατάστασις. καὶ θεοὶ τὴν προσηγορίαν κέκληνται, [οἱ] σύνθρονοι τῶν ἄλλων θεῶν, τῶν ὑπὸ τῷ σωτῆρι πρώτων τεταγμένων, γενησόμενοι. ταχεῖα τοίνυν εἰς κάθαρσιν ἡ γνῶσις καὶ ἐπιτήδειος εἰς τὴν ἐπὶ τὸ κρεῖττον εὐπρόσδεκτον μεταβολήν.
ginetai de touto, hopotan tis kremasthę̄ tou kyriou dia te pisteōs dia te gnōseōs dia te agapēs kai synanabę̄ autǭ entha estin ho tēs pisteōs hēmōn kai agapēs theos kai phrouros; hothen epi telei hē gnōsis paradidotai tois eis touto epitēdeiois kai enkritois dia to pleionos paraskeuēs kai progymnasias deisthai kai pros to akouein tōn legomenōn kai eis katastolēn biou kai eis to epi pleon tēs kata nomon dikaiosynēs katʼ epitasin proelēlythenai. hautē pros telos agei to ateleutēton kai teleion, prodidaskousa tēn esomenēn hēmin kata ton theon meta theōn diaitan, apolythentōn hēmōn kolaseōs kai timōrias hapasēs, has ek tōn hamartēmatōn eis paideian hypomenomen sōtērion; methʼ hēn apolytrōsin to geras kai hai timai teleiōtheisin apodidontai, pepaumenois men tēs katharseōs, pepaumenois de kai leitourgias tēs allēs, kan hagia ę̄ kai en hagiois; epeita katharous tę̄ kardią genomenous kata to proseches tou kyriou prosmenei tę̄ theōrią tę̄ aidiǭ apokatastasis. kai theoi tēn prosēgorian keklēntai, [hoi] synthronoi tōn allōn theōn, tōn hypo tǭ sōtēri prōtōn tetagmenōn, genēsomenoi. tacheia toinyn eis katharsin hē gnōsis kai epitēdeios eis tēn epi to kreitton euprosdekton metabolēn.
This happens when someone hangs upon the Lord through faith, through knowledge, and through love, and ascends with him to where the God and guardian of our faith and love is. Hence knowledge is handed on at the end to those who are fit and chosen for it, because it needs more preparation and preliminary training, both for hearing what is said and for a restrained life, and for having gone on, with growing intensity, beyond the righteousness that is according to the law. It leads to the end that is endless and perfect, teaching beforehand the life that we shall have according to God, with gods, when we have been released from all chastisement and punishment, which we undergo because of our sins as a saving discipline. After this redemption the reward and the honors are given to those who have been perfected, once they have ceased from purification, and ceased also from all other service, even if it is holy and among the holy. Then, when they have become pure in heart, restoration to eternal contemplation awaits them, by virtue of their nearness to the Lord. And they have been called by the title of gods, destined to share the throne with the other gods, who have been ranked first under the Savior. Knowledge, then, is swift for purification and suited to the welcome change to the better.
7.10.57Stählin 2
ὅθεν καὶ ῥᾳδίως εἰς τὸ συγγενὲς τῆς ψυχῆς θεῖόν τε καὶ ἅγιον μετοικίζει καὶ διά τινος οἰκείου φωτὸς διαβιβάζει τὰς προκοπὰς τὰς μυστικὰς τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἄχρις ἂν εἰς τὸν κορυφαῖον ἀποκαταστήσῃ τῆς ἀναπαύσεως τόπον, τὸν καθαρὸν τῇ καρδίᾳ πρόσωπον πρὸς πρόσωπον ἐπιστημονικῶς καὶ καταληπτικῶς τὸν θεὸν ἐποπτεύειν διδάξασα. ἐνταῦθα γάρ που τῆς γνωστικῆς ψυχῆς ἡ τελείωσις, πάσης καθάρσεώς τε καὶ λειτουργίας ὑπεκβᾶσαν σὺν τῷ κυρίῳ γίγνεσθαι, ὅπου ἐστὶν προσεχῶς ὑποτεταγμένη. ἡ μὲν οὖν πίστις σύντομός ἐστιν, ὡς εἰπεῖν, τῶν κατεπειγόντων γνῶσις, ἡ γνῶσις δὲ ἀπόδειξις τῶν διὰ πίστεως παρειλημμένων ἰσχυρὰ καὶ βέβαιος, διὰ τῆς κυριακῆς διδασκαλίας ἐποικοδομουμένη τῇ πίστει εἰς τὸ ἀμετάπτωτον καὶ μετʼ ἐπιστήμης [καὶ] καταληπτὸν παραπέμπουσα. καί μοι δοκεῖ πρώτη τις εἶναι μεταβολὴ σωτήριος ἡ ἐξ ἐθνῶν εἰς πίστιν, ὡς προεῖπον, δευτέρα δὲ ἡ ἐκ πίστεως εἰς γνῶσιν· ἣ δέ, εἰς ἀγάπην περαιουμένη, ἐνθένδε ἤδη φίλον φίλῳ τὸ γιγνῶσκον τῷ γιγνωσκομένῳ παρίστησιν. καὶ τάχα ὁ τοιοῦτος ἐνθένδε ἤδη προλαβὼν ἔχει τὸ »ἰσάγγελος« εἶναι. μετὰ γοῦν τὴν ἐν σαρκὶ τελευταίαν ὑπεροχὴν ἀεὶ κατὰ τὸ προσῆκον ἐπὶ τὸ κρεῖττον μεταβάλλων, εἰς τὴν πατρῴαν αὐλὴν ἐπὶ τὴν κυριακὴν ὄντως διὰ τῆς ἁγίας ἑβδομάδος ἐπείγεται μονήν, ἐσόμενος, ὡς εἰπεῖν, φῶς ἑστὸς καὶ μένον ἀιδίως, πάντῃ πάντως ἄτρεπτον.
hothen kai rhądiōs eis to syngenes tēs psychēs theion te kai hagion metoikizei kai dia tinos oikeiou phōtos diabibazei tas prokopas tas mystikas ton anthrōpon, achris an eis ton koryphaion apokatastēsę̄ tēs anapauseōs topon, ton katharon tę̄ kardią prosōpon pros prosōpon epistēmonikōs kai katalēptikōs ton theon epopteuein didaxasa. entautha gar pou tēs gnōstikēs psychēs hē teleiōsis, pasēs katharseōs te kai leitourgias hypekbasan syn tǭ kyriǭ gignesthai, hopou estin prosechōs hypotetagmenē. hē men oun pistis syntomos estin, hōs eipein, tōn katepeigontōn gnōsis, hē gnōsis de apodeixis tōn dia pisteōs pareilēmmenōn ischyra kai bebaios, dia tēs kyriakēs didaskalias epoikodomoumenē tę̄ pistei eis to ametaptōton kai metʼ epistēmēs [kai] katalēpton parapempousa. kai moi dokei prōtē tis einai metabolē sōtērios hē ex ethnōn eis pistin, hōs proeipon, deutera de hē ek pisteōs eis gnōsin; hē de, eis agapēn peraioumenē, enthende ēdē philon philǭ to gignōskon tǭ gignōskomenǭ paristēsin. kai tacha ho toioutos enthende ēdē prolabōn echei to »isangelos« einai. meta goun tēn en sarki teleutaian hyperochēn aei kata to prosēkon epi to kreitton metaballōn, eis tēn patrǭan aulēn epi tēn kyriakēn ontōs dia tēs hagias hebdomados epeigetai monēn, esomenos, hōs eipein, phōs hestos kai menon aidiōs, pantę̄ pantōs atrepton.
Hence it also easily transfers a person to what is akin to the soul, divine and holy, and by a light of its own carries him through the mystic stages of progress, until it restores the pure in heart to the highest place of rest, having taught him to behold God face to face with understanding and full comprehension. For here, I think, is the perfection of the knowing soul: having passed beyond all purification and service, to be with the Lord, where it is placed directly under him. Faith, then, is, so to speak, a concise knowledge of what is essential, while knowledge is a strong and firm demonstration of what has been received through faith, built upon faith through the Lord's teaching, and bringing it to a state that is unchangeable and grasped with understanding. And it seems to me that the first saving change is the change from paganism to faith, as I said before, and the second the change from faith to knowledge; and this last, being completed in love, already here presents the knower to the known as friend to friend. And perhaps such a person already here has in advance the condition of being “equal to the angels.” At any rate, after the final excellence in the flesh, always changing for the better as is fitting, he hastens to the Father's court, to the Lord's own dwelling, through the holy seventh, to be, so to speak, a light that stands and remains everlastingly, in every way wholly unchangeable.
7.10.58Stählin 2
Ὁ πρῶτος τῆς κυριακῆς ἐνεργείας τρόπος τῆς εἰρημένης ἡμῖν κατὰ τὴν θεοσέβειαν ἀμοιβῆς δεῖγμα. πολλῶν ὅσων μαρτυρίων ὄντων παραστήσομαι ἓν κεφαλαιωδῶς πρὸς τοῦ προφήτου Δαβὶδ ὧδέ πως εἰρημένον· »τίς ἀναβήσεται εἰς τὸ ὄρος τοῦ κυρίου; ἢ τίς στήσεται ἐν τόπῳ ἁγίῳ αὐτοῦ; ἀθῷος χερσὶ καὶ καθαρὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ, ὃς οὐκ ἔλαβεν ἐπὶ ματαίῳ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ οὐδὲ ὤμοσεν ἐπὶ δόλῳ τῷ πλησίον αὐτοῦ· οὗτος λήψεται εὐλογίαν παρὰ κυρίου καὶ ἐλεημοσύνην παρὰ θεοῦ σωτῆρος αὐτοῦ. αὕτη ἡ γενεὰ ζητούντων τὸν κύριον, ζητούντων τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ θεοῦ Ἰακώβ.« συντόμως, οἶμαι, τὸν γνωστικὸν ἐμήνυσεν ὁ προφήτης· κατὰ παραδρομὴν δʼ, ὡς ἔοικεν, ἡμῖν θεὸν εἶναι τὸν σωτῆρα ἀπέδειξεν ὁ Δαβὶδ »πρόσωπον« αὐτὸν εἰπὼν »τοῦ θεοῦ Ἰακώβ«, τὸν εὐαγγελισάμενον καὶ διδάξαντα περὶ τοῦ πατρός. διὸ καὶ ὁ ἀπόστολος »χαρακτῆρα τῆς δόξης τοῦ πατρὸς« τὸν υἱὸν προσεῖπεν, τὸν τὴν ἀλήθειαν περὶ τοῦ θεοῦ διδάξαντα καὶ χαρακτηρίσαντα ὅτι »θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ εἷς« καὶ μόνος ὁ παντοκράτωρ, »ὃν οὐδεὶς ἔγνω εἰ μὴ ὁ υἱός, καὶ ᾧ ἐὰν ὁ υἱὸς ἀποκαλύψῃ«. ἕνα δὲ εἶναι τὸν θεὸν διὰ τοῦ »ζητούντων τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ θεοῦ Ἰακὼβ« μεμήνυται, ὃν »μόνον« ὄντα θεὸν πατέρα »ἀγαθὸν« χαρακτηρίζει ὁ σωτὴρ ἡμῶν καὶ θεός. ἡ γενεὰ δὲ τῶν ζητούντων αὐτὸν »τὸ γένος« ἐστὶ »τὸ ἐκλεκτόν«, τὸ ζητητικὸν εἰς γνῶσιν.
Ho prōtos tēs kyriakēs energeias tropos tēs eirēmenēs hēmin kata tēn theosebeian amoibēs deigma. pollōn hosōn martyriōn ontōn parastēsomai hen kephalaiōdōs pros tou prophētou Dabid hōde pōs eirēmenon; »tis anabēsetai eis to oros tou kyriou? ē tis stēsetai en topǭ hagiǭ autou? athǭos chersi kai katharos tę̄ kardią, hos ouk elaben epi mataiǭ tēn psychēn autou oude ōmosen epi dolǭ tǭ plēsion autou; houtos lēpsetai eulogian para kyriou kai eleēmosynēn para theou sōtēros autou. hautē hē genea zētountōn ton kyrion, zētountōn to prosōpon tou theou Iakōb.« syntomōs, oimai, ton gnōstikon emēnysen ho prophētēs; kata paradromēn dʼ, hōs eoiken, hēmin theon einai ton sōtēra apedeixen ho Dabid »prosōpon« auton eipōn »tou theou Iakōb«, ton euangelisamenon kai didaxanta peri tou patros. dio kai ho apostolos »charaktēra tēs doxēs tou patros« ton huion proseipen, ton tēn alētheian peri tou theou didaxanta kai charaktērisanta hoti »theos kai patēr heis« kai monos ho pantokratōr, »hon oudeis egnō ei mē ho huios, kai hǭ ean ho huios apokalypsę̄«. hena de einai ton theon dia tou »zētountōn to prosōpon tou theou Iakōb« memēnytai, hon »monon« onta theon patera »agathon« charaktērizei ho sōtēr hēmōn kai theos. hē genea de tōn zētountōn auton »to genos« esti »to eklekton«, to zētētikon eis gnōsin.
The first mode of the Lord's activity gives an example of the reward for piety that we have described. Of the many testimonies, I will set out one in summary, spoken somewhat as follows by the prophet David: “Who shall ascend to the mountain of the Lord? Or who shall stand in his holy place? He who is innocent in hands and pure in heart, who has not taken his soul in vain nor sworn deceitfully to his neighbor. He will receive blessing from the Lord and mercy from God his Savior. This is the generation of those who seek the Lord, who seek the face of the God of Jacob.” Concisely, I think, the prophet has pointed to the one who knows. And in passing, it seems, David has shown us that the Savior is God, calling him the “face of the God of Jacob,” he who proclaimed the good news and taught about the Father. That is why the apostle too called the Son “the imprint of the glory of the Father,” he who taught the truth about God and made known that “God and Father is one,” the only Almighty, “whom no one has known except the Son, and anyone to whom the Son reveals him.” That God is one is shown by the words “those who seek the face of the God of Jacob”; our Savior and God describes him as the only “good” God and Father. And the generation of those who seek him is “the chosen race,” the race that searches for knowledge.
7.10.59Stählin 2
Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὁ ἀπόστολός φησιν· »οὐδὲν ὑμᾶς ὠφελήσω, ἐὰν μὴ ὑμῖν λαλήσω ἢ ἐν ἀποκαλύψει ἢ ἐν γνώσει ἢ ἐν προφητείᾳ ἢ ἐν διδαχῇ.« καίτοι πράσσεταί τινα καὶ πρὸς τῶν μὴ γνωστικῶν ὀρθῶς, ἀλλʼ οὐ κατὰ λόγον, οἷον ἐπὶ ἀνδρείας. ἔνιοι γὰρ ἐκ φύσεως θυμοειδεῖς γενόμενοι, εἶτα ἄνευ τοῦ λόγου τοῦτο θρέψαντες, ἀλόγως ἐπὶ τὰ πολλὰ ὁρμῶσι καὶ ὅμοια τοῖς ἀνδρείοις δρῶσιν, ὥστε ἐνίοτε τὰ αὐτὰ κατορθοῦν οἷον βασάνους ὑπομένειν εὐκόλως, ἀλλʼ οὔτε ἀπὸ τῆς αὐτῆς αἰτίας τῷ γνωστικῷ οὔτε καὶ τὸ αὐτὸ προθέμενοι, οὐδʼ »ἂν τὸ σῶμα ἅπαν ἐπιδιδῶσιν«· »ἀγάπην γὰρ οὐκ ἔχουσι« κατὰ τὸν ἀπόστολον τὴν διὰ τῆς γνώσεως γεννωμένην. πᾶσα οὖν ἡ διὰ τοῦ ἐπιστήμονος πρᾶξις εὐπραγία, ἡ δὲ διὰ τοῦ ἀνεπιστήμονος κακοπραγία, κἂν ἔνστασιν σῴζῃ. ἐπεὶ μὴ ἐκ λογισμοῦ ἀνδρίζεται μηδὲ ἐπί τι χρήσιμον τῶν ἐπὶ ἀρετὴν καὶ ἀπὸ ἀρετῆς καταστρεφόντων τὴν πρᾶξιν κατευθύνει. ὁ δὲ αὐτὸς λόγος καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἀρετῶν, ὥστε καὶ ἐπὶ θεοσεβείας ἀνὰ λόγον. οὐ μόνον τοίνυν τοιοῦτος ἡμῖν κατὰ τὴν ὁσιότητα ὁ γνωστικός, ἀκόλουθα δὲ τῇ ἐπιστημονικῇ θεοσεβείᾳ καὶ τὰ περὶ τὴν ἄλλην πολιτείαν ἐπαγγέλματα. τὸν βίον γὰρ τοῦ γνωστικοῦ διαγράφειν ἡμῖν πρόκειται τὰ νῦν, οὐχὶ τὴν τῶν δογμάτων θεωρίαν παρατίθεσθαι, ἣν ὕστερον κατὰ τὸν ἐπιβάλλοντα καιρὸν ἐκθησόμεθα, σῴζοντες ἅμα καὶ τὴν ἀκολουθίαν.
Dia touto kai ho apostolos phēsin; »ouden hymas ōphelēsō, ean mē hymin lalēsō ē en apokalypsei ē en gnōsei ē en prophēteią ē en didachę̄.« kaitoi prassetai tina kai pros tōn mē gnōstikōn orthōs, allʼ ou kata logon, hoion epi andreias. enioi gar ek physeōs thymoeideis genomenoi, eita aneu tou logou touto threpsantes, alogōs epi ta polla hormōsi kai homoia tois andreiois drōsin, hōste eniote ta auta katorthoun hoion basanous hypomenein eukolōs, allʼ oute apo tēs autēs aitias tǭ gnōstikǭ oute kai to auto prothemenoi, oudʼ »an to sōma hapan epididōsin«; »agapēn gar ouk echousi« kata ton apostolon tēn dia tēs gnōseōs gennōmenēn. pasa oun hē dia tou epistēmonos praxis eupragia, hē de dia tou anepistēmonos kakopragia, kan enstasin sǭzę̄. epei mē ek logismou andrizetai mēde epi ti chrēsimon tōn epi aretēn kai apo aretēs katastrephontōn tēn praxin kateuthynei. ho de autos logos kai epi tōn allōn aretōn, hōste kai epi theosebeias ana logon. ou monon toinyn toioutos hēmin kata tēn hosiotēta ho gnōstikos, akoloutha de tę̄ epistēmonikę̄ theosebeią kai ta peri tēn allēn politeian epangelmata. ton bion gar tou gnōstikou diagraphein hēmin prokeitai ta nyn, ouchi tēn tōn dogmatōn theōrian paratithesthai, hēn hysteron kata ton epiballonta kairon ekthēsometha, sǭzontes hama kai tēn akolouthian.
That is why the apostle too says, “I will benefit you nothing unless I speak to you either in revelation or in knowledge or in prophecy or in teaching.” Yet some things are done rightly even by those who do not know, but not according to reason, as in the case of courage. For some, who are spirited by nature and have then nourished this without reason, rush irrationally at most things and act like the courageous, so that at times they achieve the same results, such as enduring tortures with ease; but not from the same cause as the one who knows, nor with the same aim, not even “if they give up their whole body,” for “they do not have love,” as the apostle says, the love born of knowledge. Every action done by one who understands, then, is right action, and every action done by one who does not understand is wrong action, even if it holds firm, since he is not courageous from reasoning, nor does he direct his action to any useful end among the things that lead to virtue and flow from virtue. The same argument applies to the other virtues, and so, by analogy, to piety too. Not only, then, is our one who knows such in holiness; the promises he makes about the rest of his conduct also follow his understanding piety. For our present purpose is to describe the life of the one who knows, not to set out the theory of doctrines, which we will expound later at the proper time, while keeping the order.
Miscellanies 7, chapter 11
7.11.60Stählin 2
Περὶ μὲν οὖν τῶν ὅλων ἀληθῶς καὶ μεγαλοπρεπῶς διείληφεν, ὡς ἂν θείαν χωρήσας διδασκαλίαν. ἀρξάμενος γοῦν ἐκ τοῦ θαυμάζειν τὴν κτίσιν, δεῖγμα τοῦ δύνασθαι λαβεῖν τὴν γνῶσιν κομίζων οἴκοθεν, πρόθυμος μαθητὴς τοῦ κυρίου γίνεται. εὐθέως δὲ ἀκούσας θεόν τε καὶ πρόνοιαν ἐπίστευσεν ἐξ ὧν ἐθαύμασεν. ἐνθένδε οὖν ὁρμώμενος ἐκ παντὸς τρόπου συνεργεῖ πρὸς τὴν μάθησιν. πάντʼ ἐκεῖνα ποιῶν διʼ ὧν λαβεῖν δυνήσεται τὴν γνῶσιν ὧν ποθεῖ (πόθος δὲ κατὰ προκοπὴν πίστεως ἅμα ζητήσει κραθεὶς συνίσταται), τὸ δʼ ἐστὶν ἄξιον γενέσθαι τῆς τοσαύτης καὶ τηλικαύτης θεωρίας. οὕτως γεύσεται τοῦ θελήματος τοῦ θεοῦ ὁ γνωστικός· οὐ γὰρ τὰς ἀκοάς, ἀλλὰ τὴν ψυχὴν παρίστησι τοῖς ὑπὸ τῶν λεγομένων δηλουμένοις πράγμασιν. οὐσίας τοίνυν καὶ τὰ πράγματα αὐτὰ παραλαβὼν διὰ τῶν λόγων εἰκότως καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν ἐπὶ τὰ δέοντα ἄγει. τὸ »μὴ μοιχεύσῃς, μὴ φονεύσῃς« ἰδίως ἐκλαμβάνων ὡς εἴρηται τῷ γνωστικῷ, οὐχ ὡς παρὰ τοῖς ἄλλοις ὑπείληπται.
Peri men oun tōn holōn alēthōs kai megaloprepōs dieilēphen, hōs an theian chōrēsas didaskalian. arxamenos goun ek tou thaumazein tēn ktisin, deigma tou dynasthai labein tēn gnōsin komizōn oikothen, prothymos mathētēs tou kyriou ginetai. eutheōs de akousas theon te kai pronoian episteusen ex hōn ethaumasen. enthende oun hormōmenos ek pantos tropou synergei pros tēn mathēsin. pantʼ ekeina poiōn diʼ hōn labein dynēsetai tēn gnōsin hōn pothei (pothos de kata prokopēn pisteōs hama zētēsei kratheis synistatai), to dʼ estin axion genesthai tēs tosautēs kai tēlikautēs theōrias. houtōs geusetai tou thelēmatos tou theou ho gnōstikos; ou gar tas akoas, alla tēn psychēn paristēsi tois hypo tōn legomenōn dēloumenois pragmasin. ousias toinyn kai ta pragmata auta paralabōn dia tōn logōn eikotōs kai tēn psychēn epi ta deonta agei. to »mē moicheusę̄s, mē phoneusę̄s« idiōs eklambanōn hōs eirētai tǭ gnōstikǭ, ouch hōs para tois allois hypeilēptai.
About the universe, then, he has formed a true and magnificent conception, as one who has received divine teaching. Having begun, at any rate, from wonder at creation, and bringing from his own resources proof that he is able to receive knowledge, he becomes an eager disciple of the Lord. As soon as he heard of God and providence, he believed, because of what he had wondered at. Starting from there, then, he cooperates in every way toward learning, doing all those things by which he will be able to gain knowledge of what he longs for (and longing arises as faith advances, blended with inquiry), that is, to become worthy of so great and so lofty a contemplation. So the one who knows will taste the will of God; for he offers not his ears but his soul to the realities that the words point to. Receiving, then, the essences and the realities themselves through the words, he reasonably leads his soul to what is needful. He takes “You shall not commit adultery, you shall not kill” in a special sense, as spoken to the one who knows, not as it is understood by others.
7.11.61Stählin 2
Πρόεισιν οὖν ἐγγυμναζόμενος τῇ ἐπιστημονικῇ θεωρίᾳ εἰς τὸ ἐναγωνίσασθαι τοῖς καθολικώτερον καὶ μεγαλοπρεπέστερον εἰρημένοις. εἰδὼς εὖ μάλα ὅτι »ὁ διδάσκων ἄνθρωπον γνῶσιν« κατὰ τὸν προφήτην »κύριός« ἐστιν, διὰ στόματος ἀνθρωπίνου κύριος ἐνεργῶν· ταύτῃ καὶ σάρκα ἀνείληφεν. εἰκότως οὖν οὐδέποτε τὸ ἡδὺ πρὸ τοῦ συμφέροντος αἱρεῖται, οὐδʼ ἂν προκαλῆται αὐτὸν κατά τινα περίστασιν προκαταληφθέντα ἑταιρικῶς ἐκβιαζομένη ὡραία γυνή, ἐπεὶ μηδὲ τὸν Ἰωσὴφ παράγειν τῆς ἐνστάσεως ἴσχυσεν ἡ τοῦ δεσπότου γυνή. ἀπεδύσατο δὲ αὐτῇ πρὸς βίαν κατεχούσῃ τὸν χιτῶνα, γυμνὸς μὲν τῆς ἁμαρτίας γενόμενος, τὸ κόσμιον δὲ τοῦ ἤθους περιβαλλόμενος. εἰ γὰρ καὶ οἱ τοῦ δεσπότου ὀφθαλμοὶ οὐχ ἑώρων, τοῦ Αἰγυπτίου λέγω, τὸν Ἰωσήφ, ἀλλʼ οἵ γε τοῦ παντοκράτορος ἐπεσκόπουν. ἡμεῖς μὲν γὰρ τῆς φωνῆς ἀκούομεν καὶ τὰ σώματα θεωροῦμεν, ὁ θεὸς δὲ τὸ πρᾶγμα, ἀφʼ οὗ φέρεται τὸ φωνεῖν καὶ βλέπειν, ἐξετάζει. ἀκολούθως ἄρα κἂν νόσος ἐπίῃ καί τι τῶν περιστατικῶν τῷ γνωστικῷ, καὶ δὴ μάλιστα ὁ φοβερώτατος θάνατος, ἄτρεπτος μένει κατὰ τὴν ψυχήν, πάντα εἰδὼς τὰ τοιαῦτα κτίσεως ἀνάγκην εἶναι, ἀλλὰ καὶ οὕτως δυνάμει τοῦ θεοῦ »φάρμακον« γίνεσθαι »σωτηρίας«, διὰ παιδείας τοὺς ἀπηνέστερον μεταρρυθμιζομένους εὐεργετοῦντα, πρὸς τῆς ἀγαθῆς ὄντως κατʼ ἀξίαν μεριζόμενα προνοίας.
Proeisin oun engymnazomenos tę̄ epistēmonikę̄ theōrią eis to enagōnisasthai tois katholikōteron kai megaloprepesteron eirēmenois. eidōs eu mala hoti »ho didaskōn anthrōpon gnōsin« kata ton prophētēn »kyrios« estin, dia stomatos anthrōpinou kyrios energōn; tautę̄ kai sarka aneilēphen. eikotōs oun oudepote to hēdy pro tou sympherontos haireitai, oudʼ an prokalētai auton kata tina peristasin prokatalēphthenta hetairikōs ekbiazomenē hōraia gynē, epei mēde ton Iōsēph paragein tēs enstaseōs ischysen hē tou despotou gynē. apedysato de autę̄ pros bian katechousę̄ ton chitōna, gymnos men tēs hamartias genomenos, to kosmion de tou ēthous periballomenos. ei gar kai hoi tou despotou ophthalmoi ouch heōrōn, tou Aigyptiou legō, ton Iōsēph, allʼ hoi ge tou pantokratoros epeskopoun. hēmeis men gar tēs phōnēs akouomen kai ta sōmata theōroumen, ho theos de to pragma, aphʼ hou pheretai to phōnein kai blepein, exetazei. akolouthōs ara kan nosos epię̄ kai ti tōn peristatikōn tǭ gnōstikǭ, kai dē malista ho phoberōtatos thanatos, atreptos menei kata tēn psychēn, panta eidōs ta toiauta ktiseōs anankēn einai, alla kai houtōs dynamei tou theou »pharmakon« ginesthai »sōtērias«, dia paideias tous apēnesteron metarrythmizomenous euergetounta, pros tēs agathēs ontōs katʼ axian merizomena pronoias.
He advances, then, exercising himself in understanding contemplation, so as to wrestle with the things said more universally and more magnificently, knowing very well that “he who teaches man knowledge,” as the prophet says, is “the Lord,” the Lord working through a human mouth; that is why he also took on flesh. Reasonably, then, he never chooses the pleasant before the beneficial; not even if a beautiful woman, having caught him in some situation, should entice him and press him like a courtesan, since not even his master's wife could lead Joseph away from his steadfastness. He stripped off his tunic and left it with her as she held him by force, becoming naked of sin but clothed with the decency of his character. For even if the eyes of his master, I mean the Egyptian, did not see Joseph, the eyes of the Almighty were watching. For we hear the voice and see the bodies, but God examines the reality from which speaking and seeing come. Consequently, even if disease or some calamity comes upon the one who knows, and especially the most fearful of all, death, he remains unchanged in soul, knowing that all such things are a necessity of created nature, but that even so, by the power of God, they become a “medicine of salvation,” benefiting through discipline those who are harder to reform, being apportioned according to desert by a providence that is truly good.
7.11.62Stählin 2
Χρώμενος τοίνυν τοῖς κτιστοῖς, ὁπόταν αἱρῇ λόγος, εἰς ὅσον αἱρεῖ, κατὰ τὴν ἐπὶ τὸν κτίσαντα εὐχαριστίαν καὶ τῆς ἀπολαύσεως κύριος καθίσταται. οὐ μνησικακεῖ ποτε, οὐ χαλεπαίνει οὐδενί, κἂν μίσους ἄξιος τυγχάνῃ, ἐφʼ οἷς διαπράττεται· σέβει μὲν γὰρ τὸν ποιητήν, ἀγαπᾷ δὲ τὸν κοινωνὸν τοῦ βίου, οἰκτείρων καὶ ὑπερευχόμενος αὐτοῦ διὰ τὴν ἄγνοιαν αὐτοῦ. καὶ δὴ καὶ συμπάσχει τῷ σώματι τῷ φύσει παθητῷ ἐνδεδεμένος, ἀλλʼ οὐ πρωτοπαθεῖ κατὰ τὸ πάθος. κατὰ γοῦν τὰς ἀκουσίους περιστάσεις ἀνάγων ἑαυτὸν ἀπὸ τῶν πόνων ἐπὶ τὰ οἰκεῖα οὐ συναποφέρεται τοῖς ἀλλοτρίοις αὐτοῦ, συμπεριφέρεται δὲ τοῖς ἀναγκαίοις αὐτοῦ μόνον εἰς ὅσον ἀβλαβὴς τηρεῖται ἡ ψυχή. οὐ γάρ που ἐν ὑπολήψει, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ἐν τῷ δοκεῖν πιστὸς εἶναι βούλεται, γνώσει δὲ καὶ ἀληθείᾳ, ὅ ἐστιν ἔργῳ βεβαίῳ καὶ λόγῳ [καὶ] ἐνεργῷ. οὐκοῦν οὐ μόνον ἐπαινεῖ τὰ καλά, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτὸς βιάζεται εἶναι καλός, ἐκ τοῦ »ἀγαθοῦ καὶ πιστοῦ δούλου« μεταβαίνων διʼ ἀγάπης εἰς »φίλον« διὰ τὸ τέλεον τῆς ἕξεως, ὃ ἐκ μαθήσεως τῆς ἀληθοῦς καὶ συνασκήσεως πολλῆς καθαρῶς ἐκτήσατο.
Chrōmenos toinyn tois ktistois, hopotan hairę̄ logos, eis hoson hairei, kata tēn epi ton ktisanta eucharistian kai tēs apolauseōs kyrios kathistatai. ou mnēsikakei pote, ou chalepainei oudeni, kan misous axios tynchanę̄, ephʼ hois diaprattetai; sebei men gar ton poiētēn, agapą de ton koinōnon tou biou, oikteirōn kai hypereuchomenos autou dia tēn agnoian autou. kai dē kai sympaschei tǭ sōmati tǭ physei pathētǭ endedemenos, allʼ ou prōtopathei kata to pathos. kata goun tas akousious peristaseis anagōn heauton apo tōn ponōn epi ta oikeia ou synapopheretai tois allotriois autou, symperipheretai de tois anankaiois autou monon eis hoson ablabēs tēreitai hē psychē. ou gar pou en hypolēpsei, allʼ oude en tǭ dokein pistos einai bouletai, gnōsei de kai alētheią, ho estin ergǭ bebaiǭ kai logǭ [kai] energǭ. oukoun ou monon epainei ta kala, alla kai autos biazetai einai kalos, ek tou »agathou kai pistou doulou« metabainōn diʼ agapēs eis »philon« dia to teleon tēs hexeōs, ho ek mathēseōs tēs alēthous kai synaskēseōs pollēs katharōs ektēsato.
Using created things, then, when reason chooses and as far as it chooses, with thanksgiving to the Creator, he becomes master of his enjoyment too. He never bears a grudge and is never angry with anyone, even if someone deserves hatred for what he does; for he reveres the Maker and loves the one who shares his life, pitying him and praying for him because of his ignorance. He does indeed share the feelings of the body, bound as he is to a body that by nature can suffer, but he is not primarily affected by the passion. At any rate, in circumstances he did not choose, lifting himself from his troubles to what is his own, he is not carried away with what is foreign to him, but goes along with the body's necessities only so far as the soul is kept unharmed. For he wishes to be faithful not in reputation or in appearance, but in knowledge and truth, that is, in firm deed and effective word. So he not only praises what is good but also strives to be good himself, passing through love from “good and faithful servant” to “friend,” through the perfection of his disposition, which he has acquired purely through true learning and much discipline.
7.11.63Stählin 2
Ὡς ἂν οὖν ἐπʼ ἄκρον γνώσεως ἥκειν βιαζόμενος, τῷ ἤθει κεκοσμημένος, τῷ σχήματι κατεσταλμένος, πάντα ἐκεῖνα ἔχων ὅσα πλεονεκτήματά ἐστιν τοῦ κατʼ ἀλήθειαν γνωστικοῦ, εἰς τὰς εἰκόνας ἀφορῶν τὰς καλάς, πολλοὺς μὲν τοὺς κατωρθωκότας πρὸ αὐτοῦ πατριάρχας, παμπόλλους δὲ προφήτας, ἀπείρους δʼ ὅσους ἡμῖν ἀριθμῷ λογιζόμενος ἀγγέλους καὶ τὸν ἐπὶ πᾶσι κύριον τὸν διδάξαντα καὶ παραστήσαντα δυνατὸν εἶναι τὸν κορυφαῖον ἐκεῖνον κτήσασθαι βίον, διὰ τοῦτο τὰ πρόχειρα πάντα τοῦ κόσμου καλὰ οὐκ ἀγαπᾷ, ἵνα μὴ καταμείνῃ χαμαί, ἀλλὰ τὰ ἐλπιζόμενα, μᾶλλον δὲ τὰ ἐγνωσμένα ἤδη, εἰς κατάληψιν δὲ ἐλπιζόμενα. ταύτῃ ἄρα τοὺς πόνους καὶ τὰς βασάνους καὶ τὰς θλίψεις, οὐχ ὡς παρὰ τοῖς φιλοσόφοις οἱ ἀνδρεῖοι, ἐλπίδι τοῦ παύσασθαι μὲν τὰ ἐνεστῶτα ἀλγεινά, αὖθις δὲ τῶν ἡδέων μετασχεῖν, ὑπομένει, ἀλλʼ ἡ γνῶσις αὐτῷ πεῖσμα βεβαιότατον ἐνεγέννησεν τῆς τῶν μελλόντων [ἐλπίδων] ἀπολήψεως. διόπερ οὐ μόνον τῶν ἐνταῦθα κολάσεων, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἡδέων ἁπάντων καταφρονεῖ. φασὶ γοῦν τὸν μακάριον Πέτρον θεασάμενον τὴν αὑτοῦ γυναῖκα ἀγομένην τὴν ἐπὶ θάνατον, ἡσθῆναι μὲν τῆς κλήσεως χάριν καὶ τῆς εἰς οἶκον ἀνακομιδῆς, ἐπιφωνῆσαι δὲ εὖ μάλα προτρεπτικῶς τε καὶ παρακλητικῶς, ἐξ ὀνόματος προσειπόντα »μέμνησο, ὦ αὕτη, τοῦ κυρίου«.
Hōs an oun epʼ akron gnōseōs hēkein biazomenos, tǭ ēthei kekosmēmenos, tǭ schēmati katestalmenos, panta ekeina echōn hosa pleonektēmata estin tou katʼ alētheian gnōstikou, eis tas eikonas aphorōn tas kalas, pollous men tous katōrthōkotas pro autou patriarchas, pampollous de prophētas, apeirous dʼ hosous hēmin arithmǭ logizomenos angelous kai ton epi pasi kyrion ton didaxanta kai parastēsanta dynaton einai ton koryphaion ekeinon ktēsasthai bion, dia touto ta procheira panta tou kosmou kala ouk agapą, hina mē katameinę̄ chamai, alla ta elpizomena, mallon de ta egnōsmena ēdē, eis katalēpsin de elpizomena. tautę̄ ara tous ponous kai tas basanous kai tas thlipseis, ouch hōs para tois philosophois hoi andreioi, elpidi tou pausasthai men ta enestōta algeina, authis de tōn hēdeōn metaschein, hypomenei, allʼ hē gnōsis autǭ peisma bebaiotaton enegennēsen tēs tōn mellontōn [elpidōn] apolēpseōs. dioper ou monon tōn entautha kolaseōn, alla kai tōn hēdeōn hapantōn kataphronei. phasi goun ton makarion Petron theasamenon tēn hautou gynaika agomenēn tēn epi thanaton, hēsthēnai men tēs klēseōs charin kai tēs eis oikon anakomidēs, epiphōnēsai de eu mala protreptikōs te kai paraklētikōs, ex onomatos proseiponta »memnēso, ō hautē, tou kyriou«.
As one, then, who strives to reach the summit of knowledge, adorned in character, composed in bearing, possessing all the advantages that belong to the one who truly knows, he looks to the fine examples: the many patriarchs who lived rightly before him, the very many prophets, the angels, countless as we reckon them, and the Lord over all, who taught and showed that it is possible to attain that highest life. For this reason he does not love the good things of the world that lie at hand, so as not to remain on the ground, but the things hoped for, or rather things already known, though still hoped for as to their full possession. In this way, then, he endures toils, tortures, and afflictions, not as the courageous among the philosophers do, in the hope that present pains will cease and that he will again share in pleasures; rather, knowledge has produced in him a most firm conviction that he will receive the things to come. Therefore he despises not only the punishments here but also all pleasures. They say, at any rate, that the blessed Peter, seeing his own wife led away to death, was glad because of her calling and her journey home, and called out to her, very encouragingly and comfortingly, addressing her by name: “Remember the Lord, my dear.”
7.11.64Stählin 2
τοιοῦτος ἦν ὁ τῶν μακαρίων γάμος καὶ ἡ μέχρι τῶν φιλτάτων τελεία διάθεσις. ταύτῃ καὶ ὁ ἀπόστολος »ὁ γαμῶν »ὡς μὴ γαμῶν«, ἀπροσπαθῆ τὸν γάμον ἀξιῶν εἶναι καὶ »ἀπερίσπαστον« τῆς πρὸς τὸν κύριον ἀγάπης, ἧς ἔχεσθαι ἀποδημούσῃ τοῦ βίου πρὸς τὸν κύριον τῇ γυναικὶ ὁ τῷ ὄντι ἀνὴρ παρῄνεσεν. ἆρʼ οὐ πρόδηλος ἦν ἡ πίστις αὐτοῖς τῆς μετὰ θάνατον ἐλπίδος τοῖς καὶ ἐν αὐταῖς τῶν κολάσεων ταῖς ἀκμαῖς εὐχαριστοῦσι τῷ θεῷ; βεβαίαν γάρ, οἶμαι, τὴν πίστιν ἐκέκτηντο, ᾗ κατηκολούθουν πισταὶ καὶ αἱ ἐνέργειαι. ἔστιν οὖν ἐν πάσῃ περιστάσει ἐρρωμένη τοῦ γνωστικοῦ ἡ ψυχή, οἷον ἀθλητοῦ τὸ σῶμα ἐν ἄκρᾳ εὐεξίᾳ καὶ ῥώμῃ καθεστηκυῖα. εὔβουλος μὲν γὰρ ὑπάρχει περὶ τὰ ἀνθρώπων, τῷ δικαίῳ τὸ πρακτέον γνωματεύουσα, τὰς ἀρχὰς θεόθεν ἄνωθεν * καὶ πρὸς τὴν θείαν ἐξομοίωσιν πραότητα ἡδονῶν καὶ λυπῶν σωματικῶν περιπεποιημένη· κατεξανίσταται δὲ τῶν φόβων εὐθαρσῶς καὶ πεποιθότως τῷ θεῷ. ἀτεχνῶς οὖν ἐπίγειος εἰκὼν θείας δυνάμεως ἡ γνωστικὴ ψυχή, τελείᾳ ἀρετῇ κεκοσμημένη, ἐκ πάντων ἅμα τούτων, φύσεως, ἀσκήσεως, λόγου, συνηυξημένῃ. τοῦτο τὸ κάλλος τῆς ψυχῆς »νεὼς« γίνεται »τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος«, ὅταν διάθεσιν ὁμολογουμένην τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ κατὰ πάντα κτήσηται τὸν βίον.
toioutos ēn ho tōn makariōn gamos kai hē mechri tōn philtatōn teleia diathesis. tautę̄ kai ho apostolos »ho gamōn »hōs mē gamōn«, aprospathē ton gamon axiōn einai kai »aperispaston« tēs pros ton kyrion agapēs, hēs echesthai apodēmousę̄ tou biou pros ton kyrion tę̄ gynaiki ho tǭ onti anēr parę̄nesen. arʼ ou prodēlos ēn hē pistis autois tēs meta thanaton elpidos tois kai en autais tōn kolaseōn tais akmais eucharistousi tǭ theǭ? bebaian gar, oimai, tēn pistin ekektēnto, hę̄ katēkolouthoun pistai kai hai energeiai. estin oun en pasę̄ peristasei errōmenē tou gnōstikou hē psychē, hoion athlētou to sōma en akrą euexią kai rhōmę̄ kathestēkuia. euboulos men gar hyparchei peri ta anthrōpōn, tǭ dikaiǭ to prakteon gnōmateuousa, tas archas theothen anōthen * kai pros tēn theian exomoiōsin praotēta hēdonōn kai lypōn sōmatikōn peripepoiēmenē; katexanistatai de tōn phobōn eutharsōs kai pepoithotōs tǭ theǭ. atechnōs oun epigeios eikōn theias dynameōs hē gnōstikē psychē, teleią aretę̄ kekosmēmenē, ek pantōn hama toutōn, physeōs, askēseōs, logou, synēuxēmenę̄. touto to kallos tēs psychēs »neōs« ginetai »tou hagiou pneumatos«, hotan diathesin homologoumenēn tǭ euangeliǭ kata panta ktēsētai ton bion.
Such was the marriage of the blessed, and their perfect disposition even toward those dearest to them. So too the apostle says that “he who marries” should be “as though not marrying,” holding that marriage should be free of passionate attachment and should not “distract” from love for the Lord. To this love the true husband exhorted his wife to hold fast as she departed this life to go to the Lord. Was not their faith in the hope beyond death plain to see, since even at the height of their punishments they gave thanks to God? For they possessed, I think, a firm faith, and faithful deeds followed from it. In every circumstance, then, the soul of the one who knows is strong, like the body of an athlete in peak condition and strength. For it is wise in counsel about human affairs, judging what is to be done by what is just, taking its principles from God above …, and having acquired, for likeness to God, mildness toward bodily pleasures and pains; and it rises up against fears with courage and trust in God. Simply put, then, the knowing soul is an earthly image of divine power, adorned with perfect virtue, grown up from all these together: nature, discipline, and reason. This beauty of the soul becomes a “temple of the Holy Spirit” when it acquires, throughout its life, a disposition in agreement with the gospel.
7.11.65Stählin 2
ὁ τοιοῦτος ἄρα κατεξανίσταται παντὸς φόβου, παντὸς δεινοῦ, οὐ μόνον θανάτου, ἀλλὰ καὶ πενίας καὶ νόσου ἀδοξίας τε καὶ τῶν ὅσα τούτοις συγγενῆ, ἀήττητος ἡδονῇ γενόμενος καὶ τῶν ἀλόγων ἐπιθυμιῶν κύριος. εὖ γὰρ οἶδεν τὰ ποιητέα καὶ μή, ἐγνωκὼς κατὰ κράτος τά τε τῷ ὄντι δεινὰ καὶ τὰ μή. ὅθεν ἐπιστημόνως ὑφίσταται ἃ δεῖν καὶ προσήκειν αὐτῷ ὁ λόγος ὑπαγορεύει, διακρίνων ἐπιστημόνως τὰ τῷ ὄντι θαρραλέα (τουτέστι τὰ ἀγαθὰ) ἀπὸ τῶν φαινομένων καὶ τὰ φοβερὰ ἀπὸ τῶν δοκούντων, οἷον θανάτου καὶ νόσου καὶ πενίας, ἅπερ δόξης μᾶλλον ἢ ἀληθείας ἔχεται. οὗτος ὁ τῷ ὄντι ἀγαθὸς ἀνὴρ ὁ ἔξω τῶν παθῶν, κατὰ τὴν ἕξιν ἢ διάθεσιν τῆς ἐναρέτου ψυχῆς ὑπερβὰς ὅλον τὸν ἐμπαθῆ βίον. τούτῳ »πάντα εἰς ἑαυτὸν ἀνήρτηται« πρὸς τὴν τοῦ τέλους κτῆσιν. τὰ μὲν γὰρ λεγόμενα τυχηρὰ δεινά, ταῦτα τῷ σπουδαίῳ οὐ φοβερά, ὅτι μὴ κακά, τὰ δὲ τῷ ὄντι δεινὰ ἀλλότρια Χριστιανοῦ τοῦ γνωστικοῦ ἐκ διαμέτρου χωροῦντα τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς, ἐπειδὴ κακά, καὶ ἀμήχανον ἅμα τῷ αὐτῷ τὰ ἐναντία κατὰ ταὐτὸν καὶ πρὸς τὸν αὐτὸν ἀπαντᾶν χρόνον. ἀμεμφῶς τοίνυν »ὑποκρινόμενος τὸ δρᾶμα τοῦ βίου«, ὅπερ ἂν ὁ θεὸς ἀγωνίσασθαι παράσχῃ, τά τε πρακτέα τά τε ὑπομενετέα γνωρίζει.
ho toioutos ara katexanistatai pantos phobou, pantos deinou, ou monon thanatou, alla kai penias kai nosou adoxias te kai tōn hosa toutois syngenē, aēttētos hēdonę̄ genomenos kai tōn alogōn epithymiōn kyrios. eu gar oiden ta poiētea kai mē, egnōkōs kata kratos ta te tǭ onti deina kai ta mē. hothen epistēmonōs hyphistatai ha dein kai prosēkein autǭ ho logos hypagoreuei, diakrinōn epistēmonōs ta tǭ onti tharralea (toutesti ta agatha) apo tōn phainomenōn kai ta phobera apo tōn dokountōn, hoion thanatou kai nosou kai penias, haper doxēs mallon ē alētheias echetai. houtos ho tǭ onti agathos anēr ho exō tōn pathōn, kata tēn hexin ē diathesin tēs enaretou psychēs hyperbas holon ton empathē bion. toutǭ »panta eis heauton anērtētai« pros tēn tou telous ktēsin. ta men gar legomena tychēra deina, tauta tǭ spoudaiǭ ou phobera, hoti mē kaka, ta de tǭ onti deina allotria Christianou tou gnōstikou ek diametrou chōrounta tois agathois, epeidē kaka, kai amēchanon hama tǭ autǭ ta enantia kata tauton kai pros ton auton apantan chronon. amemphōs toinyn »hypokrinomenos to drama tou biou«, hoper an ho theos agōnisasthai paraschę̄, ta te praktea ta te hypomenetea gnōrizei.
Such a person, then, rises above every fear and every terror, not only of death but also of poverty, disease, disgrace, and all that is akin to these, having become unconquered by pleasure and master of irrational desires. For he knows well what is to be done and what is not, having thoroughly learned what is truly fearful and what is not. Hence he endures, with understanding, what reason dictates to him as necessary and fitting, distinguishing with understanding what truly calls for confidence (that is, the good things) from what only appears to, and what is fearful from what only seems so, such as death, disease, and poverty, which belong to opinion rather than to truth. This is the truly good man, the one who is outside the passions, who by the settled disposition of his virtuous soul has passed beyond the whole life of passion. For him “everything depends on himself” for the attainment of the end. What are called the terrors of fortune are not frightening to the good man, since they are not evils; while what is truly fearful is foreign to the Christian who knows, being diametrically opposed to what is good, since it is evil, and opposites cannot meet in the same person at the same time and in the same respect. Blamelessly, then, “playing the drama of life” that God gives him to perform, he recognizes both what must be done and what must be endured.
7.11.66Stählin 2
Μή τι οὖν, εἰ διʼ ἄγνοιαν τῶν δεινῶν καὶ μὴ δεινῶν συνίσταται ἡ δειλία, μόνος θαρραλέος ὁ γνωστικός, τά τε ὄντα ἀγαθὰ καὶ τὰ ἐσόμενα γνωρίζων, συνεπιστάμενος δὲ τούτοις, ὥσπερ ἔφην, καὶ τὰ μὴ τῷ ὄντι δεινά, ἐπεὶ μόνην κακίαν ἐχθρὰν οὖσαν εἰδὼς καὶ καθαιρετικὴν τῶν ἐπὶ τὴν γνῶσιν προκοπτόντων, τοῖς ὅπλοις τοῦ κυρίου πεφραγμένος καταπολεμεῖ ταύτης. οὐ γὰρ εἰ διʼ ἀφροσύνην τι συνίσταται καὶ διαβόλου ἐνέργειαν, μᾶλλον δὲ συνέργειαν, τοῦτʼ εὐθέως διάβολος ἢ ἀφροσύνη (ὅτι μηδεμία ἐνέργεια φρόνησις· ἕξις γὰρ ἡ φρόνησις, οὐδεμία δὲ ἐνέργεια ἕξις)· οὐ τοίνυν οὐδὲ ἡ διʼ ἄγνοιαν συνισταμένη πρᾶξις ἤδη ἄγνοια, ἀλλὰ κακία μὲν διʼ ἄγνοιαν, οὐ μὴν ἄγνοια· οὐδὲ γὰρ τὰ πάθη, οὐδὲ τὰ ἁμαρτήματα κακίαι, καίτοι ἀπὸ κακίας φερόμενα. οὐδεὶς οὖν ἀλόγως ἀνδρεῖος γνωστικός· ἐπεὶ καὶ τοὺς παῖδας λεγέτω τις ἀνδρείους ἀγνοίᾳ τῶν δεινῶν ὑφισταμένους τά φοβερά (ἅπτονται γοῦν οὗτοι καὶ πυρός), καὶ τὰ θηρία τὰ ὁμόσε ταῖς λόγχαις πορευόμενα ἀλόγως ὄντα ἀνδρεῖα ἐνάρετα λεγόντων. τάχα δʼ οὕτως καὶ τοὺς θαυματοποιοὺς ἀνδρείους φήσουσιν εἰς τὰς μαχαίρας κυβιστῶντας ἐξ ἐμπειρίας τινὸς κακοτεχνοῦντας ἐπὶ λυπρῷ τῳ μισθῷ. ὁ δὲ τῷ ὄντι ἀνδρεῖος, προφανῆ τὸν κίνδυνον διὰ τὸν τῶν πολλῶν ζῆλον ἔχων, εὐθαρσῶς πᾶν τὸ προσιὸν ἀναδέχεται. ταύτῃ τῶν ἄλλων λεγομένων μαρτύρων χωριζόμενος, ᾗ οἳ μὲν ἀφορμὰς παρέχοντες σφίσιν αὐτοῖς ἐπιρριπτοῦσιν ἑαυτοὺς τοῖς κινδύνοις οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅπως (εὐστομεῖν γὰρ δίκαιον), οἳ δὲ περιστελλόμενοι κατὰ λόγον τὸν ὀρθόν, ἔπειτα τῷ ὄντι καλέσαντος τοῦ θεοῦ προθύμως ἑαυτοὺς ἐπιδιδόντες, καὶ »τὴν κλῆσιν« ἐκ τοῦ μηδὲν αὑτοῖς προπετὲς συνεγνωκέναι »βεβαιοῦσιν« καὶ τὸ ἀνδρεῖον ἐν τῇ κατὰ ἀλήθειαν λογικῇ ἀνδρείᾳ ἐξετάζεσθαι παρέχονται.
Mē ti oun, ei diʼ agnoian tōn deinōn kai mē deinōn synistatai hē deilia, monos tharraleos ho gnōstikos, ta te onta agatha kai ta esomena gnōrizōn, synepistamenos de toutois, hōsper ephēn, kai ta mē tǭ onti deina, epei monēn kakian echthran ousan eidōs kai kathairetikēn tōn epi tēn gnōsin prokoptontōn, tois hoplois tou kyriou pephragmenos katapolemei tautēs. ou gar ei diʼ aphrosynēn ti synistatai kai diabolou energeian, mallon de synergeian, toutʼ eutheōs diabolos ē aphrosynē (hoti mēdemia energeia phronēsis; hexis gar hē phronēsis, oudemia de energeia hexis); ou toinyn oude hē diʼ agnoian synistamenē praxis ēdē agnoia, alla kakia men diʼ agnoian, ou mēn agnoia; oude gar ta pathē, oude ta hamartēmata kakiai, kaitoi apo kakias pheromena. oudeis oun alogōs andreios gnōstikos; epei kai tous paidas legetō tis andreious agnoią tōn deinōn hyphistamenous ta phobera (haptontai goun houtoi kai pyros), kai ta thēria ta homose tais lonchais poreuomena alogōs onta andreia enareta legontōn. tacha dʼ houtōs kai tous thaumatopoious andreious phēsousin eis tas machairas kybistōntas ex empeirias tinos kakotechnountas epi lyprǭ tǭ misthǭ. ho de tǭ onti andreios, prophanē ton kindynon dia ton tōn pollōn zēlon echōn, eutharsōs pan to prosion anadechetai. tautę̄ tōn allōn legomenōn martyrōn chōrizomenos, hę̄ hoi men aphormas parechontes sphisin autois epirriptousin heautous tois kindynois ouk oidʼ hopōs (eustomein gar dikaion), hoi de peristellomenoi kata logon ton orthon, epeita tǭ onti kalesantos tou theou prothymōs heautous epididontes, kai »tēn klēsin« ek tou mēden hautois propetes synegnōkenai »bebaiousin« kai to andreion en tę̄ kata alētheian logikę̄ andreią exetazesthai parechontai.
If, then, cowardice arises from ignorance of what is fearful and what is not, is not the one who knows alone confident, recognizing the goods that are and those that will be, and knowing along with them, as I said, what is not truly fearful? Knowing that vice alone is hostile and destroys those who are advancing toward knowledge, he makes war on it, fortified with the Lord's armor. For if something comes about through folly and the devil's activity, or rather cooperation, it is not for that reason at once the devil or folly (for no activity is prudence: prudence is a disposition, and no activity is a disposition). Neither, then, is an action that comes about through ignorance already ignorance; it is vice through ignorance, but not ignorance itself; for neither passions nor sins are vices, although they come from vice. No one, then, who is courageous without reason is one who knows; otherwise let someone call children courageous, who face fearful things in ignorance of what is dreadful (they touch even fire), and let them call virtuous the wild beasts that rush against spears, being courageous without reason. Perhaps in this way they will also call courageous the conjurors who tumble onto swords, practicing a mischievous art learned by experience for a wretched fee. But the one who is truly courageous, with danger plainly before him because of the hostility of the many, boldly accepts everything that comes. In this he is distinguished from others who are called martyrs: some provide occasions against themselves and throw themselves into dangers, I do not know how (for it is right to speak charitably), while the others hold themselves back according to right reason and then, when God truly calls, give themselves eagerly, and “confirm their calling” by being conscious of no rashness in themselves, and offer their courage to be tested as true, rational courage.
7.11.67Stählin 2
οὔτʼ οὖν φόβῳ τῶν μειζόνων δεινῶν τὰ ἐλάττω καθάπερ οἱ λοιποὶ ὑπομένοντες οὔτʼ αὖ ψόγον τὸν ἀπὸ τῶν ὁμοτίμων καὶ ὁμογνωμόνων ὑφορώμενοι τῇ τῆς κλήσεως ἐμμένουσιν ὁμολογίᾳ, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὴν πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ἀγάπην ἑκόντες πείθονται τῇ κλήσει, μηδένα ἕτερον σκοπὸν ἑλόμενοι ἢ τὴν πρὸς τὸν θεὸν εὐαρέστησιν, οὐχὶ δὲ διὰ τὰ ἆθλα τῶν πόνων. οἳ μὲν γὰρ φιλοδοξίᾳ, οἳ δὲ εὐλαβείᾳ κολάσεως ἄλλης δριμυτέρας, οἳ δὲ διά τινας ἡδονὰς καὶ εὐφροσύνας τὰς μετὰ θάνατον ὑπομένοντες παῖδες ἐν πίστει, μακάριοι μέν, οὐδέπω δὲ ἄνδρες ἐν ἀγάπῃ τῇ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν καθάπερ ὁ γνωστικὸς γεγονότες (εἰσὶ γάρ, εἰσὶ καθάπερ ἐν τοῖς ἀγῶσι τοῖς γυμνικοῖς, οὕτως δὲ καὶ κατὰ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν στέφανοι ἀνδρῶν τε καὶ παίδων)· ἡ δὲ ἀγάπη αὐτὴ διʼ αὑτὴν αἱρετή, οὐ διʼ ἄλλο τι. σχεδὸν οὖν τῷ γνωστικῷ μετὰ γνώσεως ἡ τελειότης τῆς ἀνδρείας ἐκ τῆς τοῦ βίου συνασκήσεως αὔξεται, μελετήσαντος ἀεὶ τῶν παθῶν κρατεῖν. Ἄφοβον οὖν καὶ ἀδεᾶ καὶ πεποιθότα ἐπὶ κύριον ἡ ἀγάπη ἀλείφουσα καὶ γυμνάσασα κατασκευάζει τὸν ἴδιον ἀθλητήν, ὥσπερ δικαιοσύνη τὸ διὰ παντὸς ἀληθεύειν αὐτῷ τοῦ βίου περιποιεῖ. δικαιοσύνης γὰρ ἦν ἐπιτομὴ φάναι· »ἔσται ὑμῶν τὸ ναὶ καὶ τὸ οὒ οὔ.« ὁ δὲ αὐτὸς λόγος καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς σωφροσύνης. οὔτε γὰρ διὰ φιλοτιμίαν (καθάπερ οἱ ἀθληταὶ στεφάνων καὶ εὐδοξίας χάριν) οὔτʼ αὖ διὰ φιλοχρηματίαν (ὥς τινες προσποιοῦνται σωφρονεῖν, πάθει δεινῷ τὸ ἀγαθὸν μεταδιώκοντες), οὐ μὴν οὐδὲ διὰ φιλοσωματίαν ὑγείας χάριν, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ διʼ ἀγροικίαν ἐγκρατὴς καὶ ἄγευστος ἡδονῶν οὐδεὶς κατʼ ἀλήθειαν σώφρων (ἀμέλει γευσάμενοι τῶν ἡδονῶν οἱ τὸν ἐργάτην τρίβοντες βίον αὐτίκα μάλα καταγνύουσι τὸ ἀκαμπὲς τῆς ἐγκρατείας εἰς τὰς ἡδονάς). τοιοῦτοι δὲ καὶ οἱ νόμῳ καὶ φόβῳ κωλυόμενοι· καιρὸν γὰρ λαβόντες παρακλέπτουσι τὸν νόμον, ἀποδιδράσκοντες τὰ καλά. ἡ δὲ διʼ αὑτὴν αἱρετὴ σωφροσύνη, κατὰ τὴν γνῶσιν τελειουμένη ἀεί τε παραμένουσα, κύριον καὶ αὐτοκράτορα τὸν ἄνδρα κατασκευάζει, ὡς εἶναι τὸν γνωστικὸν σώφρονα καὶ ἀπαθῆ, ταῖς ἡδοναῖς τε καὶ λύπαις ἄτεγκτον, ὥσπερ φασὶ τὸν ἀδάμαντα τῷ πυρί.
outʼ oun phobǭ tōn meizonōn deinōn ta elattō kathaper hoi loipoi hypomenontes outʼ au psogon ton apo tōn homotimōn kai homognōmonōn hyphorōmenoi tę̄ tēs klēseōs emmenousin homologią, alla dia tēn pros ton theon agapēn hekontes peithontai tę̄ klēsei, mēdena heteron skopon helomenoi ē tēn pros ton theon euarestēsin, ouchi de dia ta athla tōn ponōn. hoi men gar philodoxią, hoi de eulabeią kolaseōs allēs drimyteras, hoi de dia tinas hēdonas kai euphrosynas tas meta thanaton hypomenontes paides en pistei, makarioi men, oudepō de andres en agapę̄ tę̄ pros ton theon kathaper ho gnōstikos gegonotes (eisi gar, eisi kathaper en tois agōsi tois gymnikois, houtōs de kai kata tēn ekklēsian stephanoi andrōn te kai paidōn); hē de agapē autē diʼ hautēn hairetē, ou diʼ allo ti. schedon oun tǭ gnōstikǭ meta gnōseōs hē teleiotēs tēs andreias ek tēs tou biou synaskēseōs auxetai, meletēsantos aei tōn pathōn kratein. Aphobon oun kai adea kai pepoithota epi kyrion hē agapē aleiphousa kai gymnasasa kataskeuazei ton idion athlētēn, hōsper dikaiosynē to dia pantos alētheuein autǭ tou biou peripoiei. dikaiosynēs gar ēn epitomē phanai; »estai hymōn to nai kai to ou ou.« ho de autos logos kai epi tēs sōphrosynēs. oute gar dia philotimian (kathaper hoi athlētai stephanōn kai eudoxias charin) outʼ au dia philochrēmatian (hōs tines prospoiountai sōphronein, pathei deinǭ to agathon metadiōkontes), ou mēn oude dia philosōmatian hygeias charin, allʼ oude diʼ agroikian enkratēs kai ageustos hēdonōn oudeis katʼ alētheian sōphrōn (amelei geusamenoi tōn hēdonōn hoi ton ergatēn tribontes bion autika mala katagnyousi to akampes tēs enkrateias eis tas hēdonas). toioutoi de kai hoi nomǭ kai phobǭ kōlyomenoi; kairon gar labontes parakleptousi ton nomon, apodidraskontes ta kala. hē de diʼ hautēn hairetē sōphrosynē, kata tēn gnōsin teleioumenē aei te paramenousa, kyrion kai autokratora ton andra kataskeuazei, hōs einai ton gnōstikon sōphrona kai apathē, tais hēdonais te kai lypais atenkton, hōsper phasi ton adamanta tǭ pyri.
They do not, then, remain in the confession of their calling by enduring lesser terrors from fear of greater ones, as the rest do, nor again from fear of blame from their peers and those who share their views; but out of their love for God they willingly obey the calling, choosing no other aim than to please God, and not for the prizes of their toils. For some endure from love of glory, others from fear of another, sharper punishment, and others for the sake of certain pleasures and delights after death: children in faith, blessed indeed, but not yet grown men in love for God as the one who knows is (for there are, there are, as in the athletic games, so also in the church, crowns for men and for boys). But love is to be chosen for its own sake, not for anything else. So for the one who knows, the perfection of courage grows with knowledge out of the discipline of life, as he has always practiced mastering the passions. Love, then, anointing and training her own athlete, makes him fearless, undaunted, and trusting in the Lord, just as righteousness secures for him truthfulness throughout his life. For it was a summary of righteousness to say, “Let your yes be yes and your no no.” The same argument applies to self-restraint. For no one is truly self-restrained who is self-controlled and abstains from pleasures out of love of honor (as athletes do for crowns and fame), or out of love of money (as some pretend to self-restraint, pursuing the good with a dreadful passion), or out of love of the body for the sake of health, or out of boorishness (indeed, those who lead a laborer's life, once they have tasted pleasures, very quickly break down the rigidity of their self-control in the face of pleasures). Such too are those restrained by law and fear; for when they find an opportunity, they cheat the law and run away from what is good. But self-restraint chosen for its own sake, perfected by knowledge and always abiding, makes the man master and ruler of himself, so that the one who knows is self-restrained and free from passion, not to be softened by pleasures and pains, as they say adamant is not softened by fire.
7.11.68Stählin 2
Τούτων οὖν αἰτία ἡ ἁγιωτάτη καὶ κυριωτάτη πάσης ἐπιστήμης ἀγάπη· διὰ γὰρ τὴν τοῦ ἀρίστου καὶ ἐξοχωτάτου θεραπείαν, ὃ δὴ τῷ ἑνὶ χαρακτηρίζεται, φίλον ὁμοῦ καὶ υἱὸν τὸν γνωστικὸν ἀπεργάζεται, »τέλειον« ὡς ἀληθῶς »ἄνδρα εἰς μέτρον ἡλικίας« αὐξήσαντα. ἀλλὰ καὶ [ἡ] ὁμόνοια ἡ περὶ ταὐτὸ πρᾶγμα συγκατάθεσίς ἐστι, τὸ δὲ ταὐτὸν ἕν ἐστιν, ἥ τε φιλία διʼ ὁμοιότητος περαίνεται, τῆς κοινότητος ἐν τῷ ἑνὶ κειμένης. ὁ ἄρα γνωστικός, τοῦ ἑνὸς ὄντως θεοῦ ἀγαπητικὸς ὑπάρχων, τέλειος ὄντως ἀνὴρ καὶ φίλος τοῦ θεοῦ, ἐν υἱοῦ καταλεγεὶς τάξει. ταυτὶ γὰρ ὀνόματα εὐγενείας καὶ γνώσεως καὶ τελειότητος κατὰ τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ ἐποπτείαν, ἣν κορυφαιοτάτην προκοπὴν ἡ γνωστικὴ ψυχὴ λαμβάνει, καθαρὰ τέλεον γενομένη, »πρόσωπον«, φησί, »πρὸς πρόσωπον« ὁρᾶν ἀιδίως καταξιουμένη τὸν παντοκράτορα θεόν. πνευματικὴ γὰρ ὅλη γενομένη πρὸς τὸ συγγενὲς χωρήσασα ἐν πνευματικῇ τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ μένει εἰς τὴν ἀνάπαυσιν τοῦ θεοῦ.
Toutōn oun aitia hē hagiōtatē kai kyriōtatē pasēs epistēmēs agapē; dia gar tēn tou aristou kai exochōtatou therapeian, ho dē tǭ heni charaktērizetai, philon homou kai huion ton gnōstikon apergazetai, »teleion« hōs alēthōs »andra eis metron hēlikias« auxēsanta. alla kai [hē] homonoia hē peri tauto pragma synkatathesis esti, to de tauton hen estin, hē te philia diʼ homoiotētos perainetai, tēs koinotētos en tǭ heni keimenēs. ho ara gnōstikos, tou henos ontōs theou agapētikos hyparchōn, teleios ontōs anēr kai philos tou theou, en huiou katalegeis taxei. tauti gar onomata eugeneias kai gnōseōs kai teleiotētos kata tēn tou theou epopteian, hēn koryphaiotatēn prokopēn hē gnōstikē psychē lambanei, kathara teleon genomenē, »prosōpon«, phēsi, »pros prosōpon« horan aidiōs kataxioumenē ton pantokratora theon. pneumatikē gar holē genomenē pros to syngenes chōrēsasa en pneumatikę̄ tę̄ ekklēsią menei eis tēn anapausin tou theou.
The cause of these things, then, is love, the holiest and most sovereign of all understanding. For through the service of what is best and most excellent, which is marked by oneness, it makes the one who knows at once friend and son, having grown truly into “a perfect man, to the measure of stature.” Moreover, concord is agreement about the same thing, and the same is one; and friendship is achieved through likeness, since what is shared lies in the one. The one who knows, then, loving the truly one God, is a truly perfect man and a friend of God, enrolled in the rank of son. For these are names of nobility, knowledge, and perfection, in keeping with the vision of God, which the knowing soul receives as its highest advance, when it has become completely pure, being counted worthy, as Scripture says, to see the almighty God “face to face” forever. For having become wholly spiritual, and having gone to what is akin to it, it remains in the spiritual church, in the rest of God.
Miscellanies 7, chapter 12
7.12.69Stählin 2
Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ταύτῃ. οὕτω δὲ ἔχων ὁ γνωστικὸς πρὸς τὸ σῶμα καὶ τὴν ψυχήν, πρὸς [τε] τοὺς πέλας, κἂν οἰκέτης ᾖ κἂν πολέμιος νόμῳ γενόμενος κἂν ὁστισοῦν, ἴσος καὶ ὅμοιος εὑρίσκεται. οὐ γὰρ ὑπερορᾷ τὸν ἀδελφὸν κατὰ τὸν θεῖον νόμον ὁμοπάτριον ὄντα καὶ ὁμομήτριον· ἀμέλει θλιβόμενον ἐπικουφίζει παραμυθίαις, παρορμήσεσι, ταῖς βιωτικαῖς χρείαις ἐπικουρῶν, διδοὺς τοῖς δεομένοις πᾶσιν, ἀλλʼ οὐχ ὁμοίως, δικαίως δὲ καὶ κατὰ τὴν ἀξίαν, πρὸς δὲ καὶ τῷ καταδιώκοντι καὶ μισοῦντι, εἰ τούτου δέοιτο. ὀλίγα φροντίζων τῶν λεγόντων διὰ φόβον αὐτῷ δεδωκέναι, εἰ μὴ διὰ φόβον, διʼ ἐπικουρίαν δὲ τοῦτο ποιοίη. οἱ γὰρ πρὸς ἐχθροὺς ἀφιλάργυροι καὶ ἀμνησιπόνηροι πόσῳ μᾶλλον πρὸς τοὺς οἰκείους ἀγαπητικοί; ὁ τοιοῦτος ἐκ τούτου πρόεισιν ἐπὶ τὸ ἀκριβῶς εἰδέναι καὶ ὅτῳ ἄν τις μάλιστα καὶ ὁπόσον καὶ ὁπότε καὶ ὅπως ἐπιδῴη. τίς δʼ ἂν καὶ ἐχθρὸς εὐλόγως γένοιτο ἀνδρὸς οὐδεμίαν οὐδαμῶς παρέχοντος αἰτίαν ἔχθρας· καὶ μή τι, καθάπερ ἐπὶ τοῦ θεοῦ οὐδενὶ μὲν ἀντικεῖσθαι λέγομεν τὸν θεὸν οὐδὲ ἐχθρὸν εἶναί τινος (πάντων γὰρ κτίστης, καὶ οὐδέν ἐστι τῶν ὑποστάντων ὃ μὴ θέλει). φαμὲν δʼ αὐτῷ ἐχθροὺς εἶναι τοὺς ἀπειθεῖς καὶ μὴ κατὰ τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ πορευομένους. οἷον τοὺς διεχθρεύοντας αὐτοῦ τῇ διαθήκῃ. τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ γνωστικοῦ εὕροιμεν ἄν. αὐτὸς μὲν γὰρ οὐδενὶ οὐδέποτε κατʼ οὐδένα τρόπον ἐχθρὸς ἂν γένοιτο. ἐχθροὶ δὲ εἶναι νοοῖντο αὐτῷ οἱ τὴν ἐναντίαν ὁδὸν τρεπόμενοι ἄλλως τε κἂν ἡ ἕξις ἡ μεταδοτικὴ παρʼ ἡμῖν δικαιοσύνη λέγηται· ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ κατʼ ἀξίαν διακριτικὴ πρὸς τὸ μᾶλλον καὶ ἧττον, ἐφʼ ὧν καθήκει κατʼ ἐπιστήμην γενέσθαι, ἀκροτάτης δικαιοσύνης εἶδος τυγχάνει. ἔστι μὲν οὖν ἃ καὶ κατὰ ἰδιωτισμὸν πρός τινων κατορθοῦται. οἷον ἡδονῶν ἐγκράτεια. ὡς γὰρ ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἔκ τε τοῦ μὴ δύνασθαι »τυχεῖν ὧν ἐρᾷ τις« καὶ ἐκ τοῦ πρὸς ἀνθρώπων φόβου, εἰσὶ δʼ οἳ διὰ τὰς μείζονας ἡδονὰς ἀπέχονται τῶν ἐν τοῖς ποσὶν ἡδέων. οὕτως κἀν τῇ πίστει ἢ διʼ ἐπαγγελίαν ἢ διὰ φόβον θεοῦ ἐγκρατεύονταί τινες.
Tauta men oun tautę̄. houtō de echōn ho gnōstikos pros to sōma kai tēn psychēn, pros [te] tous pelas, kan oiketēs ę̄ kan polemios nomǭ genomenos kan hostisoun, isos kai homoios heurisketai. ou gar hyperorą ton adelphon kata ton theion nomon homopatrion onta kai homomētrion; amelei thlibomenon epikouphizei paramythiais, parormēsesi, tais biōtikais chreiais epikourōn, didous tois deomenois pasin, allʼ ouch homoiōs, dikaiōs de kai kata tēn axian, pros de kai tǭ katadiōkonti kai misounti, ei toutou deoito. oliga phrontizōn tōn legontōn dia phobon autǭ dedōkenai, ei mē dia phobon, diʼ epikourian de touto poioiē. hoi gar pros echthrous aphilargyroi kai amnēsiponēroi posǭ mallon pros tous oikeious agapētikoi? ho toioutos ek toutou proeisin epi to akribōs eidenai kai hotǭ an tis malista kai hoposon kai hopote kai hopōs epidǭē. tis dʼ an kai echthros eulogōs genoito andros oudemian oudamōs parechontos aitian echthras; kai mē ti, kathaper epi tou theou oudeni men antikeisthai legomen ton theon oude echthron einai tinos (pantōn gar ktistēs, kai ouden esti tōn hypostantōn ho mē thelei). phamen dʼ autǭ echthrous einai tous apeitheis kai mē kata tas entolas autou poreuomenous. hoion tous diechthreuontas autou tę̄ diathēkę̄. ton auton tropon kai epi tou gnōstikou heuroimen an. autos men gar oudeni oudepote katʼ oudena tropon echthros an genoito. echthroi de einai noointo autǭ hoi tēn enantian hodon trepomenoi allōs te kan hē hexis hē metadotikē parʼ hēmin dikaiosynē legētai; alla kai hē katʼ axian diakritikē pros to mallon kai hētton, ephʼ hōn kathēkei katʼ epistēmēn genesthai, akrotatēs dikaiosynēs eidos tynchanei. esti men oun ha kai kata idiōtismon pros tinōn katorthoutai. hoion hēdonōn enkrateia. hōs gar en tois ethnesin ek te tou mē dynasthai »tychein hōn erą tis« kai ek tou pros anthrōpōn phobou, eisi dʼ hoi dia tas meizonas hēdonas apechontai tōn en tois posin hēdeōn. houtōs kan tę̄ pistei ē diʼ epangelian ē dia phobon theou enkrateuontai tines.
So much for that. The one who knows, being so disposed toward body and soul, is found equal and alike toward his neighbors, whether one is a servant, or has become an enemy by law, or anyone at all. For he does not despise his brother, who by the divine law has the same father and the same mother; certainly he relieves him in affliction with consolation and encouragement, helping him with the needs of life, giving to all who are in need, yet not equally, but justly and according to worth; and moreover even to the one who persecutes and hates him, if he should need it. He cares little for those who say he gave out of fear, if in fact he does it not out of fear but to help. For those who are free from love of money toward their enemies and bear them no grudge, how much more loving will they be toward their own? Such a person advances from this to knowing precisely to whom one should give most, how much, when, and how. And who could reasonably become the enemy of a man who gives no cause for enmity at all? Is it not so that, just as with God we say that God opposes no one and is no one's enemy (for he is creator of all, and nothing exists that he does not will), yet we say that his enemies are the disobedient and those who do not walk according to his commandments, those hostile, as it were, to his covenant, so we would find it also with the one who knows? For he himself would never in any way become anyone's enemy, but those who turn to the opposite way might be thought to be his enemies. This is especially so since the disposition to share is called righteousness among us; moreover, the disposition that distinguishes according to worth, giving more or less in the cases where this should be done with understanding, is a form of the highest righteousness. Now there are things that some people do rightly even in an ordinary way, such as self-control in pleasures. For as among the gentiles some abstain from the pleasures at their feet both because they cannot “obtain what they love” and out of fear of human beings, and others for the sake of greater pleasures, so also in the faith some practice self-control either because of the promise or out of fear of God.
7.12.70Stählin 2
ἀλλʼ ἔστι μὲν θεμέλιος γνώσεως ἡ τοιαύτη ἐγκράτεια καὶ προσαγωγή τις ἐπὶ τὸ βέλτιον καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ τέλειον ὁρμή. »ἀρχὴ γὰρ σοφίας«, φησί, »φόβος κυρίου.« ὁ τέλειος δὲ διʼ ἀγάπην »πάντα στέγει, πάντα ὑπομένει, οὐχ ὡς ἀνθρώπῳ ἀρέσκων, ἀλλὰ θεῷ«. καίτοι καὶ ὁ ἔπαινος ἕπεται αὐτῷ κατʼ ἐπακολούθημα, οὐκ εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ὠφέλειαν, ἀλλʼ εἰς τὴν τῶν ἐπαινούντων μίμησίν τε καὶ χρῆσιν. λέγεται καὶ κατʼ ἄλλο σημαινόμενον ἐγκρατὴς οὐχ ὁ τῶν παθῶν μόνον κρατῶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁ τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἐγκρατὴς γενόμενος καὶ βεβαίως κτησάμενος τῆς ἐπιστήμης τὰ μεγαλεῖα, ἀφʼ ὧν καρποφορεῖ τὰς κατʼ ἀρετὴν ἐνεργείας. ταύτῃ οὐδέποτε περιστάσεως γενομένης τῆς ἰδίας ἕξεως ὁ γνωστικὸς ἐξίσταται. ἔμπεδος γὰρ καὶ ἀμετάβλητος ἡ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ἐπιστημονικὴ κτῆσις. ἐπιστήμη θείων καὶ ἀνθρωπείων πραγμάτων ὑπάρχουσα. οὔποτε οὖν ἄγνοια γίνεται ἡ γνῶσις οὐδὲ μεταβάλλει τὸ ἀγαθὸν εἰς κακόν· διὸ καὶ ἐσθίει καὶ πίνει καὶ γαμεῖ οὐ προηγουμένως, ἀλλὰ ἀναγκαίως. τὸ γαμεῖν δὲ ἐὰν ὁ λόγος αἱρῇ λέγω καὶ ὡς καθήκει· γενόμενος γὰρ τέλειος εἰκόνας ἔχει τοὺς ἀποστόλους. καὶ τῷ ὄντι ἀνὴρ οὐκ ἐν τῷ μονήρη ἐπανελέσθαι δείκνυται βίον, ἀλλʼ ἐκεῖνος »ἄνδρας νικᾷ« ὁ γάμῳ καὶ παιδοποιίᾳ καὶ τῇ τοῦ οἴκου προνοίᾳ ἀνηδόνως τε καὶ ἀλυπήτως ἐγγυμνασάμενος, μετὰ τῆς τοῦ οἴκου κηδεμονίας ἀδιάστατος τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ γενόμενος ἀγάπης, καὶ πάσης κατεξανιστάμενος πείρας τῆς διὰ τέκνων καὶ γυναικὸς οἰκετῶν τε καὶ κτημάτων προσφερομένης. τῷ δὲ ἀοίκῳ τὰ πολλὰ εἶναι συμβέβηκεν ἀπειράστῳ. μόνου γοῦν ἑαυτοῦ κηδόμενος ἡττᾶται πρὸς τοῦ ἀπολειπομένου μὲν κατὰ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ σωτηρίαν, περιττεύοντος δὲ ἐν τῇ κατὰ τὸν βίον οἰκονομίᾳ, εἰκόνα ἀτεχνῶς σῴζοντος ὀλίγην τῆς τῇ ἀληθείᾳ προνοίας. Ἀλλʼ ἡμῖν γε ὡς ἔνι μάλιστα προγυμναστέον ποικίλως τὴν ψυχήν.
allʼ esti men themelios gnōseōs hē toiautē enkrateia kai prosagōgē tis epi to beltion kai epi to teleion hormē. »archē gar sophias«, phēsi, »phobos kyriou.« ho teleios de diʼ agapēn »panta stegei, panta hypomenei, ouch hōs anthrōpǭ areskōn, alla theǭ«. kaitoi kai ho epainos hepetai autǭ katʼ epakolouthēma, ouk eis tēn heautou ōpheleian, allʼ eis tēn tōn epainountōn mimēsin te kai chrēsin. legetai kai katʼ allo sēmainomenon enkratēs ouch ho tōn pathōn monon kratōn, alla kai ho tōn agathōn enkratēs genomenos kai bebaiōs ktēsamenos tēs epistēmēs ta megaleia, aphʼ hōn karpophorei tas katʼ aretēn energeias. tautę̄ oudepote peristaseōs genomenēs tēs idias hexeōs ho gnōstikos existatai. empedos gar kai ametablētos hē tou agathou epistēmonikē ktēsis. epistēmē theiōn kai anthrōpeiōn pragmatōn hyparchousa. oupote oun agnoia ginetai hē gnōsis oude metaballei to agathon eis kakon; dio kai esthiei kai pinei kai gamei ou proēgoumenōs, alla anankaiōs. to gamein de ean ho logos hairę̄ legō kai hōs kathēkei; genomenos gar teleios eikonas echei tous apostolous. kai tǭ onti anēr ouk en tǭ monērē epanelesthai deiknytai bion, allʼ ekeinos »andras niką« ho gamǭ kai paidopoiią kai tę̄ tou oikou pronoią anēdonōs te kai alypētōs engymnasamenos, meta tēs tou oikou kēdemonias adiastatos tēs tou theou genomenos agapēs, kai pasēs katexanistamenos peiras tēs dia teknōn kai gynaikos oiketōn te kai ktēmatōn prospheromenēs. tǭ de aoikǭ ta polla einai symbebēken apeirastǭ. monou goun heautou kēdomenos hēttatai pros tou apoleipomenou men kata tēn heautou sōtērian, peritteuontos de en tę̄ kata ton bion oikonomią, eikona atechnōs sǭzontos oligēn tēs tę̄ alētheią pronoias. Allʼ hēmin ge hōs eni malista progymnasteon poikilōs tēn psychēn.
But such self-control is a foundation of knowledge, a kind of approach to what is better and an impulse toward what is perfect. For “the beginning of wisdom,” it says, “is the fear of the Lord.” But the perfect man, through love, “bears all things, endures all things,” “not as pleasing man but God.” And yet praise follows him too as a consequence, not for his own benefit but for the imitation and use of those who praise him. In another sense also, the self-controlled man is said to be not only the one who masters the passions, but also the one who has become master of good things and has securely acquired the great riches of understanding, from which he bears the fruit of virtuous activity. In this way the one who knows never departs from his own disposition when a crisis arises. For the understanding possession of the good is steadfast and unchangeable, being understanding of divine and human things. Knowledge, then, never becomes ignorance, nor does the good change into evil. That is why he eats and drinks and marries, not as an end in itself, but out of necessity. And I say “marries,” if reason chooses it, and as is fitting. For having become perfect, he has the apostles as his examples. And the true man is shown not by choosing the solitary life; rather, he “surpasses men” who has trained himself in marriage, the begetting of children, and the care of the household, without pleasure and without grief, and has remained inseparable from the love of God while caring for his household, and has risen above every temptation that comes through children and wife, servants and possessions. But the man without a household has for the most part turned out to be untested. Caring, at any rate, for himself alone, he is surpassed by the man who falls short of him in his own salvation but excels in the management of life, and who preserves, quite simply, a small image of the true providence. But we, as far as possible, must train the soul beforehand in various ways,
7.12.71Stählin 2
ἵνα εὐεργὸς γένηται πρὸς τὴν τῆς γνώσεως παραδοχήν. οὐχ ὁρᾶτε πῶς μαλάσσεται κηρὸς καὶ καθαίρεται χαλκός, ἵνα τὸν ἐπιόντα χαρακτῆρα παραδέξηται; αὐτίκα ὡς ὁ θάνατος »χωρισμὸς ψυχῆς ἀπὸ σώματος«, οὕτως ἡ γνῶσις οἷον ὁ λογικὸς θάνατος, ἀπὸ τῶν παθῶν ἀπάγων καὶ χωρίζων τὴν ψυχὴν καὶ προάγων εἰς τὴν τῆς εὐποιίας ζωήν, ἵνα τότε εἴπῃ μετὰ παρρησίας πρὸς τὸν θεόν· ὡς θέλεις ζῶ. ὁ μὲν γὰρ »ἀνθρώποις ἀρέσκειν« προαιρούμενος »θεῷ ἀρέσαι οὐ δύναται«, ἐπεὶ μὴ τὰ συμφέροντα, ἀλλὰ τὰ τέρποντα αἱροῦνται οἱ πολλοί· ἀρέσκων δέ τις τῷ θεῷ τοῖς σπουδαίοις τῶν ἀνθρώπων εὐάρεστος κατʼ ἐπακολούθημα γίνεται. τερπνὰ τοίνυν τούτῳ πῶς ἔτι ἂν εἴη τὰ περὶ τὴν βρῶσιν καὶ πόσιν καὶ ἀφροδίσιον ἡδονήν. ὅπου γε καὶ λόγον φέροντά τινα ἡδονὴν καὶ κίνημα διανοίας καὶ ἐνέργημα τερπνὸν ὑφορᾶται; »οὐδεὶς« γὰρ »δύναται δυσὶ κυρίοις δουλεύειν, θεῷ καὶ μαμωνᾷ.« οὐ τὸ ἀργύριον λέγων φησὶ ψιλῶς οὕτως, ἀλλὰ τὴν ἐκ τοῦ ἀργυρίου εἰς τὰς ποικίλας ἡδονὰς χορηγίαν· τῷ ὄντι οὐχ οἷόν τε τὸν θεὸν ἐγνωκότα μεγαλοφρόνως καὶ ἀληθῶς ταῖς ἀντικειμέναις δουλεύειν ἡδοναῖς.
hina euergos genētai pros tēn tēs gnōseōs paradochēn. ouch horate pōs malassetai kēros kai kathairetai chalkos, hina ton epionta charaktēra paradexētai? autika hōs ho thanatos »chōrismos psychēs apo sōmatos«, houtōs hē gnōsis hoion ho logikos thanatos, apo tōn pathōn apagōn kai chōrizōn tēn psychēn kai proagōn eis tēn tēs eupoiias zōēn, hina tote eipę̄ meta parrēsias pros ton theon; hōs theleis zō. ho men gar »anthrōpois areskein« proairoumenos »theǭ aresai ou dynatai«, epei mē ta sympheronta, alla ta terponta hairountai hoi polloi; areskōn de tis tǭ theǭ tois spoudaiois tōn anthrōpōn euarestos katʼ epakolouthēma ginetai. terpna toinyn toutǭ pōs eti an eiē ta peri tēn brōsin kai posin kai aphrodision hēdonēn. hopou ge kai logon pheronta tina hēdonēn kai kinēma dianoias kai energēma terpnon hyphoratai? »oudeis« gar »dynatai dysi kyriois douleuein, theǭ kai mamōną.« ou to argyrion legōn phēsi psilōs houtōs, alla tēn ek tou argyriou eis tas poikilas hēdonas chorēgian; tǭ onti ouch hoion te ton theon egnōkota megalophronōs kai alēthōs tais antikeimenais douleuein hēdonais.
so that it may become well suited for receiving knowledge. Do you not see how wax is softened and bronze purified so that it may receive the impression stamped on it? Indeed, as death is “the separation of the soul from the body,” so knowledge is a kind of rational death, leading the soul away from the passions, separating it from them, and leading it on to the life of doing good, so that it may then say to God with boldness, “I live as you wish.” For the one who chooses “to please men” “cannot please God,” since the many choose not what is beneficial but what is delightful; but whoever pleases God becomes, as a consequence, acceptable to good people. How, then, could the pleasures of food, drink, and sex still be delightful to such a man, when he is wary even of speech that brings some pleasure, and of any movement of thought or activity that delights? For “no one can serve two masters, God and mammon.” He does not say this simply of money, but of the supply that money furnishes for various pleasures. Truly, one who has known God nobly and truly cannot serve the pleasures that are opposed to him.
7.12.72Stählin 2
Εἷς μὲν οὖν μόνος ὁ ἀνεπιθύμητος ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὁ κύριος ὁ φιλάνθρωπος ὁ καὶ διʼ ἡμᾶς ἄνθρωπος· ὅσοι δὲ ἐξομοιοῦσθαι σπεύδουσι τῷ ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ δεδομένῳ χαρακτῆρι ἀνεπιθύμητοι ἐξ ἀσκήσεως γενέσθαι βιάζονται. ὁ γὰρ ἐπιθυμήσας καὶ κατασχὼν ἑαυτοῦ *, καθάπερ καὶ ἡ χήρα διὰ σωφροσύνης αὖθις παρθένος. οὗτος μισθὸς γνώσεως τῷ σωτῆρι καὶ διδασκάλῳ, ὃν αὐτὸς ᾔτησεν, τὴν ἀποχὴν τῶν κακῶν καὶ τὴν ἐνέργειαν τῆς εὐποιίας. διʼ ὧν ἡ σωτηρία περιγίνεται. ὥσπερ οὖν οἱ τὰς τέχνας μεμαθηκότες διʼ ὧν ἐπαιδεύθησαν πορίζουσι τὰς τροφάς, οὕτως ὁ γνωστικὸς διʼ ὧν ἐπίσταται πορίζων τὴν ζωὴν σῴζεται. ὁ γὰρ μὴ θελήσας τὸ τῆς ψυχῆς ἐκκόψαι πάθος ἑαυτὸν ἀπέκτεινεν. ἀλλʼ ὡς ἔοικεν ἀτροφία μὲν ἡ ἄγνοια τῆς ψυχῆς, τροφὴ δὲ ἡ γνῶσις. αὗται δέ εἰσιν αἱ γνωστικαὶ ψυχαί, ἃς ἀπείκασεν τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ταῖς ἡγιασμέναις παρθένοις ταῖς προσδεχομέναις τὸν κύριον. παρθένοι μὲν γὰρ ὡς κακῶν ἀπεσχημέναι, προσδεχόμεναι δὲ διὰ τὴν ἀγάπην τὸν κύριον. καὶ τὸ οἰκεῖον ἀνάπτουσαι φῶς εἰς τὴν τῶν πραγμάτων θεωρίαν, φρόνιμοι ψυχαὶ ›ποθοῦμέν σε, ὦ κύριε, ‹ λέγουσαι. ›ἤδη ποτὲ ἀπολαβεῖν. ἀκολούθως οἷς ἐνετείλω ἐζήσαμεν, μηδὲν τῶν παρηγγελμένων παραβεβηκυῖαι· διὸ καὶ τὰς ὑποσχέσεις ἀπαιτοῦμεν, εὐχόμεθα δὲ τὰ συμφέροντα, οὐ τὰ ἡδέα ὡς καθήκοντος τοῦ αἰτεῖν τὰ κάλλιστα παρὰ σοῦ· καὶ πάντα ἐπὶ συμφόρῳ δεξόμεθα.
Heis men oun monos ho anepithymētos ex archēs ho kyrios ho philanthrōpos ho kai diʼ hēmas anthrōpos; hosoi de exomoiousthai speudousi tǭ hypʼ autou dedomenǭ charaktēri anepithymētoi ex askēseōs genesthai biazontai. ho gar epithymēsas kai kataschōn heautou *, kathaper kai hē chēra dia sōphrosynēs authis parthenos. houtos misthos gnōseōs tǭ sōtēri kai didaskalǭ, hon autos ę̄tēsen, tēn apochēn tōn kakōn kai tēn energeian tēs eupoiias. diʼ hōn hē sōtēria periginetai. hōsper oun hoi tas technas memathēkotes diʼ hōn epaideuthēsan porizousi tas trophas, houtōs ho gnōstikos diʼ hōn epistatai porizōn tēn zōēn sǭzetai. ho gar mē thelēsas to tēs psychēs ekkopsai pathos heauton apekteinen. allʼ hōs eoiken atrophia men hē agnoia tēs psychēs, trophē de hē gnōsis. hautai de eisin hai gnōstikai psychai, has apeikasen to euangelion tais hēgiasmenais parthenois tais prosdechomenais ton kyrion. parthenoi men gar hōs kakōn apeschēmenai, prosdechomenai de dia tēn agapēn ton kyrion. kai to oikeion anaptousai phōs eis tēn tōn pragmatōn theōrian, phronimoi psychai ›pothoumen se, ō kyrie, ‹ legousai. ›ēdē pote apolabein. akolouthōs hois eneteilō ezēsamen, mēden tōn parēngelmenōn parabebēkuiai; dio kai tas hyposcheseis apaitoumen, euchometha de ta sympheronta, ou ta hēdea hōs kathēkontos tou aitein ta kallista para sou; kai panta epi symphorǭ dexometha.
The only one, then, who was free from desire from the beginning is the Lord, the lover of humanity, who also became human for our sake; but those who hasten to be made like the impression he has given strive to become free from desire through discipline. For the one who has felt desire and has restrained himself … just as the widow too becomes a virgin again through self-restraint. This is the fee for knowledge owed to the Savior and Teacher, the fee that he himself asked for: abstaining from evils and practicing good, by which salvation is gained. Just as those who have learned a craft earn their living by what they were taught, so the one who knows is saved, earning life by what he understands. For whoever has not been willing to cut out the passion of the soul has killed himself. But, it seems, ignorance is the starvation of the soul, and knowledge its nourishment. These are the knowing souls that the gospel likened to the consecrated virgins waiting for the Lord: virgins because they have abstained from evils, waiting for the Lord because of their love, and kindling their own light for the contemplation of things; wise souls, saying, “We long for you, O Lord, to receive you at last. We have lived according to what you commanded, transgressing none of your precepts. Therefore we also claim the promises; and we pray for what is beneficial, not for what is pleasant, since it is fitting to ask the best things from you; and we will accept all things as for our good,
7.12.73Stählin 2
κἂν πονηρὰ εἶναι δοκῇ τὰ προσιόντα γυμνάσια, ἅτινα ἡμῖν προσφέρει ἡ σὴ οἰκονομία εἰς συνάσκησιν βεβαιότητος.‹ Ὁ μὲν οὖν γνωστικὸς διʼ ὑπερβολὴν ὁσιότητος αἰτούμενος μᾶλλον ἀποτυχεῖν ἕτοιμος ἢ μὴ αἰτούμενος τυχεῖν. εὐχὴ γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ βίος ἅπας καὶ ὁμιλία πρὸς θεόν, κἂν καθαρὸς ᾖ ἁμαρτημάτων, πάντως οὗ βούλεται τεύξεται. λέγει γὰρ ὁ θεὸς τῷ δικαίῳ· »αἴτησαι, καὶ δώσω σοί· ἐννοήθητι, καὶ ποιήσω.« ἐὰν μὲν οὖν συμφέροντα ᾖ, παραχρῆμα λήψεται· ἀσύμφορα δὲ οὐδέποτε αἰτήσεται, διὸ οὐδὲ λήψεται. οὕτως ἔσται ὃ βούλεται. κἄν τις ἡμῖν λέγῃ ἐπιτυγχάνειν τινὰς καὶ τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν κατὰ τὰς αἰτήσεις, σπανίως μὲν τοῦτο διὰ τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ δικαίαν ἀγαθότητα, δίδοται δὲ τοῖς καὶ ἄλλους εὐεργετεῖν δυναμένοις. ὅθεν οὐ διὰ τὸν αἰτήσαντα ἡ δόσις γίνεται, ἀλλʼ ἡ οἰκονομία τὸν σῴζεσθαι διʼ αὐτοῦ μέλλοντα προορωμένη δικαίαν πάλιν ποιεῖται τὴν δωρεάν. τοῖς δʼ ὅσοι ἄξιοι τὰ ὄντως ἀγαθὰ καὶ μὴ αἰτουμένοις δίδοται. ὅταν οὖν μὴ κατὰ ἀνάγκην ἢ φόβον ἢ ἐλπίδα δίκαιός τις ᾖ, ἀλλʼ ἐκ προαιρέσεως, αὕτη ἡ ὁδὸς λέγεται βασιλική, ἣν τὸ βασιλικὸν ὁδεύει γένος, ὀλισθηραὶ δὲ αἱ ἄλλαι παρεκτροπαὶ καὶ κρημνώδεις. εἰ γοῦν τις ἀφέλοι τὸν φόβον καὶ τὴν τιμήν, οὐκ οἶδʼ εἰ ἔτι ὑποστήσονται τὰς θλίψεις οἱ γεννάδαι τῶν παρρησιαζομένων φιλοσόφων.
kan ponēra einai dokę̄ ta prosionta gymnasia, hatina hēmin prospherei hē sē oikonomia eis synaskēsin bebaiotētos.‹ Ho men oun gnōstikos diʼ hyperbolēn hosiotētos aitoumenos mallon apotychein hetoimos ē mē aitoumenos tychein. euchē gar autǭ ho bios hapas kai homilia pros theon, kan katharos ę̄ hamartēmatōn, pantōs hou bouletai teuxetai. legei gar ho theos tǭ dikaiǭ; »aitēsai, kai dōsō soi; ennoēthēti, kai poiēsō.« ean men oun sympheronta ę̄, parachrēma lēpsetai; asymphora de oudepote aitēsetai, dio oude lēpsetai. houtōs estai ho bouletai. kan tis hēmin legę̄ epitynchanein tinas kai tōn hamartōlōn kata tas aitēseis, spaniōs men touto dia tēn tou theou dikaian agathotēta, didotai de tois kai allous euergetein dynamenois. hothen ou dia ton aitēsanta hē dosis ginetai, allʼ hē oikonomia ton sǭzesthai diʼ autou mellonta proorōmenē dikaian palin poieitai tēn dōrean. tois dʼ hosoi axioi ta ontōs agatha kai mē aitoumenois didotai. hotan oun mē kata anankēn ē phobon ē elpida dikaios tis ę̄, allʼ ek proaireseōs, hautē hē hodos legetai basilikē, hēn to basilikon hodeuei genos, olisthērai de hai allai parektropai kai krēmnōdeis. ei goun tis apheloi ton phobon kai tēn timēn, ouk oidʼ ei eti hypostēsontai tas thlipseis hoi gennadai tōn parrēsiazomenōn philosophōn.
even if the trials that come seem to be evil, the exercises that your dispensation brings upon us for training in steadfastness.” The one who knows, then, out of surpassing holiness, is readier to fail when he asks than to obtain without asking. For his whole life is prayer and converse with God, and if he is pure of sins, he will certainly obtain what he wishes. For God says to the righteous man, “Ask, and I will give to you; think, and I will do it.” If, then, the things are beneficial, he will receive them at once; and things that are not beneficial he will never ask for, so he will not receive them either. So it will be as he wishes. And if someone tells us that some sinners too obtain what they ask, this happens rarely, because of God's just goodness, and it is given to those who are able to benefit others as well. Hence the gift is not made for the sake of the one who asked; rather, the dispensation, foreseeing the one who is to be saved through him, makes the gift just once again. But to those who are worthy the truly good things are given even without asking. When, then, someone is righteous not from necessity or fear or hope, but by choice, this is called the royal road, which the royal race travels; the other byways are slippery and lead over cliffs. If, at any rate, one took away fear and honor, I do not know whether the noble philosophers who speak so boldly would still endure afflictions.
7.12.74Stählin 2
Ἐπιθυμίαι δὲ καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ἁμαρτήματα »τρίβολοι καὶ σκόλοπες« εἴρηνται. ἐργάζεται τοίνυν ὁ γνωστικὸς ἐν τῷ τοῦ κυρίου ἀμπελῶνι φυτεύων, κλαδεύων, ἀρδεύων, θεῖος ὄντως ὑπάρχων τῶν εἰς πίστιν καταπεφυτευμένων γεωργός. οἱ μὲν οὖν τὸ κακὸν μὴ πράξαντες μισθὸν ἀξιοῦσιν ἀργίας λαμβάνειν, ὁ δὲ ἀγαθὰ πράξας ἐκ προαιρέσεως γυμνῆς ἀπαιτεῖ τὸν μισθὸν ὡς ἐργάτης ἀγαθός. ἀμέλει καὶ διπλοῦν λήψεται ὧν τε οὐκ ἐποίησεν καὶ ἀνθʼ ὧν εὐηργέτησεν. ὁ γνωστικὸς οὗτος πειράζεται ὑπʼ οὐδενός, πλὴν εἰ μὴ ἐπιτρέψαι ὁ θεὸς καὶ τοῦτο διὰ τὴν τῶν συνόντων ὠφέλειαν. ἐπιρρώννυνται γοῦν πρὸς τὴν πίστιν διὰ τῆς ἀνδρικῆς παρακαλούμενοι ὑπομονῆς. ἀμέλει καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οἱ μακάριοι ἀπόστολοι εἰς πῆξιν καὶ βεβαίωσιν τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν εἰς πεῖραν καὶ μαρτύριον τελειότητος ἤχθησαν. ἔχων οὖν ὁ γνωστικὸς ἔναυλον τὴν φωνὴν τὴν λέγουσαν, ὃν ἐγὼ πατάξω, σὺ ἐλέησον, καὶ τοὺς μισοῦντας αἰτεῖται μετανοῆσαι· τὴν γὰρ τῶν κακούργων ἐν τοῖς σταδίοις ἐπιτελουμένην τιμωρίαν καὶ παίδων ἐστὶ μὴ θεάσασθαι. οὐ γὰρ ἔστιν ὅπως ὑπὸ τοιούτων παιδευθείη ποτʼ ἂν ὁ γνωστικὸς ἢ τερφθείη, ἐκ προαιρέσεως καλὸς καὶ ἀγαθὸς εἶναι συνασκήσας καὶ ταύτῃ ἄτεγκτος ἡδοναῖς γενόμενος· οὔποτε ὑποπίπτων ἁμαρτήμασιν, ἀλλοτρίων κακῶν ὑποδείγμασιν οὐ παιδεύεται· πολλοῦ γε δεῖ ταῖς ἐπιγείοις ἡδοναῖς τε καὶ θεωρίαις εὐαρεστεῖσθαί τοῦτον, ὃς καὶ τῶν κοσμικῶν καίτοι θείων ὄντων ἐπαγγελιῶν κατεμεγαλοφρόνησεν. »οὐ πᾶς ἄρα ὁ λέγων ›κύριε κύριε‹ εἰσελεύσεται εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀλλʼ ὁ ποιῶν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ.« οὗτος δʼ ἂν εἴη ὁ γνωστικὸς ἐργάτης, ὁ κρατῶν μὲν »τῶν κοσμικῶν ἐπιθυμιῶν« ἐν αὐτῇ ἔτι τῇ σαρκὶ ὤν, περὶ δὲ ὧν ἔγνω, τῶν μελλόντων καὶ ἔτι ἀοράτων, πεπεισμένος ἀκριβῶς ὡς μᾶλλον ἡγεῖσθαι τῶν ἐν ποσὶ παρεῖναι ταῦτα.
Epithymiai de kai ta alla hamartēmata »triboloi kai skolopes« eirēntai. ergazetai toinyn ho gnōstikos en tǭ tou kyriou ampelōni phyteuōn, kladeuōn, ardeuōn, theios ontōs hyparchōn tōn eis pistin katapephyteumenōn geōrgos. hoi men oun to kakon mē praxantes misthon axiousin argias lambanein, ho de agatha praxas ek proaireseōs gymnēs apaitei ton misthon hōs ergatēs agathos. amelei kai diploun lēpsetai hōn te ouk epoiēsen kai anthʼ hōn euērgetēsen. ho gnōstikos houtos peirazetai hypʼ oudenos, plēn ei mē epitrepsai ho theos kai touto dia tēn tōn synontōn ōpheleian. epirrōnnyntai goun pros tēn pistin dia tēs andrikēs parakaloumenoi hypomonēs. amelei kai dia touto hoi makarioi apostoloi eis pēxin kai bebaiōsin tōn ekklēsiōn eis peiran kai martyrion teleiotētos ēchthēsan. echōn oun ho gnōstikos enaulon tēn phōnēn tēn legousan, hon egō pataxō, sy eleēson, kai tous misountas aiteitai metanoēsai; tēn gar tōn kakourgōn en tois stadiois epiteloumenēn timōrian kai paidōn esti mē theasasthai. ou gar estin hopōs hypo toioutōn paideutheiē potʼ an ho gnōstikos ē terphtheiē, ek proaireseōs kalos kai agathos einai synaskēsas kai tautę̄ atenktos hēdonais genomenos; oupote hypopiptōn hamartēmasin, allotriōn kakōn hypodeigmasin ou paideuetai; pollou ge dei tais epigeiois hēdonais te kai theōriais euaresteisthai touton, hos kai tōn kosmikōn kaitoi theiōn ontōn epangeliōn katemegalophronēsen. »ou pas ara ho legōn ›kyrie kyrie‹ eiseleusetai eis tēn basileian tou theou, allʼ ho poiōn to thelēma tou theou.« houtos dʼ an eiē ho gnōstikos ergatēs, ho kratōn men »tōn kosmikōn epithymiōn« en autę̄ eti tę̄ sarki ōn, peri de hōn egnō, tōn mellontōn kai eti aoratōn, pepeismenos akribōs hōs mallon hēgeisthai tōn en posi pareinai tauta.
Desires and the other sins have been called “thistles and thorns.” The one who knows, then, works in the Lord's vineyard, planting, pruning, watering, truly a divine farmer of those who have been planted in faith. Those who have not done evil think they deserve to receive a wage for idleness; but the one who has done good by free choice claims his wage as a good workman. Indeed, he will receive double, both for what he did not do and for the good he did. This one who knows is tempted by no one, unless God permits it, and this too for the benefit of those around him. They are strengthened in faith, at any rate, encouraged by his manly endurance. Indeed, for this reason too the blessed apostles were brought to trial and to a martyrdom of perfection, to fix and confirm the churches. The one who knows, then, having ringing in his ears the voice that says, “Whom I strike, you have mercy on,” asks even those who hate him to repent. For even children should not watch the punishment of criminals carried out in the stadiums. There is no way the one who knows could ever be educated or delighted by such things, since he has trained himself by choice to be good and noble, and so has become unsoftened by pleasures. Never falling into sins, he is not educated by the examples of others' evils. Far indeed is he from being pleased by earthly pleasures and spectacles, he who has looked down even on the worldly promises, although they are divine. “Not everyone, then, who says, ‘Lord, Lord,’ will enter the kingdom of God, but the one who does the will of God.” And this would be the knowing workman, who masters “worldly desires” while still in the flesh, and who is so exactly persuaded about what he has come to know, the things to come and still unseen, that he considers them more present than what lies at his feet.
7.12.75Stählin 2
Οὗτος ἐργάτης εὔθετος, χαίρων μὲν ἐφʼ οἷς ἔγνω, συστελλόμενος δὲ ἐφʼ οἷς ἐπεγκυλίεται τῇ τοῦ βίου ἀνάγκῃ, μηδέπω καταξιούμενος τῆς ὧν ἔγνω ἐνεργούσης μεταλήψεως. ταύτῃ τῷ βίῳ τῷδε ὡς ἀλλοτρίῳ ὅσον ἐν ἀνάγκης συγχρῆται μοίρᾳ. οἶδεν αὐτὸς καὶ τῆς νηστείας τὰ αἰνίγματα τῶν ἡμερῶν τούτων, τῆς τετράδος καὶ τῆς παρασκευῆς λέγω. ἐπιφημίζονται γὰρ ἣ μὲν Ἑρμοῦ, ἣ δὲ Ἀφροδίτης. αὐτίκα νηστεύει κατὰ τὸν βίον φιλαργυρίας τε ὁμοῦ καὶ φιληδονίας, ἐξ ὧν αἱ πᾶσαι ἐκφύονται κακίαι· πορνείας γὰρ ἤδη πολλάκις τρεῖς τὰς ἀνωτάτω διαφορὰς παρεστήσαμεν κατὰ τὸν ἀπόστολον, φιληδονίαν, φιλαργυρίαν, εἰδωλολατρείαν.
Houtos ergatēs euthetos, chairōn men ephʼ hois egnō, systellomenos de ephʼ hois epenkylietai tę̄ tou biou anankę̄, mēdepō kataxioumenos tēs hōn egnō energousēs metalēpseōs. tautę̄ tǭ biǭ tǭde hōs allotriǭ hoson en anankēs synchrētai moirą. oiden autos kai tēs nēsteias ta ainigmata tōn hēmerōn toutōn, tēs tetrados kai tēs paraskeuēs legō. epiphēmizontai gar hē men Hermou, hē de Aphroditēs. autika nēsteuei kata ton bion philargyrias te homou kai philēdonias, ex hōn hai pasai ekphyontai kakiai; porneias gar ēdē pollakis treis tas anōtatō diaphoras parestēsamen kata ton apostolon, philēdonian, philargyrian, eidōlolatreian.
This is a fit workman, rejoicing in what he has come to know, but holding back in the things in which he is entangled by the necessity of life, not yet counted worthy of an active share in what he has known. So he uses this life as something foreign to him, only so far as necessity requires. He also knows the hidden meanings of the fast on these days, I mean Wednesday and Friday. For the one is named after Hermes, the other after Aphrodite. Indeed, he fasts throughout his life from love of money and love of pleasure alike, from which all vices spring. For we have often shown before that, according to the apostle, the three highest kinds of fornication are love of pleasure, love of money, and idolatry.
7.12.76Stählin 2
Νηστεύει τοίνυν καὶ κατὰ τὸν νόμον ἀπὸ τῶν πράξεων τῶν φαύλων καὶ κατὰ τὴν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου τελειότητα ἀπὸ τῶν ἐννοιῶν τῶν πονηρῶν. τούτῳ καὶ οἱ πειρασμοὶ προσάγονται οὐκ εἰς τὴν ἀποκάθαρσιν, ἀλλʼ εἰς τὴν τῶν πέλας, ὡς ἔφαμεν, ὠφέλειαν, εἰ πεῖραν λαβὼν πόνων καὶ ἀλγηδόνων κατεφρόνησεν καὶ παρεπέμψατο. ὁ δʼ αὐτὸς καὶ περὶ ἡδονῆς λόγος. μέγιστον γὰρ ἐν πείρᾳ γενόμενον εἶτα ἀποσχέσθαι. τί γὰρ μέγα εἰ ἃ μὴ οἶδέν τις ἐγκρατεύοιτο; οὗτος ἐντολὴν τὴν κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον διαπραξάμενος κυριακὴν ἐκείνην τὴν ἡμέραν ποιεῖ, ὅταν ἀποβάλλῃ φαῦλον νόημα καὶ γνωστικὸν προσλάβῃ, τὴν ἐν αὑτῷ τοῦ κυρίου ἀνάστασιν δοξάζων. ἀλλὰ καὶ ὅταν ἐπιστημονικοῦ θεωρήματος κατάληψιν λάβῃ, τὸν κύριον ὁρᾶν νομίζει, τὰς ὄψεις αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὰ ἀόρατα χειραγωγῶν, κἂν βλέπειν δοκῇ ἃ μὴ βλέπειν ἐθέλῃ, κολάζων τὸ ὁρατικόν. ὅταν ἡδομένου ἑαυτοῦ κατὰ τὴν προσβολὴν τῆς ὄψεως συναίσθηται, ἐπεὶ τοῦτο μόνον ὁρᾶν βούλεται καὶ ἀκούειν ὃ προσῆκεν αὐτῷ. αὐτίκα τῶν ἀδελφῶν τὰς ψυχὰς θεωρῶν καὶ τῆς σαρκὸς τὸ κάλλος αὐτῇ βλέπει τῇ ψυχῇ, τῇ μόνον τὸ καλὸν ἄνευ τῆς σαρκικῆς ἡδονῆς ἐπισκοπεῖν εἰθισμένῃ.
Nēsteuei toinyn kai kata ton nomon apo tōn praxeōn tōn phaulōn kai kata tēn tou euangeliou teleiotēta apo tōn ennoiōn tōn ponērōn. toutǭ kai hoi peirasmoi prosagontai ouk eis tēn apokatharsin, allʼ eis tēn tōn pelas, hōs ephamen, ōpheleian, ei peiran labōn ponōn kai algēdonōn katephronēsen kai parepempsato. ho dʼ autos kai peri hēdonēs logos. megiston gar en peirą genomenon eita aposchesthai. ti gar mega ei ha mē oiden tis enkrateuoito? houtos entolēn tēn kata to euangelion diapraxamenos kyriakēn ekeinēn tēn hēmeran poiei, hotan apoballę̄ phaulon noēma kai gnōstikon proslabę̄, tēn en hautǭ tou kyriou anastasin doxazōn. alla kai hotan epistēmonikou theōrēmatos katalēpsin labę̄, ton kyrion horan nomizei, tas opseis autou pros ta aorata cheiragōgōn, kan blepein dokę̄ ha mē blepein ethelę̄, kolazōn to horatikon. hotan hēdomenou heautou kata tēn prosbolēn tēs opseōs synaisthētai, epei touto monon horan bouletai kai akouein ho prosēken autǭ. autika tōn adelphōn tas psychas theōrōn kai tēs sarkos to kallos autę̄ blepei tę̄ psychę̄, tę̄ monon to kalon aneu tēs sarkikēs hēdonēs episkopein eithismenę̄.
He fasts, then, according to the law, from bad deeds, and according to the perfection of the gospel, from evil thoughts. Temptations are brought upon him not for his own cleansing but, as we said, for the benefit of his neighbors, if, having had experience of toils and pains, he has despised them and let them pass by. The same argument holds for pleasure. For the greatest thing is to have come into experience of it and then to abstain. For what great thing is it if someone practices self-control in what he does not know? He, having carried out the commandment of the gospel, makes that day the Lord's day on which he casts off a bad thought and takes on a knowing one, glorifying the Lord's resurrection in himself. Moreover, whenever he grasps an object of understanding contemplation, he thinks that he sees the Lord, leading his gaze by the hand toward what is invisible. And even if he seems to see what he does not wish to see, he punishes his faculty of sight when he becomes aware of taking pleasure at the impact of what he sees, since he wishes to see and hear only what befits him. For instance, contemplating the souls of the brothers, he sees the beauty of the flesh too with the soul itself, which is accustomed to look only on what is beautiful, without fleshly pleasure.
7.12.77Stählin 2
Ἀδελφοὶ δʼ εἰσὶ τῷ ὄντι κατὰ τὴν κτίσιν τὴν ἐξειλεγμένην καὶ κατὰ τὴν ὁμοήθειαν καὶ κατὰ τὴν τῶν ἔργων ὑπόστασιν, τὰ αὐτὰ ποιοῦντες καὶ νοοῦντες καὶ λαλοῦντες ἐνεργήματα ἅγια καὶ καλά, ἃ ὁ κύριος αὐτοὺς ἠθέλησεν ἐκλεκτοὺς ὄντας φρονεῖν. πίστις μὲν γὰρ ἐν τῷ τὰ αὐτὰ αἱρεῖσθαι, γνῶσις δὲ ἐν τῷ τὰ αὐτὰ μεμαθηκέναι καὶ φρονεῖν, ἐλπὶς δὲ ἐν τῷ τὰ αὐτὰ ποθεῖν. κἂν κατὰ τὸ ἀναγκαῖον τοῦ βίου ὀλίγον τι τῆς ὥρας περὶ τὴν τροφὴν ἀσχοληθῇ, χρεωκοπεῖσθαι οἴεται περισπώμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ πράγματος. ταύτῃ οὐδὲ ὄναρ ποτὲ μὴ ἁρμόζον ἐκλεκτῷ βλέπει. ἀτεχνῶς »ξένος γὰρ καὶ παρεπίδημος« ἐν τῷ βίῳ παντὶ πᾶς οὗτος, ὃς πόλιν οἰκῶν τῶν κατὰ τὴν πόλιν κατεφρόνησεν παρʼ ἄλλοις θαυμαζομένων, καὶ καθάπερ ἐν ἐρημίᾳ τῇ πόλει βιοῖ, ἵνα μὴ ὁ τόπος αὐτὸν ἀναγκάζῃ, ἀλλʼ ἡ προαίρεσις δεικνύῃ δίκαιον. ὁ γνωστικὸς οὗτος συνελόντι εἰπεῖν τὴν ἀποστολικὴν ἀπουσίαν ἀνταναπληροῖ βιοὺς ὀρθῶς, γιγνώσκων ἀκριβῶς, ὠφελῶν τοὺς ἐπιτηδείους, τὰ »ὄρη μεθιστὰς« τῶν πλησίον καὶ τὰς τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτῶν ἀνωμαλίας ἀποβάλλων. καίτοι ἕκαστος ἡμῶν αὑτοῦ τε ἀμπελὼν καὶ ἐργάτης. ὃ δὲ καὶ πράσσων τὰ ἄριστα λανθάνειν βούλεται τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, τὸν κύριον ἅμα καὶ ἑαυτὸν πείθων, ὅτι κατὰ τὰς ἐντολὰς βιοῖ, προκρίνων ταῦτα ἐξ ὧν εἶναι πεπίστευκεν (»ὅπου γὰρ ὁ νοῦς τινος«, φησίν, »ἐκεῖ καὶ ὁ θησαυρὸς αὐτοῦ«), αὐτὸς ἑαυτὸν μειονεκτεῖ πρὸς τὸ μὴ ὑπεριδεῖν ποτε ἐν θλίψει γενόμενον ἀδελφὸν διὰ τὴν ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ τελείωσιν, ἐὰν ἐπίστηται μάλιστα ῥᾷον ἑαυτὸν τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ τὴν ἔνδειαν οἴσοντα.
Adelphoi dʼ eisi tǭ onti kata tēn ktisin tēn exeilegmenēn kai kata tēn homoētheian kai kata tēn tōn ergōn hypostasin, ta auta poiountes kai noountes kai lalountes energēmata hagia kai kala, ha ho kyrios autous ēthelēsen eklektous ontas phronein. pistis men gar en tǭ ta auta haireisthai, gnōsis de en tǭ ta auta memathēkenai kai phronein, elpis de en tǭ ta auta pothein. kan kata to anankaion tou biou oligon ti tēs hōras peri tēn trophēn ascholēthę̄, chreōkopeisthai oietai perispōmenos hypo tou pragmatos. tautę̄ oude onar pote mē harmozon eklektǭ blepei. atechnōs »xenos gar kai parepidēmos« en tǭ biǭ panti pas houtos, hos polin oikōn tōn kata tēn polin katephronēsen parʼ allois thaumazomenōn, kai kathaper en erēmią tę̄ polei bioi, hina mē ho topos auton anankazę̄, allʼ hē proairesis deiknyę̄ dikaion. ho gnōstikos houtos synelonti eipein tēn apostolikēn apousian antanaplēroi bious orthōs, gignōskōn akribōs, ōphelōn tous epitēdeious, ta »orē methistas« tōn plēsion kai tas tēs psychēs autōn anōmalias apoballōn. kaitoi hekastos hēmōn hautou te ampelōn kai ergatēs. ho de kai prassōn ta arista lanthanein bouletai tous anthrōpous, ton kyrion hama kai heauton peithōn, hoti kata tas entolas bioi, prokrinōn tauta ex hōn einai pepisteuken (»hopou gar ho nous tinos«, phēsin, »ekei kai ho thēsauros autou«), autos heauton meionektei pros to mē hyperidein pote en thlipsei genomenon adelphon dia tēn en tę̄ agapę̄ teleiōsin, ean epistētai malista rhąon heauton tou adelphou tēn endeian oisonta.
And they are truly brothers according to the chosen creation, in likeness of character and in the substance of their works, doing, thinking, and speaking the same holy and good actions, which the Lord wished them, as elect, to have in mind. For faith lies in choosing the same things, knowledge in having learned and thinking the same things, and hope in longing for the same things. And even if, by the necessity of life, he spends a little time on food, he thinks he is being cheated, distracted by the business. So he never sees, even in a dream, anything unfitting for one of the elect. Truly, every such person is “a stranger and sojourner” throughout his life: living in a city, he has despised what others in the city admire, and he lives in the city as in a desert, so that the place may not compel him, but his own choice may show him to be righteous. This one who knows, to put it briefly, makes up for the absence of the apostles, living rightly, knowing precisely, benefiting those who are fit, “removing the mountains” of his neighbors and casting out the unevenness of their souls. And yet each of us is his own vineyard and his own workman. Even when he does the best things, he wishes to escape the notice of human beings, persuading the Lord and himself that he lives according to the commandments, and preferring the things to which he believes he belongs (“for where a person's mind is,” it says, “there too is his treasure”). He deprives himself so as never to overlook a brother who has fallen into affliction, because of his perfection in love, especially if he knows that he himself will bear want more easily than his brother.
7.12.78Stählin 2
Ἡγεῖται γοῦν τὴν ἀλγηδόνα ἐκείνου ἴδιον ἄλγημα· κἂν ἐκ τῆς ἑαυτοῦ ἐνδείας παρεχόμενος διʼ εὐποιίαν πάθῃ τι δύσκολον, οὐ δυσχεραίνει ἐπὶ τούτῳ, προσαύξει δὲ ἔτι μᾶλλον τὴν εὐεργεσίαν. ἔχει γὰρ ἄκρατον πίστιν τὴν περὶ τῶν πραγμάτων, τὸ εὐαγγέλιον διʼ ἔργων καὶ θεωρίας ἐπαινῶν. καὶ δὴ »οὐ τὸν ἔπαινον παρὰ ἀνθρώπων, ἀλλὰ παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ« καρποῦται, ἃ ἐδίδαξεν ὁ κύριος, ταῦτα ἐπιτελῶν. οὗτος περισπώμενος ὑπὸ τῆς ἰδίας ἐλπίδος οὐ γεύεται τῶν ἐν κόσμῳ καλῶν, πάντων τῶν ἐνταῦθα καταμεγαλοφρονῶν· οἰκτείρων τοὺς μετὰ θάνατον παιδευομένους διὰ τῆς κολάσεως ἀκουσίως ἐξομολογουμένους, εὐσυνείδητος πρὸς τὴν ἔξοδον καὶ ἀεὶ ἕτοιμος ὤν, ὡς ἂν »παρεπίδημος καὶ ξένος« τῶν τῇδε, κληρονομημάτων μόνων τῶν ἰδίων μεμνημένος, τὰ δὲ ἐνταῦθα πάντα ἀλλότρια ἡγούμενος· οὐ μόνον θαυμάζων τὰς τοῦ κυρίου ἐντολάς, ἀλλʼ ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν διʼ αὐτῆς τῆς γνώσεως μέτοχος ὢν τῆς θείας βουλήσεως, οἰκεῖος ὄντως τοῦ κυρίου καὶ τῶν ἐντολῶν, ἐξειλεγμένος ὡς δίκαιος. ἡγεμονικὸς δὲ καὶ βασιλικὸς ὡς [ὁ] γνωστικός, χρυσὸν μὲν πάντα τὸν ἐπὶ γῆς καὶ ὑπὸ γῆν καὶ βασιλείαν τὴν ἀπὸ περάτων ἐπὶ πέρατα ὠκεανοῦ ὑπερορῶν, ὡς μόνης τῆς τοῦ κυρίου ἀντέχεσθαι θεραπείας. διὸ καὶ ἐσθίων καὶ πίνων καὶ γαμῶν, ἐὰν ὁ λόγος αἱρῇ, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὀνείρους βλέπων τὰ ἅγια ποιεῖ καὶ νοεῖ· ταύτῃ καθαρὸς εἰς εὐχὴν πάντοτε. ὃ δὲ καὶ μετʼ ἀγγέλων εὔχεται, ὡς ἂν ἤδη καὶ »ἰσάγγελος«. οὐδὲ ἔξω ποτὲ τῆς ἁγίας φρουρᾶς γίνεται· κἂν μόνος εὔχηται, τὸν τῶν ἁγίων χορὸν συνιστάμενον ἔχει. Διττὴν οὗτος οἶδε πίστιν, καὶ τὴν μὲν τοῦ πιστεύοντος ἐνέργειαν, τὴν δὲ τοῦ πιστευομένου τὴν κατʼ ἀξίαν ὑπεροχήν, ἐπεὶ καὶ ἡ δικαιοσύνη διπλῆ.
Hēgeitai goun tēn algēdona ekeinou idion algēma; kan ek tēs heautou endeias parechomenos diʼ eupoiian pathę̄ ti dyskolon, ou dyscherainei epi toutǭ, prosauxei de eti mallon tēn euergesian. echei gar akraton pistin tēn peri tōn pragmatōn, to euangelion diʼ ergōn kai theōrias epainōn. kai dē »ou ton epainon para anthrōpōn, alla para tou theou« karpoutai, ha edidaxen ho kyrios, tauta epitelōn. houtos perispōmenos hypo tēs idias elpidos ou geuetai tōn en kosmǭ kalōn, pantōn tōn entautha katamegalophronōn; oikteirōn tous meta thanaton paideuomenous dia tēs kolaseōs akousiōs exomologoumenous, eusyneidētos pros tēn exodon kai aei hetoimos ōn, hōs an »parepidēmos kai xenos« tōn tę̄de, klēronomēmatōn monōn tōn idiōn memnēmenos, ta de entautha panta allotria hēgoumenos; ou monon thaumazōn tas tou kyriou entolas, allʼ hōs epos eipein diʼ autēs tēs gnōseōs metochos ōn tēs theias boulēseōs, oikeios ontōs tou kyriou kai tōn entolōn, exeilegmenos hōs dikaios. hēgemonikos de kai basilikos hōs [ho] gnōstikos, chryson men panta ton epi gēs kai hypo gēn kai basileian tēn apo peratōn epi perata ōkeanou hyperorōn, hōs monēs tēs tou kyriou antechesthai therapeias. dio kai esthiōn kai pinōn kai gamōn, ean ho logos hairę̄, alla kai oneirous blepōn ta hagia poiei kai noei; tautę̄ katharos eis euchēn pantote. ho de kai metʼ angelōn euchetai, hōs an ēdē kai »isangelos«. oude exō pote tēs hagias phrouras ginetai; kan monos euchētai, ton tōn hagiōn choron synistamenon echei. Dittēn houtos oide pistin, kai tēn men tou pisteuontos energeian, tēn de tou pisteuomenou tēn katʼ axian hyperochēn, epei kai hē dikaiosynē diplē.
He counts that man's pain as his own suffering; and if, giving out of his own want in order to do good, he suffers some hardship, he does not complain about it, but increases his generosity all the more. For he has an undiluted faith about the realities, praising the gospel by works and by contemplation. And indeed he reaps “praise not from men but from God,” by carrying out what the Lord taught. Absorbed in his own hope, he does not taste the good things of the world, looking down on everything here; he pities those who are disciplined after death through punishment and confess against their will; he has a good conscience about his departure and is always ready, as a “sojourner and stranger” to the things here, mindful only of his own inheritance and counting everything here foreign to him. He not only admires the Lord's commandments, but, so to speak, through knowledge itself he shares in the divine will, truly an intimate of the Lord and of the commandments, chosen as righteous. He is ruling and royal as one who knows, looking down on all the gold on the earth and under the earth, and on dominion from one end of the ocean to the other, so as to cling to the service of the Lord alone. That is why, whether eating, drinking, or marrying, if reason chooses it, and even when he sees dreams, he does and thinks holy things; so he is always pure for prayer. He also prays with angels, as being already “equal to the angels.” He is never outside the holy guard; even if he prays alone, he has the chorus of the saints standing with him. He knows that faith is twofold: the activity of the one who believes, and the pre-eminence, according to its worth, of what is believed; since righteousness too is twofold,
7.12.79Stählin 2
ἣ μὲν διʼ ἀγάπην, ἣ δὲ διὰ φόβον. εἴρηται γοῦν· »ὁ φόβος τοῦ κυρίου ἁγνὸς διαμένων εἰς αἰῶνα αἰῶνος.« οἱ γὰρ ἐκ φόβου εἰς πίστιν καὶ δικαιοσύνην ἐπιστρέφοντες εἰς αἰῶνα διαμένουσιν. αὐτίκα ἀποχὴν κακῶν ἐργάζεται ὁ φόβος, ἀγαθοποιεῖν δὲ προτρέπει ἐποικοδομοῦσα εἰς τὸ ἑκούσιον ἡ ἀγάπη, ἵνα τις ἀκούσῃ παρὰ τοῦ κυρίου· »οὐκέτι ὑμᾶς δούλους, ἀλλὰ φίλους λέγω«, καὶ πεποιθὼς ἤδη προσίῃ ταῖς εὐχαῖς. τὸ δὲ εἶδος αὐτὸ τῆς εὐχῆς εὐχαριστία ἐπί τε τοῖς προγεγονόσιν ἐπί τε τοῖς ἐνεστῶσιν ἐπί τε τοῖς μέλλουσιν, ὡς ἤδη διὰ τὴν πίστιν παροῦσιν· τούτου δὲ ἡγεῖται τὸ εἰληφέναι τὴν γνῶσιν. καὶ δὴ καὶ αἰτεῖται οὕτως ζῆσαι τὸν ὡρισμένον ἐν τῇ σαρκὶ βίον, ὡς γνωστικός, ὡς ἄσαρκος, καὶ τυχεῖν μὲν τῶν ἀρίστων, φυγεῖν δὲ τὰ χείρονα. αἰτεῖται δὲ καὶ ἐπικουφισμὸν περὶ ὧν ἡμαρτήσαμεν ἡμεῖς καὶ ἐπιστροφὴν εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν· οὕτως ὀξέως ἑπόμενος τῷ καλοῦντι κατὰ τὴν ἔξοδον ὡς ἐκεῖνος καλεῖ, προάγων ὡς εἰπεῖν διὰ τὴν ἀγαθὴν συνείδησιν, σπεύδων ἐπὶ τὸ εὐχαριστῆσαι κἀκεῖ, σὺν Χριστῷ γενόμενος, ἄξιον ἑαυτὸν παρασχὼν διὰ καθαρότητα, κατὰ ἀνάκρασιν ἔχειν τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ θεοῦ τὴν διὰ τοῦ Χριστοῦ χορηγουμένην. οὐ γὰρ μετουσίᾳ θερμότητος θερμὸς οὐδὲ πυρὸς φωτεινός, ἀλλʼ εἶναι ὅλος φῶς βούλεται. οὗτος οἶδεν ἀκριβῶς τὸ εἰρημένον· »ἐὰν μὴ μισήσητε τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα, πρὸς ἔτι δὲ καὶ τὴν ἰδίαν ψυχήν, καὶ ἐὰν μὴ τὸ σημεῖον βαστάσητε.« τάς τε γὰρ προσπαθείας τὰς σαρκικὰς πολὺ τῆς ἡδονῆς τὸ φίλτρον ἐχούσας μεμίσηκεν καὶ καταμεγαλοφρονεῖ πάντων τῶν εἰς δημιουργίαν καὶ τροφὴν τῆς σαρκὸς οἰκείων, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς σωματικῆς ψυχῆς κατεξανίσταται, στόμιον ἐμβαλὼν ἀφηνιάζοντι τῷ ἀλόγῳ πνεύματι, ὅτι »ἡ σὰρξ ἐπιθυμεῖ κατὰ τοῦ πνεύματος«. »τὸ σημεῖον δὲ βαστάσαι« »τὸν θάνατόν ἐστιν περιφέρειν«, ἔτι ζῶντα »πᾶσιν ἀποταξάμενον«, ἐπεὶ μὴ ἴση ἐστὶν ἀγάπη τοῦ σπείραντος τὴν σάρκα καὶ τοῦ τὴν ψυχὴν εἰς ἐπιστήμην κτίσαντος.
hē men diʼ agapēn, hē de dia phobon. eirētai goun; »ho phobos tou kyriou hagnos diamenōn eis aiōna aiōnos.« hoi gar ek phobou eis pistin kai dikaiosynēn epistrephontes eis aiōna diamenousin. autika apochēn kakōn ergazetai ho phobos, agathopoiein de protrepei epoikodomousa eis to hekousion hē agapē, hina tis akousę̄ para tou kyriou; »ouketi hymas doulous, alla philous legō«, kai pepoithōs ēdē prosię̄ tais euchais. to de eidos auto tēs euchēs eucharistia epi te tois progegonosin epi te tois enestōsin epi te tois mellousin, hōs ēdē dia tēn pistin parousin; toutou de hēgeitai to eilēphenai tēn gnōsin. kai dē kai aiteitai houtōs zēsai ton hōrismenon en tę̄ sarki bion, hōs gnōstikos, hōs asarkos, kai tychein men tōn aristōn, phygein de ta cheirona. aiteitai de kai epikouphismon peri hōn hēmartēsamen hēmeis kai epistrophēn eis epignōsin; houtōs oxeōs hepomenos tǭ kalounti kata tēn exodon hōs ekeinos kalei, proagōn hōs eipein dia tēn agathēn syneidēsin, speudōn epi to eucharistēsai kakei, syn Christǭ genomenos, axion heauton paraschōn dia katharotēta, kata anakrasin echein tēn dynamin tou theou tēn dia tou Christou chorēgoumenēn. ou gar metousią thermotētos thermos oude pyros phōteinos, allʼ einai holos phōs bouletai. houtos oiden akribōs to eirēmenon; »ean mē misēsēte ton patera kai tēn mētera, pros eti de kai tēn idian psychēn, kai ean mē to sēmeion bastasēte.« tas te gar prospatheias tas sarkikas poly tēs hēdonēs to philtron echousas memisēken kai katamegalophronei pantōn tōn eis dēmiourgian kai trophēn tēs sarkos oikeiōn, alla kai tēs sōmatikēs psychēs katexanistatai, stomion embalōn aphēniazonti tǭ alogǭ pneumati, hoti »hē sarx epithymei kata tou pneumatos«. »to sēmeion de bastasai« »ton thanaton estin peripherein«, eti zōnta »pasin apotaxamenon«, epei mē isē estin agapē tou speirantos tēn sarka kai tou tēn psychēn eis epistēmēn ktisantos.
one kind through love, the other through fear. It has been said, at any rate: “The fear of the Lord is pure, enduring forever and ever.” For those who turn from fear to faith and righteousness endure forever. Fear produces abstinence from evils, while love, building up toward what is voluntary, urges one to do good, so that one may hear from the Lord, “I no longer call you servants but friends,” and may now approach prayer with confidence. The form of his prayer is thanksgiving for things past, things present, and things to come, as already present through faith; and before this comes his having received knowledge. And indeed he asks to live the life appointed in the flesh as one who knows, as one without flesh, to obtain the best things and escape the worse. He also asks for relief for the sins we have committed and for conversion to full knowledge. So he follows promptly the one who calls him at his departure, as soon as he calls, going ahead, so to speak, because of his good conscience, hastening to give thanks there too, once he has come to be with Christ, having shown himself worthy through purity to possess, as though blended with it, the power of God supplied through Christ. For he wishes not to be warm by sharing in heat, nor bright by sharing in fire, but to be wholly light. He knows precisely what was said: “If you do not hate father and mother, and moreover your own soul, and if you do not carry the sign.” For he has hated fleshly attachments, which hold the powerful charm of pleasure, and he looks down on everything that belongs to the making and nourishing of the flesh; indeed he rises up even against the bodily soul, putting a bridle on the unruly irrational spirit, since “the flesh desires against the spirit.” And “to carry the sign” is “to carry about death,” “renouncing all things” while still alive; since love for the one who sowed the flesh is not equal to love for the one who created the soul for understanding.
7.12.80Stählin 2
Οὗτος ἐν ἕξει γενόμενος εὐποιητικῇ θᾶττον τοῦ λέγειν καλῶς εὐεργετεῖ, τὰ μὲν τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἁμαρτήματα μερίσασθαι εὐχόμενος εἰς ἐξομολόγησιν καὶ ἐπιστροφὴν τῶν συγγενῶν, κοινωνεῖν δὲ τῶν ἰδίων ἀγαθῶν προθυμούμενος τοῖς φιλτάτοις, αὐτοὶ δὲ οὕτως αὐτῷ οἱ φίλοι. αὔξων οὖν τὰ παρʼ αὐτῷ κατατιθέμενα σπέρματα καθʼ ἣν ἐνετείλατο κύριος γεωργίαν, ἀναμάρτητος μὲν μένει, ἐγκρατὴς δὲ γίνεται, καὶ μετὰ τῶν ὁμοίων διάγει τῷ πνεύματι ἐν τοῖς χοροῖς τῶν ἁγίων, κἂν ἐπὶ γῆς ἔτι κατέχηται. οὗτος διʼ ὅλης ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτὸς λέγων καὶ ποιῶν τὰ προστάγματα τοῦ κυρίου ὑπερευφραίνεται, οὐ πρωίας μόνον ἀναστὰς καὶ μέσον ἡμέρας, ἀλλὰ καὶ περιπατῶν καὶ κοιμώμενος, ἀμφιεννύμενός τε καὶ ἀποδυόμενος· καὶ διδάσκει τὸν υἱόν, ἐὰν υἱὸς ᾖ τὸ γένος, ἀχώριστος ὢν τῆς ἐντολῆς καὶ τῆς ἐλπίδος, εὐχαριστῶν ἀεὶ τῷ θεῷ καθάπερ τὰ ζῷα τὰ δοξολόγα τὰ διὰ Ἡσαΐου ἀλληγορούμενα, ὑπομονητικὸς πρὸς πᾶσαν πεῖραν· »ὁ κύριος«, φησίν, »ἔδωκεν, ὁ κύριος ἀφείλετο.« τοιοῦτος γὰρ καὶ ὁ Ἰώβ, ὃς καὶ τοῦ ἀφαιρεθῆναι τὰ ἐκτὸς σὺν καὶ τῇ τοῦ σώματος ὑγιείᾳ προαπέθετο πάντα διὰ τῆς πρὸς τὸν κύριον ἀγάπης. »ἦν γάρ«, φησί, »δίκαιος, ὅσιος, ἀπεχόμενος ἀπὸ πάσης πονηρίας.« τὸ δὲ »ὅσιον« τὰ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν δίκαια κατὰ τὴν πᾶσαν οἰκονομίαν μηνύει, ἃ δὴ ἐπιστάμενος γνωστικὸς ἦν. χρὴ γὰρ μήτε, ἐὰν ἀγαθὰ ᾖ, προστετηκέναι τούτοις ἀνθρωπίνοις οὖσι, μήτε αὖ, ἐὰν κακά, ἀπεχθάνεσθαι αὐτοῖς, ἀλλὰ ἐπάνω εἶναι ἀμφοῖν τὰ μὲν πατοῦντα, τὰ δὲ τοῖς δεομένοις παραπέμποντα. ἀσφαλὴς δὲ ἐν συμπεριφορᾷ ὁ γνωστικὸς μὴ λάθῃ [ἢ] ἡ συμπεριφορὰ διάθεσις γενομένη.
Houtos en hexei genomenos eupoiētikę̄ thatton tou legein kalōs euergetei, ta men tōn adelphōn hamartēmata merisasthai euchomenos eis exomologēsin kai epistrophēn tōn syngenōn, koinōnein de tōn idiōn agathōn prothymoumenos tois philtatois, autoi de houtōs autǭ hoi philoi. auxōn oun ta parʼ autǭ katatithemena spermata kathʼ hēn eneteilato kyrios geōrgian, anamartētos men menei, enkratēs de ginetai, kai meta tōn homoiōn diagei tǭ pneumati en tois chorois tōn hagiōn, kan epi gēs eti katechētai. houtos diʼ holēs hēmeras kai nyktos legōn kai poiōn ta prostagmata tou kyriou hypereuphrainetai, ou prōias monon anastas kai meson hēmeras, alla kai peripatōn kai koimōmenos, amphiennymenos te kai apodyomenos; kai didaskei ton huion, ean huios ę̄ to genos, achōristos ōn tēs entolēs kai tēs elpidos, eucharistōn aei tǭ theǭ kathaper ta zǭa ta doxologa ta dia Hēsaïou allēgoroumena, hypomonētikos pros pasan peiran; »ho kyrios«, phēsin, »edōken, ho kyrios apheileto.« toioutos gar kai ho Iōb, hos kai tou aphairethēnai ta ektos syn kai tę̄ tou sōmatos hygieią proapetheto panta dia tēs pros ton kyrion agapēs. »ēn gar«, phēsi, »dikaios, hosios, apechomenos apo pasēs ponērias.« to de »hosion« ta pros ton theon dikaia kata tēn pasan oikonomian mēnyei, ha dē epistamenos gnōstikos ēn. chrē gar mēte, ean agatha ę̄, prostetēkenai toutois anthrōpinois ousi, mēte au, ean kaka, apechthanesthai autois, alla epanō einai amphoin ta men patounta, ta de tois deomenois parapemponta. asphalēs de en symperiphorą ho gnōstikos mē lathę̄ [ē] hē symperiphora diathesis genomenē.
Having come into a settled disposition of doing good, he does good more quickly than he speaks of it, praying to share his brothers' sins for the confession and conversion of his kin, and eager to share his own good things with those dearest to him; and his friends are such to him. Increasing, then, the seeds entrusted to him according to the farming the Lord commanded, he remains sinless and becomes self-controlled, and lives in spirit with those like him in the choirs of the saints, even though he is still held on earth. All day and night, speaking and doing the Lord's commands, he rejoices exceedingly, not only when he rises in the morning and at midday, but also when walking and lying down, dressing and undressing; and he teaches his son, if he has a son, never separated from the commandment and the hope, always giving thanks to God like the living creatures that sing his glory, which are described allegorically through Isaiah, and patient in every trial: “The Lord gave,” it says, “the Lord has taken away.” Such was Job, who, when external things and even his bodily health were taken away, had already laid everything aside through his love for the Lord. “For he was,” it says, “righteous, holy, abstaining from all evil.” And “holy” indicates what is due to God in his whole dispensation, which he understood, and so he was one who knows. For one must neither, if things are good, cling to them, since they are human, nor again, if they are evil, hate them, but be above both, trampling the one underfoot and passing the other on to those who need it. The one who knows is careful in accommodating himself to others, so that the accommodation does not, without his noticing, become his disposition.
Miscellanies 7, chapter 13
7.13.81Stählin 2
Οὐδέποτε τῶν εἰς αὐτὸν ἁμαρτησάντων μέμνηται, ἀλλὰ ἀφίησι. διὸ καὶ δικαίως εὔχεται, »ἄφες ἡμῖν« λέγων· »καὶ γὰρ ἡμεῖς ἀφίεμεν·« ἓν γάρ ἐστι καὶ τοῦτο ὧν ὁ θεὸς βούλεται, μηδενὸς ἐπιθυμεῖν, μηδένα μισεῖν· ἑνὸς γὰρ θελήματος ἔργον οἱ πάντες ἄνθρωποι. καὶ μή τι τὸν γνωστικὸν »τέλειον« εἶναι βουλόμενος ὁ σωτὴρ ἡμῶν »ὡς τὸν οὐράνιον πατέρα«, τουτέστιν ἑαυτόν, ὁ λέγων »δεῦτε, τέκνα, ἀκούσατέ μου φόβον κυρίου«, οὐ τῆς διʼ ἀγγέλων βοηθείας ἐπιδεῆ ἔτι εἶναι βούλεται τοῦτον, παρʼ ἑαυτοῦ δὲ ἄξιον γενόμενον λαμβάνειν, καὶ τὴν φρουρὰν ἔχειν παρʼ ἑαυτοῦ διὰ τῆς εὐπειθείας; ὁ τοιοῦτος ἀπαιτεῖ παρὰ κυρίου, οὐχὶ δὲ καὶ αἰτεῖ. καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν πενομένων ἀδελφῶν οὐκ αὐτὸς αἰτήσεται ὁ γνωστικὸς [οὐ] χρημάτων περιουσίαν εἰς μετάδοσιν, ἐκείνοις δὲ ὧν δέονται χορηγίαν εὔξεται γενέσθαι. δίδωσι γὰρ οὕτως καὶ τὴν εὐχὴν τοῖς δεομένοις ὁ γνωστικὸς καὶ τὸ διὰ τῆς εὐχῆς ἀγνώστως ἅμα καὶ ἀτύφως παρέχεται. πενία μὲν οὖν πολλάκις καὶ νόσος καὶ τοιαῦται πεῖραι ἐπὶ νουθεσίᾳ προσφέρονται καὶ πρὸς διόρθωσιν τῶν παρεληλυθότων καὶ πρὸς ἐπιστροφὴν τῶν μελλόντων. ὁ τοιοῦτος τὸν ἐπικουφισμὸν τούτοις αἰτούμενος, ἅτε τὸ ἐξαίρετον τῆς γνώσεως ἔχων, οὐ διὰ κενοδοξίαν, ἀλλὰ διʼ αὐτὸ τὸ εἶναι γνωστικός, αὐτὸς ἐργάζεται τὴν εὐποιίαν. ὄργανον γενόμενος τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ ἀγαθότητος.
Oudepote tōn eis auton hamartēsantōn memnētai, alla aphiēsi. dio kai dikaiōs euchetai, »aphes hēmin« legōn; »kai gar hēmeis aphiemen;« hen gar esti kai touto hōn ho theos bouletai, mēdenos epithymein, mēdena misein; henos gar thelēmatos ergon hoi pantes anthrōpoi. kai mē ti ton gnōstikon »teleion« einai boulomenos ho sōtēr hēmōn »hōs ton ouranion patera«, toutestin heauton, ho legōn »deute, tekna, akousate mou phobon kyriou«, ou tēs diʼ angelōn boētheias epideē eti einai bouletai touton, parʼ heautou de axion genomenon lambanein, kai tēn phrouran echein parʼ heautou dia tēs eupeitheias? ho toioutos apaitei para kyriou, ouchi de kai aitei. kai epi tōn penomenōn adelphōn ouk autos aitēsetai ho gnōstikos [ou] chrēmatōn periousian eis metadosin, ekeinois de hōn deontai chorēgian euxetai genesthai. didōsi gar houtōs kai tēn euchēn tois deomenois ho gnōstikos kai to dia tēs euchēs agnōstōs hama kai atyphōs parechetai. penia men oun pollakis kai nosos kai toiautai peirai epi nouthesią prospherontai kai pros diorthōsin tōn parelēlythotōn kai pros epistrophēn tōn mellontōn. ho toioutos ton epikouphismon toutois aitoumenos, hate to exaireton tēs gnōseōs echōn, ou dia kenodoxian, alla diʼ auto to einai gnōstikos, autos ergazetai tēn eupoiian. organon genomenos tēs tou theou agathotētos.
He never remembers those who have sinned against him, but forgives them. That is why he also prays rightly, saying, “Forgive us, for we too forgive.” For this too is one of the things God wills: to desire nothing and to hate no one; for all human beings are the work of one will. And does not our Savior, wishing the one who knows to be “perfect as the heavenly Father,” that is, as himself, he who says, “Come, children, hear me: the fear of the Lord,” wish him no longer to need the help that comes through angels, but, having become worthy, to receive it from himself, and to have his protection from himself through obedience? Such a person claims from the Lord, and does not merely ask. And in the case of poor brothers, the one who knows will not ask for an abundance of money for himself to share, but will pray that a supply of what they need may come to them. For in this way the one who knows gives even his prayer to those in need, and provides what comes through prayer unknown to them and without pride. Poverty, then, and disease and such trials are often brought upon people for admonition, both for correction of the past and for care about the future. Such a person, asking relief for them, since he has the special gift of knowledge, not from vainglory but simply because he is one who knows, himself works the good deed, having become an instrument of God's goodness.
7.13.82Stählin 2
Λέγουσι δὲ ἐν ταῖς παραδόσεσι Ματθίαν τὸν ἀπόστολον παρʼ ἕκαστα εἰρηκέναι ὅτι »ἐὰν ἐκλεκτοῦ γείτων ἁμαρτήσῃ, ἥμαρτεν ὁ ἐκλεκτός· εἰ γὰρ οὕτως ἑαυτὸν ἦγεν, ὡς ὁ λόγος ὑπαγορεύει, κατῃδέσθη ἂν αὐτοῦ τὸν βίον καὶ ὁ γείτων εἰς τὸ μὴ ἁμαρτεῖν«. τί τοίνυν περὶ αὐτοῦ τοῦ γνωστικοῦ φήσαιμεν ἄν; »ἢ οὐκ οἴδατε«, φησὶν ὁ ἀπόστολος, »ὅτι ναός ἐστε τοῦ θεοῦ;« θεῖος ἄρα ὁ γνωστικὸς καὶ ἤδη ἅγιος, θεοφορῶν καὶ θεοφορούμενος. αὐτίκα τὸ ἁμαρτῆσαι ἀλλότριον παριστᾶσα ἡ γραφὴ τοὺς μὲν παραπεσόντας τοῖς ἀλλοφύλοις πιπράσκει· »μὴ ἐμβλέψῃς« δὲ »πρὸς ἐπιθυμίαν ἀλλοτρίᾳ γυναικὶ« λέγουσα, ἄντικρυς ἀλλότριον καὶ παρὰ φύσιν τοῦ ναοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν λέγει. ναὸς δέ ἐστιν ὃ μὲν μέγας, ὡς ἡ ἐκκλησία, ὃ δὲ μικρός, ὡς ὁ ἄνθρωπος ὁ τὸ σπέρμα σῴζων τὸ Ἀβραάμ. οὐκ ἄρα ἐπιθυμήσει τινὸς ἑτέρου ὁ ἔχων ἀναπαυόμενον τὸν θεόν. αὐτίκα πάντα τὰ ἐμποδὼν καταλιπὼν καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν περισπῶσαν αὐτὸν ὕλην ὑπερηφανήσας τέμνει διὰ τῆς ἐπιστήμης τὸν οὐρανόν. καὶ διελθὼν τὰς πνευματικὰς οὐσίας καὶ πᾶσαν ἀρχὴν καὶ ἐξουσίαν ἅπτεται τῶν θρόνων τῶν ἄκρων, ἐπʼ ἐκεῖνο μόνον ἱέμενος, [ἐφ᾿] ὃ ἔγνω μόνον. μείξας οὖν τῇ περιστερᾷ τὸν ὄφιν τελείως ἅμα καὶ εὐσυνειδήτως βιοῖ, πίστιν ἐλπίδι κεράσας πρὸς τὴν τοῦ μέλλοντος ἀπεκδοχήν. αἴσθεται γὰρ τῆς δωρεᾶς ἧς ἔλαβεν ἄξιος γενόμενος τοῦ τυχεῖν, καὶ μετατεθεὶς ἐκ δουλείας εἰς υἱοθεσίαν. [ἀν] ἀκόλουθα τῇ ἐπιστήμῃ [μήτε μὴ] (»γνοὺς τὸν θεὸν [μᾶλλον δὲ] γνωσθείς τε πρὸς αὐτοῦ«) ἐπιτελεῖ, πρὸς ἀξίαν τῆς χάριτος ἐνδεικνύμενος τὰ ἐνεργήματα. ἕπεται γὰρ τὰ ἔργα τῇ γνώσει ὡς τῷ σώματι ἡ σκιά.
Legousi de en tais paradosesi Matthian ton apostolon parʼ hekasta eirēkenai hoti »ean eklektou geitōn hamartēsę̄, hēmarten ho eklektos; ei gar houtōs heauton ēgen, hōs ho logos hypagoreuei, katę̄desthē an autou ton bion kai ho geitōn eis to mē hamartein«. ti toinyn peri autou tou gnōstikou phēsaimen an? »ē ouk oidate«, phēsin ho apostolos, »hoti naos este tou theou?« theios ara ho gnōstikos kai ēdē hagios, theophorōn kai theophoroumenos. autika to hamartēsai allotrion paristasa hē graphē tous men parapesontas tois allophylois pipraskei; »mē emblepsę̄s« de »pros epithymian allotrią gynaiki« legousa, antikrys allotrion kai para physin tou naou tou theou tēn hamartian legei. naos de estin ho men megas, hōs hē ekklēsia, ho de mikros, hōs ho anthrōpos ho to sperma sǭzōn to Abraam. ouk ara epithymēsei tinos heterou ho echōn anapauomenon ton theon. autika panta ta empodōn katalipōn kai pasan tēn perispōsan auton hylēn hyperēphanēsas temnei dia tēs epistēmēs ton ouranon. kai dielthōn tas pneumatikas ousias kai pasan archēn kai exousian haptetai tōn thronōn tōn akrōn, epʼ ekeino monon hiemenos, [eph᾿] ho egnō monon. meixas oun tę̄ peristerą ton ophin teleiōs hama kai eusyneidētōs bioi, pistin elpidi kerasas pros tēn tou mellontos apekdochēn. aisthetai gar tēs dōreas hēs elaben axios genomenos tou tychein, kai metatetheis ek douleias eis huiothesian. [an] akoloutha tę̄ epistēmę̄ [mēte mē] (»gnous ton theon [mallon de] gnōstheis te pros autou«) epitelei, pros axian tēs charitos endeiknymenos ta energēmata. hepetai gar ta erga tę̄ gnōsei hōs tǭ sōmati hē skia.
They say in the Traditions that Matthias the apostle said on every occasion: “If the neighbor of an elect man sins, the elect man has sinned; for if he had conducted himself as the Word dictates, his neighbor too would have so respected his life as not to sin.” What, then, should we say about the one who knows himself? “Or do you not know,” says the apostle, “that you are a temple of God?” The one who knows, then, is divine and already holy, bearing God and borne by God. Indeed, Scripture, presenting sin as something alien, sells those who have fallen away into the hands of foreigners; and when it says, “Do not look with desire at another man's wife,” it plainly declares sin to be alien and contrary to the nature of the temple of God. One temple is great, the church; another is small, the human being who preserves the seed of Abraham. He, then, who has God resting in him will not desire anything else. Indeed, leaving behind every hindrance and disdaining all the matter that distracts him, he cuts through heaven by understanding, and passing through the spiritual beings and every rule and authority, he touches the highest thrones, hastening toward that alone which alone he has known. Having mixed, then, the serpent with the dove, he lives perfectly and with a good conscience, blending faith with hope in expectation of what is to come. For he is aware of the gift he has received, having become worthy to obtain it; and having been transferred from slavery to adoption, he acts in keeping with his understanding (“having known God and been known by him”), showing works worthy of the grace. For works follow knowledge as the shadow follows the body.
7.13.83Stählin 2
Ἐπʼ οὐδενὶ τοίνυν εἰκότως ταράσσεται τῶν συμβαινόντων οὐδὲ ὑποπτεύει τῶν κατὰ τὴν οἰκονομίαν ἐπὶ τῷ συμφέροντι γινομένων οὐδὲν οὐδὲ αἰσχύνεται ἀποθανεῖν, εὐσυνείδητος ὢν ταῖς ἐξουσίαις ὀφθῆναι, πάντας ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν τοὺς τῆς ψυχῆς ἀποκεκαθαρμένος σπίλους, ὅ γε εὖ μάλα ἐπιστάμενος ἄμεινον αὐτῷ μετὰ τὴν ἔξοδον γενήσεσθαι. ὅθεν οὐδέποτε τὸ ἡδὺ καὶ τὸ συμφέρον προκρίνει τῆς οἰκονομίας, γυμνάζων ἑαυτὸν διὰ τῶν ἐντολῶν, ἵνα καὶ πρὸς τὸν κύριον εὐάρεστος ἐν πᾶσι γένηται καὶ πρὸς τὸν κόσμον ἐπαινετός. ἐπεὶ τὰ πάντα ἐφʼ ἑνὸς τοῦ παντοκράτορος θεοῦ ἵσταται. »εἰς τὰ ἴδια«, φησίν, »ἦλθεν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ οἱ ἴδιοι αὐτὸν οὐκ ἐδέξαντο.« διὸ καὶ κατὰ τὴν τῶν κοσμικῶν χρῆσιν οὐ μόνον εὐχαριστεῖ καὶ θαυμάζει τὴν κτίσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ χρώμενος ὡς προσῆκεν ἐπαινεῖται. ἐπεὶ τὸ τέλος αὐτῷ διʼ ἐνεργείας γνωστικῆς τῆς κατὰ τὰς ἐντολὰς εἰς θεωρίαν περαιοῦται. ἐνθένδε ἤδη, διʼ ἐπιστήμης τὰ ἐφόδια τῆς θεωρίας καρπούμενος μεγαλοφρόνως τε τὸ τῆς γνώσεως ἀναδεξάμενος μέγεθος, πρόεισιν ἐπὶ τὴν ἁγίαν τῆς μεταθέσεως ἀμοιβήν. ἀκήκοεν γὰρ τοῦ ψαλμοῦ λέγοντος· »κυκλώσατε Σιὼν καὶ περιλάβετε αὐτήν, διηγήσασθε ἐν τοῖς πύργοις αὐτῆς« αἰνίσσεται γάρ, οἶμαι, τοὺς ὑψηλῶς προσδεξαμένους τὸν λόγον ὑψηλοὺς ὡς πύργους ἔσεσθαι καὶ βεβαίως ἔν τε τῇ πίστει καὶ τῇ γνώσει στήσεσθαι.
Epʼ oudeni toinyn eikotōs tarassetai tōn symbainontōn oude hypopteuei tōn kata tēn oikonomian epi tǭ sympheronti ginomenōn ouden oude aischynetai apothanein, eusyneidētos ōn tais exousiais ophthēnai, pantas hōs epos eipein tous tēs psychēs apokekatharmenos spilous, ho ge eu mala epistamenos ameinon autǭ meta tēn exodon genēsesthai. hothen oudepote to hēdy kai to sympheron prokrinei tēs oikonomias, gymnazōn heauton dia tōn entolōn, hina kai pros ton kyrion euarestos en pasi genētai kai pros ton kosmon epainetos. epei ta panta ephʼ henos tou pantokratoros theou histatai. »eis ta idia«, phēsin, »ēlthen ho huios tou theou kai hoi idioi auton ouk edexanto.« dio kai kata tēn tōn kosmikōn chrēsin ou monon eucharistei kai thaumazei tēn ktisin, alla kai chrōmenos hōs prosēken epaineitai. epei to telos autǭ diʼ energeias gnōstikēs tēs kata tas entolas eis theōrian peraioutai. enthende ēdē, diʼ epistēmēs ta ephodia tēs theōrias karpoumenos megalophronōs te to tēs gnōseōs anadexamenos megethos, proeisin epi tēn hagian tēs metatheseōs amoibēn. akēkoen gar tou psalmou legontos; »kyklōsate Siōn kai perilabete autēn, diēgēsasthe en tois pyrgois autēs« ainissetai gar, oimai, tous hypsēlōs prosdexamenous ton logon hypsēlous hōs pyrgous esesthai kai bebaiōs en te tę̄ pistei kai tę̄ gnōsei stēsesthai.
Reasonably, then, he is troubled by nothing that happens, nor does he suspect anything of what takes place under God's dispensation for our good, nor is he ashamed to die, since he has a good conscience about being seen by the powers, having been cleansed, so to speak, of all the stains of the soul, and knowing very well that it will be better for him after his departure. Hence he never prefers what is pleasant or what seems advantageous to the dispensation, training himself through the commandments so as to become pleasing to the Lord in all things and praiseworthy before the world, since all things depend on the one almighty God. “To his own,” it says, “the Son of God came, and his own did not receive him.” That is why, in the use of the things of the world, he not only gives thanks and admires creation, but, using it as is fitting, is also praised; since his end, through knowing activity according to the commandments, is completed in contemplation. From here already, gathering by understanding the provisions for contemplation and generously taking up the greatness of knowledge, he advances to the holy reward of his being taken up. For he has heard the psalm that says, “Go around Zion and encompass her, tell of it in her towers.” For it hints, I think, that those who have received the Word in a lofty way will be lofty as towers, and will stand firm in faith and in knowledge.
Miscellanies 7, chapter 14
7.14.84Stählin 2
Καὶ ταῦτα μὲν ὡς ἔνι μάλιστα διὰ βραχυτάτων περὶ τοῦ γνωστικοῦ τοῖς Ἕλλησι σπερματικῶς εἰρήσθω. ἰστέον δὲ ὅτι ἐὰν ἓν τούτων ὁ πιστὸς ἢ καὶ δεύτερον κατορθώσῃ, ἀλλʼ οὔ τί γε ἐν πᾶσιν ἅμα οὐδὲ μὴν μετʼ ἐπιστήμης τῆς ἄκρας, καθάπερ ὁ γνωστικός. καὶ δὴ τῆς κατὰ τὸν γνωστικὸν ἡμῖν ὡς εἰπεῖν ἀπαθείας, καθʼ ἣν ἡ τελείωσις τοῦ πιστοῦ διʼ ἀγάπης »εἰς ἄνδρα τέλειον, εἰς μέτρον ἡλικίας« προβαίνουσα ἀφικνεῖται, ἐξομοιουμένη θεῷ, »ἰσάγγελος« ἀληθῶς γενομένη. πολλὰ μὲν καὶ ἄλλα ἐκ γραφῆς μαρτύρια ἔπεισι παρατίθεσθαι. ἄμεινον δὲ οἶμαι ὑπερθέσθαι τὴν τοιαύτην φιλοτιμίαν διὰ τὸ μῆκος τοῦ λόγου, τοῖς πονεῖν ἐθέλουσι καὶ προσεκπονεῖν τὰ δόγματα κατʼ ἐκλογὴν τῶν γραφῶν ἐπιτρέψαντα. μιᾶς δʼ οὖν διὰ βραχυτάτων ἐπιμνησθήσομαι, ὡς μὴ ἀνεπισημείωτον παραλιπεῖν τὸν τόπον. λέγει γὰρ ἐν τῇ προτέρᾳ [τῆς] πρὸς Κορινθίους ἐπιστολῇ ὁ θεῖος ἀπόστολος· »τολμᾷ τις ὑμῶν πρᾶγμα ἔχων πρὸς τὸν ἕτερον κρίνεσθαι ἐπὶ τῶν ἀδίκων καὶ οὐχὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἁγίων; ἢ οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι ἅγιοι τὸν κόσμον κρινοῦσι;« καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. μεγίστης δʼ οὔσης τῆς περικοπῆς, ταῖς ἐπικαίροις τῶν ἀποστολικῶν συγχρώμενοι λέξεσι, διὰ βραχυτάτων ἐξ ἐπιδρομῆς οἷον μεταφράζοντες τὴν ῥῆσιν, τὴν διάνοιαν τοῦ ῥητοῦ τοῦ ἀποστόλου παραστήσομεν, καθʼ ἣν τοῦ γνωστικοῦ τὴν τελειότητα ὑπογράφει. οὐ γὰρ ἐπὶ τοῦ ἀδικεῖσθαι μᾶλλον ἢ ἀδικεῖν ἵστησι τὸν γνωστικὸν μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀμνησίκακον εἶναι διδάσκει, μηδὲ εὔχεσθαι κατὰ τοῦ ἀδικήσαντος ἐπιτρέπων· οἶδεν γὰρ καὶ τὸν κύριον ἄντικρυς »εὔχεσθαι ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐχθρῶν« παραγγείλαντα. τὸ μὲν οὖν »ἐπὶ τῶν ἀδίκων κρίνεσθαι« τὸν ἠδικημένον φάσκει οὐδὲν ἀλλʼ ἢ ἀνταποδοῦναι βούλεσθαι δοκεῖν καὶ ἀνταδικῆσαι δεύτερον ἐθέλειν, ὅπερ ὁμοίως ἐστὶν ἀδικῆσαι καὶ αὐτόν. τὸ δὲ »ἐπὶ τῶν ἁγίων κρίνεσθαι« ἐθέλειν τινὰς λέγειν ἐμφαίνει τοὺς διʼ εὐχῆς τοῖς ἀδικήσασιν ἀνταποδοθῆναι τὴν πλεονεξίαν αἰτουμένους, καὶ εἶναι μὲν τῶν προτέρων τοὺς δευτέρους ἀμείνους, οὐδέπω δὲ ἀπαθεῖς, ἢν μὴ ἀμνησίκακοι τέλεον γενόμενοι κατὰ τὴν τοῦ κυρίου διδασκαλίαν προσεύξωνται καὶ ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐχθρῶν.
Kai tauta men hōs eni malista dia brachytatōn peri tou gnōstikou tois Hellēsi spermatikōs eirēsthō. isteon de hoti ean hen toutōn ho pistos ē kai deuteron katorthōsę̄, allʼ ou ti ge en pasin hama oude mēn metʼ epistēmēs tēs akras, kathaper ho gnōstikos. kai dē tēs kata ton gnōstikon hēmin hōs eipein apatheias, kathʼ hēn hē teleiōsis tou pistou diʼ agapēs »eis andra teleion, eis metron hēlikias« probainousa aphikneitai, exomoioumenē theǭ, »isangelos« alēthōs genomenē. polla men kai alla ek graphēs martyria epeisi paratithesthai. ameinon de oimai hyperthesthai tēn toiautēn philotimian dia to mēkos tou logou, tois ponein ethelousi kai prosekponein ta dogmata katʼ eklogēn tōn graphōn epitrepsanta. mias dʼ oun dia brachytatōn epimnēsthēsomai, hōs mē anepisēmeiōton paralipein ton topon. legei gar en tę̄ proterą [tēs] pros Korinthious epistolę̄ ho theios apostolos; »tolmą tis hymōn pragma echōn pros ton heteron krinesthai epi tōn adikōn kai ouchi epi tōn hagiōn? ē ouk oidate hoti hagioi ton kosmon krinousi?« kai ta hexēs. megistēs dʼ ousēs tēs perikopēs, tais epikairois tōn apostolikōn synchrōmenoi lexesi, dia brachytatōn ex epidromēs hoion metaphrazontes tēn rhēsin, tēn dianoian tou rhētou tou apostolou parastēsomen, kathʼ hēn tou gnōstikou tēn teleiotēta hypographei. ou gar epi tou adikeisthai mallon ē adikein histēsi ton gnōstikon monon, alla kai amnēsikakon einai didaskei, mēde euchesthai kata tou adikēsantos epitrepōn; oiden gar kai ton kyrion antikrys »euchesthai hyper tōn echthrōn« parangeilanta. to men oun »epi tōn adikōn krinesthai« ton ēdikēmenon phaskei ouden allʼ ē antapodounai boulesthai dokein kai antadikēsai deuteron ethelein, hoper homoiōs estin adikēsai kai auton. to de »epi tōn hagiōn krinesthai« ethelein tinas legein emphainei tous diʼ euchēs tois adikēsasin antapodothēnai tēn pleonexian aitoumenous, kai einai men tōn proterōn tous deuterous ameinous, oudepō de apatheis, ēn mē amnēsikakoi teleon genomenoi kata tēn tou kyriou didaskalian proseuxōntai kai hyper tōn echthrōn.
Let these things, then, be said to the Greeks about the one who knows, in seed form and as briefly as possible. But it must be understood that if the believer does one or even two of these things rightly, he does not do so in all things together, nor with the highest understanding, as the one who knows does. And indeed, concerning what we may call the freedom from passion of the one who knows, by which the perfection of the believer, advancing through love, arrives “at the perfect man, at the measure of stature,” being made like God and having become truly “equal to the angels,” many other testimonies from Scripture come to mind that could be set out. But I think it better to put off such ambition because of the length of the discourse, leaving it to those who are willing to toil and to work out the doctrines by a selection of the Scriptures. One, however, I will mention very briefly, so as not to leave the topic without some mark. For the divine apostle says in the first letter to the Corinthians: “Does any of you, having a dispute with another, dare to go to law before the unjust and not before the saints? Or do you not know that the saints will judge the world?” and what follows. Since the passage is very long, we will use the apostle's apt expressions and, paraphrasing the saying very briefly and in summary, set out the sense of the apostle's words, in which he sketches the perfection of the one who knows. For he does not only set the one who knows on the ground of suffering wrong rather than doing wrong, but also teaches him to bear no grudge, not permitting him even to pray against the one who has wronged him; for he knows that the Lord plainly commanded us “to pray for enemies.” “To go to law before the unjust,” then, he says, means nothing else than that the one who has been wronged appears to wish to retaliate and to want to do wrong in turn, which is equally to do wrong himself. And to say that some wish “to go to law before the saints” indicates those who ask in prayer that their wrongdoers be repaid for their greed; the second are better than the first, but not yet free from passion, unless, having become completely free from grudges according to the Lord's teaching, they pray even for their enemies.
7.14.85Stählin 2
Καλὸν οὖν καὶ φρένας καλὰς ἐκ μετανοίας αὐτοὺς τῆς εἰς τὴν πίστιν μεταλαβεῖν. εἰ γὰρ καὶ ἐχθροὺς ἡ ἀλήθεια τοὺς παραζηλοῦντας κεκτῆσθαι δοκεῖ, ἀλλʼ οὔ τί γε αὐτὴ διεχθρεύεταί τινι. »ὅ« τε γὰρ »θεὸς ἐπὶ δικαίους καὶ ἀδίκους τὸν αὑτοῦ ἐπιλάμπει ἥλιον« καὶ τὸν κύριόν γε αὐτὸν ἐπὶ δικαίους ἔπεμψεν καὶ ἀδίκους, ὅ τε ἐξομοιοῦσθαι βιαζόμενος θεῷ, διὰ τῆς πολλῆς ἀμνησικακίας »ἀφεὶς ἑβδομηκοντάκις ἑπτά« (οἷον κατὰ πάντα τὸν βίον καὶ καθʼ ὅλην τὴν κοσμικὴν περιήλυσιν ἑβδομάσιν ἀριθμουμέναις σημαινομένην), παντί τῳ χρηστεύεται, εἰ καί τις τὸν πάντα τοῦτον ἐν σαρκὶ βιοὺς χρόνον ἀδικεῖ τὸν γνωστικόν. οὐ γὰρ τὴν κρίσιν μόνην ἄλλοις ἐπιτρέπειν ἀξιοῖ τὸν σπουδαῖον τῶν ἠδικηκότων αὐτόν, ἀλλὰ καὶ παρʼ ἐκείνων αἰτεῖσθαι τῶν κριτῶν βούλεται τὸν δίκαιον τὴν ἄφεσιν τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν τοῖς εἰς αὐτὸν πεπλημμεληκόσι, καὶ εἰκότως· εἴ γε τὸ ἐκτὸς μόνον καὶ τὸ περὶ σῶμα, κἂν μέχρι θανάτου προβαίνῃ, πλεονεκτοῦσιν οἱ ἀδικεῖν ἐπιχειροῦντες, ὧν οὐδὲν οἰκεῖον τοῦ γνωστικοῦ. πῶς δʼ ἂν καὶ ἀγγέλους τις κρίναι τοὺς ἀποστάτας, αὐτὸς ἀποστάτης ἐκείνης τῆς κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ἀμνησικακίας γενόμενος; »διὰ τί οὐχὶ μᾶλλον ἀδικεῖσθε;« φησί· »διὰ τί οὐχὶ μᾶλλον ἀποστερεῖσθε; ἀλλὰ ὑμεῖς ἀδικεῖτε [καὶ ἀποστερεῖτε]«, εὐχόμενοι κατὰ τούτων δηλονότι τῶν κατʼ ἄγνοιαν πλημμελούντων, »καὶ ἀποστερεῖτε« τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ φιλανθρωπίας τε καὶ ἀγαθότητος τὸ ὅσον ἐφʼ ὑμῖν τοὺς καθʼ ὧν εὔχεσθε. »καὶ τοῦτο ἀδελφούς«, οὐ τοὺς κατὰ πίστιν μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς προσηλύτους λέγων. εἰ γὰρ καὶ ὁ νῦν διεχθρεύων ὕστερον πιστεύσει.
Kalon oun kai phrenas kalas ek metanoias autous tēs eis tēn pistin metalabein. ei gar kai echthrous hē alētheia tous parazēlountas kektēsthai dokei, allʼ ou ti ge autē diechthreuetai tini. »ho« te gar »theos epi dikaious kai adikous ton hautou epilampei hēlion« kai ton kyrion ge auton epi dikaious epempsen kai adikous, ho te exomoiousthai biazomenos theǭ, dia tēs pollēs amnēsikakias »apheis hebdomēkontakis hepta« (hoion kata panta ton bion kai kathʼ holēn tēn kosmikēn periēlysin hebdomasin arithmoumenais sēmainomenēn), panti tǭ chrēsteuetai, ei kai tis ton panta touton en sarki bious chronon adikei ton gnōstikon. ou gar tēn krisin monēn allois epitrepein axioi ton spoudaion tōn ēdikēkotōn auton, alla kai parʼ ekeinōn aiteisthai tōn kritōn bouletai ton dikaion tēn aphesin tōn hamartiōn tois eis auton peplēmmelēkosi, kai eikotōs; ei ge to ektos monon kai to peri sōma, kan mechri thanatou probainę̄, pleonektousin hoi adikein epicheirountes, hōn ouden oikeion tou gnōstikou. pōs dʼ an kai angelous tis krinai tous apostatas, autos apostatēs ekeinēs tēs kata to euangelion amnēsikakias genomenos? »dia ti ouchi mallon adikeisthe?« phēsi; »dia ti ouchi mallon apostereisthe? alla hymeis adikeite [kai apostereite]«, euchomenoi kata toutōn dēlonoti tōn katʼ agnoian plēmmelountōn, »kai apostereite« tēs tou theou philanthrōpias te kai agathotētos to hoson ephʼ hymin tous kathʼ hōn euchesthe. »kai touto adelphous«, ou tous kata pistin monon, alla kai tous prosēlytous legōn. ei gar kai ho nyn diechthreuōn hysteron pisteusei.
It is good, then, that they too should gain a right mind through the repentance that leads to faith. For even if the truth seems to have enemies in those who are jealous of it, it is not itself hostile to anyone. For “God makes his sun shine on the just and the unjust,” and he sent the Lord himself to the just and the unjust. And the one who strives to be made like God, through his great freedom from grudges “forgiving seventy times seven” (meaning, as it were, through the whole of life and the whole cycle of the world, which is signified by the numbering in sevens), is kind to everyone, even if someone wrongs the one who knows for the whole time he lives in the flesh. For he thinks it right for the good man not only to leave to others the judgment of those who have wronged him; he wants the righteous man even to ask those judges for the forgiveness of sins for those who have offended against him. And reasonably so, since those who try to do him wrong gain an advantage only over what is external and bodily, even if it goes as far as death, and none of this belongs to the one who knows. How could anyone judge the apostate angels, if he himself has become an apostate from the freedom from grudges that the gospel teaches? “Why do you not rather suffer wrong?” he says; “why do you not rather let yourselves be defrauded? But you do wrong,” clearly by praying against those who offend through ignorance, “and you defraud” those against whom you pray, as far as it depends on you, of God's love for humanity and his goodness. “And that brothers,” meaning not only those in the faith but also proselytes. For whether the one who is now hostile will later believe,
7.14.86Stählin 2
οὐκ ἴσμεν οὐδέπω ἡμεῖς. ἐξ ὧν συνάγεται σαφῶς εἰ καὶ μὴ πάντας εἶναι, ἡμῖν γε αὐτοὺς δοκεῖν δεῖν εἶναι ἀδελφούς, ἤδη δὲ καὶ πάντας ἀνθρώπους ἑνὸς ὄντας ἔργον θεοῦ καὶ μίαν εἰκόνα ἐπὶ μίαν οὐσίαν περιβεβλημένους, κἂν τεθολωμένοι τύχωσιν ἄλλοι ἄλλων μᾶλλον, μόνος ὁ ἐπιστήμων γνωρίζει, καὶ τῶν κτισμάτων τὴν ἐνέργειαν. διʼ ἧς αὖθις τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ, προσκυνεῖ. »Ἢ οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι ἄδικοι βασιλείαν θεοῦ οὐ κληρονομήσουσιν;« ἀδικεῖ οὖν ὁ ἀνταδικῶν εἴτʼ οὖν ἔργῳ εἴτε καὶ λόγῳ εἴτε καὶ τῇ τοῦ βούλεσθαι ἐννοίᾳ, ἣν μετὰ τὴν τοῦ νόμου παιδαγωγίαν τὸ εὐαγγέλιον περιγράφει. »καὶ ταῦτά τινες ἦτε«, τοιοῦτοι δηλονότι οἷοι ἔτι τυγχάνουσιν οἷς αὐτοὶ οὐ συγγινώσκετε. »ἀλλὰ ἀπελούσασθε«, οὐχ ἁπλῶς ὡς οἱ λοιποί, ἀλλὰ μετὰ γνώσεως τὰ πάθη τὰ ψυχικὰ ἀπερρύψασθε. εἰς τὸ ἐξομοιοῦσθαι ὅση δύναμις τῇ ἀγαθότητι τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ προνοίας διά τε τῆς ἀνεξικακίας διά τε τῆς ἀμνησικακίας, »ἐπὶ δικαίους καὶ ἀδίκους« τὸ εὐμενὲς τοῦ λόγου καὶ τῶν ἔργων καθάπερ ὁ ἥλιος ἐπιλάμποντες· εἴτʼ οὖν μεγαλονοίᾳ τοῦτο περιποιήσεται ὁ γνωστικὸς εἴτε μιμήσει τοῦ κρείττονος· τρίτη δʼ αἰτία τὸ »ἄφες καὶ ἀφεθήσεταί σοι«, βιαζομένης ὥσπερ τῆς ἐντολῆς εἰς σωτηρίαν διʼ ὑπερβολὴν ἀγαθότητος. »ἀλλʼ ἡγιάσθητε·« τῷ γὰρ εἰς τοῦτο ἥκοντι ἕξεως ἁγίῳ εἶναι συμβαίνει, μηδενὶ τῶν παθῶν κατὰ μηδένα τρόπον περιπίπτοντι.
ouk ismen oudepō hēmeis. ex hōn synagetai saphōs ei kai mē pantas einai, hēmin ge autous dokein dein einai adelphous, ēdē de kai pantas anthrōpous henos ontas ergon theou kai mian eikona epi mian ousian peribeblēmenous, kan tetholōmenoi tychōsin alloi allōn mallon, monos ho epistēmōn gnōrizei, kai tōn ktismatōn tēn energeian. diʼ hēs authis to thelēma tou theou, proskynei. »Ē ouk oidate hoti adikoi basileian theou ou klēronomēsousin?« adikei oun ho antadikōn eitʼ oun ergǭ eite kai logǭ eite kai tę̄ tou boulesthai ennoią, hēn meta tēn tou nomou paidagōgian to euangelion perigraphei. »kai tauta tines ēte«, toioutoi dēlonoti hoioi eti tynchanousin hois autoi ou synginōskete. »alla apelousasthe«, ouch haplōs hōs hoi loipoi, alla meta gnōseōs ta pathē ta psychika aperrypsasthe. eis to exomoiousthai hosē dynamis tę̄ agathotēti tēs tou theou pronoias dia te tēs anexikakias dia te tēs amnēsikakias, »epi dikaious kai adikous« to eumenes tou logou kai tōn ergōn kathaper ho hēlios epilampontes; eitʼ oun megalonoią touto peripoiēsetai ho gnōstikos eite mimēsei tou kreittonos; tritē dʼ aitia to »aphes kai aphethēsetai soi«, biazomenēs hōsper tēs entolēs eis sōtērian diʼ hyperbolēn agathotētos. »allʼ hēgiasthēte;« tǭ gar eis touto hēkonti hexeōs hagiǭ einai symbainei, mēdeni tōn pathōn kata mēdena tropon peripiptonti.
we do not yet know. From this it is clearly gathered that, even if not all are brothers, they must at least seem to us to be brothers; and indeed that all human beings, being the work of one God and clothed with one image upon one substance, even if some happen to be more muddied than others, only the one who understands recognizes; and he reveres the activity of created things, through which in turn he reveres the will of God. “Or do you not know that the unjust will not inherit the kingdom of God?” The one who retaliates, then, does wrong, whether in deed, or in word, or in the very thought of wishing it, which the gospel rules out after the tutelage of the law. “And such were some of you,” that is, such as those still are whom you yourselves do not forgive. “But you were washed,” not simply as the rest were, but with knowledge you washed away the passions of the soul, so as to become like, as far as possible, the goodness of God's providence, through patience and freedom from grudges, shining the kindness of your words and deeds “on the just and the unjust,” as the sun does. The one who knows will achieve this either by greatness of mind or by imitating what is better; and a third cause is “Forgive, and it will be forgiven you,” the commandment, as it were, compelling us to salvation through its surpassing goodness. “But you were sanctified”; for the one who has reached this state is holy, falling into none of the passions in any way,
7.14.87Stählin 2
ἀλλʼ οἷον ἀσάρκῳ ἤδη καὶ ἄνω τῆσδε τῆς γῆς [ἁγίῳ] γεγονότι. διόπερ »ἐδικαιώθητε« φησὶ »τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ κυρίου«· ἐποιήθητε ὡς εἰπεῖν ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ δίκαιοι [εἶναι] ὡς αὐτός. καὶ »τῷ πνεύματι τῷ ἁγίῳ« ὡς ἔνι μάλιστα κατὰ δύναμιν ἀνεκράθητε. μὴ γὰρ οὐ »πάντα μοι ἔξεστιν, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐξουσιασθήσομαι«, φησί, παρὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν τι ποιῆσαι ἢ νοῆσαι ἢ λαλῆσαι; »τὰ δὲ βρώματα τῇ κοιλίᾳ καὶ ἡ κοιλία τοῖς βρώμασιν«. ἃ »ὁ θεὸς καταργήσει«, τουτέστιν τοὺς οὕτω λογιζομένους καὶ βιοῦντας ὡς διὰ τὸ ἐσθίειν γενομένους, μὴ οὐχὶ δὲ ἐσθίοντας ἵνα ζῶσι μὲν κατὰ τὸ ἀκόλουθον, κατὰ δὲ τὸ προηγούμενον τῇ γνώσει προσανέχοντας. καὶ μή τι οἷον σάρκας εἶναι τοῦ ἁγίου σώματος τούτους φησί; σῶμα δὲ ἀλληγορεῖται ἡ ἐκκλησία κυρίου. ὁ πνευματικὸς καὶ ἄγιος χορός, ἐξ ὧν οἱ τὸ ὄνομα ἐπικεκλημένοι μόνον, βιοῦντες δὲ οὐ κατὰ λόγον, σάρκες εἰσί. »τὸ δὲ σῶμα« τοῦτο τὸ πνευματικόν, τουτέστιν ἡ ἁγία ἐκκλησία, »οὐ τῇ πορνείᾳ« οὐδὲ τῇ ἀπὸ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου ἀποστασίᾳ πρὸς τὸν ἐθνικὸν βίον κατʼ οὐδένα τρόπον οὐδʼ ὁπωστιοῦν οἰκειωτέον.
allʼ hoion asarkǭ ēdē kai anō tēsde tēs gēs [hagiǭ] gegonoti. dioper »edikaiōthēte« phēsi »tǭ onomati tou kyriou«; epoiēthēte hōs eipein hypʼ autou dikaioi [einai] hōs autos. kai »tǭ pneumati tǭ hagiǭ« hōs eni malista kata dynamin anekrathēte. mē gar ou »panta moi exestin, allʼ ouk exousiasthēsomai«, phēsi, para to euangelion ti poiēsai ē noēsai ē lalēsai? »ta de brōmata tę̄ koilią kai hē koilia tois brōmasin«. ha »ho theos katargēsei«, toutestin tous houtō logizomenous kai biountas hōs dia to esthiein genomenous, mē ouchi de esthiontas hina zōsi men kata to akolouthon, kata de to proēgoumenon tę̄ gnōsei prosanechontas. kai mē ti hoion sarkas einai tou hagiou sōmatos toutous phēsi? sōma de allēgoreitai hē ekklēsia kyriou. ho pneumatikos kai agios choros, ex hōn hoi to onoma epikeklēmenoi monon, biountes de ou kata logon, sarkes eisi. »to de sōma« touto to pneumatikon, toutestin hē hagia ekklēsia, »ou tę̄ porneią« oude tę̄ apo tou euangeliou apostasią pros ton ethnikon bion katʼ oudena tropon oudʼ hopōstioun oikeiōteon.
but as one already without flesh and become holy above this earth. That is why he says, “You were justified in the name of the Lord”: you were made by him, so to speak, righteous as he is; and “by the Holy Spirit” you were blended with him as far as possible. For surely, “All things are lawful for me, but I will not be brought under the power of anything,” he says, does not mean that one may do or think or speak anything contrary to the gospel? “Food is for the belly and the belly for food,” which “God will destroy,” that is, those who think and live as though they were born to eat, instead of eating in order to live, as a secondary thing, while devoting themselves first of all to knowledge. And does he not say that these are, as it were, the fleshy parts of the holy body? The church of the Lord is allegorically called a body, the spiritual and holy chorus; and of it, those who are called by the name only, but do not live according to reason, are the flesh. “But the body,” this spiritual body, that is, the holy church, must in no way whatever be joined “to fornication,” nor to apostasy from the gospel into the life of the gentiles.
7.14.88Stählin 2
πορνεύει γὰρ εἰς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν καὶ »τὸ αὑτοῦ σῶμα« ὁ ἐθνικῶς ἐν ἐκκλησίᾳ πολιτευόμενος, εἴτʼ οὖν ἐν ἔργῳ, εἴτε καὶ ἐν λόγῳ, εἴτε καὶ ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ἐννοίᾳ. »ὁ« ταύτῃ »κολλώμενος τῇ πόρνῃ«, τῇ παρὰ τὴν διαθήκην ἐνεργείᾳ, ἄλλο σῶμα γίνεται οὐχ ἅγιον, »εἰς σάρκα μίαν« καὶ βίον ἐθνικὸν καὶ ἄλλην ἐλπίδα· »ὁ δὲ κολλώμενος τῷ κυρίῳ ἓν πνεῦμά ἐστι«. »πνευματικὸν σῶμα«, τὸ διάφορον τῆς συνόδου γένος. υἱὸς οὗτος ἅπας, ἄνθρωπος ἅγιος, ἀπαθής, γνωστικός, τέλειος, μορφούμενος τῇ τοῦ κυρίου διδασκαλίᾳ, ἵνα δὴ καὶ ἔργῳ καὶ λόγῳ καὶ αὐτῷ τῷ πνεύματι προσεχὴς τῷ κυρίῳ τὴν μονὴν ἐκείνην τὴν ὀφειλομένην τῷ οὕτως ἀπηνδρωμένῳ ἀπολάβῃ. ἀπόχρη τὸ δεῖγμα τοῖς ὦτα ἔχουσιν. οὐ γὰρ ἐκκυκλεῖν χρὴ τὸ μυστήριον. ἐμφαίνειν δὲ ὅσον εἰς ἀνάμνησιν τοῖς μετεσχηκόσι τῆς γνώσεως, οἳ καὶ συνήσουσιν ὅπως εἴρηται πρὸς τοῦ κυρίου· »γίνεσθε ὡς ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν τέλειοι«, τελείως ἀφιέντες τὰς ἁμαρτίας καὶ ἀμνησικακοῦντες καὶ ἐν τῇ ἕξει τῆς ἀπαθείας καταβιοῦντες. ὡς γὰρ τέλειόν φαμεν ἰατρὸν καὶ τέλειον φιλόσοφον, οὕτως, οἶμαι, καὶ τέλειον γνωστικόν· ἀλλʼ οὐδὲν τούτων, καίτοι μέγιστον ὄν, εἰς ὁμοιότητα θεοῦ παραλαμβάνεται. οὐ γάρ, καθάπερ οἱ Στωϊκοί, ἀθέως πάνυ τὴν αὐτὴν ἀρετὴν ἀνθρώπου λέγομεν καὶ θεοῦ. μή τι οὖν τέλειοι γίγνεσθαι ὀφείλομεν ὡς ὁ πατὴρ βούλεται; ἀδύνατον γὰρ καὶ ἀμήχανον ὡς ὁ θεός ἐστι γενέσθαι τινὰ τέλειον· βούλεται δὲ ὁ πατὴρ ζῶντας ἡμᾶς κατὰ τὴν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου ὑπακοὴν ἀνεπιλήπτως τελείους γίγνεσθαι. ἢν οὖν, κατʼ ἔλλειψιν λεγομένου τοῦ ῥητοῦ, προσυπακούσωμεν τὸ ἐνδέον εἰς ἀναπλήρωσιν τῆς περικοπῆς, τοῖς συνιέναι δυναμένοις ἀπολελειμμένον ἐκλαβεῖν, καὶ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ γνωριοῦμεν καὶ κατʼ ἀξίαν τῆς ἐντολῆς εὐσεβῶς ἅμα καὶ μεγαλοφρόνως πολιτευσόμεθα.
porneuei gar eis tēn ekklēsian kai »to hautou sōma« ho ethnikōs en ekklēsią politeuomenos, eitʼ oun en ergǭ, eite kai en logǭ, eite kai en autę̄ tę̄ ennoią. »ho« tautę̄ »kollōmenos tę̄ pornę̄«, tę̄ para tēn diathēkēn energeią, allo sōma ginetai ouch hagion, »eis sarka mian« kai bion ethnikon kai allēn elpida; »ho de kollōmenos tǭ kyriǭ hen pneuma esti«. »pneumatikon sōma«, to diaphoron tēs synodou genos. huios houtos hapas, anthrōpos hagios, apathēs, gnōstikos, teleios, morphoumenos tę̄ tou kyriou didaskalią, hina dē kai ergǭ kai logǭ kai autǭ tǭ pneumati prosechēs tǭ kyriǭ tēn monēn ekeinēn tēn opheilomenēn tǭ houtōs apēndrōmenǭ apolabę̄. apochrē to deigma tois ōta echousin. ou gar ekkyklein chrē to mystērion. emphainein de hoson eis anamnēsin tois meteschēkosi tēs gnōseōs, hoi kai synēsousin hopōs eirētai pros tou kyriou; »ginesthe hōs ho patēr hymōn teleioi«, teleiōs aphientes tas hamartias kai amnēsikakountes kai en tę̄ hexei tēs apatheias katabiountes. hōs gar teleion phamen iatron kai teleion philosophon, houtōs, oimai, kai teleion gnōstikon; allʼ ouden toutōn, kaitoi megiston on, eis homoiotēta theou paralambanetai. ou gar, kathaper hoi Stōïkoi, atheōs pany tēn autēn aretēn anthrōpou legomen kai theou. mē ti oun teleioi gignesthai opheilomen hōs ho patēr bouletai? adynaton gar kai amēchanon hōs ho theos esti genesthai tina teleion; bouletai de ho patēr zōntas hēmas kata tēn tou euangeliou hypakoēn anepilēptōs teleious gignesthai. ēn oun, katʼ elleipsin legomenou tou rhētou, prosypakousōmen to endeon eis anaplērōsin tēs perikopēs, tois synienai dynamenois apoleleimmenon eklabein, kai to thelēma tou theou gnōrioumen kai katʼ axian tēs entolēs eusebōs hama kai megalophronōs politeusometha.
For the one who lives like a gentile in the church, whether in deed, or in word, or in thought itself, commits fornication against the church and against “his own body.” The one who in this way “joins himself to the harlot,” by acting contrary to the covenant, becomes another body, not holy, “one flesh” with a gentile life and another hope; “but he who is joined to the Lord is one spirit,” a “spiritual body,” a different kind of union. Such a one is wholly a son, a holy human being, free from passion, knowing, perfect, formed by the Lord's teaching, so that in deed and word and in spirit itself, close to the Lord, he may receive the dwelling due to one who has thus become fully a man. The example is enough for those who have ears. For one must not put the mystery on public display, but only indicate enough of it to remind those who have partaken of knowledge; they will also understand how the Lord's words were meant: “Be perfect as your Father,” perfectly forgiving sins, bearing no grudges, and living in the settled state of freedom from passion. For as we speak of a perfect physician and a perfect philosopher, so, I think, of a perfect one who knows; but none of these, great as it is, is taken as likeness to God. For we do not say, as the Stoics do, most impiously, that the virtue of a human being and of God is the same. Are we not, then, to become perfect as the Father wills? For it is impossible and inconceivable for anyone to become perfect as God is; but the Father wills that we, living in obedience to the gospel, become blamelessly perfect. If, then, since the saying is spoken elliptically, we supply what is lacking to complete the passage, leaving those able to understand to take up what has been left out, we will both know God's will and live, piously and nobly at once, in a manner worthy of the commandment.
Miscellanies 7, chapter 15
7.15.89Stählin 2
Ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἀκόλουθόν ἐστι πρὸς τὰ ὑπὸ Ἑλλήνων καὶ Ἰουδαίων ἐπιφερόμενα ἡμῖν ἐγκλήματα ἀπολογήσασθαι, συνεπιλαμβάνονται δὲ ἔν τισι τῶν ἀποριῶν ὁμοίως τοῖς προειρημένοις καὶ αἱ περὶ τὴν ἀληθῆ διδασκαλίαν αἱρέσεις, εὖ ἂν ἔχοι, πρότερον διακαθάραντας τὰ ἐμποδών, εὐτρεπεῖς ἐπὶ τὰς τῶν ἀποριῶν λύσεις, εἰς τὸν ἑξῆς προϊέναι Στρωματέα. Πρῶτον μὲν οὖν αὐτὸ τοῦτο προσάγουσιν ἡμῖν λέγοντες, μὴ δεῖν πιστεύειν διὰ τὴν διαφωνίαν τῶν αἱρέσεων· παρὰ τίνι γὰρ καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια ἄλλων ἄλλα δογματιζόντων; πρὸς οὕς φαμεν ὅτι καὶ παρʼ ὑμῖν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις καὶ παρὰ τοῖς δοκιμωτάτοις τῶν παρʼ Ἕλλησι φιλοσόφων πάμπολλαι γεγόνασιν αἱρέσεις. καὶ οὐ δήπου φατὲ δεῖν ὀκνεῖν ἤτοι φιλοσοφεῖν ἢ ἰουδαΐζειν τῆς διαφωνίας ἕνεκα τῆς πρὸς ἀλλήλας τῶν παρʼ ὑμῖν αἱρέσεων. ἔπειτα δὲ ἐπισπαρήσεσθαι τὰς αἱρέσεις τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, καθάπερ τῷ πυρῷ »τὰ ζιζάνια«, πρὸς τοῦ κυρίου προφητικῶς εἴρητο, καὶ ἀδύνατον μὴ γενέσθαι τὸ προειρημένον ἔσεσθαι· καὶ τούτου ἡ αἰτία, ὅτι παντὶ τῷ καλῷ μῶμος ἕπεται.
Epeidē de akolouthon esti pros ta hypo Hellēnōn kai Ioudaiōn epipheromena hēmin enklēmata apologēsasthai, synepilambanontai de en tisi tōn aporiōn homoiōs tois proeirēmenois kai hai peri tēn alēthē didaskalian haireseis, eu an echoi, proteron diakatharantas ta empodōn, eutrepeis epi tas tōn aporiōn lyseis, eis ton hexēs proïenai Strōmatea. Prōton men oun auto touto prosagousin hēmin legontes, mē dein pisteuein dia tēn diaphōnian tōn haireseōn; para tini gar kai hē alētheia allōn alla dogmatizontōn? pros hous phamen hoti kai parʼ hymin tois Ioudaiois kai para tois dokimōtatois tōn parʼ Hellēsi philosophōn pampollai gegonasin haireseis. kai ou dēpou phate dein oknein ētoi philosophein ē ioudaïzein tēs diaphōnias heneka tēs pros allēlas tōn parʼ hymin haireseōn. epeita de episparēsesthai tas haireseis tę̄ alētheią, kathaper tǭ pyrǭ »ta zizania«, pros tou kyriou prophētikōs eirēto, kai adynaton mē genesthai to proeirēmenon esesthai; kai toutou hē aitia, hoti panti tǭ kalǭ mōmos hepetai.
Since it follows next to make a defense against the charges brought against us by Greeks and Jews, and since in some of the difficulties the heresies concerning the true teaching also join in with those already mentioned, it would be well first to clear away what stands in the way, and then, ready for the solutions of the difficulties, to go on to the next Miscellany. First, then, they bring this very point against us, saying that one ought not to believe because of the disagreement among the heresies; for with whom does the truth lie, when different people teach different doctrines? To them we say that among you Jews too, and among the most esteemed of the Greek philosophers, very many sects have arisen; and surely you do not say that one should hesitate to practice philosophy or to live as a Jew because of the disagreement of your sects with one another. Next, that heresies would be sown among the truth, like “the weeds” among the wheat, was said prophetically by the Lord, and what was foretold could not fail to happen; and the reason for this is that fault-finding follows everything that is good.
7.15.90Stählin 2
Μή τι οὖν, εἰ καὶ παραβαίη τις συνθήκας καὶ τὴν ὁμολογίαν παρέλθοι τὴν πρὸς ἡμᾶς, διὰ τὸν ψευσάμενον τὴν ὁμολογίαν ἀφεξόμεθα τῆς ἀληθείας καὶ ἡμεῖς; ἀλλʼ ὡς ἀψευδεῖν χρὴ τὸν ἐπιεικῆ καὶ μηδὲν ὧν ὑπέσχηται ἀκυροῦν. κἂν ἄλλοι τινὲς παραβαίνωσι συνθήκας, οὕτως καὶ ἡμᾶς κατὰ μηδένα τρόπον τὸν ἐκκλησιαστικὸν παραβαίνειν προσήκει κανόνα· καὶ μάλιστα τὴν περὶ τῶν μεγίστων ὁμολογίαν ἡμεῖς μὲν φυλάττομεν, οἳ δὲ παραβαίνουσι. πιστευτέον οὖν τοῖς βεβαίως ἐχομένοις τῆς ἀληθείας. ἤδη δὲ καὶ ὡς ἐν πλάτει χρωμένοις τῇδε τῇ ἀπολογίᾳ ἔνεστι φάναι πρὸς αὐτούς, ὅτι καὶ οἱ ἰατροὶ ἐναντίας δόξας κεκτημένοι κατὰ τὰς οἰκείας αἱρέσεις ἐπʼ ἴσης ἔργῳ θεραπεύουσιν. μή τι οὖν κάμνων τις τὸ σῶμα καὶ θεραπείας δεόμενος οὐ προσίεται ἰατρὸν διὰ τὰς ἐν τῇ ἰατρικῇ αἱρέσεις· οὐκ ἄρα οὐδὲ ὁ τὴν ψυχὴν νοσῶν καὶ εἰδώλων ἔμπλεως, ἕνεκά γε τοῦ ὑγιᾶναι καὶ εἰς θεὸν ἐπιστρέψαι, προφασίσαιτο ἄν ποτε τὰς αἱρέσεις. ναὶ μὴν »διὰ τοὺς δοκίμους« φησὶν »αἱ αἱρέσεις«. δοκίμους ἤτοι τοὺς εἰς πίστιν ἀφικνουμένους λέγει, ἐκλεκτικώτερον προσιόντας τῇ κυριακῇ διδασκαλίᾳ, καθάπερ τοὺς δοκίμους τραπεζίτας τὸ ἀκίβδηλον νόμισμα τοῦ κυρίου ἀπὸ τοῦ παραχαράγματος διακρίνοντας, ἢ τοὺς ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ πίστει δοκίμους ἤδη γενομένους κατά τε τὸν βίον κατά τε τὴν γνῶσιν.
Mē ti oun, ei kai parabaiē tis synthēkas kai tēn homologian parelthoi tēn pros hēmas, dia ton pseusamenon tēn homologian aphexometha tēs alētheias kai hēmeis? allʼ hōs apseudein chrē ton epieikē kai mēden hōn hypeschētai akyroun. kan alloi tines parabainōsi synthēkas, houtōs kai hēmas kata mēdena tropon ton ekklēsiastikon parabainein prosēkei kanona; kai malista tēn peri tōn megistōn homologian hēmeis men phylattomen, hoi de parabainousi. pisteuteon oun tois bebaiōs echomenois tēs alētheias. ēdē de kai hōs en platei chrōmenois tę̄de tę̄ apologią enesti phanai pros autous, hoti kai hoi iatroi enantias doxas kektēmenoi kata tas oikeias haireseis epʼ isēs ergǭ therapeuousin. mē ti oun kamnōn tis to sōma kai therapeias deomenos ou prosietai iatron dia tas en tę̄ iatrikę̄ haireseis; ouk ara oude ho tēn psychēn nosōn kai eidōlōn empleōs, heneka ge tou hygianai kai eis theon epistrepsai, prophasisaito an pote tas haireseis. nai mēn »dia tous dokimous« phēsin »hai haireseis«. dokimous ētoi tous eis pistin aphiknoumenous legei, eklektikōteron prosiontas tę̄ kyriakę̄ didaskalią, kathaper tous dokimous trapezitas to akibdēlon nomisma tou kyriou apo tou paracharagmatos diakrinontas, ē tous en autę̄ tę̄ pistei dokimous ēdē genomenous kata te ton bion kata te tēn gnōsin.
Shall we, then, if someone breaks agreements and goes back on the commitment he made to us, abstain from the truth ourselves because of the one who has been false to his commitment? Rather, as the good man must not lie or annul any of his promises, even if others break agreements, so it befits us in no way to transgress the church's rule; above all, we keep the confession about the most important matters, while they transgress it. One must believe, then, those who hold firmly to the truth. And, making broader use of this defense, one may say to them that physicians too, though they hold opposite opinions according to their own schools, heal equally well in practice. Does anyone, then, who is sick in body and needs treatment refuse a physician because of the schools in medicine? Neither, then, would anyone sick in soul and full of idols ever make the sects a pretext against becoming healthy and turning to God. Indeed, “it is because of those who are approved,” it says, “that there are heresies.” By “approved” he means either those who are coming to faith, approaching the Lord's teaching with more discernment, like approved money-changers who distinguish the Lord's genuine coin from the counterfeit, or those who have already been approved in the faith itself, both in life and in knowledge.
7.15.91Stählin 2
Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο ἄρα πλέονος ἐπιμελείας καὶ προμηθείας δεόμεθα εἰς τὴν ἐξέτασιν τοῦ πῶς ἀκριβῶς βιωτέον καὶ τίς ἡ ὄντως οὖσα θεοσέβεια. δῆλον γὰρ ὅτι δυσκόλου καὶ δυσεργοῦ τῆς ἀληθείας τυγχανούσης διὰ τοῦτο γεγόνασιν αἱ ζητήσεις· ἀφʼ ὧν αἱ φίλαυτοι καὶ φιλόδοξοι αἱρέσεις, μὴ μαθόντων μὲν μηδὲ παρειληφότων ἀληθῶς, οἴησιν δὲ γνώσεως εἰληφότων. διὰ πλείονος τοίνυν φροντίδος ἐρευνητέον τὴν τῷ ὄντι ἀλήθειαν, ἢ μόνην περὶ τὸν ὄντως ὄντα θεὸν καταγίνεται. πόνῳ δὲ ἕπεται γλυκεῖα εὕρεσίς τε καὶ μνήμη. ἐπαποδυτέον ἄρα τῷ πόνῳ τῆς εὑρέσεως διὰ τὰς αἱρέσεις, ἀλλʼ οὐ τέλεον ἀποστατέον. οὐδὲ γὰρ ὀπώρας παρακειμένης, τῆς μὲν ἀληθοῦς καὶ ὡρίμου, τῆς δὲ ἐκ κηροῦ ὡς ὅτι μάλιστα ἐμφεροῦς πεποιημένης, διὰ τὴν ὁμοιότητα ἀμφοῖν ἀφεκτέον, διακριτέον δὲ ὁμοῦ τε τῇ καταληπτικῇ θεωρίᾳ καὶ τῷ κυριωτάτῳ λογισμῷ τὸ ἀληθὲς ἀπὸ τοῦ φαινομένου. καὶ ὥσπερ ὁδοῦ μιᾶς μὲν τῆς βασιλικῆς τυγχανούσης, πολλῶν δὲ καὶ ἄλλων τῶν μὲν ἐπί τινα κρημνόν, τῶν δὲ ἐπὶ ποταμὸν ῥοώδη ἢ θάλασσαν ἀγχιβαθῆ φερουσῶν, οὐκ ἄν τις ὀκνήσαι διὰ τὴν διαφωνίαν ὁδεῦσαι, χρήσαιτο δʼ ἂν τῇ ἀκινδύνῳ καὶ βασιλικῇ καὶ λεωφόρῳ, οὕτως ἄλλα ἄλλων περὶ ἀληθείας λεγόντων οὐκ ἀποστατέον, ἐπιμελέστερον δὲ θηρατέον τὴν ἀκριβεστάτην περὶ αὐτῆς γνῶσιν· ἐπεὶ κἀν τοῖς κηπευομένοις λαχάνοις συναναφύονται καὶ πόαι· μή τι οὖν ἀπέχονται οἱ γεωργοὶ τῆς κηπευτικῆς ἐπιμελείας; ἔχοντες οὖν πολλὰς ἐκ φύσεως ἀφορμὰς πρὸς τὸ ἐξετάζειν τὰ λεγόμενα καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας τὴν ἀκολουθίαν ἐξευρίσκειν ὀφείλομεν. διὸ καὶ εἰκότως κρινόμεθα, οἷς δέον πείθεσθαι μὴ συγκατατιθέμενοι, μὴ διαστέλλοντες τὸ μαχόμενον καὶ ἀπρεπὲς καὶ παρὰ φύσιν καὶ ψεῦδος ἀπὸ [τε] τἀληθοῦς καὶ τοῦ ἀκολούθου καὶ τοῦ πρέποντος καὶ τοῦ κατὰ φύσιν, αἷς ἀφορμαῖς καταχρηστέον εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν τῆς ὄντως οὔσης ἀληθείας.
Dia dē touto ara pleonos epimeleias kai promētheias deometha eis tēn exetasin tou pōs akribōs biōteon kai tis hē ontōs ousa theosebeia. dēlon gar hoti dyskolou kai dysergou tēs alētheias tynchanousēs dia touto gegonasin hai zētēseis; aphʼ hōn hai philautoi kai philodoxoi haireseis, mē mathontōn men mēde pareilēphotōn alēthōs, oiēsin de gnōseōs eilēphotōn. dia pleionos toinyn phrontidos ereunēteon tēn tǭ onti alētheian, ē monēn peri ton ontōs onta theon kataginetai. ponǭ de hepetai glykeia heuresis te kai mnēmē. epapodyteon ara tǭ ponǭ tēs heureseōs dia tas haireseis, allʼ ou teleon apostateon. oude gar opōras parakeimenēs, tēs men alēthous kai hōrimou, tēs de ek kērou hōs hoti malista empherous pepoiēmenēs, dia tēn homoiotēta amphoin aphekteon, diakriteon de homou te tę̄ katalēptikę̄ theōrią kai tǭ kyriōtatǭ logismǭ to alēthes apo tou phainomenou. kai hōsper hodou mias men tēs basilikēs tynchanousēs, pollōn de kai allōn tōn men epi tina krēmnon, tōn de epi potamon rhoōdē ē thalassan anchibathē pherousōn, ouk an tis oknēsai dia tēn diaphōnian hodeusai, chrēsaito dʼ an tę̄ akindynǭ kai basilikę̄ kai leōphorǭ, houtōs alla allōn peri alētheias legontōn ouk apostateon, epimelesteron de thērateon tēn akribestatēn peri autēs gnōsin; epei kan tois kēpeuomenois lachanois synanaphyontai kai poai; mē ti oun apechontai hoi geōrgoi tēs kēpeutikēs epimeleias? echontes oun pollas ek physeōs aphormas pros to exetazein ta legomena kai tēs alētheias tēn akolouthian exeuriskein opheilomen. dio kai eikotōs krinometha, hois deon peithesthai mē synkatatithemenoi, mē diastellontes to machomenon kai aprepes kai para physin kai pseudos apo [te] talēthous kai tou akolouthou kai tou prepontos kai tou kata physin, hais aphormais katachrēsteon eis epignōsin tēs ontōs ousēs alētheias.
For this very reason, then, we need more care and forethought in examining how exactly one must live and what true piety is. For it is clear that, because the truth is difficult and hard to attain, inquiries have arisen; and from these come the self-loving and vainglorious heresies of those who have not truly learned or received the truth, but have taken up a conceit of knowledge. With greater care, then, we must search out the real truth, which alone is concerned with the God who truly is. And sweet discovery and remembrance follow toil. We must, then, strip for the labor of discovery because of the heresies, not give it up altogether. For when fruit is set before us, some real and ripe, and some made of wax to look as much like it as possible, we must not refuse both because they look alike, but distinguish the true from the apparent by comprehending contemplation and the most authoritative reasoning. And as, when there is one royal road and many others, some leading to a cliff, others to a rushing river or a sea that is deep close to shore, no one would hesitate to travel because the roads differ, but would take the safe, royal highway, so, when different people say different things about the truth, one must not give it up, but hunt more carefully for the most exact knowledge of it. For weeds grow up along with the vegetables in a garden; do farmers, then, give up tending their gardens? Having, then, many resources from nature for examining what is said, we ought to discover the consistency of the truth. That is why we are rightly condemned if we do not assent to what we ought to obey, and do not distinguish what is contradictory, unfitting, contrary to nature, and false from what is true, consistent, fitting, and according to nature; these resources must be used for full knowledge of the truth that truly is.
7.15.92Stählin 2
Ματαία τοίνυν τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ἡ πρόφασις αὕτη· τοῖς μὲν γὰρ βουλομένοις ἐξέσται καὶ τὸ εὑρεῖν τὴν ἀλήθειαν, τοῖς δὲ αἰτίας ἀλόγους προβαλλομένοις ἀναπολόγητος ἡ κρίσις. πότερον γὰρ ἀναιροῦσιν ἢ συγκατατίθενται εἶναι ἀπόδειξιν; οἶμαι πάντας ἂν ὁμολογήσειν ἄνευ τῶν τὰς αἰσθήσεις ἀναιρούντων. ἀποδείξεως δʼ οὔσης ἀνάγκη συγκαταβαίνειν εἰς τὰς ζητήσεις καὶ διʼ αὐτῶν τῶν γραφῶν ἐκμανθάνειν ἀποδεικτικῶς, ὅπως μὲν ἀπεσφάλησαν αἱ αἱρέσεις, ὅπως δὲ ἐν μόνῃ τῇ ἀληθείᾳ καὶ τῇ ἀρχαίᾳ ἐκκλησίᾳ ἥ τε ἀκριβεστάτη γνῶσις καὶ ἡ τῷ ὄντι ἀρίστη αἵρεσις. τῶν δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐκτρεπομένων οἳ μὲν σφᾶς αὐτοὺς μόνους, οἳ δὲ καὶ τοὺς πέλας ἐξαπατᾶν ἐπιχειροῦσιν. οἳ μὲν οὖν, δοξόσοφοι καλούμενοι, [οἱ] τὴν ἀλήθειαν εὑρηκέναι νομίζοντες, οὐκ ἔχοντες ἀπόδειξιν οὐδεμίαν ἀληθῆ, ἑαυτοὺς οὗτοι ἀπατῶσιν ἀναπεπαῦσθαι νομίζοντες· ὧν πλῆθος οὐκ ὀλίγον τάς τε ζητήσεις ἐκτρεπομένων διὰ τοὺς ἐλέγχους, ἀποφευγόντων δὲ καὶ τὰς διδασκαλίας διὰ τὴν κατάγνωσιν. οἳ δέ, τοὺς προσιόντας ἐξαπατῶντες, πανοῦργοι σφόδρα, οἳ καὶ παρακολουθοῦντες αὑτοῖς ὅτι μηδὲν ἐπίστανται, πιθανοῖς ὅμως ἐπιχειρήμασι σκοτίζουσι τὴν ἀλήθειαν. ἑτέρα δʼ, οἶμαι, τῶν πιθανῶν ἐπιχειρημάτων καὶ ἑτέρα τῶν ἀληθῶν ἡ φύσις. καὶ ὅτι τῶν αἱρέσεων ἀνάγκη τὴν ὀνομασίαν πρὸς ἀντιδιαστολὴν τῆς ἀληθείας λέγεσθαι γινώσκομεν· ἀφʼ ἧς τινὰ ἀποσπάσαντες ἐπὶ λύμῃ τῶν ἀνθρώπων οἱ σοφισταί, ταῖς ἐξευρημέναις σφίσιν ἀνθρωπικαῖς τέχναις ἐγκατορύξαντες, αὐχοῦσι προΐστασθαι διατριβῆς μᾶλλον ἢ ἐκκλησίας.
Mataia toinyn tois Hellēsin hē prophasis hautē; tois men gar boulomenois exestai kai to heurein tēn alētheian, tois de aitias alogous proballomenois anapologētos hē krisis. poteron gar anairousin ē synkatatithentai einai apodeixin? oimai pantas an homologēsein aneu tōn tas aisthēseis anairountōn. apodeixeōs dʼ ousēs anankē synkatabainein eis tas zētēseis kai diʼ autōn tōn graphōn ekmanthanein apodeiktikōs, hopōs men apesphalēsan hai haireseis, hopōs de en monę̄ tę̄ alētheią kai tę̄ archaią ekklēsią hē te akribestatē gnōsis kai hē tǭ onti aristē hairesis. tōn de apo tēs alētheias ektrepomenōn hoi men sphas autous monous, hoi de kai tous pelas exapatan epicheirousin. hoi men oun, doxosophoi kaloumenoi, [hoi] tēn alētheian heurēkenai nomizontes, ouk echontes apodeixin oudemian alēthē, heautous houtoi apatōsin anapepausthai nomizontes; hōn plēthos ouk oligon tas te zētēseis ektrepomenōn dia tous elenchous, apopheugontōn de kai tas didaskalias dia tēn katagnōsin. hoi de, tous prosiontas exapatōntes, panourgoi sphodra, hoi kai parakolouthountes hautois hoti mēden epistantai, pithanois homōs epicheirēmasi skotizousi tēn alētheian. hetera dʼ, oimai, tōn pithanōn epicheirēmatōn kai hetera tōn alēthōn hē physis. kai hoti tōn haireseōn anankē tēn onomasian pros antidiastolēn tēs alētheias legesthai ginōskomen; aphʼ hēs tina apospasantes epi lymę̄ tōn anthrōpōn hoi sophistai, tais exeurēmenais sphisin anthrōpikais technais enkatoryxantes, auchousi proïstasthai diatribēs mallon ē ekklēsias.
This excuse, then, is vain for the Greeks; for those who wish will be able to find the truth, while for those who put forward irrational excuses the judgment leaves no defense. Do they deny, or do they grant, that there is such a thing as demonstration? I think all would grant it, except those who abolish the senses. And if there is demonstration, one must come down to the inquiries and learn by demonstration from the Scriptures themselves how the heresies went astray, and how in the truth alone and in the ancient church are found both the most exact knowledge and the truly best school. Of those who turn aside from the truth, some try to deceive only themselves, and others their neighbors too. The first, who are called wise in their own conceit, thinking they have found the truth though they have no true demonstration, deceive themselves in thinking they have come to rest; and there is no small number of these, who turn away from inquiry because of the refutations and flee from teaching because of the condemnation. The others, who deceive those who come to them, are utterly unscrupulous; though aware that they know nothing, they nevertheless darken the truth with plausible arguments. But the nature of plausible arguments is one thing, I think, and that of true ones another. And we know that the heresies must be so named in contrast to the truth; from it the sophists have torn away certain things to the ruin of human beings, and have buried them in human arts they have invented, and they boast of presiding over a school rather than a church.
Miscellanies 7, chapter 16
7.16.93Stählin 2
Ἀλλʼ οἱ πονεῖν ἕτοιμοι ἐπὶ τοῖς καλλίστοις οὐ πρότερον ἀποστήσονται ζητοῦντες τὴν ἀλήθειαν πρὶν ἂν τὴν ἀπόδειξιν ἀπʼ αὐτῶν λάβωσι τῶν γραφῶν. ἔστι μὲν οὖν κοινά τινα τῶν ἀνθρώπων κριτήρια καθάπερ τὰ αἰσθητήρια. τὰ δʼ ἄλλα τῶν βουληθέντων καὶ ἀσκησάντων τὰ ἀληθῆ, τὰ διὰ νοῦ καὶ λογισμοῦ τεχνικὰ λόγων ἀληθῶν τε καὶ ψευδῶν. μέγιστον δὲ τὸ καὶ τὴν οἴησιν ἀποθέσθαι, ἐν μέσῳ καταστάντας ἀκριβοῦς ἐπιστήμης καὶ προπετοῦς δοξοσοφίας, καὶ γνῶναι ὅτι ὁ τὴν αἰώνιον ἐλπίζων ἀνάπαυσιν γιγνώσκει καὶ τὴν εἴσοδον αὐτῆς ἐπίπονον οὖσαν καὶ »τεθλιμμένην«. ὁ δὲ ἅπαξ εὐαγγελισθεὶς καὶ »τὸ σωτήριόν« φησιν »ἰδών«, ἐν ᾗ ὥρᾳ ἂν ἐπιγνῷ, μὴ »ἐπιστρεφέσθω εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω καθάπερ ἡ Λὼτ γυνὴ« μηδὲ εἰς τὸν πρότερον βίον τὸν τοῖς αἰσθητοῖς προσανέχοντα, μηδὲ μὴν εἰς τὰς αἱρέσεις παλινδρομείτω· ἐρίζουσι γὰρ ἁμῇ γέ πῃ, τὸν ὄντα μὴ γινώσκουσαι θεόν. »ὁ γὰρ φιλῶν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα ὑπὲρ ἐμέ«, τὸν ὄντως πατέρα καὶ διδάσκαλον τῆς ἀληθείας, τὸν ἀναγεννῶντα καὶ ἀνακτίζοντα καὶ τιθηνούμενον τὴν ψυχὴν τὴν ἐξειλεγμένην, »οὐκ ἔστι μου ἄξιος«, ἄξιος λέγει τοῦ εἶναι υἱὸς θεοῦ καὶ μαθητὴς θεοῦ ὁμοῦ καὶ φίλος καὶ συγγενής. »οὐδεὶς γὰρ εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω βλέπων καὶ ἐπιβάλλων τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ ἐπʼ ἄροτρον εὔθετος τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ.« Ἀλλʼ, ὡς ἔοικεν,
Allʼ hoi ponein hetoimoi epi tois kallistois ou proteron apostēsontai zētountes tēn alētheian prin an tēn apodeixin apʼ autōn labōsi tōn graphōn. esti men oun koina tina tōn anthrōpōn kritēria kathaper ta aisthētēria. ta dʼ alla tōn boulēthentōn kai askēsantōn ta alēthē, ta dia nou kai logismou technika logōn alēthōn te kai pseudōn. megiston de to kai tēn oiēsin apothesthai, en mesǭ katastantas akribous epistēmēs kai propetous doxosophias, kai gnōnai hoti ho tēn aiōnion elpizōn anapausin gignōskei kai tēn eisodon autēs epiponon ousan kai »tethlimmenēn«. ho de hapax euangelistheis kai »to sōtērion« phēsin »idōn«, en hę̄ hōrą an epignǭ, mē »epistrephesthō eis ta opisō kathaper hē Lōt gynē« mēde eis ton proteron bion ton tois aisthētois prosanechonta, mēde mēn eis tas haireseis palindromeitō; erizousi gar hamę̄ ge pę̄, ton onta mē ginōskousai theon. »ho gar philōn patera ē mētera hyper eme«, ton ontōs patera kai didaskalon tēs alētheias, ton anagennōnta kai anaktizonta kai tithēnoumenon tēn psychēn tēn exeilegmenēn, »ouk esti mou axios«, axios legei tou einai huios theou kai mathētēs theou homou kai philos kai syngenēs. »oudeis gar eis ta opisō blepōn kai epiballōn tēn cheira autou epʼ arotron euthetos tę̄ basileią tou theou.« Allʼ, hōs eoiken,
But those who are ready to toil for the finest things will not give up seeking the truth before they obtain the demonstration from the Scriptures themselves. There are, then, certain criteria common to all human beings, such as the sense organs; and there are others that belong to those who have willed and practiced what is true, the criteria of true and false arguments that work skillfully through mind and reasoning. And the greatest thing is to lay aside conceit, taking one's stand between exact understanding and rash pretension to wisdom, and to know that whoever hopes for eternal rest knows also that its entrance is toilsome and “narrow.” And let the one who has once received the good news and, as it says, “seen salvation,” in the very hour in which he recognizes it, not “turn back, like Lot's wife,” either to his former life devoted to the things of sense, or to the heresies; for they are somehow quarrelsome, not knowing the God who is. “For he who loves father or mother more than me,” the true Father and Teacher of the truth, who regenerates, recreates, and nurses the chosen soul, “is not worthy of me”; worthy, he means, of being a son of God and a disciple of God, and at the same time his friend and kin. “For no one who looks back and puts his hand to the plow is fit for the kingdom of God.” But, it seems,
7.16.94Stählin 2
τοῖς πολλοῖς καὶ μέχρι νῦν δοκεῖ ἡ Μαριὰμ λεχὼ εἶναι διὰ τὴν τοῦ παιδίου γέννησιν, οὐκ οὖσα λεχώ (καὶ γὰρ μετὰ τὸ τεκεῖν αὐτὴν μαιωθεῖσάν φασί τινες παρθένον εὑρεθῆναι)· τοιαῦται δʼ ἡμῖν αἱ κυριακαὶ γραφαί, τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἀποτίκτουσαι καὶ μένουσαι παρθένοι μετὰ τῆς ἐπικρύψεως τῶν τῆς ἀληθείας μυστηρίων. »τέτοκεν καὶ οὐ τέτοκεν«, φησὶν ἡ γραφή, ὡς ἂν ἐξ αὑτῆς, οὐκ ἐκ συνδυασμοῦ συλλαβοῦσα. διόπερ τοῖς γνωστικοῖς κεκυήκασιν αἱ γραφαί, αἱ δὲ αἱρέσεις οὐκ ἐκμαθοῦσαι ὡς μὴ κεκυηκυίας παραπέμπονται. πάντων δὲ ἀνθρώπων τὴν αὐτὴν κρίσιν ἐχόντων οἱ μὲν ἀκολουθοῦντες τῷ αἱροῦντι λόγῳ ποιοῦνται τὰς πίστεις, οἱ δὲ ἡδοναῖς σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ἐκδεδωκότες βιάζονται πρὸς τὰς ἐπιθυμίας τὴν γραφήν. δεῖ δʼ, οἶμαι, τῷ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐραστῇ ψυχικῆς εὐτονίας· σφάλλεσθαι γὰρ ἀνάγκη μέγιστα τοὺς μεγίστοις ἐγχειροῦντας πράγμασιν, ἢν μὴ τὸν κανόνα τῆς ἀληθείας παρʼ αὐτῆς λαβόντες ἔχωσι τῆς ἀληθείας. οἱ τοιοῦτοι δέ, ἅτε ἀποπεσόντες τῆς ὀρθῆς ὁδοῦ, κἀν τοῖς πλείστοις τῶν κατὰ μέρος σφάλλονται εἰκότως, διὰ τὸ μὴ ἔχειν ἀληθῶν καὶ ψευδῶν κριτήριον συγγεγυμνασμένον ἀκριβῶς τὰ δέοντα αἱρεῖσθαι. εἰ γὰρ ἐκέκτηντο, ταῖς θείαις ἐπείθοντο ἂν γραφαῖς.
tois pollois kai mechri nyn dokei hē Mariam lechō einai dia tēn tou paidiou gennēsin, ouk ousa lechō (kai gar meta to tekein autēn maiōtheisan phasi tines parthenon heurethēnai); toiautai dʼ hēmin hai kyriakai graphai, tēn alētheian apotiktousai kai menousai parthenoi meta tēs epikrypseōs tōn tēs alētheias mystēriōn. »tetoken kai ou tetoken«, phēsin hē graphē, hōs an ex hautēs, ouk ek syndyasmou syllabousa. dioper tois gnōstikois kekyēkasin hai graphai, hai de haireseis ouk ekmathousai hōs mē kekyēkuias parapempontai. pantōn de anthrōpōn tēn autēn krisin echontōn hoi men akolouthountes tǭ hairounti logǭ poiountai tas pisteis, hoi de hēdonais sphas autous ekdedōkotes biazontai pros tas epithymias tēn graphēn. dei dʼ, oimai, tǭ tēs alētheias erastę̄ psychikēs eutonias; sphallesthai gar anankē megista tous megistois encheirountas pragmasin, ēn mē ton kanona tēs alētheias parʼ autēs labontes echōsi tēs alētheias. hoi toioutoi de, hate apopesontes tēs orthēs hodou, kan tois pleistois tōn kata meros sphallontai eikotōs, dia to mē echein alēthōn kai pseudōn kritērion syngegymnasmenon akribōs ta deonta haireisthai. ei gar ekektēnto, tais theiais epeithonto an graphais.
to the many, even now, Mary seems to be a woman who has given birth, because of the birth of the child, though she was not (for some say that after she gave birth she was examined by a midwife and found to be a virgin). Such to us are the Lord's Scriptures: they give birth to the truth and remain virgins, keeping the mysteries of the truth hidden. “She has borne and has not borne,” says the scripture, as having conceived from herself, not from intercourse. That is why the Scriptures have conceived for those who know, while the heresies, not having learned them, pass them by as though they had not conceived. And though all human beings have the same faculty of judgment, some, following the reason that convinces, form their convictions, while others, having given themselves up to pleasures, force Scripture to suit their desires. The lover of truth needs, I think, vigor of soul; for those who take on the greatest matters must err most greatly, unless they have received the rule of truth from the truth itself and hold to it. Such people, having fallen from the right road, naturally err in most particulars as well, because they have no criterion of true and false trained to choose exactly what is needful. For if they had one, they would obey the divine Scriptures.
7.16.95Stählin 2
Καθάπερ οὖν εἴ τις ἐξ ἀνθρώπου θηρίον γένοιτο παραπλησίως τοῖς ὑπὸ τῆς Κίρκης φαρμαχθεῖσιν· οὕτως τὸ ἄνθρωπος εἶναι τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ πιστὸς τῷ κυρίῳ διαμένειν ἀπολώλεκεν ὁ ἀναλακτίσας τὴν ἐκκλησιαστικὴν παράδοσιν καὶ ἀποσκιρτήσας εἰς δόξας αἱρέσεων ἀνθρωπίνων. ὁ δὲ ἐκ τῆσδε τῆς ἀπάτης παλινδρομήσας, κατακούσας τῶν γραφῶν καὶ τὸν ἑαυτοῦ βίον ἐπιτρέψας τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, οἷον ἐξ ἀνθρώπου θεὸς ἀποτελεῖται. ἔχομεν γὰρ τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς διδασκαλίας, τὸν κύριον διά τε τῶν προφητῶν διά τε τοῦ εὐαγγελίου καὶ διὰ τῶν μακαρίων ἀποστόλων »πολυτρόπως καὶ πολυμερῶς« ἐξ ἀρχῆς εἰς τέλος ἡγούμενον τῆς γνώσεως. τὴν ἀρχὴν δʼ εἴ τις ἑτέρου δεῖσθαι ὑπολάβοι, οὐκέτʼ ἂν ὄντως ἀρχὴ φυλαχθείη. ὁ μὲν οὖν ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ πιστὸς τῇ κυριακῇ γραφῇ τε καὶ φωνῇ ἀξιόπιστος εἰκότως ὡς ἂν διὰ τοῦ κυρίου πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἀνθρώπων εὐεργεσίαν ἐνεργουμένῃ· ἀμέλει πρὸς τὴν τῶν πραγμάτων εὕρεσιν αὐτῇ χρώμεθα κριτηρίῳ· τὸ κρινόμενον δὲ πᾶν ἔτι ἄπιστον πρὶν κριθῆναι. ὥστʼ οὐδʼ ἀρχὴ τὸ κρίσεως δεόμενον. εἰκότως τοίνυν πίστει περιλαβόντες ἀναπόδεικτον τὴν ἀρχήν, ἐκ περιουσίας καὶ τὰς ἀποδείξεις παρʼ αὐτῆς τῆς ἀρχῆς περὶ τῆς ἀρχῆς λαβόντες, φωνῇ κυρίου παιδευόμεθα πρὸς τὴν ἐπίγνωσιν τῆς ἀληθείας. οὐ γὰρ ἁπλῶς ἀποφαινομένοις ἀνθρώποις προσέχοιμεν ἄν, οἷς καὶ ἀνταποφαίνεσθαι ἐπʼ ἴσης ἔξεστιν. εἰ δʼ οὐκ ἀρκεῖ μόνον ἁπλῶς εἰπεῖν τὸ δόξαν, ἀλλὰ πιστώσασθαι δεῖ τὸ λεχθέν, οὐ τὴν ἐξ ἀνθρώπων ἀναμένομεν μαρτυρίαν, ἀλλὰ τῇ τοῦ κυρίου φωνῇ πιστούμεθα τὸ ζητούμενον, ἣ πασῶν ἀποδείξεων ἐχεγγυωτέρα, μᾶλλον δὲ ἣ μόνη ἀπόδειξις οὖσα τυγχάνει· καθʼ ἣν ἐπιστήμην οἱ μὲν ἀπογευσάμενοι μόνον τῶν γραφῶν πιστοί, οἱ δὲ καὶ προσωτέρω χωρήσαντες ἀκριβεῖς γνώμονες τῆς ἀληθείας ὑπάρχουσιν, οἱ γνωστικοί, ἐπεὶ κἀν τοῖς κατὰ τὸν βίον ἔχουσί τι πλέον οἱ τεχνῖται τῶν ἰδιωτῶν καὶ παρὰ τὰς κοινὰς ἐννοίας ἐκτυποῦσι τὸ βέλτιον.
Kathaper oun ei tis ex anthrōpou thērion genoito paraplēsiōs tois hypo tēs Kirkēs pharmachtheisin; houtōs to anthrōpos einai tou theou kai pistos tǭ kyriǭ diamenein apolōleken ho analaktisas tēn ekklēsiastikēn paradosin kai aposkirtēsas eis doxas haireseōn anthrōpinōn. ho de ek tēsde tēs apatēs palindromēsas, katakousas tōn graphōn kai ton heautou bion epitrepsas tę̄ alētheią, hoion ex anthrōpou theos apoteleitai. echomen gar tēn archēn tēs didaskalias, ton kyrion dia te tōn prophētōn dia te tou euangeliou kai dia tōn makariōn apostolōn »polytropōs kai polymerōs« ex archēs eis telos hēgoumenon tēs gnōseōs. tēn archēn dʼ ei tis heterou deisthai hypolaboi, ouketʼ an ontōs archē phylachtheiē. ho men oun ex heautou pistos tę̄ kyriakę̄ graphę̄ te kai phōnę̄ axiopistos eikotōs hōs an dia tou kyriou pros tēn tōn anthrōpōn euergesian energoumenę̄; amelei pros tēn tōn pragmatōn heuresin autę̄ chrōmetha kritēriǭ; to krinomenon de pan eti apiston prin krithēnai. hōstʼ oudʼ archē to kriseōs deomenon. eikotōs toinyn pistei perilabontes anapodeikton tēn archēn, ek periousias kai tas apodeixeis parʼ autēs tēs archēs peri tēs archēs labontes, phōnę̄ kyriou paideuometha pros tēn epignōsin tēs alētheias. ou gar haplōs apophainomenois anthrōpois prosechoimen an, hois kai antapophainesthai epʼ isēs exestin. ei dʼ ouk arkei monon haplōs eipein to doxan, alla pistōsasthai dei to lechthen, ou tēn ex anthrōpōn anamenomen martyrian, alla tę̄ tou kyriou phōnę̄ pistoumetha to zētoumenon, hē pasōn apodeixeōn echengyōtera, mallon de hē monē apodeixis ousa tynchanei; kathʼ hēn epistēmēn hoi men apogeusamenoi monon tōn graphōn pistoi, hoi de kai prosōterō chōrēsantes akribeis gnōmones tēs alētheias hyparchousin, hoi gnōstikoi, epei kan tois kata ton bion echousi ti pleon hoi technitai tōn idiōtōn kai para tas koinas ennoias ektypousi to beltion.
Just as, then, if someone were to turn from a human being into a beast, like those bewitched by Circe, so the one who has kicked against the church's tradition and bolted off into the opinions of human heresies has lost being a man of God and remaining faithful to the Lord. But the one who has run back from this deceit, listening to the Scriptures and entrusting his life to the truth, is, as it were, made complete, from a human being into a god. For we have as the first principle of our teaching the Lord, who through the prophets, through the gospel, and through the blessed apostles, “in many ways and in many parts,” leads to knowledge from beginning to end. And if anyone were to suppose that the first principle needs something else, it would no longer truly be kept as a first principle. He, then, who of himself believes the Lord's Scripture and voice, which works through the Lord for the benefit of human beings, is reasonably worthy of trust; indeed, we use it as the criterion for discovering things. Everything that is judged is still not trustworthy before it has been judged, so that what needs judging is not a first principle. Reasonably, then, having grasped by faith the first principle, which cannot be demonstrated, and receiving in abundance the demonstrations about the first principle from the first principle itself, we are trained by the voice of the Lord for full knowledge of the truth. For we would not pay attention to human beings who simply make assertions, since others are equally free to assert the opposite. And if it is not enough simply to state one's opinion, but what is said must be confirmed, we do not wait for testimony from human beings; we confirm what is being sought by the voice of the Lord, which is more reliable than all demonstrations, or rather is the only demonstration. By this understanding, those who have only tasted the Scriptures are believers, while those who have gone further are exact judges of the truth, those who know; for even in the affairs of life craftsmen have something more than laymen, and shape what is better beyond common notions.
7.16.96Stählin 2
οὕτως οὖν καὶ ἡμεῖς, ἀπʼ αὐτῶν περὶ αὐτῶν τῶν γραφῶν τελείως ἀποδεικνύντες, ἐκ πίστεως πειθόμεθα ἀποδεικτικῶς, κἂν τολμήσωσι προφητικαῖς χρήσασθαι γραφαῖς καὶ οἱ τὰς αἱρέσεις μετιόντες, πρῶτον μὲν οὐ πάσαις, ἔπειτα οὐ τελείαις, οὐδὲ ὡς τὸ σῶμα καὶ τὸ ὕφος τῆς προφητείας ὑπαγορεύει, ἀλλʼ ἐκλεγόμενοι τὰ ἀμφιβόλως εἰρημένα εἰς τὰς ἰδίας μετάγουσι δόξας, ὀλίγας σποράδην ἀπανθιζόμενοι φωνάς, οὐ τὸ σημαινόμενον ἀπʼ αὐτῶν σκοποῦντες, ἀλλʼ αὐτῇ ψιλῇ ἀποχρώμενοι τῇ λέξει. σχεδὸν γὰρ ἐν πᾶσιν οἷς προσφέρονται ῥητοῖς εὕροις ἂν αὐτοὺς ὡς τοῖς ὀνόμασι μόνοις προσανέχουσι, τὰ σημαινόμενα ὑπαλλάττοντες, οὔθʼ ὡς λέγονται γινώσκοντες οὔθʼ ὡς ἔχειν πεφύκασι χρώμενοι αἷς καὶ δὴ κομίζουσιν ἐκλογαῖς. ἡ ἀλήθεια δὲ οὐκ ἐν τῷ μετατιθέναι τὰ σημαινόμενα εὑρίσκεται (οὕτω μὲν γὰρ ἀνατρέψουσι πᾶσαν ἀληθῆ διδασκαλίαν), ἀλλʼ ἐν τῷ διασκέψασθαι τί τῷ κυρίῳ καὶ τῷ παντοκράτορι θεῷ τελέως οἰκεῖόν τε καὶ πρέπον. κἀν τῷ βεβαιοῦν ἕκαστον τῶν ἀποδεικνυμένων κατὰ τὰς γραφὰς ἐξ αὐτῶν πάλιν τῶν ὁμοίων γραφῶν. οὔτʼ οὖν ἐπιστρέφειν ἐπὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐθέλουσιν, αἰδούμενοι καταθέσθαι τὸ τῆς φιλαυτίας πλεονέκτημα, οὔτʼ ἔχουσιν ὅπως διαθῶνται τὰς αὑτῶν δόξας, βιαζόμενοι τὰς γραφάς, φθάσαντες δὲ ἐξενεγκεῖν εἰς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους δόγματα ψευδῆ, σχεδὸν ἁπάσαις ταῖς γραφαῖς ἐναργῶς μαχόμενοι καὶ ἀεὶ ὑφʼ ἡμῶν τῶν ἀντιλεγόντων αὐτοῖς ἐλεγχόμενοι, τὸ λοιπὸν ἔτι καὶ νῦν ὑπομένουσι τὰ μὲν μὴ προσίεσθαι τῶν προφητικῶν, τὰ δὲ ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς ὡς ἄλλης γεγονότας φύσεως μὴ οἵους τε εἶναι συνεῖναι τὰ οἰκεῖα ἐκείνοις διαβάλλουσιν, ἐνίοτε δὲ καὶ τὰ ἑαυτῶν διελεγχόμενοι ἀρνοῦνται δόγματα, ἄντικρυς ὁμολογεῖν αἰδούμενοι ἃ κατʼ ἰδίαν αὐχοῦσι διδάσκοντες [οὕτως].
houtōs oun kai hēmeis, apʼ autōn peri autōn tōn graphōn teleiōs apodeiknyntes, ek pisteōs peithometha apodeiktikōs, kan tolmēsōsi prophētikais chrēsasthai graphais kai hoi tas haireseis metiontes, prōton men ou pasais, epeita ou teleiais, oude hōs to sōma kai to hyphos tēs prophēteias hypagoreuei, allʼ eklegomenoi ta amphibolōs eirēmena eis tas idias metagousi doxas, oligas sporadēn apanthizomenoi phōnas, ou to sēmainomenon apʼ autōn skopountes, allʼ autę̄ psilę̄ apochrōmenoi tę̄ lexei. schedon gar en pasin hois prospherontai rhētois heurois an autous hōs tois onomasi monois prosanechousi, ta sēmainomena hypallattontes, outhʼ hōs legontai ginōskontes outhʼ hōs echein pephykasi chrōmenoi hais kai dē komizousin eklogais. hē alētheia de ouk en tǭ metatithenai ta sēmainomena heurisketai (houtō men gar anatrepsousi pasan alēthē didaskalian), allʼ en tǭ diaskepsasthai ti tǭ kyriǭ kai tǭ pantokratori theǭ teleōs oikeion te kai prepon. kan tǭ bebaioun hekaston tōn apodeiknymenōn kata tas graphas ex autōn palin tōn homoiōn graphōn. outʼ oun epistrephein epi tēn alētheian ethelousin, aidoumenoi katathesthai to tēs philautias pleonektēma, outʼ echousin hopōs diathōntai tas hautōn doxas, biazomenoi tas graphas, phthasantes de exenenkein eis tous anthrōpous dogmata pseudē, schedon hapasais tais graphais enargōs machomenoi kai aei hyphʼ hēmōn tōn antilegontōn autois elenchomenoi, to loipon eti kai nyn hypomenousi ta men mē prosiesthai tōn prophētikōn, ta de hēmas autous hōs allēs gegonotas physeōs mē hoious te einai syneinai ta oikeia ekeinois diaballousin, eniote de kai ta heautōn dielenchomenoi arnountai dogmata, antikrys homologein aidoumenoi ha katʼ idian auchousi didaskontes [houtōs].
So we too, demonstrating fully from the Scriptures themselves about the Scriptures, are persuaded from faith by way of demonstration. And even if those who pursue the heresies dare to use the prophetic Scriptures, first, they do not use all of them; then, they do not use them whole, nor as the body and texture of the prophecy dictates, but, picking out what is said ambiguously, they turn it to their own opinions, plucking a few scattered sayings here and there, not considering what is meant by them but misusing the bare wording itself. For in nearly all the passages they bring forward you would find that they attend to the words alone, changing the meanings, neither knowing how they are meant nor using the very selections they bring as they naturally stand. But the truth is not found by changing the meanings (for in that way they will overturn all true teaching), but by considering what is perfectly proper and fitting to the Lord and the almighty God, and by confirming each thing demonstrated from the Scriptures by similar Scriptures in turn. So they neither wish to turn to the truth, ashamed to give up the advantage of self-love, nor have they any way to establish their own opinions, since they do violence to the Scriptures. Having gone ahead and put out false doctrines among people, plainly fighting against almost all the Scriptures and continually refuted by us who contradict them, they still hold out even now: they refuse to accept some of the prophetic writings, and they slander us as being of another nature and unable to understand what is theirs; and sometimes, when refuted, they even deny their own doctrines, ashamed to confess openly what they boast of teaching in private.
7.16.97Stählin 2
οὕτω γὰρ κατὰ πάσας ἔστιν ἰδεῖν τὰς αἱρέσεις, ἐπιόντας αὐτῶν τὰς μοχθηρίας τῶν δογμάτων. ἐπειδὰν γὰρ ἀνατρέπωνται πρὸς ἡμῶν δεικνύντων αὐτοὺς σαφῶς ἐναντιουμένους ταῖς γραφαῖς, δυοῖν θάτερον ὑπὸ τῶν προεστώτων τοῦ δόγματος ἔστι θεάσασθαι γινόμενον· ἢ γὰρ τῆς ἀκολουθίας τῶν σφετέρων δογμάτων ἢ τῆς προφητείας αὐτῆς, μᾶλλον δὲ τῆς ἑαυτῶν ἐλπίδος καταφρονοῦσιν, αἱροῦνται δὲ ἑκάστοτε τὸ δόξαν αὐτοῖς ὑπάρχειν ἐναργέστερον ἢ τὸ πρὸς τοῦ κυρίου διὰ τῶν προφητῶν εἰρημένον καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, προσέτι δὲ καὶ τῶν ἀποστόλων, συμμαρτυρούμενόν τε καὶ βεβαιούμενον. ὁρῶντες οὖν τὸν κίνδυνον αὐτοῖς οὐ περὶ ἑνὸς δόγματος, ἀλλὰ περὶ τοῦ τὰς αἱρέσεις διατηρεῖν, οὐ τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐξευρίσκειν (τοῖς μὲν γὰρ ἐν μέσῳ καὶ προχείροις ἐντυχόντες παρʼ ἡμῖν ὡς εὐτελῶν κατεφρόνησαν), ὑπερβῆναι δὲ σπουδάσαντες τὸ κοινὸν τῆς πίστεως, ἐξέβησαν τὴν ἀλήθειαν. μὴ γὰρ μαθόντες τὰ τῆς γνώσεως τῆς ἐκκλησιαστικῆς μυστήρια μηδὲ χωρήσαντες τὸ μεγαλεῖον τῆς ἀληθείας, μέχρι τοῦ βάθους τῶν πραγμάτων κατελθεῖν ἀπορρᾳθυμήσαντες, ἐξ ἐπιπολῆς ἀναγνόντες παρεπέμψαντο τὰς γραφάς.
houtō gar kata pasas estin idein tas haireseis, epiontas autōn tas mochthērias tōn dogmatōn. epeidan gar anatrepōntai pros hēmōn deiknyntōn autous saphōs enantioumenous tais graphais, dyoin thateron hypo tōn proestōtōn tou dogmatos esti theasasthai ginomenon; ē gar tēs akolouthias tōn spheterōn dogmatōn ē tēs prophēteias autēs, mallon de tēs heautōn elpidos kataphronousin, hairountai de hekastote to doxan autois hyparchein enargesteron ē to pros tou kyriou dia tōn prophētōn eirēmenon kai hypo tou euangeliou, proseti de kai tōn apostolōn, symmartyroumenon te kai bebaioumenon. horōntes oun ton kindynon autois ou peri henos dogmatos, alla peri tou tas haireseis diatērein, ou tēn alētheian exeuriskein (tois men gar en mesǭ kai procheirois entychontes parʼ hēmin hōs eutelōn katephronēsan), hyperbēnai de spoudasantes to koinon tēs pisteōs, exebēsan tēn alētheian. mē gar mathontes ta tēs gnōseōs tēs ekklēsiastikēs mystēria mēde chōrēsantes to megaleion tēs alētheias, mechri tou bathous tōn pragmatōn katelthein aporrąthymēsantes, ex epipolēs anagnontes parepempsanto tas graphas.
For so one can see it in all the heresies, going through the depravity of their doctrines. For when they are overthrown by us, as we show clearly that they oppose the Scriptures, one of two things can be seen done by those who lead the doctrine: they despise either the consistency of their own doctrines or the prophecy itself, or rather their own hope; and each time they choose what seems to them more evident rather than what was spoken by the Lord through the prophets and attested and confirmed by the gospel, and by the apostles as well. Seeing, then, that the danger for them concerns not one doctrine but the preservation of their sects, not the discovery of the truth (for when they met with the things that lie in plain view among us, they despised them as cheap), and eager to go beyond the common faith, they departed from the truth. For not having learned the mysteries of the church's knowledge, nor having taken in the grandeur of the truth, too lazy to go down to the depth of things, they read the Scriptures superficially and passed them by.
7.16.98Stählin 2
ὑπὸ δοξοσοφίας τοίνυν ἐπηρμένοι ἐρίζοντες διατελοῦσι, δῆλοι γεγονότες ὡς τοῦ δοκεῖν μᾶλλον ἤπερ τοῦ φιλοσοφεῖν προνοοῦνται. αὐτίκα οὐκ ἀναγκαίας ἀρχὰς πραγμάτων καταβαλλόμενοι δόξαις τε ἀνθρωπίναις κεκινημένοι, ἔπειτα ἀναγκαίως τέλος ἀκολουθοῦν αὑτοῖς ἐκποριζόμενοι, διαπληκτίζονται διὰ τοὺς ἐλέγχους πρὸς τοὺς τὴν ἀληθῆ φιλοσοφίαν μεταχειριζομένους, καὶ πάντα μᾶλλον ὑπομένουσι καὶ πάντα, φασί, κάλων κινοῦσι, κἂν ἀσεβεῖν διὰ τὸ ἀπιστεῖν ταῖς γραφαῖς μέλλωσιν, ἤπερ μετατίθενται, ὑπὸ φιλοτιμίας τῆς αἱρέσεως καὶ τῆς πολυθρυλήτου κατὰ τὰς ἐκκλησίας αὐτῶν πρωτοκαθεδρίας, διʼ ἣν κἀκείνην τὴν συμποτικὴν [διὰ] τῆς ψευδωνύμου ἀγάπης πρωτοκλισίαν ἀσπάζονται, ἡ παρʼ ἡμῖν δὲ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐπίγνωσις ἐκ τῶν ἤδη πιστῶν τοῖς οὔπω πιστοῖς ἐκπορίζεται τὴν πίστιν, ἥτις οὐσία ὡς εἰπεῖν ἀποδείξεως καθίσταται, ἀλλʼ, ὡς ἔοικεν, πᾶσα αἵρεσις ἀρχὴν ὦτα ἀκούοντα οὐκ ἔχει τὸ σύμφορον, μόνον δὲ τοῖς πρὸς ἡδονὴν ἀνεῳγότα. ἐπεὶ κἂν ἰάθη τις αὐτῶν, εἰ πείθεσθαι τῇ ἀληθείᾳ μόνον ἠβουλήθη. τριττὴ δὲ θεραπεία οἰήσεως, καθάπερ καὶ παντὸς πάθους, μάθησίς τε τοῦ αἰτίου καὶ τοῦ πῶς ἂν ἐξαιρεθείη τοῦτο, καὶ τρίτον ἡ ἄσκησις τῆς ψυχῆς καὶ ὁ ἐθισμὸς πρὸς τὸ τοῖς κριθεῖσιν ὀρθῶς ἔχειν ἀκολουθεῖν δύνασθαι.
hypo doxosophias toinyn epērmenoi erizontes diatelousi, dēloi gegonotes hōs tou dokein mallon ēper tou philosophein pronoountai. autika ouk anankaias archas pragmatōn kataballomenoi doxais te anthrōpinais kekinēmenoi, epeita anankaiōs telos akolouthoun hautois ekporizomenoi, diaplēktizontai dia tous elenchous pros tous tēn alēthē philosophian metacheirizomenous, kai panta mallon hypomenousi kai panta, phasi, kalōn kinousi, kan asebein dia to apistein tais graphais mellōsin, ēper metatithentai, hypo philotimias tēs haireseōs kai tēs polythrylētou kata tas ekklēsias autōn prōtokathedrias, diʼ hēn kakeinēn tēn sympotikēn [dia] tēs pseudōnymou agapēs prōtoklisian aspazontai, hē parʼ hēmin de tēs alētheias epignōsis ek tōn ēdē pistōn tois oupō pistois ekporizetai tēn pistin, hētis ousia hōs eipein apodeixeōs kathistatai, allʼ, hōs eoiken, pasa hairesis archēn ōta akouonta ouk echei to symphoron, monon de tois pros hēdonēn aneǭgota. epei kan iathē tis autōn, ei peithesthai tę̄ alētheią monon ēboulēthē. trittē de therapeia oiēseōs, kathaper kai pantos pathous, mathēsis te tou aitiou kai tou pōs an exairetheiē touto, kai triton hē askēsis tēs psychēs kai ho ethismos pros to tois kritheisin orthōs echein akolouthein dynasthai.
Puffed up, then, by a conceit of wisdom, they go on quarreling, having shown plainly that they care more for seeming than for philosophy. For example, laying down first principles of things that are not necessary, moved by human opinions, and then contriving an end that follows necessarily from them, they fight, because of the refutations, against those who practice the true philosophy; and they will endure anything and, as they say, pull every rope, even if they are going to be impious by disbelieving the Scriptures, rather than change their position. They do this out of ambition for their sect and for the much-talked-of first seat in their churches, for the sake of which they also embrace the first couch at the banquet of their falsely named love-feast. But among us the full knowledge of the truth supplies faith, from those already believing, to those not yet believing, and this faith becomes, so to speak, the substance of demonstration. But, it seems, no heresy at all has ears to hear what is beneficial, only ears open to pleasure. For one of them would be healed, if only he were willing to obey the truth. The treatment of conceit, as of every passion, is threefold: learning its cause and how it might be removed; and third, training the soul and accustoming it to be able to follow what has been judged right.
7.16.99Stählin 2
ὡς γὰρ ὀφθαλμὸς τεταραγμένος, οὕτως καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ τοῖς παρὰ φύσιν θολωθεῖσα δόγμασιν οὐχ οἵα τε τὸ φῶς τῆς ἀληθείας διιδεῖν ἀκριβῶς, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ ἐν ποσὶ παρορᾷ. ἐν οὖν θολερῷ ὕδατι καὶ τὰς ἐγχέλεις ἁλίσκεσθαί φασιν ἀποτυφλουμένας. καὶ καθάπερ τὰ πονηρὰ παιδία τὸν παιδαγωγὸν ἀποκλείει, οὕτως οὗτοι τὰς προφητείας εἴργουσιν ἑαυτῶν τῆς ἐκκλησίας, ὑφορώμενοι διʼ ἔλεγχον καὶ νουθεσίαν. ἀμέλει πάμπολλα συγκαττύουσι ψεύσματα καὶ πλάσματα, ἵνα δὴ εὐλόγως δόξωσι μὴ προσίεσθαι τὰς γραφάς. ταύτῃ οὖν οὐκ εὐσεβεῖς, δυσαρεστούμενοι ταῖς θείαις ἐντολαῖς, τουτέστι τῷ ἁγίῳ πνεύματι. ὥσπερ δὲ αἱ ἀμυγδάλαι κεναὶ λέγονται οὐκ ἐν αἷς μηδέν ἐστιν, ἀλλʼ ἐν αἷς ἄχρηστον τὸ ἐνόν, οὕτως τοὺς αἱρετικοὺς τοὺς] κενοὺς τῶν τοῦ θεοῦ βουλημάτων καὶ τῶν τοῦ Χριστοῦ παραδόσεων εἶναί φαμεν, πικριζόντων ὡς ἀληθῶς κατὰ τὴν ἀγρίαν ἀμυγδάλην ἐξάρχοντας δογμάτων. πλὴν ὅσα διʼ ἐνάργειαν τῶν ἀληθῶν ἀποθέσθαι καὶ ἀποκρύψαι οὐκ ἴσχυσαν.
hōs gar ophthalmos tetaragmenos, houtōs kai hē psychē tois para physin tholōtheisa dogmasin ouch hoia te to phōs tēs alētheias diidein akribōs, alla kai ta en posi parorą. en oun tholerǭ hydati kai tas encheleis haliskesthai phasin apotyphloumenas. kai kathaper ta ponēra paidia ton paidagōgon apokleiei, houtōs houtoi tas prophēteias eirgousin heautōn tēs ekklēsias, hyphorōmenoi diʼ elenchon kai nouthesian. amelei pampolla synkattyousi pseusmata kai plasmata, hina dē eulogōs doxōsi mē prosiesthai tas graphas. tautę̄ oun ouk eusebeis, dysarestoumenoi tais theiais entolais, toutesti tǭ hagiǭ pneumati. hōsper de hai amygdalai kenai legontai ouk en hais mēden estin, allʼ en hais achrēston to enon, houtōs tous hairetikous tous] kenous tōn tou theou boulēmatōn kai tōn tou Christou paradoseōn einai phamen, pikrizontōn hōs alēthōs kata tēn agrian amygdalēn exarchontas dogmatōn. plēn hosa diʼ enargeian tōn alēthōn apothesthai kai apokrypsai ouk ischysan.
For as a troubled eye cannot see clearly, so the soul, muddied by doctrines contrary to nature, cannot see the light of the truth distinctly, but overlooks even what lies at its feet. They say that eels too are caught in muddy water because they are blinded. And as naughty children shut out their tutor, so these people shut the prophecies out of their church, regarding them with suspicion because of their reproof and admonition. Indeed, they stitch together a great many lies and fictions, so that they may seem to have good reason for not accepting the Scriptures. In this way, then, they are not pious, since they are displeased with the divine commandments, that is, with the Holy Spirit. And as almonds are called empty, not when there is nothing in them but when what is in them is useless, so we say that the heretics are empty of the purposes of God and the traditions of Christ, leading off doctrines truly bitter, like the wild almond, except for those which, because the truths are so evident, they could not put aside and conceal.
7.16.100Stählin 2
Καθάπερ τοίνυν ἐν πολέμῳ οὐ λειπτέον τὴν τάξιν ἣν ὁ στρατηγὸς ἔταξεν τῷ στρατιώτῃ, οὕτως οὐδὲ ἣν ἔδωκεν ὁ λόγος, ὃν ἄρχοντα εἰλήφαμεν γνώσεώς τε καὶ βίου, λειπτέον τάξιν. οἱ πολλοὶ δὲ οὐδὲ τοῦτο ἐξητάκασιν, εἰ ἔστι τινὶ ἀκολουθητέον καὶ τίνι τούτῳ καὶ ὅπως. οἷος γὰρ ὁ λόγος, τοιόσδε καὶ ὁ βίος εἶναι τῷ πιστῷ προσήκει, ὡς »ἕπεσθαι« δύνασθαι »τῷ θεῷ«, ἐξ ἀρχῆς τὰ πάντα »εὐθεῖαν περαίνοντι«. ἐπὰν δὲ παραβῇ τις τὸν λόγον καὶ διὰ τούτου τὸν θεόν, εἰ μὲν διὰ τὸ αἰφνίδιον προσπεσεῖν τινα φαντασίαν ἠσθένησεν, προχείρους [τοὺς τὰς φαντασίας τὰς λογικὰς ποιητέον· εἰ δὲ τῷ ἔθει τῷ προκατεσχηκότι ἡττηθεὶς γέγονεν (ᾗ φησιν ἡ γραφή) »χυδαῖος«, ἀποπαυστέον τὸ ἔθος εἰς τὸ παντελὲς καὶ πρὸς τὸ ἀντιλέγειν αὐτῷ τὴν ψυχὴν γυμναστέον· εἰ δὲ καὶ μαχόμενα δόγματα ἐφέλκεσθαί τινας δοκεῖ, ὑπεξαιρετέον ταῦτα καὶ πρὸς τοὺς »εἰρηνοποιοὺς« τῶν [τῶν] δογμάτων πορευτέον, οἳ κατεπᾴδουσι ταῖς θείαις γραφαῖς τοὺς ψοφοδεεῖς τῶν ἀπείρων, τὴν ἀλήθειαν διὰ τῆς ἀκολουθίας τῶν διαθηκῶν σαφηνίζοντες. ἀλλʼ, ὡς ἔοικεν, ῥέπομεν ἐπὶ τὰ ἔνδοξα μᾶλλον, κἂν ἐναντία τυγχάνῃ, ἤπερ ἐπὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν· αὐστηρὰ γάρ ἐστι καὶ σεμνή. Καὶ δὴ τριῶν οὐσῶν διαθέσεων τῆς ψυχῆς, ἀγνοίας, οἰήσεως, ἐπιστήμης, οἳ μὲν ἐν τῇ ἀγνοίᾳ τὰ ἔθνη, οἳ δὲ ἐν τῇ ἐπιστήμῃ ἡ ἐκκλησία ἡ ἀληθής, οἳ δὲ ἐν οἰήσει οἱ κατὰ τὰς αἱρέσεις.
Kathaper toinyn en polemǭ ou leipteon tēn taxin hēn ho stratēgos etaxen tǭ stratiōtę̄, houtōs oude hēn edōken ho logos, hon archonta eilēphamen gnōseōs te kai biou, leipteon taxin. hoi polloi de oude touto exētakasin, ei esti tini akolouthēteon kai tini toutǭ kai hopōs. hoios gar ho logos, toiosde kai ho bios einai tǭ pistǭ prosēkei, hōs »hepesthai« dynasthai »tǭ theǭ«, ex archēs ta panta »eutheian perainonti«. epan de parabę̄ tis ton logon kai dia toutou ton theon, ei men dia to aiphnidion prospesein tina phantasian ēsthenēsen, procheirous [tous tas phantasias tas logikas poiēteon; ei de tǭ ethei tǭ prokateschēkoti hēttētheis gegonen (hę̄ phēsin hē graphē) »chydaios«, apopausteon to ethos eis to panteles kai pros to antilegein autǭ tēn psychēn gymnasteon; ei de kai machomena dogmata ephelkesthai tinas dokei, hypexaireteon tauta kai pros tous »eirēnopoious« tōn [tōn] dogmatōn poreuteon, hoi katepądousi tais theiais graphais tous psophodeeis tōn apeirōn, tēn alētheian dia tēs akolouthias tōn diathēkōn saphēnizontes. allʼ, hōs eoiken, rhepomen epi ta endoxa mallon, kan enantia tynchanę̄, ēper epi tēn alētheian; austēra gar esti kai semnē. Kai dē triōn ousōn diatheseōn tēs psychēs, agnoias, oiēseōs, epistēmēs, hoi men en tę̄ agnoią ta ethnē, hoi de en tę̄ epistēmę̄ hē ekklēsia hē alēthēs, hoi de en oiēsei hoi kata tas haireseis.
Just as in war the soldier must not leave the post his general has assigned him, so one must not leave the post given by the Word, whom we have received as ruler of knowledge and of life. But most people have not even examined this: whether one must follow someone, and whom, and how. For as the Word is, so too should the believer's life be, so as to be able “to follow God,” who from the beginning “brings all things to their end by a straight path.” And when someone transgresses the Word, and through it God, then, if he became weak because some impression fell upon him suddenly, he must keep rational impressions ready at hand; but if he has been overcome by a habit that had already taken hold and has become “common,” as Scripture says, the habit must be stopped entirely and the soul trained to resist it; and if conflicting doctrines seem to drag some people along, these must be removed, and one must go to the “peacemakers” of doctrines, who with the divine Scriptures charm away the fears of the timid among the inexperienced, making the truth clear through the harmony of the covenants. But, it seems, we lean toward what is well thought of, even if it is contrary to the truth, rather than toward the truth; for the truth is austere and grave. And since there are three dispositions of the soul, ignorance, conceit, and understanding, the gentiles are in ignorance, the true church in understanding, and those of the heresies in conceit.
7.16.101Stählin 2
οὐδὲν γοῦν σαφέστερον ἰδεῖν ἔστι τοὺς ἐπισταμένους περὶ ὧν ἴσασι διαβεβαιουμένους ἢ τοὺς οἰομένους [καὶ] περὶ ὧν οἴονται, ὅσον γε ἐπὶ τῷ διαβεβαιοῦσθαι ἄνευ τῆς ἀποδείξεως. καταφρονοῦσι γοῦν ἀλλήλων καὶ καταγελῶσιν. καὶ συμβαίνει τὸν αὐτὸν νοῦν παρʼ οἷς μὲν ἐντιμότατον εἶναι, παρʼ οἷς δὲ παρανοίας ἡλωκέναι. καίτοι μεμαθήκαμεν ἄλλο μέν τι εἶναι ἡδονήν, ἣν [ἐν] τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπονεμητέον, ἄλλο δέ τι ἔριν, ἣν [ἐν] ταῖς αἱρέσεσι προσκριτέον, ἄλλο χαράν, ἣν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ προσοικειωτέον, ἄλλο δὲ εὐφροσύνην, ἣν τῷ κατὰ ἀλήθειαν ἀποδοτέον γνωστικῷ. ὡς δὲ ἐὰν πρόσσχῃ τις Ἰσχομάχῳ, γεωργὸν αὐτὸν ποιήσει, καὶ Λάμπιδι ναύκληρον, καὶ Χαριδήμῳ στρατηγόν, καὶ Σίμωνι ἱππικόν, καὶ Πέρδικι κάπηλον, καὶ Κρωβύλῳ ὀψοποιόν, καὶ Ἀρχελάῳ ὀρχηστήν, καὶ Ὁμήρῳ ποιητήν, καὶ Πύρρωνι ἐριστικόν, καὶ Δημοσθένει ῥήτορα, καὶ Χρυσίππῳ διαλεκτικόν, καὶ Ἀριστοτέλει φυσικόν, καὶ φιλόσοφον Πλάτωνι, οὕτως ὁ τῷ κυρίῳ πειθόμενος καὶ τῇ δοθείσῃ διʼ αὐτοῦ κατακολουθήσας προφητείᾳ τελέως ἐκτελεῖται κατʼ εἰκόνα τοῦ διδασκάλου ἐν σαρκὶ περιπολῶν θεός. ἀποπίπτουσιν ἄρα τοῦδε τοῦ ὕψους οἱ μὴ ἑπόμενοι θεῷ ᾗ ἂν ἡγῆται, ἡγεῖται δὲ κατὰ τὰς »θεοπνεύστους γραφάς«. μυρίων γοῦν ὄντων κατʼ ἀριθμὸν ἃ πράσσουσιν ἄνθρωποι, σχεδὸν δύο εἰσὶν ἀρχαὶ πάσης ἁμαρτίας, ἄγνοια καὶ ἀσθένεια (ἄμφω δὲ ἐφʼ ἡμῖν, τῶν μήτε ἐθελόντων μανθάνειν μήτε αὖ τῆς ἐπιθυμίας κρατεῖν), τούτων δὲ διʼ ἣν μὲν οὐ καλῶς κρίνουσι, διʼ ἣν δὲ οὐκ ἰσχύουσι τοῖς ὀρθῶς κριθεῖσιν ἀκολουθεῖν· οὔτε γὰρ ἀπατηθείς τις τὴν γνώμην δύναιτʼ ἂν εὖ πράττειν, κἂν πάνυ δυνατὸς ᾖ τὰ γνωσθέντα ποιεῖν, οὔτε καὶ κρίνειν τὸ δέον ἰσχύων ἄμεμπτον ἑαυτὸν παράσχοιτʼ ἂν ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις ἐξασθενῶν.
ouden goun saphesteron idein esti tous epistamenous peri hōn isasi diabebaioumenous ē tous oiomenous [kai] peri hōn oiontai, hoson ge epi tǭ diabebaiousthai aneu tēs apodeixeōs. kataphronousi goun allēlōn kai katagelōsin. kai symbainei ton auton noun parʼ hois men entimotaton einai, parʼ hois de paranoias hēlōkenai. kaitoi memathēkamen allo men ti einai hēdonēn, hēn [en] tois ethnesin aponemēteon, allo de ti erin, hēn [en] tais hairesesi proskriteon, allo charan, hēn tę̄ ekklēsią prosoikeiōteon, allo de euphrosynēn, hēn tǭ kata alētheian apodoteon gnōstikǭ. hōs de ean prosschę̄ tis Ischomachǭ, geōrgon auton poiēsei, kai Lampidi nauklēron, kai Charidēmǭ stratēgon, kai Simōni hippikon, kai Perdiki kapēlon, kai Krōbylǭ opsopoion, kai Archelaǭ orchēstēn, kai Homērǭ poiētēn, kai Pyrrōni eristikon, kai Dēmosthenei rhētora, kai Chrysippǭ dialektikon, kai Aristotelei physikon, kai philosophon Platōni, houtōs ho tǭ kyriǭ peithomenos kai tę̄ dotheisę̄ diʼ autou katakolouthēsas prophēteią teleōs ekteleitai katʼ eikona tou didaskalou en sarki peripolōn theos. apopiptousin ara toude tou hypsous hoi mē hepomenoi theǭ hę̄ an hēgētai, hēgeitai de kata tas »theopneustous graphas«. myriōn goun ontōn katʼ arithmon ha prassousin anthrōpoi, schedon dyo eisin archai pasēs hamartias, agnoia kai astheneia (amphō de ephʼ hēmin, tōn mēte ethelontōn manthanein mēte au tēs epithymias kratein), toutōn de diʼ hēn men ou kalōs krinousi, diʼ hēn de ouk ischyousi tois orthōs kritheisin akolouthein; oute gar apatētheis tis tēn gnōmēn dynaitʼ an eu prattein, kan pany dynatos ę̄ ta gnōsthenta poiein, oute kai krinein to deon ischyōn amempton heauton paraschoitʼ an en tois ergois exasthenōn.
At any rate, nothing is plainer than that those who understand affirm confidently what they know, as do those who are conceited about what they suppose, so far as confident affirmation without demonstration goes. At any rate, they despise and laugh at one another. And it happens that the same thought is held in the highest honor by some and convicted of madness by others. And yet we have learned that pleasure, which is to be assigned to the gentiles, is one thing; strife, which is to be attributed to the heresies, another; joy, which is to be claimed for the church, another; and gladness, which is to be granted to the one who truly knows, yet another. And as, if someone attends to Ischomachus, he will make him a farmer; Lampis, a shipowner; Charidemus, a general; Simon, a horseman; Perdix, a tradesman; Crobylus, a cook; Archelaus, a dancer; Homer, a poet; Pyrrho, a disputer; Demosthenes, an orator; Chrysippus, a logician; Aristotle, a natural scientist; and Plato, a philosopher; so the one who obeys the Lord and has followed the prophecy given through him is made perfectly complete after the image of the Teacher, a god going about in flesh. Those, then, fall from this height who do not follow God wherever he leads; and he leads according to the “God-breathed Scriptures.” Though the things human beings do are countless, there are roughly two sources of all sin, ignorance and weakness (both in our power, in those who neither wish to learn nor, again, to master desire); through the first people judge badly, and through the second they are not strong enough to follow what has been judged rightly. For neither could someone deceived in his judgment act well, even if he were fully able to do what he knew; nor could one able to judge what is right show himself blameless in his deeds if he is weak.
7.16.102Stählin 2
ἀκολούθως τοίνυν δύο τῷ γένει καὶ παιδεῖαι παραδίδονται πρόσφοροι ἑκατέρᾳ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν, τῇ μὲν ἡ γνῶσίς τε καὶ ἡ τῆς ἐκ τῶν γραφῶν μαρτυρίας ἐναργὴς ἀπόδειξις, τῇ δὲ ἡ κατὰ λόγον ἄσκησις ἐκ πίστεώς τε καὶ φόβου παιδαγωγουμένη· ἄμφω δʼ εἰς τὴν τελείαν ἀγάπην συναύξουσιν. τέλος γὰρ οἶμαι τοῦ γνωστικοῦ τό γε ἐνταῦθα διττόν, ἐφʼ ὧν μὲν ἡ θεωρία ἡ ἐπιστημονική, ἐφʼ ὧν δὲ ἡ πρᾶξις. Εἴη μὲν οὖν καὶ τούσδε τοὺς αἱρετικοὺς καταμαθόντας ἐκ τῶνδε τῶν ὑπομνημάτων σωφρονισθῆναί τε καὶ ἐπιστρέψαι ἐπὶ τὸν παντοκράτορα θεόν. εἰ δὲ καθάπερ »οἱ κωφοὶ τῶν ὄφεων« τοῦ καινῶς μὲν λεγομένου, ἀρχαιοτάτου δὲ »μὴ ἐπαΐοιεν ᾄσματος«, παιδευθεῖεν γοῦν πρὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, τὰς πρὸ τῆς κρίσεως πατρῴας νουθεσίας ὑπομένοντες, ἔστʼ ἂν καταισχυνθέντες μετανοήσωσιν, ἀλλὰ μὴ εἰς τὴν παντελῆ φέροντες ἑαυτοὺς διὰ τῆς ἀπηνοῦς ἀπειθείας ἐμβάλοιεν κρίσιν. γίνονται γὰρ καὶ μερικαί τινες παιδεῖαι, ἃς κολάσεις ὀνομάζουσιν, εἰς ἃς ἡμῶν οἱ πολλοὶ τῶν ἐν παραπτώματι γενομένων ἐκ τοῦ λαοῦ τοῦ κυριακοῦ κατολισθαίνοντες περιπίπτουσιν, ἀλλʼ ὡς πρὸς τοῦ διδασκάλου ἢ τοῦ πατρὸς οἱ παῖδες, οὕτως ἡμεῖς πρὸς τῆς προνοίας κολαζόμεθα. θεὸς δὲ οὐ τιμωρεῖται (ἔστι γὰρ ἡ τιμωρία κακοῦ ἀνταπόδοσις), κολάζει μέντοι πρὸς τὸ χρήσιμον καὶ κοινῇ καὶ ἰδίᾳ τοῖς κολαζομένοις. Ταυτὶ μέν, ἀποτρέψαι βουλόμενος τῆς εἰς τὰς αἱρέσεις εὐεμπτωσίας τοὺς φιλομαθοῦντας, παρεθέμην· τοὺς δὲ τῆς ἐπιπολαζούσης εἴτε ἀμαθίας εἴτε ἀβελτερίας εἴτε καχεξίας εἴθʼ, ὁτιδήποτε χρὴ καλεῖν αὐτήν, ἀποπαῦσαι γλιχόμενος, μεταπεῖσαι δὲ καὶ προσαγαγεῖν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ τούς γε μὴ παντάπασιν ἀνιάτους ἐπιχειρῶν, τοῖσδε συνεχρησάμην τοῖς λόγοις.
akolouthōs toinyn dyo tǭ genei kai paideiai paradidontai prosphoroi hekaterą tōn hamartiōn, tę̄ men hē gnōsis te kai hē tēs ek tōn graphōn martyrias enargēs apodeixis, tę̄ de hē kata logon askēsis ek pisteōs te kai phobou paidagōgoumenē; amphō dʼ eis tēn teleian agapēn synauxousin. telos gar oimai tou gnōstikou to ge entautha ditton, ephʼ hōn men hē theōria hē epistēmonikē, ephʼ hōn de hē praxis. Eiē men oun kai tousde tous hairetikous katamathontas ek tōnde tōn hypomnēmatōn sōphronisthēnai te kai epistrepsai epi ton pantokratora theon. ei de kathaper »hoi kōphoi tōn opheōn« tou kainōs men legomenou, archaiotatou de »mē epaïoien ąsmatos«, paideutheien goun pros tou theou, tas pro tēs kriseōs patrǭas nouthesias hypomenontes, estʼ an kataischynthentes metanoēsōsin, alla mē eis tēn pantelē pherontes heautous dia tēs apēnous apeitheias embaloien krisin. ginontai gar kai merikai tines paideiai, has kolaseis onomazousin, eis has hēmōn hoi polloi tōn en paraptōmati genomenōn ek tou laou tou kyriakou katolisthainontes peripiptousin, allʼ hōs pros tou didaskalou ē tou patros hoi paides, houtōs hēmeis pros tēs pronoias kolazometha. theos de ou timōreitai (esti gar hē timōria kakou antapodosis), kolazei mentoi pros to chrēsimon kai koinę̄ kai idią tois kolazomenois. Tauti men, apotrepsai boulomenos tēs eis tas haireseis euemptōsias tous philomathountas, parethemēn; tous de tēs epipolazousēs eite amathias eite abelterias eite kachexias eithʼ, hotidēpote chrē kalein autēn, apopausai glichomenos, metapeisai de kai prosagagein tę̄ alētheią tous ge mē pantapasin aniatous epicheirōn, toisde synechrēsamēn tois logois.
Consistently, then, two kinds of discipline are handed down, each suited to one kind of sin: for the first, knowledge and the clear demonstration from the testimony of the Scriptures; for the second, training according to reason, guided by faith and fear. Both grow together into perfect love. For the end of the one who knows, here at least, is, I think, twofold: in some matters understanding contemplation, in others action. Would that these heretics too, learning from these notes, might come to their senses and turn to the almighty God. But if, like “the deaf serpents,” they “will not listen to the song,” new in its telling but most ancient, may they at least be disciplined by God, enduring the fatherly admonitions before the judgment, until they are put to shame and repent, rather than cast themselves, through their harsh disobedience, into the final judgment. For there are also certain partial disciplines, which are called chastisements, into which many of us fall who have been in transgression and have slipped away from the Lord's people; but as children are chastised by their teacher or their father, so we are chastised by providence. God does not take vengeance (for vengeance is repaying evil with evil), but he chastises for the benefit, both common and individual, of those who are chastised. These things I have set down wishing to keep lovers of learning from falling easily into heresies. And I have used these words eager to put a stop to the prevailing ignorance, or stupidity, or ill condition, or whatever one should call it, and trying to persuade and bring to the truth those who are not wholly incurable.
7.16.103Stählin 2
εἰσὶ γὰρ οἳ οὐδὲ ἀνέχονται τὴν ἀρχὴν ἐπακοῦσαι τῶν πρὸς τὴν ἀλήθειαν προτρεπόντων· καὶ δὴ φλυαρεῖν ἐπιχειροῦσι, βλασφήμους τῆς ἀληθείας καταχέοντες λόγους, σφίσιν αὐτοῖς τὰ μέγιστα τῶν ὄντων ἐγνωκέναι συγχωροῦντες, οὐ μαθόντες, οὐ ζητήσαντες, οὐ πονέσαντες, οὐχ εὑρόντες τὴν ἀκολουθίαν· οὓς ἐλεήσειεν ἄν τις ἢ μισήσειεν τῆς τοιαύτης διαστροφῆς. εἰ δέ τις ἰάσιμος τυγχάνει, φέρειν δυνάμενος, ὡς πῦρ ἢ σίδηρον, τῆς ἀληθείας τὴν παρρησίαν ἀποτέμνουσαν καὶ καίουσαν τὰς ψευδεῖς δόξας αὐτῶν, ὑπεχέτω τὰ ὦτα τῆς ψυχῆς. ἔσται δὲ τοῦτο, ἐὰν μὴ ῥᾳθυμεῖν ἐπειγόμενοι ἀποδιωθῶνται τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἢ δόξης ὀριγνώμενοι καινοτομεῖν βιάζωνται. ῥᾳθυμοῦσι μὲν γὰρ οἱ παρὸν τὰς οἰκείας ταῖς θείαις γραφαῖς ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν γραφῶν πορίζεσθαι ἀποδείξεις τὸ παραστὰν καὶ ταῖς ἡδοναῖς αὐτῶν συναιρόμενον ἐκλεγόμενοι· δόξης δὲ ἐπιθυμοῦσιν ὅσοι τὰ προσφυῆ τοῖς θεοπνεύστοις λόγοις ὑπὸ τῶν μακαρίων ἀποστόλων τε καὶ διδασκάλων παραδιδόμενα ἑκόντες εἶναι σοφίζονται διʼ ἑτέρων παρεγχειρήσεων, ἀνθρωπείαις διδασκαλίαις ἐνιστάμενοι θείᾳ παραδόσει ὑπὲρ τοῦ τὴν αἵρεσιν συστήσασθαι. τίς γὰρ ὡς ἀληθῶς ἐν τηλικούτοις ἀνδράσιν, κατὰ τὴν ἐκκλησιαστικὴν λέγω γνῶσιν, ὑπελείπετο λόγος Μαρκίωνος, φέρε εἰπεῖν, ἢ Προδίκου καὶ τῶν ὁμοίων τὴν ὀρθὴν οὐ βαδισάντων ὁδόν; οὐ γὰρ [ἂν] ὑπερέβαλον σοφίᾳ τοὺς ἔμπροσθεν ἄνδρας, ὡς προσεξευρεῖν τι τοῖς ὑπʼ ἐκείνων ἀληθῶς ῥηθεῖσιν, ἀλλʼ ἀγαπητὸν ἦν αὐτοῖς, εἰ τὰ προπαραδεδομένα μαθεῖν ἠδυνήθησαν.
eisi gar hoi oude anechontai tēn archēn epakousai tōn pros tēn alētheian protrepontōn; kai dē phlyarein epicheirousi, blasphēmous tēs alētheias katacheontes logous, sphisin autois ta megista tōn ontōn egnōkenai synchōrountes, ou mathontes, ou zētēsantes, ou ponesantes, ouch heurontes tēn akolouthian; hous eleēseien an tis ē misēseien tēs toiautēs diastrophēs. ei de tis iasimos tynchanei, pherein dynamenos, hōs pyr ē sidēron, tēs alētheias tēn parrēsian apotemnousan kai kaiousan tas pseudeis doxas autōn, hypechetō ta ōta tēs psychēs. estai de touto, ean mē rhąthymein epeigomenoi apodiōthōntai tēn alētheian ē doxēs orignōmenoi kainotomein biazōntai. rhąthymousi men gar hoi paron tas oikeias tais theiais graphais ex autōn tōn graphōn porizesthai apodeixeis to parastan kai tais hēdonais autōn synairomenon eklegomenoi; doxēs de epithymousin hosoi ta prosphyē tois theopneustois logois hypo tōn makariōn apostolōn te kai didaskalōn paradidomena hekontes einai sophizontai diʼ heterōn parencheirēseōn, anthrōpeiais didaskaliais enistamenoi theią paradosei hyper tou tēn hairesin systēsasthai. tis gar hōs alēthōs en tēlikoutois andrasin, kata tēn ekklēsiastikēn legō gnōsin, hypeleipeto logos Markiōnos, phere eipein, ē Prodikou kai tōn homoiōn tēn orthēn ou badisantōn hodon? ou gar [an] hyperebalon sophią tous emprosthen andras, hōs prosexeurein ti tois hypʼ ekeinōn alēthōs rhētheisin, allʼ agapēton ēn autois, ei ta proparadedomena mathein ēdynēthēsan.
For there are some who will not even bear to listen at all to those who urge them toward the truth; indeed, they set about talking nonsense, pouring out blasphemous words against the truth, and granting themselves knowledge of the greatest of realities without having learned, sought, toiled, or found the consistent sequence of the truth. One might pity them, or hate them, for such perversity. But if anyone happens to be curable, able to bear the frankness of the truth, which like fire or iron cuts and burns away their false opinions, let him lend the ears of his soul. And this will happen if they do not, in their haste to be idle, push the truth away, or, grasping at glory, force themselves to innovate. For those are idle who, when they could supply from the Scriptures themselves the demonstrations proper to the divine Scriptures, choose what is at hand and what helps their pleasures; and those desire glory who deliberately twist, by other arguments, what the blessed apostles and teachers have handed down as belonging naturally to the God-breathed words, opposing human teachings to the divine tradition in order to set up their sect. For truly, among men so great, in the church's knowledge I mean, what argument was left over for Marcion, say, or Prodicus, and those like them who did not walk the straight road? For they would not have surpassed in wisdom the men before them so as to discover something to add to what those men truly said; they should have been content if they had been able to learn what had been handed down before.
7.16.104Stählin 2
Ὁ γνωστικὸς ἄρα ἡμῖν μόνος ἐν αὐταῖς καταγηράσας ταῖς γραφαῖς, τὴν ἀποστολικὴν καὶ ἐκκλησιαστικὴν σῴζων ὀρθοτομίαν τῶν δογμάτων, κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ὀρθότατα βιοῖ, τὰς ἀποδείξεις ἃς ἂν ἐπιζητήσῃ ἀνευρίσκειν ἀναπεμπόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ κυρίου ἀπό τε νόμου καὶ προφητῶν. ὁ βίος γάρ, οἶμαι, τοῦ γνωστικοῦ οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἐστὶν ἢ ἔργα καὶ λόγοι τῇ τοῦ κυρίου ἀκόλουθοι παραδόσει. Ἀλλʼ »οὐ πάντων ἡ γνῶσις«. »οὐ θέλω γὰρ ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν, ἀδελφοί,« φησὶν ὁ ἀπόστολος, »ὅτι πάντες ὑπὸ τὴν νεφέλην ἦσαν καὶ πνευματικοῦ βρώματός τε καὶ πόματος μετέλαβον«. κατασκευάζων σαφῶς μὴ πάντας τοὺς ἀκούοντας τὸν λόγον κεχωρηκέναι τὸ μέγεθος τῆς γνώσεως ἔργῳ τε καὶ λόγῳ. διὸ καὶ ἐπήγαγεν· »ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐν πᾶσιν αὐτοῖς ηὐδόκησεν.« τίς οὗτος; ὁ εἰπών· »τί με λέγετε κύριε καὶ οὐ ποιεῖτε τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πατρός μου;« τουτέστι τὴν διδασκαλίαν τοῦ σωτῆρος, ἥτις ἐστὶ βρῶμα ἡμῶν πνευματικὸν καὶ πόμα δίψαν οὐκ ἐπιστάμενον, »ὕδωρ ζωῆς« γνωστικῆς. ναί, φασίν, ἡ γνῶσις εἴρηται φυσιοῦν. πρὸς οὕς φαμεν· τάχα μὲν ἡ δοκοῦσα γνῶσις φυσιοῦν λέγεται, εἴ τις τετυφῶσθαι τὴν λέξιν ἑρμηνεύειν ὑπολάβοι· εἰ δέ, ὅπερ καὶ μᾶλλον, τὸ μεγαλείως τε καὶ ἀληθῶς φρονεῖν μηνύει ἡ τοῦ ἀποστόλου φωνή. λέλυται μὲν τὸ ἠπορημένον· ἑπόμενοι δʼ οὖν ταῖς γραφαῖς κυρώσωμεν τὸ εἰρημένον.
Ho gnōstikos ara hēmin monos en autais katagērasas tais graphais, tēn apostolikēn kai ekklēsiastikēn sǭzōn orthotomian tōn dogmatōn, kata to euangelion orthotata bioi, tas apodeixeis has an epizētēsę̄ aneuriskein anapempomenos hypo tou kyriou apo te nomou kai prophētōn. ho bios gar, oimai, tou gnōstikou ouden allo estin ē erga kai logoi tę̄ tou kyriou akolouthoi paradosei. Allʼ »ou pantōn hē gnōsis«. »ou thelō gar hymas agnoein, adelphoi,« phēsin ho apostolos, »hoti pantes hypo tēn nephelēn ēsan kai pneumatikou brōmatos te kai pomatos metelabon«. kataskeuazōn saphōs mē pantas tous akouontas ton logon kechōrēkenai to megethos tēs gnōseōs ergǭ te kai logǭ. dio kai epēgagen; »allʼ ouk en pasin autois ēudokēsen.« tis houtos? ho eipōn; »ti me legete kyrie kai ou poieite to thelēma tou patros mou?« toutesti tēn didaskalian tou sōtēros, hētis esti brōma hēmōn pneumatikon kai poma dipsan ouk epistamenon, »hydōr zōēs« gnōstikēs. nai, phasin, hē gnōsis eirētai physioun. pros hous phamen; tacha men hē dokousa gnōsis physioun legetai, ei tis tetyphōsthai tēn lexin hermēneuein hypolaboi; ei de, hoper kai mallon, to megaleiōs te kai alēthōs phronein mēnyei hē tou apostolou phōnē. lelytai men to ēporēmenon; hepomenoi dʼ oun tais graphais kyrōsōmen to eirēmenon.
The one who knows, then, alone among us, having grown old in the Scriptures themselves and preserving the apostolic and ecclesiastical soundness of doctrine, lives most rightly according to the gospel, since he is sent back by the Lord to find in the law and the prophets whatever demonstrations he seeks. For the life of the one who knows, I think, is nothing else than deeds and words in keeping with the Lord's tradition. But “knowledge is not in all.” “For I do not want you to be ignorant, brothers,” says the apostle, “that all were under the cloud and partook of spiritual food and drink,” clearly showing that not all who hear the word have taken in the greatness of knowledge in deed and word. That is why he added, “But with not all of them was he well pleased.” Who is this? The one who said, “Why do you call me Lord, and do not do the will of my Father?” That is, the Savior's teaching, which is our spiritual food and a drink that knows no thirst, the “water” of knowing “life.” “Yes,” they say, “but knowledge is said to puff up.” To them we reply: perhaps it is apparent knowledge that is said to puff up, if one takes the word to mean “to be conceited”; but if, as is more likely, the apostle's word means to think in a lofty and true way, the difficulty is resolved. Still, following the Scriptures, let us confirm what has been said.
7.16.105Stählin 2
»Ἡ σοφία«, φησὶν ὁ Σολομών, »ἐνεφυσίωσεν τὰ ἑαυτῆς τέκνα.« οὐ δήπου γὰρ τῦφον ἐνεποίησεν ὁ κύριος τοῖς μειρακίοις κατὰ τὴν διδασκαλίαν, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἐπὶ τῇ ἀληθείᾳ πεποιθέναι καὶ εἶναι μεγαλόφρονα ἐν γνώσει τῇ διὰ τῶν γραφῶν παραδιδομένῃ ὑπεροπτικόν τε τῶν εἰς ἁμαρτίαν ὑποσυρόντων παρασκευάζει, ὃ σημαίνει ἡ »ἐνεφυσίωσε« λέξις, μεγαλοπρέπειαν τῆς σοφίας τοῖς κατὰ τὴν μάθησιν τέκνοις ἐμφυτευσάσης διʼ ὧν διδάσκει. αὐτίκα φησὶν ὁ ἀπόστολος· »καὶ γνώσομαι οὐ τὸν λόγον τῶν πεφυσιωμένων, ἀλλὰ τὴν δύναμιν«, εἰ μεγαλοφρόνως (ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἀληθῶς· ἀληθείας δὲ μεῖζον οὐδὲν) τὰς γραφὰς συνίετε. ἐνταῦθα γὰρ ἡ δύναμις τῶν πεφυσιωμένων τέκνων τῆς σοφίας. οἷον, εἴσομαι, φησίν, εἰ δικαίως ἐπὶ τῇ γνώσει μέγα φρονεῖτε. »γνωστὸς« γὰρ κατὰ τὸν Δαβὶδ »ἐν τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ ὁ θεός«, τουτέστι τοῖς κατʼ ἐπίγνωσιν Ἰσραηλίταις. Ἰουδαία γὰρ ἐξομολόγησις ἑρμηνεύεται. εἰκότως ἄρα εἴρηται πρὸς τοῦ ἀποστόλου· »τὸ οὐ μοιχεύσεις, οὐ κλέψεις, οὐκ ἐπιθυμήσεις καὶ εἴ τις ἑτέρα ἐντολή, ἐν τούτῳ τῷ λόγῳ ἀνακεφαλαιοῦται, ἐν τῷ· ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν.« οὐ γὰρ χρή ποτε, καθάπερ οἱ τὰς αἱρέσεις μετιόντες ποιοῦσι, μοιχεύειν τὴν ἀλήθειαν οὐδὲ μὴν κλέπτειν τὸν κανόνα τῆς ἐκκλησίας, ταῖς ἰδίαις ἐπιθυμίαις καὶ φιλοδοξίαις χαριζομένους ἐπὶ τῇ τῶν πλησίον ἀπάτῃ, οὓς παντὸς μᾶλλον ἀγαπῶντας τῆς ἀληθείας αὐτῆς ἀντέχεσθαι διδάσκειν προσήκει. εἴρηται γοῦν ἄντικρυς· »ἀναγγείλατε ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσι τὰ ἐπιτηδεύματα αὐτοῦ«, ἵνα μὴ κριθῶσιν, ἀλλὰ ἐπιστραφῶσιν οἱ προακηκοότες. ὅσοι δὲ »ταῖς γλώσσαις αὐτῶν δολιοῦσιν«, ἔγγραφα ἔχουσι τὰ ἐπιτίμια.
»Hē sophia«, phēsin ho Solomōn, »enephysiōsen ta heautēs tekna.« ou dēpou gar typhon enepoiēsen ho kyrios tois meirakiois kata tēn didaskalian, alla to epi tę̄ alētheią pepoithenai kai einai megalophrona en gnōsei tę̄ dia tōn graphōn paradidomenę̄ hyperoptikon te tōn eis hamartian hyposyrontōn paraskeuazei, ho sēmainei hē »enephysiōse« lexis, megaloprepeian tēs sophias tois kata tēn mathēsin teknois emphyteusasēs diʼ hōn didaskei. autika phēsin ho apostolos; »kai gnōsomai ou ton logon tōn pephysiōmenōn, alla tēn dynamin«, ei megalophronōs (hoper estin alēthōs; alētheias de meizon ouden) tas graphas syniete. entautha gar hē dynamis tōn pephysiōmenōn teknōn tēs sophias. hoion, eisomai, phēsin, ei dikaiōs epi tę̄ gnōsei mega phroneite. »gnōstos« gar kata ton Dabid »en tę̄ Ioudaią ho theos«, toutesti tois katʼ epignōsin Israēlitais. Ioudaia gar exomologēsis hermēneuetai. eikotōs ara eirētai pros tou apostolou; »to ou moicheuseis, ou klepseis, ouk epithymēseis kai ei tis hetera entolē, en toutǭ tǭ logǭ anakephalaioutai, en tǭ; agapēseis ton plēsion sou hōs seauton.« ou gar chrē pote, kathaper hoi tas haireseis metiontes poiousi, moicheuein tēn alētheian oude mēn kleptein ton kanona tēs ekklēsias, tais idiais epithymiais kai philodoxiais charizomenous epi tę̄ tōn plēsion apatę̄, hous pantos mallon agapōntas tēs alētheias autēs antechesthai didaskein prosēkei. eirētai goun antikrys; »anangeilate en tois ethnesi ta epitēdeumata autou«, hina mē krithōsin, alla epistraphōsin hoi proakēkootes. hosoi de »tais glōssais autōn doliousin«, engrapha echousi ta epitimia.
“Wisdom,” says Solomon, “has puffed up her own children.” For surely the Lord did not produce vanity in young people by his teaching; rather, he makes them confident in the truth and high-minded in the knowledge handed down through the Scriptures, and disdainful of whatever drags them down into sin. That is what the word “puffed up” means: wisdom has implanted grandeur in the children of her instruction through what she teaches. Indeed, the apostle says, “And I will know not the word of those who are puffed up, but their power,” that is, whether you understand the Scriptures in a lofty way (which means truly, and nothing is greater than truth). For in this lies the power of wisdom's puffed-up children. As if to say, “I will know whether you rightly think great things of your knowledge.” For “God is known,” as David says, “in Judea,” that is, to those who are Israelites according to knowledge; for Judea is interpreted “confession.” Reasonably, then, the apostle has said, “‘You shall not commit adultery, you shall not steal, you shall not covet,’ and any other commandment, is summed up in this word: ‘You shall love your neighbor as yourself.’” For one must never, as those who pursue the heresies do, commit adultery against the truth or steal the church's rule, gratifying one's own desires and love of glory to the deception of one's neighbors, whom one ought above all to love and so teach to hold fast to the truth itself. It has been said plainly, at any rate, “Proclaim among the nations his deeds,” so that those who have heard beforehand may not be judged but converted. But those who “deceive with their tongues” have their penalties written down.
Miscellanies 7, chapter 17
7.17.106Stählin 2
Οἱ τοίνυν τῶν ἀσεβῶν ἁπτόμενοι λόγων ἄλλοις τε ἐξάρχοντες μηδὲ εὖ τοῖς λόγοις τοῖς θείοις, ἀλλὰ ἐξημαρτημένως συγχρώμενοι, οὔτε αὐτοὶ εἰσίασιν εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν οὔτε οὓς ἐξηπάτησαν ἐῶσιν τυγχάνειν τῆς ἀληθείας. ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ τὴν κλεῖν ἔχοντες αὐτοὶ τῆς εἰσόδου, ψευδῆ δέ τινα καί, ὥς φησιν ἡ συνήθεια, ἀντικλεῖδα, διʼ ἧς οὐ τὴν αὐλείαν ἀναπετάσαντες, ὥσπερ ἡμεῖς διὰ τῆς τοῦ κυρίου παραδόσεως εἴσιμεν, παράθυρον δὲ ἀνατεμόντες καὶ διορύξαντες λάθρᾳ τὸ τειχίον τῆς ἐκκλησίας, ὑπερβαίνοντες τὴν ἀλήθειαν, μυσταγωγοὶ τῆς τῶν ἀσεβῶν ψυχῆς καθίστανται. ὅτι γὰρ μεταγενεστέρας τῆς καθολικῆς ἐκκλησίας τὰς ἀνθρωπίνας συνηλύσεις πεποιήκασιν, οὐ πολλῶν δεῖ λόγων. ἡ μὲν γὰρ τοῦ κυρίου κατὰ τὴν παρουσίαν διδασκαλία ἀπὸ Αὐγούστου καὶ Τιβερίου καίσαρος ἀρξαμένη μεσούντων τῶν † Αὐγούστου χρόνων τελειοῦται, ἡ δὲ τῶν ἀποστόλων αὐτοῦ μέχρι γε τῆς Παύλου λειτουργίας ἐπὶ Νέρωνος τελειοῦται, κάτω δὲ περὶ τοὺς Ἀδριανοῦ τοῦ βασιλέως χρόνους οἱ τὰς αἱρέσεις ἐπινοήσαντες γεγόνασι, καὶ μέχρι γε τῆς Ἀντωνίνου τοῦ πρεσβυτέρου διέτειναν ἡλικίας, καθάπερ ὁ Βασιλείδης, κἂν Γλαυκίαν ἐπιγράφηται διδάσκαλον, ὡς αὐχοῦσιν αὐτοί, τὸν Πέτρου ἑρμηνέα. ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ Οὐαλεντῖνον Θεοδᾶ διακηκοέναι φέρουσιν· γνώριμος δʼ οὗτος γεγόνει Παύλου.
Hoi toinyn tōn asebōn haptomenoi logōn allois te exarchontes mēde eu tois logois tois theiois, alla exēmartēmenōs synchrōmenoi, oute autoi eisiasin eis tēn basileian tōn ouranōn oute hous exēpatēsan eōsin tynchanein tēs alētheias. allʼ oude tēn klein echontes autoi tēs eisodou, pseudē de tina kai, hōs phēsin hē synētheia, antikleida, diʼ hēs ou tēn auleian anapetasantes, hōsper hēmeis dia tēs tou kyriou paradoseōs eisimen, parathyron de anatemontes kai dioryxantes lathrą to teichion tēs ekklēsias, hyperbainontes tēn alētheian, mystagōgoi tēs tōn asebōn psychēs kathistantai. hoti gar metagenesteras tēs katholikēs ekklēsias tas anthrōpinas synēlyseis pepoiēkasin, ou pollōn dei logōn. hē men gar tou kyriou kata tēn parousian didaskalia apo Augoustou kai Tiberiou kaisaros arxamenē mesountōn tōn † Augoustou chronōn teleioutai, hē de tōn apostolōn autou mechri ge tēs Paulou leitourgias epi Nerōnos teleioutai, katō de peri tous Adrianou tou basileōs chronous hoi tas haireseis epinoēsantes gegonasi, kai mechri ge tēs Antōninou tou presbyterou dieteinan hēlikias, kathaper ho Basileidēs, kan Glaukian epigraphētai didaskalon, hōs auchousin autoi, ton Petrou hermēnea. hōsautōs de kai Oualentinon Theoda diakēkoenai pherousin; gnōrimos dʼ houtos gegonei Paulou.
Those, then, who take up impious words and lead others off, using the divine words not well but wrongly, neither enter the kingdom of heaven themselves nor allow those they have deceived to reach the truth. Nor do they themselves have the key of the entrance, but a false one, what common speech calls a counter-key; with it they do not open the front gate, as we enter through the Lord's tradition, but cutting a side door and secretly digging through the wall of the church, overstepping the truth, they set themselves up as initiators of the souls of the impious. For that they made their human assemblies later than the catholic church needs few words. For the Lord's teaching at his coming, beginning under Augustus and Tiberius Caesar, was completed in the middle of the times of … Augustus; that of his apostles, up to Paul's ministry at least, was completed under Nero. But those who devised the heresies came later, around the times of the emperor Hadrian, and they lasted as late as the age of Antoninus the elder, like Basilides, even if he claims as his teacher Glaucias, as they themselves boast, the interpreter of Peter. Likewise they report that Valentinus heard Theudas; and Theudas had been a pupil of Paul.
7.17.107Stählin 2
Μαρκίων γὰρ κατὰ τὴν αὐτὴν αὐτοῖς ἡλικίαν γενόμενος ὡς πρεσβύτης νεωτέροις συνεγένετο. † μεθʼ ὃν Σίμων ἐπʼ ὀλίγον κηρύσσοντος τοῦ Πέτρου ὑπήκουσεν. ὧν οὕτως ἐχόντων συμφανὲς ἐκ τῆς προγενεστάτης καὶ ἀληθεστάτης ἐκκλησίας τὰς μεταγενεστέρας ταύτας καὶ τὰς ἔτι τούτων ὑποβεβηκυίας τῷ χρόνῳ κεκαινοτομῆσθαι παραχαραχθείσας αἱρέσεις. ἐκ τῶν εἰρημένων ἄρα φανερὸν οἶμαι γεγενῆσθαι μίαν εἶναι τὴν ἀληθῆ ἐκκλησίαν τὴν τῷ ὄντι ἀρχαίαν, εἰς ἣν οἱ κατὰ πρόθεσιν δίκαιοι ἐγκαταλέγονται. ἑνὸς γὰρ ὄντος τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ ἑνὸς τοῦ κυρίου, διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τὸ ἄκρως τίμιον κατὰ τὴν μόνωσιν ἐπαινεῖται, μίμημα ὂν ἀρχῆς τῆς μιᾶς. τῇ γοῦν τοῦ ἑνὸς φύσει συγκληροῦται ἐκκλησία ἡ μία, ἣν εἰς πολλὰς κατατέμνειν βιάζονται αἱρέσεις. κατά τε οὖν ὑπόστασιν κατά τε ἐπίνοιαν κατά τε ἀρχὴν κατά τε ἐξοχὴν μόνην εἶναί φαμεν τὴν ἀρχαίαν καὶ καθολικὴν ἐκκλησίαν, »εἰς ἑνότητα πίστεως« μιᾶς, τῆς κατὰ τὰς οἰκείας διαθήκας, μᾶλλον δὲ κατὰ τὴν διαθήκην τὴν μίαν διαφόροις τοῖς χρόνοις, ἑνὸς τοῦ θεοῦ τῷ βουλήματι διʼ ἑνὸς τοῦ κυρίου συνάγουσαν τοὺς ἤδη κατατεταγμένους· οὓς προώρισεν ὁ θεός, δικαίους ἐσομένους πρὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου ἐγνωκώς. ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ ἐξοχὴ τῆς ἐκκλησίας, καθάπερ ἡ ἀρχὴ τῆς συστάσεως, κατὰ τὴν μονάδα ἐστίν, πάντα τὰ ἄλλα ὑπερβάλλουσα καὶ μηδὲν ἔχουσα ὅμοιον ἢ ἴσον ἑαυτῇ.
Markiōn gar kata tēn autēn autois hēlikian genomenos hōs presbytēs neōterois synegeneto. † methʼ hon Simōn epʼ oligon kēryssontos tou Petrou hypēkousen. hōn houtōs echontōn symphanes ek tēs progenestatēs kai alēthestatēs ekklēsias tas metagenesteras tautas kai tas eti toutōn hypobebēkuias tǭ chronǭ kekainotomēsthai paracharachtheisas haireseis. ek tōn eirēmenōn ara phaneron oimai gegenēsthai mian einai tēn alēthē ekklēsian tēn tǭ onti archaian, eis hēn hoi kata prothesin dikaioi enkatalegontai. henos gar ontos tou theou kai henos tou kyriou, dia touto kai to akrōs timion kata tēn monōsin epaineitai, mimēma on archēs tēs mias. tę̄ goun tou henos physei synklēroutai ekklēsia hē mia, hēn eis pollas katatemnein biazontai haireseis. kata te oun hypostasin kata te epinoian kata te archēn kata te exochēn monēn einai phamen tēn archaian kai katholikēn ekklēsian, »eis henotēta pisteōs« mias, tēs kata tas oikeias diathēkas, mallon de kata tēn diathēkēn tēn mian diaphorois tois chronois, henos tou theou tǭ boulēmati diʼ henos tou kyriou synagousan tous ēdē katatetagmenous; hous proōrisen ho theos, dikaious esomenous pro katabolēs kosmou egnōkōs. alla kai hē exochē tēs ekklēsias, kathaper hē archē tēs systaseōs, kata tēn monada estin, panta ta alla hyperballousa kai mēden echousa homoion ē ison heautę̄.
For Marcion, who lived at the same time as they did, associated as an old man with younger men. … After him Simon for a short time heard Peter preaching. This being so, it is evident from the most ancient and truest church that these later heresies, and those still later in time, have been newly invented as counterfeits. From what has been said, then, it has become clear, I think, that the true church, the one that is truly ancient, is one, and into it those who are righteous according to God's purpose are enrolled. For since God is one and the Lord is one, what is supremely honorable is also praised for its oneness, being an imitation of the one first principle. So the one church shares in the nature of the One, the church which the heresies try forcibly to cut up into many. In substance, then, in conception, in origin, and in pre-eminence, we say that the ancient and catholic church is alone, gathering together “into the unity of the one faith,” the faith according to its own covenants, or rather according to the one covenant at different times, by the will of the one God through the one Lord, those already appointed, whom God predestined, having known before the foundation of the world that they would be righteous. And the pre-eminence of the church, like the origin of its constitution, lies in its oneness, surpassing all other things and having nothing like or equal to itself.
7.17.108Stählin 2
Ταυτὶ μὲν οὖν καὶ εἰς ὕστερον. τῶν δʼ αἱρέσεων αἳ μὲν ἀπὸ ὀνόματος προσαγορεύονται, ὡς ἡ ἀπὸ Οὐαλεντίνου καὶ Μαρκίωνος καὶ Βασιλείδου, κἂν τὴν Ματθίου αὐχῶσι προσάγεσθαι δόξαν· μία γὰρ ἡ] πάντων γέγονε τῶν ἀποστόλων ὥσπερ διδασκαλία, οὕτως δὲ καὶ [ἡ παράδοσις· αἳ δὲ ἀπὸ τόπου, ὡς οἱ Περατικοί, αἳ δὲ ἀπὸ ἔθνους, ὡς ἡ τῶν Φρυγῶν, αἳ δὲ ἀπὸ ἐνεργείας, ὡς ἡ τῶν Ἐγκρατητῶν, αἳ δὲ ἀπὸ δογμάτων ἰδιαζόντων, ὡς ἡ τῶν Δοκητῶν καὶ ἡ τῶν Αἱματιτῶν, αἳ δὲ ἀπὸ ὑποθέσεων καὶ ὧν τετιμήκασιν, ὡς Καϊανισταί τε καὶ οἱ Ὀφιανοὶ προσαγορευόμενοι, αἳ δὲ ἀφʼ ὧν παρανόμως ἐπετήδευσάν τε καὶ ἐτόλμησαν, ὡς τῶν Σιμωνιανῶν οἱ Ἐντυχῖται καλούμενοι.
Tauti men oun kai eis hysteron. tōn dʼ haireseōn hai men apo onomatos prosagoreuontai, hōs hē apo Oualentinou kai Markiōnos kai Basileidou, kan tēn Matthiou auchōsi prosagesthai doxan; mia gar hē] pantōn gegone tōn apostolōn hōsper didaskalia, houtōs de kai [hē paradosis; hai de apo topou, hōs hoi Peratikoi, hai de apo ethnous, hōs hē tōn Phrygōn, hai de apo energeias, hōs hē tōn Enkratētōn, hai de apo dogmatōn idiazontōn, hōs hē tōn Dokētōn kai hē tōn Haimatitōn, hai de apo hypotheseōn kai hōn tetimēkasin, hōs Kaïanistai te kai hoi Ophianoi prosagoreuomenoi, hai de aphʼ hōn paranomōs epetēdeusan te kai etolmēsan, hōs tōn Simōnianōn hoi Entychitai kaloumenoi.
But these matters must wait until later. Of the heresies, some are named after a person, as those of Valentinus, Marcion, and Basilides, even though they boast of bringing forward the opinion of Matthias; for as the teaching of all the apostles was one, so also was their tradition. Others are named after a place, as the Peratics; others after a nation, as that of the Phrygians; others after a practice, as that of the Encratites; others after peculiar doctrines, as those of the Docetists and the Haematites; others after their premises and what they have honored, as those called Cainites and Ophites; and others after what they have lawlessly practiced and dared, as those of the Simonians who are called Entychites.
Miscellanies 7, chapter 18
7.18.109Stählin 2
Ὀπὴν οὖν τινα ὀλίγην ὑποδείξαντες »τοῖς φιλοθεάμοσι τῆς ἀληθείας« ἐκ τοῦ κατὰ τὰς θυσίας νόμου περί τε Ἰουδαίων τῶν χυδαίων περί τε τῶν αἱρέσεων μυστικῶς διακρινομένων, ὡς ἀκαθάρτων, ἀπὸ τῆς [περὶ καθαρῶν καὶ ἀκαθάρτων ζῴων] θείας ἐκκλησίας, καταπαύσωμεν τὸν λόγον. τὰ μὲν γὰρ διχηλοῦντα καὶ μηρυκισμὸν ἀνάγοντα τῶν ἱερείων καθαρὰ καὶ δεκτὰ τῷ θεῷ παραδίδωσιν ἡ γραφή, ὡς ἂν εἰς πατέρα καὶ εἰς υἱὸν διὰ τῆς πίστεως τῶν δικαίων τὴν πορείαν ποιουμένων (αὕτη γὰρ ἡ τῶν διχηλούντων ἑδραιότης) τῶν »τὰ λόγια τοῦ θεοῦ« »νύκτωρ καὶ μεθʼ ἡμέραν μελετώντων« καὶ ἀναπεμπαζομένων ἐν τῷ τῆς ψυχῆς τῶν μαθημάτων δοχείῳ. ἣν * καὶ συνάσκησιν γνωστικὴν ὑπάρχουσαν καθαροῦ ζῴου μηρυκισμὸν ὁ νόμος ἀλληγορεῖ. ὅσα δὲ μήτε ἑκάτερον μήτε τὸ ἕτερον τούτων ἔχει, ὡς ἀκάθαρτα ἀφορίζει. αὐτίκα τὰ ἀνάγοντα μηρυκισμόν, μὴ διχηλοῦντα δέ, τοὺς Ἰουδαίους αἰνίσσεται τοὺς πολλούς, οἳ τὰ μὲν λόγια τοῦ θεοῦ ἀνὰ στόμα ἔχουσιν, τὴν δὲ πίστιν καὶ τὴν βάσιν διʼ υἱοῦ πρὸς τὸν πατέρα παραπέμπουσαν οὐκ ἔχουσιν ἐπερειδομένην τῇ ἀληθείᾳ. ὅθεν καὶ ὀλισθηρὸν τὸ γένος τῶν τοιούτων θρεμμάτων, ὡς ἂν μὴ σχιδανοπόδων ὄντων μηδὲ τῇ διπλόῃ τῆς πίστεως ἐπερειδομένων· »οὐδεὶς γάρ«, φησί, »γινώσκει τὸν πατέρα εἰ μὴ ὁ υἱὸς καὶ ᾧ ἂν ὁ υἱὸς ἀποκαλύψῃ.« ἔμπαλίν τε αὖ ἀκάθαρτα ὁμοίως κἀκεῖνα, ὅσα διχηλεῖ μέν, μηρυκισμὸν δὲ οὐκ ἀνάγει. ταυτὶ γὰρ τοὺς αἱρετικοὺς ἐνδείκνυται ὀνόματι μὲν πατρὸς καὶ υἱοῦ ἐπιβεβηκότας, τὴν δὲ τῶν λογίων ἀκριβῆ σαφήνειαν λεπτουργεῖν καὶ καταλεαίνειν ἐξασθενοῦντας, πρὸς δὲ καὶ τὰ ἔργα τῆς δικαιοσύνης ὁλοσχερέστερον, οὐχὶ δὲ ἀκριβέστερον μετερχομένους, εἴ γε καὶ μετέλθοιεν.
Opēn oun tina oligēn hypodeixantes »tois philotheamosi tēs alētheias« ek tou kata tas thysias nomou peri te Ioudaiōn tōn chydaiōn peri te tōn haireseōn mystikōs diakrinomenōn, hōs akathartōn, apo tēs [peri katharōn kai akathartōn zǭōn] theias ekklēsias, katapausōmen ton logon. ta men gar dichēlounta kai mērykismon anagonta tōn hiereiōn kathara kai dekta tǭ theǭ paradidōsin hē graphē, hōs an eis patera kai eis huion dia tēs pisteōs tōn dikaiōn tēn poreian poioumenōn (hautē gar hē tōn dichēlountōn hedraiotēs) tōn »ta logia tou theou« »nyktōr kai methʼ hēmeran meletōntōn« kai anapempazomenōn en tǭ tēs psychēs tōn mathēmatōn docheiǭ. hēn * kai synaskēsin gnōstikēn hyparchousan katharou zǭou mērykismon ho nomos allēgorei. hosa de mēte hekateron mēte to heteron toutōn echei, hōs akatharta aphorizei. autika ta anagonta mērykismon, mē dichēlounta de, tous Ioudaious ainissetai tous pollous, hoi ta men logia tou theou ana stoma echousin, tēn de pistin kai tēn basin diʼ huiou pros ton patera parapempousan ouk echousin epereidomenēn tę̄ alētheią. hothen kai olisthēron to genos tōn toioutōn thremmatōn, hōs an mē schidanopodōn ontōn mēde tę̄ diploę̄ tēs pisteōs epereidomenōn; »oudeis gar«, phēsi, »ginōskei ton patera ei mē ho huios kai hǭ an ho huios apokalypsę̄.« empalin te au akatharta homoiōs kakeina, hosa dichēlei men, mērykismon de ouk anagei. tauti gar tous hairetikous endeiknytai onomati men patros kai huiou epibebēkotas, tēn de tōn logiōn akribē saphēneian leptourgein kai kataleainein exasthenountas, pros de kai ta erga tēs dikaiosynēs holoscheresteron, ouchi de akribesteron meterchomenous, ei ge kai metelthoien.
Having shown, then, a small opening, as it were, “to the lovers of the sight of truth,” from the law about sacrifices, concerning the common run of the Jews and concerning the heresies, which are mystically set apart as unclean from the divine church, let us bring the discourse to a close. For Scripture declares clean and acceptable to God those sacrificial animals that divide the hoof and chew the cud, since the righteous make their journey to the Father and to the Son through faith (for this is the steadiness of those that divide the hoof); they “meditate night and day” on “the oracles of God” and chew them over in the storehouse of learning in their soul; this …, which is also the exercise of knowledge, the law expresses allegorically as the chewing of the cud by the clean animal. But whatever has neither of these, or only one of them, it sets apart as unclean. For instance, those that chew the cud but do not divide the hoof signify most of the Jews, who have the oracles of God in their mouths, but do not have the faith and the footing, resting on the truth, that carries one through the Son to the Father. Hence such creatures are a slippery kind, since they are not cloven-footed and do not rest on the double support of faith. “For no one,” it says, “knows the Father except the Son, and the one to whom the Son reveals him.” And conversely, those too are unclean that divide the hoof but do not chew the cud. For these point to the heretics, who stand upon the name of the Father and the Son, but are too weak to work out and grind fine the exact clarity of the oracles, and who, moreover, pursue the works of righteousness roughly and not precisely, if they pursue them at all.
7.18.110Stählin 2
τοιούτοις τισὶν ὁ κύριος λέγει· »τί με λέγετε ›κύριε κύριε‹ καὶ οὐ ποιεῖτε ἃ λέγω;« ἀκάθαρτοι δὲ πάμπαν οἱ μὴ διχηλοῦντες μηδὲ ἀνάγοντες μηρυκισμόν. ὑμεῖς δʼ, ὦ Μεγαρεῖς, φησὶν ὁ Θέογνις, οὔτε τρίτοι οὔτε τέταρτοι οὔτε δυωδέκατοι οὔτʼ ἐν λόγῳ οὔτʼ ἐν ἀριθμῷ, »ἀλλʼ ἢ ὡς ὁ χνοῦς, ὃν ἐκρίπτει ὁ ἄνεμος ἀπὸ προσώπου τῆς γῆς« καὶ »ὡς σταγὼν ἀπὸ κάδου«. Τούτων ἡμῖν προδιηνυσμένων καὶ τοῦ ἠθικοῦ τόπου ὡς ἐν κεφαλαίῳ ὑπογραφέντος, σποράδην, ὡς ὑπεσχήμεθα, καὶ διερριμμένως τὰ ζώπυρα τῶν τῆς ἀληθοῦς γνώσεως ἐγκατασπείραντες δογμάτων, ὡς μὴ ῥᾳδίαν εἶναι τῷ περιτυχόντι τῶν ἀμυήτων τὴν τῶν ἁγίων παραδόσεων εὕρεσιν, μετίωμεν ἐπὶ τὴν ὑπόσχεσιν.
toioutois tisin ho kyrios legei; »ti me legete ›kyrie kyrie‹ kai ou poieite ha legō?« akathartoi de pampan hoi mē dichēlountes mēde anagontes mērykismon. hymeis dʼ, ō Megareis, phēsin ho Theognis, oute tritoi oute tetartoi oute dyōdekatoi outʼ en logǭ outʼ en arithmǭ, »allʼ ē hōs ho chnous, hon ekriptei ho anemos apo prosōpou tēs gēs« kai »hōs stagōn apo kadou«. Toutōn hēmin prodiēnysmenōn kai tou ēthikou topou hōs en kephalaiǭ hypographentos, sporadēn, hōs hypeschēmetha, kai dierrimmenōs ta zōpyra tōn tēs alēthous gnōseōs enkataspeirantes dogmatōn, hōs mē rhądian einai tǭ peritychonti tōn amyētōn tēn tōn hagiōn paradoseōn heuresin, metiōmen epi tēn hyposchesin.
To such people the Lord says, “Why do you call me ‘Lord, Lord,’ and do not do what I say?” And those that neither divide the hoof nor chew the cud are wholly unclean. “But you, Megarians,” says Theognis, “are neither third nor fourth nor twelfth, neither in account nor in number,” but “like the chaff which the wind drives from the face of the earth,” and “like a drop from a bucket.” Having gone through these matters beforehand, and having sketched the ethical topic in summary, and having sown, as we promised, here and there and scattered about, the sparks of the doctrines of true knowledge, so that the discovery of the holy traditions may not be easy for any of the uninitiated who comes upon them, let us pass on to what we promised.
7.18.111Stählin 2
ἐοίκασι δέ πως οἱ Στρωματεῖς οὐ παραδείσοις ἐξησκημένοις ἐκείνοις τοῖς ἐν στοίχῳ καταπεφυτευμένοις εἰς ἡδονὴν ὄψεως, ὄρει δὲ μᾶλλον συσκίῳ τινὶ καὶ δασεῖ κυπαρίσσοις καὶ πλατάνοις δάφνῃ τε καὶ κισσῷ, μηλέαις τε ὁμοῦ καὶ ἐλαίαις καὶ συκαῖς καταπεφυτευμένῳ, ἐξεπίτηδες ἀναμεμιγμένης τῆς φυτείας καρποφόρων τε ὁμοῦ καὶ ἀκάρπων δένδρων διὰ τοὺς ὑφαιρεῖσθαι καὶ κλέπτειν τολμῶντας τὰ ὥρια, ἐθελούσης λανθάνειν τῆς γραφῆς. ἐξ ὧν δὴ μεταμοσχεύσας καὶ μεταφυτεύσας ὁ γεωργὸς ὡραῖον κατακοσμήσει παράδεισον καὶ ἄλσος ἐπιτερπές. οὔτʼ οὖν τῆς τάξεως οὔτε τῆς φράσεως στοχάζονται οἱ Στρωματεῖς, ὅπου γε ἐπίτηδες καὶ τὴν λέξιν οὐχ Ἕλληνες εἶναι βούλονται καὶ τὴν τῶν δογμάτων ἐγκατασπορὰν λεληθότως καὶ οὐ κατὰ τὴν ἀλήθειαν πεποίηνται, φιλοπόνους καὶ εὑρετικοὺς εἶναι τοὺς ἀναγιγνώσκοντας εἴ τινες τύχοιεν παρασκευάζοντες. πολλὰ γὰρ τὰ δελέατα καὶ ποικίλα διὰ τὰς τῶν ἰχθύων διαφοράς. Καὶ δὴ μετὰ τὸν ἕβδομον τοῦτον ἡμῖν Στρωματέα τῶν ἑξῆς ἀπʼ ἄλλης ἀρχῆς ποιησόμεθα τὸν λόγον.
eoikasi de pōs hoi Strōmateis ou paradeisois exēskēmenois ekeinois tois en stoichǭ katapephyteumenois eis hēdonēn opseōs, orei de mallon syskiǭ tini kai dasei kyparissois kai platanois daphnę̄ te kai kissǭ, mēleais te homou kai elaiais kai sykais katapephyteumenǭ, exepitēdes anamemigmenēs tēs phyteias karpophorōn te homou kai akarpōn dendrōn dia tous hyphaireisthai kai kleptein tolmōntas ta hōria, ethelousēs lanthanein tēs graphēs. ex hōn dē metamoscheusas kai metaphyteusas ho geōrgos hōraion katakosmēsei paradeison kai alsos epiterpes. outʼ oun tēs taxeōs oute tēs phraseōs stochazontai hoi Strōmateis, hopou ge epitēdes kai tēn lexin ouch Hellēnes einai boulontai kai tēn tōn dogmatōn enkatasporan lelēthotōs kai ou kata tēn alētheian pepoiēntai, philoponous kai heuretikous einai tous anagignōskontas ei tines tychoien paraskeuazontes. polla gar ta deleata kai poikila dia tas tōn ichthyōn diaphoras. Kai dē meta ton hebdomon touton hēmin Strōmatea tōn hexēs apʼ allēs archēs poiēsometha ton logon.
The Miscellanies are somewhat like, not those cultivated gardens planted in rows for the pleasure of the eye, but rather a shady, densely wooded mountain planted with cypress and plane, laurel and ivy, and apple trees together with olives and figs, the planting of fruit-bearing and fruitless trees deliberately mixed together because of those who dare to carry off and steal the ripe fruit, since the writing wishes to escape notice. From these the farmer, transplanting and replanting, will lay out a beautiful garden and a delightful grove. The Miscellanies, then, aim neither at order nor at style, since they deliberately wish not to be Greek even in their diction, and they have sown the doctrines in hidden fashion and not openly, so as to make readers, if any should be found, industrious and inventive. For there are many and various baits, because fish differ. And now, after this seventh Miscellany, we will make our discourse on what follows from another beginning.
Miscellanies 8, chapter 1
8.1.1Stählin 2
ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ οἱ παλαίτατοι τῶν φιλοσόφων ἐπὶ τὸ ἀμφισβητεῖν καὶ ἀπορεῖν ἐφέροντο, ἦ πού γʼ ἂν ἡμεῖς οἱ τῆς ὄντως ἀληθοῦς ἀντεχόμενοι φιλοσοφίας, οἷς ἄντικρυς ἡ γραφὴ εὑρέσεως χάριν ἐπὶ τὸ διερευνᾶσθαι τὸ ζητεῖν παρεγγυᾷ· οἱ μὲν γὰρ νεώτεροι τῶν παρʼ Ἕλλησι φιλοσόφων ὑπὸ φιλοτιμίας κενῆς τε καὶ ἀτελοῦς ἐλεγκτικῶς ἅμα καὶ ἐριστικῶς εἰς τὴν ἄχρηστον ἐξάγονται φλυαρίαν, ἔμπαλιν δὲ ἡ βάρβαρος φιλοσοφία τὴν πᾶσαν ἔριν ἐκβάλλουσα »ζητεῖτε« εἶπεν »καὶ εὑρήσετε, κρούετε καὶ ἀνοιγήσεται, αἰτεῖσθε καὶ δοθήσεται ὑμῖν«. κρούει μὲν οὖν κατὰ τὴν ζήτησιν ὁ πρὸς ἐρώτησιν καὶ ἀπόκρισιν λόγος τὴν θύραν τῆς ἀληθείας κατὰ τὸ φαινόμενον, διοιχθέντος δὲ τοῦ ἐμποδὼν κατὰ τὴν ἔρευναν ἐπιστημονικὴ ἐγγίνεται θεωρία.
allʼ oude hoi palaitatoi tōn philosophōn epi to amphisbētein kai aporein epheronto, ē pou gʼ an hēmeis hoi tēs ontōs alēthous antechomenoi philosophias, hois antikrys hē graphē heureseōs charin epi to diereunasthai to zētein parengyą; hoi men gar neōteroi tōn parʼ Hellēsi philosophōn hypo philotimias kenēs te kai atelous elenktikōs hama kai eristikōs eis tēn achrēston exagontai phlyarian, empalin de hē barbaros philosophia tēn pasan erin ekballousa »zēteite« eipen »kai heurēsete, krouete kai anoigēsetai, aiteisthe kai dothēsetai hymin«. krouei men oun kata tēn zētēsin ho pros erōtēsin kai apokrisin logos tēn thyran tēs alētheias kata to phainomenon, dioichthentos de tou empodōn kata tēn ereunan epistēmonikē enginetai theōria.
But not even the most ancient of the philosophers were inclined to dispute and to raise difficulties; much less, surely, should we, who hold to the truly true philosophy, whom Scripture expressly urges to inquire, so as to search things out, for the sake of finding. For the more recent of the Greek philosophers, out of empty and fruitless ambition, are carried away into useless chatter, refuting and wrangling at once; the barbarian philosophy, on the contrary, casting out all strife, said: “Seek and you will find; knock and it will be opened; ask and it will be given to you.” The argument that proceeds by question and answer, then, knocks in its inquiry at the door of truth, as it seems; and when what stood in the way has been opened by investigation, a contemplation grounded in scientific knowledge arises.
8.1.2Stählin 2
τοῖς οὕτως, οἶμαι, κρούουσιν ἀνοίγνυται τὸ ζητούμενον καὶ τοῖς οὕτως αἰτοῦσιν τὰς πεύσεις κατὰ τὰς γραφὰς ἐφʼ ὃ βαίνουσιν ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ γίνεται, ἡ δόσις τῆς θεοδωρήτου γνώσεως καταληπτικῶς διὰ τῆς λογικῆς ὄντως ἐκλαμπούσης ζητήσεως. οὐ γὰρ εὑρεῖν μὲν οἷόν τε. μὴ ζητῆσαι δέ· οὐδὲ ζητῆσαι μέν, οὐχὶ δὲ ἐρευνήσασθαι· οὐδὲ διερευνήσασθαι μέν, οὐχὶ δὲ διαπτύξαι καὶ ἀναπετάσαι διʼ ἐρωτήσεως εἰς σαφήνειαν ἄγοντα τὸ ζητούμενον, οὐδʼ αὖ διὰ πάσης ἐξετάσεως χωρήσαντα μὴ οὐχὶ λοιπὸν τὸ ἔπαθλον λαβεῖν, τὴν ἐπιστήμην τοῦ ζητουμένου. ἀλλʼ ἔστι μὲν εὑρεῖν τὸν ζητήσαντα, ζητήσει δέ, εἰ οἰηθείη πρότερον μὴ εἰδέναι. πόθῳ δὴ ἐντεῦθεν ἀγόμενος πρὸς τὴν εὕρεσιν τοῦ καλοῦ εὐγνωμόνως ζητεῖ, ἀφιλονίκως, ἀφιλοδόξως ἐρωτῶν μὲν καὶ ἀποκρινόμενος, πρὸς δὲ καὶ αὐτὰ ἐπισκεπτόμενος τὰ λεγόμενα. ἐχομένους γὰρ καθήκει οὐ μόνον τῶν γραφῶν τῶν θείων, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἐννοιῶν τῶν κοινῶν τὰς ζητήσεις ποιεῖσθαι εἴς τι πέρας ὠφέλιμον τῆς εὑρέσεως καταληγούσης. ἐκδέχεται γὰρ ἄλλος τόπος τε καὶ ὄχλος τοὺς ταραχώδεις τῶν ἀνθρώπων καὶ τὰς ἀγοραίους εὑρησιλογίας, τὸν δὲ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐραστήν τε ἅμα καὶ γνώριμον εἰρηνικὸν εἶναι κἀν ταῖς ζητήσεσι προσῆκεν, διʼ ἀποδείξεως ἐπιστημονικῆς ἀφιλαύτως καὶ φιλαλήθως εἰς γνῶσιν προσιόντα καταληπτικήν.
tois houtōs, oimai, krouousin anoignytai to zētoumenon kai tois houtōs aitousin tas peuseis kata tas graphas ephʼ ho bainousin ek tou theou ginetai, hē dosis tēs theodōrētou gnōseōs katalēptikōs dia tēs logikēs ontōs eklampousēs zētēseōs. ou gar heurein men hoion te. mē zētēsai de; oude zētēsai men, ouchi de ereunēsasthai; oude diereunēsasthai men, ouchi de diaptyxai kai anapetasai diʼ erōtēseōs eis saphēneian agonta to zētoumenon, oudʼ au dia pasēs exetaseōs chōrēsanta mē ouchi loipon to epathlon labein, tēn epistēmēn tou zētoumenou. allʼ esti men heurein ton zētēsanta, zētēsei de, ei oiētheiē proteron mē eidenai. pothǭ dē enteuthen agomenos pros tēn heuresin tou kalou eugnōmonōs zētei, aphilonikōs, aphilodoxōs erōtōn men kai apokrinomenos, pros de kai auta episkeptomenos ta legomena. echomenous gar kathēkei ou monon tōn graphōn tōn theiōn, alla kai tōn ennoiōn tōn koinōn tas zētēseis poieisthai eis ti peras ōphelimon tēs heureseōs katalēgousēs. ekdechetai gar allos topos te kai ochlos tous tarachōdeis tōn anthrōpōn kai tas agoraious heurēsilogias, ton de tēs alētheias erastēn te hama kai gnōrimon eirēnikon einai kan tais zētēsesi prosēken, diʼ apodeixeōs epistēmonikēs aphilautōs kai philalēthōs eis gnōsin prosionta katalēptikēn.
To those who knock in this way, I think, what is sought is opened; and to those who thus ask their questions according to the Scriptures, the goal toward which they are moving comes from God: the gift of God-given knowledge, firmly grasped through inquiry that truly shines out by reason. For it is not possible to find without seeking; nor to seek without searching; nor to search thoroughly without unfolding and laying open what is sought by questioning, bringing it to clarity; nor, again, having gone through every examination, not then to receive the prize, the scientific knowledge of what was sought. But the one who has sought can find; and he will seek if he first thinks that he does not know. Drawn on from there by longing toward the discovery of the good, he seeks with good sense, without love of contention or of glory, asking and answering, and in addition examining the things said themselves. For it is fitting that those who hold not only to the divine Scriptures but also to the common notions should conduct their inquiries so that the finding ends in some useful goal. Another place and another crowd await the turbulent among men and the quibbles of the marketplace; but the lover of truth, who is also its disciple, ought to be peaceable even in inquiries, advancing without self-love and with love of truth, by scientific demonstration, toward knowledge that firmly grasps its object.
Miscellanies 8, chapter 2
8.2.3Stählin 2
Τίς ἂν οὖν ἄλλη βελτίων ἢ ἐναργεστέρα μέθοδος εἰς ἀρχὴν τῆς τοιᾶσδε εἴη [ἂν] διδασκαλίας ἢ τὸ προταθὲν ὄνομα λόγῳ διελθεῖν οὕτω σαφῶς ὡς πάντας ἀκολουθῆσαι τοὺς ὁμοφώνους; ἆρʼ οὖν τοιοῦτόν ἐστι τὸ ὄνομα τῆς ἀποδείξεως, οἷόν περ τὸ βλίτυρι, φωνὴ μόνον οὐδὲν σημαίνουσα; καὶ πῶς οὔθʼ ὁ φιλόσοφος οὔθʼ ὁ ῥήτωρ. ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ὁ δικαστὴς ὡς ἄσημον ὄνομα προφέρεται τὴν ἀπόδειξιν, οὔτε τις τῶν δικαζομένων ἀγνοεῖ τὸ σημαινόμενον, ὅτι οὐχ ὑπάρχει; αὐτίκα ὡς ὑποστατὸν πορίζονται τὴν ἀπόδειξιν οἱ φιλόσοφοι, ἄλλος ἄλλως. περὶ παντὸς τοίνυν τοῦ ζητουμένου εἴ τις ὀρθῶς διαλαμβάνοι, οὐκ ἂν ἐφʼ ἑτέραν ἀρχὴν ὁμολογουμένην μᾶλλον ἀναγάγοι τὸν λόγον ἢ τὸ πᾶσι τοῖς ὁμοεθνέσι τε καὶ ὁμοφώνοις ἐκ τῆς προσηγορίας ὁμολογούμενον σημαίνεσθαι. εἶτα ἐντεῦθεν ὁρμηθέντα ζητεῖν ἀνάγκη, εἰ ὑπάρχει τὸ σημαινόμενον τοῦτο περὶ οὗ ὁ λόγος εἴτε καὶ μή· ἐφεξῆς δέ, εἴπερ ὑπάρχειν δειχθείη, ζητητέον τούτου τὴν φύσιν ἀκριβῶς, ὁποία τίς ἐστιν καὶ μή ποτε ὑπερβαίνει τὴν δοθεῖσαν τάξιν.
Tis an oun allē beltiōn ē enargestera methodos eis archēn tēs toiasde eiē [an] didaskalias ē to protathen onoma logǭ dielthein houtō saphōs hōs pantas akolouthēsai tous homophōnous? arʼ oun toiouton esti to onoma tēs apodeixeōs, hoion per to blityri, phōnē monon ouden sēmainousa? kai pōs outhʼ ho philosophos outhʼ ho rhētōr. allʼ oude ho dikastēs hōs asēmon onoma propheretai tēn apodeixin, oute tis tōn dikazomenōn agnoei to sēmainomenon, hoti ouch hyparchei? autika hōs hypostaton porizontai tēn apodeixin hoi philosophoi, allos allōs. peri pantos toinyn tou zētoumenou ei tis orthōs dialambanoi, ouk an ephʼ heteran archēn homologoumenēn mallon anagagoi ton logon ē to pasi tois homoethnesi te kai homophōnois ek tēs prosēgorias homologoumenon sēmainesthai. eita enteuthen hormēthenta zētein anankē, ei hyparchei to sēmainomenon touto peri hou ho logos eite kai mē; ephexēs de, eiper hyparchein deichtheiē, zētēteon toutou tēn physin akribōs, hopoia tis estin kai mē pote hyperbainei tēn dotheisan taxin.
What other method, then, could be better or clearer for the beginning of such teaching than to go through the term proposed by an account so clear that all who speak the same language follow? Is the name “demonstration,” then, like “blityri,” a mere sound signifying nothing? And how is it that neither the philosopher nor the orator, nor even the judge, brings forward demonstration as a name without meaning, and none of the litigants is ignorant of what it signifies, as though nothing answered to it? Indeed, the philosophers supply demonstration as something that really exists, each in his own way. Concerning everything under inquiry, then, if one would judge rightly, one would lead the argument back to no other agreed starting point than what all who share the same nation and language agree is signified by the term. Then, setting out from there, one must inquire whether the thing signified, which the argument concerns, exists or not; and next, if it should be shown to exist, one must inquire precisely into its nature, what sort it is, and whether it perhaps oversteps the order assigned to it.
8.2.4Stählin 2
Ἐπεὶ δʼ οὐκ ἀρκεῖ τοῦτο μόνον ἁπλῶς εἰπεῖν περὶ τοῦ ζητουμένου τὸ δόξαν (ἔξεστι γὰρ καὶ τὸν ἀντικαθιστάμενον ἐπʼ ἴσης ἀνταποφήνασθαι ὃ βούλεται), ἀλλὰ πιστώσασθαι χρὴ τὸ λεχθέν. εἰ μὲν εἰς ὁμοίως ἀμφισβητούμενον ἀναφέροιτο αὐτοῦ ἡ κρίσις κἀκείνου πάλιν ὁμοίως εἰς ἀμφισβητούμενον ἕτερον, εἰς ἄπειρον προβήσεται καὶ ἀναπόδεικτον ἔσται, εἰ δʼ εἰς ὁμολογούμενον ἅπασιν ἡ τοῦ μὴ ὁμολογουμένου πίστις ἀναφέροιτο. ἐκεῖνο τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς διδασκαλίας ποιητέον. πᾶν οὖν τὸ προβληθὲν ὄνομα μεταλαμβάνειν χρὴ εἰς λόγον ὁμολογούμενόν τε καὶ σαφῆ τοῖς κοινωνοῦσι τῆς σκέψεως, ἀρχὴν μὲν τῆς διδασκαλίας ἐσόμενον. ἐξηγησόμενον δὲ τὴν τῶν ζητουμένων εὕρεσιν. φέρε οὖν προβεβλήσθω ὁ ἥλιος τοὔνομα. φασὶν οὖν οἱ Στωϊκοὶ τοῦτʼ εἶναι »ἄναμμα νοερὸν ἐκ θαλαττίων ὑδάτων«. ἆρʼ οὐκ ἀσαφέστερος ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ τοῦ ὀνόματος. ἄλλης ἀποδείξεως δεόμενος εἰ ἀληθής ἐστιν; ἄμεινον οὖν εἰπεῖν κοινῷ καὶ σαφεῖ τῷ λόγῳ ἥλιον ὀνομάζεσθαι »τὸ λαμπρότατον τῶν κατʼ οὐρανὸν ἰόντων«· πιστότερος γάρ. οἶμαι, καὶ σαφέστερος καὶ πᾶσιν ὁμοίως ὁμολογούμενος ὁ λόγος οὗτος.
Epei dʼ ouk arkei touto monon haplōs eipein peri tou zētoumenou to doxan (exesti gar kai ton antikathistamenon epʼ isēs antapophēnasthai ho bouletai), alla pistōsasthai chrē to lechthen. ei men eis homoiōs amphisbētoumenon anapheroito autou hē krisis kakeinou palin homoiōs eis amphisbētoumenon heteron, eis apeiron probēsetai kai anapodeikton estai, ei dʼ eis homologoumenon hapasin hē tou mē homologoumenou pistis anapheroito. ekeino tēn archēn tēs didaskalias poiēteon. pan oun to problēthen onoma metalambanein chrē eis logon homologoumenon te kai saphē tois koinōnousi tēs skepseōs, archēn men tēs didaskalias esomenon. exēgēsomenon de tēn tōn zētoumenōn heuresin. phere oun probeblēsthō ho hēlios tounoma. phasin oun hoi Stōïkoi toutʼ einai »anamma noeron ek thalattiōn hydatōn«. arʼ ouk asaphesteros ho logos autou tou onomatos. allēs apodeixeōs deomenos ei alēthēs estin? ameinon oun eipein koinǭ kai saphei tǭ logǭ hēlion onomazesthai »to lamprotaton tōn katʼ ouranon iontōn«; pistoteros gar. oimai, kai saphesteros kai pasin homoiōs homologoumenos ho logos houtos.
But since it is not enough simply to state one's opinion about what is under inquiry (for the opponent may equally declare in reply whatever he wishes), what is said must be confirmed. If its judgment is referred to something equally disputed, and that again likewise to another disputed thing, it will go on to infinity and be undemonstrable; but if the confirmation of what is not agreed is referred to something agreed by all, that must be made the starting point of the teaching. Every term put forward, then, must be translated into an account that is agreed and clear to those who share in the inquiry, which will be the beginning of the teaching and will guide the discovery of what is sought. Let the name “sun,” then, be put forward. The Stoics say that it is “an intelligent kindling from the waters of the sea.” Is not this account more obscure than the name itself, needing another demonstration to show whether it is true? It is better, then, to say in a common and clear account that the sun is so named as “the brightest of the bodies that move in the heavens”; for this account, I think, is more credible and clearer, and agreed by all alike.
Miscellanies 8, chapter 3
8.3.5Stählin 2
Ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ τὴν ἀπόδειξιν πάντες ἄνθρωποι ὁμολογήσαιεν ἂν λόγον εἶναι τοῖς ἀμφισβητουμένοις ἐκ τῶν ὁμολογουμένων ἐκπορίζοντα τὴν πίστιν. οὐ μόνον δὲ ἀπόδειξις καὶ πίστις καὶ γνῶσις. ἀλλὰ καὶ πρόγνωσις λέγεται διχῶς, ἣ μὲν ἐπιστημονική τε καὶ βεβαία, ἄλλη δὲ μόνον ἐλπιστική. κυριώτατα μὲν οὖν ἀπόδειξις λέγεται ἡ τὴν ἐπιστημονικὴν πίστιν ἐντιθεῖσα ταῖς τῶν μανθανόντων ψυχαῖς, δοξαστικὴ δὲ ἡ ἑτέρα, ὡς καὶ ἄνθρωπος ὁ μὲν ὄντως ἄνθρωπος ὁ τὰς κοινὰς φρένας κεκτημένος. ὃ δὲ ἄγριος καὶ θηριώδης. οὕτω τοι καὶ ὁ κωμικὸς ἔλεγεν· ὡς χαρίεν ἐστὶ[ν] ἄνθρωπος, [ἔστ᾿] ἂν ἄνθρωπος ᾖ. καὶ ἐπὶ βοὸς καὶ ἵππου καὶ κυνὸς ὁ αὐτὸς λόγος παρὰ τὴν ἀρετὴν τοῦ ζῴου ἢ κακίαν. εἰς γὰρ τὴν τοῦ γένους τελειότητα βλέποντες ἐπὶ τὰ κυριώτατα τῶν σημαινομένων ἐρχόμεθα. αὐτίκα ἰατρὸν νοοῦμεν ᾧ μηδὲν τῆς ἰατρικῆς δυνάμως ἐνδεῖ, γνωστικὸν δὲ ᾧ μηδὲν λείπει τῆς ἐπιστημονικῆς εἰδήσεως.
Hōsautōs de kai tēn apodeixin pantes anthrōpoi homologēsaien an logon einai tois amphisbētoumenois ek tōn homologoumenōn ekporizonta tēn pistin. ou monon de apodeixis kai pistis kai gnōsis. alla kai prognōsis legetai dichōs, hē men epistēmonikē te kai bebaia, allē de monon elpistikē. kyriōtata men oun apodeixis legetai hē tēn epistēmonikēn pistin entitheisa tais tōn manthanontōn psychais, doxastikē de hē hetera, hōs kai anthrōpos ho men ontōs anthrōpos ho tas koinas phrenas kektēmenos. ho de agrios kai thēriōdēs. houtō toi kai ho kōmikos elegen; hōs charien esti[n] anthrōpos, [est᾿] an anthrōpos ę̄. kai epi boos kai hippou kai kynos ho autos logos para tēn aretēn tou zǭou ē kakian. eis gar tēn tou genous teleiotēta blepontes epi ta kyriōtata tōn sēmainomenōn erchometha. autika iatron nooumen hǭ mēden tēs iatrikēs dynamōs endei, gnōstikon de hǭ mēden leipei tēs epistēmonikēs eidēseōs.
In the same way all people would agree that demonstration is an account that supplies conviction about disputed matters from agreed ones. Not only demonstration, conviction, and knowledge, but also foreknowledge is spoken of in two ways: one scientific and secure, the other merely hopeful. Demonstration in the most proper sense, then, is that which plants scientific conviction in the souls of learners; the other kind rests on opinion. So too with a human being: one is truly a human being, the one who possesses common sense, another is wild and bestial. Thus the comic poet said: “How charming a thing is a human being, when he is a human being.” And of an ox, a horse, and a dog the same account holds, according to the animal's excellence or badness. For looking to the perfection of the kind, we come to the most proper of the meanings. So we understand a physician to be one who lacks nothing of the power of medicine, and the one who knows to be one who lacks nothing of scientific knowledge.
8.3.6Stählin 2
Καὶ διαφέρει ἔνδειξις συλλογισμοῦ ᾗ τὸ μὲν ἐνδεικνύμενον ἑνός ἐστι δηλωτικὸν ἓν ὑπάρχον καὶ αὐτό, ὡς τοῦ μηκέτι εἶναι παρθένον ἔνδειξιν εἶναι τὸ κυεῖν φαμεν, τὸ δὲ συλλογισμῷ λαμβανόμενον ἓν ὑπάρχον ἕπεται πλείοσιν, ὡς τοῦ Πύθωνα προδιδόναι Βυζαντίους, εἰ οὕτως ἔτυχεν. οὐχ ἕν, ἀλλὰ πλείω λαμβάνεται τὰ δηλωτικά. καὶ τὸ μὲν περαίνειν ἐξ ὁμολογουμένων συλλογίζεσθαί ἐστιν, τὸ δέ γε ἐξ ἀληθῶν τι περαίνειν ἀποδεικνύειν ἐστίν, ὥστʼ εἶναι σύνθετόν τινα τῆς ἀποδείξεως τὴν ὄνησιν ἔκ τε τοῦ τὰ λαμβανόμενα πρὸς τὰ ζητούμενα ἀληθῆ λαμβάνειν κἀκ τοῦ τὸ συμπέρασμα αὐτοῖς ἀκόλουθον ἐπιφέρεσθαι. εἰ δʼ ἤτοι μὴ ὑπάρχοι τὸ πρότερον ἢ μὴ ἕποιτο αὐτῷ τὸ δεύτερον, οὐκ ἀπέδειξεν μέν, συνελογίσατο δέ. τὸ μὲν γὰρ οἰκεῖον ἐπενεγκεῖν συμπέρασμα τοῖς λήμμασιν συλλογίσασθαι μόνον ἐστίν, τὸ δὲ καὶ τῶν λημμάτων ἕκαστον ὑπάρχειν ἀληθὲς οὐ συλλογίσασθαι μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀποδεδειχέναι. περαίνειν δʼ ἐστίν, ὡς καὶ ἐκ τοῦ ὀνόματος δῆλον, τὸ ἄγειν ἐπὶ τὸ πέρας. ἔστι δὲ δήπου πέρας ἐν ἑκάστῳ λόγῳ τὸ ζητούμενον, ὃ δὴ καὶ συμπέρασμα καλεῖται. οὐδεὶς δὲ ἁπλοῦς καὶ πρῶτος λόγος ὀνομάζεται συλλογισμός, κἂν ἀληθὴς ᾖ, ἀλλʼ ἔστι τοὐλάχιστον ἐκ τριῶν τοιούτων σύνθετον, δυεῖν μὲν ὡς λημμάτων, ἑνὸς δὲ ὡς συμπεράσματος. Ἤτοι δὲ πάντα ἀποδείξεως δεῖται ἢ καί τινα ἐξ αὑτῶν ἐστι πιστά.
Kai diapherei endeixis syllogismou hę̄ to men endeiknymenon henos esti dēlōtikon hen hyparchon kai auto, hōs tou mēketi einai parthenon endeixin einai to kyein phamen, to de syllogismǭ lambanomenon hen hyparchon hepetai pleiosin, hōs tou Pythōna prodidonai Byzantious, ei houtōs etychen. ouch hen, alla pleiō lambanetai ta dēlōtika. kai to men perainein ex homologoumenōn syllogizesthai estin, to de ge ex alēthōn ti perainein apodeiknyein estin, hōstʼ einai syntheton tina tēs apodeixeōs tēn onēsin ek te tou ta lambanomena pros ta zētoumena alēthē lambanein kak tou to symperasma autois akolouthon epipheresthai. ei dʼ ētoi mē hyparchoi to proteron ē mē hepoito autǭ to deuteron, ouk apedeixen men, synelogisato de. to men gar oikeion epenenkein symperasma tois lēmmasin syllogisasthai monon estin, to de kai tōn lēmmatōn hekaston hyparchein alēthes ou syllogisasthai monon, alla kai apodedeichenai. perainein dʼ estin, hōs kai ek tou onomatos dēlon, to agein epi to peras. esti de dēpou peras en hekastǭ logǭ to zētoumenon, ho dē kai symperasma kaleitai. oudeis de haplous kai prōtos logos onomazetai syllogismos, kan alēthēs ę̄, allʼ esti toulachiston ek triōn toioutōn syntheton, dyein men hōs lēmmatōn, henos de hōs symperasmatos. Ētoi de panta apodeixeōs deitai ē kai tina ex hautōn esti pista.
Indication differs from syllogism in that what is indicated is a sign of one thing, being itself also one, as we say that pregnancy is an indication that a woman is no longer a virgin; but what is taken by syllogism, being one, follows from several things, as in the case of Python's betraying the Byzantines, if that is how it happened: not one sign but several are taken. And to conclude from agreed premises is to syllogize; but to conclude something from true premises is to demonstrate. So the benefit of demonstration is compound: it comes from taking premises that are true with respect to what is sought, and from drawing the conclusion that follows from them. If either the first is lacking or the second does not follow from it, one has not demonstrated, though one has syllogized. For to draw the proper conclusion from the premises is only to syllogize; but that each of the premises is also true is not only to have syllogized but also to have demonstrated. To conclude (περαίνειν) is, as is clear from the word itself, to bring to the end (πέρας); and the end in every argument is what is sought, which is also called the conclusion (συμπέρασμα). No single, primary statement is called a syllogism, even if it is true; it is compounded of at least three such statements, two as premises and one as conclusion. Either all things need demonstration, or some are credible of themselves.
8.3.7Stählin 2
ἀλλʼ εἰ μὲν τὸ πρότερον, ἑκάστης ἀποδείξεως ἀπόδειξιν αἰτοῦντες εἰς ἄπειρον ἐκβησόμεθα καὶ οὕτως ἀνατραπήσεται ἡ ἀπόδειξις· εἰ δὲ τὸ δεύτερον. ταῦτα αὐτὰ τὰ ἐξ αὑτῶν πιστὰ τῶν ἀποδείξεων ἀρχαὶ γενήσονται. αὐτίκα οἱ φιλόσοφοι ἀναποδείκτους ὁμολογοῦσι τὰς τῶν ὅλων ἀρχάς. ὥστʼ εἴπερ ἐστὶν ἀπόδειξις, ἀνάγκη πᾶσα πρότερον εἶναί τι πιστὸν ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ. ὃ δὴ πρῶτον καὶ ἀναπόδεικτον λέγεται. ἐπὶ τὴν ἀναπόδεικτον ἄρα πίστιν ἡ πᾶσα ἀπόδειξις ἀνάγεται. εἶεν δʼ ἂν καὶ ἄλλαι τῶν ἀποδείξεων ἀρχαὶ μετὰ τὴν ἐκ πίστεως πηγήν. τὰ πρὸς αἴσθησίν τε καὶ νόησιν ἐναργῶς φαινόμενα. τὰ μὲν γὰρ πρὸς αἴσθησιν συμβάντα ἐστὶν ἁπλᾶ τε καὶ ἄλυτα. τὰ δὲ πρὸς νόησιν ἁπλᾶ τε καὶ λογικὰ πρῶτα. τὰ δὲ ἐξ αὐτῶν γεννώμενα σύνθετα μέν, οὐδὲν δʼ ἧττον ἐναργῆ καὶ πιστὰ καὶ λογικώτερα τῶν πρώτων. ἀκολούθου καὶ μαχομένου οὖν * ἐστιν ἥνπερ ἰδίαν λόγου δύναμιν πεφυκυῖαν ἅπαντες ἔχομεν φύσει. ἐὰν οὖν τις εὑρεθῇ λόγος τοιοῦτος οἷος ἐκ τῶν ἤδη πιστῶν τοῖς οὔπω πιστοῖς ἐκπορίζεσθαι τὴν πίστιν δυνάμενος, αὐτὸν τοῦτον εἶναι φήσομεν οὐσίαν ἀποδείξεως. εἴρηται δὲ ὡς καὶ τὸ τῆς πίστεως καὶ τὸ τῆς ἀποδείξεως γένος διττόν, τὸ μὲν πειθὼ μόνον ταῖς ψυχαῖς τῶν ἀκουόντων. τὸ δὲ ἐπιστήμην ἀπεργαζόμενον. εἰ μὲν οὖν ἐκ τῶν πρὸς αἴσθησιν καὶ νόησιν ἐναργῶν ἄρξαιτό τις. κἄπειτα τὸ οἰκεῖον ἐπενέγκοι συμπέρασμα, ὄντως ἀποδείκνυσιν, εἰ δʼ ἐξ ἐνδόξων μόνον, οὐ μὴν πρώτων γε. τουτέστιν οὔτε πρὸς αἴσθησιν οὔτε πρὸς νόησιν ἐναργῶν, εἰ μὲν οἰκεῖον ἐπιφέροι συμπέρασμα, συλλογιεῖται μέν, οὐ μὴν ἐπιστημονικήν γε ποιήσεται τὴν ἀπόδειξιν, εἰ δʼ οὐκ οἰκεῖον, οὐδὲ συλλογιεῖται τὴν ἀρχήν.
allʼ ei men to proteron, hekastēs apodeixeōs apodeixin aitountes eis apeiron ekbēsometha kai houtōs anatrapēsetai hē apodeixis; ei de to deuteron. tauta auta ta ex hautōn pista tōn apodeixeōn archai genēsontai. autika hoi philosophoi anapodeiktous homologousi tas tōn holōn archas. hōstʼ eiper estin apodeixis, anankē pasa proteron einai ti piston ex heautou. ho dē prōton kai anapodeikton legetai. epi tēn anapodeikton ara pistin hē pasa apodeixis anagetai. eien dʼ an kai allai tōn apodeixeōn archai meta tēn ek pisteōs pēgēn. ta pros aisthēsin te kai noēsin enargōs phainomena. ta men gar pros aisthēsin symbanta estin hapla te kai alyta. ta de pros noēsin hapla te kai logika prōta. ta de ex autōn gennōmena syntheta men, ouden dʼ hētton enargē kai pista kai logikōtera tōn prōtōn. akolouthou kai machomenou oun * estin hēnper idian logou dynamin pephykuian hapantes echomen physei. ean oun tis heurethę̄ logos toioutos hoios ek tōn ēdē pistōn tois oupō pistois ekporizesthai tēn pistin dynamenos, auton touton einai phēsomen ousian apodeixeōs. eirētai de hōs kai to tēs pisteōs kai to tēs apodeixeōs genos ditton, to men peithō monon tais psychais tōn akouontōn. to de epistēmēn apergazomenon. ei men oun ek tōn pros aisthēsin kai noēsin enargōn arxaito tis. kapeita to oikeion epenenkoi symperasma, ontōs apodeiknysin, ei dʼ ex endoxōn monon, ou mēn prōtōn ge. toutestin oute pros aisthēsin oute pros noēsin enargōn, ei men oikeion epipheroi symperasma, syllogieitai men, ou mēn epistēmonikēn ge poiēsetai tēn apodeixin, ei dʼ ouk oikeion, oude syllogieitai tēn archēn.
But if the former, then by asking for a demonstration of each demonstration we shall go on to infinity, and so demonstration will be overturned; but if the latter, these very things that are credible of themselves will become the starting points of demonstrations. Indeed, the philosophers agree that the first principles of all things are undemonstrable. So if there is demonstration at all, there must of all necessity first be something credible of itself, which is called first and undemonstrable. All demonstration, then, is traced back to undemonstrated faith. There may also be other starting points of demonstrations after the source that springs from faith: the things plainly evident to sense and to thought. For the things that present themselves to sense are simple and not further analyzable; those that present themselves to thought are simple, rational, and first; and the compound things generated from them are no less evident and credible, and more rational than the first. Of what follows and what conflicts, then, … is the power proper to reason, which we all have by nature. If, then, an account is found such that it can supply conviction to what is not yet credible from what is already credible, we shall say that this very thing is the essence of demonstration. It has been said that the kind that belongs to conviction and the kind that belongs to demonstration are both twofold: the one produces only persuasion in the souls of the hearers, the other produces scientific knowledge. If, then, one begins from what is evident to sense and thought, and then draws the proper conclusion, one truly demonstrates; but if one begins only from reputable opinions, and not from first things, that is, from things evident neither to sense nor to thought, then if one draws the proper conclusion one will syllogize, but will not make the demonstration scientific; and if not the proper conclusion, one will not even syllogize at all.
8.3.8Stählin 2
Διαφέρει δʼ ἀναλύσεως ἀπόδειξις· ἕκαστον μὲν γὰρ τῶν ἀποδεικνυμένων διά τινων ἀποδεικνυμένων ἀποδείκνυται, προαποδεδειγμένων κἀκείνων ὑφʼ ἑτέρων, ἄχρις ἂν εἰς τὰ ἐξ ἑαυτῶν πιστὰ ἀναδράμωμεν ἢ εἰς τὰ πρὸς αἴσθησίν τε καὶ νόησιν ἐναργῆ, ὅπερ ἀνάλυσις ὀνομάζεται· ἀπόδειξις δέ ἐστιν. ὅταν ἀπὸ τῶν πρώτων τις εἰς τὸ ζητούμενον ἀφικνῆται διὰ πάντων τῶν ἐν μέσῳ. χρὴ τοίνυν τὸν ἀποδεικτικὸν ἄνδρα τῆς μὲν ἀληθείας [ὡς] τῶν λημμάτων πολλὴν ποιήσασθαι πρόνοιαν, τῶν δὲ ὀνομάτων ἀφροντιστεῖν, εἴτε ἀξιώματα τις ἐθέλοι καλεῖν εἴτε προτάσεις εἴτε λήμματα. ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τοῦ τίνων ὑποκειμένων τί περαίνεται πολλὴν ὡσαύτως πεποιῆσθαι τὴν πρόνοιαν, εἴτε δὲ περαίνοντα λόγον εἴτε περαντικὸν εἴτε συλλογιστικὸν ἐθέλοι τις ὀνομάζειν αὐτόν, ἥκιστα φροντίζειν. δύο γὰρ ταῦτα ἐν ἅπασι χρῆναί φημι τὸν ἀποδεικτικὸν φυλάττειν, τὰ μὲν λήμματα ἀληθῆ λαμβάνειν, ἀκόλουθον δʼ αὐτοῖς ἐπιφέρειν τὸ συμπέρασμα, ὅπερ τινὲς καὶ ἐπιφορὰν καλοῦσιν. τὸ ἐπιφερόμενον τοῖς λήμμασιν. Περὶ παντὸς τοῦ ζητουμένου καθʼ ἕκαστον πρόβλημα διαφόρων μὲν δεῖ τῶν λημμάτων, οἰκείων δὲ τῷ προβληθέντι, καὶ τὸ προβληθὲν αὐτὸ εἰς λόγον μεταλαμβάνειν ἀναγκαῖον. τόν τε λόγον τοῦτον ὁμολογούμενον ἅπασιν εἶναι προσήκει· τῶν δὲ λημμάτων μὴ οἰκείων τῷ προβλήματι λαμβανομένων οὐκ ἐνδέχεται καλῶς * * οὐδὲν αὐτῷ ἐξευρεῖν ἀγνοουμένης ὅλου τοῦ προβλήματος. ὃ καὶ ζήτημα καλεῖται, τῆς φύσεως. ἐν πᾶσιν οὖν τοῖς ζητουμένοις ἔστι τι προγινωσκόμενον (ὃ πάντως ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ πιστὸν ὂν ἀναποδείκτως πιστεύεται). ὃ χρὴ ποιεῖσθαι τῆς ζητήσεως αὐτῶν ὁρμητήριον καὶ τῶν εὑρῆσθαι δοκούντων κριτήριον.
Diapherei dʼ analyseōs apodeixis; hekaston men gar tōn apodeiknymenōn dia tinōn apodeiknymenōn apodeiknytai, proapodedeigmenōn kakeinōn hyphʼ heterōn, achris an eis ta ex heautōn pista anadramōmen ē eis ta pros aisthēsin te kai noēsin enargē, hoper analysis onomazetai; apodeixis de estin. hotan apo tōn prōtōn tis eis to zētoumenon aphiknētai dia pantōn tōn en mesǭ. chrē toinyn ton apodeiktikon andra tēs men alētheias [hōs] tōn lēmmatōn pollēn poiēsasthai pronoian, tōn de onomatōn aphrontistein, eite axiōmata tis etheloi kalein eite protaseis eite lēmmata. homoiōs de kai tou tinōn hypokeimenōn ti perainetai pollēn hōsautōs pepoiēsthai tēn pronoian, eite de perainonta logon eite perantikon eite syllogistikon etheloi tis onomazein auton, hēkista phrontizein. dyo gar tauta en hapasi chrēnai phēmi ton apodeiktikon phylattein, ta men lēmmata alēthē lambanein, akolouthon dʼ autois epipherein to symperasma, hoper tines kai epiphoran kalousin. to epipheromenon tois lēmmasin. Peri pantos tou zētoumenou kathʼ hekaston problēma diaphorōn men dei tōn lēmmatōn, oikeiōn de tǭ problēthenti, kai to problēthen auto eis logon metalambanein anankaion. ton te logon touton homologoumenon hapasin einai prosēkei; tōn de lēmmatōn mē oikeiōn tǭ problēmati lambanomenōn ouk endechetai kalōs * * ouden autǭ exeurein agnooumenēs holou tou problēmatos. ho kai zētēma kaleitai, tēs physeōs. en pasin oun tois zētoumenois esti ti proginōskomenon (ho pantōs ex heautou piston on anapodeiktōs pisteuetai). ho chrē poieisthai tēs zētēseōs autōn hormētērion kai tōn heurēsthai dokountōn kritērion.
Demonstration differs from analysis. For each thing demonstrated is demonstrated through certain other things demonstrated, these too having been demonstrated beforehand by others, until we run back to things credible of themselves or to things evident to sense and thought; this is called analysis. Demonstration, on the other hand, is when one arrives from first things at what is sought through all the intermediate steps. The man skilled in demonstration, then, must take great care for the truth of the premises, but give no thought to the names, whether one chooses to call them axioms or propositions or premises. Likewise he must take equally great care about what is concluded from what is laid down, and trouble himself very little whether one chooses to call the argument concluding, conclusive, or syllogistic. For I say that in every case the demonstrator must keep these two things: to take true premises, and to draw from them the conclusion that follows, which some also call the inference (ἐπιφορά), that which is brought upon the premises. Concerning everything sought, in each problem there is need of various premises, but ones proper to the problem put forward; and the thing put forward must itself be translated into an account, and this account should be agreed by all. If the premises taken are not proper to the problem, it is not possible rightly … to find out anything about it, since the nature of the whole problem, which is also called the question, is unknown. In all matters under inquiry, then, there is something known beforehand (which, being entirely credible of itself, is believed without demonstration), and this must be made the starting point of the inquiry into them and the criterion of what seems to have been found.
Miscellanies 8, chapter 4
8.4.9Stählin 2
Πᾶσα γὰρ ζήτησις ἐκ προϋπαρχούσης εὑρίσκεται γνώσεως· εἶναι δὲ δυνατὸν τὴν γνῶσιν τὴν προϋπάρξασαν τοῦ ζητουμένου παντὸς ποτὲ μὲν τῆς οὐσίας ψιλῶς ἀγνοουμένων [δὲ] τῶν ἔργων αὐτῆς. οἷον λίθων, φυτῶν, ζῴων, ὧν τὰς ἐνεργείας ἀγνοοῦμεν, ἢ παθῶν ἢ δυνάμεων ἢ ἁπλῶς εἰπεῖν [ἓν] τῶν ὑπαρχόντων τοῖς οὖσιν· ἐνίοτε δὲ γιγνώσκεσθαι μέν τι τούτων τῶν δυνάμεων ἢ παθῶν ἤ τινα τούτων, ὡς τῆς ψυχῆς τὰς ἐπιθυμίας καὶ τὰ πάθη, ἀγνοεῖσθαι δὲ καὶ ζητεῖσθαι τὴν οὐσίαν· ἐν πολλοῖς δέ, τῆς νοήσεως αὐτῆς τῆς ἡμετέρας ὑποτιθεμένης ἑαυτῇ ταῦτα πάντα, τὴν ζήτησιν εἶναι. τίνι τῶν οὐσιῶν ἂν οὕτω μὲν ὑπάρχῃ· ἀμφοτέρων γάρ, τῆς τε οὐσίας τῆς τε ἐνεργείας, τὰς ἐπινοίας ἐν τῇ διανοίᾳ λαβόντες οὕτως ἐπὶ τὴν ζήτησιν ἐρχόμεθα. ἔστιν δὲ ὧν καὶ τὰς ἐνεργείας εἰδότες ἅμα ταῖς οὐσίαις ἀγνοοῦμεν τὰ παθήματα. Ἔστιν οὖν ἡ μέθοδος τῆς εὑρέσεως τοιαύτη· ἀρκτέον γὰρ ἐξ αὐτοῦ τοῦ γνωρίζειν τὰ προβλήματα. πολλάκις γοῦν ἐξαπατᾷ τὸ τῆς λέξεως σχῆμα καὶ συγχεῖ καὶ ταράττει τὴν διάνοιαν, ὥστε μὴ ῥᾳδίως εὑρίσκειν ἐκ ποίας ἐστὶ διαφορᾶς, οἷον εἰ [μὴ] ζῷον τὸ κυούμενον· ἔχοντες γὰρ καὶ ζῴου τι νόημα καὶ κυουμένου ζητοῦμεν εἰ τῷ κυουμένῳ ζῴῳ εἶναι ὑπάρχει, τοῦτο δʼ ἐστίν, εἰ τῇ κυουμένῃ οὐσίᾳ τό τε κινεῖσθαι δύνασθαι καὶ ἔτι τὸ αἰσθάνεσθαι ὑπάρχει. ὥστε ἐνεργειῶν ἐστι καὶ παθῶν ἡ ζήτησις ἐπὶ προγινωσκομένης οὐσίας.
Pasa gar zētēsis ek proÿparchousēs heurisketai gnōseōs; einai de dynaton tēn gnōsin tēn proÿparxasan tou zētoumenou pantos pote men tēs ousias psilōs agnooumenōn [de] tōn ergōn autēs. hoion lithōn, phytōn, zǭōn, hōn tas energeias agnooumen, ē pathōn ē dynameōn ē haplōs eipein [hen] tōn hyparchontōn tois ousin; eniote de gignōskesthai men ti toutōn tōn dynameōn ē pathōn ē tina toutōn, hōs tēs psychēs tas epithymias kai ta pathē, agnoeisthai de kai zēteisthai tēn ousian; en pollois de, tēs noēseōs autēs tēs hēmeteras hypotithemenēs heautę̄ tauta panta, tēn zētēsin einai. tini tōn ousiōn an houtō men hyparchę̄; amphoterōn gar, tēs te ousias tēs te energeias, tas epinoias en tę̄ dianoią labontes houtōs epi tēn zētēsin erchometha. estin de hōn kai tas energeias eidotes hama tais ousiais agnooumen ta pathēmata. Estin oun hē methodos tēs heureseōs toiautē; arkteon gar ex autou tou gnōrizein ta problēmata. pollakis goun exapatą to tēs lexeōs schēma kai synchei kai tarattei tēn dianoian, hōste mē rhądiōs heuriskein ek poias esti diaphoras, hoion ei [mē] zǭon to kyoumenon; echontes gar kai zǭou ti noēma kai kyoumenou zētoumen ei tǭ kyoumenǭ zǭǭ einai hyparchei, touto dʼ estin, ei tę̄ kyoumenę̄ ousią to te kineisthai dynasthai kai eti to aisthanesthai hyparchei. hōste energeiōn esti kai pathōn hē zētēsis epi proginōskomenēs ousias.
For every inquiry finds its answer on the basis of knowledge that already exists; and the knowledge that exists beforehand of any object of inquiry may sometimes be of the substance alone, while its works are unknown, as with stones, plants, and animals whose activities we do not know, or their affections or powers, or, in a word, the attributes that belong to beings; sometimes one of these powers or affections, or some of them, is known, as the desires and passions of the soul, while the substance is unknown and is the object of inquiry; and in many cases, when our own thought sets all these before itself, the inquiry is to which of the substances it might belong in this way. For having taken the notions of both, the substance and the activity, into the mind, we thus come to the inquiry. And there are cases in which, knowing the activities together with the substances, we are ignorant of the affections. The method of discovery, then, is as follows: we must begin by recognizing the problems themselves. For often the form of the expression deceives, confuses, and disturbs the mind, so that it does not easily find to what kind the problem belongs; for example, whether what is conceived in the womb is an animal. For, having some notion both of “animal” and of “what is conceived,” we inquire whether being an animal belongs to what is conceived, that is, whether the power to move, and further to perceive, belongs to the conceived substance. So the inquiry concerns activities and affections, the substance being known beforehand.
8.4.10Stählin 2
εὐθέως οὖν τὸν προβάλλοντα ἀντερωτητέον τί ποτε καλεῖ ζῷον· μάλιστα γὰρ τοῦτο ποιητέον, ἐπειδὰν εἰς διαφόρους χρήσεις ἠγμένον ἴδωμεν τοὔνομα· καὶ διερευνητέον εἴτε ἀμφισβητούμενόν ἐστι τὸ σημαινόμενον ἐκ τῆς προσηγορίας εἴθʼ ὁμολογούμενον ἅπασιν. εἰ γὰρ ζῷον εἴποι καλεῖν ὅτιπερ ἂν αὐξάνῃ καὶ τρέφηται, πάλιν αὖ προσανερωτήσομεν εἰ καὶ τὰ φυτὰ νομίζει ζῷα, κἄπειτα φάντος μὲν οὕτως ἐπιδεικνύειν ἤδη χρὴ [τι] τὸ κυούμενον αὐξανόμενόν τε καὶ τρεφόμενον. Πλάτων γὰρ καὶ τὰ φυτὰ ζῷα καλεῖ »τοῦ τρίτου τῆς ψυχῆς εἴδους«. τοῦ ἐπιθυμητικοῦ, μόνου μετέχοντα, Ἀριστοτέλης δὲ τῆς φυτικῆς τε καὶ θρεπτικῆς ψυχῆς μετέχειν οἴεται τὰ φυτά. ζῷα δʼ ἤδη προσαγορεύειν οὐκ ἀξιοῖ· τὸ γὰρ δὴ τῆς ἑτέρας ψυχῆς τῆς αἰσθητικῆς μετέχον τοῦτο μόνον ἀξιοῖ καλεῖσθαι ζῷον. οὐ μὴν οἵ γε Στωϊκοὶ τὴν φυτικὴν δύναμιν ἤδη ψυχὴν ὀνομάζουσιν. ἀποφήσαντος δὲ τοῦ προβαλόντος εἶναι ζῷα καὶ τὰ φυτά, δείξομεν ἑαυτῷ μαχόμενα λέγειν. τῷ γὰρ τρέφεσθαί τε καὶ αὐξάνεσθαι τὸ ζῷον ὁρισάμενος. ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ φυτὸν οὐκ εἶναι ζῷον ἀποφηνάμενος, οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἔοικεν λέγειν ἢ ὅτι τὸ τρεφόμενόν τε καὶ αὐξανόμενον καὶ ζῷόν ἐστι καὶ οὐ ζῷον. τί οὖν βούλεται μαθεῖν, εἰπάτω, ἆρά γε εἰ αὔξεται καὶ τρέφεται τὸ κατὰ γαστρὸς ἢ εἰ αἰσθήσεώς τινος ἢ καὶ τῆς καθʼ ὁρμὴν κινήσεως αὐτῷ μέτεστιν. κατὰ μὲν γὰρ Πλάτωνα τὸ φυτὸν ἔμψυχόν τε καὶ ζῷον, κατὰ δὲ Ἀριστοτέλη ζῷον μὲν οὔπω, λείπει γὰρ αὐτῷ τὸ αἰσθητικόν, ἔμψυχον δὲ ἤδη· ἔστι γοῦν αὐτῷ τὸ ζῷον οὐσία ἔμψυχος αἰσθητική· κατὰ δὲ τοὺς Στωϊκοὺς οὔτε ἔμψυχον οὔτε ζῷόν ἐστι τὸ φυτόν· ἔμψυχος γὰρ οὐσία τὸ ζῷον.
eutheōs oun ton proballonta anterōtēteon ti pote kalei zǭon; malista gar touto poiēteon, epeidan eis diaphorous chrēseis ēgmenon idōmen tounoma; kai diereunēteon eite amphisbētoumenon esti to sēmainomenon ek tēs prosēgorias eithʼ homologoumenon hapasin. ei gar zǭon eipoi kalein hotiper an auxanę̄ kai trephētai, palin au prosanerōtēsomen ei kai ta phyta nomizei zǭa, kapeita phantos men houtōs epideiknyein ēdē chrē [ti] to kyoumenon auxanomenon te kai trephomenon. Platōn gar kai ta phyta zǭa kalei »tou tritou tēs psychēs eidous«. tou epithymētikou, monou metechonta, Aristotelēs de tēs phytikēs te kai threptikēs psychēs metechein oietai ta phyta. zǭa dʼ ēdē prosagoreuein ouk axioi; to gar dē tēs heteras psychēs tēs aisthētikēs metechon touto monon axioi kaleisthai zǭon. ou mēn hoi ge Stōïkoi tēn phytikēn dynamin ēdē psychēn onomazousin. apophēsantos de tou probalontos einai zǭa kai ta phyta, deixomen heautǭ machomena legein. tǭ gar trephesthai te kai auxanesthai to zǭon horisamenos. alla kai to phyton ouk einai zǭon apophēnamenos, ouden allo eoiken legein ē hoti to trephomenon te kai auxanomenon kai zǭon esti kai ou zǭon. ti oun bouletai mathein, eipatō, ara ge ei auxetai kai trephetai to kata gastros ē ei aisthēseōs tinos ē kai tēs kathʼ hormēn kinēseōs autǭ metestin. kata men gar Platōna to phyton empsychon te kai zǭon, kata de Aristotelē zǭon men oupō, leipei gar autǭ to aisthētikon, empsychon de ēdē; esti goun autǭ to zǭon ousia empsychos aisthētikē; kata de tous Stōïkous oute empsychon oute zǭon esti to phyton; empsychos gar ousia to zǭon.
We must therefore at once ask the one who poses the question in turn what he calls an animal; this must be done especially when we see the name carried into different uses; and we must investigate whether what the term signifies is disputed or agreed by all. For if he should say that he calls an animal whatever grows and is nourished, we shall ask him further whether he also considers plants to be animals; and then, if he says so, one must next show that what is conceived grows and is nourished. For Plato calls plants too animals, sharing only in “the third form of soul,” the appetitive; Aristotle thinks that plants share in the vegetative and nutritive soul, but does not think fit to call them animals, for he thinks that only what shares in the other soul, the perceptive, deserves to be called an animal; and the Stoics do not even call the vegetative power a soul. But if the questioner denies that plants too are animals, we shall show that he contradicts himself. For having defined the animal by being nourished and growing, and yet declaring that the plant is not an animal, he seems to say nothing other than that what is nourished and grows both is and is not an animal. Let him say, then, what he wants to learn: whether what is in the womb grows and is nourished, or whether it has some share in perception or also in motion by impulse. For according to Plato the plant is ensouled and an animal; according to Aristotle it is not yet an animal, since it lacks the perceptive faculty, but it is already ensouled (for him, at any rate, the animal is an ensouled, perceptive substance); according to the Stoics the plant is neither ensouled nor an animal, for the animal is an ensouled substance.
8.4.11Stählin 2
εἰ τοίνυν ἔμψυχον τὸ ζῷον, ἡ ψυχὴ δὲ φύσις αἰσθητική. δῆλον ὡς αἰσθητικὸν ἤδη τὸ ἔμψυχον. Εἰ μὲν οὖν ἀντερωτηθεὶς ὁ ζητήσας, εἰ ζῷον τὸ κατὰ γαστρός, εἴποι καλεῖν ζῷον [ἐπὶ] τὸ τρεφόμενον καὶ αὖξον, ἔχει τὴν ἀπόκρισιν· εἰ δὲ φάσκοι τοῦτʼ εἶναι ὃ ζητεῖ, πότερον αἰσθητικὸν ἤδη τὸ κυούμενον ἢ καὶ καθʼ ὁρμήν τινά ἐστι κινητικὸν ἑαυτοῦ, ἤδη σαφὴς γίνεται ἡ διερεύνησις τοῦ πράγματος. οὐ μενούσης ἔτι τῆς περὶ τοὔνομα ἀπάτης· μὴ ἀποκρινόμενος δὲ πρὸς τὸ ἀντερωτηθὲν μηδὲ βουλόμενος τί ποτέ ἐστιν εἰπεῖν ὃ νοῶν ἢ κατὰ τίνος ἐπιφέρων πράγματος τὸ ζῷον ὄνομα τὴν πρότασιν ἐποιήσατο, κελεύων δʼ ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς διελέσθαι, ἐριστικὸς ὑπάρχων ἂν γνωρισθείη. εἰ δὲ δυοῖν τρόποιν ὑπαρχόντοιν, ἑτέρου μὲν τοῦ κατʼ ἐρώτησίν τε καὶ ἀπόκρισιν, ἑτέρου δὲ τοῦ κατὰ διέξοδον, ἤρνηται τὸ ἕτερον, ἐπακουσάτω πάντα τὰ εἰς τὸ πρόβλημα διεξιόντων ἡμῶν· εἶτʼ ἐπειδὰν τελεώσωμεν, ἐξέσται αὐτῷ τότε περὶ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου ἐν μέρει διαλαμβάνειν.
ei toinyn empsychon to zǭon, hē psychē de physis aisthētikē. dēlon hōs aisthētikon ēdē to empsychon. Ei men oun anterōtētheis ho zētēsas, ei zǭon to kata gastros, eipoi kalein zǭon [epi] to trephomenon kai auxon, echei tēn apokrisin; ei de phaskoi toutʼ einai ho zētei, poteron aisthētikon ēdē to kyoumenon ē kai kathʼ hormēn tina esti kinētikon heautou, ēdē saphēs ginetai hē diereunēsis tou pragmatos. ou menousēs eti tēs peri tounoma apatēs; mē apokrinomenos de pros to anterōtēthen mēde boulomenos ti pote estin eipein ho noōn ē kata tinos epipherōn pragmatos to zǭon onoma tēn protasin epoiēsato, keleuōn dʼ hēmas autous dielesthai, eristikos hyparchōn an gnōristheiē. ei de dyoin tropoin hyparchontoin, heterou men tou katʼ erōtēsin te kai apokrisin, heterou de tou kata diexodon, ērnētai to heteron, epakousatō panta ta eis to problēma diexiontōn hēmōn; eitʼ epeidan teleōsōmen, exestai autǭ tote peri henos hekastou en merei dialambanein.
If, then, the animal is ensouled, and soul is a perceptive nature, it is clear that what is ensouled is already perceptive. If, then, the questioner, asked in return whether what is in the womb is an animal, should say that he calls an animal what is nourished and grows, he has his answer; but if he should say that what he is asking is whether what is conceived is already perceptive, or also capable of moving itself by some impulse, then the investigation of the matter becomes clear, since the deception about the name no longer remains. But if he does not answer what he was asked in return, and is unwilling to say what he has in mind, or of what thing he predicates the name “animal” when he made his proposition, but bids us make the distinctions ourselves, he would be recognized as contentious. And if, there being two methods, one by question and answer and the other by continuous exposition, he has refused the one, let him listen while we go through everything bearing on the problem; then, when we have finished, he will be free to take up each point in turn.
8.4.12Stählin 2
εἰ δὲ διακόπτειν ἐπιχειροίη τὴν ἐξέτασιν πυνθανόμενος, δῆλός ἐστιν οὐδὲ ἀκούειν βουλόμενος. Ἀλλʼ εἰ μὲν ἀποκρίνεσθαι ἕλοιτο, πάντων πρῶτον ἐρωτητέον αὐτὸν ἐφʼ ὅ τι φέρει πρᾶγμα τὸ ζῷον ὄνομα, κἀπειδὰν τοῦτο ἀποκρίνηται, πάλιν ἐρωτητέον ὅ τι ποτὲ αὐτῷ σημαίνει τὸ κυούμενον ἢ τὸ κατὰ γαστρός, εἰ τὰ μὴ διαπεπλασμένα ἤδη [καὶ τὰ ζῷα] καὶ τὸ σπέρμα αὐτὸ τὸ καταβεβλημένον τὸ κατὰ γαστρὸς αὐτῷ σημαίνειν βούλεται ἢ μόνα τὰ διηρθρωμένα τε καὶ ἤδη διαπεπλασμένα, τὰ ἔμβρυα καλούμενα. ἀποκριναμένου δὲ καὶ πρὸς τοῦτο περαίνειν ἤδη τὸ προκείμενον ἐφεξῆς καὶ διδάσκειν χρή. Εἰ δὲ ἡμᾶς λέγειν βούλοιτο αὐτὸς μὴ ἀποκρινάμενος, ἀκουσάτω· ἐπεὶ σὺ μὴ βούλει λέγειν καθʼ ὅτου σημαινομένου λέγεις ὃ προὔβαλες (οὕτω γὰρ ἂν οὐ περὶ σημαινομένων ἐγὼ ἐποιούμην τὸν λόγον, ἀλλʼ ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν ἤδη τῶν πραγμάτων ἐσκοπούμην), γίνωσκε τοιοῦτόν τι ποιήσας οἷον εἰ καὶ προὔβαλες εἰ ζῷον ὁ κύων. εἰκότως γὰρ ἂν εἴποιμι· ποίου κυνός; ἐγὼ γὰρ καὶ περὶ τοῦ χερσαίου καὶ τοῦ θαλαττίου καὶ τοῦ κατʼ οὐρανὸν ἄστρου, ἀλλὰ καὶ Διογένους καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἐφεξῆς δίειμι κυνῶν. οὐ γὰρ ἂν μαντευσαίμην πότερον ὑπὲρ πάντων ἐρωτᾷς ἢ τινός. ὅπερ οὖν ἐξ ὑστέρου ποιήσεις, τοῦτʼ ἤδη μαθεῖν περὶ ποίου ζητεῖς, σαφῶς εἰπέ. εἰ δὲ περὶ ὀνόματα στρέφῃ, τὸ κυούμενον αὐτὸ δὴ τοῦτο τοὔνομα παντὶ δῆλον ὅτι μήτε ζῷόν ἐστι μήτε φυτόν, ἀλλʼ ὄνομά τε καὶ φωνὴ καὶ σῶμα καὶ ὂν καὶ τὶ καὶ πάντα μᾶλλον ἢ ζῷον. καὶ εἴπερ τοῦτο προὔβαλες, ἔχεις τὴν ἀπόκρισιν.
ei de diakoptein epicheiroiē tēn exetasin pynthanomenos, dēlos estin oude akouein boulomenos. Allʼ ei men apokrinesthai heloito, pantōn prōton erōtēteon auton ephʼ ho ti pherei pragma to zǭon onoma, kapeidan touto apokrinētai, palin erōtēteon ho ti pote autǭ sēmainei to kyoumenon ē to kata gastros, ei ta mē diapeplasmena ēdē [kai ta zǭa] kai to sperma auto to katabeblēmenon to kata gastros autǭ sēmainein bouletai ē mona ta diērthrōmena te kai ēdē diapeplasmena, ta embrya kaloumena. apokrinamenou de kai pros touto perainein ēdē to prokeimenon ephexēs kai didaskein chrē. Ei de hēmas legein bouloito autos mē apokrinamenos, akousatō; epei sy mē boulei legein kathʼ hotou sēmainomenou legeis ho proubales (houtō gar an ou peri sēmainomenōn egō epoioumēn ton logon, allʼ hyper autōn ēdē tōn pragmatōn eskopoumēn), ginōske toiouton ti poiēsas hoion ei kai proubales ei zǭon ho kyōn. eikotōs gar an eipoimi; poiou kynos? egō gar kai peri tou chersaiou kai tou thalattiou kai tou katʼ ouranon astrou, alla kai Diogenous kai tōn allōn ephexēs dieimi kynōn. ou gar an manteusaimēn poteron hyper pantōn erōtąs ē tinos. hoper oun ex hysterou poiēseis, toutʼ ēdē mathein peri poiou zēteis, saphōs eipe. ei de peri onomata strephę̄, to kyoumenon auto dē touto tounoma panti dēlon hoti mēte zǭon esti mēte phyton, allʼ onoma te kai phōnē kai sōma kai on kai ti kai panta mallon ē zǭon. kai eiper touto proubales, echeis tēn apokrisin.
But if he tries to cut the examination short by asking questions, it is clear that he does not even want to listen. But if he chooses to answer, first of all we must ask him to what thing he applies the name “animal”; and when he has answered this, we must ask again what “what is conceived” or “what is in the womb” signifies to him: whether by “what is in the womb” he means also the things not yet formed and the seed itself that has been deposited, or only what is already articulated and formed, the so-called embryos. When he has answered this too, one must then conclude and teach the matter at hand in order. But if he wants us to speak without answering himself, let him hear: “Since you are unwilling to say of what signified thing you are speaking in what you proposed (for then I would not be arguing about meanings but would already be examining the things themselves), know that you have done something like this: as if you had proposed whether the dog is an animal. For I might reasonably say, ‘What sort of dog?’ For I will go through the land dog and the sea dog and the star in the heavens, and also Diogenes and the other dogs in turn. For I could not divine whether you are asking about all or about one. What you will do later, then, do now: say clearly which one you are inquiring about. But if you are twisting about names, then the very name ‘what is conceived’ is plainly, to everyone, neither an animal nor a plant, but a name and a sound and a body and a being and a something, and anything rather than an animal. And if this is what you proposed, you have your answer.”
8.4.13Stählin 2
Οὐ μὴν οὐδὲ τὸ σημαινόμενον ἐκ τοῦ ›κυούμενον‹ ὀνόματός ἐστι ζῷον, ἀλλʼ ἐκεῖνο μὲν ἀσώματόν τέ ἐστι καὶ λεκτὸν καὶ πρᾶγμα καὶ νόημα καὶ πάντα μᾶλλον ἢ ζῷον. ἄλλη δέ τις ἂν εἴη τοῦ ζῴου φύσις· ἐναργῶς γὰρ ἐδείκνυτο τοῦ πράγματος αὐτοῦ τοῦ ζητουμένου. λέγω δὲ τοῦ ἐμβρύου τῆς φύσεως ὁποία τίς ἐστιν, ἕτερον ὑπάρχον πρόβλημα τὸ περὶ τῶν σημαινομένων ἐκ τοῦ ›ζῷον‹ ὀνόματος. λέγω τοίνυν, εἰ τοῦτο λέγεις ζῷον τὸ δυνάμενον αἰσθέσθαι τε καὶ κινηθῆναι καθʼ ὁρμήν, ζῷόν ἐστιν οὐχ ἁπλῶς τὸ κινούμενον καθʼ ὁρμὴν καὶ αἰσθανόμενον· δύναται γὰρ καὶ κοιμᾶσθαι ἢ μὴ παρόντων τῶν αἰσθητῶν μὴ αἰσθάνεσθαι, τὸ δὲ δυνάμενον ἤτοι ὁρμᾶν ἢ καὶ αἰσθάνεσθαι πεφυκὸς ζῴου γνώρισμα. τοιοῦτον γάρ τι σημαίνεται ἐκ τούτων. πρῶτον μέν, εἰ τὸ κυούμενον ἤδη αἰσθάνεσθαι ἢ καθʼ ὁρμὴν κινεῖσθαι δύναται. ὅπερ πρόκειται σκοπεῖσθαι. ἕτερον δέ, εἰ τὸ κυούμενον αἰσθέσθαι ποτὲ ἢ κινηθῆναι δυνήσεται καθʼ ὁρμήν. καθʼ ὃ σημαινόμενον οὐδεὶς ζητεῖ ἐναργὲς ὄν. ἐζήτητο δὲ πότερον ζῷόν ἐστιν ἤδη τὸ ἔμβρυον ἢ φυτὸν ἔτι. κἄπειτα μετελήφθη τοῦ ζῴου τοὔνομα εἰς λόγον. ἵνʼ ᾖ σαφές. αἰσθήσει σὴ καὶ κινήσει τῇ καθʼ ὁρμὴν εὑρόντες αὐτὸ διαφέρον τοῦ μὴ ζῴου. πάλιν τοῦτο διωρισάμεθα τῶν παρακειμένων αὐτῷ πραγμάτων ἕτερον μὲν εἶναι φάμενοι τὸ δυνάμει τοιοῦτον. ὃ μήπω μέν ἐστιν αἰσθανόμενόν τε καὶ κινούμενον. ἔσται δέ ποτε τοιοῦτον, ἕτερον δὲ τὸ κατʼ ἐνέργειαν ὑπάρχον ἤδη τοιοῦτον. τούτου δὲ τὸ μὲν ἤδη ἐνεργοῦν. τὸ δὲ ἐνεργεῖν μὲν δυνάμενον. ἡσυχάζον δὲ ἢ κοιμώμενον. τοῦτο δέ ἐστι τὸ ζητούμενον. οὐ γὰρ ἐκ τοῦ τρέφεσθαι τὸ ἔμβρυον ζῷον εἶναι λεκτέον, ὃ τῆς οὐσίας ἐστὶν ἀποχωρούντων τοῦ ζητουμένου, τοῖς δʼ ἄλλως συμβεβηκόσιν προσεχόντων τὸν νοῦν.
Ou mēn oude to sēmainomenon ek tou ›kyoumenon‹ onomatos esti zǭon, allʼ ekeino men asōmaton te esti kai lekton kai pragma kai noēma kai panta mallon ē zǭon. allē de tis an eiē tou zǭou physis; enargōs gar edeiknyto tou pragmatos autou tou zētoumenou. legō de tou embryou tēs physeōs hopoia tis estin, heteron hyparchon problēma to peri tōn sēmainomenōn ek tou ›zǭon‹ onomatos. legō toinyn, ei touto legeis zǭon to dynamenon aisthesthai te kai kinēthēnai kathʼ hormēn, zǭon estin ouch haplōs to kinoumenon kathʼ hormēn kai aisthanomenon; dynatai gar kai koimasthai ē mē parontōn tōn aisthētōn mē aisthanesthai, to de dynamenon ētoi horman ē kai aisthanesthai pephykos zǭou gnōrisma. toiouton gar ti sēmainetai ek toutōn. prōton men, ei to kyoumenon ēdē aisthanesthai ē kathʼ hormēn kineisthai dynatai. hoper prokeitai skopeisthai. heteron de, ei to kyoumenon aisthesthai pote ē kinēthēnai dynēsetai kathʼ hormēn. kathʼ ho sēmainomenon oudeis zētei enarges on. ezētēto de poteron zǭon estin ēdē to embryon ē phyton eti. kapeita metelēphthē tou zǭou tounoma eis logon. hinʼ ę̄ saphes. aisthēsei sē kai kinēsei tę̄ kathʼ hormēn heurontes auto diapheron tou mē zǭou. palin touto diōrisametha tōn parakeimenōn autǭ pragmatōn heteron men einai phamenoi to dynamei toiouton. ho mēpō men estin aisthanomenon te kai kinoumenon. estai de pote toiouton, heteron de to katʼ energeian hyparchon ēdē toiouton. toutou de to men ēdē energoun. to de energein men dynamenon. hēsychazon de ē koimōmenon. touto de esti to zētoumenon. ou gar ek tou trephesthai to embryon zǭon einai lekteon, ho tēs ousias estin apochōrountōn tou zētoumenou, tois dʼ allōs symbebēkosin prosechontōn ton noun.
Nor, indeed, is what is signified by the name “what is conceived” an animal; that is incorporeal, a sayable, a matter, a thought, and anything rather than an animal. The nature of the animal would be something else; for it was clearly shown to belong to the very thing under inquiry, I mean the nature of the embryo, what sort it is, while the question about what is signified by the name “animal” is a different problem. I say, then: if you call an animal that which can perceive and move by impulse, an animal is not simply what is moving by impulse and perceiving (for it can also sleep, or not perceive when objects of sense are not present); rather, what is naturally able to exercise impulse or also to perceive is the mark of an animal. For something of this sort is signified by these words. First, whether what is conceived can already perceive or move by impulse, which is what is proposed for examination. Second, whether what is conceived will at some time be able to perceive or move by impulse, a sense in which no one inquires, since it is evident. The question was whether the embryo is already an animal or still a plant. And then the name “animal” was translated into an account, so that it might be clear, since we found that it differs from what is not an animal by perception and by motion according to impulse. Again, we distinguished this from the things adjacent to it, saying that one thing is what is such potentially, which is not yet perceiving and moving but will at some time be such, and another is what is already such in actuality; and of the latter, one is already active, while another can be active but is at rest or asleep. It is this that is under inquiry. For the embryo is not to be called an animal because it is nourished; that is the view of those who depart from the essence of what is sought and turn their attention to what is otherwise incidental.
8.4.14Stählin 2
Κοινὴ δʼ ἐπὶ πᾶσι τοῖς εὑρίσκεσθαι λεγομένοις τέτακται ἡ ἀπόδειξις, ἥτις ἐστὶ λόγος ἐξ ἑτέρων ἕτερόν τι πιστούμενος. ἐξ ὧν δὲ χρὴ πιστοῦσθαι τὸ ζητούμενον, ὁμολογεῖσθαί τε καὶ γινώσκεσθαι δεῖ τῷ μανθάνοντι. ἀρχὴ δὲ τούτων ἁπάντων ἐστὶ τὸ πρὸς αἴσθησίν τε καὶ νόησιν ἐναργές. ἡ μὲν οὖν πρώτη ἀπόδειξις ἐκ τούτων [ἁπάντων] σύγκειται, ἡ δʼ ἐκ τῶν ἤδη φθασάντων ἀποδεδεῖχθαι διὰ τῆσδε πάλιν ἕτερόν τι περαίνουσα πιστὴ μὲν οὐδὲν ἧττόν ἐστι τῆς προτέρας, οὐ μὴν καὶ πρώτη ὀνομάζεσθαι δύναται, διότι μηδʼ ἐκ πρώτων περαίνεται προτάσεων. τὸ μὲν οὖν πρῶτον εἶδος τῆς τῶν ζητουμένων διαφορᾶς τριῶν ὄντων ἐδείχθη, λέγω δὲ τὸ (τῆς οὐσίας γινωσκομένης) ἀγνοεῖσθαί τι τῶν ἔργων ἢ παθῶν αὐτῆς, δευτέρα δʼ ἦν διαφορὰ προβλημάτων ἐφʼ οὗ τὰ μὲν ἔργα καὶ πάθη γινώσκομεν ἅπαντες, ἀγνοοῦμεν δὲ τὴν οὐσίαν, οἷον ἐν τίνι τοῦ σώματος μορίῳ τὸ ἡγεμονικόν ἐστι τῆς ψυχῆς.
Koinē dʼ epi pasi tois heuriskesthai legomenois tetaktai hē apodeixis, hētis esti logos ex heterōn heteron ti pistoumenos. ex hōn de chrē pistousthai to zētoumenon, homologeisthai te kai ginōskesthai dei tǭ manthanonti. archē de toutōn hapantōn esti to pros aisthēsin te kai noēsin enarges. hē men oun prōtē apodeixis ek toutōn [hapantōn] synkeitai, hē dʼ ek tōn ēdē phthasantōn apodedeichthai dia tēsde palin heteron ti perainousa pistē men ouden hētton esti tēs proteras, ou mēn kai prōtē onomazesthai dynatai, dioti mēdʼ ek prōtōn perainetai protaseōn. to men oun prōton eidos tēs tōn zētoumenōn diaphoras triōn ontōn edeichthē, legō de to (tēs ousias ginōskomenēs) agnoeisthai ti tōn ergōn ē pathōn autēs, deutera dʼ ēn diaphora problēmatōn ephʼ hou ta men erga kai pathē ginōskomen hapantes, agnooumen de tēn ousian, hoion en tini tou sōmatos moriǭ to hēgemonikon esti tēs psychēs.
Demonstration is appointed as common to all things said to be found: it is an account that confirms one thing from others. The things from which what is sought is to be confirmed must be agreed upon and known by the learner; and the starting point of all these is what is evident to sense and thought. The first demonstration, then, is composed of these; while one that, from things already demonstrated, concludes something further by means of the first is no less credible than the former, but cannot be called first, because it is not concluded from first propositions. Of the three kinds of difference among the things sought, then, the first has been shown: I mean that, while the substance is known, some of its works or affections are unknown. The second kind of problem was that in which we all know the works and affections but are ignorant of the substance, for example, in what part of the body the ruling faculty of the soul is.
Miscellanies 8, chapter 5
8.5.15Stählin 2
ἡ δὲ αὐτὴ ἐπιχείρησις τῆς ἀποδείξεως κἀπὶ τοῦ τρίτου προβλήματος. φασὶν οὖν τινες μὴ ἐγχωρεῖν πλείους ἀρχὰς ἑνὸς εἶναι ζῴου. ὁμογενεῖς μὲν οὖν ἀρχὰς οὐκ ἐγχωρεῖ πλείους ὑπάρχειν ἑνὸς ζῴου, διαφερούσας δὲ τοῖς γένεσιν οὐδὲν ἄτοπον. Πρὸς τοὺς Πυρρωνείους. Εἰ φησιν ἡ ἐποχὴ βέβαιον εἶναι μηδέν, δῆλον ὅτι ἀφʼ ἑαυτῆς ἀρξαμένη πρῶτον ἀκυρώσει ἑαυτήν. ἢ τοίνυν δίδωσιν ἀληθές τι εἶναι καὶ οὐ περὶ πάντων ἐφεκτέον, ἢ ἐνίσταται μηδὲν εἶναι ἀληθὲς λέγουσα, καὶ δῆλον ὅτι οὐδʼ αὐτὴ πρότερον ἀληθεύσει. ἤτοι γὰρ αὐτὴ ἀληθεύει ἢ οὐκ ἀληθεύει. ἀλλʼ εἰ μὲν ἀληθεύει, δίδωσιν ἄκουσά τι εἶναι ἀληθές, εἰ δὲ μὴ ἀληθεύει, ἀληθῆ ἀπολείπει ἅπερ ἀνελεῖν ἐβούλετο. ἐν ᾧ γὰρ ψευδὴς δείκνυται ἡ ἀναιροῦσα ἐποχή. ἐν τούτῳ τὰ ἀναιρούμενα ἀληθῆ δείκνυται, ὡς ὁ ὄνειρος ὁ λέγων ψευδεῖς εἶναι πάντας τοὺς ὀνείρους. ἑαυτῆς γὰρ ἀναιρετικὴ οὖσα τῶν ἄλλων γίνεται κυρωτική. καὶ ὅλως εἰ ἔστιν ἀληθής, ἀφʼ ἑαυτῆς ποιήσεται τὴν ἀρχήν, οὐκ ἄλλου τινὸς οὖσα ἐποχή, ἀλλʼ ἑαυτῆς πρῶτον. Ἔπειτα εἰ καταλαμβάνει τις ὅτι ἄνθρωπός ἐστιν ἢ ὅτι ἐπέχει. δῆλός ἐστι μὴ ἐπέχων. πῶς δʼ ἂν καὶ τὴν ἀρχὴν εἰς τὴν ἀμφισβήτησιν ἀφίκετο περὶ πάντων ἐπέχων; πῶς δʼ ἂν καὶ ἀπεκρίνετο πρὸς τὸ ἐρωτηθέν; περὶ γὰρ αὐτοῦ τούτου δῆλός ἐστιν οὐκ ἐπέχων. ναὶ μὴν καὶ ἀποφαίνεται ὅτι ἐπέχει, διʼ ὃ καὶ εἰ δεῖ πειθόμενον αὐτοῖς περὶ πάντων ἐπέχειν. περὶ αὐτῆς πρότερον τῆς ἐποχῆς ἐφέξομεν. εἴτε πειστέον αὐτῇ εἴτε καὶ μή.
hē de autē epicheirēsis tēs apodeixeōs kapi tou tritou problēmatos. phasin oun tines mē enchōrein pleious archas henos einai zǭou. homogeneis men oun archas ouk enchōrei pleious hyparchein henos zǭou, diapherousas de tois genesin ouden atopon. Pros tous Pyrrōneious. Ei phēsin hē epochē bebaion einai mēden, dēlon hoti aphʼ heautēs arxamenē prōton akyrōsei heautēn. ē toinyn didōsin alēthes ti einai kai ou peri pantōn ephekteon, ē enistatai mēden einai alēthes legousa, kai dēlon hoti oudʼ autē proteron alētheusei. ētoi gar autē alētheuei ē ouk alētheuei. allʼ ei men alētheuei, didōsin akousa ti einai alēthes, ei de mē alētheuei, alēthē apoleipei haper anelein ebouleto. en hǭ gar pseudēs deiknytai hē anairousa epochē. en toutǭ ta anairoumena alēthē deiknytai, hōs ho oneiros ho legōn pseudeis einai pantas tous oneirous. heautēs gar anairetikē ousa tōn allōn ginetai kyrōtikē. kai holōs ei estin alēthēs, aphʼ heautēs poiēsetai tēn archēn, ouk allou tinos ousa epochē, allʼ heautēs prōton. Epeita ei katalambanei tis hoti anthrōpos estin ē hoti epechei. dēlos esti mē epechōn. pōs dʼ an kai tēn archēn eis tēn amphisbētēsin aphiketo peri pantōn epechōn? pōs dʼ an kai apekrineto pros to erōtēthen? peri gar autou toutou dēlos estin ouk epechōn. nai mēn kai apophainetai hoti epechei, diʼ ho kai ei dei peithomenon autois peri pantōn epechein. peri autēs proteron tēs epochēs ephexomen. eite peisteon autę̄ eite kai mē.
The same attempt at demonstration applies to the third problem as well. Some say, then, that one animal cannot have several ruling principles. Now several principles of the same kind cannot belong to one animal, but there is nothing absurd in its having principles that differ in kind. Against the Pyrrhonists. If suspension of judgment says that nothing is certain, it is clear that it will begin with itself and first invalidate itself. Either, then, it grants that something is true and that one need not suspend judgment about everything, or it persists in saying that nothing is true, and then clearly it will not itself be true in the first place. For either it speaks truly or it does not. If it speaks truly, it grants, against its will, that something is true; if it does not speak truly, it leaves true the things it wished to abolish. For insofar as the suspension that abolishes is shown to be false, in that very respect the things abolished are shown to be true, like the dream that says all dreams are false. For being destructive of itself, it becomes confirmatory of the others. And in general, if it is true, it will make its beginning with itself, being a suspension not of anything else but first of itself. Then, if someone apprehends that he is a man, or that he is suspending judgment, he is plainly not suspending judgment. And how could he have entered into the dispute at all, if he suspends judgment about everything? And how could he answer what was asked? For about this very thing he is plainly not suspending judgment. Indeed he even declares that he suspends judgment. Therefore, if we must obey them and suspend judgment about everything, we shall first suspend judgment about suspension itself, whether it is to be believed or not.
8.5.16Stählin 2
Ἔτι εἰ τοῦτο αὐτό ἐστι τὸ ἀληθὲς τὸ μὴ εἰδέναι τὸ ἀληθές, οὐδὲ τὴν ἀρχὴν ἀληθές τι παρʼ ἐκείνου δίδοται. εἰ δὲ καὶ τοῦτο ἀμφισβητήσιμον ἐρεῖ τὸ ἀγνοεῖν τἀληθές, ἐν αὐτῷ τούτῳ δίδωσιν εἶναι τὸ ἀληθὲς γνώριμον, ἐν ᾧ τὴν περὶ αὐτοῦ ἐποχὴν φαίνεται μὴ βεβαιῶν. Αἵρεσίς ἐστι πρόσκλισις δογμάτων ἤ, ὥς τινες, πρόσκλισις δόγμασι πολλοῖς ἀκολουθίαν πρὸς ἄλληλα καὶ τὰ φαινόμενα περιέχουσι πρὸς τὸ εὖ ζῆν συντείνουσα. καὶ τὸ μὲν δόγμα ἐστὶ κατάληψίς τις λογική. κατάληψις δὲ ἕξις καὶ συγκατάθεσις τῆς διανοίας. Οὐ μόνον οἱ ἐφεκτικοί. ἀλλὰ καὶ πᾶς δογματικὸς ἔν τισιν ἐπέχειν εἴωθεν ἤτοι παρὰ γνώμης ἀσθένειαν ἢ παρὰ πραγμάτων ἀσάφειαν ἢ παρὰ τὴν τῶν λόγων ἰσοσθένειαν. Αἱ τῶν ζητήσεων ἔφοδοι καὶ ἀρχαὶ περὶ ταῦτα καὶ ἐν τούτοις εἰσίν.
Eti ei touto auto esti to alēthes to mē eidenai to alēthes, oude tēn archēn alēthes ti parʼ ekeinou didotai. ei de kai touto amphisbētēsimon erei to agnoein talēthes, en autǭ toutǭ didōsin einai to alēthes gnōrimon, en hǭ tēn peri autou epochēn phainetai mē bebaiōn. Hairesis esti prosklisis dogmatōn ē, hōs tines, prosklisis dogmasi pollois akolouthian pros allēla kai ta phainomena periechousi pros to eu zēn synteinousa. kai to men dogma esti katalēpsis tis logikē. katalēpsis de hexis kai synkatathesis tēs dianoias. Ou monon hoi ephektikoi. alla kai pas dogmatikos en tisin epechein eiōthen ētoi para gnōmēs astheneian ē para pragmatōn asapheian ē para tēn tōn logōn isostheneian. Hai tōn zētēseōn ephodoi kai archai peri tauta kai en toutois eisin.
Further, if the truth is just this, not to know the truth, then from the start nothing true is granted by him. But if he says that this too, ignorance of the truth, is disputable, in this very thing he grants that the truth is knowable, in that he evidently does not affirm his suspension about it. A school is an inclination toward doctrines, or, as some say, an inclination toward many doctrines that have coherence with one another and with appearances, tending toward living well. And a doctrine is a rational apprehension; and apprehension is a state and an assent of the mind. Not only those who suspend judgment, but every dogmatist too is accustomed to suspend judgment on some matters, either from weakness of mind, or from the obscurity of the things, or from the equal force of the arguments. The approaches to inquiries and their starting points concern these things and are found in them.
Miscellanies 8, chapter 6
8.6.17Stählin 2
Προτακτέον δὴ καὶ τῶν ὅρων καὶ τῶν ἀποδείξεων καὶ διαιρέσεων ποσαχῶς λέγεται τὸ ζητούμενον τά τε ὁμώνυμα χειριστέον καὶ τὰ συνώνυμα εὐκρινῶς τακτέον κατὰ τὰς σημασίας. ἔπειτα ζητητέον εἰ τῶν πρὸς ἕτερα θεωρουμένων ἐστὶν τὸ προκείμενον ἢ καθʼ αὑτὸ λαμβάνεται. ἐπὶ τούτοις. εἰ ἔστι, τί ἐστι, τί αὐτῷ συμβέβηκεν, ἢ καὶ οὕτως. εἰ ἔστι. τί ἐστι. διότι ἐστίν. πρὸς δὲ τὴν τούτων θεωρίαν ἡ τῶν καθʼ ἕκαστα γνῶσις καὶ ἡ τῶν καθόλου συνυποβάλλει καὶ τὰ πρότερα καὶ αἱ ἐπὶ τὰς διαφορὰς [αἱ] διαιρέσεις αὐτῶν. ἡ μὲν οὖν ἐπαγωγὴ φέρει τὸ καθόλου καὶ τὸν ὁρισμόν, αἱ δὲ διαιρέσεις τὰ εἴδη καὶ τὸ τί ἦν εἶναι καὶ τὸ ἄτομον, ἡ δὲ θεωρία τοῦ ποσαχῶς τὴν λῆψιν τοῦ οἰκείου, αἱ δὲ διαπορήσεις τὰς κατʼ αὐτὰς διαφορὰς καὶ τὰς ἀποδείξεις καὶ ἄλλως τὴν θεωρίαν συναύξουσι τά τε παρεπόμενα αὐτῇ. ἐκ πάντων δὲ ἐπιστήμη τε παρίσταται καὶ ἀλήθεια. πάλιν τὸ κεφαλαιωθὲν ἐκ τῆς διαιρέσεως ὅρος γίνεται· λαμβάνεται γὰρ καὶ πρότερος τῆς διαιρέσεως καὶ ὕστερος ὁ διορισμός· πρότερος μὲν ὅταν συγχωρηθῇ ἢ προτεθῇ. ὕστερος δὲ ὅταν ἀποδειχθῇ. καὶ κατὰ τὴν αἴσθησιν δὲ ἐκ τοῦ καθʼ ἕκαστα κεφαλαιοῦται τὸ καθόλου. ἀρχὴ γὰρ τῆς ἐπαγωγῆς ἡ αἴσθησις. πέρας δὲ τὸ καθόλου. ἡ μὲν οὖν ἐπαγωγὴ οὐ τὸ τί ἐστι δείκνυσιν. ἀλλʼ ὅτι ἐστὶν ἢ οὐκ ἔστιν. ἡ διαίρεσις δὲ ὅ τι ἐστὶ παρίστησιν. ὅ τε διορισμὸς ὁμοίως τῇ διαιρέσει τὴν οὐσίαν καὶ τὸ τί ἐστι διδάσκει, οὐχὶ δὲ τὸ εἰ ἔστιν, ἥ τε ἀπόδειξις τὰ τρία, τό τε εἰ ἔστιν καὶ τὸ τί ἐστιν καὶ τὸ διὰ τί ἐστιν, σαφηνίζει. εἰσὶ δὲ ἔνιοι καὶ τῆς αἰτίας ἐμπεριεκτικοὶ ὅροι.
Protakteon dē kai tōn horōn kai tōn apodeixeōn kai diaireseōn posachōs legetai to zētoumenon ta te homōnyma cheiristeon kai ta synōnyma eukrinōs takteon kata tas sēmasias. epeita zētēteon ei tōn pros hetera theōroumenōn estin to prokeimenon ē kathʼ hauto lambanetai. epi toutois. ei esti, ti esti, ti autǭ symbebēken, ē kai houtōs. ei esti. ti esti. dioti estin. pros de tēn toutōn theōrian hē tōn kathʼ hekasta gnōsis kai hē tōn katholou synypoballei kai ta protera kai hai epi tas diaphoras [hai] diaireseis autōn. hē men oun epagōgē pherei to katholou kai ton horismon, hai de diaireseis ta eidē kai to ti ēn einai kai to atomon, hē de theōria tou posachōs tēn lēpsin tou oikeiou, hai de diaporēseis tas katʼ autas diaphoras kai tas apodeixeis kai allōs tēn theōrian synauxousi ta te parepomena autę̄. ek pantōn de epistēmē te paristatai kai alētheia. palin to kephalaiōthen ek tēs diaireseōs horos ginetai; lambanetai gar kai proteros tēs diaireseōs kai hysteros ho diorismos; proteros men hotan synchōrēthę̄ ē protethę̄. hysteros de hotan apodeichthę̄. kai kata tēn aisthēsin de ek tou kathʼ hekasta kephalaioutai to katholou. archē gar tēs epagōgēs hē aisthēsis. peras de to katholou. hē men oun epagōgē ou to ti esti deiknysin. allʼ hoti estin ē ouk estin. hē diairesis de ho ti esti paristēsin. ho te diorismos homoiōs tę̄ diairesei tēn ousian kai to ti esti didaskei, ouchi de to ei estin, hē te apodeixis ta tria, to te ei estin kai to ti estin kai to dia ti estin, saphēnizei. eisi de enioi kai tēs aitias emperiektikoi horoi.
Before definitions, demonstrations, and divisions, one must first set out in how many ways the thing sought is spoken of; homonyms must be dealt with, and synonyms arranged distinctly according to their meanings. Then one must inquire whether the thing proposed is among those considered in relation to others or is taken by itself. After this: whether it is, what it is, what belongs to it incidentally; or also thus: whether it is, what it is, why it is. Toward the study of these, knowledge of particulars and of universals contributes, as do prior things and the divisions of them according to their differences. Induction, then, yields the universal and the definition; divisions yield the species, the essence, and the individual; the study of the number of meanings yields the grasp of the proper sense; and the working through of difficulties increases the differences in them and the demonstrations, and in general the study and what follows from it. From all of these, scientific knowledge and truth are established. Again, what is summed up from division becomes a definition; for the definition is taken both before division and after: before, when it is conceded or laid down; after, when it is demonstrated. And in perception the universal is summed up from the particular; for perception is the starting point of induction, and the universal is its end. Induction, then, does not show what a thing is, but that it is or is not; division presents what it is; and definition, like division, teaches the substance and what it is, but not whether it is; while demonstration makes clear all three: whether it is, what it is, and why it is. Some definitions also include the cause.
8.6.18Stählin 2
Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐπίστασθαι ἔστιν ὅταν ἴδωμεν τὴν αἰτίαν, αἰτίαι δὲ τέσσαρες, ἡ ὕλη, τὸ κινοῦν, τὸ εἶδος, τὸ τέλος, τετραχῶς ἔσται ὁ διορισμός. ληπτέον οὖν πρῶτον τὸ γένος, ἐν ᾧ ἐστι τῶν ἐπάνω τὰ ἐγγύτατα, μετὰ τοῦτο τὴν προσεχῆ διαφοράν. ἡ δὲ συνέχεια τῶν διαφορῶν τεμνομένη καὶ ἀποδιαιρουμένη τὸ τί ἦν εἶναι ἐκπληροῖ. οὐκ ἀνάγκη δὲ πάσας λέγειν ἑκάστου τὰς διαφοράς, ἀλλὰ τὰς εἰδοποιούσας. ἡ γεωμετρικὴ ἀνάλυσις καὶ σύνθεσις τῇ διαλεκτικῇ διαιρέσει καὶ ὁρισμῷ ἔοικεν, καὶ ἀπὸ μὲν τῆς διαιρέσεως ἐπὶ τὰ ἁπλούστερα καὶ ἀρχικώτερα ἀνατρέχομεν. τὸ γοῦν γένος τοῦ ζητουμένου πράγματος διαιροῦμεν εἰς τὰ ἐνυπάρχοντα αὐτῷ εἴδη, οἷον ἐπὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τὸ ζῷον γένος ὂν εἰς τὰ ἐμφαινόμενα εἴδη διαιροῦμεν. τὸ θνητὸν καὶ ἀθάνατον, καὶ οὕτως ἀεὶ τὰ σύνθετα δοκοῦντα εἶναι γένη εἰς τὰ ἁπλούστερα εἴδη τέμνοντες ἐπὶ τὸ [μὴ] ζητούμενον καὶ μηκέτι τομὴν ἐπιδεχόμενον παραγινόμεθα. τὸ γὰρ ζῷον εἰς τὸ θνητὸν καὶ ἀθάνατον διελόντες, εἶτα μέντοι τὸ θνητὸν εἰς τὸ χερσαῖον καὶ ἔνυδρον, καὶ πάλιν τὸ χερσαῖον εἰς τὸ πτηνὸν καὶ πεζόν. καὶ οὕτως τὸ προσεχὲς τῷ ζητουμένῳ εἶδος, ὃ καὶ περιλαμβάνει τὸ ζητούμενον, διαιροῦντες ἀφιξόμεθα τέμνοντες ἐπὶ τὸ ἁπλούστατον εἶδος. ὅπερ ἄλλο μὲν οὐδέν, μόνον δὲ τὸ ζητούμενον περιλαμβάνει. πάλιν γὰρ τὸ πεζὸν εἰς λογικὸν καὶ ἄλογον διαιρούμεθα. κἄπειτα τὰ προσεχῆ τῶν ἐκ τῆς διαιρέσεως λαμβανομένων εἰδῶν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐκλεγόμενοι καὶ ἐπισυνθέντες εἰς ἕνα λόγον τὸν ὅρον τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἀποδίδομεν, ὅς ἐστι ζῷον θνητόν, χερσαῖον, πεζόν. λογικόν.
Epei de epistasthai estin hotan idōmen tēn aitian, aitiai de tessares, hē hylē, to kinoun, to eidos, to telos, tetrachōs estai ho diorismos. lēpteon oun prōton to genos, en hǭ esti tōn epanō ta engytata, meta touto tēn prosechē diaphoran. hē de synecheia tōn diaphorōn temnomenē kai apodiairoumenē to ti ēn einai ekplēroi. ouk anankē de pasas legein hekastou tas diaphoras, alla tas eidopoiousas. hē geōmetrikē analysis kai synthesis tę̄ dialektikę̄ diairesei kai horismǭ eoiken, kai apo men tēs diaireseōs epi ta haploustera kai archikōtera anatrechomen. to goun genos tou zētoumenou pragmatos diairoumen eis ta enyparchonta autǭ eidē, hoion epi tou anthrōpou to zǭon genos on eis ta emphainomena eidē diairoumen. to thnēton kai athanaton, kai houtōs aei ta syntheta dokounta einai genē eis ta haploustera eidē temnontes epi to [mē] zētoumenon kai mēketi tomēn epidechomenon paraginometha. to gar zǭon eis to thnēton kai athanaton dielontes, eita mentoi to thnēton eis to chersaion kai enydron, kai palin to chersaion eis to ptēnon kai pezon. kai houtōs to proseches tǭ zētoumenǭ eidos, ho kai perilambanei to zētoumenon, diairountes aphixometha temnontes epi to haploustaton eidos. hoper allo men ouden, monon de to zētoumenon perilambanei. palin gar to pezon eis logikon kai alogon diairoumetha. kapeita ta prosechē tōn ek tēs diaireseōs lambanomenōn eidōn tǭ anthrōpǭ eklegomenoi kai episynthentes eis hena logon ton horon tou anthrōpou apodidomen, hos esti zǭon thnēton, chersaion, pezon. logikon.
Since we have scientific knowledge when we see the cause, and there are four causes (the matter, the mover, the form, the end), definition will be fourfold. First, then, one must take the genus, in which are the nearest of the higher terms, and after this the proximate differentia. The continuous series of differentiae, cut and divided off, fills out the essence. It is not necessary to state all the differentiae of each thing, but only those that make the species. Geometrical analysis and synthesis resemble dialectical division and definition; and from division we run back to what is simpler and more fundamental. We divide the genus of the thing sought into the species contained in it; for example, in the case of man, we divide “animal,” which is the genus, into the species that appear in it, mortal and immortal; and so, always cutting the genera that seem compound into simpler species, we arrive at what is sought and no longer admits division. For having divided animal into mortal and immortal, and then the mortal into land-dwelling and water-dwelling, and again the land-dwelling into winged and walking, and so dividing the species proximate to what is sought, which also contains what is sought, we shall come by cutting to the simplest species, which contains nothing else but only what is sought. For again we divide the walking into rational and irrational. And then, selecting the species taken from the division that are proximate to man, and putting them together into one account, we give the definition of man, which is: a mortal, land-dwelling, walking, rational animal.
8.6.19Stählin 2
Ὅθεν ὕλης μὲν τάξιν ἐπέχει ἡ διαίρεσις τῷ ὅρῳ, τὴν ἁπλότητα τοῦ ὀνόματος ἀναζητοῦσα, τεχνίτου δὲ καὶ δημιουργοῦ ὁ ὅρος ἐπισυντιθεὶς καὶ κατασκευάζων καὶ τὴν γνῶσιν τοῦ ὄντος παριστάς. οὔτʼ αὐτῶν τῶν πραγμάτων οὔτε τῶν ἰδεῶν οἱ ὅροι, ἀλλὰ γὰρ ὧν πραγμάτων [ὧν] ἔχομεν καθολικὰς διανοίας, τούτων τῶν διανοιῶν τοὺς ἑρμηνευτικοὺς λόγους εἶναί φαμεν· τούτων γὰρ τῶν διανοιῶν καὶ αἱ διαιρέσεις γίνονται. τῶν δὲ διαιρέσεων ἣ μέν τις εἰς εἴδη διαιρεῖ τὸ διαιρούμενον ὡς γένος. ἣ δέ τις εἰς μέρη ὡς ὅλον, ἣ δὲ εἰς τὰ συμβεβηκότα. ἡ μὲν οὖν τοῦ ὅλου εἰς τὰ μέρη διαίρεσις ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλεῖστον κατὰ μέγεθος ἐπινοεῖται. ἡ δὲ εἰς τὰ συμβεβηκότα οὐδέποτε ὅλη δύναται διαληφθῆναι, εἴ γε καὶ οὐσίαν ἑκάστῳ δεῖ πάντως τῶν ὄντων ὑπάρχειν. ὅθεν ἀδόκιμοι ἄμφω αὗται αἱ διαιρέσεις, μόνη δὲ εὐδοκιμεῖ ἡ τοῦ γένους εἰς εἴδη τομή, ὑφʼ ἧς χαρακτηρίζεται ἥ τε ταὐτότης ἡ κατὰ γένος ἥ τε ἑτερότης ἡ κατὰ τὰς ἰδικὰς διαφοράς. τὸ εἶδος ἀεὶ ἔν τινι μέρει θεωρεῖται, οὐ μὴν ἀνάπαλιν, εἴ τι μέρος ἐστί τινος. τοῦτο καὶ εἶδος γενήσεται. ἡ γὰρ χεὶρ μέρος μέν ἐστι τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. εἶδος δὲ οὐκ ἔστιν. καὶ τὸ μὲν γένος ἐν τοῖς εἴδεσιν ἐνυπάρχει, τὸ γὰρ ζῷον καὶ ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ καὶ ἐν τῷ βοΐ. τὸ δὲ ὅλον ἐν τοῖς μέρεσιν οὐκ ἐνυπάρχει, οὐ γὰρ ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐν τοῖς ποσὶν ὑπάρχει. διὸ κυριώτερον τὸ εἶδος τοῦ μέρους. καὶ ὅσα τοῦ γένους κατηγορεῖται. ταῦτα πάντα καὶ τοῦ εἴδους κατηγορηθήσεται.
Hothen hylēs men taxin epechei hē diairesis tǭ horǭ, tēn haplotēta tou onomatos anazētousa, technitou de kai dēmiourgou ho horos episyntitheis kai kataskeuazōn kai tēn gnōsin tou ontos paristas. outʼ autōn tōn pragmatōn oute tōn ideōn hoi horoi, alla gar hōn pragmatōn [hōn] echomen katholikas dianoias, toutōn tōn dianoiōn tous hermēneutikous logous einai phamen; toutōn gar tōn dianoiōn kai hai diaireseis ginontai. tōn de diaireseōn hē men tis eis eidē diairei to diairoumenon hōs genos. hē de tis eis merē hōs holon, hē de eis ta symbebēkota. hē men oun tou holou eis ta merē diairesis hōs epi to pleiston kata megethos epinoeitai. hē de eis ta symbebēkota oudepote holē dynatai dialēphthēnai, ei ge kai ousian hekastǭ dei pantōs tōn ontōn hyparchein. hothen adokimoi amphō hautai hai diaireseis, monē de eudokimei hē tou genous eis eidē tomē, hyphʼ hēs charaktērizetai hē te tautotēs hē kata genos hē te heterotēs hē kata tas idikas diaphoras. to eidos aei en tini merei theōreitai, ou mēn anapalin, ei ti meros esti tinos. touto kai eidos genēsetai. hē gar cheir meros men esti tou anthrōpou. eidos de ouk estin. kai to men genos en tois eidesin enyparchei, to gar zǭon kai en tǭ anthrōpǭ kai en tǭ boï. to de holon en tois meresin ouk enyparchei, ou gar ho anthrōpos en tois posin hyparchei. dio kyriōteron to eidos tou merous. kai hosa tou genous katēgoreitai. tauta panta kai tou eidous katēgorēthēsetai.
Hence division holds the place of matter for definition, seeking out the simplicity of the name, while definition holds the place of the craftsman and maker, putting together, constructing, and presenting the knowledge of what is. Definitions are neither of the things themselves nor of the Ideas; rather, of the things of which we have universal concepts, we say that definitions are the accounts that express these concepts; for divisions too are made of these concepts. Of divisions, one divides what is divided into species, as a genus; another into parts, as a whole; another into accidents. The division of a whole into parts is conceived for the most part in terms of magnitude; the division into accidents can never be comprehended entire, since every being must certainly have a substance. Hence both these divisions are not approved, and only the cutting of the genus into species is approved, by which both sameness in genus and difference in specific differentiae are marked. The species is always seen in some part, but not conversely: if something is a part of something, it will not therefore also be a species. For the hand is a part of the man, but it is not a species. And the genus is present in the species, for “animal” is in both man and ox; but the whole is not present in the parts, for the man is not in his feet. Therefore the species is more proper than the part. And whatever is predicated of the genus will all be predicated of the species too.
8.6.20Stählin 2
Ἄριστον μὲν οὖν εἰς δύο διαιρεῖν εἴδη τὸ γένος, εἰ δὲ μή, εἰς τρία. τὰ τοίνυν εἴδη γενικώτερον μὲν διαιρούμενα χαρακτηρίζεται τῷ τε ταὐτῷ καὶ θατέρῳ, ἔπειτα δὲ διὰ τῶν γενικῶς σημαινομένων διαιρούμενα χαρακτηρίζεται. ἕκαστον γὰρ τῶν εἰδῶν ἤτοι οὐσία ἐστὶν (ὥσπερ ὅταν λέγωμεν· τῶν ὄντων τὰ μὲν σώματά ἐστι. τὰ δὲ ἀσώματα) ἢ ποσὸν ἢ ποιὸν ἢ πρός τι ἢ ποῦ ἢ πότε ἢ κεῖσθαι ἢ ἔχειν ἢ ποιεῖν ἢ πάσχειν. παντὸς οὑτινοσοῦν ἐπιστήμων τίς ἐστι. τούτου καὶ τὸν ὅρον ἀποδώσει, ὡς ὅ γε μὴ δυνάμενος λόγῳ περιλαβεῖν καὶ ὁρίσασθαι ὁτιοῦν. τούτου ἐπιστήμων οὐκ ἄν ποτε εἴη. ἐκ δὲ τῆς τοῦ ὅρου ἀγνοίας καὶ τὰς πολλὰς ἀμφισβητήσεις γίνεσθαι καὶ τὰς ἀπάτας συμβαίνει. εἰ γὰρ ὁ τὸ πρᾶγμα εἰδὼς ἔχει κατὰ διάνοιαν τὴν εἴδησιν αὐτοῦ, δύναται δὲ καὶ λόγῳ σαφηνίσαι ὃ διανοεῖται, ἡ δὲ τῆς διανοίας ἑρμηνεία ὅρος ἐστίν. ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστι τὸν εἰδότα τὸ πρᾶγμα δύνασθαι αὐτοῦ καὶ τὸν ὅρον ἀποδιδόναι.
Ariston men oun eis dyo diairein eidē to genos, ei de mē, eis tria. ta toinyn eidē genikōteron men diairoumena charaktērizetai tǭ te tautǭ kai thaterǭ, epeita de dia tōn genikōs sēmainomenōn diairoumena charaktērizetai. hekaston gar tōn eidōn ētoi ousia estin (hōsper hotan legōmen; tōn ontōn ta men sōmata esti. ta de asōmata) ē poson ē poion ē pros ti ē pou ē pote ē keisthai ē echein ē poiein ē paschein. pantos houtinosoun epistēmōn tis esti. toutou kai ton horon apodōsei, hōs ho ge mē dynamenos logǭ perilabein kai horisasthai hotioun. toutou epistēmōn ouk an pote eiē. ek de tēs tou horou agnoias kai tas pollas amphisbētēseis ginesthai kai tas apatas symbainei. ei gar ho to pragma eidōs echei kata dianoian tēn eidēsin autou, dynatai de kai logǭ saphēnisai ho dianoeitai, hē de tēs dianoias hermēneia horos estin. anankaion esti ton eidota to pragma dynasthai autou kai ton horon apodidonai.
It is best, then, to divide the genus into two species, or if not, into three. The species, when divided more generally, are characterized by the same and the other; and then, when divided through the things signified generically, they are characterized by these. For each of the species is either substance (as when we say, “of beings, some are bodies, others incorporeal”), or quantity, or quality, or relation, or place, or time, or position, or having, or acting, or being acted upon. Whoever has scientific knowledge of anything whatever will also give its definition; so that one who cannot comprehend in an account and define anything whatever could never have scientific knowledge of it. And it is from ignorance of definition that the many disputes and deceptions arise. For if the one who knows the thing has knowledge of it in his mind, and can also make clear in an account what he thinks, and the expression of the thought is a definition, then it is necessary that the one who knows the thing can also give its definition.
8.6.21Stählin 2
Προσλαμβάνεται δὲ ὅροις καὶ ἡ διαφορά, σημείου τάξιν ἐπέχουσα τῷ ὅρῳ. τῷ γοῦν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ὅρῳ τὸ γελαστικὸν προστεθὲν ποιεῖ τὸ ὅλον ζῷον λογικόν, θνητόν, χερσαῖον, πεζόν, γελαστικόν. σημεῖα γάρ ἐστι τὰ κατὰ διαφορὰν προσαγόμενα τῷ ὅρῳ οἰκείων πραγμάτων, τὴν δὲ φύσιν αὐτῶν τῶν πραγμάτων οὐκ ἐνδείκνυται. αὐτίκα ἰδίου ἀπόδοσίν φασιν εἶναι τὴν διαφοράν. καὶ καθὸ τῶν ἄλλων ἁπάντων διαφέρει τὸ ἔχον τὴν διαφοράν, ἣ μόνῳ ὑπάρχει καὶ ἀντικατηγορεῖται τοῦ πράγματος ἐν τοῖς ὅροις, ἀνάγκη τὸ πρῶτον γένος ὡς ἀρχηγὸν καὶ ὑποστατὸν [δεῖ] παραλαμβάνειν. ἐν μὲν οὖν τοῖς μακροτέροις ὅροις τὸ πλῆθος τῶν εἰδῶν τῶν ἐξευρισκομένων διὰ τῶν δέκα κατηγοριῶν, ἐν δὲ τοῖς ἐλαχίστοις τὰ προηγούμενα τῶν προσεχῶν εἰδῶν ληφθέντα τὴν οὐσίαν καὶ φύσιν διασημαίνει τοῦ πράγματος, ὁ δὲ ἐλάχιστος ἐκ τριῶν συνέστηκεν, τοῦ γένους καὶ δυεῖν τῶν ἀναγκαιοτάτων εἰδῶν. γίνεται δὲ τοῦτο διὰ συντομίαν. φαμὲν οὖν, ἄνθρωπός ἐστι τὸ ζῷον λογικόν γελαστικόν. τό τε ἐξαιρέτως συμβεβηκὸς τῷ ὁριζομένῳ προσπαραληπτέον, ἢ τὴν ἰδίαν ἀρετὴν αὐτοῦ ἢ τὸ ἴδιον ἔργον αὐτοῦ καὶ τοιούτων τινῶν ἄλλων. ἐξηγητικὸς οὖν ὁ ὅρος ὢν τῆς τοῦ πράγματος οὐσίας περιλαβεῖν μὲν ἀκριβῶς τὴν φύσιν τοῦ πράγματος ἀδυνατεῖ, διὰ δὲ τῶν κυριωτάτων εἰδῶν τὴν δήλωσιν τῆς οὐσίας ποιεῖται καὶ σχεδὸν ἐν ποιότητι ὁ ὅρος τὴν οὐσίαν ἔχει.
Proslambanetai de horois kai hē diaphora, sēmeiou taxin epechousa tǭ horǭ. tǭ goun tou anthrōpou horǭ to gelastikon prostethen poiei to holon zǭon logikon, thnēton, chersaion, pezon, gelastikon. sēmeia gar esti ta kata diaphoran prosagomena tǭ horǭ oikeiōn pragmatōn, tēn de physin autōn tōn pragmatōn ouk endeiknytai. autika idiou apodosin phasin einai tēn diaphoran. kai katho tōn allōn hapantōn diapherei to echon tēn diaphoran, hē monǭ hyparchei kai antikatēgoreitai tou pragmatos en tois horois, anankē to prōton genos hōs archēgon kai hypostaton [dei] paralambanein. en men oun tois makroterois horois to plēthos tōn eidōn tōn exeuriskomenōn dia tōn deka katēgoriōn, en de tois elachistois ta proēgoumena tōn prosechōn eidōn lēphthenta tēn ousian kai physin diasēmainei tou pragmatos, ho de elachistos ek triōn synestēken, tou genous kai dyein tōn anankaiotatōn eidōn. ginetai de touto dia syntomian. phamen oun, anthrōpos esti to zǭon logikon gelastikon. to te exairetōs symbebēkos tǭ horizomenǭ prosparalēpteon, ē tēn idian aretēn autou ē to idion ergon autou kai toioutōn tinōn allōn. exēgētikos oun ho horos ōn tēs tou pragmatos ousias perilabein men akribōs tēn physin tou pragmatos adynatei, dia de tōn kyriōtatōn eidōn tēn dēlōsin tēs ousias poieitai kai schedon en poiotēti ho horos tēn ousian echei.
The differentia too is added to definitions, holding the place of a sign for the definition. At any rate, when “capable of laughter” is added to the definition of man, it makes the whole: a rational, mortal, land-dwelling, walking animal, capable of laughter. For the things added to the definition by way of differentia are signs of the things proper to it, but do not indicate the nature of the things themselves. Indeed, they say that the differentia is the rendering of a property; and insofar as what has the differentia differs from all others, a differentia that belongs to it alone and is convertible with the thing in definitions, one must necessarily take the first genus as primary and subsisting. In the longer definitions, then, the multitude of species found through the ten categories is taken; in the shortest, the leading ones among the proximate species, taken together, signify the substance and nature of the thing; and the shortest consists of three, the genus and two of the most necessary species. This is done for brevity. We say, then: “Man is the rational animal capable of laughter.” And one must also take in what belongs peculiarly to the thing defined, either its own excellence or its own work, and some other such things. Definition, then, though it explains the substance of a thing, cannot comprehend the nature of the thing exactly, but it makes the substance plain through the most proper species; and definition holds the substance, as it were, in the manner of a quality.
Miscellanies 8, chapter 7
8.7.22Stählin 2
Τὰ ποιητικὰ τῆς ἐποχῆς αἴτια δύο ἐστὶν τὰ ἀνωτάτω, ἓν μὲν τὸ πολύτροπον καὶ ἄστατον τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης γνώμης. ὅπερ γεννητικὸν εἶναι πέφυκεν τῆς διαφωνίας ἤτοι τῆς ἀλλήλων πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἢ τῆς ἑαυτῶν πρὸς ἑαυτούς, δεύτερον δὲ ἡ ἐν τοῖς οὖσι διαφωνία, ἣ καὶ εἰκότως ἐμποιητικὴ καθέστηκε τῆς ἐποχῆς. μήτε γὰρ πάσαις ταῖς φαντασίαις πιστεύειν δυνηθέντες διὰ τὴν μάχην μήτε πάσαις ἀπιστεῖν διὰ τὸ καὶ τὴν λέγουσαν πάσας ἀπίστους ὑπάρχειν ἐξ ἁπασῶν οὖσαν συμπεριγράφεσθαι πάσαις μήτε τισὶ μὲν πιστεύειν, τισὶ δὲ ἀπιστεῖν διὰ τὴν ἰσότητα, κατήχθημεν εἰς ἐποχήν. τούτων δὲ αὐτῶν τῶν ἀρχικωτάτων τῆς ἐποχῆς τὸ μὲν ἀβέβαιον τῆς διανοίας γεννητικόν ἐστι διαφωνίας, ἡ δὲ διαφωνία προσεχὲς αἴτιον τῆς ἐποχῆς, ὅθεν πλήρης μὲν ὁ βίος δικαστηρίων τε καὶ βουλευτηρίων καὶ ἐκκλησιῶν καὶ καθόλου τῆς περὶ τὰ λεγόμενα ἀγαθὰ καὶ κακὰ αἱρέσεως καὶ φυγῆς, ἅπερ ἠπορημένης ἐστὶ διανοίας καὶ πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἀντικειμένων πραγμάτων ἰσοσθένειαν μετοκλαζούσης τεκμήρια. πλήρεις δʼ αἱ θῆκαι τῶν βιβλίων καὶ αἱ συντάξεις καὶ αἱ πραγματεῖαι τῶν διαφωνούντων ἐν τοῖς δόγμασι καὶ πεπεικότων ἑαυτοὺς τὴν ἐν τοῖς οὖσιν ἀλήθειαν γινώσκειν.
Ta poiētika tēs epochēs aitia dyo estin ta anōtatō, hen men to polytropon kai astaton tēs anthrōpinēs gnōmēs. hoper gennētikon einai pephyken tēs diaphōnias ētoi tēs allēlōn pros allēlous ē tēs heautōn pros heautous, deuteron de hē en tois ousi diaphōnia, hē kai eikotōs empoiētikē kathestēke tēs epochēs. mēte gar pasais tais phantasiais pisteuein dynēthentes dia tēn machēn mēte pasais apistein dia to kai tēn legousan pasas apistous hyparchein ex hapasōn ousan symperigraphesthai pasais mēte tisi men pisteuein, tisi de apistein dia tēn isotēta, katēchthēmen eis epochēn. toutōn de autōn tōn archikōtatōn tēs epochēs to men abebaion tēs dianoias gennētikon esti diaphōnias, hē de diaphōnia proseches aition tēs epochēs, hothen plērēs men ho bios dikastēriōn te kai bouleutēriōn kai ekklēsiōn kai katholou tēs peri ta legomena agatha kai kaka haireseōs kai phygēs, haper ēporēmenēs esti dianoias kai pros tēn tōn antikeimenōn pragmatōn isostheneian metoklazousēs tekmēria. plēreis dʼ hai thēkai tōn bibliōn kai hai syntaxeis kai hai pragmateiai tōn diaphōnountōn en tois dogmasi kai pepeikotōn heautous tēn en tois ousin alētheian ginōskein.
The causes that produce suspension of judgment are, at the highest level, two: one is the changeable and unstable character of human judgment, which by nature produces disagreement, whether of people with one another or of each with himself; the second is the disagreement in things, which reasonably is productive of suspension. For since we were able neither to trust all impressions, because of their conflict, nor to distrust them all, because the one that says all are untrustworthy, being one of them all, is included together with them all, nor to trust some and distrust others, because of their equality, we have been brought to suspension. Of these very chief causes of suspension, the instability of the mind produces disagreement, and disagreement is the proximate cause of suspension. Hence life is full of lawcourts and councils and assemblies, and in general of choosing and avoiding the things called good and bad, which are marks of a mind in perplexity and wavering before the equal force of opposing things. And the book-chests are full of the treatises and works of those who disagree in their doctrines and have persuaded themselves that they know the truth in things.
Miscellanies 8, chapter 8
8.8.23Stählin 2
Τρία ἐστὶ περὶ τὴν φωνήν· τά τε ὀνόματα σύμβολα ὄντα τῶν νοημάτων κατὰ τὸ προηγούμενον, κατʼ ἐπακολούθημα δὲ καὶ τῶν ὑποκειμένων. δεύτερον δὲ τὰ νοήματα ὁμοιώματα καὶ ἐκτυπώματα τῶν ὑποκειμένων ὄντα (ὅθεν ἅπασι καὶ τὰ νοήματα τὰ αὐτά ἐστι διὰ τὸ τὴν αὐτὴν ἀπὸ τῶν ὑποκειμένων ἅπασιν ἐγγίνεσθαι τύπωσιν. οὐκέτι δὲ καὶ τὰ ὀνόματα διὰ τὰς διαλέκτους τὰς διαφόρους)· τρίτον δὲ τὰ ὑποκείμενα πράγματα, ἀφʼ ὧν ἡμῖν τὰ νοήματα ἐντυποῦνται. τὰ μὲν οὖν ὀνόματα τῇ γραμματικῇ εἰς τὰ καθολικὰ στοιχεῖα κδʼ ἀνάγεται· ὡρισμένα γὰρ χρὴ εἶναι τὰ στοιχεῖα· τῶν γὰρ καθʼ ἕκαστα ἀπείρων ὄντων μὴ εἶναι ἐπιστήμην, ἴδιον δὲ ἐπιστήμης καθολικοῖς ἐπερείδεσθαι θεωρήμασι καὶ ὡρισμένοις. ὅθεν τὰ καθʼ ἕκαστα εἰς τὰ καθόλου ἀνάγεται. ἡ δὲ τῶν φιλοσόφων πραγματεία περὶ τε τὰ νοήματα καὶ τὰ ὑποκείμενα καταγίνεται. ἐπεὶ δὲ τούτων τὰ καθʼ ἕκαστα ἄπειρα, στοιχεῖά τινα καὶ τούτων εὑρέθη. ὑφʼ ἃ πᾶν τὸ ζητούμενον ὑπάγεται. καὶ εἰ μὲν φαίνοιτο ὑφʼ ἕν τι ὑποδεδυκὸς τῶν στοιχείων ἢ καὶ πλείω, ἀποφανούμεθα αὐτὸ εἶναι, εἰ δὲ πάντα διαφύγοι, μηδαμῇ εἶναι. τῶν λεγομένων τὰ μὲν μετὰ συμπλοκῆς λέγεται, ὡς τὸ »ἄνθρωπος τρέχει«, τὰ δὲ ἄνευ συμπλοκῆς λέγεται, ὡς τὸ »ἄνθρωπος« καὶ ὡς τὸ »τρέχει« καὶ ὅσα λόγον οὐκ ἀποτελεῖ οὐδὲ τἀληθὲς ἢ τὸ ψεῦδος ἔχει. τῶν δὲ μὴ μετὰ συμπλοκῆς λεγομένων τὰ μὲν οὐσίαν σημαίνει, τὰ δὲ ποιόν, τὰ δὲ ποσόν, τὰ δὲ πρός τι, τὰ δὲ ποῦ, τὰ δὲ ποτέ, τὰ δὲ κεῖσθαι, τὰ δὲ ἔχειν, τὰ δὲ ποιεῖν, τὰ δὲ πάσχειν, ἃ δὴ καὶ στοιχεῖα τῶν ὄντων φαμὲν τῶν ἐν ὕλῃ καὶ μετὰ τὰς ἀρχάς. ἔστι γὰρ λόγῳ θεωρητὰ ταῦτα, τὰ δὲ ἄυλα νῷ μόνῳ ληπτά ἐστι κατὰ τὴν πρώτην ἐπιβολήν.
Tria esti peri tēn phōnēn; ta te onomata symbola onta tōn noēmatōn kata to proēgoumenon, katʼ epakolouthēma de kai tōn hypokeimenōn. deuteron de ta noēmata homoiōmata kai ektypōmata tōn hypokeimenōn onta (hothen hapasi kai ta noēmata ta auta esti dia to tēn autēn apo tōn hypokeimenōn hapasin enginesthai typōsin. ouketi de kai ta onomata dia tas dialektous tas diaphorous); triton de ta hypokeimena pragmata, aphʼ hōn hēmin ta noēmata entypountai. ta men oun onomata tę̄ grammatikę̄ eis ta katholika stoicheia kdʼ anagetai; hōrismena gar chrē einai ta stoicheia; tōn gar kathʼ hekasta apeirōn ontōn mē einai epistēmēn, idion de epistēmēs katholikois epereidesthai theōrēmasi kai hōrismenois. hothen ta kathʼ hekasta eis ta katholou anagetai. hē de tōn philosophōn pragmateia peri te ta noēmata kai ta hypokeimena kataginetai. epei de toutōn ta kathʼ hekasta apeira, stoicheia tina kai toutōn heurethē. hyphʼ ha pan to zētoumenon hypagetai. kai ei men phainoito hyphʼ hen ti hypodedykos tōn stoicheiōn ē kai pleiō, apophanoumetha auto einai, ei de panta diaphygoi, mēdamę̄ einai. tōn legomenōn ta men meta symplokēs legetai, hōs to »anthrōpos trechei«, ta de aneu symplokēs legetai, hōs to »anthrōpos« kai hōs to »trechei« kai hosa logon ouk apotelei oude talēthes ē to pseudos echei. tōn de mē meta symplokēs legomenōn ta men ousian sēmainei, ta de poion, ta de poson, ta de pros ti, ta de pou, ta de pote, ta de keisthai, ta de echein, ta de poiein, ta de paschein, ha dē kai stoicheia tōn ontōn phamen tōn en hylę̄ kai meta tas archas. esti gar logǭ theōrēta tauta, ta de aula nǭ monǭ lēpta esti kata tēn prōtēn epibolēn.
There are three things involved in speech: names, which are symbols of thoughts primarily, and consequentially also of the underlying things; second, the thoughts, which are likenesses and impressions of the underlying things (hence the thoughts are the same for all, because the same impression from the underlying things arises in all; but not so the names, because of the different languages); and third, the underlying things, from which the thoughts are impressed on us. Names, then, are reduced by grammar to the twenty-four universal elements, the letters; for the elements must be definite, since there is no scientific knowledge of particulars, which are infinite, and it is proper to scientific knowledge to rest on universal and definite principles. Hence particulars are reduced to universals. The work of the philosophers is concerned with thoughts and underlying things; and since the particulars of these are infinite, certain elements of these too have been found, under which everything sought is brought. If it appears to fall under one of the elements, or several, we shall declare that it exists; if it escapes them all, that it does not exist at all. Of things said, some are said with combination, as “man runs,” others without combination, as “man” and “runs,” and whatever does not complete a statement nor has truth or falsehood. Of things said without combination, some signify substance, some quality, some quantity, some relation, some place, some time, some position, some having, some acting, some being acted upon; these we call the elements of the beings that are in matter and come after the first principles. For these can be observed by reason, but immaterial things are grasped by mind alone, by its first direct apprehension.
8.8.24Stählin 2
Τῶν δὲ ὑπὸ τὰς δέκα κατηγορίας ὑποτασσομένων τὰ μὲν καθʼ αὑτὰ λέγεται, ὡς αἱ ἐννέα κατηγορίαι, τὰ δὲ πρός τι. καὶ πάλιν τῶν ὑπὸ ταύτας τὰς δέκα κατηγορίας τὰ μέν ἐστι συνώνυμα, ὡς βοῦς καὶ ἄνθρωπος, καθὸ ζῷον· ἔστι γὰρ συνώνυμα ὧν τό τε ὄνομα ἀμφοῖν κοινόν, τὸ ζῷον, καὶ ὁ λόγος ὁ αὐτός, τουτέστιν ὁ ὅρος, [τουτέστιν] οὐσία ἔμψυχος· ἑτερώνυμα δὲ ὅσα περὶ τὸ αὐτὸ ὑποκείμενον ἐν διαφόροις ἐστὶν ὀνόμασιν, οἷον ἀνάβασις καὶ κατάβασις· ὁδὸς γὰρ ἡ αὐτή, ἤτοι εἰς τὸ ἄνω ἢ εἰς τὸ κάτω· τὸ δʼ ἄλλο εἶδος τῶν ἑτερωνύμων, οἷον ἵππος καὶ μέλας, καὶ ὄνομα καὶ λόγον ἕτερον ἀλλήλων ἔχοντα μηδὲ τοῦ ὑποκειμένου κοινωνοῦντα. ἕτερα δὴ λεκτέον, οὐχ ἑτερώνυμα. πολυώνυμα δὲ τὰ τὸν μὲν λόγον τὸν αὐτὸν ἔχοντα, ὄνομα δὲ διάφορον ὡς ἄορ, ξίφος, φάσγανον. παρώνυμα δʼ ἐστὶ τὰ παρά τι ἕτερον ὠνομασμένα, ὡς ἀπὸ τῆς ἀνδρείας ὁ ἀνδρεῖος. τὰ δὲ ὁμώνυμα τῷ αὐτῷ ὀνόματι χρώμενα, λόγον δὲ οὐ τὸν αὐτὸν ἔχοντα, οἷον ἄνθρωπος τό τε ζῷον καὶ γεγραμμένος. τῶν δὲ ὁμωνύμων τὰ μὲν ἀπὸ τύχης ὁμωνυμεῖ, ὡς Αἴας ὁ Λοκρὸς καὶ ὁ Σαλαμίνιος, τὰ δὲ ἀπὸ διανοίας, καὶ τούτων τὰ μὲν καθʼ ὁμοιότητα, ὡς ἄνθρωπος τό τε ζῷον καὶ ὁ γεγραμμένος, τὰ δὲ κατὰ ἀναλογίαν, ὡς »πόδες Ἴδης« καὶ οἱ ἡμέτεροι πόδες διὰ τὸ κατωτέρω εἶναι, τὰ δὲ κατʼ ἐνέργειαν, ὡς ποὺς πλοίου, διʼ οὗ τὸ πλοῖον πλεῖ, καὶ ποὺς ὁ ἡμέτερος, διʼ οὗ κινούμεθα. λέγεται ὁμώνυμα ἀπὸ τοῦ αὐτοῦ καὶ πρὸς τὸ αὐτό, ὡς [ἀπὸ] τοῦ ἰατροῦ τὸ βιβλίον καὶ τὸ σμιλίον ἰατρικὰ ἀπό τε τοῦ χρωμένου ἰατροῦ καὶ πρὸς τὸν αὐτὸν λόγον τὸν ἰατρικόν.
Tōn de hypo tas deka katēgorias hypotassomenōn ta men kathʼ hauta legetai, hōs hai ennea katēgoriai, ta de pros ti. kai palin tōn hypo tautas tas deka katēgorias ta men esti synōnyma, hōs bous kai anthrōpos, katho zǭon; esti gar synōnyma hōn to te onoma amphoin koinon, to zǭon, kai ho logos ho autos, toutestin ho horos, [toutestin] ousia empsychos; heterōnyma de hosa peri to auto hypokeimenon en diaphorois estin onomasin, hoion anabasis kai katabasis; hodos gar hē autē, ētoi eis to anō ē eis to katō; to dʼ allo eidos tōn heterōnymōn, hoion hippos kai melas, kai onoma kai logon heteron allēlōn echonta mēde tou hypokeimenou koinōnounta. hetera dē lekteon, ouch heterōnyma. polyōnyma de ta ton men logon ton auton echonta, onoma de diaphoron hōs aor, xiphos, phasganon. parōnyma dʼ esti ta para ti heteron ōnomasmena, hōs apo tēs andreias ho andreios. ta de homōnyma tǭ autǭ onomati chrōmena, logon de ou ton auton echonta, hoion anthrōpos to te zǭon kai gegrammenos. tōn de homōnymōn ta men apo tychēs homōnymei, hōs Aias ho Lokros kai ho Salaminios, ta de apo dianoias, kai toutōn ta men kathʼ homoiotēta, hōs anthrōpos to te zǭon kai ho gegrammenos, ta de kata analogian, hōs »podes Idēs« kai hoi hēmeteroi podes dia to katōterō einai, ta de katʼ energeian, hōs pous ploiou, diʼ hou to ploion plei, kai pous ho hēmeteros, diʼ hou kinoumetha. legetai homōnyma apo tou autou kai pros to auto, hōs [apo] tou iatrou to biblion kai to smilion iatrika apo te tou chrōmenou iatrou kai pros ton auton logon ton iatrikon.
Of the things ranged under the ten categories, some are said by themselves, as the nine categories, others in relation to something. And again, of the things under these ten categories, some are synonyms, as ox and man, insofar as each is an animal; for synonyms are those whose name is common to both, “animal,” and whose account is the same, that is, the definition, “ensouled substance.” Heteronyms are those that concern the same underlying thing under different names, for example ascent and descent: for the road is the same, whether upward or downward. The other kind of heteronyms is like horse and black, which have both a name and an account different from each other and do not share an underlying thing; these should be called different, not heteronyms. Polyonyms are those that have the same account but a different name, as ἄορ, ξίφος, φάσγανον (all words for “sword”). Paronyms are those named from something else, as the brave man from bravery. Homonyms use the same name but do not have the same account, as “man” for both the living creature and a painted one. Of homonyms, some are homonymous by chance, as Ajax the Locrian and Ajax of Salamis; others by design, and of these some by likeness, as “man” for both the living creature and the painted one; others by analogy, as “the feet of Ida” and our feet, because they are lower down; others by function, as the “foot” of a ship, by which the ship sails, and our foot, by which we move. Things are also called homonyms from the same thing and toward the same thing, as the physician's book and scalpel are called “medical,” both from the physician who uses them and with reference to the same medical account.
Miscellanies 8, chapter 9
8.9.25Stählin 2
Τῶν αἰτίων τὰ μὲν προκαταρκτικά, τὰ δὲ συνεκτικά, τὰ δὲ συνεργά, τὰ δὲ ὧν οὐκ ἄνευ. προκαταρκτικὰ μὲν τὰ πρώτως ἀφορμὴν παρεχόμενα εἰς τὸ γίγνεσθαί τι, καθάπερ τὸ κάλλος τοῖς ἀκολάστοις τοῦ ἔρωτος· ὀφθὲν γὰρ αὐτοῖς τὴν ἐρωτικὴν διάθεσιν ἐμποιεῖ μόνον, οὐ μὴν κατηναγκασμένως. συνεκτικὰ δὲ ἅπερ συνωνύμως καὶ αὐτοτελῆ καλεῖται, ἐπειδήπερ αὐτάρκως διʼ αὑτῶν ποιητικά ἐστι τοῦ ἀποτελέσματος. ἑξῆς δὲ πάντα τὰ αἴτια ἐπὶ τοῦ μανθάνοντος δεικτέον. ὁ μὲν πατὴρ αἴτιόν ἐστι προκαταρκτικὸν τῆς μαθήσεως, ὁ διδάσκαλος δὲ συνεκτικόν. ἡ δὲ τοῦ μανθάνοντος φύσις συνεργὸν αἴτιον, ὁ δὲ χρόνος τῶν ὧν οὐκ ἄνευ λόγον ἐπέχει. Αἴτιον δὲ κυρίως λέγεται τὸ παρεκτικόν τινος ἐνεργητικῶς, ἐπεὶ καὶ τὸν σίδηρον τμητικόν φαμεν εἶναι οὐ μόνον ἐν τῷ τέμνειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν τῷ μὴ τέμνειν· οὕτως οὖν καὶ τὸ παρεκτικὸν ἄμφω σημαίνει καὶ τὸ ἤδη ἐνεργοῦν καὶ τὸ μηδέπω μέν, δυνάμει δὲ κεχρημένον τοῦ ἐνεργῆσαι.
Tōn aitiōn ta men prokatarktika, ta de synektika, ta de synerga, ta de hōn ouk aneu. prokatarktika men ta prōtōs aphormēn parechomena eis to gignesthai ti, kathaper to kallos tois akolastois tou erōtos; ophthen gar autois tēn erōtikēn diathesin empoiei monon, ou mēn katēnankasmenōs. synektika de haper synōnymōs kai autotelē kaleitai, epeidēper autarkōs diʼ hautōn poiētika esti tou apotelesmatos. hexēs de panta ta aitia epi tou manthanontos deikteon. ho men patēr aition esti prokatarktikon tēs mathēseōs, ho didaskalos de synektikon. hē de tou manthanontos physis synergon aition, ho de chronos tōn hōn ouk aneu logon epechei. Aition de kyriōs legetai to parektikon tinos energētikōs, epei kai ton sidēron tmētikon phamen einai ou monon en tǭ temnein, alla kai en tǭ mē temnein; houtōs oun kai to parektikon amphō sēmainei kai to ēdē energoun kai to mēdepō men, dynamei de kechrēmenon tou energēsai.
Of causes, some are initiating, some sustaining, some cooperating, and some are those without which a thing does not happen. Initiating causes are those that first give the occasion for something to come about, as beauty is of love for the licentious; for when seen, it merely produces the amorous disposition in them, but not of necessity. Sustaining causes are those also called, synonymously, self-sufficient, since they are sufficiently productive of the effect by themselves. All the causes should be shown in order in the case of a learner. The father is the initiating cause of learning, the teacher the sustaining cause, the learner's nature the cooperating cause, and time holds the place of the cause without which it does not happen. Cause, in the proper sense, is said of what is productive of something actively; for we say that iron is capable of cutting not only while it cuts but also when it does not cut. So then “productive” signifies both: what is already active, and what is not yet active but possesses the power to act.
8.9.26Stählin 2
Οἳ μὲν οὖν σωμάτων, οἳ δʼ ἀσωμάτων φασὶν εἶναι τὰ αἴτια· οἳ δὲ τὸ μὲν σῶμα κυρίως αἴτιόν φασι, τὸ δὲ ἀσώματον καταχρηστικῶς καὶ οἷον αἰτιωδῶς· ἄλλοι δʼ ἔμπαλιν ἀναστρέφουσι, τὰ μὲν ἀσώματα κυρίως αἴτια λέγοντες, καταχρηστικῶς δὲ τὰ σώματα, οἷον τὴν τομὴν ἐνέργειαν οὖσαν ἀσώματον εἶναι καὶ αἰτίαν εἶναι τοῦ τέμνειν, ἐνεργείας οὔσης καὶ ἀσωμάτου, καὶ τοῦ τέμνεσθαι ὁμοίως τῇ τε μαχαίρᾳ καὶ τῷ τεμνομένῳ σώμασιν οὖσιν. Τὸ ›τινῶν ἐστιν αἴτιον‹ λέγεται τριχῶς, τὸ μὲν ὅ ἐστιν αἴτιον. οἷον ὁ ἀνδριαντοποιός, τὸ δὲ οὗ ἐστιν αἴτιον, οἷον τοῦ γίνεσθαι τὸν ἀνδριάντα, τὸ δὲ ᾧ ἐστιν αἴτιον, ὥσπερ τῇ ὕλῃ· τῷ χαλκῷ γὰρ αἴτιός ἐστι τοῦ γίνεσθαι τὸν ἀνδριάντα. τὸ γίνεσθαι οὖν καὶ τὸ τέμνεσθαι, τὰ οὗ ἐστιν αἴτιον, ἐνέργειαι οὖσαι ἀσώματοί εἰσιν. Εἰς ὃν λόγον κατηγορημάτων ἤ, ὥς τινες, λεκτῶν (λεκτὰ γὰρ τὰ κατηγορήματα καλοῦσιν Κλεάνθης καὶ Ἀρχέδημος) αἴτια τὰ αἴτια· ἤ, ὅπερ καὶ μᾶλλον, τὰ μὲν κατηγορημάτων αἴτια λεχθήσεται, οἷον τοῦ ›τέμνεται‹, οὗ πτῶσις τὸ τέμνεσθαι, τὰ δʼ ἀξιωμάτων, ὡς τοῦ ›ναῦς γίνεται‹, οὗ πάλιν [ἡ] πτῶσίς ἐστι τὸ ναῦν γίνεσθαι· Ἀριστοτέλης δὲ προσηγοριῶν, οἷον τῶν τοιούτων, οἰκίας, νεώς, καύσεως, τομῆς. ἡ πτῶσις δὲ ἀσώματος εἶναι ὁμολογεῖται· διὸ καὶ τὸ σόφισμα ἐκεῖνο οὕτως λύεται· ›ὃ λέγεις, διέρχεταί σου διὰ τοῦ στόματος‹, ὅπερ ἀληθές, ›οἰκίαν δὲ λέγεις, οἰκία ἄρα διὰ τοῦ στόματός σου διέρχεται‹, ὅπερ ψεῦδος· οὐδὲ γὰρ τὴν οἰκίαν λέγομεν σῶμα οὖσαν, ἀλλὰ τὴν πτῶσιν ἀσώματον οὖσαν, ἧς οἰκία τυγχάνει.
Hoi men oun sōmatōn, hoi dʼ asōmatōn phasin einai ta aitia; hoi de to men sōma kyriōs aition phasi, to de asōmaton katachrēstikōs kai hoion aitiōdōs; alloi dʼ empalin anastrephousi, ta men asōmata kyriōs aitia legontes, katachrēstikōs de ta sōmata, hoion tēn tomēn energeian ousan asōmaton einai kai aitian einai tou temnein, energeias ousēs kai asōmatou, kai tou temnesthai homoiōs tę̄ te machairą kai tǭ temnomenǭ sōmasin ousin. To ›tinōn estin aition‹ legetai trichōs, to men ho estin aition. hoion ho andriantopoios, to de hou estin aition, hoion tou ginesthai ton andrianta, to de hǭ estin aition, hōsper tę̄ hylę̄; tǭ chalkǭ gar aitios esti tou ginesthai ton andrianta. to ginesthai oun kai to temnesthai, ta hou estin aition, energeiai ousai asōmatoi eisin. Eis hon logon katēgorēmatōn ē, hōs tines, lektōn (lekta gar ta katēgorēmata kalousin Kleanthēs kai Archedēmos) aitia ta aitia; ē, hoper kai mallon, ta men katēgorēmatōn aitia lechthēsetai, hoion tou ›temnetai‹, hou ptōsis to temnesthai, ta dʼ axiōmatōn, hōs tou ›naus ginetai‹, hou palin [hē] ptōsis esti to naun ginesthai; Aristotelēs de prosēgoriōn, hoion tōn toioutōn, oikias, neōs, kauseōs, tomēs. hē ptōsis de asōmatos einai homologeitai; dio kai to sophisma ekeino houtōs lyetai; ›ho legeis, dierchetai sou dia tou stomatos‹, hoper alēthes, ›oikian de legeis, oikia ara dia tou stomatos sou dierchetai‹, hoper pseudos; oude gar tēn oikian legomen sōma ousan, alla tēn ptōsin asōmaton ousan, hēs oikia tynchanei.
Some say that causes are of bodies, others of incorporeal things; some say that the body is a cause in the proper sense and the incorporeal by extension and in a quasi-causal way; others turn it around, saying that incorporeal things are causes in the proper sense and bodies by extension: for example, that the cut, being an activity, is incorporeal and is the cause of cutting, which is an activity and incorporeal, and likewise of being cut, for both the knife and what is cut, which are bodies. “Of what things it is a cause” is said in three ways: that which is the cause, as the sculptor; that of which it is the cause, as of the statue's coming to be; and that for which it is the cause, as for the matter, for the sculptor is cause for the bronze of the statue's coming to be. Coming to be and being cut, then, the things of which it is a cause, are incorporeal, since they are activities. On this account causes are causes of predicates, or, as some say, of sayables (for Cleanthes and Archedemus call predicates sayables); or rather, and this is better, some will be called causes of predicates, for example of “is cut,” whose case is “being cut,” and others of propositions, as of “a ship comes to be,” whose case again is “a ship's coming to be”; but Aristotle says causes are of appellatives, such as house, ship, burning, cutting. The case is agreed to be incorporeal. Hence that sophism too is solved in this way: “What you say passes through your mouth,” which is true; “but you say ‘house’; therefore a house passes through your mouth,” which is false. For we do not say the house, which is a body, but the case, which is incorporeal, of which the house is the bearer.
8.9.27Stählin 2
Καὶ τὸν οἰκοδόμον οἰκοδομεὶν λέγομεν κατὰ τὴν ἐπὶ τὸ γενησόμενον ἀναφοράν. οὕτως φαμὲν χλαμύδα ὑφαίνεσθαι **· τὸ γὰρ ποιοῦν ἐνεργείας δηλωτικὸν ὑπάρχει. οὐκ ἔστι δὲ ἑτέρου μὲν τὸ ποιοῦν, ἑτέρου δὲ τὸ αἴτιον, ἀλλὰ ταὐτοῦ [τῆς χλαμύδος καὶ τῆς οἰκίας]· καθʼ ὃ γὰρ αἴτιος τοῦ γίνεσθαι, κατὰ τοῦτο καὶ ποιητικός ἐστι τοῦ γίνεσθαι. τὸ [δὲ] αὐτὸ ἄρα αἴτιον καὶ ποιητικόν [καὶ διʼ ὅ]. καὶ εἰ μέν τί ἐστιν αἴτιον καὶ ποιητικόν, τοῦτο πάντως ἐστὶ καὶ διʼ ὅ, εἰ δέ τί ἐστι διʼ ὅ, οὐ πάντως τοῦτο καὶ αἴτιον. πολλὰ γοῦν ἐφʼ ἓν ἀποτέλεσμα συντρέχει, διʼ ἃ γίνεται τὸ τέλος, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἔστι πάντα αἴτια. οὐ γὰρ ἂν ἐτεκνοκτόνησεν Μήδεια, εἰ μὴ ὠργίσθη, οὐδʼ ἂν ὠργίσθη. εἰ μὴ ἐζήλωσεν, οὐδὲ τοῦτο, εἰ μὴ ἠράσθη, οὐδὲ τοῦτο, εἰ μὴ Ἰάσων ἔπλευσεν εἰς Κόλχους, οὐδὲ τοῦτο, εἰ μὴ Ἀργὼ κατεσκευάσθη. οὐδὲ τοῦτο, εἰ μὴ τὰ ξύλα ἐκ τοῦ Πηλίου ἐτμήθη. ἐν τούτοις γὰρ ἅπασιν τοῦ ›διʼ ὃ‹ τυγχάνοντος οὐ πάντα τῆς τεκνοκτονίας αἴτια τυγχάνει, μόνη δὲ ἡ Μήδεια. [Διὸ] τὸ μὴ κωλῦον ἀνενέργητόν ἐστιν, διὸ οὐκ ἔστιν αἴτιον τὸ μὴ κωλῦον, ἀλλὰ τὸ κωλῦον. ἐν γὰρ τῷ ἐνεργεῖν καὶ δρᾶν τι τὸ αἴτιον νοεῖται.
Kai ton oikodomon oikodomein legomen kata tēn epi to genēsomenon anaphoran. houtōs phamen chlamyda hyphainesthai **; to gar poioun energeias dēlōtikon hyparchei. ouk esti de heterou men to poioun, heterou de to aition, alla tautou [tēs chlamydos kai tēs oikias]; kathʼ ho gar aitios tou ginesthai, kata touto kai poiētikos esti tou ginesthai. to [de] auto ara aition kai poiētikon [kai diʼ ho]. kai ei men ti estin aition kai poiētikon, touto pantōs esti kai diʼ ho, ei de ti esti diʼ ho, ou pantōs touto kai aition. polla goun ephʼ hen apotelesma syntrechei, diʼ ha ginetai to telos, allʼ ouk esti panta aitia. ou gar an eteknoktonēsen Mēdeia, ei mē ōrgisthē, oudʼ an ōrgisthē. ei mē ezēlōsen, oude touto, ei mē ērasthē, oude touto, ei mē Iasōn epleusen eis Kolchous, oude touto, ei mē Argō kateskeuasthē. oude touto, ei mē ta xyla ek tou Pēliou etmēthē. en toutois gar hapasin tou ›diʼ ho‹ tynchanontos ou panta tēs teknoktonias aitia tynchanei, monē de hē Mēdeia. [Dio] to mē kōlyon anenergēton estin, dio ouk estin aition to mē kōlyon, alla to kōlyon. en gar tǭ energein kai dran ti to aition noeitai.
And we say that the builder builds, with reference to what will come to be. So we say that a cloak is being woven … ; for “making” indicates activity. The maker and the cause are not of different things, but of the same; for insofar as he is the cause of coming to be, in that respect he is also productive of coming to be. The cause and the productive, then, are the same. And if something is a cause and productive, it is certainly also that through which; but if something is that through which, it is not certainly also a cause. Many things, at any rate, concur toward one effect, and through them the end comes about, but not all are causes. For Medea would not have killed her children if she had not been angry, nor been angry if she had not been jealous, nor this if she had not loved, nor this if Jason had not sailed to Colchis, nor this if the Argo had not been built, nor this if the timbers had not been cut from Pelion. In all these, though each is a “that through which,” not all are causes of the killing of the children, but only Medea. What does not hinder is inactive; therefore what does not hinder is not a cause, but what hinders is. For the cause is understood in acting and doing something.
8.9.28Stählin 2
ἔτι τὸ μὴ κωλῦον κεχώρισται τοῦ γινομένου (διὰ τοῦτο γοῦν ἐπιτελεῖται, ὅτι τὸ δυνάμενον κωλύειν οὐ πάρεστιν), τὸ δὲ αἴτιον πρὸς τὸ γινόμενον· οὐκ ἂν οὖν εἴη αἴτιον τὸ μὴ κωλῦον. Τετραχῶς τὸ αἴτιον λέγεται τὸ ποιοῦν ὡς ὁ ἀνδριαντοποιός. καὶ ἡ ὕλη ὡς ὁ χαλκός, καὶ τὸ εἶδος ὡς ὁ χαρακτήρ, καὶ τὸ τέλος ὡς ἡ τιμὴ τοῦ γυμνασιάρχου. τῶν ὧν οὐκ ἄνευ λόγον ὁ χαλκὸς ἐπέχει πρὸς τὸ γενέσθαι τὸν ἀνδριάντα καὶ ὁμοίως ἐστὶν αἴτιον. πᾶν γὰρ οὗ χωρὶς οὐκ ἐνδεχόμενον γενέσθαι τὸ ἀποτέλεσμα, κατὰ ἀνάγκην ἐστὶν αἴτιον, αἴτιον δὲ οὐχ ἁπλῶς. οὐ γάρ ἐστι συνεκτικὸν τὸ οὗ μὴ ἄνευ. συνεργὸν δέ. πᾶν τὸ ἐνεργοῦν παρέχει τὸ ἀποτέλεσμα μετʼ ἐπιτηδειότητος τοῦ πάσχοντος· διατίθησι μὲν γὰρ τὸ αἴτιον, πάσχει δὲ ἕκαστον εἰς ὃ πέφυκέν τι. παρεκτικῆς τῆς ἐπιτηδειότητος οὔσης καὶ τῶν ὧν οὐκ ἄνευ λόγον ἐπεχούσης. ἄπρακτον οὖν τὸ αἴτιον ἄνευ τῆς ἐπιτηδειότητος, οὐκ ἔστιν δὲ αἰτία, ἀλλὰ συνεργός, ἐπεὶ πᾶν αἴτιον ἐν τῷ δρᾶν νοεῖται. αὑτὴν δὲ οὐκ ἂν ποιοίη ἡ γῆ. ὥστε οὐδὲ αἰτία ἂν εἴη ἑαυτῆς. καταγέλαστον δὲ τὸ λέγειν μὴ τὸ πῦρ αἴτιον τῆς καύσεως, ἀλλὰ τὰ ξύλα, μηδὲ τὴν μάχαιραν τῆς τομῆς, ἀλλὰ τὴν σάρκα. μηδὲ τοῦ καταπαλαισθῆναι τὸν ἀθλητὴν τὴν ἰσχὺν τοῦ ἀντιπάλου, τὴν ἑαυτοῦ δὲ ἀσθένειαν. Τὸ συνεκτικὸν αἴτιον οὐ δεῖται χρόνου· τὸ γὰρ καυτήριον ἅμα τῷ κατὰ τῆς σαρκὸς ἐπερεισθῆναι τὴν ἀλγηδόνα παρέχει. τῶν προκαταρκτικῶν τὰ μὲν χρόνου δεῖται, ἄχρις ἂν γένηται τὸ ἀποτέλεσμα, τὰ δὲ οὐ δεῖται, ὡς ἡ πτῶσις τοῦ κατάγματος. μή τι οὖν οὐ κατὰ στέρησιν χρόνου ἄχρονα λέγεται ταῦτα, ἀλλὰ κατὰ μείωσιν, ὡς καὶ τὸ ἐξαίφνης, μηδὲ αὐτὸ χωρὶς χρόνου γενόμενον.
eti to mē kōlyon kechōristai tou ginomenou (dia touto goun epiteleitai, hoti to dynamenon kōlyein ou parestin), to de aition pros to ginomenon; ouk an oun eiē aition to mē kōlyon. Tetrachōs to aition legetai to poioun hōs ho andriantopoios. kai hē hylē hōs ho chalkos, kai to eidos hōs ho charaktēr, kai to telos hōs hē timē tou gymnasiarchou. tōn hōn ouk aneu logon ho chalkos epechei pros to genesthai ton andrianta kai homoiōs estin aition. pan gar hou chōris ouk endechomenon genesthai to apotelesma, kata anankēn estin aition, aition de ouch haplōs. ou gar esti synektikon to hou mē aneu. synergon de. pan to energoun parechei to apotelesma metʼ epitēdeiotētos tou paschontos; diatithēsi men gar to aition, paschei de hekaston eis ho pephyken ti. parektikēs tēs epitēdeiotētos ousēs kai tōn hōn ouk aneu logon epechousēs. aprakton oun to aition aneu tēs epitēdeiotētos, ouk estin de aitia, alla synergos, epei pan aition en tǭ dran noeitai. hautēn de ouk an poioiē hē gē. hōste oude aitia an eiē heautēs. katagelaston de to legein mē to pyr aition tēs kauseōs, alla ta xyla, mēde tēn machairan tēs tomēs, alla tēn sarka. mēde tou katapalaisthēnai ton athlētēn tēn ischyn tou antipalou, tēn heautou de astheneian. To synektikon aition ou deitai chronou; to gar kautērion hama tǭ kata tēs sarkos epereisthēnai tēn algēdona parechei. tōn prokatarktikōn ta men chronou deitai, achris an genētai to apotelesma, ta de ou deitai, hōs hē ptōsis tou katagmatos. mē ti oun ou kata sterēsin chronou achrona legetai tauta, alla kata meiōsin, hōs kai to exaiphnēs, mēde auto chōris chronou genomenon.
Further, what does not hinder is separate from what comes about (it is accomplished precisely because what could hinder is not present), whereas the cause is related to what comes about; so what does not hinder would not be a cause. Cause is spoken of in four ways: the maker, as the sculptor; the matter, as the bronze; the form, as the shape; and the end, as the honor of the gymnasiarch. The bronze holds the place of a cause without which the statue does not come to be, and is likewise a cause. For everything without which the effect cannot come about is a cause of necessity, but not a cause simply; for the cause without which a thing does not happen is not sustaining, but cooperating. Everything active produces the effect together with the suitability of what is acted upon; for the cause disposes, and each thing is affected in the way it is naturally fitted to be. The suitability is productive, and holds the place of the cause without which a thing does not happen. The cause, then, is ineffective without suitability; yet suitability is not a cause, but cooperating, since every cause is understood in acting. And the earth would not make itself, so that it would not be its own cause either. It is ridiculous to say that not the fire is the cause of burning but the wood, nor the knife of cutting but the flesh, nor the opponent's strength of the athlete's being thrown but his own weakness. The sustaining cause does not need time; for the cautery produces pain at the moment it is pressed on the flesh. Of initiating causes, some need time until the effect comes about, others do not, as a fall for a fracture. Perhaps, then, these are called timeless not by privation of time but by its reduction, as with “suddenly,” which too does not come about without time.
8.9.29Stählin 2
Πᾶν αἴτιον ὡς αἴτιον διπλῇ διανοίᾳ ληπτὸν τυγχάνει. ἐπεὶ τινὸς καὶ πρός τινι νοεῖται, τινὸς μέν, τοῦ ἀποτελέσματος, καθάπερ ἡ μάχαιρα τοῦ τέμνειν, πρός τινι δέ. [καθάπερ] τῷ ἐπιτηδείως ἔχοντι, καθάπερ τὸ πῦρ τῷ ξύλῳ· τὸν ἀδάμαντα γὰρ οὐ καύσει. τὸ αἴτιον τῶν πρός τι· κατὰ γὰρ τὴν πρὸς ἕτερον νοεῖται σχέσιν, ὥστε δυεῖν ἐπιβάλλομεν, ἵνα τὸ αἴτιον ὡς αἴτιον νοήσωμεν. Ὁ αὐτὸς καὶ περὶ τοῦ δημιουργοῦ καὶ ποιητοῦ λόγος καὶ πατρός. οὐκ ἔστιν αὐτό τι ἑαυτοῦ αἴτιον οὐδὲ ἑαυτοῦ τις πατήρ, ἐπεὶ τὸ πρῶτον γενήσεται δεύτερον· τό γε μὴν αἴτιον ἐνεργεῖ καὶ διατίθησι, τὸ ὑπὸ τοῦ αἰτίου γενόμενον πάσχει καὶ διατίθεται. οὐ δύναται δὲ τὸ αὐτὸ πρὸς ἑαυτὸ λαμβανόμενον ἐνεργεῖν ἅμα καὶ διατίθεσθαι. οὐδὲ υἱὸς εἶναι καὶ πατήρ. καὶ ἄλλως τὸ αἴτιον τοῦ ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ γινομένου προχρονεῖ κατὰ τὴν οὐσίαν, ὡς ἡ μάχαιρα τῆς τομῆς. οὐ δύναται δὲ τὸ αὐτὸ κατὰ τὸ αὐτὸ καὶ προχρονεῖν τῇ ὕλῃ. καθὸ αἴτιόν ἐστιν, ἅμα καὶ ὑστερεῖν καὶ ὑστεροχρονεῖν, καθὸ τῆς αἰτίας ἐστὶν ἔργον. διαφέρει τε τὸ εἶναι τοῦ γίνεσθαι· οὕτως καὶ αἴτιον μὲν τοῦ γινομένου, πατὴρ δὲ υἱοῦ. οὐκ ἐνδέχεται γὰρ τὸ αὐτὸ κατὰ τὸ αὐτὸ καὶ εἶναι ἅμα καὶ γίνεσθαι. οὐθὲν οὖν ἐστιν ἑαυτοῦ αἴτιον.
Pan aition hōs aition diplę̄ dianoią lēpton tynchanei. epei tinos kai pros tini noeitai, tinos men, tou apotelesmatos, kathaper hē machaira tou temnein, pros tini de. [kathaper] tǭ epitēdeiōs echonti, kathaper to pyr tǭ xylǭ; ton adamanta gar ou kausei. to aition tōn pros ti; kata gar tēn pros heteron noeitai schesin, hōste dyein epiballomen, hina to aition hōs aition noēsōmen. Ho autos kai peri tou dēmiourgou kai poiētou logos kai patros. ouk estin auto ti heautou aition oude heautou tis patēr, epei to prōton genēsetai deuteron; to ge mēn aition energei kai diatithēsi, to hypo tou aitiou genomenon paschei kai diatithetai. ou dynatai de to auto pros heauto lambanomenon energein hama kai diatithesthai. oude huios einai kai patēr. kai allōs to aition tou hypʼ autou ginomenou prochronei kata tēn ousian, hōs hē machaira tēs tomēs. ou dynatai de to auto kata to auto kai prochronein tę̄ hylę̄. katho aition estin, hama kai hysterein kai hysterochronein, katho tēs aitias estin ergon. diapherei te to einai tou ginesthai; houtōs kai aition men tou ginomenou, patēr de huiou. ouk endechetai gar to auto kata to auto kai einai hama kai ginesthai. outhen oun estin heautou aition.
Every cause, as a cause, is to be grasped by a twofold thought, since it is understood as “of something” and “in relation to something”: of something, namely the effect, as the knife is of cutting; in relation to something, namely what is suitably disposed, as fire is in relation to wood, for it will not burn adamant. The cause is among relatives, for it is understood by its relation to something else, so that we direct our minds to two things in order to understand the cause as a cause. The same account holds of the maker, the creator, and the father. Nothing is its own cause, nor is anyone his own father, since the first would become second. The cause acts and disposes; what comes about by the cause is acted upon and disposed. The same thing, taken in relation to itself, cannot at once act and be disposed, nor be son and father. And besides, the cause precedes in time, in respect of its being, what comes about by it, as the knife precedes the cutting. The same thing cannot in the same respect both precede in time in respect of matter, insofar as it is a cause, and at the same time come after and be later in time, insofar as it is the work of the cause. Being also differs from becoming; so too the cause is cause of what comes to be, and the father is father of a son. For it is not possible for the same thing, in the same respect, both to be and to become at once. Nothing, then, is its own cause.
8.9.30Stählin 2
Ἀλλήλων οὐκ ἔστι τὰ αἴτια, ἀλλήλοις δὲ αἴτια. ἡ γὰρ σπληνικὴ διάθεσις προϋποκειμένη οὐ πυρετοῦ αἴτιος. ἀλλὰ τοῦ γίνεσθαι τὸν πυρετόν· καὶ ὁ πυρετὸς προϋποκείμενος οὐ σπληνός, ἀλλὰ τοῦ αὔξεσθαι τὴν διάθεσιν. οὕτως καὶ αἱ ἀρεταὶ ἀλλήλαις αἴτιαι τοῦ μὴ χωρίζεσθαι διὰ τὴν ἀντακολουθίαν, καὶ οἱ ἐπὶ τῆς ψαλίδος λίθοι ἀλλήλοις εἰσὶν αἴτιοι τοῦ μένειν κατηγορήματος, ἀλλήλων δὲ οὐκ εἰσὶν αἴτιοι, καὶ ὁ διδάσκαλος δὲ καὶ ὁ μανθάνων ἀλλήλοις εἰσὶν αἴτιοι τοῦ προκόπτειν κατηγορήματος. λέγεται δὲ ἀλλήλοις αἴτια ποτὲ μὲν τῶν αὐτῶν, ὡς ὁ ἔμπορος καὶ ὁ κάπηλος ἀλλήλοις εἰσὶν αἴτιοι τοῦ κερδαίνειν, ποτὲ δὲ ἄλλου καὶ ἄλλου, καθάπερ ἡ μάχαιρα καὶ ἡ σάρξ· ἣ μὲν γὰρ τῇ σαρκὶ τοῦ τέμνεσθαι, ἡ σὰρξ δὲ τῇ μαχαίρᾳ τοῦ τέμνειν. Τὸ »ὀφθαλμὸν ἀντὶ ὀφθαλμοῦ« καὶ »ψυχὴν ἀντὶ ψυχῆς«. Ὁ μὲν γὰρ πλήξας τινὰ θανασίμως αἴτιός ἐστιν αὐτῷ τοῦ θανάτου ἢ τοῦ γίνεσθαι τὸν θάνατον, ἀντιπληγεὶς δὲ ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ θανασίμως ἔσχεν αὐτὸν ἀνταίτιον, οὐ καθὸ ἐγένετο αὐτῷ αἴτιος, καθʼ ἕτερον δέ. αἴτιος μὲν γὰρ αὐτῷ θανάτου ἐγένετο, οὐχ ὁ θάνατος δὲ τούτῳ πάλιν τὴν θανασίμην ἀντεπέθηκεν πληγήν, ἀλλʼ αὐτὸς ὁ τρωθείς, ὥστʼ ἄλλου μὲν αὐτὸς γέγονεν αἴτιος. ἄλλον δὲ ἔσχεν αἴτιον. καὶ ὁ ἀδικήσας ἄλλῳ μὲν αἴτιος καθίσταται τοῦ ἀδικηθέντος, ὁ δὲ ἀντιτιμωρεῖσθαι κελεύων νόμος οὐκ ἀδικήματος, ἀλλὰ τῷ μὲν ἐκδικίας, τῷ δὲ παιδείας. ὥστε οὐκ ἀλλήλων τὰ αἴτια ὡς αἴτια, ἀλλήλοις δέ ἐστιν αἴτια.
Allēlōn ouk esti ta aitia, allēlois de aitia. hē gar splēnikē diathesis proÿpokeimenē ou pyretou aitios. alla tou ginesthai ton pyreton; kai ho pyretos proÿpokeimenos ou splēnos, alla tou auxesthai tēn diathesin. houtōs kai hai aretai allēlais aitiai tou mē chōrizesthai dia tēn antakolouthian, kai hoi epi tēs psalidos lithoi allēlois eisin aitioi tou menein katēgorēmatos, allēlōn de ouk eisin aitioi, kai ho didaskalos de kai ho manthanōn allēlois eisin aitioi tou prokoptein katēgorēmatos. legetai de allēlois aitia pote men tōn autōn, hōs ho emporos kai ho kapēlos allēlois eisin aitioi tou kerdainein, pote de allou kai allou, kathaper hē machaira kai hē sarx; hē men gar tę̄ sarki tou temnesthai, hē sarx de tę̄ machairą tou temnein. To »ophthalmon anti ophthalmou« kai »psychēn anti psychēs«. Ho men gar plēxas tina thanasimōs aitios estin autǭ tou thanatou ē tou ginesthai ton thanaton, antiplēgeis de hypʼ autou thanasimōs eschen auton antaition, ou katho egeneto autǭ aitios, kathʼ heteron de. aitios men gar autǭ thanatou egeneto, ouch ho thanatos de toutǭ palin tēn thanasimēn antepethēken plēgēn, allʼ autos ho trōtheis, hōstʼ allou men autos gegonen aitios. allon de eschen aition. kai ho adikēsas allǭ men aitios kathistatai tou adikēthentos, ho de antitimōreisthai keleuōn nomos ouk adikēmatos, alla tǭ men ekdikias, tǭ de paideias. hōste ouk allēlōn ta aitia hōs aitia, allēlois de estin aitia.
Causes are not causes of one another, but causes to one another. For a pre-existing condition of the spleen is not the cause of fever, but of the fever's coming about; and a pre-existing fever is not the cause of the spleen, but of the condition's increasing. So also the virtues are causes to one another of not being separated, because they imply one another; and the stones in an arch are causes to one another of the predicate “remaining in place,” but are not causes of one another; and the teacher and the learner are causes to one another of the predicate “making progress.” Things are said to be causes to one another sometimes of the same thing, as the merchant and the retailer are causes to one another of making a profit, and sometimes of different things, as the knife and the flesh: the one is cause to the flesh of being cut, the flesh to the knife of cutting. “Eye for eye” and “life for life.” For one who has struck another a mortal blow is the cause to him of death, or of death's coming about; and being struck back mortally by him, he has him as a cause in return, not in the respect in which he became a cause to him, but in another. For he became a cause of death to him; but it was not the death that in turn inflicted the mortal blow on him, but the wounded man himself; so that he became the cause of one thing and had another as his cause. And the one who has done wrong becomes the cause to another of being wronged; but the law that commands retaliation is not the cause of a wrong, but of vengeance for the one, and of correction for the other. So causes are not causes of one another as causes, but they are causes to one another.
8.9.31Stählin 2
Ἔτι ζητεῖται εἰ πολλὰ κατὰ σύνοδον ἑνὸς αἴτια γίνεται αἴτια πολλά. οἱ γὰρ ἄνθρωποι οἱ συνελθόντες αἴτιοί εἰσι τοῦ καθέλκεσθαι τὴν ναῦν· ἀλλʼ οὐχ ἕκαστος κατʼ ἰδίαν αἴτιος, ἀλλὰ σὺν τοῖς ἄλλοις, εἰ μή τι καὶ τὸ συναίτιον αἴτιον. ἄλλοι δέ φασιν, εἰ πολλὰ αἴτια, κατʼ ἰδίαν ἕκαστον ἑνὸς αἴτιον γίνεται. τοῦ γοῦν εὐδαιμονεῖν ἑνὸς ὄντος αἴτιαι τυγχάνουσιν αἱ ἀρεταὶ πολλαὶ οὖσαι, καὶ τοῦ θερμαίνεσθαι καὶ τοῦ ἀλγεῖν ὁμοίως πολλὰ τὰ αἴτια. μή τι οὖν αἱ πολλαὶ ἀρεταὶ μία ἐστὶ κατὰ δύναμιν καὶ τὰ θερμαίνοντα καὶ τὰ ἀλγύνοντα. καὶ τὸ πλῆθος δὲ τῶν ἀρετῶν κατὰ γένος ἓν τυγχάνον ἑνὸς αἴτιον γίνεται τοῦ εὐδαιμονεῖν. τῷ ὄντι δὲ προκαταρκτικὰ μὲν αἴτια ἑνὸς γίνεται πλείονα κατὰ γένος καὶ κατʼ εἶδος, καὶ κατὰ γένος μὲν τοῦ νοσεῖν ὁπωσοῦν, οἷον ψῦξις, ἔγκαυσις, κόπος, ἀπεψία, μέθη, κατʼ εἶδος δὲ τοῦ πυρετοῦ. τὰ δὲ συνεκτικὰ αἴτια κατὰ γένος μόνον, οὐκέτι δὲ καὶ κατʼ εἶδος. τοῦ γὰρ εὐωδιάζεσθαι κατὰ γένος ἑνὸς ὄντος πολλὰ τὰ αἴτια [κατʼ εἶδος], οἷον λιβανωτός. ῥόδον, κρόκος, στύραξ, σμύρνα, μύρον· τὸ γὰρ ῥόδον οὐκ ἂν οὕτως εὐῶδες εἴη ὡς ἡ σμύρνα.
Eti zēteitai ei polla kata synodon henos aitia ginetai aitia polla. hoi gar anthrōpoi hoi synelthontes aitioi eisi tou kathelkesthai tēn naun; allʼ ouch hekastos katʼ idian aitios, alla syn tois allois, ei mē ti kai to synaition aition. alloi de phasin, ei polla aitia, katʼ idian hekaston henos aition ginetai. tou goun eudaimonein henos ontos aitiai tynchanousin hai aretai pollai ousai, kai tou thermainesthai kai tou algein homoiōs polla ta aitia. mē ti oun hai pollai aretai mia esti kata dynamin kai ta thermainonta kai ta algynonta. kai to plēthos de tōn aretōn kata genos hen tynchanon henos aition ginetai tou eudaimonein. tǭ onti de prokatarktika men aitia henos ginetai pleiona kata genos kai katʼ eidos, kai kata genos men tou nosein hopōsoun, hoion psyxis, enkausis, kopos, apepsia, methē, katʼ eidos de tou pyretou. ta de synektika aitia kata genos monon, ouketi de kai katʼ eidos. tou gar euōdiazesthai kata genos henos ontos polla ta aitia [katʼ eidos], hoion libanōtos. rhodon, krokos, styrax, smyrna, myron; to gar rhodon ouk an houtōs euōdes eiē hōs hē smyrna.
It is further asked whether many things that are causes of one thing by their coming together become many causes. For the men who come together are causes of the ship's being hauled down to the sea; but each is not a cause individually, only with the others, unless the joint cause too is a cause. Others say that if there are many causes, each individually becomes the cause of one thing. Of being happy, at any rate, which is one, the virtues are causes, though they are many; and likewise there are many causes of being warmed and of feeling pain. Perhaps, then, the many virtues are one in power, and so too the things that warm and the things that pain. And the multitude of the virtues, being one in genus, becomes the cause of one thing, being happy. In reality, initiating causes of one thing become several both in genus and in species: in genus, of being ill in any way at all, such as chill, heat-stroke, fatigue, indigestion, drunkenness; in species, of fever. But sustaining causes are several in genus only, no longer in species. For of being fragrant, which is one in genus, there are many causes, such as frankincense, rose, saffron, storax, myrrh, perfume; for the rose would not be fragrant in the same way as myrrh.
8.9.32Stählin 2
Τὸ δὲ αὐτὸ τῶν ἐναντίων αἴτιον γίνεται, ποτὲ μὲν παρὰ τὸ μέγεθος τοῦ αἰτίου καὶ τὴν δύναμιν. ποτὲ δὲ παρὰ τὴν ἐπιτηδειότητα τοῦ πάσχοντος. παρὰ μὲν τὴν ποιὰν δύναμιν· ἡ αὐτὴ χορδὴ παρὰ τὴν ἐπίτασιν ἢ τὴν ἄνεσιν ὀξὺν ἢ βαρὺν ἀποδίδωσι τὸν φθόγγον. παρὰ δὲ τὴν ἐπιτηδειότητα τῶν πασχόντων· τὸ μέλι γλυκάζει μὲν τοὺς ὑγιαίνοντας, πικράζει δὲ τοὺς πυρέσσοντας, καὶ εἷς καὶ ὁ αὐτὸς οἶνος τοὺς μὲν εἰς ὀργήν, τοὺς δὲ εἰς διάχυσιν ἄγει, καὶ ὁ αὐτὸς ἥλιος τήκει μὲν τὸν κηρόν, ξηραίνει δὲ τὸν πηλόν. Τῶν οὖν αἰτίων τὰ μέν ἐστι πρόδηλα, τὰ [δὲ] ἐπιλογισμῷ λαμβανόμενα, τὰ δὲ ἄδηλα, τὰ [δὲ] ἀναλογισμῷ. καὶ τῶν ἀδήλων τὰ μὲν πρὸς καιρὸν ἄδηλα, τὰ κατὰ μέν τινα καιρὸν ἀποκεκρυμμένα, κατὰ δέ τινα πάλιν ἔκδηλα βλεπόμενα, τὰ δὲ φύσει ἄδηλα, τὰ κατὰ μηδένα καιρὸν πρόδηλα γενέσθαι δυνάμενα. καὶ τῶν μὲν φύσει τὰ μέν καταληπτά, ἅπερ οὐκ ἄδηλά τινες ἐκάλουν διὰ σημείων ἀναλογιστικῶς λαμβανόμενα, καθάπερ ἡ συμμετρία τῶν λόγῳ θεωρητῶν πόρων, τὰ δὲ ἀκατάληπτα, τὰ κατὰ μηδένα τρόπον ὑπὸ κατάληψιν πεσεῖν δυνάμενα, ἃ δὴ καὶ ἄδηλα ἐν τῷ καθάπαξ λέγεται. Καὶ τὰ μὲν προκαταρκτικά, τὰ δὲ συνεκτικά, τὰ δὲ συναίτια, τὰ δὲ συνεργά. καὶ τὰ μὲν τοῦ κατὰ φύσιν, τὰ δὲ τοῦ παρὰ φύσιν, τὰ δὲ νόσου, καὶ κατὰ τὸ ὑποβεβηκὸς τὰ μὲν παθῶν, τὰ δὲ τοῦ μεγέθους αὐτῶν, τὰ δὲ χρόνων καὶ καιρῶν.
To de auto tōn enantiōn aition ginetai, pote men para to megethos tou aitiou kai tēn dynamin. pote de para tēn epitēdeiotēta tou paschontos. para men tēn poian dynamin; hē autē chordē para tēn epitasin ē tēn anesin oxyn ē baryn apodidōsi ton phthongon. para de tēn epitēdeiotēta tōn paschontōn; to meli glykazei men tous hygiainontas, pikrazei de tous pyressontas, kai heis kai ho autos oinos tous men eis orgēn, tous de eis diachysin agei, kai ho autos hēlios tēkei men ton kēron, xērainei de ton pēlon. Tōn oun aitiōn ta men esti prodēla, ta [de] epilogismǭ lambanomena, ta de adēla, ta [de] analogismǭ. kai tōn adēlōn ta men pros kairon adēla, ta kata men tina kairon apokekrymmena, kata de tina palin ekdēla blepomena, ta de physei adēla, ta kata mēdena kairon prodēla genesthai dynamena. kai tōn men physei ta men katalēpta, haper ouk adēla tines ekaloun dia sēmeiōn analogistikōs lambanomena, kathaper hē symmetria tōn logǭ theōrētōn porōn, ta de akatalēpta, ta kata mēdena tropon hypo katalēpsin pesein dynamena, ha dē kai adēla en tǭ kathapax legetai. Kai ta men prokatarktika, ta de synektika, ta de synaitia, ta de synerga. kai ta men tou kata physin, ta de tou para physin, ta de nosou, kai kata to hypobebēkos ta men pathōn, ta de tou megethous autōn, ta de chronōn kai kairōn.
The same thing becomes the cause of contrary effects, sometimes because of the magnitude and power of the cause, sometimes because of the suitability of what is acted upon. Because of a certain power: the same string, according to its tightening or loosening, gives a high or a low note. Because of the suitability of those acted upon: honey tastes sweet to the healthy but bitter to those with fever; one and the same wine leads some to anger, others to good cheer; and the same sun melts wax but dries clay. Of causes, then, some are evident, grasped by observation; others are non-evident, grasped by analogical reasoning. And of the non-evident, some are non-evident for a time, hidden at one time but seen plainly again at another; others are non-evident by nature, which can at no time become evident. And of those non-evident by nature, some are apprehensible, which some used to call not non-evident, being grasped analogically through signs, like the proportion of the pores that are observable by reason; others are inapprehensible, which can in no way fall under apprehension, and these are called non-evident absolutely. And some causes are initiating, some sustaining, some joint causes, some cooperating. And some are causes of what is according to nature, some of what is contrary to nature, some of disease; and at a lower level, some of affections, some of their magnitude, some of times and seasons.
8.9.33Stählin 2
Τῶν μὲν οὖν προκαταρκτικῶν αἰρομένων μένει τὸ ἀποτέλεσμα, συνεκτικὸν δέ ἐστιν αἴτιον, οὗ παρόντος μένει τὸ ἀποτέλεσμα καὶ αἰρομένου αἴρεται. τὸ δὲ συνεκτικὸν συνωνύμως καὶ αὐτοτελὲς καλοῦσιν, ἐπειδὴ αὐτάρκως διʼ αὑτοῦ ποιητικόν ἐστι τοῦ ἀποτελέσματος. εἰ δὲ τὸ αὐτοτελὲς αἴτιον αὐτοτελοῦς ἐνεργείας ἐστὶ δηλωτικόν, τὸ συνεργὸν ὑπηρεσίαν σημαίνει καὶ τὴν σὺν ἑτέρῳ λειτουργίαν. εἰ μὲν οὖν μηδὲν παρέχεται, οὐδὲ συνεργὸν λεχθήσεται, εἰ δὲ παρέχεται, τούτου πάντως γίνεται αἴτιον οὗ καὶ παρέχεται, τουτέστιν τοῦ διʼ αὐτοῦ γινομένου. ἔστιν οὖν συνεργὸν οὗ παρόντος ἐγίνετο τὸ ἀποτέλεσμα, προδήλῳ μὲν οὖν παρόντος προδήλου, ἀδήλῳ δὲ ἀδήλου. καὶ τὸ συναίτιον δὲ ἐκ τοῦ γένους ἐστὶ τῶν αἰτίων, καθάπερ ὁ συστρατιώτης στρατιώτης καὶ ὁ συνέφηβος ἔφηβος τὸ μὲν οὖν συνεργὸν αἴτιον τῷ συνεκτικῷ πρὸς τὴν ἐπίτασιν βοηθεῖ τοῦ ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ γινομένου, τὸ δὲ συναίτιον οὐκ ἐπὶ τῆς αὐτῆς ἐστιν ἐννοίας· δύναται γὰρ συναίτιον ὑπάρχειν. κἂν μὴ συνεκτικὸν αἴτιον ᾖ τι. νοεῖται γὰρ σὺν ἑτέρῳ τὸ συναίτιον οὐδʼ αὐτῷ δυναμένῳ κατʼ ἰδίαν ποιῆσαι τὸ ἀποτέλεσμα. αἴτιον ὂν σὺν αἰτίῳ. διαφέρει δὲ τοῦ συναιτίου τὸ συνεργὸν ἐν τῷ τὸ μὲν συναίτιον μεθʼ ἑτέρου κατʼ ἰδίαν μὴ ποιοῦντος τὸ ἀποτέλεσμα παρέχειν, τὸ δὲ συνεργὸν [ἐν τῷ] κατʼ ἰδίαν μὴ ποιεῖν, ἑτέρῳ δὲ προσερχόμενον τῷ κατʼ ἰδίαν ποιοῦντι συνεργεῖν αὐτῷ πρὸς τὸ σφοδρότερον γίνεσθαι τὸ ἀποτέλεσμα. μάλιστα δὲ τὸ ἐκ προκαταρκτικοῦ συνεργὸν γεγονέναι πρὸς τὸ συνεργὸν τὴν τοῦ αἰτίου διατείνειν δύναμιν παρίστησιν.
Tōn men oun prokatarktikōn airomenōn menei to apotelesma, synektikon de estin aition, hou parontos menei to apotelesma kai airomenou airetai. to de synektikon synōnymōs kai autoteles kalousin, epeidē autarkōs diʼ hautou poiētikon esti tou apotelesmatos. ei de to autoteles aition autotelous energeias esti dēlōtikon, to synergon hypēresian sēmainei kai tēn syn heterǭ leitourgian. ei men oun mēden parechetai, oude synergon lechthēsetai, ei de parechetai, toutou pantōs ginetai aition hou kai parechetai, toutestin tou diʼ autou ginomenou. estin oun synergon hou parontos egineto to apotelesma, prodēlǭ men oun parontos prodēlou, adēlǭ de adēlou. kai to synaition de ek tou genous esti tōn aitiōn, kathaper ho systratiōtēs stratiōtēs kai ho synephēbos ephēbos to men oun synergon aition tǭ synektikǭ pros tēn epitasin boēthei tou hypʼ autou ginomenou, to de synaition ouk epi tēs autēs estin ennoias; dynatai gar synaition hyparchein. kan mē synektikon aition ę̄ ti. noeitai gar syn heterǭ to synaition oudʼ autǭ dynamenǭ katʼ idian poiēsai to apotelesma. aition on syn aitiǭ. diapherei de tou synaitiou to synergon en tǭ to men synaition methʼ heterou katʼ idian mē poiountos to apotelesma parechein, to de synergon [en tǭ] katʼ idian mē poiein, heterǭ de proserchomenon tǭ katʼ idian poiounti synergein autǭ pros to sphodroteron ginesthai to apotelesma. malista de to ek prokatarktikou synergon gegonenai pros to synergon tēn tou aitiou diateinein dynamin paristēsin.
When initiating causes are removed, the effect remains; but a sustaining cause is one whose presence keeps the effect in being and whose removal removes it. They call the sustaining cause, synonymously, self-sufficient, since it is sufficiently productive of the effect by itself. If the self-sufficient cause indicates a self-sufficient activity, the cooperating cause signifies service and ministry together with another. If, then, it provides nothing, it will not even be called cooperating; but if it provides something, it certainly becomes the cause of what it provides, that is, of what comes about through it. The cooperating cause, then, is that in whose presence the effect came about: an evident one with an evident effect, a non-evident one with a non-evident effect. The joint cause too belongs to the genus of causes, as a fellow soldier is a soldier and a fellow ephebe an ephebe. The cooperating cause helps the sustaining cause toward intensifying what comes about by it; but the joint cause does not fall under the same concept, for something can be a joint cause even if it is not a sustaining cause. For the joint cause is understood together with another that also cannot produce the effect by itself, being a cause together with a cause. The cooperating cause differs from the joint cause in this: the joint cause produces the effect together with another that does not produce it by itself, while the cooperating cause does not produce it by itself, but, joining another that does produce it by itself, cooperates with it so that the effect comes about more intensely. Most of all, the fact that what was cooperating came about from an initiating cause shows that the cooperating cause can extend the power of the cause.